Full text of "Journal"
firesenteb to
{Elje ICthrary
of the
Mmuerstty of Hormtta
bu
Mrs. M.L. Davies
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
University of Toronto
http://www.archive.org/details/journals06soci
Che^K^f^i^
THE JOURNAL
Society of (Efyemtcal 3nousttY-*
"VOL. "VI.— 1887.
n0.
LONDON:
EYRE AXD SPOTTISWOODE, HEK MAJESTY'S PRINTERS,
EAST HARWSC STREET. FLEET STREET. EX.
St
journal of t^c Society of Chemical Onbustry.
DEX OF VOL VI.— 1887.
INDEX OF AUTHORS' NAMES.
PAGE
Abel, CD. Lanohu 147
Abel, Sir F. Discussion ou Chlorine 783
Abel. Sir F. A. The Imperial Institute 458
Kinetite 3
Abney and Festing. Photometry of the Spectrum 424
Abom, AV., and Landin, J. Tanning 511
Abram Coal Co. Coal at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 694
A ■> 'Unties f. AnV Unfair. Berlin. Azo-colours 133
Actienges vorm. F. Bayer and Co. Azo-d}'es 2<5
Adam. E. Spirit Still 774
Adams. Determination of Fat 34
Addie, J. and J. Sulphurous Acid (illus.) 41
Adlam, W. See Faulkner 821,876
Adrian. Eucalyptus 605
Ahrens, F. Sparteine 736
Albert. Determination of Phosphoric Acid 523
Alexander and AlcCosh. Blast Furnace Tar 5S3
Alexander. J., and Co. Soap at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 7i>2
Alftan, E. Illuminating Power of Petroleum 650
Aliamet. Reagent for Copper Salts 607
Alison, CD. Cement 218
Alison, F. See Tervet Hi
Allen. A. H. Action of Water on Lead Ill
Blast Furnace Tar 583
Carbolic Acid 671
Glycerin from Soap Leys 87
Paraffin Scale Testing 124
Yalenta's Test for Oils 22
Allen, E. R. and AV. C. Footl from Almond Kernels 514
Allen, 6. H., and Nickels, B. Purification of Glycerin 1 12
Allen, S. AV., and Breffit, G. Artificial Fuel 134
Allen, AV. Apparatus at Alanchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 628
Alliott, J. B.aud Paton, J. M. C. Filter Presses 537
Alverguiat Freres. Filter Pump (illus.) O'J
Ancoals rale Rubber Co. India-rubber, Ac. at Manchester
Royal Jubilee Exhibition 7''»<
Anderson. Pyridine 485
Rottlerin 3*1
Anderson, A. W. FUter-presses 501
Andouard, A. Phosphoric Acid in Milk 603
Action of Superphosphates on Nitrates 551
Andoynaud, A. Plastering Must 145
Andrae, G. Experiments with Manures 826
Andre- e. Thermo-regulator 301
Andrr '-;.E. Plates for A'oltaic Batteries 558
dary Batteries 673
Safrauine 138,285
R. See Smith. A 664
I.e. Drying Fruit Ac 738
Augerer. Stability of Sublimate Solutions G74
Annaheim. J. Oxynaphthol Derivatives 726
Substituted Naphthylenediamines C52
Anschutz. Constituents of Coal Tar 581
Anschiitz, K., and Evaus, N. P. Antimony Pentachloride 546
Antrick, O. Cocaine 449
Sp. Gr. Bottle (illus.) 449
Applegarth, R. Carbon Electrodes , 379
PAGE
Archbold. Starch 189
Archbold, G. Corn Starch 80
Arehbutt, L. Blast Furnace Tar 583
Archer, F. T., Hardy, G. AV., and Archer, F. J. Lubricating
Composition 825
Armstrong. Discussion on Electrolytic Bleaching 246
Dioxynaphthalene 560
Electrolytic Bleaching 341
Armstrong, A. W. Electric Batteries 379
Armstrong, H. E. The Alkaloids 4>2
Armstrong and Miller. Electrolytic Examination of Hydro-
carbons 531
Arnaud, A. Cholestrin in Carrots 300
Arnold, O. Nitrogen Determination (illus.) 150
Arnold, CAV. A Dental Anodyne 677
Arthur, E. A. and E. M. Calcium Sulphate 2n2
Arzberger and Zulkowsky. Filter Pump (illus.) 66
Asboth, A. V. Determination of Starch (illus.) 608
Ashton, R. Self-extinguishing Candles 112
Astley and Ti/ldesley Coal Co. Coal at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 694
Atterberg, A|alunuence of the Soil on Cereals 828
Attout and Cljyton. Isochromatic Plates 424
Atwater, W., and Woods, C. Nitrogen Determination 840
Aubry. Pure Yeast 122
Aubry, L. Analyses of Barleys 733
Audouard, L. P. Treatment of Fabrics 503
Audouin, P. M. E. Explosives 521
Avery, R. B. Gas from Hydrocarbons 713
Aykroyd, A. and AV. E., and Smith, J. Aniline Black 727
Babbitt, H. C Manganese in Steel and Iron 383
Bach. See Leuckart 449
Bade. Stilbene 226
Badisehe Anil. u. Sod. Fabrik. Yellow Colour from Gallic
Acid 437
Glvcerol Mordant 437
Red Azo-Dyes 726
Baeyer. Phloroglucinol 225
Quinoline 485
Baeyer, F., and Co. Cotton Colours 818
Bagnall and Co. Soap, ic. at Alanchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition , 763
Bailev. Discussion on Dyeing with Chlorophyll 413
Oil Tester 204
Bailev, G. H. Influence of Mass on Chemical Action 91
Test for Bismuth 416
Sulphate of Lead and Alumina 415
Bailey, M, and Warner, J. Batteries 379
Bailev, W. H., and Co. Apparatus at Alanchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 627
Bailhache, G. SeeCommetiu 223
Baither, O. Tetramethyldiamidothiobenzophenone 660
Baker, R. and W. Seal Skin Leather 513
Balard. Bromine 706
Baldwin, AA". V. Aluminium 600
Balland. A'ulcauised Caoutchouc 549
a 2
IV
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Fob. 29, 1888.
PAGE
Ba iberger, B., and Beckmann.O. Naphthoicaldehydc 542
Bamberger, E.,and Muller, It. Carbazol Blue 660
bi rgcr, E. and Philip M. Pyrene 135,866,651
Bandrowski. Alkaloldal Basesin Petroleum 719
Bang Glycerin from Soap Leys NS
Bang, J. l.¥,and Buffln,M.O.A. Purification of Alcohol... U7
Banker, 6. w . Paints B2B
l lanner, S. Ti.ni ment of Hydrocarbons 134
Barber-Starkey, W. J. S. Secondary Batteries 673
i iier, 13., and Leclanchi, M. Electrical Batteries 735
Barclay, II.. and Simpson, 15 136_
Bardy. Dimethylaniline (illus.) 486
Bargate,G. 8a Sandabl 5U
Barrett, 11. See Elmore li0
Barrow, .1. Alkali Manufacture r'17
Barry, C. J. H. See "Wallace -"'''
Barstow, .1. Filters at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exbibition. 77-2
rton and Sons. Asphalte Pipes 208
Bastet, I.. Waterproof Paper 559
li;ilr, .1 . J. Preservation of Crustacea 832
Bateson. Soda 'l0
Battut, L. Ammonia in Turnips 45
Baubigny, 11. Artificial Manganese Blende 728
Bauer, Arabinose 219
I taugh, •! . E., and Hinksman, C. Chlorinating Ores 599
Seduction of Gold Ore »23
Baum, II. Pararosaniline and its homologies 437
Baumann, A. Determination of Ammonia in Soils (107
Estimation of Ammonia in Soils 820
Banr, W. Filter-presses 501
Bayer. Naphtholnionosulphonic Acid 721
Barer. P.. and Daisberg, C. Sulpho-Acid of p-Naphthylamine 593
Paver. K. J. Aluminium Sulphate 387
Barley J Separation of Zinc from Nickel and Manganese . . 499
' Reaction of Iron with Nitric Oxide (illus.) 4<>9
Payne. Condenser for "Water Analysis 34
Bays, G. H.. jun. Galvanic Cell 299
Bazin, P. Depolarising Electric Batteries 298
Beat tie, J., jun. Zincs for Batteries 512, 519
Beaumont, W.W. Secondary Batteries 673
Becker. See Klein 716
Becker, F. See Englert 47, 375
Beckett and "Wright. Morphine 490
Beckmann, E. Menthol 834
Folding's Solution 5J
Beckstein, C. Powder for Hardening Iron 218
Beckurts. Toluenesulphamide 587
Beckurts. II. Narcotic Extracts 750
See Hoist, G 567
Pit ter Aim. ind Water 5b7
Becquerel. Orthoohromatio Photography 424
Bedron, P. P. Certain Colliery Waters 712
Beech, A. See Jones, E 364
Bchr. Invert Sugar 19
Belli and Van Dorp. Naphthalic Acid 135
Beilhy,G..andMcArthur, J.B. Waste Gas from Oil Stills ... 81
Beilby G.T.,and McArthur, J. B. Utilisation of Gas from
' Stills 212
Bell. Determination of Fat in Milk 3 1
Fungi and Fermentation 495
Bell, A. Softening Water 48
Bell Bros. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 700
Bell, Sir I. Lowthian. Salt Beds at Middlesbrough (illus.)... 596
Belon.J. Treatment of Ores 600
Manufact ore of Hydrogen 590
Bemmelen, J. M. van. Decomposition of Chromous Sulphate 661
Bander and Bohultz. Cotton Colours 817
Bendix. Filter Pump (illus.) 70
Rem. ival of Fusel Oil from Spirit 829
Beuecke, P. Germs in Castor Oil Cake 831
Estimation of Butter 60S
Pencdictus, M. Composition for Removing Paint 550
Benedikt, R., and Ulzer, F. Turkey-red Oils 543
Benger, F. Baden. The Digestive Ferments 189
Benmelen, J. M. v. Acid Soil in Holland 373
Benncrt , C. A. Thiamines 726
Bennett. See Gray 768
Bennett, J. M. Smelting and Refining Metals 371
Pigments 51*
Benoist. L. See Collin 695
Bensaude, S. Alcohol from Manioc Boots 831
R. Maintaining Liquids at Constant Level
(illus.) 450
Benzon. Composition of Arrowroot 336
Berard.I. Spirit Still 774
PAG]
I !i rg. P. V. P., and Sorensen, O. Cream Tester 522
Berg, P.v. Separation of Zino from Iron, Cobalt, and Nickel. 49
Titration of Zinc and Cadmium 884
Bergaini. O. See Lirbcrniann, C .WO, 722
Caucasian Madder 722
Bergmann. See Flurscheim 888
Bernoilli, D. Injector Pump (illus.) 65
Bernstein, R. Granular Nitrocellulose 225
Pernthsen. Safranine I :;s
Bernthsen, A. Saf canines SIS, 435
Thiodiphenylamine 214
Safranine and Phenazine 385
Phenazoxin 5 '2
Bernthsen, A., and Goske, A. Methyl-and Ethyl-orange 606
Bernthsen, A., and Schweitzer, H. Phenazine 212
Bernthsen, A., and Semper, A. Juglon 560
Berry, E. E. See Siilman 375
Berry, N. A. Bright Red Copper Slag 305
Pertiielot. Constituents of Coal Tar 684
Berthelot, N . Fixation of Nitrogen 552
Berthelot and Andre. Formation of Nitrates 601
Bertbollct. Chemical Action 91
Berzclius. Ammonio-zinc Chloride 544
Beseler, A., and Maercker, 31. Values of Different Wheats and
Oats 60S
Bessel-Hagen. Barometric Pump 65
Besson, H. See Pearce 603
Beu, J. Defueelisation of Spirit 830
Bcutcll. A., and Dafert. F. W. Seeds of Panicum Miliaceum. . 448
Pipettes without Graduations (illus.) IM
Bevan, E. J. See Cross 170
Bidwell. J. and A. Gold and Silver Cement 42
Biel, J. Analysis of Opium 566
Bicrmann. Sheep poisoned by Sorrel 297
Biggs, R. U. W. Recovery of Tin from Scrap 823
Billeter, O. Automatic Filtration (illus.) 561
Billinghurst, W. E. Nitre in Tarapaca (illus.) 545
Bilsland and Co. India-rubber, &c. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 766
Bindley, T. R. 11., and Son. Gelatine, &c. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 765
Bindschedler and Busch. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 634
Binglc, J . R. See Constable 612
Bintiey, C. R. See Stuart B28
Birch. Photography of the Spectrum 127
Pirl. J. Adulteration of Olive Oil B41
Pirukoff, W. Dimethylanthragallol 641
Bischof. Micro-organisms in Water 114
Bischof, G. Discussion on Bacteriology 323
Bishop, W. Action of Oils on Polarised bight 750
Blackic, A. Emulsions 894
Blarez. Detection of Acid Magenta 61
Blessing, J. II. Purification of Water 211
Block and Tollens. Levulinic Acid 874
Blondel, E. Chrome Mordant 183
Blum, L. Albumen in Urine 887
Decomposition of Sodium Chloride by Phosphoric Acid . . . 367
Separation of Manganese and Iron 226
Treatment of Thomas-slag 1 43
Blvthe. Sewage 210
Boake, A., and Roberts, F. G. A. Antiseptic for Beer 376
Disinfectants ., 615
Boardmann. Galvanised Water Pipes -r'"'7
Bockliseh, (). Ptomaines 604
Bodenberger, H., and Scheller, R. Estimation of Invert Sugar s^s
Bodlander, G., and Traube, J . Fusel Oil in Spirits 376
Boehm, M. See Engler, C 371
Bookmann, O. See Bamberger 5 12
Bohlig, E. Determination of Residue in Liquids 220
Rohm. Gossypose J '•"'
Bohn, R„ and Graehe, O. Galloflavin 722
Bolton, Sir F. Explosive --''■
Bolton, Sir Francis. Obituary «
Bolton, Meade. The Bacilli of Anthrax 32a
Bonnet, A. See Thorrand B10
Boone, G., and Nory. J. Subsidence Apparatus (illus.) 537
Booth. H. SeeMiniati,J " :
Borchers, W. Reduction of Antimony Ore 673
Borgmann. Lager Peer '**
Borgmann, E. Beer from Pure Teast 17
Borland, W. Dalrymple. Discussion on Kiuetitc II
Borland. W. D. Sanitary Preparations 37s
Bomtraircr, A. Air Pump ®j
Borntriiger, H. Bone Fat 8i0
Feb. M.1888.] THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
140
512
819
22">
PAGE
Bothamley, C. H . Orthochromatic Photography 423
Bothams, J. C. Separation of Sewage Sludge 48
Bott, W. Isomeric Pyrocresols Gli;
BSttcber. Chamber for Micro-organisms (illus.) 116
BSttcher, W. See Thraemer, G 51,4
Bui tiger. Congo Red 817
Bottinger, C. Tannin from Oak Wood S50
Boulouvard. Chlorine (illus.) 77, ;
Boult, A. J. Primer for Torpedoes, 4c 521
Bonlton, M. P. W.. Newlands, B. E. R„ and Ferrctt. E. Eevi-
vification of Charcoal 375
Bourcond, E. Aerated Beverages 2'.'7
Bourgeois Aine. Specimens at Manchester Roval; Jubilee
Exhibition 636
Bourgeois, I.. Crystallised Carbonates
Bourgerel, 0. L. B. L. See Reillon
Buursier, E. Dyeing
Bousignac, L. do. See Commetin
Boussingault. Ammonia Determination
Determination of Ammonia !.'.!!.*...'
Boutroux. Acid Fermentation of Glucose
B .hi ater, H. Purification of Coal Gas
■r. J. R. See Ireland
Bowen, O. Gunpowder 335
Bowen, O., and Cobeldick, J. Deodoriser
Bowtn and Loiseau. Sugar Refining
Bowman, F. H. Cotton Fibre ...!!.!
Box. See Cooper. India-rubber, 4c. at Manchester Roval
Jubilee Exhibition \
Boyer. Treatment of Beet Pulp
Boyle, R. K. Electroplating ,*]
Boymond. Therapeutic Value of Quinine Salts
Boynton.C. S.. and Tan Patten, W.J. Food Products..'..!!.!
Bradford, T. Disinfecting Chamber !
Bramley, W. Carbonate of Soda
See Cochrane ..."""""
Bramley, W, and Cochrane, W. P. Carbonate of Magnesia ! ! !
Brand, A. Solid Bromine
Branson, F. W. Galvanic Batten- !..!.!"
Brasse, L., and Vlasto, E. Specific Gravity Apparatus (illus.) .
Bratby and Hinchcliffe. Essences, 4c. at Manchester Roval
Jubilee Exhibition mmm
Brcfeld. Teast . .
Breffit, G. See Allen, 8. V !.!..!...!!!.!!!!!!!!!!
Bvelaz. G L. See Piotet '.!!.!!!!!!!!!
Breutel, E. Estimation of Iron in presence of Alumina
Brieger, L. Ptomaines
Briggs, W. Black Varnish for Iron
Brin, A. Preservation of Milk
Brin, A. and 1. Q. Bleaching
Oxidation of Oils, 4c .".
Ozone '..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.".'.".
Treatment of Copper Pyrites .... . . . . . . 1 . ...'. '. \ '. \ \ ' '. ', ° \ \ \ \
British Alizarin Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
6U7
829
185
21'.'
22.;
S33
10
595
766
669
604
736
377
48
41
820
6fll
3S6
518
382
118
134
559
151
484
513
514
596
443
597
Exhibition T Z7Z .*,,.* ? 634
Broadbcnt and Son. Soap, ic. at Manchester Roval Jubilee
Exhibition
Broadhurst and Co. India-rubber, 4c. at Manchester Roval
Jubilee Exhibition "
Brock, J„ and Minton, T. Bleaching Powder (illus.)
Brodie. Bees' Wax
Broenner. Xaphthylaminesulphonic Acid
Bronson, E. A. Plaster for Walls '..'.'.'.'.
Brookbanks, J. Removing Scale from Boilers .
Brooke, E. and Sons. Firebricks at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition *
Brooke, Simpson, and Spiller. Specimens at Manchester Roval
Jubilee Exhibition
Brooks. See Senior
Brooks, h. w. oil Gas !.!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Brose, D. Manganese Steel
Brown. See Jewsbury
Brown, A. Organised Ferments !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
Brown, H. Cultivation of Teast !!!!!!!!!!!
Brown, J. B. See Sinclair !!!.!!!!!!!
Brown, J.Campbell. Discussion on Chlorates.
Production of Chlorine
Address to Liverpool Section .........
Discussion on Boiler Management !!!!!!""
Discussion on Starch
Indigo Plants
Kinetite ' ■
Brown, R and. Co. Soap, 4c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition *
Brown, W. Soap, 4c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Brown, \V. ( Victoria Soap Co.). Soap at Manchester Roval
Jubilee Exhibition
7G3
766
291
519
721
292
812
C34
763
503
111
771
115
123
674
253
248
71 'i ;
In;
84
7!U
763
763
522
PAGE
Brownlow. See Slack ;: .
Brown- Westhead T. C., Moore and Co. Pottery at Manchester
Koyal Jubilee Exhibition ;,;,
Broxburn Oil Co. Specimens at JIanchestcr Royal Jubilee
Exhibition ' ,...,,
Brucke, E. Congo Red as an Indicator !.. 335
Bruckner. Xylene ' -.,
Bruckner.E. Prussian Black Earth !!!!!!!!!!!! n
Bruenstein, A. Extraction of Oil from Seeds 141
Brunler, A., and Rommeuholler. C. G. Aeration of Liquids.! ! 599
Brunler O. and RommenhoUer, C. G. Liquid Carbonic
„ . ,. Aci?, ; 662,663
Bruuhn. Ultramarine 7,.
Brunnemann. Decomposition of Slag .!! ! ,--',
Brunnemann, C. Phosphoric Acid in Slag !!!!!!.!!!! 304
Brunner. Action of Sulphur on Ammonia (,7
Discussion on Boiler Management. . ' i.,-
Ultramarine .'.'!.'!.".! -., '
Brunner, H. Discussion on Sugar Refining
Brunner, Mond and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition
Bruuner, P., and Witt, O. N. Bermdene'. .... . '. . ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! \ '"'. .-'.;'
Brunton, Lander. Piperidine ^7
Bryant and May. Matches at Manchester Roval' jubilee
Exhibition _ --,
Brydges, E. A. Treatment of Hides ......'............,'. 1 12
Buch.C. von, Discussion on Sodium Manufacture MS
Incandescent Gas Lights , " ' 7 .
Buchheim. Crotonolic Acid .!!!.!!.......!.!.! . ! 520
Buchner, E. Action of Carbonic Acid on Ultramarine. "."."."
Buchner, G. Arsenic in Ferric Chloride
Cadmium Sulphide '
Bucking and Linch. Thomas-slag
Buckley, J., Trustees of the late. Specimens' at Manchester
Royal Jubilee Exhibition »01
Buhring.C. J. Filter !!!!!!!!!!!! 813
Buisiue, A. Changes in Saint Waters 221
Bulk. Filter Pump (illus.) !!!!!!!!!!" 70
Bunge.P. Balances na
Bunsen. Iodometrv ' S.,X
Decomposition bf Glass .' q.
Electrolytic Hydrogen 0?;
Pump (illus.) '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.['.'.'.'.'" ,a
Bunsen and Roscoe. Intensity of Sunlight 4>8
Bunte, H. Galvanised Water Pipes !...!!!!!!!!!.!. 557
Burdon-Sanderson. Filtration of Water !!!!!!!!
Burghardt, C. A., and Twining, W. J. Aluminium !..!!!!!!.! !;7 1
Burkhard. Determination of Sugar in Beet ,-,.!•
Burkhard, G. Estimation of Starch... . sT,
Sugar in Oil Cake !'.!'..'!.' .'.'." ,[',
Burns, H. Ammonia Soda Process ' - ...',
Bleach Manufacture (illus.) '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. R20
Bums, W. Distillation of Tar, 4c can
Sulphuric Acid (dlus.) ££
Treatment of Sewage .'.'.'.'.'.'.' '.".' 515 833
Burroughs, Wellcome, and Co. Drugs ' 4cV at ' Manchester '
Royal Jubilee Exhibition
lanolin ...IZII"IIIZI"" 629
Burton, C. W., and Moisen, F. T. Purification of Water..
Buseh, A. Santonin
Bnssey, W. G. Burner for Hydrocarbons ! ! ! -, ,
Buttner, W., HaUer, J. G., and Magnus, J. Extraction of Fat' Hi
Byk,H. TannicAcid ..I)ll
Calderara, S. A. and A. J. Hydrometers 135
Caldwell, H. 31. Deodorant and Disinfectant ... "•?-'*
Calmels. See Hardy !.!.'!!!!"' 675
Calmets and Gossin. Ecgoniue .,.',r
Cameron, Sir C. A. Bye-products of Porter Brewing. '.'.'.'. '.'.'.'.'. 4^7
Cameron, J. Composition for Ships 51 .
Campagne, L. See Pitsch
Campbell, Dugald. Sewage
Candy, F. Fullers Earth
Treatment of Sewage 2°
Cannon, F. W. See Faull ..!.!!.!.!!!!!!!!!
Cards, A. See Vierneisel ..!!!..! 802
Carey. Columnar Magnesia 05,
Discussion on Boiler Management '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.. ...' m
Carey, E. Discussion on Sugar Refining ..!!.., 20
Carey, Gaskell, and Hurler. Black Ash Liquors !.!!!!..!.!.! 34.1
CareyLea. Orthochromatic Photography 434
Carius. Sulphur in Albuminoids ,^
Carmody, P. Discussion on English Tobacco ! 4112
Carnelly, T. Parainidodiphenylsulphonic Acid. ..!.!!!!!!!!!! 13s
326
21"
THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29, isss.
PAGE
Carnelutti and Xusini. Alkanniu 723
Canuck, J. Powdered Milk 377
Camot. Separation of Gold 384
Separation of various Metals 386
Camot, A. Reactions of Vanadates 746
Reactions <>r Vanadium 679
Test tor Potassium 662
Caro. Methylene Blue J3"
Tropoeolius 591
Carpenter, Lant. Diseussion on Sodium Manufacture 248
Carpenter. R. F. Discussion on Acidity in Flue Gases 3tS
Carrick and Brockbank. Model of Ayvesome Iron Works C95
Carson. S. Steam-jet Aspirator 65
Carter, H. Galvanic Batteries 604
Carter, W. Composition for Ships' Bottoms 1 <-
Carves. Coke Ovens 580
Casamagor, P. Implements of Filtration 66
Casartelli. J. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 628
Casciorolus. Bononian Phosphorus 706
Case. W. E. Galvanic Battery 735
Casebourne and Co. Cement at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition "69
Casella, L., and Co. Naphtholmonosulphonic Acid (F.) 725
Castner. Sodium Process 171
Cazcneuve, P. Non-injurious Colours 816
Cazeneuveand Hugounenq. Pterocarpin 737
Celli, A., and Marino-Zuco, F. Formation of Saltpetre 596
Celluloid. La Cie.. Francaise do. Coloured Designs on Celluloid 595
Chailly, F. See Millochau, A 142
Chamberland. Filter S19
flask for Growth of Organisms (illus.) 116
Champy. A. '/,.. A. N, and 1,. P. Glucose from Jerusalem
Artichoke 554
Chance. Magnesium Chloride 7*7
Chance, A. M. Discussion on Chloride 788
Chancel. Separation ol Alumina from Iron 458
Chandelon. Action of Hydrogen Peroxide on Albumen 3S1
Chandor, L. Burner for Mineral Oil (illus.) 815
Chandor, L.,and Molting, C. li. Hydrocarbon Lamps 590
Chardonnet, Comte H. de. Artificial Silk 139
Chelmicki, J. von. Designs on Metallic Surfaces 517
Chem. Fab. Act. Ges. Hamburg. Purification of Anthracene . 505
Chemin.O. Treatment of Mixed Fibres 40
Cheney, W. B. Hamamelis Virginica 49
Chevalet, L. A. Phosplio Guano 514
Purification of Ammoniacal Liquids (illus.) 597
Chevallot, E. 'Waterproofing Fabrics 139
Chicandard. Bread 165
Chinnery, U. T. Combustion of Mineral Oil 651
Christensen. Mangauese Precipitates 100
Christiansen. Water Air-pump (illus.) 66
Christie. Discussion on Refuse Liquors 361
Christie, J. Estimation of Iron 352
Christomanus, A. Euboean Magnesite 40
Christy, T., and Co. Specimens at Manchester Roval Jubilee
" Exhibition 639
Church, A. H. Vegetable Albinism 219
Claassen. Corros:on of Boiler Plates 296
Claassen, E. Vanadium and Chromium from Iron Ores 305
Solubility of Manganese Sulphide in Potassium Sulphide . 305
Clamond, C. Battery excited by Heat 516
Clapham, C._ A. Filter 812
Clark. Sulphur Determination 85
Clark, D. K. Calorific Value of Fuels 36
Filter-press 812
Clark, J. Aluminium Alloys 548, 823
Arsenic in Pyrites 352
Clark, R. I., and Co. Specimens at Manchester Roval Jubilee
Exhibition 636
Classen. Separation of Antimony 673
Classen and Ludwig. Estimation of Arsenic 353
Claus. Action of Sulphurous Acid or Nitrous Acid 819
Azophcnylene 212
Purification of Coal Gas by Ammonia (illus.) 25
Claus, C. F. Purification of Coal Gas 501,502
Soda Manufacture 439
Claus and Fremy 663
Clayton. J. and J. Filters at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 772
Clayton, R. Filter 814
Clergct . Polarisation of Sugar 669
Clolus. Glycerin from Soap Leys 88
Close, G. See Schnurmann 519
Cloudman, F. A. .Set? Warren 736
Cobcldick, J. 8 < Bowen 888
PACK
Cobledick, J. See Bowen, 0 226
Cohley.T.H. Sewage Sludge 378
Cochrane, W. P. See Bramley 661
Cochrane, W. P., and Kramley, W. Magnesium Chloride 820
Coghill, Douglas. Letter to, on Coal Mines Bill ■ 567
Cogiievina. Photometry 501
Cohen, J. B. See Miniati, T 418
Colin. Solution for Growth of Organisms 113
Colin, A. H. Smilax Rotundifolia 4'.i
Colin, S. Solubility of Gypsum in Ammonium Salts 553
Cohn and Millet. Organisms in the Air 115
Colby, C. E.. and M'Loughlin, C. S. Action of Sulphurous
Anhydride on Benzene 366
Coleman, J. J. Chemical Education 799
Refrigeration 2S2
College of Agriculture. Specimens at Manchester Royal
J ubilee Exhibition 695
Collett, J. M. Sodium Sulphite 597
Collett, J. M., and Co. Isinglass, &c. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 70.",
Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 701
Collin. Coke Ovens (illus.) 280
Collin, C, and Benoist, L. Fixation of Colouring Matters 59.",
Collins. Discussion on Micro-organisms of Yeast 191
Colson, A. Ery throl 374
Coltelloni. Removal of Fusel Oil from Spirit 829
Commetin, E., and others. Accumulators 223
Comstock, W. J., and Koenigs, W. Cinchonine 146
Cinchona Derivatives 786
Coninck. G. de. See Storck 727
Coninck, Oechsner de. Pyridine Alkaloids 51
Alkaloids 522
Conrad, M„ and Guthzeit, M. Humus 220
Constable, M., and Bingle, J. R. Extraction of Gold 512
Constable, W. E. Artificial Asphalt 2'.' ;
Cooper. Box, & Co. India-rubber, &c. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 766
Coppee. Coke Ovens 5S0
Cordillos dit Luzy. Dyeing with Chlorophyll 413
Corenwinder. Nitrates in Beet 113
Cornish, R. Addition of Sugar to Mortar 140
Cottam, E. German Silver 599
Cotton, W. Purification of Feed Water 501
Coutts and Brothers. Blast Furnace Tar 68 1
Cowper, E. A. Filter-press 812
Cox, H. B. Electric Batteries 223
Cox, S. D. and J. Treatment of Sewage 48
Craig, A. F., Nelson, A., and Snodgrass, J. Separation of Oils,
&C 294
Crampton. O. A., and Trescot, T. C. Carbonic Acid in Beer
(illus.) 839
Crawford, W. \V. Maturing Spirits 281
Cresswell, C. G. Discussion on Analysis of Superphosphates.. 705
Creydt.R. Estimation of Rafflnose 829
Raffinose 221
Creydt, R., and Scheibler, C. Raffinose 6G9
Crimp. Sewage Sludge 239
Critchley, T. Starch at Manchester Rnyal Jubilee Exhibition 769
Critchlow, J., and Forester, T., "W., H., and L. Filter-press 510.813
Crocker, F. B. See Curtis 518
Crocker, J. A. FUter 537
Croft Granite Brick and Concrete Co. Paving, &c. at Man-
chester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 707
Croll, S. H . Treatment of Ammoniacal Liquors 820
Crooke, J. J. and R. Treatment of Copper JIatte 218
Crookes, H. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 636
Cros and Ducos du Hauron. Chromo-lithography 424
Crosfield, J., and Sons. Soap at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 762
Cross. Electrolytic Bleaching 247
Cross, C. F-, and Bevan, E. J. Electrolytic Bleaching 170
Cross and Bevan. Electrolytic Bleaching 337
Cellulose 695
Crosse, J. Accumulators 222
Crowder. Discussion on Alkaloids 491
Discussion on Analysis of Superphosphates 705
Discussion on English Tobacco 163
Moisture in Superphosphates 404
Crum-Brown. Laboratory Fittings (illus.) 205
Crum-Brown and Fraser. Alkaloids 490
Cryer. See Millward 635
Cuisinier, L. Glucose Manufacture 602
Cerealose :'";'
Glycase s2!l
Fell. 29, 1888.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
PAGE
Cullerne, C. I!., and Co. Specimens at Manchester It .yal
Jubilee Exhibition 701
ConliEfe, R., and Lund, J. Calciner (illus.) S14
Currie. S.C. C. Sea Squire 734
Cunie, W., and Co. India-rubber, &c. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 766
Curtis, C.G., Crocker, F.B., atunviieeler, S. S. Etectric Bat-
teries 518
Curtinan, Detection of Aniline Colours 522
Dafert, P. \V. Composition of Starch
Bee Beutell *J6, 451
Dahl. Naphthylaminesnlpbonic Acid Til
Dahl, C. P. Evaporation of Waste Liquors from Wood Fibre. 412
Dahlz, K. G. Preserving Milk 377
Daisberg, C. See Bayer, F 593
Dale. See Roberts 835
Hale. R. S. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 627
Dalton. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition . 624
Danchell, P. H. Treatment of Sewage 29S
Danzer, H., Simian, A., and De Marcien. Dyeing Fabrics 544
Darapsky, L. Boric Acid in Chili 545
nitre in Tarapaea (illus.) 545
Daubrawa. Antimony Pentachloride 546
Daudenart, L. G. G. Treatment of Sewage «7s
Dauslish. Bread 165
Davidson. Discussion on Iron in Chars 50O
Sulphurous Acid in Raw Sugar 681
Davidson, R. Estimation of Iron in Chars 421
Davies, E., and Harris. H. F. Paper from Spent Hops 55S
Davis. Discussion on Glycerin from Soap Leys SO
Davis, G. E. Refrigeration and Ice-making (illus.) 252
Specimens. Ac. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition. . . 629
Sulphate of Lead and Alumina 415
v , Ellison, H 72(1
Davis, H.J. Pyrites 287
Dai is. J., and Co. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 628
Davy. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition. . . 624
Dawson. Sewage 214
Dawson, B. Evaporation of Waste Lyes *S0
Dawson, D., and Bros. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 635
Deacon, H. W., and Hurter.F. Ammonia Manufacture (illus.) 509
Debouteville, E. D., andMalandin, L. P. C. Carburetter for Air 502
Debray and PCchard. Oxidation of Battery Carbons 673
Debus. Reaction of Uranium Solutions 837
Dee Oil Co. Specimens at Manchester Roval Jubilee Exhibi-
tion 630
Degener. Maltose and Dextrose ^-s
Polarisation of Beet Juice 553
Dehne, A.L. G. Filter Presses 364
Deibert, T. J. Kalmia Augustifolia 49
Dejardin, A. C. Protection of Vines against Phylloxera 601
Delabarre, O. P. Pump for Water, 4c 66
Delacbanal. See Vincent, C 559, 668
De la Rive. Electrolysis 171
Delbriiek. Bottled Beer 555
Influence of Carbonic Acid on Beer 734
Yeast 122
Delerue. C. Washing Wool. £c. (illus.) 660
Delsol, E. J. L. Potassium Carbonate 729
Demant, S. Decolourisation of Carbolic Acid 503
Do .Marcien. See Danzer 544
Dempster, A. Sulphate of Ammonia 42
Dennis, J. H., and Gleudinning, X. Sulphide of Zinc 440
Deojridised Metal Co. Bridgeport, C.S.A. Bronze 141
Derham.T. Hydrometers 383
Desmazures, C. Galvanic Batteries 51S
See Commetin 22.;
Desolu,E. H. Galvanic Batteries 51S
Desormes, C. Attraction by Jet of Air (illus.) 65
Dospeissis, L. H. Electric Sugar Refining 19
Despretz. Rise of Zero in Thermometers 130
Desruelles, L. and W. Electric Batteries 222
Deutecom. Sulphur Determination 85
Deutsch, W. M. Filter 280
Deville. Aluminium 176
Examination of Silk 565
Deville, Saiute-Claire. Composition of Petroleum 33
De Vrij. Cinehonidine in Quinine 455
Commercial Quinine Sulphate 841
PAGE
Dewar. Quinoline 485
Dewar, J. Chlorine Manufacture (illus.) 775
Dewrance, J. Lubricant for Steam Cylinders 141
Dibdin. Sewage Sludge -
Dibdin, W. J. London Sewage 36C
Dick, R. Gutta-percha Compounds 513
Dick, W. Asphaltum Varnish S7S
Dieterich, E. Analysis of Opium 566
Assay of Opium 1 4s
Estimation of Morphia 609
Diez, R. Estimation of Glycerol 609
Dirvell, P. J. Separation of Gold from Antimony, &c 3St
Distillers Company. Spirits at Manchester Roval Jubilee
Exhibition 771
DittiU3r. Barometric Pump 65
Estimation of Arsenic 353
Prevention of Bumpins 581
Dittmar. W., and M'Arthur, J. Potassium Determination and
Atomic Weight of Platinum
Divers, E., and Haga, T. Action of Sulphites on Nitrites
Dollfus. Ultramarine 792
Donald, J. See Macnab si i
Donald, W. Chlorine Manufacture (illus.) s22
Donath. Reaction of Morphine 149
Test for Rosin 682
Donath. E. Estimation of Chromium 450
Manganese Green 433
Stannous Chloride 456
L'ses of Manganese Dioxide 43s
Donath, E., and Jeller, R. Separation of Chromium 158
Valuation of Copper Ores 45S
Separation of Alumina from Iron 45S
Dorman, G. E. Secondary Battery 146
Dorin, H. E. P. Electrochemical Etching 516
Dott, D. B. Alcohol for Manufacturing Purposes S05
Doulton and Co. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 627
Pottery at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition iS
Drake, J. Gas from Benzoline 364
Draper. Absorption Spectra 429
Drechsel. Absorption Bottle (illus.) 430
Dreyfus. Discussion on Glycerin from Soap Leys 90
Discussion on Influence of Mass 93
Manufacture of Toluidina 42u
Driffield, V. E. Boiler Management (illus.) 178
Dubois, C. Extraction of Sulphur 439,412
Dubourg, E. See Gayon, U 144
Dudok, Devitt, and Co. Electric Smrar Refining 19
Dulitz, H. Explosive 226
Dulong. Formula for Calorific Value S3
Dunn, A., and Hasslacher, P. Galvanic Batteries 299
Duncan. Sugar Refining , 15
Dunkley, E. and A. Waterproof Leather 51 4
Dunn. Deposits in Water Pipes 712
Oxidation by Permanganate 350
Dnpetit, G. See Gayon, U 144
Dupre. Discussion on Kinetite 10
Durand, L., and Husruenin. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition
Dureau. Purification of Syrups 143
Durnford, A. H. Gunpowder 233
Dyar, H. G., and Hemming, J. Carbonate of Soda 661
Dyer. Bernard. Discussion on English Tobacco 163
Moisture in Superphosphates 4** t
Discussion on Analysis of Superphosphates 7"4
E. B. Tannin Determination 51
Earp, W. R. Leather Manufacture 44
East Lancashire Chemical Co. Apparatus at Manchester
Royal Jubilee Exhibition 029
Eberhardt.L. A. Oil of Black Pepper 675
Ebert and Merz. Oxynaphth.I 72 ;
Xaphthalenedisulphonic Acid 72".
Eck, R. Coriander Oil 675
Eckenroth, H. Bleaching Barley 295
Edelmann. Pocket Battery 515
Eder. Orthochromatic Photography 424
Edwards, Downes. Preserved Potatoes 771
Edwards, G. M. Treatment of Ores (Sizing) 664
Edwards, J. S. Oil from Fish 548
Edwards, J. S. and J. Drying Waste Hatter 537
Effront, J. Saccharification 733
E°rasse, E. Indian Drugs 49
Eglcston, T. The Weathering of Building Stones. 42
viii
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29, isss.
PAGE
Ehmann. V. Galvanised Water Pipes ■-"
Ehrhardt, P. Carbonic Acid for Sugar Works 603
Bhrenberg, A. Apparatus lor Electrolytic Gasea (ilbis.) 3S3
Sperical Gasometer (illus.) 682
Ehrenwerth, J. v. The Martin Process of Iron Smelting 43
Eijkman. J. F. Hydrastine 881
Einhorn. E. Kcgonine 605
Risele,0. fl Wunderlich S3S
Eisenbaut, R. Articles from Ground Wood, &c
Eitner. Estimation of Tannin 96
Bkenberg, M. Temperature Regulator 562
Elborne. Bee Hfilbing '*'
Elborne. W. Strophanthue 881
Elliot. Gas Analysis Apparatus k&*
EUis. Discussion on Indicators 199
Ellison, H.. and Davis. G. L'. Distillation of C a! Tar 720
Ellwood. Valenta's Test for Oils -1
Ebnore, F. E. Electrolysis 833
Elmore, W. and A. S.,and Barrett. H. Electrolytic Treatment
of Ores 140
Elwortby, H. S. Indian Dyes ?86
Mahwa Flowers as a Source of Sugar -1
Emeis. See Doges '"
Endemann. Ultramariue "'■'-
Engel. Ascospores in Yeast llv
Bugler, C. Examination of Petroleum 39
Engler, 0, and Boebm, 11. Vaselin 371
E'.:-lert. S., and Becker, F. Purification of Sugar Juice 47
"Purification oi Sugar Juice 375
Engling. Milk Caseiu 882
Enzinger. Influence of Carbonic Acid on Beer 7 1
Epstein. L. Electrodes 519
Erb.L. SeeJanovsky 485, 436
Erdmann. See Volhard 653
Erdmann, E. Colours for Cotton 816
Eriksson, L. J., and Xordline. E. E. R, Dry Rennet 221
Ermen and Roby. Cotton, Jtc. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition
Errara, L. Glycogen in Teast B28
Errera, B. Localisation of Alkaloids in Plants 671
Errera, G. Stilbene 286
Eschellmann, G. Chlorates 248
rt, C. Veevers, H., and Schwab, M. Purification of Coal
Gas 719
Etienne, E. See Venator 386
Eureka Salt Manufacturing Co. Specimens at Manchester
Royal J ubilee Exhibition 700
Evans. Estimation of Tanniu 84
Evans, N. P. See Anschutz 516
Evans, Sons, and Co. Lime Juice at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 77;
E>ckens,0. White Lead (illus.) 288
Eykman. Hydrastine 448
Eytelwein, Discharge of Water from Tubes 65
Fahlberg, C. Saccharine 18. 449, 587, S «
i Fahlberg, C, and List, R. Benzoylsulphiruide 652
Pahrig, E. Sugar Manufacture 511
Faireloush, G. Soap, ic. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 76S
Fairley. T. Filter Pumps (illus.) 64
Falck. Conune 224
Faleounier, G. Glass Bricks 510
Falh ostein, O. Bet 1'etry 3
Faradi lysis 171
Manuscript. &C. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition. 625
Farbaky, S., and Schenek, S. Secondary Batteries . . :*. 604
Farbcnfabriktn rorm. Bayer and Co. /S-naphthylainiue-^-
mouosidphonic Acid 436
.Faroireri* vorm. Meister, Lucius, and Bruning. Indole
Colours 50"
Green Colours SOS
Farinaux. Filter Press (illus.) 372
Farinaux, P. Carbonic Acid Manufacture 509
Farui'-r. M. G. Aluminium 735
Faucher. Saltpetre in Beet 143
Faulenbach. Determination of Starch 53
Faulkner, F.. and Adlarn, W. Aerating Wort 221
Brew ers' Worts 376
Faull, E. M. B., and Cannon, F.W. Corrosion Prevent he .. . 814
Fayaud, A. Vulcanised Caoutchouc ', :
F'cldlnan, A. Enamelled Ware ."17
PAGE
Fenton, J. Treatment of Sewage 515
Ferko, P. Pyrogenic Reactions 539
Festing. Bet Abney 424
Field, J. C. and J. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 6S1
Finch, R. Concentration of Sulphuric Acid (illus.) 216
1" ink. R. Affinity of Sulphates 728
Finkener. Examination of Castor Oil 148
Filter Pump (illus.) 71
Potassium Determination 801
Finkler. Spirilla in Water 320
Fischer. Filter Pump (illus.) 71
Magnesia in Boiler Scale 1S7
Fischer and Phi'.ipp. Dimethylamidoazobeuzene 1%
Fischer, B., and Wnnmer, H. Oxy-azo compounds G5'.>
Fischer, E. Estimation of Arsenic 353
Fischer, E., and Stcche, A. Methylation of Indoles 592
Fischer, E., and Wagner, P. Rosindoles". 592
Fischer, E., and Weber, M. W. Extraction of Gold 512, 518
Fischer, F. Calorific Value of Coal 35
Gas Analysis Apparatus (illus.) 74S
,11. Stassfurt Potash 663
Fischer, O. Kairine 489
Fischer, O. VT. Oil of Strophanthus Seeds 676
Fischer, O., and Hepp, E. Azophenines and Indulines 724
Xitrosamines 72:i
Fish. Automatic Saliva Ejector 66
Fittbogen, J., and Schiller, R. Growth of Beet Plant 733
Fittig. Laboratory Fittings 2"",
Fitzgerald. Lithanode 873
Fitzgerald. D. G. Batteries for Extraction of Gold, &c 604
Negative Elements lor Batteries 558
Treat ment of Battery Liquor 515
A oltaic Batteries 146
Flach. Treatment of Zinc Scum 870
Flamache, A., and Picard, E. Drying Wood, &c 510
Flangergues. Rise of Zero in Thermometers 130
Fleck, H. Detection of Picric Acid in Food 50
Fleischer, M. Valuation of Thomas-fclag 46
lit isihmann. See Schrodt, M 550
Fleischmann, W. Testing Butter 831
Fleming, A. B., and Co. Apatite (Azalite) 12s
Oils, A:c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 762
Fleming, H. Glycerin from Soap Leys SS
Fletcher, A. E. Discussion on Chlorine 789
Fletcher, J. Dyeing Paper 139, 50S
Fluckiger. Analysis of Opium 148, 566
Fludder, G. R. See Schanschieff 222
Flug. K. Ignatjewite 4"
Flurscheim and Bergmann. Galvanising 333
H. Adulteration of Rape Oil 6o!i
Determination of Chlorides in Potash 6n7
Water of the River Bode 604
Fol and Dunaut. Microphytes 325
Follenius. Cadmium Sulphide 665
Fellows and Bate. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 627
Foot . Pulsation Pump 65
Fordred, J. Torrefied Grain for Brewing 145
Forrest. See Smith 76:1
Forrest, R, W. 8 Ma 'Arthur, J. S 600
Forrester. Bet Critolilow 510, sis
Forsling, S. Xaphthylamincsulphonic Acids 721
F ureter. Mineral Oil Gas Su
Foster, F. Aeration of Liquors 547
Foth. Influence of Carbonic Acid on Beer 7:*4
Fould. A., and Genreau, P. Fire Bricks, Crucibles, Ac 43
Foulis. Discussion on Gas from Oil 203
Fourness, W. A. Dyeing Loose Cotton 508
Fowler.J.B. Oil Gas 212
Fox, S. Preventing Incrustation in Boilers 133
Frauehimout, P. N. Carbamides 681
Francis. Blasting Plug 177
Francis, J. R., and Jones, F. F. Sulphur from Ores 731
Frank) A. Recovery of Sulphites 735
Franke, B. Gas Burette (illus.) 450
Frankeuburg, I. India-rubber Ac. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 766
Fraukland. Fungi in Potable Water 4M
Frankland. P. F. Bacteriology 316
Micro-organisms in Water 114
Fraser, T. R. Strophauthin n7i
Fredurean, J. B. F". Utilisation of Slate Refuse 510
Free. J. W. Manufacture of Malt 145
Freeman. J. B.. and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 637
Feb. 29, isss.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
PASS
Frehse. Determination of Salycilic Acid 148
Fremy. Action of Sulphurous Acid on Nitrons Acid Ml
See Claus 668
Frerc. Blue Colour of Ammonium Sulphate 383
Presenilis, W. Acetometer 389
Freimd, M. and Will. W. Hydrastine 381, tt:i
Frickc, E. Effect of Vapours on Vegetation 7.'!'!
Frickhinger, H. Spirit us Aeth. Nit 3x1
Friedel, c. Ferrooyanides 5 15
Friedheim, C. Determination of Sulphuretted Hydrogen 456
Sulphur Determination (107
Friedlander, F., and Quaglio, G. Hydrocarbons from Gas 505
Friedrichs. See Greiner 300, 739
Friend. Electric Sugar Refining 18
Fritschi, A. Carbonic Oxide 189
Fritzsche. Valuation of Indigo 1"..".
Froedman, F. H. Transparent Cards, &c 550
Waterproof Paper, 4c 825
Fronde, \V. Flow of Water through Pipes (illus.) 68
Fronting, R. Milk 671
Frutiger, G. Determination of Urea (illus.) 1-19
Fry. Ensilage 66S
Gaedicke, J., and Methe. A. Magnesium Light for Photo-
graphy 538
Galbraith. Discussion on Xessleiising 3 i
Gal], W. D. See Knights, J.W 37s
Gallois. See Hardy 7:i7
Gamble. Discussion on Chlorine 789
Gamble, Josias C, and Sun. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition '. . . 697
Gan Kroger, A. Screen Bottom for Filter Tanks 649
Garroway, R. and J. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 700
Gartner. Germs in Water 557
Garton, F. Transparent Varnish 513
Gaskell. Black Ash Liquors 310
Gaskell, Deacon, and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 697
Gftsselin and Le.vy. Reaction of Morphine 149
Gassner, C, jun. Galvanic Batteries 674
Gatty, P. A. Dyeing Cotton 727
Dyeing Wool 544
Gaunesdorfer, J. Effect of Lithium Salts on Vegetation s2t;
Gautenberg, W. Examination of Sugar 681
Gautier. Investigations on Foundry Iron 664
Gayon, A. M. V. Inverted Sugar 17
Gayon.U. Fractional Distillation (illus.) 838
Gayon, U., and Dubourg, E. Fermentation Ill
Gayon, U., and Dupetit, G. Fermentation in
( 3 i ilolst, L. Picrocarmine 543
Gehe and Co. Review of Markets 309
Geissler. Air Pump 300
Barometric Pump 65
Filter Pump (illus.) 72
Geldart and Co. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 763
Gent, J. F. Cerealine from Maize 602
Gerhardt. Qninoline 485
Gericke. Dinitrosulphobenzide 366
Gerlach. Peptones 738
German Pharmaceutical Society. Tests for Preparations 075
Gerrard. Atropine 3S9
Tulipin 381
Gersdorf, A. Funnels 364
Gerstenberger. " Salvo Petrolia " (Vaselin) 676
Gerstner, M. Nordhausen Oil of Vitriol Mixtures 289
Getterlund, C. G. Malting Barley 830
Geuther, A. Methyl Alcohol in Calamus Root 676
Ghillany, E. Acetphenetidine as an Antipyretic 676
Gibson. Discussion on Boiler Management 186
Gibson, J. Laboratory Fittings (illus.) 205
Gieseckc. Conuue 486
GifFard. Injector 66
Gilchrist, P. C. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 694
Steel Manufacture 732
Giles. Discussion on English Tobacco 163
Giles and Shearer. Titration of Sulphites 196
Gillman, A. W., and Spencer, S. Finings for Brewers 514
Sulphites 546
Oilman, C. G. Porous Earthenware 547
Gimbel, A. See Liebermami, C 633
PAGE
Gintl, W., and Storcli, L. Ecgonine 520
Girard. Bread 170
Sugar in Beet 828
Girard, A. Su$ar licet 295
Girard, C, and L'Hote, L. Aniline Chromatcs 653, 659
Girard, M. A. The Gums of Gaboon. &c 666
Giraud, H. Separation of Tin and Antimony 226
(iil tins, C. K. Filters 364
Glea. See Heddle 875
Glendinning, X. See Dennis 140
Gmelin. Ultramarine 791
Gmelin, O. Chemical Notes for Foundrymen 5 19
Goadsby ami Co. Specimens at ftianchester Boya) Jubilee
Exhibition 687
Goebel, E. Detection of Cinchona Alkaloids :;n;
Goebel, H. Estimation of Morphia 565
Goiz, J. Electric Su.-ar Benniug 19
Goldschmidt. Papaverine 400
Goldschmidt, H. Mould Fungus in the Air B29
Goldschmidt and Schmidt. Stuppfett 651
Gooch. Estimation of Lithium 718
Gooch, F.A. Estimation of Boric Acid (illus.) 385
Goppelsroder. Ultramarine 792
Goske, A. See Bernthsen, A 506
Goslich. Consumption of Fuel in Breweries 73 4
Gossage. Treatment of Black Ash Liquors 849
Gossage, F. H.. Mathieson, T. T„ and Hawlickzek, J. Sodium
Sulphide JtS
Gossage, W., and Sons. Soap at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Gossin. See Calmets 220
Gottig, C. Crystallised Alkalis 663
Crystals of the Alkaline Hydrates ."j'.it
Hydrates of Caustic Potash 546
Hydrate of Caustic Soda 509
Gottig, J. See Nietzki, R 506
Gotz, G. W. Production of Ammonia in Iron 664
Grabau, L. Aluminium 512
Aluminium Fluoride 820
Graebe, C. See Bohn, R 722
Graff, W. Separation of Fat 665
Graham. Rate of Flow in Tubes 415
Graham, A. M. Manufacture of Sulphates 217
Grasset, A., and Mallat, A. C. Cement 37"
Grassman, P. Wheat injured by Copper Sulphate 295
Grauer, E. Apparatus for extracting Aqueous Solutions
(dins.) 303
Grawitz. Aniline Chroinate 653
Grawitz, W. J. S. Printimr Aniline Black 819
Gray. Discussion on Paraffin Wax 500
Gray, Smith, and Bennett. Soap at Manchester Roval Jubilee
Exhibition '. 762
Great Bocks Lime and Stone Co. Lime, ftc, at Manchester
Royal Jubilee Exhibition 768
Greenbank Alkali Works Co. Specimens at Manchester
Royal Jubilee Exhibition 198
Greening, F. Substitute for India-rubber, ke 540
Greenway, T. J. Separation of the Precious Metals from Lead -13
Greenwood, G. Sec Lambert 443
Greiner and Friedrichs. Three-way Cock (illus.) 789
Mercury Air Pump (illus.) 800
Gresly. Isomers of Dimethylanthragallol 511
Gridley and Co. Isinglass, ie. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 764
Griess. Diazo Bodies 691
Diazo Compounds 2x3
Griess, J. P. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 626
Griess, P., and Harrow, G. Action of Diamines on Carbo-
hydrates 446
Griessmayer. Starch Cellulose 4-46
Griffiths, A. B*. Irou Sulphate as a Manure 374
Griffiths, Bros., and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 637
Grimaux, E., and Lefevre, L. Dextrin from Glucose 830
Grimabaw Bros. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 612
Grimshaw, H. Discussion on Dyeing with Chlorophyll 413
Groger, M. Oxidation of Palmitic Acid 825
Grosfils, P. Preservation of Butter 67o
Grossman. Discussion on Acidity in Flue Gases :;is
Discussion on Glycerin from Soap Leys 90
Grotthus. Action of Light on Iron Salts 279
Gruber, O. v. Double Sulphate and Phosphate of Ammonia . . 442
Guiinet. Ultramarine 791
Guitard. Electric Deposition of Dust :;7s
Guntz. Antimony Tartrate , 509
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. so, 1888.
PAGE
Gussefeld, 0. Nitrogen in rMisotl Superphosphates 531
Gutensohn, A., and James, J. M. Pickling Iron, Ac 517
Gatbzeit, It. S a Conrad '--"
Gutzeit. li.tr, n,i irsenic 522
Gutzeit, H. Methyl Alcohol in Plants On:. 67 1
Haarst. Chloral Camphor ^81
llaberman. Oxidation of Dextrose ■"•" l
Hack. Discussion on Purification of Coal Has 30
Hackney, \V. St e Penros», W 294
Haddow, A. Adjustable Thermometers (illus.) ISO
Hadfield, R. Steel 548
Haedicke ami Tollens. Raffinose S74
Haen, C. J. E. do. Antimony Fluoride 7-7
Haga, T. Set Divers, E 663
Hagemann, G. A. Thermo-chemistry 270
Hagemann, O. C. Glycerin from Soap Leys 88
Bagenbach. Viscosity tit
Hager. Analysis of Opium B66
Hahn.E. Test For Linseed Oil 681
llakausson. Toluensdisulphonic Acid 137
Hake. Magnesium Chloride 7s7
Hallam, A. Specimens at Manchester RoyalJubilee Exhibition 636
Haller, J. G. See Buttner 443
II ill. tt, W. B. Treatment of Sewage 072
Halliday and Co. Soap. Ac. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Ilalske. See Siemens 734
Halter, C. and J. Imitation Straw Plait 139
Hamburger, S. Discussion on Magnesium Chlorate 251
Production of Chlorine "J is
Discussion on Sugar Refining 21
Discussion on Ultramarine 794
Discussion on Pyrometers 14
Hamel, L. Colours on Cotton S19
Hamilton. Broxburn Petroleum 352
Discussion on Egyptian Petroleum 180
Discussion on Testing Para [tin Scale 275
Testing Paraffin Scale 351
Hammer. Tannin 388
Hammerschlag. See Liebermann 642
Hammond, G. Utilisation of Gas Tar S15
Hammond, H. R. See Lea, J 661
Hammond, J. Purification of Coal Gas 719
Hampe. Separatum of Zinc 49
Hampe. W. Treatment of Tin Ore 301
Hanansek, E. Detection of Woody Pibre in Paper S10
Hanisch, E., and Schroder, M. Sulphuric Anhydride 599
Handtmann. Waste Water from Sugar Works 672
Hanker, Th. Addition of Sugar to Cement 1 10
Hanks, H. G. Californian Petroleum 409
Hannan, R., and Milburn. M. Zinc 600
Hannay, J. B. Extraction of Gold 673
Protective Paint for Ships 601
Sulphuric Acid 720
Treatment of Sewage 298
Hannay, J. B., and Pape. E. J. White Paint 550
Hansen. Beer from Pure Yeast 17
Yeast 556
Hansen, C. Rennet 297
Hansen, r. C. Organisms in the Air and in Yeast (illus.) .... lit
Hans, >n. Treatment of Sewage 230
Hanssen. Strychnine 605
Hantzsch. Nitrandio Acid 213
Harbord. Influence of Silicon on Iron 203
Harden Stay and Sinclair Fire Appliance Co. Fire Apnli-
ances at Manchester Royal .Jubilee Exhibition ". .. (128
Hardman and Holdons. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition '. . . 633
Hardman, J., and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 633
Hardy, G. W. See Archer 825
Hardy and Calmels. Pilocarpine 675
Hardy and Gallois. Ineme 737
Hargreavee, J., Robinson, T.. and Hargreaves, J. Chlorine
from Hydrochloric Acid 367
Hargreaves and otbi rs. Treatment of Pyrites 368
*ul|>l::tt<' ,,! Sni:i * 3&S
Harm. F. Treatment of Waste Sugar Liipiors 551
Hannet.H. Basic Lining lor Furnaces 218
liarnaek. Duboisine 389
Harrington Bros. Bpecimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 7nl
PAGE
Harris, A. F. Electro-plating 239
Harris, H. F. See Davies, E 558
Harris, H. I. Electric Batteries 519
Harrison, F. J., and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 630
Harrison, G., and Trimming. O. Fireproof Paint 550
Harrison. G. K. Firebricks, Ac. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 767
Harrow, G. See Griess 446
Hart. P. Estimation of Caustic Soda 317
Cooling Water for Technical Purposes (illus.) 711
Hartland, W. H. River Pollution (illus.) 358
Hartley, W. N. Absorption Spectra of Carbon Compounds . . . 215
llartmaim, J. Dyeing with Chlorophyll 413
Harvey, J. Safety Ci ick for Stills 649
Hasebrock, K, Colour Reaction for Bismuth l."6
Hasenclever, R. Soda Industry 663
Hasselberg. Spectrum Photography 132
Hasslaeher, F. See Dun, A 209
Ilaussermann, C. Estimation of Paratoluidine 60S, 751)
Analysis of Benzenes 639
Hawksbee. Injector Pump (illus.) 65
Hawlickzek, J. See Gossage 720
Hawliezck, J. See Mathieson 11,290
Hayduck. Hops 731
Yeast 122
Hayduck, M. Lactic Acid Fermentation 605
Hayes, C. See Remsen 816
Hazlehurst and Sons. Soap, &c at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Health Soap Co. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Heathfield, R. Coating Sheet Iron 665
Galvanising 512. 500
Heckel. E., and Schlagdenhauffen, F. Araucaria .. . . . 675
Cholestrin ill Vegetable Fats 300
False Kola Nut 737
Heddle, M. F., Glen, D. C.and Stewart, D. Filtering Material 375
Hclmcr. Nesslerising 33
Testing Butter S31
Heidlberg. Chlorodimethylanilines 366
Heim, C. Photometric Investigation 716
Heintz, A. Seger's Pyroscope 134
Heintz, C. Gas Absorption Tube (illus.) r.77
Heinzelmann, G. St. John's Bread 830
Heisch. Sewage Contamination 195
Helhing, H. Strophanthus 3Si
Helbiug and Elborue. Seeds of Strophantus 737
Helfenberger. Estimation of Morphia 609
Hellfrisch, C. See Rossi 554
Hellriegel. Effect of Manure on Beetroot 667
Hemilian, W. Diphenylmetaxylylmethane 213
Hemming, J. pSeeDyar 661
Hempel, W, Error in Gas Analysis 747
Gas Burette (illus.) 788
Hencke, H., Palm. J., andSeetig, B. Dryer for Brewers' Waste,
&e. (illus.) 47
Henderson, R. J. India-rubber Compositions 732
Hengold, O. Frozen Milk 557
Henry. A. Dyeing 641
Henschke. Seopolii Root 834
Hepp, E. See Fischer, 0 723. 72 1
Hepworth, J., and Marriott, E. Ammonia from Coal Gas (illus.) 864
Herapath. Sewage 2 Hi
Herles. Estimation of Sugar in Beets 750
Hermite, E. Electrolytic Bleaching 170, 217. 727
Electrolytic Bleaching (illus.) 387
Bleaching 299, 596
Chlorine and Ozone 286
Electrolysis 73 1
Heron, J. Discussion on Antiseptic Values of Salts 703
Discussion on Bread 169
Herreshoff, J., and Nichols, H. and G. Sulphuric Acid 870
Hcrroun, E.F. Discussion on Kinetite 11
Herz, J. Artificial Colours in Red Wines 51
Detection of Alum in Flour 51
Herzfeld. Extraction of Sugar 669
Extraction of Sugar from Beet 828
Oxidation of Dextrose 554
Sugar as an Addition to Mortar 870
Sugar used with Mortar 664
Sweetness of Grape Sugar '. 6a3
Waste Water from Sugar Works 672
Hesse. Organisms in Air 115
Test for Cincbouidine Ml
Hesse, O. Alkaloids of Berberidaeeae 225
Coca-bases 675
Feb. 29, 1888.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
XI
PAGE
Heumann, K., and Oeconomides, L. Diazoamidobenzene IM
Diazoamido Bodies 5U
Heumann, K., and Wiernik, J. Diphenylethane 506
Heusler, C. Siliceous Copper
Hewitt, D. B. Discussion on Chlorine
Hevwood, J. Apparatrs at Manchester Koyal Jubilee Y.x-
hibition
Hickes, R.L. Disinfectants with Soda 072
Hicks. B. J., and Kirkwood. J. Lubricant 294
Hicks, W. Lubricating Compound
Hhrgin, J. Sulphocyanide o( Copper 80
Higgins, C. Longuet. Chlorates 248
Jl .----s, P. Spoiler 599
H ikely, P., and Radcliffe, J. Filter 304
Hilirard, E. W. Influence of Lime on Vegetation 7S3
II --•■nstock. Tetrabasic Calcium Phosphate 4",7
Hill, W. SeeReimer
Hills F. C. Purification of Coal Gas 23
Hinchcliffe. See Bratby 772
Hindsberg, 0„ and Kast. A. Physiological Action of Acet-
phenetidine 521
Hinksman, C. SwBsagfa B Si
Hinsberg. Tolunaphthazine 506
Hird, C. Filters
Hirsohsohn, E. Solubility of Indol 834
Hirzel. Steam Bath (illus.)
Hitchins, R. W. Non-conducting Plaster 510
Hlonsek, J. "Wood Wool 3.V,
Hobson,A. H. See Knight, F. M 667
Hodgkin, J. E„ and Perrett, E. Filter (illus.) 01
Hodgfcinson. A. Cleansing Compound 727
Hoffmann, R. Ultramarine 7^'2
Hoffmeister, W. Barley 415
Hofman. Detection of Aniline Colours 522
Hofman, L., and Koeniirs. Kairoline
Hofinaun. Conxine 4->:
H f'nann, A. V. Quiuoline Red 214
Hofmann.H. Bleaching Wool :-.:
Hohnel, F. v. Caoutchouc 4J3
Holdens. See Hardman 833
Holderman, E. Crystals of Sulphur in Calcium Polysulphide . 590
Holliday, T. Dyeing Fibres 5+4
Holm, C., and Poulsen, S. V. Contamination of Tea=t 556
Holm, J. F. See Loerbeek 557
Holm and Poulsen. Analysis of Yeast 113
Holmes, J. H. Holders for Incandescent Electric Lamps 734
Hoist. Narcotic Extracts K
Hoist, G.. and Becknrts. H. Examination of Strychnine and
Brucine
Holzer, W. Incandescent Lamps 299
Honig. Oxidation of Dextrose 554
Honig and Zatzeh. Manganese Precipitates 100
Honywood, T. Preparation of Fibre 660
Hood, J. J., and Salamon, A. G. Sulphate of Alumina 316
Meta-Stannic Acid 59S
Hoogewerf and Tan Dorp. Isoquinoline 211
Hooper, D. Acid from Gym ne ma Sit ventre 380
Hooper, H. A. Estimation of Lithium 713
Hope, W. Gunpowder 225
Hoppe-Seyler, F. Estimation of Hydrocen 563
Horn, F. M. Estimation of Salts in Soap
Rosin in Beeswax! 6S2
How, W. A. Aerating Beer, Ac 297
Howard, D. Address at Annual Meeting 476
Discussion on Alkaloids 49o
Discussion on Bacteriology 323
Discussion on Bread ins
Discussion on Chlorine 78B
Discussion on English Tobacco 162
Discussion on Filter Pumps 73
Discussion on Raisins Acids 243
Howard, W. C. Thebaine 490
Howard and Sons. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 639
Howe,C.J. Cement 370
Howson, E. See Long, A. de Laude 294
Hoyle, S. Anti-incrustator for Boilers 649
Hufschmidt, F. Estimation of Arsenic 353
Hughes. Discussion on Analysis of Superphosphates 706
Hughes, T. V. See Rawson 134
Hugounenq. See Cazeneuve 737
Hummel, J. J. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition '. 638
Humy, P. R. de F. d'. Galvanic Batteries 516
Hunt, B. Estimation of Tannin 95
Hunt, C. Discussion on Purification of Coal Gas 31
PAGE
Hunter. Broxburn Petroleum
Testing Paraffin Scale
Hunter, A. D. Deodcrant 515
Hurst, G. H. Va'enta's Test for Oils
Hurter. Discussion on Boiler Management 187
Magnesium Chlorate 25]
Sulphur in Pyrites 316
Hurter. F. Electrolytic Bleaching (illus.) 337
Discussion on Pyrometers 15
Treatment of Liquids with Gases i illus. > 707
See Deacon 5"9
Huston. Shortness of Iron 42
Hutchinson. A. H. Discussion on Analysis of Superphos-
phates 70S
Discussion on Antiseptic Value> :' >-...'- 70S
Hutchinson, C. C. Phosphatic Slag 241
Ihl, A. Colour Reactions of Beet Su^ar
Colour Reactions of Starch and Gum 306
Ilinski. Xaphthalene-a-oxime-j9-imide 723
niingworth, J. See Tolson, G
Immendorff, H. Determination of Lime in Slag
Imray, O. Secondary Battery 140
Ingham, W. Discussion on Boiler Management 1S7
Imrlis. Arsenic in Copper 354
Ireland, A. C and Bowbeer, J. R. Composition for Ships'
Bottoms 219
Inine, R. Eg\rptian Petroleum 130,276
Action of Bleach on Writing Ink - "
Irwin. Discussion on Influence of Mass
Isbert, A. Determination of Phosphoric Acid
Isler, O.. and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 034
I es. Orthochromatic Photography 425
Jaeobsen. Pure Yeast 122
Jacobsen, E. Quinoline Red 214
Jaeobsen. O. Pentamethylbenzene 510
Purification of Sulphuretted Hydrogen
Xylene ." 584
Jaeobson, H. Vegetable Fats BE
Jacquelain, A. Carbon Manufacture 720
Ja^enburg. G. Dyeing Fibres 544
Mordanting Cotton 508
Jazn. Pulsation Pump 65
Jago, W. Fermentation in Bread 164
Jahne, L. Bleaching Powder 367
Jahns, E. Indian Hemp 675
Jakowlew. Acetic Acid from Wood 438
James, J. M. See Gutensohn, A 517
Jameson. CokeOven '•
Jamezek. Electrolysis 171
Janovsky, J. V., and Erb. L. Azobenzene Products 435, 138
Jannain. Action of Water on Lead Ill
Jarmay, G. Ammonium Chloride 540
Jawein. L. Determination of Zinc
Substances from " Kamala " 381
Jelinek. Carbonic Acid for Sugar Works
Jeller, R. See Donath
Jensen. Oxidation of Iron Phosphide 680
Jensen, E. Action of Air on Basic Cinder 15
Basic Slaz 374
Enrichment of Ground in Iron 44.'!
Old Ceramic Ware - r
Jewsbury and Brown. Mineral Waters at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 771
Jlimow, J. Russian Bakuols 135
Jobst, F. Cinchonidine in Quinine 455
Jodlbaur. Nitrogen Determination
John, J. Brewers' Pitch
Johnson. Discussion on Bacteriology 325
Discussion on Sodium Manufacture 24s
Johnson, Tt. S. Aspirator 65
Johnson. J., and Co. Blacklead, 4c. at Manchester. Royal
JubUee Exhibition 771
Johnson, J. Y. Treatment of Mineral Oils for Soap 141
Johnson, S. H. Sewage Sludge 241
Johnson and Berthelot. Melitose 445
Xll
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29,1888.
PAOB
Johnson, Mattluy. and Co. Platinum al Manchester R .yal
Jubilee Exhibition 695
Johnston, 1'., and Smith. (.'. Detonators --''
Johnston, W. B. Batter] Carbons 678
i .1. Vacuum Pan ^5
Jolles, a. Reaction of Chloroform ,:
Siphon (illus.) I ■'"
Jolly. Barometric Pump ' ■'
J (iiKs. Loss of Oxygen by Permanganate 261
Jones, E, and Beech, A. Filter IY._-ss.-s :;,;'
Jones, r. Uanganese Precipitates i°o
Jones,F.F. s Francis,J.R ?31
Jones, J. Retorts for Shale, &c 540
s. Spencer 376
Jones, T. J., and Tasker, W, 11. Secondary Batteries 604
Jdrgensen. Micro-organisms of Yeast 120
1 :i. Reaction of Codeine 149
Joss, 1'. S«( Ki-llner, C) 553
Joule. Alechanical Equivalent of Heat ~,,~
It is.- of Zero in Thermometers 130
Joule, J. 1'. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibi-
1 lull 024
Jonrdan. Press f. .r Oil 540
Julius, P. Set Schnltz, G 653
Juptner. Colorimetric Test for Sulphur 804
Kahlbaum, C. A. V. Nitrotoluene 419
Kahlbaum, G. W. A. Tbermo-regulator (illus.) 301
Kakizaki, T. See K.-lliier, O 553
Kalniann, W. Iodine Solutions 523
Kalmann, W.. and spoiler, J. Examination of Soda Liquors . S39
Kanders. Polariineter 835
Kappel. Solubility of Magnesium in Water containing Car-
bonic Acid 607
Kassner. Residue from Potato Spirit 829
Kast.A. See Hindsberg, 0 521
Kauffman, C. C. Treatment of Fibres .' C60
Ka, Bros. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibi-
tion 642
Kaye, Anthony K., and Son. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 701
Kayser, A. Sodaand Silicates Manufacture (illus,) 730
Kceting, G. R. Ventilation of Sewers 222
Kehrmann, F. See Nietzki 435
Kelbe and Warth. Acids in Resm Oil 539
Keilner, O., and others. Development of the Silkworm 553
Kennedy. Inlluence of Silicon on Iron 293
Kennedy, I). M. Purification of Petroleum Oil 503
Kennedy, H. Mineral "Wool from Slag Ill
Kennepohl, G. Phosphoric Acid in Slag 680
Kenyon, H. Zinc Sulphide S22
Kenyon, T. Pigments 513
Kern, A. Colours from Thiobcnzoic Acid 508
Kern and Sandoz. Tetramethyldiamidothiobenzoplienone.... 660
Kerner. G., and Weller, A. Commercial Quinine Sulphate ... S41
Kerr, J . Canadian Petroleum 411
Kershaw, H. Dyeing cotton, &c - 215
Kershaw, J„ and Co. Samples at Manchester Royal Jublilee
Exhibition 763
Kessler, J. L. Treatment of Bisulphates 292
Kiliani, II. Arabinose 219
Products of Arabinose 446
Kilvert, N., and Sons. Soap, &o. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
King. Discussion on Testing l'arallin Scale 275
King, F., and Co. Dried Vegetables, ic. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 771
King, J. P. and V. F. Press for Paraffin Scale 351
Kingzett, C. T. Glycerin from Soap Leys 88
intiseptio Properties of Various Salts 702
Discussion on Bacteriology 324
Discussion on Chlorine 7<10
Kirchner. Inlluence of Sugar Liquors on Milk of Cows 448
Borkpatrick. J. Turkey-Rwl Oil 541
Kirkwood, J. See Hicks, B. J 294
Kissel, A. K. Imitation India-rubber 219
E -si in l\ It. Ezaminatum of Gtlne 565
Estimation ..( Nicotine 665
Kjeldahl. Nitrogen Determination (illus.) 150,457
Klasou, P. Action of Chlorine on Carbon Bisulphide 728
Toluenedisulph.mil- Acids 137
Dander, C, L. Dyeiug Yam 595
TAGE
Kleb. Cultivation of Organisms 114
Klein. Iron Phosphide not present in Slag 6S0
Microphytes 323
Pure Yeast 113
Klein. J. Use of Ammonium Dithiocarbonatc in Analysis.... BS6
Klein, Schanzlin, and Becker. Rotary Pumps (illus.) 716
Kleiner-Fiertz, E. C. Aluminium 512, 517, 51S
Kleist and Zeller. Repairing Coke Ovens (illus.) 2s2
Klien. Composition of Barley and Peas 45
Klinger. Diamidostilbeuc 437
Ki 1:1 up. Slag and Cement Got
Ultramarine 7i'ii
Knapp, 1". Ultramarine 40
Knapp.J.B. Gas Burner with Nitrous Oxide 815
Knecht. Chrvsamine as a Mordant 817
Filter Pump (illus.) 72
Kneeshaw, Lupton. and Co. Paving, &c. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition '. . . 767
Knight, E. M., and Hobson, A. H. Liquid Gum 667
Kuights, J. \V., and Gall, W. D. Disinfectant 37s
Knoll, A. Morphinecarbonic Acid 520
Codeine 521
Knop. Ammonia Determination 827
Azotometer 6117
Knop, "W. Estimation of Ammonia in Soils 457
Knorr. Antipyrine 4so
Knorre, G. v. Use of Nitroso-/3-naphthol in Analysis S84
Knublauch. Influence of Lime in Gas-making 503
Kobert. Croton Oil 520
Kobig. Hexyl Alcohol 146
Kiibrick, A, Ash in Organic Substances 840
Organic Matter in Spring "Water 455
Koch. Comma Spirilla 820
Mi.To-or-runisms in Water 114
Koch, R. Titration of Free Acid in Tannin 608
K... lis. W. Determination of Sulphur in Albuminoids lis
Kocian, K. See Wohanka 378
Kock, E. Triphenylmethane Derivatives 65S
Koechlin. Bichrome as a Mordant l:;i
Kocllner, C. A. Filter Press (illus.) 814
Koenigs. Quinoline 4S5
Koenigs, W. See Comstock, AY. J 146, 7:10
Koblransch. Electrolysis of Chlorates 344
Kohn. Discussion on Electrolytic Bleaching S4o
Discussion on Treatment of Liquids with Gases Tin
Kohn, G. H. Water Gas 503
Kolb, J. Syphon 39
Kolbe 561
Koller, T. Plantago Major 4!i
Kollmann. Shortness of Iron 42
Koninck, L. L. de. Thiosulphates ;;si
Detection of Ammonia, Nitric Acid, &c :;•- 1
Korab. Alant Root 520
Korth. Treatment of Spirit Residues 830
Kurting. Aspirator with Filter (illus.) 537
Filter Pump (illus.) 72
Korvins-Sakovicz, T. v. Grape Sugar 602
Kostanecki, S. v. See Lieberniann 724. sis
Kottstorfer. Butter Analysis 388
Kraemer, G., and Bottcher, VV. Relation of Petroleum to Coal
Hydrocarbons 504
Krause. Chlorobromanilic Acid 720
Krause, \V. Green Colour 507
Kremel, A. Aconite 505
Colchicine :;ss
Extract of Conium 682
Lead Plaster 667
Kremp. Field Experiments B26
Kretzchmar, M. Detection of Boron 568
Fat in Milk 151
Determination of Potassium 528
Kreusler. Formation of Nitrates 601
Kreuslcr, U. Nitric Acid in Plants .'..".2
Respiration of Plants ., 733
Kreuzhage. See Wolf, G 667
Krdhnke. Boronatrocalcitc 545
Kriiss. Photometry 501
Krtiss, G. See Yicrordt, R 137
Kuhlmanu. Emulseur (illus.) 170
Ultramarine 791
Kiihn. Application of Copper Sulphate to Wheat 205
Kuhn, B. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 635
Kiilme. Peptone 840
Kulz, E. Indian Yellow 507
Kundt. Absorption Spectra 429
Kunkel, J. Phosphorus 706
Peb.29.U88.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
PAGE
Kuntze, L. Sugar Waste Lye aa Manure 552
Kunz. H. Emetine
Paraffin as Preventive against Frothing BBC
Kurtz, \. G.. and Co. Specimens it Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhil .it ion <»5
Kynaston, J. W. Chlorate o( Potash 598
liberie, P. Evaporator for Sugar Liquor 554
Lach. Sugar Manufacture 553
Ladenburg. Atropine
i-ine 389
Ladenburg, A. Active Confines 221
Ladenburg and Both. Lutidinic Acid S66
■we. E.G. H. Fireproof Paper S8C
Ladureau. Nitrates in Beets 143
Ladureau, A. Ammonia Ferment
de. G. V. Electric Bat tones 51S
Discus! n on Egyptian Petroleum 130
Lambert, H., and Greenwood, G 443
Landin. J . See Abom, W 514
Landolt. l'olaristrobometer 449
Landon, C. E„ and Wilson, J. Emulsion of Chloroform -J
Landwehr. H. A. Reagent for Hydrojyl Group 226
■k. II. <■ . and Ritsert, R. E. Treatment of Wool Fat . 373
Lanehcck. K. W Treatment of Wool Fat' 519
Lange. Picoline 224
Langenhagen, J. H. G. Leather Polish 295
Latchinow. Tolnenesulphamide 587
Laube, G. Decolourising Power of Animal Charcoal 47
Lauder, A. Whisky at Manchester Eoyal Jubilee Exhibition. 773
Laurent. Naphthase
Polarimeter 833
Laval. C. G. P. de. Valuation of Milk 151
Lavender. E. Oxide of Iron Paint 373
■ ,'C Chemical 0>. India-rubber Substitute at Man-
chester Eoyal Jubilee Exhibition 767
Lawes and Gilbert. Barley 45
Lawrence, T., and Son. Bricks, &c. at Manchester Eoyal
Jubilee Exhibition 7'-7
Laycock, T. 'Waterproofing Leather 601
Li. J-. and Hammond, H. E. Employment of Zinc Ore in
Chlorine Manufacture 664
Leather, J. W. Discussion on English Tobacco
Discussion on Filter Pumps 75
Moisture in Superphosphates 404
Lebiez. L. C. E. Secondary Batteries 833
Leblanc. Soda 7>s
Le Chateher, H. Hieh Melting Points
Lcclanehc. M. See Barbier. E 735
Ledebur. A. Blue-shortness of Iron and Steel 42
Experiments on Pis Iron 37"
Influence of Hot Blast 5 18
Leerbeck, A. R., and Holm, J. F. Albumen-maltose 557
Lefebore. X. Spirit Still 774
Lefevre, L. See Grimaux 830
Le Franc. Molasses Sugar f,54
Legler, L. Estimation of Glycerin 52
Lehmaun, O. See Xietzki 435
Lehmann, E. Varnish Manufacture 550
Lellmann, E. p-nitronaphthalene 541
Pbenyl-piperidine 605
Lellmann and Eemy. 0-nitronaphthalene 593
Lcnz, O. K. Distillation of Petroleum 591
Lcnz. W. Discrimination of Indigos 739
Permanganate Method of Organic Analysis 98
Leone, T. Bacteria in Water B27
Leonardt and Co. Cotton Colours 818
Leonhardt. A., and Co. Azo-Colours 507,815
Leuckart, E. Carvol, Borneol, and Menthol 449
Lenken. Reaction for Sugar 149
Lever, Bros. Soap, ic. at Manchester Eoyal Jubilee Exhibi-
tion 763
Levi.L. E. Thiophen Green 505
Levinstein. Xylene 5*4
Levinstein. I , and Co. Specimens at Manchester Eoyal
Jubilee Exhibition 633
Levy. See Gasselin 149
Levy, L. Colour Enactions for Arsenic and other Acids 3jr
Determination of Titanic Acid Bra
Lewis, G. T. Smeltinz Tin Ore 13
Lewis, H. and E. W. See Thomas 511
Lewj". Estimation of Paratoluidine 60S
Leybold, \V. Delivery Tnbe for Burettes (illus.) 3*2
PAGE
I.'H te. L. Estimation of Vanadium
See Girard, C
Lidoff, A., and Tichomiroff, W. Electric Bleaching
Liebermann. Eeaction for Albumen
Liebermaun, C„ and Bergami, O. Cocccrin 560
Ruberythric Acid • 722
Liebermanu, C, and Gimbel, A. Anthranol 653
Liebermann and Hammerschlag. Dinitronaphtbylamine 512
Liebermann and Jacobsen. Eihenyl-a-/3-naphthyleiiedianiine :
Liebermann, C, and Romer, M. Alkannin 723
Liebermann, C. and Kostanecki, St. v. Oxyanthraquinones 721. -IS
Liebermann, C, and Seidler, P. Opiatrrin 341
Liebermann, C, and Wi use, W. Hydroxyanthraqninone 546
Li'bermann. C. and Witt, 0. X. Azines of Cbrysoquinone . . . 723
Liebhaber, Baron de. Cleaning Powders (Tologens) 2!>4
Liebig's E.rtract of Meat Co. Preparations at Manchester
Rival Jubilee Exhibition 772
Liebig's Wine Co. Preparations at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition "71
Liechti and Suida. Mordanting 92
Mordants 133
Turkey.Red Oils 513
Liepmann, H. Electpjlytic Treatment of Ores 518
Lieven, O. Behaviour of Peaty Sand in Cement +12
Light, J., and Son. Soap, ic. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition
Lightfoot, T. B. Refrigeration
Lignon.M. Estimation of Emetine 609
Lilley.H. L.. andCo. Starch, te. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 770
Limbach. Metaxylidine 541
Limprieht and Richter. Toluenedisulphonic Acid 137
Linch. See Bucking 551
Ling. A. R. Isomeric Change in Phenol Series 72
Linlithgow Oil Co. Specimens at Manchester Roval Jubilee
Exhibition 630
Linnemann. Water Air Pump 65
Lintner. Diastase 417
Pure Yeast 122
Lintner, C. H. Diastase i'M
Lintner, C. J. Brewing 554
Lippmann. ' Amount Of Pulp in Beet 1 13
Eaflinose 445
Lippmann, E. v. Eaflinose 46
Lippmann. E. O. v. y-Galactan
Saccharates 554
Lippmann, G.v. Juice of Abnormal Suear Beet 6«9
Lipscombe, H. E. Purification of Water ;72
Lisch. SeePetry 3
List R. See Pahlberg, C
Lister, J. T. Carbons for Electric Lamps 379
Little and Son. Specimens at Manchester Eoval Jubilee
Exhibitiou 630
Liversedge. A. J. Discussion on River Pollution 361
Discussion en Testing Paraffin Scale 275
Livesey, F . Cost of Purification of Coal Gas 30
Livesey, J, and Whitehouse, W. Carburetter for Gas i
Lloyd. Lobelia Lnftata 520
Sewage 243
Lloyd, J. 1". andC. G. Magnolia Bark 300
" Asiminin 300
Lloyd, E. Amines from Phenols "2
Lodge. Electric Deposition of Dust 378
Loew, O. Catalytic Actions 43.5
Diastase 447
Formose 44»j
Loewy. Manufacture of Toluidine 420
Loges, G. Determination of Phosphoric Acid in Slags 467
Lopes and Emeis. Analyses of Leaves 414
Lohmann, C. Dyeing Blue 50S
Loiseau. Eaflinose 415
See Boivin 16
Lomas. See Morgan 772
London and Counties Tea Co. Tea at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 77 ;
Long, A. de Laude, and Howson, R. Fibrous Iron 294
Lorenz. Litmus as an Indicator 419
Lorimer, J. H. Bleaching, Disinfeetine, &c 508
Drying Hides. 4c 551
Lorrain, J. G. Electric Deposition of Dust :_;7*
Filtration 5nl
Incandescent Lamps 517
Organic Oxides 377
LSsch. Determination of Theinc 566
Lott, E. Sewage Contamination 495
Louis, D. A. English Tobacco 79
Lovett. J. Filter Pump 6K
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. w, 1888.
tage
1, vibond, J. W. Colorimeter (illus.) 522
meter t>-8
Lowden, 8. Cement 51"
l.i.w. •.('.. and Co. Spec-hm ->'■- :it Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition **5
LSwe, F. P. F. White Lead "32
Lowenthal. Determination i >f Tannin H
Estimation of Tannin ™
Tannin 388
Lowig, C. Caustic Alkalis I38
Ludlow, W. J. Batteries 558
Lndwig. Separation of Antimony f>"3
Luke, J. Duplex Paper for Walls, 4c 519
Lund, J. See Cunliffe '814
Lunge. Estimation of Paratoluidine 6C8
Kinetite ?
Estimation of Chlorine 344
Sulphur Determination 85
Sulphur in Pyrites 846
Lunge, G. German Coke Oven Tars 580
Estimation of Sulphur in Pyrites 96
Nitrogen Compounds in Sulphuric Acid 679
Sorubber for Gases (illus.) 584
Lunge, G. . and Rohrmann. L. Absorber for Gases 597
Absorption Apparatus (illus.) 538
Lunge, G., and Rosenberg, J. Lutidines of Coal Tar 865
Lunge and Smith. Aetion of Potassium Permanganate 99
I. upon. See Eneeshaw 767
Lftrmaon, F. W. Blast furnaces 548
Lux. Purification of Gas 134
Lwoff, J. Fatty Aeids in Resin Oil 539
Lyman, J.H. Waterproof Paints S25
Lyte, P. M. Cupels 43
Lead Pigment 732
White Lead 601
Macadam. Boiler Incrustation 178
Macadam, I. Discussion on Testing Paraffin Scale 271
Macadam, W. I. Employment of Agalite in Paper Manufacture
(illus.) 126
Gas from Paraffin Oil 199
Macalister, H. G., and Stewart. W. Iodised Oil 834
Mac Arthur, A. Sheep Dip 142
M' Arthur, J. .See Dittmar 799
MacArthur, J. B. Mineral Oil Gases 810
Maearthur. J. S„ Forrest, R. W. and W., and Morton. G.
Extraction of Gold and Silver 600
Hacdonald, J. W. Discussion on Boiler Management 1S7
External Scale on Boilers 334
Arrowroot Manufacture 334
Discussion of Sugar Refining '... 20
Macllwaine, A. W. Extraction of Oils 294
Macindoe, G. D. Discussion on Analysis of Superphosphates . 704
Macintosh. C, and Co. India rubber at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 765
Mack. Starch SI
Mackay, F\ X. Absorption of Gases 36S
Mackay, H. Medicinal Preparation of Oils 835
Mackinuon. Discussion on English Tobacco 163
Mackintosh, .T. B. Gas Analysis (illus.) S36
Maonab, T. Cartridges for Blasting 521
Maonab, W., sen. and jun., and Donald, J. Settling Tank 814
Hacpherson, D., and Co. Specimens at Manchester Rcval
Jubilee Exhibition 637
MacTcar. Black Ash 349
Maetear. Discussion on Electrolytic Bleaching 247
Discussion on Sodium Manufacture 217
Mallear. J. Elevator for Acids, &e. (illus.) 176
Preparing Soda for Sale 42
Sodium 174
Strontia Hydrate 597
Maddox. Orthochromatie Photography 425
Haercher. Barley - 377
Barley for Brewing 143
Determination of Starch 53
Maercker. M. See Bcscler, A 868
.Mallei. E. T. Xanthoxylum Fraxineuin 49
Hagerstein, V. Action of Sodium Nitrate as Manure 41
Magnesium Metal Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubileo
Exhibition 695
Magnus, .1 . .v e But titer 443
Mabla. Hydrastine 881,449
Maiguen. P. A. Purification of Water 222
Majendie, Col. V. D. Report on Explosion at Manchester 885
Malandin, L. P. C. See Dcbouteville 502
Mallat, A. C. Sic Grasset 370
Mallet. Chloro-staunic Compound 456
rA«E
Mailman and Scolik. Orthochromatie Photography 426
Malot, C. Titration of Phosphoric Acid 563
Maltzahn v. Solubility of Phosphate's 667
Maltzan, M. Solubility of Thomas-slag 46
Mallbre, E. Brewing 669
Manchester Aniline Oo. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 634
Mandleberg, J., and Co. India-rubber, &c. at Manchester
Itoyal Jubilee Exhibition 766
Mannlcy, T. Valuation of Indigo 455
Manonry and Scheibler. Sugar Relining 17
Maquenne. Dambose and Inosite 666
3Ieth,\ 1 Alcohol in Plants 674
Methylamine in Plants 603
Margerison, J., ar.d Co. Soap at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 762
Marguerite-Delacharlonny, P. Volatilisation from Solutions. . 306
Margueritte. Determination of Iron 564
Marino-Zuco, F. See Celli, A 896
Markownikow. Xaphthenes 504
Marlott, K. Omeire 831
Marpniann. Alant Root 520
Marriott, E. See Hepworth, J 364
Marsh, J. A. Gas from Hydrocarbons 690
Marshall, F. J. Paper Pulp 380
Marshal], G. F. Filters 501
Marshall, J. and T. A. Malt Flour 145
Martens. A. Strength of Paper 299
Martin, .1. C. White Lead S25
Martin, R, H. Asbestos Cloth 300
Martins, C. A. Mixed Azo-colours 138,139
Stilbene and Fluorene Derivatives 437
Marz. Pure Yeast 122
Maschke. Starch Globules 83
Mason, W. P. Viscometer 412
Massey-Mainwaring, W. F. B. Presses for Sludge 378
Mathieson, T. T. See Gossage 72:1
Mathieson, N., and Hawliczek, J. Bicarbonate of Soda 4L
Mathieson. T.. and llawliezck, J. Treatment of Black Ash
(illus.) 290
Matsuoka, V. See Kellner, 0 553
Matthew, P. M., jun, Waterpoof Fabrics 549
Matthews, H. R. and C. G. Aerated Beverages 221
Matthews, R. Ses Noad, J. H 146
Maumene. Inversion of Sugar 17
Saccharine 419, 588
Mawson and Swan. Filter Pumps (illus.) 72
Maxim, H. S. Magnetic Separation of Metals 515
Max Mtiller. Corrosion of Lead Pipes 832
Maxwell, T., and Young, J. Colouring Matters 286
Maxwell, W. Carbon Filaments 516, 605
Carbon Filaments for Lamps 517
Incandescent Electric Lamps 7,35
May. See Bryant 771
Mayencon, Electrolytic Detection of Metals 836
Mayer, A. Adulterated Linseed Cake 557
Me Arthur, J. B. See Beilby, G 31,212
MeCay. Arsenic in Pyrites 353
McCay, Le Roy W. Determination of Arsenic 564
McCosh. See Alexander 583
McCutchon. Press for Paraffin 271
Press for Paraffin Scale 126
McDougall Brothers. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 630
McFarlane. W. Cotton, ic. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 63S
McKechnie, D. Refining Copper 512
Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 696
McLean, A., and Smith, R. Coloured Varnishes 601
MoNair, Discussion on Valenla's Test for Oils 24
Medicus. Formula for Uric Acid 681
Medland, J. B. Regulator for Incandescent Lamps 299
Meerkatz. Estimation of Tannin 96
Meeze, A. G. Gas from Fluid Hydrocarbons 719
Meikle, J. Bleaching Cotton, &c 727
Meineke. C. Determination of Manganese 45«
A 1 ialysis of Clay 442
Determination of Phosphorus 387
Meldola, R., and Strcatfeild, F. W. Diazoamido Compounds 283, 721
Mellon, W. W. Free Acid in Superphosphates 803
Mellor, W. Pottery at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition. . 767
McndelejelT. Eka-silicon 731
Bakuol 135
Pulsir Pump 65
Mensrhing. See Meyer, V 731
Mensching, J., and Meyer, V. Pyrometer 521
Peb. 39,1888 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
CAGE
Meroer, .1. Manganese Bronze on Calico 193
Merck, C. E. Bcgonine 225
Merck, E. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 039
Merck, W. Peptone 561
Hermet. Gas Purnace 539
Merriam, L. P, Xvlomite for Collars, ic " I
Merritt, II. W. Coating for Electric 'Wires 55S
Herryman, S. W. Boiler-cleaning Compound 361
Merz. Mcthylphenazine , 212
Mere. V., and MQIler, P. Aniline formed from Phenol 138
Mono- and Di-tolylamine 505
Men, V.. and RK 0. Ethylenediamine with Catechol 513
Meserole, A. V. Secondary Batteries s;i
Meunier. Calorific Value of Coal So
M-unier-Lyon. Vaselio 520
Meyer. Decomposition of Phosphatic Slag 91
" Solubility of Thomas-slag 46
Meyer, J>. Distillation under Reduced Pressure (illus.) 878
Meyer, V. Magnesium and Germanium 510
Physiological Action of Chlorinated Ethyl Sulphide r.71
8t ffMensching 521
Meyer, V., and Mensching. Vapour Density of Germanium .. 731
.Meyer, V.. and Xeure, K. Bye-products of Thiophen 653
Me] gang, G. Waterproof Paper 553
M ichael. Resorcinol Reaction 3S8
M ichaelis, H. Reflux Condenser (illus.) 147
Michel. Viscosity of Beer 554
Mi. the, A. See Gaedicke, J -
Millet. See Colin. Organisms in Air 115
Miksch. Sugar Manufacture 553
Hilburn, M. See Hannan, R COO
Miller. See Armstrong 5S4
Miller, V. h. E. Drying Sewage 48
Millochau, A., and Chailly, F. Tannin-- 142
Mills, E. J. Discussion on Gas from Oil 203
Discussion on Indicators 199
Viscosity 414
Millward and Cryer. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 635
Milne. Discussion on Iron in Chars 500
Milne, J. M. Determination of Ammonia 423
Extraction of Fat by Soxhlet's Apparatus 33
Ne8slerising 33
Milues, E. D„ and Brother. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition
Miniati, T., Booth, H., and Cohen, J. B. Reduction of Xitro-
toluenc 418
Minton, T. See Brock, J 291
Hitscherlich. Azo-benzene 5:d
Barometric Pump u5
Mitscherlich, A. Fibres from Wood 543
Hitting, E. K. Discussion on Kinetite 12
M'Dougall, J. T. and J. Wood Pulp 146
M'Loughlin, C. S. See Colby 3G6
Moerner, C. T. Nutritive Value of Funsi 298
Mohlau, R. Cotton Colours S17
Mohler. Sulphur Determination 97
Mohr, C. Determination of Phosphoric Acid 523
Moison, F. T. See Burton, C. W 2j
Molisch. Reaction for Sugar 1 4!'
Moliseh, H. Nitrogen Compounds in Plants 551
Mollett-Fontaine, F. Treatment of Textile Materials 360
Molloy, B. C. Amalgamating Gold ;:;,-,
Mond, L. Ammonia from Ammonium Chloride 140,216,217
Chlorine 4 m
Treatment of Ammoniiun Chloride 288
Mond and Jarmay. Bicarbonate of Soda 54;
Monnet,P. Fractional Distillation (illus.) 678
Montagne, S. Treatment of Tin Scrap 294
Montagne, S. C. See Rcillon 512
Montagne, S. T. Recovering Tin from Scrap gi 1
Montgelas, Count R. de. Aluminium Batteries S80
Electric Batteries 223
Magnesium 223
Moodie. Mechanical Separator (illus.) 13
Moore. See Brown- Westhead 763
Moore, E. New Tint of Opaque Glass ,-, 17
Morand, A. Tannin 291
Morawskiaml Sfcingl. Manganese Precipitates Io0
Morawski, T., and Stingl, J. Soja Bean 5i;i
Morchais. See Pellet 45
Morfit, C. Treatment of Paper 553
Morgan, Lomas, and Co. Matches, ic. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 772
Moritz, E. R. Composition of Worts 603
PAGE
Morite, J. Old Win.- 48
M ris. Organisms of Yeast 194
Morris, G. II. Micro-organisms (illus.) 113
Horth, F. Furnace for Hydrocarbons 212
Morton, G. Set Mac Arthur, J. S 6C0
Moseley, C. Obituary 682
Moseley, D„ and Sons. India-rubber, ic. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 766
Jlostyn Coal ami Iron Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition '. . . 695
Mottershead and Co. Apparatus at Manchester Roval Jubilee
Exhibition 629
Mourlot, E. Birch Bark 549
Moyret. Examination of Silk 565
Mueller, F. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibi-
tion C2S
Muencke. Nitrogen Detennination (illus.) 150
Muencke, R. Filter Pumps (illus.) 73
Muhlbauser, O. Beuzaldebyde Green 433
Methyl Violet 434
Methylene Blue 136
< iranee Azo-Colours 591
TheEosins 283
Resorcinol 284
Muirhead, A. Action of Zinc Chloride on Oils :;-jt;
Mulder. Ammonium Dithiocarbonate 836
Muller, A. Action of Fusel Oil 830
Titration of Indigo 455
Muller, F. C. G. Crucible Steel 2:' :
Muller, H. Blue Colour for Cotton 215
Muller, J. A. Ferro- and Ferricyanides 545
Muller. K. Storage of Sugar Residues 664
Muller, M. Preservation of Food 557
Muller, P. Xylylamiiies 540
Mailer, P. See Merz, V 138, 505
Muller, R. See Bamberger, E 660
M tiller-Jacobs. Turkey-red Oils 543
Muller-Jacobs, A. Colouring Matters 13S
Muller, Thursau H. Action of Diastase 829
Mumford. Discussion on English Tobacco 163
Moisture in Superphosphates 404
Mumford, T.W.B. Discussion on Analysis of Superphosphates 704
Grinding and Separating Hard Substances (illus.) 12
Superphosphates 333
Munro, J. 31. H. Sewage Sludge 239
Muntz. Tannin 388
Muntz and Rainspacher. Tan Testing 04
Hurrie, J. Indicators for Boilers 133
Muspratt. Discussion on Sugar Refining 20
Muspratt, E. K. Discussion on Chlorine 7ss
Discussion on Determination of Sulphur in Pyrites 345
Discussion on Pyrometers ." 14
Muspratt, E. K., and Escbellmann, G. Chlorates 2ls
Muspratt, J., and Sons. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition
Mylius. Detection of traces of Lead 304
Mylius, E. Preparation of Ointments HI
Mylius, F. Gallic Acid Reaction lis.)
Iodine Starch
Nageli and Lister, Cultivation of Organisms 114
Xahnsen, R. Estimation of Copper and Arsenic 564
Xasini. See Caruel Jlti ;j:;
X"nson, H. B. Viscometer 412
Xast. W. F. Treatment of Manure 553
Native Guano Co. Treatment of Sewage . 378
X'autier, A. Superphosphate for Beet z.<;
Xebel, B. Distillation of Mercury in Vacuo 606
Neisen, F. Barometric Pump 65
Xelson, A, See Craig, A. F 2:>4
Xenchi. Ptomaines 4-4
Neucki, M. v., and Kolbe, C. Salols 561
Xesliit, E. P. Clearing Hides m
Tanning 513
Nestle, H. Milk Foods at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 775
XVt Llefold, F. Moisture in Superphosphates 403
Xeuffer, K. H. Ammonium Phosphate as a Manure 443
Injurious Action of Sodium Xitrate 444
Manures 143
Neuhaus, G. Storing Potatoes 444
Neumann, G. Determination of Iran in Slag (illus.) 6*0
Neure, K. See Meyer, V (^3
-Veic York Oxygen Co. Hydrogen Manufacture 92
xvi
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. K>, 1888.
TAGE
B., and Sisson. G. Recovery of Ferrocyanides 349
i - ... Wood Pulp at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition '""
Newbery and Vautin. Chlorination of Gold Ores (illus.i B24
Newlands, B. E. R. Discussion on Analysis of Super-
phosphates J J*
Discussion on Bread J™
- Bonlton
Newlands, J. Discossion on English Tobacco 163
Nicholas, -I . Treatment of Ores
s,H. andG. Set Herreshofi 370
Nicholson, T. Coal Gas ""1
Nickels,B. Funnels (illus.) :;-'7
rin from Soap Leys »s
len.G.H 14-
N ckels.'W. C. Funnels 134
Nicoli I . V. S ( Thorrand 510
51. A. Tulipin *Sl
Niederstadt, B. C. Japanese Oil of Peppermint 48
Niedselag, W. Action of Lime on Sugar
Xietzki. R. Indamines" 2]3
Nitranilic Acid •• ||S
Safraninc 1,v Lv'
Xietzki. R.. and Gdttig, J. A7' .naphthalene 50C
ki, R., and Kehrmann, F. Quinones 433
Xietzki and Lehmann, O. Dimethylsafranine 435
Xikiforoff, A. Naphtha Products 540
Xoad. J. Extraction of Gold, ic 511
Extraction of Precious Metals M. 517
. J. H., and Matthews, R. Battery Plates 146
Nobbe. Perennial Scented Grass 448
Nobbe, P. The Wild Potato of Paraguay 826
Nobel. Burner for Petroleum Residues 35
el, C. le. Reaction for Albumen B40
Noble, J. D. Canadian Petroleum 410
Nolting, C. H. See Chandor, L 590
Nordenfelt, T. Iron ("astincs 29S
Nordling. E. E. R. See Eriksson 221
:ni:ly. A. L. Still for Water (illus.) B13
Nory, F. Honiologes of Cocaine BS4
Noiy, J. See Boone, G 537
Noyes. Saccharine 5S8
Xydpruck, Count Yitold de. Tanning 513
Obernettcr. Orthochromatic Photography ISS
Ochsenius, C. Fabiana Imbricata 18
Phosphoric Acid in Chili Saltpetre 728
Odlins. Arsenic in Copper 854
Bleaching Powder 1™
Oeconomides, L. See Heumann, K 436,641
Oehler. Methylene Blue 1*5
Ogden, T. Treatment of Refuse ;72
O'Keenan, C. E. Primary Battery 604
Oliver, R.. and Co. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Olivier, L. Microscopic Flora in Sulphur Springs 293
O'Neill, C. Effect of Modern Colours on Calico Printing 643
Oppelt, E. Extraction of Oils 373
Ordonneau. Potato Spirit 123
Oriolle, P. Still for Water 280
(May, C. Waterproof Textures 550
Ortlieb. Ferrocyanides 546
O'Shea. Bleaching Powder 170
Osier, F. and C. Fountain at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 037
Osmond, F. Determination of Phosphorus 107
Ostwald. Separation of Zinc 49
O'Sullivan, C. Raffinose in Barley 46
Otto. Acetomcter, i'vtl
Otto, C. Coke Oven Tar 581
Otto, H. Tetrabasic Calcium Phosphate 4SJ
Otto, T. F. V. C, and Otto. Dr. C. and Co. Coke Ovens 364
Padgett. J. Howarth. Specimens at Manchester Koyal Jubilee
Exhibition 700
Page. Chlorination of Organic Bodies 99
Page, s. K. See Slater .-. 378
Paget, A. Mantles for Incandescent Gas Lamps 590
Mantles for Incandescent Gas Burners 814
r.UiE
Paenoul. Beetroot Seeds 687
Juice in Sugar Beet 445
Pagnoul, A. Experiments with Beet 552
Pakemau.W. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bit ion 636
Palm, J. See Hencke 47
Palmer, T. Treatment of Hides 667
Palmquist, A. See Petterson, 0 749
Pampe. Revivificat ion of Char 829
Pampe, F. Purification of Raw Spirit 555, 556
Panum. Microphytes 324
Pape. E.J. ,SVe Ffannay. J. B 650
Park, J. Bichromate of Ammonia 442
Partes, A. Extraction of Gold, &c 823
Parkinson. Ff.. and Co. Leather. &c. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 764
Parnell, E. H. See Simpson, J 729
Parnell, E. W., and Simpson, J. Antimony Ores 512
Pasteur. Flask for Growth of Organisms (illus.) 117
Solution for Growth of Organisms 113
Paterson. Retort for Gas from Oil 203
Paton. J. C, and Son. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Paton. J. M. C. See Alliott, 537
Pat t inson. Sulphur Determination 85
Pattinson, H. L. Barium Polysulphide 289
Pattinson, J. Discussion on Chlorine 789
Loss of Chlorine from Bleaching Powder 94
Oxidation by Permanganate 350
Pauly, C. Test for Potassium 5C2
Payen and Persoz. Diastase 297
Payne. S.J. Fire Bricks 202
Pearce. E. H., and Besson, H. Machinery for Glass 663
Pearoe, J. E. Voltaic Batteries 516
Pearson and Co. Chicory at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 775
Pebal. Laboratory Fittings (illns.) 205
Pecbard. iSfee Debroy 673
Pechiney. Chlorine (illus.) 776
Black Ash Liquors 349
Pechmann, H. v. See Stokes. II. N 22 1
Peekham, S. F. C'alifornian Asphaltum 410
Peligot. Antimony Tartrate 509
Nitrogen Determination (illus.) 160
Saccharin 18, 808
Saecharates 554
Pellet and Morchais. Ammonia in Turnips 45
Pelletier. Alkannin 723
Pellett. Juice in Sugar Beet 445
Pelouze. Determination of Sulphuretted Hydroeen 456
Penrose, W.. and Hackney. W. Open Hearth Steel 2!i4
Peppe, T.F. Treatment of Tussur Silk 286
Perkin. Tetramethylenecarboxyhc Acid 504
Perkin. A. G. and W. H, jun. Kamala Powder 381
Perkin, W. H. Sp?cimeosat Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 027
Perkins, J. P. Paint 550
Pernier, H. See Schroder. E 513
Perret. M. A. Extraction of Sugar Juice 375
Perrett, E. See Bonlton 875
6 Hodgkin 812
Perry, II. O 'bait Compounds 217
Perry, X. W. Galvanic Cells 618
Persoz. Aniline Chroiuate 653
Persoz. J. Examination of Silk 565
Pesier. Natroineter 451
Peter. Tanning 373
l'eterman. Action of Superphosphates on Nitrates 551
Petermnnu. Jerusalem Artichoke 830
Juice in Sugar Beet 445
Petre, F. Treatment of Sewaae 515
Petry, T., Fallenstein, O., and Lisch, H. Kinetite 3
Pettenkofer. Gallic Acid Reaction 680
Petenkofer and Sndakoff. Escapes of Coal Gas 877
Petterson, O.. and Palmquist, A. Determination of Carbonic
Acid in Air (illus.) 749
Peyrusson, A. E. Secondary Batteries 517
Preiser. Defuselation of Spirit 550
Pfeiffer. E. Arsenic in Matches 522
Natrometer 451
Removal of Fusel Oil from Spirit 514
Pfeiffer, H. T. Cocaine 561
Pfeiffer and Tolletis. Formula of Starch 66S
Philip, M. See Bamberger. E 135, 366, 651
Phillips. San Domingo Pyrites 86
Phillips, i '. B. See Sandahi 511
Peh.aa.1888.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETx7 OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
svu
PAGE
Phillips. E. Colouring Petroleum Oils 283
Phillips, R. C. Useful Plants from the Congo ISO
Phillips, W. li. Phosphates of North Carolina 514
/ 7e vphate 8e wage Co. Sewage 240
Phota-Dollingen, V. Experiments on Moorland 87 t
Picard, E. 8m Plamache 510
Glass Manufacture 547
Pick, S. Ammonia Soda Process (illus.) 30S
Pictet. Cliemieal equivalent of Horse Power 172
Refrigeration 2:. t
I'ietet, R. p.. and Brelaz, G. L. Paper from Wood 559
Pitkin, J. Secondary Batteries 516
Pitseli, O.. and Campagne, L. Cultivation of Cereals s-ji;
Plagge. Filtration of Water 819
Platiitz. V. de. Pasteurisation of Beer 734
Piatt Bros, and Co. Coal. to. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 61 t
Platz, B. Copper in Coal 751
Plochl. J. Piridine Bases 605
1 '1 Ui.-i.-e. Andromedotoxin 6T6
Pluirge, P. 0. Xaroeine
< >pium Alkaloids s \ i
Pochin, II. D.. and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 701
Poggendorff. Barometric Pump 65
Pohl, J. Physiological Action of Sulphuretted Hydrogen 51 1
Poirrier and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
E xhibition ns {
Poirrier, A. P., and Rosenstiehl. D. A. Anthraquinonc 595
Poisenille. Viscosity tit
Poisson, Molasses Sugar 554
Pollack, E. Laboratory Apparatus (illus.) 006, S37
Porumer. Action of Phosphoric Acid as Manure 687
Pond, J. A. Enamelling Wood, &c 211)
Portion, G. Fermentation 830
Pott, R. and X. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 700
Ponlsen. &»Holm US
Poulsen. S. V. .SVe nolm, C
Powell, W. Cans for Food 671
Power. Hvdrastine 449
Power, P. Eivchthites Oil 834
Erigeron Oil 834
Power, F. B. Sodium Biearbouate 308
Powton, N. B. Treatment of Phosphatic Minerals 2:»;
Price's Patent Candle Co. Specimens at Manchester Roval
Jubilee Exhibition 632
Pridham, C. W. See Upward "17
Pringle, R. Carbon from Soot C01
Prior, E. Acid in Malt 52
Procter, H. R. Estimation of Tanins 94
Prodanow. N. See Raikow 147, 521
Pukall, W. See Will 605
Puisell, W. G.. and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 700
Puvrez. Sack-filter 143
Quaglio. Coke Ovens (illus.) 2S0
Qnaglio, G . See Friedlinder, F 505
Quantin, H. Reduction of Copper Sulphate by Fermentation. 144
Quayle, J. E. Washing Powder 549
Quinby, W. C. Electrolyte S7Y
Quincke, F. Acenaphthene 50C
Rabitz.C.W. Filters 364
Radcliffe, F. Gas Producers 134
RadclitTe. J. AVeHikel.v 3M
Raffard, N. J. Desiccating Electrical Apparatus 293
Ragosine and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 631
Raikow. P. Distillation in an Inert Gas (illus.) 590
Raikow, P.. and Prodanow, N . Siphon (illus.) 581
Specific Gravity Apparatus (illus.) 1 17
Rain, A. Spirit from Batatas 830
Ruraos-Gareia, M. Till frc-m Tin Scrap 511
Raschig. Determination of Sulphuretted Hydrogen 456
Raschig, F. Action of Sulphurous Acid on Nitrous Acid 819
PAGE
Rawlins, II. J. L. Ultramarine 7;>1
Rawlins and Son. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 036
Raws; m. Discussion on Treatment of Liquids with Gases 710
Rawson, F. L. and W. S. Gauzes for Incandescent Lamps.... 538
Rawson. F. L., and Hughes. T. V. Incandescent Gas Lamps. . 134
Rawson, S. G. Discussion on Ultramarine 795
Raydt, W. Refrigeration 256
Raynaud, T. Hyposulphate of Soda 42
Read. Sulphate of Lead and Alumina 415
Recki nsaon, A. Secondary Batteries 517
Redl, F. Treatment of Hydrocarbons 503.504
Redwood, Boverton. Pnraffin Scale Testing 124
I iiscussicn on Testing Paraffin Scale 271
Petroleum Residues 35
Petroleum Territories 40G
Viseoshnetry 412
Reess. Micro-organisms of Yeast 110
Reichardt, E. Purification of Waste Waters 557
Reichert. Butter Analysis 388
Reid, T. Clarification of Sewage .' 557
Reillon, D. G., Montague. S. C, and Bourgerel, O. L. B. L.
Aluminium 512
Reimer, C. L. Quinaldine 21 1
Reimer, C. L., and Hill, W. Rape-seed Oil 732
Reimer, C. L., and Will, W. Erucic Acid 21s
Rein, F. C, and Son. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition C29
Bernhardt, C. Analysis of Platinum 389
Reinke. Removal of Fusel Oil from Spirit 820
Turbidity of Beer 144
Reinte, O. Extract of Malt 734
Reinsch. Tanning by means of Pyrofuscin 43
Reis. Solubility of Thomas-slag 46
R.is. M. A. von. Action of Carbon Dioxide on Slag 667
Reitmar, O. Capillarimetry
See Stutzer 457
Rempel.R. Extractor (illus.) 677
Yeast 336
Rempel and Pampe. Formation of Bad Spirit S89
Remsen. Toluenesulphamide 587
Remsen, I., aud Hayes, C. Sulphon-Fluoresicin sit*.
Remy. See Lellmann
Renaid, A. Estimation of Indigo on Fabric 455
Renaut. Chlorine Manufacture ;*s
Rennie, E. H. Glycyphyllin 221
Bex Bituminous Coal Co. Patent Fuel 629
Richards. W. A. .See Watts 517. '"-:!
Richardson. Bread 165
Deposits in Water Pip?s 712
Richardson, C. American Barley :.; ;
Richc. Distillers' Residues as Fodder 829
Richter. See Limpricht 137
Richter, L. Lalleuiantia Iberica S25
Rideal. Discussion on English Tobacco 4"2
Ridsdale. Colour Tests \>i
Riebeck. Treatment of Hydrocarbons 282,503
Riedel, O. See Wolfhiigel, G 557
Riley. Discussion on Dyeing with Chlorophyll 413
Riley, J. Discharge for Manganese Bronze on Calico 1!>3
Riley, J., and Sons. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 697
Ris, C. See Merz 643
Ritsert. Ii. E. See Langbeck 373
Rit ter. Ultramarine 7;>2
Ritthausen. Melltose 115
Superphosphate B26
Riviere, L. Saponification of Fats 141
Roberts, F. A. Discussion on Bread 168
Roberts, F. G. A. See Boake 370,515
Roberts, T. Antiseptic Tabric 222
Roberts, Sir W. Digestion 189
Roberts, W. Experiments with Phosphates s2s
It Ik rts, Dale, and Co. Explosion at Works -
Robertson. Discussion on Sugar Refining V>
Robertson, J. See Smith, A G64
Robinson, B. British Wines at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 775
Robinson. T. Alum Manufacture 41
See Hargreaves, J 367, 368
See Ermen and Roby 637
Roecbling Bros. Coke Ovens (illus.) 280
Rohrmann, L. See Lunge, G 5 38 ,697
Rombnrgh. P. v. Dextro Hexyl Alcohol 1 10
Earner, M. See Liebermaun, C '-'•
b
XY111
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29, 1888.
TXOE
B inholler, C. 6. Sfe Brunler.A ■"'■"•'
S Brunler, 0 662, 683
Roots, J. Volatilisation of Hydrocarbons 134
ttoscoe, Sir H. E. Disoussion on Refrigeration i"lS
Discussion on Chlorine 88
Labi iratory Fittings 205
River Purification 3,s
Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 62o
Technical Education "'''■'
B se,B. Analysis of Fats 306
Rose, O. Still for Shale 505
R isenbaum, D. Plantego Major 49
Rosenberg, J. Lutidines of Coal Tar 365
B — nbla.lt, T. Estimation of Boric Acid ;;~l
Plashing Point of Petroleum 30-1
Rosenblum, D. Grape Sugar 602
B isenstiehl. Separation of Toluidinea 419
Rosenstiehl, D. A. •'See Poirrier 595
Rosing, B. Electrical Conduction in Fused Alloys 48
Treatment of Zinc Scum 370, S79
Ross, .1. Poisoning with Carbon Bilsulphide 145
Ross, \V. (,i'i', rine (a deodorant) 222
Rossi, L-, and Hellfriseh, C, Artificial Gum 551
Ri.issh-r. Absorption of Sulphuric Acid Fumes (illus.) 597
Roth. C. Colouring Matters 595
Roburite 561
Rosseau, G. Manganites 509
Roussin. Tropoeolins 591
Rnussin, Z. Orange-red Colour 724
Rowe, T. B„ and Co. Soap at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 702
Roxburgh, J. Manure Manufacture 827
Roy and Co. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 763
Roy, Colledge, and Co. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Ruhee. J. Distillation 773
Rudnew, W. Aeetic Acid from Wood 488
Rugheimer. L, Thermostat (illus.) 677
RulTin, 51. C. A. See Bang 1 17
Ruffle. J. Analysis of Superphosphates 704
Analysis of Superphosphates 491
Discussion on English Tobaeeo 402
Estimation of Moisture in Superphosphates 403
Superphosphates 327
Ruhemann. Citruzinamide 4S5
Russe. H. See Wallbrecht, F 599
- uren. Starch Grinding 55S
Sadler and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 633
Sahlstrom, C. A. Hydrocarbon Injector for Furnaces 719
Salamon. Starch 83
Salamon.A.G. See Hood, J. J 216,598
Salford and Irwell Rubber Co. India-rubber, &c. at Man-
chester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 766
Sal/, a-. T. Estimation of Ash in Oxalic Acid, &.C 226
Sampson, T„ and Jealous, F. H. Dyeing 819
Samuel, \Y. H„ and Co. Soap, \e. at Manchester Roval Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Samuels, .u. M. Extract of Coffee 357
Sandahl, C. J., Bargate, G„ and Phillips, C. B. Manganese
Alloys 511
Sandeman. J. (tils. &c. at Manchester Roval Jubilee Ex-
hibition 762
Sandmeyer. Nitrites 541
Sandmeyer, T. Aromatic Amido-Compounds 593
Sandoz. See Kern 660
Sugar Co. Sugar at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition (illus.) 770
Sanaenbaoher, W, and Tanatar, S. Distillation of Fatty
Matters 549
.I.E. Tannic Aeid 151
Sawrey. J. S. Purification of Water 501
Schaag, A. Galvanising 833
B . larw&ohter, H. Pasteurising Beer, &c 376
- Iter. Test for Oinohonidine Ml
Bohafer, 1.. Oxalate Test for Quinine Salts 522
Schaefter. p-uuphthol-p-sulphonic Acid 693
i r. V. Action of Rennet Ferment 832
Schanschieff, A. Liquid for Butteries 517
Schanschicff, A., and Fludder, G. R, Galvanic Butteries 222
PAGE
Schansslin, See Klein 716
Schar, E. Explosion of Ether 680
Schattmann. "Waste Water from Sugar Works 672
Scheffer. Test tag Butter 148
Scheibler. Determination of Sugar in Beet 882
Juice in Sugar Beet 445
Ra llinose 221
See Manoury 17
Scheibler, C. Estimation of Melitriose '445
Use of Poisonous Substances in Manufacture of Sugar .... S28
See Creydt, R 66D
Seheller, R. See Bodenberger 828
Schenek, S. See Farbaky 604
Seheu, C. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 036
Scheurer-Kestner. Calorific Value of Coal 35
Schickendantz. Sugar Cane 553
Sohiff. Cadmium Sulphide • 665
! Schill, C, and Seilacher, C. Oxidation of Oils 549
Schiller.R. See Fittbogen 733
Schiller, T. Brewers' Returns as Fodder 656
Schilling, E. Nitrogen in Coals 6S2
Scliimmel and Co. Percentage of Oil in Drugs, Ac 737
Sp. Gr. of Essential Oils 41S
Schlagdenhauffen, F. See Heckel 300,075,787
Schlickum, C. Commercial Pepsins 800
Schlickum, O. Assay of Quinine Sulphate 388
Schloesing. Ammonia Determination B26
Sehlbsing. Determination of Ammonia 607
Schmalz. Stopcock for Foul Gas (illus.) 282
Schmid. Chromo Mordant 133
Coke Oven Tar 581
Schmidt. See Goldsehmidt 651
Schmidt, E. Berberine 520
Schmidt, R. E. Lac-dye 659
Sclimidtborn. K. Sulphate of Potash 139
Sclmiitt, C. Saccharin 681
Sohmuckert, F. E. Indigo Solutions 514
Schnabel. Treatment of Zinc Scum 370
Schneemann. Distillers' Residues S2'.l
Schneider, B. B. Uniting Metal and Glass 218
Schneider, L. Phosphorus in Pig Iron 140
Schnurmann, H., and Close, G. Sulphite Cellulose 519
Schofleld, S. Extraction of OH from Waste 549
Scholvien, L. Arsenic in Chloroform 382
Schoop. Estimation of Paratoluidine 750
Sehoop, P. Acid Magenta 592
Dimethylaniline (illus.) 486
Separation of Toluidines 419
Speetroscopical Examination of Colours 137
Schorlemmer, C. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 627
Sehreib, H. Ammonia Soda Process (illus.) 288
Effluent Water 603
Schroeder. Estimation of Tannin '.it
Schroder, M. ' See Hanisch, E 599
Schroder, Von. Determination of Tannin 51
Schroder, E., and Perner, H. Electrotyping 518
Schrodt, M. Nitric Acid as indicating Adulteration of Milk. , 48
Schrodt, 31 ., and Fleischmanu. Artificial Butter 550
Schuchardt, T. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 642
Sehultz. Diamidofluorene 437
Schultz, G.. and Julius, P. Artificial Organic Colouring
Matters 663
( irganic Colouring Matters 721
Schulze, B. Fatty Acids in Soap S89
Maize from Cameroon 444
Schulze, E. Formation of Nitrates in Plants BOJ
Schulze, E„ and Steiger, E. Arginine 880
Paragalaetin 446
Schulze, K. B. Coal Tar Constituents 866
Coal Tar Hydrocarbons 584
Schumann. Orthoehromatic Photography 424
Schumann, G. Determination of Starch 566
Schnnck, E. Dyeing with Chlorophyll 413
Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 625
Schutze, R. Extracting Apparatus (illus.) 885
Schwab, M. See Estcourt, C 719
Sohwalb, F. R. Bees' Wax 549
Sehwarz, H. Pyrocresols 646
SchwebeL Nitrosophenyk'lycin 723
Sohweder, G. P. Extraction ol Gold 731
Schweissinirer. Atropine 389
Medicinal Extracts 149
Schweitzer, H, See Benithsen A 212
Feb. 29, ls^s.]
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
PASS
Schwengers Sonne, P. Treatment ol Molasses 878
Seolt. Socage
Sehelien, J. field of Butter from Cream 603
Se<!, G. Antipyrine 875
Seegen, T. Sugar Reactions 150
Seel, C. Carbon Filaments 379
Beetig.E. Sec Hencke '"
Soger. Pyroscope 1::t
Seidler, P. See Liebermann 641
Seilacher, C. See Sehill 549
Sell. Specific Gravity of Butter, So W
Sellon, .1. s. Secondary Batteries 558, 6M
Sembritaky, P. Formation of the Skin on Heating Milk -ti->
Semper, A. See Bernthsen, A 500
Senilerens, J. B. Action of Sulphur on Ammonia 307
Senff. Acetic Acid from Wood 433
Senhofcr. Toluenedisulphonic Acid 138
Senier. Croton Oil 520
Senior and Bi ks. Soap, So. et Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 70!
Sennuler, F. W. Oil of Allium Ursinum 670
Si in. hi, J., and Whitten, J. O. Galvanic Batteries 674
Sr>tini. Humus 220
Beyl lerlich, A. Sugar Manufacture G02
Seyberlich and Trampedaeh. Crystallised Grape Sugar 16
Seyffart. Sugar Analysis 567
Shack-Sommer, G. Sugar Refining 15
Shaw, D„ and Co. Oils, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 702
Shaw, E. Carbons for Electric purposes 228
Shaw, H.. and Co. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 703
Shaw, Saville. Collecting Gas from Water 711
Shaw, T. Testing Mine Gases (illus.) 751
Shaw and Connolly. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 628
Shearer, J. R. Filters 279
B ,■:,. I. Waste Water from Sugar Works 672
Sidersky. Juice in Sugar Beet 11"'
Press-cake from Beet Root 1-13
Sidersky, D. Carbonic Acid Determination (illus.) 606
Siebel, H. J., jun. Enriching Gas 503
Siebold. Mordants for Wool 132
Siegerist, J. C. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 686
Siemaug, S. Hydrocarbon Lamp 502
Siemens, F. Evaporating and Calcining Furnace (illus.) 049
Regenerative Gas Lamps 539
Siemens and Halske. Electrolysis 73-t
Sievert, M. Mauurial Experiments 295
Sillar. Sewage 213
Silva. Separation of Gold 384
Simand, F. Estimation of Tannin 95
Simian, A. See Danzer 5-44
Simon, H. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 029
Coke Ovens 580
Simon, W. Bichromate of Potash SOS
Simpson, J. See Parnell 512
Simpson, J., and Parnell, E. H. Recovery of Sulphur 729
Simpson, R. See Barclay 130
Sinclair, R. D., and Brown, J. B. Antiseptic Paper 074
Sisson.G. fltoNewall, F. S 349
Skelton, G. and G. W. Soap, ic. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Skraup. Quinoline W5
Thalline «9
Skraup and Vortmann. Xicotidine -188
Slack and Brownlow. Filters at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 7.2
Slater, J. W., Page. S. K„ and Stevens, W. Treatment of
Sewage 878
Slater, T. Metallic Alloys 371
Smith. Oxidation by Permanganate 350
See Gray 702
Smith, A.. Robertson, J , and Andrew. J. R. Cement 00 1
Smith, A. P. Nitrates and Nitrites 079
Smith, C. Secondary Batteries' 517
Smith, G. Eleetri.al Fuses 51<. ."21
See Johnston, T 220
Smith, J. Dyeins 286
Gold Beating at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition. . . . 095
See Aykroyd, A 727
Smith, J. H. Oxidation of Organic Bodies by Permanganate . 200
Permanganate Method of Organic Analysis 93
Smith, J. J. C. Insulation of Electrical Conductors 510
Smith, R. See McLean, A 601
TAGE
Smith, Watson. Blast Furnace Tar 588
Coke Oven Tar 680
Kinetite lillus.) 2
Monster Black Ash Furnace (illus.) 410
Phenols from Tar 671
Report on Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 884
Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 688
Test for Bismuth 410
Smith, W. R. W. Discussion on Gas from Oil 203
Smith and Forrest. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 703
Sue mi. M. and C. L. Treatment Seaweed, Ac COO
Snodgrass, J. S t Craig, A. 1' 29-4
Snyder, P. II. Gas Carbon 365
.Soc. Anon, de Comtnentry-Fourchamljault. Manufacture of
Iron HI
Soc. Anon, pour I'Etude ef la Criation de Soudiires, Am-
monia Soda Process (illus.) 440
Soc. Anon, le Ferro Nickel. Xickel Alloys 511
Soc. de Lamin de Hick* /. Xickel Alloys 293
Soc. Anon, de MttaMsation artislique. Silver Coating on
various Objects -- 3
Soc. Anon, de Par/urns Nahtrela de Cannes. Extraction of
Perfumes 382
Soc. Anon, des Prod. Chim. de SI. Denis. Treatment of Iron
Ore v 511
Soc. Chem. Ind., Basle. Phenylhydrazine Compounds 720
Soc. Ind. et Comm. des Metavx, Paris. Protection of Copper. 513
Soc. de Lafarge Libre et Cie., Paris. Impermeable Fabrics . 519
Societe Charles Viguet, ses Fils et Cie. Sizing Fibre 600
Society of Chemical Industry in Basle. Ethylether of a new
Acid 658
Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 13 1
Soldaini. Reagent for Sugar 828
Soldenhoff, R. de. Incineration of Sludge 557
Solvay, E. Chlorine Ml
Treatment of Phosphate of Lime 510
Sonnenschein, A, Estimation of Acetic Acid 563
Sonnet, W. Portland Cement 298
Sorensen, O. See Berg 528
Sostegni, L. Formation of Dextrose 829
Soubeiran, J. L. Ineine , 737
Soubsiran, L. Chia Seeds 520
Soubriran, L. Organisms in Solutions of Alkaloids 381
Souteiron. Inversion of Sugar 17
Soxhlet. Digester (illus.) 53
Extraction of Fat 34
Soxhlet, F. Pipette for Ether (illus.) 52
Spence, P., and Sons. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 700
Spencer, 8. See Gillman, A. W 514,540
Spencer, W., and Jones, J. Brewers' Worts 876
Spiegel. Euxanthic Acid 607
Spiller, J. Discussion on Kinetite 12
Spindler, H. Phosphate Deposits in Southern Italy 668
Sprengel. Pump 65
Sprengel, H. Kuietitc 3
Springer, C. C. Boiler for Paper Pulp 223
SpiiUer, J. See Kalmann 839
Squibb. American Spirit Law 800
Squire. Discussion on Bread 109
Squire, W. S. Manure from Spent Wash 82S
Utilisation of Battery Liquid 222
Teast 2:>7. .".1 1
Squire, W. S., and Currie, S. C. C. Recovery or Zinc 734
Stahlschmidt. Kinetite 0
Stammer. Waste Water from Sugar Works 072
Stammer, C. Condensed Steam as Feed-water for Boilers .... 296
Stanford, E. C. C. Discussion on Indicators 199
Discussion on Nesslerising 34
Estimation of Iron 352
St. Denis Dyestuff and Chemical Co. Specimens at Man-
chester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 634
Steche.A. SeeFischer 592
Steger. Examination of Zinc Muffles 731
Steiger, E. See Schulze 880, 1 10
Stein. Saccharates 554
Ultramarine "''1
Stein.M. Cork Porous Cells 878
Steinbeck. Estimation of Copper 458
Stephens. Estimation of Tannins 94
Stenart. Broxburn Petroleum 352
Steuart, D. R. Occurrence of Petroleum at Broxburn 12s
Stevens, AV. See Slater W8
Stevenson. Discussion on Alkaloids I'-'1
Stewart. See Keddle : '•'■'•
Stewart, D. Earthy Grey Colours W
b 2
THE .TOUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29, 1888.
PAGE
, 834
. 768
770
39
675
676
Stewart, W. S i Maealister
Stiebel. Si . Thaw
stilT and Co. Starch at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
StingT, J. Si Horawski
Stockheim, II. Filter tor Beer
Filter
st i nkin.iiin. Amorphous Cocaine
Stoeder, W. Arbntiu
Stoehr, C. Strychnine G^5
Stoermer, It. Reaction of Thymol 151
Stohmann. Determination of Potassium 523
St.,k,s. P. W.S. Cement 547
Stokes, H. N., and Pechmann, H. v. Pyridine Derivatives ... . 22t
Stone. F. B. Test for Bismuth 416
Stone. G. Determination of Zinc 523
Stone, It. Liquid Fuel for Bricks, 4c 664
Storch,L. Set Gintl 520
Stunk. 1'., and Coninck, G. (le. Turkey Red 727
st,, it. .1. Gas Escape Indicator (illus.) G51
Treatment of Waste Oils 005
Strakosch. Diamidostilbene 437
Orthodinitrobenzidine 542
Strasser, M. Artificial Gum 554
Streatfeild, F. W. See Meldola, R 288, 721
Streng. l'hosphoric Acid in Borocalcitc 72S
Stroraeycr, W. Sacchorates 55 1
Stuart. E. B. Organisms in Solutions of Alkaloids 3S1
Stuart, II. A., and Binney, C. R. Tin Plating 823
Stutzer. A. Action of Pepsin on Protoids 071
Capillarimetry 52
Value of Chili Saltpetre as Manure 44
Stutzer, A., and Reitmer, O. Nitrogen Determination 457
stutzer and Werner. Pig-nut Cake as Fodder 831
Suchomel. Purification of Beet Juice 143
Suida. See Liechti 648
Sulle, R. Distillation 773
Snl man. II. L., and Berry, E. E. Starch 375
Sutherland, D. A. Saccharine (illus.) 808
Testing Paraffin Scale 271
Paraffin Scale Testing (illus.) 123
Sutherland. W. S. Gas Producers 501
Swan. 1 '. Pigments 1 12
Swan and Leach. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 630
Swedenborg. Barometer Pump 65
Swinscoe, C. Galvanising 513
Symes, G. Purification of Coal Gas 5<>2
Tafte, II. Detection of Salicylic Acid 889
Tanatar, S. See Sanzenbacher 519
Tappeiner, H. Fermentation of Cellulose 831
Tasker, W. H. See Jones 604
Tate, A. N. Discussion on Boiler Management 188
Tate, II., and Sons. Sugar at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 770
Tate, X. Discussion on Sugar Refining 21
Tatham, J. Insulating Material 73:"i
Tatloek, R. R. Potassium Determination 801
Sulphur in Pyrites 340
Arsenic in Pyrites 854
li, ■term iuation of Iron in Alum 276
Discussion on River Pollution 361
Taylor. J., and Sons. Leather, &c. at Manchester Royal J ubilee
Exhibition 761
Tavlor, W. Secondary Batteries 299
Teilliard, L. Treatment of Spirit 631
Tenuants and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 098
[ ii.-nt, R. B. Retorts for Shale 721
T, rgmanowski, G. Naphtha Gas 539
1 1 rvet, It. Discussion on Iron in Chars 500
I liscussion on Paraffin Wax 500
Discussion on Testing Paraffin Scale 271
Paraffin Wax (illus.) 365
Still for Mineral Oils 184
Treatment Of Pa ratlin Wax 825
|, rvet, R., and Alison, F. Paraffin Wax 412
Te&chemacher and Smith. Sulphur Determination BS
Tcssutt. ritramariue 791
Theiaen, E. Cooler for Liquids 279
Thew and Stiebel. shellac at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 709
Tliilo, E. Determination of Phosphoric Acid 457
PAGE
Thom, D., anil Co. Soap, &c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 763
Thom, J. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 699
Thomas, J., Lewis, H. and E. W. Galvanising 511
Thomas. P. Phosphorite in Tunis 72S
Sulphurous Acid 442
Thompson. Discussion on Ultramarine 795
Thompson, C. Set? Wright 001
Thompson, W. G.. and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
J ubilee Exhibit ion 034
Thompson. W. P. Discussion on Boiler Management 188
Discussion on Sugar Refining 20
Discussion on Treatment of Liquids with Gases 719
Paper for Cheques 791
Thorns. Bread 101
Methyl-alcohol in Plants 60s
Thorns. H Ammonio-zinc Chlorides 544
Calamus Root 660
Crystals from Leclanche Cells ">15
Hydrogen Peroxide 504
Thorns, W. A. Deposition of Platinum 518
Thomson. Thermo-ehemistry 27o
Thomson. Discussion on Influence of Mass 93
Discussion on Refrigeration 259
Discussion on Testing Oils 21
Thomson, A. C. Treatment of Mineral Oils 591
Thomson, G. Extraction of Copper 516
Thomson, J. Jet Pump (illus.) 05
Level Indicator for Boilers 133
Thomson, R. T. Indicators in Analysis 195
Thomson, W. Act:on of Substances on Writing Inks 808
Antiseptics 515
Discussion on Acidity in Flue Gases 848
Discussion on Dyeing with Chlorophyll 413
Fluorine Compounds as Antiseptics .* 072
Thorpe. Laboratory Fittings 205
Pulsation Pump or,
Thorrand, J., Xicolet, V.. and Bonnet, A. Cement 610
Thowjess, O. M. Aluminium Chloride 721
Sodium Manufacture B23
Thurstonland Brick and Stone Co. Bricks, 4c. at Manchester
Royal Jubilee Exhibition 767
Thwaite, B. II. Treatment of Iron Ore Olio
Tichomiroff, W. See Lidoff, A S46
Tidy. Sewage 241
Tidy, M. Action of Water on Lea 1 112
Tilden. Discussion on Micro-organisms of Yeast 194
Tivoli, D. Hydrogen Arsenide 837
Todd. American Paper 128
Todd, A. M. Oil of Peppermint 49
Polariscope used in examination of Essential Oils 44S
Todd, E. X. Xit rocellulose 850
Tollen. Humus 220
Tollens. Raliinose 46, 221, 415
v , Block 374
X i Ilaedicke 374
Tnlson, G., and Illiugworth. J. Carbonising Rigs, 4c 559
Toinkins, A. S. See Bowen, 0 220
Tonge, J. H. Fire Extinguishers 589
Tootell and Co. Size, 4c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 709
Tooth, W. Extraction of Spelter 218
Tdpler. Barometric Pump 05
Toricelli. Vacuum 05
Townsend, J. Treatment of Hides 551
Trachsel, E. F. Carbonate of Soda 217
Trampcdach. See Seyberlich 46
Trampedach, A. Sugar Manufacture 002
Traub, M. C. Ethyl Bromide BOB
Traube. Electrolysis 171
Traube, J. Estimation of Fusel Oil 52
Sec Bodlander 370
Traube, T. Viscosity of Oils (illus.) 414
Trechmann. O. Cement, 4c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition (illus.) 707
Treseot, T. C. See Crampton. C. A 839
Treskow. II. Measure for Definite Quantities of Solutions
(illus.) G"S
Trimming, O. See Harrison, G 550
Trobach. Extraction of Sugar 609
Trobaeh, K. See Vierncisel 602
Trovtbeck Park Green Slate Co. slate at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 763
Truby, C, and Co. See Mancheett r Aniline Co 634
Tsabanajaw. Turkey-red Oils 643
Ts, lurch. Vcuhuba 876
Tuchschmidt. Polarisation of Sugar C09
Tucker. Sugar Analysis 122. 1 is
»b. *.>. is*.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
xxi
PAGE
Tucker, I.E. Converter Linings IS
Furnace Linings 512
Xante, J. See Von Konitz :;:;
Turnbull.J. M. Gas (nun Mineral <hl 051
Turner, T. Influence of Silicon on Iron 2:t.3
Tweedale, C. L. Galvanic Batteries 671
Twining, W. J. See Burghardt i;7l
Twynam, T. Furnace Linings 511
Purification uf Iron 43
Tyrer, T. Discussion on Antiseptic Values of Salts 70S
Ubbelohde; A. Paper from Moss Peat 558
l'l lik. Viscosity or Beer 5.*!
Vlhnann. Triphenylmethan 653
Vlhnann, C. Triphenylincthaue Derivatives 816
1 i ■ r, F. See Benedikt 513
Upward, A. R., and Priilhaui, C."W. Galvanic Batteries .",17
Urban, C. Naphthylenc-diamine 542
Valton. Shortness of Iron 12
Van Drop, 8m Behr 13S
See Hoogewerf 214
Van Patten, W.J. See Boynton 377
Van Tieghem. Glycerin Ferment 495
Vanicek. Filter for Beer, 1c. (illus.) 876
Vantin, 0. T. J. Compressed Chlorine 599
Vaughn, J. W. I'nhairing Hides 7:s
Vauquelin. Chromium 131
W, vers. H. See Estcourt, C 719
Venator, W, and Etienne, E. Chrome Iron Ore S8C
Vian. Phenol Cocaine 675
Vickers, S. Separator and Filter 537
Vierneisel, Trobach, K... and Cards, A. Dextrose 602
Vierordt. Photometry of the Spectrum 121
Vierordt, R., and Kruss, G. Spcctroscopical Examination of
Colours 137
Villiers. A. Acidimetrv 564
Detection of Sulphites •. 607
Villon, M. Tannin 38S
Vincent, C, and Delachanal. Carbohydrate in Acorns 66S
Berries of Rowan Tree 559
Virloy, A. de. See Commetin 223
Vite-.ni. E. A. Purification of Perfumes 3*2
Vitrile and Luminoid Co., New York. Carbon Filaments. . . . 604
Vlasto. E. Pickling Metals B23
See Brasse 3S2
Voclcker. Magnesia in Boiler Scale l«7
v. ,-.1. H. W. Intensity of Sunlight 12*
Orthochromatic Photography 421
Vogel. J. H. Basic Sine- 679
Phosphoric Acid in Slag , . . . 838
Volhard. Determination of Manganese 456
Volhard.J. Iodometry 839
Volhard and Erdmann. Thiophen 653
Vollhanl. Filter Pump (illus.) 73
Vollmer, J. Field Experiments 827
Von Hohenhauaen and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition ". . . 635
Von Konitz. II. F., and Tunis, J. Extract of Coffee 377
A'orwerk, P. Estimation of Phosphorus in Steel 387
Vrij, E. de. Quinine 150
Vol pius, G. Congo-red as an Indicator 739
Examination of Ether 760
Officinal Bromides 567
Reaction for Morphine 563
Vaselin 719
Wade. J. L. Anti-Incrustator for Steam Boilers 39
Wade, T. L. Lubricant 294
Wagner. Albumenoids m Cereals 45
Wagner, A. Subterranean Motion of Coal Gas 377
Wanner, L. V, Starch - OS
Wagner. P. Manure for Fruit-trees in Winter 553
Pbosphatic Slag i u
See Fischer 592
Wagner, W. Ensiling under Pressure 297
Wahl, A. Washing Precipitates (illus.) 301
PAGE
B.F. Asphalt for Ships' Decks 112
Waito, C. >". Starch or Flour Paste 875
Walker. S. 1". Galvanic Batteries 516
Walker, W.. and Sons. Leather, &e. at Manehe-ter Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 763
Walker. Parker, and Co. Specimens at Blanches! r B
Jubilee Exhibition
Wallace. Broxburn Petroleum 352
Discussion on Determination of Fat 34
Discussion on Gas from Oil 2' '3
Paraffin Scale Testing 121
Sewage Sludge 248
Testing Parartin Scale :;.',l'
Discussion on Testing Paraffin Scale 271
Discussion on Waste Gas from Oil Stills 33
Wallace, C. W. N., and Barry, C. J. H. Caramel
Wallace, J. Alcohol Still (iilns. I I
Walllrrecht, F., and Rnsse, H. Artificial Elateriie
Walrand. Shortness of Iron 12
Walsh. E. Reduction of Zinc Ores 600
Walter. Cotton Colours s17
Walter, T. Laboratory Apparatus (illus.) ; 8
Walther, K. Phosphatic Deposits in Italy B28
Walton. Influence of Silicon on Iron 293
Walton, T. M. Boilers for Paper Pulp 223
Sulphurous Acid 368
Wauklyn. Nesslerising 33
Ward, E. Apparatus at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibi-
tion 62S
Warner, C. B. Waterproofing 826
Warner, J. See Bailey ;:i
Warren. J. E., aud Cloudman, F. A. Treatment of Spi ut Pulp
Liquors 736
Warren, T. T. P. B. Caoutchouc Plants 666
Worth. See Kelbe 539
Warwick, J. Lead Fume 218
White Lead 291
Wass, A. G. Lubricant 443
Waterhouse. Orthochromatic Photography 121
Watkins, H. Baking Powder 377
Watson. Test for Bismuth 416
Watson. C. Sulphate of Lead and Alumina 115
Watson, J. D. Annealing Glass :;7"
Watt, A. Discussion on Boiler Management 1>\
Watt. J. Deodoriser 222
Watts. Economic Products of India 7:*7
Watts, C. W. Purification of Coal Gas by Ammonia (illus.) .. 25
Purification of Coal Gas 503
Wat ts, J. J., and Riclianls, W. A. Bicarbonate of Soda 547
Soda Sesquicarbonate 661
Weber, C, and Co. Cotton, ic. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 638
Weber, M. W. See Fischer, E 512. :,ls
Websky. Rapic Acid 732
Webster, W. Voltaic Batteries 833
Webster's Patent Aluminium Crown Metal Co. Specimens
at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 698
Weddinir, H. Development of Ammonia in working Iron t;t31
Weidel and Russo. Isouicotine 188
Weigert, L. Copper in Wine
Weil. Determination of Sulphuretted Hydrogen 156
Sulphur Determination 607
Weil, F. Analysis of Sulphides 561
Estimation of Zinc in Zinc Dust 117
Weilandt, M. Superphosphate S2U
Weingartner, E. Detection of Artificial Colouring Matters ... 451
Weinsteiu, L. Melting Point of Paraffin 567
Weiss, R. Alumina Compounds for Bleaching 544,546
Weith and Mere. Separation of Toluidines 419
Welch. Sulphur Determination 96
Welch. W. Hydrocarbon Fire Lighter 588
Weldon, L. Dyeing 286
Weldon, W. Black Ash Liquors 319
Chlorine Manufacture (illus.) 775
Wellcome. See Burroughs 772
Weller, A. Alkaloidal Bases in Petroleum 719
See Kerner BA1
Welshaeh. A. von. Atmospheric G-.is Burner
Incandescent Burner 212
Wende, H. Trimethylanthragallol 511
Wendling.F. Washable Paint 43
Wense, W. See Liebennann 540
Werner. See Stutzer 831
West, J. B. Tanning 373
West Cumberland Iron and Steel Co. Specimens at Man-
chester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 695
Westmoreland. Determination of Sulphur in Pyrites S45
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 20, 1888.
PAGE
ffi stmorcland, J. W. Determination ol Sulphur in Pyrites .. 84
u ej mersch, 11.. and Whittall. J. Bl cl ric Batteries 238
w 1 ler.S.S S Curtis 518
White, Sinclair. Action of Water on Lead ill
White, W. ' Edgamating S71
White, W. G. Colour Printing 286
\\ hitefield, L. Designs on Fabrics EOS
Whitehouse, W. fli Livesey
Whitelaw. Discussion on Waste Gas from 1 til stills 33
Whiteley. K. L. Chromium Mordants 131
Whitley, J. Apparatus for Corrosive Liquids 39
Whittall, J. See Weymersch 223
Wnitten.J.O. Set Serson <i7t
Whit thread. Sewage 2io
Wiborgh. Col. irimetrio Test for Sulphur 304
Wiborgh, J. D ^termination of Carbon in Iron (illus.) 7 is
'cali Co. Black Ash Furnace (illus.) Hi!
Specimens at .Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition G9S
Wienzkowsky. Acetic Acid from Wood 438
Wiemik. Set Henmann, K 606
Wigg, Bros., and Steele. Specimens at Manchester Eoyal
Jubilee Exhibition 697
Wiggin, H., and Co. Specimens at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 696
Wild. W. Bnfermented Wine 669
Wiley. H.W. Extraction of Sugar by Diffusion 296
Wilkins. Ultramarine 791
Wilkinson, A. Paper Pulp 558
Will. W. Hesperidin and Naringin 553
Naringin 149
Si . l'l elin.l. H 449
SeaReimer, C. L -is
Will, W., and Pukall, W. Aesculetin 605
II , , /'r r Works. Roofing, etc. at Manchester Royal
Jubilee Exhibition 7G9
Williams. Bread 165
Williams, Grcvillc. Alkaloids 100
Williams. H. Carlmretted Gas 364
See Kayser Tin
Williams, J. Absolute Alcohol in Bond 80S
Williams. E. Estimation of Caustic Soda 346
Williams, W. Fusible Plug (illus.) 649
Williams, W. Carleton. Action of Water on Load Ill
Williams and Watson Smith. Congo Red as an Indicator 197
Williamson. Black Ash Liquors 349
Wilson. Bleaeliing Liquid 541
Wilson, J. See Landon 882
Wilson. J. II. Treatment of Fibre 286
Wilson. J. V. Soap, &c at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi.
bition 763
Wimmer.H. See Fischer, B 659
Wiudisch. W. Aldehyde in Spirit 830
Detection of Aldehyde in Alcohol 388
Detection of Lactic Acid , 562
Wingham. A. English Tobacco (illus.) 76
English Tobacco 400
Discussion on Bread 16S
Discussion on English Tobacco Ifi3
Winkler. Estimation of Caustic Soda 347
Winkler, C. Chlorine from Bleaching Powder 456
Germanium 731
Winser and Co. Salufer 630
Winterhoff, F. Lettering on Glass 547
Wirth and Co. Recovery of Tin 141
Wisser. Gun Cotton S41
Witt, O. Air pump 65
Witt.o. N. The Azines 505, 506
Azonium liases 543
Azophonines 724
Chrysoidine 591
Eurhodines 213
ludulines and Azophonines 594
Naphtholphenazine 723
a-Naphthylamine 5:14
Safraninc 285
Tolnylene Red 212
.SYf Brunner, P 512
8 Liebcrmann, C 7l':s
PAGE
Witt. O. N., and Juetzki. Safraninc 4'!5
Wittelshofer. Henze's Mashing Apparatus S30
feast and Valuation of Starch 830
Wittcnstrom, C. G. Iron Castings 293
Witting, F. Saccharine 560
Witz. Cellulose 695
Woern. W. Vat for Cellulose 519
Wohanka, J., and Kocian, K. Treatment of Sewage 378
Wolf. Estimation of Ammonia in Soils 457
Safety Lamp 282
Wolf. G., and Kreuzbage. Action of Saltpetre en Plants 667
Wolff, C. H. Detection of Arsenic 1 17
Wolff, G. Purification of Waste Water 514
Wolfhiigcl. Bacillus Pyocyaneus 320
Wolfhugel, G., and Riedel. O. Bacteria in Water 557
Wolkow, A. Toluenesulphamide 587
Wollaston, E. W. Oils, \c. at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 762
Wollny, E. Specific Gravity of Seed Potatoes lit
Water Capacity of Soils 552
Wollny, R. Testing Butter 831
Wolt, F. W. A. Butter Analysis 388
Wood. Determination of Phosphorus 3S7
Wo. ,ds, C. See Atwater SIO
Wooldridge, L. C. Protection of Anthrax 1S3
Woolley. J., Sens, and Co. Apparatus Drugs at Manchester
Royal Jubilee Exhibition 629, 639
Worms. Dinitronaphthylamine 5 1-.'
Wrexham Layer Beer Co. Beer at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 77o
Wright, C. R. A. Action of Zinc Chloride on Castor Oil 326
Discussion on Alkaloids 4!m
Discussion on Bread 168
Discussion on Chlorine 790
Discussion on English Tobacco 1 >',•_'
Wright, C. R. A., and Thompson, C. Voltaic Combinations ... 604
Wright, L. T. Flame 362
Liquid Fuel (illus.) 35
Wright, R. Soap 373
Wrightson. Phosphatic Slag 241
Wunderlich, A., and Eisele, O. Galvanic Battery 833
Wurster, C. Action of Hydrogen Peroxide on Albumen 381
Congo Red as Indicator 835
Detection of Active Oxygen 301
Determination of Lignin in Paper Mn
Worts. Diastase 117
Yaiyan. H. T. Vacuum Distillation Apparatus 39
Young. A. 15. See Kayser 730
Young, F. J. Equisetum Biemalc 49
Young. J. Carbonisation of Coal 815
See Maxwell, T 286
Young, W. Purification of Coal Gas 135
Young. W. C. Alum in Bread 679
Yonng and Meldrum. Oil Spring at Alfrcton 12s
Younger, W. Acidity Determination in Fine Gases (illus.) . . . 347
Estimation of Oxygen (illus.) 348
Zaayer, H. G. de. Andromedotoxin 676
Zaloziecki, R. Purification of Ozokerite 652
Zatzek. See Honig 100
Zeller. Sec Klcist 282
Ziegler, J. H. Roshvdrazine 594
Zieglcr. J. 11.. and Lecher, M. Tart ra zincs 593
Zinke. T. Phenylnaphthalene 651
Zippcrcr, P. Determination of Starch (illus.) 52
Ziurek. Chlorides in Potash 607
Zureher. Aniline Chromate 653
1888.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
INDEX OF SUBJECTS.
TAGE
Absorption Apparatus for Gases (ill us.) 538
Bottle with Valve (illus.) 150
Spectra 489
Tui ie Qaa (illus.) 677
Acacia QiraffaOj Seeds of 561
Aearus Saochari (illus.) 770
Accumulators 516, 517, 518, 51!
Electric '222. 223
Aecnaphthcne 506
Acetic Acid, Detcrminat ion 563
Solubility of Oils in 22
From Wood % . . . 438
Acetins of Glycerol 437
Acetoraeter 389
Aeetphenetidine, Physiological Action of 521
As an Antipyretic 676
Acid Determination in Flue Gases (illus.) 347
Gases from Chemical Works 527
Acidimetry 564
Acids, Aluminium Bronze vessels for 39
Elevator for (illus.) 17tJ
Si | fhon for Raisin;; 2 IS
Aconite, Extract of 565
Acorns, Carbohydrate in 668
Address, President's, at Annual Sleeting 476
Aerated Beverages 297
A.ratiiiL' Liquids 547
Affiuity of Metallic Sulphates 728
Agalibe employed in Paper Making (illus.) 126
Air, Carburetter for i:;t
Determination of Carbonic Acid in (illus.) 749
Pump, Mercurial (illus.) 300
Al (Horindatinctoxia) 7f^
Alantio Acid 526
Alantol 520
Albinism, Vegetable 210
Albumen 849
Action of Hydrogen Peroxide on 381
Maltose 557
In Urine 387
Albuminoids in Barley and Peas 15
Determination of Sulphur in 11-3
Alcohol, Aldehyde in 3SS
Distillation of (illus.) 669
For Manufacturing Purposes SOS
Oxidised by Manganese Dioxide 438
Purification of 147
Alcoholic Fermentation lit
Liquids, Maturiug 221
Aldehyde in Alcohol 388
Aldehydes, Compounds with Hydrazines 507
Alizarin, Constitution of 725
Industry 014
Industry at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition .... 625, 633
Oil, Preparation of Hi
Alkali Manufacture 547
Waste. Treatment of 439
Works Regulation Act 527
Alkaline Hydrates, Crystallisation of 507
Sulphides, Physiological Action of 514
Alkalis. Caustic 438
Crystallised 662
Alkaloidal Bases in Petroleum 719
Alkaloids 822
Investigation of the £9
Etc. at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 639
In Plants, Localisation of 674
Vegetable Organisms in Solutions of 381
Alkannin 723
Allium TJrsinum, Oils of 676
Alloys, Electrical Conductivii v of 48
Metallic 37i
Alluvial Districts. Acid Soil in 373
Almond Meal as Food 514
Water, Bitter 567
PAGE
Alum in Bread 679
Determination of Iron in 27"'»
In Flour. Detection 51
Iron Determination in 352
Manufacture. H
Alumina Compounds for Bleaching 544,548
Determination of Iron in presence of i;,i
And Lead, Sulphate of 415
Separation from Iron 458
Sulphate 216
Aluminite, New Variety of 40
Aluminium Alloy, Deposition of \~i
Aluminium Alloys 511,512,548, 823
Bisulphite employed with Beet Juice 143
Bronze Vessels for Acids, etc 35
Extraction 512, 600
Extraction of 517. 518
Fluoride 820
Manufacture 247, 731, 735
Price of i7fl
Steel Castings with 29s
Sulphate 387
Amalgamating Pan 371
A mido-Com pounds. Conversion of 503
Amines from Phenols ;:,■!
Ammonia, Action of Sulphur on 307
From Ammonium Chloride 216, 217
Bichromate 442
Cartridga 521
From Coal Gas (illus.) 364
Prom various Coals 652
Compounds from Coal Gas 502
Detection of 334
Determination 42.3
Developed in working Iron 664
Double Sulphate and Phosphate of 412
Estimation in Soils , ggfi
Ferment, Destruction of §26
Purification of Coal Gas by (illus.) 25
Purification of Gas by 501
In Sewage Sludge 243
Soda Process (illus.) 2SS, 368, 440, 546, 720
Treatment of Soda Ash (illus.) 290
In Soils, Estimation of 457
From Sulphate (illus.) 509
Sulphate Manufacture 510
In Turnips 45
Ammoniacal Liquor, Coal Gas purified by 719
Liquor, Distillation of 42
Liquor, Treatment of 135
Liquors, Composition of 27
Liquors, Treatment of (illus.) 597, 820
Ammoniatcd Superphosphates, Analysis of }:>:;
Ammonio-zinc Chlorides 544
Ammonium Chloride, Treatment of 140,216, 217, 289
Chloride, Manufacture 822
Determination 799
Dithiocarbonate $36
Phosphate as a Manure n;
Salts, Solubility of Gypsum in 553
Sulphate, Blue Colour of 283
Sulphate, Manorial Value of 44
Amylodextrose 147
Anaesthetic, Local 677
Analysis, Employment of Vanadium in 74**,
Indicators in 195
Organic 269
Permanganate, Method of 350
Andromedotoxin 676
Aniline Black 819
Black Dyeing JB7
Chlorodimethyl- 366
Chromates 653, 659
Colours, Detection of 522
Colours, Varnishes prepared with 601
Dyes, Indian Trade in 464
Estimation of Paratoluidine in 750
Formed from Phenol 13s
Phenazine formed from 2*5
Sulphite, Colours from 726
Trade of Germany 529
Treatment with Oxynaphthol 726
XXIV
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29, 1888.
PAGE
Anlhoxaiithum Odoratum **8
Anthracene Purification
Trini.'ltivl
AntbragaUol, Trimethyl- and Dimethyl
Anlhranol
Antbxaquinone Manufacture
Anthrarufin, Pormulaol
505
,->n
.Ml
653
Anthrax.
320
Protection of ls:i
Anti-fouling Composition for .Ships 518
Anti-Incrustators for Boilers 179
r. ir St earn Hoilers 39
Antimony, Colour Reactions for 387
Electrolytic Reduction ol 673
Extraction 731
Fluoride Manufacture 727
Ores, Treatment of 512
Pentaohli .ride 546
In Portugal 530
Separation of 884
Tartrate 509
And Tin, Separation of 220
Antipyretic 521, 070
Antipyrine i v'-'
As Substitute for Morphine 1575
Antiseptic Fabric 222
S;i It for Brewing 376
Treatment 508
Antiseptics 515, 672, 67 1
Apparatus, etc at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 027
Arabinose 219, H6
Arabonic Acid 220
Araucaria, Secretion of 075
Arbutiu 07(3
Ardoisite 510
Arghline 380
Aristolochia Cymbifera. Drug from 560
Am.wroot Starch Manufacture 334
\ rsenic in Chloroform SS2
Colour Reactions for 3S7
Determination 504
Determination in Pyrites 352
Electrolytic Detection of 147
In Ferric Chloride Solution 522
In Matches 522
Separated from Waste Waters
Separation of
Arsenical Colours prohibited in Sweden
Arsenious Anhydride, Action on Hydrogen Arsenide
Arseniuretted Hydrogen removed from Sulphuretted Hy-
drogen
Artichoke, Jerusalem, Glucose from
Asbestos Felt
Ascospores in Yeast Cells (illus.)
Ash Determination
Determination in Organic Substances '
A spbalt, Artificial
Asphaltic Composition for Ships' Decks
Asphaltum
Varnish
Aspirator applied to Filter (illus.)
Aspirators (illus.)
Atropine
Aziminin
Axines
Preparation of the
Azobenzene, Substitution Products of
A/.o-< 'olours 138, 139, 4S7, 507,
From Stilbene and Fluorene
Azo-derivatives, Constitution of
Azo-dyes
Secondary
Azonaphthalene
Azoniuin Bases
Azopheniues 594,
Azophcnyiene
Azotoluenc
557
384
520
837
G79
554
300
118
220
MO
293
142
till'
378
537
C.t
487
300
543
505
435
591
815
721
286
720
506
613
721
212
136
Bacteria 115
Effect on Water s^7
Nitrification caused by * rqa
In Water ;,;;
Bacteriology :in;
Measurer (or Solutions (illus.) 1:7s
Baking Powder ■ ■-■•
Baku. Manganese Ores from 10
Petroleum 539
Bakuol
Balances, Chemical
Barium Hydrate
Manganate
Phosphate, Influence in Acidimetry. ...
Sulphides, Treatment of
Barley, Albuminoids in
American
For Brewing
Examination of
Injurious Action of Sodium Nitrate on.
Raffinose in
Swedish .
Treatment with Sulphurous Acid
Barleys. Analyses of
Baryta Hydrate
Bassic Cinder disintegrated by Exposure
Batatas, Spirit made from
Batteries, Depolarisation of
Electric 222,
Galvanic 299, 379, 380, 510, 517, 618, .'.1:'.
Secondary 510, 517, 518, ran,
Voltaic
Voltaic and Secondary
Zincs for
Battery Acid, Utilisation of Spent
Actuated by Heat
Cell, Pocket form of
Galvanic
Secondary
Solutions, Chromic Acid from
Bauhinia Yalilii, Fibres of
Beer Adulteration
Etc. Aeration of
Est iiuation of Carbonic Acid iu (illus.)
Filter for (illus.)
Finings, Sieve for
Influence of Carbonic Acid on
Lager
Manufacture
From Pure Yeast
Etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Turbidity of
Viscosity of
Beeswax, Constituents of
Estimation of Rosin iu
Beet, Abnormal
Experiments with
Formation of Sugar in
Juice, Purification of
Plant, Experiments on
Press Cake from
Pulp, Treatment of
Quantity of Sugar in
Saltpetre in
Sugar
Sugar Determination in
Sugar, Colour Reactions of
Sugar in the United States
Beetroot, Effect of Manure on
Seeds
Bchenic Acid
Benzaldehyde Green
Benzene, Action of Sulphurous Anhydride on
Pentamethyl
Benzenes, Analysis of
Benzidene Derivatives
Benzidine Colours
Colours from
Benzidinesulphohic Acids
Benzoliue, Gas from
Benzopurpurine
Benzoylsulphimide. Ethereal Salts of
Benzoylparanitraniline
Berbaininc
Berberidaeeae, Alkaloids of the
Berberine 225
Betaine
Beverages, Aerated
A. rated, shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition. .
Aeration of
Bichromate Manufacture
Birch Bark, Essence of
Biscuits, etc. from Almond Meal
Bismuth Nitrate Fermentation with addition of
Oxvhvdratc, Action of Hydrogen Peroxide on
Test for
Bisulphides, Treatment of
Bitumen, Artificial
Black Ash Furnace, Revolving (illus.)
Coloring matters, Earthy
Dye for Wool
Blast Furnaces. Construction of
Furnace Gas
PAGE
1SS
.-,1;!
217
433
2811
45
370
143
, 445
HI
16
830
2H5
733
507
45
. S30
, 298
223
674
073
558
140
512
222
510
515
s.;;
S33
515
286
391
297
830
370
51t
734
123
669
47
770
144
554
549
682
IB
552
828
143
733
143
GOO
6011
111
553
i;s2
455
0S1
607
607
732
483
366
510
530
542
817
138
285
3G4
817
652
883
225
520
483
>21
771
5WI
308
5111
514
144
450
416
202
5011
416
727
500
548
583
Peb.89,1888.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
irv
FACE
Blasting, Cartridges for 521
Permission to employ Gunpowder 567
• 177
Bleach. Chlorine prepared from 406
And Soda Sulphate, Manufacture of ( illus.) 820
Bleaohing 2*6. 399, 443.595, ::>6. 734
Aeents, Action OD Writing Ink 307
Alumina Compounds for 54 1. ."> 46
n, etc 727
Electrolytic 170, 246
By Electrolytic Action 727
Electrolytic Method of (illus.) 337
Powder, Loss of Chlorine from \<\
Powder Manufacture (illus.)
Wool, Cotton, etc 50S
Bl ue, Carbazol 660
Colour for Cotton 815
Shrub (African Drug) 501
Boiler for Cellulose 519
Cleaning Compound 36 :
Explosions in Germany (18*6) (illus.) 715
Fittings (illus.) lsj
Incrustation Preventive 619
Management (illus.) 17s
Setting (illus.) 133
Boilers, Deposits removed in 133
External Scale on 334
Fusible Pluss for (illus.) 649
Level Indicators for 133
Purification of Water for 501
"Removal of Scale from ^12. VU
For Wood Pulp 223
Bolivia, Trade of 463
Bone-black. Sugar Refined without 553
Bone Fat, Composition of gas
Bones, etc., Grease Extracted from 443
Borax, Soap mixed with 373
Boric Add, Chilian 515
Acid Determination (illus. )
Borneol 449, 834
Borocalcite, Phosphoric Acid in 72S
Boron detected in Milk, etc 563
Boronatrocalcite 545
Brandy Distillation in Switzerland 556
Brassidic Acid 218
Brazil, Customs Tariff of 6s5
Foreign Competition in 40 ;
Brea-asphaltum : 19
Bread, Alum in 679
Making 16*
Breweries, Consumption of Fuel iu 731
Brewers' Grains as Fodder 556
Pitch SSI
Brewery. Bye-products from a Porter 417
Institute of Berlin 731
Waste Liquors, Dryer for (illus.) 47
Brewing, Advances in 554
Antiseptic Salt for 376
Barley for 1 43
Torrefied Grain prepared for 1)5
Bricks, Glass 510
British Empire, Statistics of 459
Bromides, Examination of 567
Bromine Preparations 378
" Solid " 3SS
Broxburn, Petroleum at 12*
Brucine, Estimation of 567
Bucking Fabrics 366
Building Materials shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition ; 7
Burette, Gas (illus.) 450
Burettes, Delivery Tube for (illus.)
Burner for Mineral Oil, etc 651
For Mineral Oils, etc. (illus.) SIS
Standard Gas 601
Butter 148
Analysis 388
Artificial 556
Examination
Examination of 466
Preserving 670
Sp. Gr. of +47
Butyric Fermentation 496
.Cadmium Colours 665
Separation of 386
Titration with Iodine 3*4
Calamus Root, Constituents of 560
Methyl Alcohol iu 676
PAGE
" Calcerine "
Calcining Furnace (illus.) ;i;i
Calcite, Artificial l to
Calcium Chloride, Treatment of 820
Determination in Slasrs, etc 750
Phosphate, Tetrsbasic 157
Polvsulphide, Sulphur Crystals from 596
Sulphate, Crystalline . . . ."
Sulphide in Char 841
Calico, Discharge for Manganese Bronze 011 193
Printing 286
Printing with Antimony Fluoride 737
Printing Industry 6 13
Californian Petroleum
Cameroon, Maize from ut
I Camomile, Hexyl Alcohol from Oil of IK;
Camphor Bromide 6411
Monopoly in Formosa 391
Candle Industry illustrated at Manchester Ro\al Jubilee
Exhibition .' 631, 632
Power of Gas from Petroleum .
Trade in China ,
Candles. Self-extinguishimr 1 42
Trade with Egvpt 687
Trade with Holland
Cannabine 640
Cans for Preserved Food '. 671
Caoutchouc, Changes in Vulcanised 549
Plants 666
Substitute for 219
Valuation of 443
Capillarimetry, Fusel Oil estimated by 52
Caramel 2t-i
Carbamides 681
Carbamine Reaction for Aniline Colours 522
Carbazol Blue 660
Carbohydrates, Action of Aromatic Diamines 011 446
Carbolic Acid, Crude 671
Acid, Deeolorisation of
Carbon Bisulphide, Action of Chlorine on 72s
Bisulphide, Poisoning by 145
Bisulphide removed from Perfumes 388
Batter}- 735
Compounds, Absorption Spectra of 215
Electrodes, Change produced by Acids 673
Electrodes and Filaments 379
In'Iron, Determination (illus.) 743
Manufacture from Tar, etc 720
Perchloride, Action of Sulphur on 738
Prepared pure from Soot 601
Sulphodichlonde, Colours produced with 5os
Carbonates, Crystallised 140
Carbonic Acid, Action on Thomas-slag 667
Acid, Action on TTltramarin 507
Acid in Air (illus.) 74:.
Acid in Beer (illus.) 839
Acid with Bottled Beer 555
Acid Gas, charging Liquids with 547
Acid, charging Water with 663
Acid, Employment of Liquid 662
Acid Generator 297
Acid, Liquids charged with 599
Acid Manufacture 5fr.*
Acid for Sugar Manufacture 692
Anhydride. Assimilation by Plants 733
Oxide Manufacture 439
Carbonizer, Revolving (illus.) 814
Carbons for Batteries 223
For Electric Lamps 516, 517
From Paper Pulp, Electric 673
Carburetted Air 502
Gas 364
Carburetter for Air or Gas 134
Cards, etc., Transparent 550
Carrots, Cholestrin in 300
Cartridges for Blasting 521
Carveol 449
Casein si 2
Cassia Occidental!* 420
Castor Oil, Action of Zinc Chloride on 326
Oil Cake, Poisonous Properties of sjl
Oil. Examination of lis
Oil Plants from the Coneo 421
Sugar 77o
Catalytic Actions 455
Catechol, Action of Ethylcnediamine on 543
Ceilings, Cement for 292
Cells made of Cork, porous 6;:;
Celluloid, Coloured Designs on S
Fabric, Striped 559
Cellulose
Boiler for 519
Fermentation of 831
XXVI
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Fob. 29, 1888,
PAGE
But 370, 510, 517, 1 164
Drain Pipes 292
Gfc .1,1 or Silver -12
[nflueni f Feat; Sand on 442
I nfluenoe of Sugar on 140
Kiln (illus.) 767
Liquid 667
Manufacture 293,298
Por Walls 202
its 218
Ceramio Ware, Old 217
( terealine 602
I realose ;;75
Cereals, Effecl of Manures on 826
Effeol of Nitrates on 826
In relation to the Soil B28
Starch in SO
Char 47
Oaloium Sulphide and Gypsum in 841
Washing, Screen Bottom for Tanks (Wit
Charcoal. Decolourising Power of Animal 47
Treatment of 515
Chars. Estimation of Iron in 421, 600
Revivification of 375, 829
CAasmanfera Cordifolia 49
Chemical Education 79S
Industries 477
Industries, German 683
Industry, American 753
Section, Manchester Exhibition, Report on 624
Cheques, etc., Paper for 791
Chia Seeds 520
Chili, the Boric Industry in 515
Foreign Trade of 392
Saltpetre, Manurial Value of 44
Saltpetre on Moorland 374
Phosphoric Acid in 728
Chilian Nitrate, Report upon 569
Chimney Gases, Acidity of 527
China, Candle Trade in 684
Clay (illus.) 1 27
Grass, Cultivation of 684
Chloral Camphor. Reaction for 6S1
Chlorate of Potash, Explosives containing 2
Chlorates 2 IS
Electrolysis of 311
Chlorine 661
From Ammonium Chloride 140
Prom Bleach 450
Compressed 599
Electrolytic 173
Electrolytic Manufacture of 337
Manufacture (illus.) 286, 367, 440, 775, S22
Rate of Loss from Bleaching Powder 94
Chlorination of Gold Ore (illus.) 824
Chlorodimethylanilines 366
Chloroform. Arsenic in 8S2
Emulsion with Water 382
Reaction of 563
Chlorophyll, Dyeing with 413
Chlorotoluidine 653
Cholesteriu, Purification of 373
Cholestrin in Carrots and Vegetable Fats 300
Choline 4S3
Chrome Iron 511
Iron Ore, Analyses of 386
Lining for Furnaces 511
Chromic Acid from Waste Battery Liquor 51B
Chromium Colours on Cotton 215
Determination 45C, 458
Extracted from Iron Ore 305
Mordants' 131
Chromogens 215
Chromophors 215
Chromons Sulphate, Explosion of Tube containing 661
Chrysamine 817
Chrysoidiuc 591
Clinsnnaphthazinc 723
Chrysophenine • 818
I lirysoquinone, Azides of 723
Chrysotoluazme 723
Cioohene Dibromide 147
Cinchona A Ik ali, ids. Products of 736
Alkaloids. Detection 306
Trade o! Ceylon 753
Cinchonidine, Estimation of 455
Cinchonine 116
Citnzinamide 4S5
Citric Acid, Determination of 103
Citrus tlecumana, Blossoms of 449
Clay, Analysis of 112
PAGE
Cleaning Cotton, etc 727
Cleansing Powder 294
Coal, Copper present in 751
Evaporativo Power of 36
Extract for Tanning 43
Hydrocarbons. Relation of Petroleum to 604
Treatment with Salt 815
Coal Gas, Ammonia from (illus.) 364
Benzene from !>3
Cost of Purification So
Lime Process of Manufacture 503
Purification of 1 34, 135, 501, 502. 503, 719
Purification by Ammonia (illus.) 25
Recovery of Sulphur from 719
Subterranean Motion of 377
Coal Slack, Bins for (illus.) 181
Coal Tar Colours, Development of 461
Colours, Non-injurious 816
Constituents 360
Industry illustrated at Manchester Koyal Jubilee Exhibi-
tion 633, 034, 012
Lutidines 365
Coal Trade, Depression in Belgian 463
Coals, Nitrogen in 652
Cobalt Compounds 217
Separation of 386
Separation of Zinc from 49
Coca Leaves, Alkaloids of 675
Cocaine 488, 561, 039. 640
Homologues of 834
Optical Propert ins of 419
Phenol- 675
Coeamin 075
Cocccric Acid 560
Coccerin ."it;i I
Coceeryl-alcohol 560
Coccuha cor(h'fotii>$ 49
Cochineal Dyes 615
Sensitiveness of 196
Waste. Utilisation of 21S
Cock for Stills, Safety 649
Cocoa Meal, Value as Fodder S31
Codeine 490, 521. 0 II
Cod-liver Oil with Essence of Hops B35
Coffee, Extract of 877, 657
Coke, Evaporative Power of 36
Manufacture 130
Ovens (illus.) 280. 364
( )ven Tars 680
Colchicine 388
C 'i lombo Extraction 149
Colorimeter (illus.) 522
Colorimetry 304
Cylinders for 33
Colour Tests, Apparatus for 04
Colouring Matter, Orange Red 724
Matters. Discrimination of Artificial 451
Matters, Red 726
Matters, Survey of Artificial Organic B53
Matters. Table of Artificial Organic 721
Matters in Wine s 51
Colours on Calico, etc. Fixing 595
For Cotton 816
From Hydroxyanthraqninoncs 540
Non-injurious 816
For Varnishes, etc 138
Comma Spirillum 320
Conchoearpus Peckolti, Narcotic from 560
Condenser (illus.) 302. s:S7
Ordinary .and Reflux (illus.) 147
Surface 279
For Water Analysis 34
Condensers for Sulphur 442
Congo, Plants from the 420
Red 817
Red as an Indicator 190. 739, S35
Conium Extract 682
Consular Reports 392
Confine 486
Confines, Synthesis of Active 224
Cooler for Liquids 279
Copper Alloys 511
From Burnt Pyrites 548
Determination 836
Determination in Pyrites 564
Electrolytic Extraction of 516
Estimation of Arsenic in 354
Extraction 511. 517
Liquors, Zinc Sulphide from 440
Ores, Treatment of 218, 371
Ores, Valuation of 458
Oxide, Catalytic Action of 455
Peb. 29, 1888.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
xxvn
T.IOT.
Copper present in Coal 751
Proteetion of 513
Pyrites, Treatment of 597
Refining 512
Separation of 386
Siliceous 600
Slag, Bright Red 305
Sulphate, Action on Wheat 2'.i5
Sulphate. Manufacture (illus.) 597
Sulphate reduced l>y Fermentation 144
Bnlphocyanide 80
In Wine 556
Coriander Oil 675
Cordials, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 772, 77,">
Cork Porous Cells 673
Costa Rica Exhibition 303
Cotarninc 189
Cotoiiie 1
Cotton, etc.. Bleaching and Cleaning 7^7
Bleaching and Dyeing 508
Blue Colour for 215
Colouring Matters 816
1 ly, in-- 816, 727
Fibre, Chemistry of 595
Etc., indigo dyed on 819
Ete., Waterproof 510
Cream Tester 022
Cresol, Tolylamine from 505
Croton Oil, Action of 520
Crucibles !"., 292
Cupels, Materials for 43
Cuprous Chloride. Ethylene soluble in 717
Customs Tariffs 227. 58 1
Cyanides, Ferro- and Ferri- 5 15
Cylinders for Xesslcr's Test 33
Damascus, Drugs and Chemicals in HU
Damboseand Inosite, Identity of 666
Daniell's Dry Cell, Pocket form of 515
Daphniu 284
Decantatimi Apparatus (illus.) 637
Decomposition, Influence of Mass on Chemical 91
Dental Anodyne 1:77
Deodorant 515
Deodoriser 2^::
For Sewage, etc 833
Desiccating Wood, etc 610
Detonators 226
Dextrin, Fermentation of 1+4
Dextrose 828
Oxidation of 551
Diamidobenzene, Combination with Carbohydrate 446
Diamidostilbene Colours 818
Dianthin 284
Dianthryl 653
Diastase 296, 447
Action of 829
Diazo-amido Bodies, Reaction of 541
Compounds 2S3
Diazoamidobenzcne, Aetion of Phenol on 436
Digester, Soxhlet's (illus.) 52
Digestive Ferments 189
Dinicthylamidoazobenzene as an Indicator 196
Dimethylaniline, Manufacture (illus.) 436
Dinitrocresol, Detection of 50
Diphenyl, Tetramido- 5 12
Diphenylamine from Phenol 138
Diphenylethane Derivatives 506
Diphcnylsulplioxide 306
Diphenylxylylmethane 213
Disintegrator for Pigments 513
Disinfectants 378, 672
Disinfecting Powder 291
Disinfection 143, 515
Distillation Apparatus, Vacuum 39
Fractional (illus.) 678
In an Indifferent Gas (illus.) 590
Distillers' Wash as Manure 828
Distilling Flask (illus.) 302
Ditaine 611
Drain pipes, cement 292
Drugs, American and Indian 10
Imported into Italy, Duties 011 530
Illustrated at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 639
Xew 560, 561
Dryer for Brewery Wasle Liquors (illus.) 47
tage
Drying Cylinder for Waste Matter 537
Duboisine Reactions :>yi
Duronitrile 541
Durylic Acid 5 II
Dust, Electric Deposition of 378
Dyeing 514, 595, 819
Cotton, ete 727
Fabrics 286
Paper 189
With Turkey- Red 727
Wool Blue 508
Dyes displayed at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 635
Indian 7!"'.
Solvent for 1:7
Dyestuffs, Trade with China 570
Dynamite 3
Earth, Russian Black 414
Earthenware, Porous r,\~
Bcgi 'nine 226, 520
Ecuador, Trade in 393
Education, Chemical 798
Technical 101
Elaterite, Artificial 599
Electric Batteries ;:;:,
Deposition of Dust :,-^
Lamps, Carbons for 370, 516. 517
Lamps, Incandescent 299
Sugar Refining is
Wires, Coating for 558
Electrical Conductivity of Fused Alloys 48
Conductors, Vulcanising Coating of 516
Fuses 518
Electro-chemical Etching 516
Electrodes, Change produced in Carbon C73
Electrolysis 731
Employed in Treatment of Ores 140
Electrolytic Bleaching 170. 240, 299. 727
Detection of Arsenic 147
Detection of Metals 836
Deposition of Platinum 518
Extraction of Aluminium 517
Extraction of Copper 5it;
Extraction of Gold, etc 516, 517,518
Method of Bleaching (illus.) 337
Purification of Sugar 514
Electro-plating 200
On Organic Substances 223
Eire trotyping 513, 517
Elements for Voltaic Batteries 558
Elevator for Acids, &c. (illus.) 170
Euieiite (an Explosive) 521
Emetine 736
Emolline (Sef tener for Warps) 769
Emulsions 294
Enamel, Transparent 513
FInamelled Ware 547
Enamelling Wood, etc 219
Ensilage 668
Eosin Colouring Matters 2S3
Eosins, Absorption Spectra of 427
Equisetum Biemale 49
Ert ehthites Oil 831
Ericaceae, Poisonous Principle of 676
Erigeron Oil 834
Erucic Acid 218
Erysipelas Micrococcus 320
Erythrol 374
Ery throsin 281
Essential Oils, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 772
Etching. Electro-chemical 5ifi
On Glazs, etc 5 47
Ethane, Diphenyl- 50C
Ether, Examination 7"-o
Explosion 680
Pipette (illus.) 52
Etlioxycafleine 641
Ethyl Ether, a New 720
Ethylene Soluble in Cuprous Chloride 717
Ethvlenediamine, Substance from 653
On Catechol, Action of 543
Ethyleneorthophenylenedianiine 3W
Ethyl-orange 506
Ethylparanitraniline 283
Ethyl Sulphide, Physiological Action of Chlorinated 674
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 2y, isss.
139
Eurhodines
Euxanthio Acid
Evaporating Furnace (illus.)
Evaporation, Bscapi dBodiea
Of Waste Lye
I p rator for Sugar Liquor
Exhibition al Barcelona
Manchester Royal Jubilee ''21,
Plan of Royal Jubilee, Manchester
Explosion caused by Chr< ins Sulphate
of Kt her
At Chemical Works. Report ou
Bate ii
Explosive Gases, Indicator for (illus.)
Bxplosives (illus.) -■ 226,
Bxsiocator (illus.)
Extracting Aqueous Solutions (illus.)
Extractor (illus.) 677,
Fabiana Imbricata
Fat Determination in 51 ilk.
Extraction of
Extractor, Soxhlet's
( )f Soja Bean
Treatment of
Fats
Analysis of
Cholestrin in Vegetable
Etc., shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition..
Fatty Acids estimated in Soap
Acids in Light Resin Oil
Matters. Still for
Peed-water Heater for Boilers (illus.)
Feliling's Solution, Titration with
Ferment. Ammonia, Destruction of
Glycerin
Fermentation with addition of Bismuth Nitrate
Influence of Carbonic Acid on
Products of
In its relation to Bread-making
Ferments (illus.)
Action on Proteids
The Digestive
Ferric Chloride Solution, Arsenic in
Fcrro- and Ferri-cyanides
Ferrq-cyanides from Soda Liquors
Ferro-nianganesc
Ferro-silicon
Fertilisers. Analysis of
Moisture Determination in
Fibres. Preparation of
Treatment of
Treated with Hydrofluoric Acid
Washing Machine tor (illus.)
Prom Wood, Textile
Filter (illus.) 39,812,813,
Filters 279, 280, 364, 376,601,537,
Shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Filter for Beer
Filters, Experiments with
Filter for Viscid Liquids (illus.)
Filter Press (illus.) S37, S12, 813,
Filter Presses 364, 372, 378,
lilt er Press, Potter's
Pumps (illus.)
Filtering Apparatus (illus.)
Material, Earthy
Filtration
Automatic (illus.)
(if Water
Fire Bricks 43,
Fire-clay shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Fire Extinguishers, Chemical
Lighter
Fire-proof Articles
Material
Paint
Pish Manure
Fish, etc., < HI from
Wax
Plume
Flask for Distillation (illus.)
Flasks for Cultivation of Micro-organisms (illus.)
Floor, Alum detected in
Fluo Gases, Acid Determination in (illus.)
Fluorene. Azo-Colours from 437,
Fluorescein
Sulphon-
AGE
•213
507
649
:; hi
442
55 1
568
762
64
661
680
835
362
751
521
837
3(13
S35
49
151
413
31
619
665
S25
306
3IIO
762
389
:,",:>
519
ISO
495
144
734
123
164
113
671
lsy
522
515
319
311
664
327
403
660
286
40
660
513
814
649
772
555
319
537
814
501
510
64
210
375
601
561
557
292
767
589
53S
517
380
550
210
3U2
117
51
347
815
2 S3
816
ta<;e
Fluorides as Antiseptics 515
Fluorindine 591
Fluorine Compounds as Antiseptics 672
Fodder, Brewers' Grains as 556
I'ood, Cans for Preserved C71
Detection of Picric Acid in 50
Preservation of 557
Preserved B 32
Product, Cere al 377
Salicylic Acid in 389
Formaldehyde, Action of Lime on 446
Formosa, Camphor Monopoly in 391
Formose 146
Fi lundrymen, Chemical Notes for 5 18
Fractional Distillation (illus.) 838
Fruit Essences, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 772
Trees. Manure for 553
Furl. Artificial 134
I n Breweries. Consumption of 734
Liquid (illus.) 35
Rubbish employed as 661
Fuller's Earth 660
Fungi and Fermentation 495
Nutritive Value of Edible 298
Funnels (illus.) 134, 327,361
Furnace for Black Ash. Revolving (illus.) 416
For Burning Tar (illus.) 37
For Chlorinating Ores .".(.'.i
P\>r Evaporating a id Calcining (illus.) 619
For Evaporation of Waste Liquors 412
Furnace Linings 43, 511,512
Furnaces. Hydn icarbon Oil Feeder for 719
For Hydrocarbons 212
Lined with Blocks of Lime 213
Fusel Oi! estimated by Capillarimetry :•!
Oil extracted from Spirit 555, 55S
Oil, Removal from Spirit 514
Oil removed from Spirit 829
Oil in Spirits 376
Fuses, Electrical 518
Fusible Plugs for Boilers, etc. (illus.) 649
Gadinine 1-1
Galactau 602
Galactose from Lupin Seeds It;
Gallic Acid Reaction 680
Acid. Yellow Colour from 2s;,. 137
Gall, .flavin 285,437,722
Galvanising 5U. 512. 513
Iron 5yy, 665, 833
Gas Analysis (illus.) 348, 677
Analysis Apparatus (illus.) 748. 749, S36
Analysis, An error in 747
Apparatus for Endiometry (illus ) 3S3
From Baku Petroleum 539
From Benzoliue 364
Burette (illus.) 450
Burettes (illus.) 738, 739
Burner, Atmospheric 502
Burners. Incandescence 131, 212
Burners, Incandescent 590
Carbon, Treatment of 365
Carburetted : 364. 5' '2. 501 ;
Distillation in an Inert (illus.) 590
From Hydrocarbons 590. 719
Lamps, Slant les for Incandescent 538, 814
Lamps. Regenerative 539
Leak. Detector for (illus.) 651
Lighting F'ires with 538
Manufacture 503
From Mineral Oil 651
From Mineral Oils, Analyses of 810
From ( lil 212
From Oil Stills 31
From Paraffin Oil 199
Producers 131, : '.ill
Purification by Manganese Dioxide 438
Retorts. Pyroscope for 131
From Tar 590
From Tar Stills, Utilisation of 212
Tar, Utilisation of 815
Gases, Absorption of 363
Al is. rption Apparatus for (illus.) 538
H vdrocavbons from 51 15
Scrubber for (illus.) 584, 597
S. .lubil itv of 92
From Tar Fires 33
Gasometer, Spherical (illus.) 562
Gelatine employed with Battery Solutions 223
Em ulsions with 294
Test for Water 323
Feb. 29.M88.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
XXIX
r.vr.K
G. latin method of examining Water 118
Etc shown :it Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 71 3
German Chemical Industries 883
Empire, Boiler Explosions in (illns.) 715
Silver 689
Germanium 731
375,
Klhyl.
Volatility of
Germany, Oil Trade in
Glass, Ann. aim-'
Bricks
Industry. German
Manufacture
And Metal, Uniting
( Frnaments and Lettering on. .
Working
Glucose
From Jerusalem Artichoke...
Manufacture
Glue. Examination of
Etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Glutazine
G lycerin Ferment
Manufacture
Prom Soap Leys
Glyeer* 1. Ac-tins of
Determination
Gl yenronic Acid
Glyeyphyllin
Gold, etc.. Amalgamation of
i.ent
Extraction 511,812,516, 517,518,600,
Etc Extraction of
Extraction from Antimony Ores
Separated from Arsenic, etc
Ore, Chlorination of (illus.)
Ores. Treatment of
Grain Torrefied for Brewing
Grass. Perennial Scented
Greasy Waste, Extraction of Oil from
Green, Briliiant
Colours
Malachite
Thiophen 505,
Grey Colouring Matters. Earthy
Grinding Hard Substances (illus.)
Guano. Chilian
Native
Peruvian
Phospho
Gum Arabic. Imitation
Artificial
Colour "Reactions of
Liquid
Gums, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition ...
Gun-cotton Examination
Gunpowder Manufacture 226,
Gutta-percha
Lite, shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Gymnema Sylvestr.:-, Acid from
Gymnemic Acid
Gypsum removed from Char
Solubility in Ammonium Salts
511
528
370
51
547
218
."IT
!
375
554
-
565
763
221
495
142
s7
4S7
52
: '
221
735
673
si?
731
3s I
824
371
143
148
51!i
434
E -
43.1
507
727
12
22s
243
gto
514
447
554
30C.
667
769
841
226
513
765
380
SSfl
S41
553
Hamamelia Tirginica 49
Hay. etc Preservation - 97
Beat, Battery actuated by sl6
Regulator for Evapoiations (illus.) 80S
Hedylglin 375
Heleninm 641
Hesperidin, Swgar from 553
Hessian Purple 818
H.xyl Alcohol from Oil of Camomile 116
Hide Clippings used in Castinz 141
Powder, Tannins estimated by means of 94
Hides, Preservation of 142
Treatment of 551, 601, 6«7
I'nhairing 733
Homopterocarpin 737
Hops, Constituents of 734
Essence with Cod-liver Oil 836
Exhausted 4-17
Spent, used for Paper 553
Humus Substances 220
Hydrast inc '. 381, 449, 641
Hydrastis ran ideiisis. Extract of 526
Hydrastis canadensis, Extraction 146
Hydrazines. Compounds with Ketones 507
Hydrazobcnzene 436
Hydrocarbon Gas
Lamps
Oil Feeder for Furnaces
Oils. Purification
Hydracarhons. Aromatic
Burner for Liquid
Furnaces for
Gas from
From Gases
Treatment of
Hydrochloric Aeid from Ammonium Chloride 216.
\ rid Manufacture (illus.)
Acid, Treatment of
Hydrofluoric Acid, Fibres treated with
Hydrogen Arsenide. Action on Arsenious Anhydride
Determination in presence of Marsh Gas
Flame supported bv Nitrous Oxide
Manufacture ' 92, 2s.;. 364,
Peroxide, Action on Albumen
Peroxide, Action on Bismuth Oxyhydrate
Peroxide, Estimation
Hydrometers 133,
Hydrosyanthraquinone Colouring Matters
H> Jvoxyl-group, Reagent for
Hyoscixte !x~
Hyoscyamine 4s
Reactions
Hyposulphurous Acid. Purification of Sugar Juice by
IGE
590
590
719
504
584
503
212
71i*
505
.-.•.■ 1
217
730
367
40
337
563
315
590
SSI
456
564
383
540
22ii
641
,641
::- •
47
Ice Making (illus.) 252
Ici heib (African Drug) 561
Ignatjewitc 49
Igniting Gas
Ilipe Nuts 14<
Illuminating Power of Petroleum 650
Imperial Institute, The Work of the 458
Imports and Exports, Chemical 528,529
Incandescent Vapour Lamp 502
Incrustation Prevent ive :',;'
Preventive for Boilers 649
Indian Corn Oil "
Dvcs and Methods of Dyeing 796
Hemp. Alkaloid of 675
Yellow S07
India-rubber Compositions 732
Etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 765
Suhstitute 5W
Indicator. Congo-red as an 739
Indicators, Sensitiveness of 193
Indiiro. Estimation and Valuation of 465
Detection in Dyed Fabrics 739
Dyeing 819
Eixed on Calico, etc 595
Plant and Products 791
Plants 421
Products at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 626
Solutions. Preparation of 544
Indole Derivatives 507
Indoles. Methylation of 592
Indulines 594.721
Ineine 7
Infusorial Earth at Stavanger
Injectors (illus.) ._
Inosite and Damlxisc. Identity of
Institute, The Work of the Imperial
Insulator for Electrical Conductors
Jmifa Htlenium, Principles of
Invertase
Iodine Convention. The
Solution. Strensth of
Starch, Blue
Titration with
Iodised Oil
Iodol, Solubility in Ethereal Oils
Iodoinetry
Iron, Accumulation in the Ground from use of Slag
Alloys
Ammonia developed in Working
Black Varnish for
Blue-shortness of
Case-hardening
In Chars. Estimation of 481,
Determination in Alum
Determination in Presence of Alumina
I let. nnination of Carbon (illus.)
Direct from Ore in Russia
Determination in Slag (illus.)
Estimation of Small Quantities
Fibrous
Galvanised 599,
755
65
666
45S
735
520
S29
466
52:;
563
384
S34
siU
839
443
511
664
513
42
218
500
27.;
151
7 s
75!
680
291
XXX
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29, isss.
PAGE
Iron, Galvanising 611, 612, 6M
Heated in Wo d Charcoal ''0
[nfluence of ll.it lilast on 648
Manganese in 383
Ami Manganese, Separation of '-'-"
Manuiacl ure J*J
Manufacture, Dei elopment of »68
i ire. Treatment of ''""
Or,-, Vanadium and Chromium extracted from SOo
1 »ri s, Treatment of 611
Oxide Pigments
gpnorus Compounds in ' l'_'
in isphorus Determination in 387
Pickling or Cleaning 517
Purification ,0
Reaction with Nitric Oxide ''■''
Suits, Purification of Waste Water by 614
Separation from Alumina 458
Separation of Zinc from •!:'
t, in 293,870
Sulphate as :i Manure 374
Ironstone. Chrome 456
isinglass, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition. 764
Isomeric Change in Phenol Series 72u
Italian Chemical statistics 754
Italy. Customs Tariff 390
Duties on Drugs 530
Phosphatic Deposits in Southern 568,828
Ivorine, Coloured Designs on 595
1 v ory, Substitute for 549
Jabi (African Drug) 661
Japan, Chemicals for 572
Trade during 1886 391, 392
Java, Soap Mailing in 572
Joa (African Drug) 561
Jubilee Exhibition, Manchester 621
Juglon 560
Juices, Extraction of 373
Jute, Treatment of 660
Eairine 489
Kairoline 489
Kali Industry, The 528
Kahnia AngustifoHa 49
Kamala SSI
Kaolin, Composition of 12S
Kau (African Drug) 561
Kerosene 136, 112
Baku 539
Ketones, Compounds with Hydrazines 507
Kinetite (illus.) 2
Klebbirse 410
Klebreis 446
Klipswitt (African Drug) 561
Kola Nut, False .". 737
I.al « latory Fittings (illus.) 205
Laecaic Acid. . . .-. 659
Lac-dye, Colouring Matter of 659
Lactic Arid. Detection of 562
Lager Beer shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition . . . 770
Lamp for determining Burning Percentage of Kerosene 412
Eneandesoent Vapour 602
Lamp, safety 2^2. 362
Lamps for Hydrocarbons Sin l
Illuminating Power of various JM
Incandescent Electric 517, 734, 735
Photographic 431
Lanolin l it, 629
M ai i u lac tore 373
Lead and Alumina. Sulphate of -115
Action of Water on , in
Fume, Pipes f1>r 21S
Pigments, Manufacture 7:;2
Pipes, Corrosion by Water 8 32
Plaster, Examination of 507
From Prsfbram, Analysis of 823
ating Precious Metals from IS
White 601, 82S
White. Manufacture (illus.) 2ss. 291
1 n Zinc Preparations 304
Leaf, Tobacco (illus.) 70
PAGE
Leak Detector for Gas (illus.) 651
Leather Manufacture 14. 513, 514
Polish 295
Gendered Flexible 601
Etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 763
Waste, Utilisation of 222
Leaves. Analyses of 441
I.celanche Cells, Crystals from 515
Lencopiaurin 5 11
Levulinic Acid 37 1
Levulose, Reaction for 388
Lignin in Paper, Determination 665
Lignite Hydrocarbons, Eelation of Petroleum to
Line. Action on Sugar
Blocks for lining Furnaces 21 s
Carbonate (illus.) 127
Influence on Gas Coal 50:1
Influence on Vegetation 733
Juice, etc. show n at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 772
Linen, etc. Bleaching 727
Linseed Cake, Adulterated 557
Oil, Test for 181
Lithanode 673
Lithium Salts, Effect on Vegetation 826
Lobelin 520
Logwood, Extract of 149
Lubricating Composition 826
Oils, Treatment of Waste 665
nils. Viscosity (illus.) 41 i
Value of Petroleum 204
Lubricant 29 1. 1 43
For Steam Cylinders 1 11
Lupin Seeds. Substances from 446
Lutccienne (Dibromodinitrofluorescein) 284
Lutidmes, Coal Tar 365
Madder, Caucasian 722
Dyes ;i5
Indian 797
Products at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 625
Magenta, Acid 592
Magnesia in Boiler Mud and Scale 179
Ca il>. inate, Hydrated 661
As a Preventive against Phylloxera 601
Separation from Potassium Carbonate Mother-Liquors 729
Magnesite, Composition of 2 ft'
"Euboean 40
Magnesium Chloride, Chlorine from (illus.) 775
Chloride. Electrolysis of (illus.) 337
Chloride Manufacture 82o
Light for Photography 5:1s
Manufacture 223
Melting Point of 510
Strength of 730
Magnetism, Separation of Metals by means of 515
Magnets, Examination of Substances by 515
Magnolia Bark 300
Mahtea Flowers as a Source of Sugar 21
Maize from Cameroon ill
Manufacture of Starch from 80
Malt 115
Acid Determined in 52
Extract •. 734
Extract, etc. showu at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibi-
tion 772
Flour 1 15
Powder as Food 557
Maltha 109
Maltose _. 828
Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition, Report on chemical
Section 621
Manganese Alloys 51 1
Blende, Production of 72s
Bronze on Calico, Discharge for 193
Determination l.'.G
Dioxide, Uses of 43S
Green 433
Iron :»7i>
And Iron, Separation of 226
Ore in the United States 526
1 Ires from Baku 4.1
Oxides. Composition of 99
Phosphorus Compounds of 1 10
Separal ion of Zinc from 4:i9
In Steel and Iron ... '. ."s ;
Sulphide. Solubility in Potassium Sulphide 305
Manganites, Preparation of 509
Mangostin 507
Manioc Roots. Alcohol from 831
Mant les fur Incandescent Gas Burners 590
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
PAGE
Mantles for Incandescent Gas Lamps 588. sl ■
Manure, Ammonium Phosphate as a +13
Distillers' Wash as a 888
For Fruit Trees 658
Iron Sulphate as a 374
ium Nitrate as a +4
SuLtir Refuse Liquor as a 552
.Manured Sand, Experiments with Beets in 552
Hsnnres 148,667,827
Ammonia Detennination in l-::
Containing Nitrate, Nitrogen Determination in 157
Effect on Cereals 826
Manorial Experiments B27, v-v
Experiments with Oats 46
Value of Leaves ++l
Hashing Materials, Yield of 734
Hatches, Arsenic in 522
Etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 772
Heasnre f>r Solutions (illus.) 678
Heat Ext nets, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Ex-
hibition 772
Mcchanical Equivalent of Electrolytic Action 173
Meeting, Proceedings of Sixth Annual 17 4
Melitose +45
Determination of 821
Melitriose, Estimation of +15
Melting Points 568
Menthol 44'.', 834
Menthoxime 531
Mercurial Air Pump (illus.) 800
Mercuric Oxide, Determination of Manganese by use of +5tS
Mercury, Purification of 510
Metal and Glass, Uniting 21s
Metals, Detection by Electrolysis S36
Deoxidised Ill
Extraction by Electrolysis 1+0
Pickling 828
Precious, separated from Lead 4,
Separated by Magnetism 515
Metallic Coating for Objects 513
Designs, Electrotyping 517
Salts Action of Ammonium Dithioearbonate B 17
Sulphates 217
Metallised Organic Substances 223
Metastannic Acid. Manufacture 593
Methyl Alcohol in Calamus Root 876
Alcohol in Plants 602, 67+
Methylene Blue 136
Methyl-orange 506
Methylphenylanthranol 814
Micro-organisms, Cultivation of (illus.) 113
Middlesborough Salt Beds (illus.) 566
Mildew in Wheat 295
Milk, Action of Freezing on 557
Action of Rennet on 832
African Drink from 831
Analysis of 31
Adulteration of 45
Etc.. Boron detected in 563
Of Cows, Influence of Sugar Residues on 44S
Examination 671
Fat. Determination in 151
Formation of the Skin on Heating ++S
Nitric Acid in ,, 4S
Powdered 377
Preservation of 51+
Preserving 377
Mineral Oil. etc., Burner for 651
Oil, Gas from 861
Oil Gas, Analyses of 810
icorporated with Soap, etc 141
Oils, Treatment of 131. 591
Mines. Signal for Explosive Gases in (illus.) "51
Molasses Salts. Saltpetre from 669
from 554
Treatment of 143, 375
Molybolic Acid, Reaction for 3> 7
Moorland, Experiments on 37+
Mordanting Cotton 508
Wool, etc 544
Mordants. Chromium 131
Morphia. Estimation of 565, oikt
Morphine +90
Antipvrine as Substitute for 675
Methyl- 521
Reaction for 149, 568
Carbonic Acid, Ethers of 526
Mortar, Influence of Peaty Sand on 4 42
Sugar added to 370
Mueiline (a Size for Cotton) 769
Mud from Boilers, Analyses of 179
Muscarine , 481
PAGE
Museums, Commercial SOS, 391, 68+
Must. The Plastering of 145
Hyristica Surinameusis, Seeds of C76
Naphtha Residues, Benzene from 510
Naphthalene, Action of Heat on 588
As a Medicine 6 42
Azo- 506
Naphthase 213
Naphthoiealdebyde 5 12
Xaphthoictbiamide 512
Napntholsnlphonic Acids, Colours from 72">
Naphtbvlamine, a 594
Bnlpho-p 593
Naphthylaminesulplionic Acids (01 721
Acids, Colours from 725
Naphthylamine-i-monosulphonic Acid +36
Naphthylenediainiue, m-(a 0) 512
Naphthylenediamines, substituted C52
Naphthylniethylaleohol 542
Narceine, Reaction for 562
Narcotic Extracts, Examination 750
X arcotine
Naringenin ti:i
Haringin ++9
Suirar from 553
Natrometer 451
Neosote (an Antiseptic) 672
Nesslerising 33
Neurine 483
Nickel Allov 589
Alloys 293, 511
Estimation if.'
Protoxide used for Decomposition of Ammonium Chloride. 1+0
Separation of StJ6
Separation of Zinc from +9
Nicotine 4SS, 522
Estimation 565
Nitrsmlic Acid 213
Nitrates. Action of Superphosphates on 551
E fleet on Cereals 526
Formation in Plants 601
And Nitrites 679
Nitre Deposit in Tarapaca (illus.) 5+5
Nitric Acic Detection
Ether Residues 381
Oxide, Reaction of Iron with 499
Nitrites and Sulphites, Reaction between 663
Nitrobenzene, Explosives containing 2
Nitrocellulose, Artificial Silk from 139
Granular 225
Solvent for 550
Nitrogen in Albino Foliage 219
In Coals 652
Compounds detected in Seleniferous Sulphuric Acid 679
Compounds in Plants 551, 552
Determination (illus.) 150, S+0
Determination in Manures containing Nitrate 457
Fixed by Soils 552
In Sewage Sludge 2 13
In Superphosphate Mixtures, Loss of 551
In Uncultivated Soils 826
Nitrometer (illus.) 119, 271, +99
Nitronaphtbalene (0) 511
Nitrosamines 723
Nitr :so-bases 723
NitToso-0-Naphthol used in Analysis 3S+
Nitrotoluene Derivatives 507
Nitrous Acid. Action of Sulphurous Acid on 819
Oxide, Hydrogen Flame supported by 815
Xkasa or Sassy Tree +21
Noxious Vapours, Effect on Vegetation 733
Xuheib (African Drug) • 561
Oak Wood, Tannin from 530
Oats. Manurial Experiments witll 46
Value of different Varieties of OtiS
Obituary. Charles Moseley 188
Sir Francis Bolton 3S
Oil Cake Manufacture 4+S
Cakes, Sugar in +45
From Fish 548
Gas 503,590
Gas Manufacture 212
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. in. i-s<.
PAOB
Oil rias. Mineral go
Gaa Tar. Treatment of 2sj
1 1 im Greasy Waste, etc 6*j
Prom Indian Corn Mo
Iodised ..*
or Japanese Sardine J'2
Plant v-'"'
5 10
89*,
I'lVs
Press and Machinery for..,
stills. Waste Gas from
Tester
Trade in Germany
Oils. Action on Polarised Light
Burner for Mineral (illus.)
Emulsions of
Bssential, Adulteration of
Sp. (Jr. of
Extraction of
Illuminating Power of
Lighting Fires with
Oxidation of
Percentage in various Drugs and Plants
Etc.. Separator for
Etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Still for Mineral
Turkey-red 543,
Yalenta's Test for
Viscosity of (illus.)
Ointments, Preservation of
Oleic and Stearic Acids. Separation of (illus.)
Olive Oil adulterated with Vaselin
Omeire
Opiaurin
Opium Alkaloids, Separation
Analysis of
Assay of
Orange Azo-Colours
Ores. Amalgamation of
Furnace for Chlorinating
Sulphur from
Treatment of 871, 600,664,
Treatment by Electrolysis
Organic Analysis, Permanganate Method of 9s,
Matter estimated in Water
Oxides, Formation of
Oxalate Test for Quinine Salts
Oxalic Acid. Action of Perniansanate on
Acid from Nitric Ether Liquors
Acid, Titration or
Oxides, Action of Sulphur ou
Formation of Organic
Oxyacanthine
( )xyanthniquinones
Chromogeuic Properties of
Oxyazo-Oompounds
Oxygen, Bleaching and Disinfection by means of
Detection of Active
Determination (illus. J
Oxynaphthal. Treatment with Aniline
Oxy naphthoquinone
Ozokerite, Action of Sulphuric Acid on
Purification of
Ozone Manufacture 286,299,
Production .
143
31
204
628
750
815
294
448
448
373
39
5 19
737
294
7i'.2
184
514
22
414
141
372
841
S31
511
840
666
14S
591
871
599
731
823
14o
330
455
."77
522
2«
S81
99
3n7
SIS
724
669
443
304
348
72':
660
052
504
831
676
Paint, Fireproof
Powder, for removing
Removal of old
Prom Slag
Washable
White
Paints, etc. illustrated at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Palmitic Acid. Oxidation of
Pancreatic Ferments
Panicum MiUactu.n, Seeds of
Papahie
Papaverine
Paper, Antiseptic
For Cheques, etc
1 letection Of Woody Fibre in
Detenu ination of Liguiu in
1 feeing 189,
Making in Japan
Manufacture (illus.)
Manufacture in Roumania
Pulp. Boilers for
Pulp Machinery
Pulp. Treatment of|
Pulp. Treatment of Waste Liquors 73.'.,
Starch determined in
Strength of
Toughened
I i-nisparent and Waterproof
Waterproof 668
Etc., Waterproof 825,
6511
294
5'0
550
43
550
CSii
625
192
1H
642
190
674
7:u
B40
5i>
608
308
12.;
66
223
380
508
736
.v,:
299
568
511
,559
B26
PAGE
Papier-Machc 558
Paraffin Industry illustrated at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 030
Melting Point 567
Oil. Gas made from' 199
Oils. Treatment of Heavy 282
As Preventive against Frothing 630
Purification of 504
Scale Testing (illus.) 123, 271, 851
Wax. Purification of 412, 326
Wax, Refined (illus.) :; v, 50 I
Paragalactin \w>
Paramidodiphenylsulphonie Acid 138
Pararosaniline, Manufacture 437
Paratoluidine, Estimation 750
Pasteurising Beer, etc 370
P.juUinea Acideata 49
Pawpaw 420
Pearl-hardening 293
Peas, Albuminoids in 45
Peat, Paper made from 558
Peaty Sand, Influence on Mortar 442
Pentamethylbenzeue 540
Pepper, Oil of Black 075
Peppermint, Japanese Oil of is
Yield of Oil of .... 49
Pepsin. Action of 191
Pepsins, Commercial 300
Peptone, Production of 561
Peptones, Commercial 738
Perfumes 382
Permanganate Method of Organic Analysis 9S. 260, £50
Permanganates, Preparation of Manganites from 509
Petivtvia Htxaglocliin, Drug from 520
Petrofracteur 2
Petroleum. Alkaloidnl Bases in 719
Broxburn 352
Ualimmian 409
Depot of Russian 403
Distillation 5')1
Egypt tan ISO, 276
Evaporative Power of L. . . . 85
Examination 39
Flashing Point S04
Illuminating Power of 650
Industry illustrated at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibi-
tion 681
Industry 1 United States) 57"
Lamps, Illuminating Power of 39
Lubricating Value of 204
oils. Tinting 283
Relation to Coal Hydrocarbons 51U
Residues, Hydrocarbons from 54u
Residues. Treatment of 282
Reservoir at Rotterdam 3u7
Russian 393
Shale Mine at Broxburn 12S
Stills. Utilisation of Gas from 212
Supply of 4ii
United States and Canadian 405
Pharmaceutical Chemistry 478
Preparations, Tests for 675
Phenazin E 1 -
Phenazine 212
Formed from Aniline 285
Phenazoxin 512
Phenol, Action on Diazoamidolienzene 4S6
Aniline ami Diphenylamine from 133
Cocaine »;7.">
Series, Isomeric change in 720
Phenols, Coal Tar 800
Converted into Ainii.es 652
Phenylbydrazine, Treatment with a new Ethyl-ether 726
Phenylnaphthalene 051
Phosgene 728
Phosphate, Tetracalcium 374
Phosphates. Analysis of 491
Field Experiments with ^2.'.. 828
1 >n Moorland 374
( if North Carolina 514
Relative Efficiency of 067
Treatment of 510
In Water 495
Phosphatic Deposits in Southern Italy 668, S-s
Earths, Treatment of 296
Phospho Guano 514
Phosphoric Acid in Chili Saltpetre 72s
Acid, Action on Sodium Chloride .... 967
Acid Determination 457 523, s3S
Acid Determination in Slair 30A680
Acid and Superphosphates 826
Acid, Titration of 503
Feb. 29, 1888.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
xxxiii
PAGE
Phosphorite, etc., Determination of Calcium in 750
1 ii Tunis, Deposits of "8
Phosphorus Compounds of Iron and Manganese 140
Est [mated in Iron ;;s7
Photography, Maanesiuui Light for ■"' ;v
Orthochromatic '-:!
Photometer Bar 501
Photometric Value of Gas from Paraffin Oil 200
Value of Petroleums 1 35
Photometries! Determinations of various Lights 71<;
Phylloxera. Resistance to 601
Pickling or Cleaning Metals 517
liquors from Metals, Treatment of 823
Picric Acid, Detection of 50
Picrocarm.'ne 513
Pictures, Flexible Material for 550
Pigment Colours for Fibres 286
Green 433
Pigments, Disintegrating 513
( ixide of Iron 373
Preparation of , 513
Yellow 112
Pig Nut Cake. Value as Fodder 831
Piles, Voltaic 222
Pilocarpine 642, 675
Piperidin'' 480
Pipette fur Ether (illus.) 5-2
Pipettes without Graduations (illus.) 451
Pitch, Brewers' 831
Piantago Major 49
Plants, Assimilation of Nitrogen 067
From the Congo 42o
Formation of Nitrates in 601
Methyl Alcohol in 802, 674
Xitrogeu Compounds in 551, 552
Respiration of 733
Plaster for Boilers, etc 51*
Platinum Alloys 293
Atomic AVeiaht of 799
Determination 389
Extraction 51G, 51S
Separated from Arsenic, etc 3S4
Plug for Blasting 177
Plugs for Boilers, etc., Fusible (illus.) t',49
Plumbago. etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 771
Poisoning by Carbon Bisulphide 145
Poisons, Sale in Sweden 528
Polarimeter SS5
Sugar examined by the 631
Polariseope, Adulterations in Essential Oils detected by Its
Polarised Light, Action of Oils on 750
Polish for Leather 295
Porter Browing, Bye-products of 417
Portugal, Antimony in 530
Potash Bichromate 808
Chlorate Manufacture 598
Hydrates of Caustic 5*1
Salt Liquors, Treatment of 668
Trade, Stassfurth 528
Potassa Sulphate Manufacture 36s
Potassium Carbonate Manufacture 11 . 72:"
Chloride Industry list
Determination 52:5, 799
Double Sulphate and Phosphate of 1 12
Iodide as Test for Bismuth 416
Primer for Torpedoes 521
Sulphate Manufacture 139
Sulphide, Solubility of Mancanese Sulphide 305
Test for 562
Potato of Paraguay, The Wild 820
Potatoes, Influence of Sp. Gr. on Yield of 1 M
Storing 414
Potentite 9
Potter's Filter Press 51"
Pottery illustrated at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition . . 767
Prehnitene 5 19
Press for Oil 549
Cake from Beet 143
Primrose (Ethyltetrabrouiofiuorescein) 2; t
Proteids, Action of Ferments on 671
Przibram, Refined Lead from v2:;
Pteroearpin 737
Ptomaines 1st
Plyaloid 1 15
Pulp in .'■bnormal Beet 1 13
Pulsir Pump 65
Pulver Sugar 77o
Pump, Rotary (illus.) 7b;
PAGE
Pumps, Barometric 65
Sprengel (illus.) c,t
Purpurin, Constitution of 725
Purree 507
Pyrene 136, 366, 651
Pyridine Alkaloids 51, 4s j
Bases, Coal Tar S66
Derivatives, Synthesis of 22 1
Pyrites. Analysis 504
Copper, etc. from Burnt 548
Estimation of Arsenic in 352
Mines in the Tinted states and Canada
Sulphur Determination in 84,96, 345
Treatment of 308, 597
Pyroeresols, Isomeric 646
Pyrodene (Fire-proof Paint) 637
Pyrofuscin 43
Pyrogenic Reactions 539
Pyrometer 521
Pyrometers 14
Pyroscope for Gas Retorts 131
Pyrusin 284
Qnercin COS
Quinalizarin 541
Quinine 488
Estimation of Cinchonidine in 455
Percentage in various Salts 57
Salts, Oxalate Test for 522
Salts, Therapeutic Value of 736
Sulphate, Assay of 588
Sulphate. Commercial 841
Sulphate. Detection of Cinchona Alkaloids 306
Testing 160
Quinoline 4*5
Red 214
Quinones. Secondary and Tertiary 435
Rabass (African Drug) 561
Rifflnose 4*5. 37 1
Determination of 221
Estimation of 445, 669, 829
Rags, etc.. Carbonisation of 559
Raiz Pipi (a new Drug) 520
Rape Seed Oil 7 2
Baph ia Fibre as Imitation Straw Plait 139
Rapic Acid 7-32
Refrigeration (illus.) 252
Refuse Matter. Treatment of 672
Regulator for Electric Lamps 299
Rennet 297
Active Agent of 191
Manufacture of Dry 221
Reports, Consular 687
Resin Oil, Fatty Acids in 539
Resinates, Colours mixed with 138
Resorcinol Manufacture 2S4
Retort, Revolving (illus.) 814
Retorts, Fireclay 292
For Shale 721
For Shale, etc 540
River Pollution by Trade Liquids (illus.) 358
Road Material 599
BjOburite 561
Roof Material 599
Ropes, etc., Antiseptic Treatment of SOS
Rosanalinc Para-, Manufacture of 437
Sulpbonation of 592
Rosazurine 813
Roshydrazhie 594
Rosin in Beeswax 682
Rosindoles, The 592
Rotary Pumps (illus.) 716
Rotoin 834
Rottlerin 381
Rowan-tree, Berries of the 559
Rubber Plants from the Congo 421
Products illustiated at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhi-
bition 013
Rubbish used as Fuel in Kilns, etc 664
Ruberythric Acid 722
Rubidium Determination 799
C
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29, isss.
Russian Black Earth .!,'.!
Pet roleum .'; V
Trade in 1886 ;;'[
Rye, Manurial Experiments with 295
Saaka.
121
Saccliarates •""" !
Saccharin, Detection of ,,M
Saccharine (illus.) 19,4*9,660,808,884
Coal-tar .
Substance, Diasta
37
Saccharometers ' '
Saccharomycetes < x*easl 1 (illus.) 113
6 13
285
212
Safranine
Constitution of
Safrii lines
Constitution or
Safrosin
Salicylic Acid
Acid. Determination of
Ami " Esters"
Acid in Food
Saliva, Action of
Salt Beds nt Belfast
Beds near Hiddlesborough (illus.) .
Treatment of Coal with
Saltpetre, Action 011 Plants
Formation of
From Molasses Salts
Salufer (an Antiseptic)
Salvo Petrolia
Sand. Influence of Peaty on Mortar —
Sanitary View of Artificial Butter
Santonin
Saponification of Fats, etc
Sardine, Oil of
Sasxy Tree
Scale from Boilers. Analyses of
Schitzomyeetes (Bacteria )
13s.
435
284
sit
148
:,.;i
:is9
L90
B88
596 I
815 I
667
696
669
630
670
112
556
559
111
372
121
17i>
115
S3!
834
133
649
597
513
223
55S
s27
660
679
429
12
294
495
48
23: 1
S33
222
505
128
721
540
297
112
301 1
7('.'.l
601
219
559
514
Silage -J'l
Silica, Influence on Gas Coal 503
Silicate of Soda '■'•"
Siliceous Copper 6"°
Silicon in Iron and Steel -:,:;
Silico-spicgcl Bll
Silk. Artificial Ijg
I coons, Treatment of Wild »6
Conference at the Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition. . . 7.>3
Examination of D'',,,
Vegetable 4°
Silkworm. Development of the 553
Bilver Alloy with Nickel 293
Bromide, Action of Light on 429
Cement . 42
Extraction 511.512. 516, 517, not)
From Rio Tinto Burnt Pyrites 5'8
Ores, Treatment of 871
PAGE
Siphon (illus.) 460, 5S1
For Raising Acids 248
Size, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 769
Skins, Treatment of 601
Sla- Accumulation of Iron in the Ground from use of 443
Action of Carbonic Acid on 667
Basic 374
Basic. Valuation or 679. 680
And Cement, 664
Composition of Phosphatic 551
Determination of Phosphoric Arid in 304, 157
Experiments on Rye Crops 293
Iron Determination in (illus.) 680
Linings for Furnaces 512
Paint 560
Phosphatic 241
Phosphoric Acid Determined in 8 ">s
Treatment of 148
Treatment of Phosphatic 43
Wool HI
Mool Plaster for Steam Pipes, etc 510
Slate Refuse, Utilisation of 5ln
Sludge, Treatment of 557
Seopolein
Scopolia Root
Scrapers for Steam Boilers
Sen en-bottoms for Filters
Scrubber for Bases (illus.) 6S4,
Scil Splits, Treatment of
Seaweed. Carbons for Batteries made from
Employed in Manufacture of Paper
Manure
Treatment of
Seleniferous Sulphuric Acid
Sensitisers, Photographic
Separator for Hard Substances (illus.)
For Oils, etc
Sewage Contamination in Water
Drying
sliidse
Treatment of 43, 298,360, S78, 515,557,6,2,
Sewers. Ventilation of
Shale, Distillation of
Mine, Petroleum in
Retorts for
Etc., Retorts for
Sheep poisoned by Sorrel
Wash
Sheeting, Kon-conducting
Shellac, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition..
Ships' Bottoms, Composition for 1 12, 513
Bottoms, Paint for
Shirt Collars, etc.. Xylonite
Sieve for Beer Finings
Smilax Glycyphylla, Sweet Principle or
Smihtx rotundifolia
Soap. Demand in Bulg
221
49
231
Determination of Salts in 681
Fatty Acids Estimated in 389
Leys. Glycerin from 87
Leys, Treatment of 142
Making in Java 572
Manufacture 54fl
Manufacture in Holland 687
Etc. Mineral Oils incorporated with 141
Mixed with Borax 373
Soaps, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 762
Soda, Ammonia Process (illus.) 288,368, 110. 729
Ash, Estimation of Caustic Soda in 31*;. 317
Bicarbonate Manufacture 11
Carbonate 217
Carbonate and Sesquicarbonate 631
Hydrate of Caustic 509
Hyposulphite 42
Industry. Position of the 663
Liquors. Examination 83".'
Liquors, Ferrocyanides from 349
.Manufacture (illus.) 290, 139.73(1
Nitrate 228
Prepared for Sale 42
Recovered from "Waste Lves 139
Sulphate and Bleach. Manufacture of (illus.) 820
Sulphate Manufacture 368
Sulphate. Treatment of 729
Waste employed in Manufacture of Methylene Blue 1S6
Sodium Bicarbonate 547
Bicarbonate, American 308
Chloride, Action of Phosphoric Acid on 367
Manufacture 174
Nitrate. Injurious action on Barley 411
Nitrate as a Manure 41
Process of Aluminium Manufacture 247
Production of 823
Silicate 730
Sulphide Manufacture 729
Sulphite 597
Soil in Alluvial Districts 373
Relation of Cereals to B28
Soils, Accumulation of Iron in 113
Ammonia and Nitrogen iu 826
Estimation of Ammonia in 457
Nitrogen fixed by
Water Capacity of
Soja Bean
Soot, Pure Carbon from
Sorbus aucupaxia
Sorrel, Sheep poisoned by 297
Soaps, etc.. Desiccated, shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition "71
Spain, Trade with 39?, ! 27
Trade Stat istics 307
Sparteine 52 .'. 736
Specific Gravity Apparatus (illus.) 14'
Gravity Flask (illus.)
Spectra of Carbon Compounds
Spectroscopical Investigation of Tar Colours
Spectrum. Photographing the ''-'
Spelter, Extraction of "-Is
Spicgeleisen "11
Spirit, Fusel Oil extracted from 555. 556
Lamps. Maintenance of Level in (illus.) 456
Law. German • ; , §84
Manufacture 82„. S3]
Removal of Fusel Oil from 514
Spirits. Fusel Oil in 370
Etc. shown al Maude ster Royal Jubilee Exhibition i73
Treatment with Ozone 831
552
519
601
559
3S2
■119
215
137
K-b.2u.isss.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Sponee. Treatment of
St. John's Bread, Composition of 830
Stannous Chloride Solution, Decomposition of
Starch.... U
Action of the Brushes in Sifting
Cellulose 446
ctionsof
Determination (illus.} 62,840
Determination in Paper
For Fabrics 375
Fermi in
Prom Maize, Manufacture •' 83
Manufacture
Manufacture, Arrowroot 334
Pi pertiesof v;;
Saccharification of 733
Dextrin, Turbidity of Beer due to 141
Starches, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 769
Stassfurt Industry 6S3
Statistics of Imports and Exports 528, 528
For July, Trad,- 571
Steam Boilers, Incrustation prevented in 39
Boilers, Sugar in Feed-water 230
Cylinders, Lubricant for 141
Stearic and Oleic Acids. Separation of (illus.) 372
Stearin 219
Steel, Blue-shortness of 42
Castings with Aluminium 293
Converter Linings 13
le 293
Manganese in 383
Manufacture Ml, 611, 788
Manufacture, Development of 460
The Martin Process 43
Open Hearth 294
Silicon in 293
Treatment of 5 is
Stillx-ne, Azo-Colours from 437
Test for 22-5
Still for Fat t v Ha tters 5 10
For Mineral Oils 134
For Sea Water i illus.) 813
For Water 280
Stills for 649
Etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition .. 773,774
Sb ines, The Weathering of Building 12
Straw Plait. Imitation 139
Strontia Hydrate 597
Strontium Hydrate 217
Strophanthin 071
Strophanthus 381, 039
Hispidus. Ineine from 737
Seeds.Oilof 070
Strychnine, Estimation of 667
Stuppiett 051
Styrolene Alcohol, Hydrocarbon from 651
Sublimate Solutions, Stability of 07 1
Subsidence Apparatus (illus.) 737
Tank for Water and -11
Sugar 553, 554
Action of Lime on 608
Analysis 507
Beet, Colour Reactions of 455
Beet, Development of 295
in Beet, Estimation 75 1
In Beet, Formation 828
Superphosphate for 295
Beet. Quantity of Juice in 1 15
Bounties Conference 845
Bounties, Russian 228
Dane, Extraction of 296
Used with Cement 664
Influence on Cement 1 hi
Crystallised Grape 16
Determination in Beet
Examina tion
Examined by the Polarimeter 681
Extraction by Means of Alcohol
In Peed Waters for Boilers, Action of 2!'0
Juice, Extraction of :;75
Juice, Purification by Hyposulphurous Acid 47
Juices, Purification of 375
Law. The new German 50.1
From Jfihica Flowers 21
Manufacture 514
Manufacture, Carbonic Acid for 602
Manufacture, Use of Poisonous Substances in B28
Added to Mortar :;7o
In Oil Cakes H5
Production, Russian 164
Reactions for 149,150
Refining 15
Refuse Liquor as a Manure 552
Residues, Action on Milk of Cows 448
Residues. Storage of
Etc. shown at Manchester Rcval Jubilee Exhibition 709
Of Soja Bean 519
I'aoi:
imposition by Acids 221
tness of various 21
Suint Waters, Changes in 221
Sulphon-Fluorescein 810
Sulpharsenati s used for Unhairing Hides 41
Sulphates. Affinity of Metallic :>
Metallic 217
Sulphides, Analysis of
Sulphites .-,: .7
Manufacture of r.i-'.
And Nitrites, Reaction between cos
Snlphocyanides a- Discharge for Manganese 193
From Soap Leys 89
Sulphur on Ammonia, Action of :>7
,1 Gas -±-
Coluritnetric Test for 3iH
or 442
Crystals from Calcium Polysulpbide 596
Deposit of 54
Determination in Albuminoids 14s
Determination in Pyrites 84. 96, 345
Extraction 43<l
From Ores 731
red from Coal Gas 71:'
Springs, -Microscopic Flora in 29£
From Sulphuretted Hydrogen 72*.'
Trioxide. Mixtures with Sulphuric Acid 2-:i
Sulphuretted Hydrogen Determination 450
Hydrogen, Physiological Action of 514
Hydrogen, Purification 07:'
Hydrogen. Treatment of 729
Hydrogen Water. Bottle for (illus.) 211
Sulphuric Acid, Concentration of (illus.) 216
Acid, Influence on Solubility of Lead Ill
Acid Fumes. Absorption of (illus.) 597
Acid Manufacture (illus.) 662, 729
Acid. Xordhausen ^>:<
Acid produced Eectrolytically 140
Acid, Purification of 370
Acid. Seleniferous 07:'
Anhydride Manufacture 599
Sulphurous Acid, Action on Nitrous Acid 819
Acid, Barley treated with 295
and Iodometry 839
Acid Manufacture (illus. ) 41. 363
Acid in Raw Sugar 681
Acid recovered from Waste Liquors 735
Acid Solution 442
Anhydride, Action on Benzene 300
Superphosphate for Sugar Beet 295
Superphosphates, Analysis of 491
Free Acid in BOS
I. issof Nitrogen in Mixed ._ 551
Moisture determination in .' 327. 4"3
Sweden, Arsenical Colours prohibited in 536
Switzerland, Brandy Distillation in 5:0
Syphon 39
Syrup, Purification of 143
SyniDS. Decolorisation oi 515
Filtration of 375
Tan-tester 94
t'tilisation of Spent 222
Tannic Acid from Berries of the Rowan-tree 55:'
Acid, Granulated 300
Acid, Reaction of 151
Tannin Determination '. ... 51,388
Manufacture 2t't
From Oak Wood 5511
Tanning 13. 142. 373. 513. 51 1
Illustrated at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 703
Tannins, Estimation of 94
Tar, Analysis of 586
Etc., Carbon made from ZSO
Colours, Spectroseopie-41 Investigation of 137
Distillation of 590, 72u
Fires, Gases from 38
Furnace for Burning (illus.) 37
Blast Furnace 583
Germau 580
Tarapaea, Nitre Deposit in (illus.) 545
Tariff Changes e-5
Tartaric Acid. Titration of 99
Tartrazines 593
Tea, etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition 771
Technical Education 401. 1-"
Telegraph Wires, Vulcanising the Coating of 510
Temperature Indicators for Boilers 133
Regulator 562
Temperatures of Decomposition 508
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 29, 1888.
E66
180
516
301
1.77
726
720
6SS
r.ns
PAGE
Tetrameth) ldiamidothiobenzophenoiie
Tnalline ,s:'
Thebaine '''"'
Tin in. . Estimation ol
[Thermometers, Adjustable (illus.)
Thermopile
Thermo Regulator (illus.)
Thermostat ( illus.)
Thiamines
Thiaminesulphonic Acid
Thienylmercaptan
Thiobcnzoic Acid Derivatives
Thiobenzophenone Derivatives y0-
Thiodiphenylamine -l ^
Tliionin, Dimethyl- and Diethyl- 506
Thiophen, Bye-products of C55
Green ■?'(,0• D^1'
Thiosulphates, Reaction of 381
T hi. -sulphuric Aciil. Detection :;sl
Thomas-sins. Action of Air on 45
s. luliilityot *»
Valuation of ll»
Thymol, Reaction of 151
660
226
804
823
823
141
n
511
294, 600.
Timbo
Tin and Antimony. Separation of
( hv, Treatment of
Plate Manufacture
Recovered from Scrap
Scrap, Utilisation of
Scraps and Ore, Treatment of
Separation from Tin Scrap
Tinned Food ^:;-
Tinning Wire Gauze, etc 513
Titanic Acid Determination 679
Tobacco. Ash of 77
English (illus. ) 76
English-grown li - Wfl
Extracts, Estimation of Nicotine in 505
ToildaUa AcuUata 40
Tolidine Colours B17
"Tologens" (Mixtures for Cleansing, etc.) 294
Toluene, Action of Heat on 539
Toluenedisulphonic Acids 137
Toluenes, Reduction of Xitro- 418
Toluidine. Analysis of Ortho and Para IK
Chloro- . . . .". 053
Tolunaphthazines, Isomeric 50G
Toluylene Red 212
Tolylamine, Mono- and Di- 505
Tonite 11
Trade Liquids, Treatment of (illus.) 358
Rep irts 53, 306, 300, 402, 524, 508, 083. 752. St2
Statistics 229
Trifolii Extract urn 140
Trimethylanthragallol 541
Triphenylcarbinol 214
Triplienylmethaiie Derivatives 053, S10
Trophic 487
Tripoeuliil 591
Tulipin 381
Tunis, Deposits of Phosphorite in 72s
Turkey-Bed, Dyeing with 727
lied Oil 727
Red Oils 5 13, 51 1
Turmeric, Sensitiveness of 195
Turnips, Ammonia ill 45
Ucuhuba 076
Ultramarine 40, 701
Action of Carbonic Acid on ' 5(17
United States, Bi et Sugar in the 684
Manganese Ore in 526
Uranium Nitrate, Titration of Phosphoric Acid with 563
Urea Determination (illus.) 149
Urine, Albumen in 387
Vacuum Distillation Apparatus 39
Vahritl Indira. Seeds of 1 16
Valeric Acid in Light Resin Oil 539
Valve. Absorption Bottle with (illus.) 150
PAGE
Vanadic Acid, Reaction for S87
Vanadium 070
Est imation of 50t
Extracted from Iron Ore 805
Reactions of 740
Vaporiser for Liquid Hydrocarbons 503
Vapour Density Apparatus 521
Vapours, Absorption Apparatus for (illus.) 538
Varnish 513
Asphaltum 373
For Iron 513
Linseed Oil 681
Manufacture 55(1
Varnishes. Coloured 601
Etc.. Colours for 13S
Vasclin 871, 620, 070. 710
Mixed with Olive Oil 841
Vegetable Pats 825
Ivory. Nitration of 225
Silk from Caineroons 40
Textile Materials, Treatment of 300
Vegetables, Preserved, shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee
Exhibition 771
Vegetation, Effect of Noxious Vapours on 733
Influence of Lime on 733
Ventilation of Sewers 222
Vernonia febrifugal {Soiiaux) 420
Vines. Treatment against Phylloxera 601
Vii .1. t. Methyl- 434
Viscosimetry (illus.) 412. 414
Viscosity of Mineral Oils, Improving the 134
Vulcanisation of Caoutchouc 732
Vulcanising the Coating of Telegraph Wires 516
Washing Powder
Precipitates (illus.)
Waste Lyes. Evaporation of 439,
Water, Purification by Iron Salts
Waters, Purification of
Water, Action on Lead
Analysis, Condenser for
Bacteria in
Baths, Maintenance of Level in (illus.)
For Boilers, Purification of
Cartridge
Development of Bacteria in
Filters
Fungi in
Gauges for Boilers
Micro-Organisms in 114.
( trganie Matter estimated in
Pipes. Zinc-coated
Purilicatiou of 48, 21 1 . 222, 280,298, 364.
Sewage Contamination in
Still for Sea ( ill us.)
Etc.. Subsidence, Tank for
Supply, London
Waterproof Cloth, Decorated
Cotton, Paper, etc
Materia] 330,
Waterproofing
Composition s25.
Leather
Whalebone, Substitute for
Wheat, Action of Copper Sulphate
Value of different Varieties of
White Lead
Wild Gourd (African Drm-)
Willesden Paper
Win. •, Colouring Matter for
Copper in
Manufacture
Old
Etc., Pasteurising
Wines, Examination for Artificial Colours
Etc. shown at Manchester Royal Jubilee Exhibition
Wire Gauze. Tinning
Witherite, Artificial
Wo. il. Acetic Acid from
Charcoal. Pig Iron heated in
1 i-'siccation of
Paper made from
Plastic Material from
Pulp, Boilers for
Pulp, Extraction of Moisture from
Smoke, Treat men t of Materials with
Textile Fibres from
Wool
Womly Fibre, Detection in Paper
540
301
442
514
557
111
31
557
4.11 1
501
521
827
040
495
182
310
455
557
672
495
813
814
310
510
510
550
139
820
511
549
295
668
601
6G1
521
830
550
000
48
370
51
774
513
140
488
370
510
559
:;sn
223
140
508
543
366
810
im] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
xxxvii
PAGE
Wool, Black Dye fur 506
Dyeing 5118, 544
Fat. Treatment of 373, 54a
(Urease, Treatment of 147
Etc, Grease Extracted from 443
Mineral 141
Washing Machine (illus.) 660
AY'lntening 727
Wort , Aeration of 221
Worts, Treatment of Brewers' 370
Writing Ink, Action of Bleaching Agents on 80S
Xanthoxylumfraxinetun 49
Xylenols, Xylylamines from 540
Xylonite, Shirt Collars, etc. made from 559
Xylylaniines from Xylenols 54 1
Yam. Discrimination ol Colour on 7S9
Dyeing 595
Yeast .
Beer from Pure 47
Contamination of 551;
Manufacture 297, 514
Micro-organisms of (illus.) 11",
Organisms in 194
Turbidity in Beer 555
TIG!
Zinc, Ammouiu-Chlorides of
A in monio Chloride '..'..','.'.'.','.
Chloride. Action on Castor Oil .!....!"
Coaled Water Pipes "i
Coating on Iron, etc .....'...
Determination [ m t[
Determined as Pyrophosphate •••«..."!""
Fields of Missouri ,,
Iron Coated with ',
Muffles, Products remaining in ' ."."'.
Ore, Treatment of ' ; ;. jjgg
Pigments p 'ti '
Preparations, Lead in .!...'"!..!!!
Recovery of ......!!!!"
Scum, Treatment of .........!."." 370
Separation of
Separation from Iron, Cobalt, and Nickel '...'."'.!!'.!!
Separation from Nickel
Sulphide employed in Manufacture of Methylene Blue..'..
Sulphide Manufacture .440
Titration with Iodine '
Volumetric Estimation of
white ;:;;;;;
Zincs for Batteries
Zylonite, Coloured Designs on
541
515
320
557
599
SS7
523
752
666
731
064
513
304
734
379
3S6
49
499
137
S22
:>i
117
560
512
595
Feb. as. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
LIST OF MEMBERS
Abbott, Jolm, Braemm Hou-e, Lancaster Gate, Hvile
Park, W.
Abel, Sir V. A.. Royal Arsenal, Woolwich. London. S.E.
Abney, W. de W., Capt, Willealie House, Wetherby
Load, South Kensington, S.W.
Abraham, A. ('., B7, Bold street, Liverpool
Acland, Sir H. W., Radclyffe Library, Oxford
Adam, A. Learmouth, 40, Sir Michael street, Greenock,
N.B.
Adam, J. B., 17-2, Leith Walk. Edinburgh
Adams. M. A., Ashford Load, Maidstone, Kent
Adams, J. W., 74, Oxford Street, Regent Load, Sal ford,
Manchester
Addenbrooke, Edwin, IS, Cawley Road, South Hackney,
E.
Adilie, J., Langloan Ironworks, Coatbridge, N.B.
Addvman, F. T., Laboratory of Roy. Agric. Soc, 12,
Hanover Square, London, W.
Adkins, IL, Chemical Works, Smethwick
Affleck, J., Mill House. Woolton, near Liverpool
Aikman, Charles M., 183, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow
Aitken, A. P., S, Clyde Street, Edinburgh
Aitken, J. B., Gerard's Fold Chemical Works, Widnes
Akitt, Thomas. Belsnnd Factory, Tirhoot, India
Albright, G, S., The Elms. Park Road, Edgbaston
Albright, W. A., Mariemont, Birmingham
Allbright, W. B., Dorchester, Mass., U.S.A.
Alexander, J. O., 4, Belhaven Terrace, Kelvinside,( Masgow
Alexander, W, T., 20, Booth Street. Mosley Street, Man-
chester ; and Crumnock Bank, Victoria Crescent,
Eccles
Allan, Jno., 2, Blythwood Villas, Crouch Hill, N.
Alldred. C. EL, .'!•">, Crisp Terrace, I'pper Park Load,
Plumstead Common, Kent
Allen. A. II., Sydenham Cottage, Park Lane, Sheffield
Allen, J., 104, Upper North Street, Poplar, London, E.
Allen, .). Fenwick, Newham, Whalley Range, Manches-
ter
Allen, Walter S., 13 Beacon St., Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
Alleu, Wm., Edenholme, Bournemonth, Hants
Allen, W. H., c o F. Stearns & Co., Detroit, Mich., U.S.A.
AUender, G. M.. Stammerham, Horsham, Sussex
Allhusen, A., Gateshead-on-Tyne
Allhusen, Wilton. 102, QuaySide, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Allibon, G. IL. Seaview, Litherland Park, near Liver-
pool
Alsben.', M. (Sondheim, Alsberg & Co.), P.O. Box 2437,
New York, U.S.A.
Anderson, C. Torre, Messrs. Bass& Co., Burton-on-Trent
Anderson, Geo. B., Victoria Square, Felling-on-Tyne
Anderson, John, Glengarnock Ironworks, Ayrshire, N.B.
Anderson, J. M. T., Explosives Co., Ld., Stowmarket,
Sutt'olk
Anderton, G. H., Howendyke, Howden, Yorks.
Angell, •!., The Grammar School, Manchester
Angus, .lames, Lugar, Ayrshire, N.I'..
Angus, John, Ingram House, 165, Fenchurch St., London,
Angus, W. Mathwin, St. John's Leather Works, New-
eastle-on-Tyne
Annandale, J. IL, Polton, Midlothian, N.B
Annison, R. II. , 16, Water Lane, Tower Street, London,
E.C.
Ansdell, G., 4.3, Courtfield ltd., South Kensington, S.W.
Ansdell, T. C. , Kearsley Cottage, Farnworth, Bolton
Archbold, George, Laboratory, Phoenix, Gswego Co.,
N.V., U.S.A.
Archbutt, L., Argyle Terrace, Rose Hill, Derby
Armstrong, Dr. H. E., Central Institution, Exhibition
Road, London, S.W.
Armstrong, Sir William O., Newcastle-upon-Tyne
Ash, T. E. . 4. Saltram Place, Citadel Load, Plymouth
Ashwell, H.. Woodthorpe Grange, Sherwood, Notting-
ham
Ashwell, J. IL, Woodthorpe Grange, Sherwood, Not-
tingham
Ashwell, J. R., Midanbury Lodge, Bentinck Road, The
Forest, Nottingham
Ashworth, L. , The Barlows, Radelift'e, near Manchester
Aston, Theo. , 11, New Square, Lincoln's Inn, London,
W.C.
Atcherlev, B. J., 37. Ashchurch ( Jrove, Starch Green, W.
Atkins. S. K.. Market Place, Salisbury
Atkinson, A. J.. 44. Loudoun Square, Cardiff
Atkinson, Geo., Aldersgate Chemical Works, Southall,
Middlesex ; and 00, Aldersgate Street, London, E.C.
Atkinson. 1!. W., 44, Loudoun Square, Cardiff
Atttield, J., Ashlands, Watford, Hertfordshire
Aubrey, W. H., Caledonia Estate, Province Welleslcy,
Penang
Auer, H., Lathom House, Halebank, near Widnes
Auerbach, C. G., Farbenfabriken vorni. F. Bayer & Co.,
ERierfeld, Germany
Au-tin, E., 126, Bermondsev Street, London, S.E.
Aykroyd, W. H., Oakwood Villas, Toller Lane, Man-
ningham, Bradford, Yorks.
B
Bailey, Edwin M. , Royal Rank of Scotland, Ardrossan,
Ayrshire; and 38, Berkeley Street, Glasgow
Bailey, Wm., The Terrace. Oaken, near Wolverhampton
Bailey, G. H., Owens College, Manchester
Bainbridge, Herbert A., Union Club, Trafalgar Square,
London, S.W.
Baker, E., Stoneleigh, Eastern Avenue, Reading, Berks.
Baker, Harry, 262, Plymouth Grove, Manchester
Baker, W. <;., Garden Wharf, Church Road, Battersea,
London, S.W.
Baker, Theodore, Clifden, Overcliff, Gravesend
Bald, J. H., Braddock, Pa., U.S.A.
Ball, T. B., 12, Edmund Street, Rochdale
Ballard, E. G., Queen's Park, St. Helens
Ballard, J. P., Somerby Villa, Norfolk Park, Maiden-
head
Bamber, H. K., 5, Westminster Chambers, Victoria
Street, London, S.W.
Banister, H. (,'., 31, Dale Street, Liverpool
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, 1887.
Banks, Arthur J., 229, Wavertree Road, Liverpool ; and
c o Jas. Morrell >\ Co. Limited, Morpeth Dock,
Birkenhead
Banner, Samuel, 4, Ivanhoe Road, Liverpool
Bannister, 1!., The Laboratory, Somerset House, Lon-
don, W.C.
Bannister, W., His, Patrick Street, Cork, Ireland
Barclay, II., Rose Hill, Harrington, Cumberland
Barclay, Thos., 17, Hull street. Birmingham
Bardsley, Robt., c/o Jewsbury & Brown, 44, Downing St.,
Manchester
Barlow, E . 2, Old Palace Yard, Westminster, S.W.
Barnes, II. J., Phoenix Chemical Works, Haekuev
Wick, E.
Barnes, J., .'>7, Avenue Parade, Accrington, Lancashire
Barnes, Jonathan, Huckton Vale, near Stalybridge
Barnes, K. L., Phoenix Chemical Works, Hacknev
Wick, E.
Barr, .1., Dinting Yale, Glossop
Barr, );., 44. Granby Terrace, Hill Head, Glasgow
Barret, E. L. , 53, Springfield Road, St. John's Wood,
London, N.W.
Barrow, J., Helme House, Sandwich Road, Ellesmere
Park, Eccles, Manchester
Harrow, Jos., Oldham Road, Failsworth, Manchester
Bartholomew, G., Halstow House, Windsor Road, Forest
( late, London, E.
Bassett, H., 26, Belitha Villas. Barnsbury, N.
Bateson, Percy, Emsworth, Wavertree, Liverpool
Battershall, Jesse P., 402, Washington Street, New
York, U.S.A.
Hatty, R. B., Drayton Villa, Erdington, near Birmingham
Baxter, W. IL, The Lawn, Brixton Hill, London, S.W.
Bayley, F. s., 88, King Street, Manchester
Bayley, Thos., 7. West End Chambers, Broad Street
Corner, Birmingham
Baynes, .1., jun.. Royal Chambers, Scale Lane, Hull
Beadle, Clayton, Beadon Well, Belvidere, Kent
Beaut's, E., Moatlands, Paddock Wood, Brenchley, Kent
Beardmore, Win., 1'arkliead Forge, Glasgow
Beaven, F. S , 5, Boreham Terrace, Warminster, Wilts.
Bechler, M., The Manbre Saccharine Co., Limited, Ful-
ham Road, Hammersmith, London, W.
Beckett, G H., Hartford, Khedive Road, Forest Gate, E.
Beckett, J. H., Wilmslow Park, Cheshire
Beckingham, J. IL, Messrs. Scott Brothers, Royal Insur-
ance Buildings, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Bedford, J., Woodhouse Cliff, Leeds
Bedingfield, C. H., 4, Tichborne Street, High Fields,
Leicester
Bedson, 1'. 1'., Durham College of Science, Newcastle-
on-Tvne
Beilby, G., St. Kitts, Slateford, N.B.
Belcher, .1. ('.. ID, Charles St., Marine Parade, Brighton
Bell, C. Lowthian, Middlesbrongh-on-Tees
Bell, G. , Runcorn Soap and Alkali Co., Runcorn
Hell, II. S., 2, St. Anne's Park Villa., Wandsworth, S.W.
Bell, Jno., 11*. Southwark Street, London, S.E.
Bell, .1. Carter. Kauklield, The Cliff, Higher Broughton,
Manchester
Hell. Sir I. Lowthian, Bart., Rounton Grange, Northal-
lerton
Bell, .1. Ferguson, Stafford
Bell, .!. Ralston, Appleby Iron Co., Frodingham, Don-
caster
Bell, Jno., Millburn, Renfrew, N.B.
Bell, <»., 13, Northumberland Terrace, Tvnemouth
Bell, T. Hugh, Middlesbrongh-on-Tees '
Bellingham, Win.. Dalston Distillery, London, F.
Bendix, D., The British AJizarin Co., Limited, Silver-
town, Victoria Docks, London, E.
Benger, F. B., 7, Exchange Street, Manchester
Benjamin, M., t:i. Fast 67th Street, New York, U.S.A.
Bennett, Jantes M., 12, Hamilton Drive, Billhead,
( Hasgow
Bennett, Thos., Birch Vale, near Stockport
Bennie, ,1. W., Guaranteed Manure Works, Cubitt
Town, E.
Bentley, .1. W., Stakehill Works, Castleton, Manchester
Benton. W. E., Littleworth House, Hcdnesford, Staf-
fordshire I
Berdoe, Walter, 51, South John Street, Liverpool
Beriuger, .1. J.. 10, South Terrace, Camborne, Cornwall
Beringer, ('., 07, Farrant Avenue, Wood Green, Lon-
don, N.
Bernays, J., 96, Newgate Street, London, E.C.
Berry, F. E., 70, George Street, Gower Street, London,
N.W.
Best, T. T., 4, Markt Platz, Erlangen, Bavaria
Bevan. A., Bryn Chemical Works, Llanelly, S. Wales
Bevan, E. J., 4, New Court, Lincoln's Inn, London, W.C.
Bevan, I., Llanelly Chemical Works, Llanelly, S.Wales
Bevan, J. Williams, Southview House, Shirehampton,
near Bristol
Bevan, Thos., 122, Cheshire View, Broad Street, Pendle-
ton, Lancashire
Beveridge. J., 19, RectotyRoad, Cardiff
Bewick, T. Burrell, Heblmrn-on-Tyne
Bibby, E. V, Garston Copper Works, Garston, near
Liverpool
Bickerdike, W. E., Clayton Grange, Wilpshire, near
Blackburn
Bickerton, C. W.. The Hollies, Bosden, near Stockport
Bickett, J. II., Medical College, London Hospital, F.
Biggart, J.Win., 29, Cathcart Street, Greenock, N.B.
Biggs, B., 3, Lawrence Pountney Hill, London, EC
Bilni, G. V., Pennsylvania Salt Manufacturing Co.,
Philadelphia, U.S.A.
Billing, 11. S., Messrs. Barnard, Lack & Alger, Ply-
mouth Chemical Works, Plymouth
Bindschedler, R., Societe pour l'lndustrie Chimique,
Basle, Switzerland
Bingley, J., Chemical Laboratory, Northampton
Binks, J. B., 4, Criftel Street, Silloth, Cumberland
Binney, H. A., Sutton, St. Helens
Bird, R., Ellerslie, Roath, Cardiff
Birley, R. K., Messrs. Clias. Macintosh & Co., Cam-
bridge Street, Manchester
Birch, R. W. Peregrine, 2, Westminster Chambers,
Victoria Street, London, S.W.
Bischof, Guatav, 4, Hart St., Bloomsbury, London,
W.C.
Bishop, Frank, G, Holly Terrace, West Hill, Highgate, X.
Bishop, Fred, 12, Charles Street, Edinburgh
Bishop, Jos. J. F. , 39, Market Street, Manchester
Bishop, A. Conway, Three Mills Lane, Broinley-by-
Bow, London, E.
Bishop, G. A., Royal Bank House, Coatbridge, N.B.
Black, Win., St. Bede Chemical Co., Newcastle-upon-Tyne
Black, Wm , Stanrigg, Airdrie, N. I!.
Blaekwell, G. G., 20, Chapel Street, Liverpool
Blades, C. M.. Stanley Mount, Northwich, Cheshire
Blagden, W. G., 1, Fenchurch Avenue, London, E.C.
Blair, J., Irvine Bank Chemical Works, Kilmarnock,
Ayrshire
Blake, C. A., 47, Piccadilly. London, W.
lilake, F. C, Mansfield 'Valley Allegheny Co., Pa.,
U.S. A.
Blake, .las., Thames Sugar Refinery, Silvertown,
London, F.
Illenkinsop, W.. ( tardea N\ harf, Battersea, London, S.W.
Blesf, A. .1. S., :;■.', Chorlton Street, Manchester
Blinkhorn, W. J., 31, Grove Park, Liverpool
Blount. Bertram, 23, Queen Anne's Gate, Westminster,
S.W.
Blundstone, F. 1!., 10, Wellington Mansions, North
Bank, Regent's Park, X.W.
Blythe, F. C, New holme, Victoria Park, Manchester
Blythe, H. F., Holland Bank Chemical Works, Church,
near Accrington
Blyton, J., 12, Cromford Court, Market Street, Man-
chester
Boa, Peter, 119, George Street, Edinburgh
Boake, A., Highgate, London, X.
Hoard, J. T., Distillery, Cheese Lane, Bristol
Logic, Win., Wappinger's Falls, Duchess Co., X.Y.,
U.S.A.
Bolas, Thos., s. Grove Terrace, Chiswick, W.
Bolton, C. A.. 4n, Carlton Street, Nottingham
Bolton, G. 11., Widnes Alkali Co., Limited, Widnes
Booth, Geo., Irk Vale Dycworks, Middleton, near
Manchester
Feb. 28, 188-.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
m
Borland, John, Etruria, Kilmarnock, X.B.
Bo; land, W. D., 3-5, Petherton Road, Highbury New
Park, N.
Boston, H. G., Xunthorpe Crescent, BishopthorpeRoad,
York
Bothamley, C. H., Yorkshire College, Leeds
Bottinger, H. T., Elberfeld, German;
Bottle, Alex., 4, Godwyne Road, Dover
Boulton, H. E., 64. Cannon Street, London, E.C.
Bonlton, S. B., 64, Cannon Street, London, E.G.
Boulton, T. S., Monutford House, Barnsbury Square,
London, N.
Bountitt', G. R , Cloneurry Copper and Smelting Com-
pany, Cloncurry, Queensland
Bourcart, K., IS, Chaussee de Dornach, Mulhouse,
Alsace
Bow, R. H., 7, South Gray Street, Edinburgh
Bowen, S. B., Bricktield Chemical Works, Llanelly,
South Wales
Bower, G., St. Neots, Huntingdonshire
Bower, H., P.O. Box 946, Philadelphia, I'a., USA
Bowler, G. 8., Crystal Palace District Gas Co., Limited,
Lower Sydenham, S.W.
Bowley, Jos." John, Wellington Works, Battersea Bridge,
London, S.W.
Bowly, J. E., Elm House, Trinity Load, Birchfield,
Birmingham
Bowman, F. H., West Mount, Halifax
Bowman R., Eglington Chemical Works, Irvine, X.B.
Bowrey, J. J., Kingston, Jamaica,- West Indies
Boyd, Pythagoras, Box 77, North Adams, Mass., U.S.A.
Boyd, W., Tharsis Works. East Moors, Cardiff
Boyd W., c/o Messrs. Tennant & Co., St. Rollox,
Glasgow
Bracewell, Wm., Brinscall, near Chorley
Bradburn, J. A., 5, Chester Road, Northwich
Bradbury, A., Mason's Buildings, Exchange Street East,
Liverpool
Bradbury, W. A., Steetley Chemical Works, Worksop
Braden, Herman
Bradley, X'., 49 and 51, Chapman Street, Hulme, Man-
chester
Bramham, W. , S2, Bow Road, Loudon, E.
Bramley, Win., 18, Clarence Street, Middlesbro'-on-Tees
Bramwell, E., Charlwood House, Huyton, near Liver-
pool
Bramwell, Sir F. , 5, Great George Street, Westminster,
London, S.W.
Bramwell, G. H., Cowley Hill, St. Helens. Lancashire
Bramwell, Samuel, 4, St. Ann's Square, Manchester
Branson, F. W. , 14, Commercial Street, Leeds
Bray, Geo., Blackman Lane, Leeds
Brayne, Francis W., Bow Pottery, Three Mills Lane,
Bromley-by-Bow, E.
Breckon, J. R. , 32, Fa wcett Street, Sunderland
Breen, George, Irvine Chemical Co., Limited, 204, Yin-
cent Street, Glasgow
Brenemanu, A. A., 97, Water Street, Xcw York, U.S.A.
Brewis, E. T., Ill, Great Brunswick Street, Dublin
Briant, L., 24, Holborn Viaduct, London, E.C.
Briggs, T. Lvnton, c/o Read, Holliday& Suns, II udders-
field
Briggs, W., SpringBeld Terrace, Arbroath, X.B.
Briujes, J. H., Whit -chapel Engine Works, Fieldgate
Street, London, E.
Bristow, ( .. W., Worcester House, 35, Eastcheap, Lon-
don, E.C.
Broad, .las.. 66, High Street, Lewes, Sussex
Brock, J., British Alkali Works, Widnes
Brooke, Elwd., Oakley House, Edgerton, Huddersfield
Brookes, E. A., 15, Withington Road, Whalley Range,
Manchester
Brotherton, E. A., Fern Clirle, Ilkley, Yorkshire
Brown, A. Cram, 8, Belgrave Crescent, Edinburgh
Brown, Arthur E., Morden Cliff, Lewisham, S.E.
Brown, D., 93, Abbey Hill, Edinburgh
Brown. D., Donaghmore, Tyrone, Ireland
Brown, H., Royal Oak Brewery, Stockport
Brown, J. Campbell, 27, Abercrombie Square, Liverpool
Brown, J. Kiuniburgh, 5, Saxe Coburg Place, Edin-
burgh
Brown. J. T., 46, Kilmaine Road, Fulliam, London,
s.W.
Brown, Oliphant A., Lennoxmill, Lennoxtown, X.B.
Brown, T., The Chemical Works, Kind's Lynn
Brown, Horace T. , 47, High Street, Burton-on-Trent
Brown, Walter, c/o .las. H. Dennis & Co., Widnes
Brown, F. W., 17, Walterton Road, St. Peters Park,
London, W.
Brown, S. B., Strines, near Stockport
Brown, W. A., Overton Paper Mills, Greenock, X.B.
Browning, W., Broad dak. Accrington
Bruce, Edw. M., Union Pacific U. R., Omaha, Xebraska,
U.S.A.
Brundrett, A., Rhymney Ironworks, Monmouthshire
Brunner, H., Cliff House, Appleton, Widnes
Bruuner, J. F. L., Trinity Hall, Cambridge
Brunner, J. T., Winnington, Northwich
Brunner, J. P., 28, Exchange Street East, Liverpool
Bryan, E., Gas Works, Beverley, East Yorkshire
Bryce. A. S., Glenpark Oil Works, East Xelson Street,
Glasgow
Bryce, A. S., jun., 8, Broompark Terrace, Dennistown,
Glasgow
Buch, Carl Yon, 17, Cavendish Place, London, W.
Buchan, A , 13, Willowbank Crescent. Glasgow
Buchanan, J. Y., 10, Moray Place. Edinburgh
Buckeridge, Herbert L., 53, Palace Road, Crouch
End. X.
Buckley, W., Brookside Printworks, West Leigh, Lan-
cashire
Budden, E. R., Camelot, Xetherhall Terrace, South
Hampstead, X.W.
Bullock, J. L., 3, Hanover Street, Hanover Square,
London, W.
Bun by, H., Solwav Ironworks, Maryport, Cumberland
Bunker, H. E., 24, Great Cheetham Street West, Lower
Brouyhtou, Manchester
Burdekin, G., jun., Sutton Lodge Chemical Co., St.
Helens
Burghardt, (.'. A., Bridgwater Club Chambers, 110,
King Street,. Manchester ; and Owens College,
Manchester
Burgmann, C. F., 41, Warwick Gardens, Kensington, W.
Barnard, R., Plymouth Chemical Works, Plvmouth
Burnett, E. E.,* IIS, Huddleston Road, Tufnell Park,
London, X.
Burrell, B. A., Bank Chambers, 70, South Mall, Cork
Burroughs, S. M. , Bell Lane, Wandsworth, S.W.
Burton, F., 2, Green Street, Bethnal Green, E.
Bury, J. H., Church Chemical Works, near Accrington
Bush, R. A., 20, Artillery Lane, London, E C.
Bush, W. E., 20, Artillery Lane, London, E.C.
Bush, W. J., 20, Artillery Lane, London, E.<'.
Bushill, C. D. T., Broom* Hill, Great Barr, Birmingham
Butt, E. X., 25, Sussex Gardens, Hyde Park, London, W.
Butler, Samuel. Compton, Wolverhampton
Butler, W. W., Crown Brewery, Broad Street, Bir-
mingham
Butterfield, J. ('.. Westbury Cottage, Barking
Button, H., Faraday Chemical Works, Rainham, Essex
Byard, A. G., 70. Fisher Street, Canning Town, E.
Bytbway, M., 43, Lloyd Street, Albert Square, Man-
chester
Cabot, Godfrey L., 82, Water Street, Boston, Mass., U.S. A.
Calderwood, J., I, Alverton Villas, Wandsworth Com-
mon, London, S. W. ; and Price's Patent Candle
Co., Battersea
Caley, A. J., Chapel Field, Norwich
Callard, S., Pontamman Chemical Works, Ammanford,
Carmarthen
Calvert, J. H., Oakenshaw Printworks, Clayton-le-
Moors, Accrington
Cameron, Ian, Xickel Co., Kirkintilloch, X".B.
Cameron, R., Priory Lodge, Blantyre. Lanarkshire
Cammack, J., S. Salisbury Street, St. Helens
Campbell, A., 19, Harold Road, Upton Park, Essex
Campbell, Andrew, Linlithgow Oil Co., Linlithgow,
X.B.
a 1
IV
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 2s, iss:.
Campbell, John, 25, New Chambers Street, New York,
1 .S.A.
Cannon, M., Beaufoy's Chemical Works, Lavender Hill,
London, S.W.
Carey, E., Widnes, Lancashire
Carey, W. H., Forest Works, Bulwell, near Notting-
ham
Carlile, T., 27, St. Vincent Place, Glasgow
Carlyle, W. A., The Kims, Yardley, Worcestershire
Carmody, Patrick, Laboratory, Somerset Bouse, London,
W.C.
Caraelly, Thos., University College, Dundee
Caro, II., Mannheim, Germany
Carpenter, 11. S., 32, Holbom Viaduct, London, E.C.
Carpenter, R !•'., Bent Terrace, Prestwich, near Man-
chester
Carpenter. W. L., .'!(>, Craven Park, Harlesden, London,
N.W.
Carran, T. W., Girton House. Shicl Road, Liverpool
Carrick, H., Holly House, Gateshead-on-Tyne
Carruthers, J. G., Burnbrae House, Milngarie, N.B.
Carter, W. C, 2, Weech Road, Burgess Hill, Hamp-
stead, N.W.
Carteighe, M., ISO, New Bond Street, London, W.
Casthelaz, ('has., li), Hue Ste. Croix de la Bretonnerie,
Paris
Castner, Hamilton Y., 23, Cecil Street, Strand, London,
W.C.
Cawley, <!., 2, Birch Villas, Northern Grove, Didsbnry,
Manchester
Cawley, J., 278, Passaic Street. Newark, New Jersey,
U.S.A.
Chadwick, Edmund, Witton Mill, Blackburn
Chailwick, L. N., Ivy Lawn. Ponders End, Middlesex
Chaloner, G., 35, King's Road, Green Lanes, N.
Chamberlain, J., Has. Light & Coke Co., Beckton, Ninth
Woolwich, E.
Chambers, J. M., Te Mata, Havelock, Hawkes Bay,
New Zealand
t banee. A. M., Alkali Works, Oldbury, near Birming-
ham ,
• 'banee, J. F., Alkali Works, Oldbury. near Birmingham
Chandler, Dr. C. F., School of Mines, Columbia College,
New York
Chancy, Harry, North Mexican Silver Mining Co.,
Cusihuiriachic, Chihuahua, Mexico
Chapman, S., 84, Eccleston Square, London, S.W. ; and
36, Mark Lane, E C.
Chapman, W.. Crescent Road, Ipswich
Charlton, J., Ellesmere Park. Eccles, near Manchester
Charlton, J., c/o Levinstein & Campbell, '25, New
Chambers Street, New York, U.S.A.
Cheesman, A., Bedford Road Brewery, Luton, Beds.
Cheesman, W., c/o F. Kendall & Son, Chemical Works,
Stratford-on-Avon
Cheetbam, F. W., Carlton Bank. Hyde, Manchester
Cheyne, A. M., c/o Messrs. Burgoyne, lb, Coleman
Street, London, E.C.
Chidley, J. It., Abbey Mills Distillery, West Ham,
Essex
Chisholm, M. E., S, Kennington Park Road, London, S.E.
Christie, J., Messrs. John Orr-Ewing & Co., Alexandria
Works. I lumbartonshire
Christie. W., 222, Brunswick Road, Bromley, E.
Christopher, G., S, Rectory Grove, Clapham, London,
S. \\ .
Christy, Thos., Malvern House, Sydenham, S.E. ; and
155, Fenchurch Street, London, E.C.
Chrystal, W. .1., Shawfield Works, Rutherglen, near
Glasgow
Chubb, Harry, 21, Lansdowne Place, Brighton
Church, A. II . Shelsley, K.ew, Surrey
( 'laisen. L., 36, Gereonstrasse, Coln-am-Rhein, Germany
Clanahan, 11. ('., 88, King Street, Manchester
Clark, E. B., Rangoon Oil Co., Rangoon, Burmab
('lark. .1.. 138, Bath Street, Glasgow
Clark, II. G. 1 1.. Brewery, Twickenham, Middlesex
(lark, K. Ingham, 2, Park Prospect, Queen Anne's Gate
Westminster, s.W.
Clarke, Arthur, St. Aim's Hill Factory, Nottingham
Claudet, A. C, li, Coleman Street, London, E.C.
Claudet, F. G., The Grange, Weston, near Runcorn
clans, ('., 24, Merton Road, South Wimbledon, S.W.
Clans, Carl 1''.. jun., 9, Nassington Bond, Hampstead,
N.W.
Clayton, E. G., Chemical Laboratory, 54, Holhorn Via-
duct, London, E.C.
Clayton, F. C, IS, St. James' Load, Edgbaston, Bir-
mingham
denies, J. H., Penrhyn Lodge, Woodbury Down, Fins-
bury Park, N.
Cleminsbaw, E., Windsor Street Gasworks, Birmingham
demons, G. H., Cudbear Street, Hunslet Road, Leeds
Clerk, Dugald, c/o Messrs. Tangye's, Limited, Cornwall
Works, Birmingham
Cliff, D. V.. 7. Wellington Street, Leeds
Cliff, J., Nesbitt HaU, Fulneck, Leeds
Cliff, Stephen, Worlley, near Leeds
Clift, .1., Kemp Field Bouse, Knottingley, Yorks.
Clifton, C. D., Royal Oak Brewery, Stockport
Cloud, T. C, Wallaroo Smelting Works, Wallaroo,
Son t h Australia
Clowes, F., University College, Nottingham
Clowes, G. A.. Needham Market, Suffolk
Uoates, John, lOii, Cannon Street, London, E.C.
Cobb, P., 79, CornhiU, London, E.C.
Cochrane, Win. P., Ormesby Ironworks. Middlesbro' ;
and 3, Belmont Terrace, Coatbam, Redcar
Cockburn, J., 11, Heathcote Stieet, Mecklenburgh
Square, London, W.C.
Coghill, P. G., 1(3, Hornton Street, High Street, Ken-
sington, W.
Cogswell, W. B., Syracuse, New York, U.S.A.
Cohen, J., Beech House, Pendleton, Manchester
Colby, W. II., Oakley, Ruthin Road, Denbigh
Coleman, Jos. B., University College, Nottingham
Coleman, J. J., Ardarroch, Bearsden, near Glasgow
('"liens, E. , Vinegar Works, Stourport, Worcestershire
Collins, J. H., 01, Bickerton Road, Highgate New Town,
London, N.
Collins, John, Bradford Chambers, Mawdsley Street,
Bolton-le-Moors
Collins, H. S., Messrs. Langton & Co., 230, Upper
Thames Street. London, E.G.
Collyns, C. S. A., 47, Park Street, Greenheys, Man-
chester
Colson, A.. Gas Office, Millstone Lane, Leicester
Connor, C. C, Notting Hill House, Belfast, Ireland
Conrad, E. C, 23, Widl Street. Wellclose Square, Lou-
don, E.
Cook, E. M., 154, East 37th Street, New York, U.S.A.
Cook, E. R.. East London Soap Works, Bow,
London, E.
Cook. 11. J., East London Soap Works, Bow, London,
E.
Coid;, Robt., Atlas Chemical Works. Widnes
Cooke, Leonard, Horwicb Yale, near Bolton-le-Moors
Cooke. Samuel, Poona, Bombay, India
Cookson, N. T.. Newcastle-on-Tyne
Coomber, Thos.. 9, Osborne Road, Clifton, Bristol
Cooper, A.. , Nortliljisti in Steel Co., Middlesbrongh-
on-Tees ; and the Laurels. Linthorpe, near Middles-
brougb-on-Tees
Cm. per, Claude H., The Towers, Old Sneinton, Not-
tingham
Cooper, H. P., 15, Haringey Road, Hornsey, N.
Corbett, E., Plaskynaston Chemical Works, Ruahon,
North Wales
Corbett, Jim., M.P., Stoke Works, near Bromsgrove,
Worcestershire
Cottam, J. C, oil. Lombard Street, London, E.C.
Cottell, O. !>., 101, Lou- Lane, Bermondsey, S.E.
Cotterell, Rocke, 35a, Ann Street, Glasgow
Cotterill, Thos., I ibard Street West, West Bromwich
Cotton, J., Church street. St. Helens
Couper, W. G., 1. Fenchurch Avenue, London, E.C.
(units. E. .1. H., (31, East View, Turton Road, near
Bolton
Cowan, A. 1!., Tudhoe Ironworks. Spennymoor, New-
castle on-Tyne
Cowell, Peter, Free Public Library, Liverpool
Cox, J., Dersingham Hall, Dersingham, Norfolk
Feb. 28, 18S7.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY,
Cox, Walter J. , Rock House, Basford, Nottingham
Crabb, W., Border Counties Chemical and Manure
Work-. Silloth, Cumberland
Crabtree, Thos., Spring ^"aIU■y Dyeworks, Failswortb,
near Manchester
Craig, <;.. Lugar Iron Works, Cumnock, N.B.
Crake, William, CorrallQaemado, Andacollo, Coquimbo,
Chili
(rapper. J. R., Lime House, Walsall
Craw, John, Meadowbauk, Greenock Road, Paisley, N.B.
Crawford. 1>., Langdale's Manure Works, Newcastle-on-
line
Crawford, D., Glengowan Printworks, Caldercrnix, by
Glasgow
Crawford, Thos., 10, Haldaue Terrace, Newcastle-on-
Tyne
Cresswell, C. G., -20, (olinett Road, Putney Park. Lon-
don : and 9, Bridge Street, Westminster. S.W.
Cresswell, C. N., 1, Hare Court, Temple. E.r.
Crichton, Donald (... Mount Albion, by Herberton.
Queensland
Crompton, Percy P., Dearden's House, Bnry, Lancashire
Crookes, W., 7, Kensington Park Gardens. Notting
Hill, London, W.
Cropper, L., Eagley Mills, near Bolton
Croshebl, A. L., c/o Richardson Bros. & Co., Short
Strand, Belfast
Cross. C. P. 53, Eaton Terrace, London. S. W. : ;:iid 4,
New Court, Lincoln's Inn, London, W.C.
Cross, C. J., Brentford, Middlesex
Cross, J., Widnes
Crossley, R , Bentcliffe House, Acerington
Crow, J. K . 2, Colham Villas, West Drayton, Middlesex
Crowder, W., 271, Evering Road, Upper Clapton,
London, N.
Crowther, Horace W., Messrs. Chance Brothers, Alkali
Works, Oldbury, near Birmingham
Crowther, W. M., Field House. Gomersal, near Leeds
Cruikshank, <;. M., 62, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow
Cram, A.. Thornliebank. Glasgow
Crumbie, W. D., U.S. Govt. Laboratory, 402, Washing-
ton Street, New York
Cubley, G. A., 4, High Street, Sheltield
Cuming, James, jun., Chemical Works, Yarravilli, Mel-
bourne, Australia
Cnnliffe, E. T., The Parsonage, Handforth, near Man-
chester
Curphey, W. S., 268, Renfrew Street, Glasgow
Curr, K. G., 5, Nelson Street, Plymouth Grove, Man-
chester
Carry, W. A., Gilt brook Chemical Works. Aws worth,
Nott<.
Cuthbert, H. W., 88, Bishopsgate Street Within, Lon-
don, EC.
Cuthbert, R. M.. 27a, Ashley Place. London, S.W.
Cuthbertson, J. N.. 29, Bath Street. Glasgow
Cuthbertson, William, Caroline Park, Edinburgh
Dacie, J. C. Soap Works, Putney, London, S.W.
Dagger, J. H. J., 3, We?t Bank Road, Edge Lane.
Liverpool
Dale, R. S., Ivy Cottage, Cornbrook, Manchester
Daniell, Louis C. 10, Swan Lane, Upper Thames Street,
London, E.< '.
Darby, J. H.. Pen-y-Garth, near Wrexham
Darling, W. H., 126, Oxford Street. Manchester
Dauber, H., jun., Kenniore, Waterloo Park, near Liver-
pool
Davidson, G., c/o W. Ov H. M. Goulding, Limited, The
Glen, Cork. Ii eland
Davidson, J. E., lij, Hawthorne Terrace, Newcastle-
upon-Tyne
Davidson, R., c/o John Walker & Co., sugar refiners,
Greenock, N.B.
Davidson, R. H.. c o Messrs. Golding, Davis iV Co.,
Marsh Alkali Works, Widnes
Davies, A. E., ti, Rnmford Place, Liverpool
Davies. Meurig I1.. 77. Everton Terrace, Everton, Liver- i
pool
Davies, R. H.. Apothecaries' Hall, London, EC.
Davis, A. P., 9, Ebor Terrace, Woodliottse Hill. Leeds
Davis, Chas., 10, Oaklield Cottages, Oakiield Road,
East Ham, E.
Davis, G. E., South Cliff House, Higher Broughton,
Manchester
Davis, H. W., The Laboratorv, Somerset House, Lon-
don, W.C.
Davis, d. F.. 236, East .".1st Street, New York, U.S.A.
Davis, P. H. (Messrs. Golding, Davis & Co.), Widnes
Davis, T. S . V.".'. South Lambeth Road, London, S.E.
Dawson, B., York House, Malvern Link, Worcester-
shire
Dawson. C. A.. 127, Church Street, Runcorn
Dawson, Jno., Kirkheaton Coal-Tar Colour Works,
Huddersfield
Dawson, Thos.. Stonecroft House, Milnsbridge, near
Huddersfield
Dawson, W. E., Pretoria, Transvaal, South Africa
Dawson, W. Haywood, British Alizarin Co., Limited,
Silvertown, Victoria Dock, E.
Day. St. John V., 115, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow
Deacon, H. W-, Appleton House, Widnes
Deakin, E., Belmont Bleach and Dyeworks, near
Bolton
Deakin, H., Ryecroft Dyeworks, Belmont, near Bolton
Deans, J. A., Oxalic Acid Manufactory, Morriston,
Swansea
Dearden, Thos., 12, Hey wood Street, Bun-, Lancashire
De Deken, A., IS, Rue Villette, Liege, Belgium
Deering. W. H.. Chemical Department, Royal Arsenal,
Woolwich, S.E.
Defries, D. C, .33, Redcliffe Sonare, South Kensington,
S.W.
De la Rue, W., 73, Portland Place, London, W.
Dempster, A.. Rosemount, Elland, Yorkshire
Demuth, Dr. L., Wharfdale, Church Road, Edgbaston,
Birmingham
Dent. W. V.. Royal Arsenal, Woolwich, London, S.E.
Denton, E. Bailey, Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street,
Westminster, S.W.
Dewar, J., 1, Scroope Terrace, Cambridge
Dey, Preo Lall, 4, Beadon Street. Calcutta
Dibdin, W. .1., Metropolitan Board of Works, Spring
Gardens, London, S.W. ; and Maytield Grange
B ad, Sutton, Surrey
Dick, A., 110, Cannon Street, London, E.C.
Dicketts, William, 9, Mincing Lane, London, E.C.
Dickinson, A. J., Neptune Tar and Chemical Works,
Deptford, London, S.E.
Dickson, Jno., 16, Dale Street. S.S., Glasgow
Dittmar, W., Anderson's College. Glasgow
Divers, E., Imperial College of Engineering, Tokyo,
Japan
Dixon, Jos., Spring Grove, near Sheffield
Dixon, M. T., 5, Brandling Park. Newoastle-on-Tyne
Dixon, William, jun., Belle View Park. Snnderland
Dobbie, J. J., University College of North Wales,
Bai:_
Dobbin, L. , Chemical Laboratory, University, Edinburgh
Dobson. Geo., Grange Alkali Works, near Cardiff
Doggett, C. S.. Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
Doidge, H. , 2-2, Alberta Terrace, Sherwood Rise, Notting-
ham
Domeier, A.. 13. St. Mary-at-Hill, London, E.C.
Donald, George, Arnold Printworks, North Adams.
Ma><.. U.S.A.
Donald, das., 5, Queen's Terrace. Glasgow
Donald. W.. New Explo-ive- Co.. Limited, Pembrey,
South Wales
Donald, W. .1. A.. .'. Belgrave Terrace, (Jlasgow
Doolittle, Orrin s., Altoona, Pa., U.S.A.
Dott, D. B., 93, Abbey Hill. Edinburgh
Dougall, A., Gasworks. Sculcoates. Hull
si. Archibald, Gasworks, Kiddenninster
>las, William, Diamond Plantation, Dernerara
Doulton. Henry. Lambeth Pottery, London. S.E.
Doux. .Iule>. jun., 55, Bleecker Street, Utica, New York,
U.S.A.
Dowling, Edmund, 83, Cable Street, London. K.
Down, F. J., 13, Victoria Road, Charlton. S.E,
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, 1887.
Down, T., Willington-upon-Tyne
Dowson, J. Emerson, 3, Great Queen Street, West
minster, S. W .
Three Mills Distillery, Bromley-by
s, Albert Square, Clapham Road,
Drake, Chas. A..
Bow, E.
Dreaper, \V. P.,
I, on, I..n, S. \\
Drew, D., Lower House Printworks, near Burnley
Dreyfus, C, Clayton Aniline Co., Limited, Clayton,
Manchester
Driffield, V. ('.. Farnworth, Widnes
Drinkwater, T. W., Chemical Laboratory, 41, Chambers
Street, Edinburgh
Dryden, J., Messrs. Chance's Alkali Works, Oldbury
Duckworth, C. W., Garner's Buildings, North Koad,
Clayton, Manchester
Duckworth, William, 93, Corporation Street, Man-
chester
Duffy, B., Sutton Alkali Works. St. Helens
Duggan, T. 1!.. 32, Narford Koad. Upper Clapton, E.
Duncan, J., 9, Mincing Lane, London, E.C. ; and Clyde
Wharf, Victoria Lock, E.
Duncan. Archibald, 1, Teneriffe Street, Higher Brongh-
ton, Manchester
Duncan, James, Cleland, Lanarkshire
Dunn. J., .").'!. Brown Street. Manchester
Dunn. J. T., 115, Seotswood Koad, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Dunn, P., 53, Brown Street, Manchester
Dunn, S., Stirling Chemical Works, West Ham, Lon-
don K. ; and 14, South Hill Park Gardens, Hamii-
stead, N.W.
Dunscombe, M. W., St. Augustine's Parade, Bristol
Duns tan, W. R., 17. Bloomsbury Square, London, W.C.
Dupee, H. D., 44, Oliver Street, Boston, U.S.A.
Dupiv, A.. Westminster Hospital Medical School,
Caxton Street, London, S. W.
Durrant, Keg. G., Marlborough College, Wilts
Dyer, B., 17, Great Tower Street, London, E.C.
Dyson, C. E., Flint, North Wales
Dyson, Geo., Hurworth, Darlington
Dyson, G., 231, Wilton Terrace, Cheetham, Manchester
Dyson, H., Calder Yale, Wakefield
Dyson, Join), Derby Court, Long Millgate, Manchester
Earp, W. R., Halton Koad, Runcorn, Cheshire
East, Walter, Speen Cottage, Oil Mill Lane, Kingston-
on-Thames
Eastick, J. J., Chemical Laboratory, Plaistow Wharf,
North Woolwich Koad, London, E.
Eastick, C. E., Chemical Laboratory, Plaistow Wharf,
North Woolwich Koad, London, E.
Eastlake, Thos. L., 23, Great George Street, West-
minster, S.W.
Eastwood, Edward, Tunnel Soap Works, Wapping, E.
Eaton, W. H., Chemical Works, Lostock Hall^ near
Preston
Edge, Anthony, Keadville, Mass., F.S.A.
Edgell, G. E., 4, Hardwick Terrace, Gate«head-on-Tvne
Edmands, H. K., 337, East 27th Street, New York,
U.S.A.
Edwards, A. J., The Gasworks. Taunton
Ekman, C. D., Dieppe, France
Elborne, W., The Owens College, Manchester
Elborough, T., 59, Mark Lane, London, E.C.
Elkins, G. W., 423, Walnut street, Philadelphia, Pa.,
I .S.A.
Elliott, A. II., School of Mines, Columbia College, New
York, 1 .S.A.
Ellis, c. J., Young Laboratory of Technical Chemistry,
00, John Street, I ilasgow
Ellis, G. E. R, 10, Colville Road, Bayswater, London. W.
Ellis, 11., Hi?, Regent Street, Leicester
Kllis, Hervey K., Moreland Cottage. Shooter's Hill,
London, S. E.
Elmore, A. S., 359, Clapham Koad, London, S.W.
Elworthy, II. s., Rosa, N.W.I'., India
Eramens, s. ]| silver Valley Railroad, Thomasville,
N.C., U.S.A.
Endeniann, II., 33, Nassau Street, New York City.
C.S.A.
England, R. J., Farmer & Co., Dunster House, Mark
Lane, London
Ermen, P., jun., Nassau Mills, Patricroft, Manchester
Ernst, Adolf, Oberlangenbielau, Schlesien, Germany
Eschellman, George, Dyar Terrace, Winnington, North-
wich, < Iheshire
Esilman, A., North Koad, Clayton, Manchester
Estcourt, C, 'JO, Albeit Square, Manchester
Evans, John, Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead
Evans, Enoch, 181, Herbert Koad, Small Heath,
Birmingham
Evans, W. N., 60, Stackpole Road, Bristol
Everitt, F, Douglas, Finstall House, Bromsgrove
Evershed, F., Atlas Works, Hackney Wick, London, E.
Evershed, Wallis, c;o Whitwell & Co., Limited, Kendal,
Westmoreland
Ewing, II. M. K., Alexandria Works, Alexandria,
Dumbarton
F
Falilberg, C, Saccharin fabrik, Salbke-Westerhiiscn,
a/Elbe, Germany
Fairley, T., 16, East Parade, Leeds
Fairlie, H. C, Summerford House, Falkirk, N.B.
Fairweather, W., 62, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow
Faliowfield, T., Clayton-le-Moors, near Accrington
Farrant, N., 180, St. Paul's Koad, West Smetbwick,
near Birmingham
Fairies, T., 10, Coleman Street, London, E.C.
Partington, T., 4, Waterloo Place, Cork, Ireland
Fasnacht, A. E., Sandy Lane Chemical Works, Clay-
ton, Manchester
Faulkner, F., Crosswells Brewery, Oldbury, near Bir-
mingham
Fawsitt, c. A., Atlas Chemical Works, East Nelson
Street, ( Ilasgow
Fellows, A., Hebburn-on-Tyne
Felton, Thos., 304, Romford Koad, Forest Gate, E.
Fenner, N. J., The Cedars, Mazeliill, Blackheath, Lon-
don, S.E.
Ferguson, J., The University, Glasgow
Fergnsson, H., 7S, Acomb Street, Moss Side, Man-
chester
Field, E. W., The Brewery, Nottingham
Field, S. E., The Brewery, Nottingham
Field, J, K., Lombard Road, Battersea, London, S.W.
Fielding, A.. L"J, Dantzic Street, Manchester
Filcock, P., Chester Koad, Macclesfield
Findlay, J. T. J., Silvertown, London, E.
Fisher," W. W.. .">. St. Margaret's Koad, Oxford
FitzBrown, G., Broughton Copper Works, Manchester
Fitzbugh, R., 21, Long Row, Nottingham
Fletcher, A. E., 57, Gordon Square, London, W.C.
Fletcher, F. , North London Chemical Works, Hollo-
way, N.
Fletcher, J. R., Kersley Paper Mills, Stoneclough, Man-
chester
Fletcher, R. Jopling, Vine Cottage, Hazel Grove, near
Stockport
Fletcher, K. Steele, Misterton, Gainsboro', Lincolnshire
Fletcher, T.,'Thynne Street, Warrington
Flower, Major Lamorock (Lee Conservancy Board), 12,
Finsbury Circus, E.C.
Flynn, T. J., c/o D. Heywood & Sons, Mitcham, Surrey
Foord, Geo., Royal Mint, Melbourne, Victoria, Aus-
tralia
Foote, H. C.| 37, Arlington Court, Cleveland, Ohio,
U.S.A.
Forbes, J., Chemical Works, Old Ford, London, E.
Formoy, J. Arthur, 12, Railway Approach, London
Bridge, S. F.
Forrest, A., Holt Town, Manchester
Forrester, J., 87, Cannon Street, London, E.C,
Forster, Ralph C, c/o Messrs. Bessler, Waechter & Co.,
Newcastle-on-Tyne
Forshaw, C. F., S, St. Andrews, Listerhills, Bradford,
Yorks
Forster, W. G., Lonesome Chemical Works, Streatham
Common, London, S.W.
Forth, Henry, Eland Street, New Basford, Nottingham
Foster, H. Le Neve, Palmer's Shipbuilding and Iron
Co., Limited, Jarrow-on-Tyne
tfeb. as, if»;.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL ENDtJSTRY. vii
Poster, R, LeNeve, The Firs, North Road, Droylsden,
Manchester
Foster, R. Francis, 12, Roeland Street, Cape Town,
South Africa
Poster, W., Middlesex Hospital, London, W.C.
Fonlis, Wm., 2, Montgomerie Quadrant, Kelvinside,
Glasgow
Fox, C. J., 66, Aldersgate Street, London, E.C.
Fox, T. , jim., Court, Wellington, Somerset
France. C. II., Horsforth, I.
France, G. T , Friar's Goose, Gateshead-on-Tyne
France, I!. C. D., 31, Portland Road, Edgbaston, Bir-
mingham
Francis, E., Rock Villas, Parkside, Nottingham
Francis, E. G., 1, Halstead Villas, Fulhani Road, Ham-
mersmith, W.
Francis, ( ;. I',., 5, Coleman Street, London, E.C.
Francis, \V. H., .">, Coleman Street, London, E.C.
Frankenburg, Isidor, Greenga to Rubber Works, Salford,
Manchester
Prankland, Dr. F.., The Yews, Reigate, Surrey
Frankland, 11., Sebright Villa, Egglescliffe, vid Dar-
lington
Frankland, Dr. P. F., Grove House, Pembridge Square,
London, W.
. W. J.. 121, Adelaide Road, Uaverstock Hill,
N.W.
Free, R., The Elms, Mistley, Essex
Freear, H. M., Edgefield, Harpenden, Herts
Freeman, A., 40, Liverpool Road, St. Helens, Lancashire
Freestone, J. W., 7, Clark Terrace, New Perry Road,
New Ferry, Cheshire
French, Andrew, Glanleam Villa, Bearsden, near
< rlasgon
Fries, Harold H., Mohrcnstras>e 6, Berlin, W.
Priswell, R. J., 110, Darenth Load, Stamford Hill,
London, N.
Frost, Joe, Mold Green, Huddersfield
Fryer, A. ('., 16, Richmond Hill, Clifton, Bristol
Fullarton, It., 30, Donegal Place, Belfast, Ireland
Fuller, Jno., Rookwood, Chapter Road, Willesden Park,
N.W.
Fuller, W. M., Ely House, Wolverhampton
Fulton, H. R., Limni, viA Papho, Cyprus
Fyfe, Jno., West George Street, Glasgow
Gabbett, E. R., Prince Regent's Wharf, Victoria Docks,
London, E.
Gadd, W. Lawrence, 50, Richmond Grove, Manchester
Gadsden, H. A., 6, Crosby Square, Bishopsgate Street,
London, E.C.
Galbraith, William, 136, West Graham Street, Glasgow
Gall, Henry, L'Usine dc Produits Chimiques de Villers
par Hermes, Oise, France
Gait, Alexander, 61, Sardinia Place, Hillhead, Glasgow
Gamble, D., Windlehurst, St. Helens
Gamble, J. C, Hardshaw Brook Chemical Works, St.
Helens
Gamble, W., Haresfinch, St. Helens
Gardiner, E. le Breton, Passaic, New Jersey, U.S.A.
Garrick, A. 1!., Eccleston Park, near Prescot
Garton, R. (Hill, Garton & Co.), Southampton Wharf,
Battersea, S.W.
Gascoyne, Dr. W. J., Department of Agriculture, Rich-
mond, Virginia, U.S.A.
Gaskell.H., inn., Clayton Lodge, Aigburth, near Liverpool
Gaskell, E. H., Woolton Wood, Liverpool
Gaskell, J., 1, Woodlands Road, Cheetham Hill, Man-
chester
Gatlieral, G., Heathrield, Hebbnrn-on-Tyne
Gatine, I.., 23, Rue des Hosiers, Paris
Catty, F. A., Elmfield Hall, Accrington
Gaussen, W. F. A., .33, Eaton Square, London, S.W.
Gerland, B. W., Messrs. F. Steiner it Co., Church, near
Accrington
Gibbins, H. B., Bryntirion, St. (George's Road, Chelten-
ham
Gibbs, D. Cecil, Hanover Court, Milton Street, London,
E.C.
Gibbs, R. D., Woodlands Cottage, Six Ways, Smethwick
Gibbs, \\". I'., Inveresk Mill-. Musselburgh, N.I!.
i.j .-..ii, ■!.. 'J'.1. Greenhill Gardens, Edinburgh
Gibson, J. M.,c/o Buckley Brick and Tile Co., Buckley,
i Ibester
Gilbert, Dr. J. IL. Harpenden, near St. Albans
Gilchrist, 1". • '., Palace Chambers, 0, Bridge Street,
Westminster, London
Gilchrist, Peter S., 10, Burlington Crescent, Goole
Giles, W., Clous Keagh Works, Warton Road, Stratford,
London, E.
Gill, Aug. H., Mass. Institute of Technology, Boston,
Ma-.. (J.S.A.
Gilmour, Geo., Cameron Bridge Distillery, Wiudygates,
Fifeshire, N.B.
Gimmingham, C. IL, Stamford House, Northumberland
Park, Tottenham, _N.
Gladstone, Dr. J. H., 17, Pembridge Square, London, V .
Glaeser, F. A., Carpenter's Road, Stratford, E.
Girdwood, Dr. Gilbert P., 54, Beaver HallTerrace, Mon-
treal, Canada
Glen, J. M., Fereneze Printworks, Barrhead, N.B.
Glendinning, H., Dyar Terrace, Wilmington, Northwich
Glendinning, N., Merton Bank, St. Helen-
Glover, G. T., The Phospho Guano Co., Limited, Sea-
combe, Cheshire
Clover, John, Rothbury Terrace, Heaton, near New-
castle-on-Tvnc
Glover, T., Messrs. Mort, Liddell & Co., Widnes
Clover, W., Tower Chemical Works, Sihcrtown, Lon-
don, E,
Goddard, F., 1, Clipstone Avenue, Nottingham
Goldenberg, Laz., Edison Machine Works, 107, Goerck
Street, New Vork, U.S.A.
Goldschmidt, S. A.. Columbia Chemical Works, 'JO— 30,
•lay Street, Brooklyn, U.S.A.
Good, T., Inland Revenue, Alfretou, Derbyshire
i roodbart, E C, 16S, Lower Addiscombe Load, Croydon
Goodwin, C. C, Throstle Nest, < >ld Trafford, Manchester
Goppelsroeder, F.,14,Brubachstrasse, Mulhauseu, Elsass,
Germany
Gordon, •'. G., Landore Steel Works, Landore, R.S.O.,
South Wales
Gore, Dr. G., 67, Broad Street, Birmingham
Gorman, W. A., Dunloe, Putney, S.W.
Gossage, F. II., Widnes
Gossling, Frank, The Patent Office, Southampton
Building-. Chancery Lane, W.C.
Gow, Dr. James, High School, Nottingham
Cow, R. J., Pittville Terrace, Ditton, near Widnes
Gowland, W., Imperial Mint, 0 Saka, Japan
Goyder, G. A., Government Survey Office, Adelaide,
South Australia
Gracey, R., 21, Nile Street, Liverpool
Graesser, It., Cefn, near Ruabon, North Wales; and
Argoed Hall, Llangollen, North Wales
Grafton, F. W, 01, Portland Street, Manchester
Graham, C, University College, (lower Street, London,
W.C.
Graham, C. C, c/o Blundell, Spence & Co., Beverley
Road, Hull
Graham, J. A., Sherborne Lodge, Werter Road, Putney,
S.W.
Grandage, IL, Thornton Road, Bradford, Yorkshire
Gray, G. Watson, 12, Argyle Road, Garston, near
Liverpool
Gray, W., Oil Refinery, Hull
Gray. Jno., Clippens oil Works, by Johnstone, N.B.
Creen, A. G., Atlas Work-, Hackney Wick. London, E.
Green, C. H., 7, Vork Street, Liverpool
Creen, German, 2, Croft Terrace, Jarrow-on-Tyne
Green, H., Tovil House, Maidstone
Green, John, Iron, Tinplate, and Chemical Works,
Abercarne, Mon.
Green, L., Riverdale, College Road, Maidstone
Green, R., Soho Mill, Wooburn, near Beaconsrield
Green, Upfield, Licbenheim, Clarendon Road, Watford,
Hert-.
Greenaway, A. .1., Frognal, Hampstead, N.V .
Greenhalg'h, .1. Herbert, Shepherd'-, Tottington Mill,
near Bury
Greenhough, D. W., 16, Mincing Lane, London, E.C.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. as, 188j.
Greenway, T. J., 37S, Eccleshall Road, Sheffield
Greenwood, EL, G4, King Street, Aeerington
Greville, 11. L., 4, Moreland Villas, Lambton Road,
Horusev Rise, London, N.
Grey, W. J.*, Helle Vue House, Gateshead-on-Tyne
Griess, P., Burton-on-Trent
Griffin, Martin L., Holvoke, Mass., U.S.A.
Griffith, Agnew, Daisy Mount, Blundell Sands, Liverpool
Griffith, It. \Y. S., Eyeworth Lodge, Lyndhurst, Hants
Griffiths, Azariah, Blmbank, Pleasance, Falkirk, N.B.
Grime, J., Rosebank Cottage, Busby, near Glasgow
Grimshaw, H., Thornton View, Clayton. Manchester
Grimwood, R., 30, Bickerton Road, Upper Holloway,
London, N.
Grindley, J., Upper North Street, Poplar, London, E.
Groom, 'A. J., City of London Brewery, Thames Street,
E.C.
Grossmann, Dr. J., Hendhani Yale Chemical Works,
Manchester
Groves, C. E., 352, Kenningtcn Road, London, S.E.
Grnndtvig, C. H. W., Sunnyside, Wimbledon, S.W.
Gnnn, W. L., Broad Plain Soap Works, Bristol
Guyatt, T., Ceara Gas Co., Limited. 9, Queen Street
Place, Cannon Street, London, EC.
H
Haacke, A., Kieselguhr Wharf, Hackney Wick. E.
Habirshaw, W. W., 159, Front Street, New York City,
U.S.A.
Hacking, W. H., The Grange, Clayton-le-Moors, near
Accrington
Haddow, A., 1, Keith Place, Easter Road, Edinburgh
Hadfield, R. A.. Newhall Road, Attercliffe, Sheffield
Hadkinson, F., Pamphila Oil and Soap Works, Mitylene,
Mediterranean
Hadkinson, R., Smyrna, Asia Minor
Haga, Tamenasa, Chemical Department, Science College,
Imperial University, Tokyo, Japan
Haig, Robert, Busby Printworks, Glasgow
Hake, C. N., 14, Great Smith Street, Westminster, S.W.
Hall, Archibald D., 95, Bishopsgate Street, London,
E.G.
Hall, C, 5, Bilton Road, Rugby
Hall, Edgar, Queenborongh, Kent
Hall, G., Laboratorio, Minas de Rio Tinto, Provincia de
Huelva, Spain
Hall, J. Albert, 12S, Lloyd Street, Greenheys, Manchester
Hall, Joseph, Park Villa, Queen's Park, St. Helens
Hall, S., East London Soap Works, Bow, London, E.
Hall, T. Fanner, Dunster House, Mark Lane, London,
E.C.
Hall, W. J., co Boulton & Co., Aurora Mines, Puerto
Cabcllo, Venezuela
Haller, Geo., SG, Leadenhall Street. London, E.G.
Hallett, Shackleton, 1, Hare Court, Temple, E.G.
Hamburger, S. , 117, North Road, St. Helens
Hamilton, David, Ash Bank, Shawlands, near Glasgow
Hamilton, .las. C, Kingscaril, Linlithgow, N.B.
Hamilton, Oswald, Owens College, Manchester
Hamilton, Robert, Muirkirk Ironworks, Muirkirk, N.B.
Hatnlen, G. J., 33, Vane Street, Spring Bank, Hull
Haniinersley, Win., Tar Works, Beekton, E.
Haniniersley, W. H. L., Daisy Bank Cottage, Leek,
Staffordshire
Hammill, M. J., Dunton Green, near St. Helens
Hammond, .1., The Gas Co., Lewes, Sussex
Hand, T. W.. Public Library, Oldham
Hcndasyde, C. H., The Dean Works, Dalkeith. N.B.
Hanrez, Prosper, 19, Rue du Prince Albert, Brussels :
ami 9, Rue Moris, Chaussee de Charleroi, Brussels
Hanson, A. M., Abbey Printworks, Whalley, Black
burn
Hanson, John, Fern Villa, Belle Vue, Wakefield
'die, William, The Gas Offices, Newcastle-upon
vr rync
naruiu. j t >iii|OI, chemical Works, Stoke-on-Trent
Hardy, fa. _, ,(-)iS K,i„mn,i |;0:„i, Sheffield
Hargreaves, i Widnes
Harkness ,w>, The Laboratory, Somerset Honse. Lon
don, \\ .(.,
Plough Court, 37, Lombard Street,
Canon Works, Falkirk,
ift-
-r
Harland, R. H.,
London, E.C.
Harley, Boston, Laboratory
N.B.
Harrington, W. B., Ardsullagh, Old Black rock Lead.
Cork
Harris, Booth, jun., Clovelly House, Nor\
Forest Gate E.
Harris, D., Caro.ine Park, Edinburgh
Harris, Evan R., Euckwell House, Bedminstc
Harris, T., The 1 Jion Acid Co., Runcorn
Harrison, A., TKames Sugar Refinery,
London, E.
Harrison, C, Anjlo-American Oil Mi
Hull
D.. ffetham Chemical Works, Bristol
Kins Hagley, near Stourbridge
II.. Fagley, near Stourbridge
, 5, Magdala Terrace, Gardiner's Hill,
F*ath,
Silvertown,
Church Stiect,
G.
G.
G.
Harrison,
Harrison
Harrison
Harrison,
Cork
Harrison, P
W., 7., Cromwell Road, Peterborough
Harrison, S. M.. S'tton Alkali Works, St. Helens
Hart, Bertram H.,106, Trinity Street, Norwich
Hart, E., Lafayettt College, La-ton, Pa., U.S.A.
Hart, P., c/o Tenants & Co., Mill Street, Clayton,
Manchester
ilartland, W. H. H 114, Hyde Park Street, Glasgow
Hartley, Joseph, 3,Brook Road, Gorton Hall Estate,
near Manchester
Hartley, Arthur, Canon Brewery, Brighton
Hartley. W. N., Roy.l College o'f Science, Dublin
Hartmann, G., Clavrley, Blackheath Park, London,
S.E.
Harvey, Ernest \\.. o Mrs. Ad. lie, 9. Main Street.
Wishaw, N.B.
Harvey, W., 70, Greffhuregatan, Stockholm. Sweden
Harvey, T. 11.. Catteown, Plymouth
Hasen'clever, R., Cheiiselie Fabrik-Rhenania, Aachen,
Prussia
Hastings, C. W., -2'2, B kingham Street, Adelphi, Lon-
don, W.i'.
Hastings, H. M., 54, Eith Road, West Kensington, W.
Hatfield, Jno , WindsoRoad, Newton Heath, Lanca-
shire
Hatton, Wm. P., 13, St.Juintin Avenue, North Ken-
sington, W.
Hawkins, H., Eyeworth odge, Lyndhurst, Hants
Hawliczek Josef, 40, Beiey Road, Liverpool
Hazelhurst, C. W., Haiti. Grange, Runcorn
Head. John, 12, Queen A:e's Gate, Westminster, S.W.
Healey, A. E., W illesdenanction, London, N.W.
Heap, Chas., Caldershaw.ear Rochdale
Heap, L-, Stacksteads, ne Manchester
Heath, B. C, Myton Grari, near Warwick
Heathlield, R., Edgbaston all, Birmingham ; and Lien
Galvanising Works, B'lingham Heath
Heaton, C.W., Charing Cis Hospital, London, W.C.
Hedlev, Armorer, Mayliei Gosforth, Newcastle on-
Tvne
Heer, P. .Eugen, OberuVyl, Canton St. Gallen,
Switzerland
Heerlein, Robert, Pennsylvai Salt Manufacturing Co.,
Natrona, Pa., U.S.A.
Hehner, 0., 11, Billiter Squ>, London, E.C.
Heisch, C, 79. Mark Lane, ndon, E.C.
Hellier, Walter -I. G., Bris' Channel Chemical Co.,
Minehead, Somerset
Hellon, R., 47, New Lowthetreet, Whitehaven
Helm, H. J., 13, St. George'sjllas, Perrv Hill, Catford,
S.E.
Hemingway, II., GO, Mark L;. London, EC.
Hempleman, F. S. , Wenninjn House, Wenniiigton,
Romford, Essex-
Henderson, G. G., Chemical L;,atory, The University,
Glasgow
Henderson, W. F., Moorfield, remont Gardens, New-
castle-on-Tyne
Hendrichs, F. 11., 21. Mincing ne, London, E.C.
Henshaw, Jno.. Brook Street ^, Works, Manchester
Henning, E. C, Bow Brewery.iw, I.
Heriut, Wm. Scott, Pin. Leon, Demerara
Feb. 88, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
IX
Herman, W. D . West Park, St. Helens
Herrmann, K. W. (Herrmann, Keller & Co.), 60, Mark
Lane, London, E.C.
Heron, J., c 'o Garton, Hill & Co., Southampton Wharf,
Battersea, S.VV.
Fonlis \\ ^- ' •• General Steam Navigation Company's
Glaseo'5' Deptford, London, S.E.
Fox C J s • 4"' Movable Place, Newcastle-on-Tyne;
w' p' ' : allege of Science, Newcastle-on-Tyne
!.' ' '.' os., J arrow Chemical Works, South Shields
11 .• Adolph, Oil Works. Leeds
Hewitt. D. B., Winnington House, Northwich, Cheshire
Heycock, C.T., King's College, Cambridge
Heyden, l>r. 1'. von, 6, Leipsiger Strasse, Dresden,
( iermany
Heys, W. E., 70, Market Street, Manchester
Beys, Z. J., Stonebouse, Barrhead, N.B.
Heys, Z. i. . Springhill Villa, Barrhead, near Glasgow
Hey* 1. G., Spring Vale Works, Middleton, Lan-
cashire
Heywood, J. G., GS, Sutherland Avenue. Maida Vale,
London, W.
Heywood, J. II., Holland Street, Rochdale
Heywood, J. S., 7, Caledonian Road, King's Cross,
London, N.
Hibbert, W., 8, St. Dunstan's Road, Margravine Gar-
dens, West Kensington, S.W.
Higgin, A. J., 22, Little Peter Street, Gaythorn, Man-
chester
Higgin, W. 11., Hall Chemical Works, Little Lever,
near Bolton
Higgin-. C 1... c o J. Muspratt & Co., Widnes : and 29,
Falkner Square, Liverpool
HUditch, T., Cedar Grove, Heaton Chapel, near Man-
chester
Hill, A. Bostoek, 14, Temple Street, Birmingham
Hill, A. Bowdler, 101, Southwark Street, Loudon, S.E.
Hill, J. 1'.. Bowker Bank Printworks, Higher Crump-
sail, Manchester
Hill, J. K., Waterside, Irvine, N.B.
Hills, A. F., Thames Ironworks and Shipbuilding Co.,
Victoria Dock Road, E.
Hills, C. H., Anglcsea Copper Works, Low Walker,
Newcastle-on-Tyne
Hills, H., Chemical Works, Deptford, London, S.E.
Hills, M. H., Tower Varnish Works, Long Acre,
Nechells, Birmingham
Hills, W ., 225, Oxford Street, Loudon, W.
Hills, W. A , Ureat Barr, near Birmingham
Hindle, .T. H., 67, Avenue Parade, Accrington
Hinds, James, 127, Gosford Street, Coventry
Hirst, Benj., Messrs. Hirst, Brook & Hirst, Leeds
Hislop, L.. Saltney, Cheshire
Hodges, J. F., 63, Upper Arthur Street, Belfast, Ireland
Hodgkins, J , Childwall, Church Road, Richmond,
Surrey
Hodgkinson, J. H., Messt-. E. Potter & Co., Dinting
Vale, Gloss, p
Hodgkinson, W. P., 29, Pembroke Square, London, W. ;
and South Kensington Museum, London, S.W.
Hodgson, C, High House, Eppleby, Darlington
Hofmann, A. W., 10, Doratheen Strasse, Berlin, (ier-
many; and c/o C. Hofmann, 20, Oxford Mansions, W.
Hogben, W.. Redbraes, Broughton Road, Edinburgh
Hogg, Lt.-Col. Sir James, Bart., M.P., 17, Grosvenor
Garden-. London. S.W.
Hogg, T. W.. c o John Spencer & Sons, Newburu
Steelworks, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Hohenhausen, J. von, Yew Tree Chemical Works, 303,
Colly hurst Road, Manchester
Holdich, A. H., Wigan Coal & Iron Co., Ld., Wigan
Holdsworth, H. G., West Ham Abbey, London, E.
Holgate, S. V., 29, Long Row, Nottingham
Holgate, T. E., 146, Blackburn Road, Darwen, Lan-
cashire
Holgate, T., Corporation Gasworks, Batley
Holland, P.. 18, Exchange Street, Manchester ; ami 12.
Talbot Street. Southport
Hollidav. P. (Head, HoUiday & So:,- , Huddersfield
Holliday, T. , Clifton Villa, High Street, Wet t Bromwich,
Stall'ord.shire
Holloway, Wm., Newlands, Middlesbro'.
Holme-, Ellwood, Wellburn, Jesmond, Ncweastle-on-
Tyne
Holmes, F. G., Prince Regent's Wharf, Victoria 1 locks,
Holmes, .1., 96, Holland Road, Brixton, London, S.W.
Holt, G. Crompton, e/o Hugh Hughes, 4, Vork Build-
ings. Sweeting Street, Liverpool
Holt, J. W., North Road, Clayton, near Manchester
Hood, R. W., 46, Sandwcll Road, West Bromwich
Hooper, E. G., The Laboratory, Somerset House,
London, W.C.
Hooton, Edm., The Vinery. Burton Joyce, Notts.
Hopkin, W. K., 16, Gross Street, Hatton Garden,
London. E.C.
Hore, Etsnojo, SS, King Henrv's Road, Chalk Farm,
N.W.
Horn, W. Freeman, Grove Works, Lombard Road,
Battersea, S.W.
Horner, G. 1'., Old Basford, Nottingham
Horroeks, S., 3S, Duke Street, Southport, Lancashire
Howard, A. G., The Green, Tottenham, London, N.
Howard, D., Rectory Manor, Walthamstow, Essex
Howard, D. I... City Mills, Stratford, Loudon, E.
Howard, W. 1>., City Mills, Stratford, London, E.
Howard, W. Crewdson, Messrs. Howard & Sons,
Stratford, London, E.
Howarth, R. S., 21, Bellott Street, Cheetham, Man-
chester
Howell, H., Pye Bridge Chemical Works, Alfreton,
Derbyshire
Hoyle, C. F., Holmeleigh, Woodlesford, near Leeds
Hoyle, T. E., Church Terrace, Blackley, near Man-
chester
Hughes, E. J., Church Street. Flint
Hughes, H.. 7, Geneva Road, Elm Park, Fairfield,
Liverpool
Hughes, J., 7!'. Mark Lane, Londou, E.C.
Hughes, R., Church Street, Flint
Hughes, T., c,o Herb. Hughes, Lower Gornal, near
Dudley
Hulme, J., Vale Printworks, Dinting, Glossop
Hume, William, IS, Lonsdale Terrace, Edinburgh
Humfrey, C, The Villas, Parkgate, Cheshire
Hummel, J. J., Cavendish Villa, Woodhouse Cliffe,
Leeds
Humphrys, N. H., Gasworks, Salisbury. Wilts
Humphrys, F. C, Gasworks, Ilkeston, Nottingham
Humphries, Jacob, Apothecaries' Hall, Low Moor, near
Bradford
Hunt, B.. c o W. L. Jackson, Esq., M.P., Buslingthorp
Tannery. L< eds
Hunt, ('., Gasworks, Windsor Street, Birmingham
Hunt, E., Wood Green, Wednesbury, Staffordshire
Hunt, W., Wood Green, Wednesbury, Statlordshire
Hunt, J. S., Appleton, Widnes
Hunter, I". W., 4, Westmoreland Road, Newcastle-on-
Tyne
Hunter, John, Minto House Medical School, Edinburgh
Hunter, T. G., Comestoca Printworks, Paschall Street,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.
Huntington, A. K., King's College, Strand, Loudon,
W.C.
Hunzinger, Alfred, c/o E. Potter & Co. , Dinting Vale,
Glossop, Derbyshire
Hurman, F. K.. Ryton-on-Tyne
Hurst, G. 11.. 22, Blackfriars Street, Salford, Manchester
Hurter, F., Messrs. Gaskell, Deacon & Co., Widnes
Huskisson, P. L.. 77, Swinton street. London, W.C.
Husband, J. Cecil, Knowsley Street (and 21, Heywood
Street), Cheetham, Manchester
Huson, C. W., 5, York Buildings, l>ale Street, Liver-
pool
Hutcheson, J. B., The L'niversity, Glasgow
Hutehings, W. M., Dee Bank Lead Works, Bagillt,
North Wales
Hutchinson. A. H.. !'0. Cannon Street, London, E.C.
Hutchinson, C. C, Messrs. S. 11. Johnson & Co.. Strat-
ford, London, E.
Hutchinson, (has. H., Albert Works, Church Street,
Barnslev, Yorkshire
THK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. ffl. 188?.
Hutchinson, T. J., Leeman's "Hill Wofks, Toltington,
near Bury
Huxley, J. II.. 40, Brincliffe Edge Road, Sheffield
I
Ikuta, M., UniversitBts Laboratorium, Erlangen,
Bavaria
Imray, Harold, The Grange, Underbill, near Bamet
Ingham, J. W., 2, Bisley Villas, Femdale Road, Ley-
tonstone, I .
rnglis, R A., Arden, Bothwell, N.B.
Irvine. K.. Royston, Granton, Edinburgh
Irvine. G. 11.. Cloncurry Copper & SmeltingCo., Queens-
land. Australia
Irving, -T. M., 17a. Dickinson Street, Cooper Street,
Manchester
Irwin, \Y., The Grange, Polygon Road, Higher Crump-
gall
Irwin. J. T.. Tlie Grange, Pol vson Road, Higher Crump-
sal 1
Isler, Otto, Marsden Street, Manchester
Ivey. W. E., School of Agriculture, Lincoln, Canterbury,
New Zealand
Jones, A. V . South Arthurlie, Barrhead, Glasgow
Jones, E. W. T.. 10, Victoria Street. Wolverhampton
Jones, E. Fielding, Dalmonach, Bonhill, Dumbarton-
shire, N.B.
Jones, F., Chemical Laboratory, Grammar School, Man-
chester
Joues, li. Chapman, Royal Normal School of Science,
South Kensington, London. S.W.
Jones, J. W., Basford House, Seymour I hove, Whalley
Range, Manchester
Jones. Lieut.-Col. A. S. (V.C.), Hafod-y-Wern Farm,
Wrexham, Denbighshire
Jones, W. Arthur. Kcnwith Lodge, Redland, Bristol
Jones, W. Norris, 53, Botanic Koad, Edge Lane, Liver-
pool
Jones, \V.,47, New Broad Street, London, E.C. ; andc/o
11. Jones, 6, Lord Street, Liverpool
Joynson, P., Connahs Quay Alkali Works, Connahs
Quay, Flint
Jowett, W., Lower Hall, Mellor, near Stockport
Justice, P. M., 14, Southampton Buildings, Chancery
Lane, London, W.C.
K
Jack, W. F.. Ravensworth, Neath, Glamorganshire
Jackson, A. i ...The Willows, Martintown, Port Douglas,
Queensland
Jacks. .n, Edward, Ashleigh, Beaufort Road, Edghaston,
Birmingham
Jackson, Edgar, 106, Queen Victoria Street, London.
E.C.
Jackson, F., Spring Dank. Crumpsall Lane, Manchester
Jackson, G. B., Copthorne House, Congleton, Cheshire
Jackson, John. 2U0, Dobbie's Loan, Glasgow
Jackson, 1!. V., Ashurst, West Hill. Sydenham, S. E.
Jackson, T.. Clayton, near Manchester
Jackson. Walter, 24. Sydenham Avenue. Sefton Paik,
Liverpool
Jackson, W. P., Saxilby, near Lincoln
Jacques. G., High Street. Uttoxeter, North Staffordshire
.'ago. Win.. Science Schools, Brighton
James. E. T.. British Alizarin Co., Ld., Silvertown,
Victoria Docks, E.
James, J. Win., University College, Cardiff
Jameson, J., Akenside Hill. Neweastle-on-Tyne
Japp. Dr. F. P.. 27. Woodstock Koad. Bedford Park,
Chiswick. W.
Jarmay, G., Winnington Park, Northwich
Janes, Deming, Michigan Carbon Works, Detroit,
Mich.. U.S. A.
Javne, II. W., Chem. Lab., Bermuda Street, Frankford,
Philadelphia. U.S.A.
Jekyll. H. II.. Drury Line. Lincoln
Jekyll, J.. Castle Moat House. Lincoln
Jennei. E., Arthur Villa, Murchison Koad, Leyton,
Essex
Johns m. A. E. , Victoria Street, Wolverhampton
Johnson, D., 52, Fitziobns Avenue, South Hampstead,
N.W.
Johnson, E., Lawton House, Rainhill, Lancashire
Johnson, Frank, Minas de Rio Tinto, Huelv.i, Spain
Johnson, Geo., Grange Metal Work-. Jarrow-on-Tyne
Johnson, Jno. , Franklin Square, and Cherry Street,
New York, U.S.A.
Johnson, J. E., Crown Chemical Works, Stratford,
London, E.
Johnson, J. Grove, "23, Cross Street, Finsbury, London,
E.C.
Johnson, I. 1L. 47, Lincoln's Inn Fields, London
Johnson, S. 1L, West Ham Hall, Forest Gate, Essex
Johnson, T. A.. Winnington Park, Northwich, Cheshire
John-ton, W. (;.. Chemical Works. Coatbridge Street,
Port Dundas, Glasgow
Johnston. W. i... Stevens' Institute of Technology,
Boboken, N.J., I >.A.
Johnstone. Jas., Shawtield Works, Kntherglen, Glasgow
Johnstone, 1.., Newhattle Collieries, Dalkeith, N.B.
Johnstone, W., 16, Alfred Place West, South Kensing-
ton, S.W.
Kalle, Dr. Wm., Biebrich-am-Rhein, Germany
Kater. R McCulloch, Nobel's Explosives Co., Stevenston,
Ayrshire, N.B.
Kawakita, Michitada, Imperial College of Engineering,
Tokyo, Japan
Kay, II. A., IS. Maida Vale, London, W.
Kay, W. E., c o W. Crura & Co., Thornliebank, Glasgow
Kean, •'.. Aeea House, Grant Street. Jarrrow-on-Tyne
Keatns, H. W., Baxenden, near Accrington
Keeling, F., 52, Lansdowne Gardens, South Lambeth,
S E.
Keiser, E. II., Bryn Mawr College, Brvn Mawr, Pa.,
U.S.A.
Kellner, Dr. Win., 13, Clarendon Villas, Old Charlton,
S.E.
Kelly, R. K., 3, Pall Mall East, London, S.AV.
Kemp, W. J., Dingley, Kedhill, Surrey
Kennedy, William, 2S, Royal Exchange Square, Glasgow
Kenyon, A., Kossendale Brewery, ('lough Fold, near
Manchester
Kenyon, K., Printworks, Handforth, near Manchester
Kerr, J.. Church, near Accrington
Kerry, W. H., Laboratory, 14, Castle Street, Liverpool
Kershaw, J., Grease, Varnish, and Cement Works, Hol-
linwood, near Oldham
Kershaw, J. B. C, Sutton Lodge Chemical Works, St.
Helens
Key, J. T., 8, Maclion Bank, Nether Edge, Sheffield
Keys, Jno. li., ], Thymic Street, West Bromwich
Kiddie, Thos., c o Orford Sulphur and Copper Co., Box
44, New Brighton, New York, U.S.A.
Kilner, F. J.. Royal Infirmary, Bristol
Kilpatrick, W. s., 4, Annfield Place, Glasgow
Kinch, E., Royal Agricultural College, Cirencester
Kindersley, F... N. M., Crown Chemical Works, Marsh
Gate Lane. Stratford, London, E.
King, A. J., Ingersley Vale Bleach works, Bollington,
Macclesfield
King, C. M .. 5, Ferine Park Koad, Hornsey, N.
King, C. M., Campsie Alum Works, Lennoxtown, N.B.
King, J. Falconer, City Analyst, Edinburgh, N.B.
King. J. T., Clayton Square, Liverpool
King. J. Westali, 115, Wellington Street, Glasgow
King. Walter, Tamworth House. Mitcham, Surrey
Kingdon, J. E.. 30. Victoria Koad. (lid Charlton, S.E.
Kingsford, T. P.. Oswego, New York. U.S.A.
Kingzett, C. T., Trevcna, Amhurst Park, London. N.
Kirkham, Thos., 70, Green way Road, Runcorn, Cheshire
Kirkman, K., Landore Alkali Works, Swansea
Kirkpatrick, A. J.. 179, West George Street, Glasgow
Kitamura, Y., c o Mr. Goto, 42, Chitose Clio, Honyo,
Tokyo. Japan
Kitchen, Theo., Messrs. J. Kitchen \- Sons, 28, Flinders
Lane North, Melbourne, Australia
Kitto, B.. 26, Lancaster Koad, Finsbury Park, Lon-
don, N.
1. 1.. 28, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL TNDUSTKV.
Klein, J., in firma Klein, Schauzlin, Becker, Fran-
kcnthal, Rheinpfalz, Germany
Knight, Henry, 51, South John Street, Liverpool
Knight, J. 1!., Silvertown Soapworks, Silvertown, Lon-
don, E.
Knight, J. J., 10, Key Hill Drive, Hockley Hill, Bir-
mingham
Knipler, !•'., Stareh Works, Wandsworth, S.W.
Knowles, Jno., 58, Greenway Road, Runcorn, Cheshire
Knowles, Joshua, Stunner Hill, Tottington, near Bary
Knowles, Samuel, Stormer Lodge, Ciumpsall, Man-
chester
Knox, E. W., Colonial Sugar Refining Co., Sydney,
N.S.W. : and e o F. Parbury & Co., 7, East India
Avenue, Leadenhall Street, Loudon, E.C.
Kocchlin, Horace, Loerraeh, Duche de Bade, Germany
Kohn, Chas. A., University College, Brovvnlovv Street,
Liverpool
Kolb, J., Soc. Anon, des Manut". dc Produits Chimiques,
Lille, France
Kraftmeier, E., 6, Great "Winchester Street, London,
E.C.
Krause, G., " Cheuriker-Zeitung," Cotlien, Germany
Kraose, O. H., Box 217, Jersey City, New Jersey, U.S.A.
Krohn, F. W. T., 13, Belsize Square, South Hampstead,
N. VV.
Kiihl, W. H., 73, Jager Street, Berlin, Germany
Kunlieim, Dr. Hugo, 23, Lindenstrasse, Berlin
Kupferberg, H., Chemical Works. Blackley, near Man
Chester
Kur, Emmanuel, 13, Bath Buildings, Hudderstield
Kynaston, J. W., Kensington, Liverpool
Lacey, T. S., Lawn House, Beekton Gasworks, North
Woolwich, London, E.
Laidler, C. 1'., 26, Noble Terrace, Gateshead-on-Tyne
Laing, John, 38, Warrender Park Terrace, Edinburgh
Lake, D. E.. 36, Mark Lane, London, E.C.
Lake, G., jun., 538, Eceles New Road, Eccles, Man-
chester
Lake, W. EL, 11, St. Julian's Farm Load, West Nor-
wood, S. E.
Lakeman, T., 178, Phillip Street, Sydney, New South
Wales
Lamb, Chas., GO, Mark Lane, London, E.C.
Lamond, H. B., Levenslmlme Printworks, Manchester
Lane, D., 72, South Mall, Cork, Ireland
Landsberg, Dr. Ludwig, Offenbach ii/M., Germany
Langbeck, H. W. . 127, Leman Street, London, E.
Larios, P., c/o Messrs. R. Marsden & Co., 47, Spring
Gardens, Manchester
Larkin, T., St. Bede Chemical Works, South Shields
Lamed, J. N., Young Men's Library, ButFalo, N.Y.,
U.S.A.
Latham, Baldwin, 7, Westminster Chambers, Victoria
Street, London, S.W.
Laurie, A. P., 29, Artesian Road, Bays water, Lon-
don, W.
Lawrence, H. A., Brockweir, Grosvenor Road, Gunners-
bury
Lawrence, Jas., 7, Bellgrove Terrace, Glasgow-
Laws, J. 1'., 3, Tylield Road, Oxford
Lawson, Wm., Bellshili, Lanarkshire
Lavvson, Arthur J., Marsh Soapworks, Bristol
Lazarus, M. J., Ashburn House, Victoria Bark, Man-
chester
Leathart, J., Lead Works, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Leather, J. W., 13, Kedclifl'e Street, South Kensing-
ton, S. W.
Lee, C. Tennant, 45, Kilby Street, Boston, Mass.,
U.S.A.
Lee, S. Wright, 7, Church Street, Liverpool
Lee, J. E., Wallsend, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Lee, H. C, Peckham Brewery, Hill Street, Beckham,
S.E.
Leeds, F. H., Wearside, Forest Gate, E.
Leeming, T. H., Burneston House, Barking lload,
Blaistovv, London, E.
Lccs, Asa, 76, Dunconibe Road, Upper Holloway, N.
Lees, Thos., Daisy Bank, Gorton Road, Reddish, near
Stockport
Leete Jos., 57 and 58, Toole v Street, London Bridge, S.E.
Leffmann, Dr. 1L, Box 791, Philadelphia, Pa., I .S.A.
Leith, J.. Boundary Road Chemical Work-, St. Helens
Leipner, II. A. B., 8, Loftus Street, Sydney, New South
Wales
Lemon, Jas., Palace Chambers, Westminster, S.W.
Lennard, F., 165, Eenehurch Street, London, E.C
Lennox, Jno., Cloncurry Copper and Smelting Co.,
Cloncurry, Queensland
Leonard, Win. J., Hope Chemical Works, Hackney
Wick. E.
Leon, J. T., 3S, Portland Place, London, W.
Lester, Wm., P.ron t'Ul'a, Wrexham, North Wales
Leverkus, Otto, 1 and 3, Leamington Place, Princess
Street, Manchester
Levinstein, Ivan, Neuburg, Daisy Bank Road, Victoria
Park, Manchester
Lewington, B., 14, Cleveland Street, Fitzroy Square,
London, S.W.
Lewis, J. H., c/o Muspratt & Sons, Widnes
Lewis, G. T., 231, South Front Street. Philadelphia, Pa.,
U.S.A.
Lichtenstein, Theodore, Chemical Works, Silvertown,
London, E.
Liddle, W. T., 421, Blackburn Road, Accrington
Liebermann, L., 54, Portland street. Manchester
Liebmann, Dr. A., 10, Marsden Street, Manchester
Liepmann, II., The Liepmann Carbon Co., Limited,
Nelson Wharf, Milhvall, London, E.
Lightfoo.t, T. I'.., 3, Church Terrace, Accrington
Lightt'oot, T. B., Cornwall Buildings, 35, Queen Victoria
Street, Loudon, E.C.
Lilley, H. L., Albert Works, Queen's Road, Manchester
Lilly, Oliver M., The Croft, Spondon, Derby
Linde, Carl, Wiesbaden, Germany
Lindley, L., Sherwood Street. Nottingham
Lishman, W. W. L., 36, Washington Street, Girlington,
Bradford, Yorks.
Little John, J., 53, Ren field Street, Glasgow
Liversedge, A. J., c/o Watson, Laidlaw & Co., Kingston,
Glasgow
Liversidge, A., The University, Sydney, New South
Wales; and c/o Trubner & Co., 57, Ludgate Hill,
London
Livesey, Frank, South Metropolitan Gas Co., 70'J.v, Old
Kent Road, London, S. E.
Livingston, W. J., .Metropolitan Board of Works, Spring
Gardens, London, S.W.
Lober, J. B., 3409, Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa., US. A.
Lodge, A. S.. Spring Side, Prestwieh, near Manchester
Lomas, T., Cleveland, Minehead, Somerset
Longmore, J., Hillside, Brentwood, Essex
Longshaw, Jas,, 7, Park Place, Cross Lane, Salford
Longstali", G. D., Butterknowle, Southfields, Wands-
worth; S.W.
Lorenz, H., 7 and 8, Idol Lane, London, E.C.
Lorimer, J., 42, Hargrare Park Road, Junction Road,
London. N,
Lorrain. J. G., Norfolk House, Norfolk Street, Strand,
London, W.C.
Lott, F. E.,The Laboratory, Bridge Chambers, Burton-
on -Trent
Louis, D. A., 77. Shirland Gardens, London, W.
Love, E. G., School of Mines, Columbia College, 50th
Street. New York, I .S.A.
Lovett, W. Jesse, Jessamine Cottage, Thornes, near
Wakefield
Lovibond, J. W., 26, St. Ann's Street, Salisbury
Lovibond, T. W. , Beaumont House, Newark-on-Trent
Lovibond, V. "
S.W.
Lowe, C. W
Stockport
Lowe, W.,21,
Chester
Lowe, W. P., Cambrian View, Chester
bowman, Oscar, 53/3 Karl Strasse, Munich, Bavaria
Lowson, J. G. E , St. Leonard's Mill, Lasswade, Mid
lotbian, N.B.
The Hermitage, North End, Fulbam,
, Summeilield House, Reddish, near
Rosamond Street West, All Saints, Man
xu
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, ml.
Macadam, W. I..
Macalpine, G. W,
Macarthur, J. G,
Lucas, I{. J., 10, Not th Street. Longsight, Manchester
Luck, A , Powder Mills, Dartford, Kent
Luck, K.. 70, Stamford street, Blackfriars Road, Lon-
don. S.E.
Luck, 11. C, 70, Stamford street. Blackfriars Uoad,
London, S.E.
Lundberg, Alt., Bergvik, Sweden
Lunge, Or., Englishes Viertel, Hottingen, Zurich, Swit-
zerland
Lunn, ('., Woodsome Lees, near Huddersfichl
Lupton, Sydney, The Harehills, near Leeds
Luthy, Otto, 220, Church Street, Philadelphia, Pa.,
U.S.A.
Lye, W. T., The Firs, Luton, Beds.
Lyle, James, l'laistow Wharf, North Woolwich Road,
London, E.
Lyle, Jno., 37, Mincing Lane, London, E.G.
Lyon, J. G., The Aire Tar Works, Knottingley, Yorks.
Lyte, !•'. M., Cotford, Oak Hill Road, Putney, London,
S.W.
Lyttle, A. M., North of Ireland Chemical Co., Belfast
M
Macadam, C. T., 110, Fenchurch Street, London, E.G.
Macadam, Dr. S., Surgeons' Hall, Edinburgh
i Surgeons' Hall, Edinburgh
., Parkside, Aceiington
^xuv.i.L ...... ... ^.., 200, Hobbies Loan, Glasgow
Macdonald, A., 3, Yale View Terrace, Langside, Glasgow
Macdonald, J. W., c/o Messrs. H. Tate <x Sons, Love
Lane, Liverpool
Macfarlane, J. A., Marquesa 2, Barcelona, Spain
Macfarlane, R. F., Grange Metal Works, Jarrow-ou
Tyne
Macfarlane, Thos., Inland Revenue Dept., Ottawa,
Canada
Macfarlane, W., Monk's Bridge Ironworks, Leeds
Macllwaine, A. \\\, Patent Oil Extracting Co., Stone-
ferry, Hull
Maclndbe, G. D., 1, Reginald Villas, Waterloo Road,
Wolverhampton
Macintosh, C. J., 54, Leadenhall Street, London, E.G.
Mackenzie, Jas., 24, Shuttle Street, Glasgow
Mackenzie, T. E., Tharsis Mines, Huelva, Spain
Mackenzie, W. Gossar, 2, Grove Terrace, Edinburgh
Mackey, J. A, 1 and 2, Bouverie Street, London, E.C.
Mackinlay, Wm., Laboratory, Silicate Faint Works,
Charlton, Kent
Mackinnon, A. K., 7i», Drayton Gardens, London, S.W.
Maclagan, R. C, 5, Goates Crescent, Edinburgh
MacMahon, J. H., Lancashire Alkali and Sulphur Co.,
Limited, Widnes
Macmillan, J. I.., 1, Mango Lane, Calcutta, India
Macnab, C, Lillyburn, Milton of Canipsie, N.B.
Macnah, W., jun., 74, Windsor Road, Forest Gate,
Essex
Macnair, D. S., Allan Glen's Institution, Cathedral
Street, Glasgow
Macpherson.D.D., Reddish House, near Lymm, Cheshire
Mactear, J., 2, Victoria Mansions, Westminster, S.W.
McAlister, R., La wes' Chemical Manure Co., Limited, '
Barking Creek, Essex
McAUum, C. D., 7, Dean Street, NeweasUe-on-Tvne
McArthur, J. S., Cassel (.old Extracting Co., Limited,
13, 'N est Scotland Street, Kinnine Park, Glasgow
McBeath, J. W., Exeter Street, West Hartlepool,
Durham
McCallum, J. M., South Park, Paisley, N.B.
McCalman, l>., 116, George Street, Glasgow
McCarnie, T. (Couper, McCarnie & Co.), 1, Fenchurch
Avenue, London, E.C.
McCowan, W., Crown Brewery, Cape Hill, Birmingham ,
McCulloch, •!.. 2, Tyne View Terrace, Hebburn-on-Tyne
McDaniel, J. J., Bandon. Ireland
McDonald. Donald, Invernevis, Fort William, N.B.
McDonald. T. M., Kirtoun, Seabank Road, Liscard,
Cheshire
McEwen, T. G., 53, New Road, Commercial Load,
London, E.
McFarlaue, Walter, Crossleo House, Thornliebank, near
Glasgow
McFarlane, J. F., Newton Schoolhouse, Dalkeith, N.B.
McGlashan, John, Woodneuk, Gartcosh, near Glasgow
McGowan, John, Ash House, Talk o'-th -Hill, near
Stoke- upon-Trent
McKechnie, D., Copper Works, St. Helens
McKechnie, D. M., Olive Mount, St. Anne's, St. Helens
McKechnie, R., Thorndean, Elderslie, by Paisley, N.B.
MeKeUar.W. (■., Eglinton Chemical Works, Irvine, N.B.
McKenny, C, Drogheda Chemical Manure Co.,
Drogheda, Ireland
McKinlay, J. G., 15, Charing Cross, Glasgow
McKinlay, R. W., Auieliaville, Aytoun Road, Pollok-
shields, N.B.
McLellan, J. V., Cullochfaulds Chemical Works, Craig
Street, Glasgow
McLeod, H.. Cooper's Hill, Staines
McMillan, W. <;., Metallurgical Laboratory, King's
College, Strand, London, W.C.
McMillan, T. 0., 4. Ardgowan Terrace, Glasgow
McRoberte, G., Nobel's Kxplo-ives Co., Stevenston,
Ayrshire, N.B.
Mahon, R. W., 110, Arch Street, Camden, New Jersey,
U.S. A.
Maignen, P. A., 32, St. Mary at Hill, London, E.C.
Main, l!obt., Ardeer Ironworks, Stevenston, Ayrshire,
N.B.
Major, J. C, The Bhylls, Compton, Wolverhampton
Major, J. L., Sculcoates, Hull
Makins, G. II., Daneslield, Upper Latimore Road, St.
Albans
Malcolm, S. , Jarrow Chemical Works, South Shields
Malcolmson, J. G., The Grange, East Barnet, Herts.
Mallinckrodt, Edw., Mallinckrodt Chemical Works,
St. Louis. Missouri, U.S.A.
Mander, S. T., 17, Gracechurch Street, London, E.C. ;
and Varnish Works, Wolverhampton
Manning, F. A., IS, Billiter Street, London, E.C.
Mannington, H. T., 01, Rawcliffe Road, Walton-on-the-
H ill, Liverpool
Markel, K., c/o Brnnner, Mond & Co., Northwich ; and
8, Castle Road, Northwich
Markliam, A. D., IS, Merrick Square, Trinity Street,
Borough. S.E.
Marks, E. G., 3S, Cornwallis Crescent, Clifton, Bristol
Mai by, J. E. , Hebburn-on-Tyne
Marriott, Wm., 8, Belgrave Terrace, Huddersfield
Marsh, W., Greenbank Alkali Works Co., Limited, St.
Helens
Marsh, J. T., British Alkali Works, Widnes
Marsh, T. S., Ash Lea, Litherland Park, Liverpool
.Marsh, Walter, 4, York Terrace. Northam, Southampton
Marshall, T. E., 4, East Castle Road, Merchiston, Edin-
burgh
Marshall, Wm., 7, Walter Street, Nottingham
Marshall, Wm., The Baths, St. Andrews, N.B.
Martin, H., Poole, near Wellington, Somerset
Martin, H. R, H., Hong-Kong and China Gas Co., Hong-
Kong
Martin, N. H., '20, Mosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Martin, W. H., 1S3, King's Road, Chelsea, London,
S.W. ■
Martins, Dr. C. A., 28, Vosse Strasse, Berlin, Germany
Martyn, S. E.. Trevemper Bridge. New Quay, Cornwall
Martyn, W., c/o Messrs. Tennant, Hebburn-on-Tyne
Mason. J., Eynsham Hall, Witney, Oxon
Mason, W. B., 117, Derby Street," Bolton-le-Moors
Mason. A. 11., 17s. Mance Street, Montreal, Canada
Masson, D. Orme, University of Melbourne, Victoria,
Australia
Master, C. 11., Friary Brewery Co., Guildford
Mather, J., Blavdon Chemical Works, Blaydon-on-
Tyne
Mathieson, N., Widnes
Matthews, C. G., Laboratory, Bridge Chambers, Burton-
on -Trent
Mavor, James, 134, St. Vincent street. Glasgow
May, J., Hyde House, Old Battersea, Surrey
Mayenfeld, E. von Salis, Verein Chemischen Fabriken,
Waldhof bei Mannheim, Germany
Mayhew, E. W. A., High Street, FreemanUe, Western
Australia
Feb. 28. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Mead, Frank, Sutton Gasworks, Surrey
Meadows, II.. Spa Place, Hombertstone Road, Leicester
Mease, G. D., 23, Killieser Avenue. Telford Park, S.W.
Meldola, R., 6, Brunswick Square, London, W.C.
Mellin V. <le M., The Polvgon, Ardwick, Manchester
Mellias; J. C, 232, Greshain House, Old Broad Street, I
London, E.< '.
Mellon. W. W., Howdendyke, Howden, Yorks
Mellor.S., Magnesium Metal Co., Patricroft, Manchester
Melville, D., Merrimac Chemical Co., 13, Pearl Street,
Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
Menses, R C, Inveresk Mills. Musselburgh, N.B.
Menzies, W. J., Greenbank Alkali Works Co., Limited,
St. Helens
Mercer. J. 1!., 322, Lower Broughton Road, Manchester
Mercer. 1'. M., 89, Bishopsgate Street, London, E.C.
Merrylees, J., Minasde Rio Tinto, Provincia de Huelva,
,in
Messel. Dr. R., Silvertown, London. E.
Mef. ill. Jno., +0, Henry Street, Church, Accrington
Metcalf, T., Miles Platting, near Manchester
Metcalf, W. M.. Stanhill House, Oswaldtwistle, near
Accrington
Mewburn, J. C, 169, Flee! Street, London, E C.
Meynier, -I. A.. Hi, Rue Hamlin, l'aris
Middleton, J., 179, West George Streer. Glasgow
Miest. Kmile.Stc Marie d'Oignies, parTamines, Belgium
Mill, 1 >r. Sngh R., 3, Glenorchy Terrace, Edinburgh
Miller. E. V. e 0 New Zealand Sugar Co., Auckland,
New Zealand
Miller. A. K.. 40, Bishop's Terrace, Fulham, S.W.
Miller. A. Russell, The Cairns, Cambuslang, near
Gtasgi
Miller. H. von, Chemische Fabrik, Hruschau, Austria
Miller. X. li.. Harpenden, near St. Albans
Miller, Robt, 79, West Nile Street, Glasgow
Miller, W. M., co Booker Bros. & Co., » Jeorgetown,
Demerara, West Indies
Miller. T. Paterson, The Cairns, Cambuslang, near
t Glasgow
Mills. E. J., Anderson's College, Glasgow-
Milne. G. A.. Wei ham Villa, Norton, Malton. Yorks.
Milne. Dr. -I. M., Roy. Infirm. Medical School, 87,
-;le Street. Glasgow
Milner, E., Hartford Manor. Northwieh
Mitchell, J. W.,63,Burnley Road, Rawtens tall, Lancashire
Mitchell, S.W.,Craigbank, Giffhock, nearThornliebank,
N B.
Mittinj:, E. K., Faversham, Kent
Morl'att. Thos., ■"', Brandling Terrace, EellinLr-on-Tvne
Mohr. 1!., c/o Bio Tinto Co., 30, St. Swithin's Lane,
London, E.C.
Moir, J.. Clayton, near Manchester
Moir, 11. M, Uankside, Christchnrch Road, Hampstead,
London, N. W.
Molineux, J.. Somerset House, London, W.C. ; and
Longden Hall, Wellington, Shropshire
Mond. L , 20, Avenne Road, Resents Park, London,
N.W.
Mook, (has., Donglashall, Westeregeln, Magdeburg,
Germany
Moonev, M., Chemical Works, 74, Rogerson's Qnay,
Dublin
Moore. B. T., Longwood, Bexley, Kent
Moore, G. E., 69, Liberty Street. New York. U.S.A.
Moore, Lock, 28, St. Clair Street. Rochester, N.Y.,
3. A.
Moore. 1!. T.. 134, St. Vincent Street. Glasgow
Moore, "Win. Bailey, Cauldon House, Shelton, Stoke-
on-Trent
Moorhou-e, J. B.. Horton Hank, Bradford
Moretti, Giuseppe, via Cerretani S, Eirenze, Italy
Morgan, < ». V., M.P., IS, The Boltons, South Kensing-
ton. S.W.
Morgans, Thos., The Guildhall, Bristol
Morgan, Win., Public Analyst's Laboratory, Nelson
Terrace. Swansea
Morison, John, Newbattle, Dalkeith. N.B.
• Moritz, E. R., 7_. Chancery Lane, London, W.C.
Morley, Dr. H. Eorster, University Hall, Gordon Square,
London, W.I .
Morice, -las. A.. Tullymet, Aytonn Road, PoUokshielda,
Glasgow
Morris, G. H., Messrs. Worthington & Co., Burton-on-
Trent
Morris, .1. H., 63 and 63, Blundell Street, Liverpool
Morris, M. Ivor E., Ammanford, R.S.O., South Wales
Moni~. R.. Doneaster
Morrison, J., Pottery Lane, Forth Bank, Neweastle-on-
Tyne
Morrison, Jno., P.O. Box 74, North Adams, Ma- .
U.S A.
Morrison, R. M., The Poplars. Beulah Hill, I pper Nor-
wood. S.E.
Morson, T., 124, Southampton Row, Russell Square,
London, W.C.
Morson, T. P., 33, Southampton Row, Russell Square,
London, W.C.
Moseley, Chas.. Grangethorpe, Rusholme, Manchester
Moseley, Jos., Cringle Hall, Levenshufane, Manchester
Mo--. .'] . . Hirdir Lodge, New Thornton Heath, Surrey :
and 15, Lawrence Pountney Lane, London, EC.
Moult. J . 3, Gladstone Terrace, Gateshead-on-Tyne
Muir. 1 1'.. 44S, Camden Road, London, N.W.
Milliard, R., 46, Drakefell Road, St. Catharine's Fark,
Hatcham. s E.
Miiller, Dr. II.. 13, Park Square East, Regent's Fark,
London, N.W.
Mumford, A., 9, Westwell Street, Plymouth, Devon
Mumford, T. W. B., 1, Glendale Villas, Sylvan Road,
Wansteul, Essex
Munro, Dr. J. M. H., College of Agriculture, Down-
ton. Salisbury
Muras, T. H., H.M. Patent Office, Southampton Build-
ings, London, W.C.
Murdoch, H. It. M., 4, Nobel's Villas, Stevenston,
A vis hi re
Murphy, John, 11, Wellesley Terrace, Prince's Park,
Liverpool
Murray, H. S., Glenmayne, Galashiels, N.B.
Murrie, Jas., 10:?. Bishop Street, Anderston, Glasgow
Mnskett, T., 97, Walton Lane, Stanley Fark, Liver-
pool
Muspratt, E. K., Seaforth Hall, near Liverpool
Muspratt, J. L., Trelawney House. Flint. North Wales
Muspratt, S. K., 31, Oale Street, Liverpool
Muter, Dr. J.. Winchester House, Kennington Road,
London, S. E.
Muter. James, e/o West Lothian Oil Co., Fauldhouse,
N.B.
Myall, A. A., 21, Cockspur Street, Charing Cross,
London, S.W.
N
Naef, P., Uetikon, Zurich, Switzerland
Nakamura, Teikichi, c/o Y. Fukuzawa, Mita-Nichonie,
Tokyo, Japan
Napier. J., 1, St. Matthew's Place, Norwich Road,
Ipswich
Napier, Jas ,
Glasgow
Nason, H. B. ,
Navlor. W. A.
jun., 10, Carmei.t Drive, Shawlands,
Troy, New York. U.S.A.
II.. e/o Hearon, Squire, & Francis, .",,
Coleman Street, London, E.C.
Neil, W., 126, Turner's Road, Burdett Road, London, E.
Neild. A., Maytield, Manchester
Neill, F. A. it., Bold Ironworks, St. Helens Junction,
Lancashire
Neilson, James. 107, John Street. Glasgow
T., Black Banks Chemical Works, Darlington
Nettlefold, E., 16, Broad Street. Birmingham
Nettlefold, F., The Explosives Co.. Stowmarket
Newall, F. S., Washington, County Durham
Newall, R. S , Femdene, Gateshead-on-Tyne
Newlands, B. E. R.. Trelawney House, Cambridg
Park, Wanstead, E.
Newlands, W. P. R., 40, Alkham Road, Stoke
Newington, London, N.
Newman, G. J., jun., Laurel Bank, Wilmslow,
Cheshire
Newton. A. H., Belsize Court, Hampstead, N.W.
Newton, A. II., jun., Belsize Court, Hampstead, N.W.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28. 18S7.
H. H. , 505, Edge Lane, Droylsden, Manchester
•ne, W. G.. North British Chem. Co., Clydebank,
and 38.
Newton, Harry, Park Green, Macclesfield
Newton, Jno., Park Green, Macclesfield
Newton, II. C, Belsize Court, Hampstead, N.W.
Newton, .1 in ■ . Manor Works, Rotherhithe New Road,
London, S. E.
Nichols, .1 . A.. Spring Bank, New Mills, near Stockport
Nicholson, E. C, Canton House. Heme Hill, London,
S.E.
Nicholson, J. C, Chemical Works, Hunslet, Leeds
Nicholson, VV. 0., 12, Granville Square, London, W.C.
Nicol, W. W. J., Mason College, Birmingham
Nicoli, G. B., c/o Balfour, Guthrie & Co., Portland,
Oregon, ISA.
Niimno. J., 2. Bath Villa*. Portland Load, South Xor-
wood, London, S. E.
Nisbigawa, F., 14, Go Bancho Koji Machi, Tokyo,
Japan
Nixon,. I.. 04, Elswick Road, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Nolting, E., Ecole de Chiraie, Mulhouse, Alsace,
Germany
Norman, F. J., Messrs. Wigg Brothers & Steel, Runcorn
Norrington, A. Reginald, Cattedown, Plymouth
North.".!. S., 12. Roeland Street, Cape Town, South
Africa
North, W. H., 4, Whetley Grove, Manningham, Brad-
ford, Yorks.
Northing, J., 9,>, Tritonville Road, Sandymount, Dublin
Norton. Lew is M., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
Boston, U.S.A.
Norton. S. A.. Columbus, Ohio, U.S.A.
O
Oates
O'Beirne
near Glasgow
Odling, W., 15, Norham Gardens, Oxford
Ladbrooke Road, North Kensington, W.
Oehler, K., Offenhach-am-Main, Germany
Ogilvie, T. R., Percy Lodge, Woodford Road, Snares-
brook, Essex
Ogden. J. M., EUscope House, Sunderland
Ogston, G. H., Junior Athenaeum Club, Piccadilly,
London, W.
Oldershaw, Wm., 09, Long Row, Nottingham
Oliver, ¥., 70. Winchester Street. South Shields
Ollerenshaw, S., Sutton Alkali Works. St. Helens
O'Neill, C, Laboratory, 72, Denmark Road, Manchester
O'Neill, E. H., Johnson's Saccharum Co., Limited,
Stratford, London, E.
(•ram. T. , Hudear. Bury
Orme, •'., 65, Barbican, London, E.C.
Orr, A.. 1, Park Terrace, Irvine, N.B.
Urr, J. 1'.., Blantyre Lodge, Westcombe Park, London,
E.C.
Urr, Robert, 79, West Nile Street. Glasgow; and
Falkirk. N.B.
Ostersetzer, J., Oak Lodge, Castleknock, co. Dublin
O'Shea, L. T.. Firth College, Sheffield
O'Sullivan, C, 140, High street, Button-on-Trent
u Sullivan. J.. 71, Spring Terrace, Burton-on-Trent
Overbeck, Baron Gustavns de, 23, Ryder Street, St.
James', London, S.W.
Owen, Thos.. Ellsbridge Honse, Keynsham, near Bristol
Uxland, Robert, 32, Portland Square, Plymouth
P
Packard, E , jun . Bramford, near Ipswich
Packer, G. L., Hall Side Steel Works, Newton-bv-
Glasgow
1' j.'. F. .1. M., 98, Aldernev Street. London S W
Pages, Albert, 34, Boulevard Henri I\".. Paris
Paine, s., 7, Exchange Street. Manchester
Palmer, Francis P., Debden Hall. Longhton, Essex
Palmer. T. Chalkley, 22, North" Front Street
Philadelphia, U.S.A. '
Pan ton, .1. A., The Manor House, Watford, Herts.
Panario, Thos. P.. 17, St. Philip's Street, Queen's Road
Battersea, S.W.
Park. .1.
Parker, Thos., The Electrical Engineering Co., Commer-
cial Road, Wolverhampton
Parker, W. II., 177, Alfreton Road, Nottingham
Parkinson, Dr. R., Sun Bridge Buildings, Bradford,
Yorkshire
Parnell, E. W., Lancashire Sulphur ami Alkali Works,
Widnes
Parr, Samuel, South Sherwood Street, Nottingham
Pass, A. C, Rushmer House, Durdham Down, Clifton,
Bristol
Patcrson, John, Hawthorne Terrace, Workington, Cum-
berland
Paterson, Walter, jun., 178, Buchanan Street, Glasgow
Paton, W. Grant, Greenbank Alkali Co., Limited, St.
Helens, Lancashire
Patterson, G., So, Carleton Road,Tufnell Park, London, N.
Patterson, T. L., Messrs. J. Walker & Co., sugar
refiners, Greenock, N.B.
Pattinson, H. L., Scots House, West Boldon, Newcastle-
on-Tyne
Pattinson, II. L., jun., Heworth Lodge, Eelling-on-
Tyne
Pattinson. J., 75, The Side, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Paltison, J., 11, Both well Street, Glasgow, N.B.
Paul, Fred. W., c/o The Steel Company of Scotland,
Limited, 150, Hope Street, Glasgow
Pauli, Dr., Hochst, Germany
Payne, Geo., Calder Soapworks, Wakefield, Yorks
Payne, .1. B., 15, Mosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Payne, J. 1L, 17, Croft Terrace, Jarrow on-Tyne
Peachey, H., Circus Brewery, Shrewsbury
Peacock, A. E., Waverley, Bridlington Quay
Pearce, W., jun., Bow Common, Loudon, E.
Pears, Andrew, Lanadron Soapworks, Isleworth,
Middlesex
Pearson, II. E., 0, Woodland Grove, Colwick Yale,
Notts.
Pearson, Wm., 30, Mellor's Buildings, Exchange Street
E . Liverpool
Peaty, Henry, Longport, near Stoke-on-Trent
Pechiney, A. R., Salindres (Card), France
Pedler, A., Presidency College, Calcutta, India
Pedler, J. R., Woodbank, Lordship Lane. Dulwich, S.E.
Pegge, J. Y. , c o Nnnneley & Co., Bridge Street Brewery,
Burton-on-Trent
Peile, EL, Shotley Bridge, co. Durham
Pentecost, S.J. , Regent Street, New Basford, Nottingham
Percy, Dr. J., 1, Gloucester Crescent, Hyde Park,
London, W.
Perkin, Dr. W. H., The Chestnuts, Sudbury, Harrow
Perkin, T. D., Greenford Green, Harrow
Perkin, A. G., 56, Elizabeth Street, Cheetham, Man-
chester
Perrett. E., S, Victoria Chambers. Westminster, S.W.
Petersen, Beatus, 09, Nvhavn. Copenhagen, Denmark
Pctherick, E. A., 17, Warwick Square, Paternoster
Bow, London, E.C.
Peto. A., Plumbago Crucible Works, Battersea, London,
S.W.
Petraczek, Fir. Jos.,e/oRead, Holliday & Sons, Hudders-
field
Pettigrew, J., Varnish Manufactory, Carpenter's Road,
Stratford, E. •
Petty, A., Silvertown, London, E.; and Wood Lodge,
Shooter's Hill, Kent
Peyton, E. P., Chemical Works, Lister Street, Birming-
ham
Pfeiffer, Karl, 1, Sutherland Road, West Ealing,
Middlesex
Phillips, C. D., Odam's Chemical Works, Hudson's
Wharf. Victoria Docks, London, E.
Phillips, IL, is. Exchange Street, Manchester
Phillips, A. G., IS, Fopstone Load, Sou;h Kensington,
S.W.
Phipps, Thos., 169, Bridge Street, Northampton
Phipson, Dr. T. L., Laboratory, S, Hotham Villas,
Putney, I. indon, S.W.
Puk. Dr. S., Direction der Soda Fabrik, Szczkowa,
( lalizien, Austria
Pickard, Sand., Hope Paper Mills, Cefn-y-Bedd,
Wrexham
Pickup. R., Bank Mill Printworks, Tonge, Middleton,
Lancashire
Feb. 28, i8s:.| THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
XV
Pickles, H., Prussiate Works, Droylsden, Manchester
Pilkington, G., Wiilnes
Pinkerton, D. J., Tradeston Gasworks, Glasgow
Pinkney, Robert, 18, Bread Street Hill. London, EX.
Pipe, .las., Messrs. Win. Henderson & Co., Irvine, N.B.
l'itt, T., Hi, Coleman Street. London. E.C
Pittnck, F. W., 25, Can- Street. Hebburn-on-Tyne
Player, J. H., 5, Prince of Wales' Terrace, Kensing-
ton, W.
Polglase, F. J. W., Tyne Vale Chemical Works, Forth
Bank, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Pollock, A., Dilliehip Turkey-red Dyeworks, Bonbill,
Dumbartonshire
Pond, J. A., 99, Queen Street, Auckland, New Zealand
Poole, Thos., 25, Water Street, Liverpool
Pooley, T. A., 121, The Grove, Denmark Hill, S.E.
Pope, S., Camden Works, Runcorn
Porter, Herbert, Border Lodge, Honor Oak, S.E.
Porter, J. H., 165, Queen Victoria Street, London, E.C.
Pott, W. H., 22, Sonthwark Bridge Road, London, S.E.
Potter, E. P., Hollinhnrst, Bolton-le-Moors
Potter, Chas. E., Love Lane Sugar Refinery, Liverpool
Powell, L. S.. .">, Notting Hill Square, Campden Hill,
London, W.
Powell, W. A., Maison Marie Louise, Hyeres (Yar),
France
Povnter. J. Edgar, Clydenenk, Uddingston, near Glasgow
Pratt, J. W..co Pratt & Co., Mobile, Alabama, U.S.A.
Prentice, R., Chemical Works, Stowmarket
Preston, R., Bury (.round, Bury, Lancashire
Price, A. F., 71-3, Post Street, San Francisco, California,
U.S.A.
Price, D. S. , 26, Great George Street, Westminster,
London. S. W.
Price, W. E., Gasworks, Hampton Wick. Middlesex
Pringle, W., 58, St. Oswald's Road, West Brompton,
s. w.
Pritcbanl. W. S., Farnwortb, Whines
Procter, H. 1!., 30, Hotspur Street, Tynemouth
Procter, J. W., Skeldergate Bridge, York
Proctor, C, Government Laboratory, Somerset House,
London, W.( .
Proctor, ('. W. Cope, Heathercliffe, Clifton Down,
Bristol
Proctor, B. S., 11, Grey Street, Newcastle-on-Tvne
Proctor, W. W., 33, The Side, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Pugh', G., 12, Mark Lane, London, E.C
Pullar, P., PuHar'* Dyeworks, Perth, N.B.
Pullar, R. D., Pullar's Dyeworks, Perth, N.B.
Purser, E. T.. 82, James Street, Dublin
Quaas. Gustav, Home Park Mills, King's Lanslev,
Herts. '
Quibell, Oliver, Highfield, Xewark-on-Trent
Radema^her, H. A., 77, Charlestown, Glossop, Derby-
shire
Rae, G., Tbarsis Sulphur and Copper Co., Widnes
Rait, G. L., Gloucester House, Downshire Bill, 11. imp-
stead, Lon. Ion, N. W.
Ramsay, Dr. W.. University College, Bristol
Ramsden, J., Lion Brewery, Belvidere Road, Lambeth,
London, S.E.
Rawcliffe, Harold, Appleton Lodge, Widnes
Bawes, F. 1)., 15, Gough Road, Stratford, London, E.
Rawlins, G., Brook Works, Rainhill, Lancashire
Rawlinson, A. J., Newton-le- Willows, Lancashire
Rawson, C, 3, Union Street, Bradford
Rawson, s. G., Chemical Laboratory, University College,
Liverpool; and lis. Chatham Street, Liverpool
Ray, Win , Dyeing Department, Yorkshire College;
Leeds
Raymond, C. W., 24, Lawrence Road, Aldington Road,
Bow, London, E.
Bayner, J. A. E., Sutton Alkali Works, St. Helens
Readman, J. li., 9, Moray Place, Edinburgh
Readman, J. F., Codnor 'Park Ironworks, by Alfreton,
Derbyshire
Reay, T. Bunion, So, Herrington Street, Sunderland
Reddrop, J., Laboratory, I.. & N. VV. Railway, Crewe
Redfern, Edwin, 17, Clayton Street, Holme, Maii.-li.--t. i
Redfern, G. 1'.. 4. South Street, Finsbnry, London, E C.
Bedfern, Jos., 49, Harvie Street, Bridgeton, Glasgow
Redmayne, J. M.. Newcastle-on-Tyne
Redwood, P>., 85, Gracechureh Street, London, E.C.
Redwood, I. W., Young's Oil Co., Addiewell, N.B.
Redwood, Dr. T., 17, Bloomsbury Square, London. W.c.
Bee, Dr. A., 121, Manchester Road, Middleton, near
Manchester
Keed, Albert E., 21, St. Andrew's Crescent, Cardiff
Peeks, T. H., 71, Chelsea Gardens, Chelsea Bridge Road,
London, S. W.
Reid, David E., Kaboonga Mines Co., Kilkivan, Mary-
borough, Queensland
Reid, .loh., 10, Milton Street, Stockport Road, Manchester
Beid, T. Anderson, 11, Mersey View, Buncorn
Beid, W. C, 7, Graingerville, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Beid,W. Hamilton, c/o Messrs. Mandall& Co. , Stockton-
on-Tees
Reid,W. F., Fieldside, A.hllestone, Surrey
Reid, W. G., young's Oil Co., Limited, UphalL N.B.
Remfry, H. H., 5, Fancy Lane, Calcutta, India
Remmers, B. H., 1S9, St. Vincent Street, Glasgow
Renard, Chas. L'Estaque, Marseilles, France
Beuaut, F. W., 65, Radipole Road, Fulhan. Road. S.W. ;
and 19, Great George Street. S.W.
Bennie, A. G., 07. Lansdowne Ciescent West, Glasgow
Rennie, Dr. E. H., University of Adelaide, South
Australia
Rennoldson, W. L., St. Bede Chemical Works, East
Jarrow
Reoch, R., River Point, Rhode Island, l.S.A.
Reynolds, Dr. J. Emerson, Trinity College, Dublin
Reynolds, P., 13, Briggate, Leeds
Rhodes, E , c/o Thus. Vickers & Sons, Widnes
Richards, J., Clifton Lodge, Swinton, near Manchester
Richards, W. A., Sandbach, Cheshire
Richardson, B. S., Scottdale, Westmoreland Co., Pa.,
l.S.A.
1 Richardson, C. 1"., The Elms. Newark-on-Trent
Richardson, C. T. , Monkton Lodge, .Jarrow on-Tyne
| Richardson, J. G. F., Elmlield, Stoneygate, Leicester
Richardson, J. G., '24, Windsor Terrace, Newcastlc-on-
Tyne
Richardson, •! . H., 359, Blackburn Road. Accrington
Richardson, F. W., 13, Whetley Grove, Bradford,
Yorkshire
Richmond, 11. D., 2, Trulock Villas, Park Lane, Totten-
ham, N.
Richmond, W.H., Liver AlkaliWorksCo., Limited, Light-
body Street, Liverpool ; and 37, Merton Road, Bootle
Rickman, J. Pellatt. Falcon Glass Works, St. Bride
street, London, E C.
Riddell, Robert, Messrs. AJlsopp & Co., New Brewery,
Burton-on-Trent
Rideal, Samuel, University College, London. W.C.
Ridsdale, C. II.. 24, Outram Street, Stockton-on-Tees
Bigg, K , Messrs. M'Bride & Co., Union Chemical
Works. St. Helens
Riley, 17, 2, City Road, Finsbury Square, London, E.C.
Riley, Jas., 150, Hope Street, Glasgow
Riley, J; E., Arden Hal), near Accrington
Riley, J. Hapten Chemical Works. Accrington
Riley, J., 3, Alton Terrace, Fairfield. Manchester
Riley. .lames. Laboratory, Brinscall Works, near Chor-
ley, Lancashire
Riley, W. G., Hapten Chemical Works, mar Accrington
Ripley, II., Bowling Dyeworks, Bradford, Yorkshire
Ritchie. W. R., The Grove, Belfast, Ireland
Bitson. T. N., 96, St. Saviour's Road, Jersey
Rix, W. P.. Doulton & Co., Lambeth Art Pottery,
London, S.E.
Robbing, J., Gibraltar Walk, Bethnal Green Road,
London, E.
P. .''bins, J., 147. Oxford Street, Loudon, W.
Roberts, F. G. Adair, Clvdach, Bethune Road, Stamford
Hill, N.
Roberts, R. Wightwick, Officinade Eusays, Valparaiso,
Chili
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IFcb. as. issr.
Roberts-Austen, W, C, Royal Mint. London, E.
tsou, John, Mosswell, Milngavie, near Glasgow
Robertson, li. A , 42, Aytoun Road, Polloksbields,
Glasgow
Robinson, A. K., Faraday Chemical Works, 5 and 6,
Aston Road, Birmingham
Robinson, G. ('., Royal Institution, Hull; and Labora-
tory, Hon. I Street, Hull
Robinson, II. 11., 16, Tower Street, Cirencester
Robinson, J., Farnworth, Widnes; and 50, [rwell Street,
Widnes
Robinson, Jno., 5, Elizabeth Terrace, Ditton, Widnes
Robinson, 1!., Apsley Buildings, old Hall Street, Liver-
pool
Robinson, Thomas, 401, West Street, Glasgow
Rodger, Edw., I, Clairmont Gardens, Glasgow, W.
Rohling, Ferd., c o Rohling and Rave, Monster, West-
phalia, i lermany
Rollin, J. G, St. Bede Chemical Co., Limited, New-
castle-on-Tyne
Ronalds, Dr. E., Bonnington House, Edinburgh
Kooke, .). A., Horrock- Lane, Red Bank, Manchester
Booth, .1. S.. Walton Chemical Works. Chesterfield
Boqnes, Adolphe, 30, Rue Sainte Croix de la Bretonnerie,
Paris
Boscoe, Sir Henry, M.P., Victoria Park, Manchester
Roscow, das.. Fail-view, Littleborough, Lancashire
Rosicki, Dr. 1'., .">. Quai Claude Bernard, Lynns. France
Roskell, Jos., Port Tennant Copper Works,' Swansea
Boss, J. <;., 14, Argyle Place, Edinburgh
Ross, Win,, 12, King Street, Manchester
Rottenburg, Paul, c o Messrs. Leisler, Dock & Co., 130,
Hope Street, Glasgow, X.l!.
Boutledge, Thos., Claxheugh, Hylton, near Sunderland
Rowan, F. J., 134, Sr. Vincent Street, Glasgow
Rowell, W. A., co Messrs. Sullivan & Co., Limited
British Alkali Works. Widnes
Lowland, W. L., 4S0O, Chester Avenue, Philadelphia
Pa., U.S.A.
0, Conyngham Road, Victoria Park,
Rowley, Thos.,
Manchester
Rowley, W. ,1.
Ilaiidswortl
Wellington Road,
Jamestown,
Wellington Villas
Birmingham
Roxburgh, J. W., Levenbank Works,
Dumbartonshire, X. B.
Royle, T., The Cedars, West Ham Park, E.
Boyse, S. W., St. Andrew's Chambers, Albert Square,
Manchester
Ruffle, Jno., Portway House. Plashet Load, Plaistow, E.
Bumble, C, Belmont Works, Battersea, London, S.W.
Riintz, John, Linton Lodge, Lordship Load, Stoke
Newington, N.
Bnpji, Win., 117, Pearl Street, New York, U.S.A.
Ruscoe, Jno., Albion Works, Henry Street. Hyde, near
Manchester
Kushton. H. 1'., 30, Juvenal Street, Liverpool
Russell, Jno., Anchor Brewery, Britten Street, Chelsea,
London, S. W.
Russell, Dr. W. .1., St. Bartholomew's Hospital, Lon-
don, E.C.
Ryan, T., Castle Hill House, Flint, N. Wales
Ryder. C. E.. co Messrs. Elkington, Newhall Street,
Birmingham
Ryland, Howard P., The Cedars, Gravelly Hill, Bir-
mingham
Sadler, A. E.j Sandhall. I'lverston, Lancashire
Sadler, s. A.. Middlesbrough-on-Teea
Sadtler, Samuel P.. University of Pennsylvania Phila-
delphia. Pa., U.S.A.
Saiiisbury, E., Briton Ferry Chemical Works, Glamor-
ganshire
Saint, W. Johnson. Hermann Strasse 5, Scbwabin",
Miinchen, Bavaria
Salaraon, A. G., 1. Fern-hutch Avenue, London, E.C.
Salamon, Jno., The Willows, Wennugton, near Rom-
ford, Essex
Samuel, W. Cobden, 203, Norwood Road, Heme Hill
London, S.E,
Samuelson, Sir Bernard, Bart, M.P., 50, Prince's
< late, London, S. W.
Sandon, IL, lis, Leighton Load, Kentish Town, London,
N.W.
Sanderson, T. C, 21, Glengall Grove, Old Kent Road,
London, S. E.
Sanford, P.G., Blandford Lodge, Streatham, s.W.
Sansone, A.. Vauxhall Chemical Works; and 8, Bignor
Street. ( lieetham Hill, Manchester
Saul, ('. IL, 70, Mosley Street, Manchester
Savage, W. W., 109, St James's Street, Brighton
Savary, W. .1. IL, 39, Lombard Street, London, E.C.
Schad, Julius, 14, Charlotte Street, Manchester
Schiippi, lh. 11. , Badische Anilin und Soda Fabrik,
Ludwigshafen-am-Rhine, (lermany
Schellhaas, H., 54. Navigation Road, Northwich
Scheurer-Keatner, Dr. A , 57, Rue de Babylone, Paris,
France
Schindler, Martin F"., Zurich, Switzerland
Schloesser, R., 11. Charlotte Street, Manchester
Schofield, <'., Whalley Ban-:'. Manchester
Schofield, C. J.. Clayton, Manchester
Schofield, E., Scout Bottom, Newchurch, near Man-
chester
Scholefield, II. E., 52. Edge Lane, Liverpool
Schorlemmer, Dr. ('., The Owens College, Manchester
Schott, A.. 20, Princess Street, Manchester
Schreiber, F. T. , Halliwell Bleachworks, near Bolton
Schroeder, C, 55, Bloom Street, Manchester
Schunck, Dr. E., Kersal, near Manchester
Scorgil, J., College of Science, Poona, India
Scott, A., High Calton, Edinburgh
Scott. [•'.. Rhodes Works, Middleton, near Manchester
Scott, (i. IL, Hague liar, New Mill-, near Stockport
Scott, Win., 9, Ardgowan Street West, Greenock,
X.l!
Scott, W. T., Crown Chemical Works, Marsh Gate Lane,
Stratford, Condon, E.
Scudder, F"., 20, Devonshire Street, Ardwick. Man-
chester
Seaward. G. A., St. George's Brewery, Commercial Boad.
London, E.
Segner. P.. 20, Princess Street, Manchester
Sellars, J., Fairfield, near Manchester
Sellon, .1. S-, 7s. Hatton Garden, London, E.C.
Sellon, S.
Semet, Louis, 217. Chaussee de Vleurgat, and 19, Bite
du Prince Albert. Brussels
Senier, Dr. A., Chemisches l.aboratorium, 35, Georgen-
strasse, Berlin, X.W.
Senier, IL, Romola Terrace, Tulse Hill, London. S. F.
Serre, C. A., 55. Fnlton Street. New York, I'.S.A.
Sevin, •'., 155. Fenchnrch Street, London, E.C.
Sexton, A. Humboldt, 7. Sefton Terrace, RuthergleD,
Glasgow
Seymour. .1. B. W., Nortkcroff Farm, Inkpen, near
Hungerford, Berks.
Shackel, W., Three Mills Distillery. Bromley-by-Bow, E.
Sbackleton, C. J., Sydney Villa, Mill Hill,' Derby ; and
Phoenix Chemical Works. Ironbridge, Salop
Shadwell, J. E. L., Meadowbank, Melksham, AVilts.
Shapleigh, W., c/o Graham Blandy, 10, Broad Street,
Xew York, U.S.A.
Sharp, Henry. Loseley Hurst, Bournemouth; and
Poole
Sharp, James, The Towers, Low Moor, near Bradford,
York-.
Sharpies, Stephen P., 13, Broad street. Boston, Mass.,
C.S.A.
Shaw, D., Clayton, near Manchester
Shaw, F. W., Heapey Bleah works, near Chorley,
Lancashire
Shaw, Geo., 37. Temple Street, Birmingham
Shaw, Jno., Bradley Mills, Halifax
Shaw, B., West Bank Chemical Works, Widnes
Shaw, Walter, Sherdley Glass Works, St. Helens
Shearer, A.. Messrs. Boake & Co.. Stratford, London, E.
Shenstone, W. A., Clifton College, Bristol
Sherlock, T., New Market Place. St. Helens
Shimidzu, Tetsukichi, c/oT. Hirano, 11, GinzaShichome,
Tokyo, Japan
freb.Z8.i8SJ.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Shimose, Masachika, [nsatsn Kyoku, Tokyo, Japan
Shipstone, .las., jnn., Woodthorpe Lodge, Slierwo.nl,
Nottingham
Siddall, F. P., Averley Villa, Station Road, NewBarnett,
Herts.
Sicber. C. II.. Wbitworth, near Rochdale
Siebold, 1.., Can Bank, Walmersley, near Bury
Sill, T. T., Wallsend Chemical Co., Newcastle-on-Tyne
Sillar, \V. Cameron, The Native Guano Co., Limited,
29, New B et, Blackfriars, E.C.
Silva, Prof. R. I ).. 26, Rue de la Harpe, Paris
Simon, II.. 20, Mount Street, Manchester
Simpson, J., 8A, Rumford Place, Liverpool
Simpson, R., Grecian Terrace, Harrington, Cumberland
Simpson, W. >.. Do, Darenth Road, Stamford Hill, N.
Sims, T. II., Mayneld Printworks, Mancbester
Singleton, Jos., 41. Corporation Street, Manchester
>n, G., jnn., Washington Chemical Co., Washington,
County Durham
Skaifc, Wilfred T., 630, Sherbrooke Street, Montreal,
Canada
Slade. H. E.. Streatham Common, London, S.W.
Slater, H. H., Clifton Villa, Brading, Isle of Wight
Smaile, J. I., Messrs Gibbs ^V Co., Iquique, Chili
Small, Evan W., Cavendish Crescent North, The Park,
Nottingham
Smetham, A., 18, Brunswick Street, Liverpool
Smiles, Jas., 3, Brandon Terrace. Edinburgh
Smith, Alfred, Bank Lane Chemical Works, Clayton,
Manchester
Smith, Anthony, Dublin Vitriol Works, Ballybough
Bridge, Dublin
Smith, A. E., Widnes
Smith, A. J., Elswick Ordnance Works, Newcastle-on-
Tyne
Smith. Ernest, 114, West Street, Glasgow
Smith, C. A.. The Laboratory, S, Loftus Street, Sydney,
New South Wales
Smith, Edgar F., Wit tenberg College, Springfield, Ohio,
Smith, E. T., 35, Ampthill Square, Hampstead Road,
London, N.W.
Smith, Fred., West Parade, Suttonon-Hull
Smith, G., Polmont Station, Scotland
Smith, Geo. F., Cromwell Lodge, Putney Hill, S.W.
Smith, Henry, 1). Malvern Road, Dalston, London, E.
Smith, H. P., 1, Au'oert Park. Highbury, London. X.
Smith, J. Johnstone, Miramichi. Port Glasgow, N.B.
Smith, J., Ash Crove House, Radclili'e, Manchester
Smith, Dr. J. H., 1, Bute Terrace, Low Fell, Gates
head-on-Tvne
Smith, J. W., West Street, Paddock, Huddersfield
Smith, M. H., Messrs, Hopkin & Williams, Waterside,
Wandsworth, S. W.
Smith, Richard, Metallurgical Laboratory, Royal School
of Mines, South Kensington, S.W.
Smith, P. W., The Grange, Kirkburton, near Hudders-
rield
Smith, S.. 33, Ampthill Square, Hampstead Road, Lon-
don, N.W.
Smith. Thos., Heriot Hill House, Edinburgh
Smith, Watson, The Owens College, Manchester
Smith, Wilfred, 114, West Street. Glasgow
Smith, W., 10, Corn Street, Bristol
Smithells, A.. Yorkshire College, Leeds
Sinithers. F. ()., Dashwood House, 9, New Broad Street,
London, E.C,
Smithson, J.. Park Printworks, Halifax
Snelliug, E., 5, Spital Square, Bishopsgate Street, Lon-
don, E.
Soames, J. K., Thames Soap and Candle Works. Green-
wich, S. E,
Solvay, Ernest, 19, Hue du Prince Albert, Brussels
Solvay, Alfred, P. .it-fort, Belgium
Sommer, Dr. G. Shack, 323. Vauxball Road, Liverpool
Summer, Adolf, Wot Berkeley Alameda Co., Cali-
fornia, U.S. A.
Southall, A., Richmond Hill Road, Edgbaston
Sowerby, W. M., S, Clervaux Terrace.'jarrow-on-Tvne
Soward, A. W., is, Scylla Road, The Rye, Peckliam,
S.E.
Spalding, E. S., South Darenth, Kent
spenee, D., Alum Works, Manchi
'. F., Alum Works, Manchester
Spence, J. W., 63, West Regent Stre.-r, Glasgow
Spencer, Hugh T., Park House, St. Helens
. Jno., Globe Tube Works, Wednesbury
i;-.. 11. Old Ashlield, Bradford
er, J. W.. Newi. urn, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Spiegel, Dr. Adolf, Messel, Darmstadt, Germany
Spiller, J., 2, St. Mary- Road, Canonbury, London, N.
spiller, A.. 2, St. Mary's Road, Canonbury, London, N.
Sprengel, L)r. H., Sa\ille Club, 107, Piccadilly, Lon-
don, W.
Squire. E. I... < oall.rookdale, Shropshire
Squire, P. W., 413, Oxford Street, London, W.
Squire, Dr. W. S., Clarendon House, St. John's Wood
Park. N.W.
Staeev, H. G., 300, High Hoi born, London, W.C.
Staee'v. S. L , 300, High Holborn, London, W.C.
Stahli Dr. K. F., Johnstown Chemical Works, Johns-
town, Cambria Co., Pa., U.S.A.
Stanford. E. I'. C, Glenwood, Dalmuir, N.B.
Stanley, C. L., Sandygate House, Wath-upon-Dearne,
Yorkshire
Stanning, Jno., Broadfield, Leyland, near Preston
Stapleton, Jos., 3, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin
Staples, H. J., Spondon, Derby
Staples, Sir Nath. A., Bart., Lissan, Cookstown,
Ireland
Stark, J. F. , 33, Sisters Avenue, Clapbam Common,
London, S.W.
Starling, J. H., The Avenue, Erith, Kent
Staub, Dr. A., care of Brunner, Mond & Co., Nortb-
wich, Cheshire
Staveley, W. W., Bagbill, Pontefract
Stead, J. E., 5, Zetland Road, Middlesbrough-on-Tees
Stead, W. H., 23, Boundary Street. Liverpool
Stebbins, J. H., 117, Pearl Street, New Vork, U.S.A.
Steedman, R. H., North Britisb Chemical Co., Clyde
Bank, near Glasgow-
Steel, J. M., 83, Gracechurcb Street, London, E.C.
Steele, M., Newton Hall, Frodsham, Cheshire
Steel, K. Elliott, Spring Cliffe House, Heaton Road,
Bradford, Yorkshire
Steel, Thos , Nansori Sugar Mill, Rewa River, Yiti
Levn, Fiji
Steiger, Alph., 16, Mincing Lane, London, E.C.
Stephens, Chas., Avenue House, Finchley, N.
Steuart, D. V., Eagle Chemical Works, Clayton, near
Manchester
Stenart, D. R., Broxburn, near Edinburgh, N.B.
Stevens, Wm. , The Native Guano Co., Ld., 29, New
Bridge Street. Blackfriars, E.C.
Stevens, W. J., Marsh Soapworks, Bristol
Stevenson, J., Broxburn, N.B.
Stevenson, Jas., 23, West Nile Street, Glasgow; and The
Bromfields, Largs, N.B.
Stevenson, A. S., Tynemouth ; and Acb na Cloich,
Oban, N.B.
Stevenson, H. E., 2, Bromfield Gardens, Onslow Road,
Richmond, Surrey
Stevenson, J. C, M.P., South Shields
Stevenson, Dr. T., Guy's Hospital, London, S.E.
Stevenson, W., Standaid Works, 95a, Southwark Street.
London, S.E.
Stewart, A. Y., 212, Camden Road, London, N.W.
Stew ait. S., Caledonian Railway Stores Department, St.
Bollox, Glasgow
Stewart, David, Birdston Farm, Kirkintilloch, N.B.
Stiker, Flavins P., 639, Ellicott Street, Buffalo, N.V..
U.S.A.
Stillwell, C. M., 55, Fulton Street, New Vork, U.S.A.
Stirk, Jos., 126. Station Street, Burton-on-Trent
Stoddart, F. Wallis, Western Counties Laboratory,
Bristol
Stoddart, J. E., 60, Robertson Street, Glasgow
St .er, J., 6. Hanover Quay, Dublin
Stoker. G. N\, The Laboratorv, Somerset House, Lon-
don, W.C.
Be, E. D., 19, Lever Street. Piccadilly, Manchester
Stone, V. B., 75, Plnmstead Road, Plumstead, Kent
6
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCTETY OF CHEMICAL INDtSTftY. [Feb. 2s, is;?.
Stopes, H., Kenwyn, Cintra Park, Upper Norwood, S.E.
Storer, D., Sydnej Street, Glasgow
Storey, 11. I... Cnderfell, Lancaster
Storey, J. 11.. Haverbreaks, Lancaster.
Strongman, J. Pim, Sarno, Salerno, Italy
Strype, W. G., The Murrougb, Wicklow, Ireland
Stuart. C. E., 29, Mosley Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Stuart. T. \V., Newt.m Villas, Hebburn-on-Tyne
Studer, Dr. A.. 10. Marsden Street, Manchester
Suilliot. 11., 21, Rue Stc Croix de la Bretonnerie, Paris
Sumner, R. M., 50A, Lord Street, Liverpool
Sutherland, D. A., Burntisland Oil Co., Burntisland,
N.B.
Sutherland, R. M., Lime Wharf Chemical Works, Fal-
kirk, N.B.
Sutherland, Jno., 16, Flinders Lane North, Melbourne,
Victoria, Australia
Sutton, F., London Street, Norwich
Sutton, F. Napier, 57, Gordon Square, London, W.C.
Swan, J. C, 1, Dean Street, Newcastle-on-Tyne
Swan, J. W.. Lauriston, Bromley, Kent
Swinburne, Geo., c/o J. ('nates ec Co., Planet Cham-
bers, 8, Collins Street East, Melbourne, Australia
Syddall.R. J., Roseleigh House, Chad kirk, near Stockport
Sykes, E., 27, Nursery Street, Pendleton, near Man-
chester
Syke6, Dr. B. C, St. John's House, Cleckheaton, York-
shire
Syme, W. B., c o Young's Paraffin Oil Co., Addiewell,
West Calder, N.B.
Symes, Dr. C, 14, Hardman Street, Liverpool
Takamatsu. T., Tokyo University, Japan
Takamine, J., Noshonmsho, Tokyo, Japan
Tanner. A. E., High Cross, Tottenham, N.
Tanner, B.. Femdale Villa, Disraeli Road, Forest Gate,
Essex
Tate, A. N., Hackins Hey, Liverpool
Tate, E.. Sugar Refinery. Silvertown, London. E.
Tate, F. H. , Holland Bank Chemical Works, Church,
near Accrington
Tate, H, jun., Allerton Beeches, Allerton, near Liver-
pool
Tate, W.. 4". Norwood Grove, Liverpool
Tatlock, J., 100. Sauchiehall Street. Glasgow
Tatlock, R R., 13S, Bath Street. Glasgow
Tatters, J. G., Dean House, South Shields
Taubman, R., 33, Southampton Row. London, W.C.
Taylor, Andrew, 11, Sutton Place, Edinburgh
Tavlor, C, Friars Field Villas, Uttoxeter New Road,
* Derby-
Taylor, G. Crossland, Thornton Hough, near Keston,
Cheshire
Tavlor, Jno., The Belgrave Pharmacy, Torquay. Devon
Taylor, J.
Taylor, Jas., Osgathorpe Crescent. Sheffield
Taylor, H. E., 11, Langdale Road, Greenwich, S.E.
Taylor, R. L., 29, Peru Street, Higher Bronghton, Man-
chester
Taylor, W, T.. c o Prentice Bros., Chemical Works,
Stowmarket, Suffolk
Teed. Dr. F. L., 8, Victoria Chambers, Westminster, Lon-
don. S.W.
Tennant, SirChas., Bart, 35, Grosvenor Square, S.W. ;
and Glen, Peebleshire, N.B.
Tennant, Jas., Dartmouth Lodge, Saltwell, Gateshead-
on-Tyne
Terry, Hubert L., 13, Duke Street, Greenheys, Man-
chester
Tenet. R., Forth House, Fisher Row, Musselburgh,
N.B.
Thatcher, C. 1'.. Gwydyr House, 559, Old Kent Road,
London, S E.
Thew, Walter 11., 47, Castle Street, Liverpool
rhom, John, Birkacre, Chorley, Lancashire
Thomas, C, Broad Plain Soapworks, Bristol
Thomas, H. E., Hyde Lodge, Redland, Bristol
Thomas, J., Brook House, Woobnrn, near Beaconsfield
Thomas, J. W., The Laboratory Wharf, Cardiff ; and
Pen-y-lan, near Cardiff
Thomas, R. Schofield, 70, Charlotte Street, Birmingham
Thomas, S. M., 143, Cannon Street, London, E.C.
Thompson, < 'has., St. Ninian's House, Leighton Crescent,
Brecknock Road, N.W.
Thompson, Claude M., University College, Cardiff
Thompson, G. E., Birkdale, South Road, Smethwick,
Birmingham
Thompson, W., jun., Larkfield, Earlstown, Lancashire
Thompson, W. G., Tonge Springs Works, Middleton,
near Manchester
Thompson, W. P., (i, Lord Street, Liverpool
Thompson, G. Carruthers, 39, Kersland Terrace, Hill-
head, Glasgow
Thomson, John, Institution for Deaf and Dumb, Queen's
Park, Glasgow
Thomson, J. M., King's College, London, W.C.
Thomson, J. S., Uphall Oil Works, Uphall, N.B.
Thomson, R., City Analyst's Laboratory, 13S, Bath
Street, Glasgow
Thomson, Robt. T., 13s, Bath Street, Glasgow
Thomson, W.. Royal Institution, Manchester
Thome, K. E. H., c/o H. E. Thome, Bridgetown,
Barbadoea
Thorne, Dr. L. T., 52, University College of Wales,
Aberystwith
Thorneycroft, Wallace, 447, Sauchiehall Street, Glas-
gow
Thorp, T W., Messrs. Crossman & Co., Mile End Road,
London, E.
Thorp, W., 39, Sandringham Road, Kingsland, Lon-
don, E.
Thorpe, Dr. T. E., Royal Normal School of Science,
South Kensington, S.W.
Tibbitts, J. H., Astoria, Long Island, New York, U.S. A.
Tichbome, C. R. C, 15, North Great George Street,
Dublin
Tickner, G., Castle Brewery, Guildford
Tidy, Dr. C. ML, 3, Mandeville Place, Manchester
Square, London
Tighe, Patrick, Lake House, East Jarrow
Tihlen, Dr. W. A., Mason Science College, Birmingham
Timmins, A.. Stanley Villas, Runcorn
Timmis, T. S. . Widnes
Todd, A. M„ Nottawa, St. Joseph Co., Mich., U.S.A.
Tomlinson, G. G., Rainham Ferry Vitriol Co., Rainham,
Essex
Toms, F. W., States Analyst's Office, St. Heliers,
Jersey
Tonks, E., Packwood, Knowle, near Birmingham
Tothill, W. W., Messrs. Reckitt & Son, Limited, Hull
Towers, J. W., Grosvenor Buildings, Victoria Road,
Widnes
Towns, J., Hall's Wharf, Victoria Docks, London, E.
Townsend, H. H., Avenue House, Gotham Park,
Bristol
Townsend, Jos., 19, Crawford Street, Port Duiidas,
Glasgow
Trachsel, E. F., c/o W. C. Moore, 9, Old Jewry
Chambers, London, E.C.
Trechniann, CO., 10, Cliff Terrace, Hartlepool
Trench, G., Standard House, Faversham, Kent : and
the Cotton Powder Co., Limited, Fa\ershani
Trewby, G. C, The Gas Light and Coke Co., Horseferr.v
Road, Westminster, S.W.
Trewby, Herbert, Langford Lodge, New Park Road,
Clapham Park, S.W.
Tribe, P. C. M., Oswego, New York, U.S.A.
Trimble, H., 032, Marshall Street, Philadelphia, U.S.A.
Trimnell, C. H.. Elmhurst, New Maiden, Surrey
Trobridge, A., 6, Willow Avenue, Sandou Road, Edg-
bastou, Birmingham
Truby, Charles, 53, High Street, Manchester
Truman, E. 11., 31, Derby Road, Nottingham
Tsukiyania, S., Imperial Paper Mills, oji, Tokyo, Japan
Tuer, Arthur H., 2S, Church street, Standish, near Wigan
Tunbridge. A. A.
Tnnbridge, * leorge, 7. The Crescent, KingStieet, Leicester
Tiirgcnsen. Dr. R., Oberroblingen a/ See, bei Halle,
( lermany
Turnbull, Win.. 14, Wilberforce Terrace, Gateshead-on-
Tvne
fob. », 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHF.M t( !AL INDUST 1 1 V
six
Turnbull, W. S., Place of Bonhill, Renton, Dumbarton-
sliire
Turner, F. T., 17, Copeland Street, Stoke-on-Trent
Turner, Thos., Mason College, Birmingham
Turner, W. Spencer, 225, Oxford Street, Manchester
Tweedie, G. P.. 2, Torriano Villas, Broadstairs, Kent
Twivey, A., Five Ways, Edgbaston, Birmingham
Twynam, T., 54. Minford Gardens, West Kensington
l'ark. London, W.
Typke, 1'. (;. W.,-Fairlawn, Now Maiden, Surrey
Tyrer, T., Garden 'Wharf, Battersea, London, S.W.
U
I'mnev, C, 50, Southwark Street, London. S.E.
Underwood, G. K., Mass. Inst, of Technology, Boston,
Mass., (J.S.A.
Upward, W., Deacon Road, Appleton-in-Widnes
I'smar, J. H., 31, Threadneedle Street, London, E.C.
Vary, G. M. P., '25, Grange Road, Edinburgh
Vasey, T. E., 6, South Parade, Leeds; and 27, Corn
Exchange Chambers, Mark Lane, London, E.C.
Vaughan, J. I., Woodleigh, East Dulwich (Jrove, S.E.
Vaux, Cuthbert, The Brewery, Sunderland
Veitch- Wilson, J., Queen Street, Bradford, Manchester
Yenahles, T., Parkburn Chemical Works, Kirkintilloch,
N.B.
Verdin. Jos.. The Brockhurst, Northwich, Cheshire
Verel, F. W., The Linn, Cathcart, Glasgow
Verel, W. A., 1.36, West George Street, Glasgow
Vickers, W., Pose Hill, SmedTey Lane. Manchester
Vieth, Dr. P., 31, St. Petersburg' Place, Bayswater, Lon-
don, W.
Virtue, W., Brauhaus, Ober Doubling, bei YAien,
Austria
Voelcker, E. W., 11, Salisbury Square, Fleet Street,
London, E.C.
Voss, Hermann, Holstein House, Whitworth Road,
South Norwood, S.E.
W
Wache, Alt'., 6, Rue Lambrecht, Douai, France
Wager, H. W. T., Ashley Amewood, Lymington,
Hants
Wainwright, J. H., 402, Washington Street, New York,
U.S. A.
Waite, C. X. Medford, Mas-., U.S.A.
Walker, A., Irvine Chemical Co., Limited, Irvine,
N.B.
■Walker, Arthur J., 3S, Portadown ttoad, Maida A, ale,
London, N.W.
Walker, E. Robinson, IS, St. Ann'.- Street, Manchester
Walker, Hugh W.. 37. Fox Street. Greenock, N.B.
Walker, Geo., City Analyst's Laboratory; 13s. Bath
Street, Glasgow
Walker, R., The Pallett. Quarlton, near Bolton
Walker, R. W., Quarlton Vale Printworks, Turton, near
Bolton
Walker, S. R.. 21, School Street, Radcliffe, Man-
chester
Walker, T., Merton Bank Chemical Works. St. Helens
Wall, R. F., Thames Sugar Refinery, Silvertown, Lon-
don, E.
Wallace, Robert, 120, St. Leonard's Street, Bromley,
London, E.
Wallace, Dr. W., 13S, Bath Street, Glasgow
Waller, Dr. E., School of Mines, Columbia College, 50th
Street, 4th Avenue, New York, U.S.A.
Walsh, F. T., Hamilton Printworks, Lowell, Mass.,
U.S.A.
Walsh, P. H., 13, Penny Street, Blackburn, Lanca-
shire
Waltham, T., Brewery, Stockwell, London. S.W.
Walton, Cornelius, 63, Queen Victoria Street, London,
E.C.
Warburton, J., Kearsley House, Farnwortb, near Bolton
Ward, G., Messrs. Hirst, Brooke & Hirst, Leeds
Ward, Geo., Claremont, St. Saviour's Road, Leicester
Ward, Howard Chas., Yeatton, Hordle, Lymington,
Hants
Wardale, J. D., Redheugh Engine Work-. Gateshead-
on-Tviie
Wardale,' H., 52. Bewick Road. Gateshead on l\ne
Warden. Dr. C. J. H., Medical College, Calcutta, India
Wardle, Thos., Leek, Staffordshire
Waring, F. S., Lillie Terrace, Castle Street, Sneinton,
Nottingham .
Warne, Thos., c/o Rainham Ferry \ ltnol Co., Rainham,
Warnert'H. G., County Bridge, Ash, Surrey
Warren, T. T. P. Bruce, I'ainworth \ ilia, hailham
Grove, Forest Gate, Essex
Warington, A. W., 1A, Nikolausberger W eg, Gotuugen,
Hanover
Warington, Robt., Harpenden, Herts.
Warwick, Jno., Rye Hill, Newcastle-upon-Tyne
Warwick, .1. F.. The Brewery, Newark-uyion-Trent
Waterfall. W. B., e o Avon Manure Co., Bristol
Watson, chas, 5, Paradise Row, stoekton-on-Tees
Watson, D., Broughton Copper Works. Manchester
Watson, G., jun., 16, East Nelson Street, Whitevale,
Glasgow
Watson, J. G, The Rhyddings, Oswaldtwistle, near
Accrington
Watson, J. D., Irtside, Holmrook, near Carnfoith
Watson, T. Donald, 23, Cross Street, Finsbury, London,
E.C.
Watson, Jno., Cement Works, Gateshead-on-Tyne
Watson, Jno., Laboratory, Newcastle Chemical Co.,
Gateshead-on-Tvne
Watson, W. 11., Laboratory. The Folds, Bolton
Watt, A., SO. Harrington Road, Sefton Park, Liverpool
Watts A. J., 45, Caixa, Pernambuco, Brazil
Webb, SamL G., c 'o W. Pilkington & Son, \\ idnes
Webster, C.S.Stanford, Malvern House. Redland, Finstol
Wehler, Theodore. 32, Liberty Street. New York. I .S.A.
Weightman, Johu F., c/o Powers & Weightman, Phila-
delphia, Pa., U.S.A.
I Weldon, Ernest, 42, Saudon Street, New Basford, -Not-
tingham
Weldon, Osmond, 66, North Gate, New Bastord, Not-
tingham .
Wells, G. I. J., 41, Francis Terrace, ^ ictoria Pari:, Lon-
don, E.
Welsh, Jas., Clayton Mount, Newton Heath, near Man-
chester
Welsh, W.. Orleton House, Whalley Range, Manchester
Weasel, Carl, Bernburg, Anbalt, Germany
West, John, Barfield House, Didsbury, near Manchester
Westmoreland, J. W., 25, Park Square, L( -
Weston, Wm., 11. M. Dockyard. Portsmouth
Wetzel, H. A., Box 47U. Detroit, Michigan, U S.A.
Whalley, L. J. de, Florence House, Fairlop Road,
Leytonstone, E.
Wharton, A.. Gasworks, Basford, Nottingham
Whewell, G., 15, Exchange Street, Blackburn
Whiffen, T., Lombard Road, Battersea, London, S.W .
Whiffen, T., jun., Lombard Road, Battersea, London,
S.W. T ,
Whiffen, W.G. , Lombard Road, Battersea, London, s. \\ .
Whiiaker, T., Messrs. EJtipley & Sons, Bradford. Yorks.
Whitaker, Thos., 22, Delaunays Road, Higher Crumpsall,
Manchester
Whittaker, C. J., Willow House, Accrington
White, A., Horton Field, West Drayton, Middlesex
White, A. D., Avenue House, We.-t Drayton, Middlesex
White! P. T., Castle Street. Saffron Hill, London, E.C.
White] S. J., 3329, Powelton Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.,
V S A.
White, W. H., Killingworth House, Killingworth,
Ncwcastleon-Tyne ,
Whitehouse, Enoch, 12S, Coventry Road. Birmingham
Whitelaw. A., 87, Sidney Street, Glasgow
Whiteley, Geo., Victoria Lead Works, Burdett Road,
Limehouse, E.
Whiteley, R. Lloyd. University College, Nottingham
Whowel'l, P., Car'r Bank, Tottington, Bury, Lancashire
Wigs, C, Hoole Bank, Chester
Wise G. L., Runcorn
Wigg, Walter J., Did Quay Copper and Alkali \\ orks,
Runcorn, Cheshire
XX
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, 1887.
Wiggin, 11.. M.I1., Metchley Grange, Harborne, near
Birmingham
Wiggin, W. W.. Metchley Grange, Harborne, near
Birmingham
Wightman, C, 151, Fenchurch Street, London, I .(
Willi. Eugene, Technikum, Winterthur, Switzerland
W tide, T., Spring Place, Rhiwderin, Newport, Mon.
Wilding, S. P., 1, Queen Victoria Street, .Man-inn
House, London, E.C.
Wiley, M. \V., l. Bell Terrace, Wot Hartlepool
Wilkie, 'I'. M., Nobel Co.'s Works, Stevenston, Ayr-
shire, N.B.
Wilkin. Walter H., Appold Street. Finsbury, E.C.
Wilkinson, J. B., Tong Street, Dudley Hill, Bradford,
Turks.
Will, J. Shiress, Q.C., M.P., 3, Pump Court, Temple,
London, E.C.
Will. YV. Watson, Ossory Villa, Ossory Road, London,
S.E.
Williams, (has., 1, Leadenliall Street, London, E.C.
Williams, C. Greville, Layneld, Bolingbroke Grove,
Wandsworth, S.W.
Williams. J., 63, Warwick Gardens, Kensington, W.
Williams, J. W., ti, Giltspur Street, London, E.C
Williams, M. W., Queen wood College, near Stoekbridge.
Hants
Williams. Rowland, 9. Albert Square, Manchester
Williams, T. , 3, York Buildings, 14, Dale Street, Liverpool
Williams, T. Howell, 10, Ascharn Street, Kentish Town,
N.W.
Williams, T. H., Bank House, Garston : and 2, Chapel
Walks, South Castle Street, Liverpool
Williams, W. Carleton, Firth College, and 33, Broms-
grove Road, Sheffield
Williams, W. Collingwood, 6S, Grove Street, Liverpool
Williams, W. J., 20S, State Street, Camden, N.J.,
U.S.A.
Williamson, J. H., Goldenhill Works, Stoke-on-Trent
Williamson, Jno., Jarrow Chemical Works, South
shields
Williamson, Robt., Osborne Villas, Cheetham Hill Road,
Manchester
Wills, G. S. V., Gladstone House, St. George's Road,
Southwark, London, s. E.
Wills, J. Lainson, 1, Rue Maubourguet, Bordeaux,
France
Wills, S. D., Castle Green Colour Works, Bristol
Wilmot, H. F:., 27, Upper Berkeley Street, London, W.
Wilputte, N. L., 13, Park Road. Ebbw Vale, Mon.
Wilson, A., Stafford
Wilson, Alexander, Caroline Park, Granton, N.B.
Wilson, Anthony W., 10, Westcote Street, Hull
Wilson, C. T., 16, Gordon Square, London, W.C.
Wilson, David W. R., Sinderby, Thirsk, Yorkshire
Wilson, Frank, The Brewery, Castle Street, Long Acre,
London. W.C.
Wilson, F. H., Lancashire Sulphur & Alkali Co.,
Limited, Widnes
Wilson, G., jun., Cairnview, Kirkintilloch, Dumbarton-
shire
Wilson, G. E., The Chemical Works, Oldbnry, near
Birmingham
Wilson, Jno. Ed.,Wyddrington, Edgbaston. Birmingham
Wilson, Jno., Redheugh Chemical Works, Gateshead-on-
Tyne
Wilson, J. II.. 6 Fenchurch Buildings, E.C.
Wilson, J. Millar, Box 42, Chester, Pa., U.S.A.
Wilson, It. 11., Egglescliffe, Yarm-on-Tees
Wilson, W. H., Presidency College, Madras
Wilton, Geo., Gasworks, Silvertown, E.
Wilton, Jno., Clydesdale, Norwich Road, Forest Gate,
Esses
Wilton, Thos., Tar and Liquor Works, Gas Light & Coke
Co., Beckton, E.
Windus, W., 1, Hughenden Road, Clifton, Bristol
Win-ham. A.. 30, Oxford Mansions, London. \y.
Winser, P. J., c/o Lever l?ros., Soapworks, Warrington
Winsloe, II., Messrs. Tennanl & Go., 49, Faulkner
Street, Manchester
Winstone, A. I",., 100, Shoe Lane, E.C.
W.nstone, E. H., 2, Yictoria Mansions, Victoria Street,
London, S.W.
Alexandria, Dumbar-
Wire, A. P., 1, Seaton Villas, Birkbeck Road, Leyton-
stone, E.
Wishart, G, J., 8, Dryden Sheet. Edinburgh
Witt. Dr. OttoN. E., 33. I.indenallee, Westcnd, Char-
lottenburg, Berlin
Wolfenden, S., Wellington Terrace, Cowley Hill, st.
Helens
Womersley, P. 1!.. Lynmead, Wanstead, Esses
Wood, C. H., 40, Lorraine Road, Holloway. London, N.
Wood, E. T. . Brinscall, Chorley, Lancashire
Wood, Robt. B., Dalquhnrn Works, Kenton, N.B.
Wood, Jas.. Green's Terrace, Padiham, Burnley
Wood. Joseph, Brinscall, near Chorley, Lancashire
Wood, Wm., Antwerp, Belgium
Wood, W. C., Avenue Cottage,
tonshire
Wood, \V. H., Ill, Victoria Street, Westminster. S.W.
Woodcock, R. C, American and Continental Sanitas
Co., 636— 642, West 55th Street, New York, U.S.A.
Woodcock, W. H., 13, University Place, New York,
U.S.A.
Woodhead, Jas., Ashliekl Terrace, Slaithwaite, near
Hudderstield
Woodland, J., 173, Marylebone Road, London, N.W.
Woodward, J. H., Houfton Street, Bristol
Woodward, W. C, Biddulph Valley Coal & Iron Works,
Stoke-on-Trent
Wool ley, G. S.. 09. Market Street, Manchester
Wootton, A. C, 44a, Cannon Street, London, E.C.
Worrall, H., Crimsworth, Groby Road, Altrincham,
Manchester
Worrall, J., Whalley Range, Manchester
Wor.-ley. P. J., Nethatn Chemical Co., Bristol
Wray, O. J. P., British Alizarin Co.. Limited, Silver-
town, Victoria Docks, London, E.
Wright, A. B., The Patent Office, 25, Southampton
Buildings, Chancery Lane, London, W.C.
Wright, Jos., 19, Arboretum Street, Nottingham
Wright, Joshua, 13, Alton Terrace, Manchester Road,
Fairfield, near Manchester
Wright, W., F"airtield Road Chemical Works, Droylsden,
Manchester
Wright, Dr. C. Ft. Alder, St. Mary's Hospital, Paddington,
London, W.
Wright, Jas. C.^ 14, Cargo Fleet Road, Middlesbro' on-
Tees
Wright, L. T., Gas Oflices, George Street, Nottingham
Wuth, A., 67, Bolton Street, Ramsbottom, near Man-
chester
Wyatt, J. W., Nash Mills, Heme! Hempstead, Herts.
Wykes, L., Tharsis Co. Works, Oldbury, Birmingham
Wylde, J., Frizinghall Chemical Works, near Shipley,
Yorks.
Wylde, J. R., Heatherlea, Penketh, near Warrington
Yardley, II. B., 17. Clarendon Villas, Charlton, Kent
Yates, 1\. 64, Park Street. Southwark, London, S.E.
Yates, It.. G4, Park Street, Southwark, London, S.E.
Yglesias, M.. 2. Tokenhouse Buildings, London, E.C.
Yoshida, Hikorokuro, Imperial University, Hongo,
Tokvo, Japan
Young, A. C, 04, Tynvhitt Road, St. John's, S.E.
Young, Brougham, Home Lyn, Woodberry Down, Lon-
don, N.
Young, C. Francis, New Islington Chemical Works.
Baker Street. New Islington, Manchester
YounLTjJno., 22, Belhaven Terrace, Kelvinside, Glasgow,
N.B.
Young, Jno., Clive Villa, Cemetery Road, Hanley
Young, J. It., 17, North Bridge, Edinburgh, N.B.
Young, Robt., 3, ltadstock Road, Fairtield, Liverpool
Young, Sydney, 13, Aberdeen Terrace, White Ladies
Road, Bristol
Young, T. Graham, Westfield, West Calder. N.B.
Y'oung, W. C, 22, Windsor Road, Forest Gate, E.
Zimmermann, A., 21, Mincing Lane, London, E.C.
Zinkeisen, W., c o Fran Helene Fischer, Rappstrasse
No. 3, Tubingen, Germany,
THE JOURNAL
OF THK
Society of Chemical 3noustry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IX CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. i.— Vol. VI.
JANUARY 29, 1887.
N<ui Members 30 - iwr annum ; Hemben
21 - per Set ; Single Copie 2.6.
Cbe ^ocictp of Chemical JnDusttp.
Past Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoe. M.P.. LL.D.. V.P.R.S. . . 1881—1882.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B.. D.C.L.. F.R.S. .. 1S82-18S3.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1883-1884.
\V. 11. Perkin. Ph.D.. F.R.S 1881—1885.
E. K. Muspratt 1885-1S86.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1887.
Abst factors:
President: David Howard.
Vice-Presidents :
Sir I. Lowthian Bell. Bart..
F.R.S.
Prof. James Dewar. F.R.S.
Dr. Peter Griess. F.R.S.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter.
E. K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. II. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
E. C. C. Stanford.
J. L'. Stevenson. M.P.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood, F.R.S. E. John Pattinson.
Eustace Carey. S. A. Sadler.
R. Forbes Carpenter. Sir Bernhard Samuelson,
Henrv Doulton. Bart.. M.P.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S. Sir Chas. Tennant, Bart.
S. H. Johnson. Lewis T. Wright.
Ivan Levinstein.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks, Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary :
Ludwig Mond, 50. Avenue Road, Regent's Park, N.W.
General Secretary: Charles G. Cress well.
Offices :
Palace Chambers. 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee :
The President
Sir F. A. Abel. F.R.S.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.E.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes, D.Sc.
George E. Davis.
W. Y. Dent.
Prof. Dewar. F.R.S.
Prof. Chas. Graham. D.Sc.
Peter Griess. Ph.D.. F.R.S.
D. B. Hewitt. M.D.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
Editor : Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester.
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING sTiFF OF
Abstractors :
F. Hurter, Ph.D.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
K. K. Muspratt.
C. O'Sullivan, F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H.E. Roscoe, M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrymple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cro^s.
A. R. Davis.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulme.
Bertram Hunt.
C. V. Hutchinson.
D. E. Jones.
W. E. Kay.
A. J. King. B.Sc.
Chap. A Kohn. Ph.D.
J. Walter Leather, I'll. [I.
D. A. Louis.
Wm. Macnab, Jun.
W. G. McMillan.
G. Harris Morris, Ph.D.
J. M H. Munro, D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
F. W. Renaut.
James Taylor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Velev, M.A.
Alex. Watt.
Sydney Young, D.Sc.
NOTICES.
Notice is hereby given that the next Annual General
Meeting will he held in Manchester in the month of
July. 1SS7, instead of in Glasgow as originally arranged ;
the Annual General Meeting in Glasgow being post-
poned until 1SSS.
This change originated in a generally-expressed desire,
resulting in a special invitation from the Manchester
Section, supported by the cordial acquiescence of the
Glasgow Section. It will enable members to visit both
the Jubilee Exhibition in Manchester, and the Glasgow
Exhibition of 188S.
Full particulars as to the Manchester Meeting will
appear in a subsequent issue.
The supply of copies of the Journal for January, 1882,
ami January, 1883, being now exhausted, the Secretary
would be glad to receive communications from members
possessing extra copies of those numbers, in good condi-
tion, with a view to purchase.
Should sufficient applications for complete sets be
received, the numbers will be reprinted.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye-Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed oO copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law —
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to he included in the reprint.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
T. T. Best, l'o Wavertree ; 4, Markt Platz. Erlangen,
Bavaria.
K. N. Butt, 1 o Curzon Street ; 25, Sussex Gardens, Hyde
Park. W.
H. Carrick, l'o Redheugh : Holly House, Gateshead on-
Tyne.
John Craw. 1 o Caledonia House ; Meadowbank, Greenock
Road. Paisley, X.B.
A. R. Davis. 1 o Eaglescliffe ; 9. Ebor Terrace. Woodhouse
Hill. Leeds.
Chas. Estcourt. 1 o Princess Street ; 20, Albert Square,
Manchester.
Wm. Galbraith. 1 o Glengarnock ; 136, West Graham Street,
Glasgow.
R. Gracey, 1 o Woodville "Serrace ; 21, Nile Street. Liver-
pool.
A. Griffiths, 1 o Clyde Cottage : Klmbank, Pleasance, Falkirk,
X.B.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
[Jan. 29. I8B7.
B. Hart. 1 o Old Charlton ; IOC. Trinity Street, Norwich.
Joseph Hartley, 1 o Longsight : 3, Brook Road, Gorton Hall,
near Manchester.
R.C. Heath, lo Cliff Hill: Myton Grange, near Warwick.
A. F. Hills ; Journals to " Library," Thames Ironworks, etc.,
Co.. Victoria I tock Road, E.
W. A. Hills, 1 o Chester : Great Barr. near Birmingham.
11. S. Howarth, lo Elizabeth Street; 21, Bellott Street,
C'l tham, Manchester.
\V. 6. Johnstone, 1 " Warrington ; Stevens Institute of Tech-
nology. Hoboken. N.J.. U.S.A.
Lewis Johnston, 1 o Edinburgh ; Newbattle Collieries, Dal-
keith. N.B.
Jno. Knowles. 1 o Iirackley Street ; 58. Grecnway Road,
Runcorn.
R. Lucus. 1 o Clayton ; 10. North Road, Longsight. Man-
chester.
A. Luck, l/o Stamford Street : Powder Mills. Hartford,
Kent.
J. S. Macarthur. l/o Glasgow ; Cassel Gold Extracting Co.,
Limited, IS, West Scotland Street. Kinning Park. Glasgow.
A. II. Markham. 1 o Trinity Square; 18, Merrick Square,
Trinity Street, Borough. S.E.
G 1). llease. 1 o Montrell Road ; 23, Killieser Avenue, Tel-
ford Park, S.W.
J. W. Mitchell, l/o Prospect Hill ; 03, Burnley Road, Rawten-
stall.
Lock Moore. 1 o Nottingham ; 2S, St Clair Street, Rochester
N.Y..U.S.A.
Jas. Napier, jun, 1 o Camlachie ; 10, Garment Drive, Shaw-
lands, Glasgow.
Jno. Patterson. 1 o Derwent Villa ; Hawthorne Terrace,
Workington. Cumberland.
H. Peachey. lo Chichester; Circus Brewery, Shrews-
bury.
Jno. Ruffle, 1 o Upton Manor ; Port way House, Plashet Road.
Plaistow. K.
E. Sainsbury, l/o Dunster House; Briton Ferry Chemical
Works, Glamorganshire.
D. Stewart, l/o Milton of Campsie ; Birdston Farm. Kirkin-
tilloch. N.B.
F. Napier Sutton, 1 oBeckenham; 57. Gordon Square, London,
W.C.
Thos. Warne. 1 o Wednesbury ; 60. Westbourne Street,
Walsall.
S. G. Webb, 1 o Plymouth ; c o W. Pilkington & Son. Widnes.
H. E. Wilmot. 1 o Westbourne Park ; 27. Upper Berkeley
Street. London. W.
P. B. Woniersley, 1 o West Ham ; Lynmead. Wanstead,
Essex.
.1. C. Wright ; Journals to 11, Cargo Fleet Road, Middles-
borough.
Jno. Young. 1 o Milton of Campsie; 22, Belhaven Terrace,
Kelvinside. Glasgow.
T. Graham Young, 1 o Limefield ; Westfield. West Calder,
N.B.
W.Zinkeisen. l/o Glasgow ; c o Frau Hclene Fischer. Rapp-
strasse, No. 3, Tubingen. Germany.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
H. A. Lawrence, I o Bramshill Villas, Harlesden, N.W.
G. B. Nicoll, 1 ii Milltirook. near Devonport.
s. Sellon, 1 o Palace club. Westminster.
A. A. Tunbridge, 1 o The Crescent, Leicester.
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED, 21st JANUARY, 1887.
H. Auer. Lathom House, Halebank, near Widnes. chemist.
Jos. Barrow. Oldham Road. Failsworth, Manchester, assist-
ant chemist.
J. Ralston Bell, Appleby Iron Co., Frodingham, Doncaster,
chemist.
Jno. Bell, Millburn. Renfrew, N.B.. dyer.
Peter Boa, 119. George Street, Edinburgh, chemist and
druggist.
M. Bythway, 13. Lloyd Street, Albert Square, Manchester,
drysnlter.
F. \V. Cheetham, Great Norbury Street, Hyde, Manchester,
hat manufacturer.
Percy de G. Coghill. 16, Hornton street. High Street, Ken-
sington, W.. works chemist.
G. H. Cmickshank, 62, St. Vincent Street. Glasgow, con-
sulting engineer and patent agent.
Wm. Cuthberlson. Caroline Park, Edinburgh, chemical
manufacturer.
G. Davidson, c o W. & H. M. Goulding, Limited, The Glen,
Cork, chemist.
Win. Duckworth, 93, Corporation Street, Manchester, Manu-
facturing chemist.
Robert Haig. Busby Printworks, Glasgow, chemist.
Jas. C. Hamilton, Kiugscaril, Linlithgow, N.B., works
manager.
Wm-P. Hatton. 13, St. Quintin Avenue, North Kensington,
W.. assistant starch manufacturer.
Y. Kitamura, c/0 Mr. Goto, l\!, Chitosecho. Honyo, Tokyo,
Japan, agricultural chemist.
1 1. W. Lowe, Summerfleld House, Reddish, near Stockport,
cliemical student.
R. C. Maclagan, M.D.. 5, Coates Crescent, Edinburgh, ink
manufacturer.
Wm. Marriott. S, Belgravc Terrace, Huddersfield. manu-
facturing chemist.
Eniilc Micst, Stc. Marie doignies, ]-ar Tamines, Belgium,
engineer.
Wm Bailey Moore. Cauldon House, Shelton, Stoke-on-Trent,
porcelain manufacturer.
Giuseppe Moretti, via Cerretani, S, Firenze, Italy, soap and
oil manufacturer.
I'. Nettlefold, The Explosives Co.. Stowmarket chemist.
T. Chalkley Palmer, 22, North Front Street, Philadelphia,
Pa., U.S.A.. chemist.
Jno. V. Pegge, c b Nunnelcy & Co., Bridge Street Brewery,
Burton-on-Trent. brewer.
Dr. Jos. Petraczek, c/o Read. Holliday & Sons. Huddersfield,
technical chemist.
J. G. Ros9, It, Argyle Place. Edinburgh, analyst.
Edgar F. Smith. Wittenberg College. Springfield. Ohio,
U.S.A., professor of chemistry.
A. E. Tanner, High Cross, Tottenham. N.. pharmaceutical
chemist.
S. Tsukiyama, Imperial Paper Mills, Oji, Tokyo, Japan,
chemist.
Hr. R. Turgensen, Oberroblingen ;' See. bei Halle, Germany.
Cornelius Walton, 63, Queen Victoria Street, London, E.G.,
engineer.
S. J. White. 3329, Powelton Avenue. Philadelphia. Pa.,
U.S.A.. chemical student.
W. Collingwood Williams, 86, Grove Street, Liverpool,
analyst.
iDcatfc
Col. Sir Francis Bolton. 19. Grosvenor Gardens, London,
S.W.— at Bournemouth. January 5.
M. (i. Grossman, Berwick-on-Tweed.
Emile Leroy, Directeur de la Soudiere, Gie. de St. Gobain,
Chauny, Aisne, France— December 19.
HonDon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Burlington House.
Chaii man : David Howaid.
Committee :
Sir F. A. Abel.
H. E. Armstrong.
W. Lant Carpenter.
W. Growder.
C. Graham.
S. Hall.
A. K. Huntington.
R, Messel.
)'. E. R. Newlands.
B. Redwood.
T. Royle.
John Spiller.
G. C. Trcwby.
J. Williams.
Hon. Local Sec. and Treasurer : Thos. Tyrer,
Garden Wharf, Church Road, Battersea, S.W.
The meetings of the London Section will he held en the tiist
Monday in each month.
SESSION 1886-87.
Prospect i ve A rra ngem cuts.
Feb. 7.— Mr. W. Jago. "On Fermentation in its relation to
Bread Making."
,, Mr. J. Mactear, " A New Method of Elevating
Liquids, especially applicable to Acids."
,, Mr. C. Napier Hake, " Notes on the Stassfurth
Industries."
Mr. Wingham, "English-grown Tobacco."
Messrs. Cross and Bevan, "Mr. Hermite's Method
of Electrolytic Bleaching."
Mr. J. Mactear, " The Castner Process for Produc-
tion of Sodium."
April 4. — Triennial Election of Sectional Officers and Com-
mittee.
' March
Notices of Meetings and Papers will be found in the
Scientific Journals.
Notices of papers and communications to be made to the
Local Secretary.
ON KINETITE.
HY WATSON SMITH, F.C.S., F.I.C ,
Lecturer in Chemical Technology in the Victoria
University, etc.
There is no doubt, I think, that any new blasting
explosive for which it can be truly claimed that it
I is so easy to prepare and mix, and withal so safe,
that its principal constituents might be readily and
Jan. 29, 1SS7.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMTCAL INDUSTRY.
safely transported to the place where they are
wanted, and the composition there made up. — or,
that if first made and then carried as a whole to
its destination, there is not the slightest peril from
exudation of dangerous liquid matters, or, in fact,
danger of any kind of mechanical separation ; more-
over, that supposing by violent percussion at any
point, some of the explosive lying about be detonated
at that point, the detonation confines itself to the
said fragment immediately struck, and does not
spread to the surrounding substance — then, other
things bring equal, such new explosive is, 1 con-
ceive, well worthy of as large a share of confidence
as can be given to such nutters. This certainly
becomes the case if we can say of it that prac-
tically in open spaces it can scarcely be called an
explosive, and is thus harmless ; that it does not even
burn very readily or quickly in contact with a flame,
and that it remains unchanged on keeping, whether
in hot or cold weather. But most of these advan-
tages were claimed, and so far as my experience has
gone, rightly claimed, for certain members of pre-
cisely the class of explosives to which kinetite, the
subject of my paper, belongs, so far back as 1873, in a
remarkable paper read before the Chemical Society
by Dr. Hermann Sprengel, This paper was termed
by Sir Frederick Abel, in his presidential address
before our Society in 1883, "one of the most
interesting, original, and suggestive of compara-
tively recent contributions to the literature of ex-
plosives," and I may now add that it seems to me
it has proved sufficiently suggestive to the inventors
of Kinetite to have enabled them by the addition of a
certain improvement to make what I cannot help
regarding as the safest blasting explosive in existence.
Of Dr. Sprengel's paper (J. Chem. Soc. 1873, pages
805 and 806), Sir Frederick Abel in his address (this
Journal, vol. ii. pages 31l> and 313) gave an abstract,
which I beg herewith to reproduce, since it so
felicitously condenses into a very brief space so much
that was important in that and previous papers : —
"In a memoir contributed to the Chemical Society
in 1873, Dr. Hermann Sprengel sets forth the reason-
ing whereby he was led in 1871 and subsequently to
make a series of experiments demonstrating that
mixtures of strong nitric acid (sp. gr. 1'5) with solid
or liquid hydrocarbons, such as naphthalene, phenol,
or benzene, or with other very readily oxidisable
liquids, such as carbon bisulphide, may be detonated,
and that potassium chlorate may be also applied in
the same way in conjunction with such substances,
so that cylinders of compressed chlorate might be !
converted at any time into explosive cartridges by |
saturating them with the sulphide or with a liquid
hydrocarbon. He pointed out that one obstacle to
the practical application of mixtures of nitric acid
and hydrocarbons— namely, the heat developed upon
producing the mixture, due to the nitrification which
ensues (and very prone to establish violent oxidation
and even ignition)— may be removed by employing
the nitro-producls instead of the original hydro- j
carbons. Thus, while the addition of strong nitric
acid to phenol would inflame it, the employment of j
trinitro phenol would actually give rise to a very con-
siderable depression of temperature on mixing with
nitric acid. And again, the employment of nitro-
benzene would be attended only by a trifling eleva- !
tion of temperature, while cold would be produced
by using diuitrobenzene. Sprengel urged that the
facts brought forward by him were susceptible of
important application, because powerful explosive
cartridges or charges might at any time be rapidly
prepared from two ingredients which, kept separately,
are non-explosive."
I shall now try to show that the so-called kinetite '
is virtually one of what Dr. Sprengel terms his
"safety explosives" (see this Journal, 1886, page 200),
and by a modification and improvement wrought by
Messrs. T. l'etry, O. Fallenstein, and H. Liscb, of
Diiren, the safety is somewhat further enhanced by
a greater convenience of form safely conferred upon
the nitrobenzene used, that liquid being converted
into a jelly that can easily be packed, carried, or
stored with safety, and without danger of exudation.
Let us first see what kinetite exactly is. Messrs.
l'etry. Fallenstein and Lisch (Ger. Pat. 31,786, June
18, 1884) prepare this explosive by dissolving gun-
cotton, or other nitrocellulose, in the nitro-compound
of an aromatic: hydrocarbon, — for example, nitro-
benzene,— and then they knead into the resultingjelly,
potassium chlorate, nitrate, ammonium nitrate, and
similar compounds, and finally add to the whole
mass and incorporate with it three per cent, of
antimony pentasulphide. It is proposed that from
this explosive, as with dynamite, cartridges enveloped
in paper cases should be formed These kinetite
cartridges have been manufactured by the firm of
Petry & Fallenstein, of Diiren, since 1884. Some
coal-mining experiments were tried with these car-
tridges in 1884 near Stolberg, and a full account is
given in the Berg mul ffiittenmannischen Zeihmg
for 1885, page 05.
The results of these experiments, - tabulated as
follows : —
Metres thrown
I losta
per metre.
Consumption
in kilos. f,,r
one metz
I Gunpowder
I (70 per cent.) .. 6'S.) I-57
"?,,7 "Dynamite 351 770
Wlln (Kinetite 430 'SSI
In field- I
up id seam
working.
.. 0W6
.. 0 0.il
.. 0-053
In shaft-
sinking
I Dynamite 5"30
13-03
0-01-29
I Kinetite SL'7 22'35 0-0135
(Presumably the metres above referred to are cubic metres^
show that kinetite, as regards consumption and cost,
did not altogether compare very favourably with
gunpowder and dynamite, but in the displacement of
material in the working of seams, it appears to
slightly better advantage even than dynamite. In
the article on these experiments — Ding/. I'ohjt. J.
256, 409 (i.e., in 1884)— it is very truly added that
first experiments of this kind do not warrant the
drawing of conclusions, and that " it is probable the
correct method of using kinetite has not been found
out " :—
"The kinetite used in the experiments referred to
was made of gun-cotton (probably dinitro-eellulose)
and nitrobenzene made into a jelly, in which potas-
sium chlorate and nitrate were kneaded, and to
which some antimony pentasulphide was added It
is stated that kinetite in spite of this latter addition
is nevertheless difficult to explode, and can only be
brought to this by very strong detonating caps. It
is, however, waterproof, and cannot be frozen. It
requires a good solid tamping, a circumstance which
becomes important in actual working, and dangerous
with detonating caps. Experiments in which stoppers
of gypsum or hay were used seemed to answer well.
The only obstacle to the use of kinetite is said to be
the circumstance that its production is dearer than
that of blasting-gelatin or dynamite/'
It must be remembered, however, that this was
written (1884) when benzene commanded a market
price of some five to six shillings per gallon ; now the
price is Is. 4d. to Is. 6d. per gallon. The preparation
of kinetite has been patented in this country as a
communication from Messrs. l'etry A- Fallenstein to
Thomas Wiikins, of Peckham, Suirey (Eng. Pat.
10,986, August Ii, 1884).
In this patent the advantages claimed for kinetite
are that "whilst it is stronger than ordinary gun-
.vl
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uan-29, iss?
powder (explosive force five or six times that of
ordinary powder), it is far Jess daDgerous thau
dynamite, and being very easily mixed, and that
mixing being unattended with danger, the ingre-
dients (none of which are per se explosive, except the
small percentage of gun-cotton) may be transported
to the place where an explosive is required and there
mixed. Moreover the compound of gun-cotton and
nitrobenzene is a non-explosive gelatinous mass ;
hence the gun-cotton can be dissolved before trans-
port to form the jelly, and all danger to the public
from the carriage of explosives for mining purposes
suppressed."
The explosive itself is a plastic mass varying in
consistence according to the mixture adopted, and
the proportions recommended as giving the best
results are the following : —
Per cent.
Nitrobenzene (or similar nitro-compounds) 16 to 21
Gun-cotton (or other form of nitrocellulose) .. | to l
Alkaline chlorates and nitrates 75 to 82$
Sulphur, as antimony pentasulphide (or other
sulphide) 1 to 3
100 100
The above are the English patentee's own words.
Now let us hear the results obtained by German
authorities not interested in anything but the actual
truth and their own personal reputation.
In the first place, here is the translation I have
made of the original of a stamped testimonial from
the Burgermeister of the locality where the works of
Messrs. Petry & Fallenstein stands :—
Herewith it is testitietl that in the Blasting Explo-
sive Works for Kinetite manufacture, owned by Messrs.
Petry & Fallenstein, licensed in August 20, 1SS4, no
accident or mishap of any kind lias occurred.
K. K., Biirgermeisterei Amt.
Rolsdorf, June '27, 1SS5.
Next follows a translation of a report, manuscript
copy of which has been sent me. This report deals
with the question as to the -sensitiveness of kinetite,
and runs as follows : —
At the request of General Director Landsberg of
Aachen, in presence of Director Blum and also Mining
Director Dunkel of the Coal Mine Diepenlinchen, near
Stolberg, the following experiments were tried —
The iron tube A shown in the ad joining cut serves for the
reception of the cartridge, and the iron ramrod 1! is fur-
nished with a plate C for carrying the weight, whereby
Then the plate C, and with it the ramrod B, was set
rotating in order to produce friction. The cartridge in
the tube was now exposed to a violent concussive fric-
tion by allowing a freight of 21kilos. to fall repeatedly
from a height of one metre upon the ramrod. Neither
by this means nor in the foregoing eases did either igni-
tion or explosion of the kinetite result. By the blows of
the ramrod, however, the latter was so firmly imbedded
in the kinetite that it was possible to lift the whole
apparatus up by the ramrod without getting the latter
loose. At last the tube was unscrewed out of the appa-
ratus, when it was found that the kinetite was pressed
extremely bard on the bottom. It was ignited and
burned slowly without the slightest appearance of explo-
sion.
The General Director Landsberg declared himself
completely satisfied, by the result of these trials, as to
the safety of kinetite as a blasting explosive.
I have also received copy of another manuscript
report from Germany, containing the report of
other experiments of which I will give a condensed
account.
the pressure required in ramming a bore-hole can be
given : A was loaded with a cartridge of kinetite, the
ramrod B adjusted, and its plate (' laden with an 85kilo.
weight,
Em. 1.
FlG. 3. — View from
above of piece of
( vlinder.
Fig. 2.— Side
Mew.
On April 2, 1885, before the Eonigl. Bergrath
Wagner, in presence of Bergassessors Muller and
Kropp, Professor Schulz, with Messrs. Till, Baumann,
Zimmermann and Hillonblink, engineers and mana-
gers, the following trials were made. A fire was
kindled on a hearth over which was an arch in which
a hole had been made admitting a funnel. It
was so contrived that cartridges, etc., could be
arranged in the space between the funnel and an
iron cap which covered the funnel. This cap could
be raised by a string, and in so doing, the cartridges
and other matters in the space between funnel and
cap were precipitated through the ♦mnel and upon
the grate or hearth. The kinetite cartridges from
Petry & Fallenstein's works weighed SOgrms. each.
The results were briefly as follows :— -
(1.) Two kinetite cartridges cut into four equal
parts and distributed in the funnel. N'o explosion.
(2.) A kinetite cartridge tightly wrapped in a
thick paper covering 74cm. long, in order to exert
pressure. iTo explosion.
(3.) Two kinetite cartridges pressed together in a
strong bedding-mould. Wo explosion.
(4.) Three percussion caps (such as are used for
dynamite) were completely enveloped in a kinetite
cartridge, and strongly bound up in paper. Onln
explosion of the detonating caps and combustion of the
cartridge.
Thrown upon a burning fire it thus appears that
kinetite cartridges cannot produce an explosion.
The Koyal Mining Councillor Wagner testifies,
under his seal, that the results of these experiments
precisely coincide with those he had himself obtained
in similar trials.
I have obtained also a translation of the Report of
the Royal Technical and Administrative Military
Committee in Vienna on a sample of so-called
Jan. a. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
" Petrofracteur," submitted in order to procure
licence for manufacturing. Petrofracteur generally
resembles kinetite in composition, but differs
specially in that it contains no guncotton, which
renders the nitrobenzene of the jelly more difficult
of volatilisation.
Petrofracteur consist- of a mixture of the following
in the following proportions : — 10 per cent,
nitrobenzene. 07 per cent, potassium chlorate, '20 per
cent, potassium nitrate, and three per cent, antimony
pentasulphide. With the powder test of Nehatins it
was found impossible to explode the triturated sample
with double-filled spurting caps, and hence petrofracteur
is unsuitable for gunnery purposes.
With an adaptation of the Brisanz-meter, using lead
cylinders and an adjustable ballistic pendulum, 17grms.
of petrofracteur gave a pendulum propulsion of t"98°,
•_' -i:; . 1*88 : average 2-11°, as against B-76 of To per
cent. Kieselguhr dynamite, and a compression of the
lead cylinders, each 20mm. long, of 1-00. 1-500, DO;
average 1 '20 kilogram-meters, as against ll'9kilogram-
meters of 70 per cent, dynamite.
Detonated in the open, petrofracteur is therefore far
fective than 70 per cent, dynamite. Exposed in
the open air for eight days it lost 9-73 per cent, of its
weight, due to the volatilisation of the nitrobenzene, and
an impervious casing is recommended. In damp air it
loses nitrobenzene, but absorbs moisture. Heated to 70
C. for a lengthened period, after 2—3 days all nitro-
benzene is lost, but no further decomposition was observ-
able. Heated in a closed "eprouvette" to 70 C. the
nitrobenzene evaporated, and the preparation after two
days became deep black by the change of the antimony
pentasulphide into the lower black sulphide and sulphur.
Neither explosion, ignition, nor tumultuous decomposi-
tion takes place. The substance is not affected by tem-
peratures near or below- zero. Slowly heating from 70;
upwards cause- no explosion. At ."40; it commences to
melt and then decomposes, leaving a white residue.
The fusion ami decomposition are accompanied with
pulling and spitting on suddenly heating to ."i00 , and
combustion takes place. A coating of 1mm. thick
lietween steel surfaces of l'34sq.cm. area, the pre-
paration only exploded by blows of 4 kilogram-meters
and upwards upon the first blow, below this down to 3v>
kilogram-meters only partially, and below the latter not
;it all, whilst 70 per eent. Kieselguhr dynamite explodes
with l'fi kilogram-meters.
The l ommittee consider- petrofracteur less dangerous
than Kieselguhr dynamite, with respect to personal and
public safety, as regards its manufacture, storage, pack-
ing, conveyance generally, and particularly railway con-
veyance, also in respect to its sale and use no objections
whatever stand in its way.
On comparison of this report with the foregoing on
kinetite, it is observable that petrofracteur is the more
sensitive of the two,and notalittleso. lain sure, more-
over, that kinetite suddenly heated to 500' would not
break into combustion. Onreferringtothe constituents
of both explosives, generally so similar, and to the pro-
portions adopted. I am led to the conclusion that the
difference referred to is due to the larger proportion
of antimony pentasulphide combined with the greater
inequality of the mixture with liquid nitrobenzene,
and also to what we may call the superior wetting
power of the nitrobenzene — i.e., its closer physical
contact with the solid constituents of the "petro-
fracteur" mixture, whereas in kinetite thenitroben-
zene-guncotton jelly envelops each grain of saline
matter with a waterproof and airproof skin, which
does not, I believe, creep into pores or minute
crevices, but roughly envelops each minute grain.
Thus, I believe what the kinetite slightly gains in a
kind of theoretical way by the addition of its small
| to 1 per cent, of gun-cotton, in explosive power, it
very largely gains in the physical condition into
which it and the nitrobenzene are thrown, as a jell)-,
and in the whole physical condition so largely out of
proportion to the minute quantity of nitrocellulose
required, conferred thus upon the entire mass.
You mav now naturally inquire : " Since the manu-
facture of kinetite has been patented in this country
byWilkdns, it is to be presumed efforts have been
made to obtain a licence for the manufacture ! "
This is so ; nevertheless no success has attended
these efforts, the company desiring to commence the
manufacture failing to convince the Secretary of State
of the sufficient safety of the explosive in question ;
but being desirous of obtaining further test-, proofs,
etc.it then invited further and more searching trials,
and for this purpose exhaustive experiments and re-
ports have been made separately and independently by
Prof. Stahlsehmidt of the Polytechnic Schools in
Aachen, bv Prof. Lunge, of Zurich, by Professor J.
Campbell Brown, of Liverpool, and by myself. Prof.
Campbell Brown and I worked together with regard to
one point— viz.. experiments as to the effect of a
glancing blow, wood on wood. Before saying any-
thing as to the experiments thus more recently tried,
1 must refer to the Government report, which is
adverse to kinetite.
In the recently published Blue Book, the Tenth
Annual Report of Her Majesty's Inspectors of Explo-
- -viz., that for the year 18S5, pages 30 and 31,
the following report appears as to kinetite : —
Kinetite consists of nitrobenzene thickened or gelati-
nised by the addition of some collodion cotton incor-
porated with finely-ground chlorate of potassium ami
precipitated sulphide of antimony. Nitrobenzene is not
present in any of the explosives at present licensed, and
kinetite constitutes in some measure a new departure.
In some respects, such as the very high temperature
required for its ignition and the great difficulty, practi-
callv the impossibility, to explode it when unconrinedby
the "application of heat, kinetite possesses considerable
advantages, but it suffered under two fatal detect-. In
the first place it proved to be extremely sensitive to
combined friction and percussion, and in the second
place it gave indication of a certain want of ctemieal
ility, which, under favourable conditions, might
lead to spontaneous ignition or explosion. In regard
to the latter point, I [the chemical adviser of the
( Government] have quite recently received information
fully bearing out the correctness of my conclusion : cases
of spontaneous ignition of kinetite have not onlv been
actually observed to occur in the laboratory, but in one
case, at least, the contents of a magazine containing
kinetite were burnt, owing to the spontaneous ignition
of the explosives. In the latter case it had been ob-
served that the kinetite had become strongly acid, and
arrangements were at once made for its destruction, but
the kinetite took fire spontaneously before these arrange-
ments could be carried into effect.
In connection with the rejection of Tnrpin's explo-
sives, of etnite and of kinetite, all of which contain
chlorate of potassium, I should like to offer the following
remarks : Chlorate of potassium, on account of the
readine— with which it lends itself to the production of
powerful explosives, offers a great temptation to inven-
tors of new- explosives, and many attempts haye been
male to put it to practical use, but so far with very
limited success onlv. This i- chiefly owing to two
causes. In the first place chlorate of potassium i- a very
unstable compound— it is one of those compounds
during the decomposition of which heat is evolved, or
energy is produced during decomposition, instead of, a- is
usually the case, being absorbed, and all such compounds
are unstable — and is liable to suffer decomposition under
a variety of circumstances, and under, comparatively
speaking, slight causes, chemical and mechanical. All
cnlorate mixtures are liable to what is termed spontaneous
ignition or explosion in the presence of a variety of
materials, more particularly of such as are acid or are
liable to generate acid ; and all chlorate mixtures are
readily exploded by percussion, but more particularly hy
coinbihed friction and percussion, such as a glaucing
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jan.29.is87.
blow, which mi^ht easily, and would often, oceur in
charging a liole. In t lie second place, there is some
evidence lo sliow that this sensitiveness to percussion
and friction increases by keeping, more especially if
the explosive is exposed to the action of moist and dry
air alternately. It inventors would only keep tliese
characteristics of chlorate mixtures in mind they would
frequently save themselves serious disappointment.
With respect to the question of stability, Professor
Stahlschmidt, in letters addressed to Messrs. Petty
& Fallenstein, of which I have translation-copies,
makes statements of which I give the following
extracts : —
Neither chlorate of potash, nor saltpetre, nor pen-
tanitrocellulose, nor nitrobenzene, are bodies which either
by themselves or in mixture undergo alteration. 1 have
still in my possession a cartridge remaining over from
the tests, which lias in no wise changed its characteris-
tics, but, on the contrary, retains all the features pre-
sented in a perfectly fresh state.
The letter is dated June 14, 188.5, and the
sample was given to Dr. Stahlschmidt on Dec. 20,
1884. Another letter to Messrs. Petry & Fallen-
stein, bearing date of Aug. 1, 1885, runs as follows : —
With respect to the explosiveness of your kinetite
by a sliding blow, or a glancing blow, I beg to say that
exhaustive trials which 1 have earned out prove that
only very small particles of the explosive compound can
be made to explode by this action ; in fact, only such
particles as are immediately struck. All the rest
remained unconsumed, and in part strewn about. Any
danger, therefore, of a more extensive explosion taking
place is completely excluded.
Now, to my mind, only one cause of acidity deve-
loping in kinetite is conceivable — viz., the impurity
of some of the raw materials, which conceivably
might contain a little acid— e.g., the guncotton, the
nitrobenzene, and the antimony-pentasulphide. In
the latter case, the acidity could scarcely be said to
develop ; but if not carefully made, the antimony-
pentasulphide might of course contain some free
sulphur, and this might commence an action. Never-
theless, the proportion of the sulphide used is very
small (about i percent). I cannot but think, in view
of the experiments and reports from Germany, as
well as those I have tried, that the cases of sponta-
neous ignition must have arisen from extraordinary
causes of impurity, or acids present in the materials,
and such mishaps are as liable to arise in many other
licensed explosives.
Since kinetite made with the addition of antimony-
pentasulphide was rejected by the Secretary of State,
the attempt was made to meet his views by removing
the sulphide from the mixture ; in short, kinetite
was made of nitrobenzene jelly andpotassium chlorate,
with or without the addition of some nitre (0 per
cent.). But, thus made, we at once recognise in kinet-
ite a modified form of Sprengel's "rack-a-rock"; still,
it no doubt is a modified form, and J believe the
physical change induced in the nitrobenzene by dis-
solving in it so small a quantity of nitrocellulose,
forms a distinctly new departure. The experiments
made by Lunge, Campbell Brown and myself, were
with this modified kinetite. Nevertheless, after our
experiments were concluded, the "Potentite" Com-
pany, Limited, the company desirous of working
Wilkins patent (the communication from Petry <fc
Fallenstein), received a letter from the Home Office
once more denying the desired licence. The letter ran
as follows, and was addressed to Mr. Macan, the
London representative of the company : —
WHITEHALL, February 25, L886.
Sir,— I am directed by the Secretary of State to
inform you, with reference to previous correspondence
that the sample of the explosive kinetite submitted by
you for examination, although a trifle less sensitive than
the sample previously submitted, and rejected, when
tested by a glancing blow, is, nevertheless, far too sensi-
tive under this test to admit of its being licensed for
general use. I am to state that it has been found that
the explosive may be fired without much difficulty by a
slight glaneimg blow from a wooden broomstick, or small
mallet, even when placed on a new, or rather soft deal
floor, and that, in these circumstances, the Secretary of
State has no choice but to refuse to license it. — I am. Sir,
your obedient Servant, PEMBERTON.
If I was asked, "What then would be the effect of
detonating the portion struck by a mallet or broom-
stick on a wooden floor, supposing that floor entirely
covered with, say a qtiartei-of-an-inch deep of kinet-
ite 1 Would it not be an awful explosion 1 " By no
means so ; and from an intimate experience with
laboratory specimens of kinetite, extending over a
year-and-a-half, I can affirm my willingness to allow
myself to be placed in such a room, and, if merely
furnished with a bucket or two of water, I will under-
take to detonate on iron, with an iron hammer, some
of the kinetite which shall be in direct contact with
all the rest on the floor (to detonate with wood on
wood is far too troublesome, and I have often
exhausted myself with violent glancing blows ere I
could get satisfactory detonations). Nitrobenzene is
considerably heavier than water, and so an effusion
of water would soon extinguish it on burning, and all
that the detonation of the portion struck in a room
like that named could do. would be to inflame, the oil
in the surrounding kinetite ; and yet in none of the
trials I have made or seen made have I ever seen
kinetite set on fire byr the detonation of a part of it.
A striking experiment performed at Melling, near
Liverpool, in the presence of Prof. Campbell Brown
and myself, and to be subsequently described, will
justify, I believe, what may at first seem to look like
a suicidal proposition on my part.
I will now give the report of Prof. Lunge on ex-
periments he made with kinetite free from sulphides,
and which he himself prepared from the gelatin
supplied to him by Messrs. Petry A: Fallenstein : —
[TRANSLATION COPT.]
ZURICH, 1st October, 1885.
Report upon the Kinetite of Petev &
Fallenstein, ok Duren.
I have been requested by the above linn to report upon
the chemical stability of their patented explosive, called
kinetite ; as also upon its sensitiveness against shock
and blow. To this end, the said linn placed at my dis-
posal a quantity of gelatine, composed of 5 parts of
nitrocellulose and 100 parts of mtrobenzol, and with
this I myself prepared the explosive compound, accord-
ing to the directions of the patent, by mixing 22 parts of
this gelatine with a compound of 72 parts of chlorate of
potash, and 6 parts of nitrate of potash, both finely
powdered and intimately kneaded together, until a
homogeneous mass was obtained, in which each salt
particle was coated or covered by the nitrobenzol gela-
tine. The mass thus acquired a consistency of about
that of damp garden mould, and obtained also a certain
although low grade of plasticity.
With kinetite thus prepared, I have carried out the
following experiments : —
I.— BEHAVIOUR UNDER SHOCK OB BLOW.
1. A small quantity of kinetite was spread out upon
cardboard, ami laid upon an iron anvil. Violent blows
with a hammer were then dealt upon it, without, bow-
ever, producing any explosion. The same conditions
obtained with wood.
2. Some kinetite was next placed upon a thin sheet of
copper-plate, aud laid together with it on the anvil.
Jan. 29. I8S7.] THE JOOIXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMTCAL INDUSTRY.
Here, too, on being struck violently with a hammer, no
explosions resulted. The kinetite was merely flattened
out, and stink firmly to the under (striking) surface of
t lie hammer.
.'i Kinetite, laid directly upon the iron anvil, exploded
on being struck with the hammer, hut only in so far as
it came immediately between the two iron (steel) sur-
faces. All the rest was merely compressed, or scattered
about So, for instance, a portion of kinetite remained
sticking to the surface of the hammer head unchanged,
and was finally brought to explosion by a somewhat
altered direction given to the blow.
Inference.
Kinetite only explodes, even by violent blows and
shocks, when iron impinges direct on iron. IJetween
iron and copper it cannot be brought to explode ; and
equally so between iron or cardboard or wood.
Kinetite, therefore, is as little sensitive to shock or
blow as any other known well-behaved explosive.
n. — BEHAVIO0B t'XDER IGNITION.
Kven larger quantities ti.c, as in the case of my
experiment, several gramme*) of kinetite may be
ignited, either by a burning body, or by a red-hot iron,
without any appearances of explosion taking place. The
compound burns quietly with a strong illumination and
sooty Maine, and leaves a hard, salt residue.
III.— BEH.VVIOl'E WHEN" HEATED.
1. A few grammes of kinetite were heated in an air
bath during a lengthened period to 120 C. _'4>- 1 .
Subjected to this process, the nitrobenzol gradually
evaporated. The salty residue showed no explosive
qualities.
■2. A few grammes of kinetite were directly heated in
an enamelled iron dish, over a moderately large gas Maine
(Uunsen burner). The nitrobenzol evaporated very
quickly and completely, but quietly, in the form of a
brownish-yellow vapour. A residue of salts remained,
which later on was brought to a state of fusion, without,
however, obtaining any appearances of explosion.
3. A few grammes were placed in the same dish, but
over a very powerful gas-flame, so that a very high tem-
perature was very quickly reached. In about 30 seconds
the substance ignited aud burned quietly away, leaving
a residue of molten salts. The ignition occurred
evidently in this instance, by reason of the Fact that the
temperature was rapidly raised to the point of inflam-
mability before evaporation of the nitrobenzol had taken
place.
4. In order to test if, from an}- cause of separation
between the gelatine and the salt molecules, a greater
degree of danger would arise, I heated in a water bath a
few grammes of the gelatine lie, of the compound of
100 nitrobenzole and 5 nitrocellulose) by itself only. As
an open dish was used, the temperature did not rise
ah ive S0° C. (16ti F. |. At this temperature, however, it
did not by any mean- reach the point of fusion, but, on
the contrary, retained almost the same salve-like condi-
tion which it has uuder ordinary temperatures. It may
therefore be confidently assumed that no separation
(disincorporation) of the explosive compound from any
sweating out of the gelatine— consequent, say, upon
the heat of summer weather— can take place. It may
also be remarked that the gelatine thus heated in a water
bath, on being ignited, burnt quietly away without a
trace of explosive characteristics. For itself alone it also
evinces, when struck by iron upon iron, much weaker
explosive characteristics than kinetite.
Any disincorporatinn of the compound would there-
fore diminish the danger of carriage and storage. Quite
the opposite of ordinary dynamite, which on account of
the sweating out of nitroglycerine in liquid form,
increases its dangerousness to an enormous extent.
Inference,
In reference to its behaviour under heating and igni-
tion, kinetite is considerably less daugerous, in re>pect
•Dr. Lunge here, of course, refers only to direct blows, and
not glancing or sliding blows.
of carriage and storage, than any other explosive known
to me in my general experience hitherto.
IV.— ITS BEHAVIOUR OX rROLONi.EI' STORAGE.
Experiments in respect to this I could not earn- out,
as a lengthened period of time would be necessary. I
consider, however, such experiments quite purposele>>.
No expert would for a moment entertain the thought
that from any degree of prolonged storage, to whatever
length of time extended, any such change in the ingre-
dients composing kinetite could take place, which could
in any sense make its manipulation in the slightest
decree more dangerous.
If the storage vessels are not tight, nitrobenzol will
evaporate. If water is permitted to associate with it,
the salts will be washed out. In either case the residue
will always be lets explosive
If stored in vessels impervious to air and water, it is
beyond question that any reaction can take place which
could increase the danger of explosion, such as is the
case with imperfectly purified nitroglycerine, or with
dynamite manufactured therefrom.
On the basis of the above facts, and on the b.-ws of the
experience which I have had in experimenting, by order
of the Swiss ( iovernment and Swiss Railways, upon the
explosives chiefly used, I give it as my opinion that the
explosive called kinetite, manufactured by Petry &
Fallenstein, belongs to the least dangerous of all explo-
sives in reference to carriage, manipulation, and
storage : and that any possibility of increase of danger,
from change of character by storage, or by transport, is
entirelv excluded.
- _-ned) Dr. LUNGE,
Professor of Tech. Chi mistry
at the Eidgenossiscken Polytechnikum,
Zurich.
Prof. J. Campbell Brown's report now follows, and
this was written in complete ignorance of Dr. Lunge's
experiments, results, or report : —
University College,
Liverpool, 5th Dec, 1SS5.
I have examined and made experiments with a sample
of kinetite received from the Potentite Company, Lim.,
in November last, and with other samples made by my-
self, and beg to report as follows t —
1. When submitted to blows upon an iron anvil with
an iron hammer, it explodes when struck with sufficient
force, but not very easily ; and only that portion im-
mediately struck explodes, the surrounding portions, if
any, remaining unaltered.
2. When placed upon copper, zinc, aud other metals,
aud struck with an iron hammer, it exploded with
greater difficulty and no more completely.
3. It exploded entirely only when placed between
two iron plates and struck with a sufficiently heavy
hammer.
4. When placed upon wood and struck either directly
by the hammer or with the intervention of an iron plate,
it only flattened out and did not explode.
5. \Vhen placed upon iron, wood, stone, and concrete
successively, and struck by a slanting blow of an iron
hammer, it behaved in the same way as when struck
directly. When struck by a slanting blow of a wooden
mallet it did not explode, t
0. When placed upon iron, wood, stone, and concrete
successively, aud struck by a slanting blow of a heavily-
shod heel, a small portion* only, or sometimes none, ex-
ploded, leaving the rest flattened only.
7. When heated in an open dish until half dry, and
treated in the same way. it exploded in a similar way —
perhaps a little more easily when hot : but when all the
nitrobenzene had been evaporated away it did not ex-
plode under any kind of blow.
S. When a large quantity is set on fire by any burning
substance, or a hot bar, it does not explode, but burns
t More recent experiments by Dr. .1. Campbell Brown
showed lhat when fairly beaten into the wood, and continued
slanting blows administered till in fact the friction produces
warmth, slight detonations could at length he caused, confin-
ing themselves, however, to the points and portions struck.
— W. S.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY' OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Jan. H>. its?
i[iiietly away with a smoky flame, leaving a saline mass
which contains a little potassium chloride, but chiefly
potassium chlorate and nitrate. In one experiment I
found as much a- halt the potassium chlorate reduced to
chloride ; but in no ease was neatly all the chlorate
reduced. The residue is non-explosive.
9. An ounce of kinetite surrounding one of Geo!
EggerstorfFs sextuple detonators and placed on a boulder
in the open, did not appear to me to explode when the
detonator was Bred bj a fuse, but was >■> scattered that
no complete evidence as to what became of it could be
obtained : the experiment was therefore repeated in the
same way. but under an inverted empty barrel. In this
case the kinetite was only partly exploded, lifting the
head of the barrel, and was partly but imperfectly burnt,
there being soot inside the barrel and a strong smell of
nitrobenzol on all the grass surrounding the stone on
which the kinetite had been placed, and the stone was
uninjured.
Judging from all these results, 1 entertain no doubt
whatever that kinetite is a much safer kind of explosive
than dynamite and its allies, whether in manufacture,
storage, or in use.
J. Campbell Brown, D.Sc,
Professor of Chemistry in Utiiversity College,
Liverpool, and Victoria University.
As regards my own experiments, I was invited to
specially test and report on the chemical stability of
kinetite made without antimony pentasulphide, and
subsequently with Prof. J. Campbell Brown to wit-
ness and to try some held experiments on a larger
scale at the Potentite Company's Works and in a
neighbouring quarry at Melling, near Liverpool.
Kepokt on the Chemical Stability, etc. of the
New Explosive known as ■•Kinetite."
( >ct. 20, ISSo.
I. A quantity of kinetite was prepared by me accord-
ing to the directions furnished, hut 1 took pure nitro-
benzene instead of the commercial article usually
employed. I dissolved 1 part of gun-cotton, the pro-
duct of the Potentite Company, Melling, by Liver-
pool, in -0 parts of pure nitrobenzene, prepared |
specially for me by Mr. C. Dreyfus of the Clayton
Aniline Company, near Manchester. I warmed the
nitrobenzene in the process of solution, and found that
beat causes the gun-cotton to go very quickly into solu- I
tion. To ascertain if any danger exists in this part of
the process by which, with mechanical agitation, no appli-
cation of heat would lie necessary, I heated the mixture to
nearly 1:20s Centigrade (24S° 1".). The only effect was j
fuming of the nitrobenzene. Hence, to promote solution
of the gun-cotton, wanning of the mixture with a closed !
steam coil would be perfectly and absolutely safe.
My jelly produced as above I now mixed intimately
in a porcelain mortar with well-dried potassium chlorate
and nitrate, in the following proportions : 22 parts of the
aforesaid jelly, 72 parts of chlorate of potassium, and 0
parts nitrate of potassium.
II. I first found that the explosive in portions, each
about the size of a pea, was detonated by smart blows
with an iron-headed hammer on a cast-iron [date, giving
explosions like pistol shots.
III. Similar pieces of explosive (about the consistency
of nutty i when placed on the iron plate and fired with a
lighted match, simply burned with a smoky, luminous
flame, quite harmlessly, and left behind a residue of a
white saline character. This residue consisted almost
entirely of the unaltered potassium chlorate, for it de-
flagrated powerfully on heating with the blow-pipe flame
or charcoal. It is then easy to burn away the nitro-
benzene, and probably the gun-cotton, quite' harmlessly
from the explosive, without sensibly altering the potas-
sium chlorate. I say " without sensibly altering," for, on
closely observing the burning mass, 1 perceived no symp-
toms of fusing of the residue of chlorate as it w:is left.
[V. A thin wrought-iron plate was now heated stongly,
but not more than to a black heat, ami a piece of'the
explosive was now put ou this plate. It commenced to
smoke strongly, ami continued to do so till the nitro-
benzene was volatilised, when intumescence of the
chlorate set in with evolution of oxygen gas, as is usual
with chlorate of potash when heated — but no sign of
anything approaching to explosive violence was tit any
time manifested. Neither in III. nor here in IV. does
the presence of the gun-cotton manifest itself by any
phenomenon in the least degree.
Y. Further portions of toe explosive were placed
in watch-glasses and exposed to temperatures of
about 96° to 100 C, and about 70' C. respectively. In
from "24 to 30 hours it was found that all nitrobenzene
bad volatilised, not even the least odour remaining, and
residues were left which consisted of chlorate of potas-
sium with the minute quantity of gun-cotton originally
added in the form of jelly.
VI. The dry. odourless saline residues obtained by the
evaporation of the nitrobenzene were now placed ou the
cast-iron plate and violently struck with the iron headed
hammer, but without any result in the shape of detona-
tion.
On charcoal with the blow-pipe flame, the chlorate
deflagrated and burned along with the gun-cotton in it,
but not in the least differently from chlorate of potassium
deflagrated alone under the same conditions.
Similar portions of saline residues left as above stated
were subjected to the following tests : —
(") I'onion placed on a strongly-heated iron plate,
quietly fused, evolved oxygen gas just as
chlorate of potassium usually does.
(6) Another portion refused to ignite, deflagrate, or
explode on attempting to (ire with the flame
of a match.
VII. " A portion kept in a warm room (16° C.) in stop-
pered bottle for three weeks, was not changed in the
least, nor was another portion similarly kept for two
months. In fact, in the chemical nature of things, it
is quite impossible any spontaneous change should take
place.
VIII. Another portion exposed in a watch-glass at
about 30" C. for several days, was at the end of about 3i
days found dry, and to consist of a simple mixture of
chlorate with the small quantity of gun-cotton of the
jelly. The jeily itself I have found perfectly stable, and
also that on exposure it does not suffer loss by evapora-
tion of the nitrobenzene like the kinetite, though, of
course, such evaporation does take place.
Altogether, I consider the kinetite is a most sttfc mix-
ture, as I believe my experiments amply prove.
IX. The employment of nitrobenzene well washed
fiom all free acid, and gun-cotton also free from
acidity, are precautions which, being very easy of
attainment, I see no difficulty or danger at all in the
production of kinetite on a large scale, perfectly safe to
keep.
-\. 1 have made some kinetite with pure nitrotoluene,
and this I find more difficult to detonate than that made
with pure nitrobenzene — i.e. , a harder blow must be ad-
ministered. Consequently the use of a commercial ben-
zene containing also toluene, and the resulting employ-
ment of a mixture of nitrobenzene and nitrotoluene,
offers no risk of danger whatever, but being detonated,
even with more difficulty than a kinetite made with pure
nitrobenzene, it is, on the contrary, safer.
Watson smith, F.C.S., T.I.C.,
Lecturer in Chemical Technology
in the Victoria University.
KEPor.T on a sei:ie> oi Comparative Experiments
made 12th November, issj, with "Kinetite,"
"Potentite," anh Nobel's Dynamite, at the
Works of the Potentite Company, Melling,
neak Liverpool, in company with Professor J.
Campbell Brown, Mb. F. W. Macan, and several
Memrers of the Firm and Officials.
November SO, :
The following experiments were tried with the object
January .'. 1887. — A portion of this same sample, and also
some of a larger sample prepared from commercial products.
and kept since October, 1&», and brought under all normal
conditions of exposure, are now perfectly unchanged.
Jan. 2!., iksm THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDtFSTRY.
9
of comparing the explosive effects of the above-named
preparations.
( y I inders of solid load each 2ft. longandliin. in diameter,
were bored with boles down the centre, the bore of
each of "Inch is j J of an inch in diameter, and I8in. in
depth. The cartridges were lowered into this tube by
the fuse terminated By a detonator inserted in the cart-
ridge, and whilst the end of the fuse projected, the
tamping was done with water — i.e., water was poured
into' the hole until full. The cylinder having been sunk
in the earth until only about tin. projected, the fuse was
lighted, and after the explosion the earth was removed
and then the tube, when a bullions swelling was found
upon it in the vicinity, more or less, of the cartridge.
The volumes of such bulbs could easily be measured by
measuring the water capable of tilling the cylinders in
which the explosions had taken place.
A 1. Two cartridges of potentite (a mixture of nitre
and gun-cotton), each weighing Uoz., were now exploded
in a lead cylinder sunk in the earth.
The side of the cylinder was blown out and a rent
made, a bulbous bulging out of the lead all round the
place where the cartridges were, appearing.
A 2. Two cartridges of potentite, as before, exploded.
Bulging again as before, but no rent ; still the bulb i
contained several cracks and small ruptures.
B 1. Two cartridges of kinetite, of lioz. each, ex-
ploded as in A 1, ami 2. Explosion sharper than in A 1 |
and 2. But though bulged in a very even bulbous form, I
not any rupture had taken place.
15 2. Kinetite paste used this time, and not cartridges,
the weight employed being the same as in B 1. Sharp
report and red flash. Bulb very evenly bulbous in
shape.
C. Some kinetite paste was now placed on a granite
stone connected with detonator and fuse, and tired. '
From the sound it was judged that only the detonator
exploded. At any rate, all was blown away, and no
positive proof remained that the kinetite was not ex-
ploded. To get such proof —
CI. Again some kinetite paste was placed with
detonator and fuse on the stone, the fuse lighted, and an
empty cask placed over the whole, so as to enclose it.
On exploding, the head of the cask was blown out, but
the rest of the structure remained unhurt.
On examining the grass, a dark circular line was i
observed just inside the circle described by the rim of
the cask, and this was found to be moist with and to
smell strongly of nitrobenzene. Thus it is proved that
even with a detonator, when fired in the open, or even
in a space so much enclosed, either no explosion or only
a very partial one ensues.
C 2. A cartridge of potentite fired on the same stone
with a detonator and fuse, just as the kinetite was tired
(under an inverted cask), was exploded and blew the cask
to pieces.
Comparison of Kinetite and Dynamite (NobeVs
Cartridges).
I. Lead cylinders, bored precisely as before, were used.
One cartridge of Nobel's dynamite (2Joz. ) was exploded.
IS'o flash perceived ; the cylinder was bulged locally, but
unevenly somewhat as in Fig. 1 (seep. .'/).
II. One cartridge of kinetite (2^oz. ) exploded. Sharp
explosion, much sharper than I. No Hash perceived,
and cylinder bulged apparently to about double the
volume of that in I. with the dynamite. The bulge was
remarkably even, however.
III. Two cartridges of kinetite (2Joz.) exploded.
Sharp explosion as in II., but louder. Very regular
bulge, of larger size than in II., but an almost perfect
bulb. No rupture.
IV. Two cartridges of dynamite (2}oz. each)- Flash,
and deep hollow detonation or explosion ; earth thrown
up, and with it the upper half of the lead cylinder, about
6ft. into the air. This part of the lead cylinder bad
assumed a form like that in Figs. 2 and .'5 [see p. 4).
A hole was found in the ground where the upper part of
the cylinder was, and the lower part remained embedded.
The hole measured about 34ft. iu diameter.
V. Another explosion, with a similar charge of
dynamite as in IV., gave a result singularly like that of
IV. in every respect.
VI. Explosion with another double charge of kinetite
(two cartridges of 2Joz. each) produced a result very like
that of III.— viz., a singularly even bulge as if a bulb
had been blown upon the tube by an experienced -la--
blower, but this time there was a rupture, a hole being
blown in the side measuring about 3m. by liin.
Thus it appears that a certain degree of reliance could
be placed on a rough calculation of the explosive effect
of a charge of kinetite, single or if doubled, but no such
calculation could be made with regard to dynamite.
For, a small charge of dynamite doing less work than a
similarly small one of kinetite, actually did when doubled
immeasurably more than double the work of the doubled
charge of kinetite, and did it after a somewhat eccentric
and destructive fashion. The localised character of the
violence of the dynamite explosion was well marked.
As regards any attempt at explanation of the at first
sight abnormal results of these latter experiments, one
theory suggests itself as possibly the most likely.
It was noticed in each case when a rupture was effected
in the lead, that the general results indicated a consider-
ably greater destructive action than when no rupture
took place.
In experiment I., where no rupture with the single
charge of dynamite took place, it is observed how un-
even the bulge of the lead was, though not a large bulge
by any means. This indicates the certain rupture of the
lead with an explosion of dynamite the equal of which,
generally speaking, with kinetite would not rupture the
lead, because being equally exerted in all directions, an
even bulge is produced. The uneven character of the
bulge caused by the dynamite also throws some light on
the extraordinary and eccentric concentration of violence,
1 so to sav, with which dynamite acts upon certain points,
in given directions, so as to cause what are called
destructive local action.
The Action nf Kinetite in Blasting Rock.
An experiment was tried in a quarry of sandstone near
the Potentite Company's Works, and instead of a cait-
ridge simply a piece of kinetite moulded in the bands
was used ; this was inserted in the bore hole just as a
cartridge would be, in it being inserted also the detonator
with fuse. The tamping was not carried out at all, the
fuse being simply lighted. An explosion followed, which
did admirable wink in clearing cut a large mass of rock,
and in large pieces, and generally manifesting an equal
all-round action, which must be of the greatest economic
value in blasting in either quarries or coal mines. The
testimony of the workman in charge was highly in
favour of the kinetite as regards the loosening of large
[ pieces, as compared with that of dynamite. A parti-
cularly valuable quality of kinetite was shown in the
next experiment. A bore hole had been made in the
rock at the bottom of a pool of water, and into this a
piece of kinetite paste, first moulded in the hand, was
inserted by a workman, who bared his arm and reached
down to the bottom of the pool for the purpose. Into
the middle of the kinetite the detonator was inserted,
the end and a few inches of the fuse projecting above the
water. On lighting the fuse, at length an explosion
followed, showing the waterproof character of the
explosive. Nitrobenzene being insoluble in water, pro-
tects the particles of otherwise soluble chlorate of
potassium, so that the whole remains insoluble and nn-
wetted in the water.
The fact that in so many cases, probably most, cart-
ridges of kinetite ate not needed, and that kinetite may
be handled in moulding with safety, as it is not noxious
like dynamite,' producing the violent headaches following
* I am aware that vapours ot nitrobenzene in closed spaces
act to some extent as a poison, but the conversion into the
jelly prevents the vapourisation lo a great extent, and hence
the poisonous effect, which again is very far below that at
nitroglycerin, even supposing work in closed rooms, of which
there is no need.— W. B.
10
THE JOUKJSTAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTBT. [Jan. a, im.
contact with that article, is a strong argument in its
favour, both on economic ;is well as sanitary grounds.
Watson smith. F.C.S., F.I.C.,
Lecturer in Chemical Technology
in lln Victoria University.
As an expression of opinion, the immense prepon-
derance of all the evidence compels me to say, with
Professor Lunge, that " the explosive called kinetite
belougs to the least dangerous of all explosives in
reference to carriage, manipulation and storage."
As regards the use of kinetite in coal mines, I have
heard a report from Germany, the reference to which
I can unfortunately not find again, that it behaves
exceedingly well, especially in detaching or loosening
very large masses anamakingbut little smallsand dust.
This i~ a matter of immense importance in coal mining.
In conclusion, permit me to say that I have not the
slightest interest in kinetite beyond my reputation
as a representative of chemical technology, and my
duty as regards my experiments and report, which,
again, the company charged me to make in their
interests, with the most unbiased intent to elicit the
full truth, and I must confess that in those interests,
thoseof my country, and with every due care to my own
reputation, I cannot but see great advantages in the
manufacture and use as a blasting explosive of this
offspring, as I cannot but regard it. of 1 >r. Sprengel's
researches, and 1 should, therefore, class kinetite as
par exce/lenct "a safety explosive." If I can rind
evidence, or have it placed before me, to the contrary,
it will be my duty, and I shall in fact hasten to
renounce that position.
Experiments.
After reading his paper, .Mr. Watson Smith per-
formed several experiments with a view to proving
the safety attending both the manufacture and use
of kinetite. (1.) He dissolved 5 of nitrocellulose in
100 of nitrobenzene, and heated the mixture even to
ebullition over a flame (nitrobenzene boils at 205° C).
(2.) Some kinetite (made in November, 1885) was put
on a strongly heated iron plate over the gas flame,
nitrobenzene was rapidly volatilised, but no combus-
tion ensued, until the flame was directly applied to
the explosive, when the latter burned away steadily
and somewhat slowly. (3.) Some kinetite was placed
on an iron block, and was struck heavily with a
hammer. Several explosions of those portions which
actually came between the two iron surfaces occurred.
(4.) Some kinetite was placed on a sheet of lead,
which, again, was placed on the iron. Heavy blows
were struck at this, with no result. On a second
attempt a minute portion was exploded. The same
experiment was repeated a third time, with no
result. (5.) Some kinetite was laid on wood, and
struck with a wooden mallet so as to produce a
sliding or glancing blow. Repeated attempts to
explode the kinetite in this way were made, but with
no success. Sume portions of the explosive adhered
to the mallet, and were subsequently burnt off at the
gas flame.
DISCUSSION.
The Chairman said Mr. Watson Smith had given
a very interesting paper on this new substance. It
was most remarkable to see how Dr. Sprengel's in-
ventions had borne fruit. It seemed hardly "possible
now for an inventor to do more than develop one
or another of Dr. Sprengel's ideas on the subject— in
fact, all that remained for one to invent in respect of
this class of explosives were variations in composition
and in name. It seemed to him that the most inter-
esting property of kinetite was its power of regular
explosion. In this respect it appeared to be superior
to dynamite, for if the latter were used in coal
mining or in quarrying, its excessively destructive
local action was always a great disadvantage. This
new explosive, however, gave results more resembling
those of gunpowder, and it would therefore appear to
be a very valuable addition to our stock of blasting
agents. Of course there might be reasons why the
use of kinetite would be unadvisable ; but, looking
at the experiments they had seen performed, it did
not appear to him to be a very dangerous body.
Dr. Dlpke observed that, if he, as the adviser
of the Home Office in matters relating to explosives,
might compare small things to great, he would
suggest that the various gentlemen, whose reports
had been rtad to the meeting, were "in a position
of greater freedom and less responsibility,' and every-
onepresent would understandtuat he had to be cautious
as to what he said. He had often, in teaching, com-
pared these explosives to horses. Everyone was
aware that a horse knew what sort of a rider was on
him. He would do what a good rider wished him to
do. But put a bad rider on him. and he would be
nowhere. Similarly, it would seem that explosives
knew when they were in the hands of a man who
understood them. They then would do what was
expected of them, but in the hands of an inexperienced
individual, of course the individual would be nowhere.
When kinetite was first introduced, Dr. Stahlschmidt
had written him (the speaker) a letter urging him to
recommend it as a perfectly safe and perfectly stable
body. In fact, as in the case of every inventor of a
safety explosive, the thing he had invented was
absolutely inexplosive, except at the very moment
when one had got it in the hole and wished to explode
it. One might do what one liked with it — shoot at
it, put it between two express trains, take it up a
precipice and tumble it down — the explosive would
never do harm unless one wished it. In his hands
kinetite had proved to be neither stable nor otherwise
safe. Kinetite was one of a well-known class of
explosives, of which, as a rule, only the portion
actually struck exploded. Sometimes one might
strike them with a hammer without exploding them,
at other times the slightest touch would set them off
• a masse. One might shoot at tons of dynamite when
frozen without exploding it ; in fact, at such a time
it was scarcely to be exploded by a detonator.
But the result would be very different in summer.
There was an instance in which a poor man
had lost his hand by merely taking a dynamite
cartridge in his hand and striking it with a small
hammer. It had become, a proverbial saying in his
laboratory, when the impossible happened, "It only
explodes when iron strikes iron direct." And so the
man with greater freedom and less responsibility
thinks, " I nave never succeeded in making it go off,
and therefore it is safe." But it was well known
that most serious accidents had happened through
a comparatively slight touch of a hammer on such
bodies. They ought not, theoretically, to have gone
off. but,. unfortunately, they had done so, and scattered
people to atoms. There was one respect in which
some of these explosives had an advantage ; their
constituents could be kept separate and mixed only
at the moment when they were required. That was
very admirable, in some cases, but it required much
Sractical experience to decide when it was desirable,
ut, desirable or not, it could not be done in this
country without an Act of Parliament. That was a
point inventors should bear in mind. If they could
get the power from Parliament, well and good ; but
at present no such power existed. To return to the
question of the kinetite experiments. In the labora-
tory of the manufacturers two or three cartridges
went off spontaneously— they ought not to have done
so, but tliey did. Several hundredweights of the
same suspicious composition were then in the
Jan. ». 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
11
magazine at the factory, and arrangements were made
for tlieir destruction. Accordingly) next day they
went to remove them, but when they arrived they
found that the kinetite had anticipated their action,
and had burnt away. Fortunatelyit bad not exploded.
Sometimes these bodies did simply burn away; at
others they exploded. But, supposing it were prove* 1
that kinetite would never explode under such circum-
stances, what would have happened if a ton of gun-
cotton had been in the same magazine ? Would the
gun-cotton have remained unexploded ? He imagined
that even Mr. Watson Smith would not have liked to
pass the night in the magazine containing these hun-
dredweights of kinetite ; and if he had done so, it was
to be feared that the Section would not have had the
pleasure of hearing him read the paper they had ju.-t
listened to. Professor Lunge had said in his report
that he had not found it possible to explode kinetite
on wood. But he (the speaker) had lound that in
his hands it would go off on wood, on iron, on stone,
on almost anything. Could it be that kinetite was
unusually sensitive in his hands 1 And that was the
great danger of all chlorate explosives. They were
admirable ; they were beautiful : but they had
the very ugly knack of doing the wrong thing
at the wrong time. If great caution were used,
they were, as a rule, safe to keep ; and kinetite
itself was usually safe from explosion by fire.
So one might often set tire to gun-cotton by the
hundredweight or by the ton, and it would merely
burn off: at other times it would explode. He had seen
a hundredweight of dynamite burn off quite com-
fortably ; at another time two or time pounds of it set
on tire violently exploded — why, he did not know.
These facts showed how careful those who were respon-
sible for the lives of others should be. They could not be
too cautious with respect to new explosives, whenever
there was the shadow of a doubt about their safety.
It was all very well for Mr. Watson Smith to show them
the experiments he had made, but he (the speaker;
might hint that he would have got an explosion
more easily if he had struck his slanting blows across
the grain of the wood instead of with the grain. Every-
one who had the slightest experience of explosives
knew that even gunpowder would occasionally go off if
incautiously rammed down a hole. It ought not to, but
it did. And how much more readily might such a thing
happen with kinetite ! Men of experience would know
that gun cotton might be struck at ordinary tempera-
tures and it would not communicate a flame : but if it
were struck at 100" F. the whole mass would probably
^o off. There wis another considerable danger in
these chlorate explosives which was at present
little understood— viz., sensitiveness to atmospheric
changes. If made of pure materials and carefully
kept, they would last well. But if some of the same
matter were exposed alternately to cold, damp, and
to warm dry atmospheres, it would be lound to be
covered with crystals of chlorate of potassium, in which
condition it was sometimes remarkably sensitive.
With respect to the experiments mentioned by the
author, he (the speaker) would be greatly obliged to
any one who would show him any instruments by
means of which the force of combined friction and
concussion could be measured. He had never yet
succeeded in measuring such force accurately. There
was thus no exact measure of the sensitiveness of these
explosives, but there was strong evidence that on being
exposed alternately to moisture and warmth they
became much more sensitive, and would occasionally
go off with a very slight blow. He could say much
more on the subject, but he was under considerable
restriction as to freedom of speech. He would con-
clude by assuring the meeting that all these questions
were considered by the authorities fairly and care-
fully, with the full knowledge that on their decision
depended not only the introduction of improvements
in an important branch of manufacture, but the lives
of hundreds of their fellows.
Mr. W. Dalkymplk-Rorlanii said he had worked
for a long time with explosives, and felt quite Bure
that chlorate mixtures were all more or less uncertain
in action, both in manufacture and storage. There
were one or two points upon which he would be glad
of further information. First, as to the density of
kinetite. Everyone knew that the density of an
explosive was a matter of great importance. F< r
instance, blasting gelatine had a great advantage
over dynamite because of its greater density. For
the same reason dynamite had the advantage of gun-
cotton. He would therefore be giad to know the
specific gravity of kinetite. Then as to the initial
impulse required for explosion. From what had
been said of its non-sensitiveness he should think it
required a large impulse. That would be important
As to the experiments made to show the relative
forces exerted, he could not but think that those
cylinder tests, as carried out. were wholly unreliable
and practically worthless. Under no circumstances
could they give more than approximate results.
There was one point in respect of this new body
which had not been touched upon — viz., the gases
of explosion. In these days of high explosives yield-
ing gases practically innocuous — water, carbonic acid,
etc. — any new explosive would stand a poor chance if
its gases of explosion were noxious. Now, chlorates
were well known to yield as a rule gases containing
more or less chlorine ; at any rate they were liable to
do so. He would be glad to know whether this had
been found to be the case with kinetite. He con-
sidered sulphide of antimony a most dangerous thing
to use. If its employment had been abandoned, well
and good, but he was not clear on that point. As to
the experiment made by Mr. Smith to show the
harmlessness of mixing gun-cotton with nitrobenzene,
of course no new property had been imported to the
gun-cotton thereby. It was observable that nitrous
fumes were given off during the heating : but the
gun-cotton being in very small quantity would not
make itself felt to much extent. The anvil experi-
ments shown were very interesting ; but he did not
think they showed kinetite to be safer than dynamite,
or gun-cotton, or even gunpowder.
Mr. E. F. Hbekoum said that most of the remarks
he had intended to make had been anticipated by the
last speaker. It was a well-known fact that gun-
cotton, as made for the preparation of potentite, was
not sensitive to concussion. It might be remembered
that in order to induce the Lancashire and Yorkshire
Railway Co. to allow the carriage of potentite over
their line, the makers ran some trucks over some
potentite cartridges placed on the rails without dam-
age. He had conducted many experiments of the
kind they had seen, and had found that the explosion
of the portion actually compressed was often not
communicated to the loose portions. But he regarded
such experiments as of little value, since the various
accidents which had occurred with potentite and
tonite (bodies which were comparatively safe) had
demonstrated that the detonation of such bodies in a
confined space might be very serious. He would
suggest that the fact of the kinetite, or a large pro-
portion of it. not being exploded by a blow indicated
an imperfect action of its constituents due to their
not being uniformly blended. Although a detonator
had failed to cause complete explosion in some
kinetite placed on an open boulder, still it waspossible
that a slight detonation, produced by the friction of
a rammer in a bore-hole, might cause the explosion
of the whole. He quite agreed with the last speaker
12
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. U""- *uss<
in his remarks on the lead cylinder tests. Noanalysis
of the products ol combustion having been made,
then was no evidence whether the kinetite had ex-
erted all its energy or not.
Mr. John Spillek wished to inquire what was the
nature of the detonator used for firing these cartridges,
because the experiments of the late Edwin Brown
had shown that much depended on this point. One
could not but recognise the high value of 1 >r.
Sprengel's experiments, which had initiated this and
other contributions to the science of explosives. Jn
the body placed before them that evening there
would appear to be a very great excess of oxidising
materials. If, as Mr. Smith had suggested, the anti-
mony pentasulphkle was tube kept out altogether,
there would remain gun-cotton, chlorate of potash,
and nitrobenzene— bodies all containing so much
oxygen that one would expect it to be greatly in
excess, or likely to become so when, by exposure,
some of the nitrobenzene had vapourised. But his
purpose was chiefly to impure what sort of fuse had
been used for detonating these cartridges.
Mr. E. Kennard Mitting wished to ask, in
reference to the experiments in lead cylinders,
whether any steps were taken to ensure that the
earth wasuniformly homogeneous round each cylinder.
If not, that would account to some extent for the
different results obtained by the firing of various
cartridgi 3.
The Chairman having called upon
Mr. Watson Smith to reply, he said he must at once
bow to Dr. Dupre'smuchsuperiorand wider knowledge
of explosives. His own experience had extended over
one year and a-half, and had all been laid before the
meeting that night. Still, having heard what Dr.
Dupre had to say on the subject, he could not help
thinking that there was at least as much to be said
for kinetite as for dynamite. They had heard much
of the mysteries and misdeeds of dynamite and
of the possibility of danger from kinetite. He
could, of course, only judge by his own expe-
rience, and from that he judged kinetite to be
stable and constant. If there were acid present in
the nitrobenzene (sulphuric acid, for instance) he
could understand that reaction would occur between
it and the chlorate of potash ; but that could easily
be obviated by the addition of a small quantity of
aniline.* Similarly, the presence of sulphide of
antimony might possibly account for the heating
which had developed in certain cases ; but it was
proposed to abandon the use of that constituent in
England. This explosive was manufactured in Ger-
many, and no mishaps had occurred ; and he could
not but regard most of the accidents and dangers they
had heard of as being due to ignorance. A workman
might have his hand blown oft'; but if he (the
speaker) had to deal with kinetite, he took care not
to put his hand in peril. He understood kinetite,
but the workman in question evidently did not
understand dynamite. He was not aware that Stahl-
schmidt invented kinetite, but had always understood
that explosive was the invention of retry A- Fallen-
stein, of Diiren. Mr. Smith had not determined the
density of kinetite : but it might be roughly judged
fi'oin the densities of its constituents — nitrobenzene,
to begin with, being about V2. The ground in which
the lead cylinder tests were made was of a clayey
nature and was tolerably homogeneous. All the
cylinders were embedded in the same kind of soil,
close together, and the pressure on each would be
about equal. He thought the bulges made in the
cylinders showed the direction of the force exerted,
• This proposal was made by Dr. Sprenge] in bis paper read
before tin- Chemical Society in 1873 and hence] claim nothing
new for It.— W. si.
and that an even bulge must be taken as indicating
an equal development of force all round, while an
extremely uneven sphere would show a greater
development in the direction of thegreatestbulge. As
to the gases of explosion, he had not determined them :
but he had never observed the slightest smell of
chlorine in them. He would propose that the gun-
cotton should be put into the nitrobenzene as soon as
possible, and should never remain in stock ; it should,
moreover, be well tested for acid before being dis-
solved. When Dr. Lunge tested kinetite on wood,
he had probably used direct blows only ; but he (the
speaker)had usedglancingblows. It wasquitetruethat
both potentite and kinetite needed a large initial im-
pulse to explode them ; but then if one wanted safety
one must be prepared tosacrificesomethingfor it. One
could not expect great sensitiveness, easy explosion,
and safety at the same time. He was not a special
advocate for potentite or tonite ; those bodies were
simply experimented on for the sake of comparison,
the experiments being made in the Potentite Com-
pany's works. The detonators employed in the
experiments described were Eggerstorff's sextuple
detonators. He must confess himself ignorant of
their composition ; but they were very powerful,
and on one occasion already referred to, one of them,
although failing to detonate the kinetite in the open,
had produced quite an explosion on its own account.
»«*^w*»«*»-
SOME NOTES ON GRINDING AND SEPARA-
TING HARD SUBSTANCES.
BY T. W". B. MUMFORD.
Some four years since, the firm of manufacturers
with whom I am connected, saw their way to do a
largely increased trade in artificial fertilisers, but
were limited to the quantity they could produce by
the capacity of their machinery for grinding phos-
phatic materials. The opportunity I speak of came
when there was a scarcity all round of the particular
article required, and consequently profits were better
than usual. This made us doubly anxious to secure
the business ; the only question was, How to
do it?
Our margin of engine power was not very great,
certainly not sufficient to drive millstones enough to
produce what was required, and I therefore cast
about for some other machine to help in the matter.
I may say that every system which I investigated I
considered unsuitable, either from the power required
to work it, or from what, in my opinion, was equally
important — the principle on which the various
machines were constructed — whereby the probable
wear and tear or gradually-diminishing efficiency of
the apparatus would increase the cost of producing
the article we wanted to make : so that what, under
ordinary circumstances, was a very profitable margin
between the cost of production and the selling price,
would have been seriously diminished, if it did not
disappear altogether.
I had long held the opinion that grinding phos-
phates by the aid of millstones was both primitive
and expensive, but inasmuch as every manufacturer
possessed machinery of that description, and it repre-
sented so many pounds sterling in his books as plant,
it became a matter of some difficulty for me to get
very much encouragement or information as to what
had been done in other directions. There is of course
this great advantage with millstones, they begin and
finish the material ready for use, whereas other
machines require some assistance in separating the
fine from the coarser particles which they grind. It
is not my intention this evening to inflict upon you
Jan.S9.i8B7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
13
an account of my experiences in perfecting a grind-
in- machine to help us out of our difficulties : suffice
it to say that, having the good fortune to have as my
chief engineer a thoroughly good all-round man, we
were enabled to construct on our own principle a
system of roller mills which not only met all our
requirements for the time being, but which have been
at work continuously ever since, and with the most
satisfactory results.
With roller mills, as with every other machine
outside millstones, the material after being crushed
required to be graded. I found it was one thing to
crush or grind the phosphate, but quite another
matter to get an uniformly fine grade, which would
fulfil the two essentials 01 profitable manufacture—
viz., minimum insolubility of the mixed phosphates
and sulphuric acid, with maximum condition of the
finished article. We— and I daresay many other
manufacturers are in the same fix— had not a large
space at our disposal, and so were prohibited from
ting the ordinary exhaust apparatus with stive or
dust chambers ; we had therefore to fall back upon
sieves, and here my troubles commenced. We tried
every form — circular, hexagonal, and flat : iron gauze,
steel gauze, copper gauze, brass gauze, perforated
plates, etc., etc., but all to no purpose ; none proved
satisfactory. Either a small hole would wear in the
sieve, and, before the man in charge had discovered
it, sufficient coarse material had got through to upset
my calculations for insoluble phosphate ; or, the
material being slightly damp, the sieves became
clogged, and we had to stop to brush them. More-
over I found that with woven wire the weaver was
confined to a certain gauge of material, and that the
finer the mesh required the thinner was it necessary
for the wire to be ; whilst the finer I found it neces-
sary to grind the material the greater tendency was
there for the sieves to become blocked, and the more
necessity was there for them to be kept in a
constant state of vibration, or to be brushed, and
hence when most was required in this direction, the
substance on which the operation had to be performed
was far less capable of withstanding what it was
necessary to do to keep the interstices tree. The
question was. What was to be done .' Here we were
with a splendid machine for grinding our materials,
but it was impossible to shut our eyes to the fact
that with the most perfect system of sieves we could
devise or obtain, they would wear out, and moreover
that we were at the mercy of our workpeople, who by
inattention might, and did, bring about results which
were the very opposite of what we desired.
My colleague, Mr. Moodie, after we had from time
to time discussed this weak point in our armour,
conceived the idea of the machine to which I wish to
draw your attention, and of which I have a model on
the table before me.
The diagram to which I will now refer will explain
the principle on which the apparatus is constructed.
Sectiox ok Separator
A, outer casing of sheet iron, circular in form, into
which the tine 'lust is thrown, terminating in a spout at
the bottom for delivering into bags, casks, on toereepei>.
etc., etc., as may be desired. B, inner casing into which
the coarse particles fall, and can be delivered to the
right or left through the branch pipes ". a, by moving the
valve c C, a movable band encircling the top of the case
B, which acts as a damper for closing the opening be-
tween the cases A and B, and is worked by the lever /,
and the rods h, h. D, hood against which the material
is thrown. E, E, blades of fan connected by arms to the
disc E1, rotating on the fan spindle Es. F, standard for
carrying the spindle and driving gear, which may he
bevel wheels or pulleys. G, feed cone into which the
material is fed.
Mode of Operation.
The material to be treated is fed into the cone G,
and, falling on to the rotating disc E1, is thrown in a
thin stream all round towards the fixed hood D. The
current induced by the fan passes upwards and
carries with it the fine particles, which are thrown
into the outer case A ; the current of air7 separating
itself from the fine particles by centrifugal force,
returns through the opening O in the direction of
the arrows, the same air being used over and over
again. The coaser particles which are too heavy to
be lifted by the current of air fall into the casing B,
from whence they return by the branch pipes a, a, to
the grinding machine to be further reduced.
The degree of fineness of the finished material can
be regulated by the speed of the fan. also by the
partial closing "of the aperture O, by means of the
damper C, which intercepts the current of air.
Different forms of hood D also alter the quality of
the finished material.
I may add that I have found by using this separator
in conjunction with millstones that I have been able
to increase the quantity of finished material 60 — 70
per cent, continuously, and this without any addi-
tional wear and tear of the stones, or increase in the
power taken to drive them, the reason being that the
runner is raised as high as possible consistent with
its still grinding the material between it and the
bedstone. The "material, coarse and fine together,
after passing the stones is fed into the separator, the
fine passing out by one spout, and being caught in
bags, etc., in the usual way. whilst that which is not
ground sufficiently fine is returned to the eye of the
stones to be further reduced. I am working one
5ft. separator to every two pairs of millstones, and
this arrangement leaves plenty of margin for
materials which are much more easily ground than
phosphates, and where the quantity of fine which
14
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uan.29,1887
two pairs of 4ft Bin. .-tones will produce is in excess
of what we are able to get from phosphate of lime.
Figs. - and 3 -how this arrangement—
A is the separator; 1'., I!, millstones; C, elevator;
./. a, spouts from millstones to elevator; h, spoilt from
elevator to separator; c, >-. return spouts tor the coarse
particles to millstones ; d, -punt for delivering finished
material into hags, etc.
The machines have no wearing parts which come
in contact with the material or which can get out of
order ; they are driven at a slow speed for machines
of this sort. A finished material of any degree of
ness can he separated by it, and ones miller
cannot by inattention vary the grade of the ground
material. The separator also takes up very little
r< i. and can be ad ipted to any system of crushing
or grinding machinery.
In conclusion, permit me to say that by the aid of
these machines we are able to keep our insoluble
phosphate in our supers below 1 per cent., and at the
Meetings will be held nt University ( lollege Laboratory, Brown-
low street, on Feb. 2, March 2, April fi (Annual Meeting),
and May 4, and the following papers have been promised: —
Prof. George Arehbold. "On the Manufacture of Starch.1'
Mr. V. C Driffield, "On Boiler Management."
Mr. C. Longuet Higgins, "On the Manufacture of Potas-
sium Chlorate by means of Magnesia."
Mr. .1. W. Maedonald, "On the Manufacture of Arrowroot
in St. Vincent, West Indies ; its Uses and Adulterants."
Notices of Papers and Communications for the Meetings to
be seut to the Local Secretary.
A Meeting urns held in the Chemical Theatre of
the University College, Brownlow Street, on Wednes-
day evening, December 1, lXtiG.
PROFESSOR CAMFBELL BROWN PRESIDING.
DISCUSSION OX DR. HURTER'S PAPEK ON
PYROMETERS (tuis Journal, 1886, 034).
Mr. E. K. MuSPEATTsaid that the Siemens electrical
pyrometer gave accurate results, at first, up to 800° CL,
f i a 2
same time the condition of the manufactured article
is all that can be desired.
Erratum. In the December number (1886), page R3I, Mr.
Kvershed'u part in discussion, for " Messrs, Kynastcm and
Rideal" read "Messrs, Cinnicutt and Nef."
Liverpool Section.
Chairman : Prof. J. Campbell Brown.
I'ice-Chai7*man : Dr. F. Hurler.
Committee :
J. Aflleck. J. W. Kynaston.
I '.. Iiallard. E. K. Muspratt.
Ernest BIbby. Jas. Simpson.
II. Urunner. A. Norman Tate.
J. C. Gamble. A. Watt.
D. Herman.
toeal See. and Treasurer : W. P. Thompson, C. Lord Street
Liverpool.
but in a very short time it got out of order, and had
to be discarded. He wished to know whether the
instrument exhibited by Dr. Hurter could not be
made less fragile. It was quite clear that up to 900°
F. very excellent results were given, and the zero
was not altered by constant use. If used in a works
its fragility was Very detrimental to its permanent
use.
Dr. Hambttrger said that he could only confirm
Dr. Hurler's statement as to the inaccurate results
obtained by the pyrometers which were usually
employed in chemical works. The Steinle and
Hartung graphite pyrometer gave at first very good
results tip to about 500° C. but if the instrument had
once been quickly cooled, its indications were unreli-
able, and it must be adjusted very often. The
Sehiiffer and Budenberg pyrometer also required fre-
quent adjustment. The only trustworthy instrument
was Fischer's calorimeter, but it must be carefully
Jan. so. iss;.] THE .JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
IS
bandied, and could not be left inthe hands of -workmen.
He would also like to point out that in the Septem-
ber number of this Journal, p. 491, there was an
article by Seger, who made extensive investigations
on the fusibility of ceramic glazes. As a result he
was able to arrange a scale of glazing mixtures, the
fusibility of whicb, during regular intervals, served as
an indication tor the temperature. But, of course,
this scale could only be employed for very high tem-
peratures, such as prevailed in the pottery oven and
so forth.
The Chairman (Dr. J. Campbell Brown) said he
thought that the glass could be replaced by porcelain,
but that platinum would hardly answer the purpose
for many reasona Platinum would be more apt to be
influenced by outside pressure than either glass or
porcelain.
]>r. Hi i:iki: said that with regard to the fragility
of the instrument, he had certainly placed before
them an instrument which looked exceedingly fragile.
It was especially designed for taking the temperature
of superheated steam in a part of their works, hence
the reason for its peculiar shape. As to the amount
of error which Mr. Carey mentioned, it was very con-
siderable, amounting to 200' in 2000. With regard to
making the pyrometer of different material, it was
difficult to join a platinum or porcelain bulb to the
mercurial gauge and air tight enough to stand the
variations of temperature. Messrs. Heisch and
Folkard proposed to make the bulb of platinum or
porcelain, but how they were going to fix these bulbs
he was at a '. At a white heat, platinum
and most metals become porous, so that gases trans
fuse through them, and he, therefore, was afraid that
platinum would not answer the purpose. Porcelain
might answer if a satisfactory joint could be made
Let weiu the mercurial gauge and the porcelain bulb.
I 'latinum, also, was too expensive. He was unable to
give any information regarding Murrie's pyrometer,
as he had not received any accurate description of it.
The Chairman, after stating that he had placed
on the table a few specimens illustrating the manu-
facture of Saccharine, called upon Dr. Shack-Summer
to read his paper on the Manufacture of Sugar.
- — »*&««♦*«*«« —
SUGAi; REFINING.
BY DR. GDSTAF SCHACK-SOMMRR.
Before attempting an account of the work of sugar
refining, we must ascertain what the difficulties to be
contended with are, and of what their nature con-
sista Now the object of the process is of course to
remove the impurities from the raw sugar : and we
find that these impurities are of two kinds— (a)
mechanical, ('<) chemical.
(a) The mechanical impurities consist of sand,
remnants of the plants from which the raw sugar has
been extracted, and other insoluble matters. These
can be completely removed I >y careful filtration. This
process may be accomplished either with filter bag*
or with I •*. When filter bags are used the
sugar is simply melted in hot water and passed
through the bags by its own weight. This is neces-
sarily a comparatively slow process. But a more
expeditious method of filtration is that of driving
the liquor through filter presses. In this case the
sugar solution not containing solid impurities enough
to enable it to saturate the pores of the filtering
medium, and so to cause it to pass through slowly
and become completely clarified in process, it be-
comes necessary to add something to it to improve
the medium of filtration. For this purpose, it is custo-
mary toaddsuch diverse substances as ground charcoal,
sawdust, lignite, blood, albumen ; or various chemicals,
for example, lime, sucrate of lime, alum and its salts,
and tannic acid. The first three substances named
of course remain in the press without further aid
from the refiner ; the blood and albumen coagulate
through the heat of the process, and are also, there-
fore, kept back ; but the other substances require to
be precipitated by the further addition of chemicals
before going into the filter press.
Secondly, we have to deal with the chemical
impurities, and these are the most troublesome. They
consist, first and foremost, of colouring matter ;
secondly, of those impurities which prevent crystal-
lisation ; and thirdly, of those which may destroy the
crystallisable matter.
The colouring matter, of course, consists principally
of vegetable substances which have not been sepa-
rated from the sugar in the preparation of the raw.
But, besides this, it is found that a considerable por-
tion of the sugar itself has, owing to unskilful treat-
ment, been turned into caramel, and this must also
be removed before the colour can be improved. For
this purpose, either animal charcoal or some artificial
substance sharing its properties must be used. The
only other method of decolorisation which need be
mentioned is by using sulphurous acid over a filtering
medium of gravel.
The impurities which prevent crystallisation are
inverted sugar, foreign bodies of the albumen class,
gums, and inorganic salts and bases ; and their adverse
action appears to be due to the fact that they inter-
vene between the particles of sugar at the moment of
crystallisation, and prevent its taking place. The
correctness of this theory is proved by the fact that
when these impurities are removed by the osmose
process, crystallisation occurs freely. Raw cane sugar
contains chiefly albumenic impurities, and the inor-
ganic salts in it are not so difficult to deal with as
those contained in raw sugar obtained from beet.
From experience, the refiner makes a rule-pf -thumb
calculation that the available hard sugar to be turned
out from a given sample of raw cane is equal to the
amount of the pure sugar contained therein, less three
times the amount of salts and the amount of grape,
or uncrystallisable sugar. From my own experiment
I have found that the available in the raw sugar used
during a whole year, and the hard sugar turned out
during the same period, were practically the same.
Pol. 84 -2 5, avail. 72"15. Total cane sugar turned out
in hard crystal, etc., but not taking into account what
was boiled into tanks, ~2 per cent, (cane in 77"5 per
cent.).
The salts contained in raw beet are more injurious,
and in consequence of this the refiner has to take
his available hard sugar obtainable from beet to
be equal to the amount of pure sugar it contains,
minus five times the salt : but in this case the result
can be only a purely arbitrary figure, because the
sugar-liquor extracted from beet grown on soil near
the sea, or in places where nitrate of soda is used as
manure, are almost uncrystallisable. The salts of
potash and the alkali hydrates appear to be most
inimical to crystallisation, and these salts are
found to some extent in low-class cane — e.<j., Jaggery,
4"9 percent.: Ho Ho, 5'8 percent. : Egyptian, 6*30
per cent., 5'3 per cent., OS per cent. And. more-
i iver, the salts of potash are generally found to amount
to two-fifths of the total salts present.
Mr. Duncan, of London, has for many years suc-
cessfully used an alum process for getting rid of these
salts. He first precipitates the potash in the form of
alum, and then neutralises the residual liquor by the
addition of lime. One part of potash requires, for
conversion into alum, about 9"5 parts of sulphate of
alumina, out of which 2o parts are required to con-
Ifi
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Mmi.£s.iK7.
vert tin- jiotasli into a sulphate, and the remaining 7
combine with the sulphate of potash and form alum-
or, Kj(S04)4 -r24aq.
After treat-
BeeiBjrup. meat, un«l tieforo After Char.
Char.
Sugar 60-18 40-54 4r60
US 3-81 1-33 0-47
Water, etc. 3u"21 5813 57 93
100-00 100-00 10000
The alum is then separated from the sugar-liquor
by the addition of lime-water until it only gives a
dull red tinge to blue litmus paper, after which the
liquor is pumped into the blow-up pans, and goes
through the regular process of sugar refining.
Another method of using chemicals in refining which
is sometimes practised is as follows .---Five to ten per
cent, of calcium sucrate is added to a pure sugar-
liquor, and the mixture is treated with carbonic-acid
gas until it is almost decomposed, when it becomes
calcium hydrate, sucric acid, and carbonic acid chemi-
cally combined,* or more correctly, sucrate-hydro-
carbonate of lime. This compound is mixed with
the raw sugar-liquor which they desire to purify, and
then the process of decomposing it with carbonic
arid is completed. A very spongy precipitate is thus
formed, which carries with it most of the colouring
matter and other impurities. The inventors, Messrs.
Boivin and Loiseau, of Paris, claim for their process
that by its use not only is the yield of sugar increased
and its quality improved, but that also less charcoal
is required and less molasses turned out. With
regard ti> this last point, however, it should be men-
tioned that the molasses obtained under this method
is i[uite unfit for any purpose except distilling. A
firm who use this process showed a sample of their
Raw SniAR from Java.
Pol. 97-6.
Baw Liquor.
Liquor nit r'il
through
Char.
Char
Washings.
Crystallisable sugar
I'ncrystallisable sugar. .
Organic substances be-
4500
100
1-40
•20
5210
46-60
•30
■00
•10
53-00
43-00
ISO
1-35
•25
53X0
10000
100-00
100-00
Bah si oab fboji M inilla
(so-calleil "Taal ).
Pol. 74.
Raw Liquor.
Liquor nlt'r.l
through
Char.
|Char
Washings.
Crystallisable sugar
I'ncrystallisable sugar. .
Organic) substances be-
35-40
'J 10
•00
1-20
54 00
100-00
41-20
6-40
•00
10
52-00
36-00
7-80
210
Aab
•80
5330
100-00
10000
sea at a recent exhibition labelled " Syrup con-
taining all the impurities." I think that statement
is decidedly misleading, tor most of the original im-
purities contained in the raw sugar were thrown
• See Lock. Wigncr. and Borland's excellent treatise on
ir Growing and Itellning."
down in the precipitate ; and what makes their syrup
unsaleable for consumption is impurities — that is,
chemicals put in by themselves in the process. The
process can only be advantageously employed for raw
sugars containing a small percentage of inverted
sugar, as, if there is much uncrystallisable present, it
will combine with the lime, and becomes glucate of
calcium, a substance which forms a sticky mass, and
which, owing to its great solubility, cannot be got rid
of throughout the whole process, and by its presence
prevents a large proportion of the sugar from crystal-
lising out. The most generally used medium of
chemical purification, however, is animal charcoal.
The substance is composed chiefly of carbon in a
minutely-divided state, deposited on a groundwork
of phosphate of calcium. For this reason it has a
great power (probably entirely physical) of retaining
most of the soluble substances as well as the colour-
ing matters.
The analysis on preceding column, taken from the
working of our sugar-house, shows the absorbent
power of char, for the impurities contained in solution
of sugar (gauge 24r B. at G3'5' F.).
I attribute the organic substances in the char wash
ings of the taal to decomposed sugar.
The absorbent powers of char increase at high
temperature. The finer the grain of the char, the,
more powerful its action. Certain inorganic salts —
e.g., carbonate of lime, and several substances of the
albumen class — seem to be permanently retained by
thechar ; butothers,such as inorganicbases, combined
with organic acids, and most of the inorganic salts,
and gummy substances seem to be only temporarily
retained, and are removable by the addition of thinner
liquors, or by washing with hot water.
If the refiner could use just the amount of char
necessary to absorb the colouring matter and the salts
which he desires to have removed, and could then let
the sugar-liquor drain oft', he would reap the full
advantage from the char ; but as he cannot afford to
waste the sugar adhering to the particles of char, he
has to wash it out with hot water, and then these
thin liquors contain nearly all the impurities which
the raw sugar originally contained.
The absorbent power of char ceases sooner for salts
and other impurities than for colouring matters. In
connection with this we may note that a thin scale is
often formed in the pans in which these thin liquors
are evaporated, and it has been found on analysis to
contain —
Lime 25-87
Mngnesia 0 10
Peroxide of Iron 02s
Alumina 0'58
Oxide of Copper 350
Oxide of Lead 0"17
Potash' 970
Soda 0-42
Sulphuric Acid 41(10
Phosphoric Acid 0'19
Carbonic Acid 1*30
Insoluble Siliceous Matters 3'75
Combined Water 7'84
Organic Matter, Loss, etc 170
100-00
Several substitutes for char — for instance, a car-
bonised mixture of 100 parts of pipe-clay, 20 of tar,
and 50o parts of coal-dust— have been brought for-
ward, which may, in their fresh state, have the same
effect as charcoal, but they lose their power more
quickly on reburning. But why English manufac-
tured charcoal is so much better than foreign make I
have not been able to find out. Here is a field for
arch fur chemists, and I hope someone will read
us a paper on char soon, that we may ventilate this
very interesting subject.
Before the char is used, it is necessary to wash
carefully all the salts out of it. The first water con-
Jan.89.i8S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
17
tallied 464*4 grains of salts per gallon. After eight
hours' washing with boiling water, the wash-water
still contained 99'3 grains of salts per gallon : after
eleven hours, 39"3 grains of salts per gallon ; after
fourteen hours, 23'8 grains of salts per gallon ; after
seventeen hours, 9"20 stains of salts per gallon ; and
alter twenty hours, 2*8 grains of salt- per gallon.
The impurities which destroy the crystallisable
are principally acids. The organic acids,
although themselves not very powerful, may liberate
the acid in the salts, and then play havoc with the
crystallisable sugar.
"The lime or lime salts contained in the charcoal
or the substances pnt into the pan, when the sugar
is melted, are the only possible remedies for this evil.
The sugar refiner, during his whole manipulation of
the material, is constantly adding to the impurities
it contains. To begin with, he dissolves the sugar in
. although he knows that in time a sugar solu-
tion will be decomposed into ulmic acid and water.
A -lava sugar hiving got wet on the journey altered
very much, as the analysis shows : —
Sound Java Sugar.
Washed Java „
0-2
5-2
z = z
7.
„
27
<
~ -
0
>
<
01
02
08
81
98-5
83-8
965
751
have been cut, before they reach the mills. During
this period fermentation sets in, and in the result
the raw BUgar derived from them contains an
unduly large proportion of inverted BUgar.
From the prominence we have given inverted sugar,
it will be seen this is one of the worst difficulties with
which the sugar refiner must contend, and it will,
therefore, be well to give some account of it, though
it is a substance of whicli comparatively little is
known. It cannot be classified by its crystallisation.
nor by its constant qualities, tor it is a mixture of
restless particles of saccharine matter, which are
always changing the position of their molecules.
Inverted sugar can remain without crystallising for
months, until suddenly, without apparent cause, it
deposits crystals which turn the polarised light to the
right, and are, therefore, called Dextrose. Uncrystal-
lisable, on the contrary, turns the polarised light to
the left, and is known as Levulose. These two are
present in irregular proportions in inverted sugar, and
the process of inversion is believed to take place by
one molecule of cane sugar combining with two mole-
cules of water, and forming a mixture of dextrose
and levulose : —
C,JI
.011+H.O=CcH,,0,+CeH„0.
Dextrose. Levulose.
Then he heats the solution, knowing full well that
heat is favourable to the inversion of sugar. In fact,
Souteiron has shown, experimentally, that a solution
of pure crystals of pol. VI '0 after two hours' heating
polarised only OS, after four hours 58, after eight hours
only 38, and soon. This shows how necessary it is
for the reSner to guard against high temperature
during his processes. He should never get higher
than GO— Go° Celsius, say 140—150° F. Thi
chemist proved, by repeating the experiment with a
solution covered with oil and attaining the same
result, that this waste was not due to the action of
the air.
This inversion is not due to the sudden application
of heat, but is brought about by the action of long-
continued raised temperature, and, therefore, the
more quickly he can accomplish the process of refiniDg,
the less liability to loss of crystallisable sugar is in-
curred. To give an example from practice, it has
been found that in working raw of a polarisa-
tion of 84'25 for a considerable period there was a
loss of cane amounting to 12'25 per cent, on the raw
melted, which was equivalent to 14'G0 per cent, on the
crystallisable melted. Of this loss half would go
in molasses turned out, but the other half of the lost
crystallisable must be attributed to inversion. Not
only must heat and water be guarded against, if we
wish to keep down this tendency to inversion, but
sunlight must also be avoided, as it has a similar
power of inverting cane sugar, as the following
experiment of Maumene shows : —
He took two similar glass tubes filled withpurecane
solution, and kept them from the 12th of May to the
20th of October — one he exposed, the other was in
complete darkness — both were kept at the same tem-
perature. At the end of this period he found that
half of the first solution had become inverted, whereas
the other remained in its original condition.
It may be well here to mention another cause of
inversion, which, however, does not come under the
control of the British refiner. It is the practice of
some planters to cut the canes more quickly than
their mills are able to crush them, and for this re i son
the canes often have to lie several clays, after they
Dextrose crystallises in the form of twin crystals of
the triclinic system. The presence of inverted sugar
always depreciates the value of the raw, but I also have
strong suspicion that the cloudiness of golden syrup
(refined molasses), whicli is the great trouble of some
refiners, since it renders their residual product
unsaleable, is due to the dextrose crystallising out
after a more or less considerable time has elapsed
since the manufacture has been completed.
Dextrose, indeed, is troublesome, not only in its
simple form, but also in its combinations with
organic and inorganic bases. Inverted sugar and
lime in combination form a very easily decomposed
salt, which, if exposed to the sunlight for a few-
minutes, turns from white to a dark brown, approach-
ing black, and in that state is proof against further
decomposition by carbonic acid.
These properties of inverted sugar render it im-
possible for the refiner of cane sugar to profit by the
new methods of refining more universally practised
on the Continent for extracting the crystallisable
sugar from molasses, by the means of compounds of
lime strontianite and "baryta. I need only refer to
such processes as those of Manoury and Scheibler,
which, though excellent for beet, are impracticable
with cane sugar. Though I may mention here that
the French Government has prohibited manufacturers
at Aubervilliers and Wallers from using the last ingre-
dient on account of symptoms of poisoning, which
showed themselves not only amongst the workmen
employed in the manufactories, but also amongst the
animals and vegetables for miles round the works.
A. M. V. Gayon has proposed to destroy the inverted
sugar by means of a fungus called Mucor, having
made the discovery that fermeutation with that fungus
will only attack the inverted sugar in molasses, and
leaves the cane sugai intact. In this process the
solution must be first boiled so as to prevent all other
fermentation, then it is impregnated with the mucor
circinelloides, and whilst the fermentation is proceed-
ing, any air which is admitted has to be either
filtered through cotton wool or passed through red-
hot pipes, so as to prevent the possibility of the ap-
proach of any other germs. The liquid itself must
be maintained at a temperature of 30—40' C. during
the proce.-s, but afterwards may be gradually lowered
to 201 C. to avoid evaporation of the alcohol. After
the fermentation is over the alcohol is distilled off,
B
IS
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uan. 29,1887.
and the sugar is secured by the usual methods of
crj stallisation.
It has often been remarked that 1" et-root sugar has
less Bweetening power than cane sugar. This could
be accounted for by the fact that there are substances
— e.g., Peligot's discovery, Saccharin— which have
the power of turning the polarised light more than
cane sugar, and have man) oi its properties as well,
but have do taste whatever. Pehgors Saccharin —
which should not be confused with Fahlberg's
Saccharine, to which 1 will refer later on— is produced
by the action of hydrate of calcium on inverted sugar,
a product which is very apt to be generated by the
method in which beet-root sugar is made on the
Continent.
1 am also unable to give any definite reason why
fruit preserved with beet-root sugar, or refined sugar
made from beet root, will not keep. The only ex-
planation to be offered for this is that the salts, which
are never totally eradicated from beet-root sugar,
favour fermentation.
Now it will be seen, from all we have said, that the
sugar refiner has to overcome many difficulties, and
to overcome them all at the same time. Thus, if he
does not use sufficient heat in his process, he prolongs
his operation and favours fermentation. If, on the
other hand, he uses too much heat, he caramelises the
saccharine matters. Again, if he docs not get rid of
the foreign bodies and the acids, the sugar will not
crystallise, yet he injures the raw material in the
process of destroying them.
It now becomes necessary for the sugar refiner to
convert his pure sugar liquor into a solid substance
in a saleable form.
This is done in modern refineries by first boiling
the liquor in vacuum pans, and then separating the
formed sugar crystals from the syrup, by means of
centrifugal hydro-extractors. When viewing the |
present rapid and inexpensive methods of accomplish-
ing these ends, it is almost impossible to conceive
that only a very few years ago sugar refiners were
content to separate their hard sugar from the syrup by
the slow process of drainage, which not only caused
great loss by the time which was wasted and the
room which was required to accommodate the moulds
for several days' melt, but also caused the sugar to
become very hard and insoluble, and this evil was
intensified by the practice of " sucking :' air through
the sugar, so as to dry it after the drainage had run
through. This comparative insolubility is another
reason why Titlers are now so little used, as, though
old habit was with difficulty broken, customers have
at length begun to find that ready-made cubes not
only are a saving of labour to the purchaser by re-
lieving him from the trouble of chopping his sugar,
before using it, but they may consist of sugar quite
as pure as the old loaf sugar, and are much more
soluble than it ever could be.
It is strange that though all these objections to
moulds were well known at the time, refiners per-
sisted in using the old process long after the invention
of the centrifugal hydro-extractor ; and I well remem-
ber, when 1 was a student, that this fact suggested to
my prof essor a long dissertation on the struggle by
which real economy has to overcome old fashions.
Similar fashions *till hold their sway in our trade,
for in many parts of Lancashire and Yorkshire there
is a great demand for immense crystals which owe
their size to the great temperature at which they are
boiled, though it is well known that this high "tem-
perature renders them very insoluble. Not only can
fancy prices be obtained for these large crystals of
pure sugar, but, especially in the South of England,
grocery Demeraras, which are merely a highly crys-
tallised raw cane sugar, are much sought after, as
there is a very unfounded belief that they contain
more sweetening properties than white crystals of
pure sugar.
Grocers frequently complain that refiners fell them
water instead of sugar. Now it is a fact that pure
crystal sugars contain less than 0"5 per cent, of
moisture, and it is to the presence of this modicum
of water that the sparkle, which is so much sought
after, is due. And the very people who cry out so
loudly about " wet " crystals are the first to reject
absolutely dry sugar on account of its dulness and
want of sparkle.
A paper on sugar refining at the present time
would be very incomplete without a reference to the
alleged discovery of " Professor " Friend ; I refer of
course to electric sugar refining. When it is borne
in mind how many different kinds of foreign bodies
are wont to be present in the raw material, and how
easily the pure sugar is injured and even destroyed
in the process of eradicating them, it will be under-
stood what an immense stride that gentleman claims
to have made when he says that he can almost
instantly refine sugar at a merely nominal cost and
with a merely nominal loss in the process.
He claims first, to quote the words of his own
pamphlet, that the process will refine any grade of
sugar, and that raw sugars of the lowest grades are
as easily, cheaply, and effectually refined as raw-
sugars of the highest grades. Secondly, that the
whole saccharine matters in the raw sugar, including
the invert, within the merest trifle is returned in
refined sugars of the highest grades similar to those
exhibited, and he claims that the invention is an
entirely new process of refining sugars. It is dry
throughout, dispensing altogether with boiling and
the use of bone-black ; no syrup whatever is pro-
duced, but the whole product is hard sugar of nearly,
if not quite, absolute pure sugar — viz., 100 per cent,
of pure sugar, as per analysis. A principal feature
of the process is the use of electricity, concerning
which the inventor claims that he has discovered a
new method of producing it at a nominal cost.
Knowing definitely nothing more than this about
Professor Friend's process, one can of course only
speculate as to how this problem is to be worked
out, bearing in mind all the difficulties with which
tbe'sugar refiner is surrounded. To begin with, it is
stated that the process is an entirely dry one, and I
have the Professor's own authority for the statement
that at all events he did not use " more than perhaps
a bucket full of water " in the whole course of his
great demonstration, when on the 14th July, 1885, he
produced 40 barrels filled with refined sugar of 12
different sizes, ranging from cubes of nearly an inch
cube down to powder. Now, as I am not aware that
one can bring about crystallisation of sugar without
first passing the substance through the stage of solu-
tion in some liquid, I can only suppose that when the
Professor speaksof hisprocessasa dry process.he means
us to understand either that he does not dissolve his
sugar in water, but uses some other solvent for the
purpose, orthat hefusesit byheat. The first alternative
is the most likely one, as it would be almost impossible
to keep sugar in a sufficiently high temperature to
fuse it, without at the same time turning it to
caramel, for even at 160" C. the fusing point of sugar,
it decomposes very rapidly. The peculiar agglomera-
tion of crystals which form the sample of refined
which he lias produced, even favour the first theory.
But in spite of this I should personally be inclined
to believe that this solvent had been applied after
the refining process had been completed, for all the
individual crvstals of electric sugar belonged to the
i monocline form of crystallisation, that form winch
I sugar invariably takes.
Jan. 29, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
19
For the second place I must refer to the statement
regarding the application of electricity to the purifica-
tion of sugar. Now up to this time there has been a
general agreement amongst scientific men to the
effect that sugar is a poor conductor of electricity,
and that it is totally unaffected by the action of the
electric fluid But Professor Friend is not the only
person who claims the invention of a process of sugar
refining by electricity, for last year, in Dingier1*
Juki mi/, cclvii. p. 298, We find it stated that some
people in Lyons claim to have obtained sugar by the
following method : — They boiled lOOkilos. of potatoes
in S cubic metres of water containing okilos. of
sulphuric acid and a trace of nitric acid. They
passed through this an electric current of 11 amperes.
The elect indcs wire of antinionial lead, and the rlow
of the current was continually changed. Alter two
hours it was tested and all the starch had disappeared,
and then firet the acid and then the saccharine matter
was precipitated with lime, and from the precipitate the
latter freed by carbonic acid when it had been evapo-
rated and crystallised. The result of this experiment
was analysed and found to contain
Water Cfls
Asb 3-67
Grape l'OO
Cane SS-38
100-00
I could never verify this startling announcement, and
Professor Seheibler, of Berlin, whom I consulted
about it, told me it was a misapprehension, and
Professor Landolt, at the general meeting of the
Rubenzucker Industrie, in July, 1885, made a state-
ment to the effect that no progess had been made up
to that date in making use of electricity in the
process of sugar refining. I had a letter a few days
ago from Mr. Gill of London, who investigated the
invention personally and found there was no truth in
it whatever.
There is one method in which it may be possible
to use electricity in sugar refining, but I do not think
it has ever been attempted in practice. That is, to
create ozone by passing electricity through oxygen
and then decolorising the sugar with the product.
Patents have been taken out by several persons for
the use of electricity in sugar refining, but they all
propose to purify the liquor from the salts by decom-
posing them into their constituent parts ; and under
the working of each patent there is an increase of
uncrystallisable in the process. I need only mention
the excellent experiments made in the sugar house
of MM. Dudok, Devitt & Co., at Amsterdam, which
were quite unsatisfactory in their results. As regards
the patents of Mr. Louis Henri Uespeissis, of Paris,
taken out 30th August, 1883, and of Joseph Goiz, of
Berlin, taken out 27th November, 1883, they have
not proved of any practical advantage, and neither
have been adopted.
I have now given all the information which can
throw any light on the probability of the electric
process being practicable, and I think you will agree
that the practical difficulties of sugar refining prevent
any likelihood of electricity being advantageously-
employed in the process. I do not for a moment
pretend that it is an impossibility to make cane
sugar from invert, in fact I believe that some day it
will be rendered practicable to do so ; but when that
is done I think the inventor will be able to use other
and cheaper sources for his raw material than either
the sugar cane or the beet-root, and here I do not
mean crystals of invert sugar, such as Mr. Behr, of
New York, has produced, but I mean crystals of
cane sugar to be produced from the invert sugar.
Before I close this paper I would like to mention
that saccharine, which is one of the products of coal
tar treated in the manner described on a former
occasion in this Society, would seem to a chemical
mind to be poisonous, or at least prejudicial to
health, but experiments made by medical men, first
on animals and afterwards on human beings, have
proved that it shows no evil effects. In fact it
passes through the body without decomposition, as a
chi rry-stone would do. The whole amount adminis-
tered to a person can be afterwards recovered from
his secretions. Now, of course, to sufferers from
diabetes mellitus and gouty persons saccharine may
be a boon, as it will allow them to enjoy the sweet-
ness of sugar and similar carbohydrates without their,
to them, injurious effects. But sugar planters and
refiners need not be afraid of this substance, for it
has only the power of conveying the sweet taste of
sugar to the palate. It is absolutely without the
nutritious properties of sugar.
Experiments on dogs have shown that a diet of
sugar, combined with a modicum of fat in order to
ensure the complete assimilation of the sugar, will
be sufficient to keep up the vital forces for a long
period, that in fact sugar contains all the nutritious
elements necessary for sustaining life.
There are many substances which, on entering the
stomach, are converted by the process of digestion,
first into sugar and afterwards into fat, and it_ is
found that children and persons with weak digestion
are much benefited by a diet containing a quantity of
sugar, as the preliminary process of digestion is
avoided, and the sugar becomes fat almost immedi-
ately upon its reception into the body.
Moreover, there is another digestive property of
sugar, which is also common to salt. This is the
power of exciting the salivary glands which makes it
possible for many other substances, of themselves
indigestible, to be eaten without danger, because it
causes them to be thoroughly impregnated with
saliva before they are swallowed, and thus easy of
digestion, a property which is not possessed by the
coal-tar sugar.
A company with a capital of £100,000 is now-
established at Madgeburg, to manufacture this
substance on a large scale, but I cannot believe that
it will ever find its way into the grocer's shop ; it is
much more probable that it will remain on the
druggist's shelves, where, doubtless, it will be found
very useful for medicinal purposes.
In spite of my conviction that neither of these
much-talked-of competitors are dangerous to the
sugar refiner, I think it will be seen from the few-
remarks that I have given you, that the sugar refiner
has sufficient real difficulties to contend with in his
business to render it very necessary for him to bring
all the resources of his experience and all the know-
ledge of chemistry he can command to his aid, if he
attempts to compete with the bounty fed productions
of the Continent and the United States.
DISCUSSION.
The Chairman said that they had had a most
interesting and instructive paper from Mr. Shack-
Sommer, and that there was a great deal of room for
remarks and discussion. He believed there was
present a representative of the Electric Sugar Co.,
and had pleasure in calling upon
Mr. Robertson, who said the reader of the paper
had mentioned that he did not understand what
Professor Friend claimed as bis process. Thisbeing so,
his criticisms of what he did not (admittedly) under-
stand could not be of great value. He might have been
mistaken, as owing to the reverberation in the room
he had not quite caught every word of the reader.
B 2
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jan. 29, 1887.
lie had been requested to attend the meeting, as
being perhaps the heaviest English investor in the
Electric Sugar Company. Be had been to New
York to see and learn all he could about what
was claimed for this new invention. He attended
what was called a demonstration at Professor
Friend's house, at which time nine barrels of raw
sugar were given him to refine, and after two hours
and a half he was shown what was said to be the
result — eight different sizes of refined sugar, some of
which was now shown. Professor Friend would
allow no one to see how he rctincd the sugar, nor
his machinery cither, and was keeping the process
secret. He was fully convinced that Professor
Friend had done, and could do, all that he claimed.
He had invested moderately before going out to
New York, but after attending the demonstration
alluded to, and becoming acquainted with Professor
Friend and his family, he had more than doubled
his investment, and had induced other members of
his family to do likewise ; but this did not prove
anything beyond his own faith in the invention. He
had never heard a single expert in sugar deny that
the product was a new one ; the process being a
new one unknown to anyone but the inventor.
He could not say how it was done, but thought it
only reasonable to give Professor Friend credit for
what he claimed, seeing that no one had yet pro-
duced the same character of refined sugar as that
shown. He was so confident of the bond Jides of
the inventor and all he claimed, that if he could
afford it he would double his holdings in the
company. He had pleasure in placing before the
members several specimens of sugar refined by
Professor Friend.
.Mr. E. Cabby would like to ask Dr. Shack-
Sommer one question. He understood him to say,
as a kind of general statement, that crystallisation
could only be induced from a state of either solution
or fusion. He might have misunderstood the remark,
but would observe that there were many instances
in nature of crystallisation without solution or
fusion, as, for example, the crystallisation of wrought
iron when exposed to continued vibration. The
iron gradually became crystalline and brittle instead
of being fibrous and tough.
Mr. Musfratt said he would be glad if Dr.
Shack-Sommer could give them some further infor-
mation as to the way in which the poisoning
referred to in his paper had taken place. As he
understood that when baryta salts were used in the
way described in the paper, an insoluble precipitate
was formed, it seemed difficult to understand how
the use of these salts could affect the surrounding
people in any way. The. poisoning must have been
serious to cause the Government to interfere in the
matter.
Dr. Si hack-Sommkr said that his information was
derived from Scheibler's Zeitschrift fib- Riibemucker
Industrie, vol. xvii. No. 13, p. 167, where it is stated
that the works of Mr. Lebandy, at Aubervilliers and
Wallers, had been closed by order of the Government
on account of sickness amongst the workmen, mani-
festing itself, in the first instance, by the falling off
of their hair, as well as the destruction of all animal
and vegetable life for a considerable distance round,
the poisoning of the neighbouring streams, and the
pollution of the atmosphere, which was noticeable for
miles round, J le had no particulars as to how it took
place.
Mr. HENRY Brunneb said that he thought the
reason why beet sugar was not as sweet as cane sugar
was due in some measure to the presence of the
salts contained in the syrups or molasses adhering to
the sugar.
Mr. .1. W. Macdonald said he thought that the
poisoning caused by the use of baryta, was due to the
small particles flying about, owing to the handling
and slacking of the caustic baryta. This could be
considerably obviated by care in the construction of
the works, keeping the baryta department by itself,
and having it closed in as much as possible. This
would only affect the workmen in the baryta depart-
ment, and would be no worse than in other industries
where compounds of baryta, lead, arsenic, and such
like substances were manufactured orused. The baryta
could not affect the consumers of the sugar, for it was
completely precipitated by carbonic acid gas, and the
carbonate of baryta filtered off. Even should a trace
of baryta compounds remain in the molasses, it would
not appear in loaf and crystalsugars, which were washed
free of molasses. He quite agreed with Dr. Shack-
Sommer's remarks on the so-called electric sugar pro-
cess of Prof. Friend. He thought the professor's
claims preposterous, and the public should know what
those in the sugar industry thought of the process.
Prof. Friend claimed to have discovered a means
of separating the sugar from the innumerable organic
and inorganic impurities contained in raw sugars.
He also claimed to have converted the glucose into
crystallisable sugar, and to separate it along with the
sugar. Any of these results would be most remark-
able, if obtained in a wet process ; but the process was
also said to be a dry one. Now, sand and other
insoluble matter could not be separated from sugar
crystals by a dry process. You must have solution
and filtration. Prof. Friend did not tell them what
became of the potash salts and other soluble im-
purities which at present formed molasses. All that he
showed was sugar and such like substances as sand,
fibre, and the various substances at present
removed in the refineries by filtration, Yery similar
sugar to the " electric" sugar could be made by gently
crushing loaf sugar, and separating it into various
sizes by a set of different sieves. If the process were
so very valuable, the Americans would very soon sub-
scribe the necessary capital. As to the sweeten-
ing property of cane sugar, he thought the
flavour contained in raw cane sugars helped to
make the taste of those sugars so pleasant. He
believed that pure sugar made from cane or beet had
the same sweetness, and that if each were introduced
into the mouth under the same conditions, it would
be found that the effect on the palate was the same.
By pure sugar he meant loaf sugar, cube sugar, crys-
tallised sugar, and granulated sugar, all of which con-
tain practically 100 per cent, of actual sugar. If
yellou sugar*, however, or "pieces," containing syrup,
were being tasted, those made from beet would not
taste as sweet as those made from cane, because of
the salts contained in the syrup. The salts in beet
syrup were more abundant and also more nauseous,
weight for weight, and, therefore, neutralised a greater
quantity of the actual sugar (or sweetuess) present in
the sample. He had made some pure crystallised
sugar (testing 100 per cent.) both from raw cane and
raw beet sugar. These crystals were made under
exactly the same conditions. Equal weights of each
were then dissolved in equal volumes of water. These
equal solutions were then tasted by different persons,
care being taken to introduce into the mouth equai
quantities of these solutions. The general opinion
was that no difference in sweetness could be distin-
guished. Equal quantities of the original crystals
were also tried in the mouth ; they also produced
apparently the same sweetness.
Mr. W. P. Thompson said that although he was not
a believer in the electric sugar, he did not think it
was out of the bounds of possibility that Prof. Friend
might have discovered some method of subliming
Jan. 29. 18S7.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
21
sugar in combination with some solvent or other
chemical, so as to form a sublimable composition,
then to precipitate the sugar from that compound by
means of electricity, or other means, so as to form
crystals.
l)r. Ham m RGEB -tated that Dr. Summer had cot
mentioned a new proi ess for the purification of sugar
rotations, which had been patented by two Anstrians
^lert and Becker). The details of the pri
were not present to his mind, but he knew that the
purification was brought about by the artion of the
alumina compound ot Schiitzenberger's hydromono-
thionic acid. On boiling, the latter was decomposed
into alumina and hydromonothionic acid, which
destroyed the colouring matter present. He remem-
bered having read that the process had been intro-
duced into several Austrian works, where it was
worked with perfect success.
Mr. Norman Tats, referring to the preservative
properties of sugar, thought that sufficient attention
had not been given to the inorganic salts in the two
kinds of sugar. He could not help thinking that the
difference in the amount of sulphates, phosphates, etc.,
would frequently have someveryconsiderableinfluence
in the use of one sugar as compared with the other, as
a preservative agent. He also thought the reference
to the presence of mucor made by Mr.Sehack-Sommer,
was worthy the close attention of sugar manufacturers.
Further biological investigations on the effects of
the presence of mucor and other organisms would,
he thought, result in gTeat advantage to sugar refiners.
Dr. Hahbubgxb asked whether the potassium salts
could be separated from molasses, or whether the
molasses would be fermented first t
Dr. Schack-Sommei; replied that the alum process
had been used by Mr. Newlands, of Messrs. Duncan's,
to get the potash salts, and the chemicals were
obtained as by-products.
Dr. Hajebttrgkb asked whether those salts were
precipitated 1
Dr. Schack-Sommei: replied that they were.
The Chairman, before calling upon Dr. Shack-
Sommer to reply, said with regard to electric sugar,
they were very glad to see present so able a repre-
sentative of the inventor's interest, because they had
had put before them the whole and sole evidence that
bad been adduced in favour of the inventor's
claim, which was that a gentleman took a number
of bags of raw sugar from one room into another, and
after a certain time had brought certain bags, bottles
or specimens of refined sugar from that second room,
there being no evident connection between the one
and the other. They were given to understand that
the assertion was made by him that the refined sugar
came from the unrefined: but there was not the
slightest particle of proof to support the statement. In
the absence of that evidence manufacturers entirely
declined to believe in it. There was a very proper ten-
dency to disbelieve everything that is absolutely
secret— spirit rapping, for instance; and until some
indication was given of the connection between the raw
and the refined product of that process, they could not
expect reasonable people to give it credence. He did
not say that the process was not true, but there was
no piece of evidence produced that would cause people
to invest money in it : and he could only express a
hope that the gentlemen who had so generously and
boldly risked their money, might get it back again
some time. "With regard to the use of ozone, he had
seen a gentleman interested in that subject perform a
large experiment, the only result of which was that
the sugar was a little darkened rather than lightened.
Dr. Schack-Sommei: said, in reply, that he would
fust inform Mr. Robertson that he had not come there
that evening to attack the Electric Sugar Refining
Co., or any other company. His purpose was only to
investigate, from a scientific point of view, the proba-
bilities of the alleged invention of Prof. Friend, and
In' believed he had proved to all present, save Mr.
Robertson, that according to all scientific rules yet
known, this " wonderful " discovery was entirely in-
explicable As regarded Mr. Thompson's suggestion
that probably the process was performed by Eublima-
. the plain answer was that sugar and its com-
pounds do not sublime : but he quite agreed with
Mr. Thompson that crystallisation could take place
from vapour-, considering that in the gaseous state
the atoms of a substance were merely the atoms of it
in the liquid state, considerably expanded. As to the
poisoning in the neighbourhood of baryta works, he
did not think it impossible, as from his own expe-
rience in the manufacture of white lead he found by
chemical reaction that traces of the lead salt were
perceptible at great distances. If acetate of lead
could do this, he did not see why baryta salts should
not go further than was imagined. As to beet sugar,
he knew a wholesale grocer who by smell alone was
invariably able to tell if a sample of pure white sugar
polarising 100, submitted to him, had been derived
from beet or cane. The only explanation he could
afford Mr. Tate as to the salts was the one he had
already given.
Meeting held Wednesday, January J, 1SS7.
DR. HUKTER IX THE CHAIR.
The Chairman* said that before calling on the
Secretary to read the first paper, he would ask if any
member had a communication to roakel
Mr. J. W. M acdoxald said that as the question of
the different sweetness of cane and beet sugars was
brought up at the last meeting, he had brought samples
of refined sugars made exactly in the same way from
raw beet and cane sugars. He would place these on
the table for the members to examine. It was a pity
that the report of the last meeting of this 8ection was
not yet published, so that they could have read the
remarks with reference to the sweetness of beet and
cane sugar, before they came to this meeting. He
bad also brought samples of >■«"■ cane and beet sugars,
which contained exactly the same saccharine strength,
so that the members could be able to judge of the
sugars before and after refining. They would see
that the raw beet was very nauseous, and that the
raw cane was sweet and pleasant, but that there was
' no difference between the pure refined articles from
each. Many persons said that beet sugar was not
as sweet as cane, but he would qualify that by saying
" raw " beet sugar.
Dr. Hcrter said that perhaps some of the mem-
bers would endeavour to find out by taste which
sample was from beet and which from cane sugar.
After due examination most of the members— in the
proportion of about 4 to 1— thought that the sample
made from cane sugar had been made from beet.
— *>♦>*♦«««♦>» —
N< >TE ON MAHWA FLOWERS, AS A SOURCE
OF SUGAR.
BY H. S. ELWORTHT, F.C.S.
Some months ago an article appeared in one of the
English morning papers in regard to the manufacture
of sugar from the rlowers of the Mahwa tree. The
article in question gave a very sensational account of
the capabilities of the tree, and its sugar-produciDg
a
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Ja«.», 1887.
powers, placing the amount of sugar at 50 per cent,
on the dried flowers. Figures were also given t< i show
the large amount yielded by each tree, and the num-
ber of trees which could be grown on an acre of
ground. Tt was made out quite to the satisfaction of
the writer that the sugar cane had met with a far
more formidable rival than the beet.
Thinking it worth while to investigate the matter,
and having facilities for obtaining the flowers in any
desired quantity, I tested -1 samples from as many
different places, with the following result : —
Wros,. InTtrt Deitro Total
sucrose. Sugar- Glucose. Sugar.
No. 1.— From Hyderabad 171 40-0 — 571
.. 2— .. .lubulpore 4 T. 414 — 460
,. ?.— .. Guzral Oil 453 — 549
.. 4.— „ Mirzapore 6 7 — 436 50"3
The above analyses will show that the Mahwa is totally
unfitted for the manufacture of crystallisable sugar,
although possibly available as a source of brewer's
sugar. Tin- spirit made by a direct fomentation of the
flowers contains an exceptionally large proportion of
fusel oil, and has a very strong unpleasant flavour.
It would, therefore, require very careful purification.
This tree, Bassia Latifolia (Roxb.) is indigenous to
the forests of Central India, and is largely cultivated
in many other parts of the country. It forms a valu-
able souiceof food to the poorer classes in the dis-
trict where it abounds, and considerable quantities of
native spirit are made from it. It is not generally
fermented alone, but is mixed with about one-
third of molasses. As previously stated, it con-
tains a large quantity of lusel oil, one sample ex-
amined by me having no less than 3 per cent, of
this dangerous ingredient. The price of the dried
flowers ranges from about 2 rupees 8 annas to
3 rupees per maund of 82«lbs.
Some time ago considerable quantities of the
flowers were shipped to France, but for what purpose
I am unable to say, and I believe the shipments have
been stopped.
There was also a kind of brandy made from the
flowers by a European in the Punjab, some years ago,
but this has also been stopped.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. A. Watt said it seemed to him, from the
analyses given, that the flowers were totally unsuited
for the manufacture of sugar, owing to the'small pro-
portion of sucrose contained in them. He thought
they might suit " Professor Friend," as the glucose
was just as useful for his purpose as the sucrose.
The Chairman, in reply to a question of Mr. N.
Tate, said he thought that the percentages given in
the paper were from the dry flowers. The sugar
trade appeared to him to be like the alkali trade, a
new ghost turning up every day to frighten manu-
facturers. He thought the paper would do go. d in
dispelling wrong impressions.
Chemical Club Booms, Victoria Bvildings, 'Tuesday,
January .(, 1887.
Dr. Bowman.
K. F. Carpenter,
' Kstcourt.
H. Grimahaw.
Peter Hart.
Dr. Gerland.
J. Carter-Bell,
ggancfjcstct Section.
Chairman : Sir H. E. Roscoe. JI.P.
rice-Chairman : I. Levinstein.
Committee:
C Schorlemnier.
Dr. Schunck.
Dr. Watson.
Wm. Thomson.
L. Siebold.
Dr. Hewitt.
Loeal Secretary :
Bankficld, The Cliff, Higher Bronghton,
Manchester.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
ON YAI.ENTAS TEST FOR OILS.
BY GEORGE II. HURST. F.C.S.
J.n Dingl Polyt. J. 252, 296, E. Valenta brought
before the notice of chemists a new te>t for oils ;
this consisted in mixing equal volumes of the oil
and glacial acetic acid of 10562 sp. gr., heating
the mixture until solution occur, and then intro-
ducing a thermometer into the mixture and allow-
ing it to cool slowly, and noting the point at which
a turbidity begins to make its appearance in the
tube. An abstract of this notice appears in the
Chem. Soc J. Abstracts; 1884, p. loT!»; see also
J. Soc. Chem. Ind. 1884, 642. In this paper Valenta
states that olive and castor oils are soluble in glacial
acid at ordinary temperatures, while lape oils are
only imperfectly soluble, and other oils only dis-
solve in glacial acid when heated. The statement
in regard to olive is not borne out by figures quoted
in a table given with the paper.
More recently this test was brought before the
notice of the members of the Manchester Section of
the Society of ( hemical Industry, in January last,
by Mr. Alfred H. Allen, of Sheffield, and reported
in the Journal for February, 1886.
I have at odd intervals made a few experiments
with this test, but without any very satisfactory
results ; recently, however, I have had an oppor-
tunity of examining a large number of samples of
various oils with this test, and as the results I
obtained differed from those obtained by Yalenta
and Allen. I thought it might be of interest to the
members of this Section to bring them before you.
In the original paper, beyond stating that equal
volumes of oil and acid are used, Yalenta mentions
no specific quantities to be taken; Allen recommends
using 3cc. of each. My experiments were made as
follows : 5cc. of oil were poured into a test tube,
and 5cc. of glacial acetic acid, sp. gr. 1'0562, were
added. A thermometer was then inserted into the
mixture and the whole heated until a clear solution
was obtained. The mass was then allowed to cool
slowly, and the temperature, when the mixture
became turbid, was noted.
My results are given in Table I., and as far as
comparison is possible, the corresponding figures of
Yalenta and Allen.
It will be observed from the figures given that
Allen invariably gives lower turbidity temperatures
than Yalenta, and that my temperatures are lower
than either. of those observers.
There is also another important difference between
us ; both Valenta and Allen state that rape oils are
not soluble, even at the boiling point of acetic acid.
Now, I was always able to dissolve these oils.
From the figures given it will be seen that rape
and colza oils have a high turbidity temperature ;
linseed oil is comparatively low in the list ; while
castor oil and oleic acid dissolve easily at the ordinary
temperature. Olive oil is intermediate between rape
and linseed, and it is notable that tallow oil has a
lower turbidity temperature than the corresponding
lard oil. This test will be found useful in detecting
rape oil in admixture with other oils.
From the differences in the turbidity temperatures
of the same oils obtained by Yalenta, Allen, and my-
self, it seems to me that we might infer that a con-
siderable amount of personality enters into this test,
a great deal depending on the manner in which this
testis carried out. 1 have obtained various figures
even with the same samples of oil and acid. To
TAK I.K 1.
1. Ground Nut Oil (African)
2. „ (Frenoh)
3. Rape Oil (Hull Refined) ..
1. „ (Stettin)
5. ,,
6. .. (Black Seal
7. Colza Oil
8. „ (Stettin)
9. ., (French)
10. ..
13. Neatsfoot Oil
13
11. Lard Oil
15. ,, (Summer)
16. ,, (American)
17. Olive Oil (Malaga)
18. „
10. „
20. ,. (Mogador)
21. „ (Zante)
22. ., (GaUipoli)
23. Cotton-seed Oil
21. „
25. Linseed Oil (Bombay)
26. „ (Russian) ....
27. „ (Baltic) 1
28. „ ., 2
29. ,. (Boiled)
30. Whale Oil (Norwegian) 1.
31. „ „ 2.
32. ,. (Arctic)
33. „
31. Shark Oil
35. Cod Oil
36. .Seal Oil (Arctic)
37. .Sperm Oil
38. ,. (Bottlenose)
39. .,
10. .,
U „ (White Whale) ..
12. Castor Oil
13. Thickened Rape Oil 1
11. „ ,. 2
15. Palm-nut Oil
16. Cocoa-nut Oil
17. Tallow Oil (Cold-pressed)
18. Ox Oil
19. l'.osinOil
50. Oleic Acid
Specific GrnTity at
15-5° t\
Water at 15 5° C.
- 100.
•9165
■9175
•ill 15
•9168
•9132
•9162
■9131
■9132
■9116
■9161
•916
•9111
•915
•in>;
•9122
•9138
•9151
•9222
•9313
•9315
•9325
•915
•HIS
■9177
•9235
•8675
•9235
•9225
■S7S3
■S7S1
■8866
•963
•967
' Docs not become
) turbid at 13 .
■981
Hurst.
TE.M1LK.wi 1 ' "i Tl J I4DITV,
UlJHEUVCIl-.
92
86
85
73
99
97
91
91
82
85
65
76
69
73
76
71
65
62
17
28
53
63
11
11
36
36
36
71
53
65
18
95
65
34
85
SI
71
71
60
Soluble.
15
15
17
H
II
\l txea in ali
proportions.
Insoluble.
Insoluble.
Ill
85
110
Sjlublc.
18
10
Insoluble.
Insoluble.
102
(Ellwood-lOt)
90
57—73
(Ellwood-67)
38
102
9S-103
Soluble.
32
7 '5
■n
THE JOUHNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INM'STllY. |Jan. 29, 18S7.
obtain good results it is necessary to liave a dry test
tube ; the presence of a .<//<<>// quantity of water in-
creases the turbidity temperature, or in the case of
and eolza oils prevents their being dissolved.
This seems tO show that while the test is useful in
many cases, it must always be carried out in one par-
ticular manner, and as a comparative test in the same
manner as Mauinenes test is used.
On reference to Table I. it will be noticed that
even samples of the same kind of oil differ among
themselves sometimes to a great extent, as, for in-
stance, the olive oils from 76 to 28.
TABLE II.
SHOWING INFLUENCE OF FREE ACID OX THE
TURBIDITY TEMPERATURE.
Oil.
Colza Oil.
Castor Oil, seconds
Ground Nat Oil, African
French . .
Xeatsfoot Oil
n English..
Lard Oil
,, Summer
Ox Oil
Cottonseed Oil
Sperm Oil. Arctic
,, Bottlenosc.
White Whale
Norwegian Whale Oil, 1 .
Whale Oil, Arctic
Rape Oil, Hull refined
Black Sea .
Olive Oil, Malaga . . .
,, Mogador..
Zante
Oallipoli . .
Turbidity 5<?SentfB?1
Tempe^o^AcHl
u "■ as Oleic Acid.
93
Ordinary
92
So
65
G9
J8
53
G3
So
GO
53
SS
So
3-5G
1-23
331
4-01
2-67
5'57
1*55
2-005
215
S-02
•19
■98
1 17
2-225
1-9G
3-125
2-67
4 01
5-74
4 56
73
2 45
7G
5-31
G2
7 35
17
11 03
28
22-06
On thinking over what may be the reason of this
difference, I felt inclined to adopt a suggestion of
.Mr. Allen's, that difference in the amount of free acid
that oils would contain would lead to differences in
the turbidity temperatures of such oils.
Now, seeing that oleic and acetic acids are miscible
at the ordinary temperatures in all proportions, I
thought that it would be safe to infer that the greater
the proportion of free fatty acid an oil contained,
the lower the turbidity temperature would be: to
see whether this inference was correct, I determined
the amounts of free acid present in the oils, and the
results are given in Table II. But the evidence is
nearly as much against as for this inference.
I therefore made a number of direct experiments.
1 took 5cc. of cotton oil (because this contained the
least amount of free acid of all the oils examined)
and mixed it with varying quantities of oleic acid,
and determined the turbidity temperatures of these
mixtures ; the results are appended : —
Turbidity Temperatuxe
occ. cotton oil )
IS"
Jcc. oleic arid 1
5cc. cotton oil )
37
lcc. oleic acid J
5cc. cotton oil i
28
1 <■(■. oleic acid J
5cc. cotton oil 1
20
2cc. oleic acid J
occ. cotton oil 1
15
2J.cc. oleic acid I
From which it will be seen that the turbidity tem-
perature decreases with increase of oleic acid, and
that when the proportion of acid in the oil gets to
33 per cent, it is practically soluble at the ordinary
temperature of the air.
I am strongly inclined to think that the inference
as to the effect of acid in oil on this test noted above
is correct.
In connection with my experiments I made a fen-
to see what influence varying the quantiti and pro-
portions of oil and acid would have on tin ults.
I found, first, that so long as the proportions of oil
and acid remained the same it did not matter how
much of each was taken. If the proportions were
altered I found the results affected as follows : In-
crease of oil decreased the temperature of turbidity,
while increase of the acid increased the temperature.
Table III. shows some of the results obtained
in this way.
Mineral oils are only partially soluble in acetic
acid at 50" C, while rosin oil is completely soluble ;
thus this test can be used to distinguish these oils,
but it cannot be used quantitatively.
When a mineral oil and a fat oil are mixed together,
the mixture containing about 10 per cent, of mineral
oil and treated with acetic acid, the oil is completely
dissolved, the presence of the fat seeming to bring
about the solution of the mineral oil ; if the propor-
tion of mineral oil be much greater than this, then
complete solution does not occur.
Since writing the above paper Mr. Ellwood has
published (Pharmaceutical Journal, 3, xvii. 519) some
results of his in the use of this test, in which he cor-
roborates some of my remarks. He gives the follow-
ing figures : —
Oliveloil 101 C.
Almond oil .. ..108' C.
Linseed oil G7 C.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. Thomson desired to know what was the nature
of this turbidity, and also if all the oil would separate
out at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere;
further, which test Mr. Hurst considered the better—
the acetic acid or the ordinary sulphuric acid testl
Had Mr. Hurst determined the amounts of different
oils dissolved by the acetic acid at the ordinary tem-
■' peratures '?
Mr. McXair said he might suggest that some of
the discrepancies arose from the manner in which the
experiments were carried out, for the thermometer
did not give the true temperature of the liquid. A
Jan. 28,1887.] THE JOl'iLVAL OF THK SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL iHBtJSTKY.
2.-.
thermometer with a large bulb would cod more
slowly than one with a .small one, and would tl
fore give too high a temperature. He would 3Ugf
that the tube containing the mixture of oil and acid
should be immersed in a large volume of heated
liquid, which would then cool down slowly and give
the true temperature.
Mr. 1 1 1 i:st : In reply to Mr. Thomson's question
as to turbidity, he should regard it simply as
a deposition of the oil from the acid. He had
allowed the mixture of oil and acid to stand for
some time, and then found that they gradually
separated into layers, the oil above and the acid
although a portion of the process has been in use for
a considerable time at the Old Kent J toad works of
the South Metropolitan Cas Company.
The material which we use for purifying the gas
is ammonia, which is employed in the form of gas.
As all the impurities of coal-gas are, with the ex-
ception of ammonia itself, of an acid character, they
are removed in combination with ammonia, dis-
solved in water. For the purpose of description the
process may be divided into three parts, and I will
first briefly describe the apparatus employed in the
different stages of the process.
For the purification of the gas a series of six
TABLE
III.
Vi\l PABXB ", Oil.
MlXKIl WITH
Pabtu of A< ktk Acid.
l
-
3
13
S3
62
I
50
35
72
5 6 7
8
9
10
16
106
78
II
'Z »
Not at
la
Not at
15"
Xot at
1 15°
60
35
50 19 IS
100 1025 101
76 79 70
17
105
SO
165
106
79
Colza Oil, Stettin
Lard Oil, American
below. It seemed to him that the solubility
depended tnipon the temperature, and hence there
was a , , trence in turbidity and temperature with
different -oils according to their degree of solubility
in the acids. With regard to the comparison between
this test and Maumene's, he considered Maumenes
the best. As to the manner in which these experi-
ments had been carried out, he had tried the
experiments in the form given by Mr. McNair, and
had found no advantage over the method described.
The results were much the same.
ERRATA.— On page 612 of this Journal. December number,
ond column, line 11 from top,/or "head" read "bead."
Page 613 of the same, line 25 from bottom of second column.
for "sulphate and sulphide" read "sulphite and sulphide."
In Mr. Fawsiu's paper, p. 638. second column, fifth line, for
"22 C." read " -22 I '."
T5irminrjfjam anD 9£iDlanD Section.
Chairman : Charles Hunt.
Vice-Chairman: Dr. Tilden.
Committee :
G. S. Allbright. J. L. Major.
A.H.Allen. Dr. Morris.
T. Barclay. Dr. Nicol.
Horace T. Brown. E. P. Peyton.
J. V. Chance. L. Percival.
A coison. w. av. Stavelfif.
B. 1 lawson. W. A. Wiggin.
E. W. T. Jones.
Treasurer : C. O'Sullivan.
Local Secretary :
A. Bostock Hill. 11, Temple Street, Birmingham.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
CLAUS'S PROCESS FOR THE PURIFI-
CATION OF COAL-GAS RY AMMONIA.
BY C. W. WATTS.
The process which I have to describe has for its
object the complete purification of coal-gas in closed
vessels. It is founded on the processes invented
some years ago by F. C. Hills, which had the same
object in view, but have not succeeded completely,
scrubbers is employed ; they are shown on the plan
at A, Aj— As.
Five of the scrubbers are 4ft. square and 20ft.
high, the sixth (a subsequent addition) is circular,
5ft. diameter and 30ft. high. The total scrubbing
space is about 2000 cubic leet, which allows 8 cubic
feet space for each 1000 cubic feet of gas purified
per diem, reckoned on the maximum make.
All the scrubbers are filled with broken gannister
brick, in pieces about 2in. in diameter, and are pro-
vided with tumbling boxes for distributing the
liquor.
At the foot of each scrubber is a pump, by
which the liquor from each scrubber is sent into
another. The last scrubber, A5, is supplied with
cold spent liquor from the still, in quantity regu-
lated according to the amount of gas passing through
J the system ; this liquor is pumped from one scrubber
I to another through the entire series, gradually
taking up the impurities from the gas, until it is
finally removed from A, saturated with these im-
purities, and ready for the next stage of the
i process.
The second stage of the process is that known as
j Hill's process, and consists in the decomposition by
heat of the carbonate and sulphide of ammonia con-
i tained in the scrubber liquor, the carbonic acid and
sulphuretted hydrogen being expelled, while the
ammonia is retained in the liquor.
The plant consists of three parts : — 1st, the ap-
paratus in which the actual heating takes place ;
2nd, a scrubber, which we call a carbonating tower,
in which the gases from the heated liquor are washed
with the cold scrubber liquor on its way to the
heating tower ; and 3rd, a small catch scrubber for
completing the absorption of the ammonia which
accompanies the carbonic acid and sulphuretted
hydrogen.
In the experimental plant at Windsor Street the
heating apparatus and the carbonating tower are
each divided into two portions, but they really form
one apparatus, and will be so described. The catch
tower B and the carbonating towers B, and B.., are
constructed and worked just like the scrubbers ; they
are 2ft. square and lMt. high.
The heating is effected in the two towers marked
56
THK .TOniN.U. OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INi)tJSTinT. |Jan. 29. 18S7.
B3 and B,. These are also 2ft .square ami 18ft.
high ; each is fitted with thirty cast-iron trays 23in.
square and 3io. deep, in each of which is a flat coil
l steam pipe supplied with steam from amain
pipe between the two towers. The scrubber liquor,
after passing through the carbonating towers B, and
1!.., is pumped to the top of B;. and overflows from
tray to tray to the bottom, where it is pumped to
15, anil passes in the same way through this, the
temperature gradually rising and more and more of
the carbonic acid being driven off, until at the end
the liquor consists principally of caustic ammonia,
and is ready for the next process.
This is carried out in two towers marked C and
C,, similar in all respects to the carbonating towers,
and forming, as they do, a single piece of apparatus.
A third tower C2l in connection with them, acts as a
condenser for the hot gases from C,.
The purified liquor from Bj, which is already at a
temperature of 195° F., is pumped into C, and
thence to C. At the bottom of C free steam is in-
troduced (as a matter of practice the exhaust steam
from the engine is used).
It is at this point that the portion of the gas which
is purified in our plant is drawn off.
The gas entering the scrubbers contains the follow-
ing removable impurities : — Ammonia, sulphuretted
hydrogen, carbonic acid, and carbon bisulphide, and,
in addition, hydrocyanic acid and oxygen, which,
though they can hardly be called impurities, are
absorbed in the scrubbers, and play an important
part in the process.
The quantities of these substances are, as might
be expected, somewhat variable, as will be seen from
the following table : —
Ammonia 0') to 05 per cent, by volume.
.■sulphuretted hydrogen .. 10 to 18 ,, „
Carbonic acid 1*5 to 2"8 ., ,,
Hydrocyanic acid 0*1 — ,, „
Oxygen DO to 0'8
The volume of the carbon bisulphide is extremely
small, only forming two or three hundredths per cent.
of the crude gas.
The carbonic acid and sulphuretted hydrogen
generally amount to about four per cent, of the
crude gas.
pure a a s
Thick lines denote liquor pipes.
A minute quantity of caustic soda solution is
mixed with the liquor in the still for the purpose of
decomposing the fixed salts of ammonia. The liquor,
on arriving at the bottom of C, is completely free
from ammonia, and, after cooling, is pumped to a
tank placed over scrubber A, and is used again for
washing the gas.
The whole series of operations is perfectly con-
tinuous : the only materials used for the purification
of the gas are ammonia and water, which are brought
together in the scrubbers to combine with and
absorb the impurities of the gas, and are then, after
being freed from these impurities by heat, separated
from each other by distillation, to be again brought
together in the scrubber, and so on.
We will now consider more in detail the changes
undergone by the gas and liquor in the various
stages of the process.
l'l RE II ATIOX OF THE O V-.
The crude gas made in the retorts passes first
through the condensers and a Livesey washer, the
latter being supplied with liquor from the
condensers. In these it deposits the tar and the
excess of water, and the condensed water absorbs
about two-thirds of the ammonia in combination
with carbonic acid and sulphuretted hydrogen.
5
1 1 1
o
~-«.AIR
We find that, under ordinary conditions, the liquor
produced in the scrubbers consists, empirically, of
normal carbonate and hydrosulphide of ammonia ;
consequently, to effect complete purification, we
must supply to the gas a quantity of ammonia equal
to twice the volume of the carbonic acid + once
the volume of the sulphuretted hydrogen, or, deduct-
ing the ammonia already contained in the gas, about
6'o per cent, by volume of the foul gas, or nearly
30lb. of ammonia for the gas produced from one ton
of coal.
We have found it most advantageous to work with
a liquor containing about four per cent, of ammonia,
of which about three-fourths is causticised in the
subsequent heating process and rendered available
for purification. It follows that about 100 gallons of
this liquor are required for the purification of the gas
from one ton of coal. This quantity will, of course,
vary with the amount of impurity, and also with
the temperature, a smaller quantity being required
in winter, and a rather larger quantity in warm
weather.
I shall have to describe two modifications of the
process ; the first and more simple effects the re-
moval of the carbonic acid, sulphuretted hydrogen
and ammonia, with only a partial reduction of the
carbon bisulphide, while by the second this imparity
can be reduced to any degree that may be desired.
Jan. _>o, iss;.! THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
2?
In the first method the spent liquor for washing
the gas is introduced into the last scrubber ; after
passing through this it is pumped to the next
scrubber, and so on straight through the series.
The foul gas enters at the bottom of scrubber A
and passes straight through in the opposite direction \
to the liquor.
The ammonia for purification enters the system at
the outlet of scrubber A and passes with the coal-
gas through the connecting pipe to the bottom of ,
A,, the two Vicing thus thoroughly mixed.
The foul gas entering A meets in its upward
passage with the liquor produced in the next scrubber
A,. This liquor contains about five per cent, of
ammonia, of which about three per cent, is combined
with sulphuretted hydrogen (as monosulphide), and i
about one per cent, with carbonic acid, which
accompanies the ammonia from the still.
As the ammonia from the still is necessarily some-
what warm, this liquor is at a temperature of 100 —
110 I''., and when it comes into contact with the gas
in A, nunc of the free ammonia and ammonium sul-
phide are volatilised and return to A,, the effect
being to always keep a stock of ammonia in the
intermediate scrubbers, which is amply sufficient to
deal with any temporary variations in the quantity
of the gas or the amount of impurity contained
in it.
In scrubber A, the whole of the carbonic acid is
generally absorbed, but none of the sulphuretted
hydrogen ; indeed, the gas leaving the scrubber is
richer in this impurity than the original gas, the
additional quantity having been volatilised from the
liquor.
At exceptionally low temperatures, and also with
weaker liquor than is usually employed, the reverse
is the case, the sulphuretted hydrogen, owing to its
greater solubility in water, being absorbed first, while
the carbonic acid passes forward. As before men-
tioned, the ammonia for purification enters at the
outlet of the first scrubber, and passes together
with the partially purified gas into the second
scrubber A,. In our first experiments, the ammonia
was introduced with the foul gas into the first
scrubber, but it was found that, owing to the great
solubility of ammonia, the liquor produced contained
a large proportion of free ammonia, which was in con-
sequence wasted for purposes of purification. By
introducing the ammonia into the second scrubber,
and washing the foul gas with the liquor so produced,
it is completely saturated with acid impurities. The
gas entering A,, thus contains about 10 per cent, of
ammonia, two per cent, of sulphuretted hydrogen,
and the small quantity of carbonic acid which accom-
panies the ammonia from the still. In its passage
through this scrubber it is deprived of all the carbonic
acid, and a large proportion of the ammonia and
sulphuretted hydrogen.
In the next scrubber nearly all the remaining sul-
phuretted hydrogen is absorbed, and the remaining
scrubbers complete the absorption of the ammonia.
In this process only five scrubbers are employed,
and are worked so that the liquor from the last one,
A4, contained nothing but traces of ammonia, and
that from A3 contained from one to two percent, of
ammonia, and a trace only of sulphuretted hydrogen.
A typical set of liquors would be as follows : —
a,.
Total Ammonia O'l
Sulphuretted Hydrogen. . —
Ammonia as Carbonate . . —
The foul gas always contains some oxygen, derived
from air accidentally drawn in during the drawing and
charging of the retorts. In its passage through the
scrubbers some of this oxygen acts upon the
A3.
As.
A:,.
A.
1-5
01
. 3'6 .
. 1-5 .
. 5-0 .
. 2-0 .
. ro .
. i-o
. 30
ammonium hydrosulphidein the liquors and converts it
intobisulphide :— 2NH*HS-t-0 (NH4)SS2 H,0.
On the quantity of bisulphide (polysulphide)
thus formed depends the quantity of carbon
bisulphide that is absorbed ; but the quantity formed
from the oxygen naturally contained in the gas is
too small to effect more than a very partial purifica-
tion of the gas from this substance. We attempted
to increase the amount by introducing an additional
quantity of air, but found that the absorption of
oxygen by the liquor was so slow and incomplete that
it would have been necessary to introduce so much
air as to seriously reduce the illuminating power of
the gas.
We then adopted the present system of dissolv-
ing the necessary amount of sulphur in the liquor
containing ammonium sulphide, and this method is
successful in reducing the lotal sulphur compounds
below the maximum allowed by the London
Referees.
As carbon bisulphide vapour is, even when un-
diluted, practically insoluble in water, it is evident
that, when it forms, as in the case of coal gas, only
two or three hundredths per cent, by volume of the
gas, it may be regarded as absolutely insoluble,
and its removal by a liquid absorbent must be
effected, as it is by solid absorbents such as calcium
sulphide, by exposing a large surface of the purifying
material to the gas.
For this reason we have found it necessary to in-
crease the scrubbing power by the addition of a sixth
scrubber, and to devote three of the scrubbers to
this work, supplying them with the liquor contain-
ing ammonium bisulphide.
The course of the liquor through the scrubbers
has therefore been altered, that of the gas remaining
as before.
The wash water' is pumped into A.-, ; from this it
passes at once to Ai, the scrubber into which the
ammonia first enters. Here it absorbs ammonia and
sulphuretted hydrogen, and is then pumped into A4.
Before coming into contact with the gas in this
scrubber, it passes through a quantity of sulphur and
dissolves some of it, forming the necessary poly-
sulphide.
From A4 the liquor passes to A,.,, from A-j to A.,,
and thence to A.
The carbonic acid is, as before, absorbed in A, the
bulk of the ammonia and sulphuretted hydrogen in
Aj, while the next three scrubbers, which are already
charged with a liquor strong in sulphide of am-
monium, absorb little of the principal impurities,
which pass through them to A.-,, where the purifica-
tion is completed.
The carbon bisulphide is, for the most part, ab-
sorbed in the three scrubbers A2, Ay, and A4, which
contain the polysulphide.
Since the adoption of this system, the total sulphur
in the gas purified by our process has never exceeded
•20 grains per 10<) cubic feet.
By further increasing the size of the scrubbers this
quantity could be reduced in proportion.
The gas is continually tested during the day with
Harcourt's apparatus, and the highest result obtained
was 12*5 grains S as CSn, while many results below 5
grains have been recorded. The reliability of the.^e
tests has been confirmed by the Referees' test for total
sulphur, the average of a number of tests being L6"9
grains, with a maximum of 19 grains.
Temperature does not appear to have any direct
effect upon the absorption of the carbon bisulphide,
but indirectly affects it by varying the composition
of the liquors, a higher temperature causing the ac-
cumulation of ammonium sulphide in the intermediate
scrubbers.
8a
TI1K JOtliNAL Of THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. l-'»"- -»• ««
Tin- only conditions necessary for the efficient
purification of gas lrom carbon bisulphide are suffi-
cient surface of liquor exposed, and enough polysul-
phide to keep the liquor distinct ly yellow on its
emergence from scrubber A. This amount is about
0"25 to 0'3 per cent, (weight in volume), of which
about one-half is due to the oxygen of the foul gas,
ami the rest is obtained by the direct addition of
sulphur.
In passing through scrubber A some of this sulphur
(about O'l per cent.) combines with ammonium cyan-
ide to form thiocyanate, and a further portion (about
0'05 per cent.) is converted info thiosulphate. If the
amount of sulphur as polysulphide is not sufficient to
Form these compounds, then the absorption of the
carbon bisulphide is incomplete.
Hill's Process.
The scrubber liquor produced in our process is
similar in composition to ordinary gas liquor. A
typical sample had the composition : —
Ammonia 4*30 per cent. \
Sulph. hydrogen — TOS „ c™m.i. im«
Carbonic acid 520 „ J?,™"?9 " 109fc-
Sod. Thiosulphate. 0-50 ,. i or lbs. in U) gallons.
Sod. Thiocyanate ..TOO ,. I
The simplest way of expressing the proportions of
ammonia, sulphuretted hydrogen and carbonic acid is
this : —
Ammonia 4-50
Sulphuretted hydrogen 108
Ammonia as carbonate 4*00
The equivalents of ammonia and sulphuretted
hydrogen being the same (17), this mode of expression
shows that this liquor consists, empirically, of normal
carbonate and hydrosulphide of ammonia.
The scrubber liquor is pumped into the carbonating
tower P>i, and on its way down this and the next
tower it meets with the gases evolved from the liquor
in the heating towers. These gases consist of am-
monia sulphuretted hydrogen and carbonic acid. In
the upper portion of B1( where the temperature is low,
the ammonia is almost completely absorbed, and
what little does not escape condensation is absorbed
in the catch tower B.
At the same time as the liquor absorbs ammonia it
also takes up. at first, some of the other gases, and the
ammonium sulphide is gradually decomposed by the
carbonic acid, the decomposition becoming more com-
plete as the Liquor becomes warmer.
At the bottom of Bs the temperature of the liquor
is 100—170° F., and the greater part of the am-
monium sulphide has been converted into carbonate.
The liquor also contains a good deal of free ammonia
which has been volatilised from the heating towers.
From the carbonating tower B._. the liquor passes
to the heating apparatus B .. and B4. It will be re-
membered that this consists of a series of CO trays
heated by steam, the liquor overflowing from tray to
tray. The steam is adjusted so as to raise the liquor
to a temperature of 195° F. By this the excess of
ammonia over that contained in the original liquor is
expelled together with most of the carbonic acid, so
that at the outlet of the apparatus the liquor consists
principally of caustic ammonia.
The extent to which the decomposition of the am-
monium salts may be carried depends on three
things— time, temperature, and strength of liquor ;
the longer the time, the higher the temperature, and
the weaker the liquor, the further can the decomposi-
tion be carried. Our heating apparatus is of such
size that the maximum quantity of liquor worked takes
at least two hours to pass through it, being raised
during that time from 160° to 195°.
A scrubber liquor containing about 4 per cent.
ammonia as carbonate and sulphide under such cir-
cumstances loses at least three-quarters of its acid
constituents. The composition of the liquor men-
tioned before would be about
Total ammonia 1*50 per. cent.
Ammonia as rarhonate 1'10 ,,
Sulphuretted hydrogen nil.
Liquors containing less than :i per cent, of am-
monia can be heated to 200° F., and the amount of
ammonia causticised will be from 80 to 90 per cent.
The additional expense of heating the larger volume
of liquor of this strength would, however, more than
compensate for the slightly greater yield of free
ammonia.
Distillation or the Pctbifisd Liquor.
The last stage of the process is that in which the
ammonia is expelled from the liquor and returned to
the scrubbers.
The liquor from the heating apparatus, which is at
195° F., is pumped into the still, which consists of
two towers, and the exhaust steam from the engine
entering at the bottom of the still expels the whole
of the ammonia and ammonium carbonate from the
liquor.
It will be recollected that the scrubber liquor, be-
sides carbonate and sulphide, contains thiocyanate
and thiosulphate ; these salts are not decomposed at
212°, so that it is necessary to add a fixed alkali in
order to obtain the ammonia from them. In our
plant at Windsor .Street we generally employ caustic
soda for this purpose ; on a larger scale, lime would
of course be substituted.
The whole of the ammonia from the liquor,
together with some steam and carbonic acid, which
has not been expelled by the previous heating
process, pass from the still through a third tower,
which acts as a condenser. In this most of the steam
and carbonate of ammonia are condensed, and the
resulting liquor returns to the heating towers. The
rest of the ammonia, still at a temperature of about
100°, passes from the condenser back to the scrubber
A,, thus completing the cycle of operations.
The spent liquor from the still is cooled and
pumped back to the scrubber A- to be used again
for washing the gas. The excess, due to con-
densed steam, and not required in the scrubbers, is
continually withdrawn, and from it the thiocyanate
is recovered.
The whole series of operations described goes on
continuously, and is easily kept in order. A few
points only have to be looked to in order to maintain
purification. The amount of ammonia supplied to
the scrubbers must be sufficient, but not greatly in
excess of that required to combine with the
impurities. In order to regulate this, the gas must
be tested at one or two points, easily found by
experience, which the different impurities should
reach, but not pass. If the ammonia is found to be
in excess or the reverse the quantity is altered by
increasing or diminishing the amount of wash-water
(spent liquor) supplied to the last scrubber. As
there is always a surplus of spent liquor produced
there is always enough for any slight increase that
may be required. It will easily be understood that
an increase (or decrease) of the amount of water in
the last scrubber means an increase in the liquor
from scrubber A, which, passing through the heating
and distilling plant, means an increased supply of
ammonia to the scrubbers. Even considerable varia-
tions of the quantity of water supplied to the
scrubbers do not appreciably affect the strength of
the Liquor : the only effect is to vary the rate of circu-
lation, and therefore the amount of ammonia enter-
ing the scrubbers in any given period of time.
Jan. 29. issr.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
29
The other points that require attention are the
temperature of the heating apparatus ami the still.
With a regular circulation of the liquor and a
tolerably uniform pressure of steam, these require
very little attention : of course, if the quantity of
liquor passing through the plant is altered, the steam
must be altered in proportion.
It still remains to describe the method by which
sulphur is recovered from the gases evolved by
heating the liquor, and to mention the method- by ,
which it is proposed to recover thiocyanates, and to
obtain the ammonia of the foul gas in forms more
valuable than ordinary gas liquor.
Tin-foul gas entering the scrubbers con tainscarbonic
acid and sulphuretted hydrogen, amounting together
to about 4 per cent, of the volume of the gas. The
ratio of the carbonic acid to the sulphuretted hydro- |
gen is about two to one.
A small quantity of the sulphuretted hydrogen is
oxidised, and the sulphur unites with hydrocyanic
acid, but the greater part it, and the whole of the
carbonic acid of the foul gas, pass out of the catch
tower B.
The gas consists of about 25 to 30 per cent, sulphur-
etted hydrogen, and the rest is carbonic acid, with a
trace of hydrocarbon vapour.
The process employed for recovering the sulphur is
that invented by Mr. Clans, and now in use at several
places in connection with the manufacture of sulphate
of ammonia.
The apparatus consists of what we call a kiln, a
depositing chamber, and catch purifiers as a safe-
guard against the possibility of a nuisance.
The kiln is a small chamber built of fire-brick, and
enclosed in a shell of cast-iron plates. The chamber
in our case is circular, 2ft. (iin. in diameter, and 3ft.
high ; it contains a layer, loin, deep, of oxide of iron
ir lumps about lin. diameter, supported on a grating
built of lin. split fire-bricks set on edge. A space of
about 1 foot above the oxide is empty, and the gas
enters this space, passes downwards through the
oxide and out from below the grating into tie
depositing chamber. This is a brick building, 24ft.
long by 8ft wide and .lift, high, with 9in. walls and
flat roof of ^in. slates. Transverse baffle walls are
built inside the chamber, which open alternately on
one side and the other of the chamber, so that the
gases are forced to traverse the whole area of the
chamber before reaching the outlet.
Previous to entering the kiln the gases are mixed
with a quantity of air (supplied by a small air-pump)
9jj times the volume of the sulphuretted hydrogen.
This volume of air contains the oxygen necessary to
convert the hydrogen of the sulphuretted hydrogen
into water, thereby setting free the sulphur.
At starting, the kiln is filled with hydrated oxide
of iron (manganese or other metal), the ordinary
reactions take place between the substances present,
sulphide of iron being formed and immediately
reoxidised by the air, and, as these reactions take
place in a small confined space, the heat produced
accumulates until the whole mass is red-hot. At this
temperature, of course, the sulphur produced by the
reaction is immediately volatilised, and passes with
the other gases into the depositing chamber, where it
settles. As the proportion of sulphuretted hydrogen
in the gas is not quite constant, it will generally
happen that there is either a slight excess or a slight
deficiency of air supplied. There will then be a small
quantity of either sulphuretted hydrogen or sul-
phurous acid at the outlet. To prevent the escape
of these gases into the air, a wash tower tilled with
pebbles and supplied with a little water is connected
to the chamber, and beyond this is a small open
oxide purifier. The water absorbs any sulphurous
acid that may be present, and the oxide of iron any
ol sulphuretted hydrogen.
The sulphur obtained amounts to about 00 per
cent, of the theoretical quantity. It is very pure,
analysing over 91) per cent, sulphur, deducting the
moisture that it generally contains. The gases from
the gas liquor contain small quantities of naphtha-
lene and other hydrocarbons, and these being charred
in passing through the kiln impart a brownish tinge
to the sulphur. The amount of carbon present,
however, does not amount to O'l per cent.
Thiocyahates.
Hydrocyanic acid exists in the foul gas to the
amount of about 0 1 per cent, by volume. It is
absorbed by the liquor, and combines with 'sulphur
to form thiocyanic acid; XH4CX + (NH,) S
=NELCNS+(NH4)2S. If there is not sufficient
polysulphide present" to convert all the hydrocyanic
acid into thiocyanic acid the rest remains unaltered
until it reaches the heating apparatus, where at least
some of it acts upon the iron of the apparatus and
forms ferrocyanide.
The ammonium thiocarbonate, formed by the
absorption of carbon bisulphide, also forms thio-
cyanate by spontaneous decomposition, (XH,) I
= XH4CNS + 2H~S. The thiocyanide thus formed
is converted into sodium salt by means of caustic
soda added in the still, and is found in the surplus
spent liquor derived from the condensed steam.
The amount of sodium tbiocyanate formed is 23lb.
per ton of coal.
From the spent liquor the thiocyanate is recovered,
either by simple evaporation or by precipitation with
cupric sulphate or cuprous thiocyanate.
From the sodium salt ferrocyanide may be made
by Gelis's process.
Ammonia.
It will be understood from the general description
of the process that a certain stock of ammonia is
constantly circulating through the system. The
amount required is estimated at about iiolb. ammonia
in the plant for each ton of coal carbonised per diem.
As the foul gas entering the scrubbers contains
ammonia, equal to about lAlb. per ton of coal, an
accumulation would take place, unless an equal
quantity was continually withdrawn. Of course this
withdrawal may be effected in the form of ordinary
gas liquor from scrubber A, but the process allows of
its withdrawal in either one of two more valuable
forms, sulphate and carbonate.
The manufacture of sulphate in connection with
: the process could readily be effected by substituting
an acid saturator for the catch tower B, attached to
the heating apparatus.
As the quantity of ammonia normally entering this
tower is less than that which must be withdrawn, a
connection is made from a part of the carbonating
tower where, in consequence of the higher tempera-
ture, the gases contain a larger proportion of am-
monia. By this means the amount of ammonia with-
drawn may readily be made equal to that brought in
by the foul gas, and at the same time the acid satu-
rator would act as a perfect safeguard against the
escape of any ammonia with the other gases.
If sulphate were made in this way the whole of
the fuel, and all the plant, except the saturator,
would be saved, the sulphate being manufactured for
the cost of the acid and the labour.
In the description ol the action of the heating and
' carbonating plant it was explained that the sulphur-
etted hydrogen was expelled from the liquor by the
carbonic acid evolved in the heating tower. At or
about the junction between the heating and car-
so
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [.'«■>. 20. isst.
Donating towers the gases in the apparatus are am-
monia, carbonic acid, and strain.
If these gases, or a portion of them, are conducted
into a cold chamber there condenses a liquor, which
on cooling, forms a mass of crystals of ammonium
carbonate. The mother liquor usually contains a
little sulphide. l>ut the crystals are free from it. A
specimen of such condensed liquor contained 24 per
cent, of ammonia, of which 18 per cent, was carbon-
ate, and only 0'(i per cent, of sulph. hydrogen.
This is equal to a liquor of lluoz. strength, or say
ten times the strength of ordinary gas liquor.
1 have now described the whole number of opera-
tions involved in this process of purification, and it
may be useful to re-state the essential features of the
process and point out the advantages which it offers
over the ordinary process.
The most important feature of the process is that
it effects complete purification of the gas by a per-
fectly continuous operation carried out in closed
vessels. There is no possibility of nuisance arising
from the opening of purifiers containing foul gas, or
the exposure of the purifying material to the air, nor
any loss of gas or admixture of air with the gas from
the former cause.
The gas is completely purified from carbonic acid
and sulphuretted hydrogen, from all but the usual
traces of ammonia, and the obnoxious and trouble-
some carbon bisulphide is easily reduced to any
desired amount by a simple and cheap addition to
the ordinary process.
The illuminating power of the gas is not reduced
by this process ; indeed the average of a large number
of tests showed a slight excess of illuminating power
over that of the same gas purified by lime and oxide.
This may be ascribed to the complete absence of
carbonic acid, and perhaps also to the fact that a
smaller proportion of the oxygen is absorbed.
The by-products, sulphur and ammonia, are re-
covered in more valuable forms, and thiocyanates,
which may fairly be called a new product, at "least as
far as English gasworks are concerned, are easily re-
covered and converted into valuable salts. The
ground space covered by the plant is less than that
required for dry purification, especially where sulphur
purification is carried out.
The cost of working I am hardly prepared to state,
as the expenses of ordinary work cannot be calculated
from that of an experimental plant, where the
attendance and labour required for continual altera-
tions are much greater than would be required for
regular work.
The principal expense is fcr fuel in raising the
necessary steam : the cost of this has been 2|d. per
ton, taking fuel at five shillings per ton. It may
reasonably be expected that considerable economies
will be effected on this side; and especially the
possibility of raising steam by means of the "waste
heat from the retort furnaces must not be lost
sight of.
The amount of sulphur required to form poly-
sulphide for the purpose of removing carbon bisul-
phide from the gas is about i!lb. per ton of coal.
Taking sulphur at £4 per ton this would be 0"85d.
per ton of coal, or 0"085d. per 1000 cubic feet. The
cost of sulphur purification in London is given by
Mr. F. Livesey at l^d. per 1000 cubic feet.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. Hack : We have been listening to a very
interesting paper, and are very much indebted to
Mr. Watts for the clearway in which he has described
the process. A question I wish to ask is as to the
alleged cost of ordinary purification. It was stated
to be l|d., whereas 1 have reason to believe it is
covered entirely by id. per LOOOcubic feet, 1 may say,
that being in Birmingham I have had die opportunity,
from time to time, of followiug out this very interest-
ing process, and consider that much praise is due to
M r. Glaus in respect to it, and should be glad to hear
that we shall be able to purify our gas by the process
as cheaply as we do at the present time. 1 am not
prepared to contest anything that Mr. Watts has said
with regard to the chain of beautiful chemical
changes and reactions which take place; but I may
state that on the last occasion when tests were made
on my behalf the process was not efficient for re-
ducing regularly the sulphur compounds to the desired
limit, and I am therefore very pleased to hear that
by the addition of sulphur to the liquor he has been
successful in bringing them down to a very low point,
1 and well within the limits prescribed by the London
gas refiners. This is a very important point, and one
that will weigh well with gas engineers ; but, as a
gas engineer, I should like to be assured, before
adopting the process, that taking the value of the extra
products — Prussian blue, etc. — into account there
would be a saving over the prevailing method. For
the last three years, at one of my works, we have
been able to purify the gas from carbonic acid, sul-
phuretted hydrogen, and ammonia, and bring the
sulphur compounds down very low; the whole cost,
including new materials and labour (after crediting
the materials sold), has not exceeded one-third of a
penny per 1000 cubic feet of gas made. Now that is a
I very small item, and I repeat that we want to be
assured that by this new plan we should be able to
purify cheaper than this. I am not going to say any-
thing against this beautiful chemical process, but we
now wish to have some reliable information as to the
net cost. Without considerable saving can be shown
to result, this system will 1 hardly think take the
place of our existing purilying arrangements, but it
is more likely to be adopted where new works are
contemplated, or extensions required, as at Belfast ;
and we shall all anxiously await the results obtained
there upon the larger scale.
Mr. Watts : In actual practice it is impossible to
use extremely concentrated solutions, on account of
the rapid volatilisation of the ammonium sulphide.
We have in the laboratory used such a solution con-
taining polysulphide with good effects. I may say
that 1 have made a number of experiments with
different sulphides, more particularly barium and
sodium sulphides, and I have found that solutions of
monosulphides, unless very strong, are absolutely iu-
capable of absorbing bisulphide of carbon. The con-
clusion I came to was, that the monosulphides are
decomposed in solution into hydrate and hydrosul-
phide, and it is well known thai hydrosulphides will
not combine with carbon bisulphide. When the
solution is very concentrated this decomposition will
be incomplete, and the carbon bisulphide is then
absorbed by the undecomposed monosulphides. The
formation of a small quantity of polysulphide, either
by addition of sulphur or by exposure of the solution
to the air, at once confers upon the solution the
property of absorbing bisulphide of carbon. The
case of ammonium sulphide is somewhat different
to that of barium and sodium sulphides. Mono-
sulphide of ammonia only exists at very low tempera-
tures, so that even very strong solutions, so long as
they are free from polysulphide, will not absorb car-
bon bisulphide. The use of polysulphide of ammonia
was discovered by Leigh, at Manchester, some years
ago. How far the invention was carried into practice
I cannot say. Mr. Turner asked about the effect of
oxygen upon the illuminating power of gas. I men-
tioned that the oxygen in the foul gas was only
partially absorbed in our process, and stated that this
Jan. 29. is?:.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
31
would be rather an advantage than otherwise. Dr.
Frankland has proved that the reduction of the
illuminating power of gas by the prepuce of air is
due to the nitrogen, the oxygen tending to counter-
balance the injurious etl'eet of the nitrogen, doubtless
by increasing the temperature of the name. Conse-
quently, given the unavoidable presence of a certain
proportion of air, a process which does not absorb
the oxygen is preferable to one that absorbs almost
the whole of it. Then as to the additional^ cost of the
removal of the sulphur compounds. The cost in
London is given by Mr. F. Livesey as a ljd. per 1000
cubic feet ; very likely this has been reduced since
the date of his paper on the subject. In our case it
is about Id. for ln,000 cubic feet.
The L'h.uk.man : The question of purification in
closed vessels is one that has occupied the minds
of gas men for many years past, and many
attempts have been made to arrive at a solu-
tion of it. About eleven years ago success was
thought to have been achieved by Hill's pro-
cess, by which ammonia is driven from its combi-
nation with other impurities in gas liquor, and used
over again in the washers or scrubbers. Only partial
purification, however, was effected by this means,
and, substantially, little was accomplished until the
matter was taken up by Mr. Claus, by whom complete (
purification, without the aid of any foreign material,
has at length been effected. Hitherto we have re-
garded this as an object to be attained, not as a means
for increasing the value of the residual products, but
almost solely for the reduction of labour, the avoid-
ance of the necessity for costly plant, and for doing
away with the loss and nuisance resulting from the
emptying and charging of dry purifiers. The opera-
tions of the Ammonia Purifying Co., however, while
embracing all these objects, have revealed to us new
sources of income, not only from the more saleable
character of the residuals, but also from the addition
they are able to make to the latter, in the utilisation
of the sulphocyanides which have hitherto been run
to waste. It is, therefore, greatly to be desired that
the proctss may be successtully developed, and those
who, from the data already furnished by the experi-
ment, have determined upon adopting it on a larger
scale, deserve our thanks for affording the only
possible means by which its economical advantages
can be fully and satisfactorily determined. In the
observation made by Mr. Hack, as to the average
cost of purification to the London companies being
about Id. per m., doubt was expressed as to the
accuracy of Mr. Watts' statement of cost for the
removal of the sulphur compounds— viz., lfd. per m.
This, as stated by Mr. Watts, was given upon the
authority of Mr. Livesey, and does not appear to me
to be necessarily inconsistent with the statement of
total cost ; because Mr. Livesey was, I presume,
speaking of the removal of sulphur compounds only, Ocr attention
whereas the entire process of purification embraces '
at least one operation which is, or has frequently
been, a source of profit — I refer to the removal of
sulphuretted hydrogen by oxide of iron. If the oxide
of iron be well bought the value of the spent oxide
may become, as was frequently the case until recently,
considerably greater than the first cost of the material.
Mr. Hack referred also to the fact that at one of his
works the cost of purification was extremely low,
while at the same time the sulphur compounds never
exceeded, but were frequently considerably within,
the limits prescribed by the gas referees. Without
special purification that was a very exceptional
experience, and 1 think that the statement ought to
have been supplemented by information as to how
much of such a result was due to the process of
purification employed ; because it might very possibly
be due simply to the employment of moderate beats,
or to the use of a coal exceptionally free fromsulphur,
or to a combination of these causes. In any case it
could prove nothing, either for or against the adoption
of the ammonia process under such conditions, tbe
advantages of which were not to be measured by the
question of a few grains, more or less, of sulphur left
in the gas. Having had the process working under
my immediate supervision for some considerable
time I am in a position to say that for works ot
large size there is almost certain to be a considerable
reduction on the cost of labour ; although where the
make of gas is small I should hesitate to recommend
its adoption, for the simple reason that the labour
required to work a plant for the purification of one
million cubic feet per day would, in all probability,
be equal to one of four or five times the dimensions.
Mr Watts has dealt fully with the prospect as regards
increased value of residuals, and I need only add
that, with respect to sulphur alone, which is recovered
in a solid form, the return ought to be doubled, while
the cost of oxide of iron and lime would entirely
disappear.
©lasgoto ano %cottisrj Section.
Chairman: J. Neilson Cuthbertson.
rice-chairman : Prof. Mills.
Hon. Vice-chairman : E. C. C. Stanford.
Committee:
J. Fyfe.
K. Irvine.
J. B. Adam.
J. Addie.
Prof. Crum-Brown.
J. Y. Buchanan.
J. Christie.
W. J.Chrystal.
\V. ri. Curphey.
Prof. Ferguson,
J. J. Coleman
G. G.
T. P. Miller.
J. M. .Milne.
J. Pattison.
R. Pullar.
R. R. Tatlock.
A. Whitelaw.
Treasurer :
near Glasgow.
Hon
Ardarroch, Bearsden
Local Secretary:
Henderson, Chemical Laboratory,
University of Glasgow.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to be
sent to the Local Secretary.
The Third Meeting of the Fourth Session of this
Section was held In the Booms, 207, Bath Street,
Glasgoiv, on Tuesday, January 4, 1887.
MR. J. NEILSON CUTHBEKTSON IN THE CHAIR.
ON WASTE GAS FROM OIL STILLS.
BY GEORGE BEILBY, F.I.C., F.C.S., AND J. B. M'AltTHrR.
has for some time been directed to
the production of permanent gas, which invariably
occurs at the later stages in the redistillation of
crude shale oil and petroleum. Ihe oil we shall refer
to in this paper is crude shale oil, as it comes from
the condensers of the retorts, containing therelore,
naphtha, burning oil, intermediate oil, lubricating
oil and solid paraffins, and, in addition, basic and
acid tars and resinous bodies of high boiling point
The crude oil on entering the oil refinery is handled
in one of two ways-it is either distilled to dryness
in a moderate current ot steam, or it is first treated
with weak sulphuric acid and caustic soda tor the
removal of a portion of the basic and acid tars and is
then distilled to dryness. In either case this first
distillation is, more or less intentionally a destructive
distillation ; the original oil thus produces an oil of
lower specific gravity, which contains a smaller
32
THE .JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Jan. 89. 1887.
quantity of acid and basic tars, and is then fore more
ily refined. A residue ol pitch] coke remains in
the still, and hydrocarbon gas, sulphuretted hydro-
gen, ammonia and watei vapours pass away from the
condenser of the still. There is evidently a breaking
down of complex bodies containing carbon, hydrogen,
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulphur, into simpler hydl
bons, and the ot her pre 'duet.- enumerated above. 1 Un the
amount of destruction permitted must l>e most care-
fully regulated, as the paraffins and defines of higher
boiling point are very easily decomposed and
destroyed, so that a distillation which would produce
excellent results on the basic and acid impurities
might be disastrous in its effects on the solid
paraffins and viscous defines. The amount of destruc-
tion to be permitted is influenced by the nature of
the origiual shale, the system of retorting employed,
and by the market prices of the various paraffin
products.
Our principal object was to study the history of
one of the secondary products of this destructive
distillation — the hydrocarbon gas. As far as we can
learn, no measurements of the volume or tests of the
quality of this gas had been made by other observers.
We have made experiments in the laboratory,
distilling a litre, and in the works distilling about 10
tons at a time.
Laboratory Distillation.
A litre of crude oil was distilled to dryness in a
glass flask over a "Fletcher lamp, a current of low-
pressure steam being passed through the oil during
distillation. The gas from the condenser was drawn
into a small gasholder. The entire distillate
measured !)85cc. The loss by volume was, therefore,
15 per cent.
Taking the weights of the oil and its products, we
have : —
Crude Oil distilled S&?grnis.
Oil distillate MHrOUgrms.
Kesidue 10 58 ,,
(ins 71)3 .,
Unaccounted for 3 49 .,
SS2ktiiis.
The volume of the gas was G85 litres, or at the rate
of 11 cubic feet per gallon of oil. The illuminating
power of the gas was 35 standard candles on a
calculated consumption of 5 cubic feet per hour. It
is a matter of general experience with oil works
chemists, that in well-conducted laboratory distilla-
tions the amount of decomposition which takes place
is small compared with that in works distillation.
Works Distillation.
In January and February last year we made
various determinations of the gas produced at the
crude stills, in Oakbank Works. Through the
courtesy of Mr. Eraser, the managing director of the
company, we are enabled to quote some of these
results here.
These experiments were made primarily to gain
information as to the quantity and quality of the gas
produced in actual distillation. Attempts were also
made to measure the actual products from the crude
oil so as to apportion the various losses as in the
laboratory experiments, but in a going work it is
absolutely impossible to get really trustworthy
figures to a reasonable degree of accuracy. The
large size of the vessels, the differences of temperature
of the oil, the presence of water in the crude oil and
distillate, all combine to prevent accurate measure- '
ment. We shall, therefore, only quote such portions
of the results as refer to the gas evolved per gallon of
crude oil.
The collection of the gas was effected by con-
necting the gas pipe of the condenser with a
-mall gasholder about 20 feet in diameter. A
-tram jet was placed in the connecting pipe so a.- to
draw trie gas from the condenser and urge it forward
to the holder. The gas on its way to the holder
passed through a supplementary condenser, in which
it was cooled to the temperature of the air, and
deposited such naphtha and water as had escaped
condensation in the ordinary condenser. All of the
fittings were of a temporary description, and were
ultimately found to be quite insufficient to pass the
whole of the gas when it was at its maximum flow.
In consequence of this only a portion of the gas could
be collected, and the total make had to be estimated.
The figures given below are certainly well within the
truth.
A still charged with 2425 gallons of crude oil gave
2800 cubic feet of gas, or 115 cubic feet per gallon of
oil.
A still charged with 2400 gallons of residues from
the second distillation of crude oil gave about 4000
cubic feet of gas, or 1'06 cubic feet per gallon.
No systematic chemical examination of the col-
lected gas was attempted, but its illuminating power
was tested in a number of cases, and determination's
of the amount of volatile hydrocarbons removable
by scrubbing with heavy oil were made.
The average gas from the distillation, which yielded
115 cubic feet per gallon, had an illuminating power
of 34 standard candles, calculated to a consumption
of 5 cubic feet per hour. The average gas from
the second residues, which yielded TOG cubic feet
per gallon, had an illuminating power of 29
candles.
Samples of gas from various stages of the distilla-
tion were collected separately and tested for their
illuminating power. It was found that gas began
to come off freely when the distillate reached a
sp. gr. of 800— from this stage till the yellow
resinous end of the distillate began to make its
appearance, the illuminating power was from 40 to
45 candles. During the running of the resinous dis-
tillate, that is, while the still was coking, the illu-
minating power fell to 24 candles.
By scrubbing with heavy oil, gas which had stood
in the gasholder for 3tj hours, 1*2 gallons of naphtha
per 1000 cubic feet of gas was obtained. The illu-
minating power before scrubbing was 34 candles,
and after scrubbing 22 candles. This shows that
the gas is fairly permanent and might possibly be
used for lighting railway carriages.
We did not chemically examine the naphthaseparated
by heavy oil scrubbing, but from itspbysical characters
it seemed to consist chiefly of low temperature
hydrocarbons. The comparatively high illuminating
power of the oil-scrubbed gas seems to indicate that
it probably contains some of the lower defines.
AVe must point out that the experiments we
have detailed were made with stills worked on the
old non-continuous system. The recently introduced
system of long-continued feeding certainly diminishes
the decomposition of oil, and correspondingly re-
duces the gas production ; but, as we have pointed
out at the beginning of the paper, regulated decom-
position is one of the chief objects of the first dis-
tillation, and therefore a certain quantity of gas
must always be produced. After due allowance is
made for all reasonable deductions, there will still
remain a large volume of excellent gas well adapted
for the lighting of works and villages, and probably,
also, of railway carriages. This is the more impor-
tant to oilworks, as the practice of scrubbing the
retort gas with heavy oil renders it absolutely use-
less for illuminating purposes.
Jan. 29, 1887.] Till'. .!< >l' I! N.\ 1. ( )!•' Tl I E SOCIETY ol' CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
33
DISCUSSION.
Dr. Wallace said the subject brought before
them that evening was one which interested him very
much, as it was the first time, so far as he knew,
that this particular teas hail ever been measured as
regarded quantity or luminosity. He was very glad
to hear that the illuminating power was so high. Tie
gas obtained in the original distillation of the shale
was much purer — perhaps -- or i-i candles, and
was. therefore, not SO suitable for lighting towns or
villages, or even railway carriages. Taking an
ordinary work such as Mr. I'.eilby had been accus-
tomed to, he would like to know what the quantity
of gas per day would be, and whether this quantity
would really be of some commercial value, for that
really was the important point in the paper I If
the gas could be turned to profitable account, his own
impression was that it would do very well for com-
pressing for use in railway carriages, although its
illuminating power was not so high as the gas used
at present.
Mr. Stanford asked how the gas stood compres-
sion, and whether it was easily condensed or not?
.Mr. Whitelaw believed that Mr. Coleman had
made some experiments in compressing gases of the
kind under discussion. He remembered receiving a
bottle of the oil, or compressed gas, which boiled
with the slightest elevation of temperature ; even the
heat of the hand was sufficient to cause boiling. He
was not aware, however, whether this was the same
gas as Mr Beilby had operated on.
Mr. li:\ ink asked whether the amount of gas was
decreased or increased by using steam in the distil-
lation <
Mr. Rkii.p.y in reply to Dr. Wallace's remarks,
said that in a work like Oakbank the production
of still gas would be about 20,000 cubic feet per day,
but the production of some larger works would be
fr< mi m i.oi ii ) to 1 00,000 feet. He had not had an oppor-
tunity of trying the effect of compression, as sug-
gested by Mr. Stanford, but it was considered that
oil scrubbing through a heavy oil was a much more
severe test of the permanence of a gas than simple
compression. Referring to Mr. Irvine's question, he
had not tested the gas from stills worked without
steam, but it was presumed that the production of
gas would, in that case, be larger, because steam was
used to prevent decomposition. Mr. Coleman's appa-
ratus for the compression of gases, referred to by Mr.
Whitelaw, was originally applied to waste gas from
shale retorts. In that case the condensation of the
very volatile hydrocarbons was due to the cooling by
expansion in the working cylinder of the engine
rather than to the preliminary compression.
(A) NOTES OX "NESSLERISING." {B) NOTES
ON THE EXTRACTION OF FATS BY
SOXHLET'S APPARATUS.
BY J. M. MILNE, PH.D.
In these notes originality is not claimed. They
simply embody a description of some modifications
of apparatus which I have found extremely useful
in my laboratory.
" Nesdtrising." — Wanklyn's original instruction for
nesslerising water distillates involved the taking over
of three separate quantities of 50cc. and the deter-
mination of the ammonia in each. This involved a
great deal of trouble, and occupied a considerable
amount of time. Some years ago, Hehner suggested
an improvement in this method, as well as in the
form of nesslerising tube used, and I was so struck
with the simplicity of his method, as well as with the
great saving in time resulting from its use, that 1 at
once ordered a pair of his nesslerising cylinders from
London, and have used them ever since. Although
these cylinders can now be had in Glasgow, I under-
stand they are very little used, and this fact has
induced me to bring them under your notice this
i evening. Helmet's modification of the original pro-
- is very simple and easily carried out. Instead
1 of separate quantities, the whole distillate is collected
in one. I have a series of stoppered bottles, holding
over 200CC, which are kept specially for water distil-
lates. These are marked for 50ca, lOOcc, loOcc, and
200cc. In the case of a water containing little
ammonia, lOOcc. of distillate will be found to contain
the whole of it. Others may require 150ca, or even
200ee. to be taken over. It goes without saying that
in every case a final quantity of 50cc. must be col-
lected separately and nesslerised, in order to ensure
that the distillation is complete. One great advan-
tage of this method is that with a number of waters
on hand at one time, the distillations can be carried
on one after the other, and the various distillates put
aside and nesslerised when convenient, or the light
most favourable.
The construction of the cylinders is also simple.
They are made with a somewhat broad foot, and are
graduated to hold lOOcc Near the bottom a glass
tap is soldered on, so that the contents of the
cylinder can be slowly run off. The two cylinders
are placed side by side on a white surface, a measured
quantity of standard ammonium chloride is run into
one, then ammonia-free distilled water up to the
lOOcc. mark. 2cc. of Nessler's solution are next
added, and the whole thoroughly mixed with a glass
\ rod flattened out at the end. lOOcc. of the w;ater
distillate is placed in the other cylinder, 2cc. of
Nessler added and well mixed. In practice I
find that lcc. of standard ammonium chloride
(=-000025grm. NHS) in lOOcc. gives a tint which
i very readily can be compared. After standing for
| five minutes, the two cylinders are compared. If, as
I usually the case, the water distillate is the darker of
the two, a small beaker is placed below its tap,
I which is then turned on till the contents drop out
slowly. If the eye is directed straight down the
interior of the cylinders, no perceptible movement of
the column is observable, and a point will be reached
when the tint of the contents of the two cylinders
are alike. The tap is now closed and the height of
the water distillate read off. It is then filled up
again from the beaker, and re-adjusted. This is
repeated three times and the average of three read-
ings taken as correct. As nesslerising cannot be
done in gaslight, I have endeavoured to imitate
the process with two shades of indigo solution.
Assuming that the lighter shade in this cylinder
represents the standard ammonium chloride (and
contains lcc. of it) and that the darker one (the
water distillate) has been run down to TOcc. to
equalise the tint, then a simple proportion calcula-
tion is all that is required : If TOcc. contains
ammonia equal to lcc. of standard chloride, how
much will 102 (the total bulk in the cylinder) con-
tain ? The rest of the calculations are obvious. It
is evident that these cylinders can be equally well
made use of in any kind of colorimetric testing.
There is one slight objection to these cylinders as at
present made. There are sometimes little specks in
the glass at the bottom. This could easily be obviated
by making the feet a little thicker, grinding them
quite flat and then polishing, just like this small
specimen-jar on the table. I am at present trying
to get a pair of cylinders made to this improved
pattern.
3-4
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jan. 29. 1887.
"Soxklet's Fat Extractor."— In the determination
of fate, especially with regard to milk analysis, the
Dse of this apparatus is very convenient and greatly
to be recommended, and in t\ . 1 think, entirely take
the place of any other form of percolator. The
arrangement on the table has been made according
to my own instructions, and works ver\ well. It has
the advantage of enabling duplicate or separate deter-
minations to l>e made side by side, using only one
inverted condenser. The condenser is made Hat or
oval, instead of round, so that two internal tubes can
be fitted in and a Soxhlet's extractor attached to tin-
lower end of each. It is obvious that by making the
outer case round and larger, four internal glass tubes
can be used, and four extractions carried on at once,
the whole arrangement being set up on a round
table, so as to admit of easy access. I have on the
wall an enlarged drawing of the actual Soxhlet part
of the arrangement, in order to show that the wide
tube is closed at the bottom like a test tube, and
communicates by a side tube with the flask below.
At the other side is an extremely ingenious syphon-
arrangement, which is automatic, and also leads into
the flask The Masks used are conical in shape, and
have the weights marked on the necks. They have
necks of the same diameter, so that they all tit one
cork. In using the apparatus for milks I proceed as
follows. Approximately lOcc. of the milk are measured
into a small tared basin of porcelain, and the weight
noted. The milk is then evaporated on the steam
bath, with frequent stirring, in order to render it
granular, until, on being removed and cooled, the resi-
due is semi-solid. The residue can then be easily
detached from the basin by means of an ordinary
joiner's gouge, and is transferred to a paper cup, made
by pressing a circular filter over the end of a glass
cylinder. The cup and contents are then placed iu
the Soxhlet tube, the basin, etc.. being thoroughly
rinsed with dry ether, which is added to" the residue.
Sufficient ether is poured in to reach within a short
distance of the bend of the syphon tube : and some
ether is also placed in the conical flask. The various
connections are then made, and the water bath below
the flask started. The ether in the flask distils up I
through the side tube into the wide one. containing
the residue, and as soon as the surface reaches the
bend of the syphon, it is at once carried over into the
flask below, carrying the extracted fat along with it.
This process is repeated over and over again. Pro-
vided the joints are all tight, the apparatus can be
left to itself for a long time. From one and a-half to
two hours are quite sufficient. The flask is finally
taken off, attached to an ordinary small condenser by
irk of the same size, and the ether distilled off
W ithin the last year or so a complete revolution has
taken place as regards the extraction of fat from
milk, in the introduction .of "Adams's" paper coils
for drying the milk up. These coils, several of which
I have on the table, are made by rolling up long strips
of thick white blotting paper into a not too closely
compressed coil, and tying round with a thread. The
coils are treated with ether to remove traces of fat
from the paper. A quantity of the milk is placed in
a small beaker, and the weight noted. A coil is then
d in the beaker so as to be not more than half
immersed, and allowed to remain till no more milk is
drawn up. It is then removed, the dry end placed
on a glass plate, and the whole kept for two hours in
d water bath, after which it is transferred to
- ixhlet tube, and extracted in the usual way. I
have been using these coils for some time (in con-
junction with the older method) with excellent
-. and have been able to confirm the fact-
pointed out by the committee of the Society of Public
Analyists— that from "J to '6 pec cent, more fat is
extracted by this method. The process has also been
ntly examined by several German chemists, who
have recommended its adoption there. 1 I.
coil method of drying up milk for fat extractions will
quite take the j [others. In the case of dupli-
cates, tli.- results are very concordant. In his book on
Milk Analysis, eta, Dr. Bell, ol Somerset Hon--, states
that he has obtained less fat when using the Soxhlet's
tube than by his own marceration process. This is
certainly not my experience. A great advantage also
is that the apparatus being automatic, requires no
attention, thus saving much time. It can also be used
for many purposes of extraction, such asoil c
1 have also found it extremely convenient for deter-
mining grease in cloths to be used for waterproofing
purposes, and in which the presence of any consider-
iautity of fat is objectionable.
DISI IJSSION.
Dr. Walla* e said that so far as he knew Dr. Milne
was the first in Scotland who had made independent
experiments upon this process oi Adams's, as com-
pared with the ordinary mode of extraction of fats :
and it was very satisfactory to know that the results
obtained agreed thoroughly with those of chemists in
London and elsewhere. His own impression was that
Soxhlet's apparatus was a very perfect one. so much
so that he could not see why it should not extract
every particle of fat iu any substance. What, in his
opinion, had prevented the general adoption of
Adams's method was the fact that the Somerset 1 1
chemists had not yet taken it up. The same state of
matters existed with regard to the standard of light.
So far as legislation had yet gone, there was only one
standard of light — i.e.. the sperm candle, which was a
very imperfect standard, and yet people continued to
use it, because no other standard was recognised.
Public analysts were in the same position with regard
to the analysis of milk and the extraction ol fat. He
hoped, therefore, that Dr. Bell, of Somerset House,
would start independent experiments, and convince
himself regarding the analysis of milk.
Mr. Stanford said the Section was certainly
indebted to Dr. Milne for the excellent apparatus,
and the able manner in which he had brought his sub-
ject before them. He believed that one of the diffi-
culties pointed out by Dr. Milne, in connection with
the nesslerising tubes, might be obviated by making
the bottom of white enamelled glass.
Mr. Galbraith suggested that instead of setting
the Ncssler tube on a white slab, a thin disc of porce-
lain might be dropped into the tube before use, as it
would not then matter whether the glass at the foot
of the tube was perfectly transparent or not.
At the close of the discussion on Dr. Milne's paper,
Mr. C. M. Airman. M. A.. B.Sc, exhibited Bayne's
new form of condensing apparatus for water analysis.
The construction is simple, the condenser consist-
ing of an oblong box of block tin. with a tube running
through it. the water for cooling runs in at one end
and out at the other end of the upper surface. The
apparatus. Mr. Aikman said, combined si vi ral advan-
tages over the older forms of condensers, not the least
of which was the escape from the danger of breakage.
iibutt.
\v. a. Curry.
ll. l loidge.
It. Fitzmigh.
K. Kr.i:
Bottingfjam Section.
Chairman : Prof. Clowes.
Vice-Chair man : Lewis T. Wright.
Treasurer: J. B. Coleman.
Committee :
T. W. Lnviuond.
11. .1. Staples.
K. H. Truman.
K. U \\ le
Jan. 29. 1887. | THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
35
Bbn. Loral Secretary :
J. R. Ashwrll, Midanbury Lodge, Buntinck Koad,
Nottingham.
A i an earl; date, " Water Softening," by J. B. Coleman.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
Thr Opening Meeting of tin- Session was held at
University College, Nottingham, on November 19.
PROFESSOR CLOWES, D.8C, IX THE (HAIR.
Thk Chairman, in reviewing the work of the past
session, stated that the inaugural soiree, held on June
5, 1885, had been followed by two lectures, to which
tin- I'ul'lie were invited; Dr. Bowman, of Halifax,
lecturing on '* The Stricture of Fibres used in
Textile Fabrics," and Mr. T. Wardle, of Leek, select-
ing " Silk " for his subject. Both lectures were pro-
fusely illustrated, and well attended and received.
At the ordinary meetings of the Society the follow-
ing papers had been read and discussed: — "The
Analysis of ( !as Coal," by Lewis T. Wright ; " Water
Purification and Softening," by P. A. Maignen ,
" i'.--e of Poisonous .Materials in Dyeing Hosiery," by
J. 1!. Ashwell and H. Forth : " Some Points in the
Analysis i, f ( tils," by L. Archbutt. The Publication
Committee of the Society had acknowledged the im-
portance of these papers by publishing all of them in
the Journal. As regards papers foxsubsequent meet-
ings, the Secretary had a goodly number of promises,
but was quite open to receive more ; and members
were urged to Kx dates, some of them early dates, for
reading their papers, Members were reminded that
communications were not necessarily composed of
original work, or investigations carried out by their
authors, although this would naturally be the highest
standard to be kept in view. Accurate descriptions
of processes not generally fully known to chemists,
and furnished by men with special knowledge and
experience of such processes, would usually be of value
to the Section, and possibly even to the Society at
large. Smaller shorter papers, constituting brief
notes or notices, would also be welcomed, and might
lead to useful discussion. The exhibition of chemical
products, apparatus, or models likely to be interesting
on account of their novelty, or from some other special
characteristic, would also be welcome.
Meeting held Monday, December IS, 1SS6.
LIQUID FUEL.
BY LEWIS T. WEIGHT.
In 1883 I had the honour of addressing the Man-
chester Section of this Society on the subject of
" Gaseous Fuel," a subject then of absorbing interest,
and the theme for numerous " papers." The atten-
tion of the technical world now seems likely to turn
to "Liquid Fuel," since we are threatened with a
deluge of petroleum, which would no doubt be an
accomplished fact if it were possible for this material
to be delivered at such a price as to enable it to com-
pete with our cheap English coals. The fine paper
read before the London Section of this Society in
1885, " On the Russian Petroleum Industry," by Mr.
Boverton Redwood, has given us an idea of the
enormous quantities of petroleum seeking a market ;
but we have yet to learn the lowest price at which it
can be delivered in this country, for on the price
depends, of course, whether it can successfully compete
with coals. Mr. Redwood states that at Nobel's
works lib. of petroleum residue evaporated 14ilb. of
water in a boiler provided with Nobel's trough
burner, and 12lb. when injected into the furnace by
steam, whereas coal was only equal to from Tib. to
8lb. of water. It is probable that the coal employed
was not of the finest quality. I do not know what
the constitution of the petroleum residue may be —
but the higher classes of petroleum are surely the
most concentrated fuel, weight for weight, we can
hope to find. Whilst the American petroleum oils
are mostly hydrocarbons of the paraffin series, the
Russian appear to be mostly pseudo-olefines (nap-
thenes) and benzenoid hydrocarbons. You will remem-
ber that the hydrocarbons of the paraffin series up to
heptane have positive heats of formation, and from
the regular progression presented by those bodies, as
far as they have been investigated, we may conclude
that the higher members of the series also have posi-
tive heats of formation, and yield on combustion less
heat than would be indicated by their elementary
composition, or calculated according to Dulong's
formula. Methane, the first member of the series,
yields on combustion about 11 per cent, less heat than
would be given by the same amount of carbon and
hydrogen in the free state. Hexane about 0 per cent,
less. The members of the define series, at present
studied, have either negative heats of formation or
very small positive ones. Of the acetylene series, the
two first members, acetylene and ethylene, have
negative, and diallyl (C,;H10) a small positive heat of
formation ; naphthalene, anthracene and benzene
appear to have negative heats of formation. I men-
tion these matters as I think it probable that carbon
for carbon and hydrogen for hydrogen, the Russian
will be found to yield more heat than American petro-
leums. As engineers we labour underthe difficulty of
being compelled to employ an empirical formula for
the calculation of the combustion equivalents of our
fuels, and this difficulty can only be removed when
the chemists have had time to determine for us the
true calorific values of the materials we employ as
fuel. Until then we shall have to avail ourselves of
Dulong's formula, with the mental reservation that
it is likely to give results perhaps 8 per cent, from
the truth. It is well known that most coals at
present investigated yield in the calorimeter higher
results than are obtained by calculation. There are,
however, exceptions. I find that fourteen coals
examined by Scheurer-Kestner and Meunier in their
calorimeter gave an average result 9 per cent, in
excess of the average calculated value. The coals
examined by Ferd. Fischer, in his boiler trials, also
gave about 7 or 8 per cent, more in the calorimeter
than calculated from elementary composition*. I
have had no experience of petroleum as a fuel, but I
venture to make a theoretical comparison between it
and coal. The average composition of fifteen petro-
leums from various parts analysed by M. Sainte-
Claire Deville was —
Carbon 817
Hydrogen 131
Oxygen 2'2
lOO'O
which gives a theoretical evaporative power per lb.
of 19'C3lb. water from a temperature of 100° C. at
atmospheric pressure, reckoning the HoO formed on
combustion of the hydrogen to be in the gaseous
condition, thus : —
817 X 8080+ (l3'l-2g2 )2S780
o36oxl00
= 10-03.
(the theoretical evaporative power will always be
expressed on this basis). In a good boiler we may
Wagner's Jnhreijbericht, 18S3-1S85.
C2
36
THE JOCKNAI. OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Jan. 89, 1867.
expect to get 80 per cent, of the calculated heat of
combustion of such a class of fuel into the water.
Wi should then have an actual evaporative power of
15'70lb. water ; but as about 5 per cent, of the water
evaporated would I"- required to work the injector,if
the petroleum were worked on that system, we should
have a net evaporative power of 1 l*92lb. water. This
estimate gives petroleum weight for weight 32 percent,
more evaporative power than coal of a practical
evaporative power of H-3lb.
D. K. Clark, in his "Manual of Rules and Tables,"
falls into a singular error in his notes on "Liquid Fuels,"
and credits some petroleum oils with a theoretical
evaporative power of 29 081b. A glance at the
formulae and elementary composition of his petroleum
oils will immediately cause the error to be disclosed.
In his otherwise useful manual the custom of calcu-
lating the combustion values of the fuels on the basis
of the H..0 formed on combustion of the fuel being
liquid, is objectionable, as it operates unfairly against
those fuels containing but little hydrogen, and is a
condition not to be arrived at in practice.
No doubt some of the purer petroleum distillates
might give one or two pounds more than this figure,
but would they not be commensurately dearer !
A crude petroleum of 'ST specific gravity would
measure 2D7A gallons to the ton of 22401b., and at one
penny per gallon would be equivalent to a coal of
the above mentioned quality at 16s. 3d. per ton.
without reckoning anything on account of a saving
in labour of firing, and other advantages liquid fuel
Possesses, such as getting more work out of the
oiler, etc. It is impossible to assign any value to
these, as everything would depend upon particular
circumstances. Of course, if it were found that
trough burners could be successfully employed, then
the comparison would be much more favourable
to the petroleum ; but petroleum at one penny per
galLm is, at present a thing only to be dreamt of.
There are other liquid or semi liquid fuels produced
in this country at a very low price, such as tar oils
and tar, and the attention of engineers and manufac-
turers who require intense and regular heats should
be directed to these. The results of the boiler trials
I have made with tar and creosote, and which were
casually mentioned in a paper I read before the
London Section of this Society, on November 1
last, I now propose to bring before your notice.
The results in the paper referred to were given for
actual working conditions — viz., feed water at 12° C.
(53'G° F.)and 40lb. steam pressure. The boiler was a
two liued ( ialloway boiler 28ft long, 7ft. diameter, of
the best modern construction : —
materials employed, and their calorific values calcu-
lated according to the usual formula : —
i -oso+ (h— °)»rso- in .0 \600)
IHi.
The carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, and moisture, etc.,
being ex]. rosed per cent., and the result being in
units (lbs.) by weight of water evaporated from 100° ( '.,
and atmospheric pressure per unit (lbs.) weight of
fuel.
The Nottinghamshire top lain! cannel employed
has the following elementary composition : —
Class of Fuel.
tf umbel
of Days
Nottingham Top Hard Cannel
Silkstone Gas Coal
Coke from Top Hard Cannel
Silkstone Gas Coke
Tar Steam injected
Creosote Steam injected
11
r
G
C
7
9
Pounds of
Water
evaporated
Steam
Pressure.
710
v::i
919
1070
11 21
8"78
1001
o-in
1115
12-71
1335
(' ...
H .
N
-
II (I
Ash
O ...
67-0
. 56
. 12
. 10
. 7-8
B*
.110
100 0
u7xS0S0+28780(o-6 - 1L°)-(7-C ■ GOD)
12-27
and would therefore have a theoretical evaporative
power of 1-Ji'Tlb. of water per lib. of fuel.
The Silkstone Coal—
c
.790
11
5"2
X
rs
s
.. i-.i
11 II
. in
Ash
O
28
.. 6-0
9xS0S0+28780(o-2-
6 0\
"8 /
-<1
1000
x600)
11-21
538-5x100
with a theoretical evaporative power of 14241b.
water per lib. of fuel.
The Top Bard Cannel Coke—
c
801
H
N"
S
Oti
1-3
01
11 ii
1-1
Ash
o
Ill)
ro
lOO'O
S0-l>:S080+2S7S0(0-6-
-!J? )_(!•! UOOI
W;it,-r from
100° 0. and
Atmospheric
.me.
= 1223
5Xu"5 • 100
with a theoretical evaporative power of 12231b. of
water per lib. of fuel.
The Silkstone Gas Coke—
C 890
H Ill
X i-o
s 1-2
II <> 1-2
Ash 5-2
O 11
8080x89+ (rO-t4)28780 -
100-0
(1-2x600)
1383
536-5 • 100
with a theoretical evaporative power of 13831b. of
water.
The Tar—
I give coals and coke in this table for the purpose of
comparison.
I will now give the elementary composition of the
8080
..SO-2
H
X
O
x80-
.. 7-0
.. 08
. 0-5
.11-5
>^(7--11'5)2S7S0
5365x100
1000
= 15'fK
Jan.!9,«87.] THH JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
37
with a theoretical evaporative power of 15'06lb. of
water.
The Creosote —
C B7 i
II 7-3
N 0-3
S "■'
() I ■"'
KNI'll
80S0 -.87-J + (7-3 - *5) 28780
V 8' m i6-78
536-5 x 100
with a theoretical evaporative powcrof lG-78lb.of water.
The following table gives the percentage of the
theoretical evaporative power actually obtained : —
Actual.
Nottingham T. II. Cannel 878
Yorkshire Silkstonc Coal lO'Ol
T. H. Cannel Coke 991
silkstonc Gas t'oko 1T15
Tar Steam Injected 1271
Creosote 13-35
Calculated.
12-27
11-21
12-23
13-83
1506
1678
Per Cent.
7 1 '56
70-30
81-03
80-62
81-10
79-56
ft will lie observed that the coals come out low,
the cokes and tar very well, and the creosote
occupies a mediate position. It is also important
to bear in mind that the coals examined by
Scheurer-Kestner and Fischer were really seven to
nine per cent, better than by calculation ; but I
cannot say that this would also apply to the coals
used. The creosote results agree fairly with some
I have had the privilege of seeing, that were ob-
tained in the London district, and also in the
These injectors are said to require about five per
cent, of the Steam made to work them, and sutler
from the obvious difficulty of not being able to raise
the strain to start themselves with. Asupplemen-
tary boiler, fired by other means, would have to
provide that in the first instance. There is no
doubt that the oil could be burned without steam
at all, alter the maimer of Nobel's trough burner.
have tried with an arrangement similar to the
one 1 shall shortly describe for retort furnaces ;
but it was not large enough to be able to consume
enough oil to evaporate anything like the usual
quantity of water. Dp to that point, however, the
combustion of fuel was very perfect, and gave great
promise for an extension of the system. The flame
from these oils is very fierce, and it is no doubt
advisable to place a ring of fire-bricks as a lining for
those parts of the boiler in immediate vicinity to the
flame, and tire-brick shields in front of the first tubes,
if the boiler is of a Calloway type. The grate also
wants covering with either a dense bed of ashes or
lire tiles, and the lower half of the flue below the
grate should be closed with a metal shield. I am
inclined to think that it would be preferable, if the
use of oil were intended to be permanent, to employ
a fire-box of firebrick outside the boiler, with a fur-
nace of the type to be described hereafter, and lead
the flame into the boiler flues.
The attention of gas engineers has been forcibly
directed to the use of tar as a fuel for the firing of
retorts, now that this once high-priced material is
suffering like everything else, perhaps even to a more
marked extent, from what is called depression in track,
it has in many places reached so low a commercial
value that it is profitable to burn it as a fuel.
Happily, at Nottingham this is not the case, and our
interest in tar as a fuel is more experimental in view
A GUARD TILE.
B TAR TILE.
C Cleaning tils
O FRAME
E. FIRE BARS
neighbourhood of Nottingham ; but as I have no
information about the boilers employed, a close com-
parison is not possible. Creosote is an excellent
fuel for boiler firing, and easy to manipulate. It
requires to be warmed if it contains much "tar
salts," to dissolve the naphthalene, etc. Tar is rather
more difficult to manage with ordinary forms of
injectors, as the peculiar orifices employed are
extremely liable to obstruction with this viscous
fluid, and there is a tendency to produce smoke if
the flow of tar is irregular.
For the purpose of injecting these liquid fuels into
furnaces, a great number of injectors have been
invented, and if they materially differed in prin-
ciple the study of them would be perfectly bewil-
dering, but as they are almost all alike their study
is really very simple. The one on the tal'le before
you is perhaps the simplest form, and is one 1
designed, and have called a " spray burner,'' and
consists of one tube carrying the steam placed at
right angles to another carrying the liquid fuel, in
the fashion of those scent sprays that were and are,
perhaps, now very popular for distributing scent in
rooms.
of what may happen if a further fall in tar products
sets in. I have abandoned the use of steam injection
for our experimental tar tires, in favour of another
system I am going to describe. The steam injectors
produce magnificent heats, but are rather inter-
mittent in their action, and the steam they require
is a serious item and not always available.
Tar being a pseudo-liquid fuel, in arranging for its
combustion one has to provide for the twenty to
twenty-five per cent, of solid carbon it contains, and
that is deposited in the furnace as a kind of coke or
breeze on the distillation of the volatile portions,
which are much more easily consumed than the tar-
coke. The tar fire I have adopted is one that can
readily be adapted to an ordinary coke furnace, and
as readily removed, leaving the furnace as before.
The accompanying sketch shows the arrangement.
An iron frame 1) standing on legs on the floor just
in front of the furnace-door carries three fire-tiles on
iron bearers. The upper one A is not moved, and
serves to shield the upper face of the tile B from the
tierce heat radiated from the furnace, and also causes
the air that rushes into the furnace between the tiles
A and B to travel over the upper face of the tile B
:<s
THIS JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. U«".-.'u, iss,
which the tar flows, thereby keeping it cool and
preventing the tax From bursting into name until it
reaches the edge of the tile B, over the whole edge oi
which it is made to run fairly well by a distributing
arrangement. A rapid combustion takes place here,
1'iit some unconsumed tar falls on to the bed below.
About one-third of the grate area is filled up by a
fire-tile, and on this the tar coke falls. The tile C is
moved away from time to time, and the tar-coke that
accumulates in front of it is pushed back on to the
fire-barsE, at the back oi the furnace, to be there
consumed. Air is thus admitted by three narrow
slot-like openings to the front of the furnace between
the tiles A, I! and C and under (' and through the
fire-bars E. The air openings below are about three
times the area of the openings in the front of the
furnace, but as the openings between the fire-bars
and tiles are always more or less covered by tar-coke,
it is impossible to say what the effective openings are!
The disposition above described is found to answer
admirably, and requires but little attention. Three
minutes per hour per lire seems to be the average
time required for attention, and the labour is of
a very light kind, and consists of clearing the
passages between the tiles, and occasionally
pushing back the coke on to the fire-liars.
These latter are not interfered with, and will not
require cleaning unless any bricks in the furnace
have been melted, when a bed of slag will be found
on them.
The amount of draught required for these fires is
very small, and less than with coke firing. I find
that 0"08 of an inch vacuum is sufficient with tar fires,
ami 0-2.5 of an inch for coke fires. The fires would
require less attention with more draught, and more
tar, as the apertures do not easily close with a sharp
draught, and the tar is better carried forward into
the furnace. A regular feed of tar is, of course,
required, and considerable difficulty seems to be ex-
perienced in obtaining this. So long as we employed
ordinary forms of taps or valves, so long (even with
filtration) did I experience difficulties with the flow
of the viscous tar, but on the construction of valves
specially designed for the regulation of its flow, this
difficulty immediately disappeared, and there is no
longer the shghest trouble on this account.
The labour connected with the feeding of furnaces
with coke, and cleaning fires from clinker, is very
arduous. Eight coke fires are normally considered
to be work for one man. A lad could work 16 of these
fares.
Considerable attention has been paid to the com-
position of the furnace gases from the tar fires The
slightest deficiency in the air supply, of course, results
in the immediate production of smoke, so that the
damper must be set to provide always a sufficient air
supply. Under these circumstances of damper the
following analyses have been obtained : —
ANALYSES OF COMBUSTION CASKS FROM TAB
FUSES.
ATo Smoke
Oft. P CO.
\\.'3 ■ '.'J not determined.
ib-8 :::::::::: s-i ::::::::;•
US 2-5
13o 30
l-'l 5-6 "
m ig "'
18-1 5-9
1.V3 10 "
10'8 to ..
ii-o 2-8 .......;;; ;;
Average.. 129 39 of 11 Analyses.
}V$ not determined.
14-3
at; :
Damper adjusted w that a slight S mole was observable
in the combustion r/ascs.
CO:. O. CO.
17'3 none not determined.
16-6
1G-5 01
15-8 0-1
1U'2 1-8 0'7
SIR FRANCIS BOLTON.
Sn: Francis Bolton died on 5th January at
the Royal Bath Hotel, Bournemouth, where he
and Lady Bolton had been staying for the last
two months.
The deceased was born in 1831, and, entering
the Army in 1857, was staff officer on the Gold
Coast from 1858 to 1860. He became captain
of the 12th Foot in 1861, major (unattached) for
special military scientific services in 18o'8, lieut-
colonel in 1877, and retired colonel in 1881. He
was the inventor of the system of telegraphy
and visual signalling introduced into Her
Majesty's Service in 1863. Since 1871 he had
been the water examiner under the Board of
Trade ; and was the founder, vice-president,
and hon. secretary of the Society of Electricians.
Sir Francis Bolton will be best recollected by
the general public in connection with the Health,
Inventions, and Colonial and Indian Exhibitions,
in all of which he played an important part. It
was entirely due to the invention of Sir Francis
that the prismatic fountains, which formed such
an attraction at these exhibitions, were intro-
duced, and it was under his immediate super-
vision that they were installed and improved.
The Colonel was an implicit believer in his
invention, and continued improving and enlarg-
ing on it up to the time of his death. The
manipulating of the electric signals by means
of which the fountains were worked was rarely
entrusted to anyone by the inventor, and six
nights out of seven it was Sir Francis himself
who directed the operations from the little room
in the clock tower. It was his great delight to
be surrounded by ladies and gentlemen of his
acquaintance, to whom he loved to exhibit the
working of the machinery, and he was generally
accompanied by a small circle of friends on his
visits to the tower. Sir Francis had for a long
time past been an acute sufferer, the symptoms
of his disease which gave most trouble being an
almost total loss of voice. In the hope of
improving his condition, he underwent several
operations, but with little result, and experienced
considerable pain, notwithstanding which he
invariably appeared in the best of spirits, and
frequently made jokes at his own expense in
reference to his loss of voice. Sir Francis was
in appearance of somewhat burly build, and had
a fine presence. He was exceedingly popular
with all who came in contact with him, and his
bearing towards his employes, even of the lower
grades, was such as to render him exceedingly
popular with them also.
Jan. 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE H'CIF.TV OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
30
Journal anD patent* Literature.
I— GENERAL PLANT. APPARATUS, AND
MACHINERY.
Improv i to Filtra
- i kheim, Mannheim, Germany.
Fug. Pat. 397, Jan. 9, 1886. 8d.
The specification a closed filter casing which
is separated into two compartments by a division plate,
and fitted with connecting pipes by means of which the
compartments can be used either together or separately,
in the latter case capable of treating different liquids it
required. The invention next refers to a new filtering
medium composed of two parti of dry, white, ground wooa
fibre, and one part of dry linen fibre, bi --ively treated
with so la lye, bisulphite of lime, and a small quantity
of sulphuric arid, under repeated boilings and washings.
After exposing for a day or two, boiling in steam and
washing in cold water, it is finally treated with alcohol
tree from fusel oil for the purpose of preservation. — 15.
An Improved Con ng and Removing
Inerustatii - ., Boilers. J. L. Wade, Glasgow.
Eng. fat. 1037. -Ian. 23, 1886. 6d.
THE inventor prepares the following compound — viz.,
40 parts of esparto grass boiled in water to a pulp, to
vvhieli are added 20 parts of powdered nut galls, and
20 parts of chestnut pitch extract. The mixture is
boiled to homogeneity, when the following substances
are added in solution— viz., carbonate of potash, chloride
of potash, and silicate of soda 10 parts each, and of
chestnut flour 20 parts. The quantity and composition
is varied with the composition of the water to be treated,
and he sometimes adds valonia and glycerine, the latter
in '21 time- the quantity of the former. The mass on
cooling may either solidify or remain fluid or semi-fluid,
according to ingredients used, and i- applied accord-
ingly.— ii.
Improv* ds and in Apparatus
for. J. Mactear. From J. Kolb, Lille, France.
Eng. l'at. 1990, Feb. 11, 1SSG. 8cL
The invention is based on the principle that if two
columns of liquid balance each other, one may be made
of lees specific gravity taken as a whole than the other,
by intimately mixing with it air or -a-c- in a state of
minute subdivision. Application of this principle may
for instance be made to a syphon in the way of drawing
the liquid from a lower reservoir up through the long
leg, and delivering it by means of the short leg into a
higher reservoir. Air iinely divided being admitted near
the lower end of the long leg of the syphon, at the same
time that exhausting action is applied at the highest
point-, the liquid will rise and be discharged as described.
Other applications are shown in the specification. — II.
Improv Apparatus for the Manufacture of
Distillati irrosive
Liquid and Gaseous Substances. .1. Whitley, Leeds.
Eng. I'at. 10,022, Aug. .-,. 1SS0. 4d.
This refers only to the substitution of aluminium, or
aluminium bronzes consisting of copper with from 10 to
.">0 per cent, of aluminium, for lead or brass in the manu-
facture of article- used in connection with apparatus as
referred to in the title. — I'..
* Any of these specifications may be obtained bv post, by
remitting the cost price, plus postage, to Mr. H. Readi
Comptroller of tie- Patent Office, Southampton Buildings,
Chancery Lane. London, W.C. The amount of postage may
be calculated as follows :—
If the price does not exceed Sd jd.
Above Sd.. and not exceeding Is. Od. . Id.
.. 1*. RL, ., .. Us. Id... Ud.
.. -s. Id.. ., .. as. id... &L
H. T.
14,162,
Improvement in Vacuum Distillation Appa
Yarvan, Toledo, Ohio, U.S.A. Lug. l'at.
Nov. :j, 1886. -
'I'm-; apparatus consists essentially of double coils of
piping arranged one within the other and fitted in a
special way. the inner pipe containing the liquid to be
evaporated and the Burroundingonethe heating medium,
such a- steam. If several coils are used successively for
double and triple effect, the steam coming oil' the liquid
evaporated in the first inner coil may he used for heating
the next coil or coils. The remainder of the apparatus is
principally required for regulating the proper supply,
distribution, ami direction of How of the liquids and
vapours. A modification of the apparatus is also
i in the substitution of multitubular evaporators
for the double coils previously named. For further
details the specification and its two sheets of draw ings
consulted. The number of claims set up is '27.
—I!.
H.— FUEL, GAS, AND LIGHT.
C. Engler. ('hem.
Thf Examination of Petroleum.^
Zeit. 10, 1335.
Ix referring to experiments by Chandler, K Weber, and
the iierlin officer of health, on the healing of the lamp
reservoir in petroleum lamps, the author comes to the
same conclusion as V. Meyer — viz., that the use of lamps
should be forbidden in which the oil is heated to more
than 5° C. above the surrounding temperature. A
criticism on Thoerner's conclusions on the value and
examination of petroleum (this Journal. 1SS6, 371)
is entered into, with which the author in the
main agrees. He admits the safety of an oil
tie' flashing point of which is above 38°, but con-
siders that, taking the expense of the oil and other
- into accouut, the raising of the minimum Hash-
ing point from 21" to 23s WOa\d be sufficient. That the
temperature of ignition of oils in the oil reservoir of a
lamp, or when determined by Abel's apparatus, only
-how slight differences as stated by Thoerner, both his
own experiments, as well as those of K. Weber and of the
Berlin officer of health disprove, differences of 7 — 10°
having been observed on an average. This difference is
chiefly due to the relation existing between the empty
space in the reservoir and that occupied by the oil. An
Abel's apparatus tilled with 30cc. of various oils gave
flashing points from V to ll'-5 above those obtained
when the apparatus contained 7occ. (the normal amount)
of these oils. The greater the relative volume of air,
both in Abel's apparatus and in lamp reservoirs, the
higher appears to be the Hashing point. The harmless
nature of the explosions in oil lamp reservoirs, as com-
mented upon by Thoerner, has been thoroughly investi-
gated by Weber, who has determined the exact conditions
under which the explosions may be either of a violent or
of a mild nature. No appreciable change appears to
take place in the composition of an oil before ami after
the burning of a portion. This confirms Thoerner's
results. The diminution in the illuminating power of a
lamp after it has burned for some hours is due, as
Thoerner found, to (1) the deposition of carbon on the
wick, and [2) the greater distance through which the
oil has to rise as its consumption continues. The former
is the prime cause, and is diminished to varying extents
by an increased supply of air. This diminution of the
illuminating power of a lamp increases with the amount
of heavy oils present. The rate of rise of an oil in the
wick is independent of its specific gravity, except for
different portions of one and the same kind of oil. It
is directly dependent upon the viscosity of the oil. The
author then remarks on the necessity of testing the
illuminating power of oils by mean- of those Ian.
suited for them, ami vice versa in testing different forms
of lamps to use those oils lor which they are most
applicable.— C. A. K.
also this Journal, 1886, 180; and them. Zeit. 10,1238,
1-71. 1321.
40
THE JOUKXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jan.29,1887
III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Notes from Baku. Chem. Zeit. 10. 1337.
Although large quantities of petroleum are still
obtained from the Baku region, it appears nevertheless
that the yield is steadily decreasing, and thai in tour or
liw year- it will hardly suffice to supply the Russian
demand alone. Borings are now made to depths of
100 — 150 fathoms w here formerly the oil was reached at
40— 4o fathoms. In some cases borings right through
the oil-containing strata on to the underlying volcanic
rocks (300 fathoms) have failed to produce oil. Boring
is nevertheless continued, although the price of oil,
owing to tlie market being overstocked, is practically
nothing. The price for nude naphtha on the spot is
less than a half-penny per gallon, and for petroleum and
kerosine of the best quality 2d. per gallon. The
opening up of new localities for boring is contemplated,
and the whole district between the greater and lesser
Caucasus is believed to contain oil-yielding strata. The
value of the Baku products could be considerably
enhanced were capital and chemical knowledge at
band to effect improvements in the processes employed.
— C. A. K.
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS AND DYES.
Preparation of Ultramarine Blue in tin- Wit Win/. F.
Knapp. J. Prakt Chem. 34, 328^-340.
Is a previous communication (this .Journal, 1SSG, 238,
and J. Prald. Chem. 32, 375) the author referred to the
uncertainty of converting the ultramarine mixture into
the blue product in the wet way. and expressed the
opinion that the formation of the blue is dependent on
conditions which are as yet unknown. On fusing, the
ultramarine mixture assumes a yellow colour, which
subsequently changes to a brown tone, indicative of the
completion of the fusion process. These conditions are
entirely altered if air is allowed to have access to the
mixture, the brown colour ot the product being again
changed to a yellow shade, which cannot be distinguished
from the original colour, so that it is difficult to deter-
mine the end of the operation.
The author has obtained a species of ■ultramarine blue
in the wet way from silica (without alumina). The
success of the preparation, however, depends on the
nature and condition of the silica employed. The results
obtained with linely pulverised quartz being unsatisfac-
tory, the silica was used in the form of a gelatinous pre-
cipitate. For this purpose a solution of sodium silicate
was treated with an acid, the washed precipitate mixed
with sodium carbonate and sulphur, then dried and
heated. The yellowish-grey product, when moistened
with water or with " liver of "sulphur ' solution, gradually
became blue, but the colour was not verv permanent.
Better result- were obtained when the following method
was used :— A weighed quantity of commercial soda
water glass (containing one third of its weight of solid
sodium silicate) was treated with seven parts of water
and the theoretical amount of hydrochloric acid required
to precipitate the silica. Owing to the dilution of the
liquid the silica remained in solution together with the
sodium chloride. The mixture was then treated with
sulphur and sodiumcarhonate in equivalent proportions to
the amount of silica contained in the solution. It is recom-
mended to moisten the sulphur with alcohol before it is
added to the solution, owing to the difficulty experienced
in mixing it with the other ingredients. 'The mixture
was then dried and heated for about forty minutes at a
dull red beat. A yellowish -grey mass was obtained
which gave the deep blue of ultramarine on digestion with
a solution of "liver of sulphur." The product was, however,
more soluble in water than the blue obtained with a
mixture of kaolin, soda, ami sulphur.
Alumina yields a species ,,f ultramarine blue which
closely resembles the product prepared from silica. Hie
behaviour of alumina in the presence of sodium carbon-
ate and sulphur is, however, essentially different. On
heating a mixture containing equal parts of alumina lin
a gelatinous form I, sulphur and sodium carbonate, sulphur
is freely expelled and a white mass obtained, which
consists mainly of sodium aluminate. The opposite
result is obtained when the alumina is converted into
the aluminate before it is mixed and fused with sulphur
and sodium carbonate. Whilst on saturating a solution
of soda with alumina in the cold, three atoms of N;i...u
arc taken up, only one atom is fixed when the mixture
is heated to redness.
In conclusion it is stated that common salt may be
permanently tinged blue with sulphur alone. It is also
shown that it i- possible to obtain a colour resembling
ultramarine blue from substances having no direct bear-
ing on the chemical constitution of ultramarine. Thus
on heating a mixture of calcium phosphate, sodium car-
bonate and sulphur, a good medium blue is obtained. It
is a remarkable coincidence that on mixing tricalcium
phosphate with a concentrated solution of freshly ignited
" liver of sulphur," the mixture gradually assuniesa blue
colour in the cold. — D. B.
V.-TEXTILES : COTTON, WOOL. SILK, Etc.
Vegetable Silk from Cameroon*. Chem. Zeit. 10, 1335.
The seeds of a species of ( ochlospermum are surrounded
with a covering of tine hairs, which are, however, too brittle
and too loosely attached to render them of any importance
for weaving purposes, even if mixed with other fibres.
This is also the case with the hairs found on the
seeds of several other plants [Chem. Zeit. 7, 40li). It is
suggested that these hairs might be made use of in
stuffing cushions, etc., or in twine making. These fibres
are coloured faint red by phloroglucinol and hydro-
chloric acid, with aniline sulphate faint yellow, and
are, accordingly, slightly lignined. The colour of a con-
siderable portion of the fibres is somewhat yellowish, the
lustre not insignificant (see this Journal, 1886, 642).
— C. A. K.
Improvements in tin Trait mint of Animal Fibres or
Mixed Fabrics to remove Vegetabh Matters (herefrom.
0. Chemin. Eng. l'at. :m\ Jan. 13, 1886. tkl.
The inventor substitutes hydrofluoric acid for the hydro-
chloric acid gas employed by other inventors. — E. J. B.
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS, AND SALTS.
Tgnatjewite, a inn- variety of Aluminite. K. Flug.
Chem. Zeit. 10, 1291.
SPECIMENS examined obtained from Kachnnit (Ekater-
inoslaw, Russia), in the form of colourless kidney-
shaped concretions, resembling kaolin or chalk in
appearance. . An analysis given shows the presence of
36'39 per cent, total AC*'., more than half of which
appears to be present as hydrate. The importance of
this mineral for the preparation of aluminium sulphate
and alum is remarked upon by the author.— C. A. K.
Eubcean Magnesite.
A. Christomanus.
1337.
Chem. Zeit. 10.
A VERY pure magnesite, containing, according to
analysis, 94"46 per cent. MgCO,. The deposits are
large, but localised. — C. A. K.
Notts from Baku. Chem. Zeit.
THE manganese ores obtained from thisd
kaja, Beschatuban, and Tiflis) are so plei. ...... ,,
id ami large pieces are considered worth the
,.., . .:.: _ : 1 .1 l.~:
10, 1337.
district (Kwirils
enliful that only
the good .m>. Mug« ,..^.v ....
it. The competition is very keen, the ore being
almost wholly exported to England and France.
— C. A. K.
Jan. 29, 1887.1 THE JOl'KNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
41
Improvements in the Manufacture of Alum and Sulphate
of Alumina. T. Robinson, Glasgow. Eng. Pat. 150,
Jan. •">, 1886. (>d.
The calcined alum -yielding material is treated with
Bnlpharic acid in the usual manner for obtaining a solu-
tion of aluminium sulphate. Sufficient calcium sulphide,
in tin' form of Leblanc vat waste, is then added to
neutralise any free acid and precipitate arsenic and
other impurities. The "yellow liquor" from the vat
waste may be substituted for solid calcium sulphide.
— S. 11.
An Improved Proci ss for the Production oj Sulphurous
Acid Gas. .lohn and James Addie, Langloan, N.B.
Eng. Pat. ISO, Jan. 5, 1886. Sd.
THIS invention consists of a process for the production
of sulphur dioxide from pyrites or other sulphur com-
pounds, wherein the sulphur, in combination with a
metal, is replaced by silica, of other slag-producing
material, anil being thus liberated, is oxidised by a blast
of hot or col. 1 air. A small blast-furnace or cupola A is
heated to a white heat, and then charged with a mix-
ture of pyrites ami sandstone, siliceous limestone,
or other slag-producing material. A hot blast is
Hon of chlorides m sulphates of an alkali there be added
a solution of crude sodium carbonate, and the mixture
be submitted to the action of carbonic acid gas, pure
sodium bicarbonate U precipitated in a crystalline form.
In practice vat-liquor is mixed with a strong solution of
-odium chloride, or the black ash is directly lixiviated
with brine and the mixture, obtained in either way,
treated with carbonic acid. This treatment resolves
itself into two stages— viz.. the purifying and the car-
bonating process. In the lirst instance, ihe carbonic
acid acts first on the crude liquora by precipitating
alumina, iron, and silica. The solution is then filtered,
and the clear liquor subjected to the further action of a
current of carbonic acid gas, when pure sodium bicar-
bonate is precipitated. At this second stage, the sul-
phides and cyanides present are also decomposed, with
the evolution of sulphuretted hydrogen and cyanogen.
After washing, the bicarbonate is nearly chemically
pure, and is either by diving converted into marketable
sodium bicarbonate, or by calcining into pure monocar-
bonate. The liquor remaining consists mainly of Bodium
chloride, and can be used over and over again for
lixiviating fresh black a-h. To make pure bicarbonate
from crude sodium bicarbonate (from the ammonia-soda
process), the latter is dissolved in a solution of sodium
directed into the furnace through the tuyeres I!, by
which the mixture is reduced to the molten state, the
sulphur being set free and carried upwards, together
with sonic sulphurous acid formed, while the silica, com-
bining with the iron, forms a slag, which is run off from
lime to time. In the upper part of the furnace, which
is closed with a hopper-charging arrangement, or into
the brick-lined tubes C and D, a blast of hot or cold ait-
is directed, in order to completely burn the sulphur,
which rises in a finely-divided state from the heated
materials below. In connection with the pipe 1 1, is a
water lute E. which serves as a safety valve in the event
of excessive pressure of the gas. — S. H.
Improvements in tl,. Manufacture of Bicarbonate of Soda
,i,i,/ Soda-Ash. N. Mathieson and .1. Hawliczek,
Widnes. Eng. Pat -2-J7, -Ian. 6, 1886. 6d.
Tills invention has for its object the manufacture of
either pure bicarbonate or of pure nionocaibonate of soda
direct from the crude "vat-liquor," or "red liquor," or
" black ash," all of the Leblanc process, or from a solu-
tion of crude sodium sulphide, or from the crude sodium
bicarbonate of the ammonia-soda process. If to a solu-
chloride or sulphate, and subjected to the action of car-
bonic acid, whereby pure bicarbonate is precipitated.
If a crude sodium sulphide solution be treated with car-
bonic acid in the manner previously mentioned, sodium
bicarbonate is precipitated and sulphuretted hydrogen is
evolved. — S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Carbonates or Bi-
carbonates of Sodium or Potassium from tlicir Sul-
phates. W. I'.ramlev, .Middlesbro'-on-Tees. Eng. Eat.
1050, Jan. 23, 18S6." 0,1.
BABIUU SULPHATE is reduced with coal to sulphide, and
the latter treated with an excess of hydrochloric acid, so
as to form barium chloride. To this solution magnesia,
hydrate of magnesia, or hydrated magnesium carbonate
is added, and carbonic acid, preferably under pressure,
injected into it. The mixture is then heated ami agitated
in order to complete the reaction and drive off the excess
of carbonic acid. Barium carbonate is thus precipitated,
magnesium chloride being in solution. This solution is
separated from the precipitate and treated for the
recovery of the magnesia for further use and the pro-
duction of chlorine ami hydrochloric acid. The barium
42
'I UK JOtJBNAL OF 'I UK SOCIKTY OK CHEMICAL INMVIKY. H»* ».«&.
carbonate, after washing, i- treated with a solution of
sodium sulphate, or potassium Bulpbate, and carbonic
acid gas is injected, sodium or potassium bicarbonate
is formed in solution and barium sulphate precipitated.
For the decomposition of the bicarbonate and formation
of sodium or potassium carbonate, magnesia is added to
the solution in a rinsed vessel which is heated and
agitated. Phe magnesia is rapidly converted into
liydrated magnesium carbonate, which should be
employed as previously described. The barium sul-
phate, after washing, also re-enters the cycle of opera-
tions.—s. 11.
Improvements in Prepan ' Distribu-
tion. J. Mactear, London. Eng. Pat 1989, Feb. 11,
1886. 4u\
Monohydrated or decahydrated sodium carbonate in
a granulated state is compressed in -nit ; l.le moulds so
■ form tablets, cakes, or blocks of convenient size
and weight The most convenient shape is the rectan-
gular form, allowing a number to be packed together
without waste of Bpace. The moulds may be arranged
to impress a trade-mark on the blocks.— S. II.
Improvement* in Apparatus for Distilling Ammoniacal
Liquor for the Purpose of Prod i phateof Am-
monia. A. Dempster, Yorkshire. ' Eng. Pat. 3220
March 8, 1886. 8d.
SEE this Journal, 1S86, 379— 3S1. This is an amended
specification, made by merely deleting the fifth claim in
the former specification, loc. cit. — \V. S.
Producing Hyposulphite of Soda (Sodium Thiosulphate).
T. Raynaud, Namur, Belgium. Eng. Pat 12,255,
Sept. 27, 1886. 6d.
SODIUM HYPOSULPHITE is obtained by the action of
sulphur dioxide on sodium sulphide, thus: 2Na ,S 3S< I ,
=S + 2NasS,Oj. The sodium sulphide solution required
for this purpose is produced by the reduction of sodium
sulphate with coal. This mass contains besides sodium
monosulphide, the polysulphides, carbonate, hydrate,
and sulphate of soda, together with hyposulphite of ,
sodium (thiosulphate). The former by-products are not \
converted by sulphur dioxide into sodium hyposulphite,
thereby forming a troublesome impurity in the solution
during the process, and causing a loss of soda. The
invention has for its object the treatment of the crude
solution of sodium sulphide in such a manner that all
the various compounds, except the sulphate, are con-
verted by sulphurous acid into hyposulphite. This is
effected by the addition of lime and sulphur, the former
eausticising the -odium carbonate, which is then acted
upon by the sulphur, forming sodium sulphide. — S. II.
the calcium carbonate from among the particles of
dolomite. The greater degree of weathering observed in
blocks close to the surface of the earth in large town- is
due t.i the impregnation of these portions by water rising
from below, and thrown upon them by water courses
from above, since the damp stones are m affected by
the acid atmosphere near the ground than they would
be when dry. Moreover, at greater elevation- the
deleterious effects of the acid constituents are minimised
by dilution with much free air. The author linds also
that the wind laden with dust (mainly consisting of
sharp sand particles) beating against the buildings
cause- a gradual surface wear. No stone, however
hard (not even the diamond), was found capable of re-
sisting the action of the -and blast, though but for a
-hort time. He has observed, also, that m cemeteries
the letter- graven on the tombstones are frequently
illegible where thej arc exposed to the prevailing wind
of the place. Finally, Egleston emphasises the neces
sity for extreme care in the selection of building stones,
anil in the arrangement of cornices and water ducts in
sucll manner that the water may not fall or collect
largely upon any portion of the stone work.
— W. G. M.
An Improved Cemi it oi I i Various Pur-
< t. J. Bidwell and A. Bidwell, Axminster. Eng.
Pat. olT, Jan. 13, 1886. 6d.
To produce a cement which, when dry, will burnish to
a bright gold or silver colour, the patentees mix white
coburg, copal, mastic, and white hud varnish with zinc
white, bisulphide of tin, and powdered Dutch foil ; or
when a silvery lustre i- required the Dutch foil is re-
placed by silver powder. — C. C. H.
ix.— building materials, clays, mortars,
AND CEMENTS.
On the Causes of the Weatliering of Building Stt
T. Egleston. Dingl. Polyt J. 262. 190—191.
The results of Professor Egleston's researches are
communicated in a paper read before the American
Society of Civil Engineers. He linds that under favour-
abb' climatic conditions granite is practically un-
affected. But the influence of unfavourable conditions
i- evidenced by the present state of the Egyptian
Obelisk in the Central Park of Nevt York, wnichj
2000 years exposure to the dry climate of
Egypt was yet tree from deterioration, whilst only five
years in New- y,,rk has Bufficed to bring about a rapid
decay. Sand-ton.- vary in their weather-resisting power
according to their binding medium, those containing a
siii.eou- medium being the most stable, those with
line-, oxide of iron 0 mailer being less so in
ence. Of limestones, pure calcium car-
bonate and pure dolomite are best In mixtures of the
two there is ;t fear of disintegration by the solution of ,
X.— METALLURGY, Etc.
On the Blue-shortness of Iron and Steel. Professor A.
Ledebur. Dingl. Polyt J. 262, 166—169; and
Glaser's Ann. 1886, 208.
For the sake of uniformity in nomenclature, the author
proposes to term "blue-shortness" that sudden in-
crease in the brittleness of iron occurring at the tem-
perature (250—350 ) at which the metal assumes a blue
colour. Whilst red- and cold-shortness may be ascribed
to the presence of certain well-known substances, blue-
shortness, though doubtless increased by certain kinds
of foreign matter, appear- to be common to all varieties
of iron ami steel, but chiefly, it would seem, to the
latter. Valton [Berg. u. Ihnl. Z<ii. 1877,25) was the
first to observe this phenomenon, and Huston, Walrand,
and others have continued the investigations. From
these it would appear that at the temperature named
(Kollmann would place the critical point at 500°) the
metal, though, perhaps, unaffected as to actual strength,
becomes far less ductile, thi- property being restored
at a somewhat higher temperature. .Metal forged,
bent, or worked under these circumstances is liable to
form cracks which defy any but the most careful in-
spection to disc-over, but which, under suitable con-
ditions, may be developed intoverj serious flaws. By
the light of these experiment-, many otherwise un-
accountable occurrences maybe explained, Bywayoi
illustration a ca-e in point is given. A pump rod for a
mine was rolled from Bessemer iron made from best pig,
and was found to stand a satisfactory test both for
ultimate strength and elongation. After a short time
several lengths of the rod gave way. A careful exam-
ination of the fractured portions showed circumferential
cracks extending inwards (in some ■ ring half
the cross sectional area) with smooth sides, on which
there was here ami there observed a distinct blue colour.
Chemical analysis demonstrated a i_<">d metal for the
required purpose : somewhat high, it is true, in arsenic
I m Ms per cent, (and antimony (0*045 percent .b hut not Suffi-
cient to impair the working propertiesof the metalatared-
he.it: foritwas provedthatthe iron was not in an;
red-short, nor was there difficulty in welding it. The
simplest explanation of the occurrence i- that the metal
Jan. 29, 1887.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETV OF CHEMICAL INM'KTUV.
43
was worked at tliat temperature at which it is more
brittle than when cold or red-hoi ; the cracks thus
formed under the hammerwould 1"' developed bj thi
shrinkage during subsequent cooling. Further experi-
ments to ascertain tin- influence of foreign substances
on the blue-shortness of iron and steel are greatly to !«'
desired.— \V. G. M.
On the Martin Process with exclusive or preponderating
,- Pig-iron and Ore. 3. v. Ehrenwerth. Xeits.
f. Berg, u. Hiittenw, 31. 656.
From the experiments quoted the following conclusions
are drawn : — 1. The ores < 1« > not acl directly but chiefpj
by the agency of the Blag. 2, By the increased amount
of slag from the exclusive use of pig and ore tin' heat
of tin- bath i- diminished, and the time of duration of a
charge lengthened, ami thus the lining is more strongly
attacked, demanding more repairs, especially since the
slag is rich in oxide of iron. 3. The reaction between
the slag and the iron is accelerated at high furnace tem-
peratures, and the charge is thus worked off more
rapidly. 4. This process is much more dependent on the
working temperature than is the ordinary process. 5.
The ore should be supplied in small pieces, which will
rapidly dissolve in the slag, rather than in lumps or
briquettes of pig-iron and ore. 0. An ore of low oxida-
tion is preferred because a larger amount may he used,
thus hading to a higher yield of iron, hut otherwise the
degree of oxidation is of no importance. A great ex-
cess of slag with its attendant evils may be in part
avoided by rapidity of work, by the use of high-class
refractory materials and suitable Muxes, and by tapping
the slag when its action is completed. In cost of work-
ing, this process, rightly carried on is at least on a par
with Bessemer's, whilst in regularity of production,
Uoor space required, absence of blast, and for low
on metal, is actually superior toil. — W. G. M.
calcined dolomite in the form of powder with eight
p,-r .nil. ol an agglomerant, made by fusing
■■ molecular " weights ol calciu nagnesium, or sodium
chloride, or of cryolite with "equivalent " weights "t
calcium or sodium carbonate, or of lime: this mixture
to he then, if necessary, recalcined to expel all traces of
water and carb lioxide, afterwards pressed into the
required shape and tired for four hours, when it will have
become hard, and may, if in a covered place, be pre-
served long in air without deterioration. During the
firing, unless before moulding the ingredients have been
tired at a white heat, some shrinkage will occur. Lime,
magnesia, or alumina may be used instead of dolomite,
provided care he taken to expel the whole of the
carbon dioxide and water before moulding. The agglo-
meration may also be effected by slaking the base with
a sedation of chlorides, and subsequently calcining
thoroughly.— W, G. M.
Improy emt nts in thi Preparation *>J Materials/or, ami in
/'. Manufacture of , Qvpels and Tests. F. Maxwell
Lyte, Putney. Eng. Pat. 10,185*, August 27, 1885.
tid. (Amended Specification.)
THE amendment consists in an alteration in the title of
a specification abstracted in this Journal for 1885, page
53S.— \Y. G. M.
Improvements in Steel Converter Linings and Boil
a. E. Tucker, Birmingham. Eng. l'at. 14,507, Nov.
26, 1SS5. Id.
BASIC Bessemer slag, alone or mixed with lime or iron
oxide, cast into blocks, rammed into bricks, or used as
a slurry, may be employed with advantage for lining the
body and top sections of steel converters, or either
copper, lead and glass furnaces or iron cupolas.
— W. G. M.
Improvements in Separating tin: Precious Metals /mm
Lead. T. .1. ( ireenwav, Sheffield. Eng. Pat. 1027,
dan. 23. 1886! lid.
THE "zinc skimming.--" from the zinc desilvering pro-
cess are firsl liijuati d in the usual way to separate the
excess of lead : if the resulting metal contain less than
seventy-five percent, of lead, it will on fusion separate
into two layers, of which the upper will be an alio] ol
sixty per cent. zinc, with over twenty per cent, precious
metals and less than -i\ percent, lead, and the lower will
he lead saturated with this alloy. I In cooling, the argen-
tiferous zinc first solidifies, ami is to he removed, broken
up. and retorted. The lead hath during cooling give- up
a further quantity of the zinc alloy in the form of
crystals, which may be treated in the same manner as
the zinc crust. — W. G. M.
Manufacture of Refractory Bricks, Tiles, Tubes,
Crucibles, Furnace Linings, mid other Articles sub-
jected to High Temperatures. A. Fould and 1'.
Genreau, Nancy, France. Eng. Pat. 1243, dan. 27,
1 B86. 6d.
Certain modifications are described, hut the method
preferred by the patentees is to incorporate thoroughly
Improvements in thi Purification of Iron, and of Pho's-
phatic Ferruginous Slags. T. Twynam, London.
Eng. l'at. 1796, Feb. li, is.sO. lid.
Tut: melted jug iron is mo into a reverberatory furnace
with basic or neutral lining, and there treated with
slag, the metallic oxides of which are reduced by
the metalloids of the pig. 'W hen the iron is so rich in
silicoli that the slag will finally contain more than
twenty to twenty-five per cent, of silica, phosphoric
acid will be reduced, the phosphorus passing into the
metal : in this ease the siliceous slag must he tapped
oil and fresh slag added, or if preferred the desiliconised
iron may be, treated by the Thomas-Gilchrist or Siemens
process. — W. G. M.
Improvements in ih<- Smelting of Tin Ore and Recover-
in:/ Tin from Tinned Slur/ linn Scraps. G. T. Lewis,
Philadelphia, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 313S, .March 5,
1886. Sd.
Tin-: tin ore is smelted in a cupola furnace, from which
the gases, containing much volatilised tin, are sucked
by a fan through sheet-iron cooling chambers, and then
forced through a series of woollen bags which intercept
the tin compounds. The latter may subsequently be
treated in any suitable way. The temperature of the
furnace, more especially if tin scrap be under treatment,
should be high, in order to assist the volatilisation of
the metal.— W. G. M.
XIL-PAINTS, VARNISHES. AND RESINS.
Improvements in tin- Manufactvri of Paint. F. 'Wend-
ling, Munich, Germany, Fug. l'at. 10S6, Jan. 25,
1SS0. (id.
In order to prepare a washable paint able to resist
atmospheric influences, the patentee forms a binding
body by linely pulverising and mixing together the
following substances :- -about 30 parts of potash or soda
water-glass, 15 — 25 parts of fluoride of calcium, 10 parts of
cryolite, between 15 and 10 parts of marble or silicate
of magnesia, between 20 and 15 parts carbonate of lime,
lo parts phosphate of lime. 100 parts of colouring
matter are thoroughly mixed with 200 parts of the bind-
ing body, and 1 part of this mixture is added to 2 parts
of caustic potash with sufficient water to form the proper
consistency. The paint is applied in the ordinary way.
To harden the paint ii is washed with warm water con-
taining about 15 per cent, potash or soda water-glass.
— B. H.
XIIL— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, AND SIZE.
Reinsch's Tanning Process by means of "Alkaline Coal
Extract" (PyrofuscinJ. Dingl Polyt. J. 262,
79—83.
THIS new tannin, composed of carbon, hydrogen and
oxygen, exists in almost all coal (except anthracite , but
iu Varying quantities, Its chemical reactions have been
44
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uan.29, m.
partly studied by the author (this Journal, 1885, 39-2).
Its stability, when acted upon by strong chemicals and
light, distinguishes it from most bumic ;i.-i. 1 bodies. It
i- extracted from suitable coal by a boiling alkaline
solution, in which it is readily soluble, and from which
the "pyrofuscin" is precipitated by a mineral acid.
Pyrofuscin is a weak acid, its alkaline salts being
easily soluble, and alkaline-earth sails less soluble. By
evaporating the potassium and sodium salts, microscopic,
indistinct rhombic crystals are obtained. On boiling with
concentrated chromic acid solution a weak acid of yellow-
brown colour is formed. Pyrofuscin is a verystablebody ;
its dilute or concentrated solutions in alkalis remain
unaltered in contact with the air; neither concentrated
hydrochloric nor sulphuric acid attack the pure sub-
Stance. On the other hand, boiling nitric acid converts
it into a body soluble in water. The alkaline solution
of pyrofuscin is very antiseptic. A very dilute solution
(0-02grm. of the moist substance per litre) exposed to the
long-continued influence of direct sunlight is not
chemically altered or discoloured. The direct extract
from coal obtained by frequent boilings of the coal with
caustic soda (about lOOgrms. caustic soda to 2— 3kilos.
coal) contains at least 2—3 per cent, pyrofuscin, and
has a sp. gr. of 1025— 1-03. A hide, after treatment
with the pyrofuscin solution, is converted into leather.
This leather has a stronger grain, and withstands alter-
nate wetting and drying much better than alum or
bark-tanned leather. If tanned sheeps' skins be laid
for twenty-four hours in a 2 — 3 per cent, pyro-
fuscin solution, they are greatly improved as regards
firmness and toughness. Hides intended to be
tanned with pyrofuscin are unhaircd with lime in the j
usual way, and then the lime is removed by a bran I
"bate." The hides are then soaked for two' to three
days in a pyrofuscin solution containing about 25grms.
per litre, and afterwards placed in a solution containing
about 40grms. per litre, to which is added sodium car-
bonate (lOgrms. per litre) and slaked lime [20grms. per
litre), in which they remain three to five days. They
are then laid in a solution of two parts by weight (if
common salt and three parts of magnesium chloride in
sixty narts of water, to which is added twenty-four
parts by volume of hydrochloric acid This solution
neutralises the alkali and precipitates the pyrofuscin in
the fibre of the hide. The hides are then washed, lightly
oiled, and dried. This [process is said to be 50 per cent,
cheaper as regards time and material than bark-tanning,
and 30 per cent, cheaper than alum. — B. H.
ItnprovemcnU in the Manufacture of Leather. W. R.
Earp, Kuncorn. Eng. Pat. 2052, Feb. 12, 1SS6. 6d.
The patentee claims the use of an alkaline solution of
a sulpharsenate or sulpharsenite, disnlpharsenate or
disulpharsenite, preferably the sodium salts, or a mix-
ture of them containing live to eight parts sulpharsenical
-all to 100 parts of water for unhainng hides. Heals.,
claims the use of sulphurous acid, or a bisulphite, in
tanning, and a. Ids about a gallon sulphurous acid
solution at 4J Tw. to a tan-pit of average size.— B. II.
XIT.-AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
Action of Sodium Nitrate as a Manure. V. Magerstein.
Bied. Centr. 15, 581—583.
In the experiments described, sodium nitrate was
applied t" potatoes, barley and oats, on a sandy -oil,
which had received a light dressing of superphosphate.
In sonic cases the nitrate >vas mixed with the -oil, in
others it was used as a top dressing, after sowing the
Beed, and when the plant had sprouted. Potatoes and
oal - j ielded besl » ith the top dressing, whilst with barley
the contrary was the result. The rainfall during the
period of growth (April to August) was 3477mm, some
what below the average. The weight per bushel and
the ash of both the oats anil the Karley were greater in
the case of top dressing. The author gives an explana-
tion of this behaviour of sodium nitrate. In the case ol
top dressing the nitre dissolves in the moisture of the
soil, and forms a tolerably concentrated solution there.
This comes first in contact with the shallower rooted
barley, oats and potatoes. The conditions in the other
mode of manuring are different, hence the different
results. — D. A. L.
Comparative Manurial Experiments nith Ammonium
Sulphate anil Sodium Nitrate. X . Magerstein. Bied.
• 'entr. 15, 583- -585.
< >ats and barley were grown on a diluvial sandy soil,
with 200kilos. sodium nitrate per hectare, and with
300kilos. ammonium sulphate per hectare. The yield
per hectare was as follows : —
No Mascre.
Sodium
NlTRATB.
Ammonium
St "LI-HAT*.
straw.
Kilo-ctr.
Grain.
Hectolit.
Straw.
Kilo-ctr.
lirain.
Hectolit
Straw.
Kilo-ctr.
drain.
Hectolit.
Barley 15-85
Oats 27'50
18-28
■Js-17
24-50
39-80
2641
38-72
24 62
18-45
2374
35-41
Ammonium sulphate on this light soil favours straw pro-
duction, but nitrate is superior as regards grain. The
percentage of ash in the barley straw was: — Unmanured,
rjp605 -. with sodium nitrate, li'151 ; with ammonium sul-
phate, 5 205. In the oat straw : — Unmanured, 10016;
with sodium nitrate, 8-123 ; with ammonium sulphate,
6861. From a financial point of view the nitrate proved
the best.— D. A. I..
Value of Chili Saltpetre an a Manure. A.Stutzer. Bied.
Centr. 15, 5S5 — 507.
The present article is the first part of a prize essay,
written for the Committee ot Nitrate of Sodium
Producers. The original treatise is divided into two parts.
1. Manuring with nitrogenous substances with special
reference to sodium nitrate. 2. The practical application
of sodium nitrate as a manure. The essay represents
fully the present state of our knowledge of this subject,
and is, therefore, of much interest. First, the absolute
necessity of nitrogen to plant life is indicated : anil, after
due consideration of the question of the need of a store
of nitrogen in the soil, the following conclusion is given :
That no plant cultivated on farms w ill grow normally
unless nitrogen is supplied through the root.-. Without
nitrogenous manure plants grow but feebly, therefore such
manure becomes necessary ; and as the manure produced
on farms in by far the greater number of cases is not
sufficient for the requirements of crops, if really a good
harvest is sought, nitrogenous manures must he used.
The numerous nitrogenous manures of commerce are
mentioned, nitrate being selected as best, ammonium
sulphate coming next. Then the conditions necessary
for the formation of nitric acid in the soil are detailed.
Nitrates being the only form of nitrogen immediately
assimilable by plants, sodium nitrate is specially adapted
for producing vigorous nutrition and growth of plants;
then owing to its mobility in soil it acts as a manure to
the subsoil, and causes the roots to penetrate into the
soil, and SO make better use of the moisture and nutritious
matter contained m it. Loss of sodium nitrate by drain-
age is referred to. Numerous instances of the injurious
action of large quantities of ammonium sulphate on
plants arc compared with the few instances of such injury
l.y sodium nitrate : in fact, in jurious impurities frequently
present in ammonium sulphate are never found in sodium
nitrate. The following table gives, in round numbers,
the mean excess of the increase in yield obtained by
the use of lOOkilos. sodium nitrate when compared with
the increase in yield from 75kilos. ammonium salts : —
Experiments.
-.'.".kilos, wheat gram and lOOkilos. straw gs
gQ ., barley grain and lOOkilos. straw 81
150 .. meadow hay 28
mil .. potatoes 36
'.mi .. sugarbeal in
1700 .. mangold 36
Jan.2-J.i8S7.] THE JOURNAL 01' Till". SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
45
The last column of numbers indicates the number of Ammonia in Turnips.
experiments bom which the averages were obtained.
The advantage of using phosphates and potash salts in
conjunction with sodium nitrate is explained. The
next point considered is the quality of the produce after
the use of nitrogenous manures. With regard to oats
ami barley, the albuminoids in the grain are increased
1 per cent' This is beneficial for distilling and feeding,
but undesirable for brewing purposes. The albuminoid
increase in the stravi is quite unimportant. Theeffect
nt nitrogenous manuring on the bread-making qualities
nt wheat requires investigating. Anthoritiesdisagree as to
whether the weight of grain per bushel is or is not affected
l.\ Buch inanities. The quality of potatoes ia not altered
to any noteworthy extent when nitrate is sown with the
seed, but when it is applied as a tup dressing there is a
decline both in the yield of tnliers and in the quantity
of starcli in them. Sugar beet is even mine sensitive
than potatoes to the action of sodium nitrate, when the
known limits are exceeded ; directions tor the cultivation
of sugar beet are given. The idea that sodium nitrate
impoverishes the soil is shown to be fallacious, lor ex-
perimental evidence demonstrates that sodium nitrate
only occasions a need of more plant nutriment in quan-
tities necessary to supply the requirements of the increased
harvest it itself produces ; hut this produce is not richer
1 ban usual in mineral matters; and, moreover, sodium
nitrate does not aid the washing out and removal of im-
portant plant foods, and by that means impoverish the
soil. Lawes and Gilbert 'show that barley grown with
nitrate does not remove more matter from the soil than
barley grown with ammonium salts. Numerous experi-
ments show that on an average the amount of straw pro-
duced by nitrate is nm excessive when compared with the
total produce. Numerous calculations are given as to
the relative value of sodium nitrate for dilterent crops.
\\ ith sugar beet, the 1st, 2nd, old and 4th hundred kilos.
of sodium nitrate, per hectare, each produce 2324kUos. of
roots, the full ami (i!h hundred kilos, each produce only
975ki)08. ; therefore, it is not economical to use more than
■ii « ik i los. of sodium nitrate per hectare. Experiments with
oil-plants, pulses, fodder-plants, meadow grass and fibre-
plants are too lew toafford matter for positive generalisa
Battut. Hied. Centr. 15,
604—607.
When turnip juice or slices of turnip are distilled with
calcined magnesia (Boussingault'a method), ammonia is
given off. Juices from different turnips yield per
lOOgrms. of root, 2"37, r07, 500, lo.'i, 1 -SSmgrms., or a
mean of 0 002)ogrm. ammonia. Fresh root cuttings
give OH, 1'69, o OTingrins., or a mean of 0-0012grm.
ammonia. Rootsdriedat LOO — no give more ammonia
than fresh roots, evidently owing to the decomposition
of organic matter. The following results show that,
besides ammonia, the mots contain easily decomposable
nitrogenous matter. Some fresh root gave, by the above
method, O'OOHiOgini. ai mia : the residue dented w ith
lime-water, and the original volume made np with water,
then distilled as before, gave a further 0 0204 per cent.
. ! ammonia : and this residue, ill its turn, treated with
potash, etc., and distilled, yielded a fuither O'OOOl p,i
cent, ammonia. Pellet Mini Morchais suggested that the
ammonia was present as ammonium magnesium phos-
phate, and therefore recommend treating witli nitric
acid before distilling with magnesia ; this treatment is,
however, evidently quite inadmissable in the presence of
such decomposable substances. — D. A. I..
Mammal Experiments with Oats.
64-2-643.
P.ied. Centr. 15,
THESE experiments demonstrate that when the manures
contained nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash, or
nitrogen and phosphoric acid, the plants were darker in
colour, the straw longer and more perfect in grain ; but
took cig lit days longer to ripen than in the following
case-. With phosphoric acid and pota.-h manures the
plants at iirst showed no difference, but later on the greeH
corn was more yellowish, and ultimately the straw was
weak. Unmanured plants were worse than the others
in all points, and had to be harvested earlier. The money
value of the increase in yield in each case was : — With
sodium nitrate, superphosphate, and potash, 93*38 marks
(about t'4 13s. 4d.) ; with sodium nitrate and superphos-
phate, 66 "64 mark- (about £3 6s. 7d.) ; with a moderate
lion, but it seems that the profits from nitrogenous Quantity of superphosphate and potash, 41 02 ; with
manuring on meadow grasses are nil, while for rape they
are very high. The comparative action on summer and
winter crops requires investigating. According to the
results of scientific investigation ami practical experience,
the following may be regarded as the average amount
of increased produce by manuring with sodium nitrate in
average quantities and under average agricultural con-
ditions : — Corn crops, MOOkilos, grain, 500kilos. straw;
potatoes, l'JOOkilos. ; sugar beet, 2300kilos. ; and mangold,
4000kilos. ; lor every hundred kilos, nitre used. Meadow
grasses take up nitrogen as readily as corn crops, but the
increase produced is not so valuable, since it takes as
much manure to produce 100 kilos, of grass as it does to
produce lOOkilos. of barley-corn ; therefore, it is only
under very favourable conditions of soil and market that
it would pay to manure meadows with sodium nitrate.
arger quantity superphosphate and potash, a deficiency
of 1 42. Potash manures made least show ; probably
the soil contained sufficient already. — D. A. L.
Klien. Bied. Centr.
Composition of Barley and Peas.
15, 644.
THE author has observed a decrease in the amount of
albuminoids in barley and pea-corn, when grown on a
sandy soil poor in lime, with large quantities of super-
phosphate. On the other band, this was not observable
when such soil was heavily dressed with precipitate
(neutral phosphates), nor in the case of a soil rich in lime,
even when ten times as much superphosphate was
applied. Moreover, on a phosphorite soil, containing 20
The smallest return for nitrogenous manuring is'ofteTed per cent, of phosphoric acid the amount of albuminoids
by leguminous crops such a- peas, vetches, lupins, clover, in peas was not less than when they were grown with a
etc. With regard to other crops there are no trustworthy &ugW dressing of pnosphatic manure. Wagner found
data, but from general experience rape, mustard, poppy, <>n a saI"l.v so" Poor IB lime, heavily manured with
maize, millet, buckwheat, hops, tobacco, cabbages, flax, superphosphate, that the albuminoids increased in straw
and hemp may be classed with corn crops ; the vine and and green plants, hi
all fruit and berry-bearing plants are also very sensitive '
to nitrogenous mountings. A lower but still considerable
profit may be anticipated in return of manuring carrots,
chicory, parsnips, wild cabbage, and artichokes with
nitrate of soda. With regard to the use of this manure
on very porous soils, it should only be used as a top
dressing, the best time being when the plant is just
appearing above ground ; it may, however, be put on at
a later period of growth. The' question of autumn or
spring sowing is not yet definitely decided ; but it seems
best to divide the allotted quantity of nitrogenous manure,
nutting the smallest lot on in the autumn, and the larger
lot in the spring, at any rate the nitrogen required for the
winter growth of crops may, without hesitation, be ap-
plied in the form of nitrate of soda.— D. A. L.
rain and seed. It is
hence inferred that the traces of free mineral acid, and
not the great excess of combined phosphoric acid in the
soil, impede the migration of the albuminoids in such
cases. — D. A. L.
Disintegration of Basic Cinder b>/ Exposure to Air.
Edmund Je'nscb. Chem. Zeit, 10, 1271— 1370.
THE author's experiments prove that during the disinte-
gration which Thomas-slag undergoes by exposure to
damp air, the phosphoric acid of the slag becomes more
and more soluble in alkaline citrate; so that after the
lapse of, say, one year in contact with moist soil, it may
he supposed that the whole of the phosphoric acid of the
slag will be converted into a form in which it is immedi-
ately assimilable by plants.— J. M. H. M.
40
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. U«n. en, MW.
M. Maltzan.
1338
( hem.
The Solubility of 77
' Zeit 10, 1337
The author criticises the p ipers of Reis and Meyer {this
Journal, 1886, 381) on the solubility of Thomas-slag in
aqueous solutions of carbonic acid, and 1h>1. Is to his
Bl itemenl ihat this slag " contains phosphoric acid in the
must insoluble form conceivable." According to Reis1
experiments, 22' S39grms. of a saturate. 1 aqueous solu-
tion of carbonic acid are needed to dissolve lgrm. of
phosphoric acid from Thomas slag. I h f Meyer's ex
periments gives a solubility of 1 in 34,11110 in fifty hours.
Considering that 2936 parts of a saturated aqueous solu-
tion of carbonic acid dissolve 1 part of phosphoric acid
in artificially prepared tricalcium phosphate in ten hours,
and that the solubility of the phosphoric acid in 1 'ash
is 1 in 13,158, and of that in bones buried for twenty
years 1 in 7299, the author considers the experiments
referred to to be decidedly in support of his statement.
— C. A. K.
On ilic Valuation of Slag from the Thomas Process, ac-
cording to the fineness ot tin Ground Product. M.
Fleischer. Hep. Anal. L'hem. 6, 073—081.
It is now well understood that the value of this slag, both
for meadow-land and tilled fields, depends npon the fine-
ness with which it is ground ; and hence it is important
in purchasing it that the fineness or percentage of linc-
ground slag should be specified. It is usual in many
places to stipulate that at least 75 per cent, should pass
through a sieve the holes of which are 0 25mm. broad ;
but the results obtained by sifting specimens of the same
Blag often vary considerably, this being due to differences
in the kind of sieve employed. The writer lias been in
the habit of using a sieve of sleet-metal in which holes
of 0'25mm. in diameter were punched; whereas, at other
places, wire sieves are employed, the distance between
the wires being 0'25mm. In the former case, the area of
the opening is 0 049sq. mm., in the latter, 0 063. He
has carefully investigated the manner in which the deter-
mination is affected by (1) the nature of the sieve, (2)
the duration of the shaking, and (3) the weight of the
.-ample taken for sifting. Sieves with punched boles are
unsuitable for the purpose, as the holes soon get stopped
up; but the brass-wire gauze does well, and is very
uniform. The particular kind of gauze selected was that
known as No. 100; the distance between the meshi
this is 0'168mm., and the area of the hole- 0'028sq. mm.
The following method of estimation is recommended : —
The whole of the sample is weighed, and first sifted
through a coarse sieve so as to remove the particles over
l'5min. in size : these are weighed and allowed for after-
wards. From the coarsely-sifted slag a sample of oOgrms.
is taken and shaken for half-an-hour in a sieve made of
No. 100 wire-gauze. The residue is weighed, and the
difference between this and iOO gives the required per-
centage —weighing the sifted slag gives too low a result,
as some of the fine dust is always lost. Samples should
contain at least 75 per cent, of " tine-ground slag," for
although the sieve above recommended is finer than
those at present used, the grinding of the slag is now
more carefully carried out than was formerly the case.
The following example will show what compensation
should be paid in ease the -lag does not come up lo the
specified degree of fineness. Suppose that lO.OOOkilos.
of slag are sold for 360s., 20 per cent, of phosphoric
aei.l ami 90 per cent, ot "fine-ground slag" being guaran-
, .,., ■ , 9000 20 ,„„„, ., , ,
teed, this corresponds to I800kilos. of phos-
phoric acid in the " fine-ground " for :;t'i(is., or 1 kilo, of
line ground phosphoric acid tor 0'20s. If the slag is
found to contain only 19 per cent, of phosphoric acid and
SO per cent, of " fine-ground," the quantity of fine-
ground phosphoric acid is only = loJOkiros.,
the value of which i- 304s. Hence, 56s. should fie
paid as compensation.— I). K. J.
• iluielin-Kraut. Anonr. Cliem. Jf, ], 368.
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
Raffinose. E. von Lippmann and others. Died. Centr.
15, 630—636.
This is a resume of the numerous researches of various
authors, which have appeared from time to time, and
have culminated in establishing the identity of the sugar
obtained from molasses, from cotton seed, and from
Eucalyptus-manna, now known as "raffinose." Raffinose
exists as such in the original root : in the strontium
hydroxide process it separates along with the cane sugar,
as a saccharate ; in the diffusion process it is the cause
of the formation of needle cr\ stale. Tollene has examined
solutions containing, for 100 of cane sugar, -1, 3, 5, 7, 9,
125, ami ■-',"> percent of raffinose. When these solutions
are crystallised, those containing 1 percent, deposit un-
altered cane sugar, those containing :i and 5 per cent,
give elongated crystals, the 7 per cent, gives long
needles, whilst the II to 25 per cent, solutions also yield
needles, but only after Borne months. When the mother-
liquors from the crystallisation of the 1 — 3 per cent, solu-
tionsare diluted, beautiful long nee. lies gradually separate.
Raffinose is hence regarded a- favouring the formation of
molasses, or in other words, impeding the crystallisation
of sugar to a certain extent. Raffinose, < ,i;H,,<f,j It'll.' ',
crystallises in needles with 15 per cent, of water, which
can lie expelled, if care be taken, without fusing thesiigar.
It is very soluble in water, hut only very sparingly in
strong or dilute alcohol ; from the latter it can be readily
crystallised. Raffinose only reduces Fehling solution
after inversion, and then very strongly. The specific rota-
tion of raffinose (a) D= 104 — 105\ after 1 hour's inversion
is reduced to (a) D= about 53°, ami hevulose is found in
the syrup. After 5 hours' inversion it is only (a) 11 =
about in , and galactose may he obtained fioin this
syrup. Heated with nitric acid, raffinose yields 22 — 23
per cent, of mucic acid : hence, the above formula is
probably correct ; with Bulphuric acid it yields Itevulinic
acid. With phenylbydrazin it yields a yellowish pre-
cipitate, after 1 to 2 hours' beating. Raffinose, either
befi re or alter inversion, ferments easily and completely
with yeast and solutions containing the nutritive sub-
stances for the yeast, with the formation of alcohol. It
forms a sodium com pound, and like cane sugar a strontium
compound in hot solutions. It differs from cane sugar
in not forming with smaller quantities of strontium, or
in cold solutions, a mono-strontium compound. These
two sugars may be separated by means of this reaction.
Raffinose also forms a calcium compound. For the esti-
mation of raffinose two methods are proposed1, one
based on polarisation and inversion, the other on the
formation of mucic acid, by means of nitric acid. Raffi-
nose has been detected in barley by C. u'Sullivan.
— D. A. L.
On the Production of Crystallised Grape Sugar. Sey-
berlicb and Trampedach. Neue Ztschr, f. Zuckerind,
17, 186.
Tin-: authors rind that grape sugar crystallises from acid
or neutral solution- only in line interlaced needle-shaped
crystals, retaining obstinately much mother-liquor ;
whilst from alkaline solutions it may he obtained in
smooth, strong plates, free from water, from which the
liquor may be readily separated centrifugally. They,
therefore, obtain a sugar ot :V, to ;is pet cent, by con-
verting 1 part of starch, rubbed down with 2 to 3
paits of water, by nitric acid (5 parts to 1000 parts
ot starch) until 10 drops of the solution give no turbidity
with 20cc. of mi per <ent. alcohol ; then neutralising
with chalk and rendering distinctly alkaline by. soda,
evaporating in oat u6 to 35—36° B., and cooling slowly.
The separated syrup may be evaporated and again
crystallised, when, after adding sulphuric acid, aud
separating the resulting calcium sulphate, since it con-
laius practically the whole of the nitric acid in the free
condition, it may he employed for converting a fresh
portion of starch. If sulphuric acid he use I lor the eon-
version, in addition to the soda, there must be added a
small quantity of hydrogen peroxide to oxidise the albu-
minous bodies contained in the starch. — \V. G. M.
Jan. 29, 1S87., THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
47
Determination of the Decoloun ing Power of Animal]
Charcoal. G. Laube. Rep. Anal. Chem. 6, 660— 661. j
This is a simpleprocess,] ieldingg IcomparativereBnlts,
to avoid the costly apparatus usually employed in sugar
factories. A sample of g i animal charcoal i- obtained,
bad pieces in ii being carefully picked out, ground, and
then passed through a one sieVe. The powder is dried
at I in C, and is then kept as the "standard char." 50 —
lOOci'. of good caramel are dissolved in an equal volume
of water, mixed with lOOcc. alcohol, and then made up
in a lit ri' : after Btanding for Beveral days, ii i> lilten d,
and is ready for use a- the "standard colour." The
decolourising power of the powdered " char " is deter-
mined l'\ gently boiling Sgrms. of it with 200cc. water,
and then adding lOcc. ol the " standard colour " solution.
The boiling is continued for exactly 10 minutes, under
an upright condenser. The liquid is then passed through
a double Biter until the filtrate is quite clear. Seme of
the standard colour solution is then run into 200cc.
water, from a graduated pipette, until the water has
exactly the sane- tint as the above filtrate. The tints
are rendered more distinct by the addition of a drop of i
caustic soda, and the comparison should be made in test
tubes of equal diameter, as in Nesslerising. lOcc, less
the number of cc. added in the second experiment, gives
the number of cc. of " standard colour " solution, which
lias been decolourised by the 5grms. oi standard "char."
]!y repeating the experiment under exactly the same
of one of the salts suffice for tlie treatment of 1000 parts
of I lie juice ; it is thus four times more efficacious tlian
calcium sulphite. In treating raw juice by this process,
the following course is recommended :— 1st saturation:
I be juice is mixed with 2 '■'• per cent, of lime, warmed
and saturated with carl. on dioxide to 0*10 of alkalinity,
and the precipitate removed by a filter-press. 2nd satura-
tion : G *5 per cent, lime is added, saturation is effected,
as 1» tine, to o(n percent., and filtration. 3rd saturation :
1 per cent, of a hyposulphite is added, it is saturated to
o 02 per cent, oi alkalinity, boiled, and filtered through
double thickness of cotton doth, under a pressure equal
i" 3 5m. of the juice. 4th saturation: The juice is
evaporated to a thick syrup, and 2 per cent, of a hypo-
sulphite is added, with I 2 pel cent, of milk of lime; it is
then finally saturated to 0*03 percent, by carbon dioxide,
boiled and tillered. Lastly, after further boiling, a pure
syrup of exceptionally high density is obtained.
— W. G. M.
XVL— BREWING, WINES, SPIRITS, Etc.
Improvements in the Method of and Apparatus for
making Fodder from certain Liquid Wast, Pro-
ducts. II. Hencke, J. Palm, and K. Seetig, Darm-
stadt, Germany. Eng. Pat. 14,459, Nov. 25, 1885. 8d.
THE closed eunical receptacle D is revolved on rollers
I. ly any suitable mechanism : the space M is a flue in
conditions with any other "ehar,"its decolourising power,
compared with that of the standard sample, can be
readily determined. As the fineness of the powder
influences the result, the same sieve should always be
used for the experiments.— E. E. I'..
On the Decolourisation ami Purification of Sugar Juice
by Hyposulphurous Acids, or its Salt*. R, Bnglerl
and V. Decker, (or. Pat. 36,851, Jan. 31, 1886.
The hyposulphurous acid with the formula, H SO.,, may
be produced bj mixing an excess of iron filings or zinc
duel with aqueous sulphur dioxide solution, with exclu-
sion of air and thorough cooling. The resulting reaction
is thus expressed :— 2SOaH 2Zn + II ,< i si i Zn-t S( I ,Zn
II,. By adding milk of lime, the comparatively
insoluble calcium sulphite is precipitated, and by the
subsequent addition of phosphoric, oxalic or sulphuric
acids, the required acid is obtained in the free condition
To prepare salts of the acid, the solution of the zinc Ball
should he mix.d with the base to he employed, if by its
action zinc oxide can be separated. The salts suitable
for use in the clarification process are those of the alkali
earth metal-., magnesium, aluminium, zinc, manganese
and iron ; and these, being more stable than the free
acid, are to he preferred. In practice, two to three parts
connection with a furnace, the sides heing rendered
tight at M1 by means of tongues or rings projecting
fr.un the under side of I) into sand placed in the
annular U-shaped chambers shown. The liquid refuse
from breweries, etc., is fed into vessel a, from whence it
is distributed upon the shelf l>, from thence to £ , and
by pipe 6* to the revolving heated Hour II. where the
evaporation commenced on the heated shelves I, and b1
is continued. The dried matter is removed from 0 bj a
-Taper, and pressed between heated tollers. — C. C. H.
Chemical Characteristics of Beer manufactured from
run Yeast. E. Borgmann. Zeits. Anal. Chem. 25
532—335. °'
II INSEN investigated the causes of the diseases of beer,
and found them in some cases to be due to the yeast
employed, which was contaminated with "secondary
tonus. To remedy this, he proposed to prepare pure
yeast— that is, yeast grown under conditions of absolute
purity from a Bingle selected yeast cell. This pure-
cultivation yeast is now in use in the brewery of (lid
Carlsberg, and also in a gieat many other breweries on
the Continent. At Old Carlsberg two pure yeasts are in
use— No. 1 and No. 2— each of which is cultivated from
■ i single yeast cell, and produces a beer with different
48
THE lol"l;\AL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jan. 29. issr
distinct characteristics. Two experimental fermenta-
tions with these yeasts were carried on at Old Carlsberg.
Tlie wort used was ordinary bottom fermentation wort of
13—14 percent. Balling, and the fermentations were so
carried on thai the results were comparable. After some
months' storage the beers were bottled and senl to the
author. Both were bright and pure flavoured. On
analysis, they gave the following numbers :
lt<-*-r prepared with
ream [Jo. 1. Venst tfo
Contftini in lOOoc.—
Alcohol 1*13 grins. .
Extract 5"35
Ash 0*20 ..
Free acid (as lactic 1 „.no,.
aeidl i 008h " '
Glycerol o-ioa ,.
Phosphoric acid O'Oiia .,
Nitrogen 0-0710 ..
4 23 grms.
5'8 1
0-23 ..
dill ..
0137 ..
ous-jx ,,
0071H ,.
Prom these numbers, which are the mean of many
determinations, the author concludes that the different
yeasts cause a different chemical composition in the
resulting beers, lie also finds that the proportion of
alcohol to glycerol is different from that found with
other beers. From analyses of other beers lie finds that
the proportions are —
Alcohol. Glycerol.
Maximum 100 .Vl>)7
Minimum 100 JH0
whilst with the Carlsberg pure yeast beers the numbers
are —
No. 1 NTo. 2
Alcohol. Glycerol. Alcohol. Glycerol.
100 263 100 321
— G. H. St
Composition of Old Wine. J. Moritz.
1370.
Milk,
M.
Chem. Zeit. 10.
By the analysis of some samples of Hothenberg, 1748,
17S3, compared with other analyses previously made,
the author shows that these old wines, especially when
kept in the cask, contain a large proportion of glycerol,
the maximum found being 14 glycerol to 10(1 alcohol.
The proportions of extract and acid are also greater in
the old wines.— J. M. H. M.
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY. DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
(A) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
On the Presence of Nitric and Nitrous Acids in
nut! the Adulteration of Milk with Watt
Schrodt. Hep. Anal. Chem. 6, 684.
The author has examined the milk of cows whieh have
been fed for some time upon turnips to which saltpetre
has been added, and linils that none of the latter passes
into the milk. Hence the presence of nitric and nitrous
acids in milk would tend to prove that the milk has
been adulterated with impure spring water containing
nitrous acid. — D. E. J.
(/i) SANITARY CHEMISTRY.
Improvements in Apparatus for Use in Softening and
Purifying Water. A. Hell, Manchester. Eng. Pat.
14,37'i, Nov. 24, 1SS5. 8d.
Ah ri.i: the addition of the reagents required for soften-
ing the water, it is run into a tall upright tank, the
upper part of which is fitted with a number of ribbed
shelves, or plates, sloping to one side of the tank. The
libs on the under sides of one plate are intermediate to
those on the upper side of the next plate below, which
nearly touch the surface of the plates between the upper
til.-. The water passing across the plate travels in a
circuitous path under and ovei the ribs at right angles
to the direction <>f slope. The precipitate deposits
upon the shelves, slides to their lowest edge and into a
pipe communicating with all the shelves, from which the
deposit is periodically drawn off. The clarified softened
water Bows olf from above the shelves. — C. C. II.
Drying of Sewage. V. L. E. Miller, London. Eng.
Pat 10, Jan. 1, 1886. 6d.
Tm, sewage is placed in an air-tight tank so as to nearly
lill the interior thereof. The space above the Bewage is
put in communication with a fan or pump ; a pipe or
pipes communicate between the outer air and the bottom
of the tank, ending in perforations. A current of air
can thus be drawn through the sewage, whereby the
water in I he sewage is " either converted into vapour or
absorbed by the air, and pumped out of the tank, the
more or less dry residue alone being left."— ('. ('. II.
Improvements in the Arrangement and Constitution of
Apparatus for Extracting Sewage Sludge or other
Semi-solid Matter from Tanks or Places where if Sub*
sides or is Precipitated. J. C. Bothams, Salisbury.
Eng. Pat 530, .Ian. 13, 1886. Sd.
Along the bottom of the tank is a pipe communicating
witli a main pipe; the underside of the branch pipe is
provided with a number of projecting branches fitted
with a sliding or swivel valve. The sludge can be
removed from all parts, or any one part, of a tank by-
opening the sliding valves and .sucking the sludge up
into the main pipe by means of a vacuum arrangement
— C. C. H.
hnprovenn nts in Disinfecting mid in Apparatus therefor.
T. Bradford, SaJford. Eng. Pat 591, Jan. 14, 1886.
Sd.
THE disinfecting chamber is placed o\ era furnace, at the
side and front of which is a small boiler winked at
atmospheric pressure, and kept tilled to a constant level
with water. The steam from the boiler passes first into
a superheating chamber situated in the furnace, and
from thence into the disinfecting chamber. — ('. C. H.
1 mprovi mints in the Treatment of Sewage. S. D.
Cox and J. Cox, liexlev Heath, Kent. Eng. Pat.
1259, dan. 28, 1SS0. 4d. '
After separating the. solids, the sewage is passed through
rusty scrap-iron, and afterwards through peat or wood
charcoal. — C. C. 11.
XYIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
Electrical Conductivity in Fused Alloys. B. Kb'sing.
Inaug. Dissert. Jena, 1886.
The opinion that electricity may be conducted
in two distinct ways— (1) moleeularly, when the
current exerts no chemical action on the conductor;
and (2) electrolytically, when the conductor undergoes
chemical decomposition— receives some support from
experiments by the author. lie finds that if an electrical
curn-nt <>f sufficient strength to effect a considerable rise
in temperature be passed through a fused alloy, a small
fraction of the current is conducted electrolytically.
— C. A. K.
XX.-FINE CHEMICALS. ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES,
AND EXTRACTS.
{nation of Japanese Oil of .Peppermint. B. ('.
Niederstadt. Rep. Anal. Chem. 6. 575.
This cheap variety of the oil lias a pale yellow colour, a
stron" odour of peppermint, with a burning aromatic
flavour a specific gravity of 0960 to 0-961, and a
flavour, a spec.-.. — -
negative polarisation of 105 to 106. ... ..-
unaffected by iodine, dissolving in one to two parts of
alcohol of specific gravity 0-85, and giving with nitric
acid hut indistinctly the characteristic blue colour of the
English oil. By the nitroprusside of copper test neither
oil of turpentine,
in it— W. CM.
It is neutral and
me niuoprussiue oi copj'ci n-.-i ... ......
glycerol nor alcohol could be detected
Jan.59,M87.j THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
On the Yield of Ethereal Oil of Peppermint. A. M.
Todd. Pharm, liundsch. 1886, 4, 23o.
The quantity of oil yielded on distillation is identical
whether from the fresh cut or the dried plant ; and
except that the latter gives a somewhat better aroma
there is no practical difference in the quality.— W. ( ,. M.
Fabiana Imbricata.
C. Ochsenins.
S96.
Arch. Pharm. 24,
Tills ilruLf, recently imported into Europe from Chili,
where its leaves and thin twigs are used as a remedy
against the liver-fluke, common to cattle on damp
pasture lands, is a plant of the Chilian Solanaceat order.
It is a strong, woody shrub, commonly about three feet
in height, growing in dry mountainous districts between
and 37 south latitude at a height of 300 to 2000
metres above the sea level ; its habitat being that of the
tamarisk, its appearance in (lower that of the erica.
— W. < i. M.
/.'• teat ches on American Drugs. Amer. Jour, of Pharm
16. 417.
Xanthoxylumfraxineum. — The powdered bark, accordin"
to Edw. T. Mallet, gave with absolute alcohol 2-7 percent,
of extract, consisting of resin, with some sugar, tannin,
colouring matter, and an alkaloid, which was obtained
in yellowish crystals by treatment with ammonia and
chloroform. The latter gave the usual reactions with
alkaloid reagents, and appeared identical with that ob-
tained by Colton, except that the latter was insoluble
in chloroform.
Kalmia angustifolia, — This shrub, which acts as a
Btrong poison with sheep, has been examined by T. J.
rt. By treating the aqueous extract of the leaves
with lead acetate, separating the lead, and extracting
with alcohol, he obtained a residue which coin,
small crystals of a substance answering to the tests for
arhutin. Considerable quantities of tannin were
found in the lea* es.
Planiago major, ace irding to U. Hosenbaum, contains
a fair proportion of sugar and oxalic acid : whilst in the
leaves uf the plant, T. Koller found also albumen, pectin,
with citric and oxalic acids.
Baman lira.— W. B. Cheney found in this
plant notable quantities of a saponitiaiile wax, green
resin, tannin, and sugar, but no trace of an alkaloid or
crystallisable body.
ilax rotundifolia. — The bark was found by A. II.
Colin to contain a glucoside not yet isolated, 'but no
calcium oxalate.
Sguisetum biemale, F. J. Young finds to contain two
resinous bodies of brownish-green colour, one semi-fluid,
the other of tinner consistency. It in no wise merits its
reputation as a remedy for dropsy.— W. G. M.
acrid flavour when fresh ; the leaves are emploved to
relieve pains in the bowels ; and the fruit, when |
a substitute for pepper, whilst after dryinj
made into vinegar by the natives. The root has long
been used as a stimulant and febrifuge, the I
pharmacopoeia recommending a tincture and an infusion,
in doses of lOcc. of the former, or Sgrms. to 60grm~. of
the latter, twice or thrice in the day. Notable quantities
of a resinous body, an ethereal oil, in flavour recalling
oil of cinammon, and a bitter substance, are found in the
outer portions of the roots.— \V. G. M.
XXII.— GESEEAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTET.
Th> Separation of Zim ... Cobalt, end Nickel,
1*. von Berg. Zeite. Anal. (hem. 25. 512—519.
FROM Ostwald's numbers for the relative chemical
affinity of acids it i- probable that zinc can le com-
pletely separated from iron, cobalt, and nickel by
hydrogen sulphide in formic acid or monochloracetfc
acid solutions. Hampe (this .Journal, 18S">, 419) has
shown this to be the case with formic acid. The author
has examined the question under Ostwald's direction.
Precipitation in Formic Acid Solution, — Hampefound
that complete separation took place when at least
15— 20cc. formic acid of sp. gr. 1-2 were added to each
2.50— 500ce. of the solution ; if less were added small
quantities of other sulphides came down with the zinc
sulphide. From the results of Ostwald's researches it
seemed probable that better results would be obtained
with very much more dilute solutions, and the author
found that with 3ce. formic acid, sp. gr. 1"2 in 360cc.
water, a precipitate of zinc sulphide quite free from iron
was obtained. The precipitation must take place at
al.. mt 50—60" </., and the precipitate must be filtered off
at nine, as a little iron comes down on standing. The
precipitation is carried out as follows: When the solu-
tion is diluted to the required strength it is warmed to
60* C, and sufficient formate or acetate of sodium
added to combine with the whole of the sulphuric acid,
the proper amount of free formic acid is then added, and
hydrogen sulphide slowly passed through the solution,
A\ hen precipitation is complete and the precipitate has
partly settled, it i- thrown on a filter and washed with
hydrogen sulphide water containing one per cent, free
formic acid. In the analyses given below, 51 -OigSgrms,
ZnS( >,. , II (I were dissolved in ,'OOcc.
DETERMIXATIOX OF ZINC IX PURE ZIXC SULPHATE
SOLLTIOX.S.
Indian Drugs. II. Egasse. Nonv. Remed. 2, 434, 462.
Chasmantera cordifolia (coeevlus eordifolius). — Under
the names of gulaucha, guloe, and giloe this plant
flourishes in India, the drug being sold extensively in
the bazaars as a tonic and antipcriodic, in the form of
cylindrical pieces 2 to 5cm. long and 1 to 5cm. in
diameter. It is a perennial creeper, climbing to the
summit of the highest trees, its branches putting forth
roots which, reaching to the ground, initiate a fresh
growth: mots, stem, and leaves are equally in demand as
adrug. The Indian pharmacopoeia commends its use a- a
tincture (4 to Sec. in die) ; as an extract (Otigrm. to lgrm.
per diem, in the form of pills) ; and as an infifsion
(1 : 10) of which COcc. to 90cc. are to be taken thrice
a-day. The -terns contain berberin, an nncrystallisable
bitter substance changed by dilute sulphuric' acid into a
glucoside, and a bitter kind of starch meal known as
"Palo."
Toddalia aculeaia [Paullinia aculeata), one of the
family of Rutaa •• , flourishes on the Coast of Coromandel
in Southern China Ceylon, Java, and the Isles of ,
.Mauritius and Bourbon. All parts of the plant possess an I .50— CO1, and treated as above,
1.
ZnO taken.
Giro.
FulND.
Formic
Acid.
sp. gr. 1-2.
cc.
1-0
Total
Solution.
cc.
Differ-
ZnS.
Grm.
ZnO.
Grm.
ence in
per cent
0-2940
0-3532
0-2950
100
+033
o
0-2940
03526
02945
10
100
+016
3.
02910
03525
0-2944
25
300
+014
1.
0-2940
03521
0-2911
25
300
+0-02
5.
0-2940
0-3518
0-2938
50
300
-0-06
6.
0-2940
0-3505
0-2927
7 "5
300
-043
7.
02940
03483
0-2909
100
300
-1-03
These numbers show that zinc can be completely pre-
cipitated from formic acid solution as zinc sulphide if
the amount of free acid present is not too great. For
the determination in presence of iron, occ. of the above
solution were taken, mixed with 1 -2grm. of iron-alum,
diluted with water to required strength, warmed to
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jna.I8.iS87.
DETERMINATION OF /.ISC IN PRESENCE OF IKON.
Taken.
Found.
Volume
Ml
Solution.
CC.
Formic
Ai-iil
cc.
Differ-
ZnO.
(il 111.
Irun
ulum
Grin.
ZnS.
Grm.
/nil.
1 .mi.
ence in
pel cent.
1.
0-1170
1-2
0-1777
01181
200
2-8
40-96
.1
0U70
1-2
01772
o-iiso
200
28
+0-68
3.
01170
1-2
0T765
01171
280
2S
+0-26
4.
iiiirii
1-2
01762
0-1172
280
2-8
+ 0-11
5.
0-1170
1-2
O-17U0
0-1170
300
36
-o-oi
6.
0117(1
1-2
0-1 75S
0-1168
360
3-6
-012
The precipitates in Ncs. 1 and 2 contained a little iron ;
in Nos. 3 to 0 they were quite free from iron.
DETERMINATION OF ZINC IN PRESENCE OF NICKEL.
Takes.
Found.
Vol. of
Solu-
tion.
cc.
Formic
Acid.
cc.
36
3 6
3-6
Differ-
ZnO.
Grm.
NiSO...
Grm.
ZnS. ZnO.
Grm. Umi.
ence in
l'ercent.
1.
2.
3.
0-1170
O-1170
0-1170
0-25
0-25
0 25
01768
0-1765
01761
0-1177
0-1171
0-1171
360
360
360
+ 017
+0-27
1-0-06
These analyses were carried out exactly as before ; no
trace of nickel was found in either precipitate.
DETERMINATION OF ZINC IN PRESENCE OF COBALT.
Zn< ).
Grm.
CoSO„. ZnS.
Grm. Grin.
ZnO.
Grm.
01170 025 0-1761 0-U73
0-1170 0-25 0-1762 0 1172
0-1170 0-25 01753 O'llCl
Vol. of
.Solu-
tion,
cc.
360
360
360
Formic Differ-
Acil. encein
cc. per cent.
In the precipitation of zinc in the presence of cobalt
the precipitate, after a time, becomes slightly green. It
i- necessary, therefore, to dissolve the precipitate, after
filtration, in hydrochloric acid in order to separate
the small amount of cobalt sulphide it contains. The
acid solution of zinc is then neutralised with am-
monia, treated as above, and the pure zinc sulphide
weighed.
Precipitation from Monochloracetic Acid Solution,. —
The analyses with this acid were carried out as follows : —
The solution made up to the required volume was
warmed to 50 — 60J C, -Ice. of a double normal solution
of ammonia (34grms. Nil- per litre), and Tec. of a four
times normal solution of monochloracetic acid (378grms.
CH2ClCOOH per litre) added, and then a slow stream
of hydrogen sulphide passed through the mixture. The
precipitated zinc sulphide separated in a heavy powdery
form and rapidly fell to the bottom of the vessel, thus
allowing rapid nitration ; it is necessary to filter at
once, and wash with hydrogen sulphide water contain-
ing a little monochloracetic acid, or a little cobalt sul-
phide may come down. In analysis Xo. it, as shown in
the last table, the filtration was delayed fifteen minutes,
with the result of getting about one per cent, cobalt sul-
phide thrown down.
The separation from iron and nickel is complete ;
with cobalt immediate nitration is required.
— G. H. M.
A New Test for the Detection of Picric Acid ami Dinitro
Cresol in Fund. H. Fleck. Rep. Anal. Chem. 6,
649—650.
Of late manufacturers of farinaceous foods, such as
niaccaroni, have been in the habit of dyeing them,
usually with dinitro-crcsol (Victoria yellow) ; since picric
acid has been occasionally substituted for this harmless
dye, the necessity of a test for distinguishing them has
arisen, as the bitter taste imparted to such goods
by picric acid is not always satisfactory evidence.
The process recommended is to digest the finely-
powdered sample of food with alcohol, filter, evaporate
filtrate to small bulk, and then taste ; if the liquid he
bitter, picric acid is probably present. Warm for a few
minutes with a little pure hydrochloric acid, eool, and
then drop a fragment of metallic zinc into the evaporat-
ing basin. After standing in the cold from half-an-hour
to two hours, the contents of the basin will become a
beautiful blue colour if picric acid be present, or
bright blood-red with dinitro-cresol. Mere traces of
these two dves can be detected by this test.
— E. 12. B.
RESULTS OF ANALYSES.
/n'l.
Gnu.
1.
0-3228
2.
03228
3.
0-3228
1.
03228
5.
0-3228
6.
0-3228
7.
0-3228
8.
03228
!).
03228
111.
11-3228
11.
0-3228
Grm.
1-5 Iron Alum
0'J NiSOj
O-.iCoSO,
ZnS.
Grin.
0-3860
03851
0 3861
03S01
0 3858
O3S70
0-3862
03859
0-3900
0-3883
03S71
a
OS* NH'
_ z = tune
ZnO.
Gnu.
0 3221
0-3210
0-3227
03225
03'22
03232
0-3225
0 3223
(r3257
0-3248
0-3233
minimi
cc.
I
1
1
1
1
4
I
1
I
1
4
Vol. of
Solution.
cc.
15(1
150
150
450
450
150
150
150
150
l.-.d
150
Difference
in
per cent.
-0-13
-036
-0 02
-O'll
-0-18
+ 0-13
-0-08
-0-16
+ 0-90
hi:
H0-15
Jan. huek.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
51
Herz. liep. Aiml.
The Detection of Alum in Flour. J.
Chem. 1SS0, 35'J.
A cylinder is filled from rne-fourth to one-third full villi
the Hour under examination, and the Bom is thoroughly
moistened with water. Then a few cubic centimetres "i
alcohol and two drops of a freshly prepaied logwood solu-
tion (ogrms. logwood in lOOcc. alcohol] are added. After
thoroughly mixing up the thick paste the cylinder is
lilleil u|> with a saturated solution of common salt. At
the same time, trials are made using pure Hour and Hour
containing 001 , 0"05 . 0 I alum, and by comparing
the depth of colour of the flour under examination with
these standards the amount of alum in it can he esti-
mated. The gradations of colour for each amonnl of
alum are distinct and the colour is permanent for a day.
In presence of 0 0 J — 'J 1 "alum the -all solution takes a
clear blue colour ; with 001 the colour is a violet red.
— B. 11.
Examination of Led Wines for Artificial Colouring
Material*. J. Herz. Rep. Anal. (hem. 6. 650—
652.
The author prefers Blarez's method of detecting acid-
magenta or other sulphonic acids. The w ine is shake n up
with lead peroxide, which quickly decomposes all the
other colours, whilst even traces of acid-magenta render
the filtrate violet-red. To test for the other colours as
well, 30 — 50cc. of the wine — either in its original condi-
tion or, preferably, after being concentrated by eva] ora-
tion—is treated with 20— 30cc. of a cold saturated solu-
tion of magnesium sulphate, and then 10— 20cc. caustic
soda solution is Btiired in. The precipitate of magnesium
hydrate carries down with it all the natural colouring
matter in the wine, and a,- i most of the artificial, except
archil and the sulphonic acids; the former gives rise to
a dark-bine liltiate, whilst the latter can he delected by
treat ug the colourless or yellowish-red tillrate with sul-
phuric acid. If the filtrate be red or reddish-brown, the
treatment with magnesium sulphate and soda must lie
repeated. By this test the acid-magenta may be detected
in 30<*c of unconcentrated wine containing only 1 part in
100,000 (by weight, of it. After being well drained, the
magnesium hydrate precipitate, together with the tilter,
is dried in a porcelain basin with some .-and over a water
hath. This residue is extracted with ether, and the ex-
tract tested for ordinary magenta by dyeing some woollen
threads with it in the usual manner: the so-called
"CasBJBsine" leaves a yellowish-brown colour in the
baMn, and dyes the wool reddish-brown, which becomes
yellow with strong hydrochloric acid, and colourless with
strong ammonia.
If some of the original wine he shaken up with amy]
alcohol, and the extract evaporated to dryness, the colour
of the residue is altered when treated with certain
reagents, as shown in the following table : —
the wine shows a violet tint it has been artificially
coloured. Experiments were made by the author with
white wines, artificially coloured with various decoctions,
and also with red wines, to which 20 per cent, of the
artificially coloured wine had been added. When treated
with tartar emetic, the following results were obtained :—
I ted wine (genuine) Cherry red.
Common red poppy (Paparir Itkaas) Dark cherry red.
Cherries Violet.
Elderberries iSambui »v nigra) Itcddish violet.
Dwarf Elder (jerries {Sambueua /•.'fcinNisi Violet.
Bilberries (whortleberries) Violet.
Pi ivetberries Pure violet.
The fresher the decoctions the more distinct is the re-
action. An old solution of priretberries is not detected
by the above test To obtain the violet tint well, it is
advisable to dilute the wine with at least an equal
volume of water (if the colour be very dark more water
must be added), and in all cases to compare the samples
with genuine red wine, treated under exactly the same
conditions. The spectroscope has not yet been found by
the author to give reliable result-. — E. E. B.
Xotes on the Pyridine Alkaloid-. Oeebsner de Coninck.
Conipt. Kend. 103, 040.
The methyl- and etbyliodides of the pyridine alkaloids
give delicate colour' reactions in presence of caustic
potash, a property not shared by the corresponding
derivatives of the reduced pyridines ipiperidine and its
homologues). The methyliodides of aniline and its
homologues <:ive no colour reactions in presence of
caustic 'potash. The reaction serve.-, therefore, to dis-
tinguish the pyridine alkaloids from the above groups.
Hofmann's reaction for the pyridine bases (Ber. xiv.
1497) (characteristic smell on heating the methyliodides
with caustic potash) is not given by the methyliodides
either of piperidine and its homologues, or by those of
aniline and its homologues. — C. A. K.
Determination of Tannin. E. B. Zeits. Anal. Chem.
25, 527— 52a
The author has examined the various methods of tan-
nin determination, and finds that Von Schroeder's modi-
fication [Zeits. Anal. Chan. 25- 121) of Lowenthal's
method gives the best results. The author carried out
the determination, using a solution of ferrous acetate
prepared from iron alum in the following proportions:—
Iron ammonium alum J8'2grms.
Crystallised sodium acetate 2-VO ..
Acetic acid containing 50 , hydrate 10 Dec.
dissolved in one litre.
lOcc. of this solution are added to 50cc. of the tannin
solution to be determined, which is prepared according
to Sehroeder of Sgrms, per litre; the mixture is examined
at the end of fifteen minutes to see if the iron is in ex-
ces-, which should always he the case, made up to
Archil, violet-red
Bordeaux B, carmine
Ponceau RKK, dark red
C'assissine, violet-purple
Vinicoline Bordclaise, cherry-red
With
Conoentntrd
.Sulphuric Aci«l.
nonceotnted
Hy Jr^-chl ilic
Acid.
c'au.-tic
-
Red Blue
Carmine Carmine Carmine
Crimson Crimson Brown
Yellow Yellowish-brown Hcd
Brown Bed Brown
The colour of the wine after extraction, changes in
the presence of ordinary magenta to cherry red, of
magenta S. to reddish-violet, of Bordeaux to dark cherry-
red, of Ponceau to yellowish-red.
To test for foreign vegetable colours, a cold saturated
solution of tartar emetic is strongly recommended. 10 —
loec. of the wine are shaken with 5cc. of the tartar
emetic solution, allowed to stand for some hours, and
then examined hy reflected antl transmitted light. If
lOOcc. and filtered. 20cc. of the filtrate, equal to
lOcc. of the original solution, are then titrated with
standard potassium permanganate, after addition of
•20cc. indigotiu solution. The difference between the
amount of iron added and that found on titration gives
the amount precipitated by tannin. The author j;ets
very good results with tannin and gallic acid by this
method, but has not had an opportunity of trying it
with other suVstanees containing tannin,— G. H. M.
D2
52
THE JOURNAL OF Till- SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Pm.» issr.
The End Reaction in Titrations with Fehling's Solution.
E. Beokmum. Zeit. Anal. Chem. 25,529—530.
IN order to determine the poinl at which all the copper
disappears in volumetric determinations with Fehling's
solution, t he author recommends moistening the outside
of a piece of filter-paper with a little of the filtered liquid,
alter folding the paper two or three times, and when it is
Boaked through, applying a drop or two of the reagent
for copper -potassium ferrocyamde in acetic acid solu-
tion or ammonium sulphide— and then examining the
paper against a white background.— 6. H. M
Bied, Centr.
'i
tl
Estimation of Acid in Malt. E, Prior
15, 647.
In the ordinary way an aqueous extract is made by
soaking malt in water for two hours, agitating fre-
quently, filtering, and titrating filtrate. It is now shown
thai such prolonged contact with water is prejudicial to
the results, since half-an-hour's action of water on malt
is frequently sufficient to give rise to an abundant
formation of acid. Hence the following method of pro-
cedure is recommended :— lOOgrms. of crushed malt are
left in contact with oOOcc. of dilute alcohol (made by
mixing commercial acid-free absolute alcohol with four
volumes of water), stirred frequently and, after at least
four hours, filtered. lOOec. of the" filtrate are titrated
with baryta water in the usual way.— D. A. L.
A New Process for Estimating Glycerin (Glycerol) in
Fermented Liquids. L. Legler. Rep. Anal.' Chem. 6,
63] — G3G.
ALL the processes which have hitherto been proposed
lor determining the amount of glycerol in wine, etc., are
inaccurate, since it is impossible to extract all' the
glycerol by means of a mixture of alcohol and ether
It is true that glycerol, if pure, is completely soluble in
such a mixture : but if it contains any impurities which
are insoluble the loss is frequently very considerable.
To avoid this source of error, it is proposed to determine
the amount of glycerol in a sample of wine by oxidisin"
it to carbonic acid by means of a strong solution of
potassium bichromate and sulphuric acid. The reaction
is expressed by the equation 3C.H,0, + 7K.,Cr..O-
+ :>slPS04 = 7K,S04 + 7Cr,(S( i4t;; - 9C< I . + 40 II ,( ). It is,
however, advisable to use an excess of acid and of the
bichromate. The determination can be made with a
Will's carbonic acid apparatus; the mixture of the
glycerol and the oxidising liquid must be allowed to
boil gently until the action is complete, the gases
evolved being passed through concentrated sulphuric
acid, rhe apparatus is then cooled, and a current of dry
air drawn through it. The loss in weight is due to the
escape of carbonic acid, and from this the amount of
glycerol can be calculated. The author recommends
operating on about Igrm. of glycerol, and taking such
a large quantity of strong sulphuric acid for drying the
gases evolved that the mixture can be boiled for three
to four hours without the loss of any aqueous vapour
The teat experiments made by the author with pure
glycerol are very accurate.
To determine the glycerol in a samide of wine, the
impure glycerol (obtained by evaporating a known
volume oi the wine to dryness with milk of lime and
extracting with 96 per cent alcohol) is oxidised as
described above. The authoi assumes the- absence of
sugar tartaric, malic, citric and tannic acids which
would evolve carbonic arid if oxidised with potassium
bichromate and sulphuric acid. He makes a deduction
of 003ogrm. glycerol for lOOec. wine for the other
organic impurities ; but, if desired, they may be first
removed by precipitation with an ammoniacal solution
of lead acetate, which would not interfere with the
subsequent treatment of the liquid.
This method has not yet been thoroughly tried for
determining the glycerol in beer or sweel wine- hut to
remove the cane sugar from the latter, before oxidising
it, the author recommends heating the sample with
baryta water, which will fompletelv decompose the
sugar, the resulting compounds being insoluble in
alcohol. The results of future investigations of the
subject are promised.— E. E. li.
An Ether-pipette for Fat Determinations. F. Soxhlet.
Rep. Anal. Chem. 6, 637.
The pipette, shown in the accompanying woodcut, was
devised to avoid the injurious effects produced by con-
stantly drawing off by suction the ether solutions into a
pipette when the fat had to be estimated in a large
number of samples of milk. The aqueous ether solution
is placed in the two-necked bottle A, which is connected
with an indiarubber air-syringe. If this be pressed
with one hand, and then the pinchcock B is opened with
the other, the ether will rise from A into the pipette C,
and finally overflow into D. The cock B is then closed
immediately, and the contents of the pipette allowed to
run into the agitating flasks by opening K, until the
liquid has fallen to the mark F. As soon as a large pro-
portion of the ether solution is in the two. necked bottle
G, owing to the overflow into D, this bottle is put in the
place of A.— E. E. B.
Estimation of Fusel Oil Im GapUlarimetry. 3. Traube.
Rep. Anal. (hem. 6. 659-660.
In reply to criticisms on the author's former articles on
this subject by A. Stutzer and 0. Reitmar (Hep. Anal.
Chem. 6, 606), he denies that the ethereal oils which may
be found in brandy and liqueurs, influence the height of
the liquid in the capillary tubes more than ethyl alcohol,
and states that consequently they would not interfere
with the determination, even if present in large quan-
tities. Only when certain acid compound ethers
are present, as is the case in many ethereal oils,
would the capillarity be appreciably affected, and these
compounds are decomposed by the distillation with potash.
The author has proved the accuracy of these statements
by actual experiments with liqueurs. — E. E. B.
Ihc Determination if Starch in Seeds, etc., by means of
Soxhlet' s Digester. Paul Zipperer. Rep. Anal. Chem.
699—703.
ALTHOUGH determinations of starch in starch-meal
made by various analysts agree fairly well, the results
obtained in the estimation of starch in seeds are often
very discordant. Widely different results have been
Jan. 29, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
53
given by different chemists for the amount of starch con-
tained in pepper; and whereas the percentage oi starch
found in cacao beans by some chemists varies from
(Payen, Lampadins) in fourteen or eighteen (Mitscher-
lich), James liell only found four or live pur cent of
starch which could be converted into sugar. These
differences are dne to the faulty methods of analysis
employed ; and the writer points out that in dealing
with seeds, a simple treatment with dilute arid- in
order to couvert the Btarch into sugar is inadmissable,
because they contain other Bubstances (especially cellu-
lose), which arc thus converted into dextrose, and so in-
fluence the results.
Two methods of analysis are employed in agricultural
laboratories. The first is that of Maercker, in which
the finely-powdered substance is heated with water
(Francke adds a small quantity of lac-tic acid) under
pressure in a Reischauer's flask for some hours at 125—
110' C. : it is then filtered, and after inversion with fl1 1.
the sugar in the filtrate is determined by means of
Fehling'a solution. In the more recent method pro-
posed by Faulenbach, a concentrated solution of diastase
(prepared by extracting malt with glycerine and water)
is employed. Both methods have disadvani
especially when time is taken into consideration. The
cover-glasses of Reisckaur's flask frequently crack, owing
to the unequal pressure of the screws ; and Faulenbaelfs
method seldom gives good results, because the solution
of diastase soon loses its fermenting power, and becomes
almost useless within a month after it has been pre-
pared.
The author has adopted a modification of Maereker's
1. in which the conversion of the starch is carried
out under pressure, and the cellulose is almost com-
pletely separated. The apparatus employed is that
devised by Soxhlet for the estimation of starch, and
cousists of a copper vessel F. 25cm. in diameter and
28cm. deep, tinned on the inside, and supported on iron
feet. The disc b is supported by three feet, which rest
upon a sieve e placed upon the bottom of the digester ;
iu b there are seven openings 5' which serve as support 8
lor stioii'.' glass Basks of about 150cc. capacity. Water
is poured into the vessel until it stands about 1cm. above
the false bottom e, and then b (which is also Idled with
water up to the level of the holes b') is introduced.
The finely-powdered substance is placed iu the Flasks,
shaken up with a few cc of distilled water, and lOOcc.
Of hot distilled water added
of
meal or Hour
should lie taken, and 2— 5gnns. of seeds, such n> pepper
or cacao. After thorough shaking the flasks are un-
corked and placed in the holes ', :, the cover is screwed
tightly on, and the temperature raised to 140 — 150 C ,
which corresponds to a pressure of four atmospheres, as
indicated by the barometer. By proper regulation
the temperature can be kept fairly constant for three
and-a half hours ; the steam is then allowed to escape
by the Bafetj valve, and the cover is removed. The
contents of the flasks are filtered while hot with a
filter-pump, and the residue on the lilter washed with
hot water until the filtrate gives no reaction with
iodine. The filtrate (measuring .'{00— 350CC. ) is heated
with 20cc. concentrated HC1 in a flask with inverted
condenser on a water bath for three hours, filtered,
neutralised with caustic soda, and made up to oOOcc. ;
the dextrose formed is estimated by titration with
Fehling's solution. The percentage of starch is calcu-
lated by the formulae given by Sachsse : —
Dextrose : Starch = Dextrose found : jc
108 : 99 = u ■ ■'■
• )r the percentage of dextrose found must be multi-
plied by , '. = 0-916.
Seeds which contain much fatty matter should be
pounded with an equal quantity of quartz-sand,
placed in a cone of lilter paper, and treated with ether
for three hours in Soxhlet's extraction apparatus ; the
fatty matter can be determined iu the ethereal ex-
tract. If they contain tannic acid and ready-formed
sugar as well, they must undergo a further treatment
for three hours with eighty per cent, alcohol, befoie the
starch is extracted. The author gives examples of
analyses in which the results differ only by a fraction
of a per cent., and states the residue left after filtra-
tion gives no reaction with iodine. — D. E. J.
jftcto 15oo&.s.
TECHNISCH-CHEMISCHES JAHRBUCH, 1885—86. Ein Hcricht
uber die Fortschri tte auf dem Gebiete der Chemischen Techno-
logic voni Juli 18S5 bis April 188B. Herausgegebcn von Dr.
Uidolf Biedermaxx. Achter Jahrgang. Mit 263 in den
Text gedruckten Illustrationen. Berlin : Carl Heymann's
Verlag- 1887. London: H. Grevel & Co., 33, King Street.
Covent Garden.
Octavo VOLUME, strongly bound in cloth and gilt lettered.
It contains Preface, Table of Contents. List of abbreviated
titles of works referred to in text, 171 pages of subject matter,
with which are interspersed 263 woodcuts. Next follows a
Review of New Books that have appeared during the session
1885—1886. arranged as works on Physics, Chemistry. Chemi-
cal Technology. Mineralogy, Geology, and Botany, and works
on Miscellaneous Subjects. The Jabrbuch closes with care-
fully arranged Indexes of Names of Authors, and subject
matter. The arrangement of the subject matter is as
follows : — i. Gesetzgebung. Verordnungen U.S.W. II. Eisen.
III. Magnesium and Aluminium. IV. Gold und Silber.
V. Kupfer. VI. Blci. VII. /ink. VIII. Ziim. IX. Nickel
und Kobalt. X. Mangan. Molybdan. Antinion. XI. Chlor,
Salzsaurc. Brom. Iod. XII. Schwefel. Schwefolwasserstoff,
Siliwertigesaure. Schwefelsaiire. XIII. Saurretoff, Wasser-
stoff, WasserstorTsuperoxyd. Kohlcnsaure. Saltpetersaure.
XIV. Soda. XV. Kaliumverbindungen und verschiedene
Alkalisalze. XVI. Ammoniak und Cyanverbindungen.
XVII. Alkalische Erden. XVIII. Thonerdc und Alaun.
XX Glas. XXI. Thonwaaren. XXII. Cement. XXIII.
KunstlicheSteinc. XXIV. Explosivstoffe. XXV. Lenchtstoffe.
XXVI. Heizstoffe. XXVII. Zucker. XXVIII. Starke und
starkezucker. XXIX. Wcin. XXX. Hicr. XXXI. Spiritus-
XXXII. Eette, llarze und Seifen. XXXIII. \\ asser.
XXXIV. Nahrungsmittcl. XXXV. Dungemittel. Abfalle.
Disinfection. XXXVI. Gerberei. XXXVII. Osgamsche
Sauren. XXXVIII. AlKaloide. XXXIX. KarbstofTc. XL.
Gespunistfasern, Cellulose, Bleichen, Karben. und Drucken,
XL1. Papier. XLII. Photographie. XLIII. Apparate.
TRADE REPORT.
(From the "Board of Trade" and other Journals.)
Russia (Classification of Articles in Customs* .Tariff).—
(Double-3s. 2d. Poud = 361b. av.l Syrups of white colour
with yellow tinge, sweet in taste, and of sour odour, extracted
54
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jan. 29. 1S87.
from Btan h bj treating II with sulphuric acid, Section 59, duty
l rouble, 20 o poud.
Prance. Importation of Phosphorus. "Byadecreool the
Government, dated the 16th December last, importers
required to takeout ' acquits a caution ' at
the posi of arrival in France. These doei ntsareto contain
n statement of the quantities imported, and the na and resi-
dence <•' the person to w hom the) are addressed."
Peru. -By tin' new Peruvian tariff, which came into opero-
on thelsl of January last, the following are the revised
ratr~ .if Customs' duties levied on various articles imported
into Peru :—
7'" pay an ad valorem ditty of JO per cent.
Quicksilver 1 toman Cement
Sperm and Seal Oil Detonators for Mines
I iciil Scientific Instruments
Sulphuric Acid Kesin
Tar and Pitch Printers' Ink
Greek Ci stoms Takiff.
Drachme 9Ad. Oke = 2'Slb. av. Quintal = 123 21b. av.
Drachme (weiglit) = 0-llloz. av.
No. in
G.xek
Tariff.
Takiii
Classification.
BO
M
82
S3
Si
87
8S
CO
111
113
99
97
98
99
100
101
102
Volatile oils lessenecs)
fixed oils, comprising
machine oils, as welt
as oils for the manu-
facture of gas, plas-
ters, and ointment . .
Patent Medicines:—
(a.) Liquids in bottles
(6.) Solids
(a) ., in boxes
Chemical Products:-
|a.) Alkalis and salts
produced from
alkaline bodies
(&.1 Salts and acids..
id Quinine
(<t.) Quinidineandcin-
chonine
Simple medicines and
preparations of the
same, chemical pro-
ducts used as medi-
cines, not otherwise
mentioned
j (a.) Aniline colours,
crystallised or in
powder
to.) Aniline in shape-
less lumps ....
(Ml colours
Varnish prepared with
oil or alcohol
(o-l Mineral and metal-
lie rolours. other,
solid
lb.) Vegetable colours,
other, solid
Perfumes, alcoholic or
not. vinegars, pom-
ades, oils, soaps,
powders, pastes (ai o-
matic), aromatic
herbs and wood,
Bcents in small bags,
cosmetics, pearl
paste, pearl powder,
etc.
Soaps, ordinal)*, not
perfumed
1 listilled products per-
fumed Iwitb the ex-
ception t>f volatile
oils and pcifuni
Starch
w.i Ordinary isinL.-
glue, of all l.
liquid or solid
ili. i Uelatine of all kinds
bee oi ail kinds
; ■ i . .
White wax in eakes or
sticks, stearine, and
sealing wax
Kerosine, paraffin, and
other artificial wax
White wax tapers of
all kinds and sizes,
and mouldings ■ ■ t
wax
Canities
Inks of all kinds
Old Bates of
Duty.
Neoi Hates of
Duty.
Dr. Lep.
Oke 3 00
Oke
Dr. Lep.
5 00
Free.
0 50
Okc 8
8
8
CO
00
00
"
2 00
i 00
5 00
Free.
Drachme 1 00
Oke 0 50
Free.
Drachme 0
07
Drach
me 0 10
Free.
Oke
0 20
Oke 8
00
„
8 00
8
o
00
30
(', IK)
(I 30
Oke 0 50 and 0 80
0 70
Free.
Free.
Free.
Oke 0 W
Oke
5
(XI
5 00
Oke 0 20
an
In 10
,. 0 JO
Oke
r
0
(Ml
20
1 00
0 20
••
n
i
20
00
n in
1 00
••
0
50
Prohibited.
,,
1
20
Okc 1 20
ii
0
„ 0 BE
••
1
0
00
00
.11
1 in
2 no
0 50
Imports ikto United Kingdom from Spain.
Not. 18S5.
Chemical Products unenume-
rated Value
£7,195
Copper Ore and Kcgulus —
Tons
1,983
Value
Sm . "i
Iron Ore Tons
158.716
Value
Pyrites of Iron or Copper-
Tons
28.311
Value
17.172
Value
-ei.400
Nov. 1886.
£6.373
3.933
£72,539
210.228
£135,722
15.807
£83.17-1
Exports of British and Irish Produce from
the United Kingdom into Spain.
Aktici.es.
Nov.1885.
Ni .v. 1886.
Alkali Cwt.
18.934
22.81S
Value
£6.670
£8,001
Cement Cwt.
8.9U0
12.500
Value
•-'.117
£1,025
Chemical Products, including
Dvcstuffs Value
£3.671
£3,927
Soap Cwt.
824
996
Value
£722
v-M
Floating Exhibitions.— The project for a floating exhibi-
tion at Bordeaux has been abandoned, in consequence chiefly
of the Bordeaux Chamber of Commerce having declined to
give its support to the undertaking.
Remarkable Deposit of Sulphur.— Sulphur deposits of
vast extent and remarkable purity have recently been dis
covered in the neighbourhood of Tarawera Mountain, the
scene of the late volcanic disturbances. The deposits occur
in the Onepu Block, and are all within an area of about 500
acres. Upwards of one-fourth of this area— or 125 acres— is
covered with sulphur in a nearly pure state, and varying in
depth from 3 or 1 to 15 feet. The sulphur exists in the form
of well-developed crystals, aggregated in masses, and pre-
sents a good, clean, yellow colour. In some of the deposits
there is a crust of several inches of fused sulphur, on break-
ing which the crystalline variety can be shovelled out. In
other parts of the area referred to several feet of stones and
earth nave to be removed before the sulphur is reached ; but
all over the various deposits it can be obtained with very little
trouble, and averaging 85 to 95 per cent of pure sulphur.
The deposits have long been known to the natives, but it is
only recently that Europeans have had their attention drawn
to them, and at present a company, having secured from the
native owners a lease, is working the district. The only work
necessary in recovering the sulphur, consists in shovelling it
into barrows and wheeling it a few hundred yards to the river
Tarawera. which runs past the Block, and is navigable thus
far from the sea. a distance of 12 or 15 miles. A small steam
barge is employed for carrying the sulphur down the river to
Matata, where it is transhipped into larger vessels.
The district described is about 150 miles by sea south of
Auckland, on the river Tarawera, aud near the shores of Lake
Rotoiti Te Puk. It is about 15 miles distant from the ill-fated
Maori tillage— Moura — which, with its inhabitants, was
destroyed during the recent volcanic disturbance.— Brit, and
Col. Druggist.
Trade Marks in Germany.— A decision in connection
with German trade mark law of considerable interest to manu-
facturers has recently been arrived at. In Germany, under the
Trade Mark Law of 1S74 . it has always been held that trade
marks consisting solely ut letters, figures, or words cannot be
registered. So far as this affected native manufacturers out-
siders could have no cause of complaint, but when the Com-
mercial Tribunal at Leipsic decided that foreign trade marks
of thisdescription. however stringently they; might bcprotcctcd
at home, were also debarred from registration, the case
became veri different. Obviously well-known English houses
could not change the distinctive word by which their goods
were known all over the world for the sole purpose ol bringing
themselves \\ iiliin the German law : and the consequence was
that a system of wholesale pirocj woe carried on in connection
with trade marks of this nature. As a result of this, not only
1 did our manufacturers lose trade, but their wares were dis-
credit i ,1 because ot I he low-priced imitations bearing the same
letter or wind, which were palmed oil' as being the real
English article. When the negotiations for the conclusion of
an International Convention for the protection of industrial
property came to an abortive conclusion, another strenuous
effort was made to upset the ruling of the Leipsic Tribtl
This has at length been attended with complete success, the
third section of the Imperial Court having decided that, whilst
the limitation holds good as regards natives, any foreign
trade mark, of whatever description, would, if properly
protected in the country of its origin, le also entitled to
registration in Germany.— Chemist and Druggist-
Jan. CO. 1887.]
THE JGUBKAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHiMICAL INDtJ&TRY.
-:,
PEEIODICAL RETURNS OF Imin.KTS AMD EXPORTS.
■ . „„a f,Am the undermentioned Cot sums in the latest Month for which RETURNS have
Imports and EXPORTS tato 't^S^S^aSfsA of the Year, including BUCh latest Month.
-Rouble = 2s. Od.; Franc - Bftd.i Milrcis = Is. 6d. ; Gulden = Is. 8d.; Lire = 9,"„d. ; Dollar = Is. 2d.
.Yore.
I.— Imports.
[fAM] "I ''"' STKV.
Russia in Europe
France
Rortugul
Italy
Hungary*
United states .. .
British lndiat .. •
I.. i test
Month.
September .
October
November .
September
October . . .
June
November
October ...
Value for the Month.
I --I',.
Roubles
Francs
Milreis
Lire
Gulden
Dollars
Rupees
:' 1.1 29.000
37,8*7,000
376,117.000
. 3,336,000
1111.756,000
S7.010.000
1 18,! '\
Aggregate for Period of the Year.
including Litest Month.
1880.
No Returns.
.il.OI9.tlOO V.GOS.OOO
.6,23,23,156
283.: 09.000
321,256,000
3 787.533. OOO
28.217.
1,232,607,000
18B.SWi.IIHJ
607.107,(HKI
ll.OO.OO.iOl
18SS.
3,070 I ■
. ..-
;./'... ■
i '.' •
10,00 '..-■'
II.— Export*.
Russia in Europe.
France
Portugal
Italy
Hungary*
United States —
British lndiat
September
October
November .....
September .....
October
June
November ....
October
RoubleB
Francs ..
Milreis .
Lire
Gulden
Dollars .
Rupees .
5!,17?,0C0 U.liS.OCO
53,*99,GC0 .-.J."',""
323.125.U10 t69.WO,000
1. 925.C0O !.!•'■
.102,918.000 93,137,000
. No Keturns.
72.619,010 B7,iSl,000
6,22,98,255 : S,S0,13JHC
303.3c6.CC0
356,655X00
2,981,200.000
19.675X00
877,533,000
193.511 l 00
027,017. mil
50.12,73,118
iJ-V I
t,7SS,iClfl00
■ ,
■,16,000
177,9Gt ■ 0
SM,9i
11.8SS
The above fiavrcs are subject to revision in the Annual Returns.
manufacture only.
' Including tr.oli- v ith Austria. , , .,
1 Th. '"ggrteite figures are for the financial rear commencing let ArnL.
Foreign Trade ok India.
Import* and Exports into am! from British India.
Chemicals, drugs, medicines and narcotics, and
dyeing and tanning materials
Oils
Imports from Foreign
Countries.
Seven Months
1st April to 31st October.
Exports to Foreign
Countries.
Seven Months
1st April to 31st October.
18SC.
1X85.
1886.
1885,
18,73.730
77.13.153
R.
is.os.iso
R.
'..59.21.205
21,38,065
R.
7,tO,3l,5Dl
SS,01,6Ci
The Coal Trade.
The following table shows the commercial movement of coal in the Customs Union during July, 1886, and during the
inc. iuiioouib iuo ^ flrst geven mont|ls 0f tlie same year:—
Germany—
Bremen tons
Hamburg
Other Freeports
Belgium
Denmark
France
England
Italy
Holland
Norway
Austria-Hungary
Russia
Sweden
Switzerland ■
Spain
United states
Other Countries
Totals 1886
„ 1885
Difference 1886
1785
15,751-6
207M
0.231-3
75 6
1.735 6
167,383-0
01
2,5007
32.7U2- 1
TI-.".
12-4
256.861-8
31fl.60.TS
-16,2580
1.008-8
212 tilHl-7
1,495-6
37.2755
42.V3
18.894-4
766,358-2
01
11.397-3
227.211-6
513-2
0 1
2569
231
1.277.580-1
1,196,285D
-181.2951
EXPORTS,
July,
Beran Months,
1886.
1886.
24.6103
182.320-8
22.5601
163.334'S
2.0700
l6.M-.ru
29.122-5
292.e06S
5150
2.237 9
68.6358
582.231 1
229 6
8621
3.780-0
217,747-5
1,594,8864
356
35 ti
182,39* -0
1.377,750-1
35,361-5
8053
185 99I-8
2.210-4
50.622-5
958
336,7061
5663
SOO'O
8000
4215
621 "5
670.1073
4.767.306-5
688.821-9
4.928.9108
-18-714 6
-161,604-3
—Chemist and Druggist.
56
THE JOURNAL OF THE .SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Pan. 29, 1887
Board of Trade Returns.
For the year 1886 the imports into the United Kingdom
amounted to £319,381,000, a decrease of £21,023,000, or a little
compared with 1885. More than three-
fourths of the reduction is in articles of food and drink. The
orts amounted to £212,361,000 a decrease of £681,000, or
about ; per cent. Most classes of articles show redactions.
Durjrj i half of the year trade was very bad, and
foreign commerce was no exception to the rule: but during
the last few months a decided improvement lias set in. The
imports showed a decrease of £19,086,000, or over 10 per eent..
for the six months ended June 30th, H hile ihe exports for the
same period showed a decrease of £1.0.16.000, or about 1 per
cent., as compared with the first half of 1885. 1 luring the last
six months, however, the decrease in the imports was only
£1.937.000, or at the rate of only i per cent., and the exports
showed an increase of £355.000.
The Board of Trade Returns for last month show a small
decrease in the exports. The imports amounted to £31,011.000,
an increase of £57.000. or about a 1 percent., and the exports
to £17.051.000. a diminution of £151.000. or about 1 per cent.
Nearly ail the dutiable articles show increases in the quantities
taken out for home consumption.— Brit, and Col. Druggist.
Last Month's Trade Statistics.
The Board of Trade Returns for December show the
following figures : —
Imports.
Exports.
„ , , December, 1383.
Total value '230,953,588 . . .
December. 1886.
,. £31,011,283
1
£17,053,510
Exports.
December, 1885.
Total value £17.204. 128 .
Foreign and Colonial pro-
duce (partly estimated).. 5,172,782 1,596,559
Below are the details affecting drugs and chemicals :—
Imports.
Chemical manufactures-
Products unenume-
rated value £
Alkali cwt.
, value £
Brimstone cwt.
value £
Nitre (nitrate of soda) ewt.
,, .. value £
., (nitrate of potash) cwt,
value £
Quicksilver lb.
value £
Bark (Cinchona) cwt.
value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
\- A 1 1 1 g -t
Lac, seed, shell, stick!
and dye cwt.
Lac. seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £
Byes and tanning mate-
rials-
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) cwt.
Bark ifor tanners' or
ilvers- use) value £
Aniline dyes value £
Alizarin value £
(Uber coal-tar dyes value £
Cochineal ewt.
,, value £
Cutch and gambier.. tons
value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Madder, madder root,
garancinc, and mun-
leel cwt
Madder, madder root,
garancinc, and mun-
jeet value£
Valonia tons
value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut nil.
value £
Olive tuns
value £
Palm ewt.
value £
Petroleum gals.
value £
of all kinds tuns
value £
Train, blubber, and
sperm tuns
Train, blubber, und
sperm value £
Turpentine cwt.
value £
123.100
1,181
l.O-'l
112.275
30,306
163,885
70,151
25,289
22.171
105.250
8,895
8,657
67.188
3,616
10,521
9,118
32,935
120.953
3.219
3,142
17.835
11,159
83.325
42.677
10,211
33,377
127.420
10.425
10.467
128,878
10,053
38,137
.,,oo>
17,185
101.0S4
1.330
3.216
39,985
9,885
197,019
80.277
21.057
20,979
30.000
2.875
16,503
78.254
3,250
16,382
S,594
21,500
24,017
24,298
17,394
1.110
1,210
7,624
2.700
56,702
1,591
34,676
17,113 13,821
5,586
19,099
17,983
87
Looo
9,288
1,750
39,332
6.371
150.790
3,449
19,365
27,523
37
1,517
9,109
2,318
52.213
1,983
109,401
3.189
2,392
13.616
27.217
11,717
1,235
50.506
71.411
114.821
7,187.097
231,873
1,716
50,563
1.G38
52,119
10.048
15,616
2,311 2,791
3,833 2,846
2,183 1.217
39.193 18,311
19.826
28,321
2,062
87,969
8,267,745
261,310
1.616
14,308
1,859
51, nil
22,74!
29,401
10,621
11,219
1,156
12,001
99.014
107.621
,,511.331
"'272,578
1,185
2 7,822
1,626
58,107
39.910
32,052
Dec. 1884.
Dec. 1885.
Dec. 1886.
British and Irish pro-
duce:—
566,976
5111.251
504,318
value E
173,031
154,491
1 13,266
Bleaching materials cwt.
119,337
127.305
121,687
value £
56,386
11,965
43,453
Drugs and medicinal
rations
Oil (seed) gals.
76.519
82,572
72.618
1,275,900
1,173,200
1,430,800
1211.755
35.3S3
105.135
32,662
U9.0S6
36.228
11,711
39,629
38,073
Painters' colours
and materials (un-
enumerated) value £
89,137
88,233
100,285
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Bark, Cinchona cwt.
13,628
12.52S
10.522
„ value £
58,800
73,026
73.376
Chemicals (uneiui-
22.S73
17.012
l2.o: ;n
Cochineal cwt.
259
1,222
803
value £
1.770
8,331
5.520
Cutch and gambier tons
532
512
766
,. value £
12.517
11,978
17.115
3,830
6,150
2,492
value £
13.035
24,044
9,891
2,24 4
2.187
, value £
52,743
46,832
48,716
Lac, various kinds.. ewt.
1,811
7,201
1.770
.. value £
17,005
23.784
13,033
Oils, cocoa-nut cwt.
13,067
5,150
5.011
,, , value £
20,223
8,086
7,185
,, olive tons
117
188
113
,, value £
7.579
8,382
6.656
,, palm cwt.
24,828
31,129
56.038
value £
3S.S39
75.626
38,317
56.203
59.368
.. petroleum .... gals.
15,806
,, ,. value £
3,619
1,992
2.200
Quicksilver lb.
420.694
2SX.N7H
289.341
value £
32,645
23,071
27,558
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) cwt.
797
7,903
231
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash ■--. , lo l„,ee,!"p.£
S01
6,197
Hematite Ore.— The requireiiie.f'"=ed sul^-.u. 'eh makers
of hematite pigs are reported to be sucn .hovelled J; certain
to be a large trade in the importation of Spa.0! stones . the
Clyde during the whole of the present year, for w.'hed ; bod,
indeed, sales have been made in some cases by ii.''T litt ts.
Ore-freights from Bilbao to the Clyde have recently imp. _ed
from 5s. 3d. to 6s. 3d. per ton.— Chemist and Druggist. ' i
Berlin.— A report of the Berlin Chamber of Commei'ce
states that European commerce. is feeling more and more the
influence of the United States. The export of German corn
has decreased by 50 per cent., and Mannheim, which at one time
was one of the principal markets for cereals, has lost much of
its importance. The sugar industry is everywhere in a pre-
carious state. The cotton trade, chemicals and colours havo
greatly suffered. At the conclusion the report protests strongly
against the protectionist policy of most of the European
countries, and points out the disastrous consequences for
Germany. — Chemist and Druggist.
Roumaxia.— The Paper Manukactdre and Trade in
ROUMANIA ani> Skkvia. — The manufacture of paper is, as
stated by the Brussels Bulletin du Music Commercial, only
slightly developed in Roumania. Nearly all the paper con-
sumed there is imported from Austria-Hungary, France. Ger-
many and England. There are only two paper factories in
Koumania, one at Busteni. producing about 250,000kilos. per
annum : the other at Letea, established with the support of
the Government, from whom it has obtained great privileges.
The expenses of the construction of the latter, the property of
the Roumanian Paper Manufacturing Company, and the great
outlay for works to protect it from the inundations of the
Bistritsa, which flows at a short distance from the factory,
are, however, so great that the result is most unsatisfactory,
in consequence ot which the shares can be got at a discount of
50 percent. This company is, under a contract, compelled to
supply all the paper the Government requires, but it is hardly
able to supply the paper necessary for the printing of the
Moniti ui- Offlciel. and produces, therefore, barely 150,000kilos.
per annum. The factory at Utisteni produces likewise only
paper for printing purpose.-. Every variety and quality of
paper is consumed in Koumania. Of foreign countries.
Austria Hungary imports the largest quantity, amounting in
value to 1.970.695 trams. Next follows France with 487.529
francs. Germany with 291,128 francs, and England with 13.271
francs. In Servia there is no paper factory at all, most of the
paper used being imported Hum Austria-Hungary. In 1881
the importations were as follows:— (1) Of ordinary paper,
6l7.912kilos.; value 295,424 francs. 12) Of writing, printing and
drawing paper, 212,630kilos. ; value 290,202 francs. (3) Of
, igarette paper, 53,336 kilos.: value 68,960 francs. (1 1 of coloured
paper, 81,H5kilos.; value 80.031 francs. (5) Of card pasteboard,
etc., paper, 30,102kilos.; value 57.038 francs. Payment is made
by bills of exchange at four or six months. The customs duty
on entry into Servia is : on silk paper, 10 francs ad valorem :
on post paper 10 francs per lOOkilos. ; on thin packing paper,
S francs ad valorem ; on drawing paper, S francs ad valorem;
Jan. 29. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
57
on writing and printing paper, 7 francs per lOOkilos. : card-
board, I francs per lOOkilos.: on ordinary packing paper,
1 francs per lOOkilos. The customs charges do not exceed
1 per cent.— Chemist and Druggist.
A.\ VLYBES OF CINCHONA BARKS
Grown in the Madras < iovernmenl Plantations, and forwarded
to the Indo-Colonial Exhibition, LondOD, 1886, by David
Hooper, F.C.S., Government Quinologlst.
. succirubra. natural..
,, mossed .
renewed ..
branch ..
root ..
,, renewed
(shavings) ..
robusta, natural
„ mossed ....
,, renewed
branch
micrantha, natural ..
,, renewed..
,. branch . .
Calisaya, natural
branch
Anglica. natural
branch
Ledgeriana, natural..
,, branch ..
Javanica. natural
„ branch
officinal is, natural
„ mossed
renewed ..
paludiana, natural . .
renewed..
pitayensis, natural ..
„ mossed
,, renewed . .
Huniboltiana, natural
renewed
s
c
1 i
—
.-? =
■=
o
3(9
z-
1-
D
2-57
1-91
2-11
2-27
li'i'.i
2 n:;
■r\,
I'M
T48
1 85
1-38
2-28
1-66
121
0-77
309
230
1-16
VH2
1-13
2-08
2-58
1-92
3-n;
5\92
i-io
2 54
2-20
rt;i
274
—
—
tr
tr
2-15
1-62
1 _* 1
2-32
0 79
0-59
073
IDS
0-81
ii-
tr
tr
—
7 -38
549
[•33
2 97
2"21
049
3-72
2-77
157
4 -.17
3-40
1-50
506
+•21
085
005
0-04
0-40
0-08
0-51
1-19
3-11
2-34
0-56
51 2
381
0-95
:mi;
_".'."
052
301
2-21
1'55
1-72
1-28
0-K(
011
(l-.'.l
025
432
143
0-16
0-20
H-J2
1-10
0-63
0-78
tr
-
1-11
1-68
1 -2.5
1-59
113
2-iir,
1-58
077
0 51
117
1 92
112
1 60
2 13
193
119
2 01
082
107
201
I T.l
039
0 45
II 115
039
028
1-93
191
2-33
il 19
0 13
- "B
0-88
II '.is
0-71
110
127
I 15
0-31
035
1 65
1 1. Mi
n in
1 (12
0 45
11.29
018
0-11
036
088
0 50
0J8
0.15
0-50
0 02
070
B-43
087
u:,'.i
0-37
II'.'.,
1 I '. I I
1-07
GUI
6-34
.V28
6J1
5-12
6-97
5-10
ll'JII
'.i HI
602
2-32
4 54
2 05
5-95
3-73
3-91
265
852
1-27
444
3-37
5-39
6-17
6-63
0-96
2-85
6 32
7-67
668
518
3-4
The 1'kr(.'K> — -..,... n> in \ akious Quinine
Salts.— 'iii' . ,10111 the Pharmaceutische Post, will
be usef .ating the amount of real quinine in any
prepa
..,e acetate 75'0 per cent.
bisulphate 591 ,,
„ hydrobromate (basic) 73"5 „
„ hydrobromate (neutrall 60'0 ,,
hydrochlorate 81'6 ,,
,, lactate 7S"2
purum (hydric) 857 ,,
sulphate 74 '3 ,,
sulphovinate 720 „
tannate 206
,, valerianate 72'9 ,.
a^ontfrtp patent list.
L— GENEKAI PLANT, APPARATUS, and
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
16715 F. N. Maokai . Liverpool. Apparatus for refrigerating
enclosed spaces, such as cold stores. December 21
167S0 J. H. Lorimer, London. Drying machines. December
21
16816 H. Johnson, Bradford. Method of and apparatus for
compressing air. December 22
16817 J. T. Naylor. Bradford. Valve for steam, water or
ga>. December 22
16855 A. Firth. Sheffield. Improvements in the grates of
Bteam boilers and other furnaces. Decembcr23
16863 F. Livut. London. An improved generator for the pro-
duction of steam with efficiency and economy. December 23
16947 S. Pearson, Bradford. Hot-water heating apparatus.
December 28
H994 H. E. Newton, London— From W. M. Deutsch, United
States. Filtering apparatus. Complete specification.
December 28
17015 C. A- Baekstrom, London. Improvements in centri-
fugal machines. Complete specification. December 28
17037 W. J. Thomas, London, improvements in pressure
gauges. Complete specification. December 29
17100 A. Dervaux. London. A purifying apparatus for
steam boilei -. I ompli t< pei iflcation. 1 i
17133 D. Hancock, D. < . Hancock, and A. II. Hancock,
London. Construction ofyalves for hot and cold water and
luii Dei eml er :;i
17152 .1. Tangye and R. 3. Connock, London. Apparatusfor
compressing air or the like. Decembers!
1887.
208 W. F. Pamphlett, London. Evaporating and condensing
apparatus for producing fresh water from sea water, for
drinkingpurpoBes and fur boiler teed. January 6
23] i'. M. Page, London— From D. Morgan. South America,
An improved furnace bar. January 7
265 1'. ('.Vivien and A. Laine. London. Improvements in
the process of and apparatus for distilling. January 7
2-1 .1. Parkes and .1. Parkes, Birmingham. Carburei
apparatus. January 8
501 P. Ewens. London. Improvements in orconneclcd with
furnaces for heating air preparatory to its use in what is
known as the cool air drying process, January 12
519 M. F. Ryden, London— From ('. Qvarnstrom, Russia.
An apparatus for burning liquid fuel, applicable as a smith's
hearth, and for otherpurposes. January 12
560 W. Whittaker, London. Mechanical -tokers for supply-
ing fuel to the furnaces of steam boilers. January 13
561 E. Perrett, London. Means or apparatus employed in
connection with filters for the purpose of cleansing the same.
January 13
592 J. B. Stubbs. Manchester. Self-acting water expellers
or steam traps, applicable also as a low-pressure indicator for
steam boilers. January 14
G01 T. Taylor, London. Improvements in or applicable to
steam boilers for consuming smoke. January 14
6X9 Zehren Freres, Paris. An improved form of tap or cock
for water, steam, or gas purposes. January 15
673 W. Beaumont, London. Improvements in gas taps and
water taps. January 15
677 A. Arnold and W.'H. Webb, London. Open boilers or
coppers- January 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.'
1886.
672 A. Neubecker. Refrigerating apparatus. January 19
731 J. R. Shearer. Filters applicable for the filtration of
water and other liquids. January 19
2408 H. A. Fleuss. Freezing and refrigerating machines,
jeeember 24
2520 J. Thomson. Apparatus for indicating or regulating
temperature, pressure, or volume of confined fluids. December
24
2927 H. ¥.. Newton— From E. Theisen. Apparatus for cool-
ing and condensing purposes. January 5
3020 W. Beesley and J. Beesley. Steam boilers applicable
for utilising the waste heat from puddling, forge, mill, and
other furnaces. January 5
3346 H. A. Galliers and Y. Klaerr. Apparatus for heating
water by gas. January 8
3326 A. M. Clark— F'rom P. Oriolle. Process and apparatus
for distilling water. January 8
3420 G. A. Jarvis. Improved basic bricks. January 49
3617 C. A. Tew. Taps for governing the flow of liquids.
January 19
3730 C. W. Burton and F. T. Moison. Improvements
relating to the purification of water. January 19
3779 J. Love. Furnace bars and attachments thereto.
January 19
4541 W. Schmidt. Steam generators and apparatus con-
nected therewith. January 12
4693 G. Daverio. A refrigerating apparatus for roller mills.
January 19
5693 I'. J. Crossley. Rotary fan or propeller for the move-
ment of air for ventilating, blowing, etc., also for the move-
ment of fluids and gases. January 8
6531 W. J'oulis, Apparatus for heating by gas. January 19
S917 J. Phethean. Apparatus for generating motive power.
January 5
11621 11. Gerdes. Apparatus for supplying steam boilers
with water. December31
15215 H. J. Allison— From J. H. Blessing. Apparatus for
purifying water. DecemberSl
15216 H. J. Allison— F"rom J. H. Blessing. Water purifying
apparatus. December 31
15263 A. J. Boult— F'rom N. Carvalho. Apparatus for
heating air, steam, etc. December 24
15292 G. Westingnouse, jnri. Thermostats. December 21
15715 J. Joly and J. Bochon. Apparatus for granulating
or disintegrating coke, etc. January 5
15778 C. A. Knight. Apparatus for heating and purifying
the feed water supplied to steam boilers. January 5
16263 ^ . R. Dennis. Heating apparatus. January 12
16277 F^. Seger. Centrifugal apparatus. January 12
16414 W. W. Popplew ell— From J. Trueb. Thennonietric
regulators for heating apparatus. January 15
16433 D. Bylands and R. Potter. Construction of port mouths
of regenerative gas furnaces. January 19
' The dates gireu are the dates of the Official Journal! in whic I
acceptances of the e', mplete Specifications are advertised. Complete
specification? thus advertised as accepted are open to inspeotaoD at the
Patent office immediately, aud to opposition within two months of the
said daiee.
68
'I BE J< rilNAI. OF Till: SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jm. cu. istr.
H.-FUEL, c.As. ami LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
16899 <■ Tolson and .1. Illingworth. Halifax. Means or
apparatus for producing gas, and combining such apparatus
with gas engines. December 21
16930 v. Fritschi and E. Beauflls, London. I h ■■ manufacture
of hydrogen. I December 21
16933 A. Eckford, Edinburgh. An improved automatic oil
gas, etc.. apparatus for lighting. gas engines, portable and
other purposes, without the use of a gas-holder. December 28
16992 K..S. Lawrence, London. Improvements in carliiiretuis
and gas generators. Complete specification. December 28
17020 6. Tolson andj. Illingworth, Halifax. . Gas purifiers.
Decomber 29
17021 W. ('. Ilaigh and A. A. Ilaigh, Manchester. Artificial
fuel. 1 lecember 29
17113 G. A. Skinner, London. Apparatus for heating apart-
ments. December 31
1SS7.
31 J. A. Veadonand R. Middleton, Leeds. Machinery for
the manufacture of blocks or briquettes of fuel or materials
for Bmelting or analogous purposes. January 1
131 P. Greyson and A. Yerley, London. Composition for
preventing the accumulation of deposits in the retort pipes of
gas apparatus or lor facilitating the removal of such deposits.
January i
-IS A. Chadwick, Sale. An itnprored fuel by the admixture
of pitch and coke. January 7
til T. Kay. Sunderland. A means of preventing explosions
in petroleum or paraffin, or other mineral oil tanks. January
II
509 E. Edwards, London — From A. Lego, France.
Machinery for manufacturing comi r jssed bricks or blocks of
artificial tuel. January 12
010 J. Lyle, Glasgow. Burning mineral and other oils for
heating and lighting purposes, ami a ppliances connected there-
with. January 14
620 G. Book, London. Machinery for charging and drawing
gas retorts. January It
070 .1. Broad & Suns, and G. ('. Fowler. London. Improve-
ments in night lights. January 15
710 A. Kitson. London. Improvements in gasapparatusand
process for generating illuminating gas. Complete specifica-
tion. January 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
1807 W. S. Morland. Removing and discharging the material
used in gas purifiers. January 8
20J1 G. Delaporte. Improvements in lighting by gas, and in
apparatus therefor. December 21
2S07 s. W. Allen and G. Hrellit. Apparatus for the manu-
facture of artificial fuel. December 31
3058 J. A. Yeadon and K. Middleton. Machinery for the
manufacture of artificial fuel, etc. January 5
3381 J. A. Yeadon and 11. Middleton. Machinery for the
manufacture of artificial fuel, etc. January 12
15013 J. Lilley and F. Melge. Manufacture of artificial fuel.
Januar> s
1518H A. J. Boult— From W. P. Lane and A. M. Sutherland.
Manufacture of gas. December 21
15178 F. Lux. Purification of illuminating gas, etc., and appa-
ratus therefor. December 31
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS and DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
10771 11. (i. Price, J. Harvey. and A. J. Dodd, London. An
Improved manufacture of colouring matter. December 21
17083 J. Y. Johnson. London— From the Farbcnfahrikcn vor-
mals F. Bayer & Co., Germany, Manufacture of azo dyes.
1 lecember ; 0
17132 J. R. Geigz, London. Production of blue colouring
matters. Decemb* c 31
18*7.
126 II. J. Walder, London. Process for the production of
colouring matter from carbolic acid and other hydrocarbons.
Janiian I
127 ll. J Walder. Process fur producing colouring matter
from anthraquinone. January l
737 O. I in: ay, London From theFarbwerke vormale Meister,
Lucius .v BrUning, Germany. Manufacture of colouring
matters bj the action of nil toso-derivativi a of secondary aro
matic amines upon phenols and oxycarbonic acids. Januarj 17
COMPLETE SPEi n l> ATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
3198 J. Y. Johnson - From the Actiongesellschafl Farben-
fabriken vormals Bayer & Co. Manufacture ol azondyes and
benzidine and tolidine mono-sulpho acids. January s
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
Ili7s7 W.H. Beck, London — From ('. I (clonic. France. Pro-
cess and apparal us fur washing ami in eparlng wool and other
fibrous man rials. Complete specification. December 21
170SO J. Obozineki, Liverpool. New or improved waterproof.
vegetable, animal or mineral fabrics, ana process of manu-
facturing the same. 1 ceember 30
1887.
Oil ('. Scheibler and O. Illuih, London. Manufacture of
lacquered leather-like material from felt. January it
639 F. A. Gatty and J. Leemann, Manchester, tmprovemei ts
in woven fabrics, and in the method of treating the some for
the product] i patterns or designs thereon. January 15
( '0 MPLETE SPEi IFli A TIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
2117 J. Howgate & Sons, and F. Smith, Method of and appa-
ratus for producing Astrachan yarn. December 21
3l;05 II. W. Thorn. Starching and finishing textile fabrics,
and apparatus therefor. January 5
3755 A". S. Johnston. Manufacture and softening of linen,
he m p.. jute, or other yarns. January 8
mii 7 H. Birbeck— From T. F. Peppe. Treating " tuESur " and
other wild silk cocoons, and applying the silk thetclrom to the-
manufacture of lace. etc. January 11)
U307 E. W. Sorrel], jun., and E. Fourgeirol. Process and
machinery for preparing silk cocoons for reeling. January 19
VI.— DYEING, CAI.K'd PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING, am. BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
1887.
171 W. Birch. Manchester. A pparatusfor washing, soaping,
dyeing, and dunging woven fabrics. January 0
113 G. Jagenburg, London. An improved process and appa-
ratus for dyeing unspun textile fibres. January 11
COMPLETE: SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
3732 H. Kershaw. Dyeing textile goods. January 19
3758 \Y. Cockcroft. Apparatus for producing designs on
textile piece goods. January Hi
VII— ACIDS, ALKALIS, and SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
17101 G.Kamensky, London. See Class XVIII.
1887.
62 W.Donald, London. Treatment of hydrochloric acid gas
for the production of chlorine gas. January 3
32(10. von Gruber, London. Process tor manufacturing
sulpho-phosplintes of ammonia and potassium. Complete
specification.1 January S
553 H. Poller. London. Manufacture or preparation of a
compound of soda or potash and lime adapted for ttse in the
purification and softening of waters, and for other purposes.
January Hi
629 D. G. Fitzgerald. See Class XVIII.
< 'OMPLETE SPEi 'IFICA TIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
t;:. I.. Mond. Obtaining ammonia and hydrochloric acid from
ammonium chloride. DecemberSI
on L. Mond. Ootaining ammonia and chlorine from ammo-
nium chloride. Decembers
1018 L- .Mend. Obtaining ammonia and hydrochloric acid
from ammonium chloride. January 8
i i in L. Mond. Obtaining ammonia and chlorine from ammo-
nium chloride. Januarys
1831 A.MacDonald Graham. Manufacturing sulphates of
metals from their oxide-. January 12
l -..- 1 J.J. Hood and A. G. Salomon. Preparation of sulphate
of alumina January 13
2207 It. J. Leslie— From D. finch. Concentration of Bul-
phuric acid, and apparatus therefor. Januarys
3106 l F.Trachsel. Production of carbonate of sodium or
ol i aum, and hydrate of strontium, or of barium. Jan. 12
Jan.J9.ias7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY ( I' I BEMICAL IM DSTRY,
VIII.
-GLASS, POTTERY, and EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
16833 W. D. Clitr. London. Manufacture of porcelain and
metal baths. December 22
16877 W. Boulton. London. Apparatus for making bats for
nse in tin- manufacture of various articles of pottery. Complete
December 23
lTll.i .1. 1.. Napier, A. D. Brogan. and A. M. Malloch.
Glasgow. Manufacture of plate glass, December 31
1887.
87 W. 11. Hales, Stoke-on-Trent Machinery for making
pottery ware. January f
120 W. H.Turner, London. Improvements in the prn
or decorating of earthenware, china, and the like, and in the
nanufacture of materials therefor. January I
178 .1. Van de Loo, Berlin. Construction of presses for the
embellishment of bricks or other ceramic products. Complete
specification. January 12
P.M. Justice, Londcn— From La Societe Anonyme des
Manufactures de Glaus. Verres. Vitres, etc.. Belgium. Appa-
ratus for handling crucibles, such as those used for the melting
of glass. January 13
662 O. I'atcrson. Glasgow. Rendering enamel paintings on
stained glass impervious to atmospheric, destructive, or inju-
rious influences. January 15
( OMPLETE SPE{ IFH ATIONS A( ' EPTBD.
1886.
2859 H. S. Sant and s. Sant. Process for mosaic or other
decoration of pottery ware by the use of skeletons of leaves,
or other parts of plants, trees or vegetables, or of insects, etc.
December 31
3113 W.Cartlidge and H. Cartlidge. Enamel, lustre, and
hardening kilns used in the manufacture of pottery ware.
January 12
: 972 W. E. Chance. Machinery for the manufacture of
of rippled glass. January 19
.-Tin M. 11. Blancbard. Manufacture of ornamental and
other tiles. January 111
IX.— BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS, and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
16922 E. Clarke, Leeds. Improvements in briquettes.
] ber 21
16926 E. A. Bronson, London. Compounds for coating and
finishing walls and the like. Complete specification. Decem-
ber 21
17U55 J. Tall, London. Admixing or combining ingredii
and producing a compound suitable for exterior surfacing or
facings of concrete structures or concrete articles used in
buildings. December 29
17098 \\". Sonnet, London. An improved mode of and
apparatus for continuously manufacturing Portland cement.
Complete specification. December 30
17130 A. Mack, London. Plaster boards for use in the
i ii i ii i * diate construction of drv and fireproof rooms. Decem-
ber 31
1715S S.P. Wilding, London— From StammiiS Co.. Germany.
Manufacture of briquettes. Complete specification. Decem-
ber SI
1887.
31i G. G. M Hardingham, London— From P. J. Grouvclle.
France. Manufacture of what is known as "iron cement.'
Janu
121 W. White. London. Improvements in roads and pave-
ment-, and paving blocks therefor. January 11
577 P. M. Justice, London— From C. Dietzscb, Gern any.
Manufacture of cement. January 13
M. Justice— From C. Dieizsch. Furnaces or kilns for
calcining or burning limestone, lime, and similar materials.
Complete specification. January 13
1 J. M. Murphy, Livernool. Fireproof construction.
January 11
628 J. F. O'Connor Wood, London. The disintegration of
clay. January 11
W2 F. V. lladlow, Buxted. A new artificial stone . or
cement. January 15
and C. Brand, London. Manufacture of
paMng blocks from scoria or slag, and means to be used
therefor. January 15
■ ndorff and C. Yungst, London. Improve-
mentsin roofing tiles. January 15
731 T, Koyle, London. Treating wood with antiseptic and
preservative fluids. January 17
- OMPLETE SPECIFICATIi PT1 D.
1886.
1126 C. I). Alison. Manufacture of cements or plasters
3217 J. B. Bannay. See Class .W II.— B.
5026 J. B. Warwood and J. Wallis. Apparatus for sifting
cement, etc. January 19
X.— METALLURGY, MINING, Ere.
APPLICATIONS.
1SS0.
1676S C. Puddefoot. London. Naming machines for sheet
metal. Complete specification. December21 .
167 B W. L. Purr es, Wimbledon, steel tempering. Decem-
16790 T. C. Sanderson. London. Process for reducing anti-
monial ores and for separating gold and silver therefrom.
December 22 ^ % . .
16S09 D. Sinclair and G. Johnstone, Glasgow. An improved
solder bar or block. December 23
16S70 J. H. Noad and H. R. Hammond. London. Proouclion
of aluminium from clay alumina or any of the salts of alumi-
nium. December 23
I68S2 G. F. Redfern, London— From M. Raty and E. Lambert.
France. Improvements in treating slag, ana the like. Decem-
ber 23
169-^3 E. Teasto. London. Improvements in and apparatus
for cleaning or pickling metals, and in utilising the liquids
that have been employed therefor. December 21
16935 E de Pass. London— From La Societe Industrie-lie et
Commerciale des Metaux, * ranee. A process for preserving
thn surface of copper or its alloys. December -I
16951 J. J. Robins, Derby. Forming deep corrugations in
steel, iron, or o' her metals, to ensure sharp edges. December J8
16991 A. J. Boult, London- From J. Walto. , L nited btates.
Coal mining machines. December 28
1700S T \rcher. jun., andT. O. Hobson. London. Apparatus
for watering or wetting, and laying dust in the workings of
mines, or for analogous uses. December 28
17019 K. W. E. Moinhu, London. 1 renting slag and
recovering metal therefrom. December C9
17107 H. N. Penrice. London. Machineiy to be used in rock
tunnelling. December 30
171°9 A B. Southall and J. 11. Clegg, Sheffield. Machinery,
apparatus, and appliances for screening, sorting, cleaning.
n ashing, and travelling coal and other minerals, and the like
substances. December 31
1887.
21 R. Oswald, Talk-o'-the-Hill. An Improved safety lamp.
January 1 ,
38 A.'Gav. London. Means and apparatus for extracting
iron, steel, or other magnetic substances fiom China-stone or
other materials. January 1
63 W H. Beck. London-From M. Marcus and C. Iinal>.
France Process for the manufacture of alloys of aluminium
and copper or tin for the purpose of obtaining aluminium
gold and aluminium silver. Januarys
105 C. Parker. London— Partly from H. L. Gault. L nited
states. Improvements in converters used in the manufacture
eel. January! .
129 L Plom and J. D Andrimont. London. Blasting or
breaking down coal and other minerals or rocks, and in
apparatus employed therefor. January 1
111 K. Riley, Habergham. Improvements in or applicable
to miners' lamps. Januaiy 7
251 H. Davis and A. Davis. London. Improvements in
miners' safety lamps. Januaiy 7
200 J. Nicholas and H. H. Fanshawe. London. Improve-
ments in the reduction of ore. January 7
285 E Hunt, Glasgow-From G. Thomson. I nited Slates.
Obtaining silver from ores, mattes, or compounds containing
it. January 8 .
- 1. Allen, Reading. Method of forging or shaping
articles of metal or other substances. Januarys
301 O. Zadig and E. Feldtmann. London. Treatment of
refractory ores for the extraction of gold, silver, copper, or
zinc bv thermo-hv dro-electricity. January 8 .
331 j. Vavaeseur, London, cteel projectiles for piercing
armour-plates. January 8
I. C. Sanderson, London. Means and apparatus for
reducing metallic oxides. January 10
133 J. Bevendge, London. Treatment of minerals and pro-
duction of by-products therefrom. January 11
117 H.J. iladdan. London-From M. Neuerburg. Germany.
Improvements in crushing apparatus. January 11
163 H H.Lake. London— rrom W. While. United states.
Improvements relating to ore separators. Complete specifica-
tion. January 11 „ ... , . , c
182 E Whitehouse, Bilston. Rollinc metal tubes of various
sections direct from the forge, bar. billet, pile, or ingot, at one
heat, process, or operation. January 12
616 Sir 1. Lowthian Bell. Bart.. London. Manutacture of
-of aluminium with iron. January II
621 11. H. Lake, London-From J. Illmgwortli. I nited
Manufacture of metal ingots, and apparatus therefor. Jan. 14
CO
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jan. 29, issf.
B29 D. G. FitzGerald. See Clan Will
630 .1. H. Darby, London. Process for the manufacture of
certain kinds of Bteel. January II
631 J. I!. Darby. Manufacture of steel or iron by the
baste process January 1 1
657 M. Settle, Manchester. Improved apparatus for "shot
firing " in mines or other places liable to the accumulation of
explosive or inflammable gas, or the like. January 15
701 11. Hull, London. Apparatus and process for coaling
sheets, plates, and pieces of iron and steel or other metal
with tin, tnne. and other metals. January 17
738 C. D. Abel, London— From A. Klonne, Germany.
Apparatus for screening or sorting ores and other materials.
January 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1885.
15951 G, Lowry. Machines for crushing stone, ore, etc.
December 21
1886.
HID H. C. S. Dyer. Manufacture of compound armour
plates. January S
1010 E. Morewood. Coating iron and other sheets, plates,
and pieces with tin or other metal. Januarj' 12
2867 J. H. Johnson— From ha Societe Anonyme de Com-
mentry-Fourchambault. Manufacture of iron and steel.
December 31
3261 W. Potthoff. Manufacture of metal castings, and ap-
paratus therefor.
3457 W. 1). Allen. Furnaces for melting and treating pig- I
iron, and feeding or charging same. January 15
3684 C. Clarke. Producing a "coloured gold" surface on
articles of gold or other metal or alloy. January 19
3836 A. Kurzwernhart and E. Bertrand. Method and ap-
paratus for easting ingots of steel or ingot metal. January 5
\. M. Clark— From H. Harmet. An improved basic
lining for metallurgical apparatus. January 5
10211 H. H. Lake— From E. Thomson. Welding of metals,
and apparatus therefor. January 5
11113 M. Settle. Electric safety lamps for use in mines.
January 12
11756 S. Gratrix. Apparatus for the manufacture of lead or
other metal pipes. January 12
12861 J. Warwick. Treatment of fume in lead works.
January 15
14928 J. R. Whitney. Improvements in and connected with
the casting of metais. December 24
15154 J. T. King— From H. Kennedy. Manufacture of
mineral wool, and apparatus therefor. December 24
15216 P. H. Felt. Manufacture of iron bars, plates, etc.
December 24
15270 F. A. Herbert z. Cupola smelting furnaces. Dec. 24
15357 J. T.King— From D. Brose. Making steel. Dec. 31
XL— FATS, OILS, and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
18S6.
16925 Sir D. L. Salomons, London. An improved buoyant
soap. December 21
16979 A. W. Macllwaine, London. Apparatus for extracting
oils by volatile solvents. December 28
1887.
I P. Tenet, Glasgow. Apparatus for treating or purifying
palatini wax. January 1
10 K. Wright, Chesterfield. Angelic cuticle and washing
soap. Complete specification. January 1
198 M. Mackay. See Class XVII.— C.
360 A. G. Wass, London, Au improved lubricant. Jan. 10
W. s. Somers, Liverpool. The manufacture of solidine
or solidified burning and other oils grease. January 11
608 li. G. Price. J. Harvey, and A. J. Dodd, London. An im-
proved manufacture of soap. January 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
2762 E, Edwards— From L. Riviere. Process for the saponifi-
i ation of fatty bodies. December 21
3641 A. W. Macllwaine. Means for extracting oils by-
volatile solvents. January 15
XII. -PAINTS, VARNISHES, AMD RESINS.
APPLICATION.
1887.
?I7 K. J. Worrall, London. Improvements in the prepara-
tion of distemper. January C
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
3636 A. ('. Inland and J. I:. Bowboar. Composition for pre-
venting attachment oi barnacles to the bottoms of plated shins.
January 15
1 61 W. Carter. Anti-fouling compostionfor ships' bottoms.
December 31
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, and SIZE.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
16832 H. Buczkowski, London. Polish or coating (soluble in
water) for leather. December 22
16894 J. Straighton, Liverpool. Apparatus for burring and
cleaning hairy and woolly skins, and for unhairing and soften-
mgskms. December 24
17026 J. H. G. Langenhagen, Liverpool. A new or improved
leather polish. Complete specification. December 29
1887.
646 W. P. Kermann and G. A. Kermann, Liverpool. An im-
proved composition for dressing leather. January 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
9604 W. Doss. Application of a material produced by the
treatment of waste leather. January 19
lo200 H. H. Lake— From A. Milioc'hau and F. Chailly. Im-
proved process of tanning. December 21
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
16866 J. H. Barry. See Class XVII.-B.
17000 A. W. Carlson, London. A process and apparatus for
utilising urine as manure. December 28
XV. -SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
16775 B.J. B. Mills, London— From A. Fayaud, France. A
new process for the vulcanisation of pure caoutchouc in sheets
or in articles made therefrom. December 21
16827 H. Vivien, London. Apparatus for the manufacture
of refined sugar, partly applicable to the manufacture of
glucose, starch, and similar products. December 22
16921 J. Anderson, jun., London. Compound for use as a
substitute for indiarubber, or to be compounded therewith.
December 24
17011 P. Campbell, Glasgow— From J. Foster and J. Camp-
bell. Java. Improvements in and connected with triple effect
evaporating steam vacuum pans used for boiling sugar, and
for other evaporating purposes. December 29
1887.
165 C. 1). Abel. London— From Messrs. Pfeifcr and Langen,
Germany. Method of extracting foreign substances, in par-
ticular rattinosc. from sugar solution bv means of lead, either
in the form of oxide or as electrode. January 5
-'56 W. Powell and E. Powell. Liverpool. A compound to
be used for making adhesive paste. Januai \ 7
602 It. A. Pobertson and J. G. Hudson, Glasgow. lmpro\e-
ments in sugar-cane mills. January 11
COMPLETE SPE( IFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
3196 R. Englert and F. Becker. Process for purifying sac-
charine juices. Januarys
14117 C. X. Waite. Compound for use in preparing starch
or flour size for yarn, textiles, etc. January 12
16016 F. Scheibler. Moulding sugar, and apparatus therefor.
January 8
XVI.— BREWING, WINES, SPIRITS, Etc •
APPLICATION S.
ism;.
17013 N. Browne. London— From A. Braconicr, France,
Manufacture of champagne and foaming wines, and apparatus
therefor. December 29
jon.29.1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
61
17059 W. Gerdcs, London. Improvements relating to the
treatment of the waste products of breweries for the production
of alcoholie liquor. December 29
1887.
;>i P. Weinig, London. Malt germinating apparatus. Jan. 3
r. c. Vivien and A. I.aiiu- See class I.
328 IS. J. H. Mills. London- From ('. Brada, United States.
Improvements in malt kilns. Complete specification. Jan. 8
521 E. Heanes. London. An improvement iu the treatment
of wines of the port and claret class. January 12
( 'OMPLETE SPECIFIl .1 TI< >NS A < 'CEPTED.
2627 A. W. C.illman. S. Spencer, and E. S. Spencer. Appa-
ratus for treating grain or cereals to be used in brewing,
distilling, and vinegar-making. December 24
2029 A. W. Gillman. S. Spencer, and K. S. Spencer. Appa-
ratus for 9teaming grain or cereals to be used in brewing,
distilling, and vinegar making. December 31
11312 A. .1. lioult— From C. F. Elze. Beer refrigerators.
January 19
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A — Chemistry of Foods.
1886.
1G929 M. Ross, Glasgow. Improvements in and connected
with the drying and withering of tea-leaf, and apparatus
therefor. I )ecember 21
16990 II. Glover. Stratford. An improvement in dog biscuits.
1 1 ier 28
17017 M. Samelaon, London. Manufacture of liquid extract
fee. December 2S
17010 J. P. Larieux and H. Gregoire, London. An improved
food for cattle and other animals. December 29
I7d7."i C. S. Boynton and W J. van Patten, London. An
improvement in the preparation of food products. Dec. .SO
L7087 a. li. Itnrie, Glasgow. Refrigerating machinery
applicable i" air-cooling or fret zing machines for use at sea or
on land, for preserving meat or other perishable substances.
Deci iuber30
1713il G. F. Redfern. London— From J. Petit, France. Stop-
pering or closing bottles. Jars, and like vessels for containing
I nl food. December 31
1887.
122 H. F. von Konitz and J. Zuntz. London. Manufacture
of extract of cofl'ee. Complete specification. January 4
2)0 \V. Olsson. London— From G. Bergman, Sweden. Im-
provements in food for herbivorous animals prepared from
tish and vegetable substances. January 7
712 J. M. Fletcher, Cheadle. Apparatus for compressing
and preserving vegetable products. January 17
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
1886.
10806 J. H. Barry. London. Treatment of excreta, urine,
and sewage sludge for the production of manure, and appa-
ratus for use in such treatment. December 23
1887.
10.' H. Schlichtcr, London. Platinum lamps for deodorising
and disinfecting purposes. January 11
C— Disinfectants.
10729 F. Goddard, Nottingham. Construction and arrange-
ment of apparatus for disinfecting by steam. December 21
16831 F. H. Weber. London. Process for the manufacture
of candles for fumigating or deodorising. December 22.
1887.
198 M. Mackay, London. A new deodorising and disinfect-
ing oil. January 6
270 t '. T. Kingzett, London. The production of solutions for
use as antiseptics, disinfectants, deodorants, oxidants, and
general sanitary reagents. January 7
:M .1. C. Stevenson and J. G. Tatters, London. Animproved
disinfectant and oxidising agent. January 10
Id I;. V. Tuson, London. Combination of ingredients, and
the production of " powders " therefrom, for disinfecting and
deodorising purposes. January 11
COMPLETE 8PECIEK ATIONS .1' ( EPTED.
A.— Chemistry of Foods.
1886.
2909 C. Hansen. Treatment of rennet. January 5
9690 I. Grun. Preparation of preserves for making milk and
flour dishes of all kinds, .human 12
11835 G. F. Redfern— From L. J. Eriksson and E. J. R. Nord-
ling. Manufacture of dry rennet. December 21
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
1886.
2139 F. II. Danchell. System of treating sewage. Jan. 12
3217 J. B. llannay. Treating sewage and making cement.
January 5
C.-DlSIXFECTANTS.
15201 J. Watt,
cember 21
1886.
An improved deodorising material. De-
XYI1I.— ELECTRO CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATIONS.
1SS6.
16739 C. G. Curtis. F. B. Crocker and S. S. Wheeler. Electric
motors and dynamo-electric machines. Complete specifica-
tion. December 21
10810 T. Goodman, London— From C. Gossner. jun., Ger-
many. Improvements in galvanic elements. December 22
16823 E. Barbier and M. Leclanche, London. Improvements
in electrical batteries, and in the manufacture of depolarising
bodies to be used therein. December 22
10865 L. R. Davies and M. Shearer. London. Improvements
in batteries for lighting and other purposes. December 23
16930 A. J. Boult. London— F>om F. L. Pope. United States.
Improvements in or relating to dynamo-electric and electro-
dynamic machines December 21
16942 J. D. F. Andrews, London. Apparatus for the conver-
sion of electrical currents. December 21
17018 M. H. Smith. Halifax. Improvements in and ap-
pliances for a method of transmitting electric currenis. De-
cember 29
17050 G. Kapp, London. Improvements in dynamo-electric
machines. December 29
17101 G. Kamensky, London. Manufacture of caustic soda,
or potash, or carbonate of sodium, or potassium, together with
sulphuric acid, by means of electrolysis. December 30
17120 R. E. B. Crompton and J. Swinburne, London.
Dynamo-electric machinery. December 31
1887.
Ill W. C. Quinby. London. An electrolyte and depolarising
solution for voltaic batteries. Complete specification.
January 4 ...
Ill W.A. Leipner. London. An improvement in dynamo-
electric and electro-dynamic machines. January 4
171 H. C. Gover, London. Improvements in dynamo and
other sueh-Hke machines. January 6
301 O. Zadig and E. Feldtmann. London. Treatment of
refractory ores for the extraction of gold, silver, copper, or
zinc, bv thermo-hvdro-electricity. January 8
305 b. Zadig and E. Feldtmann. Secondary electrical
batteries. January 8
503 H. H. Leigh. London— From J. L. Clerc. France. An
improved dvnamo-electric machine. January 13
029 D. G. FitzGerald. London. Means for effecting the
electro-chemical generation of chlorine in metallurgical opera-
tions for the extraction of gold and other metals from their
ores. January 11
034 J. Hopkins. London. Electricity meters. January 15
700 S. Z. de Ferranti. London. Electric furnaces and appa-
ratus for heating, lighting and carrying onchemical processes;
and working such furnaces or apparatus. January 15
701 S. Z. de Ferranti. Electrical meters. January 15
702 S. Z. de Ferranti. Dynamo-electrical machines. January
15
717 W. B. Sayers. London. Disc dynamo-electric machines
and motors. January 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1S80.
2631 J. G. Johnson— From L. A. W. Desruclles. Electric
batteries. December 24
2632 J. G. Johnson— From L. A. \V. Desruclles. Treatment
of materials used in electric batteries. December 21
2932 A. Schanschieff. Galvanic batteries. January 5 >
2956 M. Immisch. Electro-motors and dynamo machines.
January 12
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jan. £9, 1887.
3178 A. Schansehicil' and G. K. Fiuddcr. Galvanic batteries.
January IS
1057 P. Haddan-From J. Crosse. \ oltaic piles and accu-
mulators. January 19
. Conimclin. (;. Bailhache, C. Desmazures. A. L.ae
Bouslgnac. Improvemenla In teriee acting as
accumulators of electricity- I leci ruber : I
r.Olo R. Eisemann. Dynamo-electrolytic battery. Januarys
olden ami A I'. 'I'rotter. liegu-
lating the action "i dj namo-eli cl ■ ii mac bines. Janu:
J . Wodicka. Armatures for dj namo elect] ic machines.
December St ...
M 15988 W- Elmore. A. S. Elmore, and II. Barrett Means
ami apparatus (or extraction ol metals from ores, i •
from "bluestone" and similar complex ores; for refining
copper, and manufacturing sulphuric acid electrolytically.
I tecember 31
XIX.— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1S86.
17159 N- Browne. London— From J. Scherbel and T. Renins,
German; • Apparatus tor drying strawboard, cardboard, and
i he like-" Complete specificatiou. December 31
1S87.
An
117 A.M.Clark. London— From S. J. Depont, France,
improved manufacture of artificial ivory.
,'il7 II. II. Lake, London— From K. l; \Viggin. 1'nited States.
Manufai tuie of corrugated paper and similar fabrics or mate-
rial-. Complete specification. January 12
523 H.H.Lake, London— From E. R. Wiggin. Machinery
for use in the manufacture of corrugated paper and similar
fabrics or materials, i 'omplete si c cifii ation. January 12
ii!7 YV.O. A. Lowe. Liverpool. Utilisation of a waste pro-
duct, and manufacture of an improved antiseptic pa] ertherc-
troin. January l"»
i OMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
18S6.
291.S J. C. W Stanley. Preparation of materials suitable for
paper making, and apparatus therefor. December 31
XXI.— EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
ISSci.
16S68 T. T. Parkinson. Cheltenham, and ( '. V. Boys. London.
[mprovei Is in rockets and other fireworks. Dt cembi t S3
16888 J. T. Coles. London. An improvement in or connected
with fusee vi stas or wax matches for lighting cigars, pipes,
etc December 23
17035 .1. Boag, Glasgow. The construction of blasting car-
tridges. December '.u
1887.
272 H. E. Harris, London. Improvements in or connected
with the manufacture of fusees, vesuvians, and the like.
January 7
391 w. Blckford -Smith and G .1. Smith. London. Means of
igniting fusees without exposing Maine or sparks. January Hi
393 W. Bickford-Smith and G. J. Smith. Means of igniting
fusees without i ixj using flame or sparks. January 10
410 W. Walton, Sunderland. .Method of. and apparatus for,
lighting cigars, cigarettes, and pipes in wind or rain.
Januai i 1 1
us K. Edwards, London— From 1:. Sjbberg, Sweden. A
new or improved explosive. January 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
758 W. D. Borland. Explosive substances, and absorbent
materials therefor. January 19
3578 A. H. Durnford. Manufacture ol gunpowder. Dc-
cember ;ii
:; 93 0. Bowen, A. S. Tomkins, and J. Cobeldick. Manu-
fai i are of gunpowder. Dec ember 31
8368 T. Johnston and U. smith. Detonators or caps to be
used with dynamite or other explosive. January 5
11137 W. Holmstrom. London. Machinery tor applying
igniting mate rial to match sticks or splints. Dec< tnber 21
19079 C. R. E. Bell, Lighters lor pipes, cigars, etc. January
12
UNCLASSIFIED.
170SS P.Ward and W. S. Oliver. London. Improvements
in the manufacture and production of carbon. December 30
1711U a. Bessell and a. Bessell, London. Improvements in
the process of purifying graphite. December 31
Printed! Manchester, for the Si emleal Industry.
i .s ,...-, . Receipt i| Subset iptions: 6, York Street, Corent t.iiMiai.
THE JOURNAL
OF THE
Society of Chemical 3it5iistry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. 2,-Vol. VI.
FEBRUARY 28, 1887.
Non-Members 307- per annum : Members
21 - per Set; Single Copies 2 6.
Cfjc ©ocietp of Cfjcmical Jnoustrp.
Past Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoe. M.P.. LL.D., V.P.R.S. .. 1881—1882.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.H., D.C.L., F.R.S. .. 1882—1883.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1883-1881.
W. H. Perkin. Ph.D.. F.R.S 1881-1885.
E. K. Muspratt 1885—1886.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1887.
President : David Howard.
J'ice-Presiderits :
Sir 1. Lowthian Bell. Bart..
F.R.S.
Prof. Jame9 Dewar, F.R.S.
Dr. Peter Griess. F.R.S.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter.
E. K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.
F.R.S.
John SpiUer.
E. C. C. Stanford.
J. C. Stevenson. M.P.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Caldcrwood. F.R.S. E.
Eustace Carey.
R. Forbes Carpenter.
Henry Doulton.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.
S. H. Johnson.
Ivan Levinstein.
John Pattinson.
S. A. Sadler.
Sir Bernhard Sarnuelson,
Bart.. MP.
Sir Chas. Tennant, Bart.
Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks, Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary:
Ludwig Mond, 20, Avenue Road, Regent's Park, X.W.
General Secretary : Charles G. Cresewell.
Offices •
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, We6tminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee:
The President.
Sir F. A. Abel, F.R.S.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.E.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes. D.Sc.
George E. Davis.
\Y. V. Dent.
Prof. Dewar. F.R.S.
Prof. Chas. Graham. D.Sc.
Peter Griess. Ph.D., F.R.S.
I). B. Hewitt, M.D.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
Editor : Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester,
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING 6TAFF OF
Abstractors :
F. Hurter. Ph.D.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
E. K. Muspratt.
C. O'Sullivan, F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrymple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cro?s.
A. R. Davis.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulme.
Bertram Hunt.
C. C. Hutchinson.
D. E- Jones.
Abstractors :
W. E. Kay.
A. J. King. B.Sc.
Chas. A. Kohn. Ph.D.
J. Walter Leather, Ph.D.
D. V. Louts.
Writ Bfacnib, Jun.
W. G. McMillan.
G. II irris Morris, Ph.D.
J. M. H. Munro, D.Sc.
H. A. Rtdemicher.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
K. W. Reliant.
James Tavlor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Veley, M.A.
Alex. Watt.
Sydney Young, D.So.
NOTICES.
Notice is hereby given that the next Annual General
Meeting will be held in Manchester in the month of
July, 18S7, instead of in Glasgow as originally arranged ;
the Annual General Meeting in Glasgow being post-
poned until 1S88.
This change originated in a generally-expressed desire,
resulting in a special invitation from the Manchester
Section, supported by the cordial acquiescence of the
Glasgow Section. It will enable members to visit both
the Royal Jubilee Exhibition in Manchester, and the
Glasgow Exhibition of 18S8.
Full particulars as to the Manchester Meeting will
appear in a subsequent issue.
The supply of copies of the Journal for January, 1882,
and January, 1883, being now exhausted, the Secretary
would be glad to receive communications from members
possessing extra copies of those numbers, in good condi-
tion, with a view to purchase.
Should sufficient applications for complete sets be
received, the numbers will be reprinted.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye- Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless tiiey
comply with the condition laid down in that Bve-Law
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
H. E. Bunker. 1 o Stocks Street; 21, Great Cheetham Stroet
West. Lower Broughton. Manchester.
G. L. Cabot, l.o Cambridge ; 82, Water Street, Boston. Mass
u.s.a.
C. F. Claus, jun., l/o Old Ford; 9, Nassington Road, Ilimp-
stead. X.W.
A. De Deken, l.o Cincinnati; 18, Rue Villette. Liege,
Belgium.
C. S. Doggett. 1 o Munich ; Boston, Mass.. U.S.A.
Jno. Dyson, l/o Cheetham; Derby Court, Long Millgate,
Manchester.
C. D. Ekman, 1 o London ; Dieppe, France.
S. H. Emmens, l/o London; Silver Valley Railway Co
Thomasvitle, N.C.. U.S.A.
A. Haacke. l/o Fenchurch Street ; Kieselguhr Wharf, Gains-
bro' Road, Hackney Wick, E.
64
THE JOURNAL OF TUF SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28. uw.
Walter K. King. 1 o Cannon street; 22, Lawrence Pountney
; on. E.C.
11 A. Lawrence, 1 o Harlesden; Brookweir, G
Road. Qunnersbury.
.las. Lawrence, l oStevenston ; 7. BellgroveTerrace, ' llasgow
1> A. Louis. I o 11 irpenden; 77. Shirland Gardens London. W.
K. F. Macfarlane, lo Cwm Avon; Grange Metal Works,
Jarrow-on-Tj tie.
K. G. Mark-. 1 o Unity sit irnwallis Crescent,
Clifton. Hi :
\. II ,i. .Miller, l/o Regent's Park; Harpenden, near St.
Albans.
Dr. Hugo Muller, Journals to 13, Park Square East. Regent's
Park, N.W.
Jas. Murrle, 1 oGallowgate; 103. Bishop Street, Anderston,
jow.
J. A. Nichols, 1 o Bankfleld Terrace; Spring Hank. New
Mills, near Stockport.
G. B. Niooll, lo Devon port; c o Balfour, Guthrie & Co.,
Portland, Oregon, U.S.A.
J. H. Porter, 1 o Tudor street; 165, Queen Victoria
London. E.C.
Dr. A. Ree, l o Leeds; 121, Manchester Road, Middleton,
near Manchi
T. Andersen Reid, l o Weston ; n. Mersey View, Runcorn.
Jno. Robinson, I o Farn worth ; 5, Elizabeth Terrace, Ditton,
Widl
\ > .msone. lo Technical School; Vauxhall Chemical
Works; amis. Bignor Street, Cheetham Hill. Manch
A. ll. Tuer, lo Manchester; 28, Church Street, Standish,
near Wiu-an.
P. G. W. Typke. 1 o Cannon street; 22, Lawrence Pountney
Lane. London, E I '.
A. Wache, 1 o Crrny : 6, Rue Lambrecht, Douai, France.
Thos. Warne. 1 o Walsall : e o Rainham Ferry Vitriol Co..
1; tinliatn i :
.1. D. Watson, l/o Whitehaven; Irtside, Holmrook. Carn-
forth.
C. .1. Whittaker, lo Plantation Street; Willow House,
Accringtnn.
('has Wigg. 1 o Runcorn; Hoole Bank. Chester.
W. Collingwood Williams, 1 o 86; 68, Grove Street. Liver-
pool.
E. 11. Winstone. 1 o Bloomsbury Square; 2. Victoria Man-
sions. London, S.W.
CHANGE OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
James Park, l/o Millburn Chemical Works. Glasgow.
ra. W.I.. sugar
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED, 2nd FEBRUARY, 1887.
R. II. Annison, 16. Water Lane, Tower Street, London, E.C.,
master lighterman.
J. F. L. Brunner. Trinity Hall. Cambridge, undergraduate.
W. A. Carlyle, The Elms, Yardley, Worcestershire, electro-
lytic engineer.
John Dickson. 16, Dale Street, South Side. Glasgow, oil
merchant,
G. E. K. Ellis. 10. Colville Boad, Bayswater, London, W.,
analytical chemist.
(JpBeld Green, Liobenheim, Clarendon Road, Watford,
Herts., stationer.
R. A. Hadfleld, Newhall Road, Attercliffe, Sheffield, steel
founder.
Josef Efawliczek, 10, Bentley Road, Liverpool.
Win. Scotl lleriot. Pin. Leonora. Demerara
factory engineer.
D. Lloyd Howard. City Mills. Stratford, London. E., chemical
manufacturer.
Win. Hume, is. Lonsdale Terrace. Edinburgh, scientific
Instrument maker.
John Hunter. MintO House Medical School, Edit
analytical chemist
Jno - Warrender Park Terrace, Edinburgh
chemical and oilworks manag
Jno. McGlasban, Woodncuk, Gartcosh, near Glasgow
chemist
W. (1. McKellar, Eglinton Chemical Works. Irvine \ p.
analytical chemist
.1. G. McKinlay, 15, Charing Cross, Glasgow, student of
chemistry.
T. K. Marshall, I. East Cas*)< Street Merchiston, Edin-
burgh, student (sci)
C. H. Master, Friary Brewer] Co.. Guildford, brewer
Jno. Morison, N'ewbattle, Dalkeith. N.B., mining engineer
Robt Pinkney, 1-. P. .a,; Sirei t Hill, London, E.G., manu-
facturing chemist
Oliver Quibell, Highfield, Newark-on- Trent, manure manu-
rer.
David F. Reid, Kal nga Mines Co., Kilkivan. Mary-
borough. Queensland, sn
Thos. Robinson, mi. u .,•„»-, man
Glasgow Alum ami Ammonia Co. Limited.
A. Hum retrace, Rntberglen
Glasgow, professor ot chemistry.
Q. M- P. Vs ee Road, Edinburgh, science student
Arthur .1 Walker, 38, Portsdown Head. Maida
London N.W.
Alfred P. Wire, l. Beaton Vilhu
stone, schoolmaster.
RESIGNATIONS CANCELLED.
C. D. T. Bushill, Hroom Hill. Great Barr. Birmingham.
Thos. Crawford, in. Haldane Terrace, Newcastle on-Tyne.
A. G. Jackson, The- Willows, Martintown. Port Douglas
Queensland.
Wm. Kennedy, 28, Royal Exchange Square. Glasgow.
II. Meadows, spa Place, rlumberstone Road, Leicester.
V. de M. Mellin. The Polygon, Ardwiok, Manchester.
Fred. II. Paul, c o'l'he Steel Co. of Scotland, 150, Hope Street
Glasgow.
Dcatfjs.
(J. T. Chinneiy, UedheuKh ('lieinical Works. Gateshead.
Astlejr P. Price, 47. Lincoln's Inn Fields. W.C.
J. M. Roberts, of Combrook Chemical Works, Manchester.
uthport, Februar\ 18.
Lonoon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Bublixoton House.
Chairman: David Howard.
Committee :
Sir F. A. Abel.
11. E. Armstrong.
W. l.arit Carpenter.
W. Crowder.
c. Graham.
S. Hall.
A. K. Huntington.
P. Messel.
P. E. P. Newlands.
B. Bed wood.
T. Royle.
John Spiller.
G. C. Trewby.
J. Williams.
linn. Local Sec. and Treasurer: Thos. Tyrer,
Garden Wharf. Church Road. Battersea, S.W.
The meetings of the London Section will be held on the first
Monday in each month.
SESSION lSsSG-ST.
Prospect i re A rra ngements.
March 7.— Messrs. Cross and Bevan, "Mr. Hermite's Method
of Electrolytic Bleaching."
Mr. J. Alactear, " The Castner Process for Prodtic-
tion of Sodium."
" A New Method of Elevating Liquids, specially
applicable to Acids."
April 1.— Triennial Election of Sectional Officers and Com-
mittee.
Discussion on Papers read 7th March.
Dr. J. M. 11. Munro, "Further Notes and Experi-
ments, on '.In- Composition and Manorial Value
of Filter-pressed Sewage sludge."
Biikb.'ek Boad, Leyton-
Notices of Meetings and Papers will be found in the
Scientific Journals.
Notices of papers and communications to be made to the
Local Secretary.
OX THE VARIOUS FORMS OF FILTER
PUMPS OB WATER-JET ASPIRATORS.
. 1 uiil.l V', P.R.S.E., 1.1. ' .
Since the publication of Sprengel's paper on the
vacuum in 1865, and Bunsen's paper on an improved
le of filtration i: 9, the applications of the
air pump have become so familiar as to be considered
almost indispensable in chemical ami physical hi bora -
As commonly understood, the air pump and the
aspirator are machines which differ not in principle,
but only in degree, anil Geissler, Joule, and others
have constructed mercurial aspirators which are air
pumps capable of giving very perfect vacua.
The pumps used in chemical and physical lal
tories may be classified as follows : —
1. Barometric or weight pumps, which are: (a)
Statical, such G issler, which exhaust air
by the alternate emptying and tilling of a vessel
forming the upper part of a barometric column, (b)
Dynamic, such as the Sprengel, in which the con-
tinuous; falling of a liquid through a tube of uniform
A Ground Plan of the Royal Jubilee Exhibition of Manchester is herewith inserted, and shows the position of Section III. (Chemical
and Allied Industries). Space has been allotted to applicants as far as the area available will allow.
Jam
LIS
R. 1
mast,
J. I
\v.
h tic i
Jol)
mercl
Q. 1
anal}
Up
Herts
R.
fOUU'
Jets
w,
facto
D.
man
Wi
instr
Jol
anal
.In
cher
.in
chei
W
anal
J.
cliei
T.
bun
£
R
fa.t
0
far,
. »
bop
Gin
A
Gla
G
-\
Loi
A
BtOI
Feb. 28, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
05
bore and of a length rather greater than the baro-
metric column of the liquid produces the exhaustive
effect. The barometric pumps are generally worked
by mercury or water.
2. Momentum or pulsation pumps, such as the
Jagn pump, which depend on the momentum and
pull of an intermittently interrupted column of the
liquid used, the action being similar to that of the
hydraulic ram used for lifting water by the sud-
denly interrupted How of a larger quantity of water.
In the ram the water is raised in front by the
momentum ; in the Jagn pump air is pulled in behind.
3. Injector or pressure pumps, which depend on the
laws relating to the flow of fluids (either gases or
liquids) through an expanding mouth-piece. In
laboratories they are generally worked by water,
but they may be worked almost equally well by any
gas or liquid under pressure, and acting in any
position downward, horizontal, or even upward. They
are identical in principle, and nearly so in construc-
tion, with the injector water pump described by
Professor J. Thomson in 1859 for raising water, or
with the steam injector patented by Giffard for
feeding steam boilers.
The injector pumps are the most numerous of
those employed in laboratories, and they are adapted
either to work with a small quantity of water at
high pressure, or with a larger quantity at low pres-
sure.
The following is a brief statement of the history
of the subject : —
1. The Barometric or Weight Pump: —
(a) Statical. — Toricellian vacuum discovered, 1643.
1722. Description, by Swedenborg, of a barometer
pump.
1847. Patent fur application of the barometric column
in the working of vacuum pans in sugar refineries,
granted to J. Johnstone.
1855—58. Geisaler introduced and used his mercurial
barometric pump, which has been modified and adapted
for various purposes.
1862. Improved by Topler, Dingl. Poll/. Jour. 1862,
p. 420: 1865, by Poggendorfl', Ann. exxv. p. 151 : 1865,
by Jolly ; 1S73," by Mitscherlich, Pogg. Ann. cl. p. 420 ;
1881, Bessei-Hagen, Wiedemanns. Ann. xii. p. 425 ; also
by Dittmar (Challenger Keportsi. 1SS2 : F. Neisen,
Zeitsch. f. Instrumentenkunde, 1882, p. 285.
1S85. Improved pump patented in Germany, by
Albert Geissler, D.K.P., 32,224. Modifications of the
statical pump have also been described by PHuger,
Weinhold, Lane Fox, Joule, and many others.
(6) Dynamic — The tronipe or water air blast used
from time immemorial.
1852. G. S. Johnson described an aspirator for use in
laboratories worked by a constant stream of water,
Chei ' 1852, p. 186.
1 865. Spi < neel published ids researches on the vacuum
nnil described his pumps worked by mercury or other
liquids, Jour. Chem. Soc. 1865, p. 9.
186S. Bunsen described pump and apparatus for
quickened filtration and other purposes, Ann. der Chem.
u. Pharm., lid. 148, p. 277. Modifications of the
Spreugel pump or parts of it have also been described
by McLeod, Swan and Steam, Gimingham, Weinhold,
St. Claire Deville, and many others.
2. Tht Momentum or Pulsation Pump: —
1872. Jagn described his pump which he had used
for about two years before that time, Pogg. Ann. der
Phyt. ». Cht mil . 148, p. 317.
1873. Mendelejelf on the " Pulsir pump," Annalen der
Chem. a. Pharm. 105, p. 03—91.
1872. Thorpe on a modification of the Jagn pump,
Phil. Mag. 1872, p. 249.
1873. Foote mi a modification of the Jagn pump,
Amer. Join id Art , 1873, p. 361.
1876. Linneruan on a practical form of water air
Chem. a. Pharm. Bd. 170, p. 327;
pump, Annalen der
177. p. 295.
1886. 0. Witt on a simple air pump, etc. , Chem. Zeit.
10, TOO ; also this Journal. Sep. 1S86, p. 503.
1886. A, Borntrageron Bame, Ber. 19, 1090.
3. Injector or Pressure Pumps: —
1719. Hawksbee, one of the improvers of the common
air pump, found that on blowing through a tube
into a small box, the air escaping by another tube oppo-
site the lirst. the pressure of air in the !k>x became less
than thai of the atmosphere, and not greater. Pig. 1.
1738. Daniel BernouiUi discovered that water passing
from the narrow to the wide end of a conical tube could
draw into its current water from another vessel at a
lower level. Fig. 2.
1801. Kvtclwein published his "Handbuch der Mcch-
anik and der Hydraulic," in which he described many
original experiments and investigated the law> relating
to the discbarge of water from variously-shaped outflow
tubes.
Fig. l.
Fig.
1S30 — 50. The steam-jet aspirator used in ventilat-
ing mines, patented by S. Carson in 1840. Also used by
< ■• Stephenson in improving the draught of the locomo-
tive.
1852. Prof. James Thomson described a jet pump for
lifting water [Brit. Ass. Reports, 1852 — 53), and found
that it utilised about one-fifth (018) of the power due to
Fic. 3.
the falling water. Through A (Fig. 3) water descends
from a height, passes through the jet C, and comes out
at B, drawing up with it water from D.
1855. Clement Desormes {Ann. de Chan, et de Phys.,
36, p. 39), showed that a plate of metal or wood brought
near an orifice in the side of a leservoir of compressed
air will, after the first repulsive action of the current, be
attracted j and will remain rapidly oscillating within a
short distance of the opening.
Pig. 4.
Fig. 4a.
This experiment may be demonstrated by blowing be-
tween the lingers against a piece of paper, or by two
circular cards mounted as in Fig. 4, as described in
Weinhold's " Physics, p, 315. On blowing through the
60
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. »s, rss:.
tube A (Tig. 4), the card < ', which is hang from the card
I! by three small tlireails, is drawn up and attracted
towards B. This, like eaeli of the preceding experiments,
is a case of the passage of a Qnid through an expanding
mouthpiece, causing a diminished pressure as compared
with that in front, which in each case is that of t lie
atmosphere,
is:,.-,, c. l'. DelaWrre patented a steam pump for lift-
ing water, ventilating mines, etc.
1858. Giffard patented his injector for feeding -team
and other boilers, of which numerous modifications have
been described and patented.
\s'-2. Christiansen described the first water air pump
on the injector principle, Fig, An. A is a piece of thick-
walled indiaruober tubing which lias been perforated at
J! by a hoi wire and constricted at C by a small ring
fitted over the tube. ( In inserting at 11 a short piece of
bent glass tubing drawn out to a jet, and connecting the
top end of A with the water supply under moderate
pressure, air is drawn in through the bent tube and a
considerable vacuum obtained.
1874. J. Lovett described an improved filter pump,
Chem, A'< tvs, May 15, 1874, p. 200.
1S74— 75. P. Casamajor on "Implements of Filtration,"
.1- scribed a filter pump in the American Chemist, April.
1S74, and Chem. News, June 27, 1S75, p. 33.
a b c J
motion in injectors, a few additional experiments
may be quoted.
Mr. \V. Froude, in his address to the Mechanical
Section of the British Association at Bristol in 1875,
showed that water under any head H, Fig. 5, passing
through a contracted pipe, does not exert an excess of
pressure on the converging surface which it meets (as
is commonly supposed), but that the pressure is least
at the contracted part, as shown by the levels in the
gauge-glasses n, 5, e, d, e. Further, he showed that
ii tin- pipe be much contracted the pressure can
be still further reduced ; so that if we have two
cisterns A and 15 connected by such a contracted
pipe, a portion of the pipe as at C, Fig ii. may be
removed without the How of the liquid from A to
B being interfered with ; the water rising in the
cistern B to within a slight distance of its level
in A. At F, in the central line of the connecting
pipe, the full head of pressure h is exerted, but
there is practically no movement, while at C there
is no pressure, but very rapid movement ; and on
trial it is found that the pressure and velocity of
movement being convertible and complementary,
1 the pressure at any point varies according to the
H
Fig. 5.
■ ^
F C
ift
IHf
^~A~^
D
JF
i
Fig. 6.
1875 — 76. — Injector air-pumps were introduced and
nsed by dentists at, or prior to, this date. Kisk's "Auto-
matic Saliva Ejector " is described, and figured in an
American price list of 1S76.
Injector air pumps worked by steam have also been
proposed for laboratory use by Lovett, Kochinke, Teclu,
and others.
Is75. Arzberger and Zulkowsky described the first
form of their pump, Ann. der Chem. u. l'luirm. Bd. 176,
p. 327.
The dates and references to the other pumps are each
given where known, with the table of tests relating to
the pump.
The pumps which are now most frequently used in
laboratories are those of the injector class. As cer-
tain errors are found in text-books regarding fluid
Fig. 7.
square of the velocity at that point In any given
case the pressure observed, plus that which has been
lost in producing velocity, is constant, and equal to
the total head of water //, Figs. 5, 6, 7. If we modify
Mr. Froude's experiment and cut off the pipe at E,
Figs. C, 7, the pressure at E is then simply the general
pressure of the atmosphere, and the whole of the
pressure due to the head of water in A has been
changed into velocity ; but the velocity at C must be
greater than the velocity at E by as many times as
the sectional area of the pipe at C is contained in its
area at E. The velocity at C being so much greater
than at E, the pressure must be less, and therefore
less than that of the atmosphere. The tube O may
be regarded as a gauge to show the minus pressure,
and, if this gauge be supplied with mercury, the latter
Feb. 28. 1SS7.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
C7
will, under favourable conditions, rise to near the
height of the barometer.
In place of a head of water or other liquid, one
may also use air, steam, or any gas under pressure, to
obtain similar results, and with air or steam under
high pressure, working one of these injector pumps, a
good vacuum may be obtained.
On examining the various pumps of this class
which have been invented, we find that in some, Figs.
11, 12, 14, in, etc., the water enters by a jet placed
immediately over a constricted tube, the narrowest
part of which may be called the neck. I have
measured the areas of the jet and of the neck in a
considerable number of pumps from different sources,
and find that the urea of the neck is generally about
twice that of the jet ; or the diameter of the jet is to
that of the neck as 1 : s'i or 1 : 1"4. This proportion
differs somewhat from that given by Arzberger and
Zulkowsky — viz., 1 : 1 '22, but though the mathematical
formulae employed by these authors appear to me to
be correct, yet the number of experiments quoted in
the paper are far too few to establish the above ratio ;
and on applying more recent experiments to the same
formula: a ratio of the two diameters approximating
to that of 1 : 1*4 is obtained. It, therefore, appears
that in many cases the makers of these pumps have
by trial or accident made use of dimensions which
come near to those required by theory.
By taking the working part of an ordinary
Sprengel pump as arranged by Bunsen, one can place
within the upper part of the fall tube, close to the jet a
smaller tube constricted in its upper part to form a
neck, and projecting below a little beyond the Bunsen
tube, so that the two can be connected air-tight by
Fig. 8.
means of an indiarubber tube stretched and tied over
both. By this means one obtains a very efficient
injector pump, in which one can, by using neck-
pieces more or less constricted, study the best work-
ing proportions. My experiments carried out in this
manner point to the ratio of diameters of jet and
neck 1 : 1 '4 as probably the best.
In this form of pump, Figs. 11, 12, 14, 16, 17, 18,
19, 20, 24, and 20, the air is drawn in all round the
jet as it enters the neck and expanding mouthpiece ;
but the air may be drawn in on one side only, as in
Figs. 21 and 22, or the air may be drawn in by
a central tube, in which case the water fills the body
of the pump, as in Figs. 13, 15, 23, 27, and 28. These
variations make no difference whatever in the
principle or working of the pump, but with the last-
mentioned form — Fig. 13, made of brass to unscrew —
one can insert in the necksmall tubes of different sizes,
and so alter the working of the pump. Generally, the
smaller the neck the higher the pressure required to
produce any given degree of exhaustion ; and the
wider the neck, up to a certain limit, the less the
pressure. On the other hand, those pumps which
work with low pressures require very much more
water than those working with high pressures. On
multiplying the weight of water used per minute by
its head or pressure in feet, we obtain, in foot pounds
I marked F. P. in the tables), the power required to
produce the exhaustive effect in one minute's work-
ing of the pump. Compared in this manner, the low
pressure pumps are much less efficient machines than
the pumps working at higher pressures.
The pumps, Figs. 11, 12, and 15, have a trap at the
bottom serving to break the continuity of the water
current, ami so avoid a kind of setting of water and
air in particular parts of the outflow tube, by which
the efficiency of the instrument might possibly be
slightly diminished. In others the same effect is
Jit by bending the tubes, as in < teiasler's, Fig. 19,
or Bulk's, with the tube bent at right angles.
It is important to have the water supply much in
excess of that required by the pump used. On
turning the water tap full on, it should supply in
one minute a quantity of water two to three
times the maximum quantity required by the pump
in the same time. Neglect of this point has led to
some pumps being condemned unjustly.
The apparatus used in testing the various pumps
is shown in Fig. 9, excepting that with the pumps
requiring much water, larger water pipes had to be
used. A is the flexible water-supply pipe, formed
of sound rubber tubing, covered with a double
thickness of strong canvas sewn over it. B is a
strong iron bottle capable of standing any pressure
up to or over 100 pounds per square inch, and
having one tube going to the bottom, passing
through the neck, and joining the water pipe by a
T-piece. For the purpose required the larger this
bottle is the better, but a good sound iron mercury
bottle may be used. The bottle B being air tight
and water-tight under pressure, and being also full
of air when connected with the water pipe, the air
cannot escape, but is compressed by the pressure
of the water. At a pressure double that of the
atmosphere the air will be compressed to one-half
its volume (say at 15 pounds pressure), and the
bottle will be " half full of water : at 30 pounds
pressure the bottle will be two-thirds full of water.
Thus, when the water pressure varies, as it frequently
does, in towns where there is much demand on the
service, the bottle B, by its reserve of water under
pressure, helps to keep the supply of water to the
pump more constant, and may be said to act as a
governor. The water taps, where there is a high
water pressure, are generally plug taps, which do
not permit the pressure from the bottle B to go
back into the water main.
The glass tube C (connected by a T-piece with the
water pipe) serves as a manometer, and contains
within it a small tube, 30in. long, closed at the upper
end, and dipping in mercury. This small tube is full
of air, which by its compression, read off on the
barometer scale adjacent, indicates the water pressure.
D is a Bourdon's pressure gauge for the same purpose,
which was usedmore especially when wider watertubes
had to be employed. At a is a tap which, on closing
it, shows the pressure on the closed pipes. I is a
Geissler pump placed so as to show the working of
the apparatus. J is the water outflow tube. The
pump is connected, through the safety tube F, with
the barometric gauge E, and with the receiver to be
exhausted— which is the bottle H— having a capacity
of 2'2 litres, and provided with a special tap similar to
that at the bottom of the safety tube F (see Fig. 10).
By turning these taps, either air can be admitted i r
the connection can be shut off. The safety tube V
has a Bunsen valve fitted inside to the end of the
68
THE JOtRXAL Of THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IlfDtTSfftV. (Keb.28.i88f.
tube O. To work the apparatus the water is turned
on to the pn quired, the tap on the bottle 11
is turned to connect with the pump, and the tap at the
bottom of F is turned open to the air. All being
ready, this latter tap is tu I round to shut off air
nnect with the receivi t 11. at the same instant
that the minute clock K is started. Theclock K has
a lly hack action, and strikes the minutes, so that the
observer can read off the barometric gauge E as each
minute is struck, and record the results. After ten
The above apparatus can be worked by one p< rson,
but it is mure convenient to have two -one to watch
the clock and give an eye to the water-pressure g
the other to watch the barometric gauge, and. if
iy. to keep his hand on the water-supply tap
in case of fluctuation.- d! pressure.
Fig. 10 show- the tap in full size which is fitted in
various parts of the apparatus. It is made from an
ordinary good gas tap, which should be specially
ground, as they are nevi t air-tight when sold. The
Fig. n.
minutes, the tightness of the connections is tested by |
shutting off first the pump and then the bottle ; and
if the gauge E remains at a constant level, or so that
the fall is within 1mm. in five minutes, the readings j
are accepted as approximately accurate. Part of the
connections can also be tested separately by closing
the tap b .- and on then working the pump only F and
the gauge I". are exhausted, which, with a good pump,
attains its limit within a minute. The absence of
air bubbles when the end of the outflow tube dips in
water shows that the cornections between b and the
pump I are air-tight*
• To ohtain the iequisitp tightness of taps and connections.
I have found a lute, made by heating Indlarnbber with a small
proportion of vaseline, of great service, The Baseline is mi ted
ovei .i v.-ry small l.urner in a porcelain basin, and the rabbet
(preferably good black rubber, though 11 may he old rubber
tliBl has lost US quality) added in small portion's as it dissoli eg
in ihe vaseline. The basin may be covered w it h a glass plate,
and the slow heat used should cause scared \ any distillation
of volatile products from the rubber. The' lute I have used
contained about 10 percent, of vaseline to 90 percent of rubber.
little screw and washer at the bottom of the plug are
first removed, and a hole bored from C into the ordi-
nary through hole of the tap, which is then closed by
solder on one side at 1> : then trimmed and regronnd,
so that the hole in the plug is from the bottom to
one side only. A short piece of tubing, F F, is
then soldered on to the body of the tap as shown,
and a pointer E soldered on the top of the ping to
point which way it i- open. When the plug is turned
across in the ordinary position of a closed tap it is
closed to both A and B : when the pointer points
towards A it opens toward- A, and if towards P> to I>.
The tube V F IS fitted air tight by mean- of a stopper
in the bottle 11 (Fig. 9),
It is by mean-"! these taps, which I devised about
three years ago, that during that time one pump has
been utilised to do all the exhaustion work of my
laboratory. The pump is connected with a main pipe
passing along the laboratory tables, and at
worker's place is a bottle similar to H (Fig. 9), which
Feb.28.iasM THE JQtJRNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHKMir.U. IMn >Ti:v.
69
is fixed below the table : the neck of the bottle, or
better, the tube F F (Fig. 10), rising above the table.
One end of the tap (say B) ted with the
vacuum main pipe by soldered lead tubing; the other
end of the tap A is connected by a flexible tul
any filtering apparatus or other \ be ex-
hausted.
In using this arrangement, it will be observed that
all the vacuum supplied at A must come from the
bottle below F F, an. I not from the main pipe, which
Fig. 10.
is then shut off. When the vacuum is not required
at A. the tap is turned round towards F>, to raise the
degree of exhaustion in the bottle. As there are a
number of such bottles in the laboratory, they form
together a vacuum reservoir of some capacity, avail-
able at once without waiting. If well fitted, the
taps retain the vacuum for several days.
Explanation of the Table?.
In the tables which follow, the column below P.
indicates the water pressure in pounds per square
inch ; F.P. is the product of the weight of the water
used in pounds multiplied by its fall in feet : or. what
is the same, its " head " in feet : F.P. therefore means
ordinary fool pounds of power or energy spent in
working the pump. The other columns give the
readings of the barometric gauge in mm. of mercury
• luring the of the pump
up to ten minutes. Thus, the pump shown in Fig.
II gives, at ten pounds water pressure, after one
minute'.- woi vacuum, in receiver bottle H
I 22 litres capacity, equal to 302mm. of
mercury ; and after ten minute-' working of the
pump, a vacuum equal to 702mm. of mercury. The
last column to the right states the quantity of water
used per minute in litre-.
The results given are corrected to a common baro-
metric column ..f about 760mm., and may therefore
pared with one another. Sometimes there is
air in the water pipes, which introduces an error into
these time tests : but the irregularity so introduced
ally noticeable, and is eliminate.'! by repeating
The greater number of the tests have been
repeated several times.
The first minutes working give', in my opinion, a
fair test of the practical usefulness of the'pump; and
during the first minute the influence of slight possible
leaks or imperfections in the testing apparatus is at a
minimum.
The following factors may be useful :—
Pounds per square inch multiplied by 2 31 equal feet
head of water.
rounds per square inch divided by 117 equal atmo-
spheres.
Pounds per square inch multiplied by 0-0703077 equal
kilogrammes per square centimetre.
Pounds per square inch multiplied by 51" equal milli-
metres column of mercury.
Foot pounds multiplied by frlSS equal kilogrammetrcs.
Fig. 11.— ALVERGNIAT FRBRES1 GLASS PUMP.
■ Exhausted. Quantity of Water
T. P.P. 123-56789 10 used per Minute.
10 153 302 121 199 5S6 59S C29 653 673 686 702mm. 3 litres.
15 305 395 525 59S 615 670 687 712 723 731 73S .. 1
20 11.5 112 5S8 612 681 710 72S 736 710 711 718 .. 138
2.5 625 iSl 619 681 715 733 711 716 719 750 750 „ I 92
30 S30 515 650 705 731 713 716 719 7.51 753 753 .. o'll
35 1033 561 679 723 73S 716 719 751 753 — — „ 5 86
10 1285 577 6S9 72S 711 719 751 753 — — — ., 632
Used as a blower, this pump blows 56 litres of air
per minute at 40 pounds pressure ; or about a cubic
foot of air in five minutes.
Best RestdU Fust Minute. — The results obtained
from 2o to 40 pounds pressure are all good,
but that at 20 pounds pressure is the best As
regards power, the best result is at ten pounds
ure.
The above pump was obtained direct from Messrs.
Alvergniat ; but another, obtained through Messrs.
Townson it Mercer, of London, gave almost identi-
cally the same results.
Fig. 12.— ALVERGNIAT FRERES' BRASS I'l'MP.'
Quantity of Water
used per Minute.
Minute- Exhausted.
2 3 15 6 7
T. F.r. 123156789 10
10 115 182 210 301 351 38-5 119 117 171 189 .501mm. 2-26 litres.
1.5 229 210 325 116 166 197 525 519 569 58S 603 ..3 00
20 333 322 131 502 551 555 611 632 650 663 676 ,. 323
25 531 385 199 567 611 615 66S 681 691 705 715 ,. 1"2
30 702 126 511 60S 650 676 691 703 715 72:1 72S .. 16
35 868 152 575 631 671 692 703 718 725 731 733 .. 1SS
10 1U33 16S 598 650 681 702 :i< 72.5 733 736 73S .. SIR
Alvergniat Freres. 10, Rue dc la Sorbonne, Paris.
70
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, 1887,
Used as a blower, this pump blows, at 40 pounds
pressure, 4 '35 litres of air per minute ; or a cubic foot
(if air in c>"> minutes.
Best Results Fust Minute. — As regards quantity of
water used, this pomp gives nearly equally good
results ;it 20, 25, HO, 35, and 40 pounds pressure ; but
the result obtained at 20 pounds pressure is slightly
in advance of the others. As regards power used,
the best result is at the lowest pressure — 10 pounds.
Fig. 13.-ARZBERGF.R & ZULKOYVSKY'S BRASS PUMP.
(Made by C. Gekhardt, of Bonn.)
Ann. d. Chan. it. Pharm. 1ST.'., Bd. in:, p. 327.
Fig. U.-BENDIX BRASS PUMP.
(From Lenoir & Forster, Vienna.)
Minutes Exhausted. Quantity of Water
Minutes Exhausted.
P.F.P. 12 3 4 5 6 7
Quantity of Water
used pel minute.
9 10
5 117 223 325 377 133 JIG JS7 517 539 559 576mm. 161 litres.
7 ir.il 2.il 367 119 105 532 559 572 587 598 G01 ,. 5'20 ,,
10 311 288 412 198 559 617 664 690 700 709 717 „ 612 „
15 567 377 517 610 690 711 722 727 730 732 731 „ 7 Ml „
20 882 172 617 6S5 709 717 725 730 731 736 738 „ 868 „
25 1210 535 661 700 719 723 729 731 739 710 711 „ 952 „
1 id as a blower this pump blows in one minute
4"363 litres of air at 25 pounds pressure ; or a cubic
t.'nt in (j'5 minutes.
■ />'< st Results First Minute — For quantity of water
at ."> and 7 pounds pressure; for power at 5 pounds
pressure.
Th. Schorer, in 1873 {Zeitsch. f. Anal. Chemie,
1878, p. 177), describes a low pressure pump, which
he claims was shown in 1873, in the Chemical and
Physical Section of the German Association for the
Advancement of Science.
I*. F.r. 12 3 4 5 6 7 8
10 150 126 242 215 - — — — —
15 223 299 330 333 — — — — — -
20 427 356 413 416- — — ___ —
25 646 406 517 536 538 511 — — — — —
30 793 112 577 624 642 655 65S — — — —
35 989 46S 60S 600 6SS 694 699 705 707 — —
10 1201 178 621 673 691 705 707 712 715 — —
10 used per minute.
—nun. 2'96 litres.
- „ 358 „
- „ 4-20 „
- ,. 5-08 „
- „ 520 „
556 „
592 „
Used as a blower this pump blows 4T>5 litres of air
per minute, at 40 pounds pressure ; or a cubic foot of
air in 6 minutes.
Best Results First Minute. — For quantity of water
at 20 to 30 pounds pressure; for power at 10 pounds
pressure.
Fig. 15.— BULK'S GLASS PUMP.
Described 1S76, Ber. d. Deutseh. Chcm, Ges. 1876, p. 1871,
Fres. Zeit. Anal. Chan. 1878, p. 198.
Minutes Exhausted.
2 3 4 5 6 7
Quantity of Water
10 used per minute.
P. F,P. 123456789
10 96 160 205 229 252 263 273 283 291 296 302mm. T87 litres.
15 171 226 293 310 382 408 426 147 165 181 501 „ 230 „
20 279 286 381 142 491 520 550 577 592 021 634 „ 271 ,.
25 397 338 452 520 567 603 629 650 666 6S1 694 „ 3125 „
30 538 395 527 585 630 660 684 701 712 721 734 „ 3'525 „
35 692 426 58S 632 671 691 712 720 725 731 736 „ 3'89 „
40 866 458 595 660 697 715 725 731 735 733 741 „ 4'26 „
Used asa blower, this pump blows, at 40 pounds pres-
sure, 2'65 litres of air per minute ; or a cubic foot of
air in 10 6 minutes.
Best Results First Minute.— -For quantity of water
at 30 pounds pressure ; for power at luwest pressure.
Another pump of this pattern, from a different
source, gave from 10 to 20mm. lower results. The
position of the jet, and the proportions of the jet and
Fig. 14.
FlO. 13.
At 15 pounds pressure the author states that his pump
requires 20 litres of water per minute. As ordinary
water-pipe fittings do r.ot often supply this quantity
of water, I have not tested Schorer's pump." It is a
pump adapted for very low pressures, ranging
from 2 to 1". pounds, and using from about 10 to 20
litres of water per minute.
• The bottom oulllow tube beinBaduistablc, this pump may
will, a very torgewater supply, give quicker evacuations than
he above. On the other band, by screwing up the bottom
tube to its utmost limit, this pump assumes a hiirh-pressure
Character, and then works up to 10 pounds pressure, usinit
much less water. See Tables A and B.
FlG. 16.
constriction, are here very important. A Bulk's pump
obtained from Yienna with bent tube at bottom
(instead of the hole at the side, as described in the
author's paper) gave very unsatisfactory results, and
appeared to be out of proportion.
Feb. 28. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
71
Fig. 16.-FINKENERS OLA8S PUMP,
Winkler's Industrie Qaze, I. p. 23.
Minutes Exhausted.
F.P.
4 S
r.
10 - - - - -
15 — — — — —
20 - - - - -
25 819 117 525 530 533
Quantity of WiUt
10 uaed per minute.
-mm. 52 litres.
- ., 592 „
- .. 668 „
30 11C5 551 621 637 610 613 —
35 H66 582 697 72S 711 715 717
7-61
821
Used as a blower this pump blows 6"38 litres of
air per minute, at 3."> pounds pressure : or about a
cubic foot of air in 4 4 minutes. At lower pressures
than 25 pounds the pump works only very slowly,
but using the gauge only without the receiver, the
gauge rises to 260, 396, 515, 671 and 733mm., at
pounds pressure 10, 15, 20, 25 and 30 respectively.
30 290 351 158 550 577 603 617 671 689 705 718mui. 19 litres.
35 377 390 500 567 611 650 076 691 710 720 728 .. 212 „
10 159 121 535 598 612 673 697 710 723 731 736 „ 226 „
Used as a blower this pump at 40 pounds pressure
blows 324 litres of air per minute ; or a cubic foot in
B"7 minutes.
Best Result* Fust Minute.— Forquantityof waterat
40 pounds pressure ; for power at 10 pounds pressure.
This is a high-pressure pump with very small holes,
and for the quantity of water used it is very efficient
When received from the makers this pump was fitted
with washers of lead, which were not perfectly tight,
especially at the higher vacua. The above results
were obtained after inserting well greased leather
washers in place of those of lead.
FISCHER'S BRASS PUMP.
(Made by Desaoa, of Heidelberg.*)
Fig. 17.
Fig. IS.
Fig. 17.-FISCHERS GLASS PUMP.
Dingler's Polyt. Jour. 221, p. 136 ; 225, p. 105 ; 1877.
Zeitsehr.f. Analyt. Chem. 1877. p. 312.
Minutes Exhausted.
3 4 5 6 7
Quantity of Water
used per minute.
P. F.P. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10 89 203 293 318 377 108 132 152 163 1S1 191mm. 1'75 litres.
15 167 217 371 155 199 528 519 567 580 593 608 „ 2'185 „
20 251 386 126 523 575 616 610 660 679 689 691 „ 25
25 357 322 173 572 631 676 702 718 728 733 736 „ 281
30 173 380 528 616 671 705 723 731 738 711 711 ,, 31
35 610 108 556 612 686 715 733 735 711 711 716 „ 312 „
10 721 119 585 679 720 711 751 751 755 756 756 „ 356
Blowing power of the pump at 40 pounds pressure
515 litres of air per minute ; or a cubic foot of air in
5'fi minutes.
Best Jiesidls First Minute. — For quantity of water
used at 30 pounds pressure ; for power used in foot
pounds, 10 pounds pressure.
Fischer's glass pump, obtained from various sources,
gave nearly constant results.
Fig. 18.-FISCHERS BRASS PUMP.
(Made by Dreyer, Rosenkran-z & Droop, of Hasnovir.)
Minutes Exhausted.
3 4 5 6 7 t
Quantity Of Water
used per minute.
P. F.P. 123456789 10
10 56 135 187 238 278 317 351 3S7 111 139 150mm. 11 litres
15 99 205 276 333 382 126 168 501 538 562 680 ., 13
20 151 268 318 121 173 517 556 588 616 610 658 ,. 1 51 „
25 219 312 103 173 523 569 601 632 658 679 691 „ T72 „
Minutes Exhausted.
2 3 4 5 6 7
Quantity of Water
10 used per minute.
P. F P. 1234 5 6789
10 89 226 291 315 320 — — — — — -mm. 176 litres.
15 171 291 10S 139 117 150 ----- „ 21?8 „
20 305 361 137 502 520 530 533 — - — — ,. 300 ,.
25 107 390 507 579 611 629 636 610 615 617 650 .. 320 ,.
30 519 116 511 593 660 681 692 699 705 708 711 „ 310 ..
35 611 139 561 637 676 699 711 718 723 725 727 ,. 3 60 „
10 773 191 606 671 707 720 729 735 711 713 717 „ 3 SO „
Used as a blower, this pump blows, at 40 pounds
pressure, 4'7 litres of air per minute ; or a cubic
foot in 6 minutes.
Best Results First Min ute.— For quantity of water
used at 40 pounds pressure ; for power used at 20
pounds pressure.
This pump is of similar construction to that from
Dreyer Rosenkranz and Droop, of Hannover, but it has
wider holes and uses more water.
Another brass copy of the Hannover pump is also
frequently met with in this country. One that I
Fig. 19.
have tested from G. Mason A Co., of Glasgow, after
slightly widening the hole and neck, used from 13 to
28 litres of water at the above pressures, and gave
exhaustions in very nearly the same proportions as
the above, but rather better for the quantity of
water used.
• Lent by Prof. Hummel, of the Yorkshire College, Leeds.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXM'sTRY. IKeb. as. 1887.
Fig, 19,-GEISSLER'S GLASS PUMP.
(Sen! out aboul 1876. Also called AMERIi an Pi mi .i
Miiim.
2 J 4 5 6 7
1- 1 1
10 86 117 165 201 237 267 :9I .117 312 350 3E0mm. 1
Quantity of Water
used per miDute.
litres.
15 156 102 231 283 Si* 3f.7 400 129 155 ITS 500 .. 201 „
20 311 179 260 320 369 111 119 481 510 536 556 .. 306 ,.
2.-. Ill 205 293 309 121 10S 507 539 567 590 608 .. 326 ,.
30 585 231 335 108 165 512 517 580 606 627 615 „ 3 61 „
35 661 252 361 439 197 511 57;. OS 629 617 666 .. 370 .,
10 677 307 121 501 559 603 631 658 679 692 702 „ 382 ,.
15 897 S29 150 528 582 621 653 680 691 705 715 ,. 392 .,
Used as a blower, this pump blows, at 40 pounds
pressure, 1'76 litres of air per minute; or about a
cubic foot of air in 1G minutes.
Best Krsutts First Minute. — For quantity of water
used at 45 pounds pressure ; for power used at 10
pounds pressure.
Six pumps of this pattern, tested against each other,
gave results agreeing with one another within about
25mm., and the agreement was still closer on taking
into account the quantity of water used in each case
Fig. 20.
fig. 20.— 'brass pump devised by dr. knecht
(Of the Technical College, Bradford; late of the Polytechnikum,
Zurich).
Minutes Exhausted.
P. p.P 12 3 4 5 6 7
Quantity of Water
used per minute.
9 10
20 137 101 2% 351 3S7 106 121 134 117 163 171mm. 1"35 litres.
25 182 252 346 387 116 142 461 478 192 507 515 „ P435 ,.
30 227 278 372 124 460 183 507 526 541 55! 561 „ 119 „
35 291 286 393 152 189 518 537 556 569 580 590 „ 1'65 „
10 317 291 10G 192 526 551 572 587 601 611 621 „ ITS „
15 112 299 129 518 519 577 598 613 621 631 611 ,. 180 ,.
Pump in Horizontal Position.
10 265 265 372 131 181 518 511 558 577 592 606mm. —
Pump Upside Down.
10 - 268 372 139 186 520 516 563 587 598 Ullmm. —
Used as a blower, this pump blows at 40 pounds
pressure 0D litre of air per minute; or a cubic foot
of air in about :S1 minutes.
In proportion to the quantity of water, the best
result is obtained at the highest pressure : but in pro-
portion to the power used, the best result recorded is
at 20 pounds pressure.
* Lent by Dr. Knecht.
Fig. 2L— ROUTING'S BRASS PUMP.
(First sent out about 1880.1
Exhausted.
2 3 4 S 6 7
Quantity <-f Watet
9 10 used per minute.
r. f.p. i
3 95 195 317 398 171 517 552 582 60S 632 650 mm. 3'72 litres.
10 238 333 160 517 5901627 658 679 692 702 710 ., I'6S ..
15 41S 126 554 621 676 689 705 718 723 728 731 „ 5'18 „
20 051 199 619 673 699 715 723 72S 733 736 738 „ 61 ,.
25 966 516 65S 697 707 718 728 733 736 73S 711 ., 76
30 1269 5S2 679 712 725 731 733 736 738 711 713 „ 832 ..
Used as a blower this pump blows at 30 pounds
pressure 41"> litres of air per minute; or a cubic foot
in 6"8 minutes.
7>V.*c Results First Minute. — For quantity of water
at 20 pounds pressure ; for power used at lowest pres-
sure.
Another pump of this make had rather wider
holes, and consumed about 20 to 2."> per cent, more
water, but gave practically the same results as the
above for each minute's exhaustion.
Fin. 22
Fig. 22.-MAWSON & SWAN'S GLASS PUMP, No. 1.
(Sent out about 1876—77.)
Minute- Exhausted, Quantity of Water
P. P.P. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 used per minute.
10 111 182 270 333 377 393 119 132 151 165 173mm. 225 litres-
15 218 239 361 139 497 541 572 601 621 640 652 „ 2-86 „
20 337 273 406 491 562 606 610 660 676 689 697 ., 332 „
25 102 320 171 582 G2I 655 681 697 710 715 718 ., 361 „
30 610 351 520 611 660 686 705 712 718 720 723 „ I'OO „
35 811 139 595 671 710 728 737 711 715 716 717 „ 1'56 „
40 968 158 619 689 720 733 711 711 716 717 719 .. 176 „
Feb. 2«. 188:.) THE JOrnX.U. OF THE SOCIKTV OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
::?
1-..1 as a blower, this pomp blows 3 litres of
air per minute at 4<> pounds pressure; or a cubic foot
of air in '.i miir
Result* /'■ a Minute. For quantity of water
at 35 and -i" pounds pressure ; for power at 10 pounds
pressure.
One of these glass pumps has been in common use
in my laboratory since I*-*.'!, doing all the exhaustion
work required. It still works as well as when tir.-t
put up. The average water pressureat the laboratory
is from 50 to 60 pounds in the closed pipes, so that
:;."> pounds can generally be obtained while the pump
is working.
Fig. -24.
Fig. 23.
Fig. 23.-MAWsi.tx AND SWAN'S GLASS 1 CMP, No. 2.
iSent out about 1871
Minutes Bxli .
2 3 4 5 6 7
Quantity of Water
10 used per Minute.
P. F.P. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 121 12S 200 255 296 333 361 387 113 112 165mm. 211 litres
15 19S 179 260 315 361 100 139 183 501 530 556 „ 26 ..
20 286 202 302 372 132 178 511 519 5S5 595 616 .. 2-1 ..
25 399 217 361 115 501 551 590 619 610 65S 679 „ 311 „
30 537 289 119 501 561 608 612 66S 6S6 702 715 ,. 352 ,.
35 818 132 567 637 681 712 731 711 713 716 719 .. 16 ..
40 1021 117 588 666 707 731 711 713 716 719 751 .. 502 ..
1 rsed as a blower, this pump blows 2U2 litres of air
per minute at 40 pounds pressure: or a cubic foot of
air in 9"6 minute-.
Rett Result* First Minute.— For quantity of water
at 3.") pounds pressure : for power at 10 pouuds.
Another pump of this pattern from a different
source gave results nearer to those of the low-pres-
sure pumps requiring much water.
Best ■ Minute. — For quantity of water
ut 15, 20, and 25 poupds pri ssure— that ;it 25 pounds
is slightly the best ; for power at the lowest pi
MAWSON AND SWAN'S GLASS PUMP.No.3.
out about 1879.)
In Germany sometimes known as " Vollhard'a Pump."
Minutes Bxha
2 3 4 5 6 7
10 used \'T Minute.
P. F.P. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 70 130 171 211 212 273 299 32S 352 371 395mm. 13S litres.
15 135 192 255 304 311 377 108 135 161 1S4 1S9 .. 177 .,
20 20S 229 296 351 39S 137 103 191 517 539 562 „ 2 05 .,
25 297 266 316 106 455 191 527 551 572 602 624 „ 2-34 .,
30 390 309 403 462 510 551 580 617 629 617 660 „ 256 ,.
35 195 335 116 507 553 588 615 610 674 688 698 „ 2"78 „
10 612 376 191 551 591 623 617 667 682 695 706 ., 3 01 .,
1 rsed as a blower, this pump blows 2"25 litres of air
at 40 pounds pressure ; or a cubic foot of air in 12-5
minutes.
Jl'.-t Results First Minute. — For quantity of water
at 4n pounds pressure ; for power at 10 pounds
pressure.
Another pump, rather smaller, from a different
source, had more of the high-pressure character.
Quantity of Water
10 used per Minute.
Minutes Exhausted.
T. F.P. 12 3 4 5 6 7 8
20 128 189 268 325 372 113 117 178 502 525 516mm. 1~25 litres.
25 175 221 309 375 126 171 507 536 564 585 606 „ F378 .,
30 253 263 359 429 481 523 559 5SS 614 634 653 „ 166 ..
35 313 291 103 473 525 567 601 627 650 671 686 ., 176 ..
40 381 320 131 510:562 601 632 658 679 694 705 „ FS75 „
Used as a blower, this pump blows 1 '56 litres of air
per minute ; or a cubic foot of air in 18 minutes.
Best Results First Minute. — For quantity of water
used at 40 pounds pressure ; for power at 20 pounds
pressure.
Minutes Exhausted.
P. FP 12 3456 7
8 9
Quantity of Water
10 used per Minute.
<=%:
10 229 2-57 351 129 181 528 562 588 608 629 612mm. 4 52 litres.
15 393 312 121 .512 .569 611 612 C63 6S1 QpT 710 .. 516
20 586 334 l!*2 5*2 637 671 691 710 718 72.5 731 ..
25 859 39.5 516 629 676 702 71S 728 733 736 738 ,. 676
30 1201 426 585 660 697 71S 72S 733 776 738 711 .. 756
35 1115 150 60S 60S 710 723 731 736 738 741 711 .. ? 12
Used as a blower, this pump blows 1'88 litres of air
per minute at 35 pounds pressure : or a cubic foot of
air in 15 minut
Quantity of Water
9 10 used per minute.
Fig. 26.
Fig. 25.-MUEXCKE .? BRASS POMPS.1
Small Brass Pumt.
Minutes Exhausted.
V V P. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
30 306 356 176 516 598 627 650 668 679 685 692mm. 1"97 litres.
35 381 390 507 5S0 621 650 676 686 697 705 712 ., 2"11 ..
10 168 113 536 603 645 673 692 7C3 712 715 723 .. 230 ..
15 551 432 554 616 658 684 702 712 720 721 728 .. 211 „
50 625 158 580 610 676 699 712 718 723 72S 731 .. 2-16 ..
* The pumps of this form vary much in their efficiency
and consumption of water,
t Dr. Robert Muencke, 58. Luiscnstrasse, Berlin, N.W.
T4
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28. 1887.
The pomp does not work under 30 pounds
pressure.
Used as a blower, this pomp blows at 30 pounds
pressure -I litres of air per minute ; or a cubic foot
of air in \-2 minutes.
/!>st Results First Minute, — For quantity of water
at 50 pounds pressure ; for power at 30 pounds
pressure.
Fig. 26—MUENCKE'S ADJUSTABLE BRASS PUMP.
MinuUs BxhauBte L
P.P. 12 3-1567
Quantity of Water
9 10 used per Minute.
15 220 18 179 313 361 377 390 - - — -mm. 2-88 litres.
20 330 356 460 199 50 4 506 509 — — — - „ 328 „
23 493 126 528 572 5S0 5S8 592 594 — — — „ 388 „
30 62-1 188 598 615 665 676 681 6S6 68S — - „ 40S „
35 81S 507 632 673 697 705 709 712 715 717 719 ., 1T>0 „
; 40 984 535 655 697 712 71S 722 724 726 72S 729 ,. 4'SI „
Used as a blower, this pump blows at 40 pounds
pressure 4 litres of air per minute ; or a cubic foot
of air in 7 minutes.
Best Results First .Minute. — For quantity of water
at 40 pounds pressure ; for power at 20 pounds
pressure.
A great many experiments were made to obtain
the best position by raising or lowering the bottom
part of the pump. The above results are the best
obtained.
Fro. 27. Fig. 28.
Fig. 27.-MUEXCKES GLASS PUMPS.
(Both of these pumps hare a low-pressure character.)
Mimit.-> Exhausted,
P.P. 12 3 4 5 6 7
Quantity of Water
used per Miuwtr.
P. F.P. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
10 226 276 380 158 512 559 592 624 647 665 GSlmm. 414 litres.
15 418 338 465 551 611 653 681 702 715 725 733 „ 518 „
20 630 395 515 603 655 6S9 711 721 731 730 738 „ 6 20
25 890 429 562 631 681 708 720 733 736 738 712 „ 700
30 1220 458 593 644 702 720 731 731 737 740 711 „ 800 „
35 1516 186 616 681 711 728 733 738 713 711 745 „ S'52 „
Used as a blower, this pump Mow- at 35 pounds
pref«ure 33 litres of air per miuute ; or a cubic foot
of air in 8 6 minutes.
Best Result* Fit st Minute.— For quantity of water
nt 20 pounds pressure ; for power at 10 pounds
pressure.
Fin. 28.-MUENCKE"S GLASS PUMP-Modified Fohm.
Minutes Exhausted.
F.P. 12 3 4 5 6 7
Quautity of Water
10 used per Minute.
P. F.P. 123456789
5 127 231 335 106 158 497 530 556 577 595 611mm. 5"0 litres.
10 305 307 131 515 572 611 615 668 681 697 717 „ 62
15 573 398 528 608 668 692 712 723 729 737 710 „ 7"48 ,.
20 SS2 473 601 671 705 720 728 735 738 740 742 „ 8-68 ..
25 1251 515 629 686 715 729 731 737 710 742 714 „ 981 „
Used as a blower, this pump blows at 20 pounds
pressure 2'7G litres of air per minute ; or a cubic foot
of air in 10 minutes.
Best Results First Minute. — For quantity of water
at 15 and 20 pounds pressure ; and for power at the
lowest pressure.
Tables A (p. 75) and B (p. 76) are summaries from
the preceding, with ratios calculated between the
air blown or pumped out and the water used.
Table A shows results, with the pumps used as
blowers, which may be also regarded as exhaustions,
with a receiver of infinitely large capacity, or as the
rate of exhaustion at the exact instant of starting
the pump with any receiver of ordinary limited
capacity. The rate of exhaustion varies as the
exhaustion proceeds, but the first minute's working
gives a useful result for most practical purposes. In
the preceding tables given with each pump the exact
capacity of the receiver and tubes exhausted was
2'28 litres, and Table B gives the results of the first
hi ni ute's working with each pump, at various pressures,
stated as before. On multiplying these readings of
the mercury gauge by the factor 0'03, we obtain the
volume of air pumped out in litres, from which the
ratios of air and water volumes in the right hand
column are calculated ; also on dividing the readings
by 7<;0, or multiplying by 00013, we obtain the volume
of air extracted, compared with that of the receiver
taken as unity.
Besides the pumps named in the preceding tables
I have also tested some others, including the Jagn
and the Witt pulsation pumps. The latter are slower
in their action than the injectors, as they do not
work continuously like them.
The results given in the tables enable any one
knowing the average pressure and quantity of water
available in his laboratory to select the pump which
will give either the quickest evacuation or the highest
result in proportion to the quantity of water used.
Some, such as those of Alvergniat, Finkener,
Sorting, and Arsberger and Zulkowsky, give very
high results at their maximum pressure, but use
considerable' quantities of water. Others give ex-
cellent results in proportion to the water used, such
as those of Bulk, Fischer, Knecht, the small No. 3
Mawson and Swan pump, and the small brass pump
of Muencke.
As mechanical machines doing duty for the energy
supplied to them none of these instruments are very
perfect ; but the best in this respect are the pumps
of Fischer, Kiirting, and the Muencke glass pump,
each worked at the lowest pressures.
I have to thank many of the makers and dealers
in apparatus for catalogues and information
courteously supplied. Besides nearly all the firms
in this country, many of whom have taken much
trouble in the matter, I have also to thank the
foreign firms, some of whose names are given under
the various pumps. Professor A. Weinhold, of
Chemnitz, kindly gave me some notes and references,
and Professor Hummel and Dr. Knecht lent the
pumps mentioned in the tables.
Feb. 28, 188-.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
DISI I S8ION.
The Chairman regarded Mr. Fairley's account of
various pomps, and his explanation of their
action, as most lucid. Dr. Sprengel had revolu-
tionised our ideas of physics by what was Btill known
as the "Sprengel' pump, and since then great ad-
vances had lieen made in the construction and appli-
cation of these apparatus. Considering how extremely
convenient they had been found for laboratory pur-
poses, he was surprised that they were not
universally adopted, and that people should still be
found with patience sufficient to endure the old class
of apparatus. He looked forward with much interest
happened to be working the same pump with only
a paper filter.
The Chairman said he had found by experience
that with an ordinary Korting pump it was possible
to have IS branches at work simultaneously. Under
such circumstances, no difficulty had been found in
getting a pressure of half an atmosphere in ea;h
branch, notwithstanding that ordinary tubing and
ordinary gas-cocks were used. He therefore thought
no difficulty need arise in dividing a vacuum.
Mr. Lkathf.i: replied that that was no doubt quite
true; but what he wanted to point out particularly
was the fact that the practice of distillation in vacuo
was a common thing now, and it was absolutely
T A B L E A.
TABLE OK THE BLOWING POWERS OF
THE VARIOUS PUMPS.
Pressure in pounds
per square inch.
Per Huron,
Nome of Pump.
'""""
of Air to Water.
Price.
Ail Mown in
litres.
Water used in
litres.
to
5-9
C-32
0 93
2s. 6d. & 6 francs.
40
135
508
0-85
12 francs.
Arzbergcr and Zulkowsky (brassl
25
1-36
952
016
22 M.
„ ,, with outflow tube
in lowest position
20
1-51
10-8
012
„ in highest position
to
390 -
511
0-79
10
5'92
079
5F1. (Austrian).
10
2'65
126
062
Is. 6d.
35
638
821
0-77
3s.
10
5-15 352
116
Is. and 3s. 6d.
„ (Dreyer & Co., brass)
10
3-21 226
1-18
2G5M (with gauge)
10
173 380
1-22
,, (copy, maker unknown, brass)
10
290 2'75
1-05
Ss.6d.
10
10
1-76 353
0-90 173
IIS 832
050
Is. 6d.
0-52
30
050
15s.
10
3-00 fSS
062
Is.
10
2'95 1-96
059
Is.
(No. 3 glass)
10
225
3 01
075
Is.
35
330
852
039
2M.
„ (No. 970 glass)
20
2 70
8-60
0?2
2 M.
50
2-75
2-86
112
25 M.
,, (No. 952 brass, adjustable'
with three-way tap) 1
10
1-00
1-72
0-85
60 M.
to the appearance in the Journal of Mr. Fairley's
details, because of their eminent thoroughness and
clearness.
Mr. J. W. Leather said he would like to know
whether Mr. Fairley had ever tried the experiment
of a number of persons using the same filter-pump.
It seemed to him that the thing might be practi-
cable where a number of students were working
together and only a small pressure was required-
provided the pipes did not leak. But considering the
number of joints that would be required and the
generally defective condition of rubber tubing, he
leared the joints would be found to leak rapidly. He
certainly would not like to try it except as an experi-
ment. The question might become serious if one
person wanted to use the pump for working an
apparatus for distillation in vacuo, or at a very low
pressure— Say about 10 millimetres— and another
necessary in manipulating some organic substances
to distil under a pressure of about 10 or 15 milli-
metres only. He feared that under such circum-
stances the practice suggested by Mr. Fairley might
have awkward results.
The Chairman invited Mr. Fairley to state to the
meeting what his experience of such distillation had
been.
Mr. Faieley was sorry to say he had not had much
experience in the use of the air pump for the purpose
of distillation in vacuo. But as regarded joints, tubes,
taps, and so on, he had had considerable experience,
and he was satisfied that it was possible to make and
keep any ordinary gas-taps air-tight. The rubber
tubing which he preferred was the kind used by
photographers for working pneumatic shutters, which
was quite strong enough to resist atmospheric pres-
sure.
76
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL PTDUSTRY. [»*•■ «*
TABLE
T A B L E B.
OF THE FIRST MINUTE'S WORKING OF THE PUMPS
(Exhausting the Receiver o»2'3 litres i apai pty).
: IMiup.
Alvergniat Frerea (glass)
„ ,, (bras9)
Arzberger and Zulkowsky (brass)
with outflow tube
in lowest position
in highest position
Bendil (brass)
Bulk (glass)
Finkener (glass)
Fischer (glass)
(brass, by Dreyer & Co.)
(brass, by Desagal
(brass, copy by ?)
Geissler (glass)
Knecht (brass)
Korting (brass)
Mawson and Swan (No. 1 glassl
(No. 2 glass)
„ „ (No. 3 glass)
Mueneke (No. 971 glassi
(No. 970 glass)
(No. 94S small brass)
Pressure in pounds per .«iviur« inch.
10 15 20 25 SO 35 40 45 50
Ratio I Air
Pumped out lo Waterueed,
— 302 395 112 481 515 561 577 —
— 182 210 322 385 426 132 KS -
221 2S6 371 163 530 — - - —
(No. 952 adjustable brass with ,
three-way tap) i
— 330 119
— 156 213
— 226 299
— 160 226
— 203 217
— 135 205
— 226 261
— 113 220
— 117 162
195 333 126
— 1S2 139
— 138 179
— 130 192
— 276 338
335 131 52S
507 562
273 312
356 106
286 33S
- 117
286 322
268 312
361 390
265 283
179 205
161 252
199 516
273 320
202 217
229 266
395 429
501 629
3.9 —
— 356 126
ITS HIT 512
442 468 473
395 426 453
551 582 —
380 10S 119
351 390 121
416 439 491
312 346 3S0
234 252 307
273 2S6 £96 299
582 - - -
331 139 458 —
289 432 447 —
309 335 376 —
458 486 - -
356 390 413 432
486 507 535 —
I5S
Varies from 027 to 0-29
024 to 029
011 to 016
O'll to 016
0-17 to IV2S
0-22 In Hi';.
0'24 to 0 32
0'21
033 to 035
035 to 051
0'36 to 0-37
0-30 to 040
0-21 to 0 25
035 to 054
015 to 023
0-23 to 0-28
016 to 0-28
0-28 to 0-30
018 to 019
0-19 to 0-21
053 to 056
031 to 031
ENGLISH-GROWN TOBACCO.
BY ARTHUR WINGHAM.
I desire to introduce to the notice of chemists the
results of a few analyses and experiments in con-
nection with what may probably become a new
industry in this country— viz., tobacco-growing. It
is a subject which is being seriously discussed, and
in which a great amount of public and scientific
interest is being shown. The results obtained and
here recorded are purely of a scientific nature, and
tend to throw considerable light on the subject, as
far as they go, and have been obtained by experi-
menting on some samples of English tobacco grown
by Lor. 1 Harris at Faversham. The work has been
carried on in the Chemical Laboratory of the Royal
School of Mines and Normal School of Science.
The English samples examined were of four dis-
tinct varieties, and were consequently arranged into
four lots, which were numbered 1, 3, :s. 4, and
examined separately. The following table shows
the average measurements and weights of leaves :—
No. I.
No. 2 was of a light brown colour, partly green,
and thin and somewhat slender.
LenKth.
Breadth
.it too \A
Weight.
I.
■1
3.
1.
. 22 ii ■
. 16 ..
21 ..
26 ..
It Inches
9 ,,
7 .,
9 „
120granin
.VI
91
83
N'., 1 was of a uniform moderately-deep
brown colour. Rather thick and tough.
dull-
Fra. l.
Fig. 2,
No. :? was deeper in colour than No. 1.
'also and tougher.
Thicker
Feb. 28, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
No. 4 was somewhat similar in shape to No. l, but
lighter colour and thinner, although moderately
tough.
All the leaves were damp and unfenneilted.
Before experimenting with them they wen1 dried
at 100° C. until no further loss in weight took place.
PERCENTAGE OF WATER.
No. 1 21 | No. 3
., i 26 .. 4
22
20
For the purposes of comparison some samples of
foreign tobacco were taken, and worked side by side
with the English samples, and it would be as well to
introduce them here. Unfortunately, these were all
Fig. 4.
fermented leaves, it being impossible to obtain any
that had not undergone fermentation. These sam-
ples were three in number, and were numbered 5, 6,
and 7.
No. 5. American leaf strips (Kentucky). Size,
24in. by lOin. This leaf closely resembled No. 1 in
appearance and structure, and No. 4 in size. Deeper
in colour than any English sample, and reddish-
brown. Moderately strong aromatic odour.
No. <>. American Western strips. Size, 18in. by
8in. This leaf was almost exactly the same in
appearance and structure as No. 3. Deeper in colour,
but not reddish brown. Dark dull-brown, similar to
No. 3, but deeper. Slight aromatic odour.
No. 7. German. Size, loin, by Gin. Very dark in
colour, almost black. Thin leaves, not very strong.
Yeins tough and stringy. Strong odour, but not
aromatic.
The samples 5, <;. and 7 were selected— Nos. 5
and 6 on account of similarity to English leaves, and
No. 7 as being of European growth. They were also
dried at 100° C.
The dried leaves of the seven samples were then
remeasured, and the weights notified, and from these
data a rough idea of the relative weights of the seven
samples was obtained, by calculating the weight in
grammes of one square foot These results are only
approximately accurate, owing to the difficulty of
measuring the area of such irregular shapes as those
of tobacco leaves. They are, however, useful and of
interest. The following are the results : —
WEIGHT IN GRAMMES OF ONE BQUARE FOOT OF
LEAVES DRIED AT loo 0.
No. 1 2 J 4 5 6 7
134 .. 7-5 .. 115 .. 88 .. 75 .. 8'C .. 8'8
It will be seen that in the English samples Nos. 1
and 3 the weights per square foot are nearly double
those of Nos. i> and 0, to which they respectively
correspond in appearance, etc. During the process
of fermentation leaves undoubtedly lose weight, and
very considerably so, but whether they would lose so
much as the difference above is very doubtful. The
samples were then broken up, the mid-ribs removed,
and the remainder crushed up into a coarse powder,
and thoroughly mixed, to obtain a proper homoge-
neous sample. It was this perfectly dried sample at
100° C. that was taken in all cases for analysis and
experiment, and all results expressed in percentages
of leaf, refer to the leaf as bring in this condition,
the only one which could be relied U] for con-
stancy.
Tin1 amount of ash was first determined, with the
usual precautions, and gave the following results :—
PERCENTAGE OF ASH.
No. 1 2
2528 .. 2287
3 4
.. 21-19 .. 23-03
5
1C49
6
2141
7
19-63
In every case the ash was white. In burning the
English samples it was found necessary to continue
the heating from the first, or they would not burn,
and the carbon at a dull red heat burnt off very
slowly. In fact, it was with difficulty that the last
traces were oxidised. No self-supporting combustion
took place at all. On first heating, an oil distilled
off, which burnt with a very luminous flame, espe-
cially so in No. 3, which also burnt altogether more
readily than the others. The foreign leaves, on the
other hand, burnt off very readily, and when once
ignited continued to burn for some time without
continuation of the heat. The exact causes of this
difference in burning properties will not be discussed
here.
From the above results it will be seen that the ash
in the English tobacco is very high. This is of
importance, as showing that the sod has been highly
manured, and that the plant has been probably
forced. This is rather unfavourable, and assuming
that the leaves lose weight in fermentation, the per-
centages of ash in the fermented leaves would be
still higher. Taking twenty per cent, as the probable
loss in weight during fermentation, the resulting
figures would then be in
No. 12 3 4
316 , 28-6^ 26-5 205".
— unusually high results. The highest ash recorded in
connection with tobacco leaves is not over 230 per
cent., and the average is very much below this.
PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF ASH.
I'otash lIv-jO)
Soda (Na20)
Lime (CaO)
JIutjnesia (MgO)
( 'hlorine
Carbonic Acid (COd (by dill'.i
Sulpburic Acid (SOj)
Phosphoric Acid (P-0 J
Silica ISi04
1VA1
Deduct ox. eq. for CI.
Howl, No. 2.
No. 3. No. 4.
802
4-42
1102
3-96
28 02
11-85
4-95
2-61
113
nil
106-31
631
10000
loi;,
4 SI
3S-66
361
28-95
1260
372
2-78
2-76
nil
10607
6-07
10000
7-38
4-J5
9 09
4-64
4310
41-26
3 92
336
27 01
9-69
1095
4 55
3-80
286
3-31
1-89
272
nil
nil
10042
lOOU
642
614
10000 100-00
78
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Feb. 28. 1887.
A complete analysis of the ash was then made of
the English samples, which gave the results shown
in table at foot ol preci ding page.
The usual methods of analysis were employed, and
therefore need aol be detailed.
Tin- ashes of the foreign samples were not analysed,
ire many already recorded.
The figures obtained above are very important and
Useful, and in one or two cases rather remarkable.
The most important constituents are the alkalis and
the lime. The low percentage of potash, and the
high percentage of lime, speak very badly for the
quality of the ash, which should contain a much
larger proportion of potassium to lime. The high
percentage of chlorine is a most remarkable result,
and one also detrimental to good quality. The low
percentage of carbonic acid is no doubt due, to a
certain extent, to the excess of lime over potash, a
certain amount of caustic lime being produced at the
dull-red heat required to burn off the carbon. Sul-
phuric acid is fortunately low, and the phosphoric
acid is much below the average. Taken altogether,
the ashes in the four samples, although varying in
percentage in the leaf, seem to be practically the
same. Nos. 1 and 3 seem to go side by side in what
little difference there is, and the other two are also
very close to each other. It will be remembered that
Nos. 1 and :?, as also 2 and 4, showed a similarity in
weight per square foot.
The total nitrogen was then estimated. The method
employed was the combustion method with copper
oxide in vacuo. To ensure complete combustion of
the organic matter present the substance was mixed
with an excessive amount of copper oxide in a fine
state of powder, and ground down in the mortar with
it. then placed in the combustion tube with the copper
roll and burnt in the usual manner. The following
are the results : —
PERCENTAGE OF, TOTAL NITROGEN.
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
4-62 .... 11G .... 4-67 .... 465 .... 4'33 .... 3'52 .... 4 24
The total amount of nitrogen is of no particular
assistance in deciding as to the quality of a tobacco,
but is still of interest, as showing the amount taken
up by the plant from the soil. What is present in the
case of the English samples appears to be all organic
nitrogen, as the leaves were tested most carefully for
nitrates, and not a trace could be found. This obser-
vation applies to the fleshy part of the leaves only,
as the veins contained small traces of nitrates and
the mid-rib considerable traces. Nitrates were found
in the fleshy part of the American samples, however,
although in very small quantities.
The condition in which the nitrogen existed was
not thoroughly investigated ; but sufficient was done
to cast very serious doubt on the existing ideas of the
changes by fermentation and the causes of the com-
bustibility of tobacco.
This subject is being pursued, and I hope at some
future date to refer again to it.
The amount of soluble matter in the leaf was next
determined. This was done by heating a weighed
quantity with distilled water for one hour to a tem-
perature of 80 0. on a steam-bath, filtering off the
solution, washing the residue, drying it at 100° O,
and weighing it. The following figures were ob-
tained : —
VI 2 3 4 5 6 7
Soluble extract .. 58-00..5d"64..56'56..57'11.. 45*36 8970 S8"27
Residue 42-00. .U'36. .43-15. .42-89. .64-81. CO'SO S1'7S
The results agree very well in the case of the lir.-t
four samples, but the percentages of soluble extract
are very high. It is recorded, in connection with
foreign tobaccos, that the highest extractive obtained
in this way was not over 55'0 per cent., and the
average is about 10 percent, lower, so that the extrac-
tive in the above four samples is excessive, and tends
to confirm the previously-expressed opinion that the
plants have been forced.
The amount of ash contained in the dried leaves
after extraction with water was next ascertained,
as also the amount of nitrogen, with the following
results : —
PERCENTAGE OF ASH AND NITROGEN IN' THE
RESIDUE FROM AQUEOUS EXTRACT.
No. 12 3 4 5 6 7
Ash 10-8!).. 11-40.. 11 -71.. 11-61.. 13-22.. 18-78.. 11-14
Nitrogen 1'13.. 3-06.. 4-25.. 3-29.. 34o.. 3'-'l . rio
It is here worthy of note that the dried residual, or
washed leaves, burnt free from carbon much more
readily than the original leaf. The above results
were calculated into the percentages on original leaf
by allowing for soluble extract, and the amount of
ash, as also nitrogen, extracted by water was obtained
by difference.
PERCENTAGE OF ASH EXTRACTED BY. AND
INSOLUBLE IN. WATER,
Ash So. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Extracted (bv diff.) 2071. .1816.. 1611. .1865.. 9 27.. 1009. .10-72
Not extracted 4"57.. 471 . 5'OS.. V98.. 722. .11-32.. 891
25-2S 22S7 2119 23'63 1619 2141 1963
These results are very important ones, and leave
very little doubt as to the artificial nature of the
plant. The leaves are immature. The amount of
mineral constituents not extracted by water, and
which are consequently those forming part of the leaf
itself, is exceedingly low in all the English samples,
while the amount extracted by water is very high ;
thus showing the superficial nature of the mineral
constituents.
The high figures above in the four English samples,
showing the soluble mineral constituents, no doubt
account, to a large extent, for the high percentage of
soluble extract of the original leaf.
The amount of soluble and insoluble nitrogen is
given in the following table : —
PERCENTAGE OF NITROGEN EXTRACTED BY. AND
INSOLUBLE IN. WATER.
Nitrogen No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Extracted [by dift.) 289 . . 2 90 . . 282 . . 3"24 . . 2'45 . . 1'59 . . 1-50
Not extracted 173 .. 1'26 .. VS5 .. I'll .. P88 .. 193 .. 271
462 416 467 4-65 433 3-52 424
It will be seen that a similar result, in a less
marked degree, is obtained here, as in the case of the
mineral constituents — a higher ratio of soluble nitro-
gen to insoluble in the case of the English samples
than in the case of the foreign. The insoluble
nitrogen may be taken to roughly represent the albu-
menoid nitrogen, as the determination of the albu-
menoid nitrogen in three of the above samples proved
it to be so.
An experiment was next conducted with a view to
ascertain the amount of internal combustion that
took place when the leaves were heated without con-
tact with air. Unfortunately, these experiments did
not prove so simple as was anticipated. Weighed
quantities of each sample were placed in small com-
bustion tubes, closed at one end and drawn out at the
other, and connected with a Sprengel pump. When
a vacuum was obtained the tubes were heated to very
dull redness, about the same temperature being em-
ployed in each case. The gas< s which were produced
were collected and measured. These gases were found
to be mixtures of CO.COs.Nand hydrocarbons. They
were not completely analysed, but the object of the
Feb. 88.1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF OHEMTCAL INDUSTRY.
experiment was kept in view, and the oxides of car
1" 'ii were determined. The COa was absorbed by
potash, and tlie CO by cuprous chloride. Inthis
waj was obtained the amount of carbon oxidised
within the leaf itself. The following arc the re-
sults : —
CM BIC CENTIMETRES OF GASES COLLECTED FROM
ONE GRAMME OF LEAF BURNT IN VAC! 0.
N .. 2 3 4 . 5 6 7
99-9 ... !HS .... 10*1 .... 119 0 .... 137*9 .... ISS'l
PERCENTAGE OF CARBON OXIDISED BY HEATING
IN VACUO.
CAKBOH No. 2 3 4 5 6 7
Oxidised into CO.. 238 ..3-30.. 3'(i:t .. I'M .. HO t"83
.. CO O'oS , 0-49 .. 0-59 .. 0'80 .. 0-89 .. 082
Total 3D* 319 1"22 5'2C 559 5-15
The results of these experiments point in the
direction anticipated — viz., that the amount of carbon
oxidised in the leaf itself is greater in theforeignand
fermented tobacco than in the English and unfer-
mented, A larger quantity of total gas is given off,
and the amount of both CO.; and CO is greater.
This may lie due to the difference of constitution of
the leaves, especially between fermented and unfer-
mented, but it may also arise, and probably does so,
from the presence of nitrates to a small extent, and
more so to the presence of substances introduced at
the time of curing. However, too much importance
must not be attached to these figures at present The
experiment requires further investigation and pro-
bable modification, before results 01 definite value
can be obtained. By some such experiment it might
be possible to measure the internal combustibility of
tobacco, and this would be an important test. The
above experiment tends to show that this can be
done, and it is mentioned here as a preliminary expe-
riment of some interest.
Taking the whole of the results into consideration,
the opinion may be expressed that they are not, by I
any means, all unfavourable. It would be out of
place at the present time to discuss the possibility of
tobacco-growing in this country being a financial suc-
cess, and it would be presumptive on the above few
results to attempt to prognosticate. The object of
these analyses and experiments has been to show the
comparative qualities of English and foreign tobaccos.
This object has been attained, as far as the present
samples are concerned, with the result that some of
the most serious faults have been laid bare. If the
causes of these faults are prevented and guarded
against, there is no telling what the result may be.
The English leaves are very heavily handicapped, on
account of not having undergone the process of fer-
mentation and curing, and consequently, at present,
cannot be fairly judged as a tobacco. What the
action of fermentation, storing, etc., will be upon I
them, it is not easy to say. One thing is pretty ccr- \
tain ; that is, that the leaves would improve, and
they might produce a good tobacco, at any rate better
than some of the inferior qualities imported. It
must not be forgotten that in the above experiment -
they have been compared with good foreign samples. I
The leaves are favourable as to size and general :
appearance, but they lack body. They fail in being
immature, but the reason for this is known, and it
might be remedied. As regards burning, they will not
stand the test applied for cigar tobacco. The ash
also, as shown above, is not of the most desired com-
position, and this is a matter of very considerable
importance.
The one great point, however, is the fermenta-
tion. The exact changes which take place during
this process are at present little known. One or
two things are evident— that loss of weight takes
place, due to oxidation of carbon and probable
elimination of nitrogen, and that the mineral i
tuents remain unaltered, but increase in pern
as the fermentation goes on. These facts would pro-
duce in the case of the English samples an abnormal
quantity of ash, and it is obvious that an organic
substance, being to a degree loaded with mineral con-
stituents which do not lend any aid to the combus-
tion, but on the other hand tend to retard it, will not
burn co freely as a similar substance containing less
of those constituents. This is evidenced to a certain
extent in the interesting fact notified above, that the
leaves which had been digested with hot water, and
from which four-fifths of the mineral constituents
had been removed, burnt much more readily than
the original leaf. Comparing these leaves with
one another, No. 3, or the long narrow leaf, is
decidedly the best, and seems to have thrived better
under the circumstances than the others. It is the
heaviest in weight and lightest in ash, and moreover
burns better than the others. No. 1 is also a heavy
leaf, but it is not of such a good quality.
It must not be forgotten that these remarks apply
only to the present samples, which were all grown by
Lord Harris, and must not be taken as including all
English-grown tobacco. I am at present engaged in
carrying out similar experiments for Mr. C. De L.
Faunce De Laune, on some tobacco grown at Sitting-
bourne, and I hope to have the pleasure of laying
before this Society still more satisfactory results.
My thanks are due to Dr. Hodgkinson for enabling
me to conduct the necessary experiments, and also to
Mr. D. A. Louis.
Erratum.— In the Discussion on Mr. Tracbsel'a paper, page
633, December number, 18S6, 1th and oth lines from the end of
Mi. C. T. Kingzett's remarks, for "90 per cent, of sodium
hyposulphite, and only about 10 per cent, of sodium carbonate."
read " 10 per cent- of sodium hyposulphite, and only about 90
per cent, of sodium carbonate.'
Liverpool Section.
Chairman : Prof. J. Campbell Brown.
Vice-Chairmayi : Dr. F. Hurter.
Committee:
J. W. Kynaston.
E. K. Muapratt.
Jas. Simpson.
A. Norman Tate.
A. Watt.
J. Affleck.
E. G. Ballard.
Ernest Bibby.
H. Brunner.
J. C. Gamble.
1). Herman.
Local Sec. and Tirasurer : \V. P. Thompson, C, Lord .Street,
Liverpool.
Meetings will be held at I'ni versify College Laboratory, Brown-
low Street, on March 2, April (i [Annual Meeting), and
May 1. and the following papers have been promised: —
Mr. V. C. Driffield, "On Boiler Management."
Mr. C. Longuet Higgins. "On the Manufacture of Potas-
sium Chlorate by means of Magnesia."
Mr. J. \V. Macdonald. "On the Manufacture of Arrowroot
in St. Vincent, West Indies ; its Uses and Adulterants."
Notices of Papers and Communications for the Meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
A Meeting was held in the Chemical Tkealrt oj
the University College, BrovmiUno Street, on Wednes-
day evening, February -', 1887.
PROFKSSOE CAMPBELL BROWN PRESIDING.
After the minutes had been read and passed, the
Chairman announced that he had placed on the table
various samples of salol, and the materials from
which it is made, which he thought would prove
B
80
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28. 1887.
interesting to the members ; also a Zeiss's mineral-
ogical microscope containing several improvements,
and a collection of starches from various plants
yielding starch.
The Secretory read Dr. Archbold's paper, ''On the
Manufacture of Starch."
-W*WX<«*4
THE MANUFACTURE OF COIiX STAIICH
IN AMERICA.
BY GEO. ARf'HBOLD, M.D.
The term ''Corn Starch" is exclusively applied to
starch made from maize or Indian corn. There is no
try in the United States which has grown so
rapidly," and concentrated itself into a small circle of
factories, within the last half-century, as this industry.
There are now twenty-two factories engaged in the
manufacture of starch from Indian corn, and located
in six different States, the largest being that at ( lien
Cove, Long Island, known as the Glen Cove Manu-
facturing Co. This i< probably the largest in the
world, there being used each day 33(i,0o0lb. of Indian
corn in the manufacture of starch.
There are also several glucose factories in different
States which also extract starch from Indian corn ;
but as it is never dried, but immediately converted
into glucose or grape sugar, I do not include the
latter as starch factories proper.
The number of wheat starch factories in the
I'nited States does not exceed eight or ten of any
magnitude ; and careful investigation shows that
most of them have no larger capacity than 50 to 100
bushels per diem.
This would indicate a gradual falling into disuse of
wheat starch, with a preference to that made from
Indian corn.
Cereals containing Starch. — The following is a list
of the principal starch-producing cereals, and the
percentage yield of starch, according to the published
analyses of Krocker {Ann. Client, lviii. 212) : —
Wheat Flour 65-21
Rye a-lC,
Oats 3793
Harley 6463
Duck Wheat J3"80
,. Meal 65-05
Indian Corn 65'88
.. Meal 77 71
Hice 86-78
Beans 3771
Peas 38-81
Potatoes yield on an average 18 per cent, of starch'
These percentages of starch appear very high ; how-
ever, they represent high grades of the cereals which
seldom or never find their way into the starch fac-
tories. During my own experience of over six years
in the analysis of Indian corn used in the starch
factories, I very seldom found the quantity of starch
to exceed 58 per cent. The following analysis of
maize represents the average of many samples
analysed in the course of one year's working :—
Water 11-20
arch 51"80
Cellulose 1640
Gum and Sugar L'iK)
Chiten 8-20
Ash 4-80
Fat 4'70
100 00
I have found from experience that the above repre
sents correctly the quality of corn used in the manu-
facture of starch.
The following is an average of 114 of the analyses
of Indian corn from various parts of the I'nited
as given onpages215— 217of the report issued
by the Department of Agriculture, Washington, 1883.
Assuming 54 per cent of the 70'69 per cent, of
carbohydrates therin stated to be starch, then we
have a fair idea of the composition of the Indian
corn used in these industries: —
Water 10-04
Ash Vb'l
nil 5-20
Carbohydrates 70'(!9
Fibre -2-09
Albumenoids (N = 1 Ii7 per cant.) 10'lfi
100 00
Process of Manufacture. — The process universally
adopted is that known as the alkaline or ''sweet
process," and which is adapted to the extraction of
starch from maize better than any other process
known, with one exception, ami that is the "sulphu-
rous acid process,'1 which latter has some objections
which will be explained later on. However, this
much may be said of the SO., process in its favour —
that it not only gives a larger yield and starch of a
very high grade, but much more of the waste
material — gluten, etc. — is recovered in a marketable
condition; and now that the manufacture of SOs
h is become a staple branch of industry, especially in
Great Britain, there is no reason why certain
mechanical difficulties, or rather objections, should
not be overcome, and this process become as general
as the " alkaline."
The reason why the alkaline process is called the
" sweet process " is to distinguish it from the " sour
or acid process" adopted for the extraction of starch
from wheat. This latter consisted in macerating
wheat or wheat flour (thoroughly incorporated with
water) until the alcoholic fermentation, produced at
the expense of the sugar of the wheat and part of
the starch converted into fermentable sugar, had
thoroughly oxidised or converted the said sugar into
acetic acid, which generally requires from three to
four weeks. The gluten of the wheat was then
readily dissolved, and the starch liberated aud
separate 1 by mechanical means, and further purified
by washing in water. (For full particulars of this
! old " sour process," and which is still universally
adopted in America with very little modification by
wheat starch makers, see Muspratt, article ''Starch,"
vol. ii. p. 950 ; "Ures Dictionary," vol. iii. p. T-45.)
In the treatment of maize this process is imprac-
ticable, inasmuch as the gluten of this grain is not
so easily soluble in acetic acid solution as in the case
of wheat and cereals of a like description, and the
, time required in its maceration, to obtain a similar
result in dissolving the gluten, would not only
impair the quality of the starch, but much loss in
quantity would be the result.
In extracting starch from maize by the "sweet
process,11 six operations are necessary, of which the
following brief synopsis will give you some idea,
before I enter upon further details: —
1. The maize is subjected' to a cleansing process by
means of powerful fan- or blowers called winnow-
ing." This cleans the grain from superfluous bran,
dirt, cob, etc. In this process there is generally a
loss of over 1] per cent, of the grain, from the above
bran, dirt, and pieces of cob, etc., being removed.
2. The clean grain is now placed in tanks called
"steeps,' and covered with water at a temperature
ranging from 70° to 140° F., according to the expe-
of the manufacturer. These steeps vary in
capacity, holding from 1000 to 0000 bushels each.
This process requires from three to ten days, or until
the grain is sufficiently soft to grind.
3. The grinding process, which is generally accom-
plished by means of burr-stone mills and iron rollers.
4. The straining process, in which the ground corn
Fob. 28, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDCSTEV.
81
is washed and strained through a series of revolving
sieves with a current of water. In some factories
horizontal square shaking sieves are used.
5. The regrinding of the magma and collection of
the impure starchy matter.
<:. The treatment with caustic alkali, and separation
in the vats called separators.
As it is of the utmost importance to the after
treatment of the impure starch with the solution of
caustic alkali in the vats named "separators,'' that
as much of the oil and mineral constituents of the
corn be removed as is possible, and the nitrogenous
matter surrounding the starch of the grain, such as
gluten and albumen, be thoroughly softened, so as to
be brought to a condition to be acted upon by the
alkali, the process of steeping the grain is one of
great importance, and various methods have beer
adopted. In most factories the corn is allowed
simply to remain in contact with the water for a
period of eight or ten days, or until the putrefactive
fermentation has set in. and the corn soft enough to
grind. During this period much sulphuretted hydro-
gen is given off, thereby creating a most offensive
odour in the neighbourhood of the works, and even
permeating the entire city when winds are favourable.
Another process of softening the grain is that known
as the Mack process, which is used in Germany in
treating rice and maizj for starch, and which consists
mainly in treating these cereals, in a properly con-
structed iron tank, with water (with or without
alkali), and gas or air pressure. The inventor claims
that, by the aid of compressed air, the cereals soften
quicker, and yield from (3 to s pur cent, more of the
finished products, thus saving tune, plant, and chemi-
cals. When water without the addition of alkali is
used with the grain, a tank so constructed, lined
with lead or non-corroding material, might be
used with advantage. For full particulars of this
process see Bingl. tolyt 256, 35.
A similar process has been patented in this country
since the publication of Herr Mack's process, but it
is doubtful if the process will come into general use.
It remains to be proved what influence such treat-
ment of the grain wonld have on the physical condi-
tion and appearance of the finished products. The
most rational system of this treatment of maize is
that used in the Glen Cove Starch Works, previously
referred to, and is the system known as the Durgen
system. In this factory there are three steeps or
tanks, each holding 5500 bushels of corn, which, at
5Glb. per bushel, represent 310,8001b. of corn in each
tank. Through each of these tanks there is a con-
tinuous stream of water heated to a temperature of
130—140° Fahr., which Hows for three days at the
rate of about 10,000 gallons into each tank per day,
after which the corn is sufficiently softened for the
grinding process. It has been estimated that no less
than 315lb. of solid matter per day is extracted from
all these tanks of grain, and which may be divided
into—
1281b. Oil and other organic substances.
611b. Albumenoids.
1261b. Ash of corn and constituents of the water.
3151b.
In this wet and softened condition the grain is
conveyed to the grinding-room, where it is first
ground in burr-stone mills, and from thence passed
through heavy iron roller mills, when it is carried
by wooden spouts and hoppers to the straining de-
partment, generally situated on the floor underneath
the mills. These strainers consist, first, of large
revolving sieves on a slight incline. The first series
are of brass wire, and sixty meshes per square inch ;
the second are of fine bolting silk cloth, such as we
find in flour mills. The ground pulpy mass falls with
a Stream of water into tie- lii-t series, and then
through the second into collecting tanks underneath.
Tie- mixed fine and coarse magma which falls from
the end of these sieves is then conveyed to the
mills, reground, and again passed through these
sieves with a stream of water as before, until the
water ceases to come through milky. Tie- magma
thus exhausted of its starch is then" conveyed to a
separate room, and, in some factories, dried, and sold
as cattle food, or, in its moist condition, as"swill,"
for hog food. Tie- magma (mixed), as taken from the
sieves, has the following average composition : —
Water g2'27
Ash ••>-
on ......;. i-5i
Carbohydrates 28<W
Fibres i-58
Albumenoids o67
too-oo
The above milky fluid, washed from the magma
and collected in the tanks underneath the sieves, as
above stated, is now allowed to rest or subside for
some hours, when the supernatant liquid is allowed
to run to waste. The residue, washed and agitated
with clean water, is again allowed to repose, and the
supernatant liquid run to waste. This second wash-
ing is necessary, as, in warm weather especially, the
suspended impure starch is apt to turn sour, which
would interfere with subsequent operations. The
deposited impure starchy matter is now pumped up
in a semi-liquid condition into large vats, called
" separators, " which are generally on the top floor of
large factories— this impure starch consisting chiefly
of starch and gluten, cellulose and fat.
These so-called separators are huge wooden vats,
of a cylindrical form, several feet high, and about the
same in diameter, provided with a series of plug-
holes in the sides, arranged towards the bottom in
equal distances (generally six to twelve inches), and
the vat is provided with a mechanical stirrer with
necessary gearing. In all well - regulated fac-
tories there is generally a series of such vats. The
impure starchy matter being pumped into these vats,
is diluted with clean water and the agitators put in
thorough motion ; and here is added cautiously, by
degrees, a solution of caustic soda of a gravity 7—8°
Baume until the milky liquid has changed to a
greenish yellow colour. The agitation is then con-
tinued for some hours, so that when a sample taken
from the vat or separator in a glass beaker separates
into two layers, the bottom layer dark coloured, and
the upper pure white, being the starch.
It may be here remarked that the glutenous or
nitrogenous matter of corn consists of two kinds-
one which is dissolved by a solution of caustic
alkali, the other which is precipitated, and is of a dark
yellowish-green colour. The separation being com-
plete, the machinery is stopped and the separated
starch and glutenous matter is allowed to deposit,
and the supernatant solution of gluten, oil, etc., is
allowed to run to waste, and the deposited starch and
glutenous matter washed and agitated with water,
and allowed to stand at rest for fifteen to twenty
minutes to allow the insoluble gluten to subside, when
the first plug is drawn, and the starch suspended in
the water is allowed to flow into a properly arranged
gutter to vats underneath ; then the next plug, and
90 on until the last plug has been drawn. The plugs
are replaced and the vats again filled with water, and
the operation repeated as before. This operation,
called the syphoning process, is generally repeated
three times, and the three runnings of starch are
collected in three separate vats forming the three
grades of starcli of the factory. The deposited
B2
83
THE JOURNAL OF TITF. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. fFeb.28,1887
matters, nearly exhausted of starch by the above
ill collected and run over what is called
lined table, which i ol wide gutters,
side by side, sixty feet long, with a fall ol from
to six inches at the lower end. The deposited
matters are allowed to flow evenly and slowly with a
stream of water, the light materials running off the
end to waste, while the starch deposits in the gutters
The starch 1 1, 2, and 3)syphonings, as above stated,
collected in different vats, are allowed to re-
pose, the supernatant liquid being run to wast
then the starch is well agitated with water- in some
cases, at this -tage, it is necessary to resyphon as
1 hiring these operations in summer, when the atmo-
sphere is hot it is necessary to keep the starch in
this semi-liquid state cool, and large lumps of ice are
kept floating in the vats.
These three grades of factory starch, produced as
above, being clean, are again agitated with water and
allowed to now through a tine sieve of bolting cloth
into oblong tanks of wood, called '"settlers" — the
cloth retaining any fibre or glutenous impurity while
the finer cells of starch run through with the water.
The starch now deposits in these tanks hard and firm
on the bottom, while the water can be run off clear
to the surface of the starch.
The next stage of the manufacture is to collect this
deposited starch in moulds : these moulds are oblong
boxes with a perforated bottom. A piece of muslin is
damped with water, and packed in the bottom
and sides of these boxes, so as to form a perfect
lining of the damp muslin. The moulds so prepared
are all arranged on stands side by side, and the
deposited starch dug out of the settlers and firmly
picked in these moulds to the brim, and as the
moisture drains, and the starch subsides in the
moulds, more starch is added until it ceases to further
settle ; in this condition it is allowed to remain for
some hours, when the moist starch (which now con-
tains some 60 per cent, moisture') is turned out on to
a table, and the oblong block cut through into equal
and convenient sized blocks or squares. These pieces,
or squares, are then placed on an absorbing medium,
or floor, which is generally made of porous brick
covered with a layer of plaster of Paris cement :
this floor is heated and dried by means of
a series of steam pipes underneath. After being
i iposed on this warm absorbing surface some hours,
the starch contains over 4."> per cent, moisture, and is
ready for the crusting process. That is, the blocks
are placed side by side on a rack, shelf, or shelves, in
a kiln, and allowed to remain therein, exposed
to a heat of 120° to 130°, until they assume a
yellowish brown crust on the outside (this crust
generally varies from Jin. to Jin., more or less, in thick-
ness), when they are taken out, and the crust removed
—when the interior is perfectly white, the heat having
removed the impure matter to the outside. In this
form it is wrapped in paper, and again returned to
tin kiln, and exposed to a temperature of 156° P. to
176 1'. and allowed to remain therein exposed to
such a degree of heat for a term of three to seven
days, or even two to three weeks, according to the
nature and size of the crystals required (the pieces
of starch of commerce are called crystals in factory
language). If the higher temperature and short
period in contact therewith be used, small pipe
crystals are the result. If the lower temperature and
longer time, the search is obtained in larger chunks
and more irregular. These various forms of lump
starch are in great demand in the American market.
The starch, as it comes from the kiln in this form,
and when taken from the paper, falls into these
numerous pieces and forms; Sometimes a large,
roundish piece in the centre (called a boulder) still
retains its moistUJ on, and is of a tine nature,
but, on being thrown amongst the hot starch, assumes
the same charactei as the rest.
Starch from the kilns is practically dry, containing
from i to 1 per cent moisture, but, on exposure to the
air, again takes up moisture, and then retains its
commercial condition with L5 per cent, wal
moisture.
A sample of starch, taken in the evening, practi-
cally dry from the kilns — Le., containing | 11-0 —
was allowed to remain in the ofKce till the following
morning in an open box, was found to have absorbed
"> per cent, moisture, which it had gained from the
atmosphere. The larger the pieces, the larger the
percentage of moisture will be absorbed. And, even
exposed in a comparatively dry store-room m barrels
for a length of time, the moisture absorbed varies
from 10 to i;, per cent., adding to the original weight
of starch. This fact is taken advantage of by some
manufacturer.-- aa a source of revenue.
The most careful manufacturer, with the most per-
fect machinery and arrangements, neverobtains more
than ^Slb. on an average of starch per bushel of
corn of 5Glb., being 50 per cent, of the above average
analysis of corn.
The loss of starch by this so-called "sweet process"
is invarial ly 4 per cent., and in some instances km iwn
to me, the loss exceeds 8 per cent., winch proves
carelessness or unskilled workmanship.
The above sketch of the alkaline process describes
that which is universally used by the starch makers
in the United States with very little variation.
The scrapings, crustings and sweepings from the
floor, together with the starch collected on the
inclined tables, or gutters, called "tailings," are in
some factories worked with subsequent batches of
starch. In other cases, and I venture to say many,
this is dried, ground, and placed in the market as corn
flour, " starch flour," or farina. Lately, a quantity ol
the latter was handed to me for analysis, which hail
been bought as " potato farina," and invoiced as such
by a sausage manufacturer in Syracuse, X.Y.
Microscopic and chemical analysis revealed its true
nature, as an article unfit for human consump-
tion, being full of microscopic aniiualcuke, etc.
As previously stated, it is of importance in
the early stage of the treatment of the corn to
remove as much as possible of the oil and mineral
constituents of the grain by steeping, in order that
the starch may be rendered as pure as possible,
and, as an incidental product, to save all the refuse
that can with economy be prevented running to
waste. However, in my experience as chemist in a
large factory,. and past experience in similar factories
as to which I have been consulted, careful scientific
investigation has proved that, as a rule, not more
than 13'7lb. of actual dry refuse matter as hog food
is recovered in the treatment of corn, per bushel
of 56lb., the r>6lb. of corn being represented aa
follows : —
Starch recovered 2S0001b.
] )ry refuse as food 13'700
Bran (in clearing process) 0'"2»
Original H, Oof corn 5 626
18-054
Actual loss 7M6
Total 56-000
The above figures show an actual loss of practically
bib. of the solid constituents of the coin, and which
may be divided among the various constituents of
the corn as follows : — The above 13 Tib. recovered as
actual dry food is generally recovered as containing
62 to 80.£ moisture, and sold as such, seldom in a
-■• 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXl-l VI'KV.
S3
dry state, and taking the analysis given in a pre-
vious part of this paper, which is a very correct
-u of commercial "starch feed," it is shown to
contain 68'87 11. < >. therefore the above 13'7lb.
would represent :c> ponnds per bushel of moist refuse
'•red from 1 bushel oi eorn as hog food.
The wasted matter is, therefore, divided among the
constituents, as follows :—
As showing the distribution of the loss among the
various constituents of the corn, the following table
is calculated to 2775 bushels, at 56 pounds to the
bushel, or lo<">,400 pounds of corn, which is about the
average daily consumption of corn in an institution
known to the writer —
increase by the successive deposition of new layers
within the old ones, so that each layer is you?
and less compactly aggregated than the one which
immediately surrounds it. and since the layers are
for the most part of variable thickness they cause
the granule to deviate gradually in form from the
originally spherical nucleus and assume for the most
part an ovoid form. According to Maschke, the
starch globules appear like bundles of three con-
centric bladders, with light and dark rings, the light
rings being formed of insoluble, the dark of soluble
rch, and enclosing the centre cavity of the im
most bladder, which is either empty or filled with
amy lone."
1 . rent.
Corn in Pon
Food per cent.
Food in Pounds
Recovered.
Total Loc* in
Pounds.
tiels at 561b. =
dirt = 153,4001b.
Water
10-01
15,101}
2.331J
62 27
62.510
300
2.031J
2.0311
Ash .
va
0-27
Oil
5-20
7.977
1-31
1,305
6.672
70-60
108,1381
2S-90
29,015
1.603J
Fibre
2-09
3,206
1-53
1.610
1,596
10-16
16.0155
5*67
5,730
10,3151
100-00
153,100
10000
100,500
22,3081
• Starch
50
77,700
trace
trace
trace
The above table will give some idea of the loss of
solid matters other than starch, in a factory of large
dimensions, and which is entirely caused by running
away with the various waste waters, g glance at the
quantity of albumenoids thus wasted— over 10,000
pounds daily in the above instance, and, so far as
my own experience in the connection with such
factories, the above gives a fair and average idea of
the waste of valuable products.
This quantity of nitrogenous matter one would
imagine could easily and profitably be recovered, and
utilised as a source of nitrogen, ammonia, etc., in
its crude form. Some years ago, the author tried to
interest starch manufacturers in this direction, he
having been offered the highest market value, by
respectable manufacturers of fertilisersand others, but
through want of technical knowledge and compre-
n on the part of the manufacturers of starch,
received no encouragement, they preferring to allow
it to run to waste.
In a factory, then, claiming to consume annually
i.OOOlb. of corn, what must be the loss
explained in the previous part of the paper, it is
due to the existing ignorance of the processes
involved in the manufacture of starch, on the part
of stockholders and others interested in such fac-
tories.
Chemical and <>/>>/' -,ii Properties of Starch.—
According to "Watts'* Dictionary L'hem." v. 408:
-Starch is a white shining powder, soft to the touch,
grating between the ringers or the teeth, sometimes
consisting of amorphous masses, but mure frequently
of granules reoognisable by the microscope."
granules are of various " diameter [from \ to
a line (Fritzsche); from 0185 to 0-002 millimeter
(Payen)]and various form, have commonly a small
ntric nucleus, surrounded by layers arranged
concentrically one over the other." These envel
The starch granules from corn have a diameter
of 0030 millimeters, the specific gravity being 1*5
at the normal temperature. Starch of inferior
quality- has generally a "golden or yellow tinge"
when broken, which indicates the presence of gluten.
Some years ago commercial starch from corn was
said to be (U.S.A.) of this latter tinge. However,
the inroads of science upon ignorance have dispelled
this idea. Regarding the chemical composition of
starch, there can be no doubt but that the conclu-
sions arrived at by Salamon (Jour. f. Prakt Cheat.
1883, page 28) are correct, and that the empirical
formula of starch is O-H^.O-. or some multiple of it
1 H10O.-„ and which the author has had an
opportunity of proving during considerable work on
starch, which he hopes to communicate to the
Society in a subsequent paper, supplementary to the
present.
Commercial Starch. — Experience has proved that
three grades of starch may he extracted from
corn, differing only in their degree of purity, or
freedom from the other constituents of the grain,
and from these three grades are put up the various
brands upon the market under a variety of names,
and for a variety of purpi
Upon the removal from the drying kilns, starch
will seek and find an equilibrium of H..O with the
surrounding atmosphere, which may be readily
understood as follows : —
Starch dried at 100 C. in vacuo (is completelv drv)
ld-5 „ (contains 10 II < "
20 in air containing 0C, . II O
= I86V H,0
Starch dried in air saturated with moisture
= 35-7s, H-O
Starch.
= 100',
= 90
=81 -'
M-3
Experience thus bears out the statement of the
late Dr. Muspratt : "When starch, which has
dried in moist air for several days, is exposed to the
M
THE JOUKNAL OK THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTP.V. [JV*. ffl, 1887.
circulation of a dry atmosphere, it parts with a fur-
ther quantity of ftjO, which reduces the percentage
of this ingredient to is per rent. Thus dried it con-
stitutes tin' average commercial starch." The follow-
ing analyses of two samples of starch will give some
corroboration of this. No. 1 represents a aample of
maizena (pure corn starch), as taken from the kiln
and placed in the desiccator after being weighed.
No. 2 is a sample of same stareh taken from a
package put up for commercial use, from a store : —
BUrcb,
Fibre .
•Ash
ll ,0
No. 1. No. 2.
98 90-G067
ii nil
ii-.-s 0-2758
1-2 9-1173
100 0 1000000
The above represents a very high grade of starch
for cooking purposes, and the highest that can be
obtained commercially ; and the longer such starch
is exposed to the atmosphere the more hLO it
would absorb, which would corroborate Pro-
fessor Huspratt's .--tatements — namely, that starch
exposed to the atmosphere contains 180 in 1000
of H20. Certain manufacturers in the I'.S.A.
have made a claim (based on the analysis of their
stareh by a food analyst in London) that "their
stareh contains 99'8 per cent, of chemically pure
stareh." Such a standard of purity could not exist
commercially. Even assuming that the starch was
dried in vacuo at 100° C, the amount of ash would
be nearly Co per cent. ; and a careful study of the
above facts relating to the absorption of H20 from
the air, etc., show that such an analysis would be an
utter impossibility, and more especially with a starch
after a voyage across the ocean.
On the technology of this important industry I
will treat at greater length on "The Composition of
the Various Commercial Starches of America," in my
subsequent paper.
DISCUSSION.
The Chairman said they had heard a very
interesting paper, but there were one or two
points on which he . thought they might be en-
lightened. The "grade of starch" was a com-
mercial phrase, which he thought might with
advantage be explained. It might refer to the
size of grain, or to the composition, or simply to
the colour. There was a mania on the part of
commercial people for some particular colour in
many articles — for instance, "whiteness." Now
"whiteness'' did not always indicate the purity of
an article. The whiteness of cream would not
indicate that it was pure. The "grade" of starch
might be measured by its whiteness, and this white-
ness might be obtained at the expense of its
good qualities. They were told in the paper how
the different grades were obtained, but he would like
to know what was meant by a grade of starch'!
Another thing which struck him was that in choosing
the substance for the manufacture of starch many
things were preferable that were really of less actual
feeding value than others. They would reject
beans and lentils, which were really very much more
valuable substances than some of those which held
more starch, because, in fact, the value of albu-
minous matter for feeding purposes was very much
greater than starch. Starch was an essential con-
stituent of food, and was a less costly one than
the albuminous ingredients. Maize was compare
tively rich in albuminous constituents; it was not
so rich as beans and peas, but was much richer
than rice or wheat, '.therefore, for economical pur-
• Ash chiefly phosphates of the grain,
posi 5, it was not desirable that the preservation of
the starch should be the great sole object of the
manufacturer.
Dr. Koiin asked what led Dr. Archbold to doubt
that (( 'nHlnO:.)n was the correct formula for starch ?
It had, he thought, been -perfectly clearly established.
The Ciiaii-.man, in proposing a vote of thanks to
the writer of the paper, stated that a report of the
discussion would be submitted to Dr. Archbold,
and his replies would subsequently appear in the
Journal.
— *»*»*»**»+»♦ —
ON THE DETERMINATION OF SULPHUR
IN PYRITES.
BY JAMES W. WESTMORELAND, F.I.C.,
Associate of the Koyal School of Mines, Tx>ndon.
ALTHOUGH much has teen written within the last
few years regarding the estimation of sulphur in
pyrites, yet at the present time the comparison of the
results obtained by various operators is far from satis-
factory, and this will not occasion surprise when the
details of the methods used in various assay offices
and laboratories are examined.
The following process was in use some time ago in
a copper assay offiee,where sulphur tests are made : -
The orewas powdered in a wedgwood mortar,dissolved
in nitric acid, with the addition of a little hydro-
chloric acid, diluted with rain water and filtered,
excess of solution of barium chloride added to the
filtrate, the precipitated barium sulphate collected on
English blotting paper, washed with rain water,
ignited and weighed. The acids and rain water con-
tained a notable amount of sulphur, while the blotting
paper allowed some barium sulphate to pass through
its pores ; and when it is stated that the operators
did not know that silica (sand)was insoluble in hydro-
chloric acid, the extremely valuable nature of the
results will be apparent. Tests made in this way
were used to check the vendors' assays (made in a
somewhat similar manner) on 1600 to 2C00 tons of
pyrites per month : and the settlements were at hast
one per cent, above the truth. Sulphur at this time
being Gd. per unit, the loss to the buyers varied from
£40 to £b0 per month.
The following assays of samples of pyrites, in which
my results are compared with those of another opera-
tor, will show the extremely variable character of
these tests : —
SULPHUR ASSAYS IN TYIIITES.
J.W. W. Vendore' AlIBJl Settled Produce.
497 -
48 23'
«8-36i
4S-S1 1
48-70'
50'2
49031 ,„.,
49'
4S-49'
48-52T
48-82
49-20i
arut
4911
49-26
19-21
49-15
4931
49-631
4964 r
18-94
40-72 I
4674 f
i 19 7 I
I 19 5 i
IS I
48 8
49-3
18 9
t'.iO
182
480
IS-2
482 (!)
48-2 (!)
48'6
485
49-0
48 6
488 (!)
17-9(1)
ltoferee.
16-8
lreh.28,1887.] THE J0UBNA1 Of Till-: socikty <>i CHEMICAL INDUS! RY.
The following are assays of one month's deliveries
of pyrites : —
Vfn.l i Settled Produce.
191 19-2 or refer 190 ....
19-9 19-5 or refer 19 -'
498 19-3
191 19-5 or refer 19-2
19-5 19-1
49-1 I. in
498 W2oi refer 191
498 494
.1 w W.
18-83
\ 4879
I 19-18
, I9-15
. l!i 12
19-111
. 19-08
i 19-00
■ i I'.i in;
. in 28
While my results on the above series of samples
are, as a rule, much below those of the vendors'
era, in another series with another analyst my
principals received a letter from buyers stating thai
my results were considerably higher than those made
on behalf of the vendors, who would probably be
complaining to their analyst of the low results he
returned. On investigation it transpired that the
vendors' assays were returned on the ore as received,
while my assays were reported on the dryore without
this fact being stated on the certificate. More recent
assays, however, have shown that his results win-
still seriously below mine, and it became the practice
to return a produce 0'50 i er cent, below my results on
these samples : —
Vendors' Annljst.
48'8
487
J. w w.
19-70.. 49-61
4911
The principal methods which have been suggested
for the estimation of sulphur in pyrites, are noticed
in Dr. Lunge's "Treatise on the Manufacture of Sul
phuric Acid.'' Although Teschemacber and Smith
pointed out the necessity for the removal of all nitric
acid, before precipitation with barium chloride {Chan.
A< ' .. vol. xxiv. p. 61—64), and the inaccuracy is also
referred to by Deuteeom (Chem. Nt ws, vol. xlii. p. 317;
Zeits. Anal. Chan. 1880, 313), I lelieve precipitations
in nitric acid solutions are made by some assayers at
the present time.
Recently, the paper by Dr. Clark, taking exception
to the results obtained by a modification of Dr.
Lunge's " old process" (Jour. Soc. Chem. Ind. 1885, p.
329), and in which he proposes to decompose pyrites
by heating in a muffle with magnesia and sodium
hydrate, has revived the controversy regarding the
accuracy of various methods ; and communications
from Drs. Clark and Lunge appear in this Journal,
1885, pp. 449, :<',?,, 724, Dr. Lunge objects to any
fusion process on the ground that any sulphur
present as galena or heavy spar would be estimated,
but is silent on the subject of sulphur combined with
zinc, which he states ("Sulphuric Acid and Alkali, i. p.
li 'Vi is of no use to the alkali manufacturer. I agree
with Dr. Clark, that with the cupreous pyrites used
in England the whole of the sulphur combined with
lead and lime is estimated by either of Dr. Lunge's
methods, and some experiments 1 have made a ntirm
the opinion that the low results obtained in some
laboratories were due to the large amount of hydro-
chloric acid used in washing the sulphate of barium
precipitate.
Mr. Pattinson has shown (Join: Soc. Chem. /»</.
1885, p. 721) that the results of Clark's method anil
Lunge's " new method" are concordant. I hopi to
show that the results obtained by Lunge's "old
process" ("Sulphuric Acid and Alkali" i. p. 102) agree
closely with those given by the new process (" Alkali
Makers' 1'ocket Look," p. 82), which is, therefore, a
needless elaboration. The new method is also liable
to losses caused by an extra filtration and washing,
and by sulphur retained in the peroxide of iron
precipitate, while sulphur is liable to be introduced
by the ammonia and hydrochloric acid used for
acidifying. In the majority of the papers dealing
with the estimation of sulphur there are no ele-
ments given in which substances of known composi-
tion an- operated on, concordant results only being
quoted, which may or may not have been affected by
tant error which has escaped detection.
I '.i ing aware that in many cases where an amount
of crystallised barium chloride slightly in e
that required by theory hail been used as the precipi-
tant in solutions of pyrites, the filtrates from the
llaSn, precipitate were in a state of unstable equi-
librium, and would give precipitates either on the
addition of dilute sulphuric acid or solution of barium
chloride, I made. a series of experiments with pri
sulphate of iron; double sulphate of iron and
ammonia, ammonia iron alum, and pure recrystallisi d
sulphate of ammonia, using 55 grains of crystallised
barium chloride to 5 grains of sulphur approximately
present (5 grains sulphur requires 38'1 gTains BaCL,
2aq.). The results ol the precipitations from ferrous
solutions confirm Teschemacber and Smith's state-
ment that the percentages so obtained are above the
truth, while the other tests give results as a rule
slightly under the theoretical percentage. The
experiments were made by dissolving the salts,
diluting to 20oz. bulk of water, boiling, adding
gradually the hot solution of barium chloride, and
allowing the solutions to stand overnight. In all
cases the acids and water used were tested to make
sure no sulphur was present in them.
SULPHUR EXPERIMENTS: 55
USED BaC1..2aq. USED TO 5
APPROXIMATELY PRESENT.
Protosulphate of Iron— FeSO,,7aq.
Theoretical percentage of sulphur
GRAINS CRYSTAL-
GRAINS SULPHUR
11-51
11-629
11-633
By direct precipitation as ferrous salt
Bv precipitation after oxidation, evaporation
to expel nitric acid, etc., as in pyrites assays 11-473 1P491
By precipitation after oxidation with perman
ganate of potassium
Double Sulphate of Iron and Ammonia -Y^SO ,.
Theoretical percentage of sulphur
By direct precipitation as ferrous salt
By precipitation after oxidation, evaporation!
to expel nitric acid. etc.. as in pyrites assays /
By precipitation after oxidation with perman-
ganate of potassium
Ammonia-iron Alum— (NH,), SO,.Fe;iSO,)
Theoretical percentage of sulphur
By direct precipitation
Sulphate of Ammonia— tXH,t;SO,. —
Theoretical percentage of sulphur
i
By direct precipitation
Average
11-518 11-53S
iNH,i.SO,,6aq.
10-326 —
16 352 16337
10-212 16193
16248 16190
16313 16-372
„21aq.-
13-273 —
13-197 13203
2421 —
21201 21312
24-282 21-201
21219
More recently I have made experiments by
dissolving; recrystallised sulphur, recently fused and
powdered, in pure redistilled nitric acid, adding the
relative proportions of iron, copper, lead, and zinc,
and treating the solutions so ootained as pyrites
assays : —
BY PRECIPITATION FROM FERRIC SOLUTIONS:
LUNGES "OLD PROCESS."
Sulphur taken —
Iron
Lead
Copper
Zinc
Sulphate of barium
equal to sulphur
Grains.
4-985
Grains.
4'988
121
401
010
032
030
o-io
3628
3625
4-982
4-978
BY. PRECIPITATION AFTER SEPARATION OF THE
FERRIC OXIDE BY AMMONIA ETC. : LUNGES "NEW
PROCESS."
Sulphur
Grains.
4t»7 .
4-SS .
36-335 '
4VJO .
Grains.
.. 5000 ..
.. 438 ..
.. o-io ..
i '36-22.1 '.'.
.. 1975
Grains.
.. 5-012 .
.. 423 .
.. o-io .
.. 0-32 .
"38-38 '.
i 888
Grains.
.. 5019
.. 4-60
'.'. o-.o
.. 010
Sulphate of barium
equal to sulphur
.3655
.. 5019
86
T1IK .lOlllNAI. OF 'I HI'. SOCIETY OE CHEMICAL INDUSTBY. IFeb.28,1887.
1636 M 11
46-55 16-48
10-59 4651
To test the effect of excess of barium chloride on
the weight of the precipitate obtained, I made the
following experiments on samples of pyrites : —
By precipitation with SSgrs. crys. UaCl3. I
„ 65 M 1S"24' s.
Mean.
By precipitation -with 55grs. crys. BaCl, 4616
75 „ I6"4i
95 ., 16-50
In the above experiments the precipitates were
allowed to stand overnight ; the same sample was
also tested by precipitation with 55 grains crystallised
chloride of barium, and filtration after standing
thirty minutes : two experiments gave
i 2S and PV14 ; mean 40'36 per cent, sulphur.
I have referred previously to the solubility of sul-
phate of barium in hydrochloric acid ; the following
experiments show the necessity for extreme care in
the use of HC1 when washing this precipitate. Thus,
while filtrates from precipitations of pyrites solutions
(10gndnspyrites,55grains crystallised barium chloride)
remained quite clear, or gave only traces of a precipi-
tate on the addition of more barium chloride ; when
much hydrochloric acid was used in washing the
precipitate, the washings, although remaining quite
clear on standing, gave, on the addition of barium
chloride solution, a precipitate the quantity of which
varied with the amount of acid used ; and this
' occurred not only with pyrites assays, but with
experiments made with sulphate of ammonia. The
quantity of precipitate obtained was much greater
than could be accounted for by assuming that
other sulphates were precipitated with the sul-
phate of baryta, and were removed from it by the
excessive use of hydrochloric acid, while the fact ihat
the total amount of barium sulphate obtained in
duplicate experiments was the same with limited and
excessive use of acid, supports the view that sulphate
of baryta was dissolved and reprecipitated by the
addition of barium chloride. Two portions of sul-
phate of ammonia, containing approximately 5 grains
of sulphur, were taken, dissolved in water, slightly
acidified with HC1, and precipitated with 05 grains
crystallised barium chloride. After standing overnight
one of the precipitates was washed in the usual
manner, dried, ignited, and weighed. After removing
the supernatant fluid from the other precipitate it
was washed with an ounce of boiling water, which
was, after settling, passed through the filter. The
precipitate was then treated with 400 measured
grains of strong hydrochloric acid, and twenty ounces
of boiling water added, the precipitate well stirred
up, and after settling the clear fluid decanted ; twenty
ounces of boiling water were then poured over the
precipitate, and after settling passed through the
tilter, to which the precipitate was then transferred,
washed, dried, ignited, and weighed. The washings
of this second experiment were then treated with
barium chloride, and the precipitate washed, dried,
etc., as usual. The sample of sulphate of ammonia
contained a little free acid, which will account for
the results being slightly above the theoretical per-
centage : —
were treated with hydrochloric acid were conducted
as described above.
Grains.
20-56
Grains.
_..- 20591
:'-,l,^1} 35-625
wiih aci<
36515
21-39
0 93
36-555
21 -37
Ammonium sulphate taken..
Sulphate of barium washed
with water
Sulphate of barium from
acid washings
Total barium sulphate
K>iual to sulphur per cent. . .
!'>/>)'■* Aaayt. — In the following teste of pyrites
s old and new processes were conducted as In-
describes, but employing H> grains of pyrites and 55
grains crystallised barium chloride for each ti
allowing the solutions to itand overnight The
experiments in which the barium sulphate precipitates
Lunge's
iiM Process.
V w
.Wll i
50-10 I
50-OS
After
with
10 1
IS-61
>■-", Total
from Sulphur
W.ishings. per
OrainB. cent.
44-95
1 198 I
14-88
43-57
1
1929
HC25
IS 01
1
50-11 t
4995 /
50-10
-
4918
19-15
-
19-12
4932
-
48-91
48-78
49-66 j'
49-57
-
4959
49-57
-
4907
•4905 1
4905
1105
1-005
1015
5012
14-95
P.CI4
In concluding this portion of my paper I would
refer briefly to the following points : I And it is im-
possible to expel all the nitric acid from pyrites
solutions on the first evaporation (Lunge : '-Sulphuric-
Acid/' i. p. 102) ; on treating the residue with HC1
considerable effervescence and evolution of nitrous
fumes results, necessitating precautions to avoid
loss : and the great difficulty of completely re-
moving all the sulphur from the peroxide of iron
precipitated by ammonia. This precipitate should
always be dissolved and tested for sulphur, although
generally the amount is small. Some operators I
believe dissolve pyrites in nitrohydrochioric acid,
decomposing the excess of nitric acid by repeated
additions of hydrochloric acid and boiling, precipi-
tating from this solution with barium chloride. My
experience is that it is impossible to expel the nitric
acid completely, and that tests made in this manner
are liable to serious error.
With regard to the percentage of available sulphur
in pyrites, Dr. Lunge objects to the sulphur equivalent
to the lead, zinc, and lime present being estimated as
available, stating (" Sulphuric Acid and Alkali," vol. i.
p. 108) that lead and zinc sulphates are hardly or not
at all decomposed at the temperature of a pyrites
burner ; and on p. 246 of the same volume he Btates
that burnt ores always contain some sulphate of iron.
On examining the analysis of burnt ores by Gibb,
quoted by him on p. 589, it will be found that the
Tinto, Tharsis, and Mason's burnt ores contain more
sulphur as sulphuric acid (SOs) than suffices to
combine with all the oxide ol copper, lead, zinc, ami
lime present. An analysis of San Domingo burnt
ore, by Phillips, also shows that more sulphur is
present than suffices to form sulphates with all the
copper, lead, zinc and lime.
Burnt Ores: —
Tinto. Thar.-is. MaMn -.
SO.,pcrcent 0'10 5'25 580
■ mired by PbO. (mi, /.„(>,
Pa'
519
3-87
San D Ore. Analysis ly Phillips : —
Total sulphur per cent 3C6
Sulphur required to form sulphates with Cu, l'b,
Zu. and I an
2-59
' The addition of tartaric acid to solutions of ferric salts
before precipitation with barium chloride baa been reeom-
mended to prevent oxideof iron precipitating h itli the barium
Bnlphate : 50 graina of tartaric acid were added in ibis experi-
menl, but without any inlluence on the result.
Feb.48,i88T.] THE JOUENAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
In an analysis of burnt ore from Norwegian pyrites
the figures are —
SO pci' cent
SO required by PbO, CaO, CuO 3-68
BO toZnt) 287
6 16 per cent. ZnO present requires 6"38 percent
So.. ; in this case it is evident some of the sulphate
of zinc has been decomposed. It' the analysis ol
burnt ores from Spanish pyrites referred to above are
examined, it will be found that the sulphur required
m sulphates with tin: lime and lead present ia
relatively small, while the zinc requires a much,
higher percentage. This is also evident in the
following analysis of average samples of pyrites
in entry made by me —
sulphur in pyrites are concordant, and express the
total percentage in Spanish pyrites ; that a moi
excess of chloride of barium should be used when
precipitating sulphate of baryta, and that great care
should be taken in the use oi hydrochloric acid when
washing this precipitate.
Lead
Zinc
Lime
Sulphur required by
lead and lime
Sulphur required by
zinc
....
(b)
,
1.0
(«•)
138
0-85
101
053
0-07
0177
0-762
l-OG
TSo
-
0*27
0-183
11-21
0-21
103
0-37
021
0-29
0-22
0-59
023
032
0-52
0-91
-
". ti. c. el arc Spanish pyrites, pis a sample of Italian ore
with la per cent, of sulphur.
The quantities of sulphates of lead and lime present
when operating on ' gramme or 10 grain assays of
pyrites are so small that there can be little doubt
that all the sulphur is estimated as sulphate of
barium, and in my opinion the better plan would be
(in cases where the pyrites is returned after burning
to copper extractors) to deduct the percentage of
sulphur found in the burnt ores (making a correction
for the lesser weight of the latter) within certain
agreed limits from the total percentage; the alkali
maker would then without doubt pay only for the
actual sulphur of service to him. In other eases an
allowance might be made, based on the percentage
of lead, lime, and zinc in the ore.
With regard to the various discrepancies I have
enumerated, it has been suggested that they form a
strong argument in favour of the proposed uniform
methods of analysis. While admitting that certain
methods— for instance, the bichromatic process for
iron assays — are the most accurate, yet I think great
caution should be used in recommending that a
single method be adopted, especially if it is not free
from fault. To illustrate this I may refer to Lunge's
"Alkali Makers' Pocket Book," pp. B2, B3, 84. The
methods detailed for the estimation of copper and
zinc in pyrites are not above criticism, while the pro-
given on p. 84 for the estimation of sulphur in
burnt ores would certainly indicate that present as
sulphates of lead and lime. The introduction of these
standard methods will also probably reduce the status
of the chemists employed, and lead to work being
done by rule of thumb instead of being thoroughly
undent 1, while it is gi> [ng valuable information to
people who are too idle or incompetent to investigate
the accuracy of the various processes themselves,
with the result that it any variation occurs in the
material operated on, serious errors are likely to occur
and escape detection. I would also point out that
while the general principles of the methods which
should be used in the estimation of sulphur have-
been known for years, most serious errors have
occurred and escaped detection up to the present
time, for which no otler excuse than gross careless-
ness i \m l.e eiven.
In conclusion, 1 will submit that the result- of
Lunge's old and new methods for the estimation of
a^ancbestet Section.
Chairman : sir II. E. Koscoe, M.P.
Vice-chairman : I. Levinstein.
Committee:
Dr. Howinan.
R. F. Carpenter.
C. K.st court,
ll Grimehaw.
Peter Hart.
Dr. Gerland.
C. Schorlemnier.
Dr. Schunck.
Iir. Watson.
Win. Thomson.
L. Siebold.
Dr. Hewitt.
Local Secretary :
J. Carter-Bell, Bankfteld. The Cliff, Higher Broughton,
Manchester.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
OX THE TREATMENT OF SOAPMAKF.I'.S
LEYS FOR RECOVERY OF GLYCERIN.
BY ALFRED H. ALLEN, F.I.C., F.I .S.,
President of the Society of Public Analysts.
The applications of glycerin are constantly extending.
Besides being employed in pharmacy and medicine
it is also used extensively in the manufacture of
toilet soaps, for filling gas-meters in situations liable
to be exposed to great cold, and for various other
purposes. But by far the largest application of
glycerin at the present time is in the manufacture
of' nitroglycerin, which is used for making dynamite
and blasting gelatin to the extent of a good many
tons daily. . .. . . ,
At present the greater part of the glycerin ot
commerce is obtained by saponifying fats under high
pressure with water and a limited proportion of a
base. This process yields a high quality ot glycerin,
but the fatty acids, which are the primary objects ot
the manufacture, produce inferior soaps to tnose
obtained by directly saponifying fats with caustic
soda. „ , .
When the latter method of soap-making is em-
ployed, it is usual to separate the soap from its
aqueous solution by adding common salt, the soap
being practically insoluble in brine of a certain
strength. Hence there is obtained, as a waste pro-
duct, a strongly-saline liquid, containing a certain
proportion of" glycerin, and it is the treatment of
tin spent ley that forms the subject of the present
Pl Spent soapmakers' leys have a very variable and
complex composition. They usually contain water:
glycerin ; chloride, sulphate, and carbonate ot
sodium ; a small quantity of caustic soda; and very
variable amounts of suspended or dissolved soap, ami
resinous, fatty, albuminous, and colouring matter?.
In addition to the foregoing, which may be considered
the normal constituents of leys, a number ot otbei
troublesome impurities exist in the pro. nets ot cer-
tain works. Thus, at Widncs, tallow and other fate
are saponified by means of causticised »»<***"
liquor, instead of by finished caustic soda. I he
resultant "Lancashire leys," obtained in salting out
the soap, are exceedingly impure, and consequently
-
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY [fret. 26, is#.
very difficult to ileal with. Besides the foregoing
constituents, they contain a considerable quantity of
hyposulphites (thiosulphates), besides sulphides, buI-
phocyamdes, cyanides, ferrocyanides, etc. The snl-
phur compounds, in particular, are very objectionable,
for if not removed they cause the production ol
volatile organic sulphur compounds (hiring the dis-
tillation which all recovered glycerin has to be sub-
jected to, and the distilled product is unfit for the
purposes of the dynamite manufacturer.
The recovery of the glycerin from Bi ap leys in a
state sufficiently pure for conversion into nitro-
glycerin is a problem which has exercised the
faculties of a number of inventors. The history of
the subject up to the end of 1881 was discussed by
Mr. Charles Kingzett in an interesting paper read
at an early meeting of the London Section of this
Society (this Journ. 1882, 78). This paper and the
records of the Patent Office constitute almost the
entire literature of the subject up to the present time.
As stated by Mr. Kingzett, a study of the speci-
fications relating to glycerin-recovery shows that
" it is very much easier to obtain a patent than to
make a discovery." Reviewing the different processes
described by the patentees, Mr. Kingzett classifies
them as designed to effect the following objects : " 1.
To remove or destroy albuminous or soapy matters,
together with any residual soap in the spent leys.
2. To facilitate the removal of the salt, either by em-
ploying means to diminish the solubility of . the
chloride of sodium, in cases where that substance is
used, or to substitute another which may be more
readily and profitably removed. 3. To economise
the cost of concentrating the leys to that point at
which the glycerin may be at once employed for
certain purposes in its then crude condition, or still
further purified by distillation."
To effect the first of these objects, it has been
proposed to acidulate the leys, and some inventors
then add tannin, gelatin, albumin, alum, chromium
salts, iron salts, pyroligneous acid, etc. Stearic acid
is employed by one inventor (Bang, No. 4593, 1883),
while another proposes to convert the concentrated
glycerin into a glyceride by heating it with oleic
acid. O. C. Hagemann treats the leys with lime to j
causticise the alkaline carbonate, and then boils with
rosin to convert the resultant caustic soda into a rosin
soap, which is removed.
To get rid of the common salt, Clolus (No. 681
spirit or amyl alcohol, for separating impurities
from glycerin, both before and after distillation, is
proposed by some inventors, while fatty acids arc
preferred by others.
Of course modifications exist in the details of
glycerin-recovery, but the method of treating leys
iinu common]} used is substantially as follows : — The
liquid is acidulated, heated by open steam, and the
precipitated fatty and resinous matters separated. The
clear lie |iior is neutralised with soda ash, filtercdand con-
centrated in open pans. The evaporation is continued
till the boiling-point reaches 270— 280" F. The salt
which separates continuously during the process of
concentration is removed by perforated ladles, and
then Usually washed with brine, and dried by means
of a hydro-extractor. The liquid is further concen-
trated till the boiling-point is as high as 300° F. The
crude glycerin thus obtained varies greatly in quality.
The density is mum tines as high as 1 3*;, and the
proportion of mineral natter usually ranges from 7
to 14 per cent. A corjsiderable-proportion of it con-
sists of sodium chloride : but if sodium sulphate
has been used for precipitating the soap the pro-
portion of sulphates in the crude glycerin will be
correspondingly high.
In any case, the crude glycerin requires to be
distilled, which is effected in specially-contrived
apparatus with the aid of superheated steam. A
second and third distillation are sometimes necessary,
and in some cases the distilled product obstinately
retains impurities which unfit it for conversion into
nitro-glycerin. I am informed that in Germany a
good distilled product is obtained from crude glyce-
rins which have not hitherto been satisfactorily worked
in this country.
As already stated, the impurities in Lancashire
leys are exceptionally troublesome to deal with, and
the most notable systematic attempt to purify the
product is that patented by Mr. 0. C. Hagemann
(Eng. Pat. 8051, 1885). After treating the leys with
lime, and subsequently boiling with rosin in the manner
already described, the inventor neutralises the liquid
with a mineral acid, and then adds ferric chloride as
long as a precipitate is produced. The precipitate
consists mainly of fatty matter and Prussian blue,
and is said in the patent to have a marketable value.
After separating the precipitate, the purified liquid
is treated with hydrochloric acid, heated, and air
blown through it for some time. This treatment
1881) has proposed to saturate the previously con- causes the decomposition of hyposulphites, etc. ; but
centrated liquid with hydrochloric acid gas, subse- ! to complete their destruction a solution of bleaching
quently getting rid of the latter by means of lead powder is next added until free chlorine is found in
oxide or a current of air : while P. Versmann con
centrates, and treats the liquid with carbonic acid,
by which acid carbonates are formed which are com-
paratively little soluble in glycerin. Loth these in-
ventors recommend dialysis as a further means of
separating the salts from the glycerin, and the same
principle has been employed with seme measure of
success by H. Fleming. (Ger. Pat. 13,953, 1880.)
Other inventors (Eng. l'at. 1562, 1881) employ
sodium sulphate instead of common salt for preci-
pitating llie soap ; then neutralise the leys with sul-
phuric acid, and evaporate and separate the
sulphate. In another instance! Eng, l'at. iTl's, 1882), the
ley is acidulated with sulphuric acid, and after con-
centration, the salts are separated from the glycerin
by means of alcohol or wood spirit.
e inventors obtain a product rich in glycerin
by using spent leys instead of water for dissolving
the alkali requisite for saponifying fats, while another
evaporates the ley till salt begins to deposit, and
uses the liquid instead of fresh brine for precipitat-
ing soap from solution.
The use of immiscible solvent-, such as petroleum
the liquor, when the precipitated sulphur is removed
and the ley neutralised ami concentrated. This
process is by no means perfect, though yielding a
much improved product.
The treatments with lime and rosin have been aban-
doned, and I believe the blue precipitate has not
hitherto been found to have a marketable value ;
while purification by bleaching powder has formed
the subject of a previous patent. Put these are
negative objections. A graver one is that the proi ess
leaves untouched the snlphocyanides which are
present in very considerable quantity in Lancashire
leys, and which are perhaps the most objectionable
impurity.
It was primarily with a view of removing the
snlphocyanides that I was led to devise a method of
treating leys, which forms the subject of a patent
recently obtained by Mr. P.. Nickels and myself,
and the process appears to have satisfactorily solved
one of the most difficult problems connected with the
subject.
Although most, if not all, of the heavy metals form
ferrocyanides which are iusoluble in neutral or faintly
Fcb.28,issr.l THE JOURNAL OF THE KOClETV OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
ftft
acid liquids, the metallic sulphocyanides are mostly
soluble. Thus, whereas solutions of iron, zinc, tin,
lead, and copper are all available for removing ferro-
cyanides from leys containing them, copper solutions
alone are capable of precipitatiug the sulphocyanides.
Hence, it occurred to me that copper salts might be
advantageously employed for the purpose in question,
and a further consideration and experience of their
behaviour has shown Mr. Nickels and myself that
they possess a variety of attributes which render
them curiously well adapted for purifying soap leys.
Thus, on adding a solution of a copper salt to soap
leys previously rendered neutral or faintly acid, the
sulphocyanides are wholly precipitated, and with
them are also thrown down any sulphides, cyanides,
ferroryanides, or silicates ; together with albuminous,
reBinous, fatty, colouring, and a variety of other
organic matters. The precipitate settles with great
facility, and the filtered liquid is obtained nearly
colourless.
If a cupric solution be employed, which in practice
is always the case, more or less oxidation of the
hyposulphites occurs, owing to the fact that the pre-
cipitate consists of cuprous sulphocyanide.
The reaction between a soluble sulphocyanide and
a cuprous salt is a simple case of double decomposi-
tion, the insoluble white cuprous sulphocyanide
being instantly precipitated (CUoCL + ZNaCNS
= Cu„(CNS)2 + 2NaC'l). Whenasolubesulphocyanide
is treated with a cupric salt in concentrated solution,
the sparingly soluble black cupric sulphocyanide is
first precipitated, and this gradually changes more or
less completely into thewhitecuj nous salt. Similarly,
when a cupric salt and a soluble sulphocyanide are
mixed in solution so dilute as to prevent the precipi-
tation of cupric sulphocyanide, a white precipitate of
cuprous sulphocyanide is gradually formed. It is
evident that the reduction of the copper to the
cuprous condition involves the simultaneous oxida
tion of a portion of the sulphocyanide. The odour
of hydrocyanic acid developed and the formation of
a sulphate in the liquid indicate qualitatively the
nature of the change, and I have proved by quantita-
tive experiments — (e.g., verification of the ratio : —
6CuC'NS : H2SO<.) — that the following equation
represents the main reaction which occurs : — 6CuC'l.. +
7NaCNS+4H-.0=6CuCNS+7KCl+5HCl+H.S01
+HCN.
It would appear from these considerations that the
presence of a moderate proportion of a hyposulphite
is a positive advantage when sulphocyanides are to
be removed from leys, and that if not present in
sufficient quantity, the cautious addition of a suitable
reducing agent should be practised. When a cupric
salt is mixed in neutral or slightly acid solution with
sodium hyposulphite, and the liquid is boiled, a
sulphide of copper is well known to be precipitated.
In the cold no precipitation occurs, but the copper is
reduced to the cuprous state, showing that the nypo-
eulphite undergoes oxidation in some manner with
conversion into one or more of the thionic acids, but
I have not yet ascertains d the exact reaction. Oxi-
dation to sulphate is unfortunately very partial.
Whether the copper solution should be added to
the leys in the exact quantity necessary to remove
the precipitable matters, or whether an excess should
be employed, is a detail which experience will quickly
decide. As a rule a supplementary treatment with
bleaching powder or other oxidising agent will have
to be resorted to in order to destroy the remainder of
the thionic acids, and if excess of copper has been
employed it must be subsequently removed from the
liquid by sulphuretted hydrogen, an alkaline carbon-
ate, metallic iron, or other suitable means, either at
once or after more or less concentration.
The employment of copper for the purification of
soap leys, however perfect chemically, would not be
available in practice but for the great facility with
which the copper can be recovered from the precipi-
tate. This advantage is peculiar to the n
copper. If compounds of iron, zinc, lead, or tin be
employed, the metals are practically irrecoverable
from the precipitates. But a copper precipitate
merely requires to be dried, ignited in the air, and
tieated with acid, for the original solution to be
re-formed. Or, if preferred, the precipitate, whatever
its composition, can be sold to the copper-smelter
with the assurance that it will command a price
strictly proportional to the copper present. Further,
the copper solution obtained by treating spent
cupreous pyrites in the wet way (as practised by the
Tharsis Company) is eminently suitable fur precipi-
tating soap leys, and hence the copper can, under
favourable circumstances, be recovered from it with-
out the employment of scrap-iron.
If, however, it be desired to treat the copper precipi-
tate to re-form the cupric solution, a certain modifica-
tion is desirable in practice. This is owing to the
presence of ferrocyanides in the leys, which become
precipitated as cupric ferrocyanide, and hence the
oxide of copper produced by roasting the precipitate
contains an admixture of oxide of iron. To avoid
this it will be preferable in many cases to subject the
ley to a preliminary treatment. That is, it should be
acidulated with hydrochloric acid and treated with
the salt of some metal forming an insoluble ferro-
cyanide. A solution of ferric chloride or sulphate
is perhaps the most convenient, as the formation of
Prussian blueand subsequently of the red ferric sulpho-
cyanide is so readily observed ; but solutions of zinc,
tin, or lead are also available. The bulky precipitate
of albuminous and fattyinatters mixed with ferrocyan-
ides having been separated, the subsequent addition
of a cupric solution causes the complete precipitation
of the sulphocyanides as a grey or nearly white cuprous
sulphocyanide. This may be ignited, as already
described, and the resultant cupric oxide redi.-solved
to produce a cupric solution for treating a fresh
quantity of leys ; or it may be employed for the
production of a soluble sulphocyanide by double
decomposition. Sulphocyanides of sodium, barium,
magnesium, etc., are readily produced in this way,
while the copper is left in the form of cuprous oxide
and can be at once dissolved in hydrochloric acid,*
and employed for treating more leys.
I have been induced to dwell at some length on
the subject of the removal of sulphocyanides, because
the process by which we have succeeded in effecting
it is possessed of considerable theoretical interest.
The practical value of the process cannot yet be said
to have been completely demonstrated, but a series
of experiments on a manufacturing scale have been
for some time in progress at the works of Messrs. N.
Mathieson & Co., of Widnes, and the results so far
obtained have been so highly encouraging as to leave
little doubt of ultimate success. On the table are a
series of specimens representing the operation at
various stages as actually carried out on a large scale.
The salt recovered is of very satisfactory quality,
presenting a marked contrast to that ordinarily
obtained from Lancashire leys. So far the character
of the glycerin produced on distillation has not been
definitely ascertained, but it is confidently anticipated
that the very perfect removal of the sulphur com-
pounds effected by the process will enable a very
superior distilled product to be obtained.
Although copper salts are of exceptional value for
• The cuprous chloride formed is insoluble iu pure water,
but is dissolved by hydrochloric acid, and is also readily solu-
ble in a liquid containing common salt.
00
THE .TOUKXAL <>K TiiK SOC'IKTV ()!•' ClIKMK'AL INDl STltY. [Feb. 28. 188*
the purification of leys containing sulphocyanides, it
must not be supposed that other leys are not materially
improved by treatment with copper. On the contrary,
I have met with concentrated leys produced in a soap
works, where finished caustic was used for saponi
j, which were so impure us to he absolutely
refused by the distiller. A simple treatment with
copper sulphate caused the precipitation of an enor-
mous quantity of impurity, and a change of the crude
glycerin from a deep brown tarry semi-fluid to a
sherry-coloured liquid of the \ iscosity of pure glycerin.
This improvement is not surprising when we consider
that copper tonus highly insoluble compounds with
fatty acids, resinous matters, albuminous substances,
and a number of other organic bodies. In all
instances where ferrocyanides are absent, the copper
may be recovered as pure oxide by simply igniting
the precipitate, so that the expense attending the
process is very moderate.
Although Mr. Nickels and I believe that we may
fairly claim to have effected an improvement in the
treatment of soap leys for the recovery of glycerin,
the subject is still far from being exhausted. None
but those who have worked practically with leys
have any idea of the enormous quantity of salt which
has to be separated. It does not appear that the
substitution by the soap-maker of the sulphate of
sodium for the chloride usually employed materially
assists the subsequent operations, so that the removal
of the salts still remains to be effected. The fact is
often overlooked that glycerin has a far greater
solvent power than water for many substances, and
hence the problem becomes further complicated. By-
dialysis the proportion of salts can be materially
reduced, and H. Fleming states that by this means a
first-class quality of crude glycerin can be obtained,
which is practically free from salt, and a second grade
which is as good as that which has not been subjected
to the process. Much of the salt can doubtless be
removed by dialysis, but the operation is by no means
perfect, and only a portion of the glycerin is claimed
to be recovered in a nearly salt- free condition. In
fact, Mr. B. Nickels has found that by continuing
the operation, using a diaphragm of parchment-
paper, all the glycerin can be caused todialyse, while
certain troublesome resinous impurities remain
behind. < >n tl e other hand, Fleming has patented
the use of a guttapercha membrane, which he states
is traversed by salt, but is impermeable to glycerin.
1 am not aware how far this statement has been found
to bear the test of experience. In any case, it is
evident that much still remains to be accomplished
in perfecting the recovery- of a high quality of
glycerin from soap leys.
oi sci S6I0N.
The ('haikman : The subject of Mr. Allen's paper
Ie one of very great importance, particularly from a
technical or practical | oint of view. Unfortunately,
it is one 1 am not at all familiar with. There is only
one question which presents itself to my mind, ami
that is— What occasion is therefor the removal of
the impurities refined to' l do not quite under-
stand what harm is done by the sulphur compounds
if they are not removed.
Mr. DAVIS: 1 think that in _ the sale of
the copper precipitate to the smelter, Air. Allen has
rather overlooked the direct commercial value pos-
sessed by cupreous sulphocyanides. This has now
acquired considerable importance as the starting
point of various metallic sulphocyanides now es
tensively used bydyers. In fact, for several years
past. 1 have purposely manufactured the sulpho-
cy&mde ol copperfrom the crude Bulphocyanide of
ammonium obtainable from gas liquor, and can con-
linn Mr. Allen- experience as to the necessity of
using a reducing agent it the whole of the sulpho-
cyamde was to be precipitated and no hydrocyanic
acid formed. I employ ferrOUS .-.ill]. hate as the
cheapest reducing agent available. Now that
eh. mist- arc on the look-out for new sources ol
sulphocyanides, I think Mr. Allen's process, by which
Bulphocyanide of copper is obtained as a secondary
product" in the purification of soap leys, is likely to
prove of great value. I am surprised that Mr. Allen
doubts that hyposulphites are oxidised to sul-
phates by eupric salts, as I am in the habit of
precipitating copper by .sodium hyposulphite, which
becomes converted into sulphate.
Mr. DREYFUS : 1 just wish to correct Mr. Mavis
with respect to his statement that he was the first
to make Bulphocyanide ofcopper. 1 believe the late
Mr. .Tames Biggin made Bulphocyanide of copper
some eighteen years ago on a large scale, and sold it
to calico printers. About twelve years ago I manu-
factured this article myself, and sold it to the calico
printers as a substitute for sulphide of copper in
aniline-black printing. I understood Mr. Allen to
say that in Germany they had succeeded in making
good glycerin by distilling the crude product, a thing
which has not been successfully done in England. Is
it not possible that in Germany they obtained this
result by distilling in vacuo}
Dr. (Ikossmanx : I have listened with great
interest to Mr. Allen'- paper, but must say that I
have been greatly disappointed at one serious
omission, and that is, that Mr. Allen has not given us
an analysis of the liquors which result from the
manufacture of soap, and which are used for glycerin
making. In dealing with a commercial process, it is,
of course, of the utmost importance to know exactly
the composition of the compounds which have to be
worked up. Now, Mr. Allen tells us that the
quantity of sulphocyauide in the leys is very con-
siderable, without giving us any data. This does not
agree with my personal experience, for to my know-
ledge the quantity of sulphocyauide in black - ash
; liquors after boiling down is comparatively small — in
I fact, black-ash liquors, after boiling down to the
utmost concentration, would contain about one or
one-and-a-half gnus, sulphocyauide of sodium per
litre : equal to about one-tenth per cent, by weight.
The>e figures refer to a time when black ash was
made in the ordinary way, but since then the
tendency has been to reduce the cyanide in black
ash, and several patents have been taken out to effect
this, one by Messrs. Pechiney & Weldon.and another
for treating the liquor- from black ash by Messrs.
Gaskell, Deacon & Co. It is, therefore, now com-
paratively easy to reduce the cyanide below the
figures which 1 have mentioned, and I may be excused
for saying that with a little attention to the black-ash
process, the difficulty in treating the soap leys as
regards cyanides could be reduced to a minimum.
The question whether it might not some day pay
alkali makers to increase the quantity of ferro-
cyanides and sulphocyanides in their Liquors for the
purpose of manufacturing these products, thus turning
what is now a source of annoyance into a source of
profit, is a separate question altogether. But, even
in that case, we must not forget that where the
Liquors have been used for soap making thej contain
organic and other substances which will be thrown
down with the sulphocyauide of copper, and con-
taminate any product consequently made from it.
Th.re will also, in my opinion, always be a consider-
able loss oi copper arising from different causi .
ami, among others, from the fact that the copper
-melt, i .1... not paj lor the actual quantity of
copper, but for the quantity which he will obtain op
Feb. 28. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY .
dl
Miirltin:- :i- indicated by the dry assay, and <
impurities in the precipitate may affect this point to
a considerable extent.
Mr. Thomson : 1 undersl 1 Mr. Allen to say thai
the Germans bad succeeded in producing glycerin
free from colour from soap leys, but that up to the
■ nt time this had not been accomplished in I
land. I believe the French were the first to produce
pure glycerin from soap leys. Some years ago I
visited the works of M. Clolns, in Paris, and he then
showed me some glycerin quite free from colour,
which had been prepared by him from Boap leys.
Mi. Allen, in reply to the Chairman, said : The
sulphur compounds cause the formation of volatile
sulphuretted organic compounds during the subse
quent distillation of the glycerin, and render it unfit
for conversion into nitroglycerin. With regard to
Mr. Dreyfus's remarks, what 1 stated was that in
( termany tiny obtained a product of fair quality by dis-
tilling a certain crude glycerin which had not hitherto
been successfully distilled in England. The crude
glycerin in question was not always obtained from
Lancashire leys. 1 did not intend to imply that a
colourless or fairly good distilled glycerin could not
manufactured in England, as it is done very
largely, by several firms. .Some of the best samples
of distilled glycerin, so far as colour is concerned,
behave in an unsatisfactory manner on nitration.
1 am delighted that so high an authority as
Mr. Davis should think that the precipitate of
cuprous sulphocyanide obtained in his process is
likely to have a direct value in the manufacture of
other sulphocyanides. 1 fancied that hitherto
Messrs. Gossage cared very little what proportion of
sulphocyanides had been present in the black-ash
liquors, while. I might remind Dr. Grossmann, that
was not the same thing as finished caustic soda. I
don't know the proportion of sulphocyanides actually
present in the specimens of leys before us, as the
bottles are just in the condition in which they were
sent me by Messrs. X. Mathieson, but you can see
that the precipitate of cuprous sulphocyanide is very
-iderable. I have assayed several specimens of
Lancashire leys, and have found them to vary very
considerably in the proportion of ferrocyanides and
fatty matters present. The samples I have examined
contained not less than one gramme per litre of
sulphocyanogen (CXS). This does not at first seem
a very large amount, but if it existed in leys contain-
ing five per cent, of glycerin, it is evident that the
crude glycerin obtained on concentration will
contain something like two per cent, of sulpho-
cyanogen, and much smaller proportions than this
were found highly objectionable on distillation. I
cannot agree with Dr. Grossmann as to the result of
the assayof a copper precipitate. In the Cornish dry
assay the first operation was usually to roast the ore,
and if that were done with cuprous sulphocyanide,
or any mixture of that with ferrocyanides. albuminous
matters, etc., there would be no difficulty in getting
out nearly all the copper by dry assay. In cases
where ferrocyanides are present it will probably be
found desirable, first of all. to treat the leys with acid
and an iron salt, by which means a large amount of
fatty and albuminous matters may also be removed,
while the precipitate subsequently obtained will con-
sist of approximately pure and nearly white cuprous
sulphocyanide.* In other cases it will, doubtl.'-
found simpler to precipitate everythii er by
the addition of a cupric solution, roast the precipitate,
and re-dissolve the resultant oxide of copper in acid.
Treatment with the copper solution removes an
astonishing quantity of impurities even from leys
din soap works where only finished
soda is used. The copper treatment can 1» pra
at almost any stage of the concentration, but, so far,
the operations on a large scale have been cono
on the leys after evaporation to the point at which
-alt began to deposit With regard to Mr. Davis's
remarks about the oxidation of hyposulphites, I am
myself accustomed to precipitate copper in that way,
and the re-action which occurs in a boiling solution
is generallv represented as follows ; — CuCL
V jSgOs+Bip=CuS+NasSO< I 2HC1. HasMr"
Davis verified this, and found complete oxidation to
sulphate 1 In the cold, no separation of sulphide of
copper occurs, and I fear the change to sulphate.
even in the presence of excess of copper, is not
complete. I wish it were, as it would obviate the
necessity of a supplementary treatment of the leys
with bleaching solution, but that after all is a simple
matter.
" The precipitate obtained on a large scale was found, after
washing and drying, to contain 97 per cent, of cuprous suiplio-
cyanide.
ON THE INFLUENCE OF MASS ON THE
( !< >URSE OF CHEMICAL 1 (ECOMPOSITION,
WITH ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO TECH-
NICAL PROCESSES.
BY a. H. BAILEY, li.SC, PH.D.
It is not without some diffidence that I bring before
you a subject which, strictly speaking, is more scien-
tific in character than technical: but to those engaged
on a large scale the subject is a matter of importance,
and if I can accentuate in some degree the desira-
bility of a more definite knowledge of this subject, I
shall be satisfied; and perhaps in the discussion
there are some who may be able to point out ex-
amples of this action which have occurred in the
course of their experience.
I propose, by way of introducing the subject, to
say a few words about the work and views of
Berthollet, which, although not accepted in their
entirety at the present day, yet form the basis for
the dynamical study of the course of chemical re-
action.
Berthollet looked upon decomposition as depending
chiefly on mass, and considered that such variations
as did occur arose from physical causes, such as
volatility or insolubility. Take the case of silica.
The affinity of silica for bases is only about 1 per
cent, of that of nitric acid, and yet silica expels
nitric acid from sodium nitrate at higher tempera-
tures, and, where a large excess of silica is used,
even at moderate temperatures. This arises from
the greater volatility of nitric acid. Again, hydro-
chloric acid in excess, though a volatile acid, decom-
poses silicates with the separation of insoluble silica,
the direction of the reaction in this case being de-
termined by the factor of insolubility.
It is a well-known fact that silicates are decom-
posed by alkaline carbonates, and yet some recent
results, published by Runsen, show that carbonic
acid at ordinary temperatures will decompose glass,
the decomposition in his case having proceeded to
the extent of 6 per cent. Similarly, experiments
have been tried on the solvent action of aqueous
solutions of cartonie acid on the Thomas-slag with
a view to utilising the phosphates contained in that
slag, and it has been found that it is to a consider-
able extent dissolved ; in fact, Meyer was able to
dissolve more than half the lime and phosphoric
acid out of such a slag containing 54 per cent, of
lime and 22'2 per cent, of phosphoric acid.
( toe can readily see why silica ought to be avoided
in the balling process, and similar caution is required
92
THE JOURNAL OF TITE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, 1887.
in other processes where higher temperatures are
employed. This caution applies with equal force to
processes, whether carried out on the large scale or
merely as experimental trials, where glass or porce-
lain are used, and patents could easily be pointed to
in which reactions attributed to other causes arise
really from the material of which the apparatus is
constructed. The second point of Bertholfet's views
has received more attention in recent times, and it
is with this we chiefly concern ourselves.
When two substances are brought together, the re-
action which takes place between them is not final
and determinate, but its extent is defined by the
temperature, by the mass, and by other influences.
When, for instance, we bring together barium hydrate
and sulphate of soda, we have formed sulphate of
barium and caustic soda, but the reaction is always
accompanied by a reverse reaction, in which the
caustic soda reacts on the barium sulphate, repro-
ducing barium hydrate ; so that at any given time
we have present, not barium sulphate and caustic
soda alone, but all four of the products, and the
relative quantities of these depend largely on the
masses present.
The N ew York Oxygen Company produce hydrogen
by heating together anthracite and slaked lime. The
operation is finished in a very short time, and on
passing an excess of steam over the residue in the
retorts the reverse action sets in and the slaked lime
is reproduced. We can then proceed to submit the
materials to the second operation for producing
hydrogen, and this may be continued many times
without renewing the materials. Whatever other
factors come in, there can be no doubt that the excess
of steam used in this case controls the direction
which the reaction may take. A further instance
comes from practical experience in caustic soda mak-
ing. It has been found that a 2 per cent, solution of
carbonate of soda will yield 994 per cent, caustic ; a
10 per cent, solution, however, gives only 972 per
cent, caustic ; and a 20 per cent, solution gives only
907 per cent, caustic. The reaction here is between
w ater, carbonate of soda, lime, and calcium carbonate ;
and we have a second instance very much resembling
the case of the barium hydrate, and where the mass of
water defines the course of the reaction.
Interesting examples of the same kind might be
obtained from the experiments that have been done
in the lixiviation process, the most interesting of
which are due to Kolb, He finds that the amount of
carbonate obtained increases with a large excess of
water, but that the sulphides also increase under
these conditions, and this latter more especially when
the process of lixiviation occupies considerable time.
If such experiments are worthy of being carried out
in the complete manner that they have been in this
instance, it is worth while to make similar investiga-
tions of other processes with a view to determine in
precise terms the effect of mass.
Where reactions are made use of in which the
chemical affinity is small we have the results of mass
action most pronounced ; and to take a case right on
the borderland of chemistry, where chemical affinity
is extremely small, we may consider the case of
solution of gases. Dalton and Henry showed that,
supposing the co efficient of solubility of a gas be
determined in the case of pure gas, the co-efficient is
not the same when the gas is mixed with other
gases, but is directly proportional to the quantity of
the gas present
Tims, though the co-efficient of solubility of N«0»
in sulphuric acid is large, yet when this gas is mixed
with large quantities -of nitrogen and oxygen, that
co-efficient is reduced very considerably ; and taking
'01 per cent as that contained in the gases passing
into the air from a sulphuric acid chamber, the co-effi-
cient of solubility is reduced to one ten-thousandth
of its former value. From this it is evident that it
is not practicable to prevent entirely the loss of
nitre in the process of the manufacture of sulphuric
acid by means of absorption.
It is quite possible that similar considerations may
apply to a large' number of cases where chemical
combination of a loose kind takes place, and that in
such cases also the extent to which the combination
takes place is determined by some similar law of
which we are at present ignorant, and dependent on
the relative masses of the reacting substances.
Thus, by far the greater part of the oxidation
process of the sulphuric acid takes place in the first
chamber ; after that, the sulphurous acid is very
slowly oxidised, and, in any case, partially escapes
oxidation. We have indeed at the later stages of
the process sulphurous acid, oxygen, and N„Os
mixed according to recent research, large quantities
of sulphuric acid, and moisture in the form of
vapour. If any process could be devised which
would accelerate the rate of deposition of the sul-
phuric acid, this would no doubt accelerate the
oxidation process, and render it more complete.
Such considerations enter into various branches of
the industries, where rule-of-thumb forms at present
a very considerable element ; and where chemical
agency seems to have so little to du with the process,
we cannot blame the manufacturer for adopting
certain more or less empirical rules. But the reason-
able mode of procedure would be to determine defi-
nitely what the action of mass is in such processes,
and then it might be possible to work on more
economical principles, and attain better results.
The recent papers by Messrs. Liechti and Suida
tend to throw considerable light on the mordanting
process from this point of view, and form a most
valuable contribution to this branch of inquiry.
Similar considerations will, no doubt, be found to
bear in the ill-understood process of hardening mor-
tars and cements, and in other similar cases. What
is mainly wanted is, then, information of a definite
character derived from the study especially of opera-
| tions on a large scale ; and such observations may
fairly be expected from the technical chemist.
Finally, to look at the subject in a more rigid
manner, we should say that the course of a chemical
reaction is determined by the degradation of energy
which takes place, and is modified by the facilities
which present themselves for bringing about contact
between the molecules. Experiments have been
made in this direction by Menschutkin, liertholet,
(iuldberg, Waage and others, more especially on
the latter of these two factors, and an example or
two may make their method clear. If there be pre-
sent p molecules of, say, ethyl alcohol, and ^molecules
of acetic acid, we write usually />=</, and give as the
equation representing the reaction —
0,H,OH-t-CH3CO,H=CH3C02C,H: + OH2.
The reaction in reality, however, does not attain com-
pleteness, and must be, from the dynamic point of
view, looked upon as occurring between all the four
substances taking part in it. The extent of the
reaction and the point of equilibrium at which the
relative amounts of the reagents cease to change
will depend largely on influences external to chemi-
cal, especially on mass. Where /■> = <?, 0'665 parts of
aceiic ether will be produced, where t/ = 2p, 0'828
parts, and where </ = 12/>, 0'933 parts. Menschutkin
has made similar observations on a large number of
alcohols, and achieved most valuable results. To
take a second case.
On bringing together sulphate of barium and water
Peb.28.i8W.] TTTE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
03
in the relations of l in 500, and adding one molecule
weight ol pot issium carb mate at 100°, until reaction
came to a standstill, it was found that 0'176 of the
barium sulphate had been transformed into
Donate. When two parts of potassium carbonate
were used, the transformation took place to the
extent of o:V.i5, and when three-and-a-half parts were
used, to the extent ofO"719. We recognise here, then,
the reaction in which barium sulphate, potassium
carbonate, barium carbonate.and potassium sulphate
enter in. If we increase the mass of any one of
these four bodies, we influence the course and extent
of the reaction. What would be the effect, now, of
adding excess of potassium sulphate.' We should
expect that its influence would determine, in a great
measure, the re formation of barium sulphate ; and,
as a matter of fact, where the 0 ••_'.-> p irts of potassium
sulphate were added, the amount of barium carbonate
obtained, instead of being 0 395j was only 0'200 ; and
where 0'S of K.so, was introduced, only a trace of
barium carbonate was found.
Gladstone found that the extent of the reaction
which occurred between ferric salts and sulpho
cyanides depended on the masses used. I may also
mention that* rladstoneand Tribe found that there was
a definite and simple relation between the concen-
tration of the acid and the extent of its action.
In conclusion, I have to thank Dr. Hurter for one
or two valuable suggestions in connection with this
paper.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. Ii:\vi\ : Anyone who had much to do with
chemical operations would have often come across
instances in which mass had a great deal to do with
the result of those operations. One case especially
had come under his notice in the extraction of benzol
from coal-gas. Regarding this operation it was usual
to say that the lighter boiling benzol might be ex-
tracted from the gas by absorption with a liquid of
higher boiling-point, say xylol or cumol, in which it
would dissolve. This statement, however, was only
true in a sense, for it depended entirely upon the
relative quantity of benzol in the gas to the xylol
employed for its absorption. Take, for instance,
Manchester gas, which contained about three gallons
of benzol per 10,000 cubic feet. If a small quantity
of this gas was allowed to bubble through several
consecutive flasks containing xylol, all the benzol
would leave the gas, and xylol in smaller quantity
•would take its place, and the former would become
saturated with the latter substance. If, however, this
gas were now passed through a similar number of
flasks containing benzol in excess, the benzol would
again gradually take the place of the xylol until the
gas contained none of the latter, but was saturate 1
with the former substance. Of course, this was
really a physical operation, but it seemed to the
speaker a good illustration of what Dr. Bailey had
wished to indicate in his interesting discourse.
Mr. Thomson : Dr. Bailey mentioned as an example
of the influence of mass, the action of silicic acid on
potassium nitrate. He said when these were heated
together the feeble silicic replaced the nitric, acid.
He could not make out whether he meant, by heating,
actual fusion of the silica with the potassium nitrate,
or whether the silica was boiled in a water solution
of the nitrate. If he meant the former, the speaker
could not see lunv the question of mass, as he applied
it, had anything to do with the reaction. So far as
lie could judge, Dr. Bailey had given them no new
facts in connection with the influence of mass on
chemical action, nor had he suggested any new method
of procedure by which one could measure the influence
of mass so as to distinguish what was due to it, and
what was due to the influences of temperature or
other external agencies. With regard to his explana-
tion of what mass had to do with mordanting of
cloth, it did not seem to his mind satisfactory .
Another suggestion which he gave as an example of
the influence of mass was the production of hydrogen
and calcium carbonate when steam was passed over
anthracite coal covered with lime at a red heat. The
coal decomposed the steam, forming hydrogen, car-
bonic acid, and carbonic oxide. The carbonic acid
would, of course, combine with the lime if the tem-
perature were not too high ; and if it did so, it was
evident that by simply raising the temperature higher
the calcium carbonate would become dissociated and
its carbonic acid liberated, whether the steam con-
tinued to pass over it or not. How this experiment
illustrated Dr. Bailey's suggestions as to the action of
mass on chemical action he could not see.
Mr. Debypus wished to compliment Dr. Bailey on
the selection of his paper, and hoped that many more
of a .similar nature might be brought before the
Society. He thought it was very desirable that many
researches like the one investigated by Dr. Bailey
should be extended to other substances. Dr. Bailey
had stated that silica, in the presence of nitrate of
soda and by the action of heat, would give nitric acid.
He hardly thought that this action was to be attributed
to the action of the mass, but could be easily explained
by the well-known law, that a fixed acid, like silicic
acid, displaced the more volatile acid, like nitric acid,
by the action of heat. With regard to Messrs. Liechti
and Suida's paper on Mordanting, referred to by Dr.
Bailey, not having read it, he could not say what had
been published in such paper about the action of mass
in mordanting, but he could say that mordanting
was a very simple operation, and that the results
obtained with mordants depended entirely upon the
saturation of such mordant. He might give as an
example the following facts which came under his
notice many years ago. When madder and garancine
were used for dyeing reds, at that time a very strong
mordant, about 12 ; T, was printed on the cloth and
fixed in the usual way ; it was then dyed up with a
certain quantity of madder and soaped in the usual
wav. Unless such a mordant was thoroughly saturated
with the colouring matter, the colour would come off
in the soaping and give a very poor and uneven red ;
whereas if, instead of using such a strong mordant, a
much weaker one was used, it took far less colouring
matter to saturate it, and yet the red produced stood
the soaping perfectly, and was deep, bright, and fast.
It was his opinion that the mordant should form a
saturated lake with the colouring matter in the case
of dyeing with madder or alizarin, and if such a
saturation had taken place the red produced would
be a fast red. It should be the study of the colourist
to see how far he could reduce his mordant in strength
and still obtain this result.
Dr. Bailf.y said that what he wished more especially
to do was, not to bring into notice the action of mass
in a general way, but the necessity that existed for
arriving at definite information as to its influence.
If we bore in mind that such influence did take place
we should be able to explain reactions which we
came across in practical working, and which other-
wise presented difficulties to us, and might probably
be guided towards the realisation of reactions which
otherwise were not attainable. He failed to see the
force of Mr. Thomson's objection to the process of the
New York Oxygen Company, as it seemed to him
that considerations of temperature argued rather in
the contrary direction to that which Mr. Thomson
would require. Mr. Irwin's example was an interest-
ing one, and no doubt numbers of such cases were
constantly occurring unnoticed.
04
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Feb. 28. iw.
jSclocastlc Section.
Chairman: P. P. Bedson.
rice-Chairman: 3 C Stevenson, M.P.
mmittee:
II. R. Procter.
B. S. Proctor.
W. W. Proctor.
Alfred Ailhusen.
G. P. France.
John Morrison.
P. s. Newall.
John Pattinson.
J. B. Payne.
Local Secretary and Treasurer: J.T. Dunn. 115. Scotswood
Road, Newcastle.
W. I.. lteimoldson.
( . T- Richardson.
T. W. Smart.
Notices ot papers and communications for the meetings to
be sen! to the Local Secretary.
damp. With i to an observation of the
Chairman's, as to the disapp >i the chlorate
_■ very remarkable, Mr. Pattinson said he had no
explanation to offer, but the factwaswell ascertained
that while fresh bleach contained chlorate, old bleach
frequently contained none. As to the low percentage
of carbonic acid, which had been remarked on by Mr.
Rennoldson when the paper was read, he had since
repeated the determinations, and confirmed the
result-.
Mr. Sn mm also remarked on the small amount of
carbonic acid in the samples, and said that the results
of Mr. Pattinson's experiments at higher tempera-
tures would be awaited with interest by bleaching-
powder manufacturers.
JW«««4««-
Metting held in tfo Collegt of Science, Wednesday, oN v GRAVIMETRIC METH<
7' 7/'-' ' MATINd TANNINS
METHOD OF ESTI-
s.
PEOl .
Bl DSOK, D.S( . IN Till'. I HAIR.
DISCUSSION ON MR RIDSDALE'S PAPER
OX AN - APPARATUS FOR COLOUR
TESTS." Read at the November Meeting,
0STPONED PROM DECEMBER).
Mr. RlDSDAXB, at the invitation of the Chairman,
a hied that his apparatus, though designed for use in
a special process, was applicable to any colour-testing
where the tints to be compared were not too deep.
With reference to the speed of testing, he had men-
tioned in the paper that a test could be completed in
35 or 10 minutes ; this, however, was by no means the
possible rate of merely making comparisons. In
winter time, by about three in the afternoon it was
frequently too dark to compare colours, and after
that time perhaps ten or a dozen samples would accu-
mulate; in the morning these could all be started at the
same time, and got ready for comparison in say 45
minutes, and then the mere comparison did not
occupy more than half a minute each.
In answer to a question by Mr. .Tohn Pattinson,
Mr. Ridsdalk stated that the apparatus could be
obtained from Mr. Robson, Linthorpe lioad, Middles-
borough.
DISCUSSION ON MR JOHN PATTINSON'S
PAPER OX "THE RACE AT WHICH
BLEACHING-POWDER LOSES ITS AVAIL-
ABLE CHLORINE," Read at the November
Meet inc.
The Chairman asked whether the method of
examining the powder in the casks was such as to
ensure uniformity in the samples, or whether amy
ttlfication might have taken place in the casks, so
that samples taken from different layers might have
different compositions ; also, whether the hygrometric
state of the air in the cellar had been recorded ! He
remarked that the decomposition was obviously not
all attributable to the effect of carbonic acid, but must
be largely ascribed to the instability of theClO group.
which broke up, giving off either chlorine or oxygen.
Mr. I'm dNBOK -aid that in packing the casks great
care was taken to -.-cur.- uniformity throughout : the
casks were then laid on their .sides, and samples taken
D, , ly holes around the circumference
of a circle on the end. He had not taken hygrometric
• nations, but as the casks were in a cellar, and
the temperature was low, the air was probably pretty
I! Y II E X I! V E. P K or T E K. P.C.S.
In the absence of any exact knowledge of the struc-
ture or equivalents of most of the tannins, it has
long been desirable to have some method of deter-
mining by weight the actual quantity of matter in any
tanning material capable of absorption by hide,
independent of its nature or chemical constitution,
or of any more or less arbitrary numerical factors.
Some crude attempts at this were early made by Hell
Stephens, by tanning thin pieces of raw hide in the
liquor, and after drying, determining the gain of
weight. Xo practical method could, however, be
founded on this procedure, not only on account of
the extreme slowness and imperfect character of the
absorption under such conditions, but from difficulties
connected with the uniform drying of the hide, and
the large quantity required in proportion to the
taunin present. A more hopeful effort in this direc-
tion was the "tan-tester" of Miintz and Hainspacher,
which in various modifications consisted of a sort of
small filter press, by means of which the liquid to be
tested was forced through a piece of wet raw hide.
By evaporating equal portions before and after this
treatment, and weighing the residues, the loss of
tannin was to be determined. In lieu of evaporation,
a pienometrical determination was also employed,
similar in principle to that of Hammer, -and based
upon the determinations which he had made of the
specific gravity of solutions of gallotannic acid.
Unfortunately, though admirable in principle aud
simple in execution, the method failed in practice,
giving, in two careful sets of test-analyses undertaken
to prove it by Mi'. Evans and myself, discrepancies
exceeding 30 per cent, of the total tannin present.
These variations were caused on the one hand by the
water present in the raw hide, which was necessarily
of considerable thickness : and on the other by the
t difficulty of ensuring the complete absorption
of the tannin after a small volume of the solution
had been passed through. A third source of error
was also noted, which is common to all methods
which employ hide or hide powder as an absorbent of
tannin (and therefore both to Professor von Schroeder's
modified Ldwenthal method, and to the process 1 am
about to describe), ami which depends on the fact
that hide is .swollen b\ gallic and other acids, which
are retained with considerable energy for the time,
though probabh expelled by tannin as the tanning pro-
goes on. In the tan-tester, also, if much acid were
present, the bide became so swollen that it was im-
pervious to the liquids, and continued filtration was
impossible.
HBh.a8.i887.] THE JOrilXAI. or Till' .SOCIETY of chemical industry.
Mull attention has recently been devoted to the
preparation of pure ami very finely-divided
powder, primarily for the absorption oi tannin for
the Lowenthal process; and among others, Mr. I-'.
Simand, assistant at the Vienna Versuchsstation fur
/.. lerin It itrie, has prepared very pure forms, both
of hide power and of the gelatinous tissue of porous
b mes, which gave up to cold water nothing affecting
permanganate in the Lowenthal test, and only a very
minute portion of ible matter, no! exceed-
36 milligrammes, from 5grma This meat freedom
tr.'iii soluble matter enabled Simand to make very
fair determinations of the total absorbable matter
of several tanning materials, bnt a gr< :le to
succ the necessity of employing only very
dilute tanning solutions to avoid hardening the hide
powder and preventing further absorption. Early
this year (Ditigl. Polyt. Jour. 260, 564—568 : (
& i ■'/■■»<; Abstract, 1886, 1088), Messrs. Simand and
Weiss published a very ingenious modification of
their earlier method, by which this difficulty was
completely overcome, and very much stronger infu-
sions could be employed. Iustead of adding the hide
powder all at once, four or five small successive
portions were employed at intervals of 6 or 8 hours,
of which the earlier ones removed a large portion of
the tannin, and so enabled the later ones to com-
plete the absorption. Very satisfactory analyses are
obtained by this method, and the principal draw-
backs are the rather considerable time required and
the consequent liability in hot weather to putre-
factive action and increased solution of the hide
powder.
It recently occurred to the writer that, building on
the processes just described, a combination might be
formed which should unite the rapidity of Miintz's
with the exactness of Simand's method. The idea
was that in filtration through a column of dry hide
powder, the upper layers would absorb most of the
tannin, and that from the large surface exposed a
very complete and rapid separation would be ob-
tained, and this in practice has proved to be the case.
A very efficient apparatus for the purpose may be
improvised from the lamp chimneys used in the
common round-wicked German petroleum lamps,
which are contracted just above the base of the
flame, and cylindrical for the remainder of their
length. A disc of cork is perforated with the cork-
borer, and made slightly cup-shaped on its two faces.
A piece of linen is then stretched over it, and it is
pressed down the chimney till it rests on the con-
tracted neck, ogrms. of hide powder are weighed
into the tube, and, shaken down, will occupy a space
of about BOcc. The tube is now cut off, allowing
only length for the insertion of a cork, which may
press slightly on the powder, as it contracts in
volume when wet. This cork is perforated and
hollowed like the first, and after being covered with
linen is pressed into the tube. A short piece of
quill-tubing fitting the hole in the cork, and which
may be fitted by a second (notched) cork into a flask
or broad bottle, completes the apparatus. If the
liquid to be filtered be poured direct into the tube, it
will be found in most cases that it will force a chan-
nel down one side of the glass, and so escape perfect
absorption. This may be prevented by upward filtra-
tion ; but to avoid this complication, the following
mode may be adopted : — The filtering tube is in-
verted, broad end downwards, into a beaker of lOOcc.
capacity, which is filled with the liquid till it rises
into the hide powder. If the tube be left an hour or
two in this position, the hide powder will become
gradually moistened for some distance ; and if the
tube be now reversed, and the enlarged end filled
with the solution, the filtration will proceed evenly
lily. In practice I have employed a soli I
ol '".tie'. etc., containing tannin equal to 10 or
I2grm& per litre, though I do not know thi
tin- highest limit of strength admissible. < > i this,
50ci filtered through paper, are evapon
at pio ('., to determine tie- total soluble -olid,. If
total solids be determined by drying a portion of the
iiial sample, the difference between the two
determinations will givi the insoluble, and this mode
of procedure (s bySimandand Weiss) is pre-
ferable to a direct one, which from difficulty of fil-
tration is often tedious or impossible. If now "jOcc.
of the hide filtrate be also evaporated, the residue of
the hide powder, less a -mall correction for solubility
amounting in the sample I am using to about 40
milligrammes, will be the "extractive" or soluble
matter not tannin. I have found nickel crucibles
very satisfactory tor th rations, which pro-
ceed much more rapidly than from porcelain, though
for ignitions they are inferior to platinum.
I have satisfied myself that the filtrates, made as
d. -nilied, are perfectly free from tannin, and tested by
the Lowenthal method they show a lower result of
"non-tannin" than those by any other method of
absorption with which 1 am acquainted. At the
same time it is obvious that tanning extracts, and
even the purest commercial tannins, contain matters
which are partially removed by the filter, probably as
sand, and other chemically neutral filters will remove
more or less of certain colouring matters and salts.
Tim-, in testing a sample of .Schering's tannin ph. gr.
(recommended by Von Schroeder as the purest
German tannin), the first .">cc. were equivalent to
only Oocc. of permanganate (lgrm. per litre), while
5cc. taken after running about TOcc. required -2 3cc.
If this were reckoned out as gallotannic acid it would
amount to from 1*3 per cent, to 4'3 per cent,
of the total employed, but it was shown by testing
with ammonia sulphate of copper that there was
probably none, and, at most, much less than 1 per
cent, of the original tannin present, and the reaction
was due to gallic acid. Other tanning materials which
do not yield gallic acid, still contain other bodies
which similarly affect the results. As I have already
stated, gallic acid is pretty freely absorbed by hide, a
1 per cent, solution losing 78 per cent, of the total.
This unfortunate peculiarity completely condemns
hide powder for rigid scientific work where gallic
acid is present, and makes it desirable in the analyses
of such materials as sumach, galls, and myra-
bolanes to employ the Lowenthal method with pre-
cipitation with gelatin and salt, using the proportions
advised by Mr. Bertram Hunt (this Journal, 1885,266).
I am in hopes, however, of overcoming the difficulty,
either by some method of removing the gallic acid or
preventing its absorption by the hide.
In order to ascertain whether neutral bodies, such
as are found in tanning materials, are withdrawn
from solution by the hide filter, experiments were
made with glucose and dextrin. 50cc. of a solution
of commercial glucose, containing O'Ggrm. of the
air-dry substance left OoOGgrm. after drying at
100° C. An equal quantity, after passing through
the hide filter, left 0'594grm., thus having appa-
rently taken up 0'088grm. from the hide. As only
about 0'04—0"05grm. would have been dissolved
under similar circumstances by distilled water, it
seems as if glucose had the power of increasing
the solubility of hide ; a point deserving investiga-
tion, both from the analytical and the technical
standpoints ; since glucose has been frequently used
for the removal of lime from hide, for which purpose
any solvent power on the hide itself would be fatally
tionable.
Dextrin appears quite indifferent, the gain of
C
90
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28. if 87.
weight in passing through the hide filter being
0045grni., or practically the same as with distilled
water.
In order to apply either this process, or that of
Simand and Weiss, successfully to the analysis of
solid materials, much stronger infusions are required
than for the Lowenthal method, and it becomes a
difficult problem to obtain them, and. at the same
time, to secure complete exhaustion. To accomplish
this, Messrs. Kitner, Simand, Meerkatz, ami Weiss*
have been jointly investigating the application of the
principle so often employed in the estimation of fats
—viz., that of continuous exhaustion by the same
body of liquid, by aid of the return-flow condenser.
They have proved (what a tanner would scarcely,
a priori, have expected) that even materials so easily
changeable as sumach and valonia suffered no
material loss of tannin absorbable by hide, even
by prolonged boiling, though the colour was deci-
dedly darkened. Their experiments do not seem to
have embraced gambier. which Huntt found to lose
considerably by boiling in contact with air. Having
satisfied themselves that prolonged boiling was admis-
sible, they have constructed an apparatus similar
in principle, though differing in detail, from the well-
known Soxhlet's tube, which they find to work
satisfactorily.
Since distilled water is neither expensive or
poisonous, like the more volatile fluids employed
for fats, it is questionable whether, for any small
number of analyses, the use of so comparatively
complicated and expensive an apparatus is either
necessary or desirable, though for an institution
like the Vienna Leather Industry Research Station
it is undoubtedly very convenient, enabling many
exhaustions to go on at once with little attention.
Probably excellent results would be obtained by
boiling the sample for, say, half-an-hour, with as
small a quantity of water as practicable, draining off
the strong liquor, and completing the exhaustion
with hot water, which should be evaporated to
small bulk in a flask, and added to the strong
liquor before making up the required quantity.
This would have the incidental advantage of avoid-
ing prolonged boiling of the greater part of the
tannin. A convenient and simple apparatus for the
purpose might be improvised by fitting a rather
wide-tubed funnel into a flask with a cork, and slip-
ping a smaller one inside it containing the tanning
material, in a filter. The flask being placed over the
gas, evaporation and washing the residue might go
on simultaneously, while the material would be
retained at boiling temperature by the escaping
steam.
If. Eitner and his colleagues give a series of
analyses in the paper referred to, both by the
Lowenthal and the hide powder methods, which
show that even for the same material there is in
most cases uo constant relation between the perman-
ganate value and the absorbable tannin, the relation
being affected even by the age and growth of the
sample. This is only what might have been expected,
when we consider that most tanning materials are
natural mixtures emit lining more than one tannin in
varying proportions. On this ground Eitner has
entirely discontinued the use of the Lowenthal
method in the Vienna Laboratory in favour of the
Simand-Weiss. Until, however, some satisfactory
plan is hit upon of separating the gallic acid, neither
this nor the modification I have described can be
regarded as wholly satisfactory, at least for such
materials as are apt to contain this acid.
•'Per Gerber,"296. 2 (Jan. 1 I
I This Journal, 1888, 2U3.
OX THE ESTIMATION OF SULPHUR IN
PYRITES.
BY G. I.INGE.
Is the Analyst, November, 188G, p. 209, Mr. J. C.
Welch publishes a process for assaying iron-pyrites
for sulphur, available for sulphuric-acid manufac-
ture, for which he claims advantages in speed and
accuracy over that process which is generally asso-
ciated with my name. 1 have no intention of
entering into a controversy upon the point, whether
Mr. Welch's process is really " cleaner and nicer,"
and altogether less troublesome than mine, as I think
that may be safely left to the judgment of every one
for himself. As far as the greater rapidity of work
is concerned, I fail to see how Mr. Welch's process
could be carried out in less time than mine, even
assuming the necessary apparatus to have been put
up, and the oxygen to have been prepared beforehand,
failing which conditions, that process must evidently
take a very long time indeed. Rut I should not
trouble the Society with any utterance on that
process, if Mr. Welch did not represent it as more
accurate than a process which he calls mine, but with
which I have nothing to do, and that upon the
strength of some experiments which are altogether
inconclusive. This error I feel bound to point
out.
Mr. Welch says : " Professor Lunge claims that
his method, by means of the decomposition of the
pyrites by strong nitric acid, is the best for the
estimation of available sulphur, as any lead sulphide
which might be present, as galena, would be oxidised
to insoluble sulphate of lead." In order to refute
this he procured some lead sulphide, "sold as pure,"
which he treated with fuming nitric acid, whereupon
he found in the filtrate from 1'2G3 to 2*389 per cent,
of sulphur, which the nitric acid must have taken up
from the lead sulphide. It is not clear whether the
percentage is calculated upon 100 lead sulphide or
100 total sulphur, but this is really not very impor-
tant, as he did not prove that the sulphur really
came from PbS, not from some of the impurities
adhering to the article "sold as pure." We shall see
presently that even pure PbS would probably have
yielded some, but very little, sulphur.
In another experiment Mr. Welch treated lgrm.
of pure lead sulphide, prepared by himself, from
which he obtained by the nitric acid treatment
barium sulphate equal to 1'918 percent, of sulphur.
But according to his own statement, he obtained
from lgrm. of the same sulphide by his process of
ignition in oxygen l'390grms. of "lead sulphate,"
whilst lgrm.- Of lead sulphide theoretically yields
r293grms. of sulphate, according to Mr. Welch's, but
in reality only 1 '268 ( Pb = 206*39, O = 15-96, S = 31 -98 ).
Hence this ''pure lead sulphide must have been
very impure indeed, even if we assume that l*390is
a misprint for 1*290. Since presumably the sulphur
of any other metals present in his "pure" lead sul-
phide would be dissolved in the treatment, Mr,
Welch's experiments are refuted by his own figures,
and most certainly cannot claim to have shown me
to have been in error.
But the matter does not end here, for Mr. Welch
has made some further altogether unaccountable
mistakes. In the first instance he chooses to asso-
ciate a method with my name which is the very
method I opposed when bringing out my own. This
was done at a meeting of the Newcastle Chemical
Society, in December, 1885, and this opposition was
repeated in my "Mmufacture of Sulphuric Acid and
Alkali," vol. i. p. H>2, from which, probably most
Feb. 28. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
<r,
chemists have taken my method, which has sub-
sequently been adopted, after careful eximination, by
the < ! Tin in As<oei ition of Alkali M ik :rs, ai 1 wading
upon buyer and seller, and which is hence rape r I
in the " Alk ili M ikera' Pocket-B tok," E is?llsh e lition
by Lunge and Hurtar. I siv there: "Tlu solution
]i i-, frequently been mile, by 1'resenius' prescription,
by means of red fuming nitric acid, which it is s
times difficult to obtain free from sulphuric acii, and
which is unpleasant to handle. . . . Th^ author
has alwayd found the best, safest, and cheapest way
to be that by aqua regia, made from one part of
fuming hydrochloric acid and three or four parts of
nitric acid of sp. gr. 1*36 to l-4." Later on I nude a
sp rial study 01 the action of acids on pyrites, wdiich
completely continued and even enlarged the above ;
and as I am uot aware of my investigation having
been more than quite cursorily reported iu English
(it was printed in the Ghemitche Industrie, 1 882,
p. 76), I beg leave to quote my results, as obtained,
with various descriptions of iron pyrites :—
(o) Nitric acid of sp. gr. 14S, yellow, and strongly
faming, does uot act at all in the cold, and but slowly
at the heat of a water-bath ; the decomposition is imper-
fect.
(/<) Nitric acid of sp.gr. 1'463, yellow, strongly fuming
behaves exactly like the former.
(e) Nitric acid of sp. gr. 142, chemically pure, colour-
less, after a few seconds causes a violent reaction
without any external heat being applied ; much heat is
given olf, and in a few minutes the decomposition is
complete, no sulphur being separated as such.
((/) Nitric acid of sp. gr. 140, yellow, behaves just
like the former.
(e) A mixture of three parts strong hydrochloric acid
and one part of nitric acid of >p. gr. 1 4'.' does not act in
the cold ; on the water-bath there is soou a reaction, but
the decomposition takes a long time.
if) A mixture of one part strong hydrochloric acid
and three parts nitric acid of sp. gr. 1'42 causes a strong
reaction after a few seconds, with considerable evolution
of heat, and after a few minutes the decomposition is
complete, without any separation of sulphur.
This last mixture, which is identical with that
mentioned in my book, was thus found to be the very
best ; next to it comes nitric acid of sp. gr. 1"40 to
l'4i', which, however, necessitates several times
evaporating with hydrochloric acid; "fuming''
nitric acid, which is imputed to me l>y Mr. Welch as
being part of " my process," teas found by me the least
suitable of all.
Hence, if Mr. Welch really wanted to oppose my
process, he ought not to have made his experiments
with fuming nitric acid, but with the mixture pre-
scribed by me, the decomposing power of which for
lead sulphate would evidently differ from that of
nitric acid by itself. This alone would dispose of
liis experiments as being beside the mark, but there
is more positive argument against them as well.
My method of assaying pyrites, as described in my
Alkali treatises, had been attacked by Fresenius, as
not possessing sufficient accuracy. This led me to
re-investigate the whole matter in a fundamental
manner, and to send my paper to Fresenius himself,
who requested me to make some further experiments,
and then published the whole in his ZeiUchrift fur
Analytisehe Ghanie, 1880, vol. xix. p. 419—431,
without a word of opposition, thus tacitly acknow-
ledging the correctness of my work, which, indeed,
has never been impugned since that time. One of
the subjects mentioned by me in the appendix, as
I from Fresenius' suggestion, was the action
of the liquid on lead sulphate. I did not, how-
ever, proceed in the manner preferred by Mr.
Welch— that is, working under conditions which
never occur in practice — namely, acting on "pure"
lead sulphide with fuming nitric acid, but I male
my experiments to confor.n exactly with tin con-
ditions of aa ordinary pyrites test — viz., idding
soma Lead sulphate to a solution of ferric sulphate,
precisely CDrresp mding t > tint which is obtained in
my process when acting on iron pyrites, evaporating
to dryness, boiling with very dilute hydrochloric
acid, filtering, and weighing the undissolved leil
sulphate I thus proved that so little lead sulphate
entered in solution, that the error caused by it in
an ordinary pyrites test would not hive exceeded
a few hundredths of a per cent, of sulphur.
In consequence of Mr. Welch's attack I wished to
once more investigate this matter ; but in order to
preserve all possible freedom from bias I requested
one of my demonstrators, Mr. Mohler, to perform
the experiments in question from my directions. A
solution was made of 2grms. crystallised ferrous
sulphate = 0"2302grm. sulphur. To this was added
O'Tgrm. pure sulphuric acid, corresponding to
-'rm. sulphur. The liquid, containing
ii I588grm. sulphur, was heated with lOcc. of pure
concentrated nitric acid, in order to oxidise the
ferrous sulphate to ferric sulphate. To this was
added about one decigram of pure lead sulphate
(prepared by precipitation, thorough washing, and
drying at 100° for several hours), exactly weighed
(0'1020grm. in one case, 0'087(jgrm. in another case).
The whole was evaporated in the water-bath till all
the nitric acid had been driven away, and now in
every way corresponded to the condition in which
an ordinary pyrites test would be at the end of the
decomposition, starting from one grm. of 45 per
cent, pyrites, containing a few per cent, of galena.
When the whole had been brought to dryness, it was
heated up to 90° or 100° with lOOcc. of water and
lcc. of concentrated hydrochloric acid, kept hot for
10 minutes, filtered, and washed till there was no
more acid reaction whatever. The undissolved lead
sulphate was again dried under exactly the same
conditions as before (the filter-paper having been
previously treated in the same way), and the weight
determined. The residue in the first case amounted
to 0*0979grm., in the other to O"0820grm. This means
that in the first case 00041grm., in the second
0-005(Jgrm. PbSOj had been dissolved. The mean
is 0005grm. PbSOj, or 00005grm. S. In other
words, the quantity of lead sulphate dissolved was
so slight that the sulphur imported from it into the
pyrites test would not influence the percentage
return to a greater extent than 0'05 per cent, of
sulphur — a quantity altogether vanishing beside the
usual discrepancies of testing pyrites, which even in
the most skilful hands, and with the very best
analytical methods, often amount to 025 per
cent.
I have thus proved the following facts :—
(1.) Mr. Welch's experiments were made with inquire
lead sulphide, and are hence inconclusive.
(2.) They would have been so, even if the lead sul-
phide had" been pure, since Mr. Welch worked under
conditions expressly repudiated by me, and in no pos-
sible way representing my process.
(3. ) Positive experiments, made by me in 1880, and
now by Mr. Mohler, prove that in the conditions
actually present in testing pyrites— viz., m solutions
containing exactly as much iron, sulphuric acid, hydro-
chloric acid, and water as are formed in my testing
process, the solubility of lead sulphate is so slight as to
make it unnecessary "to take it into account for all prac-
tical purpfl
L'2
98
Till- .lorilXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Keb. 28. 18S7.
Incsday, February 9, at the College
of Science.
TROFESSOi; BEDSON IN THE ' II All;.
d\ NEW OB PERFECTED METHODS FOB
Till: DETECTION AND ESTIMATION OF
ORG \Nlc BODD2S, BASED UPON THEIR
OXIDATION BY POTASSIUM PERMANGA-
NATE
BY JOHN HENRY SMITH, PH.D. (ZURICH),
Associate of the Jtoyal College of Science, Dublin.
V A I! T I .
The utility of potassium permanganate as a reagent
in both qualitative and quantitative analysis lias long
The ease with whieh titrations in
volumetric analysis are performed, the speed with
whieh these are accomplished in the ease of potassium
permanganate, ami the decided colouration of the
titrated solution, even when highly diluted, in the
presence of the smallest excess of the reagent, com-
bine to render this body a particular favourite with
chemists. Still, the best of friends has his faults,
and KMnOt is no exception. Certain well-known
restrictions must always be observed in its employ-
ment, and many substances upon whieh it is known
to exert a greater or less oxidising action have been
hitherto subjected to the same only as a qualitative
test, owing to the incompleteness of the action, or to
the formation of intermediate manganese compounds,
whose composition has been only imperfectly investi-
gated, but is generally considered to be of a variable
character.
To such a class belong organic bodies generally,
oxalic acid being the only one which has surrendered
itself to complete oxidation, under the ordinary con-
ditions of working. I know of no other organic body
which has been completely oxidised by KMn04
under conditions which would allow of the quantity
of oxygen absorbed in the reaction being even
a] 'proximately estimated. Several attempts have
been made, I am aware, but the general conclusion
derived from them has been that the oxidation is in-
complete, and too variable, even when working under
conditions as equable as possible, to found even a
relative method of estimation upon the reaction.
YV. Lenz* succeeded in oxidising grape sugar to the
extent of 64 per cent, and glycerin to 24 per cent. ;
but he states that the results vary with the quantity
of permanganate solution first added, under otherwise
exactly the same conditions.t The same conclusion
had long been arrived at, in regard to the employ-
ment of this reagent for the estimation of the
organic matter in potable water.
I have carefully investigated the deportment of
potassium permanganate while undergoing the pro-
cess of reduction, nave ascertained the cause of the
fluctuations in the recorded results, and have suc-
ceeded in nullifying the same, thereby being enabled
to found certain reliable methods, generally applicable
to the detection and estimation of organic bodies.
idi ring the large extent to which such bodies
enter into English chemical industry, and the import-
ance of possessing more accurate and rapid
methods for their valuation, I need hardly apologise
for bringing the results of my experiments before the
notice of this Society.
• Zeiw. Anal. Chem. 21, pp. 31-11.
i Unfortunately, 1 bare neither been able to consult the
original paper for these conditions, nor to obtain, them from
the author, to whom I wrote.
It will probably prove most interesting and instruc-
tive, if I adhere generaUj t<> the order of the
experiments which prevailed in the course of the
investigation.
Direct Titrations with KMn04.
No results having a practic il be iring were obtained
from the titration of organic bodies in the usual
manner ; the oxidation was incomplete in the case of
every body examined, excepting, of course, oxalic acid
and not even sufficiently constant to form any reliable
method of c parison.
The chief value of these experiments lies, therefore,
in their corroboration "I the results previously ob-
tained by other experimenters, and in their more
emphatic demonstration of the utter imtrust worthi-
ness of the permanganate method of estimating the
organic matter in drinking water, even as a compara-
tive method, and working under conditions generally
assumed to be similar : and assuming, further, that
the organic impurity present is ol the same nature in
the samples under comparison. Snme of the general
results obtained are of sutlieieut importance, however,
to be quoted here.
In alkaline solutions, a direct titration cannot be
effected at any temperature, on account of the pro-
duction of soluble green salts of manganic acid, or of
insoluble manganese compounds.
In exactly neutral solutions, organic bodies, with
few exceptions, are incapable of decolourising a drop
of permanganate solution, even at a temperature
approaching ebulition. Even oxalic acid remains un-
oxidised when exactly neutralised. Tannin is, how-
ever, an exce] 'tii m to the rule. It may be titrated to
the extent of about 62 per cent, of the total oxida-
tion possible at loir ( '., before any manganese is pre-
cipitated ; but the dark yellow colour which the
solution assumes renders it impracticable to employ
this reaction as a quantitative one. Tartaric and
citric acids may also be titrated to a slight extent in
boiling neutral solutions, the former to 1 per cent.,
and the latter to -2h per cent, of the total oxidation.
This is probably due to the slight solubility of the
manganese precipitate in exactly neutral solutions,
which we know is the ease with MnO.,.
The behaviour of organic bodies in sulphuric acid
solutions, when acted on by KMnOj, is very varied.
As a rule, the oxidation proceeds so slowly in the
cold, that a protracted waiting is required for the dis-
colouration of each drop of permanganate solution,
extending frequently to hours. Even oxalic acid is
no exception to this rule. With citric acid (which
may be titrated as rapidly as oxalic acid in hot
solutions), twenty minutes were required to de-
colourise 0'2cc. of normal KM11O4 (Ice. =001 grin. Fe).
As the temperature rises, the speed of decoloura-
tion increases. Most bodies, however, even at the
boiling temperature, are exceedingly slow in reducing
traces of permanganate, and in nil cases which I have
examined — excluding oxalic acid — a point arrives in
the titration, before the oxidation is perfect, at which
a brown manganese precipitate is formed. Although
I am persuaded that there is a theoretical point in
the reaction corresponding to the appearance of this
precipitate — apart from the tediousness of the opera-
tion— I have never found the observed period suffici-
ently constant to found a process of estimation upon
the reaction. The chief reason for this irregularity
is, that as the theoretical point is approached the
formation of the precipitate becomes easier, and its
solution mqre difficult ; and two drops of permanga-
nate added at once, or a slight lowering 01 tempera-
ture, might produce it permanently, where two
consecutive drops, or a constant high temperature,
would have prevented its formation.
*,cb.&.i88;.| THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL LNDTJSTBY.
With tannin, which can lie titrated with great
rapidity, the rrecipitate ocean after about 66 per
cent, of the total oxidation, corresponding nearly to
the absorption of L6 atoms of oxygen per molecule.
With tartaric and citric acids, which may also 1 .<_■
titrated rapidly at the boiling temperature, precipi-
tation occurs when al d 73 perci
tively, of the oxygen required for perfect oxidation
has been absorbed ; corresponding to an absorp-
tion of 3 J and Gk atoms of oxygen, respectively, per
molecule. A precipitate was formed with formicacid
after addition of 4 per cent, of the total oxygen, this
ly being due to impurity. With acetic acid,
glycerin, cane sugar, alcohol, ether, and probably the
vast majority of organic bodies, the precipitate is
formed on tlie addition of a few drops of KMnO,
solution, after more or less prolonged boiling.
The amount of free acid present does not make
that difference in the speed of oxidation which might
be expected. Indeed, oxalic, tartaric, and citric acids
may be titrated with comparative ease, at a high tem-
perature, in virtue of their own acidity, until this has
been neutralised, when the action stops. The equa-
tion— K:MnJ\ +-H„C.JOt-=K,C,0, + 2M
+10COS+8H?0 represents the oxidation of oxalic
acid until it is rendered neutral. It is seen tl
or 62'5 per cent, of the total oxidation has
effected at this stage. In several ex] eriments f'4 pfr
cent, could be oxidised before mai j is pre-
cipitated. The excess was probably due to a trace of
acid in the permanganate. I endeavoured to establish
a method for estimating the acidity or alkalinity of
K.MnO, solntioi lising standard oxalic acid
n ith to about 50 ) er cent., and determining the
id remaining in thesolution with standard KHO.
In this endeavour I was not successful The point at
which the i" attack the manganous
oxalate is not sufficiently definite, either with litmus
or phenolphthalein as indicator (methyl-orange could
not be employed), in boiling or in cold solutions. No
results were obtained by adding excess of
K1H i. and titrating back.
In the titration of tartaric and citric acids, without
addition of external acid, three cases are possible.
Either the oxatyl radicals themselves, or another part
of the acid may be first oxidised, the COOH in the
latter case being employed in neutralising the K20
and MnO liberated, or both these actions may occur.
The equation already given represents the first case :
the second may be represented thus :— K Mn .-.<)_
+ 3H,Ci04 K.< _<>, - 2Mn< _".. 3H20 05.
Here we find that acidity equivalent to 3 molecules
of oxalic acid is sufficient for an oxidation demanding
S atoms of oxygen, while an equivalent of 8 mole-
cules was Decessary in the former case- Each oxatyl
radical in an organic acid would, in the former case,
be equiva.ent to an oxidation requiring y^ths of an
atom of oxygen, and in the latter case to one re-
quiring jtbs of an atom of oxygen. As there are two of
these radicals in, and •"> atoms of oxygen are
required for, each molecule of tartaric acid, the
former case would represent an oxidation equiva-
lent to - 5 per cent., the latter one ol
= 33"3 per cent, of the total oxidation possible. If
we assume that the whole body is being equally
oxidised, then the oxidation will be — - "" "
"i
= 29"2 per cent, of the total. Hut we have seen that
only Hi) per cent, of the total oxidation is effected in
the presence of a large excess of acid in direct titra-
tion. If we include the oxidation of the oxatyl radicals
in the 09 per ceut., as we have reason for doing, the
oxidation becomes --- 20 "33'3 4!,=27-3 per cent.
63 v
The amount oxidised in a direct titration was found
to be 2!r7 per cent, of the total. If wi the
small amount of acid in the sample of KMnO, em-
ployed, and the 1 per cent, capable of being oxidi-d
in a neutral solution, the result is almost identical
with the last-mentioned oxidation.
In working out these quantities for citric acid, we
obtain Axf = 10'4 per cent, for the oxidation of
the COOH radicals aloni 27 - per cent, for
the oxidation of the other portions of the body, and
104x160 " I ' " " ' = 238 per cent, for the oxida-
i3
tion simultaneously of those radicals which are
capable of oxidation by direct titration. In point
of fact. 145 per cent, was oxidised before manganese
was precipitated, showing that the oxatyl radicals in
this case are oxidised much quicker than the rest of
the body. Indeed, if we allow for the acidity of the
K.MnO,, and deduct the 2 per cent, capable of being
titrated in a neutral solution, it becomes doubtful
if anything more than the oxatyl radicals are oxid:
Thus, to numbers apparently arbitrary, important
meanings may be attached.
In the direct titration of oxalic, tartaric, and citric
acids, I constantly observed that the speed of oxida-
! tion rapidly increased as the action proceeded : the
first few drops of permanganate being exceedingly
tardy in their reduction, even in warm solutions.
The cause of the increased speed I traced to the
presence of the manganous salt formed during the
action, which salt, all see later on, has the
power of reducing the permanganate, thus accelerat-
ing the oxidation. It may be looked upon as a carrier
of oxygen in the same light as ferric, aluminic, and
other chlorides have been shi iwn to act as carriers of
chlorine to organic bodies by Page,-* these salts them-
selyes remaining unaltered. By taking advantage of
this action, and adding a little manganous sulphate
to the acidified solution, I found it possible to titrate
fairly rapidly from the commencement, in compara-
tively cold solutions.
I was disappointed in the application of this result
to the titration of those organic bodies which had
proved so obstinate of reduction. On the addition of
MnSOi to their solutions, they did not prove more
amicable to titration, although the brown manganese
ipitate was formed much sooner than in the
absence of the manganese salt.
The direct titration experiments having failed to
yield a reliable method of analysis, I was Ted next to
investigate the action of excess of permanganate upon
organic solutions. Before proceeding with this sub-
ject, it will be advisable to refer somewhat fully to
the brown manganese precipitate, which is always
formed in presence of excess of KMnO,, and which
we also found to be a final product in the direct
titration of organic bodies.
Ox the Nature ob the Mangakesb Precipitate.
With the ultimate composition of the precipitate
I was not immediately concerned, but rather with
the state of oxidation of the manganese it contained.
Lunge and the author,* in examining the action of
; potassium permanganate on sodium thiosulphate in
neutral and alkaline solutions, assumed that the
precipitated manganese existed in the state of
dioxide ; and their assumption was borne out by the
fact that the theoretical amount of permanganate
was not absorbed until excess had been added
to satisfy the following equation :— 3Na._s_< '
+4KsMn,08+HsO = 3Na4S01+3K2SO, - 2KHO
"MnO.-i'.f., five-thirds the amount which would
be required if the KMnO, were completely reduced
to the form of MnO.
Ann. 225, 19C.
' This Journal. 1883, 103.
loo
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, ii'eb. 28. iss,
Morawski and Stingl* have attached the general
formula KH.Mn40,,, to the precipitate. Honigand
Zatzekt give Kll-.Mn ,( > as its composition, in the
case of the oxidation of NaaSo03 in alkaline solu-
tion. M. G laser] states that K2C03 enters into its
composition under the conditions named, and con-
firms Morawski's formula in the case of the oxida-
tion of NasS203 in neutral solutions. Honigand
Zatzek;§ replying to < -laser, question whether the
precipitate can be represented by a constant formula,
and state that they as well as other authors have been
unsuccessful in analysing it, as it becomes altered in
the process of washing, retaining foreign matter.
Although such diverse opinions are held concerning
the nature of the precipitate, it will be observed that
in both the above formula? the manganese exists as
MnO;. In all my experiments this result has been
confirmed, and that whether the precipitation occurs
in neutral, alkaline, or acid solutions.
F. Jones,!, however, in treating of the action of
hydrogen, ammonia, phosphine, arsine, stibine,
manganese chloride, and manganese sulphate on
potassium permanganate, finds the precipitated man-
ganese, in each case, in the state of Mn„O0, never as
Mn02. Now Jones effects all his analyses by
weighing the precipitate, dried either on the water-
bath or over sulphuric acid ; then reducing it with
hydrogen, or igniting in air, and again weighing. He
has evidently assumed the precipitate to be a pure
hydrated oxide of manganese, and does not seem to
have examined it carelully for foreign constituents.
The percentage of manganese which he finds in the
precipitate dried on the water- bath is generally less
than, but approximates 62"5, which corresponds to the
formula ^lno03 + H»0. But in Mn02 the percentage
of manganese is 63"2 ; is it not probable, therefore,
he has been dealing with an impure peroxide ]
It is true he estimates the water in the dried
precipitate in two cases, and finds it to agree
with the above hydrate ; but, again, the loss in weight
would have been the same had the precipitate been
MnOo, and the heat employed barely sufficient to
reduce it wholly to Mn304.
Christensen^ has shown that pure Mn,.0,-, is so
attacked by dilute nitric or sulphuric acid that
precisely one-half of the manganese passes into solu-
tion, the other half remaining as insoluble Mn02.
This evidence disproves Jones' conclusions, therefore,
with regard to the nature of the precipitate in acid
solutions. Although it has not come within my pro-
vince to examine the precipitate carefully for foreign
matter, my experience corroborates that of previous
authors in ascribing to it the property of retaining,
at least under certain conditions, constituents of the
solution in which it is formed, and this not only in
neutral and alkaline solutions, but also in acid ones.
With the state of oxidation of the precipitated
manganese, however, 1 was most intimately con-
cerned, and I shall now quote a few experiments
which directly refute the conclusions of Jones.
although abundant indirect evidence in confirmation
of the manganese existing in the state of MnO., will
be found throughout this investigation.
Five separate solutions, each containing 50cc. of
pure oxalic acid solution, to which equal amounts of
dilute sulphuric had been added, were exactly
titrated with permanganate in the usual manner. To
the 1st, additional K.MnO, was added, in amount equal
to exactly two-thirds of the quantity required forexact
titration. The 2nd solution was exactly neutralised
with NaHO, and the same amount of additional
" ISerichte d. d. C'liini. QeaelL xi. 1
t Her. xvi. 2660. t Monatsch. f. them. 6. UB. ilbitt.T.lS.
a Chcm. Soc. Journal, 1878. p. 95.
• Journ. lur. l'rakt. t'hem. {•>), lid. 28.
KMn04 added. The 3rd, 4th, and 5th solutions were
made decidedly and equally alkaline with NaHO,
K_('i'., and klK'0.; respectively, and additional
K M h< t4 immediatelyaddedas before. All ."> solutions,
made up to 250CC., were heated on the water- bath for
about 2 hours, and the precipitate allowed to settle.
It will be seen that the K.Mn<J4 added was just suffi-
i ent in each case to satisfy the equation- 3Mn( I
4 K2Mn„08=5MnOo - K,0 : the amount ol K\ln< ),
reduced being a measure of the MnO oxidised. Now
the neutral solution had become quite colourless,
showing that the manganese had been quantitatively
oxidised and reduced respectively to the state of
peroxide. The other four solutions were still coloured.
After the precipitates bad thoroughly subsided, the
solutions were carefully decanted, acidified with
FUiSOj where alkaline, and titrated back with stan-
dard EeS04 solution. The following results were
obtained : —
No. of Experiment—
1 2
3
4
5
State of solution
% KJInO, reduced
H:SO, neutral
99S5 100
NaHO
96-0
K:CO,
96-8
K1IO),
97D
If Mn.jO-, had been precipitated, only 37'5 per
cent, of the KMnd, would have been reduced, as
shown by a comparison of the two following equa-
tions : —
3 times K„Mn,Os + SMnO = 5Mn303 + KaO.
S ,, K.Mn203 + 3MnU = 5MnOa + K;lO.
That the reduction was not so complete in the alkaline
solutions as in the acid solution may be partly
accounted forby the slight oxidation of the manganese
precipitates by the atmosphere, before the addition
of the KMnO*.
Now Jones considers that even if Mn02 be precipi-
tated, it is at once reduced to Mn._.Or>, oxygen being
liberated. I shall treat of the evolution of oxygen
in another part of this paper ;. it will be sufficient to
state that in the case of the neutral and alkaline
solutions above referred to no oxygen is generated,
while in the acid solution, under the conditions given,
the loss is so slight that it need not be taken into con-
sideration. In another experiment in acid solution,
but merely warmed on the bath for five minutes,
(Experiment 0), !)8'5 per cent, of the KMnO, was
found to have been reduced. We thus see that
KMn04 is capable of oxidising MnS04 practically
completely to MnO;, even when the two bodies are
present in only the theoretical proportions, and that
whether the solutn n be acid, alkaline, or neutral. I
shall refer later on to the application of these results
to the estimation of manganese in manganous salts.
It is worthy of remark, that although all the
precipitates contained Mn in the form of Mn02, they
were different in appearance, from which we might
conclude that their absolute composition varied.
That formed in the neutral solution was very bulky,
and brown in colour; those in the K2C03 and
H^S04 solutions were very small in bulk ; while the
others were of medium bulk. The precipitate in the
acid solution was almost black ; the others were more
or less brown.
It still remained to be proved that the precipitates
formed with insufficient KMnC4 are in the form of
Mn02. In order to confirm Christensen's experi-
ments,** oOcc. of pure acidified oxalic acid solution
were exactly titrated with KMnO,,, and additional
permanganate added equivalent to 833 per cent, of
Loc. cit.
Feb. 28. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
101
the totil quantity required to convert the whole of
the manganese Bait into MnO„ — i.e., as we have seen,
4.V8 per cent, in excess of the quantity required to
com ert it into Mn2( > ., according to Jones's statement.
After heating a few minutes the solution became
quite colourless ; it was then filtered, and KaCOs
added to the filtrate, when a considerable precipe
of MnC0;I occurred. From this we learn conclusively
that MnO is not oxidised to Mn3Oa, but to MnOa in
acid solutions.
The same experiment was performed in a solution
nearly neutralised before the addition of the excess
of KMnO,, but sufficiently acid, I thought, to
prevent tin- precipitation of MnHs0a, or the solution
ot the tinOg formed. The filtrate gave a slight
precipitate with NaHO, which turned brown,
but it was evident that some manganous hydrate had
been precipitated with the Mn02. Now if it existed
in combination with MnO... as Hn«0> we would not
expect it to be oxidised by atmospheric oxygen. To
prove whether this was the case I allowed the precipi-
tate to remain on the filter for two hours, but other-
wise no means were adopted to admit excess of air.
At the end of that time the precipitate was dissolved
in 50cc. of standard FeS04 solution, and titrated
back with KMnO*. 1 found that additional 21 per
cent. (Experiment 7) of the original MnS04 had been
oxidised to Mn02. If, therefore, Mn„Oa were a
stable body in neutral solutions, how could it be
oxidised by the air, and more especially in the
presence of a large excess of Mn02 1
It is generally accepted* that MnH2Oa is oxidised
in moist air to Mn2O2(0H)2, but my experiments
prove that manganous hydrate is oxidised continu-
onsly in the moist state by atmospheric oxygen to
dioxide both in neutral and alkaline solutions, and I
am inclined to the opinion expressed by Hermannt
and Kose} that the so-called sesquioxide, at least in
the moist state, is not of similar constitution to
FeoOg, but a mere mixture of MnO.MnO...
In .similar experiments to those just recorded, but
in solutions made alkaline with NaHO, the following
results were obtained ; in each case the precipitate
having been exposed two hours on the filter before
being dissolved : —
as equivalent to those of Jones, where he passed the
respective gases into permanganate solutions until
the latter were discoloured. As in the previous
experiments, the solutions became colourless after a
few minutes' heating. The precipitates were allowed
to remain on their filters unwashed for seven hours : —
No. of Expeiinient-
'. KJInO, added of
total required
". original MnO oxi-
dised by atmosphere
12
13
14
15
16
°
25
50
75
■7 3
118
51
33
18
13
Heal 8"l.
17
50
0
Xo. of Experiment—
8
9
10
11
'. KMnO, added of amount
required for complete oxida-
333
39
500
, 69
666
1-2
'. oxidised bjr atmosphere ..
33
As we have already seen, 37 o per cent, excess KMn04
would have been sufficient to convert all the MnO
into Mn203. As a matter of fact there is no greater
tendency to oxidation shown when less EMn04 has
been added than when this amount has been far
exceeded. Although the addition of KMnU4 was
performed as expeditiously as possible, it might be
objected that the oxidation recorded had been effected
between the addition of the alkali and the KMn04.
To make quite certain upon this point the following
alterations in the manipulation were made. Instead
of the titrated oxalic acid, 2.">cc. of a solution of pure
MnS04, whose strength had been accurately deter-
mined, were employed, and run in by means
of a pipette at the bottom of the warm caustic soda
solution, to which the requisite amount of KMn04
had previously been added. Under these conditions
the action of the KMn04 must precede that of the
atmosphere. These conditions might even be taken
* Roscoe and Schorlemmer, vol. ii. 2, p. 11.
t Journal fur Prakt. Chem. 43, 50.
J Pogg. Ann. 121, 318.
If we bear in mind that the amount of atmospheric
oxidation decreases in two ratios — one due to the de-
crease of MnO present, the other due to the covering-up
property of the Mn02— then the above numbers are
just such as we would" expect from mere mechanical
mixtures of the two oxides MnO and MnO... There
is no violent oxidation until 37'5 per cent, of the
hydrate has been oxidised, and a sudden disappearance,
or at least decrease, of the same after this stage has
been reached, as we would be justified in expecting,
were Mn20«(H0)2 a definite chemical compound,
and a final stage of oxidation under these conditions.
Experiment 17 was performed under these improved
conditions in a neutral solution. The Mn02 precipi-
tated corresponded exactly to the KMnO, added, no
oxidation having taken place. The filtrate was only
slightly acid, owing to the liberation of sulphuric acid,
thus : — 3MnS04 + K„Mn„Os + H20 = 5Mn02 +
K„SO. + 2H„S04. It gave "a considerable precipitate
of MnH20js with NaHO.
Thece'experiments, therefore, not only refute the
results obtained by Jones, but they demonstrate that
the brown manganese precipitate, including that
formed as a final product in the direct titration of
organic bodies, contains the manganese in the state
of the dioxide. This precipitate, in the case of direct
titration, might either be produced from the action of
the manganous salt formed in the solution upon the
final KMnO i added; or it might be formed from the
reduction of KMn04 to Mn02 by the organic body
itself. The probability existed that some organic
bodies or their constituent radicals can reduce KMnOj
to the form of Mn02 only, even in acid solutions, as
is the case with sodium thiosulphate in neutral and
alkalineones; andl was led back to work under similar
conditions to those which Lunge and I § had recom-
mended in the case of the latter salt— i.e., of adding
a large excess of KMn04, more than sufficient for
reduction to Mn0.2 only, then adding excess of stan-
dard FeS04 solution after the completion of the
oxidation, and finally titrating back with KMn04 in
the usual manner.
As is well known, potassium permanganate is con-
stantly being employed in organic research as an
oxidising agent, and numerous are the bodies which
have been discovered by its aid. Impure products
are, however, obtained, and in varying proportions,
depending uron the amount of the reagent employed,
temperature, and many other conditions. It has,
therefore, only been generally employed as a qualita-
tive reagent. It occurred to me, that by employing
an excess of the reagent, and working under varying
standard conditions, definite and simple compounds
would be obtained, whose composition in each case
might be determined qualitatively by ordinary
analysis, and quantitatively by an estimation of the
oxygen absorbed in the reaction. I hoped that by
this means we might be enabled not only to possess
S Loc cit.
IOJ
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL ENDUSTEY. in-b.28.iss7.
reliable pn ; the valuation of commercial
organic products, but that we might thereby be led
i ii i a better insight into the nature of some of
those complex organic principles, of whose constitu-
tion we are at present in almost absolute ignorance ;
as well as, perhaps, to increase our knowledge of the
wonderful cycle of reducing and oxidising processes
which attend the phenomena of life.
I was led to form these opinions from a study of
the behaviour of solutions of various organic bodies
in presence of a large excess of KMn04 under vary-
ing standard conditions. The determinations which
1 had in view weii- the following :- Oxygen yielded
bj excess of Mn02 in acid, alkaline and neutral sol u-
respectively ; oxygen yielded by txcess "f
K.\lii<)4 in acid, alkaline ami neutral solutions res-
pectively. The latter would include the former; the
difference would represent oxygen yielded by KMm >t
in reduction to MnO.. only, and would necessarirj
correspond to more • dies or radicals than
those represented by the reduction of MnO... I further
anticipated successive oxidations, more especially of
a neutral one succeeded by an alkaline and acid cue
respectively, and an alkaline oxidation followed by
one in acid solution. I found, however, that serions
errors entered into my experiments, the elimination
of which demanded the first attention.
1 shall treat the subject in three divisions — namely,
oxidation in acid, alkaline, and neutral solutions,
respectively.
Oxidation by'largi excess of KMno, in Actd
Soli hons.
Sulphuric acid is usually considered the only
one generally applicable for titrations with per-
manganate, and as the objections to HC1 and HjN< >:,
in working with excess of KMn04 and in hot
able time is the only one which could be contemplated.
The temperature of the hot-watei bath was naturally
that resorted t . most convenient.
The permanganate solution which I employed, and
which I shall designate as normal, was of such a
strength that lcc. was equivalent to OOlgrm. of pure
metallic iron, or 0'00143grin. of oxygen. Anorganic,
or other oxidisable solution, I also designate as normal,
which requires the whole of the oxygen liberated by
an equal bulk of normal KMn< )j. in its reduction to
the state of M 1 1 < K for the complete oxidation of the
bodytoCOa and H.,0.
To oOcc. of the normal solution of the organic body
under investigation I added 1 OOcc normal KMn04
solution. It is important to observe that this quan-
tity represents an excess of 20 percent. KMnOj, over
the quantity necessary for eemplete oxidation, accom-
panied by a reduction of the K.Mn04 to MnO a, only.
".ore. normal H2S04 (lcc. =0"049grm.) were then
added. 1 generally made up the total bulk to the
neck of a 7">o.v. flask with distilled water, and heated
on the water-bath for a couple of hours, but now
employ 250cc. flasks, when I hud half-an-hour's heat-
ing sufficient. To avoid repetition, unless otherwise
stated, it will be understood that the solutions em-
ployed were made up according to the normal
formula- .KMnO4 + 50cc. n.organic solution
-foOee. nHoS04+550cc, distilled water.
The results generally came out much too high, even
for perfect oxidation, which indicated a loss of
oxygen. The table below shows the representa-
tive numbers obtained.
These experiments show that the great loss of
oxygen is not altered by varying the concentration of
the solution, nor by decreasing the amount of free
acid (21). They also indicate that the excessive loss
is not due to the action of the acid upon the KMn04
■
'> :' Kspt-riment-
Total bulk
Time o£ heating hours
Organic body present _
Per cent, indicated of total oxida-
tion possible „
200
•200
200
Oxalic Tartaric Citric
Acid Acid i Acid
122 116
111
750
1
Oxalic
Acid
121
; Hlcc. \
EfeSOj
750
2
Oxalic
Acid
119
23
24
:5
26
27
750
750
750
750
750
o
2
1
11
2
Tartaric
Acid
Citric
Acid
Tannin
FeSO,
0
IIS
117-5
111
101-8
2
ak'Illt.
solutions would be much more serious, H2S04
quite free from these impurities was employed.
The temperature at which oxidation proceeds is, as
might Vie expected, an important factor— i.e., as re-
gards the speed, but not as regards the product of
oxidation. Some bodies natural!) require a higher
temperature than others to obtain the tinal product
of oxidation in a reasonable time ; but I have reason
to believe that all bodies— at least at ordinary tem-
peratures—would reach that stage sooner or later.
I think that valuable information might be derived
ly o| the rate of oxidation of complex
organic bodies under standard conditions, such as
those I am about to describe, and at a temperature
sufficiently low to allow of a number of accurate
determinations of the progress of the oxidation at
different stages. A graphic representation ol the
results obtained would indicate by any abrupt change
in the curve of oxidation, the completion oi oi
the commencement of formation of another pro-
duct of oxidation. Such manipulation, however,
would be more especially interesting to the n
chemist ; for analytical purposes, a method by which
the final product of oxidation i.s reached in a reason-
alone (27), and also that it is not experienced by sub-
stituting ferrous sulphate for the organic body (26).
I too hastily concluded from Experiment 26, that the
loss was not due to the presence of MnO.., and
sought for the' cause rather in some exciting action
to the evolution of oxygen produced by the COs
generated in the case of organic bodies. I was, how-
ever, disappointed at the result of my endeavours to
1 produce an equivalent effect in the experiment with
ferrous sulphate, by introducing gradually into the
solution— which had previously received a propor-
tionate excess of sulphuric acid— 35cc. of a 10 per
cent, solution of potassium carbonate. The loss was
even less than before— only L*2 per cent. (28).
In parallel experiments, with an. I without the
addition of oxalic acid, and varying the times of
heating, the results in Table A were obtained.
These experiments prove conclusively that in each
case the loss increases with the length of heating, but
is much more considerable in the solution which has
been reduced by the organic body; although the
actual permanganate in such a solution, where com-
plete oxidation occurs, is only one-tixth of that to
which no reducing agent has been added.
im.'Jh. issr.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INM STftY.
103
In experiments with glycerine and formic acid,
confining the time ol heating to half-an-bo
seemeil desirable from the above results, much more
concordanl indications were obtained- namely, '.'7
per cent (36) and 103 per cent, (36) respectively.
Encouraging as these results were, it Beamed desir-
able to concentrate the attention upon the elimination
of the error caused by the evolution of oxygen, as it
would probably vary very much with the nature of
the body under investigation.
TABLE A.
No. of Experiment—
29
30
31
Reducing bod; added
Oxalic A.
nil
Oxalic A.
Time »f heating
1 hour
| hour
1 hour
Loss cc. nKMnOj .
1-85
0-15
3-85
amount of which latter was of course allowed for in
regulating the total acidity of the solution, I shall
denominate such a solution normal which contains
the same quantity of metallic iron in a given hulk,
that a normal solution of ferrous sulphatedoes. The
above solution was only 80 per cent, normal, but I shall
always quote the quantity employed in terms of the
normal solution. In an experiment with oxalic acid,
under normal conditions, but with the addition of 4<)n\
normal ferric Bulphate solution, a loss equivalent to
I 85cc. of normal permanganate was recorded. The
foregoing experiments are compared in the following
table:—
Xli. ol Experiment
Reducing body added.
nil
Time of heating i 1 hour
Loss = cc. nKMnO,
33
3-1
0-95
Oxalic A. nil
3 hours 3 hours
V'j.j 1-95
In recalling to mind the experiment in which ferrous
sulphate was substituted for the organic bodj (26),
it occurred to me that the excessive loss of oxygen
might still be due to the presence of MnO«, but that
the ferric salt had the power to prevent, or diminish,
the action. The next experiments confirm this view.
Manganous sulphate was formed by titrating te
normal oxalic acid in the ordinary manner. 50ci . ol
normal KMnO, were added, the hulk made up to
750cc, and the solution heated on the watei bath
three and a-half hours. The lossol oxygen was equal
to 9'Occ. of the KMn04. Another experiment, in
which the MnS04 formed above was substituted by
an equivalent of crystallised MnSO,, showed a loss
equivalent to 9'5cc. of the normal permanganate.
No. of Expt.
Addition
CO. nICMnO,
lost
Titrated „ ,n Titrated
Oxalic A. M"M', FeSO
90
95
1-8
„.,„.. Oxalic A.
none +Fej3SO,
1-85
To find the action of the ferric salt upon Mn02
alone, 50cc. normal FeS04 solution, exactly titrated,
were added, in an experiment with oxalic acid under
normal conditions. The MnSO, reduced the remain-
ing K.MnOi, rendering the solution colourless in a
few minute-. Absolutely no loss of oxygen was re-
corded in this experiment (42). This indicated that
the small loss of oxygen experienced in the presence of
the ferric salt was not due to the MnOo formed, and
differed in this respect from the excessive loss in the
absence of iron
From the experiments in Table I! we learn the in-
tiu. ace of the ferric salt under varying conditions.
By normal MniSU4 solution, 1 mean one which is
able to reduce a solution of normal permanganate in
equal measures. From the experiments I have already
recorded, it will readily he seen that such a normal
solution contains |-times the amount of actual Mn that
an equal measure of normal KMn< >, does. Experi-
ments 44 and 45 confirm 42, demonstrating that no
loss occurs, when all the KMnO, is wholly reduced
TA11LE B.
No. of Experiment-
Reducing body added
cc. nFe23SO,
Time of heating
Loss = cc. nKMnO,
13
none
JO
2hrs.
2-1
I Oxalic A
'^+33 "MliSO,
40
2 hours
0-1
( Oxalic A.
M iiFeSO, oxalic A.
( Titrated,
JO
2 hours
0-1
JO
| hour
0'25
47
48
49
none
none
none
JO
none
20
\ hour
3 hours
3 hours
10
0-7
2-3
Oxalic A.
nol.e
3 hours
8-65
Oxalic A.
10
3 hours
1-85
T U3LE C.
No i Exp.—
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
Organic Body.
X indicated . . .
Glycerine.
97
Tannin.
91-8
Sugar.
832
Citric A.
99-6
Tartaric A.
99-8
Alcohol.
34
Acetic A.
0o
50cc. ?iFeS04 solution, titrated and treated as
above. gave a [osb = 1"8cc. KMnO, only. A Mmk
experiment with lOOcc. KMn04. and no reducing
body, indicated a loss of 2'4cc. The only difference
in the experiment with the titrated FcSO, and those
with MnS04 is that, in addition to MnSO*, ferric
sulphate is also present. To confirm the retarding
action of the ferric salt still further, a solution of
pure ferric sulphate was made with free H;SO.i, the
to the form of MnO;. The presence of the ferric
stilt, however, docs not prevent the loss of oxygen
from the KMnOi, as 8uch(43),in fact, it seems to
increase the action considerably (48 and 19). From
Experiments 46 and 47 we learn that the loss is less
when a reducing body is present, this being no doubt
due to the much smaller quantity of permanganate
present (only J,th of the total) after reduction by the
organic body. The action of the ferric salt is thus
Ml
l Hi: JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHF.MK'AL INDUSTRY, (t'eb. 28. iMf.
-i en to b( of a two fol
in the pri - nee ol mui h K M n< ' , and little
. but a n tarder in tbe presence • I much
Mn02 and little K.\ln(>, (51). The loss which we
wish p ivoid is that which occurs after
the oxidation ot the organic body is complete Le.,
when a considerable quantity ol MnOj has been
formed, and only a small excess of KMni > , remains ;
hence the beneficial action of the ferric salt.
Under these improved conditions various organic
bodies were subjected to oxidation, with much more
satisfactory results, as indicated below. The time
ting was 2* hours in each case, and 20cc.
normal Fe2 3S04 were added, other conditions being
normal : —
Kip.-
Body added
% indii
Formic A. Glycerine. Tannin.
106-2 99 93-2
Cane .Sugar.
85-S
"Willi a total bulk of 200cc., the solution being
heated for half-an-hour only, the numbers given in
Table (.'(page 103) were obtained.
A parallel experiment with cane sugar, in which
the lOOcc. OlnOj were added in five equal portions
at equal intervals, thereby avoiding excess of KMnU,,
indicated only 80 per cent. (63). Probably the differ-
ence in the two experiments was due to loss of
oxygen, from the action of the acid on the free
KMn04. The alcohol was most distinctly oxidised
to acetic acid, as evinced by the smell. The per-
centage indicated also agrees closely with the forma-
tion of that body. Acetic acid itself is unoxidised
- . the small amount (O'o per cent.) of oxidation
recorded, after deducting the calculated loss, being
probably due to impurity in the acid.
Such results as those recorded, although bearing
the impress of approximations to certain absolute
quantities 1 was endeavouring to estimate, were not
so perfect as those to which 1 had aspired. The
errors due to loss of oxygen have not been allowed
for in the above experiments, except in the case of
acetic acid ; indeed, it would be difficult to do so.
Although we know the quantity of free KMn04
existing both before andafterreduetion, wedonot know
when the oxidation is completed ; and even did we
know this, we could not be certain whether any
oxygen at all would be lost until, the completion
of the oxidation. Simultaneous experiments, without
addition oi any reducing body, and with 100 and
20cc, /iKMnU,, indicated a loss of oxygen equiva-
lent to 4 8 per cent. (o'3) and 00 per cent. (64)
respectively, in terms quoted above. Now, if we
assume that no loss occurs until the body reaches its
final stage of oxidation; and, further, that this latter
occurs after £ hour's heating, both assumptions
being within the region of probability ; then the loss
could scarcely have exceeded 05 per cent., except
in the case of alcohol, where the oxidation is so
iplete.
Another possible source of error was impurity in
the bodies under investigation. Although tiny W( re
obtained in the usual course as pure chem
(excepting the loaf sugar, winch was of ordinary com-
mercial quality), their absolute purity was doubtful
in some cases. Beyond drying in the not water oven,
or estimating the aciditj c gravity, they were
not subjected to any systematic analysis, 'i hroughthe
kindness of Messrs. Mawson & Swan, 1 have been sup-
plied with some specially pure chemicals, which will
t in the elimination oi this source of error. Uefore
making use of them, however, I was anxious to still
further improve the process if possible ; and, accord-
ingly, more systematic experiments were instituted,
which 1 shall now record. At this stage 1 deter-
mined, in order to utilise the time as much as
possible, to reduce the total bulk of solution to 250cc,
and the time of heating to half an hour, except in
s wlnrc a longer period was necessary, to ensure
ater accuracy in the estimation of small differences
in the errors derived from working uuder varying
conditions undi i comparison.
Throughout this investigation, I have been fre-
quently impressed with the excessive caution which
must be exercised in drawing conclusions from
experiments, however carefully made. We have seen
that there is a slight action of sulphuric acid upon
potassium permanganate in the absence of iron salts,
causing a small loss of oxygen. When MnS04, or an
organic body which is capable of reducing the KMn04
•mpletely to the form of Mu02, is added, we find
a very great increase in the amount of oxygen
evolved, although the loss due to the action of tbe
acid on the K.Mi.t', as such, must necessarily be
considerably decreased. It seemed very natural to
conclude that the increase was due to the action of the
1I2S04 upon the Mn02 as such. In the experiments
already-recorded I was labouring under this impression.
As the experiments were strictly comparative in each
case, their value was not diminished by the subse-
quent revelation that this hypothesis was a false ODe.
As a matter of fact, I found that the loss of oxygen
due to the action of the acid upon Mi.02 is absolutely
nil under the conditions which prevailed. With a
view to determine the amount of loss due to the action
considered, to 50cc. »CsH204 just sufficient
KMn04 was added to reduce all the manganese to
the form of MnOo, 50cc. hH2S04 were then added,
but no iron s<rft. The bulk was made up to 250cc, and
the solution heated one hour. The solution was only
very faintly coloured after heating. A loss of only
l'35cc. KMnO, (o'.">) was shown. Surprising as this
result was, I was still more astonished at the result
of a corresponding experiment, in which the heating
was prolonged to -ih hours. No more oxygen was
evolved than in the preceding case — i.e., only
tbe equivalent of l'Scc. hKMhO, (66). As a repeti-
tion of the old experiments, with the proportions of
100 KMn04 to 50cc. oxalic acid, proved that the
laws of nature had in no degree been enjoying a
temporary relaxation, the only conclusion which
could be formed was, that the presence of
both KMnO, and MnOa is required for the
excessive evolution of oxygen, which had been so
frequently observed. Final test expetiments com-
pletely confirmed this conclusion. TooOcc. nCoHs04,
already titrated, only one-half the quantity of
KMnOj was .added necessary to oxidise the Mn to
MnO». Absolutely no loss of oxygen was recorded after
half-an-hour's heating ((57). A parallel experiment, with
the usual proportion.- of l\Mii04 and oxalic acid,
indicated a loss of 4'-4cc. «KMn04 (on). This result
was most important, and suggested a method of
analysis to which 1 shall refer later on. It also fur-
nishes the proof that in the experiments (No& land 6)
in which the KMnO, and MnS04 were added in the
theoretical quantities to convert the whole of the
manganese into Mn02, similar to the conditions of
nd 63, the quantity of oxygen lost is not suffi-
cient to be taken into consideration, more especially
in No. 6, which received only half-an-hour's heating.
Jones* makes a great point of the liberation of
.en in oxidations by permanganate. He states
that it occurs under all the conditions it is possible
to imagine, and he attributes the cause of its gene-
ration to the tendency to the formation of Mna03,
• Loc. cit.
Kcb. 2$. 18SM THE JOURNAL OF TI1H SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IM>i STRY.
10.*>
which he considers to be the stable oxide of I
nese, and the final product of oxidation by KM
all cases. Mn< » .. he finds to act in the same mam er
as KMiiO,, and would lead one to Question the
accuracy of Fresenius and Will's method for the
valuation of that ore, on account of the o
evolved in the reaction. Now, my experiments
throw light upon many of the results obtained by
Jones with regard to the evolution of oxygen, but
they show at the same time that the above-mentioned
method is free from reproach in this respect. They
further show that MnO. is really the stable com-
pound of manganese in acid as well as othi I
tions ; and. indeed, this very fact accounts for the
liberation of oxygen from KMnO., the evolution of
that gas not being completed until the whole of the
Mn has been reduced to the state of MnO.., as is
still more strikingly illustrated by the following
experiments, with varying amounts of permangan-
ate solution. Total bulk = 2.J0cc. ; free acid=50cc.
xlf_S04 ; organic body = 50cc. ttC;H..04 :—
No. of Experiment—
69
70
7»
cc. Free KMnO, after re-
duction by oxalic acid . .
1565
Ihr.
41
323
ihr.
615
S23
Ihr.
cc. nKMnO, lost
10-55
■f Experiment—
72
73
-■
cc. Free KMnO, after re-
duction by oxalic acid . .
1565
19
99
3hrs.
3hra.
3hrs.
91
2565
in-;.
No. of Experiment—
cc. nKMnO, added .
Time of heating . .
cc. nKMnO, lost ..
Ihr.
02
76
100
77
25
1 Ihr.
2hrs.
0-5
04
78
100
2hr.-.
105
Of course no iron salt was present in these experi-
ments. It is very interesting to observe that the
loss increases very nearly in the ratio of the square
root of the amount of KMn04 present, in the first
three experiments with the shorter heating, from
which we can form an idea of the speed of reduction.
In the last three, the reduction of the KMn04 was
more or less complete, as represented by the following
equation :- K 2Mn308nMnOs - HaSO 1 = n + 2Mn02
+ K,SU,-11.0- Og. This shows that to effect com-
plete reduction of KMn04 to MnOs under the
influence of pre-existing MnO..:, a loss of oxygen
occurs = i ot the total oxygen available from the
KMn04. Keeping this in view, we learn that the
reduction in Experiment 72 was theoretically com-
plete, and this was borne out by the solution being
almost colourless at the termination of the heating.
In Experiments 73 and 74, &7'2 and 7^3 per cent.
respectively of the reduction represented by the
above equation bad been completed.
Comparative experiments, with no reducing body
present, gave the following results :—
right in my opin ould have no reduction at
all if no impurity were present in the KMnO,, and
• were otherwise in tri
But if we presume the presence of a n
the solution, should it even be an impurity
manganons salt in the K.Mn04, equivalent to 01 per
cent, in the above experiments, then it is easi. .
we have the conditions existing for the initiation of
the reaction expressed by the equation given above.
Corresponding experiments were instituted in pre-
sence of ferric sulphate. SOcc. »Fe23S< \ were added
to the usual proportions. With 50cc. n oxalic acid
added, the following results were obtained : —
No. of Experiment—
Timo of heating .
cc. Free KMnO, pre-
sent after reduction
cc. nKMnO, lost
79
80
ihr.
81
82
|hr.
!hr.
2hrs.
25
50
75
25
OS
10
1-3
2hrs.
8 95
From these experiments we learn that the loss of
oxygen is only about 15 per cent, what it is without
the addition of the ferric salt, and it increases more
in proportion to the free KMnO, present than in the
ratio of the square root of that quantity ; at least in
the case of the longer heating, which gives naturally
more accurate results.
With the iron salt, but in absence of any reducing
body, the following results were obtained : —
No. 1 il Experiment —
M
25
85
36
87
38
co. nKMnO, added ..
50
75
25
75
Length of heating
,hr.
(hr.
Ihr.
2hrs.
2hrs.
Oxvgen = cc. nKMnO,
lost
015
06
10
1-9
82
Here we can form no very reliable conclusion with
regard to the speed of reduction of the KMnO,,
although it seems to increase in the ratio of the
square root of the quantity of KMnO, present as
we found before. Not only is the loss too small to
found any weighty conclusions upon it, but if 1 am
The ferric salt, as we had previously seen, increases
the loss considerably when no Mid ta is present, and
the loss in this case increases in a greater ratio
than the amount of KMnO, present : in fact, in the
experiments above, with half-an-hour's heating, it
closely corresponds to the square of the amount of
permanganate.
The influence of the ferric salt is quite a paradox,
being in one case an accelerator and in another a
retarder of the action of the acid on the KMn04.
Without iron, the loss increases with the increase of
MnO.., while under its influence the loss increases
with tlie amount of KM11O4, and decreases with the
increase of Mn02. Hence two \ roblems are ] re-
sented for solution— viz., the cause of the retarding
action with excess of Mn02, and the cause of the
accelerating action with excess of KMnO,. The
most likely explanation 1 can offer is that the iron
salt is really an accelerator, but that it has the power
of neutralising the action of the MnO._. after a certain
excess has been formed, and this opinion has been
borne out by subsequent experiments. The Fe23SO.
does not, however, perfectly neutralise the action of
the MnO.., for by comparing the above experiments
(7!) with B4, etc.)' we find that for the same quantity
of free KMn04 a greater ! ]>erienced in the
nee of MnO.,. at least up to a certain point.
In order to find if iron were precipitated with the
, KMnO, was completely reduced by MnS04
solution in presence of ferric sulphate, the solution
was filtered, and the precipitate was well washed and
ed in oxalic acid. To one portion ammonium
hydrate was added in excess when a considerable pre-
cipitated" Fe..HcO0 was formed. The other portion
106
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IFeb. 28, 1887.
icidified with HCL and BaCL added, but no pre-
1. We learn then that iron is
precipitated with the Mutt., and in the form of
oxule, not as sulphate.
It seemed important to ascertain it' other salts had
tine power of neutralising the HnOa. The
following were tried, added in proportion equivalent
I 30j The KMiii), added was increased
to I08'3cc., Leaving 25cc. free RMni >, after re. 1 net ion
by the ;">0ce. n. oxalic acid, added in each ease. The
heating lasted two hours.
imtnt—
89
90
91
92
93
Salt added
cc. nKMnOi lost
none
13-0
Fe»3S04
2-J5
MgSOj
123
ZnSOj
no
Al^SOj
9'25
No. of Experiment—
94
95
96
97
Salt added ,
cc. J1KM11O4 lost
Crs3SOj
0
KsCrsO;
S3
Xi.-JOj
CoSOj
The peculiar action of the chromic sulphate is Basil]
explained. The chromium is itself oxidised to the
state of the trioxide by KMnO,, under the con-
ditions of experiment. The solution was rendered
colourless, showing that the KMnO, had been com-
pletely reduced: and, as we have already learned,
under such conditions no loss of oxygen i-
ln titrating back the solution to which
Ka y_.i )- had been added, allowance was of cour.se
i <r tie' \' si »i 11 was capable of oxidising. .V,
an indirect result of experiment Xn 94, we find that
KMnO, i> a much more active oxidising agent than
chromic acid in solution. This was confirmed bj
experiments in which an equivalent amount of
K2Cr207 was u>ed instead of KMnO,. The results
are strictly comparable with Experiments •">- to 55,
but no ferric salt was added, The loss of oxygen
from B2Cr20, is nil (102).
No. of Exp.—
98
99
100
101
102
Body added ..
X oxidised
•.with KMnO,
Formio A.
7 0
10G-2
Glycerin
no
09
Tannin
51 -S
03-2
1 .on' Sugar
121
85'8
None
0
Returning to thi 1 d ents with various salts, we
Bee that Mg and Zn are without influence, while the
others are all inferior to iron. An additional ob-
toCr, Co, and Ni, lies in the insensitiveness
of the end reaction, on account of the colour imparted
by the salts themselves to the solution. Cobalt
sulphate, which proved the next best to iron, was
tried in double quantity, with no better result, 5-3cc.
KMnO< being lost (Experiment 103). In conjunction
with iron, it proved also of no advantage. With
e.pial quantities of the two salts, a loss of .V05cc.
was recorded (104).
It was next necessary to determine the best
amount of ferric sulphate to add to the solution.
I had reduced the amount in the foregoing experi
nionts to 80CC, normal, on account of the action
on the K \lnt ),-. more especially as I ha, I found
this amount to be nearlj as efficient as 40c&, as first
0 check the acti I tic MnO... More accurate
experiments proved that an advantage existed in
increasing this amount considerably. The •
average of these results is given below. To 50cc.
ic acid, sufficient KMnO, was added to leave
B5CC. tree permanganate alter reduction to M11C. Tic
free acid present was always equal to socc ,, if. S< >,.
in addition to that of the arid itself. The heating
was prolonged for two hours.
No. of Experiment —
cc jiFe23S04 added
CO. nKMiiO, lost
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
8
12
1G
20
21
28
32
5-1
12
3 95
365
31
31
31
36
285
co. nFej3SOj
cc. /ilCMnOj lost ..
115
10
114
18
115
60
116
80
117
100
118
119
160
120
26
255
2-3
1-5
1-2
12
1-1
We gather from these experiments, that there is a
continual decrease in the loss until about lOOcc.
Fe«3St *, an' added, but no advantage in the further
addition of the salt. A confirmation, and, at the
same time, an explanation, of this result was obtained
from an analysis of tic precipitates formed by the
addition of 50cc. »C2H204) or its equivalent, in
the .presence, of 25, 50, 81 and I30cc. respectively of
normal Feg3SOi. In order to avoid the trouble of
separating the Mn and Fe in the precipitates, the
iron was estimated in the filtrate directly, and the
amount in the precipitate determined by difference.
To reduce the amount of manganese in the solution
to a minimum, only sufficient KMn04 was added to
oxidisi the body, and the manganous salt formed,
completely to MnO;. as already explained. After
heating, the small quantity of KM11O4 still remain-
ing was reduced with FeSO.,, whose amount was
carefully noted. The iron was always determined
gravimetrically.
No. of Experiment—
cc ftl'VyoSO., present
co. ?iFcS(»i required to de-l
colourise 1
Equiv. cc. nFejSSOjia ppt ..
Fe in ppt. on total present..
120
121
122
123
25
50
81-3
1301
0-5
11
015
025
355
6-6
10-05
120
139
129
12-3
99
From the above, we learn that the quantity of iron
precipitated bears a certain ratio to the total iron,
until a particular Btage is reached (between the ad-
dition of S\"A ami 130'lcc. Fe._:.SO, ), when it ap-
pears that little further precipitation occurs. Now,
if we estimate the ai mt of l'e._.:;so,, which would
be required to give a precipitate equivalent to, say,
12"5cc. Fe.oSi »,, as 12 percent, of the total, we find
104cc. would be required. This, as we have seen, is
about the stage after which no material advantage is
derived from the further addition of the ferric salt.
Rut the ratio of the Fe._.< >:. derived from li"..cc.
nFe23SOi, to the Mn02 derived from 83'3cc.
uKMnlt], is exactly expressed by the formula,
3Fe2< >;.s.\ln( »:. It seems, therefore, to be a warrant-
able conclusion, that the advantage gained by the
addition of the ferric salt, is due to the formation of
this compound, or its hydrate.
The following results were obtained from experi
ments with varying quantities of Fe^sSOj, but in
absence of a reducing body, 40cc. «KMn04 were
added, and the heating lasted two hours : —
V>. "f Experiment-
er. ,1 Kr^SOi added . .
Loas-cc. fiKMnO* ■■
124
125
126
127
0
20
40
80
1-0
16
60
6o
128
100
6-8
Feb.2S.i8s:.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
107
We observe that the loss rapidly increases until
between the addition of 20 to 40CC. Fe-.3S04, beyond
which the increase is very small. Now we know the
great similarity which exists between the elements,
manganese and iron, and their oxides. Is it not pos-
sible, then, that an unstable oxide of iron exists
corresponding to the dioxide of manganese ; thai this
compound is formed by the redaction of the KMnO,;
and that it is immediately split up again into Fe ' I
and ( ) by the action of the acid I This seems to me a
very plausible explanation oi t he accelerating action
of the iron salt, and it receives some support from the
fact, thai tin- maximum acceleration occurs when the
KMn<», and Fe33S04 are present in the |
tions necessary to satisfy the following equation
K2Mn208+3Fe,3S04 + 8H20=K2SOA + BH2S( >,
fn02+6Fe02.
We have already been impressed with the magni-
tude of the loss experienced from the action of
Fe.3SO,4 in the presence of much KMnO,. The
following experiments with LOOcc. nKMn04) and
heated for three hours, show this still mure stri
No. of Experiment—
129
130
151
Lo83=cc. »KMnO|
0
2-3
20
1S-6
20
15C
In Exp. 131, is per cent, of the KMnO* had been
previously reduced by the addition of MnS04.
The following experiments are instructive as show-
ing the amount of oxygen lost, with varying pro-
portions of MnO? and" KMt.o, present, both with
and without the iron salt. The MnO: present was
regulated by the amount of oxalic acid added : —
Without Ikon Sulphate. Heated 2J Hoi rs.
No. of Experiuient-
cc. nIvMn04reduccd i
to MnO- i
cc. free nKMn04in>
solution i
co. nKMn04lost
:. free KMnO, re- i
ducedfo MnUz — '
132
133
134
135
0
0
0
107
ISO
593
100
1SG
06
10
50
87 ■
5-5
28
9 3
.1
136
10-7
593
22-0
37
No. of Experiment—
ce. iiKMnO, reduced \
toMnOg I
cc. free nKMnO, in l
Bolution i
cc. 11KM11O4 lost
. free KMnO., re- 1
duced to J/nOj — i
137
138
139
M0
107
Bl-J
811
Sl'l
100
18-G
593
100
33
no
301
19 G
39
18-3
30
155
With lOOco. hFc;3S04 Aijded. Length of Heating, 2 Hours
No. of Experiment—
141
142
143
144
145
146
cc nKMnOj reduced to MnOj
cc. free KMn04 in solution....
cc nKMn04lost
0
186
oR
0
593
n-3
0
100
IS -5
30-8
107
593
7 9
13-2
811
ISO
26
rs
81 1
.59-3
8-0
.'.free KMn04 reduced to Mn O;
233
31-7
95
In summing up the evidence derived from the
foregoing experiments, I came to the conclusion that
the beneficial action of the ferric salt could be con-
siderably enhanced, if it could be rendered so diffi-
cultly soluble as to be at once precipitated by the
MnO- formed j thereby rendering the theoi
quantity necessary to form 3Fe;>038Mn02 sufficient
to be added, instead of eight times that quantity.
which we had found otherwise to be necessary. Of
the salts whose services could lie enlisted, I concluded
that ferric phosphate would be the most likely to
succeed, ami in this choice I was most fortunate. In
two parallel experiments with 50cc. nCoH204, and
under the usual conditions, I obtained quite as good
a result with 20cc. ,/Fe;3So,. to which I had added
2grms, of crystallised sodium phosphate, as with
iSOa alone, with which 1 had pre\
obtained the best result. The lo I'OCC,
//KMnO, with (117). and Ice. without, the addition
of phosphate (US). The heating Lasted two hours.
In repeating these experiments, they were most satis-
factorily confirmed, with the same time of heating,
as follows : —
No. of Experiment —
cc. nFe33S0j added ..
Grms. oryst. Xa-.UPO,
added
Loss = cc. «K MnOi
150
151
152
153
100
0
8
10
100
0 2
2
2
2
1-3
w
07
07
1-5
80
Although we find here a considerable advantage
in the presence of the phosphate alone (150), it is the
combination of the phosphate and the iron which is
the most beneficial. We learn also that there is an
actual disadvantage in adding a large quantity of ferric
sulphate with the phosphate (153), which indeed we
might have expected. The experiment with calcium
sulphate was made with a view to find if the mere
ce of a precipitate would have any beneficial
result. Such a view is not confirmed.
The following series shows that between 4 and lice,
is the best amount of ferric sulphate to be added.
140cc. «KMn04 were employed in order to leave a
large excess of free permanganate after reduction by
the 50cc. »C2H20a, that the differences might be
the more accurately estimated. The heating lasted
li hours : —
No. of Experiment—
cc. HFe23S04added..
Grms. NasHPOj do.
Loss = cc.nKMn04 ..
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
0
0
2
1
8
12
16
20
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
25
8
2'2
1-6
11
1-6
19
20
Here again the great advantage of the phosphate
alone should be noted, as also the great influence of
such a small quantity of the sulphate as is repre-
sented by 2CC. — *.&, OOTgrm. Fe23S04, sufficient
only to yield a precipitate with the MnO_., repre-
sented by the formula Fe303.16MnOo.
A corresponding series, to find the best amount of
phosphate, yielded the following results. 140cc.
hKMhO, and sec. /iFe._:iS(>, were employed, and
the heating lasted li hours :—
No. of Experiment-
Grms. crystallised NajHPO.,
added
Loss=cc. nKMnOj
163
164
165
20
J
11
2
1-2
166
3
10
No. of Experiment—
Grms. crystallised NajHPOj
added
I,05S = cc. nKMnOj
167
5
0*7
168
169
170
10 10 (no Fe)
OS 03 21
108
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Feb. 28. 1887.
Sgrms. are seen to t>; sufficient to ad 1 under the con-
sisting. The increased phosphate has a
mwked b i in absenc >of iron i 170), although
it U evident that the iron salt cannot be dispen id
with.
'Hi ■ infl i u • i of various am mnts of a :id is shown
by the followin 5grras. phosphate, and lOcc.
iron solution were employed, other conditions being
as before : —
No. of Experiment—
171
172
173
174
oo. total Normal Free Acid ..
25-0
0-8
90 0
07
1(10-0
13
2000
5'0
No advantage is derived, therefore, from decreasing
th ■ am i mi "I acid: but probably there would be an
advantage gained in point of sped of oxidation by
increasing it to, say, 75cc., which would more than
compensate for the increased loss with the same
time of beating, more especi illy as the large quantity
ol ph isphoric acid lib -rate 1 might not be so energetic
in in iucing the decomposition of the organic bodies
whose investigation was contemplate! as sulphuric
acid.
The following series, under the improved conditions
to which we have attaine 1, sh »ws most strikingly the
advantage of the addition of phosphate. 140CC.
n KMn< )4 were employed, and the heating lasted two
hours : —
N if Experiment -
cc. nFree Acid present
ec. nFej3SOj added . . .
Grnis. NasHPOl added
Loss = ec. »KMn04 ...
175
176
50'0
177
50-0
TJ'O
8-0
4'0
6'5
5'0
5'0
1'0
10
1-1
1-2
178
500
SO'O
00
5 3
We note, also, that with 4grms. Xa.,HP04 and 75cc.
acid, we get nearly as good a result as with 5 and 50
respectively.
The influence of the phosphate in presence of
varying proportions of MnOo and free KM11O4., ob-
tained from a total of lOOcc. added, is here exhibited.
The time of heating was two hours :—
phosphate was found in the filtrate equivalent to
only l'iv. „K, :;S<">4 ; or, if we deduct the ferrous
sulphate introduced, only 1'iee. — i.e., only 7'4 per
cent, of the iron salt added remained in solution, the
remainder having been precipitated. Although we
found the error due to the accelerating effect of
the ferric sulphate to be much less serious
in actual work than the error which resulted in
its absence, still, in the case of bodies which are
not oxidised at all, or only partially, or even wholly
but verv slowly, this error might be very consider-
able. Now, however, we are rendered, in a sense,
in lependent of the different behaviours of the organic
bodies under investigation. Here we have a regular
scale of errors, of only small dimensions, which wo
can allow for, after obtaining the indicated oxygen
absorbed. In the <'<>/■// irnrst case, that of a body un-
oxidisable, as in Experiment 182, we see that the
error in the case of half an-hour's heating represents
an oxidation of 0'6 per cent, of the body under
investigation. But as this error can be accurately
allowed for, the errors which may creep in are only
such as might be attributed to manipulation.
In order to make quite certain that the phosphate
introduced does not interfere in any way with the
oxidation, three of the organic solutions already em-
ployed were subjected to oxidation with addition of
6 5cc. fiFe23S04, and 4arms. N'aJIPO, ; 75cc. n free
acid being" present. The heating lasted for thirty
minutes. The following are the results : —
No. of Experiment—
190
191
192
Per cent, indicated
after deducting for
Glycerin
97'6
Alcohol
32-2
Cane Sugar
82'2
These numbers agree within a per cent, with the
numbers we already obtained with Fe23SOi (Experi-
ments 56. etc.); except in the case of alcohol, where
the oxidation is only one-third of that possible, and
we know that the iron alone in this case gives too
high a result, on account of the large quantity of free
KMnO, remaining after oxidation has been effected.
In such a case, where great accuracy is required, it
is preferable to employ a larger quantity of the body,
No. of Expcriment-
cc. 11 Acid present
cc. nC.ll.,0, added
cc. free KM n( l4 left
oc. ,,i''r,;!S(i, added ...
Grins. Ni.JII'ii.
KMnOj lost
179
ISO
181
50
25
58-3
8
5
li
50
50
16-6
0'7
50
75
0
8
5
0'1
182
103
184
75
75
75
0
25
50
100
58-3
ltl-G
G'5
G'5
0-5
1
,
4
12
0'9
01
70
(1
C-5
1
02
fa
0
100
Go
187
58-3
65
2-3
LBS
189
75
75
50
75
lG'G
0
6'5
GS
2
2
07
02
The special function of the phosphate, when added
in large quantity, is, as we here see, in checking the
acceleratn ol the ferric salt in presence of
much K.Mnl).,, which had caused so much anxiety
re. When -4 or Sgrms. of phosphate are added,
w>- see it is reduced to a minimum. I have ascer-
tained that the in. n is almost completely precipitated
under such conditions 50cc. n oxalic acid were
ctly titrated with KMnO*. I6'25cc, RFe,3S04,
and Sgrms. crystallised Xa.lll'o, wen- milled to-
ller with two thirds extra KMn( ), of the quantity
tired for titration. After In ating, 0 8cc. nFi So,,
required to decolourise the solution, ferric
such as would absorb about the samequantity of oxygen
as is yielded by 50cc. «KMnO, when completely
reduced. With this view it is expedient to concen-
trate the solutions as much as possible. Instead of
100 »KMnOt, I now add 50cc. double normal solu-
tion ; and the phosphate, iron, and free acid I make
up in one solution, of which only SJOcc. are required.
This allows for the introduction of l75cc. of the
organic solution, should such an amount be necessary.
Bodies which are generally considered insoluble, or
nearly so, may frequently be rendered available by
this means. If this bulk were too small, they might
still be made up to say 750cc, and a longer heating
Feb. 28. issr.l THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OE CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
109
given. Indeed, potable waters would require to be
treated in this way, unless evap (ration were resorted
to. It is quite probable that certain insoluble bodies
may be oxidised, if ii: iken to allow of their
free circulation in the a >lution.
With regard to the height of the oxidation, this La
in licated By the change of colour the rotation under-
goes, owing to the precipitation of MnOo. In the
above experiments, it occurred after from hve •
minutes with glycerine and alcohol ; in the case of
sugar not until fifteen or twenty minutes. The pro-
gress of the oxidation can also be observed from
the transparency of the solution, as seen through the
neck of the flask ; and might be roughly estimated by
a comparison with similar flasks containing known
amounts of KMn< >4. If any doubt existed as to the
oxidation being complete, it would be advisable to
repeat the experiment, giving one or two hours' heat-
ing, and deducting the small error which occurs.
Probably in no analytical work is greater care and
more scrupulous cleanliness required than with such
experiments as those described. Traces of bodies
which are otherwise innocuous or even beneficial may
be productive of the greatest harm. Precaut.
must be taken against the introduction of dust or
organic matter from the air, into the flasks or solu-
tions employed. The use of antiseptics must be par-
ticularly avoided. Before using any flask for this
description of work, it must be first thoroughly
" sterilised" by boiling in it an acidified solution of
KMn04. T have known KMn04 to be reduced in a
Bask which had contained alcohol, although it had,
previous to employment in a blank experiment, been
well washed and rinsed with distilled water. It is
of course much preferable to keep certain vessels and
measures exclusively for this work. All the chemi-
cals employed must also be tested in blank experi-
ments, and any oxidisable impurity they may contain
allowed for.
I have decided to employ Bee, >iFe33S04 to 4grms.
Na.HP04l with free acid equivalent to 75ec. normal.
This corresponds very closely to the formula Fe..3S04.
loNa2HIJO4.50H;;SO4 to every four molecules of
HnOj precipitated. My solution is made up as fol-
lows : — lSgrrns. of pure ferric sulphate (calculated
anhydrous) are dissolved in about 300cc. of distilled
water acidified with about uOcc. of pure sulphuric
acid (sp. gr. = 1'84). In another beaker SSOOgrms. of
pure crystallised sodium phosphate are dissolved in
300 or 400cc. of distilled water acidified with the
remainder of lOOcc. of the sulphuric acid. When
solution is complete the liquids are mixed, the bulk
made up to one litre, and the solution filtered. 20cc.
of this solution are added to 50cc. (2n)KMn<)4, in a
flask containing 250cc. when filled to the neck. 50cc.
of the normal organic solution are added, and the bulk
made up to 250cc. The solution is heated for thirty-
five minutes on the water-bath, which allows five
minutes for the temperature to rise. In dissolving
the precipitate after oxidation, it is well to have the
ferrous sulphate solution strongly acid, in order that
no phosphate may remain undissolved. I employ a
normal solution of ferrous sulphate containing free
acid equivalent to a double normal solution. This is
made by dissolving 50grm& crystallised FeSO, in
water acidified with 103cc. sulphuric acid (sp. gr. =
1-4), and making up the bulk to one litre. The
strength of this solution must be tested daily when
in use. The flask must be carefully rinsed with the
ferrous sulphate solution run in from a pipette, to
dissolve any adhering Mn02 ; this is very easily
effected. After the solution is thoroughly clear, I make
up the bulk to about SOOcc. in a beaker with cold
distilled water, when it will be found sufficiently cool
to titrate at once. It is possible to complete six
experiments in the course of an hour by this method
of working.
In order to estimate quite accurately the error
teed by the loss of oxygen in employing the
solution I ha riin:nts were made
without addition of a reducing body, and with
n.oxalic acid added, the he r . extended t> "'<••
hours. Parallel experiments were also made with the
iron increised to 12'5cc. normal, but, as will be seen,
the results are almost identical : —
Experiment—
193
194
195
196
cc. nFe,330, pre-
-
none.
2"8
056
8
Oxalic acid.
06
012
12|
none.
23
056
12]
Reducing body
Oxalic a il.
Loss = cc. iiKMnO,
Error=per cent, of
body per half-hour
05
010
We see here that the error introduced is very con-
stant compared with former results. For a body
which is found to be wholly or nearly completely
oxidised, if we make a deduction of 0 15 or i I 2
cent, we may be sure that the result obtained is
within 01 per cent, of the truth, at least as far as the
error introduced by the loss of oxygen is concerned.
Acetic acid, as we hive seen, is not oxidised by the
permanganate. In order to determine if this was
absolutely the case, and whether it could be substi-
tuted for sulphuric acid in case of necessity, the
following experiments were tried : — A neutral solu-
tion of sodium acetate, conta ms. of the
cry>tallised salt (t.*.. more than sufficient to combine
all the free H-S04), was introduced in place of the
organic body in both experiments.
N . ' Experiment—
:-•
191
Length of heating Jhr 2hra.
Lo38 = cc. nKMnO, after deducting for error 2-l 31
From the loss in 197 we can draw no conclusion, as it
includes any impurity in the acetate : but from the
difference in the two experiments (=13) we obtain the
loss due to oxidation of the acetic acid itself in lihrs.
We learn, then, that there is a slight oxidation of the
acetic acid when present in very large quantity,
which would not exclude its use, however, where
sulphuric acid could not be employed. An additional
error would be introduced which would not be
greater than O'S per cent. (» >•., in the worst case,
where no oxidation occurs), provided the acid were
perfectly pure.
The accompanying diagram illustrates the most
important results obtained from this investigation,
and will serve the purpose of a summary of the same.
It is sufficiently clear to render detailed explanation
unnecessary. The curves are drawn from au inde-
pendent series of experiments. The height of any
point in the curve indicates the speed of the reduc-
tion of KMn04, after the percentage indicated on
the base line has been reduced. The points were
found by adding varying quantities of normal oxalic
acid, heating for a convenient time, and estimating
the oxygen lost during the interval. The speed of
reduction calculated therefrom was ascribed to the
middle point between the redaction artificially
initiated, and that finally indicated after heating.
The diagram is drawn to a scale of millimetres, from
which the percentage of the complete reduction, or
110
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, 1887.
Each mm. =7% original Mnpptd. as Mn 02 rfius:- K„ Mn, 0 = K2 0+2 Mn 02 +0,
Pob. 28. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
Ill
the indicated percentage error per given tim • c n
pondii ygiven initial reduction of the KMnO
< >r "' n ly l»' accurately measured. It she
be noted th it the maximum speed of reduction with
mi addition, and the minimum speed of reduction
with IV _.".><>, added, very nearly correspond to an
initial re'duction oi 60 per cent. With the smaller
ai ml of ]•'•■ _.:;>< >4, the indication is similar, showing
that these maxima and minima depend on the ratio
i >i \ln( >^ to K Miii ),. The enormous initi il speed oi
reduction with Fe=3S04, as well as the nearly com-
plete annihilation of the reduction with Vi II !'<•,.
should be noted.
Practical Applications.
The chief recommendation of such a method
hi-. d to a Society like ours lies in the
advanl igi is which it offers for the rapid and accurate
est i mat i" n ol commercial organic products, ami 1 1
ipy a position of the highest importance in Knglish
chemical industry. For the determination of the
mil- matter in potable waters, and in the i
liquors of the numi rous manufactories which la
empl .1-. the method will doubl
|hm\ e of the ■_•■ id ic d importance.* For the
tmation of alcoholic, and possibly ethen il, solu-
is when I u gelj diluted, it presents a more i
solution than the specific gravity method. For the
examination of milk and other animal secretions its
applic ition will ba ob\ ions.
But to the rese irch chemist I i pen is
much wider. The want ol a meth id for es
the oxj gen in i :1 ly, 1ms long been
felt Now, although this method does not supply
that wan' , probably in the vast majority
of organic bodies it i and will at least prove a
[able aid lo ordinal. itary analysis. The
probability is that the number of organic bodies
which the permanganate will not oxidise, ander the
condition ig, is very small ; very ]
acetic acid is the only body. Sugar tve found to be
oxidised to the extent of g2-2 percent. This corre-
cts to the absorption of 20 atoms of 0x3 -> 0 pi r
molecule. Now. if one molecule of acetic acid were
a product of the oxidation, we can account for the
additional four atoms ot oxygen required for complete
■ i lation not being absorbed
The time is immature t 1 speak definitely in the
matter, but I foresee the application of this method
p issibly for the ultimate analysis of organic bodies :
in which case carbon, oxygen, and nitrogen v.
be determined directly in one experiment, and the
hydrogen by difference. In the ease of nitrogenous
bo lies. I have reason to believe the nitrogen is evolved
gas. Both it and COa might be collected over
rcury and measured, and the nitrogen sub-
sequently measured after absorption of the -CO 3 by
potash.
I hope to treat of the oxidation of organic bodies
by means of MnO. in acid solutions, as well a
oxidations by permanganate in neutral and alkaline
solutions, and of analytical methods derived there-
from, in my next paper,
Although 1 wish to reserve to myself the right of
pursuing these investigati ins inasystemati
I trust others will take up the matter from their own
particular stac d repot upon the meth
have here propound
' The presence of ammonium salts, and of nitrates, r have
found to be absolutely without influence ; and this is also the
rith chloridi i mall quanl il
us are, however, detrimental. In my next
r I shall quote ex in proof of the above state-
ments, and show how the error arising from even large
Quantities of chlorides may be altogether prevented.
INFLUENCE OF MINUTE QUANTITIES OF
SULPHURIC ACID ON THE ACTION OF
WATER ON LEAD.
BY W. C IRLETON -WILLI Uls I
Firth College, Sh
The action of dilute saline solution, on lead ha
the subject of repeated investigations, but until
recently the influence exerted by the presence ol
es 0 icids on the Solvent acl ion
ol water on lead has been entirely neglected The
attention of Jarmain, A. H.Allen (CAem. .V. ws, )'•',! 15),
and others, was first called to this subject by the
of lead p oning which occurred in
certain towns wh 1 iter supplied for household
purposes is slightly acid .
Last year Mr. A. II. Allen and Dr. Sinclair White
in a t on the prevalence of
lead poisoning in Sheffield. The town is supplied
with water co d i- preserved
in and distributed from two distinct 1 rvoirs,
A and 11. The water from the two sources is almost
identical in comp isition, as the quantity of chlorine.
sulphuric acid, lime and magnesia is the same in
e eh. The sole p lints of differ* 1 iat_A
tains 5-53grns. per gallon total solids (of which 0"47
is silica and 0 10 Ai ,( I ,), and has an acid reaction t I
litmus; wherea 1B1 bntains 5"84grns. per gallon total
solids (of w'ni ■![ ii 65 is silica and 0'58 AI J ).,). and is
neutral to litmus. The water from the B reservoirs
action on lead, but the feebly acid water drawn
from the houses supplied from reservoirs A contains
iron, in; to 0"7grus. of lead per gallon.
i quantity o I the free acid contained in the water
from the A reservoirs is so minute that the authors
wen unable to ascertain its nature. They are of
S ILUTXONS.
■- z
IP
z .
= -
L
.1 1 ili-B ilvt><l —
111 .line
tier
OaUon
2 1 I! 21 jsnr3
Distilled water
_
0
0-07
(111
d-21
0-21
on
.. •
-
+ 1
0-49
0 56
07
081
„ ■■
—
+ 3
070
0-91
1-36
2-10
350
Ammonium nitrate
1
0
a 21
0 07
0 07
-
-
..
1
+ 1
0i->
0S1
0'8i
0-93
021
..
1
5
1-31
1-19
3-01
1-2
5
+ 0
0-33
o-ti
0 21
—
Oil
5
- 1
081
11
l-is
ro3
103
.,
S
+ 5
1-05
2-10
210
■j-.i!
3-G1
Sodium phosphate |
1
+ 0
0
-
-
0
0
Na,HPO,
1
1
-
0
0
-
0
..
1
- a
091
1-3:3
133
1-47
1-10
..
5
+ 0
0
0
0
-
0
5
1
0
0
il
-
0
..
5
-f 5
019
077
0-36
Ammonium chloride
1
+ 0
0
0-28
0-2S
0-21
o«
,.
1
v 1
081
077
II-7J
021
1
+ 5
O-.is
1-26
2 21
1-98
2-80
..
5
-:- 0
0
0
0
0
0-28
..
5
i
07
in;:
03U
0-7
0-63
"
5
s
1-26
1-68
151
182
2-3
112
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. L>vb. 28, if»7.
H»IT.
Potassium nilrnto.
Calolum sulphate.
a -
Maxn'slum sulphate
Sodium sulplinte
Sodium ohlorlde
O <a z
i .:
0
+ 1
+ 5
+ 0
I
5
+ 1
+ 5
+ 1
+ 5
+ 1
+ 5
+ 1
5
1
5
1
5
1
5
0
1
5
Lead diisolTed Gi
i ; iii hi
24 48his.
Oil
0-7
07
077
0-56
0-11
0-63
001
0 07
0G3
0-12
0"14
07
111
0-14
0 5G
0-84
014
056
084
011
077
1-4
021
0'84
!-G8
011
0-84
1-82
0084
0-81
OKI
0 07
081
0-fi3
0-14
019
T88
0 07
0-84
001
007
07
1-26
011
077
1-33
o-ii
07
1-05
011
133
1-82
0-21
031
2-5!
014
103
3 08
014
091
126
1-26
077
014
0-49
0 98 J
007
0-98
1'20
007
0-63
1-51
0-07
0 77
1-61
014
1-26
1-26
011
1-05
175
Oil
0 91
301
0 11
Oofi
333
021
V33
2-1
1-68
1-82
007
011
2'21
007
035
OBI
0 11
063
2-66
0-07
091
1-61
0'14
168
280
014
riu
2-21
on
on
2-8
014
0'28
4-4S
007
0-81
4-2
1-68
2 91
0
0-14
2 15
028
2-87
0 14
014
126
007
0-42
141
189
336
0 14
2-24
3 22
opinion that it may be either sulphuric acid derived
From the oxidation of the iron pyrites contained in
the shale underlying the peat of the collecting ground,
or organic acids derived from the peat.
The following experiments were made with the
object of ascertaining the influence of minute quan-
tities of free sulphuric acid on the action of dilute
saline solutions on lead :—
( ihemically pure lead foil was cleansed from grease
by washing with alcohol and water, and was after-
wards rubbed bright on a soft towel. It was cut up
into pieces of U'-j square centimetres area; each
piece was rolled into a hollow cylinder, placed in a
of about I50cc. capacity, and covered with
"I the solution to be examined. A sheet of
unglazed paper was placed over the flasks, in order
to protect them from dust, and at the same time to
allow free access to the air.
The distilled water used in preparing the solutions
rated by shaking up with air, and also by
repeatedly causing the water to trickle slowly from
Bel to another.
In order to estimate the amount o1 lead, 50cc. of
the clear solution were taken, and the lead deter-
mined colotiriiui trically 1.
gen or ammonium bu
y means of sulphuretted
Iphide. If the liquid was
turbid it was necessary to filter it through asbestos,
or, as this did not always prove ell'ective. a stoppered
bottle was Idled quite full of the turbid liquid, and
left at rest for - I or 18 hours until the finely-divided
suspended matter deposited. The numbers arranged
in the table above represent the mean results of
two or three determinations.
It appears from these results that the addition of
1 grain per gallon of sulphuric acid increases the
solvent action of the dilute saline solutions on lead to
a marked extent. The amount of lead in solution, as
a rule, steadily increases until a point is reached
where the solution begins to show signs of turbidity ;
this is alwaye accompanied by a decrease in the
amount of lead in solution. The time which elapses
before the solution becomes turbid depends not only
on the nature of solution, but also on the physical
condition of the lead, and on the temperature. It
sometimes happens that the results obtained at
different times, with the same solution and with
lead from the same origin, give results which show a
difference of from 0"3 to (5'45 grains per gallon, more
especially in the ease of the solution of sodium
chloride and sulphate with free sulphuric acid. The
lowest numbers obtained when sulphuric acid was
present were always much higher than the highest
readings obtained for the .antral solutions, so that
there is no doubt that the presence of free acid
increases the amount of lead in solution.
The total action of the solution on lead as dis-
tinguished from the amount of lead in solution, was
estimated by exposing coils of lead to the action of
lOOcc. of the solution for 4 hours. The lead is brushed
free from any deposit, and removed from the flask.
A few drops of acetic acid were added to the turbid
liquid to dissolve the basic salts of lead, and the
amount of lead in solution was then estimated. The
solutions containing free sulphuric acid remained
clear for at least 24 hours. The results are, therefore,
identical with those in the previous table.
TOTAX Action in 4 Huvhs.
£-0
WuUjr
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Chloride
Potassium Nitrate . .
Calcium Sulphate . .
Magnesium Sulphate
Sodium Chloride ....
091
1-51
21
1-86
1-68
P68
1-82
0-91
063
1X8
081
105
182
These numbers show that the presence of 1 grain per
gallon of free acid decreases the action of the dilute
saline solutions on the lead, although it increases the'
quantity of lead dissolved.
Dr. Tidy brought before the British Association, at
Birmingham, some interesting observations on the
effect of silica in diminishing the action of water on
lead. In the case of the Sheffield water supply, the
c
«3 C
la
w
c a
iMa*
0£a
+ 8T
175
056
1
2-45
0'84
5
2 94
11
1
14
084
5
0'56
063
1
175
084
5
2-10
0 84
1
1 12
084
5
0-07
081
1
112
019
0
091
084
1
1-47
07
5
0'56
133
Feb. aussr.j THF. JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
113
t which attacks th per
gallon of silica, and the- water containing per
tion. Experimi
were ma i i tain whether the presence of small
quantities ol silica diminish) iter on
lead even when the water contains free acid. The
Its show that in certain conditions it is efficacious.
A common lead pipe was filled with LOO cubic
! solutions "I calcium sulphate ami I
sulphuric acid (1 grain per gallon each) and left for
_ 1 hours. Tli.' water contained Lmgs. of lead per
litre. < )n rep mating the experiment, with a similar solu-
tion, to which 2grns. per gallon of dialysed silica '■.
adde m. When ammo-
nium nitrate was substituted for the calcium sulpfa
the addition of dialysed silica diminished the action
of the water on the lead. The are quite
different when strips of pure lead, which have L
ned by immersion in dilute nitric acid, and
thoroughly washed and rubb d bright, are exp
for 24 or .48 hours to the actionoi the solu-
tions of tl s tllon
H0SO4) used in the previous experiments. The
addition o i gallon of dialysed silica
had no effect on the quantity of lead dissolved by the
solutions containing free i
TBirmingtram ano astDlano Section.
Chairman : Charles Hunt.
Vice-chairman: Dr. Tildcn.
- Allbright.
A. II. Allen.
T. Barclay.
Hora( e I". Brown.
.1. F. Chance.
B. Daw
E. W. T. Jones.
Treasurer: ('. O'Sullivan
Cojtnni'
J. L. Major.
Dr. Mi
Dr. Nicol.
E. P. Peyton.
i . I 'ercival.
W. W. Stareley.
W. A. Wigs'".
Local Secretary :
A. Ilostock Hill, H. Temple Street, Birmingham.
Notices of papers ami communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
THE PURE CULTIVATION OF MICRO-
ORGANISMS, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE
TO YEAST.
BY G. HARRIS MORELS, PH.D., F.C.S.
There is no subject perhaps which has received
terattentionduringthelastfewyearstbanthestudy
of micro-organisms, and thevariouschangesandactions
which are produced by tlieir agency. I propose to
give you this evening some acco'unt of the met.
which are employed for cultivating the various oi -
nisnis in a state of purity— that is, in a state of fi
dom from all other - than the one we wish
I then to draw your attention to what
has been done and is I me in connection with
the pure cultivation ol 1 its employm
. a practical scale. Klein* in a lecture delivered
iety. lays great stress upon
ibsolute m working with pure cultiva-
tion ! ■ : — ■• \ ■ t:.; ■ come to I
ipon the matter in the same light in which we 1
upon it— namely, to obtain the or._ani.sm pure,
render nutritive materials duce
with this pure organism the specific chemical activity
wish to obtain ; not till you have fulfilled ail
• Jour. Clem. Soc. 18S
these conditions, can you claim to have established
t that a definite organism is the cause of a
definite chemical change."
I do not intend this evening to say anything regard-
ing the pathological mi -m->, which are
admirably treate i of in Klein's " .Micro-organisms and
; although the methods employed for the
cultivation of these are practically the same as those
used for organisms which produce purely chemical
changes, the only difference lying in the different
nutritive medium employed for their cultivation.
re all things it is necessary, in working with
micro-organisms, to have a good microscope, capable
ol giving a magnification of from :iOo — 400 linear
diameters. Tins magnification is sufficient for all
ordinary work ; but in some cases it is, of course, an
advantage to be able to examine growths under a
higher power than the above. There are now so many
makers ol goo I, cheap instruments, that it is almost
impossible to quote any special maker, but taking
everything into consideration, the German makers,
: ibert, supply as good an instrument at a
lower price than English makers. 1 myself use one
microscopes with No. IV.objective, and No.
i imbination giving a magnification of
350 diameters), and fitted with an Abbe's substage
condenser. For higher magnifications, Seiberfs N ■.
VI. objective, with the above-mentioned eyepiece,
answers all purp ses,a magnification of 950 diameters
being given by this combination.
The media used for pure cultivations consist of both
liquid and solid material. The former, in the case of
pathological organisms, consists of different prepara-
tions of meat-broth, peptone, blood-serum, etc. ; but for
ganisms we shall consider to-night Pasteur's
or Conn's solutions or diluted beer-wort are more
illy used.
-olutioneonsistsof lOpartspure cane-sugar,
1 part ammonium tartrate, and the ash of 1 part of
yeast dissolved in 100 parts of water.
Cohn's solution is composed of Igrm. of ammonium
tartrat \ otassium phosphate, 0'5grm. crys-
talline magnesium sulphate, 0"5grm. tribasic calcium
phosphate in lOOcc. distilled water.
The solid material used is a mixture of gelatine
with broth. etc., or beer-wort Koch, who
introduce! this solid mixture, used only 2—3 per
cent, gelatine. But this mixture, although solid at
ordinary temperatures, becomes liquid when the
temperature is raised, and as in most cases it is
necessary to carry on the growth at 25 — 30° C., or
even higher, a larger percentage of gelatine must be
added, varying from 0" to 10 per cent.
The vessels employed for pure cultivations consist
of test tubes, Pasteur's Masks, t'hamberland flasks,
moist chambers, etc. One of the most important con-
si lerations in working with pure cultivations is, as
Klein has pointed out, to obtain the apparatus and
the solutions used in a perfectly sterile state. I pro-
lierefore. to briefly describe the precautions
which it is necessary to take in order to ensure coni-
sterility of apparatus and culture material.
In the first place it is absolutely necessary that all
and apparatus, Basks, test tubes, beakers,
filter papers, tc., to be
must be thoroughly sterilised by heating to
120—150 (.'.. that is. at a temperature which is
sufficient to kill all micro-organisms and their spores,
which, may have settled from the air up in and within
In the case of large \ ssels, such as
flasks, this is best done bypassing the rUme of a
Bunsen burner over the surface of the vessel until it
is hot, and then immediately closing the mouth and
side tube with sterilised cotton-wool and indiarubbtr
tubing and glass rod. For small vessels, test tubes,
Ill
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDl'STEV. [i-vkes. i=>:.
beakers, cultivation chambers, etc., an air-bath heated
t ' the required temperature is most convenient This
should be maintained at 120 150 C.,andtheves l-
allowed tc remain in it for - :s hours, at that tem-
perature The cotton-wool for plugging the mouths
of flasks and test tubes must also be well sterilised by
being loosely pulled out and then heated in the air
bath to the above temperature for some hours, on
several successive Jays. Filter-papers used forcover-
wool plugs should also lie heated in the
air-bath. Forceps, pipettes, and all other odds aud
ends of apparatus must be sterilised bj being pa
through a Bunsen burner at the moment of use.
I have mentioned above the solutions most com-
monly employed for cultivations. These are rendered
rileand ready for inoculation in the test-tubes,
and small flasks, in the following way :— The solid
material, as broth gelatine, beer-wort gelatine, etc.,
must be poured into the previously sterilised flasks
and test-tubes, whilst still in a fluid state, and then
sterilise! by being boiled twice or three times on
successn days. Tyn lall has pointed out that the
res of certain bacteria are not killed by boiling,
it is necessary to boil on successive days.
in order to m\ e the unkilled spores an opportunity of
n each successive boiling, when, of
the next boiling kills the developed i
nism.
No test-tube or flask, containing nutritive material,
ran lie considered sterile until it has been kept at a
temperature of 32—38 C, for at least seven days,
without any sign of growth appearing.
This is of necessity a very brief sketch of the pre-
cautions which have to be observed, both in the pre-
tion and sterilisation of culture solutions. A
\ iy completeand detailed description will be found
in the little book by Klein, previously mentioned.
We will now pass on to the methods employed for
obtainingpure cultivations of definite micro-organisms
by inoculating the test-tubes and small flasks con-
taining sterile material. We may roughly divide the
inoculations into four classes.
1. Inoculations, by which it is required either to
obtain an organism in a state of purity, which has
previously been growing in a culture tube or other
vessel, or to separate two or more organisms which
re previously glowing in the same vessel, and each
ol which we wish to obtain in a pure state. As an
instance of this, I may take a hay infusion, which has
a exposed to the air and then allowed to remain
in a warm place. We should then have a mixed
■tli of two or more micro-organisms, each of which
iy Wish to isolate and study in a pure state.
2. Inoculations from animal fluids and tissues. This,
howi .ly to pathological organisms, and
does ii svithin the scope ot this paper.
3. 1 ion of water for micro-organisms.
-1. Examination ot the floating matter of the air.
In the first case we will suppose that we have an art i-
d cultivation in a test tube, and that we desire to
inoculate one or more sterile tubes with the micro-
organisms contained in this cultivation. Wc then
take a freshly drawn-out capillary pipette, slightly
raise the plug of cotton-wool in the tube containing
the cultivation with sterilised forceps, and carefully
push the pointed end of the pipette through the
.-. until it reaches the growth in the tube ;
a small quantity of the latter then ascends the pip
which is quickly withdrawn, the plug of cotton-wool
down, and tie- minute drop of inocula-
ting solution at once conveyed to a new culture-tube
by exactly the same procedure as before- that is, the
partial withdrawal of the cotton-wool plug, the inser-
tion of the pipette with the solution into the sterile
culture material, whether solid or liquid. A small
quantity ol" the inoculating solution flows out of
itself, or. if h doi - not. it may be forced out by a
gentle pressure applied to the other end of the pipette.
The pipette is then withdrawn, anil the cotton-wool
plug replaced as before. If more than one tube is
to be inoculated, this operation is repeated, using,
however, a fresh pipette lor each inoculation. The
freshly-inoculated tubes are then placed in asuitable
support, preferably in a beaker on a cushion of cotton-
wool, and placed in the incubator at the required
temperature. If, however, we have a fluid— hay in-
fusion, lor instance — which a microscopical examina-
tion shows us to contain more than oue organism,
and we wish to obtain these in a state of purity, it is
necessary to adopt either Kleb's method of "frac-
tional cultivation,'' or the method of "dilution"
employed by V. Niigell and Lister.
The former consists in endeavouring to fractionate
by successive cultivations the different organisms
growing together in the same culture. It is effected
by inoculating 1 j means of a capillary pipette traces
of the culture fluid into a series of new tubes, con-
taining different nutritive materials ; these tubes are
then placed in the incubator at 35° C. foi a short
time, say 24 hours, at the end of that time it is
probable that in some of the tu >rganism,
which thrives best on the particular nutritive
material contained in the tub'', will have grown
almost exclusively. The treatment is then repeated,
and a series of fresh inoculations made from each
of the first tubes. This is continued until the
physical appearance, microscopic examination, etc.,
show us that we have a pure organism in our culture
tubes.
The latter method, that of u dilution," consists in
diluting the culture fluid containing the various
species to a very large extent— varying from 1 in
lOOOtolin 1,000,000— with a sterile saline solution,
and then inoculating fresh culture-tubes with this
diluted fluid. In this case it is possible that, owing
to large dilution, only one species of organisms may
be sown in some of the tubes, and a pure culture is
at once obtained.
The two methods may often be advantageously
combined by first making one or two cultures by the
"fractional 'method and then Using this cultivation
for "dilution" with sterile saline solution. Il neces-
sary this may be repeated until the desired pure
culture is obtained.
In the examination of waters for micro-organisms,
the plate method, originally introduced bj Erefeld,*
ami later adopted by Koch for this purpose, istheone
used. It has been so fully described recently in this
Journal by Dr. Percy Frankland,t and also by
Bischof,} that it is unnecessary to refer to it at
• r length.
With regard to the examination of the micro-
organism in air, many methods have been suggested
for collecting and cultivating these prior to their
cultivation in a state of purity. The simplest method
is to expose open flasks containing sterile nutritive
material to the air in the desired locality for a certain
time, and then to close them again. You have then
in the flasks the organisms which were deposited
from the atmosphere during the given time, anil these
can then be i.incd. Using this
method, Hansen examined § the atmosphere of
various places within and around the brewery of Old
Carlsberg at Copenhagen, and isolated a large num-
ber of organisms — yeast, bacteria, moulds, etc.
•Method, z. Inters, d. l'ilze. Med. l'hys. Gee. zu. Wiirz-
burtf. 1874.
his Journal, 1885. GflS.
; Tins' Journal, 1886. 111.
; I'uinpt. rendu du Luboratoire de Carlsberg, 1879.
Feb.28,1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
li:
Another method, proposed by Cohn and Millet,*
consists in aspirating a given volume of air through
a series of flasks containing sterile nutritive matei ial,
taking everj care that no contamination can take
place except from the aspirated air. Thefla
then placed in the incubator and the growths
examined. A third method is that de^ ised by Hesse, t
in which a given volume of air is slowly drawn
through a tube coated with nutritive pristine, the
micro organisms are deposited on the gelatine and
grow win re thej fall.
Such is a brief outline of the methods employed
for obtaining pure cultivation of the Schitzomj cetes
or bacteria, as distinguished from the Saccharomyceti ;
or yeasts. Apart from certain pathological micro
organisms, which have been thoroughly worked at in
pure cultivation, we are almost entirely without
sufficient evidence of the nature of the changes
brought about by micro-organisms. Thus nothing
definite is known of the organisms which produce
lactic fermentation or the viscous fermentation of
wine and beer : the butyric fermentation is also in a
state of uncertainly. It is true that these, amongst
others, have been worked at by Pasteur and other
observers, but in all eases the results are vitiated bj
the fact that pure cultivations of the organisms were
not employed. Another source of the frequent discre-
pancies between the descriptions of different observers
is, 1 think, the failure to recognise the pleomorphism
of micro-organisms which is well illustrated in the
case of the acetic ferment. There are a great many
statements which require investigation; for instance,
mueor raceme its is said to be capable of producing
alcoholic fermentation, but this statement is based upon
very insufficient evid im e, and requires continuation
by expi laments carried on with pure cultivations of
the ferment before it can be accepted. And this is
only one of many statements of the same nature.
Hansen and other investigators have during the
past few years examined morphologically and physio-
logically a considerable number of ferments in a
state ot purity, but it is only within the last few
months that any advance has been made in the
examination of the chemical action of these ferments,
and the advance in the latter direction will be very
slow until vegetable physiologists are also sufficiently
chemists to be able to study the chemical changes
taking place, or until chemists, working with
organised ferments, adopt the method of pure culti-
vation which 1 hive briefly described above.
■ I think we may consider that the researches of
Adrian Brown, alluded to above, on Bacterium
aceti and Bacterium xylinum constitute quite a fresh
departure in the investigation of the organised
ferments. We have here not only pure cultivations
carried out with every possible precaution, -but also
a quantitative examination of the fermentative
action of the pure organism on certain definite sterile
solutions. A brief outline of the researches will not
be out of place here, since no better example can
possibly be found of the treatment which must in
future be applied to the chemical actions produced
by micro-organisms.
Both Bacterium "'''//and Bacterium xylinum were
found growing on the surface of a beer which had
been exposed to air. They were separated and puri-
fied by a combination of Kleb's "Fractional" and
V. Nageli's '' Dilution" methods as described above.
Doth micro-organisms being strictly aerobic, and
consequently requiring a free supply ot air, flasks and
test-tubes plugged with sterilised cotton-wool were
employed for the cultivations. For the former the
ZeitschrUI f. Biol, do I'M. iii. 7.
t Mittheilungen Kaiser Geeundheitsamte, Berlin, 1881,
; Jour. Chum. Boo., 1886, 17.' and 132.
cultivating fluid was a -J per cent, solution of alcohol
in yeast wati r ; for the latter claret diluted with I
n i volu of w i\ i and rendere I acid with 1 per
c i,t. act tic acid. When ri peate l cultivate
showed that the 01 jani m « re pure, the action of
the pure ferments on various sterile solutions was
d. //. aetftoxidises ethylic alcohol to acetic
0 Bther with a mere trace of anon-volatile
acid, probably succinic ; the acetic acid is further
oxidised into carbonic anhydride and water by pro-
longed action : propylic alcohol is converted into pro-
pionic acid; methyl alcohol is unacted upon,
although the ferment grows freely in a 1 per cent.
solution in yeast water, drown in Pasteur's solution
with -1 per cent, dextrose and calcium carbonate, the
ferment converts the carbohydrate in gluconic
acid, which forms calcium gluconate with the
am carbonate present; cane-sugar is un-
acted upon, but mannitol is converted into levulose,
which, however, is itself entirely unacted upon
by the ferment. This reaction is most important in
helping to throw light it] ion the constitution of the
carbohydrati s. It also enables us to convert dextrose
mi,, /, ;■»/.,.«,, since dextrose is converted into mannitol
by the action of sodium amalgam, and mannitol
into levulose by the action of pure B. aceti B.
xylinum is characterised by the remarkable fact that
it convert.- dextrose, mannitol and levulose, more par-
ticularly the last, into cellulose. In its action on
other substances it resembles /;. aceti. It grows
in the form of a toagh gelatinous membrane, and is
commonly known as the "vinegar plant ;" this latter,
however, isalway s mixed with yeast, which in the .manu-
facture of vinegar from sugar solutions, first inverts
and ferments the sugar, so forming alcohol for con-
version into acetic acid by the ferment, since the pure
ferment is without action upon sugar solutions.
I have ventured to quote thus fully from the two
papers of Mr. Adrian Brown, as they are, so far a I
know, the only instances of a quantitative chemical
examination of the action of a pure organised ferment,
and because the examination has brought to light
some interesting facts connected with the action of
such an every-day micro-organism as the acetic
ferment.
I must now pass mi to the more special part of
my paper— viz., the pure cultivation of yeast, and its
application upon an industrial scale. I suppose that
we are all more or less familiar with the effect which
Pasteur's celebrated work, " Etudes sur la Biere,"
produced upon the practice of brewing. It awoke
brewers to the fact that upon their yeast de] ended the
success or failure of their operations. But Pasteur
chiefly directed their attention to the presence of
ferments capable of -etting up acetic, lactic, butyric,
and similar fermentations, although he also pointed
out the necessity of working with a yeast which was
not contaminated to any great extent with "wild
yeast forms. Saving had this danger so forcibly
pointed out to them, brewers became alive to the
absolute necessity ot cleanliness in every part of the
brewing plant, and I suppose that now the con
tamination to any great extent of brewing yeast with
"disease' ferments, as distinguished from foreign
yeast forms, is a thing of the past in all well-conducted
breweries. With n gard, however, to wild yeast tonus,
it is not so easy to know when they arc present in a
yeast, or to get rid of them when they are there.
We owe w:hat will in all probability turn out to be
the solution of the "wild yeast question in our
English breweries, as it has already done in t1.,
tinental breweries, to Dr. I-'.. < '. 11 insen, of the ( iris-
berg Institute, in Copenhagen. He has applied the
method.- of pure cultivation to yeast, and has further
so extended them as to be able to prepare pure cub
lie
T1IK .i(Hi;\\|. OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, 1887.
tures
Hansen published in lsT^ his investi
micro-organisms in air. referred to above, he remai
on the unsatisfactory state oi the earlier work on the
haromycetes, and express pinion that, in
order to obtain a true knowledg ol
inisnis, it would be necessary to approach the
subject from a different standpoint to that adopted
by Keess* and l'asteurt in the work which I
already dona In 1881 he published the first of his re
searches in this direction — viz. .that on "8
apiculatw, and its circulation in nature,
which I shall again refer. In this he laid
down the fundamental principle that in.
tions with the Saccharomycetes should
on that each species could be cultivated from
cell, in order to ensure the absolute purity of the cul-
tivation, and ascertain the constant elm
the ferment. When this result c ined,
we should have in our hands a method for the analy-
sis of yea>t, and not only would the results be of
great scientific and theoretical interest, but they would
also be of importance to the fermentation industries.
In his earlier work, above-mentioned, Hansen
adoptedamodificationofv.Nageli's"dilution"metl
which was as follows :— A vigorous fermentation with
the yeast from which it was desired to cultiva!
promoted in a Pasteur flask : the yeast formed is then
largely diluted with a known volume of sterili
water, thoroughly mixed with the water by shaking,
and the number of cells in a small drop of the v.
counted. The counting is effected by means ol a
ha>niatimeter. This may consist either of a micro-
scopic cover-glass on which a number of microscopic
squares have been ruled, or of a microscopic glass
slide, on which the squares are ruled in thecentre of a
very shallow cell. A good form of the latter is n
by C. Zeiss, of Jena, in which the squares mi tsure
, I th of a square mm., and the cell is 01 mm. deep,
the cubical capacity, therefore, of each square, when
the cover-glass is on, being 0"00025cmm, The drop
is placed well upon the squares, which then assist the
eye in counting the cells contained in the drop. Sup-
posing 10 cells are found, then if a similar-sized drop
is added from the fluid, which has again been
thoroughly shaken, to a flask containing a known
volume of sterilised water, say for instance S
the probability now is that this 20cc. of water con-
tains 10 cells. The flask is thoroughly shaken for
some time, and then lcc. of the liquid quickly intro-
duced into each of 20 flasks containing nutritive
solution ; there is now in all likelihood 1 cell in each
of 10 of these 20 flasks. This is of course only a
probability. In order to be sure that some of the
flasks contain only one cell, it is necessary to allow
them to remain until a growth appears. Directly
after adding the lcc. of the diluted yeast to the i!
they are thoroughly shaken and placed in the incuba-
tor at the required temperature, the cell or
present then sink to the bottom of the flask, remain
and grow where they settle, which, in the latter cas
>.-., if more than 1 cell is present— is probably at
different points on the bottom. Aftei 3 the
flasks are carefully examined, and the poinl
growth noted. In those flasks in which there is only
one speck of growing yeast visible, the inferem
that it proceeds from one cell, and consequently the
tains a pure cultivation : in ol it is
P esible that twoor mor are visible, then it is
to conclude that more than one cell was sown in
the flask, and its contents are consequently rejected.
This meth I lm sen's
cially with its which have some
This mi results than the
one about to bi 1 when it is wished to
ik and strong yeasts, which are growing
r in a nutritive liquid. Another point in its
ray possibility of
■ imination after the I ted
h is been added to the Ha-k.
Ilai wards adopted a solid
medium for his culth a tiopped wort and
gelatiie ii,. preference to th
mentioned above,
since it perimentei to directly 0
dividual ci micro co] e, and to
follow t ipment. He ad
a modification oi Koch's gelatine plate m
taking, however, more elaborate precautions to pre-
ont animation al inoculated gelatine is
spread on the plate. Before proceeding to describe
the method in detail, it will be as well to point out
the necessity ol u ae place sel ipart entirely
for pare cultivation work, as the success or failure of
these 01 reatly upon the freedom
of the air fn the time the experiments
are being carried out For this reas the room
should be allowed to remain perfectly undisturbed
for some hours before the cultivation is made, in
order to allow the dust b
In order to prepare a pure cultivation of yeast, we
take a growth of young and vigorous cells, dilute this
down very largely with sterile distilled water in a
small Chamberland flask, until the proper dilution
is reached (this is ascertained by a microscopic exam-
ination,1. and then again dilute a drop of this with
sterile beer- wort gelatine (hopped wort of about
1058 sp. gr. with 5— 10 pea- cent, gelatine), until we
have an extreme dilution, A drop of this is then
withdrawn with a sterilised glass rod, and spread
a
c
/
1
Fig. 1.
upon the under side of a thin cover-glass, which is
then quickly placed on the ring of a Bottcher's moist
chamber. Fig. 1 represents one of the chambers in
question; a is the thin cover-glass, with a layer of
gelatine on its under surface 6, and placed on the
Untcrsuchungen liber die AJkoholgarungspUze,
• Hotan.
1870.
t Etude* sur la Biere, Paris. 1876.
; Meddelelser tu Carlsberg Labotatorii
Fig. 2.
rele c, which is "Omni, in diameter, and
cemented to tie is a thin layer of
Sterile distilled water. Fig. - shows the Chamber-
PaU.28.U87.] THE JOI'liN'AL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Ill
land flask mentioned above ; it consists «if a 6
the neck of which a cap li i mnd with emery ;
ad of the cap is drawn out, and this end is
d with a plug ol terilised cotton-wooL
The inoculated gelatine having been spread on the
glass circle and allowed to set, the chamber is then
pi iced nil the stage of the microscope and examined.
One or two well-isolated yeasl cell are picked out,
and the position of these marked on the glass circle
by a marker of some description. The whole is then
placed in ;m incubator at about 25 30 ' '. and
allowed to remain for a day or two. At the end of
about two days the growths are generally visible to
the naked eye, and appear as small whitish specks
about the size of pins heads. These Bpecks should
be well separated from each other on the glass circle
When the specks have attained a sufficient size
they are transferred to sterile hopped-wort, ol about
ro.">s sp. gr., contained in Pasteurs flasks (Fig. :i).
Fio. ."..
These consist of flasks with the neck drawn out and
bent over, as shown in the figure, and with short side-
tubes, which are closed with a piece of indiarubber
tubing, and a glass rod : the bent tube is closed with
a plug of sterilised asbestos. The transference is
effected by quickly lifting the cover-glass with the
colonies, plunging a short piece of sterilised platinum
wire into the colony, and then immediately dropping
this into the side-tube of the flask, the glass-rod
stopper being quickly withdrawn and replaced.
Having got the colony uhich we know is derived from
one single cell into the riask, we are then in a position
and showed moist chambers with colonies in various
- .it growth.]
Such is the process which Hansen has employed to
effecl - revolution in the study of the oaccharo-
mycetes. By its means he has succeeded in sepai
n a number of apparently different
yeasts, from which he has selected six for further
Study, In addition to thpse he lias isolated two
varieties of ordinary bottom-fermentation
which are at present used in the brewery of 1 lid
Carlsberg, and also in a very great many othet
breweries on the Continent, and to which 1 shall
avain refer. He has also determined that the form,
the limits of size, and the appearance of the cells do
not remain constant for each variety or species, but
are influenced by different conditions of growth.
The form and phases of development of the cells,
however, when viewed from another standpoint, give
very important differences for each variety. This is
the case when the cells of the different varieties are
exposed to similar conditions, as in the ascospore
and film formations; it is found then that the
different yeasts behave in a very different manner,
and each species gives well-detined characteristics.
This can only be explained by the supposition that the
different varieties or species have distinct innate
properties.
We will now proceed to consider the differences
which Hansen has found between the different
varieties of yeast. He has, as stated above, differen-
tiated six species of yeasts, which he calls —
Saccharomyces cerevisue, I.
Saccharomyces I'aslorianus, L, IX and III.
Saccharomyces ellipsoidetu, I. and II.
The ordinary sedimentary forms of these are shown
in Figs. 5 to 10: Fig. •"> being S. cere: I.; Fig. 6,
S. Past. I. : Fig. 7, S. Past. II. . Fig. \ S. Past, 111. ;
Fig. 9, S. ellip. I.: and Fig. 10, S. ellip. II ft
will be seen that although the varieties taken
separately appear quite distinct, yet if they were
mixed it would be extremely difficult to detect one
from the other— for instance, the S. Past, when
W&9 KW^
Fig. 4.
to study its characters and properties. Fig. 4 shows
another form of flask, which is often of great service,
the mouth of which is closed by two layers of
sterilised filter-paper.
The above is of necessity only a brief outline of the
operations to be performed and the precautions to be
observed, since it is impossible in the scope of this
paper to enter fully into details.
[Dr. Morris, in the course of the paper, gave a
practical illustration of the manipulations necessary,
Fig. 6.
mixed with S. cerev., or the S. el ip. when mixed
with S. Past, or S. a n v. The size of the cells
varies considerably with the species.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OE t lil'.M ic.u. INDUSTRY. I'vi...
The characteristic which Hansen chiefly relies
upon in differenl
formation. The roi I asci spot i
cells has long been noticed, Reess, Engel, and
a
l-'K
oO
^qM«
■CM
Fig. 10.
other observers ha\ ing described it. and attributed tliis
formation to various causi -. ftei >s buill up a syst( m
Ba< i hai 1 1
size of the i Brefeld concluded that
only "wild" or "natural" yeast was capable of
giving spores, whilst cultivated yeast had lost this
property. Hansen* examined his six
• Meddelelser fra Carlebcrg Laburatorict. lcsj.
Hows : A small quantity of the
yeast v I on a sterilised gypsum block, this
[in ' dish,
and wa ist by filling the latter half full of
water. The formation was ■ when
bad tood for .1 fevi days al the ordinary
rature. The sp rally form as round
bodies within the cell, and are usually accom-
panied bj the "sheath-wall" formation. Fig, 11,
I . ■ 1 ivs the formation for the
species. Hansen investigated the ii of dif-
ferent temperatures upon the rate of formation of
ores, in or, In- to del 1 nine whether the dif-
ished from each other
in this way. For this purpose it was necessary to
■.', —
1. The limits of temperature— i.e., the highest and
lowest temperatures at which sp i' - wi re formed.
■2. The most favourable temperature at which the
spores were formed.
3. The ratio of the intermediate temperatures.
Ti 1 obtained (which are given in Table I.)
showed thai the formation of spores proceeded very
slowly at ordinary temperatures, but more rapidly as
the temperature rose, until it reached a certain point.
When this point was pa ed then the formation
ed, until it at la I cea ed entirely. Theloweet
temper ad for the si s species was 3C C. ;
the highest 37'5° C. The highest and lowest tem-
peratures for the different species were also difl
and also the limits of temperature within which the
ascospore formation takes place in the different
species. We see from the table that the differences
at the high temperatures, and don 11 to 25' C, are
almost inappreciable ; but when we lower the tempe-
rature the difference s become more marked. For in-
stance, at about 1 1 (_'., S. a n v. first shows ascospores
at the end of ten days, whilst N. Past. II. shows them
at the end of seventy-seven hours, and so on with the
other species. In making this comparison, it is
necessary to make the experiments with each of the
six species under exactly the same conditions, since
the a e pf old or young cells, composition of the
nutritivi medium, etc., exi marked influence
on the temperature and rate of formation of the
ascospores.
I [i.ii iIm se results Holm and Poulsent have based
a method for the practical analysis of brewing yeast.
Hansen found that the ordinary bottom-fermentation
yeast onlj formed spores at 25 C. after some 1
whilst, as we have seen, the "wild" forms, as exem-
plified by the -' we are considering, form
& cospores at this 1 ire in a few hours.
Working with pure cult: ach species,
I loliu and Poujsen found that they wire al
0-5 per cent, ol S. Past. Land 111., or S. ellip. II.,
in a mixed yeasl ; and. as Hansen has shown, that
when these "wild" yeast forms, which are the cause
of the diseases in bottom-fermentation beer, are pre-
sent in a barm to the extent of not more than 2*5 pei
cent, of the total yeast, they do not develop their
: it will be seen that, for
bottom-yeast at '■ ition forms
a valuable means of determining the purity of a
barm.
The next and most recent of Hansen's observations
are those on the "film' formation.* The formation
of films on thcsiirtace of the culture-liquid is pecu-
liar to most inicr ids when the greater 1
ood d in tin liquid is consumed.
As the result of a series of exhaustive experiments
with the six fori going species, Hansen has estal
differences in their film formations, both as 1
t Meddelelser tra Carlsberg Laboratories 1886. : Ibid. 1886.
S1887.)
THE JOURNAL Of THE SOCIETY 01 CHEMICAL ^ggSTBY.
llfl
the limits of temperature within which il
for a growth to take place, and also in theapp
cells of the film ; whilst,
•Is of old films show a remarkable chi
form, large mycelium-like celfe in rammed colonies
being forme.l. yet the cells t& • ' ■ &■ ' "«: "•>
.. ii. in a Lte shown,
likecolonies. N. /w.l.uml 1 1 L 3 .L.however,
(13—15 C i Bhow very marked differences, and allow
the , . to be easily disti
/w 11 and S. Past. HI. which are both top
fentation I M"\TJl
similar under ordinary conditions, show a marked
difference at this temperature. Fig. 12 IP- '-'
shows the various forms oi the cells of the lih,
;x species at 13—15 < .
TABLE 1.
AS( FORMATION.
-
TBMFKBA-
TORE.
V. I.
(Hani
S. 1
M
•. III.
;.. I. B.eH
H
37'
none
-
-
-
—
36-37
29 hours
—
none
35
25 ..
_
none 31 hours
33-5
23 ..
_
36 hours
23 „ .
315
—
none —
30
20 ..
30 hours —
97 none
none
-
_
29
-i ».
27'5
_
21 ..
31 hours
35 hours
30 ..
-
26'5
—
•ii -'7
-
23 ..
-
25 „
28
°7
2C ..
29 ..
—
IS
50 „
35 ..
36 ..
a .,
33 .. ® ••
53 ..
-
165
65 ,.
15
-
JO ,.
1- ..
_
13 .. —
_ 55 days
U-12
10 davs
— II..
10
—
81 ..
7 days
4"5 days
9
$•5
none
5 days —
9 ..
.
7 .. " daTS
-
11
3-1
It .. 1" ••
none
none
none
05
none none
TAULE II.
FILM FORMATION.
.how then, very early. Table II. ■ the temp,,,, The.are >**£*&*£$: E&SFS
tares and the length o ,uy !or tl , y 0f pure cultivation yeasts. It is an open
formation of the films oi each ol the m species At - \ <- ^^ ^ « be .con-
the high temperaturea.there is very httled^erencein q u, u on *££,» distinct >liecio since it is at
£Jffi$3£S£X£&£ SSiSJ P= a mo't point where the bounds can be drawn
120
Till-: .!,u i;x \l. OF Till: SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDtJSTRY. [ivi,. 2s. iss7.
varieties in the Saccharon
On tbis account Hansen has preferred to give his
distinguishing numerals
re-naming them, leaving this latter until m
known on the subj
Jorgensen has recently published a book on "Die
Micro-organismen der Garungsindustrie," in which he
attempt tion of the Saccharomyc I
this he sums up Hansen's six species as follows :
haromyces Cerevis^b I. -A top-fermentation
cellent results in practice; used in the
HAROMYCES Pastoriani S II. — Causes no disease
in beer; develops a& I temperatures between 3°
and 28° C ; Sim formation at L3 -15° C. —oval and round
predomina
Saccharomyces Pastorianus [II. Cause of yeast
turbidity in beerj develops ascospores at temperatures
between 8f and 28° C. ; film formation at 13— 15° C—
strongly-developed colonies of sausage or thread-shaped,
mycelium like cells (Fig. 12, rf).
Saccharomyces Ellipsoideus I.— Yeast of grapes :
develops ascospores at temperatures between 7'5C and
31"5 C.j lilni formation at l.'i -15 ('. -greatly ramified
FlO. 11. -ASCOSPORE FORMATIOK (after HANSEN) > 1000.
1. 8. eerev. I. -'. 8. Ptut I. ;;. 8. Post. II. 1. 8. Post. III. 5. & cllip. I.
W?^f£>
ti. S. ellip. II.
breweries ol London and Edinburgh in an impi
develops ascospores at temperatures between II 37° C. j
film formation at 13 -15 C the predominant number of I
the cells resemble the original yeast i Fig. 1 2
Saccharomyces Pastorianus I. Gives a bitter
flavour to beer ; develops ascospores at temperatures
between 3 and 30 '5 C. : film formation at 13 15 I
fairly numerous, Btrongly - developed mycelium • like
colonies of verv elongated sausage-shaped cells (Fie.
12 b). ° \
and strongly-developed colonies of short and long cells ;
ramifications often forked (Fig. 12, (').
haromyces Ellipsoideus II.— Cause of yeast-
turbidity in beei ; develops ascospores at temperatures
between 8 and 34 C. ; film formation at 13— 15° C— re-
sembles the ordinary form in a marked degree (Fig. 12, /).
In addition to these, various other yeast tonus have
scribed by various observers -viz., X • riguiu
i, .b'. minor (Engel), .!>'. conglomerate (B
Feb. 28. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
1-21
and so on, but they! t been put to the test
of pure cultivation.
There is anothei m, to which I have
alluded — viz., which
reat interest i>n account of its being the
^
126.
other yeast. It forms typical cit
(shown in Fig. 13), which do not yield ■
:ent is
found upon all ripe succulent fruit, in the yi
Q
Fig. 12c.
Fig. 12rf.
rPo
only alcoholic ferment whose cycle in nature h
y determined, and since it formed, as already
stated, the si loint in Hansen's reseat
the yeasts. It lends itsell especially to this p
since it has a peculiar shape which is possessed by uo
Fig. \2f.
wine, and also in the spontaneously fermented Belgian
beer. S. - is a bottom-ferment which
ible of setting up alcoholic fermentation in
beer. The fermentation is, however, alight, only
1 per cent alcohol being formed instead of 0 percent.
12!
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. M
formed bj 5 sa under similar conditions. The
explanation oi this is. that it does not ferment
maltose, and does not secrete any invertase. In
brose solutions it sets up a vigorous alcoholic
fermentation. Mil i examinations of i
succulent fruit in summer show that this ferment is
present in considerable quantity in a health]
S. apiculatus compared with S. cerev.
(after Hansonl x 930.
condition ; on the unripe fruit, leaves, etc, it is not
found, and no trace of the ferment can be found upon
the plants in the winter. Hansen has. however, shown
that the ferment hibernates in the earth under the
trees, and in early summer is carried again into the
air and on to the ripe fruit by the action of the wind
and insects.
Now. what have been the practical results of this
work of Hansen ? I have already mentioned that
pure cultivation yeast is in use at the Carlsberg
breweries. In 1883 Hansen, having had occasion to
study the causes of some cases of yeast-turbidity,
came to the conclusion that the only real remedy f< i
diseases of beer caused by " wild" yeast was to work
in all cases with yeast which could be guaranteed free
from these wild forms. This can only be done by
Hansen's method of pure cultivation or some modifi-
cation of this method.
Hansen* succeeded in isolating from the beer which
was submitted to him, by the method I have described,
three varieties of yeast — Sacch (ordinary
bottom-yeast, which constituted the greater portion),
'i. Pastorianus III. (a form of bottom-yeast), and
Sacch. ellipsoidens II. (a form of top-yeast).
Experiments carried out with the pure yeasts showed
that fermentations with the .s'. »ave a beer
which was quite free from any form of disease, but
that when either one or both of the other forms were
also used in the proper proportions, the disease was
set up. Further experiments showed that the yeast-
turbidity was not caused if the two " wild " yeasts
were not added until the end of the primary fermenta-
tion, and also that the disease did not show itself if
S. Past, III, or S. tllip. II., formed 2"5 percent, only
of the yeast used for pitching, and when the fermenta-
tion was carried on in the fermenting cellar until the
beer showed an attenuation ol 6'T Hailing, and when
the resulting beer was stored for at least three
months. If. however, the attenuation was not run
down so low as this, and tie ol continued so
long, tli • showed itself with the above
portion of " wild "yi
The result of these experiments was that Hansen
cultivated two varieties of bottom S. a n v., for use in
the Old Carlsberg Brewery, which are known asNos. ]
and 2. These yeasts, which, under t!
appear to the uninitiated to be identical, give very
different results in practice.
No. 1 gives a beer Well adapted for bottling, and
containing less COa than No. 2. The beer
Id remain bright in bottle for at least
three weeks ; it has also a lower attenuation
• Zeituchrift f. das gesaujuitc Brauwcscu, 1883. 177.
than No. 2. This yeast is chiefly employed
for home us •.
No. 2 Rives a good draught beer, containing more
( i K than No. 1 : it is not adapted for bottling,
and is much preferred by German brewers
to No. 1. and is, therefore, chiefly cultivated
for export.
Now, a word as to the cultivation of pure yeast
upon a sufficient scale to barm brewery vessels. I
have shown you that it is comparatively easy with
experience and a rigid adherence to the small precau-
tionary details, to obtain a small quantity of pure
'. but then the question arises — How are we to
carry on the cultivation under conditions of purity
until we have sufficient pure yeast for our fermenting-
squarel Well, at Carlsberg it is done by transferring
the yeast from a small flask to a number of larger
flasks, and when the growth of yeast is over, dividing
the yeast in these between a still greater number of
larger flasks, taking care, of course, to use all due
precaution., as many as DO 1 Mitre Pasteur's flasks being
used for the last laboratory cultivation. This, how-
ever, only gives about 2 pounds of fairly thick yeast.
It is then necessary to work with still larger vessels;
this is done in the brewery, and as, fortunately for
the Danish brewers, they are not hampered by any
excise regulations in the breweries, they are able to
arrange small fermenting rounds in such a way that
they can collect in them sterilised wort, and after
adding the yeast, lock the vessels up and adopt
means to prevent air contamination.
The employment of these pure yeasts is coming
very largely into use in the beer drinking countries
of the Continent, and some of the most noted brew-
ing technologists have given it their support, notably
Jacobsen, Aubry, Marz, Lintner, etc. The latter
sums up the question in the following statements : —
1, By contamination with so-called "wild"
yeasts, an otherwise normal brewery yeast
can be rendered incapable of producing a
beer of good flavour and with good keeping
properties.
2. A contamination with " wild ' yeasts may be
produced by the dust of the air during sum-
mer and autumn, by the malt, or other sources.
?,. By employing Hansen's method of pure cul-
tivation and analysis, it is possible to obtain
from a contaminated yeast a good brewery
yeast in a state of purity.
4. Yeast cultivated in a state of purity pos
in a marked degree the properties of the
original yeast before contamination, as far as
concerns the degree of attenuation, the
flavour, and keeping properties of the beer.
."). There exist different varieties of normal bottom
yeasts fS. ceremsat), each with special pro-
, perties, which like the peculiarities of species
are maintained constant.
It must, however, be added that the method is not
without its opponents, DelbrUck and Hayduck, of
Berlin, being the chief. These consider that yeast
can be purified by cultivation in a saccharine solution
of hops, and that all botti m yeast fS. cerev.J belongs
to one species, the differences in behaviour which
are noticed being merely transitory.
So far, all that has been done with pure yeast
relates entirely to bottom yeast, with the exception
of a few top-fermentation brew( 1 1 lontinent,
particularly in Denmark, for which Jorgensen has
cultivate! a pure top yeast. Nothing has yet been
done in England in this direction, although experi-
ments upon an industrial scale are now being carried
: Burton-on- Trent with different species of pure
We, however, in England labour under a
variety of difficulties from which the Continental
Peb.28.W87J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
12.3
brewers are exempt. such a^ temperature of Fei
onditione - and ol consumption of the
beer.
Sufficient has, li i ■ w <\ « i, aln nly I" < n done to prove
tliat in ordinary brewerj yeasi we also )'• i-s^ss a
mixture from which, by Hansen's method, aeveral
varieties of .S. eerev. can be separated, which cannot
microscopically lie distinguished from each other, but
which, when used upon a practical scale, give en-
tirely different results, both as to flavour, brightening,
attenuation, and mode of separation of the yeast.
Experiments have also shown that these characteris-
tics can be maintained unimpaired throughout a very
ii many successive ferment ttions in the brewery.
With regard to the scientific aspect of the question,
the pure cultivati I yeast opens upanimmi
field 'if wmk. Attention has already been drawn by
Mr. Horace Brown and myself to the different be-
haviour of what are usually railed "secondary"
forms, to the various constituents of malt-wort ; this
is a question which can only be studied by means of
pure cultivations of the various yeast forms, and 1
trust that before long we shall have something more
tn say mi this subject. Then there is the question of the
products of alcoholic fermentation : all theworkwhich
lias been dune on this subject by Pasteur and others
requires to be repeated with pure yeast, for we cannot
too strongly insist uponthefact that, although Pasteur's
celebrated work paved the way for all that has beeu
since done, and his methods of working for the pre-
vention of outside contamination are still used, yet
he had not the initial purity of his yeasts which we
niiw get. Any general condemnation of the value
of Pasteur's work, such as has been recently passed
upon it by certain German investigators, cannot be
too strongly protested against, since his almost un-
rivalled accuracy of experiment and scientific method
of work funned the basis mi which all subsequent
experiments have been based.
.\^ instances of the value of investigations with pure
yeast. I may quote the follow ing recent researches : —
Borgmann* has lately shown how largely the use
of pure yeast modifies the products of fermentation
in one important particular. He has mule analyses
of a large number of ordinary lager beers, and tin. Is
that the proportion of alcohol to glycerin in these
varies between a maximum of 100:5"497, and a
minimum of 10u:4'l40 ; whilst analyses of pure
Carlsberg beer, fermented with Xos. 1 and i! yeasts,
gave the proportion 100: 2i;:i for the former, and
L00:3'24 for the latter.
Ordonneau t his shown also that a potato-spirit
mash, w hen fermented « ith beer yeast, gives amongst
the products isobutyl alcohol, whilst when fer-
mented with S. i llii'., the natural ferment of wine
and eau-de-vin, normal butyl alcohol is formed, and
that the unpleasant flavour of artificial spirit is due
to the former alcohol, fermentations of S. ellip. giving
spirit with the pleasant aroma and flavour of natural
cognac.
<&laspto ano ^cotrisb Section.
Chairman: J. Xeilson Cuthbertson.
Vice-chairman : Prof. Mills.
lion. Vice-chairman : E. C. C. Stanford.
Committee:
J. Ii. Adam.
.i. Addie.
Prof. Crnm-Brown.
J. V. Buchanan.
J. Christ Us.
W. .1. Chrystal.
W. S. Corphe] .
Prof, t ertfuson.
.1. Fyfe.
It. In
T. P. Miller.
J. M. .Milne.
.1. Puttison.
P. Pnllar.
It. P. Tatlock.
A. Whitelaw.
' Zeits. Anal. Chem., 25. 532 ; this Journal, 1887, 17.
t Coiupt. Keudu., 1886, :17.
linn. Freasurer:
J. J. Coleman, Ardarroch, Bearsden, near Glasgow.
Local Si crttary:
U. O. Henderson, Chemical Laboratory,
i Diversity of Glasgow.
Notices of papers and com m animations for the meetings to lie
sent to the Local Beoretan .
The Fourth Meeting of the Fourth Session of this
Section was l< Id in tin Rooms oj the Chemical
Laboratories of the University of Edinburgh, on
Tuesday, Ft fa uary 1, 1887.
PBOFBSSOB CKDM BEOWN, M.D., D.8C, F.B.S., IN
Tilt: CHAIR.
CHAIRMAN'S OPENING REMARKS.
Peofessob Cbtjm Bbown said he had much
pleasure, on behalf of tic < Ihemists of Edinburgh, in
welcoming the Section there. He was sure that
many of them knew the fact — and he thought it right
to say it now— that they owed this meeting greatly
to Mr. Irvine, whose zeal for the progress of the
Society— not only in this part of Scotland, but for
the Society generally- had induced him to move in
this direction. When the proposition was at first
mooted, a feeling seemed to exist that attempts of
this kind were hazardous, but now that it had taken
place he thought it would be admitted by all that the
step was a right one. He hoped that the Society-
would find that they were able to have a good meet-
ing in Edinburgh, and that by and-bye tiny might
see their way to have more regular and stated meet-
ings in that city, ti. well as perhaps in other parts of
Scotland.
OX PARAFFIN SCALE TESTING.
BY P. A. srTHEP.LAND, P.C.8.
The estimation of the percentage of impurities in
paraffin scale of commerce is one of great monetary
importance, and being to a certain extent merely an
arbitrary or comparative test, is the cause of frequent
disputes'. At all times should the particular test be
one agreed to by the parties concerned, and specified
in the contract.
Somewhat recently I have had occasion to test a
large number of samples. Despite every care in
testing, in a room where the temperature can be
maintained for a considerable time at 60' 1'., my
results seldom agreed with those of the buyer— a
contingency, however, not always inseparable from a
falling market. That my results were accurate accord-
ing to the method I used, was proved on repeated
arbitration by the public analyst, whose method it
was. But "the buyers were still unsatisfied, and
adhered to their own results.
Thedifferences were not of 0'02 or 0'04 per cent. .which
would be of serious importance in the assay of pig
iron for sulphur or phosphorus : but differences
i aiming from one to three per cent., which, on a
valuable product like scale at . £25 to *30 per ton, is
of no little importance.
Acting on advice. I inquired into the methods of
testing. No two appeared to me to use exactly the
same test, but 1 proceeded to try them seriatim to
ascertain the difference by the same operator.
While doing this, it occurred to me, that as they are
not all mentioned in any publication, it might be
better if they saw the light, and that a timely dis-
cussion on their merits might-result in the survival
121
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OE CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY. [Feb. 28, 1887.
of tin' fittest, or il volution oi a better. To make
the point int. resting to tbo i not be
familiar with the Bubji :, I would brierlj
that the scale (hard scale) referred to, is obtained by
cooling the heavy oils from petroleum or shale oil,
filtration to the oil, and subsequent hj
draulic pressure.
I have "ii the table a sample of paraffin scale as it
comi a from the press.
Scale is of value to the refiner and candlemaker,
only for the wax it contains oi a melting p lint higher
than that of the ordinary temperatui i [uently
lie makes a claim upon each delivery for water and
dirt containe I, and foi what he terms oil, which, how-
ever, consists mostly of soft paraffin held in solution.
The claim is generally allowed up to 6 per cent.,
being less in summer, or when weather is warm ;
and greater in winter time and cold weather, when
cooling power is greater, and a corresponding
increase oi -"it i araffin is extracted.
The oil (so called) is universally es tractcd by pres-
sure, at t;n F., in a press provided with a p]
and cup, ."on. d iameter,
The powdered scale is placed between twocirclesof
cloth, so many circles oi filtering or blotting paper
placed on each side, and the pressun
Here, however, the analogy terminates, fordifferent
weights of substance are usi d, and different amounts
and duration of pressure applied ; in the ease of the
plunger and cup on the table by means of a screw
with a cross-head lever, Four fei t long, in othi
by a spiral spring or by a long lever with a weight on
the end. Of the melting point [ do not propose to
speak, though the results vary also ai hng to the
method used. Mr. A. II. Allen has in his very
valuable book, given a description a- complete as
1'"- ible of the various methods,
Sampling.— 1 would like to say in passing that this,
as inail tests, is most important. Scale is usually con-
veyed in tierces such as are. used for sugar, ami
samples drawn two weeks or so after casks have been
exposed to wet weather show at least a gain of one
per cent of water.
Mr. Boverton Redwood has given the most valu-
able eoininunicatii.il ..n the subject in his paper, read
this Society, "< >n the Determination of Oif in
Scale, "+ and I cannot do more than refer to his con-
clusive experiments given there, which prove that the
amount ol pressure is not of so much importance as the
length of time it is applied, and that the temperature
of the press and sample must be exactly 60 F.
lie again refers to this point in his very compre-
hensive Cantor Lectures (1886) on " Petroleum and
it- Products," and gives Some further experimental
results.
Mr. A. H. Allen's work, already referred to, quotes
Mr. Redwood, and gives two methods for water es-
timation.
The following processes are in use at present : —
Methods by Direct Pressing of Scale.
I.— («) !•;_' d (pressure of two men,
.me at each end of lever), at temperature oi 60 Pah.,
witli five circles each side for two minutes ; removed, re-
placed with two circli each aid forten minutes.
-..il and portion of water [a).
(6) The pressed cake is dissolved in gasolene in
beaker, settled, decanted, washed with gasolene, the
gasolene is almost entirely decanted after the last wash-
ing, and the remainder is evaporated at th dinary
temperature till the weight remains constant. Weight
= water and dirt in pre I cake. Dried in
re-weighed. Loss— water, weight dirt.
Allen'- " Com!. Organic Analysis." vol
t This Journal, 1884. p. 130 cl teq.
' Water and dirt in similar manner in lOgrms. of
original sample. Results expressed in percentage and
calculated i i
H.— Oil (i i32grms (oOOgrs | Bed at 60 Fah. (nine
tuns pressure) between Bumcioncy of circles for live
minutes. Loss oil. |
[b) Water. 25grms.§ maintain. -.1 at 230° Fah. ami
stirred with a thermometer till weight constant, or done
similar to 1 1 1.
(c) liirt. Scale dissolved in petroleum spirit, littered
through tare.! [ilter, washed well with spirit
Methods where Water is first Separated.
111. -Scale i- melted in a 1000 grain graduated
cylinder, and allowed t.. settle in warm water, scale de-
canted, residue shaken up with .-hale naphtha, settled,
and percentage of water read "if at 60 F.
IV.— lOOOgrs. (64grms.) taken, melted and settled in
Leaker Bask, decanted, residue washed with shale
naphtha, and finally treated with gasolene as in 1.(4).
'1'h is met h. >a is used i" check I. and 111.
IV. — 1 or 21b. are heated iii a copper still, vapours led
tin.. null condenser, water collected in graduated cylinder.
I i" i as in II. (ci.
In III. and I V., oil i- determined in scale poured
off, ami in V. in scale left in the still.
A sufficiency i- poured into a tin dish, cooled
directly by some operal i others .slowly in a
water i> ith overnight.
32grms. (500grs.) are i iken and pressed as in II.
The latter methods are most frequently used, hut
the time of pressing is by no means the .same, varying
from 5 t" 1'" minutes.
It is claimed for them that some scales are
"doughy ami will not bleed out the oil they contain,
unless re melted and allowed to cool slowly to ensure
perfect crystallisation.
Differences of no less tban \ per cent, in oil alone
1 ict ween a sample done this wa3 and one donebj direct
pressure have been quoted t.. me, though personally
I have imt had opportunity to prove this highly
probable theory. In all cases I found little or no
difference.
Method III. is very open to criticism: it is im-
possible to read in so wide a tube as is generally
used nearer than 0'5 percent. Moreover, it is held by
Dr. Wallace, city analyst, ( Hasgow, that the insoluble
may be bulky, and >.. be a source of error. He says,
in a Later received by me this morning, " We have
found the method of testing water by melting and
settling very unreliable, when the percentage of water
is small, and the insoluble bulky." Dr. Wallace
had only received the al ..-tract of my paper yesterday,
and consequently had not time to say more.
Some experiments done with the same sample of
-cale by the different methods for water and dirt,
showed rather lower results by method 1. than by the
others, due, no doubt, to partial evaporation in .so
small a quantity, >a loss of 0'09grm. being equal to 0 t»
per cent., while IV. and V. compared favourably with
the tube method (in a narrow tube); the percentage of
dirt in :!<i samples onlj averaging 0"15 per cent.
The experiments done for per cent, of oil by the
methods varied, ac< ling t" time of pressing, etc.
SOOOgis. also of a sample wera melted, allowed to
settle, and clear scale poured off to cool. The s.
was used at leisure m< i i various experiments.
Portions of the sample were pressed for various
length.- "i time : the results were constant when the
conditions were the same, three tests, at "minutes
■c. ti..t differing by more than 0 g per
I for te-t gave results
which were analogous to those oi Mr. I ami
bat tic time, fivi minuti s, laid down
• This Journ. 1884, p. 430. Soc Arts. Cantor Lectures, p. 57.
en. 1884. \>. 131,
Feb.t8.i887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
125
by liim, after careful experiments and consideration,
most just and
sr experiments with samples maint
previous to weighing, at . and 7"- F..
showed similar results, showing attention must also
be paid to the tempi rature of the sample.
Since receipt of Mr. Redwood's letters, I have added
that experiments were also done \i ith various quali
and quantities of absorbent paper; grey filter.
botanical bibulous, and white bl> >t tintr paper, ail of
wbi h are in use. The results showed slight but
distinct differences.
Experiments were made with circles of coarse and
fine linen and cotton with like results.
What bas to be a ttled then is Which is the most
accurate method of estimating the water and dirtl
For the oil — Temperature of press and sample,
length and approximate amount of pressure, amount
of sample to be used, the number of circli
paper, the character of the cloths and paper.
Until a universal method be adopted this test must
remain unsatisfactory, and be the source of much
friction between buyer and seller, who at present
talk quite freely of the test of some one analyst being
always -1 per cent, higher than that of another, or
It is my object merely to draw attention to this
anomaly, and to the necessity for union and com-
promise on this point, so that a fixed process may be
laid down for general adoption, which I trust will be
done by those more qualitied from knowledge and
experience than inj -
At the same time 1 may be permitted to mention
the process I have adapted from the foregoing till
the uniform test be agreed on.
Water and Dirt — binding a very long 1000-grain
tube troublesome to fill, I have had a tube made with
a two-fold object — to save time in filling and melting,
and to minimise error in reading of menu
A tube with a top like that of a separator, wide
mouth ^in. diameter, neck lin. long, bulb pear-shaped,
10. c c
■ 100 Grs
i ID CiJS
terminating in small tube t'in. diameter and 5 to Gin.
long, graduated in r\rCC., or grains 1 to 100 ; the
whole tube holding about l&OOgrs.*
64grms. (lOOOgrs.) is weighed out, introduced into
tube ; tube being held by neck with burette clamp and
immersed in water at 150* F. till scale melts and dirt is
settled (it requires a little tapping i. The bottom portion
is solidified by immersion in cold water. and as much i-.s
le of scale is poured off to cool; the residue
shaken up with .--hale naphtha and allowed to settle,
water read off at 60c F.
Oil. — Scale which is poured off into a \c-sel immsrsed
in a larger basin with water at 130' F. is allowed
• Messrs. Baird & Tatlock, 100 Sauchieliall Street. Glasgow,
will supply these tub.-s.
slowly; maintained at t;o- some time before weigh-
ing.
five minutes at 60* F.
between two discs ol line linen, with rive circles of
filtering paper on each side.
inclusion, I have to lender my thanks to those
from whom I obtained note of various processes.
To Dr. Wallace lor liberty to mention the first : and
last, but ii"t least, to Mr. Boverton Redwood, by
whose courtesy and letters I haw I een much en-
conraged in the hope that the object of mypapermay
be achieved.
As the opinions and suggestions lin Mr.
I!e (wood's letters are of importance, 1 Leg permission
to read them in full :—
85, Gracechurch Street,
London, I
36th January, 1887.
D. A. Sunn ri M-. Esq..
The Burntisland Oil Co., Limi
Burntisland
DEAD SIB, — 1 have carefully reail the notes for your
proposed paper, and am of opinion lhat the information
yon are in a position to convey \i ill be of practical value,
it only as showing the necessity for the adoption of some
rally accepted method of operati \
(l.i As regards the /' m of Water. — The
paraffin Bcale submitted to me is principally American.
This scale usually contains less than 1 percent, water,
ami I find that the method of assay which gives me the
results is to melt 25grms. in a tared hemispherical
- dish, am! maintain it at a temperature of 230' 1'.,
with constant stirring (with the thermometer) until the
weight is constant— the cessation of the crackling sound
is a guide. When the quantity of water is considerable
this method is tedious, ani de by spurting may
jreat care is exercised. In snch cases!
treat the scale with petroleum spirit and determine the
water by measurement (in the way you describe), con-
verting volume into weight in working out ihe per-
centage. It is important that the petroleum' spirit used
should previously have been caused to t:ike up as much
water as it will at the temperature of the experiment,
otherwise there will he loss of water by solution in the
spirit.
2. Determination of Dirt.— I prefer to get the dirt on
a tared filter, where it can be washed with petroleum
spirit (after the bulk of the scale has been removed by
solution in the spirit).
< fccasionally, however, it is more convenient to weigh
the dirt in a tared dish or beaker.
:; /' ' rminationofOiU. — Thisstandsuponasomewhat
different footing, for it is necessarilyaptire/yartofroryte**,
the results depending entirely upon the manner in which
the operation of testing is carried out— there Dei
course, no natural or delined line of demarcation be-
tween the liquid and the semi-solid hydrocarbons
present. I see you are acquainted with my method as
described by me in the Journal o/Soc Chem. Industry.
I do not know whether you have seen the further
reference I made in my Cantor Lecture?. I therefore
scud you a copy for perusal, in which, at pp. 50 and 57,
you will find the remarks in question. These are chiefly
"interesting from what I previously stated in the Journal",
that amount of pressure is of small importance compared
with temperature.
I see you consider that the number of discs of absor-
bent paper should he specilied, hut would it not be
equally necessary to specify the character (thickness,
the paper? It ismy practice to employ so many
that the outer ones are scarcely stained with oil,
and 1 think you will lin 1 the results strictly comparative
if this principle is carried out.
I note yon have experienced difficulty iu maintaining
a temperature of 60" F. in pressing. Sou v. ill God it a
great advi ntage to adopt mj present plan of having the
plunger and cup of massive construction and detached
from the bed-plate, etc., so that they can l« cooled in
water at 60 . They are provided with mercury caps and
delicate thermometer-.
126
THE JOURNAL OF TUP. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [**•«
There is no doubt thai scale of n "doughy " character
does not part with its oil with facility, but the process of
alow cooling is now bo generally adopted in refini
that it is comparatively rare to bnd scale marketed that
i- nut fairly crystalline. 1 have had t<> write this letter
hurriedly, but I hope I have dealt with tin' points
on which you wished for my views. I trust that your
laudable efforts to place the subject upon a more satis-
factory footing may he with success. Yours
truly, ' \'.i'\ ERTON REDW OOD.
b January, 1887.
Dear Sib,— 1 am iii receipt ■>:' your letter of yester-
day's date, ami enclose samples of the cloth and paper
I use. These we cut with a steel die in the press, sub-
stituting the die ami a hard wood block tor the press-cup
plunger. Thus a considerable number can be cut of
uniform size at one operation. You will Bnd this method
(perhaps you already adopt it] a great convenience. I
do not think 1 have ever referred to it in print.
1 forgot to eaj that the edge of the cup in which the
scale is pressed is separate from the bottom, so that it
can he lifted off. The " cake " is thus readily removed
whole.
You aie at liberty to make any use you like of the
very hurried remarks contained in this ami my previous
letter. — Yours truly, BOVEBTOH REDWOOD.
Addkndt m.
ding the foregoing papei I have, by the
kindness of Mr. Beilby, received a copy ol an extract
in m the minutes of the Scottish Mineral Oil Associa-
tion, dated August 13, 1884.
It consists of the report of an influential committee
of oilworks managers who had been appointed to fully
disi iss the subject. Alter unanimously
:i mending Mr. McCutchon's press, tiny gave the
following recommendations : —
"1. That the quantity to be t grains.
i'. That the scale be freed from dirt and water by
melting and settling, and the above-named quantity
_ i grains) of the unite. i paraffin weighed and run
into a mould, and thereafter cooled in water to 60°
Fahr.
.1 That the paraffin which is being tested remain
under pressure for a period of fj minutes.
4. That linen pressing cloths and a number of filter
papers sufficient to absorb the oil (not less than six)
be Used.
5. That the maximum pressure be lOcwts. per
square inch, ami the working pressure 9cwts. per
square inch."
\\ ater and dirt estimation is not referred to. lam
glad to be able to include these recommendations
before the discussion, as they are a most valuable
addition, being the result of no little investigation
and discussion : tiny are on the same lines as those
laid down in the paper.
It is a matter of regret that the labours of the
bould not have resulted in the adoption
of one standard commercial method.
1" remains for all members of this widely repre-
3 .• ty interested in the subject to see that
a final settlement is now arrived at.
DISI rjSSION.
it was agreed to postpone the discussion on this
paper.
ON THK EMPLOYMENT OF "AGALITE" IX
THE MANUFACTURE OF PAPER
IiV W. IVI80H MACADAM, F.I.i.. i , ...
Professor of Chemistry, New Veterinary College, Edinburgh.
It is well known that in the manufacture of paper
there is frequently employed, besides the actual fibre,
a quantity of material intended to weight the finished
product, and, at the same t manufac
tuier to -ell tin- article at a lower rate than would be
otherwise possible were it necessary to send out only
ible fibre.
For this " filling " oi •• weighting " many substances
have been suggested and tried with more or less
success. We may mention barytes or heavy spar or
barium snip *o, kaolin or China clay, waste
bleach (practically stucco), etc Barytes being very
heavy <_ ht, but the great difference in s]
gravity between tin- paper pulp and the barytes
renders it very difficult to kei p tic bodit B sufficiently
mixed when :1c stuff is | tssing to the machine.
Stucco and'. I oliuetit. and do not
ntly intermingle with the pulp. With kaolin,
which is the usual I \ -employed substance, the difficulty
arises that whilst the pulp and China clay are readily
mixed, yet the substance is not retained sufficiently
by the pulp, ami passes into the effluent water, not
only causing a loss ol the China clay, but seriously
aiding in the pollution of the waste waters, and
therefore requiring to be removed from the liquids
these are allow..! to pass into water courses.
The above remarks would also apply to the effluent
waters from works where cheap linen and cotton
- ale finished and Weighted.
The American printing and other papers are known
for their beautiful surface ami gloss, ami many
attempts have been made in this country to obtain a
similar surface. Tin- usual method of hot-pressing
has not leen found equal to the task, although much
has been done in that way.
On examination of the ashes left on incinerating
various portions of American paper, it is found that
the loading material is of a fibrous character, and
altogi ther different from the ashes obtained from the
home-manufactured articles. The chemical analysis
of the American paper ashes show them to consist of
ite of magnesia, and the material used for load-
not, therefore, China clay, which is practically
a silicate of alumina.
The material is a fibrous steatite found in large
quantities in America. It is of a white colour, with
a very slight tinge of green. It is somewhat readily
i to a powder, the' ] Com] - which
are librcs. The specific gravity of the mineral is
from -2 5 to 2'2, while the grat ity of kaolin tuns from
2'4 to 2 6.
Ttie fibrous character of the ugalite renders it
possible to employ a larger gravity of the material
with paper pulp than in the case ol China clay, which,
having no fibrous character, tends to weaken the
manufactured article more than the agalite dees.
A seiies of experiments were made with linen rag
pulp and the agalite, and with the same pulp mixed
with China clay. The results are given below ; —
. i lie- gravity of paper pulp (water 1000).. 101!
Specific gravity of agalite :■-.< to8'562
of China clay 2 1 to 2'G
ANALYSIS OF PAPKR PULP.
Water 9B- 58
Fibre :t:w
Ash 0'07
100-00
A given quantity of pulp was placed upon metallic
employed in the paper machine; a
second piece of gauze was then put ovei the pulp, the
w ires were surrounded by sheets of filter pap<
the whole transferred to the press. After fifteen
minutes the materials were removed from the press,
fresh Motting paper substituted in place of the now
wet l ieces, and the substance was again placed in the
press. After ten minutes the material WAS r> moved
Fbb. as, 1887.1 the jorn\AL of the society of chemical in'M'sthy.
157
the paper formed taken from between the wires and periment, made without the addition of any loading
dried in the water oven till it ceased to lose weight, material, the actual loss of fibre was 4p885 grains per
This process was repeated with the addition of -i:> per i"!|", or niss.-, per cent.
cent 'if China clay, with ■!'> per rent, of agalite, finer -'. i'"111 of paper pulp mixed with 25 per cent, (cal-
f'lIIXA CLAY
Magnified 150 Diameters.
PRECIPITATED CARBONATE OF" LIME.
Magnified' 150 Diameters.
AGALITE "A."
Magnified 150 Diameters.
AGALITE "B."
Magnified 150 Diameters.
quality, ami with :!■"> per cent, of coarser quality of
agalite. The results obtained were : —
1. 1 1 )«"«"i tit paper pulp containing 33*5 grains of dry
fibre yielded of dry paper 28015 grains. In this ex-
culated on the dry fibre) of China clay yielded 38"170
grains of dry material, of which 32'U was fibre and
527 clay. The theoretical quantities present in the
materials experimented with were : Of dry fibre 335
196
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb.ss.i887
grains, and of clay 13-2 grains. The loss sustained in
rerting the mixture into paper was equal to
grains of fibre and 7'93 grains ol China clay, or to
i per cent of fibre and 636 per cent, of the clay
used.
:s. With 1000 of pulp and 25 per cent of the finer
ground agalite the results obtained wen- : Of dry
material 45'63 grains, composed of :!:i'.'il grains of fibre
and 12'32 grains of the agalite, or an actual loss of
tii.rc equal to 0*19 grains and of agalite o-ss grains.
These figures are equal to 0 01!) per cent, of the pulp
and (i'U4 per cent, ol the mineral used.
4. A test similar to No. 3, but made with a less finely
ground sample of agalit total of 45'96 grains
dry substance, composed of 33*42 grains of paper
lilire and 12"54 grains of mineral. The loss in this
experiment was equal to 0080 grains of fibre and 0"G6
tins of agalite. or 0008 per cent, of fibre and 5 '28
per cent, of agalite.
These results therefore show that there is a decided
advantage in substituting agalite for China clay,
because not only is there an increase of dry paper,
but such is obtained by a saving of fibre, as well as a
decrease of the waste in the actual loading material,
and a lessened amount of polluting matter to be
dealt with. Moreover, the fibrous character of the
agalite causes it to yield a paper of higher class
quality than is the case with China clay. The extra
gloss which it is possible to obtain with papers con-
taining agalite is shown in various American journals
and books.
The substance has been stated to be a silicate of
magnesia, and to resemble asbestos in character.
The actual results of the analysis of the mineral are
given below : —
CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF AGALITE AND
KAOLIN.
Agnlite.
Silica 62 077
Magnesia 33126
Water 4 286
Ferrous oxide 0104
Aluminic 0 313
Undetermined and loss 0094
100000
Kaolin.
Silica 61-02 49-65
Aluminic oxide L'S'til 4524
Ferric 1-96 034
Calcic 236 1-53
Magnesie 045 052
1'otassic \ ,.„ „..„
Sodic / 1,e 0,s
Water and loss 3'81 I"94
100 00 100-00
The samples which I have the honour of submitting
to the Section have been kindly supplied by Messrs.
A. B. Fleming & Co., Granton. "
DISCrsMoX.
Mr. Todd said that American paper had certainly
a superior gloss, but that was the case, in his opinion.
1 >ng before agalite wa although Mr. Mac-
adam was perfectly right in saying that agalite pro-
duced a fine skin. Be pointed out, also, that in using
/table fibre it was absolutely necessary to add
China clay, as the paper would not print without it.
and there were certain classes of paper, such as those
d for printing with many colours, in which as high
as 30 p>-r cent was use I, as it w
it a genuine good dose, and while admitting that
agalite was a very good thing, he knew the Am. 1 ii
produced the fine gloss on their paper from a different
to that indicated by Mr. Macadam.
Mr. MACADAM, in reply, said that it would be
generally admitted thai the Americans produced
superior paper to ours, and in American < lovernment
contracts it was specially specified that azalitewasto
be employ..! l ause it gave a better gloss to the
paper. He pointed out also, that if it was desirous
to till up the pores of the paper, he would do so by
taking a fibrous rather than a non-fibrous material.
Replying to a further question of Mr. Todd's as to
what the loss would be on 100 grains of azalite if
burned in a crucible, Mr. Macadam stated that the
loss (which w;is practically water) would be 3'42 per
cent.
ON THE OCCURRENCE OF PETROLEUM IN
A SHALE MINK AT BROXBURN.
BY li. B. STEl WIT, F.C.S., F.I.C.
Although the existence of petroleum in this country
is by no means rare, with the exception of the so-
called oil spring at Alfreton, in Derbyshire, utilised
by the late Mr. Young and his partner, Mr. Meldrum.
its occurrence has been considered more as a natural
curiosity than of any practical importance or com-
mercial value.
Sampli Broxburn Petroleum. — In 1884 indications
of the existence of petroleum were discovered at
Broxburn (one of the centres of the shale oil trade of
Scotland) when boring for shale to the north-east of
that village. At about 100 fathoms the rods came up
coated with petroleum of a semi-solid consistency.
The sp. gr. of this oil was 0 842 and it assumed the
consistency of butter (or it "set '") at 7.". F.
In the Sandhole pit, about 950 yards westward from
theabove-mentionedbore,petroleumwasfoundinsome
quantity. This pit was sunk through the Broxburn
and Dunnet shales to a depth of 10 fathoms below the
latter ; total depth, 155 fathoms — where a level mine
was cut through strata which gave a constant ooze of
oil and brine, while there was a strong odour of gas.
The sp. gr. of the petroleum obtained in this level
is 0830 ; the setting, or solidifying point, 01 F., and
the colour is brown by transmitted, and green by
reflected light.
ltefined in the usual manner, it gave : —
Light naphtha
Burning Oil
Intermediate Oil
Lubricating Oil
Paraffin Scale (melting pL 103' F.)
Loss in refining . '
Sp.Gr.
0-700
0-730
0-802
0810
0SG5
Per Cent.
5-0
5-2
341
10o
167
12-5
16-0
1000
The bromine-absorption, which indicates the pro-
portion of olefines present, is much less than usual,
as the following figures will show. Comparing
refined burning oils, the bromine absorbed is : Baku,
o per cent. ; Broxburn petroleum, 6"5 per cent. ;
American petroleum, 11 per cent.: Broxburn shale
oil, 40 per cent.
The brine which accompanies the petroleum has a
that of sca-watcr 1 25) and
gives li.oDO grains or 25oz. of solid matter in one
imperi orl4'4per cent. The salts present
are chlorides of sodium, potassium, calcium, and
magnesium, with traces of ferric chloride. Chloride
of ammonium is present in amount equal too-oilb.
Hon.
Feb. 28. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
129
In the Broxburn district combustible gas is given distance. The discharge ia now less frequent ; occur-
off f ri >i 1 1 b ire holes in considerable cjiian'ity. One ring only at intervals of several month-, and when
at "Sandhole" blew about every minute. A bore the barometer is very low.
hole at Middleton Gate (about a mile Bouth-west), Of course the discharge of gas is a common enough
put down sixteen years ago, regularly, once a month, thing from bore holes ; but the association of brine,
<* E N E K A Li tS'BCTIOJV OP THE
£ R O XB V /ZJV D I S T K/ C T
HURLET L/MC S-TQH £
Do. COA L
B. 8. Irohstohc
Raeburns Shale
Muncals Shale
CRcr Shale
rrro Eeet coal
J&mston marl
Ciicr Shale
Ht>u*sTon Coal
FaZe? aajuLfiorte
Fells Shale
Brwtlncm marl
BROXSl/RH ShAl f
EmfS and this oil
Shalcs
Siiiny sandstone
SlAtS una LlM£r R/8S
DuN/icr Shale
Siaes, Limer fits,
FAKES, &?
Ba.iracks Shale
BlikoiE HOUSE o* CAMPS
LrmcsToMe
Chleflr -Blots
■\'A-rHfffsro/v Shales
Ems ■ Er. . lis
ZS O 0
43 0 O
32 • O O
Z& O V
SO o • o
10 . 0 0
■fee a
*S • O • 0
7S o • O
6 S ■ 0 ■ L>
I3S 0' V
10-0-0
blew off gas for a day or two at a time. This
intermittent discharge continued for many years.
When lighted, the gas burned with a brilliant flame,
about 20ft. in height, which was seen from a great
gas, and petroleum at Broxburn is of interest, as
these are associated in other parts of the world.
The portion of the mineral field at Broxburn con-
taining this natural petroleum is of considerable
E2
130
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OK CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. iKcb. as, isst.
extent, and doubtless would yield sufficient oil to
make it profitable to pump, if it would only flow.
It. however, contains too much paraffin, and is semi-
solid at a temperature below 61 F. ; a simple, but
fatal objection to this nil supply ever becoming of
I r kCtical value ur importance.
DISCI SSION.
The discussion on this paper was postponed owing
to the absence of the author.
EGYPTIAN PETROLEUM.
I'.Y ROBERT IRVINE, F.C.S., IMI.s.E.
Tins oil, which is obtained both from superficial
wells and deep bores, is found in the neighbourhood
ol Gemsah and Gebel el Zeit, a district in which
crude oil has for some time been known to exist.
The crude oil is of a dark brown colour, and has a
disagreeable odour, owing to the presence of sulphur
compounds, in this respect resembling the inferior
qualities of Canadian and Italian petroleum. Its
specific gravity is ov.U at 60 F.. and it is of a thick
viscous nature, retaining its fluidity at low tem-
peratures, owing to the almost entire absence of solid
paraffin. Purified in the same manner as other
natural oils, and those obtained by the distillation of
coal and shale, it yields a product ranging in gravity
from 0"850 to 0"950 (burning oil, such as is used for
household purposes; being absent). On washing with
sulphuric acid previous to distillation, the loss sus-
tained exceeds 50 per cent., which is more than
double the amount as compared with ordinary petro-
leum and shale oils. This loss, coupled with the
expense of chemicals required for its purification,
and the absence of burning oil (ordinarily so-called),
puts it beyond the chance of being' profitably
purified ; whilst, on the other hand, its heavy,
vise 'lis character, or body, and its non-liability to
"set," give it a high place as a lubricant, as also
make it suitable as a substitute for coal in steam-
raising, in locomotive and other boilers. Gemsah, or
Uebel el Zeit, is about 400 miles from Suez, on
the western side of the Straits of Jubal, at the
entrance to the Gulf of Suez ; and this oil is said to
i found in calcareous strata, in structure resembling
coral. The amount of basic impurities present sug-
gest that it is the product of decomposed animal
matter.
Captain Roberts, from whom I obtained the oil,
w i Ltes under date 24th January :— " The latest infor-
mation T have is that one boring has reached 400ft.,
and at that depth coral, and, lastly, stiff clay, have
been reached, and that they hope to find petroleum
this clay. About r>0 casks of a very dark
me, called petroleum, were recently sent to
( ' tiro. The crude oil is used successfully in lubricat-
tlie machinery of and in raising steam in a
repairing establishment the Egyptian Government
have at Suez. Two local steamers also use the crude
p ti oleum for their engine bearings."
DISCUSSION.
Mr. 11 lmilton said he had also obtained a sample
ol Egyptian petroleum, but his results were some-
what different. The oil, ol course, was very heavy
and totally unsuitabli i as a burning oil; on
hand, the lubricating oil was the most
magnificent he had ev< or what was known as
ityand lubricating purposes, while the loss in
t reatment was very little.
Mr. Harris: What was the proportion of the 0-930
lubricating oil in the Egyptian oil?
Mr. Hamilton : 46 to 50 per cent.
.Mr. I.\l\<: said that he had received from the
Egyptian Government two gallons of petroleum.
both of which he distilled with steam and without
steam, lie got a considerable percentage of lubri-
cating oil — about 70 per cent, in both cases — al-
though the sample distilled with steam purified more
readily than that distilled without it.
ADJUSTABLE THERMOMETERS.
BY ANDREW H U'I'oW .
A i.i. users of thermometers may not beaware that these
instruments undergo a gradual change for some time
after their manufacture, and that although possibly
quite correct when they left the makers' hands, they
may indicate a much higher temperature than what
is collect in a year or two, the increment of change
being less as the thermometer becomes older.
This change of zero was first noted by M. Flauger-
gues in 1822.*
Dr. Joule found the change going on during twenty-
six years, t
] iespretz tested the rise during five years, the curve
formed being sensibly a parabola.!
The writer has found the rise of zero in thermo-
meters from two to five years old to be from -2 to 2i
degrees.
The rise of zero appears to be due entirely to
molecular changes in the glass, because it goes on
even when the tube is not sealed, and, consequently,
when there is no greater pressure outside than
inside.
A method for hastening the change of zero, by
keeping the thermometer tubes at a high temperature
foi some time before graduating, is described in the
American GAem. Jour, for 1884. § Besides this per-
manent rise of zero, there are temporary rises and
falls due to immersing the thermometer in very cold
or very hot liquids. || These temporary errors disap-
pear in from ten to fourteen days.*"
In some operations — for instance, in the manufac-
tureof ice— 2h: would represent 50 per cent, of the whole
power of the machine, while in brewing operations
(where really good beers are brewed) every fraction
of a degree has an important influence on the final
product. Standard thermometers from Kew Obser-
vatory may be used, but these are very costly, easily
broken and difficult to read, the figures being on a
glass tube instead of on a separate scale.
In practice it is usual to make allowance fortheerror
of the thermometer, butthisisa very dangerous practice
from the liability to make the allowance on the wrong
side, thus doubling the error. For instance, a work-
man is told to cool down a liquid to 60 , and he
learns that his thermometer reads a degree too high;
he then makes up his mind that he will read the
thermometer a degree lower than 60°, the result
being that he cools tie.' liquid 2° too low— namely, to
The only way that can be depended on for accurate
work is to use practically correct thermometers, or in
some operations, thermometers which at least all agree
with one another. A thermometer which can be
adjusted for error fulfils all that is required in
and the writer lias patented the con-
struction of thermometers in which the tube is
fast' ned at one end to a separate piece, sliding in the
• Ann. de Chlmie <-t do Physique. \xi. p. 333(1818).
I 1 Mi LI. s,,c. of Manchester, Feb. ■.".'. 1870.
I " Wall's Dlot. of t'liem.'' p. 767.
§ This Journal. March, 1885.
' Walls' Diet, of I 'hem." p. 7H7.
II Balfour Stewart's "Treatise on Heat." p. 15 (18C6).
Feb. -28. 1887.1 THK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
131
scale, bj n » of which any user of thermometers
can at once adjust them to agree with a standard, or
with one another.
In the manufacture of these thermometers, tubes
must be rejected when the difference in
between 10° at one part of the Bcale and 10° at
another part of the scale, is more than half a degree.
With this amount of difference, and a rise ol
zero equal to 2 . the adjustment allows of the greatest
error at the extreme ends of the scale being reduced
to one twentieth of a degree, which error gradually
diminishes until it vanishes at the centre of the scale.
This amount of error is of course quite inap]
able in manufacturers' thermometers.
For scientific work the tubes must be more care-
fully selected, and as old as possible.
The patent pipe thermometers remove several in
conveniences felt by users of this class of ther-
mometer.
In the prevailing design there is an internally
screwed socket soldered into the pipe, the contents of
which it is desired to test, and the thermometer has
a screw formed on it which should fit the socket, but
it often happens, when a new thermometer has tob
i »n the motion of Mr. STANFORD, a very heart ,
of thanks was awarded to the < Ihairman for his kin I-
in placing the rooms of the new <
Laboratories of Edinburgh I'niversity at thedisposal
of the Section.
Bottintjrjam Section.
Chairman : 1'rof. Clowes.
Vice-Chairman : Lewis T. Wright.
Treasurer : J. H. Coleman.
L. An 1, butt.
W. A. Curry.
H. Doidge.
It. Kilzhugh.
K. Francis.
Committee :
T. W. I.ovibond.
H. .1. Staples.
E. H. Truman.
It. L. Whiteley.
Hon. Local Secretary :
J. It. Ashwell, Midanbury Lodge, Bentinck Road,
Nottingham.
At an early date, " Water Softening," by J. B. Coleman.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
screwed into an old socket, that the two do not fit, also
when one of these thermometers is screwed in tight
it may be facing in the opposite direction to what is
desired, if slackened back leakage occurs, and if
tightened up further the case is liable to be broken,
or the screw overhauled.
In my patent thermometer these two difficulties
are overcome by attaching the thermometer to the
socket by means of a Hange instead of a screw. The
screwed socket and the nut form a part of the case,
andremain together when the thermometer is removed.
The flange allows the thermometer to be set facing in
any desired direction, and tightened in that position
to any desired degree. The other improvements refer
to strengthening the case, and lessening the chance of
leakage past the glass tube.
Professor CfiUM BeoV n. in moving a vote of thanks
to the authors of the papers, hoped that the a
which had attended the first meeting of the Section
in Edinburgh would induce them to renew the ex-
periment before long, and wovdd increase the member-
ship and the interest of members in the work of the
Society.
CHROMIUM MORDANTS.
BY E. LLOYD WHITELEY, F.C.8.,
Lecturer on Dyeing, etc.. University College. Nottingham.
Chromium was first discovered by Vauquelin in the
year IT'.iT, but bichromate of potash does not appe c
to have been used as a mordant for cotton till 1 B2i i,
by Koechlin, nor as a wool mordant till about
whilst it was not introduced into this neighbourhood
(at Loughborough) till 1850.
Bichromate of potash, or "bi-chrome," is not only
used for its own sake as a mordant, but also as
the starting point for many other chromium com-
pounds. It is, perhaps, hardly necessary to mention
the fact that chromium can play the part of an
acidulous as well as a basilous radical. "Bi-chrome''
is an example of the former, and in thinking about
its use as a mordant, I was led to try to throw some
light on its action, more particularly in wool dyeing ;
viz., to ascertain whether at the end of the mordanting
operation it were still present as " bi-chrome," as
chromic hydrate, or in some intermediate stage of
oxidation. At the same time I wished to ascertain
the influence of temperature, both on the mordanting
and dyeing processes, as well as to notice the effect
of different states of dilution.
A very general idea has been that when wool was
boiled with " bi-chrome" only, a deposition of chromic
hydrate took place upon the fibre ; but the wool
mordanted in this manner does not appear green,
as it would do if there were green bydrated oxide
deposited. That being so, the most natural expla-
nation is that the chromate simply soaks into the
body of the fibre. That this is so is shown by
sulphurous acid giving to a mordanted pattern a
qretn colour. The wool used had been mordanted
in a strong "bi-chrome" lath, being put in cold
and heated up to the boil, the total time of
immersion being an hour-and-a-half. It was then
carefully washed with distilled water till the wash-
waters gave no trace of chromic acid, so that the
greenish hue produced by the reduction could
not be merely a surface colouration. A portion
of this wool was also taken and immersed in a
solution of silver nitrate, and after a little
standing a reddish brown colouration of the wool
took place, which was, no doubt, due to the forma-
tion of silver chromate. After this the remainder
132
Till-: JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL tNDUSTRY. [Feb. a, us?.
of the wool was allowed to stand in distilled water
for a week, and at the end "I that time the water
Bhowed distinctly the presence ol a cbromate, which
had evidently diffused into it from the wool fibre.
The wool itself could still be turned brown by
silver nitrate, as well as give a decided yellow with
a solution of lead acetate and aeetie acid. It was,
tier. loir, mice again washed till the washwater
shewed no traces ol i hromate, and il was once more
allowed to remain in water for a week. At the end
ol this time the liquor and wool were again exam-
ini d, with the result that chromic acid was found in
but, after rewashing at tbe end ■ ■! another
week, the wool retained its power of dyeing yellow
in lead acetate, whilst the diffusion back of the
chromate, with tie- liquor, seemed to have ended.
Besides these tests showing the presence of a
chromate in the wool, the original liquor was
carefully tested for chromium in the state
of a chromic salt, but not the slightest trace
could he detected. This experiment was performed
with an exceptionally large amount of "bichrome"
in the bath, so as to obtain, if possible, a clear result.
These results seem to show, that when wool is mor-
danted with bicbrome alone, no reduction takes place.
In order to confirm this the experiment was repeated
an I another was carried out with acid in the bath. It
was found that when acid was absent, both the liquor
and mordanted pattern gave the same re-actions
as in the previous trial ; whilst in the other ease, in
which sulphuric acid was used in the bath in the pro
portion of 1 molecule of acid to 1 molecule ol bi-
cbrome, a mordanted pattern was obtained, which
bore a distinct green tinge, the liquor gave a pre-
cipitate with dilute ammonia, and also showed the
presence of unchanged chromate. It is, therefore,
evident that in this case we have both acid and
hydroxide on the fibre. I noticed, too, that the pattern
mordanted with bichrome only was much more easily-
washed free from reagent externally than the other,
as if in the latter case the action had been such as to
render it more sponge-like in texture, or else to
thoroughly loosen the imbrications of the fibres by
the oxidation of adhering fat. After this I planned
a somewhat lengthy series of experiments, with the
view of trying the influence of different temperatures
on the mordanting operation, both when the bichrome
was used alone, and also when assisted by sulphuric
acid. I also intended to analyse the liquids, so ;\, to
ascertain the change which had taken place in their
composition. The part relating to chrome alone I
carried out as far as testing the influence of tempera-
ture, but I shall have to adopt different apparatus in
which to mordant so as to obtain accurate compara-
tive analytical results, though with the apparatus
used the analytical results would seem to show that
it is a question of absorption unchanged into the fibre.
To easily obtain accurate comparative results as to
the amount of chromic acid remaining, it will be
necessary to use a liquor of accurately known strength
for mordanting, and perform the operation in a
vessel provided with an inverted condenser. With
regard to temperature you will see that the trials
hav- yielded some interesting and instructive results.
I took six sets of six patterns each. In each set
every pattern was numbered with the same number.
These sets were mordanted in a liquid which con
tailed bichrome in the relation of 3 per cent, of their
weight ; the sets were all entered cold and heated up
to 50", 00°, 70°, 80°, 90° and 100° (J. respectively as
quickly as i ad mordanted for a total period
of an hour-and a-half. These sets, after being
washed, were redistributed into six new sets, in such
a fashion that each pattern in each set was mordanted
at a different temperature, and these sets in their
turn were dyed in a bath of logwood liquor, at the
t. mperatures 50°, 0>0°, 70c, .so-, 90° and 100° <'. rea
pectively. The results, when arranged in order, show
a distinct convergence of col. .in- towards the pattei n
which was both mordanted and dyed at the boiling
fioint. In every case the pattern mordanted at the
lighest temperature gives the best result.
This is an important result, since it shows that a
dyer does not get his best result (in the case of log-
wood) unless he both mordants and dyes at the boii,
ami that in any case mordanting at the 1 oil gives
the lust result with "bichrome." It was also noticed
that no dyeing action took place till about 40 — r>0° C.
The corresponding trials with acid in the bath I have
not yet been able to carry out.
Coming next to the question of dilution. Does a
greater or less amount of dilution affect the final
result, or is it merely a question of the actual
amount of salt in the bath I Siebold (this Journal,
266, 1885) says that it practically does not matter
about dilution, the ratio between wool and mordant
being the mam point. I have not carried out his
experiments afresh, but those I have made go to
prove that both the increase and decrease of strength
have an effect similar to that of the use of larger or
smaller quantities of the chromate ; and if the wool
possesses little or no preferential affinity for the
bichromate this is what might be expected.
When we come to the use of bi-chrome and acid
together, this fact is still more strikingly shown, and
it is easy by mere concentration to overchrome the
pattern, lor instance, whilst lOgrms. of wool mor-
danted with 3 per cent, of its weightof bichromate, and
1 pier cent, of sulphuric acid in lioOcc. of water, gives
a good colour, the same amount of mordant in (iOOcc.
produces an overchromed pattern. These results were
obtained under strictly comparable conditions.
The practical bearing of these experiments is there-
fore to emphasise the influence of temperature on
dyeing results, and also to show that dilution does
require to be taken into account in determining the
percentage of mordant to be used.
What, then, is the best way of using " bi-chrome "1
Experiment has shown that ab( ut 3 per cent, of the
salt (compared with the weight of the wool) is suffi-
cient, under ordinary circumstances, to give a good
blue-black ; but the addition of 1 per cent, of strong
sulphuric acid improves the result ; the reaction which
occurs probably being represented by the following
equation i-lvX'r.O; +H,S04 = K2SO« +2H?Ci04,
since the proportions used are such as to satisfy its
requirements.
It must be noted that this proportion of acid does
not always hold good ; many circumstances will affect
it— e g., very hard water ; or, again, whilst it might
be perfectly right for logwood, it very possibly might
not be suitable to its extract. The presence of
easily reducible substances in the extract may even
do away with the necessity of adding sulphuric acid ;
in fact, may make its ] resence an evil. You will,
therefore, see that the practice of every dyer should
be governed by his special conditions, which may be
carefully ascertained by experiment, and worked
from accordingly. Besides sulphuric acid, tartar is
employed so as to bring about similar results.
Its action is questionable. It may act by neu-
tralising the potash and liberating chromic acid ;
but, probably, whether it does so or not, it also acts
the part of a reducing agent, and so helps the pre-
cipitation of the hydrate on the fibre. This idea is
Supported by the facl that it gives bluer shades
than those produced by ILSO,, and also by the
known fact that oxalic, tartaric and citric acids all
convert soluble chromates into green solutions of
chromium salts with evolution of CO:, and that
freb.28,ite7.] THE JOURNAL OP Tin: SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
133
alcohol and Bugar in presence of on acid will
the same (Omelin). It heroines then a question
whether the i pei tartar may not
by cheaper materials, auch as treacle, glaco
and so obtain like results at a mui b
rate.
For certain classes of Macks the addition of a small
amount of copperas to the bath rives a verj
result; it has the effect of slightly reddening the
black, and probably will counteract the t- ndency
which chrome blacks have of turning green; but
in the hosiery trade such a black is of do
Copper sulphate, on the other hand, has almost
the opposite effect ; and it is possible that about a
quarter per cent, of each would produce a black
which would not show such greening tendencies.
Turning next to the use of chromium salts. These,
more especially chrome alum, if used at all, do not
find a very extended use in the wool-dyeing
industry. Neither the alum nor the sulphate
yield the hydrated oxide in sufficient quantity to
produce deep shades. The ease with which the
bichromate can be used, will stand in the way of any
development of their use on wool, especially as, in the
case of the chrome and acid, there is little doubt that
the result is due to two actions — viz. (1) the
hsematein forms a lake with the precipitated chromic
hydrate; (2) the free or combined chromic acid
oxidises the hematoxylin, and then combines, aftei
its reduction, with the hsematein thus produced.
When we turn to its use in cotton dyeing, we meet
at once with a very different set of conditions.
Cellulose, unlike wool, is a comparatively inert sub-
stance. Whilst in the case of wool the chromic acid
is reduced, either at the expense of the fibre itself or
of unremoved fats, in the case of cotton com-
paratively little action would take place, except such
as led to the disintegration of the fibre ; besides
which, cotton does not possess so great an amount
of elective affinity or absorbing power as wool does.
The principal use of this salt is, therefore, rather to
serve as an oxidising agent or for the formation
of other chromium compounds, than as an actual
mordant for cotton ; e./j., in cutch dyeing, the
cotton, after steeping in the cutch, is passed into a
hot bath of bichromate, tooxidise thecutch, and to pro-
duce the so-called japonic acid. A considerable quan-
tity of chromic hydrate is deposited on the fibre at
the same time, and no doubt influences the shade, but
whether merely by its own colour or as a mordant, is
perhaps questionable, though it will act as a mordant
for other colouring matters. To form chromic salts,
such as nitrate, acetate and aceto- nitrate, etc., biclirome
is, however, largely used ; these salts are formed
by the reduction of the bichromate in presence of a
suitable acid, by some such reducing agent as glucose,
glycerine, alcohol, etc. The object in producing
these bodies is to obtain a chromium salt of
such a nature that it easily yields its oxide to the
fabric, and the more basic it is the more easily
will it di-sociate on dilution, or heating, or both.
The great obstacle to the extended use of chromium
salts in dyeing cotton, has been the difficulty of fixing
a sufficient quantity of the mordant to produce good
shades ; they have, however, been considera My used by
calico printers, being fixed by steaming. For dyeing
purposes, various pi I precipitation have b
proposed, and one of the latest and most successful
consists in steeping the cotton in some chromium solu-
tion, drying, and then passing it through a solution
of carbonate oi soda. The other methods have not
been satisfactory.
More recently, Koechlin (this Journal, 1885, 115)
recommends a mordant prepared by adding excess of
caustic soda to chromic acetate, the goods beiug
passed through this and then thoroughly ■■■
in running water. Schmid has modified this
to obtain it re cheaply, but there is -till the
difficult] of woi king in juch alkaline
will no doubt prevent its general adoption. Mons.
. itij, n ana ' ' louristd Joyr.x I •» .
it of a basic double
nitrate of chromium and calcium, which is easily
ited when sufficiently dilute. Whether this can
d in the cotton-dyeing trade here is a question
for someone practical to settle ; but it pn
because of the presence of the earthy metal
in it, and we know that in certain cases— e-jfy in
alizarin dyeing, there is produced on the fibre a lake
containing lime in its com] osition.
In concluding I would draw your attention to some
very interesting work of Liechti and Suida, of which
an al '.-tract is given in this Journal (1886, 086 — 590),
and which is well worthy of the attention of all
practical men.
Journal ano patent* Literature.
I.- GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS, AND
MACHINERY.
Improved Means of preventing Incrustation "/ certain
farts of Stram Boilers. S. Fox, Leeds. Eng. Pat.
2376, Feb. 18, 1S86. 8d.
This is an appliance for keeping the upper surfaces of
horizontal cylindrical tire-boxes and Hues of boilers clear
from deposit, by the use of scrapers fixed to chains which
are laid across the flues, their ends held down by
weights. The chains are occasionally moved over the flue
from one side to the other by suitable gearing, for the
pnipose of scraping oft' and preventing any accumulation
of deposit. — B.
Improved Apparatus fur indicating or regulating Tem-
perature, Pressure or Volume of confined fluids. J.
Thomson, Glasgow. Eng. Pat. 2520, Feb. 20, 1886.
Sd.
This is a development of a previous patent (J. Murrie,
Eng. Pat. 303, 18S5), in which use is made of a hollow
chamber inserted in the enlarged part of a tube which is
connected to both the liquid and vapour spaces of a
vapour generator. The hollow chamber is fixed at the
height of the ordinary level of the liquid in the generator,
and as its immersion varies with changes in the level of
the liquid, it receives more or less heat, whereby the
tension of the enclosed air is altered and noted on an
outside dial. From this indication the change in the
level of the liquid may be deduced, and the same prin-
ciple can also be applied to other purposes, several of
which are referred to. — B.
An Improvement in Glass Hydrometers. S. A; Calderara
and A. J. Calderara, London. Eng. 1'at. :i-M»4, March
13, 1886. Sd.
THIS refers to' the manufacture of glass bulbs of hydro-
meters by blowing them in moulds with the view to the
production of any desired shape or size of bulbs — 13.
rem
Chancery i.«..v, « — ■
be calculated as follows : —
If the price does not exceed 8d Id.
Above Sd.. and not excecdius Is. 6d... Id.
., Is. 6d., ., ,. 2s. Id... I»d.
■>■=. Id., .. ,. 2k- Id... tid.
134
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. iFcb.28,ias7.
Improvementi in Filtering Funnels. \V. C. Nickels,
London. Eng. Pat 8375, June 25, 1886. 8d.
The improvement consists in making filtering funnels
doutdc, with a Bpace between the two cones, the inner
one, on which the pap t rests, being perforated w ith small
holes, mi as in allow free escape ol the liquid all over.
A. slight vacuum may also lie maintained in the space
between the two cones by artificial means, w Ivich greatly
accelerates the filtering process, without injury to the
paper. B.
II.- FUEL, GAS, AND LIGHT.
Professor Seger's Pyroscopi and Observations on the
Temperatnrt iii the Interior of Gas Retorts. A.
Heintz. Jonrn. f. lias, u. Wasservers. 29, 894.
For description of the applications of the above instru-
ment, see this Journal, 1886, 489-491.
Improvements in Apparatus for the Manufacture of
Artificial Fuel. S. W. Allen and G. Breffit, Cardiff.
Eng. Pat 2807, I eb. 26, ism;. ,s,|.
This invention relates to the di tccation of the materials
used in the manufacture "t the fuel. The desiccating
apparatus is surmounted by a vertical steam pugg, the
central revolving shaft of which is continued downwards
and carries a series of hot tomless saucers or annular
plates. Each saucer (except the top unci has a smaller
inverted saucer interposed between it and the larger
saucer next above. The hot gases from some furnace
of convenient construction are made to ascend through
the desiccator, thus drying the fnel on the saucers. In
operation the raw material is treated in the pugg and let
down through regulated openings on to the topmost
saucer, whence it is scraped by proper scrapers, so as to
fall over the intermediate saucer (which thus acts as a
spreader) on to the larger saucer next below. Falling
thus from saucer to saucer in zig-zag course, the material
may be desiccated to any desired degree. — A. It. 1).
Improvements relating to th< Purification of Illuminating
Gas and other Iliads, and to Apparatus therefor. E.
Lux, Ludwigshafen, Bavaria. Eng. Pat. 15,478, Nov.
26, 1886. 8d.
This invention is based upon the principle of alternately
contracting and expanding the gaseous current, and is
carried out by dividing the said current into several
streams and passing these through scries of chambers
(preferably contiguous to one another), the enclosing walls
of which, being convoluted, continually change tlie sec-
tional area in the direction of the current. It is claimed
that the sudden changes of velocity produced in the
gaseous current by this alternate expansion and contrac-
tion of its channel cause a most complete deposition of
the mechanically carried solid or liquid matters. This
deposition may be aided by the insertion of barHe plates
where the channel is widest A. K. D.
Improvements in the Manufacture, Blending, or Treat-
ment of certain Mineral Hydrocarbons or Compounds of
Hydrocarbons. S. Banner, Liverpool. Eng. Pat. 603,
January 14, 18S6. 6d.
This invention consists in adding any one or more hydro-
carbons of one chemical series, say the paraffins, to any
one or more of the nearly corresponding hydrocarbons of
another series, say the olelines. The specific gravity of
the mixture thus produced is higher than the mean of
those of the separate liquids, and there is a corresponding
improvement in the index of viscosity and the Hashing
point — A. K. D.
Improvements in Incandescence Gas lights. F. L. Rawson,
and T. V. Hughes, London. Eng. I'at. 1195, Jan.
26, 1886. 8d.
THE improvements consist in maintaining a constant
relation between the area of the incandescent material
ami the amount of gas, or gas and air, used in the burner.
This may be done by so connecting the incandescent
envelope witli the tap controlling the gas supply that
the envelope and burner are moved relatively to one
another as desired. The waste heal is used to warm the
air required for the burner A. R. D,
Improvements in Incandescence Has Lights. C. von Buch
London. Eng. Pat 1235, Jan. 27, 1886. 8d.
The inventor uses a framework of platinum win- to
support the material that is to be made incandescent.
In the case of woven or librous material the wire is
introduced into the texture at suitable intervals, the
lower rim of the frame, or projections therefrom being
conveniently attached to the mouth of the burner
-A. R, D.
Improvements in Gas Product rs. F. Radcliffe, l'lumstead.
Eng. Eat. 7-577. June 2, 18S6. Bd.
THE inventoi supplies the producer with fuel from below
by means of a hydraulic ram or screw. The ram works
in a charging-box connected with the bottom of the pro-
ducer, and this box is filled from a spout or hopper.
Before the ram begins its upward stroke the idling
aperture of the box is closed with a slide. When a
charge has been forced into the producer, and the ram is
about to descend, the fuel is prevented from following
by an iron plate which was laid loosely on the ram table
before the charging-box was tilled, and is now caught by
two horizontal bars (which are passed through holes in
the casing) and held till the box is filled again and the
ram ready to begin its upward stroke. The plate is then
drawn out by a suitable slot, and all is ready for the
insertion of another charge.— A. R. D.
Improvements in Apparatus for Distilling or Refining
Mineral Oils. R. Tenet, Musselburgh, X.B. Eng.
Pat. S494, June 29, 1S86. Sd.
This apparatus consists of a horizontal cylindrical vessel
divided by vertical partitions into a number ot compart-
ments corresponding to the number of stages of the
distillations to which the oil is to be subjected. To lake
one modification for example, the cylinder is divided
into live compartments, and the oil is fed into the central
one for the first stage. Alter this it passes, by any suit-
able connections, to the two adjacent compartments for
the second stage, and from these to the two outer or end
compartments for the third stage. From these it is
transferred to ordinary coking stills. The transference
of the oil from compartment to compartment may be
either continuous or periodical, and may be accomplished
I'V gravitation only or by thcaid of steam pressure. The
graduation of the heat employed in the distilling process
may be attained by placing the fires under the ( nd com-
partments and using the lire gases lirst to heat the
intermediate compartments and then the central one.
i h a separate lire may be placed to each compartment
and regulated as required.— A, R. 1>.
An Improved Method and Apparatus for rendering a
Liquid Hydrocarbon Gaseous. Jas. Boots, London.
Eng. Pat. 13,967, August 16, 1886. 8d.
A CYLINDER, having a tightly-fitting piston, is provided
with an inlet and an outlet valve. Air and benzidine in
suitable proportions are drawn into the cylinder by one
stroke of the piston, and. bj the next, are forced out
again into and through a vessel packed with line wire
gauze, asbestos, cotton, or the like. This packing ensures
the line division of the hydrocarbon, and si materially
aids in impregnating the air with the vapours thereof.
Other hydrocarbons besides benzidine may be used.
With the heavier ones the aid of heat is required,
-A. K. D.
Feb. 28, 1887.1 THE .TOrUXAL OF THE SOCIETY OK CHEMICAL tNDUSTRY.
13.'.
Improvements in the Purification uf CoalGas and in
Apparatus therefor, t/u tame being in part applicable
for the Preparation of Caustic Ammonia ■
W. Young, Peebles. Eng. Pat 16..052, Bept 29, 1886.
Is. 3d.
This ia an improvement on the known processes for osing
ga- li.jm»r to purify coal-gas. By these, as hitherto con-
ducted, gaa liquor is heed from its carbonic acid and
sulphuretted hydrogen by being raised to a temperature
nome what below 100 C. The remaining caustic ammonia
solution is used to absorb the acid gases from a fiesb
portion of coal-gas by being passed through a Bcrubber
in a direction opposite to tiie tlow of the gas. The chiei
specific gravity of OS'.'O to 0900, and repreaei
mixture of several fractions. More than 50 pel i
bakuol can 1 btained from the crude ofl of Baku,
.- the yield of kerosene, which is usual!
for illuminating purposes, does not ex© n cent.
For determining the illuminating power of bakuol,
different kinds were burned in a common German lamp,
and their lighting effect was measured by a B
photometer. At the same time commercial ken
camined under precisely the same conditions, and
it was found that the bakuols were decidedly preferable
to kerosenes as illuminating agents. The following
table contains the results of the experiments
1
2
3
1
5
6
8
9
10
11
1-'
13
Spsi ran or Oil.
Oil Fine (Xobell
Kerosene (Schibajewl ..
„ (Mirzojewl . .
(Hopes)
Astrolin
Pyronaphtha iKordigl . .
,. (Ragosin)
Bakuol No. 1
No. 2
No.3
No. 4
1
Kufsian Pouuda per Hour.
Specific GiMity
jti:
Flashing Point
at 76Ciiiiu.
Effect it- 1
units.
u >■. i.m« ForCandle-
For the Lamp. umts
0-8218
29-5
900
0-0667
00074
0-808
32 0
865
0 0720
0-0083
0-8300
270
920
0-0670
00073
0-8225
27-0
861
00662
00077
08125
32-0
7S5
00690
0-0088
n-l-S
350
9-25
00650
0-0079
0-8408
57 D
820
0-0687
00083
0-8457
470
7-70
0-0658
00085
0-8508
730
7-30
0-0610
0DO83
08280
36D
7-4C
0-0588
00080
0-8310
375
10-40
0-0633
0-0060
0-8300
395
984
00633
0-0064
0-S310
495
8-30
0-0675
0-0081
objections to these processes are that at ordinary pressure
the temperature that is required to drive off the carbonic
acid and sulphuretted hydrogen is very apt to drive off
the ammonia also, and that the ammonia solution enter-
ing the scrubber and meeting the comparatively pure gas
leaving the same, is also very apt to part with ammonia,
which goes forward with the gas and has to be scrubbed
out again with water. The patentee obviates these
difficulties by conducting the operation under a pressure
of from 30 to 501b. This pressure raises the solubility
of the ammonia far more than that of the carbonic acid
and sulphuretted hydrogen, and so enables much stronger
gas liquor to be dealt with. In the subsequent operation
the caustic ammonia solution is caused to pass through
the scrubber in the same direction as the gas. By this
means the strongest ammonia liquor is brought into
contact with the crudest gas, and the less volatile car-
bonates and sulphides formed at once. For particulars
uf the elaborate apparatus with which the patentee carries
out his invention, the specification with it- drawings must
be consulted. — A. R. 1».
An Improvement in the Purification of Coal-Gat, 11.
Bowater, Cradley. Fng. Pat 2892, Nov. '2, 1886. 4d.
The gas is passed through a heated passage, and the
higher the temperature to which it is raised the more
perfect is the realisation of the advantages claimed.
These are chieffy : That inferior coal can be made to yield
gas of the best quality; that t lie hydraulic purification
may be dispensed with ; and that all noxious smells are
destroyed. — A. K. D.
The table on next page contains the fractions, with
their specific gravities, of four different kinds of kerosenes
and bakuols.
Considering the great illuminating power, combined
with the high-flashing test of the bakuols, and principally
the greater yield of bakuol to be obtained from crude oil,
the author expresses the hope that petroleum distillers
will find it more profitable to manufacture bakuol from
Caucasian petroleum, than to .listil the latter for kero-
sene after the American fashion. — S. H.
On Pyrcnc. E. Bamberger and M.
3036-3040.
Philip. Ber. 19,
III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION. TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Vn Russian Bakuols. J. Jlimow. Chem. Xeit. 10-
1458— 146a
MSNDELEJEFF gave the name of bakuol to a product of
di-tillation of the Caucasian petroleum, which had the
In a previous communication (this Journal, 1886. 595 it
was shown that by the oxidation of pyrenic acid,
naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid c:ill.i >. is obtained. In
treating a large quantity of this acid, a » cond oxidation
product is obtained, forming long orange needle- with a
vitreous lustre melting at 191 . Owing to the want of
material, however, the investigation of this substance could
not be pursued. When naphthalenetet rat acidis
gradually heated to 150—170*, two molecules of water are
liberated with formation or naphthalenetetracarboxylic
dianhydride C- B<(CO.O.CO)* This substance crystal-
iii glacial acetic acid in white lustrous needle-.
Naphthalenetetracarboxylic acid therefore contains two
pairs of carboxyl group- in ortho-position, a circum-
stance which receives confirmation by the formation of
naphthalenetetracarboxylic diim ide C : , FI , •. i. >. N H . l » > ■_
from the dianhydride by treatment with ammonia. ' m
oxidising pyrene ketone C, II .« '. prepared by distilling
pyrenic acid with lime, a dibasic acid t 11 C< K 'II . i-
obtained which is decomposed into naphthalene and
carbonic anhydride when distilled with lime. This acid
melt- at 265°, yield- a characteristic imide, and appears
to be identical with the naphtbalic acid obtained by
Behr and Van Dorp from acenaphthene. By determining
TIM-: JOURNAL OF Till' SOCII'TY OK cHKMICAL IXIH'STKY. |k.-i.. -_*.-. iss7.
rftion "t the acid groups in naphthalic acid the
authors expect to decide the constitution of pyrene.
D. B
■ mi nts in the Man ufacture of ( 'okefor Mi tallurgi-
cal Purposes. II . Barclay and ft. Simps Harrington
Iron Works, Cumberland. Eng. Pat. 2307, Oct. 28,
IS36. 6d.
'l"ii i coal to be coked is put through a suitable disinte-
grator and mixed with 4 or ."> percent, of slaked lime in
liiif powder. The coke produced is less friable and more
or steam to about 8— 9C C, and then, whilst well
stirring, the nitrite gently run in through lead funnels
winch reach to the bottom of the vat. This requires
about two hours, after which two carboys of hydro-
chloric acid arc added to each vessel.
Reduction and Saturation with Hydrogen Sulphide. —
I resh, moist, " soda waste " supplies the latter, and can
be measured conveniently in a wooden pail to hold
abont 35kilos. "waste." Two such pails of "waste"
are required to expel excess of nitrons acid from all
three vats ; .' pail is added at a time to each vat, whilst
1 i: k< nONS,
Percentage of Fractions.
KEBOSEKE8, BAXUOLa
"0.
Nobel. Schibajew.
Mirzojew.
A>tr
No. 1. No. 2.
No. J.
No 4,
From 120' to 150*
8-0 1-8
232 23-7
253 217
2.V5 260
18-0 238
4-5
256
231
273
18-7
2-1
2fS
L'l-7
32-7
IS 1
2 0 3-6
115 175
27-5 1S-0
27 B 31-7
282 28-6
11
106
17 7
27-2
399
11
71
138
328
11-9
.. 150 ., ISO
.. ISO ., 210
„ 210 „ 250
Above 250'
FiucnoNa
•C.
From 120" to 150
Specific Gravity of tiif
Kerosene-.
Fractions at 17-5' C.
Bakcols.
Nobel.
-
U ii i Jew
&strotin.
No. 1.
No. 2
No. 3.
07723
0-7971
08162
0 8370
0 8599
No. 4.
070611
07925
0-S125
0-8?55
08573
07613
07915
08137
0 8355
0-85S0
07698
0-7855
0-S075
0-S260
08177
0-7579
0 7720
07832
0-7981
08230
07839
07933
08152
0-8315
08580
07701
07990
08175
0-8350
0-8592
07S52
07967
01121
0S3I5
08585
,. 150 ,. ISO
.. ISO .. 210
., 210 „ 250
Above 250'
compact in structure than that made in the ordinary way.
This invention is onlv applicable to ovens of the Dee hive
type.— A. R.D.
IT.— COLOURING MATTEES AND DYES.
The Manufactun of Methyleni Blue. Otto Miihihauser.
Dingl. Polyt. J. 262, 371—379.
THE two processes in use for the manufacture of
methylene blue are based upon two reactions, the one
discovered by Caro in lbTii being the oxidation of
dimethylparaphenylenediamine in acid solution in the
presence of hydrogen sulphide ; the other, described by
Uehler in 1882, being the oxidation of a base containing
sulphur, and which is obtained by treating a strong sul-
phuric acid solution of nitrosodimethylaniline with
sulphuretted hydrogen.
Process with "Soda Waste."
The apparatus for the raw colour consists of two series
of three w len vats, the npperone provided with cover
with manhole, stirrers, and draught connected with the
Hue for the removal of gases i also two sets of three
biter boxes. For the purification, there are two vats
for the extraction and two for the precipitation of the
colours, and the requisite filters. The vats each hold
about :iuoo litres (660 gallons).
Nitrosodimethylaniline Solution. — Into each vat 1-00
litre* of water are run and a mixture of dimcth.s laniline
hydrochloride added. Tins mixture is made by diluting
a carboy of hydrochloric acid with SO litres of water in
an enamel pan, and well stirring into this lOkilos.
dimethylanilinc. Each \at is also provided with a
vessel with run-off cock in which 6'6kilos. nitrite of soda
an- dissolved in about 150 litres of water. The tempers
ture of the solulion in the vats is regulated by ice
stirring well. Thereupon two more carboys hydro-
chloric acid are added to each batch, and a pailtul of
" waste " thrown in, and then the stirrers thrown out of
gear so that the evolution of gas can take place slowly
and regularly. With pauses of 14 to 2 nours, 4 to 5
pails altogether of " waste " are added, and the reduc-
tion is then complete, a drop of the solution on filter
paper no longer showing the yellow nitrosoedge. Dur-
ing this operation the colour of the liquor changes from
yellow, through dark green, brown, black, blue, and
red to a milky white, and the temporal pre rises about
o -viz., from l(i to 21 .
The Oxidation, — For this purpose a solution of ferric
chloride of riti to 117 sp. gr., containing '20— -1 per
cent. Fe ,< 1 . . is added in slight excess to the solution
in the vats. The odour of II S must then entirely have
disappeared, and the liquid must appear deep blue, also
the clear solution from a sample precipitated with salt
and zinc chloride should give a slight blue colouration with
ferrocyanideof potassium. The colour thus formed is then
salted out with ISOkilos. rough salt and about -.'okilos. of
zinc chloride solution, containing 44 to 49 per cent.
ZnCl, ( 1 •"> sp. gr.). A drop on filter paper must show
blue flakes on a red ground. The filtration is then pro-
ceeded with, stirring constantly, and takes two or
three hours. The raw colour collects on the doubled
woollen tillers, the red mother liquor runs into the lower
series of vats for further treatment, and in the ton vats
there remains a residue, which is washed with the
water to be used afterwards for the purification. The
red filtrates are kept well stilting, and into each vat
l2kilos. of zinc-dust, made into a paste with water, are
added every 10 minutes— an iron ladleful at a time.
Hydrogen sulphide is given oil, and the solution be-
comes colourless, A cat hoy of ferric chloride I - TOkilos. )
is then addid. ami the colour which precipitates at once
filtered off. This is termed the tine-colour. The filtrates
arc allowed to run away.
(M>. 28,1881] THE JOLTvXAL OF THE SOCfETV OF CHEMICAL [NDtTSTRY.
137
I'm •ifieation.— The nur colour from six vats, con-
sisting of methylene bine "waste" residue, sulphur.
:m<l other impurities, is well -lirrcd up in the npper
purification vat, with water which baa been warmed
to -J, and to which 18kilos. ferric chloride solution
have been added. After standing 12 hours
rotation is syphoned off on to t lie filters, the nitrate
precipitated with 200kiioe. sail and 30kiloe
chloude solution, and the colour then filtered off.
A second liquor, containing another lskilos. f<
chloride, is taken oil tin- residue of the raw colour anil
treated exactly as the Bret one. A third extraction is
then made, using only Skill B. ferric chloride; from this
the | in rest and stroDge i colour is obtained. It is seldom
necessary to make a fourth extraction. The residue of
the raw colour is then stirred up in a halt vat fill of
water with lokilos. hydrochloric aeid. and heated to the
boil, sulphurous acid is given off, and I he liquid becomes
pale or even colourless ; 30kilos. ferric chloride are then
added and the whole solution filtered into the lower vat,
where other Skilos. ferric chloride are stirred in. and Ihe
colour thrown down with I50kilos. rough salt and !
30kilos zinc chloride. This is the weakest colour. The
zinc-colour from six hatches is put in the boiling-up \at
anil well stirred with cold water, and after 12 hours rest
filtered into the lower vessel where the colour is thrown I
down with lOkilos. ferric chloride, ISOkilos. salt and
30kilos. zinc chloride, and then filtered off. Instead of
a second extraction this residue is generally boiled up
with the residue from the raw colour. The purified
colour thus obtained is allowed to drain well on the
filters, and then is stirred up with cold water until the
colour just begins to dissolve ; the resulting thick
paste is drained in filter bags, wrapped up in Btrong
calico cloths and pressed in the hydraulic press. The
cakes are cut up and dried on zinc trays in a stove .
heated to about 60°. The yield of colour obtained as
above is about 5 to Skilos. per vat.
Process with Zimc Sulphide.
When hydrogen sulphide is passed into sulphuric
acid of -10 — 50 B., precipitation of sulphur takes place,
according to the two following equations : II' mi,- II S
=SO,- S+H,OandSOs 2H2S-=2HtO+3S
When these reactions take place in the presence of sul-
phate of nitrosodiniethylaniline a colourless base con-
taining sulphur is formed, which on oxidation yields
methylene blue. The nitrosodimetbylaniline is made in
three enamelled iron vessels of 400 litres capacity, pro-
vided with stirrers and cooling jacket, by stirring
lOkilos. dimethylaniline into Tokilos. sulphuric acid of
Jo B. [23 strong acid to 50 water), cooling with
ice to 0 to 8° and running in slowly a solution of I
6"25kilos. NaNOs in 30kilos. water, whilst stirring well.
When this reaction is complete lTokilos. of 60° I!, sul-
phuric acid (150 strong acid to 22"5 water) are poured
into eacii vat. During both operations the temperature
must not rise above 1- . The contents are then blown
by air pressure into three iron vessels of 1500 lilies
capacity, provided with covers, pressure gauge, man-
hole, cooling jacket, draught pipes for removal of ease-,
and stirrers, which, like the vessels, are covered with
lead. Whilst well stirring, lOOkilos. of finely ground
dry zinc sulphide are gradually added, the temperature
being kept at about 20—25°. When all the snlphide
has been put in, the vessels are closed and the contents
digested at 35 -40 until the solution has become
colourless. The contents of the three vessels are then
blown into a settling vat holding about 3000 litres, well
mixed and allowed to stand for 12 hours. The solution
is then filtered oil' from the sulphur, etc., the latter afti r-
wards boiled up with Skilos. sulphuric acid anil 1000 litres
water, allowed to settle and tillered. The united
filtrates after oxidation are salted out. and otherwise
treated as before described. The colour obtained in
this manner is much stronger than that yielded by the
"soda waste " process. — T. L. B.
Method /or the Spectroscopieal Investigation of Tar-
colours. V. Schoop. Dingl. lVlyt. J. 262, 424—427.
Tut method of testing the stiength of dye-stuffs by test-
dyeing requires great practice, and even theu it is diffi-
cult in manj cases to determine differences of five pet
with anything like accuracy. The investigations
of H \ ierordl and G. Kttiss have rendered il possibh to
nine with accuracy and rapidity the amount of
,-,,!, urine matter in :i solution. The basis of Iheir
method is as follows : Every substance can only absorb
those rays of light which have the el rate of vibration
OW n molecules. Ore, in the spec
Hum of the lighl reflected bj it. absorption-bands in
in places. With lighl fi the Fame source, the
irption-band is the darker the greater the amount of
absorbing (coloured] substance i- contained in the unity
of space, and the relation between the lighl absorption
and the quantity of colouring matter is a very simple
on.'. If ;ili of the rays of a beam of light pass through
a I cm. thick stratum of colour solution, a second similar
stratum will allow only Mb of this Mb to pass through
it, and so on. The same result is obtained if, instead of
the light passing through two such layers of solution, it
passes through one Ia> i r of solution of double stn ngth ;
in each case the amount of colour is the same. There-
fore, if the amount of light which passes through a 1 .in.
thick layer of a solution containing, say, one milligramme
of ...lour in the litre, be equal to ... then the amount of
light which passes through an .Mime- so concentrated a
solution, is b = «' (where .<• equals the number of milli-
grammes of colouring matter in one litre solution), or
logh xlogaotx log b: log a. The quantities a and
6 'are easily and quickly obtained by the spectroscope.
Scboop's iiistiument consists of a tube with slit, prism,
ami telescope, which is so arranged that any position in
the spectrum can be examined and determined. The
slit i- in two halves, the upper movable and the lower
lixed, and immediately in front of the latter is a vessel
with parallel glass sides 1cm. apart, for the solution to
be tested. When in use. by regulating the height of the
solution in this vessel, two spectra are obtained, one of
the source of light, and the other the absorption spec-
trum of the solution. The darkest part of the latter is
then found, and the movable slit regulated until the
amount of light in each spectrum is equal. The amount
of movement is shown on a drum connected with the
micrometer screw, and serves as measure for the inten-
sitv of the light, that admitted by the fixed part of the
slit being taken as unity. Having in this way deter-
mined the intensity of light d r a normal solution of any
colour, a similar determination for the solution to be
tested, with the use of the above formula, gives the
amount of colour contained in it. It is advisable to
regulate the concentration of the solutions so that about
00—70 i ei cut. of the total light only is absorbed. The
apparatus can be used to detect commercial mixtures of
two or more colours, as also to determine the end of the
reaction in the formation of colouring matters, such as
in the magenta and blue melts, etc.— T. L. 1!.
Toluene- di-sulphonic Acids. 1'. Klason. Ber. 19,
■jssy—osoo.
By heating toluene-m-sulphonic acid with fuming sul-
phuric acid, two isomeric di-sulphonic acids are formed
which can be separated by the different solubilities of
their barium salts.
The first is identical with the so-called '•.-, acid
isolated by Hakansson (Ber. 5, 108S) from the mother-
liquors obtained in the preparation of the a-di-snlphoiiic
acid by further sulphonation of toluene p-sul phonic
acid. Its barium salt i-ll, mi ,Ba-l H,0 18 a crystal-
line powder : 100 parts of water at 15 dissolve 3*9 parts
of the anhydrous salt, The potassium salt i II (SO K .
ll.ii forms readily soluble crystals. The chloride is
sparingly soluble in ether and crystallises from carbon
disiilphide in rhombic tables melting at 96°. The amide
is sparingly soluble in water, and melts at 224".
The second di-sulphonic acid is identical with the acid
obtained by Limpricht and Rfchter [Ber. 18- 2177)by
rc.lu.tion of the iodo-toluene-di-sulphonic acid, formed
by snlphonation of p-toluidine-w-sulphonic acid, diazo-
ti'sation, and treatment with 111. Its barium salt
t .11. (SO») Ba :;;.ll.ii forma easily soluble prisma The
chloride melts at !»."> and the amide at 214 .
138
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IFeb. 28. is>7.
The author also shows thai the di-sul-
phonic acid of Sen hofer I irm. 164, 129)
dned by direct sulphonation of toluene is identical
with tin- abovi led a-acid. Hence 5 isomeric
toluene di-sulphonic acids are at present known.
— A.C G.
Formation of Aniline and Diphenylamine from I'i
V. Men and P. Muller. Ber. 19. 2901 2917.
The following i- a summary of the authors' results ■
On heating a mixture oi phenol and ammoniacal /inc
chloride to a temperature of about .".">() , aniline and
diphenylamine are obtained, the yield amounting to
7d per cent, of the weight of phenol employed. When
Bal ammoniac is added to the mixture, the reaction takes
place at a lower temperature, and the yield of amines is
increased. The best results are obtained at 330°. The
main reaction is completed in twenty hours, and the
yield in tin- case is more than 80 per cent of the weight
of phenol used. A small amount of carbonaceous matter
is invariably formed. Its quantity increases considerably
when the temperature is carried above 340—350°, As to
the ratio of aniline and diphenylamine in the product of
the reaction, it is shown that the quantity of the latter
increases with a diminution in the amount of ammoniacal
zinc chloride and sal ammoniac, it the temperature and
period of heating he increased. On heating diphenyl-
amine with sal-ammoniac, or preferably sal-ammoniac
and ammoniacal zinc chloride, aniline is formed. AVhen
phenol is heated with zinc oxide and sal-amrnoniac it
yields aniline and diphenylamine, although the amount
is less than in the case of ammoniacal zinc chloride.
The zinc oxide may he replaced by magnesia, in which
case the yield is still further lednced. Sal-ammoniac
per sc has little or no action on phenol at 350\ At a
temperature of 400 , however, the action is more ener-
getic, with formation of aniline and diphenylamine.
Concentrated hydrochloric acid does not act on diphenyl-
amine at 300'. At 320 a large proportion is decomposed
into aniline and phenol. — D. B.
On the Constitution of Safranine. R. Xietzki. Ber. 19,
3017—3022.
Tiik author supplements his earlier work on this suhject,
and discusses the formula lately proposed by Andresen
and Bernthsen — viz. :
II X.t'.M.
C II .K
i
HN.cys,
N and
IFX.c.ll
CI
II.XA',11;
One XH5 group of (pheno-) safranine can he readily
diazotised, and is eliminated by boiling with alcohol".
The product (',.11, X is a dyestuff of bluer shade
than safranine, and has no fluorescence in alcoholic
solution.
It dissolves in concentrated II. sn^ with yellowish-
brown colour, which on dilution iirM becomes green and
then red. It forms a well-crystallised double zinc
chloride. Its mono-acetyl derivative is violet, and yields
yellow crystalline salts.
The second Ml. group can only be diazotised in
Btronglj acid solution; on decomposition of the product
with alcohol a base 1b obtained which, although as yet
not analysed, is in all probability the true mother-
substance or basis of safranine. It is reddish-violet,
and dissolves in dilute or concent rate, 1 acids with a
yellow colour. The same colour reactions arc shown by
di-acetyl Bafranine, or the mono-acetyl derivative of the
baseC, II N , in which the NHa groups, though not
removed, are neutralised by acetyl.
By oxidation of lmol. of symmetrical di-alkylp-
phenylene diamine, with 2mols. of aniline, or of equal
nod,, of p-phenylene diamine, di-alkyl aniline, and
aniline, isomeric di-alkyl Balranini tai 1.
Both products allow themselves to be readily con-
verted into blue di-acid diazo-compounds. The explana-
tion of these facts bv either of the above formula- appears
to oiler some difficulty.— A. G. G.
Improvements in the Production of Mixed Azo-colours.
C. A. Martius, Berlin, Germany. Eng. Pat. "2213,
Februarj L5, ism;. 6d.
THE inventor has discovered that when salts of tetia/o-
dipheny] and it- homologues act upon amines and
phenols or their sulphonic acids, only one molecule of
these compounds combines in the first place with one
molecule, .1 the tetrazo-salt, leaving one dia/o-group free,
so thai combination is possible with a second molecule
of the same or a different amine, phenol or sulphonic
acid. By this means a Beriee of bi ndary azo-colonrs,
containing similar or dissimilar radicle-, can be prepared,
a li-t ,-f available amines, phenols, sulphonic and ear-
boxylic acid- being given in the specification. The
general process of manufacture consists in condoning
one molecule of the tetrazo salt with one molecule of the
amine, phenol, etc., and then combining this inter-
mediate product with the second molecule of the amine
or phenol. The following examples of mixed azo colours
are given :— (1) Tetrazodiphenyl, a-naphthol-sulphonic
acid and a-naphthylamine sulphonic acid ; a brown
violet. (2) Tetrazodiphenyl, /3-naphthol-disolphonic
acid It and /i-naphthylamine-sulphonic acid. (3) Tetrazo-
ditolyl, a-naphthol-sulphonic acid and fi-naphthol-suT-
phonic acid It. (-1) Tetrazoditoh 1, a-naphtiiol-cisnlphonic
acid and /3-naphthol. (5) Tetrazodiphenyl, sulphanilic
acid and salicylic acid ; dyes cotton yellow from a soap
hath (6) Same constituents as in last sample, hut order
of combination reversed. (7) The sulphanilic or salicylic
acid of ;> and ti replaced by amidobenzoic acid. (S)
Naphthionic acid replaced by amidobenzoic acid. (9)
Tetrazodiphenyl-sulphonic acid, /S-naphtbylamine and
(3-naphthyIamine-snlphonic acid. (10) Tctrazoditolyl-
disulphonic acid, a- and /9-naphtbylamines. — K. M.
Preparation of Pararnidodiphenyl-sulphonic Arid. T.
Carnelly, Dundee. Eng. Tat. 3890, March 10, 1SSG. 6d.
This acid is prepared by treating henzidine with four
times its weight of ordinary oil of vitriol and heating the
mixture to ISO1 0. for about 30 minutes. The product,
when cool, is mixed with water, and the precipitated
acid collected and washed. This sulphonic acid can be
used for the preparation of azo-dyes according to the
known processes. — It. M.
Process f»r the Production of Azo-colours from Urtho-
sulpho- or Orthocarbo- Acid of Benzidine. C. I*. Abel,
London. From the "Actiengesellscbait fur Anilin
Fabrication," Berlin, Germany. Eim. Pat 13,780,
Oct. 27, 1886. 6d
Ttik acids referred to in this specification are prepared
by reducing metanitrobenzene-sulphonic and metanitro-
benzoic acid in alkaline solution with zinc dust, whereby
hydrazo-coinpounds are tirst produced, and these, by the
action of acids, are converted into the isomeric henzidine-
disulphonic or diearhowlic acid, just in the same manner
as benzidine is produced from hydrazobenzene. These
two acids can then be used for the preparation of azo-
colours, of which the following are given as examples : —
1 1 | Benridine-disulphonicacid (diazotised) and p-naphthol,
a yellowish red : (2) the same tetrazo-compound and
a-naphthol-sulphonic acid, a bluish red : (3) the same
tetrazo-compound and diphenylamine : (-4) the same
tetrazo-compound and a-naphthylamine; (5) the same
tetrazo-compound and naphthionic acid ; (6) benzidine
dicarboxylic acid (diazotised) and a-naphthol-sulphonic
acid, bluish re.l : (7) the same tetrazo-compound and a-
and 8-naphthylamine-sulphonic acid, yellowish brown. —
R. M.
Improvements in !/*■ Manufacture of Colouring Matters,
and Vehicle therefor. A. M. Clark, London. From
lb. A. Midler-Jacobs, New York, U.S.A., through
W'irth & Co., Frankfort on-Main, Germany. Eng.
Pat 2878, I eh. 27, L886. Ed.
Tills invention is carried out by first preparing a neutral
resin soap, dissolving in water, and precipitating by
adding a solution of zinc or aluminium sulphate, or any
Feb. as, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
130
other salt of a metal. The precipitate i> washed and
dried, and then forma a fine powder consisting of the
"resinate of zinc, alumininm, etc. This "resinii
i> coloured by adding a colour solution to the solution ol
the soap, or to the solution of the metallic Ball before
precipitation, or by washing the dry powder with an
aqueous or alcoholic solution of the colour. The coloured
reeinates are said to be soluble in benzene, carbon di-
Bulphide, etc., oils and oil varnishes, and ran be applied
fur varnishes, printing inks, dyeing and printing, etc.
— K. M.
A 1 tin- Production of Mixed . I
from the Diamido Combinations of the Ett
Diphenol. t'. A. Martins, Berlin, Germany. Eng.
Pat. 7283, M;i; 31, 1886. Gd.
The patentee has discovered that the diamido-deriva-
tives of dimethoxy- and diethoxy-dipheny] may be used
for the production pi mixed azo colours in a manner
similar to benzidine and its homologues. The colouring
matters are produced by combining iir>t 1 molecule of
an amine, phenol, or their sulphonic or carboxylic acids,
with the tetrazo-salt of the methoxy-base, and then
combining this intermedial" product with 1 molecule of
the same or a different amine, phenol, etc. Two
examples of the process are given, 1. Tetrazodiethyl-
diphenol-ether is combined with 1 molecule of
/3-naphtholdisulphonic acid (R) [Ber. 17. 4G2 : see
also this Journal, 1SS4, -45), and the product
is then combined with 1 molecule of a-naphtbolmono-
Bulphonic acid, when a hlue colouring matter is pro-
duced. 2. In the preceding example the a-naphtholsul-
phonate is replaced by an equivalent quantity of Bodiurn
naphtbionate, when a violet colour is formed. The
sulphonic acids of the inethoxy- or ethoxy-base may be
used instead of the bases themselves. — R. M.
VI.-
V.-TEXTI1ES : COTTON. WOOL, SILK. Etc.
An Improved Manufacture of Artificial Silk-like FUa-
'■' icovs Liquids, uml Apparatus for that
mirpose. Comte H. de Cbardonnet, Besancon Doubs,
Prance. Eng. Pat 2211, Feb. 15, 1SS6. 8d
THIS invention relates to the manufacture of artificial
filaments resembling silk, by forcing, at a pressure of
•J to :; atmospheres, a viscous solution of cellulose-
nitrate in ether-alcohol through a line jet made of glass,
and subsequently through a current of water, where it
solidities. The "filament is seized by a delicate pair of
pincers and led over a reel or bobbin. — E. J. B.
Improvement* in Waterproofing Fabrics. G. F. Red-
fern, London. From E. t'hevallot, Bordeaux, France.
Eng. Fat. 30°.">, March 4, 1S86. 6d.
The fabrics or other material to be treated are passed
through a hath containing soap and a compound of
casein and lime. When thoroughly saturated they are
withdrawn, and freed from excess of the solution by
passing them between rollers. They are then dipped in
a bath of acetate of alumina, afterwards immersed in
boiling water, or dried and hot pressed. Full directions
are given for the preparation of the different baths em-
ployed.— E. J. B.
Improvements relating (■• the Treatment of Fibre, and to
tli>: Manufacturi oj Imitation Straw Plait thei
C. and .1. Halter, Mellingen, Switzerland. Ell'. Pat
14,(547, Nov. 12, 1886. 4d.
The imitation straw plait is made from the flat ribbon-
like hast of the Raphia. The lihrc is boiled in a weak
solution of caustic soda, washed, treated with dilute
hydrochloric acid, and again washed. The fibre is then
cut into narrow strips, which are tied together and
wound upon bobbins. If desired, the strips can he
bleached with hydrogen peroxide. The strips are then
made into a round or Hat plait in the ordinary manner.
The plaits may be made upon cotton or other threads, or
upon brass or Bteel wire in order to render them suf-
ficiently still'.-E. J. B.
-DYEING. CALICO PRINTING. PAPER
STAINING. AND BLEACHING.
Improvements in Dyeing Tissut and other Papei
in Apparatus therefor. •! I letcher, Stoneclongb, Man-
chester. Eng. Pat 13,598, Oct 25, 1886. 6cf.
Ill rHBBTO, owing to the manner in which pulp for tissue
paper has Keen dyed, there has been a very considerable
waste of colouring matter, and also a want <f
brilliancy in the coloured paper produced. This patent
relates to mechanical arrangements for dyeing paper after
manufacture, by pressure, which forces the colouring
agent through the fibres of the paper. -1 i the same time
it is claimed that, besides being more i Domical, this
method produces richer and darker colours than is
[ ii.le when paper pulp is dyed in the engine.
' — H. A. i:.
VIL— ACIDS, ALKALIS, AND SALTS.
Manufacture of Potassium Sulphati and Ammonium
Chloride from Potassium Chloridt and Ammonium
Sulphate. K. Schmidtbom. Chem. Zcit. 10, 1499.
Mutual Decomposition of the /.'"- Mai l'he appa-
ratus consistsof a large round lead-lined tank, which is pro-
vided with a false bottom, covered with filter cloth, a
mechanical agitator, and a leaden steam coil. 2J tons
of ammonium sulphatearepnt into the tank and dissolved
in water to a solution of 1142 sp. gr. This i- heated
to a boil, and while the boiling is kept up, an equivalent
quantity of potassium chloride (95 — 97 per cent.
Kl'li is gradually added, and the agitator set in
motion. The mutual decomposition commences at once,
ami potassium sulphate is precipitated in an amorphous
state. In the short time of 10 minutes after the addition
of all the potassium chlorite, the decomposition is com-
plete, when the agitation is discontinued, and the mix-
ture allowed to settle for one hour.
Production of Potassium Sulphate and its Purification.
—The hot liquor is then run through a tap at the bottom
into a lead-lined cooling vessel, whilst the precipitate of
potassium sulphate remains in the tank on the filter cloth,
where it is systematically washed with warm water,
until it only contains up to a half per cent, of ammonium
salt~. In this manner 70 per cent, of the total potassium
sulphate is directly recovered. The washings are
employed for dissolving new quantities of ammonium
sulphate.
Treatment of the Filtered Liquor.— The liquor in the
cooling vessel is allowed to crystallise, yielding another
crop of potassium sulphate, which is purified by washing
wi'h water. The mother-Honor is concentrated until
potassium sulphate is plentifully salted out ; and the
salts thus obtained are washed, together with those left
on the filter of the dissolving vessel. The hot concen-
trated liquor is filtered and alio ved to crystallise slowly.
After several days the mother-liquor is run into a
reservoir, and boiled down along with other liquors of
the same origin. The crystals obtained consist of two
different layers, which are quite distinct from each other,
and are easily separated. The top layer, about three-
fifths of the total bulk, consists of "4 per cent, ammonium
chloride, and 6 per cent, foreign salts, principally potas-
sium sulphate and chloride, and sodium sulphate ami
chloride, whereas the bottom layer is composed of 78
per cent, ammonium chloride and 2'J per cent potassium
sulphate. The top crystals are pure enough to be further
purified by washing, whilst lie- bottom -alls are treated
with the washings of the potassium sulphate obtained at
a previous stage of the process. These washings, con-
taining both ammonium chloride and potassium sulphate,
are heated to 100 t'., and the crystals, p laced in perfo-
rated drums, are suspended in the hot liquor. The ammo-
nium chloride dissolves almost immediately, whilst
potassium Bulphateis only sparely dissolved and is left
behind on the drums in a state to be easily purified by
washing. The hot washings, after cooling, deposit pure
ammonium chloride, and tiie mother-liquor is used over
and over again for the same purpose. Both the potassium
140
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Feb. 28. 1887.
sulphate and ammonium chloride are jigged iu a hydro-
extractor, the former being then readj for deing packed ;
is the lattei requires drying in a heated el
It i- claimed for this proa -- that the pot issium sulphate
produced is worth more thau the potassium chloride
employed, that no hydrochloric acid is necessary for the
ammonium chloride, which, moreover, is directly obtained
in a pure state without expensive refining, and thai the
manufacture of ammonium chloride i- not dependent on
the proxiniih of a gas works • .■ , a cheap supply of
amraoniacal liquor.- -S. II.
•f"" in obtaining Ammonia and Hydro-
chloric And from Ammonium Chloride. L. Mond
Northwich. Eng. Put. (15, Jan. 2, 1SSG. fid.
AMMONIUM CHLORIDE i- volatilised ami its vapour
P* • over nickel protoxide while heated to about
*00 C. The chlorine then combines with nickel, am-
monia being set free, and passing on, can lie utilised in
any convenient manner. Superheated steam of about
4."i0 c. is then passed over the heated nickel chloride,
when a re-formation of nickel protoxide takes place,
while the chlorine is given off in the state of hydro-
chloric acid gas, which ran be condensed by the usual
methods. The nickel protoxide is thus again in a state
to de i mpose ammonium chloride. Besides nickel, a
large number of the oxides of heavy metals possess the
property of decomposingammonium chloride in tiie manner
siatc.l. For carrying out this invention, a number of cast-
iron retorts are set obliquely in one common furnace, and
heated by direct fire or generator gases. The retorts
pass through the walls of the furnace at both sides, ami
are at both end- provided with covers and openings for
the inlet and outlet of the gases.— S. II.
.! A' t for the Preparation of Crystallised Car-
bonates. L. Bourgeois. Compt Rend. 103. l"s>-
The process is based upon the precipitation of super-
heated solutions of salts by ammonium carbonate. If the
solution of an ammonium Bait, in which a carbonate i-
suspended, he boiled, the latter gradually dissolves,
changing into ammonium carbonate. If the' heating be
led tube, ammonium carbonate collects
in the empty pari of the tube, and on cooling a re-forma-
tion of the original carbonate take- place, which is, how-
ever, deposited iii a crystalline state. In this manner
the author prepared artificially calcite, strontianite,
witherite, and cerussite. Cadmium carbonate, which
was previously only known as an amorphous body, was
(bus obtained in rhombohedral crystals, whereas the
carbonates of lithium, magnesium, zinc, manganese, iron,
nickel, cobalt, and copper could only he produced in the
amorphous state. It the solution of an ammonium salt
he heated with the equivalent quantity of urea in a
sealed tube, at 140 C, at which temperature the latter
is decomposed to ammonium carbonate, the formation of
the crystallised carbonates t.ikes place suddenly. — S. H.
IX.-BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS. MORTARS,
AND CEMENTS.
The Influence oj mi Addili ■ ir on the Solidity of
Cement. Tb. Sankey. Glaier's Ann. 1886, 19, 187.
Equal pan- of finely ground lime and brown sugar are
said to form a mortar equal in strength to Portland
cement According to K. Cornish, it has been the custom
in India to add a certain amount of raw -u;:ar to mortar ;
and works made with .such mortar can hardly he de-
stroyed, except by blasting. The celebrated Chunam
polished walls of Madras are said to have been made
with a cement to which sugar was added, a slight addition
improving the quality of cement appreciably. — T. L. B.
X.— METALLURGY, Etc.
Phosphorus Compound* in Pig-iron. Leopold Schneider.
Oesterr. Zeitsch. f. Berg. a. Hiittenw. 34, 735.
THE author has treated various kinds of crude iron
[specular, white, and grey pig-iron, ferro-manganese
etc. ) with aqueous copper chloride solution, which has
little action on phospnorised iron, and has examined the
washed residue. In 100 parts of iron he obtained —
lSti phosphorus — manganese.. 185 phosphorus — manganese
UV6 „ — „ ..205 „ 51
18 2 .. — ,. .37 7 „ 528
1-- „ — „ ..3S-8 „ 541
Prom these numbers be concludes that phosphorus forms
with iron a compound FejP, but with manganese the
compound Mn;l' .. The same compounds are no doubt
present in steel and wrought-iron, although they could
not be separated from the latter, because of the small
quantity of phosphorus contained therein. -A. 11.
Improvements in obtaini fr0lll
Ammonium Chloride. L. Mond, Northwich. En"
Pat 86, Jan. 2, Ism;, 6d.
Tin- patent i- a modification of Eng. Pat 65, 1SSG (see
preceding abstract), by the same inventor. Vapoursofam-
monium chloride are passed over nickel protoxide heated
to 400° C., when nickel chl.oride is formed and ammonia
i- set free. Air previously dried and heated to 500° 6.
i- then passed over the heated material, when the oxygen
combines with the ni.kel. forming an oxide of nickel,
and the chlorine 1- given off in an uncombined state!
rhe nickel oxide can be used over again for the first
given off in the second
Btage is said to contain from •"> to 7 pi r cent of chlorine.
I Ixitles of other heavy metals possi — imilar properties
e. The apparatus recommended is prac-
tically the Bame as that described in the abstrac
P.u. 65, 1886. s. ||.
Improvements in the Minus of and Apparatus fur the
Extraction of Metals from their Ons, particularly in
tin Treatment of " Blue Stone" and similar Complex
Ores, and for Electrolytically Refining Copper, and for
the Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid by Elect
Action. \V. & A. S. Elmore, London: and H. Barrett,
Dulwich. Eng, Pat. 15,988, L)ec. 29, 1885. Gd.
FOB the treatment of ores containing zinc, lead, copper,
silver, cold, iron, sulphur and gangue, the process is
as follows : — The finely-crushed ores are roasted in a
reverberatory furnace with free access of air, the gaseous
products being led into a condensing chamber where,
mixed with steam, they pass between pairs of suitable
platinum combs insulated from each other, and con-
nected with opposite poles of an electrical machine.
1 he ozone produced by the discbarge acting on the
sulphur dioxide of the gases in the presence of steam,
forms sulphuric acid, which condenses at the compara-
tively low temperature of the chamber, and may after-
ward- be concentrated. The roasted oie is next agi-
tated with water or dilute acid to dissolve copper and
zinc, which are generally accompanied by iron and some
silver. The copper and silver are then precipitated with
metallic zinc, washed free from the latter metal, and
cast into anode-.' The solution of iron and zinc is. if
-ary. freed from excess of the former by the addition
..: calcium carbonate, air being forced through the liquid
during the precipitation. It is then electrolysed for zinc,
with lead anodes and zinc cathodes in tanks provided
with an inlet pipe at the bottom and an outlet above,
through which a circulation is effected to rectify the
increasing acidity of the hath whilst zinc is deposited :
the more acid liquid leaving the tank- is returned to
the roasted ore, and becoming saturated, passes through
the above cycle of operations before re-entering the tank.
The residue from lie leaching vats is treated in the
usual wa\ f.n lead, silver and gold. The argentiferous
copper anode- are need in a vessel divided into two com-
partments by a porous partition. This vessel is first
Idled with solution of cuprous chloride in hydrochloric
acid or brine, from which copper is constantly deposited
on the cathode, and into which, but in the I'tle r com-
partment, the copper and silver of the anode dissolve.
Feb. 28. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCTETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
l-ll
When sufficiently treated, the silver is exactly precipi-
tated by means of a Bolnhle iodide, and the filtered
solution of copper is retnrned to the cathode side of the
vessel.- w ■ ( ■• M.
Improvi mentt r< latino to th /.'■ am ry of Tin from
of Tinned Plate. S. H. Lake, London. From Wirth
.\ Co., Frankfort-on-lhe-Maine. Eng. Pat 2402, Feb.
IS, L886. Bd.
In recovering the tin from the mixed aolntions of stannous
and ferrous chlorides resulting from the treatment of the
plate with hydrochloric acid, the liquid is to be agitated
with finely-divided calcium carbonate until the tin is
completely precipitated as oxychloride, thus : —
23nCls 3HiO+CaCOs=SnO.SnCli.3HsO COs CaCl;.
This operation i- to be performed in closed vessels in an
atmosphere of carbon dioxide to prevent precipitation of
the iron. The insoluble tin salt is then filtered under
pressure, and the precipitate suspended in water in a
closed vessel as before, and boiled with another equiva-
lent of calcium carbonate, by which means pure stannous
oxide may lie obtained : —
SnO.SnCl,.3H,0+CaCOj= 2SnO 3H,0+COa+CaCl,.
From the calcium ferrons chloride filtrate the hydro-
chloric acid and ferrous sulphate may be recovered by
treatment with sulphuric acid after evaporation to
dryness. — W. G. M.
Improvements in Making Steel. J. T. King, Liverpool.
From I '. Brose, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, I .S.A.
Eng. Pat 15,357, Nov. 25, 1886. id.
I n order to ensure a thorough mixture of the final charge
of ferro-manganese or Bpiegel with the iron afte
menl in the Bessemer converter, limestone is added with
the manganese, by which a violent ebullition i- caused.
Of preference a calcareous marl from Western Pennsyl
vania should be employed, and Bhould lie intro
with the manganese into the empty ladle, before the
contents of the converter are poured into it.
— W. G. M.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Iron and Steel. J.
H. Johnson, London. From La Socicte Anonyme de
Commentry-Fourchambanlt, Paris. Eng. Pat. 2867,
Feb. 27, 18S6. 6d.
The object of this invention — namely, to obtain a good
metal from impure mixed scrap— is accomplished in four
Firstly, the scrap is melted in a special circular
gas regenerative furnace with basic lining and spherical
roof; with the charge is added a limestone tlux and
subsequently a pure oxide of iron ; thus silicon is com-
pletely eliminated. Secondly, sulphur is removed by
the addition of a suitable proportion of a ten per cent,
spiegel, with soda and lime or similar mixture, at an
increased temperature. Thirdly, the metal is tapped
into a deep ladle, with a lime and soda lining above the
usual refractory materials, wherein the last traces of
sulphur are extracted, and by which the iron is conveyed
to a basic Siemens furnace of ordinary construction.
Finally, in this latter furnace the phosphorus and carbon
are eliminated in the usual way, manganese is added
and the metal poured as in the Siemens process.
— W. G. M.
XI.— FATS, OILS. AND SOAP MANUFACTURE.
Experiments on tht Preservation of Pig Fat in Oint-
ments. E. Mylins. Pharm. < .11., N F. 7, 533.
Siv E there is a tendency to abandon the use of vaseline
in ointments in favour of animal fats, these experiments
have just now a special interest. After experimenting
with the most diverse preservatives, the author finds
that the best results are given, for lead ointment with '.\
percent, of boric acid, and for potassium iodide ointment
with 10 per cent, of glycerin and CM per cent, of oil of
cloves. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Preparation or Treatment of Oils
forust in treating Wool, in the Manufacture of Soap
and Lubricants, as Mordants for Dyeing, and for
analogous uses. J. Y. Johnson, London. Eng. Pat
449, Jan. 11, 1SS6. 6d.
By this invention heavy hydrocarbons or mineral oils, of
the type CnHm-Hi can l,e oxidised so as to produce
saponifiable oils. To produce the effect the mineral oil
is heated to about 160' C, with a varying percentage of
oxyoleie acid, or with any very rancid animal or vegetable
oil. Resin oils may be similarly treated. Another pro-
cess, to be used alone, or in combination with the above,
consists in passing a current of gaseous chlorine through
the oil, oxides of the alkalis or of the alkaline earths
lieingalso present. Oils thus oxidised, with the addition
of from 2 to 10 per cent, of fixed vegetable oils, may be
employed as mordants in dyeing vegetable fibres.
— W. L. C.
A Process for Deoxidising Metals. P. Jensen, London.
From The Deoxidised Metal Company, Bridgeport,
Connecticut, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 77!>o, June 10, 1SS6.
6d.
HOHOOENBOnS, hard, sonorous and sound castings are
made by adding to the melted metal a depth of one or two
inches of horn (or hide) clippings, or analogous material.
In casting bronze or brass the addition is made after the
fusion of the copper and prior to the introduction of tin
or zinc. The alloy thus produced is to be called " deoxi-
dised bronze." — W. G. M.
Improved Method and Apparatus for obtaining Alizarin
nil from Oleaginous Seeds. A. Bruenstein, Moscow,
Russia. Eng.' Pat. 510, Jan. 12, 1SS6. lid.
The seeds are decorticated, crushed in a roller mill, and
there thoroughly incorporated with from 40 to 60 per
cent, of sulphuric acid, distributed from a leaden and
glass box, care being taken that the temperature does
not rise above 50 C. After the mass has lain some
hours in a lead-lined tank, much oil collects at the sur-
face. After the removal of this the mass is stirred up
with water, and after subsidence, more oil is removed.
Oil thus prepared is said to be 10 per cent, better thau
the ordinary alizarin oil prepared from Bicinus, and the
cost of preparation to he from 2s. to 4s. per pound less.
Drawings are given. — W. L. C.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Mineral Wool
and in Apparatus therefor. J. T. King, Liverpool.
From II. Kennedy, Sharpsbnrg, Pennsylvania, U.S.A.
Eng. Pat. 15,154, Nov. 22, 1886. 8d.
A WOOL, consisting almost wholly of fibre, and therefore
requiring no separation from shot-, is made by surround-
ing the stream of molten slag with jets delivering steam
or air in such manner that a swirling motion i- ;_iven to
the -lag, which thus becomes more perfectly converted
into fibre. The jets are preferably in the form of vertical
and horizontal slots, so disposed at different angli
impart the desired motion to the liquid. — W. C M.
Lubricants for Steam Cylinders. J. Dewrance. Eng.
Pat 2178, Feb. 15, 1SS6. 4d.
PLUMBAGO alone, as a lubricant in marine engines, is
often washed away by the condensed water. The
patentee, therefore, mixes it with an insoluble soap of
lead or lime. — W. L. C.
An Improved Process for the Saponification of Fatty
Bodies. E. Edwards. From L. Riviere, Paris, France.
Eng Pat. 2762, Feb. 25, 1SS6. 8d.
The novelty of the process consists mainly in the appa-
ratus (a drawing of which is given) employed for the pur-
pose of mixing fats with 1 1 1 alkalis for the production of
bard and soft soaps : (2) milk of lime for the ultimate
production of Btearic arid ; [3) sulphuric acid ; [4] steam
1 12
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCTETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, lFcb.2s.1ss,.
or aeneous vapoitr alone. Two supply tanks hold the
liquids to be mixed (for soaps, fn( at 80 C.,aDd alkaline
lej al lo percent, strength and 80c C), whence the
liquids run into an " integrator " and thence into ;i re-
action vessel. All the vessels are air tight, and commu-
nicate with each other by pipes famished with cocks to
regalate the flow of the liquids. For some purposes a
series of integrators and reaction vessels is provided.
— W.L. C.
Making Self-extinguishing Candles. II. Asliton, Heaton
Mersey, near Manchester. Eng. Pat 9294, July 17,
1886. 8d.
I >i\ ii'i RS —i.e., hollow cones or discs, or saucer-shaped
piecesof noi mbustible material (usually tin plate) are
attached to the wick before the combustible material is
imi round it. These dividers are kept in their places
by fine wire, twisted on the wick. This arrangement
extinguishes the flame when the latter burns down to it.
-W. L. C.
The Treatment of Spent Soap Lyes, Crude Glycerine,
and i, liter Solutions containing Glycerin, for the
Removal of Impurities and the Recovery of Glycerin
and other Products therefrom. <;. II. Allen, Sheffield,
and B. Nickels, London. Eng. Pat. 11,069, August
31, 1886. 6d.
THE patentees claim the use of a soluble salt of copper
[either cuprous or cupric) for the precipitation of impuri-
ties from the lyes, which may or may not be subjected to
a preliminary purification by treatment with acid, and
with an iron salt. The precipitates thus formed are
separated by subsidence or filtration, and the copper
recovered therefrom by roasting and treatment with sul-
phuric acid. Instead of using iron and copper salts, a
current ot electricity iE.M.F. at least 4 volts) may he
passed through the lyes, with an anode of iron or iron
allny, and cupper or copper alloy.— \V. I.. ('.
An Improved Wash or I'i/i for S/iccji and other Ani-
mals, the Mime being applicable for Wits/tine/ Fabi"ics
or other Materials. A. MacArthur. Eng. Pat, 14,!iS4,
Nov, 18, 1SS6. 4d.
NAPHTHA, soft snap, and pearl ash, with or without the
addition of ether, benzene, benzoline, or creosote, are
mixed and diluted with water. — W. L. ('.
its heated state, tin- deck having been previously pre-
pared and cleaned as above described. When set, or
iionrh so, the surface of the composition may, if required,
be consolidated and smoothed by application of a roller,
or may be treated by sprinkling sand, powdered granite,
etc., open it. -E. 1 1. • '.
Improvements in obtaining Figments. 1). Swan, llrae-
side, N.B. Eng. Pat 2310, Feb: 17, 1886. 4d.
ONE of the objects of this invention is the utilisation of
ferrous chloride arising in the galvaniser's and other
industries, but it is also advantageously applicable when
the protochloride is specially made for the purpose of
producing pigments. The solution of ferrous chloride is
mixed with carbonate of lime or some other alkaline earthy
carbonate, and the mixture is submitted to agitation and
aeration. The result of the operation is to form a solu-
tion of chloride of calciu r other metal, and a precipi-
tate which is of a yellow colour, and well suited for use
as a pigment. If the mixture contain as much ferrous
chloride as corresponds to ,">ii parts by weight of iron with
100 parts by weight of carbonate of lime, the resulting
pigment will be of a deep yellow colour inclining to
orange, whilst if there be a larger proportion of carbonate
of lime the colour will be a pale or lighter yellow. If a
red colour is desired it can be obtained, as is well known,
by heating or calcining the deep yellow pigment, the
result being a pure oxide of iron. The precipitated pig-
ment is finished by washing and drying ; whilst the
chloride may be utilised in any known way. — E. G, I '.
XII.-PAINTS, TARNISHES, AND RESINS.
An Asphaltic Protective and Preservative Covering for
the Decks of S/ujis and similar Craft, and Methods of
treating and applying the same. E. F. Wailes, New-
castle on-Tync. Eng. Pat. 2060, Feb. 12, 1886. Cd.
Tin; covering consists essentially of asphalt or bitumen
(natural or manufactured), or of asphaltic or bituminous
compositions, in which asphalt or bitumen forms the
chief ingredient, treated by two different processes,
termed by the inventor the dry and liquid process re-
spectively. In the dry process, the asphalt or bitumen,
or compound containing one of these substances, is ground
to powder and roasted in a furnace; then, the ship's
deck having been rendered perfectly clean and dry, and i
holes or defective places having been filled up or made
level, the powder is spread, whilst hot, over the surface
to the required thickness, and consolidated by applying
heavy weights by a roller or otherwise. The surface may
then Ik- Bmoothed by the application of heated irons— Hat
or a~ rollers and, if necessary to give a firm footing, it
may afterwards be sprinkled with sand, powdered granite,
or any gritty substance, etc. According to the liquid
process, the asphalt or bitumen or composition is melted
in a furnace boiler, together « ith oil. coal-tar, pitch, etc.,
in snch proportions as to give the consistency required
for the conditions under which it is to be used, especially
having regard to the changes oi temperature to which ii
may 1"- exposed. Being thoroughly melted and mixed, !
the composition is run on to the surface of the deck, in I
An Improved Anti-fouling Composition for Ships'
Bottoms. \V. (.'arter, Sunderland. Eng. Pat. 15,561,
Nov. 29, 1SS0. 4,1.
The composition is prepared in two forms, one of which
is for a priming or first coat, which protects the iron from
corrosion, and the other for application on the top of the
first, forming a second coat. The "priming'' or first
coat consists of the following ingredients in approximately
the proportions given — viz., for 1121b. : pure zinc, :201b. ;
"Turkey red," 61l>. ; resin, 391b. : mineral turpentine,
151b. ; and boiled oil, 321b. The second coat consists of
the following constituents : — For 1121b: "Turkey red,''
•201b.; mineral green, 101b. ; resin, 301b. ; mineral turpen-
tine, 2olb. ; and boiled oil, 271b. The ingredients
in each are mixed in a furnace pot— the zinc and
Turkey red in the first coat, and the Turkey red and
mineral green in the second coat— with boiled oil ; then
the resin, having been dissolved, is added, and the con-
sistency is fuither reduced by the boiled oil. After
cooling, the turpentine is added, and the whole thoroughly
mixed and stirred, and put into casks for use.
— e. <;. c.
XIIL— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, AND SIZE.
Treating and Preserving Hides and Skins. E. A.
Brydges, Berlin, Germany. Eng. Pat. 14,940, Nov.
17, 1886. 4,1.
This invention consists in the application of "fossil-
meal" or " Kieselguhr " for preserving hides or skins
during transport from putrefaction or the attacks of in-
sects. Raw fossil-meal, simply dried, can he used, or it
mav be cabined either in absence or presence of air.
The calcined meal is extremely hygroscopic, absorbing
the moisture of the hides or skins. The hides to he dried
are spread out on a layer of fossil-meal, and covered with
a second layer of it— B, II.
An Improved Process of Tanning. H. H. Lake,
London. From A, Millochan and F. Chailly, Paris,
France. Eng. Pat 15,200, Nov. 22, 1886. (id.
THE chief object of this invention is to shorten the time
of tanning. The tanning is effected in a pit of ordinary
construction, and air is injected at the bottom of each
i»0 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL ENLTJSTRY.
143
]>it through a pipe connected with a fan. The hides are
suspended from ban at the upper part of the pi:, which
can be hermetically closed by a hinged cover or other
means. The air can be drawn from the top of the pit by
the pump, and injected again at the bottom, or fresh air
can !»■ injected. The liqnorcan he prepared in tin.' same
pit as the hides by introducing the material and water,
or it may be prepared in another pit fitted 'with the air
injecting apparatus.— B. II.
XIY.-AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
"h Mm K. 11. Nenffer. (hem. Zeit. 10, 1057.
Tiik author has observed that sugar-beet, growing in
clayey marl, was improved by manuring with potassium
phosphate. The amount of sugar also increased. Potas-
sium phosphate is probably advantageous as a manure iu
soil rich in lime, raising both the quantity and quality of
the plant. The author then remarks on the different
action of potassium phosphate and superphosphate as
manures. The latter, moreover, usually containschlorine,
ami in dry soasim> this is sometimes very disadvantageous.
Manure containing sulphates must not he used in soil
rich in gypsum. Potassium phosphate lias no effect in
soil containing much potash and little lime. In sucli
soil, Thomas slag, etc., should he employed. — A. R.
meat of Thomas-dag. L Blum. L'heni. Zeit. 10,
1556.
To avoid grinding the slag it is proposed to act on the
fluid slag, as it runs out of the converter, with a jet of
steam, under a pressure of 'J— 1 atmospheres. It is a
well -known fact that slag-wool is made in this way, but
Thomas slag always contains a large excess of lime, so
that the slag is reduced to a fibrous and powdery ma-.
which needs no further disintegration for manuring pur-
Should the sl.:_ : en fluorspar
or alkali- have been added . it can he run off into a
waggon, and then treated with steam. With regard to
the chemical action of the aqueous vapour, it is found
that the metallic granules are oxidised, and some of the
sulphur is eliminated as H,S.— A. R.
XV.-SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
Purification of Syrups '<>,<l Molasses. Journ. Fabr.
.Sucre, 27, -4b\
DUBEAU describes a method, successfully employed at
Bresles, for purifying syrups and molasses. The green
syrup is treated according to purity, amount of sugar it
contains, and alkalinity with dilute hydrochloric acid
and milk of lime, of 2.3° B., then boiled up with
steam, diluted to 2—3°, again heated to 75°, and
filtered through Puvrez'a sack-filter. A quantity of the
thin purified juice corresponding to about 40kilos., is
now introduced, by means of the forcing pump,
into the fourth diffuser. The diffusion battery lias
12 vessels of 25 hectolitres capacity. In a charge,
77 vessel- are filled with 1 JbOkilos. of beet, and
each time 1800 litres of liquid extract of 4° B. are drawn
off'. The rest of the process is that usually adopted. At
Bresles 5 percent, of the syrup, reckoned on the weight
of the beet, is returned to the extract, and a yield of 1
per cent, higher in sugar is thus obtained without any
extra outlay. — A. B.
Abnormal Beet m,ii t/,< Quantity of Pulp in tki
Deutsche Zuckerindustrie, 11, 177s.
Ix consequence of the frequent assertions that beet
poor iu juice contains only 88—90 per cent, of Ihe latter,
whence it should follow that there must also be 10 — 12
per cent, of pulp, Lippmann has made several direct
determinations of pulp in such beet, and tberesultf
with previous analyses of other chemists. In examin-
jeparate specimens of beet, certified poor in juice,
the amount of pulp was in 3 cases less than 4 per
cent., and in 30 cases less than o percent. ; the heads
hi very big l*et contained no more pulp than the rest of
the beet (always below .J per cent.); normal and spiig
beet, after lying for a week in the store, had hardly
gained 1 per cent, in pulp. The BO-called lack of juice
ran therefore not be due to the quantity of pulp in the
beet, but only to its quality. In determining the quantity
of pulp, the temperature of the extracting medium has
derable influence on the results obtained: thus
water of 60 , so .-mil 100 gave 1-68, 412, 372 per cent.
pulp respectively. A. K.
Purification of Beet Juice with Aluminium Bisulphite.
Sucbomel. Deutsche Zuckerind. 11, 1S20.
BEET JUICE is doubly saturated with 3 per cent, of lime,
carbonic .acid being passed in simultaneously. Satura-
tion is carried to within 002 of alkalinity. For every
3000 litres of this juice 1 litre of the bisulphite solution i-
added ; the syrup of 20 — 24' B. is treated for every 2000
litres with 4— 5 litres of the bisulphite, then with 1 litre
milk of lime, and saturated to 008 — 0'10, then passed
through filter-presses and boiled down. The bisulphite
solution had a sp. gr. of 20— 24c B., and contained 0-73
per cent. SO,, 112 per cent- SO , 3 34 percent, alumina,
and was able to neutralise about 01 potash or soda
alkalinity. The favourable action of the bisulphite is
not one of purification but of decolourisation, and juice
thus treated has an extraordinary lustre and is only
slightly alkaline. Very little sulphuric acid passes into
the juice, so that the boiled sugar mass and the sugar
are very much freer from gypsum than when calcium
bisulphite or SO, gas are employed, the efficiency of
which cannot, moreover, be determined so readily — A. K-
The Amount of Saltpetre contained in Sugar Beet.
Sucrerie Indigene, 28, 4S9.
FAUCHEB has recently drawn attention to the large
amount of nitrates, especially saltpetre, contained in
beet, and he gives analyses by I.adureau and Corenwinder,
according to which the quantity of nitrates in the beet
is practically independent of the nitrates contained in the
manure. Thus the former analyst found in lOOkilos. of
beet, grown in soil manured with nitrates, 113grms. salt-
petre, in soil manured with stable manure 305grms.
saltpetre. The nitrates pass into the molasses and from
these into tLe osmose-water, *o that by evaporating and
crystallising the latter, crystallised salts containing 46 —
50* per cent, saltpetre can be prepared, which is of course
a very useful by-product. — A. R.
Analysis of the Filter-press Cake from the Manufacture of
Sugar from licet Hoot. Siderskv. Bull. Ass. (.'him. 4,
295.
THE press-cake contains soluble and insoluble sugar.
In order to determine the quantity of each kind, two
samples of the cake, each weighing 16"2grms., are
ground with about 50cc. of water to a homogeneous paste
One sample is put directly into a lOOcc tlask, treated
with a little basic lead acetate, made up to lOOcc, filtered
and polarised. To the other sample, acetic at id is gradu-
ally added, stirring continually, until the reaction is just
neutral anda light Bcum appears on thesurface. It is then
treated with lead acetate and so forth, as mentioned
above. The result of the first polarisation represents
the soluble sugar, that of the second the total sugar ; the
difference of both results is the insoluble sugar. — S. H.
XVL— BREWING, WISES, SPIRITS, Etc.
Barley for Brewing Purposes. Maerker. Wochen-ch.
f. Braucrei, 1SS6, 3, 6S5.
1 iu; barley for brewing purposes has improved in the
province of Saxony, the best being " Chevalier" barley.
I lien follow barley seed, Danish barley, finally Slovacian
barley. Of foreign barley, the Scotch pearl and golden
melon barley are preferable. A good barley should be
I
Ul
THK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTKV. |Fcb.28.i8»7.
comparatively heavy (68"5 69'6kilos, pet hectolitre).
Tin' percentage of albumen Bbonld not exceed 8'5,
with \.> per cent of water in the grain. The
numbers refer to good and best barlei of tins year's
growth. It is a fact that excellent barlej ia generally
poor in protein substances. Concerning the effect of
manure.', the .-111111111 says : Excess of nitrogen is more
harmful for barley than other cereals. Moderate quanti-
ties "i Chili saltpetre have no worse effect than
ammonium sulphate, nor does the quality of the barley
seem to be improved by manuring with phosphates.
-A. R
Method for Preventing Se ondary Fermentation*
in the Industrial Production of Alcohol. U. Gayon
and G. Dupetit. Compt. Rend. 103. 883.
I'm: secondary fermentations, which diminish the yield
of alcohol, and also give rise t ■ » the production of a spirit
of unpleasant flavour, may be entirely avoided by addi-
tion nt small quantities of bismuth salt's. A fermentation
of a mixture of soluble maize and heet molasses, to 1
litre of which 01 gnn. bismuth nitrate had been added,
gave the following results : —
to non-maltose is generally also normal in worts with
starch dextrin, on account of the small quantity of the
latter, As goon as the beer becomes richer in alcohol
dining fermentation, the turbidity appears, due to
separation oi starch-dextrin. In place of the usual
hi Iv vi/,, malt powder as such, which with the
adhering dust would again introduce sporulee into the
beer — the author recom tt ends a cold aqueous and filtered
decoction of lgrm. malt for every I hectolitre of beer;
even better is the addition for each hectolitre of turbid
beer, of 0'03grm. pure diastase prepared according to
l.intner. The saccharification, which how proceeds very
rapidly, may be traced by the iodine reaction. — A. R.
Fermentation
Bismuth .. .
with )
)"
Fermentation with-
out Bismuth
Acidity Absolute 1:..
- Alcohol .'•"•■1"!";>
At the per litre. '» ""' n,,lcl
Of Y1S1UI1.
At the
beginning, end.
1 1 oCOce,
33
50-3cc.
0
400
In distill, -ries at Bordeaux and Courrieres, experiments
were conducted on a large scale, and 0- lgrm. bismuth
nitrate was employed for every litre of wort. The fer-
mentation in presence of this salt was characterised by
the yeast remaining pure, and by the regularity with which
the process could be carried out. The acidity was only
slightly increased, and the yield of alcohol was greater.'
On the Alcoholic Fermentation of Dextrin and Starch.
I . Gayon and E. Dubourg. Compt Rend. 103, 885.
The alcoholic ferments [saccharomyces) are well known to
he without action on dextrin or Btarch solutions, as well
as on the dextrin of wort. The authors have discovered
a new ferment in a specimen of mucor which possesses
the double property of saccharifying both dextrin and
starch am. of fermenting the products; but this mucor
cannot invert saccharose and convert it into alcohol. To
a 10 per cent, dextrin solution some pure mucor was
added on the 17th August ; the fermentation proceeded
regularly : —
Reducing Sugar. Pure Alcohol.
September G 0-32% .... 2'N .
11 ti.7 .... 4-0
October 1 238 .... ft
When old beer, on which ordinary yeast no longer acts,
is treated with the mucor ferment, after driving off the
alcohol the fermentation begins anew, and contiin.es
until all dextrin and sugar is decomposed, A certain
Bavarian beer was subjected to this fermentation on the
24th July:—
R-.hieing Alcohol
Rotation. .s.i^.ir. Dextrin, formed.
July 24 69'5 X ■■ 0"96 '. .. 3"46 |
Sept. 1 U'O .. traces .. traces .. 37 .
The same beer retained its original composition, if, after
removing the alcohol, it was treated with saccharomyces.
Worts gave, as was to he expected, a beer much richer
I.
Fermenting Tub.
II.
Fermenting Tub.
III.
Fermenting Tub.
With Without
-Bismuth. Bismuth.
With
Bismuth.
Without
Bismuth.
With
Bismuth.
Without
Bismuth.
Contents of Tub
COOhl. COOlil.
200hl.
Cane.
1000
i
1029
32-
G7
4-91%
200hl.
Cane.
1000
1
1030
33*
26*5
1 71\
200ul.
Cane.
1000
1
1035
33*
1-5
i-96
200b 1.
Cane.
10CO
1
1034
32-5'
36 '0
i-3-y.
Nature ot Molasses
Specific Gravit] of the Wort ..
Proportion of JIaize Wort
Specific Gravity of JIaizc Wort
Max. Temperature of Ferment
Increase of Acidity
1075
A
1031
35'
2-5
5-872
1075
A
1031
35'
130
571'.
Percent. Alcohol of Product ..
The Turbidity of Beer due to the Formation of Starch-
Di etrin, and how to prevent it. Reinke. Wochensch.
1. Brauerei, 3, "38.
ATTENTION is drawn to the formation of starch-dextrin
in beer wort, which occurs when the washing i- carried
00 tOO rapidly and the diastase is destroyed through
allowing hot water to run 111 tOO fast while nia-1
when the sprinkling is doneal too high a temperature,
etc- The starch-dextrose is hardly visible in the wort,
which urns nil practically clear, but may he recognised
dining the mashing process by its reaction with iodine ;
it can be removed during the actual brewing process by
careful mashing, and by slowly raising the temperature
of the wort in the hop-boiler. The proportion of maltose
—A. It.
in alcohol when the mucor was employed than with
ordinary yeast ; thus, in the former case the beer
contained ti'."i per cent, alcohol, in the latter 5 '2 percent
Starch ferments less energetically than dextrin and
glucose : it, however, becomes partly soluble, and alcohol
is formed with evolution of carbonic acid. —A. R,
On tin- Reduction of Copper Sulphate during the Fer-
mentation of Wine- Must. II. Quantin. Compt
Bend, 103, 888.
Cuprous sulphide is th< ly compound of copper which
is absolutely insoluble in wine-most Copper sulphate,
which has been dissolved in wine-must, separates out
28.1887.] THE JOritXAf. OF THE SOCIETV OF CHEMICAL tKfcfJSTRY.
1 45
as sulphide. On a small scale 0°05grn nlphate
was converted into sulphide by 1 litre of tae most, <>n
a large scale 1 1 1 ■ ■ amount of sulphate iroull no doubt lie
larger; however, the above quantity already exceeds
what would be considered necessary when treating for
mildew. The reduction of copper sulphate bj means of
tin- ferments therefore Buffices tor eliminating all copper
which may have found it- way into the iuu-t. Naturally
air must lie excluded to prevent oxidation of the sulphide.
—A. K.
On Plastering of Must. A. Andoynaud Uompt, .
103, 1028.
Experienced wine-growers have round that to piaster
the vintage, after patting it into the fermenting vat, not
only gives it a line colour, but also makes it keep better.
The author has made comparisons, by fermenting must
with and without addition of gypsum. He finds that
gypsum raises the efficiency of the ferment considerably,
Since the plasterei musts ferment more rapidly and more
thoroughly. The author proved that it wan" really the
gypsum itself and not a larger proportion of acid which
the rapid fermentation. In consequence of tl,i-
shortened process of fermentation the secondary fer-
ment-, which in a later stage are liable to change the
wine, are checked in their development, with the result
that the wine keeps so much better. — A. K.
Improvements in the Preparation of Grain m •
for I' Brewing, Distilling, and Vinegar Making.
J. Fordred, Tottenham. Eng. Pat. 4891, Nov. -
amended April 5, l!<S6. 6d.
Tiik preparation of torrefied e;rain — more particularly
barley— to lie used as a substitute for a portion of the
malt employed in making mashes for the above manu-
factures. The torrefacbon is effected in hollow cylinders
ing on hollow trui nions, and which are heated i:i
the usual way. When the barley i- sufficiently torrefied,
which is known by its friable texture, its colour, smell
and flavour, it is crushed by means of roller-. 1
cases the grain i- moi-tened* before or during the process
of torrefaction (see also this Journal, 1SS3. 2
— G. H. M.
Improvements relating to the Manufacture of Malt and
!■> Apparatus therefor. H. II. Lake. From J. W.
Free, Boston, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 1.3,738, Oct. 26, 1886.
Sd.
I'm- i- a modification of the entire process of malting,
together with apparatus for carrying out the same. The
chief features of the process are a building with four
store; — the steeping tank being in the third; the germi-
nation promoted by steam-heat, and when sufficiently
advanced checked by cold air; a mechanical stirrer
which aerate.- the grain and also breaks off the rootlets
when they become dry ; drying the malt on the floors at
a low temperature and screening the grain by means of
an exhaust blower. — G. 11. M.
XYIL- CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SAHTARY
CHEMISTRY. DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
(A) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
I or Digeslt
Med\ M,_di. J. Marshall, and T.
A. Mar-hall, Govan, Lanarkshire. Eng. Pat. 13,758,
Oct. 27, Ism',. 4d.
The preparation of a malt flour or " ptvaloid " from
malt by grinding, and separating the husks, etc., with
line sieves.—* .. II. M.
(B) SANITAPY CHEMISTRY.
Chron g with Carbon Bisulphide, .la.-. Rosa,
M.D., LL.D. Medical Chronicle, 5 [41 257—269.
Two eases are reported. The first was that of a man
aged twenty-four years, unmarried, and who had never
suffered from any serious illness up to date of the seizure
in question. He was admitted to the Manchester Infir-
mary, 5th May. 1886. lie hail commence. 1 to work,
about eight months before, in an indiarubber factory,
and in this situation he was employed in the " curing-
room," where he inhaled the vapour- given off from the
material- used there, more or less of these fumes con-
sisting of carbon bisulphide. After winking for a few-
week- here, the man Buffered from a burning sensation
in the hands and face : these were al-o hot to the touch,
and of a red colour, lie found, however, that on putting
his hand- in i old water they immediately turned a livid
colour, and became cold and numb, as if dead, or they
looked just as if frost-bitten ; in fact, he was compelled
to use warm water in washing. This numbness and
weakness extending gradually to his feet ami legs, and
being troubled with mental disturbances, he was com-
pelled to leave work for two or three weeks, during
which time he rapidly recovered. He now returned to
his old work. His old symptoms soon returned, but
with redoubled force, and now he -nun experienced the
difficulty iu walking, ami could scarcely hold
anything in his bauds, which, besides being feeble,
trembled a good deal, more especially when the man
I attempted to grasp anything. The senses of sight and
hearing remained unaffected, but everything seemed to
smell of the vapours of the factory he had left, and bis
food either seemed devoid of taste or to taste only of the
loathsome vapours. The sight of food was a burden- ;
li" lost a stone in weight, and observed the wasting of
his arms and legs was out of proportion to that of the
re-t of his body. On leaving work in the evening, he
often walked like a drunken person, and talked much
nonsense. The memory almost entirely failed ; at night
he was restless, or, if sleeping, was disturbed by horrid
dreams. In the mornings he felt miserable and depree
and even found, on return to work, some relief from again
inhaling the gas— at lir-t, at least. Sheer feebleness at
length prevented this man from crawling to his work,
and he was laid op for four weeks. He next got em-
ployment at a tarpaulin factory, but soon found himself
unable to work, so feeble had his hands become. Not
only had there been a great loss of power of the brain
centres regulating memory, bnt those affecting impor-
tant nervous functions had also much suffered ; sexual
appetite, for example, bad been lost. He contracted
colourblindness, also, to some extent. The paralysis
' of principal muscular centres was, of itself and alone,
such as to reduce the patient to a condition of pitiable
weakness and helplessness.
The second case much resembled the first as regards
the premonitory symptoms of tingling, paralysis of
muscles, tremblings, livid condition of hands if dipped in
cold water, los- of taste for food, of memory, and in
addition the sight became affected. The man could not
read, as the words all -eemed, as he said, "to run
together.' At length he became so feeble that he couhl
cely walk, and often fell down. Sexual appetite
entirely failed ; shooting pains along nerve courses ■
little sleep possible, and that disturbed by horrid dreams ;
violent headaches, and a longing to get back to work,
where the noxious fumes brought temporary relief, and
even an exaggerated feeling of pleasure. This soon gave
way to a feeling of intense apathy and wretchedness.
These case- were not exceptional ones, for this man was
not affected, he declared, so much as some of his fellow-
workmen. He stated that some of these, under the
effect- of the gas, l>ecame very talkative, and often
talked a great deal of nonsense, ' >ne man, »:../., coming
to work in the morning, declared he was in Liver] 1
the night before, a statement that could not possibly
have been true. Another workman, apparently eager to
escape from some imaginary danger, jumped through a
window, ran across an open court, and having crept
under a joiner's bench, tried to hide by covering bimseli
with shaving-. < >ne or two of the workmen ha d
quite mad, and had been Bent to the lunatic asylum.
our-vision of the patient here considered was
defective ; purple he called white, and could not distin-
guish red from blue.
L>r. Roes state- that these cases of paralysis from the
inhalation of carbon bisulphide show that such paralysis
t -J.
1 16
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. livl -'
iup which is caused by various toxic
agents, Buch as alcohol, lead, arsenic, and certain animal
like thai oi diphtheria. This paralysis, in fact,
lea alcoholic paralysis more nearly than U does
anyotherform of multiple neuritis. Sometimes \\ mptoma
are found close)} resembling those of delirium tremens,
as in the case oi the workman jumping through the win-
dow to hide himself in a joiner's shop. The statements
and cases .-ire well authenticated, and neither alcohol nor
U-rnl played any part whatever in the cases of these two
patients, as causes or adjuncts in the paralysis observed.
Dr. Ross concludes : — " If it lie true, then, that we
have iu our midst certain workshops in which the pro-
manufacture is so deleterious to the health of the
workmen that o certain proportion of them is reduced in
a few months to the pitiable condition of paralytic help-
lessness manifested by these two unfortunate men, it is
hardly necessary for nie to maintain, in the face of all
recent factory legislation, that these workshops ought to
be placed under the most stringent regulations, and be
Bubjecl to the frequent visits of a Government in-
spector."— W. S.
XVIIL-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
Improvements in Voltaic Batteries. D. G. FitzGerald,
London. Eng. Pat 335, Jan. S, 1886. 8d.
Tut; inventor proposes a new peroxide plate, formed from
oxide of lend and glycerine, admixed with water or with
suitable saline or acid solutions. He also proposes a
compound plate, having a core made in the above way,
surrounded by one of the more porous oxide of lead com-
positions mentioned in Eng. Pat 4671, 18S5. Contact
is made with the plate by platinum strips attached to a
piece of ebonite, and so arranged as to make contact both
with the core and the outer composition. The part of a
peroxide plate at which contact is to be made may be
coated with plumbago, which tills the pores and makes
the contact more perfect. — E. T.
A Secondary Voltaic Battery. O. Imray, London. Eng.
Pat. 611, Jan. 14, 18S6. '8d.
This secondary cell consists of a shallow leaden trough,
suitably insulated in a wooden frame, in which are placed
ebonite troughs parallel to each other. These troughs con-
tain leaden frames (the lead may be allowed with a little
tin or otlu-r white metal) on the upper side of which are
numerous grooves, divided by partitions, having lips pro-
jecting over the grooves to retain the material packed iu
the grooves. The material consists of spongy lead or
peroxide of lead mixed w it h metallic lead. The insulated
frames united together form one electrode, while the
leaden trough constitutes the other. The spaces between
■ mite troughs may be tilled with frames similar to
those iu the troughs. — E. T.
An Improved Construction or Formation oj Plates with
, Electric Batteries. J. II. Noad,
Upton, and ft. Matthews, London. Eng. 1'at. 1054,
Jan. 23, 1886. 4d.
AO ORDING to this method, plates of woven \\in\ serving
as (me ol the polo i.f a battery, are coated with a com-
pound consisting of litharge formed into a paste with
glycerine. The plates thus formed are baked in an oven
at a temperature of about 300°F. to oxidise the glycerine.
— £ T.
XIX.-PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
Improvement* in extracting Moisture from Pulp pro-
line! fa, in Wood or other Fibrous Materials. .1. 1.
and J. MDoogall, Manchester. Eng Tat. 1795,
Feb. 0, 1886. 6«f
It is proposed to reduce the proportion of water
usually found in well-pressed wood-pulp— generally
about 60 per cent.— by pressing the pulp in bags or
wrappers, and by which means it is da id a larger
proportion of moisture will be removed than lias been
hitherto the case.— 11. A. R.
Improvt ii i 'onstructicm of Si condary or Storage Batterii s.
G E. Dorman, Stafford. Eng. Pat. lino, Feb. 4,
1886. Bd.
secondary batteries are formed of lead strips
Iiiled one above another, but separated i lach other
.\ wooden or vulcanised strips, and by pads or cushions
ot a permeable material such as glasS-WOOl, the alternate
strips being connected together in the usual way.
— B. T.
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES
AND EXTRACTS.
On Dextro-Hexyl Alcohol from Roman Oil <>f Camo-
mile. P. v. Romburgb, Rec. des Trav. Chim. des
bays-Has. 5, 219.
Two kilos, of oil of camomile were saponified, and the
alcohols thus produced separated byfractionaldistillation.
SOgrnis. of Kb' big's liexyl alcohol were obtained, the
specific gravity of which was 0 829 at I"' C. It boiled
at 154°, and turned the plane of polarisation to the light
— o,i = +8lv. tin oxidising by means of chromic acid,
the alcohol yielded caproic acid, ( ,llr(i„ a colourless
liquid of unpleasant smell, boiling at 196—198", and
also turning polarised light to the right— ad = ^ 48'92 .
The amido-derivative oi this acid crystallised in long
needles, fusing at 124° C. The author believes that
tin- bexyl alcohol is |8/9-methylethylpropyl alcohol,
ill of II it'll— CH2— UH.OU, and its and is
^-metbyletiiylpropionic acid, lCH,)(CTI.,)CH— CII-—
CUUH. ' — S. H.
Ilipe Nuts from the Cameroons. Chem. Zeit. 10, 1628.
Tins drug consists of the cotyledons of the seeds of
Vateria indica L., which belongs to the class of
DipterocarpecB. The plant has been known for a long
time, and is extensively used in India for extracting the
oil it contains. The seed, like so many other drugs
containing tannin, is used as a remedy against colic. It
is worth noticing that the tannin contained in these
seeds becomes yellow on addition of potash, and the
colour changes to a bluish-green on warming.— A. It.
On Cinchonine. W. J. Comstock and W. Koenigs.
Ber. 19, 2853—2859.
Cinchonine combines with lmol. of bromine to form a
di-bromide, f , II N,OBr . which on boiling -with alco-
holic KOH loses --Tll'.r, and is converted into dehydro-
cinchonine, 1 1, ,.1I,„N,.(». When the latter base is
treated with l'fl, it yields dehydrocinchonine chl
C19H1(N,d, which by boiling with alcoholic KOH is
converted into dehydrocinchene, C , t, 1 1 , - X .. . Dehydro-
cinchene can also be obtained from cinchonine by con-
version into cinchene, and beating the di-bromide of the
latter with alcoholic K( ill.
Cinchonine dibromide, i ', ,11 ,.X,OBr5 + H-O, was
earlier mistaken for di-bromo cinchonine, and described
under that name. With cold concentrated ll..S(l_, it
forms an ethereal sulphate, sparingly soluble in cold
water.
Dehydrocinchonine, C,0HaoN,0, crystallises from
dilute alcohol in colourless needles, which melt at
202—203°, and can be sublimed. It is easily soluble in
alcohol, acetone, ether, and benzene, scarcely soluble
in water or petroleum spirit. The bydroliromide,
C || \ ii.lir.i,, forms colourless prisms, and the
hydrochloride, C,~ II . N < M H 1. long silky needles.
Dehydrocmchonim chloride, c. ,11 NCI. is derived
from the dehydrocinchonine by the replacement of < ill by
CI. It is veivsoluble in benzene, alcohol, and ether, but
is insoluble 'in petroleum spirit. It crystallises from
benzene on addition of petroleum spirit, and melts at
148— 149 .
Feb. »s. 1887.] THE JOl'KXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL LNDUSTRY.
147
Cmehent di-bromide, i II N I'.r . i- obtained by
the addition of bromine to a cold solution of cinchene in
chloroform. It forma colourless crystals, which melt at
110—113°. The hydrobromide crystallises in colourless
-. sparingly soluble in cold water. The nitrate
and cine-double chloride are also well crystallised salts
sparingly soluble in cold, readily in hot water.
■ II ,N,, crystallises from dilute
alcohol in long colourless needles ( :>IM>, which mell
at about 60°. The hydrobromide, C II ,N„H,Br„
form- small pi isms, very soluble in water, but
sparingly in absolute alcohol. Tlie platino-chloride,
( II \ ,11 I'ii'I. forms slightly soluble red tables.
Tin' acid tartrate is sparingly soluble in cold water.
-A. I
Method for the Preparation of Lanolin and Anhydrous
Lanolin from the Watte Liquors of W-
Establishments, and from Commercial Wool Fat.
C. D. Abel, London. Eng. Pat. 326, Jan. 8, 1S86. 6tl.
I.vnoi.in was first described in Eng. Pat. 4992. Oct 22,
1 882 For the process of its purification there described,
treatment of the raw lanolin with acetone is now
tuted. This dissolves out the pure fat. leaving the soaps,
etc, undissolved, and the solvent maybe recoveredby
distillation. According to another method, the crude
mass may l»- treated with benzene, carbon disulphide,
etc.. when b and fat are dissolved, and im-
purities left behind ; from this, the addition of
precipitates the soaps, etc., leaving pure wool-fat in
solution. I'rior to treatment with solvents, the commer-
cial wool fat may be melted and heated with alkalis,
alkaline earths or their hydrates, or even with oxides of
heavy metals. — W. L. C.
Apparatus for Determining the Specific Gravity of Solid*
and 1' R&ikow and X. Prodonaw. Chem.
/..•it. 10, 1556.
Tiik apparatus consists of a bent tulie as1, the right
limb of which is drawn out and provided with a cc. scale.
The left limb is wider, and at b a bladder-shaped bul
blown. Water being poured into the tube, owing to
capillary action, the heights A. A1, to which the water
in the two limbs, will differ. The difference being
noted, the body, whose -p. gr. is to be determined, is
brought into b. 1'art of the water is expelled, and the
level of the water in both limbs is thus raised. ( in now
An Improved /V ' .1 pparatus for the Purification
of Alcohol. J. A. T. Han- and M. C. A. Puffin, Paris
Eng. Pat. TS.i, Jan. IS, 1SS6. Sd.
As improvement of Eng. Pat. 10,870, 1SS4. Heavy
hydrocarbons boiling above 100' C are used in place of
the light petroleum spirit of the former specification :
the hydrocarbons are also purified by mean- of Btrong
rectified spirit instead of sulphuric acid. The apparatus
used is also modified in such a way that a larger surface
of hydrocarbon i- exposed to the action of the alcoholic
distillate, a vertical chamber divided into compartments
by perforated diaphragms being u>ed instead of separate
Is — G. 11. M.
XXIL— GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHE3HSTRT.
Arrangement for Combining the Operations of Beating
with Reflux Condi user, ■'„,/ afterwards Distilling.
Dr. 11. Michaelis. Chem. Zeit. "10, 1556.
Tiik author describes an apparatus very similar to Lint-
uer's for simplifying this operation. The arrangement will
be readily understood from a glance at the figure. The
inner tube of the Liebig condenser is bent at right angles,
and passes in a slanting direction through the cork.
-A. P.
compressing the air over the liquid by means of a piston
/.. until the original level of the fluid is again reached,
the volume of water which is present over the original
mark in the right limb will at once give the volume of
the immersed body, whence the sp. gr. is calculated.
In determining the sp. gr. of a liquid, some tluid with
which it does not mix is first brought into the tube, the
heights in the two limbs noted, and the tube and fluid
then weighed. Some of the liquid, whose sp. gr. is to be
found, is now introduced into the left limb, the level of
the fluid in a restored in the manner previously described,
and the increase in volume in a1 noted. If "the tube be
; with the two liquids, the weight of liquid la?t
introduced is found, whence by division with its volume
the sp. gr. is determined. The apparatus is said to lie
useful for determinations of sp. gr.. where only small
quantities of the liquid are at disposal. — A. R.
The Electrolytic Evolution of Arseniuretted Hydrogen
for the Detection '■;" Arsenic. C. H. Wolff, Phatm.
'Ceutr. Halle, 7, 60S.
THE author has designed a special apparatus for the
detectiou of arsenic by the electrolytic evolution of
hydrogen arsenide, which is decomposed into arsenic,
thus producing the well-known arsenic mirrors. In this
manner, even OOOOOlgr. arsenic trioxide can be de-
tected. With an equal strength of the electric current,
the arsenic mirrors always show an equal intensity, and
by comparing the mirrors obtained from known quan-
tities of arsenic, the smallest amount mav be estimated.
— S. II.
Volumetric Estimation of Zinc in Zinc-dust. F. Weil.
Compt. Bend. 103, 1013.
ACOPPEK SOLUTIOH is prepared by dissolving 12ol9grms.
of pure cupric oxide in a slight excess of hydrochloric
acid and diluting to 1 litre, lOcc. of which contain
Olgrni. Cu. 50cc. of this solution are treated in a
porcelain dish with ammonia until a slight permanent
turbidity appears, but the liquid must still lie slightly
acid. 0'4grm. of the zinc-dust to be tested is now
148
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDTJSTKY. '
added, and t lio max -tirroil from time to time with
a platinum wire, until the wire no long
covered with a black or red skin. The precipitation of
tin pperbyzinc in a porcelain dish takes about one
hour, whereas it can be completed in a platinum dish
Imp nf acetic acid is added to
clarity the Bolution, which is decanted, and after
in ten minutes, A drop of acetic
adding the washings of the copper precipitate, made up
to 100 or'JOOcc. lOcc of the washings are run into a Mask
tn which t i 20 to 30cc of hydrochloric acid are added
and the whole is boiled. The copper still in solution is
then titrated back with a stannous chloride solution,
: which are equal to OOlgrm. Cu. By subtract-
ing t lie copper thus found from the 0.">grm. Cu employed
for the test, the quantity of copper i- obtained which was
precipitated by the zinc, and by multiplying this figure
with the factor 1*0236 the quantity of zinc in 0'4grm.
zinc-dust is found. — S. H.
salt arc gradually decomposed. (A solution of 0*0
salicylic acid in 1 litre gave no colouration with ferric
chloride after five months.) 2. The salicylic acid musl first
be extracted with ether, and no coloured solutions should
be directly examined, for many bodies weaken the colour
reaction or suppress il entirely, such as acids, alkalis,
neutral Baits— viz., phosphates, tartrates, oxalab
:;. The ferric chloride solution must be very dilute, for
with small quantities of salicylic acid a Blight excess of
ferric chloride destroys the colouration.— A. K.
initiation of Castor Oil for other Fat Oils. Finkener-
Chem. Zeit 10. i">00.
IF pure castor oil be treated with concentrated sulphuric
acid, a product is obtained which dissolves almost com-
pletely in forty parts of water, whereas other fat oils,
such as sesame or olive oil, treated in the same manner,
yield no elear solution, but an emulsion. If castor oil
be mixed with one-fifth of sesame or olive oil. sulphuric
acid does not detect the presence of the two latter oils,
as the mixture gives Bulphonic acids, which are soluble
in water. I'.ut it was found that alcohol of a specific
gravity of 0'829 dissolves at 17 .V C. castor oil in nearly
any proportion, whereas other fat oils are only slightly
soluble in the same reagent. The test i- performed in
glass cylinders of lOOcc. capacity and 25mm. diameter,
which have marks for lOec. and 60cc, measured from
the bottom. lOcc. of the oil to be tested are put into tin-
cylinder. 50cc. alcohol added, and, after inserting the
stopper, shaken, and then allowed to stand for two to
three minutes. A -turn;.' turbidity, which does not dis-
appear even at 20 C, shows that the oil was not pure
c istor oil, but contained at least more than ten per cent,
of other oils. — S. H.
On the Determination of Sulphur in Albuminoids. W
Kochs. Chem. Centr. 17, S94.
A* CORDING to the author, it is the amount of sulphur in
albuminoid which decides whether it belongs to the
albuminoids proper or to the glutens. Furthermore, it is
stated that one may calculate approximately the quantity
of glutinous- and of albuminoid-peptone in a mixture of
albuminoids, Buch as peptone preparations, when the
amount of sulphur contained in the latter is known. The
reason the numbers previously given by the author differ
from those of Fresemus is due to the fact, that Carina'
method is not well applicable to albuminoids, since at the
temperature employed all the sulphur is not converted
into sulphuric acid. Whether the temperature is kept
for two hours at 120°, or three hours at 200". is immaterial
to the final result. On heating higher, explosions gene
rally occurred. Good results were, however, obtained
with Liebig's method for determining sulphur. It may
be assumed that muscular albumen contains from 1 — 1 -J
}ier cent, sulphur, but that muscular gluten is quite free
rom sulphur. For certain bodies, particularly albumi-
noids free from ash, Liebig's method is not practicable,
owing to the violent evolution of gaa Such bodies are
firsl evaported with ten times their weight of nitric acid
(sp. gr. 1"4) on the water hath, and the residue is mi
in a silver crucible with caustic potash and a little
saltpetre.— A. K.
On the Examination and Colorimetrie Determination of
Salicylic Acid. Frehse. Joum. Pharm. Chem. 14, ;">07.
Till-: following precautions are necessary in order to
obtain good results in the determination ol Balicylic arid
by means of ferric chloride: — 1. The standard solution
which serves for comparison must frequently be renewed,
since dilute solutions of salicylic acid and also its sodium
Contribution to t 0 E. I >ieterich.
Pharm. C.-H. N.'F. 7- 529, 541.
Knowing thai all processes in common use for testing
opium give unreliable results, the author has examined
the method emplo; I liickiger with a view to its
perfection. The chief objections to this process are: —
The addition of alcohol hinder- the precipitation of the
morphia, and, on the other hand, promotes the separa-
tion of calcium salts. The deposition of the alkaloid
is influenced by the duration and intensity of the shaking
Zeit. 10, 1224). And finally, the author finds
that on aiding the ammonia slowly a flocculent pre-
cipitate of narcotine at first separates (the whole of this
body being separable bv accurate neutralisation), and
is afterwards masked by the crystalline morphia pre-
cipitate. He therefore recommends the adoption of the
following methods, which are expeditious and accu-
rate : —
.,'//,„ Powder. — flgrms. of the dried substance are
extracted with OOgrins. of water with occasional shaking
during 12 hours. After filtration 2cc. of normal ammonia
are added to oOgrnis. of the solution, and the narcotine
is removed by passing through a 10cm. filter. 44'4grms.
of this second filtrate (=4grms. opium) are then mixed
in a weighed Erlenmeyer's flask with lOgrms. of ether
and thoroughly shaken for one minute, then with 4cc.
of normal ammonia, and again shaken ; after standing
for six hours the ether layer is poured orl" through an
8cm. filter, a further quantity of lOgrms. of ether is
then agitated with the liquid, and after separation
filtered, and finally the aqueous solution is passed through
the same filter, the crystals clinging to the walls of the
essel being disregarded. The flask and tiller are
each washed twice with occ. of ether-saturated water
and dried at 100e C. The crystals of morphine may
then he transferred without loss by means ol a camel-
hair brush from the lilter to the flask, where they are
heated at 100" until the weight is constant
For Opium Extract. — 3grms. are dissolved in 42grms.
of water, and after onehoui treated with2cc. of ammonia
and filtered as above : 31'7grms. of the filtrate (=2grms.
extract) are then used for the subsequent stages of the
- ss, which are conducted as in the case of the
powder.
For Opium Tincture. — 50grms. are evaporated to one
half their hulk; the origiual volume is made up with
distilled water, and the assay completed as already
i d, 44*4grms. (=4grms. tincture) of the filtrate
from the narcotine being employed. — W. <;. M.
Pure Duller and Artificial Butter. Professor Schcfler.
Pharm. Rundsch. 4, 248.
PUBE butter differs from artificial butter by containing
very little or no steatine. The author has based on this
fact an easy method for distinguishing between the two.
He prepares a solution, which is a mixture of 40 parts
by volume of rectified fusel-oil, and GO parts by volume
of ether (sp. gr. 0 725). lgnn. of pure butter dissolves in
3cc. of this mixture at 26—28' to a clear solution ; the
same weight of beef-snet requires ,50cc. for complete
i solution, lgnn. lard lbcc. and lgnn. stearin as much
as 550cc of the solvent. In examining samples 0*5 to
lgnn. of fat is introduced into a 12CC test tube, Sec. of
the solvent are added, and the well corked test tube
heated in a water bath with frequent shaking from
about 18° to 2s . and kept at 28° for some time. Pure
butter dissolves to a clear fluid * if the contents of the
test tube are not clear, more of the solvent is introduced
Feb. 28. 1887] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INMSTKY.
149
from a burette, until all ia dissolved. The greater the
quantity oC the solvent required for c plete solution
the greater is the adulteration of the butter. As is
apparent from the following numbers, it is possible to
estimate approximately the extent of the adulteration.
Tims : -lgrm. pure butter required :!■■<■.; O'lgrm. lard
and 0 9srm. butter, 3'9cc. ; 0*2grm. hud and 0'8grm.
butter, 1 Sec. ; 0'3grm.lard and0 7grm. butter, 5-7ce. ;
0'4grm. lard and 0-6grm, butter, 6'5cc. ; 0*9grm. lard
and O'lgrm. butter, l4-4cc. — A. 1!.
The Colour Reaction given by Morphine with Sulphuric
Acid. Gasselin and LeVy, Pharm. Chim. 14, 158.
According to Donath(this Journal, 1886, 618) morphine
gives a col. mi' reaction with Bulphuric acid in presenceof
potassinm arsenate. The authors find that the latter
ii is nothing to-do with tlie reaction, as the colouration
is jusl as intense with'pure sulphuric acid. Presence of
various salts, such as phosphates, does not interfere with
the reaction. As Jorissen has already pointed out, pure
codeine gives a similar colouration, but less intense.
— A. It.
now introduced into a, and, having opened r, is allowed
to flow into the burette. After washing down with a
liitl" water, sodium bypobromite is introduced into a,
and from thence passed into the burette, when tin- stop
cork is quickly turned off. The gas is set free, and
some mercury i- expelled into d. After the evolution
of gas has ceased, the mercury -till contained in the
burette is removed by pouring water into a and slowly
opening stop-cock >■. When the mercury has reached
the level o, the water containing bypobromite is ex-
pelled by again passing water from a through r, and
Opening m slowly. To prevent any air from entering,
there must always he some water in o. For measuring
the volume of gas, /' aid m are closed ; a is then
opened, ami the level of the Quids in b and c adjusted
by adding or removing water from c. The analysis is
complete in a few minutes. About a pound of mer-
cury is required. — A. It.
Examination of Different Extracts, Schweissinger.
Pharm. Centr. Halle, 7, 597 and (513.
E.i 1 1 ail a in i; n i, a, m is.— Both the dry root and the extract
contain mannite, fructose, dextrin, lactates, and triticin,
a substance related to inulin. The aqueous solution of
triticin turns the plane of polarisation to the left, upon
which reaction an adulteration of the extract with dextro-
gyrate substances can be based. A 10 per cent, solution
of the genuine extract polarised a,, = -.j-3c ; after inver-
sion, aj= — 7°.
Extraction Trifolii. — The vegetable bitter can be
easily separated by digestion with animal charcoal.
20grms, of extr. trif. dissolved in loOcc. of water and
digested for two days with lOgrnrs. of freshly calcined
charcoal are completely deprived of any bitter principle.
By boiling the charcoal with alcohol, the vegetable
bitter is dissolved, and remains behind after driving oil'
the alcohol.
E.i f met mi Colombo. — A few grains dissolved in water
aeiditied with sulphuric acid form a clear solution of
le n-yellow colour. Chlorine water turns the solution
red, which finally becomes colourless.
Extractum Hydrastis canadensis. — The solution of
this extract gives the same colour reaction as that of
extr. col., ami this may be accounted for hy the presence
of berberine in both extracts. One drop of the liquid
extract dissolved in lcc. of water turns red with two
drops of fuming nitric acid.
Extract ii m Lir/ni Gampeehianii. — Logwood extract is
frequently adulterated with molasses or dextrine. Since
a pure extract contains no substances which act on polar-
ised light or l'ehling's solution, these adulterations can
be easily detected by precipitating the liquid extract
with lead acetate and examining the filtrate. — S. H.
Remarks on Molisch's New Reactions for Sugar.
Leuken. Apoth. Zeit. 1, '24(3.
Molisch's reactions (Chem Zcit. 10, 620) consist in the
production of a violet or red colour by the action of Bul-
phuric acid on a-naphthol or thymol in the presence of
sugar. Normal mine treated in this manner turns violet
or 'red, and Moliseh therefrom, concluded that normal
urine contains sugar. Leuken closely examined these
reactions, and showed that the colour obtained with
grape-sugaT is different from that obtained with urine,
if the process be slightly modified. Sugar and the
glycosides generally show similar colour reactions with
a lame number of aromatic compounds— menthol, for
instance, giving more distinct colours than a-naphthol or
thymol. Besides sugar, all those compounds which
split oil" sugar by the action of sulphuric acid, such as
amygdalin, salicin, piperin, cumarin, etc., give a violet-
red colour with menthol and sulphuric acid. Alkaloids
do not show this peculiarity, and this reaction is there-
fore suitable for the examination of alkaloids for sugar
and glycosides. The author also showed that thymol
ratus is then complete for use for any number of deter- and sulphuric acid produce a red colour with different
initiations. By raising d, the burette and a portion of a compounds which are normal constituents of urine, and
are now filled with mercury ; stop-cock >■ is now dosed the red colour caused by thymol and sulphuric acid is
ami of again lowered. Should there be a film of water therefore no proof of the presence of sugar in urine,
on the mercury in a it must be removed, lcc, urine is — -s- H.
New Apparatus for the Determination of Urea. (1.
Frutiger. Bull. Soc. Chim. [2], 46, 641.
The lower end of the burette b is provided with two short
side tubes, a and n .■ a stout piece of caoutchouc tubing
connects o with the cylinder a, which is tilled with mer-
cury, and ii similarly communicates with the tube c.
This latter i- fastened to // by means of brass wire. The
lower end of the burette is furnished with a caoutchouc
Stopper, and through it passes the tube k-l, which
reaches to the level of the side tube o, and is closed
below by a stop-cock m.
In order to use the apparatus, water is poured into e,
and a portion of it allowed to How into the burette. </
is now closed and in opened, so that the water passes
out of the burette, care being taken that /.' S remains full
of water, and that no air -bubbles can enter. The appa-
160
Till-: JOURNAL OF Till'. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb. 88. 188T.
Ceiitr.il-
lions. T. Seegen.
Matt. Med. \\ iss. 1886, 11
Solutions of peptone, pare egg-albumen, serum-albu-
ni-ii. and casein mixed with a Bolution of a naphthol or
thymol give on addition of concentrated Bulphuric acid
in excess the same reaction, which Molisch has recently
- a reaction characteristic of sugar and other
carbohydrates. Possibly the albuminoids are decom-
posed by the sulphuric acid with formation of sugar.
At all events, Molisch 'a reaction has lost value, and
certain conclusions drawn from it have therefore become
untenable— such, e.g., as the assertion that "normal
urine unquestionably contains sugar." — A. R.
Modifications of KjeldahTs Method of Estimating Nitro-
gen. C. Arnold. Arch. d. Pharm. 1886, 792.
Tut: author recommends the following alterations : —
1. The llask in which the substance is heated with
sulphuric acid is closed by a test-tube, the middle of
\\ hich is expanded into a bulb in order to avoid loss by
spirting (Fig. 1). This form of stopper is to be pre-
ferred to the tapering pear-shaped one, for it is less
liable to be blown out by the bumping of the liquid, and
as the condensed dilute sulphuric acid does not drop so
readily from it into the hot liquid below, spirting i.-. to a
great extent avoided.
2. In the distillation of the ammonia, caustic soda may
be carried over into the receiver, and many forms of
apparatus have been devised to prevent this. The
author recommends that of Dr. Miincke (Fig. 2).
:t. Tlic ammonia is best collected in a Peligot's tube
Will, this apparatus ii i- easy to ascertain
« nether the joints are air-tight, and the titration may be
carried on! in the tube itself.
■4. The author employs J normal solutions of hydro-
chloric or sulphuric acid and ', normal soluti if am-
monia, and recommends fluorescein as the best indicator.
Neither organic acids nor fixed alkalis should he em-
ployed in the titration. With a black glass plate placed
below the Peligot's tube, the fluorescence becomes quite
visible on addition of a single drop even of ! mal
ammonia solution, after the acid has been neutralised.
The dilute solution of ammonia docs nol absorb carbon
dioxide from the air, and complicated apparatus for the
protection of the liquid is therefore unnecessary.— 8. Y.
Notes on the Testing <>f Quinine. E. de Vrij. Nieuw,
Tijdsch. v. d. Pharm. in Nederland, 2, 365.
WHEN Igrms. of quinine sulphate are dissolved in
400gnns. of boiling water, lgrni. of potassium chmmate
dissolved in a little water added, and the liquid put aside
for several hours, quinine eliminate is deposited in
crystals, which are anhydrous, and have the composition
'i'. ,1I,,N .ti.v.H.t'rn,.* One part of this salt dissolves
in '2733 parts of water at 14 C. For testing quinine for
cinchonidine, Sgrms. quinine sulphate are dissolved in
oOOgrms. of boiling water, l*2grm. potassium chromate
dissolved in a little water added, and the liquid allowed
to stand until the next day. The crystals of quinine
chromate are then filtered and washed. The filtrate is
wanned on the water-bath with sodium hydrate for some
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Pure caustic soda ami zinc may he heated in it for hours,
and even when frothing, bumping, or spirting occurs, no
caustic is carried over. Attention must be paid to
the following points : Caustic soda, when not purified
by solution in alcohol frequently contains nitrite-, which
yield ammonia when heated with zinc. If mercury is
employed, potassium sulphide must be added to the
tic alkali in order to decompose mercury-ammonium
compounds. For lgrni. of mercury lOcc. of a 20 per cent
solution of potassium sulphide are required. The sul-
phide must oe tested for nitrites and nitrates.
time, whereby the cinchonidine is precipitated, which is
filtered, dried, and weighed. For determining quanti-
tatively the amount of pure quinine in quinine sulphate,
Zgnns, of the latter are dissolved in 'JOOgrnis. of boiling
water and treated with II ogrm. of potassium chromate,
as previously described. The crystals are filtered,
washed, dried, and weighed, and for every lOOce. of the
filtrate O'Oogrm. quinine chromate is added to allow for
the slight solubility of quinine chromate. From the
latter the amount of quinine can be directly calculated.
— S. II.
Feb. 28, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
151
A Neir Reaction of Thymol. K. Stoermer. Pharm.
/eit. 31, 744.
[p thymol lie dissolved in concentrated potassium
hydrate solution, and the liquid slightly wanned, on
adding a few drops of chloroform a violet colour is at
once produced, which on shaking turns reddish violet.
0*01gr, thy 1 can be thus detected. The liquid Boon
separates in different layers ; the lowest (chloroform) is
red, the middle (potash lye) is scarcely coloured,
ami the top one (thymol) is dark violet.- S. II.
.1 New Reaction of Tannic Arid. J. E. Saul. Pharm.
J. Trans. 3, 387.
A i ski i i. method for distinguishing gallic acid from
tannic acid is the following: O'Olgr. of tannin is shaken
with See. of water. Three drops of an alcoholic thymol
solution and 3cc. of concentrated sulphuric acid are
aided, l'ure tannin produces a turbid pink solution.
whereas gallic acid remains colourless. Pyrogallol
gives a dark violet solution. — S. H.
jRcto brooks.
The Applicability of Nitroso-B-Naphthol for tl
motion of Ferric Oxide in the Pretence oj Alumina.
Em. Hreutel. Cer. b'sterr. ties. z. lord. d. Ind.
8, 129.
FERRIC salts are completely precipitated by nitroso-
jS-naphthol, ferrous salts but slowly and incompletely.
In a mixture of the two oxides, both the oxide and the
protoxide are completely precipitated. The process is
especially useful in the analysis of clay, which contains
but little iron, and for the estimation of iron in
aluminium sulphate. If so little iron is present that
nitroso-,3-naphthol only produces a very slight precipitate,
the author determines the iron in the cold solution
colourimetrically bv means of potassium ferrocvanide.
— S. H.
Method of and Apparatus for Determining the Quantity
of Fat in Mil/:. < '. G. P. De Laval, Stockholm.
Eng. Pat. 8610, July 16, 18S5. 8d.
The milk is warmed with an equal volume of acetic
acid, containing one volume in twenty of sulphuric acid.
It is then introduced into a fine glass tube, open at both
ends, which is subjected to very rapid rotation in a
centrifugal machine. The fine glass tube is graduated,
and in this part the tat collects, so that its percentage
can be easily read off. Twelve tests can be made simul-
taneously in ten minutes, or seventy-two tests per hour
by the apparatus, which is described and figured. The
speed of revolution is 6000 per minute. It is claimed
that the results are accurate to within 0'5 per cent, of
the total fat present, or within 00'2 per cent, on the
milk.— W. L. C.
Chkmikku-K.u.eno wt. 1*S7. Kin Hulfsbueh fur Chemlker,
Physlker, Mmeralogen, tndustrieue. Pharmaceuten, Hut-
tenm&nner, u.s.w. von Dr. Rudolf Bibdbrmawn. A.ch-
ter Jahrgang. Mit elner Beilage. Berlin: Isst. Veriag
von Julius Springer. London: H. Gravel & Co., 33. King
Street, Covent Garden.
Small 8vo volcmk in pocket-book form, containing
Calendar and table of frequently-used Atomic Weights
in Che cover. Title-page. Preface and Table of Contents;
also Diary, followed by 28 blank pages for the record
of notes, etc. Then follows a most complete set of data
in tabulated form, supplying almost .very imaginable
ii 1 of the Chemist that can be supplied by such means.
and the work closes with a few pages ruled for the
recording of names and addresses, fly-leaves at the end sup-
plying the German Poet-offlce Regulations, and a complete
Railway Map of the German Empire. The text covers 289
pages. A small paper-covered volume, forming an Appendix
to the Kalendar. and termed the " Beilage zum Chcmiker-
Kalender, 1887." supplies also, in tabular arrangement, the
wants of the Physicist, in giving all the more commonly re-
quired physical constants and other data, and closes with an
Appendix specially interesting to students desirous of gaining
information as to the Professors and Docenten in the virions
German Polytechnic Schools and Universities, ami to thi
ieets taught in those institutions. Not even the limited menus
of the poorer classes of students are forgotten, and a tabulated
list is given of the prices of the various sizes of the more
important articles of chemical apparatus.
Determinations of Fat in Mill;. M. Eretzschmar. Chem.
Zeit. 10, 15."i6.
The hard mass resulting from evaporating milk, etc., in
which the fat is to be determined, with gypsum, is only
with difficulty entirely removed out of the dish. The
author proposes the following improvement : — A ball of
cotton wool is made, the half of which must be somewhat
larger than the interior of the evaporating dish. A
square piece of tinfoil, about 14Scm. in length (its
thickness should be such that it weighs about 2*4 grins, i.
is placed on the dish (diameter for 20cc. of liquid about
S'Tcru.), the foil firmly pressed into the dish by the aid of
the cotton-wool ball, and fixed by turning its edges
downwards over the edge of the dish. Gypsum is DOW
spread over the foil, and the milk, etc., introduced.
'1 he uiilk can be readily evaporated without stirring.
The whole mass, including the tinfoil, is then lifted
out of the dish and pulverised. The tinfoil is cut up
and extracted together with the powder. — A. K.
CraDc Report.
France.
Duty on Paper Pastes.
The following decision, affecting the classification of paper
pastes in the French Customs Tariff, has recently been given
by the French Direction of Customs : —
Under the tariff, ordinary pasteboard at present pays the
same duty as paper paste pressed and pasteboard simply
moulded made of wood or straw paste, and imported in the
shape of leaves moist or not. They are only admitted duty
free when the sheets are torn so as to be absolutely useless
except for the manufacture of paper, or again, when the im-
porters consent to place them under the transit regulations.
The greater part of the imported pastes are imported under
these conditions.
Switzerland.
Classification of Art ides in Customs Tariff.
(.Vo<e.— Quintal = 22011b. avoirdupois. Franc = 9,'id).
Parts of apparatus for glass blowing, plates (frames) of lead
perforated, for electric batteries— category, 105 ; duty, 1 francs
per quintal.
So-called cobalt (artificial)— category, 159 ; duty, 5 francs per
quintal.
Rcssia.
Classification of Articles in Custom* Tariff.
[Note.— Poud = 361b. avoirdupois. Funt = 0'9021b. avoirdupois
Square arshinc = 5'D square feet. Gold rouble = 3s.- 2cU
The following decisions affecting the classification of articles
in the Russian Customs Tariff have recently been given by the
Russian Government:— ....
The following homoeopathic medicines— ailanthus, buso.
cannabis sativa, cedrou, chamomilla, cyclamen, cynophalium
polycephalum. lachesis, lactuein, pyrocarbon, Symphytum
racemosum, tarantula, viola odorata, and zincum— arc to be
included under Section 151, and to pay a duty of 10 roubles per
poud gross, with an addition of 20 per cent, on each rouble of
duty leviable.
The liquid " carbohneum avenanus, for soaking wood.
Section 16, duty 5 copecks per poud gross, with an addition of
20 per cent, on "each rouble of duty leviable.
Alloys of zinc and antimony. Section 121, duty 22 copecks per
poud.
Italy.
Classification of Articles in Customs Tariff.
I.Xote.— Hectogramme = 3215oz. troy. Kilogramme = 22011b.
avoirdupois. Quintal = 22011b. avoirdupois. Lira=9, .l.i
The following decisions, affecting the classification of various
articles which have been the subject of disputes, have recently
been given by the Italian Customs authorities.
Sulphur of ainc mined with sulphate of barytes to be in-
eluded in Category III.. No. 33 (oxide of iron. lead, pewter,
and zinei. duty 2 lire per quintal.
Articles composed of wine, extract of meat, malt. etc..
Category III.. No. 50 (medicinal articles compounded, not dis-
tinguished', 1^0 lire per quintal.
152
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAI INDUSTRY. [Feb. 28. 18S7.
Vermilion, dry, with the addition of aniline colour. Cate-
L'nn I v . \ i 61a (colours el L from tar in a dry state),
l.i lire per quintal.
Rxtract of dye woods, Category IV.. Wo. 65 (colouring
extracts ol wood and .til other dyeing I ifl I, 12 Lire 50 per
quintal.
I'm n:i> Si \ rES.
Classification of Articles w Tariff.
An article called "toluidine." known in commerce as a
heavj aniline oil, a manufactured article, and a productol
, tal-tar (not n colour). Is dutiable al the v\w of 20 per rent, ad
valorem, under provision 81 in Schedule a, as products of
coal tar.
Aliz irin blue and gallein. which arc enil-tar colours, arc
dutiable at n per cenl ad valorem, under the
provisions of Section B2. as "all coal-tar colours or dyes, by
what ever name known."
Sulphate of antimony, which consists of an artificially-pro-
duced chemical compound well known as " golden Bulpnurel
nf antimony," or " pentasulphide of antimony," is dutiable al
to per cent, ad v uorem, under the provision in Sec-
ill chemical compounds," etc.
Cocoa butter, which consists of an unctuous, fatty body, or
c m ■]■<■•>• nil, derived by expression an 1 heal from the seeds of
the " Thcobroma cacao," and which is in fact an oil expressed
Or rendered from such seed8, is held to be dutiable at the pa I e
ot 25 per cent ad valorem, under the provision in Section 92
for "all preparations known as essential oiR expressed oils,
distilled oils, rendered oils, by whatever name known," etc.
ROU MANIA.
New Commercial Treat)/.
With reference to a statement that appeared totheelTcci that
a new commercial treaty between Great Britain and Rou-
mania was signed on the 26th November last, a letter has
been received from the Foreign Office atating that the rati
fl nations of this treaty were exchanged at Bucharest on the
31st December last.
Customs Formalities.
The Journ il 0$ 'iel of 22nd December last draws the atten-
tion of its readers in the difficulties now thrown in the way of
foreign trade in Roil mania by the Customs formalities. It is
in i -.\ :ibsnlntely necessary that the weight of packages of goods
should agree with the statements made in the bill of lading.
If there are several articles in one package, the separate
weight of each article must be stated, and unless merchants
arc aware of this regulation much expense and delay may be
caused.
Tunis.
Under tin- new Customs Tariff of Tunis— which came into
operation in August hist— the importation of the following
articles is prohibited : — Nitrate of soda, saltpetre, gunpowder,
dynamite and similar substances, salt, and manures (exclusive
of guano, phosphate of lime in powder, etc.).
Ubaoijay.
New Customs Tariff.
and chemicals nnt ol her wise mentioned : essences and extracts
ol everykindnot otherwise distinguished; glycerin; phos*
pi inn is past i- ; snap and perfumery ; inks, exoepl print ing ink ;
candles.
Importation of the following prohibited: Cocoanul oil,
dynamite, Btarch, white or brown sugar. Bareaparilla, salt.
Trade between Spain and the United Kingdom.
Imports from Spain.
Articles paying a duty of: —
51 mi valorem: Perfumery, powder and ammunition, beer-
47 nif valorem: Drugs.
t ■: ad valorem : Candles, matches, and starch.
20 ad valorem : Mercury and tar.
1*2 ad valnrrm : Soda, potash, phosphorus in sticks, and
sulphuric, nitric, and chloric ('hydrochloric) acids.
i; o>i valorem : Scientific instruments ; salt.
I <■•• ; Sheep dip
Customs Tariff of Venezuela,
Rati 9-0/ Import Duty,
{Note, - Bolivar franc, and is divided into centimes.)
10 f per Kilo, ; Sulphuric acid.
ntimes per Kilo. : stearic and oleic acids andstearlne ;
acetic and hydrochloric acids; nitric acid; colza oil and
m ichine oii ; white lead or carbonate of lead ; alum ; English
yellow, or chromate ol Lead, minium, litharge, and man-
L- inese ; sulphur in powder and paste ; oxide of zinc ; ale and
cider; chloride of lime ; fluid gas; paper of all kinds ; paints
(common) prepared in Oil ; potash, common or calcined ; salt-
ind salts of nitre ; ■•<><\;\. common or calcined : carbonate
; sulphat. of iron oreopperas ; sulphate of copper
orblueetone; turpentine. common ; vinegar.
: i ( - ntimes per Kilo. : Collodion for photographic purposes ;
varnishes; sperm oil and paraffin; gasoline and benzine;
bone duel ; baking powder.
l Bolivar 25 Centimes per Kilo. : nils and BOaps perfumed ;
oil of sesame, castor, and other kinds nnt otherwise men tinned ;
rod-liver oil: tartaric acid in powder ; arsenic and liquid am
mniiia; quicksilver; colours and paints nni otherwise distin-
guished, such us indigo, ultramarine, etc, drugs, medicines,
Prim ipai A.H hoi ss.
Dec. 18S5.
Dec, 1886.
Chemical Products unenume-
rated Value
£7,033
26,581
Copper Ore and RegulUB—
Tons
1,291
3,:m
Value
£101.821
£53,270
Manganese Ore 'Inns
520
\ alue
81,
—
l'vritcs of Iron or Copper
Tons
■ > i.l 7'i
16.671
Value
£102.888
£90,037
7.l.'ll
—
Value
«. ,l.ll
—
Total Value of Imports
£921.111-.
£867,183
The total value of imports during January, 1887, amounted
to £818,935 as compared with £635,256 in the corresponding
month of the year 1886.
Exports from the United Kingdom to Spain.
PRmcIFAl iBTICLBS.
Dec. 1885.
24.918
£8,711
£ i ,680
8,200
2753
£5,310
£2 623
£tio6
2,092
£2,627
£8,482
508
£165
Dec 1886.
Alkali Cwt.
Value
Caoutchouc Manufactures
Value
Cement Cwt.
Value
Chemical Products, including
24,613
£9.1 6
£2.057
o mill
£475
£-2.038
Products of Coal, including
Glass Manufactures Value
Grease, Tallow, and Animal
Fat Cwt
Value
Manure Value
Value
£1.735
£532
1,043
£919
£1,325
251
£221
Total Value of Exports
£241,868
£253.238
The total value of exports during January, 1887, amounted
to £235,826, as compared with £240,097 in January, 1886.
Industrial Condition of Russia.
Compared with 1SS0. the production of manufactured Roods
in 1881 was as follows :
Roublw.
•
1880.
1384.
Wool ....
[76,203.000
115,075.000
27,502,000
11,476.000
66,640,000
12.606,
15,436.000
18.819,000
8.307.000
2.219,000
56,405,000
212,826,000
llll. IHS, UNI
30,090,000
silk
Dyeing
( ihemical Products
12,617,000
61,252,000
16,616,000
22,882,000
14,791,000
Porcelain and Faience
10,310,000
3,943,000
16,060,008
It will he observed that with the exception of wool, dyeing,
leather, and machinery, all these branches of industry show a
Substantial increase.
Italy.
Regulations affecting Bills of Lading.
iocordina to the French Monttew Offlctel, the Italian
Treasury Department has adopted a new Byetem with respect
F<-b. a, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
153
to the presentation of bills of ladine by merchants forwarding
goods. Formerly, the Customs authorities only required that
>lll of lading should be but in future two bills
must be delivered to the Customs officers, and
consequently the stamp duty is increased from 1 lire 10 to 2
lire 10.
C mmercial School nt Flora
Mr.J.i; Kennedy, Her Majesty's Secretary ofEmbass
Rome, writing under <l it,- of the uist October lust. s:iys : —
• \ Royal decree has established at Florence a
i| commercial school, il bjeol of which is to afford
il instruction to all intending to become manufactui
Customs or other Government orticials. and for whom a
technical knowledge of trade and of commercial tieography
mav be neo -
"Candidates for the above school must have matriculated
in chemistr] . gradu ite l al the Lyceum or technical instil
or- havi ted tln-ir Btudies in a commercial schi
Officials "i State Departments to whom snch instruction may
be useful will be admitted to the lector.'*.
"The course of study will be completed in two years."
Gkrmaht.
The Herman Iron an 1 Steel M mufacl rrers1 Union has just
published the statistical figures relating to the production
during the year 1380.
Pig-Iron Production of the German Furnace* in 1SSG.
(In tons of 10<X) kilos.)
Total
Tol il
1886.
an.l
-
TI. mU
Foundry
Ann pant
of Pig
Amount
"frig
Specular
Kg.
Pt*
1886.
1885.
January .
■
30.G10
296,869
319.801
F • brnary
143.030
!
59 90:!
iS.Olfi
269.481
296.927
March
in 969
38.015
71.617
33,901
2S7.765
319.210
137.299
78.511
35,512
291.221
:■<■; *-„;
M.iv
37,614
76.487
285
June
135.518
?j;.i7i
71,109
-
■J7.5.51I6
318.919
July
144.312
38.053
--
Angusl
65.350
30.299
264,902
1IIHT
135.141
34.246
63.966
28 119
er ..
132,951
35,061
1
mber
!
31.11%
274.057
308,106
nlier .
141.339
33.900
74,558
33,570
a
314.679
Total ....
I.G85.439
420.128
835,178
363,858
3,339,803
3,751,775
The official statistics furnished by the Government do not as
yet come up to the year l&Sti. During the seven previous years
the production was as follows :—
Beftsemer
Y<-:,r
PnddleJ
Irou.
ami
Sl.ec ular
Iron.
Foundry
Ptg.
Castings.
1885
1.300.179
186.816
14,645
1884
1.960.138
1,210.353
414.328
15,293
3.600.612
1883
1,072.357
15.521
3.169.719
1882
1 901.541
1.153.083
309,316
16.835
3,380.806
1881
386.750
281.613
16.691
2.911.009
1880
1.732,750
10.117
1879
1,592,811
161,253
161,696
10,821
Daring the next few days the Association of Producers of
Pte Iron in Rhineland- Westphalia will hold a mo
order tu prolong the present combination, which terminates
on June 30.
Foreign Trade of India.
Chemical*! Drugs, Medicines and Narcotics, and Dye-
ing and Tanning Materials,
The returns are for the eight months— 1st April to 20th
November.
188-5. 1886.
Imports R 5.311.362 R 5,769.187
Exports R 83,521,501 R 87,681
Depression of Trade and Industry.
Final Report of the Royal Commission appointed *v
inquire into the Depression of Trade and Industry ;
with Minutes of Evu Appendices.
is the final report of the Royal Commission on the
Djpression of Trade and Industry. It contain? a
statement of the information and evidence which are given in
previous numbers, of which there have been three issued alto-
:. Vol. M. being the largest, and consisting of two
i'e part-;.
After tracing the methods adopted by the Commissioners to
obtain evidence from ( ihamben of < Commerce, labour associa-
tions, foreign countries, and official witnesses on the four suh-
aches of trade selected by them for special Inquiry,
the report proceeds to give shortly the ei .dance of some ol
principal witnesses on the subject of ill. the iron and coal
trades; rj>, textile Indus ' culture; <>>. shipping.
It then deals briefly with the answers given by Chambers of
Commerce, labour associations, and Her Majesty's representa-
tives In foreign countries, and further sum ma rises shortly the
written and oral cvi Having thus
bed the evidence, the Commissioners proceed to their
conclusions upon it : they review the nature and extent of the
depression, and they observe that complaints of depression
proceed in a great measure from the producing classes. A
general increase of production is everywhere remarkable:
statistics Of our trade with foreign countries are largely <i noted
• production, of goods con -
1 by railway, and of tonnage entered and cleared are
ed in support of the statement thai there has been general
increase in production, agriculture alone being in this case an
exception. Complaints of absence of profits are many, but
against these they have to B6 ase of the income-tax.
always allowing for greater efficiency of collection. Supplv
of commodities is. no doubt, they add. in excess of demand,
and there has been a reduction in the return to capital.
After giving a summary of the main features of the situation.
Which arc Stated to be :—
(a.) A very serious falling off in the exchangeable value of
the produce of the soil ;
(b.) An increased production of nearly all other classes of
commodities;
(c.l A tendency to the supply of commodities to outrun the
demand ;
(a\> A subsequent diminution in the profit obtainable by
production ; and
(e.) A similar diminution in the rate of interest on invested
capital.
The report then goes on to review the depression as it
effects : tl) the producing classes. i2* the monied class, and (3)
the working classes. Having thus dealt with the nature and
extent of the depression, the report further remarks on the
causes which have assisted to produce the existing state of
things. Amongst these the first touched on relates to
changes which have occurred in the distribution of wealth,
a smaller proportion of profit falling to the share of the em-
ployers of labourthan formerly, and the employment of labour
having become from this cause not so full and continuous.
Whether or not the aggregate amount of profit is increasing,
the Commissioners think that there is no doubt that profits
are becoming more widely distributed among the classes en-
gaged in trade and industry; large capitalists are perhaps
receiving a lower return, but the number of those who are
making a profit, if but a small one. is much increased. In
support of this, figures are quoted from the Reports of Com-
missioners of Inland Revenue to show that, taking the years
l874r-75, 1>79-S0, and 18S4-S5. for purposes of comparison, the
number of assessments under the head of Trades and Profes-
sions. Schedule D. at less than £2000 a-year. has increased at a
more rapid rate than the population, whilst the number of
similar assessments above £2000 has increased at a less rapid
rate, and the number of similar assessments above £5000 has
actually diminished, and the Commissioners remark further
that the lower the income the more rapid has been the rate of
increase. But in addition to this change in the distribution of
wealth, there has been over-production— an over-production to
which a stimulus was originally given by the great demand for
all manufactured goods which followed the war of 1870-71. A
demand only temporary was treated a- if permanent, and
manufacturers increased their power of production as if the
demand was to be of a lasting character. Limited liability
companies and the operation of the promoters of such com-
panies had much to do with the continuance of this over-
production, new companies always springing up. even on the
ruins of the old. At the same time bad seasons and the com-
petition of the produce of other countries caused the agricul-
tural section of the community to become seriously crippled,
and a lack of purchasing power resulted from the agricultural
•s having to accept smaller prices for such produce as
they had to offer. Added to this, the stimulus of protection
in other countries has made foreign markets less profitable for
our trade, in proportion as they became more subject to re-
strictive tariffs. A diminution of demand for our goods in the
home market also took place at the same time as the diminu-
tion from abroad.
The diminution of the demand from abroad— not in bulk, but
rather in value— has been caused in a great measure by Ger-
man competition, more especially in the East. Other and
minor causes have been at work. such, for instance, as de-
terioration in the quality of the goods supplied, low-priced
Koodsof an inferior quality having replaced in a great measure
those formerly supplied.
Fraudulent'marking. practised chiefly by foreign firms, has
been another cause at work, and some witnesses are of opinion
that restrictions on the employment of labour, together with
strikes and similar movement-, are making production costly
in this country. The Commissioners add. however, that in
their opinion the condition of trade and industry cannot with
justice, be attributed to the action of trades unions and
similar combinati
The Commissioners further state that they cannot attribute
164
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Feb.2s.i887
the depression of trade in any way to the incidence of taxa-
ti"ii : in fact, we arc in this respect in a more favourable posi-
tion than ilic foreign countries who compete with us in the
markets of the world.
Complaints have been numerous as to the prevailing* depres-
sion being aggravated by the difficulties com ted with the
transport of goods. These complaints ihc Commissioners have
di\ Ided into three classes : —
(a) That the railway companies regulate their charges so as
to favour one district, or place, or trade, at the expense of
another, and the importer of forci:,-n goods at the expense
of the home producer.
(In That the cost of transit in this country is excessive, as
compared with the charges made for similar services in
other countries and that, consequently, our home trade is
being crippled and destroyed to the advantage of our
foreign competitors, who are able to place tin
our markets at b less expense than the home producers,
who curry on their operations at a much less distance.
ici It is contended that if the water communications of the
country were properly developed, an effective competition
would thus be established, which would obviate any mono-
poly now possessed.
The Commissioners examined into the arguments adduced
to them, their conclusions generally being against those under
heads (a) and (In. but in favour of that under ( c). Thev then
pass on to minor causes which have contributed to the depres-
sion, such as the royalties on minerals, which are stated by
some witnesses to be excessive; the demand which formerly
existed tor railway material, and which has now fallen off.
the substitution of steel for iron, and consequent economy of
material.
Having thus reviewed the prominent features of our com-
mercial position and the forces which have contributed to
bring it about, the Commissioners proceed to enumerate cer-
tain definite recommendations which they have to make.
Amongst these are:— 111 A cheapening of cost of production ;
i2i increased vigilance in competition with foreign countries;
and |3I more particularly a search for new markets. They
also consider that technical education is much neglected
and commercial geography might, they think, be studied to
advantage.
Suggestions have been made to them that diplomatic and
consular agents abroad might render assistance in foreign
markets, and the Commissioners weigh the arguments for and
against the course proposed.
Full statistics of internal or home trade, they think, might
with advantage be collected.
With regard to the questions affecting the charges for rail-
way carriage, the Commissioners remark (al that greater
facilities should be afforded to the public for readily ascer-
taining the rates which the companies profess to charge,
together with any modifications of those rates which they
make in favour of any individuals or any classes of their cus-
tomer-: On that a cheap and effective procedure should be
provided for obtaining a legal decision on any disputed point,
and for enforcing the decision when given ; fcl that greater
attention should be paid to the development of the water
communications of the country, and that no railway company
should be allowed, either directly or indirectly, to control or
own a canal; <dt that every facility should 'be afforded by
Parliament for the construction of light railways or tram-
ways in those parts of the country which may be found to
be insufficiently supplied with the means of communication,
or which are susceptible of further development in this
respect.
Legislation, the Commissioners think, might well be insti-
lutcd with reference to counterfeit marking and fraudulent
description of goods. The law relating to limited liability
companies they also think capable of improvement, with a
view to checking the creation of unsound companies, but thev
refrain from making specific suggestions, as they are of i
opinion that Ihc subject requires to be further considered and
discussed.
The foregoing report is signed by eighteen out of the
twenty-three l.'oyal Commissioners appointed, but of this
number only seven sign it without reservations or remarks.
Amongst those who make reservation are Mr. Si later-Booth,
Mr. Cohen, Mr. Bibbs, Mr. Jamieson, and Mr. Palgrave. who
consider the report too optimistic, and think that it minimises
the depression which has been proved by the evidence to exist :
Mr. Birtwistle, who makes some suggestions with regard to
fraudulent marking and limited liability trading. Sir James
( orry has also some remarks upon the latter subject, and Sir
('. M Palmer thinks that the minority report, signed by Lord
Dunraven, Mr. Ecroyd, Mr. Lubbock, and Mr. Muntz! mere
accurately describes the extent and severity of [he d. ij
of trade and industry.
Professor Bonamy Price and Mr. Samuel Storey are also
dissentients, but from one paragraph only in each case.
A minority report drawn up by the Fair Trade members of
the Commission- namely. Lord Dunraven. Mr. Ecroyd, Mr.
Lubbock, and Mr. Muntz. is also appended, it lays -
some points which an- llghtli passed over in the mi
report, and advocates Import duties to countervail, as far as
al foreign bounties and protective duties.
A third report is annexed, signed by Mr. Arthur O'Connor,
who differs from the rest of his colleagues.
asontfjlp Ipatcnt List.
L— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS, and
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
Tin II. Woodcock and T. Riley, Birmingham. Modeofsol-
deringor brazing can hen ware and metallic pi pes or other like
objects for sanitary, chemical, or other purposes. January 18
751 J. Kendall, Shipley. Protecting Rues ami generating
-team in vertical and Other boilers, which he calls ' The Ken-
dall ilue protector ami steam generator." January 18
761 ti. ii. Hughes and D. Hughes. Nottingham. A furnace
bar and smoke consuming furnace. January 18
791 A. II. w. Brown, London. Improvements in means for
economising fuel and consuming smoke in steam boiler and
Other furnaces. January 18
820 \V. Oram. Manchester. Improvements in hydraulic
presses. January 19
827 St John Vincent I lay. Glasgow— From P. S. Swan. India.
An improved door lor furnaces to which hot air is supplied tor
the combustion of the fuel therein. January IS
832 H. J. P. Jolly. London— Prom O. Richmond, New York.
Method and apparatus for artificial cooling. Complete speci-
fication. January 19
- ;.; St John Vincent Hay Glasgow- From P. S. Swan. India.
Furnaces for heating air. and apparatus connected there with.
January 19
836 G. G. Campbell. London. Supplying heated air to bot-
toms of firegrates by means of a hot air regulator. January 19
991 J. Y. Johnson. London— From II. J. Drory, Austria.
Apparatus for spraying and burning liquid fuel tor heating
Bteam boilers, or for other purposes. January 21
1089 H. Dansey. London— From L. C. Aula South
Wales, Apparatus for condensing in vacuo for ships use.
January -I
HIS J. Johnson and C. D. Greenland. London. Improve-
ments in decorticating apparatus. January 21
1181 A. Conacher. London. Improvements in refrigerating
machines. January 25
1211 J. Barber and J. Fortune, Manchester. Apparatus for
preventing the incrustation of the tubes of boilers. Jan. 26
1249 W. L. Cooper. London. Apparatus for the purification
and softening of water or other liquids. January 26
1315 W. Bergh, London. Centrifugal apparatus for sepa-
rating fluids of different specific gravities January 27
1326 K. Seeer. London. An arrangement for driving sepa-
rators and other centrifugal apparatus. Complete specifica-
tion. January 27
1336 C. C. Barton, London. Method and apparatus for
maintaining a proportional flow of liquids through pipes of the
same or of different diameters. January 27
1136 A. W. Bennis. Liverpool. Improvements in or apper-
taining to apparatus for supplying fuel to furnaces Jan. 29
1582 A. J. Boult, London— From S. W. Merryman, United
States. Improvements in boiler cleaning compounds. Com-
plete specification. February 1
1678 D. Duvilers. London. Improvements in carburettors.
February 2
1702 J. Vicars, T. Vicars, and J. Vicars, jun., Liverpool.
Improvements in apparatus for feeding fuel to furnaces.
February 3
1770 J. Murrie. Glasgow. Improvements in apparatus for
indicating or regulating temperature or pressure. February i
1817 W. G. Hicks, Kamsgate. Improvements in taps for
regulating the flow of tar or other like liquids. February 5
lilll E. Green. Nottingham. Improvements in firebars for
furnaces. February 8
1915 W. Bcgg. Manchester. Improvements in the construc-
tion of furnaces. Complete Specification. February S
2075 W. Young. Loudon. Improvements iu filtering papers.
February 10
2085 A. Purvis and W Purvis. Glasgow. Improvements in
hydraulic valves. February 10
"2119 F. M. Spence and H. |i. Spence, Manchester.' Improve-
ments in furnaces for heating, drying, or calcining certain
mineral or other substances or materials. February 10
2127 J. Brock and T. Minton, London. Improvements in
filter-presses. February 111
2131 P. M Justice. London— From J. Macdonald, I'nited
-. Improvements in apparatus for pumping liquids.
February in
2150 J. Y. Johnson. London— From I!. Seguela. France. Im-
provements in injectors. Complete specification. February n
2151 P. Keil. l.ivert 1. Seel lass X.
2153 C. Johnson. Sunderland. Improved construction of fur-
nao Band closed fires. February 11
2177 II. Boldenand li. ti. Brooke. London. Improvements
in injectors. February 11
2198 II D. Cooper, London. An improved form of washer
especially suitable for thejoints of tubes and tit lings lined yvith
glass or other material. Complete specification. Feb. ii
2211 F.N. Mackay and A. G. Christiansen, Liverpool. Im-
provements in means and apparatus for effecting refrigeration.
February 12
2319 A. K. Irvine, Glasgow. Improvements in pressure regu-
lators for gas and other fluids. February 12
.1. Gilinour. Glasgow. Improvements in andeonnected
with forced blast steam-boiler furnaces. February 12
'•'•■ 28. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF TIIK KOClKTY OF t'HK.MlOAL IMh STl.V
166
■J - - 1 1 J. Crosfleld and E. Beck, Liverpool. Improvement In
apparatus for mixing tu ■ ■ granular or pulverulent
materials in approximately definite proportions. February 12
3237 II. I ►. Cooper, London, Improved fittings for tubes
lined with glass or othrr material. Complete specification.
February 12
2251 J. II. Johnson) London— From A. Leon, France. Im-
provements in tubes nr conduits for gas, water, electric con-
ductors and the like. February 12
■'lit; II. II. Lake, London— From B. Loberts, United .States.
Improvements relating to smoke condensing apparatus for use
in connection with Bteam-boiler and other furnaces. Complete
specification. February ii
2:1111 A. Conneher. London. Improvements in refrigerating
in" hines. February II
2333 s. Kilhv ami II. Uobbs, Northampton. Boiler explosion
preventer. February r>
:'.;il II. T. B.Sanderson, South Shields, stoppingtubes burst
ei nil pressure. February lo
23R8 T. Rawson, Sunderland. The circulation and pnrinYn-
tton of the water in steam boilers win 1st at work, thereby pre-
venting the formation of in' rust at inn or scale. February It!
2433 P. Calllburcea, London, Improvementsin the system of
hygrometers and other analogous instruments and apparatus.
Complete specification. February 10
2437 I-'. Labbe, London. Improvements in furnaces for burn-
ing lime, and for otherpurposea. February lii
— I T I .1. M. M'-.Muririe. < i];i.^'in\ -. Improvements in apparatus
for regulating lluid pressures. February 17
2485 .1. .1. Mofrat, Birmingham, Improved apparatus for
condensing steam. February 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.'
1886.
1938 T. Oerham. I lertain Improvements in hydrometers and
arometers. February 9
2651 A. Myall— From .1. Mclntyre. Surface condensers.
Fehruary 19
:tJ7(i C.S. Marian. Injectors for raising and forcing fluids,
and feeding boilers. January 22
3731 (.'. W. Hurton and F. T. Moison. Apparatus and method
for purification of water. January l".i
3801 J. Anderson and R. MoEinnell. Apparatus for inducing
or producing currents of air, water, or other fluid
: Hanson and .1. Fernee Improvements in open-
hearth rurnaces, applicable to other heating purposes. Feb. 2
3891 W. Sellar. Apparatus for heating, purifying and lilter-
ing water for feeding steam boilers, pumps, suction pipes, etc.
January 26
1135 F. Morth. Apparatus for supplying 'liquid or gaseous
fuel to furnaces, etc. January 26
1244 A. C. Kirk. Glasgow. Improvements in feeding, and in
i beating apparatus. January '-ii
4497 T. \Y. Beverley. Blow ing apparatus. February 2
4518 At. Reuland. Apparatus for drying semi-fluid and
Other substances. February 2
1601 H. D. 1 leaky. ( las-tired furnaces. Februarys
1823 1'. Hikely and J. Kadclifl'e. An improved filter. Feb. 19
1681 J. G. Kinghorn. Valves for air circulating, air com-
pressing, and other pumps. February 2
1681 .1. Hoss. Valves and fittings for steam, water or other
fluids. February 2
1700 E. X. Henwood. Construction and arrangement of fur-
naces for burning hydrocarbon oils in conjunction with com-
pressed air or steam. February 5
IS71 (1. F. Ilcdfern— From M. H. Simonet. An improved
grinding ami triturating machine. February 9
4s7s w. F. B. Jlassey W'ainwaring. Improvements in filter-
presses, and in drying sewage sludge and other moist matters.
February II
5014 W. (i. Wrench. Apparatus for removing scale from
steam boilers. February 12
5111 .1. Wright. Construction of steam and water taps.
February If,
6261 C. B. Davis. Apparatus for mixing liquids. Feb. 16
5252 E. II. Donkin, Four-way bye-pass valves for gas and
other fluids. February 16
5305 T. Gilmour. I reed-heating apparatus. February 16
6343 C. E Gittens. Filters. February 16
6515 A. Waldbaur. Centrifugal machines. January 211
7H22 .1. I'. Mewburn— From .1. Dietze, Germany. Surface
cooling, heating, anil condensing apparatus. January 26
9759 K. Jones and A. Beech, Filter-presses and mode of
charging same. February 9
10880 T.D.Williams. Amalgamating apparatus. January 26
12171 II. Lane ami R. II. Taunton. Manufacture of metallic
vessels for containing gases and volatile liquids under pres-
sure. February hi
13336 A. J. Hoult— From W. A. O. liegeman. Fluid pressure
regulators. February 19
I."i7s7 II. Wilson. Apparatus for creating forced draught
and forced combustion, and for injecting fuel into furnaces,
and the like. January 29
16135 F. Kasclowsky. Apparatus for pumping and compres-
sing air. January 22
16994 It- E. Newton— From W. M. Deutsch. Filtering appa-
ratus'. January 29
331 J. Simpson.
I ei, i nary 12
1887.
Lids or closers for metallic drums or casks.
' The dates given are tin- dates of the; Official Journals in which
acceptances of the Complete Bpecificatdoiu are advertised. Complete
specifications thus advertised as accepted are open to inspection at the
Patent Office iuiniediawdy, and to opposition within two months of the
eaid dates.
1 1. -FUEL, CAS, and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
616 \V. Puraall, Birmingham. A new or improved means of
illumination. January 19
WTt S. Levy, London — From G. II. Ivohn, United States.
Improvements connected with the manufacture of water gas
and other gases for lighting, heating, and manufacturing pur-
poses, and in apparatus therefor. January 20
1132 I*'. Windham, London. Improvement in the manufac-
ture of gas I'M- use in gas engines. January 25
1134 J A. \ eadon and R-Middleton. Leeds. Improvements
in blocks or briquettes of fuel <>v materials for smelting, or
analogous purposes. January 25
1131* J.J. Koyle, London, improvements in and apparatus
toi preparing coke for use in slow-combustion stoves. Jan. 25
1150 J. y. Sellon, London. Emprovem< Dtfl in apparatus for
lighting hv Hi- consumption of gas and air. January 25
1171 G. H. Kenner, London. Improvements in the manu-
faelure of naphthaline into forms suitable for use in illumina-
tion, and in apparatus employed therein. January 25
1-1*7 F. A. Mr .Minn, London. The manufacture of inflam-
mable gas from oil. January 27
1376 E. Uavies, London. Improvements in lighting ard
heating, and in apparatus therefor. January 28
1478 S. Wilkinson and J. Clarkson. London. Improved
means of and apparatus for heating and diffusing air for
warming and ventilating purposes. January 31
1479 A. <;. Meeze, Redhill. Improvements in apparatus for
l In- manufacture of gas from fluid hydrocarbons. January 31
1190 J. Atterton, Haverhill. Improvements in apparatus for
charging gas retorts. January 31
1511 I*, Ward and W. S. Oliver, London. Improvements in
light-producing apparatus. January 31
1515 H. Schlichter. London. A method of lighting by means
of gas, and apparatus therefor, which method and apparatus
may be made to serve also for deodorising and disinfecting
the atmosphere. January 31
1538 E. tfherring. Manchester. The application of asbestos
to oil lamps and oil stoves and burners as a non-conductor of
heat. February 1
1551 J. Torkington. J. A. Ewins, and C. Torkington, Bir-
mingham. Improved means of economising gas for lighting
and heating purposes. February 1
1681 W. H.Lindsay, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of artificial fuel. February 2
17G7 J. H. Ii. Dinsmore, Liverpool. Improvements in the
manufacture of gas and apparatus therefor. February 4
1965 J. Birchall, London. Improvements in the manufacture
nf gas and apparatus therefor. February 8
2092 L. A. Brode, Glasgow. An improved method of utilising
the waste and dross of coal in the manufacture of biiquettes
for use as fuel. February 10
2099 J. A. Drake, Halifax. Improvements in the method of
and apparatus for generating heat in steam boilers, baking
ovens, blast furnaces, gas retorts, and the like. February 10
2186 M. P. W. Boulton, Tew Park. Oxfordshire. A method
and apparatus for the combustion of fuel. February 11
2210 S. F. Rhodes. London. Improvements in apparatus for
convening into spray or vapour, hydrocarbon oils or oTher
liquids, and for burning, gasefying, and evaporating the same.
February 12
2313 C. I). Abel, London— From the Gas Motoren-Fabrik,
Germany, lmprovementsinapparatus for vapourising liquids
giving combustible vapours. February 14
( oMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
2456 J. E. Mathewson. Sheffield. The separation of steam
or other vapours or gases from liquids mixed with them,
February 17
27tit; W. L. Wise- From F. J. Lothammer. Portable ap-
paratus for the manufacture of gns. January 29
3663 S. Pitt— From C. Haret. Preservation of inflammable
mattci s. and composition for rendering bodies uninflammable,
and for extinguishing fire. February 19
3697 F. Windham. Manufacture of gas for use in gas
engines. January Tl
1220 M. P. W. Boulton. Improved application of heat to
generating and heating steam. January 22
MM G.King. Fastenings for retort lids. February 5
1682 W. A. Barlow— From J. F. W. A. Jahnke. Lamps and
lanterns for burning carburctted coal-gas. February 5
1647 J. Ihllamore. Apparatus for removing tar" from the
hydraulic mains used in the manufacture of coal-gas. Feb. 5
5348 W. W. Box. Gas retort lids and fastenings. Feb. Hi
10891 W. Finlayson— From P. II. Martin. Preparing as-
bestos for use as a non-conductor of heat and otherwise.
February 12
16142 F. B. Fowler. Mode, means, and appliances for
making oil-gas. January -'2
16992 P. S. Lawrence. Carburettors and gas generators,
January 2C
156
(Hi: JOtJRNAL OF 'i'llK SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INbfSTUY. I t>b. o8, 1S8?.
1887.
7)0 A. Kitson. Gas apparatus, and process for g( I
illuminating gas. February 19
textile fabrics aDd for similar purposes. Complete spccifiea-
'.■-II. February m
2351 \. J. Boult, London — Krom H. K. de l'awlowski,
Prance. Improvements in the process and apparatus tor
bleaching of vegetable and animal matter. February lj
III.
DESTB1 < 1 1\ i: DISTIJ LATION, TAB
PRODUCTS, ET(
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1S86.
T. Beilbyand J. B. McArthur, Slateford. Utilising
hydrocarbon gases obtained in the distillation of petroleums,
I :r. January 89
IV. t'ol.ol KIM; MATTERS AND DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
Thomas, Manchester— From A. Zander. Prussia. The
tn. inula' ture ol dye mattersfrom red Sanders wood and certain
other woods. January
968 A. G. Green, London. The manufacture of new azoand
n it in colouring matttrs. January 2]
| , J. Smith til I J 5, limner. London. Improvt
in marking ink. February 2
1691 O. Itnray. London- From the Farbwerke vormnls
Heister, Lucius and Brtining, Germany, Improvements in the
production of alkylised diamidobenzonhenon amine chlorides
ion of the same into alkylised diamidobi
nones and yellow colouring matters of the class of the
" auramincs." February 3
i < >MPZ ETE SPEi III' 'ATION At '< 'EPTED.
1SS6.
1687 T. Maxwell and J. Young. Manufacture of colouring
matter. February 5
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, silk, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1026 II. Ainley and G. W. Tonilinson, London. Improve-
ments m means or apparatus for fulling, milling, scouring,
ana felting woollen ana oilier fabrics or materials. January .-
v. Cook. London. Improvements in and applh able to
machinery for washing or scouring wool and other fabrics.
January 26
161S T. Speight. Bradford. Improvements in the method of
and apparatus for removing the "bur" in wool and other
libri s. February 2
2039 J. W. Smith, Bradford. Improvements in the method
of and apparatus for preparing wool and other fibres for spin-
ning. February 9
2089 T. F. Wiley. Bradford. A new or improved process for
waterproofing textile fabrics and other porous materials.
February lu
2257 1 . II. Ford. A. N. lord, and J. A. Archer. London. The
..I tuii'oia new kind ol textile fabric. February 12
2123 G. 1 J. Wells amis. L. Howard. Liverpool. Improve-
ments in treating Rhea bark. China grass, or other material of
similar nature, and in apparatus applicable therefor. Feb. lti
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
P. Land ar.de. P. Ring. Apparatus for carbonising
and destroy ing vegetable matter in wool. Fcbruarv 16
16116 11. 11. Lake— From 11. B. Kendall. Treatment of silk
and other Bores. January 26
VL— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING, ami BLEACHING,
APPLICATIONS.
818 J. Walker. Halifax. Improvements in the method of
and apparatus for dyeing or otherwise treating textile tibres,
Januarj 19
1222 A. Smith, Bradford. Improvements in apparatus for
dyeing. Januar\ 26
1351 W. Birch, Manchester, An improvement applicable to
machines (Or washing, soaping, dyeing, and dunging woven
fabrics. Januar]
1610 J. S. Satellite and J. S. Smith. Mam luster. Improve-
ments in or applii i g machinery. Februarys
A.J. Boult, London— From !■'. Rubay, Belgium, Im-
provements in the bleaching of vegett -. Febrnarj i
bV. Birch, Manchester, improvements in reikis used
in washing, soaping, tlyeing, ana other similar machines.
Fcbruarv 5
1993 K. Hermite, J. l'atcr.-on. and C. F. Cooper. S
Will.
II. II. ].akc. Londun-Fiom L. Whitefield, I D
States. An improved compound for producing designs upon |
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED
1886.
6988 J.Smith. Dyeing cotton, silk, wool, etc., either In the
raw or raanufacturt <l Btate, and apparatus therefor. Jan, 36
8219 T. Hauechel. Apparatus for washing, dyeing, drying,
etc, wool, cotton, and other textiles or tibres. February 19
16396 C. I'orron. Machine for dyeing hanks or skein- of
textile materials. January 26
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS, and SALTS
APPLICATIONS.
765 C A. Burghardt and A. II. Trier, Manchester. An im-
proved process or processes for the purification of bisulphide
nil. January is
S72 1'. Man. Manchester. Ini] n>\ ementS in and relating to
apparatus employed in the concentration of sulphuric acid,
Januan 20
1719 K. Hamilton. Glasgow. Improvements in the recovery
of ammonia and carbonic acid from liquors containing these,
and in appliances therefor. Februarj ::
1S32 J. Mangnall, Manchester. Generating carbonic acid
gas, and apparatus connected therewith. February 5
1856 T. Schmidt. London. A process for the manufacture of
certain salts of sodium and potassium, producing also gypsum
and hydrochloric acid. February 5
1973 W. Ii. Cogswell, Liverpool. An improvement in bicar-
bonate columns. February 8
1971 L. Mond and D. It. Hewitt. Liverpool. Improvements
in the manufacture of caustic soda or caustic potash, and of
carbonic acid from mono or other carbonate of soda or potash.
February 8
1998 A. M. Clark. London— From .1. Brown, FY Herreshoff.
W. 11. Nichols and G. 11. Nichols, United states. Processor
making pure sulphuric and strong sulphuric acid in one con-
tinuous operation. Complete specification. Februai
2102 C. NVigg, Liverpool. Au improved process for obtain-
ing bicarbonate of soda. February 16
2103 C. Wigg. The treatment of spent copper liquors and
the application of the product for the purification of sewage
and like matters. February 16
I 'OMPLETE SPKi IFH A TIONS AC( EPTED.
1S32 A. M. Clark— From O. F^yckens. Producing lead salts,
and especially carbonate or oxy carbonate of lead (white lead).
February 9
323S L. Mond. Obtaining ammonia, chlorine and hydro-
chloric acid from ammonium chloride. FYbruary y
3956 J. H. Johnson— From ¥.. Hermite. Producing ozone
and hydrogen for bleaching purposes. January 22
3957 J. II. Johnson— From F'.. Hermite. Producing chlorine
compounds suitable for bleaching purposes. January 22
1070 K. Arthur and F. M. Arthur. Process for obtaining
crystallised sulphate of calcium. February 2
i::;7 U. J. C. .Marie. Caustic powders for the removal of
pain) and other deposits. February .'•
1712 11. L. Pattinson, jun. Treating tersulphides or poly-
sulphides of barium and strontium so as to recover the barium
and strontium, and obtain other products. February 9
5016 J. H. Johnson— F'rom J. L. Kessler. Process for ex-
pelling sulphuric acid in excess from sulphates andbisulphates.
F'ebruary 12
7199 J. Brock and T. Minton. Manufacture of bleaching
powder, and apparatus therefor. F'ebruary 9
15136 II. Byk. See Class XX.
VIII.— GLASS, POTTERY, am. EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
830 J. P. Guy, Burslem. A saggar placing and drawing
machine for potters* ov ens. January 19
'.167 W. Cliff, London, linprov . mints in the manufacture of
fire-Clay enamelled bath-. January 21
1015 It. FY Donovan. F. Haslet! and J. Johnson. Dublin.
Improved apparatus for bio" ■■> means of coinpn
air. Complete specification. January 22.
115] C M. Pielsticker, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture 01 plate glass. January 25
0 11. ft, Yin. Plymouth. Producing transparencies on
coloured or ground glass for ornamental or other purposes.
January :v
ll.U D. Rylandsand B. Stoner, Barnaley. Improvements in
means for blowing bottles or other hollow glass-ware.
Januarj 19
nil P. Graham, Glasgow. Improvements in and connected
with the manufacture ol hollow clay-ware, and in potters'
jollies, or machines therefor. January 29
Feb. 28, 1887.] THE JOUKfrAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTl; V.
i.-.;
I., ii. M. Wyatt. London. An impermeable earthenware
coffin. Februarj l
1733 W. Eteynolde, London. An improved snbstitate for
Btained glass. February 3
1811 J. Crltchlow, T. Fore8ter,W. Forester, II. Forester and
l. Forester, Longport. An unproved potters1 filter-press.
ii y 8
2114 0. ( '. Hawkes, London. New and unproved machinery
for bevelling and moulding the edgi of glass and
[or ornamenting the surfaces ol plates of glass. February 10
2253 T. Wickham ami J. Nail. London. Improvements In
1 1>< ils for forming the exterior of bottle necks, February 12
2256 T. V/ickham and J. Nail. Improvements In tools for
forming the interior of bottle mouths. February 12
\. Fielding, Longport. An Improved differential speed
and reversing motion for potters' lathes. February ll
■.'-ii--1 W. P. Wilson, London, fmprovements in apparatus or
t.inls for shaping the necks of bottlesand other like receptacles.
Complete specification. February 11
2303 ll. L. Doultonand W. Parker, 1. on. Ion. fmprovements
in ornamenting pottery, tiles or glass. February ll
2330 J. T. Creasy, London. An improved tool for glazing
the edges of the necks of glass bottles and jars of any conngura- ,
t Ion February 15
0 W. B. Fitch, London. Improvements in the manufac-
line of glass bottles, and apparatus therefor. February 1.5
I 'OMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18SG.
3368 J. D. Denny. Embossed and geometrical Hies arid
mosaics, and appliances for making the same. February 19
391 5. .1. Payne. Manufacture of fire-bricks, retorts,
erneibles. ete. February -
38)6 0. Lindner. Decoration of earthenware and other
Mirfares. January 29
1882 T. Ide. Moulds for bending plate and sheet glass.
January 20
4325 11. Norris. Colouring glass, porcelain, china and other
substances to imitate stained glass. January 20
5is7 W, Walker. Ornamenting glass, and applying it to
architectural purposes. Februarj 16
W. Hi ml ton. Apparatus for making bats for use in the
manufacture Of various articles of pottery. January 20
1887.
1015 EL E. Donovan. F. Ila/.lctt and J. Johnston. Apparatus
for blowing glass by means of compressed air. Februarj 10
IX.— BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS, and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
781 11. MoDonnell, J. J. Mallon, and Q. W. Clark, London.
Processof forming ornamental coverings for walls, ceilings,
and other surfaces. Complete specification. January 18
970 W. K. Gedge, London— From J. Thorrand, V. Nicole t,
and A. Bonnet, France. A novel artificial cement. Complete
specification. January 21
10311 C. Schlickeysen. London. Improvements in apparatus
for moulding bricks, tiles, and similar articles. Januarj 22
1759 i '. J. Ford, London. Improvements in surface tiles for
walls, partitions, ceilings, floors, etc. February 1
1919 P. Corni.-h. Stratford, improvements in road pave-
ments and curb stones. February 7
2008 G. Evans, London. Improvements in roof tiles, single
lap and \\ cat lur-tight. February 9
2302 T. Smith. London. An improved method of utilising
metallic and other cements, plaster of Paris, and such like
lances. February 11
2303 1). N. Arnold and W. Young, London. Improvements
in cements. I ebruary 15
2182 W. Tuffee, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of Portland cement and apparatus therefor, applicable also
for making bricks, tiles, and other similar articles, and for
burning lime and other materials'. February 17
COMPLETE 8PECIFICA TIONS ACCEPTED.
1S8G.
1816 W.Joy. Method of charging cement kilns. Februarj 8
2566 1'. Bowden. .Machinery tor the manulacture of bricks
and i iles. February lit
3121 W. Macleod. Laying pavements of wood, tiles, concrete,
etc. February a
3119 C. E. Davis. Improvements in tiles for rooting. Feb. 2
3569 J. Dyson, Wakefield. Construction of wall-bom
bricks for preventing damp walls. January 22
3715 P. Freygang. liotary drying and crushing apparatus
tin clay, etc. January 22
1215 J. Brierley. F'loors of wood and earthenware com-
bined. 1- ebruary 2
1332 G. H. Couch. Ridge, hip, and wall tiles. February 2
I .17 \\ . Johnson. Machinery for manufacture of bucks
from plastic and semi-plastic materials. February 2
•"•7-' 1 1. Cottier. I'roduction of imitations of stone, marble.
terra-cotta, etc., for decorative purposes. February J
i--7 S. G. L. Giles and W. J. I'ctrie. Method of decorating
Lincrusta Walton, and other embossed materials for the
decoration of walls. February^ M a ,
oi v, w. I'arrv. Improved construction ol Boors, roofs, and
i of brick, terra-cotta, si >, etc. January22
16 E.T. L. Clark. Hardening and preserving plaster ol
and moulds, and rendering the same Impervious
to water. February 10
i.ii.i. jf. Johnson— From E. Coignet. Preparation and
treatment of beton or concrete, and apparatus therefor.
taryl2 , . . ,
17098 w. Sonnet Mode ami apparatus tor continuously
in mufacturing Portland cement. February 9
1SS7.
578 P. M. Justicc-FromC. Dietzscb. Furnaces or kilns for
calcining limi tone, et<-. Februarj 16 ... , , ,
7td 11. McDo ill, J. J. Mallon, and G. \\ . Clark. Process
for forming ornamental coverings tor walls, ceilings, etc.
February 19
X.— METALLURGY, MINING, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
803 P. M. Justice. London-From W. V". shclton, Turkey,
Improvements in the production ol alloj a or bronzes. Jan. is
815 J. H. Selwyn, London. Method or process of treating
pyritifcrous or other base ores to extract metals therefrom.
January 19 . ,
921 c. D. Abel. London- F'roin E. Fischer and M. \\ . \\ eber,
Germany. Improvements in extracting gold and other
precious' metals from their ores, and apparatus therefor.
Complete specification. January 20
913 A. E. Tucker and V. W. llarbord. Smethvi iek. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of iron and steel. January 21
993 VV. Jenisch and 11. Lohnert, London. Improvements in
mills for crushing, pulverising, grinding, or reducing. Jan. 21
1069 W. 11. Edwards, C. Button, ana J. K. Williams. Bir-
mingham. Improvements in miners' safety lamps. January 21
1078 A. Harper, London. A novel description of compound
castings of iron and steel specially suitable for chill and grain
rolls, and means tor producing the same. January 21
1100 S. B. stme. London. Improvements in coal mining
machines. Complete specification. January 25
1211 li. Thompson, Liverpool. Improvements in getting,
winning, or mining coal, ana in drilling and other apparatus
therefor. January 20
1258 \\ . B. Squire and S. C. G. Curric, London. Obtaining
metallic zinc. January 20
1201 D. MeCorkindale and G. Dougall. Glasgow. Improve-
ments in and connected with stoppers used in the manufac-
ture of steel. January 26
1270 H. H. Lake, London-I'rom G. and A. Kaymond,
United States. Improvements relating to the pulverisation
or reduction of mineral or other substances, and to apparatus
therefor. January 27
I27i'i K. I leaver. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of aluminium and aluminium alloys. January 27
1279 W. Patterson, Durham. Improvements in miners'
saiciv lamps. January 27
12U0 F. \\. Paul, Glasgow. Improvements in making iron
or steel. January 27
1305 K. 11. Cowles, London. Improvements in alloys of
aluminium ami chromium with iron or steel. January -7
1322 YV.H. Tooth, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture and refining of iron, and the conversion of iron into steel,
and apparatus connected therewith. January 27
1388 W. G. Ulpherts, London. A novel application and
mode in connection therewith ol utilising old or waste railway
iails. January 28
1121 C. Roy, London. Improvements in rolling mills.
Januarj 29
1181 J. Hayes, Broughton Moor. A mining level. January 31
1189 11. (J. A. F.. Grunbaum, London. Improvements in the
nor a light improving safely lamp for magnifying the
llluminants and preventing accidents. January 31
1535 C. M. l'ielstieker, London. Improvements in apparatus
for the continuous production of metal bars and rods direct
from the molten metal. February 1
1700 J. G. Wright, Wolverhampton. Eliminating from pig
or cast iron the impurities or metalloids, silicon, sulphur, and
phosphorus, February 3
17j0 and 1751 11. 11. Lake— F'rom Count U. de Montgelas
issxvm.
1918 A. 11. Lead, London— From II. G. Hicks, United Slates.
Certain improvements in welding compounds. Complete.
specification. February 7
1921 C. Dickenson. London. Improvements in chills for
easting iron, steel, and Other tin t a Is. February 7
20a0 J. Douglas, London. An improved miners' safety lamp.
February 9
2000 W. Gentles. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of copper, February 9
214U A. Feldman, London, [mproi i mints in the production
of fluoride of magnesium and fiui minium. Feb. 11
2t.'d I'. Keil. Liverpool, New ami improved lumace appli-
eable for the reduction of Zinc aim other ores containing
volatile metals, and for other dry distillation processes. 1- eb-
ruary 11
]..-
THE JOtJKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF ( 'II KM iCAL INDUSTRY. Weo.28. »B7.
2168 T. Freeman and D. R. Jenkins, London. Improvi im nts
in means or apparatus to be employed In, or connected with,
the coatingol plates with tin or terne, or other metals, reo.ll
IISO i \ Warden and J. Mitchell,! don. improved
apparatus for preventing the accidental descent of cages in the
shafts of mines, Februaryll
2216 C. Poole. Blyth. Drilling coal. Februarys
2220 E. V.Seebohm. London. Improvements In the manu-
re of silicon steel. February 12 .
2230 W, W. Curie; and J. Hall, Sheffield, [mnrovem
hardening steel or compound iron and Bteel for use in the
manufacture of tool?, and other Bteel or iron and steel articles,
and in furnaces or apparatus therefor. February 12
2215F M Spence and D- D. Spence. Manchester. Improve-
ments in certain furnaces for heating, drying, or calcining
certain mineral nr oilier substances or materials. February 12
2300 T. Slater, London. Iinprovcinents in metallic alloys.
"> ' ' ' , , ■ ii,
2312 I;. Stanley, London. An improved boring or tunnelling
machine. February 1 1
23! O II. Leipmann, London. See Class \\ III.
2147 C. Sheibler, London. Improvements in l he manufacture
of steel and iron, and In obtaining by-products of such manu-
facture. Complete specification. February 16
2188 W. Macfarlane, Leeds. An improvement in the produc-
tion of steel. February 17
2199 C. Fairbairnand M. Wells. London. An apparatus for
forging by rollers eonoidal projectiles and other articles of
circular transverse section. February 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
1102 W. Tooth. Method and means for extracting spelter,
and apparatus for treating the waste products. Januar> 26
1288 6. Perry— From M. Perry, obtaining compounds of
cobalt from solutions of the same. Januarj 29
1289 G. Perry— From M. Perry. Obtaining compounds of
cobalt from solutions containing the same. January 29
1173 H. H. Lake— From La Societe de Laminage du Xickel.
Uniting platinum or silver and nickel or alloys of these metals.
February .'.
2785 W.J. Smith, Safety electric lamp for miners. Jan. 22
3632 L. A. C.roth — From C. Beckstein. Powder for hardening
metals. Januarj 29
3746 J. F. Hall, Sheffield. Armour plates. January 22.
3821 J. K. Williams. Safety lamps for use in mines. Jan. 20
3971 J. M. Macdonald— From T. D. Williams. Stamps for
crushingquartz and other ores. February 5
3986 J. M. White. Furnaces for the manufacture of metallic
sleepers. February 2
4113 G.Dyson. Leeds. Apparatus for securing the chaplets
used in supporting cores for eastings. January 26
1112 A. Howat. Miners' safely lamps. January 26
1379 C. T. Cayley. Hardening or tempering steel bullets and
projectiles, and apparatus therefor. February 2
1602 J. S. Donald. -Miners' safety lamps. February 12
5527 A. de Laude Long and It. Howson. A new manufacture
of fibrous iron. February 9
61*92 L L. Sagendorph. Machines for corrugating sheet
metal. January 20
15103 A. J. Boult- From La Societe Anonyme de Metallisation
Artistique des Animaux, Vegetans, ou Autres Corps, France.
Preparation of organic matter for metallisation by galvanic
deposit. January 26
16386 H. E. Newton— From J. J. Crooke and R. Crooke.
I'nited States. Process for treating and desilverising copper
matte, and copper ores analogous thereto. January 22
XI.— FATS, OILS, and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
1033 S. S. Sugden. Woodford. Improvements in the treat-
ment of fatty and oily matters for the production of glycerine.
v. hite lead, and soap. January 22
■7 R. Hunt and E. S. Wilson. Liverpool. Improvements in
tin- treatment of cotton seed to obtain oil feeding cake and
resin-like matter. January 21
1291 N M. Henderson, Glasgow, Improvements in apparatus
for treating or purifying paraffin wax. January 27
1161 H. M. Roberts and A. W. Doery. London. Improve-
ments in separating fat from liquids and apparatus therefor.
January 29
1589 P. Gill and T. Osman, Liverpool. Improvements in
apparatus for scraping and cutting soap. February 1
1753 L. Hunter, London. An Improved soap tablet. Feb. 3
1771 R. Hunt and K. S. Wilson, Liverpool. Improvements in
liquids and fatty substances insoluble or slightly soluble in
water. January 22
3518 H J. Hicks and J. Kirkwood. Lubricating composition.
irj 22
3749 A. V. Craig, A. Neilson, and J. Snodgrass. Glasgow,
\ eparatus for separating mineral and other oils from oils or
substances of different specific gravities. January 22
Hill .1. L. Wade, Lubricating compound. January 20
XII.— PAINTS, VARNISHES, and RESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
955 H. H. Gunn, Glasgow, Improvements in the manufacture
of sulphide of zim- white. January 21
106S P. Ward and S. W. Oliver, London. Improvements in
the pigments fur. and in the method of, colouring photographs.
February 2
2201 R. K. Donovan and J. McKenny, Dublin. The utilisa-
tion of a natural product in the manufacture of blacking. Japan
black paint, and yarn i.sh. and other similar coloured materials.
February 12
2157 ' '• Jeyes, Birmingham. Jeyes anti-corrosive compound.
February 17
2 ins W. Hick. London. A novel protective varnish. Com-
plete specification. February 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
1S32 A. M. Clark-From O. Eyekens. See Class VII.
17U20 J. H. G. Langenhagen. Leather polish. February 9
iprovements in refining
refining and clarifying crude cotton seed oil, February I
1816 w, II. stead, Liverpool. Improvem
cotton-seed oil. February 5
1893 W. links. Middlesbrough. Improvements in the manu-
facture of lubricating grease. February 7
I OMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
is*;.
3106 A. Blackie. Preparation of emulsions of vegetable,
animal, or mineral oils, of solid paraffins, waxes, etc., and of
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, and SIZE.
APPLICATIONS.
1009 A. Smetham, Liverpool. Improvements in the manu-
facture of waterproof leather. January 22
1163 J. H. G. Langenhagen, Liverpool. A new or improved
dressing for leather. Complete specification. January 25
1371 A. Tissot, London. Improvements in tanning leather.
January 28
1382 E. Page and G. Brayfield. London. The manufacture
of a composition for varnishing and reviving leather. January
28
1562 E. Dunklcy and A. Dunkley, Northampton. An im-
proved method of making leather water-proof or flexible.
February 1
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
780 C. E. Hearson and B. Field. London. Improvements in
the vaporisation of volatile liquids for the destruction of
insects, and in apparatus for the vaporisation of volatile
liquids for the said purpose, and for other purposes.
January 18
1130 W. Thompson. Stratford-on-Avon. An improved ferti-
liser. January 25
2097 H. K. Spark and J. Warburton, Sheffield. See Class
XVII.-B.
2157 A. Campbell. Upton Park. The economical mixing or
compounding of phospnatic compounds for artificial manures.
February 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
3167 A. Clemm. Method and means for the destruction of
insects and animals injurious to plants and fruits. Feb-
ruary 5 . . , ,
5031 N. B. Powter. Treating phosphatie earths and rocks
for the manufacture of fertilisers therefrom. February 12
XV.-SUGAB, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
779 II. L. Salman and E. E. Berry. London. Improvements
in apparatus for the manufacture of starch. January 18
986 V. C. A. M. Bondonneau and A.J, M G Font, London.
Process and apparatus for acid saccharitieation of starchy
materials. Januarj 21
1931 M. A. Perret. London. Improvements in apparatus for
extracting the saccharine or other matter from Bllgar-cane and
other substances. Complete specification. February 7
2297 A. Urin and L. Q. Brin, London. Improvements in the
treatment of saccharine and saceharifcrous matters for
the purpose of decolourising, purifying, or refining them.
A. Brin and L. (}. Brin. Improvements m the treat-
ment of saccharine and Bacchariferous matters for the purpose
of decolourising, purifying, or refining them. February 11
Feb.28.i887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IMU'STIIV.
159
COMPLETE ■'!■'.< TFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
3628 II. K. J. Selwlg nnd K. a. C. B. Lunge. Manofao-
>i Bngar blocks and apparatus therefor. January 29
1679 C. w, X. Wallace and 0. .1. II. Barry. Manutai
caramel. Februarys
1801 ('. li. Abel From I'. S. Sonne. Process for tin' de-
saceharitlcation of molasses and sugar syrups, and the siinul-
tanoona production of oxalates from the suits contained
therein. January 22
1918 ii Imray From A. K. Kissel. Germany. Manufacture
of an eiastie compound in Imitation of caoutchouc Jan. 26
15100.1. Horning/, C. Rabe, and F. J. Weiss. Evaporating
apparatus for use in the manufacture of sugar, etc Feb. 'i
1887.
7- i \V. P. Thompson -From 'I'. Kane.
candy. February 19
Manufacture of
XVI.-BREWING, WINKS ahd SPIRITS.
APPLICATIONS.
812 J. Klein. London. Improvements in apparatus for filter-
ing beer and other liquids. January 10
1131 J. Foulis, Musselburgh. Improvements in non-alcoholic
medicated liquors or cordials for use as a beverage. .Ian. 25
1516 W. Adlani and F. Faulkner. London, improvements
in beating brewers' wort, and apparatus therefor. Jan. 31
1673 •'■ M- Anderson, Glasgow. Improvements in malting.
ami in drying malt and grain, and in apparatus therefor.
February 2
1SS0 R. Wood, ( 'ardiff. A process for preparing, moistening,
assimilating, and malting barley, grain, and other farinaceous
matter by steam. February 7
1992 G. Epstein. London, fmprovementain the treatment of
brewers' and distillers' grain. February s.
Clinch. London. Improvements in brewing. Feb. 8
■jo.">7 w. Ansell, London. Manufacture of a non-intoxicating
age. February s*
1 1. Grote. London. Process for removing fusel oil from
crude spirits, or from the mash containing crude spirits.
February 1(1
2221 J. W. Bailey. Greenock. Manufacturing of a new brew-
ing saccharine February 12
COMPLETE 8PECIFICA TIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
1071 F. Faulkner and W. Adland. Aerating brewers' wort
and Other liquids, and apparatus therefor. January 26
1191 W. A. How. Apparatus for holding bicarbonate of
soda for generating carbonic acid gas for use in aerating ale.
ete. February 16
isil W. W. Crawford. Maturing alcoholic liquors. Jan. 26
1529 E. L. 1'ontifex. .Skimmer for removing yeast from wort
in a fermenting vessel. February 2
1868 W. Bradford. Cowls for malt and other kilns, and
brewery and distillery utensils. February 5
1887.
328 ». J. P. Mills-From C. Brada. Malt kilns. February 9
XVII.— CHEMISTRY UK FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Era
APPLICATIONS.
A.— Chemistry ojc Foodb.
901 H. Grossand 1'. Heeemann, London. Process and appa-
ratus for roasting coffee. January 20
line. .1. G. [tongue, London — From II. Drenckmann and W.
Hildebrand. Germany. Improvements in the means employed
to pro luce fermentation in dough for bread-making. Jan. 21
1772 J. France, Halifax. A new treatment of milk to prevent
its turning sour. February 1
1996 J.Comrick, London. Improvements in the pin,
and apparatus for manufacturing powdered milk. Complete
specification. February 8
2148 W. Smith, London, improvements in apparatus for
separating cream from milk. February 16
2519 11. \V. Hart. London. An improved method of treating
cotl'ee to prevent loss of its valuable constituents and to pre-
serve the aroma. February 17
B.— Sanitary Cukmistry.
799 E. H. S. Bcnest, London. Disinfecting apparatus.
January Is
1333 W. Webster, jun., London. Improved means of oxidising
and decomposing by electrical action organic matter and inor-
ganic salts in sewage, water, and other liquids. January 27
1515 H. Schliohter. See class II.
1519 II. II. Lake, London From I.. I.. Benson and W. T.
Stilwell, United States. Improvements relating to means Cor
Uingand rendering innocuous the gasi or rapour from
and the like. Complete specification. January 31
1525 H. W. Newton, Nru< a-! le on Tyio. Eliminating per-
nicious particli a from atmospheric air Inhaled. February l
19 1 ». ' Iraig, Bradford. Am us of
» idge. Febi u
II. K. spark and J. Warburton, Sheffield, A new or
Unproved method and material to be used for onivei
sanitarj and disinfecting purposes, the said material being
afterw.irds applicable as manure and otherwise, February lo
2388 A. Angell. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of precipitants and in tie- treal mi n e, February 15
2193 c. Wigg, l.i . Ulaas VII.
C— lll-IM I .( i w is.
2235 1". GrosfUs, London. A novel composition for preserv-
ing organic substances and met hod of using t he same. Feb. 12
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
A. I H1M1- 1 l:\ OF 1 -''■'
1886.
2n;i W. A. Gibbs. Apparatus tor witheringand drying tea.
coffee, whe.it, and other granular materials. Februarj 19
2616 A. M. Clark -From A. L. St Aubin, France. Pro
and apparatus tor treating coffee, January 22
1320 W-. \V. Nightingale. Manufacture of transparent ice.
Januan .'.'
5162 a.Watkins. An improved baking powder. Feb. 16
10903 P. Jensen— From K. G. Duhl. Preserving milk, and
vessels therefor. February :i
17075 C. S. Boynton and W. J. van Platten. Preparation of
food products. February 9
1SS7.
122 H. F. von Konitzand J. Luntz. Manufacture of extract
of coffee. February.!
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
1886.
3826 J. G. Lorrain. Formation of organic oxides, and oxida-
tion of matter suspended or dissolved in liquids. February 2
t-7v W. F. B. Massey-Mainwaring. Sec Class I.
6331 A. /• Germains, Apparatus for disinfecting, fumi-
gating, etc. February 2
XVIII.— ELECTRO CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATIoXS.
8S1 F. H. Judson. London. An improved method of insu-
lating the electrodes m electric batteries and forming the
terminals thereof. January 20
925 J. Wodickz, London. Improvements in the inducing or
magnetising parts of dynamo-electric machines and electro-
motors. January 20
990 S. W. Maquay. London. Improved means for feeding
electric batteries and for removing the plates therefrom.
January 21
1155 W. A. Phillips, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of primary batteries. January 25
1333 W Webster, jun. See class XVIL— />'.
1337 N. W. Perry, London. Improvements in galvanic cells.
January 27
1390 R. C. Jackson. London. Improvements in dynamo-
electric machines and electro-magnets. January 28
1595 W. Beissbarth, C. Fleischmann. and A. Beissbarth,
London. Improvements in electrical batteries. February 1
1654 W. Kingsland. London. Closing or sealing secondary
battery cells. February 2
1656 M. Bailey and J. Warner, London. Improved appa-
ratus for preventing the escape of noxious fumes or other
gases from primary, secondary, gas. or other batteries used
tor electrical purposes. Complete specification. February 2
1693 C. I). Abel, London— From La Compagnie Continentale
Edison, France. Improvements in disc dynamo or magneto
electric machines. February 2
London— From Siemens and Halske. Ger-
many. Improvements in dynamo-electric machines. Feb. 3
1711 O. Chauer and S. Rabay, London. Improvements in
accumulators of electricity and in the manufacture of the
same. Februarys
1750 H. H. Lake. London— From Count R. de Montgelas.
United States. Improvements relating to the electro deposi-
tion of aluminium and to apparatus therefor. Complete
specification. February 3
1751 II. 11. Lake- fount R, de Montgelas. Improvements
relating to the extraction of aluminium from its chlorides,
and to apparatus therefor. Complete specification. Feb. 3
1752 II. II. Lake— Count R. de Montgelas. Improvements
relating to electric batteries. Complete specification. Feb. 3
lei. London— From A. Dun and F. Hasslacher,
Germany, Secondary batteries. February 5
li. Abel. London— From A. Dun and F. Hasslacher,
Germany, Improvements in galvanic batteries. February 7
100
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL LNDUBTRY. IFeb.28.iss7
G K. Dorman. Staflbrd. Improvements relating to the
irmationol heat into electricity bj means of the thermo-
1988 K. Hermit.. .1. Paterson, and C. F. Cooper. Ijondon.
Inoaratus foi ing bleaching solution. Febri
n, Bristol, improvements In electric batteries
ir liquids. February 9 _
. Webr, London. Improvements in galvanic bat.
February '.' ,
2134 A. Schanschieff. London. Improvements in galvanic
batteries. Fei.rn.ir> in .
I Lcipuiann. London. Improvements m 'lie electro-
lytical treatment of ores for facilitating the extraction and
,■',., ovei i ol gold, Bilver, or copper, and in apparatus
or. February 1". , _.„ . _ . .
yi9 i it, London— From A. L, llillaircl'
Fraii'.- Improvements in dyna cmachines. t. -b.il,
2481 i: Marsh. Liverpool. Improvements in or appertaining
- and in electric connectors for other pur-
poses. February 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
2975 X T.-sl.i. Dynamo-electric machines. February ■!
;. A. Garrett Improvements in dynamo-electric
machines or motors. January 29
3475 i: F H Crompton. Dynamo-electric machines. icb. 2
3554 W Hartnell. Dynamo-electric machines. February.)
\. C. Henderson— From E. Bazin. Method of depolari-
' sing electric batteries. February J
i',;i A. F. Han-is Electro-plating apparatus. Februarys
4522 W. S. Squire. Process for utilising Ihe spent liquid from
certain voltaic batteries. Janiiarj
oT.il A. Dun and 1'. Hasslacher. Improvements in galvanic
batteries. February 9
■' W Taylor. Electric secondary batteries. February 19
i;. A. Parrisb. Method and apparatus for producing
and utilising electricity. January 26
XIX.— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
956 R. F. Myddc'.ton. London. Improvements in cigarette
papers. January 21
in:; Eisentrant, London. An improved process for manu-
facturing composition from cellulose or ground wood, which
can b- given any desired torm by employing heat and pres-
sure. Complete specification. January 29 . .
H. Lake. Londoii-From F. J. Marshall. United
States improVenTents in machinery for the manufacture of
uaoerpulp. Com',' cation. February I
SIS& P. W. Met: rath . Bradford. I mprovements in the manu-
facture of paper. February 17
IPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
16113 J M Walton. Boilers for treating wood and other
fibre in the manufacl are of paper and other pulp. January 22
XX.-
-FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES, \M' EXTRACTS.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
4392 A. Morand Manufacture of tannin extract and similar
vegetable extracts, and apparatus employed therein. F.-b. i
15136 II. Hvk. Manufacturing tannic add in bright semi-
transparent OT translucent crystals orgrains. February 9
XXI.— EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
7S3 L. Cornet and L. Youck. London. A new or improved
isive compound. January 18
ill H.\" Morgan, London. Atorpedo. January 26
1687 W. Anderson and J. <;. Buchanan. London. Improve-
ments in fuses for exploding shells. February 2
1798 II. E.Newton, London— From A. Nobel. France. Im-
provements in explosive compounds. February 4
1958 V7. F'or.l. Sutton Coldfield. Improvements in cart-
. Complete specification. Februarys
l'.'.Ij P. Anibidrn. t'ompte de Sparre. London. Improve-
ments in manufacture of cartridges. February 14
H. H. Lake. London- From The Deutsche SprengstofT
Actieneesellschaft, Germany. Improvements relating to the
gelatinising of nitroglycerine. February II
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
1116 J. Farnsworth. An improved signal anddestructive
boinb. January 29
(265 U. C. Seddon. Percussion
February 16
5330 II. E. Newton— From A. Nobel.
give '"in pounds. February 16
5331 H. E. Newton— F'rom A. Nobel,
sive substances. February 16
6909 C. D. Abel— From \V Loren7..
fuses for projectiles.
Manufacture of cxplo-
Manufacture of explo-
Fcrcussion caps, and
tiWJ 1 . XJ. .IlKl-riuui >> i».t""- i*..,.™..™ -~i-~
means for securing the same in cartridges. February lb
r N C L A S S I F 1 E D .
APPLICATIONS.
1-7.
130> \V T. Whiteman. London— From G. A. Wilkins.
United States. An improved amalgam for use in various,
manufactures. January 27
1569 F. H. Snyder. London. Improvements relating to
the treatment of gas-carbon, and the manufacture of articles
therefrom. Complete specification. February 1
159!) H. V. Stacey and J. K. Stacey. London. A new or im-
proved process for hardening and treating bone, iebruar) I
W
THE JOURNAL
OK TIIK
Society of Chemical 3nbu5try:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IX CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. .i.-Vol. VI.
MARCH 29, 1887.
Xon-Memhtri-H 50 - per annum : Bfamben
21 - per Set; Single Copies 2,6.
Cfic ©ocictj) of Cfjcmical 3in0u.strp.
Past Presidents :
Sir H. K. Roscoe. M.P., LL.D., V.l'.R.S. .. 1881—1882.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B.. D.C.L., i'.U.S. .. l ssj lx.sii.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1883-1881.
W. H. Perkin, Ph.D., F.R.S 1SSI-1885.
E. 1C. Muspratt ISSJ— 1886.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1887.
President : David Howard.
Vice-Presidents:
Sir I. Lowthian Hell. Hart.,
F.R.S.
Prof. James Dewar. F.R.S.
l»r. Peter Qrieas. F.R.S.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurler.
K. K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
E. C. C. Stanford.
J. C. Stevenson, M.P.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood, F.R.S.E.
Eustace Carey.
R. Forbes Carpenter.
Henry Doulton.
Dr. John Kvans, F.R.S.
s II. Johnson.
Ivan Levinstein.
Joint Pattinson.
S. A. Sadler.
Sir Bernhard Samuelson,
Bart., M.P.
Sir (has. Tennant, Bart.
Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks, Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary :
Ludwig Mond, 20, Avenue Road, Regent's Park, N.W.
General Secretary: Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W,
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee :
The President
SirF. A. Abel, F.R.S.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.E.
11. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes, D.Sc.
George E. Davis.
W. Y. Dent.
Prof. Dewar. F.R.S.
Peter Griess. Ph.D., F.R.S.
I). B. Hewitt, M.D.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
F. Hurter. Ph.D.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola, E.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
E. K. Muspratt.
C. OSullivan, F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. \V. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
SirH.E. Roscoe, M. P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
Editor: Watson Smith. The Owens College. Manchester.
ASSISTED BY TIIK FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors:
G. H. Beckett. C. F. Crojs.
D. BendiX. A.R.Davis.
K. E. Berry. A. G. Green.
E. J. Bevan. S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
W Dalrymple Borland. James Holme.
T. L. Briggs. Bertram Hunt.
E. G. Clayton. c c. Hutchinson.
Juliui U. Cohen. Ph.D. D E. Jones.
Abstractors:
W. E. Kay.
A. J. King. B.Sc.
Chap. A Kohn, Ph.D.
J. Walter Leather, I'll. I
I). A. Louis.
Win Maenab, Jun.
W. G. McMillan.
G. Harris Morris, Ph.D.
.1. M. H. Munro, D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
S. G. Rawson.
A. Ree, Ph.D.
K. W. Renaut.
James Taylor, B.Sc.
Bortram Thomas.
EiUSl ice Thomas,
v. H. yeley. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whiteley.
Sydney Young, D.Sc.
NOTICES.
Notice is hereby given that the next Annual General
Meeting will be held in Manchester in the month of
.Inly. 1SS7. instead of in Glasgow as originally arranged ;
the Annual General Meeting in Glasgow being post-
poned until 1888.
This change originated in a generally-expressed desire,
resulting in a special invitation from the Manchester
Section, supported by the cordial acquiescence of the
Glasgow Section. It will enable members to visit both
the Royal Jubilee Exhibition in Manchester, and the
Glasgow Exhibition of 1888.
Full particulars as to the Manchester Meeting will
appear in a subsequent issue.
Th; supply of copies of the Journal for January, 18S2,
and January, 1883, being now exhausted, the Secretary
would be glad to receive communications from members
possessing extra copies of those numbers, in good condi-
tion, with a view to purchase.
Should sutiieient applications for complete sets be
re teived, the numbers will be reprinted.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Dye-Law 43, they cannot' receive the pre-
scribed oO copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law—
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
Capt J. E. Bowly, l/o Birchneld ; 54, Trinity Road, Aston
Birmingham.
Thos. Christy, 1,0 Fenchurch Street; 25, Lime Street
London. E.( !.
A. s. Elmore, l.o London; Tweed Mill. Cockerniouth.
N. Fat-rant, l/o St. Paul's Road; 2. Lawnside, Bearwood
Road. Smethwick, Birmingham.
S. E. FirM, 1 o Nottingham; Thorpe End Brewery, Melton
Mowbray.
11. CD. Fiance. 1 o Edgbaston ; Perry Hill. Quinton. near
Birmingham.
\\". Lawrence Gadd. l/o Manchester; Bank House, High
street, Wath-upon-Dearne.
Root. Hamilton, 1, o Muirkixk; F.glinton Ironworks, Kil-
winning. N'.li.
P. W. Harrison, 1 o Peterboro'; 93, Queen street, Exeter.
A
162
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (March 29. 1887.
Thos. Kirkham. l/o Green way Road; ■-'.'. Lelnster G
Runcorn.
B. B. K. Newlands, 1 0 Wanstead; It, Dunsmnre Road,
Stamford Hill, N.
T, C. Panario, 1 <> St Philip's Street; is. omnia Street,
Battersea s.w.
It. Preston, lo Bury Uround; Fernsholme, Ilury, Lan-
cashire.
Q. 1.. Rail, lo Hampstead; 31, Moorgate Street, London,
B.C.
S. Sellon : Journals, etc.. lo 3, Sailers Hall Court, Cannon
Street, London, K.c.
Dr. A. Senior, 1 o Berlin; Thornfleld, Harold Road, Upper
Norwood, S.E.
M. Senior; Journals, etc., to 8S, Norwood Road, London,
B.E.
Jas. Towns. 1, o Victoria Docks ; 50, Morgan Street, ( 'aiming
Town. E.
Win. Windus, )o Ilughenden Road; lj, V.vv.van Terrace,
Clifton, Bristol.
Jas. Wood, l/o Burnley ; Whalley Abbey Printworks, near
Blackburn.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
G. Bartholomew, l/o Windsor Road, Forest Gate, E.
T, Rowley, l/o 9, Conyngham Road, Victoria Park, Man-
chester.
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED, 23rd MARCH, 1887.
Wm. B. Andrew, Duntocher, Dumbartonshire, analytical
chemist.
Peter T. Austen, Xew Brunswick. N.J., U.S.A., professor of
chemistry.
A. E. Cobb, 77 and 78, Wellington Street, Woolwich, S.E.,
instructor in photography.
1). Colquhoun. c/o Chas. Tennant & Co., Limited, Carnous-
tie. N.B., manager of chemical works.
W. H. Cowburn, 3, Clarence Street, Albert Square. Man-
chester, drysalter.
Andrew Duncan, Dawsholm Gasworks, Maryhill, Glasgow,
chemist
Harold H. Everett, c/o The Borneo Co., Limited, 28, Fen-
church Street, E.C., mining engineer.
And. Ferric, 79, Corporation Street, Manchester, chemical
merchant.
Saml. S. Field, Eagle Villa, Westcombe Park, S.E., manager
of chemical works.
1 1. Gamble, junr., Millbrook, Eccleston, Prescot, Lancashire,
alkali manufacturer.
O. Herf, Main and Walnut Street, St. Louis, U.S.A., chemical
manufacturer and merchant.
J. B. McArthur, Oakbank Oil Co., Limited, Midcalder, N.B.,
chemist.
Thos. Maxwell, Brownlee, Woodside Avenue, Rutherglen,
Glasgow, manufacturing chemist.
Win. Mellaml, c o O. 11. Milwood & Co.. Bridge Street,
Ardwick, Manchester, apprentice, calico printworks.
E. Ivens Moon. 85, Gracechurch Street, E.C., analyst, assis-
tant to Mr. B. Redwood.
Benj. Nickels, junr.. 13, St. Mary-at-Hill, E.C., analyst.
T. 11. Norton. Ph.D.M.A.. University of Cincinnati, Ohio,
U.S.A., professor of chemistry.
Robt Redwood. 85. Gracechurch Street. E.C., assistant
secretary to Petroleum Association.
F. W. Smeaton, 53, Rcnflcld Street, Glasgow, analytical
chemist.
Chas. Smith, c/o Roxburgh Street Refining Co., Greenock,
analytical chemist.
Chas. Spackinan. c o John Ellis & Sons, Barrowon-Soar,
Loughborough, Portland cement works manager,
Colin R. Strong, 18, Exchange Street, Manchester, oil
merchant.
Henry Thomas, 41, Amberley Street, Sunderland (Rcdheugh
Tar Products Co.).
Alex. E. Tucker, South Road, Smethwick, Birmingham,
metallurgist.
W. F. Raphael Weldon, 11, Brookside. Cambridge.
Ernest Wheatcroft. C2. I'age Hall Road, Sheffield, analytical
chemist
Dcattjs.
LonOon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Burlington House.
Chairman: David Howard.
Committee :
Sir F. A. Abel.
H. EC- Armstrong.
W. Lanl Carpenter.
W. Crowder,
C. Graham.
s. Hall.
A. K. Huntington.
It. Messel.
X. K. H. Newlands.
B. Redwood.
T. ltoyle.
John Spillcr.
G. C. Trewby.
J. Williams.
llmt. Local Sir. and 7'reasurer : Thos. Tyrer,
Garden Wharf, Church Road, Battersea, SAW
The meetings of the London Section will he held on the first
Monday in each month.
SESSION 1886-87.
Prospect i re A 7T« n gements.
April 1.— 1 discussion on Papers read 7th March.
,, Dr. J. M. H. Monro, "Further Notes and Experi-
ments on the Composition and Manurial Value
of Filter-pressed Sewage sludge."
Mr. A. Wingliam, "English-grown Tobacco,"
2nd Part.
„ Triennial Election of Sectional Officers and Com-
mittee.
-Dr. P. F, Frankland, " Recent Bacteriological
Research in connection with Water Supply."
Dr. C. R. A. Wright, " The Action of Zinc Chloride
on Castor Oil.
C— Dr. H. E. Armstrong. " The Alkaloids— the Present
State of Knowledge concerning them, and the
Method employed in their Investigation."
Mr. lioverton Redwood. " Notes of a Recent Visit
to some of the Petroleum-producing Territories
of the United States and Canada/'
-Annual Meeting in Manchester.
May
June
July.-
Notices of Meetings and Papers will be found in the
Scientific Journals.
Notices of papers and communications to he made to the
Local Secretary.
Geo. Atkinson, Aldersgatc Chemical Works, Southall, Dec.
25th, 1888.
R. M< Kcchnie, Thorndean, Eldcrelic, by Paisley, N. 11.
Meeting held February 7, 1887.
THE PRESIDENT IN T II K CHAIR.
DISCUSSION ON Mil WINGHAM'S PAPER :
" ENGLISH-GROWN TOBACCO" (See Feb-
ruary Number, Pages 76—79).
The Chairman said the subject was interesting,
not only because of a possible new industry, but as a
matter of agricultural chemistry. The very remark-
able variations in the quantity of ash indicated by
the author deserved careful attention. Undoubtedly
they brought forcibly home to one's mind the fact
that tobacco was an exhausting crop ; for a vegetable
product, with 25 ]ier cent, of ash, required a very
liberal provision of mineral constituents in the soil.
Dr. WRIGHT wished for information with respect
to the alkaloidal constituents of English tobacco,
and as to the percentage of nicotine compared with
those of foreign tobaccos. A cigar, which would not
burn and which contained no nitrates, did not seem
to be quite a desirable article ; but he presumed that
by manuring with nitrates that difficulty might be
overcome. Or possibly a good summer might mature
the leaf so far as to render it capable of being
actually used, With reference to the process of fer-
mentation which took place, he presumed it involved
quite a different series of changes from those dis-
cussed earlier in the evening (Mr. Jago's paper). He
would like to know the condition of the English
samples alter undergoing that process ; they would
then lie more fairly comparable with foreign growths.
Hr did not wish to pry into the secrets of the trade ;
still, there wen- fearful whispers going about to the
effect that tobacco leaves were often treated with
i ingredients of a character perhaps more natural than
March 29. 1887.) THF. JOURNAL OF TIIH SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
]i;?,
artificial, [f the statemei the liberal
molasaea and urine in the manufacture of tobacco
were true, be could well understand the retici
tin- author on that part of the subject.
.Mr. Ma< kiNNwx, having had considerable experi-
■i the curing of tobacco, thought it might be
■ a brief account of the process. It
was on thi' process that the smoking qualities, and
illy the "bouquet1' of the leaf, entirely de-
fended, and unless the curing were properly done,
the finest grown tobacco would be absolutely worth
ll 38. Tie- leaves were first dried in the shade, and
•hen dipped in a mixture consisting of the
refuse of the crop and a small quantity of urine;
this mixture being in a state of fermentation. After
immersion in this liquid the leaves were laid rlat on
boards in large piles, and allowed to remain so until
fermentation had proceeded sufficiently, which an
expert workman could ascertain by the temperature
on placing his hand between the layers. The piles
hen undone, and the temperature reduced by
exposing the leaves to the air. After a lew days,
however, the temperature rose again, when the pro-
cesa was repeated and the fermentation was considered
complete. The leaves were then in proper condition
for manufacture into cigars. He had seen this pro-
cess carried out in both Cuba and Paraguay, and
believed it was the plan used in most tobacco-
growing countries. In Paraguay two classes of to-
bacco were produced, one being made from the lower
• of the plant, which were plucked first : the
other from the three or four leaves left at the top.
This latter was considered the best tobacco, and was
so excessively strong that he had been intoxicated
by smoking a very small part of one cigar made from
it. This effect was due to the large quantity of
nicotine contained in that portion of the leaf, an
effect to which the natives were so accustomed that
they could smoke twenty such cigars a day.
Mr. Giles wished to know whether there was any
foundation for the widespread opinion that tobacco
prepared for smoking in pipes had of late been
adulterate! with glycerin and nitrobenzol.
The effect of adding glycerin would obviously be to
keep the tobacco moist and prevent loss of weight.
The addition of nitrobenzol would, he supposed,
give that peculiar flavour possessed by the class of
tobacco called " honey-dew.'' That description cf
tobacco certainly emitted a smell akin to nitro-
benzol, or artificial oil of bitter almonds. He con-
sidered the addition of glycerin very detrimental,
as it produced effects irritating to the mouth and
nasal organ of the smoker.
Mr. Cbowdkb thought that a little ash, more or
less, was quite consistent with a good cigar. With-
out the results of fermentation on the English leaf,
one was quite unable to compare it with foreign
tobacco. He did not think the proportion of lime
or potash had much to do with the matter, but the
proportion of nitrates was important. It was well
known that tobacco curers frequently used a small
quantity of nitrates, and if a little too much was
added, the result was that the tobacco smoked un-
pleasantly '■ hot.'
Mr. BkbnaSD Dyei: a.-ked if the author had looked
for lithium in the ashes. It had been laid down that
lithium was a normal constituent of the tobacco
plant, which was supposed to have a power of dis-
covering and assimilating it. He was. therefore,
curious to know whether these English plants had
this constituent. He agreed that these ash analyses
formed an interesting contribution to existing know-
ledge of the subject generally, though he must also
agree with Mr. Crowd.. r that they did not throw-
much light on the quality of the tobacco. The pro-
! combustion ami destructive distillation
carried on in a -j. 1 briar pipe was probably the
only way of arriving at a satisfactory
'int.
Mr. Mi uford hoped that the outcome of this
paper and discussion would be to lead the English
o grower to pay more attention to the
position of his soil and the fertilisers nee.
to grow a crop capable of competing with foreign
toba,c..>. Such a course would be productive of
valuable results. He believed that abroad tobaccos
I ly grown on very siliceous soils. Probably
English samples were grown on calcareous soil.
lb- would like to know whether the potash had been
used in the form of •'muriate'' of potash. That
course had been tried abroad, and the result had
been very deleterious to the quality of the tobacco
produced.
Mr. J. Xkwi.amis wished to draw attention to a
method of estimating ash which was not so widely
known as it should be. In the usual method of pro-
ceeding, great difficulty was experienced in getting
rid of the last traces of the carbon, on account of the
fusion of the alkaline salts present. The substance
should be fused in a muffle and allowed to cool ; it
should then be ground. Water sufficient to dissolve
the salts should then be added, when they could be
separated out by evaporation. The residue would
calcine into a white ash without difficulty, and with-
out the us2 of a very high temperature. This method
of working had been found very useful in analysing
sugar before the introduction of the French system.
A Member asked if the author would name the
different species of tobacco cultivated (represented on
the black-board by the figures 1. 2, 3, and 4).
Mr. WmGHAM, in reply, said his remarks had been
brought forward with a view different from that
assumed by the meeting. He had not pretended to
lecture on the art of tobacco cultivation ; conse-
quently, he was hardly prepared to answer all the
questions put to him. He had carried out his experi-
ments from a chemico-industrial point of view, and
with the object of showing British tobacco growers
what to do and what to avoid — to point out the pro-
bable effect of different soils and different manures
on a tobacco crop. He had endeavoured to estimate
the nicotine in the unfermented F^nglish examples by
Schloesing's method — by digesting the leaves with
ether, evaporating off the ether and ammonia, and
estimating the residue with sulphuric acid. But
when he came to titrate the solution, he had found
it to be already acid, and so nicotine appeared to
be absent. The question of nicotine, however, was
not to be regarded as settled, as his experiments in
that direction were not completed. With respect to
the aroma of tobacco, said to be due to its oil, he did
not believe that either nicotine or nicotianine existed
in unfermented leaves, but thought that both those
alkaloids were produced during fermentation. If his
view were correct, the English leaves tested con-
tained neither substance. It was well known that
the percentage of nicotine in any tobacco was in
inverse proportion to that of the nicotianine, and
that the goodness of a tobacco depended on the per-
centage it contained of the latter — its essential oil.
He had not analysed the oils that came off during
heating. From what had been said, one would be
inclined to think that urine was employed to start
fermentation, but he did not believe it was so. The
chlorine found in the English specimens had, of
course, come from the soil. He did not think it
within his province to enter into the question of the
sophistication of tobacco by nitrobenzol and
glycerin. The idea of testing for lithium had
occurred to him, but unfortunately too late to try it
1IM
THE JOURNAL OF TTIF. SOCIETY OK CIIF.MK \\l. [NDUSTRY. |M*.-ci, », is?7.
on the present samples. Mr. Mumford was quite
right in thinking that the samples tested had been
grow n mi a calcareous soil, and also in saj inn thai a
us soil would be more advantageous The
quality of the tobacco depended more on the 1 m ti
tution of the soil thm un its richness. He thanked
Mr. Newlands for his suggestion; his own method
had been to he a the tobacco at a very low tempera-
ture in a 1 ■ platinum vessel inclined to one
Bide. The examples ol English grown tobacco treated
were all American species chiefly ECentuckian.
There were really only three species of tobacco, but
many varieties.
— *»**&*»<-»«*o —
FERMENTATION IN ITS RELATION To
BREAD MAKING.
BY WILLIAM JAGO, F.I .&, 1.1. < .
Vkkmkntation lias been made the subject of careful
and systematic study in connection with brewing and
the production of alcoholic liquors generally : but, in
its relation to bread making, has hitherto received
but comparatively little attention from scientists. In
many cases it lias apparently been assumed that
-t behaves in just the same manner in dough as it
does in a malt or other wort, and consequently that
the same laws apply with equal force to the pheno-
mena of fermentation iu either substance. But the
fermentation of wort differs from that of dough in
several most important particulars. The former is a
liquid, rich in maltose, and well adapted for the sus-
tenance and growth of yeast; the latter is a stiff,
elastic, semi-solid mass, containing but little readily
fermentable matter. In wort, by a process of bud-
ding, yeast rapidly multiplies ; but when added to
dough the yeast cells show no signs of any repro-
duction by budding, but, on the contrary, gradually
disappear, owing to the breaking-down of the cell-
walls. In the fermentation of wort but a small
proportion of the effect is due to the yeast originally
added, the greater part being produced by the hew
yeast cells formed as the progeny of those first intro-
duced; but in dough the whole of the work is thrown
on the yeast cells primarily introduced into the mass.
These are so unfavourably situated as to have little
or no power of reproduction, and consequently on
their activity and vitality successful fermentation
must depend. This being the case, it is evident that
mature and vigorous yeast is more absolutely essen-
tial to the baker than even to the brewer : since, if
the latter's initial fermentation be sluggish, the pro-
> of new cells may fairly be expected to be more
active. On the other hand, absolute freedom from
foreign ferments i> not a point of such vital Import-
ance to the baker as to the brewer. In many cases, a
yeast that on microscopic examination would be
immediately rejected by the brewer, would be found
capable of making good bread. I might even go a
step further, and say that of two yeasts the one
deemed the better of the two, judging by purity as
revealed by the microscope, might be the less desir-
able yeast for bread-making purposes. It is a well-
recognised fact that in some varieties of bakers'
barms the presence of other organisms than the yeast
plant is normal. In particular, this is so with Scotch
flour barms, which consist of yeast allowed to de
velop in what is essentially a thin paste made from
tided flour. This barm invariably contains the
lactic ferment in large numbers. Mr. Thorns,
l'.R. M.S., a Scotch master baker, who has tor very
many years investigated yea-t most exhaustively
from the bakers' standpoint, i- my authority for this
statement. Mr. Thorns further informs me that on
brewing flour barm at a sufficiently low temperature
to prevent the development of Bacterium Lactis, the
barm produced is inferior in quality, and yields an
inferior loaf. It should be added that in bread made
on the Scotch system there is always a distinct,
though verj slight, acid Savour. Tins acidity is
altogether different in character from whit i- known
OS SOUrn !S8 of bread in the London district. The
flavour of Scotch bread more resembles that Wetted
partly with butter-milk.
With healthy, active yeast cells, fermentation, as
conducted in the Smith, proceeds suliicicntly rapidly
in dough to allow the bnad to be completely ready
for the oven before the lactic ferments have had time
to develop any sensible acidity. In deciding as to
the quality of yeast for bread-making purposes the
first requisite i-. that the yeast plant itself shall be in
a vigorous and active condition. Among foreign fer-
ments, the presence of those producing lactic acid at
leasl is not deleterious in small numbers toanything
like the extent that holds in the case of yeast to be
used for beer brewing. Apart from their own specific
action, foreign ferments are, in brewers' yeast, an
evidence of e.ueh ssm SS and want of strict cleanliness
in the yeast manufacture, and to this extent their
presence may be interpreted unfavourably when
judging tlie value of such a yeast for the baker. The
point I hope [ have made clear is, that if the yeast
itself is healthy and vigorous, foreign ferments are
not capable of doing the same amount of harm
during the fermentation of dough, as during that of
beer ; principally because the act of baking the bread
tally destroys all fermentative action before
disease ferments have had time to set up any
injurious chemical change.
In passing, the aim of the baker in availing himself
of the action of yeast during bread making may be
explained. If the question were asked, Why is
yeast employed I the answer in ninety-nine cases out
of a hundred would be, to aerate the dough and thus
make the bread spongy. Now yeast possesses this
property in common with various other substances.
There are. in tact, several ways of aerating bread
more or less satisfactorily, but fermentation seems to
be the only method capable of inducing other changes
which are essential to the production of bread of the
finest quality. By the action of yeast, the gluten,
which contains the principal nitrogenous constituents
of flour, is softened and mellowed, undergoing a
species of digestive action, partly physical, inasmuch
as it is rendered setter, and. probably, partlychemical,
as a change analogous to peptouisation apparently
occurs. Another most interesting effect of fermenta-
tion is, that it imparts a characteristic and pleasant
Savour to bread, absolutely unattainable by other
means. In bread aerated by any other method the
results of these specific changes are absent; and
public opinion decides that, after a time, such bread
raised otherwise than by the action of yeast has a
raw, uncooked taste, of which the palate speedily
tire.-. Although the average baker knows nothing of
the nature of the chemical changes induced by yeast,
it is of great interest to note that his methods take
of the fact that such change- ale pro-
duced. If the production of sufficient gas to aerate
tie- dOUgh were his only object, then it might be
expected that as s ion as that object was attained he
would proceed to get his bread in the oven. Such,
howevi r. i< imt the case : after a time, as much as
possible of the gas gen. rated in the dough is \ iolentiy
knocked out of it ; this operation being sometimes
ed two or three times. The baker knows by
experience that other changes which he desires to
' have take place will not be completed until some
time after sufficient gas to aerate the bread ha- been
Mam, 2I..18S-.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIET? OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
[65
ped. Theory and practice thei thshow
that the aeration of the dongh i~ only one
several important effects produced by fermentation.
From time to time, those interested in otl
methods of bread manufa :ture in.-i^t on the great loss
caused by fermentation : thus, I
the opinion that this loss amounted to from 3 I
pei cent., which opinion has since been adopted by
Dr. I 11. in bis work on the " Healthy Manu-
facture of Bread." In order to determine the
maximum amount of loss possible, I recently made
the experiment : 100 parts by weight of
soft Hoar from English wheats were made in to a Black
dough with distilled water, two parts oi pre*
yeasl being added, and no salt used. This dough
was allowed to stand for rrom eight to nine houi -
a temperature of about F. ; fermentation
proceeded vio I toward the end of the time
had apparent!] The dough was next placed
in the hot water own. and dried until of constant
weigh! thi same weight of flour and yeast, unmixed,
and without wi ter, was also placed in the oven. At
the end of the time, the fermented dough was found
to have li t cent, compared with the flour.
In this extreme case, a soft flour was Used with dis-
tilled water and no salt, and about six times the
normal amount of yeast : the temperature was pur-
poseiy maintained at a high point, and the fermenta-
tion carried on bo long as any decided evolution of
"ecurred. Yet, under these conditions, which far
and away exceed in severity any such as occur in prac-
- was less than Danglish's minimum
estimate. The percentage of loss closely corresponds
with thai in flour as determined in a series
of experiments to which I wish to direct your atten-
tion. Mr. Williams, a practical baker of high
authority, estimates, from a series of experiments he
ducted on the large scale, that the loss of solid
constituents of flour during fermentation, as practi-
cally conducted in bakeries, amounts to 137 per cent.
Saving for some time been engaged on an investi-
gation of certain problems connected with panary
fermentation, I tike this opportunity of laying a
synopsis of my results before \ou. In these experi-
ments an apparatus of the following description was
employed ; a l2oz. bottle was connected with corks
ami tubing to a glass jar, graduated into cubic inches,
arranged that any gas evolved in the bottle
entered the jar through the top. When in use the
bottle was placed in a water-bath, maintained at any
desired temperature by means of an automatic i -
lator. The graduated jar, which was open at the
bottom, stood in a trough of water. At the com-
mencement of each experiment the air was with-
drawn from the jar until the water stood at zero.
Carbon dioxide gas was thus collected over water,
but when ths gas does not bubble through the liquid
the rate of absorption is comparatively slow. In
some direct experiments I found it to proceed at the
rate of about a cubic inch per hear. Allen si
that saturated brine absorbs < '< >s but very slowly ; I
think only at about 15 per cent, of the Bpeed
with which water effects its absorption : brine might
thus be advantageously substituted for water. As
the experiments were made with the object of deter-
mining the relative amounts of gas evolved under
different conditions, rather than the absolute quan-
tity, no corrections were made for variations of
temperature, pressure, or absorption of gas by the
water. Errors from these sources would practically
affect each member ol a series of experiments i
at tin- same time, to the same extent ; and SO would
not disturb the comparisons between them. Further,
the total possible error in most instances, would only
be a small percentage on the total quantity of gas
evolved. As the apparatus employed was
■ 1 for the nse of bnk-r-. a- a yi
the units of quantity For the
penments wen- the ounce and cubic inch :
when smaller quantities "ere added on to thi
certain cases, these were weighed in grammes : hence
there is rather an anomaly in the weights sometimes
employed. At the Btart, duplicate experiments were
made, in order to determine the degree of accuracy
of the method. The following are the results of a
pair of such duplicates : —
In each case there were takeu : I'.r< •■• r.ioz. ;
sugar mixture, loz. : water. 6oz.: at :>,<r < '. (The
sugar mixture consisted of the dry constituent of
•• Pasti ur's Fluid, with Sugar.")
These were mixed, placed in the bottle of the
api aratus, which, in its turn, was placed in the bath
The quantity of gas evolved was collected
at the end of each half-hour ; the following are the
results of • 'ings : —
Gas ctoItck! in cubic inched.
0
4 hour 0"7
1! hours
3
3)
l"
O'O .
00
0-7
II-.-.
6-0
11.'
13-8
30 0
. .. 23"
Ji ii .
irn
I7U
n;:
537
One of the earliest comparisons instituted was
between filtered flour infusion, unboiled and boiled
malt wort, and solution of " sugar mixture.''
No. 1 solution consisted of o'oz. of 40 per cent,
flour inl'u.-ion (sp. gr. 1007-2), warmed to 30° C, and
compressed yeast, loz.
No. i. o'oz. unboiled malt wort, same density.
No. •''., 6oz. boiled malt wort, same density.
No. 4. 6oz. sugar mixture solution, same density,
arted at the same temperature, and with the
same amount of yeast : —
- ilve,l in cubic inchei
N :.
0 hours ...
.. o-o
1
. . 2-2
•?
. . 5-2
3 ..
.. 6-5
1 .. ...
. 7 1
.. 83
00
li'o
14-4
163
17 0
171
N -
Xo. 4.
00 . . .
... o-o
.. 12 0
l.i-9 . . .
17-8 ...
... 241
... 243
... 24 3
It will be seen that the filtered flour infusion
evolved gas far more slowly than did either the
boiled w>rts or sugar mixture solution of the same
density.
The next series of experiments was made with the
object of determining the relative powers of support-
in.' fermentation possessed by different constituents
our. Chicandard has affirmed in the
Rendvt, May, L883, that the fermentation of bread
doe- -t in the hydrolysis of starch, followed
by alcoholic fermentation, and is not determined by
taccharomyct*, but is the result of the solution, and
after peptonisation of the gluten, this effect being
cans um, which develops itself normally
in the dough, yeast merely accelerating its develop-
ment. One of the objects I had in view during the
making of these particular experiments was the
examination of this theory. The best plan will be
to first state exactly the nature of each experiment,
and then to refer to the conclusions to be drawn
therefrom.
No. 1. -J0 |n r i en t. filtered infusion of Hour, Goz. (170grms.),
at 30' C; compressed yeast, Joz.
No. 2. 34grros. flour; water, Ooz., at 30" C. ; com;
yeast, i"/..
No. 3. Washed insoluble residue from 34grms. of Hour;
water, 6oz. at 30 C. ; compressed yeast, \-v.
166
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY. [Marchss
No. I. 20 pel cent, filtered flour infusion, 6oz. at 30 ('. ;
wheat starch, 5grro& taken and gelatinised,
iled, then added to flour infusion. Mix-
ture placed in bottle and maintained at 30 C.
for 12 hours; then ;•>/. compressed yeast
added, and fermentation commenced.
Nil .">. Moist, thoroughly-washed gluten, 5grms., tritu-
rated in mortar with sand, in order to expose
:.• surface; gluten, with tioz. of water at
C., placed in bottle and maintained at
SO" ('. for 12 hours; then Joz, compressed
yeasl added, and fermentation commenced.
No. 6. 20 per cent, filtered Hour infusion, i'miz. at 30° C. :
wheat starch, Sgrms., gelatinised; com-
pressed j east, joz.
No. 7. 20 per cent filtered Hour infusion, 6oz. at 30' C ;
wheat starch, 6grms. ungelatinised ; com-
pressed yeast, ]"/.
No. S. Wheat starch, 5grms., gelatinised; water, 6oz. at
.'in ('. : compressed yeast, joz.
..>
S BVOLVED IN CBBH tN» III >.
Ti.mk.
N 1
oo
No !
00
00
No. 4.
00
v
\.
0
o-o
00
00
00
1 hour . ...
0-2
3-8
02
10 t
03
185
2-8
ii-.;
2 liours ..
00
8 2
0-6
29-5
0-o
■20-8
51
01
3 ,.
12
11V.
1-1
35-0
0-6
L'S-1
G'3
05
I .. ..
1-8
n 0
l'S
37 3
0-9
31-5
7 0
or,
o ..
.,..,
160
27
37 '5
11
328
7'G
0-7
U ..
2-5
17-3
3-0
37 5
L-3
33!
8-2
09
7
I'll
18 5
32
-
13
33 7
8-5
1-0
8 ..
33
190
33
-
15
-
8-5
1-2
9 .. ..
-
—
—
—
l-o
—
—
-
21 .,
—
-
—
-
—
—
7-0
.,..
—
-
"
-
—
-
71
No. I. consisting of 20 per cent. Hour infusion,
gave off very little gas, the quantity amounting to
only 33 cubic inches in eight liours. This i> very
much less than that obtained in the previous series
ol experiments in which a -40 per cent, infusion was
employed: the latter gave off 83 cubic inches in five
hours. No. 2, containing the whole of the Hour, gave
off gas much more copiously; in eight hours there
being 19-6 cubic inches of gas evolved. After
the second hour the evolution fell off slowly, but
regularly. The washed residue gave off just the
same amount of gas as did the filtered infusion : in
it the end of the fifth hour. No. 3 gave the
higher leading. It will be noticed that the whole of
ur gives off three timesasmuch gas as does the
n and tie- washed residue together.
The reason is that, when flour is shaken with water
and then filtered, the substances which, under the
action of yeast, evolve -■..-. are not all removed in the
filtrate. They consist in partol starch granules, in
which the amylo.-e is more or less exposed to the
action of diastasic agents. With well wash
kneaded gluten but very little gas is evolved, the
total a nut in nine lioin >, being only i". cubic
and this, although the gluten for 12 hours
previous to fermentation was digested with water at
:!'> C. In Nos. -i and 6 the quantities used are the
G ime, but tho former of the two samples affords e\ id
ence of diastasis having been occasioned during
hours for which the gelatinised starch was
subjected to the action of the Hour infusion. No. 6
at first proceeded somewhat the more rapidly, but
evolved very little gas during the second hour.
During the third, however, it recovered itself and
proceeded regularly, until, at the expiration of six
liours, the evolution oi ed, with a total of
337 inches. In No. i the fermentation proceeded
rapidly and regularly, falling off towards the end,
and finishing at five hours with 37'.") cubic inches.
Asa result of the previous diastasis, a large quantity
of gas is evolved, but in each instance the greater
part of the starch remained behind, as if 5grms. of
starch were completely changed into sugar, and then,
by fermentation, into carbon dioxide and alcohol.
The yield of gas would roughly he about 85 cubic
inches at 20 C. The diastasic action of the Hour
infusion will have more or less effected the hydrolysis
of the starch into dextrin and maltose: the latter
will have undergone fermentation, while the former
is unfermentable. Experiment No. B shows that the
diastasis of the starch is effected by the flour
infusion, and not by the yeast : for where pure gela-
tinised starch and yeast alone are employed, exceed-
ingly little gas is evolved; during eight hours but
I -2 cubic inches only having accumulated. This
experiment was allowed to proceed overnight, and
at the end of gl hours 7"0 cubic inches had been
evolved. Another reading was taken at the end of
the twenty-second hour, and showed that us cubic
inches had been evolved during the hour. It would
seem that the diastasic action oi yeast on pure starch
increases somewhat after some hours, but within a
limit of eight hours, which covers the time that flour
is in most instances subjected to fermentation, little
or no action has occurred. Very striking in connec-
tion with this is the result obtained in experiment
No. 7, for when the ungelatinised starch was mixed
with flour infusion and subjected to fermentation,
8'."i cubic inches of gas were obtained in eight hours.
The Hour infusion must, under these circumstances,
have succeeded in hydrolysing some of the starch ;
for although starch is washed most carefully, there
will always be a certain number of cells whose walls
are sufficiently thin to permit diastasis to occur ; and
some investigators are of opinion that even unbroken
wheat starch celis are comparatively readily attacked
by hydrolysing agents. .Summing up the results
obtained in these experiments, it is found that: —
filtered Hour infusion supports fermentation slowly.
The frequently washed residue of Hour supporte fer-
mentation at about the same rate.
The entire flour, mixed with water, evolves about si\
times as much gas as either the filtered infusion or the
washed residue from the same weight.
Kneaded and washed gluten evolves practically no
-■'ls' ; .
Flour infusion and gelatinised starch together evolve
gas in coiisideralile quantity.
The quantity of gas is increased when the infusion
and the gelatinised Btarch remain together sometime
before fermentation, which result 'is due to diastasis by
the albuminoids of the infusion,
Ungelatinised starch, under the influence of yeast and
Sour infusion, evolves ■■> moderately large quantity of
eas.
i ielatinised starch alone undergoes little or no fermen-
tation dining a period of eight liours, l.ut ferments slowly
after standing some twenty hours.
In order to further determine the source of
gas during the fermentation of flour infusion, the
following experiments were made:- A 40 percent
filtered infusion of stone -milled Hour, from English
wheat, was prepared by taking 600grms. of Hour and
1500CC. of distilled water. These were several times
shaken together during half-an-hour, and then
allowed to subside. The upper layer of liquid was
March 29, us?.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
!<•.;
next poured off and filtered through washed calico.
This was subsequently again filtered in the ordinary
manner through paper until perfectly clear. < >n
a with iodine no colour was produced, thus
showing the absence of both Starch and erthyro-
dextrins. The specific gravity of the infusion was
10085, being somewhat higher than that of the 40
percent, infusion used in a previous experiment A
portion of the infusion was tested for sugar before
and after the inversion, and also for albuminoids.
Six ounces of the infusion were then fermented with
25 i '.. witha quarter of an ounce of encore yeast. The
experiment was continued for twenty-two hours, at
the end of which time fermentation had entirely
ceased. The clear liquid was then decanted off from
the layer of yeast at the bottom, and tested for sugar
and albumin 'ids. as was done in the separate portion
of the original infusion. To the yeast remaining in
bottle there was at once added half-an-ounce of sugar
and six ounces of water at 25' G, and the testing
apparatus set np and the quantity of gas evolved
measured.
The sugar was estimated in the following manner :
A weighed quantity of the flour infusion was raised
to the boiling-point, and maintained at that tempera-
ture for about five minutes, in order to coagulate
albuminoids : the loss by evaporation was then made
up by the addition of distilled water, and the solu-
tion filtered.
"Quantities taken = 2occ. Feliling's solution.
50cc. water.
"iOcc. 40 per cent. Hour solutioD.
Weight of cuprous oxide, C'u.O. yielded 0'1531grm.
Assuming this precipitate to be due to maltose,
then 0*1531 x 0*7758 0'1187grm. of maltose in 20cc.
of the Hour infusion — 1'48 per cent, of maltose in the
flour.
In the next place, oOcc. of the flour infusion were
taken, 5cc. of fuming hydrochloric acid added, and
the solution inverted by being raised to 68c C. The
acid was then neutralised by solid sodium carbonate,
and the solution made up to lOOcc. with water. This
produced a 20 per cent, inverted solution.
The infusion was tested for albuminoids by distil-
lation with alkaline permanganate solution with the
following results, calculated to the percentage present
in the tlour : —
In the infusion before fermentation 0'76 percent.
,, after „ 0"78 ,,
i.ared with analyses of other flours, the
quantities are low. This is probably accounted for
by a 40 per cent, infusion being made, whereas a 10
per cent, infusiop is used in most analyses, the more
dilute solution extracts the somewhat viscous
albuminoids with greater readiness. The only
deduction from these determinations is, that the
int of albuminoids in a filtered flour infusion is
practically unchanged by the act of fermentation,
there being no disappearance whatever of these
bodies. The small increase observable is probably
due to albuminous matter being yielded to the solu-
tion by yeast itself.
The following are the results of the fermentation
experiments : —
No. 1. Flour infusion, 6oz. ; encore yeast, }oz. ; tempera-
ture, 25° C.
No, 2. Yeast from previous experiment after cessation
of fermentation : Sugar, }oz. ; water, 6oz. ;
at 25 I '.
Quantities taken
25cc. Fehling's solution.
50cc. water.
20cc. 20 per cent, inverted flour
fusion.
Weight of cuprous oxide, Cu.,0, yielded
-=01860grm.
In 20cc, of a 40 per cent, solution there would be
double this quantity = 0*1860 x 2=0*3720grm. From
this must be deducted the amount of precipitate due
to the maltose present.
20— 0*1531 = 0 21S9grm. of CnsO due to a
reducing sugar produced by inversion. Assuming
this sugar to be cane sugar, or at least to have the
samereducing power, then 0*2189 x 0'4791 = 0'1048grm.
of cane sugar in 20cc. of the 40 per cent, infusion,
=1*31 per cent, of cane sugar in the flour.
The total sugar in the flour would thus be 2*79 per
cent.
After fermentation, the upper liquid from the yeast
bottle was also tested for sugars after filtration and
coagulation of albuminoids as before. The uninverted
solution gave no precipitate whatever with Fehling's
solution. A portion was next inverted with acid in
the manner already described. 20cc. of this solution
gave a slight trace of precipitate with Fehling's solu
tion, which was too little to weigh. So far, the
practical result may be summed np in the statement
that filtered aqueous flour infusion contains two or
more varieties of sngar : these, during the act of fer-
mentation, entirely disappear.
TllIE.
0
1 hour
2 hours
3 „
I ..
6 „
7 ..
8 ..
9 „
GtB Evolved in Cubic IxcnES.
No. 1.
No. 2.
o-o
00
1-7
50
50
-
6-7
-
82
-
90
9-G
736
102
-
110
-
120
-
150
-
As six ounces of the 40 per cent, flour infusion
would contain the soluble matter of 68grnis. of flour,
it follows that there would be present, "according to
the analysis, l*89grma of sugar. This quantity, if
entirely converted during fermentation into carbon
dioxide and alcohol, would yield about 32 cubic inches
of gas at 20" C. By the method adopted for testing,
15 cubic inches were registered at the end of twenty-
two hours ; to this would have to be added a correc-
tion for the amount lost by absorption by the w-ater,
in order to obtain a correct estimate. It is difficult.
when the total quantity of gas evolved is small, to
determine with accuracy the loss of absorption,
because the gas in the apparatus consists of a mixture
in which air is predominant, consequently the rate of
absorption is less than with pure carbon dioxide gas.
If it were desired to accurately estimate the quantity
of gas, collection over mercury would have to be
adopted. This is of little importance in the present
experiment, because the total measured comes well
within the amount of gas that the sugar would
theoretically yield. In other words, there is no need
to go outside the sugar to find a source from which
the carbon dioxide is obtained, as the whole of the
. sugar disappears, and in the act of fermentation is
168
THE JOritXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. M.m-i,29,lW7
capable oi yielding more gas than that observed to be
evolved. That the cessation o( fermentation is not
due to the exhaustion of the yeas! is proved by
experim nl No. 8, in which th t has more
sugar added to it. when a vigorous fermentation was
immediately set up. That! ition of ferments
tion is due to the exhaustion of the sugar, is proved
by that compound being absent on analysis of the
infusion aftei fei n. Summing up the whole
of the results
Fl.nl R I \ I I SION.
Before Fermentation,
Sugar, L'89grms. in the
six ounces of infusion.
Albuminoids, 0 ."ilTgnn.
present.
Afti r Fermentation.
ir, absent
Albuminoids, 0'530grni.
present.
When fermentation had
ceased, 15 cubic inches of
gas bad been evolved, and
the yeast was still unex-
hausted, and capable of '
inducing fermentation in
fresh sugar solution.
Reasoning on these results, together with thi
obtained in the series of experiments on Hour and its
various constituents taken separately, the only log
conclusion is that the fermentation of dough is
atially a saccharine fermentation.
It may be demurred that the circumstances are
different in an aqueous infusion to those which hold
in a tough elastic mass such as dough. But it is
inconceivable that the fermentation actually imme-
diately depends on the conversion of any but soluble
constituents of the flour into gas ; therefore, if those
albuminoids, so soluble as to pass through filter paper,
are not capable of yielding gas asa result of fermenta-
tion by yeast, it follows that the more insoluble
albuminous compounds likewise will not yield gas.
The fact that washed gluten yield no gas affords
corroborative proof of this point. (The small quantity
actually obtained by experiment may be accounted
for by the well-known difficulty of actually freeing
gluten from all starchy and soluble matters.) That
the fermentation of the Hour itself yields several
times more gas than does the filtered infusion, lends
no support to the theory that it i< the albuminous
matter that is evolving gas, because it has been shown
that pure ungelatinised starch causes a marked evolu-
tion of gas, being doubtless fiist converted into
dextrin and maltose by diastasis. The fermentability
of the washed residue is also accounted for by its
containing starch. Supposing even that in dough,
after fermentation had ceased, sugar as such existed,
and could be removed and detected by analytic
methods, that of itself would be no proof of the
evolution of gas being at the expense of the albumi-
noids, or peptones derived therefrom (for the argu-
ment equally applies to these latter bodi( 3). because
simultaneously with the fermentation produced by
the yeast there is a production of sugar by diastasis
of the starch. Fermentation ol sugar in a stiff dough
is rough work for yeast cells, and it may well be that
after a few hours they are thoroughly exhausted, ami
disappear through disruption of their cell walls': the
continuance of diastasis would still cause the slow
production of more or less sugar. Further, the
diastasis of tin starch must throughout fermentation
it- subsequent conversion mto carl dio
and alcohol ; and so, it the reaction be stopped at any
point, more or lesS sugar would, as a rule, be found.
Again, drawing a conclusion, the fermentation of
dough is in part due to the fermentation of the sugar
present, in part to the diastasis of a portion ol the
starch of the Hour and its subsequent fermentation.
These ire sufficient, and more than sufficient,
for the production of all the gas evolved; these
statements admit of , \]<eriincutal proof. There is no
satisfactory evidence in favour of the gas evolved
being in any sensible degree derived from the
albuminous constituents ol dough. It should be
noticed that no assertion is made that no gas what-
ever is derived from the albuminous constituents of
Hour : it is possible that in extreme eases gas is pro-
duced from albuminous matters as a result of butyric
ami putrefactive fermentations ; but in ordinary
bread-making, as it hold, in the United Kingdom, the
amount ol gas derived from thi- source is of no
importance compared with that from sugar, and
indirectly from starch. Whatever amount of gas
there is, that is thus obtained, is the result, not of
the action of yeast, but of bacteria. Further, the
smenl that albuminous bodies do nut themselves
evolve gas during panary fermentation must not be
construed into meaning that they do not affect the
quantity evolved. In their capacity as nitrogenous
yeast foods, they aid the yeast in its development,
ami consequently in its production of gas, by decom-
position of saccharine bodies.
These experiments seem to me to effectually dis-
pose of Chicandard's theory of the panary fermenta-
tion being due to the action of bacteria on the
albuminoids of flour.
I feel that the time already occupied over this
paper precludes my dealing any further with the
problems involved in its title. 1 only venture to hope
that my work may have proved of interest sufficient
to justify my having thus occupied so large a portion
of the valuable time of this Society.
DISl DTSSION.
The Chairman said probably the most ancient of
fermentations, after the fermentation of the grape,
was that of bread. He would like to know whether
Mr. .lago had made any experiments on the fermen-
tation of leaven. It was a matter of importance and
interest, especially in view of the bold assertion of
the. French author quoted by Mr. -lago.
Mr. A. Win. .ham wished to ask the author how, if
the fermentation of bread were entirely saccharine
in character, he accounted for that peculiar "mellow-
ing " of the gluten, mentioned in the paper, which
occurred during the fermentation.
Mr. F. Adaie Robeets understood the author to say
that fermentation by means of yeast possessed other
advantages beyond the mere aeration of the bread. .\s
there was a company doing a large trade in bread in
London who. he believed, claimed that they aerated
their bread by purely mechanical means, he would be
glad to know what were the additional advantages of
yeast fermentation over such mere mechanical aera-
tion.
Mr. F>. E. I!. Newlauds remarked that the whole
of the author's results seemed to depend on the quan-
tity of carbonic acid measured under certain described
conditions. The gas was collected over water, which
of course absorbed a quantity of it, varying according
to pressure, etc. It would be an easy thing to put a
little oil on the water, and thus prevent the absorp-
tion of carbonic acid ; or, better still, to use Dr.
Scheibler's well known apparatus. This apparatus
would give results sufficiently accurate if allowance
were made for temperature, etc.
Dr. Wright wished to know whether the author
had made any experiments with the object of deter-
mining the relative proportions of the supplementary
products ol bread fermentation, more particularly of
the alcohol formed. He believed thai some years
ago a process was brought out for the condensation
of the alcohol expelled during the operation of
Mareha>,i887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
160
baking. He had been given to understand, how< vi r,
that the chief results produced were the exhilaration
of the workmen and the Bpoiling of sundry batches
of bread in co He wished to point out
that the determination of the ratio between these
supplementary products and the carbonic acid might
yield some evidence as to how far the albuminoids
underwent change and contributed to t lie final result.
|)r. Sqoibk: I am interested t> learn that the
author considers the formation which takes place in
bread is due to the action of .wist on saccharine
matter, and not, as has been pretended, to the action
of bacteria. The bacteria theory is by no mean- a
new one. Every three or four months one finds in
the Journal of t Itt Chemical Society extracts I
foreign journals describing some particular kind of
erium to which bread fermentation is supposed
to be due. Although the genus ,,f these special
organisms are supposed to exist on the corn from '
which the flour is made, they, for some reason or
another, do not find their way into brewers' or dis-
tiller.^' worts. 1 entirely concur in the view that
. 1 fermentation is due to the alcoholic fermenta-
tion of saccharine matter produced by diastatic
action. Some two years ago 1 pointed out, in this
room, that an unmal ted corn (especially rye) contains
a certain proportion of diastase. In some parts of
Russia a good deal of spirit is made from raw rye.
without the admixture of any malted grain, the
unmalted rye containing sufficient diastase to effect
a tolerably good conversion of the starch present. It
is true that the produce of spirit is from 15 to 20 per
cent, less than when malt is used, and that this pro-
out of use : but it is a striking illustra-
tion of the presence of diastase in raw grain. I do
not, however, agree with the author in thinking that
the starch is acted upon by the diastase "when the
granules are whole. Brown and Heron found that
whole granules of starch were ipiite untouched by
malt infusion ; but when the granules were ground
up with sand, bo as to break the granules, the starch
was rapidly attacked by diastase. In the process of
making Hour, a certain proportion of the starch
granules must get broken, and these would no doubt
be sufficient to supply the saccharine matter required
for the fermentation. I do not gather that sufficient
attention has been paid, in the course of the author's
experiments, to the influence of dilution. Very dilute
saccharine solutions ferment with difficulty, and
when the dilution is so great that the saccharine
matter does not exceed 1 per cent, all fermentation
ceases. I have never yet met with a case in which
the whole of the maltose could be removed from a
solution by means of fermentation, and I was there-
fore rather surprised to hear the author describe his
fermented preparations as being entirely free from
saccharine matter. There is very little doubt in my
mind that the fermentation of bread is due simply to
the action of yeast or maltose produced by dias
pre-existing in the grain, and not at all to the action
of bacteria, except in the case of sour bread, the
acidity being then due, no doubt, to bacteria. If
bread fermentation were produced by bacteria, what
is the use of adding yeast .'
Mr. John Heron asked whether the author had
found carbonic acid to be the only gas produced
during the process of fermentation. That operation
being carried on under considerable pressure, it seemed
to him that having regard to the presence of soluble
albuminous matters, other gases, such as nitrogen and
hydrogen, would probahly also be evolved. There-
fore, in estimating the strength of the yeast, one
ought, as far as possible, to put it under the same
conditions as would hold in practical work in the
bakehouse. It seemed that the fermentation of
dough was carried on by certain species of saccharo-
myces. He had made Beveral experiments on the
fermentation ol llour and other :es from
cereals, tparing the ferments of flour with thi
of malt wort, and be ha 1 fi and that it was possible
to isolate from the flour a ferment which was, 80
far as he could judge, saccharomyi tor. He
regarded that organism as the most perfect form of
ferment tor Lakers' use. But ordinary bakers' yeast
lined a large variety of yeast cells, as well as
various forms ot bacteria, and he thought Mr. Ji
would have obtained more useful and interesting
results if he had experimented with this ordinary
taken from the bakehouse, rather than with
purer materials he bad really selected. One
probable result would have been to arrive at what
was the best ferment with which to carry on the
fermentation of bread.
Mr. Jago, in reply, said he thought the remarks
which had been made bore out what he had said in
the introduction to his paper, that fermentation in
its relation to bread had as yet received but little
attention. References had been made to points, of
which the parallel points in beer brewing had been
satisfactorily worked out, but which had not yet
been touched in connection with bread. If he might
alter the order in which some of these remarks had
been made, be would like to refer to some of his
experiments on the possibility of diastatic action on
ungelatinised starch. The starch used was prepared
by himself from a sample of the finest Hungarian
flour — about the most perfect wheat starch obtain-
able. It was washed out by hand. The starch was
then washed every day. until, at about the end of a
fortnight, the washings gave no precipitate with
Felling's solution. Then it was carefully air dried
at 40 C. He thought that was as representative a
sample as one could get of starch, in the condition of
consisting in the main of whole cells. In his opinion
the process was really one of attack of the amylose
through the walls of the cells. Whatever stage one
commenced at there would always be, in a sample of
starch, a percentage of walls with cells sufficiently
thin to permit of diastasis occurring ; for while cells
in their most perfect condition were not susceptible
to this agency, there would always be a number with
walls sufficiently thin, by abrasion or "pitting," to
permit of diastasis. With regard to the fermentation
of leaven, be would refer those interested in the
subject to a paper shortly to be read on it by Mr. W.
A. Thrnis. A copy of that paper should be sent to
the secretary, and if it were thought that an abstract
of it would" be useful to the members he would
undertake to supply one. As to the mellowness of
the gluten, and how it was effected if the fermenta-
tion was essentially saccharine, it had been seen that
one of the objects of his experiments bad been the
investigation of the evolution of gas: but some of
his first statements had been pointed to show that
fermentation had objects beyond that. He thought
that the yeast cell, pure and simple, must have a
diastatic action on the gluten and certain other
constituents. If bread were aerated by any other
means, there was an absence of that characteristic
flavour which fermentation by yeast gave it. That
was not merely an idea of his own, or of the men
who made bread, but its truth was proved by the
fact that bread aerated by other means never held
the popular taste for long. It was the experience of
practical men that such breads would sell well for a
short time, but sooner or later the people came back
to yeast made breads. In his opinio:, yeast fer-
mi ntation had the advantage, not only of pn ducing
a flavour more pleasing to the general taste than any
other, but its employment induced a more or less
170
THE JOURNAL OF T1IK SOCIF.TY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY. [March 29. 1887.
digestive process of the nitrogenous constituents ol
the flour, rendering the bread itself more digestible
as well as more tasty. Bethought that there were
good grounds For the complaint made as to the want
"t" tables and diagrams to illustrate the paper, and,
speaking for himself, he could only say peccavi. it
would he a great improvement if papers could be
limited ami put in the hands of members at the
in- etings. Ii< t'l' ace : id been made to the tact that
his experiments had depended on the evolution of
carbonic acid, that carbonic acid beine; collected! over
water ; and it had been suggested that he might
have used a layer of oil over the water to prevent
absorption. Well, he had tried an experiment that
way with petroleum, and he had found that with
an inch layer of petroleum over the water the
absorption of gas was two or three times greater
than when water only was used.
Mr. Newlahds asked whether the petroleum itself
had absorbed the gas, ami, if so. whether the author
hid tried vegetable oils.
Mr. Jago replied that the petroleum had absorbed
the CO g, and at more than twice the rate of absorp-
tion by water. He had not tried vegetable oils. < »ne
of his reasons for making his experiments in the
manner he had described was, that the apparatus was
mil' which bakers could use themselves. A very
large series of experiments were made, and all those
of each series simultaneously and under the same
conditions, so that whatever errors might occur would
affect all equally. He had determined the relative
quantity of alcohol in a few instances, but not
systematically. He had not made any estimations
with the direct object of ascertaining whether gases
other than carbon dioxide were produced. That sub-
ject had been treated recently by M. Girard in the
Comptet Rendu* (101, (501— G03), who found that the
gas consisted mainly of carbon dioxide, mixed with
the air originally contained in the flour. He had
employed the yeast which was at present most
commonly used by bakers— viz , compressed distillers'
yeast. What was known as " patent yeast " often
contained a large variety of ferments ; brewers' yeast
was much purer. But this compressed distillers'
yeast was almost absolutely pure, and seldom con-
tained any organism other than a saccharomyces, to
which Pasteur had referred as " new high yeast,''
which, in his opinion, was the best for producing
fermentation in dough. Brewers' yeast would fer-
ment a pure saccharine liquid more rapidly than
compressed distillers' yeast ; but the latter "would
evolve gas at many times the rate of the former in a
stiff dough.
Mr. Hkk.'N observed that what he had wished to
draw attention to by his previous remarks was not
so much the mere presence of foreign germs, as the
fact that various yeasts were known to contain
various species of organisms. There were different
species ot the tacch . each one of which exer-
cised a distinct specific function during fermentation.
That was known to be the case in the fermentation
of brewers' worts. It was, probably, also the case in
the fermentation of dough, and, if so, one might
expect that each particular class of ferment would
produce its own peculiar eti'ect on the flavour of the
bread in which it was employed
Mr. Jago replied that he was now engaged in
comparing the different kinds of ferments, and had
a considerable mass of work done, which was, how-
ever, not sufficiently digested to be laid before the
public. He was working on the whole of the varii
known commercially, and had already found several
to produce distinctive and characteristic effects. He
hoped in his present work to go a step further in
the same direction, to isolate from each well-marked
t the organism which characterised its specific
action.
Meeting held March '■■ I
'I'll I'. I' RES I DENT I N I II I' ( II A I II.
M. HERMITE'S PROCESS OF ELECTROLYTIC
BLEACHING.
BY C. I'. I BOSS AMi i:. .1. BEVAN.
THE conditions under which bleaching powder has
now for many years been produced are threatened
with serious disturbance by the introduction of the
ammonia soda process. As a near relative of the
now discredited Leblanc process, it will need to
establish itself upon a new basis, a position inde-
pendent of the particular complementary function
which it has hitherto fulfilled. It it is assumed that
bleaching powder, in its present form, is indispensable
to chemical industry, its manufacture from lime and
chlorine must be continued, and there will be a
readjustment only in regard to tie source of the
hydrochloric acid, and the cost of production. But
if, on the other hand, it can be shown that we have
an altogether different source of supply of bleaching
compound, similar, if not identical in nature and
action, a new attack is opened, necessitating for its
repulse a re-vindication, and on the grouud of
intrinsic superiority on whatever view we may
take of the actual composition of bleaching powder —
and from the later researches of O'Shea (Ckem. Soc.
l^1-:!. lloi, we may regard the. formula proposed by
OC1
Odling— ■ viz., Cap, as sufficiently confirmed —
the solution which it yields contains the hypo-
chlorite Ca(OCl):', as the effective bleaching agent;
and the reaction of tins with the organic compounds,
the consequent modification of which constitutes the
actual bleaching operation, is one of simple oxidation.
We may perhaps qualify this statement by the admis-
sion of certain cases in which chlorination or oxy-
chlorination has been ascertained to take place, the
products being chloroform or chlorinated derivatives
of even higher molecular weight, but the fact is
generally admitted that bleaching by means of the
hypochlorites is, or may be, controlled, so as to ue
one of simple oxidation. The chlorine in bleaching
powder we may regard, therefore, to borrow a term
from electricians, as an accumulator of oxygen.
From this point of view it is of interest to compare
it with two other bleaching agents, very similar in
their action, this action more obviously in either
case depending upon a simple oxidation of the
colouring matters which are removed or dislodged —
viz., potassium permanganate and hydrogen per-
oxide, in the degree of concentration practically
available.
The percentage ratio of active oxygen in these
compounds is :—
Bleaching powder
•Potassium permanganate
33 x 71
0
= 7 '5
= 15-7
Hydrogen peroxide
K,Mn,0,
do role. 0)
- 14
Taking these substances at their selling prii
to-day, the advantages of bleaching powder in point
.if economy are sufficiently manifest. There are
other advantages in regard to convenience and sim-
The limit of deoxidntion being taken us the dioxide.
March 29. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
171
plicity of application, but it is unnecessary to dwell
in detail upon this superiority over all other generally
known oxidising compounds. We have rather to
contrast it in regard to results with compounds
which baveasyet been little studied ; these are the
products of electrolysis of solutions of the chlorides
of the alkali and alkaline earth metals, more espe-
cially the latter. Viewing the matter h priori and
generally, tie first contrast which strikes us
assuming that bj means of such electrolysis we can
prepare a solution of similar nature and properties,
containing — i.e., a hypochlorite as the effective
bleaching agent— is in the mode in which chemical
energy >s impressed, in the two cases.
Elementary chlorine and lime represent high
potentials, of which Bome considerable fraction is
dissipated in arriving at a soluble bleaching com-
pound. The measure of the loss is the calcium
chloride formed simultaneously with the hypochlorite
in the solution. In the electrolytic process, on the
Other hand, we commence at the bottom of the scale
of energy, as regards the material sphere of action,
and, as we have reason to conclude, the energy
practically of the current between the electrodes is
impressed into the molecule rearrangement which is
determined. The loss of energy sustained in the
evolution of hydrogen is not a necessary one. at
least in principle, for the gas can lie collected and
burned. Allowing this loss, however, it is, even if
plete, considerably less than that represented by
( a( !12. But we shall find, in the results of measure-
ments of oxidising efficiency in terms of the current,
evidence of a retention of a portion of the hydrogen,
and therefore of its energy, under the condition Ol
the complicated hydrolysis which takes place. On
this general forecast, which we now sum up, the
electrolytic process offers a more economic disposal
ol energy in the production of effective combinations.
It may lie urged that our present method of pre-
paring bleaching powder, and from this a bleaching
solution, here contrasted with the electrolytic process,
is capable of improvement, or even may come to be
replaced by a process having for its basis the same
chlorides, which shall be raised by purely chemical
means to the necessary potential. Such a process,
the theoretical complement of the Solvay alkali
method, is no doubt an object of search to those
i Dgaged in its development, and we will not attempt
to prejudge the probability of its success. The
standard of to-day is bleaching powder as prepared
by the well-known process, and to this all our com-
parisons must be referred.
In our comparison of the two systems on the
ground of relative expenditure of energy in pre-
paring the bleaching compounds, we have assumed
that the products of electrolysis are likewise the
corresponding hypochlorites. J'.ut, as we shall pre-
sently find, this is not the case. The electrolysis is,
as already stated, of a complicated nature.
The heat of formation of magnesium chloride,
which of all the chlorides has been found to give the
best results, lies sufficiently near to that of water —
II 0= 08,300
MgO '-Mill) = :>0,440
70,440
The electrolysis of water is, in itself, a complicated
- pretations
efficiently
phenomenon, as the experiments and interpretations
ol I i, La Rive, Tratibe, and .lame/.ek
+ 44,(!0O
as to bring both within the range of the primary
decomposing action of the current. The possible
complications thus introduced, together with those
of secondary decomposition and rearrangements,
undi r lie i i edition of a continuous influx of energy,
it im] i >sihle to predict the molecular equi-
librium tinally to be attained.
Ni'Klecting consiiHralions due 10 changes of state.
show (J<i/ui. Elektrolyse, p. b~>-">). There is evidence
of the decomposition of water into H and ( >H rather
than into 11... O. The presence of the halogens is
known to alb it very considerably the evolution of
hydrogen ; the halogen hydracids an' formed at the
cathode, and at once brought within the sphere of
tie electrolysis. Further, we know that the relations
of the ions to the electrodes are in no sense invariable;
on the contrary, they arc entirely dependent upon the
conditions of the electrolysis. In the special case we
are considering it is conceivable that the chlorine at
the anode will determine the translation of oxygen
to the cathode. Again, the eudothermc reactions
H.,0 O = - 23*070, Cl,.0 = - 18,040 are so similar,
in "point of consumption of energy, that their simul-
taneous occurrence is highly probable.
These are a few of the causes of the extensive com-
plications with which this electrolysis is attended.
What we may call the primary interpretation of an
electrolysis, according to Faraday slaw, presupposes a
complete separation of the ions. When this does not
occur, and where, by electrochemical substitution,
the anode and cathode are brought into relationships
peculiar to a peculiar balance of the products of
analysis, the law requires a modified interpretation.
We shall revert subsequently to this point, as affecting
the particular case under consideration.
This decision is intended to prepare the way for
two important experimental results, which have been
so repeatedly verified, that we give them as inherently
associated with this electrolysis. (</) The bleaching
efficiency of the electrolysed solution is considerably
in excess of that of a solution of calcium hypochlorite
of the same oxidising efficiency, measured— i.e., in
terms of the usual standard— an alkaline solution
of arsenious acid. (6) The oxidising efficiency— i.e.,
free or active oxygen— thus measured and expressed
in terms of the current, is in excess of that calculated
on the basis of the electrolytic law, as directly in-
terpreted.
' It is necessary to give a short account of the
probable causes underlying such important factors
of the economy of the system. ('() In regard to the
first, it is only necessary to state that the investi-
gation of the electrolysed solution shows the presence
of bleaching compounds of very high tension. Thus,
on cooling to 0J, and shaking with ether at this tem-
perature, even when the solution is, or is made,
strongly basic, the latter exhausts a considerable pro-
portion'of the bleaching compounds, which evaporate
for the most part spontaneously with the ether. The
investigation of the composition of the bleaching solu-
tion is a complicated matter, and the results when
complete will be dealt with in a future communication.
For the present it is sufficient to state that, in ad-
dition to the hypochlorite, other compounds of high
oxidising activity are present— viz., hydrogen per-
oxide, and probably a higher oxide of chlorine. The
necessary result of this difference of composition is a
difference in bleaching action : whether to the ad-
vantage of the electrolysed solution or otherwise we
now proceed to consider.
Anticipating the statement of the results of ex-
periments as to the comparative bleaching efficiency
of the two solutions— ordinary bleaching powder and
electrolysed magnesium chloride— at equal oxidising
strength, the superiority of the latter has been in-
contestably proved, the relative bleaching efficiency
having been found in many cases 1 : 2. keeping,
for the present, to d priori view of the matter, have
we any theoretical ground for regarding such a
lii
TllK JOURNAl OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. iMarchs
result as improbable I The bleaching of vegetable
- is, or i> the result of an oxidation, and
from the similarity of the substance decolourised
by the oxidation to t lie mass of the fibre
eubstance, which is to use the ordinary ex-
pression, bleached, it ma) be concluded that the
oxidation is not limited simply to the decolourising
of adventitious constituents. but is extended t" the
whole fibre substance. Tins is. moreover, abund-
antly proved by experiment. Such an action
diffi rential in character implies, in itself, a variable
suinpti i oxygen. But the study of the par-
ticular characteristics of the fibre constituents in-
ise -till further the probability of such variation.
The oxidation of aldehydic molecules, already in a
complex condition of condensation, is attended by
water exchanges, which may lie, in the one or other
direction — i.e., of hydrolysis or condensation. Tin e,
in this view, is an important factor; rapidity ol
attack will favour the former, and via < rsd. Fur
ther, it is evident that the greater or less activity or
tension of the oxygen in bleaching compounds
would determine corresponding variations in the
le of attack, and the bleaching, with its
attendant changes, would be similarly influenced,
both in direction, and. a- we may reasonably infer,
in consumption, of oxygen. Our experience of
bleaching in the Mather Thompson continuous rai
has abundantly proved the importance of rapidity in
the first attack, and that this rapidity is character-
istic of compounds of high oxygen tension. A long
series of experiments with the electrolysed solution,
also containing such compounds, have been attended
uniformly with the two results (1) rapidity of action,
and (_) small consumption of bleaching oxygen,
comparatively with bleaching powder solution, and
we are driven to conclude that these two results are
essi ntiall] correlated.
The former result we are able to demonstrate by
experiment here ; for the latter, not conveniently ad-
mitting of demonstration to an audience, we have
the evidence of a large number of determinations, in
which the various vegetable til irons substances known
to commerce have been treated. Of these we shall
cite typical experiments — we defer the consideration
of these until we have considered more closely the
quantitative aspect of the electrolysis, and the
sp. cial features mentioned under (B).
the measure of the current the usual units
are, of course, adopted, and for the chemical effect
we take the aggregate measure of oxidising effect,
as determined by titration with arsenious acid, and
expressed for convenience of comparison with
bleaching powder in terms of the active or available
chlorine. The soluti n, which it has been found
most advantageous to use, contains _ ■"> per cent, of
MgClo, anhydrous. A tank, such as is used in instal-
lations of the Hermite system on the large scale, was
filled with sl-"i litres of the above solution at. the
ordinary temperature.
A mean current of 200 amperes was p tssl d for 12
hours ; the titrations of the liquid and instrument
readings were performed every LS minutes.
mean yield of the available chlorine per
ampere hour, and the accumulation or quantity per
litre, are given below, the experiment being considered
divided into lour successive periods of :! hours each :
01. 1 1 1 A nir r Hour.
1 period 1 -fOgrms.
• S 1-13 „
3 .. 1
i ,. . rut .,
■ Milk of lime added to basic reaction; yield consequently
diminished.
The equivalent calculated according to the electro-
lytic law is f05 10 ; 60 60x35"5=l-34grms.
The explanation oi this apparent divergence from
the theoretical number follows from what he gave
before. The theoretical electrochemical equivalents
we take to be the quantities separated at the one or
other electrodi which are ascertained
to be simple, and which are worked by a sharp
separation of the ions ; in Other cases, such as the
I resent, where the work of both electrodes, BO to
speak, ap] ears in the aggregate result, which is
arbitrarily measured as an aggregate, and in terms
of a particular < Beet, as the measurement is not in
rdance with the law, so the result is in i
a divergence from the law. Taking the mean num-
ber I "47 available chlorine per ampere hour thus
'inted for, we will express it in term- oi
mechanical work expended to produce it — •"> "Wat
being equal to I47(_'i (the em.f. being taken at
5 volts); the production of lOOkilos. CI will consume
344.000 Watts. Taking 600 Watts at the dynamo
pulley as representing h.p. effective — and this equi-
valent has been supplied to us by our friend Prof.
1'ietet. as the result of a very large number of catetnl
determinations— we sec that to produce lOOkilos.
chlorine per hour we require the motive power
represented by 570h.p. This we may call the funda-
mental industrial equation — the expression of me-
chanical work in terms of the chemical effect which
it produces.
The equation, however, is not yet in its final terms,
for, as already indicated, the term " available
chlorine " and all that it implies, is a purely arbitrary
one, and we have yet to examine into the relative
bleaching efficiency of the electrolysed and bleaching
powder solution, at equal oxidising strengths on the
arsenlte standard.
A -sinning for the moment that they are equal, the
le aching powder equivalent is SOOkilos. = (iewt. per
hour, with a plant representing 570h.p.
Further, we have taken the power at the dynamo
pulley : consequently we have to take into account,
in a complete statement of relative cost, the special
apparatus necessary for the electrolysis. This we
shall defer until we have dealt with the previous
question.
We may mention that the above measurements
were made in conjunction with Professor 1'ietet, who
has recently devoted some days to the minute study
cf the process as applicable with his system of
preparing wood pulp by digestion with aqueous
sulphurous acid. He fully confirms the results
lined by us in our first investigation, which we
undertook at the request of M. Hermite. the inventor,
and Messrs Paterson and Cooper, the joint proprie-
tors of the processand intents upon which it is based.
M. Hermite, or rather ins system, having been sub-
jected to certain damaging, but ill-founded, criticisms
in an English technical journal, he thought it
expedient to ask ns lor an independent judgment
on the necessary basis of actual measurement. < fur
results are- given in two reports which, although
private communications, are printed, and are available
to any who may wish to go more into detail than it is
possible or advisable to do in this paper. Further,
the measi 'ere made on the laboratory scale-,
our model tank- containing only some l- litres ol
,-olution, and. a.- we said, concluding our report
Speaking ol the- defects of the apparatus and their
influence on the result-, "these defects, which are
chiefly tho f arrange men! of apparatus, are already
obviated in the apparatus designed for working on the
large scale, and we look with confidence to an ample
verification of our estimate when the apparatus
comes to be worked on the manufacturing scale."
Murch 29,1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
173
In other words, it was obvious that the mean
number which we then obtained for yield ol "avail-
able chlorine viz.. l"25grms. per ampere hour, was
a minimum. The superior conditions under which
ri. ut is disposed, the arrangement of the
ides, the circulation of the liquid, and, what is
important, the altogether different balance of
producte'determined by the large mass of solution
modifications have very considerably raised
the ratio of oxidising efficiency to the current.
The results obtained with calcium chloride, to
which we will devote a few words in concluding this
part of our subject, are not bo favourable as with the
magnesium compound. It is not surprising that a
plicated electrolysis, attended by a sensitive
balance of products, should be affected bj a change
of base. The thermochemical constants for the
calcium salts are different, and the atomic weight of
the metal is nearly double. The investigation of the
difference in the electrolysis is an elaborate problem
In both departments we have made a large numher
of comparative determinations, ol which we will cite
typical results :—
Flax yarn, (a) Three-quarter bleach on boiled
Two dipt with intermediate sc dd in soda ash :
Weight "i *> " ll.
330grms.
i rolytic
C I -unit-4.
2-3
Cbtoiine -'a Bleaching
Powder.
Tolul 110'
The electrolytic chlorine, therefore, has double the
efficiency of the chlorine of bleaching powder.
rhree-quarter bleach from great yarn, two
dip- with intermediate scald in soda:—
Weight* of Yam. Electi """I-
3"2grins IXTo^TlJ -1 -
This result could not be attained with bleaching
at the same time, the differentiation consequent upon powder similarly employed; a further treatment,
consisting of a scald and dip being necessary.
Multiplying the 21-2 of CI by ::. weget what we
may consider as the equivalent weight of bleaching
powder- /.<.. 20 per cent, on the weight of the yarn.
To produce the ^ame result with actual bleaching
powder, the consumption was :j8 per cent. The
result, therefore, is as in the preceding.
We may sum up our experimental results in this
pm\ nice as follows : On the electrolytic system the
consumption of chlorine is one-half that on the
ordinary system : owing to the greater efficiency of the
bleaching," we are able, in certain grades of bleach-
in.', t" suppress one or more of the alkaline treat-
ments, in which case the loss of weight sustained by
the yarn is less ; in all other respects the results on
tlit two systems are very similar.
Paper Pulp.—Jhe various classes of pulps enume-
rated above, requiring for a full bleach from 18 — -J.->
per cent, of bleaching powder, calculated in the
weight of the product, have been bleached in the
electrolytic system under a great variety of condi-
tions, and in a strict comparison of the two systems.
The consumption of electrolytic chlorine we have
always found to fall within the limits of 3- 5 percent.,
or multiplied by ■'. to obtain the assumed equivalence
of bleaching i owder, ;i to 15 percent.
We do not propose to enter into further details in
regnd to these comparisons. We approached the
matter ourselves with a reasonable amount of
scepticism and sufficient experience of the ordinary
systems of bleaching to prevent our falling into any
considerable error in the investigation. We give
the-e conclusions as our confirmation of Mr.
Herniite's figures : and, as he is fully disposed to give
to others, as he has to us. the facilities for verifying
by experiment all the quantities upon which his
system, as an industrial one, is based, we have the
less need to occupy space with details of measure-
ments.
We revert now to what we called the fundamental
equation of economy. Instead of taking an equal
value for chlorine in the two forms, we will take the
ratio :i.: :. as the mean of our various determinations,
for the efficiency of the chlorine of bleaching powder,
to that of the electrolysed solution. Therefore, the
the alteration of the basis is a considerable facilita-
tion of the wort in the scientific sense, and whatever
the industrial outcome, upon which we reserve our
opinion, the interest and importance of the problems
ar. intrinsically great.
The comparison will also be required to be made on
the large scale, for we have seen how the volume or
more of the solution electrolysed affects the final
equilibrium. Fully alive as are the proprietors,
and as we need scarcely say the inventor, to the close
union of science and industry, the laboratory which
they have constructs 1 for the purposes of these
investigations promises to contribute in the future
considerably to both. Sufficient unto the day are
the results thereof— in fact, there is no occasion to
anticipate, and therefore piss on from this discussion
of the electrolysis to that of its application to bleach
ing purposes.
In all the usual modes of employing bleaching
powder, the basis is that of exhausting, as far as
possible, the active constituents of the bleaching
solution, the exhausted solution being then ejected.
[t is probable, on the grounds previously discussed,
that if the strength of the solution were prevented
from falling by the addition of hypochlorite part
passu with its consumption, the actual consump-
tion would be less as the time required certainly
would be. The difficulties and waste attending
such a system, however, would probably
outweigh the advantages, and so we can
adopt the present empirical method as representing
the economic mean attained by crude practice-. An
important feature of M. Herniite's system is that
the maintenance of a certain minimum of bleaching
strength is perfectly under control.
The principle of the method is the circulation of the
bleaching liquid, from the electrolytic tank, of course
of special construction, through the bleaching tank,
which may be any of the forms ordinarily used. By
means of the current, therefore, a continuous supply
of the bleaching compounds can be kept up, and the
bleaching rendered more economical in regard to
consumption of '■chlorine as well as much more
rapid. In our comparative estimate of bleaching
efficiency we propose to leave the time factor out of
consideration, basing our comparison only on the mechanical work represented by 570h.p. will produce
relative consumption of chlorine.
< >l all the numerous bleaching operations in the
able fibres, the greatest consumption
of bleaching powder i- found in the treatment of
linen yarns (20 — 10 per cent.) and paper pulp (10 —
25 per cent.) ; of the latter the maximum consump
the equivalent of lOcwt of bleaching powder per
hour, or. expressed in a more convenient form, a
50h.p. engine will give 1 ton per day of 24 hours.
Taking the cost of lb. p. (-team) at £9 per annum,
ami calculating the output on the basis ol 300 work-
ing days, the cost for power is i'l tOs. per ton ot the
tion takes place in the bleaching of straw, esparto, hypothetical product In cases where water power
and bisulphite wood pulp. is available, the cost-, of course, will be considerably
174
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY' OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. P'«>< i, 29. 1887.
We have taken, for convenience, what may be
considered a fair average cost of mechanical effect,
leaving special i specially dealt with. We
now have to consider the cost of the special appa-
ratus, dynamo, tank, electrodes, and leads. For a
current of 1" 0 ampere at 5 volts., the unit installa-
tion as we may permit this amounts to £350 : each
such unit giving us the equivalentof j ton of bleaching
powder — 1000 (current) xT40 (yield per A.H.)*.j
(ec|t. bleachpowder) 24 L68, grms.inthe24houra
we should require 6 such units to use up the work
of the OOb.p. machine. Taking 15 per cent, on the
capital sum for interest and depreciation, it amounts
to £\ per ton of hypothetical bleaching powder.*
The only other important item of cost is the salt,
magnesium chloride. The waste of this can l>e
arrived at on the basis that a drained pulp will retain
as a maximum twice its weight of water, or in this
case a 2A per cent, solution of MgCl... The waste
will be, therefore, 5 per cent, on the weight of the
pulp bleached, which is 1 per cent, on the hypothetical
bleaching powder— in any case a very small amount
in money value.
We are dealing with money values, not from the
merely commercial point of view— *'.... as a question
of advantage to this or that manufacturer, but from
the point of view from which we started — viz., the
probable future of bleaching powder ; and having
worked our way round to this question, we leave it as
it is always most satisfactory to do, unanswered.
We do not anticipate any panic amongst bleaching-
powder manufacturers, nor do we venture to propose
that anotherof the "noxious trades "should henceforth
be regarded as doomed. We only ask for the indul-
gent consideration of results which appear to us to
have an important bearing on the chemical industry
of this country.
In conclusion, we should like to express our obliga-
tion to the inventor, M. Hermite, and those who are
ited with him, for the opportunity afforded to
us of laying this matter, full as it is of scientific
interest, before the Society.
-«"fr»*»«-fr»«^»-
Meeting liehl March 7, 1887.
THE PBESIDKNT IN THE CIAIE.
" CASTNER'S SODIUM PROCESS. '
BY JAMES MACTEAU. K.C.S., F.I.C.
Having been for some months professionally engaged
in connection with the development of the Castner
sodium process. I am enabled, through the kind per-
mission of Mr. ( 'astner, to present to this Society the
details of his process for producing the metals,
sodium and potassium, together with a few facts con-
cerning their uses and the cost of manufacture.
The process, heretofore exclusively used for the
production of these two metals, is so well known, that
anything more than a brief reference to it is hardly-
necessary in this paper.
By the older process, carbonate of soda, charcoal,
and lime, in the proportion of 30, 13, and 7, are made
into the finest and most intimate mixture, and then
calcined at a red heat to render the mixture more
compact, which also expels a considerable amount of
carbonic oxide. This calcined mixture is then intro-
duced into wrought iron cylinders of small diameter,
• Id those countries where the position of bleaching powder
is different, the economic basisof comparison will beciirfercnt.
In the majority of cases the result would be found to be even
more favourable to the electrolytic system.
and heated to a temperature of about L400 < '., where-
by the alkaline metal is reduced and distilled from
the cylinder, through a small tube provided for the
gases and vapours, into the receptacle known as the
condenser. Through a variety of causes, not more
than in per cent. 01 the metal contained in the charge
is obtained, and in the manufacture of potassium
very much le.-s. The tear and wear on the mi
cylinders is en. unions, and forms a large proportion
of the COSt of manufacture. To carry out this process
and arrive even at these results require : 1st,
the most careful grinding and mixing of ingredients ;
■2nd, the addition of lime to prevent fusion : 3rd, an
excess of carbon to ensure contact between the par-
ticles of soda and carbon in the refractory charge;
4th, previous calcination to make the charge less
bulky ; .">th, wrought iron must be used in constructing
the cylinders, being the only metal which it is practi-
cable to use that will stand the high temperature : 6th,
cylinders must be used of small diameter.so as to allow
the heat to penetrate to the centre of the refractory
charge ; 7th, the exit tubes from the cylinders to the
condensers require the most careful attention to keep
them open, owing to the formation of the black com-
pound, formed by the action of carbonic oxide upon
the vapour of the alkaline metal, which combination
takes place at about the condensing point of the
metallic vapour. This is one of the most serious
obstacles to be met with in the course of manufac-
turing sodium or potassium, not only causing a large-
loss of metal, but interfering generally with the opera-
tion. In the making of potassium the formation of
this compound, which is exceedingly explosive, and
which is produced even more readily than when
making sodium, is the chief reason that this metal
costs almost ten times as much as the same quantity
of sodium.
A> near as I can ascertain at present, sodium costs
about 4s. per pound to produce, the following being
the chief items : —
Wear and tear to furnaces, cylinders, etc .. 2s.
Materials owinK to loss and waste Is.
Labour 8d.
Fuel Id.
Since Mr. Castner's paper upon his process, which
was read before the Franklin Institute of Phila-
delphia, October 12, 1886, several slight changes in
the mode of carrying on the process have been made.
These have been brought about by the experience
gained from the actual working of the process upon a
commercially large scale.
The reactions by which sodium and potassium
are produced aresomewhat difficult to describe, as they
vary somewhat according to the mixture of materials
and temperature employed in the reduction. The
mixtures which it is now preferred to use, are repre-
sented by the reactions : —
(l.) 6NaHO+FeCs=2Na,COs+6H+Fe+2Na :
(2.) 6KHO + FeC,=2K,COa oil Fe 2K
In place of using an actual chemical compound
of irou and carbon, as expressed by the above
reaction, a substitute or equivalent is prepared
as follows:— To a given quantity of melted
pitch is added a definite proportion of iron in
a tine state of division. This mixture is cooled,
broken up into lumps, and coked in large crucibles,
giving a metallic coke consisting of carbon and iron,
the proportions of each depending upon the relative
quantities of pitch and iron used. This metallic coke,
after being finely ground, provides a substance having
the iron and carbon in a like proportion to an iron
carbide, and from which neither the iron nor carbon
can be separated by mechanical means. The fine iron
is conveniently prepared by passing carbonic oxide
and hydrogen in a heated state, as obtained from an
March 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OE THE SOCIETY OF clIK.MK'AI, [NDUSTRY.
1'
ordinary gas producer, ovi i a mass of oxide of iron,
commercially known as "purple ore," heated to .1
temperature of about 500 C.
In producing sodium, preferably "i the highest
obtainable strength, caustic soda is mixed with a
weighed Quantity oi the so-called " carbide," sufficient
to furnish the proper amount of carbon to carry out
the reaction indicate 1 above. The crucibles in which
this mixture IB treated are made of east steel, and
are capable of containing a charge of I6lb. of caustic
Miila, together with t he proper proportion of the
carbide.
After charging a crucible with the above mixture,
it is placed in a small furnace, where it is kepi at a
low In at lor about 30 minutes, during which time 1 ln-
mass fuses, boils violently, and a large part of the
hydrogen is expelled by the combined action of the
iron anil carbon; the carbide, owing to its gravity, re-
maining in suspension throughout the fused mm la.
At the end of the time stated, the contents of the
crucible have subsided to a quiet fusion. The cru-
cible is then lilted by a pair of tongs on wheels, and
placed upon the platform of the elevating gear, as
shown in the drawing, and raised to its position in
the chamber of the main distilling furnace. The
cover, which remains stationary in the furnace, has
convex edges, while the crucible has a groove ;
round the edge, into winch the cover tits. A little
powdered lime is placed in the crucible groove
just before it is raised, so that when the 1 dges of the
cover and crucible come together, they form a tight
joint, and, at the same time, allow the crucible to
lie lowered easily from the chamber when the opera-
tion is finished, to give place to another containing a
fresh charge, from the cover projects a slanting tube
shown) connected with the condenser. Tlie eon
denser is provided with a small opening at the further
end, to allow the escape of hydrogen, and has also a
rod fixed (as shown), by means of which any obstruc-
tion which may form in the tube, during distillation,
may be removed. After raising a crucible into its
place in the furnace, the hydrogen, escaping from the
condenser, is lighted, and serves to show, by the size
of the flame, how the operation is progressing in the j
crucible, the sodium actually distilling soon after the
crucible is in its place. The temperature of the re-
duction and distillation has been found to be about
B23° ('. The gas coming off during the first part of
the distillation has been analysed, and found to con-
sist of pure hydrogen. An analysis of a sample of the
gas, taken when the operation was almost completed,
gave, as a result, hydrogen !)."> per cent , carbonic
oxide f> percent. It has been found advisable to use
a little more carbide than the reaction absolutely
requires, and this accounts for the presence of the
small quantity of carbonic oxide in the escaping gas,
the free carbon acting upon the carbonate formed by
the reaction, thus giving off carbonic oxide and leav-
ing a very small percentage of the residue in the form
of peroxide of sodium. This small amount of carbonic
oxide rarely combines with any of the sodium in the
tube; and so the metal obtained in the condensers is
pure, and the tubes never become choked with the
black compound. In the preparation of potassium a
little less carbide is used than the reaction requires ;
thus, no carbonic oxide is given off, and all danger
attached to the making of potassium is removed.
After the reduction and distillation, the crucible is
lowered from the furnace, and the contents poured
out, leaving the crucible ready to be re-charged. The
je analysis of the residues show their composi-
tion to be as follows : —
Carbonate of soda 77 per cent.
l'eroxide of sodium •_'
Carbon •_'
Iron 19
The average weight ol these residues from operating
upon charges of I 5lb, can.- tie Boda, and oilb. of car-
bide, is Kill'. These residues are treated either to
I luce i 'I no crystallisi d carl ate of soda or caustic
soda, and the iron is recovered and used again with
pitch in the formation of carbide, from this residue,
weighing iclb., is obtained I3lb. of anhydrous car-
bonate of soda, equivalent to 9'4lb. caustic soda, of
7(i per cent.
i >] i rating upon charges above mentioned, the yield
has been —
Sodium actual 2Mlb. Theory.. 2s;>lb.
Bodic carbonate .. ., 13001b I3'251b.
The average time of distillation in the large furnace
has been t hour and 30 minutes, and as the furnace
is arranged for :s crucibles, 45lb. of caustic soda are
treated every 'an minutes, producing TAIb. of sodium
and 39lb. of carbonate of soda. The furnace is
capable of treating 720lb. of caustic soda daily, giving
a yield, in 24 hours, of 120lb. of sodium and ti24lb.
of anhydrous carbonate of soda. The furnace is
heated by gas, which is supplied by a Wilson gas
producer, consuming lewt. of fuel per hour. The
small furnace in which the crucibles are first heated
requires about iewt. per hour. The following estimate
of cost, etc., is given from the actual running of the
furnace working with the above charges for 24 hours.
£ s. d.
7201b. of caustic soda at £11 per ton 3 10 10
1501b. carbide at !.d. per lb 0 6 1
Labour 1 0 0
Fuel 0 17 u
Re-converting C2tlb. of carbonate into )
caustic, at a cost of about £5 per ton on r 1 0 0
tlie caustic produced J
Total ill) •_'
Deducting value of 47 jib. of caustic recovered 2 0 8
Cost of 1201b. of sodium 4 7 «
( 'ost per pound 0 0 Si
Regarding the item of cost for damage to the
crucibles by the heat, this question has been very
carefully gone into. Some of the crucibles have
been used upwards of 50 times, and from their
condition at the present time, there is no doubt
that they can continue to be used at least 150
times more before they become unfit for further
use. In considering 200 operations to be the life
of a crucible, the item of damage or wear and
tear amounts to less than Id. per pound on the
sodium produced ; and, if we take the furnace wear
and tear at the same rate of Id. per pound, we shall see
that the wear and tear of plant is only ,\.th of that
incurred in the ordinary process. // is upon the.-e
f,its that Mr. Castovr bases his claim to be able to
product sodium by his process upon the Targe scale,
nt a cost oj Ass than is. per pound. The advantages
of this process will be apparent to any one at all
familiar with the manufacture of these metals as
conducted heretofore. The first and most important
end gained is their cheap production, and this is
owing chiefly to the low heat at which the metals are
produced, the quickness of the operation, non clogging
of the conveying tubes, and a very small waste of
materials. The process, furthermore, admits of being
carried on upon a very large scale ; in fact, it is in-
tended ultimately to increase the size of the crucibles,
so as to make the charges consist of 501b. of caustic
soda. ( 'rucibles of cast iron have been found quite
suitable; and it is intended, in future, to use crucibles
made of this material in place of the more expensive
steel.
As regards potassium, it has hitherto been regarded
very much as a chemical curiosity, and sells for
about fiOs. per pound. By this method the cost
of the manufacturing operations is no more than for
TI1K JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IMarch ». isw
sodium, the higher cost of the caustic potash being
the chii i element ol increase The uses ol
these alkali metals are at present limited, owing to
their high cost alone. Sodium is used somewhat
largely in manufacturing aluminium, magnesium,
silicon, etc., and in the formation ol amalgams, while
potassium is only used in small quantities as a
chemical magnet It will hardly be considered out
"i place in concluding this paper, relating to the
manufacture of sodium and potassium, to mention
some fe« facts c ected with aluminium. This
metal depends at present upon sodium for its pro
duction, and, consequently, any process successfully
producing cheap sodium, in reality allows of the
manufacture of cheap aluminium. Notwithstanding
all the efforts that have been made by various
chemists and metallurgists for the past thirty yeai
in endeavouring to invent some process for produc
ing aluminium, whereby that most interesting and
valuable metal could be cheaply produced by a better
process than that of Deville, absolutely nothing has
been accomplished that would even lead 'one to hope
that some time in the future his process would be
superseded. By employing Deville's process, and
using sodium as heretofore manufactured, the alumi-
nium costs between 30s. and 10s. per pound. Owing
to this high price aloue, the consumption is limited,
and therefore the manufacturer is obliged to ask, in
selling the metal, a relatively high price, in order to
obtain anything like a fair profit upon the invested
capital. The present selling price of aluminium
varies between 50s. and 60s. per pound; although
every lew months there appears in some newspaper
the information that some parties [unknown) have
contracted with other parties [unknown) for a large ;
quantity of aluminium, at prices varying between 10s.
and 30s. per pound. It is needless to say that upon
inquiry the contracting parties cannot be found.
Aluminium, if placed upon the market at 20s. per
pound, could undoubtedly be sold in large quantities,
the demand rapidly increasing as the metal gained in
favour, which, owing to its varied valuable properties,
it would do to a certainty. It is allowed by all those
familiar with the different items of cost in carrying
out Deville's process, that, could sodium be obtained
for Is. per pound, aluminium could be made below a
of 1 5s. per pound.
1 think it is not, therefore, too much to claim for
tin- "Castner process" of manufacturing sodium and
potassium -now that it has been demonstrated com-
mercially capable of producing sodium at Is. per
pound—that it is the greatest advance in the direc-
tion oi producing aluminium at a cheap rate which
has been made since Deville first demonstrated the
possibilitj of producing that metal on a commercial
scale.
It has long been known that the distillation of the
metal sodium is rendered more easy by the use of a
proportion of potash in the mixture It is also
known that a series of alloys of potassium and
mi can be produced, several of which are liquid,
having much the same aj pearance as mercury when
Under naphtha. These alloys are veiy curious, one
of them remaining liquid at 0° ('., while another is
jighter in its specific gra^ ity than naphtha, upon which
it floats. Specimens of several of these alloys are
upon the table, and are opi n to your inspection.
AX IMPROVED SYSTEM OF KLKYATINo,
SPECIALLY APPLICABLE To ACIDS.
\:\ JAMES U \< 11. ai:, P.C.8., F.I C.
Tin. problem of pumping or raising corrosive liquids
i- one which has given rise to various ingenious con-
trivances: but, in practice, these have been reduced
to a system of raising with compressed air, in which
the liquid to be raised is run into a reservoir, and
then, by means of air, compressed to a sufficient
degree, forced through a pipe to the height required,
where it is delivered into a cistern, such an arrange
ment of deliver} pipe being used as will prevent the
splashing about of the liquid by the escaping air.
It is unnecessary to describe this arrangement more
in detail, it being so well known to all practical men.
This apparatus is. however, unfortunately, not well
suited for the elevation of hydrochloric acid, as the
vessels and pipes must be constructed of a materia]
to stand the action of this acid, which is by no means
an eisy thing to do Pumps, constructed of such
materials as glass, earthenware, guttapercha, ebonite,
etc., and of various systems, have been tried : but
these have never had much success, being expensive
to erect and keep in order.
The apparatus which 1 purpose describing to you
is one which is especially applicable to the raising of
acids, and has been introduced by Messrs. Kuhl-
mann A: Co. in France, when; it has met with a large
measure of success. It is called by them an " Emul-
seur," from the fact that in its action an emulsion of
air, with the liquid to be raised, is formed.
If, for example, we take a syphon of this form and
invert it. we find that liquid placed in the syphon
will stand at the level of the shorter limb, any addi-
tion made to the level of Ihe longer limb of the
syphon will simply cause an overflow at the shorter
limb : but if we lead a small tube into the longer
limb, and allow a thin stream of air to bubble into
the liquid, we shall find that the level cf the liquid in
the longer limb will rise to a very considerable
height, the air of the liquid forming an emulsion, or
intimate mixture of the liquid and bubbles of air,
the mean density of which IS considerably less than
the liquid.
If we now allow a supply of liquid to How continu-
ally into the short limb of the syphon, whilst at the
same time we continue the injection of the air, there
will be a continuous current of the liquid emulsion
ascending the long limb, which may be drawn off at
the highest level to which it attains by a proper
arrangement. The new system of apparatus is based
upon this principle, and is very simple, can be
easily erected, and works with very little supervision,
as once the apparatus is started it continues to work
continuously until the supply of air and acid is sus-
pended.
Let us take, for instance, the case of a Glover
tower, which has to be supplied from a chamber
erected in the usual way upon columns, say 20 feet
from the ground. All that is required is that the
supply pipe from the chamber should be brought
down to or near the ground, then turned upwards,
and be continued to the top of the Clover tower, SO
as to deliver into the cistern. A short distance above
the bend at the ground level, the air pipe is intro-
duced, ami a small stream of air allowed to rise in
the pipe. With the constant feed of acid and of air,
the delivery at the top of the tower is constant, and
requires no supervision whatever.
The drawing No. 1 shows this form of arrange-
ment, and represents an apparatus capable of
raising snokilos. of sulphuric acid per hour to a
height of 45 to 60 feet, the expenditure of air
required being about equal to 5 litres of air per kilo. :
the amount of air required is a little more than
with an ordinary " montjus" or "acid egg,"
but the cost of repairs to the cocks, etc., of the
latter apparatus far more than counterbalances the
extra cost of air, whilst there is a very large saving
in the cost of labour for attendance on the apparatus,
M..rvi.29.i887.] THE JOUItX.U. OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL I.\l>tSTHY.
177
no cocks having to be turned on and off, as is the
with the montjus.
In -• >t 1 1 ■ • • • < — - . where compressed air i- not available,
the apparatus is worked by means of an exhauster
smh as the " Korting " steam jet. which i- bo well
known. This form of apparatus is very easily and
cheaply erected, and especially suitable where the
liquid to be raised is t" I"- taken at the ground level.
This arrangement is applied to the raising of
muriatic acid. A vacuum is erected by a
jet in the series of vessels, and the acid is thus
sucked up to a' certain level ; a small air tap at
v air
the bottom being opened allows of the necessary
quantity of air entering, the effect being to deliver
a constant stream of the acid into a reservoir. So
soon as this is full enough, which is shown bv a glass
indicator let into thepipea, the aspiration isstopped for
the moment, and the liquid run out of the reservoir.
The run-off tap of this vessel is again closed, and
the aspiration again started, and so on. The results
obtained with this apparatus are exceedingly satis-
factory.
With acid of 32' Tw., an ordinary injector
creating a vacuum, will only be able to "raise it to
the height of 18 or 19 feet, where it will oscillate :
but, when the air-cock is opened to the proper ex-
tent, the emulsion formed can be raised to 3."> to 40
feet. If the receiver contains, say, about 150 litres,
it can be filled in from 7 to 10 minutes. The as-
pirator is then stopped and the receiver run off,
when the apparatus is again turned on and the pro-
continued. l!y a slightly more complicated
arrangement, with two reservoirs or receivers, the
process can be made practically continuous : but,
with the one in question, which I have just described
from 600 to «00 litres per hour can be raised with-
outdifticulty.
Aanous slight modifications in the construction
are made to suit special circumstances, but the
general principle is the same in all .
The third form of this apparatus is applied to the
ordinary montjus, and is applicable to eases
where the pressure of the air is not sufficiently
strong to elevate to the height required. In this
case a pijie communicates between the air supply
and the rising main \z such a way that in addition
to the pressure of the air upon the surface of the
liquid in the montjus, a small proportion of the
air is allowed to escape into the rising main, form-
ing an emulsion reducing the density of the liquid,
and enabling it to be carried up -2 or 3 time- the
height due to the actual pressure of the air itself.
ERRATUM.— Ill Mr. Wingham'a paper i this Journal. February
nutnber. page 76), as regards the numbering of the woodcuts
Figs. 1 und J, read that numbering in reverse order.
Liverpool Section.
Chairman: Prof. J. Campbell Brown.
Vice-Chairman: Dr. F. llurter.
Committee :
J. Affleck.
K. li. Ballard.
Krnest Bibby.
H. Bninner.
J. C. Gamble.
1). Herman.
.1. W. Kynaston.
K. EC Mu-pratt.
Jas. .Simpson.
A. Norman Tate.
A. Watt.
Local Sec. and Ti-casurcr : W. P. Thompson, 6, Lord Street
Liverpool.
Meetings will beheldat University College Laboratory. Brown-
low Street, on April 6 Annual M. etingl and Buy I, and
the following papers have been promised :—
Mr. C. Longuet Higgins. "On the Manufacture of Potas-
sium Chlorate by means of Magnesia."
Mr, .1. W. Macdonald. "On the Manufacture of Arrowroot
in St. Vincent, West Indies ; its Uses and Adulterants.'
May 4.— Discussion on Mr. Westmoreland's paper "On
the Estimation of Sulphur in Pyrites."
Notices of Papers and Communications for the Meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
.1 Meeting was held in the Chemical Theatre of
the University College, Broumlow Street, on Tl"
day evening, March -,i
PR \MFBELL BROWN- IN THE CHAIR.
The Chairman called attention to some specimens
of quinones. These were formerly curiosities, but
some of them are now used in the manufacture of
Some are still curiosities ; they are now. how -
ever, acquiring new applications.
.Mr. W. I'. Thompson (secretary), laid on the table
a blasting plug. It consisted in a wedge or wedges,
and a wooden plug with planes complementary to the
wedge. In the wedge-shaped grooves thus formed
at one or both ends the wedges were inserted and
the whole placed in the blast hole ; a little tamping
was then thrown in and lightly tamped. The ex-
plosion drove the wedge or wedges into the block,
splitting it, and wedging it tight in the hole. This
apparatus was vtiy cheap, and was found to give a
better result than ordinary tamping, was safer, and
saved time and labour. It was the invention of a
.Mr. Francis, mining engineer, and had been largely
used with water cartridges and others.
The Chairman then called on Mr. Driffield to
read his paper.
1*8
THK JOURNAL OF T1IK SO< HTY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lJ»arch:fl.i8S7.
SUGGESTIONS ON BOILER MANAGEMENT.
HY VEEO C. DRIFFIELD.
Stbau may be regarded as the mainspring of chemi
cal industry, There is hardly an operation con-
nected with chemical manufacture which is not
dependent upon steam. Anything, therefore, which
relates to economy and safety in the use of steam
must have an interest for the chemical manufacturer,
and, with this in view, 1 have been prevailed upon to
bring before you to-night a few practical suggestions
which, I think, tend in the direction I have named.
I can hardly hope to lay before you anything very
new or very original, but what I have to say is the
outcome of practical experience with boilers for some
years past My remarks will, therefore, be essen-
tially practical, and 1 shall have very little to say of
t heretical considerations.
I do not propose to call your attention to any
special design of boiler, nor am I going to enter
into constructive details generally, but my remarks
will apply to boilers which are already in use, and
which I assume will, in the great majority of cases,
be boilers of the ordinary Lancashire or Cornish
type. My object is to point out certain parts of
the boiler which I have found peculiarly liable to
suffer from wear and tear, certain matters which
tend to the waste of fuel, and others which render
the boiler liable to become a source of danger. At
the same time I hope to point out precautions and
remedies which, in my own practice, I have found
to prolong the life of the boiler, to save fuel, and
to avert danger.
One of the greatest difficulties the steam user has
to contend with is incrustation, or the deposition
within the boiler of solid matter which has been dis-
solved or suspended in the feed water. This in-
crustation causes enormous loss of fuel by prevent-
ing transmission of heat to the water, and it is liable
to lead to overheating of the boiler plates.
This solid matter contained in the feed water
generally consists mainly of the carbonates of lime
and magnesia, and of sulphate of lime. These car-
bonates of lime and magnesia are held in solution
by an excess of carbonic acid, which is driven off
when the water is heated, and these salts are then
precipitated. They are, however, precipitated not
as a hard incrustation, but in a light, powdery
form, and they may, in themselves, be regarded as
the least objectionable substances introduced into
the boiler. The carbonates of lime and magnesia,
however, become objectionable if three conditions
are not fulfilled. These conditions arc, first, that
the flues are allowed to cool well down before the
boiler is blown off, otherwise, when the water is
removed, the heat from the flues will bake these pre-
cipitates into a hard scale which is difficult to deal
with, whereas in the flowery state they admit of
easy removal. Secondly, that tallow be not used for
lubricating engine cylinders if the exhaust steam
from the cylinders be used directly to heat the feed
water, as tallow combines with the precipitated lime
and magnesia, and forms with them a soapy mass
which is more liable to lead to danger than is a hard
but brittle scale. Thirdly, that any sulphate of lime
there may be present in the feed water be decom-
posed, otherwise the hard incrustation, formed by
the precipitation of this salt, will incorporate itself
with the lime and magnesia, and so prevent the
easy removal of the latter salts.
With respect to the magnesia, this salt is found in
the scale and mud of the boiler, not as carbonate but
as hydrate, as is shown by the analyses I have here
there being no carbonate of magnesia at all in the
cale, and very little indeed in the mud. The mag-
nesia is, however, precipitated, in the first instance,
as carbonate, and is only converted into hydrate after
prolonged exposure to the temperature within the
boiler. This fact seems to have i sea] ed the attention
of Mr. Macadam, who read a paper on "Boiler In-
crustations," which appeared in our Journal, vol. ii.
page 12, and who throughout puts down Ins magnesia
as carbonate. This hydrate of magnesia bakes into
a hard scale much more readily than does the car-
bonate of lime if the flues are not well cooled down
I efore the boiler is Mow n off.
The presence of sulphate of lime in the feci! water
is a much more serii us matter than is that of the
carbonates 1 have named, as sulphate of lime
deposits itself, as is well known, in the form of a hard
scale, which tenaciously adheres to the plates and is
very difficult to remove. Another salt, which is also
very objectionable in the feed water, is chloride of
magnesium. This salt rapidly decomposes as the
temperature of this water is raised, and sets free
hydrochloric, acid. 1 need hardly say what a source
of mischief, and indeed danger to a boiler, the
presence of free hydrochloric arid must be.
Quite recently my attention was called to serious
internal corrosions which were taking place in a
group of our boilers. For some time 1 attributed
this to having fed the boilers partly with some hot
distilled water which 1 thought it a pity to waste.
Distilled water, we all know, has a highly corrosive
action upon wrought iron. I discontinued the use
of the distilled water, but the corrosive action still
went on. 1 now had an analysis made of the water
used for feeding the boilers, and found that it con-
tained an abnormally large quantity of chlorine.
Evidently something had gone wrong at the well,
and this eventually proved to be the case ; the well
bottom had broken in, and we were pumping surface
water which was clearly in communication with the
river. The well was repaired and the trouble was at
an end. When my attention was called to the water
it contained 2!)'S grains of chlorine to the gallon ;
but after the well was repaired the quantity rapidly
declined to 2"2 grains, the normal amount. The
water also contained considerably more magnesia
than it formerly did, so that we may reasonably infer
that the corrosions which were taking place in the
boilers were due to hydrochloric acid arising from
the decomposition of chloride of magnesium.
Now there are few things which have received
more attention than have means to prevent or to
render innocuous the presence of these substances in
water used for feeding steam boilers. The patents
taken out, and the nostrums of one sort or another
proposed for this purpose, are simply legion. The
great object of an anti-incrustator is to prevent, as
far as possible, the precipitation, in the form of a
hard scale, of the solid impurities contained in the
feed-water and to neutralise any free acid which
may be present, or which may be formed by the
decomposition of the salts. Whatever substance will
best accomplish this, without being otherwise
injurious, is the best anti-incrustator to use. Of
course, such a process as l»r. Clark's for purifying
the feed-water before it enters the boiler at all, is,
theoretically, the best to adopt : but it necessitates so
much care and accuracy in carrying it out, and
requires so much space for settlers and filters, that
it is seldom adopted at all. The only plan open to
us, therefore. i> to deal with the solid impurities as
best we may within the boiler itself. 1 shall show
you presently, however, that the feed water may be
purified to a considerable extent, before it reaches
the boiler at all, in its passage through a feed-water
heater.
Ma.-, i, 2!U8sr.] THE JOURNAL OF THE souki'v Of CHM1CA1 tNt>1 STRY.
m
So far as I can ascertain, nothing has ever been
proposed which is practically better adapted for ]>re-
venting incrustation than the introduction into the
feed-water of carbonate of soda. Carbonate of Bode
lias, nt' course, no influence upon the carbonates of
lime and magnesia : but, as 1 have said, these salts
are comparatively harmless in themselves, and easy
to deal with. It is upon the sulphate ot lime ami
the chloride of magnesium thai the action of carbon-
ate of Boda is so beneficial. The action of carbon:
of soda upon these salts is, of course, to decomp
them, preventing, in the rase of sulphate of lime, the
formation of hard scale ] and, in the case of chloi
<>f magnesium, the production of free hydrochloric
acid.
Now, as to the introduction of carbonate of soda t
into the boiler, the practice of some is to put it in in
large quantities before the boiler is set to work again
after being washed out. If this is done the Boda is
probably entirely removed by the blow-off cock long
before the boiler conies to be washed out again ; and,
from the large quantity of soda put into the boiler
to commence with, priming is very liable to ensue.
I much prefer to inject the soda dissolved in the
feed-water in regular daily amounts. When ive con-
sider presently the question of a feed-water heater, I
will snow you how I deal with the soda. The best
salt of soda, I think, for the purpose is the carbonate ;
caustic soda is open to the objection that it has a
serious action upon the brass fittings of the boiler.
As to the best form of carbonate of soda to adopt as
an anti-incrustator, I would recommend, as being
more convenient for use, that which is most readily-
soluble, and which contains the greatest amount of
alkali in a given weight. Of course, the freer it is
from impurities the better. As to the quantity, this
will, of course, vary with the salts dissolved in the
water which have to be dealt with: but my own
practice is to inject daily into the boiler an amount
of alkali sufficient to decompose the sulphate of lime
whirl analysis shows to be presentin the feed-water.
( )f course if chloride of magnesium is present, there
must be, in addition, sufficient alkali to decompose
this salt also.
Feert-
water.
Orninft
per gnl.
CaSO,
CaCOa
MgCO,
MgH.O,
rfe,coa
SiOj(sand)
A190, and Fc,Oa .
NaC'l
Total Solids
Total Solids direct
MgOonlOOCaO..
2-1 J
1908
,23
none
none
1-9-2
O'Jti
9-16
Heater
Mud.
Lb. per
cub. (t.
937
58
none
0-5
3759
3710
168
1000
5-3
Boiler
Mu.l.
Lb. i>er
cub. ft.
62-5
17
327
31
Boiler
Scale.
Per
cent.
1000
70-0
0-51
39-35
none
uta
301
10-70
1-21
none
9970
1385
I must ask you to refer for a moment to the table
of analyses before you. The feed-water, of which
this table gives the analysis, is yielded from a well on
the works, and is that with which most of our boilers
are fed. It contains, as you see, 37--10 grains of solid
matter in the gallon. Of this, 19'68 grains, or the
bulk, is carbonate of lime. Fortunately there are
only 214 grains of sulphate of lime, which is a very
[Uantity, and no chloride of magnesium at
\\ '- have, therefore, only to dial with the sul-
phate of lime, and it is easy to calculate what quantity
rbonate of .-oda this sulphate of lime will require
to decompose it. Suppc ing a boiler i 35
cubic feet of water an hour, this would mean a del osil
in the boil.r, iii -i hi ure,oi I '61b. of sulphate of lime,
and this requires for il decomposition l"25lb. of pure
carl n da. We have, therefore, only to inject
into the boiler an amount of carbonate of soda
sufficient to decompose any sulphate of lime and
chloride of magnesium there may be pre ent : and if,
on a strip of neutral litmus paper, the water in the
boiler has a distinctly alkaline reaction, we may be
sure that we are doing all that can be clone chemically.
The water for testing may conveniently be taken
from one of the water gauges.
With respect to the analysis of the hard scale
which was taken from a boiler fed with this water,
the first point which strikes one is the satisfactory
way in which the addition of carbonate of soda to
the feed- water has done its work. You see it has
almost entirely decomposed the sulphate of lime,
there being only (Vol per cent, of this substance
present in a scale which has probably been ninny
months in the course of formation. This analysis
shows that the chief constituent of the scale is
hydrate of magnesia, and the only way to check the
conversion of this substance into a hard scale is, as
I pointed out before, to prevent its being baked
upon the plates after the water is blown out of the
boiler. The analysis of the boiler mud shows that a
considerable amount of hydrate of magnesia exists in
a powdery form.
To render the analysis of the scale more complete
and valuable I append separately the acids and the
basis comprising it : —
CO W*
SIO 10-70
SO, 030
CI O'U!
MgO 31-01
CaO !»26
Na.O IT?
Fe20, and Al.Oa M£
Water ■ » W
99-76
As to accessory measures for preventing incrusta-
tion, I would further impress the importance of
allowing the boiler to stand for as long as possible
after the fires are drawn before it is blown off. It is
perfectly obvious that if the boiler is blown empty
while the flues are still hot, the plates will become
hotter than they were before, and, ignoring any in-
jurious straining of the boiler itself, the precipitated
lime and magnesia will bake hard. If, on the other
hand, the flues are allowed to cool well down before
the boiler is blown off, the powdery condition of
these precipitates will not be interfered with, and
they can then be easily removed. In the nest place
it is a good plan to blow about an inch of water out
of the boiler at least twice a day ; this removes a
considerable amount of the precipitated salts, and, at
the same time, insures the blow-off tap being kept in
working order. If this tap is never used, excepting
when the boiler is entirely blown empty, it will then
very probably be found to be blocked with scale, and
cannot be used at all. This leads to prickinu' the
tap, or loosening the plug, which are dangerous
operations, and renders blowing-off in an emergency
often out of the question. Then, as to washing out,
I think it is a doubtful economy to allow a boiler to
work too long before it is thoroughly cleaned. My
own practice is to wash a boiler out every four weeks,
which, for one working day and night, is seldom
B2
180
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29, 1887.
enough. This, however, largely depends upon the
nature of th iter used. It is also desirable
to adopt a Form of feed-water heater which will, as
far as possible, collect within itself the solid im-
purities of the water, so that a great proportion of
them never reach the boiler at all. Of this! shall
have more to say when speaking presently of water
heaters.
In spite of these precautions, the formation of hard
incrustation will sometimes gain ground, when it will
well repay to resort to scaling, which should, oi
course, be carefully done, so as to prevent injury to
the boiler plates. I have upwards of forty boilers in
my charge, but it is very rarely indeed that I have
any occasion to resort to scaling. 1 hive seen it
stated that an incrustation ,',.,th of an inch in thick-
ness is equivalent to a loss in fuel of 20 per cent., and
that the loss in fuel increases very much more rapidly
than does a proportionate increase in the thickness of
the scale. In addition to those disadvantages to
which I have already called your attention, I must
add the fact that the presence of incrustation in a
boiler always renders inspection difficult and generally
unsatisfactory.
water. By allowing the steam, however, to mix
directly with the water, almost the entire heat is
absorbed, and the heater necessary for the purpose is
a much simpler and less costly apparatus than when
the Steam is caused to circulate through pipes. The
only point to be attended to in using open steam i-
that tallow must not 1»- used for lubricating the
engine cylinders, as, if tallow finds its way into the
boilers, ft becomes, as I said before, a source of mis-
chief and danger. This it does by combining with
the precipitate, 1 carbonates, and forming with them
a soapy yielding coating on the flues, exceedingly
likely to lead to overheating of the plates, and also by
decomposing and producing fatty acids which are
highly injurious to the boiler. Tallow may, however,
I be very advantageously substituted by one of the
many mineral lubricants now to be had, for not only
j are these lubricants harmless in the boiler, hut,
unlike tallow, do not injure the cylinders. It is only
| by using these mineral lubricants that the insurance
companies are at all likely to tolerate the form of
heater which I am advocating.
A represents a cylindrical vessel which may be
! conveniently and economically made of a portion of
Lu
^J
Fig. i.
I will now ask your attention to drawing No. 1.
This drawing represents a form of feed-water heater
which 1 have had in satisfactory use for many years
past.
From most chemical works a large amount of waste
heat passes away in the form of exhaust steam, and
this heater is designed to utilise this exhaust steam.
In a chemical works, unlike a cotton mill, the power
is generally supplied from a number of -mall engines
scattered over a large area, and the boilers are,
instead of King placed in one continuous range,
divided into a number of groups. The plan I advocate I
i- to provide a heater lor each group of boilers, and
then to apportion to each heater a share of the ex-
hausts which lie nearest to it.
There are two tonus of heaters adapted to utilise
waste -team that in which the steam is caused to
circulate through pipes placed in the water to be
heated, and that in which the steam is allowed to
enter directly into contact with the' water itself. Now
the objection to heating water with closed .-team is
that the heal from the. -team baa first to pass through
the pipe- before it can get to the water, and the pipes
very soon become so thickly coated with scale a- to
almost entirely prevent transmission of heat to the
an old boiler shell. At the top of this vessel are two
circular shelves 1! and B1. B, the upper shelf, is not
quite so large in diameter as the vessel itself, and so
allows an annular space between its edge and the
inside of the vessel. B1, the lower shelf, tits closely
at its edge to the tank, but is provided with a circular
hole in the centre. C represents the pipe through
which the cold water is supplied to the heater. This
pipe is reduced in area at the extremity which enters
the heater, so that the water is injected at a con-
siderable pressure. The water impinging against the
upper plate 1! is broken up into a fine spray, more or
h ss rilling the space above the shelf. The water finds
its way through the annular space down on to the
under plate !'>', and from thence through the circular
hole into the body of the heater. The exhaust steam
enters through the pipe 1), and is compelled to take
the same course as the water, though in the contrary
direction, before it can find its way out at the chimney
E. As many exhausts as the capacity of the heater
will admit may, of course, be placed round the vessel
on the same horizontal line as the one shown. By
the time the steam has passed through this apparatus
it is almost, if not entirely, condensed, and the
amount emitted by the chimney is very small indeed
March SM887J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
l«l
The bot water is drawn off at the tap F, which may
with advantage be fixed higher up the side ol the
Teasel than it is shown in the drawing, in order to
allow more room for the settlement of the precipitated
salts, 'i is a manhole, which is used tor cleaning oul
the heater, an operation which it is desirable to carry
out once a week, for one great advantage of this
heater is that a large amount of the solid matter
conl lined in the feed-water is precipitated within it,
and so prevented from ever reaching the boiler at all.
( >m the bottom of the heater 1 always find a plentiful
deposit in the form of mud.
In order to show yon what an amount of service
these heaters render in purifying the feed-water before
it enters the boiler, I may tell you that an analysis of
the water on leaving the heater showed that it con-
tained only 17*5 grains of solid matter to the gallon,
while the water supplied to the heater itself contained,
as we have seen, 37"4 grains. You see, therefore, that
the heater has deprived the water ol more than halt
the solid matter which it originally contained. The
solid matter retained by the heater is chiefly car-
bonate of lime, as you will see from the analysis of
the mud taken from the heater that it only contains
6*3 parts of magnesia for every 100 parts of lime,
ducted to ii„- \uinity of the firemen, so as ti» call
ittention should anything go wrong.
Apart altogether from the saving effected by heal
ing the water with waste heat, whether derived from
tie- Sues or from exhaust steam, it must not
forgotten that it has an important tendency to pro!
the life of the boiler itself. A boiler which is fed
with cold water i> BUDJected to irregular straining,
which will inevitably render it more liable to leakage
and ultimately to injury.
In my experience, that part of a boiler which is
most liable to suffer from wear and tear is tin- bottom
Ol tie' front end plate, and the bottom of the first
plate of the shell, together with the angle-iron which
connects these plates. There is so much damp about
here, arising from the difficulty of keeping the con-
nection between tiie boiler and the blow-off pipes
perfectly tight ; from dripping and discharge from
the water gauges : and from slaking cinders upon the
foot-plate : that, without great attention, corrosion is
sure to set in sooner or later.
If you will refer to drawing No. 2, T will advise
the adoption of several precautions which, if carried
out, will do a great deal to preserve this part of the
boiler from injury. First of all. have a good, sub-
file. 2.
while the feed-water originally contained 168 parts
of magnesia for 100 of lime.
< in the top of the vessel, where the water pipe
enters, is a circular hole H, which is covered with two
semi-circular plates, which are easily removable. It
is through this hole that the daily quantity of soda is
introduced, when it is, of course, soon washed down
into the body of the heater, and from thence finds its
way into the boilers. The object of the tank J at the
side is simply to maintain a constant water level in
the heater, and to render the whole apparatus auto-
matic. This is attained by means of the ball valve
K, which would not, of course, work in the heater
itself, because, in the first place, of the agitation of
the water, and secondly, because the balls of these
valves working in hot water soon become coated with
incrustation, when they lose their buoyancy, and are
so rendered useless. The water in the tank .1, which
communicates with the heater by the branch L, is of
course, comparatively cool and quiescent. The hole
M is simply an overflow, which comes into piny if the
ball valve -houid stick, or fail from any cause. A
pipe from this overflow may advantageously be con- I
stantial cast-iron foot-plate, consisting of a frame with
a large plate let into it, which plate can be taken up
so as to give access to the hearth-pit. In the large
plate let there be a hole just over the blow-off tap,
which hole is also fitted with a plate, making the
entire surface of the foot-plate uniform, and ba've it
chequered. Let this foot-plate be fixed fully 3 inches
below the level of the front end angle-iron, so that
any damp cinders which may lodge beneath the angle-
iron are easily removable. Avoid wrought-iron foot-
plates ; they warp, and allow cinders to get down,
and injure the blow-off pipes and taps, and the
firemen are liable to slip upon them. Just behind
the angle-iron have a cast-iron feeder in two pieces,
put in one from either side, and resting upon the
foot-plate. Let the brickwork, too, at the front end
of the boiler be kept well behind the angle-iron, so
that any leakage from the front joint may be easily
discovered and cheeked. Insist upon thehot cinders
and clinkers being brought forward from contact with
the boiler front before they are slaked, and do not
allow the water to be thrown upon the front of the
boiler. Better still, have the hot cinders and clinkers
1^-2
THE .loUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 89,1887,
removed in iron barrows and Blaked elsewhere, btit
in either ca m be removed as s las possible,
uthern ise, apart from the probability of their injuring
the boiler, tiring will be carried on over them, ana
fuel will fall among them and be wasted.
With respect to leakage from the joint connecting
thr boiler to tin- blow oil pipes, tin' best way of pre-
venting tlii> is to take care that there is plenty of
;u ami elasticity in tin- blow-off pipes them-
selves. Do not allow the pipes to be buried in the
ground, but let them lie in a channel, as shown on
the drawing, supported on bars of iron built in. Let
the channel lie simply covered over with the flooring
Bags, bo as to lie easily accessible. Where there is a
range of boilers, put, at intervals, into the line of
blow-off pipes connecting them an expansion joint.
These expansion joints may be quite cheaply con-
structed, as shown on the drawing, and 1 find they
are sufficiently good for this purpose, without going
to the expense of boring and turning at all. If these
pipes are treated as I suggest, ami are perfectly free
to move under the influence of varying temperature,
the difficulty of keeping the joint beneath the boiler
tight will disappear. If the pipes are fast in the
ground, on the other hand, this joint will be a con-
tinual source of trouble, and the pipes themselves
will give way at their joiuts, if they do not, at times,
actually break.
I consider the blow-off joint the most important
one about a boiler, as, apart from the injury it will
cause if it leaks, should the joint-ring blow out alto
gt ther, it is very probably almost impossible to get at
the tire s to draw them ; and so serious injury maybe
caused to the internal Hues, and the fireman will pos-
sibly be scalded.
Every six months, or whenever the boiler flues are
cleaned, I would advise that the under-side of the
first shell-plate of the boiler and the front-end angle-
iron be well painted with red oxide paint the whole
width of the bottom flue, extending inwards up to
the cross wall. This assists wonderfully in preserv-
ing this part of the boiler from injury by damp.
.\> to the blow-off tap itself, the first "desideratum
is that it should be tight. This is best secured by
adopting a good asbestos-packed tap, and then taking
care that the plug is not removed w^hen the boiler is
washed out. If the plug is removed, small particles
of scale are liable to get between it and the shell,
when the tap will scion become leaky. If the tap is
opened twice a-day, as I suggested, it will not be at
all liable to choke up with deposit, and will therefore
afford no excuse for removing the plug. A blow-off
tap should also be one of the straight-way type ; the
passage through it should be in a straight line,' and
col angular.
With respect to the water gauges, it is a mistake to
adopt cheap and lightly constructed ones. They
should also be tight, otherwise they will drip on the
foot-plate and keep the front end of the boiler damp.
The next point is that they should have ample sized
passages through them, otherwise they are liable to
choke up and mislead. There should 'never be less
than two sets of water gauges on one boiler. Many
steam users bring the waste pipes from these gauges
down on to the foot plates, just where we have
already seen dampness is particularly objectionable ;
others discharge the water from these gauges into the
internal flues, which is also to be deprecated : others,
again, discharge into a drain for the purpose, hut,
in any case, these plans necessitate pipes of small
bore to carry away the water from the gauge taps,
and these pipes are constantly stopping up with de-
posit, and are always a source of trouble. The plan
Lhave found best is to attach to the bottom ga
taps a few inches of small iron gas-piping, bent so as
to direct the water on to the slack in front of the
boilers. This prevents tie- water doing any mischief
to the boiler front, is cleanly, and gives no trouble
from the pipes stopping up. If the taps are tight,
which good asbestos packed taps will oe, nothing
beyond these short bent pieces of piping are requi-
site ; but if the gauge taps leak at all, they will pro-
bably require supplementing with ordinary gas taps
screwed on to the ends of the bent pipes.
If the points to which I have directed your notice
are properly attended to, you ought to secure almost
entire immunity from the deleterious action of damp
and cinders upon this most vulnerable part of the
boiler, and upon the blow-off pipes beneath.
There is one other part of the boiler which is
peculiarly liable to sutler from wear and tear. I
refer to grooving, which is liable to arise in the
two end plates immediately around the angle irons
which connect them to the internal flues. This mis-
chief is, in the first instance, due to mechanical
forces produced by the expansion and contraction of
the boiler under the influence of varying tempera-
ture, and is induced by too great rigidity and want
of elasticity. If this grooving is found to be taking
place, examine the gusset-stays at once, and if they
aie fastened to the end plates nearer than nine inches
from the angle irons of the Hues, release them by
removing the bottom rivets until this distance can be
secured. Look, also, to the horizontal stays ; t lux-
should not be too taut, but should be capable of
vibrating three inches when smartly pulled in the
centre. Any stays there may be in the boiler for
supporting these rods are better removed.
Before we leave this drawing, I should like to call
your attention to one or two other points. With
respect to the mud-hole in the boiler front, it is cus-
tomary to make the joint with an indiarubber ring
twelve or thirteen inches in diameter. These rings
are expensive, and if no precaution is taken the ring
will be torn when the joint is broken, and a new one
will be required every time the boiler is washed out.
If, however, the side of the ring which comes into
contact with the mounting on the boiler be painted
with a mixture of blacklead and tallow, the ring will
adhere to the mud-hole cover, but will readily leave
the mounting ; and it may, by this simple attention,
be used over and over again.
On the other side of the drawing you see a bin
for the purpose of holding the slack. This is an
arrangement I most strongly recommend as having
great advantages over the rough and ready method
of discharging the fuel on to the floor of the boiler-
house. In the first place, this bin saves fuel, as it
keeps it from under foot, and prevents its admixture
with the cinders and clinkers. The bin also saves
room, as it is obvious that the fronts of the boilers
may be placed nearer the outside of the building
than if room has to be left on the floor for the slack.
In the next place the bin prevents slack-dust from
entering the building, a nuisance which is particu-
larly great if the boilers are in proximity to any
chemical produce which it is an object to keep white.
Lastly, this bin equalises the quality of the fuel. If
the slack is discharged On to the floor of the house,
it will be found that the line stuff will always accu-
mulate at the back, wdlile the good rough slack will
roll down to the front and be used up first leaving
the tine to be dealt with alone afterwards. With this
bin, however, a fair admixture ot the coarse and the
line slack is secured throughout.
There are two directions in which the hot gases
may be caused to travel through the Hues of a boiler.
In both cases they, of course, first of all pass through
the internal flues ; but after this the difference arises.
One plan is to cause them to pass next through the
March M.18W.] TI1K JOURNAL Ob' THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
IP3
side flues, and lastly under the bottom of the boiler.
The other plan is the revi rse of this, and after pass-
ing througii the internal flues the hot gases an- 1
to pass under the bottom of the boiler, ami lastly
The latter is, 1 think, the
better plan, for the following reasons : — First, the
c lolest water is at the bottom ol the boiler, and as it
is a great object (in order to prevent straining of the
.can equable temperature within it,
1 prefer to apply the hottest gas 3 to the coldest part
Secondly, the value of horizontal heating
very much greater than that of vertical ; therefore,
by applying the hottest gases to the underside of the
boiler, the heat is more thoroughly absorbed than it
would be by the vertical plates in the side flues.
Now, a main reason why the course I advocate is
often not adopted, is in consequence of the difficulty
iking the Hue divisions at the back end of the
boiler sufficiently tight to prevent the hot gases es-
caping to the chimney without passing through the
external flues at all. The setting at the back end is
decidedly more easily made tight if the plan I depre-
cate is adopted.
Instead of buildings stepped wall against the end
of the boiler. I build an arch into the end and side
walls, and allow it to enter ab tut two feet into the side
flue, just clearing the boiler. The space between the
boiler and the arch is tilled with dry sand, which is
(irevented from running out at the sides by pieces of
jriek shaped to tit. The boiler 1- now free to m
over these arches without producingany crevices which
can lead to leakage and loss, and the arches themselves
are thoroughly stable structures. I have foun 1 this
plan a complete preventive of loss, as it compels the
trot gases to traverse the entire length of the flues.
and at the same time to take that course which I
believe to be most desirable.
While speaking of flues, I should like to impress
upon you the desirability of making the side flues
more roomy than they are frequently constructed. If
every designer of a boiler setting were made to crawd
up a hot side flue, he would agree with what I say.
Some people think that six inches wide in the narrowest
place is sufficient, but in the interest of efficient ex-
amination, and of the inspectors themselves, I would
s<iy never make this width less than nine inches.
I think I can show you. however, that the plan I
advocate for the course of the hot gases is quite com-
patible with tightness, and I shall ask you to refer to
drawing No. 3. Please remember that, after the
have left the internal flues, we want them to
pass along the bottom flue back to the front end, then
through the side flues, and out to the chimney. At
the back end of the boiler it is therefore necessary to
build partitions to prevent the gases passing to the
chimney before they have traversed the bottom and
side flues. These partitions usually consist of stepped
brick midfeathers built into the back end wall, and
brought up against the back end of the boiler, as indi-
cated on the drawing. Now, these midfeathers
are excessively unstable things, and time after time,
when examining boilers, I have found them to
have more or less given way, and the hot gases to be
escaping Btraight to the chimney, without doing any
work in the bottom and side flues at all. Apart from
the instability of these walls, it is difficult to keep
them so closely in contact with the boiler end as to
prevent, in any case, some leakage, on account of the
expansion and contraction of the boiler itself. Anxious
to retain this particular course for the circulation of
the gases, and at the same time anxious to avoid these
losses, I adopted the plan of making good the flues
at the back end of the boiler which is shown on the
drawing.
When one boiler in a range is laid off, it is found
that, unless the gland of the junction valve be well
and freshly packed, the water which condeuses in the
steam main connected with the idle boiler, will be
forced out through the gland of the valve, by the
steam pressure in the other boilers. This water is a
great nuisanceon the topof the boiler, but, what is worse,
it finds its way into the flues, and keeps the covering
tiles and the seating blocks damp, and very probably
gives rise to corrosion. Now, of course, this may be
met by having a separate drainpipe attached to the
lowest point of each rising main, and slightly opening
a tap on the outlet end every time a boiler is laid off.
Taps, however, are liable to leak when they are not
wanted to, and this arrangement also requires atten-
tion in opening and closing the tap at the right time.
I hawing No. 4, however, shows youhowthedifficulty
may be overcome perfectly automatically. The draw-
ing shows two junction valves fixed upon boilers : the
right-hand boiler is supposed to be working, and the
left hand idle. Above is the steam main to which the
rising mains from the junction valves are connected.
The right-hand junction valve is open, allowing the
passage of steam from the boiler, and the left-hand
valve is closed The rising main from the closed
junction valve will, of course, gradually collect con-
densed water, which, if nothing is done to prevent it,
1 will be forced through the gland of the valve, but if
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. iMardi a, MB.
the rising main of the idle boiler be connected with
the rising main of one which is working, bj means pi
an inch pipe, as sh iwn, the water « bich collects will
be forcea back into the working boiler through its
open junction valve This takes place because the
pressure of the steam, and the slight plus pressure due
to the head of the water itself on the one side, will
overcome the steam pressure alone on the other.
junction valves arc purposely not shown on
this drawing in the positions they usually occupy, in
order to indicate the arrangement more clearly. On
this drawing only two boilers are shown connected,
hut if there aie :i number of boilers in the range, the
drain pipes may, with advantage, he continuous, and
connect them all. You will observe that the drain-
pipe is bent in plan between every two boilers ; this
is done to allow for expansion and contraction. The
pipe should be constructed of copper, because of the
action of condensed water upon wrought iron. 1
adopted this arrangement with considerable mis-
u.vin.u. as 1 feared that the pipes would be liable to
stop up with deposit carried over by the steam, but
this is not the case, and the system works admirably.
promote circulation, [f, however, the Sues ;i >
structed with the " Adamson " or " Bowling
I don't think anything further is requisite to
i ii then them, and if the boiler is fed with hot
water, and the hot gases are caused to circulate as I
have recommended, I don't think anything is needed
to improve the circulation. In the rare cas> oi
boilers tired with waste heat, when the heat passes
through the internal Hues only, these cross-tubes do
certainly act beneficially in promoting circulation.
1 shall probably be expected to say something re-
garding safety valves and fusible plugs. Tiny are
most important details of the boiler, and I believe
that proper attention to them will do more to remove
anj liability to danger than anything else. There
should always be two safety valves on each boiler,
one of the ordinary deadweight type, and the other
constructed to blow off when the steam pressure lie-
comes excessive, or when the water level falls too low.
To insure these valves never sticking, it is a good
thing to have them lifted or moved upon their faces
regularly once a week. Lever or spring safety valves,
or any that admit of being tampered with, are danger-
TX
Fig. 4.
1 have often been asked whether I consider the in-
troduction of cross-tubes into the main Hues of a
boiler, an advantage. I am myself opposed to their
adoption in all ordinary cases. At first sight it would
appear as if cross-tubes must increase the heating sur-
face, and consequently be beneficial ; but it must not
le forgotten that while the tubes do present more
surface, it is vertical surface, and it is only obtained
at the sacrifice of the horizontal surface which lies
immediately behind them. For the tubes, as it were,
cast a shadow, and deflect the hot gases from the
upper part of the main flue, just where they would
otherwise be most efficient. I have not made any
actual experiments to support my opinion, but so far
as I can judge, from general observation, I feel no
doubt about the matter.
These cross-tubes render inspection much more
painful and difficult, as anyone who has ever threaded
ids body through the maze of cross-tubes in a
"Calloway' boiler will cpiite understand. These
again, act as dust catchers, and a Hue containing
them will much sooner become choked with tluedust
than will a Hue which has no cross-tubes in it. It is
obviously desirable to prevent the accumulation of
soot and dust in the flues as far as possible. The only
advantages which 1 think can be claimed for cross
tubes are that they strengthen the Rues, and tend to
ous, but it is seldom an object to a fireman in a
chemical works to maintain an excessive pressure
the difficulty is generally to get the desired pressure
kept up. Regarding fusible plugs, I would only say
that to be efficient they must be kept clean, aud they
should be thoroughly cleaned on both sides every
time a boiler is laid off. Every year the plug should
be discarded and replaced with a new one whether it
shows signs of leakage or not.
With respect to the supervision of boilers in a
chemical works, I think the best plan is to appoint
as foremen two steady and tried men, one for the day,
and the other for the night shift. Of course this im-
plies that there are sufficient boilers to warrant such
an arrangement. These foremen should thoroughly
understand the details of a boiler, and may with ad-
vantage be selected from among the fitters. It may
then be part of their duty, when at work during the
night, to attend to any minor fitting requirements that
may be needed in the works generally. This will
often save calling in the assistance of the regular
fitters. These foremen may also be made the heads
of any fire brigade organisation, because, as a matter
of course, either one or the other, or, at any rate, a
competent substitute, is always on the spot, and as
their work necessitates their constant patrol, more
or less, of the whole works, they become in fact gen-
March 29. U87.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY <>F CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
185
eral watchmen. The regular duty of the foremen is
e that strum is kept up, that tiring is properly
carried out. and that the evolution of black snios
as la- aa possible, prevented ; to examine the boilers,
and t<> see that any necessary repairs are execul
They see also that routine work, such as putting the
soda into the heaters, is regularly attended to. Where
the number of boilers is large, it is well to employ a
titter, whose duty it is to prepare the boilers for work
again after being washed out, or before and after flue
cleaning. This duty may, however, devolve upon the
foremen, if the number of boilers does not warrant
tion to details which are of a routine character, and
anything which tends to prevent rules falling into
abeyance is an advantage.
A daily boiler report bonk should be kept by the
foremen, and it should be their first duty on coming
in to work to inspect the boilers and take their
report. There is, therefore, a record taken every ] .
hours, showing which boilers are working or idle,
and the height of the water and th>- pressure of
steam in each boiler individually. Remarks are also
made in ease any of the fittings are discovered to be
inefficient, and in the book is entered when the
the employment of a fitter in addition, but tiieie are
-o many little repairs needed in connection with the
boilers and the pumps, that any spare time a titter
may have, may be usefully filled up.
I find it an excellent plan to pay the foremen a
■mall annual bonus upon each boiler, the amount being
base I upon the nature of the report received from
the insurance company. This is a decided stimulus
to their watchfulness and care, and goes a long way
to prevent laxity in the execution of routine duties.
It is always a diriicult matter to secure regular atten-
boilers are washed out, the flues cleaned, and repairs
executed, and by whom the boiler was examined.
Each report is signed by the foreman making it ; and,
in case of any subsequent inquiry, records how-
matters stood when it was made. This book should
be daily submitted to the head of the department to
whom the foremen are answerable, and in whose
hands the ultimate responsibility rests.
In addition to this record kept by the foremen, I
find it necessary to keep myself two other books.
In one of these I enter abstracts of the insurance
ISO
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March ffl, 1887.
company's rep irts, Bhowing ;it a glance their remarks
respecting the condition of the boilers, and their
recommendations, if any, regarding them. This
b iok is always consulted when the next opportunity
arises for putting such rei lendations into prac
cice. The second book I keep is merely a record
Bhowing when the boilers are washed out, when the
Sues are cleaned, and when the annual inspection takes
place. This ensures these operations being carried
>>ut at their proper time, and in their proper order.
In order to show you how 1 record these matters so
as most graphically to strike the eye, I refer yon to
diagram No. 5. This represents the corner oi a page
of this hook, and gives you the record of eight
boilers for a period of thirteen weeks. The blue
squares indicate that the boiler has simply been
washed out ; the squares with the horizontal black
band that it has been washed out, and that the
internal (lues have been cleaned ; and the squares
divided diagonally indicate that, in addition to
washing out, the whole of the flues, both internal
and external, have been thoroughly cleaned ; the red
squares indicate the same as the last-named, except-
ing that, in this case, the boiler has been thoroughly
examined by the insurance company's inspector.
You will observe from this diagram 'that it is my
practice to wash a boiler out every four weeks; every
three months the internal flues are cleaned, and every
six months the whole of the flues are swept out.
The inspection, of course, takes place upon one of
the latter occasions. I find this method of recording
these operations very satisfactory, as it is so easy to
see at a glance when washing out, etc., becomes due.
This book is of such a size that one opening repre-
sents a year's working. Every week end this record
is consulted, and a list is made of those boilers which
require atten'ion in the ensuing week.
I have referred several times to boiler insurance
companies, and I think I may say here that I con-
sider them invaluable and indispensable agencies in
successful boiler management. This is especially the
case in works where there are comparatively few
boilers, and where, consequently, the organisation is
perhaps not as perfect as it might be. But, in any
case, if the boilers are placed in the hands of a com-
petent insurance company, it secures, at any rate,
one thorough examination of each boiler in the year.
No casual examination can ever be as satisfactory as
one undertaken by a thoroughly trained inspector,
who daily makes investigations of boilers, and who
will often be led to suspect mischief from trifling
indications, which would altogether escape the notice
ot one less experienced. Of course, I assume that
the company selected is one which will do its work
honourably, and will have the steam users' interests
at heart, fortunately, the steam users' interests are
in reality identical with those of the shareholder—
namely, to conduce to safety in the working of
boilers.
We have now reached the end of those suggestions
on boiler management which 1 intended to lay
before you to-night. My paper has by no means
exhausted the subject, and it has covered ground
which is no doubt familiar to most of you ; but I
shall be very glad if, out of what I have said, you !
are able to glean a suggestion or two which may
prove of any practical value. If the subjects 1 have
spoken upon are familiar in themselves, their im-
portance is, I believe, of ten insufficiently appreciated.
I hope, however, that in matters of detail some
novelty of treatment may be found. As far as I
know, for example, the feed-water heater to which I
called your attention is unlike anything of the kind
in general use, and, on the other hand, my remarks on
incrustation certainly contain nothing iiew. I have '
only tried to lay this subject before you in as concise
a form as possible ; and 1 wish here to acknowledge
my indebtedness to my friend, Dr. Barter, for the
valuable assistance he has, from time to tine', ren-
dered, by making for me analyses, some of which I
have placed before you to-night. Any value my
remarks on incrustation may have is largely due to
the interest he has taken in this subject. 1 also wish
to express my thanks to Messrs. Qaskell, Deacon <t
Co., for kindly permitting me to place at the disposal
of this Society the outcome of experience I have
gained in the supervision of their boilers. 1 have
called your attention to some points which are of a
very trilling nature, but I believe that the constant
exercise of watchfulness and care in matters of
detail, trifling in themselves, will, after all, be found
amoug the best suggestions on boiler management.
1USLTSSI0N.
Dr. .T. Campbell Beown (Chairman) said that
the large attendance showed the interest which had
been taken by the members in the subject, which was
more or less important to every manufacturer. He
thought the way in which it had been treated, and
the valuable suggestions which had been made, ought
to call forth a good discussion. Besides the more
chemical points, he was particularly struck by the
reference made to cross tubes in boiler flues, and he
hoped that some of the members would be able to
give the results of practical experience with cross
tubes. As Mr. Driffield said that he had not put his
theories into practical test, perhaps it would not be
too much to suggest that it would be of great advan-
tage, not only to the members of the Society, but to
the manufacturing community, if practical experi-
ments were made to support or contradict the
a priori theory which he (Mr. 1 hillicld) had put before
them. Prima facie, there was undoubtedly a great
deal to be said for it.
Mr. (Jiiison said he would like to ask Mr. Driffield
two or three questions. 1. Did he get his boilers
absolutely clean '.' -2. Did he get them absolutely
without corrosion .' and, 3. What was the price of
carbonate of soda 1 He was not in the chemical
trade, but was exceedingly interested in the subject,
and would like to have Mr. Driffield's replies.
Mr. Biax-NEJ aid he wished to ask Mr. Driffield,
and perhaps Dr. Hurter, for some furthei explanation
with regard to the analysis. He noticed, for instance,
in the analysis given ot the boiler mud there was 3*1
carbonate of soda, and in the boiler scale 3"01 carbon-
ate of soda. He would ask whether that did not
point to the probability of an unnecessarily large
quantity of carbonate of soda being used in the pre-
cipitation of impurities. He thought perhaps it was
due to the formation of the insoluble compound of
carbonate of soda and carbonate of lime, with which
they were acquainted. With regard to the boiler
scale analysis he noticed hydrate magnesia 44 !) and
silica 107. Were they to understand that the
magnesia existed there as hydrate, and the silica as
free silica '\ It seemed to him, under the circum-
stances in which they existed in the boiler, very
probable that the silica and magnesia would combine,
and that that possible combination may have had a
g 1 deal to do with the formation of scale. It was
rather a peculiarity that the boiler mud contained no
silica, lie would also like to ask Mr. Driffield a
practical question, whether, if worked with as much
care as Sir. Driffield evidently bestowed on the
boilers under his charge, he could give any idea what
the increased life of a boiler would be, compared with
a boiler working under ordinary, somewhat careless,
conditions as to attention .' Also with regard to the
amount of fuel consumed, how many pounds of water
March ».i88r.] TIIK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
187
di,| he evaporate per pound of fuel in his carefully Hat, and lie knew of lead joints of this nature lasting
managed boilers, and what woold be the amount of
watei evaporated in boilers which were not bo well
attended to I It seemed to him that those •■
points upon which every steam u-er would like to
informed, as upon these points depended whether or
not it was advisable and whether it paid to spend a
siderable amount of money in carefully attending
to boiler management He had no doubt himself
that it did pay.
Mi. Wm. UtOHAM (Assistant Engineer. National
Boiler Insurance Co.) said he would like to make a
few observations on the very excellent paper. Mr.
Driffield had admirably expressed the views held by
most engineers, but there were certain points upon
which they had little or no information. With regard
to cross tubes, he had known many experiments made
in which the cross tubes provep of no advantage.
They advised cross tubes principally in cases where
the flues were only strengthened by hoops, and in
order to promote circulation. Many boilers were
only fed by cold wat( r, but the products of combus-
tion were carried up the sides before passing under
the bottom, and in such rases they generally found
the ling seating of the shell to leak, whereas when
the cro.-s tubes were used they promoted tiie circula-
tion, and there was not the same difference in tern
perature between the lower and the upper parts of
the boiler. That and the additional strength given
to the flues were the only advantages of cross tubes.
With regard to prevention of incrustation, for a
number of years most of the boiler engineers had
i the use of soda a-h : that was perhaps
the most economical form of using carbonate ui •
lb- thought Mr. Driffield was not ipiite correct in his
views about caustic soda. They had found that
-tic :-oda had caused leakage in the brass tit:
-oda was very efficacious with some kinds of
water, and had a distinct advantage over the caustic
lime used in Clark's pioci bs. The caustic lime threw
down the carbonate. The caustic soda, however,
absorbed lhe carbonic acid and formed carbonate of
a. which was available for decomposing any sul-
phate of lime present, converting'it into carbonate of
lime, and afterwards precipitating it. He thought,
also, that Mr. Driffield was scarcely right in his view
about the use of grease and tallow. It was l.ot these
that formed a scale, but rather they so thickened the
water as to make a sort of accumulation, and this
thickening of the water prevented a sufficient trails-
mission of heat from the plates to the water. With
reference to the waste of heating power through scale,
it was a fact that probably nine-tenths of the evapo-
ration was done in the furnace, and very little was done
in the bottom parts of the boiler, where the scale
accumulates. The scale itself was not really so
disadvantageous as was generally supposed. It was,
however, desirable that the scale should be removed,
because many of the disadvantages, such as straining
the seams at the bottom of the boiler, around the
furnace angle irons, and other parts where the scale
accumulated, were caused by it. The water that Mr.
liriffield had given them an analysis of was what
they termed "land water." They generally advised,
before any of the thousand-and-one nostrums bi
the public were used, that an analysis of the water
should be made. People generally sent their scale to
be analysed, which was When they had a
sample of the water they knew exactly what to do.
With regard to mud cocks, he understood that Mr.
Driffield recommended the use of an indiarubber
ring. This was scarcely desirable, as he had known
of two or three explosions resulting from the use of
an indiarubber ring. He knew many firms who
simply used a short length of lead piping, pressed out
for many years. With regard to lubricants, they
thought that mineral oil- might with advantage be
it not animal or vegetable oils.
Mr ( aiikv said he mnsl Mr. Driffield
upon his successful .summary ot a practical experience
in the management of boilers. He would also like to
ask one or two questions. He concluded, when Mr.
Driffield spoke about the o,uantity of carbonate of
soda to be put in a boiler, he specially referred to a
boil.-r . vaporating about 35 cubic feet per hour, and
working continuously through the 24 hours. Mr.
Driffield, also, in referring to his very useful method
of preventing the leakage of valves connecting the
steam main to the boilers, spoke of a copper pipe one
inch in diameter, and said that he had found that it
did not fill up with sediment. He would like to ask
what length of time he had had those copper pipes .'
With regard to cross tubes, he would a.-k Mr.
Driffield whether he had found a difference of tem-
perature in chimney gases, leaving a boiler with cross
tubes and without '! or could give a rough estimate of
the comparative efficiency of the two boilers 1 He
thought Mr. Driffield had been unnecessarily modest
when he said that he had introduced nothing new on
the subject of incrustation, as the points that he had
shown about magnesia salts were new and of great
practical utility.
Mr. J. W. MacdONALD asked how long a boiler
would work without scaling in the way recom-
mended by Mr. Driffield, and what thickness of scale
w ould be formed in the time 1 Also, if he could tell
them the proportion there was between the cold feed
water and that p reduced by the condensation of the
exhau-t steam, so as to find out the reduction of
solids in the cold water I He thought a good deal of
the apiartnt reduction (from 37 to 1, grains per
gallon) was really due to the dilution produced by
the condensed water formed from the exhaust steam.
Dr. Hubtkb wished to answer Mr. Hi tinner's
remarks as regards the anal>ses. Mr. Driffield had
chosen to give the results of the analysis of the boiler
mud in the diagram as percentage*. The mud was
taken out of the boiler as a thick fluid, and the results
were returned as pounds per cubic foot, and would
be so expressed in the journal. The analysis of the
mud was not complete, and was undertaken simply
to confirm the peculiarity found in the scale- viz.,
that the magnesia was present as hydrate, and not in
combination with any acid. The 10 per cent, of
silica present in the scale was really chiefly sand.
The analysis of the scale puzzled him at first. He
had given it to his assistant, who had found it to add
up to about 1 10. He was, therefore, obliged to make
it himself, but as long as he calculated the magnesia
as carbonate the results were unsatisfactory. In
Mr. Macadam's i aper there were somewhere about 50
different analyses of boiler incrustations, all adding
up to nearly 100, in every one of which the magnesia
was stated as carbonate. His (Dr. Hurter's) own
investigation proved to him, beyond doubt, that the
magnesia was to a great extent in the mud, and
wholly in the scale as magnesia hydrate. To him
this was news, but, on searching, he found that l'ro-
Votlcker had discovered this [act as long ago
as 1867, and that many careful analysts. Dr. Fischer
among others. Lad noticed the same fact. It was a
very curious fact, because Le had not succeeded in
expelling C02 from either maguesite or freshly pre-
cipitated magnesia carbonate, at the temperature of
a boiler in a current of steam. The carbonate of si da,
mentioned in the boiler mud, was not in the precipi-
tate, but in solution, and was the excess of soda
which had accumulated for a long time in the boiler.
It was necessary to ascertain this in order to find
188
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March«>.iffl7.
what amount of carbonic acid corresponded to the
various base?, and whether the magnesia was Fn
hydrate, or combined as cai b >i
.Mr. A. Ni i:ma\ Tate congratulated the Society
on having Mr. Driffield there to read his very
excellent paper, one which they mi^lit take as a
type of the papers required by the Society. He was
very glad to hear Mr. Driffield mention the difficulties
that followed the use of tallow. II, bad made
numerous examinations, connected with boiler-corro-
sion, of waters from many parts ol the world,
especially in oases of corrosion of marine boilers ;
most of these were traceable to the use of tallow
introduced into the feed water. He fully agreed
with Mr. Driffield that the tallow itself caused
much of the mischief, especially that which was
sold for lubricating purposes" and which was
the \ilest rubbish ever sold under the name of
"tallow." There was no doubt that tallow did
combine with magnesia in the boiler, and caused
;t mating and a considerable amount of corrosion.
With regard to the remarks that had been mad.- as
to the useof mineral lubricants, it was a curious
tact that if tallow were used at the same time
with a mineral lubricating oil, the result was
often detrimental to both boilers and fittings.
although mineral lubricants of themselves might be
innocuous. With reference to magnesia, some
time ago he had occasion to examine some water in
connection with the breakdown of some half-dozen
boilers. They had broken down very rapidly. A
change of feed water had taken place. The boilers
had been worked for from three to four years without
difficulty, with the exception of a large amount of
scale. That scale, of course, was considered detrimen-
tal: the water was therefore changed, and then, after
some three or four weeks only, the boilers gave way.
In that water over 13 grains per gallon of chloride of
magnesium was found, and he had not the slightest
doubt himself that it was owing to the decompo-
sition of the chloride of magnesium that corrosion
took place. They were greatly indebted to Mr.
1 Iriffield for calling their attention to the matter.
It was undoubtedly very important that there
should not be any chloride of magnesium in feed
water. Some remarks had been made with reference
to the use of carbonate of soda and caustic soda.
It occurred to him that if caustic soda were
used after scale had been formed, leakage would
most certainly result, because caustic soda so cleared
off the scale that faults were made apparent which
before were not perceivable. When caustic soda
had been used at the starting of a boiler, his experi-
ence had been that it had much the same effect as
ordinary soda ash.
Mr. W. 1'. Thompson said that Mr. Driffield bad
recommended that the return flue should go under
the boiler first, before going along the sides. About
thirteen years ago he had been asked by a millowner
in Deibyshire to examine his boilers. He said that
every time they were quiet — say at dinner time- after
the first few strokes of the engine the pressure unac-
countably and suddenly rose 20lb. or 30lb. He (Mr.
Thompson) had examined these boilers, and found
that the reason of the sudden change was Bimply that
the centre flues being rather short, and the side fines
receiving the hot gases from them being extended
above the water line, the upper parts of the side flues
pit nearly red hot. and the water, previously quies- j
cent, being agitated by the withdrawal of steam,
dashed against them and burst into steam quicker
than the ergine could get rid of it. By altering the
Hues this »;i- remedied. Be thought it frequently
happened that fines were built too hjgh, in which case
during stoppages of the use of steam they were apt
to get over heated, in which case explosions might
ensue through sudden rise of pressure and the weaken-
ing ot the plates through overheating, especial] j when
the water "as low. Bringing tin- products of com-
bustion under the boiler before allowing them to
the side flues, prevented this danger occur-
traverse
ring
M r. A
had had
Wati said, with reference to tallow, that be
a deposit given to him which consisted of
little balls which were composed of tallow and mag-
netic oxide of iron, which were quite attracted by the
magnet
.Sir. Mm donals hail once examined a dark mud
that had been deposited on the furnace tubes of two
boilers, and which seemed to have such great non-
conducting properties that the tubes got overheated
and soft, so that the internal pressure bulged out the
tubes close down to the fires. This mud contained a
good deal of magnesia hydrate and carbon, in addi-
tion to the lime sulphate, which in this instance did
not form a scale. On discontinuing the water whii h
contained the organic matter, the ordinary hard scale
formed, and the boilers ^ive no more trouble. The
magnesia was formed from the decomposition of
magnesia salts contained in the Thames water,
softened by the Puter-Clark process before using in
the boilers. The carbon was produced by the decom-
position of the organic matter after the long-continued
high temperature.
Dr. J. Campbell Brown, before calling on
Mr. I iriffield to reply to the various speakers,
said he was very pleased at the interesting
discussion which had ensued, especially from a prac-
tical point of view, and he hoped that Mr. Driffield
would be induced to follow up the matter, and read
another paper next year.
Mr. V. ('. Dblffield, in replying, said that Dr.
Brown had suggested that he should make ex]
ments as to the value of cross tubes. He had often
thought of doing this, and would endeavour to carry
it out, and would alterwards be glad to place the
result before the Society. He felt, however, so sure
that his views on the subject were correct, that if he
was about to order a new boiler he would certainly
order it without cross tubes. Replying to Mr. Carey,
be said he had not ascertained whether there was a
difference in the temperature of the waste gases on
leaving boilers with and without cross tubes, but he
did not anticipate that there would be any material
difference. He had been asked whether he succeeded
in keeping his boilers clean. He flattered himself
that he did. Of course they had not the appearance
of brand new boilers, but he considered what deposit
there was, very trifling. He agreed with what the
engineer who spoke (Mr. Ingham) had said — namely,
that by far the greater part of the work done in a
boler is done in the furnaces, and upon the furnace
plates be practically never found any scale at all.
Incrustation takes place most readily where the water
is quietest, and hence any deposit there is, is found
upon the shell plates towards the back end of the
boiler. Even here he did not find it of any very
material thickness. Mr. Brunner had asked whether,
after all his trouble. the life of the boiler was materially
lengthened. He could not say, as he had never had
a boiler worn out jet All he could say was that he
believed a boiler was supposed to have done its duty
if it worked for -20 years ; that they had boilers which
had exceeded that age, and that be hoped to get a
good many more years of work out of them yet.
As to evaporation, he bad not come prepared to enter
into that subject, but he might say that it amounted
to from 6 to 71b. of water perlb. offueL This was,
however, a matter which depended npon so many
conditions, such as quality of fuel and draught He
March 2ii, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
180
thought that the engineer present (Mr. Ingham), who
had found fault with his indiarubber ring for the
mud-hole joint, must hive misunderstood him. Be
knew perfectly well that, in the case of a mud-hole
mounting fixed outside the boiler, where the pressure
within would tend to break the joint an india-
rubber ring might be objectionable ; but it they would
refer to his drawing, they would find that the mud
hole mounting there shown was inside the boiler,
and, as it was a spigot joint the ring could not
possibly be blown out Indeed, the greater the
pressure in the boiler the tighter the joint became,
and no injury could arise even if the bolts became loose.
Mr. Carey asked if the quantity of soda suggested
applied to an evaporation of 35 cubic feet of water per
hour. It did ; but, of course, if the boilers did not
evaporate so much, the quantity would be reduced.
As to the method of coupling the junction valves with
the copper drain pipes, he could give it a three years'
character, and he thought that was long enough to
prove pretty positively that it \-as satisfactory. A
remark had been made about the condensation of
exhaust steam in the water heater which was to the
point. This he felt he had overlooked. He could
not say, without inquiry into the matter, what pro-
portion of the water supplied by the heater was due
to condensation, but it was part and parcel of the
benefit of the heater that, whether by condensation
or otherwise, it did reduce the solid matter con-
tained in the feed water.
The Chairman said probably the Society would
remember that last month it was arranged that
questions should be sent out to Dr. Archbold regard-
ing his paper on " Starch Manufactures.' This had
been done, and they had his reply, which was as
follows : —
DK. ARCHBOLiyS REPLY To THE DIS-
CUSSION <>X HIS PAPEB OX "STARCH"
(Read at the February Meeting of the Liver-
pool Section).
starch
Glaten Cellulose
Ash
II i>
98 '5
0-3
1-2
1000
What is meant by the three grades
obtained from the three separate runnings will be
clearly understood from the above analyses, which
represent average analyses of these starches as taken
from the kiln. In the first running there is a large
bodj of starch separated from the albnmenoids, &c.,
and the latter being heavier and denser, quickly sub-
side, leaving the upper stratum of nearly pure starch,
which is run till' with greater facility, and free from
the impurities. The second and third grades,
on the same treatment as second and third runnings,
contain much of the above perfectly separated starch,
mixed with that less perfectly separated, the
globules of starch having more or less particles of
albnmenoids and cellulose adhering to them, the
resulting starches being more or less coloured, while
the first is perfectly snow white. These grades
generally come under the designation of "manu-
facturers' starches, "and are used principally by paper
makers, dyers, Ac, and in commerce usually contain
18 to 20 per cent, of water. The ash, as will be Been,
i- high : however, that is generally due to tree alkali.
Regarding the formula of starch, I should like to
dwell at great length. However, in this reply, 1 must
be brief, as time prevents me going further into
detail. Dr. V. Salomon made numerous experiments
on potato starch, which have been corroborated by
myself on corn starch, which go to prove that its
empirical formula U l',ll|„0.-„ or s.-ine multiple,
of it ((',, II ,,,(»-,),. Starting with the elementary
composition of starch and the formation oi des
trose according to the equation C.dl,,,'*,* H20
= t'„H ,..(),; ; that is, 100 parts anhydrous starch
= 11 I'll parts of anhydrous dextrose. Therefore, in the
complete saccharitication of starch (= to lOOgrms.
anhydrous starch) the yield was found to be (from an
average of over ion such experiments, and the sugar
estimated by Allibon's method) equal to 1111 Ignns.
dextrose, by sp. gr. lllllgrms. dextrose, and by
optical method 1 11 I lgrms. dextrose ; thus confirming
the formula of C,;H,0O.,.
Qfjancijcstct Section.
Chairman: Sir H. K. Roscoe. M.P.
Vice-Chairman : I. Levinstein.
Dr. Bowman.
K. K. Carpenter
C. Ksteourt.
H. Grimshaw.
Peter Hart.
Dr. Gerland.
J. Carter-Bell,
Committee:
C. Schorlenimer.
Dr. Schunck.
Dr. Watson.
YVm. Thomson.
L. Sicbold.
Dr. Hewitt.
Local Secretary :
Baiiklield. The Cliff, Higher Broughton,
Manchester.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
bo sent to the Local Secretary.
99 S8
JO-33
2-38
1-23
0/60*
J-63
1-11
1 77
100-00
100CO
ree grades
of starch
OX THE DIGESTIVE FERMENTS.
BY F. BADEN BENGER, F.C.S.
At the request of several members of the Committee
of this Section of the Society of Chemical Industry, I
have undertaken to read a short paper on the diges-
tive ferments, and to give some illustrations of the
action of these ferments on articles of food. I at
first hesitated very much to pose before you in the
position of one who presumably has something new
to say — when I have so little— but I was reminded
that this particular branch of physiological chemistry
is probably rather outside the field of observation of
most members of the Section, although many of the
experiments I have to show you are in reality per-
formed daily by each one in his most private labora-
tory— his stomach. These are the considerations
which led me to attempt the task of interesting you
for a very few minutes this evening.
The study of these digestive processes has naturally
attracted the attention of many eminent men. In
this country one of the most recent, and certainly the
most distinguished investigator, has been Sir Wm.
Roberts, M.l •., F.R.S., of this city, and to his researches
1 am indebted for much that I have to bring before
you.
Digestive ferments is the name given to certain
principles secreted at different points in the alimen-
tary canal, thtir office being to transmute the food
we eat into products capable of being assimilated, and
so used in the building up of opr tissues, or in supply-
ing the necessary fuel required to maintain the
continuous working of our several functions. Speaking
[90
TilF JOUllNAL OF TilK SOCIETY OF CIIKMICAL INDUSTRY. lifarch 2*188?.
generally, these ferments have the power of increasing
the solubility and diffusitiility of food- for instance,
starch is converted into sugar (maltose), and albumi n
into peptone. The changes brought about are not,
■ In micaljy speaking, complicated, though the physi-
ral condition of the substance acted on is often
entirely altered. The actual ferments themselves
lave never been absolutely Isolated. It is known,
however, that they are albuminoid, or are invariably
associated with albuminoid matter; they are soluble
or unorganised, as distinguished from the organised
and insoluble fermi nts, such as yeast. Thi y are pre:
cipitated from watery solution by alcohol, but even
prolonged contact with this fluid docs not injure
them. When the alcohol is removed, their solubility
and activity arc found to be unimpaired. Tliey are
destroyed by many chemical reagents, and when iii
solution theyare coagulated and n ndered permanently
ble and inactive by a temperature of about
7> ('. They have no power of self-multiplication or
growth of any kind, as is the case in the class of
so called organised ferments, but their action is quite
distinct from what we understand by chemical, in the
ordinary sense of the word. I shall presently have
the opportunity of illustrating my meaningly an
experiment. A special interest attaches to these
principles from the fact that they play so important
a part in our individual organisms. Their origin is
shrouded in mystery, they aie formed under the
influence of vitality, and seem indeed to be a remnant
of unexpended vital force.
The importance of preparations of these ferments
in modern civilised life is considerable; some of them
are largely used in medicine, and others are employed
in the manufacture of peptonised or partially digt sted
foods.
The first of the secretions with which our food
is brought in contact in the process of digestion
is the saliva. One of the purposes served by saliva
is to lubricate the morsels of food, and so facilitate
their being swallowed, and thisprobal ly is the extent
of its service with regard to meat, and many other
articles of diet ; but saliva contains a very important
ferment— ptyalin. This body may be precipitated in
an impure condition by adding filtered saliva to
strong alcohol. Its action on cooked or gelatinised
starch is similar to that of malt diastase, converting
it into dextrine and sugar. Starchy f< ods, of course,
form a very considerable part of the diet of man. The
importance of ptyalin can, therefore, be well under-
stood, especially when it is known that starch is not
acted on by the juices of the stomach, and that it is
not until it reaches the duodenum that farinaceous
food is again brought under the influence of a starch
digesting ferment. It is essential that the starch
should be cooked, as raw or unbroken starch granules
are scarcely acted on at all by the saliva of man,
though the lower animals are capable of digesting it.
I have here a small quantity of ptyalin, and if I add
a little to this test tube full of warm starch mucilage,
you wiU observe that a change will shortly take
place. The change is much more rapid if saliva is
used, as the ptyalin is then in solution, and a few
-i cpnds will be required to bring the ptyalin to the
.sum condition. The first step in the "digestion of
starch is the formation of soluble starch ; a bright
transparent solution is obtained which still gives the
blue reaction with iodine; then dextrines are produced,
yielding brown and yellow reactions with tie
: and finally sugar, yielding no colouration
with iodine. This digestion of starch by ptyalin can
take plan- only in alkaline, neutral, or faintly acid
media. The juices oi the stomach during digestion
are acid, but it seems probable that masses oi
and other farinaceous fowl, saturated with saliva.
would continue for a time to be acted on by the
ptyalin after they reach that organ, a- they could
hardly be immediately permeated by tie- gastric
juice.
AVe now come to the digestive ferments of the
stomach. These are pepsin 8 nd a curdling ferment,
the active principle ot the well-known rennet used in
the manufacture of cheese. Pepsin is the agent ly
which albuminous matter or protuds, such as at,
eggs, eta, are converted into soluble peptones in the
stomach, and thus fitted for absorption. Though not
absolutely inert in neutral media, it is practically SO.
The normal acidity of the gastric juice is equal to
about 0 2 percent, of IK'l., and though it is pro-
bable that during the digestion of meat, eta, Other
acids are set free from salts contained in the food,
hydrochloric acid is found to be the one secreted
with pepsin in the gastric juice. Water containing 1
per cent, of stn ng hydrochloric acid is a suitable
medium for experiments with pepsin.
Pepsin, like all the digestive ferments, is soluble in
water or glycerin. From an aqueous extract of the
mucous membrane of the stomachs of animals, it may
be precipitated in various ways— perhaps it would be
more correct to say that precipitates may be obtained
in which the presence of pepsin can be demonstrated
by its digestive ] ower. But actual ; eg sin has never
been isolated, and attempts to purify the precipitate
are very apt to lead to great diminution in its activity.
The mucous membrane does not always yield an
active extract. Tin- pepsin is sometimes incompletely
formed. It may exist as what is called pro-pepsin
or pepsin-precursor, arid time, aided by atmospheric
influences, may be necessary in order to develop the
perfect ferment.
The Pharmacopoeia process for preparing pepsin is
the somewhat rough-and-ready one of scraping the
cleansed mucous surface of the stomach of the pig
with a blunt knife; the matter thus removed is dried
at a temperature not exceeding 120° F., and
powdered. Carefully prepared, this is a fairly active
product ; but the best that can be said of it is that
it contains the proteolytic ferment of the stomach
mixed with much undesirable animal matter.
extremely liable to decomposition. I once asked a
candidate at an examination of the Pharmaceutical
Society how to make Pharmacopoeia pepsin, and he
told me it was done by scraping the outside of a
sheep after the removal of the skin. 1 have
examined some specimens of pepsin which may have
been prepared by this method.
Some commercial pepsins are prepared by precipi-
tating aqueous extracts of the mucous membrane of
the pig or sheep, the precipitate is commonly mixed
with starch powder or sugar of milk. Fluid prepara-
tions are, however, now much used ; but by whatso-
ever process pepsin is prepared, the enly test of its
quality that can be applied is the measure of its
digestive power. The mode of applying this test,
adopted in the last edition of the " British Pharma-
copoeia," is one proposed by myself in a paper read
before the British Pharmaceutical Conference, at its
York meeting in 1881. The official direction is as
follows : — "Two grains of it with an ounce of distilled
water, to which 5 minims of hydrochloric acid have
been added, form a mixture in which at least 100
grains of hard-boiled white of egg, pressed through
wire gauze of 3(i meshes to the linear inch, and made
of No. 32 brass or copper wire, will dissolve on their
being well mixed, digested, and well Stirred together
for 30 minutes at a temperature of 130 F. '
In previous editions the white ot egg used was
ordered to be in thin shapings, the temperature 98°
F., and the time " about lour hours.' The test was
tedious, the condition of the egg not precisely indi-
March O.UB7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETV OF (ilKMlCAI. I.\ln StBt.
191
cated, and tbe element of time more or less variable
according to the meaning attached to tbe word
"about.'
My original paper contains some details of mani-
pulation necessarily omitted from the brief Pharma-
co] > ia directiona In practice I find that the white
of egg having been pressed through the wir-
and weighed, is 1" -t lightly nibbed in a glass mortar
with the acidulated water ; this the vermi-
form particles, which cannot be satisfactorily accom-
plished by mere stirring; this is, of course.
important, as the amount of albumen dissolved, other
things being equal, will depend on the amount of
surface presented to the action of the ferment. The
mixture is then poured into a large test tube and
i in a beaker of water. Half-a-dozen such
. numbered, and each containing 100 grains of
hard-boiled white of egg and loz. of acidulated water,
can thus I e floated in the same water-bath, and the
same number of examples of pepsin or preparations
of pepsin can then be tested under absolutely identical
conditions. This latter point is most important in
comparative experiments, for it must be remembered
that the digestive power of pepsin is greatly in-
fluenced by many circumstances, the degree of sub-
division of the egg, the temperature of the mixture,
the volume of the solvent, and the frequency with
which the mixture is stirred. Having floated the
charged test tubes in the beaker, as shown on the
table, and provided each tube with a small glass
stirrer so that pepsin may not be transferred from
one tube to another, the heat of the spirit lamp or
Rumen's burner is applied until the temperature of
the whole has reached 130° F. There is no practical
difficulty whatever in this, and any slight variation of
rature effects all the tubes alike, so that the
value of the test for comparative experiments is not
influenced by slight variations.
The samples of pepsin or its preparations having
been previously weighed or measured, are now added
to the tubes and the temperature maintained as
nearly constant as pr ssible.care being taken that it does
not nseal ove 130°F. The contents of the tubes should
be stirred at regular intervals, say every five minutes,
and in half-an-hour the albumen should have dis-
solved. The glass water-bath is more convenient
than the ordinary water-oven or incubator, as it
enables the operator to see the progress of the experi-
ment, and in practice it is often easy to select the best
sample of pepsin in a few minutes.
It will, of course, be noticed that tbe temperature
employed in this artificial stomach is much higher
than that of the tody. It was adopted because it was
found that about 130° F. is that of the maximum
activity of pepsin, and experiments had shown that
specimens of pepsin which were most active at the
higher temperature, were invariably the most active
at the temperature of the body (9fl F.), whilst the
adoption of the higher temperature enabled the
operation of testing to be accomplished in half-an-
hour instead of occupying four hours, as in tbe pre-
vious edition of the Pharmacopoeia.
e may perhaps be asking themselves the ques-
tion, Kow can a dose of pepsin which requires 20 or
30 minutes to digest 100 grains of egg at 130° F.,
have any appreciable effect on a meal when taken as
a dige.-iive 1
In answering this, we must not forget the fact
that whilst in our laboratory experiments the pro-
ducts of digestion remain in the digesting apparatus
c'ually retard, and finally stop, the action of the
it. in tbe stomach these products are constantly
removed as digestion goes on. It must not be sup-
posed that 100 grains of egg albumen is all that 2
grains of 15. P. pepsin, or the minimum dose of a
fluid preparation, will digest in half-an-hour under
other conditions and with other surroundings. Tbe
following experiment (described by me in ']'!<■ I
of 3rd April, 1886) will demonstrate tbe contrary.
I took ten times the Pharmacopoeia quantity of egg
and acidulated water that is. 1000 grains of egf
10 fluid ounces of water : these were placed in a
beaker ; 100 grains of egg and loz. (f acidulated
water were put in a test tube and stood in the
beaker, and the whole- heated to 130* 1". A
teaspoi nful, the minimum dose of an active fluid
preparation of pepsin, was then added to both
beaker and test tube, the temperature maintained
it, and the contents i f both stirred occasion-
ally. When the egg in the test tube bad all dissolv* d,
which in this experiment occupied 25 minutes, the
contents of the beaker were thrown into a fine
muslin filter and drained ; the undissolved egg
weighed 220 grains. Here, then, a small dose e>f pep-
sin had dissolved T'-O grains of egg in 10 our:'
fluid, whilst a similar dose had oussi Ived 100 grains
in 1 ounce of fluid. Another attempt was made
to approach more nearly to the corditions under
which pepsin acts in the stomach. The egg, acidu-
lated water, and pepsin were placed in a parchment
dialyser and floated on a bowl of acidulated water.
In this case it was found, also, tl at enormously
more egg was dissolved in the dialyser where the
products of digestion could diffuse away, than in a
test tube containing a similar mixture.
Each of the two beakers on the table contained,
this afternoon, 1000 grains of bard-V oiled white of
egg and 10 ounces of acidulated water. To one I
added a teaspoonful of an active solution of pepsin,
and maintained it at a tenq erature of 130 F. for
half-an-hour — you will observe that the white of egg
has disappeared, and it now exists as peptone, or
peptones, for there are several — in solution, and the
presence of this peptone can be easily demonstrated
by a colour test. Wl en a solution of peptone is
rendered strongly alkaline with potash, and a few-
drops of Fehling's copper test are added, a beautiful
rose colour is produced. I will apply this test to a
portion in a test tube.
The second ferment contained in the gastric juice
is that known as the curdling ferment, and is
familiar to all of us as the active agent in rennet.
Its sole property, as far as is known, is to curdle
milk, to cause a separation of the casein, though it
is probable that it serves some other purpe se. If it
were found only in the stomachs of milk-consuming
animals, we might rest on the suppj sition that it is
merely a milk curdler, but Sir Win. Roberts has
obtained it from the digestive organs of the
and I have myself extracted it frrm tbe sti mach of
the cod-fish. Now, neither of these creatures can
possibly require the services of a milk curdler. The
curdling power of gastric juice was lorg considered
to be due to pepsin, but it is now known to be caused
by the presence of a distinct ferment. If the
mucous membrane of the stomach of the calf be
macerated in a saturated solution of common salt,
an extract is obtained practically destitute of pro-
teolytic power, but extremely active as a curdler.
If I add a few drops of this solution to a beaker of
warm milk (about 100' F. is the best temperature),
and stir them together, we shall see that in a few
minutes the milk will solidify in a characteristic
manner — a solid jelly-like mass being produced. If
this be now broken up with a glass rod, the casein, or
curd, will shortly contract, and form lumi s floating
in tbe whey. Much of the fat of the milk is en-
tangleel with the casein in these masses, and the
whey is chiefly a solution of the lactose, or sugar of
milk, and the salts.
192
nil! JOUliNAL OF Till'. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. LMawhS9.18B7.
The ferments of the pancreas or sweetbread have
not, until recently, attracted much attention, and
tin' remarkable digestive power oi the pancreatic
juice was scarcely suspected. Three of these fer-
ments are known to exist: an amylolytic or starch-
digesting one. resembling ptyalin in its power of con-
verting starch into sugar, a proteolytic or ]iroteid
digesting one called trypsin, and another curdling
ferment. The ferments of the pancreas, like those of
the stomach, have not yet been absolutely isolated ;
they may be extracted f rum the minced pancreas by
similar solvents, water, or glycerin- and here, again,
the s;mie difficulty is experienced as in extracting
the ferments from the mucous membrane of the
stomach. The gland may contain no completely
formed ferments. They may exist as zymogen, or
mother of ferments, and our solutions may prove
inactive until the perfect ferment is developed.
1 am not aware of a process by which they can be
entirely separated from each other. 1 have obtained
by fractional precipitation from aqueous solutions with
Strong alcohol, precipitates possessing respectively
very much more of the diastasic and of the tryptic
ferment, but have never completely separated them.
Like the peptic ferments, they are very easily de-
stroyed, and the utmost care is necessary in their
preparation.
I have here a solution of these pancreatic fer-
ments, and will first give you an illustration of its
starch-digesting or diastasic power. This beaker is
filled with warm thick starch mucilage. If I add a
little of the solution and mix it with the starch
paste by stirring, you will notice a rapid change in
the contents ot the beaker— they quickly become
thin and transparent. 1 can now pour them from
one beaker to another like water. If we now apply
the well-known iodine test for starch to a portion, we
shall still get the blue colouration — the starch has
for the most part been merely cc nverted into the
soluble modification, but the digestive process is
going on, and in a short time we should get the
brown, and then the yellow, reaction of the elex-
trines ; but to save time I will add a little more
of the pancreatic solution — now icdiue no lon-
ger produces a blue reaction — the starch no
longer exists as starch, but as dextrine A few more
drops are added, and now no colour is produced by ,
the addition of iodine ; the starch has been
transmuted into sugar (maltose). The rapidity of
this transmutation depends upon the proportion of
ferment to starch. It is easy to produce the change i
almost instantaneously. If I half fill this test tube
with the pancreatic solution, warm it slightly, and
add a drop or two of the starch mucilage, I cannot
apply the iodine test in time to catch a molecule of
the starch unconverted. This illustrates the peculiar
action of the ferments, to which I referred early in
my paper. This change from starch to sugar can be
produced almost a- rapidly as the neutralisation of
an acid by an alkali ; but, on the other hand, if the
proportion of ferment to starch be small, many hours
may be required to effect the transformation; or, if
.—till smaller, the ferment may exhaust its energy
before the whole of its work is accomplished. Sir
William Roberts, in his Luinleian Lectures, gave a
very graphic illustration of this action. "'There is,"
>aid he, "something in this, strikingly suggestive or
reminiscent of the action of living organisms. To
illustrate my meaning, let as compare the particles of
the ferment to a band of living workmen, whose
function it is to scatter little heaps ot stones. If the
heaps an- few, and the workmen many, all the heap-
will 1»' scattered at once, and the energy of the
workmen will remain sensibly unimpaired : but if
the heaps are millions, and the workmen hundreds,
and if the workmen are doomed to labour on until
they fall exhausted at their task, the scattering of
the heaps will go on for a comparatively long time,
and the process of exhaustion will be a gradual
We will now turn to the proteolytic or protei 1-
digesting ferment of the pancreas, trypsin. It will bo
remembered that the proteolytic ferment of the
stomach, pepsin, is practically inactive in neutral
solutions, and is destroyed by alkalis. Trypsin, on
the other hand, is active in neutral and alkaline
solutions, and inactive in more than feebly acid
media. An alkalinity equal to about 1 per cent, of
bicarbonate of soda, seems the most favourable,
however, to its full action. Its digestive power is
exercised less rapidly on coagulated white of egg or
fibrin than is that of pepsin. The casein of milk,
however, is much more rapidly digested by the
pancreatic than by the peptic ferment, and therefore
affords us a convenient means of illustrating its
action.
I have here two beakers filled with slightly-diluted
milk. To one has been added a teaspoonful of the
same solution of the pancreatic ferments used to
demonstrate the action of the amylolytic or diastasic
ferment, and the mixture has been kept at a tem-
perature of about 55° C. for half-an-hour. There is
very little alteration in the appearance of the milk.
It is a little yellower ; but a few tests will show
that the casein has disappeared, and peptone has
taken its place. I will pour some of the milk from
each beaker into these test glasses, and add a little
dilute acetic acid. In the peptonised or digested milk
no precipitate is proeluced.but in the other the casein
is, of course, precipitated. If we take two other test
glasses of the peptonised and unpeptonised milk, and
apply the test for peptone used just now, solution
ot caustic potash and a few drops of Fehling's copper
test, we get the rose-red ce>louration instantly in the
peptonised milk, but none in the other.
During the transformation of casein into peptone,
an intermediate body called meta- casein is first
formed. This is distinguished from ordinary casein
by its property of coagulating on boiling. Ordinary
milk can, of course, be boiled without change, but if
we boil milk which has been submitted— for a few-
minutes only— to the action of a small proportion of
the pancreatic ferment, and which is thereby
partially peptonised, an abundant curdy precipitate
is formed. This, however, can be entirely prevented
by previously rendering the milk slightly alkaline ;
about 1 grain of bicarbonate of soda to the ounce of
milk is sufficient to prevent the precipitation of
meta- casein on boiling. That this does not prevent
its formation can be shown by neutralising a portion
of alkaline milk at the proper period of digestion,
and immediately boiling it, when the nieta-caseiu
will be thrown clown as before.
We may illustrate the wonderfully rapid action of
trypsin somewhat in the same way that we did the
amylolytic ferment of the pancreas. I mix in this
test tube a little pancreatic solution, water, and
milk ; it is even unnecessary to warm them. If,
now, I apply the peptone test, the rose-coloured
reaction is produced : some of the casein has already
been converted into peptone.
By adding a solution of the pancreatic ferments to
a large excess of strong alcohol, a white precipitate
is formed, possessing both the amylolytic and
proteolytic power of the original solution. I have
some of this precipitate in my hand. It has been
dried at a low temperature, and its activity is very
remarkable. If I take a small fraction of a grain of
it on the point of my penknife, and stir it into this
beaker of warm starch mucilage, you will observe in
a few seconds that a change is going on ; the
March 29. 1887.] TIIK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
IDS
mucilage baa become thin and clear, the starch is
rapidly undergoing transformation int<i dextrin, mm!
sugar. Its action on milk, too, i- similar to that ol
the pancreati • solution, from which it is precipit ited.
The pancreas contains jret another ferment, one
capable of coigulating milk in a very similar manner
to the curdling ferment of the stomach or rennet, but
differing from it in this respect : -^Rennet will
coagulate neutral or very feebly alkaline milk, but
alkalinity produce i by a grain ol bicarbonate of
soda to tin' ounce of milk is sufficient to prevent it.
The cm. Uiii- fermenl ol the pancreas, however, ie
unimpaired by an alkalinity three or four times as
great, so that the two ferments cannot be identical.
It is singular tint, until comparatively recent times,
the only function attributed to the pancreatic juice
was the digestion of fats, and yet to-day it is tl tie
that is questioned. It is one I have never obtained
satisfactory evidence of, and am. therefore, unable to
demonstrate to you.
In testing preparations of the pancreatic ferments
we have again to rely, as in the case of pepsin, on
the measurement of the work they are capable of per-
forming. In an elaborate paper read before the lioyal
Society, London, Sir Win. Roberts describes a method
of accomplishing this. In the case of the amylolytic
ferment, it is based on "the quantity of starch
mucilage of known strength, which can he trans-
formed by a unit measure of solution of the ferment
to the point at which it ceases to give a colour re-
i i i. .11 with iodine in a unit of time, and at a fixed
temperature." The proteolytic ferment is estimated
in a similar manner, except that milk is used instead
of Btarch mucilage, and the indication or end-reaction
of the experiment is the precipitation of meta-caseio
tiling a portion of the milk.
A knowledge of the temperature at which the
maximum activity of these ferments occurs is imp ir-
tant in their practical application to the productionof
peptonised or partially peptonised or digested foods.
The activity of the diastasic or amylolytic ferment
commences a little above the freezing point, and rise,
gradually with the temperature until 30 ('. is attained ;
it then remains stationary until l.v (.'., and then
gradually falls with the further rise of temperature,
until at G5° ('. it ceases to act.
The activity of the tryptic ferment rises gradually
uith the temperature until 60 C. is reached, and then
lly falls until at about 75 ( '. it becomes inert.
I'eptonised or partially peptonised milk, and other
articles of diet, are very largely used at the present
time in rearing infants, and by invalids unable to
digest ordinary food.
Fully peptonised milk has a slightly bitter taste,
which is unobjectionable to many, and which may be
covered by the addition of a little coffee. It is, how-
ever, seldom necessary to fully peptonise articles of
food, and partially peptonised milk scarcely differs in
appearance or taste from ordinary milk : nevertheless
it has been very considerably modified. Its un-
digested casein cannot be curdled by the acid juins
of the stomach into tough compact indigestible masses,
but forms on the addition of acid light flakes, which
arc much more easy of digestion.
In preparing this partially digested milk, the fol-
1 iwing points should be borne in mind : 1st. The
milk should be diluted with a fourth, or, better, with
a third of its bulk of water. This entirely prevents the
ion of the curdling ferment of tin- pancreatic solu
i. 2nd, The temperature of the milk should be from
BO ' ('. to 60° ( '., at which the tryptic ferment attains
its maximum activity : and 3rd, That if the milk be
not isumed by the infant or invalid as soon as it is
sufficiently peptonised, it must be rendered slightly
alkaline by the addition of about one grain of bicar-
I ate of soda to the ounce, and boiled up to put an end
to the action of the ferment, the addition ol ioda being
then necessary to prevent the precipitation of meta-
casei'n. It is preferable, when convenient, to use the
partially-peptonised milk unboiled with the ferment
still active. Many other articles of food are peptonised
in a similar manner- soups, beef tea, farinaceous
gruel.-.
We must content ourselves on this occasion with the
mere mention of the remaining ferments concerned in
the digest ion of ourfood. liile is said to assist in the
emulsifying of fats, and the intestines secrete a fer-
ment which changes cane sugar into invert sugar.
Such, gentlemen, is the very hurried sketch of the
principal digestive ferment- which the, limited time
at our disposal this evening permits, and 1 feel that
my apologies are due to you for having attempted to
traverse so wi le a field.
A DISCHARGE FOR MANGANESE BRONZE
IN CALICO PRINTING.
i:Y JOHN P.II.KY.
The manganese bronze of the calico printer is an
oxide of manganese. It is obtained on cotton cloth
by passing the cloth through a moderately strong
solution of a salt of manganese, precipitating the
monoxide by means of caustic soda, and converting
this monoxide into a higher oxide by means of oxidis-
ing agents, such as bichrome and bleaching liquor.
The style was first introduced by the late Mr. John
.Mercer, in the year 1823.
The discharging agent in use at the present time is
stannous chloride. When a solution of this compound
is printed upon manganese bronze and steamed, a
double decomposition takes place ; oxide of tin is
fixed upon the cloth, and the chloride of manganese
which is formed is washed away by a passage through
water.
The number of colours which can be associated
with stannous chloride is limited, aud some of those
which are used are not altogether satisfactory as
regards fastness against light and soap.
In my endeavour* to discover a discharging agent
which could be used in conjunction with more per-
manent colours, I found that the sulphocyanates
(commonly called sulphocyanides) had a considerable
reducing action upon the manganese bronze. I first
observed this property in December, 1883,
I was rather surprised when reading quite recently
the " Life of John Mercer,'' published a few months
ago, to find that Mercer had observed and applied
this property of the sulphocyanides. The following
is an extract from the biography referred to : —
" One of his (Mercer's) applications of the sulpho-
cyanide (mixed with a little sulphuric acid) was for
discharging manganese bronze without injuring blue,
or interfering with subsequent dyeing witli madder,
Logwood, etc."
At the time referred to, the pieces, after printing,
were hung for a day or two to give the reducing agent
time to act : steaming was not applied in the produc-
tion of this -tylc until within a comparatively recent
period.
I cannot say whether or not this information was
ever made public prior to the publication of this
book ; if it has been, I have never come across it.
1 was desirous to find out a discharge that could be
used along with pigment colours, which are fixed by
means of albumen. The mixture of sulphocyanide of
potassium and sulphuric acid as used by Mercer will
not do for such colours.
C
l!)J
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY <>F CHEMICAL IXDUSTliY. IMarchO.1887.
[discovered a mixture that can 1"' employed
perfectly well with albumen, and which discharges
the bronze completely when steamed for one hour in
Smith's continuous steaming machine. I had hopes
that this discharge would prove of considerable
practical value, but up to the present time those
hopes have not been fulfilled. To obtain a good
discharge it is necessary to add lilb. ammonium
sulphocyanide and :$lb. of ammonium chloride
per gallon of colour. These salts are hygroscopic
and under the influence of the steam, the
discharging materials swell beyond the legitimate
limits of the object printed, if a pigment colour,
such as vermilion or ultramarine blue, is used along
with the discharge mixture, a white bondage is visible
round the red or blue object. In printworks phrase-
ology it would be described as " bleeding." This is
a very serious fault, and until it is remedied the
discharge will be of little practical use.
Steaming in the box at lib. pressure gives a neater
mark, but the discharge is not so perfect. Insoluble
sulphocyanide of lead and ammonium chloride giv< a
better result, but the bleeding is not entirely done
away with.
Potassium sulphocyanide does not discharge quite
so well as the ammonium sulphocyanide.
Ammonium sulphate may be substituted for
ammonium chloride without any appreciable differ-
ence. There is no weakening of the fibre by this
method of discharging the bronze.
I cannot give a satisfactory explanation of the
chemical changes which occur in the discharge under
consideration. I presume that the sulphur of the
sulphocyanide is converted by the peroxide of manga-
nese into sulphate of manganese, but the functions of
the ammonium chloride I cannot explain.
The ammonium sulphocyanide itself discharges to
some extent : in fact, I believe that a very strong
solution of this compound would completely dis-
charge the bronze.
Ammonium chloride discharges only to a slight
extent, but it assists the ammonium sulphocyanide
very materially.
Toirmincjfjam anD a^Dlant) Section.
Chairman : Charles Hunt.
f 'ice-Chairman: Dr. TUden.
Committee :
G. S. Allbright. J. L. Maior.
T. Barclay. l>r. Morris.
Horace T. Brown. Dr. Nicol.
J. F. Chance.
A . ' 'ulson.
B. Diwson.
K. \\\ T. Jones.
Treasurer: C. O'Sullivan.
Local Secretary :
A. Bostock Hill, 14, Temple Street, Birmingham.
E. P. Peyton.
W. W. Stavclcy.
\\ . A. Wiggin.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be acnt to the Local Secretary.
DISCISSION ox DR (i. 11. MORRIS'S
PAPER
])R.Tn.i.KNs;iid hehad great pleasure in expressing his
gratification at what they had had an opportunity of
listening to. It might not. perhaps, be known
to the meeting that Dr. Morris has paid a visit to
Copenhagen, and has there studied the process in I >r.
Hansen's laboratory. Whilst one felt how exceed-
ingly wide the subject is, he took it that most chemists
are beginning to understand that they will have to
make themselves acquainted with the conditions of
cs
grow th and development of mien, organisms and the
chemical changes they bring about. They had only
to recall a number oi quite familiar transformations,
such as nitrification, which at one time were sup-
posed to be purely physical or chemical, but which
are now known t;. be effected through the agency of
minute tonus of life. l'r. Morris had referred
throughout solely to the process by which the
organisms are isolated one from another, and he had
referred exclusively to the changes which the
organisms themselves undergo : but, of course, there
was another part ol the question, which he supposed
would ii"t be neglected. And he would be glad to learn
from Dr. Morris whether any systematic work is
going on as to the action of yeast or other organisms
on chemically pure materials 1 They were a long way
off knowing exactly what are the constituents of a
wort, but if they knew the effect of yeast on solutions
of pure sugars they should have made an important
step forward ; and he would like to know whether
systematic experiments were likely to be undertaken
on a large scale? as this was surely a subject which
ought to occupy the attention of all practical men.
Mr. Collins said heunderstood Dr. Morris tosay that
several of the yeast cells have different powers of
attenuation. He would be glad to know if this was the
same for the yeast used in this country, and whether
the different powers of attenuation were caused by the
yeast acting in a different manner I
Dr. Mounts : With regard to the question asked
by Mr. Collins, he might say that so far as the experi-
ments had been carried, the differences of attenua-
tion given by different cultivated yeasts were as
marked as those with the pure Carlebery yeasts.
With reference to Professor Tilden's remarks, experi-
ments had recently been made by Bourquelot on the
action of yeast upon certain carbo-hydrates, and with
what was known as " German yeast. : Had the experi-
ments been carried on with pure yeast they would
have thrown considerable light upon the action of
the yeast upon carbo-hydrates. It was, however,
shown that the rate of fermentation depended upon
and was proportional to the rate of diffusion of the
carbo-hydrates through the cell-wail. With regard
to the action of yeast upon pure solutions he could only
say that he had given a brief summary of what had
been done, and he had no doubt that before long they
should have the whole of the subject of the fermenta-
tion of the vaiious carbo-hydrates by pure yeast
thoroughly examined. Of course, in a thing of that
kind it was not the work of a clay ; it required a very
lengthened series of experiments, and he was afraid it
would be some considerable time before they were able
to say what the action of pure yeast upon the various
constituents of malt- wort was, but when they were able
to do so it would doubtless throw a very great light
upon the question of fermentation.
&la.srjoto anD ^cottisrj Section.
Chairman: J. Xeilson Cuthbertson.
Vice-chairman : Prof. Mills.
Hon. Vice-chairman : K. C. C. Stanford.
Committee :
J. B.Adam.
.1. Ad. lie.
Prof. Cnmi-Brown.
J. Y. Buchanan.
j. Christie.
w. .1. ChrystaL
w. S. Curphey.
Prof. Ferguson.
J. Fyfe.
It. Irvine.
T. I'. .Miller.
J. .M. .Milne.
J. Paltis.ui.
K. PnUar.
K. It. Tutlock.
A. Whilclaw.
Hon. Treasurer:
J. J. Coleman, Ardarroob, Bearsden, near Glasgow.
March 29, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
L9G
Local Secret urn :
O. G. Henderson. Chemical laboratory,
University of (llasgow.
Notices of i in | >i m and communications for the meetings to be
n ni in Hie Local Secretary,
The Fifth Medina "J the Fourth Session of l/tis
Section was held in th< Rooms, .'".', Bath Street,
Glasgow, on Tuesday, March l, 1887.
MB. i. m:ii>iiN C0THBKRT8ON IN TIIK CHAIE.
INDICATORS IX VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS.
BY It. T. THOMSON-.
About four years ago I began a comparative Btudy of
tin' characteristics and behaviour of litmus, methyl
orange, phenacetolin, and phenolphthalein as indi-
tors in volumetric analysis, and in four subsequent
papers these observations were extended to rosolic
acid and lacmoid. In the following paper I propose
to bring the same tests to bear on turmeric, cochineal,
dimethylamidoazobenzene, and Congo red, and in a
general way to institute a comparison between these
indicators and those which were formerly examined.
Before proceeding, it will be well to make a remark
regarding the end-point of the reaction, or shortly
1 reaction, which occurs in titration. I have re-
jected indicators in cases where the end-reaction was
doubtful or obscure, so that the change in colour was
nut reasonably sharp, but was gradually developed.
It is right to make this point clear, as other observers
ii to be satisfied with end-reactions which,
in my judgment, ought not to be relied on. In cer-
tain circumstances we may be compelled to content
ourselves with approximate results, but we must not
flatter ourselves that anything like desirable accuracy
has ln-eii attained.
TriSMKRIC.
Little information can be gathered with regard to
turmeric paper, beyond its delicacy as a test for free
alkalis and alkaline earths, especially hydrate of
barium, and its special application to the detection
of boric acid. The yellow turmeric paper employed
in the following experiments was prepared according
to the directions in Sutton's ''Volumetric Analysis."
Li sides this, a red-brown paper was made by adding
sufficient dilute caustic soda to the alcoholic turmeric
solution, and passing slips of filtering paper through
it. This paper, when dried, is of a light reddish-
brown tint, but when wetted with pure water this is
intensified to a dark red-brown colour. When partly
inserted in a very dilute solution of an acid, the por-
tion immersed becomes bright yellow, while imme-
diately above this a moistened daik red-brown band
is formed, and the upper dry portion retains its
original colour. This phenomenon only occurs in the
titration of a comparatively large proportion of an
acid, when the latter is nearly all neutralised, and
thus serves to indicate the near approach of the end-
reaction. When neutral or alkaline, the colour of
the immersed portion of the paper is simply intensi-
fied in the manner already described. This intensifi-
cation is (tuite as decided as a transformation of tint
wonld be.
I 'assing over any details with regard to the hydrates
of the alkali and alkaline earth metals, the first sub-
stance to present itself for consideration is—
(1) Ammonia.— Several experiments brought out
icl that only about 97 per cent of the ammonia
it could be determined with turmeric paper as
indicator, and further, that the end-reaction was an
extremely indefinite one. In this respect turmeric
agrees with phenolphthalein, and, like it, is absolutely
useless in the determination of ammonia, or for any
estimation in which thai compound, or salt- d
from it, is present
■ (8) Carbonates and Sulphide of Alkalis. — On
titrating carbonate of sodium with sulphuric acid,
taking care that no loss of carbonic acid occurred,
the change in colour of the yellow turmeric paper
became gradually less marked, until when about
51 per cent of the soda had been converted into sul-
phate, and the other half had formed bicarbonate of
sodium, the solution showed a tendency to turn the
red-brown paper yellow. The point at which the
latter compound is produced cannot, however, be
arrived at with anything like precision, even when
small quantities of the salt are operated upon. In
the latter circumstances phenolphthalein gives a
fairly good end-reaction at the same stage of the
titration, and in this shows its superiority to
turmeric. In normal sulphides half the base is de-
termined, but the same remarks apply to the
behaviour of turmeric with these compounds as with
the carbonates.
(:!) Thiosulphate, Sulphite, and Phosphates of the
Alkalis.— The first-named of these compounds is
neutral to turmeric, as it is to all the other indicators
I hive examined. The normal sulphites of potassium
and sodium (NaoSO.-j), and the mono-acid phosphates
of these metals (Na.^HPOj, are nearly neutral, or
more correctly, slightly alkaline. In this respect
turmeric resembles phenolphthalein, but the latter
gives a sharp end-reaction, while with the former the
neutral point is so ill-defined as to be valueless.
(4) Silicate and Borate of the Alkalis.— bo. ordinary
silicateof sodium ( Xa,.Si40.,) about 90 percent., and in
borax (NaeB407), about r>t) per cent, of the total soda
can be determined with sulphuric acid when turmeric
paper is employed as indicator. The end-reactions
are eminently unsatisfactory, as is also the case if
phenolphthalein be substituted for turmeric.
So far, turmeric shows little utility as an indicator,
but we have still to glance at its chief claim to favour-
able consideration, which rests on its delicate indica-
tion in the determination of organic acids with caustic
soda or potash.
(5) Determination of Citric Acid. — Four years ago
I showed that phenolphthalein was the only perfect
indicator for this purpose, and that even litmus and
rosolic acid, leaving aside their objectionable end-
reactions, were rendered unfit for use owing to the
fact that they show a distinct and measurable alkali-
nity in normal citrate of sodium. Since then
turmeric solution has been proposed by F. Watts,
especially for dark coloured solutions. His method
is to spread it in thin films on a white plate, and to
transfer a drop of the titrated liquid upon one of
these films, in order to find the point at which the
end-reaction is reached. I am convinced, however,
that the red-brown paper I have described is both
more sensitive and serviceable than the solution used
in this way. In several experiments made with
2occ. of 1 citric acid, exactly 25cc. of ? caustic
soda were consumed in each case, and the red-brown
paper ceased to acquire a yellow tint at exactly the
same point as phenolphthalein showed a faint
alkaline reaction.
In the determination of acetic, tartaric, oxalic,
lactic and succinic acids, turmeric paper is equal in
precision to phenolphthalein, and can be used in
very dark-coloured solutions, where the latter could
only be employed after large dilution.
Owing to a distinct alkalinity of normal soaps and
an unsatisfactory end-reaction, turmeric paper cannot
be substituted for phenolphthalein, even in the few
cases where it might be useful in the estimation of
free fatty acids or trie saponification equivalent of oils.
lf>0
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29, 1887.
An excellent feature in red-brown turmeric paper,
and a quality which it possesses in common with
phenolphthalein, is its power of detecting small but
determinable proportions of acid in strong alcohol.
Particular care must be exercised in judging the
neutral point, especially on the near approach of the
end-reaction, as the colouring matter is partially dis-
solved. Even tin' most delicate litmus paper cannot
accomplish this occasionally useful result ; and fails
to detect, for example, 003 per cent, of acetic acid in
a 90 per cent spirit, unless the alcohol be expelled
from the paper after immersion. 1 formerly showed
that the inability of lacmoid paper, to indicate the
presence of comparatively large proportions of acids,
was much more striking than that of litmus.
On the whole, turmeric, though not so widely ap-
plicable as phenolphthalein, is worthy of considera-
tion as a useful adjunct to the latter indicator. It
provides us with a paper which is more reliable than
litmus in the titration of solutions containing citric,
acetic and succinic acids.
In both phenolphthalein and turmeric, and
especially as regards the former, the chief weakness
lies in their peculiar susceptibility to the disturbing
influence of the normal salts of ammonium. In con-
sequence of this, the sphere of their application is
considerably contracted. An indicator possessing the
general properties of phenolphthalein. but not ex-
hibiting this imperfection, is still a desideratum.
Cochineal.
In the determination of pure alkalis and alkaline
carbonates and sulphides, cochineal solution gives
accurate results and a fairly good end-reaction,
although affected somewhat by free carbonic and
hydrosulphuric acids. In normal sulphites half of
the base can be estimated with standard acid, as has
been already shown by Giles and Shearer. Of the
phosphates, the di-acid one (XaH2PO() is indicated
as neutral, and in this and the case of the sulphites
is seen the dissimilar characters of cochineal and
phenolphthalein or turmeric. The former agrees
with methyl-orange and lacmoid paper, in giving the
same results with the substances mentioned, but
yields in delicacy of end-reaction to the two latter
indicators. In other respects, also, cochineal re-
sembles methyl-orange and lacmoid, inasmuch a^ it
is entirely useless in presence of organic acids.
The radical defect of cochineal when employed in
alkalimetry is occasioned by the damaging influence
of the presence of even small proportions of alumina
or iron, which cause the pink colour, though modified
to some extent, persistently to remain even after the
addition of excess of acid.
In spite of its fine colour, the application of
cochineal must necessarily be very limited, and when
methyl-orange and lacmoid can be so easily obtained
and possess such conspicuous advantages over it, this
indicator must be included in the list of those which
may be fairly described as unnecessary.
DlMBTHTLAiaSOAZOBBNZENS.
This compound was proposed by Fischer ami
Philipp as a substitute for methyl-orange, and was
stated by them to be superior to the latter in delicacy.
Its natural colour and that produced by the addition
of an acid are similar to methyl-orange, but it requires
to be kept in alcoholic solution. The dimethyl
amidoazobenzene I employed was prepared by Prof.
Lunge, to whom I am indebted for a specimen which
I received more than a year ago, accompanied with a
request to communicate my opinion of its merits. I
found that it acted precisely like methyl-orange, in
being unaffected by free carbonic, hydrosulphuric and
boric acids ; in indicating the same neutral point in
the titration of various salts with acid, such as the
sulphites and phosphates ; and in being valui li
an indicator for organic acids. In common with
methyl-orange, dimethylamidoazobenzene is unable
to detect acidity in presence Of nitrous acid or a
nitrite, a peculiarity which, among all the indicators
I have yet examined, belongs only to those two. It
must be acknowledged, as has already been advocated
by Lunge, that the end-reaction obtained with methyl-
orange is not inferior, but if anything superior, to
that of Fischer and Philipp's indicator. In its own
department, methyl-orange remains unrivalled as a
solution indicator ; and its best substitute, when
darkness of colour or other circumstances renders
this necessary, is lacmoid paper.
Congo-Red.
This compound is soluble in water with production
of a solution of blood-red colour, which is changed to
blue by the addition of acids, lied paper can be pre-
pared by passing slips of filtering paper through the
solution, and drying. Owing to the blue compound
being nearly insoluble in water, the blue paper cannot
be made by simply adding acid to the red solution,
but must be obtained by immersing the dried red
paper in dilute acid. Congo-red has been of late
highly eulogised as a very delicati test for free acids,
and since completing my experiments, I have noticed
that it has been directly recommended as an indicator
in alkalimetry, with special application to the titra-
tion of aniline.
The same ground was gone over as with turmeric
and the other indicators, but I do not propose to go
i into great detail, as the results were discouraging. It
1 was found that in titrating a cold solution of the car-
| bonate or sulphide of an alkali metal with acid, the
liberated carbonic or hydrosulphuric acid somewhat
affected the colour, slightly purpling the red. In a
boiling solution a considerable excess of acid did not
effect any decided change in colour. Even in a cold
solution containing 2grms. of hydrate of sodium in
lOOcc. of water, where traces only of carbonate were
present, the effect of a drop in excess of normal sul-
phuric acid was simply to render the bright red of a
dirty brownish-red colour, which is a very undesirable
end-reaction. On further addition the solution
became purple, and the full blue colour did not
appear after the addition of lcc. of the acid in excess,
an effect which was produced by 0'2cc. in pure
water coloured with the same amount of Congo-red.
This injurious effect was traced to the normal sul-
phate of sodium formed, and the same phenomenon
was observed when normal acid was dropped into
pure solutions of the sulphates, chlorides and nitrates
of sodium, potassium and ammonium.
The Congo-red paper was found to be of little value,
as a considerable excess of free acid was very slow in
its action, and the change to blue was not at all de-
cisive. The. blue paper indicates more sharply, but
; shows a tendency to redden even when there is a
trace of acid present with the normal alkaline salt,
and the exact point at which neutrality was reached
I was thus rendered doubtful. Congo-red behaves like
methyl-orange and lacmoid paper in showing bisul-
phites, diacid phosphates and bichromates to be
practically neutral, and being altogether useless for
organic acids. But at its best it larks the sharpness
characteristic of methyl-orange and lacmoid paper,
and the only conclusion which can be arrived at is
that Congo red must be excluded from the list of
I generally useful indicators.
1 have already noticed the fact that Congo-red has
been much recommended as a very delicate indicator
I for free acids. A vague statement like this is of little
use, as the possession of the property described is the
primary claim of any substance to be regarded as an
' indicator. The information really required is a com-
March 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
107
parison of its power with that of other indicators. I
formerly gave results, showing the amount i
or alkali required to completely transform the colour
of definite quantities of these substances. For each
test 1 used tOOcc of pure water and 0"5cc. of the
indicator solution, the strength of which was so
arranged that each gave, as nearly as could be judged
by the different tints, the same intensity of colour.
Tin' quantity of pure dry ( longo red was 0"5grm. per
md 0'5cc. of this solution required fully lcc. of
decinormal acid to change the colour entirely. To
effect the same result litmus and methyl-orange
required 0*5cc, and for lacmoid, reddened phenol-
phthalein and cochineal, only Oicc. of the acid wire
required. Instead of heingoneof the most delicate
tests for acids these experiments exhibit Congo-red as
tin' lowest in the scale as regards BensitivenesB,
Carrying inquiry further, it was found that in a
mixture of IS parts normal acetate of sodium and
one part of glacial acetic acid, free acid could not be
■ .1 at all with Congo-red. This last fact reduces
tn an absurdity the unqualified statement we have
been ci -'. and clearly proves that the ability
of any indicator to detect free acid is wholly depend-
ent on circumstances.
igo-red has been recommended by Messrs.
Williams and Watson Smith {Jour. Soc. Cfiem. Ind.
v. 72— 76) as a good indicator for the detection of
free acid in alum ;. but I have not been so fortunate
as to be satisfied with its capabilities in this respect.
For the experiments, 1, 2, and .3 percent, solutions of
the finest Turkey-red alum, five times recrystallised,
and a Congo-red solution, containing OTigrm. of the
dry substance per litre, were prepared. On testing
lOOcc. of these alum solutions, it was observed that
the first two drops of the indicator solution added
did not produce much colouration, and thatO'15cc
was the smallest practicable amount that could be
employed. The colour thus developed showed dis-
tinctly purple when compared with the same amount
of Congo-red in pure water. Now, this result dis-
agrees with the opinions expressed by Messrs.
Williams and Watson Smith, who agree in saying
that pure alum gives no reaction with Congo-red, if
the latter be dilute enough. However, going a step
further, it was found that with the 1 per cent, solution
of alum, an addition of O'^cc. of " sulphuric acid pro-
duced only an almost imperceptible darkening of the
purple,and that a large excessof acid faded to bring out
the expected full blue colour. The tints of the 2 and
3 per cent, solutions of alum were even more difficult
to judge. In the face of these results, which are
quite in keeping with those already described, I think
we must accept the conclusion without the least
hesitation, that congo red is incapable of detecting
with anything approaching to a certainty 0j2 percent.,
or even of giving a trustworthy indication of the
presence of 0'"> per cent, of free sulphuric acid in alum.
1 have not yet had opportunity to examine this sub-
ject further than to observe that methyl-orange is
superior to Congo-red, and that lacmoid is useless.
Classification of Indicators.
The definite difference shown by various indicators,
and the similar results afforded by others, point to
the conclusion that it might be possible to classify
them according to their general characteristics. In
the determination of pure hydrate of sodium, potas-
sium, calcium, and barium, with standard hydro-
chloric and other strong mineral acids, all indicators
act alike ; but it i> in the titration of a weak acid
with a strong base that diversity of behaviour makes
itself apparent. Take, for example, the neutralisation
of sulphurous arid with saustic soda. Methyl-orange
-hows the acid sulphite (XallSO:1) to be neutral,
while phenolphthalein remains unaffected until the
normal sulphite (Na2S03) is produced. Thi
reaction with litmus paper lies between these
extremes, although nearer to the phenolphthalein
result, but it is not sharply defined like the other
two. These essential differences are also observed
in the neutralisation of the normal carbonates,
-ill), hides, phosphates, arsenates, and other salts, as
well as the organic acids. Basing our classification
on these and similar facts, we find that indicators
naturally divide themselves into three groups, of
which the typical and most valuable members are
repectively methyl-orange, phenolphthalein, and
litmus. The following table includes the ten indi-
cators 1 have experimented upon, arranged according
to the plan just explained : —
SlBTHl r .t.as.o:
lilimp.
PlIENnM'HTHALEIN
Gaorr.
Limns
Okoi i'.
Methyl-orange
Phenolphthalein
Litmus
Lacmoid
Turmeric
Hosolic Acid
Dimcthrlamidoazo benzene
-
Phcnacetolin
Coohinea]
-
-
L'onRO l'cd
-
~
The members of the methyl-orange group may bo
described as those which are most susceptible to the
action of alkalis; phenolphthalein, and turmeric, as
those on which acids have the predominating in-
fluence ; while the litmus group may be said to
oscillate to some extent between these extremes, but
more closely approximating to the second than to the
first series. These distinctions must not be con-
founded with the delicacy of end-reaction, which is
a totally different matter. When this arrangement
of indicators is considered, it will appear that a solu-
tion might at the same time be alkaline, acid, and
neutral, according to the indicator employed. An
apt illustration of this fact may be remarked in
saliva, which is on an average neutral to litmus paper,
although it maybe slightly acid or alkaline in certain
circumstances, but is always strongly alkaline to
lacmoid or Congo-red, and acid to turmeric paper.
Fresh milk is another apposite example of a naturally
occurring liquid which acts like saliva in the instances
referred to.
The rules of classification here adopted are, like all
general rules, liable to exceptions. Besides what may-
be called the anticipated similarity of behaviour of
indicators belonging to different groups, as in those
cases already alluded to, certain circumstances may
arise in which this likeness unexpectedly manifests
itself. This is well brought out by rosolic acid giving
a sharp end-reaction in the titration of sulphurous
acid with caustic alkali, and at the same time indi-
cating normal sulphite as the neutral compound. In
this exceptional case rosolic acid belongs strictly to
the phenolphthalein group, while litmus and phcna-
cetolin adhere to the general rule.
Plum or Indicators.
Reference has been occasionally made in chemical
journals to the inefficiency of impure indicators, and
methods suggested by which to test the purity of
certain of these substances. It may be laid down as
a fixed rule that litmus and turmeric should never be
prepared by simply dissolving the commercial articles
in water or alcohol, but should be previously purified
according to the directions in Sutton's "Volumetric
Analysis? With regard to methyl-orange, phenol-
phthalein, lacmoid, etc., it serves little purpose to
198
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Maw* 29. 1887.
determine whether they are of absolute chemical
purity. All that is necessary is to observe 'whether
ir behaviour conforms to die descriptions given
in this and former papers, and which have been con-
tinual by Lunge, Sutton, and other observers. It
would thus appear that the most rational method of
testing indicators is to apply them in several crucial
tests, such as the titration of carbonate, sulphide,
sulphite, phosphate, and borate of sodium, and acetic
and citric acids. Not only must the delicacy or
otherwise of the end reaction be attended to, but also
the percentage of alkali or acid obtained in these
compounds. In all tests the temperature of the
titrated solution should be taken into account, as,
for example, the sulphite and mono-acid phosphate
of sodium or potassium show more alkalinity to
phenolphthalein in hot than in cold solutions, and
in the latter case only is the end-reaction definite.
Select Indicators.
Although it is desirable to be acquainted with the
properties of many indicators, yet it is useful to
make a judicious choice of those which cannot be
dispensed with in volumetric analysis. Of the ten
indicators which we have been considering/the three
representative ones are of primary importance. So
tar as the results of my experiments show, all the
good and serviceable qualities required of indicators
are held in comparatively greater perfection by
methyl-orange, phenolphthalein, and litmus, than
by the other seven. The only exception to this is in
the neutralisation of sulphurous acid to normal sul-
phite of ammonium by the aid of rosolic acid, for
which purpose all the remaining indicators are
valueless. Litmus is the only one of those selected
from which satisfactory papers can be prepared, and
the advantage of having these as well as solution
cannot be doubted. In nearly every particular, lac-
moid paper, blue and red, is an excellent substitute
for methyl-orange, and may be employed in coloured
solutions, where the last-named indicator would be
useless. The solution, however, is not so good, as it
is slightly affected by weak acids, such as carbonic
and boric, but the papers I find to be quite as
effective as methyl-orange in these aud similar cases
Turmeric papers, yellow and red brown, may be used
in place of phenolphthalein, chiefiy in the titration
of weak organic acids ; but there are many circum-
stances, as alreidy pointed out, in which it is in-
admissible. Provided with methyl-orange, phenol-
phthalein, and litmus, and with the addition of lac-
moid and turmeric papers as valuable adjuncts, a
chemist is now in a position, by simple means, to
solve problems which were formerly incapable of
solution.
This subject of indicators is an entirely new one,
and although some interesting and useful facts have
been discovered, infinitely more remains to be done
in the way of developing the knowledge of those in-
dicators already partially studied, and in the exami-
nation of others whose properties have not yet been
investigated, or have only received the most superficial
attention.
In the following table is given an epitome of the
results obtained with indicators, and on which several
ebesn based. The figures refer to the
number ot atoms of hydrogen displaced by the mona-
tomie metals— sodium or potassium, when [.resented
to the acid in the form of hydrate. From these
results the composition of the salt produced will be
easily inferred When a blank is left, it is meant
that the end-reaction is obscure, and not to be
depended upon.
TABLE SHOWING TI1K BASICITY OF ACIDS WITH
DIFFERENT INDICATORS, WHEN TITRATED ^ 'I'll
CAUSTIC POTASH OB SODA:—
AOTJDB.
M ETH Vi-
lli; A Si. 1
Phenol-
1'iithai.kin.
•l.ITM
s.
Cold
I'nl.l.
2
Boil-
ing.
Cold,
Boil
ing.
Sulphuric 11. so
2
2
2
2
Hydrochloric HC1
1
1
1
1
1
Nitric UNO,
1
o
1
2
1
2
1
2
I
Thiosulphuriell.s i 1
2
Carbonic II. CO.
0
[(dilute)
0
-
0
Sulphurous II jSO, ..
1
2
-
-
-
Hydrosulphuric II, ~
0
1 (dilute)
0
-
0
Phosphoric H3PO,....
1
2
—
-
-
Arsenic H,AsO,
1
2
-
-
-
Arscnious HAsO:
0
—
—
0
0
Nitrous UNO.. ■'
Silicic H.SiO,
indicator
destroyed
0
1
—
1
0
0
Boric HjBOj
0
-
-
-
-
Chromic H:CrO, ....
1
2
2
-
-
Oxalic H.C.O,
-
2
•J
2
2
Acetic HC.H,Oa
-
1
-
1
(nearly!
-
-
1
-
1 'do.)
-
Succinic HjCiH^O, ..
-
2
-
2 (do.
-
Lactic HC,HtO,
-
1
-
1
-
Tartaric H-C,H,0„ ..
2
-
2
-
Citric 11 (.',11.0, ....
~
3
-
~
-
Notes tn Table.— (1.) The statements in the above
table apply equally well to the titration of the various
acids with ammonia, except in all cases where phenol-
phthalein is concerned, and when boiling solutions
are employed. (2.) The hydrates of barium and
calcium also give similar results with these acids,
except in some cases where insoluble compounds are
produced. Thus, carbonic acid is dibasic when
titrated with barium hydrate with phenolphthalein
as indicator. (3.) Lacmoid /><(;»«/■ can be depended
upon to act in every respect like methyl-oiange,
except that it is not affected by nitrous acid. (4 )
Turmeric paper behaves like phenolphthalein \iith
sulphuric, hydrochloric, nitric, thiosulphuric, nitrous,
and the organic acids.
In the table below are brought together a few
compounds whose action towards indicators could
TABLE OF COMPOUNDS NEUTRAL TO VARIOUS
INDICATORS.
Methyl-orange Phenolphthalein
OB OR
Lacmoid Paper. Tiemkric Pacer.
LlTMCS S los
OR
Paper.
Ferrous Sulphate —
—
Ferrous Chloride —
-
CopperSu]phate(C'uSO.) —
-
Copper Chloride (CiiCl.i
-
-
Zinc Sulphate
-
-
Phenol
-
Phenol
Urea
Urea
t'rea
Gelatin
Gelatin
Gelatin
March 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
111!)
not be deduced from the previous table Those
substances whose names are given are neutral to the
indicator under which they are arranged, and
those which are mentioned under methyl-orange
and lacmoid, but otherwise unnoticed, are more
or less acid to phenolphthalein, turmeric, and
litmus.
his. I ssioN.
Mr. Ku. is rose to ask Mr. Thomson if he had
found a good indicator for boracic acid, as he had
worked with several of the indicators mentioned
without obtaining satisfactory results?
Dr. Mills ventured to suggest, as regarded the
acidity of alum, the desirability of making an
experiment with the addition of common salt;
taking pure alum solution, and then making up
similar solutions containing greater quantities of
acid. He believed that common salt would cause a
Bharper response to the indicator.
Mr. Stanford thought all chemists would be
indebted to Mr. Thomson for the remarkable way
in which he had [Hit the relative powers of the
various indicators. There was one point, however,
upon which he sought a little further information
— namely, with regard to the indicator lacmoid. He
gathered from Mr. Thomson's remarks that the
paper and the solution differed considerably in their
action, and he would like, therefore, to know more
about that difference, and also how the substance
was usually prepared for use in analysis.
Mr. Thomson, in reply, said that with regard to
Mr. Ellis's Question, there was no indicator, so far as
he knew, that could be used in the estimation of
boric acid. To metbyl-orange boric acid was
neutral, but after trying all the other indicators
he had found none of them gave a good end-reaction
or reliable results. Poirrkr's blue had been said to
give good results with that acid, but he had seen its
value in other respects contradicted by other chemists,
and was afraid that it would not be up to the mark ;
in the meantime there was no indicator known for
that purpose. Professor Mills' idea might be a cor-
rect one, although it would require to be tested by
experiment. With regard to Mr. Stanford's question
about lacmoid, be was unable to tell why there should
be a difference between the paper and the solution.
In the case of the neutralisation of carbonate of
sodium, with the solution present it was found that
the liberated carbonic acid had a slight purpling
effect on the blue. If the paper was inserted in such
a solution the blue was sometimes faintly reddened,
but when removed from the liquid was found to
come back again. With mono-acid sodium phos-
phates, the purple came on long before the end of the
reaction was reached, but the paper showed the exact
point at which the diacid salt was formed. The
action of the paper was slow, probably because the
blue being very insoluble, adhered strongly to the
fibre of the paper, and could not thus be quickly
changed in colour. It had to be kept immersed for
a minute or so. Only a small slip of paper was used.
The method of preparing lacmoid was given by Traub
and Hock as follows: 100 parts of resorcin, o parts
sodium nitrite, and S parts water are heated at a
temperature not exceeding 120° C. until ammonia
ceased to be evolved. This mass is dissolved in
water, and forms an intense blue solution. By add
ing hydrochloric acid the lacmoid is precipitated.
It is only necessary then to collect it, wash with
water, and dissolve in alcohol of about fifty per cent,
strength.
THE MANUFACTURE OF GAS FROM PARAF-
FIN OIL, WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A
SIMPLE FORM OF APPARATUS SUITABLE
FOB THE DISTILLATION OF OILS INTO
CAS.
HY W. IVIsoN MACADAM, K.I.C., P.C.8.,
Professor of Chemistry, Nea Wterinary College, Edinburgh.
Tiik subject that I have the honour of laying
before you this evening is one to which, from
time to time, we have been called upon t< i give profes-
sional attention. The facts thus obtained have been
added to by a series of experiments undertaken
during the present session, and the results of which
are now laid before the Section, in the hope that they
may aid the general fund of information which will
require, sooner or later, to be much extended.
Various grades of oil have been destructively dis-
tilled, the temperature being carefully regulated
according to the class of oil experimented with.
The first series of trials were made with—
I. Crude Paraffin Oil as obtained from the shale
retort* ami without any further treatment. The sample
bad a specific gravity "of S.r-0 (water 1000) : a flashing
point of :>-' !•'. ; and a tiring point of 106' F.
o "Green OH," which is obtained from the crude
shale oil by redistilling. The sample had also had
the lighter oils (naphthas) removed by fractional distil-
lation': specific gravity, 884 ; flashing point, 165° I'. ;
and firing point, 193' F. .
3 "Twice-run Oil."— This oil is outained from
the crude oil by distilling (the naphthas not being
removed), treating with soda and vitriol, and redistilling
without fractionating. The sample had a specific
gravity of 802 30 ; a flashing point of 67' F. ; and a firing
point of 74° F. .
4. " Burning Oil" obtained from the previous sample
by re-treating with soda and vitriol, and distilling in
fractions. The sample had a specific gravity of 805.
5. "Crystal Oil" obtained from the burning oil by-
re-treatment with strong oil of vitriol: specific gravity,
79S; flashing point, 107 F. ; firing point, 123° F.
6. "Petroleum. " — This was a sample of ordinary
American oil ; the specific gravity, 790 ; flashing point,
84° F. ; firing point, 99° F. ,
7. Rectified Coal Oil.— Specific gravity, S44 : flashing
point, 212' F. ; firing point, 230° F. This, and the pre-
ceding sample, were distilled, so as to compare the
result's with those obtained from the ordinary mineral
oils.
8. "No 2 Burning Oil" obtained by breaking or
"cracking'' heavier oils: specific gravity, 830 ; flashing
point, 230' F. ; firing point, 250' F.
9. "Intermediate" Oil.— Specific gravity, S46 ; flash-
ing point. 2.34 l'\ ; firing point, 280' F.
10. " Intermediate" Oil.— Specific gravity. S68 ; Hash-
ing point, 203° F. ; firing point, 262° F. _
II. " Intermediate " Oil.— Specific gravity, Sil ; flash-
ing point, 231° F. ; firing point, 286* F. _
(The above three samples of oil were " unfinished. )
12. "Blue" or Lubricating Oil from which the solid
scale had been removed, the oil receiving no further
treatment : specific gravity, 878 ; flashing point, 163
F. ; firing point, 26S' F. .
13. "Bine" Oil. — Specific gravity, 868; flashing
point, 270° F. ; tiring point, 33.V F. This sample was
specially fractionated from light oils.
14. Light Lubricating Od freed from scale, treated
and redistilled : specific gravity, 873 ; flashing point,
270' 1'. : tiring point above 300' F.
15. Beam/ Lubricating Oils freed from scale, treated
and redistilled i specific gravity, 2.30 ; flashing and firing
points above 300° F.
16. " Gas Oil " obtained from the acid parathn tar by-
distillation : specific gravity, 82S ; flashing point, 119° F. ;
firing point, 134° F.
200
Til 14 JOURNAL OF Till'. S( >< '1F.TY OF CHEMICAL [NDTJSTRY. [March 29. 1887.
The crude paraffin oil and " green " oil, as well as
the "Hue" oil.<, were run in Keith- or Pintsch's
apparatus, tin- remaining testa being made with the
Alexander and Paterson apparatus, which 1 shall
describe more fully towards the close of my commu-
nication. The averages of all the results obtained
from "blue" oils in Keith's and Pintsch's apparatus
an- given in separate columns.
The results are stated as follows : —
1. Specific gravity of the oil taken al 60 I'.. or calcu-
lated down to that temperature, compared with water
a- 1000.
2. Weight of one gallon of the oil calculated from the
specific gravity.
:!. The number oj 'gallons of oil in om '«» by weight.
4. The temperature at which the oil gave off inflam
mable vapours "flashing point."
">. The temperature at which the oil became peril
in flu med " tiring point."
li. The amount of gas in cnhic feet obtained from one
gallon of the oils.
7. The proportion of gas obtained from one ton of the
oil.
s. The candle power of the gas, as determined by Bun-
sen's photometer. The gas was burned during the test-
ings at the rate of 0 7.3 cubic foot per hour, and con-
Mimed through a No. 0000 burner specially constructed
forme through the kindness of Mr. George Bray, of
Leeds. The results were afterwards calculated to the
value of 5 cubic feet of gas, and are stated in standard
sperm candles, each consuming 120 grains of sperm per
hour.
9. Illuminating value of one cubicfooi of the gas in
grains of sperm.
10. Illuminating valve of the gas from one gallon of
oil in lbs. of sperm.
11. Illuminating value of the gas obtained from one
ton of the oil, in lbs. of sperm.
12. The proportion of hydrocarbons absorbed by
bromine.
Summary of Results. — The results of the various
tests as given in the accompanying tables show
that—
1. The Crude Oil gave from one gallon (is.] cubic feet of
gas, which is equivalent to 26,020 cubic feet per ton of
oil. The candle power was equal to 50$ standard ran-
dies, or to 44941b. of sperm per ton of oil. (Some
difficulty is experienced in working this class of oil,
as it requires to be liquefied before being passed
into the retort. The comparatively large proportion of
carbon separated during the distillation renders it im-
possible to use the Alexander and Paterson apparatus,
or any similar work in which the oil requires to flow
through tubes. The gas is much more impure than is
the case where the semi-refined or refined oils have
been distilled, and it is a question whether these very
crude oils will prove to be so economical as the purer
\arieties, and more especially the "intermediate"
oils.
2. "Green " ''<7 gave from one gallon 102i cubic feet
of a gas of 53} candle power, and a total value in light-
ing power per ton equal to 4741 lb. of sperm.
3. " Tunce-run Oil' yielded 106 cubic feet of gas per
gallon. The quality was equal to 70 candles, and to
71051b. of .sperm per ton. The total a unt of gas
obtained was 29,605 cubic feet per ton, ami is the largest
proportion of gas we have yet obtained from any oil."
4. "Burning Oil" also gives a high result, being
equal to a total production of 27,484 cubic feet of a gas
of 63 candle power, and of a total illuminating value of
59501b. of sperm per ton.
5. " Crystal 03 " gave 29,928 cubic feel of a 51 candle
gas, and a total illuminating value equal to 55381b. of
sperm per ton of oil.
0. American " Petroleum." — This oil was most care- I
fully tested time after time, but the quantity of "as
obtained was always much below that of the ordinary
" paraffins." Whilst this was the case, the illuminating
value was above that of the home oils, being equal to lib
i i adles, or a total value per ton of oil of 55061b. of sperm.
I'll" average quantity of gas from the ton of oil was
24,110 cubic feet, The difficulty of distillation may be
iluc to the very different chemical composition of tin-
American oil, ami the lower temperature required to
break up the paraffins which predominate in the American
material a- compared with the honie oils, which contain
an excess of the defines.
7. Uertijinl Cniil (hi. The total amount of gas from
this substance was 25,282 cubic feet pel ton, ami the
illuminating power equal to 42$ candles. The total
illuminating value was equal to 36891b. of sperm per ton
of oil.
8. No. i Burning OU gave '.'7,171 feet of a 49f candle
gas, and a total illuminating value equal to 40351b. of
sperm.
:i. Intermediate (Unfinished) Oil of 846 gravity gave
of gas 24,922 cubic feet. The illuminating power was
equal to 60 candles, and the total value to 51301b. of
sperm.
10. IntermediaU (Unfinished) OH of S6S gravity
yielded 24,383 cubic feet of a gas of 50 j candle power.
The illuminating value of the ton was equal to 47021b.
of sperm.
11. Intermediate (Unfinished) OH (S71 gravity) gave
24,396 cubic feet of gas. The caudle power was 5/$, and
the total light giving value equal to 48221b. of sperm.
1-2. "Blue" <m of S78 gravity yielded 32,4'.i2 cubic
feet of gas, the power of winch for illuminating purposes
was equal to 54' candles, and to a total illuminating
value of 60471b. of sperm.
13. S'iS l'.l in' Oil gave per ton 33. 5211 cubic feet of gas,
the candle power of which was 54J, and the total
illuminating value 02051b. of sperm.
14. Light Lubricating Oil. — This oil, when distilled,
yielded 26,273 cubic feet of .a gas of 61', candle power,
the total value being equal to 55214,1b. of sperm per ton
of the oil.
15. Heavy Lubricating oil yielded 23,653 cubic feet
of a gas which was of 57j candle power, the total
illuminating value per ton being equivalent to the con-
sumption of 46431b. of sperm candles.
16. " Gas Oil" from acid tai gave 25,963 cubic feet of
a gas of 43', candle power, and was equal in value to
38541b. of sperm candles.
Whilst it is possible to employ all of those varieties
of oil, yet it is principally those qualities interme-
diate between the burning and lubricating oils that
we consider especially interesting. The somewhat
large proportion of those oils which are obtained in
some works, and the extremely limited demand in the
market, has caused much concern to the paraffin oil
companies. Various endeavours have been made to
limit or altogether do away with the production of
these oils, but with limited success. The manufac-
ture of gas seems to me to be one solution of the
difficulty, and the large proportion of material
obtained, as well as the high candle power, is much in
favour of the process. It is doubtful if the retorting
of shale for the single purpose of manufacturing an
oil for gas-making would prove commercially success-
ful, as there is always a heavy loss of total "illumina-
ting value during the crude distillation, as well as in
the purifying processes. As illustrating this point, a
canned coal was distilled lor gas with the result that
12,208 cubic feet were obtained of 35"62 candle
power. The total light-giving value was equal to
I490'911b. of sperm. When distilled for oil the same
coal gave 63*72 gallons of crude material per ton
distilled, and taking the gas-making value at 100 cubic
feet per gallon, we have 6372 cubic feet of gas per
ton of coal. Against this, however, the candle powi r
was raised to 50, but the total illuminating value was
only equal to I092'34lb. of sperm per ton of coal.
Further, when the I rude "il was rectified the follow
in- products were obtained : Naphtha, 1*44 gallons ;
burning intermediate nil-., 22*39 gallons ; lubricating
oil, 14*87 gallons ; and scale, 6*01 gallons per ton of
March 29, 1887.] THK JOURNAL OF THK SOCIETY OP ( II KMK '.\I. 1MU SfRY.
shale; the total of the refined products being equal consequent heavy carriage payable on useless material,
to 1171 gallons, with an average specific gravity [ do not prop i a calculation, as I
dated at 836. Taking the possible gas produced do not presume that it could be seriously th-
at 100ft per - oil, we nave a total of iiti sible to transmit shale for gas-making purposes to any
cubic feet of gas per tonol coal. The illuminating great distance, or that it will be to il extent
valu is would be about 55 candles, or a total distilled for ga The quantity of ash alone
illuminating value per ton of coal of --i:Ub. of sperm; would, in manj it impossible for a
PARAFFIN OIL INTO GA8.
A Specific gravity of oil (water 1U0O)
Weigh! of 1 gallon of oil
Number of gallons of the oil iu 1 ton
Flashing; point..
Firing point
II. I Ine gallon of oil gives off gns
Cubic feet of gas per ton of oil
C— Candle Power of Gas-
Five cubic feet arc equal to
Illuminating value of 1 cubic foot in grains
of sperm
Illuminating value of I he gas from 1 gallon
of oil in lbs. of sperm
Illuminating value of the gas from 1 ton of
oil in lbs. of sperm
li. -Heavy hvdrocarbons (absorbed by bromine\
I trade
Paraffin nil.
850
Jolb.
263-53
9! V.
IMS' l\
26.02Gc.ft.
iU-36cndls.
12U3-6lgrs.
K-Ooilb
11911b.
Paraffin i >il.
Blue Paraffin Oil.
881
8-Sllb.
2o33D
165 F.
193- F.
102-.Vic.fi.
25.077c.ft.
53-21
127776grs.
187131b.
878
868
8781b.
8681b.
255-12
258-06
"
26S F.
335 F.
12712c, ft.
129 93c.ft.
32.192c.ft.
33.529c. ft.
5128
.-.1-7G
1302-72grs.
131l-25grs.
237111b.
213911b.
60171b.
62951b.
-
—
B -;n..l
Oil.
Twice-iu i
Paraffin
Hi
-1 ._".",
8021b.
265- Hi
279 30
21- F.
67 F.
Zff F.
71 F.
95-26c.ft.
10Gc.fl.
-■-■eft.
29,605c.ff.
12-56
7002
13-901b.
25- 1 lib.
71051b.
155
PARAFFIN BURNING Oil. INTO GAS.
(Apparatus used, Alexander ei Peiterson.)
B.-
C
Specific gravity of the oil
Weight of one gallon of the oil
Number of gallons of the oil in one ton
Flashing point
Firing point
( >ne gallon of the oil gives of gas
Cubic feet of gas per ton of oil
Candle Power ofGas~
Five cubic feet arc equal to
Illuminating value of one cubic foot in grains of
sperm
Illuminating value of the gas from one gallon of
oil in lbs. of sperm
Illuminating value of the gas from one ton of oil
in lbs. of sperm
Heavy hydrocarbons
Specific gravity of the gas
*' No. 1 Burning."
- Crystal OiL
815
- - i
8-151b.
7 -9Mb.
271-81
- i
—
in? F.
-
123 F.
lOOc.ft.
106-62c.ft.
27.181c.it,
29.928c.ft.
0311 candle.
51
I515'60 grains
1290 grains
21-6510.
19731b.
59501b.
55381b.
36 82
2S-52
690
--
American Petroleum.
799 27
7-9910.
2S0 35
M 1.
99 F.
SGc.ft.
21,110c ft
66-66
1599 grains
19-611b.
5506U'.
1
in opposition to 14'illb. when the coal was distilled
into gas, direct. The objection to the above line of
argument undoubtedly lies in the fact that a coal ot
the quality referred to would never be retorted for
oil, and that the proper line would be to consider the
relative values of shale and the products obtained
therefrom. Here we have a new factor to take into
account in the very large proportions of ash. and the
company to use a material which would leave so
large an amount of substance— perfectly useless — to
be removed from the works at considerable cost.
Again. I say that it is in the use of the less valuable
" intermediate " oils that the true province of gas oils
will be found.
i >ne other comparison may be given. It has been
proved that when paraffin oil is consumed
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I March 29.1887.
LUBRICATING PARAFFIN OIL INTO GAS.
{Apparatus used, Alexander <£• Paterson.)
Light Lnhricat- Heavy Lubricat-
ing oil without ing oil free from
Boale.
A.— Specific gravity 0f 0;i
(water 1000)
Weight of one gallon of
l he oil
Number of gallons of oil
per ton
Flashing point
Firing point
B.— One gallon of the oil
gives of gas
Cubic feet of gas per ton
of oil
872-91
8731b.
256-58
270' F.
above 300° F.
102-lc.ft.
26,273c.ft.
891-30
8011b.
230-36
above 300° F.
91-lc.ft.
23,653c.ft.
C— Candle Power of Gas—
Five cubic feet are equal to
Illuminating value of 1
cubic foot in grains of
sperm
Illuminating value of the
gas from 1 gallon of oil
in lbs. of sperm
Illuminating value of the
gas from 1 ton of oil in lbs.
of sperm
D. — Heavy hydrocarbons
(absorbed by bromine)
Light Lubricat- Ht a\y Lulu i sat-
ing Oil with tut ing Oil free from
Scale.
61*38 candles
HTlgrs.
21521b.
552111b.
31 per cent.
57'26 candles
1371grs.
18531b.
16131b.
30 percent.
" INTERMEDIATE " PARAFFIN OIL INTO GAS.
tApparat
us used, Alexander & Paterson.)
No. 2
Burning Oil.
" Unfinished 840."
" Unfinished 870."
- Dark 870 -
A.— Specific gravity of the oil (water 10001 ....
830
816-21
S6S-6S
870-89
Weight of one gallon of the oil
8301b.
270
81621b.
26171
8"686)b.
257-86
8-70511..
257-21
Number of gallons of oil per ton
Flashing point
230' F.
250' F.
lOO&Sc.ft.
251 F.
280 F.
91-15c.ft.
203' F.
202 F.
91 56c. ft.
231 F.
2S6 F.
9185c. ft.
Firing point
B. -One gallon of the oil gives of gas
Cubic feet of gas per ton of oil
27.171c.ft.
21.922c.ft.
21 ,383c. ft.
2l.396c.ft.
C— Candle Power of Gas—
Five cubic feet are equal to
19 76 candles
1191grs.
17171b.
6015 candles
11130Ogrs.
191161b.
c6'25 candles
1350grs.
lS-2371b.
57 05 candles
135360grs.
187181b.
Illuminating value of one cubic foot in
grains of sperm
Illuminating value of the gas from one
gallon of oil in lbs. of sperm
Illuminating value of the gas from one
ton of oil in lbs. of sperm . ..
103.ilb.
51391b.
17021b.
18221b.
D.— Heavy hvdrocarbona
-
37-5 i
355'
359
PARAFFIN ACID-TAR OIL INTO GAS.
(Apparatus used, Alexander db Paterson.)
A.— Specific gravity of the oil (water 1000) .... S2S25
Weight of one gallon of the oil 8"281b.
Number of gallons of oil per ton 270*119
Flashing point Uyc jr#
Firing point 13j* j\
B.— One gallon of oil yields of gas 96c.ft.
Cubic feet of gas per ton 25.963c.ft.
C — Candle Power of Gas-
Vive cubic feet are equal to 13 32 candles.
Illuminating value of one cubic foot
in grains of sperm 1039 68 grains.
Illuminating value of one gallon of
oil in lbs. of sperm ll'251b.
Illuminating value of one ton of oil
in lbs. of sperm 3S.53*S91b.
D.— Heavy hydrocarbons 2.5 26
Carbonic Anhydride OtU
PARAFFIN OIL INTO GAS.
At. i
of Trials with
Keiths
Apparatus.
Specific gravity of the Oil .. .
Weight of one gallon of the
oil
Number of gallons per ton of
oil
Flashing point
Firing point
Gas from one gallon of oil . .
ton of oil
Average
of Trials uith
Pintsoh'a
Apparatus.
875S9
8*7581b.
25578
289° F.
317° F.
M*93cft.
21.720c.ft,
877-91
87791b.
255*15
295° F.
351" F.
97 03c. ft.
21,757cJt,
Illuminating value of 1 cubic
foot in grains of sperm
Illuminating value of 1 gallon
in lbs. of sperm
Illuminating value of 1 ton
in lbs. of sperm
Candle power of gas 6138 candles. 6082 candles,
Heavy hydrocarbons
sorbed by bromine .
Carbonic anhydride . .
I lihydric sulphide
ab-
Aver.'ge
of Trials with
Keith's
Apparatus.
1173grs.
173761b.
15701b.
3905
0-27
1 'ecided.
Average
of Trials wich
Piutseh s
Apparatus.
l!5Bgrs.
2019Slb.
51001b.
38*20
o-os
None.
March 29. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL ENDUSTRY.
203
in lamps as o I, there is no difficulty in obtaining
from the material a light equal to 27lb. of sperm per
gdlon of oil. Nosv the total value of one gallon of
oil after distillation into gas is only 21 Cub., and
there is therefore a loss clival to nearly 5'5lb. of
sperm per gallon of oil. Doubtless, this may be
improved on, but in the meantime we are again driven
to the use of the cheaper "intermediate" oils-
bodies too heavy for consumption in lamps, and too
thin in " body '' for lubricating purposes.
In conclusion, I should desire to describe the appa-
ratus employed to obtain the foregoing results. It is
the invention of Mr. Paterson, of Messrs. Alexander
k Paterson, gasfitters, of Kirkintilloch. The retort is
of cast-iron, and has the oil introduced into it by
means of pipes carried through the retorts from the
front to near the back. During its passage through
these pipes the oil becomes vapourised, and is broken
up by its after-contact with the heated sides of the
retort in its return passage to the outlet, which is
placed in the front part of the apparatus. The gas
is afterwards cooled in upright pipes, and, if neces-
sary, may be passed through the ordinary dry puri-
fiers, and stored for use. The permanency of the
gas has been frequently tested by myself, and proved
to be excellent, and quite equal to any ordinary coal-
gas. One great advantage the apparatus possesses is
its extreme simplicity and non-liability to get out of
order. Once started, it works away, and with an
occasional glance at the heating apparatus, may be
continued without trouble for any desired period.
My own iras-works will manufacture about SOcubic feet
of gas per hour ; but, of course, the retorts may be
greatly enlarged or increased in number, according to
the consumption and production required.
DISCUSSION.
Dr. Wallace asked whether Mr. Macadam had
tried ordinary crude oil from blast-furnace tar, with-
out any kind of rectification. He had made a trial
of this himself, but did not get very promising
results. In the first place, it gave a pretty large
amount of tar in the condenser — somewhere about
one-third of the oil itself : and there was, moreover,
a tendency to choke up the pipes, and also to deposit
carbon in the retorts. If this oil could be used for
the manufacture of gas — being the cheapest oil in
the market — it would be of great consequence,
because it might be used in conjunction with splint
and common coals for the manufacture of gas of
medium illuminating posver, say 22 to 26 candles.
In referring to rectified coal oil, Mr. Macadam had
not particularly mentioned what kind of coal oil this
was— whether from blast furnace, or made in coking
ovens. The whole subject was one of great import-
ance, and was daily becoming of greater consequence,
because our fields of cannel coal, especially of better
class, were being rapidly wrought out ; and some
gas companies and corporations had thought it neces-
sary to look before them, and even to reduce the
quality of their gas, in anticipation of the difficulty
they wou'd experience by-and-bye of obtaining sup-
plies of first, or even second-class coal. It was,
therefore, a subject fraught with commercial interest,
and the Section were indebted to Mr. Macadam for
the able manner in which he had brought it before
them.
Mr. Foulis was not prepared to say much on this
subject, as it was one he was just beginning to study.
He would like to know, however, the advantages
which this new apparatus possessed over the other
forms of apparatus, such as Pintsch's. He confessed
that, at first sight, he did not like these small tubes,
which, under Mr. Macadam's care, might not choke
up ; although, in the ordinary course of gas manufac-
ture, he was afraid this would occur. There was no
doubt whatever that the interior of the retort would
become, in a very short time, coated with carbon.
The whole process was one of decomposition of the
oil ; the carbon resulting from this decomposition
would be deposited in the retort, and more especially
deposited on the roof of the retort. It appeared
to him, therefore, that these tubes, being fixtures,
would render it very difficult to cleanse the retort
out. These were, of course, points on which he might
be mistaken. There was a further point to which
he would refer, and perhaps Mr. Macadam's atten-
tion had been directed to it — namely, whether or not
there was any advantage in using, in conjunction
with the oil, a jet of steam, in order to carry forward
into a more permanent form some of the oils that
would otherwise be condensed from the gas. There
was a very simple method of gas making adopted in
America, which had this advantage, that it could be
applied to the ordinary retort, and it could be
removed at once, if so desired. It consists of a pipe
closed in the front end attached to the door, and
carried back to the near end of the retort, into which
another pipe is inserted, closed at the inner end.
The oil is blown by a jet of steam into this inner
pipe, and is there converted into vapour, and, passing
from this, it comes in contact with the retort, and
the oil is decomposed. The great advantage of this
was that the apparatus might be removed at once,
the retort cleaned out or charged with coal. With
regard to the permanency of the gas, it was well
known that gas, even when compressed, if allowed to
remain still, did not lose a very great deal of its
illuminating power; but whether this gas would
stand the test of passing through pipes in cold
weather without losing illuminating power, wasa point
on which he would be glad if Mr. Macadam would
give some information.
Professor Mills asked how long a retort of this
description could be run without being stopped for
cleaning out, and, further, the cost of making the
gas ? The temperature required for a retort of this
kind was exceedingly high, as would be seen from
the formation of naphthalene. The amount of coal
used for the destructive distillation of the oil was
certainly very high, and it would be interesting to
know the amount of coal used, for, say 30,000 feet of
this gas. As regarded the composition of the gas, he
was glad to hear that Mr. Macadam had promised to
give some analyses of these destructive distillations.
If the gas could be dissected out, and the non-
luminous constituents set recorded on one side, and
the luminous constituents on the other, they would
then be in a position to make a better comparison
with coal gas than was the case at present.
Mr. W.R. W.Smith said he was greatly struck some
five or six years ago, in passing through Germany, to
find that a commercial friend of his had all his mill
lighted with gas made from oil by means of a small
apparatus about twenty feet in length. He was so
much astonished some time ago at the low price of
oil from the blast furnace, that he procured a sample
and sent it to his friend. This led to a demand for
one cask, then five casks, and his* friend had now laid
in his winter stock of this oil, with which he lighted
his mill, but of which Mr. Macadam could make very
little. It was evident, therefore, that here in Glas-
gow they were groping after a thing which was being
carried out elsewhere, and he would be glad to place
at Mr. Macadam's disposal the drawings of this
apparatus.
Mr. Macadam, replying to Dr. Wallace, said he
had not as yet got satisfactory results from crude
blast-furnace tar. He did not think that the "Pater-
son" apparatus would give good results with such
204
THE .lOl'itXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29, 1887.
oils. The figures obtained had been as yet of no
practical value, and had therefore not been included
in the present communication. The rectified coal oil
was obtained from the regular coke ovens. Dealing
with Mr. Foulis's remarks, there was no doubt that
the tubes (small or big) would at first sight appear to
a practical man to be a drawback to the apparatus;
at the same time he had worked with it for some
months without any choking of the tubes. This was
probably the best answer to the question. He
attempted some days ago to retort colza oil, but
partly from the high viscosity and the comparatively
amount of carbon in the oil, he had not obtained
good results. He pointed out, however, that this was
an apparatus for "intermediate" and " burning" oils,
and not for crude oil or oils of great viscosity. As a
matter of fact, the apparatus had been in the hands
of practical men for months, and had been found to
work with perfect ease. The workmen who were in
charge were not skilled or specially-trained men, but
in all cases the apparatus had given satisfaction.
The tubes were scarcely fixtures. In the retort
which he had used for coal-testing and oil-testing
indiscriminately, the tubes were attached to the door
of the retort, and could be removed with the door,
so that no trouble was experienced in regard to that
point. The quantity of carbon deposited was not so
great as might be expected, and it was very seldom
that the apparatus required to be cleaned out, but
could not, on the moment, give the cost of 3<>,000 feet
of gas. Of course much depended on the quality of
oil to be distilled. From " intermediate " oils about
24,000 cubic feet of gas could be obtained from the
ton of oil. Such oils could be bought at present at
about lid. per gallon, which was equal to about 30s.
per ton." The gas was of about 60 candle power, so
that, roughly speaking, the ton of oil gave gas equal
in illuminating value to about 72,000 cubic feet of
20 candle gas. The retorting was certainly not so
costly as with coal, for it must be kept in mind that
whilst the temperature of the retort was much the
same as with coals, yet a great saving must take place
in the cost of labour for charging and emptying of
retorts, which operations practically ceased to exist
when oil was used for gas making. The actual
amount of coal should also be less for a given amount
of heat, as there was no ash to raise in temperature,
as was the case with coals. He was at present
engaged in analysing the various gases, but as these
results were of little practical interest they were not
included in the present communication, excepting
only the amount of absorption due to bromine, which
was given in the tables, and which might be averaged
at from 30 to 35 per cent, of the gas. American
petroleum had proved difficult to distil into per-
manent gas. The proportion which had been obtained
from it was less than with the home oils. No doubt
this was due to the difference in the chemical com-
\ . ni Revolutions.
Time.
Sperm
Oil.
Caspiu
1 Oils.
Swindle Oil (partly Sperm
anil partly Mineral
Lubricating).
Increase.
Increase.
Increase.
Incrense.
5,000
2; minutes.
1021
i2r
105'
15
132j
72*'
92J"
32i*
in, lien
5 ,,
122J
02{
125
65
155
95
107}
i7:
15.000
n ..
135
75
135
75
165
105
117!
57*
20,000
10
III
SI
UO
SO
167!
1071
121
61
25,000
12i ..
ll'i
S7J
112J
«
160
109
125
65
when such became necessary the door and tubes were
easily removed. In the larger apparatus of the same
makers the door was cast in two parts. To the upper
part the tubes were attached. The lower portions of
the door could be removed separately, and the retort
cleaned out without interfering with the tubes. If
heavy oils w:ere worked, it might be necessary to
clean the retort more frequently out. With the class
of oils referred to (burning and intermediate) very
little cleaning would be required. Touching on the
use of a jet of steam, he did not include that method
of working in this paper, although he had made
experiments in that direction, and desired, if per-
mitted, to lay the results before the Section at a
future meeting. The apparatus, to yield good
results with steam, would require to be somewhat
changed, so as to allow of a longer period of contact
between the oil and steam and the sides of the retort.
In regard to the question of permanency, the gas had
not only been retained for long periods over water,
but had also been passed through lead pipes 100 feet
in length, which was a very severe test. The tem-
perature was below freezing point, and the gas was
found to be. in proportion to its illuminating value,
as permanent as ordinary Edinburgh gas. The tar
contained a large proportion of naphthalene, but the
proportion of tar was small He could not say that
there wasa large proportion of naphthalene present in
lie uas. During the distillation of the tar from the
Alexander and Paterson apparatus he got a con-
siderable proportion of naphthalene. He was sorry he
position of the body, there being in the petroleum
more of the true paraffin and less of the olefine
group, whilst in the home oils the olerines pre-
dominated. American petroleum required a distinctly
lower temperature.
Mr. Macadam then exhibited Bailey's oil tester,
and gave a brief description of it. The appa-
ratus, he said, was largely employed to test
the relative lubricating value of oils. The apparatus
was constructed in such a way as to place the oils
being tested in as nearly as possible the same con-
dition as they would be in actual work. The
machine was driven at 2000 revolutions per minute,
and the temperature of the bearing-block was noted
at so many different revolutions. The usual number
of revolutions stated in the certificate of testing
were 5000, 10,000, 15,000, and 25,000, and the tem-
perature was noted at each of those points.
The above table gives the results of tests made with
the apparatus— the temperature at starting being in
all cases 60" F.
All tests for viscosity and lubricating value were
comparative, but this apparatus gave constant and
reliable relative results. After the above tests were
made, if it was desired to subject the oils to a more
severe, and at the same time practical, test, then the
apparatus was allowed to remain for 24 hours, after
which it was re-started without being further oiled
or cleaned, when a set of results were obtained front
which the liability of the oil to oxidise or "gum''
could be determined.
March 29. 18S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
-
ON LABORATORY FITTINGS.
BY JOHN" GIBSON, PH.D.
About four years ago Professor Cram-Brown asked
me to Jiaw ap detailed plans of fittings for the new
chemical laboratories of the University of Edinburgh.
In accordance with this request, 1 visited many of the
principal laboratories in this country and on the
Continent I afterwards drew ap plans of fittings
which were approved of, in almost every detail, by
Professor Crum-Brown and by the building
committee.
In the following paper I have endeavoured to
describe these fittings, which have been in use for
31 ime time back, in so far as they are novel or different
from those generally to be found in the principal
laboratories of the United Kingdom
I wish to acknowledge in the fullest manner my
indebtedness to others for much invaluable sugj
tion. I desire especially to thank Sir Henry !!•
Professor Thorpe, Professor Fittig and Professor
Pebal for the advice and help which I have received
either directly or indirectly from them.
In the work of fitting up the new laboratories, Mr.
Allan Clark, clerk of works to the University, has
given constant and most valuable assistance.
There is no more fundamental requirement in a
chemical laboratory, and, above all, in a laboratory
designed for teaching purposes, than an efficient
system of ventilation.
The problem which presents itself differs in one
important respect from that presented by the ventila-
tion of an ordinary hall or room, inasmuch as it is not
sufficient merely to secure the removal of the impure
air and its replacement by pure air of a suitable
temperature. In a chemical laboratory it is generally
de-irable, and often absolutely necessary, to prevent
the various fumes, which are evolved in the course of
chemical work, from ever mixing with the bulk of the
air in the laboratory. Although enormous improve-
ments have been made in the construction and
equipment of chemical laboratories in recent years,
this problem still continues to offer special difficulties
which have not, so far as I am aware, been overcome
in a thoroughly satisfactory manner.
In most laboratories the usual means emj loved
have been the erection of so - called draught
cupboards for general use. A draught cupboard
is most efficient as a means of preventing the
admixture of the fumes evolved in it with the
air in the laboratory, when (ctetetit paribus)
its dimensions are small ; but a small draught cup-
board is necessarily inconvenient, inasmuch as it
cramps the operations of the worker, and is t un-
available for small apparatus, or for a small portion
of an extended arrangement of apparatus, in any
case, a considerable number of them are necessary to
meet even ordinary requirements. Larger draught
cupboards, on the other hand, while more convenient
in some respects, have their own peculiar disadvan-
tages. They are always less efficient as a means of
keeping the air of the laboratory pure, and when
used, as they necessarily often are, by several
workers at once, the greater freedom of operation is
t > a great extent lost : and further, when open vessels
are being used, the fumes from one vessel are liable to
affect the contents of the vessels near it.
A very simple and, at the same time efficient, plan,
and one which has been adopted in some of the best
of the Continental laboratories, is to connect each
draught cupboard with a separate flue, in each of
which a gas jet, or system of jets, is kept burning :
the burners being either of the ordinary rish-tail kind
or Bunscn burners. The jets should be situated at
some distance above the bottom of the flue, an open-
ing with a glass door opposite the jet or jets enabling
one to see that the gas is burning properly, and to
make any necessary repairs. Where the price of -
is low, this system presents many advantages. In the
Owen.- College laboratory, for so long the best and
most completely equipped in the United Kingdom.
and in fact the only one which could be favourably
compared with the great lab r it< iries i il the Continent,
there is an excellent system of down draughts con-
nected with and produced in one main central
chimney. In Edinburgh it was originally intended
to adopt a similar system, and the ordinary ventila-
tion of the whole of the new University building- is
effected by a series of furnaces venting into an iron
shaft which runs up the centre of a tall chimney
stack, the draught flues leading into the annular space
between the hot-iron shaft and the brickwork. The
flues or down-shafts intended to carry off the fumes
produced in the chemical laboratory lead into the
central iron shaft.
From whatever cause, the draught supply, if I may
use the term, available for the chemical laboratory
proved altogether insufficient. It. therefore, became
necessary to adopt a different system of fume extrac-
tion. This circumstance, although very annoying at
the time, retarding, as it did, the opening of the new-
laboratories, is hardly to be regretted, for it has led
to the adoption of a system in all probability far
superior to anything which could have been eco-
nomically attained on the above plan.
The draught is now produced by a Blackman air
propeller four feet in diameter, and driven by a gas
engine. The propeller or fan works at the open
end of a wooden chamber (Figs. 1 and 2] 36ft
long, .">ft. across, and 5ft high. This chamber is
situated immediately under the roof, and above the
partition dividing the two main laboratories.
To this chamber up-shifts Eading from the various
places where a draught is required are conducted,
and enter through the wooden sides of the chamber
at different points on both sides, and also at the end
opposite to the fan. The shafts, like the chamber,
are constructed of deal boards, and in every case
lead directly into the chamber, without intercom-
munication. Abrupt bends have been carefully
avoided, and the end of each shaft leading into the
chamber is in every case bent round, so that the
! mouth of the shaft faces the fan (Figs. 1 and 2, o,
The velocity of the air drawn up is by these means
rendered practically uniform in each of the shafts,
and independent of the length of the shafts, or the
position of their upper ends in the main chamber.
The velocity of the current of air in each of them,
depending as it does upon the rate at which the fan
is driven, is perfectly under control, and is not ap-
preciably affected by differences in the outside tem-
perature, or by the direction and force of the wind.
These are very great advantages which cannot. I
believe, lie attained by any non mechanical method.
Whenever necessary, additional shafts can be run up
in a day or two, and at small cost. The shafts aie
coated internally and externally with several layeis
of asbestos paint, and, in addition to this, are lined
from their lower ends upwards to a height of about
twenty feet with a coating of thin asbestos paper.
which is caused to adhere to the painted wood by
means of a solution of silicate of soda applied to both
surfaces of the paper. This paper was subsequently
washed with dilute hydrochloric acid, and finally,
when dry. covered with a coat of asbestos paint. A
piece of wood thus protected may be placed for any
' length of time over a powerful Argand burner, with-
out giving the slightest sign of catching fire, pro-
vided, of course, that the flame does not come in
' contact with any unprotected wood. After a cou-
20G
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29, iss-
siderable time the wood is slowly ami completely
charred, the protectii - remaining intact.
The great power of the draught thus produced has
rendered it possible to dispense with draught cnP_
boards almost entirely. The draught arrangements
on the working tables are extremely simple, and may
.lily understood by reference to Fig. 3. The
wlmle of the fumes are drawn up the shaft. It will
be Been that the tables are further provided with
glass hoods, c, r, Fig. 3. The object of these, hoods is
twofold. i>n the one hand they act as screens, pre-
venting the fall of dust, and more especially of
particles of lime or plaster from the roof, on to the
tables and into the open vessels of the workers. On
draught shaft*", a, lead down through the ceiling of
the laboratory and terminate at the top of the tables,
at each working place. In each shaft there is an
opening, 6,6, Fig. 3, facing the worker, at a convenient
height, and provided with a sliding shutter. If the
worker wishes to perform any operation in which
fumes are given off, he simply opens the shutter and
his apparatus opposite the opening, when the
the other hand they collect and localise any fumes
which are either accidentally or unavoidably produced
at the several working tables. At the points (/, d,
Fig. 3, immediately below the top of the hood, there
are two openings in each shaft, through which any
fumes that may collect at the top of the hood are
drawn away. ( >f course, if the air were allowed full
and constant access to these upper openings, the
March 29, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
207
lower draught tubes would be little or no use, as the
draught through them would lie almost entirely cut
off. The wooden shutters, e, e, e, Fig. 3, swing on
leather lunges, and can be opened at will to any
desired extent. Being supported by cords in the
manner shown in Fig. 3, they fall down by their own
weight whenever the cords are slackened. In order
to ensure their falling, the shutters are weighted with
blocks of heavy hard wood, which have also made it
possible to dispense with wheel pulleys, the cord
being simply led through holes in the wood, as shown
in the figure. Any arrangement of pulleys would be
much more liable to get out of order, especially if
made of metal, the use of which has been avoided in
all the fittings as much as possible. In ordinary cir-
cumstances these shutters are left slightly open so as
to permit of a slight current of air sufficient to carry
off the small quantity of fumes, which are unavoid-
ably produced during minor operations. Should,
however, a large volume of fumes be on any occasion
accidentally produced, the shutters can be instantly
opened to the full extent, and the fumes, which
collect under the hood of the table at which the
accident has happened, are rapidly carried up the
shaft without mixing with the atmosphere of the
room generally, and thus leaving the workers at the
other tables quite unaffected by them.
As a further means of keeping the air of the
laboratory pure, communication is established
between the draught shafts a, «, and the open gutters
or waste pipes near the points where the sinks drain
into them by means of the shafts, one of which, a1 a1,
is indicated in broken lines in Fig. 3.
Another way of utilising the draught in connection
with the steam-baths, is shown in Fig. 4. Each
steam-bath consists simply of an iron box (a, a). The
steam passes first through a long twisted coil of leaden
pipe lying in the bottom of the box. The condensed
water is run off at a point higher than the coil of
pipe, so that the latter is completely immersed in the
water. Every morning, before the laboratories are
opened, steam is turned on by means of the tap b,
and passing through the coil heats up the water, and
is in part condensed in the coil, the remainder finally
bubbling up through the water. As soon as the water
is fairly boiling, the tap is nearly closed, so that
while little or no steam escapes through the holes in
the top of the bath, the whole arrangement is kept
constantly at a temperature of very little below the
boiling-point. If it is desired to use the bath, the
tap is opened to any desired extent, the water then
immediately begins to boil, and steam escapes from
the holes at the top of the bath, and plays on the
bottom of any vessel supported over them. This ex-
tremely convenient form of steam-bath was, I believe,
first introduced into laboratories in Germany, by
1 lr. Hirzel, of Leipzig. The usual method of carry-
ing off the fumes from such a steam-bath has been to
build a draught cupboard over it, but, as I have
before said, there is constant danger of the fumes
from one vessel affecting the contents of the vessels
near it. To obviate this and other difficulties, I have
devised the arrangement shown in Fig. 4. Some
four feet above the steam-bath is a wooden box or
chamber /,/, communicating as shown in the figure
with a draught shaft «, at a point not immediately
above the steam-bath, but a little to one side. In
the bottom of this chamber square holes are cut,
through which the upper ends of the wooden frames
;/. g, ii pass freely. These frames swing on pins resting
on the bottom of the- box. The wooden frames in
turn support the stoneware funnels //, /(, It. The upper
ends of the necks of these funnels have projecting
portions or ears which rest on the movable pegs i, i,
working at different heights in the sides of the
frames. The ears of the funnels slide up and down
in grooves, so as to keep the funnels in position when
being raised or lowered from one level to another.
By these means the mouth of the funnel may I e
placed over a shallow basin, or raised so as to accom-
modate a tall-necked rlask, as occasion requires. A
continual current of air passes up through the funnels,
carrying off the fumes from the vessels beneath them,
so that the fumes from one vessel are entirely cut off
from the neighbouring vessels. The funnels and
frames can be swung back to the position shown at
tin' right hand of Fig. 4, and may be held there
by the wooden catch /■. This enables the worker to
— *
perform conveniently any operation, such as filling
up the vessel or stirring its contents without taking
it away from the bath. The door /, /, swinging on
leather hinges, gives access to the interior of the
chamber, and permits of the frames and funnels being
removed bodily by simply withdrawing the support-
ing pins on which they swing. No condensation
takes place either in the funnels, the frames or the
draught box, unless the draught is insufficient, or the
steam is allowed to escape from the steam-bath much
more freely than is necessary. Even in these cases
condensation only takes place in winter, if the tem-
perature of the laboratory be allowed to fall uncom-
fortably low. In any case the condensed drops do
not fall into the evaporating vessel.
Figs, (i and 7 give a front and bird's-eye view of an
arrangement for supplying the laboratories with
water at a high and constant pressure. The pressure
at which the water is supplied by the street main is
liable to daily and hourly variation, and is frequently
cut off without warning, or does not rise to the level
of the laboratories. In order to obviate the very
great inconvenience and delay caused by this state of
things, water is pumped up lrom a large low level
cistern by the force pump a, a, driven by the same
gas engine which drives the Blackman air propeller
above mentioned. The water is pumped in at the
bottom of the tank b, b, b, and, as it rises, compresses
the air in the tank, forming an elastic air cushion. As
soon as the pressure reaches a certain point, regulated
by the position of the ball c, the conical valve d
rises and shuts off the gridiron valve e, e, thus
cutting off the water supply. In practice it has been
found that the apparatus works much more smoothly
if the gridiron valve be adjusted so as never to close
■>{ <8
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CIIK.M ICAL INDUSTRY". [March 2D, 1887.
entirely. There is thus a slight, but constant circu-
lation of water from the cistern through the pump
and tank and back to the cistern. The pipes /,/are
the supply pipes to the laboratories. If a small
quantity of water be drawn oft', the elastic air cushion
keeps the pressure practically constant, and gives,
should more water be drawn oft", the valves d and c
time to act. The pressure at which the water leaves
the tank is kept, in the Edinburgh University Labo-
ratory, at twenty five pounds to the square inch, but
can easily be increased.
A hose is kept constantly attached to tank A, so
that in case of fire a powerful stream of water can be
immediately directed on almost any part of the new
buildings. The general arrangements of the working
tables, a front and side view of which are given in
Fig. 3 (o, /S), do not here require explanation, but
there are some points in connection with these tables
which are novel and may be briefly described.
ing bench— rest loosely in holes cut in the table, and
are therefore easily removed. Communication be-
tween each sink and the open waste pipe or gutter is
effected by means of a short piece of stiff rubber
hose or piping g, which passes at its upper ex-
tremity over_ the neck of the sink, while its lower
extremity is inserted into the collar piece /<, resting
on the platform, and having its lower end hanging
freely in the course of the gutter below. These
collar pieces, the open gutters i, i, and the waste
pipes to which these latter lead, are made of a com-
position of alternate layers of coarse brown paper
and asphalte. Some of these pipes were brought
from Germany, but Messrs. Barton k Sons, Edin-
burgh, have succeeded, without much difficulty, in
manufacturing them. Pipes made of this material
combine the advantages accruing from the use of
lead or stoneware pipes, as they may be bent and
jointed with the greatest facility, and resist the
The tables do not rest directly on the floor of the
laboratory, but on a raised platform, which extends
nearly the entire length of the room. The water,
'earn, and waste pipes run along the concrete
floor beneath this platform. All these pipes can be
laid bare at a moment's notice. The steam water
and waste pipes are led along each end of the tables,
in, a the two former pass up through the platform into
the compartments /',/,/, which are rather projections
from, than parts of, the tables themselves. These
pipes are thus entirely shutoff from the cupboards and
drawers, etc., of the tables, and can be removed bodily
without interfering with the tables in the slightest
degree, and without opening a single drawer or cup-
board. The porcelain sinks, of which there are four
on each table— that is, one at the end of each work
action of acids, alkalis, and mercury. Their one dis-
advantage lies in their liability to soften when
exposed for any length of time to the action of steam
or hot water. Hot water may be ran down them at
intervals without injury, but a constant flow of hot
water or steam, or contact with a hot pipe, may lead
in time to their collapse. In practice, however, by
using the most ordinary precautions, such a con-
tingency may be easily avoided, though, of course, it
is certain to occur if these pipes are laid alongside of,
I or across, a hot pipe, or are used as a means of cany-
\ ing off an escape of steam. By the arrangements
described above, stoppages in the waste pipes are
made almost impossible, and in any case repairs can
be effected with a minimum of interference with the
work of the laboratory.
March 29, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
200
With regard to the gas supply to the tables, it will
be noticed by reference to Fig. 3, a and b, that while
the nozzles are at the back of the tables underneath the
reagent shelves, the wheel taps k are all at the front.
In order to secure this very convenient arrangement,
it was necessary that the cross pieces from the taps
to the nozzles should pass through the woodwork,
between and behind the drawers. With this excep-
tion the gas pipes are all easy of access. Fig. 8 gives
a view of the gas, steam, and water supply to a stone
table intended for combustions and similar operations.
These arrangements for gas supply are very much the
same as those adopted in the Chemical Laboratory of
the University of Strasburg, from an inspection of
which I have derived much most valuable suggestion.
Fig. 10 shows a convenient arrangement of draught,
gas, and steam supply to a small draught cupboard.
It will be observed that there are no projecting
nozzles or taps on the floor of the cupboard, these
being all outside.
Fig. IX.
The very convenient form of small steam bath
shown in this figure is made of copper, and provided
with a set of porcelain rings. The steam flows in by
a. and the condensed water running out by b, b and
flowing through the small indiarubber tube is
finally led into the small waste pipe c, c. This form
of steam bath is described by the late Professor Pebal
in his elaborate account of the Chemical Laboratories
of the University at Gratz. Fig. 11 gives a
view of another piece of apparatus also described by
Professor Pebal, which has been found extremely
usefuL It is made of a peculiar light kind of porous
clay, glazed on the outside. When in use it rests on
an iron stand. On lighting an ordinary Bunsen
burner beneath it the flame impinges upon the
circular and unattached disc m, and not directly on
the vessel which is to be heated. The heated g .
are thus distributed v>_-iy uniformly over the bottom
Fig. X.
Fig. XI.
of the vessel or flask. This apparatus answers all
the purposes of a small sand bath, but is much
210
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29, 1887
cleaner and more easily regulated Solutions may
porated to dryness on it, even in glass vessels,
without spirting and without cracking the glass.
[mpkoved Filtering Appabatus.
This will l/e 1 est understood by a reference to
2 and 13. The bell-jar A (Fig. 12) restsduring
filtration on a square Hock C, of hard wood, prefer-
,Mv Spanish mahogany, 25cm. square and 25mm.
thick. The cross pieces c, c are of the same wood
and prevent warping. Over C is laid a sheet of soft
vulcanised rubber d of good quality, and not less
than 3mm. thick. In the centre is a circular disc e,
also of hard wood, 13cm. in diameter and about
// is screwed on. The object of this knee-piece will
be explained later on. If the mouth a be closed by
a rubber stopper, and the tap/connected 1>\ a rubber
tube with a water-pump or other exhausting appa-
ratus, as the pressure inside diminshes, the rubber
sheet bulges up inside the bell-jar. and pressing
against the lower edge, closes up any interstices due
to irregularity on its own surface, or to imperfect
grinding of the glass. A well-made water pump will
give within half-an-hour a high degree of exhaustion,
and this without the use of any lubricant whatever.
Where a very high degree of exhaustion is required,
the application of a little grease outside round the
lower edge of the bell-jar is advisable. The apparatus
20mm. thick, which is held in position by four sti
brass screws, which pass down through the rubber
into the square block below. In order to prevent air
leaking through the holes thus made, they are
rendered quite air-tight by embedding the screw-
heads, which are sunk slightly below the surface of e,
in red lead, and by laying, previous to screwing down,
is of red lead on both sides of the rubber sheet.
The red lead should not, however, spread beyond the
disc e on either sick- oi the rul'bci shi et, SO that the
latter lies quite free except where it is held down by
the disc. In 6 is fitted a single bore rubber cork
I ng the brass tap I. This tap is simply an ordinary
converti nto a tkri e-waj tap by b
oh S brougl c uter wi
ol ike plug. Jt enables thi operator to establish
ci mmunication between— (1) The bell-jar and pump ;
The outer air and I oth bell-jar and pump ;
The outer air and pump, the bell-jar being shut off :
1 1 The outer air and bell-jar, the pump Deing shut
off. After litting in the cork and tap, the knee-piece
in this form can, therefore, be used for drying sub-
stances in vacuo, etc. For the purpose of rapid
filtration such complete exhaustion is not, as a rule,
required. It is, indeed, often positively detrimental,
and defeats the object in view. In practice the most
convenient, though not the simplest mode of using
the apparatus for filtration, is that shown by Fig. 13.
The tunnel is supported by a small conical rubber
stop] er i in the upper and enlarged end of the tube
k, which is in turn supported at the mouth a of the
bell-jar by the larger rubber stopper /. The hole in
this stopper should be sufficiently wide to permit of
the glass tube /,■ sliding easily up and down in it. The
i end ol tlu tube should be ground off at an
and bent as shown in the figure. It is then
to bring the end of the tube in contact with the
of the vessel in which it is desired to collect the
filtrate, and thereby to entirely obviate any clanger of
loss by spirting.
All the essential parts of the apparatus have been
now described, everything else which is required for
March 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
211
filtration being either in ordinary laboratory use, or
else can be made with but little time and trouble, and
at almost no cost.
Before commencing operations it is well to slightly
moisten the rubber sheet d with water. This is not
by any means absolutely necessary, but causes a
quicker gripping of bell-jar and rubber. The tap
being in position No. 2, and connected with a water
pump in full action, filtering is commenced by first
filling up the filter nearly full with the liquid to be
filtered, and then establishing communication between
the pump and the bell-jar by turning the tap to
position No. 1. During the operation of transferring
the precipitate on to the filter, it is often necessary
to lessen the rate of filtration by diminishing or
destroying the difference of pressure outside and
inside of the bell-jar. This can be quickly and easily
done by giving the tap a half turn back to position
No. 2, and thus allowing air to rush in both to the
pump and to the bell-jar. The use of the knee-piece
h "will be now apparent, for by it the inrush of air is
diverted away from the vessel inside, which might
otherwise be blown against the side of the bell-jar,
and upset or broken. As it is, however, the vessel
inside is not at all affected by the inrush of air.
however suddenly the tap be opened. In this connec-
tion another use of the knee-piece may be pointed
out. Several of the otherwise very convenient and
inexpensive high-pressure water pumps now so much
used have a tendency to allow the water to run back
under certain conditions, especially when a high
degree of exhaustion is attained. Filtering directly
in the usual way into an exhausted ri^k, such an
accident would cause .the loss of an analysis, and a
valve is therefore usually placed between the pump
and the flask. Such a valve is quite unnecessary
while using the above apparatus. The running back
of the water can be at once stopped without diminish-
ing the pressure inside the bell-jar, by giving the tap
a quarter turn so as to admit air to the pump only.
Even if water does run back into the bell-jar, no harm
is done, and if the knee-piece be turned downwards
as shown in the figure, the pump will suck back the
water again almost to the last drop.
It is sometimes necessary in quantitative analysis
to filter a small quantity of liquid directly into a
small weighed platinum basin or crucible — for
instance, in filtering the alkaline chlorides from the
last traces of magnesia in a silicate analysis, or to take
another example in the purification of minute quanti-
ties of alkaloids.
This may readily be done by the arrangement shown
in Fig. 12.
In order to avoid loss by spirting, the tube does not
dip directly into the crucible, but into the glass tube
n. This tube may be made out of a broken pipette,
and is supported by a loosely-fitting cork in the small
bell-jar o, which may be most conveniently made by
cutting off the lower half of an ordinary wide-mouth
bottle. When the filtration is over the small funnel
and cork should be removed, and the wide part of the
tube k washed with a very little water, which serves
at the same time to wash down the inside of the tube n.
By this means the amount of wash-water is reduced
to a minimum. In the estimation of alkaloids the
solvent is often chloroform or ether, which dissolve
indiarubber, so that in such cases a small ordinary
cork should be substituted for the rubber stopper.
It may be further pointed out that with this apparatus
it is an easy matter to filter liquids containing hydro-
fluoric acid, by using a platinum funnel and filtering
directly into a platinum basin or other platinum
vessel.
The apparatus as above described has been in
general use in the Chemical Laboratories of the
University of Edinburgh for the last four or five years,
and has been proved to meet the simplest require-
ments of qualitative analysis equally with those of
the most exact quantitative analysis.
The following has been found a convenient method
of preserving sulphurettedhydrogen water. The bottle
A (Fig. 14) is filled up to theneck with the sulphuretted
hydrogen water. The double-bored stopper bearing
the tubes a, a, a and b, b, b is then loosely inserted.
The tube a, a, a is then connected with the ordinary
coal-gas supply, and the air in the neck of the bottle
displaced by gas. While this is taking place, suction
is applied at the end or ends of the tube 6, >>, b, so
as to convert it into a syphon, after which it is closed
Fig. XIV.
by an ordinary nipper tap. The stopper is now firmly
pressed into the neck of the bottle. By this arrange-
ment the sulphuretted hydrogen solution is preserved
from oxidation, and can always be run off perfectly
clear, even though left standing for months. By the
use of a T tube, as shown in the figure, the sulphur-
etted hydrogen solution can be supplied from one
bottle to both sides of a working table. The gas tap
should, as a rule, be kept closed, and need only be
opened for an instant whenever the sulphuretted
hydrogen water ceases to flow. The tap should be
lubricated with vaseline, and not with grease. Should
the sulphuretted hydrogen water become turbid, it
may be safely concluded that air has leaked in owing
to some imperfection in the rubber connections.
journal ant) Ipatcnt* literature.
L— GEHMAI PLANT, APPARATUS, AND
MACHINERY.
Improvements in Apparatus for Purifying Water. H.
J. Allison, London. From J. H. Blessing, Albauv,
I'.S.A. Eng. Pat. 15,215, Nov. 23, 18S6. 8d.
Tin: improved apparatus consists of a cylinder con-
taining a porous body, such as sand, and fitted with a
single reversing valve serving for both induction and
* Any of these specifications may be obtained by post, by
remitting the cost price, pius postage, to Mr. H. Reader tack,
Comptroller of the Patent Office, Southampton Buildings,
Chancery Lane, London, W.C. The amount of postage may
be calculated as follows : —
If the price does not exceed Sd
Above 8d.. and not exceeding Is. Bd. ..
„ Is. 6d., „ „ 2s. 4d...
„ 2s. id., „ „ 3s. Id...
Jd.
Id.
l*d.
2d.
P2
812
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29, 1887.
eduction purposes j the base of the filtering cylinder is
formed by a grating, the holes of which are lilted with
plungera to which a reciprocating motion can be im-
parted in order to keep the passages free. The filtering
medium is cleaned by a reversal of the current of water
combined with agitation secured by means of endless
chains passing through the body of the media. — C. C. H.
II.— FUEL, GAS, AND LIGHT.
Improvements in llluminant Appliances for Burners.
0. Imray, London. From ('. A. von Welsbach,
Vienna, Austria. Eng. Pat 3592, March 13, 1886. 6d.
THIS specification contains the results of the researches
of C. A. von Welsbach since tiling the Provisional
Specification 15,286, 1885, and has reference to the
employment of hoods or caps made by impregnating
fabric with solutions of ilie salts of certain rare metals.
A cap which is flexible when incandescent is obtained
by the use of thorina and magnesia, or thorina, zirconia,
and lanthana, or thorina, magnesia and alumina. A
greenish light is given by erbia and thorina ; a yellow-
In- thorina and lanthana ; an orange by thorina and
neodymia. It is not necessary to treat the impregnated
faliric with ammonia, as described in the specification
above referred to. — A. K. 1).
Improvements in Means or Apparatus for Supplying
Liquid or Gaseous Fuel to Furnaces err Fireplaces.
F. Mb'rth, Vienna, Austria. Eng. Fat. 4135, March
24, 1S86. 8d.
UNDERNEATH the firegrate of the furnace is placed a
series of horizontal tubes perforated on the top.
Through these perforations a mixture of superheated
steam and hydrocarbon is injected, so that it impinges
on the underside of the fuel on the bars, and by its
decomposition greatly increases the intensity of the
combustion. The mixture of steam and hydrocarbon
may also be introduced above the firegrate, if desired,
through a bent tube fixed in the fore part of the furnace,
and so perforated on the side next the fire that the jets
issue in slightly inclined rays along the surface of the
grate. The improvements include a special kind of
injector, which effects the mixture of the hydrocarbon
and superheated steam. — A. It. I).
Improvements in the Mode of and Means or Appliances
for Mailing Oil Gas. J. B. Fowler, Northallerton.
Eng. Pat. 16,14-2, Dec. 9, 18Sti. 8d.
This specification describes a process and apparatus for
mixing oil with steam and passing the same into a
heated retort. Suitable arrangements are made for
washing the gas and recovering any undecomposed oil.
For particulars the specification must be consulted.
—A. 15. D.
Utilising Hydrocarbon Gases obtained in the Distil-
lation of Petroleum, Rosin, and the like. G. T.
Beilby, St. Kitts, and J. B. McArthur, Midcalder.
Eng. Pat. 373S, March 17, 1SS7. 4d.
The end of the condensing worm is luted, and the
uncondensed gases are drawn off by a branch pipe to a
gasholder. They may be applied to any of the purposes
for which ordinary coal- or oil-gas is available.— A. K. D.
amine, might bo expected to yield colouring matters.
Meanwhile, Merz has prepared the homologue, methyl-
/N
pheiiazinc, CeH4; \ C6H3.CH3, the dihydro derivative of
N/
which he obtained by heating orthotoluylenedi-
amine with catechol; C.HiOH), + (NH..)..CBHj.CHs
,NH
= C6H/ ,CbH3.CH3 + 2H,0 (Ber. 19, 725). The
NH'
authors have obtained the same methylplienazine from
a colouring matter belonging to the toluylene red group.
Witt's toluylene red, ClsHi«N4,HCl [Ber. 12, 931), con-
tains an amido group, which may be eliminated by the
action of nitrous acid ; the resulting compound very
closely resembles eurhodine (Ber. 18, 1119), one of the
quinoxalines (this Journal, 1S86, 320 — 321 ; 377 — 378).
The same observation was simultaneously made by
Witt, who found that the acetyl compound of toluvlene
red resembles eurhodine. The compound obtained by
the authors from toluylene red has the formula
C,,H,sNa. It forms beautiful garnet red needles or
prisms, which exhibit a green lustre. It possesses basic
properties and dissolves in dilute acids forming a violet
liquid ; but with concentrated sulphuric acid it gives a
red-brown solution, which when diluted becomes at lir>t
green, then blue and finally violet. Alcohol forms a
red, and ether a yellowish-red solution with a golden-
yellow fluorescence. Like eurhodine, it sublimes
without decomposition. Its formula is therefore
/N\
X(CH,).,.CCH/ | )C,H3(CH,). By the oxidation of
)W
paraphenylenediamine, instead of liitroso-(amido) dime-
tbylaniline with metatoluylenediamine, a simpler toluy-
lene blue, and from this a toluylene red, is obtained, the
N(CHJ., group being replaced by NH,. When this
compound is treated with nitrous acid, methylplienazine
is obtained in the form of yellow needles, melting and
subliming at 117 to 117'5\ It possesses basic properties,
and forms a bluish-red solution with concentrated sul-
phuric acid. The compound is obviously homologous
with the azophenylene (phenazine) described by Claus,
which is therefore the basis of the toluylene red colouring
matters. The formation of toluylene red is represented
by the following equations : —
(1) (CH3)„N.CCH4.NH., + NHS.C,H.,(CHS).NH,
N\
= (CH3).,N.CcH/ I ,CCH..(CH,)NH., + 2H,
NH
(Toluylene blue).
(2) Toluylene blue—
/N
(CH,),N.C,H,( I )C,Ha(CHs)NHa + H„.
Leucotoluylene red has consequently the formula :
N(CH3),.CCH / }C,H!(CH!,).NHa.
The analogy with leucomethylene blue, leucothionine,
and so on, is obvious. The part played by sulphur in
the methylene blue group is taken by an imido group in
the toluylene red compounds. It follows also that the
safraniues are derivatives of phenazine. — S. Y.
IY.— COLOURING MATTERS AND DYES.
Constitution of the Safrtuiincs. A. Bernthsen.
2G90— 2693.
Her. 19,
Mutters. A. Bernthsen and H. Schweitzer. Ber. 19,
Phenazine (Azophcnt/lene) as a Source of C'olourinr/
Matters. A. B
2604-2607
BERNTHSEN has attempted for a long time to prepare
the compound CCH/ | ^C6H4| which, on account of its
W
analogy with anthracene, acridine and thiodiphenyl-
In a previous paper (Ber. 19, 2607) the author has shown
that very probably the safraniues are derived from
phenazine —
N
C,H,
>C6H4
N
from which the colours of the toluylene-red class are also
derived. The simplest member of this class of colours
is Witt's phenosafranine CjbH^NjHCI, which may
March 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
213
be regarded as derived from the simplest member of the
toluylene-red class, diamidopltenazine, C]2H,;.N ,.iNH,)„,
by the exchange of one atom of hydrogen with C, .11
This sulistitittion may, according to theory, take place in
very dill'erent positions, but owing to the discovery of
Nietzki, that the indamines are intermediate products of
the safranine reaction, it appears probable that it takes
place with that nitrogen atom which unites the two other
phenyl groups. Thus, leucophenosafranine wonld be
formed by the oxidation of equal molecules of p-diamido-
diphenvlamine I leuco-indamine) and aniline : N 11 ..(' 11 ,.
NH.C.H4.NH.H r,H .NHs=NH2.q,H,:(NH)(N.C6HB):
CrtH». Nil, - 4H. If this is correct, only primary amines
are capable of forming safranine when oxidised with leuco-
indamine; and, according to Nietzki, such is really the case.
The ordinary formation of safranine by oxidation of one
molecule paradiamine with two molecules monaniine,
would be expressed in the followingmanner : — NH.C II .
NH,+2C,H6.NHs=NH3.C6H,(NH)(N.C6H5)Cefl .ML
+ 6H. This theory explains why, in the safranine reaction,
in one of the monamines, the para-position to the nitrogen
atom must be free, although the monnmine need not be
a primary one. It also accounts for the presence of two
amido groups. The similarity between leucopheno-
safranine, NH : !(',.H,;.XH„)., : NC. H„ and leucotbio-
nine (methylene blue), NH : (C.H ..NH,)., : S, is very
pronounced. ISoth can be obtained from p-diamidodi-
plienylamine, the former by oxidation with aniline, anil
the latter by warming with sulphur. For the constitution
of the colours themselves, which contain two H atoms
less than the leuco-eompounds, the two possible expres-
sions may serve —
C6H=-NH,
<\H~NH; -p„
I. N< >N.C,-H-, II. N N< fi
C.H,— NH.HC1
-
C.H NH
<CI
The presence of two intact amido-groups in safranine
points to formula II., which shows this substance to be a
real phenazine derivative, a diamidophenylphenazonium
chloride, which would explain its non-basification by
alkalis. However, the complete analogy with the methy-
lene bine group speaks for formula I. Nietzki at one
time supposed safranines to be triphenylamine deriva-
tives, but leucosafranine cannot be triamidotriphenyl-
amine, N.(C6H,.NH.,)C, because it contains twoH atoms
too little ; but it nevertheless can be considered as a
derivative of diphenvlamine, as the following change in
the formula will show :— C,H,.N :(C,H,.«H,)S : NH
= leucosafranine. — T. L. B.
Constitution of Nitranilic Arid. 11. Nietzki. Ber. 19,
•27-27.
When the dianadotetroxybttizene hydrochloride, pro-
duced by reducing nitranilic acid, is distilled over zinc
dust, a small quantity of a crystalline base is obtained.
This was found to be /i-phenylenediamine, thus con-
firming the results of Hantzsch (Ber. 19, 239S), who
has shown that nitranilic acid is p-dinitrodih>/drory-
quinone, he having obtained it by treating dihydroxy-
quinoneterephthalic acid with nitric acid. With such a
reaction as the zinc-dust distillation, the possibility of
intermolecular change is not avoided, but the whole
behaviour of the diamidotetroxylienzene shows that it is
noorthodiamine. Phenanthrenequinone oxidises it simply
to di-imidodihydroyij'iuinone, forming no condensation
products (Hinsburg's reaction for orthodiamines). A
simpler reaction for these l>odies is obtained with cro-
conic acid. The potassium salt of this acid on simply
mixing with a solution of an orthodiamine salt gives rise
to the formation of a dark coloured precipitate of the
corresponding croconquinoxaline. With diamidotetroxy-
lienzene, however, a yellow crystalline precipitate, of the
croconate, only was formed. Ladenburg's reaction with
benzaldehyde (Iter. 11, 600) also gave no result.— T. L. B.
On the Eurhodines and Laurent's Naphthasc. Otto N.
Witt. Ber. 19, 2791—2796.
The sulphonic acid of the ortho-naphthylenedianiine, |
obtained by reducing azo-colouring matters derived from '
naphthionic acid, is completely converted by condensation
with phenanthrenequinone into diphenylenenaphthuzinr
sulphonic tied. When this sulphonic acid is fused with
caustic potash, the corresponding eurhodol is easily and
quantitatively obtained. The melt is at first yellow, but
suddenly becomes of a cinnabar-red colour. The reaction
is then finished ; the mass dissolved in water and acidified
with an excess of HC1, deposits the hydrochloride of the
new eurhodol as an insoluble cinnabar-red powder. This
eurhodol is quite insoluble in all solvents, but may be
obtained in silky needles by basifying a boiling soluiion
of the hydrochloride in phenol, with aniline. It forms
fine pure yellow needles, subliming in the characteristic
voluminous form. Concentrated sulphuric acid dissolves
it with an intense pure blue colouration, which a very
slight amount of water changes suddenly into a splendid
(armine red. The sulphonic acid, obtained by heating
the above blue solution until it has become yellow, dyes
wool a sulphur-yellow colour. Friction renders it so
electric that on rubbing in an agate mortar the particles
disperse themselves in all directions. Its constitution is
as follows : —
N-C-C.H,
CIrlH..OH [OH = 4].
N-C-C6H4
By using /J-naphthoquinone instead of phenanthrene-
quinone in the above reaction, the sulphonic acid of a-/3-
naphthazine was obtained, which, on fusion with caustic
potash, yielded a similar eurhodol. The mother sub-
stance of these bodies— viz. , naphthazine,
/ N\
CiuH6N^ | yC,„H6
the author has found to be identical with the compound
obtained by Laurent from the distillation of a-nitro-
naphthalene with quicklime, and by him named naph-
thase [Ann. Chan, fharm. 9, 3S4). It is best obtained
in the following manner : — 4'6grms. o-naphthylenedi-
amine-dihydrochloride are dissolved in the least possible
quantity of water. This solution is then mixed with 50cc.
glacial acetic acid, ogrms. sodium acetate crystals, and well
cooled in a freezing mixture. A likewise cold solution
of 3 2grnis. ^-naphthoquinone in 50cc. of glacial acetic
acid, is then run into it, and the whole allowed to stand
a few hours. The new azine is obtained as a dark brown
Erecipitate, which, after washing with alcohol, is purified
y sublimation, forming long yellow needles or woolly
Hocks, which melt at 275 . When quickly heated it can
be distilled. Sulphuric acid dissolves naphthazine, form-
ing a pure violet-coloured solution, which, on dilution,
becomes orange-yellow, the free base being finally pre-
cipitated. Alcohol, benzene, and acetic acid dissolve it
but sparingly. It is more soluble in phenol and aniline.
Naphthalene dissolves it readily at the boil, depositing
it in beautiful needles on cooling, which are then freed
from the solvent by washing either with alcohol or ben-
zene.—T. L. B.
Diphenylmetaxylylmethant and JJiphen ylorthoxylyl-
metheme. W. Hemilian. Ber. 19, 3061— 307o.
The author has already described the formation of
diphenvlparaxvlvlmethane from diphenvlcarbinol and
paraxyiene, [Ber. 16, 2360).
Diphenylmetaxylylmethane (CaHs)3. CH. C(Hj(CHs}g
is obtained by heating together diphenvlcarbinol, me-
taxylene and phosphoric anhydride. It crystallises
from alcohol or ether in large prisms melting at 61 '5a.
On oxidation with chromic acid mixture it yields a
resinous mass, which is partly soluble in a concentrated
soda solution. By extracting the insoluble portion with
ether, diphenidniclhi/lphtha/idc C21HteOj is obtained.
This compound is isomeric with the product obtained by
the oxidation ot diphenylparaxylylniethane. It crys-
tallises from alcohol in lustrous prismatic crystals,
melting at 1791, and distilling without decomposition
above 360°.
MethuUriplienuUnethane carhoxylic arid (('.Hun.
C€Hs.CHj.CO.OH is obtained by first beating
diphenvlinethylphthalide with a concentrated solution
of alcoholic soda and then reducing the resulting sodium
21 i
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29. 1887.
methyltriphenylcarbinolorthocarbox.vlate with zinc dust.
The solution tons obtained is decomposed with hydro-
chloric acid and the precipitaterecrystallised fromalcohol.
Methyltriphenylmethanecarboxylic acid forms large
tabular crystals melting at 203 , and distilling without
decomposition at a higher temperature. It is readily
soluble iu hot alcohol, ethei and glacial acetic acid. It
is a monobasic acid forming crystalline salts, which are
mostly sparingly soluble in watei. By careful oxida-
ti. in it is easily reconverted into diphenylmethylphtha-
lide. By the action of dehydrating agents, derivatives
of methylphenylanthracene are obtained. Concentrated
sulphuric acid converts it into methylphenylanthranol
CnHM0, the yield of which is, however, extremely
small. By oxidising methylphenylanthranol with
chromic acid, methylphenyloxanthranol —
I'll ;.CSH5
<'ii»H).C0H5
.CO
=C0H4
is formed. It crystallises from glacial acetic acid in
large colourless prisms melting at 213% is insoluble
in alkalis, dissolves in concentrated sulphuric acid,
forming a purple solution, and is converted into methyl-
phenylanthranol by reducing agents. The portion of
the product- of oxidation of diphenylnietaxylcnemethane
which is soluble in soda is decolourised with animal
charcoal and .saturated with hydrochloric acid. The
llocculent precipitate is recrystallised from glacial acetic
acid and alcohol, crystals of diphenylphthalidecar-
boxy lie acid being formed, having the formula —
(c0h5)2:c>:
-c.Hj.cooh
.0 CO
and melting at 228". This acid is monobasic, dissolves
readily in alcohol, ether, benzene and glacial acetic
acid, and forms salts which are mostly insoluble in
water. When distilled with excess of barium hydroxide,
it yields benzophenone and benzene, whilst by careful
fusion with caustic alkalis the salts of isophthalic and
benzoic acids are formed, besides benzophenone.
Triphenylmethanedicarboxylic acid (< !,H5)jCH.C6H3
(COOH).j(l: 2:4) is obtained by treating an alkaline
solution of the preceding anhydro acid with zinc dust,
filtering the solution and decomposing the iiltrate with
hydrochloric acid. The white curdy precipitate thus
obtained is crystallised from alcohol, when it forms slen-
der lustrous needles which melt at 27S% and are readily
soluble in alcohol and glacial acetic acid. Its salts are,
as a rule, easily soluble in water, but the silver salt is
insoluble in water and alcohol. When distilled with
excess of barium hydroxide, triphenylmethane is ob-
tained. On oxidation it is converted into diphenyl-
phthalide carboxylic acid. It dissolves in concentrated
sulphuric acid, forming a. greenish-yellow solution, which
on warming changes lirst to green, then indigo blue
and linalh assumes a purple colour.
DipAenylortlwxylylmethane (C„H5)2Cri.( aH3(CH3)2 is
obtained by heating together diphenyl carbinol
orthoxylene and phosphoric anhydride. It crystal-
lises from alcohol in long lustrous needles melting
at 68*5 , and distilling above 360', and dis-
solves readily in alcohol, ether and glacial acetic
acid. (in oxidation with chromic acid mixture
it yields a solid mas.--, which is partly soluble in a con-
centrated soda solution. The residue does not, how-
ever, contain a phthalide derivative. The soluble por-
tion consists of a mixture of several acids. By further
oxidising t iie solution with potassium permanganate,
filtering and saturating the Iiltrate with hydrochloric
acid, a white crystalline precipitate is obtained, which on
recrystallisation from boiling water yields triphenyl-
carbinoldicarboxylic acid (C„Hs)4C(OH r.< '„ll:.i(_'( mil)..
This a.id is crystalline, readily soluble in alcohol, ether
and glacial acetic acid, sparingly soluble in benzene,
and almost insoluble in petroleum spirit. Its salts form
amorphous precipitates mostly insoluble in water. It
melts at ISO', and is at the same time resolved into
water and the anhydride. It is not changed by reducing
agents. When distilled with excess of barium hy-
droxide it yields triphenylcarbiuol melting at 158 , the
following reaction taking place : —
H5)sC(OH).e6H3(COOH)o=-2C02 + (C(!H5)3C.OH.
— D. B.
(C0
A New Synthesis of Thiodiphenylamine. A. Bernthsen,
Ber. 19, 3255—3256.
RECENT experiments have shown the similarity between
the chromogen anthracene and the acridine compounds —
CHN
t',Hr I C„ll4
>'■'
phenazine-
CjHj I
C6H.|
and thiodiphenylamine —
NH,
Anthracene is known to be a diorthodiphenylene com-
pound, also the .same constitution is held most probable
for acridine by the formation of quinolinediearboxylic
acid, and for phenazine on account of its synthesis.
By the formation of thiodiphenylamine by the con-
densation of 0-amidophenylmercaptan and catechol
(pyrocatechin) the author lias obtained strong proof of
a like combination of the atoms in this substance. The
reaction, which may be expressed as follows : NH2.
C.jHj.SH + CcH4(OH)2 = CCH4<-NSH>C,H4 + 211,0.
takes place on heating in a sealed tube for thirty hours
at 220 —240°. Hydrogen sulphide is given oil' on opening
the tube, and the yield is small. — T. L. 11.
Quinoline 1!"/. A. W. Hofmann. Ber. 20, 4—20.
The above-named colouring matter was discovered by
E. Jacobsen, and is obtained by the action of benzyl-
trichloride upon quinoline in the presence of zinc
chloride. lOOgrms. coal-tar quinoline, boiling at 235 —
240% are mixed with 25grms. dry zinc chloride, warmed
upon the water bath, and 40grms. benzyltrichloride,
added drop by drop, agitating the mixture well in order
to keep the temperature below 120—130% This takes
about three to four hours. The tarry product is then
treated with a thin milk of lime (lOOCaO to lOOOcc.
water), and the excess of quinoline distilled oil' with
steam. The boiling limed solution is now filtered oft',
and the colour precipitated by the addition of hydro-
chloric acid iu excess, as a fine crystalline powder. ' The
zinc and lime salts arc difficult to remove by mere
recrystallisation, so, for analytical purposes, the colour
was made without zinc chloride; but the temperature
had to be raised to about 150% and the yield was very
poor. About 50 per cent, of the quinoline is recovered;
deducting this, the yield of colouring matter averages
10 per cent, upon the base used. This recovered base
only gave traces of colour on repeating the treatment
with benzyltrichloride, a fact which pointed either
to a different base being present in the raw quinoline,
or that, as in the magenta process, two homologous
bases were needed to form the colour. E. .lacobsen and
C. L. Keiiner [Ber. 16, lOSli) having discovered quinal-
dine in crude quinoline, considered that the colour was
derived from this base and quinoline, as neither
base alone, when treated with C,HSC1S gave any
colour. A repetition ot these experiments with pure
samples of these bases showed, however, that only about
1J per cent, of colour was formed, while the properties
and shade of the two substances appeared somewhat
different. Later on Hoogewerf and Van Dorp, having
detected the presence of isoquinoline in the coal-tar
quinoline (i.'<c. Trav, Chim.Q, 12."i— 12'.'). experiments were
made with this pure base, melting at 20 anil boiling at
235 — 230% obtained from phthalic acid by Gabriel's pro-
cess. Heated alone with C;li6Cl3 and Z11CL, isoquinoline
March 29. lgST.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
215
pave no colour reaction, but a mixture of lmol. isoqni-
noline ami lmol. quinaldine produced a colouration at
1201-', aud the yield averaged about twice as much as
was obtained from raw quinoline and Si times as much
as from a mixture of quinoline aud quinaldine. The pro-
perties of the colour thus obtained are similar to those of |
that obtained iu the ordinary way. From very dilute hot
hydrochloric acid it crystallises in thin quadratic and
brown leaflets or prisms, and by evaporation of the
alcoholic solution, forms long pyramidal prisms. It is
soluble in acetic acid, phenol and alcohol with crimson ;
colouration showing yellow-red fluorescence, but is
insoluble in ether and benzene. It dyes wool and silk
a fugitive pink with indication of a yellow fluorescence,
whilst the ordinary quinoline red has a slight violet
tone. Both bodies show- two dark ill-defined absorption
bands between F and D, maximum absorption being at
."'40 and at 500, those shown by the iso-colour being
clearer defined and more intense. Photographically,
both colours act as good sensitizers for yellow, orange
and yellow-green light. Bromide of silver gelatin plates
dipped in solntions of both colours (1 : 12,500), and dried
and exposed to the solar spectrum, were extremely sen-
sitive to the region between E — DJ C.
The hydrochloride of this colour is very hygroscopic,
and only parts with its moisture at 120—140". The
analysis gave figures pointing to the formula — i
i HjNoCl, which agrees with the equation —
C.HjN + C, B,N+CrH6CI,=Cs, H, XX1-2HC1.
The analysis of the platinum double salt 2(CS H ,N,C1)
PtCl, entirely confirmed this supposition ; this salt pre- i
cipitates from the alcohol solution of the colour as a j
carmine powder, entirely insoluble in water, alcohol,
and hydrochloric acid. Quinoline red is reduced to a
leuco-compound by treatment with zinc and HC1. When
heated with an excess of alcoholic ammonium sulphide
in a sealed tube to 200° for eight or ten hours, it is split
up into benzylmercaptan, and a weak base C,,H14NS,
which forms gold yellow brilliant leaflets, melting at
231°, subliming easily, insoluble in water, soluble in
ether, benzene, CS., acids, and phenol. The reaction is
as follows : —
C„HI,NSC1+H8S+2H=C] Hw>\ + HC1-C7HSS.
Hydrochloric acid converts quinoline red into quinolines
and benzaldehyde. Oxidation produces benzoic acid.
Distillation over zinc dust gives a mixture of bases ; one
of them melting at SfT, has the formula C, rH , , N.
This colour cannot be regarded as an analogue of
malachite green, in spite of its method of formation,
owing to the difference in the behaviour of the two sub-
stances with ammonium sulphide — the green simply
being reduced to its leuco-componnd, and also on
account of the stability of its salts in the presence of
alkali. Further, it has been found impossible to obtain
the red by the benzaldehyde aud ZnCL reaction. Its for-
mula mav therefore be expressed as C,H,.CC1(C H Xi
(C.H,(CH,)N), or C.HS.CC1 C.B X [CH _.< II. X:
accordingly as the condensation has taken place in the
nucleus or in the methyl group of the quinaldine.
Further investigation of the reduction bases may throw
more light on the constitution of this colour, but attempts
to obtain the vellow base of the probable formula —
C,H6N-CH.,-Xt\.Hc, by the action of methylene di-
iodide on quinoline or isoquinoline, have entirely failed.
— T. L. B.
Researches on the Relation between the Molecular Struc-
tures of Carbon Compounds, caul their Absorption
Spectra. Part VIII. — A Stud)/ of 'Coloured Substances
"nil Dyes. W. X. Hartley, ■). Chem. Soc. (Trans.),
1SS7, 152—200.
A coloured substance is one which absorbs rays at
either end of the spectrum or selects rays of certain wave
length from the middle of the same. All fluorescent
bodies are therefore coloured, and benzene and other
compounds which exhibit selective absorption of ultra-
violet rays are coloured, though the eye cannot detect it,
whilst coloured bodies in the ordinary sense of the term
only absorb rays limited by the violet and red ends of
the spectrum ; thus there arc visible and invisible
colours. Selective absorption bands seem to be the
effect of molecular vibrations, and depend upon the rate
of the latter ; so that if we desire to convert benzene or
such a substance, into one visibly coloured, it is necessary
to alter its rate of vibration so that its molecule will
absorb rays with oscillation frequencies occurring within
the limits of visibility. A chromogen is therefoie an
" invisible " coloured substance, and a chromophor is an
atom, or group of atoms, which reduces the rate of
molecular vibrations to within the visible limit. Oxygen
and nitrogen, when united in a certain manner are
chromophors, and when united to carbon under certain
conditions, as in uric acid, constitute a chromogen readily
changed into nmrexide. The condensation of oxygen
tends to form highly coloured substances, as shown in the
ferrates, manganates. red-lead. etc. In the benzene
nucleus, the introduction of X and O atoms by reducing
the rate of the molecular vibration to within the limit of
risibility — i.e., to less than the rate of violet light — pro-
duces colours and dyes, as in quinone, azobenzene, etc.
The author has studied a number of nearly related colour-
ing matters of the triphenylmethane and azobenzene
series. The absorption" curve of triphenylmethane
resembles that of benzene in its general character : but
the vibration rate is much reduced by the Unking of
three benzene nuclei, and this rate is further reduced in
the following increasing order of intensity by the intro-
duction of imido-, amido- and hydroxyl-groups, and the
combination of these imido- and amido-groups with
hydrochloric acid, as in rosaniline hydrochloride. In
azobenzene, as compared w ith benzene, the rate is also
very considerably reduced, and in many members of this
series the amplitude of the vibration is virtually the
same, though of course not entirely alike, showing what
an important influence the doubly united nitrogen has in
the production of the colour. The curves of all the dyes
in each series follow each other closely, the modification
being such that the molecules of the greatest mass
transmit the least light and vibrate less rapidly.
Uric acid exhibits an extraordinary absorptive power
in layers 15mm. thick, in very dilute aqueous solution
1 : 15,000). The investigations have shown that when
(absorption takes place in the visible region, the ultra-
violet rays of the spectrum are also absorbed. — T. L. B.
A Blue Colouring Matter for Cotton. H. Midler.
Chem. Zeit. 10, 1400 (Societe Industriellede Mulhouse,
Oct. 1S86).
When a solution of the diazo derivative of diamidodiphe-
netol XH,i.OC.,Hs)CcHs— C6H3(OC,H5)XH, is poured
into a solution of a-naphtholsnlphonic acid, in the propor-
tion of two molecules of the sulphonic acid to one molecule
of the diazo compound, a blue colouring matter is ob-
tained, which in both acid and alkaline solution, dyes
cotton directly without a mordant. The colour with-
stands the action of acids and soap. — S. Y.
YL— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING. PAPER
STAINING, AND BLEACHING.
Improvements in Dyei/ig Textile Goods and Materials.
Henry Kershaw, Salford. Eng. Pat. 3732, March 17,
1886. 4d.
This invention relates to the dyeing of cotton and
other vegetable fibres and of goods and yarns made
therefrom. Chromium sulphate and ferric sulphate
or other salts of chromium or iron, are dissolved
in w ater, and sodium bicarbonate or commercial soda
added, the quantity of alkali used being such that pre-
cipitation of the oxides does not take place. The goods
— say for example, cotton piece goods — are thoroughly
saturated, by passing the goods through the solution or
by other suitable means, afterwards squeezed and suit-
ably dried. The goods are then treated with a weak
boiling solution of silicate of soda, carbonate of soda or
21 fi
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29. 1887.
:i Bolntion of soap. By these means greenish-grey
colours arc obtained, the silicate of soda solution pro-
ducing greener shades than the sodium carbonate or the
soap solution. S. II.
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS, AND SALTS.
Improvements in the Concentration of Sulphuric Acid and
in Apparatus for that Purpose. II. J. Leslie, London.
From K, Pinch, Miilheini, Germany. Eng. Tat. 2207.
Feb. 15, 1886. 8d.
A is an evaporating furnace, which is in connection with
two towers B and ('. loosely filled with any acid-proof
refractory material. The first tower communicates with
the escape flue D, and at the top with the second tower
C, from the bottom of which there is a flue E to the
chimney. The evaporating furnace A is provided with
a lead tank H, which is lined with a layer of sheet I
Ju9J
Improvement* in the Preparation of Sulphate of Alumina,
J. J. Hood and A. (1. Salatnon, London. Eng. Pat.
1881, Feb. 9, 1886. 6d.
The object of tins invention is the removal of iron from
aluminium sulphate. This is effected by the use of
met i-stannic acid or its salts. The aluminium solution,
preferably concentrated, is heated, and the iron contained
in it oxidised to ferric oxide by bleaching powder. No
free acid must be present ; and to this end, asalso in order
to make the aluminium sulphate somewhat basic,
a slight excess of calcium carbonate is added. Meta-
stannic acid in the moist state is then added in suitable
quantities, and the whole mass agitated until a sample
drawn shows the absence of iron in solution. The agita-
tion is then stopped, the mass allowed to subside, and
the solution of aluminium run off to be treated as may be
desired. Any tin in solution may be removed by the
addition of sulphuretted hydrogen. The sediment of
meta stannic acid and iron may be repeatedly used
asbestos I, upon which is built a thick lining K of silica
brick. The top of the furnace is formed by a low arch L,
lined inside with silica bricks, and covered outside with
lead. At the one end of the chamber thus formed is the
escape Hue I), and at the other end is the deep fire-
place N for the combustion of smokeless fuel. The weak
acid enters the apparatus through the syphon pipes F on
the top of the towers, and gradually flowing downwards,
comes into intimate contact with the hot gases from the
evaporating furnace, and thus becomes concentrated to a
certain degree before entering the furnace proper. At
the same time, sulphuric acid vapour that may have
escaped with the furnace gases into the tower becomes
condensed, and passes back into the evaporating furnace.
The acid proceeding from the bottom of the tower 1! is
led by a pipe l> to a syphon 1' into the chamber, where
the hot gases effect its concentration to any required
degree, even to a specific gravity of 1'845. The lead
tank can be extended round three sides of the furnace so
as to form an external trough (/ for cooling the con-
centrated acid, this trough being also lined with asbestos
and brick. By the above-described construction, the
metallic parts are said to be effectually protected from
being attacked by the acid, while a considerable
economy of fuel is brought about. The apparatus is
also comparatively cheap. S. II.
until it has taken up so much iron as Jo impair its
efficiency. It is then treated with strong sulphuric acid,
and allowed to stand for some hours. The iron sulphate
is then removed by washing, and the treatment with
sulphuric acid repeated if necessary. The meta stannic
acid is then again suitable for use. — S. H.
Improvements in obtaining Ammonia and Hydrochlorie
Acid from Ammonium Chloride. L. Mond, North-
wich. Eng. Fat. 104S, Jan. 23, ISSti. 4d.
The inventor described in a previous specification (Eng.
Fat. 65, ISSfi) a method for obtaining ammonia and
hydrochloric acid from ammonium chloride by the aid of
nickel protoxide or other metallic oxides. He now finds
that these oxides can be with advantage replaced by
their combinations with acids, which are not volatile at
the temperatures employed in this process, such as
silicic, phosphoric, boric, tungstic, antimonic and other
acids. On employing these salts in place oi tie oxides,
the process can be completed at a lower temperature.
In addition to those salts, the salts of tiie acids
mentioned with the oxides of the alkaline earths, can be
used with the same advantage. S. 11.
March », 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
2U
Improvements in obtaining Ammonia and Chlorine
Jrom Ammonium Chloride. L. Mond, Northwich.
! ng. 1'at. 1040, Jau. 23, 1SS0. 4.1.
With respect to a previous specification (Eng. Pat. GO,
Ivmh in which the action of ammonium chloride vapour
on nickel protoxide and other oxides was described, it
ha~ been found that these metallic oxides may he, with
advantage, replaced by their combinations with acids,
which are not volatile at an elevated temperature, such
as silicic, phosphoric, boric, tnngstic, an timonic acids, and
Others. The salts of these acids with the oxides of all
the alkaline earths, may be used for the same purpose.
— S. 11.
Improvements in obtaining Compounds of Cobalt from
Solutions of the same. G. Perry, Harwell Steventon.
From M. Perry, Svdnev. Eng'. Pat. P2sS, Jan. 28,
1886. 4d.
Tills invention relates to precipitating pure cobalt com-
pounds from solutions containing cobalt together with
nickel, manganese and iron. The solution to l>e treated
is brought to the boiling-point, and while boiling, a boil-
ing solution of sodium hydrate of S to 10 per cent.
strength is added. The cobalt is precipitated as a
hydrate, which, by continued boiling, becomes a basic
sulphate. If the precipitate contains nickel, manganese,
or iron, it is treated with more boiling mother-liquor
containing cobalt, when the foreign metals will go again
into solution, and will be replaced bycol>alt precipitated
from the added liquor. — S. H.
Improvements in obtaining Compounds of Cobalt from
Solutions containing the same. M. Perrv, Sydney.
Eng. Pat. 1289, Jan. 28, 1SS0. 4d.
Tins invention refers to a method of precipitating a
pure salt of cobalt from solutions containing cobalt,
together with nickel and manganese. The clear solu-
tion of the sulphates is heated at the boiling temperature
with metallic iron, when pure cobalt is precipitated as a
hydrate, which by continued heating can be converted
into a basic sulphate. As long as there is cobalt in
solution, no nickel or manganese will precipitate.— S. H.
An Improved Process for Manufacturing Sulphates of
Metals from their Oxides. A. M. Graham, Lewis-
ham. Eng. Pat. 1831, Feb. 8, 1SS6. 6d.
This invention relates to a process by which the oxides
of readily oxidisable metals, such as manganese or iron,
may be converted into sulphates. In carrying out the
mixture of the different ingredients i~ heated in an iron
pan, at tirst to about 4003 or 5001 F., the heat being then
gradually increased to incipient redness, and continued
for seven or eight hours. After this time, the mas* i-
j removed from the pan, allowed to cool, moistened with
water, and exposed to the atmosphere until the sul-
fdiates are rendered soluble, which is usually the case in
BBS than a fortnight. The mixed sulphates are then
dissolved out, and the iron peroxidised by the usual
methods. If the residue contains manganese it i* treated
over again in the same manner. The object of the clay
or Hint is to keep the mass in a sufficiently tine state of
division to allow the passage of air through it. — S. H.
An Improved Process for the Production of Carbonate *:f
Sodium or of Potassium, and Hydrate of Strontium or
of Barium. E. F. Trachsel, Holloway, Middlesex.
Eng. Pat. 3406, March 10, PSS6. 6d.
Ax intimate mixture of sulphate of soda and sulphate of
strontia, or of baryta and coal, is ignited for the reduction
of the sulphates. * The mass is then lixiviated with hot
water and allowed to cool, when crystals of strontium or
barium hydrate are deposited, thus : Na S SrS Jll <•
=2NaSH+Sr(dH)„ and Na,S+BaS+2H,0=2NaSH
-lia(OH);. The mother-liquor is then further boiled
down, and on cooling deposits nearly all the strontia or
baryta still contained in it. The remaining mother-liquor
is practically a solution of sodium snlphydrate, which is
treated with carbonic acid, the action being as follows : —
•2XaHS-rCO. + H.O = XaiCO.^-2H1.S. The sulphur-
etted hydrogen given off during the carbonating process
is either converted into sulphurous acid or sulphur
(depending on the amount of oxygen present i by massing
it through a " Clans " kiln.— S. H.
VIII.— GLASS. POTTERY. AND EARTHENWARE.
ComiJosition of Old Ceramic-ware, E. Jensch.
Ber. 19, 2S50— 2853.
The author has met with so few published analyses of
old ceramic-ware (which occurs in great abundance in
Brandenburg), that he has taken the opportunity
lately afforded him of analysing pieces chipped from
German urns from some of the ancient burying-places.
An estimation of the water in them gave the following
results : —
12 3 4 5 6
Water, per cent 1"21 .. 346 .. OSS .. 2'02 .. 529 .. 371
7 8 9 10 11 Mean.
Water, percent 138 .. 062 .. 131 .. 0 79 .. 161 .. lfo
1
2
3
4
•
6
58 89
53-24
s
6811
9
10
11
Mean.
' 810s....
6083
5971
6216
6670
6132
64-57
5918
6308
6168
A\fl3 ..
3076
31S4
27-27
3110
3657
37 61
3688
2629
27-70
30 32
29S7
3150
BlejO, . .
212
1-09
317
•51
107
1-10
211
•15
177
1-70
112
1-52
FcO ....
'57
161
•H
-
•33
-
•38
132
-
13
•50
•51
CaO....
•19
1-51
1-21
•22
•18
113
151
123
2 83
■>OJ
1-3-2
1-20
MgO
•66
1-83
•89
•35
•21
-
103
•76
•28
•85
•49
■82
Alkalis .
2 8o
207
2-93
115
•13
•61
2 36
1-22
-69
2-49
2-18
1C6
l'ji
09
-
01
—
01
•62
-
■75
•07
02
•14
SO, . . . .
-
■11
-
—
02
•10
01
-
•ot
•01
•03
HnO .
Total..
,0
99-77
•05
•23
100-16
99 84
9970
•07
98 30
99-39
•27
98-66
■s-J
•16
9S7S
•21
99 35
9873
98 34
90-25
process with reference to manganese, the peroxide of this | Itwas also of interest to know what amount of water might
metal in a state of line division is mixed with finely- exist in chemical combination, the ware having now been
powdered iron pyrites and clay or flint. The intimate | exposed to the action of moist earth for so many cen
218
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29. isst.
turies. The pieces, after being dried at 105°, were raised
to a blight red heat, when they lost (he following:—
Pel I 12 3 4 6
1 " »Of weight 236 .. 3M7 .. 153 .. S-.'SO .. 1-23 .. 5 01
Collected H30 2"21 .. — .. II- - : .- ii;
Pro1 7 8 9 10 11 M,.,„
Loss of weight 910 .. L88 .. 2'42 .. 330 .. 267 111
Collected HaO — .. — .. _ ..311.. 21S .. 3-80
The analysis of these ignited pieces gave the results
as shown in table on preceding page. On account
of the remarkably high percentage of P«05 in Nos.
, and 0, tins determination was repeated several
times with the surprising result, that the phosphoric
acid was found to be unequally distributed through the
ware.
a b c it c
JJo.7 -26 .. -85 .. '32 .. -71 .. -Oft' Percent.
No. 9 -II .. -12 .. 97 .. -30 .. '36) l'.u.
An analysis of the clay taken from the same district
gave the following : —
SiO,. 62-6!
Abu 2934
PesO, ) ,..„
FcO ,' So6
CaO 1-17
JleO 0-53
Alkalis 2-02
It may therefore be supposed that the ware was made
at the spot where the clay was found.— J. W. L.
A 11 Improved M, thodqf Uniting Metal and Glass. H. H.
Lake, London. From B. B. Schneider, Xew York,
l.S.A. Eng. Pat. 372S, March 16, 1SS6. Sd.
The union of metal and glass is effected by coating the
contact surface of the former with a vitreous enamel or
with glass powder fused on, and pressing the two together
while in a heated state. By this method it is claimed
that glass linings can be fastened in metal cups, metal
bandies secured to glass vessels, and other similar effects
produced.— E. T.
A New or Improved Pi wder for Hardening Metals. L. .\.
Groth, London. From C. Beckstein, Reutlingen,
Germany. Eng. Pat. 3t>32. March 1:.. 1886. 4d.
After extracting the colour from the cochineal insect,
100 parts of the residue arc mixed with 212i parts of
phosphoric acid and sufficient nitrogenous organic sub-
stance to give 32J, parts of nitrogen; the mixture is
then evaporated, dried ami 50 parts of soot added.
Shi et-iron may be hardened by heating in contact with
this powder in hermetically closed boxes. — \Y. G. M.
An Improvi d Basic Lining for .V- tallurgical Apparatus.
A. M. Clark, London. From H. Hairnet, St. Eticnne,
France. Eng. Pat. 3S67, March IS, 1SS0. 6d.
Blocks of pure lime, prepared in the usual manner by
the calcination of natural limestones, are maintained at
a sufficient heat to prevent absorption of water until
they can be cut, preferably by means of a baud saw, into
bricks of the required size. These bricks are either
maintained hot or are waterproofed by plunging them
into tar or pitch. They must be laid rapidly in position
and be backed by a couple of inches of coke and tar
mixture, to protect the metallic sheathing from the
action of any of the fluid charge which may find its
way through cracks in the lining. The furnaces must
then be blown in immediately. The old linings, as well
as the dust produced by the band saws, may be used as
a part of the basic Bessemer lime charge. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Treatment of Fume in Lead Works.
• I. Warwick, New castle-on- Tvne. Erg. Pat. 12.S61,
Oct. <), 1SS0. Sd.
The fume is passed through a scries of flattened cor-
rugated siphon pipes, cooled by air or water, on its way
to the chimney. — \V. G. M.
IX.-BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS, MORTAES.
AND CEMENTS,
Improvements in the Manufacture of Cements or Plasters.
0. H. Alison. Camberwell. Eng. l'at. 1126 .Ian ">7
1SS6. 4d.
The improved cement consists principally of a non-
diatomaceous silicious earth in a finely divided state
mixed with various salts of lime, magnesium, sodium
potassium, barium, and zinc. The following mixture
give- good results as a fire-proof cement :— Silicious earth
83 per cent., silicate of soda 15 per cent., ground evnsuni
2 per cent.— C. C. H. -
X,— METALLURGY, Etc.
An Improved Method »/, ,,„,/ Means for, Extracting
Spelter, and in Apparatus f,,,- Treating the Waste
Products. W. Tooth, Newington, Sussex. En". I'at
1102, Jan. I'.'., 1886. Sd.
The mouth of the fire-clay retort is Hanged, and thus
lifted air-tight to a front plate by T-headed bolts aided
by a lute. To this plate is hinged (horizontally) a conical
nozzle, having at it- highest point a narrow tubular exit
for gases, ami at the bottom, which is made level, a
plugged tap hole. In the f 1 . mt i- a -mill cap. removable
at will, to facilitate the inspection oj the retort daring
ibe operation. When coal is employed in the reduction"!
the hydrocarbon gases may be collected and stored.
Calcium carbonate i-- added to the charge, the proportion
depending upon the quantity of alumina and silica
present ; the residue in the retort- may then be used as
a substitute for Portland cement.— W. G. M.
An Improved Process for Treating and DesUverising
Copper Matte and Copper Ores rinalogous to Copper
Matte. H. E. Newton, London. From J. J. and 11.
Crooke, New York, U.S.A. Eng. I'at. Hi,3S6, Dec.
14, 1SS6. Sd.
Since, in the removal of silver and gold from mattes
by fusion over a bath of molten lead, the forma-
tion of any lead sulphide interferes with the separa-
tion, the inventor proposes to place iron bars beneath
the lead but not in contact with any of the matte.
The lead is thus desulphurised and the iron sul-
phide formed rises through the metal bath and unites
with the regulus or slag. A reverberatory furnace
i- employed, having a sloping bottom, with a tap-hole
at the upper side for matte, and one on the lower for
lead. In the wall of the lower side, at the level of the
sole, are several arched recesses communicating with
vertical channels in the wall, in which rest the soft iron
rods intended for desulphurising. In working the
furnace, the lead level must always be above the re-
cesses. If preferred, an already hard lead may be used
to extract the lirst portion of the precious metals with
antimony and arsenic, the final treatment being effected
with pure lead. The iron bar- must be withdrawn during
the time that lead is absent from the furnace.
— W. G. M.
XI.— FATS, OILS. AND SOAP MANUFACTURE.
Some Derivatives of Erucic Arid and ]: Arid.
C. I. Reimer and W. Will. Ber. 19. 3320- 3327.
IN order to obtain erucic acid from tape-seed oil, the
authors adopt the following method : — After saponifying
the oil with alcoholic potash, the bulk of the alcohol is
distilled oil and the residue treated with sulphuric
acid, when the fatty acids separate. To obtain erucic
acid, this mixture of fatty acids is treated with three
time- it- volume of 96% alcohol and the solution cooled
to 0°, when the erucic acid separates out in a crystalline
March 23. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
210
form. By one repetition of this process it is obtained
chemically pure.
To prepare brassidic acid, it i< recommended to heat
erucic acid with dilute nitric aeid until the former melts
(instead of till an evolution of gas commences), and then
add sodium nitrite. The formation of oxidation pro-
ducts is tliereliy avoided. It is not necessary to start
from pure erucioacid, for simply by treating the mix-
ture of fatty aeids obtained from rape-seed oil in tliis
manner, the brassidic acid is readily obtained, and can be
easily purified on account of its slight solubility in
alcohol. The derivatives of these two aeids described
are substitution products in the carboxyl group. Although
tri eruein could not be isolated from rape-seed oil, tri-
brassidin can be obtained by treating with nitric acid
and sodium nitrite. This body, like the tri-glyeerides of
palmitic, stearic and niyristic acids, possesses a double
melting point. The so-called "stearin " of the oil mer-
chant, a yellow-white substance which separates in the
bottom of rape-seed oil barrels after long standing, is
di-erucin. This is readily converted into di-brassidin.
They are both crystalline bodies. The ethyl-ethers
of these acids closely resemble one another, as do their
anhydrides obtained by the action of phosphorus tri-
chloride. Their amides and auilides are crystalline
bodies; the former, when treated with phosphorus
{>entoxide, appear to yield the corresponding nitriles,
nit these have not been obtained pure. The ketones of
these aeids, obtained by the distillation of their respective
calcium salt>, differ from one another and are both
crystalline bodies. — G. A. K.
XII— PAINTS, VARNISHES. AND RESINS.
Improvements in. or relating to, Enamelling or Coating
Wood, Paper, Cloth, Papier-mache', and other Fibrous
or Porous Materials, with Comparatively Tmj
Coating or Enamel. W. P. Thompson, Liverpool.
From J. A. Pond, Auckland, New Zealand. Eng.
Pat. 357-2, March 13, 1S86. Sd.
The enamel, which is composed of shellac, is applied,
either in the liquid or solid state, to the surface to be
coated under great pressure, and at a temperature of
230 — 300s F. For certain purposes a small percentage of
beeswax, stearic, oleic, or any other fatty acid is added.
The surface of the material to be enamelled is first
varnished with a solution of shellac in methylated spirit.
— E. G. C.
An Improved Composition or Paint for Preventing
Attachment of Barnacles to the Bottoms of Iron ami
Steel-plated Ships. A. C, Ireland and J. K. Bowbeer,
Pristol. Eng. Pat. 3636, March 15, 1SS6. 6d.
The composition consists of 35:; copper sulphate, 40
oxide of iron, 15;: pulverised black lead and 10; cal-
cium carbonate, the proportions being varied according
to requirement. — E. G. C.
differences between the white and green foliage of seven
distinct plants. The conclusions arrived at from these
experiments are now corroborated by comparative
analyses of the ordinary foliage and of an albino bough
of a forest tree I • in Kew (.aniens. The
albino leaves are on the average smaller and thinner
than the corresponding green ones; the albino hough,
its branches and twigs, are of less d ameter and length
than neighbouring green bough.s of corresponding age.
The leaves gave on analysis —
Water
Organic Matter
Ash
White.
. T2G9
. 21-65
. 2*66
Green.
. 58-08
. t0-:«
. 1 .CI
The ash of the two sorts of leaf gave on analysis —
Ash in dry leaves of Qnercus rubra .
KjO
CaO
MgO
FeaOa
100 parts of ash
contained— •< Mn^Oj
PjOs
S03
CI
SiO;
White.
8-33
385
19-38
29-10
-
2150
6-52
9oo
082
1-21
2-08
2-36
14-25
15-80
7-18
10 05
1-25
1-25
315
125
These analyses, like those of 1S7T — 79, show the prepon-
derance of potash over lime in the albino foliage, of
mineral matter over organic, and the remarkable de-
ficiency of lime. As regards the nitrogen, the results
which have been obtained with the scarlet oak are
placed side by side with those formerly obtained with
Elaarjn us pungens —
EL.tA-.Nls
l-CNOENS.
Qcrr
RCBRA.
Vfhite.
Green.
White.
Green.
123
183
210
2-82
1*81.
101
391
265
129
Albuminoid Xitrogen
Non-albuminoid Xitrogen
211
0-37
Manufacture of an Elastic Compound in Imitation of
Caoutchouc. 0. Imray, London. From A. K. Kissel,
Frankfort-on-Maiii, Germany. Eng. Pat. 491s. April
S, lSSo. 4d.
Elastic compounds have already been made consisting
of oil, sulphur and copal, but owing to the expense of
copal, could not be used as substitutes for caoutchouc.
In this invention the expensive copal is replaced by
resin hardened bv treatment with caustic lime, etc., as
described in Eng! Pat. S036, 1SS4. The proportions of
the ingredients and temperature employed depend upon
the degree of hardness and elasticity required.
- E. ( ;. C.
There is no doubt the excessive quantity of non-
albuminoid nitrogen contained in the albino foliage i-
anothcr sign of imperfect elaboration.
Notwithstanding the absence of chlorophyll, and the
smaller percentage of total organic matter, the white
leaves yield a larger ether extract than the green leaves —
5-35 and .Vl.V of the dry leaves respectively.
The authors previous conclusion is reaffirmed, that
"white leaves are related to green pretty much &•>
immature leaves are to mature, tubers to foliage, petals
to green bracts, vegetable parasites to their hosts. '
—J. M. H. M.
XIV.— AGRICULTURE. MANURES, Etc.
Chemical Study of Vegetable Albinism: Part III.— \
Experiments with Quereus rubra. A. H. Church.
J. Cheni. Soc. (Trans.) 1SSG, 839— S43.
Is two former papers (J. Cliem. Soc. 1S79, 33—41 ; 1880,
1—6) the author described some conspicuous chemical
XY.-SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES. Etc.
Arabinose. H. Kiliani. Per. 19, 3029- 3030-
The author now includes arabinose in bis researches on
the action of HCN and HI on carbohydrates (Ber. 18,
3000: 19, 221, 707, 112S, 1914). He obtained the ara-
binose from cherrv-tree gum, as suggested by Bauer
(./. Prakt. Chem.'ZQ, 379; 34, 46)- The be- 1 results
were obtained as follows :— Uue part cherry-tree gum,
in S litres of 2 per cent. H SO,, was heated on the
water-bath for IS hours. The solution was neutral-
'220
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29. 1887.
ised with hoi concentrated Ba(HO), solution, con-
centrated, without previous filtration, to a small volume,
ami then several volumes 96 per eent. alcohol added,
the whole being well shaken. The clear solution
was decanted, the greater part of the alcohol dis-
tilled oil' and the residue evaporated to a thin syrup.
After again treating with alcohol in like manner the
residue crystallised and alter removal of the mother-
liquor had a pure white colour, and was obtained
quite pure by recrystallisation from alcohol. The
remainder of the arabinose left in the mother-liquor
could be obtained by further purification with alcohol.
That the substance thus obtained was really arabinose
was proved (1) by the rotatory power [a]D = + 105'1C;
(2) because nitric acid produced no trace of mucic acid ;
(3) by oxidation with Br which gave Bauer's arabonic
acid. In consequence of several remarkable features of
the last reaction, the arabonic acid was studied somewhat
more completely. Results generally confirmatory of
Bauer's were obtained, but the analytical numbers fo'i the
calcium salt agreed best with the formula'(C,H„0„)aCa
+ 0H0O. The arabonic acid would, therefore, be a
tetrahydroxyvalerianic acid, and although Bauer's
analytical data of the free acid do not agree at all with
such a compound, the author believes that it was not the
free acid but the dehydro acid which Bauer obtained,
the analytical numbers agreeing -well with such a
formula. If these results are correct, arabinose is an
a-ketone, which by the action of Br is quantitatively
split up into arabonic acid and carbonic or formic acid*.
Action of HCN on Arabinose. — Une part of arabinose
was dissolved on the water-bath in one part of water,
ami after cooling, an equivalent quantity of tiO per cent.
Ht'X added, the solution being kept in a well closed flask
placed in a vessel of water at the ordinary temperature.
After standing S days, crystals of the amide of arabinose-
carboxylic acid C,HlB0,N separated. On heating
to 130° this amide turns yellow, and at 160° it
decomposes with rapid disengagement of gas. In order
to prepare the acid itself, the amide was decomposed
with baryta water, the Ba precipitated with H.,S04 (one
or two drops of HC1 added keep the solution clear) and
the solution concentrated, when, on cooling, colourless
shiningneedlesseparated. Theseareeasilysoluble in water,
difficultly soluble in alcohol, and have a neutral reac-
tion. The substance appears to be the dehydro-arabinose-
carboxylic acid CTH,„07, and not the acid itself. It
melts at 145 — 150', and possesses a rotatory power of
[a]„ = - 54 8\ Although these properties agree closely
with those of the dehydrodextrosecarboxylic acid, the
crystalline form, which is rhombic, is entirely different,
and the action of HI on the arabinosecarboxyfic acid pro-
duces only a dehydro acid, whereas the dextrosecarbox vlic
mill produces the normal heptoic acid, thus provinc'the
dissimilarity. The barium and calcium salts were'pre- i
pared by boiling the dehydro acid with the respective
carbonates. They are amorphous, and the analysis of the
calcium salt coincided with the formula (C7H,a08)sCa
—J. "W. L.
liquid being given off, which reduced silver salts. In the
following tables the main results of the experiments are
placed together, and require no further explanation than
that the humus substances were dried at 110 — 120° for
analysis: —
A.-DE-COMROSITIOX OF THK SUGARS WITH
SULPHURIC ACID.
The Formation and Composition of the Humus Sub-
stances. M. Conrad and M. Guthzeit. Ber. 19
2844—2850.
THE authors' experiments show that with diluted
H9SO„ cane sugar is split up, and of the invert sugar as
first formed, the levulose is more rapidly decomposed
than the dextrose, and that, from the former, ulmin is I
the principal product, the dextrose producing ulmic acid,
which, however, changes to insoluble humin by con-
tinued boiling with an acid. They further prove that
formic and acetopropionic acids are formed almost
exactly in equal molecular proportions. From Tollen's
researches it may be inferred that two reactions take
place together, producing, besides water, formic and
acetopropionic acids on the one hand and humus sub-
stances on the other. The authors have, however, as
yet, no experimental results to prove this. Another
of Sestioi's experiments was again carried out— viz.,
that of heating the humus substances : and the results ;
coincided with his, vapours condensing to a colourless |
Sugar.
Dilute
Acid.
cc.
eg
0
(inns.
Amount of
Humus
obtained.
Composition of
the Humus
Substance.
Grins.
firms.
'■
II
Cane Sugar . .
200
50
3*57
1
26 635
4-2
Oa'aclosc
10a
25
1-80
0-17
-
-
Levulose
lO'o
25
1-80
2-6
G'i'3
11
10'5
20
11
2-!l
C3'3
i 0
Dcxlrosc
lO'o
50
?.o
013
-
-
105
25
115
0-20
02 3
41
10-5
25
86
095
_
-
lO'o
25
11-8
2-10
03 7
10
105
25
152
300
-
-
10-5
25
23-2
32
65 17
15
B.-DECOMPOSITION OF THE SUGARS WITH
HYDROCHLORIC ACID.
Grms.
Cane Sugar .
Milk Sugar . .
Maltose .
Arabinose
Levulose
Galactose .. .
Dextrose
20 0
200
200
21-0
21-0
10-5
105
10-5
10-5
10-5
105
10-5
lOo
10-5
105
lO'o
10-5
10'5
Dilute
HC1.
eo
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
150
50
50
50
■so
pa a
OS'S
Grms. Grms.
4 19
5-11
9!0
U90
4 -87
4 87
4-87
4S5
4-85
4-87
431
4-87
4 84
4-78
15-0
9'6
170
220
3-65
380
540
370
394
1-35
1-33
394
4-30
205
200
1-60
1-77
1-00
093
170
115
1-50
( Somposition
of the Humus
Sul stance.
C
C5'5
652
65-2
606
658
641
637
63-2
638
ci r,
651
661
665
15
4 5
4 2
41
4 0
4 4
13
37
4 2
12
4 6
i 1
4 0
The main results of the research are (1) the amount of
humus substances obtained stand in no simple relation
to the formic acid, (2) the saccharoses are first in-
verted before a further decomposition sets in, (3) with
the exception of levulose, the carbohydrates produce
inure In s substances with IR'I than with II SU4, (4)
1 he production of humus substances is increased with the
concentration of the acid, (5) levulose gives more humus
March 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
substances than any other carbohydrate, (6) the
liuniiis substances contain 62—66 per cent < '.. and
:; 7— 4 I! per cent II.— J. W. I..
Olycyphyllin, the Sweet Principle of Smilax Glycyphylla.
E. II. Kennie. J. Chem. Soc. 1886 (Trans.), 857—865.
Fl'KTHEi: investigation of this substance shows that it
has the formula CaHjt09+3HiO when crystallised from
aqueous ether, and CjiHs,Ou- 4AHj" when crystallised
from water. When boiled with dilute sulphuric acid it
undergoes decomposition in accordance with the equa-
tion C«H„09+2H,0=C1sH1405+C,H1«Oil forming
phloretin and isodulcite. Glycyphyllin is, therefore,
closely allied to phlorizin. The phloretin was identi-
fied by analysis and l>y the production of phloroglucol
and pliloretic acid when boiled with strong caustic
potash. The isodulcite was identified by analysis and
by its crystalline form ; assuming that lOcc. Fehling's
solution are reduced by 0 0549grm. isodulcite (Will),
almost the theoretical percentage of isodulcite demanded
by the above equation was produced. The author
suggests the possibility that in the decomposition of
phlorizin by acids isodulcite isproduced, which may have
been mistaken by previous observers for glucose. In
that case phlorizin would be identical with glycyphyllin.
The relation between these two substances is being in-
vestigated.—J. M. H. M.
XVI.— BREWING. WOTS, SPIRITS. Etc.
New or Improved Aerated Beverages. 11. R. Matthews,
London, ami C. G. Matthews. liurton-on-Trent. Eng.
Pat 3928, March 9, 1SSG. 4d.
ThksE improved beverages are made by mixing wines,
spirits or liqueur with water or mineral water in the
desired proportions and then bottling and aerating the
mixture in the usual way. The advantages gained are
constancv of quality and strength and saving of time.
— G. H. M.
Raffinose or Melitose and its Quantitative Determination.
R. Creydt. Ber. 19, 3115-3119.
In consequenceof apaperbyScheibleroutheabovesubject,
( !>• ''. 19, 2S6S), the author again publishes a paper which
he has already communicated to a sugar trade journal.
iSeo also this journal, 18S6, 386.) It is possible to esti-
mate raftinose by two methods : — (1) By polarisation and
inversion, and calculation of the results by the formula
given below ; and (2) By oxidation with nitric acid, and
determination of the amount of mucic acid formed.
(1.) Method of Inversion. — When pure cane-sugar or
raffinose was inverted with 5cc. of 3S per cent, hydrochloric
acid in lOOcc. of the sugar solution, the author found
that for every 100 scale divisions of Schmidt and Hansen's
half-shade polariscope before inversion, there were ob-
tained after inversion, -32 0 scale-divisions with cane-
sugar, and +50-7 with raffinose, the readings being
made at 20° C. From these numbers the author obtained
the following formula-: — A = direct reading, B = reading
after inversion, C = difference between the readings; then
Improvements in Aerating Brewers' Wort a, id other
Liquids, am' in Machinery or Apparatus therefor. ¥.
Faulkner. Oldbury, and W. Adlam, Bristol. Eng.
Pat. 4071, -March 23, 1886. lid.
THESE consist in aerating brewers' wort either in the
copper, hop-back or cooler— preferably the former— by
means of a blast of hot air, in order to render insoluble
certain deleterious nitrogenous compounds. The process
may also be applied to the " mash-wash " employed in
the manufacture of vinegar. The aeration of worts
with cold air, whilst undergoing the process of fermenta-
tion, is also included in the patent : in this case it is
necessary to free the air from germs by filtering it
through' cotton-wool before blowing it through the
fermenting liquid. Full descriptions and illustrations of
the plant emploved are given in the specification.
v ' -G. H. M.
Improvements in Maturing Alcoholic Liquids. W. W.
Crawford, Glasgow. Fng. Pat. 4311, March 27, 1S86.
(id.
The maturing is effected by immersing pieces of wood
framed together in the casks containing the alcoholic
liquid — whisky, for instance. The wood is said to
absorb the noxious ethers or essences, and so hasten the
maturing of the spirit. This may also be done by
applving permeable discs of wood or other material to
the cask in such a way that the ethers, etc., rising from
the alcoholic liquid, may have access to their under
surface, and be able to escape from their outer surface.
-G. H. M.
Cane-sugar (per cent.)
P.aflinose (per cent. I =
I .'-J93A
0-827
A -Cane sugar per cent.
lo<
These formula' give good results provided not much
already inverted sugars, invert sugar, or dextran, for
instance, are present, which influence the results.
(2.) Oxidation Method. — A quantity of the substance
for analysis, equal to at least ogrms. dry substance,
is mixed with 60ce. nitric acid of 1*15 sp. gr., and
evaporated on a water-bath to one-third the original
volume. The raffinose is thus completely oxidised to
mucic acid. The oxidised liquid is mixed with water,
and the precipitated acid collected on a tared filter,
washed and weighed. Experiments on pure raffinose
and mixtures of pure raffinose and cane-sugar, showed
that it is possible to determine the sugar within 03 per
cent. This method is not atieeted by the presence of in-
vert sugar, etc., since none of these substances yield
mucic acid on oxidation. The only known constituent
of molasses which gives mucic acid, is Lippmann"s levulan,
which is rarely present, and then only in small quantity.
Tollens maintains the opinion that the formula of
raffinose is C cH,-40,„ + 10H..O i compare this Journal,
1886, 243), ami not C,.H. ,0,, ~3fFO.— G. H. M.
XVIL— CHEMISTRY OF ECOES. SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISIYIECTASTS, Etc.
(A) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
The Manufacture of Dry Rennet and Process therefor.
G. F. Kedfern, London. From L. J. Eriksson and
E. E. R. Nordling, Upaala, Sweden. Eng. Pat.
11,835, Sept. 17, 1SS6. Gd.
Rennet bags are treated with very dilute hydrochloric
acid below a temperature of 40= C. j the extract is the n
filtered, if necessary, and neutralised with soda lye. To
regulate its strength it is tested with milk known to
contain both acid and alkali. Suitable gelatinous
matter is then added and also some glycerin before
drying, to keep it soft and prevent crumbling.— E. T.
(B) SANITARY CHEMISTRY
On the Changes that occur in Suint Waters. A. Bnisine.
Bull. Soc. Chim. 46, 497.
The author finds that the percentage of potassium car-
bonate in suint varies greatly according to its age,
degree of concentration, and so on. Microscopic organ-
isms grow readily in suint waters when left undisturbed,
and bring about important chemical changes. A final
product of the fermentation, which passes through
several stages, is potassium carbonate formed at the
expense of the organic salts of the suint. The first
change, which may take place in absence of air, is com-
, pleted in a few da'vs ; it is characterised by the fornia-
1 tion of potassium" salts of carbon and volatile acids,
i2-
TIIE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29, 1887.
and, simultaneously, urea i^ converted into ammo-
nium carbonate, and hippuric acid into glycocoll
and benzoic acid. In contact with air a second change
rapidly occurs, organic substances being completely
oxidised to water and carbon dioxide, of which tlie
latter is partially retained b) the potash. After this the
volatile acids, together with lactic, oxalic and succinic
acids, disappear; and lastly, thehigherfatty acids and the
nitrogenous compounds are decomposed. The benzoic
acid appears to remain unaltered. The only
eras evolved is carbon dioxide.- -S. Y.
An Improved Processfor the Softening and Purification
of Liquids, and the Construction of Apparatus
therewith. P. A. Maignen, London. Eng. Pat.
2068, Feb. 12, 1SSG. Sd.
FOR the purpose of softening water the patentee uses i
the reagents in the liquid state, and prepares for this
purpose "a single solution of the following substances :
Quicklime, carbonate or silicate of soda (alum being
omitted in this last easel, and alum or sulphate of alu-
minium to suit the character of the liquid to be
treated." and finds " when these reagents are mixed
together in one solution they do not interfere with one
another." After treatment with this solution the turbid
water is passed through a " separator ; " a vessel which
contains shelves packed with spiral wire, sponge, char-
coal, wood shavings or other absorbent material.
-C. C. H.
(C) DISINFECTANTS.
An Improved Absorbent and Antiseptic Fabric. T.
Roberts, Manchester. Km;. Pat. 1200, dan. 27. L886.
4d.
A l wii.leii cotton fabric with a raised or carded surface
is rendered antiseptic by treatment with boric acid,
carbolic acid and acetate of lead. — C. C. 11.
SPENT tan, thoroughly dried and ground
powder, is used for the purpose named. -C. C.
to a
H.
XVIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
Improvements in Electric Batteries. 3. V. Johnson,
London. From L. A. W. Desruelles, Paris. France.
Eng. Pat. 2631, Feb. 23, 18SG. 4d.
To diminish local action, the soluble electrodes are
coated with fat or grease (preferably mineral) crushed
with mercury, which may contain as amalgam a metal
analogous to the soluble electrode. — E. T.
Novel Applications of a Material or Substance produced
by t/tc Treatment of Waste Leather. W. Ross, Lon-
don. Eng. Pat. 9604, July 24, 1SS6. Od.
THE material consists of the product resulting from the
treatment of leather cuttings or waste leather
according to the manner described by Newton, Eng.
l'at. 1856, 1S7S. The material (called by the patentee
" Calcerine") is to be used as a deodorant or disinfect-
ant. Mixed with stable or similar manure, it absorbs
and retains the valuable and volatile emanations. In
order to form a liquid manure, calcerine is dissolved in a
solution of about one part aqueous ammonia to 9il parts
water. The calcerine powder can al>o be used as an
anii-incrustator for steam boilers and for case-hardening
iron and steel. — B. 11.
Improvements in the Treatment and Preparation of
Materials used in Electric Batteries. J. V. Johnson,
London. From L. A. \V. Desruelles, Paris, France.
Eng. Pat. 2632, Feb. 23, 1SSG. Gd.
The partially spent liquids from powerful primary bat-
teries, such as bichromate, according to this invention,
are utilised in batteries for working telegraphs and
similar purposes, where' only a small current bat a
high E.M.F'. are needed. To render these liquids port-
able, they are mixed with Kieselguhr or other porous or
absorbent or acid-proof material, and dried by vaporising
the water. When required for use, the addition of water
is all that is necessary. The negative electrodes of bat-
teries can be efficiently protected from corrosion by a
mixture of grease and mercury. — B. T.
Improvements in Galvanic Batteries. A. Schanschieff,
London. Eng. Pat. 2932, March 1, 1880. Gd.
The improved battery has an outer cell made preferably
■ f water-proofed paper. The positive element is zinc,
and the negative carbon, the latter being either in the
form of a porous vessel or of a flat plate or rod in a
porous vessel of some other material, such as earthen-
ware or linen that has been dipped in collodion. Inside
the porous vessel is packed peroxide of lead or mangan-
ese, mixed with carbon granules. Sometimes an agglo-
merated block of carbon and peroxide is used as the
negative element. Mercury sulphate piepared as in
Fm.'. Pat. 12,378, of 18S5, is used as electrolyte. When
the peroxide is exhausted, a strong solution of some
material, such as chloride of lime (bleaching powder),
which is able to restore the peroxide, is used instead of
mercury sulphate. Other sulphates than that of mercury
may be tt?ed but to less advantage. — E. T.
An Improved Deodorising Mat., -in!. ,1. Watt, South
Melbourne, Victoria. Eng. Pat. 15,201, Nov. 22,
l^s'i. 4d.
fine
For Destroying Bad Smells and Noxious Gases in Sewers,
and. Ventilating them by the Action of Fire
or by Beat-producing Substances. G. It.
Keeting, Epsom. Eng. Pat. 11,255, Sept. 22, 1SS5 ;
amended Nov. 24, 1S86. 6d.
THE apparatus consists of a hollow cast-iron column
placed over the mouth of the sewer or drain. In the ba>e
is a chamber, fitted with an "atmospheric" gas burner
placed nuder two annular conical cups, which are sur-
mounted with a cap packed with asbestos. The foul air
is thus consumed before its passage into the external
attnospheie. — C. C. 11.
Improvements in Galvanic Batteries. A. Schanschieff
and G. R. Fludder, London. Eng. Pat. 3476, March
11, 1S8G. sd.
The elements of these batteries are secured to covers of
insulating material, one cover serving for several cells.
The upper ends of the zincs pass through slots in the
cover and are held by pressure between pieces of springy
brass bent twice at right angles, and the sides of the
slot. The carbons may be secured in the same way or
by angle-pieces of metal fastened to them. The cover,
and witli it the elements, are drawn up by cords wound
on a drum fastened to the top of the box, and capable
of being turned by hand. — E. T.
Improvements in Voltaic Piles and Accumulators. P.
Haddan, London. From J. Crosse, Paris, France.
Eng. Pat. 4057, March 23, 18S6. 6d.
A DIAPHRAGM of cocoauut fibre or compressed powdered
cork is saturated with the required chemical fluids and
placed between the electrodes of an element in a voltaic
battery or accumulator, instead of the exciting liquids as
ordinarily used. — B. T.
A Process for Utilising the Spe/tt Liquid from certain
Voltaic Batteries. W. S. Squire, London. Eng. Pat.
4522, March 31, 1>S0. 4d.
The spent liquid of certain batteries in which caustic
potash or soda is used, consists of potash or soda com-
bined with oxide of zinc. By means of sulphuretted
hydrogen, sulphide of zinc (impure) is precipitated, the
March 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTKY.
223
caustic potash or soda left in the solution being decanted
for use. Tlie impure sulphide of zinc, when treated with
Bulphuric
hydrochloric acids, yields sulphuretted
hydrogen, which may In' used as above, ami sulphate or
chloride of zinc. These may. if desired, be converted
into valuable pigments by adding barium sulphide.
— E. T.
Certain New and Useful Improvements in Secondary
Batteries acting as Accumulators of Electricity. E.
Commetin, ( 1. Bailhache, < '. Desmazures, A. de Virloy,
and L. de Bousignac, Paris, France, Eng. Pat. 7966,
June 15, 1SSG. Od.
In the improved secondary battery, the positive pole con-
sists of spongy or porous copper plates, or of spongy or
porous plates of other metals insoluble in soda or potash.
The negative pole consists of brass or other metallic
plates wrapped in a gauze of brass wire. These plates
are placed horizontally in an aqueous solution of an
alkaline salt with a metallic acid or a metallic oxide
acting as an acid, such as zineate of soda : some chlorate
of soda also is added. The plates and solution are con-
tained in a sheet steel or iron vessel coated with a
solution of indiarubber. — B. T.
An Improved Solution or Electrolyte for PrimaryEleelric
Batteries. 11. Weymersch and J. Whittall, London.
Eng. Pat. 9594, July 24, 1886. Gd.
The inventors claim as an efficient solution for any
species of primary battery, one containing permanganate
of potash, sulphate of potash, sulphate of magnesia,
bichromate of soda, sulphuric acid and water in suitable
proportions. To obtain a solid compound for transport,
etc, chromic acid is substituted for sulphate of magnesia,
the proportions being varied. — E. T,
Improvements in or relating to Batteries. A. J. Boult,
London. From H. 15. Cox, Cincinnati, l.S.A. Eng.
Pat. 12,056, Oct. 5, 1886. 4d.
To obtain a primary battery capable of being carelessly
handled and even of being inverted without damage,
the inventor adds enough gelatine, or other thickening
agent, to the battery liquid to bring it to the consistency
of a thick jelly.— B. T.
Improvements relating to the Preparation of Metallic
Magnesium by Electrolytes, and to Solutions therefor.
11. 11. Lake, Loudon. Prom Count R. de Mongelas,
Philadelphia, l'enn., U.S.A. Eng. Tat. 14,700, Nov.
13, 1SS6. 4d.
Into a bath made up of concentrated solutions of zinc
chloride and magnesium chloride dip an anode of zinc
and a cathode of carbon, brass or copper. Bypassing
an electric current through the bath, an alloy of zinc and
magnesium is deposited; from this alloy magnesium may
be obtained in any known way. — B. T.
Improvements in the Preparation of Organic Matter for
Metallisation by Galvanic Deposit. A. J. Boult,
London. From "La Society anonyme de Metallisation
artistiquedesAnimanx, Yi'getauxou autre ( lorps, Paris,
France." Eng. Pat, 15,403, Nov. -25, 1SS0. 4d.
A (ilantitv of snails or slugs are washed and placed in
distilled water for a sufficient time to allow them to
give off their albumen. The albumen is then filtered,
boiled for an hour, and about 3 per cent, of silver
nitrate added. 30grms. of this liquid are dissolved in
lOOgrnw. of distilled water, and the objects to be prepared
are submerged in the solution for a few moments ; they
are next placed in a 20 per cent, solution of silver
nitrate and afterwards submitted to the action of
" bydrosulphuric gas." — B. T.
Improvements in the Method of , and Apparatus for,
Desiccating the Insulating Coverings of Electrical
Apparatus. N. J. Katt'ard, l'aiis. Eng. Pat. 15,462,
Nov. 26, 1886. 6d.
In the improved method of desiccating an electrical con-
ductor, the latter is passed continuously through a vessel
containing any Bubstance with which it is to be covered,
and thence air-tight through the desiccator proper, w Inch
consists of a steam-jacketed vessel, kept exhausted by
an air pump. It then passes through a vessel containing
paraffin or other suitable substance. Electrical apparatus
is desiccated in a vessel of proper size, warmed in the
most suitable and convenient manner, and exhausted
by an air-pump. In certain cases the conductors
are heated by passing a current of electricity through
them while in the vacuum apparatus. — E. T.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Blocks, Plates, or
Hods if Carbonfor Electrical or other Purposes. II. 11.
Lake, London. From E. Shaw, Lynn, Mass., U.S.A.
Eng. Pat. 15,653, Nov. 30, 1S80. 4d.
SEAWEED is thoroughly washed by hot water or steam,
dried and carbonised ; the resulting product is treated
with a suitable dilute acid, leaving a pure and very soft
carbon, which can lie made into various articles by
proper machinery. These are claimed to be more suitable,
especially for electrical purposes, than those made from
any other species of carbon, and to be much less ex-
pensive.— E. T.
Improvements in Electric Batteries. II. II. Harris,
London. From Count It. de Montgelas, Philadelphia,
U.S.A. Eng. Pat, 15,901, Dec. G, 1SSG. Od.
ACCORDING to Ibis invention, in a galvanic cell a
"positive'' element of aluminium is used with zinc or
any other suitable "negative" element, or a positive
element of some material other than aluminium is used
with circuit-connections of aluminium. — B. T.
XIX.— PAPER. PASTEBOARD, Etc.
Improvements in the Construction if Boilers for Treating
Wood and Other Fibre in the Manufacture of Paper
and Other Pulp. J. M. Walton, Glossop. Eng Pat.
16,113, Dec. 9, 18S0. Od.
This invention relates, in the first place, to improvements
on an invention made by C. C. Springer, Boston, Mass.,
U.S.A., Eng. Pat. S073, July 3, 1S85 ; the object of
the present invention being to do away with inside
" covering strips,'' and in the second place to avoid the
use of lead-covered bolt beads in the interior of the
boiler. The lead lining of the boiler is made in sections
of such size and form as to leave an open joint between
their edges, which may lie packed or left open according
to circumstances. Strips of lead or other compressible
and acid-resisting material are laid over the joints,
these strips being let into each other where the zones
cross so as to break joint. These strips are held down
by a series of lead-covered cast-iron blocks, which are
curved to the form of the inside of the boiler and are
laid with their ends touching each other so as to form
circumferential rings or zones at right angles to each
other or nearly so. These blocks are made thicker at
the centre and gradually chamfered oil'. They are per-
forated with holes and have a lead covering cast thereon,
(he lead passing through the perforations and uniting the
front and back parts of the covering. Each block is
bored in the centre on the side next to the lining, but
only extends about two thirds through the cast iron.
This bole is tapped, a corresponding hole heing made
through lead lining, shell and sheathing of the boiler.
The blocks are secured in their places by screw bolts
from outside ; thus there are neither bolt beads nor nuts
inside the boiler. — H. A. R.
221
XX,
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 20, isst.
FINE CHEMICALS. ALKALOIDS. ESSENCES
AND EXTRACTS.
Synthesis of Active Coniines. A. Ladenburg. Ber. 19,
2578—2583.
This work is an extension of tliat already published
[Ber. 19. 439), t he experiments being made on a larger
scale ami with chemically pure materials.
a Picoline, purified by Lange's method (Ber. 18, 3436),
and boiling at 12S — 129 , was heated for 10 hours to
2.">0— "2tiOJ with paraldehyde in sealed tubes. The yield
ofa-allylpyrfdine was small, but was increased by recover-
in;,' the a-picoline and heating it again with a fresh
quantity of paraldehyde. The product was dissolved in
strong acid and distilled with water : the residue was
treated with excess of alkali and distilled ; a clear
watery liquid containing picoline came over first, and
then an oil which was collected separately ; the bases
were separated from the distillates by means of potash,
and were dried over potash. By repeated fractionation
a quantity of allylpyridine, boiling between 187 '5 and
192*5, was obtained. The specific gravity of the base is
0*9595. It is highly refractive, dissolves with difficulty
in water, possesses an odour like conyrine, and give- a
red colouration with potash. The base and the p!atinum
(double Bait) were analysed, and the gold, mercury and
cadmium iodide double salts were prepared. That the
allylpyridine was an a-componnd was proved by con-
verting it into picolinic acid, which melted at 133'. The
reduction of a-allylpyridine to a-propylpiperidine was
effected by treating the alcoholic solution at the boiling-
point with sodium ; the yield was almost quantitative
and the product pure. The hydrochloride and the base
were analysed. The base was found to be chemically
and physiologically identical with coniine. The odour
of both is the same; the specific gravity of a-propyl-
piperidine at 0° is 0S626, and of coniine 0*86*25 [Ber, 17,
1679). The platinum and gold double salts, and the
cadmium iodide double salts of both bases possess
identical properties. As a further confirmation the
propylpiperidine was converted into conyrine. Crude
conyrine, prepared from either coniine or a-propylpiperi-
dine, is fluorescent, but the purified products are not.
The platinum double salts are identical in composition
and in crystalline form, and melt at the same tempera-
tare, 159 — 160°. The physiological properties of coniine
and of a-propylpiperidine were compared by Professor
Falck, and were found to be identical. Natural coniine
is, however, dextro-rotatory, while propylpiperidine is
ina live. An unsuccessful attempt was made to split up
the inactive base by the action of penicillium glaucum.
It was found, however, that when a crystal of acid
coniine dextro-tartrate was placed in a supersaturated
solution of acid a-propylpipeiidine tartrate, crystals
separated slowly : these were removed and purified, and
the base was liberatedby meansof potash. It wasfoundto |
be optically identical with natural coniine. The mother-
liquor was l.evo-rotatory, but contained the dextro-
rotatory modification. It was treated with cadmium
iodide, and the double salt crystallised. The mother-
liquor from these crystals was treated with potash to
liberate the base, which proved to be nearly pure
laevo-rotatory coniine, for it turned the plane of
polarisation to the left to the same extent that natural
coniine turns it to the right The author states that this is
the first complete synthesis of an alkaloid. — S, V.
Synthesis of Pyridine Derivatives. H. N. Stokes and
H. von Pechmann. Ber. 19, 2694—2717.
By the continued action of strong ammonia on ethyl-
aeetonedicarboxylate at the ordinary temperature,
ethyl-fi-hydroxij'iiHiitoi/litttiimitr NH.COCH, — C'(OH)
(NH,)— CH.CO.OCjUj is readily obtained." Purified
by recrystallisation from water, it forms colourless long
Hat needles, melting at S6', sparingly soluble in cold
water and ether, readily soluble in hot water, alcohol
and chloroform. Nitrite of soda added to its solution in
hydrochloric acid forms a yellow precipitate of the iso
nitroso compound (?) melting with decomposition at 17s .
When one pari of ethyl/S-hydroxyaniidoglutamate is
boiled for about ten minutes with one part of sodium
carbonate crystals dissolved in 3—4 parts of water, it is
decomposed according to the equation: C-H14N .(>,
(.11, NO r('.llro 11 ,(). On acidifying the cold
solution with acetic acid, the new compound glutatine
precipitates as a white powder. It forms colourless
rectangular tablets, melting with decomposition at about
300". It is tolerably soluble in hot water, almost
insoluble in hot alcohol, quite insoluble in other
solvents. Carbonates are decomposed by it at the boil,
forming salts which are, when cold, decomposed in their
turn by carbonic acid ; it dissolves in cold dilute mineral
acids forming the corresponding salts. Its neutral
i solution gives a deep red colouration with ferric chloride,
which changes to dark green on warming. Its sodium,
ammonium and barium salts are very soluble in
w*ater ; these solutions turn green on exposure to the
air. By the addition of a slight excess of bromine water
to a solution of glutazine in dilute hydrochloric acid,
the yellow precipitate which at first forms, is redissolved,
and in a short time the liquid becomes filjed with
colourless crystals of pentabromacetyiacetamide CBr.,.
i !( >.Clir.,.C( >NH ... This substance is readily soluble in
alcohol, ether, hot benzene and chloroform. When
heated with water it is converted into dibromacetamide,
according to the equation: C15r„.CO.CBr„.CONH,
+ HsO=CHBrs+COs+CHBr!1CONHs. With' alcoholic
ammonia it forms dibromomalonamide NH.,( '( >.CBr.,CO.
NH„. Glutazine reacts at 100—120' with acetyl chloride
forming mono-acetylglutazine CHj'GjHaOJN^O;;, which
crystallises in small brilliant plates melting at 285— 290°.
\\ ith cold ferric chloride no reaction takes place, but on
warming an intense violet colouration is produced ; it
also does not react with hydroxyiamine. Its ammonium
salt forms transparent hexagonal plates. Symmetrical
trioxypyridine [O :0 : O : = 1 : 3 : 5] is formed when
glutazine is boiled for 3—4 minutes with hydrochloric
acid, C5H6N;0, + HCl + H,0 = C5Hsn::NrNH4Cl. It
forms yellowish prisms, is readily soluble iu hot water,
the solution forming a deep red colouration with ferric
chloride, whilst the trioxypyridine of Ost gives an
indigo blue colour. Its ammonium salt forms thick
prisms; the hydrochloride crystallises in needles. When
glutazine or this trioxypyridine is condensed with
hydroxyiamine, an oxinre is formed, probably diketu-
oximidopyridine [CO : CO : NOH : 1 : 5 : 3], according
to the equations: I. (II NO»(NH) + Nil (I
= C5H,NO,(NOH) + NH,. II. C5H5NO, + Ml ,0
= C5H,Na.(NuH) + H..O. Thisoxime is soluble in hot
water, from which it crystallises as a sandy powder
consisting of hexagonal tablets ; it melts with evolution
of gas at 194—196°. On warming its solution in dilute
ammonia, a very characteristic intense purple-red colour
is produced, one milligramme distinctly colouring
several litres of water. Boiling hydrochloric acid
regenerates hydroxyiamine and trioxypyridine. Phenyl-
hydrazine combines with glutazine, forming the com-
pound CjHjNO^N.HCsHs). Trioxypyridine, heated
with a large excess of ammonium acetate at 120 — 140°,
is readily reconverted into glutazine. Boiling dilute
sulphuric acid acts upon glutazine in a different manner
to hydrochloric acid, forming instead of trioxypyridine
the anhydride of this substance, C5HjNO..O.NOX5Hj.
This is a very stable body, slightly soluble iu water,
insoluble in other solvent, but dissolves in alkaline
solutions, forming both acidand neutral salts ; it combines
also with mineral acids. It reacts neither with hydroxyi-
amine, phenylhydrazine nor with ammonium acetate,
but on evaporation of its aqueous solution trioxypyri-
dine is formed.
By the action of phosphorous pentachloride on gluta-
zine, four well-characterised products are obtained. I.
Dichlorodioxyamidopyridms [t'l : CI : O : O : NH2
= 2:4:1:5:3] crystallises front water in Hat needles,
melting at 241 o" ; is sparingly soluble in hot water and
alcohol, readily soluble in alkali and dilute HC1. II.
Trichloroxyamidopyridine [t'l : CI : CI : O : NH.,
= 1:2:4:5:3] forms Hat needles from alcohol,
which melt at 282°. III. Trichloramidopyridine
[CI : CI : CI : NIL =1:2:5:3] crystallises from water in
March 29. 1SS7.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
225
long delicate needles. It melts at 157 '6°, and sublimes
without decomposition. IV. Tetrachloroamidopyri-
dine [CI : CI : CI :C1 :NH, - 1 :2 :4:5: 3] forms colour-
less thin leallets or almost cubic crystals, melting at
212°, and subliming easily. Hydriodie acid reduces it to
pyridine. If this substance is boiled for about two
hours with an excess of sodium ethylate and alcohol,
trichlorethoxyamidopyridine [CI : CI : CI : 0CjH5 : Nil..
= 1:2:4:5:3] is formed, crystallising in colourless
needles melting at S33, and readily volatile with steam ;
concentrated hydrochloric acid splits it up into ethyl-
chloride and trichloroxyamidopyndine, melting at 282°.
lint when this substance is heated with sodium ethylate
and alcohol to 190°, for 3—4 hours, two new bodies
are produced. I. Dichiorodiethoxyamidopyridine
(\X..H..€l.,(OCgH;)., forming long needles, melting at
9SJ, and insoluble in water, acids and alkalis. II.
LHchlorohydroxi/ethoxyamidopyridine (' N._, 11., CI, .011.
(OC.jH;), which forms brittle flat needles, melting at
161 o°, and is soluble in alkalis, forming stable salts.
From the above results it appears that glutazine really
is a pyridine compound, and its formation from ethyl-
.1 hydroxyamidoglutamate may be expressed thus:
,mm x- r /CH,COO< ',H, "_ Hvr CH,CO v„
(HO)H2N.CVCH ,_caNH.,J -HNC CHC0 NH
+ CL.H60 + H,0.
Glutazine here appears as the imide of /J-imidoglutaric
acid. Whether the oxygen atoms are existent in
ketone or in bydroxyl form, and whether the nitrogen
of the side chain is combined as amide or imide, is still
undecided. It, however, may be considered as proved
that the nitrogen of the pyridine ring is in the para posi-
tion to the nitrogen of the side chain and ortho to the
two oxygen atoms, ami that therefore the above is the
symmetrical trioxypyridine. The whole behaviour of this
substance has much in common with that of phloro-
glucinol (1:3:5 trioxybenzene), which, according to
v. Baeyer, seems to exist in two easily interchangeable
modifications, as a triketone and as a true phenol. The
authors therefore consider that this trioxypyridine does
likewise exist in two isomeric modifications, correspond-
ing to the two formula' :
CO
/\
H,C CH2
OC CO
C(OH)
and
HC CH
II J.
(OH)C C(OH).
XH
-T. L. B.
Ecgonine. C. E. Merck. Ber. 19, 3002—3003.
Ecgonine, important on account of its relation to cocaine,
has been recently studied by Calmeta mid tlossin (this
Journal, 1SS5, 509), who found that by distilling it
with baryta an oil was first obtained, which latter, by
further distillation with baryta, was decomposed into
an oil free from nitrogen, ethylamine, and CO,. The for-
mula of the platinum double salt of the oil first obtained
was (C„H,5NO.HCl),PtCl4. Merck, who has also sub-
jected ecgonine to a careful distillation with baryta,
obtained metbylamine, besides some tar and CO,, the
formation of other substances not having been observed.
Tropine, subjected to the same process, also gives metbyl-
amine. This shows a relation to exist between tropine
C8H15— NO and ecgonine C8HMNO.CO„H. Merck
further studied the action of reducing agents. Fuming
HI, as also methyl iodide, heated with ecgonine under
pressure and sodium in alcohol, produced no very
satisfactory results, igrm. ecgonine, heated in a closed
tube with Igrru. PC15 in 5grms. chloroform for six
hours, produced, after removal of the phosphorus com-
pounds and chloroform, a crystallisable base, whose gold
salt possessed the formula C,H.1,NO,HCI.AnCl,.
—J. W. L.
The Alkaloids of the Berberidacece. O. Hesse. Ber. 19,
3190-3194.
Bekberine is accompanied by at least four alkaloids in
the root of the berberis. If the mother-liquor from
berberine hydrochloride is treated with soda, a
dark-coloured precipitate of an ether of oxyacanthine is
thrown down. This, purified by conversion into the
sulphate, and precipitation with ammonia, gives the
pure alkaloid. The precipitated alkaloid melts at 138—
150", whilst when crystallised from ether or alcohol it
has a melting-point of 214°. The amorphous substance
is also more soluble in ether and alcohol than the
crystalline. The author corrects the formula pre-
viously given for oxyacanthine, and now assigns to it
the formula Ci,HiaX03. Its solution in chloroform
has the rotatory power [a]D = +1316* (p = 4,t = 15°).
It is only slightly soluble in alkalis ; strong nitric acid
dissolves it with a brownish-yellow colouration ; with
concentrated sulphuric acid or sulphuric acid containing
molybdic acid, the solution is colourless but becomes
coloured on heating. Oxyacanthine gives good crystal-
lisable salts with acids, which are anhydrous at 100" C.
Oxyacanthine Hydrochloride, CleHl9N 03. HC1 + 2H20,
crystallises in small colourless needles, the aqueous solu-
tion of which has the rotatory power [o]D = + 1636°.
Hot strong solutions are coloured green on addition of
ferric chloride. It gives a double salt with platinum
chloride.
Oxyacanthine Nitrate, CIgHi9NOs.NOslI+2HsO cry-
stallises in colourless needles ; the neutral sulphate
crystallises partly in small prisms containing 6mols.
water, and partly in microscopic plates with 2 mols.
water. Heated with potassium hydrate and water,
oxyacanthine is converted into the potassium compound of
/3-oxyacantbine ; this latter is easily reconverted into
oxyacanthine, and is probably formed by the removal
of lmol. water from the latter." In this respect oxyacan-
thine behaves like narcotine.
Berbamine, the second alkaloid from berberis, soluble
in ether, is thrown down from a solution of its nitrate
by ammonia as a crystalline precipitate. It crystallises
from alcohol in small plates, which have the formula
Ci8H,9N03 + 2H;;0, and melt at 156". Its salts are
readily soluble in water and are crystallisable. The
platinum double salt is a yellow crystalline precipitate,
only slightly soluble in water. Dried at 100°, it has
the composition (Ci8Hl9NO,)J.PtCl,!H:1.— G. H. M.
XXI.— EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES Etc.
Improvements in Gunpowder for Ballistic Purposes.
W. Hope, London. Eng. Pat. 14,914, Nov. 12,
18S4. 4d.
The improvements consist in the substitution of part
or the whole of the charcoal in ordinary gunpowder by
starch, sugar, flour or other like organic material con-
sisting of carbon combined with oxygen and hydrogen,
or bitumen or other like solid hydrocarbon, in order to
ensure more perfect combustion. — W. D. B.
Manufacture of Granular Nitro-Celhdose. O. Iniray,
London. From B. Bernstein, Liud, Germany. Eng.
Pat. 12,778, Oct. 24. 18S5. 4d.
This invention relates to the manufacture of nitro-
cellulose in the form of tine loose and dense grains.
For this purpose the solid fruits, nuts, or shells of nuts
produced by various plants of the palm tribe are reduced
to powder, boiled in alkaline ley, dried, and nitrated in
the ordinary manner. Fragments or waste cuttings of
vegetable ivory — the nut of Phylclephas macrocarpa — are
specially suitable for the purpose. The granular nitro-
cellulose is very convenient in the celluloid manufacture,
may be used in the loose state without being com-
pressed or encased for explosive purposes, and can be
thoroughly exploded with a comparatively small de-
tonator.—W. L). B.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Gunpowder. O.
Bowen, London. Eng. Pat. 14,052, Nov. 17, 1885. 4d.
The improvements consist in the employment of the
refuse of beech or birchwood for the preparation of char-
coal, carbonisation being allowed to proceed only so far
226
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29. 1887.
as «ill yield :i charcoal of tight
cocoa. — \V. I ). I)
brown appearance like
An Improved Manufacture of Explosive Compound, and
the Preparation of Cartridges therefrom. Sir Francis
Bolton, Westminster. Eng. Pat. 1955, Feb. 10, 1886.
lid.
small porcelain dish, and an excess of the substance to
be examined is added. The colour produced i> sulphur
yellow. All alcohols and carbohydrates which are
soluble in water arc said to give this reaction. A posi-
tive result was obtained in the case of ethyl- and propyl-
alcoliol, glycerol, grape, cane and milk sugar, erythrite ;
also glycollic, lactic, tartaric, citric, malic, saccharic and
mucic acids. But neither ether, "esters," nor formic,
This im ention consists in the combination of a solid ^- propionic, butyric, oxalic, fumaric and malonic
constituent such as chlorate of potash or other chlorate (,s •*/the ^tioi.— T. L. B.
or nitrate having analogous properties with a liquid 1 "
constituent such as nitrobenzene or other solvent, in
which is dissolved a carbonaceous material such as
resin or colophony, molasses, etc. The method of pre-
paring cartridges by filling the solid constituent into
bags or cartiidge cases aud then saturating the same
with the liquid constituent, is also claimed. — W. B. 1).
Improvements in the Manufacture of Gunpowder. A. H.
Durnford, Dartford. Eng. Pat. 3578, March 13, 1SS6.
4d.
A charcoal very easily inflammable, of low density
and only slightly hygroscopic, i- prepared by subject-
ing cork to destructive distillation in suitable cylinders,
and the improved gunpowder is prepared by ^incorpo-
rating 20 parts of the charcoal with SO parts of potassium
nitrate. A second variety of the improved gunpowder
is prepared by the incorporation of saltpetre, cork char-
coal and sulphur, the latter being in the proportion
varying from 1 to 10 per cent. The gunpowder is stated
to be comparatively smokeless and non-livgroscopic.
" — W. D. B.
An Improvement in the Manufacture of Gunpowder.
( >. Bowen, London : A. >S . Tomkins, and J. Cobledick,
Surrey. Eng. Pat. 3953, March 13, 1S86. 4d.
The inventors prepare a charcor.l by the carbonisation
of grains of maize and other cereals, and claim its use
in the manufacture of gunpowder. — W. D. B.
A Test for Stilbene. <i
Improvements in Detonators or Cans to be used with
Dynamite «/' other Explosives. T. Johnston and 6.
Smith, Glasgow. Eng. Pat. 8368, June 25, 1SS6. Sd.
This invention relates to improvements in the manufac-
ture of the tubes or shells forming the casing of the
detonators or caps employed to start the explosion of
charges of dynamite or other explosives, and consists in
the longitudinal or transverse corrugation of the shells
with a view of increasing the strength of the same, so
that the explosive action of the fulminate is concentrated
to take effect principally from the inner end and in the
direction of the axis of the tube. The detonator tubes
may he made of thin steel, and lacquered or otherwise
coated to prevent them from rusting. — W. D. B.
Krrera. Gazz, (him. 1886.
325.
Bade states that when an alcoholic solution of stilbene
i- heated with ferric chloride, a red colour is produced.
The author shows that this colour is due to the water
contained in the alcohol. With anhydrous alcohol the
colour is not produced at all, and with aqueous alcohol
the depth of colour increases with the amount of water
present. — S. Y.
On the Separation of Tin and Antimony by a Volumetric
Method. 11. Giraud. Bull. Soc. Ohim. 46, 504.
In presence of large excess of hydrochloric acid, antimony
pentacbloride is completely reduced to trichloride by
hydriodic acid, SbCl6+2HI= BbCl,+2HCl+I9 ; but
under similar conditions stannic chloride is not reduced.
Tin aud antimony are >eparated from the other metals
and converted into chlorides, the solution being made
acid enough to keep the antimony in solution without
addition of tartaric acid. The perchlorides are formed
by warming with potassium chlorate, the excess of chlor-
ine being removed by heating. A certain quantity of the
liquid is treated with an equal volume of hydrochloric
acid and excess of potassium iodide: the liberated iodine is
extracted with carbon bisulphide, which is then washed
with water until no longer coloured, the iodine being
estimated by titration with sodium thiosulphate. Two
atoms of iodine correspond to one atom of antimony. In
presence of small quantities of copper the method is not
accurate. A strongly acid solution of antimony tri-
chloride is not acted on by iodine, but the iodine is
absorbed by stannous chloride. An attempt to estimate
tin m presence of antimony by means of this reaction
was unsuccessful. — S. \.
Manufacture of an Explosive Compound. H. Iniray,
London. From H. Dulitz, Duren, Germany. Ens.
Pat. 12,838, Aug. 17, 1SSG. 4d.
An explosive is prepared by the admixture of 20 parts
of a jelly consisting of a 5 per cent, solution of gun-cotton
in nitrobenzene, and SO parts of potassium chlorate.
Another oxidising agent may be substituted for the
chlorate, but the amount so substituted should not exceed
10 per cent,, as a larger proportion renders the explosive
less sensitive. — W. D. B.
XXII — GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
IfewBeagenttoshotB the Presence of a HydroxyLgroup.
H. A. Landwehr. Ber. 19, 2720.
AS is well known, ferric chloride is a delicate reagent
for mono- and di-hydric phenols, and hydroxy-aeids.
The author has found that bodies belonging to the fatty
series, and which contain a hydroxyl-group, also give a
colour reaction with very dilute solutions of the reagent.
The test is made as follows :— 2 drops of a 10 per cent,
-ohition of ferric chloride are diluted to about GOcc. with
water ; from 10 to 20ce. of this solution are placed in a
A Direct Separation of Manganese from Iron. L. Blum.
Zeits. Anal. (."hem. 25, 519.
A SOLUTION containing hydrochloric acid, ferric chloride
and nianganous chloride is treated with tartaric acid, until
on addition of excess of ammonia, no precipitate is
formed. The manganese is then precipitated with
potassium ferroeyanide ; nickel, cobalt and zinc are
also thrown down. When filtered cold the filtrate is
turbid, but after boiling, a clear filtrate is obtained ;
the precipitate cannot be washed, hence the reaction is
only suitable for qualitative analysis. The author
detected the manganese in a solution containing
0'00004griu. of manganese and 0 '01 grin, of iron in lee.
— S. V.
On the Estimation of Ash by means of Icidenfrost's
Drops. T. Salzer. Pharm. V. 11 . X. F., 1SSC, 545.
This method was tirst suggested by E. Bohlig {Chtm.
Zeit. 10, 115) for the determination of solid residue in
liquids. The author employs it for solid organic sub-
stances which melt without decomposition or volatilisa-
tion. The substance — for example, oxalic acid — is placed
in a platinum basin heated to dull redness ; the acid
forms a rolling drop which rapidly volatilise- and leaves
the non-volatile residue in the form of a globule. The
drop preserves its shape and motion, even when the
evolved gases take lire. — S. Y.
JftCtU T500&S.
LaUBEK'8 HaJTDBUCB iif.s ZEUODRCCKS. I. Band: Drittc
Aurlage. Coimnissionsverlag von Gnstav Weigel. Leipzig.
H. Grevcl i: Co., 33, King Street, Covent Garden. London.
8vo voi.VME. in paper cover; price fis. Contains 122 pages
of subject-matter, Table of Contents and Alphabetical Index,
March 81,1887.] THE JOURNAL OF TI1F. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTEY.
227
and a tew illustrations. The work is divided into chapters
thirteen in number— and treating of the followini
1 Singeing the Goods; Bleaching and Shearing, n. Prepara-
tion of Printing Colours. III. Making of the Rollers. IV.
Fixing the Colours by Steam, v. Turkey-red Oil. etc. VI.
Continuous Soap and Washing Machine. VII. Soaps used in
the Printing Processes, Sec. Vlll. Water in Printworks;
tni estigation and Purification of Water. IX. Bleaching with
Chlorine of the Prepared Goods ; Dry Chlorinating and Steam
Chlorinating. X. Albumen Colours, etc. XI. Reserves under
Albumen Colours. XII. Steam Printing by Decomposition of
metallic Salts. XIII. Colours Developed by Decompositions
Involving Double Interchange, or the Volatilisation of Acids.
Gas Engineers' Pocket Almanack and Lighting Taiii.e
for Tin: Year 1SS7. Issued by William Sugg & Co.,
Limited, 102, Grand Hotel Buildings, Charing Cross, London,
S.W,
Small 8vo VOLUME in pocket-book form, bound in morocco
leather, gilt, and fastened with elastic band ; price 2s (id. The
book commences with a Calendar for 18S7 : then follows an
article on the Lighting and Extinguishing of Street Lamps,
etc, which contains a Table giving the Monthly Totals of
Lamplight for the yearly totals of 4300. 3910, and 3S30 hours.
Next appears a useful Diary for Gas Managers, so that
between the varieties of coals used in the mixtures for the
retorts there can be entered up the makes of gas for each day
of the week, the volumes in stock in the holders, and the
amounts sent out. A Glossary of terms in frequent use in
Gas Works, with their French and German equivalents next
follows, and this is followed by the Notification of the Metro-
politan Gas Referees as to the times and modes of testing for
illuminating power. Well-illustrated descriptions of all the
apparatus recommended by the Gas Referees, with reference
tables, etc.. are added. A Table is given for correcting the
volumes of gases for temperature and pressure, etc. Blank
pages for memoranda, divided for the months of the year, are
arranged ; also all the items required to be entered up and
summarised each month in a Gas Works are printed and
ruled off on alternate double pages, blanks being left only for
the figures. The little work concludes with a few useful
tablesof equivah-nt weights, measures, and prices. .Vc, and
finally, with some Interpolation Curve Tables, which have
been calculated and arranged by Mr James T. Brown. These
have the effect of rendering Sugg's Lighting Tables applicable
for all parts of the world.
Laws of the United sinter, was given by the United States
nment during the month of January last :
So-called bronio-fiuorescic acid, which consists of an aniline
colour derived from coal-tar, and principally used in dyeing
silk, wool, and cotton fabrics, is dutiable at the rate of 35 per
cent, (a! valorem, under Sect ion 82, for "all coal-tar colours or
dyes, by whatever name known," etc.
Cafe ok Good HorE.
Modification in Customs' Regulations.
With reference to the statement that appeared on page 268
of Xo. 5 of the Journal, a notification has been received from
the Agent-General for the Cape of Good Hope to the effect
that the following new tariff' showing the rebate to be granted,
and the Customs' dues to be levied in respect of articles pass-
ing overland through the Cape Colony to any of the places or
territories which have been proclaimed "free ports" has been
substituted for t lie rates formerly levied, but the regulations
under which goods may be so removed and the so-called " free
ports" remain unchanged.
CraDc Report.
(From (he Board of Truth- Journal.)
Board of Trade Notice.
Admission of Samples into Austria-Hungary.
A declaration, between the Governments of Great Britain
and Austria-Hungary, was signed in London, on the loth
February last, for the admission duty free into Great Britain
and Austria-Hungary of patterns and samples imported by
commercial travellers.
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS' REGU-
LATIONS.
Switzerland.
Classification of Articles in Customs' Tariff.
[Note.— Quintal = 220'llb. avoirdupois. Franc = 9,^.)
The following decisions affecting the classification of
articles in the Swiss Customs' Tariff were given by the
Swiss Customs' authorities during the months of December
and January last.
"Thomasschlaeke," " Thomasphosphate," deposits obtained
in the dephosphorisation of iron. Category 3, duty free.
Sumac juice is no longer to be included in Category 16.
Extract of sumac, sumac juice. Category 17. duty 1 franc
per quintal.
Grease for leather, in barrels. Category 25, duty 7 francs
per quintal.
Phosphate of chalk (artificial manure). Category 1, duty
20 centimes per quintal.
Formic acid. Category 9a, duty 7 francs per quintal.
chrome acetate, sulphurous acid, antiseptic oil (carbo-
lineuml. hypochlorite of potash (Javelle water), and hypo-
chloride of soda lLabarraque water). Category lti, duty 30
centimes per quintal. -
Amnioniacnl chloride of tin (pink salts). Category 17. duty
1 franc per quintal.
Dregs of indigo. Category 31. duty 4 francs per quintal.
Bronze green, cinnabar green, Russian green. Category 36,
duty 3 francs 50 centimes per quintal.
United States.
Customs' Decision.
The following decision affecting Hie classification of articles
in the Customs' Tariff, and the application of the Customs'
Rebate to
Duty less
be
Rebate to be
Granted.
Paid.
£
s. d.
£ s. d.
Oils of all descriptions.
including mineral, im-
ported in vessels con-
taining not less than one
imperial pint (chemical.
essential, perfumed, and
castor oils, and fish oils
in the raw state, the pro-
duce of Africa excepted)
The gallon
0
0 6
0 0 6
Soap, common, brown, blue.
yellow, or mottled
The 1001b.
0
3 0
0 1 2
Soda, caustic
For every
£100 value
3
0 0
7 0 0
The lb.
il
0 2}
0 0 OJ
The gallon
0
0 10
0 0 2
Do.
0
2 1
0 0 8
Do.
0
0 5
0 0 1
Customs' Tariff of the United States of
Colombia.
The following is a statement of the rates of duty now levied
under the New Colombian Customs' Tariff, which came into
operation on the 8th November last :—
[Note. — Kilogramme = 2'20ilb. avoirdupois. Peso = Js. 2d.)
Tariff Classification.
Rates of Duty.
Stearine and paraffin, not manufactured
Ps. Cs.
Kilog. 0'05
0"'0
Tallow or other candles, not otherwise men-
010
0'20
Drugs and medicines :
Common, not otherwise mentioned
0-30
0"'0
Sulphuric acid and saltpetre
Potash and caustic soda, the ashes and
salts of soda, pine-resin, and the sub-
005
0 02$
0'20
0'05
0 05
001
Pitch
0 05
005
001
0"0
0'20
0'20
Customs' Tariff of Porto Rico.
The following return shows in a comparative form the rates
of Customs' Duty levied in Porto Rico on the principal articles
of the produce and manufactures of the United Kingdom,
according to the Convention with Spain which came into force
on the loth October last, and the duties previously applicable
to British goods.
(Note.— Kilogramme = 25011b. avoirdupois. Peso = 4s. 2d.
Hectogramme = 3'215oz. troy. Hectolitre = 22 Imp. gallons.)
E2
22S
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March a, 1887.
Tariff I
Chemi
Acids of every kind
Alum
Chloride of lime and pot-
ash
Nitrate of potash and
soda
Oxide of lead
of potash and soda
Phosphorus
Sulphate of iron
of soda and
magnesia
Chemical products not
enumerated
Glucose
Glue
Gunpowder
Paraffin
Starch
Wax
Paints and Colours :
Raw
In powder
In oil
Cochineal and indigo
blue
Varnish
Candles :
Paraffin, sperm, and
stearine
Tallow
All other kinds
Soaps :
Common
Fine
Oils:
Animal, raw
purified
Mineral
Vegetable
Old Bates of
Duly.
100 kilo
l-li
0S7
5-22
3 48
7 54
0 35
174
0-87
015
360
29 00
009
070
3 60
1740
069
414
2-03
35-00
7 54
Kilog.
100 kilos.
Kilog.
100 kilos.
Kilog.
100 kilos.
Kilog.
100 kilos.
8 70
S70
377
0-58
5-80
5-80
2-88
675
New B
Duty.
100 kilos, li'ii
090
059
3-24
216
4 68
022
108
059
009
250
1800
005
510
2-50
io-so
048
J ^
1-26
25-20
4-68
Kilog.
100 kilos.
Kilog.
100 kilos.
Kilog.
100 kilos.
Kilog.
100 kilos.
510
4-00
540
2-99
036
4 00
3bu
2-00
4-50
Trade between Spain and the United Kingdom.
Import* into the United Kingdom from Spain.
Articles.
Jan. 1886.
Jan. 1887.
Chemical Products unenume-
Copper Ore and Regulus. Tons
Value
Manganese Ore Ton s
Value
Pyrites of Iron or Copper . . Tons
Value
Quicksilver lb.
Value
£2.978
2.915
£61,430
600
£1,200
39.460
£72.437
300.000
£24,000
£4.713
3.021
£63,746
900
£900
51.123
£102.814
600.000
£58,500
Total Value.
1886.
1887.
February
£615.256
£910,906
£518.935
£890.692
Exports from the United Kingdom to Spain.
Alkali Cwt.
_ Value
Caoutchouc. Manufactures of
_ Value
Cement Tons
Value
Coal Products, Naphtha, etc.
Value
Soap Cwt
Value
Total Value.
January .
February
J in 1886.
13.017
£5,041
£762
245
£608
£1,657
207
£186
1886.
Jan 1887.
20.501
£7.627
293
£567
£3,135
•291
£251
1887.
£210.097
£211,033
£233.826
£297,123
Summary Statement showing the Trade between Spain
and tli'. United Kingdom during the period subsequent
to the Conclusion of the Commercial Treaty, compared
with the Corresponding Period of the previous Year.
Months.
Imports into the
United Kingdom
from Spain,
Exports of Pro- .. . , ,
duce and Manu- E*t'°r'» «'
nurtures of ,, ^oreiyii ami
United Kingdom <-"l»"'»l Produce
to SpLun. to Spain.
1885-86.
1866-87.
1885-86.
1886-87. 1885-86.
1886-87.
September ..
October
November ..
December . .
January
February
£
aiO.652
963.845
793.550
921.165
635.256
910.906
£
719.560
910,776
8S4.052
S67.1S3
818.935
890.692
£
234.762
210.112
228,01 1
•_'ii.n;>
210.097
241,033
£ £
328,466 42.775
301,133 62.592
242.815 92.649
253.238 69.910
235,826 60.676
297.122 1 52,034
£
32.441
59.358
54.638
59.020
34.821
37.317
Extracts from Diplomatic and Consular
Reports.
Effect of the Withdrawal of Russian Sugar Bounties.
Sir R. B. D. Morier. Her Majesty's Ambassador at St.
Petersburg, in a despatch dated the 10th February last,
forwards the following translation of a paragraph which ap-
peared in the Russian Exchange Gazette for January 28
(February 9| last, respecting the effect of the withdrawal of
the 1 1 ussian Sugar Bounties on the 1st of July last :—
■' Countess M. Branitsky has given orders for the closing of
two of her enormous sugar manufactories, the one at
Selivonsky, working out annually 250.000 berkovets (one
berkovet equals about 3601b. avoirdupois) of beetroot ; the
other at Kojansky, requiring about 150.000 berkovets. The
planters who supplied these works with beetroot have already
been informed of this resolution. At the same time, news has
been received in Kiev from Smiela, that Count Bobrinsky
intends to close two of his sugar manufactories. Hence we
see that, owing to the present crisis in the sugar trade, two of
our most solid producers are going to cease work. It is evi-
dent that they do not wish to stake their last penny on one
card, and that those who still mean to struggle on are the
very ones that have long been doomed to die, and that conceal
the sad state of their affairs."
TRADE NOTICES.
Consumption of Mineral Oils in Russia.
According to the Journal de St. Petersbourg. of the 14th
February last, mineral oils are beginning to be used as fuel on
Russian locomotives. The experiment has been made on the
Tambow and Saratow Railway, the result being to prove that
the inflammable oil is much cheaper than wood. It is now-
proposed to introduce the former on the principal railways of
Southern Russia.
Chilian Guano and Nitrate of Soda Beds.
The following information respecting the guano and nitrate
of soda beds in the Chilian province of Tarapaca is extracted
from the Chilian Times of the 27th November last : -
" The total area of the province of Tarapaca is 16.7S9J square
miles, and it is divided naturally into five distinct and well-
defined zones. The first of these zones commences on the shores
of the Pacific, and has an average width, west to east, of ISmiles.
It is formed, in the first place, of the beach ; and, in the second,
of the coast range, which attains an altitude varying from
1125 to 5S00 feet above the sea-level. This zone may be deno-
minated the guano and mining zone. The fertiliser is found
all along the coast, while the rich mineral fields of Huantajaya
and Santa Rosa, and the less important ones of Carmen,
llosario. Huantaca, Paiquina. Chanavaya, and Loa, are
situated in the coast sierra. The highest peaks of the sierra
Morro de Punta Gorda, 2520 feet ; Morro de Pisagua, 3220
feet ; Huantaca Hills, 2340 feet ; Morro de Tarapaca, 5785
feet ; Oyarvide, lat. 20° 31 5 , 5800 feet ; and Carrazco, 5520 feet.
Punta de Lobos sierra has an altitude of 3090 feet, and the
banks of the Loa have an elevation of from 1500 to 1600 feet.
This belt, as already stated, has an average width of 18 miles,
and as it advances eastward it becomes more and more
depressed, and finally terminates in a series of pampas (open
plains) having an elevation of 3500 to 3800 feet above the sea-
level. Nearly all these pampas contain vast beds of salts,
sulphate of soda, and sulphate of lime. They are known
locally by the name of salarcs. In some parts of the desert of
Atacama the beds of nitrate of soda are found under these
salares deposits, but in Tarapaca the caliche (nitrate earth) is
found only under a bed of conglomerate known as costra. It
was believed, at one period, that all the pampas in this zone
contained caliche, but explorations have demonstrated that
they only contain traces of nitrate of soda. The true nitrate
beds commence on the eastern boundary of the first zone. On
the other hand, the hills in the first zone contain copper, silver,
March 29, 1887.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
22d
and gold, and nickel has been found in the Hnantaca Hills.
The guano beds, as already stated, are situated in this zone.
From Caniarones bay to the mouth of the Loa there is hardly
a prominence or a rock on the sea-shore that does not contain
some guano. This valuable fertiliser has been known from
Incarial times. The aborigines of the valleys and gullies of
Tarapaca. Mamina.t'hiupa, Huatacondo, Camilla, and < J uisina
were acquainted with the fertilising qualities of guano, and
they conveyed it from the coast to their farms on the backs of
llamas. The southern beds vary so much in aspect and
colour that it frequently requires an experienced ej'C to make
them out.
" Many of the deposits are covered with immense layers of
sand, whilst others are buried beneath a solid layer of con-
glomerate or rostra, (iuano is also frequently found in the
fissures and gullies which descend to the sea-shore. The
Me.iillones beds are of small extent, and the guano is of poor
quality. The richest and largest beds are atPabellon dePica,
Punta de Lobos. Huanillos. and Chipana. At the latter place
the beds are horizontal and flat. From Chipana to Loa bay
there are deposits of guano which have not yet been touched.
The second zone of the province is the nitrate region. It com-
mences on the edge of the Caniarones gully, and extends
southwards to the desert of Atacania. Up to 185S it was
believed that the nitrate beds did not extend southwards
beyond the Loa gully, but in that year beds were discovered
in what was then the Bolivian littoral. Explorations which
were eft'eeted in 1872 proved that the nitrate beds extended
north wards.beyond the Caniarones gully, and that they reached
as far as the Chaca gully, and even as far as the Azapa valley,
in the province of Arica. The nitrate zone docs not run
geometrically parallel to the Tumarugal pampa, which is its
eastern limit. In some places the grounds run out one or
two miles farther to the east, and in some places they bend
in that distance from the westward. The quantity and
uality of the caliche varies very considerably, but the
dimensions of the nitrate zone may be set down at 120
geographical miles in length, north to south, and two geo-
graphical miles in width, east to west. It is estimated that
the nitrate beds contain the enormous quantity of 1.9S0,630,502
quintals, and it is stated that, with the present export duty,
which is equal to 27iViAi pence per quintal, the deposits will
yield a revenue of £230,809,471."
Kecent Tisade Blie Hooks.
Second Report of the Royal Commissioners on Technical
Instruction, Vol V. Foreign Reports, Appendices,
etc.
This, the fifth volume of the Second Report of the Royal
Commissioners on Technical Instruction, relates chiefly to
:i
such instruction in foreign countries. Thus, letters and memo-
randa are given relating to French Technical Art Schools,
Technical Instruction in Italy, Hand-work Instruction in
Sweden, Technical Education in Wurtemburg. The pro-
gramme and course of instruction of many of the principal
technical and art schools on the Continent is given ; amongst
these the chief are the Ecole Polytcchnique. Paris, theEcole
des Mines. Paris, the Keole Comnierciale, Lyons, the Ecole
Nomale Superieure de Travail Manuel, Paris; the Munich
Industrial Art School; Technical High School, Munich
(special course for Industrial Chemists!. The report contains
also many other documents relating to Technical Schools of
Instruction both in England, Canada, and foreign countries,
the total number which are referred to in the various Appen-
dices being no less than 40. The report, which is dated 1884,
was presented on the 22nd of February, ISS7."
Erratum,
The President of the Board of Trade has received the fol-
lowing letter from Mr. Neville Lubbock :—
" 16, Leadenhall Street. E.C.,
"My Lord, " 1th March, 1887.
"My attention has been called to the recent issue of
the Hoard of Trade Journal, dated February, 1887. In that
journal appears a description of the recent reports of the Royal
Commission on the Depression of Trade. On the last page 11701
is made the following statement :—' A minority report drawn
up by the fair trade members of the Commission— viz., Lord
Uunraven. Mr. Ecroyd. Mr. Lubbock, and Mr. Muntz. is also
appended.' I beg respectfully to point out that it is, I believe,
unusual for Departments of State, when alluding to members
of Royal Commissions, to classify them by epithets descriptive
of the opinions they are supposed to hold. Moreover, I hold
that the views put forward in the minority report are in strict
accordance with the doctrines of our highest economical
authorities on free trade. I do not belong to. and never have
been associated with, the Fair Trade League, and I am not
even aware, except in a very general way, what principles
they advocate. I object therefore to a statement being put
forth in the Hoard of Trade Journal which implies that I
served on the Royal Commission as a recognised advocate of
particular views, and which is, therefore, calculated to mis-
lead its readers. I respectfully request that your Lordship
will be good enough to cause this letter to be published in the
next number of the Board of Trade Journal.
" I have, etc.,
'• (Signed) X. Lubbock."
[The words " fair trade," of which Mr. Lubbock complains,
were inserted by an oversight.]
STATISTICAL TABLES.
Foreign Trade of India.
Imports and Exports into and from British India.
Imports from Foreign Exports to Foreign
Countries. Countries.
Nine Months, Nine Months,
1st April to 31st December. 1st April to ilst December.
1886.
B85. 1886.
1885.
Chemicals, drugs, medicines and narcotics, and
dyeing and tanning materials
Oils
Raw materials and unmanufactured articles
R.
67.26.105
1,02.81,881
2,2;.,G7,070
R. R.
et.8S.SS0 10,39,10,002
■■■■ 33,49,023
23,42,S6,199
R.
99,19,615
3i,sr.j,',.',::
The Trade of British India.
Among the publications recently "presented to Parliament
by command of Her Majesty" is a statement of the trade of
British India, which bristles with interesting information.
Imprjrts.
The imports of chemicals, drugs, medicines, narcotics,
dyeing, and tanning materials amounted to S, 610, 001 rupees in
1885-6 against 8,739,470 rupees in 1884-5, a decrease which appears
less pronounced than it would have been but for the inclusion in
1X85-6, for the first time, of "dynamite and other explosives"
under this heading. The import of drugs proper shows a
very pronounced falling-off, but that of aniline dyes is
growing fast. Some time ago we called attention in these
columns to the growing employment of these dyes in the
manufacture of Indian fabrics, to the great detriment of
the reputation of the latter. Pressure has been brought to
bear upon the Indian Government with a view to obtain its
aid in discouraging the use of aniline dyes ; but so far these
representations have been unavailing. Five years ago only
three million ounces aniline were brought into India, in
1S85 6 nearly 11{ million ounces, and during the first quarter
of 1886 alone no less than 4J million ounces. The increased
consumption of aniline dyes also furnishes a clue to the
diminution of the saffron exports from France to India. The
imports of mineral oils amounted to 9,611,298 rupees in lSSo-6,
mostly kerosene, the use of which is becoming quite general.
The attempts to find oil in the neighbourhood of Akyab have
been abandoned, and it is as yet doubtful whether the oil-
bearing legion of Bcluchistan will render commercial
exploitation remunerative. Mineral oil has been brought from
Upper liurniah. but it is valuable as a lubricant only.
Borax imports from Thibet into India are diminishing, as
the cheapness of the article in Europe renders the carnage of
2:;0
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IMarco 29. 1887
t across the Himalayas unprofitable. Less camphor lias also
been received from China. Of quinine. India received li S59
ounces in"vi|j>6' a"ainst 12--6' <>»'»ces in 1881-5 and 9936
The total value of drugs, medicines, and chemicals imported
-SH'Sb™*8" l"'"'"is was 5.534.070 rupees. 5,481.550 rupees, and
■ '.iim.UHI rupees; and of perfumerv 557,110 rupees, 66-' 7ihi
rupees, and 610,120 rupees respectively. The shipments of
musk troni India were as follows :--188o-6, 3816 ounces : 1884-5
o,o9ounces; 18834. 5861 ounces ; 1883, 8152 ounces. Theaverage
value of the musk exported is put at 32s. per ounce a
convincing proof, if one were needed, that the bulk of it is of
very inferior quality.— Chemist and Druggist, March 12
188/a
Exports.
" Chemicals, drugs, medicines, narcotics, dveing and
tanning materials (Class IV.) " is already a sufficiently
comprehensive heading in itself, and might, especially iii
the case of such an important drug-producing country as
India, be subdivided with advantage. But when we find
dynamite on the one. and tobacco on the other hand, included
under its hospitable shelter, the surmise that the Indian
authorities look upon this heading as a kind of convenient
ash-pit in which to shoot articles unincludablc in other
classes grows into certainty. This class comprises opium,
indigo cutch, myrobolaiis, turmeric, cinchona bark, tobacco,
a l£- S1' arllcles. ot smaller importance, the aggregate value
m I880-6 amounUng to 155,155,727 rupees, a declin?of 11 '•■
cent, since lh.y-so. main y accounted for by the diminution of
the opium exports. Although still the most valuable item
among the merchandise sold to China by India, the trade in
opium is falling off seriously It is to be feared that the cause
of this decline must be sought less in a diminished appetite for
the drug on the part ol the Chinese than in the extension of
opium-growing in the Chinese Empire, and the consequent
gradual emancipation of that valuable customer. Consider-
ing that the opium-tax provides about one-fifth of the total
Indian revenue, the decline of the trade is a serious matter to
the Government. It may here be mentioned that the imports
?, if," I mt° I)nt!'a are «™wing largely. There is a disgrace-
nne5e^ha.?of ,UhyiUS?n thlS artic.le also, by which more than
one eighth of the Indian revenue is procured
s„'!\h,e,Sh,lp"\rn,S °J oils are declining, partly "because cheaper
substitutes have been found for cocoanut-oil as a soap stock
and partly. Perhaps, because the depression in trade in
Australia restricted the exports of castor-oil. for which that
country is a large customer. Gingellv seed is i»n»w
purchased by Marseilles, where the S e^xpreled from ft is
used for soap-making. "um
Trade Statistics for February.
inTlfie ures1^ Trad<! Return3 for February show the follow-
E.rports.
m„f„, „ , , February, 1886. February, 1S57.
lotal value £16 334 007 *17 »<§ i«
Foreign and Colonial Produce "" £1'-2o°-133
(partly estimated) 4,916,377 .... 5,565,70S
Imports.
T„,„l ,-„i„„ February, 1886. February, 1887.
Totalvalue £26.621,869 .... £28.513,994
Below arc the details affecting drugs and chemicals :—
Exports.
British and Irish pro-
duce:—
Alkali cwt.
value £
Bleaching materials cwt.
.. .. value £
Drugs and medicinal
preparations
Oil (seed) gals.
value £
Soap cwt.
, value £
Painters' colours
and materials (un-
enumeratedt value £
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Bark. Cinchona cwt.
.. ,. ... value £
Chemicals (unenu-
nieratcd)
Cochineal cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambier tons
,. value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Lac, various kinds.. cwt
„ value £
Feb. 1885. Feb. 1886. Feb. 1887.
432. ISO
12S.060
103.921
34,872
61,572
6,305
116.074
32.918
37.193
86,458
8,336
47.211',
18.978
965
6,793
590*
14.711
2.1 30
8.009
12,050
276,668
5.480
18.765
131.683
136.546
109.861
11.336
59,898
5,797
122.910
35,037
38,765
141.411
125.209
127.U14
17,709
63,321
5.759
119.091
3S.S01
37,553
96.277 101,393
10.030
46.699
17.176
76.560
12.463
12,280
1,031
653
4.511
773
611
19.105
15,481
2,409
10,374
17.496
10.793
10.008
261,930
229.016
6.7ns
1,381
19.132
12.181
Oils, cocoanut cwt.
„ „ value £
.. olive tons
„ value £
,. palm cwt.
„ , value €
., petroleum gals.
value £
Quicksilver lb.
value £
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ashl cwt.
Xitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) value £
Feb. 1885.
Feb. 1886.
Feh. 1837.
5.551
6,171
3.186
8,843
8.562
1.507
248
121
130
11.251
G.329
5.769
45.466
36.118
33.519
66.262
42.734
36.568
78,429
44,412
26.620
3.S31
2.125
1.223
293.517
367.964
212.380
25.310
2S332
22,979
1,829
1,155
818
1,627
1,021
C67
Imports.
Drugs, unenumcrated.. value £
Chemical manufactures-
Products unenume-
.r,a'ed value£
Alkali cwt.
_ v value £
Brimstone cwt.
„. •• value £
Nitre Initrate of sodal cwt.
>. „ value £
„ (nitrate of potash) cwt.
... „ value £
Quicksilver lb.
_, , •■ value £
Bark (Cinchona) cwt.
_ •• value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
value £
Lac, seed, shell, stick.
and dye Cwt.
Lac. seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £
Dyes and tanning mate-
rials-
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers- use) cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Aniline dyes value £
Alizarin value £
Other coal-tar dyes value £
Cochineal cwt.
,. value £
Cutch and gambier.. lb.
_ ,. ., value £
Indigo cwt.
„" , value £
.Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
.!«& cwt.
Aladder, madder root,
garancine, and muu-
jeet value £
\ alonia tons
„., value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut cwt.
„,. •• •■ value £
Olive tuns
_ value i'
Palm cwt.
_ value £
Petroleum gals.
value £
Seed, of all kinds tuns
„ •• value £
Train, blubber, and
sperm tuns
Train, blubber, and
sperm value £
Turpentine cwt.
,, value £
61.700
105.123
-. •:
2.385
90.782
21.836
:;ii.s2(>
151,964
17.628
15.561
345.225
30.H20
5.978
48.225
11,127
40,591
4.562
14.612
14,508
5.141
20.421
22.073
414
2,044
12,800
1.159
25.909
24.931
589,694
2,019
Feb. 1886. Feb. 1887.
50.742
113.C06
5.UI7
3,;92
99.053
23.721
111.411
61.112
28,762
25.226
936.600
75.0UO
9,082
61.316
16.936
60,817
11,166
33.102
17,361
5,687
22.471
22,149
18
1.720
11.053
2,805
61.035
28,950
738,150
2,194
3.040 2,821
3.025 1,380
19.601 61.116
4.S25
7,249
2.936
118.591
83.020
119.125
5.377
6,829
1,396
55.478
63:345
74,319
1,240.145 3 503.14S
128,183 'ill,439
1.011 1.221
31,235 29.136 I
1.307
28,079
23.1112
26,145
355
9,050
32.734
45.033
15,080
94,483
3.149
2.149
59.519
13.825
30,007
13,505
19.322
16,465
723,085
70.121
11.416
56.0S1
2,017
10,320
7,122
2O.02S
12,811
4.446
20.866
17,925
5
9S0
6.033
1.563
31,643
23,715
560,172
1,661
2,231
1,489
68,236
5.174
8,777
2,714
100,984
63.419
136,734
721, 788
'230.733
965
22.761
592
14.570
25.206
35,383
German Ether and Picric Acid Exports.
Last year. 376 tons of ether and collodion were exported by
Germany, against 704 tons in 1SS5. Of this total France was
the recipient last year of 158 tons, against only 4 tons in 1885
or an increase of 151 tons. Picric acid was exported during
lb»6 to the extent of 53 tons, against 33 tons in the previous
year, an increase of 20 tons. For January, 1887, the export of
ether shows an increase of 18 tons, and that of picric acid
about , j tons. This increase is mainly due to the development
ot the export trade with France in these materials, as in
January. 23 tons ether and 10 tons picric acid were exported to
that country. In January. 1SS6, no picric acid whatever was
March 8U887.] THE JOUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
sent to France from Germans', and only 6271b. ether.-CAo»i
and Drug., 10th March, 1887.
New Openings fob Trade.
Germany— Chemical and Pharmageoticai Commodi-
ties.—The British Consul at Dresden, writing at the close oi
last year says that the exports of chemical and pharmaceutical
commodities look well in the German official returns. Much
of the foreign business like the domestic, he says, gives a very
low 'ate of profit, owin? to the enormous fall in the value of
chemical, pharmaceutical, and technical products. The over-
production is immense, but the price of some important
articles has been kept up by trade coalitions, and the divi-
dends of a certain fraction of the seventy or eighty German
companies, though not up to the old level, are fairly satis-
factory. As in other branches of manufacture, makers ot
specialties and holders of patents are obtaining very large
returns- e.g., the Berlin Company "Schering" has given 18 per
cent., and the shares have lately.! limped from 120 to 515. As
of particjlar concern for ourselves, he mentions that the
ammonia-soda movement is in active progress, to the detri-
ment, as the German Custom-House statistics show, of the
import of British " Leblanc "soda. According to some news-
paper figures (which he has been unable to verify) the sales of
one great German chemical staple— the chloride of potassium
of the Stassfurth Carnallite Works — have been the most
extensive effected for some years.
Koumelia— Drcgs AND Dyes— Drugs and dyes, we learn
from consular reports, are among the articles of first necessity
imported into Roumelia from this country, 'there appears to
be good reason to believe that we shall be able to hold our own
with these articles.
Turkey — Chemicals, Drugs, &c— According to the
British Consul at Salonica there is a growing demand in
Macedonia for chemicals. There has been a sustained demand
for drugs, and Austrian imports have accordingly steadily
increased. Sulphurous oils and drugs figure among the chief
imports from Italy. .
Bulgaria— Opening for Toilet Soaps.— There is said to
be an opening for toilet soaps in Bulgaria. The Austrians
have hitherto done a very good trade by offering cheap imita-
tions of English articles. The bulk of the common soap used
is the white Turkish or Cretan, made from olive oil.— Brit,
and Col. Drug., 19th March, 1887.
231
Feb-
egontblp patent List.
I.— GENERl^^LANTr^PAKAlriji, and
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
1886.
2599 \V. Fiiger, Liverpool. Improvement in centrifugal
machine filters. Complete specification. February 19
2622 W. T. Hamsden and T. Moy, London. Improvements
in the method of, and in apparatus for, cooling and freezing.
February 19
2651 C. W. Crossley, London. Improvements in the con-
struction, arrangement, and combination of apparatus for the
propulsion, suction, and movement of air for ventilating,
blowing, and other purposes ; applicable also for the move-
ment or fluids and gases. February 21
2678 T. Gautreau. London. Improvements in tubes for steam
generators or condensers, and other heating or cooling appa-
ratus. February 21 ....
2710 J. A. Crocker, London. Improvements in filtering
machines. Complete specification. February 22
2711 J. A. Crocker, London. Improvements in filtering
machines. Complete specification. February 22
2717 J. Gray, Glasgow. Improvements in centrifugal
machines for separating fluids of different specific gravity.
February 22 _ _ _ T „
2766 J. Y. Johnson— From La Societe G. Boone and J. Nory.
France. Improvements in decantation apparatus for clarify-
ing and purifying water and other liquids. Complete specifi-
cation. February 22
2782 H. H. Lake— From W. W. Batchelder, United States.
Improvements relating to vapour burners or similar heating
apparatus. Complete specification. February 22
2881 B.J. B. Mills— From J. Ketif, France. A new or im-
proved filter for water and other liquids. Complete specifica-
tion. February 21
2909 A. MacLaine. Belfast. An improved feed-water heater
and air extractor in connection with steam engines.
February 25
2910 J. C. Thresh, Manchester. Improvements in the manu-
facture of filtering materials. February 25
2915 J. Critchlow, T. Forester, W. Forester, H. Forester, and
L. Forester, Longport. Improvements in filter - presses.
February 25
2918. A. T. Winn and W. E. Hainsworth, Dewsbury. Self-
acting, self-feeding carbonising and vapour-distributing kiln.
February 25
2920 D. Hylands and R. Potter, liarnsley. Improvements m
regenerative gas furnaces. February 25
3016 R. K. Evans, London. Improvements in the construc-
tion of centrifugal pumps and fans for blast and exhaust pur-
poses. Complete specification. February 26
3023 W. A. Keay, Westerham Hill. Improvements in appa-
tus for evaporating and condensing liquids. February 26
3024 M. Schwab, London. New or improved apparatus for
the intermittent supply of liquid to chemical plant, steam
boilers, or other vessels under pressure or otherwise.
ruary 26
3030 F. Weldon, London. Improvements in compressing
apparatus. February 26
3015 G. F. Belling. London. High-pressure tap. Feb. 28
3052 K. Hallcwcll, .Man. luster. Improvements in the manu-
facture of water-heating apparatus. February 28
3055 T. Cook and G. Bryant. London. Improved firebar for
furnaces, etc. February 28
::iis E. Luck. London. Improvements in distillatory appa-
ratus. .March 1
3151 A. G. Brookes— From M. Greeven & Co., Germany.
Improvements in steam vacuum pumping apparatus.
March I
3210 R. Fraser, Liverpool. Improvements in or appertaining
to feed-heating and water-circulating apparatus for steam-
boiler furnaces. March 2
3221 H. E. Newton— From K. Theiscn, Germany. Improie-
ments in condensing apparatus. March 2
3301 T. Lockerbie, London. Improvements in pipes for con-
ducting liquids, such as acids, alkalis, beer, paraffin oils, and
the like. March 1
3361 W. Williams, London. Improvements in fusible plugs
for steam boilers, feed-water heaters, and other appliances
connected with steam boilers. March 1
3443 E. Wilson, London. Improved disintegrator. Mar. 7
3199 J. P. Jackson, Liverpool. Improvements in apparatus
for filtering water and other liquids. March 8
3571 W. P. Thompson— From J. D. Smead. See Class II.
3647 C. H. Itoeckner, F. L. Koeckner, and It. L. Roeckner.
Tynemouth. Separating solids from liquids ; and for filtering
liquids. Complete specification. March 10
3701 A. MacLaine, Belfast. Improvements in heating feed-
water, and extracting oil and air therefrom, in connection
with steam engines. March 11
3729 A. Mayhew, London. A new or improved apparatus
for supplying liquid to steam boilers, and other vessels, as and
when required, either automatically or otherwise. March It
3749 M. Kotvra. See Class XVIII.
3793 J. Imray— From La Compagnie Generate pour la Pro-
duction du Froid Procedes. E. Fixary, France. An improve-
ment in refrigerating apparatus. March 12
3804 J. Howes. Liverpool. Improvements in filtering appa-
ratus. March 14
3839 W. S. Tomkins, London. Improvements in injectors
for feeding steam boilers or generators, and raising and forc-
ing liquids for other purposes. March 14
3841 J. Gumming, F. N. Fennel], and G. F. Fennell. London.
Improvements in apparatus for heating water or other fluids.
March 11
3S13 G. Downing— From H. T. Baeschhn. France. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of refrigerating materials. Mar. 14
3848 C. J. Buhring, London. Improvements in and relating
to filtering apparatus. March 11
3862 W. A. G. Schdnheyder, London. An improved method
and apparatus for distilling. March 14
3964 H. J. West, London. Improvements in ice-making and
refrigerating machines. March 16
3999 E. Albin, London. Improvements in heating and feed-
ing air to boiler furnaces and the like. March 16
4021 W. P. Thompson, Liverpool— From D. D. Smead, l nited
States. Improvements in apparatus for heating air. March 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.*
188C.
16,589 E. L. Marsden and p- H. S. Nicklin. Steam blast
apparatus. February 26 , . ,. „ ,_ „„
2S64 F. Windhausen. Apparatus for refrigerating. Feb. 2b
5669 C. W. Rabitz, London. Filtering apparatus. Feb. 26
6051 J. R. Fothergill. Furnaces for effecting combustion
of fuel with air under pressure. March 19
6072 P. A. Maignen. Filtering apparatus. March 16
6282 F. N. Mackay. Apparatus for effecting the absorption
of gases by liquids. March 16
6502 A. M. Clark— From M. M. Bair. Construction of fur-
naces, muffles, and other heating apparatus. March 16
6510 H. J. Worssam and H. Hunt. Preventing the deposit
of solid matter in the tubes of apparatus for heating or cooling
liquids. March 16
662S H. E. Newton— From A. L. G. Dehne. Filter presses
for use under high pressures. March 19
7202 A. M. Clark— From M. M. Bair. Reverberatory fur-
naces. March 19
7850 E. G. B. Barlow and C. W. Poole. Apparatus for regu-
lating the supply of compressed gas. March 5
1887.
S32 H. J. P. Jolly— From G. Richmond. Method and appa-
ratus for artificial cooling. F'ebruary 23
1035 H.H.Lake— From V. Colliau. Steam generators. Feb. 23
1111 H. J. Allison-From the Do la Vergue Refrigerating
Machine Company. Buffers for gas compressor valves.
February 26 „ ,
15S2 A. J. Boult— From S. W. Merryman. Boiler-cleaning
compounds. March 2
2192 H. D. Cooper. Washer especially suitable for the joints
of "tubes and fittings lined with glass. March 12
2237 H. D. Cooper. Fittings for tubes lined with glass or
other material. March 16
* The dates given are the dates of the Official Journals in which
acceptance! of the Complete Specifications are advertised. Complete
specifications thus advertised as accepted are open to inspection at the
Patent Office immediately, and to opposition within two months of the
said dates.
23a
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. 0bw&*itt.
II.— FUEL, GAS, and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
2633 T. Lishman, London. Improvements in and in appara-
tus for treating the waste products from the manufacture of
gas.cokc. and the like. February 19
2t'71 \\\ II. Luther and G. Rose, Glasgow. Improvements
in and connected with oleaginous vapour or gas and air
lamps for lighting and heating purposes. February 21
2708 T. G. .Marsh, Lytham. Improvements in ga's lighting.
February 22
2719 A. J. Boult-From II. W. Brooks. United States.
Improvements in the manufacture of steam and oil gas for
fuel and for illuminating purposes. Complete specification.
February 22
2752 H. J. Siebel, jun., London. Improvements in apparatus
for enriching gas. Complete specification. February 22
2870 J. A. Eaton. London— From S. H. Shaw. India. Appa-
ratus for heating air to a high temperature. February 21
2915 G. E. Saville, Manchester. Improvements relating to
the manufacture of hydrocarbon gas from coal. February 25
2918 J. \elland, London. A pot and tank gas furnace com-
bined. February 25
3267 C. W. Watts, London. Improvements in the purifica-
tion of coal gas, and apparatus therefor. March 3
3271 J. Gilchrist, Glasgow. The burning of solid hydro-
carbon (or paraffin wax) in miners' lamps and for keeping the
same in a liquid condition, also from being blown out easily
.March 3
3291 J. Howard and E T. Bousfield, London. Improvements
ln'!!e manufacture of gas and in apparatus therefor. March 3 '
333o J. fcmith and A. Emley, Newcastle-on-Tvne. Improve-
ments in burners for regenerative gas-lighting apparatus
t omplete specification. March 1
3367 J. W. Xewall, London. Improved method of heating
furnaces with liquid fuel. March 5
3388 A. Lentz, Liverpool. Improvements in charging
March 5 aPParat"3 therefor. Complete specification.
3396 S. Chandler, jun., and J. Chandler, London. An im- !
Sfarl - 1Ce for checkin& aIld regulating the flow of gas.
. 311S J. A. Marsh, Cleveland. Ohio, U.S.A. Improvements
in apparatus for producing gas or vapour from hydrocarbons,
and for utilising such gas or vapour for lighting or heating.
I omplete specification. March 5
3450 J. J. Lundy, A. G. Christiansen, and F. G. C. Lundy
L,°T0D- -Applications of and improvements in the treatment
of the products of combustion. March 7
n^i^lV/ ,P' Thompson, Liverpool-From J. I). Smead.
United Mates Improvements in burning liquid fuel, and in
apparatusand furnaces therefor. March 9
3617 A. F. Craig, A. Neilson, and J. Snodgrass, Glasgow.
Improvements m apparatus for separating mineral or other
March 10 ° °'" substances of different specific gravities. '
™w- C". E\ 5arm,an' Stafford- Improvements in thermopiles
Uontorfiquids0SMarch?2and C°0'Cd *"""»«*» ci™la"
3978 G. Anderson, London. Improvements in apparatus to
be used for the purification of coal gas by ammonia. March
lo
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
,»"■ ,F\y- ?• °"0' CA 0tt° & Co- and The Hibernia and
Shamrock Mining Co. Coke ovens. March 5
5858 J. Hepworth and E. Marriott. Removal of ammonia
from coal gas. and manufacture of ammoniacal salts there-
from; and appaiatus therefor. March 9
o„°l1nAN'S-.?utlierland; APParatus for producing heating
and illuminating gas. March 2 s
7733 T. Drake. Manufacturing gas from benzoline or other
oil, and apparatus therefor. March 2 «««ie ui uincr
8822 M. H. Dement— From G. W. Le Vin Heatine- and '
ventilating apparatus. March -
2985 O. Imray— From The Farbwerke vormals Meistcr,
Lucius and Binning, Germany. Improved manufacture of a
methylene-blue specially adapted for printing on textile fibres.
I ebruary 25
3028 F. Raschig. London. A process for the production of
hydroxylamin. February 26
3039 J. Hickisson (trading as J. Bond & Co.) and A. Layland.
London. Improvements in ink for marking linen and other
materials. February 26
32S0 R. Chadwick and J. Consterdiue-Chadwick, London.
Improved colouring matter for dyeing, painting, staining, or
printing. March 3
3301 R. Reid, Glasgow. Improvements in separating solid
matter from alizarin or other colouring matters or starch.
March 4
3859 J. W. Lovibond, London. Apparatus for use in esti-
mating, pleasuring or comparing colour, texture, and appear-
ance of liquid or solid bodies, materials, or fabrics viewed by
transmitted or by reflected light. March H
3991 H. H. Lake- From A. Leonard! & Co , Germany. Im-
provements in the manufacture of colouring matters. March
4036 C. C Horsley, London. An improved method of, and
apparatus for, extracting tannin from bark. March 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5816 J. Y. Johnson— From The Farbenfabriken vormals F.
Bayer & Co. Producing a new sulpho-acid, and obtaining azo
dyes therefrom. March 2
6000 II. Baum. Production of para-rosanilin and its homo-
logues, and niono-di-tri-alkalised, phenyliscd, or naphthylised
derivatives thereof. March 5
6113 J. H. Johnson— From The Badische Aniline and Soda
Fabrik. The preparation from gallic acid of a yellow colour-
ing matter suitable for dyeing and printing. March 16
6631 J. H. Johnson— From The Badische Aniline and Soda
Fabrik. Preparing printing colours and solutions of colouring
matters suitable for printing and fixing aniline colours on
cotton or other similar fibres. March 19
7284 C. A. Martius. Production of azo colours from the
paradiamincs of stilbene and fluorine. March 19
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
2695 A. M. Clark- From M. P. E. Gerard, France. An im-
proved process of manufacturing textile threads from viscous
or pasty matters. February 21
3662 W. Baxter, Bradford. A machine for finishing and
polishing certain textile fabrics. March 10
3715 J. Longmore and W. L. Watson, London. Improve-
ments in the treatment of exogenous plants, flax, jute, rhea,
and the like. March 11
3719 P. Parsy, London. Improvements in steeping flax and
similar matters. March 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
5790 P. Parsy. Steeping flax and other textile matters.
February 23
7278 F. Mollet-Fontaine. Treatment of vegetable textile
materials, and of threads and fabrics made therefrom.
March 9
VI.-
SJ95 H. Williams. Obtaining illuminating and heating gas
and apparatus therefor. March 2 um.aunggas,
fJ.0^2..."- H- Lal>e-From J. J. Johnston. Manufacture of gas
for lighting and heating. March 12 8
DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING, and BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
Ill
-DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
pRS,VKw,Jf'mLS?'- Pronj,0ting and effecting combustion,
especially of medicinal and chemical agents. February 26
IV. -COLOURING MATTERS and DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
2863 R. H. W. Biggs-From C. M. do Lahorie, Paris. A now
tS^'SS! L^ "'a"ufact»rl!'« to disinfectants
2814 J. A. Berly— From G. Lombard et Cie., France. Im-
provements in apparatus for cleansing, bleaching, burling,
scalding, and dyeing spun textiles. February 23
3389 F. Towlson and E. Weldon, Manchester. Improve-
ments in dyeing and printing aniline blacks. March 5
3541 W. Walker and J. Drenchfield, London. Improve-
ments in machinery or apparatus fortreating fibrous materials
and fabrics for bleaching, dyeing, and other analogous
purposes. March 8
3561 A. Birch, Manchester. Improved rollers for dyeing,
washing, soaping, and bleaching fabrics, etc. March 9
3680 H. E. Ludbrook, London. An improved machine for
dressing or separating and cleaning piassava and other vege-
table fibres. March 10
3753 J. Burn, Bradford. Improvements in the method of.
and apparatus for, dyeing warp and other threads. March 12
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS, and SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
n«Ti * u,u"iu" "i jiituiiuaci uriiig uyes, ciismtectants
artificial stone, artificial ivory, and other similar substances' ' 2561 A. M. Clark-From M. Honigmann. Germany.. An mi-
re oruary 21 proved method for preventing vessels of copper and its alloys
March 29, HS7.I THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
233
being attacked when used for the evaporation of soda and
potash leys, and for working soda steam boilers. February IS
2S97 R. Fullarton. London. Improvements in means and
apparatus for concentration and clarification of sulphuric
acid. February 19
2680 A. A. Croll. London. Improvements in the treatment
of ammoniacal liquor to obtain salts therefrom, and means or
apparatus employed therein. February -.'l
2762 H. K. Newton— From A. Miller. United States. Im-
provements relating to the evaporation of salt and other
substances in closed vessels. February 22
2963 A. Brin and L. Q. Brin, London. Improvements in the
production of chlorine. February 25
2966 J. J. Hood and A. G. Salamon, London. Improvements
in the manufacture of sulphate of alumina. February 2.5
31U H. L. Pattinson, jun., London. Improvements in the
manufacture of hydrates of barium and strontium. March 1
3583 A. A. Croll. London. Improvements in the treatment of
sulphate of alumina. March 9
3701 J. Hargreaves, T. Kobinson, and J Hargreaves. Liver-
pool. Improvements in the treatment of cupreous pyrites to
separate gold, silver, copper, and sulphur, and to obtain oxide
of iron, and in apparatus employed therein March 11
100-' C. Humfrey. See Class X.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS6.
13SS T. Capper— From S. Pick. Apparatus used in the
manufacture of ammonia soda. March 2
5J56 T. T. Mathieson and J. Hawlicnek. Purifying blaik
ash. and recovering ammonia therefrom. February 23
5673 J. Hargreaves. T. Kobinson. and J. Hargreaves. Treat-
ing hydrochloric acid to obtain chlorine, and using the said
chlorine in the manufacture of bleaching powder, and appara-
tus therefor. March 2
5682 J. Hargreaves. T. Robinson, and J. Hargreaves. Manu-
facture of sulphates of soda and potash, and apparatus
therefor. March 2
6J68 W. Simon. Manufacture of bichromate of potash.
March 2
5681 J. Hargreaves, T. Robinson, and J. Hargreaves. Treat-
ing pyrites, and apparatus therefor. March 9
7157 A. M. Clark— From 31. Honigmann. Protecting copper
vessels used for soda, steam boilers, and for evaporating potash
and soda leys. March 16
16491 J. M. Walton. Manufacture of sulphurous acid, and
other sulphur compounds, and apparatus therefor. March 16
1887.
1998 A. M. Clark— From J. Brown, F. Herreshoff, W. H.
Nichols, and G. H. Nichols. Making pure sulphuric acid and
strong sulphuric acid in one continuous operation. March 9
VIII.— GLASS, POTTERY, and EARTHENWAIIE.
APPLICATIONS.
2821 W. H. Turner, London. Improvements in or relating
to the printing of tiles, and the like. February 23
3205 W. A. O Sullivan. Dublin. Mechanical glass-bottle
blowing. March 2
3258 R. E. Donovan. F. Hazlett, and J. Johnston. Dublin.
Improved apparatus for blowing glass by mechanical means.
March 3
3131 H. M. Ashley. Ferrybridge. Improvements in the manu-
facture of bottles and other hollowware in glass, and in the
machinery for the same. March 7
3518 A. D. Brogan and A. M. Malloch, Glasgow. An im-
proved method of producing rippled, chequered or other
patterns or designs upon rolled plate and sheet glass, and appa-
ratus therefor. March 8
3519 A. D. Brogan and A. M. Malloch, Glasgow. An im-
proved method of producing rippled, chequered or other
patterns or designs upon rolled plate and sheet glass, and appa-
ratus therefor. March 8
3671 J. Breeden, London. Improvements in illuminating
glass and other transparencies. March 10
36S9 W. H. Beck— From La Societc F. Beaoist et L. Berthiot.
France. New or improved machine for surfacing cylindrical
and other curved glasses. March 11
3794 T. Garton, London. A novel transparent protective
enamel. Complete specification. March 12
3907 T. E. Halford and R. Morant. See Class X.
1005 A. Fielding. Longport. Improvements in the manu
facture of artistic pottery. March 17
1062 C. D. Barker and F. C. Hills, London. Improvements
in the shape and manufacture of porous pots. March 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5718 W. W. Pilkington. Apparatus for use in the manu-
facture of plate glass. March 19
6141 R- Young and R. Jex-Long. Manufacture of fire-clay
tuyeres, and apparatus therefor. March 5
6150 J. G. Sowerby. Improvement of apparatus used in the
fire polishing of glassware. March 9
8559 J. R. Pratt. Potters' lathes, March 16
8957 K. Skeoch and W. G. YVodson. Case kiln for burning
bricks and other clay goods. March 2
US79 W. H. Blessley. Manufacture of stoneware. March 19
15099 J. D. Watson. Annealing glass or articles made there-
from. March 5
15552 H. W. Lowdcn. Tiles for roofing and other purposes.
February 23
i--:.
ITS J. Van dc Loo. Presses for the embellishment of cera-
mic products, and method of applying enamel. March 2
IX.-
-BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS, and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
2531 J. W. T. Stephens and R. Ciark. Cardiff. The manu-
facture of Portland. Roman and other cements. February 18
■'573 P. Jochum. London. An improved manufacture of
blocks or slabs formed of combined argillaceous and ferru-
ginous matter suitable for paving and other purposes, and
apparatus therefor, such apparatus being also applicable tor
mixing pulverulent materials generally. Complete specifica-
tion. February IS ,,.«•»« ti-
2*63 R. H. W. Biggs— From C. M. de Lahone. Sec Class IN .
"911 C. S. Lumley and J. Northrop, London. Improvements
in the method of paving by the employment of concrete blocks
or sets, and in apparatus therefor. February 25
316S S Trickett and J. Noad. London. Improvements in tic
manufacture of hydraulic cements, limes, mortars or eouei el es.
March 1 ,
3507 J. Pope. Folkestone. Improvements in construction ot
walls of houses, buildings, and the like. March 8
356S G.G. Girling. Lei.ham. Kent. Making artificial stone,
to be called " Petrcan stone." March 9
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
3832 W. E. Constable. Manufacture of artificial ashpl.alt.
February 23
557S J. D. Gibbins. Method of constructing footways, etc.,
and producing and laying composition. February 23
5813 C. J. Howe. Manufactureof cement orplaster. March J
5975 A. J. Bouli— From A. Grasset and A. C. Mallat. Manu-
facture of cement. March 5
6221 C. S.Williams. Construction of fireproof floors. March 1
X.— METALLURGY, MIXING, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
2530 H. Hibbert and W. Horsfield. Nottingham. Improves
ments in machinery or apparatus used in mines, called - Prop-
for Mines." February 18 , .
2541 G. Thew, Farnworth. The prevention of explosions in
collieries, named " The Perfect Safety Lamp." February IS
2565 A. M. Clark— From H. A. Brustlein, France. Improve-
ments in the method of cooling ingots, and in moulds therefor.
February 1? __„,
"602 C. A. Burghardt and W. J. Twining. See Class XVIII.
2681 W.F. Richards and J. Roberts, London. Improvements
in the manufacture of iron. February 21
2697 E. Patterson and W. H. Strype. London. Improvements
in miners" safety lamps, February 21
2720 J. A. Maskrey. London. Improvements in apparatus
for use in the manufacture of tin plates. February 22
2722 J. Banham and S. W. Wilkinson, Sheffield. Improve-
ments in the method of making castings. February 22
2710 M. Constable and J. R. Bingle. London. An improved
process for the extraction of gold, silver, and other metals
from ferriferous ores containing same. Complete specification.
February 22 •»,.»« . ,
2771 A. E. Outerbridge. jun.. London. Moulds for metal
castings. Complete specification. February £>
2780 J. DahL London. Improvements in annealing steel.
February 22 .
2531 H. Gardner— From R. J. Henderson. L nited States. A
special treatment of iron ores, and apparatus for that purpose.
February 23 , ... ^ _. ■
2935 J. Dickson, Sheffield. An improved method of preparing
steel for roller bars and bed-plate bars used in the manufactui e
of paper and paper pulp. February 25
291) E. Robertshaw. London. Improvements in apparatus
for preventing accidents in mines or other shafts by over-
winding. February 25
2999 L. A. Brode, Glasgow. Improvements in -preparing
briquettes of ironstone, waste, or dust, or other ferruginous
materials for smelting. February 26 • '
3259 J. Ronson, Walsall. Regulating the expansion and
contraction of chill rolls, which he calls a " Chill-roll Regula-
tor." March 3
3271 J. Gilchrist. See Class II.
3291 S. Alley and J. A. MacLellan. Glasgow. Improvements
in apparatus for making moulds for casting. March 1
3310 J. H. Wicksteed. London. Improved arrangement of
shearing machines for cutting hot blooms or cogged ingots..
March 1 «_-••.
3356 H. J. Kirkman, London. Improvements in the manu
facture of tin and terne plates and galvanised iron sheets, and
; other galvanised goods. March 1
234
T1IK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [March 29.1887.
3o6l J. W . .-wan. London. Improved apparatus for the
detection of explosive gases in mines Brother places. March 4
3409 F. K. Schweizer and ('. F. Muhlmann. London. Im-
provements relating to the easting of metals and allovs.
March '■
3145 G. J. Goodhue, London. Timber structures for mines.
March 7
:«i! T. Shaw, London. Improved method of and apparatus
for testing gases drawn from mines, and signalling or indi-
cating the result then of. March S
3573 J. L. Parker. Longport. An improved shield for miners'
safety lamp. March 9
3669 C. B. Schultze, London. A new or improved process
for the extraction and recovery of metals, and especially for
the recovery of tin from tinned iron plate. March 10
3670 F. H. Lloyd and H. White. London. Improvements in
the manufacture of east steel, and in apparatus used in the
:aid manufacture. March 10
3696 C. B. Phillips. Chester. The dephosphorating and
refining iron steel, alloys of iron or steel, and other metals
and alloys. March 11
3701 J. Hargreaves, T. Robinson, and J. Hargreaves Liver-
pool. Treatment of cupreous pyrites to separate gold silver
copper and sulphur, and to obtain oxide of iron • and in
apparatus employed therein. March 11
373S P. M. Justice-From H. T. Rode. Germany. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of steel and ingot iron. Complete
specification. March 11
3741 O. Hehner and T. H. Cobley, London. Improvements
in the recovery or extraction of tin. or oxide or salts of tin
from waste tinned iron or tin scrap. March 11
^i1 ¥)\- -Martin and J. Turnbull, London. An improved
miU-0i0^d?,mRln!i dus,' !n co'lie"es and mines March 1 1
390, I. E. Haltord and B. Morant. An improved method of
making glass-lined metal articles. March 15
3974 S. Siemang. London. Compound chilled casting for
armour plates. March 16
3975 S Siemang. Improvements in the manufacture of cast
iron. March 16
_ 1002 C. Humfrey. Liverpool. Improvements in or appertain-
ing to the manufacture of sodium. March 17
1006 D. McCorkindale. Mossend. Improvements in prepar-
ing malleable iron for making tubes and other article-
March li
1009 BE. Clarke, Sheffield. Improvements in miners' safetv
lamps. March 17
4053 E. Fisher and J. P. Cramp. London. Improved methods
of smelting in blast furnaces. March 17
4054 F. Elmore, London. Improvements in the means of
and apparatus for the coating of pieces of metal. March 17
1064 J. \\ . Uewhall and F. Clench. London. Improvements
in crushing mills for ore and other materials. March 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
2865 P. Bosshardt— From S. Montague. Method and means
for extracting tin from tinned metal cuttings by means of
li\ drochloric acid gas. February 26
2870 It. Stone. Manufacture of iron and steel. March 2
3393 J Lysaght and J. Lysaght, Limited. Annealing appara-
tus. March 12
1177 J. W. Wailes. Furnaces and regenerators for produc-
tion of steel. March 16
4536 W. Penrose and W Hackney. Manufacture of open
hearth steel. February 26
4812 R. Thompson, implements for breaking down stone or
coal. March 2
56S1 J. Hargreaves. T. Robinson and J. Hargreaves. Treat-
ing pyrites, and apparatus therefor.
6217 A.Johnson. Apparatus for preventing blown-out shots
in blasting and tunnelling, and preventing ignition of explosive
gas in blasting. March 2
6300 J. M. Bennett. Smelting and refining gold, silver, cop-
per, zinc. lead, and tin ores, and furnaces therefor. March 19.
6180 \\ . Paterson. Miners' safetv lamps. March 2
6550 7/ s'ater- Manufacture of metallic allovs. March 9
,920 H. Johnson. Apparatus for breaking down minerals.
(Previously included in No. 6217.) March 2
16419 W. A. Barlow- From J. Bulliat. Manufacture of fine
steel from coarse grain steel, and regeneration of burnt steel.
March 9
16523 J E. Bott, S. J. Hackney and YV. Craven. Production
of steel for steel castings, and apparatus therefor; applicable
also for melting other metals.
1887.
163 II. H. Lake— From W. White. Amalgamating appara-
tus for separating metals from their ore-. March 9
1166 S. B- Stine. Coal-mining machines. February 26
1721 J. Laidler. Safely lamps. March "i
1750 H. H. Lake- From Count R. do Monlgelas. The electro-
deposition of aluminium, and apparatus therefor. March 16
1918 A. II. Reed Prom H. G. Hicks. Welding compounds.
March '.1
2117 CSheibler. Manufacturing steel and iron, and obtain-
ing byproducts therefrom. March 19
XI. -FATS, OILS, and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
2615 W. Buttner. J. G. Haller and J. G. Magnus, London.
Improved apparatus and means for extracting, washing, and
condensing fat. grease, glue, oil or other substances from
bones, wool, organic or inorganic substances ; for drying the
same, and recovering the solvent emploved. Complete speci-
fication. February 19
28S7 C. Wilkins, London. Improvements in marking soap.
i ehruary 24
2904 D. G. Joy. Kingston-upon-Hull. Improvements in re-
fining oils, fats, and their residues. February 21
3031 A. G. Wass, London. An improved lubricant. Febru-
ary 26
3110 A. Smith, London. A process for deodorising cocoa nut
oil. March 5
3592 H. X. Hillman, and G. B. Kleinpass. London. Improve-
ments relating to the manufacture of margarine, oleomarga-
rine.and similar substances. March 9
3617 A. F. Craig. A. Xeilson and J. Snodgrass. Improve-
ments in apparatus for separating mineral or other oils from
oils or substances of different specific gravities. March 10
3832 A. G. Wass, London. An improved lubricant. Com-
plete specification. March 14
3S33 A. G. Wass, London. An improved lubricant. Com-
plete specification. March 14
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS6.
5792 A. J. Boult— From E. Oppelt. Apparatus for extraction
of oils or other vegetable juices. Marcli 2
6210 H. W. Langbeck and R. E. Ritsert. Separating cholcs-
terine fats from commercial wool fats, and from lyes of
wool-washing works. March 9
1887.
16 R. Wright. Toilet and washing soap. March 12
XII.— PAINTS, VARNISHES, and RESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
2694 A. M. Clark-From M. P. E. Gerard, France. A new-
composition capable of being formed into threads, films,
sheets, slabs, or moulded articles, or used as a varnish. Feb-
ruary 21
3209 W. F. Hurndall, Liverpool. Improvements in paints
applicable for painting iron or steel work, the insides and
outsides of boilers, and other structures. March 2
3869 \V. R. Hutton. E. Fischer, W. Struthers. and T. J.
Smillie. Glasgow. Improvements in anti-corrosive or pre-
servative coatings for metallic surfaces. March 15
39S7 J. A. Bigsby, Deptford. Improved method of preparing
a gummy varnish, coloured or otherwise, for general use or
decorative purposes. March 16
1008 W. L». Weissenburg, London. A new way of manufac-
turing white lead. March 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5820 J. Warwick.
6370 R. Lavender.
March 12
Manufacture of white lead. February 23
Manufacture of oxide of iron pigment.
1SS7.
2198 W. Dick. Protective varnish. March 19
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, asd SIZE.
APPLICATIONS. '
3027 E. Tuteur and W. J. Goulborne. London. Improve-
ments in leather compositions applicable to various useful
purposes. February 28
3623 J. Pickup, E. Pickup, and J. Pickup. Manchester.
Improvements in apparatus for boiling size in size boxes of
suing machines ; applicable also to other machines or appara-
tus where an injection of steam is used to obtain boiling.
Complete specification. March 10
3860 H. Golding, London. Improvements in treating leather.
March 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
13283 A. M. Clark— From J. B. West. Tanning and stuffing
leather. March 16
1SS7.
1163 J. H. G. Langenhagen. Dressing for leather. Feb. 26
March 29. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
233
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
3088 H. Stevenson and J. T. Hazeldine, London. The manu-
facture or making Improved artificial manures. February 28
317a J. Hardwiek and J. It. Shearer, London. Improvements
in the manufacture of hygienic manure by the treatment of
excreta and sewage, and in the methods of its application to
land and plants ; suitable also as a destroj er of noxious insects,
as a disinfectant, and for other purposes. March 2
3292 T. McMurray. Glasgow. New or improved compounds
to be used for deodorising, filtering, and manuring purposes.
March 1
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
G732 T. H. Cobley. Treatment of sewage sludge, and pre-
paration of a manure therefrom. March 19
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
2572 C. D. Abel— From T. Rousselot, The Antilles. Improve
ments in multiple three-roll sugar-caDC mills. February 18
2905 II. H. Lake- From La Compagnie de Fives-Lille,
France. Improvements relating to ditl'using apparatus for
use in the treatment of beetroot, sugar-cane, and other
substances. February 24
2983 G. F. Marshall, London. The manufacture of an
improved carbon for filtering and decolourising purposes.
February 25
3526 A. E. Major, Wandsworth. Improvements in the
manufacture of sugar. March 8
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5562 T. M. Aitken and J. McNeil. Machines for cutting
sugar canes. February 23
5792 A. J. Boult— From E. Oppelt. See Class XI.
1887.
1931 M. A. Ferret. Apparatus for extracting the saccharine
or other soluble matter from sugar cane, etc. March 19
2138 H. L. Sulman and E. E. Berry. Treatment of grain for
the manufacture of starch or glucose. March 19
XVI.— BREWING, WINES, and SPIRITS.
APPLICATIONS.
2936 G. Epstein. London. Improvements in the treatment
of brewers' and distillers' grain. February 2.5
31&7 J. Klein, London. Improvements in apparatus for
filtering beer and other liquids. March 2
3240 G. Epstein, London. Improvements in the treatment
of coffee, porter, and other drinks, and apparatus therefor.
March 3
4013 C. Lesne. London. The cure of musty and otherwise
stinking brewers' casks. March 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
4168 W. Spencer and J.Jones. Treatment of brewers' wort.
March 10
5457 W. S. Squire. Manufacture of yeast. February 23
5772 F. Faulkner and W. Adlam. Treating brewers' wort.
March 2
6112 G. F. Redfern— From P. Lauth. Apparatus for drying
and germinating barley, etc. March 9
6101 H. Schaarwaehter. Apparatus for pasteurising beer,
wine. etc. March 5
8420 A. Boake and F. G. A. Roberts. Application of an
improved antiseptic salt in brewing. March 5
XVII.- CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A.— Chemistry of Foods.
1886.
17165 C. A. Wahlin, A. Forssell, and F. L. Enguist. London—
From A. T. Pfeiff, Sweden. Improvements in the treatment
of milk. August 19, 1S86. Received ISth February, 1SS7, and
ante-dated under International Convention.
1887.
2937 G. Epstein, London. Improvements in the treatment
of loll'ce. and apparatus therefor. February 25
3128 6. Groat and G. Shcnton. London. An improved ad-
dition to farinaceous substances for making bread, biscuits,
cakes, and other articles of food usually made therefrom.
March 1
3284 C. A. Sahlstrom, Aberdeen. Improvements in pre-
serving, and apparatus for the same. March 3
3161 G. Bischof, London. A process of, and apparatus for,
purifying water. March 7
3171 11. Koehert, London. Improved preserved food.
March 7
3597 T. Itickett, Southampton. Improvements in the pro-
cess of bread raising and baking in ovens. Complete specifi-
cation. .March '.I
4063 W. L. Wise— From C. A. Wahlin. A. Forssell. and F. L.
Enguist, Sweden. Improvements in the treatment of milk.
March 17
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
2553 A. Angell, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of precipitants. and in the treatment of sewage. February 18
2860 H. Davey, Leeds. A method of automatically raising
sewage. Complete specification. February _' I
3179 J. Hardwiek and J. R. Shearer. See Class XIV.
3292 T. McMurray, Glasgow. New or improved compounds
to be used for deodorising, filtering, and manuring purposes.
March 1
333S E. Crutchloe, London. Improvements in furnaces for
securing the complete reduction of any organic matter to
ashes, and rendering innocuous and inoffensive the gases
escaping therefrom. March 4
3352 G. Gehring. London. Process and apparatus for the
separation and disinfection of fcecal and other matters,
March 4
C— Disinfectants.
2831 J. H. Harford and W. \V. Reeves, London. An im-
proved disinfecting and curative device, and composition or
powder to be used therewith. February 23
2863 R. H. W. Biggs— From C. M. de Lahorie. See Class
IT.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
A. —Chemistry of Foods.
1886.
4114 A. S. Krueger. A preparation for a new beverage
similar to coffee. February 23
9548 C. Millen. Preparation and preservation of cocoanuts
for use as food. March 16
17087 A. B. Imrie. Refrigerating machinery applicable to
freezing machines for preserving meat and other perishable
substances. March 19
1887.
1996 J. Carnrick. Process and apparatus for manufacture of
powdered milk. March 9
B.-Sanitary Chemistry.
1886.
3973 J. W. Slater, S. K. Pace, W. Stevens, and the Native
Guano Company. Limited. Preparation of materials for use
in the treatment of sewage and foul water. February 23
4203 L. G. G. Daudenart. Purification and utilisation of
sewage, and apparatus. March 9
6732 T. H. Cobley. See Class XrV.
13829 F. Candy. Manufacture of materials for use in the
treatment of sewage, to effect the separation of matters in
suspension and solution in the water thereof, and the clari-
fication and purification of other polluted water, and certain
other liquids. March 19
1887.
278 J. Wohanka and K. Kocian. Purification of sewage.
March 9
C— Disinfectants.
1886.
6191 W. D. Borland. Manufacture of bromine preparations
for sanitary purposes. March 9
6966 H. M. Caldwell. Improved deodorant and disinfectant.
March 16
11011 J. W. Knights and W. D. Gall. Disinfecting powder.
March 12
XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATIONS.
2588 L. Hanson, Halifax. An improved construction of
armature for dynamos or electric motors. February 19
2602 C. A. Burghardt and W. J. Twining. Manchester. Im-
provements in the production of aluminium, and of alloys of
aluminium and copper by electro-deposition. February 19
2641 G. W. Rhodes— From L. Lambotte, Brussels. A new
hydro-electric battery. February 21
2721 C. G. Curtis, F. B. Crocker, and S. S. \\ heeler. London,
Electric batteries. Complete specification. February 22
230
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Maxch29,iS87.
An improvement in
2825 J. G. Staffer. London. Improvements in or applicable
t0 rtynanio-eleetric machines. February 23
-S3.) G. V. Lagarde. London. Improvements relating to
electric batteries, and to means for putting the same into and
out of action. Complete specification. February 23
30.i<i II. Aylesbury and J. Milne. Bristol. An alternating
current sparkless commutator for an electric dynamo. Feb. 28
3057 H. Aylesbury and .1. Milne. A brushless and sparkless
commutator for an electric dj natno. February 28
3087 E. Wilson, Hanover. The improvement of dvnamo-
Blectrio machines. February 28
3088 B. J. B. Mills— From A. Million. France. Improvements
in electric candles. Fcbrunn 28
3197 SirD. L. Salomons. Dart.. T. Parker, and P. B. El well,
\\ olverhampton. An improved means of separating the
plates in secondary batteries. March 2
3323 C. L. Tweedale, Manchester. Improvements in primary
batteries. March 4
1342 W. E. Ayrton and J. Perry, London. Apparatus for
measuring the coefficients of self-induction or of mutual in-
duction. March 1
3588 G. Tangye and T. Jefferies. London. Improvements in
machinery or apparatus for driving dynamo-electric and
magneto-electric machines. March 9
300S J. D. F. Andrews, London.
dynamo-electric machines. March 9
3609 1). Halpin and J. A. Timmis. London. Improvements
in dynamo-electric or magneto-electric machines and motors.
March 9
3719 31. Kotyra, London. Improvements in electrical appa-
ratus for the prevention of corrosion and formation of scale
in steam boilers. 3Iarch 11
3796 ti. C. Flicker, Putney. Generating electricity by the
direct combustion of carbon fuels. March 12
3811 T. R. Weston. London. A new method for obtaining
electricity. 3Iareh 11
38oli T. V. Hughes. London. An improved process for
making filaments of carbonisable material suitable fur con-
version into conductors for use in electric glow lamps
3Iarch 11
4032 31. Immisch, London. Improved holder for brushes of
electromotors and dynamo-machines. March 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
4663 F. F. Stogerniayr and V. Glassner. Electric generators.
March 9
4881 J. Piatt. J. Hopkinson, and E. Hopkinson. Dynamo-
electric machines. 3Iareh 2
5479 S. C. C. Currie. Gauging electric currents, and appa-
ratus therefor. February 23
558s \V. 31. 3Iordcy. Dynamo-electric machines. 3Iarch 9
5971 A. W. Armstrong. Electrical batteries and appliances.
31 arch 2
9518 H. Applegarth. Carbon electrodes. March 2
9582 J. P. Hall. Dynamo-electric machines. 3Iarch 2
10502 E. Frankland. Electrical storage batteries. 3Iarch 5
13o92 31. Bailey and J. Warner. Primary batteries. March 2
11937 31. Bailey and J. Warner. Preventing escape of
noxious fumes from batteries. 3Iarch 2
1887.
11 1 W. C. Quinby. Eleetroly te and depolarising solution for
voltaic batteries. 3Iarch 9
1656 31. Bailey and J. Warner. Preventing escape of noxious
fumes from electric batteries. 3Iarch 5
1750 H. H. Lake-From Count R. de 3Iontgelas. The electro-
deposition of aluminium, and apparatus therefor. 3Iarch 16
1752 H. H. Lake— From Count H. de 3Iontgelas. Electric
batteries. 3Iarch 5
XIX.-PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
3029 J. B. Spence, London. Improved mode of preparing
fibres for use in paper making and other purposes. Feb "6
3100 P. Cook. Glasgow. Improvements in and connected
with the manufacture of papier-mache hollow vessels, and in
mechanism therefor. February 28
3122 H. J. Shawcross and B, H. Thwaite, Liverpool Im-
provements in the method of manufacture and subsequent
treatment of paper-tissue fabrics, wood, and like material for
the production of writings, prints, designs, or other impressions
in ink black and in colours. 3Iareh 1
3891 T. Worth, Droylsden. An improvement in the water-
proofing of paper for packing and other purposes. 3Iarcb 15
3927 C. Russell and P. H. Craigin, London. Improvements
in paper-pulp screens. Complete specification. 3Iarch 15
3937 A. \\ llkinson, London. The treatment of fibres for
pulp, and the manufacture of paper therefrom. March 15
' OMPLETB SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS6.
1076 A. Schlumberger. 3Ianufacture of cheques and oilier
papers so as to prevent fraudulent alterations therein. Feb 26
oot.3 \\ . E. Heys-From E. G. H. Ladewig. 3Ianufacture of
lire- and waterproof paper, millboard, etc. 31arch 2
6585 J. G. Dunbar and A. 3Iackenzie. Apparatus for regu-
lating the supply of pulp to paper-making machines. 3Iarch !P
1887.
517 H. H. Lake-From E. R. Wiggin. 3Ianufacture of cor-
rugated paper and similar fabrics. March 2
523 H. II. Lake— From E. R. Wiggin. 3Iachinery for use in
the manufacture of corrugated paper. March 2
1413 U. Eisentraut. 3Ianiifacturing composition from cellu-
lose or ground wood, which can be moulded by heat and
pressure. 31arch 2
1S08 H. H. Lake-F. J. 3Iarshall.
act tire of paper pulp. 3Iarch5.
3Iachinery for the manu-
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES, and EXTRACTS.
APPLICATION.
3678 S. II. Levi, London. A process of treating the seeds of
the fruit of a certain tree to render the same fit for industrial
or commercial purposes. 31arch 10.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
5936 E. Edwards— From E. A. Viteau. Process for complete
purification of perfumes, in the manufacture of which sulphuret
of carbon has been used. 31arch 2
6259 C. 1). Abel— From La Societe Anonyme des Parfums
.Naturcls de Cannes. Extraction of perfume essences. 31ar. 9
XXI. -EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
262S H. S. Maxim, London. Improvements relating to the
manufacture and treatment of dynamite, blasting gelatine,
and similar explosive compounds, and to apparatus therefor
lebruary 19
2679 C. Roth, London. Improvements in the manufacture of
explosives. Complete specification. February 21
3173 S. H. Nealy and L. Hutchins. London. Improvements in
marine torpedoes. Complete specification. March 1
324o H. Jephson, Derby. Improved fog-signal detonator.
3Iarch 2
3476 E. L. Sheldon, London. An improved match or cigarette
light. 31arch 7
3550 J. P. Gibbins. London. A land mine or torpedo for the
discharge of grenades, small shell, or other missiles, over a
large area. Complete specification; 3Iarch 8
3551 J. P. Gibbins, London. A floating electro contact or
automatic mine. Complete specification. March 8
3554 J. Fraser. London. Improvements in the method of
and apparatus for, manufacturing lucifer matches. 31arch 8
3675 A. V. Newton— From A.Nobel, France. Improvements
in explosive compounds. 31arch 10
3676 A. V. Newton— From A. Nobel. Improvements in de-
tonators. March 10
3778 W. W. Walker and E. A. 3IcAdam, Liverpool. Im-
provements in matches, wax-vestas, tapers, and the like
.March 12
3872 E. St. John Christophers and B. Dunk. The improve-
ment of explosive shells. 3tarch 15
3887 G. P. Lempriere. Birmingham. Improvements in
exploders or detonators for fog signals, torpedoes, artillery,
fire-arms, blasting cartridges, and other articlea of a like
nature. 3Iarch 15
3920 A. J. Boult— From L. Bagger. United States. Improve-
ments in, or relating to. the igniting of explosive charges.
Complete specification. 31arch 15
COMPLETE 8PECIFICA TIOKS ACCEPTED.
4525 G. A. Sweetser, Improvements in the manufacture of
cigar lights, fusees, or vesuvians, and apparatus therefor.
.March 2
6258 C. I). Abel— From F. Gaens. Explosive compound for
blasting. 31arcb 5
5191 11. von Schenk. 3Ianufacture of substances for igniting
matches. 3Iarch 16
Printed and Published bj Bmmott .v do.. N.» Bridge Street, Btrangewars, Manchester, lot the Society of Chemical Industry.
IiOndoh Offiob, n.r the Bale of Copies and Receipt of BnbBcriptiona ; 6. York Street, Corral Garden.
THE JOURNAL
OF THE
Society of Chemical 3ttcustry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. 4. -Vol. VI.
APRIL 29, 1887.
Non-Members 30 - per annum ; Members
21 - per Set; Single Copies 2,6.
Cbe ^ocictp of Chemical Jnoustrp.
Past Presidents:
Sir H. E. Roscoe. M.P.. LL.D.. V.P.R.S. . . 1881-1882.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B.. D.C.L., F.R-S. . . 1882-1883.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1883-1881.
W. H. Perkin, Ph.D.. F.R.S 1881—1885.
E. K. Muspratt 1885-1886.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1887.
President : David Howard.
Vice-Presidents :
Sir I. Lowthian Bell, Bart..
F.R.S.
Prof. James Deu-ar. F.R.S.
Dr.'Petvr Oriess. F.R.S.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter.
E. K. Muspratt.
Dr. \V. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe.
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
E. C. C. Stanford.
J. C. Stevenson, M.P.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
M.P.,
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood, F.R.S.E. John Pattinson
Eustace Carey. S. A. Sadler.
R. Forbes Carpenter.
Henry Doulton.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.
S. H. Johnson.
Iran I^evinstein.
Sir Bernhard Samuelson,
Bart.. M.P.
Sir Chan. Tennant, Burt.
Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook. East London Soapworks, Bow. E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary:
Luduig Mond, 20. Avenue Road, Regent's Park, N.W.
General Secretary: Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, Westminster. S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee :
The President.
Sir F. A. Abel, F.R.S.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.E.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes, D.Sc.
George E. Davis.
W. Y. Dent.
Prof. Dewar, F.R.S.
Peter Griess. Ph.D., F.R.S
D. B. Hewitt, M.D.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
F. Hurter, Ph.D.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola. F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
E. K. Muspratt.
C. OSullivan, F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H.E. Roscoe, M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
Editor : Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester.
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors :
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrymple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cross.
A. R. Davis.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulme.
Bertram Hunt.
C. C. Hutchinson.
D.E. Jones.
Abstractors :
W. E. Kay.
A. J. King. B.Sc.
Chas. A. Kohn. Ph.D.
J. Walter Leather. Ph.D.
D. A. Louis.
Wm Macnab, Jun.
W. G. McMillan.
G. Harris Morris. Ph.D.
J. If. H. Munro. D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
S. G. Rawson.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
F. W. Renaut.
James Taylor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Velev. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whiteley.
Sydney Young, D.Sc.
NOTICES.
In accordance with the provisions of Rule IS of the
Bye-laws, notice is hereby given that those members of
Council whose names are placed in italics in the
annexed list, will retire from their respective offices at
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Professor James Dewar, F.R.S., has been nominated
to the office of President, and Mr. David Howard has
been nominated Vice-President under Rule 11.
Professor Clowes, Mr. J. Neilson Cuthbertson,
Mr. Ivan Levinstein, and Professor W. A. Tilden, F.R.S.,
have been nominated Vice-Presidents under Rule 8;
and Mr. B. S. Proctor has been nominated Ordinary
Member of Council under Rule 17, in the place of
Mr. Levinstein, nominated Vice-President.
The Treasurer and Foreign Secretary have been
nominated for re-election.
Members are hereby invited to nominate fit and proper
persons to fill four vacancies among the Ordinary Members
of Council under Rule IS. Special nomination forms
for this purpose can be obtained from the General
Secretary upon application.
Extract from Rule IS :— " No such nomination shall
be valid, unless it be signed by at least ten members of
the Society, who are not in arrear with their subscrip-
tions, nor unless it be received by the General Secretary,
at the Society's Office, at least one month before the
date of the commencement of the Annual General
Meeting, to the election to take place at which it refers.
Nor shall any such nomination be valid if the person
nominated be' ineligible for election under Rules 12 or
15. No member shall sign more than one nomination
form."
Notice is hereby given, that the next Annual General
Meeting will be" held in Manchester on Wednesday,
Thursday, and Friday, the 13th, 14th, and 15th of July
next. Detailed arrangements and the programme of
proceedings will appear as soon as complete.
The supply of copies of the Journal for January, 1SS2,
and January, 1SS3, being now exhausted, the Secretary
would be glad to receive communications from members
possessing extra copies of those numbers, in good condi-
tion, with a view to purchase.
Should sufficient applications for complete sets be
received, the numbers will be reprinted.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or anv of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, "under Bye-Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
A
238
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29. 1887.
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law —
\i/., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before Bending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
\V. IS. Allbright. lo Dorchester: e b Halstead & Co.. 196—
202. Forsyth Street, New York. U.S.A.
J. Barrow. 1 0 Eccles; Beeeh House. Folly Lane, "S win ton,
near Manchester.
H. Brunner. 1 o Widnes ; Holly Mount, Tarbock Road. Huy-
ton. near Liverpool.
L. C. 1 lanicll, I/O London; Toohey's Brewery. Sydney, New
South Wales.
J. F. Davis, l/o New York ; 551, Quincev Street, Brooklvn.
New York. U.S.A.
D. B. Dott. 1 o Abbey Hill; 24. Castle Street. Edinburgh.
A. H. Elliott, 1 o Columbia College; office of "Anthony's
Bulletin." 59. Broadway. New York. U.S.A.
G. E. R. Ellis, l/o Bayswater : The County College. Hereford.
N. Farrant. 1 o St. Paul's Road ; 2, Lawnside, Bearwood
Road. Smethwick, Birmingham.
A. C. Fryer, l/o Richmond Hill : Cornwallis Lodge. Clifton.
Bristol.
G..I. Hamlen. l/o Hull ; 9, Muir Street, Silvertown. E.
C. M. King, l/o 5 ; 63, Ferine Park Road. Hornsev, X.
A. H. Mason ; Journals, etc., to P.O., Box 1979, Montreal.
Canada.
I>. Melville, l/o Boston: North Woburn, Mass.. U.S.A.
J. Men-vices. 1 o Rio Tinto : c o Cassel Gold Extracting I !o.,
Limited, 13, West Scotland Street. Kinning Park. Glasgow.
J. A. Morrice. 1 o Pollokshields ; 1. Athole Gardens Place,
Kelvinside, Glasgow.
Jas. Muter. 1 o Fauldhouse; c/oFinlay, Fleming & Co., Ran-
goon. Burmah.
W. II. North. 1 o Manningham ; Ingleby Street Dveworks,
Browroyd. Bradford. Yorks.
Jas, Park; Journals, etc.. c o Stevenson. Carlisle & Co.. Mil-
burn Chemical Works. Garngad Hill. Glasgow.
H. A. Rademacher. lo Charlestown : Cellulose Factory.
Glossop.
F. W. Richardson, lo Whetley Grove: 2, Farcliffe Place,
Bradford. Yorks.
W. Johnston Saint, 1 o Munich ; 11, Queen's Road,
Aberdeen.
Win. Scott, lo Ardgowan Street; 2, Robertson Street,
Greenock. N.B
C. A. Senc. 1 o Fulton Street; S62, Broadway. New York,
U.S.A.
Fred. Smith, 1 b Suttonon-Hull : c o New Explosives Co..
Limited. Stowmarket.
J. Johnston Smith. 1 o Port Glasgow ; Castle Brewery,
Newark-on-Trent.
Thos. Steel, lo Fiji; Yarraville Sugar Refinery, Melbourne,
Yictoria.
D. Stewart, l/o Kirkintilloch: 152, Birkbeek Road, Totten-
ham. V
F. P. Stiker. l/o EUicott Street, 206. High Street, Buffalo
New \ cik. I .S.A.
E. Sykes. 1 o Nursery Street : It, Edmond Street, Seedley,
Pendleton. Lancashire.
G. Crosland Taylor, lo Xeston ; Riverside, Boughton,
Chester.
G. G. Tomlinson, 1 o Rainham : 10. Maude Grove. West
Bronipton, S.W.
Jas. Towns, lo Victoria Docks: 50. Morgan Street Can-
ning Town, E.
A. W. Warrington, 1, o Gottingen ; 4, Grafton Square Clap-
ham, S.W.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
W. F. Jack, l/o Ravensworth. Xeoth. Glamorganshire
J. Lawrence, I/O 7, Bellgrove Terrace. Glasgow.
R. S\ ightwick Roberts. 1 o Yalparaiso. Chili.
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED, 22nd APRIL. 1887.
Jas. Armour, c/o ClippcnsOi! Co., 10. Both well Street, Glas-
gow, clerk.
T. F. Barbour. Chemical Laboratory, University of Edin-
burgh, assistant.
Al.x. Hair. 12, Hath Street, Glasgow, asphalte and water-
proof cloth manufacturer.
R. Bloomfleld. Thurma Factory, via Darhhunga, Tirhoot
India, indigo planter.
Thos. Fletcher. 99, Great Hampton Street, Birmingham
master baker.
Jas. Hardman. Whitwood Chemical Works, Normanton
manager,
Jno. Harrison. 35th and Gray's Ferry Road, Philadelphia,
Pa.. 1 .s.A.. chemical manufacturer.
A. Frederick Jones, 15, Dawson Place, Bayswater, W.,
sodium nitrate manufacturer.
J. West Knights, County Laboratory, Cambridge, public
analyst.
Alex. L. Lineff, 12, Buckingham Street, Adelphi. W.C., con-
sulting engineer.
^Harvey M. Mansfield, Fairfield, Somerset Co., Maine,
U.S.A.. chemist to Wood Fibre Company.
Frank Moul. Aldersgate Chemical Works. Southall. chemist.
Thos. C. Palmer. 121, Adelaide Road, Haverstock Hill. N.W..
engineer.
E. Cheshire Patchitt, 12?. Derby Road. Nottingham.
Iir. W. H. Perkin, jun.. 33, Central Road. Withington. Man-
chester, chemist.
Chas. E. Pickard, Phcenix, Oswego Co., New York, U.S.A.,
student in applied chemistry.
Herb. Pilkington, Tipton Green Furnaces, South Stafford-
shire, blast furnace manager.
Edw. Ramsden, Holly Bank, Great Horton, Bradford,
Yorks., spinner.
Alex. J. J. Ross. Battlefield Cottage. Falkirk, N.B.. chemist.
C. J. Thompson, 11, Bentley Road. Prince's Park, Liverpool,
pharmacist and analyst.
Jas. Tutton, 150, Shaw Heath, Stockport, chemist.
Dcart).
E. Addenbrooke, 18, Cawley Road, South Hackney, E.
ionDon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Burlington House.
Chairman: David Howard.
Committee :
Sir F. A. Abel. R. Messel.
H. E. Armstrong. B. E. R. Newlands.
W. Lant Carpenter. B. Redwood.
W. Crowder. T. Royle.
C. Graham. John Spiller.
S. Hall. G. C. Trewby.
A. K. Huntington. J. Williams.
Hon. Local Sec. and Treasurer: Thos. Tvrer,
Garden Wharf, Church Road, Battersea, S.W.
The meetings of the London Section will be held on the first
Monday in each month.
SESSION 1886—8".
Prospective Arrangements.
2.— Dr. P. F. Frankland. " Recent Bacteriological
Research in connection with Water Supply."
Dr. C. R. A. Wright, " The Action of Zinc Chloride
on Castor Oil."
16.— Messrs. Cross & Bevan. " Pictet's Wood Pulp
System."
Mr. John Ruffle. "The Estimation of Moisture in
Superphosphates and similar Fertilisers."
6.— Dr. H E. Armstrong. " The Alkaloids— the Present
state of Knowledge concerning them, and the
Method employed in their Investigation."
,, Mr. Boverton Redwood, " Notes of a Recent Visit
to some of the Petroleum-producing Territories
of the L'nitcd States and Canada."
July.— Annual Meeting in Manchester.
Mav
June
Notices of Meetings and Papers will be found in the
Scientific Journals.
Notices of papers and communications to be made to the
Local Secretary.
Meeting held April 4, 1SS7
THE r RESIDENT IN THE CHAIR.
The Triennial Election of Officers and Committee
of the Section was made. Thanks to the Chairman
and Committee were proposed and replied to by the
Secretary. The new Committee takes office after
June next.
April 29. 188-.1 I HE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
239
FURTHER NOTES AND EXPERIMENTS ON
THE COMPOSITION AND MANURIAL
VALUE OF SEWAGE SLUDGE.
BY J. M. H. MU.VRO, D.SC, F.C.S., ETC.,
Profettor of Chemistry in the College of Agriculture, Downton,
Salisbury.
L\ January, 188"), I had the honour of reading a paper
before this Society, giving the results of field experi-
ments with filter-pressed sewage sludge upon crops of
turnips ; I showed that, weight for weight, partially
air-dried sludge exercised rather more immediate
effect than farmyard manure, and good crops were
grown with all three of the sludges tried, whereas on
the unmanured plots scarcely any crop could be
obtained. Since, however, 5 tons of the sludges con-
tained a considerably greater weight of phosphoric
acid and nitrogen than 5 tons of the farmyard
manure, I considered that I had by no means obtained
the maximum effect, which I attributed to the fact
that the sludges were used in tenacious clods not
readily pulverised by the harrow so as to mix
with the soil. I expressed my intention of experi-
menting with some dried and ground sludges,
anticipating that from them much better duty per unit
of nitrogen and of phosphoric acid would be obtained.
These trials were duly made, with all the care I
could bestow on them, but circumstances beyond my
control interfered greatly with the results. Thirty-
five plots of rape were grown in 1885, and some
experiments were made on potatoes also ; nothing
was wanting to success but suitable weather, and
unfortunately the summer of 1885 is too well remem-
bered as one of exceptional drought. Root crops
failed almost entirely over the whole of the south of
England, winter keep was consequently exceedingly
scarce, and the price of sheep fell alarmingly at the
autumn fairs. My experimental plots of rape and
swedes were really the best specimens of those crops
to be seen on the farm, but that is not saying much ;
the weather was far too dry to favour the action of
any manures, and even Peruvian guano, superphos-
phate, and nitrate of soda, produced only a fraction
of their usual effect.
In consequence of this, I postponed publication of
the results, and laid out another series of thirty-five
plots in 1886, on which a mixture of rape and turnips
was grown ; these also were sacrificed to a misadven
ture, for which science provides no remedy. The farm '
manager, caring nothing for sewage sludge, and a |
good deal for the exigencies of his daily work, cast a '
greedy eye upon my crops as they approached (
maturity, and finally folded a flock of sheep upon [
them without allowing me any opportunity of weigh- I
ing up the produce. I cannot, therefore, pretend to
offer in this paper anything very new or very con- I
elusive ; as the title indicates, I have, really in response i
to the invitation of your Hon. Secretary, put together
such notes and observations as may furnish a record
of the work I have been able to devote to the subject j
during the past two years. The very full and recent I
discussion on the disposal of sewage sludge following
the reading of Mr. Dibdin's and Mr. Crimp's papers j
at the Institution of Civil Engineers, proves the
interest and importance of the subject, but at the I
same time, perhaps, rather discourages any individual
effort to add to the existing information.
I will first dispose of the field experiments with
ordinary sewage sludges, and with a novel one,and then
consider the composition of sludge, andhowsewageean
best be precipitated and the sludge pressed with the
viea of utilisingthe pressed cakes as manure ; and this,
I may be allowed to point out, is not quite the same
thing as precipitation and pressing with the sole
view of clarifying sewage and avoiding a nuisance.
The ordinary sludges tried as manures in 1885 were
Coventry sludge (lime and alumina), Leyton sludge
(Hanson'.; process, lime and alkali waste), native
guano (A 15 C process) ; all air-dried and ground.
Wimbledon sludge (lime) partially air-dried and in
lumps. Besides these, I tried also a sludge precipitated
not from sewage, but from the waste liquor of a
hide-cleansing factory. In its dry state it contained
1'20 per cent, nitrogen, and only 0"80 per cent, phos-
phoric acid.
The plots receiving these sludges were compared
with unmanured plots, and with plots receiving
standard manures, such as nitrate of soda, mineral
superphosphate, Peruvian guano, and fish guano.
The detailed analyses of these sludges (together
with others) are given in Table A, and will be com-
mented on after the manorial results have been given
From this table we find that eight samples of
sewagesludgetriedasmanures, prepared in six different
towns, by lime or alumina precipitation, or both,
contained on the average in 100 parts of dry matter
2'20 per cent, of phosphoric acid, equivalent to
4"80 per cent, of phosphate of lime, and T40 per
cent, of nitrogen equivalent to 171 per cent,
of ammonia. Mr. Dibdin gives as the average
composition of the (dried) sludge obtained at
Crossness T57 per cent, of phosphoric acid, =3"42
per cent, of phosphate of lime, and 2'0S per cent, of
nitrogen, =253 per cent, of ammonia. In bone
[ manures, some of which contain about the same per-
centage of nitrogen as dried sludge, 13s. per unit of
nitrogen reckoned as ammonia is not considered a
high valuation ; and as to precipitated phosphate, it
may be put at 2s. per unit. I mean that farmers
should be well content to pay these prices at indus-
trial centres for manure in the condition of dried and
ground sludge, free on rail, but exclusive of carriage ;
,' they generally pay very considerably higher figures,
because they buy inferior manures in small
lots through local dealers on credit. For
example, many so - called samples of bone
superphosphate contain not more than 0'6' per cent,
of nitrogen reckoned as ammonia, and even this small
quantity is generally paid for at more than 13s. per
unit. Again, by getting close quotations from
London makers a farmer could no doubt buy 10 or 20
tons of mineral superphosphate at Is. 9d. per unit of
" soluble phosphate," exclusive of bags, carriage, and
credit ; but farmers generally pay 2s. 6d. to 3s. per unit,
and an educated farmer, in talking to me, refused to
believe that this manure could be of good quality
under £i 10s. per ton, that is 3s. 6d. per unit of
soluble phosphate. On the basis given above we get
31s. 9d. on my analysis, and 3t>s. on Mr. Dibdin's, as
about the value of the manurial constituents of one
ton of dried and ground sewage sludge. I contended
that there is nothing to prevent this valuation being
justified, when the ground sludge is applied to crops
and property mixed with the soil, side by side with
well-known artificials bought at market rates. I am
aware that these figures give nearly 15s. per ton as
the value of the wet pressed sludge containing 55
per cent, water ; but I have never contended that
sludge from the presses is worth 15s. per ton. Its
unsuitable physical condition was fully dwelt on in
my previous paper. At Salisbury, during the last
few months, 1O00 tons of this stuff have been sold
at nearly 4s. per ton on the spot ; the railway com-
pany would deliver stable manure from London for
about cjs. Gd. per ton at this distance. Bearing in
mind that under favourable circumstances these two
manures will in the first year produce nearly similar
crops, weight for weight, a much higher price than
4s. cannot be expected ; at the same time, the farmer
using good sludge leaves in the soil a much larger
a2
240
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29. 1887,
residue of phosphoric acid and nitrogen, to be partly
utilised in future years, than is left by an equal
weight of farmyard dung.
So long as Local Boards can get anything for the
sludge, or even give it away, they will probably not
trouble about any further preparation of it. But
where other manures are cheap, and the sewage
works not in the midst of an agricultural district,
4s. cannot be obtained ; at Coventry, 2s. 6d. is all
that can be had ; at Wimbledon, where stable
manure competes with it, Is. per ton is obtained ;
at Leyton it is given away ; at Tottenham it is partly
given and partly delivered to the farmers ; and at
Crossness, where it would be produced in very large
quantities, quite away from the country, competing
with stall manure, fish waste, and other refuse re-
quiring to be sold, and close to the spot where arti-
ficial manures can be bought cheaper than anywhere
else, it would seem as if no mode of disposal or of
utilisation can save sewage sludge, pressed or im-
pressed, from being a burden to the rates. What
will eventually be done with the London sludge I
leave to others to discuss. My present object is to
point out that in smaller towns, where the pressed
sludge is not easily disposed of, but is not produced
in too great a quantity, or too far from an agricul-
tural district, a manure can be produced by drying
and grinding, which, at all events, should more than
repay the cost of these two processes.
Let us see now how my estimate of 30s. per ton
dry, is justified by trials against other manures, first
remarking that in field experiments of this kind nega-
tive results are of no value. A manure cannot under
the most favourable circumstances do more than
yield up a certain fraction of its fertilising ingre-
dients to a crop, but, on the other hand, many
circumstances may prevent even the best manure
from producing any appreciable benefit in particular
cases. To ensure success, the soil must be in poor
condition, otherwise the unmanured plots will yield
too highly , the crop must be one which will respond
to the " dominant constituent " of the manure — root
crops for phosphates, gramineous crops for nitrogen,
potatoes or clover for potash, etc. ; the manure must
be in proper condition (i.e., generally in powder),
and properly applied at the right time ; a uniform
plant must exist over the plots ; the soil must be
uniform in character ; and there must be sufficient
rainfall to render the manure available to the plant.
Lack of the last condition was fatal to many of the
plots of rape in 1885 ; for want of rain just after
sowing the plant failed in patches, most over the
unmanured plots, and next over those receiving the
weakest and most insoluble manures. The six un-
manured plots produced an average of 153lb. green
rape ; the best plots, those receiving farmyard-
manure and enriched sludges only produced about
450lb. — three times this quantity would have been a
fair crop had there been sufficient rainfall. Owing
to the patchy nature of the plant, the plots re-
ceiving—
4cwt. per acre, herring and potash guano
H tons ,, hide cleansing factory sludge
3 tons ,, native guano
11 tons ,, native guano
3 tons ,, Coventry sludge
showed either insignificant increases over the un-
manured plots (the herring and potash guano showed
a decrease), or increases so irregular that no con-
clusions can be drawn. Coming to the plots on
which a more uniform plant was secured, the fol-
lowing averages were obtained : —
Increase,
lb.
Unmanured. 1531b 0
1A tons per acre. Wimbledon sludge. 2541b 101
li tons ,, Coventry sludge, 2611b 108
4cwt. „ superphosphate, 2781b 125
Increase.
11).
8c\vt. per acre, superphosphate, 3281b 175
4cwt. ,, codfish guano and potash. 2951b. .. 112
1J tons .. dried and ground Leyton sludge
(moisture 27 per cent., nitrogen 1'05 per cent.,
phosphoric acid 128 per cent.). 3451b 192
10 tons per acre, farmyard manure, 4491b 296
Taking the four best results, the 8cwt. superphos-
phates, costing us 24s., and the 4cwt. codfish guano,
costing 32s., were both inferior to the 1| ton dried
and ground Leyton sludge, worth, according to my
valuation, 28s. Gd. ; the 10 tons farmyard manure,
which if bought would cost in our district perhaps
65s., produced about as great an increase over the
Leyton sludge crop as would be expected from the
difference in the price at which they are valued.
The ground Leyton sludge (precipitated by Han-
son's process) was of a peculiar light feathery texture,
different to what I have seen in any other
sludges. I do not know the reason of this, but
perhaps it partly accounts for the good result ob-
tained with it.
Experiments made in the same year (1885) on
potatoes, grown in a different soil, and in a different
locality, show that dried Coventry sludge and Native
Guano (the only sludges tried) justify the value here
assigned to them, in comparison with fish-potash
Guano and Peruvian guano. In this case the potato
sets were a yard apart each way, and a carefully-
weighed quantity of the manure was incorporated
with the soil above each set at the time of planting,
experiments reported by me elsewhere (Agricultural
lja:ette, September, 1884), having shown that the
yield of tubers could be more than doubled accord-
ing to the mode of applying the manures, and that
this mode was the best of those tried. In 1885 the
results were : —
39 sets of potatoes unmanured, produced on
an average 611b. tubers.
39 sets, each manured with 4oz. dried and
ground Coventry sludge, @ 13} „ moisture,
106 nitrogen, and 125'; phosphoric acid,
produced on an average 761b. „
39 sets, with 8oz. each of the same sludge — 861b. „
39 sets, with 8oz. each Native Guano, at 29':
moisture. 1'50 „ nitrogen, and 112% phos-
phoric acid 741b. ,,
39 sets, each with loz. fish guano, containing
8 nitrogen, 7J°i phosphoric acid, and
potash salts 781b. „
39 sets, each with 2oz. of the fish guano 1021b.
39 sets, each with 3oz. Peruvian guano, con-
taining SX nitrogen, and 11;; phosphoric
acid.. llljlb. „
The Peruvian guano cost £10 per ton, the fish
guano £8 ; the native guano comes, on my valuation,
to 29s. 6d. per ton, the Coventry sludge to 22s. 6d.
Applying these figures, we find that —
4oz. per set Coventry sludge gave an increase of
121b. potatoes, at a cost of Id.
8oz. per set Coventry sludge gave an increase of
221b. potatoes, at a cost of 2Jd.
Soz. per set Native Guano gave an increase of 101b.
potatoes, at a cost of ; 3d.
loz. per set Fish potash guano gave an increase
of 111b. potatoes, at a cost of 2d.
2oz. per set Fish potash guano gave an increase
of 381b. potatoes, at a cost of 4Jd.
3oz. per set Peruvian guauo gave an increase of
50}lb. potatoes, at a cost of 73d.
Without analysing these numbers more minutely, it
is evident the comparison is by no means unfavourable
to Coventry sludge at the value affixed to it.
The only other manurial results I have to bring for-
ward are those obtained with specially prepared
sludges, enriched by the use of phosphatic material
in treating the sewage.
The idea of precipitating sewage by dissolved phos-
phates is very old, and is associated with the names of
Herapath, Blythe, the Phosphate Sewage Co., Dugald
Campbell, and Whitthread. The novelties in the
April m, is!?.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
241
present experiments are two, and refer to the phos-
phatic material employed, and the time of introducing
it into the sewage. In 1884 and 1885 I was employed
in demonstrating the manurial value of the phos-
phates contained in basic cinder, or Thomas phos-
phate slag, and it was while this work was on hand
that the idea occurred to Mr. C. C. Hutchinson and
myself of utilising this substance for sewage treat-
ment. Thomas slag was then a waste product, and
consequently by far the cheapest phosphatic material
to be bought; it is still considerably cheaper than other
Phosphates, but as the experiments made in 1885 by
'rof essor Wrightson and myself, and a number of ex-
periments made in Germany by Dr. Paul Wagner and
others, have demonstrated the high manurial value
of this slag, when simply ground to a very fine pow-
der, it can no longer be obtained at a waste product
price. .
Thomas phosphate slag now contains on an average
IT or 18 per cent, of phosphoric acid, equivalent to
37 or 38 per cent, phosphate of lime. It is distinguished
from other phosphatic materials by the presence of
12—18 per cent, of protoxide of iron, together with
some peroxide.
When this slag is ground and treated with sul-
phuric acid, there is obtained a " superphosphate " of
a peculiar character ; in addition to the soluble phos-
phate, it contains a considerable proportion of ferrous
sulphate, some ferric sulphate, and a large excess of
sulphate of lime. The manurial efficacy of this " dis-
solved slag " appears to be to some extent interfered
with by the sulphate of iron, and is at present eclipsed
by the superior results shown by the undissolved slag
when finely ground. As a sewage precipitant, how-
ever, the sulphate of iron is an advantage. The
soluble phosphate has also precipitating power, and
the phosphoric acid is recovered in the sludge. The
drawback to the process is the large percentage of
lime contained in the slag— about 20 per cent, in ex-
cess of the phosphoric acid, and the consequent large
proportion of sulphuric acid required to dissolve it.
Could a phosphatic slag be produced, with this excess
of lime nearly replaced by protoxide of iron and phos-
phoric acid, it would be very suitable for this method
of sewage treatment.
In June, 1885, some experiments were made by
Messrs. S. H. Johnson, C. C. Hutchinson, and
myself, at the West Ham Sewage Works, with the
view of obtaininga highly phosphatic sludge to be dried
and ground for manure ; and the manure produced
was tried against the other sludges in the field trials
already cited. I will summarise very briefly these
experiments, which disclose some points of interest.
The West Ham sewage is notorious for being very
foul, very much contaminated by manufacturing
refuse, and liable to vary in composition with great
suddenness ; hence it has always been found difficult
to treat by chemical processes. A preliminary series of
precipitation experiments in gallon jars was therefore
made, from which we learned —
I. That dissolved cinder alone tried successively in
quantities of 3, 5, 10, 16, 20, and 40grs. per gallon, pro-
duced no satisfactory precipitation. The dissoh ed cinder
was of course precipitated by the ammonia of the sewage,
as is the case with the sulphate of alumina in the A B C
process, but the precipitate so produced failed to clarify
the liquid, and bring about speedy settlement. All the
mixtures remained alkaline after standing for half-an-
hour.
II. 40grs. dissolved cinder per gallon, followed by the
successive addition of li, H, and 3grs. of lime (as milk
of lime), produced a more satisfactory effluent, but the
effect was much better when the 6grs. of lime were
added in one dose, directly after the dissolved cinder,
instead of in instalments.
HI. Adding the lime before the dissolved cinder
produced a still better precipitation. This is known to
be the case also when lime is used in conjunction with
sulphate of alumina,
IV. 8, 6, 28, 14, and lOgrs. lime were then tried,
followed by 16, 24, 168, 70, and 30grs. dissolved cinder.
Less than lOgrs. of lime gave an unsatisfactory precipi-
tation with this sample of sewage, but by using lOgrs.
with 30grs. dissolved cinder, as good a clarification was
obtained as with larger quantities. These quantities
gave a nearly neutral effluent, in which phosphoric acid
could not be detected.
V. Raw ground basic cinder, although containing free
lime, was found to have little or no precipitating power.
VI. lOgrs. of lime and lOgrs. sulphateof alumina gave
a better precipitation than lOgrs. lime alone, but lOgrs.
lime and 30grs. dissolved cinder gave the best of all.
When the sulphate of alumina was increased to 20grs.,
however, it showed a superiority over the dissolved
cinder. .
All the above experiments were made with the
same sample of sewage. The next morning a fresh
sample was taken, and the trials continued. Only
5grs. of lime were found necessary to produce a
satisfactory clearance, and the best result was
obtained with 5grs. lime and 20grs. dissolved
cinder. Another sample of sewage, taken only half-
nn-hour after the preceding, however, did not clear
well with 2, 3 or 5grs. of lime, followed by dissolved
cinder or sulphate of alumina, and required lOgrs.
lime and 20grs. dissolved cinder to produce a satis-
factory clearance. In a manufacturing district like
West Ham the changes in the character of the sewage
are sometimes very sudden.
On the third day also of the precipitation trials the
sewage required lOgrs. lime and 3(>grs. dissolved
cinder, and the effluent was not improved by sub-
stituting lOgrs. of sulphate of alumina for 10 of the
dissolved cinder. . ,
Our object being to produce a sludge rich in
phosphoric acid, we determined to use lOgrs. lime
and 30grs. dissolved cinder on the large scale, and
accordingly we precipitated the contents of two tanks
(about 525,000gals.) of sewage with 7cwt. lime and
19cwt. dissolved cinder. The milk of lime was added
before pumping and the dissolved cinder after.
With the sludge produced in these operations a
series of pressing experiments was conducted with a
hand-power filter-press, in order to ascertain the
minimum quantity of lime required to render the
sludge pressable. The necessity for adding lime again
at this stage considerably increases the quantity of
lime consumed, diminishes the nominal value of the
sludge, and gives rise to the very alkaline and badly-
smelling press-liquor complained of by Dr. Tidy and
others. (See Table B, analyses of the 'W imbledon,
Leyton and Salisbury press-liquors.)
The untreated sludge was, of course, found to be
unpressable, and only when \\ per cent, of lime was
added could a good pressing be obtained, the tune
taken (in the hand-press) being half-an-hour, and the
pressure rising from 60 to 1001b. per square inch.
The first large pressing was, therefore, made with
this proportion, 2cwt. lime (H per cent.) being added
as milk of lime to the 14,680lb. sludge measured in
the well. It will be noticed that this is more than
half the quantitv used (3icwt.) for the actual precipi-
tation of this first tank of sludge. Good cakes were
obtained, which easily came to pieces (A).
It was found by a small trial pressing that the quan-
titv of lime required to make the sludge pressable could
be diminished by employing it in conjunction with
dissolved cinder. With \ per cent., or half the lime
formerly used, perfect cakes were obtained, when
5 per cent of dissolved cinder was added after the
lime : this quantity of dissolved cinder being more
than sufficient to neutralise the sludge, but not suffi-
cient to neutralise the sludge and lime. The press-
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (April 86, is??.
liquor obtained in this way differed much from that
obtained by the use of lime alone: it was much
lighter in colour and less offensive, formed.no scum
of carbonate of lime on standing, and was much more
free from foul matter, giving Blight light-coloured
I recipitates with a little sulphate "f alumina and
dissolved cinder instead of the dark green and black
precipitates given by the limed press liquor.
A small pressing with 4 per cent, lime and 10 per
cent, dissolved cinder also gave good cakes (C), but
the press liquor, although good in quality, was acid.
Another small pressing was made with i per cent.
lime and 10 per cent, dissolved cinder, and a further
quantity of lime to neutralisation ; this also yielded
good cakes (D).
The large pressing of sludge from the second tank
was made with £ per cent, lime (lcwt.)and 5 percent.
dissolved cinder (6'6cwt.) to the 233 cubic feet of
sludge in the well : in one hour first-rate cakes were
obtained with a good press liquor.
All the sludges, from both large and small press-
ings, were dried, ground, and analysed. Field experi-
ments were made with the sludges A and B from the
large pressings.
Detailed analyses of these sludges are given in
Table A; here it is only necessary to give the per-
centages of nitrogen and phosphate of lime in the
dried material : —
N = NH, Ca,P.O„.
Sludge A, precipitated with lOgrs. lime
and 30grs. dissolved cinder per
gallon, and pressed with lime 1* per
cent, of sludge, contained 223 681
B, precipitated like A, and pressed
with lime i per cent, and dissolved
cinder 5 per cent, of sludge, con-
tained 1-97 ....10-57
C, precipitated like A, and pressed
with 1 percent- and dissolved cin-
der 10 per cent, of sludge, contained 126 ll'ol
D, like C, but more lime added to
neutralise the siudge r03 13'10
Iii addition to the large percentages of phosphates
these sludges differ from ordinary sludges in having
the carbonate of lime partly or wholly replaced by
Mil] 'hate ; thus, A contained only 10 per cent, carbo-
nate of lime, and B none at all, but 2.J-30 per cent.
of sulphate. There is no doubt this is an advantage
from a manurial point of view. Notwithstanding the
considerable proportion of precipitating materials used
the A and B sludges are above the average in
nitrogen ; this partly arises from the solubility of the
sulphate of lime into which the carbonate is con
verted. All these sludges of course contained prot-
oxide of iron, and were very dark in colour as they
came from the press ; very speedily a fine reddish-
purple tint appeared on the surface, and the
("lour gradually penetrated through the cakes; the
complete conversion of protoxide of iron into per-
oxide, however, was not finished when the cakes were
dry and ground, but continued to go on for a week
or two in the bags of ground sludge. In addition to
this oxidation the ground sludge in the bags under-
went a gradual oxidation of the organic matter, which
kept the sludges quite warm for two or three weeks
after they were stored in the manure shed at
Dow nton.
Here I may say that, admitting the utility of ferrous
salts as precipitating agents, I can by no means agree
with Mr. Dibdin's theory of their action— the idea
of precipitated ferrous hydrate acting as a carrier of
oxygen to the organic matter of sewage appears to
me fanciful in the extreme, Mr. Dibdin says "it is
rapidly converted into ferric hydrate by the oxygen
dissolved in the water." But sewage, as has been
shown in the experiments of Angus Smith, in my
own, and in Gayon and Dupetit's, is the special
habitat of denitrifying bacteria — organisms so greedy
of oxygen that, in presence of organic matter capable
of oxidation, they will take oxygen from nitrates in
solution, when they cannot get it from the air, and
hand it over to the organic matter. Hence sewage
never contains nitrates until these bacteria have died
down, and hence it contains no dissolved oxygen
either- what was there has been used up long before.
It is these bacteria that are the active agents in
burning up the organic matter by transference of
atmospheric oxygen, and they are followed by an
organism of a totally different stamp, the nitrifying
organism, which oxidises the ammonia to nitrate, and
so completes the purification. Ferrous hydrate under
the surface of the liquid remains ferrous hydrate (if it
does not become ferrous sulphide); exposed to the air
it quickly becomes ferric hydrate, as in the sludge
cake snow being considered,and then remains ferric hy-
drate unless the cakes should be again submerged. At
any rate I have seen no proof that it acts otherwise.
The sludge A, pressed with ll per cent, of lime,
has always given off a strong odour of ammonia ; the
sludge B, with half this quantity of lime, aud this
neutralised by the dissolved cinder, has never smelt
of ammonia.
Now, as to the manurial results obtained with A
and B.
It will be remembered that the unmanured plots of
rape produced on an average 1531b. rape, and that the
best of the ordinary dried sludges — that from Leytou
— gave 345lb., or an increase of 192lb. when applied
at the rate of lA tons per acre. As compared with
these results —
lj tons per acre of A gave 3501b. rape, or an increase of 1971b.
lj „ B „ 1501b. „ „ :971b.
the latter crop being identical with that obtained by
the dressing of lo tons per acre farmyard manure,
the best of the series. If the 10 tons farmyard manure
cost, as I have said, at least 60s:, the B sludge must
be worth 40s. per ton ; valued on the scale I have
already given (2s. per unit of phosphate of lime, and
13<. per unit of ammonia), we get for the B sludge
(with 10 per cent, moisture, as used) 42s. per ton, and
for the A sludge (with 15 per cent, moisture, as used)
38s. 6d. With the remainder of the A and B sludges,
mixed together, an entire acre of swedes was grown
in another field, 8cwt. per acre of the dried sludge
being drilled in with the seed. The remainder of the
field vas dressed with 4cwt. superphosphate per acre.
The strip dressed with the dried sludge was the best
in the field ; on this portion the crop was fairly
uniform, and foots of a fair size were obtained ; on
the rest of the field the crop was very patchy, as was
generally the case in our district. Taking into account
the very exceptional dryness of the season, I think it
may be said that the manurial results obtained
with these sludges were very fairly successful.
On the whole, although not altogether prepared to
recommend the dissolved cinder as a precipitating
agent, it appears to be a very good substance with
which to press the sludge— effecting an economy of
lime, greatly improving the press liquor, and conferr-
ing additional manurial value on the sludge. As
regards the presence of sulphate of lime in the press
liquor and effluent, Warington has shown that this
substance greatly accelerates the nitrification of
ammoniacal solutions ; hence it appears to be desir-
able rather than otherwise, at any rate when the
effluent is to be used for irrigation — the best way of
disposing of it.
As the average composition of the dry matter of
ordinary sewage sludge we get (from Table A) : —
Organic I
• &\°?\e I-30"5' containing nitrogen 112, equal to ammonia 172.
matter J
Ash 69-05
P«0.
. 2-20,
Ca PzO. 181.
100 U)
April 29, 1S87.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
243
Of this ash 21 22 consists of clay and sand, and in
the four samples analysed 2972 consists of carbonate
of lime.
Mr. Dibdin'a average analysis of a numberof samples
of pressed sludge obtained at Crossness gives, « hen cal-
culated out in the same way —
containing X. 2 '08 Xli ..2-53.
„ P:Oi..lo7 = Ca,P.O,..3M3.
Organic and volatile
matter 39S0,
Ash 60 20
100 00 "
The sludge analysed fcyMr. Dibdin, was, it is to be
supposed, produced with a minimum quantity of pre-
cipitating material — the 37 grains lime, and 1 grain
sulphate of iron per gallon recommended for the
treatment of the Metropolitan sewage. Where lime
is used, as it is a cheap precipitant, and when used
in sufficient quantity always produces a clear though
not pure effluent, there is a tendency to use it in
excessive quantities : the necessity of adding lime to
the sludge to make it pressable increases the waste.
The sample of Salisbury sludge (Table A)thus contains
as much as 65 per cent, of its dry weight of carbonate of
lime, and is, of course, correspondingly poor in
nitrogen and phosphates. In considering the
manurial value of sludge, its variability of composi-
tion is an important factor. In my own analyses the
nitrogen per cent, of dry sludge varies from "88 in
Salisbury sludge and "90 in Wimbledon sludge with
the lime process, to 2'1G in "Native Guano" (ABC
process), and 228 in West Ham sludge (lime and
alumina). The phosphate of lime is still more
variable ; 1M4 per cent, in the Salisbury sludge, about
6 per cent, in several others, and as much as 9'75 per
cent, in one sample of Wimbledon sludge.
From Dr. Wallace's analyses of twelve different
makes of sludge (not pressed sludge, and therefore
not calculated out in full for comparison with the pre-
ceding), I find an average of 27'96 organic and
volatile matter, containing 0'90 nitrogen, equal to
riO ammonia.
The percentage of nitrogen contained in the organic
and volatile matter of sewage sludge appears, from
Dr. Wallace's analyses, to be 3'22, from Mr. Dibdin's,
5'22, and from my own, 4'5S. Five per cent, of
nitrogen, therefore, is the limit to which dry sewage
sludge would tend to approach, could we obtain it
free from road detritus, and precipitating material.
In actual practice, 2 per cent, is a maximum which is
rarely obtained.
It would be a great advantage, if, as Major-General
Scott proposed, the road detritus could be separated
from the sewage in a separate tank before the sludge
proper is allowed to subside. When the precipitant is
added first of all, it appears that the precipitate in this
first tank is richest in nitrogen ; but if the road detritus
be allowed to deposit in a first small tank, and the
precipitating agents added between the first and
second tank, a different result ought to be obtained.
Perhaps, on an average, not less than 50 per cent, of
dry sludge consists of road detritus, and if this could
be removed by a preliminary settling, the manurial
value of the second sludge would be nearly doubled.
The road detritus sludge could be burnt in destructors,
and only the second sludge sold as manure.
Next to the adoption of this measure, which I should
like to see tested practically, economy of precipitat-
ing materials is the chief means by which a rich
sludge can be produced. Theoretically, the quantity
of precipitants ought to be adapted to every charge
of sewage in the tanks ; this, however, is impossible,
and the plan of automatically regulating the supply
of lime by the flow of sewage falls very far short of
the requirements of the case. The difficulty can best
be met by habitual observation of the sewage on the
part of the manager, and an avoidance of the ten-
dency to work up to the maximum quantity of lime and
stick to it. When sulphate of alumina is used as well
as lime, more economy is observed, and a richer
sludge produced. There is no doubt that, as Mr.
Dibdin says, the lime ought to be applied in solution
(as it is in the press liquor), and this is to be accom-
plished by preliminary agitation of the milk of lime
with a sufficient volume of sewage to dissolve the
whole of it. When we come to pressing the sludge,
the practice of shovelling in lime wholesale is also to
be discouraged ; if the preparation of sludge manure
is undertaken seriously, the lime added at this stage
ought to be neutralised by superphosphate or dis-
solved basic slag, as I show in another part of this
paper. By doing this, lime is economised, the manure
enriched (of course the soluble phosphate is recovered),
the press cloths last longer, and the press liquor is
much less offensive. The dried sludge also does not
part with ammonia. In the late discussion at the
I Institution of Civil Engineers, an agricultural chemist
doubted whether the nitrogen of sewage sludge has
any manurial efficacy. If Mr. Lloyd had observed
the strong ammoniacal odour continually given off
from limed sludge, he would not be sceptical on this
point. Mr. Sillar, the champion of a timeless process,
went to the opposite extreme. " By the addition of
lime to manure,'' he says, " the whole of the ammonia
is discharged into the air, rendering the manure com-
paratively worthless for agricultural purposes."
Somewhere between these two extremes lies the
truth. Ammonia is certainly given off continuously,
•but the process is gradual, and in the mere drying of
a limed sludge, very little is lost. To test this point,
I dried 20grms. of limed (Wimbledon) sludge, con-
taining 56 per cent, water, in a Liebig's tube plunged
in boiling water ; a current of air was aspirated
through the tube, and the evolved ammonia received
in standard acid and determined. The original sludge
contained 0'419S per cent, of nitrogen, and '0095 or
,r\ of the whole amount, was given off as ammonia
in drying. «
Amongst all the ordinary sludges which I have
tried as manures, Xative Guano, on the dried sample,
contained most nitrogen, =2'62 percent, of ammonia ;
and the phosphate of lime was also good — viz., 4'37
per cent. The lot actually sent me for experiment,
however, contained no less than 29i per cent, water —
quite 15 or 20 per cent, more than there ought to be
in a sludge dried for transit to any distance. Per-
haps the reasons why this company produces a very
fairly rich sludge, are that at Aylesbury they have to
deal with sewage precipitable with a small proportion
of reagents, and that great attention is bestowed by
the management there on proportioning the pre-
cipitants to the sewage to be treated. Much has
been heard about the action of the clay and charcoal in
carrying down ammonia, and even the alumina has
had this action claimed for it. I do not know of any
published experiments actually proving this, and I
doubt if experience on the large scale has confirmed
it. At any rate, as Mr. Dibdin has shown, the
" Xative Guano " produced at Crossness (where, per-
haps, they found a much larger quantity of pre-
cipitants necessary than at Aylesbury), was actually
poorer in ammonia than Mr. Dibdin's limed sludge.
During the last few days, I have made a few-
experiments to test for myself any precipitating
action for ammonia possessed by the ABC
materials.
A solution of ammonia containing llgrs. NH3 per
gallon, was divided into lots of 500cc. each, in glass
jars covered with ground glass plates. The follow-
244
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29. 1887.
ing precipitant^ were then added to the various
jars :—
I. Ugrs. per gallon China clay made into an emulsion with
water.
II. llOgrs. per gallon China clay made into an emulsion with
water.
Ill UOgrs. per gallon China clay made into an emulsion with
water ; 2S0grss. per gallon common salt being previously added
to the solution to promote coagulation of the clay.
IV. 28grs. elav per gallon, followed by 28grs. alum in solu-
tion.
V. 112grs. clay per gallon, followed by 112grs. alum in solu-
tion.
VI. 2Sgrs. alum per gallon in solution.
VII. 112grs. alum pergallon in solution.
VIII. 2Sgrs. per gallon freshly-burnt animal charcoal (bono
black).
IX. 112grs. per gallon freshly -burnt animal charcoal (bone
black).
X. Xo addition.
After standing for two days, 250cc. of the clear
liquid were pipetted off from each jar, and the
ammonia still in solution distilled off into standard
acid and determined. The distillate of No. X.
(nothing added), required 7-8ce. standard acid for
neutralisation, agreeing with the calculated quantity;
and the distillate from every other jar came within
Olcc, more or less, of this amount. Caustic soda
was, of course, added to the alumed solutions before
distillation, to liberate the ammonia fixed by the
sulphuric acid. It appears, from these experiments,
that neither alum, clay, nor charcoal, nor the first two
together, carried down any appreciable quantity of
ammonia, even v»hen used in the proportion of
Grain* per Gallon.
Wimbledon
Press Liquor.
Leyton
Press Liquor.
Salisbury
Press Liquor.
Total solid matter
Ash
237-6
1746
1701
2936
3516
2381
Less on ignition
Ammonia by distilla-
630
80
1068
836
1765
22 0
87-1
8-07
5 6
9-1
1165
19'5
Remaining alkalinity
reckoned as lime
CaO
865
Sodium chloride
Oxygen taken from
KilnO, iu fifteen
minutes
Oxygen taken from
KMiiO, in four
385
140grs. per gallon. The value of the clay as a weigh
ing material was, however, very evident ; the pre-
cipitate of alumina and clay settled into a much
smaller space, and in much less time than the pre-
cipitate of alumina alone ; and, conversely, the
clay was carried down by the alumina far quicker
than it settled by itself.
Incini ration ■■/ Sludge. — This has been tried at
Leyton during the year, the pressed cake being partly
dried, and then burnt with the aid of coal. Mr.
Dawson, to whom I am indebted for these particu-
lar-. >ays that although the sludge could be burnt
without creating a nuisance, the plan has been
abandoned on account of expense. Six tons of pressed
sludge furnished one ton of ash, and it this could be
sold at 10s. per ton it would have paid expenses. A
sample of tnis ash was analysed by me, last July,
with the following result :— Calcium carbonate (with
a little sulphide), 2023 ; quicklime, 2(V33 : oxide of
iron, etc.. 13*6: sand and insoluble matter, 28'8 ;
phosphoric acid, 1"60, equivalents phosphate of lime,
3-50. On account of the considerable proportion of
caustic lime the sludge ash was tried as a precipi-
tant of sewage, and for pressing the sludge, — it failed
in both capacities. As a manure the phosphate of
lime would make it worth from 3s. to 7s. a ton,
according to its observed efficacy. Two-thirds of the
calculated manurial value of dried sludge is due to
nitrogen. If the expense of drying sludge be under-
taken at all, it can hardly be worth while to burn off
two-thirds of its manurial value for the sake of
reducing the weight of the dried material by one-
third or less (dried sludge generally gives over 70
per cent ash).
Prc.<< Liquor. — I have procured samples of press
liquor from Mr. Crimp, of Wimbledon, Mr. Dawson,
of Leyton, and Mr. Bothams, of Salisbury. They
yielded, on analysis, the results given in table on
previous column.
Of these press liquors, that from Wimbledon was
by far the best — light in colour, quite bright, and of
less evil odour than the other two. Analysis showed
it to contain very much less organic matter. These
liquors are saturated solutions of lime iu the organic
liquid, and, as observed by Mr. Crimp and others,
when added to crude sewage they very readily
precipitate it. Since press liquor contains nearly
100 grains lime per gallon, 1 gallon added to
20 gallons sewage supplies 5 grains per gallon of
lime in the form recommended by Mr. Dibdin — viz.,
in solution. I agree with Mr. Crimp that this is,
perhaps, the best way to dispose of the press liquor.
According to Mr. Crimp it only amounts to 1 per
cent, of the sewage treated daily, and there is no
accumulation. At any rate, when the effluent is
used for irrigation this is the proper way to dispose of
it. Probably the very bad odour of press liquor is due
not so much to products of putrefaction as to products
of the action of the caustic lime on the nitrogenous
matter of the sludge. The sample of Wimbledon
liquor shown has remained perfectly bright for some
weeks in the bottle. There seems to be too much
lime present to allow of bacterial decompositions.
That the liquor is really saturated with lime I proved
by shaking it with finely powdered slaked lime for
some days. The alkalinity was increased by only 2
grains per gallon. No precipitation of dissolved
organic matter takes place when the liquor is
neutralised by an acid. The quantity of perman-
ganate decolourised by it is very large (the Leyton
press liquor speedily decolourises half its volume
of the solution generally used in water analysis), and
the odour only disappears in proportion to the com-
pletion of this oxidation.
To sum up the main conclusions of this paper,
sewage sludge is certainly possessed of manurial
value to the extent indicated in the experiments
described in this paper and my previous one.
By drying and grinding the weight of the sludge is
halved, and its manurial richness doubled ; on
account of the improved texture the manurial
efficacy is probably more than quadrupled. In
districts where the pressed sludge cannot be distri-
buted on farms close at hand, drying and grinding
are necessary to the disposal of it as manure. I
must leave estimates to others, but it certainly
appears that with sludge worth using at all, the in-
creased value must repay the cost of these two opera-
tions.
When the preparation of manure is undertaken
seriously, the following circumstances are desirable : —
I.— Preliminary settlement of road detritus.
II.— Economy of precipitants.
III.— Neutralisation of sludge by some form of superphos-
phate before pressing.
IV.— Drying and (.'rinding.
V.— Perhaps enrichment with cheap nitrogenous super-
phusphatic material.
April 29, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
245
TABLE A.
COMPOSITION OF THE DRY MATTER OF DIFFERENT SAMPLES OF SEWAGE SLUDGE.
Organic matter
Containing nitrogen
Equal to ammonia
Mineral matter
Containing CaCO-,
Insoluble in HC1 (sand) . . .
Oxide of iron, etc
S=0,
Equal to Ca,,P:0
Sulphate of lime (CaS04) .
<!
26-11
1-36
1-65
73-86
39-07
22 81
8-70
2-13
5-30
►5 J
a
26-08
1-35
1-61
73-92
28-36
2621
15-21
2-04
4-15
3 =
25-90 25-86
0-96 0-98
117 1-19
7410 71-U
1032
1-82
2-21
5968
23-72
18-30 11
10-02
4-17 0-88
975 1-92
2-57
5-61
sgi
S
26-07
126
1-53
73-93
2025
1-18
3-23
29-96
144
1-75
70-04
1489
1-75
3-82
S
2?!
1-1
45-68
2-16
2-62
54-32
37-08
2-00
4-37
15-00
0-88
1-07
85-00
6504
14-12
0-66
1-44
- =
West Ham, 1885.
Precipitated and pressed
with lime and dissolved
phosphatic slag-
C
30-75 42-03
1-42
1-72
6925
21-22
2-20
4-81
1-84
2-23
57-97
10-68
1469
12-96
312
6-81
11-27
33-32
1-62
1-97
22-81 21-80
1-01 085
1-26 1D3
77-19 78-20
18-73 1060 10-51
2300 - -
4-84 666 600
1057 11-54 1310
30-02 4474 4795
DISCUSSION.
Mr. Sillae said this was a question to which he
had devoted close attention for many years. Dr.
Munro deserved the gratitude of the public for the
pains he had taken to solve a problem which must be
admitted to be of vast importance, especially at this
crisis, when everyone was complaining of the depres-
don of agriculture. It was a settled conviction in
his mind that, following the course of nature, the
waste of the animal and vegetable life of the world
should go to replenish the earth, if the earth was to .
continue to afford nourishment for the animal and
vegetable creation. He could not conceive a more
wasteful and suicidal course than to take the strength
and richness of the land, after its use by nature, and
throw it to pollute our rivers and destroy our sea
coasts. Dr. Munro had taken the rational course of
testing the value of these things agriculturally, and it
was to be much regretted that his experiments with
the " native guano " had been so interfered with by
a bad season. It was only to be expected, however,
that a manure which is prepared in a perfectly dry
state should suffer disadvantage when put upon
barren land in such a season as last year. It had
been said that in order to make sludge useful in
agriculture it should be fortified by the addition of
ammoniacal manures or those rich in phosphates.
Some crops, such as turnips, required a larger amount
of phosphates than others ; but he would himself
rather apply sludge to those crops which were not
so dependent upon phosphoric acid. Some people
insisted that native guano had its richness increased
by other manures ; but that was not the case.
Dr. Tidy, in his exhaustive report, had distinctly
said that native guano was nothing more than the
produce of sewage, plus, of course, the materials
used for precipitating it ; but those materials being
clay, charcoal, and lime, they could have no manurial
effect. During his experience four official trials had
been made of this " native guano." The first was at
Crossness, and was made under the supervision of
the Metropolitan Board of Works. The land was
divided into three parts, upon one of which no
manure was put, on the second part lOcwt. per acre,
and on the third l.jcwt. per acre. The result showed
that a dressing of lOcwt. per acre more than doubled
the crop, and 15cwt. did very little more. This
satisfied them that lOcwt. was a sufficient dose. But,
strange to say, the benefit of the manure was by no
means exhausted the first year. And the reason was
that the supply to the earth of its natural food would
not only produce a good crop, but leave the land stronger
than it found it ; thus contrasting strongly with the
action of those ammoniacal manures which stimulate
theland, actingnot as bread but as brandy.and scourg-
ing a little more out of an almost exhausted soil.
The character of the sludge naturally depended upon
the process by which it was taken out of the sewage.
Precipitation must be the means employed ; but
sludge which resulted from simple subsidence was
almost worthless. Our best chemists had declared
that the manurial value of human excreta was almost
wholly contained in the urine. Liebig had estimated
the value at 8s. 7d. per ton, of which he credited
the 7d. to the dung and the 8s. to the urine. If one
took the mixed matter from the sewers and allowed
it to settle, one 'got the solid portion, but none of
the matter in solution. It was, however, the experi-
ence of farmers that the solid deposit was almost
worthless ; the part which had valuable manurial
properties— the urine — having been run off with the
effluent water. And this dissolved matter was not
only that part of the sewage which had the highest
manurial value, but it was also the principal cause
of the pollution of our streams. Therefore, it was
now recognised that in any treatment of sewage the
dissolved impurities must be taken out as well as the
suspended impurities, if the manure was to be worth
having. Precipitation processes were divided into
those in which lime was used and those in which
lime was not used. He might be thought to
exaggerate when he said that lime caused serious
loss of ammonia. But it was so. By adding suffi-
cient lime all the ammonia would be got out. At
Aylesbury the use of lime had been abjured for the
double reason that by driving away the ammonia it
injured the manure and rendered the effluent water
alkaline and dangerous to fish. Sulphate of alumina,
charcoal, clay and blood as used there, attached them-
selves to the dissolved impurities, bringing them into
the condition of suspension, and then upon the
addition of the sulphate of alumina all the inipuri-
-
THF. JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29. 1887.
ties were thrown down together— at any rate suffi-
cient of them were precipitated to render! In- effluent
water admissible into any running river. IK did
not know whether he had exactly caught Dr. Munro'a
meaning when he said that he bad made the experi-
ment of mixing ammonia and water, and trying the
mixture by the A B C pn cess. But he knew that
Dr. Tidy had reported that he found the percentage
of combined nitrogen in the manure to be remark-
ably constant, averaging 3'8 per cent., reckoned as
ammonia, while the phosphoric acid was 5 per cent ,
reckoned as tricalcium phosphate. These 3 per cent,
of ammonia and 5 per cent, of phosphates must have
been carried down by the precipitants, for they were
not to be found in either the clay, the charcoal, the
blocd, or the sulphate of alumina. The effluent
water from this process was clear and inoffensive ;
but if lime were added to the sludge it became
horribly offensive. Some farmers, however, hardly
oared for a manure that was not offensive. Stiil
they had to bear in mind that they had not only to
produce a manure to please the farmers, but they
had also to purify the water and avoid distressing
the neighbourhood. With respect to the agricultural
value of the manure, he (the speaker) had collected
evidence which he believed would satisfy the most
sceptical. They had put it to the test of chemical
analysis, and to exhaustive held tests at Crossness.
It had been tried against farmyard manure and
Peruvian guano, eta, and, value for value, it was
better than them ; for at £3 10s. per ton it beat them
all. Then at Berkshire Colonel Milne Holme and
Sir James Jepsbn had put it upon the fields and
published the results, and in each case the " native i
guano " had beaten every other manure. They had
sold thousands of tons, and never at less than 70s. I
per ton. He thought he had shown that sewage !
could be treated so as to preserve the manure in an
inoffensive condition, and suitable for conveyance
to any distance. Everyone wished that this question
should be thoroughly understood, and that the
country should no longer be guilty of waste, and of
the pollution of our rivers with the strength of the
land.
— <x*>ooee«+e4 —
DISCUSSION ON MESSRS. CROSS AND
BRYAN'S TAPER OX HERMITES METHOD
OF ELECTROLYTIC BLEACHING.
The Chairman said he had been much interested
by this paper. Success in such fields depended on a
right estimation of the value of any given process,
and on its proper application. Whether one used
chlorine in the ordinary form of bleaching powder, or
the chlorine compounds produced by electrolysis, or
ozonised air, the real question was how to get the
largest amount of available oxygen with the least
possible expenditure of force.
Professor Armstrong considered it would have
been of much advantage to the Society if the authors
of the paper had given some account of the process
to which it referred. As it was, he was not quite
sure what was the real claim of the inventor—
whether it was simply for the production of a solu-
tion which would bleach, or for the use of a certain
solution in a particular way. The process seemed to
him to be merely one for the preparation of a bleach-
ing solution. The authors, however, had expressed
themselves in language so difficult to follow, that he
had failed to realise the meaning of some of their
up nt-. Their results were put forward in such
a form that it was practically impossible to pass any
judgment on the efficiency of the process from a
mere study of the paper. The paper -was unneces-
sarily full of expressions altogether special to the
authors and difficult for others to understand. For
instance, in the first part of the paper it was stated
that "the chlorine in bleaching powder may be.
regarded as an accumulator of oxygen." The term
''accumulator," as used by electricians, was con-
venient, but was often misleading, and such a term
was not desirable in chemistry. Later on, it was
said that the solution contained a large amount of
bleaching compounds at a very high tension : and
when one tried to find the meaning of this statement,
it turned out that these bleaching compounds were
soluble in ether, and would evaporate with it. That
was not the usual way of describing bodies of high
j tension. The important part of the paper was, he
supposed, contained in the passages beginning,
''What we may call the primary interpretation of an
electrolysis, according to Faraday's law, presupposes
a complete separation of the ions. When this does
not occur, and where, by electrochemical substitution,
the anode and cathode are brought into relationship
peculiar to a peculiar balance of the products of
analysis, the law requires a modified interpretation.
We shall revert subsequently to this point, as affecting
the particular case uuder consideration." He did
not understand the meaning of that passage, but it
appeared to be regarded as an important one, as it
was referred to by the authors later on. He thought,
too, that the authors should further explain their
statement that "the bleaching efficiency of the
electrolysed solution is considerably in excess of that
of a solution of calcium hypochlorite of The same
oxidising efficiency, measured — i.e., in terms of the
usual standard — an alkaline solution of arsenious
acid." If this meant anything at all, it meant that
the solution had a higher oxidising power than
ordinary bleaching-powder solution. But then it was
said that " the oxidising efficiency — <>., free or
active oxygen — thus measured and expressed in
terms of the current, is in excess of that calculated on
the basis of the electrolytic law, as directly inter-
preted." These statements were more or less contra-
dictory. It was important to observe that the
efficiency of this new solution was measured by
means of a solution of arsenious acid— the authors
had not ascertained the real efficiency of the solution.
They had adopted a bad standard — one which gave a
measure of only part of what was present. Later on,
it was said that a certain amount of available chlorine
was obtained per ampere hour, but it was not stated
how that available chlorine was determined by
arsenious acid. He could not understand the
authors' statement that the oxidising efficiency of the
solution was in excess, not only of that of a bleaching-
powder solution, but of the theoretical efficiency
obtainable according to the electrolytic law, except
upon the supposition that the authors believed in
perpetual motion. Something must be wrong, and
the only possible conclusion was that the authors'
interpretation of the electrolytic law was incorrect.
After such a statement, it appeared to him unneces-
sary to analyse the figures given as proving the
efficiency of the process. No data had been given
as to the composition of the solution. It was said to
be altogether peculiar and different from a bleaching
powder solution— which was very probable — but the
authors seemed to have made no attempt to determine
what amount either of oxygen, or of chlorine capable
of producing oxidation directly, or of oxygen-chlorine
compounds, were present. They had employed
merely the conventional standard — arsenious acid.
Taking all the circumstances into account, the paper
did not seem to advance our knowledge of the subject
under discussion. No data has been given from
which it was possible to determine the actual
efficiency of the bleaching solution, and to arrive at
April so. 1887.) THE JOUENAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
2-J7
such a determination, numerous and definite data
were necessary. It was to be regretted that the
paper had not been drawn up as scientific papers
usually were, and that the authors had not given a
clear statement of the methods they had employed to
arrive at their facts.
Mr. M.uTEAi: was inclined to agree with much that
Prof. Armstrong had said, but would like to start
from a different basis, and say a few words on the
process as he had seen it in operation recently at the
Antwerp Exhibition. The process was at work there
on a considerable scale, and was, of course, one which
deeply interested himself. He had spent some hours
in watching it at work, and had been highly delighted
by the results he had seen. The employment of an
electrolysed solution of this class was not new ; it
had been known for many years, and was, he believed,
the subject of many patents. But the special appa-
ratus designed by M. Hennite for the process was
extremely ingenious, though he feared it would also
prove to be exceedingly expensive. There could be
no doubt, however, that M. Hennite had shown at
Antwerp a perfectly practicable installation for
bleaching flax yarns. He was under the impression
that the figures given to him showed that the results
were hardly as yet satisfactory from a commercial
point of view. No doubt the authors would be able
later on to bring forward further results, which would
enable one more fully to compare the new process
with the old. At present this new process seemed to
him to be very interesting and very promising, though
hardly yet in its most practicable form.
Mr. Cross, in reply, said that as Prof. Armstrong
had brought a rather heavy indictment against the
exposition of the Hennite process, he would endea-
vour to make a few explanations. He had closely
studied the process for some months, and in doing so
had had the advantage of intercourse with a dis-
tinguished physicist — Prof. Pictet. They had jointly
endeavoured to work out the problems which the pro-
cess presented, and any statements made in the paper
represented Prof. Pictet's views on the subject as
well as his own. If Prof. Armstrong told him that
he could not understand the language of the paper,
he could only reply that there was no possible ground
for discussion between them. The subject was a
difficult one, and was complicated on a variety of
issues. They had brought it before this society first
because, there being an installation actually at work
on a large scale, the matter might be considered, from
an industrial and commercial point of view, as fairly
elucidated. At any rate, it was sufficiently matured
to permit practical men to come to the laboratory to
make their own trials and calculations, and to order
apparatus for their own works based on those trials
and measurements. To a certain extent the scientific
and commercial sides of a question were separable, and
it was a frequent experience for science to come after
industry rather than before it. They had laid the indus-
trial side of the matter before this Society ; at the same
time they wished to indicate the lines upon which the
scientific investigation would follow. That investi-
gation would probably be long and laborious, and the
results would in due time be laid before the Society
to which it properly belonged. For the end they had
in view the arsenious acid standard was a good one ;
and it had this advantage : that the reaction involved
was so simple that if the acid were destroyed it could
only be in one way, by oxidation to arsenic acid ; it
might not measure the whole of the oxygen, but it
could not err the other way. The point to be deter-
mined was the comparative bleaching effects of two
solutions. One might take the time standard, but
that was not the most important element. The best
standard was the amount of oxygen consumed in
bringing a certain weight of pulp or yarn to a par-
ticular condition. Those comparisons were given in
the paper in language which, he thought, could not
be misunderstood ; and the numbers given had been
verified, in regard to the solution, on every scale from
1 litre up to 850 litres. With regard to the impor-
tant question of the electrolytic law, and the appa-
rently excessive yield of oxygen, all he could say was,
that they had taken a certain measure (arser.ious
acid) of the oxidising efficiency of their solution, and
the numbers thus obtained, in terms of oxygen or its
equivalent of chlorine, were in excess of the so-called
theoretical equivalent. That was the dilemma they
were presented with, and they saw no escape from it.
They were bound to explain, and the explanation did
not appear to be strained. The maximum error of
their instruments was 1 per cent. Doubtless there
were errors of language in the paper. The authors
had, however, used such terms as seemed to them to
convey a lucid meaning ; and if they appeared
to others to be nonsense, they could only express
regret. He would state, in conclusion, that the re-
sults given had been obtained in various ways, and
that the experiments had been conducted with all
the care that men could use who had an important
matter in hand. No pains had been spared by the
inventor, who had, moreover, shown himself anxious
to have the results obtained fully and freely criticised ;
and the testimony they had obtained to the correct-
ness of those results had been so unanimous that
they had felt justified in laying them before the
Society. In reference to Mr. Mactear's allusion
to the Antwerp Exhibition, it might be mentioned
that M. Hennite had been awarded a gold medal by
the Technical Jury. Since then the process and
apparatus had been considerably improved.
DISCUSSION ON MR MACTEAB'S PAPEE
ON CASTNER'S SODIUM PEOCESS.
In inviting discussion on this paper, the Chairman
observed tha^its main interest lay in the fact that it
opened up the possibility of obtaining aluminium at
a much cheaper rate than at present. As the late
Mr. Weldon had shown in one of the papers be had
read before the Section, the production of aluminium
by direct reduction by heat and carbon was utterly
impossible — the very principle of thermochemistry
forbidding it. Therefore, any process which gave
cheap sodium, and thus rendered possible the
production of cheap aluminium by Deville's process
would prove of immense advantage to industry.
Mr. Mactear said : At the last meeting, after the
reading of the paper, a gentleman had asked him
; what was the difference between this process and the
Thompson process. He was not acquainted with the
latter process at the time, but he had taken the
' trouble to ascertain its nature since, in case the
question should be again raised. He did not know
whether it was proposed to use a Bessemer converter
in the Thompson process for the manufacture of
sodium ; but the idea was that by having a bath of
molten iron they would get a decomposition of their
soda salt and so obtain their sodium. The difference
between these two processes was therefore very
marked. In the one case molten iron was used,
requiring an enormously high temperature and a
special lining for the apparatus ; whereas the Castner
, process required no molten metal, the temperature
was always under 1000C, and the apparatus was
extremely simple. He had had a long experience of
processes, chemical and physical, and he usually
found that the best proof of the difference between
two processes with the same object was that one was
I successful and the other was not.
248
THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY Of CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lAprii 29. 1887.
Mr. Johnson inquired whether there were any
circumstances limiting the quantity of materials to
be worked. The apparatus as described seemed
enormous for so small a charge.
Mr. Mactear replied that it was evident that this
was the first furnace, and that it had been built upon
calculations made entirely in the dark. On that
account it was hardly fair to criticise either the
dimensions of the apparatus or the quantity of
material worked in it.
M r. Johnson said that was a question which would
affect its commercial use.
Mr. Mactear admitted that; but a child must
creep before it ran ; and this was the creeping. It
was intended to largely increase the charges treated.
I'p to the present they had been feeling their way ;
many points had had to be elucidated, and the
results liad surpassed their utmost expectations. The
next furnace would be modified accordingly in con-
struction and dimensions. No doubt much could be
done in the way of cheapening the process ; but, all
things considered, he thought the meeting would
agree with him that Mr. Castner deserved high praise
for the results already obtained.
The Chairman said it seemed to him that if the
process would work and give promising results on
this small scale, it was almost certain to work well
and develop better results on a much larger scale.
It opened up a prospect of really cheap aluminium,
and that would revolutionise engineering.
Mr. Mactear here exhibited a piece of bronze
made from aluminium produced from the sodium
process. He said it was remarkable as having been
forged out cold from a first casting, whereas such
bronzes usually required repeated meltings before
they were clean enough to be forged.
Mr. C von Bcch said there was a process called
the Cowles' process for producing aluminium bronze
in an electric furnace. The bronze thus produced
seemed to him to vary much in composition. He
supp sed that a bronze made like the one they had
just seen would be much better than that made by
the Cowles' system.
Mr. Lant Carpenter had no personal experience
of bronze, but had read accounts from America with
regard to its production by the. Cowles' system, and
those accounts certainly bore out the criticism just
passed upon it. Bronze thus made must necessarily
be very indefinite in composition.
DISCUSSION ON MR, MACTEAR'S PAPER
ON RAISING ACIDS.
The Chairman said this was another instance of the
inversion of a well-known principle, the discovery of
which we owed to Dr. Sprengel. That inventor had
revolutionised our ideas of physics by the discovery
of his vacuum pump ; and the reversal of its principle
enabled one to work a siphon at a much higher level
than was theoretically possible. Most practical men
had had experience of a leak in a siphon, and of the
wonderful power of the long leg for losing its weight.
In the case of a small siphon, if the long leg were
full of air, one could let a little air into the short leg ;
but to find this principle carried out successfully on
so large a scale was extremely interesting. Of course
it remained to be seen how the method would com-
pare in point of economy with the ordinary montejua
which was now generally used. For his own part' he
had tried many pumps, but had not yet found one
which would pomp acids satisfactorily.
Liverpool Section.
Chairman : Prof. J. Campbell Brown.
ViceChairman : Dr. F. Hurter.
Committee :
J. Affleck.
K. G. Ballard.
Ernest Bibby.
H. Brunner.
J. C. Gamble.
D. Herman.
J. W. Kynaston.
E. K. Muspratt.
Jas. Simpson.
A. Norman Tate.
A. Watt,
Local Sec. and Treasurer : W. P. Thompson, 6, Lord Street,
Liverpool.
A meeting will be held at University College Laboratory , Brown-
low Street, on May 4, and the following paper has been
promised :—
Mr. J. W. Macdonald, "On the Manufacture of Arrowroot
in St. Vincent, West Indies ; its Uses and Adulterants."
May 4.— Discussion on Mr. Westmoreland's paper " On
the Estimation of Sulphur in Pyrites."
Notices of Papers and Communications for the Meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
The Chairman (Dr. Brown) showed a novel ap-
paratus for the production of chlorine in proportion
as it is required for experimental purposes, in which
compressed balls of hypochlorite of calcium and
gypsum were treated with hydrochloric acid, the
supply of acid being regulated by the pressure of gas
in the generator.
Dr. Hamburger mentioned another apparatus for
making chlorine, which he had now used for several
years. It consisted of a large flask filled with hot
and strong hydrochloric acid, into which a solution
of sodium chlorate was allowed to drop by means of
a capillary syphon. If chlorine-oxygen compounds
were objectionable, the gas must be passed once or
twice through strong hydrochloric acid, by which
means pure chlorine was obtained. The apparatus
would work for 24 hours without any attention what-
ever. The evolution of the gas could be regulated
by the use of a weak or strong solution of sodium
chlorate.
Dr. John asked the last speaker whether from his
apparatus the current could be shut off very readily.
Dr. Hamburger replied that it could be shut off
readily enough by simply breaking the capillary tube,
when the evolution of gas ceased in a short time.
Mr. Longuet Higgins then read his paper on the
Manufacture of Chlorates.
-*»*»*»*»*♦»»-
ON THE MANUFACTURE OF POTASSIUM
CHLORATE BY MEANS OF MAGNESIA.
C. LONGUET HIGGINS, A.R.S.M.
The process for the manufacture of chlorate of potas-
sium which is now carried on at James Muspratt <fc
Son's works in Widnes was worked out in 1883 by
Dr. G. Eschellmann, who at that time was chemist
there. It is patented in the names of E. K. Mus-
pratt and G. Eschellmann.
The idea of substituting magnesia in the place of
lime for absorbing chlorine was not new, for
Weldon had made many experiments with it on the
small scale with a view to recover the chlorine and
magnesia for further use. Up to the present time,
however, magnesium chloride has resisted profitable
decomposition. Dr. Eschellmann's objects in using
April 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
249
magnesia were the production of more chlorate of
potassium from a given quantity of muriates than
would be obtained when employing lime and also
chloride of magnesium, which, instead of being run to
waste, like calcium chloride, could be concentrated in
aqueous solution till it formed a hard mass on cooling,
in which condition it is bought by cotton sizers. The
magnesia used is obtained in the form of the natural
carbonate, magnesite, which is found in three forms
hard, soft, and earthy, the specific gravity varying
from 28— 308. This, besides carbonate of magnesia,
contains varying quantities of CaC03, AL2Os>
Fe2Ob, silicate of magnesia, sand, and traces of
copper and manganese.
MAGNESITE.
MgCO,.
CaCOs.
In sol.
Fe20„ etc.
H.O.
9310
340
2-70
9710
1-20
1-50
9300
2-25
4~20
040
MAGNESIA.
MgO.
CaO.
CO..
SiO:. etc.
89-20
46
4 5
1-7
9199
4-71
1-0
23
9036
4 54
33
T6
92764
4-036
23
0-9
92-70
4-60
07
2-0
Magnesite at a lower temperature than in the case
of limestone gives off its carbonic acid, leaving about
half its weight of magnesia.
When well burnt the resulting magnesia is very
light, quite soft like chalk, and often has a beautiful
radiating columnar structure, not unlike starch.
Magnesia is easily overburnt, when it becomes very
hard, dense, and somewhat crystalline, the specific
gravity increasing from 307 to 3'61. In this condi-
tion it is useless for chlorine absorption.
The Mn in the magnesite is often present in the
form of dendritic Mn02, and is converted by the
burning into Mn.;0+, which gives the magnesia a
cream or rose pink colour, according to the quantity
present.
Magnesia is very slightly soluble in water, and does
not slake ; it must, therefore, be very finely ground
and suspended in water for treatment with chlorine.
As may be expected, it does not absorb chlorine so
readily as lime, and the temperature caused by the
reaction under the same circumstances does not rise
so high. The temperature of a magnesia octagon
when finishing is about 110" Fahr., but of course it
varies with the bulk of the liquor, strength of the
chlorine, and rate of absorption. With a large quan-
tity of liquor and strong chlorine the highest tem-
perature ever observed is 140' Fahr. Lime liquor
treated in a similar way rises to a much higher tem-
perature.
The mass of the liquor, strength of the gas, and
temperature within certain limits do not seem to vary
the finished product ; an octagon finished in one day
with strong gas shows the same proportion of chlorate
to chloride as one which with weak gas takes a much
longer time to finish, and finishes at a lower tempera-
ture.
It may be here mentioned that, as Dr. Lunge has
pointed out, in his paper on the conversion of calcium
hypochlorite into calcium chlorate, calcium chlorate
will form at the ordinary temperature, provided the
treatment with chlorine is carried on long enough ;
70 per cent, are converted readily, the other 30 per
cent slowly. Magnesium chlorate will also form
readily at ordinary temperatures. At Widnes two
octagons have been used to absorb the residual gas
from the other octagons of a series, and never had
strong gas. If they were allowed to finish, more than
a week was required, and consequently their tem-
perature was very low, yet in the end the reaction
was as complete in these as in the others. At one
time the attempt was made to hasten the absorption
in a magnesia octagon by heating with steam, but in
this case an undue amount of MgClj was formed.
Damp CI has next to no action on dry magnesia
or on the precipitated hydrate dried at 212\ On the
freshly precipitated hydrate suspended in water, CI
acts rapidly.
H the hydrate is dried before susj)ension in water,
CI does not act so rapidly on it as when it is freshly
precipitated.
With lime, when the liquor turns pink, it is a sure
sign that, at any rate, the finishing point is nearly
reached ; but it is not so when magnesia is used, for
pink liquor can be obtained wnich contains a very
large quantity of undissolved magnesia, and which
will, therefore, still take up a great deal of chlorine.
It would seem as if any hypochlorite formed was
converted into chlorate before the chlorine attacks
fresh magnesia. With lime the reactions are 2CaO
+ 4Cl = CaCL +CaCl.,0., ; then in the presence of
more CL 3CaCLO, = Ca"01,0,; + 2CaCk.
The first reaction must be very transient in the
case of magnesia, for a bleach liquor cannot be made
at ordinary temperatures by treating magnesia
suspended in water with CI. A sample of octagon
liquor taken during some very cold weather, and
which, on account of exposure and the dilution of the
gas passed over it, had been always very near the
freezing-point, on filtering was found to be very
strongly pink-coloured, and yielded only a very slight
quantity of hypochlorite to arsenious acid. In this
case the reaction was complete near the freezing-
point.
The proportion of chlorate to chloride in well-
finished magnesia octagon liquor, usually approaches
very near to the theoretical 1 — 5 — viz., 1 — o'l or less,
so that, as the CI nearly always contains a small
amount of hydrochloric acid, the loss of oxygen from
hypochlorite must be very small. With regard to
strength, liquors of all densities up to 125 have been
produced, the proportion remaining the same. With
lime liquors the proportion varies from 5'3 — 5'6, and
the work is not considered bad if it averages 1 — 5"4.
The smaller amount of chloride in magnesia liquors
constitutes an important advantage of this process,
about 7 per cent, less chloride being obtained with
magnesia than with lime.
A very awkward phenomenon, occasionally mani-
fested in treating magnesia with chlorine, is that the
contents of the octagon will assume a semi-solid or
party state at a certain stage of the reaction. This is
probably due to the magnesium chloride formed com-
bining with magnesia as an oxychloride. These
octagons in the end finish as well as the others, but
require rather different treatment.
With regard to the pink colour of the finished
liquor, it is caused by the Mn.;04 in the magnesia :
the more pink the magnesia the higher the colour of
the finished liquor. With very pure magnesia the
liquors are nearly colourless. The finished octagon
liquor bleaches litmus on account of its containing a
trace of free CI. When this is boiled off, it has an
alkaline reaction due to a little dissolved magnesia.
250
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29, 1887.
Magnesium chlorate does not decompose on boiling any
more than calcium chlorate, so the octagon liquor is
boiled down till about 50 per cent, of the chloride
will crystallise out on cooling as MgCLGH.,0 con-
taining about 44 per cent, MgCL. It is not safe to
concentrate any further, as the temperature rises too
high and the liquor, when cool, sets so hard in the
vats that there is great difficulty in emptying them.
The proportion of chlorate to chloride in the con-
centrated liquor will then be about 1 — 2'8. Any
calcium chloride present remains in the liquor.
The crystals of MgCL can be readily freed from the
MgOLO,; liquor. Chloride of potassium is then
added to the strong chlorate liquor, and the KCJOa
crystallised out. Great care has to be exercised in
adding the chloride of potassium to such strong liquor,
or the greater part of it will be found undissolved.
As nearly as possible the theoretical quantity of
potassium chloride must be added, for any MgCLOc
left is lost, and any excess of potassium chloride com-
bines with magnesium chloride and crystallises as
the double chloride carnallite (MgCL.KCkiH.,0)
along with the KC103, and is afterwards difficult
to wash out. This also renders you unable to estimate
the excess added by testing the mother-liquor.
On account of having such an enormous quantity
of chloride in so small a volume of liquid it crystallises
at first very rapidly indeed in the form of very small
thin lamime ; afterwards, as the liquor cools, the
crystals build themselves up into fragile needles com-
posed of small crystals superimposed on one another,
something like the carnallite needles, and quite
different from the long acicular crystals obtained by
the lime process. They are beautifully clean, as the
chlorate boil is made in a few hours, thus having only
a short time in which to get contaminated with iron
from the pan. As KC10:J is less soluble in MgCL
than in CaCL, the magnesium mother-liquors contain
very much less chlorate per litre than lime mother-
liquor, besides being very much less in quantity ;
consequently, the yield of chlorate is greater, 90 per
cent, of the total KCH >3 being obtained. The lowest
magnesium mother-liquor obtained contains lOgrms.
of chlorate per litre, the average being about 19,
whereas calcium mother-liquors will not average
under 30grms. per litre. Operations in the tinishing-
house are carried on very much as with the lime
process. The liquors stand very well and seldom
require renewal. The mother-liquor now contains
MgCL,CaCL,KC10:i and some gypsum derived from
the sulphate in the muriates ; a little MgHo2 is also
present, rendering the liquor alkaline. It is run into
a still, together with a solution of the MgCL crystals
obtained from the concentrated octagon liquor, and
the chlorate is destroyed by HC1, of which an excess
is necessary or all the chlorate will not be decomposed.
The ( '1 given off is sent back to the octagons.
When the still gets to a temperature of about
140° Fahr. the evolution of the gas is attended by
phosphorescence, due to the decomposition of 02C1.
Unless due care is exercised an explosion may occur,
attended by a Hash of light with deleterious effect on
the top of the still.
Almost the last trace of CI is steamed out, so that
the liquor running off does not smell of CI, but
rather of hydrochloric acid.
The still liquor is now neutralised with magnesia,
when it gives off a very strong, sweet smell, much
stronger than that given off on neutralising Weldon
still liquor. Metallic iron must be kept out of the
neutralising well, as the hydrogen from it reduces the
ferric chloride in the liquor to ferrous chloride, which
is very incompletely precipitated by the magnesia as
green ferrous hydrate leaving liquors which turn
reddish, and go on depositing iron for some time after.
A measured quantity of a strong solution of
Stassfurt kieserite (MgS04H20) is then run in
according to the calcium present, and the contents
of the well are pumped into a settler where the iron
and a great part of the gypsum settle out leaving the
liquor of a beautiful green colour and very clear.
Some of the gypsum is thrown down slowly in a
dense crystalline form, coating the settlers and giving
great inconvenience if pipes are used to convey the
liquor to its destination.
The chloride of magnesium is now concentrated ;
formerly wrought-iron pans were used for this
purpose, but were found to be so strongly acted on
that they had to be abandoned, and cast-iron pots are
substituted in their place.
A great deal of time and trouble has been expended
in trying to stop the action of this liquor on iron,
even in the case of cast-iron, but without success, as
it does not seem possible to stop the evolution of a
small quantity of hydrochloric acid, and consequent
action on the iron at the temperature to which the
liquor is raised — viz., considerably over 300° F.
Magnesium chloride also acts on iron, especially
wrought iron, according to the equation, MgC'L + Fe
+ 20H, = MgHoO, +FeCL + H2.
This reaction "takes place even at ordinary tempera-
tures, and is the one which renders MgCL so des-
tructive to boiler plates.
A higher temperature and voltaic action are
favourable to the reaction. If a bright wrought-iron
vessel is filled with a strong solution of MgCL,
rendered slightly alkaline with magnesia and left for
some time, a green precipitate of ferrous hydrate,
which afterwards oxidises and turns red, shows that
action has taken place. Zinc and lead are acted on
in a similar manner, only more strongly. A zinc and
platinum couple placed in a solution of MgCL and
warmed, gives off hydrogen abundantly.
The quantity of iron taken off when cast pots are
used is very slight, but is sufficient to give the
magnesium chloride a very high colour.
Clear at first, the liquor on boiling soon becomes
muddy and wbiteish, owing to precipitated gypsum,
which is soluble to a considerable extent in a weak
solution of magnesium chloride. Any iron dissolved
is not oxidised during the boiling, or precipitated by
the magnesia present in the liquor, which retains its
alkalinity throughout, or by excess' of magnesia
added at the end of the operation, but remains in
solution as ferrous chloride which, when the magne-
sium chloride is cool, is converted into hydrated
oxide, which oxidises and imparts to it a series of
colours well known to chemical manufacturers. A
violet or pink colour has often been obtained which
is destroyed on the addition of water ; what this is
due to has not been ascertained, but may be to a
double chloride of ferrous iron and potassium or
magnesium.
To remove iron dissolved by the liquor the quantity
is kept as small as possible by the employment of
cast iron for the vessel, and it is oxidised to the
ferric state when magnesia will precipitate it com-
pletely.
For this purpose the liquor is boiled up to near
the finishing point and the iron oxidised, when the
colour of the magnesium chloride changes from
muddy white to bright yellow ; the steam at this
stage smells slightly acid.
Magnesia is now added and the fire dropped. The
liquor settles rapidly, is very clear, and of a greenish
colour. When cold enough it is packed into barrels,
where it soon sets very hard.
The sediment at the bottom of the pot consists of
oxide of iron, gypsum, magnesia, and about 30 per
cent, of magnesium chloride. The magnesium
April 29. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
251
chloride is very white, free from iron and chloride of
calcium and contains 47 per cent, of MgCL.
discussion.
Dr. Hambi 1BGKB asked what was the strength of
the octagon liquor that was obtained by the magnesia
process — i.e., how many grammes of magnesium
chlorate per litre ?
Mr. Higgins said it varied from 120 sp. gr., but
sometimes ran as high as 50° Tw.
Dr. Hamburger said with regard to magnesium
hypochlorite, he had found on passing chlorine into
milk of magnesia the same thing which Mr. Higgins
had mentioned — namely, that a pure magnesium
hypochlorite could not be obtained by the action of
chlorine on magnesia. A large portion of the
magnesium hypochlorite was converted at common
temperatures into magnesium chlorate and chloride.
The only way of obtaining a magnesium hypochlorite
solution, tolerably free from magnesium chlorate, was
by the decomposition of the analogous lime compound
He was sorry to differ from Mr. Higgins in another
case. The lecturer had mentioned that the propor- '
tion of chlorine as magnesium chlorate to chlorine as
magnesium chloride was nearly the theoretical — viz.,
1 to 5. That was not his experience. In fact, his
best experiments yielded liquors in which the pro- |
portion was 1 to 6, and in many cases the proportion
was far more unfavourable, showing that the mag
nesium chlorate had decomposed into chloride and
free oxygen. He had previously mentioned that the
magnesium hypochlorite was readily converted into
chlorate and chloride. On the other hand, he had
often experienced a difficulty in converting the last
traces of hypochlorite in spite of using a great excess
of chlorine. His experiments were made on the
small scale, and he should like to ask the lecturer,
whether, in working on the large scale, he had noticed
the same difficulty.
Mr. Carey said he would make no remark, except
that the process was a very interesting one to the
Society, and to ask with regard to the roasted ',
magnesite, that Mr. Higgins would be good enough to
forward some specimens to the Geological Society of
Liverpool, as that Society, no doubt, would be much
interested in them, seeing that these specimens form
anew example of anatural process, of which they had
all seen the results in the columnar basalt atFingalfs
Cave and other similar places, whereby material
ordinarily amorphous had been induced to assume a
columnar structure. The magnesite before them
seemed to be an example of the same kind of action,
it goes into the kiln entirely amorphous, and
comes out with the columnar structure very distinctly"
marked : and as in the case of columnar basalt, the
columns are in the main at right angles to the cooling
surfaces. They were all very much obliged to Mr.
Higgins fo& having explained this new and excellent
chlorate process in so clear a manner.
Dr. Hurter said there were a great many points
of interest which Mr. Higgins had mentioned. In
the first place, he mentioned that hypochlorite of
magnesia very readily transformed itself into magne-
sium chlorate. That might be of some little interest to
bleachers who intended to use Hermite's process for
preparing bleaching liquor. This process consisted
in electrolysing a solution of magnesium chloride,
whereby magnesium hypochlorite was produced,
which, however, very readily turned into chlorate,
even during the electrolysis. He did not know
whether the bleachers would be desirous of having
the chlorine in the form of chlorate. Another point
was the over-burning of magnesia. It was very
peculiar how greatly the sp. gr. of magnesia altered
on over-burning ; and how difficult it was to dissolve.
At first when Messrs. Muspratt began the new pro-
Messrs, (iaskell, Deacon and Co. burnt the
magnesia for them. Dr. Eschellmann then com-
plained about one batch that it was not burnt at all,
and was simply magnesite. On investigation this
turned out to be erroneous, and the magnesia con-
tained no carbonate at all. It was intensely hard
and heavy, and absolutely inert to chlorine gas.
There was another point. They were told that the
advantages of the process were, in the first instance,
that the by-product magnesium chloride was saleable
in limited quantities ; and secondly, that potassium
chlorate was much less soluble in magnesium chloride
than in calcium chloride solutions. He should like
to know to what extent this solubility differed. He
thought they owed some thanks to Messrs. Muspratt
for permitting Mr. Higgins to bring such an elaborate
report of the nesv process before the section.
Mr. \V. P. Thompson' asked where the magnesite
was obtained, and whether it was a sedimentary
deposit, or an igneous one. He had met with it in
small quantity in Serpentine, so supposed the latter.
Mr. E. K. Muspratt said he had not lately given
so much personal attention to the process as Dr.
Eschellmann and Mr. Higgins, although he had
followed it. and in the initiative he took some steps
with Dr Eschellman to bring about a perfect process.
With regard to what Dr. Hamburger said as to the
proportion obtained when absorbing chlorine by
magnesia and lime, it was certainly their experience
the proportion was very much more favourable with
magnesia than with lime. They never got an octagon
liquor exceeding the proportion of 1 to 5'2. Now,
Dr. Hamburger acknowledged that the average of
their octagon liquor with lime was 1 to 5"4 or 515, and
he thought if Dr. Hamburger had made chlorate of
potash some 20 years ago, when the workmen were
not so skilled or careful as at the present day. he
would have found sometimes with lime that the
proportion of these liquors ran up from 1 to 6 and
7 and even 8. That was frequently caused owing to
the carelessness of the workmen. Now. as Mr. Hig-
gins had already told them, even with the most con-
centrated liquors they got a proportion of 1*0 to 51
and 5'2. He did not know why Dr. Hamburger's
experiments on the small scale should have given him
a different result. They knew perfectly well that the
results were sometimes very different when carried
out on a large scale. As regards the measure of the
solubility, all he could say was that with the mother
liquors in the lime process they very seldom (certainly
in warm weather), had less than about 30 or 35grms.
of chlorate of potassium per litre. With the mag-
nesia process they had as low as lOgrms. per litre,
and even in warm weather it ran to 19 or 20grma
only, which showed that the chlorate of potassium is
very much less soluble in the magnesium liquor than
in the calcium liquor. As regards the treatment of
the residue of the chloride of magnesium of course
that had been one of the difficulties they had to con-
tend with to get this chloride of magnesium in a
soluble form. It was very curious that Dr. Eschell-
mann. who went to Strassfurt to examine the treat-
ment of the MgCl.j there, on his return advised them
to put up wrought-iron pans, and they put up exactly
the same pans in their works that they found by ex-
perience to be useful and desirable in Strassfurt, but
much to their astonishment there was something in
the liquors that they dealt with that acted upon the
iron to a far greater extent than the Strassfurt
liquors, and they were obliged to take refuge in the
cast-iron instead of wrought-iron for the purpose
of concentrating the liquor. He thought that what
Air. Higgins had read threw some light upon an ob-
servation that was made on the action of water in
252
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lAprii 29. i&st.
boilers. It was well known that when water con-
tained chloride of magnesium it acted very rapidly on
steam boilers. Apparently from their experience it
had a direct action, and they got hydrate of magnesia
and hydrochloric acid. When it was proposed in the
year 1871 by Mr. Weldon to use magnesia in place of
lime for the chlorate of potash process, Mr. Weldon's
idea was to recover the chlorine or the hydrochloric
acid from the chloride of magnesium, and to use the
magnesia over and over again. That, he very soon
found was impracticable. He thought Messrs.
Gamble's had also some experience, and they knew
how very difficult it was to obtain all the chlorine
or hydrochloric acid from the chloride of magnesium
calcination. Therefore, to really carry out this pro-
cess, and make it a commercial one, it was necessary to
make this chloride of magnesium in a saleable form,
and in that they had succeeded. They would see
from the sample that the chlorate of magnesium that
was now produced was quite white and pure, purer
than the German, and gave satisfaction in every
way to consumers of it.
The Chairman said that the heat of neutralisation
of HC103 by magnesium was probably about 15,000,
whereas that by calcium was about 27,000 or 28,000.
This might partly account for the increased yield of
potassium chlorate, because magnesium chlorate
would be more readily converted into potassium
chlorate than calcium chlorate would. He also
suggested that the more rapid formation of MgC103
as compared with CaC103 might be accounted for in
the same way. It would be Interesting to know
whether at a higher temperature theCaClOy isformed
as readily as MgC103, and whether calcium or mag-
nesium would combine with the chlorine first if it
were presented to both simultaneously.
Mr. Higgins, in reply to Dr. Hurter, said with
regard to the difference of solubility of potassium
chlorate in magnesium chloride and calcium chloride,
he had made no quantitative experiments. What he
judged from were results obtained in practice, in
reply to Mr. Thompson, the magnesite was found in
the island of Eubcea (Greece), associated with Ser-
pentine. With regard to Dr. Hamburger's propor-
tion of TOO to 56,* they had got nothing like that,
even in the case where an octagon was heated with
steam, when he did not think it was over TOO to 5'5.
As to the last traces of hypochlorite, the hypochlor-
ite was converted into chlorate as fast as formed, and
there was no difficulty in making the conversion into
chlorate complete.
ggancfrcster Section.
Chairman: Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.
Vict-Chairman : I. Levinstein.
Committee :
Dr. Bowman.
R . F. Carpenter.
C. Estcourt.
H. Grimehaw.
Peter Hart.
Dr. Gerland.
C Schorlemmer.
Dr. Schunck.
Dr. Watson.
Win. Thomson.
L. Siebold.
Dr. Hewitt.
J. Carter-Bell,
Local Secretary :
Hankneld. The Cliff, Higher Broughton,
Manchester.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
REFRIGERATION AND ICE MAKING.
BY GEORGE E. DAVIS.
Our Journal already contains two valuable papers
upon this subject, one read by Mr. J. J. Coleman,
* Dr. Hamburger said 1—6.
before the members of the Glasgow and West of
Scotland Section, in May, 1884, and the other by
Mr. T. B. Lightfoot, before the London Section, in
March, 1880. Both these papers have largely ex-
tended the knowledge relating to ice machines, and
I have carefully gone over the papers in question to
avoid repetition, and, if possible, to put my remarks
into a different groove, and as I have now had two
years' experience of the compression system for re-
frigerating purposes, and also for the actual manu-
facture of ice, my remarks may be of use to those
manufacturers who contemplate carrying on chemical
processes by means of refrigeration, or commencing
the manufacture of ice for sale.
Refrigerating machines have, roughly speaking,
been constructed on two distinct principles ; and
here I deviate from the usual classification — the one,
in which the expanded and cold gas is absorbed in
water and is re-introduced in solution into the system;
the other, in which the expanded gas, after it has
done its work, is re-introduced into the system by
means of a compression pump. The former we will
call the absorption system, while the latter we will
style the compression system.
I am not taking into account any apparatus for
the production of cold by means of the melting of a
solid ; as, although such a one has been constructed
to work with nitrate of ammonia as the active agent,
yet such an apparatus could never expect to compete
successfully with either the absorption or the com-
pression system— at least so far as cost is concerned.
Carre's original machine, introduced in 1860, may
be considered the type of all absorbing machines ; it
may be found described in most treatises on ele-
mentary chemistry published since that date. Or-
dinary liquid ammonia was placed in one vessel,
which was connected with another destined to be-
come the refrigerator. In use, heat was applied to
I the vessel containing liquid ammonia (aqua ammonia)
while the refrigerator was immersed in cold water.
When sufficient angioma had passed over, mixed of
course with a certain quantity of the vapour of water,
the source of heat was removed and both vessels
plunged simultaneously into receptacles holding cold
water. Re-absorption of anhydrous ammonia by the
contents of the previously heated vessel then took
place, and the extremely rapid evaporation of am-
monia from the second vessel lowered the temperature
of the surrounding water to such an extent that it
was slowly converted into ice.
The original machine was hardly one capable of
finding extensive use, as the operation was not con-
tinuous ; but Carre himself improved upon it, and
various other improvements and modifications have
been later introduced by other inventors and manu-
facturers. At present there are two forms of this
system working in England— the " Uarre Reece,"
made by Pontifex and Wood; and the "Kropff"
system, which is of Continental manufacture. I saw
both systems at work about two years ago, and was
favourably impressed with the simplicity of their
combinations, though it seemed to me at the time
that the absorption system was not the best ; why,
I will describe later on.
In order to make the action of this apparatus and
this system plain to you, I have prepared the diagram
on opposite page (Fig. 1), which will show the principal
parts of an absorption machine.
The generator A contains a strong solution of am-
monia, where it is heated by means of a steam coil
through which steam is constantly passed ; the heat
thus applied causes the ammonia to be driven out of
its aqueous solution (and with the ammonia there is
simultaneously a certain amount of ordinary steam
developed); this mixture rises up through the analyser
April 29. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
253
25 1
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (April 29, iw.
B. This analyser separates (more or less perfectly)
the aqueous vapour, which condenses and falls back
into the generator A. From the analyser the am-
monia passes into the rectifier C, where the vapour
gives up its property of being superheated, and
reaching the condenser D, if the plant is properly
constructed, it gives up its latent heat of condensation
and becomes converted into liquid anhydrous am-
monia.
The two quantities of heat mentioned are taken
away by cooling water. The liquefied ammonia flows
from the condenser through a regulating valve E into
the refrigerator F, which it should fill to a certain
height, evaporating constantly and abstracting the
necessary heat from the brine or water passing
through a system of coils placed within the refrige-
rator. From the refrigerator the ammonia vapours
flow through a throttling valve G into the absorber
H, where they are absorbed by weak ammoniacal
liquor, which is forced by the excess pressure in the
generator through the body of the economiser I into
the absorber. When this spent liquor has been con-
verted into strong liquor, it is pumped by means of
the liquor pump K back through the economiser coil
into the analyser and generator, where the entire
process just described is again repeated.
This short sketch shows clearly the action of
machines made on the absorption system, and it
shows also that there is much room for the introduc-
tion of modifications without altering the principle
of the apparatus. In these machines ammonia is
always used on account of its great solubility in
water, and also because it is easy to cause its evolution
by the application of heat.
We may now turn our attention to the compression
system, which is at once much more simple in its
arrangements than the one we have already described.
Yet it is one which demands much more careful
workmanship in the construction of the machinery
than is the case with that working on the absorption
system. I have prepared the diagram Fig. 2 to show
you the principal parts of a refrigerator working on
the compression system. To start with, the appa-
ratus is charged with nearly anhydrous ammonia.
The pump A receives the expanded vapour from the
refrigerator coils C, and compresses it into the coils
of the condenser B, in which the vapours are liquefied,
from whence it escapes into the refrigerator by means
of the regulating cock D, evaporating again in the
refrigerator. This cycle of operations is continually
going on, the vapour is being compressed and liquefied
in the condenser, and re-evaporated in the refrige-
rator, where it is cooling the liquid which surrounds
the coils.
On the compression system there are several and
varying forms of machine, each one specially suited
to the liquid or vapour to be employed therein. In
Raoul Pictet's machine the liquid employed is an-
hydrous sulphur dioxide : then we have the various
ether machines, and lastly anhydrous ammonia ma-
chines. I do not intend to single out these various
machines, though later on I shall have to say some-
thing about the Linde ammonia machine, with which
I have gained most of my experience. It stands to
reason that the substance of the machine must be
constructed of materials capable of resisting the
medium employed. It would not do to use ammonia
in Pictet's compressor any more than it would to use
Pictet's liquid in a Linde machine, though ether or
air may be used in either, if the condensing and re-
frigerating space be alike suitable.
The action of the compression machine is very
simple, yet it is often misunderstood, and much
irrelevant matter has been written respecting it. So
lately as in September last an article appeared in
Industries on the manufacture of ice, in which the
following words occur : —
"When a body changes its condition from the
liquid to the gaseous form, heat is absorbed to increase
the energy of the molecules, although there need not
necessarily be an increase in temperature. The heat
thus absorbed without change of sensible temperature
is called the latent heat of vaporisation. The quantity
of this heat varies according to the liquid employed
and the pressure at which vaporisation takes place.
Economically the best liquid to employ will be that
which has the highest latent heat, because the
April 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
255
smallest bulk will suffice to absorb a given amount
of beat, and consequently the least power will be
used." This is wrong, theoretically; from a physical
puint of view, it is of no consequence whatever what
compressible vapours are employed ; they may be
water, sulphurous acid, carbonic acid, hydrogen,
oxygen, or simply a mixture of any of them, such as
air. The effect of employing various media is shown
however in the size of the machinery, the compressor,
the condenser coils, or those of the refrigerator. For
a given weight of ice to be produced a carbonic acid
machine would be a very small affair compared with
an air or ether machine : that is to say, if carbonic
acid were a suitable medium, which I do not think it
is, as it assumes the critical condition more easily
under high pressures than most other vapours— pro-
portionately. No, the action of the machines working
on the compression system can be explained very
easily. The expenditure of a certain amount of
mechanical power W results in a certain quantity
of heat R being extracted from the refrigerator,
and a certain quantity of heat C is transferred to
the condenser. The relation between R and C will
be described later on.
A consideration of the action of the " C'arnot "
engine when it is reversed will easily prove that if
such an engine work between the lower absolute
temperature T/, and the higher absolute tempera-
ture Th, and if it receives at the lower tempera-
ture a quantity of heat H, which it gives
away at the higher temperature, then a certain
amount of mechanical work W is absorbed. And
further, if the compression and expansion of the
medium be carried out adiabatically, while the recep-
tion of the heat H at the lower temperature T/ and its
delivery at the higher temperature Th respectively
take place isothennally, no other engine working
between the same temperatures Tl and Th, and carry-
ing the heat H from the former to the latter level of
temperature, is able to perform this process with a
smaller expenditure of mechanical work W. That is
to say, in a theoretically perfect refrigerating machine
the working substances must carry out exactly the
reversed process of Carnot's heat engine, provided the
extraction of heat takes place at the lower constant
temperature Tl. It is further evident that for such
a machine, according to the law of the conservation
of energy, the relation exists : —
C=B+AW,
A being the mechanical equivalent of heat, AY the
mechanical work expended, R the number of
heat units extracted from the refrigerator, and
C the number of heat units put into the condenser.
As, moreover, in consequence of the reversible cycle
of operations performed by the working substance,
this latter is exactly in the same state after having
completed the four operations (adiabatic compression,
isothermal compression, adiabatic expansion, isother-
mal expansion) as it was at the commencement, the
second law of thermo-dynamics must be fulfilled, and
consequently the relation holds good : —
R Tl n „TA
Setting the two preceding values for C equal to one
another it follows : —
R + A\Y:=R.~ or
. ,.- 'Th — Tl „
AW— — Yt — R,
or the efficiency of the perfect refrigerating machine
working between the absolute temperature T/ and
TA-
R Tl
A\X~Th—Tl.
As the only condition in the establishment of this
efficiency consisted in the operations taking place
according to Carnot's reversed cycle, it follows that
P
the above value for re* applies to all machines so
working, irrespective of the nature of the medium
employed, whether that medium be air, ether, sul-
phurous acid, carbonic acid, or ammonia, or any
mixture of these.
R'
The actual efficiency -Tit- of a refrigerating machine,
which is always less than the theoretical efficiency
T, rp. will approach the maximum value -r-rr=
the more the smaller the difference between the
higher and lower temperatures can be kept, and the
importance of this rule should be well observed in
the design of such machines. In practice it means
that the surfaces of condensers and refrigerators must
be as extended as possible, that the liquid in contact
with these surfaces must be kept in rapid circulation
to promote the transmission of heat, and that all
refrigerating work should be performed without the
production of ice or any other refrigerating medium.
Further, the heat of compression must not be allowed
to raise the temperature of the medium appreciably
above the condensing temperature (or the tempera-
ture of the water in cold air machines), and the size
of the compression pump must be kept as small as
possible to reduce friction of piston and piston rod —
that is to say, that liquids of great latent heat are
preferable to those of lower degree on this account
only.
This is clearly set forth in our Journal for 1885, p.
736, where in describing his patent, AYilliam Raydt, of
Hanover, advocates the use of carbonic acid as the
refrigerating medium, and states that a much smaller
compression pump can be used than with other media,
it being less than one-sixth the size of that necessary
for ammonia ; but, on the other hand, the machine
must be worked under a pressure of from 30 to 75
atmospheres, and therefore a very differently con-
structed pump must be employed than for ammonia,
where the pressures are 2 to 10 atmospheres. As I
have already stated, the selection of an ice machine
for refrigeration purposes forced itself upon me some
three years ago, and as I finally selected one made on
the compression system, in fact the Linde ammonia
machine, I cannot do better than give you my
reasons for this selection.
It has been mentioned that all practical refrigera-
ting machines may be conveniently divided into two
classes, and having been favourable to compression I
must perforce justify my rejection of the absorption
system.
The absorption system has its advantages as well
as its disadvantages. Amongst the former the fact
that there is no large engine to run might weigh
with some ; the direct heat of the steam is sent into
the generator coils, so that there is but little loss in
previously converting the heat into mechanical work.
Of course the liquor pump still remains to be driven,
but the energy absorbed by this operation is very
small indeed. This seeming advantage at first
appeared to be a notable one, as each unit of steam,
if used direct, would be as efficient as 5 units working
a compressor, but on more closely going into the
matter this turned out a clear disadvantage. I
managed to discover that a ton of coal produced
B2
256
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29. 1887
about ten tons ot ice in each of the machines I saw,
the Kropff and the Carre-Reece, and the argument
was, that so much of the heat of the steam was
available over and above that used in the compression
system.
Now, if 12 tons of ice could be produced by this
latter system, which I knew to be the case, then the
quantity of cooling water used in the absorption
system must be very great. In fact, in refrigerating
by this system the cooling water has to absorb heat
from two liquefactions of the ammonia, the first in
the condenser, and the second in the absorber, where
the return expanded gas is collected in the cooled
weak liquor.
You will observe in Fig. 1 that the cooling
water enters the lower end of the condensing tank,
and flowing out above the rectifier coils enters the
absorber and does some useful work there.
Attached to the rectifier is a special pipe not shown
in the diagram to conduct any condensed liquor back
to the analyser.
In the economiser some heat is lost by radiation.
In an absorption machine working to its utmost
efficiency the strong liquor will probably be heated
from 40*° C. to 90° C, an increment of 50° O, while
the spent liquor will be cooled from 130° C. to about
60° C. I must say the existence of such a high
temperature with an article like liquid ammonia in
others, the makers of which each and all asserting
in the boldest manner possible that their special
machine would make ice better and quicker than any
other machine extant, and with less fuel and less
cooling water than any other competing apparatus.
I have often had it in mind that a large and im-
portant Society, like our own, might well consider
the advisability of appointing commissions to examine
subjects of this kind. It is done on the Continent and
in America, and upon my bookshelves I have several
examples of the usefulness of this kind of work. As
an instance, the examination into the efficiency of ice
machiues was conducted by a committee of eight
engineers, selected by the Society of Bavarian Engi-
neers, and a trial of the ammonia compression system
(Linde's) was made at the ice factory at Munich.
The details of this trial may be found in a paper
read by Mr. T. B. Lightfoot before the Institution of
Mechanical Engineers.
I have already stated that, physically, it matters
not much what compressible vapours are employed,
and have shown also, by formula', how this is so ;
but in practice there are various media employed in
the different machines, and we ought to have some
idea whether one is any better than another. In my
selection, however, I was limited to a special object
—namely, that of cooling 25,000 cubic feet of gas per
hour from 20' C. to 0° O, and about 200 gallons per
SUBSTANCE.
Latent
Heat.
Vafoub Tensions.
]}i tiling
Point.
Specific Heats.
Solu-
bility in
Water.
Vols. Gas
in 1 vol.
Water.
Heat
evolved
during
solution
in Water
Weight '
of Gas. j
Vapour
Density.
Weight
in grins,
of 1 litre.
At
-20°C.
At
CO.
At
+20° C.
Equal
Weights
Water
= 1.
At
con-
stant
Pressure.
At
con-
stant
Volume.
Ether
SO.
Air
Water
2-556
2247
1-000
0621
05S9
3-314
2-860
1-293
0-806
0-769
91-1
537 0
320-0
67-5
479-5
0927
1397-7
183-3
1165-1
4-6
3162-9
4333
2462 0
17-391
6167-0
34 -2- C.
-10-5T.
100' C.
-33TC.
■4810
•1514
•2374
10000
•50S3
5-18
1-44
1-00
1-26
1-26
6-91
1-62
100
1-36
1-37
400
700-0
120-4
514-3
boiler-shaped vessels did not increase my love for the
system, and again radiation takes place from generator
and analyser which cannot be put down at less than
b per cent, on account of their extensive surfaces.
In the question of cost, absorption machines cannot
compare favourably with compression machines, on
account of the complication of the apparatus and the
extra strength which has to be put into tubes of
large diameter to resist these extremely high pressures
satisfactorily. Again, the cost of filling one of these
machines with ammonia is no small item ; and last,
though certainly not least, is the wear and tear of
hot ammoniacal gases upon wrought iron. I have
had considerable experience in the manufacture of
liquid ammonia, and I am quite certain that this is
an item which must be considered. I therefore came
to the conclusion that the coal used per ton of ice
produced was quite as great as that needed by the
compression system ; that owing to the large diameter
of the vessels the apparatus could not be considered
so safe ; that the first cost would be greater ; that
more cooling water would be used, and that although
no expensive engine tenter was required, yet a well-
paid and careful superintendent was just as necessary
as with a machine working on the compression
system.
I thus became wedded to the compression system ;
and here another difficulty arose. There were cold-
air machines, dry -air machines, ether machines, sul-
phurous-acid machines, ammonia machines, and
hour of a heavy oil from 30° C. to 4' C. The idea
was not to make solid ice, though I believe the
problem would remain the same if it had been so
intended.
The formula already given shows C = R + AW
that the heat units C put into the condenser equal that
number extracted from the refrigerator + the heat
produced by the mechanical work of the compressor.
This heat has to be absorbed and carried away by the
cooling water ; therefore it is necessary to have Was
small as possible. It is here where the properties of
vapour density, vapour tension, and latent heat come
in, and these properties decide the size and capacity
of compressor and engine in order to do a certain
amount of work.
The above table will show the principal proper-
ties of the substances generally used in refrigerating
machines.
A careful consideration of the foregoing table
shows very clearly that physically ammonia is the
best agent to use in any compression system, and,
next to that, sulphurous anhydride, but it often hap-
pens in these questions that the commercial and
mechanical side overbalances the physical side.
With me, it was a question of refrigerating with
chemicals or without them ; the cost of chemicals was
an unknown factor, and upon which I could get no
decided information. Air was cheap enough, so I
determined to investigate more closely the cold-air
machines. It seemed that it would be very easy in
April 29, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
257
my case to cool the gas, or a portion of it, to a very
low temperature, and to mix this cooled gas with that
at the normal temperature, to the temperature
desired. The gas would thus be used in the machine
in the place of air. Mature consideration, however,
showed that the gas would enter the compressor at
about 16° 0. and often supersaturated with moisture,
and in my case the apparatus to prevent this would
have been complicated and costly. In one cold-air
machine working (drawing in ordinary non-saturated
air) the man in charge tuld me he had to open the
snow chamber every twelve hours and take out
several barrow-loads of "frost," so that this point of
itself would have decided me had I not remembered
also that the gas with which I had to deal with was
mainly hydrogen, the lightest substance known.
Cold - air machines require large compressing
cylinders, and as the pistons have to be perfectly air-
tight, the power W in our formula must certainly be
greater than when a vapour of high latent is used,
especially as they have to work with a very low TV
and high T/< ; usually there is 17 =— 30° C. and T/; =
+ 70' C. The cylinders would have had to be much
larger if coal gas had been employed instead, to say
nothing of certain complications which might have
taken place by the introduction of tarry matters, and
by the condensation of liquid matters from the gas.
From all that I gathered it seemed to me absolutely
certain that cold-air machines would require nearly
four times the fuel that the best compression system
would work with, and that air cooliDg would take
more cooling water also.
After this I had the advantage of seeing the ether
and Pictet's sulphurous anhydride machines almost
simultaneously, and I noticed that the capacity of
the ether compression-pump was about four times
that of Pictet's ; this, of course, meant more power
to drive it, increasing the coal consumption again.
Ether is a liquid of low volatility as compared with
the other media used in refrigerating machines, and
of low vapour tension, so that an air-pump of large
dimensions is necessary and a high degree of vacuum
must be maintained in the refrigerator. This favours
the entrance of air through the joints and stuffing-
box, and the efficiency of the machine is proportion-
ately reduced. Again, under the action of repeated
vapourisations and compressions commercial ether
becomes acidified and converted into less volatile
bodies, so that the charge has occasionally to be
withdrawn and replaced by fresh ether, the old
charge being rectified from these substances and from
the lubricating materials employed in the air-pump.
Taking all these things into consideration, I do not
see how the fuel consumption can be less than double
that employed in the best system, and the cooling
water must be excessive, though probably not so
much as with cold-air machines.
The Pictet machine which I saw was certainly
doing good work ; for a large ice production its size
was moderate, and, as I have already mentioned, the
compressor pumps were about one-fourth of the
capacity of the ether machine. It had, however, in
my opinion, two faults : — The nature of the medium
used compelled the employment of copper in the con-
struction of the compressor, condenser, refrigerator,
and all parts in contact with the medium, which is
sulphurous anhydride. This makes the first cost
greater than it need be if iron could be used instead.
Then, again, the vacuum side of the system was
below the ordinary atmospheric pressure, so that the
tendency of air and moisture to leak in and so form
sulphuric acid, was a point to be considered, seeing
that sulphuric acid attacks all metals. Another
point, and one which certainly weighed with me, was
that the heat of the compression-cylinder was very
great, and this was kept cool by a constant stream of
water running through a surrounding jacket, the
piston-rod being also kept cool by means of a stream
of water. Perhaps this matter may be a small one,
but I was anxious to strip any machine or system
selected of all its complications.
Having now found faults with all existing systems
and with all media save ammonia, I next came to
consider refrigerating by means of the compression of
ammonia. Several different machines were in the
market working on this plan, but I had only the
opportunity of seeing one at work. An inspection of
the table will show that ammonia vapour has a very
high latent heat, and on this account, as well as its
low boiling point, a small compressor only is neces-
sary ; this, of course, enables a smaller piston-rod to
be used, and there is consequently less friction to be
overcome by mechanical work. On the other hand,
high vapour tension means high pressures on the
compression side of the machine, and a consequent
escape of ammonia if all joints are not perfectly
made. The physical side of the question being
satisfactorily settled, it seemed to me the only point
to inquire deeply into was the actual mechanical con-
struction of the machine.
On account of the corrosive action of ammonia
upon copper, gun-metal, brass, etc., none of these
metals or alloys can be used in the construction of an
ammonia machine, and consequently they are made
in every part of cast and wrought iron. On the con-
denser side of the system which I inspected the pres-
sure was ten atmospheres, and about two atmospheres
on the refrigerator side, which showed at once the
necessity of good sound castings, of perfect joints,
good flat flanches, and lastly, of a good stuffing-box
and gland for the compressor piston-rod. I did not
despair that those conditions could be realised in
practice. I fully saw that if the compression system
was adopted, then ammonia was the best medium to
be used, and that if ammonia was employed then
only the very best workmanship was allowable.
When I saw the Linde machine at work at the
Wrexham Lager Beer Brewery, the faultless character
of the workmanship was easily discernible, and I had
no hesitation in finally selecting the Linde machine.
Then came the question of the size required. I had
calculated that when fully at work we should require
cold, equal to a flow of brine, of 1000 gallons per
hour, to be cooled from 19° C. to 8° C, and this
means a size of machine capable of producing six
tons of ice every 24 hours, or a cooling power (not
making ice) equal to ten tons. In this machine, the
joints between the ends of the wrought-iron piping
and the flanges were all carefully tinned and soldered
with pure tin, the joints between two flanges being
made with the thinnest sheet indiarubber obtainable.
The gland and stuffing-box to the compressor-piston
is very long and of peculiar construction, and it acts
so perfectly that even in the hot weather, when the
pressure has risen to 12 atmospheres owing to the
warmth of the cooling water in the condenser, there
is only the faintest smell of ammonia in the room.
In fact, during the whole time it has been working
the loss of ammonia for making 1800 tons of ice has
only been i,'3 10s. The compression cylinder works
perfectly cold without possessing any water-jacket or
similar contrivance, and is even partially covered
with frost when working at low brine temperatures.
The fuel account also shows that the available coal
heat passed into the steam engine has produced 9
tons of ice per ton of coal actually used. This is
much lower than the etticiency reached at the Munich
trial ; but our steam boilers are not of the best con-
struction, and as the result of several years' work with
German machines, with coal evaporating 6lb. of
258
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCTETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (April 29, i887.
water per lb. of fuel, it has been found that in a 24-
ton machine 1 ton of coal will make 14 tons of ice,
and in a larger machine — viz., a 48-ton capacity — 1
ton of coal will produce nearly 16 tons of ice, includ-
ing the pumping of water and driving all shafting.
The report on one of these machines, published by
the Polytechnic Institution of Civil Engineers in
Munich, stated 20lb. of ice produced per lb. of fuel,
but this is a result which could not be sustained in
practice without the condenser and refrigerator sur-
faces were considerably extended, and then that
again would add to the cost of the plant.
After the working of this plant as a refrigerator
for the cooling of oils and gas in my patented process,
by the circulation of cold brine for many months, the
low price of benzol compelled me to close the carbon-
ising process in May last, and during last summer
and autumn I manufactured ice and supplied
Sheffield and the surrounding towns with it. Water
identical with the Sheffield water supply was placed
in moulds tUin. square and about 3ft. long or deep,
these blocks when frozen weighing about half-a-
hundredweight. Keeping the brine at —8° C. and
in good circulation these moulds would freeze solid
in 8 hours, but with deficient circulation and the
brine entering at —16° C. and leaving at —2' C. they
would take 24 hours, thus in ice making it is clearly
shown that T/t and 17 must approach each other
very closely and a large volume circulated.
The ice produced by the process of freezing still
water is opaque owing to the air enclosed in it ; a
bubble of air (or thousands of bubbles) is mechani-
cally squeezed out near the side of the mould, and it
attaches itself to the advancing ice in such a manner
as to leave a capillary tube running from the outside
to the very core of the mould.
When selling the half cwt. blocks we had many
complaints of their melting too rapidly, and as this was
I thought due to the smallness of their size, I
arranged moulds to hold one cwt. 13in. by 6iin. by
about 3ft. deep. 1 expected these to freeze In the
same time as the 6i square blocks, but in this I was
wonderfully deceived. My notion was that the heat
(or cold) would only have to strike across 3jin. in
each case, the line of least resistance so to speak, but
in actual practice these moulds took half as long
again to freeze. Hotels and fishmongers still com-
plained of this opaque ice, though we were enterpris-
ing enough to secure their custom by freezing
lobsters, salmon, etc., etc., in the centre of blocks for
them The elimination of the air is not an easy
problem in an improvised plant like ours ; it is easily
done by agitation during freezing, but with us that
was hardly possible. Eventually I made the two
kinds, clear and opaque, the former by inserting a
small tube down the centre of each mould and by
connecting it with an air compressor, which kept a
small stream of air bubbling through.
The question of the rapidity of melting was an im-
portant one, and after much investigation I have
come to the conclusion that in air melting, the opacity
has very little to do with it. I have on several
occasions exposed one cwt. blocks of clear ice (made
by blowing air through it while freezing), opaque ice
(made by freezing still water) and Wenham Lake
ice, both out of doors and under cover, and in all
cases the last few ounces were all on the plank
together, but two half cwt. blocks will disappear long
before a single cwt. In fact the single cwts. disap-
peared in 42 hours, the half cwts. in 22 hours.
When immersed in water, opaque ice will melt
much sooner than clear ice, but of course it does
more cooling work, and if water is to be cooled by
running it through blocks of ice in a tank, as is done
in some breweries, it should be run much quicker
through opaque ice than through clear. But re-
frigeration by means of solid ice is much more costly
than by means of a refrigerating machine, as a
machine, when taxed to its utmost to produce six
tons of ice daily, will do cooling equal to 10 tons of
ice.
Another interesting fact forced itself upon my
attention during the manufacture of ice, and that
was that in freezing, the soluble constituents of the
water were gradually forced into the centre of the
mould, so that when the last quart of water remaining
unfrozen was poured out, this would contain the
whole, or nearly so, of the soluble impurities.
The water used for ice-making contained 8"2 grains
of total solid matter per gallon, a piece of the clear
ice melted contained 12 grains per gallon of total
solids, while the residual unfrozen water in the centre
of the moulds contained 2(54 grains per gallon.
As to the cost of making ice and delivering it to
customers much may be said. One reads in print
very often that by such and such a machine ice can
be made at 5s. or even 3s. 9d. per ton. I will not ask
you to doubt such statements, but I will say, do not
build up too many hopes upon them. Ice is not like
cast if on, and if you wish to store it you must have
some very expensive buildings. About seven per cent,
of the make will be lost in storing ; if you
deliver it to customers in two ton lots and are at a
distance from them, the loss will be 10 per cent. ;
while if a retail trade is done, the loss will be 3.3 per
cent, at least. I have come to the conclusion that
without the machine is a very large one, and worked
to its full capacity, ice cannot be sold wholesale
under £1 per ton to leave a profit, if it has to be
delivered to customers.
With refrigeration merely it is different, and I have
little doubt but that cooling could be done for 5s.
per ton of ice equivalent, on a six ton machine, and
therefore I am surprised this system has not found its
way much more into chemical manufacturing than
it has at present in England.
On the Continent the aniline-colour works use very
large machines,some of whichl saw when amongst them
in March last. They are used in the manufacture of
sulphuric acid, carbolic acid, chlorate of soda, in the
manufacture of best sugar by the strontium process,
in distilleries, in stearine works, chocolate manufac-
ture, dairies and in candle works. It is a matter of
very simple calculation whether water cooling or
refrigeration is most effective, and it very often
happens that a sufficiently low temperature cannot
be reached by simple water cooling, especially in
summer.
DISCUSSION.
The Chairman, after thanking Mr. Davis for his
interesting paper, regretted that he had entirely
omitted to refer to Pictet's latest machine, and
"Pictet's Fluid," when comparing critically the various
systems applied to the manufacture of artificial
cold. Mr. Levinstein's experience with a Linde ice
machine, which extended over five years, led him to
substantially confirm Mr. Davis's statements with
regard to its general efficiency. The fact, however,
must not be overlooked that such a machine was
very costly, and it therefore became a very serious
matter to those who wished to put an ice machine
down what system ought to be adopted, and he was
not at all prepared to say that Linde's machine was
still the best, or superior to all other machines. One
ought not rashly to jump to conclusions without
accurate knowledge, of all the other systems, and if
he had to put another ice machine down he would
certainly very carefully examine Pictet's latest
machine, which appeared to him to possess in some
April 29, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
25!)
respects advantages over Linde's machine. As far as
he was informed, the Pure Ice Company, in Liver-
pool, and also the Glaciamm, in Southport, had
recently altered their machines according to Pictet's
latest improvements, and these were also working
satisfactorily with Pictet's Fluid. He only men-
tioned these facts in order to show that Pictet's
Fluid was already successfully used in their neigh-
bourhood by artificial ice manufacturers, and he
thought that it would have been very interesting to
have heard Mr. Davis's opinion about Pictet's latest
machine, and also about Pictet's Fluid. This
"fluid" possessed very singular properties. Its
vapour tension considerably deviated from what
might have been theoretically expected. It was
produced by compressing a mixture of carbon
dioxide and sulphur dioxide. As promised, he now
appended a table showing the comparative vapour
tension at various temperatures of sulphur dioxide,
of the vapour tension, both actual and calculated, of
Pictet's Fluid, and also of that of ammonia : —
I'ltKSSI KK IN ATMuSI'HERES.
Centigrade.
- -
Ammonia.
S ilphuroos
Acul.
Pictet's Fluid
calculated.
Pictet's Fluid
actual.
-30
OfG
0-77
077
Ill
-25
0'55
0'Jl
0 811
TI5
-:o
U01
128
0 9S
183
— 15
0 76
l'5'.l
IIS
2-28
-10
1 00
1-07
131
2 82
- 5
1-25
211
1 U0
315
+ 0
1-51
2 93
l'S3
119
+ 5
1-90
3'50
2'20
500
+ 10
235
121
2 "55
6 02
+ 15
2-78
4 -9S
2^8
7 12
+20
3-30
5-88
310
810
+25
3-80
6-86
392
9 -SO
+30
4 GO
800
115
11-11
+35
5 30
915
5'U5
1308
+ 10
0'20
:o-io
5-7-'
15 29
+ J5
7 20
12 16
6'30
1738
+50
8-30
1398
6'86
1993
The vapour tension, therefore, of Pictet's Fluid
was comparatively high at low temperatures and
comparatively low at high temperatures, which pro-
perty was a desideratum in cold-producing agents.
Pictet's Fluid was stated to possess fifty per cent,
more effective power than pure sulphur dioxide.*
Mr. Thomson thought that Mr. Davis had not
given sufficient prominence to the conditions under
which different ice-making machines were tested.
Much would depend upon the temperature of the air
and water at the time the experiment was made as to
what quantity any ice machine would produce per
ton of coal consumed. Some ten years ago he sug-
gested to Mr. Gamgee the use of anhydrous ammonia
instead of sulphur dioxide for use in the Pictet
machine, and he aided him in making an experi-
ment with it, which had proved very successful ; he
understood, moreover, that Mr. Pictet afterwards
patented the use of anhydrous ammonia to be used
* See Compt. Rend. 100, 329.
instead of sulphur dioxide. What he (Mr. Thomson)
feared most, then, was that any escape of ammonia
might prove serious to workmen from its powerful
pungency, but to his surprise he found that having
robbed ordinary aqueous ammonia of its water, the
anhydrous substance no longer possessed very pun-
gent qualities, and he found under such conditions it
could be inspired in considerable quantity with com-
parative comfort. He did not remember to have
seen any record of this property of anhydrous
ammonia. The exceedingly pungent properties were
again produced by passing the anhydrous gas into a
little water, and thus thoroughly saturating it.
Perhaps Mr. Davis had observed this, or could throw
some light upon it) This might explain to some
extent why very little smell of ammonia is detected
from leakages in working the Linde machine.
Another point raised in the paper was the action of
ammonia on iron. Could Mr. Davis give any explana-
tion of the way in which ammonia acted on iron 1
One could understand that ammonia in gas works,
which contained ammonium sulphide, might corrode
iron, from the action of the sulphur, but it was more
difficult to comprehend what could be the action of
aqueous ammonia on it. Again, Mr. Davis men-
tioned that sulphur dioxide acted on iron, whilst
copper was not acted on by it. He remembered
about ten years ago speaking to Mr. Pictet on this
matter, and he was informed by him that the sul-
phur dioxide had no action whatever on iron, and
the pumping cylinders and pistons of his machine
were then made of iron or steel ; perhaps Mr. Pictet
had changed his mind on this point since then, and
probably Mr. Davis could give some explanation as
to this point, and why sulphur dioxide should acton iron
and not on copper 1 because it was evident that if
the action were due to the dioxide becoming con-
verted into sulphuric acid, that acid one would
assume would attack copper as well as iron.
Mr. Irwin inquired if Mr. Davis had calculated
the amount of coal required to refrigerate a ton of
water at 0° C. ; also what would be the cost of the
plant required to produce ten tons of ice weekly 1
Mr. Davis, in reply, said that in his paper he had
dealt with his experiences and convictions only, and
had personally no experience with the new "Pictet
liquid." In fact, he had purposely refrained from
mentioning this liquid, as he was aware that a warm
controversy was proceeding abroad between the Linde
and the Pictet companies. In reply to Mr. Thomson,
the formula given in the early part of the paper would
fully explain the amounts of ice produced under
varying temperatures, the temperature of the ambient
air having but little to do with it. The temperature
of the cooling water determined the working pressure
and the pressure the steam engine had to overcome.
He could not say theoretically what the reaction was
between ammonia and wrought iron, but it only
occurred at high temperatures in presence of steam.
With regard to the action of sulphurous acid on iron,
he had not studied that either, as all the sulphurous
acid machines that he had seen were constructed of
copper. The loss of seven per cent, of ice in storage
was in storing and selling nearly as made ; the sale
of ice was not a regular trade, some days more could
be sold than made, and on others more was made than
could be sold, and the loss of seven per cent, occurred
in restoring an equilibrium. In reply to Mr. Irwin,
he had not calculated the coal required for
a ton of ice, for the simple reason that it varied so
much under different conditions, but in reply to his
other question, he might say that the plant required
for refrigerating ten tons of water to 0° C. daily
would cost about £1000.
260
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (April 29, iai7.
jRctocastlc Section.
Chairman : P. P. Bedson.
Vice-Chairman : J. C. SteTenson, M.P.
Alfred Allhusen.
G. T. France.
John Morrison.
F. S. Newall.
John Pattinson.
J. B. Payne.
Committee:
H. R. Procter.
B. S. Proctor.
W. W. Proctor.
\V. L. Rennoldson.
C. T. Richardson.
T. \V. Stuart.
Local Secretary and Treasurer : J. T. Dunn, 115, Scotswood
Road, Newcastle.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
Meeting held Wednesday, March 9, in the College
of Science.
PROFESSOR BEDSON IN THE CHAIR.
OX NEW OR PERFECTED METHODS FOR
THE DETECTION AND ESTIMATION OF
ORGANIC BODIES, BASED UPON THEIR
OXIDATION BY POTASSIUM PERMANGA-
NATE.
BY JOHN HENRY SMITH, PH.D. (ZURICH),
Associate of the Royal College of Science, Dublin.
PART II.
Oxidation by Mn02 in Acid Solution.
In the first part of this paper, it has been shown (Exp.
67) that no loss of oxygen occurs from theaction of dilute
sulphuric acid upon manganese dioxide, so long as no
free permanganate is present. This observation, in
conjunction with the fact to which we have called
attention, that KMn04 can be reduced completely
to MnOo by means of a manganous salt, renders the
establishment of a method of oxidation by means of
the dioxide a matter of comparative ease. We have
seen (Exp. 2) that it is possible to reduce KMn04 to
MnO.j in a neutral solution, by using only the theo-
retical quantity of MnS04 to satisfy the equation—
KjMn.Og + 3MnS04 + 2H20 = 5MnO, + K.,S04
+ 2H:S04. As the solution requires to" be heated
a considerable time before complete reduction is
effected, and as the presence of a small excess of
MnSOi is no detriment, it is preferable to effect the
reduction at once with excess of MnS04. I find
that an excess of lOcc. nMnS04 solution (i.e.,
the theoretical amount required to precipitate
lOcc. ?iKMn04) is ample to reduce the last trace of
permanganate, with a couple of minutes' heating on
the water-bath. A larger excess should be avoided,
if a subsequent oxidation of the filtrate by KMnO4
be contemplated, because whatever excess is left
will appropriate its own equivalent of permanga-
nate, which latter would consequently be unavailable
for the further oxidation of the organic body.*
I find a solution of manganous sulphate, twice the
normal strength, as defined above, to be most
generally useful. It is made by dissolving 16'2grms.
of the anhydrous salt in distilled water, and making
up to 1 litre. The composition of the MuS04 em-
ployed must be carefully determined, as the salt
crystallises with different amounts of water. That
• On the whole, it is preferable to get rid of the excess
of MnSO, and free acid by filtration.
which I used was in the state of powder, and corres-
ponded to the formula, MnS04.H20. To 50cc.
2 ?(KMn04, contained in a 500cc. flask, 55cc. of
the above solution are added. After heating
for a minute or two on the water-bath, aided
by gentle agitation, the solution will be found
to be colourless. lOcc. 5 «H2S04 are then added,
together with 50cc. ?t-organic solution, and the bulk
made up to 250cc. The flask is then placed over a
Bunsen burner, and the contents boiled gently for
half-an-hour, the flame being increased towards the
end of that time. The finely-divided MnO.. becomes
thus perfectly disseminated throughout the liquid,
leaving nothing more to be desired in the matter of
circulation. Although I have been able to oxidise
oxalic acid completely on the water-bath, without
any endeavour to promote circulation of the MnO., ;
in the case of bodies more difficultly oxidisable, the
full action of the dioxide is not experienced, unless
means to promote the circulation of the precipitate
be employed. I have ascertained that there is no
loss of oxygen from the action of acid of this con-
centration upon the Mn02, when the solution is
maintained at actual ebullition. In a direct experi-
ment (199), in which the solution was boiled briskly
for half-an-hour, a loss of only O'lcc. nKMn04 was
observed, a quantity which comes within the ordi-
nary errors of experiment.
After boiling, the solution is diluted considerably
and filtered, and the precipitate washed with warm
distilled water. It is advisable to wash the filter
before use with a small quantity of hot dilute
sulphuric acid. It is not necessary to wash the
precipitate more than twice. If the washing be con-
tinued longer, or the wash water be too hot, a portion
of the MnOo will be dissolved, rendering the
experiment useless. Should a protracted washing be
essential, then the wash water employed must be
acidified.
After washing, the precipitate is washed down
into the flask which it originally occupied, and dis-
solved, together with any MnO.j adhering to the
filter, in standard FeS04 solution, the excess of the
latter being determined by titrating back with
KMn04. A normal solution of FeS04, containing
the equivalent of twice normal free H..S04, I find
very convenient for dissolving this precipitate, as well
as for general purposes. The value of the precipitate,
obtained in teims of KMn04, deducted from the
original KMnO, added, gives the equivalent of
MnOo reduced by the organic body under investi-
gation.
In experiments with oxalic acid, both heated on
the water-ba.th and boiled over a Bunsen burner, the
filtrates failed to produce a further reduction of
KMn04, and in the case of the latter (200) the
MnO... reduced corresponded exactly to the complete
oxidation of the acid.
After I have subjected a sufficient number of
exemplary bodies to a thorough investigation, by
means of this and the other processes which I have
devised, I intend to tabulate the whole of the
results and bring them before the notice of this
Society ; and I anticipate we will be able to recognise
certain relationships existing between the constitu-
tion of those bodies and their susceptibility to
oxidation by KMn04 and Mn02 under vaiying
standard conditions.
With regard to the filtrate, it may be further
subjected to oxidation by KMn04. It is advisable
to employ 75cc. 2«KMn04 for this purpose, making
up to 750cc, and giving one hour's heating. Before
adding the FeP04 solution, the filtrate should
be neutralised with lOcc. 5«NaHO. In all
probability, the KMn04 reduced by the filtrate
April 29. 1H57.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
261
would correspond to the difference between the total
amount reduced by the body, and the amount equiva-
lent to the MnOo reduced. It is of course possible
that a very volatile body might be formed by the
oxidation with Mn02, or a body incapable of oxida-
tion by KMnOj, but not itself produced by direct
oxidation with permanganate. I should consider
that these cases, and more especially the latter,
would very rarely occur. In any case such an
irregularity could be easily detected by the oxidation
of the filtrate.
OxiDATIOX BY KMx04 IX AxKALIXE SOLUTIONS.
Great difficulty was experienced in working out a
method adapted to the estimation of the amount of
permanganate reduced by organic bodies in alkaline
solution. The method which most naturally
suggested itself — i.e., of adding excess of acidified
FeS04 after the oxidation is complete, and titrating
back with KMn04 — is altogether unreliable. Even
could further oxidation during the mixing of the
liquids be prevented by adding the alkaline solution
very slowly into a large excess of strongly acidified
FeS04, there is still the probability of too great a
quantity of KMn04 being absorbed in titrating back
(even should the solution be quite cold during titra-
tion) on account of the large quantity of MnS04
present in the solution, which we found to be a
great accelerator of the speed of oxidation in direct
titrations. This source of error becomes all the
more serious when we consider that oxalic acid,
which we know to be a very frequent product of
oxidation in alkaline solutions, is one of the organic
bodies most easy of oxidation by KMn04 in acid
solution. I considered, therefore, that the most
certain test of the accuracy of such a method as I
was hoping to establish, would be that it should
indicate no reduction of permanganate with pure
oxalic acid. Bertholet* states that oxalic acid is
oxidised slowly to CO; and H20 in alkaline solu-
tions ; but, as we shall see later on, this is not the
case, at least not to any appreciable extent.
In order to determine whether any loss of oxygen
occurs when KMn04 is heated in alkaline solution,
as maintained by Jones,t the following experiments
were made : — To 50cc. «KMn04, 50cc. re-alkali
were added, the bulk made up to 250 with distilled
water, and heated on the water-bath. After
heating, excess of standard FeS04 was added, and the
excess titrated back with KMn04. The results are
given below : —
2-JOec, heated for three hours on the water-bath. The
following results were obtained : —
Zfo. of Experiment —
201
202
205
204
205
Alkali added
KHO
K.CO,
KHO
K.CO.,
KHCO3
Length of heating
jhr.
Jhr.
3hrs.
31irs.
31irs.
Loss = cc. nKMnO, ..
0'3
0-9
01
0 9
0-2
No. of Exi»eriment —
206
207
208
209
210
Alkali added
KHO
KHO
K.CO,
K:CO,
KHCO3
cc. nH:SO, added
cc. nKMnO, lost
100
0
100
025
100
0-i
100
0-25
100
0
cold boiling cold boiling boiling
Direct titrations.
Xo. of Experiment —
211
Alkali added none
cc.nH.SO, added .... 50
cc. nKMnO, lost 07
cc. nKMnO, lost, after
deducting result of 211 —
212
KHO
100
1-25
055
215
214
K=CO, KHCO,
100
] ii,i
165
08
0-95
01
Here it is seen we have sufficient impurity in the
alkalis to account for the loss we had observed.
As the impurity is only partially and difficultly
oxidised in direct titration, it is probably of organic
nature, and oxidised to oxalic acid by permanganate
in alkaline solutions, since the numbers obtained in
these solutions (Experiments 203 and 204) agree very
closely with the above. It is evident, therefore,
that unless the impurity in the alkalis be estimated
and allowed for, serious errors might be introduced ;
but none need he feared from actual evolution of
oxygen in alkaline solutions under the conditions
existing. Other samples of alkalis gave the follow-
ing results : —
No. of Experiment —
215
216
217 218 219
Alkali used . .
XaHO
K3CO-
KHC03 XaHO
XaHO
cc. nH:SO, added ....
125
125
125 ' none
MnSO,
added
cc. nKMnO, lost after
deducting error
01
02
05 01
01
These experiments show that the alkalis con-
tained impurity oxidisable by KMu04 ; but no loss
of oxygen occurs, since after three hours' heating
practically no greater loss is experienced than after
only half or three-quarters of an hour's heating. To
confirm the presence of these impurities, oOcc. of the
normal alkalis were acidified and titratsd directly
with KMn04 at a temperature approaching ebullition;
while to other equal quantities excess of 11 S( .'4
(free from oxidisable impurity) was added, together
with oOcc. «KMn04, and the solution, made up to
• Jahresb. 1867. p. 331.
t J. Cheui. Soc„ 1878. p. 95.
Considerable difference exists, therefore, in the
oxidisable impurity of different samples of alkali.
It is probable that the sodium alkalis will be more
generally pure in this respect than those of potassium.
In Experiment 218 the solution was boiled briskly
for half-an-hour with 50cc. nKMn04, but still no
greater loss was experienced than that due to the
impurity in the NaHO. The same result was yielded
in Experiment 219, in which one-half of the KMn04
had been precipitated as MnO; by MnS04 before
heating. There is no loss, therefore, from the mutual
action of MnO., and KMnO, in alkaline solutions,
as there is in acid ones.
The next method which suggested itself for the
estimation of the oxidation occurring in alkaline
solutions, was to filter the solution through asbestos
or glass-wool after the oxidation was complete, and
determine the amount of MnO._. remaining on the
filter after washing the same The following experi-
ments were, therefore, instituted with the double
object of testing this method and of ascertaining the
possibility of utilising the same for the estimation of
manganous salts. A solution of manganous sulphate,
whose strength had been accurately determined, or
one formed by the exact titration of acidified oxalic
acid, was added to a warm solution of KMn04,
262
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29. 1887.
previously made sufficiently alkaline with NaHO
that after mixing 20cc. n-alkali would remain free.
After heating on the water-bath the Imlk was made
up to SOOcc., and the remaining KMnO, determined
in an aliquot part of the filtrate. The MnO.j on the
filter after washing was also estimated as a check.
The solution was filtered through glass-wool free from
ozidiaable impurity. The following are the results :—
No. of Experiment—
220
221
222
cc. nKMnO, employed 100
Addition Titrated
Oxalic Aeid
Time of heating Jlir.
cc nKMnO, theoretically
reduced 16'55
cc. hKMiiO, actually reduced 18't
UnSO, indicated 1093
200 100
MnSO, MnSO,
Jlir.
22 25
jlir.
2225
2575
1157
We learn from these experiments that the amount of
K.MnOj retained by the precipitate after washing is
so large as to render such a method quite impossible.
As no loss of oxygen occurs, it is difficult to account
for the precipitate containing so much more available
oxygen than the calculated quantity. It may be that
the KMn04 is mechanically held by the precipitate,
or, I think it is more likely, that in an alkaline solution
in presence of pre-existing MnO^, KMn04 is further
reduced to the same form, as it is in acid solution, but
that the liberated oxygen, instead of being lost, forms
some peroxide, which remains in solution. The fol-
lowing facts may be taken in support of this view : —
An acid solution of KMnO. may be boiled over a
naked flame without the slightest inconvenience. An
acid solution containing precipitated MnO.., but no
free KMn04, may likewise be boiled with impunity ;
but an acid solution containing both KMn04 and
Mn02 cannot be so boiled, or even on the sand-bath,
without causing severe concussions of the liquid. In
a similar manner KMn04 and MnO.. may be boiled
separately in an alkaline solution with perfect safety ;
but if both be present the same concussions are pro-
duced. Now, I have referred in the first part of this
paper to the chemical action which takes place in
acid solution, in virtue of which oxygen is liberated
and KMn04 reduced to MnO._.. Is it not exceedingly
probable that this action is the cause of the incon-
trollable behaviour of the solution in both acid and
alkaline solutions, but that in the latter oxygen, in
place of being evolved, remains in solution as a
peroxide 1
This filtration method having failed, it occurred tome
to precipitate the whole of the free KMnO, remaining
after the oxidation was complete by MnS04, to filter
the alkaline solution, and, after washing the precipi-
tate, to dissolve it in FeS04 and titrate back with
K.\ln<)4. The difference between the amount of
KMn<>4 equivalent to the precipitate and that
originally added would, of course, be a measure of the
oxygen obsorbed by the body under investigation.
With regard to the filtering medium, I was very
anxious to dispense with the use of asbestos and
glass-wool, chiefly on account of the long time taken
up by the process when these bodies are used. The
filtration through paper is, on the other hand, very
rapid and very suitable for the purpose, more
especially as the precipitate always contains a certain
amount of MnO, which is liable to oxidation. The
following experiments with various filters are inter-
esting, as showing the effect of KMn04 and of the
alkalis upon filtering paper and the conditions under
which it may be used for filtration. In the first
six experiments the solution employed contained
50cc. «KMnO., either neutral or with 50cc. nH.JS04
or K1K) added. The total bulk was 2o0cc. in each
case, and the solution was either filtered through cold,
or heated for half-an-hour on the water-bath with a
7 J-in. English filter. The results, which are only
roughly comparative (as no Fe23S04 or phosphate
was present in the acid solution ; and the other
solutions were treated with excess FeS04 immedi-
ately after oxidation), are here given : —
No. of Experiment-
State of solution . . .
How applied
c. nKMnO, ab-
sorbed
223
Acid
224
Alk.
Neut.
Passed through cold
155 | 5-25 0 5
226
227
Acid I Alk. Neut.
Treated on water-
bath
32 75 | 4375 I 1775
In Experiments 22b' and 227 we see that the reduction
to MnO,, has been complete. The largely-increased
oxidation in alkaline solution should be noted, it
being due, of course, to the solvent action of the alkali
upon the material of the filter.
To determine the action of the alkalis alone upon
the filters, the following series of experiments was
undertaken. In each case the solution, madeuptoabout
300cc, was filtered four or five times at a tempera-
ture of 80° to 90' C. through a 7i-in. English filter.
The solutions were then acidified, and the organic
matter dissolved, either wholly oxidised by excess of
KMn04 in the usual manner, or merely titrated
directly at boiling temperature : —
No. of Experiment—
cc. n-Alkali employed
How estimated ...
cc. itKMnO, absorbed,
after deducting im-
purity
229
100KHO I 100K.CO, 100KHCO,
With excess KMnO,
31
2 0
1-1
No. of Experiment-
cc. n- Alkali employed
How estimated
cc. ii KMnO, absorbed,
after deducting im
purity
232
50KHO
233
50K-CO,
50KHCO,
o-i
By direct titration
015
01
The above experiments show that the filtrates might
be utilised, in the method contemplated, for direct
titration without any serious error arising, but the
error is too great to allow of their being subjected to
complete oxidation with excess of KMn04. As
might be expected, the solvent action is greatest in
the case of KHO, and least in the case of KHCO .
The next series shows the influence of various
qualities of filters. lOOcc. «NaHO were employed,
and passed two or three times through the filter at a
temperature near boiling point. After the treatment
the solution was rendered acid, and the FePO,
solution added with the KMnO, as usual. The
bulk was made up to 250cc, and heated half an-hour.
The filters were all o^in. in diameter. The last three
experiments show the effect of a second, but exactly
similar, treatment of the same filters.
April 20. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
263
No. of Experiment-
255
236
257
Quality of Filter
cc. nKMnO) absorbed by or-
ganic matter dissolved
English
20
Swedish
1-2
Schleicher's
Washed
25
No. of Experiment-
Quality of Filter
cc. nKMnd absorbed by or-
ganic matter dissolved
English
01
Swedish
240
Schleicher's
Washed
05
These experiments show us that the filtrates in the
method under consideration might be made available
for subsequent oxidation in acid solution with excess,
of KMnO,, when paper filters are employed
which have received a preliminary washing with boil-
ing normal alkali. The second treatment with boiling
normal alkali, which was given in the above experi-
ments, is really a much more severe test than they
would be required to stand in practice, as the solution
would be much more dilute and not quite so hot. At
the same time, it is much preferable to employ the
cheaper filters, more especially as they are really
superior for this purpose.
Of course, it will be understood that the action of
the alkali u]K>n the filter does not absolutely stop
after this preliminary treatment, but that the super-
ficial or more easily oxidisable portions of the filter
are withdrawn by the process. The following experi-
ment (241) will show that the solution of the filter by
the alkali is a continual process. Six of Schleicher's
washed filters, 5^in. diameter, were boiled with
lOOcc. «NaHO for half-an-hour. The solution was
then neutralised and filtered, and excess of KMn04,
together with 20cc. of the acidified FePO, solution
added. The solution was then heated for one hour.
128'8cc. n KMnO , had been absorbed by the solution.
After treating the same filters, previously well
washed, a second time in exactly the same manner,
129'4cc. KMnO« were required by the solution. After
a third treatment 72cc. HKMnO, were absorbed. It
is instructive to note that oxalic acid could only have
formed a small portion of the dissolved organic
matter, because the last solution obtained only
absorbed 12cc. ?tKMn04 by direct titration in a hot
acid solution — i.e., only one-sixth of the total KMn04
required.
From Experiments 12 to 16 we learned that MnO
ia continually oxidised to MnOj by atmospheric
oxygen. The oxidation naturally diminishes in
intensity as the amount of the lower oxide decreases
and that of the higher oxide increases. The error
introduced by this oxidation is very small, if only the
least possible excess of MnS04 to precipitate the
whole of the free KMn04 be added, and the filtration
be executed as rapidly as practicable ; but I was
anxious to check this oxidation altogether if possible.
Although I was not successful in achieving this
object, a short account of my experiments in this
direction may save others the trouble of going over
the same ground again.
The general conditions of working were as
follows : — To 50ce. «KMn04 50cc. «-alkali were
added. The total bulk was made up to 2.">0cc, and
the solution heated for half-an-hour on the water-
bath. In order to magnify the error arising from the
oxidation of the atmosphere, the MnS04 solution was
added in much larger quantity (50, excess) than that
actually required for precipitation of the KMn04.
The solution, after being well shaken, became colour-
less almost immediately. It was then filtered, and
the precipitate washed as rapidly as possible. The
funnel was then transferred to the flask in which the
precipitate had been foimed, and the latter washed
down into the flask with hot water. The precipitate,
and any MnO; adhering to the filter, were then dis-
solved in excess of strongly acidified normal FeS04
solution, and the excess titrated back with KMn04 in
the usual manner. When oxalic acid was added in
the experiment, the filtrate was also estimated by-
direct titration, after acidifying with H^S04. As a
rule, parallel experiments were made with all three
forms of alkali — viz., caustic, carbonate, and acid
carbonate, in order to find which was the most pre-
ferable to employ. The filtration proceeded very
rapidly through English filtering paper, and one's
whole time was employed in attending to the filtering
entailed by three parallel experiments. In the follow-
ing tables some average results of these experiments
are given : —
^ z
5
<
---
S||
li ■' -J.
Remarks.
212
KHO
165
213
Do. '10cc.nl
1-85
Xodecreased oxidation
with less alkali.
211
KHO
10
Added dilute HqSO, to
the precipitaleon fil-
ter as soon as solution
had passed through.
215
K^COa
08
Less oxidation than
with KHO.
216
"
07
Washed precipitate
with dilute H -SOj on
filter.
217
KHCOj
01
Less oxidation than
with K;C03.
218
"
0
Washed precipitate
with dilute H-SO,
219
"
0
50cc. n - oxalic acid
added: washed with
acid ; filtrate had lost
3'3cc. n-oxalic acid.
250
NallCOa
01
Similar to 218; washed
with acid.
:51
0
Oxalic acid added: 3 3
cc. deficient in fil-
trate ; washed pre-
cipitate with acid.
As might have been expected, the addition of acid
to the precipitate checks the atmospheric oxidation
to some extent. It is very doubtful, however, if such
a course could be adopted in practice. The only
advantage which could be gained by its employment
would be in the case of the addition of the acid before
the precipitate had been thoroughly washed, and
under such conditions the probability is that even
with cold acid the organic body under investigation
would be oxidised by the MnOj in contact with it.
Experiments 240 and 251 confirm this view in the
case of oxalic acid.
The very slight atmospheric oxidation with the
acid carbonate should be noted. The difference in
the behaviour of the three alkalis was rendered
visible by precipitating simultaneously equal volumes
of manganous sulphate solution with equivalent
quantities of KHO, KrC03, and N&HCOi respectively.
The first two precipitates turned brown almost
immediately, while the last (doubtless a bicarbonate
of manganese) remained perfectly white after being
2(14
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (April 29, 1887.
exposed to the atmosphere a whole day. That the
oxidation is much more active in the case of the
caustic alkali than with the carbonate, was shown
by the precipitate with the former finally turning
black, while that with the latter remained brown in
colour.
In experiments with caustic alkali, in which varia-
tions were made in the order in which the solutions
were mixed, it was found that the gain from
atmospheric oxidation was much less when the alkali
was added after mixing the KMnOj and MnSOt.
This was no doubt due to the formation of a large
bulk of MnO.. in the first instance, while in the
presence of alkali a large ciuantity of MnO would be
naturally formed initially, which would be subjected
to partial oxidation by the atmosphere before being
completely oxidised by the KMnOi present. As a
matter of fact, hardly any less gain was experienced
when the MnSOi was precipitated with KHO, and
i/i'ii KMnOi added, than when sulphate was added
to the alkaline permanganate. Although MnSO, must
be the final addition in practice, we may infer that
an advantage would be experienced by adding it
slowly, and I find in practice that less of the solution
is required when this precaution is attended to.
In the next series of experiments 50cc. M-oxalic
acid were employed. The first four were precipitated
with 50 per cent, excess MnSOj. after heating a
quarter of an hour only, while the last four were
heated for four and a-half hours, and precipitated
with the least possible amount of MnS04 solution.
cc.
tKMnO,=
X
< F
o
d Q4
?£&
-r
Oo
11
<5
Remarks.
252
KHO
01
2'1 gain
Oxalate nearly completely
washed out.
253
K5CO,
01
10 ,,
Oxalate not so completely
washed out.
254
KHCO,
34
01 ..
Largedeficiency of oxalate
in filtrate.
[253
I Ditto "1
I 33cc. n J
51
0'2 loss
Still larger ditto.
•256
KHO
01
03 gain
Much less atmospheric
oxidation than 252 with
more MnSO, added.
K.CO,
11
01 loss
Greater deficiency of oxa-
late than 253.
258
239
KHCO,
1 Ditto )
'( 33oc. n f
365
525
0-35 „ )
03 „ J
No more oxalate deficient
than with only quarter
of an hour's beating.
These experiments are a further confirmation of
the less liability of the precipitate in acid carbonate
solution to oxidation. The beneficial influence of
adding only sufficient MnSO, to effect the precipita-
tion is very marked in Experiments 256 and 257. In
the case of the carbonates, we find there is a great
tendency to the precipitation of the oxalate. That
this is a »"/■• precipitation, and not an actual oxida-
tion of the oxalate, may be inferred from the experi-
ments with bicarbonate : after four and a half hours'
beating we find there is no greater deficiency in the
filtrate than after only a quarter of an hour's heating.
It is worthy of remark that the precipitation seems
to occur during heating, and is apparently accom-
panied by MnO.,, without any loss of oxygen, how-
ever. Additional evidence is here presented by the
experiment* with the long heating, that no absolute
evolution of oxygen takes place— at least, not with
KHO or K,CO».
As the bicarbonate precipitate is practically not
oxidised by the atmospnere, it seemed advisable to
endeavour to render this alkali available by adopting
means to remove the oxalate adhering to the precipi-
tate. The next experiments were made in this
direction ; 50 per cent, excess MnS04 solution being
added as before. The following table exhibits the
average results obtained : —
: =
K
cc. nKMnO,=
,e c Oxalate deficient
"u'z in Filtrate after—
2nd
-s-
lit
Washing.
}hr.
16
..
4-3
••
11
,,
11
Jhr.
31
••
20
»l
21
Jhr.
15
II
1-75
,,
1-95
»
115
■'
23
it
21
,,
0
ii
21
0
1-9
Rkmarkx
-r t, - Second Washing of Precij'i-
H z~ tattfi with—
34
35
2-8
36
21
20
0'2 gain Strongly ammoniacal
solution of (XH.i.m »,.
03 loss
01 gain
Strong solution of XH, CI.
Strong solution of am-
monium carbonate.
Hot normal acetic acid.
05 gain I Ammonia water.
11
0 5
07
ii-..
005 loss
Oo gain
02 loss
_ 02
- 03
- 01
n-l
Added 25cc. strong Nil,
HO before filtering,
and washed with am-
monia water.
Added 50cc. nXH.HO
after precipitation, but
before filtering.
Gave ihr. extra heating
with 200cc. nXH.Cl.
After precipitation added
— lOOcc. hXH.HO-t
lOOcc. n(XH,)-SO,
lOOcc. nXH.HO + lOOcc.
«XH,Cl.
Washed with hot nil.
SO, on filter.
Added 100 nXH,HO+
lOgrms. XH.C1, before
the MnSO,.
Immediately after heat-
ing, added more than
sufficient Xa..HPO, to
precipitate excess Mn
SO,.
Like 272. but no oxalate
present.
Like 272. but phosphate
added before heating.
Like 271. but no oxalate
present.
Added more than suffi-
cient Xa:HI'0, to pre-
cipitate all the MnSO,
subsequently added.
As a general result, we learn from these experi-
ments that a certain portion (about i) of the precipi-
tated oxalic acid may lie washed out by solutions
containing free ammonia. The advantage gained in
this respect is, however, more than counterbalanced
by the fact of a considerable amount of atmospheric-
oxygen being absorbed by the precipitate, after treat-
ment with the ammoniacal solution. This oxidation
may be readily observed by treating the white pre-
cipitate formed by the addition of excess of KHl'(J;l
to .MnSO, with ammonia, when it will turn of a
brown colour at once, owing to the decomposition of
the acid carbonate of manganese with formation of
April _>y. 1SS7-] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
265
Mull .,().,, which is further oxidised without delay.
When accompanied by NILC1, the oxidation of the
precipitate is considerably checked (269), but the
same result may be more easily obtained by the
simple addition of sodium phosphate to the solution,
preferably before the addition of MnS04 (-'.6). In
that case only about half of the oxalate which would
otherwise be held by the precipitate remains fixed.
The phosphate was" added in the hope that the for-
mation of the oxalate precipitate, if it consisted of
MnC.O., might be altogether prevented, in favour of
the production of the more stable manganese phos-
phate.
The reason why the addition of ammonium chloride
prevents the oxidation of the precipitate to a great
extent is due, I think, to the formation of an oxy-
chloride of manganese. In all cases in which the
chloride was employed, I observed, on dissolving the
precipitate in FeS04, a finely divided white precipi-
tate suspended in the solution, which was quite
insoluble in acid solution even on heating. No
similar precipitate was obtained with (NH4)^S04, or
any other salts made use of.
The bicarbonate having thus failed to yield satisfac-
tory results, I was led to return to the other alkalis.
The following table shows the results of my en-
deavours to reduce the atmospheric oxidation, which
had been experienced with KHO and K..OO;.. The
heating lasted half-an-hour, other conditions being
also normal : —
In point of fact, the KHO has the same effect of
preventing the precipitation of the oxalic acid which
we found ammonia to possess. In the next experi-
ments, therefore, additional alkali was added, just
before jrecipitation by MnS04. Only twenty-fivi
per ant. excess MnS()4 was added, but in other
respects the normal conditions obtained. The
results are here tabulated —
cc. nKMnO, =
e
« *
it
H
■
a
£ r 1
•z
36
15
Remarks.
277
KHO
06
1-75
No addition.
278
•>
03
2-1
Added sufficient Xa.HPO, to
precipitate all MnSO, subse-
quently added.
279
"
05
1-8
Added 40cc. nH:SO, and large
excess of Na^HPO,.
280
"
0-5
0-25
Added 20grms. N'H.Cl after the
addition of MnSO,.
281
K:CO,
0-8
0-85
No addition.
282
.,
06
0 4
XajHPO, added before MnSO,.
283
M
11
05
lOgrnis. NH.C1 added imme-
diately after the MnSO,.
It will be seen that the ammonium chloride is very
effective in checking the atmospheric oxidation, both
in the caustic solution and that made alkaline with
KjC03. It seems, however, to prevent the solution
of theoxalate precipitated w ith the Mn02 in the case of
the carbonate (283). The addition of phosphate
seems also to have a slight advantage, in reducing
the atmospheric oxidation when the carbonate is
employed.
I next tried the effect of rendering the solution
nearly neutral, just before precipitating with MnS04 ;
but the results were' again unsatisfactory. In an
experiment (284) in which acid was added to the
solution after heating, sufficient to leave only
3cc. H-free alkali after the addition of MnS04, 1 Occ.
of the oxalic acid was retained by the precipitate,
and a gain of oxygen equivalent to O'Scc. nKMn04
was affected by the latter. The gain of oxygen was
therefore not much diminished by this means, while
the amount of oxalic acid retained by the precipitate
was materially increased.
a
c =
7.1
H
It
< =
285
KHO
•-'*;
»
287
>.
288
••
289
K~ro.
290
••
291
..
292
KHCOj
293
••
291
•■
cc- nKMnO, =
015
11
0-25
09 gain One hour's heating.
,. ,. ,, Sufficient
KHC'O, added to form com-
pletely K-COj.
Added lOgrms. NH.C1 after
the MnSO,.
Added 3dc?.'%KHO juBt before
MnSO,.
No addition.
055 gain Added Na.HPO, sufficient to
precipitate all the MnEO,
subsequently added.
Added 50cc. nK.CO, just
before MnSO,.
No addition.
0'3o gain Added just sufficient KHO
to form K.COi.
Added double the
quantity.
above
The addition of extra alkali has a marked effect in
dissolving out, or preventing the precipitation of the
oxalic acid along with MnO.>. Even in the case of
the bicarbonate (294) we find the solution is nearly
complete. Experiment 286 with KHO yields the
best result, since the oxidation is diminished, as well
; as the oxalate being perfectly dissolved. The addi-
' tion of NH4C1 obviates the former error very satis-
factorily, but increases the latter. The Na.,HP04
seems to have the reverse action on the carbonate ;
in fact, it appears to produce the same effect as free
caustic alkali.
A few experiments were made with borax
and potassium silicate solutions, in order to find
if they would be likely to give more encouraging
results than the sodium phosphate. The reverse was
the case. The precipitates formed by these solutions
with MnS04 are decomposed by free alkali even
quicker than the precipitated phosphate, and turn
brown or flesh-coloured almost immediately, owing
to the oxidation of the MnOsHa formed.
The only remaining resource seemed to be to employ
as small an excess of MnS04 as possible, and to have
plenty of MnO., present after precipitation, in order
that the mangaiious hydrate might be protected from
the atmosphere as far as practicable. Of course the
difficulty might have been overcome by the use of
elaborate and expensive apparatus, for filtering in an
atmosphere free from oxygen, but I was anxious to
avoid such complications as much as possible.
With regard to the amount of excess of MnSO*
required to be added to obtain perfect discolouration
of the solution, the following numbers give fair
average results, obtained by the careful addition of
266
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 20. 1887.
the manganous salt to a boiling permanganate solu-
tion. The total bulk in each case was :;50cc. :—
N". nf Experiment—
295
296
297
298
State of solution . .
Ventral.
c41nll.sO4.T0»N"aHO
11 nN'aHO
cc. nKMnOj em-
ployed
50
50
50
100
' excess MnSfti re-
quired
1
8-10
8-10
7-8
' Bxperiment-
State of solution ..
cc. nKMnOj cm-
plo) ed
excess MnSO.i re-
quired
300
301
302
50 nXaHO 50 nXaHO 50 nK,CO, 50 >iKHCO .
-z»so4
100 100
8-10 85
100
100
7-8
We learn from these experiments that the amount
of excess of MnS04 bears a general ratio to the
quantity of KMn04 precipitated. In neutral solu-
tions, as we had already found (Experiment 2), a
smaller excess is required than in either acid or alka-
line ones ; but if sufficient alkali be added to a neutral
solution to neutralise the free H..S04 liberated in
the precipitation, as was done in Experiment 298,
then the excess demanded is not much less than in
the strongly alkaline solutions. With the carbonates,
the amount of excess required is also somewhat
diminished. There is no advantage in the addition
ol Z11SO4 to the alkaline solutions, because, in Experi-
ment 300, in which ZnS04 was added equivalent to
the whole of the manganese precipitated, but before
the addition of M11SO4, exactly the same excess was
required as in a parallel experiment without the
addition of the zinc salt.
In the next experiments, the MnS04 was added
very gradually, and the solution was well shaken
after each addition, so that the least possible quantity
should be used. The amount of KMn04 was also
increased from 50ec. to lOOcc. normal.
a
M
ts
... *
— >>
a
cc. nK
OxulaU
deticieut
in
nitrate
Mn04 =
T.itul
Gain ur
Loss.
Reukk^.
303
Ihr.
XaHO
0-05
O'l loss.
Only 50 KM04 and 50
oxalic acid added.
KHCOjaddedtoform
K.COj completely.
304
Jhr.
••
03
0
K I ICO j added as above
305
Ihr.
100
•NaHO
005
0
Xo subsequent alkuli
added.
306
Ihr.
••
0
0'15gain
Washed the precipitate
longer. No subse-
quent alkali added.
307
Jhr.
KiCO,
22
0
Xo further alkali
added.
308
jhr.
-
06
0-1 loss.
50 nK;C03 added after
precipitation.
309
Ihr.
100
»KaCOj
06
02 loss.
Xo subsequent alkali.
310
»hr.
■•
07
01 loss.
Xo subsequent alkaii.
311
Ihr.
Knco,
17
0-1 gain.
100 nXaHO added after
precipitation.
We note that the larger amount of KMn04
employed, causes a larger proportion of the oxalate
to be held by the precipitate, which is, of course,
most conspicuous in the case of the carbonates. This
may be obviated, however, to some extent, by increas-
ing the quantity of free alkali, resulting, of course,
in a greater tendency to oxidation of the precipitate.
In summing up the results of these experiments
in alkaline solutions, it is very evident that the
caustic alkali is the best to employ for the oxidation
in question. Any advantage which the acid car-
bonate possesses, owing to the immunity of the
precipitate formed in such solutions from atmospheric
oxidation during filtration, is quite counterbalanced
by the fact that such precipitate retains a consider-
able quantity of oxalic acid ; and although oxalic
acid might neither be present in the original solution
or formed as a product of oxidation, still it is mostly
probable that other organic salts would be held by
the precipitate in the same manner. That the oxalic
acid may be entirely dissolved out of the precipitate
is no consolation whatever, because to do this would
be to destroy altogether the only advantage which
the use of this form of alkali presents. I am inclined
to think that the full products of oxidation in alka-
line solution would not always be obtained in the
presence of acid carbonate, as this would probably
form practically a neutral solution. Any additional
source of information which this might otherwise
have opened up to us, is, however, sealed on account
of the liberation of C02 in the hot solution with
formation of the normal carbonate. Even with the
normal carbonate we would anticipate that a different
stage of oxidation would sometimes be reached from
that in a caustic solution. For experimental purposes
its use might therefore be of considerable value. Such
a large quantity of oxalic acid as we have employed
i would never actually be present in the ordinary
course of working ; and even the error due to this
source may be removed by the addition of extra
carbonate.
For practical purposes, however, the caustic alkali
possesses the chief advantages. Before we can
decide upon the best method for its application, and
the best proportions to use, it will be well to consider
the general conditions obtaining in actual working.
When lOOcc. »KMn04 are employed, if no oxidation
of the organic body takes place, it is evident that
the best mode of procedure would be similar to that
adopted in Experiment 305 or 306 ; at least if any
precipitation of the organic body with the MnO;> was
feared. We find that sufficient MnOa is present to
protect the accompanying MnO from atmospheric
oxidation. If an oxidation of the organic body
occurred, however, the total quantity of MnOo after
precipitation would, of course, be less than in the
former case. At the same time there would be less
of the organic body, or its product of oxidation, to
precipitate. If the caustic alkali were left free in
this case, as in Experiments 285 and 287, a consider-
able gain of oxygen would be the result ; but if
acid carbonate be added sufficient to form the normal
carbonate, as in Experiments 286 and 303, then the
error resulting is inconsiderable. The error arising
from employing this method in the presence of a
larger amount of both MnO.j and of oxalate, as in
304, is still less than that resulting from the employ-
ment of free alkali only, with the smaller quantity
of dioxide, as a comparison with Experiment 285 wiil
show. The method, therefore, which seems to
recommend itself for all general purposes, is to
increase the amount of caustic alkali from 50 to "5cc.
normal, and convert it into the normal carbonate
after the completion of the oxidation. By this means
the error in 304 would be reduced. Indeed, this
increase in the amount of alkali has a beneficial
influence in another direction, as some bodies, such
April 29, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
■sr,
as glycerol, are only difficultly oxidised to their
full extent, unless a large excess of alkali be present
I have now satisfied myself that many bodies are
capable of reducing KMnO, to the form of Mn..< ),;
only in alkaline solution, and that the oxidation of
the body may be completed in the add, provided
sufficient KMn04 be present. To employ such a
large proportion (i.e., three times as much as is
required with reduction to MnO.) would be very
inconvenient ; but it is not necessary, since, in a
boiling solution, the Mn.,0,; is again split up into
Mn.07 and MnO.. As this recuperation of the
KMnOj is only partial, a certain excess of the latter
is still necessary. The method which I have found
most efficacious and economical is to add extra ziocc.
■In KMnO j after a quarter of an hour's heating, should
a considerable reduction appear to have been effected.
This allows time for a substantial recovery of the
first portion of KMnO., added, and provides fresh
KMn04 for the oxidation of the last traces of the
organic body.
The addition of the MnSO, solution is a matter of
considerable importance. It should be added slowly,
and the solution well shaken after each addition.
With practice it will be seen, by the transparency of
the solution after the precipitate has subsided, when
the precipitation is nearly completed, and when so,
only $ or }cc. of the double normal solution of
MnSO, should be added at a time, until the solution
is perfectly colourless. The contents of the flask
should then be diluted considerably, and the precipi-
tate allowed to settle before filtration. Very little
washing of the precipitate will thus be required.
It is well to subject the filtrate to direct titration,
after acidifying with HL.S04, and raising nearly to
boiling temperature. If the original body operated
upon be not capable of direct titration, while the
filtrate is, the formation of oxalic acid will be ren-
dered probable. If, however, the filtrate be not
capable of direct titration, then oxalic acid cannot
be a product of oxidation. If both the original
body and the filtrate be capable of direct titration,
then the difference between the amounts of KMn04,
reduced in the two cases, may prove a factor of
importance.
Should the amount of KMnO, absorbed by the
filtrate, and that reduced by the body in alkaline
solution, not be equivalent to the whole of the oxygen
demanded by the body for complete oxidation, then
an oxidation in acid solution should follow the
alkaline one. This is easily accomplished by adding
the requisite amount of H2S04 to neutralise the
solution after oxidation in alkaline solution is com-
plete. Then 20cc. 5«FeP04 are added, and the solu-
tion is heated for half-an-hour longer on the water-
bath, and treated as described in Part I.
Oxidation by MnO. in Alkaline SoLrTmx.
The Mn02 is formed as already described
in treating of oxidation by MnO., in acid
solutions. It is necessary to filter" the solu-
tion after it has become colourless, to get rid
of the excess of MnS04. After washing the
precipitate once, it is washed down into the flask in
which it was formed, the filter, which will retain a
small portion of the MnO., being carefully reserved
until the end of the operation. I5cc. TmNaHO are
then added to the precipitate, together with 50cc of
the normal organic solution. The bulk is made up to
2S0cc, in a 500cc. flask, and the contents heated on
the water-bath for half-an-hour, with agitation at
intervals. The boiling is very irregular if placed
directly over a Bunsen burner. I have ascertained
that no loss of oxygen occurs here from the mere
heating of the MnO. in the alkaline solution. After
heating, the solution is considerably diluted and
filtered, and the remaining MnOs determined in the
j manner already prescribed. It is evident that if con-
siderable reduction take place an error would creep
in, owing to the gain of oxygen by the manganous
hydrate on the filter. Owing to this fact, and to the
impracticability of obtaining a better circulation of
the manganese dioxide in the solution, it is doubtful
if more than approximate results will be obtained
from this method. The filtrate could be directly
titrated as in the method previously considered. If
! no oxidation occurred with KMn04 in alkaline solu-
tion, it would be quite unnecessary to subject the
body to this treatment with MnO.,.
Oxidation by MnO., in Neutral Solutions.
If MnO. be formed in the manner already described,
and washed until no free acid is present ; and oxalic
acid, previously exactly neutralised, be heated with the
precipitate on the water-bath, it will be found on fil-
tration of the solution that the oxalic acid has been
oxidised to some extent. That this is not due to a
mere retention of the oxalate by the precipitate is
proved by washing the latter with dilute alkali, which
we have found to dissolve out the precipitated
oxalate. It is evident, therefore, that on the addition
of alkali to the precipitated MnO.. a point would be
reached at which no oxidation of the oxalic acid
would occur. Now. this point I have found to corres-
pond to the formation of the compound K.,Mn5014,
according to the equation— 2K„C.,04 + ilMnO.,=
2K2Mns011+ MnC,04 + 2CO.,. From this equation
\ve see that, if MnO., and K.C.Oj be added in the
theoretical proportions for complete oxidation (in
acid solution), ^th of the oxalate would be oxidised
before the complete formation of this compound. In
experiments in which 50ec. n-oxalic acid exactly
neutralised were added to the MnO., obtained from
50cc. ?jKMn04, only 447cc. of the oxalate were found
in the filtrate, after thoroughly washing the pre-
cipitate with alkali, corresponding very nearly to the
oxidation of Jj-th of the total as shown above. We
further learn from the above equation, that the
quantity of alkali necessary to be added to the solu-
tion to render it neutral to oxalic acid, is exactly 1th of
that required to neutralise the whole of the oxalic
acid which the amount of MnO* present is capable of
exactly oxidising in its reduction to MnO. Now, as
lcc. n-oxalic acid (in reference to KMn04) requires
018cc. M-alkali to neutralise it, it is evident that the
MnOj obtained from lcc. ?iKMn04 requires one-fifth
of this amount of alkali to render it neutral to the
oxidation of the oxalate. It is advisable, however, to
add a little more than is represented above, as less
danger is likely to ensue by the solution being slightly
alkaline than if it were slightly acid. The following
experiments show that 005cc. nNaHO added for every
cc. nKMnOj precipitated is quite enough— i.e., 50 per
cent, in excess of the theoretical quantity required :—
No. of Experiment—
cc. nNaHO added .. ..
cc. n-oxalic acid deficient in filtrate
cc. KMnO, lost by precipitation ...
312
313
0
5-1
55
9
00
o-i
314
25
00
01
It will be unnecessary to describe this method further,
as the other particulars with reference to it are
common to the oxidation by Mn02 in acid and alka-
line solutions. It is preferable to obtain complete
circulation of the MnO, by boiling the solution in a
500cc. flask, as was recommended in oxidising in acid
solutions.
TDK .loVKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. l--\,mi2!i,i887.
Oxidation by KMn(>4 in Neutbax Solutions.
The modv* operandi is exactly similar tothatinalka-
linesolution, with, of course, the omission of tbealkali
In i rdci to pn serve the solution neutral it is neces-
sary to add alkali during precipitation by the MnSO,
to neutralise the 11. So, liberated. From the above
remarks on oxidation by MnO.,, it will be evident
that alkali should be added to satisfy the following
equation :— K Mi. 08 + 3MnSO« + 6NaHO =
K Mn50,,+3N"a..SO, . all.^O. It is easy to calcu-
late that Ice. uk.MnO, would require 0'212cc.
;iNaHO to render it neutral after precipitation. It
is here also advisable to add rather more than the
theoretical quantity. I find a solution of NaHO
J-normal is very convenient. Each cc. contains
sufficient alkali (with 80 per cent, excess) to neutralise
lcc. of the double normal_MnS04 solution, which I
employ for precipitation. These solutions, being
added in small and equal quantities at a time, the
solution remains nearly neutral during the whole of
the precipitation. The following experiments show
the results obtained by this method, with 50cc.
n-oxalic acid exactly neutralised : —
■
■
a
-z
ri?
<.=
■
M
a
a
•x z z.
Remarks.
o
.C^
fc
a
o
E-
iX
a
a
315
50
lhr.
50KHO
17
Total gain of oxy-
gen, 21cc.
316
50
1 ..
100KHO
01
Total gain of oxy-
gen, l'2cc.
317
100
i ..
12KHCO,
22-4
-
318
100
J ..
12K,C03
103
-
319
100
4 ..
12NaIIO
01
Total gain of oxy-
gen = 01cc. : 0"9cc.
deficient in the
first (neutral) fil-
trate.
We learn from316thatthedeficiencyofoxalatein the
filtrate in 315 is due,nottooxidation, but tomere preci-
pitation, since it can be dissolved out by increasing the
amount of alkali. A considerable gain of oxygen was
recorded in these two experiments, owing to the
MnS04 having been added in large (25 per cent.)
excess. In the last three experiments, little more
than the theoretical amount of alkali necessary to
preserve the solution neutral was added. It is
worthy of remark that the acid carbonate seems to
be incapable of neutralising the fcLSO., liberated,
while the normal carbonate is only capable of doing
so partially. The caustic alkali, on the other hand,
is perfectly efficacious. In Experiment 319 the
actual conditions of working were fulfilled. After
heating, the solution was precipitated with MnS04,
with which the alkali was simultaneously added. The
solution was then diluted, and after the precipitate
had settled it was filtered. After washing slightly
with distilled water, the precipitate wis washed down
into itsown flask again : ISOcc hK.CO, were added,
and tbe solution heated on the water-bath, and again
filtered. In the first filtrate there was a deficiency
of 0 9cc. n-oxilic acid, but this was nearly completely
restored after the treatment of the precipitate with
the alkali.
In the table on following page, the various methods
which I have discussed are conveniently arranged,
and briefly described for reference. The composition
of the different solutions employed is also given.
It is very probable that this table will require to
be modified in some of its details : but the general
principles underlying these methods have been so
repeatedly confirmed, and the standard tests to which
they have been submitted bo satisfactorily complied
with, that the general outline of the system will
remain unaffected thereby.
Addenda to Oxidations by KMn04 in Acid
s< 'lutions*
Modification in the case of Bodies not completely
Oxidised. — I have found that some bodies are
so difficult of oxidation when only the last traces
remain, that a modification of this method is
required. The simplest general method for determin-
ing whether the oxidation is complete will be to
employ only one-half the prescribed quantity of the
organic solution, and give the same length of heating.
This will prove more expeditious than increasing the
latter. In acid solutions, if a considerable reduction
of the organic body takes place with the prescribed
quantities (say more than 60 per cent, of the total
possible), I prefer to perform another experiment,
using Voce, instead of 50cc. 2/iKMn04, preserving
the other proportions. There is necessarily a slight
increase in the error. This error amounts to not
more than 018cc. nKMn04 per half-hour, or 0"35 per
cent, of the body operated upon. This result was
obtained from an experiment (No. 320) with 75cc.
2/iKMn04 and 50cc. re-oxalic acid. After heating
for two and a-half hours on the water-bath, a loss of
oxygen = 0"9cc. ?iKMn04 was recorded.
On the Influence of Chlorides. — A condition which
has long been insisted upon, in titrations with
potassium permanganate, is that chlorides, and
especially free HC1, should be absent. Now Lunget
and others have shown that titrations with KMn04
may frequently be effected in the presence of large
quantities of chlorides, without any error arising. Of
course any error which would arise in direct titrations
would be considerably increased by the high tempera-
ture and the large excess of KMn04 which I employ.
The experiments in the first table on page 270, however,
show that the errors introduced by the presence of
small quantities of chlorides is very small indeed with
the conditions of working which I have described.
In each case the error due to the loss of oxygen
in absence of the chloride has been deducted, and
the normal conditions obtained, unless where other-
wise stated.
We see that with such quantities of chlorides as
are equivalent to 0'3 or 0-5 NaCl the loss with
half-an-hour's heating is very slight indeed, more
especially if an organic body is present. From
Experiment 323 it will be seen that the error
with the usual length of heating would be only O'l
per cent, in the case of an organic body capable of
complete oxidation. Although the evolution of
chlorine is somewhat less when the FeP04 is present
than when it is replaced by even a smaller amount of
H;S04 than it contains (325), it has not the same in-
fluence here as it has in preventing the loss of oxygen
from the mutual action of MnOo and KMn04. In
the alkaline solution (327), as we "had expected, there
is no liberation of chlorine or loss of oxygen. It
should be particularly noted, in Experiment 328, that
although NaCl was added equivalent to more than
the whole of the free acid in the FeP04 solution, a
• As several experiments with cane sugar are quoted in the
first part of this paper. 1 should state that I have since found
the sample employed lo be very imp«re. Willi pure crystal-
lised cane sugar. 1 obtain complete oxidation to CO: and H.O.
Glycerin and tannin may also be completely oxidised "by
adopting the modification here recommended,
I t Dingl. Polyt. J. 236, 300.
STANDARD SOLUTIONS KEyl'IKKD.
Abbreviated Designation.
3nKMnOi
nPeSOj
onFePOr
gjiMnSOj
.mll.SOj
SnNaHO
i-iKiiHO
2iiNh..I'0,
nNaHCOa
n-Or^anic solution.
Equivalent.
lcc. = 0n2grm. pure Fe~ 0 0285
gnn. oxygen.
2cc. loo. -/iKMnOj
20cc. prevents loss of oxygen
occurring from the reduction
of 50cc 2 ii K M nOj by organic
body.
loo. precipitates lcc. SnKJlnii,
Ordinary
do
do
do
do
2cc. requires lcc. 2«KMn<>, for
perfect oxidation
Composition per Litre.
ISgrms. recrystallised KllnOi diluted
to 2-normal
SOgrms. crystallised Fi_shj.tii.ii ...,.-.
H. so, (sp. gr. = l-81)
aOOgrms. crystallised Na_dTPO_,.12H;0
lagrms. Kc'iSOt (calculated anhv-
drODSI+lOOoc. HoS04 (sp.gr. = 1-81)
16'17grnis. MnS04 (calculated anhy-
drolls!
137-5cc. II..S04(sp. gr. = 181)
20Ogrms. NallO (calculated anliy-
drousl
lOgrms. N'uIlO (calculated anhydrous)
lotigrms. NujCOj (ignited)
si grammes NaHCOj (calculated anhy-
drous)
Vi'i j variable
Standardised by-
Iron wire (occasionall) i
2nKMnOi (daily)
Analysis
Analysis
SnNaaCOa
do.
do.
(Own Standard)
L'liNa.l'O:,
Ordinary Analysis
.SCHEME OF ORGANIC ANALYSIS.
OXIDATION IN ACID SOLUTION BY:-
EMnO* (I.)
50cc. 2nKMnO4+20cc j/tFcPOj j-aOcc. 11-organic solution,
made up to neck of a L'oOcc. flask, with distilled water.
Heat 35 minutes on water-bath. Pour contents gently
intoan SOOce. beaker, containing sufficient I say 25cc. (excess
nFeSOj. Rinse Mask with solution, if necessary. Make
up bulk to 7O0 or 750cc, with cold distilled water, and
titrate back at once with 2?iKMn0.i. Let a = number of
cc. 2»KMnO, equivalent to FeSOj added, and b = num-
ber of OC. .'/iKMnOj absorbed in titration. Then for a
body considerably oxidised : —
". total oxidation = l(50-t-6 — o — 0"05).
For a check experiment, employing 75cc. S/tKMnO,:—
total oxidation = 1(754- b — a — 01).
MnO,. (II.)
InnSOOcc. boiling flask mix-50ec. 2HKMnO- + 5.icc. 2nMnS0j.
Heat on water-bath two minutes. When colourless, Alter.
Discard filtrate. Wash precipitate down into its original
flask. Preserve filter. Add lOcc. 5nHsSO4+50cc. n-
organic solution, and make up bulk to about 250cc. Uoil
half-an-hour, first gently, finally briskly. Dilute con-
siderably, and filter.
Precipitate.
Filtrate and Washings.
Wash twice with warm
water. Wash down into
original flask. Dissolve,
together with any Mn<)L,
adhering to this or to the
reserved filter, in excess
nFeSOj, and titrate back
with 2 nKMnOj.
For a check experiment, employ only 25cc. ?t-organic solution
Add lOcc. 5nNaHO+20cc.
5nFeP04+75ec. 2/iKMnOj,
and make up to neck of a
750cc. fiask. Heat one hour,
and proceed as directed in
(I.I.
', total oxidation
= 1(75+6— a — 0-1).
OXIDATION IN' ALKALINE SOLUTION' BY :-
KMdO,. (III.)
In a 750ce. flask mix 50ec. 2nKMnOj+15cc. 5nNaHO + 50cc. n-
organic solution (neutralised), and make up bulk to 250cc.
Heat 35 minutes on water-bath. Should considerable re-
duction occur, after a quarter of an hour's heating, add
extra 25cc. 2/iKMnO,. Add 75cc. aNaHCOj, and subse-
quently 2nJInSOj {slowly, with constant agitation),
until solution is fust rendered colourless. Dilute con-
siderably with hot distilled water, allow precipitate to
settle, and filter through paper previously washed with
boiling dilute NaUO.
Precipitate.
Filtrate and Washings,
Wash twice with hot water
as rapidly as possible.
Wash down into original
flask. Dissolve in excess
nFeSOj. and titrate back
with 2nKMnOj.
Heat to boiling temperature.
Add lOcc. 5/1H-SO4, and
titrate directly with
SSnKMnO*.
For a check experiment employ only 25cc. n-organic solution.
MnO.,. (IV.)
The MnO. is obtained as directed in (II.). After washing
the precipitate once on the filter with warm water, it is
washed down into its original flask, and 15cc. 5/iNaIIO
-foOcc. ?j-organic solution added, the bulk being made up
to 250cc. Heat 35 minutes on water-bath, with frequent
agitation, dilute considerably, and filter through paper
previously washed with boiling dilute NaHO.
Precipitate.
Filtrate and Washings.
Heat to boiling temperature.
Add 25cc. 5«HoS04, and
titrate directly with
2iiK.Mn04.
Wash twice with hot water
as quickly as possible.
Wash down into original
flask. Dissolve, together
with any MnO. adhering
to' this or to the reserved
filter, in excess nFeSOj,
and titrate back with
2nKMnO«.
For a check experiment employ only 25cc. n-organic solution.
OXIDATION IN NEUTRAL SOLUTION BY:-
KHnOi. (V.)
In a 750cc. flask mix 50cc. 2nKMnO<+50cc. n-organic solu-
tion (exactly neutralised ) + 15Ucc. distilled water. Heat
35 minutes on water-bath. Add 2nMnSO< gioit'i.'/. and
with constant agitation, until the solution isjutt rendered
colourless, each addition being preceded with aaegucd
volume of JnNaHO. Dilute considerably with warm
water; allow the precipitate to settle, and decant the
solution through a paper filter previously washed with
boiling dilute N'allO. To the precipitate add lOcc.
2aNa.COj and dilute considerably with boiling water.
Heat on water-bath for a few minutes with agitation.
Filter, and proceed as directed in (III.).
MnO... (VI.)
The MnO: is obtained as directed in (II.). After washing the
precipitate twice on the Alter with warm water, it is
washed down into its original flask, and 20ccDiNaHO +
50cc. n-organic solution added ; the bulk being made up to
250cc. Boil for half an-hour, at first gently, and Anally
briskly. Proceed further as directed in (IV.).
For check experiments in this and (V.) employ only 25cc.
n-organic solution.
■::o
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. i-\,.rii29. isot.
much less loss of chlorine is the result than when the
[uivalent of free III 'I is added instead of the
1'rl'i i, solution (329]). Tii is pointed to the possibility
ol checking the action ol even a large quantity of
free IK 'I by fixing it with the addition ol a neutral
salt. In Experiment 330 this has been successfully
accomplished by means of Xa.su,, the loss being
very slight indeed, considering the large amount ol
free IK'l added Experiments 331 and 332 yield
further confirmation that the amount of chlorine
evolved depends upon the amount of free HCI, not
added, but present after the solution has assumed
stability, as well as up m the total free acid present.
d
3
■- IS
= -
Sta
oO
S
-
Remarks.
321
0325
|hr.
0-2
322
"
lOmins.
07
FeP04 solution re-
placed by oOcc. n
H2SO*
323
"
21ns.
02
50ce. n - oxalic acid
added.
324
1-0
..
1-5
325
0'5
2'hrs.
1-8
FePO, solution re-
placed by 50ce. ;i
326
0-5
,.
12
327
0-5
Ihr.
0
Experiment in alka-
line solution.
323
.V0
,.
GO
329
75cc. nHCl
'•
531
The HCI replaced
the FePOj solution.
3;o
iucc. nHCl
••
O'G
HCI replaced FcP04
solution. lOOcc. n
Na2SOj added.
330,1
75cc. nHCl
«»
00
As aluivc, but 200
Na.s(i4 added.
331
:":•.'. nHCl
.»
77
IIC1 replaced the
FePOj solution.
332
••
"
119
37J.CO. /.Il.-ii. added
in addition, but no
Fcl'Oj solution.
Now, it seems to me that we must look for the
explanation of these results in the thermo-chemical
investigations of Thomsen. The following experi-
ments were instituted to decide this point. In the
first tabic no base, except that of the KMid >., added,
was present, and 11(1 and 1 1. .SO, wire employed in
varying prop irtiois t i produ se a total of Ticc. «-aciX
(»f course no I'el'i >4 solution was introduced : —
Rxpt.-
333
CC. "HCI add-
ed .
Length Of
Ileal;
Loss = c c.
nK.MiiO,
15
ihr.
18
334
.Mir.
1.(1
355
40
jlir.
336
45
Ihr.
337
338
3:9
50
55
60
Ihr.
Ihr.
ihr.
US
HO
IV!
jlir.
10S
As an avi bove experiments, we
may state that lee. »HCJ in the free slate is equiva-
lent to a loss of ii:iee. „K.\InO, pe| hour. In the
periments, 75cc. uti ..so, were added
instead of the I ,1 '( ) , solution, and varying amounts
of X:iCi. The time of heating was half-an-hour in
each e
, !
341
342
343
34-1
cc. nNul'1 added
15
35
55
75
Loss - cc. nKMnO< ..
2 1
.,2
1J-1
216
Equivalent to a loss
arising from-cc. n
free HCI
1
20
27
17
It would seem from the above that the amount of
IK'l which the H_Si)4 is capable of liberating in-
creases in a greater ratio than the amount of Nat '1
present. It should be borne in mind, however, that
the evolution of oxygen would have increased faster,
also, if no chloride had been present, owing to the
absence ol I'el'i >,.
I was anxious to find if the amount of free HCI
present (with a constant amount of total free acid
and a known amount of base), as indicated by the
quantity of CI evolved, would correspond to the
avidity of IK'l as given in Thomsen's table. The
following experiments were therefore instituted : —
lOOcc. hIK'1 were added in each case (except No.
346), and lOOcc. of the given neutral and normal salts
employed. In order to render the error due to the
small amount of KL,0 in the permanganate smaller,
only 50cc «KMnO, were employed. The heating
lasted in each case a quarter of an hour.
- ?
Ball added.
z
A
a
Rem.vrks.
315
none
9S
31G
none
.VI
50cc. HCI replaced by 50cc.
»H2SOj
317
N;i.jSOj
6-1
= about 70 tree HCI.
34S
NaNOj
•:o-8
Another gave = 208.
319
CHsCOONa
3-8
Another gave 31 = about 40cc.
n free HCI,
350
Xa lll'O,
33'3cc.nNaHO.
0
The relative "avidities'' of the different acids for
sodium, calculated from the above results, are,
roughly :-H('l- 100, H2SOi = 175, CH3COOH = f)0,
and ll:1l>O4=0. These numbers do not agree with
those given by Thomsen, and this may bs owing
to the high temperature at which the experiments
were made.* It is a very general result, however, of
all these experiments that in boiling dilute solutions
EgSOj has a much greater avidity for NasO than
HCI. The influence of HCI and HNOg united is
very marked (348). The loss is much greater than
with IK'l alone, although HN03 itself causes no loss,
as we shall presently see. The cause is no doubt due
to the formation of aqua regia, which assists the
oxidation of the HCI
The practical outcome of these experiments is
that the loss of oxygen due to the presence of even
• In the March nmntier of the Berichte ix v. p. 5561 1 note that
G. A. Hagemann criticises very severely the groundwork of
1 1 e , ins "avidity" calculations. If Hagemann's position
tited, then the influence of the NatSO< must beasoi ibed
to the alkaline nature of the residual energy ("Kestenergie"!
of the snlpbate in solution. I find that the addition of Na SOi
in very large quantity diminishes the loss of oxygen which
occurs u acid solution when noFcPO, is present.
April 29, 1337.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
271
large quantities of free HC1 may lie avoided by the I
addition of sufficient Na..SO., to fix practically the
whole of the BC1-*
On the Influenct of Nitric Acid and Ammonium
Salts. — That these are without inlluence is shown by
the following experiments, in which the usual con-
ditions prevailed : —
Committee :
0
H
Addition.
.5-
P
0
Remarks.
351
0'5grm. KNOa
2Jhrs.
0
352
»
••
0
FcI'Oj replaced by 50CO.
nHgSl i,
353
351
( O'Sgrm. 1CN0:,
'( + '5grm. XaCl
O'Sgrm. XaCl
"
0-6 |
00 )
Xo greater loss by
addition of KNOa
355
356
8grms. KXO3
(hr.
•2jhrs.
0-2 }
02/
Loss due to impurity.
357
75cc. nllN'Oj
Ihr.
0 9
1INO;i replaced the
FeP04
358
..
2Slirs.
1-0
Loss due to impurity.
359
lOOcc. n(NHJ2SOj
Ihr.
0
360
-
Ahr.
0-15
FePO.i replaced by 75cc.
^Ye learn from these experiments that IIN"(>,
might even be employed as a substitute for H._.S04,
if the impurity which it contained were allowed for.
There is practically no greater loss in Experiment 358,
after 2i hours' heating, than in the previous experi-
ment, with only half-an-hour's heating.
It is very evident that in the analysis of potable
waters, no error would be introduced by adopting
this method, owing to the presence of chlorides,
nitrates, and ammonium salt-. Nitrous acid would,
of course, be oxidised to nitric acid.
Ultimatt Analysis by means of KMnO±. — I have
obtained further encouraging results, which lead
me to expect that my method will prove well
adapted to the above purpose. I am designing a
modification of Lunge's nitrometer for the purpose of
collecting and measuring the gases evolved, and I
hope soon to communicate the results I obtain there-
with to the Society.
I might state here also that I find that some bodies
which are not at all attacked by K.M11O4, even >n acid
solutions, may be completely oxidised by the intro-
duction of a carrier of oxygen in very small quantity.
By this means the number of organic bodies with-
standing the action of KMnOj will be considerably
diminished, if not even reduced to nil.
©iasgoto anD ^cottisf) Section.
Chairman: J. Xeilson Cuthbertson.
Vice-chairman : Prof. Mills.
Hon. Vice-chairman : E. C. C. Stanford.
Since writing the above. I have found that the presence of
chlorides, even in very small quantities, produces marked
irregularities in the oxidation of nitrogenous bodies (including
ammonium Baits) by KMnOj. To obviate these irregularities
the addition of the sodium salt is absolutely necessary and I
would recommend 50 parts of crystallised sodium sulphate to
be added for every part by weight of chlorine which the
amount of solution employed containa I have also a modifi-
cation of this method in view, for the determination of the
nitrouenoiix organic matter in waters, in addition to the other
organic constituents which will be estimated by the process as
already described.
J. H. Adam.
.1. Addie.
Prof. (rum-Brown.
.1. Y. Hnchanan.
J. Christie.
\v. .1. CbrystoJ.
W. S, Curphey.
Prof, rcrguson.
J. Fyfe.
It. Irvine.
T. P. Miller.
.1. M. Milne.
.1. 1'attison.
It. Pullar.
R. K. Tatlock.
A. Whin-law.
Hon. Treasurer:
J. J. Coleman, Ardarroch, Bearsden, near Glasgow.
Local Secretary :
G. G. Henderson, Chemical Laboratory,
University of Glasgow.
Xotices of papers and communications for the meetings to be
sent to the Local Secretary.
The Sixth Meeting of the Fourth Session of this
Section was held in the Rooms, 207, Bath Street,
Glasgow, on Tuesday, April 5, 1SS7.
MB. J. XEILSON CTTHBERTSoX IX THE CHAIR.
DISCUSSION ON MR. SUTHERLAND'S
TAPER ON SCALE TESTING (this
Ji'CRXAL, VI. 123).
The Secretary read the following letter from
Mr. Bovbetos Redwood : —
85, Gracechurcii Street. London,
March 30, 18S7.
D. A. Sutherland. Esq..
Burntisland Oil Works.
Burntisland.
Dear Sir, — I regret that I shall he unable to be
present when your interesting ami valuable paper on
paraffin scale testing is discussed.
With reference to the differences between t lie method
of determining oil pro] osed by the Scottish Mineral
Oil Association, and that which I adopt, I should like to
make the following remarks.
1. The press, of which Mr. MeCutehon was good
enough to send me drawings, appears well designed, and
would, I have no doubt, furnish results quite as satis-
factory as those which I obtain with my press, provided
that the spiral springs remain of unimpaired elasticity.
•2. My experiments indicate that the application of a
higher pressure than that which I employ is not necessary
to the attainment of strictly comparative results, and
may in some cases cause loss of the solid material.
3. The principal objection to a lengthened duration of
pressure is that the difficulty of maintaining the standard
j temperature throughout the test is increased.
4. I prefer to work with 500grs. rather than with
250grs., because the loss of solid material, by adherence
to the press cloths, etc., bears a smaller ratio to the total
in the former case than in the latter.
Against the objections specified, I am not aware that
there are any marked advantages to be set, having
regard to the fact that the test must always remain a
purely arbitrary one. — Yours truly,
Boverton Redwood.
Mr. Ivisox Mai ADAM, in a communication made
] to the Secretary, desired to bear testimony to the
great advisability of securing some definite and fixed
process for the testing of scales. About two years ago
he had occasion to show that the usual volumetric
process was inaccurate, and gave results decidedly
too high, being thus unfair to the manufacturer. For
some years he had adopted the process described by
Mr. Sutherland as in use in Dr. Wallace's laboratory,
ami found it to give constant and fair results.
Mr. R. Tf.uyet -aid that he was sure the Section was
very much indebted to Mr. Sutherland for bringing
before the Society such a complete synopsis of the
i 2
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. tApril».iw.
various methods in use for the analysis of crude
paraffin scale, as pursued in our works laboratories,
and also in those outside where such testii
done. From a practical point of view, however, he
did not think any of the processes mentioned are
likely to get us out of the difficulties which beset the
question. It is well known that when we have to
valuate a crude mineral oil, we submit it to a course
of purification and analysis identical with that pur-
sued on the practical scale in our works. The results
are expressed in terms of per cent, of burning oil,
intermediate oil. Lubricating oil, naming the specific
gravity ol each, and per cent, of scale, with its
melting point. From these figures the value of the
crude i'il is determined. With regard to scale, the
matter is quite different It is manufactured and
delivered in a state of purity — that is, the substances
associated with it are not chemically combined with
the scale. The analysis ought, therefore, to be very
simple, but we find both in theory and practice the
contrary to be the case. Mr Boverton Redwood on
Reference
Number.
Mirk of
Sample.
Quantity
in Grains,
Pressure Tempt, in
iu Toiia. degrees F.
Time in
Minutes.
Percent-
age of oil.
1
A
£00
9
60
5
530
2
,.
..
..
ii
15
7-52
3
.,
■i
„
30
7-32
13
..
250
„
.,
5
6-10
11
,.
ii
,,
..
15
SM6
15
,.
„
.,
ii
30
seo
25
11
500
,.
ii
5
1101
26
.i
..
,.
ii
15
12-22
27
..
..
"
..
30
13-OS
37
>.
250
>.
0
11-68
38
,.
..
.,
i»
15
1288
39
..
,.
..
»•
30
13 21
19
C
500
..
ii
5
612
50
,.
„
ii
ii
15
7-81
51
..
..
..
ii
30
851
CO
,,
250
..
ii
5
6 81
61
„
,,
„
..
15
814
62
••
••
••
ii
30
8-80
1
A
500
ii
ii
60
862
5
,,
,.
..
ii
120
8-58
16
„
250
.,
..
60
908
17
••
••
••
ii
120
901
28
13
500
.i
,,
60
12-98
29
.,
..
..
ii
120
13-22
10
,.
250
..
..
60
1320
11
••
••
"
••
120
13-60
this subject touches the keynote when he says (this
Journal, iii. 432) : " To the fact that the test must
under any circumstances be only an arbitrary one,
the value to the buyer lies in its association by expe-
rience with results obtained in practical working
the material.'' This is exactly tin- base upon which
many of our commercial analyses stand— viz. : An
arbitrary test which cannot be dissociated from
results obtained in practical working. The mineral
oil refiner buys his crude oil by an arbitrary test, the
results of which tell him what he may expect from
th'- practical working. It seems curious indeed, then,
that the practical!} exact method of valuating nearly
every substance thai is bought and sold by analysis
should not be extended to paraffin scale. It would
appear from what has been said and written on the
subject, and also from the minute- of the Scottish
Mineral Oil Association, that the difficulty is in the
estimation of the oil. Now, if it is an arbitrary test,
independent of what results may be obtained in
practical working, that is wanted, or in other words, if
the test is simply to ascertain what proportion can be
expressed from a sample of scale under given conditions,
then the method employed by Mr. Boverton
Redwood furnishes all that is required. But it must
be urged that it is a mistake to adopt a method of
analysis for a substance which is to undergo manu-
facture, which has no bearing for, and gives no indi-
cation of, what result may be expected in practice.
As an example; if the time— viz. : 15 minutes, pre-
scribed by tlie Scottish Mineral Oil Association had
been adopted to press the samples A, 1! and C, as
shown in Mr. Boverton Redwoods paper, they would
have contained after Dressing respectively. l"84 : '85 :
'70 per cent, of oil which their test took no cognisance
of. This is clearly shown by the fact that when the
times of experiment were extended to sixty minutes
the results obtained were practically constant, and no
further absorption took place by extending the time
to 120 minutes. To make this ciear he took the
liberty of quoting a few of Mr. Boverton Redwood's
numbers. (See table on preceding column.)
From these figures we see that at a temperature of
60°, and at a pressure of !i tons, which may vary from
5 to GO minutes in duration, the results obtained differ :
For A 5?,0 to 9-0S = 3
„ B U-01 to 1320 = 2-16
,, C 6-12 to SSI = 272
It may be said that the comparison is not fairly
made, as the times and quantities vary, and that the
two extremes in time are taken— viz., 5 to <;o minutes,
but an inspection of Mr. Boverton Redwood's figures,
as tabulated above, will show that his results are
remarkably concordant throughout the whole series
for any particular time. Therefore, if this was the
only difficulty all that need be decided is what
quantity should be taken for the test, and what time
should be employed in testing.
From what has been said, one need feel no surprise
that Mr. Sutherland should meet with differences of
2 per cent, in the results obtained by two different
analysts. Such differences are almost certain to con-
tinue, unti] 't forms part of the analytical process,
that the pressing of the sample shall be continued
until its weight remains constant.
Perhaps the most interesting and valuable results
obtained by Mr. Boverton Redwood are those done
at a temperature of TO F. It is to be regretted, how-
ever, that particulars are wanting with regard to
melting points, before and after pressing ; also the
"setting'' point of that portion which is expressed.
In tabulating the experiments made at 70Q F., no
notice was taken of results obtained by pressing for
5 minutes, for reasons already stated. (See table on
Winn we compare the figures thus obtained be-
tween L5 and 30 minute- pressure, the results are
remarkably constant, the greatest variation being in
sample A. Again, when those tests done at 30
minutes for both quantities, and of the three samples,
we have a Bel ol results which leave little to be
desired, the greatest difference being 0'3, and the
0*1. As hot-pressing is an approach to the
practical method ol n fining paraffin scale, he was of
April at. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
273
opinion that one hour should be given, even at a
temperature of 70° F.
Mr. Sutherland says, page 124, vol. vi., " Scale is of
value to the candlemaker and refiner, only fur the
wax it contains, of a melting point higher than that
of the ordinary temperature, consequently he makes
a claim upon each delivery . . . for what he terms
oil. which, however, consists mostly of soft paraffin
held in solution." Mr. Boverton Redwood says:
"From an examination of the foregoing figures, it
will be seen that the results are most influenced by
variations of temperature. . ." Moreovei, I am of
opinion that in some cases, at any rate, a portion of
the semi-solid hydrocarbons contained in the scale,
which certainly cannot fairly be called oil, is gradu-
ally squeezed out during a prolonged pressure of so
thin a cake.
Itefer
■DM NO.
Mark ol
Sample.
guantity
taken
ingrains.
500
Temper-
Pressure ature in
in tons, degrees
Time in
minutes.
Percent-
age of
nil.
10
A
9 70
15
1162
11
..
,.
..
..
30
1226
22
,.
250
■ i
..
15
1200
23
,.
.,
..
..
30
12-56
31
B
500
,.
..
15
lr:.'
35
,.
„
..
..
30
15-20
16
..
250
».
..
15
1508
a
..
..
..
».
30
15-32
56
C
500
..
15
10 22
57
c
.,
..
,.
30
1066
67
..
250
..
..
15
10'61
68
»
••
• »
••
30
1076
He thought these statements brought the matter
to an issue, and indicated exactly upon what line the
examination of a paraffin scale should be conducted.
Now, as scale is of value to the candlemaker only for
the wax it contains, which is capable of being made
into candles ; and as it is not the business of the wax
refiner or candlemaker to extract soft paraffin held in
solution, it is only reasonable that he must, and
should, reject that portion he cannot use. This finds
ample confirmation from the case cited by Mr.
Sutherland, when he says, page 123: "Somewhat
recently I have had occasion to test a large number
of samples. . . . That my results were accurate
according to the method I used, was proved, ere
repeated arbitration, by the public analyst whose
method it was. Bui the buyers were still unsalis/ii d,
and adhered to their men results." Now, if it is safe
for us to assume that the scale referred to was made
in cold weather, then we may possibly find the reason
why the buyers adhered to their own results, from
Mr. Sutherland's own explanations. As hi
further on, "The claim is generally allowed up to
G per cent., being less in summer, or when the weather
is warm, and greater in winter time and cold weatkt r,
when tki cooling power is greati r, and a corresponding
inereast of soft paraffin extracted."
Further, those paraffins whose melting point is
tiately above the ordinary temperature, and
the semi-solid hydrocarbons contained in the scale
which cannot be called oil, are of little or no use to
the candlemaker, and are an unfailing nuisance to the
wax refiner, entailing much loss and endless labour.
In order to see what relation the low melting points
of paraffin scale and wax have to ordinary tempera-
tures, he would refer to his " Note on an Improved
Apparatus for the Manufacture of Refined Paraffin
Wax " (to follow next month).
Be did not mean to say that the melting points
there shown are the lowest obtainable, because they
are derived from a fractional distillation, and are
therefore controlled by Kopp's law for mixed boiling
points, and it is certain that lower fractions and a
different curve would be obtained by fractional
fusion.
It is quite obvious, then, that the only way of pro-
perly testing paraffin scale is to convert it into a sub-
of a composition similar to that from which
candles are made, or for whatever purpose the wax
is to be used; perhaps the most simple and direct
method is exactly that adopted by Mr. Boverton
Redwood— viz., hot pressing at a temperature suit-
able for each grade of scale. Mr. Boverton Red-
wood's figures are important in another direction,
inasmuch as they show how the results may be
interpreted, aud what influence they have on buyer
and seller. Suppose we allow —
deduction for oil in sample A
12 ' ,. „ B
8 .. C
and alter deduction the value of the scale is 2d.
per unit —
A 100 — S = 92 x 2d. = ISld.
B 100 — 12 = 88 x 2d. = 176d.
C 100 — 8 = 92 X 2d. = lSld.
But to the candle-maker, after the soft and worth-
less paraffin had been removed, at a temperature even
as low as 703 F., they would stand relatively thus : —
A — 12 = 88 x 2d. = 17Gd.
B —15 = 85 x 2d. == 170(1.
C — 10 = 90 x 2d. -= 180d.
which gives a difference per 100 units for —
A - 7-36d.
B - 5"28d.
C — 3-68d.
Another very important point for the scale manu-
facturer is, that he is really selling to the wax refiner
a product for which he is not receiving the full value.
In the absence of exact figures in Mr. Boverton Red-
wood's tests I am only able to assume values which
would be only approximately correct if we allow that
the original scale had a melting point of 120° F„ and
the portion expressed a setting point of B5* F. Then :
Hot pressed scale .
Oil and soft „ .
A. B. C.
.125', 88 .. 126\ 85"; .. 121,90,
. S5 12 _ 85 15 .. 85 10
To summarise these remarks, he had only to repeat,
first, that the only method for the analysis of
paraffin scale which appeared to him likely to give
satisfactory results must be constructed on the prin-
ciple of that pursued in the manufacture of the
refined substance, so that the results obtained maybe
a guide in the practical working of the material. This
may be easily effected either by hot pressing or by
'sweating." In the latter case it would only be
iry to submit a cake of the melted scale of a
given thickness to a given temperature until it
ceased to lose weight, orfor a given time. An examina-
tion can then be made of the resulting wax, and also
of the liquid portion which has been fused out of it.
In dealing with this latter portion a diagram is
appended which may be found useful in ascertaining
what percentage of solid paraffin these oily residues
contain. It is not as perfect as could be wished, and,
he might mention, it was constructed aud drawn for
this purpose by two workmen who attended his
works' chemistry-class. Secondly, those very soft
27!
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IAiu!:9.i887.
fractions of paraffin are almost valueless for candle
making, and are in large part almost liauid at ordi-
nary temperatures when isolated from the members
of higher melting point. Bence the wax refiner
designates them as oil Besides, their presence
ides the melting point to an enormous degree of
what would others ise be a first-rate scale. This occa-
sions serious less to the scale manufacturer, and a
corresponding gain to the refiner. Thirdly, those
scales of irregular make, and which are described by
Mr. Boverton Redwood as being " doughy" — that is,
scale by an] method which the manufacturer, on one
hand, and the ne reliant "ii the other, had agreed
upon; but. as was pointed out by Mr. Tervet, Mr.
Sutherl 1 and Mr. Redwood, this was not a strictly
chemical test, or in any way like an analysis of potash
salt or an iron ore, when- the ingredients could be
tested with perfect accuracy. It rather resolved
itself into a question of the process adopted. The
water and what was called the "dirt," or insoluble
matter, could be determined quite accurately : but
the estimation of the oil was a different matter,
Diagram showing I'ek Cent, of Scale in Blub Oil and Corresponding Freezing Points.
when the crystals are imperfectly formed by their
interlocking a large proportion of oil which cannot
be removed by cold pressing— would, by the test
indicated, yield a result equal to, and parallel with,
those obtained from scales of normal condition.
Dr. Wallace said the previous speaker (Mr.
Tervet)had given a very valuable contribution t" the
chemistry of scale testing. It was scarcely, however,
a criticism on Mr. Sutherland's paper, but an entirely
new idea— viz., that everything should be removed
from the paraffin scale that was not required in the
manufacture of c indies. As far as he ithe speaker)
was concerned, he should be cjuite willing to test
depending, as it did, on the process adopted and how
much could be got out For his own part, he had
pursued for a number of years a course to which he
had adhered and which he would have some dilfi-
culty in altering on account of the contracts running
on between buyer and seller, and that was one reason
why it was rather difficult to ch mge processes. The
press which he used was .Vin. in diameter, with a
screw of -in. in diameter and six threads to the inch.
The crOSS-hSad, Or lever, was 4ft long, ami was
worked by an able-bodied man on each side. It
might I"- pertinently asked. "How are you able to
get men of equal Strength every time you want them,
April 29. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
275
and if you cannot get able-bodied men, how many
others do you employ i" He had fixed upon a certain
point with two strong men by having the screw of the
press marked, and by this means the same amount of
pressure was always approximately obtained. Taking
250 grains of the scale with the usual linen cloths,
this was pressed for two minutes with live pip rs i>n
each side, and afterwards for two minutes with two
papers on each side, and an estimate was afterwards
made of the water in the cake which was left This
was foun 1 to be quite sufficient, and the results wen:
very consistent. He was quite aware, however, that
when the temperature was advanced two or three
degrees higher, or even one degree above 60 , results
were obtained considerably different. There seemed
to be a general understanding between merchants ami
manufacturers of scale that a method such as this
would be adopted when they sent samples of scale for
analysis, and until these gentlemen could agree
amongst themselves he feared that he would require
to pursue the course he was doing, notwithstanding
the improvements suggested by Mr. Sutherland and
others.
Mr. Hamilton was afraid that Mr. Sutherland's
ideas came rather late in the day. Six or eight
months ago they might have been useful, but as
affecting the analysis of Scotch oil companies there
was, so far as he knew, only one small company pro-
ducing scale for marketable purposes, and while the
analysis of scale might be useful in the works as
guiding the manufacturer of wax, still he did not
believe that, as a commercial analysis, it was of any
value now.
Mr. A J. LlVEESEDGE brought before the Section
several small tubes which he had used in connection
with a small centrifugal testing machine in the test-
ing of milk and other substances. This apparatus,
which simply increased the action of gravity many
times, had been found to answer the purpose for
which it was originally introduced extremely well,
and had given results sufficiently accurate for com-
mercial purposes. It was suggested to him at the
time Mr. Sutherland's paper appeared in the public
press that this apparatus might be used for the pur-
pose of facilitating the testing of paraffin scale, and
with this object in view he procured some scale and
made a series of experiments which seemed to be very j
successful so far as the test for water was concerned.
The centrifugal action to which the melted scale was
subjected iu the machine did, as far as he could judge,
render the separation of the water, dirt, and tarry
matters both much more rapid and complete than i
separation by gravity unaided could accomplish in a
reasonable time. One of the tubes submitted con-
tained a crude scale showing the separation of water,
etc., effected. He subsequently went further, to
ascertain whether the apparatus could not be used
for the purpose of separating the soft paraffin or oil.
His idea was that it might' be separated whilst in
solution at a certain temperature and with a certain
number of revolutions of the machine. He could not
say that his success in that direction was very great —
the separation of the so-called oil was obviously
the most, difficult part of the whole business.
It appeared to him, however, that instead of
endeavouring to ascertain the amount of water and
dirt,and the amount of soft paraffin in a given sample
of scale, the manufacturing process suggested by Mr.
Tervet should be pursued— that is, find in any sample
of scale the quantity of wax of the condition required
by candle manufacturers. He had tried to see if the
crude paraffin in a small quantity could not be rapidly
refined, using the centrifugal machine to aid the
operation, and the results thus ascertained in the
course of a short time, instead of by the tedious pro-
cess now adopted. He saw that a method of refining
sc lie by macerating it with soapy water had been pro-
posed, and as a matter of curiosity had made some
experiments in this direction, anil found that the
scale was very much improved by the maceration in
the water ; but to what extent the soft paraffins were
separated he had not been able to ascertain. He
merely brought this centrifugal idea before the
Section in a general way. It might suggest a new line
of experiment, and if any members are disposed to
pursue the question further in this direction he should
be glad tn lend him his assistance.
Mr. Kim;, as a buyer of paraffin scale, considered
that the main question was to arrive at a method "I
testing paraffin scale for oil, dirt, and water, which
would please both buyer and seller. He was very
dissatisfied, ever since scale was made, at the manner
in which it was tested. He had to acknowledge that
to Mr. Sutherland he was indebted for" being amongst
the earliest to adopt what might be called a sensible
commercial test for paraffin scale. It had been said
that the greatest difficulty was with the oil— /.<•.. find-
ing how much oil was in the scale. In his opinion
the greatest difficulty lay in the discovery of the
proper amount of water and dirt in the paraffin scale.
The lever press employed by him was the same as
used by Dr. Wallace, and if the screw was kept clean
and well oiled the results would be, as in his case,
invariably uniform. The modus operandi which he
proposed should be as follows : —
For Oil.
1. Take .300 grains paraffin scale, fres from dirt and
water, crystallised by slow cooling, starting at '-'IS0
F., and coming down to GO" F. ; the time occupied iu the
cooling process not to be less than 6 hours.
2. See that press is in good working order, screw
clean, and well lubricated with good oil.
3. Temperature of press asd atmosphere to be 60° F.
4. Place paraffin in press between single ply of finest
linen, and 5 ply each side of white blotting paper (SSlb.
to the ream).
5. Screw up the press as fast as paraffin will allow
without squeezing it out from between the discs.
6. Six minutes to be allowed from beginning to end of
pressure, including the screwing down.
For Dirt and Water.
1. Weigh 1000 grains of paraffin scale and place it in
a graduated glass tube, each division of same to indicate
10 per cent, of the whole.
•2. Place tube containing parattin in water, raised to
and maintained at 100° F. until the dirt and water
is perfectly settled to the bottom.
.'{. Pour off paraffin to within ^in. to lin. of the sedi-
ment at bottom of tube, refill with shale spirit, pre-
viously well washed in water, and let settle uutil dirt and
water is again at bottom.
4. Pour off a second time, and refill again with shale
spii it, mixing well and settlingas before— read at bottom
percentage of dirt and water.
5. The temperature of water in which the tube is
immersed may be lowered when the shale spirit is intro-
duced, and the reading taken at 60° F.
Mr. Sutherland, in replying, considered that it
would be admitted that a subject which had eluci-
dated perhaps, he might say, the longest discussion
before this Section, could hardly yet have lost its
importance to the chemical world, as Mr. Hunter and
Mr. Hamilton would lead them to believe. Till
candlemakers ceased using scale, and while scale,
American or otherwise, was in the market, so long
would it be necessary to test scale. He had to
express his thanks to Mr. Boverton Redwood, Dr.
Wallace, and Mr. Macadam, and to others who had
written him of their willingness to adopt some
876
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [ABrJi».ifflT.
standard method. Referring to Mr. Tervefs remarks,
this gentleman had, he said, struck out on an original
line of work. Having been associated with him for
some years, he was aware that a practical test on
working principles was his (Mr. Tervet's) i
Regarding pressure of scale till weight constant, he
held t<> Mr. Red* od's opinion, as. of conrse.it was
ly unfair to pr« might be
preased into the cloths. Referring to the suggested
temperature of 70 F.,he thought it would be more
difficult to maintain it than that of GO F. but apart
from tins, the latter was the temperature in general
Additionally at a high temperature, if there
was a large percentage of oil, a very great deal of
hard paraffin might be carried out in solution. As to
Mr. rervet's practical test, the limited time at dis-
i m a works, or more especially a public analvsfs
laboratory, would obviate any sweating test or other
approach to the working process. With reference to
another member who had suggested a mechanical
means of separation of water and dirt, such was quite
unnecessary, as in melting in his tube the entire
amount settled out in fifteen or twenty minutes,
the remarks of Mr. King, manager of Messrs.
Robin & Houston, candlemakers, were satisfactory
•lowing, from even the buyer's point of view, the
snort test was acceptable. In conclusion, he trusted
that the ventilation of the subject woidd do good.
ADDENDUM TO MR IK VINE'S PAPER ON
EGYPTIAN PETROLEUM (this Jot -kxal.
vi. 130).
Mb. Irvine communicated to the Section that since
reading the above piper he had received another
letter from Captain Roberts, from whom he gathered
that the quality of the oil varies, some samples being
thick and viscid, others comparatively fluid. This
pointed to evaporation or oxidation. So far, results
did not point to Egypt becoming a rival of either
America or Russia as a producer of petroleum.
Ext 'ated 9th March, 1287, at Suez :
" I regret that we are not able to report any impor-
tant progress in the boring efforts at El I femsah and
Gebbel Teite. They have been working during some
weeks ; the bores are now in four different places,
only a few yards from each other, and near the sea at
El (Jemsah ; and I understand that the boring at
Qebbel Teite is temporarily suspended. A fifth hole
has been commenced about one-third of a mile in
land of the four at El Gemsah, without result- as
yet. The workmen still believe that petroleum exists
somewhere in the locality. It depends, however, on
the decision of (iovernment as to the duration of the
work; they find the expenditure is becoming serious."
OX THE DETERMINATION OF MINUTE
PROPORTIONS OP IRON, WITH SPECIAL
REFERENCE TO ALUM AND SULPHATE
OF ALUMINA.
BY R, K. TATLm K, F.K.S.K., F.I.i ., r.GS.
The demand, on the pirt of Turkey-red dyers and
calico printers, for alum and sulphate of alumina, as
nearly as possible iron-free, has stimulated the manu-
facturer a verypurecondition.asregards that metal,of
these articles ; the result of which is that both ai
to be had of so high a degreeof purity that the methods
hitherto employed for estimating iron in these g Is
are no longer available, and, in many cases, do not
give even approximately correct results. Some notion
of the quality required and attainable maybe formed
from the fact that goods stated to contain only 0 001
per cent. (10 parts per million) of metallic iron may
ted if the selling sample contained half that
proportion. None of the methods hitherto published
or in use, so Far as I can ascertain, are capable of
ining such small quantities with exai
I ly theyare totally inapplicable on account
of mechanical impurities, which render the solutions
opalescent, thereby masking the colour struck by
the reagent, all of these processes being based upon
colorimetric observations. Nothing seems easier than
to apply one of the delicate reagents commonly em-
ployed for the detection of iron in the ferric state,
such as potassium thiocyanate (commonly called
" sulphocyanide of potassium ") or the corresponding
ammonium compound, and from the depth of tint
produced deduce the amount of iron present by com-
parison with standard ferric solutions. The disturb-
ing influences, however, are numerous and great, and,
to say the least, the sample and the standard would
require to be treated under rigorously identical con-
ditions, and, even then, results of the necessary
degree of exactness are fai from attainable.
There are two methods commonly in use for the
detection and estimation of very small proportions of
iron. One of these is based upon the depth of blue
or green colour produced by addition of potassium
ferrocyanide, and the other upon the intensity of the
red colour obtained by addition of solution of an
alkaline thiocyanate to acidified solution of the sub-
stance under examination.
In applying these reagents to the detection of iron
in alum or sulphate of alumina, I find it is not un-
common to add them to the finely-powdered sample.
This may be very useful as an empirical test to a
manufacturer or consumer, will give a fair indication
of purity as regards iron, and will even enable him to
ascertain whether the article is equal to his accus-
tomed standards : but as the depth of colour depends
to a considerable extent upon the degree of fineness
it is only an approximative test, even for the com-
parison of two samples. It is quite valueless for
determining the absolute proportion of iron in any
sample, as the addition of standard solution of iron
to the pure iron-free alum used for comparison would
coat the outside of the small crystals superficially,
and would thus be all available for the reagent,
whereas the iron in the sample being tested would be
for the most part locked up in the crystals, and to
that extent, would not be amenable to the reagent
The application of ferrocyanide for the deter-
mination of iron is not at all desirable, for various
reasons. The tint is very variable — between a
bright green and a full blue, even for the same pro-
portion of iron, even when the other conditions are as
nearly as possible equal, and comparison of intensity
is thereby rendered unreliable : there is often a
difficulty in keeping the prussian blue formed in per-
fect solution, even when oxalic acid is added ; the
composition of the blue produced cannot always be
relied upon as uniform ; and, lastly, it is not desirable
to employ a reagent of which iron forms an essential
constituent. On these grounds the use of this
reagent for quantitative purposes is not to be recom-
mended.
The employment of thiocyanate of potassium
K SI N ), or of ammonium (NBUSCN), for the deter-
>n of small quantities of iron, particularly in
commercial aluminium salts, is, of course, common to
.ill laboratories. It has been practised for many
years, both for scientific and technical purposes, and
as ifl well known, depends on the formation of the
red ferric thiocyan it'' ilVr.Sf'Ni, soluble in water,
alcohol and ether It is often recklessly referred to
April 29. 1887.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
277
as " the sulphocyanide process," without reference to
the marked effect upon the results of alterations in
the working conditions, such as amount of reagi m
used, proportion of free acid present, presence of
oxidisers employed to convert ferrous into ferric
iron, etc. ; all of which must have been noticed by
Bach as have had to use this method largely, and
without attention to which one observer might easily
report five, or even ten times as much iron as another.
1 have, been unable to find any account of experi-
ments systematically made with the object of fixing
the limits of interference from these and other ordi-
nary causes, and have, in consequence, undertaken a
series, of which the following is a statement : — In the
course of the work it was observed that the well-
known solubility of the red colour in ether was
accompanied not only by a brightening of the tint
from red to crimson, but by an increase in its depth,
the same volume of the ether solution showing at
least three times the intensity of colour, for the same
amount of iron, that the water solution did. It
occurred to me that this tact might be taken advan-
tage of to increase the delicacy of the reaction in
determining iron in commercial products, such as
alum : while at the same time the uncertainty due to
opalescence from mechanical impurities and from
slightly coloured solutions would be obviated. It
seemed requisite, therefore, to carry out four series of
experiments, namely : —
1st Series— Iron in water solution, without ether extraction.
2nd ,, „ ,, ,, with ,, „
3rd „ ,, alum ., without ,, ,,
1th „ ,, ., ,, with
The purity of the reagents, as regards iron, had to
be ensured, and an examination soon showed that
these, sold as pure, for analytical purposes, were quite
unreliable, as they all contained a sufficient propor-
tion of iron to vitiate the results.
Thiocyanate of ammonium, which was found to be
more free from iron than the corresponding potassium
compound, was obtained practically iron-free by
acidifying very slightly with hydrochloric acid, crys-
tallising twice, and washing several times with ether.
Sulphuric acid (for acidification) was obtained pure
by dissolving the anhydride in the purest oil of
vitriol obtainable, and distilling at a gentle heat into
water.
Iron-free alum was obtained by five successive re-
crystal lisationsof the best Turkey-red alum procurable.
The purified reagents tested under all working con-
ditions gave no indication of the presence of iron.
In the following trials the iron is the only quantity
which remains constant throughout. The amount
fixed upon was O'OOOOlgrm. of Fe, as being approxi-
mate to that likely to be found in 1 grm. of good
alum, or O'OOl per cent. The iron employed was in
the form of iron-alum.
1st SEMES: Iron in Aqueous Solution, without
F.tln r Extraction —
TABLE I.-IROX AND WATER ALONE.
NlI.Sl'N Employed.
Vol. ot Solution.
Result.
l equiv
= O'OOOOllKnn.
20cc.
No colour.
2
= 00C0082 „
„
,,
10 ,.
= 0000110 ,,
,.
,,
100 „
= O'OOUOO „
..
„
1000 „
= 0011000 ,.
,,
,,
10,000 „
- 0110000 .,
,.
,,
20.000 „
- 08200O0 „
>■
••
lVoin these results it will be seen that neutral
thiocyanate in any practicable proportion, gives no
colouration with ferric salt, at least when only a small
amount of iron is present. The following table shows
the effect of free acid, that employed being sulphuric,
as it is the onlyone likely to be met with in aluminium
salts : —
TABLE IL-IRON, WATER AND FREE ACID.
NHjSCN employed.
1 equiv.
= 0 00001 lKrm.
2
-0-000032 „
10 „
= 0-000110 ,.
100 „
= O'OOUOO ..
1000 ,,
= 0-011000 ,,
10,000 „
= 0-110000 „
20,000 ,.
= 0-820000 ,.
Free
!,H-..S01
Olcc.
Vol. of
Solution.
20.-C
Result.
No colour.
Faint rose.
Decided ,,
Strong .,
Stionger.,
These results show that it is only when 100 times
the theoretical amount of thiocyanate is used that any
colour at all is developed, even when the fluid is very
decidedly acid, the tint increasing with the proportion
of that reagent, up to 20,000 equivs., the free acid
being a fixed quantity. The following table shows
the results with 10 times the amount of free
acid, all other conditions being equal : —
TABLE III.-IRON, A
VATER .
\ND FR1
:e ACID.
NHjSCX Employed.
Free
£h2so4
Vol. of
Solution.
Result.
1 equiv. = O'OOOOllgrm.
Ice.
20cc.
Xo colour.
2 „ =0-003082 „
••
..
„
10 ., =0000111 ,.
..
••
••
100 „ =0001100 „
..
..
Distinct rose.
1000 „ =0-011000 „
„
..
Strong ,,
10,000 ,, =0-110000 ,,
..
..
Stronger ,.
20,000 „ =0-820000 „
••
■•
Strongest ,,
It is thus clear that with 5 per cent, of the entire
volume of normal sulphuric acid in excess, no colour
is obtained until 100 times the amount of thiocyanate
is used, which is theoretically sufficient to convert all
the iron present into ferric thiocyanate, and that the
effect increases up to 20,000 equivalents, and probably
beyond it. As no very great intensity was apparent
beyond the 10,iio0 equivalents, a series of trials was
made with this amount as a fixed, and the acid as a
varying quantity, the results of which appear in
Table IV. given on following page.
It is apparent from these results that the maximum
effect is obtained by employing the normal acid in
the proportion of one-tenth of the entire fluid bulk,
and that no advantage is gained by adding more.
These results clearly demonstrate (1) that water
solution of ferric salt, containing a small proportion
of iron, such as is likely to be met with in saturated
cold solution of commercial alum, does not give any
colouration with neutral thiocyanate, even when the
latter is used in enormous excess. (2) That the same
negative result is obtained when free sulphuric is
present up to 5 per cent, of the total volume ot fluid
of normal acid, even although ten times the tneo-
278
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IAPrii».ig87.
retical amount of the thiocyanate be used. (3
That tlic intensity of colour increases « ith the amount
cil thiocyanate employed for the same quantity of free
acid. (4) That the proportions of the reagents which
give the best results are 10 per cent, of the total
volume of fluid of normal sulphuric acid, and 10,000
times the proportion of thiocyanate required theo-
retical!) to produce ferric thiocyanate.
TABLE IV.— IRON, WATER AND FREE ACID.
•Freo
NH4SCN Employed. N|ISUj Sovj"uSn.
10.000 ciiuiv. = 01I0000grm.
01
0 5
ro
20
30
f0
5-0
lO'O
Vol. of
Result.
Strong rose.
Stronger .,
i Still stronger
1 rose.
Full rose.
I Same as
1 preceding.
2nd Series: Ikm in Water Solution, with Ether
Extraction. — Three series of trials were made, identi-
cal in every particular with those under Tables L, II.,
and HI , and the water solution in each case shaken
up with an equal volume of ether. The results were
precisely the same as in these cases, excepting, of
course, that the colour of the ether solution was
altered from pale red to crimson, and intensified
three-fold.
Another series was carried out on the basis of
Table IV., which showed that the rose was developed
in the third experiment instead of in the fourth as in
the case of the water solution.
3rd Series: Iran in Alum Solution, without
Ether Extraction. — In order to determine whether
the same intensity of tint was produced in alum
solution as in water solution, two trials were made
with the most favourable proportions in each ease, of
thiocyanate (10,000 equivalents), and of normal acid
(.'1 per cent, of total volume), all the conditions being
equal except that one of the portions contained !
2grms. of iron-free alum. It was at once seen that
only half the intensity was produced in the latter
case.
A series of trials was then made in the same
manner to test the effect of variable proportions of I
free acid with constant quantities of all the other |
ingredients, the 2grms. of iron-free alum giving as
nearly as possible a saturated solution. This led to
the conclusion that no proportion of the normal acid,
at least up to 50 per cent, of the total volume, had
any appreciable effect in intensifying the colour. It
follows, therefore, that while alum prevents the
developmi nt of half the colour, it acts as an acid,
but the effect is not appreciably intensified by any
proportion, within the limits stated, of free arid, as is
the case in water solutions of iron. Tin se trials were
made precisely on the basis of those in Table IV.
4th Series: Iron in Alum Solution, with Ether
Ei traction. — Aaeriesof trials was now made in order to
determine the effect of free acid, if any, on alum solu-
tions, when the red colour was extracted with ether,
all other conditions being the same as in Table IV
The results showed, contraryto what I expected,
judging from those obtained without ether, that free
acid materially increased the colour in the ether
solution, an effect which is no doubt due to the fact
that free sulphocyanic acid must be foimed before
the colour is produced at all, and that the ether
removes it and the iron from the bleaching influence
of the aluminium compound. It was further ob-
served that no intensification could be produced by
free acid beyond one-twentieth of the total linal
volume of fluid employed
Ether extraction of the red ferric thiocyanate,
therefore, has the following advantages, under all
working conditions : It develops the red tint to triple
intensity, besides increasing its brilliancy. It ob-
viates the difficulty too commonly met with, of com-
paring colours in solutions which are opalescent
from mechanical imparities, and in solutions which
have naturally a brown or yellow tinge. It admits
of the concentration of the iron, by the extraction of
a large volume of ferric solution with a small
volume of ether, and in this respect it is to micro-
iron-determination what distillation is to Nessleris-
ing. Finally, it docs away with the injurious effect
which aluminium salts have of preventing the de-
velopment of the red colour, and thus admits of iron
being estimated in alum with precision, by comparison
with standard ferric solution in water, without the
necessity of employing an absolutely iron-free alum
for comparison.
In the working out of these experiments, I found
that the scale upon which they were made was rather
large for convenience and rapidity of execution, and
have consequently been led to adopt only half the
quantities all round, and I have now no hesitation in
recommending the following process, which for
simplicity, certainty, and rapidity is unsurpassed, if
equalled, by anything in quantitative analysis ; while
for accuracy it is enough to say that it is capable of
estimating iron in alum with the greatest ease to a
unit of the fourth place of decimals ( = '0001) per
cent., or one part per million, and, with a little more
trouble, to a tenth or even a hundredth of that
amount.
Process.
1. Make a standard solution of iron-alum (Fe..3S04,
K2SOi + 24H.O) by dissolving 8'606grms, and
making up with distilled water to one litre. As the
alum contained H'<i2 per cent of Fe, this will give a
solution containing exactly lgrni. of metal per
lOOOcc. This solution should contain no free acid,
and it will keep clear for weeks. Weaker standards
become turbid, hence they must be made from this
when required.
■2. Place lgrm. of the finely-powdered sample in
an ordinary, stoppered sample-tube of about 30cc.
capacity, and having three file marks — at 7.]:, 10, and
20cc. respectively. Add lee. of normal iron-free
sulphuric acid, and make up to the lowest mark with
pure water. Dissolve the alum by shaking the tube
for a few seconds in a b< aker of hot water, and when
dissolved cool the solution again by holding the tube
in cold water for a few seconds more. Add now
02grm. of iron-free ammonium thiocyanate, and
up to lOce. with pure water.
:i. Place lcc. of the standard iron-solution of 1 in
1 in ice. lla.-k. and make up to the latter volume with
distilled water. Now place lcc. of this reduced iron
standard in a similar stoppered sample-tube to that
of -J, add lcc. of the normal acid, make up to the
lowest mark with water, add 0"2grm. of the
thiocyanate, and make up to the lOcc. with water.
-1. 'finally, till up both tubes to the 20cc. mark
with ether and agitate them thoroughly. Assoonas
the Ci ntents settle compare the tints, and, if unequal,
of course one or more further trials are made with
greater or less quantities of standard iron-solutions
April 29, 18S7.I THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
;is may be necessary. Water takes up about ,* ,th of
its volume of ether, and it to happens that this
retained ether holds its proportion of the ferric
thiocyanate ; bat as this is equally the case with'the
sample and with the standard, it is of lit'
quence : but in all delicate experiments the ether
solution should be drawn off into graduated cylinders
after adding a washing with an equal volume of ether,
and compared there in anyway most convenient.
Precautions.— The necessity for iron-free reagents
has already been referred to. The thiocyanate may
be prepared pure enough for all ordinary purposes by
twice reerystallising the best obtainable in a very
feebly acid solution, and washing with ether till the
washings are colourless. Although the product is
not absolutely iron-free, it appears so under working
conditions. The acid may be obtained pure enough
by distilling into water at a temperature much
below its boiling point, of the purest obtainable
oil of vitriol. Of course in all cases the reagents will
be- tested collectively by a blank experiment. The
same precautions must be observed with regard to
the vessels employed ; all must be thoroughly digested
with strong hydrochloric acid, and thoroughly washed
before use : they should be ktpt under a glass shade,
and employed for nothing else.
The operations should be conducted with as little
light as possible, and certainly never in direct sun-
light, or even in strong diffuse daylight. Berzelius
in his "Traite de Chimie,' vol. iv. p. 212, says that,
according to Grotthus, a solution of ferric thio-
cyanate becomes as colourless as water by being
exposed to the sun's rays for a few hours. I have
found much more striking results, however, as a water
solution of a medium port-wine colour was entirely
bleached in one hour bya March sun at mid-day. I may
add that the ether solution is also rapidly bleached by
the sun's rays, but unlike the water solution it returns
spontaneously within an hour if kept in a moderate
light, and this is another advantage in the use of
ether.
Oxidisers should be avoided, particularly perox-
ide of hydrogen, which, even in small quantity,
destroys the red colour. Of course they would be
required for ferrous iron, even small amounts,
if the ether-extraction were not adopted, but
not otherwise, as when the ether is employed the iron
is completely oxidised to the ferric state, probably by
the ozonisation of the air with which the fluid is
agitated. So completely is this the case that it is of
no moment whether the standard iron solution be
made from a ferrous or a ferric salt, provided it con-
tains the same proportion of metal.
The results of the following experiments demon-
strate the last observation : —
Two trials were made with O'OOOOl and O'OOlgrm.
of iron respectively, in the ferrous state, both without
and with ether-extraction, with the following re-
sults : —
Sulphate of Alumii.ii
Persulphate of iron
Protosulpha'e of iron —
Protochloride of iron
Chloride of manganese . .
.Sulphate of lime
Sulphate of potash
Chloride of sodium
Chloride of magnesium .
Hydrochloric acid (HCI)
Arsenious acid
Phosphoric acid
Water
Specific gravity
Ammonia and titanic acid
Fe employed.
Without Ether,
Fe found.
With Ether.
Fe found.
OOOOOlgrm.
0001
0-000005grni.
000003 .,
O'OOOOlgrm.
0001
The composition of the mother-liquor from green
alum shows that the greater part of the ir< in is already
in the ferric state. A sample gave the results which
appear in table on the next column.
It is not necessary in carrying out the process to
take into account any free acid that may be present
in alum or sulphate of alumina, as any proportion ever
met with cannot interfere. Duriugthe agitation with
Ter cent.
1039
7G7
218
129
018
Trace.
038
209
290
733
0-67
019
6173
100H0
1-3126
Absent.
ether a considerable quantity of the alum or sul-
phate ef alumina is precipitated, but this is of no con-
sequence, as all the iron remains in the solution.
A sample of Turkey red alum gave 00005 per cent.
of Fe by the above method, while a sample of high-
class sulphate of alumina gave 00010 per cent.
In conclusion, it should be notpd that it is desirable
to keep as nearly as possible to 0"00004grm. of iron
in lOcc. of fluid, as that is a good proportion for ac-
curate colour-reading.
Journal ant) l?atcnf Literature.
I.- GENERAL PLAKT, APPARATUS, ASD
MACHINERY.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Fitters applicable
Jor the Filtration of Water and other Liquids. J. R.
Shearer, Stoke Newington. Eng. l'at. 734, Jan. 18,
18S6. 8d.
The improved filter consists of a hollow sphere or
cylinder of nnglazed porcelain contained in a case of
tiie same form. The unliltered water is admitted into
the annular space between the septum and the case, and
tilters through into the interior ot the septum. The sur-
face of the septum is cleansed by means of a current of un-
liltered water allowed to pasv through the casing, a gyra-
tory motion being imparted by suitably-shaped partitions.
— C C. H.
Improvements in Apparatus for Cooling find Condensing
Purposes. H. E. Newton, London. From E. Theisen,
I.eipsic, Germany. Eng. l'at. inJT, March 1, 1SS6.
-
The object of this invention is the continuous use of a
lixed quantity of cooling or condensing water for the
purpose of reirigerating a liquid or condensing a vapoui.
This is effected by a modified form of "surface con-
denser,'' constructed of corrugated or convoluted tubes.
• Any of these specifications may be obtained by post, by
remitting the cost price, plus i oetage, to Mr. II. Header Lack,
Comptroller of the Patent Office, Southampton Buildings,
Chancer; Lane, London. \Y.C. The amount of postage may
be calculated as follows :—
If the price docs not exceed sd
Above Sd.. and not exceeding 1-. Ed. .
„ Is. txl.. ., ,. 2s. !■'.-
,. 2s. 4d., .. „ 3s. id. .
a.
Id.
lid.
2d.
280
THE JOURNAL OF THK SOCIETY OF C1IFMICAL INDUSTRY, [.\prii29. 1887.
The heal absorbed by the cooling liquid is got i-i«l oi by
exposing a thin lilin of the liquid to the air, i>y means of
continuous rotating discs, by a series of plates alternately
immersed in the liquid and exposed to the air, and by
various other similar devices described at length, the
essence of nil of which is the continuous exposure of
films <>r thin surfaces of the cooling liquid to the
atmosphere, C. C. II.
Improvements in and in Apparatus for Distilling Water.
.\. M. Clark, London. From P. Oriolle, Nantes,
France. Eng. Pat. 3326, March 9, 1886. lid.
The improvements consist in arranging a group of
heating and condensing apparatus so that steam
generated in the first of the series serves for the evapora-
tion of a further quantity oi water in the second of the
series, and so on in a similar manner to the well-known
method employed in triple tffet vacuum pans. Five of
such units are usually employed, the original source of
heat being a steam boiler. The construction of the
different parts of the apparatus exactly resembles that of
some forms of feed-water heaters, in which the circnla- J
tion of steam is insured by means of a small annular
pipe placed in a larger heating pipe, the latter having
one free closed end- The different elements or units are
connected with pipes and cocks for the collection of
condensed water and the circulation of steam and sea
water undergoing distillation.— C. C. II.
Improvements relating to the Purification of Water and
to Apparatus therefor. C. \V. Burton, Nugent, and F.
T. Moison, Mouv, France. Eng. Pat 3731, .March
16, 1SS6. lid.
This specification describes at length various mechanical
contrivances for the addition of purifying or precipitating
reagents to a water, and the separation of the pre"
cipitate resulting. This is primarily effected by means of an
from which the incoming water can take up a pre-
cipitating material, such being regulated bj holes in the
outer periphery arranged in a " gridiron " fashion. The
patentee makes fifteen claims. — C. C. H.
II.- FUEL, GAS, AND LIGHT.
Improvements in Coke Ovens. Dingl. Polyt. J. 262.
520—523.
To facilitate the removal of the charge from horizontal
coke ovens, Roechliog Bros, have devised an arrangen* nl
(Ger. Pat oi,407, Sept. 2, 1885) which admits of the
simultaneous opening °f both working doors of each
chamber from one side of the oven. The contrivance
illustrated in Fig. 1, is attached to the locomotive
apparatus used for removing the coke from the oven.
The drawing shows also that the ovens are charged by
bringing the trucks, loaded with the material to be coked
over the charging holes, and dropping the contents into
the respective chambers b\ withdrawing the bottom of
the truck. Qoaglio (Ger. Pat 36,097, August '.".I, 1S85)
has devised an arrangement consisting in loading each
chamber from its side, a truck being used which is of the
same length as the coking chamber, and travels on a
railway facing the coke oven. The truck has two side
(laps .'/ (Figs. 2 and 3), a movable bed-plate //, and
two movable ends c and cu forming a square box,
the dimensions of which arc somewhat less than
those of the chambers. This box rests on a trolley
(/, worked by a winch It. The charge is compressed
in the truck by a specially-constructed stamping
arrangement, and is then loaded into the oven
by bringing the truck in front of the chamber A, turning
the Maps of the box aside, and drawing the box with its
bed and contents into the chamber. The ends c and c,
are then removed, and the furnace doors B lowered,
sufficient space being, however, left for withdrawing the
bed plate. In Fig. 2, C represents a coke ramp. To
~~ ■■■■:'— — —
hydraulic balance, which measures the water undergoing
purification, and by its oscillation tips a measured quan-
tity of the reagent into the water thus measured. The
precipitate is separated in a decanting apparatus,
ral forms of which are described at length.
' -C. "'. II.
Improvements in Filtering Apparatus. II. E. Newton,
London. From W. M. Deutech, New Jersey, I S \
Eng. Pat. 16,994, Dec. '-'\ Iss'i. nd.
The improvements refer to that description of filter which
consists of a filtering bed oi finelj divided material placed
in a cylinder, through which the water is forced, the
impurities being removed from time to time by reversing
the Bow of water through the apparatus. They consist
(1) In dividing the lower part or the bed into four sections
by vertical axial partitions, in order to concentrate the
force _ of How of the cleansing water, (2] Providing
washing-out pipes for a reversal of Bow at two or more
different depths in the bed. (3) Providing a receptacle
economise space the removal of the coke may be effected
by the machine need for loading the charge, as illustrated
in Fig. 4. Collin, of Dortmund, has patented a vertical
coke oven (tier. l'at. 36,518, Aug. 18, 1885), the essential
feature being the production of firm coke in an apparatus
which occupies but little space compared with its working
power. In Figs. 5 to 7 the charge is introduced into the
chambers 0. through the openings !•'. The coke is
removed by withdrawing the horizontal bed plates T.
The gases from 1 1 'proceed through the apertures a into
the Hue C : they then pass through the openings V,
into the lateral Hue-, ascend in Win a spiral direction
(see Fig. 7), and proceed through v into the upright
Sassa_re II and the Hues H, 11,, and thence into the main
UB <'. The air supply proceeds from the Hue I,, which
is parallel to G, through the channels / into V, where it
mixes with the gases from C. By this construction of
the Hues the heat, which is radiated by the outer walls
of the oven, assists tin king process to a considerable
extent. To recover the bye products from the distillation
gases a condensing apparatus may be interposed between
Apmo.1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
281
p^TT^fX^r -7r-™-— ■ - -yv^&l
% 3. | I
Fig. 9
-(©)
1 1
rf
fig 8
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Ap.iico. issr.
C and the subsequent system of Hups. Quaglio has
patented a water seal (Ger. Pat 36,357, Nov. 7. 1885),
fur coke ovens with recovery of by-products, which
i> illustrated in I'm-. 8 to 10." A pipe C i-
placed over the gas exit pipe B, the npper end
of which i- sealed by the water tank K, ami the
lower pari by A. The top of C i- closed by the
cover I). When < ' is raised the exit pipe B is open, whilst
on lowering it all communication with the coking space
is stopped. To prevent the possibility of leakage through
tar. carbonaceous matter, or pitch, adhering to the plugs
orseatingsof gas stop-cocks, Schmalz (Ger. Pat 87,182,
April 14,' 1886] has devised an arrange nt represented
in Figs, li and 12. A is the gas inlet, B leads
the process, Kleist and Zeller recommend the use of
an instrument illustrated in Fig. 13. It consists of a
cylinder a, with mouthpiece 6, the piston e, piston rodd,
shaft /. ami bush g. Tin- cylinder is charged with
mortar madi lay, ami placed with its mouth-
piece h in or near the wall nr joinl to be filled up. The
moitar is then pressed into the joinl with the piston c.
-I> B.
U'ulfs Safety Lamp. Oesterr. Ztschr. f. 15er^. u.
Hitttenw. 1886, 47J 178.
Tins i- a benzene lamp so contrived that it can lie
lighted whilst closed. The benzene used gives a bright
Fiq 5
to the condenser ; the part ab is made round, so
that tht tar or pitch from A may he deposited
in ah, aud pushed forward to il, by introducing a long
chisel through a plug screwed into the cover (' ; the
XlXIXIXk,
/ •—>.! \ tZ
'■>
seal effected by the partition e, and the water front A
prevents the e» - - at d, the excess of water being
run oil" through /'. When /is closed, the water from A
- lo (/, ami thereby seals the pipe li. To repair the
brickwork of tie- chambers of coke ovens without stopping
light compared with nil, and just enough is added to
saturate the porous material in the lamp. The flame
can be regulate,! by a screw at the bottom of the
apparatus, and extinguished at will. The great a.lvan-
lhe lam], is that it can be lighted without opening
it : this is done by a little friction machine in the lamp
for Bring caps, which are attache I to a Btripof paper and
inserted in a coil. By touching a button under the lamp
the caps is fired and bo lights the vapours of
benzene coming oil' from the wick of the lamp. The coil
contains 75 caps, only costs a few pence, and the
apparatus is practically pen iras safety. The
lamps have been largely used with cess in
several mines near Dortmund. — E. E. B.
IIL-DESTRtfCTIYE DISTILLATION. TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
f Light Hydrocarbons from Heavy Paraffin
Crudi Petrol urn, !■ Residues, and the
Tar obtained in tlu Manufacture of OU Gas. Client.
Z.it. 10, 1622.
Tins process, which is patented by Biebeck, consists in
subjecting the above oils to distillation in cast-steel
nnder a pressure of several atmospheres, whereby
the high boiling hydrocarbons are decomposed with
formation of a large proportion of valuable light oils, tlu;
residue being used for the manufacture of lubricating oils
or asphalt making. The pressure to be applied depends
upon the character of the oil to be treated — e.g., the tar
ii brown coal give the best results when subjected
to a pressure of from :i to ti atmospheres, whilst petro-
leum and it- residues requires a pressure of -J to 4 at •
spheres, and the tar from oil gas 4 toil atmospheres. The
following are the results of some experiments made on a
April 29. 18S-.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
283
large scale to illustrate the advantages of tliis process.
A dark-coloured heavy paraffin oil was used, having a
sp. or. of 0'912 at I7"5°, a viscosity of 2"5, and yielding
only 15 percent of distillate below 300°. The oil was
distilled at .i pressors of :t atmospheres. The distillate
formed a brow n mobile liquid having a sp. gr. of 0*800
0-820 at 17"5°, ami yielding on rectification a colourless
burning oil of high illuminating power, the sp. •jr. of
which was 0"81S ami the Bashing point :)0'. The const i
union of the distillate was the same whether 30 or 80
per cent, of the original oil was distilled oil ; the residue,
however, varied with the percentage of distillate
obtained. By taking oil' from 25—30 per cent, the
residue formed a good lubricating oil of 0'930- 0 950
sp. gr. and a viscosity of 7 — 10. When oO per cent, of
the oil was distilled oil', the residue formed a black pitchy
mass of 1 OOj Bp. gr., whilst in the ease of SO percent, of
distillate, a coky asphalt remained in the retort.
^i). B.
The Pine Colouration of Ammonium Sulphate. Frfere.
Les Corps (lias Industr. 13, 101.
A BLUE colouration of ammonium sulphate is due to
cyanides in the ammoniacal gas-liquor, and if a white-
linished product is required the ammonia still must he
connected with the acid tank by a leaden pipe. An iron
pipe invariably gives a blue-coloured product. Tlie acid
itself rarely contains so much iron as to colour the
finished product.— S. II.
Improvement in Petroleum Oils. E. Phillips, Loudon.
Eng. Pat. 5S01, April 28, 1SSG. 4d.
Tills invention consists in tinting petroleum with a dis-
tinguishing colour by adding a small quantity of a
dyeing material, preferably aniline scarlets and violets.
Consumers are thereby enabled to ascertain at a glance
the quality of the petroleum supplied to them, however
small the quantity may he. — D. 1).
H.— COLOURIXG MATTERS MB DYES.
Researches on the Constitution of Azo and Diazo
Derivatives. I. Diazo-amido Compounds. R. Meldola
and F. W. Streatfeild. J. Chem.Soc. 1887, 102—118.
In a former communication the authors have shown that
the hydrogen atom in the group — X.,.XH — in diazo-
amido compounds can he readily replaced by an alkyl
radicle : they described the ethyl derivative of paradini-
trodiazoamidobenzene as a type of these compounds. In
the present paper the authors continue their investi-
gations on other diazo-amido compounds, with special
reference to the decomposition of these bodies by means
of acids.
By the action of diazotised metanitraniline upon
paranitraniline a substance was obtained crystallising
from alcohol in yellow needles, melting with decomposi-
tion at 211°. The analyses gave results which agreed with
thefornrnIaNO,C,H4.N,.NH.C,H4NO,. Initsgei eral
properties it agrees with the isomeric paradinitro
compound, although not of such an acid character. On
complete reduction it gives a mixture of meta- and
pamphenylenediamine. Decomposed with hydrochloric
acid at 100'', a mixture of para- and m'etanitrochloro-
benzenes, in addition to a mixture of para- and ineta-
nitraniliues, was obtained. The ethyl derivative was
prepared in a similar manner to the corresponding para
compound, and was obtained in small yellow needles
melting at US''. On analysis it gave numbers agreeing
with the formula NO,.i'.TI4.N,.\i( .' ,B . :i '. .11 , Nl >..
Heated with hydrochloric acid to 100° it gave a mixture
of meta- and paranitrochlorobenzene, also etbylmeta- and
ethyl paranitraniline.
By the action of one molecule of sodium nitrite upon
two molecules of metanitraniline metadinitrodiazo-
anudobenzene was prepared (first obtained by Griess,
Ann. Chem. Pliiirm. 121, .'.'.'i. It crystallises from alcohol
in straw-coloured needles melting at 194" (l'JV.V,
Griess). Analyses agreed with the formula No I'.H,.
\ \ II < ' I! ,. NO,. It differs from the para and the
uiisvmmelrical derivative in being very much less acid
in character. On decomposition with hydrochloric acid
it gives metanitrocblorooenzene and metanitraniline.
Nothing of a phenolic nature was obtained. The ethyl
derivative was prepared and obtained in pale yellow
needles melting at 1 19 . When decomposed with hydro-
chloric acid, etbylmetanitraniline and metanitrochloro-
benzene were obtained. The authors find that the
Compound obtained by the action of diazotised para-
nitraniline upon metanitraniline is identical with that
obtained by the action of diazotised metanitraniline
upon paranitraniline, thus confirming the observations
of Griess, Sarauw, and Noltiug and Hinder upon other
diazo-amido compounds. From theoretical considerations
the authors come to the conclusion that isomeric trans-
formation may take place. In order to throw light
upon this question, the authors have studied the
action of diazotised nitranilines upon ethylnitranilines.
Diazotised metanitraniline gives with ethylparanitrani-
line a yellow crystalline body, melting at 174 — 17o ;
isomeric with that obtained in an earlier part of the work,
melting at 148'. Treated with hydrochloric acid it gives
etbylparanitraniline and metanitrochlorobenzene. When
diazoparanitrobenzene chloride acts upon etbylparanitr-
aniline a compound is obtained which was recognised
as paradinitrodiazo-etliylamidohenzene [J. Chem. Sue.
Trans, xlix. (J30). By the action of paranitraniline
upon etbylmetanitraniline a body was obtained, crystal-
lising from alcohol in orange-red needles melting at 187°.
This body appears to be an amido azo compound, but is
undergoing further investigation. Diazotised metanitr-
aniline gives with etbylmetanitraniline a compound
identical with that obtained by the direct etbylation of
nietadinitrodiazo-amidobenzene. By the action of benzyl
cbloiide upon the potassium salt of paradinitrodiazo-
amidobenzene, paradiu it rod iazobenzylamido benzene is
iditained, crystallising from benzene in yellow needles
melting at 190°. Heated with hydiochloric acid, para-
nitroehlorobenzene and benzylparanitraniline are ob-
tained. Benzylparanitraniline crystallises from alcohol
— in which it is very soluble — in golden-yellow leaves
melting at 142—143°. It is a weak base. Treated
with nitrous acid it gives a nitrosamine, crystallising
from acetic acid in lustrous straw-coloured needles
melting at 107 o:. The corresponding metadinitro-
diazobenzylamidobenzene was obtained, after crystal-
lising from alcohol, in pale yellow needles melting
at 142°. Decomposed with hydrochloiic acid it gives
metanitrochlorobenzene and henzylnietanitraniline ; this
last substance treated with nitrous acid gives a nitro-
samine, which was obtained as an oil. The benzyl-
derivative of the nnsymmetrical dinitrodiazo-amido-
i nil i pound was also prepared. It was obtained in
microscopic yellow needles insoluble in alcohol, very
soluble in benzene, and melted .-it 1803. Decomposed
with hydrochloric acid it gives a mixture of benzylpara-
and benzylmetanitraniline, with the c ^responding
nitrochlorobenzenes. In conclusion, the authors discuss
briefly the bearing of the experimental evidence upon
the constitution of the foregoing diazo compounds, and
propose to continue their investigations. — it. M.
Manufacture of the Eosin Colouring Matters. O.
MulhSuser. Ding. Polyt. J. 263, 49— 5S and 99-107.
The author gives a long and detailed description of the
pre| aration of these dyestnffs, of which the following is
a summary : —
Fluorescein.— This body, which itself has little tinc-
torial value, is the starting-point of all the eosin colouring
matters, which are derived from it by replacement of
hydrogen by Br, I, .Ml,, etc It is prepared by heating
together resorcinol and phthalic anhydride with or with-
out addition of zinc chloride.
(a J 17ikilos. of phthalic anhydride are added with
stirring to 25kilos. of melted resorcinol contained in an
enamelled i ot set in an oil bath, which is heated to about
100°. After heating for about I) hours at 1S0°, the
reaction commences, and lasts for about 40 minutes, the
284
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. LMnij.uw
melt boiling vigorously. The heating is continued for
23 30 hours at 200 205°, with occasional stirring. The
crude fluorescein thus obtained is boiled in a tub with
500 litres of water and 50kilos. of aqueous Naiill of
36" I!. The volume of (lie solution is made up to 1000
Inns ami filtered. The fluorescein i- precipitated from
the filtrate by addition of SOkilos. of hydrochloric acid,
washed by decantation, and dried. The yield is about
:;r.kilos.
(h) 8kilos. of powdered zinc chloride are quickly added
to a fused mixture of 25kilos. of resorcinol and lTkilos.
of phthalic anhydride heated to ISO". The pot is covered
ii I > and stirred with an iron rod for about 5 minutes.
The reaction then sets in, and the mixture becomes
nearly solid. The heating is continued for about 10
1h.ui - at 190- -till , and the product is purified as in (a).
Tetrabromojhiorescein . The Bodinm and ammonium
salt- oi tetrabromofluon -rein come into commerce under
the names of Eosin .1, Eosin Ji, Soluble eosin, etc.
( H ) 32kilos. ut bromine are dissolved in (iOkilos. of
aqueous NaOH (36° B.) diluted with 150 litres of water,
and the solution boiled to decompose hypobromite.
IOkilos. of fluorescein are dissolved in25kilos. of aqueous
Nat HI (36" 1!.) diluted with 150 litres of water. The
two solutions are mixed in the cold, treated with
140kilos. of hydrochloric acid, and heated to boiling. The
precipitate of tetrabromotiuorescein is washed by decanta-
tion and dried. The yield is about 30kilos. It is con-
verted into the ammonium salt by spreading it out on
trays and exposing it to the action of dry ammonia gas
until a test dissolves in water to a clear solution (yield :
31'8kilos. from SOkilos. of the acid). The sodium salt is
prepared by adding exactly the right quantity of NaOH
solution (determined by experiment) to (iOkilos. of
tetrabromotiuorescein, suspended in 2]0kilos. of boiling
alcohol. On cooling, the pure sodium salt crystallises
out (yield = about . JTkilos. ).
( bj 24kilos. of bromine are slowly run into IOkilos. of
fluorescein, suspended in SOkilos. of cold alcohol. The
bromination is complete in 15 minutes; the pans are
then covered up and allowed to stand for three or four
days. The precipitate is washed with alcohol and dried.
The yield of tetrabroniotluorescein by this method is
about lTkilos. It is converted into the sodium or
ammonium salt in the manner described above.
Dibromojluorescein (eosin-orange). — IOkilos. of fluor-
escein are suspended in SOkilos. of cold alcohol and
treated with 12kilos. of bromine. The dibromofluorescein
remains dissolved in the alcohol, and is precipitated by
addition of about 100 litres of water. The precipitate,
after lieing washed, is dissolved in 200 litres of water
and 20kilos. of aqueous NaOH (.')(i lit, and when cold
re-precipitated by 40kilos. of hydrochloric acid. The
yield of washed and dried dibromofluorescein amounts to
l.V.kilos. It is converted into the sodium salt by exact
neutralisation with NaOH, and evaporated to dryness
(yield lTkilos.).
Et/tj/ltrlrttbi-uiiio/fitiirisiriii. — The potassium salt of
this acid is used for silk-dyeing under the names of Spirit-
eosin, Primrose d Valeool, Eosin >* Valcool, Rosi ././•'.
a Valeool, etc Ii is prepared by brominating fluorescein
in boiling alcohol, by which means it is simultaneously
ethylated. .".-.'kilos, of bromine are allowed to run,
tin.. ugh a glass tube dipping below the surface, into
•JOkilos. of fluorescein sus| led in BOkilos. of boiling
alcohol (96percent | contained in a steam jacketed enamel
led pressure vessel provided with a leaden cohobator and
mechanical Stirrer. As -'".n as all the bromine has been
added, which takes about .".II minutes, the two cocks are
closed, and the mixture healed under a pressure of \\
atmospheres tor three hours. When cold the precipitate
is separated, washed with alcohol, then with water, and
finally exactly neutralised with KOH in hot :{li percent,
alcohol (IOkilos. of alcohol liskilos. of water.. I In
cooling, the pure potassium salt crystallises out, whilst a
certain amount of accompanying tctrahn fluorescein
remains in solution. The yield of pure Bpirit-eosin is
about •Jokilos.
Dibromodinitrojluoretcein. The alkaline salts come
into cm rce as Eosin scarlet, /.'.« desAlpes, Safrosin,
LvUcienne, Daphnin, etc It is prepared by simultaneous
nitration and bromination of fluorescein in alcoholic
solution, or by nitration of dibromofluorescein in acetic
aci.i or aqueous solution.
/ a / To /kilos, oi il u Bcein finely suspended in 60kilos.
of alcohol Tkilos. of nitric at id (III' II. i are slowly added,
and directly afterwards 7 i kilos, of bromine. After
standing lid next day the precipitate is washed with
.SOkilos. of alcohol, boiled with water two or three times
and dried. Yield - l'Jjkilos.
( Ii) 4kilos. of finely-ground sodium nitrate is stirred
into a paste composed of .'iOkilos. of tetrabromotiuorescein
and 'Jokilos. of glacial acetic acid. The mixture is
heated on a watei bath. At70 — 80 the reaction sets in,
and is completed by six or eight hours' heating. The
product is boiled for Id minntes with 5(30 litres of water,
and the precipitate washed hv decantation. Yield =
29kilos.
(e) A cold, previously boiled, solution of l'Jkilos, of
bromine in 20kilos. of aqueous NaOH and 50 litre- of
water is mixed with a cold solution of IOkilos. of
fluorescein in 13kilos. of aqueous NaOH (36° li.) and 200
litres of water. The mixture is acidified with -IOkilos. of
sulphuric acid (40 1!. ) and ."iOkilos. of nitric acid (40° li.)
slowly run in. finally, the mixture is heated to lioiling
on a water-bath tor live or six hours. The yield of
washed and dried precipitate is 19'kilos. The product
obtained by either of these processes is converted into
the ammonium salt by means of gaseous ammonia, or
into the potassium or sodium salt by neutralisation with
a rather insufficient quantity of Kull or NaOH, by
which means the impurities remain undissolved.
Tetra-iodofluoreicein. — The sodium and ammonium
salts are used for silk, cotton, and paper dyeing under
the names of Erythrosin B, Pyrosin B, Ioweosin B,
Dianthin, Rose li d Veau, Primrose soluble, Blue shade
eosin, etc. tikilos. of fluorescein are dissolved in a hot
mixture of skilos. of aqueous XaOH (30° 1J. ) and GO litres
of water. 24kilos, of iodine are dissolved in 27 to 28
kilos, of NaOH (36° U.), diluted with 00 litres of water,
and the solution boiled. The two solutions are mixed
and acidified with 25kHo8. of acetic aeid. The mixture
is boiled, neutralised with lTkilos. of aqueous NaOH
(36° B.), and re-precipitated by adding 25kilos. of hydro-
chloric acid diluted with 25 litres of water. The pre-
cipitate is boiled, separated, boiled several times with
dilute HC1, lastly with water alone, and dried. The
yield is about loklioa. It is converted into the ammonium
salt by dry ammonia gas.
Di-iodoflvorescein. — Erythrosin G or Dianthin G, which
consist chiefly of the di-iododerivative, is prepared in the
same way as the preceding, except that only liikilos. of
iodine are used for tikilos. of tluoresceiu. The yield is
about 13kilos.— A. CO.
On the Industrial Production of Resorcinol. Dr. Otto
Muhlhauser. Dingl. Polyt. J. 263, 164.
THE author gives a detailed account both of the method
and plant employed ior the production on a large scale
of resorcinol. Benzene monosulphonio acid is first pre-
pared by treating fJOkiloS. of pure benzene (free from
tbiophen) with SOOkilos. of sulphuric acid of 67" li. in a
cast-iron pan, provided with an agitator and a leaden
rellux condenser. To bring about the reaction, the mix-
ture is continuously stirred and a very gentle heat
a]. plied. Aftei ten hours the reaction ceases. Por the
purpose of preparing the disulphonic acid, the mono
sulphonic acid is treated with an execs- of sulphuric
acid, and run into another cast-iron pan, similarly fur-
nished with agitator and condenser, which, however, is
turned downwards The mass is mixed with 85kilos. of
powdered and perfectly dry sodium sulphate, and heated
in an oil-bath, so that the temperature of the mixture
remains for eight hours at 225'. At first, benzene distils
over and i- collected, while sulphurous acid is evolved.
The -o.linm -alt of the sulphonic acid is then prepared
in the usual manner and thoroughly dried. The yield
isabout 'JOOkilos. •.'.Mlkilo-. of caustic soda and IOkilos. of
water arc now melted over the direct flame in a cast-iron
pot, until the molten mass is bo hot as not lo solidify on
the addition of the sodium salt. When a little common
April 29. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
salt thrown in, dissolves rapidly with n lii^-in _r sound,
the needed temperature has been readied, and after set-
ting tlie agitator in motion, l25ki)os. of the < I r >• sul-
are quickly introduced. When the ra ■
Dei e brown and almost ceased to work, it is cooled,
broken op and acidified with hydrochloric acid. The
resulting liquor is now extracted four times with
lOOkilos. (it purified amy] alcohol. After distilling oil
the latter with steam, the residue is evaporated to dry-
ness in enamelled pans. To purify the resorcinol thus
obtained, it is distilled in vacuo ; water ami phenol going
over first. At about 190" the pressure should be
decreased to 630mm. < In heating further, the resor-
cinol begins to boil and distils over. The yield is
20— -J.Skilos. of the pure product, or, from the numbers
the author (rives, about fifty per cent, of the theoretical
yield on the benzene employed. — A. R.
This gives tor phenosaf ranine an unsymmetrical formula:
A-.n.-Ami
> N
which admits of isomeric alkyl-
Manufaeture of it Yellow Dyeetuff from Gallic Acid.
Dingl. Polyt J. 263, 205.
Tin: dye. which can lie fixed on tbe mordanted fibre like
alizarin, and which has been termed "Gallofiavin," is
obtained by the action of air — i.e., oxygen — nn alkaline
solutions of gallic acid. The process of oxidation
depends on the amount of alkali present, for whereas it
proceeds too quickly if the alkali I e used in excess, the
oxidation can be moderated by diminishing the quantity
of alkali. In practice, 5 parts ot gallic acid are dis-
solved in 80 parts of alcohol of 96' Tr. and 100 parts of
water. The cooled solution is gradually mixed with
17 pari- of a potassium hydrate solution of 30s 1!.. stir-
ring all the while, and never allowing the temperature
to rise above 10 c. It i- then exposed to the action of
oxygen, either by blowing air through it or agitating it
briskly. The progress of the oxidation shows itself by
the liquor assuming at first an olive green or greenish-
brown colour, until finally a crystalline precipitate
separates out. When the amount of this precipitate no
longer increases, the operation is finished. The uia.-s
of crystals is quickly filtered, dissolved in warm water.
decomposed with hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, and
boiled, when the dye is precipitated in the state of glit-
tering greenish-yellow platea These are washed, and
can then lie applied for dyeing or printing. Gallotlavin
dyes cotton mordanted with alumina greenish yellow,
which tutus into a very brilliant yellow by the treat-
ment with tin crystals. The chromium-lake of gallo-
fiavin is distinguished by being especially proof against
soap, air or light. — S. H.
Constitution of Safranine. 0. N.
3121—3124
Witt. Ber. 19,
The two formula; lately proposed for this colouring
C,H3 N1M1
matter, C,:H,.X
'
by Amlresen, and
-MI,
i II
<■„"..-
-NHS
X by Bcrnthseu, are both open
JCI < ,H,_N1I.,
to the objection that bring symmetrical they do not
explain the unquestionable existence of pairs of isomeric
mono and i tertiary; di-alkylised derivatives. They are
also botli based upon the assumption that the third
amine group becomes attached to the first-formed <li-/>-
ainiilodiphenyl.imine by removal of both hydrogen atoms
from its Nil,, group. This tbe author considers to be
contrary to analogy with what generally takes place in
such reactions, the hydrogen usually being removed half
from the nitrogen and hail from the carbon of the enter-
ing amine. Applying this view, lenco safranine would
be formed thus :
H.N.C.H, H H XH
H.X.C.II.X II
H C, II,
II X.r H
I
II XC II N
-XII
I + H,.
c II.
i W
i H,.XH,(1:4),
ised derivatives. Like the formula- of Bernthsen and
Andresen, it represents safranine as an azine, and only
differs from these formula; with respect to the position
of one Ml, group . — A. <;. G.
titution of Safranine. It. Xietzki. Her. 19,
3163— 31(iii.
THE author supports Witt's formula for this body. The
non identity ot the two dimeth] lsafranines, («) from
//i-dimethyl-// phcnvlencdianiine and -imols. of aniline.
(//) from // phenylenediamine, ditnetitylaniline, and
aniline, is, shown by a microscopic examination of their
crystalline nitrates. If, as is assumed in the formula:
of Andresen and Bernthsen, in the third amine the XII.,
only takes part in the reaction, all the homologues of
aniline should give safranines with equal case ; this,
however, is not the case. By oxidation, in con-
junction with /> di amidodiphenylamine, safranines
were obtained from the two xylidines (.11 NII.i
(II (1:2:4) and (1:3: 4), and from solid aunt
dine I'll. Ml CE I (1:2:4:5); whilst xyli-
dine (1 : 2. 3] gave onlv a trace and the other three
xylidines (1:2:6), (1:2:5), and (1:3:5), together
with isocumidine (1 : .'I : 4 : .">) and me-idine (1 : 2 : 4 : 6)
gavenone. Thus the position of the methyl groups in
the nucleus greatly inlluences the reaction. — A. U. G.
Pyrogenetic Formation of Phenazine. A. Bernthsen.
Ber. 19, 3256—3258.
In a previous communication (this Journal, 1886, 317)
reference was made to the formation of a basic oil when
the vapour of aniline is pasted through a tube heated to
redness. Attempts to convert this base into phenazine,
X
a compound of the constitution < '„HX I >C0H4, were,
however, unsuccessful, probably owing to the want of
information concerning the distinctive properties of this
-lance. l-'urtber researches having shown that
phenazine is possessed of characteristic properties (this
Journal, 1886,661), the author thought it expedient to
reinvestigate tbe product formed by passing aniline
vapour through a red-hot tube. The basic mixture thus
obtained was heated with successive portions of dilute
hydrochloric acid, the solution precipitated with am-
monia, the precipitate extracted with ether, and the
extract digested with dilute hydrochloric acid. The
ethereal solution was evaporated, the residue dissolved
in hydrochloric acid, and the solution precipitated with
ammonia. On subliming the precipitate, light yellow
lustrous needles were obtained, possessing all the pro-
perties which characterise phenazine. This result, there-
fore, proves the possibility of obtaining phenazine from
aniline by a reaction analogous to the pyrogenetic for-
mation of anthracene from toluene. — D. B.
vementsin the Manufacture of Azo-dyes and Benzi-
dine ami Tolidine ilonotulphonic Acids. 3. Y.
Johnson, London. From the Actiengesellsehaft Far-
benfabriken vorni. F. Bayer and Co , Elberfeld, Ger-
many. Eng. Pat. 3198, March 6, 1886. fid.
Is order to prepare the new monosulphonic acid described
in this specification, benzidine or henzidine-sulphate is
heated with two parts of monohydiated sulphuric acid
to 170 for about 1$ hours. The product is diluted with
water ami tbe sulphonic acid thus precipitated collected
by filtration and purified by solution in alkali, filtration,
and reprecipitation by acid. The acid is nearly in-
soluble in water, and differs from the other sulphonic
V
286
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lAr.iiiP.ifS7.
acids of benzidine in that its salt.- arc decomposed
bj acetic acid. Thi compound of the new
acid is Bald to differ from that of tne benzidine-disul-
phonic adds in being Bolnble in water and giving
azo-dyea of a bluer shade than tetrazodiphenyl. The
preparation of the azo-dyes is conducted in the usual
way, yellow colouring matters being produced bv the
action "t' the tetrazomonoeulphonic acid upon aniline,
toluidine, xylidine, mesidine or their sulphonic acids ■
phenol, resorcinol, the naphtbola and their sulphonic and
carboxylic acids give colours varying from red to violet.
As examples oi the method of manufacture, the inven-
tors describe (1) the preparation of an alizarin-like red,
suitable for cotton, formed by the action of one moleeule
of the tetrazosulphonic acid upon two molecules of
A naphthylamine i -monosulphonic aeid, and (2) a bluer
-hade of red formed by the action of one molecule of the
tetrazosulphonic acid upon one molecule of .-f-naphthyl-
amine, and then upon a second molecule of .i-naphthyl-
amine-j3-roonosulphonic acid. — R. M.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Colouring Matter.
I. Maxwell, Govan, and. I. Young, Milton-of-Campsie.
Eng. l'at. 1^7, April 3, 1886. 4d.
Tins invention relates to improvements in the manufac-
ture of colouring matters adapted for dyeing fibrous sub-
stances by the dry process. The dyes used are coloured
native earths, such as raw sienna or native earths, which
assume a coloured state by calcining, or mechanical
or chemical treatment, as burnt sienna. Inorganic
coloured precipitates or lamp black may also be used.
These colouring matters are, when necessary, reduced to
a line powder, and mixed with a non-saponifiable or other
nil by stirring until the whole mass is as homogeneous
as possible. The mixture is then sifted to free it from
grit, the action at the same time furthering the more
equal diffusion of the oil amongst the coloured particles.
— D. B.
V.— TEXTILES : COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
Improvements in Treating end Preparing Tussitr and
other Wild Silk Cocoons, and inthi Application of the
Silk obtained therefrom to the Manufacture if Luce,
Knitted Warp, and other Fabrics. H. Birkbeck,
London. From T. F, 1'eppe, Shahabad, Bengal,
India. Eng. Bat. 3937, March 20, 1SSG. (id.
Tin: improved treatment consists in heating the
cocoons under pressure in a solution containing glycerin
and carbonate of soda, whereby they aie rendered soft,
liming this operation they are kept separate by
wrapping them in cloth-paper or wire gauze. The
threads are then conducted to the pliers of a spinning
frame, on which they are wound. The inventor claims
that by his process, Tussurand similar silks can he made
so line a- to render them suitable for making lace of the
finest description. —E. .1. 1'..
The Mechanical and Chi mical Treatment and Preparation
if tin riant botanically termed Banhinia Vahlii. .1.
II. Wilson, CamberwelL Eng. l'at. 12,532, Oct. 2,
1886. 1,1.
Tiik inventor separates the fibres by passing the dried
-tern- through roller- of peculiar construction. They are
then treated with chlorine gas or alkaline hypochlorites.
— E. J. B
VI.— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING. PAPER
STAINING, AND BLEACHING.
Improvements in Dyeing Fabrics and m Apparatus used
/or tl.nl PurpOi \\. (.. White, London. Eng. l'at.
1750, Feb. 5, 1SSC. Bd.
Tiik inventor refers to Eng. l'at. :1047, 1879, and
14,020, 18S4, where he describes a system of colour print
ing, in which the printing Mock employed is bail! up of
suitably prepared materials, containing the various
colours required by the design, and impart- a portion of
its own -uhstance to the fabric to which it is applied.
Tin- present invention applies this system of printing to
i he dj eino of fabrics in plain colours. For this purpose
the colouring material is cast on to a number of rollers,
-o a- to fc a cylindrical coating round each of them.
The rollers are then mounted in bearings and driven at
one Bpeed. The fabric to he dyed, after heing mordanted
and moistened with a suitable damping liquid, is laid
round one of the colour rollers so as to bring one surface
of the fabric in contact with that roller, then round
the next roller so as to bring the other surface of the
fabric in contact with that roller, and so on for as many
colour rollers as are employed. To ensure that the
\\ hole surface of the fabric he brought into contact with
each roller, a scraper or bar is caused to bear against the
fabric where it passes around the roller, thus giving a
slight friction to the cloth, and rubbing into it the colour
which has been imparted to its surface. To apply damp-
ing liquid to the cloth before it passes on to the colour
rollers, the inventor employs a iinely perforated metal
drum, mounted horizontally and with the lower par! of its
circumference dipping into a trough containing theliquid,
whilst the cloth is led over the upper portion of its cir-
cumference. The cloth after being mordanted is made
up into a roll and passed over the damping drum, which
is ,-ituated between the roll and the standard carrying the
colour Killers. From this it passes under and around
the various colour rollers, after which it is led through
nipping rollers, and is rolled off or batched at the back
of the machines. The roll of cloth when taken from the
machine may afterwards be steamed and heated in any
way which may he requisite, accordiug to the nature of
the colouring material which has been applied. — J. H.
Improved Mums for Producing Ozone and Hydrogen
suitable for Bleaching Purposes. J. H. Johnson,
London. From E. Hermite, l'aris, France. Eng.
Fat. 3956, March 20, 1SS6. 8d.
Improved Means fm- Producing Chlorine Compounds
suitable for Bleaching Purposes. .1. H. Johnson,
London. From E. Hermite, Baris. Eng. Bat. 3907,
March 20, 1SS6. 8d.
See XVIII., " Electrochemistry," p. 299.
Improvements in Dyeing Cotton, Sill:, Wool, and other
Textile Materials, either in tin linn- Slate or in the
Form if Yarn, or as Cloth in the Manufactured
State, and in Apparatus therefor, J. Smith, Hey-
wood. Eng. Bat. 6988, May 25, lJ-80. Is. Id.
The object of this invention is to overcome the disad-
vantage of having any slack or folds in the materials
or fabrics, when in the tank or cistern containing the
dye liquor. The material to be operated upon is first
soaked in the dye liquor, and then passed by a wince
on to a system of travelling lattices or rollers, in such a
manner that it will accumulate and lie thereon in even
continuous rows or piles. By this means a large quantity
of material may he treated at once, and may also be
delivered from the first set to a second, third
or fourth set of travelling lattices. After being thus
treated, the material is repassed over suitable rollers
through the dye lienor, and again treated as above
described, repeating the process as many times as may-
be desirable. The dyeing goes on as well during the
travelling of the material as when being passed through
the dye liquor.— J. H.
Improvements in Dyeing Apparatus. L. Weldon,
Amsterdam, New York, ISA. Eng. Bat. 10,412,
Dec. 14, 1886. 8d.
The inventor places the fabrics in a cylinder which
revolves in a trough containing the dye liquor. This
cylinder is divided into compartments with perforated
sides so as to allow the passage of the dye liquor through
the fabrics. The compartments are Y-shaped, one side
being solid and forming part of the outer edge of the
cylinder.- -R. L. W.
April 2ti. 1887.J THE- JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
287
VIL— ACIDS, ALKALIS, AND SALTS.
Pyrites. HerbertJ. Davis. Abstracted fr ['Mineral
Resources of the United States, 1885." Division of
Mining Statistics and Technology.
New Hampshire. The ore comes from tlie Milan Mines,
Coos County, and is of excellent quality. It is now
sorted into two grades. No. 1 grade contains about
4G0 per cent, sulphur ; copper, 37 per cent ;
400 per cent ; silica, 62 per cent.: zinc, 4 00 per
cent. The other grade gives about 35-0 per cent, sul-
phur ; copper, 50 per cent ; iron, 305 per cent. : silica,
•J.v.~> percent ; zinc, SO per cent. Smelting works for
the extraction ol copper and silver have also been
erected, owing to the increased amounts of these metals
fou ml in some parts of the ore. The low grade sulphur ores
burn very readily, ami no difficulty lias been experienced
in finding buyers for them : the No. 1 grade, however,
being in special favour.
ont. No mines are at present being worked,
both because the price of cupper is very low, and also
because the sulphur in the ores is valueless for burning
purposes, the ores being, in the main, magnetic pyrites.
Massachusetts.— The only mines in this State are the
Davis Mines in Franklin County. The deposit is of
urcat extent and purity, and is of uniform quality
throughout. A large reserve stock of lump, broken,
and smalls is always kept on hand, usually averaging
10,000 tons. About 30,000 tons of ore were mined in
1885, its composition being— Sulphur, 493 per cent. ;
copper, 15 per cent. ; iron, 45 3 per cent. ; silica and
insoluble matter, 3 8 per cent. It is intended to connect
the mines to the nearest railway.
New York. — About 2,000 tons of ore were raised from
the mines at Hermon, County St. Lawrence. The ore is
very hard, and makes few smalls. Its analysis shows —
Sulphur, 3S0 per cent. : copper, 30 per cent. : iron,
340 per cent. ; silica and insoluble matter, 250 per
cent. Another mine in lister County was worked for
some time, until stopped by an inrush of water. The
ores from this mine gave— Sulphur, 39'1 per cent. ;
copper, a trace.
Virginia.— In this State, the only mines are in Louisa
County, and are the Arminius Copper Mines Co. and
tin- Sulphur Mines Co. The Lennig Mines have not
tieen worked during the year. Analysis shows the ores
to contain— Sulphur, 49"5 per cent.; copper, 05 per
cent. ; iron, 435 per cent. ; silica and insoluble matter,
0'4 per cent. New machinery for the extraction of
copper, and for underground pumping, has been added.
The united output of the two companies was 13,000
tons.
North Carolina.— A mine in Mecklenburgh County is
being successfully worked for the extraction of gold
from the pyrites, the value of the gold obtained being
about 7 dollars per ton of ore. The sulphur is not
utilised, the pyrites being too much mixed with rock.
Georgia.— The mines near Dallas, in Paulding County,
are supplying the vitriol works at Atlanta, Georgia, and
also at Nashville, Tennessee.
Tennessee. — Enormous deposits of pyrites occur, but
since they are the magnetic pyrites, are of no use for
acid manufacture. They have, however, been worked
for copper during the last 35 years. The ores contain—
Sulphur, ."5 0 per cent. : copper, 5 0 per cent. ; iron, 400
per cent. ; silica, lime, alumina, 200 per cent.
Alabama. — The deposits have not been worked from
lack of railway and other means of transportation.
FOBEIQN DKPOS] 1^.
Canada. — The output from the Albeit Mine and tl e
Oxford ('upper and Sulphur Company's mines was about
35,000 tons. The mines belonging to the Canadian
Sulphur anil Copper Co. were idle throughout the year.
The ores burn readily, and contain a workable amount
of copper, and about an ounce of silver for each per
cent, of copper extracted from the matte. Their average
composition runs— Sulphur, 402 per cent. ; copper (wet
assay), 51 per cent. ; dry assay, 38 per cent. : iron,
."..V2 per cent. : silica, 19"4 per cent.
• See this Journal, 1886, 97—98.
A, u ' The main deposits are on the North-
eastern shores, and are hence inaccessible during tin'
create! part ol the year. About 2,500 tons were
hut did not give satisfaction.
The author then give, several tables, from which the
various results fur the year ]ss5 are extracted and
subjoined : —
WORKS BURNING PYRITES. AM) QUANTITY
BCKXED IN THK UNITED ST VI I -.
Districts.
Number of
Works.
Consumption.
(Long Tons.)
Boston and Eastern District
New York District
G
7
•t
3
1
25.800
11.600
11,500
Baltimore and Southern States
Western District
7,300
2,000
Total
19
91,100
PYRITES MINED. IMPOItTKD. AND CONSUMED IN
THK UNITED STATES.
Year.
Mined.
Imported
Total.
Consumed.
Stock on
Han.l
D^c. 31.
1885 ....
Long Tons.
49.000
Long Tons.
17,500
Long Tons.
96,500
Long Tons.
91,100
Long Tons.
19,500
< if the stock iu hand on December 31, there were
28,500 tons at the works, and 21,000 tons at the mines.
(a) Copper contents (see table at top of following
page) — these are "dry assays'' — 130 per cent, less
than actual (wet) assays. The Spanish ore imported
has contained an average of only 125 per cent, copper
! (wet assay). Newfoundland ore contained about 30
per cent, (wet assay).
[c] All the figures for 1885 are estimated. This has
1 been rendered necessary by the practice of some of the
custom-houses.not keeping pyrites separate from iron ores.
The Spanish and Portugese ores were mainly shipped
as ballast in vessels carrying fruit, the rate of freight
' per ton to United States ports being from 2 to 3 dollars.
, Of these ores, about 10,000 tons contained over 35 per
' cent, copper : the remainder containing about that
amount or less.
The total amount of pyrites consumed throughout the
world was about 1,200,000 long tons, of which Great
Britain absorbed rather more than one-half, the United
States taking 91,000 tons, and France and Germany
350,000 tons.
The use of sulphuric acid is steadily on the in-
crease in the States, a large proportion of the make,
about 45 per cent., being used in the manufacture of
artificial fertilisers, of which about 1,000,000 tons were
prepared in this year ; and there is every reason to
believe that this amount will be exceeded in the future.
Large quantities of the acid are also being used in the
manufacture of explosives.
The imports of brimstone during the past five years
■ about 100,000 tons tier annum, and if this
amount be taken as representing the consumption in
lss.i, and to this be added the 91,400 tons of pyrites
consumed, their sulphur contents being expressed as
brimstone, the returns show an increase of 300 per cent.
over those of 1S78.
A considerable increase in the number of pyrites
burners is also to be noted, especially amongst those
already using these furnaces, the forms most in favour
being the Spence mechanical furnace and the ordinary
shelf burners, for burning smalls. These new furnaces
are mainly congregated around New York and in New-
England, 'though several are now being built by works
in the West.
Preparation of Ore— The ore is now broken by the
American producer, and sorted into the most suitable
D2
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. fAprna.1887
IMPORTS OF PYRITES INTO THE UNITED STATES.
Fiscal Y. :«r
Ending June 30.
1 \\ U>1 vs.
Newfouud*
land.
Spaniah
and
Portuguese.
Quantity.
I 'OlitftltS («l).
Value.
Duty.
Pounds.
1885 (0
31,123
385
2,919.363
280,189
73.734
2.500
10,000
--
sizes Cot the burners of the consumers— viz , into pieces
" not larger than three inches or smaller than one inch in
diameter." The smalls are screened through a quarter-
inch mesh screen. Amongst the deposits in the states,
it seems more than probable that the auriferous pyrites
of the Rock\ Mountains will be largelv employed al a
future date, both as a source of gold and for the supply
of sulphur, inasmuch us it contains gold in quantities
which, together with the burning of the sulphur, would
leave a profit alter paying all expenses.— S. G. K.
Improvements in the Manvfacture of Sodium CarbonaU
by the Ammonia 11. Schreib. Chem. Zeit.
10, 1585.
NEARLY all the patents taken out for the production of
hydrochloric arid in connection with the ammonia soda
process require the ammonium or calcium chloride in a
solid state. To attain this end by evaporating the
liquors is out of the question, owing to its preat expense.
The object of this invention is the production of solid
ammonium chloride in a cheap manner. The process
depends on the difficult solubility of ammonium chloride
in brine. If a saturated solution of ammonium chloride
of 1 "0765 sp. gr., which contains 288grms. NH,C1 per
litre l>e shaken with solid sodium chloride, the latter
is dissolved and ammonium chloride is precipitated.
The liqnor then shows a sp. pr. of 1*1790 and contains
per litre I86grms. XaCl and 177grme. NH4CL It
ammonia or ammonium carbonate be passed into the
the admission of carbonic acid gas and ammonia, during
which treatment the temperature in A must la- kept as
low as possible. The following figures show the pro-
gress of the decomposition : —
solution a further deposition of ammonium chloride takes
place, while still more sodium chloride is taken up.
This peculiarity of tbe ammonium chloride is made use
of in the following manner. The liqnor resulting from
the carhoniser of tbe ammonia soda 1 sees, and chief!]
containing ammonium chloride i^ treated with solid
.sodium chloride and ammonium carbonate
ammonia and carbonic acid in tin- apparatus shown in
the diagram. Tim cylindei A contains the liquor, and
i- in connection with a aroallei vessel I!, which holds on
a perforated bottom a supply of ttodium chloride. If the
valves <■ and /■; an- open, the liquor in A comes in
contact with the salt. The large pipe in A serves for
Vol *wr cent.— i.e.,
grms. pr r lOOcc.
NaCl
XJI.rl.
No. 1.
Xo. 2.
No. 3.
The liquor from the carboniser cou-
The Bame liquor after the treatment
with ammonium carbonate and
sodium chloride cooled to 12 C. .
Tbe Bame liquor as Xo. 2 . cooled to
10 C. and treated longer with
D'4
193
231
25-fi
91
19 8
90
59
Xo. 4.
The same liquor as Xo. 3., cooled to
5" C
11
Xo. 5.
The liquor was then separated f om
the solid salt and the carbonisation
finished in the usual manner when
20'7
The liquor at the end of the operation bad, therefore,
practically tbe same composition as that used to begin
with, the application of tbe new process not bavin;,'
interfered in any way with tbe main reaction. The
ammonium chloride precipitate is washed, pressed,
mixed with crushed limestone and heated for tbe produc-
tion of ammonium carbonate, which is again passed into
the cylinder A. It is claimed for this invention :
I, The ammonium or calcium chloride is obtained in a
solid form.
•2. The loss of sodium chloride is very small ; a preat
deal smaller than in tbe usual mode of working, where
the excess of salt runs away with the waste liquors.
3. The ammonia being passed into the liquor as
ammonium carbonate, only one molecule of carbonic
acid neetl be introduced into the apparatus, conse-
quently less pumping is required. The dry distillation
of ammonium chloride also requires less fuel.
4. No waste liquors, S. II.
An Improved Bit thod of Producing J. mil Suits 'inn rally,
and espi or Oxuearbonate of Lead
(White Lead). A. M. Clark, London, From 0.
Eyckens, Pans. Eng, Pat 1832, Feb. 8, 1SSG. Sd.
Tins invention is based on tbe following reactions : A
solution of lead nitrate converts metallic lead into
hydrate, the oxygen required being taken from the
nitrate which is thereby reduced to nitrite. The nitrite,
uti a prolonged action of lead, parts With another equi-
valent of oxygen, forming another molecule of lead
hydrate and nitrogen dioxide, which latter is re-oxidised
by the oxygen of the air to a mixture of nitrous and
nitric acid. These two acids form lead nitrite and
nitrate with the bad hydrate, and the solution of these
compounds is again in a state to oxidise and dissolve
metallic bad. But, apart from these neutr.il lead salts,
polybasic lead salts are formed by the combination of
fead hydrate with lead nitrite, and the patentee found
that carbonic acid has the power of returning polybasic
solutions of lead nitrite to a neutral condition by preci-
April ■::>, issr.l THE JOtT.NAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
L'MI
pitating the excess of base in the form of lead carbonate
mixed with lead hydrate, thus :— 1(\< I ) ,Pb.3Pb< »| r
2HS0 I 2CO»= I'M No,.)., i Il.o i 2PbCOa i Pb(OH).. It
will, therefore, he seen that a relatively small quantity
of lead nitrite, which is constantly regenerated, converts
an indefinite quantity of lead into white lead. The
accompanying drawing represents an arrangement for
carrying out the process in practice. The lead, after
being reduced to shavings, is placed in a chamber, A, at
(he bottom of which is a j -i | e a fur the BUpply of the
^■asi s required; 6 is a gas-distributor, <■ a grating for
the support oE the lead, <• the inlet pipe for the liquids,
and /'an nutlet pipe for the gases. As soon as A is two-
thirds filled with lead and a solution of lead nitrite, a
mixture of air and carbonic acid, heated to a suitable
temperature is injected into the converter A, whence the
gases are conducted to a series of towers, I!, filled with
solutions of poly basic lead nitrite, which retains all the
nitrous acid which they may carry with them. The
nolybasic nitrite has a great affinity for nitrous acid,
being thereby converted into lead nitrite. By means of
a pump the liquids are frequently transferred between
1 lie converter and the towers. The white lead collects at
the bottom of the converter A, where it is drawn oil
through g as last as it is produced, in order to he filter-
pressed and washed. — S. H.
Improvement in Obtaining Ammonia, Chlorine mid
Hydrochloric Acid from Ammonium Chloride. I..
Mond, Northwich. Kng. Pat. 323S, March 8, 1886. 6d.
In previous specifications (Eng. Pat. 1886, Nos. 65, 66,
104.S and 1040 ; this Journal, 1887, HO. 216 and 217), the
patentee described a process for obtaining ammonia,
chlorine and hydrochloric acid by passing over certain
oxides at an elevated temperature the vapour of ammo
nitim chloride, and, subsequently, a current of air or
steam. After the first of these two operations, son e
ammonia remains in t lie apparatus which would be
destroyed by the action of air or chlorine at an elevated
temperature, and it is now proposed to recover the
ammonia left in the apparatus by the aid of a vacuum,
or to till up the apparatus several times with an inert
gas, and exhaust it repeatedly by means of a vacuum.
Instead of iron retorts which were previously recom-
mended, the use of iron, enamelled, or lined inside with
fireclay, graphite, carbon, etc., is now proposed, it
having been found that the vapour of ammonium chloride
gradually destroys the iron retorts. The latter may also
be made of nickel or cobalt, or, better still, of cast or
wrought iron, lined with nickel or cobalt, or an alloy of
these metals.— S. II.
Nordhavsen oil of Vitriol Mixtures. M. Gerstner.
Chem. Zeit. H, 'A.
I i frequently happens that an oleum of a certain
percentage of sulphur timxiile is to be mixed with
concentrated sulphuric acid i der to produce an
acid with a smaller percentage of sulphur trioxide.
This can he readily accomplished by the following
formula: — x - 100 ' , wheie .<■ represents the quan-
tity of sulphuric acid, which must be added to 100 parts
of l lie Strong acid ; n is the total sulphur tiioxide in
100 parts of the acid desired ; /> is the total sulphur
trioxide in 100 parts of the acid, which is to be diluted,
and c is the total sulphur trioxide in 100 parts of the
sulphuric acid to he used for diluting. The following
table shows the values of « and // respectively : —
tCO parts contain
per cent. So.!.
100 parts contain
per cent. S03.
1 in te contain
per cent. S.03.
100 J ;irts contain
per cent. Si 13,
Uncom-
bineil.
Total.
UiiCNin-
bineil.
Total.
Uncom-
bined.
Total.
t'ncoln-
bineiL
Total.
0
816
15
84-4
30
874
45
89-9
1
818
16
St -5
31
S7'3
16
to-i
2
82-0
17
847
32
&7'5
47
ro-3
3
82-2
18
84 9
33
87-7
48
904
t
82 M
1(1
fo'l
34
87-9
49
EO'G
5
82-6
20
85 3
25
88-0
50
908
G
827
21
85-5
36
88-2
51
910
7
82-9
22
co-7
37
88-4
52
91'2
8
83-1
23
85-8
38
886
53
91-1
9
833
2i
EGO
"9
cS-8
54
91-6
10
834
25
86-2
40
890
55
017
11
83 -G
2G
8G-4
11
89-1
56
91'9
12
838
27
SG'G
12
59 3
57
92-1
13
810
28
86-8
13
89-5
58
923
11
8-12
29
86-9
41
897
59
CO
92-5
926
Supposing there is an acid of 25*5 per cent. SO, and
a sulphuric acid of 98-2 percent. SI >4H,, and au acid
of 19 0 per cent. SOj is required :—
Acid of WO'.' SO. Acid of 25 5 SOj. Sulphuric acid of
98-2% SO4H!.
a = 85-l b = S6-3
.b-a ,„„863-S.VI 120
.-■*■:..:<> *,i
J- = 100
80 1— cO 1 o
By mixing 100 parts of acid of 25'5 per cent. S03 with
•24 parts of sulphuric acid of 98"2 percent. S04H,, an
oleum is obtained eontainirfg 10 per cent. SOs. A direct
titration showed 1S'3 per cent, and IS'9 per cent SO,.
— o. xl.
Treatwg Tersulphidcs or Polysulphides of Barium and
Strontium, so as to recover the Barium and Strontium,
am/ obta in other Products. II. L. Patting on, Felling-
on-Tyne. Eng. Pat. 4742, April 5, 1886. 6d.
In a previous specification (Eng. Pat. 16,989, 1884 j this
Journal, 1885, 745), the patentee described a process in
which a residual liquor was obtained consisting of a
solution of poly sulphide of barium, or of strontium
together with a little barium or strontium hydrate. It
■290
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Apma.lW
is now proposed to work ii]> this liquor a- follows :— The
barium or strontium present is precipitated with sodium
Bulphate. The precipitate is filtered and (lie nitrate
ted N\itli sulphur dioxide, whereby free sulphur and
a solution of sodium thiosulphate is obtained, which is
evaporated and allowed to crystallise.— S. H.
A Method for Purifying Crude ( in bonate ofSoda,termcd
Marl; As/i, ,otii the R ' Ammonia tket
T. Mathieson and J. Hawliezck, Liverpool. Eng. Pat
5456, April 20, 1886. lid.
The black ash, manufactured by the Leblanc pro-
cess, contains certain impurities, notably cyanogen and
sulphur compounds, which cause much inconvenience
0
k
(f
\
ni
JTW
% rr
m
to !HX> P., whereby the cyanide is decomposed, and
ammonia formed therefrom, which is condensed in the
usual manner. After this decomposition has taken place,
the mass is treated with superheated steam of a higher
temperature, when the sulphide is destroyed, giving off
sulphuretted hydrogen. The formation of cyanide in
the black ash is due to the presence of nitrogen in the
mixing slack, and this fac( is utilised in connection with
the recovery of ammonia, by employing a mixing slack,
containing a high percentage of nitrogen. In Dairying
out this invention, the black ash is broken into lumps of
abont three inches diameter, by the travelling crusher
U (Figs. 1, 2, 3), which stands on the top of the " decom-
poser " A, just above the charging hole ». The draw ings
show three cylindrical decomposers A, which arc provided
s
4 k
;L_r
zr
u
i doors
and expense in the further treatment for the manufacture j with close-litting charging dOOM O, ami discharging
of sodium carbonate or hydrate. This invention consists 6. They also contain abed c(Fig. 3) for supporting the
in treating the black ash with superheated steam at 600° | material, the bed being formed by interspaced bar.-, d are
aphi 29. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
291
steam pipes, through which the steam enters the decom-
posera, i'i|"- i being the escape pipes for the gases given
oil, which are conveyed to the condenser D. The
travelling crusher nils the decomposers seriatim. 'When
with the ammonia formed through the pipes e. ^ After
decomposing the cyanides, steam of 1000 to 1200" E, is
allowed to pass through the mass, when the sulphides
are destroyed. The residue in the decomposers, now
r/C 2
r/C3.
■■_—■:■■■;.■: ■.-■■■".r ,i,i.i,.rr:
r
I_i
one decomposer is charged, the door a is closed, and
steam of bW to [100° l'\, passed into it. It rises through
the mass, decomposing the cyanides, and escapes together
completely free from impurities, is worked up in the
usual manner. — S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of White Lead. J.
Warwick, Xeweastleon-Tyne. Eng. Tat. 0»:0, April
29, 1886. Sd.
The process of manufacture, as patented, consists : — 1.
In a method of bringing the lead to be carbonated into a
state of fine division. 2. In exposing the finely-divided
lead to the action of acetic acid, carbonic acid, air and
moisture. 3. In an arrangement for separating the finer
particles of dry white lead, in a state of very tine powder.
4. In a method whereby the separation of the remain-
der of the white lead is effected from any particles
of lead which may have remained unconverted. In the
first stage of the process, melted lead is dropped upon a
rapidlv-revolving disc, fixed on a vertical shaft, so that
the disc revolves in a horizontal plane. The centre of
the disc is slightly raised, so as to make its upper surface
a very obtuse cone. The lead, thus reduced to very line
particles, is rapidly cooled. A circular chamber, fitted
with a central vertical shaft, carrying upon it a series of
circular horizontal shelves, serves for the conversion of
blue lead into white lead. Fixed shelves are attached
to the walls of the chamber, and placed between each of
the revolving shelves, by which arrangement the passage
of anv solid material of gas through the chamber must
! be by a very circuitous route. On the under surface of
the shelves," a series of scrapers is fixed, which cause the
material on the shelves to slowly move towards the centre
or circumference, in such a manner as is required to pass
gradually through the chamber, from top to bottom, and
over every shelf. On its way downwards, the mass meets
with a current of carbonic and acetic acid, air and
moisture moving in the opposite direction. The material
from the carbonating chamber is emptied into a revolving
drum, placed horizontally, where it is broken up by
granite balls. The shaft 'on which the drum ls hung. i-
hollow and perforated within the drum, so that air ni.n
be blown into the drum, whence it escapes into a la
dust chamber. The air carries with it the finest par-
ticles of white lead, which collect in this chamber, as a
very tine and pure preparation. With a view to prevent-
ing the loss of this light powder, the same air is made to
circulate over and over again. After all this light white
lead is removed, the remainder is thrown into water and
ground under edge runners, to completely separate the
white from the blue lead. — S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Bleaching Powder
and in Apparatus for Effecting the Same. J. lirock
and T. Minton, Widnes. Eng. Pat. 7199, May 28,
1886. Sd.
The object of this invention is the absorption and con-
version into bleaching powder of the residual chlorine
292
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [aprfl».U8T.
gas. w liicli remains in the atmosphere of the bleaching
powder chamber, and is not absorbed by the almost
saturated line The inventors propose the treatment of
the chlorine with lime in the form of a line powder
suspended in the atmosphere of tin- chamber, or in other
words, the atmosphere of the clumber is to be charged
with dust of lime, which readily absorl* the chlorine. If
the amount of lime is in proportion with the chlorine in
the atmosphere of the chamber, the resulting product is
of the same strength as the bleaching powder made by
the ordinary pi '88. The apparatus for carrying out
this process consists of a box or casing 1'. (Figs. 1 and 2)
which is inserted into an aperture of the chamber roof
A. C is a hopper at t lie top of the casing, which is
charged with quicklime in line powder. 1> is a valve at
An Improved Process for Obtaining ( haU
of Calcium. 1 A. and K. M. Arthur. Tiverton-on-
Avon. Eng. I'at. 4070, March 23, 1886. 4d.
A SOLUTION of calcium chloride, "resulting from any
process of manufacture of soda involving the n f
ammonia," is converted into calcium sulphate, which is
known commercially as pearl-hardening.— S. li.
^ /
IX.— BUILDING MATEEIALS. CLAYS. MORTARS
AND CEMENTS.
Delune's Drain Pipes, made of Cement Concrete. Rev.
Indust. lNSf>, 7t).
The pipes consist of tw o parts, each part being composed
fl
y.2
the bottom of the hopper, and is worked by a lever
arrangement in order to regulate the rate of How. The
tooth gearing E, F, (J gives motion to the shaft H, which
is armed with blades I, forming a fan, or distiibutor.
Bearings for the shaft are provided upon the casing. The
lower hearing is supported by the tubes K, which are
ranged around the fan. The tubes are open at the
bottom, and there are apertures in them at K ', directed
inwards, so that an upward current is maintained
through the fuhes and out through the apertures K
whenever the fan i- in motion. This current meets the
lime descending from the hopper, passes with it to the
fan, and then issues all around between the tubes K, thus
causing the finely divided lime to pervade every part of
the chamber. Three of these machines will be found
sufficient for a chamber of 100ft. length. — S. H.
of different materials. The low ei i~ made of hard water-
tight concrete, with a perfectly smooth inner surface.
It serves as the gutter. The upper port inn consists of
very permeable concrete, consisting of S— 10 parts
broken stones and 1 part cement, which latter must
be ol a very perfect description. — A. R.
Improved Process, or Meant for Expelling Sulphuric
Acid in Excess from Sulphates and Bisulphites. J.
II Johnson, London. From J. L. Kfessler, Clermont,
France. Eng I'at. 6016, April 10, 1886. (id.
It is proposed to roast the bisulpbate with certain
reducing agents at a low red heat, only t lie " free
tulphunc acid" being thus decomposed. A neutral
sulphate remains.— S. II.
Improvements in t/" Manufacture if Fire Bricks, }■'< tortsi
Crucibles, and other Fire-Ware (-'owls. S. J. Payne,
West Thurrock. Eng. I'at. 3301, March 10, 1886. sd.
The goods are manufactured from a mixture of either
clay, ganister, graphite, millstone grit, flint, sandstone.
sand, loam, spent lime from gasworks, etc. (burnt or'un-
burnt), or of several of these materials with Portland
cement and "slurry." The mixture, brought to a proper
consistency, is moulded by hand or machinery, and
kilned. -E. G.C.
Improvements in Compov ' oating and Finishing
Walls and the like. E.A. Bronson, Nebraska, 1 ,S A.
Eng. Pat. Ui.'.l-'li, I he. 'J I. lSMi. 4d.
Tiik object of this invention is to provide a c position
for coating and finishing walls, which shall be entirely
free from lime, and will not .brink, crack DOT expand.
The constituents of the compound aie plaster-of-Paris,
sand, Keene S cement, glue and marble dust : a suitable
April».i887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
293
colouring matter being added it desired. In applying
the compound to the wall or ceiling, a groundwork or
base of plaster-of-Paris, sand, whiting ami '.'Imp is first
applied and allowed t i set. By the use of this composi-
tion, it is stated that a wall or ceiling is rendered rat and
vermin pro if, a^ well as impervious to moisture and frost
— E. G. C.
Improvement* in the hfanufaclun of London Art.
Asphalt. W. E. Constable, EDg. Pat 3832, March
18, 1886. 4d.
HARD limestone, preferably Derbyshire limestone, is
crashed by edge runners or other suitable machinery, and
heated to 120 — 130' F. in order to remove moisture. It i-
then mixed with refined distilled tar (freed from oil,
creosote and water), and the material thus prepared
Bhould be Btoredfoc about three months. The approxi-
mate proportions are — 1 ton crushed limestone and 12
gallons distilled tar. For the preparation of artificial
asphalt the base material so prepared is mixed with
bitumen, lime and sulphuric acid. — E. «•. C.
An Improved Mode of ', and Apparatus fur, Contin
Manufacturing Portland Cement. W. Sonnet,
Boeckuni, Germany. Eng. Pat 17,098, Dec 30, 1886.
8d.
THE raw materials, properly mixed anil finely ground,
ted upon a sieve of 900 meshes to the square
centimetre, and carried at once, by means of a com eying
worm, into a serpentine channel-shaped furnace ol
peculiar construction, and there burnt. The " burning
furnace is heated to from -2500° to 3000° C, and the raw
material, during its passage through the conveying worm,
is heated to from 100 to 150°. By the use of this inven-
tion the horning of the cement proceeds continu-
ously, moistening, forming into slabs, drying the slabs,
the setting-in of the same, and the drawing out of the
cement-mass while hot from the furnace (as in the old
process), are all dispensed with. The entire mas- t.. !"■
burnt is conveyed automatically to the furnace, ami 7i
per cent, of the burnt mass is carried out automatically,
leaving only 25 per cent, to be removed from the furnace,
"and that easily by hand labour from outside." The
cement produced, will be free from remaining portions of
fuel and raw cement material. Also, the i
manufacture is considerably diminished, while the work-
men are much less exposed to dust and heat than in the
-es heretofore employed. The construction of the
serpentine "channel-furnace" is detailed in the specifi-
cation.—1'.. i ;. c.
X.— METALLURGY. Etc.
Tic Influence of Silicon on tin Properties of I
Site/, l'art I. Thomas Turner. Jonr. Chem. s. c.
1887, 129.
Till- paper is really a continuation of the author's
previous work on cast-iron (Jour. Chem. Soc 1884, p.
260; lss.-,, pp. 474,577, 902; 1886, pp. 130,215, 493;
. /,-„„ ,,i.il Steel Inst 1886, l'art I.: this Journal,
1S86, p. 289), though the present contribution marks a
new departure, and has to do with wrought-iron and
stenl a- distinct from cast-iron. A brief outline of the
work of other observers is given, and it is concluded that
the present state of our Knowledge on this subject is
probably a- follows : —
1. /// Ingot //■■■». — silicon promotes soundness i i'
iiibles carbon in increasing the tenacity and hard-
ness ; it should not exited O'lo per cent, in metal which
has to be rolled; in some cases it produces brittleness
when cold.
■_'. 1 —Silicon promotes soundness; it
is, however, regarded as a necessary evil, and ox
Bhould be avoided, as tending to brittleness and low-
extension ; about 0*3 per cent, is generally recommended.
3. 7/i CVi — A few hundredths percent is
necessary to produce soundness ; it is generally agreed
that considerable quantities of silicon may be prest nl
without injury.
4. Manganese appear- to be capable of neutralising
the ill effects due to silicon. The effect of carbon in
presence of silicon is doubtful, but is probably detri-
mental.
The author has examined tin- effect of silicon on the
purest iron obtainable in commerce. For this purpose
metal was taken from the Bessemer vessel, at the end of
the blow, just before any addition of ferromanganese was
made. This contained 0 0098 per cent of silicon, and
was mixed with different proportions of silicon pi -iron,
containing 10*3 per cent. Si. The mixture remained
quiet in t lie mould when only a few hundredths per cent.
of silicon were aid.-.]. The metal was originally red
short, especially at a dull red heat, though it worked
well at a welding temperature : the red shortness was
increased by silicon. The metal was tough cold, and
welded well, silicon baving little or no influence, silicon
in. leased the elastic limit and tensile strength, but
diminished the elongation and contractu n of area, a few
hundredths per cent, having a remarkable influence in
this respect. The appearance on fracture changed from
finely silky to crystalline, while the hardness increased
with the increase of silicon, but appeared to be closely
connected with the tenacity. With 04 per cent, of
silicon a steel was obtained, difficult to work when hot,
hut tough when cold, capable of being hardened in water,
and giving a cutting edge which resisted hard usage.
The author is indebted for assistance in his work to
Professor Kennedy, Mr. Harhord, and Mr. Walton.
On the Manufacture of Crucible Steel. Y. < '. (',. Miiller.
Stahl it. Eisen, 1886, 704.
It is generally admitted that the best steel for making
tools should not contain any impurities besides carbon ;
mere traces id phosphorus, sulphur and copper being especi-
ally objectionable. These are not especially affected
by the crucible process ; but. on the other hand, silicon
is here of fundamental importance, as it is alwajs taken
up by the steel, except when basic crucibles are used.
The fear with which some metallurgists regard this
element is excessive, considering that the best English
cast-iron may contain as much as 0*5 per cent, of it. It
has been proved, in the Bessemer and Martin process-.
that the addition of a small quantity of silicon prevents
the liberation of the hydrogen, which is always present
in iron. The reduction of the silica may be effected by
carbon or by manganese, according to local circumstances.
Manganese should not be used w hen raw steel contain-
ing very little of it has to be fused in crucibles rich in
carbon. On the other hand, it is advantageous to use
manganese, w hen steel for tools has to be made from raw
Swedish iron, since it refines the iron without loss of
carbon or of gas, and eliminates an excess of manganese
from the steel. The part played by the manganese is
all the more important when there is but little carbon in
the clay used in making the crucibles, for this often does
not contain sufficient to reduce enough silica : hence the
necessity of adding some manganese. The steel for tool-
making manufactured in some of the most renowned
l :-h works contains a- much as 0-25 to 0'35 percent.
manganese, and this can only have been added in the
form of alloys or readily reducible compounds of man-
ganese, when working with rich Swedish pig-iron.
— E. E. D.
improvements in '«• Manufacture of Castings from
wrought-iron and Steel. T. Nordenfelt, London. In
part from <'. <1. WittenstrCm, Stockholm. Sweden.
Eng. Pat 8269*, Jolj -.lss.". id. Amended Specifi-
cation.
The emendation consists in the deletion of the clause
stating that the aluminium may be added at a period
earlier than "when molten and shortly before it is to be
poured." — W. G. M.
fin j.. ling tn the Uniting of Platinum or
thest Mi tnls. 11. II.
Lake, London. From La Societd de I.aminage dn
Nickel, l'aris, France. Eng. Fat. 1473, Feb. 1,1886.
To produce compound plates or w ires of platinum or
silver, or their alloys, with nickel or its alloys, the two
Till: JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CIIKMK'AL INDUSTRY. lApriira, us?.
BQrfacee to l>e united are exactly fitted to ensure perfect
contact throughout : they arc then sprinkled with a
Bui ..iic surface may !«■ electro-plated with a metal
which will act subsequently as a Bolder), heated to a
sufficient temperature, an. I welded by hammering or
rolling. To prevent oxidation of the nickel during the
heating pr as, the plates arc wrapped air-tight in thin
sheet iron envelopes lined with an earthy substance to
prevent adhesi if tic contained metals, these cases
being re ved finalh by scaling or scouring. — W. G.M.
Improvements in (he Method of and Means for Ex-
tracting (In- Tin from Tinned Sheet Metal Cuttings
in/ Mr, ins of Hydrochloric Arid (Jus. F. Bosshardt,
Manchester. From S. Montague, Nantes, France.
Km.', l'at. 2S(>5, Feh. 27, 1SM5. Sd.
THE cuttings are heated to 130 — 1(50J C. by steam in a
closed vessel, into which hydrochloric acid gas is led
from an adjacent generator.; by this means the tin
i> completely converted into stannous chloride, the latter
being washed away by water pumped into the vessel from
above, ami distributed through a rose jet. Thesolution
of chloride is treated with zinc, or in any convenient
manner for separating the tin. The scrap iron, denuded
completely of tin, may be worked up into bars.
— W. G. M.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Open Hearth Steel.
W. 1'enrose and W. Hackney, Swansea. Fng. Pat.
4.530, April 1, 1SS6. Sd.
The object of this patent is to lessen the time required
to work an open-hearth charge, by facilitating the
oxidation of the metalloids. This is effected by granu-
lating the pig-iron, mixing with it a suitable propor-
tion of an oxide ore, and introducing the charge, with or
without admixture of lime, through apertures in the
furnace roof. The quantity of oxide must he so calcu-
lated that the decarbonisation shall be complete at the
moment when the metal is melted and at the requisite
temperature for tapping. — W. G. M.
A New Manufacture of Fibrous Iron. A. de Laude
Long, Stockton-on-Tees, and R. Howson, Middles-
brough. Eng. Pat. 5527, April 21, 1S86. (id.
MILD steel with any suitable percentage of carbon is
granulated, then balled np in a furnace with a cinder
Bottom, squeezed and subsequently treated as puddled
iron. During the working of the slag hearth, a portion
of the slag becomes worked into the metal, and thus a
fibrous iron or steel may be prepared from a mild steel.
— AY. G. M.
reduced to a thin wash, the patentees mix a large
quantity of decaying vegetable matter, such as cabbage
or potatoes, with the ordinary lubricants employed for
suchpurpoi.es, such as animal fat, pitch, etc., with OI
without plumbago and whitening. — W. L. C.
Improved Means Applicable fox Vsi in Extracting Oils
by Volatile Solvents. A. W. Macllwaine. Fng. l'at.
3644, March 15, 1S86. 4d.
To avoid the deterioration in colour produced in some
oils, especially rape-seed, by the use of iron vessels and
pipes for this operation, the patentee claims the use of
vessels made of or lined with lead or other suitable metal
or alloy. — \V. L. C.
Improve in ruts in Ajiparatus for Sijm ruling Mineral or
oilier Uih from Oils or Substances of different
Specific Gravities. A. F. Craig, Paisley, A. Nelson,
and J. Snodgrass, Inkermann, N.B. Fng. Pat. 3740,
March 17, 18S6. 8d.
Tins apparatus is of the centrifugal class, and comprises
a rotating vessel having impermeable sides, which may
be placed with its axis in any position, though the
vertical is preferable. The oleaginous mixture to be
operated upon, may he supplied so as, when thrown by
the centrifugal action against the sides of the vessel, to
proceed either upwards or downwards. An annular
channel is arranged by the flaring of the sides of the
rotating vessel at the larger end with one or more outlet
passages. Further description would be unintelligible
An Improved Lubricating Compound. T. L. Wade,
Glasgow. Fng. Pat. 4404, March 29, 1SS6. 4d.
C.\s i in; on,, sperm oil and mineral oil, are mixed in
varying proportions, and heated by steam in an air-tight
tank provided with a low level air inlet and an air out-
let. Air is exhausted from the surface of the oil, and
this causes a violent current of air to pass through the
hot oil, thus removing all traces of moisture. — W. I.. C.
XI.— FATS, OILS. AND SOAP MANUFACTURE.
Improvements in the Preparation of Emulsions of
Vegetable, Animal, and Mineral Oils, of Solid
Paraffins, Waxes, and Fatty Substances, and of
Liquids which are insoluble or but partially ot
slightly soluble in Water. A. Blackie, Wadhurst.
Eng. Pat. 3266, .March 11, lSSti. (3d.
I'm: vegetable or animal oils, and for chloroform and
similar liquids slightly soluble in water, the patentee
prepare- a solution of gelatin or size, containing 4oz.
drv material to the gallon, and in 12 parts by weight of
this, l part of an alkaline carbonate or phosphate is
dissolved. With this, when cool enough, from 24 to 36
parts of the oil or other liquid are incorporated. For
mineral oil- benzoline, naphtha, etc., ]|l> of soft soap
i> dissolved in a gallon of water, and lie/, of size are
added. The use of alkaline sulphides, or of arsenic
dissolved in glycerin, in connection with these emulsions
when used for destroying parasites, is also claimed.
— W. L. C.
An Improved Lubricating Composition. 15. J. Hicks
ami .1. Kirkwood, Middlesbrough. Fng. Put. 3518,
March 12, 1888 »;,!.
In order to absorb the heat of friction in the bearings of
heavy machinery, whereby the lubricant is often
XII.— PAINTS, VARNISHES, AND RESINS.
New Caustic Powders for the Ecmoral of Paint and
other Deposits, applicable also for Cleansing and
Disinfecting Purposes. Baron de Liebhaber, London.
Eng. Pat. 4737, April 5, INSO. (id.
These powders, designated under the generic name of
"Tologen" consist essentially of lime and alkaline
compounds. ( 1 ) Caustic Tologen : Ground quicklime in
sufficient quantity is evenly distributed in a strong
Bodium hydrate solution, and the mass heated. On
cooling it becomes solid and pulverulent. (2) Sodic
Tologen : It consists of a mixture of sodium carbonate
and quicklime iu suitable proportions. (3) Oxalic
Tologen: It is prepared by mixing potassium bioxalate
with quicklime, to which some sodium carbonate may
be added, if its action is desired to be less energetic.
(4) Chlorinated Tologen : It is obtained by mixing
quicklime with a solution of sodium or potassium hypo-
chlorite. (5) Prussic Tologen : It is a mixture of quick-
lime with potassium cyanide solution. — S. 11.
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, AND SIZE.
Iinpron no tils in the Manufacture of Tannin and
Similar Vegetable Extracts, ami in Apparatus
Employed therein. A. Moraml, Philadelphia, U.S.A.
Fng. l'at. 1392, March 29, 1886. 8d.
The patentee cuts the wood at an angle across the grain
into slices 3mm. thick, which arc removed from the
cutting machine by a Mower which granulates the wood
and drives it through a tube to a scries of bins, from
which it can be dropped into tanks. These, which may be
from ten to twenty in number, are made with false bottoms
and provided overhead with sprinklers. In these the
wood is placed and extracted by percolation, the liquor
from the first tank being pumped over the next, and so
April».l887.] TIIK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CIIKMrCAL INDUSTRY.
295
on, till in the lust it percolates through fresh wood ami
passes away, of maximum Btrength. The water used is
at a temperature of 90°, and a small percentage of
sulphuric of hydrochloric acid i- added, either to the
fresh water or by sprinkling in one of the tanks. One
tank is continuously out of use whilst being emptied oi
refuse and refilled, and when the lir-t tank is exhausted
comes into use as the strongest of the series. The liquor
i> next neutralised by an alkaline solution of casein
(one part carbonate of soda to fifty parts casein), which
i> thus precipitated as a hue Qocculent precipitate carry-
ing down with it the impurities. It is next forced
through a filter press and evaporated in vacuo to 25 or
30*. Any similar clarifying agent may replace the
casein — e.g., albumen. — It. L. W.
An Improved Leather Polish. J. H. G. Langenhagen,
Lcipsic, Germany. Eng. Pat. 17,020, Dec 29, 1886.
4d.
MINERAL fats or mixtures of mineral fats and wax,
being little absorbed by leather, whilst vegetable and
animal fats turn rancid, the patentee proposes the follow-
ing mixture, the speciality of which is the use of oil of
turpentine to secure absorption and preserve gloss : —
40 per cent. Carnauba wax, 1 per cent, steatite, 30 per
cent, oil of turpentine, •"> per cent, aniline (nigrosine), 2
per cent. Congo-black, S per cent, almond oil, 4 per cent.
beeswax and 10 per cent, ozokerit.— K. L. W.
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
Treating Barley with Sulphurous Acid. H. Eckenroth.
Chem. Zeit. H, 110.
When old barley is treated with sulphurous acid it
assumes a fine yellow colour, and can be mistaken for
new barley. Such treatment is injurious to the germi-
nating power, but has recently been practised to a con-
siderable extent in Germany, inasmuch as 60 per cent, of
the samples examined contained sulphur. They were
tested by steeping the barley for a quarter of an hour in
hot water, and adding zinc and hydrochloric acid to the
aqueous extract, the presence of sulphur being soon
indicated by the evolution of hydrogen sulphide.
— D. A. L.
Value nf Superphosphate for Sugar-Beet. A. Nautier,
Bied. Centr. 15, 742—744.
THESE experiments were instituted to investigate the
value of manuring with superphosphate on certain soils,
i in a soil containing per cent. : — P,06, 034 ; N, 0'17 :
K.i l, 0*53, and which had received a dressing of 35,000
kilos, of farmyard manure per hectare in the autumn, eleven
plots were arranged ; one remained unmanured, three
received 75kiloa. of nitrogen per hectare, in the form of
l 'hili saltpetre, ammonium sulphate, and oil-cake respec-
tively. On six other plots the same series of nitrogenous
manures was twice repeated ; once with addition of
7SkiloB., and once with loOkilos. of soluble phosphoric acid
per hectare. The eleventh plot received phospho-gu'ano
equivalent to 75kilos. of soluble organic nitrogen and
75kilos. soluble phosphoric acid per hectare. An increase
in the weight of crop was obtained with the phospho-
guano on all the nitrate of soda plots ami also on the
ammonium sulphate pint-, except where the loOkilos. of
phosphoric acid was used in addition. On the other
hand, the quality of the roots as regards sugar was so
Eoor that only in one case (where nitrate of soda had
cen used alone) did the increase in value even cover the
cost of the manure. The superphosphate, in fact, proved
valueless in these experiments. Experiments on a
poorer soil containing percent: — P=0.-„ 0 08: N, 0 17:
K..O, 042, gave different results, for in all cases phos-
phoric acid, either as soluble, citrate soluble, or
insoluble, although it did not give such heavy crops as in
the above experiments, improved the quality to such an
extent as to more than cover the cost of manure. For
example — with 75kilos. of phosphoric acid per hectare as
superphosphate the gain was 64*2 francs, with 76kiloe,
as natural insoluble phosphate SCO francs, and with
225kilos. as natural insoluble phosphate, the quantity
equivalent in money value to the 7.">kilos. of phosphoric
acid as superphosphate, the gain was 4! 10 francs.
—I). A. L.
Manurial Experiments with Basic Slag and other
Phosphates ">i ./.'</> Crops. M. Sievert. Hied. Centr.
15, 744—74-..
Foi B plots of equal extent were manured with 30
pounds pet morgen (0'255 hectare) of phosphoric acid
in four different forms and 10$ pounds per morgen of
nitrogen as ammonium sulphate, or in the case of bone-
meal the nitrogen already present was made op to |o
pounds with ammonium sulphate. Comparing the
harvest results, and taking the yield from basic Blag at
100, bone-meal yielded 11C06, superphosphate 120*09,
curacao-phosphate 11304. The prolit per mark outlay
for this increase in crop was in the case of bone-meal
j 36 marks, of superphosphate 32 marks, of curacao-
phosphate 0#2 marks. — D. A. L.
in Wheat Cultivation by the injudicious use of
Cupper Sulphate n.s a Preventative against Mildew. P.
Grassman. Bied. Centr. 15, 766 — 774.
To prevent mildew in wheat, it is customary to treat the
seed with copper sulphate. Kiihn has given directions
for the application of this salt, hut in practice, in spite
of these directions, the quantities of sulphate employed
and the mode of treatment, vary considerably : conse-
quently the success of the treatment, in many cases,
becomes very questionable. The author has taken the
matter in hand, and from the standpoint that the object
in view is the destruction of the mildew fungus without
injury to the vitality of the wheat, has investigated the
effect of thestrength of copper sulphate solution employed
and the result of delay in sowing after the seed has
been treated : — 1. On the germinating energy or rate
of germination. 2. On the germinating power or total
proportion of germinating seeds. 3. On the proportion
of sickly seedlings. And it is seen that any increase
in strength of the solution, or any delay in time of
sowing the treated seed, weakens the germinating
energy, decreases the number of germinating seeds
and increases the proportion of sickly seedlings (root-
less or with diseased roots). Even with one pound of
copper sulphate to 30 centners of seed wheat (one cent-
ner = 100 pounds), the germinating energy is reduced 225
per cent., and the sickly seedlings increase 0'25 per cent. ;
with 20 pounds to 20 centners, the germinating energy
is nil, whilst all seedlings are sickly. It is, therefore,
recommended not to use more than three pounds of copper
sulphate per 20 centneis of seed grain, and to allow the
grain to soak from 12 to 16 hours, removing any floating
grai«s, as diseased grains are always light : finally, to
sow the macerated seed without much delay ; if possible,
within 24 hours. — D. A. L.
Development of the Sugar-beet. A. Girard. Count.
Rend. 102, 1324—1327, 1489—1402, 1565— 1S67; 103.
72—74, 150—162.
NUMEROUS observations have been made on the develop-
ment of the different parts of the sugar-beet plant, and of
the composition of the plants at various stages of growth
during the period of moist active vegetation. A table is
given, showing the relation the weights of the leaves,
stem, root and rootlet, to the weight of the whole
plant at the various stages of growth. On June S the
proportion per cent, was: — Leaves, S31 ; stem, 6'8 ; root-,
101; then follows a period when the proportion of the
roots decreases, whilst the leaves increase considerably,
and the stem steadily, so that on July 15, the leaves form
68 5, the stem 29*5, and the roots and rootlets, 20 per
cent. During the last two months, the weight of roots
and rootlets, and of the leaves, increases only very
slightly, especially the latter, whilst the stem increases
considerably, hence on October 1, the proportion stands i
leaves, 352 : stem, 633 ; roots and rootlets, 1 .">. Under
normal meteorological conditions, however, the increase
of these various parts and also of their various con-
THE JOURNAL or THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29.KST.
':'"" "<\ (woody fibre, Bolnble organic and mineral
matters) is generally regular. But under certain climatic
conditions, the ts become quickf] w ly, and then
tin.- i- accompanied by a rapid increase in the weight of
the stem and considerable fluctuation in the quantity of
Bugarin the leaves, although the sugar already stored
"■ decrease. From the earliest stages, the sugar
beet plant contains sugar ; even when it weighs scarcely
Igrm. it contains l-5 per cent., and during active growth,
under the influence ol sunlight, sugar forme in the leaves,
passing through tbe stem to the root, while mineral
matters and water taken fr the soil by the rootlets,
travel up the Btem to the leaves.— D. A. L.
Process of Treating Phosphatic Earths
and Mocks for tin Manufacture of tcrtilisers there-
's. B. Powton, Kingston, Jamaica. En".
Pat. 5034, April lo, 1886. 6d.
PHOSPHATIC MINERALS, which are mainly composed of
phosphates of iron and alumina, have thus far not hern
successfully worked \i i ► as superphosphates, owing to ihe
fact that the product of the treatment with sulphuric
aeid remained in a sticky, gummy state, which would not
dry, and could not lie -round. This process converts the
alumina into alum, and combines the phosphoric acid with
June, whereby the mass is rendered dry and granular.
The mode of proceeding is as follows :— The ground
mineral is mixed with water, and an alkaline base, such
as eoda, potash or lime. Sulphuric acid is then added,
and the mass stirred for s e time. After thoroughly
mixing, the mass is poured out, when it will dry naturally,
and granulate in a line powder, owing to the formation
of an alum and calcium sulphate, both of which combine
chemically with the water present in the fertiliser.
-S. H.
XV.-SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
Extraction of Sugar Cane by means of Diffusion.
Dingl. Polyt. ,1. 262. 47S-479.
Tins paper is an extract from a report on methods and
machinery for the application of diffusion to the extrac-
tion of sugar cane, by II. W. Wiley, who has recently
inspected several sugar works in France and Spain for
the United States Government. The beet diffusion
works at Abbeville in France, being regarded as one of
the best of the kind, are described in detail in the report,
which is illustrated by a number of useful diagrams of
the plant and machinery employed. With regard to
cutting-machines, it is shown that the best results are
obtained with cane chips, which are fr 2 to 3mm. in
thickness, being at the same time nicely grooved. This
i- -Inn,, bj adjusting lite edges of the knives in a certain
manner. At the works at Almeria, the diffusion battery
consists of 14 vessels, each vessel holding 25 .hectolitres
and containing a charge of li'lokilos. of cane chips. From
these 13'5 hectolitres of juice are obtained, or ill litres
from 100 kilos, of canes. Ilnring the diffusion process, a
temperature of 80—90 is maintained' in all the vessels,
which is said to facilitate the extraction, without injur-
ing the colour of the juice. The exhausted chips are
exposed to the atmosphere until putrefaction sets in.
They are then used for manuring purpi see. To use them
a- fuel would necessitate partial drying. Experiments
boVi n that almost all the sugar present in the sugar
cane Can be r< adily extracted by diffusion. With a pro-
perlj constructed cutting machine and a sufficient number
of ■, easels, the treated chips should not contain more than
nl to 0'2 per cent, of BUgar, whilst the crushed cane,
from which the juice has been extracted by pressure,
contains about 3"63 per o nt. of sugar, At Tore del Mar
the juice is expressed from the canes, and tbe bagasse
subjected to diffusion. The exhausted bagasse i- placed
inure pits one metre in depth and then madi dp
in heaps two metres above the mm face of the ground, and
covered with earth and the refuse from a distillery in
connection with these works. After a year a valuable
manure is obtained, which is sold to farmers.— 1). B.
The . [pplicability of t ;,„,/, nst 'I Steam frt >n Sugar Works
for Steam-boiler Purposes. C. stammer. Dingl. Polyt.
J. 263. 189 -193.
Db. CLAASSEN [Deutsche Zuckerindvsirie, 1886, No. 10)
expressed bis opinion that the prest me of sugar in water
used for feeding steamhoili i - caused col rosions of the
boiler plates, owing to the formation of fatty acids as
products of the decomposition of the sugar. He col-
lected a brown powder from a boiler of a sugar works,
that was led with condensed steam, and found it to con-
tain 11 per cent, organic matter, 0 per cent, of which
were of an aeid nature. The acid hail entered intocum
lunation with iron. Without examining these organic
acids any further, Claassen concluded that they were
products of decomposition derived from the sugar,
although a direct test of the feed water villi Fehling's
si liition showed the absence of sugar. Stammer cannot
but condemn results which were obtain* d in this nnscien-
tilic manner. He dors not deny the corrosion, but
thinks that the acids were more likely fatty acids which
found their way into the boiler from the lubricators usi d
for the steam cylinder, packing, and so forth. If con-
densed steam could be kept free from fatty matter, it is
certainly the best kind of water for steam boiler pur-
poses, but as fatty matter is only too likely to be carried
into the boiler, a .counteracting agent must be introduced
along with it, in order to avoid injury to I he plates. The
addition of sodium carbonate, lime or lime water can
he highly recommended as cheap and effective. 1 he
author does not contend the possibility that sugar or its
products of decomposition may be injurious to boiler
plates, but he thinks it rash to blame sugar for corrosions
if it cannot even be detected in the feed-water. — 8. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Caramel. (.'. W.
N. Wallace, Sonthwark, and ('. J. H. Barry, Camber-
well. Eng. Pat. 4670, April 3, 1 SS<>. 4d.
Tiiesk consist in heating a mixture of sugar and
dilute acid at about 200° F. for some hours, adding a
slight excess of sodium carbonate, and evaporating to the
required consistency. — G. 11. M.
XVI.-BEEWING, WINES, SPIRITS, Etc.
Studies on Diastase. C. H. Lintner. J. l'rakt. Chun.
34, ISSO", :S78— 394.
Thk author lias endeavoured to isolate pure diastase.
The various methods used for preparing it were accom-
panied by a quantitative determination of the efficiency
of the diastase obtained, as the degree of sachaiilication
must be looked upon as an important criterion, both of
the value of the method and of the purity of the sub-
stance. To determine the efficiency of the diastase,
Kjedahl uses starch made soluble by extract of malt at
50 . Tbe author, however, linds that this solution gives
no reliable results, and replaces the malt by hydrochloric
acid. In order to obtain lOOcc. of the test solution,
•Jgims. air-dried potato starch are weighed into a bottle,
mixed with lOcc. of a /..th p.c. hydrochloric acid solution,
and about 60CC. water, and the corked bottle heated ;ii
100' in the watt r-bath. After the lapse of half-an-hour
the starch dissolves, and though the solution is opales-
cent, it is perfectly mobile and hardly reduces Fehling's
solution, thus i p.uing fauiuiaUy with Kjoiiahl's
Starch solution. The acid is exactly neutralised with
lOce. of a ,',,th per cent, caustic soda solution, and the solu-
tion made up to lOOcc If a large number of determina-
tions is to be made, it is advisable to prepare large
quantities of soluble starch, and weigh oil' the amount
required in i acta case. To this end, a certain quantity of
best potato starch is mixed with hydrochloric acid of 7 •">
pei cent Btrength, so thai the acid layer covers the starch.
After standing seven days at the ordinary temperature
of the air, or three days at 40 , the starch loses its
April so. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
297
power of forming a paste. Itia washed by decantation
with ('"hi water until absolutely freed from acid, the
water drawn off completely, and i lie residue dried. This
starch is easily soluble to a clear fluid in hot water. Two
percent, solutions remain clear or slightly opalescent for
several days. Concentrated (10 per cent.) .solutions
gelatioiaeon cooling. Fehling'ssolutionishardly reduced.
Todeterminethediostatic action of maltI25grms. of finely-
powdered cured mall or well-macerated green malt are
brought on a filter and extracted with SOOcc. water, and the
filtrate cleared by pouring hack three or tour times on to
the filter. Into each one of 10 tsst tubes lOcc. of the teal
solution— viz., 2grms. starch in lOOcc. water — are intro-
duced, and into each consecutive test tube 01, 0 2, 0'3,
etc., to LOcc. extract of malt solution arc respectively
added : the diastase is allowed to act for one hour. See.
Fehling'a solution are now brought into each test tube,
all of which are then placed in boiling water for 10
minutes. The tube in which all cupric oxide has just
been reduced is then selected, and the diastatic value of
the above extract determined; the fermentative power of
a malt extract may he taken at 100, when, under the
above circumstances, 0 lcc. of an extract of 25grms. malt
with SOOcc. water reduces 5cc. Fehling's solution.
Preparation of Diastase. — Green malt from barley is
most suitable for obtaining diastase. Air-dried mall
may also be used. Cured malt is not practicable. The
author recommends the following as the best method of
preparing diastase : — 1 part green malt from barley or
sifted air-dried malt is treated with 2 — 4 parts of 20 per
cent, alcohol for at least 24 hours; the extract in the
filtrate is precipitated by adding 2— 2j times the volume
of absolute alcohol ; the diastase is quickly filtered,
macerated with absolute alcohol, again filtered and
washed with the latter, then macerated with absolute
ether, and after filtering dried in vacuo over sulphuric
acid. After thoroughly drying the diastase in this
manner, it is obtained as a loose yellowish- white
powder of great efficiency. Before using, it must
be well macerated with a little water. To prepare pure
diastase the latter raw product is dissolved in water,
precipitated and allowed to stand some time with
alcohol, when it is washed with ether and dried,
this process being repeated several times, in order to
render the albuminous substance insoluble. Inorganic
substances adhere most persistently to diastase; even
after six precipitations, there were still 10 per cent, of the
former, consisting chiefly of neutral calcium phosphate.
Five per cent, were removed by dialysis ; the remaining
five consisted of pure calcium phosphate. Certain in-
teresting relatious existing between the quantity of
nitrogen and the diastasis action of various substances
are given.
The author, contrary to Payen and Persoz, shows
diastase to be a nitrogenous body. No higher percentage
than 104 (calculated on substance free of ash) is it pos-
sible to reach by purifying the ordinary diastase. An
analysis gave numbers which show that the composition
of diastase differs considerably from that of the albu-
minous substances (C = 40"(iG. H=7'35, X = 1041, and
.S=1'12 per cent, respectively) (calculated on the
substance free from ash). Bat the composition is similar
to that of other ferments, such as pancreatic ferments,
invertin, and emulsiu. From this it may he concluded
that chemical ferments belong to a special class of protein
Bubstances.
Diastase gives almost all the reactions of albuminoids
but the one so characteristic of peptones — viz., the biuret
reaction. One reaction, which no other protein body
shows, diastase gives most distinctly — viz., the reaction
with alcoholic guaiacum tincture. One drop of a solu-
tion of diastase causes an intense blue colouration,
which appears within a few minutes, even if traces are
present. In conclusion, the author thinks that though
differing in composition, diastase shows considerable
similarity to the albuminous bodies. Since the largest
amount of diastase is produced during germination, and
the latter process must, to a certain extent, be looked
upon as one of oxidation, it does not seem improbable
that diastase is an oxidation product of certain protein
substances. — A. K.
Improvements in Apparatus and Modi of Holding or
Containing Bicarbonate of Soda for Generating Car-
c Acid Gas, to be used in Aerating and Causing to
Flow from the Barrel Draught Ale or otha B
W. A. How, New Maiden, Surrey. Eng. Pat. 4194,
March 25, 1886. Sd.
A CYLnTBBIi \i Btoneware jar contains an inverted hell
jar, to the top of which a tap is fixed for the admission
of air and the escape of any pas generated. The hell-jar
contains an arrangement for holding in its place sodium
bicarbonate in a bag of textile material, or a separate
holder with perforated sides. — S. II.
Improvements in the "Manufacture of Yeast. \V. S.
Squire, London. Eng. Pat. .">4.'i7, April 20, 1SS0. 4d.
The yeast is grown in a mixture of a solution of " pep.
Ionised maltose (Eng. Pat 11,935, 1885; this Journal,
1SS6, r>42) ami spent wash and wort, prepared by boiling
maize, buckwheat or rice with water containing a
little acid. The acid is neutralised with an alkali, the
grain, together with the water in which it has been
boiled, added, to either ground malt alone or ground
malt mixed with ground raw grain, and mashed
at 140° F. for an hour and a half. The clear spent wash
from a previous distillation is added to this in such a
proportion that the mixture shall have a sp. gr. of 1040.
— G. H. M.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Aerated or Gaseous
Waters or Beverages. J. C. Mewburh, London. From
E. Bourcond, Madrid, Spain. Eng. Pat. 5634, April
29, 1886. 4d.
Tins invention consists in the employment of nitrogen
gas in the manufacture of aerated beverages. The
nitrogen is obtained from the air by the withdrawal
of oxygen therefrom by means of phosphorus. The gas
is first purified by passing through a weak solution of
sodium hydrate, and then injected at a suitable pressure
into the water or liquid to be aerated or rendered
gaseous, — S. H.
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY. DISIXfECTAXTS, Etc.
(A) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
Improvements in the Treatment of Rennet. C. Hansen,
Copenhagen, Denmark. Eng. Pat. 2909, March 1,
1SS6. 6d.
The rennet ferment is precipitated in such a manner as
to contain substances, such as pepsin or peptonised
matters, which are themselves inert and protect the
rennet subsequently from the effects of the atmosphere.
After admixture with salt, sugar or other substance
which is both inert and soluble in water, the precipitated
material is pressed into a solid mass of such a size that
each piece shall contain a fixed quantity of rennet,
the necessity of weighing being thus dispensed with.
The requisite number of pieces are dissolved in water
prior to being added to the milk. — C. C. 11.
Poisoning Sheep by Sorrel. Biermann. Bicd. Centr. 15,
85S.
Out of twenty sheep put to graze on an oat-stubble
field, where there was a considerable growth of sorrel
seven were taken ill, and of these two
died.— D. A. L.
Sinijile Method of Preserving Hay or After-Math. \Y.
Wagner. Bied. Centr. 15. 860.
Tiik author recommends ensiling under pressure. He
ad. Is that the sweet silage is eaten readily by cattle,
whereas sour silage increases the yield of milk.
— D. A. L.
290
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (April a, 1887.
itiotu Value of somt Edible Fungi. C. T. Moerner.
Zeits. t'iir Physiol. Cheni. 10- 503 516.
In these investigations onl) those parts of the fungus
nsuall] eaten were experimented upon. The fungi
employed and the Bcope of the experiments will he Been
from the following table of results :
A Nil'- or Improved System of Treatment of Sewage.
I'. II. Danchell, Maidstone. Eng. Pat 2439, Feb. 19,
1SS<>. fid.
'I'm sewage is defecated, the resulting sludge filter-
pressed, and, lastly, carboni.-c. I in retorts. It not suffi-
ciently rich in carbonaceous matter, Bnbstances such as
1.1! IS Xami .
OS procerus Scop. ...
campestris (Hut.)
campostris (Fuss)
l,ucturius delieiosus
torminosus Fr.
CantharelluB cibarius Fr —
Boletus edulis Bull
(Fuss)
„ scuber Fr (Hut.i
luteus .
Polyporus ovinus Fr. .
Hyilmim imbricatum
,, repandum ....
Sparossis crispa
Morchella esculcnta —
Lycoperdon Bovista Fr.
Common n imi:
Mushrooms
Cantharellus.
Boletus (various)
Polyporus
'„ h f
■ Ilydnum -
Sparassis
Edible Moril
Common Lycoperdon
Xm is pan i knt. Dry Mittbu.
Soluble in
.in-'
Juice.
0-28
n :r.
Oil)
Oil
11-17
oos
ii -id
on
o-is
0-12
0-22
008
008
Ol.i
009
0-22
Juice.
-71
329
2 7S
1-20
0-79
0 71
101
1-63
1-1S
0-87
018
012
077
108
037
1-97
313
Album
i'
.i.i.
■J'.i'.i
3 61
2-S8
1-11
0-96
079
210
170
1-liij
099
070
0-50
0S5
1-23
0-1G
219
313
v •
Di
1-27
117
1-09
105
roo
no
ii-i;.-,
0-67
0'So
0G2
1-06
084
0 76
1 .v.
010
1-90
270
J -21
1-89
101
251
I'M
2-29
2-73
2-35
251
1-71
1-77
l-3o
1-59
2-78
0-97
118
579
ttire . r
Non-
Albumi
DOid.
202
219
1-98
060
O-.iS
010
111
0-9o
0-58
018
0 71
0-1.5
0-9C
0-71
021
081
2-10
fi-23
7-38
602
311
2*S2
9-69
3*87
3-30
312
2-19
2-51
ISO
3-55
3-;.2
1-18
1-99
8-19
In the digestive experiment9, the substance was first
treated with gastric juice, then the insoluble residue
was treated with pancreatic juice, the finally insoluble
portion being the indigestible matter, The average per-
centage nf aftuminoids present in the dry matter is 1 57,
of which over half ($■" per cent.) is digestible, and there-
fore on this basis, the nutritious value of these fungi is
very mar that of cabbage -with 1 :{•."> per cent, of albu-
minoids in the dry matter, anil much below that of most
other fresh articles of food, whether animal or vegetable.
— D.A. L.
IB) SANITARY CHEMISTRY.
Microscopic Flora in Sulphur Springs. L. Olivier.
Compt. Rend. 103. 556—559.
ORGANISMS have been observed in all cold or warm
Bulphnrous spring waters examined by the author, even
iii those "I a temperature of 55 ; in fact, the organisms
can withstand a temperature of nearly 70. In cold
water-, the onanisms are Leptothrix, in filaments of
colourless cellsj whilst in warm water, they consist of
uni-, hi- or, at the most, quadri-cellular bacilli. Some
are elongated, Bome resemble bacteria ; their mem-
brane- contain an iron salt. They form in a somewhat
slimv. fiocky, grey or colourless mass, which adheres to
the Btones, and contains microscopic crystals of sulphur
and other inorganic matter. Both the warm and cold-
water organisms contain granule- of sulphur in their
cells, and exert a reducing action on the sulphates
present in the waters. The form of the warm-water
organisms varies with the physical conditions, hence
the) api tar longer at lower temperatures. In an experi-
ment with the slimy matter from Mann sulphur springs,
long filaments were developed in 20 days at the ordinary
temperature, consequently the elements of Leptothrix
cells are present in the slimy matter. —I). A. L.
sawdust, peat, blood or offal, etc., are previously mixed
therewith. The carbon, after carbonisation, the patentee
terms " eharcoaline, ' and proposes to use it either for
the purification of sewage or the decolouration and
purification of water, sugar, vinegar, etc.— C. C. H.
Improvements in Treating Sewage and Making Cement.
.1. B. Ilannav, Glasgow. Eng. Pat. 3'.'17, March 8,
1886. 4d.
Lime or carbonate of lime is added to the sewage in
conjunction with clay; the resulting sludge is dried by
evaporation, heated to redness, cooled, and ground.
— C. C, H.
Improvements relating to the Purification of Water,
('. NY. Burton, Nogent; F. T. Moison, Moiiy, France
Eng. Pat. :i7:w, .March 16, 1886. (id.
Calcined dolomite is employed, cither in conjunction
with or without carbonate or oxalate of baryta, for the
removal of carbonate or sulphates held in solution in a
water.- -C. C. II.
XYIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
Improvements in the Method of Depolarising 1
Batteries. A. C. Benderson, London. From E Bazin,
Paris, France. Fug. Pat. 3577, March IS, lsso\ lid.
In order to prevent polarisation, the inventor makes use
of carbon discs mounted upon a rod, suspended in bear-
ings over the cells at BUCh a height, that part only of the
discs dips into the batten solution. The rod is made to
rotate l.v means of an electro-motor, driven by the
current from two or three of the elements, and try its
rotation il brings fresh surface-- of carbon into contact
with the liquid.— B. T.
April 29, 1887] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
299
Improvements in Electro-plating Appdratus. A. ['.
Harris, Walsall. Eng. Pat. :t074, March 1C, 1880. 4.1.
To prevent the suspending wires or hooks of electro-
plating baths becoming coated with a metallic deposit,
the inventor covers these wires with an insulating varnish
of enamel, imliarnhher or other suitable insulator.
— B. T.
Improved Means for Producing Ozone and Hydrogen
suitable for Bleaching Purposes. J. H. Johnson,
London. From K. Hermite, Paris, France. Eng.
Pat. 3956, .March 20, 1886. Sd.
TrtK patentee has found that when sulphate of soila,
sulphate of potash, caustic soda, potash or baryta,
either pure or in a state of mixture, are subjected to
electrolysis, using an unattackable or in-corrodible
positive electrode such as platinum or carbon with a
negative electrode of mercury or an amalgamated metal
such as copper, tin, zinc or iron, an amalgam of the
metal set tree is obtained at the negative pole, while
ozone or ozonised oxygen is obtained at the positive
pole. If the passage of the current be interrupted,
or the apparatus short-circuited, the water is decomposed
by the amalgam with abundant evolution of nascent
hydrogen. The inventor applies these reactions to
bleaching purposes by utilising this ozone and nascent
hydrogen, and makes use of an apparatus constructed
and arranged as follows : — A layer of mercury at the
bottom of a tank or cistern is connected with the
negative pole of an electric generator; at a short distance
from the layer of mercury is situated the positive
electrode, constituted by one or more plates of platinum
or carbon perforated with holes to facilitate the escape
of gases. The trough is afterwards filled up with a
solution of any of the substances before referred to. The
materials to be bleached are immersed in this solution,
where they are acted on by the ozone, the ozonised
oxygen or the nascent hydrogen produced, the alkaline
or earthy alkaline metals produced being absorbed by
the mercury in the process of electrolysis. Other modifi-
cations are described. — J. H.
Improvemi tits in Electric Set xmdai t/ or Sioragi Batterii .
YY. Taylor, London. Eng. Pat. 62S7, May 10, InnO.
8d.
To produce a very light electrode, a leaden frame is
used with several vertical partitions ; the spaces between
these are bridged across bv numerous horizontal leaden
bands, corrugated so as to hold firmly the active material,
which is placed between them. A small space is left
near the top of the frame to allow expansion by buI-
phating to go on without injury. The active material
may, when formed, be perforated, to allow of free cir-
culation of the liquid, and reduce the weight of the
electrode. A short piece of copper is soldered to the
electrode for a terminal ; suitable copper bars are let
into opposite sides of the top of the box, and to these
the terminals of the electrode - are si Idered. — E. T.
Improved Means for Producing Chlorine Compounds
suitable for Bleaching Purposes. J. H. Johnson,
London. From E. Hermite, 1'aris. Eng. Pat. :W57,
March 20, 1SS0. Sd.
The inventor employs an apparatus similar to the one
described in Eng. Pat. 3956 (preceding abstract) for the
electrolysis of chlorides of the alkali or alkaline earth
metals. An amalgam of the alkali with the mercury i>
formed at the negative pole, while chlorine compounds
are obtained at the opposite pole. The goods are
immersed as in the previous patent, and are bleached
by the oxygen compounds of chlorine evolved. — J. H.
Improvements in Galvanic Batteries. A. Dun and F.
Hasslacher, l-'rankfort-on-the Main, Germany. Eng.
Pat. 5731, April 27, 1886. fid.
In this improved two-cell battery, a carbon negative
element is immersed in aqua-regia contained in one cell,
and a positive elemeut of zinc, or other soluble metal,
is used in the other cell, which contains soda-lye. The
hydrochloric acid of the aqua legia may he replaced by
chromic acid or a eliminate, and ferric chloride maj be
used in addition. — B. T.
A n Improved Form of Galvan ic ( i ttfor lull Ringing and
other Purposes. (1. II. Bays, jun., Wakefield, Yorks.
Eng. Pat. 0004, May 17, 1880. 4d.
This element consists of a porous cell contained in a
non-porous earthenware jar, the space between the two
ve^-cls being packed with line gas-retort carbon, with or
without the addition of manganese dioxide. A rod of
carbon is packed in with the broken carbon to serve as
the negative electrode. The porous cell contains a rod
of zinc immersed in a solution of a suitable salt, such
as chloride of sodium ; dilute sulphuric or hydro-
chloric acid, etc., may be employed.— B. T.
An Improved Regulator combined with a Portable
Battery for Controlling the Light of Incandescent
Electric Lamps used fur Surgical and other Purposi v.
J. B. Medland, London. Eng. Pat. 12,779, Oct. 7,
18S6. 8d.
ROUND a piece of insulating material is wound a
spiral wire of high resistance. Surrounding, but insu-
lated from it, is a metal cylinder, having a slot along its
under side. A ring, sliding on this, has a projection,
which, passing through the slot, makes contact with the
wire inside. The current, entering at one end of the
wire, reaches the ring and passes thence to the outside
cylinder, which is joined to the rest of the circuit.
-E. T.
Improvements in Incandescent Electric Lamps. B. J. B.
Mills, London. F'roui W. Holzer, Harrison, New
Jersey, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 5979, May 3, 1886. Sd.
To overcome the difficulty caused by the breakage of a
filament when incandescent lamps are placed in series,
the leading-in wires pass in close proximity through a
double-barrelled glass tube, or through two glass tubes
bound together. If the filament breaks, an arc forms
which burns down the leading-in wires until a point is
reached at which they are close enough for the melted
ends to coalesce, thus metallically completing the circuit.
— E. T.
XIX.— PAPER. PASTEBOARD, Etc
On the Strength of Paper as influenced by Sizing, Satining
and the Amount of Wood-Fibre contained in it. A.
Martens. Dingl. Polyt. J. 263, 120—124.
ACCORDING to the author, paper which has been sized
with animal gluten (gelatin) is very considerably im-
proved in every respect as compared with paper only
treated with vegetable glutin. The strength, however,
does not increase with the number of times the paper is
sized, not more than two treatments being, in fact,
advantageous. With an increase of the amount of woody
fibre contained in paper, the strength is notably
diminished. Paper sized with resin shows lower values
in the "tearing length," tension and modulus of work,
than paper sized with animal gluten or unsized paper.
Soil, which is frequently added to weight the paper,
has a most injurious effect on the strength. Even such
papers, however, are considerably improved by tyvice
sizing with animal gluten. It is furthermore stated that
satining increases the "tearing length," no matter in
which direction the strip experimented upon is cut from
the sheet of paper, or in which direction it is satined.
This increase, however, varies according to whether the
strip of paper has been cut parallel or at right angles to
the course of the machine. In the latter case it is about
13 per cent., in the former only 5 per cent. The
medium tension is hardly altered. The thickness of the
paper decrease- by satining, the weight does not change
appreciably. It is important to notice that the paper
experimented upon was made of linen and cotton fibre,
and the results cannot, therefore, apply equally to paper
of a different manufacture.
300
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I April 29. issr.
For all practical purposes tbe author thinks that
different hinds of paper, whose strength ["tearing
length "and tension does not differ by more than b5p.c,
may be regarded asol equal quality, other properties and
peculiarities of the papers being equal. — A. K.
Improvement* in Manufacturing or Preparing Asbestos
for use as a Non Conductor oj Heat and othtrv
W. Finlayson, Glasgow. From It. II. Martin, New
York, I .S.A. Eng. Pat. 10,891, Aug. 26, 1886.
The sheets or coverings may be of various forms, and
are composed of superimposed "slivers," or Heeces of
asbestos fibre. The asbestos is not pulped, as in the
manufacture of paper or millboard, but is cast through
a carding machine— the fleece so form. ,1, 1,1 ins dej osited
in even layers upon an apron or table, or coiled upon a
rotating cylinder until a sufficient thickness i- obtained.
Water, or a sizing substance (preferably a solution of
silicate of sodium), is uniformly applied to the asbestos, at
some convenient stage between its raw condition and its
deposition in layers. No felting operation is em-
ployed, but pressure, regulated according to the
required density, is applied by means of a roller or other-
wise. For some purposes hair, wool, mineral wool,
finely-divided clay, infusorial earth, etc., may be mixed
with the asbestos fibre. The -he, t or covering, when
dried, forms a flexible elastic material resembling felt, is
non-conducting, and may easily lie made waterproof. It
may be bent and adapted to slightly curved or irregular
surfaces. E. G. C.
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES
AND EXTRACTS.
The Pepsins of Commerce. C. Schlickum, Brit, and Col
Druggist, .March 12, 1887 (Zeit I lestr. Ap. and Ver ).
NUMEROUS varieties of both "concentrated" pepsins,
prepared by precipitation according to Softener's proci ss'
for '-scale" pepsins arc manufactured, the digestive
strengths of which are much higher than that of the
officinal Baccharated pepsin. The author has examined
the strength- of several of these pepsins of higher
digestive power, by digesting them for six hours ata
constant temperature with a known weight of albumen,
and then determining the amount of undissolved nihil men.
The results show that the "concentrated" pepsins have
on the whole a greater digestive power than the " scale "
pepsins, while the claims made by the manufacturers
of both varieties are greatly at variance with their true
digestive powers. — C. A. K.
On Magnolia-Bark. .1. U. and C. G. Lloyd, l'harm.
Rundsch. 4, 266.
Commercial cortex magnoliae comes from the mountains
of North Carolina, and is collected from magnolia jlauca,
ii,,il, nil, 1 and maerophylla. The hark was extra
with alcohol, the latter evaporated, resinous matters
hung left behind, which apparently were a mixture of
three different re-ins. The residue was taken up with
water, which, altera few .lays, gave colourless Crystals,
which were recrystallised from alcohol. They were then
dissolved and boiled with dilute sulphuric acid, the
solution neutralised with barium carbonate, and Site
The nitrate reduced Fehling's solution, and it i-. there-
very likely that the crystals represented the
magnolia glucoside. Experiments for obtaining an alka-
loid from the resinous residue were unsuccessful, although
the usual reagent- for alkaloids pointed to the presence
of an alkaloid.— S. II.
.mill, 'i New Alkaloid. .1. r. ami c. G. Lloyd.
Pharm. Rundsch, 4. 268.
The alkaloid was obtained from the seeds of the fruit of
Atimina triloba. The powdered seeds were extracted
with alcohol, the lane, mostly driven oil, the residue
mixed with water to separate tbe essential oil, ami after
ifyine with acetic acid, put aside for twenty-four
hours. The mass was filtered, rendered slightly alka-
line with ammonia, and the precipitate repeatedly shaken
with ether. On evaporating the latter, tin- alkaloid
remaining behind was dissolved in alcohol, and con-
verted into the hydrochloride, which was recrystallised
several time-. The tree base wai then precipitated with
ammonia. It is amorphous, colourless, tasteless and
without smell, insoluble in water, and easily soluble in
alcohol and ether. Nitric acid colours asiminin and its
salts at first carmine-red, then deep violet, Chlorine
w ater dor- not act upon the free alkaloid, hut the hydro-
chloride is precipitated. The hydrochloride crystallises
in colourless plates and cubes. The p sition of the
alkaloid has not vit Veen definitely ascertained.
-S. II.
Improved Procet for Manufacturing Tannic Acid in
Crystals or Grains. Dr. II. Byk, Berlin, Germany.
Eng. 1'at. 15,436, Nov. 26, Ism;. -Id.
The patentee prepares a granulated tannic acid by dis-
solving it in a suitable solvent, and adding 5 per cent,
alcohol containing 0 05 per cent, glycerin. This solu-
tion is evaporated down and spread out to dry on sheets
of zinc or other metal from which it can then be de-
tached in semi-transparent grains. The glycerin may
he replaced by gum or carbohydrates R. I.. W.
Choi ,. A. Arnaud. 1 ompt, Rend. 102,
1319—1322.
In investigations with carrots, the author obtained an
impure cholestrin. w hieh he found to he identical with
Huseinann's hydrocarrotin. The impure substance was
purified by repeated treatment with alcohol, until the
melting point was constant. The cholestrin obtained in
this manner lias the composition ' ' ,;ll ,t 1. i| is insoluble
in water, slightly soluble in cold hut readily in boiling
alcohol, from which solution it crystallises on cooling in
leaflets with lmol. Hi 1. It is alto very soluble in ether,
carbon bisulphide, chloroform, light petroleum and oils,
from which solutions it is deposited in anhy droits needles.
It i- not attacked by alkalis nor by acids. It is
hovo-rotatory, the rotatory power of (he chloroform solu-
tion being [a]o = —35°. It melts at 136 5, losing the
lmol. II. it. It will he observed that the cholestrin from
carrots i- identical witii that obtained by Resse from
Calabar beans ami from ] eas, and differs only very slightly
from animal cholestrin. — D. A. L.
rrence of Cholestrin in Vegetablt Fats. K. ETeckel
and F. Schlagdenhanffen. Compt. Rend. 102, 317—
319.
THE authors have isolated cholestrin from the seed oils
from Gynocardia odorata, Giulandina, Bonductlla
(chick ston I a, Abrus precatoriue
[wild I nil and from the fat and wax extracted from
the leaves of Jirythoxylnvi hypericifolium (Hypericum-
leaved red-wood). Two modes of investigation were
followed. In one the oil or fat was boiled with alcohol
and the alcoholic extracts allowed to crystallise ;
When, after about a month, they deposited leaf like
crystals melting at 134- 138°. In the other a portion of
oil or fat was Saponified, and the soap extracted with
ether; on evaporating the ether extract, i homhohedral
tables or line needles melting at 135— 138 were deposited.
In both cases the crystals had the physical and chemical
properties of cholestrin, giving the colouration with
sulphuric acid, chloroform and ferrous chloride, etc.
I'. A I..
XXIL- GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Mercury Air-Pump. Greiner and Friedricha. Cbem.
Zeit. 10, 277.
The apparatus is a modification of Geissler's pump. The
principal novelty is a new form of three-way tape, con-
sisting of two pa-sage-, which are bored obliquely to the
April 29. 18S7.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
301
axkof the ping. All the taps are also fitted with a author found il to keep temperatures constant to 01 I ,
mercury late. The working of the pump iavwy simple. The graduation of the tuhe C D enables the operator to
The tap c i- connected with ", and the reeervoii • is
raised until mercury enters the tube a. The connection C*C
A
of c and n is then interrupted, e is lowered and </ eon-
n (Cted with b. Air thus outers d, which i- then driven
out through a ; a vacuum is again formed by lowering e,
and so forth. — S. H.
Thermo Regulator.
(;. W. A. Kahlhaum.
2860—2862.
Her. 19,
\i *B
lix the tube exactly in the same position again after being
put away, thus being sure of starting again with the
same temperature.— J. W. L.
A Simple Apparatus for Washing Precipitates Automati-
cally. A. Wahl. Chem. Zeit. H, 4.
The apparatus consists of a Mask A, an indiambber
stopper 1! with 3 holes, a feed-pipe C with the screw-
TlIE author lias constructed a thermo regulator similar to
Andreae's The U tube A I!, open at both ends, has a
short side tube E, the gas exit tube, blown on the longer
limb. The mouth of this limb is closed with a brass
cap M, through which passes a narrow graduated tube
bent at right angles and carrying a toothed rod. This
tube can be raised or lowered by means of the wheel K.
It also carries a small piston, with which the large tube
i- made air-tight. On the under side of this the tube
C D has a small hole X, and the lower end is cut off
obliquely. The large C tube A 1! i~ tilled with mercury
to within 4cm. of the end B, and '2cm. of a liquid.
This end is closed by means of a cork, which
is kept in its place by a brass screw cap. If, before
putting in the cork, the tube A I! be sloped until the liquid
rises to the edge, the cork may be put in without any
air being between it and the liquid. When now the
lower part of the regulator is heated above the boilinu'-
point of the liquid, the mercury niveau is regulated by
the elastic force of the vapour of the liquid, and not by
the mere expansion of the liquid it-elr. The mercury
rises and partly or wholly covers the mouth of the narrow
tube C D. Should the mouth become entirely closed, a
small jet of gas still remains, the small hole X supplying
this. It is, therefore, only necessary to put suitable
liquids in the end B, and the regulator may be used for
all temperatures between — 40J and +360' C. The
slip E on the indiambber tube D, an air-tube F and a
siphon G. The long leg of the siphon is placed above
30?
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [AprflM.lW.
the Biter to be washed. The washing liquor runs into
the flask from above through the pipe U, the Bow being
regulated by the clip B in such a manner that
the f level from a to o takes a little more
tune than is required for the washing on the Biter
to run through it As soon as the li reached, the
air can no longer escape through F; the siphon is thus
made to run until the lev< 1 has sunk to b, when it stops
of itself. The liquor in A then rises again, and the play
of the siphon is repeated. If it be desired to wash the
lilter with hot liquor, the flask A may be heated in any
convenient manner.— S. 11.
Apparatus for C/ietMcal Laboratories. Dr. T. Walter.
J. Prakt (hem. 34, Ism;. 427 432.
THE condenser recommended by the author is con-
structed on a principle thereverscof Liebig's— t.e., while
in the latter the vapour is condensed from the outside,
the author passes the condensing water through the
a gla>* tube 5mm. wide, on which the small bulbs,
16mm. in diameter, are blown : to the tube at c a some
what wider tube i> attached, and to this the side piece d
is fused. To construct the thin tube (T5— 2mm. wide),
which reaches to the inside of the lowest bulb, apiece of
tubing is chosen which fits easily in ihe upper tube
<'. This is then drawu out and the wider part/, which
has not been drawn out, is passed down through
as far as possible, and the two tubes joined
by caoutchouc tubing or fused together. To one
of the upper and lower bulbs three small glass
buttons are fused at .•. to prevent the cold condensing
surface from touching the hot neck of the llask. The
water enters either at d or /. In the apparatus ether
may be boiled vigorously (the temperature of the water
used for condensing being 13°) without the slightest loss.
The small bulb condenser iseithersuspcnded.hy the side
piece d, or slung, 1 >y means of a wire round e, to the neck
of the llask. Should noxious gases be evolved during
the reaction, these may be drawn off by putting a tube
inner tube, the cooling from outside being effected merely
by the air. \\ ith the intention of nuking the condenser
as short as poasi'fle without influencing its efliciency
the condensmgsurface is increased by blowing ii\.- eieht
or more bulbs on he outside tub,-.' Pig. I represents
such a condenser suspended in a llask; when experi-
menting on a small scale the dimensions are i diameter
ot round-bottomed flank 90mm., diameter of neck
20mm., and length 180mm. The condenser consists of
bent at right angles in the open neck of the flask and
attaching the other end of the tube to an ordinary air-
pump. The author also describes some improved
apparatus for distilling rabstances that attack caout-
chouc or cork Figs. 2 and 3). The latter arrange-
ment i- used when the vapours are not readily condensed.
The condensers lore Bhown are straight, but it is better
to employ bulb-condensers. The retorl neck is ground
and luted into the receiver at c. With the apparatus
April 29. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
303
Pig. :i, the distillate can also be drawn off fractionally, if
to tlie receiver a tube m be jointed, famished with a glass
stop-cock. If the condensing water is to lie very cold,
the vessel I) is tilled with ice ami water ; the condensing
tube, as will be -ecu in the figure, forms one limit of a
siphon, and is previously tilled with water. The Bow
of the water is regulated by the screw 1!. A method is
also given for working with condensing water of —15°. \
In Fig. '-', i is a glass tube closed below and ground into
the tubulus of the retort ; it serves fur holding the
thermometer and a little mercury. To combine the
operations of heating with reflux condenser and then did
filiation, Masks of the shape shown in Figs. 4 and ."Tare
recommended. Bulb condensers (omitted in the Bketcb)
are suspended in the upper part of the tube, or Liebig
condensers are attached. For heating with reflux action
the side tubeis turned upwards and closed with a stopper,
or merely by a small glass rod, fitting tolerably well into
the tube. For distilling, the tlask is turned 180' on its
axis ; the side tube now has the position shown by the
dotted lines in Fig. 4, the fluid which previously returned
over the brim of the inner tube into the tlask, now flows
out. If a narrowing of the tube is objectionable, the
construction of a flask (Fig. 5) is useful, particularly when
solid bodies, Buch as 1't'l., are to be brought into the
flask. This is effected by means of a funnel having a long
and wide tube reaching into the flask. The last-
named arrangements are impracticable for substances
with low boiling points. They are peculiarly adapted in
cases where the distillate solidifies readily — e.g., acet-
anilide. In many cases air is amply sufficient for con-
densing purposes when the bulb-condenser is employed :
when fractionating, air is even preferable, the current of
air being drawn through the apparatus by an ordinary
air-pump. — A. K.
Apparatus for Extracting Aqueous Solutions. E. Grauer.
Dingl. l'olyt. J. 262, 475—477.
This apparatus is intended for the extraction of sub-
stances contained in a solution, in a finely-divided or
soluble condition, by means of a solvent of higher or lower
specific gravity. Fig. 1 represents the apparatus used
for extracting aqueous solutions with a solvent of higher
sp. gr., bucIi as, for instance, carbon bisulphide. The
tank A i tains the solvent, and B the aqueous solution.
The solvent is run into the apparatus C at </, to the level
of a ; the valve /- is then opened, and the aqueous solu-
tion allowed to proceed through the apparatus.
The
Fig. 1.
solvent being heavier than the aqueous solution, remains
in the lower part of the spiral pipe of (', so that the solu-
tion in ascending the apparatus IS brought into intimate
contact with the solvent, resulting in a complete extrac-
tion of the substance to be separated. The saturated
solvent is then removed to I», through the pipe a, and
Fig. 2.
may be recovered by distillation, whilst the extracted
solution passes through e, and is collected in E. The
apparatus illustrated in Fig. 2 is used for the extraction
of aqueous solutions, with a solvent lighter than water.
In this case, the solution in A is introduced into C, at (/,
whilst the solvent enters the apparatus at b. The
saturated solvent is run oil' at c, and the treated solution
at U.—D. B.
E2
a i-i
NIK .lot 1IXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEM CAL INDUSTRY. (Arm 29, isw.
E lo-enfj for Detecting Minuti Quani
Active Oxygen, C. Wurster. Ber. 19. 3195- 3205. '
In the course of some researches on the influence of the
natural and artificial climate of habitation and clothing
• m the circulation of the blood, it was found needful to
stud; the condition of the blood in proximity to the skin
of the body, various observations made by the author
having shown that oxidation takes place in the skin,
and that certain secretions of the body and skin possess
powerful oxidising properties. Attempts to detect ozone
<>r hydrogen peroxide in animal tissues by the ordinary
tests having been unsuccessful, the author instituted a
aeri ( experiments, the object being to discover if
possible some 'reagents which would admit of the ready
detection of active oxygen. It was found that the
methyl derivatives of phenylenediamine produced deli-
cate colour reactions with active oxygen, tetramethyl-
paraphenylenediaiuine boiny the most sensitive reagent,
producing an intense blue colouration with oxidising
agents. This base does not undergo any change on ex-
posure to the atmosphere, and resists energetically the
action of acids, alkalis, and reducing agents. The
author lias experienced no difficulty in detecting minute
of active oxygen both in a free and combined form
by employing this reagent. With paper rendered sen-
sitive by impregnation with a solution of tetramethyl-
paraphenylenedhunine he has succeeded in proving the
presence of ozone in air, in the proximity of a tlanie and
in the sap of plants. He ha^ also detected active oxygen
on the surface of the skin of the human body. — D. B.
It will he noticed that the factor varies nearly in pro-
portion with different Hashing points, and although
this method does no( claim absolute accuracy, the result
does not differ from that obtained with the Abel apparatus
by more than ± 1 . In order to avoid mistakes due to
the variation of barometric pressure, it is important to
distil some normal standard petroleum at the same time,
under the same conditions, and to make the necessary
corrections accordingly.- S. 11.
A Ncic Method mining the Flashing Point of
Petroleum. Th. Rosenbladt. (hem. Zeit. 10, 1587.
The Abel-Pensky apparatus, which is the only con-
trivance universally adopted for the determination of the
flashing point, requires at least from To to lOOec. of petro-
leum for a test. If only a smaller quantity is at dis-
posal.the test cannot be performed, and in those cases the
antliorreconimendsthefollowingmethod:— Allaskislilled
with water to two-thirds of its capacity, and closed with
an indiarubber stopper, fitted with two holes, through
one of which goes a Welter's safety tube, luted with a little
mercury, ami through the other a bent glass tube. A
Woulf s bottle of 100 to 150cc. capacity contains l-J.'cc.
(lOgrms. ) of the petroleum to be tested, and the same
amount of distilled water. One opening of this bottle i-
closed with a stopper, into which is inserted a tube,
which reaches nearly to the bottom, where it is drawn
out to a line point (14mm.). This tube is connected with
the llask. The Woulf's bottle is covered with cloth, to
protect it from cooling. The second opening is connected
with the condensing tnbe of a Liebig's condenser, the other
end of which dips in a dry measuring tube of 5 to 6cc.
capacity, divided into -20ths of a ee. The contents of the
tlask are then boiled, until 5 too'lec. have collected in the
measuring t uhe. when the latter is exchanged for another,
and the distillation continued until a further distillate
of .Vc. has condensed. The liquid in the tubes i- allowed
to cool to 1.")- ('. ; both the total volume and the oily
layer on the top are read oil', and their proportion noted
down. The following table shows some of the results
obtained in this manner : —
Petroleum having the Flashing
1' mt at
20' C.
-'1 ..
23" .. .
L'l ..
25- „
26" ..
-■
30- ,.
Iff ,,
- From the works
Of Messrs. TaKieff.
From
Messrs. Mirsoeff.
From
Messrs. KokorclT.
From Messrs.
Nobel Bros.
American
l'ctroleum.
Proportion of Aqueous to Oily
Liquid (Factor).
I1
0-697
1
0673
l'
0 650
0626
f1
. 0-598
(l
0*678
f1
0549
(l
0526
}•
046i
rl
0-328
Detection oj Lead in Zinc Preparations. C'hcni.
Zeit. 11, 18.
The testing of zine oxide for lead, according to the
direction of the German Pharmacopoeia — viz., adding
sulphuretted hydrogen to the solution of the zinc com-
pound in acetic acid — is not sufficiently delicate for the
detection of minute quantities of lead. Myliusnow pub-
lishes a method by « Inch the smallest traces of lead can be
detected. The zinc oxide is dissolved in warm dilute
sulphuric acid. An absolutely clear solution shows
d priori the absence of lead, but in most cases the solu-
tion will be turbid. It is filtered, and the precipitate
well washed. The filter is then digested in a warm
20 per cent, solution of ammonium acetate for several
hours, whereby any lead sulphate present is converted
into lead acetate and dissolved. The solution is then
filtered, and traces of lead can be detected in the filtrate
by sulphuretted hydrogen or potassium bichromate.
This method is far more sensitive than that of the
Pharmacopoeia. — S. H.
Estimation of Phosphoric Acid in Thomas Slay. C.
Brunnemaun. Cheni. Zeit. H, 19.
Ten grammes of slag are digested in a beaker with about
40cc. of water, 90cc. of hydrochloric acid, 50cc. of nitric
acid anil lOec. of sulphuric acid. The beaker is then
covered and heated over a tlamc for about three quarters
of an hour. The hot solution is then poured into a litre
tlask, which contains about -fOOoc. of hot water, and the
beaker rinsed with hot water. The tlask is then shaken,
in order to dissolve all the calcium sulphate, filled up to
the mark, and allowed to cool. The insoluble matter
consists of silica and carbon. 50cc. of the clear solution
are then evaporated on the water-bath, the hydrochloric
and nitric acid is driven oft", and the free sulphuric
acid neutralised with dilute ammonia (1 : 5>. The
mass is then evaporated to dryness and heated to 110"C.
for ten minutes, to render the silicic acid insoluble.
The residue is stirred with lOcc. of strong nitric acid, and
oOcc. of hot water then added to dissolve the calcium
sulphate. The solution is filtered from the silica and
the filter washed with hot water. The phosphoric acid
in the filtrate is then precipitated by ammonium
molybdate. This method also converts the iron phosphide
into phosphoric acid, but this is fair to the consumer, as
Jensch has shown that the phosphide soon changes in
the soil to phosphoric acid. — S, H.
Treatment of Tin Ore. \V. Hampe. Chem. Zeit. 11, 19.
Tin OBB is usually rendered soluble for analytical
purposes by fusion with alkali-hydrates or sodium
carbonate and sulphur. The following method gives
excellent results and is more convenient :— The finely-
powdered mineral is placed in a porcelain boat and
strongly heated from one to two hours in a combustion
tube, dry hydrogen being passed over it all the while.
The water given oil during reduction is absorbed and
weighed in the usual manner. After cooling, the contents
of the tray are dissolved in warm dilute hydrochloric
acid, and the solution tillered from the lesidue. The tin
is precipitated with sulphuretted hydrogen, and both
precipitate and filtrate are treated in the usual manner.
If the mineral is finely powdered, all the tin is rendered
soluble. The process has the further advantage of
removing the insoluble silicates and aluminates at once,
which may then be examined separately. — S. H.
Wiborgh'sNetoColorimetric Tat for Sulphur. Jiiptner.
tie-teir. Zeits. f. Berg. U. liiittenw. 34, S05.
The anther examined 'Wiborghs method {Chem. Zeit.
Bepert. 10, 92) as regards accuracy, and highly recom-
April 29. 1887.] THE JOUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
31 15
mends it for practical work. He adds that it can lie
applied in all those eases where sulphuretted hydrogen
is expelled by boiling or the addition of an acid < .</.. in
the determination of sulphur in mineral waters, blade
ash, slag, etc. By converting combined sulphur into an
alkaline sulphide, the method can lie made stid inore
generally applicable. It may also lie mentioned thai
Wiboreh'a colour-scale mi
:iust he kept in the dark
S. II.
Analysis of a Copper Slag of a Bright II nl ('"loin-
's. A. Berry. Amer. Chem, Journ. 8, 429— 430.
NO doubt this slag is familiar to all copper smelters
engaged in the process of refining copper, in which pro-
cess it is occasionally produced. It is very tenacious
and hard, has a conchoidal fracture with splintery edges,
and has, scattered throughout its mass, small spherical
cavities and very minute metallic beads ; it is opaque,
and its colour varies from bright to darker scarlet.
Sp. gr. = 2987; hardness = nearly 6. The portion
insoluble in acids, consisting of silica and a pale yellow
powder, was fused with soda and examined separately.
Soluble in acids :
Mok-c. ratio.
Copper 2'50 , —
Cuprous oxide 27'0o .. 18'95
Ferrousoxide 0'25 .. 0'34
Alumina 043 .. 0-42
Insoluble in acids :
Cuprous oxide 8'6t .. 6"05
Ferrousoxide 1T69 ..' 1621
Silica 1921 .. 82-07
99-80
From the oxygen ratio for bases and silica 1 : 4, it
appears that cuprous oxide can combine with a surplus
of silica, as do the alkalis in petalite or orthoclase. It
is also of interest to note the pale yellow colour of the
insoluble silicate, which contains so large a percentage
of iron and copper, probably presenting the effect of
mixture of the complementary colours, green and red,
which would belong respectively to the simple ferrous
and cuprous silicates. — J. T.
Vanadium and Chromium Extraction from Iron Ores.
E. Claassen. Amer. Chem. Journ. 8, 437 — 443.
Soft ores, such as limonite, may perhaps be sufficiently
finely powdered by crushing ; but ores of considerable
hardness, like magnetite, are treated with water and
sulphuric acid to obtain an impalpable powder for fusion.
A magnetite so prepared was treated by two methods.
(1.) Treatment with Soda and Sulphur. — The powder,
mixed with six times its weight of equal parts of soda
and sulphur, was exposed to a gradually increasing tem-
perature in a well-covered porcelain crucible until most
of the free sulphur was volatilised. The fused mass was
lixiviated with hot water, filtered, and the filtrate acidu-
lated with nitric acid. After standing some time the
precipitate was filtered off, Mashed, dried and treated
with carbon bisulphide to remove the free sulphur, leav-
ing the vanadium sulphide as a chocolate-brown powder.
This was incinerated with the filter, and the residue from
the evaporated filtrates obtained above, in which there is
always a small amount of vanadium present, added to
it, with a small quantity of soda, and the whole
ignited. The fused mass, green from the presence of
manganate, was extracted with hot water, the filtered
solution mixed with much ammonium nitrate and boiled.
This addition of nitrate and boiling should be repeated
until no further smell of ammonia is perceived. Not a
trace of vanadic acid is reduced in this way. If nitric
acid be used for neutralising instead of the nitrate, the
liquid should never become acid for an instant, and
should still be slightly alkaline at the end. The solu-
tion thus treated with ammonium nitrate, was filtered,
precipitated with neutral lead acetate (or nitrate) the
precipitate washed, digested for some time on the filter
in a ilask with a sufficient quantity of hydrochloric acid
and alcohol. The precipitate thus formed was filtered
off and washed with alcohol, the alcoholic liquids
evaporated, the remnant mixed with water, treated with
hydrogen sulphide, filtered, evaporated and ignited. The
impure pentoxide thus obtained gave, after moistening
repeatedly with ammonium nitrate solution, ignition
and then extraction with ammonia or ammonium car-
bonate, a liquid which, when filtered, evaporated and
ignited, left the exact amount of the vanadium pent-
oxide present excepting tin- merest trace:-, the vanadium
being practical!) completely extracted by butone pro-
cess. -Vll the chromium in the me remains undissolved
in the residue after fusion with soda and sulphur. This
residue was fused with six times its weight of equal
pails of soda and nitre, and lixiviated and treated
a- below. This method is very good, particularly if the
estimation of vanadium only is the object aimed at ; if,
however, the estimation of chromium be also required, it
may be better to use the following mode of extraction,
which gives nearly as good results, as regards the sepa-
ration of vanadium.
(•2.) Treatment with Soda and Nitre.— The ore, finely
powdered by treatment with sulphuric acid, as described,
was ignited with six times it* weight of equal part- of
soda and nitre, and extracted with hot water and
filtered. Scarcely a trace of chromium, and but
little more than a trace of vanadium, remain in the
residue with care, and this trace may be recovered
by an application of the process given under 1. The
filtrate is evaporated to dryness and the residue
fused, dissolved in hot water, filtered, boiled for
some time, after addition of ammonium chloride,
filtered again and evaporated so far as to avoid the
separation of crystals after cooling and stirring fur
a while. Into this solution a lump of ammonium
chloride was placed, large enough not to be dissolved
completely ; the separated ammonium metavanadate
washed with saturated ammonium chloride solution and
ignited. To purify the vanadium pentoxide, it was
moistened with ammonium nitrate, ignited, dissolved in
ammonia, evaporated until ammonia could scarcely be
detected by the odour, then filtered, evaporated to dry-
ness and ignited. Very exact analyses demand the
collection of the small amount of metavanadate always
remaining in the filtrate, and this is evaporated to dry-
ness and ignited. The residue is digested with con-
centrated ammonia, filtered, and precipitated with
alcohol. The precipitate, dissolved in a little water and
precipitated with ammonium chloride, gives the residual
ammonium metavanadate. From experiments made it.
appears necessary to employ a sufficient amount of soda
and nitre in the fusion, at least three times the amount
of ore of each, in order to obtain a good result. In course
of this investigation a precipitate of lead chromate and
lead vanadate was suspended in water, acidulated with
nitric acid and treated with hydrogen sulphide, which
decomposed it perfectly. A precipitate of the above lead
compounds and of lead sulphate — the latter in consider-
able excess — did not give satisfactory results. In such
a case, treatment with hydrochloric acid and alcohol will
answer the purpose quickly and satisfactorily. — J. T.
Solubility of Manganese Sulphide in Melting Potassium
Sulphide. E. Claassen. Amer. Chem. Jour. 8,
436-437.
WHEN experimenting with vanadiferous magnetite, the
crushed ore was treated with an equal weight of water
and double the amount of sulphuric acid of sp. gr. 1S40.
The nearly dry mixture was subjected to a slowly-
increasing temperature until the water, sulphuric
anhydride and sulphur dioxide formed were driven off.
A tine impalpable red powder remained, which was mixed
with six times its weight of equal parts of sulphur and
potassium carbonate and melted in a well-covered
porcelain crucible until almost all free sulphur had gone.
The fused mass was lixiviated with hot water, the
filtrate, acidulated with nitric acid, mixed, after having
been heated for some time, with an excess of potassium
carbonate, heated again, evaporated to dryness and
fused, gave a dark bluish green mass, due to the presence
of potassium manganate. The intensity of the colour
showed that the amount of manganese present was not
inconsiderable. — J. T.
30G
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [AprilJftMW.
The Escape ef Dissolved Bodies on the Evaporation of\
their Solvent. P. Marguerite-Delacharlonny. C'ompt. i
Kend. 10. 1128.
I'iik author proved by means of direct experiments that
on evaporating solutions, even al common temperatures,
traces of the dissolved matter are carried away with the
vapours nf the solvent. Aqueous solutions of sulphuric
acid, sodium hydrate, si dium carbonate and ferrous sul-
phate were placed in shallow dishes and covered with
inverted funnels, in the stems of which strips of litmus
and potassium sulphocyanide paper respectively were
fastened. At 60' to 70* C. the test papers showed the
action of the dissolved matter after two or three hours,
whereas ,n common temperatures the papers were not
visibly affected until after two or three days. Strips
moistened with potassium ferrocyanide ami suspended
over an acid ferrous sulphate solution were blued after a
few days.— S. H.
y, w Method/or Detecting Cinchona Alkaloids in Quinine
Sulphate. E. tioebel. Brit, and CoL Druggist, March
12, 1887.
0'5GKM. quinine sulphate is boiled with lOgrms. water,
O-l.igrm. potassium eliminate added, the mixture
thoroughly stirred and then allowed to stand for four
hours. The quinine separates completely as chromate ;
this is then tillered oil' and one drop of caustic potash
solution added to the filtrate. The presence of 0 -."> per
cent, cinchonine, or of 1 per cent, quinidine or cinchoni-
dine, produces a flocculent precipitate after standing
half-an-honr ; with larger quantities a turbidity
ensues at once. The degree of turbidity serves as a
guide to the quantity of foreign alkaloids present. The
test may be applied to all quinine salts, the acid salts
being Krst evaporated down with ammonia.— C. A. K.
New Colour Reactions of Starch am! Cum. A. Ihl.
Chem. Zeit. H, I!).
PHENOLS and sulphuric or hydrochloric acid give with
carbohydrates brilliant colour reactions. If starch be
moistened on a watch-glass with an alcoholic a-naphthol
solution and a few drops of warm sulphuric acid added,
the starch is coloured red-violet. Thymol, eresol,
guaiacol and catechol produce a splendid vermilion-red ;
resorcinol and orcinol yellow-red, whereas phloroglucinol
gives a yellow-brown colouration. The different kinds
of gum behave on the whole liUe starch. The action
of phloroglucinol on arabin is very characteristic. If
arabin be boiled witli an alcoholic solution of phloroglucinol
and hydrochloric acid, a tine cherry-red dvestuff is
obtained. — S. H.
Analysis of Fats B. Rose. Rep. Anal. ("hem. 6,
683—695.
AFTER pointing out the inaccuracies in some of the pro-
cesses iu common use, the author criticises at some length
the gravimetric processes of Oudemans and Kremcl, both
of whom separate the solid from the liquid portions of a
fat by treatment with ether, alter saponification with
lead, the lead soaps made from the liquid fats being
soluble in ether, whereas those made from solid fats are
insoluble. The results obtained by both processes are
very liable to error, firstly, owing to oxidation, especially
of the fatty acids of the linoleic series, during the opera-
tions. The products "i oxidation being partly insoluble
in ether, the undissolved matter would not merely consist
of the lead soaps of the solid tats, but also of 'the lead
componnds of the oxidised liquid tats. Dining the
evaporation and drying of the filtrate, after extraction
with ether, further oxidation takes place, thus increasing
at this stage the apparent amount of the liquid fai.
Secondly, during the digestion of the had soaps with
boiling ether, the excess of lead oxide tends to form basic
compounds with the liquid fate, and these being insoluble
in ether, the result is a -till further increase in the
apparent amount of solid fat, found by calculation from
the weight of insoluble lead soaps. Further, on decom-
posing this lead soap with acid, the melting point of the
resulting fatty acids will be too low, owing to the presence
of the small quantity of liquid fatty acids introduced by
the above defects in the i ess. The author overcomes
these defects in the following manner :- In preparing the
fatty acids from the fat, great care must be taken to avoid
oxidation. The fat is saponified with an alcoholic solu-
tion of potash, di oposed with sulphuric acid, cooled,
and the liquid with the solid fatty acids transferred to a
graduated tube, in which it is shaken up with an equal
volume of ether. When char, the amount of tally acid
is determined in a portion of the ethereal solution on
evaporation, the residue being dried in a current of dry
carbonic acid, before weighing. A definite volume of the
ethereal solution, corresponding to about lgrm. of fatty
acid, is then transferred to a lOOcc Mask, with an excess
of lead oxide, diluted to about SOcc. with ether, and
then allowed to stand in a cool place until the solution
becomes strongly alkaline, which will require 2 to 4 days,
with occasional shaking. The liquid is made up With
ether to exactly lOOcc. ; .">0cc. are passed through a small
filter, into a tared flask, the filter being kept full us long
as possible, and then evaporated to dryness, out of con-
tort with nir. After weighing, the lead is determined in
the residue as lead sulphate. The trial experiments
given in detail by the author, are exceedingly accurate.
Working with lgrm. of pure oleic acid, he obtained as
the mean of live closely-agreeing results, l'3613grms.
lead oleate, and 0'5358grm. ui lead sulphate, instead of
the theoretical amounts, 1 '3617 and 0'53d8grma respec-
tively. The figures obtained with stearic acid and mix-
tures of known composition were equally satisfactory ;
hut it is recommended to cheek the results with the
iodine process, using in the latter, fatty acids instead of
the original glycerides. — E. E. B.
Crane Ecport.
(From the Board of Trade Journal.)
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS REGU-
LATIONS.
Belgium,
Modif cations in Duties on Vinegar and Acetic Acid.
The following is a translation of a decree, dated the 24th
March last, which appeared in the Moniteur Beige of the day
following, provisionally modifying t lie import duties on
vinegar anil acetic acid : —
"Article 1.— Vinegar and acetic acid will pay import duties
as follows :— Vinegars, acetic acids, and liquids containing
pure acetic acid to the extent of s per cent, or less, lofrs. per
hectolitre; more than 8 per cent, and less than oO per cent..
75frs. per hectolitre: 5(1 per cent., or more. 120frs. par hecto-
litre. Acetic acid, on stallised, of loOfrs. per 100 kilos.
" Article 2.— The present tariff of import duties on articles
mentioned in Article 1 will be substituted for the above by t lie
1st July. 1887, at the latest, if, before that date, the existing
duties on the said goods have not been definitely modified by-
law.
"Article 3.— The difference between the duties collected by
the application of this decree and the duties which would be
leviable under the existing tariff, until the 1st July, 1887. will
be refunded if the duties as stated in Article 2 be not modified
by law.
"Article i.— The present decree wilt come into force on tho
day following its publication."
Switzerland.
Classification of Articles in Customs Tariff.
(.Vote— Quintal - J.'U lib. avoirdupois. Franc = 9,ld-)
The following decisions effecting tin- classification of articles
in the ^wiss Customs Turin have been Riven by the Swiss
Customs authorities during the month of February last :—
Bi-phosphate of lime, in bottlea without lu be is claiming for
the article any curative properties, is included in Categoiy 9,
and pays a duly nf m francs per quintal.
Bi-phosphate of lime, with labels attributing to it curative
properties. Categories n and 12, duties as follows:— In whole-
sale packages, 10 francs per quintal, in retail packages, 100
francs per quintal.
Nitro naphthaline Category 18, duly 2 francs per quintal.
Dextrine will in future pay a duly of 1 franc per quintal
under Category 17.
April 29. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
307
United States.
Customs Decisions.
" Tungsten- metal," which is a substance in the nature of an
alloy obtained from wolframite ore. which contains principally
the metal, tungsten, and several other metalsin various small
proportions, and which is imported and used for the purpose
of being added in small quantities to steel or iron in order to
render the latter metals suitable for the manufacture of tools.
is not one of the substitutes for steel contemplated by the pro-
vision in section 177, but is dutiable at the rate of 20 per
ad valorem as an unwrought metal not otherwise provided
for under the provisions in the same section for " metals
unwrought.''
Deductions for non-dutiable charges cannot be allowed in
cases where they are included in the invoice or entry in the
same item with dutiable charges.
"Doctor Liebreieh's Lanoline," which, upon investigation,
is found to be a rendered oil. and not an ointment or medicinal
preparation, is held to be dutiable at the rate of 25 percent, ad
valorem. a3 a rendered oil. under section 92.
Certain "chlor-magncsium." or chloride of magnesium,
which, upon analysis, was found to contain chlorine and mag-
nesium in combination, is held to be dutiable at the rate of 25
per corit. ad valorem, under the provision in section 92 for
"all chemical compounds and salts, by whatever name known,
and not specially enumerated or provided for in this Act. "
Mexico.
Modifications in Customs Tariff.
According to the Moniteur Beige tor the 23th March last,
the following articles have been exempted from payment of
import duties, by a decree of the President of the Republic,
dated the 25th February last :—
I'henic acid, sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid, chloride of
lime, permanganate of potassium, sulphate of copper, and
sulphate of iron.
GREECE.
Modifications in Customs Tariff.
A despatch, dated the 12th March last, has been received
from Sir H. RumboU. Her Majesty's Minister at Athens,
enclosing a table showing certain modifications in the Greek
Customs Tariff, which were to come into operation on the 13th
March last, subject to subsequent ratification by the Chamber.
The following is the statement of the modifications in ques-
tion : —
I.Vofc— Drachme = 9,'„d. Oke = 2 81b avoirdupois. Drachme
Iweightt-O'llloz. avoirdupois.)
No.
in
Tariff.
Old Rates
of Duty.
Proposed
New Rites
of Duty.
71
To read as follows :—
" Roots, leaves, cam-
Dr. Lep.
Dr. Lep.
Oke 0 50
83
To read as follows :—
(a.) Quinine in gene-
Drach. 0 10
Drach. 0 10
0 10
0 10
81
To read as follows :—
" All other medicines
not specially deno-
minated, with re-
duction of tare for
receptacles"
—
Oke 0 20
103
To read as follows:—
fa.) Potash. soda,
nitre in gene-
ral, as well as
sulphuric coal
Free.
(0.) Chloride of lime.
vitriol, blue-
stone (sulphate
of copper) —
Oke 0 05
(c.) Acids in general.
such as sul-
phuric, hydro-
chloric, nitric
{aqua fartis).
formic, etc.. as
well as any
otherchemical
products not
speciallv deno-
minated —
0 20
101
To read as follows :—
"' Em py reu matic
oils, including oils
for machines ' ,, 0 50
0 50
Tbadb between Spain and the United Kr
Imports into the Unite! Kingdom from Spain.
Principal Articles.
Pub. 1886.
Chemical Products unenume-
rated Value £1,577
Copper Ore and Regulus. Tons 1.211
Value
Pyrites of Iron or Copper. .Tons '■>.'<''
Value £1
(juicksilver lb. , 906.600
Value £72.500
■
'
Total Value £910,906
Feb. 1887.
£7.032
3.106
.
£101.212
600.000
£890.692
Exports of British and Irish Produce from the United
Kingdom into Spain.
PRINCIPAL AKTICLF5.
Alkali Cwt.
Value
Caoutchouc Value
Chemical Products & Prepara-
tions, including Dye-stuffs
Value
Coal Products, Xaphtha. etc.
Value
Soap Cwt.
Value
Kb :;;•;.
31.421
£11.621
£1.178
£2,918
£1.419
550
£520
Total Value
£214,033
Pel 1887
18.647
£6.559
£1,363
£4,609
£1.800
286
i.2-7
£297,122
Summary Statement showing the Trade between Spam
and th-. United Kingdom during the period subsequent
to the Conclusion of' the Commercial Treaty, compared
with the Corresponding Period of the previous Year.
M • - =
Eiport» of Pro- FTnrrtsof
Imports into the duce aul Manu- J- *JJ" " "'.
United Kingdom facture of cN.l.nial Produce
from Spain. r»itedKmt-d,m L "S^™
1685-86.
1886-87.
1885-86.
1886-87. 1885-86.
I88E -.
f
£
£
£
£
£
September ..
636.652
719 360
234,762
325.466
12.775
32.441
October
M3.M5 940.77S
210.112
301.133
62,692 59.358
November ..
793.550 1 881,052
228,011
. -
92.649 54.63S
921.165 <67.ls.-i
i
253.238
69.940 59.020
January
635.256 ] 818.935
210.097
235.826
60.676 34.s21
February
910,906 590.692 244,033
297.122
52,034 37,317
MISCELLASF.OUS TRADE XOTICES.
International Competition of Science and
Industry at Dnis-tis in 1SSS.
The Moniteur Beige for the 16th March last says : —
" The organisers of the International Competition of Science
and Industry which will 'be opened in Brussels in 15S8, have
applied to the Government for assistance. Already a numer-
ous commission, consisting of all the S'-ienlirie. art. and
industrial authorities, have been appointed to conduct the
exhibition, and to induce Belgian producers to participate in
this international work. The international import and export
exhibition attached to the great exhibition will include a
section devoted specially to eolOLial countries, but principally
to the Congo."
A royal decree, appointing the jurors to the several sections
of the exhibition, was published in the Moniteur Beige for the
same date.
Pbtboleuu Resebvoib at Rotterdam.
The Bullttin du Muste Commercial of the Sth January last
says, that an immense iron reservoir is now being constructed
at Rotterdam, which is to be used for storage of petroleum.
308
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [April 29. 1887.
Trade Statistics for March.
The Hoard of Trade Returns for March show the following
figures :—
Imports.
- . 1636.
Total valuo £31,490,937
March, 1887.
£32,791,930
Exports.
H oh, 1886.
British and Irish Produce .... £18,510,072
Foreign and Colonial Produce
(partly estimated) 1.631,796 .... 5,070,379
Opposite are the details affecting drugs and chemicals :—
March, 1887.
£19,002.083
It will be sufficiently large to hold 7,900,000 litres of petro- '
leum. Mineral oil will, on arrival, be transferred to the I
reservoir by means of pumps, thus obviating the necessity
for the employment of casks and barrels, and considerably
diminishing the expenses, and lessening the risk of accidents.
Commercial Museum u Bucharest.
The Curicrul Financiar of the 13th Febrnarj last informs
its readers that M. Jean Bratiano has laid before the
Roumanian Chambers a proposal to erect at Bucharest a
permanent exhibition of the agricultural and industrial
products of the country. The capital required for the con-
struction and furnishing of this museum is about 1.200,000
francs. The object of this institution is to afford Roumanian
merchants and manufacturers a knowledge of the resources
and requirements Of foreign markets, and to show the foreign
purchaser the resources of Roumanian industrv. by exhibit-
ing samples of the principal industrial products of the country,
so that he may be enabled to place his orders without visiting
the various manufactories scattered throughout the kingdom.
All information is to be given gratis, and a commission will
be paid by agriculturists and manufacturers who obtain
orders through the intermediary of this institution.
Commercial Museum at Buenos Aykes.
According to the Journal Officiel of the 14th March last, a
Commercial Museum of articles of foreign produce has been
opened by the Italian Chamber of Commerce at Buenos
Ay res.
New Paper-making Invention in .Japan.
According to the Bulletin rlu Music Commercial of the
22ncl January last, a native of Japan has recently invented a
new process by which paper may be manufactured with sea-
w-eed. Paper made in this way is very strong, almost untear-
able. and is sufficiently transparent to admit of its being used
as window glass; it takes all colours well,. and in many
respects resembles old window glass.
Registration of Trade Marks in Germany.
The German Imperial Supreme Court, sitting at Leipzic.
has just pronounced judgment on a point of considerable
importance to English and other foreign manufacturers and
merchants who have no branch in Germany. It is decided
that such houses can have their trade marks registered by
the competent authority at Leipzic, even although they
consist exclusively of numbers, letters, or words, which are
not recognised as trade marks for purely German houses —
Brit. and. Col. Drug.
The German Glass Industry.
Despite Belgian competition, the German glass industry is
making steady progress. There is increasing activity in
some branches, and a fair prospect of a good year's trade.
Larger orders are being received from the United States
and from England. The demand is chiefly for the cheaper
sorts, the foreign trade in bottle glass being especially brisk.
ihe total exports of glass from Germany last vear amounted
to l,59G.3SOcwt.. against 1.547,360cwt. in 1885." The British
export trade in glass, other than plate and mirrors, amounted
in 1886 to l,101,396cwt,— Brit, and Col. Drug.
American Sodium Bicarbonate.
The N'ew York Pharm. Rundschau says that Dr. F. B.
Power has recently examined five American and one German
brand of sodium bicarbonate, more especially to note whether
they contained any sodium thiosulphate (hyposulphitel and
arsenic. Both these impurities have been asserted to be
E resent in English and some of the German brands, but in the
rands examined they were absent. A trace of sulphite was
found in two samples; three of the brands contained but
traces of normal carbonate; the other three samples contained
less than 3 per cent, of normal carbonate. Of the American
brands the Natrona and Dwight's ranked above the others.
Imports.
Drugs, unenumerated. . value £
Chemical manufactures-
Products uncnume-
ratcd value £
Alkali cwl.
value £
Brimstone cwt.
value i.
Nitre (nitrate of soda) cwt.
,, „ value £
„ (nitrate of potash) cwt.
value £
Quicksilver lb.
value t
Bark (Cinchona) cwt
value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
value £
Lac. seed, shell, stick,
and dye cwt.
Lac, seed, shell, stick.
and dye value £
Dyes and tanning mate-
rials-
Bark (for tanners- or
dyers' use) cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Aniline dyes value £
Alizarin value £
Other coal-tar dyes value £
Cochineal cwt.
rains £
Cutch and gambler.. tons
value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
jeet cwt.
Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
jeet value £
Yalonia tons
value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut cwt.
value £
Olive tuns
value £
Palm cwt
value £
Petroleum gals.
value £
Seed, of all kinds tuns
value £
Train, blubber, and
sperm tuns
Train, blubber, and
sperm value £
Turpentine cwt.
value £
Rosin cwt.
value £
Tallow and Stearine cwt.
value £
Mar. 1885. Mar. 1886. Mar. 1887.
71,846 69,328
123,299
3.651
3,113
15,223
1,054
188.188
sx.ws
18,355
15.125
332,550
55.610
8.004
54.843
7,113
28,111
13,724
119.877
1.517
3,096
14,943
10.566
131.017
73,884
26.510
23.676
538,425
12,724
8.500
50.924
8.385
27,554
58,858
117,152
4,571
3,424
38.521
8.6*6
226,220
115.597
39.839
34,937
313.500
30.575
16.670
80,885
2.791
1 1 m
11,101 ' 10,913
44.471 32,520 28,475
28,1199
12830
25,290
23,788
189
1,464
S.7 16
3.281
70.430
22,355
512,909
19,585
23,501
7.926
19.121
21.119
143
1.095
0.299
3.218
74,900
424.904
1.977
12,937 3.525
3.105 3.204
19.372 15,101
18.391
25.717
3.596
142.652
61.117
88,383
5.150.127
163.096
1,065
29,034
593
9,371
13.219
149.1.58
31,988
72,986
118,027
8.467
10,838
3,473
134.413
97.326
99.914
6,294,481
215,023
970
21.072
766
23,459
11.153
16,620
113 05'
19.624
113.817
145,112
.
21,805
10.335
27,960
20,706
214
695
3.878
3.924
93.712
17.642
371,841
l.| I Ml
1.678
3.913
56,627
19.6SS
27.521
2.707
99.087
80.131
81,331
1,768,355
150.873
1.494
34.117
2.5.111
8.711
11.359
102,455
25.084
72,199
90.91S
Exports.
British and Irish pro-
duce:—
Alkali ewt.
value £
Bleaching materials cwt.
„ ,, value t.
Chemical manure .. value £
Drugs and medicinal
preparations (line-
numerated)
Other chemicals and
medicinal prepa-
rations value £
Oil (seed) tons
value £
Soap cwt.
value £
Painters' colours
ami materials (un-
enumerated) value £
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Bark. Cinchona cwt.
„ ,, value £
Chemicals (unenu-
mcrated)
675.2S0
190.982
163,858
55,430
150.654
71,600
171.271
7.111
161,208
35.181
41,917
113,823
7,521
34,935
537,761
156.680
137,583
11.071
1S6,061
71,108
162.831
7.116
157.418
40.716
41,415
118,226
9.928
66.727
35.806 12,404
.531.101
151.709
164,480
62.512
192.311
81,750
8.601
171.379
33.157
38,117
119.707
17.416
71,673
22,022
April 29. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
300
Mar. 1885.
Mar. 18S6.
851
Mar. 1887.
Cochineal cwt.
553
701
value £
3,969
5,497
4,521
Cutch and gambier tons
592
1,151
,. value £
13.273
26.719
12.171
Gum Arabic cwt.
3.601
1,401
value £
11,746
17,091
12,826
12,621
9.865
-
5.089
j-i :■■■■
5.979
25
Lie. various kinds.. cwt.
6.641
.... value £
16.638
19.132
18.131
Lard cwt.
1.313
3,875
■
7.23.',
1,517
Oils, cocoanut cwt
6.841
5.135
6.250
,, ,, value £
10.015
7.558
8.914
151
19,942
36.369
317
15.0S3
28.231
166
8.020
,, palm cwt.
39.437
54,035
55,729
30.101
56.156
39.756
.. petroleum gals.
31.291
value £
-
2.628
1,242
Quicksilver lb.
293,715
768.496
361.113
value £
21,560
59,139
33.730
Nitre initrate of pot-
961
2,212
2.160
Nitre mitrate of pot-
813
152.968
1.912
160.S39
-
Spices, cinnamon .. lb.
160,900
„ .. value £
1,713
4.100
'..-71
,. pepper lb.
1.316.230
1,251,178
2,594.900
. value £
13.652
11,553
81,259
Tallow and stearine cwt.
7.236
21.160
.... value £
10.616
25,518
10.186
Messrs. Gehe ft Co., of Dresden, in the preface to their half
yearly review of the drug and chemical markets, briefly refer
to the proposals which have been made in several continental
countries for the creation of a state monopoly in alcohol, a
scheme which would, of course, greatly attect the pharma-
ceutical and chemreal industries. The firsP country which
will now be called upon to give a decision regarding the
alcohol monopoly proposal is Switzerland, which produces a
moderate amount of spirits only, and in which the scheme
would therefore principally attect the importation of spirits
from abroad. In France a strong agitation is also carried on
in favour of a monopoly scheme, while in Germany it is certain
that the Government intend to again bring forward a bill on
the subject, as a means of increasing the revenue, though tin-
details of the proposed measure have not as yet taken any
practical form. Alcohol being an important article of export
from Germany, although one which at present leaves no profit
to the exporters, it is probable that a large part of the revenue
derived from a monopoly would be absorbed by the export
trade in the shape of bounties. In the interests of the pharma-
ceutical and chemical industries it is hoped that, under a
state monopoly, the increase in duty on alcohol required in
these branches of industry will he ronfined to the narrowest
limits, and that no vexatious regulations for the control of |
manufacturers will be laid down, as otherwise it is t«
that German firms will not be abh- to continue to <
compete with foreign rivals. — Chemist and Druggist.
THE Report of the Belgian Commission to inquire into the
condition of the industrial classes in that country, has beun
issued, and an abslract thereof will be found in the Board oj
Trade Journal— April, 1887— p. 316.
Thk text of the new French Butter and Oleomargine Law
appears on page 360 of the Board of Trade Journal for April,
1887
April,
Recent Trade Bi.t/k Books,
,C-JU68) Price Sid. See Board of Trade Journal for
p. 358.
Patent (Jffux Inquiry. Report of the Committee appointed
by the Board of Trade to inquire into the duties, organisa-
tion, and arrangements of tht Patent Office under th>
Patents, Designs and Trade Marks Act M8 . hariitg special
regard to the system of examination of the specifications
which accompany amplications for jjatcnts now in force
under that Act, together with minutes of evidence, ap-
pendices, etc.
Foreign Trade of India.
During the teu months (April 1 to January 3D just
British India imported chemicals (including drugs, medicines,
narcotics, and dyeing and tanning materials) to the value of
76,92,315 rupees as against 72.18.UH rupees for the correspond-
ing period of 1S85— 1886. The exports under the same heading
and for the same period amounted to 12.72,69,188 rupees as
against 12,82.22,112 rupees during 1885—1886.
Ogonthlp Ipatcnt List.
I.— GBNERAL PLANT, APPARATUS, and
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
U6S .1. II. ' I rom 1'. Romain, France. Apparatus
for raising and forcing liquids and obtaining motive power.
Compl< ition. March 19
R, Thompson, London. Improvements relating to stoj.-
and stop-valves. March 19
1190 II. Gonne, London. Krce/ing and refrigerating appara-
tus. March 19 . „ . „.
129! . I. Hall. Manchester, Steam .let condensers. March 21
1215 E. Bennis, E. Bennis, and A. \V. Bennis, Liverpool.
Improvements in boiler furnaces and in apparatus for
conveying or feeding fuel thereto. Marcl
4218 'H. Holden and It. G. Brooke, Salford. Back-pressure
valves. March 22
1386 W. A. Ross. Belfast. Apparatus for automatically
obtaining and employing artificial currcnls of air. March 23
133S J. B. Hannay and A. Murray. Air or gas compressors
or pumps. March 23
I3G2 W. Gaskell. London. Apparatus for preventing smoke
and economising fuel in steam boiler furnaces. March 23
1125 H. E. Newton— From \V. Baur, United Stales. Improve-
ments in filter-presses. Complete specification. March 21
1139 G. Wilton, Silvertown. Improvements in the arrange
ments of furnaces and appliances where hydrocarbon oils
together with water or steam, coal, or breeze, are used as fuel,
March 25
4155 D. M. Salniond, Bradford. An improved composition
for preventing and removing incrustation in steam boilers.
March 25
1513 H. Moon, London. Improvements in amalgamating
apparatus. March 26
I 71 F. Friedenthal. Preston. Furnaces of steam-generators
with forced draught for burning small fuel or fuel dust.
March 2^
4600 C. F. Dahl, London. An improved furnace for recover-
ing in an inodorous manner the salts contained in the lyes used
in the manufacture of wood fibre. Complete specification.
March 2S , .,
1601 It. Marshall. London. Improvements in steam-boiler
and other furnaces. March 28
1626 C. A. Koellner. London. Improvements in filter pumps.
lete specification. March 28
1653 J. J. Butcher. Newcastle-on-Tyne. Apparatus for in-
creasing and controlling the pressure of coal or other gas.
March 29
1651 G. S. Hendry and A. Faulds. Glasgow. Improvements
in apparatus or hydraulic air-compressing engines for raising
liquids. March 29
1685 E. W. Van Duzen. London. Improvements in furnaces
and grate bars therefor. Complete specification. March 29
1C99 W.Ton Oechelhaeuser, London. Apparatus for regulat-
ing the flow of gas and other fluids. March 29
1719 A. M. Clark— From P. Orielle. jun . France. Means for
preventing the emission of flame and smoke from the chimneys
of furnaces working with a forced draught. March 30
1780 It. Matthews. London. Apparatus for refrigerating, or
producing and utilising cold. March 30
l'J76 J. V. Wilson. .Manchester. Improvements in or appli-
cable to pans for heating oil or other liquids, and in apparatus
for passing air or gases through liquids, and agitating liquids
in pans and similar vessels. Complete specification. April 1
11^9 D. Simpson. Edinburgh. See Class VII.
5161 J. W.Hartley. Stoke-on-Trent. Improvements in smoke
consuming apparatus. April 7
5165 J. IJavies. Manchester. Improvements in kiln and other
furnaces. April 7
5235 F. W. Beck. East Grinstead. A damp detector and
hvgrometer. April 9
'5255 W. 11 Pncstnian and S. Priestman, London. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of vapour and in apparatus therefor.
April 9 . t
5379 J. K. Alsing, London. Improvements in thcconstruction
of triturating cylinders. April 13
5111 W. D. Player and T. Dustman. London. New or im-
proved apparatus for facilitating the removal of scale or
incrustation from steam-boilers and other steam generators.
April 11
5109 A. Dickinson. Birmingham. Improvements in con-
densers. April 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIOXS ACCEPTED.*
1886.
5618 It. Matthews. Apparatus for refrigerating, and
for
utilising cold. April 2
6792 F. Hilton. Open hearth furnaces. March 23
E80I K. W. Hitchins. Compound for preventing the radiation
and transmission of heat. March 23
704a .1. B. Alliott and J. M. C. PatOD. Filter presses and
apparatus connected therewith. March 30
• The dates given are the dates of the Official Journals in which
acceptances of the Complete Specifications are advertised. Complete
specifications thus advertised as accepted are open to inspection at the
Patent Office immediately, and to opposition within two months of the
said dates.
:U0
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. FAprilO,M8».
70-w G. F. Marshall. Improvements in filters. March 30
71U W. T Sugg. Apparatus for heating water, etc.
March 30
:\~\ 8. Falda. An improved valve-cock. March 26
7781 J. Allison and A. Thomson. Furnace fittings for use
with forced draught. April 2
\. Paget. Taps for gas and other fluids. April IB
C Langer Apparatus for mixing, stirring, and convey-
ing ^ annus substances, and for drying and exposing the same
to the chemioal action of gases, vapours, etc. April 20
1887.
761 B. D. Hughes and D. Hughes. A furnace bar and smoke-
consuming furnace. April it;
2710 J. A. Crocker. Filtering maohineB. March 23
2711 J.A.Crocker. Filtering machines. March 23
2SM II. .1. H. .Mills— Krom J. Kctif. Filter for water and
other liquids. March 26
301ii R. It. Brans, Centrifugal pumps and fans for blast and
exliius! purposes. March 30
3388 A. Lents. Charging retorts, and apparatus therefor.
April 16
3999 E. Albin. Heating air and feeding the same to boiler
furnaces, etc. April 20
II. -FUEL, GAS, and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
1345 E, Entwistle, Blackburn. Apparatus to economise and
improve the consumption of fuel and smoke in open or closed
grates or furnaces, also regulating the draught or air current.
M in h 2;i
1381 R. Auton. London. Improvements in manufacturing
briquettes or blocks of artificial fuel or bricks or blocks of
other material, and in machinery therefor. March 23
111' <;. Wilton. See Class I.
11S7 W. H. Lindsay, London. Improvements in the utilisa-
tion of breeze dust and cinder waste, more especially the dust
or waste collected from dwelling houses. March 25
4653 J. J. liutcher. See Class 1.
16-7 A. A. Harwood and M. D. Van Tassel. London. An
improved apparatus for generating gas. Complete specifica-
tion. March 211
1722 \Y. Wright and F. \V. Wright, Manchester. Improve-
ments in lighting. March 30
17.1 E. Daviee, London. Improvement in lighting. March
30
4S10 B. H. Elphick, London. A new or improved appliance
for preventing the guttering or wasting of candles. March 31
1859 A. Fehlen, London. Improvements in the methods of
turning to account combustibilitv for heating purposes.
April 1
4881 W. Majert and G. Richter, London. A process and
apparatus for the production of hydrogen gas by a dry method,
for military purposes. April 1
1881 B. W. Redfcrn— From A. Goutierre, Belgium. Improve-
ments in and apparatus for the manufacture of gas for lighting,
heating, or other purposes. April 1
1886 J. Wybauw, London. Improvements in apparatus for
lighting nnd heating by means of gas. April 1
- F. Friedlander and J. (Juaglis. London. Improvements
in obtaining hvdrocarbons from gases. Complete specification.
April 1
1918 R. Haddon— From J. J. Imbs. France. A process for
utilising the heat of the exhaust steam or gases of steam or
other engines. April 2
5012 G. F. Redfern— From A. Robert, Belgium. Improve-
ments in machinery or apparatus for the manufacture of
attificial fuel. April 1
5020 W. 6. Kussey, London. Improvements in apparatus
for vaporising and burning liquid hydrocarbons. Complete
.ration. Aprils
503.1 11. Ji Series, Stourport. An improved apparatus or
valve used in the manufacture of coal and other gases or for
other similar purposes. April 5
5016 J. M. A. Fournier. London. An improved appliance
for purifying heating and illuminating gas. April 5
}| 11. J. Newcome. Shenley. Rapidly obtaining the
utmost degree of warmth from petroleum burnt in an open
1 in a close stove. April 12
: II. Cockey and F. C. Cockey, Westminster. Improve-
ments in gas washers. Complete specification. April 12
.".173 J. Laidler. Sunderland. Improvements for the manu-
facturing of every description of compressed fuel whatsoever.
April 15
.". 1 7 1 J. Laidler. A machine lur the manufacturing of every
description "f compressed fuel whatsoever. April 15
5181 B> Scott, on-Tyne. improvements in the
construction of globes for increasing the luminosity
of 1 i k' 1 1 1 . April 15
i A. Harris, London. Improvements in gas producers.
April 15
-i W. \V. Horn. London— From A. L. Allen. Cnited
States. Improvements in apparatus for the manufacture of
gas. April 18
563s 8. I Dorman, Stafford. Improved construction of
thermopiles heated directly by the combustion of fuel, or by
heated gases, April 18
jiill J. Broad, J. W. llroad. G. I', Broad. 11. J. Broad, and
'.. i . Fowler. London. Improvements in night-lights.
April 18
■!!■/./ 1 1: 8P1 CIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5727 T. Nicholson, Methods and appliances for oblaining,
and cleansing, gas from coal. March 26
6858 A. .1. Boult-From A. Montenegro. Method of heating
apartments. March 23
7112 W. s. Sutherland. Improvements in gas producers.
Mai eh 30
7228 K. J, Barnfleld. Gas- retort furnaces. March 30
725S K. Good. Hj draulic mains for gas woi ks. March 30
7365 A. Paget. Manufacture of matters for incandescent
gas-lighting. March 30
7705 J. Bartle. Adjusting and locking the handles of gas-
retort covers or lids. April 9
7706 II. Cockey and F. C. Cockey. Gas purifier centre-
valves. April 9
8157 O. Imray— From F. Siemens. Regenerative gas-retort
furnaces. April 20
9047 J. Blum. The instantaneous generation of steam.
April 2
10969 A. Brin and L. Q. Brinn. Means for healing steam
boilers, etc.. and for decomposing steam and burning its con-
stituent cases for the production of light and heat. March 26
13211 P. Innes Hydraulic mains apparatus used in the
manufacture of illuminating gas. March 26
1887.
2719 A. J. Boult— From W. H. Brooks. Manufacture of
steam and oil gas for fuel and for illuminating purposes.
March 23
2752 H. J. Seibel, jun. Apparatus for enriching gas.
March 23
3999 E. Albin- See Class I.
III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAB
PRODUCTS, Etc.
APPLICATION.
5519 J. Elliott. Westminster. Improvements in gas appa-
ratus for effecting the conlinuous carbonisation of coal.
April 15
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS AND DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
1213 \V. Majert, London. Improvements in and relating to
the manufacture of colouring matters. March 21
1181 C. 1). Abel— From O. Korschelt. Germany. An im-
proved manufacture of logwood extract. March 25
1192 H. H. Lake— From K. Oehler, Germany. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of colouring matters. March 25
16S3 R. 11 W. Biggs. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of dyes, disinfectants, artificial stone, artificial ivory,
artificial manure, sodium, and other substances. March 2t-
5019 S. J. Sinipkin, London. Improvements in or relating
to the manufacture of pure or refined indigo. April 5
5109 J. Haurt. Manchester. Producing basic sulpbo-
cyanides of aluminium, iron, and chromium for dyeing and
printing purposes. April 6
5257 C. D. Abel— From The Farbwerke vormals Mtister,
Lucius, and Bruning. Germany. Improvements in the pro-
duction of dialkylised amidobenzophenones. April 9
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
1387 H. II. Lake— From A. Lecnardt and Co. The manu-
facture of colouring matters. March 26
7137 C. D. Abel— From The Farbwerke vormals Meistcr,
Lucius, and Bruning. Production of indoderivatives from
the compounds of the aromatic hydrazines with the ketones
and the aldehydes. March 30
12022 A. Kern. Improvements relating to substances chiefly
designed for use in the preparation of colouring matters, and
to the manufacture of colouring matters therefrom. April 20
1887.
2123 H. II. lake— From L. Whitefleld. Compound for pro-
ducing designs upon textile fabrics. March 23
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1981 1). Smith nnd II. Smith, Bradford. Improvements in
the method of and apparatus for washing wool and other
fibres. April I
.nil W. 1!. Nation and J. .1. Worswick, London. Improve-
ments in the treatment of vegetable fibres suitable for spin-
ning, weaving, and other analogous purposes. Aprils
6097 K. II. Collyer, London. Improved machinery and
apparatus for the preparation of vegetable fibres for textile
purposes. April 6
5206 II. H. Lake— Prom La Societe flillel it tils. France.
Improvements relating to the treatment "f fabrics composed
of or containing silk for improving the appearance of the same.
April 7
a prii 29. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
311
531.i X. Dubois-Mauduit. London. An improved process for
rendering woven fabrics waterproof. April 12
6577 11. II. Lake -From K. Brown, United States. The
manufacture of an improved textile fabric and apparatus
therefor. April Hi
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
7530 E. dc Pass— From LaSociete dc La targe, Lebre et Cie.
See Class XIX.
7927 A. M. Clark— From L. P. Audouard. Treating woven
and other fabrics, yarns, ropes, etc . to render same non-
putrefactii l! and antiseptic. April 20
l(j7tx"> J. 11. Lorimer. Drying;, bleaching:, and disinfe< ittng
wool, cotton, paper polp. or other textile or fibrous material-.
and apparatus therefor. Man
VL— DYfeING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING, AMD BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
12sfi \V. G. Young, London. An improved mordant for
dvcing cotton and other fibrous substances a fast black.
March 22 , , .
1365 E. Booth, London— From W. A. Fourness, Belgium.
Improvements in apparatus tor dyeing loose or spun cotton or
other fibres. Complete specification. March 23
1509 E. Sutcliffe, U. K. Sutcliffe, and the Patent Process
Dyeing Co.. Limited. Manchester. Improvements in the
method of. and in apparatus for, washing, bleaching, dyeing,
and treating textile materials. March 26
1517 R. Chadwick and J. W. C. Chadwiek. London. Im-
provements in dyeing yarns and fabrics black, blue, and other
colours. March 28 !
4704 G. Jugenburg, London. An improved mode of and
apparatus for mordanting, dyeing, and bleaching raw cotton.
Complete specification. March 30
4'.»e> A. Feme, Manchester. Improvements in dyeing and
printing blacks, blues, browns, and other dark colours upon
animal and vegetable matters. April 2
(853 A Hrin and L. Q. Brin. Westminster. Improvements
in bleaching fibrous substances used for making paper.
April 2
5113 D. Stewart and R. Walker, Glasgow. Improvements
in apparatus for stretching and airing, liquoring, soaping, or
washing woven fabrics. April 6
5150 J. McXaught and W. McXaught, .iun.. London. Im-
provements in or applicable to machinery for scouring and
washing wool and other fibrous materials. April 6
5166 J. Davies, Manchester. Improvements in aniline dye-
ing. April 7
5175 K. Gledhill, Bradford. Improvements in dyeing appara-
tus connected with machines for sizing worsted or other warps
April 7
5212 A. Goldthorp, Wakefield. An improved form of rod or
stick, and apparatus connected therewith, for more evenly
dyeing fibrous substances in hanks. April 9
5359 J. Gibson and F. M. Gibson. Edinburgh. Improvements
in bleaching fibrous materials. April 13
5596 J. Bromley and T. Harrison, Leeds. Improvements in
machinery for bronzing, colouring, or otherwise ornamenting
paper and other material in sheets or continuous rolls. Com-
plete specification. April 18
COMPLETE SPEC 'IFICA TION -1 C< 'EPTED.
18S6.
8065 C. Lohmann. Improvements in dyeing blue, especially
adapted for wool. April 9
VII. -ACIDS. ALKALIS, and SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
1088 G. Milligan. Oxford. Obtaining aluminate of soda by
a new process, from clay and soda salts. March 18
4133 J. Y. Johnson— From C. Dubois, France. Improve-
ments in condensing chambers for sublimed sulphur. Com-
plete specification. Manh 18
4199 A. Brin and L. Q. Brin. London. Improvements in the
production of chlorine and hydrogen. March 21
4201 J. Taylor. Glasgow. Improvements in the manufacture
of nitric acid. March 21
1241 H.Baum. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of pyro-sulphates. March 21
1363 A. Shelmerdine. Liverpool. Improvements in the
treatment and utilisation of alkali waste, known as "lime
mud." for obtaining a useful product therefrom. March 23
1371 A. Delbaye, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of caustic or carbonated soda and caustic potash.
March 23
1430 J. Brock. Widnes— Partly communicated by G. Lunge.
Switzerland Improvements in apparatus for the manufac-
ture of monohydrated sulphuric add. March 21
4686 H. Gall and V. A. de Montlaur, London. Improvements
in the manufacture of chlorates of the alkalies or alkaline
earths. March 29
49S9 D. Simpson. Edinburgh. Improvements in apparatus
for concentrating liquids, and for separating salts from their
solutions by evaporation. April 1
5121 G. I. J. Wells— F'rotn .S. PieK, Galicia. Improvements
in the evaporating of liquors containing salts, and in the
separation of those --alts. April 6.
5250 A. Shelmerdine, Liverpool. Improvements in the
treatment and utilisation of alkali residue, known as " lime
mud," for obtaining a useful product therefrom. April 9
5393 E. Uermite, London. Manufacture of bleaching and
i ting liquor. April 13
5419 T. Thompson, Edinburgh. An improved anil entirely
new method for the admixture of ferrous sulphate or sulphate
of iron and potassium carbonate, so that chemical action
between them is prevented until exposed to each other in the
presence of moisture. April l;
i OMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
1922 C. F. Claus. Manufacture of carbonate of soda and
carbonate of potash, and treatment of residues obtained
March 26
I j |i.(,. Fitz Gerald. The regeneration or production of
chromic acid from exhausted battery and other solutions.
April 111
7137 J. \". Johnson— From C. Dubois. Apparatus for ex-
tracting and subliming sulphur. March 30
7192 A. Fritschi. Manufacture of carbonic oxide gas.
April 2
■ B. Dawson. Apparatus for evaporating waste lyes and
recovering soda from black liquor. April 16
S602 J Park. Manufacture of bichromate of ammonia.
April 16
1887.
4133 J. G. Johnson— From C. Dubois. Condensing chamber
for sublimed sulphur. April .0
VIII. -GLASS, POTTERY, axd EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
1212 M. Hoffmann. London. An improved process for manu-
facturing artificial majolica, delft, porcelain, and enamel.
March 21 . _
44S5 A. M. Clark— From C. J. Brunetti. 1 ranee. An im-
proved process of ornamenting articles of glass, porcelain, and
other ceramic or vitrifiable materials. March 25
4689 L. Preussner, London. A process for the production of
marble-like or enamel-like objects. March 29
4821 E. Moore, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of opaque glass of a certain new colour. Complete specifia-
tion. March 31
1822 E. -Moore. The manufacture of opaque glass of a new
colour. Complete specification. March 31
4975 D. Hylands. Barnslev. Improvements relating to the
casting and cooling of glass sleepers or other glass castings.
April 4 __ .
5120 T. W. Hogg and P. J. Jackson, Xewcastle-on-Tyne. An
improved method for printing upon glass, porcelain, or earth-
enware, and apparatus therefor. April 14
5429 F. Wallbrecht. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of bricks, tiles, and all kinds of earthenware. Com-
plete specification. April 14
5560 A. D. Brogan ami A. M. Malloch, Glasgow. An im-
proved method of producing rippled, chequered, or other
patterns or designs upon rolled plate and sheet glass, and
apparatus therefor. April 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5291 D. Rylands and H. Lindsay -Bucknall. Glass-melting
furnaces. April 20
7211 F. Gibbons. Manufacture of ceramic tesserte. mosaic,
tiles, seggars. etc.. and apparatus therefor. March 30
8061 A. Feldmann. Production of fireproof articles of
enamel. March 26 . . -
8526 J. K. Windmill. Making glass bottles, jars, etc., and
apparatus therefor. April 16
9015 W. H. Jones. B. Jones. W. H. Jones, and B. H. Jones.
Apparatus for use in the manufacture of enamel ware. Apl. 16
15579 H. J. Allison— From C. C. Oilman. Manufacture of
porous earthenware. April 16
LX.— BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS, and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
4151 J. M. Robertson, Glasgow". Fireproof floors and ceilings.
March 19
127- W. torbould. See Class XII.
1370 C Brann and E. W. Jones. London. An improved mode
of treating the slag or scoria from blast furnaces for making
blocks orslabs for paving or other purposes. March 23
4:.91 J. W. Stansfleld, Manchester. Improvements in water-
asphalting. March 21
4606 A. J. Boult, London— From J. X. Jorda, Spain. Im-
provements in paving. March 28 .
4615 R. Haddan-From E. Clenci, Italy. An improved brick
or block to be used as building material. March 28
4631 T C Fawcett. Halifax. Improvements in machinery
for working and pressing bricks, tiles, and other articles.
March 29
312
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (April 29. 1887
5152 (J. F. 11. Clark and R. .1. Clark. London. The manufac-
ture of ii cement or composition for fastening wood, linoleum,
or other covering to iron or stool decks, wood flooring, etc. ;
applicable also for other purposes. April 6
615."* J. \v. Ilooton. London. Lmproi omenta in the manufac-
ture of Portland cement, and apparatus therefor; applicable
also for other purposes. April 6
5476 1 '. Burns, Carlisle, improvements in the utilisation of
waste produots and manufacture of bricks, tiles, and other
articles therefi om. April IS
5515 .1. sticie. Liverpool. Improvements in celluloid attach-
ment for glasses. Complete specification. April 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS A< CEPTED.
1886-
8120 S. Lowdon. Manufacture of Portland cement. April20
15905 C. .1. J'oilds. Construction of paving with moulded
slag blocks. .March 30
979 W.
Bonnet.
E. Gedge — From .1. Thorraud. V. Nicolct, and A.
A novel artitlcial cement. March 30
X.— METALLURGY, MINING, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
40S6 1(. Murray, Glasgow. A method of producing sound
copper castings in sand or loam moulds. March 18
4170 F. Berry, Sheffield. Apparatus and appliances for auto-
matically re\olving heavy masses of material during the
process of manufacture, as in the manipulation of forgings
under steam hammers, forging presses, and the like. Mar. 19
4191 J. Lysaght, Limited, W. II. Lysaght, and J. Lakin,
London. Improvements in rolling very thin gauges of iron
and steel sheets. March 21
4218 \V. Hope. Improvements in treating hollow cylinders
or shafts of steel or other metal. March 21
4228 C. Netto. London. Improvements relating to the
extraction of aluminium front substances containing the same.
March 21
4233 J. W. Chenhall and J. Richardson, London. An im-
proved method of constructing machines for breaking and
crushing quartz or other hard materials. March 21
4234 J. \V. Chenhall and J. Richardson. Improvements in
machinery for concentrating ores. March 21
4247 T. i'aberner and J. Hart, Liverpool. Improvements in
safety lamps for mining and other purposes. March 22
4260 W.S.Sutherland, Liverpool. Improvements in heating,
mainly for welding, and in furnaces therefor. March 22
4297 G. B. Nicoll, London. A new or improved method of
heating metal forgings or castings for the purpose of expand-
ing them, with a view to their subsequent contraction upon
their scuts. .March 22
4348 P. J. Dowling and J. Y. Dowling, London. Improve-
ments in the method of weaving tinned steel or other wire for
various uses. March 23
43S9 G. J. Snelus, London. Improvements relating to the
treatment of furnace slag, and to apparatus therefor. Mar. 23
4434 J. E. T. Wood, London. Treating and separating refuse
metals. March 24
4472 S. P. Thompson. See Class XVIII.
4512 T. Marshall, London. Improvements in miners' safety
lamps. March 26
1528 11. F. Taylor and W. P strove. London. Improvements
in the method of finishing metal plates coated with tin or other
metal or alloy, and in apparatus connected therewith. Mar. 26
4531 C. Tod, London. Improvements in pulverising gold
qiuutz. March 211
45711 I). G. Hi ihon, S.T. Montague, and O. L. B. L. Bourgerol,
Paris. Process for extracting aluminium from alumina.
Complete specification, March 28
4584 11. 11. W. Biggs, London. Extracting tin from iron or
tin scraps. Murch 28
4609 J. C. Newbery and C. T. J. Vautin, London. Improve-
ments in the wet or hydro-metallurgical method of extracting
gold from crushed or other finely divided auriferous material.
Complete specification. March 28
46G1 W.P.Thompson. See Class XVIII.
1846 A. Gutcnsohn and K. Cox, London. Improvements in
the process of coating iron or other metals with tin or other
metal by the use of grease. March 31
48s7 1. Bower, R. W. Bower, and J. Blackburn, London. An
improM'd mciins lor detaching or forcing down coal or other
minerals. April 1
4993 W. II. Rickard and T. J. Rickard, Newport. Mon.
Improvements in the method of, and apparatus or machinery
for, coating plates with tin, lead, or other metal or alloys of
the same. April 4
5002 K. Morris, London. Improvements in the method of.
and apparatus to be employed in connection with, lime blasting
operations In mines. April 1
5029 It. Hannan and M. .Milburn, Glasgow. Improvements
in obtaining zinc from iis blende or sulphide. April 5
5399 G. W. Elliott, Sheffield. Improvements in wedges for
winning coal, rock, and other minerals. April 11
om F. Herbert and C. G Gordon, Newport, Mon. Improve-
ments in " Bessemer " and other ingot moulds. April 14
5470 P. F. Kendall, Manchester. The determination of the
direction of the dip of rocks in deep bore holes, and of the
direction of deviation of boring from the perpendicular. April
5504 A. L. Kccport, London. Improvements in the process
of obtaining the oxides, etc., of metals from their ores or from
crude minerals. Complete specification. April 15
5622 w. h. Rickard and T. .1. liickard. London. Improve-
ments in the method of, and apparatus or machinery for. coat-
ing plates with tin. lead and other metal, or alloys of The
same. Api il 18
5627 A. Woodbouse, London. Improvement in apparatus
for the amalgamation of gold. April Is
Complete specifications accepted.
1886.
5832 J. Y. Johnson— From I.a Societe Anonyme l.e Fcrro-
Nickel. Manufacture of alloysof nickel, copperand aluminium.
April 2
i>747 A. M.Clark— From 1. 11 Societe Anonyme dc Prniluiis
Cnimiquesde St. Denis. Process and apparatus for treatment
of iron ores for the manufacture of steel. March 23
67^6 J. Thomas, H. Lewis. E. W. Lewis, and T. L. Thomas.
Method and apparatus for galvanising sheet metal. Murch 23
6803 E. Edwards— From M. Kamos-Garcia. Separation of
metallic tin from tinned plates, or from alloys or salts of tin.
April 9
6810 J. Noad. Extraction of gold, silver, and platinum from
ores and other substances. March 23
6974 E. Hunt— From G. Thomson. Obtaining copper from
solutions of its salts. March 23
6977 C. J. Sandahl. G. Bargate. and C. B. Phillips. Manu-
facture of ferro-manganese, silico-spiegcl, spiegelisen, and
chrome iron. March 26
7008 W.Evans. Heating furnace for steel sleepers, etc., and
apparatus connected therewith. March 26
7081 C. T. Cayley. Dies for use in the manufacture of rolled
metal articles. March 30
70S9 G. F. liedfern— From J. M. N. Millot. Com pressing sand
cores and moulds used in the manufacture of cast-metal pipes,
and apparatus therefor. March 30
7191 A.Fritschi. Smelting iron and other metallic ores, and
apparatus therefor. March 30
7777 W. BriggB, Preserving iron and steel structures from
oxidation. April 9
8130 J. Noad. Extraction of gold, silver, and copper from
ores, etc. March 23
8324 A. Gutensohn and J. M. James. Pickling or cleaning
the surface of iron or other metal previous to coating it with
tin or other metal. April 16
8359 T. Twynam. Refractory linings specially adapted for
metallurgical furnaces, but applicable also for other purposes.
April 20
8424 A. R. Ormiston and J. Ormiston. Processes and appa-
ratus for testing miners' safety lamps. April 16
8881 P. M. Justice— F'rom H. T. Rode. Manufacture of steel
and ingot iron. April 16
9008 A. E. Stayner. Drilling machines for rock and coal.
April 16
'.015 W. II. Jones. B. Jones. W. H. Jones, and B. II. Jones.
Apparatus for use in manufacture of enamel w are. April 16
10753 R. Schneider. Separating funnels or gits used for
making perfectly solid and pure castings of iron, steel, etc.
April 16
12053 D. McKcchnie. Method and apparatus for smelting
or refining copper. March 23
14982 C. W. Thompson. Iiock drills. April 20
169% E. de Pass— From La Societe Industrielle et Coin-
merciale des Metaux. Preserving the surface of copper or its
alloys. April 16
1887.
2710 M. Constable and J. R. Binglc. Extraction of gold,
silver, and other metals from ferriferous ores. March 23
2771 A. E. Outerbridge, jun. Moulds for metal castings.
March 23
3738 P. M. Justice— From H. T. Rode. Manufacture of steel
and ingot iron. April 16
XL— FATS, OILS, and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
5132 W. P. Thompson— From La Soci' te Industrielle de
Glycerine et Acides Gras. Paris. Improved process for the
continuous distillation of fatty bodies. April 14
5133 W. P. Thompson, Liverpool, improvements in the
manufacture or treating of cotton-seed oil and other products
from cottonseed, cotton-seed oil, or its residues. April II
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5277 H. Lambert and G. Greenwood. Apparatus for express-
ing oil from oil-yielding vegetable substances, and converting
the residue into oil cake. April 16
6981 R. Jaques. Improvements in toilet soap tablets.
March 26
1090S A. Brin and L. l). Brin. Means for bleaching and
disinfecting animal, vegetable, or mineral oils and fatty
matters. March 26
12652 A. Brin and L. I). Brin. Oxidation of oils for use in the
manufacture of paints or varuishes, and for other purposes.
.March 26
April 29. 1887. THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY' OP CHEMiCAL INDUSTRY.
.313
1887.
J615 W. Buttner. J. O. Holier, ami J.Magnus. Apparatus
and means for extracting, washing and condensing fat, grease.
glue, oil. or Other substances from bones, wool, organic or in-
organic substances ; for drying the same, and recovering the
solvent employed. March 30
3832 A. G. Wan An improved lubricant. April 16
3833 A. G. Wass. An improved lubricant. April 16
XII.— PAINTS, VARNISHES, and RESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
4267 A. Fromentin, London. Manufacturing a white colour
culled double carbonate, to be used as a painting colour. March.
22
I27S \\\ Corbould, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of whiting. March 22
1334 T. Krnyon. Manchester. Improvements in the prepara-
tion of pigments, and in the manufacture and treatment ol bye-
products therefrom. Complete specification. March 23
4(107 It. M. lollingham, Manchester. Improvements in appa-
ratus or presses used in the manufacture of black lead or other
material for forming it into blocks. March 28
5515 S. Snell and A. W. Sanderson, Birmingham. A new or
improved apparatus for the heating, melting, softening and
burning of cements, paints, and the like for various purposes.
April 16
6586 F. Crane— From J. Hale. United States. Improvements
relating to the preparation of lacquers and varnishes, and to
the method of applying the same for coating metallic or other
articles. April 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
23
7197 J. Cameron. Antifouling composition for ships. March
1887.
3794 T.Garton. Transparent protective enamel or varnish.
April 16
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, and SIZE.
APPLICATIONS.
4381 H. Jamelle, London. An improved process for tanning
hides and skins. March 23
5524 G. Delfos, London. See Class XX.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
6138 It. Baker and W. Baker. Manufacturing leather from
seal splits. April 16
7717 E. P. Xesbit. An improvement in tanning. April 9
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
APPLICATION*.
4854 X. Proctor. Alfreton. An apparatus for creating
vapours from a chemical compound for the destruction of
insects. April 1
5532 E. Edwards— From J. Jeger. See Class XVII— C.
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
4397 H. W. Walker and T. L. Patterson, Glasgow. Im-
provements in apparatus for moulding and refining sugar.
Slarch24
H07 A. Trebitsch, London. Apparatus and process for ren-
dering amber waste available for manufacture. March 21
5066 A. Seyberlich and A. Trampedach, London. Improve-
ments in and relating to the manufacture of grape sugar.
April 5
5159 A. Schuhmann. London. An improved manufacture of
a non-fermentable cementitious body soluble in water, from
starch. April 14
5460 A. Schuhmann. An improved manufacture of dextrine
or soluble starch free from smell and taste. April 11
5579 W, H. Hope, London. Increasing the durability and
hardness of gutta-percha. April 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
7970 M. Blake and J. Barclay. Improvements in and con-
nected with sugar mills. April 16
XVI.-BREWING, WINES and SPIRITS.
APPLICATIONS.
1332 J. France, Halifax. A new treatment of excisable
liquors. March 23
1138 O. Imray, London— From F. W. Wieeabrock, Tinted
States. A process and apparatus for dryingand cooling malt,
grain, and other substances. Complete specification. Mar. _'l
4530 J. W. Bailey and J. A. K. Greaves. London. The
Manufacture of a new or improved saccharum for the use of
brewers, distillers and vinegar makers. March 26
K. Faulkner and W. Adlam. London. Improvements
in and apparatus for etlecting the process of sterilising
"yeast-press drawings." "returns." and other waste liquids
in brewing, vinegar-making, and other like processes. April 1
5337 I. A. F. Bang and M. C. A. Iiuflln, London. A process
and apparatus for purifying crude spirit and regenerating the
purifying agent. April 12
.i373 F. J. von der Ropp, London. Improvements in or re-
ating to the treutment of yeast. April 13
COUPLETS SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
8082 W. S. Squire. Manufacture of yeast. April 20
XVII.- CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A.— CHEMI6TRY OF FOODB.
17016 A. J. P. Larieur and H. Gregoire, London. An im-
proved food for horses and other animals. December 29,
1886. Previously included in No. 17016 of 1SE6.
4203 T. Kerfoot, Manchester. Preparing a dry saccharated
extract of tea from which a cup of tea tan be quickly made
by the addition of boiling water. March 21
1271 A. Walker. London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of yeast. March 22
4836 P. E. Establic. London. Improvements relating to
barrels or receptacles for the preservation and transport of
meat, fish, and other substances. March 31
5267 W. H. Gilruth, London. Improved means and ap-
paratus for treating tea leaves and other vegetable matter to
evaporate moisture therefrom. April 9
5302 J. B. Fabre and L. Bergel. London. An improved dry
colouring powder for cheese, butter, and other products.
April 12
5535 A. P. Wire. London. A new compound applicable
especially for the preservation of animal and vegetable sub
stances. April 15
C— Disinfect ax ts.
4283 A. Dupre and C. X. Hake, Westminster. Improvements
in the preparation of disinfectants, deodorants, and anti-
septics. March 22
1355 E. R. Blumstone, London. Improvements in disinfec-
tants. March 23
5393 H. Hermite. See Class VII
5532 E. Edwards, I-onuou— From J. Jeger. Poland. A new
or improved material to be used as a disinfectant, manure,
preservative against decay, and for other purposes. April 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
A.— Chemistry of Foods.
1886.
7644 H. H. Lake— From X. Sluller. The preservation of
alimentary substances. April 9
7862 G. Grout. An improved preparation of cocoa and
chocolate. April 10
17U17 M. Samelson. Manufacture of liquid extract of coffee.
March 30
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
1886.
1544 T. Reid. Apparatus and method for clarifying sewage,
and filtering large volumes of water. March 26
1572 F. Petrie. Disinfection of sewage, waste liquors, and
the like. March 30
1609 T. G. Hardie. Furnace for the combustion of town
refuse, etc., and utilisation of the resultant products. March 30
6306 J. S. Edwards and J. Edwards. Apparatus for drying
waste animal matter, etc. March 23
6813 J. G. Lorrain. Improvements in filtration. March 23
7333 J. Fenton. Purifying, precipitating, and filtering
sewage, drainage, etc. March 30
1887.
2766 J. Y. Johnson— From La SociMe G. Boone et J. Xory
Decantation apparatus for clarifying and purifying water
and other liquids. April 16
2860 H. Davey. Method and means for automatically
raising sewage. April 20
C— Disinfect ants.
1S86.
6819 W. Thompson. The employment of certain substances
for antiseptic purposes. March 23
8509 A. Boake and F. G. A. Roberts. Improvements in
disinfectants. April 9
3H
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (April 29, ttw.
.Will.- ELEI TRO-I BEMISTRY.
APPLICATIONS.
4111 L. 11. Davies i ad M. Shearer, London. Improvement
for protection m elements (while In solutioni of batter]
Cells. .March Is
1126 M. Bernard and K. Bernard, London. An improved
process for the electrolysisol certain double chlorides. March 18
1219 C. Desmazures, London. Certain improvements in
accumulatora ol electricity or other primarj or secondary
galvanic batteries. Complete specification. March 21
1225 6. Hookham, London. Improvements in electricity
meters, partly applicable to dynamo-electric generators and
motors. March '.'1
4303 W. Main. Brooklyn, U.S.A. Improvements in and
relating to secondary batteries. Complete specification.
March 22
1311 II. 11. Lake From A. Vanwyck Meserole, U.S a.
Improvements in and relating to secondary batteries. Com-
plete specification. March 22
4322 J. Hopkinson and K. Hopkinson, London. Dvnamo-
electric machines, March 22
1160 T, Parker. Manchester. Improvements in electro-
dynamic and dj namo-electric machines. March 25
117.' S. P Thompson. London. Improvements in electro-
deposition of cobalt. March 25
iill L. Epstein, Liverpool. Improvements in electrodes
applicable for use in primary or secondary batteries. Complete
specification. March 16
4571 W. E. Heys— From J. Beattie, jun.. United States.
Improvements in the construction and manufacture of zincs
for galvanic batteries. March 28
4577 11. C. Beland, London. Improvements in electric
secondary or storage batteries. March 28
461S c. L. Tweedale, Manchester. Improvements in primarv
batteries. March 29
4604 W. P. Thompson— From E. H. Cowles and A. II.
Cowles, United States. Improvements in or relating to
electric furnaces applicable fur making aluminium, and for
other purposes. Complete Specification Man li iS
4667 W. I*. Kookogey. London. Improvements in galvanic
battery solutions. Complete specification. March 2!l
4744 ri. J. Harris. London. Means for supporting or sus-
pending elements in electric batteries. March 30
47sl The Electrical Power Storage Co. Limited and H. \V.
Butler. London. Improvements in electric batteries. March 30
4S23 C. H. Cathcart. London. An improved galvanic
battery. March 31
4S.I O.C. 1). Boss, London. Improvements in the method
of and in apparatus for generating electro-magnetic currents.
March 31
4332 H. Leipman, London. Manufacture and construction
of carbon '" plates " or electrodes for use in primary batteries
and for electro-metallurgical, electrolytical, and other
electrical purposes. March 31
41131 M. Bailey and J. Warner, London. An improved
construction of battery and method of regulating the same.
Complete specification. April 2
50O*J J. T. Armstrong. London. A new and improved method
of charging, cleansing, changing, and varying the chemicals
and liquids used in secondary batteries. April 4
5096 J. Kapp. London. Improvements in dynamo-electric
Machinery. Aprils
5125 G. E. Itorman. Stafford, Improvements in thermo-
electric elemeuls. April II
5110 \V. H. Quarterman, London. Improvements in
galvanic battel ies. AptilO
5193 Q*. A. tirindle, London. Improvements relating to a
system of generation and distribution of electricity. April 7
5S03 H. \V. Kavenshaw. W. T. Coolden, and A". P. Trotter,
Loudon. Improvements in dynamo-electric machines. April 12
516.' W. 11. Scott and E. A. Paris. London. Improvements
in dynamo-electric machines. April 14
5605 II. W. ltavenshaw, \V. T. Cooldcn, and A. P. Trotter,
London. Improvements in dynamo-electric machines. April 15
5662 \\". Maxwell. London. A system of generating, repro-
ducing, and distributing electricity. April 16
5583 H. Liepmann, London. Improvements in galvanic
batteries. April 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICA TIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
2880 H. 11. Lakc-From U. E. Cabanellas. Apparatus for the
generation and utilisation of electrical energy. .March 30
1662 F.King. Automatic electrical distribution and charge
of secondary batteries. March 30
4751 11. S. Maxim. Application of magnetism or electro-
magnetism for the separation of metals, and for other
purposes; and apparatus therefor. April 2
5092 A. Bust. Thermo-electric generators. April 9
6122 .I.e. Statter am! .-. 1.. Brunton. Armatures for magnets
or dynamo-electric generators. Mar. h j:;
7001 K. E. li. Cioinpion. Apparatus fur generating electri-
City. April 1
7i-9 .i. E. Pearce. Primary voltaic batteries. Mai
Faucheux d'flumy. Qalvanio batteries. April 2
7598 J. piikin. Elements for secondary batteries. April 9
77ol E. J. Houghton, Fuse for dynamo-electric machines.
April 9
10186 C. W. Hill. Electric generators and motors. March 26
1387 N. W. Perry. Qalvanio cells. April 9
2721 c. i ;. cm i is, K. B. Crocker, and s. S. Wheeler. Electric
batteries. Aprils
2835 G. V. Lagarde. Improi emente In el. i trie batteries, and
means Cor putting same into and out of action. March 26
XIX.— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1649 T. M'Dougall and.F Lindley, Glasgow. Improvements
in the manufacture ol paper, and in apparatus therefor.
March 29
S269 Q. Pilt — From R. P. Pictct and Gr. L. llr.laz. Switzer-
land. Improvements in the manufacture of paper from wood,
and in apparatus therefor. Complete specification. Aprils
5296 L. Bastet, London. The manufacture of waterproof
and combined water- and fireproof paper. Complete specifi-
cation. April9
5406 W, Bertram, Glasgow. Improvements in drying paper.
April 11
5125 W. Bertram, Glasgow. Improved mechanism for dry-
ing pat er. April li
5526 T. Goodall and T. Webster, London. Improved means
fur -training pulp. April 15
5649 C. Barataud, London. An improved machine or appa-
ratus for reducing material for the manufacture of paper.
Complete specification. April 18
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
7530 E. de Pass— From La Societe de Lafarge, Lebrc et I [i
A process and apparatus for rendering all kinds of paper Im-
permeable and transparent; the said apparatus being applic-
able for rendering cotton and other fabrics impermeable,
March 26.
17159 N. Browne— From J. Schcrbel and T. Remus. Appa-
ratus for drying strawboard, cardboard, and the like. April 16
1S87.
3927 C. Russell and P. II. Craigin.
April 16
Paper-pulp screens.
XX. -FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES, AMD EXTRACTS.
APPLICATIONS.
5524 G. Delfos, London. An oily chemical preparation for
tnufacture Of Kussian leather. April 15
5590 E. Merck. London. Improvements relating to the manu-
facture of naphthalol, and to the utilisation of the same for
medicinal purposes. April 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
7903 W. L. Wise— From E. Mourlot, tils. Obtaining certain
products or substances from essence of birch bark, and utilis-
ing the same in the manufacture or production of certain
compounds or substances. April 16
XXI.— EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1440 K. W. Punshon and H. J. Maclure, London. Improve-
ments in the maim far i me of explosive compounds. March 25
till II. J. Marline, London. Smokeless gunpowder.
.March 25
1636 E. Hollanders, Portsea, An improved electric safcty-
nistol for tiring canons and explosives. March 29
1713 C. D. Abel— From II. Sob iwegt Germany. Improve-
ments in explosive compounds and safety cartridgesfor blast-
ing purposes. March l".t
66 G. A. Farini, London. Improvements in ammunition
for ritles, sporting and other guns, pistols or revolvers ; also
able to heavy ordnance. Complete specification.
April 13
5161 W. J. Brewer, London. An improved land torpedo.
April II
5538 W. J. Brewer. Improvements in torpedoes. April 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS A' lEPTEJ).
1886.
7911 J. liigbv. Improvements in ammunition. April 16
9166 C. Roth. Manufacture of explosives. April 9
1887.
2879 C. Roth. Manufacture of explosives. April 2
8173 S. 11. Mealy and L. llutclnns. Matiue torpedoes.
April 9
rrintcdand Published by Kmmott Jt Co., New Bridge Street, struntewnss. Msnohetter, t i of Chemical Industry,
I.um...\ ni 1 1, k. lot (he Bale di CopiM to I 6, Sort strut, Cerent Garden
THE JOURNAL
OF THK
Society of Chemical 3nbustry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. o.-Vol. VI.
MAY 31, 1887.
Non-Members 50/- per annum ; Members
21/- per Set; Single Copies 2,6.
€f)c ^ocictp of Cfjcmical 3lnDustrg.
Past Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.. LL.D., V.P.R.S.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S
W. H. Perkin, Ph.D., F.R.S
E. K. Muspratt
1SS1— 1882.
l-si- iss:(.
1883- 1881.
1881—1885.
INS.'i lSSli.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1887
President : David Howard.
Vice-Presidents :
Sir I. Lowthian Bell. Bart.,
F.R.S.
Prof. James Dewar, F.S.S.
Dr. Peter Oriess. F.R.S.
l)r. Ferdinand Hurter.
K. K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
E. C. V. Stanford.
J. C. Stevenson, M.P.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood, F.R.S.E.
Eustace Carey.
K. Forbes Carpenter.
Henry Doulton.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.
S. H. Johnson.
Ivan Levinstein.
John Pattinson.
6'. A. Sadler.
Sir Bernhard Samuclson,
Bart.. M.P.
Sir Chas. Tinnant. Bart.
Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook. East London Soapworks, Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary :
Ludwiti Mond, 20, Avenue Road, Regent's Park, N.W.
General Secretai-y : Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee:
The President.
Sir F. A. Abel, F.R.S.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.E.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes, D.Sc.
W. Y. Dent.
Prof. Dewar, F.R.S.
Peter Griess. Ph.D., F.R.S.
D. B. Hewitt, M.D.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
F. Hurter, Ph.D.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
E. K. .Muspratt.
C. OSullivan. F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
Editor: Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester.
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors :
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrymple Borland.
T. L. Bnggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B, Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cross.
A. R. Davis.
A. G. Green.
s. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulmc.
Bertram Hunt.
C. C. Hutchinson.
D, E. Jones. D.Sc.
Abstractors :
W. E. Kay.
A.J. King. B.So.
ilia-'. A. Kohn. Ph.D.
J. Walter Leather. Ph.D.
D. A. Louis.
Wm Macnab. Jun.
W. G. McMillan.
Q. Harris Morris, Ph.D.
J. M. H. Munro. D.Sc.
II. A. Rademacher.
S. G. Rawson, B.Sc.
A. Ree, Ph.D.
F. \V. Renaut.
James Taylor, B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Veley. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whiteley.
Sydney Young, D.Sc.
NOTICES.
In accordance with the provisions of Rule 18 of the
Bye-laws, notice is hereby given that those members of
Council whose names are placed in italics in the
annexed list, will retire from their respective offices at
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Professor James Dewar, F.R.S., has been nominated
to the office of President, and Mr. David Howard has
been nominated Vice-President under Rule 11.
Professor Clowes, Mr. J. Neilson Cuthbertson,
Mr. Ivan Levinstein, and Professor \V. A. Tilden, F.R.S.,
have been nominated Vice-Presidents under Rule 8 ;
and Mr. B. S. Proctor has been nominated Ordinary
Member of Council under Rule 17, in the place of
Mr. Levinstein, nominated Vice-President.
The Treasurer and Foreign Secretary have been
nominated for re-election. _
Members are hereby invited to nominate fit and proper
persons to fill four vacancies among the ( irdinary Members
of Council under Rule IS. Special nomination forms
for this purpose can be obtained from the General
Secretary upon application.
Extract from Mule 18 : — " No such nomination shall
be valid, unless it be signed by at least ten members of
the Society, who are not in arrear with their subscrip-
tions, nor unless it be received by the General Secretary,
at the Society's Office, at least one month before the
date of the commencement of the Annual General
Meeting, to the election to take place at which it refers.
Nor shall any such nomination be valid if the person
nominated be" ineligible for election under Rules 12 or
15. No member shall sign more than one nomination
form."
Notice is hereby given, that the next Annual General
Meeting will be held in Manchester on Wednesday,
Thursday, and Friday, the 13th, 14th, and loth of July
next. Detailed arrangements and the programme of
proceedings will appear as soon as complete.
Comment having been made on the delay in reprinting
the numbers for January, 1882 and 1883, the Secretary
begs to inform those whom it may concern, that the
delay is due to the fact that up to the present not more
than twenty orders for those numbers have been received.
It is hoped" that this notification may stimulate those
who desire to complete their sets, to make early applica-
tion with a view to expedite the consideration of the
question of reprinting by the Council. Notice is also
herebv given that the numbers for January and Febru-
.in;
TIIK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUS, i:V. lMny.11,1 87.
ary, 1SS6, being exhausted, ao orders for those copies,
nor fur complete sets of Vol. V., can be executed.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye Law 13, they cannol receive the pre-
scribed ">o copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that live Law —
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
Herbert W. Bainbridge; Journals, etc, to Malvern Hall,
Solihull, near llirmim;ham.
(i. 11. Beckett, 1 o Forest cue: 21, Howard Street. Horton
Bradford, Yorks.
J. C. Belcher, 1 a Brighton; c o Sanitas Co.. Limited, Letch-
lord's Buildings, Three Colts Lane, Bethnal Green, K.
Jas lieveridge, 1 o Cardiff; Main .Street, Frodsham.
Cheshire.
C. W. Bickerton, lo Bosden; Torkingtou Fold. Norbury,
Stockport.
Dr. L. Claisen, 1 o Coin ; Marsstrasse 1 a 2, Munchen,
Bavaria.
W. P. Cochrane. 1 o Redcar; llohnhnrst. The Park,
Middlesbro'-on-Tees.
Win. Donald, 1 o Pembrey ; 29, Eglinton street, Saltcoats.
N.B.
11. Fcrgusson, 1 o .Manchester; Prince Regent's Wharf,
Victoria 1 locks. K.
And. Ferric, 1 o Corporation Street ; Harpurhey Chemical
Works. Manchester.
H. Forth 1 o New Basford ; Beech Avenue, Sherwood Rise,
Nottingham.
C. J. Fox. 1 o Aldersgate Street : 17. Charterhouse Buildings,
London. E.C
Win. Glover. 1 o Silvertown ; 180, Hulme Hall Lane, Miles
Platting. Manchester.
K. Brim wood, 1 o Upper Holloway ; 11. Lady Margaret
Road. London. N.W.
J. Hammond, 1 o Lewes ; Resident Engineer. Gas Works,
irne.
W. Hogben. 1 o Edinburgh : c/oMonvillePhibrolithoidCo.,
Limited. Monville, Seine Inferieure, France.
lir. H. Kupferberg, 1 o Blacklev; 19. Cleveland Road,
Higher Crumpsall. Manchester.
F. II. Leeds, lo Forest Hate; 29. Bouverie Road, Stoke
N ewington, N.
Otto Luthy, 1 o Church Street; 2336, Fail-mount Avenue
Philadelphia. Pa.. U.S A.
I. R. Marshall. 1 o Edinburgh; bei HerrnKolle,9/3Dachaner
Strassc. Munchen. Bavaria.
.Ino. Murphy. Lo Prince's Park; Kingston House, Aigburth
Road. Liverpool.
F. Nettle-fold. 1 o .-.2; 21. Sterndall Road, West Kensington.
('has. Renard, I/O L'Estaque ; 25. Alices de Meilhan, Mar-
seilles. France.
T. Rowley, l,o Manchester; Croston Cottage, Alderley
K'Il-c. Cheshire.
Wallace Tborneycroft. lo Glasgow; Tettenhall Towers
Wol verhain pton.
II. Wager, l/o Lymington ; Larich Bhan. Loch Awe Side
Ralmally. Argyllshire, N'.B.
A. J. Watts, l/o Pemambuco; 10. Goldhurst Terrace, South
Hampstead. N.W.
G.S. V. Wills. 1 oSouthwark; Arundel Lodge, Tulse Hill,
L. Wykes, 1 o Oldbury ; Minas de Rio Tinto, Huelva, Spain.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
c. 8. Doggett 1 0 53, K iri Stress -. Munchen.
Jai. Towns, 1 o Morgan Street. Canning Town. E.
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED, MAY 23. 1887.
F. W. Babington 8chool of Practical Science, Toronto
Canada, demonstrator of applied chemistry.
F. J. Beaumont. 12, Trinity .-■ [gh g ]g lecturer
on sci. i
J. Edwin Bonn. High street. Bra, ling, Isle of Whrht
chemist. B '
J. II Collett, 7, Brunswick Square, Gloucester, chemical
manufacturer.
J no. Craig. Clippens Villa, by Johnstone, N.B.. manager of
oilwoiks. b
II,.- <;oodall, Hendon Grange, Sunderland, paper manu-
Hugh Hastings. 13, Neal Street, Bradford, Vorks., student of
chemistry.
Ali. II. Knight. 18, Chapel Street, Liverpool, metallurgical
chemist and assayBr.
O. A. Eoenig, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,
U.S. A., professor of mineralogy and metallurgy.
Eardley It. Manby, Lightbounds, Halliwell, Boltou-le-Moors,
manager of bleach andaye works.
Edmund Milnes, Seedfield, Bury, Lancashire, manufacturer
of extra, is lor dyeing and printing.
Philip H. Kathbone, The Cottage, Green Bank, Liverpool.
Chairman of Weldon's Chlorine I 0.
Thos. B. Saunders, s. Melbourne Place, llorton Lane, Brad-
fur, 1. Vorks.. manufacturing chemist.
Willis Scrutton, Universitj College, Gower Street, W.C.,
demonstrator.
II. Thornton, ',, George Street, Euston Road, London, N.W.,
chemist.
Jno. Tumcy, Trent Bridge Leather Works. Nottingham,
tanner.
Jos. T. Wood. Trent Bridge Leather Works. Nottingham,
tanner.
lLonOon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Llklington IIoise.
Chairman: David Howard.
Sir F. A. Abel.
H. K. Armstrong.
w. I. ant i larpi ater.
W. Crowder.
C. Graham.
S. Hall.
A. K. Huntington.
Committee :
];. Messel.
I!. K. R. Ncwlands.
It. Redwood.
T. Royle.
John Spiller.
I.. C. Trewby.
J. Williams.
Hon. Local Sec. and Treasurer: Thos. Tj rer.
Garden Wharf. Church Road. Battersca, S.W.
The meetings of the London Section will be held on the first
Monday in each month.
SESSION 1S86-S7.
Prospective Arrangements.
June 6.— Dr. H. K. Armstrong, " The Alkaloids— the Present
State of Knowledge concerning them, and the
Method employed in their Investigation."
,, Mr. Boverton Redwood. " Notes of a Recent Visit
to some of the Petroleum-producing Territories
of the United States and Canada."
Mr. J. Ruffle, F.I.C.. F.C.S.. -Further Notes on the Analysis
of Certain Fertil:
July 13. II and 15.— Annual Meeting in Manchester.
Notices of Meetings and Papers will be found in the
Scientific Journals.
Notices of papers and communications to be made to the
Local Secretary.
Meeting held May 2, 1SS7.
RE( 'KXT 1!A< jterii >l< m hcai reseaim !H
IX CONNECTION WITH WATER SUPPLY.
BY PERCY I'. 1-T.ANKI.AX1>, PH.D., B.SC. (LOND.), K.I C.
Eighteen months ago I had the honour of intro-
ducing to the notice of this Society some of those
level methods of bacteriological research which have
given such an impetus to this study during the past
lew years, and by means of which such important
results have been obtained.
The functions of micro-organisms are so closely
connected with such numerous industrial pro,
and are of such wide practical significance, that I
cannot but think that the Journal of this Society is a
medium pre-eminentjy fitted for bringing to the
knowledge of practical men the progress which is
being made iu a subject with which so many are con-
sciously, or uncousciously, directly or indirectly
concerned.
In my previous communication I endeavoured to
l„,int out how these new methods of investigation
could be rendered available for the solution of a
May si. 1887.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
3i ;
Dumber of problems which have long presented them-
selves to those interested in the subject of water-
supply, but which had previously been unapproach-
able owing to the technical difficulties with which
they were surrounded. I pointed out more especially
how the efficiency of filtration and other methods of
water-purification could now be determined from an
entirely new point of view, and one which for many
purposes was of much greater importance than the
chemical standard which had hitherto been alone
available. At the present time I think no one will
dispute that the biological standard of purity, as
regards drinking-water, is of more importance than the
chemical standard, for it has long been admitted that
the greater dangers of contaminated drinking-water
reside in the presence of living organisms and not
of unorganised organic matter. I say the "greater "
dangers of contaminated water, for there can be no
doubt that minor disturbances may be caused by the
presence of excessive quantities of organic matter in
water, irrespectively of the presence of pathogenic
organisms ; but cases of such gross pollution in which
the Local Government Board of the London Water
Supply, by the methods in question.
These results are of interest, not only as illustrating
tli'- variations in the amount of organic life pi
in the different waters throughout the year, but also
in showing the effect of the processes practised in
the purification of water on the large scale ; for
besides determining the number of developable
microbes in each of the various waters, the number
is likewise determined in the untiltered river-waters
at the points where the latter are abstracted for
supply.
In Table I. I have recorded the total number of
micro-organisms found in one cubic centimetre of
each of the waters.
In connection with this table there is one point to
which I particulrly desire to draw attention, and that
is, that in the case of the river-waters the samples
richest in microorganisms are those collected in the
winter months, anil not in the summer. It might
have been anticipated that the reverse of this would
be the case, and that the higher temperature being
TABLE I.
TOTAL NUMBER OF COLONIES OBTAINED BY CULTIVATION OF ONE CUBIC CENTIMETRE
OF WATER.
Description op Watkk.
Thames —
Thames unfiltered . .
Chelsea
West Middlesex
Southwark
C; rand J unction
Lambeth
Lea—
Lea unfiltered
New River
East London
Deep Wells—
Kent (well direct) . .
Kent (district)
■Tan.
Feb.
March.
April.
15,100
15,800
11,415
12.250
159
305
299
91
180
80
175
47
2.270
284
1.562
77
4.S91
203
379
115
2,587
265
287
209
39,300
20.GU0
9,025
7,300
363
n
95
60
224
252
533
269
5
44
7
13
119
3S
17
May.
4.S09
59
19
29
51
136
2,950
22
143
8
101
June.
July.
August.
Sept.
October.
1
8,300
3,000
6.100
8.100
8.600
CO
59
303
87
31
115
•45
25
27
22
91
380
CO
49
61
17
»
12
17
77
129
155
1,415
59
15
1,700
5,400
1,300
3.70O
6,400
53
16
55
17
Hi
445
134
213
165
97
1
12
9
5
82
39
48
13
25
311
Dec. Arerase
56.00) 63.000
65 222
47 2,000
321 1.100
80 1,700
103 305
20,255
146
231
524
630
475
12,700 121,000 19,781
102
253
32
100
248
280
12
11
196
66
toxic effects result from the presence of large
quantities of organic matter are comparatively rare,
are almost exclusively confined to private supplies
from wells, tanks and cisterns, and possess but little
interest in connection with the supply of water on
the large scale.
The new bacteriological methods, as I have already
pointed out, admit of being applied to the examina-
tion of water supplies in such a manner as to ascer-
tain what is the efficiency of the purifying processes —
natural or artificial — upon which the safety of the
supply is supposed to depend. In my previous com-
munication I dwelt at some length on the results
which are obtained when water is submitted to
filtration on the small scale in the laboratory, and I
pointed out how substances which had hitherto been
regarded as of practically no value for filtration,
could, when employed in a sufficiently fine state of
division, be made to act as highly efficient filters, at
any rate for a short period of time.
I propose, in the first instance, this evening to
bring before you the results which I have obtained
during the past year in my monthly examinations for
favourable to the growth and multiplication of the
organisms, the latter should be more prevalent in the
summer than in winter. It must, however, be remem-
bered that in summer the rivers arc principally fed
by spring-water, and receive comparatively little
surface-drainage, whilst in winter the rivers are
generally more or less in Hood, and are swollen by
large volumes of surface-water, which is naturally
rich in micro-organisms. The fact that the filtered
waters also contain, as a general rule, the smallest
number of organisms in the summer and not in the
winter, clearly shows that the figures obtained do
really give a picture of the work done in the purifica-
tion of the water, and are nut materially affected by
any process of multiplication which may be favoured
by a high temperature.
It will, moreover, be seen that in every case a very
much smaller number of micro-organisms was found
in the filtered than in the unfiltered waters, and in
most cases this difference is exceedingly striking
indeed.
In Table II. this difference between the filtered
and unfiltered waters is expressed as a percentage
318
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. iMay 31. wn.
number, exhibiting in each case how many out of
every 100 microbes present in the original watei have
been removed in the processes of treatment adopted
by the compai
It is particularly interesting to find from this
table that the results obtained by the various com-
panies are by no means identical, but that .some
companies are almost uniformly more success-
ful than others. In another place (the Institution
of Civil Engineers) I have pointed out that
these differences correspond in a remarkable
manner with certain differences in the mode of treat-
ment, such as the time of storage, rate of filtration,
thickness of filtering materials, etc.. adopted by the
various companies. This is a point deserving the
special attention of water engineers, and it is
especially desirable that the connection between the
mode of treatment and the results obtained should
be elaborated by a systematic series of experiments
made on the individual filter-beds, instead of upon
the whole supply.
Quite recently I have had an opportunity of ap-
plying these tests to the water supply of a large town
in the North of England, and the results'" are of
interest, by way of comparison with those obtained
in the case of the Metropolitan supply, as the circum
stances are in many respects similar.
_ The water supply in question is derived from a
river which receives the drainage of several towns of
considerable size above the point where the water is
abstracted.
The following four samples of water were collected
as representative of the conditions of supply, and
these four samples were respectively submitted to
chemical and bacteriological examination.
The results obtained In the chemical and bacterio-
logical examination ol these waters are recorded in
' he following table : —
SlMII 1 -
1.
2.
3.
4.
s
Total Solid R aidue ..
24-08
3120
28-10
2620
5
Organic Carbon
0108
0118
0 1.-.:
0119
•5
Organic Nitrogen
0 020
OILS
0025
0-022
3)
0
0 075
0095
11
0
0 123
0-151
16
0
0-077
0-102
lli
0
xc:1
* 7"
Nitrogen as Nitrates
and Nitrites
Total Combined Nitro-
0-089
0111
q
<
Clilorine
16
0
33
Temporary Hardness. .
13 4
129
115
109
9
Permanent „
1-9
7-1
71
7-1
£ \
Total
18-3
20-0
186
180
>,
S ■
a—
3-8
o
>
1
B2
■j.~
•S3
bit.
~ -
■j.-
33
.if -
55 -=
Number of colonies]
obtained on culti- 1
vation of lcc. off
1,800
33,100
31.200
122
From the above it will be seen that, whilst the
river at the points 1, 2, and 3 is of much the same
TABLE II.
PERCENTAGE REDUCTION IN THE NUMBER OF DEVELOPABLE MICRO-ORGANISMS PRESENT IN
THE RIVER WATERS BEFORE DELIVERY BY THE COMPANIES.
Description ui Water.
Thames—
Chelsea
West Middlesex.
Southwark
Grand Junction .
Lambeth
Lka-
East London
Jan.
Feb.
Murch.
April.
May,
Juno.
July.
August.
Sept.
Octobnr.
Xov.
Dec.
avenge.
986
9-.I-7
98-1
97-4
99-2
98-8
993
980
95 0
99 0
99-6
99-9
997
99-6
995
98-5
99 G
99'6
98-3
985
996
997
997
99 9
96-8
991
95 0
982
86-3
994
99-4
989
87-3
990
99'4
993
994
983
967
89-2
9S-7
907
99-1
989
998
995
99-8
99-8
991
999
97-3
98-2
913
983
97-5
983
97 2
9S-5
948
76-8
99-3
995
998
99-5
962
991
98-8
941
963
95-2
905
97 5
913
95-5
98-5
980
99-8
96-5
SampU l. —Collected from the river about 27 miles
above the intake, and down to this point the river
has received no drainage from any place of con-
siderable size.
Sampli .'.—Taken about 16 miles above the intake
in question, and 10 miles below a town of 7000 in-
habitants, from which, and from a smaller town, it
receives sewage.
Sample S.— Taken from the river at the intake,
between which, and the point at which Sample 2 was
taken, there is no noticeable source of pollution.
Samplt i— The water as supplied to the town in
question, and after undergoing the processes of
storage and filtration.
chemical composition in each ca.se, the condition as
regards the amount of microbial life present in the
water at the point No. 1 is very different from that
at the points Nba - and :'.. Now it must be observed
that the increase in the number of micro-organisms
which No. -2 exhibits, as compared with No. 1, is
coincident with the admission into the river between
these two points of the sewage of the two towns
referred to above, whilst the practical equality in the
numbers found at points -1 and 'A corresponds with
The samples in question were collected tn the forenoon.
with all due precautions, and wore received at my bouse and
bmitti I to iilatc-ciilti vation on t lie evening of the same
day. sotluit there was no time for any disturbance of the results
i multiplication in the interval between the times of
collection and cultivation.
May 3i. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
319
the 16 miles' length of river in which, as we have
seen, there is no noticeable source of pollution.
Most striking of all, however, is the enormous
reduction in the number of microbes found in the
case ol the Sample No. 4, which is the water actually
supplied, and which, as regards chemical composition,
is almost an exact duplicate of No. 3, the differences
exhibited by the two samples being almost within
the limits of experimental error.
The reduction in the number of microbes before
distribution to the town in question thus amounts to
no less than ii'.rij percent., which compares favourably
with the results similarly obtained in London, for
the average reduction in the case of the Thames water
during the whole year 1886 amounted to 98'0 per rent.
In connection with the results to which I have just
referred, I wish it to be most clearly understood that
no conclusions whatever, as to the relative excellence
of the various waters, are to be drawn from their
greater or less freedom from micro-organisms, any
more than it is possible, on the strength of chemical
composition, to say that one water is more whole-
some than another. On the other hand, these determi-
nations undoubtedly do indicate what would be the
probable fate of any harmful organisms gaining
access to the sources of supply, and what is the rela-
tive chance of their reaching the consumers : for that
method of treatmtnt which nhnli-hrs t/i? I,ir<.~t
proportion of organisms of all kinds is also tht most
likely to abolish any p Uhogenic forms should they be
present.
Experiments on the Filtration of Water ox
the Small Scale.
Since the communication of my previous pa] er,
fuither experiments have been made on the subject
of domestic filtration, but whilst my experiments
were made with a view of testing the efficiency of
various materials when employed in the most advan-
tageous manner, these later experiments, on the
other hand, have been made with filters which are
actually in the market at the present time.
Were I to follow my own inclinations in the
matter, I should pass over these experiments without
any comment, as it is certainly my experience that
any public reference, whether favourable or unfavour-
able, to proprietary articles of any kind is invariably
followed by annoyance and unpleasantness. I feel,
however, that I should be but imperfectly executing
the task which I have undertaken of bringing before
you the recent progress in this subject, without
briefly recapitulating the results which have been
obtained in these investigations.
The experiments in question have been obtained by
Dr. Plagge, of the Hygienic Institute of I'.erlin, who
published his results last autumn before the Public
Health Section of the German Association' of
Naturalists and Physicians.
_ Dr. Plagge has examined a great variety of filters
viz. : (1.) Varbon filters. (-2.) Stone and sand filters.
(.3.) 'J'he spongy iron filter. (4.) l'apt r filters of
several kinds. (5.) The porous earlhemeart filters ot
Chamberland (Paris), Olschewsky (P.erlin). and Hesse
(Schwartzenburg). (6.) 77" Asbestos filters oi Breyer
(Vienna), Hesse, Arnold ifc Schirmer (Berlin).
In experimenting with these various forms of filter,
Dr. Plagge found —
(1.) That the carbon filters not only admitted of
the free transmission of micro-organisms, but that in
some cases the number of microbes in the filtrate
greatly exceeded that in ihe unfiltered water; thus in
< 'ii<- rase the
I niiinn .1 water j [elded 68 i olonies per cubic centimetre.
whilst —
The filtered „ „ 12.0(0
It may be remembered that a similar case was cited
by me in my previous communication, in which an
experimental filter of animal charcoal, which I had
had in operation for one month, gave the following
results :
I'nfiltered water yielded 2800 colonies per cc.
Filtered 7000
III these cases the filtering medium obviously acts
as a hotbed for the development of micro organisms.
(2.) The stom and sand filters were all found to be
worthless.
(3.) The spongy iron filter yielded the following
results : —
I'nfiltered water yielded . . . .38.000 colonics per cc.
Filtered .. ., 18,000-21,000 ,,
(4.) The paper fillers yielded very unsatisfactory
results; thus in one case in which filtration was car-
ried under a pressure of \\ atmosphere —
Unfiltered water yielded
Filtered ., ,,
.10.000 colonies pcrcc.
. 8,000
And in another case at a low pressure (A atmosphere),
the 40,000 colonies in the unfiltered were reduced to
4000 in the filtered water.
(.").) The earthenwan filU rs, on Pasteur's principle,
gave in nearly every instance a filtrate practically
free from micro-organisms. Thus in one case the
unfiltered water yielded 284, and the filtered only 4
colonies per cubic centimetre.
This result is similar to that previously obtained
by me in the filtration of London water through a
( 'hamberland filter.*
(6.) The asbestos filU rs gave results essentially
similar to those obtained with the earthenware filters.
These results of Dr. Plagge's speak for themselves,
and require no further comment ; they obviously
enable us to classify these domestic filters in three
definite groups : —
(1.) Filters which are highly efficient.
(2. ) Filters which are inefficient.
(3. i Filters which are nut only inefficient, but absolutely
injurious to the purity of the water.
Experiments with Specific Organisms.
In all experiments with natural waters we have, as
I have already pointed out, to deal principally with
organisms which in themselves are not known to be
endowed with dangerous properties, and consequently
as the results possess only an indirect significance,
it has been thought desirable to conduct experiments
in which definite organisms, some of which are known
to possess pathogenic properties, are employed.
The object of these experiments has been to ascer-
tain what is the fate of these various pathogenic
organisms when they are artificially introduced into
different kinds of natural water, and in order to
simplify the investigation — I might almost say,
in order to bring the investigation within the
limits of experimental possibility — the natural
waters into which the pathogenic forms are introduced
are previously freed from all other microbes by steri-
lisation. The method of investigation, which has
been followed in the more systematic of these experi-
ments, has been to introduce a very minute quantity
of a pure cultivation of the particular organism in
question into a large quantity of water previously
sterilised, and contained in a sterile vessel protected
from aerial contamination. The inoculated water is
then rendered homogeneous by agitation, and a
measured portion removed with a sterilised pipette,
and submitted to plate cultivation in the ordinary
way. Thus the initial number ol organisms of the
particular kind in a given volume ol water is ascex-
* "The Removal of Micro organisms from Water." Proceed-
ings Royal Society, 1885.
320
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTPvY. IM»y:«.i887.
tained. The infected water is tlien allowed to stand
for a definite length of time— so many hours, days,
weeks, months, etc and tl . submitted to
plate cultivation at suitable intervals, the sample
being oi thoroughly agitated immediately
portion with the sterilised pipette
fur cultivation.
1 have myself carried out a large number of experi-
ments in this manner on soi f the best characterised
organisms — viz. : —
1.— Koch's " c>mni.i " spirillum of Asiatic cholera.
Finkler-Prior's "comma" spirillum, which is an
organism very closely resembling Koch's comma, and
formerly erroneously supposed to l>o identical with it.
It was orginally found in a case of European cholera.
Z. — The bacillus pyocyaneus, an organism which gives
rise to the greenish-blue colouring matter frequently
present in abscesses.
4.— The micrococcus of erysipelas, the undoubted cause
of this well-known disease."
5. — The bacillus anthracis, the unquestionable cause
of splenic fever in cattle and of woolsorters' disease or
malignant pustule in man.
The behaviour of these several organisms was
studied when they were introduced respectively into
distilled water, deep-well water, filtered Thames
water, and sewage.
destruction of the organism was observed, the latter
being no longer demonstrable after the first day.
The results obtained with Finkler's spirillum dif-
fered very strikingly from those observed in the case
of Koch's comma. This is particularly interesting, in
consequence of the many points of similarity, both in
microscopical appearance and in their behaviour, in
cultivations which these organisms present. The
invariable result obtained with Finkler's spirillum
was that the organism could no longer be demon-
strated in any of the waters, not even in London
sewage, after the first day. The vitality of Finkler's
spirillum in water is, therefore, very much less
than that of Koch's comma.
The bacillus pyocyaneus, on the other hand, exhi-
bits a vitality in water which far exceeds that of the
comma spirillum : for this organism, when similarly
introduced, was found to multiply, not only in
sewage, in filtered Thames, in deep-well, but even in
distilled water, and only in very exceptional cases
was any destruction of the bacillus observed. As
already pointed out, however, there were several
instances in which a rapid diminution in the number
of introduced organisms was subsequently followed
by an even still more marked multiplication than in
the case of the comma spirillum.
NoU.—l.\ should be observed that when it is stati d
Vitality of Koi n's Comma Spirillum in Sewagb, and in Filtered Thames Water.
NUMBER OF COLONIES OBTAINED FROM lcc.
Day of
Preparation
:nl
Day
5ih
Day.
till
Daj.
9th
Diy.
11 th
Day.
17th
Day.
29th
Day.
11 Months.
1.130
(20" C.)
t 1,750
60,000
Innum.
Innum.
—
Innum.
_
—
London Sewage
1 1,750
(Incubator at :<7 t'.l
Inniim.
Innum.
Innum.
-
96.000
—
—
-
(20 CI
| 300
19000
Innum.
-
Innum.
-
Innum.
Innum.
572*
Ditto Ditto
ilncub.i
1. 300
Inmini.
Innum.
-
Innum.
-
128,000
56.000
-
- 1
f -
63
313
180
173
-
-
0
Filtered Thames
(Incub.)
1
t -
I8S
0
0
0
-
-
-
-
" These figures indicate the number of undoubted comma colonies; there was in each of these two cases also an
Immense number of other colonics due to a micrococcus.
Thus the "comma" spirilla were found in every case
to flourish and multiply abundantly in sewage, whilst
in deep-well and in filtered Thames water, although
they were still demonstrable on the ninth day, they
were present only in small number. It is moreover
worthy of notice that both in the case of the deep-
well and filtered Thames waters the numbers were
greatly reduced immediately after inoculation, whilst
subsequently they distinctly increased, only again to
diminish after the fifth or sixth day. This process of
acclimatisation, which I have also observed in the
case of the bacillus pyocyaneus, has been likewise
noticed by Wolfhiigel.
Indeed, in sewage, the comma spirilla are so per
mam nt that, after I 1 months. 1 have still found them
abundantly present in the case of two experiments
which 1 have carried on up to the present time. As
only the earlier observations made in these experi-
iits have been previously recorded,* I havecollccted
the results in the al"
In other cases in which a weak cultivation of the
comma spirillum was employed, a much more rapid
• "On the Multiplication of Micro-organisms." Proceedings
Itoyal Society. 1886.
that an organism has multiplied in distilled water, it
must be understood that this multiplication has
doubtless taken place at the expense of those traces
of organic matter which must of necessity be present
in experiments of this kind.
More recently I have made somewhat similar
experiments with the bacillus anthracis and with the
micrococcus of erysipelas; two organisms which are
most indisputably the causes of the two well charac-
terised diseases with which they are associated.
An introductory word or two is necessary in con-
nection with the experiments made with the bacillus
anthracis. The bacillus anthracis is the micro-
organism of al! others of which perhaps the life-
history has been most completely ami satisfactorily
worked out. Now the life-history of this organism
is divisible into two parts — (1) the bacillar stage, and
(■2) the ■</"'", or oviform stage. It has long been
known that the vitality of micro-organisms is very
different as they exist in one of these stages
or the other ; in point of fact, that the spore is enor-
mously more refractory than the bacillus. Thus the
spores of anthrax can be exposed without injury to
all manner of conditions of temperature, of aesicca-
May 31.1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
321
tion, of antia ptic action and Ihe like which would be
rapidly fatal to the bacilli of anthrax. fJnderordi-
nary circumstances, when anthrax grows in any cul-
tivating medium, it is present in both the bacillar
and in the spore Form, and it is only when the
organism is taken immediately from the Mood or
tissues "I an animal dead of anthrax that the bacillus
is with certainty obtained free from spores. It is,
therefore, the practice, in making experiments in
which it i~ desired to employ an absolutely sporeless
growth of anthrax, to take portions of the blood or
tissues of an animal fresblj dead, of this disease.
Bearing these facts in mind, therefore, it is obvious
that in conducting any experiments on the vitality of
this microbe in water it is altogether essential that
we should employ the organism iu its spore-form if
any conclusions are to be drawn as to the power of
water to act as a carrier of this disease.
The experiments which I have made in this direc-
tion have, therefore, been conducted with cultivations
of anthrax in which spores were abundantly present.
From such a cultivation (agar-agar) a small quantity,
about the size of a drop, was taken on a
sterilised platinum needle and introduced into 50cc.
of sterilised distilled water contained in a small steri-
lised stoppered bottle. The bottle and its contents
were then thoroughly agitated, and from it two cubic
centimetres were taken out in a sterilised pipette and
introduced into loOOcc. of sterilised London sewage,
Grand Junction water, and distilled water respec-
tively. The inoculated waters were thoroughly
agitated and then three small sterilised flasks were
partially filled with each, so that there were nine
smaller samples, three of which contained infected
sewage, three infected Grand Junction water, and
three infected distilled water. Each of these flasks
was of course immediately plugged with sterile
cotton wool.
Now assuming that lcc. =20 dn ips, it will be seen
that in preparing the first attenuation in the stop-
pered bottle the original cultivation was dilated
50 x 20 = 10i 10 times, and in inoculating this attenua-
tion into the waters themselves a further dilution of
loOO _ _-0 t00j. p]ace so (-hat the t0tai dilution
2
effected amounted to no less than 1000 x 750 = 750,000.
In other words, the infected waters contained only
one part of the original cultivation in 750,000 parts of
water. From these smaller flasks, at the intervals of
time given below, gelatine plates were then prepared
in the ordinary way, with all the customary
precautions.
The results of these experiments are recorded in
the table on next column.
Thus in the distilled water, in all three experi-
ments, the number of developable anthrax organisms
remained practically the same during the period of
61 days over which the observations were extended.
There can be no doubt, therefore, that the spores of
anthrax are wholly unaffected by this long residence
even in distilled water. They obviously undergo no
development — no numerical multiplication in this
medium ; but their vitality is unchanged, and they
haveonly tobe introduced into the ordinary cultivating
media in order to display their usual activity and
exhibit their characteristic appearances of growth.
In the Grand Junction water, of which the chemical
composition is given below,* the phenomena were
somewhat different, as in the course of the first five
days after inoculation a perceptible diminution in the
Graxo Junction Water.— Results of Analysis expressed
in Parts per 100 TOO :— Total solid residue. 2600: organic car-
bon. 0*299; organic nitrogen, ooi'J; ammonia, 0 ; nitrogen as
nitrates and nitrites. 0 250 : total combined nitrogen, O'iilj :
chlorine, 1*6; hardness, 18'0.
number of developable anthrax organisms took place,
alter which the number remained practically station -
NUMBER OK COLONIES OBTAINED FROM lie.
INFECTED WATER.
UK
First Hour
infection.
2nd
Day.
Day.
i:th
Day.
21>t
«lh
61ft
Diy.
•
ANTHRAX.
DlSTl I, I. K I)
Water.
No. 1.
ca
72
5.?
70 _
67
110
' O 11
ta uii-
a e i
• ill
n 111)
Xo. 2.
Go
65
53
1
89
3G
No. :<.
106
67
-7
63
--
100
Grand Junc-
tion Water.
Xo. 1.
310
230
67
81
- 75
100
No. 2.
530
,75
11
95 - 67 83
I sigelyconta-
i!i 1 ;:
a ith .> in a 1 1
sumo t h r i m-
uie'l c
Xo. 3.
: 92
1ST
51
68 - 80
121
London
Sewage.
Xo. 1.
733
::>
-
Mn cli 2011
multi
plied
-
5513
Xo. 2.
108
210
111
-IT
Tr .i
bablj
Mere
—
2:0
Xo. 3.
289
115
120
C o ii
tami-
-
-
ERYSIPELAS
MICRO-
CO C C L' S .
Distilled
Water.
Xo. 1.
0
0
0
0
-
No. 2.
0
0
0
0
- | -
Xo. 3.
0
0
0
0 -
-
Grand Junc-
tion Water.
Xo. 1.
13
34
0
0
-
-
—
No. 2.
37
DO
1
0
—
—
—
No. 3.
fo
1
2
0
-
-
-
1, o X 11 o X
Sewage.
No. 1.
103
1
0
0
-
-
-
Xo. 2.
179
5
0
0
-
-
Xo. 3.
(58
12
0
0
—
-
ary as in the case of the distilled water. The ex-
planation of .this is not d Hi cult to find. In the case
1 On this day plates wen prepared from ihefirst attenuation
of the erysi-ielas micrococcus, but were found quite sterile.
322
UK ,TOri;\.\L Of' Till' SOCIETY OF CTIKAIICAL INDUSTRY. [MaySl.1887
this organism was no longer demonstrable in distilled
and in ordinary drinking water after the L'Oth to 30th
day, whilst the micrococcus tetragenus when placed
in similar water could not be detected on the -2nd to
4th day.
[have lastly to refer briefly to those experiments
which have been made with the organism which is
with very considerable probability regarded as the
cause nf typhoid fever. This organism, like anthrax,
is known in two distinct forms, the bacillus and the
spore. Owing to the different powers of resistance
possessed by these forms, we find the typhoid
organism exhibiting a very similar behaviour in
water to that which we have already noticed in the
of the distilled water, doubtless all the organisms
which cultivation, within even the first hntir, revealed
were spores, the anthrax bacilli perishing, as we
know, go rapidly in this medium ; whilst in the case
oi the Grand Junction water the anthrax bacilli
required several days before their vitalitv was whollv
extinguished, and it is net until the tilth day that
the numbers recorded are due wholly to the residual
spues which, as in the case of the distilled water,
remain practically unaffected for the remainder of the
time over which tie observations were continued.
The experiments with the sewage again present
further differences; the diminution in the course nf
the firsl lew days is less marked than in the Grand
.1 unction water, hut subsequently a very decided I case of anthrax. Thus we find the typhoid bacilli
multiplication takes place, clearly showing that in are less persistent in water than the spores,
this medium the anthrax organism is not only able although even the bacilli were not destroyed by
to preserve its vitality in the spore form, but that it remaining 10 to 14 days in distilled water, and the
is also capable ot finding in it the means whereby to spores, of course, are quite unaffected by an im-
exeivise the functions of nutrition and reproduction, j mersion of even much longer duration.
It is thus obvious that ordinary drinking water, j There is yet another point upon which a few words
even should it be practically as pure as distilled water, must be said, and that is as regards the influence
is capable ot acting as the carrier of the virus of which is exerted upon these pathogenic organisms by
anthrax, and that sewage may not only act as the ' the non-pathogenic forms commonly present in
carrier, but torms a suitable medium for the growth water. \ ery little has yet been done in this direc-
and multiplication of this pathogenic microbe. tion, and in point of fact the enquiry is attended
I should remark that these results are in precise with considerable technical difficulties. There is,
accord with those obtained by Meade Bolton in the ' however, a very prevalent impression that the per-
Hygienic Institute of Gottingen, who, in similarly manence of these pathogenic forms is much reduced
conducted experiments, found that whilst the bacilli' by the simultaneous presence of non-pathogenic or
ot anthrax became extinct between the third and saprophytic forms, which flourish in water. The
sixth days, their spores remained unaffected for
practically an indefinite time (many weeks) even in
distilled water.
I will now turn to the last pathogenic organism
with which T have experimented— viz., the micro-
coccus uj erysipelas. The distilled water, Grand
Junction water, and sewage employed in these ex-
periments were the same as those used in the anthrax
experiments, and the method of inoculation was
essentially the same as that already described, ex-
cepting that the degree of dilution was not quite as
great. The erysipelas organism was taken from a
broth cultivation, the final dilution amounting to
75,000 times. As in the case of the anthrax experi-
ments, the waters were preserved at about 20 G, or
rather under. The results obtained are recorded above.
1 he results of these experiments, which were car-
ried on simultaneously with those with anthrax,
present a very striking contrast to the latter. Thus,
even within one hour of infection, the micrococci of
erysipelas could not be demonstrated in the distilled
water, whilst in the sewage they were still demon-
strable on the second day, and in the Grand Junction
water, m two out of the three flasks on the fifth
day, but not afterwards. In fact, so slight is the
vitality of this organism in these dilute media that
on the 21st day it was no longer demonstrable even
m the first attenuation, in which the original broth
evidence of this crowding out by the saprophytic
forms is, however, far from convincing, and there are
many facts which can be adduced and which tend to
show that this destruction of pathogenic forms by
saprophytic ones has been much exaggerated. Thus,
in several of my experiments, the pathogenic
organisms have been persistent in the presence of
saprophytic forms which have accidentally gained
access during the numerous exposures of the flasks
in taking out portions for cultivation. Thus, the
comma spirilla, which had retained their vitality for
1 1 months, were present, in company with countless
numbers of a micrococcus which had accidentally
gained access. Similarly in the anthrax experiments
in two or three cases saprophytic forms were present
at the same time.
There can be no doubt that in many cases it has
been erroneously supposed that the pathogenic forms
have been suppressed by the saprophytic, in conse
quence of the great difficulty attending the recogni-
tion of comparatively few of the former in the
presence of large numbers of the non-pathogenic.
Again, in many cases, no doubt, the experiments have
been interrupted too soon, and an erroneous conclu-
sion has been arrived at in consequence, which would
have been avoided if the competition between the
various forms had been permitted to continue longer.
Thus it was formerly supposed that the comma
culturewasdllutedabout LOOtimeswith distilled water, spirilla possessed but little power of competing with
It is ot interest to compare with this behaviour of the ordinary putrefaction bacteria, and that if a
the erysipelas micrococcus the behaviour under similar cultivation of comma spirilla became contaminated
circumstances oi the other pathogenic micrococci with putrefaction bacteria the latter soon altogether
which have been submitted to investigation in this suppressed the comma spirilla. Quite recently, how-
resp 'ct. Meade Bolton has made similar experiments ever, it has been shown by timber* that, although
with the staphylococcus pwofft nesaun us. ana with the the putrefaction bacteria gain an enormous numerical
micrococcus tetragenus. The former of these is the ascendancy over the comma spirilla for some time,
■imqnest generator of suppuration, having been yet the vitalitv of the latter is by no means
found in about 71 per cent of all the abscesses which extinguished, and that if the struggle between the
been submitted to careful bacteriological two is sufficiently protracted, until the process of
filiation. The M. tetragenus, on the other hand,
i- an organism found in the caverns of phti ical
patient : it is not known to be pathogenic toman,
butis highly pathogenic 1 ice. Now experiments -
with the staphylococcus pyogenes have shown that <,v„
putrefaction is less active, the presence of the comma
spirilla can be again readily demonstrated by
cultivation.
ber, Wiener medicinlsche Woohenachiitt, 1887, N0.7&S.
Ma,- 3i, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDtSTRY.
W
It is necessary, therefore, to exercise considerable '
caution in judging upon this ]>oint in the present
state of our knowledge, and it would be highly
l>remature to place too much reliance upon this
alleged destruction of pathogenic forms by non-
pathogenic ones.
The various investigations which we have con-
sidered this evening have many very obvious bear-
ings on the practical aspects of water supply and J
general sanitation.
In the first place we learn, as I have before pointed
out, that the ordinary process of treatment by
storage, sand filtration, etc., produces a far more
marked effect on the biological than on the chemical
properties of the water. Moreover, that the differ-
ences in the mode of treatment as practised for the
various branches of the Metropolitan river supply
result in the attainment of different degrees of
efficiency in the removal of micro-organisms, which
render it highly desirable that the individual details
of these processes should be systematically investi-
gated, with a view to bringing the several factors of
treatment to the highest state of practical perfection.
As regards filtration on the small scale, we learn
that most of the filters at present in use are, from a
biological point of view, highly inefficient, or even
worse than inefficient, and that it is extremely impor-
tant that the private householder should be made
fully aware of what is the real value of these pro-
fessed guardians of our domestic health.
Again, the experiments made on the vitality of
pathogenic micro-organisms in water, show that
whilst ordinary drinking-water does not form a suit-
able medium for their extensive growth and multi-
plication, and that in some cases these forms may
undergo more rapid destruction than was formerly
supposed, yet, that in the condition of spores, they
are extremely permanent in any kind of water, how-
ever pure, and that even those of which no spores are
known may often be preserved for days or even weeks.
We have thus no difficulty in now understanding
both how zymotic poisons can be carried by water,
as well as how in some cases water known to have
been infected has failed to communicate disease.
We have seen that the behaviour of the various
pathogenic microbes already experimented with is by
no means uniform, and the fallacy of generalising from
the results obtained in the case of a single form must
be sufficiently apparent. It is essential that the
results obtained with any particular organisms should
only be made use of in drawing conclusions concern-
ing the particular disease with which it is associated.
It is, moreover, of the utmost importance that the
great difference in vitality exhibited by bacilli and
spores respectively should be most clearly kept in
mind, and that in the case of those organisms which
are known to exist in both forms, no legitimate con-
clusions of any practical value can possibly be drawn
from the behaviour of the baccilli alone.
Finally we learn that ordinary sewage forms a
suitable medium not only for the indefinite preserva-
tion of some pathogenic micro-organisms, but also, in
some cases, for their rapid growth and multiplication.
DISCUSSION.
The CHAIRMAN said the members present must all
feel the great importance of the researches which bad
been so lucidly laid before them. In this, as in every
new branch of science, it was of course possible to
make a wrong use of the knowledge acquired : to be
over frightened on the one hand, or over confident on
the other ; but no one who had followed these
researches carefully could fail to be impressed by the
immense strides which knowledge had made in this
direction. It might be said that a vast number of
organisms might be present in water, and yet do no
more harm to man than did the small organisms to
the whale that lived on them. But though certain
microbes might be harmless, the study of them was
part of the great question of sanitation. An offensive
smell might not d<> any serious immediate harm —
indeed, if offensive smells were fatal, a good many
villages in England and towns in Italy would soon
be devoid of inhabitants : but ordinary experience
showed that a bad smell was generally a warning of
some more serious danger which required to be
grappled with. If we could remove 09 per cent, of the
organismspresent in water, it was clear that the chance
of the pathogenic one surviving was muchdiminished.
No doubt in the near future we should learn more of
the real dangers and safeguards ; at present we
could but recognise the great value of the results
obtained, and the immense importance of continuing
• hose researches.
Mr. Gustav Bischof said it was of course under-
stood that Dr. P. Frankland's paper was based on
the assumed efficiency of Dr. Koch's gelatine test.
He fully admitted that the rapidity and ease with
which results were obtained by the test, the uni-
formity of those results in parallel experiments, and
the nicety of the whole apparatus, formed a great
fascination to the experimentalist. All the same, he
was expressing not only his own opinion, but that of
very weighty bacteriologists, when he entirely dis-
puted that, so far, the efficiency of the test had been
proved. In the first place, it was obvious that only
those microphytes were cultivated by Dr. Koch's test
which could be cultivated under any conditions
whatever in gelatine-peptone ; Dr. Klein had told
them a number of pathogenic and other microphytes
absolutely refused to be cultivated in that medium.
Xext, a great many pathogenic microphytes required
for culture a temperature much higher than was
possible in following the ordinary test : some requiring
as much as 38°C. Time would not permit him to go
further into details on that point. Xext, Dr. Klein
and others had told them that a great many micro-
phvtes required weeks — some even months— for their
full development. Nevertheless, with the gelatine
test observation ceased as a rule about the third day,
when the liquifying colonies had developed to such
an extent as to render thereafter distinction of
colonies impossible. Therefore, we were left in
ignorance of what might have taken place in a
sample after that period. He thought he had said
sufficient to show that there was great doubt as to
the reliability of Dr. Koch's test. Then as to the
number of colonies, Dr. Klein had referred to a case
in which another method indicated as many as
l.r)0,000 colonies, while Dr. Koch's test indicated only
5000. And this was what Dr. Percy Frankland
called "determination with very considerable quan-
titative accuracy" — indicating 3 per cent. He could
not agree with Dr. Frankland that the teaching of
the test rested on a satisfactory basis, if. as admitted
by him, no inference could be drawn from the number
of colonies as to the wholesomeness of water. Whole-
someness was the object of testing potable water, but
under the circumstances, of two samples of water, the
one which contained the greater number might even
be the more wholesome. Dr. Frankland had repeated
on this occasion an assertion which he had made
before— viz., that although he did not draw any
inference as to the greater or lesser wholesomeness of
water before and after a treatment from the difference
in the number of colonies, yet that the fact of the
reduction of microphytes by a certain percentage
admitted of the conclusion that any path
microphytes present would be similarly reduced :
and that therefore the danger of infection from them,
■■■■■: i
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |M».v ni. 1887.
should they accidentally have gained access to the
water, would be correspondingly lessened, He had
argued, moreover, some time ago, that neither in
respect of size, nor form, nor habits, could pathogenic
organisms be sharply distinguished from non-patho- ]
■ organisms. Dr. Koch had. however, dis-
tinguished between different organisms, for he had
written: " These bacteria, which I have called Comma
Bacilli on account of their peculiar shape, are smaller
than the tubercle bacilli." Was there no difference of
size or form there I For ail we knew, pathogenic
microphytes might exist infinitely more minute than
any micro-organisms as yet isolated. Then as to
habits. If pathogenic microphytes differed essentially
in the temperature, the medium, and the length of
time they required for development, surely it could
not he said that there was no difference in their
habits. Dr. Frankland had himself said in another
place that it was highly misleading to apply the
results obtained with one set of organisms to the
case of another set. Passing now to the pathogenic
experiments, he doubted whether any inference could
be drawn from the result of infecting a sterilised
water with one particular pathogenic microphyte as
to what would have taken place if an ordinary
natural water were infected with the same micro-
phytes. He could not share Dr. Frankland's doubts
as to the effect of crowding out. He would again
quote Dr. Klein, who had said he would prepare a i
sample of water, infected by a dozen pathogenic j
microphytes, state the names of those microphytes, so
that it might be known what to look for, and in nine
cases out of ten no one would be able to recogoise
any given form. With regard to the results of
filtration experiments shown on the large diagram
before them, he would like to know how it was sup- ;
posed that the sand acted in retaining microbes — was
it a purely mechanical action I If so, then these I
tabulated results contradicted well-established bio-
logical facts, or, if one preferred to put it that way,
were contradicted by well-established biological facts.
These sand filters were permeated month after month
and year after year by water containing a greater or j
lesser number of colonies. Now, what happened if
one took a sample of water containing even only a |
few microphytes, and stored that water in a sterilised
flask protected against any possibility of contamina-
tion 1 Dr. Frankland and himself were agreed that
the result was an enormous multiplication of the
microphytes. If the microphytes were simply re-
tained in the sand, how was it that no multiplication
took place there.' He had no hesitation, therefore,
in saying that there must be an error somewhere.
Again, the percentage reduction tables were entirely
misleading. Supposing he had a sample of filtered
water containing LOO microphytes, a 90 per cent.
reduction would be shown if the untiltered water
contained 1,000 colonies, and 99 per cent, if it con-
tained 10,000. The worse the untiltered water, the
better the showing of the percentage reduction ; but
after all, one sample of water containing 100 colonies,
a< far as the numbers of colonies go, was no worse
than another containing the same number. He
would like to call attention to certain experiments,
made, he admitted, before Dr. Koch's method was
known, and before many considerable improvements
. ken place in the construction of sand filters.
Dr. Burdon-Sanderson had experimented on the
Metropolitan water supply, with the result that he
found that the average "zymotic property oC water
was nut iii any appreciable degree affected In sand
filtration. Perhaps something had happened since to
alter the conditions : but it was remarkable that a man
like Dr. Burdon-Sanderson should have publishedsuch
statement in an official report in 1870, and that now
everything should be unite the reverse. There was
a question he would like Dr. Frankland to answer.
lie had .spoken of the large number of microphytes in
certain months as the result of the filters being over-
taxed. He hoped that this would bring out Dr.
Frankland's opinion as to whether the sand exercised
a purely mechanical action or not ; because if the
action were purely mechanical, then the overtaxing
would be in direct contradiction to all experience.
Every chemist knew that the longer filtration was
continued through a filter the more complete was the
separation of suspended matter, though of course the
yield was reduced ; and it was equally well known
that with certain precipitates the filtrate had to be
returned again and again on to the filter before all
suspended matter was retained. With respect to the
domestic filter experiments he would say very little.
It was remarkable that the results given that evening
by Dr. Frankland did not at all agree with those
which the same author communicated to the Society
last year, when, for instance, in the case of spongy
iron, he (Dr. Frankland) had found that after one
month's action a water containing 1280 organisms per
cc. gave a filtrate containing only -2 organisms per cc,
or. as this was within the limit of error of the test,
Dr. Frankland found last year that filtration by
spongy iron after one month's action gave a sterile
water. Nothing had been said as to the conditions
under which the experiments were made by Dr.
Plagge, and everything depended on that. It was
easy to obtain in any such experiment a large number
of microphytes ; for instance, if one took an ordinary
filter with a big reservoir at the bottom, of course
multiplication would take place in the water standing
in the reservoir. He would say only a few words
about the only filters which Dr. Frankland represented
as efficient, viz : Pasteur's filter tubes, and the
asbestos filters. It was not possible to manufacture
these filters absolutely uniformly ; hence some
would transmit microphytes freely, others be so close
in grain as even not to let water pass through. It
was, however, quite true that these filters frequently
yielded sterile water, but again it was equally true—
and he had this from Dr. Koch's ow n lips — that
microphytes very soon grew through the filter tubes,
and he might add also through the asbestos filters,
when a larger number of colonies might be indicated
in the filtered than in the untiltered sample. One
was thus placed in the awkward position of not
having a single really trustworthy filter left, if Dr.
Frankland's latest conclusions were accepted.
Mr. ( 1. T. KlNOZETT said this was a most interest-
ing and instructive paper ; at the same time, he
thought that some of Dr. Frankland's assumptions
were not free from danger. In the first place he had
drawn too hard and fast a line between pathogenic
and non-pathogenic organisms. Many years ago
Panum had found (aiul his results were afterwards
continued by Burdon-Sanderson) that micro-organ-
isms which were not ordinarily considered pathogenic
would, under favourable conditions, produce sub-
stances which were poisonous to animals. For
instance, sepsin had been thus formed, and sepsin was
a body which had considerable toxic effect upon
animals. Therefore it was not fair to say that such
organisms were not pathogenic to a certain extent.
It was too often assumed that microbes had but one
mode of life, for instance that the cells of yeast could
only live in solutions of sugar, and produce alcohol —
in brief, that they could only perform one particular
fermentation. But that idea was quite erroneous.
The action of the microbes depended upon the
mediums into which they were introduced; and if
the mediums were changed, the products would
necessarily change also. This was not a matter of
May 3i. i8sr.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
325
mere speculation, but hadbeenexperimentally demon-
strated by him (Mr. Kingzett). It was even conceiv-
able that the bacillus subtilis should produce effi
corresponding to the hurt/his anthracu (from which
it could hardly be distinguished under the miscros
cope) if acting under the same conditions. He did
not like to hear any investigator assuming that which
?assed beyond the limit of ascertained fact. Dr.
'rankland had averred, that the organism associated
with erysipelas had been proved to be the cause of
that disease, and that Koch's comma bacillus was the
real cause of cholera. He was tolerably well
acquainted with the literature of this subject, and he
disputed that statement ; the assumed connection
was in each case a pure matter of influence upon
grounds that were open to much criticism. It was
true that these micro-organisms had been found
associated with the particular disease ; there was no
absolute proof that they constituted the real causes
of the diseases, and as to Koch's comma bacillus, it
was to be found under many circumstances where
there was no question of disease existent. With
respect to the inoculation of different waters with the
Anthrax spores, Dr. F rankland had admitted that
in the case No. 3, the experiment had failed through
the accidental introduction of other spores on the
removal of the stopper. If that was so, how could
he be sure, in those other cases where the number
had multiplied to a great extent after the first few
days, that at some intermediate stage other organisms
had not been admitted — especially as dilute sewage
was one of the best mediums, not alone for anthrax
spores, but also for many of the germs which were
generally found floating in the atmosphere, and all
of which had the power, in common with the bacillus
anthracis, of liquefying this particular gelatine test.
And this led him to a fourth point, which was — had
Dr. Frankland proved that the forms which had
liquified the test were the spores of the bacillus
anthracis or not 1 Apparently he had been satisfied
with a microscopical examination, but even if that
could be relied upon, it would leave unsettled the
doubt that they had been introduced from the atmos-
phere of the laboratory in the way that he had
suggested.
Mr. Johnson suggested that the table representing
the effect of filtration upon the water of the different
companies would have been improved by the addition
of figures representing the rainfall during each month.
It had recently come to his knowledge that the month
of April, which was proverbially the rainiest month,
had for ten years past been one of the driest, and
that July had been one of the wettest. Therefore the
theory that surface water contamination was the
source of impurities seemed to be contradicted. It
was more likely that the organic impurities naturally
formed by the decay of vegetation would account for
the results found by Dr. Frankland. With regard to
the experiments on the cultivation of pathogenic
germs in drinking water, he questioned whether the
quality of the water was not materially altered by
the means employed to render it sterile. He did not
know what those means were, but if they consisted
in raising the temperature, it suggested the possibility
that the albumenoid matters which formed the
pabulum in which those bodies grew might be readily
coagulated by the heat. He thought that the manner
in which Dr. Frankland's statements had been received
bythemembers,andthe striking concordances eli'
dispelled altogether the idea that his results were not
reliable.
In reply, Dr. Percy Fkaxklaxd said he regretted
that Mr. Bischof had spoken in the names of others
rather than of himself. He regretted, too, that Dr.
Klein was not present, because the greater part uf
Mr. Bischofs remarks professed to have his authority;
and thus in disputing Mr. Bischofs statements he
would be brought indirectly into antagonism with Dr.
Klein. With regard to the idea that these tests were
of no value for forming an opinion as to the number
of organisms in water, it occurred to him that their
value could be best illustrated by a comparison. Let
it be supposed that one had a test for white-faced
people, and suppose that this test was applied to the
inhabitants of London, and it indicated only the
white population; now, although one would undoubt-
edly miss in such a census of the Metro] olis all the
coloured inhabitants, yet the absolute result would
not materially differ from the correct census taken by
the Registrar-General Similarly, in the case of
these waters, what was the probability of any large
proportion of those particular and comparatively rare
organisms being present which could not be revealed
by gelatine culture'? Was it likely, for instance,
that a sensible percentage of the microbes in Thame.-
water should be tubercle bacilli, which it was quite
true could not be cultivated on gelatine ? He had no
hesitation in saying that the number of organisms of
this kind in water must be quite insignificant com-
pared with those which were revealed by gelatine
cultivation. It was most necessary to bear in mind
that practically all the greater discoveries which had
been made in bacteriology during the past few years
had been achieved by means of these methods of Dr.
Koch's, and that it was almost impossible to over-
estimate their value. He did not say that the test
was perfect, but it was undoubtedly by far the best
at present known. With regard to the particular
example which Mr. Bischof had brought forward, the
case of 150,000 colonies shown by one method against
5000 colonies revealed by the gelatine test, he had
often heard that statement before, but always from
Mr. Bischof only, and never from Dr. Klein. Dr.
Klein had never published that statement in any
paper of his own, and had he been present he would
like to have asked him by what method that result
had been arrived at. There were only two methods
in use for arriving at the number of organisms present
in any sample of water or other liquid — viz., the
method by plate cultivation and the method of Fol
and Dunant. By the latter method a certain quantity
of water was divided into, say. 50 equal parts, and
each part was then put into a tube of sterile broth.
The number of organisms present was then deduced
from the number of these broth-tubes, which, on in-
cubation, developed organisms, and it was necessary,
therefore, to so arrange the experiment that only a
portion of the whole number of tubes became infected.
Thus if lcc. of the water in question was distributed
through 50 broth-tubes, and of these 10 subsequently
developed organisms, it would be assumed that the
water contained 10 organisms in lcc. He (Dr. Frank-
land) had fully discussed this method in another place
mal of the Society of Arts), and he had shown that
it was not only intolerably cumbrous and inconvenient,
but was liable to lead to hopelessly erroneous result-.
With each of these fifty tubes one ran the risk of
aerial contamination through fifty exposures to the
air. The chances of error were therelore very con-
siderable. In Dr. Klein's laboratory the chances of
contamination were found to be so great that he (Dr.
Klein) could not perform the operation in the ordinary
way by opening the tubes at all. bat had to introduce
a sterilised pipette down the side of the wool. A
series of experiments had recently been made in the
Hygienic Instituteof Gbttingen on the results obtained
by this method and by the gelatine method, and in
those cases where the Fol and Dunant method yielded
trustworthy results they agreed fairly well with the
gelatine method. Referring again to thia particular
326
THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Mn.v3i.i887.
experiment mentioned by Mr. Bischof. he would
observe that it was only quite recently that one bad
become aware of the fact that the microphytes in
ordinary water often underwent enormous multipli-
cation in a comparatively short time. It was quite
unknown at the time that Dr. Burdon-Sanderson's
experiments were rnadej and he had little doubt that
it was unknown when this experiment with the l">n,000
colonies was made Numerical experiments of that
period must be regarded with great suspicion : and
he felt certain that the authors of these experiments
would not wish them to be now utilised as they had
been by Mr. Bischof. However, even assuming that
the gelatine test did not reveal more than a compara-
tively small fraction of the total number of organisms,
its value in estimating the efficiency of filtration was
by no means impaired, because the same test being
applied to the water before and after filtration, the
differential result obtained clearly indicated what was
the effect of the filtering process on those organisms
which gelatine cultivation reveals. There could,
moreover, be no doubt that the process of filtration
would deal in just the same manner with any micro-
organisms, whether the latter were developable in
tine or not. Thus the suggestion made by Mr.
Bischof that there was some intrinsic difference in
size between pathogenic and non-pathogenic organ-
isms was wholly contrary to fact, and the ([notation
from the writings of Dr. Koch was quite irrelevant
and misapplied. Thus Dr. Koch, in describing his
comma bacillus, wished to give some general idea of !
its size, and so, instead of saying that it was so many \
micromillimetreslong.etc, he said "it is rather smaller
than the tuberculosis bacillus;" and from this Mr.
Bischof wished it to be understood that Dr. Koch had
said that there was a great difference in the size of
pathogenic and non-pathogenic organisms ! In reply
to what Mr. Kingzett had said about the micrococcus
of erysipelas, he could only say that Mr. Kingzett!
was in error in supposing that the evidence as to this
micrococcus being the real cause of erysipelas was
incomplete. The action of this organism bad been
perhaps more fully established than that of any other.
it had been the practice of some surgeons to artificially
proi luce erysipelas in patients who were suffering
from certain forms of cancer, and instead of using '
virus directly from another patient suffering from
erysipelas the disease had by Fehleisen been produced
by inoculating carefully prepared pure cultivation of
the micrococcus in question. With regard to Mr.
Kingzett's criticism of the anthrax experiments, and
his doubt whether the multiplication indicated in the
table was due to the anthrax organisms or to some
other organisms accidentally introduced, he could say
that all the numbers put down in the table were the
numbers of undoubted anthrax colonies. It was
exceedingly easy to distinguish them. The other
organisms which had gained access were in the one
ease a mould, and in the other case a micrococcus,
winch also formed a totally different colony. With
d to Mr. John80n's suggestion as to the rainfall
introduced into tin- tables, that would be a
great advantage if these samples were really represen-
tative samples of the month, but that unfortunately
was not the case, lie had only taken one sample per
month, and in a month which on the whole might be
a dry one the particular sample might have been
collected at a rainy time, and vice versa. One would
have to multiply the number of experiments enor-
mously to give a really average result For each month.
As a general rule, however, the river was in flood in
Januarj and in the winter months, and comparatn ely
free from ii | in July and throughout the greater
part of the a mer. He must admit that the experi-
ments on the vitality of organisms would be more
satisfactory if they could be conducted in unsterilised
water; Imt that would enormously increase the diffi-
culty of the experiments, if indeed it did not render
them impossible. Such experiments had been tried
by some people, but the results obtained were highly
misleading. For the present he thought they could
only make use of the results with the sterilised water,
and these already established some very important
points connected with the vitality of pathogenic
micro-organisms in water.
NOTE ON THE ACTK >\ I >F ZINC CHLORIDE
ON CASTOR OIL.
BY C. U. ALDEB WEIGHT, D.sc, F.B. S.
Castob oil has, as is well known, a somewhat pecu-
liar constitution as compared with other oils and
fats. Whilst, like these, it is a threefold ether of
ordinary glycerol, the acid radical present is of a
character different from that of palmitic, stearic,
oleic, linoleic acids, etc., in that it contains more
oxygen ; so that the various acids of oils and fats
may be distinguished as belonging to the several
families —
Stearic acid C„Ei,0, : Palmitic acid
C,,H,.0...
Oleic and C,M .,<>...
Linoleic acid L'^H.isO. (according to
earlier experiments, l'|jl,,tri.
Ilicinoleic aeid C,.,H-,03.
CnH«m03 -e.g.,
CHa-jOa „
CHm-403 ..
CnHsn-sOa
Accordingly,
the glyceride of ricinoleic acid
(the main constituent of castor oil) differs in
numerous physical and chemical characters from the
glycerides of the other commonly-occurring fatty oils
and acids, more particularly in its specific gravity
and solubility in alcohol and other menstrua. Inas-
much, however, as ricinoleic acid belongs (like oleic
and linoleic acids) to the series of non-saturated sub-
stances, therein differing from stearic acid and its
homologues, it possesses, in common with the former,
the property of becoming polymerised by contact
with certain agents— of which nitrous acid or mate-
rials generating it is one of the best known— and
thereby altered in physical condition to an extent
depending somewhat on the nature of the polymeris-
ing agent, and the extent and duration of its
action, etc.
Whilst experimenting in conjunction with Dr.
Alexander Muirbead upon actions of this class, it was
observed that zinc chloride in concentrated solution,
or as fused hydrated crystallised salt, possesses a most
marked thickening and solidifying action upon cer-
tain oils, and more especially upon castor oil, so that
under suitable conditions this latter is converted into
a horny or gristly indurated mass, which, when fieed
from zinc chloride by thorough washing with water,
is capable of various useful applications, more espe-
cially as an ingredient in mixtures intended as
covering and insulating materials for electric leads,
etc. According to the proportion of zinc chloride
us, il and its concentration and the temperature em-
ployed, the degree of solidification and induration
effected can be controlled at will, the consistency of
the product varying from a somewhat thicker and
more \iseid or semi-solid oil up to a tough, leathery,
cartilaginous mass, resembling rasped horn. The
most effective treatment consists in evaporating
down zinc chloride solution until the boiling-point
rises to near l 76° < '., at which temperature the degree
of hydration is not far from that corresponding with
the loruiiila y.n( i ,1 1 < >. This concentrated fluid is
then eooh il to about 125°, and well intermixed by
agitation with one third its weight of castor oil at
about the same temperature. The oil rapidly becomes
May .11. 183;.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
327
converted into a thick clot, which separates from the
fluid zinc chloride in lamps resembling bollocks' liver
in appearance, but becoming a mass of nearly white
cartilaginous shreds when digested with water and
vigorously agitated therewith. The zinc chloride
used is practically all recovered, the majority in the
form of hot fluid" separating spontaneously from the
clot and ready for immediate use over again, and the
remainder in the form of aqueous solution washed
out from the clot and simply requiring evaporation
down to the proper strength.
The cartilaginous shreds thus obtained differ much
in their general physical character from the original
unconverted castor oil, being practically insoluble in
the various menstrua in which the latter dissolves.
The glyceridic character, however, is not wholly
destroyed; thus notable quantities of impure glycerol
BUI be obtained by long-continued boiling with
alcoholic potash of the shreds, previously completely
freed from all traces of unconverted oil by repeated
digestion with carbon disulphide.
IMPROVED FILTERING FUNNELS.
BY B. NICKELS, P.C.8.
The usual devices for accelerating filtration are well
known to chemists, but they all have the dis-
advantage of leaving certain parts of the filter paper
without any support at the back, causing thereby a
grave risk of breakage of the paper. Fig. 1 repre-
sents a double funnel, the inner attached to the outer
by means of suitable " ribs" or "projections " placed
at intervals. The inner funnel is perforated with
liquor, which immediately makes its way, through
the holes, to the back of the filter paper, quickly and
thoroughly washing the same. Fig. ■'$ is for use in
connection with aspirator water or other pump : the
usual hollow platinum cone is unnecessary ; the per-
forations in the inner funnel, being very small but
numerous, admit of a high vacuum being employed
without risk of breaking the paper,and filtration is con-
ducted with very great rapidity. I lialysing, as usually
conducted, is troublesome, owing to the difficulty of
making a tight joint with the parchment paper to the
proof containing the liquid to be dialysed. All that
is necessary with this funnel is to attach a tube and
sb p-cock to the end, and place a piece of parchment
holes in a downward direction. Fig. 3 is similar
to Fig. 1, with the exception that the space between
the two funnels at the top is closed, with a stop-cock
for admission of air, and for cleaning purposes.
Ordinary filtration with these funnels is greatly
quickened, as the filtrate has a free exit through all
the perforations. It is frequently desirable to wash
the back of a filter paper : but this is risky, and
always unsatisfactory. With the improved filter,
however, it is only necessary to attach a piece of tube,
with a stop-cock, to the bottom of the funnel, and
when the filtrate has drained away, to close the cock
and fill the jacket with the water or other wash
paper folded as a filter paper in the inner funnel, but
projecting about one inch above the top. The liquid
to be dialysed is placed therein, and the jacket filled
with distilled tvater, which may be drawn oft" as it
becomes charged with the products of diffusion, and
replaced by a fresh supply. The quantity of water is
minimised, which is an important feature in
this operation. The funnel is well adapted for filtra-
tion of volatile liquids, and may supersede the some-
what complicated apparatus usually employed. The
funnel is placed through a cork, and tightly inserted
into a vessel to receive the filtrate. The filter paper
having been inserted in the usual inauner, the liquid
to be filtered is poured therein in the ordinary
way, and the wholt top of the funnel covered with a
disc of ground glass, underneath which may be placed
a disc of indiarubber, if the joint is not tight enough.
As the filtrate enters the vessel, the displaced air
finds its way to the top of the funnel jacket, and
entering the inner funnel through the holes, causes
filtration to proceed without cessation or loss of
volatile liquid filtrate.
ON MOISTURE AND FREE ACID IN SI PER-
PHOSPHATES AND SIMILAR FERTILISERS.
BY JoHX RTTFFLB, M.R.A.r., F.LC., BTG
Moisture in superphosphates is usually determined
by exposing a weighed portion to 212° F., cooling,
388
THE JOUTIXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. LMey 31.1887,
reweighing, and the loss found considered as moisture,
and so stated in all analysis. A suspicion, however,
exists in the minds of some chemists that it' left too
long at 212 F., some of the water of combination
may be driven off, and so the result be stated too
high . and commonly a limit of about one and a half
hours is accepted as the time to leave the por-
tion at 212- F. Some operators put the portion into
the water-oven and leave it overnight ; this has
apparently one merit — i.e., that the total loss of
212 1". is then constant, and any error be a constant
one, but whether such be an error or no, no one
knows.
In preparing a sample for analysis it is most usual
to rub it into a paste with a pestle and mortar. .Some
chemists take a part of this paste and expose it to
i'Il" F, whilst some take the manure in the natural
state, but in neither case with any definite knowledge
as to whether the pasting does or does not affect the
result, and, if affecting it, then the degree is unknown.
This article is therefore put forward as a contribution
on the subject, and as an assistance towards a satis-
factory method of dealing with a vexatious (;iiestion
as yet unattackeJ.
Some samples of ordinary superphosphates were
selected from large heaps and maintained at various
temperatures until practically constant, the loss
noted, and the soluble and total P203 estimated
before and after drying.
CAROLINA SUPERPHOSPHATE.
100-120" F.
160-180° F.
212° F.
300- F.
Loss
12-92
1512
16-10 ',
1793 .
Soluble PvO-
theory
1.V71
1620
16-31
16-70
..
found
loss
15-02
1511
1145
10-20
,.
072
109
1S9
OH
Total
1 heory
1(1-25
16-72
16-86
17 24
..
found
loss
1619
16-52
16-63
17-10
..
006
020
0-23
014
SOMBRERO sfPERPHOSPHATE.
00— 120° F.
160-180° F.
212 F.
300' F.
11-90
2017
19-90
14-20 .
2069
20 07
15-502
21H1
1950
17-62
2155
14-20
Soluble P.H
, theory,
found
loss
t heory
found
loss
Total
027
2043
2043
062
20 96
20-S5
1-51
ITS
20-69
735
2180
20-92-
..
011
0-60
0S3
The above results .-how that the soluble Po05 is
affected as the temperature rises, and that even the
total P»05 is affected in a minor degree. Some
• r018grois. of this was fused with " fusion mixture." and
the total 4'. u determined, obtaining 21 -68 per oent instead of
20-92 percent., showing, therefore, that the total P 0 had
been aflboted, but was recoverable as ortho-phosphoric acid.
superphosphate was therefore dried without rise of
temperature over oil of vitriol under a bell glass till
constant.
Carolina Super.
over 11. SO,.
Sombrero Super,
over H-SO,.
11 si
13-56
Soluble l'()
. theory
16-09
20-54
..
found
1604
20-47
Total
theory
16-61
20 SI
found
1664
20 90
These results show that drying a superphosphate
without rise of temperature does not affect the soluble
nor total Pj05. Such drying over ILS04 was, how-
ever, too tedious, occupying about fifteen to eighteen
days.
The operation at 212 F. was again tried to see if
some stated period could not be found at which the
result could be accepted. (See tables on top of next
page.)
In their natural state these superphosphates con-
tained—
( 'arolina. Sombrero.
Soluble P.O, 13-71 1776
Insoluble 0-41 023
14-15 1799
The figures show that a drying of from five to
seven hours was necessary to arrive at anything like
constant results, and that from a quarter of an hour
upwards the soluble P.,0; was affected, and no period
was discernible at which the re.sult could be finally
accepted.
Some portions of superphosphate from large stocks
in heap were then dried at 212" F. in the natural
state, and also after beating up in pestle and mortar,
giving results as below : —
Natural State. Beati-n up.
J hour
1 ,.
1 ..
Cabolixa Superphosphate,
Sombrero Superphosphate
Natural state. Beaten up.
18 51
18-68
18-73
I -I
8-24
10-17
1111
13-33
17-44
1715
17-68
17-89
1787
7 76
110
13-63
11-73
15'88
16 57
It is evident here that the "natural state" or
" beaten up " vitally affects the loss at 212 F.
The loss at 212' F. being so unsatisfactory, it was
desirable to show if it were all moisture or if includ-
ing water of combination, and if so how much.
To help to clear this up some superphosphates were
prepared of known composition, the raw materials
analysed beforehand, the losses in mixing noted, and
the products carefully weighed and preserved. These
superphosphates were made from ordinary raw
materials, and, from long experience with this class
upounds, and the t of the results
obtained with these preparations in comparison with
those obtained from superphosphates made on the
usual wholesale scale, the writer has confidence in
putting forward the results as reliable, and in
accordance with the properties and behaviour of
ordinary superphosphate-.
Ma, 31.18S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIKTV OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
320
CAROLINA SI PERPHOSPHATE, exposed ro 212 F. for various periods.
i bour.
1 hour. 2 hours.
5 hours.
4 hours. 5 hours. 7 hours.
1
9'97
15 22
15 06
016
121 i
15-73
1552
0-21
1389
15*92
15-72
15'52
16-22
15-62
16-03
1632
iji;ii
170S 1715
Soluble P.^j. theory
1U-51
15-31
-
0-20
0'60
0 66
-
1-23
SOMBRERO SUPERPHOSPHATE, EXPOSED to 212 F. kok various periods.
1 hour.
1 In. in.
1 hour.
2 hours.
3 hours.
4 hours.
1525
5 h'Hirs.
7 hours.
a --7
14 80
n IP.-.
1512
1509
—
15-96
Soluble P.O
.theory
2017
20-81
20-88
20 '.12
20-91
20-95
-
21-13
"
fuund
2012
Ill-ill
0 90
19-97
091
1997
0-95
19-80
19 91
-
1955
111
101
-
1-58
The loss in mixing was in each case accepted as
due to carbonic acid and water. Of course, in some
cases a little hydrorluosilicic acid was driven oft', but
any loss on this head was not enough to disturb the
result, and any attempt to ascertain the loss due to
this would have been unreliable.
Four superphosphates were prepared with Carolina,
Sombrero, Spanish, and Curacao phosphates respec-
tively, and gave superphosphates in good, fair con-
dition :— •
too high ; whilst if exposed in the beaten-up state, the
results drag a long way behind, need twenty four
hours to overtake the natural state, and are not cer-
tain to do this even then, as is instanced in the "Caro-
lina," which is only 18'b'O agaiust20-22 after 24 hours.
The soluble P203 is in note-books and in practice
held to exist, combined with two molecules of water
and one molecule of lime, but is this really so 'I If such
lie the fact, then on dissolving out the soluble P..< >.
with water, there woul.l be found as much CaO
COMPOSITION" OF THK PHF-PARED SUPERPHOSPHATES.
Water
SolubleP..O-
Insoluble P-O;
Lime
Sulphuric acid (SO I
(') Soluble oxide of iron . . .
(=) ,. alumina
i') „ soda
(') ,, magnesia
Organic matter
Undetermined matters . . .
Insoluble silicious matters
21-20
1368
015
2101
26-1(1
0-25
0 13
0-26
0 05
010
7-61
5 'S3
Sombrero.
Needing.
SO, 11 .it
0 12
0-25
069
010
033
0-75
o-io
0-15
1-51
1-55
100 00
21-23
10-68
0-73
2361
27-59
o-io
010
0-22
030
O'Gl
1 78
1-01
Needini
S03 H;0
Oil 010
0-23 031
0-28 0-63
000 091
135 1-98
Spanish.
Curavao.
1IITINI
2165
15-22
0-73
2118
26-61
015
0-06
o-io
0 30
o-oi
2-96
803
Xeet
ing.
SO,
""
022
0-15
oil
0-18
0-16
0-29
0-69
0-91
121
1-56
100-00
0
100
Needing.
B.O
SO.,
1-02
1-C0
PI Assumed to be Fell 3SO 9H..O
{') „ „ Ai:0-3SO;,18lCO
With the above superphosphates experiments were
carried out as to effects of exposure to 212° F. —
What is soluble in water 1 etc.
The above superphosphates of known composition
were exposed to 212' F. for various periods in natural
state and beaten up (November, 1886). (See table on
to]> of next page.)
These results, after exposure to 212'"- F., show that if
exposed in natural state a loss is suffered well within
the usual time of exposure, which must include some
of the water of combination, and give results much
I I Assumed to be XaOSOilOHO
1*1 „ „ Mg"OSO,7H:(5
present as would combine with the soluble P^O^, and
a little more from the calcium sulphate dissolved.
The superphosphates were mixed with their own
weight of water, and allowed to filter, and the filtrate
examined, with the results tabulated in second table
on next page.
From these results it is manifest that, whilst some
of the soluble Pa05 may be present as monocalcium,
the larger portion must be present as free acid— i.e.,
P.^Os3H.jO, especially when we bear in mind that
some of the lime present is doubtless combined with
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IMaj-M.isw.
1
op.
> BO.
Srisisu.
Lr212°K.
Natural
State.
Natural
Stilt.-.
up.
Natural
State.
15-07
1649
up.
!
15-89
1929
G-00
B24
1G65
1- 03
7-59
1334
7-57
1
0-97
o
19T3
10-91
1843
15*55
16*82
1268
3
11-27
1871
15-92
1718
1105
4
1941
11-57
18'76
1601
-
1514
5
19-53
11-93
18-89
1683
17-20
1552
6
19-67
12-98
18-96
1781
1700
1594
.
19-91
2016
13-48
16 29
1884
1896
1816
18-17
17-40
1743
16-22
3
17-46
12
20-32
18-22
18 96
18-19
17-4S
17 64
20 22
18*60
1895
18-89
17 71
17 80
the SO.; found. Also tbc SO,-, found is in smaller
proportion to the PoO{ than would be if the soluble
iron, soda, alumina and magnesia were sulphates; so
that the S03, not being present in enough quantity
to combine with all these, cannot be considered
present as free SO:;, and in particular in presence of
so much more lime than it needs, and the known
solubility of calcium sulphate. This is additional
ground for accepting that the free acid is phosphoric.
Having shown that the existing soluble P..O.-, is
not entirely present as monocalcium phosphate, and
that exposure to 212 F. drives off too much, it re
mained to arrive at some convenient results which
should agree with an apportionment of the existent
water amongst the constituents present. To this end
drying was tried over H..S04 under a bell jar, and the
same in vacuum of an air-pump ; over sodium hydrate,
sodium chloride, sodium carbonate, potassium car-
bonate, magnesium chloride, etc., etc., in the vacuum
Carolina.
Sombrero.
Spanish.
Curacao.
Soluble P^Oi found . .
1096
13*12
11-15
16-91
CaO* ,.
1-58
318
067
300
so3 „ ..
0*17
0-38
056
0-44
• Amount t h o r e t i-
cally needed to form
monocalcium phos-
phate with the
soluble P^O; found
4 3-2
5-17
5-53
6*78
■ From the soluble I' Os and soluble CaO found
in the filtrate, calculate how much soluble <'ai> is
proportional to the total percent, of soluble P.O« in
the manure, and this calculate into monocalcium
phosphate.
(6.) The soluble P.O., not so combined, calculate
into free phosphoric acid.
(c) From the insoluble P..O., calculate the in-
soluble tricalcium phosphate.
(d.) The whole of the S< >.. calculate into calcium
sulphate, combined with one molecule of water.
The results obtained by the exposure to dry
calcium chloride in vacuum of an air-pump were : —
Carolina Super-
phosphate
Sombrero Sup'r-
phosphate .
Spanish Super-
phosphate
Curacao Supcr-
phospate
F.-li 1.
March T.
11-38-1112 13-57-13-55
15*65-15*81 15-28-15-31
11-50 -11-18 13S0— 13-91
12-37-12-21
March
23.
1317
11*7*1
13*46
11*89
April 25.
12*86-12-90
11*45-11-30
12*96-12-85
11*38-1 1*22
of an air-pump : also with dry calcium chloride ditto.
All these various experiments gave results too irregular
for acceptance, save those with calcium chloride,
which, approaching to a definite formulae, with varia-
tions as may be expected in a body of such variable
composition as a superphosphate, and yet following
in figures some of the known properties of these
bodies, offers a plan for estimating the true moisture
—that is, the adhering, uncomhined water.
To make a rigidly accurate assignment of the water,
combined with each constituent present, is practically
impossible, but the main components being water.
soluble P2Oe, lime and sulphuric acid, we may deal
with these, and disregard the smaller matters, and if
the final results approximate to the results found,
consider the method put forward a> sustained, par-
ticularly as these important constituents, with the
insoluble BilicioUS matters, make up 91*12, 93*15,
95*69, and '.iTTU per cent, of the totals respectively.
It is known practically that superphosphates, if
kept in a heap, bag or jar, gradually improve in con-
dition— that is. become drier to handle ; and it is in-
ter.-ting to notice in the above figures that as every
few weeks go on the amount of uneombined water
slightly decreases, thus becoming a measure of the
drying which is proceeding by the calcium sulphate
gradually absorbing more water than it had at first.
The amounts of "moisture by calcium chloride"
put down above are the amounts obtained up to the
date when the filtrates were examined ; they will,
therefore, refer to the conditions the superphosphates
were under at such time. Owing to the acid pro-
ducts present it may be that the calcium sulphate
does not at once absorb the w hole of its water, but
does so gradually ; if so, some of its water, as cal-
culated, would come out on drying, and so be reckoned
twice. To such may be due the high result obtained
in some cases.
However, from the close approximation of the re-
sults obtained to those calculated, and bearing in
mind the complex composition of superphosphate
with its known variation in condition, the method
proposed maybe accepted.
A convenient way is to weigh out 2 to Sgrms. in
its natural state on a double watch-glass, place under
air-pump, exhaust, and leave for 18 to 24 hours,
then weigh. This period is sufficient for practical
purposes, and is the one here adopted. A shorter
period suitable for any one day's work is not always
enough ; the portion can therefore be left overnight.
To show the effect of time the results below are
given as obtained : —
LOSS BY THE VARIOUS SUPERPHOSPHATES IN
VACUUM OF AN AIR-PUMP OVEB DRT* CALCIUM
CHLORIDE.
Carolina.
Sombrero.
Spanish.
Curasao.
2 hours
X
12 79
X
11 711
-
12*.-.:!
11-84
5 ,,
12-81
11*7".
12*85
11-88
21
1317
14*79
1346
11-89
48 ..
13*36
11-87
1381
1201
The gradual drying of the manure, as shown by the
results by dry calcium chloride and in agreement
Ma, :m, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
331
I'AKuu.NA Botirphosph at* : -
SoHSRKRO Si FIRPIIOSPUATl
H20.
HaO.
2-59
2-43
620
11-22
24 23
Monocalcium phosphate from the soluble
CaO—
CaO 1-97
p.,o, i-oo
8-22
11-99
1-20
3-30
Monocalcium phosphate from the soluble
CaO—
CaO 101
P.O. 10-28
16-91
883
1-59
53-10
476
2l"M'> 1-26
8-22
Free PjO.SHjO-
3IJ..0 330
2fi..O 2-59
1691
Free P;0;3H..O-
p.,Oi 6-10
311 (i 2-13
1199
Insoluble phosphate—
8-83
Insoluble phosphate—
1' (), 0-73
5-94
0-98
Calcium sulphate—
098
50-82
7-61
1-59
Calcium sulphate—
SO-, 27-59
CaO 19-31
HO 5"91
50-82
53-10
10-50
24-20
'• Moisture " by calcium chloride
Silicious matters
Iron, alumina, soda and magnesia
1317
583
079
99-41
" Moisture" by calcium chloride
1479
1-01
072
13 70
13-01
Oxideof iron, alumina, soda and magnesia
101-71
. 21-32
11-22
. 13-10
Spanish Superphosphate :—
Monocalcium phosphate
CaO-
from the soluble
0-72
P.O.
1-82
fad :::::::::..::.::
0-43
Free P.Oj3H:0-
p..O,
?97
13-40
3fl 6
5-09
Insolublo phosphate—
p.O
1819
0-73
3 'Ca'O
0-86
Calcium sulphate—
SO,
1-59
26-61
CaO
1862
H.O
5-98
5121
Undetermined matters
'* Moisture" by calcium chloride
Silicious matters
Oxide iron, soda, alumina, magnesia
2-97
18-19
1-59
51-21
2-96
1346
803
061
99-32
H.O
0-43
5-09
i-98
11-50
241)5
1315
Ci-racao Superphosphate:—
Monocalcium phosphate from the soluble
CaO-
CaO 3-25
2Ha6
2-U8
FreeP.Oj3H.0-
p.o, :
SH.0
*57
3-82
13-87
Insoluble phosphate—
P.O.
3C"aO
0-13
019
Calcium sulphate—
CaO
21-18
H.O
6-78
Undetermined matters —
'• Moisture" by calcium chloride .
Silicious matters
58-12
13-57
1387
0-19
58-12
2-61
11-81
053
100-73
H.O
3-82
6-78
1268
23 68
11-00
Total H.O
H.O combined in above
,, uncombined
21-65
11-50
1315
23 68
12-68
1100
.-532
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [May 31.1887.
with practical observation, is not at all indicated by
exposure to 212° F. Thus : —
Carolina,
Bombrero.
Spaniab
Lose by exposure to 212° F
Ditto two months afterwards . .
19-11
1979
1- 76
1869
17-18
17-10
One precaution is advis ' , to have an air-
pump which will keep its vacuum for 24 hours. This
can be readily obtained, but many pumps sold will
not du it.
Ammoniated Si pkbphosphates.
The treatment oi Peruvian and other guanos w ith
sulphuric acid, and the treatment ol phosphates inter-
mixed with sulphate of ammonia or other more or less
ammoniacal matter, is in each case essentially only a
superphosphate ammoniated by the ammonia added,
and these form a very large proportion of the chemi-
cal manures pri duced Having proposed a method
for the estimation oi the moisture in superphosphates,
it is desirable to see how far such method could be
used in the ammoniated superphosphates. If in both
of these classes, then the method could l>e generally
adopted for artificial, or rather for chemical manures
produced by treatment with sulphuric acid in the
diuiry way.
Three mixtures were prepared by using curacao
phosphate, sulphate of ammonia, lLSt >.,. and water,
all of which were carefully examined beforehand,
weighed off, losses in mixings duly noted, and the
final product kept for trial and experiment. The
mixtures were intended to represent ammoniated
superphosphate, containing respectively 3%, 6%, and
!i of ammonia (Nll.A
The analyses of these were as follows, all the H..0
of all the constituents being classed as water, and the
Si '_: from all sources put together : —
COMPOSITION OF THE AMMONIATED
SUPERPHOSPHATES.
KlLTBATES OF THE
3 pel Cent.
9 pel 1 tent.
Soluble 1' O
1312
0-31
1-18
2"_"J
517
1308
010
714
110
5'15
1210
CuO
„ SO-,
MI,
OH
1070
5-10
The above P,Oj to form )
monocalclum phosphate 1
would need of CaO )
1-77
with S03. so that whatever changes occurred in the
manure the S( ).. would, at anyrate, be present in
sufficient amount to combine with NHa ; but BUch
is not the case, as is seen by a comparison of theS03
and Nib; found : —
3.XH 6.X1I 9; NH
Water
Soluble P;0;
Insoluble P.O,
Lime (CaO)
Sulphuric acid ISO,)
AmmoniatNHl
Magnesia, alkalis, etc
Insoluble silicious matters
21-63
1502
2-40
2113
31-40
2-98
4 60
0-51
20-71
1305
1-77
1S-41
35-62
6'15
3 82
044
20-33
11-66
101
1G 72
38 45
8-87
263
033
100D6 100-00 100-00
These were each mixed so as to make good, fair-
conditioned manures.
Bach was then, as in the case of the plain super-
phosphates, mixed with its own weight of water,
filtered, and the filtrate examined. The first table
on next column gives the results.
It is at nnee evident, from the very wide divergence
between the CaO Found and the ( \i< 1 of theory, that
substantially monocalcium phosphate is nut, and can
B |>i esent in tin- manure.
Al-i. it is highly interesting to notice the relative
amounts of s0:; and NIL. found. The NJL was put
in wh illy in combination with S( ) ... and one would
at first sight naturally expect to find it still combined
SO= found
Would need of NHS— theory
Nil found
3 pel tent. 6 per Cent.
118
0 50
2-2!)
711 1070
316 4-fiO
1-19 510
Here the NIL was more than the SO:; could com-
bine with, anil the only other acid present was the
1'. < >., therefore the P203 must have been liberated
so" as to act as a free acid, and have attacked the
ammonium sulphate so as to drive out some of the
sulphuric acid and take its place.
Also the PoOs is much more than is needed to
combine with the small amount of CaO present and
tin- remaining or even all the NH. ; and there are no
other constituents to combine with the P2Oa, there-
fore .here also the free arid is phosphoric.
To arrive at the proportionate amounts of the
various bodies present we can proceed thus : —
(<(.) From the CaO found in the filtrate calculate
the amount of CaO combined with the percentage
P, 1 >. so as to form monocalcium, in proportion between
the 1'. O- in the filtrate and the percentage lv< >-..
(6.) "Calculate the insoluble P2Os into insoluble
tricalciuin phosphate.
' i Tlie Cat I of the monocalcium and of the insol-
uble phosphate add together, the sum subtract from
the total CaO, combine the remaining CaO to calcium
sulphate plus one molecule of water.
((/.) The SO-, of the calcium sulphate dedn t from
the total .S03, and the remaining calculate into
ammonium sulphate.
(e.) The ammonia of the ammonium sulphate
deduct from the total ammonia, the balance calculate
into ammonium phosphate.
(f.) Add together the P«05 of the ammonium
phosphate and of the monocalcium, the rest calculate
into free phosphoric acid.
Tabulate these (see table on top of next page) and
set out the 11. ( I combined.
These manures were also dried over dry calcium
chloride in tie- vacuum of an air-pump, and the result
obtained at about the same date as the making of the
filtrate is put down above as " moisture by calcium
chloride."
The water combined off, deducted from the total
water, leaves amount of 899, 7'39, 7:i:i per cent.,
which, reduced by the "moisture" found, leaves
respeetively CO!), 281, 3-0-2 per cent, of water un-
accountable for. Now it is seen that such figures
approximate to the amounts cf water in the
ammonium sulphate of 3, G, and 9 per cent, respectively.
May si. is?-.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
::::
3 per Oent.
Monocalcium Phosphate—
I'M, 096)
CaO 0-38 ....
■-MI.H I'LM '
Insoluble Phosphate—
I'm 2 40..
SGaO 2-83i ••••
1-58
523
Calcium Sulphatc-
CaO .. - .18-221
SO, 26-02 50-09
BjO 5-83 I
Ammonium Sulphate-
si I, 5-38)
NH, 2-2S1 8-87
11,1) 1-21 I
Ammonium Phosphate—
P ii 0-97)
3XHf, .. ..0'70f 2-01
311, O .. ..037)
Free Phosphoric Acid—
IMi 1309'
311:0 .... 197'
--=.
6 per ("cut.
18 06
Insoluble silicious matters 0 51
Water as "moisture"" .. 7'90
Water unaccounted for 1'09
Magnesia, alkalis, etc. ISO
llHIIH
0-24
.vs.-,
1-21
0-37
1-97
1-261
21-63
8^9
7'90
11
Monocalcium Phosphate—
P..Os 021 )
CaO 009 - 0-35
2HoO ODo)
Insoluble Phosphate—
P " P77I T8fi
3CaO 209) •,S,>
Calcium Sulphate—
i .ii . 1626 ,
-ii 23-22 11-71
HM 5-23)
Ammonium Sulphate —
SOa 12 Hi |
NH, 527 [ 20-16
H20 2-79)
Ammonium Phosphate—
P,0, 1-22)
3NH, 0-88 1-76
3H.0 0-16)
Free Phosphoric Acid —
''-" '-''''-I 17-10
:;1I,(> 1-79J
Insoluble silicious matters 0'li
Water as " moisture"' .. 4*58
Water unaccounted for.. 2S1
Magnesia, alkalis, etc. .. 363
10000
0-05
9 per Cent.
5-23
279
0-1G
Monoca'cium Phosphate—
P.O. 0-32)
CaO 0-13 -..
211.1) 008)
Insoluble Phosphate-
1' ii Mil -
3CaO 118 t -
Calcium Sulphate-
Can l.vin
SO 2201,-..
H.0 ..
VJ3'
053
219
!35
= 1
008
4 93
27-11
Ammonium Sulphate
SO-, 16-14 1
NH:, 6-98 [
I1..0 3-G9)
Ammonium Phosphate-
P.O 2 631
3NHa 1-89 r
311 O 100)
I'ree Phosphoric Acid—
P 0 8-70) ,.,(,(>
3H2O 3-301 1"uu
Insoluble silicious matters OXi
Water as "moisture"" .. 4 "31
Water u naccou 11 ted for . . 302
Magnesia, alkalis, etc. . 261
100-00
1-00
3-30
13 00
20 33
T33
4 31
3-02
On adding a strong solution of ammonium sulphate
to gypsum it sets to a bard crisp mass, different in
texture to gypsum hydrated with plain water, and
tin- hard crisp condition is also a characteristic con-
ditionof ammonia ted superphosphates. From factsand
the approximation of the. foregoing figures, it is pro-
bable that a double sulphate is formed appropriating to
itself one molecule of water for combination, in which
case the whole of the water present is satisfactorily
accounted for.
The gradual dryings of the samples noticed in the
plain superphosphates is also observed in these
fertilisers : —
3 per Cent.
6 l>erCent.
9 per Cent.
By calcium chloride.
as given, the loss by exposure was as shown beneath :
3 per Cent. 6 per Cent. 9 per Cent
Loss after 212F., 3 hours.... 14-6.5 .... 12'15 .... 918
It is instructive and novel to compare the loss at
212" F. with the known water in the samples, and to
see where the loss has arisen, and to notice how in
this, the usual way of proceeding, the water of com-
bination is attacked.
The results over dry calcium chloride in air-pump
vacuumare confirmed by thoseoverdry calcium chloride
under a simple belljar,but the latteraremuch longer in
becomingconstant, needing in fact from 300— 100 hours.
Bearing in mind that the alkalis and the magnesia
are not determined, and that these throughout the
whole series of these experiments will have an
influence upon the moisture, though of too irregular
a nature for their extent to be accurately
measured, whilst the important and extensive con-
stituents are the water, soluble VJ)-, the SO:;, and
the CaO, which have been dealt with and assigned to
their places with as fair an approximation as can be
expected in a compound which is continually and
progressively altering in some small degree, the
method proposed for estimating the "moisture" —
(>., the 'uncombined adhering water by exposure
to dry calcium chloridein the vacuum of an air pump-
is one to be accepted.
Only one molecule of water has been assigned to
the calcium sulphate in the above calculations, because
of all the various experiments tried by drying in
presence of calcium chloride, sodium hydrate,
etc., none left sufficient water in the manure to
supply the calcium sulphate with more than one
molecule: the inference, therefore. is that one molecule
is all that is combined with the calcium sulphate.
The writer desires to express his indebtedness to
Mr. Thomas W. B. Mumford for the kindly practical
Whilst the " moisture " by the method proposed was assistance with which he has helped on this research.
March 9, after 24 hours .
March 21, after 24 hours
April 25, after 24 hours .
S-Sl -v93
8-51
7-90-7-91
4-98-1-95
4 58
1-11-1-01
5-45-5-41
5-03
4 37— 1-31
The effect which the length of the exposure to the
chloride has upon the result is shown in the following
table :—
After 2 hours
After 6 hours
After 24 hours
After 48 hours
After 72 hours
3 per Cent.
8-20
830
8-51
8-56
806
6 per Cent.
4 3S
451
4 58
463
1-65
9 per Cent.
4 94
503
503
503
511
331
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IMaj S1.18B.
Liverpool Section.
Chairman : 1'rof. J. Campbell Drown.
J'ice-Chairman: Dr. K. llurtcr.
Committee:
J. Affleck.
K. G. Ballard.
Ernest Bibby.
11. Brunner.
J. C. Gamble.
1>. Herman.
J. W. Kvnaston.
E. K. Muspratt.
Jas. Simpson.
A. Norman Tate.
A. Watt.
Local Sec. and Treasurer : W. P. Thompson, 6, Lord Street.
Liverpool.
Notices of Papers and Communications for the Meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
Meeting held Wednesday Evening, May ■$. at tht
University College.
PR. .T. CAMPBELL BF.0WX IN' THE CHAIE.
Mb. J. W. Macdonald exhibited a few samples of
scale and powder taken from the external shells of
boilers, which he thought would be of interest to
members. He said that the boilers he had had to do
with had no external scale until recently, but during
the last five weeks they had noticed the grey scale,
which was about ,ltlin. thick, and on the scale a grey
powder, Jin. thick. On analysis, the scale was found
to consist chiefly of ferric sulphate. It was very
difficult to remove, and required a great deal of ham-
mering. Under the scale the boiler plate was as
bright as new silver. He could not be certain that
the scale had been formed at the expense of the
boiler plates ; probably the first of it was from the
metal, but the rest of it had the appearance of being
deposited in layers from the outside. No doubt they
had been getting some bad slack, containing an undue
amount of sulphur and pyrites. His theory of it was
that the sulphuric acid, having been oxidised by the
presence of nitrates in the coal, condensed on the
boiler-plates, which would not be much hotter than
the water on the other side of them. The fine Hue
dust, which contains a considerable quantity of oxide
of iron, would then stick to the condensed vitriol,
and thus layer by layer of the sulphate might be
formed. The powder, strange to say, had not the
smie composition. Its chief ingredient certainly was
sulphate of iron, but this was mixed up with the
other constituents of coal ash. Notwithstanding the
brightness of the metal below the scale, it could not
be said that there was any apparent wasting of the
plates. He would be glad if any of the members
could throw any light on this matter, and send their
experience to the Journal. He himself thought it
showed the objection to using coal with much sulphur.
Apart from the injury of the plates by the sul-
phuric acid, the loss of heat, owing to the
presence of ,'v.in. of a non conducting substance,
must have been considerable. Their boilers were
fed by mechanical stokers, but he could not say
whether the better combustion thus obtained helped
the formation of sulphuric acid more readily than
hand firing. He had made many inquiries, both from
sellers and consumers of large quantities of coal, but
could not hear of any similar experience, exo ptingin
their works in London, where stokers, but different
slack, were used. In this case, however, there was
no scale, only a dark powder, resembling in composi-
tion the grey powder, but containing more i
(only -2\ per cent., however). This powder wae easily
removed by a hard wire brush. All boilers were more
or less covered with a dark powder, and which was
generally assumed to be soot. He thought it was
more likely to be chiefly sulphate of iron, and that
consumers should pay more attention to the quantity
of sulphur in the coals they used. The following
were the analyses of the three samples referred to ; the
grey powder contained copper, but it was not esti
mated : —
Liverpool Liverpool
s.al,-: Deposit:
Grey. Grey.
London
Deposit :
Dark.
li IT 057
062 950
8-53 1478
3105' 1975
57-97* 11 36
0 63* 11 -05
2-18
Silica
9'25
365
L'li'TJ
Sulphuric Anhydride . .
12-11
712
Trace.
Trace.
None.
073
2-11
0-72
Not de-
termined.
9'86
120
011
None.
7-00
10000 100 00
10000
•Equal to:
Fe-330,
7763
K,SO,
1-17
10-85
Free SO-
MANUFACTURE OF ARROWROOT STARCH
IN ST. VINCENT.
B Y J. W. MAC I> 0 N A L D.
As we have lately been treated to a very interesting
paper on starch manufacture from Indian corn, it
was suggested to me that we might with advantage
continue our, discussions on this subject by learning
something of its manufacture from another raw
material, arrowroot, or, as it is known in botany,
Maranta Arundinacea. This plant is essentially a
starch-producing plant, the starch existing in it in
almost absolute purity, ami no other use having been
found for it, as far as lam aware,excepting for feeding
cattle. 1 have long felt, and this was also dwelt
upon by our Chairman in his discussion on Dr. Arch-
hold's paper, that it was a great waste of valuable
nitrogenous matter to manufacture starch from such
materials as maize, wheat, rice and potatoes, which
in themselves form a large proportion of the food
of man. We have around us large masses of half
fed human beings, nevertheless we daily destroy hun-
dreds of tons of valuable food in the manufacture of
starch, etc. 1 feel sure that OS the world advances and
becomes more populated, a more conserving spirit
must picvadu our manufactories, and only such raw
materials be used as will cause the least waste of
matter ; countries, too, that are best suited by
natural forces for the production of certain com-
Stay 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
33;>
modities, will have to carry out the intentions of
nature. We will not then have such anomalies as
Europe trying, by the aid of Governments, to supply
the world with sugar; for nature's sugar plant is
the sugar cane, and its home, the tropics.
Arrowroot is also a native of the tropica The
island of St. Vincent in the West Indies has taken
the foremost ] art in its growth and production; a
fair quantity is also made in Natal, and smaller
quantities in India, Fiji, Queensland and other
countries. Formerly, the Bermuda Islands produced
a good deal, but, as there is very little arable land
and a scarcity of water, and the inhabitants haying
turned their attention to growing early vegetables for
the New York markets, arrowroot is gradually being
given up.
In St. Vincent the plant grows two to three feet
high. It is a weak fibrous stalk with six to eight
arrow-shaped leaves resembling the leaves of the
lily. When the root is ripe, these leaves fall and
wither. The plant flowers but does not bear seed,
and is therefore propagated by the root. This can be
done in tsvo ways, either by pulling the green stalks,
trimming off the long hairy roots, and setting them
six inches apart in fields previously prepared for their
reception, or, as is most generally done, by returning
to the soil the upper end of the root, which is hard
and fibrous and contains very little starch. As the
fields are dug up, the labourers pick out the roots and
break off these top pieces four to six inches long, and
bury them in holes six inches apart and a few inches
deep. In this way reaping and planting go on simul-
taneously. Care must be taken, however, to avoid
returning to the soil small thin weak roots. The
roots commence to grow in about a fortnight, but, to
avoid choking, the fields have to be weeded two or
three times. In about ten to twelve months the
roots are ripe, and are then twelve to eighteen inches
below the surface. If they are reaped before being
properly ripe, the next crop suffers and frequently
takes fifteen months to mature, and the fields require
to be frequently weeded. With careful attention
and manuring fields will produce crops for over 20
years. The arrowroot is a very hardy plant, and will
continue to grow up and die down for years after its
cultivation has ceased in a field. The roots are long
and tap shaped, and are jointed at intervals of three
quarters to one inch. In the soil they are protected
by a fibrous covering which grows from each joint,
the folds overlapping each other to the end of the
root. Full-grown roots are from ten to eighteen
inches long, the most starch being found in the lower
or youngest end.
The first part of the manufacturing process is to
soak the roots in water to soften the covering and
the adhering earth. They are then stripped of the
covering and washed, and thrown into a second or
rinsing tank. When thoroughly clean they are taken
to the pulping machine. The skin is said to contain
a resinous matter which gives a yellow tinge and un-
pleasant flavour to the starch, if the latter is not
well washed. In former times the roots were very
carefully skinned with German silver knives, before
being pulped. This is said to have produced whiter
starch, but as it was so laborious and expensive, it
was discontinued. The skinned roots were pulped by
subjecting them to great pressure by passing them
through an upper, and then a lower and much closer,
pair of polished brass rollers, to break the starch
cells. The method of pulping now generally adopted
is to feed the clean unskinned roots against a tine saw
grater very similar to a potato grater. It is a solid
cylinder of hard wood about 23 inches diameter and
seven inches wide. Slits are made by a saw from
end to end of the wood at half-inch intervals. Saw-
blades having six to ten teeth to the inch are then
fitted into the slits, and the whole immersed in water
to swell the wood and fix the saws. The grater is
now fitted into its place very close to a wooden feed-
ing bed. As it revolves several hundred times per
minute it tears the roots into shreds. A great deal,
however, depends on the fineness of the teeth and
the velocity of the drum.
On account of the very fibrous nature of the pulp
< there is considerable difficulty in the sieving or
separating of the starch from it. The fibres
readily gather into lumps and enclose the starch,
so that hand sieving, although very tedious, has to
', be resorted to. The pulp is first run into a box
! or sieve, the bottom of which is a sheet of copper
I or tin punched with holes about one- fifth inch dia-
meter. While water flows on, the contents are kept
thoroughly agitated by hand, until all the starch has
been washed out. While one strainer full is being
washed, another is being filled so that there should
be no delay. However careful one is, there is a loss
of starch in the fibre owing to the presence of
small bits of the roots which have escaped pulping.
In one factory, instead of the above strainer a tin-
lined copper cylinder has been tried. The cylinder
was stationary, its under side being pierced with
holes, and, inside, paddles or beaters revolved at
great speed amongst the pulp and water, until the
latter flowed away free from starch. The washed
fibre was then removed and a fresh charge of pulp put
i in. This, however, has been discontinued. In another
factory, a half cylinder, also stationary, is in course
! of erection. Its under side is also pierced with small
holes, but there is a slide under this to open or close
at will. Inside, there are rakes attached to two
shafts, which move in opposite directions and cause
the rakes to oscillate very rapidly between each other,
thereby keeping the fibre always open. The starch
water is let out, more water uin in, and the opera-
tion repeated until the starch has ceased ; then the
fibre is taken out. The great objection to any
mechanical washer is the tendency of the fibre to
accumulate on the agitators and break them. I do
not know at present of a single mechanical washer
being in use. To get over this difficulty it has been
proposed to chop up or slice the roots into small
short pieces, and either rasp them or pass them
through metal rollers or mill-stones, so that the
thin disintegrated pulp may flow over mechanical
sieves. I do not know if this plan has yet been tried.
Although causing a loss of starch, the present
method of rasping avoids an undue pulverising of
the soft yellow fibre, and so gives a very white
starch without much further trouble.
From the fibre strainers the starch water flows con-
secutively through a series of brass wire sieves of 40,
80, and 100 meshes ; each of these retain small fleshy
bits of unpulped root. From the last sieve the
water runs into the settling cisterns, which are
preferably lined with white glazed tiles to avoid
accumulation of slime.
A portion of the fibre collected on the finer sieves
is used for feeding the animals on the estate, the
remainder and all the coarse fibre are used as manure.
For this purpose it is left in heaps until it decom-
poses, after which it is distributed on the fields along
with pen manure. Sometimes also ashes and guano
are used. The waste water from washing the starch
contains a considerable amount of vegetable matter,
and gives good results where it is run on the fields,
but the extensive application of this is not practic-
able. Alter the starch has settled in the cisterns
the water is run off and more added, the whole is
stirred up and again allowed to settle. This gener-
ally suffices to dissolve out soluble matters. At night
336
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (May 31. it>87.
all the cisterns are drained, and the starch is dug out
and taken to a mixing box, where it is mixed With B
small amount of water, then run through another
\ e into the se] arating pans. These arc small
round galvanised cisterns with smooth per] endicular
sidea When filled, the starch milk is stirred
round with a small oar until it is in violent circulation.
The oar is withdrawn and the cisterns left until
morning. The stirring has the effect of separating
the starch from any remaining impurities. These,
cific gravity, settle last and therefore
on top of the starch. Next morning the water is
drained oil', and the light impure starch scraped off
the surface. If the earlier parts of the process are
carelessly dune, this separation may have to be re-
i before the starch is quite pure. The im-
pure surface starch contains a large proportion of
starch entangled in very fine particles of fibre and
broken cell walls. Although this can be dried and
exported as an inferior starch, it is generally given to
the labourers as a perquisite. It is used in various
forms as (lour. Poultry and pigs are also fed with
it. Weak caustic soda extracts a colouring matter
from it. but also precipitates a yellow substance,
making it very difficult to separate the starch from
it in a pure state.
The pure starch in the separators is now taken out
in blocks, and placed on trays for about twelve hours
to drain and harden. It is then broken into smaller
pieces, and taken to the drying house, where it is air
dried. This building is open on all sides for free
circulation of air. It is surrounded, however, with
galvanised wire to keep out the small birds which
hover about. Inside, there are a series of wire
shelves over large shallow wooden trays. The top
shelf is made of very open wire, the next is closer,
and so on, the lowest being the closest. The wet
lumps of starch are placed side by side on the top
shelf, where they remain until by the action of the air
they crack up and fall through on to the nest shelf.
In time, the whole falls thiough the lowest shelf,
and is in a tine granular state, ready for packing. It
contains from 14 to 17 per cent, of water. In cold
wet weather the starch dries very slowly, taking some-
times as long as two we. ks. During this time, if
irch has been imperfectly purified, the lumps
get sour, and become yellowish. Indeed, the
whole process must be as rapid as possible. In the
settling cisterns especially, if the starch i> left in
contact with the impure water too long, its whiteness
is affected. The crop lasts from October to May.
The name "arrowroot" is, 1 think, derived from the
Indian word, Ara-ruta, or " mealy root ;" but some
say that this root has been confounded with the
maranta galanga, which was called the arrowroot on
account of its bruised roots being used as an antidote
to the poison of the Jatropha Manihot, which was
used for poisoning their arrows. I may say that
tapioca starch is obtained from this poisonous root.
The poison, however, is contained in the juice only,
and i- destroy ed by heat.
.iding the yield of arrowroot, an acre will
produce 1:J,Ihki to 15,0001b. of roots, according to
the season : in wet seasons the roots are heavy and
. and give less starch. A fair average
_ wt air-dried starch, with ii percent water,
per acre, or about piper cent, on good roots. I have
no doubt that this will be considerably increased
by the use of much-needed improved pulpit
sieving machinery. The roots that I have analysed
ightly dried in transit, so that they Bhow a
rather high amount of starch The analysis, how-
ever, will give an idea of the constituents of the
from an analysis
bj I', nzon, stated in Lie's Dictionary, and which 1
append ; —
Starch
Kibre
Fat
Albumin
Sugar, Gum, Ac.
Ash
Water
J. w. If.
Bskzon.
2707
26 00
282
000
026
007
1-56
vat
1-10
0-60 (Gum)
1-28
0-25 (CaCU
C2'96
65-50
100-00
100-00
The ash consisted of phosphate of lime and alkaline
sulphates, and chlorides.
1 have made an attempt to introduce the residual
coarse fibre as a raw material for paper manufacture,
but consumers say that it is too weak and lacking in
tenacity. For paper making the starch still remain-
ing could be recovered by steeping in boiling water,
and used for sizing the finished paper.
Owing to the iall in the value of sugar, the pro-
duction of arrowroot in the West Indies has been
extended rather beyond the demand. The wholesale
price has consequently fallen to an almost unrenm-
nerative point. This low price, however, will permit
it to be used for whatever purposes the commoner
kinds of starch are now employed. In some respects
it is superior to common starch, and one of my chief
objects in writing this paper is to draw the attention
of large users of starch to this comparatively new-
source of very fine starch. Arrowroot swells much
more readily and with less heat than maize, rice, or
wheat starch, and forms a stiffer jelly. It is, there-
fore, highly adaptable for sizing and laundry pur-
poses. I think this property is attributable to the
larger size of the granules of arrowroot starch which
are among the largest of the starch granules, whereas
the granules of wheat, maize, and rice starch are
very small and will contain a greater proportion of
starch cellulose and less granulose,- the latter being
the substance which swells when dissolved in hot
water. Another use for which arrowroot starch is
very suitable on account of its great purity and free-
dom from chemicals, is fi r the preparation of powder
for the skin. Many of the powders sold are com-
posed of very questionable ingredients : arrowroot
well crushed and dried on a plate before the fire is
both simple and safe.
It is as an article of food, however, that it has
hitherto been mostly used, but the exorbitant retail
price put on it (from 8d. to 2s. per lb.) has kept it
out of general use. Of course being starch it cannot
have the flesh-forming power of flour and other
nitrogenous meals, but it is the purest, most digest-
ible and palatable of the starches, and is devoid of
the unpleasant taste or flavour observed in potato
starch and in the so-called cornflour, and other
starches extracted from the cereals by the caustic
soda and fermentation processes.
Regarding adulteration, this is only done when the
arrowroot is for sale at a high retail price for food.
This i- chiefly effected by such cheap starches as
rom potato sago and tapioca. 1 have also
found chalk and plaster of I'aris in arrowroot, but
this is very rare. The microscope affords the only
reliable means of detecting admixtures of starch,
and as this is only within the reach of very few,
admixture.- often go on with impunity. I need not
here enter into a description of the characteristics of
various >tarch granules, for they are described in
many well ki own books. I find, however, that many
of the prints given and the descriptions are very
Hty SUNT.] THE JOHBNAL OF THE FOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTBY.
337
erroneous, so that one should resort more to personal
observations, using samples of the various starches
for comparisons, the origins of which have Ik en care-
fully ascertained and rioted. When examining a
Bample of unknown starch, a small portion from the
standards should be mount f d and compared m order
bo make sure of the origin of the unknown sample.
1 1 a thin well washed section of the root be examined
by the microscope, the arrangement of the cells is
seen to be very perfect and beautiful, resembling
somewhat a section of the honeycomb. The cells
are hexagonal and very transparent, and are 611ed
with very uniform starch granules. The pith of the
root contains very small and somewhat irregular
cells, which are rilled with exceedingly small Starch
granules ; this is probably the souice of the smaller
granules sten in a sample of arrowroot starch. The
fibres are arranged in concentric rings round the
pith. They are somewhat str< ng in the fleshy part
of the root, but weak at the joints, which break very
easily.
Regarding the annual production of arrowroot, I
have not been able to obtain many statistii s.
Bermuda raises only 500 to 700 kegs, so that very
little of what is sold as Bermuda really comes from
there. Natal produces 200(> to 3000 eases, and St.
Vincent about 22,000 brls., 20,000 of which come to
England, and most of the remainder is sent to
America. The production of other countries is, I
believe, very small.
ANALYSIS OF ARROWROOT STARCH.
Per cent.
Fer cent.
83-70
99'5 when dry
Fibre
001
0-05
Fat
0-07
0-18
0'0S »
Sugar, Gum, etc. ..
0-21
Ash and Sand
o-ii
016
Water
15-87
100-00
10000
DISCUSSION.
J)r. J. Campbell Brown (Chairman) said that the
Society was indebted to Mr. Macdonald for his able
and interesting paper. He thought it formed a very-
good appendix to Dr. Archbold's paper. No doubt
it was new to most of them that the name arrowroot
was derived from the Indian name signifying "mealy-
root," and lie thought this a much better derivation
than "arrow'' root, the root that yields arrow poison.
ON BERMITE'S ELECTROLYTIC PROCESS
FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF BLEAt B3NG
LIQUOR
UY FERDINAND ill I.TH:, PH.D.
SoiCB years ago, when an electrolytic process for the
manufacture of soda and chlorine from common alt
was advertised as the"Tyne alkali process,' I made
a series of experiments on the elfetrolysis of common
salt, which led me to the genual c< nclusion that for
the production of articles of low price electrolysis as
a manufacturing operation was impracticable. Even
for such an article as chlorate of soi a, the electrolytic
preparation of which presents do difficulty, I found the
process too expensive, the efficiency oi the current
being extremely low. 1 was, therefore, greatly sur-
prised to find, on reading Messrs. Cross and Bevan's
paper on the Hermite process, that their results
differed so far from mine as to lead them to entirely
opposite conclusions, and to calculate a handsome
profit on the electrolytic preparation of a substitute
for fo cheap an article as bleaching powder. I must,
therefore, have been wrong in my conclusions, and I
determined to make a few experiments mysel',
particularly as Messrs. Cioss and Bevan obtained
much more chlorine from a given current than could
be calculated by Faraday's law, a result which was
diametrically opposed to all my experience, for I had
never been able to obtain as much as the theoietical
quantity.
The Hermite process, as described in the English
specification of patent No. 3957, 1886, consists in
electrolysing solutions of the chlorides of the alkalis
and alkaline earths between electrodes of platinum
or carbon, as anodes ancl mercury, or amalgamated
zinc plates as cathodes. The apparatus described
consists of a tank, the bottom of which is covered by
a layer of mercury at a distance above which the
anode of platinum is placed horizontally. The anode
is perforated to permit the free escape of gases. It is
asserted that during the electrolysis of the chlorides
the metal of the chloride amalgamates with the
mercury, and that this is an essential feature of the
process.
From Messrs. Cross and Bevan's paper we learn
that the best results are obtained by the use of
magnesium chloride of such concentration that
one litre contains 25grms. of the anhydrous chloride.
With such a solution Messrs. Cross and Bevan
obtained in four successive periods the following
amounts of chlorine : —
Before calling on Dr. Hurter to read his paper, the
Chairman read a letter received by the Local
Secretary from Messrs. t'toss and Bevan, stating their
inability to attend, and intimating that if Dr.
Hurters experiments did not, as they understood,
agree in results with theirs, it was probably because
the conditions of electrolysis were different in the
two cases.
Dr. Hurter said that in justice to himself he
must say that he himself invited Mr. Cross to be
present at that meeting. He then read his paper on
Hermite's Process.
Per Ampere Hour.
1-S0grms.
112 ,.
r56 „
CIO „
Or fur 100 CI theoretically
pos&ible.
1.
2.
3.
1.
m-r,
>:; S
110-3
1011
.Mean.
l-17grms.
1091
The low result in the second period is said, to be
explained by the addition of lime, which in some
way diminishes the yield.
Upon these marvellous results, Messrs. Cress and
Bevan quite seriously base a calculation of costs to
which I shall refer later on.
The first point which I had to investigate was,
whether this high yield was a reality or an illusion
Clearly, if one ampere gives more chlorine than the
electro-chemical equivalent, it must also yield more
338
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Maya.uw.
magnesium, or since that metal is not deposited in
the metallic state, we must obtain more hydrogen
gas. I, therefore, bo arranged my experiments that
I could measure and analyse the gas obtained during
the electrolysis as well as the electrolysed liquid. The
apparatus was very Bimple, the electrolytic cell A
consisted of a glass cylinder in which were fused in
at the bottom a platinum spiral, afterwards covered
with mercury, and higher up a piece of platinum foil
serving as anode. The cylinder was closed by a gas
delivery tube ground into the neck. This delivery
tube was connected to a Bunte's burette B. in which
the gas could be measured and analysed. The current
of a Bunsen battery, afterpassingtheeell, was conducted
through a copper voltameter, consisting of a copper
plate (' as anode, and a platinum dish D as cathode,
The copper deposited during this period amounted
to 01035grm., which, taking 00003307 as the electro-
chemical equivalent of copper, corresponds to 313
coulombs (ampere-seconds) of electricity.
The amount of hydrogen in the gas corresponds to
37'3x0,8903cc. = 3320cc, and as each cc. corresponds
to 87>33 coulombs, the hydrogen only accounts for
283 coulombs. Similarly calculated, the oxygen is
equivalent to 60'2 coulombs, and the chlorine evolved
to 4'7 coulombs.
Consequently, for every 100 coulombs which were
measured in the copper voltameter, only 90'4
[313 :283 :: 100 :90'4] evolved their equivalent of
hydrogen, or 100— 90"4=9-6 coulombs passed through
the electrolytic cell without evolving hydrogen, and
since when no hydrogen is evolved at the cathode, no
containing pure copper sulphate solution three-fifths
saturated as electrolyte ; the current afterwards passed
jta a galvanometer. I will only trouble you
with the details of one single experiment, as most
of them were carried out in a similar manner.
Experiment A«.i.--Asolution of magnesium chloride
containing 8'70grms. of MgClj per litre was electro-
lysed in two successive stages, for both of which the
amount of copper deposited and the gases evolved
were determined separately ; but owing to the small
amount of solution in the cell, this was only analysed
after the second stage.
The gas obtained during the lirst stage amounted
to 37'3cc, corrected for temperature and pressure,
and consisted of —
CM 1'50 per cent.
ii HIT
II KI-U3
chlorine or oxygen can be evolved at the anode with
magnesium chloride solution as electrolyte, 9"6 per
cent, of the current were ineffective for the produc-
tion of chlorine. Another portion of the current —
viz., 1 9"25 per cent. [313 : t>0'2 : : 100]— produced oxygen
at the anode instead of chlorine ; this portion also
was ineffective as regards production of chlorine, so
that we baveonly 100— (9() + l!)2.r)) = 711."i per cent.
of the current which really did produce chlorine.
1 shall term the percentage of current which resilly
yields chlorine, or oxygen compounds of chlorine, the
efficiency of the current.
During the second stage of the electrolysis of this
solution a gas was obtained consisting of 10'7"> per
cent, of oxygen and 89*25 per cent, hydrogen gas, and
measuring 3^'Occ. (reduced volume). The copper
collected in the voltameter amounted to 0 1126grm.,
corresponding to 340 coulombs. A similar calcula-
May 3i, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL LVbUSTRY. SSfi
tion to the previous one shows that in the second
period, for every 100 coulombs of electricity,
13'5 per cent, did not evolve hydrogen :
20'8 ,. evolved oxygen instead of (1.
31 '3 per cent, were ineffective for the production of chlorine,
and only 65 6 per cent, produced chlorine.
The mean of both periods is —
ll'o per cent, produced no hydrogen.
20 02 ., „ oxygen.
(8 is ,. „ chlorine.
The solution was now analysed.
The total chlorine was determined in the solution
before electrolysing by means of silver nitrate.
The available chlorine, meaning thereby free
chlorine and hypochlorites, all calculated to their
equivalent of free chlorine, was determined by means
of an acidulated solution of iodide of potassium, the
iodine set free being titrated with sodium thiosul-
phate.
The total oxidising chlorine of the solution (in-
cluding in this term free chlorine, hypochlorites, and
chlorates, all calculated to their equivalent of free
chlorine) was determined by boiling a portion of the
solution with a standard solution of ferrous chloride
and titrating with potassium bichromate, as the
solutions must be made strongly acid with hydro-
chloric acid if the chlorates are to be thoroughly
decomposed.
These methods of analyses were followed in all
experiments, except where special points had to be
settled.
The solution was thus found to contain —
Total chlorine 0-357Sgrm.
Available chlorine 00619 „
Total oxidising chlorine 016M8 ,, -
The electro-chemical equivalent of chlorine being
00003727, the available chlorine corresponds to 166
coulombs, and the total chlorine to 456 coulombs.
As duringthe two periods 313 + 340=653 coulombs
had passed through the voltameter, the efficiency of
the current as calculated from the analysis of the
solution is —
For available chlorine 2o"l per cent.
„ total oxidising chlorine 69'7 .,
whilst the efficiency from gas analysis is for total
oxidising chlorine 68"48 per cent.
This approximation shows that gas analysis alone
if sufficient to settle the efficiency of the current.
Before giving you the results of further experi-
ments, it will be convenient to explain shortly the
reactions which go on in the cell. I am afraid 1 shall
trouble you with rather too elementary an explana-
tion, but as the subject has been unnecessarily
mystified in Messrs. Cross and Bevans paper, I wish
to be exceedingly careful to clear the mysteries
away.
The primary result of the electrolysis of most
chlorides is the separation of the atoms, the metal
appearing at the cathode, the chlorine at the anode.
M hen the metal is capable of decomposing water,
the metal is separated as hydrate, ami its equivalent
of hydrogen is evolved at the cathode. Magnesium
chloride forms no exception to this rule.
The first products of the electrolysis of magnesium
chloride are chlorine gas at the anode, hydrogen and
magnesia hydrate at the cathode. When the solution
of magnesium chloride is alkaline the chlorine does
not escape, when the solution is neutral some
chlorine does escape, as the first gas analysis shows ;
but when chlorine and magnesia have been produced
insufficient quantity and diffused through the solution,
they react upon each other in the well-known manner
according to the equation: 2Mgfl.Oe - Cl4
MgCl.Os+MgCl.+StHiO, producing magnesium
hypochlorite and chloride.
The solution then contains two salts, magr
chloride and hyi>ochlorite. both of which are
electrolytes.
The current of electricity has now the choice of
travelling by two conductors instead of only one,
and according to the quantity of each salt present
divides itself in a certain ratio, one portion continu-
ing to decompose magnesium chloride, another
portion decomposing the Hypochlorite.
When oxygen salts are electrolysed, the usual
result is the appearance of the metal at the cathode ;
or when the metal decomposes water, hydrogen is
evolved and the hydrate of the metal formed at the
cathode, while the acid separates at the anode
together with the oxygen belonging to the base.
Thus the electrolysis of magnesium hypochlorite
produces hydrogen and magnesia at the cathode,
while oxygen and hypochlorous acid should be found
at the anode.
These are the primary reactions which account
for the hydrogen and oxygen found in the gases, but
which do not account for that part of the current
which did not evolve hydrogen, nor explain why the
whole of the chlorine produced is not available
chlorine.
It is well known, when the solution of an
oxidising agent is electrolysed, that as a secondary
reaction the nascent hydrogen at the cathode reduces
partially the oxidising agent. This is exactly what
happens in this case ; part of the hypochlorite is
reduced again to chloride. The hydrogen being oxidise d
to water does not appear in the gaseous products.
This is the explanation of the hydrogen which is
missing.
While this secondary reaction is proceeding at the
cathode, there is another secondary j rocess going
on at the anode. It is a well-known fact that hypo-
chlorous acid very readily changes into chloric acid,
and it is a peculiarity of the electrolysis of the hypo-
chlorites that, instead of hypochlorous acid, chloric acid
is formed at the anode. By what steps this happens
is of little consequence : I will represent the results
of the electrolysis of the hypochlorite by equations as
follows : —
3MgCl.,0, + 9H.O = 3MgH3 O, + H6 + 6HC10 + 03
Cathode. Anode.
6HC10=2HC10,+4HCL
Of course all these acids do not remain free, but
soon combine again with magnesia. What I wish to
point out by these equations is this : For every two
moleculesof chloricacidso formed therearethreeatoms
of oxygen evolved. But whereas the six molecules
of hypochlorous acid would count as available
chlorine, and would be equivalent to 12 atoms of free
chlorine, the two molecules of chloric acid into which
they are transformed do not count as available
chlorine, and consequently for every three atoms of
oxygen evolved the available chlorine in the solution
is reduced by an amount equivalent to 12 atoms of
free CI. If we translate this result into current
efficiency, we have to remember that each atom of
_ n corresponds to two coulombs, and each atom
of chlorine to one coulomb.
•quently, we may say that for every six
coulombs of the current which produce oxygen, the
available chlorine which requires 12 coulombs for its
production vanishes, or for every coulomb which
lii' "lues oxygen the available chlorine corresponding
to two coulombs vanishes.
If we review the results of the experiment in the
light of this explanation, we can say that as the
:S40
THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lM..y3i.i887.
1st Stllge.
Total volume 37"2,icc.
Hydrogen H.V57
Oxygen 4j;j
Cu collected 0*1189grm.
amount ol oxygen evolved corresponds, on the average,
'2 pei cent of the current, that 20*02 per cent,
oi the current electrolysed MgCloO,, producing
'i and chlorate at the anode, and hydri
'I"' cathodi . In consequence oi the reduction of hypo-
chlorite at the cathode, 1 1*5 per cent, of tin- hydrogen
due to the current was nol evolved; and in conse
■ ol the conversion of hypochlorite into chlorate
at tli«' anode, 2x20*02 per cent, of the available
chlorine were rendered unavailable, so that of the
chlorine which 7998 per cent. of current yielded, LIU
were reduced again at the cathode, and 40-04 cl
into chlorate, leaving only 2834 per cent, of the
current useful for available chlorine. From
raalysis of the solution, the efficiency for
available chlorine was found to be 254 per cent.
When we remember that magnesium hypochlorite
readily changes into chlorate under ordinary
conditions, the difference between the results is not
important, and the experiment is a proof of the expla-
nation given.
Experiment No. i.— Magnesium chloride solution,
containing 24"15grms. MgCls per litre. Gas collected
in two portions, and copper in voltameter weighed
for each.
2nd Stage.
. 4570CC.
.. 95*0
.. 50
.. 0*U39grm.
From these resultsv/e calculate that 91*16 per cent,
of the current electrolysed magnesium chloride, yield-
ing chlorine at anode, and hydrogen at cathode, and
that 8"84 per cent, of the current electrolysed mag-
nesium hypochlorite, yielding chlorate and oxygen at
anode; 16"10of the hydrogen reduced hypochlorite at
cathode, and 17'68 of available chlorine became un-
available, owing to transformation into chlorate.
Hence, from gas analysis, the current efficiency was :
T.VOfj per cent, for total oxidising chlorine, and 57-38
per cent, for available chlorine. The analysis of the
solution gave —
Available chlorine O'llTlgrm.
Total oxidised chlorine O'lBlG ,,
From which the efficiencies are calculated to be 77*66
per cent, for total oxidising chlorine, and 49*3 per
cent, for available chlorine, much less than from the
gas analysis, owing to spontaneous conversion of
hypochlorite into chlorate.
Experiment No. 3. — Magnesium chloride solution,
containing 68'6grms. MgCTj per litre.
Total volume of gas 84*1 lee.
( Containing 97 S hydrogen.
! colli eti cl 0'2728erm
Cl as available in solution 0-21 11;
Cl as total oxidising chlorine 0*2397 „
From these data the current efficiency is from gas
analyst..: B012 and 711:!; hem the solution, 77*94
and<38*8 1 respectively, for total and available chlorine.
Expt rinu ni No. .;.— Solution containing 33'39grms.
MgCls per litre.
I las obtained 158*lcc.
( ontaining ci i-q-,
Oxygen '..'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 3-95 '
"Jdrogen 9500
topper collected amounts to 0'5275grm
Available chlorine found 11 :f.v>ii
Total oxidising chlorine u it;i.*> .',
From which data the efficiency is calculated to be,
from gas analysis, 7363 and 6026 per cent. ; from the
analysis ot the solution 69*58 and 59*7 respectively,
for total and available chlorine.
I have tabulated these results so that the resem-
blance in the results from the analysis of gas and
liquid may be perceived. I have al oadded the per-
centage ol chlorine in 'he solution, which was con-
verted by the current.
KKS1 I.TS OF KXl'KKIMKNTS I. -IV.
Experiment No-
Kllieiency of Current. Total Ox id. Cl ....
per Gas Analysis I Avail. Chlorine
Efficiency of Current L Total Oxid. CI ..
perAnalysisofSolution I Avail. Chlorine
Magnesium Chloride in grnis. per litre . .
of i ihlorine I into total t Ixid. Cl . .
converted I ,, avail. Chlorine
1
2
3
68-1
28-3
75-0
571
80-1
71-1
69 7
*-'.V|
77'.*)
111".'
77!l
BS*7
s:
ai
G8G
47-5
17*
21 ci
13 3
7-9
7-0
73-6
60-2
69 I
.v.i'S
331
8-7
7'j
It will be seen that in this series of experiments the
results of the gas analyses tolerably well agree with
the results of the analysis of the solution. But this
is only mi when the electrolysis has not advanced very
far, as it has not done in any one of the above experi-
ments. The method of stating the total oxidising
chlorine is apt to give a very wrong impression of the
composition of the solution. Thus, in Experiment
No. 1 it is stated that the oxidising power of the
solution was equivalent to 47*5 per cent, of the total
chlorine in the solution, giving one at first sight the
very erroneous impression that nearly the half of the
magnesium chloride had been decomposed. In reality
that very solution consisted still chiefly of magnesium
chloride, for it contained, for 100 molecules of mag-
nesium chloride, in round .numbers —
MgCl 100 molecules.
MgClgOs 10
MgCI«0„ 6
MgCljsO. ffl
When the electrolysis is pushed still further, the
analysts of the gas no longer permits to form so
approximate an idea of what is proceeding in the
electrolytic cell ; the analysis of the solution only can
be relied upon, as is shown by the following experi-
ment carried out in a different apparatus : —
/'.'./.. riment No. 5. — Solution containing 25"9grms.
MgCL per litre.
Gas obtained 1380ec. corrected vol.
Containing H, 87"!
O, l 2*8
Copper collected in voltameter 4*liiS7grms.
The solution was found to contain : —
Chlorine equivalent to total oxidising power 2*30Sgrms.
Available chlorine 0*630 ,.
From these results the following efficiency for the
current, calculated in the same way as explained, are
obtained : — From gas analysis : for total oxidising
chlorine, 58'0 per cent. ; tor available chlorine, 11 "4
per cent. 'From the analysis of the solution, 491
per cent, for total oxidising chlorine, and 13*2 pi c
cent, for available chlorine.
In this experiment, for every 100 coulombs passed
through the voltameter, 1S*7"> had passed without
producing H in the electrolytic cell, and S.i'.i had
produced oxygen at the anode instead of chlorine.
The total oxidising chlorine amounted to 78*2 per
cent, on the total chlorine contained in solution.
From this experiment, and various differences in
the others, it is evident that another reaction was
going on in the cell, which had not been taken into
account. In order to discover whether it was a re-
action due to hypochlorites, or whether it was
due to the chlorate formed, I electrolysed a
solution of bleaching powder, neatly free from
chlorate, which the hypochlorite solution obtained by
electrolysis never is: ami 1 also electrolysed a solution
of potassium chlorate. The following are the results:—
Experiment No. '''.—Solution of bleaching powder,
containing 18'193grms. available chlorine and 19*965
grms. total oxidisingchlorine per litre, was electrolysed.
May 3i. isst.j THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
341
The gas obtained amounted to 36'5cc. corrected
volume, and contained —
Hydrogen. . 41 "32 ,, corresponding to 129 coulombs.
Oxygen .... 5S68 „ 366
The copper deposited in voltameter amounted to
0'3350grm. = 1013 coulombs.
After electrolysis, it -was found that the solution
had lost available chlorine, corresponding to 0'390
grms. = 1046 coulombs, or electro-cheniicalequivalents. i
These results must be interpreted as follows : Of j
the 1013 coulombs measured in the voltameter —
366 electrolysed calcium hypochlorite.
617 electrolysed calcium chloride.
Since only 129 coulombs of the electricity produced
hydrogen, 884 coulombs have reduced hypochlorite
to chloride. We have therefore —
Gain of available chlorine
by electrolysis of calcium
chloride 647 electro-cheni. equivalent.
Loss of available chlorine
due to reduction at cath-
ode S84
Due to conversion to chlo-
rate. 2 ■ 366 732
1616
647
Balance of loss 969 „ „
According to analysis of solution, the reduction in
available chlorine was 1046 electrochemical equiva-
lents.
Expt i iment No. 7. — Bleaching powder solution con-
taining 19'30grms. available CI per litre was electro-
lysed.
Gas obtained = 36' occ. corrected vol.
Hydrogen, 36'3 percent , corresp. toll35 coulombs.
Oxygen 637 ,. „ ,. 397-0
Copper deposited in voltameter, O'3170grm. = 959 coulombs.
Analysis of solution showed a decrease in available
chlorine of 0-3S2grm., corresponding to 1024 coulombs
(electro-chemical equivalents). We have, therefore,
959 — 113=846 coulombs passing through the cell,
which reduce hypochlorite at cathode, and 397 cou-
lombscon verting hypochlorite intochlorate,equivalent
to a loss of 2 x 397 = 794 equivalents available chlorine.
The total loss of available CI is therefore 846 + 794 =
164' i equivalents. Butby electrolysis of 959— 397 = 562
equivalents of calcium chloride we gained available
chlorine, so that the real loss amounted to 1640—
562 = 1078 equivalents, whereas the analysis of the
solution shows the loss to be 1024 equivalents.
These two experiments show very clearly that as
far as the electrolysis of chlorides and hypochlorites
are concerned, the explanation given is absolutely
correct, that the formation of chlorate exactly cor-
responds to the oxygen found in the gas, and as cal-
cium hypochlorite does not under ordinary circum-
stances change into chlorate, the change must be due
to the current : and that as the solution becomes richer
in hypochlorite.-, the hydrogen evolved decreases more
and more. Whereas in the experiments in which
there is no available chlorine in the solution at the
beginning, the current evolves about 90 per cent, of
the theoretical quantity of hydrogen, in these latter
experiments, where the solution contained 19grms. of
available chlorine per litre, the hydrogen evolved by
the current is only 13 to 15 per cent, of the theo-
retical quantity, and consequently electrolysis can by
no possibility yield a solution in which the propor-
tion of chloride to hypochlorite equals that of a solu-
tion of bleaching powder, since under these circum-
stances the current destroys more hypochlorite than
it produces. ■
In both these experiments with bleaching powder
solution there was, in addition to the loss of available
chlorine, a small loss of total oxidising chlorine. I
have taken no notice of it, in order not to complicate
matters, as the following experiments will clearly
show from what cause the discrepancies between gas
analysis and analysis of solutions arise : —
E vpt rimeiti No. 8. — A solutionof potassium chlorate
was electrolysed. The solution contained 46'0grms.
of potassium chlorate per litre. During a first trial
I6'4c& of gas were collected, consisting of —
36'6 per cent, oxygen corresp. to 290 coulombs.
63-36 ., hydrogen „ 251
During the same time 0'1170grm. copper were
deposited in the voltameter. Neither of the gases
corresponded to the theoretical quantity which ought
to be obtained if the electrolysis proceeds according
to the equation —
2KC10.- + 3H20 ---2KHO +H3+ 2HC10., + O
Cathode. Anode.
On interrupting the current it was found that the
mercury cathode still continued to evolve gas, a
phenomenon which had not in any previous experi-
ments manifested itself. It was evident that a
potassium amalgam had formed to some extent, which
required time for its decomposition.
Accordingly a new experiment was made.
Experiment No. 9. — The electrolysis of a similar
solution was conducted in two stages.
Owing to too small a gas burette, a small quantity
of the hydrogen evolved after opening the circuit was
again lost in the first period.
1st Period : Gas obtained with closed circuit,
38'8cc, increasing after opening the circuit to 50'6cc. ;
corrected volume = 47'5cc. Gas consisted of —
Oxygen 3617 per cent., corresp. to 294 coulombs.
Hydrogen. 6383 ,, „ „ 259
Copper deposited in voltameter, 0'1335grm.=403 coulombs.
2nd Period : Gas obtained, 27'5cc, increasing after
opening the circuit to 46'lec, or 44'lcc. corrected
volume. Gas contained —
Oxvgen 26 3 per cent., corresp. to 198 coulombs.
Hydrogen. 737 ,. „ „ 278
In this case the evolution of gas had entirely ceased.
The copper deposited during this period was
00920grm. = 278 coulombs.
The first point I wish to draw jour attention to is
that in this latter period, where there was no failure,
the hydrogen evolved corresponded exactly to the
copper deposited, so that no reduction of chlorate
takes place at the cathode. But the oxygen evolved
at the anode is for both periods together 492 electro-
chemical equivalents, whilst 6*1 ought to have been
obtained according to the amount of copper de-
posited ; the difference, 189, was absorbed in the
solution.
Analysis of the solution showed that the total
oxidising chlorine had decreased by an amount cur-
responding to 0'1037grm. of potassium chlorate.
That this decrease was not due to any reduction of
chlorate to lower oxides of chlorine or to chloride
was proved by testing the solution for available
chlorine with iodide of potassium which was not dis-
coloured, and for chloride by nitrate of silver which
gave no precipitate.
The chlorate was simply oxidised to perchlorate,
which, as is well known, will not yield its oxygen to
an acid boiling solution of ferrous chloride.
According to the equation KCIO, -0 = KC104,
we see that for every atom of oxygen used for oxida-
tion one molecule of potassium chlorate vanishes.
Consequently, if the 0'1037grm. of potassium chlorate
were oxidised to perchlorate, they required 0013d
:u-2
THI-: JOTJBNAl OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INPCSTKY. [MayM.Het
grin, of oxygen, which correspond to 161 electro-
chemical equivalents. By the gas analysis 189
electro-chemical equivalents of oxygenhad been used
for oxidation. The slight difference is due partly to
errors in analysis, j artly to the fact that a portion of
the oxygen in the gas was in the allotropic form ozone,
and was not. therefore, correctly measured, a difficulty
frequently experienced in electrolytic work.
Hxpi rimtntNo. 10 .— Exactly similar to the previous
one ; carried out on a much larger scale. Owing to
collecting the gases by displacing water in an
aspirator, a correction must be allowed in the
measurement of the gases. The electrolysis was
divided into three stages, and the liquid analysed
after the third stage only.
I.
Totnl ens collected 20I6cc.
Hydrogen 69'33;
Oxygen 3067
C opper collected 3*9976
Total copper corresponds to 36360
,, hvarogen ,. ,, 35857 „
oxygen „ „ 29380
This latter figure needs increasing by three per cent,
owing to absorption in water of aspirator, which
brings it to 30,271.
The solution was found to have lost 3"672grm. of
chlorate, requiring 0'4780grm. of oxygen for oxida-
tion to perchlorate. This amount of oxygen cor-
responds to 0G91 electro-chemical equivalents, whereas
II.
III.
1972cc. ..
.. 1937cc.
::: ! i
.. 70-26
26 75
.. 21I-71
1-2(05
. . 3-8262
360 coulombs.
2. Owing to the presence, after some little time, of
two or three other salts besides the original chloride,
part of the current electrolyses them, and thus is
wasted, and not only wasted, but actually undoes
continuously a portion of the work which another
portion of the current is doing.
If you bear in mind that in the experiments with
the bleaching powder solution the result was a loss
of available chlorine of nearly 35 per cent., you will
the more readily see that there is a limit to the rela-
tive amount of chloride and hypochlorite in solution
beyond which electrolysis cannot go, and beyond
which the current is absolutely wasted, if it is in-
tended to prepare bleaching solutions.
The following experiment was made in a tank
holding two litres, between anodes of platinum and
cathodes of amalgamated zinc, the current being
measured as hitherto by a copper voltameter.
The results are tabulated, and will be readily
understood. The amount of solution in the tank
was approximately 2 litres. The electrolysis was
carried out in five periods. (See table below.)
It will be evident from this table that the limit of
the available chlorine worth having had been reached
with a current efficiency of 22 per cent, only, afttr
the 2nd or 3rd period ; from that period the current
produced an increase in the hypochlorites or available
chlorine at very great cost. In order to show the
intimate connection between the current efficiency
EXPERIMENT No. 11.
(Solution' contained 26-6grms. JIgCl; r-Eii Litke.)
Period.
Total Chlorine
Produced.
Copper
Collected.
CI.
equivalent
Current
Efficiency.
On Total Chlorine in
Solution.
Avail.
Total.
Each
Period.
Total.
to
Cu.
Avail.
Total.
Available.
TotalOiide.
Grin.
(Inn.
Grm.
Giro.
Grm.
%
1
372
112
5*75
5'75
6-11
577
68-6
935
1110
2
638
1391
20-38
26-13
29-26
21*8
47'5
15-4
34-2
3
7-84
1711
6-85
3298
3693
21-2
463
19-36
428
4
8-25
21-66
1713
5011
5641
146
43'6
2051
64 6
8-35
27-16
5-68
56-09
62-82
13 3
137
20-8
734
in the gas are missing 6089. The discrepancy is due
to the same cause, the formation of ozone. The per-
chlorate formed crystallised out, and was examined.
The important point in these experiments on the
electrolysis of chlorates is, that the current very
easily electrolyses them, producing its exact equiva-
lent of hydrogen at the cathode (except at first), and
nearly five sixths of an equivalent of oxygen at
the anode, the rest of the oxygen being taken up by
the chlorate to form perchlorate.
It is for this reason that calculations from gas
analyses, and from the analyses of the solutions, do
not agree perfectly, particularly when the solution
contains any appreciable amount of chlorate, because
the total oxidising chlorine is reduced by 6 equiva-
lents for every equivalent of chlorate changed into
Eerchlorate by the current, and the gases are enriched
y a certain amount of oxygen, to which there is no
corresponding transformation of hypochlorite into
chlorate.
What we have learnt, so far, may be summed up in
i. u words, l. There is no failure of Faraday's
law in the electrolysis of magnesium chloride.
and the limit to which electrolysis of the solution is
pushed, I append the subjoined tables, which ine
elude all the experiments with magnesium chlorid-
detailed in this paper, or all the experiments I have
made in which the current was measured by means
of the copper voltameter. I also append diagram to
show the difference of the results obtained by Messrs.
Cross and Bevan and myself, and their relation to
the theoretical amount : —
A.-SMALL SCALE EXPERIMENTS.
(Amount ok Solution ism, CO— 150cc. Mfrciky ab
Cathode, Platinum as Anode.)
x.i. nf Experiment-
3
4
2
1
5
Available Chlorine
Totnl Oxidising Chlo-
70
79
68-7
7'5
8-7
59-8
13 3
210
19-2
17-4
17-5
2..I
201
78-2
Currcnt EfHciencj for
available Chlorine .
13-2
May si. 188:.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
n-13
B.-LARGEH SCALE EXPERIMENTS.
(Amount of Solution used. 2 Litres. Amalgamated
7.ini as Cathode. Platinum as Anode.)
Period of
Experiment No. 11.
1
2
3
4
5
Available Chlorine ,
Total Oxidising Chlo-
93
111
577
151
31-2
218
193
128
212
205
61 G
20-8
731
Current Ktllciency for
available Chlorine ,
133
I will not give the details of the following few
experiments, made with a view to ascertain the in-
fluence of carbon anodes. The current was measured
by the copper voltameter : —
C.-EXPE1UMEXTS WITH CARBON ANODE?.
(Amount of Solution, 150— 250cc.)
Cathode,
Amalgamated
Zinc
160
131
Cathode,
Mercury.
. lSW.
. 12-7
\ Total Oxidising CI 17 2'
Current Efficiency P07
D.— EXPERIMENTS WITH SMALL DYNAMO
MACHINE.
(Current Measured by Galvanometer. I
Carbon Anodes, Amalgam. Zinc Cathodes.
Current Efficiency for available CI 39'7';
Total Oxidising CI 107
11-3.
378
I have not had time to find experimentally a satis-
factory explanation why the results with carbon
anodes were so much worse than those with platinum
anodes. The carbon anode is rapidly acted upon,
1 have made a great many experiments with
current densities, varying from \ to 40 amperes per
square foot, with vertical and horizontal electrodes,
with various distances between them. There is only
one result to be got, and that is a miserable current
efficiency whenever you wish to reach a solution
which shall equal a solution of about l°Tw. of bleach-
ing powder — i.e., contain jgrms. available chlorine
per litre.
This is as much of experimental evidence as I
think is necessary to give a pretty correct idea of the
commercial value of this process.
.Messrs. Cross and Bevan have presented us with a
calculation of the cost of producing bleaching solution
by the Hermite process equivalent to one ton of
bleaching powder.
They take as basis for their calculations —
(1.) One ampere-hour yields r47grms. of available
chlorine, which, in my way of expressing results, is a
current efficiency of 1097 per cent.
(2.) They assume that i^ie available chlorine pro-
duced has greater bleaching efficiency than the same
amount of available chlorine in bleaching powder in
the proportion 3 : 5.*
(3.) They assume that the waste of magnesium
chloride is inappreciable.
(4.) That an installation including dynamo for a
current of 1000 amperes and 5 volts, steam engine,
leads, and tanks, comprising platinum anodes, will
cost i'350 ; every such unit giving the equivalent of
J ton of bleaching powder in 24 hours, or 1 ton per
week.
They thus arrive at the result that the equivalent
of one ton ot bleaching powder costs £2 10s.
I will discuss these points one by one.
To 20 zo 4CT
< @OM,LtfrrvK> at Svltxl/viciXy ^umi
and disintegrated; the gases evolvedjcontain carbonic-
acid to the amount of 3 per cent. But what are the
chief products of the oxidation of the carbon, I have
not ascertained. The solutions are coloured yellow
when electrolysed by carbon anodes.
(I.) ^Ye will accept, for the moment, the basis, but
• These two statements together mean that 1000 amperes
decomposing MgCl- will give chlorine compounds of such
efficiency as would equal free chlorine gas produced by 1800
amperes.
311
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |MaySl.iM7.
examine to what extent we should have to push the
electrolysis in order to produce a bleaching solution
containing, say, ogrms. of available chlorine, which is
as much as a solution of bleaching powder of about
L° Tw. would contain. SinceaSj percent, solution of
chloride of magnesium contains, in round numbers,
20grms. of chlorine per litre, we should have to carry
on the electrolysis until 25 per cent, of the chlorine
had become available chlorine. In none of my
experiments with a 2.1 per cent, solution of magnesium
chloride was this result obtained, the highest being
21*8 with a current efficiency of 13*3 per cent. : and
if we are satisfied with a bleach solution equivalent
to a solution of bleaching powder of about 3r° Tw., we
may obtain it with a current efficiency of 20 percent.
The explanation which Messrs. Cross and Bevan
give for their current efficiency of 110 per cent, is
that, owing to the incomplete separation of the ions,
Faraday's law requires a different interpretation, and
is inapplicable to the electrolysis of magnesium
chloride. Professor Armstrong, in the discussion on
their paper, said something must be wrong. I have
clearly shown what is wrong. 1 have not only shown
that this high efficiency is an illusion, but I have
clearly shown what every single ampere has done in
passing through the cell. I must, therefore, accept my
own current efficiency as the only reliable one, though
Messrs. Cross and Bevan assert that their measure-
ments were accurate within 1 per cent. My experi-
ments show that the reactions in the cell are totally
incompatible with their results ; that the reasons for
the low current efficiencies are not to be found in
mere physical or mechanical conditions, but are due
to the fact which they themselves admit — the exten-
sive complications with which this electrolysis is
attended. There are certainly no indications in the
inventor's specification of means to prevent the
current electrolysing the very products of the electro-
lysis which he wishes to produce.
Thus, leaving as they stand the marvellously cheap
plant, the cheap horse-power, and the extraordinary
bleaching properties of the electrolysed solution, the
cost of one ton of the hypothetical bleach rises in
the proportion of 20 : 109, from £2 10s. to some-
thing between £13 15s. and £25, according as we
are satisfied with a solution corresponding to a
bleach solution of about .1 Tw. or 1 Tw.
(2.) The assumption of Messrs. Cross and Bevan
that the electrolytic bleach liquor has greater bleach-
ing power than a solution of ordinary bleaching
powder rests probably on as insecure a basis as their
statement and explanation of the high yield of
chlorine. They explain that the bleaching compounds
are of high tension. They assert that the solution
contains hydrogen peroxide and higher oxides of
chlorine. Some of the bleaching compounds were
soluble in ether, and evaporated with the ether into
thin air.
It is surprising to hear that the solution contains
peroxide of hydrogen. Hydrogen peroxide is as
deadly an enemy to hypochlorites as the Herruite
process is. in Messrs. Cross and Bevan's opinion, to
tlir present chlorine industry. The very fact that
these two compounds do not exist in one solution
has been made use of by Professor Lunge for a new
method of estimating the chlorine in bleaching
powder.* There is no chance whatever for peroxide
of hydrogen to exist beside the hypochlorites. As to
the higher oxides of chlorine. I have mentioned those
1 found. I searched for the missing one — the
chlorite— but failed to prove it- presence. Chlorates
and perchlorates are o the bleacher. I am
driven to the conclusion that the whole difference, if
• This Journal, 1886. 391,
there really is one, is due to the difference in speed
with which magnesium hypochlorite and calcium
hypochlorite do their work, a difference which has
already been noticed by other authors. Perhaps the
solution contains a little free hypochlorous acid.
If bleaching is oxidation, tin- assumption that the
magnesium hypochlorite will do 166 per cent, of the
work which the equivalent amount of calcium hypo-
chlorite would do, is as devoid of foundation as the
assertion that Faraday's law did not directly apply
to the electrolysis of magnesium chloride.
1 for one must dismiss this higher efficiency as a
basis of calculation, and I must consequently raise
the price of the " hypothetical bleach" once more in
the proportion of 3 : f>, which brings the price up to
i'22 Ms. or £42, according to the strength of the
solution required.
(3.) In estimating the horse-power necessary to do
the work, Messrs. Cross and Bevan speak in the same
sentence of using 5 volts, and of obtaining (500 Watts
from 1 horse-power. If they really mean to employ a
machine giving only 5 volts, they will find themselves
greatly disappointed ; the horse-power will yield
more, nearly 400 Watts instead of 600, which will
make another considerable difference in the prices
calculated. And they take no notice of the resistance
of the circuit, which might make very serious differ-
ences also.
Messrs. Cross and Bevan wind up by saying that
the chloride of magnesium is not wasted. It is pro-
posed to circulate the liquid between the electrolytic
tank and the bleaching tank. That is very beautiful
in theory, but my experiments show that it cannot
work for any length of time. There would gradually
accumulate chlorate and perchlorate in the solution,
and the efficiency of the current would so deteriorate
that I believe it will pay better to throw the solution
away after using it once or twice.
That the current will electrolyse chlorates and
hypochlorites as easily as the chlorides may appear
strange.since it is known from Professor Kohlrausch's
researches that chlorates do not conduct quite as well
as chlorides, the specific conductivity of magnesium
chloride being 71, that of chlorate 57. But it must
not be forgotten that the final result of the electro-
lysis of an oxygen salt is hydrogen and oxygen
evolved from liquid water, the corresponding electro-
motive force being 145 volts, while the result of the
electrolysis of a chloride yields chlorine and hydrogen,
the electromotive force being 1*66 volts.
Thus, the one salt, the chloride, would require a
little greater difference of potential between the
electrodes than the oxygen salts.
Be that 'as it may, the fact is the current divides
itself among the various salts, as is well known in
other cases, and any accumulation of chlorates and
perchlorates would mean a serious loss of efficiency.
But if }■ of the solution has to be thrown away when
only i is made useful, this means an expense for
chloride of magnesium, at present prices, of £2 10s.
per ton of bleach produced.
We are told that the proprietors of the patent-right
are fitting up a research laboratory. Let us hope
they will have no cause to regret having acquired trie
patent-right first and fitted the laboratory last.
DISCUSSION.
Dr. Campbell Beowm said he must congratulate
the meeting on having the privilege of hearing a
most admirable paper, which was characterised, as
Dr. Hurtrrs papers usually were, by profound
knowledge and skill, and by a most elaborate and
persevering pursuit of truth through a long series of
experimental observations recorded in a most precise
May3i,i8s;.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETV OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
34 r>
manner. lie supposed that every one who had
in leavoured to decompose the chlorides of alkalis or
alkaline eirths had been puzzled by the apparently
unaccountable proportions of hydrogen, oxygen and
chlorine which were obtained. Some of them mi
d-mbt ha 1 come fcj the conclusion, without making
■ ii i ititative determinations, that electrolysis was
ii it satisfactory either for the production of chlorine
oi hypochlorite, but no one, he thought, had hitherto
made quantitative experiments. Dr. Hurter had
shown what really took place when the current
passed through magnesium chloride, and the conclu-
sions which he had made out were perfectly clear, and
in accordance not only with Faraday's law, but with
the fact, previously known, that the higher oxygen
compounds of chlorine are produced by the electrolysis
of chloride. 1 >r. Hurter certainly had advanced
their knowledge of the subject very materially, and
the manner in which he had done his work and
placed it before them was beyond all praise. One
could not avoid contrasting the clearness and pre-
cision of Dr. Hur.er's paper with the absence of
those qualities in the paper printed in the .March
number of the Journal.
Dr. Kohx remarked that the deficiency of hydrogen
certainly showed that a secondary reaction had taken
place with the formation of hypochlorite as shown,
and asked if it might not be possible that the hypo-
chlorous anhydride formed by the decomposition of the
hypochlorite would combine with the hydrochloric
acid, forming water and free chlorine. The chlorine
would then act on the magnesium liberated and
afterwards converted into magnesium hydrate, to
form magnesium chloride, and thus account for the
large percentage of this substance found at the end
of the process. The cause of the deficiency of
hydrogen would also be to some extent explained.
As to the electrolysis ol potassium chlorate, whereby
oxidation to perchlorate took place, it appealed that
if magnesium chlorate were formed to any extent,
the deficiency of hydrogen would be to some extent
made good.
Dr. Sorter, replying to the last speaker, said he
presumed what was meant was that the deficiency of
hydrogen could be accounted for by some hydrogen
disappearing at the anode, owing to the oxidation of
chlorate to perchlorate, and that there would be a
deficiency of hydrogen at the cathode 1 That was not
possible. The oxidation took place always at the
anode, and when the electrolysis of chlorate pro-
led they found the exact equivalent to the current
of hydrogen in the gas. There wasnohydrogenmissing
whatever. The gas which was missing in that case was
the oxygen, and when they analysed the solution they
found that the oxygen missing in the gas was retained
in the form of pen morale. That was the whole of the
reaction that went on in the case of chlorate. In the
case of hypochlorite, he understood Dr. Kohn to say
that the missing hydrogen might be accounted for by
the decomposition of the hypochlorite 1 He found that
he had on the one side oxygen and chloric acid, and
on the other side he ought to have its equivalent of
hydrogen. With nascent hydrogen gas at the cathode,
they might consider the cathode a sphere of reducing
action, and a part of the work of the current con-
sisted in reducing hypochlorite back into chloride,
and he thought that the tolerably close correspon-
dence between the results calculated from the gas
analysis and on the strength of that explanation
which forms the basis of the calculation, and those
results calculated from the solution, showed that the
explanation could not be very far wrong ; and when
they came to compare this statement with any
number of reactions which are known to happen inthe
electrolytic cells—such, for instance, as the reduction of
ferric chloride to ferrous chloride, the reduction of
nitric acid, the reduction of chromic acid -they would
find nothing strange in the fact that this very power-
ful oxidising agent, hypochlorite, should be reduced
a No. There was absolutely nothing aew in hi- paper,
as there was not much in I lei -mite's process. Two
Russian chemists had published a book on electric
bli aching (T.e Blanchiment Electrique," A Lidoff and
\V. Tichomiroff; Moscow, 1883), in which they showed
that the result of the electrolysis was free chlorine,
hypochlorites and chlorates. The circulating prin-
ciple adopted by Hermite was described in Q&nie
('in/, 1883, vol. iii. p. 367. There is very little new in
Hermite 's patent, except perhaps the fact that Her-
mite uses mercury as a cathode, and he did not think
that was worth very much. The mercury very soon
wore off the zinc plates, and there were other things
just as good as pure mercury. The reactions he had
explained weie certainly true, and noneof them new;
and the only new thing, perhaps, was that he had
shown the quantitative relation of the various pro-
ducts. It was very easy for any chemist to see that
the more concentrated the solution becomes with
hypochlorous acid, the more chlorate will be produced
at the anode, and the more hydrogen will be oxidised
at the cathode. Where the solution contains to begin
with only pure magnesium chloride, there would be
fully 100 hydrogen, and there would be fully
100 chlorine for every 100 coulombs, but as soon
as the molecules of hypochlorites and chlorates
increase in number, part of the current electrolyses
them, and they could no longer expect to get 100 per
cent, of chlorine from the current. Of Faraday's
law there was not failure, but it is impossible to get
chlorine from that part of the current which does other
work than that of electrolysing magnesium chloride.
Mr. A. Watt asked, if the solution got warmed in
ing a current through it, would it facilitate the
formation of chlorates?
Dr. Hurter, inreply, saiditwould very materially.
The chlorates were formed from the very beginning,
and they were formed in tanks of 30 litres just as
much as they were in a small cell holding 50cc.
$««♦*$
DISCUSSION ON Mil. WESTMORELAND'S
PAPEli, "DETERMINATION OF SULPHUR
IX PYRITES'' (February Journal).
Mr. E. K. Muspratt said that in their experi-
ence as buyers they had hardly any difficulty,
as their tests for the sulphur in pj rites agreed
generally with that of the seller's chemist. He was
quite certain whether Mr. Claudet used exactly
the same method which they did. which, he believed,
was the one advocated in Dr. Lunge's Pocket-book,
butthe methods adopted must be sufficientlyaccurate,
since the results really did not differ to any consider-
able extent. Mr. Westmoreland said that it might
be supposed that these differences would operate
in favour of uniform methods of analysis, but
apparently Mr. Westmoreland objected to that
inference, because forsooth the introduction of
standard methods would result in work being
done by rule -of- thumb. He did not know
whether the Society would appreciate that reason-
ing, but he certainly could not. It was desirable
that they should decide upon and adopt where
possible uniform methods of analysis. That
they should use the best method in preference
to others seemed to him perfectly reasonable, and
the only question was whether the Lunge method
was better than others. If so, he thought that all
chemists should adopt that method, and in that way
34fi
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [MaySi,i88T.
they would arrive at a uniform method The dif-
ifivm'i's m results were now very small; probably
because more or less uniform methods were
uow adopted. There was another suggestion which
Mr. Westmoreland made, which he certainly thought
would be rather impracticable ; it was that as the
consumer of pyrites did not make use of all the
sulphur for which he paid, the burnt ore should
be analysed as well as the raw ore, and that then
there should be a deduction made so that the con-
sumer of the sulphur should practically pay upon
the difference between the sulphur in the raw ore
and the sulphur in the burnt ore. As a consumer of
sulphur, he (Mr. Muspratt) should be very glad if
such a system could be adopted, but he did not see
how it could be done, and he was afraid that there
would be greater differences than there are now, in
the settlement of the sulphur tests. They frequently
forgot, when discussing questions of commercial tests,
that the great point was to have some uniform
system and practically uniform results. ]f that uni-
formsystem gave too higha result, the consumers would
very soon find it out and settle it in the price. This was
commonly done by all who had a commercial know-
ledge. If any method of analysis gave too high a
result, or if they found any analytical chemist gave a
higher result than another, they would take very good
care to discount that when making their bargain. It
was very well known in the potassium tests, in settling
the price of muriates, that Dr. LTex's tests differed from
the Glasgow tests by 1| to 2 per cent. Sometimes they
bought their muriates by the German test, and they took
good care not to pay the same price as if they bought by
Mr. Tatlock's test. All they required as commercial
men was that some method should be adopted which
gave uniform results. Another suggestion which
Mr. Westmoreland made was that an allowance
should be made for the lead, lime, and zinc in the
ore. This would entail considerable difficulty, since
they would have to estimate the lead and zinc before
they could decide upon the amount of sulphur to be
paid for. For these reasons he did not think that the
practical suggestions which Mr. Westmoreland made
were of very much value. It was very interesting to
have tabulated the practical experience of differences
of tests which he pointed out. He hoped that the
discussion would lead to a more uniform method
being adopted.
Dr. Hurter said that Mr. Westmoreland bad ex-
pressed an opinion that the introduction of standard
methods would lead to the employment of chemists
who would not have the ability nor the time to
investigate methods for themselves. Now he (Dr.
Hurter) must say that in works they had plenty of
other matters to investigate beside methods of
analysis, and he for one was always thankful when
scientific men supplied them with methods, ami
saved them the trouble to investigate for themselves.
As regards Dr. Lunge's second modification of pyrites
assay, he had no doubt that Dr. Lunge would not
have introduced it if he had not found that the other
method now and then gave wrong results. Dr.
Lunge, however, was able to defend himself, and
would, no doubt, do so if he thought it worth while.
Altogether it appeared to him that there was much
ado about nothing. At present prices, 1 per cent, of
sulphur was 3d. per ton, consequently \ per cent,
was three farthings, and he really did' not think it
was worth while to quarrel so much about so little.
Mr. Westmoreland, in reply to Mr. Muspratt's
observation that if results higher than the truth
were returned, the buyers would very soon find it
out, said that the variable results he had recorded had
not been detected either by the buvers' or vendors'
analysts, although the thing bad been going on for
yeai , and that if it were necessary he would give
tonnages of parcels with vendors and purchasers'
names in support of his statement, and he believed
that the errors were not detected simply because
there was no personal incentive for anyone to trouble
about the matter. His suggestion was not that each
parcel of ore should be tested separately for zinc,
lime and lead, but that a deduction based on an
average analysis should be made ; but if buyers pre-
ferred the present system, let it remain. Regarding
"rule-of-thuinb" methods, his experience differed
from Mr. Muspratt's, for manyseriousdiscrepancieshad
arisen from the fact that tests were made by young
and inexperienced chemists by what may be termed
"standard methods." Published instances of this might
be found in his (Mr. Westmoreland's) paper on copper
tests (this Journal, February, 1886), where they could
see the discordant results of works tests of copper
samples (nearly all the results being obtained by the
same well-known process). In reply to Dr. Hurter,
he might say that until recently sulphur was 6d.
per unit, and when errors of 1 per cent, and upwards
were made, for years the matter was much more
serious than Dr. Hurter seemed disposed to admit.
Of course, now that sulphur was less valuable, the
subject was not of such importance.
a9anc|)cstcr Section.
Chairman: Sir II. E. Roscoe, M.P.
Vice-Chairaum : I. Levinstein.
Committee:
Dr. Bowman. C. Schorlemnier.
R. F. Carpenter. Dr. Schunck.
C. Estcourt. Dr. Watson.
H. Grimshaw. Win. Thomson.
Peter Hart. L. Biebold.
Dr. Gerland. Dr. Hewitt.
Local Secretary :
J. Carter-Bell, Bankfleld, The Cliff,
Manchester.
Higher Broughton,
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
Jleetiny held March 1, 1887.
MB. IVAN LEVINSTEIN IN THE CHAIR.
OX THE ESTIMATION OF CAUSTIC SODA
IN SODA ASH.
BY ROWLAND WILLIAMS, F.C.S.
The author stated that the methods usually em-
ployed for estimating caustic soda in soda ash— viz., by
precipitating with barium chloride, and either allow-
ing the precipitate to subside and titrating a portion
of the clear fluid with normal hydrochloric acid ; or
boiling, filtering, and washing the precipitate, and
titrating the filtrate and washings with normal acids-
gave too low a percentage of caustic alkali, due to the
fact that some of it is carried down and tenaciously
retained by the barium carbonate. The following
method is found to give absolutely accurate results : —
A weighed quantity of ash is treated with strong
alcohol in a stoppered flask, frequently shaken and
allowed to stand overnight ; the undissolved carbonate
is filtered off and washed with strong alcohol until
a drop gives no alkaline reaction ; the filtrate and
washings are then titrated with normal acid.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. Carter Bell said that Mr. Peter Hart had
given him the process to lie found in the following
■brSLUBTl THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
paper, which was considi r< d tol e both i irate
and simple than th I by Mr. Williams. Mr.
Watson Smith had also drawn his atl i his
paper published in this Journal, 1882,
in which the subject of theretention of alkali and the
ditions of such retention are fully dealt with, as
well as to the accurate and very expeditious pro
dt Winkler, described in Lunge and Hurl - Pocket-
book, p. 115.
— **»-;-o-M-e-K-w
ON THE ESTIMATION OF THE RELATIVE
ACCOUNTS OF CAUSTIC AND CARBON-
ATE OF SODA IN COMMERCIAL SODA
ASH
BY PETER HART.
As a rule, the method of analysis which is quick and
terately exact is the one preferred in a works
laboratory. With this view we have adopted the
following method ol estimating the relative propor-
tions of caustic and ca in a sampl
soda ash : —50 grains of the sample is dissolved and
made up to about half or three-fourths pint of «
a little phenolthalein addeJ, and the
acid (1 desem=0"5 Na*0) slowly run in until the
colour disappears. At this point all the caustic so la
and one la exisiting as carbonat • has been
neutralised, the number of measures— say 3
noted. To the same solution (the soda in which now
bicarbonate), a little methylorange
and the addition of acid from same burette continue I,
until the usual colour reaction indicating neutrality
occurs— say the burette now reads ">0. Then 50
= 20 as bicarbonate which originally es ono-
carbonate in the sample. This, therefore, must
doubled=-10. This, deducted from the total number
50, leaves 10 existing in original sample as caustic
soda. The first stage of this method is identical with
Mr. R T. Thompsorism n. Aews, I =
but instead of using methylorange, which we prefer
as being more expeditious and equally exact, he
and adds the st ind ird acid until the phenolphthalein
is finally discolouri
.1/. i ii,i i held .
ME IVAN LEVINSTEIN IS THE CHAIE.
ON A RAPID METHOD OF DETERMINING
THE ToTAL ACIDITY IN FLUE GASES
FROM VITRIOL CHAMBERS, ADAPTED
FOR THE USE OF WORKMEN.
BY W. YOUKGKR.
In" the manufacture of sulphuric acid a -ually
made of the gases escaping at the chamber vent
This test is neci ssary, both i; upon the
working of the chambers, and also for the purpose of
keeping the escape within thw requirements of the
Alkali Act. One arrangement frequently employed
for this purpose i.> what is called the constant
aspirator, or self-registering apparatus fortesting line
[I sts of an ordinary Bunsen's water
pump an la wet meter.
The gases are absorbed by drawing them tl
a measured quantity of a standard solution of caustic
soda, which must be always in excess.
c taking the aspiration the solution is made
up to a given .volume, and a measured portion uf it
titrated with standard acid in order t Q the
i soda left in the solution. In this way the
amounl »l' ''>' t:
which after calculation is expressed in .
'■ ,ot- , , i
This arrai - kept constantly at work, and
may ■, . in twelve or twenty-four
tain what the escape has
been. . ... . .,.
\ test maybe mad- in a similar manner to tin-.
oniy m bic-foot box in place of a Bunsen
pump, but, as this will only give you a test i
comparatively short time, say for half-an-hour or so,
ry as the method 1 have just
descrli .
method I am about to describe is one which
was adopted for the use of the works foreman only,
-,, thai -u a'''1,"
orderl cape might
0..1CQ
1-23*
0GI7
L^
=h
The api aratus consists of a rectangular-shaped
iron box as shown in the figure. A is a water
lor tilling the box with water : I!, an a:r pipe for
allow . the tube connected to
the bottle in which the n is taken : D, a
r the purpose of reading off; E. the
for running orl' the nater in takii g the aspira-
.,ne bottle is employed for absorbing. The
.bent in tl - also a measured quantity of
a standard solution of caustic soda, coloured with
litmus as an indicator.
In order to ascertain if the absorption of the gases
be sufficiently complete for the tes-t I had in view, a
ittle was attached containing distilled water
iwine through the gases it was
id that the soda in the fiist bottle was taken up,
ing a red colour, while no a< -i
was shown in the second bottle containing water
only.
3 IS
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDTJSTHY. IMayM.MW.
In making a test j ou pi Follows : Into a
bottle are put lOOcc. ol a centinormal solution of
caustic Boda coloured witb litmus. This quantity
will equal 0'617 of a grain S03. The bottle is then
coupled up to the aspirator and the gases fr the
chamber vent drawn through. Prom the top of the
bos down to the line marked I', represents one cubic
foot; and if the solution in the bottle changed
colour when the level of the water in the gauge
glass stood at this line, then the total acidity in one
cubic Foot of the gases would be equal toOr.i: of a
grain SO.. ; or again, from the top of the box down
to the line marked (J represents half a cubic foot,
and if the solution in the bottle changed colour when
the level of the water in the gauge-glass stood at
this line, then the total acidity in one cubic foot
would be equal to twice 0(517 or l-234 .mains S( ) .,
and so on, so that a table can be constructed the
length of the box.
It was thought desirable that lower readings than
0*617 of a gram should be obtained, so a table was
constructed down the other side of the gauge-glass,
so that if a reading be not obtained when it has
reached O'o'lV, the aspiration is stopped, the box
filled up, restarted, and a reading taken down the
other side. In this way readings as low as 0'308 of a
grain per cubic foot can be obtained.
This is a method which makes no pretensions to
any great degree of accuracy, as it was intended only
for the use of the foreman to serve as a guide to him
in the working of his chambers.
DISCISSION.
Mr. R. F. Cam-enter said that lie had found Mr.
Younger's apparatus to be very useful where foremen
of works required to take rapid readings. It might
be of interest to members to know that there was
also another form of apparatus which seemed to him
equally useful, and which had an additional
advantage from the fact that the test solution
used was not caustic soda, but iodine and
some solvent potassium iodide. A '\YoulrFs
bottle was used, and the connection made with the
exhaust by means of a thin indiarubber ball, so
many squeezes of which represented a cubic foot.
If one squeeze represented only four grains, the
foreman then saw how many pounds of nitrate of
soda were to be put into the pot, and this seemed to
him quite as quick a way as that described by Mr.
Younger, and it also carried the operation a little
further. A knowledge of these things was a great
aid in the performance of their duties.
Dr. GsossMAN said they were all very much
obliged to Mr. Younger for bringing this apparatus
before their notice, and thought it a great pity that
it was not better known. It was nine or ten years
since its first introduction by his (Dr. Grossman's)
friend, Dr. Hurter, and the best description of it is
in Wanklyn's book on "Gas Analysis." The most
useful property of the apparatus was that you could
easily tell how far the combustion was carried on —
what fuel was used, and how much was wasted.
This was a very important matter, and one which
of general use in nearly every chemical manu-
factory. He had been able in this way to test new
furnaces in which they were blowing air through the
lire instead of burning it in the usual way. and they
had been able to get almost perfect combustion.
Mr. W i i.i.i am Thomson thought Mr. Younger had
not brought this apparatus Forward as his own. He
believed lie had brought it forward to show how ser-
viceable it was for work, and he thought simple sugges-
tions of that sort brought beforegentlemen coi i
with the various branches of industry were very useful
He took it to be oneof the objects of the Society to bring
forward any apparatus which might !■> ovei looked by
ithei , and which need not necessarily be something
new. The arrangement of the bottle ami the fai ' "I
being able to measure the heights oi the liquids as
they passed through the tubes, had their advantagi 3.
Mr. Younger that night had only got 1 9 per cent, from
his air, whereas a Fortnight since he obtained 22 i.
With regard to the other box, in which he measured
the total acid passing up the chironej s, that was another
useful apparatus, the application of which was most
interesting to those engaged in that particular
industry, where a man could stand with his neatly-
appointed tap and at once weigh off the number of
grains of S03 per cubic foot.
OX A CONVENIENT MODIFICATION OF
ORSAT'S METHOD FOB THE ESTIMATION
oh OXYGEN.
I'.V W. YOUNGER.
The apparatus I am about to describe to you is in-
tended for the estimation of oxygen.
It ison the same principle as Orsat's, but of some-
what different construction.
It was first employed at the works of Messrs.
Charles Tennant & Co., St. Rollox, Glasgow, but
to which I have added a Blight modification.
At the top of the annexed figure we havi a set of
tubes, one end of which, A, projects through the top
Ji:
of the box for the purpose of colliding it up to the
source from whence the gases are to be drawn ; 1! is
another open end pointing downward.-, while the
Other two ends, C and D, are coupled up. one to the
absorbing tube, and the other to the graduated tube.
E is a tWO-way tap, F a one way tap. C is the
absorbing tube' containing the eoil of copper-wire
gauze; II a small Woulll's bottle containing the
absorbing solution of ammonia chloride of copper ; I
an indiarubber ball for the purpose ol forcing the
absorbing solution up into the absorbing tube. .1 is
May 31. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
349
the graduated tube, and from n ro at the bottom is
graduated up to 25cc, divided into tenths, while
toa mark immediately above the bulb is equal to
lOOcc — the measured quantity of the gases to be
operated upon. K is a scale tor the purpose of read-
i in,' oil', which is the modification] have introduced.
The lower end of the graduated tube is coupled up
toabottle L, which is inverted, through a hole in
the bottom of which passes a piece of catgut knotted
at the end. The catgut passes over two small pulleys,
one at each corner, and to the other end ol which is
attached a balance-weight M, consisting of a piece of
wood which slides up and down in a box. The
inverted bottle L is tilled, or nearly filled, with water,
by lowering and raising which the gases are drawn in
or expelled in making a test.
The method of using this apparatus will be ap-
parent.
jRctocastlc Section.
Chairman: P. P. Bedson.
rice-Chairman: J. C. Stevenson, M.P.
Committee :
Alfred Allhusen.
G. 'I'. France.
John Morrison.
K. S. N 8 wall.
John Pattinson.
J. B. Payne.
Local Secretary and Treasurer : J. T. Dunn, 115, Scotswood
Road, Newcastle.
H. R. Procter.
B. S. Proctor.
W. W. Proctor.
W. L. Rennoldson.
C. T. Richardson.
T. W. Stuart.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
Meeting held in the Chemical Lecture Theatre of the
College of Science, Wednesday, April .'", 1SS7.
MR. B. S. PROCTOR IN THE CHAIR,
THE RECOVERY OF FERROCYANIDES
FROM LEBLANC SODA LI^l/ORS.
BY F. S. NEWALL AND GEORGE SIssoX.
So long as the Leblanc soda process continues to
exist, the occurrence of ferrocyanide in the crude
liquors produced in that manufacture must continue
to have a very vital practical interest, inasmuch as
such ferrocyanides are, when decomposed, the chief
cause of the discolouration of the products. In fact,-
but for such ferrocyanides, the ordinary Leblanc
ash could be made practically as white as ammonia
ash.
Hence it is not surprising that many efforts have
been made from time to time to remove or to prevent
the formation of such cyanides, but all such attempts
were processes of destruction, not recovery.
It might be well to state here, before going into
a historical review of the subject, what the accepted
theory of the formation of ferrocyanide in the Leblanc
soda process is. The source is generally admitted to
be tha nitrogen of the mixing coal used in the balling
furnace. This has been proved by using pitch or
some such carbonaceous matter free from nitrogen as
a substitute for mixing coal, when it was found that
the balls contained little or no cyanide. The nitrogen
of the air is no doubt capable of forming cyanides in
preseoce of an alkali in a reducing atmosphere of
carbonic oxide — for example in blast furnaces— but it
has been shown that this i< small in comparison with
that formed from the nitrogen ••! the mixing coal,
which contains generally from i to li per cent, pi N.
Thestagesof formation of ferrocyanides can be shown
bj extracting ball soda with alcohol, the solutions
showing cyanide of soda, and the extracted mass
when lixiviated with water slew- no ferrocyanide.
In L863 Gossage took out a patent for separatin.
ferrocyanide of sodium from other compound
sodium in black ash Liquors by means of repeated
crystallisation, and if one may judge from the patent
list, the subject appears to have been almost dropped
till it was revived by tic introduction of ammonia
soda, making it necessary that Leblanc soda makers
should improve the colour of their ash.
In 1866 Williamson proposed to remove the ferro-
cyanides by heating the liquors to 155c C. under
pressure in an iron boiler, but this was given up on
account of the hard crusts which formed in the
boiler, rendering the process both difficult and
dangerous to work.
The next process of interest was Pecluney s, which
was introduced into England in 1877 by the late
Mr. Walter Weldon, and consisted in adding, just
before drawing the batch, sodium sulphate, which
oxidised the cyanide into cyanate, and thus prevented
the after-formation of ferrocyanide. Even this pro-
cess leaves some ferrocyanides in the resulting
liquors stated to be at least 0'03 per cent., and often
o -;!.-i per cent, of the total alkali.
Several patents were taken out in 1878 and 1879,
bearing more or less on Pechiney's, which were never
worked commercially, and need not be more than
mentioned here.
Gaskell in 1878 took out a patent for blowing a
current of air and steam into the revolver during the
working of the batch, for the purpose of oxidising the
cyanide into cyanate, but the main reaction of the
revolver being a reducing one, it is very difficult to
make it slightly oxidising also.
In 1879 a patent was taken out by Messrs. Carey,
Gaskell and Hunter for oxidising the liquors by
injection of flue gases, and then pumping the liquors
through coils of pipes at a temperature of 150° C,
thus converting the ferrocyanide into sulphocyanate.
This was a practical success so far as the destruction
of the ferrocyanides went.
Mention should be made of the Thelen pan for
evaporating the tank liquors, fishing and drying the
salt at a temperature below 150° C, thus preventing
the decomposition of the ferrocyanide, and so the
discolouration of the ash.
Also of apparatus devised and patented by
MacTear, for breaking into small pieces the batch as
it was emptied from the revolver, thus exposing a
large surface to the air. We tried this before
MacTear, and found that the proportion of cyanide
was much reduced.
Most of these processes seem to have expired, and
the plan now is to allow the ferrocyanides to be
destroyed in the calcining furnace, when a more or
less red ash results ; if white alkali is required, to
redissolve this and separate the oxide of iron and
other impurities by filtration or settling.
We will now describe a process which we have
worked satisfactorily at Washington, and which we
believe to be quite new, and as it has not been
patented, we give it now without reservation, and for
what others may consider it worth.
In making soda crystals direct from tank liquors,
that is without previous calcination, it was found,
naturally enough, that the whole of the ferrocyanide
was concentrated in the mother liquors, which, on
being evaporated and dried in the usual way, gave a
weak alkali— not as is usually the case white, but a
C2
350
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTET. [MaySi.um
dark red or brown, which necessitated redissolving it
to produce white alk;ili.
The amount i fanide was sometimes
ns much as 5 per cent on (he total alkali 1 n
that it seemed worth while to separate and use it in
Borne way, and after very many trials the following
ss was adopted : —
The mother liquor from the crystals was run into a
cast-inm cylinder, fitted with an agitator, and treated
with a zinc salt in excess of the f< rrocyanide present,
and any caustic soda present in the liquor rei
bj COj gas Mown in till some bicarl ate of soda
was formed. As a matter of fact the caustic rarely
reached l per cent on account vt the thorough
previous carbonation of the tank liquors by Que
The zinc salt thus ad. led completely removed the
ferrocyanide from solution as zinc ferrocyanide, the
latter being filtered off by means of a filter-press, and
washed free from soda. The filtrate on teing boiled
down and calcined gave white alkali direct. The
cakes in the press, consisting of zinc ferrocyanide,
were treated with a boiling solution of caust
so as to obtain the ferrocyanide in a soluble form, and
filter pressed, giving cakes of zinc oxide. Lastly, the
solution of sodium ferrocyanide was added to a ferric
salt — made from copperas, nitrate of soda, and
H«S< >4 — giving a pure Prussian blue which was filter
pressed into paste for the use of panel-linkers, etc.
The recovered ZnO in cakes from the press was
m. ilc into a cream with water or tin crude mother
alkali liquors, and used for tieatiuga fresh portion of
liquors. Thus the zinc can be used over and over
again, the mechanical loss having to be made good
with fresh zinc salt.
It will be noticed that in the above process an
equivalent of caustic soda is used in the treatment
of the zinc ferrocyanide cakes, and as caustic soda is
rather an expensive base, it was thought desirable to
find a cheaper one, this being found in a soluble
sulphide of calcium, large quantities of which we were
then and are still making.
The calcium sulphide acts quite easily and com-
pletely on the zinc ferrocyanide, producing zinc sulph-
ide and calcium ferrocyanide, which is quite soluble,
and can be easily separated by a filter-press, and
u.-ed equally well for making paste blue.
There is another form of cyanide occurring in such
liquors— viz, sulphocyanate. After the removal of
the ferrocyanide, the sulphocyanate still remains, and
on acidifying an 1 adding ferric chlorid s, a bl lod-red
p ecipitate is produced, without any blue precipitate ;
but a- this salt remains perfectly white on calcining,
or rather is probably converted into sodium carl onate,
no efforts were made to remove it.
(if course it will easily be seen that prussiate of
potash could be made instead of Prussian blue, by
treating the calcium ferrocyanide solution with sulph-
ate of potash, filtering off the calcium sulphate
and separating the prussiate of potash by crystallisa-
tion in the usual way.
The sample of blue on the table is from many ton-
made by the calcium ferrocyani le method.
The process depi nds on —
1. The stability of zinc ferrocyanide in a cold
s ilutionof soda, tree from caustic.
■i. The readiness with which zinc ferrocyanide is
decomposed by caustic alkali or sulphides,
or calcium sulphid
The tests we used were —
■--.a solution of barium chloride, about
twice normal, added in excess t > a portion of liquor,
and well shaken. A few drops of an alcoholic
solution of phenol-phthalein gives a pink
long as any caustic is present
/'.r a portion of liquor filtered,
acidified by llt'l, a drop or two of ferric chloride
added will give a line precipitate bo Ion- as any
ferrocyanide exists in the liquor. When all is removed,
a clear red colour of ferric sulphocyanate is produced.
In treating zinc Eerrocyanide with calcium sulphide,
the reaction is complete when a well-boiled portion
filtered, shows slightly black with lead acetate.
The ferrocyanide in the liquors was generally
estimated by acidifying, and precipitating with ferric
chloride, and washing the Prussian blue precipitate,
decomposing with a little caustic soda, and titrat
ing with standard permanganate of" potash, stan
dardised bj pure crystallised potassium ferrocyanide.
No. 1
S Wll'l.KS.
-Liquor showing ferrocyanide, and sulphocya-
nate.
I.i pi .r showing sulphocyanate only.
No 1. dried below 150° C., as in Thelenpan.
-No. 3 calcined, showing red oxide of iron from
decomposition of ferrocyanide.
-No. -j calcined, showing no red oxide.
-Zinc ferrocyanide.
-Prussiate of so hi crystallised,
Prussian blue p iste.
- <n:-S~»<-W-fr*«^» -
DISCUSSION ON Ml. SMITHS TAPER (Read
at February and March Meetings).
Mu. John Pattinson asked if Dr. Smith's
method was applicable to the analysis of organic
mixtures: it seemed to him that it would only be
able by it to determine the amount of a single
known substance where nothing else oxidisable by
permanganate was present. He referred to Dr.
Smith's strictures on the use of permanganate in
water analysis, and pointed out that though the re-
sults were empirical, yet it afforded good comparative
estimates, especially in successive examinations of
the water from a single source. He had formerly
employed it for estimating organic matter in the
effluent water from paper works, and other sources,
and had found it give very satisfactory results.
He notice 1 that Dr. Smith spoke of the precipitated
oxide as having a composition corresponding to the
formula MnO«. He had formerly experimented on
the precipitation of manganese in this form with a
view to its determination, and had found great diffi-
culty in obtaining ii as MnO._. On reducing perman-
ganate with alcohol, (he precipitate contained only
about 84 per cent, of the available oxygen correspond-
ing to MdO : and on precipitating manganese salts
in presence of bleaching powder or bromine, the pre-
cipitates always exhibited a deficiency oi oxygen
until the idea of adding ferric chloride or zinc chloride
- _ _ -led itself.
Dr. Smith said the method was as yet in an
experimental state ; ultimately, he hoped to be able
to determine the carbon dioxide produced in the
oxidation, in which case there would be two data,
the means of determining each substance
in a mixture of two known bodies. Of course the
nature of the substances present would have to be
known before the method could be applied. Former
ds making use of permanganate had been in
wing to the loss of oxygen, which he had been
able to overcome. He could confirm Mr. Pattinson's
statement that gnat difficulty is experienced in
oxidising a manganous salt completely to the form of
MnOs by means oi permanganate, without employ-
ing i certain excess of the reagent
Mr. I M ns had formerly had < cession to maki
experiments, which bear somewhat upon the question
Hay 31. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL 1NDCSTRY.
35 1
of the composition of the precipitate. He had boiled
together solutions of permanganate, and of manganese
sulphate. He found that when the respective mole-
cular proportions of the two were as 2 to I, the re-
action was represented by the equation —
2KMn<>, | Mi.S()1=3MnO,+ K,S(),4 0,.
and that as the proportion of the permanganate was
lessened, so also was the amount of oxygen evolved,
till when the proportions were two molecules to three,
there was no oxygen given oft", and the reaction was
as follows:— 2KMnO, + .'?MnS04 + 2H,0 = 5MnO,
+ K»S04 + 2H S04. Analysis inall these cases showed
the precipitate to consist of MnO* When the pro-
portion of permanganate was lessened (or that of the
sulphate increased) beyond this, still no oxygen was
evolved, the whole of the available oxygen of the
permanganate going to form an oxide, but this oxide
invariably now contained less oxygen (or rather, per-
haps, more manganese) than corresponded with MnOa.
Possibly this arises from the feebly-acid nature of
MnO.,, which enables it to decompose some of the sul-
phate, taking its MnO as base ; and probably the
effect of Mr. Pattinson's addition of ferric or zinc
chloride, is due to his substitution of another base,
enabling the whole of the manganese to play the acid
part as dioxide. It would be interesting to know
whether Mr. Pattinson's precipitates contain any iron
or zinc. When the permanganate, in the above-
quoted experiments, was in the proportion of four
molecules to one of sulphate, the first of the above re-
actions still took place, the whole of the excess of
permanganate remaining unacted on. From this he
was inclined to suppose Dr. Smith in error in
attributing the loss of oxygen in his earlier experi-
ments to action of dioxide on permanganate, con-
sidering it rather due to the action between permanga-
nate and manganese sulphate, when the former was
present in greater proportion than that represented
by the second of the above equations. He desired
lastly to enter a mild protest against Dr. Smith's use
of the word " normal.'' That word having been
appropriated to signify a solution containing the
equivalent in grms.of some substance per litre (though
he admitted there was occasionally a little looseness
exhibited in determining on what basis the solution
should be made, whether, for example, grins, of per-
manganate, or grms. of available oxygen per litre), it
seemed a pity to use it for solutions of arbitrary
strength. where the word " standard " would be equally
applicable.
. Dr. Smith thought that Mr. Dunn's results were
explicable, if the acidity or alkalinity of the solutions
was taken into account. He had shown that there
was no less of oxygen in neutral or alkaline solutions,
and it would be noticed that as the proportion of
permanganate increased, the acidity of the solution.
after reaction, diminished, till at the proportion of
2KMn04 to one of MnS04, the free acid was
neutralised, and no addition of permanganate beyond
the actual point of neutrality would cause any
additional loss of oxygen. He agreed, however, with
Mr. Dunn that the acid character of MriOe had much
to do with the reaction, and was rather inclined to
think that the formation of a compound such as
K.,Mn.-,On, would mark the final stage in the decom-
position (although, not having tried Mr. Dunn's
experiment, he could not speak definitely), and that
doubtless the formation of corresponding compounds
with zinc and iron, explained Mr. Pattinson's results ;
but that couldnot be the explanation of the action of
the ferric salt in stopping the evolution of oxygen in
his (Dr. Smith's) method, for in that case sine, like
iron, should have been efficient, which was not at all
the case. In regard to the use of the word "normal,'
it was usual on the Continent to apply the term to
such permanganate Eolutionsas those mentionedin
the paper. '1 hey were of convenient strength ; and if
you adopted the other plan you must often, for con-
venience, make use of half, quarter or deci- normal
solutions.
Errata. In lh-.. I. II. Smith's paper (Feb. Number!, p. 101.
1st column. 23rd lino, for " oxcesa' rmi( "access." P. 105. 1st
column, the equation should read K-Mn.o. - nMm > II -"
(n+2)MnO., etc. lJ. 107. 2nd column. 13th line, for "Ice.'
read "l'lcc. P.109 1st column, 10th line from bottom, for
" lOfcc. " real "5 Ice."
(fclaspto ano ^cottisfj Section.
Ch lirman: J. Ncilson Cuthbertson.
Vice-chairman: Prof. Mills.
Hon. Vice-chairman : E. C. C. Stanford.
Committee :
.1. IS. Adam.
J. Addic.
l'rof. ('rum-Brown.
J. Y. Buchanan.
J. Christie.
W. J . Chrystal.
W. S. Curphey.
l'rof. t ergusou.
J. Fyfe.
K. Irvine.
T. P. .Miller.
J. M. .Milne.
J. I'attison.
K. l'ullar.
K. R. Tatlock.
A. Whitelaw.
I/on. Treasurer :
J. J. Coleman, Aidarroch, Bcarsdcn, near Glasgow.
Local Secretary:
G. G. Henderson, Chemical Laboratory,
University of Glasgow.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to le
sent to the Local Secretary.
The Seventh Meeting of the Fourth Session of this
Section was held in the Societies' Rooms, S07, Bath
Street, Glasgow, on Tuesday, May 3, 1887.
MB J. NEILSON CUTHBERTSON IN THE CHAIR.
ADDENDUM TO DISCUSSION ON MB.
SUTHERLAND'S PAPER ON "SCALE TEST-
ING*' (this Journal, vi. 271)
Mb. Hunter agreed with Mr. Hamilton as to
the changes which had come over the paraffin in-
dustry. There was no doubt that only one or two
unimportant works were now producing scale likely
to go into the market as "scale." All the larger-
works were now making preparation for making
candles, and in that way were using up their own
scale. It was, therefore, not such an imj ortant
question as it was a few months ago. Referring to
the presses adopted, the Dumber or size of men had
always, he said, been an unknown quantity in testing
scale. Definite results could never be got even by
screwing the press up to a certain point, as it was well
known how results obtained by screw-) resses varied.
A year or two ago his colleagues Mr. -i. Falconer King
and Mr. Wm. ¥. King had worked out a press which
fulfilled all the purposes required, ft was exceedingly
simple, but very efficient, and the pressure exercised
upon a given surface could always begot to an ounce.
It consisted simply of a bent railway iron bar with a
steel face let in. There was also a long beam with a
knife edge working on the steel face, and on the end
of the beam weights were hung. The screw, which
was used only for keeping the beam in a horizontal
position, rested on the top of the disc, and the con-
ditions were the same in every respect as in the
present press, except that there was no friction what-
352
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [&a3 M, 1887.
ever. The direct pressure exerted i>n the square inch
eon Id be weighed to an ounce, and in that way it was
a distinct advance on any other method adopted in
scale testing. All the necessary precautions alluded
to by I lr. Wallace were adopted, and the press could
be arranged to any required temperature bj means of
a trough of brine, or glycerine, surrounded by a
freezing mixture, circulating through the plates. Be
was in the habit of i ressing scale at a temperature
of t;ii', and no difficulty was experienced in
keeping the temperature constant. The press was. in
his opinion, a great advance upon any other method ;
that at present adopted by the oil trade was very
absurd.
DISCUSSION ON MR STEUART'S TAPER
ON "BROXBURN PETROLEUM" (this
• Ioi i:\ vi. vi. L28).
Mn. Hamilton assumed that it would be well
known that Broxburn had been surrounded by live or
six different shale mines all on fire, and that conse-
quently there was a certain amount of that shale oil
in the strata which was constantly percolating
through it. He regretted Mr. Steuart's absence, as
he should like to have known whether or not this
1 Tine and petroleum occurred in the same place, or
whether the petroleum did not occur near some place
where a shale fire had been racing, and was it not
simply the result of distillation of the shale by means
of the destruction of another part ? The oil more
resembled an artificially-distilled oil than any natural
oils he ever saw.
Mr. HiNTEi: concurred in the remarks of the
previous speaker. He bad seen and examined this so-
called petroleum. There was not the slightest doubt
about it being paraffin oil that was discovered, and it
was also perfectly well-known that in different
directions where fires had occurred it was semi-solid
paraffin. Mr. Steuart mentioned in his paper that it
was of high viscosity to pump. It was certainly of
high viscosity, as it was not petroleum, but partially
filtered oil. The brine to which reference had been
made was similar to that found in pits in many other
places, and was in no way proof of petroleum.
Dr. Wallace said that when Boghead coal was
first discovered, there was also a discovery at Binnie
Quarry, near Bathgate, of a kind of bitumen which,
on distillation, gave a large quantity of oil, and that
bitumen was certainly an indication that petroleum
might exist in some ol the strata. The occurrence of
that bitumen was, of course, before the paraffin in-
dustry commenced, or at the very commencement of
it. He thought, therefore, that while it might be
correct that this particular sample of petroleum was
the result of fire in the mines, it was not at all im-
possible that petroleum might be found in Scotland.
The occurrence of bitumen in Binnie Quarry was a
certain indication that there was something of the
kind in the strata.
Mr. Steuart. in reply, said that Mr. Hamilton
suggested that the oil was distilled from shale by the
burning mines of the neighbourhood. From the cir-
cumstances of the case this seemed unite impossible.
If there had been workings in the lower seams into
which the oil could have percolated, then something
might have been said in favour of this view ; but
there were no such w i irkings. When a bore was sunk
through the strata in question, water and gas rose to
tin- surface, showing tin- high pressure under which
fluids in them existed. To saturate such a stratum
with (rude oil the oil vapour must have been produced
under tremendous pressure. No burning workings
• ould produce a pressure worth mentioning, as there
would always be easy outlet into the workings them-
selves. In 1883 there was a tire in old workings within
half a mile of where we found the petroleum, but it
was put out in a fortnight. It was quite inadequate
to produce either the crude oil or the pressure
required. In the two places, about 950 yards apart,
where the petroleum was found, it was the same
stratum that yielded the petroleum. There was no
crude oil seen in the old workings in which the fire
was, and that the crude oil should have appeared at
a considerable distance away, in a stratum that lies
85 fathoms lower, seemed quite absurd to anyone that
knew anything about this mineral field. That the
oil should have been produced by more distant fires,
such as North Greendykes open east, or Meldrie,
seemed even more absurd. It was possible, perhaps,
that this petroleum was produced by distillation of
shale, but not from the puny fires connected with
human operations, or in recent times ; but in the by-
gone ages when the coal and shale of some localities
here were coked by the subterranean heat. The
smell, bromine-absorption, and other properties,
indicated a natural petroleum, and not a crude shale
oil. The amount of solid paraffin in it was no argu-
ment against it being a natural petroleum, for in
nature we have all grades represented between the
solid ozokerite of Binny Sandstone Quarry, mentioned
by Dr. Wallace, with melting point 200° F., and the
Russian petroleum, which has no solid paraffin.
There is only one shale worked in this mineral field
— namely, the Broxburn seam.
— o«««^»«^» —
DISCUSSION ON MR. TATLOCK'S PAPER ON
" THE ESTIMATION OF SMALL PROPOR-
TIONS OF IRON'' (this Journal, 7X^276).
Me. E. C. C. Stanford pointed out particularly the
great value in any colour reaction of being able to
dissolve it and bring it right out of the solution, be-
cause the trouble with many colouring matters was
the difficulty of seeing them, especially where the
solutions were — as they often are— rather turbid; and
where the colour was taken out in another liquid, it
afforded an opportunity of comparison which could
not be shown in any other way.
Mr. J. Christie had pleasure in bearing testimony
to the accuracy and beauty of this test, as applied in
public works. For a great many years he had
adopted this method for testing crystal alums and
sulphate of aluminium, and he had found the great
advantage of this test over the Prussian blue iron
test, that was formerly used. One great novelty to
him in this paper was the application of ether, which
seemed to concentrate the colouring matter and
increase the delicacy of the test. He had not tried
this, but would do so in order to see what improve-
ment it was over the old method of oxidising the
iron, which existed, as a rule, in crystal alum in the
ferrous condition.
^W**««-M-c-» -
NEW
METHODS OF ESTIMATING ARSENIC
IN PYRITES, Etc.
r.Y JOHH i I. AUK, PH.D., l.i - , I [.I .
0? the various processes for the estimation of arsenic
in pyrites, the one which is based on the conversion
of the arsenic into an alkaline arseniate by fusion
with nitrate of potash and carbonate of soda, seems
to have found most favour, especially thai modifica-
tion which consists in precipitating the arsenic as
arseniate of silver and titrating the silver by Volhard's
H.M87.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
method. In most cases this is an excellent and
reliable process, especially where the c|uantity of
arsenic is considerable, as has been clearly demon-
strated by Leroy McCay's experiments {Chem. News,
: i. but it is open to two objections. 1st, The
liability to estimate phosphoric acid as arsenic : and
2nd, The difficulty of determining very small quanti-
ties of arsenic in pyrites, owing to the large propor-
tion of alkaline salts, and the solubility of the
araeniate of silver in nitrate of ammonium, which is
greater than Mr. McCay's remarks (Chem. News,
7 1 would lead one to suspect.
These objections may to a large extent be avoided
by the following precipitation process, which is
specially applicable to pyrites rich in sulphur, such
as is used in the manufacture of sulphuric acid, and
well adapted for the estimation of small quantities
of arsenic.
Precipitation Pboi ess.
A weighed quantity of the pyrites (about 50 grains,
or 3grms.) in a fine state of division is mixed in a
platinum crucible with four times its weight of cal-
cined magnesia and sodium hydrate free from arsenic
(prepared by grinding together in a porcelain mortar
equal parts of freshly-calcined magnesia and puie
sodium hydrate), and the open crucible is placed for
about 10 minutes over a moderately low Bunsen's
flame. The mixture in the crucible shrinks some
what, but no liquefaction takes place, and the con-
tents of the crucible are easily extracted with boiling
water. Alter the removal of the insoluble, the fil-
trate, which should be green in colour, owin» to
the presence of a little iron, is acidified with H CI, which
causes an abundant disengagement of H..S, and the
-"lution, which is now nearly colourless, is boiled for
a few minutes, when the sulphide of arsenic will
separate along with a little sulphur. In most casts
the whole of the arsenic is thrown down in this way,
but to ensure complete precipitation it is always
advisable to saturate the solution with HoS gas.
The precipitate is then thrown upon a filter, washed,
the sulphide of arsenic dissolved out with ammonia,
and the ammoniacal solution evaporated to dryness
on a water bath. The residue is treated w ith a little
strong nitric acid, in which everything dissolves,
and the arsenic either estimated as ammonio-
arseniate of magnesia or precipitated as arseniate of
silver, and the arsenic calculated from the silver as
determined volumetrieally by Yolhard's pr<
or gravimetric/ally by cupellation as recommended by
Kichter.
This process, which has been in use in my labora-
tory for some time, gives very accurate results, as I
have proved by experiments made on pyrites mixed
with pure sulphide of arsenic. On account of the
large quantity of pyrites which can be manipulated
without inconvenience, and the concentrated form in
which the arsenic is obtained, very minute quantities
can be determined in this way.
By fusion with nitrate of potash and carbonate of
soda, with subsequent precipitation as arseniate of
silver, I have found it impossible to estimate the
arsenic in pyrites containing only about o'l per cent .
whereas by the process which I have just described
3 per cent, can be determined without difficulty.
Of the other methods of estimating small
quantities of arsenic in pyrites, those involving dis-
tillation are the most important. These proi -
are all based on the conversion of the arsenic into
arsenic acid, it- subsequent reduction to arsenious
acid, and its volatilisation as chloride. Emil Fischer
(Ber. d. Devt. Chem. Ges. 1880, 1778) was the first
to show that the arsenic acid could be reduced and
converted into chloride by fetrous chloride and
hydrochloric acid, and afterwards either precipitated
ilphide or titrated with iodine. The results so
obtained are described a- accurate, but r.
chmidt (Ber. d. Deut. Chen- Ges. xvn. 2245)
found it necessary to nse HC1 gas, or strong solution
ol HC1 instead of the 20 per cut. IK 'I employed by
Fischer, as otherwise the whole of the arsenic is not
volatilised, even after ten distillations. Messrs.
Classen and Ludwig (Ber. d. Dad. Chem. 'lex. 1885,
also insist on the necessity of using HC1 gas or
strong HC1, and they recoir.end sulphate of iron or
the double sulphate of iron and ammonia as the
reducing agent.
In carrying out the process the pyrites is either
dissolved in nitric acid and the excess of nitric
acid removed by repeated evaporation with
sulphuric acid, or the arsenic is converted into
arsenic acid by the action of caustic potash and
chlorine, and the chlorate decomposed by HC1.
After the removal of nitric acid or decomposition of
the chlorate, the arsenic is converted into chloride
by means of HC1 and the ferrous salt. In either
ra-e the removal of the last traces of the oxidising
agent occupies a good deal of time, and the presence
of free sulphuric acid is objectionable, if the arsenic is
to be titrated with iodine, as sulphurous acid is apt
to be evolved when the distillation is carried too
fsr.
In the new process, which I am about to descrile,
the oxidation of the arsenic is effected without the
use of nitric acid or chlorine, and there is a consider-
able saviDg of time. On a ioimer occasion I pointed
out that when pyrites is heated with an intimate
mixture of sodium hydrate and calcined magnesia,
the sulphur is oxidised to sulphuric acid. Under
the same conditions the arsenic is completely con-
verted into arsenic acid, and can be afterwards
reduced and distilled over as chloride. In the deter-
mination of sulphur, I recommended the use of the
muffle to avoid the sulphur from the gas, but in
i stimating arsenic I prefer the Bunsen flame, as it is
more generally available.
New Distillation Process.
The finely-pulverised pyrites (geneially about 25
grains or about 17 gramme) is introduced into a
platinum crucible with six times its weight of a mix-
tuie of pure sodium hydrate and calcined magnesia
(prepared as above described) and well stirred with a
B rod. The open crucible is then placed over a
moderately low Bunsen flame for a hour, at the end
of which time oxidation is complete. The contents
of the crucible, which have not fused, but simply
-lnunk in bulk, are easily broken up with a spatula,
and transferred to an ordinary wash bottle Mask,
moistened slightly with water to prevent the evolu-
tion of too much heat, and then dissolved in strong
IK 'I. For this purpose I usually employ 10CO
mi asured trains, or about 70cc. The crucible is also
washed out with strong HC'l, and the contents of the
Bask are heated gently till there is no further action.
i The flask, which is fitted with a funnel tube, having
the end drawn to a point ar.d dipping under
the liquid, is then connected with a small
-lass worm condenser, to the end of which
a straight chloride of calcium tube is attached,
and by means of the funnel tube a con-
rable excess of the reducing agent, dissolved
in BtrongHCl, is introduced. The reducing salt *
which I prefer for this purpose, is . iq rous chloride,
» 8 >S 'his POPC I ''ave received a letter from
Professor Dittmar, Btating tbal be lias been in the habit of
oTfogcupious chloride forthe reduclioi dic acid. and
iflhongh he has not published this in any journal, it wiU b«
found in his Exercises en Quantitative Anal: sis. 1 age :<1.
33 I
THE J01 RNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDTJSTftY. [S»ay3i
i; forms a very soluble double salt with
chloride of sodium, and its reducing action is at
least equal to that of the fen A mixture ol
cuprous and ferrous chloride obtained by dissolving
copper in ferric chloride is also an excellent
and suitable reducing material. The coir
of the Mask are then slowly distilled into water for
an hour, when a fresh quantity of strong 11'
an ounce) is introduced, and the distillation continued
lor another half-hour. The whole of the arsenic will
now be found in the receiver, but it is alv
advisable to add a little more Hl'l, change the
iver, and test the distillate. The arsenic is then
precipitated as sulphide, and collected on a weighed
filter, or it is titrated with iodine in the usual way.
When the quantity of arsenic is large, I prefer the
iodine pr ipi
tate minute quantities of arsenic as sulphide.
1' ir thi i . ying the accuracy of this
process, and testing its suitability for the determina-
tion of arsenic in various su -. the folio" ;i _
experiments were made : —
I. Two quant;; nious acid, each weighing
3"96 grains, were fused with magnesia mixture,
tilled with cuprous chloride, and titrated with iodine,
with the following result : —
Per cent.
\ rsenious acid 31H
lb) .. 3-90
II. Aii arseniate of soda which contained no
arsenions acid, and gave 1 y the ordinary precipitation
lt)3 per cent, ol arsenic acid, yielded when
distilled with cuprous chloride and titrated with
iodine : —
Per cent.
arsenic acid. 5015
|6| 50-33
(c) .. .. 5000
III. A sample of Kupper-nickel fused with mag-
ia mixture, and distilled with a mixture of
cuprous and ferrous chloride, gave : —
r-er ■
in) Arsenic weighed as sulphide 10-08
(61 „ .. 10-06
(c) ., titrated with iodine 103;
The same sample fused with nitrate of potash and
carbonate of soda, precipitat niate of silver,
and titrated with sulpho-cyanide, gave : —
Arsenic 10'13
IV. A sample of Spanish pyrites gave the following
results with different processes : —
Av-
ion prooes9 weighing as i «...
ammonia arseniate of magnesia i
I lark's pre imitation process, combined with]
preci i t silver and
ration with sulpho-cyanide I
i ;.irk's distillation process, weighing the 1 n.~.
tenic as sulphide j vo°
id) Clark's distillation pro ghing thel «.-,.
arsenic as sulphide J
V. In another pyrites used in the manufacture of
ihuric acid, and certified by a well-known French
chemist as free from arsenic, 1 found the following
Its by different processes : —
s tic. 1 er cviit.
Clark's precipitation process 0H9
..
Clark's distillation process o 117
.. ol: 2
Fusing wiili KNOj and precipitation as] nnnc
J- v w»
Fusing wnii KNii. and precipitation as » -.
arseniate of silver j svonc.
The imp correctly small
quantities lie will be best appreciated byt
who know the different ;ommercial value of
a pyrites which is;. fr< im arsenic, and one
which contains even a minute quantity.
Tne distillation process can also be applied con-
veniently for the estimation oi arsenic in metallic
I . No.
189, p. 27) pointed out that metallic copper dissi
in ferric chloride, and that when the solution is
heated the chloric! nic distils over, and can
ted in the distillate. In discussing I'attin-
vol. xlv. p. 218) ( ribb
refers of this method for the quantitat
estimation of the arsenic, but 1 am not aware that
the .; the proci - n, or the
results obtained published. The following is an
out;- which 1 adopt. loogr.s. of
the copper in the form oi shot or turnings are
d jciitly with a strong IK'l solution ol ferric
or cupric chloi i -. of iron
in the same
that I i 11. ploy for pyrites, and tl
which comes off, alter passing through I
denser, is a elected in water. After all the copper
ved, which usually i. t an hour, an
HCI is added by the funnel tube,
and the distillation continued for 1 alt an-hour. The
ver is then cl sh quantity of HC'l
istillation continued, and the distillate
d. The arsenic is then precipitated as sulphide
and collected on a small v - filter.
To test the accuracy of this process, Mr. Inglis, the
chief of the Tharsis Company's Laboratory, very
kindly furnished me with various qualities of copper,
which had been analysed in the Tharsis Company -
Laboratory in another way.
The following are the results : —
SCO. 1. Tough ingot copper .
No. -. B.S. copper
Tough cake
No. l. Tough cake
Arsenic |
Tharsis Compy.
Arsenic per cenl
on
0-12
Oil
013
002
004
003
068
071
065
- 071
0 27
0 33
0-29
0 32
. which a- sely with those
inedby the chemists of the Tharsis Company,
who ded as specialists, speak for tnem-
-. and indicate the accuracy with which the
arsenic in cop] - estimated by the distillation
process, and perhaps it is onlyproperto mention that
1 was not aware of the Tharsis Company's results
till my analyses were completed.
In conclusion, I would only add that in my
opinion these distillation processes occupy less time
ih in any other known method for the estimation of
arsenic in pyrites or copper, and they are inferior to
none in point of accuracy.
!. SSION.
Mr. R. II. Tai i -1 that any method—
if it was at all accurate for the estimation of small
] roportions of arsenic in pyrites, would be hailed, at
the present time, with satisfactioi illy when
pyrites, which was alleged to he arsenic tree, was
inning to make its appearance a- against Ores, in
they had I great quan-
\ doubt could exist regarding Dr.
• on the older method.-, particularly
those which ware based upon fusion with nitrates,
which, if applied to such ores as tin Spanish ores
j such a large extent iu this country), would
Mas Si, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTK V.
give excellent results, but when applied to ores con-
taining only minute quantitii -. seemed utterly to fail,
mid to this fact he could testify from recenl experience
of them. Dr. Clark bad, in hisopinion, put together
a seriesof operations which justified him in reci i i
mending his process, as the combined process was
one certain to give -from what be had seen of it-
very accurate results. There was all the difference
possible between pyrites containing wry small quan-
tities of arsenic, and one which was entirely arsenic
free, so much so that a wry minute proportion, even
001 per cent., would be sufficient to disqualify it for
sale as arsenic free pyrites. There seemed little doubt
that this combined proceaswould give accurate results
when applied to pyrites containing such very minute
proportions : ancfthe substitution of cuprous chloride
For ferrous sulphate was, in his opinion, a very
important one, as there were great objections to
ferrous sulphate which had not been enumerated.
Dr. ( l\kk pointed out that by this process it was
quite easy to detect arsenic iu commercial caustic
soda. It was well known that a great deal of caustic
soda was made with pyrites vitriol, and lately he had
been enabled to prove, in caustic soda, as much as
0'02 per cent., which seemed to escape the various
processes through which the soda was passed. It was
absolutely necessary, therefore, in working this pro-
cess, that the various materials employee! should be
tested for their absolute purity from arsenic.
NOTE ON AN IMPROVED APPARATUS FOP
THE -MAX DFACTURE OF REFINED PARAF-
FIN WAX.
BY E. TEKYET, F.C.S.
So far as I am aware, there has been nothing of a
practical nature brought before the Society, dealing
with the manufacture of refined paraffin wax. In
asking you to consider the merits of the apparatus
devised by myself for that purpose, it will perhaps be
necessary to britfiydescribe some of the more common
methods and arrangements in use. Before doing so,
however, I will ask your attention to the nature and
composition of the substance aswe find it in commerce.
It is well known that crude paraffin oil, as distilled
from shale, is a series of oils differing from each other
chiefly by gradual increments of increase in boiling
point and specific gravity, and a parallel decrease in
vapour tension, etc.
The various refined oils, which we find in commerce,
are fractions of the crude oil, and take the form of
burning oil, lubricating oil, etc. They have, there-
fore, corresponding compositions, only limited by
their mean density. The solid portion of the oil — that
is, the paraffin scale — is also a fraction of the crude
oil, and is separated at one or other of the several
stages, in the process of refining, by cooling ami
crystallising. If we fractionate this solid paraffin by
distillation or fusion, we find it also to be a mixture
of bodies having a gradual increasing melting point
and specific gravity.
When these fractionations are conducted so as to
give an equal quantity in a given time, for each liar
ti -II, it will be found that the several fractions differ,
and increase, by equal increments, whether it be for
the specific gravity of an oil or the melting point of
a paraffin. The several fractions do not, however, by
any means represent an oil or a paraffin having con-
stant conditions, but rather systems, having all the
characteristics of the original body, only limited by
being isolated from the extremes.
The ranges of temperature through which the melt-
ing points of a paraffin scale run, differ with different
crude oils. The following numbers maj be taken as
representing the composition of a paraffin scale
derived from a well-known shale : —
Ami i'Bia ••! 3l via: X". 1.
Analysis oi S< all No. 1.
-;•;;•■ m.„„„ ,-..„„.
5 i»ei c nt.
Fractions.
Melting Point
No. 1 1
2
93 0
No. 11
12
13
11
15
16
17
IS
19 ....
20
111-5
1160
3
1
97 0
193 -0
1C0 0
103D
1055
lOS'O
110-5
112-5
1180
120-5
123 0
11
-
1235
125-0
8
1265
9
127-0
10
128 0
These figures show all the paraffin scale contained
in the crude oil available for the manufacture of
refined wax suitable for candle making. The oil
refiner separates the scale from two or more fractions
of the oil, which yield scales of different melting
points. The following figures may be taken as repre-
senting the composition of the above when separated
from two fractions of the oil : —
Analyses
of Scale.
No. 2.
No. 3.
Analyses
of Scale.
No. 2.
No. 5.
5 per Cent,
Fractions.
Hard
Scale.
Soft
Scale.
Melting
To.nt.
5 per cent.
Fractions.
Hard
Scale
Scale.
Melting
Point
Melting
- Toiii*.
Meltii -
Point
No. 1
2
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
10
101-0
1060
108-0
11C 0
112-0
1125
iu-0
116-5
117-5
1190
800
83 0
860
88 0
S9'0
910
93 0
95-0
960
97 5
No. 11
12
13
11
15
16
.7 .
18
19
20
120-0
120-5
1210
122-0
1225
123-5
125-0
127-0
129-0
1300
99-0
101-5
1030
1050
107 0
109-5
112-0
111-0
1160
1180
The manufacture of wax is simply a process of
fractionating, having for its end the separating of the
oil and the softer or more readily-fusible portions ot
the scale. To see this fully, we have only to compare
the composition of the refined substance with the
crude material. And for this purpose I have tabu-
lated three analyses of refined wax ot different melt-
ing points. (See table top of following page.)
These analyses show that the melting points oJ tlie
more fusible constituents are more akin to the mean
melting points of the wax than the corresponding
fractions in the crude scale. .
There area great number of methods muse for the
refining i f paraffin scale, which differ considerably m
detail. ' But they may be divided into two processes,
which are distinctly different in their mode of treat-
THE JOrn.VAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. fMnySJ.iss?.
ANA] - REFINED Vi \\.
Melting
No. 1
3
1
5
G
7
S
9
10
11
12
13
11
15
16
17
IS
19
20
N
!>•.
Point.
1190
K'UO
121D
1210
121 0
121-5
122-0
1225
12 ' >
1210
125-0
1260
1270
128-0
129D
1300
1320
131-0
13S-0
Melting
Point.
1030
1010
101-.-,
105-0
106-0
1H7 0
1075
10S-0
1085
1090
110-5
112-0
1130
1135
lll'j
116 0
1170
119-0
1230
125-0
No. 6.
Melting
910
910
950
96-0
96-0
97-5
980
9S5
990
99-0
100 0
102-0
103-5
105-0
1065
10S-0
109-0
1100
112-5
113-8
ment. We have first the naphtha process, which
depends upon the solvent power of the naphtha for
dissolving out the oil and that portion of the scale
The mixture is either allowed to cool in suitable
vessels, or it may be cooled by artificial means. The
cooled mixture is subjected to hydraulic pressure,
when the objectionable portion is carried away by the
naphtha. This operation is twice or three times
repeated, or until the desired degree of purity is
obtained. The explanatory diagram below will
make the process clear.
As it is necessary to use a considerable proportion of
naphtha in the abo\ e process, and as naphtha is a very
powerful solvent for paraffin, a modification of the
above is to use less naphtha, and hot hydraulic press
the mixture; in other respects the process is much the
same.
The other method of refining is what is called the
"sweating process," in which no naphtha is used.
The purification of the paraffin scale is effected by
exposing the recrystalUsed paraffin scale to a tempera-
ture which must depend upon the fusing point of the
first 10 — 1.1 per cent, of its bulk. The heat liquefies this
portion, and it acts as a vehicle in carrying away that
portion which requires to be separated.
As it is in relation to this latter process that my
improvements have been suggested, 1 shall deal witii
the working details and the arrangement of plant as
it is in some of the principle refineries, a rough out-
line of which is shown on sketch.
The crude paraffin scale is melted and heated to a
temperature of 170 — 180° F., after which it is allowed
to repose until every trace of water and separable
impurity has settled out, the presence of which
would hinder crystallisation. It is run into cooling
pans which hold from one to two gallons ; these
pans are generally furnished with overflows, and are
arranged as shown at A in Fig. 1. A stream of the
melted paraffin is directed into the top pans by the
taps b, and continued until the whole vertical series
is full. They are then left to cool very slowly in
order to promote crystallisation. When cold, the solid
cakes of paraffin are taken out of the pans and placed
in the ovens, which are fitted with (helves, the
latter having a slight inclination to the one corner,
DIAGRAM A.
Scale (1)
-> Scale and Naphtha (2)
Cooled and pressed (3)
Once washed Scale (It
Naphtha added (6)
I
Cooled and pressed (8)
Drippings (5)
— Drippings (21)
-> Dripping and soft Scale added |7I <-
'Cooled and pressed ifll
Once washed soft Scale (10)
Naphtha added (12)
Cooled and pressed (14)
Drippings (II)
Naphtha distilled off (131
Hesidue cooled and pressed (15)
— Drippings (17)
Soft Scale (16)— >
Twice washed Scale,
M.1-. 120—1
which requires to be removed in order to attain that
melting point which maybe required for any given
quantity "i wax
In carrying out this process In practice, tic scale i
Twice washed Scale, Oil (20)
M.P. ll"-ll."> (19)
and on which is laid a coarse mat of cocoa fibre to
prevent the paraffin from being in direct contact
with the metal Burface, The cakes an- expose*
eiv< n tempi rature until the desired di gree of purity
melted and a given proportion of naphtha added, and melting point is attained, the source <«l heat being
May iii. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL ESDUSTB V.
367
a course of steam pipes laid on the floor of the ovens.
The portion that has been fused out of the paraffin in
the course of sweating is again treated in the same
manner, only at a lower temperature suited to its
mean melting point. The (trainings from this latter
cannot Bgain be very profitably sweated, as it contains
the whole of the oil originally present in the scale,
and also the greater proportion of the paraffin of low
melting points. It is, therefore, cooled in a separate
series of pans, and then hydraulic pressed to get rid
of the oil. The solid pressed paraffin obtained is
either returned to the next make of crude scale, or it
may be finished off separately as a low melting point
wax, the proximate composition of which is shown
in analysis No. 6. It is usual to allow a certain
proportion of the paraffin of intermediate melting
points to pass to this stage, in order to give solidity
and maintain a suitable melting point for the finished
product.
The following diagram gives a rough outline of the
several stages of wax refining by the sweating
process : —
wood, are placed, and which extend right across the
lower openings. It is evident that when pressure is
applied Dy screwsor otherwise to the side A which
Imiiis the end of the system, the strips of Boft
v, 1 which go to cover the openings of the cells will
rise slightly, while the iron strips which cover the
blank --paces between will correspondingly tall.
This arrangement I find is more than sufficient to
seal the openings of the coolers. The wood after
being sometime in use becomes very pliable, and
easily adapts itself to form a perfect covering tor the
openings.
To empty the coolers it is only necessary to relax
the screws l>, and draw forward the strips of wood,
when the cooled paraffin cakes are free to descend
into the sweating cells, after which the strips are
pushed into their place and the screws tightened,
when the cells are again ready to be filled. Another
method of sealing the openings is shown at 1 >,
but this latter would require to be made very uniform
throughout, as any irregularity between the two
surfaces would cause leakage.
D I A G K A M B.
Scale <^ ID
Sweated ) (2)
Once sweated Scale (3) <-
Sweated (5)
I
Drippings (1)
I
Sweated (6)
I
Drippings (10)
Sweated (11)
Sweated Drippings
returned to once
sweated Scale or
finished as (7)
Oil Drippings (S)
I
Pressed (9)
Drippings (12)
Wax, 120-12.i M.P.
(13)
115-120'
(11)
110-115'
(15)
1011
(16)
Oil
(17)
It is obvious that when any considerable quantity
of material has to be dealt with, the amount of
individual handling in the way of filling and empty-
ing the pans, transferring the cakes to the ovens, and
taking them out again, must be enormous.
The apparatus which I have ventured to bring
before the Section is designed to diminish the amount
of labour inseparably connected with the present
mode of working.
It is also constructed' so that the sweating may be
obtained simultaneously from both sides of the
paraffin, and which permits of it being done at a
much lower temperature and with greater rapidity.
Besides, the cakes can be made of much greater
thickness than at present, the comparative power
being thereby increased. Further, the process can
bemade continuous by duplicating the cells, vertically,
in which the sweating is conducted. This is obtained
by taking advantage of the gradual diminution in
bulk which the paraffin undergoes in the course ot
sweating. Although this latter advantage effects no
great economy, Vet it makes the production of the
full proportion of first-class wax obtainable from
crude scale by one operation a possibility.
By reference to the rough sketch Fig. 1, it will be seen
that the coolers A are set directly above the cells in
which the sweating is conducted. The cooling and
sweating cells may be made of any convenient size.
The size proposed for any single operation might
advantageously be I'.f't. broad by Cft. high. The way
in which the coolers are sealed at the bottom is made
to depend upon the shape in which the alternate
strips of soft wood andiron, or softwood and haul
In order to facilitate the dropping of the cakes from
the coolers, a very slight taper is put upon them,
which need not be more than .'.-in. per \im. in height.
The distance between the coolers and the sweating
cells is less than the height of the cell. In arranging
it thus it gives direction to the cakes of paraffin, as
in passing from the coolers to the sweating cell it has
entered the latter before leaving the former.
The sweating cell B is constructed of wire netting
or perforated sheet metal ; inside of which is hung
a coarse woven cloth of any description, but prefer-
ably of woollen plaiding. On the top of the cell
there is set alight iron casting which goes to form
the entrance, and assists in keeping it in position.
At the bottom there is another casting c with an
opening the same size as the cell, the edges of which
are turned up all round, both in and outside, forming
a channel gutter which is provided with an outlet
hailing to the rhone </. The cell is set within this
channel, and as the cloth extends to the bottom, the
liquid portion which is fused out of the paraffin is
conducted to the channel by the capillarity of the
cloth. In order to prevent the solid cake from falling
through the lower opening, there is provided, a
sliding door e of thin sheet iron, the sides of which
are turned down and over-lap the inner sides, covering
it like a lid. The passage for the edges of the door
is therefore between the inner sides of the gutter
and tlie cloth. This uives direction to the liquid
portion, and effectually hinders any part of it from
rinding an outlet other than to the gutter.
In adapting this apparatus lor a continuous i i
fractionating process, it is necessary to have two or
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY" OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [ttaysXial
more sweating cells in height, and a proper means of
regulating thetemp< rature. All the parts and arrange-
merts remain the same as described, orly the doors
in the upper cells may. if tin ught propi r, i e dispensed
with, as the paraffin in its plastic condition moulds
;■' the megularities of the ell. and effectually
stops any passage to the one beneath.
econd or middle cell, where the soft
and intermediate soft paraffin would lie sweated out
Again, on passing to the third cell, the cake of
paraffin will not ba more than 65 per cent of its
original bulk, but containing all those hard interme-
diate fractions which correspond with No. 3 (shown
on Diagram B), and which after further sweating and
Fig. l.
Suppose such an arrangement be constructed of
three cells as shown (Fig. 2), and that the temperature
is under pro] er control It is evident that the most
n ..
and gri it of. the impurities will be drained
away in the tii>t or uppermost cell, and that the cake
will have correspondingly diminished in bulk before
the propi r melting point attained may be discharged
by withdrawing the bottom door. There is not the
slightest danger ol the partially-sweated paraffin fall-
ing out, as the descent of it is only gradual ; indeed,
one important feature in this arrangement — either as
a simple or complex structure — is that the cake will
not come out until it is perfectly sweated, which is
only attained at a temperature which if prolonged
would result in the complete fusion of the paraffin.
In winking with an apparatus constructed of three
cells. I find it can be charged and discharged every
four hours, beginning with a scale of melting point
1 12— 1 1 r F., and finishing with a wax of melting point
126° I'. As the drippings are separately fractionated
out in three grades of purity, it facilitates their sub-
sequent treatment to have them always of a uniform
composition and melting point.
DISi t 3SION.
In the absence of Mr. Tenet, it was agreed to post-
pone the discussion till the next meeting of the
Section.
— »»$♦♦*»*»♦» —
RIVEB POLLUTION I'-Y TRADE LIQUIDS.
i:V w. II. IIAKI LAND, C.E.
Sib IIi;nk\ Roscoe, M.P., moving the rejection of Sir
Edward Birkbeck's River Purification Bill, in the
House of Commons last year, fuid he desired to point
May 31. 18RT.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
359
out that whilst the Act of 1876 discriminated between
the pollution caused by sewage and that produced by
manufactures and minus, no such distinction was
drawn by the Bill proposed. Such a distinction was,
however, absolutely necessary, for whilst sewage had
everywhere an approximate c position, and was,
therefore, capable of treatmi nt by similar methods of
purification, m mufacturing pollution was of the most
varied description, as was seen in the case of
breweries, alkali works, dye works, etc. ; so that not
only were the methods which should be employed
different, but the standards of purity must also be
different Further on he remarked that science was
in a position to deal satisfactorily with sewage at a
certain cost, but as regarded manufacturing pollution
the same could not be said. The first conclusion of
Sir Henry is somewhat open to doubt, but the latter
will be generally accepted as correct In concluding
his speech against the Bill, be said, speaking on
behalf of manufacturers interested in the question.
assume that the more pernicious the liquid the greater
the probability it contains an element ol value which,
if recovered, might be sufficient to repay the cost of
purification. It was Bolely on the grounds that no
means were known— except, perhaps, evaporation —
whereby this class of liquid could be purified, that led
to the rejection of the liivers Pollution Bills of Mr.
Hastings and Sir E. I'.iikbcck in the last sessions of
Parliament
The process of purification and results of experi-
ments I have to lay before you appear to go a con-
siderable way in the direction required, inasmuch as
they seem to meet the case of both classes of liquid, but
espi cially so in the case of all those where the pollut-
ing matter is in suspension, whilst in the case of
solutions any matter recoverable by the process is
recovered in the form in which it exists in the liquid,
which admits of its use if possessing a value — or if
not, its bulk is reduced to a minimum, and so is the
cost of disposal, and as the treatment is purely
natural and ac :ords with the public necessity of re-
I shall hope
he desired to say they were in no sense hostile to
measures of river purification,provided these measures storing fish life to our rivers and stream
were framed with a due regard to the
necessities of industry.
The necessities of industry appear to
me to consist solely in purifying trade
liquids at a minimum cost, coupled with
the recovery of any waste product the
liquid contains. "Whilst the public neces-
sity demands that the purification method
employed should result in an effluent
water the least possible degree inimical
to lish life, this condition incidentally
covers that of amenity to locality, etc.
,
mfm^4
I admit that fish life may be possible even in pre-
sence of a chemical effluent when diluted by the
natural water of the stream into which it discharges ;
but something more than this is required. You must
take into account the " cumulative effect " of sewage
or a chemical discharge for long periods. Then, again,
other trades on the same stream should be con-
sidered, especially those requirii gcom| aratively pure
water. A chemical discharge on the upper reai bi ol
a stream is often as unjust to other trades lower
down as it is to the public in destroying fish life,
etc.
Pollution by trade liquids takes two forms, or that
in suspension and solution. We may also divide trade
liquids another way, or those which are worthless
from those which contain a waste product of more or
less value, if we could but succeed in recoveiing it.
For the former class the purification method should
be of a simple automatic nature, rs the cost of work-
ing, however slight it may be. means so much extra
cost on the manufacture : but for the more pernicious
class of refuse the case is different, and each one must I opposite end being (lushed
it will be considered as meeting to some extent the
necessities of the case, both public and private, with
a greater prospect of success than what is possible to
mere filtration or to precipitation methods, which,
apart from evaporation and subsidence, represent the
practice in use for purifying trade refuse.
This process consists mainly of settlement, but
under somewhat peculiar conditions, or what I will
term eqiiilibric subsidence, under which the full effect
of the laws of gravity may be obtained in freeing a
liquid from suspended impurity. The apparatus
employed is simply a true gravitation siphon, con-
sisting of two parts— the first a catchpit or settling
tank, whilst the second part serves the purpose of a
" wash-out " or flushing tank for the catchpit when
the sediment is removed : and by means of two vertical
lines of filtering obstruction, which serve to convert
the tank into a siphon as well, it throws back on the
catchpit an equal pressure, which prevents channel-
ling, and produces an " equilibrie line" level with
the lower end of the siphon necks or the inlet and
outlet. Below this line the water is still, and allows
of the collection of matter to take place continuously
until it reaches the practically " inert water" passing
above.
Whenever the sediment is removed from the catch-
pit, the effluent water standing in the "high-level
tank" may be precipitated into the catchpit, the
' y admitting a sufficient
be judged on its merits. But it is almost safe to quantity of liquid by the inlet. Both these opera-
SCO
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |May3i.i«87
tams are performed by simply moving .
valves. Tli ■ catchpit siphon is in duplicate, bo that
when one becomes full of sludge thestreamof si
is diverted through the ether ; that full, being cut off
from the wash-out tank, which serves the same
purpose for both.
The degree of subsidence necessary to suit the
different circumstances ol the various liquids is quite
under control, being regulated by the velocity of the
liquid passing through, and by the counteracting
»n8 the filters on the hydrostatic head or
pressure ol inflowing water: but in any case this
l'r' ttling succeeds in the automatic division
and collection of two separate sediments of different
degrees of sp. gr. from any liquid exposed to its
influence. This feature of separating the matters
contained in a liquid is important, and within it,
perhaps, we may find the solution of the problem of
utilising the products of either sewage or trade
liquids, as it enables us to use that which is useful
and reject that which is not.
The filters of the wash out tank, of course, may be
either neutral or neutralising as required. Thevalso
serve to arrest all floating matter, and admit of the
I'unfied effluent being discharged at about the same
level at which the raw sewage enters the catchpit
part of the siphon. This is also a feature of import
ance in preventing impoundage where this occurs,
and also by reducing to a minimum the cost of
pumping to avoid its influence. These features will,
I hope, be considered as steps in the right direction.
In support of this view, I may just draw your
attention to the local case at Crossbill, where a
similar contrivance was constructed to carry the
sewage across the railway cutting. The contrivance,
although an unequal-sided siphon, I believe, quite
refuses to pass matter heavier than the water in
which it is carried. The first siphon, or the catchpit
and wash-out combined, is simply the Crossbill siphon
earned out to its logical conclusion, and would
possibly prove sufficient for the recovery of all
descriptions of suspended matter from trade" liquid.
For dealing with the more serious class of liquids
or matter in solution, I propose a double siphon,
coupled with the process of aeration between the two.
Experiments on various liquids tend to show that,
after the heavy suspended matter has been removed,
the fine organic matter, which is not amenable to
either subsidence or filtration, or the process of the
first siphon, is usually developed by aeration suffi-
cient to cause it to subside in the second catchpit or
wash-out I am aware that this effect is somewhat
opposed to the generally accepted idea of the " effect
of the process." I may also point to the general idea
regarding subsidence. Most persons, if asked to
define perfect subsidence, wculd at once say perfect
rest in a subsidence tank. The law also accepts this
idea as to perfect settling. Still, I beg to take excep-
tion _to the view, and you will be able to form an
opinion from the results of experiments.
Rut on the question of Aeration v. Oxidation, I
may say a few words. You are aware, no doubt, that
the Metropolitan Hoard of Works contemplate a very
utlay and annual cost to chemically treat the
The treatment proposed is in
general opposition to precipitation methods, being
mainly devised ),,r oxidation.
Mr. W. J. Dibdin, F.C.S., etc., the jprincipal chemist
Board, and author of the treatment proposed
read a paper recently to the Institute of Civil
Engineers. In explaining bis reasons for using so
small a quantity of chemical as l grain sulphate of
iron and 4 or !> grains of lime per gallon of -
ue said the matters in an actual " putrescent state"
were the only ones which required immediate destruc-
tion, ami these were insignificant compared with the
"total organic 'matter present. Consequently, the
quantity of chemical required was but a fraction ol
what would be necessary for its complete destruction.
He then went on to say that aeration had recently
been put forward under the title of oxidation. This
was " a misnomer." True, the ultimate object was
oxidation, but if the idea was to be retained that a
very partial aeration of a strongly alkaline effluent
was equivalent 'to complete aeration of a neutral
effluent free from actual putrescent matter, a powerful
blow would be struck at the system, which, when
properly carried out, was incontestably one of the
utmost importance.
These remarks, by so distinguished an expert, tend
to >how, in my humble opinion, that a real inquiry
into the true function of the natural process would
prove of great advantage. So far as my experiments
go, the effect of aeration is dependent on the process
adopted before and after its application. I confess I
do not understand Mr. Dibdin's remarks, as, in the
first place, there is no *' strongly alkaline " effluent to
aerate outside trade liquids, except from a chemically
treated sewage, and if this can be sufficiently oxidised
within financial limits, why should it be aerated?
whilst, if the ultimate object of aeration is oxidation,
why chemically treat the sewage at all ? Recause it
lequires no technical skill to understand that a
"naturally " oxidised effluent is, at the worst, perhaps a
dirty but practically harmless water, and, therefore,
not inimical to fish life, whilst the same cannot be
said of any description of artificially produced effluent.
The experiments carried out prove that under cer-
tain conditions the effect of aeration is entirely
opposite to the destroying effect attributed to arti-
ficial oxidation, it being, in fact, an almost purely
developing effect, both as regards sewage and the
various descriptions of trade liquids on which experi-
ments have been made.
In giving the results of these, I have selected a
few as being representative of the worst class of
pollution from trade refuse. The results are from
practical experiments on quantities of either 3 or 5
gallons, the apparatus employed being about double
the size of drawing. The weights per gallon are for
dry matter, except in two cases to be mentioned, and
are exclusive of matter lost in the filtrates ; whilst
those for soluble matter represent about 70 per cent,
only of the quantity actually recoverable, as nearly
one-third of sample is left in the first siphon. The
weights are the result of evaporating the sediment
collected in the catchpits only.
Experiments.
First is an acid solution, containing salts of iron.
The filter media in this case was simply lumps of
natural chalk. The recovery of matter reckoned as
a thick paste was —
Before oxidation 120 grains
After 160
Or u total of 2S0
per gallon.
The next is a solution containing soluble salts of
potassa. The matter recoverable by perfect rest for
24 hours was 144 grains, reckoned as a paste about
the consistency of tar, whilst the recovery under
equilibria subsidence was 292 grains; whilst after
oxidation it gave up a further Quantity of i'l!J grains ;
and on repeating the process of oxidation and settling,
it gave a further quantity of 2:?:'. grains, or a total of
744 grains per gallon.
The next experiment is on the putrescent liquid
from a tannery and skin works. One sample gave
up o47 grains before and 14li grains after oxidation.
Anothei 33 grains per gallon by equiiibric
m,., :u, is*:.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
361
settlement alone. These liquids combined are settled
in the ordinary way. the effluent being afterwards
treated with alumina. The sludge from both pro-
cesses is filter-pressed, resulting in about 47o grains
of sludge cake. Even if this is reckoned as dry matter,
the loss in the effluent is probably two-thirds of the
whole matter actually present in the liquid, though
it is doubtless bleached by the chemical treatment,
and not apparent to the eye.
The next are dyes. The chemical Turkey-red gave
39 grains before and 21 grains after aeration, or a
total of 00 grains per gallon. The yellow dye give
by equilibric settlement alone, 65 grains per gallon ;
whilst the original Turkey-red dyes gave 47 grain-
before and 20 grains after aeration, or a total of 07
grains per gallon. This matter, 1 understand, is
principally boiled blood.
The last is the dreg or pot ale from distilling.
This gives 55 grains per gallon after having settled
in the ordinary way for several days. Oxidation in
this case does not develop much matter (10 grains per
gallon), but what little is recovered is peculiarly nasty :
the same may be said of the gas. I should just remark
that when the whole process is employed, in addition to
recovery of four different solid products, we may also
obtain the gas which is ejected in the process of
aeration. Aeration also recovers oil in solution in the
last siphon. I think I may say all the products men-
tioned are practically new, and samples are here for
inspection. I may also suggest that the four pro-
ducts which may be recovered from sewage seem to
offer grounds for believing that a financially valuable
product may possibly be recovered from this source
at last, in place of the ordinary sludge as at present.
discussion.
Mr. Christie considered that the nation would
be indebted to Mr. Harthnd if his process could
accomplish all that had been said of it. The diffi-
culties he had to speak of were in reference to dye
works in the neighbourhood of the Leven, where a
great deal had been done to grapple with the waste
discharge from dye works. The chief difficulty was in
the soapy solutions holding a small quantity of free
oil in suspension. Mr. Hartland had spoken of 400
grains down to 60 grains per gallon, if he had fol-
lowed him properly ; hut in the Leven the waste pro-
. ducts leaving the works were much more dilute, and
only cirried from 5 to 15 grains per gallon. The
works for the purpose of dealing with the discharged
liquids were unfortunately situated on a very low-
level, so that any m?thod for treatment must follow
the pumping to a height of from 10 to 20 feet of the
liquids discharged from the dye-houses, and when it
was considered that in his own works four million
gallons of these refuse liquors were discharged per
day, it was evident the treatment with either acid or
salts of lime or magnesia must necessarily involve
great outlay by reason of the dilution of the material
discharged. A great deal had been done at his
works in the way of chemical treatment, but so far it
had failed to deal successfully with the enormous
quantity of liquid discharged into the river. Within
the past year his attention had been turned to sub
sidence, and he agreed with Mr. Hartland that the
subsiding system seemed to indicate that more suc-
cessful results might follow fiom that method of
treatment, if a chemical could be found suitable for
the precipitation of the soapy liquors and fats in a
fine state of division— that should as far as possible
increase the specific gravity of the resulting com-
pound in order to facilitate the subsidence, as the dif-
ficulties are accentuated from the fact that the fats
have a specific gravity less than water ; and as the
refuse liquids contain say, on an average, 10 grains
per gallon, the precipitant put into this enormous
volume ot liquor effected precipitation rather slowly,
and in such a fine state of division, that great dif-
ficulty is experienced in getting it to subside, and the
success of the process must naturally depend on the
effectual subsidence of this compound, with a specific
gravity as far as possible above that of water. The
method of aeration would have, he was afraid, no
effect upon the soapy liquors. The colour discharged
with the soap was not capable of being acted upon by
aeration so far as his ex] erience went.
Mr. Tatlock asked how long it would take to treat
a large quantity of liquid in the manner described 1
Mr. Hartland replied that for a large body of
liquid a number of apparatus would be required, but
with the apparatus described 10,000 gallons per day
could ba dealt with automatically. The apparatus
was only 21 feet long by 64 feet broad in its broadest
part : in practice each apparatus would extract from
the main body of liquid a certain quota, according to
its capacity, so that quantity of liquid was im-
material. For instance, a stream of sewage of
100,000 gallons per day could either be treated by one
apparatus of 100,000 gallons capacity, or by two of
50,000 gallons, or by 10 of 10,000 gallons per day
capacity.
Mr. LrVEKSEDGE asked what kind of filtering
medium was employed ]
Mr. Hartland replied thit broken bricks or raw-
chalk might be employed, but in the case in question
common ashes were used, which were very rough in
the first two filters, and finer in the last two.
Mr. Cuthbertson inquired if the process was
applicable on a much larger scale '?
Mr. Hartland replied that on a larger scale it
would necessarily be much better, because the deeper
one went the better the law which governed the
system was brought into operation.
Mr. Tatlock believed that experiments on a some-
what extensive scale had been made by the Corpora-
tion of Glasgow with regard to the effect of aeration
on the town sewage. The apparatus employed was
one of the most perfect forms of oxidisers known, and
consisted of a screw revolving vertically at a high rate
of speed in the cylinder containing the sewage matter,
by which the air was beaten down into the liquid
and, so to speak, "atomised." The appearance of
the liquid under aeration was that of milk, arising
from the air being churned up with it, and the effect
in that case was not very encouraging, so much so
that the process was not adopted. It was found
that after settling the solid matter from sewage and
treating it in as clear a state as it could be got, it
began, after some time, to smell again, and hence if
it were applied to sewage matter before being dis-
charged into the river Clyde, by the time the purified
or aerated sewage had been carried up and down
several times by the flow of the river and backwash
of the tide, the smell would begin again. Oxidation
by that means was also found to be rather expensive,
and from some experience he had had he believed he
was justified in saying so. He was quite pleased with
the description given of the apparatus, but he thought
that as far as aeration was concerned it had hitherto
not been found successful for treating sewage,
although further experiments in that direction were
very desirable.
Mr. A. .T. LrVEKSEDGE believed that no question
could exist as to the extreme importance of the
subject. As far as he could understand the process,
from the description given, it was simply a precipita-
tion process combined with filtration and aeration.
The sewage was in the first place allowed to settle in
a large tank, but Mr. Hartland would not claim any
originality as to that, as it was the first step taken by
362
THE JOURNAL OF '1I1E SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IJi.ySi. IE87.
anyone who attempt e 1 to deal with si wage i r similar
substam es. Afterwards, the partially clean d si i
i which was qoI ' ' a. f ree from the w bole matter in
suspension) was to be passed through a filter, and
that also had been tried on a lai in several
places, though, as far as be knew, the only filtering
process which had been found valuable was simply
to allow the sewage to be passed through land. All
other filtering processes, whether tried on crude
Bewage or partial)} cleared sewage, appeared to bave
faiV i. owing to the filtering mediums having become
rapidly choked up and usi Less, and to the trouble and
cost ol cleansing and renewing them. Experiments
on a large scale had been tried at I Irossness to filter
sewage sludge through filter-presses, but it was
found in that case absolutely impossible to filter the
si wage without first tre iting it chemically, as other-
wise the cloth used her. ma' quite slimy and useless
in the course of a yerjj short time. Referring to Mr.
Hartland's precipitation tank, the settled matter in
thai tank would contain at least 7.". percent, of water.
Mr. Hartland dissented from that, but in that tank he
had simply the action of gravity, and even when you
employed great pressure in order to separate the
liquids from the solids of sewage, the substance ob-
tained contained from 50 to 60 percent, of liquid ; and
he would like to ask what would be done with this
sludge from the tank 1 Mr. Hartland had not ex-
plained in detail the apparatus he proposed for forcing
air amongst the sewage for his final process, nor
given the quantity of air required to effect the
necessary aeration or the cost of the apparatus for
that purpose. He was convinced that il Mr. Hart-
land would work out the cost of treating sewage in
any district by his apparatus, he would be greatly
surprised at the amount of money it would come to.
He would instance the experiments made by the
Metropolitan Board of Works, who had tiied pro-
bably every method that had been suggested that
contained any promise of success, and whilst many
methods had been proposi d and had given fair result's
on a small scale, it was found that when the}' came
to be multiplied, and to deal with mi or 100 million
gallons per day, the cost became so enormous as to
put them out of the question. It was not merely a
question in the case of sewage <>f separating the solid
matters from the sewage, hut what was Mr. Hartland
going to do with the recovi red sludge obtained in his
precipitation tank— which must contain a large
amount of water, especially seeing that he did not
advocate chemical treatment? That was a most
important question ; but there were many other
points in connection with the process Mr. Hartland
had sketched- lor example, the nature of the filtering
medium, the method of cleansing, the cost of renewing,
the details of the final aeration, the length of time
Keces-ary to obtain a ] art icu'ar result, the cost for
: ing any givi n quantity of average sewage, and so
on — upnn which further information was desirable.
Mr II ibti \m> pointi d out that bis ] aper di til
with trade liquids, whereas the discussion had vei red
question of sewage, which was a total 1} different
thing loan trade liquids. In the first tank pn
there could be got what was dredged up from the
bed ol the Clyde, and it could be deal! with in ex-
actly the same wai : but supposing this system was
in operation in Glasgow, the sludge might just as
easily lie sent down by t hut instead of
dredging it out of the bed ol the river it could he
dredged out oi the tank in question. The
applied to sewage aimed a: recovering a product id'
some value, the tanks being designed bo as to
separate by gravity the constituents ol sewage into
three different forms of deposit, so that theymighl use
what WBSg I and reject that which was not nr ailing
b ordinary sludge, lie placed no value on this
matei ial ; indeed il il entered 1 he manure at all, it
would first be burnt to an a b He might, however,
remark, that if thej burned the small quantity oi
coarse sludge then i bj this system compared with
others, tbi n tic- two important sanitary features of
pumping (water in this case) to obviate impoundage
by tidal nr other in Hue nee, a- well as the lore, d ven-
tilation of sewers, become feasible and easy operations,
whilst he submitted the destruction of sludge was the
only pi rmanent modeol d sposal, and which s ter or
later must he adopti d.
Erratum.— Mr. Tal lock's paper, '1111 the Determination of
Mac '• I 'rep, hi ions .if 1 11 111. with Special Reference tn Alum
and Sulphate of Alumina,'' April Dumber, p. 279, Hiiro" linefrom
conclusion of article, for "0 unuOlgrin." read •■(ruooulunii."
JSottingbam Section.
Chairman : Prof. Clowe?.
Vice-Chairman : Lewis T. Wright.
Treasurer: J. li. Coleman.
Committee :
L. Archbutt T. W. Lovibond.
W. A. Curry. II. .1. staples.
II. Doidge. E. H. Truman.
K. Fitzhugh. R. I.. Whiteley.
E. Francis.
J fan. Local Secretary :
J. It. Asliwi.ll. Midanbury Lodge. Bentinck Koad,
Nottingham.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
A LECTURE ON FLAME*
BY LEWIS T. W LIGHT.
I want to call your attention particularly to the fact
that sometimes flame travels rapidly and sometimes
slowly. This subject is one of some importance, and
is what we call the velocity of propagation of flame.
We can prepare, with coal-gas, mixtures having
flames that travel at from 6ft to iff. per second
And I want you to distinguish between the quiet,
uniform, and slow propagation of flame that takes
place in the first half of this [3ft. glass tube, which is
measurable to the eye. and the extremely rapid ami
detonating explosion sometimes taking place in the
second half ot the tube. The first I will call an
explosion of the first order, the second, infinitely
more rapid, I will call an explosion of the second
order. Let lis stipp se 1 have an explosion of the
first order taking place in this tube that does not
exceed the velocity of i[ft. per second. I can arrest
it— put it out by inserting a small piece of metal
gauze in the tube. We learn then that when the
flame is travelling at a speed of less than i|ft. per
second thi ol ai ii -! it- passage. 1 wall now
endeavour to prepare a more explosive mixture,
having a velocity of propagation of flame of mine
than 1 1 It. p't second, and you will, p chaps, find the
flame penetrating the uau/e as though il were not
there. We have learnt a very important fact. I
want to show you, il 1 can, in a more marked manner
lew an explosion of the first order becomes connected
with one of tin- second and more terrible kind. Here
we have a mixture, the flame of which lodges in the
tuh. and is not, as at first, a very thin surface of
flame bul occupn . perhaps, J an inch of the [engl h
* Thi- lecture, of asomi popular character, was delivered on
thclsih March, by invl the Nottingham Scctionot
ti,e Society. 'I he extract given contains an account of
■ eribed by the Lecturer,
Mar 31. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
sn.T
of the tube. This flame is in a \ iolent state of oscil-
u. When its tremor is sufficiently violent,
ofthesi ond order will be initiated. There
are two points here to observe : that a definite explo
rive mixture may have a velocity of propagation of
name when it is undergoing explosion of the first
order, that is, »s low as lift, per second, but when it
becomes sufficiently agitated to give an explosion of
the second order the rate of propagation of flam
Several thousand feet per second.
Tia- following table sets forth the particulars of the
experiments made in a glass tube 13ft long and
0'75 inch in diameter ■ —
"»0<*7j topl^rf Total rUoci.y
■" of first or..
trawls in lube. oIM»me.
12*2
150
i;-7
196
■21- 2
22" 1
230
Air.
■ ■
87-8 .
850 .
823
SOI .
78-8
77-9 .
77 0 .
second.
121
121
1-28
132
135
133
139
1 11
Feet per
second.
11
20
30
IH
30
21
1-3
Stationary.
Feet iter
231
3-21
1-28
CI 2
4 35
In thinking ^i explosive mixture you must bear in
mind the difference due to the mixture and the
difference due to the class of explosion. Some years
ago I was connected with a large gasworks, and there
we had a great number of safety lamps, as there were
innumerable places where it would have been fatal
to enter with a naked light. The lamps were in
the charge of a most competent man. and were care-
fully examined and tested before being sent out for
use on the works. Well, one morning
daybreak a larger purifier exploded ju<t a< the
men were going to work on it. One man, who
was carrying a safety-lamp, was knocked down,
and others were burned. The lamp in its fall
had its gauze injured. The explosion was looked
upon as most mysterious, and some thought that the
hole in the gauze had not been caused by the fall of
the lamp on a sharp piece of iron, but had been there
when it left the lamp-room. It was an unpl
occurrence, that never became satisfactorily cleared
up. Amongst experienced men there had always
been a feeling of distrust regarding these lamps in
circumstances where there was known to be much
■nt. and an old hand might be known by his
habit of leaving his lamp outside if called upon to
enter any building in the dark where gas was
escaping. Some time after a similar explosion
occurred by a young man placing a safety-lamp near
a current of gas which ignited, burning him severely.
The lamp was rigorously examined, but no defect
could be found in it, and it stood the test well. I
may say that the test was really inefficient. I de-
termined to thrash the matter out, and trying the
lamps by various methods at last found out a means
of blowing them all up. Not one could re-
new test, which was simply this : By creating an
explosion inside the lamp, by a sudden application of
the explosive mixture to it, the flame was
through the gauze, igniting the mixture outside.
Thi> was a serious revelation, .and exposed the
deficiencies of the old test for soundness, which was,
that the lamp should be put out by being smothered
with gas. I am \ I i show th's experiment in an
ited manner. Here we have a hollow tin
i with gauze. I am going to
ilosion inside it, and 1 hope you will be
e the Same as it passes through the gauze.
That the flame is projected some distance, I will
prove by causing it to light an unignited stream of
nice of 4 feet. I found out that the
Davy lamp gauze would not always resist the passage
of the flame r ill explosion in the
lamp. Of course n - we know much more of
the Davy lamp than we did, and the ordinary forms
are not considered safe in what we might call
moderate currents. In a current of gas about 4 or 5
feet per second the flame is blown through the gauze.
This is well known I believe now, but I do not think
the circumstances of an explosion inside the lamp
blowing the flame through is so well known. It is
evident, then, that when the rapidity with which the
flame is moving exceeds a certain rate it is blown
through the gauze. When I discovered that an
explosion inside the safety-lamp was sufficient, with
coal gas at least, to pass through the gauze, I felt I
had made an unpleasant discovery, and thought that
perhaps there was someth _ with the material.
I tried all sorts of makes of various meshes. There
was nothing to choose between them. It was no use
having finer mesh, for thii as you reduced the
size of the apertures you reduced the thickness of the
wire and its weight, so it was as broad as it was long.
Still flame will not touch a cold metal surface. ]f I
hold this rlame against this metal plate, there is a
that is not flame. You will see that, as
rlame to be flame must be hot, it cannot touch this
cold metal, because the metal will cool it below the
temperature at which this gas can give the phenomena
of flame. Often, in these tubes, I find if I let the
flame go do wly up to the gauze that it is extinguished
before it quite touches it. When the flame is travelling
in the direction of the gauze, the question whether it
will pass or be extinguished is simply a question of
the rate at which the flame is travelling, and the rate
at which the gauze is cooling— a battle between the
velocity of propagation of flame and the rate of
cooling that the gauze can exert, which will be
decided in favour of the most powerful. Davy lamp
gauze is made by interlacing about twenty-eight
wires of j ijfoths of an inch diameter, forming the
warp over and under twenty-eight wires of woof of
same diameter, and the result is a number of square
apertures slightly larger than the thickness of the
wire. ths of an inch across. Two
adjacent wires of warp are separated from each other
by a little more than the thickness of the wire form-
ing the woof, and i ecause the wires of the
woof bend under and over the wires of the warp, just
a- the wires forming the warp bend under and over
the wires of the woof — so you see if. with this system
of weaving, we wish to obtain smaller apertures, we
must employ thinner and lighter wires, ha'.
cooling power. However, let OS suppose that the
wires of the woof are very strong, and will not bend
at all : the wires of the warp only bend under and
-lit woof w-ires. Then you see that the
warp wires can touch each other, and ; 1 of
the square apertures. We can also .-• t, by empl >ying
very stiff wires one way. and very thick, soft wires
the other, a heavy gauze, with no direct openings,
but small, tortuous ones. We can do what we could
not do with the cither mode of weaving — viz., pro-
cure extra weight of metal, at the same time reducing
the apertures. This method of weaving is called
basket-work, because baskets are made like that.
By taking off the old Davy lamp gauze from our
lamps, and replacing it with the heavier basket-work,
D
3f>4
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF ('II KM K Al. INDUSTRY. [M»y si, 1887.
I secured lamps that would stand any test I could
apply, and 1 had gas ir.nn a c impressing engine, at a
pressure of 20lb. and more on the square inch, blown
on them, and they did not fire My object of pro-
curing a safe lamp w I 1. and 1 m iy say that
attempts 1 1 make the lamp safe byusingtwo or three
idol one 1 lyer of the ordinary Davy lamp gauze
were not successful.
\ in Boiler-clem ng Compounds. A. J.
Boult, London, Prom S. W. Merryman, Baltimore,
U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 1582, Feb. 1, 1887. Id.
The new composition consists of tannin, Jib. : terra
japonica, lib. ; West Virginia oil, 1 gallon ; and Boda
ash, 901b. The terra japonica i- dissolved in water,
the oil added, and the mixture passed over the soda ash ;
the tannin i- finally added. — C. C. 11.
Journal ant) Patent* Literature.
I.— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS, AND
MACHINERY.
An Improved Filter for the Purification of Water and
Liquids. I'.'llikelv and J. Uadeliffe, Kochdale.
Eng. Pat 4623, April 2, 1SSG. 6d.
Tun improved filter consists of a cylindrical or other
Bhaped vessel provided with an upper part for the
admission of water and a lower put for the outlet.
Between the two is the filtering body secured in a slide
fitting into two grooves in the body of the lilter; the
cover of the slide is held in position by a cross bar and
centre screw. — ('. C. 11.
Improvements in Filters. C. E. Gittins, London. Eng.
Pat. 5343, April Hi, 1SSG. Sd.
Two bowls or dish like cylindrical bodies are screwed
ther with the filtering media between them ; this
consists of charcoal, porous earthenware, or sandstone.
-C. C. H.
Improvements in Filter,,./ \pparotus. C. W. Labitz,
Hamburg. Eng. Pat. 5669, April 24, 1886. (id.
A NUMBER of perforated hollow drams covered with
felt axe Strang upon a hollow shaft capable of rotation .;
the shaft carries a number of brushes the ends of which
rest on the filtering drums. The whole is enclosed in a
tight vessel into which the unlilteied material is forced.
The liltrate escapes from the apparatus by the holiow
shaft. The residue is removed from the surfaces of the
filtering drums by the rotation of the brushes.— C. C. 11.
ments in Funnels. A. Gersdorf, Washington,
I .s.A. Eng. Pat. 1970, Feb. S, 1887. 6d.
THE shank of the funnel is made triangular in section,
to permit the escape of air from the bottle in which the
filtrate is received. The upper edge of the body is
turne 1 inwards to prevent splashing when the liquid to
be filtered is poured hastily into the interior of the
funnel. -(.'. C. II.
Improvements in Filtet or use under High
Pressures. 11. E. Newton, London. From A. L. G.
Dehne, Halle-on-the-Saal, Prussia. Eng. Tat. G62S,
May 17, 1836. Sd.
THE improvements specified consist in the use of a
|J-shaped packing ring of leather or rubber placed in a
groove between the joints of tin' plates or chambers.
The patentee also claims as novel the use of a linely-
grooved filter-plate covered with gauze or sheets of
perforated metal for the support of t he cloths.— C. C. H.
Improvements in Filter-presses ennl the Mode of Charg-
ing the Siime. E. .lours and A. Beech, Tunstail.
Eng I'at. 9759, duly 29, Ism'.. 8d.
In the old form of wooden filter-press the chambers are
much weakened by the passage of the inlet nozzle
through the strengthening strip on the edges of the
chambers. The pro-cut invention obviates this by
using a cranked instead of a straight nozzle, which
avoids the cutting away of the strengthening strip.
— C. C. H.
■ Any of these specifications maj lie obtained by post, by
remitting the cost pi tage, to Mr. H. Header Lack,
Comptroller of tin- Patent Office. s>uiliunipton Buildings,
Chancery Lane, London, \\ ,C. 't he amount of postal ma]
be calculated us follows: —
]f the pit I ; Bd jd.
Above Bd.. and not exceeding Is. (id... Id.
., Is. Cd., „ .. -'-. Id... lid.
„ 2s. Id., ., „ 2s. id... id.
II.— FUEL, GAS, AND LIGHT.
Improvements in Coh Ovens. T. F. V. C. Otto and
]>r. C. Otto .v Co., Dalbausen, Germany. Eng, Pat.
5522, April 21, 1886. lid.
According to this invention the gases evolved from
the ordinary Beehive oven, after being scrubbed for the
recovery of the by-products, are brought back and
burned underneath tin' oven. The air required for the
combustion is heated by a regenerator arrangement,
the wa-te heat from the burning oases being utilised for
this purpose. Drawings are given with the specification.
-A. R. D.
An Improved Method of Manufacturing Gas from
Benzo int or other similar suitable <>il, and in Appar-
atus employed therein. T. Drake, Huddersheld.
Eng. Pat. 77.13, June 9, 1SS6. Sd.
ATMOSPHERIC A.IR, dried and heated, is driven by a
Loot's blower through benzoline contained in a tank.
The air current is distributed by being made to pass
through a number of canvas diaphragms placed horizon-
tally in the liquid. As the resulting gas is very explo-
sive, the gas pipes must be provided with wire-gauze
checks on the same principle as the Davy lamp.
-A. L. D.
I mji, I Apparatus for obtaining Gas for
Illuminating, Heating, and other Purposes. H.
Williams, Stockport. ' Eng. I'at. sv>... duly 7, 1SS6.
lid.
The inventor generates hydrogen gas from fragments of
zinc or iron and dilute sulphuric acid in an apparatus simi-
lar in principle to that commonly emploj ed in the labora-
tory for the same purpose. It consists of a tank to con-
tain the dilute acidf, and an inverted vessel standing
gasometer-wise within this. The inverted vessel
carries within it a tray on which i- placed the zinc or
iron, and is provided in LtE upper portion with an outlet
for the gas. It is supported by a cord or chain
passing over pulleys and carrying equivalent weights at
the other end. This arrangement is to secure a uniform
pressure of gas. The gas may be carburetted by passing
through a chamber wherein strip- of absorbent material
are hung in stub a manner that the course is rendered
ortuons as possible The lower edges of the strips
dip into the carbnretting liqnid, which is maintained at
a constant level by means of a ball tap. — .V. L. D.
Improvements in the Removal of Ammonia from Coal
and in the Manufacture of Ammoniacal Salts
therefrom, and in Apparatus employed in sue/i
Proa J. Bepworth and E. Marriott, Carlisle.
Eng. I'at. 5858, April 30, L886. lid.
Till) object Of this invention is the recovery of ammonia
from coal gas, without the use of lime, stills and satuia-
tors. Instead of water for washing the gas, a neutral
solution of any suitable salt of ammonia is introduced
Mr 31.1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
!
into the scrubber, whereby the am nia i> absorbed. I the liquor from the scrubber meets a regulated supply
I in ni 11 tii hi, thus charged with an excess of ammonia, of acid ft the tuiky, the evolved passing through
is neutralised and then again used as absorbing agentin the pipe i into t lie purifier k. The neutralised liquor
the Bcrubber,
.„j pipe .
until its density rises to about 40° T\v., | can be pumped up through the pipe e, and sprinkled in
when it is evaporated in the usual manner. The gases
liberated during the neutralising process are carried for-
ward into a purifier of usual construction. In the
the tops of the scrubbers a to absorb more ammonia and
be neutralised as before. If more ammoniacal liquor is
produced than can be treated in this apparatus, an
additional closed vessel m is used, fitted with a perforated
bottom, below which leads a pipe n from the scrubber
outlet. The vessel is filled with ammoniacal liquor,
and heated by a steam coil o, and the gas bubbling
through it, extracts the ammonia absorbed in the liquor
and acts likewise as a carrier to convey the gas to the
scrubber inlet through the pipey. — S. H.
Improvements relating to the Treatment of Gas Carbon,
and to the Manufacture of Articles therefrom F. H.
Snyder, Jersey, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. Feb. 1, 18S7. Sd.
Gas CARBON is finely pulverised and washed, to remove
soluble salts. It is then separated into the qualities
represented by the densities of the different particles,
i either by elutriation, or, in the dry state, by an air
• blast. The product is available for most purposes
where heat-resisting qualities are advantageous — such
as safe linings, crucible linings, paint, etc., etc. The
dry material is mixed with coal tar or other suitable
cementing liquid, to facilitate the moulding. The tar is
afterwards removed bv baking. — A. K. D.
annexed drawings (Figs. 1 and 2), a represents the
scrubber, and h the pipe leading to the purifier c The
latter contains separate boxes or nentralisers d, where
III— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Li'tidines of Coal Tar. G. Lunge and J; Rosenberg.
- - Eer. 20, 1^7— 137.
The sulphuric acid, after being used for purifying tar oils,
contains a considerable amount of bases and sul-
phonic acids of hydrocarbons. It was diluted
with three or four times the volume of water,
left for several days and filtered. The filtrate
was evaporated, saturated with sodium hydrate,
and the resultant dark oil separated, and distilled with
steam. The oilv distillate was then dried over caustic
potash. Twenty litres of sulphuric acid gave SOOgrms.
D2
36G
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Mny si. 1887.
of purified bases. The latter were then Bubje.
fractional distillation. Tie fraction boiling between
111 — 144 yielded by precipitation with mercuric
chloride (Ladenburg and Roth's method, this Journal,
I ■ lutidine rcurio-chloride, from which the pure
base was separated by treatment with potassium
hydroxide and distillation with steam. The fraction
- at 153—156 gave by precipitation with mercuric
chloride and isolation of the base a colourless liquid
boilingatl56 -157°, which was found to be a y-lutidine.
1 hi- was oxidised with potassium permanganate, a-luti-
dinic acid being obtained. This acid, although identical
with Ladenburg's and Roth's lutidinic acid, differs in
physical properties. It forms colourless microscopic
crystals melting at 223°, and gives a 1.1 l-red coloura-
tion with ferrous sulphate, whilst the acid isolated
from animal oil crystallised in lustrons scales melting at
235, and yielding a reddish-yellow colour with ferrous
salts. \\ li<-!i the fraction boiling at 156—170 was
oxidised with potassium permanganate, a-Iutidinic and
isocinchomeronic acids were obtained. The formation
nt the latter acid points to the presence of a-.i lutidine
in the mixed bases. — D. B.
Ortho- and Parathlorodimethylaniline. T. Heidlberg.
Ber. 20, 149—151.
OrthochlorodimetAylanilme—C6BtCl.¥l(CB | .isobtained
by heating the hydrobromide of orthochloraniline with
rather more than two molecules of methyl alcohol in
sealed tubes at 14.".. It forms a colourless liquid base
boiling at 206°— 207 . The hydrochloride crystallises
in white hygroscopic needles. The platino chloride
forms lustrous yellow prisms. The nitroso-compound
crystallises from alcohol in yellow needles which are
readily decomposed. It is a very feeble base.
-'';' ■• was prepared according to
Sandmeyer's method by sustituting chlorine for the |
amnio group in paramidodimethylanilina It crystal-
lises in large, lustrous, flat needles soluble in alcohol,
benzene and ether, and insoluble in water. It melts at
and boils at 230 -231°. The hydrochloride forms
a difficultly crystallisahle syrupy mass; the platino
chloride [<ML<'1.N,( •ll:1jH'l'ti-ii; crystallises in gold
coloured prisms and the nitroso compound forms splendid
orange yellow needles melting at 56°. It is soluble in
alcohol, ether, benzene and petroleum spirit.— D. B.
Constitution oj Pyrene. E. Bamberger and M. Philip.
Ber. 20, 3(15-371.
Tiik formation of naphthaleneletracarboxylic acid by
the oxidation of pyrenic acid Bhows that the latter has
the constitution (II I II I > 1 1 . .. The fact
thai the two pairs of carboxyl groups in naphthalenetetra-
carboxylic a.i.l have the ortho position points to pyrenic
acid having the constitutional formula —
(II
CO< >(': II. COOB
(II
[CtH,:CO 1:1' and COOH:COOH=4:4']. The
constitution of pyrene is represented by a combination of a
naphthalene nucleus with two benzene nuclei thu- :
CO CO
CII-£\ CB CH/\CH
CO Pyrencketone.
Pyrenequinone.
The constitutional formulae of pyreneqninone and
pyrencketone are respectively as above given. — D. B.
195-
C.
198.
Action of Sulphurous Anhvdridt on Bt
Colby and C s. Ml.oughlin. Ber. 20, 19£
<>Nheatin_ramixtureof benzeneflOOgrms. (and aluminium
chloride (35grms.) on a water bath, and introducing
sulphurous anhydride until absorption of the latter is
eomplel IsulphoxideC H.SO.C H, is obtained,
which crystallise- Iron, xylene in small trans
yellow crystals melting at 70—71°, belonging to the
triclmic system. It is readily soluble in alcohol, ether,
glacial a.vti.- acid and benzene, sparingly soluble in cold
petroleum spirit. When oxidised with' potassium per-
nate diphenylsulphone is obtained. It forms
crystalline lamina-, melting at 128". When reduced
with sodium, diphenvlsulphide melting at 272 is ob-
tained. Diphenylsulphoxide may also be prepared by the
action of thionylchlonde on benzene in the presence of
aluminium chloride. When equivalent quant;
diphenylsulphoxide and sodium nitrate are dissolved in
concentrated sulphuric acid, and the two solutions mixed
and heated at 100 for two hours, a product is obtained
which can be fractionated by crystallisation into the
following nitro compounds :—(l] Yellow crystals spar-
ingly soluble in alcohol, readily soluble in glacial acetic
acid, melting at 163" apparently identical with (bricke's
dinitro-ulphobenzi.le [Annalen, 100, 211 . (2) Yellow,
indistinct microscopic crystals melting at 1 10 , soluble in
cold alcohol, readily soluble in ether, benzene, glacial
acetic acid, and carbon bisulphide. This was found
t.. be the dinitro compound of diphenylsulphoxide
i II . N' > ,),SO. (3) An oil not vet further investigated.
— D. II.
N ' . '■' Cltemistry of Coal-tar Constituents. K. K.
Schulze, Ber. 20. 409—414.
Neutral Oils boiling at 170— '210 .—This fraction consists
of about 50 per cent, of resinitiable oils, 15 per cent, of
trimethyl-benzenes, 15 — 20 per cent, of tetrametln I-
benzenes, and 15 — 20 percent, of naphthalene.
Phenols. — The three cresols in coal-tar are present in
the following proportions ; Metacresol about 40 per
cent., ortliocresol about 35 ].er cent., and paracresol
about 25 per cent. The author finds that amongst the
hydrocarbons and phenols in coal-tar meta-compounds
predominate, thus of the xylenes the quantity of meta-
xylene i- much greater than that of otho- or para- xylene;
of the trimethyl-benzenes the 1 :.'! : 5 compound (contain-
ing ■'• meta -positions) is largely in excess of the 1:3:4 and
1:2:3 compounds [containing each 1 ineta-po-ition).
The same applies to the cresols and xyleools, tbe
quantities of meta -cresol and 1:3:5 xylenol being much
larger (ban those of ortho- or paracresol and 1:2:4
xylenol.
Pvridint Bases.— The author ha- isolated from coal t ir
pyridine Ladenburg's a-dMutidine (this Journal, 1885,
394), o-y-lutidine and Y-picoline. — D. B.
V.- TEXTILES : COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
ilisation of Woods. J. Blousek, Klein-
Cerma, Bohemia. Eng. Pat (3421, May 12, 1886. 4.1.
WOOD-WOOL is spun into yarns either by hand or
machine, after having been previously "moistened'' or
oiled.
Twined yarn is then prepared, and from the same
carpet-like fabrics, figured fabrics, laces, cords and ropes
are made. — II. -V. B.
. in the Treatment of Vegetable Textile
Materials and of Threads and Fabrics made the)
V. Mollett- Fontaine, Madeleine -les- Lille, France.
Eng. Pat 7278, May 31, 1^0. 8d.
The object oi this invention is to effect, in one single
operation, the complete bucking (debouillissagej of
vegetable materials, such as threads, etc., and so to
obtain superior white goods in one bleaching either by
means of the chlorine or by the electric process without
affecting the libre. — II. A. II.
tajsi.iteir.] the jotJBKAt of the pccietv of cBeIiical iNbrsi I.V
VIL— ACIDS, ALKALIS, AKD SALTS.
ations on a Scries of Bleaching Powder Chambi rs.
L. Jahne, Petrowitz. DingL Poiyt. J, 263, -'^7.
Thb scries of bleaching powder chambers which served
for tlic purpose of the experiments consisted of four
chambers connected with each other by pipes. The
chambers worked in such a manner that, while the first
or Btrong chamber received an excess of chlorine, the
unused portion of the gas passed into a second, third, or
even fourth chamber, meeting there fresh lime by which
to be finally absorbed. If a sample of the first chamber
showed that the powder bad attained the strength
required, the gas from the stills was passed into the
second chamber, which thus became the lirst or strong
chamber. The gas in the chamber, now disconnected
from the series, was allowed to act for some hours longer
on the lime, and then drawn by means of the chimney
draught over the fresh lime in the last chamber. Hereby
the atmosphere of the chamber was freed from chlorine ;
no nuisance was created on opening the chamber for the
purpose of packing ; and, lastly, the residual chlorine
was made available in the most rational form. A cham-
ber was finished every 12 or 14 hours according to the
quantity of lime, being a single or double charge.
1. Observations on a series of chambers, ont of which
was finished every 12 hours. (Single charge of lime.
Designation oi the chambers : A, B, C, D) : —
Monday, 0 a.m. — A was emptied, tilled, closed at noon,
and remained the fourth ol the series until 4 p.m.
Direction of gas current : 1!, C, 1», A. The gas was then
aspirated Ironi 1! to A.
b p.m. — Sample from A = 7 per cent. CI; it now be-
came tbinl chamber, (las current : C, D, A. i! was
opened and freshly charged.
12 midnight. — Sample from A = 115 per cent. CI. At
4 a. m. A became second chamber. The gas was then
aspirated from C to IS. Gas current : D, A.
Tuesday, 0 a.m. — Sample from A=12 per cent. CI.
Gas curreut : D, A, i!. C was opened and freshly
charged.
12 noon. — Sample from A = 13 '7 per cent CI. D was
disconnected at 4 p.m., and A became first chamber.
Gas current : A, B, C
6p.m. — Sample from A = 14o per cent. CI. D was
opened and freshly charged anil connected as fourth
chamber at 'J p.m. Gas current -. A, B, C, D.
12 midnight. — Sample from A = 35 per cent. CI. A
remained hist chamber until 4 a.m., when it was dis-
connected and freed from gas.
Wednesday, b a.m. — A was opened and packed. A
careful average sample showed the bleaching powder to
contain 355 per cent. CI.
These experiments show that the residual chlorine in
a finished chamber may cause the formation of bleaching
powder, containing 7 per cent, available chlorine in 'he
last chamber. Uhe powder in the second and third
chambers increases in strength only to a moderate
degree, until it receives the gas directly from the still,
' when it comes up to strength rather quickly.
•-'. Observations on a series of chambers, one of which
was finished every 24 hours. (Double charge of lime.
The gas from the stills acted on each first chamber from
midnight until the following midnight) : —
Monday, s a.m.— Gas current : C, D, A. B finished.
Sample from surface of C = 30'S per cent. CI; from
bottom of D=S per cent. CI ; from surface of A -=11 per
cent. CI. Average sample of B = 37'5 per cent. CI. At
8 a.m. C had been lirst chamber for 8 hours. The gas
from B was aspirated to A from 4 to 7 a.m., whereby the
lime in A rose to 11 per cent, available CI.
Tuesday, S a.m.— Gas current : D, A, B ; C finished.
Sample from bottom of D=22~2 per cent. CI ; from sur-
face of A = 15 per cent. CI; from surface of B— "> per
cent. CI. Average sample of C=38'45 per cent. CI.
Wednesday, 8 a.m.— Gas current : A, B, C ; D finished.
Sample from surface of A =343 per cent. CI; from
surface of B = 07 per cent. CI ; from surfaced C = ll per
cent. CI. Average sample of D=39'4 per cent. Cl.
Thursday, s a.m. — Gas current ; B, C, D ; A finished.
Sample from surface of B=32-4 per cent. Cl ; from sur-
face of C=16 per cent. Cl ; from surface of D = 4 per
cent. Cl- Average sample from A = 3G 9 per cent. Cl.
A rose in I aays thus .... 11. .... 15 .... 31-3 ... &
B , :, .. 6-7 .... :.-"t ... 131
<: ,, , 11 .... 1U .... 1381 (Cl
A statement is sometimes found in text-books that
bleaching powder loses bleaching i hlorine if the powder
be Heated with a very large excess of chlorine. This
could not he couhrmed'on the laige scale.— S. H.
On llo Action of Sulphur on Ammonia and on Certain
Metallic l:,, , s ,i, ll,, presenn of Water. J. B.
S( nderens. Compt lien. I. 114, oS.
BrUNMER's statement that sulphur is unacted on by
aqueous ammonia below 7~> C. is erroneous. Such a
mixture, allowed to stand at the normal temperature,
became yellow in colour in the course of three weeks,
and red in a year, and was then found to contain am-
monium polysulphides and hyposulphite (thiosulphate),
which are, according to Fluckiger, the usual products
of the reaction, when effected in a sealed tube at
100° C. Sulphur is deposited from the solution on
exposure to air. Precisely similar reactions, whether
boiling or in the cold, result from the addition of
sulphur to aqueous solutions of the alkali-earth ba-es.
It is usually accepted that in the presence of water,
sulphur is" also without action on other metallic
oxidis, unless the oxide thus becomes reduced and
sulphuric acid is formed. The author finds, however,
that lead, silver, mercuric and cupric oxides, and
red-lead under these conditions, in a sealed tube at
100° C, give sulphides and sulphates thus— 4PbO + 4S
= 3PbST PbS04. Ferric oxide is but slightly, and zinc
oxide not at all, decomposed. Frem thernio-chtniical ob-
sen ations, it would seem that an insoluble base is thus
decomposed by sulphur in presence of water at ICO if
its heat of formation be relatively low ; the decomposi-
tion requires a long contact, especially in the case of
absolutely insoluble oxides, when it is important to lirst
triturate the sulphur well with the oxide and a little
water.— W. G. M.
On the Decomposition of Sotliinn Chloride by Phosphoric
Acid. L. Blum. Publ. de l'lnst. B. G. D. de Luxem-
bourg, 1886, 177.
FnoM the author's experiments it is sctn that scdium
chloride may be decomposed by phosphoric acid in time
ways. With the right proportions of the substances,
the' following reactiens are possible :—
4NaCl+2HaP04=N84Pa07+4HCl+HsO.
2NaCl+2H,POi=2NaPO,+2HCl+2H20.
(in evaporating a solution of sodium chloride with an
excess of tribasic phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid
vapour escapes, increasing in quantity as the solution
becomes concentrated. From this it would appear that
sodium orthophosphate is formed at the outset, since
orthophosphonc acid onlv passes into pyrophosphonc
acid between 200° and 300' C— W. G. M.
menU in Treating Hydrochloric Acid fc obtain
.„.. using th, saidChlorim in the Manufacture of
Bleaching Powder, and in J/,/„te„ti>s employed. J.
Hargreaves, T. Bobinson, and,). Hargreaves, \\ idnes.
Eng. Pat 5b73, April '27, issti. 6d.
Hydrochloric acid gas, whilst hut, is mixed with a
small quantity of copper chloride vapour, and passed
through the decomposer of the Deacon apparatus, by
which means the rate of decomposition is ii
The chlorine formed is passed into a bleaching powder
chamber of special construction, ><> a- to pi. dui e bleach-
ing powder. Owing to a large amount of inert gases
accompanying the chloiine, the chamber employed for
the absorption of the gas by the lime contains a number
of ^behes. The weak chlorine enters at a distance of
several shelves from the bottom, whereas strong chlorine,
to le obtained as dtsuiUd fuither od, is introduced
3CB
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Maj :u. I68T.
over tho bottom shelf, and the weak bleaching powder
formed on the top shelve- i- constantly stirred and ex-
posed to Btrong chlorine gas until bleaching powder of
high strength is obtained. The Btrong bleaching powder
is t hen made to fall, bj means of Bcrapers, into an air-
tight box, from which it is conveyed direct!) by mechani-
cal means into casks, where it is automatically pressed.
Strong chlorine, to be used as previously described, i-
obtained by absorbing a separate portion of the dilute
chlorine in milk of lime, and decomposing the solution
of calcium hypochlorite thns obtained with hydrochloric
acid in Btoneware Btills. Any copper chloride \ olatilised
from the Deacon decomposer is condensed along with the
hydrochloric acid in tho we( purifier, and will therefore
be found dissolved in tbe liquor of the stills, from which
it may be precipitated and recovered. — S. II.
Improvements in Treating Pyrites and in Apparatus
employed therein. Jas. Hargreaves and T. liobinson,
Famwortb •. and Jno. Hargreaves, Widnes. Eng.
Pat. 56S1, April 27, 1886. 6d.
This specification describes in full detail the arrange
nient of pyrites burners, regenerators and condensers,
and the modifications of them recommended to suit
various practical requirements, which constitute the
twenty-two claims of the patentees. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Sulphates of Sodet
and Potassa,and in Apparatus therefor. J. Hargreaves,
T. Kobinson, and J. Hargreaves, Widnes. Eng. Pat
5682, April 27, 1SSG. Sd.
The invention relates to improvements iu apparatus
used in the Hargreaves' process. As a means of econo-
mising fuel, and to avoid leakage of air and products of
combustion into the cylinders, and for increasing the
rate of decomposition of sodium or potassium chloride
by Bulphurous acid, the latter is maintained in the
cylinders under pressure. If there be no objection to
tlie presence of a small quantity of iron in the resulting
sulphate, as is the case when the sulphate is to be used
for the manufacture of sodium hydrate or carbonate,
the salt before entering the drying oven is moistened
with the waste liquor running away from copper ex-
tracting works. 1 lie rapidity of the decomposition is
augmented by the small quantity of iron present. To
avoid the escape of noxious gases into the atmosphere
when a cylinder recently finished is to be opened, such
a cylinder is connected with another one tilled with
fresh salt, and after the doors at the bottom of the '
newly charged cylinders are closed, the lid from the
bottom discharging door of the finished cylinder is
withdrawn, whereby the m .\ious gases from the finished
cylinder pass to the bottom of that newly charged,
where they are absorbed, at the same time heating the '
salt. As a means for internally heating the cylinders
by means of tire, an arrangement of Hues and heating
chambers with an iron pipe or brick Hue in front of two
rows of cylinders is used. Every succeeding erection of
cylinder apparatus demonstrates tin- economy in still
further increasing the diameter of the cylinder.-. This,
however, increases the difficulty of adequately suppos-
ing the cover of tlic cylinder, which i- very heavy. It
is now recommended to Bupport the- cover from the
interior, by at least four columns, l laced in such a pi -i-
tion that the pillars stand beneath the joints, ami the
pillar.- themselves rest upon a part of' the cylinder
bottom, which rests immediately upon solid masonry.
The pillar- are made hollow and long enough to pass
through the cover to the working floor on the top of the
cylinder, so as to render visible tie- temperature of each
pait id the cylinder. The increased height and diameter
ot the cylinders also necessitate an arrangement to avoid
an excessive pressure on the- lower portion of the -alt in
the cylinders. They are therefore divided in several
compartments bj two or more grids, a working door
being fitted opposite to each grid.— S. II.
Improvements in Apparatus for effecting tin Absorption
,,t Gases by Liquids. F. X. Mackay, London. Eng.
l'at. 6282, May 10. 1886. 8d.
In refrigerating machines made upon the ammonia
absorption plan, weak ammoniacal liquor is produced.
The patentee deals with this by distillation in a still
heated by an internal -tram roil. An improved form of
absorber is described consisting of a series of pipes
cooleel on the exterior by water: the ends arc connected
by bend pipe- so that several are joined in series. The
Weak liquor fills the interior of the pipe, and the
ammonia vapour i- passed in through a perforated
annular pipe ; the excess gas in the first absorption tube
i- passed into the next by a bend communicating with
another annular perforated pipe and so on; strong
ammonia liquor Hows off from the last of the series.
— C. C. H.
Impri in the Manufacture of Bichromate of
Potash. W. Simon, Baltimore. Eng. Tat. G4i;:s,
May 13, 1SSG. 4,1.
SODIUM eliminate is converted into bichromate by the
addition of a mineral acid, and to the solution of
bichromate thus obtained, potassium chloride is added,
when the decomposition takes place according to the
following equation : — NaX'r,0: and 2KC1 =K,Cr,0,
and 2NaCL Potassium bichromate crystallises out on
cooling, and whilst sodium chloride is removed by salt-
ing out, the mother liquor yields another crop of
potassium bichromate crystals.— S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Sulphurous Acid
and other Sulphur Compounds, and in Apparatus
employed in such Manufacture. J. M. Walton,
Glossop. Eng. Pat 16,491, Dec. 16, 1886. Sd.
The object of this invention is the manufacture of sul-
phites, etc., by a continuous process. The apparatus
employed consists of a series of closed vats arranged in
gradations, so that the water or alkaline solution to be
impregnated with sulphurous acid descends continuously
from one vat to the other, whilst the gas being admitted
to the bottom of the lowest vat ascends continuously in
the opposite direction. For this purpose the vats are
connected by pipes for the How of the liquor, and by
another set of pipes for the passage of the gas. Each vat
is also litted with a mechanical agitator. — S. H.
Improvements in Apparatus used in the Manufacture of
tonia Soda. T. Capper, Northwich. From Dr.
S. Pick. Szczakowa, Gaficia, Eng. Pat. 438S, March
29, 1SSG. Sd.
The invention relates to an apparatus for the continuous
saturation of ammoniacal brine with carbonic acid
(Figs. 1 and 2), and to a column for distilling ammoniacal
liquor, having a mechanical agitator, and divided into
two parts, in one of which ammonium carbonate is
driven oil, and in tbe other fixed ammonium salts are
decomposed by milk of lime (Fig. 3). The vessels of
the saturation apparatus (Figs. 1 and 2) are filled with
ammoniacal brine, and the carbonic acid is forced in
through the pipe 1',. The vessels arc SO arranged that
the gas passes fn in one to another in such a manner
that the fresh carbonic acid comes in contact with the
mo-t saturated liquor, and the mest exhausted gas
passes into the fresh ammoniacal brine. Three-,
are always working in one series, the fourth is filling
with brine, and the huh is emptied. For a better distri-
bution of the grs, several perforated shelves D (Fip. 2)
are lixed in the saturators. the hobs being of a conical
shape, in order to allow the bicarbonate to fall. .After
the saturation, the liquor is introduced into the pipe C
of the distilling column A (Fig. :i> for the recovery of tl e
ammonia. it drops from on,- section t,, th,. other,
falling upon rounded plates II. ami, being dispersed by
them, comes in intimate contact with ammonia ami
-Irani, proceeding upwards from P. In this manner the
volatile ammonia compounds are driven ell. The liquor
May 31,1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
369
V
^
Ft G.J.
=Hf
^
*fc
THE .idi 1..VW. OF Tin: SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. ItoysusW.
thru descends into the top section of I!, where it is
I with tin! which i- forced in tit D and
mixed with the liquor by the agitator K. fasteni d on the
vertical shaft I.. On this shaft there i-, in each section,
a fixed cap M, whi.h covers the pipe N carrying the
steam from tin- lower seel The steam i> tint- com-
pelled to pass through the liquor. Overflow ]. I
convey the liquor to the lower sections. The steam
enters through K. whereas the waste liquor runs away
through the pipe ' ■. S. H.
Pure Sulphuric Acid and Strong
Sulph ous Operation. A.M.
Hark, |. ],,„. From .1. Herreshoff, II. Xichol- and
G. ttichols, Brooklyn. Eng. Pat 1998,] eb.8, 1887. 6d.
SULPHURIC acid is first concentrated up to 86 per cent.
S04Hj in a suitable concentrator. The acid is then
conveyed into another vessel, win re it is compelled to
flow in a zig-zag course, being meanwhile exposed to
heat to such an extent as to be further concentrated to
about 95 pci .-.■iit. to 96 per cent, mi, II,. Thence it
flows into a third vessel of similar construction, which
is heated hi-h enough to drive oil' one half to two-thirds
of the acid as a vapour, which is collected in a condenser,
wlere it will he found to he sulphuric acid of 93*5
per cent. SOtHa (66 B.) and of -rent purity. The
remaining portion contains about US per cent. S(>,H,.
-S. li.
Erratom.— April number, p. 292. 10th and 11th lines from bot
tomof lstcolumn./cW'Threeof these machines . . . length,"
read "One of these machines is sufficient for a chamber of
100ft. in length provided with three lute holes, as shown in
Till.— GLASS. POTTERY, ASD EARTHENWARE.
Annealing Glass or Arti les
from. ,1. li. Watson, Glasgow
Eng. Pat. 15,099, Nov. 20, 1886. 4d.
Tin. glass while in its plastic state is placed in moulds
and deposited in a tank of boiling talhnv, which is kept
in it- boiling state for a length ot time depending upon
the thickness ot the glass t,. be annealed. Afterwards,
before removing the glass, the tallow is allowed to cool
slowly. — 11. I.
IX.-
-BULLLD'G MATERIALS, CLAYS. MORTARS.
AND CEMENTS.
Sui A Zuckerind. 12 IS.
Hi t;/i i : i' ha- experimented with this mixture, recently
reported to !„■ so successful in India, on the new- build-
ings of the Berlin Natural History Museum. Toevery
100 parts of a thick paste consisting of l of lime to 3 of
sand, he added 2 parts of solid sugar (free from invert
sugar) and, without further addition of water, used tin'
mixture to plaster a wall. On the following day the
plaster had bardem d npletely, a- also ■. irtarmade
in a similar manner, and used in the building of a brick
pillar. This mortar, which musl be freshly made and
withoul too iter, is very binding
and, as far as may be judged altera two months' trial
1 nises to be very durable. Good molasses gave a
result apparently equal to the solid BUgar. W. G. M.
]„>)■ n the Manufacl ,■ Plaster
C. J. II. .we, London. Eng. Pat 5843, April 29, 18
Gypsum or anhydrite, suitably broken, is boiled under
pressure with an alkaline silicate, aluminate or borate
or of borax, or of borax and cream of tartar, or of sul-
phate of zinc ..r iron, or of barium hydrate or lime-
water, or a combination of th ingredients. The fluid
is fben withdrawn, and ii i B current of carbonic
acid gas is first blown through the ma- ,,f gypsum and
next a blast of heated air or jet of superheated Bt'eam
The material i- now calcined and reduce, 1 to powder'
The method of manufacture may be modified in various
ways.- ■ K. (.. C.
Impn ■ il,. Sfanvfacturt i ( A. .1.
lJoult, London, From A. Grassel and A. C. Mallat,
Paris. I i.e. Pat 5975, Maj 3, 1886. 4,1.
A powder, consisting of 8 per cent, of zinc oxide, 10
percent, of minium. ,"i per cent, of yellow ochre, and
5 per cent, of plumbago, is mixed with a liquid consist-
ing of f'.i percent of chloride of zinc, and I per cent.
of percbloride of iron solution. The result is a cement
which sets in about 30 seconds, adheres Btrongly to
w I, glass, or metal, and is impermeable to water.
— E. G. C.
X.— METALLURGY, Etc,
On the I' d Electrol attnent of
Zinc-scum. II. Rosing. Zeits fur Berg. Iliitten. u.
Salinenwi sen, Ism;, and Dingl. Polyt. J. 263, s7— 94.
In the desilvering of lead by means of zinc, a zinc-
scum is obtained, from which part id' the lead is first
removed by cupellation. The concentrated scum, which
varies in different works from \h to 10 per cent, of the
lead worked, generally contains from s to 25 percent,
of zinc, 45 to 00 percent, of lead, and 7> to 2'5 percent, of
silver. The oldest method of treatment, and that gener-
ally employed, consists in distilling oil the zinc at a high
temperature. This operation is performed in tilt or fixed
furnaces, the latter being in the form of muffle, crucible,
or tube furnaces, heated by coke or gas. The tube fur-
naces are nearly always heated by gas The zinc is con-
densed in suitable receivers, and either used again for
desilvering fre>li quantities of lead, or converted into
oxide by allowing it to burn in the air as it issues from
the furnace. The lead containing 1 to 4 per cent, of
silver is then run out. The fuel employed varies from
40 to 170 per cent, of the charge, according to the form of
furnace used. The cost of working (wages, fuel, etc)
with a gas furnace amounts to about £1300 per 1000 tons
of material. The distillation method is preferable to
Flach'sproi . I'ulyt. J. 225.07), and to Schnabel's
steam and ammonia method [Dingl. Polyt. J. 240. 140).
The electrolytic piocess appears to be the most
suitable of all the methods at present known. In this
process the zinc-scum is spread out in powder upon a
lead plate lying at the bottom of a wooden vat contain-
ing a solution of zinc sulphate. On passing an electric
current through the fluid, the lead plate forming the
anode, zinc is deposited from the. solution upon the
cathode, whilstacorrespondingquantityof zincis dissolved
up from the zinc-scum. The action -tops when the sur-
face of the particles has become free from zinc. The
mass is tin n heated in a cupellation furnace, and again
electrolysed, the operations being repeated alternately
until the zinc and lead have both been removed.
— A. G. G.
i in the Behaviour of Pig-iron when heated in H ■ ■
Charcoal. , A. Ledebur. Stahl u. Eisen, 1SS0, 777.
In earlier experi nts conducted by the author on this
subject (this Journal, Ism:, 493), the samples of pig-iron
employed contained but little manganese and pho-phorus,
and w ere comparatively rich in silicon ; he has, therefore,
made experiment- with low silicon metals, with varying
amounts of the other elements. Nine test pieces of
various kinds were packed separately, amidst small
fragment- of charcoal, in a pot -neb as is used for making
malleable castings; tiny were then heated to about
1000 ('. for lcs hour.-. On examining the samples, it was
found that in all malleable irons the percentage of carbon
had increased : thus in —
Fibrous wrought-iron from 010to0?8pcr c<
.. 0*11 to " -!'■
steel ,. oiotoO'65
Similarly in a manganiferous (2-75 per cent . Mn] cast iron
for the Thomas process the carbon had increased from
2 63 to 3'27 per cent., whilst in a refined Lowmoor iron,
with but a trace of manganese, it was constant at 3 .1 pel
cent. : in all the other specimens there WS8 actually a
diminution in the amount of carbon. Thus, although
confirmatory of previous experiments, no further light i-
Moy 3i. lfs-.l THE JOUPNAL OF THE FCCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
::i
thrown on the cause of the decrease noted with so many varying from yellowish to brownish red by diffused
samples of cast-iron. The silicon and phosphorus per
cenlages alike remain unchanged. With the alteration
in composition was a corresponding change in the
appearance and in the physical properties ; all specimens
with less than 1 per cent, of manganese having b me
granular, soft and comparatively tough, whilst tlie man-
ganese Thomas cast-iron, above alluded to, remained
unaltered in fracture and in brittleness. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Smelting and Refining of Gold,
Silver, Copper, Zinc, Lead and Tin Ores, and in
Furnaces therefor. .1. M. Bennett, Buchill, Lanark,
N.B. Eng. Pat. C300, May 10, 18S6. 8d.
A ri iiii.A, with closed bell and hopper top, has tin eres
for tbe admission of air and steam throughout its height;
in front at tbe bottom is a closed receiving chamber,
provided with Blag and tap-boles, and communicating
with the cupola ; and on either side of tbe base is an open
hearth furnace of suitable size and shape, bo arranged
that the gases, which pass downwards from tbe cupola,
are utilised as a source of heat, tbe whole products being
finally passed from the tines through some form of con-
denser or dnst collecting apparatus. The metal which
has accnmulatid in the receiver may, if desirable, be
there subjected to the action of an oxidising blast ; it is
then tapped, and ladled into one of the reverberating
furnaces, which*, in dealing with gold and silver ores,
wonld be constructed as a bone-ash refining furnace,
with copper ore as a copper refinery, or with other metals
according to their requirements. — \Y. G. M.
Improvements in the Manufacture or Production of
Metallic Alloys. T. Slater, London. Eng. Pat. 6550,
.May 15, 1886. Cd.
A MIXTURE of 55 per cent, of chromium oxide, 33 of ferric
oxide, IS of alumina, and smaller proportions of borax,
calcined aluminium sulphate, silica, manganic oxide, and
magnesium carbonate, are to be added in the form of
powder to metals or alloys. The powder is to be added
very gradually, and with constant stirring, with tbe
object of hardening and increasing the tensile strength of
the metal.— W. G. M.
Improvements relating to Amalgamating Apparatus for
Separating Metals from their ores. II. Jl. Lake, Lon-
don. From Yv". White, New York, U.S.A. Bug. Pat.
463, Jan. 11, 1S87. 6d.
A sii v. LLOW circular pan, with inwardly re-curved edge, is
rotated by suitable mechanism from beneath. Within
the pan, and shaped conformably, is a stationary disc,
having concentric but broken ridges on its lower side,
which at all points are nearly in contact with the bottom
of the pan, the alternate rings being broken in different
positions. Mercury is poured between the pan and the
di u, ore is fed in through a central hopper in tbe latter,
when, by the centrifugal action of the former, it is forced
towards the circumference, and, by the aid of tbe broken
ridges, takes a zig-zag course, always in contact with
the mercury, and finally overflows from the curved edge.
The amalgam may be drawn off through a cock beneath.
— W. G. M.
XL- FATS, OILS, AKL SOAP MMUJACTUEE.
Vaselin. C. Engler and M. Boehm. Dingl. Polyt J.
262, 4GS-475 and 524—530.
VASELIN is the substance extracted from petroleum
residues, whilst the mixture of heavy mineral oil
(paraffinium Uguidum) with ceresio (paraffinium soli-
diimj is called "artificial vaselin" by the authors.
For the preparation of vaselin two kinds of Galiciarj
petroleum oil were employed. Both oils were highly
dichroic, bad a green colour by reflected light, a colour
light, and yielded the following, when subjected to frac-
tional distillation : —
Fraction below 150°.
1SO-Z90*.
Gravity
at 15°. Per cent,
by vol.
Per cent.
by weight.
!"• r i . lit. Per cent.
by vol. , *') weight
Oil I.
Oil II.
0'S12 302
0 820 1 21-8
267
200
35'9 35' o
517 5P2
290-340*
Above ■
Ter cent. Per cent,
by vol. by weight.
Per cent,
by vol.
Per cent.
lt> weight.
Oil I
53 Go
277
311
Oil II
8-8 9-4
17-0
189
For the manufacture of vaselin from these oils, two
processes were employed. (1) The oils were distilled
until the residue assumed a butter like consistence. The
residue was then dissolved in petroleum spirit, bleached
by passage through animal charcoal filters, and the sol-
vent expelled by distillation with steam. The vaselin
thus obtained is a colourless, translucent ointment melt-
ing at 32° and exhibiting no crystalline structure.
(2) The oils were bleached and subjected to distillation
in a vacuum (column of mercury 10 — 15mm.) to 250°.
The product is colourless, translucent, free from odour
and exhibits the following properties : —
Oil I.
Oil II.
Yield.
138
13-2
Specific
Gravity.
0-S8U9
0-8785
Melting
point.
30-31"
30—31*
The composition of these vaseline is illustrated in tie
subjoined table : —
From Residues.
86-99
13-H
II.
86-67
1315
From Oil I.
86-30
13-99
IV.
86-51
13-73
86-55
13-71
From Oil II.
VI
VII.
80-11 86-17
13-50 13-72
It will be seen from these results that vaselin is composed
entirely of hydrocarbons ; moreover, the oils obtained by
subjecting the bleached petroleum to fractional distilla-
tion, were found to contain carbon and hydrogen exclu-
sively, both oxygen and sulphur being absent. The
bleaching process appears to remove all oxygenated con-
stituents, and increases tbe amount of saturated hydro
carbons, by retaining the less highly hydrogenated
hydrocarbons. Attempts were made to increase the
inciting point of vaselin by distilling part of it over in a
vacuum. It was not, however, possible to raise the
melting point more than 2 or 3 degrees, whilst on con-
tinuing the distillation, the melting point was actually
reduced, probably owing to the decomposition of the
product. By dissolving vaselin in ether ami subjecting
tbe ethereafsolution to fractional precipitation by means
of alcohol, the authors succeeded in separating vaselin
into a solid and a liquid portion. lOOgrms. of vaselin from
oil II. gave 40'Sgrnis. of solid vaselin having a sp. gr. of
0-S836' and melting at 40°, and 59-2grms. of liquid vaselin
having a sp. gr. of 0-8809 and solidifying at —10°. Both
vaselins were similarly constituted and had approxi-
mately the same boiling points. American vaselin,
melting at 32—33°, gave 14 per cent, of solid vaselin
372
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETV OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. iMnysi.im.
melting at 49 50 , and 86 per cent, of liquid vaselin.
Although artificial vaselin could be separated into solid
and liquid products, a will'' difference was observed
between the chemical and physical properties "I the com-
ponent parte. On subjecting the Bolid and liquid por-
tions of natural vaselin' in distillation, both began to boil
at lMii 245 , the Bolid yielded 66 pei cent, of distillate
at 340°, and tin- liquid 75 percent. The residue from the
solid portion was amorphous and had a melting point of
40—41 . whilst the distillate was crystalline and melted
at 36—37°. Both tie' residue and distillate of the liquid
vaselin were Quid. From the fact that tbo solid hydro-
carbons present in vaselin are amorphous and only
assume a crystalline structure when subjected to distilla-
tion, the authors conclude tbat paraffin does not, as a I
aeid than natural or artificial vaselin, whilst of tlic latter,
t be aitilicia I product absorbs the least amount of oxygen.
-i). 0.
Separation of Stearic and Oleic Acids. Dingl. Poljt. J.
263, 48 and 49.
In the ordinary method of separation from the mixture
of fatty acid-, which is obtained bv saponification of
tallow or palm-oil by means of lime, tne solid stearic acid
(so-called "stearin") is removed by passing through a
filter-press a1 the ordinary temperature. Under these
conditions a considerable quantity of stearic acid remains
dissolved in the liquid oleic acid. By moderate cooling,
a further quantity of this stearic acid can be obtained
rule, exist in crude, petroleum in a crystalline form ;
moreover, they cons'dcr the solid hydrocarbons found in
the crude oil to be chemically identical with ozokerite,
which is frequently regarded as petroleum in a dried-up
condition. It is, of course, possible that in isolated cases
uuiuuii! ii i>. >>i e'tuise, puaoiuie inai in isoiaun cases
ratlin may exist in petroleum, in a fully developed
ite. The authors are, however, of opinion, that
a rule it occurs in a transition form. The
par
state
a rule it occurs in a transition
difference between natural ami artificial vaselin is con-
siderable. Artificial vaselin is resolved into oil and
ceresin when subjected to distillation, and differs
sensibly in viscosity, as shown bj the following figures
obtained with Engler's apparatus and compared with
water as the standard : —
15' 50'
Natural American Vaselin .. 1*8 .... :t'7 ...
Artificial Vaselin ('eases i:
lo runout, to runout.
Prom a series of experiments made n ith a view tu ascer-
tain whether vaselin acquires an acid reaction by keeping,
it is inferred that laid lias a greater tendency to become
without solidification of the oleic acid. For this purpose
a revolving drum A is employed (Fig. 1), containing cold
water supplied from a cooling machine through the tube
c, and carried Ojffbv another tube. The drum dips into
the trough/, containing the liquid fatty acids, which are
carried round in a thin layer upon the surface. During
the revolution the oil .solidifies, and is scraped oil' by the
scraper I* into the reservoir F, from which it is pumped
through a l'aiinaux filter-press (Figs. - and 3). An
increased yield of 4 per cent, on the raw material is
obtained, and the oleic acid has a higher value on account
of its greater clearness. — A. G. (!.
80*
•-"1
1-5
100
it;
11
On the (hi i, fil,, Japanese Sardijie Villon. Corps. (Jras.
I ml. 1887, 178.
Tins oil, which was introduced into Europe two years
ago, but which found little a qitance mi account of its
most unpleasant smell, due tu tne crude manner of its
extraction, is considered by the author to be capable of
profitable application in dyeing, and in the stearine and
May at. las:.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
373
soap manufactures. The oil is chiefly ohtained from the
island of Yesso, and from the peninsula of Ava, near
Yokohama, and i- extracted from the fish, either by boil
in;: wiili water or by allowing them to rot in net
when the greater part of the oil Hows out, the residue
being obtained by pressure. This oil contains about 30
per cent of solid fat, and begins to run at 20—22" C. It
is refined in Yokohama by being heated for an hour at
50— 60 C. in iron boilers of 100 litres capacity, and then
run oil into w leu vessels, where it soon separates into
three layers. The upper layer is liquid and clear oil,
the middle layer *_•■ ii~i-l ~ of solid fat, and the lower is
water, with albuminous substances and portions of the i
fish. The liquid oil, when light, costs in Hamburg 40
marks per lOOkiloS., and about 37 o marks when brown.
The solid fat is re-melted, filtered and run into boxes, in
which it solidifies. This fat is yellow, and is sold in
Rotterdam as fish-stearin or fish-wax, at 43 marks per
lOOkilos. In the Indo-Chinese colonies, and especially
in Cambodia, the production of this fish fat might be
very considerable, about 400,0C0kilos. a month could
readily be exported. Experiments as to the application
of this new product would be of great value.— W. D. B.
lead and four pounds of litharge are added during the
first two hours. Three gallons ot boiled oil, three pounds
of very-linely ground plumbago, and six pounds of finely
pulverised Italian are next introduced into the
mixture. Finally, a solution of indiarnbher (one pound
of finely-cut virgin indiarubberin two pounds of benzene)
is ponied in, and the solution i- now kept boiling, with
constant stirring, for one hour, at the expiration of which
it is allowed to cool. It necessary, the varnish may be
thinned with turpentine. — E. c.. C.
Improvements in Apparatus for the Extractii n of Oils or
other Yerjetoble Juices. A. J. Boult. From E. O] pelt,
of Alois, Spain. Eng. Pat 5792, April 28, 1886. 8d.
The apparatus, of which a drawing is given, consists
essentially of a hollow cylinder, the sides of which are
formed of rings in parts, placed one above the other, and
joined by bolts, and also fixed by bolts to a bedplate.
The first'set of bolts serves also to regulate the space
between the rings for the escape of the extracted liquid,
while the second .-et serves as hinges for opening or
closing the segments of the lings. Pressure is applied
by hand, steam, hydraulic or other convenient power,
the material to be 'pressed being divided into layers by
metal discs. — W. L. C.
Toilet and Washing Soap. K. Wright. Eng. Pat. 16,
Jan. 1, 1SS7. 4d.
For. mixing borax with soap. — W. L. C.
Method for the Separation of Cholesterin Fats from Cow-
mercial Wool lots, ",,d from the Lyesof Wool-washing
Works. H. G. Langbeck and K. E. Ritsert. Eng.
Pat. 6210, May 7, 1887. 4d.
The raw wool fats are treated with boiling alcohol, con-
taining 10 per cent, of ether. Free fatty acids, free
cholesterin, isocholesterin, and volatile fatty ethers, are
dissolved, the residue being mainly true cholesterin fats.
Or, the whole raw fat may 1 e dissolved in ether, and
the cholesterin fats precipitated therefrom bv the addition
of alcohol— W. L. C.
XIL— PAI5TS, TARNISHES. AND BESOTS. ■
Improvements in the Manufacture if Oxide of Iron Pig'
nuni Colour. It. Lavender, Talvwain, Monmouth'
shire. Eng. Pat. 6370, May 11, 1SS6.
COPPERAS is spread on heated iron plates, and the water
of crystallisation thus driven off. Cast-iron trays, con-
taining the crushed material in layers of less than an inch
thick, are then introduced into retorts set in a furnace,
like gas retorts, and heated to a full rcil heat, but not
beyond. The retorts arc connected with a sulphuric acid
chamber, air ha\ing free passage through the retorts
during the operation. This is essential for the complete
removal of the sulphur, The pigment is produced in a
condition ready for use and requires no lixiviation or
other preparation. — E. G. C.
a Protective Varnish. W. Dick, Leytonstone.
Eng. Pat 2498, Feb. 17, 1887. 4d.
T\vel\ E ri'i NDS of Egyptian aspbaltnm are kept at the
boiling point for four hours ; to this, three pounds of red
XILL— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, AND SIZE.
Improvements in Tat Stuffing Leather. A. M.
Clark, London. From J. B. West, Durant, Missis-
sippi, U.S.A. Eng. Pat 13,2S3, Oct. 18, 1SM5. 6d.
This is an improvement on Peter's process for tanning
and staffing leather. 'Xhe principal differences are : —
(1) The hide is soaked in clear water, the hard flesh re-
moved by alight currying knife, and the hide againsoaked
inclear water before liming. (2) Aiterlimingand removing
the hair it is bated in water only instead of with the
addition of sulphuric acid, bran, and buttermilk. (3)
The hides are tanned in the following mixture, which is
strengthened as required during the process : S gallons
water, 31b salt, *Jb. saltpetre, 101b. gambia, and lib.
sulphuric acid. AV hen half-tanned the hides are taken
out-, beamed, and again immersed in the tan liqnor.
(4) They are soaked for 30 to 60 minutes in lye (lib.
caustic to 20 gallons water), and next in clean water for
one or two days ; after which they are sleeked and
brushed and hu'ng up to drain. (5) Boiling hot tanners'
oil (fish oil and bees wax) is poured on to the grain side
and well brushed in. Twelve hours aiterwards a boiling
hot mixture of 1 part tar, 1 part tallow and 2 parts
tanners' oil is brushed into the flesh side. By using these
mixtures hot the hide is much more thoroughly per-
meated, and rendered waterproof. — B. L. "N .
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
Composition and Formation of "Acid Soil'' in Dutch
Alluvial Districts. J. M. van Benmelen. Bied.
Centr. 15, 795—806.
Tins communication contains the results of extensive in-
vestigations on " acid soils" in various alluvial districts
in Holland. The changes occurring in clay soil under
the influence of blackish or sea-water and decaying
vegetable matter ; the migration and transformation of
the substances produced; the microscopic character of
the "acid soils;'' their chemical composition at dif-
ferent depths, and the origin of the most characteristic
I constituents ; and the effect of aeration and[drainage are
ribed more or less in detail and explained. The for-
mation of "acid soils" is observed to take place in four
stages. During the first stage the ground is covered
with reeds and saturated with water containing gypsum.
In the second stage the air is excluded from the soil,
gypsum disappears ; iron sulphide, free sulphur with
little or no iron sulphate replace it, and the soil is either
not acid at all or only slightly so : such soils, for in-
stance, are soils in a state of transition between clay and
moorland, or the soil from the lower lasers of "acid
soils.'' In the third stage the air has limited access to
the soil, and the quantity of iron sulphate has increased,
whilst pyrites and sulphur have diminished. In the
fourth stage in the aeration and drainage pyrites and
sulphur have entirely disappeared, and the soil contains
large quantities of basic iron sulphate : if, how ever, sul-
phates anu sulphuric acid gain access, even in this stage,
iron sulphide is formed from part of the sulphuric acid.
I I e layers of soil arc add when they do not contain a
.sufficient quantity of bases in combination with rar-
bonic, humie, or silicic acids ; but when they contain
these substances in sufficient quantity they are not acid,
but are rich in gypsum.— L>. A. L.
374
Till' .lolliNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTKY. Itaiy sj, Hrt.
Experiments with ('',//'• /< nt Phot) hiliSaltpt Ire
on Moorland. V. Photz-Dollingen. Bied, Centr.
15. 826 828.
The experiments were conducted on recently reclaimed
and pret iously unmanared m lai d. Eight plots were
arranged ; all received three centners of kainite per
morgen, one without oiher manure, three with the addi-
tion ol 40 pounds (German) phosphoric acid as 1 asic slag,
two with iliis amount of phosphoric acid as precipitated
calcium phosphate; of the other two one received in
addition A centner Chili saltpetre, and one a double
dressing of phosphate. As a matter of profit the slat;
was the most remunerative; from a manorial point of.
view the two forms of phosphates were of equal value,
whilst both the double dressing and the nitrate proved
superfluous Cultivated moorland which had already
yielded some crops produced last year, when manured
with four centners kainite and two centners basic slag
per morgen, 1360 pounds of wheat, 800 pounds rye, 98
centners (magnum bonntn) potatoes, 80 centners BUgar-
beet. (See also this Journal, 1886,541.) D. A. L.
aleivm Phosphate and Basic Slag. E. Jen.-cb.
Ber. 19, 3093—3097.
It is now well known that the phosphoric acid of basic
slag is present in a state differing both in appearance
and chemical behaviour from tiicalcium phosphate, and
it has been suggested it is present in the slag inthefonn
of tetracalcium phosphate. The author of tbe present
noic has attempted to synthesise this compound by
strongly igniting tricalcium phosphate with lime pre-
pared from marble, and although be has not succeeded
in reproducing a phosphate in the crystalline form
observed in basic slag, he has nevertheless effected a
chemical change. Theunignited mixture contained 0"26
per cent, of citrate soluble phosphoric acid ; after expo-
sure to the air for a quarter of a year it had absorbed
1 '20 per cent, of water of hydration, '219 per cent, of
carbonic anhydride, and the citrate soluble phosphoric
acid had increased to 0'3S. Portions of the same mix-
ture after ignition yielded 3S4 per cent, citrate soluble
phosphoric acid, and after tbe quarter year exposure to
air bad absorbed 0 '92 per cent, water of hydration, 204
per cent, carbonic anhydride, whilst the percentage of
citrate soluble phosphoric acid bad increased to 5 02 per
cent. From evidence afforded by numerous analyses of
basic slag tbe author is of opinion that after the forma-
tion of the tetracalcium phosphate there is little or no
uncotnbined lime present in the slag, it being in fact in
combination as silicate, ferrate, manganate, etc. A care-
ful inquiry into the question as to the presence of iron
phosphide in the slag leads to the conclusion that the
quantity is at any rate but small, and may possibly
amount to 1'5 per cent, of the phosphoric acid found.
It is, moreover, shown by experimental plot cultivations
of oais in garden soil and in loamy sand soil, that under
the influence of tbe chemical agencies of the soil plant-
roots and Chili saltpetre iron phosphate is decomposed
and rendered soluble within three months. — 1>. A. L.
Expi >n Iron Sulphati asa Mamm during !
A. B. Griffiths. Jour. Chem. Soc. iss;, 215—224.
TllK experimental plots were in all cases an acre each
in ana. The plot of grass grown with farmyard manure
only yielded 34961b. baj : a similar plot wiih Scwt
tenons sulphate in addition yielded 69621b. The latter
bay (dried) contained mil percent, albuminoids, and
48*29 per cent soluble carbohydrates; the former 9*68
}>er cent, albuminoids, and 46 24 per cent, carbo-
lydrates ; the ash of tbe untreated bay contained i 22
per cent Fe,03 and .". :;i; pel nut. r ii . of the hay
eiving iron sulphate 4 40 per cent. I'e u and 7'67
ent P) Og.
Two plots ,,t mangel wur/el were grown with 10 tins
farmyard manure, and top dressed with a mixture of
kainite, nitrate of soda, BU| erphos] bale, and salt tine
ot them received in addition }cwt. ferrous sulphate.
The latter yielded 97,6821b, roots, and the termer
lb., a difference in favour of the iron sulphate of
six tins per acre. The roots grown with this salt con-
tained 2 '89 per cent, albuminoids, and 11-21 percent
soluble carbohyrates ; the ash of the ts I 25 per cent
Irii ( and 12-24 percent I'.n. ; and the ash of the
leaves 5*42 pei cent. !■■ ii . The roots grown without
tenons sulphate contained 1 Wiper cent albuminoids,
and 9 32 i" r cent, soluble carbohj drati a ; the n ol ashes
2*42 per cent. IV u, and 9'96 per cent. I'.n, : and tbe
leal ashes :> "29 per c< nt. Fe»( ' ..
The jib it of be. in- grown with farmyard manure only,
yielded 47261b. dry rrop ; that with Vut. ferrous sul-
phate in addition, 59291b. dry— 50 bushels of beans
against 30 bushels. The beans and straw grown with
iron sulphate showed also a slight superiority in albu-
menoids and soluble carbohydrates. The ash of the
beans from iron sulphate contained 4'824 per cent.
1 e 0 . and tOlio per cent. Pa05 ; the ash of those grow n
without iron sulphate contained 1099 per cent, iv 0 ,
and 37424 percent. I'. _.< > -.. These results obtained \\ itb
beans in 1886 are exactly similar to those obtained in
1883 and 1884.
Tried on palms and indiarubber trees In the house,
ferrous sulphate also showed good results ; the ashes of
the leaves of these plants also contained more l'e . < I than
those untreated with FeS04.
Half a cwt. of ferrous sulphate tried against 2cwt.
kainite on potatoes which wen- grown with farmyard
manure gave nine tons tubers against six tons with the
kainite; the same, excess in albuminoids, Boluble
carbohydrates, ferric oxide, and phosphoric acid wcie
noticed in this case as in the eitheis.
All the experiments which have been made with iron
sulphate appear to show that it increases the quantity of
chlorophyl formed in the leaves, and in this way aug-
ments the assimilating power of the plant. It lias also
antiseptic and antifungoid properties, and the potatoes
grown with it were quite free from disease, whereas
those grown with the kaiuite showed signs of disease.
—J. M. H. M.
XY.-SUGAR, GUMS, STAECHES, Etc.
littffi nose. Haedicke and Tollens. Ztschr. f. Zukerind.
37, 17.
The authors have investigated the products formed by
tbe inversion of rallinose. On treating 40grms of
ratiinose with 400cc. of water and 25cC. of sulphuric
acid of 1*156 sp. gr., and heating on a water hath for '■'•'_
hours, the rotatorypower was reduced from [a]I>- I04'5C
to [o]D-=+21'460. The solution was then neutralised
and evaporated to a syrupy consistency. On cooling
galactose crystallised out. Its rotatory power was found
to be [o.TD=+80'33° to +S0-71U. It is bi rotatory, re-
duces Hiding's solution, and on oxidation with con-
centrated nitric acid yields 74—78 per cent of mucic
acid, tin treating 60grms of rafnnose with 540cc.
water aid 36CC. of sulphuric acid, i.e., inverting the
rallinose more slightly, the mixture yields levulose when
heated for one hour at SO'- On reducing the inverted
syrups with sodium amalgam, a mixture of equal parts
of mannite and dnlcite i- obtained melting at 100°.
-D. 1!.
Levulinic Acid. Block and Tollens. Ztschr. f.
Zuckerind. 37. '27.
WHEN this acid is saturated with baryta, and the mix-
ture kept at n si for a few months, the barium salt cry-
stallises out in the form of line needles having the
composition if 11 't ,Ba -'II ii. It is a cob
salt readily soluble in water. The sit .
compound may be obtained in a similar manner. It
forms brilliant prismatic crystals, which arc readily
soluble in water. Attempts to obtain a erystallisable
magnesium salt have hitherto been unsuccessful. I '. B.
LrythroL A. Colson. Compt land. 104, 113.
If eiythrol has the constitution CB, (OH). CH(OH).
CH(OH).< II. i 'II) it should yield erythric and tartaiic
May 81, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
37S
acid.- by oxidation. Hitherto it has not been possible to
obtain satisfactory result- in this direction :— When
erythrol i- treated with phosphorus bromide, a bromide
('J II, lir; is obtained which melts at 1 12° and is identical
with llie crntonylene tetrabromide prepared by Hen-
Dinger. If heated with bromine in sealed tubes at 175*
a mixture of a solid and a liquid product is obtained.
Both are isomeric, and have the composition ( ' , II ,Br, .
The solid crystallises in needles, which melt at 167
11)9° and dissolve readily in chloroform, but are only
sparingly soluble in alcohol and ether. The liquid forms
an oil, which dissolves readily in ether and chloroform, ,
but is only slightly soluble in alcohol. On heating the
liquid product with dilute potash in sealed tubes it
yields a potassium .-alt, which is free from bromine, only
slightly soluble in water and in some respects resembles
potassium hydrogen tartrate. It doe- not, however, give
precipitates with salts of silver or calcium, has no action
on polarised light, but yields an insoluble lead salt.
This compound is in all probability the potassium salt
of crvthiic arid. It would seem, therefore, that the
liquid is the liii-yinmetrical CBr .< !HBr.CHBr.CH9Br.,
whilst the -olid bromide has the constitution represented
by the formula CHBr,.CHBr.CHBr.CHBr,. The in-
vestigation is -till being pursued. — 1). B.
A Process for Revivifying Spent Charcoal, M. P. W.
Boulton, B. E. R. New-lands and Edward Perrett,
London. Eng. Pat 15,897, Dec. 24, 18S5. 3d.
Fob the purpose of revivifying spent charcoal which has
been used for the purification of sugar or other liquors,
the inventors use two vessels, the one containing refractory
materials previously heated by tire, the other the char-
coal which is to lie operated upon. (Jas, steam or some
other elastic fluid is caused to pass first through the hot
vessel and then through the charcoal, which is made to
descend gradually through the second vessel in a direc-
tion opposite to that taken by the steam. The apparatus
is fully described and illustiated in the specification,
and details of the method of working are also given.
-A. J. K.
A -V " <•/• Improved Diattasic Saccharine Substam
Method oj Manufacturing the Same. L. Cuisinier,
Brussels.' Tug. Pat 1820, Feb. S, 1SS6. 6d.
Till: author claims the discovery of a new diastasic sub-
stance, which lie calls "Cerealose." It has a more
sugary flavour than the solid maltose of Dubrunfaut. and
is more easily manufactured. If maize he simply steeped
in cold water for two or three days a special kind of
diastase is developed, which the author calls "Glucase."
By the action of this substance upon starch " Cerealose "
is obtained. Cerealose is a mixture of varying
and uncertain composition containing from 4S to 72
cent dextrose, from S to 24 per cent maltose, and from
1 to 12 per cent, of dextrin. — A. J. K.
Improvements in Filtering and Decolourising Svgar,
Syrups,and Other Liquids and in Preparing a Mi
therefor. M. F. Heddle, I). C. Glen, and Duncan
Stewart, Glasgow. Eng. Pat 3116, March 5,1886.
6d.
Tin: material used is an earthy compound of a class
known by various names — diatomite, de.-mid earth,
white peat, kieselguhr or bergmehl. A special quality
found at Black Moss and Kinmordie in the county of
Aberdeen, is said to be most suitable for the purpose.
After being heated in a kiln, to remove volatile consti-
tuents and to carbonise it, the prepared material is
known a- hedylglin, and may he used instead of
animal charcoal for purifying sugar syrup- and other
liquors. It can be revivified by the usual method of
washing, exposure to air or ignition.— A. J. K.
as usual with lime and carbonic acid, and then
further purified by the use of sulphite of alumina i r iron,
bydrosulpburons acid or of a Bulpbite of some other
base than alumina or iron. Bj a judii ioi - i ;-• of one or
otl ■ i. "r of several of these substances in ■< mbinatii n
with the lime and carbonic acid treatment, it is claimed
that the juices are so thoroughly i eft cat ed as to render
unnecessary the use of animal charcoal. — A. J. K.
J,,,/, i, tied P ss for the Desaccharifcation of Molasses
„„,; Syrups, and the Simultaneous Production
■ I alates from the Salts contaii ' . 1>.
Abel, London. From Messrs P. Schwengers SiShne,
I erdingen, Germany, Eng. Pat. #801, April 6, lSbti.
fid.
MOLASSES and sugar-syrups ate perfectly soluble in con-
centrated methyl alcohol, and on treating this solutu n
with alcohol and oxalic acid the salts contained in the
molasses are separated theiefrom, together with the
sugar, in the form of oxalate- leaving the organic ae;<!-
and nitrogenous constituents in solution. On these two
facts the following process depends. The molasses or
sugar .-vrup- are dissolved in methyl alcohol or a mix-
ture of methyl and ethyl alcohols ; 1101b. molasses
polarising 50 per cent, -would require 7 pints of methyl
alcohol. ° The dissolved molasses is now further mixed
with oxalic acid and excess of ethyl alcohol, in which
latter the oxalic acid is previously dissolved. The sugar
and oxalates separate out as a precipitate. This is
separated by pressure from the liquid and dissolved in
water. By further addition of alcohol the oxalates
separate o'ut from the sugar solution. Any trace of
oxalic acid remaining in the sugar solution is removable
by lime, and the solution has then a purity co-etlicieut
of 99 percent. About SO per ci nt. of the sugar origi-
nally in the molasses is recoverable by this process.
• -A. J. K.
Compound for nse in Preparing Starch or Flour Size for
Yarn, Textile or other Fabrics. C. N. Waite, Med-
ford, Middlesex. Mass., U.S.A. Eng. Fat. 14,117,
Nov. 2, 18S6. 4d.
FOB the purpose of neutralising, dissolving and soften-
ingstarehor Hour size to be used on yarn or textile or other
fabiics, the author uses the following mixture : — lib. of
crystallised sodium sulphate, Jib. of zinc oxide, 5oz. to
6e>z. of zinc chloride and 1001b. of starch are boiled
together with loOgals. to 300gals. of water, according to
the thickness of the starch required. These portions may
be varied to suit different circumstances. Zinc oxide
neutralises any free acids which may be pre.-ent, :.nd
prevents the conversion of starch into dextrin, which is
an economy, since starch has a greater thickening power
than dextrin. Sodium sulphate is used partially to dis-
solve the zinc oxide, and may be replaced by equivalent
quantities of sodium chloride, ammonium chloride or
ammonium sulphate. The zinc chloride renders the
size soft and pliable when dry, and instead of it may be
vcerin, sulphate of soda, or any other softener.
I he chief novelty which is claimed is the perfect neutra-
li-ation and solution of starch or Hour with zinc oxide,
which at the same time has no alkaline reaction.
—A. J. K.
Improvements in Apparatus for Extracting ti
chorine or other Soluble Matters from Sugar-Cane
and other ■ M. A. Ferret, Paris. Eng.
Fat. 1931, Feb. 7, 1SS7. Is. 3d.
THIS patent is not capable of abstraction without re-
ference to the diagrams in the specification, which are
numerous and detailed.— A. J. K.
Improvements in the Process or' Purifying Saccharine
Juices. F. Englert and Dr. r . Becker (Prague). Eng.
Pat 3190, March G, 1SS6. 6d.
Tin: saccharine juices obtaineet either from beetroots or
sugar canes by the diffusion process are first defecated
Improvements in the Treatment of Grain for the Manu-
Starch or Glucose. II. L. Sulman and
E. E. Berry, London. Eng. Fat. 2138, Feb. 11,
1SS7. 4d.
The usual method of macerating rice, wheat or ..flier
cereal preparatory to its conversion into starch or glucose
370
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IMay 31. ia>7.
i„ by means of caustic soda at the ordinary atmospheric
temperature. ("he use ol lime water has also been
patented. The authors use lime water and an excess of
slaked lime, and «ork .-it temperatures a> high as i- pos-
sible without causing the starch granules to burst, fhe
advantages claimed are (1) Bhorter time taken in the
macerating process ; 1-1 no danger of the lime being com-
pletely neutralised, as is tin- case when lime water only
jg nseJ. (8] larger amount of albuminoid man.'!
extracted. It is preferred to use a tank with a fake
bottom, the lime being placed below and the grain
above the false bottom, so that they do not actually
come into contact.— A. J K.
XVI.— BREWING, VISES, SPIRITS, Etc.
V, / . ■ -; paralusfor Beer, Wine, etc. Dingl.
1'iilvt. J. 263,34—35.
Figs. 1 and 2 illustrate a form of apparatus used for
tin- purpose by Fr. Vanicek. It consists of a number
of frames of wire gauze (Fig. 1) placed one above the
other with -beets of filter-paper between each. Each
niece of wire 'gauze'Vontain-i two boles, each bordered
l.y a rim, our rim being perforated and the other not.
The J filter-papers contain corresponding holes. The
frames are placed one above the other in such a way
thai the perforated and imperforated rims occur alter-
nately, thus forming channels for the inflowing and
exit liquor O, O' I Fig. 2). A fall of five metres of half an
atmosphere pressure is required. By means of such an
apparatus containing 40 frames, each .".•JO.-q.dm. area.
1750 litres of wort can be liltered in an hour, instead
of filter paper, chemically pure woody libre may be
employed, which can be washed after use. The form of
filter-press used is shown in Fig. .".—A. (;. (;.
Thi Limit of Fusel Oil in Spirits, (i. Bodlauder and J.
Traube. Rep. Anal. Chem.7, 167—169.
A POINT of considerable importance is the limit of fusel
oil which should occur in brandies and liqueurs, lieer
has proposed a standard of OS per cent., but from
experiments already published by one of the authors
with Traube's capillarimetor (this Journal. 1886, 393,
VJ~ , and 547), the authots consider this number too high.
From a series of determinations which they have
with the cheapest and most inferior brandies (costi'
:;0- 40pf. per litre), they now lix the maximum limit of
fusel oil in spirits at 01- 0 1. "> percent. Only one of the
Bamples examined exceeded Beer's limit, and this was
the dearest of all those examined. The determinations
were made with the above-named apparatus.
-G. II. M.
Improve im ids in the Treatment of Brewers' Worts.
W. Spencer and J. Jones, West Derby, Lancashire.
Eng. Pat 4168, March 25, lsS6. 6d.
Tiik object of this patent is the aeration of worts after
they leave the copper. For this purpose the worts are
passed through a cage having fine slits over its entire
surface, and, at intervals, rims with serrated edges in
order to spread the worts over as large a surface as pos-
sible. When the worts have drained away the hops
remaining in the cage are sparged with boiling water by
means of a revolving sparger. — G. II. M.
Improvements in Treating Brewers' Worts. F.Faulkner,
Oldbnry, and W. Ad lam, Bristol. Eng. Pat. 5772,
April 28, 1886 8d.
Tin- patent covers the use of a blast of heated air to the
brewer-' mash tun (compare Eng. Pat. 4071, 1886 ; this
Journal, lss7, 221 1 in order to effect the oxidation of the
more deleterious nitrogenous substances in the wort.
The temperature of the blast of air must not be sulli-
eiently high to injuriously affect the active diastatic
substances of the malt extract. The plant required is
fully described and illustrated.— G. H. M
An Apparatus for Pasteurising Beer, Wine, and other
Suitable Fluids. 11. SchaarwSchter, Barmen, Ger-
many. Eng. Pat. 6401, May 12, ISSti. Sd.
THE inventor claim- the u-e of an apparatus for pas-
teurising lipoids, a description of which would be unin-
telligible without tli" details and drawings given in the
specification. — <■. H. M.
■ linn of an Improved Antiseptic Salt in
tng. A. Boake and F. (!. A. Roberts, Stratford.
Essex. Eng. Pat. 8420, June 26, 1886. 4d.
Tins consists of the use of sodium metasulpbite,
Na,SO,.SO , as an antiseptic in brewing. The salt i-
tised in the proportion of three to -i\ ounce- per quarter
of malt, or its equivalent. — G. H. M.
XVII— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY. DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
(.1) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS
Barley. C. Richardson. Ainer. Chem. J.
9, 10 22.
The author has examined a large number of Canadian
and American barleys and compared the results with
Ma- a.U87.j THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
377
those given by Maercker, who considers that the
characteristics of a good barley are Gne ...lour, mealy
consistency, and small amount of albuminoids. The
best Canadian barley is grown in the counties north of
the north-western part of Luke Ontario, and, as this
forms the greater part of the Amercian supply, the
United States samples are compared with it. Maercker
found that the finest grain contained not more than 8 per
cent, of albuminoids, and consisted of at least 80 per
cent, of mealy corns. Of the twelve typical specimens
of the Canadian crop, none were below 9 per cent, of
albuminoids, the average being 9S3, and only six con-
tained 60 per cent, of corns which were mealy or half-
mealy in structure. They cannot be said, therefore, to
be equal to what is considered extremely line barley in
Germany. They are, however, better than the average
production of European countries. In weight per bushel
they are about the same or slightly heavier than the
average round by Maenker— 52pounds— and in moisture,
much dryer than the product of damper climates. I if
the different districts, that north of Lake Erie produces
the specimens richest in nitrogen, but, on the other hand,
the percentage of mealy corns is much higher.
The average of the United States barley is about as
mealy as the Canadian average, but out of 14 samples
only 2 contained SO per cent, or over of mealy or halt
mealy corns. In weight per bushel there is no variation
from Canadian and foreign grain, but in size the barleys
of the United States, as a whole, are larger thau those
of Canada. The average percentage of albuminoid- is
greater in the United State- barley than in Canadian,
and much above Maereker's number : the Californian is
1 per cent, lower than the average for the rest of the
country, which is 11 -5 per cent. In brightness, the
samples from those portions of the country having a dry
climate at harvest time, especially the Pacific slope and
the North-west, w ere far superior.
It was noticed that winter sown barley contained less
albuminoids than the spring-sown grain : the formergave
10"5 pear cent., the latter 11*42. In a few samples the
outer covering of the grain was detached and weighed.
The extreme amounts were 1694 and 12 55 per cent ,
much less than in oats.— G. H. M.
malted barley, is added, and the whole dried at a tem-
perature from 160' F. t" 175' 1 . Care must be taken to
avoid the formation of grape sugar.— C. C. II.
Improvements in the Manufactv Extract of Coffee,
II. 1". Von Konitz, Berlin; and J. Tuntz, Bonn. Lug.
Pat 122, Jan. 4, 1»>7. 4.1.
An infusion of coffee berries is evaporated to a syrupy
consistency ; the vapour passing "II is condensed anil
subsequently distilled in vacuo after the addition of
a sufficient quantity of a non-volatile acid to render it
slightly acid. The lirst part of the distillate, amount-
ing to about one-fourth of the whole, contains the
aromatic flavouring of the coffee berries ; whin this is
added to the syrup lirst prepared a substance is obtained
which on mixture with water gives an admirable imi-
tation of freshly prepared coffee. — C. C. II.
An Improved Baking Powder. H. AVatkins, Hereford.
Eng. Pat. '5162, April 14, 1SS6. 4d.
Tin: special feature of this invention is the substitution
of malt flour for the starch or farina ordinarily employed
in admixture with other substances for use as a baking
powder.— C. C. H.
Improvements in Preserving Mill;, eu<d in U
Containers therefor. P. Jensen, London. From K.
G. l»ahlz, Drammen, Norway. Eng. Pat. 10,903,
August 26, 1SS6. Sd.
Thb milk is first strained and cooled down to IOC or
16* I '. It is then put into cubical vessels having two sides
Hat and the other two dished : the vessels arc previously
sterilised by being heated to 150° <'., and after beirig
tilled with milk are hermetically sealed. The tempera-
ture i- then raised and kept to 70 C. for If hours.cooled
down to 40= C. for 1 { hours, and again raised to Tic C.
this i- repeated two or three times. Finally the tempera-
ture is raised to and kept at 100° C. for half-an-hour, after
which it is cooled down to 15° C. By this mean- it is
believed all the organism-, as well as the germs, are
quite destroyed : hencewhilst not destroying or impairing
the fresh taste, the milk so treated will keep fresh for
an indefinite period. — C. C. H.
An Improvement in the Preparation of Food Products.
C. 8. Boynton and W. J. Van Patten, Burlington,
Vermont, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 17,075, Dec. 30, I 886. II.
Anv of the cereal grains — e.g., wheat, oats, barley,
maize, rice, etc., are decorticated, crushed, and dried at
180° F. To the granulated meal so obtained a solution
containing diastase, prepared in the usual way from
Improvements in ti<c Process of and Apparatus for
Manufacturing Pondered if ilk. John Caruick, New
Vork,' U.S.A." Eng. Pat 1996, Feb. 8, 1887. sd.
The author has succeeded in preparing on a commercial
scale a cream-white, dry, powdered or granulated milk,
free from stickiness or lumps, of a pleasant sweet milky
flavour, and of good keeping qualities. Fresh cows' milk,
from which about I to J of the cream has been previously
removed, is evapoiated in a vacuum pan at a temperature
of 140-" F. to 160° F. to the consistency of a thick syrup.
At this stage granulated cane sugar is added in a con-
tinuous stream, the whole being kept constantly agitated
and the temperature reduced to from 120 — 130 F. At
this temperature no caramel is formed, nor discoloura-
tion takes place, and the produce of the sugar
caii-es the whole mass to remain granular and finally
to dry up to a friable white mass, which is
easily removed and ground to a fine powder, in which
form it is usually sold and will keep for a
long time. The evaporation is conducted in a horizontal
cylindrical copper vacuum pan provided with pumps and
condenser, and suitable agitating apparatus, and covered
with a jacket into which can be turned hot or cold water
or steam, so that any desired temperature may be
regularly maintained. The finished product may be sold
in various forms.either pureorin combination with coffee,
chocolate, cocoa, etc. The sugar used is in the propor-
tion of from 30 to 50 per cent, of the batch of milk
treated. — A. J. K.
(B) SANITARY CHEMISTRY.
Subterranean Motion of Coal-Gas in the Direction of
Heated Dwellings. A. Wagner. Pep. Anal. Cheni.
7, 131— 13S.
In 1SS4 the author published an investigation into the
question of poisoning by coal-gas, in which it was
a-serted that with gas escaping from broken pipes the
aspiratory action of heated dwellings is only brought to
bear for a comparatively short distance, and that in the
case of heriuetical coverings — as, for instance, asphalt
paving — the gas takes the course which offers the least
resistance to its passage. This assertion has been sub-
jected to a severe criticism by Pettenkofcr and Suda-
koff in the Archie fin- Hygiene, 1>S0. 166. Against
the strictures of the latter the author enters a strong
protest— D. B.
Improvements in the For/nation of Organic Oxides, and
in the Oxidation of Matter Suspended a ml Dissolved
in Liquids. 3. G. Lorraiu, Loudon. Eng. Pat. 3S26,
March IS, 1SS6. 6d.
Tiik patentee proceeds by one of two methods: (1) by-
placing " a quantity of catalytic material " in the liquid",
and forcing air through so as to effect chemical
combination between the oxygen of the air and the
oxidisable matter of the liquid : (2) by similarly sus-
pending or immersing " a quantity of catalytic
material " in the liquid, and then decomposing the water
of the liquid electrically, either by a dynamo 0r
other moans.— C. C. H.
3T8
IDE JGVliNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IMaySi.ttCT.
Improvements in the Preparation of Material* for list
in the Treatmet ■• and Foul Water. J. W.
Slater, London, S. K . Page, Aylesbury, W. Stevens
and The Native Gnano Company, Ltd., London.
Eng. Pat 3973, March :20, L886. 6d.
This specification relates to the preparation of sulphate
or chloride of manganese, alone or mixed with the sul-
phate or chloride of alumina foi t lie purpose described.
In the preparation of the sulphate the patentees take
36 parts of sulphur, 100 parts of manganese dioxide, and
place them in a covered crucible, the sulphur at the
bottom; the whole is then maintained at a dull red heat
for three to four hours ; a crude sulphate of manganese
suitable for the purpose specified is the result. The
chloride is similarly prepared by heating together in a
crucible .'>ii parts sulphur, :>oo parts common salt, 100
parts dioxide of manganese. When it is desired to
prepare the mixed sulphates and chlorides of manganese
and alumina, bauxite, ground blast -furnace slag or alum
clay, 40 parts of either to 10 of the dioxide of
manganese is introduced into the mixture prior to the
application of heat. — C. C. H.
Improvements in the Purification and Utilisation of
Sewage, and Apparatus therefor. L. G. G. Daudenart,
Brussels. Eng. Pat. 4203, March 25, 1886. lid.
The patentee describes a system of sewage treatment
by means of defecation by lime, succeeded by the
addition of salts of alumina and chloride of" zinc.
Settlement is effected in tanks shaped in section like
those usual in this country j the sludge is continuously
withdrawn by an endless screw and run on to land.
The effluent is conducted away in large carriers to land,
upon which it is pumped for purposes of irrigation.
— C. C. H.
nts in or connected with Filter-presses, and in
the Drying of Sewage Sludge and other M<>i.-,t Mat-
tux. W. F. B. MaBSey -Main waring, London. Eng.
Pat. 4S7S, April 7, 1886. lid.
The filtering faces of the chambers of the filter-press
are made Hat, and covered villi a perforated cast-iron
plate resting thereon and hearing upon the chamber
by bosses or projections so as to afford a good drainage.
The bosses or projections are sometimes replaced by
grooves or furrows. The outlets from the chambers are
fitted with a three- way cock, sothat when the chambeis are
full a current of air, sometimes heated, may be drawn
or forced through to facilitate the removal "of moisture
from the pressed cake. — C. C. 11.
I d with the Deposition of Finely-
• ii Solid Matter floating or suspended in Air
or Gases. J. G. Lorrain, London. Eng. Pat. 6495,
.May 14, 1886. (id.
I lUITARD and Lodge have both shown that fine particles
matter suspended in the atmosphere can he pre-
cipitated by the passage there through of an electric
discharge from an electrostatic machine. In the present
instance, the patentee makes use of a dynamo-electric
discharge, generated as a secondary current in an
induction coil by means of a current from a dynamo or
a primary or secondary battery. The airor gas is passed
through a closed receptacle containing discharging
surfaces of netting gauz ■ plates placed close together,
and in connection with the secondary coil of the induc-
tion arrangement — C. C. II.
Us in the Trent, unit of Sewage Sludge and
tparation of a Manure therefrom. T. II. Cobley,
Dunstable. Eng. l'at. i;::;-_'. May lit, Insg. od.
The pressed cake resulting from the treatment of sewage
sludge in filter presses is incinerated : native salts of
lum, potasHitun, and sodium are added during the
process of incineration to "retain" the ammoniacal fumes
given off. The ash resulting from such incineration is
used instead of caustic lime foi the i nrpose of n adoring
s fresh quantity of sludge prci-sable. The result)!
is richer as a manure than an ash resulting from the
addition of canstic lime to Ihe sludge. Peat, shoddy, or
wool dust are also sometimes used to retain the ammo-
niacal fumes during the process of incineration.
_C. C. II.
.-In Improved Deodorant and Disinfectant. II. M.
Caldwell, Sydney, New South Wales. Eng. Pat.
6966, Nlaj 24, 1886. 4d.
Tin: improved compound is prepared by first mixing
7c\\t. of ferrous sulphate villi 401b. peroxide of man-
ganese : 400 gallons of water are added, and Ihe whole
boiled for three hours, adding whilst hot tillis. oil of
eucalyptus; this preparation acts as a deodorant. Four
tons of caustic soda are heated to a dull red with one
ton peroxide of manganese for a period of 4S hours;
water is subsequently added and re-evaporated. This
second preparation is added to one halt that first des-
cribed, the mixture forming a powerful deodorant and
disinfectant. — C. C. II.
Improved Manufacture <>/ Disinfecting Powder, J. AY.
Knights and AY. 1>. Gall, Cambridge. Eng. I'at.
11,011, .August 28, 1886. 4d.
GROUND and dried peat is mixed with an nnlbqlic
such as sanitas, creosote, or carbolic arid. — C. C. H.
ements in the Man • Materials for Usi
in the Treatment of & etc., etc F. Candy,
Bexley. Eng. l'at. 13,829, Oct. 28, 1886. 6d.
Any iron ore containing alumina, lime, and mi gneeiti i>
mixed with carbonaceous material and carbonised in
closed retorts in the usual manner. The resulting pro-
duct is treated with sulphuric or hydrochloric acid. The
quantity of acid used is such that the mixture when
cool becomes a cake or semi dry mass. The patentee
terms the product "magnetic precipitant," and uses it
for the purification of sewage or other polluted waters.
-C. C. 11.
Improvements relating to the Purification of Sewage.
.1. Wohankaand K. Kocian, Prague. Eng. Pat. -J7S,
Jan. s, lss7. 4d.
Tin: sewage is first treated with ferrous sulphate pre-
pared by treating rich ochre-brown iron ore with
sulphuric in id : fresh milk of lime is then added, and
finally, an aqueous solution of water-glass. The sludge
from such a process of treatment is separated by sub-
sidence in the usual manner. The effluent is run into a
separate set -of tanks, and further purified by the injec-
tion of smoke or gases from chimney shafts or Hues.
The patentees state this destroys the organism causing
putrefactive fermentation. The effluent from this treat-
ment is finally tillered through a bed of giavel, coke,
ashes, etc., or other porous material. — ('. C. H.
(C.) DISINFECTANT&
The Manufacture of Br< mine Prep trai Janitary
ami other Purposes. AY. D. Borland, Loudon. Eng.
l'at. 6191, May 7, 1886. lid.
A MIXTURE is made of a soluble bromide with a
soluble bromate, preferably of sodium or potassium,
and this is mixed intimately with an alkaline
bisulphate, such as sodium hydrogen sulphate. Foi
a less concentrated form, nitre cake is used instead
of pure bisulphate. For sanitary purposes it is some-
time convenient to add other substances, such as cupric
sulphate, alum. etc. The addition of a small amount of
a terpene, essential oil. camphor or hydrocarbon, increases
the keeping powei of the preparations. — B. T.
M.,y si. iss-.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
379
XYIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
On the Distillation and Electrolytic Treatment of Zinc
Scum. 11. Rosing. Zeits fur Berg. Htitten. u. Salin-
enwesen. Dingl. Polyt J. 263. *7— 94.
See page 370.
tvements in, or connected with, Electrical Batteries
and Appliances there/or. A. W. Armstrong, Lewis-
bam. Eng. Pat 5971, May 3, 1886. Bd.
The porous cells of this battery are made cither of clay
or carbon, or a mixture of both, and are packed with
granulated carbon. Three tabes pass into each cell,
which is then covered with an air-tight seal. By a
special arrangement, a measured quantity of the excitant
from a tank into the porous cells by one of the
tubes before mentioned. A supply of water, the amount
of winch can he regulated according to the work the
battery has to do, passes from an ordinary water cistern
into an outer vessel containing the soluble electrode ;
this water can be made to pass through a vessel contain-
ing any suitable soluble substance for promoting greater
activity in the battery. When the battery i- working,
gas is generated in the porous cell and forces some of
the partially spent liquid iuto a reviving tank, from
which tank fresh liquid passes back b}' the third tube.
The zinc plate in the outer cell dips into mercury, which
serves as au electrical connection, and also to keep the
plate amalgamated. A brush is fitted, and can be raised
Dr lowered in order to remove any insoluble salts from
the surface of the zinc. — B. T.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Carbon Electrodes,
B. Applegarth, London. Eng. Pat. 9.31S, July 22,
1SS6. Sd.
THESE electrodes are moulded from suitable carbon paste,
which may contain a proportionate amount of manganese
rich in oxygen, into the form of vessels with the inner
surface corrugated, so as to present a large extent of
surface to the exciting medium. The upper part of the
cell has a metal band secured to it. — B. T.
Improvements in the Preparation of Carbon Filaments
for Electric Lighting. H. J. Haddan, London. From
C. Seel. Chariottenburg, (Jermanv. Eng. Pat. 6203,
May 7, 1886. 8 1.
Vegetable fibbe is steeped in a solution of mineral
salts and a gum consisting of a silicate, gum -
and caustic soda : it is then rolled into the shape of angle
iron and carbonised in any well-known way. The char-
coal thread is placed in a box, and melted paraffin wax
poured round it, the two ends of the thread projecting
through the cover. When the wax is solid, a current of
electricity is sent through the carbon until it attains the
required resistance. It is then cleaned from paraffin and
is ready for use in the lamp. — B. T.
Improvements in the Process of, and Apparatus for.
Manufacturing Carbons for Electric Lamps. 3. T.
Lister, Cleveland, Ohio, U.S. A. Eng. Pat. 10,SOO,
Aug. 24, 1886. Is. Id.
Tills patent has for its object the substitution of special
machinery forthemanual processes now generally adopted
in the makingof carbons. The mould is made in two parts,
the lower of which is placed horizontally on a car which is
run on rails underneath the filler. This consists of a
vessel in which a cylindrical screen is kept revolving.
The mixed dust of which the carbons are to be made is
thrown into the middle of this, and eventually all passes
through it on to a worm, also kept revolving, which con-
vey- it to the delivery spout. This is provided with as
many partitions as there are grooves for carbons in the
mould. The dust, now thoroughly mixed by the proc
has lately gone through, passes from the delivery spout
into the mould as soon as the latter is placed in position ;
this delivery is automatically performed by the upward
movement of a ram to be described hereafter. The
mould is now rolled from the filler, ami the top having
been put on, i- passed into a furnace. Having been
baked sufficiently, it passes on to a turntable, and is
brought in its turn under the action of a hydraulic press.
n, iii rising, compri sea strongly the carbons, and
at the same time operates the filler. In falling, the
turntable is revolved, and the same scries of operations
d automatically on another mould. The carbons
are now removed in such a way that they cannot possibly
be bent, and the webs joining them separated by revolv-
ing cutters, leaving the carbons quite round and smooth.
The car is wheeled on till the ends, which have been
made to project, come in contact with revolving knives,
and are thus pointed. These carbons can be made
cheaper, straighter, and of more uniform density than
those produced by manual processes. — E. T.
Primary Batteries. M. Bailey and
.1. Warner, London. Eng. l'at. 13,592, Oct 23,
18S6. Sd.
FINELY-GROUND plumbago is incorporated with nitric or
■ oxacid," and packed with a suitable carbon electrode
in either the outer or porous cell of a battery. Zinc is
used for the other electrode. The carbon is sometimes of a
tubular form, and when embedded in the paste, has its
interior filled with the .acid. To re-charge, fresh acid is
poured into the tube, or the spent paste replaced by new.
-E. T.
An Improved Method of Preventing the Eseapc of
Noxious Fumes from Batteries used for Electrical
Purposes. M. Bailey and J, Warner, London. Eng.
Pat. 14,937, Nov. 17, 1SS6. Sd.
The internal pot of the battery, containing the fuming
acid, is closed by a suitable stopper, through which
passes vertically a thin glass tube. The part of this out-
side the cell is sealed into the bottom of a much wider
glass tube, in such a way that, passing up the inside of
the latter, it ends a little below the top of the wider tube.
A third tube, with sealed top, fits loosely inside the large
one. Water or other suitable liquid being poured in,
the whole forms a small gasometer. In some eases the
upper part of the porous pot is narrowed as in an ordinary
bottle, and this upper portion glazed.— E. T.
its in an Electrolyte, and Depolarising
Solution for Voltaic Batteries. \\. C. Quinby, San
Francisco, CaL, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. Ill, Jan. 4,
1887. 6d.
The electrolyte which the inventor employs consists o
the anhydrous sulphate of the sesquioxide of iron, dis-
solved in water or other equivalent liquid. This sulphate
is found as a natural formation known as " coquimbite."
This natural salt is used as the new electrolyte in either
a one-fluid or a two-fluid cell, in the latter case the
insoluble electrode being in contact with coquimbite.
During the working of the cell, sesquioxide of iron is
formed and precipitated, and if this precipitate be treated
with sulphuric acid, it can again be used as an electrolyte.
— B. f .
Improved Apparatus for Preventing the Escape of
Noxious Funies nr other Gases from Primary,
other Batteries used for Electrical
Purposes. M. Bailev and J. Warner, London. Eng.
Pat. Ki.->6, Feb. 2, 1887. Sd.
In this method the fumes from the cells are collected in
a glass bell- jar completely covering the cell, and with its
lower edge dipping into some liquid, so as to form a
secure -eal, or a lip is fitted to the top of existing cells,
and the bell jar dips into this lip. There is an opening
titled with a stop-cock in the top of the glass, by which
the contained gases may be liberated. — B. T.
E
sso
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. tMay8i.H87
Improvements relating to the Electro Deposition of
Aluminium, ami to Apparatus therefor. II. II. Lnke,
London. From Count K. de Montgelas, Philadelphia,
I .s..\. Eng. Pat. 1750, Feb. 3, 1887. 6d.
Alumina is dissolved in hydrochloric acid, and the
solution evaporated to obtain the dry salt, which ia then
dissolved in liut water. A vessel is made with two com-
partmente, separated by a porous partition. The above
solution is poured into one, ami common salt into the
other. A current is passed from one into the other,
entering at the common salt, by suitable electrode?,
until the solution of the aluminium salt becomes colour-
less. The double chloride of aluminium and .-odium
thus formed is evaporated to dryness and redissolved, to
get rid of excess of acetous matter. This solution, kept
neutral, is used a- the plating liquid with an aluminium
anode. — E. T.
Improvements relating to Electric Batteries. IT. II.
Lake, London. From Count H. de Montgelas, Phila-
delphia, U.S.A. Eng.Pat 1752, Feb. 3, 1887. 6d.
A GROOVE is formed along the lower side of a small
square bar of wood. In this is placed (he upper edge of
a perforated plate of aluminium, which forms the nega-
tive electrode. A screwed boll attached to the latter
passes through the bar ami is held by a binding screw at
the top. On each side of the wooden supporting bar
are clamped zinc plates by aluminium bolts, connection
being made by aluminium terminals. The battery
resembles in nppearance that nf Since. Any suitable
exciting liquid may be usee'.- E. T.
XIX.-PAPER, Etc.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Water and Fire-
proof Papers, Millboard, and similar Materials. W. E.
Hey s, Manchester. From E. (i. II. Ladewig,
Kathenon, Germany. Eng. Pat jjo'S, April 22,
lSSb\ Od.
The paper, millbcard or similar substance used in carry-
ing out ibis invention may be used alone or in combina-
tion with layers of coik, straw, wire-gauze or any such
substances. The pulp is chiefly composed of asbestos,
treated with chloride of Bodium or glycerine to [.reserve
the flexibility and other peculiar propertiesof the asbestos.
100 parts of asbestos require about 4 to U parts of gly-
cerine diluted wijh 5 to 10 parts of water. From 4 to 6
parts of isinglass may with advantage be mixed with
the water used for diluting the glycerine.
The impregnated asbestos i> then pulped in a suitable
rag-engine and reduced with water as required. The
addition i~ now made of 2 to 3 parts of dry resin soap
dissolved in water, (i parts of zinc chloride in 15 to 25
parts of water, and 10 parts of graphite with about £0
parts of water. Tlie latter addition increases the resis-
tance of the finished product to the action of lire. If
required for pipe joints, it may be provided with wire-
gauze on one or both sides. When rolled or formed into
sheets, the material is air-dried, immersed in a 1 per
cent, solution of zinc chloride, and dried. Finally the
sheets are passed through a solution of resin soap and
water to which has been added -\ to 1 per cent, of soap,
the resin soap having been dissolved in spirit and
added to the water. It is claimed that material pie-
pared as described is capable of resisting any ordinary
degree of beat, and also that it is suited, owing to its
elasticity, etc., for packing steam-joints and for other
Imposes where the combined action of beat and water
lave to be resisted. — II. A. ft.
tion which can be given any desired form by saturating
cellulose or ground wood wilh a solution of emu in
hot water ami ammonia, drying the same more Or less,
and subjecting the said composition to the iniluence of
a mixture of ammonia gas and Bteam under pressure.
The product so obtained may be shaped as desired
by hot [dates, dies, or other suitable means. If required,
the composition may be tinted by the addition of
colours in the state of dry powder, or else, before or
during the manufacture, with organic colours.
ii. A. u.
//. provemt nts in Minium , y for tin Manufdctun of Papt r
J'idp. II. II. Lake, London. From F. J. Marshall,
Mass., I .S.A. Lug. Pat. 1808, Feb. t, 1887. 8d.
The main features of tin's invention are 08 follow:
(1.) The combination of fixed and revolving discs in
combination with the conical engine commonly in nse.
(2.) A worm and -ear in combination with screw
threaded collars for moving the bed-plate to ami fro.
—II. A. 11.
XX.— HUE CHEMICALS. ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES,
AND EXTRACTS.
Extraction ofaNcu- Acid from the Leaves of Gymncma
Syln sli e. Nature, 1887, 565—567.
This is an abstract of a paper read before the Nilgiri
Natural History Society. Uotacainmid, India, by David
Hooper, F.C.S., 'March 7, 1887. It was found thai on
chewing the leaves of this asclepiadaceous plant, which
grows in the Deccan Peninsula, Assam, and Africa,
immediately afterwards all appreciation of the
sweet taste of sugar is lost. If ginger-bread were eaten,
only the taste of the ginger was perceived ; if a BWeel
orange, only the acid flavour of the citric acid, and
the orange seemed ae sour as a lime. Bitterness is also
destroyed, and sulphate of quinine tastes merely
like chalk. The effect lasts one to two hours. 'I he
principle appears to be soluble in water, alcohol, ether
and benzene. The ethereal extract consisted of chloro-
phyll and two resins, separable by their different solu-
bilities in alcohol. Both resins are of an acrid nature,
and left a tingling sensation in the throat. Theequeous
solution of the substances soluble in alcohol had a
decided acid n action. This solution was precipitated
by sulphuric acid, was collected on a filter, and washed
free from sulphuric acid, when a greenish powder was
obtainedinsoluble in water, but soluble in alcohol, ether,
benzene, and chloroform. With potash, soda, and
ammonia, it afforded a line red solution with orange
coloured froth, precipitated in the case of either of the
resins by mineral acids. The substance has the
characteristics of an organic acid somewhat similar to
cbrysophanic acid, but possessed of some very peculiar
reactions, and possessing also the anti-saccharine pro-
perty ascribed to the leaves. It is termed by Hooper
Gymnemic acid, and this acid constitutes more than ti
per cent, of the constituents of ( iymnema leaves in com-
bination with a base not yet isolated. The following
analysis was given of the powdered and sun-dried
leaves : — Ether extract (chlorophyll and resins) 5-51,
alcoholic extract ig.wiincmic acid, tartaric acid, glucose,
neutral bitter principle, resin, >xe.) 19-50, aqueous ex-
tinct (gum 1 '45 per cent, glucose, carbohydrate and ex-
tractive) 16'87, alkaline extract, by difference
(albuminous and colouring matters) 8 15, acid solution
(calcium oxalate. 7'64, pararabin2'74), ash (balance of)
.Vti'.i, cellulose 27'86, and moisture ti'O-t per cent.;
total, lOO'OO. — \V. S.
An Improved Process for Manufacturing Composition
from Cellulose or Ground Wood, uhich can bt given any
red form by employing /«"/ and pressure. II.
Eisenhant, Pyritz, Germany, Eng. Pat. 1443, Jan
29, 1887. 4d.
TllK following is the substance of the claim made by
this inventor: a process for manufacturing a composi-
Arginine. E. Schulze and E. Steiger. Zeit. f. 1 bys.
them. 11, 1.
On treating the aqueous extract of the- germinate d sec ds
of Lvpinus /"tins with phosphor-tnngstic acid, having
pre* lously removed all albuminou- substances, a copious
white precipitate is obtained, from which the authors
May31,lS87J THE .lOUIiXAL OF THE FOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
381
isolated a nitrogenous base called arginine, C«H iN40
It forms crystalline salts, and la somen hat similar in iis
properties to creatinine. — 1'. B.
Crystallim - i from "Kamala." L. Jawein.
Ber. 20- 182- -183.
K \m m.a is o colouring matter used in the East Indies,
ami prepared from tin- seed capsules of Ilottleratinctoria
Boxo. Anderson [Jahresb - G69) obtained a
crystalline substance from kamala which be named
Rottlerin. The author has also prepared a substance by
extracting the crude kamala powder with carbon
bisulphide, which agrees in its reactions with that of
Anders but does not give analytical numbers corres-
ponding with the formula assigned to it by the latter.
(Compare A. G. Perkin and W. 11. Perkin, Jan.,
Ber. 19, 3109).— G. 11. M.
Action of Hydrogen Peroxide on Albumen. C. Wurster.
Ber. 20. 263 267.
Whbn unfiltered white of egg is mixed with an equal
volume of hydrogen peroxide, the mixture well shaken.
and, for every lOOcc. of the former, 1 — 2ec. commercial
lactic acid and l—2grms. sodium chloride or 20cc. of a
5 per cent, solution of this salt added, the mixture
becomes turbid, and after a longer or shorter time,
depending upon the temperature, sets to a solid, coagu-
lated, cheeselike mass. Water is added, and the sub-
stance quickly filtered oil : it always retains, even after
prolonged washing, hydrogen peroxide and lactii
The filtrate from the precipitated albuminoid evaporated
to a syrup gives the reactions for peptone, which how-
ever is only present in small quantity. The precipitated
albuminoid is quickly peptonised by pepsin and hydro-
chloric acid. The above results do not agree with those
of Chandelon on the action of hydrogen peroxide on
albumen (this Journal, 1885, 748). The author ascribes
this to the different methods in which the hydrogen
peroxide was employed. — G. II. M.
Hydrastine. 3. F. Eijkman. Chem, Zeit. Rep. 11, 22.
Is' a previous communication (this Journal, 1SSG, 677)
Freund and Will gave analyses ,,f hydrastine confirming
the formula t __H ,,Ni >, , ascribed to this compound by
Mania. Ths author's analysis, howevor, gave numbers
ig with the formula i '_:H_;N< ». .' The statement
that hydrastine yields opianic acid and a base on treat-
ment with dilute nitric acid is confirmed by the authi r,
the reaction being represented by the equation : —
Cj,HnNO0 + H20 0=CuHbNOj-I Cj lb,",.
— D. B.
The Alkaloid Tulipin. M. A. Nicot. Lcs. Nbuv.
itemed, 1886, 519.
The alkaloid obtained by Gerrard from Titlipfl
i, and which occurs in considerable quantities
in all parts of the plant, appears from the author's
researches to exert tic act bin of colchicine, of scillitine,
of veratrine and even of strychnine. Its formula is not
yet determined. A dose of 002grm. is sufficient to kill
a frog : O'lgrm. suffices to kill a cat, death ensuing frpm
paralysis of the heart. The alkaloid appears to act very
energetically upon the nervous system. Applied
medicinally in quantity of '005 — OOGgrtii., in 24 hours it
increases the salivary flow, and acts as a diuretic and
aperient. — W. D. B.
On Strophanthus. H. Helbing. Pharni. Ztg. 1887, 37.
The seeds, which amount to 37'4 per cent, of the weight
of the drug, contain '24 per cent, of fatty oil, 26 52 pi i
cent, of extract (by the dilute spirit of the Pharmacol oeia),
and 49 38 per cent, of residue. The oil has a dark green
• In a recent napcr (Tier. 20. B0) Freund and Will substituted
the formula C ,H ,NO, for that previously ascribed to
hydrastine.— D. a.
colour with slight red fluorescence, and imparts an
emerald green tint to its ethereal solution; it is so -
what thick at the normal temperature, and basa specific
gravity of 0*925 at 15 C. Strophan thin may be extracted
from the seed- by digestion with alcohol. This extract
after dilution with water is freed from fatty matter by
agitation with ether, the latter being then removed by a
separating funnel. The aqueous solution is treated first
with basic lend acetate, then with hydrogen sulphide and
filtered, purified by animal charcoal, and carefully
evaporated. The residue, which amounts toS'57 percent.
of the weight of the original seeds, is nearly colourless,
but dissolves in sulphuric acid (concentrated or dilute) to
a daik green solution, afterwards changing to dark red.
Alkaloid reagents give no reaction. It is readily soluble
in water and alcohol, but insoluble in ether, petroleum
ether, and chloroform.— W. G. of.
On Strophanthvs. Wm. El borne, l'harin. J.
.March 12, L887.
The author, after referring to the pharmacy of the various
parts of the fruit or pod, showed that the weight of the
seed was 42 per cent. : hairs, 2.3 per cent. ; endocarp, 25
per cent. The seeds on analysis were found to consist of —
(1 ) 20*8 per cent, of petroleum ether extract, a yel-
lowish-green fixed oil, not bitter, giving a brown colour
when warmed with sulphuric acid and potassium
bichromate On standing, crystals separated, which
burned like sulphur and left no residue.
2. 0'9 per cent, of absolute ether extract, a fatty
substance of a green colour.
(3.) 1 '5 per cent, of absolute alcohol extract, a hitler
residue, resembling the glucosides and giving no alkaloid
reai tions.
(4.) 2 il per cent, of aqueous extract containing the
same bitter principle found in 3.
(.3.) 19'G per cent, of albuminoid matter; this large
pioportion rendered the separation of the bitter principle
more difficult
(6 ) 54 3 per cent, of insoluble matter. See also pre-
ceding abstract. — 0. II.
On Vegetable Organisms in Solutions of Alkaloids. L.
- nbriran. Journ. l'harin. Chiiu. 18S7, 69.
FOB preventing the formation of the organisms, which
render alkaloid solutions turbid, an addition of boric or
salicylic acid has been recommended ; but Professor E.
B.Stuart prefers to use for this purpose camphorated
spirit diluted with an equal weight of water, by which
equally good effects are produced unattended by any
disadvantages. « bie two-thousandth part of camphor
should be used for all alkaloids excepting atropine
sulphate, for which saturated camphorated spirit should
be employed. The growth of organisms in solutions of
neutral citrates, malates, and tartrates may be similarly
hindered, but not entirely prevented.— \V. (i. M,
y r,f Oxalic
Acid from its Distillation Residue. II. Frickhinger
Arch, l'harin. 1SS6, 10G5.
For; the preparation of this body thePharmacopceial .cue.
recommends the distillation of 4 parts of alcohol (0*832
sp. gr.) with 1 part of nitric acid (P185 sp. gr.); the dis-
tillate to be then neutralised with calcined magnesia,
and rectified on the water-bath. The author recommends
the use of alcohol of 0*12 sp. gr., since nearly the whole
mixture may then be distil ed over, and the distillate will
contain less free acid. The preparation is best conducted
on a sand bath, in a retort accurately jointed to a well
cooled receiver, having at its extremity a glass tube bent
twice at right angles, leading into a narrow mouthed
bottle, also thoroughly cooled. To test the <li-tillate in
the receiver, the cooling is discontinued until, by the
ng pressure in the apparatus, it is driven forward
into the test vess< 1. The liquid will then require res ti fi-
liation. From the residue of the first distillation, oxalic
acid can be obtained by pouring it into nitric acid of 135
1-2
382
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [MaySi.MB
sp. gr. (contained in a large vessel on account of the
violent anion which ma\ Bet in), and allowing it to stand
for a fortnight ; the crystals bj thai time deposited ma]
be purified by re-crystallisation.- W. <;. M.
On the Pecsai kin Chloroform. L. Scholvien.
Apoth. Ztg. 1887, 14.
TlIE author has recently found that with many samples
of chloroform, silver nitrate produced, after a short tune,
a dark-brown turbidity, which could he removed by
nitric acid, ami which did not form at all it" the solution
contained a little nitric acid from the first : this has been
traced to the presence of arsenic in the chloroform. As
a test for this impurity, the chloroform is to be stirred
with dilute potash, evaporated, and the residue tested
by Marsh's or Bettendorf's methods. When distilled,
the arsenic remains in the residue, none passing into the
distillate. The presence of the arsenic may originate
from the use of an arsenical chloride of lime, which, with
the alcohol, might form arsenical organic compounds
that would first distil over with the chloroform, yet not
he capable of distillation from the chloroform itself. Or
it mav he due to the use of impure sulphuric acid. It
would be interesting to ascertain whether any of the
disagreeable effects experienced after inhalation of some
samples of the anaesthetic could be traced to the presence
of this objectionable impurity. — W. G. M.
An Improved Process for the Complete Purification of
Perfumes, i/t the Manufacture of which Sulphuret of
Carbon has been used. E. Edwards, London. Erom
E. A. Vitcau, Paris, France. Eng. Pat, 5936, Mav 1,
1886. 6d.
Perfime, obtained in the usual way by carbon bisnl-
phide, is evaporated to dryness, ami the carbon bisulphide
removed by a current of pure hydrogen gas. The pro-
duct is put into a sealed vessel, and enough pure alcohol
added to keep the product in a semi-fluid state. The
vessel is then heated sufficiently to make its contents
Serfectly fluid, and it is agitated until the perfumed pro-
uct and alcohol are thoroughly mixed. The remaining
carbon bisulphide passes off as sulphuretted hydrogen
when the vessel is opened, and in order to get rid of all
traces of this gas, pure warm hydrogen is passed through
the liquid, and very finely-divided silver introduced. The
perfume is then separated out by -washing with alcohol
and submitting to refrigeration at a low temperature
— B. T.
An Improved Method of Mixing Chloroform with Water.
C. E. Landon, Aston ; and J. Wilsou, Birmingham
Eng. l'at. li.VSS, May 17, 1SS6. 4d.
To make chloroform mix with water, it is shaken up with
suitable proportions of saponine and water, an emulsion
being at once formed, which settles to the bottom. This
will mix with water in any proportions. — E. T.
Improvements in the Extraction of Perfume Essences.
('. li. Abel, London. From La Smart, Anonyme des
Parfums Naturels de Cannes, Paris, France. En"
Pat. o-JoO. May S, 1SS7. 8d.
The vegetable matter to lie treated is heated with water
in an arembic, and the resulting vapour passed into a
condenser of such a sort that any liquid condensed in it
will How hack into the alembic By this means a great
deal of the superfluous water is got rid off In a second
condenser the remaining water and essence are all i
densed, and flow into a vessel, in which hv their different
densities they separate. By a pipe attached near the
bottom, and bent upwards, the water flows away after a
certain level has been reached. — E. T.
XXIL— GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Apparatus far the Estimation of the Sprcifir Gravity qf
Solids. L. Brasse and K. Vlasto. Genie civil ls.se
—1887, 16.
The funnel A with capillary stopper is connected by an
indiaruhber tube C, with the small burette B, of about
lOcc. capacity. Water 01 other suitable liquid is poured
into the apparatus, so that the surface stands at a low
'li\ i-i f the settle in I; and at a mark in the capillary
pari of A. The funnel is now raised and a known
weight of the solid is pul into it, after which it is lowered
until the surface of the liquid again reaches the mark in
the stopper. The increase of volume in the burette gives
the volume of the substance added, which divided into
the weight gives the specific gravity. The method is
very expeditious, but greater accuracy than \ percent,
is not claimed for it. — A. G. G.
A Delivi iii Tube for Burettes. AY. Levbold. Zeits. Anal.
I hem. 26, 230.
Many chemists prefer to use a glass rod or glass bead
tor closing burettes, instead of a clip. The glass rod can
easily he combined with the delivery tube, as shown in
sketch. One end of the glass tube is closed by the blow-
pipe, and over the other end a piece of indiaruhber tubing
is slipped. A small flame is directed against the tube at
about 1cm. from the closed end ; and by blowing through
o,
the rubber tubing, a hole is produced at this point : the
gl.'1-s :,t the edge of the hole is carefully tiled off, and
the delivery tube is now drawn out to a point. The tube
should always be kept in the same position, so as to know-
on which side the hole is. The author has used such
U») 31, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
383
delivery tubes for some time, and linds that they close
tiirhtlv, are ea*V to work with, and retain no air bubbles.
h -D.E.J.
Apparatus for the Preparation of Gases for Gasometric
Analyses. Alex. Ehrenberg. Zeits. Anal. (.'hem. 26,
226—230.
THERE are several objections to Bunsen's well-known
apparatus for preparing hydrogen electrolytically j the
liquid has to be frequently renewed, on account of the for-
mation of a concentrated solution of zinc sulphate : and
zinc is deposited at the negative electrode so rapidly that
it sometimes forms a connection between the two elec-
trodes. The apparatus described in this paper, and shown
in Fiji's. 1, 2, and 3, can lie used for preparing elec-
trolytic gas, or oxygen or hydrogen separately. It is
Fig J.
HJ
5
meted with the positive pole of a battery, and /.■ with
the negative pole, oxygen j,ras will collect in b, and hydro-
gen in 61 ; and these teases can be collected over mercury
contained in a trough, into which the tubes c and c1
respectively dip If now, while k still remains connected
with the negative pole of the battery, the positive pole is
connected with the binding screw »', 6' will become Idled
with electrolytic gases (Ha_ +0), which can be led off by
the tube c1 ; when this is done othcther tube (c) must be
closed by means of a glass rod, and a piece of indiai ul.l.cr
tubing /. In order to clear or refill the vessel a, b audi1
must he removed, and the stop-cock d opened ; the acid
can then be run off into a beaker placed beneath. If b1
is graduated into cubic centimetres, the apparatus can be
used as a voltameter. The upper part of 0l is then closed
by a glass stopper, and after the evolution of the mixed
gases, the liouid is allowed to run out through d, until
i it stands at the same level in b and bl. — D. E. J.
Fig. 2
supported by a heavy foot, and can be raised or lowered
as required to Buit the level of the mercury in the mer-
cury trough . The vessel a is made by cutting off the
bottom and part of the neck of a flask, and is tightly
closed above and below by ebonite plates. The conduct- |
ing wires, and also the tube d, furnished with a stop-
cock, pass through the lower plate, the wires being con-
nected with three platinum plates, which serve as elec- ,
trodes. The wires are covered with guttapercha up to
the point where they meet the electrodes, and below the
plate they are connected with three spiraLs of covered
copper wire, which lead either to these binding screws or j
to a commutator. Dilute sulphuric acid (1 : 10) is the j
lluid used, and in order to till the vessel, the two tubes, j
c and cl are removed, and the stopper is taken out of the ,
tube g, so as to allow the air to escape ; the tubes 6 and |
bl are then filled to the required height. The leading
tubes, c and cl have the same shape as in Bunsen's appa-
ratus, and the bulbs blown on them are filled with con-
centrated sulphuric acid. If the binding screw h is con- '
Hi
Certain Improvement* in Hydrometers and Saccharo-
meters. T. Dei-ham, Bolton. Eng. Pat. 1938, Feb.
10, 1886. 6d.
The improved hydrometers are so constructed that each
poise possesses a specific gravity bearing a definite
relation to the initial specific gravity of the series of
specific gravities to be indicated by the instrument.
— 0. (-'• 11.
Manganese in Steel and Iron. H. C. Babbitt.
Amer. Chem. J. 9, 58-60.
It has been objected to the author's method of determin-
ing manganese in steel and iron by means of the oxida-
tion of the manganese to permanganic acid by the action
of lead peroxide in a nitric acid solution, that the pres-
ence of lead nitrate and the time of boiling have a great
influence upon the accuracy of the results. The author
now employs red lead in place of the peroxide, and he
::s|
THE JOTJBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDtJSTKY. |tt»y a. us*.
quotes the follow ing expi rimenta to prove Ibal the ah
mentioned objections are groundless: —
A sample "i steel containing 0 5 per « in. i arbon, 0*04
silicon, and 0'0'J phosphorus, "as selected, and the man-
ganese carefully estimated by the sodium acetate and
bromine method, which gave 0*515 percent, mangam
Estimations by the author's method were made as
fdl low.-: in each case 0*5gTm, of steel was dissolved in about
15cc nitric arid (l'15tol*20ap gi |,in a 50cc. beaker. The
solutions were boiled till nitrous fumes ceased and redlead
added— in A, Igrm.; in B, 2grms. The solutions were
thru diluted to about 30cc. w ith hot water. ]n No. 1, the
solution was simply stirred after the addition of water ; in
No. 2, heated to boiling ; No. 3, boiled for one minute;
No. i, for two and a half minutes; No. 5, five minutes;
.No, 6, fifteen minutes. The solutions were then set
aside to allow the residual lead peroxide to settle, the
Bupernatant liquid decanted, and the residue boiled with
more hot water containing 20 to 25 percent, of nitric
aeid. These decantations are continued as long as they
show a decided colour of permanganic acid. When the
manganese is below Olio per cent,, one decantation and
subsequent boiling i- generally sufficient. The combined
decantations are then filtered through asbestos and
titrated with a standard reducing agent. The results
obtained were : —
would appear to take place in accordance with the equa-
tion Ms (i 2NaOB 2H= M.m> No 6 -II 0,
the by drogeu lesulting from the action of the aluminium
upon the sodium hydrate. 'I he author intends to extend
his observations upon the bebavioui of aluminium with
the salts of the (bio-acids. — W. D. B.
Xo.
B
1 O'olfi n")i2 percent, manganese.
2
3
o-.iii; .. .
o-si.'i . .
..... 0-513
.. 0.518
i
0-518
U
0513
0 513
0518
0513
These show that the presence of lead nitrate, formed by
the action of nitric acid on the red lead, does not
influence the accuracy of the results, neither docs the
difference in the time of boiling appear to exert any
influence. The only difference 1 etween filtering hot and
cold is that occasionally lead peroxide will run through
the filter and cause too high results. The author has
been unable to obtain uniformly accurate results with
steel above 0 .30 per cent, manganese by taking an
aliquot portion of the lirst decantation "for titration,
wliile companion analyses treated in the usual manner
have yielded results which compared favourably with
gravimetric methods. — 6. 11. M.
Application of Nitroso-p-naphthol in Quantitative
Analyst G. v. Knorre Ber. 20, 283— 290.
In furtherance of the methods of separating cobalt and
nickel, and iron and aluminium, bj mi mis of nitrosi
napbthol [compare llinski and v. knorre, this Journal,
1885, 370, and 1886, 41), the author has investigated the
action of this compound on other metals. Copper can
be separated from lead, cadmium, magnesium, manganese,
mercury, zinc, &c, by precipitation as copper nitroso-jS-
naphihol (C,,HcO.NO)s.Cu. The separation is effected
by neutralising the solution with ammonia, which must
contain lhe metals as sulphates or chlorides, acidifying
with a few drops of hydrochloric acid, beating almost
to boiling, and adding excess of nitroso 3-naphtuol, dis-
solved iu hot 50 per cent, acetic arid. After remaining
for some hours in the cold the mixture is filtered, the
precipitate washed, dried, ignited in a porcelain crucible,
and weighed as cupric oxide. The separation of iron
from chromium, manganese, nickel, zinc and other
metals can be effected bj the method previously described
for its separation from aluminium. The methods are
given in detail in the original, together with the results
of check anal\ses. The author is continuing his
investigations, and intends to study the behaviour of
other nitroso compounds with metals. — Li. B.
New Reaction of Thiosulphates,
Zeits. Anal. ( In m
L. L. de Koninck.
26, 26.
<>n treating the alkaline thiosulphates, in presenci ol
limn hydrate, with aluminium, alkaline
sulphides are produced which are easily recognised by
their characteristic reactions. This' decomposition
tin tin- Detection of Ammonia, Nitric or Nitrous Acid,
and 3 Mosulphuric Acid tn a Mixture ol th ir Alkaline
."•"Its. L. L. de Koninck. Zeits. Anal, i hem. £6, 26.
lii substance in aqueous solution is distilled with
lye in a small fractionation flask, the side tube of which
dips into a [J-tubc containing Nessler's test solution.
Any ammonia piesent is at once apparent, and is care-
fully removed by proloi ed distillation. A little
aluminium added to the contents of the flask and fresh
Nessler solution placed in the (J-mhe. Nitric and nitrous
acids if present are reduced, Mid the ammonia passes
over into the Nessh i solution. The contents of the llask
are tested for sulphides, the presence ol which indicate
the occurrence ol a thiosulphate in the original sample.
(See preceding abstract ) — W. D. B.
Titration of Zh and ' 'I' Iodine.
P. v. Berg. Zeits.. Anal. Chun. £6, 23- -
The washed sulphide of zinc or cadmium is allowed to
drain upon the filter, and then transfem d together with
the filter to a stop] cud llask containing 800cc. of water
deprived of air by boiling and the passage of carbonic
acid gas. The whole is well shaken to break up the
precipitate and bring it into the most finely divided
condition possible, so that the sulphide may not be pro-
tected from the action of the iodine bj separated sul-
phur. A moderate quantity of hydrochloric acid is
added, there being no necessity to entirely dissolve the
sulpiride, and tin u an excels of iodine solution of know n
strength. The residual free iodine is then titrated with
thiosulphate without loss of time. The whole oi e/ation,
from the transference of the sulphide to the llask to the
final titration, occupies about live minutes, ami gius
results varying between 98 '8 and 100-2 per cent. 'I I e
reaction pruceeds according to the equation, Zns 2H( 1
- 21 /.id !ls -HI S. < iwing to the ready oxidation of
sulphide ol manganese, this method is not applicable to
the titration of that body, neither can it be employed
for the titration i f cobalt ami nickel sulphides, as these
are not attacked by the solution of iodine in h\ drochloric
acid.— \V. D. B. '
Process for th Rapid Separation of Gold, i
Antimony, Arsenic, mitt 'Jin. 1'. ,1. Dirvell. Dull
Soc Chein 46, 806.
Tuts is a combination of Silva's method for the separa-
tion of gold and platinum from antimony, arsenic and
tin by reducing the two first by means of chloral hydrate,
ami I etbod. The sulphides of the live metals
precipitated by Ht'l from their solution are dissolved in
aqua regia. A small quantity of a saturated solution of
neutral sodium oxalate is added, together with a solution
of oxalie acid (in quantity according to the amount of
antimonj present . and 1 istly, a marked excess of alco-
holic soda. No account is taken oi any sodium oxalate
which may separate, The solution is heated to nearly
100°C., and an excess of chloral hydrate solution added
drop by drop; heating is continued for a few mom
more, and lie hot solution filti red i ff from the precipi-
d gold and platinum. The filtrate is dilated, freed
from chloral bj boiling, acidified with hydrochloric acid,
treated with an excess of sulphurous acid, and the
metals se] cording to -Carnot's mi \tm.
'/.•it. Rep. 10, 198.) The whole process is rapid, and
yields very accurate results. — YV. 1>. 11.
Quantitative Estimate Boric Acid. T. Rosenbladt,
Zeits. Anal. Clicin. 26. 18 23.
Advantage is taken of the ready formation of methyl
borate by distilling methyl alcohol with sulphuric acid
Mayai, issr.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
385
and a borate, and of the volatility of the methyl borate,
in the author's method for the separation of boric acid
from bases and silicic acid, and estimation the same.
Tiie following arc [lie details of the process:— A quite dry
Erlenmeyer lla-k, with wide month and of about lOOcc.
capacity, is provided with a doubly perforate
through which passes a funnel with stop-cock and the
end ot a condenser tube. The other end of the condenser
tube is carried into a similar Erlenmeyer tlask through
a doubly perforated cork, and a tube Lent in two right
leads from this second Erlenmeyer tlask to the
bottom of a little Bask containing a solution of ammo-
nium carbonate. The upper part of that limb of the
tube which dips into the carbonate of ammonia is
expanded into a bulb. The whole apparatus mnst be
air-tight The substance under examination in a fine
i is weighed oil' into the first Bask,
moistened with methyl alcohol, the cork inserted, and
concentrated sulphuric acid added from the funnel.
The contents of the tlask are carefully cooled during the
addition of the acid, and then lOce. of methyl alcohol
are added gradually by the same funnel. The methyl
alcohol and methyl borate are distilled off on a water
bath, methyl alcohol being added from time to time in
quantities of about occ. until 40— oOcc. have passi d
through the apparatus for each 0'3grin. of boric acid.
Distillation being ended, the contents of the small tlask
are added to the distillate, the bulb rinsed out, and lOce.
of a 10 per cent, solution of ammonium carbonate added
to the united distillate and washings. During the dis-
tillation sufficient magnesia to absorb three times as
much boric acid as is present is brought into a plati-
num basin of 40 — GOce. capacity, strongly ignited, and
the whole weighed as rapidly as possible. The magnesia
is then moistened with solution of carbonate of ammonia,
the distillate transferred to the magnesia, evaporated
carefully, and the re>idue ignited and weighed. The
increase represents the boric acid. Compounds insolu-
ble in acids— such as silicates— 'are fused with sodium
and potassium carbonate previous to distillation, care
being taken in every instance that the substance is in a
very tine state of subdivision. Results of test analyses
with boric acid and several of its salts are given, and
the amounts of boric acid found vary from 9977 to
9999 of the quantity taken or calculated. The author
upon the importance of employing methyl
alcohol which neither turns black nor evolves sulphurous
acid when mixed with sulphuric acid and warmed on
the water bath.— W. 1). B.
A Method for th n and Estimation of Boric
Acid. P. A, Gooch. Amer. Chem. J. 9, 23—33;
also Chem. News, 1SS7, 7—10.
In this method the author takes advantage of the vola-
tility of free boric acid with alcohol iu order to secure its
removal from lixed substances, and estimates it in the
distillate. Methyl alcohol answered best for this pur-
poee, The presence of water retards the action of methyl
alcohol very considerably. The author made a series of
experiments, using calcium oxide in place of magnesium
oxide, and found that when the solution of boric acid in
methyl alcohol is allowed to stand with calcium oxide
for about fifteen minutes before distilling, there is ii"
volatilisation of boric acid. It appears, therefore, that
free boric acid being easily volatilised by means "t
methyl alcohol, and lixed completely by calcium hydrate.
the separation of the acid from almost anything with
which it ordinarily occurs, and its subsequent esti-
mation depend only upon the practicability of distilling
it from it< compounds in such company that it may be
retained by lime, and its amount determined by the
increase in the weight of the latfer. Nitric and acetic
acids are suitable agents, therefore, for the liberation of
boric acid previous to distillation.
The author employs, for the distillation, the apparatus
which is shown in the accompanying figure. It consists
of a retort, condenser, and bath for beating. The latter
i* a paraffin b.ith, which has been found most convenient.
The condenser is preferably set \ ei tically. The retort is
made of a pipette by bending the tube at one end to a
right angle, and at the other to a gooseneck, as shown. To
the former end is fitted, by a rubber stopper or piece of
tubing, a ^!a<-> funnel tube provided with a stop-cock ;
of the goose-neck passes tightly through a rubber
Stopper in the upper end ot the condensing tube. The
distillate is received in a small Erlenmeyer Bask, which
i- attached to the condenser by means of a thistle-tube
and a rubber stopper grooved to permit the free pa; sige
of air. A -JOOec. pipette makes the most convenient sized
retort. In the experiments given below, 1 to 4 were
performed with nitric acid, and 3 to S with acetic acid
to liberate the boric acid. The results obtained were : —
B,0
taken.
Grm.
CaO
taken.
Grni.
B,0 -
CaO found
Grm.
B;0,
found.
Grm.
Krror.
Grm.
•;
01738
09617
1-1392
01715
00007-
0 1SOG
09639
11156
04S17
0-ODU-
I:
0 177G
0D665
1 1150
01785
00006+
01824
09739
115S7
0-1818
00021
:
01S03
IT".'
1-6371
01812
0 0006-
01813
0 97i0
11513
0-1823
00011^-
I:
01788
0-9986
117S1
01795
0 0007 +
01813
0^5-*7
11358
01831
0t»l 8
In the presence of chlorides, nitric acid cannot be
employed to liberate the boric acid, and the author
recommends the removal of the chlorine by means of
silver nitrate, care being taken to add slight excess of
nitric acid after the separation of the silver salt. Chlorides
do not appear to interfere with the liberation with acetic
arid ; but it was found that the presence of any consider-
able amount of potassium acetate i- disadvantageous.
This method can be applied to almost any class of
substances containing I oric acid.
The distillation apparatus is also capable of extensive
application, and may be advantageously used for the
determination uf free and albuminoid ammonia in water.
-G. H. II
386
THE JODENAI OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IMH STRY. IMaj 31.isbt.
°",,'/'e ' Bromine" for Decomposing added in small portions UDtil the precipitation of cupric
A. l.raiul. Zeits. Anal. Chen.. 26, snlphide is complete, and the supernatant liquid remains
aipnide
nlkv I'n
nun presence of free sulphur. The precipitate is
ignited with Bnlphur in a current "t hydrogen, and
weighed as i !u.S. The cadmium is precipitated from the
solution by II. s or ammonium sulphide.
Zinc. — The solution should contain no
other free acid than oxalic. By boiling with thiosul-
222-
This ''solid bromine" consists of thin rods of ki.
mixed with somewhat less than 1 per cent of lime or
alkali, which are soaked in liquid bromine : the thin
rmm. in dial i tain ahout Igim. of I
per cm. length, and the thick rods [15mm. diamel
about 3grms. per cm. length. On heating they give nil phate.anorange-yellowcadmiumsulphideisprecipitated,
bromine, and they can also be used for introducing any and is easily washed, but no zinc. Care must be taken
required quantity of bromine into a solution, since the that no zinc oxalate he thrown down. The sulphuric or
kieselguhr is not acted upon. hydrochloric acid present is neutralised with ammonia,
I he author has analysed fahl-ore, as well as ores :IM excess of ammonium chloride added, then about
"I had and nickel (containing IV. Ag, Cu, Pb, Ni, Co, 2grms. of oxalic arid in solution, and the whole heated
», Sb, and As), by heating in a current of bromine, and to boiling. If much zinc be present, or the solution not
uehnds that the volatile bromides contain all the sulphur, sufficiently diluted, a separation of crystalline zinc
antimony, and arsenic (as well as mercury in the case oxalate takes place, and by filtering this off, and wash-
off ahl-ore) : while the silver, copper, had, nickel, and ing with warm ammonium chloride solution, a portion of
cobalt remain as non-volatile bromides. Iron was found
n both, but mainly in the residue. This d mposition,
by means of bromine, into volatile and non-volatile
bromides is carried out in much the same way as the
the zinc is separated, which can be weighed as oxide or
sulphide. But this precipitation of zinc oxalate may be
entirely avoided by the use of a sufficient quantity of
potassium oxalate, which forms with the zine oxalate
an easily-soluble double salt. The solution of zinc and
analysis of fahl-ores in a current of chlorine ; the separa
Hon proceeds quite smoothly, and the method i- cheaper cadmium, prepared as above, to avoid premature pre
and more convenient than tlie chlorine process. The , cipitation of zinc, is diluted to 200— 'JoOcc, heated to
decomposition is carried on in a tube, the front part 100 C, treated in separate portions with sufficient thio-
being bent downwards and connected with two U -tubes sulphate, and the boiling continued. The further
«i " i ?5' ,S riece'\ers- ,1',le. finely-divided mineral is 'addition of thiosnlphate, or of oxalic acid, will cause
no orange precipitate, when the reaction is complete
placed in a boat and pushed into the front part of the
tube. A number of bromine sticks are introduced behind
the boat, and then the tube is dosed air-tight : this is
best done by poshing in a stiff paste of plaster-of-Paris,
so as to form a plug -Jem. long, and closing the tube
with a well-fitting cork. The two receivers are filled
with HOI containing a little chlorine or bromine-water j
it all the bromine-vapours are not absorbed, the operation
must be carried out under a hood, or else the vapours
may be led into a vessel containing shavings soaked in
alcohol The tube i- now gradually heated from the
plug end forwards towards the boat, so that the bromine-
vapours ex pel theair before the decomposition commences.
i lie reaction proceeds vigorously as soon as the boat i-
heated ; the volatile bromides are then driven forward
into the receiver, and the tube is cut off between the
"■at and the bromine-sticks. The decomposition of
Igrm. of substance takes about half-an-honr, and before
proceeding with the analysis the solution containing the
volatile bromides should be poured into a porcelain dish
and heated on a water-bath in a fume-closet, so as to
drive oil' the bromine.— D. E. J.
Analyses of Chrome Iron Ore. W. Venator and E
Etienne. Chem. Zeit. H, 53.
Till, authors give the following complete analyses of two
samples of chrome iron ore from the Urals :—
Chromium oxide.
Ferrous oxide . . .
Alumina
Magnesia
Lime
Silicic acid
II
5162
17-01
1315
073
1 71
51-39
18-13
1IG3
13-29
0-75
1-71
21-58
3-37
1385
0'60
537
2112
315
13G7
0-6.5
5-37
— W. i>. j;.
ft* Separation of Copper, Cadmium, Zinc and
A ickel or Cobalt (Iron or Manganese). Carnot Bull
'him. 46, 812.
and Cadmium,— The solution containing these
metals is acidified with 10-15cc. of hydrochloric acid
diluted to 200-300CC., heated to boiling, and a solution
of sodium or ammonium hyposulphite (thiosqjphate) I rapid^ and give accurate^tdtsT—W. D? B
The precipitated cadmium sulphide is washed, dissolved
in nitric acid, converted into sulphate by the addition of
a few drops of HaSO<: and weighed as sulphate after
ignition at a dull-red heat. T he zinc is precipitated as
sulphide by H2S, and may be weighed either as oxide or
sulphide.
Zin kel [or Cobalt). — Nickel and cobalt are
not precipitated in the foregoing processes, and are
present in the sulphuretted hydrogen solution. Sodium
or ammonium acetate is added, and the solution again
saturated with ITS. The precipitate is converted into
protosulphide by ignition in a current of hydrogen. In
absence of cadmium, the copper is precipitated by hypo-
sulphite (thiosnlphate) from the solution containing tree
sulphuric or hydrochloric acid, ammonia added to
approximate neutrality, and the majority of the zinc
precipitated by U.S. Ammonium oxalate is next added,
and the zinc completely precipitated with a large excess
of IKS. In the filtrate, the nickel or cobalt is preci-
pitated by H«S alter the addition of sufficient am-
monium acetate.
In tltc!', I and Manganese. — The employ-
ment of potassium oxalate in place of ammonium oxalate
i- essential to prevent their precipitation by ll.S or
thiosnlphate in the acid solution. This i> due to the
formation of easily-soluble double oxalates of potassium
with iron and manganese.
Zinc and Iron. — The hydrochloric acid solution is
nearly neutralised with ammonia and saturated with
a rapid current of II2S, whereby the zinc is partially
precipitated and the fenie salt reduced. 1'otassium
oxalate is then added, and the precipitation of the zinc
completed by means of II. s. 'lhe iron is subsequently
thrown down by ammonium sulphide. This new
method for the separation of zinc and iron is in many
to be preferred before all others.
Zinc and Manganese, — The process is the same as in
the case of zinc and iron.
Zinc, Nickel [or Cobalt), Ma The three sul-
phides are precipitated successively and respectively in
the oxalic acid, acetic acid, and neutral or ammoniacal
solution.
Nickel, Iron, and Manganese.— the solution in which
the iron must exist as a ferric Bait, is saturated with
amniouia and ammonium carbonate until it ha- assumed
a brown colour, a neutral acetate added, and an excess
of lUS passed in. Iron, nickel, and cobalt are com-
pletely precipitated, and the manganese which remains
in solution is thrown down by means of ammonium
sulphide.
The above-described new methods of separation are
11,1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
381
Colour Reactions for Arsenic, Vanadic, Molybdic, and
.!, ,.,.,,.-, Adas, also for the Oxides of Antimony
and An it. Levy. Compt. Rend. 1SS6°, 11,
L195.
In continuation of his researches as to the behaviour oi
titanic, aiobic, tantalic and stannic acids, the author lias
investigated the colour reactions yielded by the ahove-
n. id acids and oxides with the following bodies:
Morphine, codeine, phenol, thymol, a-naphthol, 9-naph-
thol, quinol, pyrogallol, salicylic acid, ra-oxy benzoic
acid and gallic acid. These reactions in many cases
suffice to indicate the presence of one of the above acids or
oxides in admixture with the others. — "\Y. 1*. 1!.
A Basic Aluminium Sulphate. K. J. Bayer. Chem.
Zeit. 11, 38.
Ik the manufacture of sulphate of alumina, the author
has observed the formation of a basic sulphate poss
ing characteristic properties, in which it differs from
similar compounds hitherto prepared. By dissolving
aluminium hydrate, prepared by precipitation with
carbonic acid, in Bulphuric acid, and boiling the solution
obtained with an excess of hydrate, it is found impos-
sible to bring this excess into solution by a further
addition of sulphuric acid, even though the latter be
concentrated. The solution also remains acid in spite of
the aluminium hydrate apparently present. The hydrate
has taken up sulphuric acid without, however, being
converted into a soluble compound. On isolating this
insoluble residue, it is found to be insoluble in acid, and
only a portion is dissolved out by prolonged boiling with
sulphuric acid of 1 3 — 1'4 sp.gr. Hydrochloric acid
appears to have no action. Two residues obtained at
different times were washed and subjected to analysis,
solution for this purpose being effected by means of
digestion in caustic soda. The results of analysis, making
allowance for the small percentage of SiCC present,
lead tn the formula 3ALO;,.2S0;, + 9H,,0, as appears
from the following figures : —
By Analysis.
AliO,.
so*...
Theoretical.
.. 1874 ..
.. 2533 ..
.. 2573 ..
1. II.
-17-7*3 18-72
21-11 25-80
27-7S 2547
In (1.) the percentage of water is too high, having been
estimated by difference ; moreover, the sample contained
some soda, which was not estimated. The direct esti-
mation of water by heating the sample at 200 — 250'-' C.
gave 16S3 per cent., corresponding to Oniols. On further
heating the sample to faint redness, further 9 '20 per cent.
of water were given off, and it was only when the sample
was heated to bright redness that any sulphurous acid
could be observed. This basic sulphate does not lose
water at 100° C, nor over sulphuric acid. On heating
the sulphate which has been ignited at a faint red heat,
with water, a basic aluminium sulphate passes into solu-
tion, from which, on heating, a voluminous precipitate
separates. This would appear to correspond to alumi
nite, which contains equal molecules of alumina ami
sulphuric acid. Attempts were made to prepare the basic
sulphate by boiling an excess of aluminium hydrate
soluble in acetic acid, with a concentrated solution of
aluminium sulphate, — but without success. — W. D. B.
Testing AluminiumSulphatt for 1 . 1 1 .Sulphuric Acid a mi
Aluminium Hydrate. K. J. Bayer. Chem. Zeit.
11, 53.
The presence of free acid is most certainly and con-
veniently detected by the use of Tropieoliu OO, and its
amount estimated by titration with normal soda, using
the tropseolin as indicator. The solution for this pur-
pose should not contain more than 10 per cent, of
aluminium sulphate. If the sample contains aluminium
hydrate in solution as basic salt, this may be estimated
by titration with normal sulphuric acid, tropseolin being
the indicator. The insoluble portion left on dissolving
aluminium sulphate in twice its weight of water, which
appears as a white turbidity, ami may be present even
when tin1 solution is distinctly acid, may consist either
of hydiat.d silicic acid or of the insoluble basic sulphate
3AI,0,.2SOa+9H,Oaln cribedby theauth
preceding abstract).— \V. D. B.
On the Estimation of Phosphorite <n Steel and Iron. 1'.
Vorwerk. Chem. Zeit. 11, US— 99.
Tin: Author, having tested for time months MeinekeV
and Wood's modifications of the Molybdenum method
tor the determination of phosphorus, finds that for
accuracj and rapidity they are alike suitable for iron-
works lain. ratlines. The combined method In- specially
recommends is as follows : — Enough of the sample
ii-;; to Nmins.) to give about lgrm. of the ignited
phospho molvlidic precipitate, should be dissolved in
nitric acid n't 12 sp. gr., (iOcc. of 1'4 sp. gr. nitric acid,
and 5cc. of chromic acid solution (2grmsJ r( ' are added,
and the mixture boiled for 15 to 20 minutes. The
organic hodies having thus been oxidised, the solution
is cooled to 50— 55° C. by the addition of 50— OOcc. of
water. The addition now of lOOce. of 096 sp. gr.
ammonia will raise the temperature to 75° — 80°, bo that
the precipitation of the phosphorus with 75cc. of the
usual molybdate solution may at once be proceeded
with, the liquid meanwhile being well stirred. After
two hours, the clear liquor may be siphoned off, and
the precipitate filtered, washed as usual with acid
ammonium nitrate, introduced moist into a weighed por-
celain crucible, dried carefully, the filter paper inciner-
ated, and the yellow precipitate heated to 400 < '.
preferably over a'Berzelius lamp for 10 to 15 minutes.
The blue-grey residue consists of (empirically) PsOj.
4(Mob017), and contains C754 percent, of phosphorus. If
more than 3 per cent, of combined carbon be present, as
in some spiegels, the chromic acid treatment will not
suffice for the removal of organic impurities ; but the
solution is evaporated, and the residue, after careful
iguition, dissolved in hydrochloric acid and filtered from
silica. The filtrate is freed from excess of hydrochloric
acid by evaporation, rendered slightly alkaline by
ammonia, the precipitate redissolved in nitric acid, and
the whole heated to 75— S0C C. with 30cc. of concen-
trated ammonium nitrate solution (750grms. per litre)
and precipitated as usual. Silica dissolved in the nitric-
acid may generally be neglected with safety. Should,
however, this body" or graphite separate from the solu-
tion, the latter after oxidation of the organic substances
should be made up to a given volume and filtered
through a dry filter into a dry beaker, from which any
convenient fraction of the solution may be taken. By
keeping the weight of the ignited precipitate lower than
lgrm., the ignition may be conducted in a pence-
lain crucible instead of in a platinum dish. A skilled
analyst may thus conveniently make 20 determinations
in a "day of eight hours. Finally, the author criticises
Iluss's modification of Sonneuscheiu's method ; Huss,
under the impression that phosphorus is not completely
precipitated from a nitric acid solution of steel, converts
the ferric nitrate into chloride by an exact adilition of
ammonium chloride. This incomplete precipitation is
due to organic matter and not to ferric nitrate, and is
therefore equally incomplete after the addition of the
chloride.— W. G. M.
Detection of Albumen in Urine. L. Blum. Chem.
Zeit. Bep. 11, 24.
Tiik reaction with metaphosphoric acid is made use of.
Owing to the fact that this acid does not keep when in solu-
tion, the following reagent is employed as a substitute :—
0'03 to 0 05grm. manganic chloride is dissolved in a small
amount of water, acidified with a few cc. of dilute
hydrochloric acid and treated with lOOcc. of a 10 per
cent, solution of sodium metaphosphate. Lead dioxide
l- then added in small quantities at a time withconstant
agitation, after which the mixture is allowed to settle
and filtered. The resulting pink solution of manganic
metaphosphate is then used as indicator fur the presence
• 'this Journal, 1SS6, 50t>.
388'
THE Joi/KNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [fcay3l,l8».
of metaphosphoric acid. This solution I pa well, and
is nut acted on by other iogredients of urine.— D. B.
■ ' nine Sulphate. 0. Schlicknm. Pharm.
Zeit 32, 23.
To determine the presence of alkaloids other than
quinine in < imercial quinine sulphate, the author
makes nse of an observation by De Vrij, who found that
quinine chromate is almost insoluble in water. It is
shown thai both quinine and cinchonine form cbromates
requiring 2000 parts of water for complete solution. The
chromates of quinidine and cinchomdine are, however,
more readily Boluble. It was also found that a cold
saturated solution of quinine chromate is not precipitated
by caustic alkali-, owing to the fact that quinine hydrate
is no more insoluble in water than the chromate. If,
therefore, a solution of quinine is precipitated with
potassium chromate, altered after four hours' rest, and
sodium hydroxide is added to the filtrate, no ci
should take place with pure quinine, the appearance of a
flocculenl or opaque turbidity being indicative of the
presence of cinclionine, cinchonidme, or quinidine.
( iinchonine dissolves in about 4000 parts of water, so that
sodium In droxide precipitates a cold saturated solution of
its chromate I :2000). The chromates of quinidine and
cinchonidine dissolve in about 400 pai Is of "water. The
author ha- based on these ratios of solubility a method
suitable for the detection of 0'5 per cent, of* cinchonine
sulphate or 1 per cent, of quinidine or cinchonidine
sulphate in quinine sulphate. — D. 1).
Estimation of Colchicine. A. Kremel. Pharm. Post.
20, 38.
- 01 is. of colchicine seeds are exhausted in anextrac"
pparatus with alcohol of U0 percent. The liquid
is diluted with 25cc. of water, and the alcohol removed
by evaporation. The residue is filtered and washed, and
the filtrate agitated three or four times with 10 or loce.
of chloroform. The mixed extracts are then evaporated,
the residue is dissolved in water, again agitated with
chloroform, and treated as before. The final residue 1s
dissolved in a few' cc. of water, evaporated, dried over
sulphuric acid, and weighed. — D. B.
Reaction, for Levulose. Ber. 20, 181—182.
When a cold aqueous solution of two parts of cane sugar
and one pari of resorcinol is mixed with concentrated
hydrochloric acid and quickly warmed, a red colouration
takes place, and on cooling a considerable dark pre-
cipitate is deposited, which is soluble in alcohol with a
beautiful red colour. Levulose and ratiinose also give
this reaction with resorcinol, but dextrose, galactose,
maltose, milk sugar, and inosite do not give any coloura-
tion. It appears that this reaction is only given by
carbohydrates which contain or which yield levulose on
inversion. The precipitate is analogous to those ob-
tained by Michael (this Journal, 1884,253), by the con-
densation of aldehydes with resorcinol. The author
found that levulose acid gives Baeyer's aldehyde reaction
with phenol. When dissolved in alcohol the condensa-
tion product gives a fine red colour, which on addition of
alkali i> first tuned blue, then green, and finally dirty
yellowish-grey. When water is added to an alcoholic
solution of one part levuliuic acid and one part resorcinol,
to which fuming hydrochloric acid has been added, a
white resinous precipitate i- thrown down analogous to
that described by .Michael [IOC at.). This turns real in
the air. Qninones and pyToracemic arid give the same
reaction. — ('•. II. M.
tained which is sufficiently sensitive to admit of the
detection of one of aldehyde in 2.00,000 parts of the
solution.— I >. B.
A . /!,. Determination of Tannin.
M. Villon. Bull. Soc. Chim. 47, 07.
Tut: determination ol tannin is a matter of difficulty.
( In the one hand, the same process gives different results
with extracts of different origin containing the same
amount of tannin, and on the other, different processes
applied to the same extract also give different results.
Substances, also allied to tannin, but which do not form
leather, such as gallic, cllagic, glauco-melonic and
gallamic acids, occur in extracts along with tannin, and
are estimated with it by certain methods. The author
states that of the :>2 methods for determining tannin,
that of Hammer, that of Muntz, which is a modifica-
tion of Hammer's, and that of Lbwenthal are the only
ones which give satisfactory results. The author pre-
cipitates the tannin with a solution of lead acetate, ami
states that gallic acid is not precipitated. Liebig and
Strecker lirst remarked that tannin gave a yellow pre-
cipitate with lead acetate. Stein, in 1857, determined
tannin by precipitating with a boiling solution of lead
acetate in excess, filtering, drying, and igniting the pre-
cipitate, and from the weight of the lead oxide obtained,
calculating the tannin. The precipitate of lead tanuate
varies in composition according to the temperature and
concentration of the solution, but the author finds that
in a liquid containing a weight of lead acetate equal to
three to live times that ot the tannin, the precipitate
formed has a constant composition and is not dissociated
by water. The addition of sodium acetate promotes the
precipitation. Upon these facts he founds the following
process: — The tannin solution is made of a strength ol
about -grins, of tannin per lOOcc. The lead solution con-
tain- 1 00" i ii is. of neutral lead acetate and 20g rm -.of sodium
acetate per litre. lOOcc. of the tannin solution are mixed
with ll'Oee. of the lead solution left for live minutes,
and then tiltered. The sp. gr. D of the lead solution,
the sp, gr. 1> of the tannin solution and the sp. gr. d of
the filtered mixture are taken, all at the same tempera-
ture. The calculation of the amount of tanniu is as fol-
lows :— If the two liquids mixed without precipitation or
alteration in volume, the sp. gr. of the mixture would
be — - — ; but as the lead tannatc disappears from the
liquid the sp. gr. is diminished thus: — l_ — </.
Let E be the difference of sp. gr. produced in lOOcc.
of an aqueous solution by the disappearance of the
same weight of tannin as that precipitated as lead tannatc ;
probably """ " — d will be proportional to E, whence
CV-')-^
on of Minute Quantity i of Aldehyde in Alcohol
W. Windisoh. Ztschr. f. Spirit-Ind. 9,510.
on treating aldehyde in aqueous or alcoholic solution
with a fiesbly prepared aqueous Bolution of metapheny-
lenediaminc hydrochloride, a yellow colouration is oo-
• Sec this Journal, 1S57, n. 306.
This equation permits us to calculate E, if A is deti r-
mined once for all, and from K to deduce//, the weight in
grammes contained in lOOcc. of the solution in question,
by means of Hammer's table. This table may be
summed np in the following formula:—/*^ '• The
constant A is not the same for all the tannins ; & r gal-
lotannic acid it i- 50 per cent. ; for qucicitannic acid,
45 '3 ; castaneotannie, 44 N; a-pidospei tannic, 42"5j
abietannic, 40 ; and catcchutannic acid, 52 per cent.
-13. 11.
Butter Analysis. V. W. A. Wolt. Zeits. Anal. Chem.
26, 28^33.
The author has made a series ot test analyses of mix-
J ,ui inline butter and "oh il containing 20, 40,
.".ii, 60, and 30 per cent, of the former, by Kbttetorfer's
and Reichert's methods respectively, with a view of
determining the degree oi accuracy of which the two
Bj Kottstorfer'a method the mean
ciior was 6"5 per (int., the maximum error 101 per
cent., the percentage of genuine butter indicated being
II. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIKTY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
38fl
too
too low on account of tlie low percentage of alkali
(222*2 to 223'2mgrm8. per grain) actually required bj the
genuine butter ; whilst in calculating the results Kotta
torfer'8 mean value, 227, was employed. By Kei
method closer results were obtained, the maximum error
t 5, the mean error only +2*3 per cent. The
results of examination of thirty-seven samples of butter,
butterine, and butterine materials are given, and these
confirm the value of the indication which specific gra". in
affords as to the genuineness of a sample. With the
exception of sesame and cocoa-nut oils the specific
gravity of all the coinmonly-used butterine materials falls
below 0 '90536, whilst that of genuine butter falls
between (Kill and 0 HI 4. The minimum specific gra> ity
of genuine batter is usually placed at 0*912, but in seven
samples examined the figures were below this, the lowest
specific gravity obtained being 0*91107. — W. 1>. B.
occurrence, and that the alloys are easily brought into
solution by acids. Experiments weir mad.' with
various metals, but it was found that /in'-' was in every
reaped the most convenient. The weighed eampleof
platinum is mixed in a well glazed porcelain crucible
with pure metallic zinc and the mixture exposed to the
heat of a muttle furnace. When cold, the content- of
the crucible are treated with cold hydrochloric acid of
1-124 -p. gr., which dissolves the zinc, leaving untouched
a residue of grey metallic needles. These latter are
washed, and dissolved in aqua regia. Solution now
takes place rapidly, and the analysis i- proceeded with
in the usual manner. — W. 1'. B.
Modification of Otto's Acetometer. W. Fresenius. Zeits.
" Anal, Chem. 26, 5'J-GO.
Tins modification consists of a glass cylinder 12mm. in
diameter, 17 — IScm. high, closed at the lower end and
graduated into fifths or tenthsof a cc. The first gradua
tion mark is at 5cc. from the bottom, and tin' divisions
into fifths or tenths proceed from this to the 12cc. mark.
In the performance of the test the apparatus is filled to
the 5cc, mark by means of a pipette to avoid soiling the
upper part with the vinegar under examination, a few
drops of phenolphthalein solution added, and the standard
soda run in and carefully mixed until a red tint is
acquired. The volume in cc. of the soda solution i- then
read off, and this gives without calculations the number
of grins, of anhydrous acetic acid in lOOcc. of vinegar,
if the soda solution is of the strength recommended by
Fresenius for vinegar testing — namely, the litre corre-
sponding to oOgrms. of anhydrous acetic acid.
— W. D. B.
Reactions of Duboisine, Hyoscyamine, and Atropine.
Chem. Zei't. II, 52.
ALTHOUGH the researches of Ladenburg would indicate
the identity of duboisine with hyoscyamine, these two
alkaloids exert very different physiological actions.
According to Harnack, duboisine acts with about five
times the power of purest recrystallised hyoscyamine,
and two or three times more powerfully than atropine.
The physiological differences between the alkaloids in
question being so marked, it is very desirable to have a
means for their chemical discrimination, and for this
advantage is taken of their behaviour with alcoholic
solutions of mercuric chloride. The action of this
reagent with atropine was first pointed out by Gerrard,
and Schweissinger has extended observations with the
following results : — By dissolving about ling, of atropine
in 1 — 2 drops of water in a test glass — which to hasten
solution may be immersed in hot water — and adding 2i c.
of a 5 per cent, mercuric chloride solution in alcohol of
50 per cent., a reddish-brown precipitate is obtained'.
Pure crystallised hyoscyamine tested in the same way
clear solution, which after continued warming on
the water bath shows a faint opalescence. Pure crystal-
lised duboisine under the same conditions gives a white
surbidity immediately, and on warming a white precipi-
tate. The amorphous base hyoscine, isomeric with
atropine and hyoscyamine gives a clear solution when
toted as above, and no change takes place on prolonged
warming. — W. D. B.
Analysis of Platinum. <'. Bernhardt. Chem. Zcit.
11, 52.
In THE examination of metallic platinum to be used for
making crucibles it is frequently found a matter o
difficulty tn cllect solution in aqua regia or hydrochloric
add and potassium chlorate. To obviate this difficulty
the author takes advantage of tlie fact that platinum
may be readily alloyed with several metals of common
[,,,,. Food. II. Tall'e. Bull.
Sue. C'hiin. 46, 808.
In avoid the extraction of tannin substances when the
drink under examination i- shaken up with ether, the
author advises the employment of a mixture of ether and
petroleum ether in equal volnmes, as this neither con-
tains water nor take- up water when shaken therewith.
By using tins mixture, foreign substances are not ex-
tracted, and it is possible to obtain the colour reaction
with ferric chloride with great certainty, and without it
being necessary to purify the ether and petroleum ether
extract, even when the quantity of salicylic acid is very
minute. According to the author, this plan is to be pre-
ferred before all others for the rapid and certain detec-
tions of salicylic acid. Since beer gives with the mixed
ethers an emulsion which separates very slowly, the
author advises that after the mixing, agitation, and
standing, a second quantity of the ether mixture be
added and carefully stirred with the upper layer or the
emulsion, from which it abstracts a portion of the
salicylic acid. — W. D. B.
Estimation of Fall;/ Acids in Soap. B. Schnlze.
Zeits. Anal. Chem. 26, 2,.
THE weighed sample is brought into solution in an
Erlenmeyer llask, decomposed with dilute sulphuric
acid, and the separated fatty acids dissolved out in ether.
The aqueous solution is 'removed as completely as
possible by means of a pipette, and the ether washed
three or four times with fresh water, care being taken to
remove the aqueous layer as completely a- possibly.
Alter the last washing and drawing oil' of the water, a
few drops of barium chloride solution are added, and
any free sulphuric acid thus piecipitated. The amount
of water being so .-mall, the ethereal solution may be at
once passed through a filter, and thereafter treated in
the usual manner. The fatty acids obtained in this
way arc completely free from sulphuric and hydrochloric
acids, and do not darken at 100' C— VV. L>. B.
jRcto 15ooks.
LAOBKB'S Handbuch des, ZBUGDRUCK8. Herausgcgebcn
von Dr. Ed. Laubbr, untcr mitwirkung von ALBERT Stkin-
liEii., l»r. W. H.vi ssmixn, and HOR1TZ Kemx. I. Band,
liritte Auflftge. Leipzig, 1886. Cumniissionsvcrlag von
Uustav Weigel.
8vo VOLUME in paper cover. Price 6s. Contains 12*2 pages of
subject matter, Table of Contents and Alphabetical Index.
work is illustrated by three- woodcuts, and the mituects ot
winch it treats more particularly in this first volume, are:
Chapter I. singeing the (ioods. Bleaching and Shearing.
aration of the Printing-colours. Chap. 111.
i of the B -■ Chap. IV. Fixing the colours
Steam etc. Chap. V. Turkej red Oil; Blocking the
i live. VI continuous Soap and Washing Machine.
r vil Soap in Dyeing ; In i estimation and Preparation of
theSoap. Chap. VIIX Water in Dyeing; Investigation and
Purification of Water. CHAP. IX. C'hlonnatiou of the Per-
THE JOURNAL OF THE 801 LET! OF CHEMICAL l\Di STBY. [May3i,i887.
i Goods; Dry and Damp Chlorine. Chap. X. Albumen
iure; Testing the Bame on the Fibre; Testing Albumen ;
Ultramarine, Chrome Green, etc. Chap. XI. Reservewith
Albumen Colours. Chap. XII. Steam Colours by decomposi-
tion of Metallic Salts, etc. Chap. XIII. Colours Developed
cither by Muluul Decomposition or by Volatilisation of Acids,
etc.
The Printing 01 Cotton t mprising Calico Print-
ing, Printing and Dyeing. By Antonio Sansone. Man
.luster: Abel Heywood &8on -, Oldham Street,
tiipkui, Marshall & Co., Stationers' Hall Court.
Hamilton, Adams -^ Co., 32, Paternoster Row. 1887.
This important work consists of an 870 volume bound in cloth :
dns Preface >f subject matter, illustrated bj 32
pi mi and apparatus used by
i Printers, of K printed and dyed Patterns, a
Table mts and Alphabetical Index, followed by. one
; 1 Practical Recipes. 'I'll.. Table of Con-
tents contains the key to the plan of the work as a whole :-
History of Calico Printing; Bleaching. 1!a\v Materials,
including Mineral 1 lolours, natural I Irganic Colouring Matters.
Coal-tar Colours. Monlanis, etc. : Thickening or Sizing M
rials. Water. Printing Processes : Preparing Thickenings
and Mordants. Printed Colours (dii im. Oxidation and
Reduction ours or Processes of recent
introduction). Dyed COLOURS, including Alizarin Colours
(Madder styles), Resists, Discharges, Turkey Reds. Alizarin
Reds, in,i. Manganese Bronze colours. Benzopur-
purin and allied Dyestuffs. Tin Pbini ipai Styles in
Calico Printing. Machinery and Apparatus, Finishing
Printed Goods. Electricity in Printing, Printing Wool-
len Fabrics, Comparative Table up Baumk and Twad-
utu Degrees.
Chemistry for Beginners. Adapted for the Elementarj
-c of the Science and Art Department's Examination in
Inorganic Chemistry. By R. L. Taylor, F.I.c. F.C.S.,
Teacher in Chemistry and Physics in the Central Higher
Grade Board School, Manchester. London: Sampson Low.
Marston, Searle and Rivington, Crown Buildings, 188,
Fleet Street.
Small Svo volume bound in cloth. Price Is. tid. Containing
Preface. Table of Contents, HI pages of subject matter. Appen-
dix giving an account of the Metric System of Weights and
Measures, nine select Groups of Questions on each Chapter of
the work, and an Alphabetical Index. With the text are
interspersed 21 wood engravings. As regards the extent of
the subjects treated of, this is confined to the non-metallic
elements.
ArsKCttKi.ii HKS LEHRBUCH DEB ChemIE. Von H. E.
ROSCOE nnd C. Si BORLEMMBR. VierterBand: Die Kohlen-
wasserstoffe und Hire Derivate, Oder lirganisehe Cbemie.
Zweiter Theil, Zweita Abtheilung. Braunschweig: Druck
and Verlae von Friedrich Vieweg & Sohn. 1887. London:
11. Greve] St Cu., 33, Ring Street, Covent Garden.
Bvo VOLUME in paper cover, forming the second part of the
fourth volume of the German version of this well-known work.
It contains matti 331 to 672, with which are inter-
spersed one or two wood engrat ings. Essentially, it com
the description of the aromatic compounds with seven atoms
of carbon, and coi srs consequently, like the preceding part, a
complete field. The tir>t Bection concerns Toluene and the
deriva ding to those treated of under Benzene.
Then follows the Benzyl group, which joins itself to the Benzoyl
group, and the volume is concluded with the treatment of the
llydroxj -benzyl- and Hydroxy-benzoyl-compounds.
Crane Report.
1 From the Board uf Trade Journal.)
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS REGU-
LATIONS.
Russia.
Classification oj Articles in Customs Tariff.
Poud 361b, avoirdupois. Gold rouble-lls. id.)
Carbonic strontium.— Section 137, part 2, duty 1 rouble, HI)
copecks per poud.
Sw ETZBELAND.
ition oj Articles in Customs' Tariff.
[Note. Quintal = 220'ilb. avoirdupois.)
Soda, unprepared, crystallised, and calcined. Category 16,
duty 30 ceni imes per quintal.
Sulphate of barytas, purified, in paste. Category 30, duty
60 cent noes per quintal.
Plates of glass for photography, ready for use, dried.
Category 17, duty 30 francs per quintal.
I 1A1.Y.
Alterations in Customs' Tariff.
Mr. J. G. Kennedy. Her Majesty's Charge d'Affaircs at
Rome, writing under date of the 23rd April last, says that a
law approving the temporary application for a period of three
months of certain intended customs duties which passed
the Chamber on the 20th April came into force on the 22nd
of that month. The following is a statement of some of
the amended Customs duties in question:—
Tariff
Xo.
Tariff Classilication.
OMMERCIAL PLANTS AND 'DRUGS. Xo. 10. By T.
CHRISTY. F.L.s.. M.s.c.i., etc. London: Christy & Co.,
25, Lime Street, K.C. 18S7.
i\ 0 VOLUME bound in paper. Price 3s. Gd. Contains a Preface.
Table ot Contents, i-'o pages of subject matter, with which are
interspersed numerous excellent wood engravings, and an
Alphabetical Index. The following subjects are treated of : —
ahanthus, its Botany. Chemistry, Pharmacy. Physiology,
and Therapeutics ; the Colonial and Indian Exhibition : Hints
on the Cultivation of Dry-yielding Plants in Great Britain:
Notes from actual Practice in tie Treatment of Disease with
Janibul. Salix Nigra. Ka\a-Ka\a. Siegesbeckia, l'apa.v,
llydrocot) go Plant Chlorocodon Whitei : lluatn-
awripa; Kola chocolate: Ditana Digit if olia. and particulars of
man] n and rare drugs; Reports and Produce
received and examined.
Mineral and resinous oils :—
i. i Kaw - - Per quintal.
(o) Refined - - - „
Mineral oils, whether raw or
refined, unpolled in demi-
johns, or other similar
\ essels, shall pay 11 lire per
■-. if raw. and 51 lire.
if retined. with a deduction
from each quintal, gross
weight, of the general tare
of 15 per cent.
.Mineral oils, whether raw or
retined, imported in casks,
eases, or tins, shall pay duty
according to their net legal
weight, t'.c, with deduction
from the gross weight of the
following special tares for
eacb quintal of gross
weight : —
Barrels and kegs with iron
hoops, lokitos.
Wooden i ;is,s containing
two canisters of tin apiece
llkili
Tin canisters. Skilos.
If, however, they are im-
ported in vessels other than
those referred to above, they
shall pay according to gross
weight.
Mineral oils, whether raw, or
refined, if imported in
cistern-trucks or reservoir
ships, shall be charged by
nil net weight.
(i Heavy :-
1. It containing 20 per edit-
or less, of light oil at the
temperature of 310 degrees - ,,
2. If containing more than 20
per cent,, and not more than
ler cent., of light dis-
tilled oil at the temperature
of 310 degrees ,.
Heavy oils, imported in their
original receptacles, pay
a elding to gross weight.
If imp item-trucks
they pay upon
the net actual weight, With
an increase of 20 per cent.
Amended
Rale, of
Duty.
Lire e.
1700
600
1200
m„, m. iss:.! THE JOURNAL OF Till: SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
391
Classification of Articles in Ottstoms' Tariff.
Mixture ui Ash-oil and tatty substances. Category I, No,
7/», dul v o lire perquintal.
Unseed oil containing essence o{ turpentine, and not used
»rniah. Category l. No. 7f<. duty 6 lire par quintal.
Fish oil mixed with lubricating mineral substances. Catc-
cor\ 1. No. V>. duty 6 lire per quintal.
Acetic acid, concentrated and artificially coloured. Category
3, No. 29A. duty 10 lire per quintal.
Dissolved iron and iron held in solution by glucose or
molasses. Category 3. Xo. 56. duty ISO lire per quintal.
Iron, pulverised, (or medical use. Category 3, No. 56, duty
120 lire per quintal.
"Terpina." Category 3. No. 55. duty 10 lire per quintal.
Artificial black containing aluminium, flint, chalk, eb ., but
without phosphoric aeid. Category I. No. 70c. duty 5 lire per
quintal.
Varnish for shoes, composed of anilin colour dissolved in
spirits of wine. Category f. No. 67a, duty 30 lire per quintal.
Kid colouring mutter, containing a very large proportion
of aluminium. Category 13, No. 217, duty i lire per quintal.
Mixture of clay, hair, and other organic substances and
water. Forming a' mortar intended as a covering for tubes in
order to prevent condensation of steam. Category 13, No.
218a, duty free.
Tannic aeid mixed with dextrin. Category 11, No. 216,
duty 3 lire per quintal.
derating apparatus. Category 16. No. 297«. duty BO
lire per quintal.
Austria-Hungary.
Customs Decision.
Camphor oil, made from raw camphor, is in future to be
included in Category 107a of the tariff. Duty, 6 florins per
luukilos.
United States.
Customs Derision.
An importation found upon chemical analysis to consist of
magnesium-chloride, a chemical salt, is dutiable under the
provision for "all chemical compounds and salts,-' under sec-
tion 92, and is not entitled to free entry as a substance
" expressly used for manure," under paragraph 505 of the tree
list.
MISCELLANEOUS TRADE NOTICES.
Beer Adulteration in the Argentine Republic.
Mr. R. Bridgett. Her Majesty's Consul-General at Buenos
Ayres. in a report dated March 4 last, states that, by a recent
ordnance of the Municipality of Buenos Ayres. the sale of beer
containing salicylic aeid is forbidden after March 31. 1888,
under a penalty of twenty dollars for each case or cask, and
forfeiture of the same. Until then the seller must show on the
tieket or wrapper, or must otherwise certify the amount of
salicylic acid contained in the liquid up to a maximum of fifty
centigrammes per litre, or if it does not contain any acid it
must be similarly made known.
Trade of Japan during 1SSG.
A despatch, dated March 16 last, has been received from Sir
F. It. Plunkett, Her Majesty's .Minister at Tokio. enclosing
copies of the annual report of the Yokohama Chamber of
Commerce for the year 1SS6. From this report it appears that
the import and export trade of the whole ot Japan for tin' year
1886 show an increase of £594.000 and £2.123.000 respectively
over the preceding year. The total combined value of imports
and exports for 1SS6 is given at £16.221.585. as compared with
£13,204,083 in 18.55. the total increase, therefore, amounting to
above three millions sterling.
Russian Trade in 1S86.
The Journal dc St. Petersbourg for April 2 last, contains an
article on the foreign trade of Russia tor 1886. founded upon
the report of the Russian Administration des Douanes. The
receipts, it is stated, show an increase of about 10 per Cent.
upon those for 1885. but this is exclusively the result of the
increased duties charged upon foreign goods imported into
Russia. The revenue from exports has diminished, and the
commercial crisis appears to be as severe as ever. The bad
harvest of 1S8.5 exercised an unfavourable result on the export
of cereals in 1SS6. and the general diminution of exports in tin-
Class is no less than 21 percent., the total amount exported
being less than in any year since 18SI. The general stagnation
of trade is, according to the Journal, as marked in the ports of
the Black Sea and the Sea of Azov as in the Baltic.
Commercial Museums at Frankfort and
Amsterd Utt.
The Belgian Bulletin dn Mu.irr Commercial for April 9 last
states that the Commercial Museum established by the Cham-
her of Commerce at Frankfort-on-thc-Main is now opened '"
the public. It also announces that the Association for Expor
tation from the Kingdom of Saxony is about to open a Com-
mercial Museum in Amsterdam.
Camphor Monopoly in Formosa.
The following information, respecting the camphor mono-
poly in Formosa, is extracted from a recent report by the
i States Consul at Alnoy :
"The reports of the customs authorities in Formosa indieate
i constant diminution in the production of crude camphor
during the past two years, and the early extinction
industry from among the industrial pursuits of that island.
"Since the termination of the Franco-Chinese war. Formosa
has been made a separate province and placed under the juris-
diction of a Governor-General, who has instituted many new
ormerly quite unknown in Formosa ; ami among these,
on the lingering remains of the camphor industry, ne has
erected a Government monopoly of that business, which, from
nil the information I cau gather, seems likely to hasten its
.1 extinction. This camphor monopoly, so created, is
comparatively of little moment, excep! as it seems to be a re-
vival of the old co-hong system, and a restriction upon the
foreign trade of Formosa, so far as the article of camphor is
oncerned.
' Some very intelligent foreigners regard I bis us but the first
step, a feeling of the way. by the native authorities of Formosa,
to similar Government monopolies in other and more important
of industry and trade that might cause irreparable
injury to foreign commercial interests connected with the
nub 'of Formosa, such, for instance, as the tea and sugar trade. '
Trade Statistics for April.
The Board of Trade Returns for April show the followin g
figures :—
Exports.
April, 1886. April, 1887.
British and Irish Produce .... £10,117. bOI .... £16,411,662
Foreign and Colonial Produce
(partly estimated) 5.168.697 .... 5,716,339
Imports.
April, 1886.
Total value £26,066,754
Below are the details affecting drugs and chemicals : —
Exports.
April, 1887.
£31,149,923
British and Irish pro-
duce : —
Alkali cwt.
value £
Bleaching materials cwt
value £
Chemical manure .. value £
Drugs and medicinal
preparations tune-
numerated)
Other chemicals and
medicinal prepa-
rations value £
Oil (seed) tons
value £
Soap cwt.
value £
Painters' colours
and materials (un-
enumerated) value £
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Bark, Cinchona cwt.
,, .... value £
Chemicals (unenu-
merated)
Cochineal cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambier tons
,, value £
Cum Arabic cwt.
,, value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Lie. various kinds.. cwt.
.... value £
Lard cwt.
, value £
Oils, cocoanut cwt.
,, ,, value £
,, olive tuns
value £
,, palm cwt.
value £
,, petroleum .... gals.
„ value £
Quicksilver lb.
,, value £
Xitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) cwt.
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) value £
Tallow and etearine cwt.
,, „ ,, .. value £
Apr. 1885. Apr. 188a Apr. 1887.
011,179
170.021
127,002
12,150
131,591
03.9S1
153.211
4.471
105,063
39.921
102,738
3.635
18,982
20.023
769
5,159
676
11.7.-0
5.777
22,061
13,012
304,656
7,293
24,525
2,280
5.153
6.42:;
9,632
385
13.751
20, 195
2S.661
190,676
11,049
223.738
17,580
1,723
1.132
21.911
.'I...:!.'
.-.Kin*
112.260
1311.105
37.616
132. 156
59,780
154.366
7,225
150.907
38,695
1(1.162
526,983
150.316
1.2.125
46,231
100,459
62.7SI
162.-26
6.799
111.477
35,502
35,314
101.07S 106,534
9,929
16,611
7.513
1.06!)
6.972
21.296
2,852
10,690
5,199
101.906
7.006
21.110
3.156
6,528
10,670
15.007
232
10.018
50,598
51.033
45,806
2,150
662 -.•!
50,513
2,158
2,202
20.614
22 llll
14.950
58, 0M
24.391
714
4.627
851
22.076
2. snl
9.918
7,137
161.511
5.021
13,657
507
92o
10,060
14.570
312
pi aop
391871
38.350
29.201
1.197
176.7-3
43,590
6,228
5.101
i r .--7ti
211.-11-
398
THF. ,T01"i;XAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [MayM.MCT.
.'
unenumerated . value £
Chemical manufactures—
Prodnots nnenume-
rated value £
Alkali cwt.
value £
Hrimstonc cwt
value £
Nitre (nitrate of sodal cwt.
,, .. value £
„ (nitrate of potash) cwt
value a
Quicksilver lb.
value •-
Bark (Cinchona) cwt
value £
Gum Arabic . •« i.
value £
Lac, seed, shell, stiek,
and dye cwt.
Lac, seed, shell. -
ye value £
and tanning mate-
rials—
Park (for tanners' or
dj era1 use) cwt.
Hark dor tanners' or
livers use) value £
Amlin dyes value £
Alizarin value £
Othercoal-tardyes.... value •:
Cochineal cwt
value £
Catch and gambier.. tons
.. value £
Indigo cwt.
■• value £
-Madder, madder root,
garaneine. and niun-
jeet cwt.
Madder, madder root,
garaneine. and mun-
jeel value £
\ aloma tons
_„ value £
Oils —
la-nut cwt.
_ •• value £
Olive tuns
_ value £
Palm nu.
, value e
Petroleum gals.
value £
Seed, of all kinds tuns
__ . ■• ... value £
Train, blubber, and
rm tuns
Train, blubber, and
„ sperm value £
Turpentine cwt.
_ . •• value £
Rosin ,ni
_ V value 6
fallow and Stearine cwt
.... value £
68,:06 60,595 52,629
126.317
3.501
5 , [I 0
15,686
118,419
29.069
25.048
24,675
1.850
11.013
70.33!
8,212
26,899
13,548
15,742
20,489
9 278
20.100
16 759
961
919
5,766
3,552
75.510
10,869
1.493
121. in:
5 B78
1,082
58,899
14.755
202.613
110,815
22.301
152,700
36,224
lii.7|s
3,871
11,242
11,396
34,394
107.614
5,680
8.5 I '.I
69.220
15.967
142 -in
i
30,945
27,1 B0
SSI, 111(1
13.375
69,213
2.39J
11,837
11.192
28.570
31,319 3S.6I5
2.430
2.734
13,314
16.412
II 9S
2,629
109.009
70.112
1.519,891
111.293
935
27,319
009
19.610
-'.'.'77
131.660
28.313
105.437
170. 5 JO
15.149
22.127
24.935
360
1.031
6,745
1,486
37 367
1,831
55,026
1.417
1 SIS
I 624
G ,802
16.822
23.1127
1.487
60.234
69,716
69.G13
3.178,015
215.023
970
24,672
706
13.038
5. 097
7.195
62 325
10.118
41,319
17.191
18,269
20,188
585
701
4.253
1,661
11,160
5.101
97,192
553
727
3.882
51 133
13
20
1
67.
62
t;u
1.695
190,
09
19
11
12
117
25,
R8
103
,745
855
184
816
916
III!
777
977
013
797
Ms
135
210
021
237
211
770
TRADE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE UNITED
KINGDOM.
Imports into the United Kingdom from Spain,
PB»< ii-ai Ami.
h 1886. March 1887.
Chemical Products unentime-
Coppcr Ore and Hcgulus. Tons
Value
Value
Pyrites of Iron or Copper
. , . Value
Quicksilver lb
Value
£0,590
2.302 3.615
£00.921 £70,628
|
£2,400
51.567
C103 8,545
149,925 30O.KK)
£35,494 £29,500
Total Value for March
.. April
6845.407
2781 17
£906,072
£799,058
of British and Irish Produce from the United
King Spain.
1'KIN. II VI AKI 1< IIS
M uchl886.
Hand] 1887
Alkali Cwt 33,182
Value £12.25!
CaoutchoucMan'fctures. Value £1,951
Cement Tons 245
Value £505
Chemical Products, including
Dye stuffs Value £2.931
Products of t'oal. Including
Naphtha, etc. ... Value 61,979
.Manure Value £5,913
.■Soap Cwt. 661
Value £555
30.865
£10.192
£1.250
158
£351
£3.000
£1.623
£i0.n;i
281
£252
Tol il Value lor March
,, ., April
£286,698
£273.11.'.
£327.115
£246,897
CONSULAR REPORTS.
{From tin- Chemist and Druggist.)
Argentine Republu
Pharmaceutical rmports. — The imports of articles of phar-
maceutical interest into the Argentine Republic duringthe
year iss.1 are officially stated to have amounted to 2,497.349 lots.,
which is probably rather below the real value, considering the
heavy import duties prevailing. This total is made up ol the
following items:—
Alcohol [duty 50 per eent.) 215,3!KI litres, value 162,081dols.,
principally from Germany ; prepared colours. value 195,579dols.,
principally from England ; sheep medicines (duty free). \ alue
231,73odols., from England. Germany, and Italy; prepared
medicines (duty 25 per cent.), value 570.H3dol.-.. from France
and England : "perfumery I Iuty50 percent.), value 202.353dols.,
from France: pharmaceutical substances and products (duly
25 per cent), value 9S.U7Udols., from Germany and England;
chemical substances and products (doty 25 per cent.), value
180,55idols., from Germany and England : soda ash (duty 25
per eent. I, Is" ; tons. \ alue KH.lOldols., nearly all from England.
The United Kingdom furnished about one-third of the total
value of these imports, the precise figures being—
Doll ■-
Unseed oil I
I 're pared colours 163,557
Sheep medicines 112.240
Prepared medicines 127,651
Sodaash 91.231
Other chemical products 110.571
Total of chemical and pharmaceutical
imports SI'.', 110
Chile,
Foreign Trade. The foreign Trade of Chile is not, ap-
parentlv. in a nourishing condition. The customs duties in
is>7, j ieided about HI per Cent less than in 1S84. while both im-
ports and export- have been falling steadily Bince 1883.
Iodine.— There is a heavy export duly on this article, from
v hicii. iii 1881, a revenue of £54,755 was derived, and of £24,436
in 1885.
Japan.
Export Statistics.— Among the articles exported from Hiogo
and Osaka the following are named :—
Antimony
Aniseed
Camphor
oil
Cuttlefish, dried
I lab oil
Gallnuts
Ginseng
Isinglass
Medicine
Rapeseed
Seaweed
Soap
Sulphuric add ..
Tallow
Wax. bees'
., Ilsh
vegetable
1886,
1885.
Piculs
31.009
30.130
983
1 ,360
36,632
21.199
5.J08
:: 386
12.271
702
1.317
1,847
2,064
266
545
7.23!
7,595
Dollars
90,300
£0.000
Piculs
1.000
2.549
26.952
Cases
142 153
6.193
Piculs
838
2,821
35
51
120
141
,,
12.S99
13.707
May Si, 1887.] THE JOTJBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF ( HEMICAL INDUSTRY.
393
Costa Ric \.
In San Jo.-, the capital ol this Republic a city of 30.COO
inhabitants, there is not, our consul states, a Bingle British
house of business, although all other principal ci\
arc represented. The resour I the countrj an
Bteadilj developed, and the imports for i>-il. although ')..
custom's ii in ios at t lie beginning of lliat ycarweie ii
by about 4U per cent., show no decline upon preci ding years.
Exhibition of Product.- A very successful exhibition of
Costa Kuan produi i- was held at tan Joee last year, as a pre-
liminary to the Paris International Exhibition of IS89,where
tii,- Republic will, it is thought, make a considerable
Among; the articles exhibited were a large selection of i
cinal plants and dyeing materials, natural mineral waters,
irsapanlla, vanilla, quince seed, castor oil,
essential oils, etc.
ECTJADOB.
Business prospering.— In reviewing the trade and com-
merceof the Republic tor 18(6, our consul observi
country has been in a more Bcttled state thi
during the preceding years. In 1SS6 there have only, our re-
presentative dryly remarks, been "several alarms of political
disturbances, and continuous u n pits ot-an insignificant nature,
on the rait of some disaffected citizens known as the
toneros." This, for Ecuador, is no doubt the very acme of
tranquillity, and under these propitious conditionsthe develop-
ment ol the country's resources is progressing with gi
rapidity. The staple products of the Republic are cocoa, ii
rubber," coffee, and hides, show a large increase in produi
and the purchasing powerof the countty has correspondingly
increased. Public works are being extended in all direct
Cinchona, (if Peruvian bark. 29S7 quintals (value
were exported in 1885, and only (jl3 quintals (value £2152) in
1886. This is the only article showing a decrease during the
past year, and it may be noted that the collection of cinchona
has now been almost abandoned, owing to the difficulty of its
transport through the forests of the interior, and the fact that
its value has sodeclii ed as to render the product insufficient
I o cover expenses and freight. The abolition of export dues
and reduction in freight, have not been found sufficient to
overcome this drawback.
Russia.
Russian Pttrolfiim.-OurOdessa correspondent writ*
the demand for Itussian petroleum, both in Russia and foreign
countries, is so rapidly increasing that the Transcaucasian
Railway will Shortly 1"- unable to maintain the necessary
tratlie for its transport. It is. therefore, essential that pipes
be put down fiom Baku to 1'oti and Batoum. Negotiations
in this direction are now being carried on at the capital, and
it is said that the laying clown of the pipes will shortly he
commenced, and that the railway company is to obtain the
, nceesion. During the past year large reservoirs were con-
structed in London, Antwerp. Trieste, and Tunis for the re-
ception of Russian petroleum direct from tank steamers, and
these are already in use. It is rumoured that an exe-isc- duty
on petroleum in its present state is to be imposed, but the
general opinion is that this step would be detrimental to all.
excepting the large exporters, and that until the pipe referred
to above is laid down and the trade properly developed and
extended, the imposition of the excise should be deferred, for
then the tax would influence the price of petroleum only to a
small degree, and the fear of seeing the industry monopolised
by a few of the larger and more powerful exporters would not
be realised.
sgontblp Patent list
L— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS, am>
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
5665 A. Thomson. Sheffield. An improved s'.eam, water, or
gas cock or tap. April 19
5676 J. Piatt. Sheffield. Apparatus for obtaining more
perfect combustion of fuel in the furnaces of steam generators.
April 19
5705 E. Edwards — From E. C. Sonnett and A. A. Leredde,
France. Apparatus for generation of steam and formation of
a vacuum, to be used for preserving food, forcing water, and
other purposes. April 19
5730 J. Metcalfe and E. Davies, London. Injectors or appa-
ratus for feeding steam boilers or generators, and for other
pur] oses. April 20
5731 E. Davies and J. Metcalfe, London. Apparatus for feed-
ing steam boilers or generators, and for raising and forcing
lieiuids. April I'd
5793 J. King. Liverpool. Apparatus for use in the roasting,
drying, carbonisin,-. or torrefying of farina, dextrin, manures.
feeding stud's and other materials: for the beating, concen-
trating, evaporating and distilling of liquid and other bodies ;
for heating disinfectors for hospitals, and water for baths and
other purposes. Complete specification. April 21
5890 T. Firth, London. An improved high pressure tap.
April 22
'.I. K. Broadbenl and A. Budenberg, Manchester.
and relating to apparatus ing
i 23
Improvements in niter presses.
11 Cotton and R. Moon. Liverpool. Improvements in
and applicable to fnrns mbuslion.
1 J, Ruscoe. Hyde, Sell ealing retort lids, crossbar,
_-. April 25 ,
8007 J Weir and (1. Weil Apparatus for con-
densing steam, or for beating or evaporating by means of
steam. Apt il 25 , , . ,
COM K. Schorah, Halifax. An improved machine for car-
bonising fabrics and fibres. April 26
6061 J. Ualbirnie. Sheffl Id. Apparatus for burning sub-
stitutes for coal, coke-, or other combustibles: the result, a
cheaps' Sreor furnace. April 26
n. London. Improvements in forced draught
and smoke-consuming apparatus for steam boiler and other
-. April 28
G261 J. Buchanan, jun. See Class XV.
6372 W. J. Cooke-. Manchester. Improvements in injectors
for raising and forcing water or other liquids. May 2
1 C. Altken, Glasgow. .Steam condensers. May 3
cllll J. D. Noble, London. Means for opening and closing
valves, cocks, tai utrolling the flow of
earn, water, aud the like. .May 3 _ _
C. Burnett. London. Improved arparatus for raising
water and other liquids. Maya .
11086 J. Y. Johnson— From p. Guiilaunun. trance. Improve-
ments in weigh bridges, weighing machines, dynamometers.
and similar instrumentsor apparatus for measuring weight or
force. May 6 . , . „ .
R. Fergusson, Liverpcol. Economical production of
steam. May 7 .
6727 A. Beldam. Liverpool. Improvements in non-return
valves" employed in apparatus for raising and forcing fluids
in water service svstc-ins. and for analogous purposes. Ma
l",77« E. Korting, London. Improvements in injectors.
May 9
* C781 H. Appleby and J. G. Robinson. London. Blast pipes.
and means for regulating the draught created thereby. May 9
; J. \V. Hyatt. London. Water purifier and filter for
steam boilers. Complete Specification. May 10
i.-: s R. chambers, Handsworth. A steam boiler composition
r. May 10 .
6S60 P. Sedlak. London. Apparatus for filtering water and
other liquids. May 10
C907 W. P. Thompson- From A. E. Lebret, I- ranee. Improve-
ments in baron. etc is. 1 ygrometers, and the like. May 11
- A. Home. Liverpool. Automatic apparatus for stopping
injecting or pumping apparatus, when the level of the liquid
pumped in the hot well or reservoir falls to a given point, and
starting the apparatus when the liquid rises to a given height.
May 11 .
6985 A. Pettier. London. Apparatus for separating solid im-
purities from the water of sti am bcilc-is. May 12
7031 O. W. Bennett and S. O. Hen. c-n way. London. Carbu-
retting apparatus. Complete specification. May 13
7078 P. Williams and W. Powles, London. Electrical water
level apparatus for indicating by direct reading the capacities
and rise and fall of gasholders, water in reservoirs, etc.. aud
for other purposes. Mayll .
7111 H. H. Lake— From Zonca and Bella, Italy. Grinding
mills. Complete specification. May Jti ^
< nUPLETE SPECIFICATIONS A( < EPTED.'
lSi6.
7755 J. Holden. Injector for feeding furnaces with liquid
fuel. May 11 ._,.-,
M«l H H. Salomons. Retort (overs, lids or doors. April M
8523 A. Myall— From J. Mclntyre. Surface condensers.
April 30
.'-.. J. Boult— From S. Bond. Apparatus for consuming
smoke and saving fuel. May 4
S787 6. Yellott. Centrifugal pumps. May 1 ,
- -. Apparatus .ing impurities or
objectionable matter from solids. Maj 14
9038 A. Myall— From J. Mclntyre. Surface condensers.
Mayll , .
9181 J. G. Galley. Apparatus for preventing the formation
of incrustation on the surface of boiler flues, and for removing
-in-!-, incrustation if formed. May 18
9198 A. Harrison. Apparatus for charging and drawing
heating, smelting and other furnaces. Mavis
10370 S. Vickess. Apparatus for filtering liquids. Mayll
12867 J. W. Lovibond. Apparatus for standardising intensity
of colour in transparent bodies. April 27
J. Henderson. Improved furnace or grate bars. May]
1---.
3118 E. Luck. Distilling apparatus. April 27
3617 C. H. Roeckner. F. L. Roeckner. and R L. Roeckner.
Apparatus for separating solids from liquids, and tor filtering
liquids. May i
- The dates giren are the dates of the Official J, unata in which
acceptances of the Complete Bpedl ' ^n>J,l"e
M«uications thus adTertUeel as accepted are .pen to inspection at he
i'a"»t Office bwaedUtety, and to opposition within two Breaths of the
said dates.
THE JOFBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [MaySi
i: Newton— From W. Bauer. Kilter presses. May
Steam generators and furnaces therefor.
18
1587 J. »
Apri
i iS8 .1. Waters.
OC. P. Dahl
April 30
. Furnace for recovering;, in an inodorous
manner, the salts contained in i manufacture
I fibre. April 30
1628 C. A. Koellner. Filter pumps. May 18
1976 J. V. \\ llson. Pans for heating oil orother liquids.ana:
apparatus for passing aii rough liquids, and agitat-
ing liquids in pane Is. .May?
II.— Fl II.. GAS, and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
SOW (";. Beal, Liverpool. Lime coal fuel. Converting coal
,l,ls, iuto producing great heat, and
almost smoki ii 25
BoiS A. J. Boult— From D. Macdougald Kennedy, Canada.
Improvements in the purifying of h> drocarbon oils, complete
specification- April 25
I ELHaddan l'rninM.Yaillant-I)ubus.France. Improve-
ments in or relating to the heating of air by boiler furnaces;
and other means of heating. Complete specification. April m
6061 J. Balbiraie. See Class I. . ,
\Y. Sanson, Middlesbrough. Improvements in coke
From C. A. von Welsbach, Austria. Treat-
ment of incandescence bodies formed of metallic oxides for
increasing the luminosity and resisting properties thereof, and
apparatus for that purpose. April2S
0 Wakefield. London. An improved method of and
apparatus ngvapouror gas from oil. together with
burners for burning the same in lighthouse and other lamps.
Complete specification. April 29
6342 G. Downing— From T. Baur. Germany. Improvements
in coke ovens. April 30 .... , , ..
634< H. Pitl'ard. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of appliances to be rendered incandescent by heat. April 30
6421 H. Hall. London. Improvements in machinery for
the manufacture of artificial or patent fuel May 2
6175 S. Willoughby, London. Improvements in candles.
" 6520 J. Hargreaves. Liverpool. Improvements in and appa-
or promoting the combustion of liquid fuel. May 4
6596 G. Johnstone. Glasgow. Improvements in apparatus
forlighting railway trains with gas. May 5 _
6598 .' C. Bent, Birmingham. Improvementsin incandescent
is heating apparatus for domestic pun
-. N. Clifford. Birmingham. A new perforated block
fire-lighter. May 6 __ .
6650 J. Pointon, Liverpool. The better securing the perfect
c0„,' vapour of petroleum, and the utilisation
,11 0f I heat in the generation of steam : (2) of the
tsof combustion. May 6 ....
6652 B H. Thwaite, Liverpool. Improvementsin methods
abnstion of oil Bprayor cas from liquid hydrocarbons
for illuminating purposes, and in apparatus therefor. May 6
6701 E Zohrab, London. An improved method of and
apparatus for the treatment of peat May 7
6771 .1 Lvle. Glasgow. Improvements in and connected
with ttie burning of oils or other hydrocarbon fluids as fuel in
furnaces May 9 .... .. j
.port. Improvements in the method
of generating iiotl iinmahle gaseous vapour applicable
heating, lighting, and actuating power, and apparatus there-
for. May 10 ... , .
6915 G K. Cooke. London. A method of superheating and
burning illuminating gas. and apparatus in connection there-
with. Mav 11
. ■ . W. Sugg. London. Improvementsin apparatus for
lighting by gas. May 12
70j7 \v. H. Beck— From A Kreiger, France. New or im-
proved automatic apparatus for the production of carburetted
air gas. May II
7071 J. Hir. hall. Liverpool. Improvements in or connected
with steam generators heated by gas. partly applicable to
other heating purposes. May il
C0MPL1 TV 8Pi CIFICATIONS D.
1886.
"17 T.Christy. Regulating the heal of hot air chambers.
May is . . .
8312 P. Farinaux. Apparatus for manufacture of carbonic
add and other gases. May il
A. M. Clark -From G. E. Wery. Consuming smoke
imising fuel in furnaces and fireplaces. April 27
-i-i G. -in.-. Purification of gas, and impregnation of
same with hydrocarbon or other vapour, and apparatus there-
tor. April 30
8709 A. Paget, Manufacture and application of mantles
in incandescent gas lighting, and packing such mantles.
1 . c. Haigh and A. A. Iliigh. Artificial fuel. April 27
Levj From G. H. Kohn. Manufacture of water gas
and other gasi - lor lighting and heating, and apparatus there
for. Ma ■ i
A. Barwood and M. I). Van Tassol. Apparatus for
general May 7
1784 II. II. Sheridan and K. Rawllngs. Apparatus for the
manufacture of gas. May I ....
IS88 I U.Quagho. obtaining hydrocarbons
from gases. Maj n
p.. Cocke] and K. C. Cockey. Gas washers. May il
281 J. Parkcs and
April H
1887.
C'arburetting apparatus.
IH.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAB
PRODUCTS, Etc.
APPLICATION
:-'i a. A. Vale— From The Chemische Fabriks Action
Gesellschaft, Hamburg. Process for the purification of crude
anthracene. Complete specification. April 20
24 .1. \v. Knights and \v. D. Gall, London, improvemi
in the manufacture of carbolic acid and other tar acids.
April 21
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS AND DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
5729 W R. Hodgkinson— From M. Conrad and L. Limpach
Bavaria \n improved process for the preparation of y-oxy-
chineldine and its derivatives for use in the preparation of
dvest uft's and for other uses. April 20
5896 \ Kern. London. Improvements relating to the
manufacture of sulpho-nitrosulpho. nitrosulpho, and amido-
sulpho acids, and to their application for the production ot
new colouring matters. April 22
5953 \ Kern Improvements relating to the preparation 01
the methylic ether of gallicacid, and to the manufacture ol
purple colouring matters therefrom. April 23
li vbel— From The Actiengesellschaft fur Anilm-
Fabrikation, Germany. Processes for the production of azo-
colours that dve cotton direct from a soap bath May t>
I D. Abel— From The Actiengesellschaft fur Anilin-
Fabrikation. Processes for the production of yellow, orange,
and red colours by the action of phenanthrene-ehinonc.
isatine. or methyle-isatine upon the sulpho-acids of aromatic
7116 A* Ewer and P. Pick. London. Process of obtaining
products of condensation from aldehydes and the sulphuric
acids of the aromatic amines, and also compounds of the same
With tetrazo-componnds. May 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1SSG.
bow c n Abel— From The Farbwerkc Vormals Meister
Lucius and Bruning. Production of green colouring matters.
May 7
V.— TEXTILES. COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
5685 A. J. Bonlt-From E. II. M. Caston. Canada. Manu-
facture of merchantable material from thistledown. April in
; l'l F M SerreU. jun.. Paris. Process and machinery for
the mechanical ••debavage" or cleansing of cocoons after
brushing. Complete specification. April 27
Mil) Satellite and B. T. O'Brien, Manchester. Im-
provements in apparatus applicable for drying cotton and
, other fibrous or granular material. April X
I i;n: 1 lie Manchester. Improvements in machines fot
oneningand cleaning cotton and other fibre, parts of said im-
nrovements l»n« applicable forother purposes. MayS
1 , ,1 c C. Kanil'man. London. Improvement- .., Reprocess
„, .,,„, apparatus for treating ramie, jute, and other fibres.
NIi;'|Ii'i' W 11. Stead, Liverpool. Improvements in the treat-
ment oi cotton ... ed tor the removal of fibrous matter there-
from and in apparatus therefor. May 3
6726 P BairstOT and J. Hairstow. London.. Improvements
In the method of and apparatus for distributing oil or other
", ids upon wool and other til... s w bilst being fed to drawing-
frames, combing and other machines. May ,
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
w R lake -From C. Orlav. Kendcring textile fabrics.
eto^tap^elblV£dWeo*il5t»eB trom tojurj by mois-
.1 iy 18
May 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXIHSTi; Y.
393
VI.— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING, ami BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
6131 A. U. Lewis, Bradford. A new method of dyeing
warps. April 27
6563 0. Delhaye, London. A new or improved process of
dyeing vegetable or animal fibres. May I
i;T-'I T. A. Crook, London, improvements in machines em-
ployed in bleaching, dyeing, printing, and finishing woven
fabrics, or analogous operations. Ma> 7
8737 C. Collin and L. Benoist, London A new process for
fixation of colouring matter by oxidation at high temperature
Of t lie t (Mile fibres. Complete specification. .May 7
70^1 ('. II. lielnii-.ii. Luckenwalde, Germany. Improve
ments in the method of and apparatus for producing patterns
or designs on cloth and oilier fabrics. Complete specitication.
May 13
COMPLETE SPEl <IFI( 'A TIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
9286 P. A. Catty. Dyeing wool or other animal fibres in the
raw or manufactured stale. May 18
[6780 J. II. Lorimer. Treatment of wool, cotton, paper, etc.,
for bleaching, colouring, disinfecting and drying the same,
and apparatus therefor. May 1
1887.
113 C.Jagenburg. l'rocess and apparatus for dyeing unspun
textile fibres. May II
1365 K. Booth- -From W. A. Poorness. Apparatus for dye-
ing loose or spun fibres. April -7
4761 G. Jagenburg. Method and apparatus for mordanting,
dyeing, and bleaching raw cotton. May i
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS, and SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
5711 W. S. Squire, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of sulphuric anhydride. April 19
5753 T. T. Mathieson and J. llawliczek, Liverpool. Im-
provements in the manufacture of carbonate of soda or soda
ash, and in apparatus therefor ; partly applicable for other
purposes. April 20
5757 T. T. Mathieson and J. llawliczek. Improvements in
the manufacture of caustic ash. April 20
5853 E. W. Parnell and .1. .Simpson, Liverpool. Improve-
ments in the utilisation of sulphate of lime and sulphate of
baryta in the manufacture of alkalis and sulphuretted
hydrogen. April 22
5851 E. W. 1'arnell and J. Simpson. Improvements in the
production of sulphide of ammonium, and in apparatus there-
for. April 22
6029 W. N. Hartley and W. K. B. Blenkinsop. London. Im-
provements in the manufacture of metallic sulphates. April2.">
0107 II. Gardner— Prom R. J. Henderson. L'nited Status.
Separation of carbonic oxide from nitrogen, carbonic acid,
hydrogen, and other gases contained in the gaseous mixture
resulting from the incomplete combustion of coal and of coke
by the use of the chlorides of copper and of iron. April 26
620U H, L. Hickes. London. Combining disinfectants with
soda crystals. April 28
6117 J. Marx. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of alkalies. May 2
6718 II. Grimshaw and H. Kenyon, Manchester. Improve-
ments in the manufacture or production of zinc and other
sulphides; in the utilisation of residual or waste products
therein, and in apparatus therefor, ofay 7
6909 C. F. Clans. Wimbledon. Improvements in processes
for obtaining sulphur from iron pyrites, copper pyrites, zirtc
blende, and other metallic sulphides. May 11
7011 J. Fleischer and C. Muhlich, Paris, Improved valve
for liquid carbonic acid. Complete specification. May 13
COMPLETE SPEt 'IFU '.1 TIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
872 P. Thomas. Apparatus for producing sulphurous acid
in solution. April 23
6573 It. Weiss. Production of alumina com pounds applicable
for bleaching. May 18
8018 M. von Neucki and C. IColbe. Manufacture of salicylic
acid " esters." April 23
8217 J. H. Dennis and X. Glendinning. Obtaining sulphide of
zinc from solutions. April 23
8308 L. Mond. Obtaining chlorine. May 7
8312 P. Farinaux. Bee I lass II.
8723 E. Solvay. Process for the simultaneous manufacture
of assimilable phosphates and of sulphate of ammonia. Ma] 1 1
9366 O. Iniray— Fioni La Socielc Anonynie pour l'Ktude dc
la Creation de Soudieres. Apparatus employed in the
ammonia soda process. May 7
1887.
329 O. yon Gruber. A process for manufacturing the double
sulphate and phosphate of ammonium or potassium. April 30
VIII.— GLASS, POTTERY, and EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
5688 8. II. Rowley, London. An improved mode of prepar-
ing articles uf (lottery or glass to receive metal pipes or other
metal connections. Complete specification. April 19
5701 .1. Armstrong, London. Manufacturing rolled glass,
and machinery therefor. April 19
5723 S. Pitt— From G. Falconnier, Switzerland. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of building materials from glass, and
in the application of the same. Complete specification.
April 19
5769 II. I lartland, London. Firebricks madcof an improved
combination or mixture of earthy materials. April 20
■866 J. Blair, London. Improvements in china and
crockery ware. Complete specification. April 22
5901 ,1. 1). Doulton. London. Improvements in earthenware
blocks and tiles, and in the manufacture of the same. April 22
6283 A. Murray, London. An improvement in the manufac-
ture of bricks, mouldings, ridge*, and other articles of clay
used in building. Complete specification. April 29
6398 H. J. Burton, London. A machine for coating surfaces
of glass, paper, metal, or other suitable materials, with solu-
tions of gelatine or emulsions of chemical salts or finely-
divided pigments. May 2
6112 J. B. Germeual-Bonnaud, London. Improvements in
decorating glass, porcelain, or other ceramic ware with
impressed designs. May 2
6177 W. P. Thompson— From M. C. Stone, United States.
Improvements in the ornamentation of glazed earthenware
articles. Complete specification. May 3
6502 It. N. Langton, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of cups, saucers, and other articles for domestic and
other purposes. Complete specification. May 3
6513 A. W. Itter, London. Improvements in the method of
facing bricks, tiles, and other analogous articles. May 3
6616 L. C. A. Marguerie, London. A novel vitro-mctallic
material suitable for glazing, and for other purposes in place
of glass. May 5
6631 F. Mitchell and C. Mitchell, Guildford. Improvements
in cutting-off table whereby the punching ofholes and cutting-
ott in the making of tiles, and other clay goods, is effected in
one operation. May 6
6691 T. Sutclitfe, London. Improvements in tools for
shaping the mouths of earthenware or stoneware bottles, jars,
and the like. May 7
6758 W. It. Renshaw, Kidsgrove, Improvements in print-
ing as applied to earthenware, china, and glass. May 9
6769 T. Stanway. Hanley. A new or improved means of
decorating or ornamenting china, earthenware, glass or other
suitable surfaces. May 9
6779 \V. Lutwyche— From J. Valere, Paris. Ornamenting
glass and other verifiable substances by means of translucid
and opaque enamels in relief— Valere's translucid enamel in
relief on glass, etc. May 9
7038 L. Boissonnet, London. Improvements in furnaces for
burning pottery. May 13
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
3803 F. J. Frenzel, jun. Encaustic tiles. May 11
4S21 E. Moore. Manufacture of opaque glass of a certain
uew colour. May 18
1822 E. Moore. Manufacture of opaque glues of a new
colour. May 1
5129 F. Wallbrecht. Manufacture of bricks, tiles, and all
kinds of earthenware. May IS
7338 E. Picard. Manufacture of glass. May 1
7438 E. Kerry and E. C. Kerry. Improvements in bricks.
-May 4
S067 P. J. Milligan. Manufacture of bricks. May 7
8339 lt.Steinau. Improvements in facing bricks and manner
of setting same. May 1
8177 W. Kent and C Cope. Apparatus for working or
mixing plastic materials, such as potters' clay. May 1
9226 11. H. Lake— From M. P. H. Becoulet and L. J. O. Bellet.
Manufacture of sheets or plates of glass, and other articles.
May 4
10574 A. Urummond. Manufacture of glass, and applica-
tion of same to roof lights, etc. May 11
IX.— BUILDIXti MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS, and CEMENT^
APPLICATION J
5814 T. H. Lodge, London, improvements in the method of
and means or apparatus employed for drying "slip" or
" slurry," from which Portland cement is produced. April 21
5815 T. H. Lodge. Improvements relating to the manufac-
ture of Portland cement, and in apparatus employed in con-
nection therewith. April 21
5816 T. II. Lodge. Improved method of and means or
appliances connected with the utilisation of the hot waste
gases from cement and other kilns for the production of steam
power. April 21
6038 G. H. Sharpe. F. W. Turner, and E. Mesnard, London.
Improved manufacture of cement suitable as plaster, and for
moulding purposes. April 25
396
I'm: JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL l\hi STRY. [Maya, w.
6110 G. |.\ Etedfera— From F. Martin, France, [m
meats in limekilns, Haj 2
6701 li. H. Thwaite, D.L. Collins, and D. Wilson, Livi rpool.
Improved method oj manufacturing Portland cement, and
apparatus therefor. Ma] 7
BeOS J, Hoyle, London. Iinprovomcnls in burning foment
And lime, and in kilns for the same, May 9
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
2.">73 P. Jochum, Apparatus for mixing and preparing
pulverulent argillaceous and. other materials. May 14
6212 K. Kd wards From I'. Hubert and 11. ticnnari. Appa-
ratus for forming oompressed blocks lor building and other
purposes. May 7
7511 M. M. Hrophy mid J. A. Archer. Manufacture of
transparent material for roofing, etc., and apparatus therefor.
Maj n
78SS F. W. s. siokes. Mamifacture of cement in a powdered
state, and apparatus therefor. May 11
SI77 \V. Kent and ('. Cope. See Class VIII.
10167 P. Feserioh. A new or improved artificial asphalt and
process tor manufacturing the same. May 1
13205 J. D. Denny. Terra cotta building blocks, and appli-
ances for making same. May IS
X.— METALLURGY, MINING, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
5697 J. Abbott, London. Improvements in " pots " for
tinning plates, and in apparatus connected therewith. April 19
5727 A. Wilson, London. Improvements in apparatus for
manufacturing compound plates of iron and steel. April 19
5781 Viscount d'Hauterive. London. A process for producing
an unoxidisable coating on iron and steel. April 20
5811 G. Elias. London. Improvements in the production
of torne and tin plates, and in machinery or apparatus therefor,
595J "it. Low. London. An improved process or method of
hardening or tempering steel projectiles. April 23
602S A. Schanschieff, Norwood. Improvements in miners'
safety lamps, to enable them to indicate the presence of fire-
damp. April 25
6635 C. Morris and G. Birkbeck, London. Improvements in
the manufacture of terne plates. April 25
6055 B. H. Thwaite, Liverpool. Improved methods of cast-
ing steel and other metals, especially applicable to the casting
of projectiles, heavy ordnance, and like material. April 21
6056 S. P. Thompson. London. Improved processes in
electro-deposition. April 26
6037 E. D. Wassell. London. Method and means for reducing
the point in carbon in steel, and forming a homogeneous
weld. Complete specification. April 26
6109 A. J. Maslirey and P. S. Phillips, London. Apparatus
for the manufacture of tin and terne plates. April 26
6117 Q. B, Williamson— From H. t . Logan, New Zealand.
Improvements in smelting crude antimony. April 27
6120 W. Patterson. Durham. Improvements in miners'
safety lamps. April 27 ... ,
6157 T. Hussey, Northwold. Armour-plating for vessels of
war and other purposes. April 27
6165 It. S. Casson, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of steel or ingot iron and phosphate of lime. April 27
6173 It. A. Hadfield, London. Improvements in the treat-
ment of steel. April 27
6286 J.Colley. London. Improvements in moulds adapted
for use in the casting of metals. April 28
6287 W. litvitt, Romford. Radiating gold amalgamator.
\pril °9
' 6367 O. Burnett. Hartlepool. An improved system of boring
long holes in coal mini's. May 2
6368 \ Reancv, Sheffield. Improvements in the manufac-
ture or projectiles for piercing armour-plates, etc. May 2
6370 S Toussaint, Paris. Process and apparatus for extract-
ing the tin from tinned iron cuttings or scrap, and trom metal
covered with tin. Complete specification. May 2
648! It L. Short, J. Short, and J. K. Short, London. A safety
lamp for use of miners and others. Complete specification.
i: Chapman, sen,, and R. Chapman, jun., London. Im-
provements in glasses lor miners' safely lumps. .May 4.
656B J. K. Fast. London. Improved means or appliances for
employment- -\ close annealing iron and steel sheets, and other
parts or artlcHc of metal. May 4.
MSB W II. Osborn. Birmingham. Producing by electro-
deposition ornamental designs and lettering on plates of metal.
May 6
670:i K. Zohrab, London. An improwd nu-ihnd of case
hardening, or converting Into steel the surfaces of iron plates
and other objects made of iron. .May 7
6719 K. Morewood, Ixmdon. Improvements In coaangplatea
or pieces of iron, steel, or other metal with tin, terne, ziie, or
other metals. Maj 7
6757 O. Kaberrj and L. Hope. Liverpool, Improvements In
Bafety lamps. Bias B ,
6768 < Bramall, OugbUbrldge. An improved portable com-
bined smelting and converting furnace, and apparatus em-
ployed therein. May 9
6000 J. Willis. Sheffield. Improvements In the manufacture
of ai moor plates, shot, and shell. May 11
6916 W. Baker and .1. Barton, London, improvements In
miners' lafetj lamps. Maj li
6913 M. Settle, Manchester, Improvements in majgneto-
electric machines employed tor firing explosive charges for
mining and other purposes. .May 12
6991 11. Truniinnnn, London. Improvements relating to the
plating or coating of wood, leather, and other articles or
materials with metal by electro-deposition. May 12
1013 D, Appleton and F. A. Rinney, Manchester. Improve-
ments in electro plating rollers and other articles. May 13
7UI7 A. P. Vivian, London. Improved manufacture of
metallic alloys. May 13
7068 .1. Marsh, ll.'l'. Marsh, and .1. P. Marsh, sheflleld.
Improvements in the manufacture of self-hardening steel, and
in making tools of same. May 1 1
7139 D. Edwards, It. Lewis, and P. Jones. London. Im-
provements in apparatus for coaling metal plates with tin or
other metal. .May Hi
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED,
1886.
6790 C. Burnett. Machines for drilling, boring, etc. May 18
8367 T. Nicholson. Machinery for crushing minerals. May 18
8387 G. Francis. Tamping blast holes in mines and other
places. April 27
8390 R. Ileathlield. Apparatus for coating sheet-iron with
zinc, or alloys of zinc, or other coating metal or alloy. April 27
8531 F. J. R. Seaver— From E, C. Klciner-Fiertz. Manufac-
ture of aluminium and other light metals. May 4
8885 H. Boyns. Improvements in, and apparatus for, dress-
ing minerals. May 11
9113 C. R. WMttaker. Safety lamp for use in mines. May 11
9382 B. C. Tilgliman. Straightening, still'cning, drawing,
and rolling metal bars. May IN
10127 E. Schroder and 11. Perner. Preparing a metallic
covering for giving a non-oxidising or only slightly oxidising
covering to wood, etc. May 11
10477 W. A. Thorns. See Class XVIII.
10823 J. V. Johnson— From La Compagnie Anonyme des
Forges de Chatillon et Commentry. Tempering or hardening
metal. May 14
14265 R. Stewart and J. F. Waldie. Washing coal, etc.. and
apparatus therefor. May 7
15322 E. C. Kleiner-Fiertz. Manufacture of aluminium and
other light metals. April 27
16286 J. Craven and \V. Chapman. Foundry ladles for pour-
ing molten metal. May 4
921 C. D. Abel— From E. Fischer and M. W. Weber. In-
fracting gold and other precious metals from their ores, and
apparatus therefor. April 23
4576 1). G. Reillon, S. T. Montagne.andO. L. B. L. Bourgerel.
Extracting aluminium from alumina. April 30
4609 J. C. Newbery and C. T. J. Vautin. Wet or hydro-
metallurgical method of extracting gold from crashed or other
finely-divided ore. Maj 4
4664 W. P. Thompson— From E. H Cowlesand A. II. Cowles.
See Class XVIII.
1562 E. Dunkley and A. Diinkley. Method of making
leather waterproof or flexible. May 18
XL— FATS, OILS, and SOAP MANUFACTURE
APPLICATIONS.
5960 S. Schoficld, Bradford. A process for extracting oil or
other lubricants from greasy waste or cleaning cloths, and for
making the extracted grease into soap. Complete specifica-
tion. April 23
6756 T. Tinner, Preston. An improved method for filtering
spent or other oils. May 9
oust! W. Sanzenbacher and s. Tanatar. London. Method
and apparatus for distilling fatty acids by means of super-
healed steam. Complete specification. May 12.
7117 J. Thomson, London. Improvements in the composition
of mercurial soaps. May Hi
i ■< I ui'LETE SPEt 7 FICATIONS A t ■< 'EPTED.
188G.
6736 J. S. Edwards. Treatment of fish, etc., to extract oil or
fat therefrom, and apparatus therefor. Maj II
8758 R. Tervel and !•'. Alison. Treating and purifying
paraffin wax, and apparatus therefor, May 7
XII. — PAINTS, VARNISHES, and RESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
5791 F. Crane — From .1. Hale. United States, An improved
compound Or varnish for coaling nieial, wood, and other
material-. April 20
02'.!1 .1. 11 Jackson, London. The universal liquid and
metallic enamel bronzes. April 29
6323 W. L. Wise— From R. Lehmann, Germany. Improve-
ments in apparatus for the manufacture of oil-lac Complete
specification. A.prl] n
Maysi.uw.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
6582 P. Molvneux. London. An improved paint or
Mm i
fiiilO J. C. Martin. London. Improvements in treating or
imparting body or opacity to sulphate of baryta and other
Bulphates and substances, and the manufacture from
materials so treated of white and tinted or coloured pigments.
Slay 5.
ti;:i S. Banner. Liverpool. Improvements in treating resins.
-ins, gums, pitches, varnishes, bitumens, tars, oils. fa's.
and other hydro - carbonaceous matters, and in products
obtained therefrom (in combination with other substances!, i
Mav 6
6697 J. Wilson. Leitb. Making sulphide of zinc paint. May 7
6753 H. A. Harvey, Liverpool. Improvements in composi-
tions for coating the bottoms of navigable vessels, and the
submerged portions of floating and bthcr structures. May '.I
6870 II. H. Lake— From E. N. Todd. United States. Improve-
ments in compositions for the manufacture of articles by
moulding, carving, or turning, or of varnish and lacquer, and
for similar purposes, Complete specification. May 10
6937 R. Ripley, Liverpool. Improvements in paint or
colouring for metal work, stonework, stucco, and other
surfaces. May 12
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS6.
9531 J. B. Hannay and E. J. Pape. Making white paint
May IS
1887.
4334 T. Kenyon. Preparation of pigments, and treatment of
bye-products therefrom. April 27
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, and SIZE.
APPLICATIONS.
SMI H. House, Leeds. Improvements in the manufacture
of artificial leather from leather waste and scraps, and in the
utilisation of the same, and in machinery employed therefor.
April 20
6116 J. Palmer, London. A new and improved process
for softening and unhairing, or unwooling hides or skins.
April 27
iUI2 G. Delfos, London. A method of treating goat skins.
May 3
69H J. S. Hooper, London— From J. W. Darrow. United
States. An improved method for treating hides and skins for
leather and other purposes. May 11
6958 J. Campbell, Glasgow. Improvements in making glue.
May 12
COUPLE TE SPE CIFICA TIONS A'i <EP TED.
1SS6.
5619 J. Hall and A. Hall. Machinery employed in the manu-
facture of leather for setting, scouring, striking, printing ,
rolling, slicking, fleshing, unhairing. whiting, shaving, and
brushing. May H
8582 A. J. Boult— From Count V. de Xydpriick. Improve-
ments in tanning. April 30
11683 J. W. Abom and J. Landin. Tanning hides and skins.
May H
XIV. -AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
6632 W. L. Wise— From E. Solvay, Belgium. New or im-
proved processes for converting natural and other phosphates
into products assimilable by vegetables, and into valuable
sub-products. May 5
6813 F. Knauer, London. Improved method for enriching
seed plants with alimentary substances. May 10
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
J723 E. Solvay. See Class VII.
9636 L. A. Chevalet. Process for manufacturing neutral
phospho-guano. April 23
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
5660 J. Thomson and J. Black, Glasgow. Improvements in
or connected with sugar cane mills. April 19
6100 G. Epstein, London. Improvements in the treatment of
diastase and other material or products. April 26
6261 J. Buchanan, jun., Liverpool. Improvements in
apparatus for drying and granulating sugar, salt, and like
substances. April 29
6131 S. Vickess. Liverpool. Improvements in apparatus for
cutting or dividing sugar or like friable substances into blocks
or cubes. May 3
6875 A. M. Wood. London. Improvements in tbe treatment
of indiarubber, caoutchouc, gutta-percha, and analogous
gums. May 10
6936 P. J. E. Heffter. Germany. Improvements in the
method of clarifying and saturating sugar solutions, especially
beet-root rob. bv means of tannic acid or tannin. May 12
7087 W. It. Watson— From A. Young, Hawaiian Islands.
Improvements in the manufacture of sugar, and in the appara-
tus used in connection therewith. May It
- 7119 C. Steffen. London. An improved process for syste-
matically lixivating raw sugar by means of aqueous alco-
holic or other saccharine solutions. Complete specification.
May 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
9246 C. Lyle and J. Lylc. Manufacture of lump sugar.
Mav 7 . .
10911 P. Liberie. Apparatus for evaporating the juice of
beet-root, sugar cane, etc. May 14
1887.
602 R. A. Robertson and J. G. Hudson. Sugar cane mills.
May 1
XVI.-BREWING, WINES and sl'IIUTS.
APPLICATIONS.
5759 C. Last, London. Improvements in malting houses and
VoOS WPSm"ith and W. Bagshaw, Dudley. Apparatus for
skimming or removing barm or yeast from ale. beer, or other
fermented or fermentable liquors. May 13
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
9090 A. W. Gillman and S. Spencer. Apparatus for the pre-
paration of finings for the use of brewers. May .
XVII.-CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A.— Chemistry of Foods.
5708 J. F. O. Qvistgaard, London. Apparatus for heating
milk prior to separating the cream therefrom, also applicable
for destroying germs therein, and for heating other liquids.
April 19
6003 R. Jones. London. An improved method of preserving
animal and vegetable substances for the good of man.
" 60-'5 W H. Gilruth. London. An improvement in, or con-
neefed with, the process of withering, firing, or curing tea.
A6073 R E. Phillips, London-From C. P. X. Martin. Ceylon.
Improvements in drying ovens for drying tea, and for analo-
gous uses. April 26 -,*:,,.,
6096 A. G. Wass. London. An improved food for animals.
" 6->S5 A. Leerbeck and J. Holm, London. An improved pro-
cess fur producing albumen-maltose dietary malt powder tor
food. Complete specification. April 29
6401 H B. Thornton. London. An improved method of pre-
paring and preserving a mixture of tea, coffee, or other sub-
stance used for the making of beverages m combination with
milk and sugar. May 2 . . . .
7112 D Ker London. Improvement in manufacturing cocoa
in any form, from the nib cocoa to the prepared cocoa, a paste,
a powder, and the flaked cocoa ; all soluble in warm water.
Mav 16
" ' ^.-Sanitary Chemistry.
5655 G E Davis. Manchester. Softening and purifying
water for domestic and trade purposes. April 19
5661 G. E. Davis and J. B. Aitken, Manchester Treating or
purifying sewage, waste liquors from manufactories and
other foul liquids, and producing valuable substances there-
r606S R.'xicholls, London. Improved means applicable for
the purification of sink water and for like purposes. April 2b
6665 B. C. Badham. London. Certain improvements in, and
apparatus for, purifying gases arising from sewers, surface
water drains, closets, and other places. May 6 ,M„,;„,,
1072 \V J. Lomax and M. Guthrie. London. Extracting
gas oil, fattv and other matters from sewage sludge and
similar depos'its, and apparatus therefor. May 11
C'.— Disixfectam 3.
6037 A. Dickson Hunter. London. Improvements in compo-
sitions for treating matters having an offensive smell. Loni-
, P'^rHaUs^rth^ndR. Bailes. London. Improvements
I in or relating to disinfecting powders or compounds. April *
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INM'sTKY. |Ma> u,
6209 K. I.. Hicks, London. Combining disinfectants with soda
crystals. April 28
6571 .1. W. Hamilton. Liverpool. Improvements in or rclat-
iiiK to disinfectants. Mai I
I OMPLl // SPE( II H Aims ACCEPTED.
A.— CUBMISTRV OF FOODS.
1886.
9712 E. R. Allen and W. ('. Allen. Manufacture of articles
o| food from the kernels of almonds and other fruits.
April 30
XVIII. - ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATIONS.
•i ■-'/ \\ . P. Thompson From II. W. Spang, United States.
Improvements in fusible connections for armatures for
generators. Complete specification. April 19
\. .1. Cravicr, London. Improvements in dynamo-
electric machines. April 19
5720 < '■ Coerper. Improvements in dynamo-electric machines.
April I!'
8867 \V. Kingsland, London. Improvements in secondary
batteries. April 22
5955 G. K. Dorman, Stafford. Improvements in the manu-
facture of thermo-electric elements or chains. April 23
5958 A. M. dark— From L. Maiche, France. Improvements
in dynamo-electric and magneto-electric machines. April 2:i
6273 J. T. Armstrong, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of porous plates and cells for electrical batteries.
April 29
§291 A Watt. London. Improvements in the electrolytic
treatment of zinc and its ores. April 29
6109 R. E. Hell and \V. A. Kyle. Improvements in dynamo-
electric machines and motors. May 2
6623 W. II. Tasker, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of plates or elements for voltaic batteries. May 5
6681 It. E. B. Crompton. Chelmsford, and J. C. Howell.
Llanelly. Improvements in secondary batteries or electrical
accumulators. May 6
G711 F. von Haratmuth, London. Method and apparatus
for the manufacture of carbon rods for electric arc lights.
May 7
6751 It. E. li. Crompton and J. .Swinburne, Chelmsford.
Improvements in and connected with dynamo-electric
machines. May 9
6S05 G. I'hilpott and M. C. Stapylton, Brighton. An improve-
ment on the electrical secondary generator. May 10
6828 K.T. Higliam and It. Ilighani, London. Improvements
In the regulation of dynamo-electric machines. Complete
specification. May 10
6829 P. Jensen— From O. Lugo, United States. Improve-
ments in electric batteries. Complete specification. May 10
6869 H. H. Lake— From W. J. Ludlow, United States. Im-
provements in and relating to primary and secondary
batteries. Complete specification. May 10
7021 G. Scarlett, Liverpool. Improvements in electro-
dynamic and dynamo-electric machines. May 13
7030 C. Maltby-Xewton, High Wycombe. An improved con-
struction or formation of plates with composition for electric
batteries. May 13
7059 R. W. Paul, London. Improvements in electrical
accumulators and primary batteries, and means for effecting
the same. May li
7093 W. G. Spurgcon, London. Improvements in the con-
taining jars or cells of primary or secondary batteries. May 16
( OMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5817 s. F. Walker. Galvanic batteries. May l
I . W. Benson. Improved galvanic battery. Hay 4
7561 J. Gibson and F. M. Gibson. An improved electrode.
May 7
7818 C. Smith. Secondary batteries. April 23
7953 W. Geipel. Method of regulating currents generated
by dynamo-electric generators. April 27
8003 L. li. Atkinson. T. Gooldcn. and A. P. Trotter. Dynamo-
electric generators. May I
\. M. Clark -From A. K. l'eyrusson. Secondary
batteries. April 23
9197 A. i. St. George. Apparatus for generating electricity.
April 30
3820 B. K. Dorman. Thermo-electric batteries. May 1
B832 A. Schanschieff. Saline preparation applicable for use
In galvanic batteries, and process for manufacturing same
May 11
9056 W. Maxwell. Construction of dynamo-electric
machines. May II
10177 W. A. Thorns. Deposition of platinum bv electricity
April 30
1887.
1219 C. Dcsmnziircs. Improvements in accumulators of
electricity April 23
1527 L. Epstein. Electrodes for primary or secondary
batteries, May 11
1571 w. E. Heys From J, Beattie, juu. Construction of
zincs for galvanic batteries. April 30
itii;i WVP. Thompson From E.H. CowleeandA. ll.Cowlos.
Electric furnaces applicable for making aluminium, and for
other purposes. April 30
1667 W. P. Kookogey. Galvanic battery solutions. April 30
1711 II. . I. Harris. Supporting elements in butteries. .May I
1831 M. Bailey and .1. Warner. Improved battery and
method of regulating same. May l
XIX. PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
5805 P. M. Crane and F. Wilkinson, Manchester, Improve-
ments in the manufacture of corrugated paper and analogous
materials or fabrics. April 21
6171 F. Voith, London. Improvement in engines or
machines for the manufacture of paper pulp. April 27
6S97 G. Ilibbert. Gateshead. Improvements in apparatus for
straining pulp used in the manufacture of paper. May 11
7052 W. 0. A. Lowe. Liverpool. Improvements in I lie manu-
facture of paper, cardboard, or flexible sheets. May 14
7090 T. Phoenix, Newcastle, and G. Kirk, Uttox'etcr. Im-
provements in the manufacture of pottery tissue paper for
transfer printing. May 14
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
5269 G. Pitt -From R. P. Pictct and G. L. Brelaz. Manufac-
ture of paper from wood, and apparatus therefor. May 1 1
5296 L. Bastet. Manufacture of waterproof and combined
water and tire-proof paper. May II
7633 L. A. Groth— From H. Schnurmann and G. Gloss.
Manufacturing sulphite cellulose in beton boilers. May 7
7691 \V. Hull and W. B. Walker. Beating or pulping
machines applicable for paper making. May 11
8593 J. Luke. Treating or preparing paper for the manufac-
ture of lloor and wall coverings, etc. April 30
8936 E. Davies and H. F. Harris. Method and apparatus for
treating spent hops for use in the production of pulp for paper
and millboard. May 14
9178 A. J. Uoult— Fiom A. Ubbelohde. Manufacture of
paper pulp from moss peat. May 18
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES, and EXTRACTS.
( OMPLETE SPEt 'IFICA TION ACCEPTED.
1886.
8I6S W. Merck. Production of peptone from nueleo-pro-
teines. April 23
XXL— EXPLOSIVES, .MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
5803 F. P. Warren. London. An improved mode of attaching
explosives to the Bides or bottoms of ships. April 21
587J A. Minter," London. An improved paint or coating for
the formation of frictior.al surfaces for lighting safety and
other matches. April 22
5883 F. W. Smith -From Messrs. Klee and Koccher, Ger-
many. Improvements in Hie construction of exploding
charges or cartridges. Complete specification. April 22
5899 P. M. E. Audouin, London. Improvements in explo-
sives, and in the manufacture of the same. Complete specifi-
eation. April 22
5987 M. A. Whitley. Bradford. Improvements in the manu-
facture of matches. April 25
6022 J. II. Johnson— From F. Engel, Germany. Manufac-
ture of explosives. April 25
6550 D. Campbell, London. Improvements in match and
fusee lights, and in apparatus for the manufacture thereof.
May 1
6817 J. II. Burke. Southsca. A centrifugal percussion fuse
for igniting the bursting charges of shells. May 1U
7085 T. K. Baylies, London. New or improved movable
primers for cartridges or ammunition, and other explosive
charges. May 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
6222 J. Macnab. Explosive cartridges for blasting purposes.
May 11 , . .__,,-.
8127 T. Nordcnfclt. Improvements in fuses. April 21
11219 G. Smith. Electrical fuses. May 11
Printed and Publiihod by Emron a Do., Mi « Bridge Street Btmnoswus, Manchester, tor the Social] of Chemical Industry,
LOHDOS Dimes, t(,r the Side el Copies and Receipt of Subscriptions : 6, York Street, Coveot Garden
THE JOURNAL
OF THE
Society of Chemical 3nfcustry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. fi.-VoL. VI.
JUNE 30, 1887.
Non-Members 30 - per annum ; Members
21 - per Set ; Single Copies 2 6.
Cbe ^ocictp of Cbcmical 3*nmistm
Past Presidents:
Sir H. E. Roscoc. M.]\. I.L.D., V.P.R.R. .. 1881— 1S82.
sir Frederick Abel. r.H.. n.c.L.. F.R.S. .. 1882-18S3.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1SS3-18S1.
W. H. Perkin, Ph.D., F.R.S ISSI-InSo.
K. K. Muspratt 1885—1886.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1887.
President: David Howard.
Vice-Presidents :
Sir I. Lowthian Bell, Bart.. Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S. F.R.S.
Prof. James Dewar. F.R.S. John Spiller.
Dr. Peter Gricss. F.R.S. E. I ', C. Stanford.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter. J. C. Steven/ion, M.P.
E. K. Muspratt. John Williams.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S. Philip J. Worsley.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood, F.R.S.E.
Eustace Carey.
R. Forbes Carpenter.
lb n ry Doulton.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.
S. H. Johnson.
Ivati Levinstein.
John Pattinson.
8. A. Sadler.
Sir Bernhard Samuelson,
Bart.. M.P.
Sir Chas. Tennant, Bart.
Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks, Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary:
Ludwia Mond, 20. Avenue Road, Regent's Park. X.W.
General Secretary : Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee:
The President.
Sir F. A. Abel. F.R.S.
Joseph Bernays. M.I.C.E.
H. Brnnner.
W Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes. D.Sc.
W. Y. Dent.
Prof. Dewar, F.R.S.
Peter Griess. Ph.D., F.R.S.
D. B. Hewitt. M.D.
Prof. J. J. Hummel
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
F. Hurter. Ph.D.
Editor: Watson Smith. The Owens College, Manchester,
ASSISTED BY TJIF. FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors :
Iran Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola. F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
E. K. Muspratt.
C. O'Sullivan. F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
SirH. E. Roscoe. M.P.. F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrymple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cross.
A. R. Davis.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulme.
Bertram Hunt.
C. C. Hutchinson.
D, E. Jones, B.Sc.
Abstractors :
W. E. Kay.
A. J. King. B.Sc.
Chas. A. Kohn. Ph.D.
J. Walter Leather, Ph.D.
1). A. Louis.
W. G. McMillan.
G. Harris Morris. Ph.D.
J. M. H. Munro, D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
S. G. Rawson, B.Sc.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
F. W. Renaut.
James Taylor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Veley. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whiteley.
Sydney Young, D.Sc.
NOTICES.
In accordance with the provisions of Rule IS of the
Bye-laws, notice is hereby given that those members of
Council whose names are placed in italics in the
annexed list. will, retire from their respective offices at
the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Professor James Dewar, F.R.S., has been nominated
to the office of President, and Mr. David Howard has
been nominated Vice-President under Rule 11.
Professor Clowes, Mr. J. Xeilson Cuthbertson,
Mr. Ivan Levinstein, and Professor W. A. Tilden, F.R.S.,
have been nominated Vice-Presidents under Rule 8 ;
and Mr. B. S. Proctor has been nominated Ordinary-
Member of Council under Rule 17, in the place of
Mr. Levinstein, nominated Vice-President.
Mr. James Duncan, Mr. F. J. Rowan, Dr. Edward
Schunck, F.R.S., Mr. T. W. Stuart and Mr. Frank
Wilson have been nominated, under Rule IS, to fill four
vacancies among the Ordinary Members of Council.
The Treasurer and Foreign Secretary have been
nominated for re-election.
The Annual General Meeting of the Society will be
held at 11 a.m. on Wednesday, 13th July next, in the
Lecture Theatre of the Owens College, Manchester.
Particulars as to visits to works and excursions ate
issued, together with the Ballot List and Member's
Ticket in a separate cover. Members are particularly
requested not to place any other communication what-
ever in the envelope provided for the return of the Ballot
List, but to send word of the places they wish to visit
to Mr. Carter Bell.
Comment having been made on the delay in reprinting
the numbers for January, 1SS2 and 1SS3, the Secretary
begs to inform those whom it may concern, that the
delay is due to the fact that up to the present not more
than twenty orders for those numbers have been received.
It is hoped that this notification may stimulate those
who desire to complete their sets, to make early applica-
tion with a view to expedite the consideration of the
question of reprinting by the Council. Notice is also
hereby j;iven that the numbers for January and Febru-
ary, IsSO, being exhausted, no orders for those copies,
nor for complete sets of Vol. V., can be executed.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye-Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless tliey
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law —
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. nunc do. nsr.
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
Cornelius Beringer; Journals, etc.. to 203, Vauxhall Bridge-
H.'Buolteridge, i o Crouch End ; Lcighton Villa, Cheverton
G. ( haloner! l/o Green Lanes; 30, Weston Park, Crouch
'p.'deO. Coghill, 1 0 Kensington; 47, Derby Lane, Old Swan,
J. H. Collins. 1 0 Highgate New Town; i. Clark Terrace.
imiw ich Rise, S.E.
c s Dogged l/o Munich; Walpole. Mass., U.S.A.
Coster, 1" Cape Town; Caledon Dispensary. I uen-
roth Africa. _ . ... ...
Dr. II. H. Fries, l/o Berlin: 92, Reade-street. New \ork.
Edgar Hall,] oOuceiisborough : Alexandria Cottage, Merlin
reet, St. Leonard's, New South Wales
\\ r jack 1 oNeath: 45, Ludgate Hill. London. K.C.
E. .loynson. I/O Connah's Quay; Witton House, Northwich,
Cheshire
.1 1 awrenoe, 1 0 Glasgow; Standard Explosives Co.. Toms
River. New Jersey, U.S. A. .
Ii McCalman ' 0 Glasgow; oO, London Street, Irvine. N.B.
\' W Mcllwaine, 1 o Oil Extracting Co. : Stone Ferry. Hull.
Dr. G. Harris Morris : Journals, etc., to Avondale, Alexandra-
road. Burton-on-Trcnt.
.1. S. North, 1/0 Cape Town ; Caledon Dispensary, I itenhage.
South Africa.
I. I. Kedwood, 1 0 Addiewell; Thorn House, \\ althamstow.
st
Rowan. 1 0 St. Vincent Street: 121. West Regent
Essex.
F. J.
Street, Glasgow.
M. Shimose, 1 o Insatsukyoku ; Heiki-Seizo-Sho, Akabane,
Hugh T. Spencer. 1 o St. Helens; 101. Thomas Lane, Broad
Green, near Liverpool.
Jas. Towns. 1 o Canning Town ; 71. YS lute Horse Street,
Stepney, E. , . ' . . ,
G* M. P. Vary. I/o Edinburgh; communications to be
retained until further notice.
II. G. Warner, 1 o Ash; c 0 \\ alhs and Milestone, Garratt
Lane. Wandsworth, S.W. »».,«,.» w i
A. W. Warrington, lo I lapham ; Dmglefield. Dingle
Lane, Liverpool.
SESSION 1886-87.
Prospect ire Arrangements.
July 13. II and lj.— Annual Meeting in Manchi Bter.
The mcotings of the Session 1887-88 will be resumed on the
7th November next, and will be continued on the first Monday
in each month.
FURTHER COMMUNICATION ON ENGLISH-
GROWN TOBACCO.
BY ABTHUK W1NGHAM, F.I.C., F.C.S.
[n a previeus communication the results of a few
analyses and experiments in connection with some
English tobacco, grown by Lord Harris, were laid
before this Society. The present paper is a continua-
tion of that communication, and contains the results
of analyses of tobaccos grown elsewhere and under
different conditions. The samples are four in number,
and are numbered 8, 9, 10, 11. Nob. 8, 9, and 10
were grown by Mr. C. De L. Faunce de Laune, near
Sittingbourue, and No. 11 by Mr. W. L. Wigan, near
Maidstone. The following table shows the average
measurements and weights of the leaves :—
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED, JUNE 23, 1887.
\tkinson Crossley. Cambrian Chemical Co., Limited,
Taly wain, Monmouthshire, analyst.
Allan T. Hall. 1. Grosvenor Terrace. Beverley Road. Hull,
oil and varnish manufacturer. .
T. G. Hart, Royal School of Mines, South Kensington, S.W ..
rch assistant. .
A. Hoegger, Windsor Villa, \ letona Crescent, Lccles, Man-
el tester
.1 II James. 131. nopton Road, Coventry Park, Streatham,
S.W.. mining engineer.
W ('.Matthews. Kerfeid Place. Albert Park, Melbourne,
Australia, manufacturing xhemtet. ¥TO»
George Men-ell. Lock Box 786, Cincinnati, Ohio. U.S.A.,
manufacturing chemist.
I,, t > Mi.-. School of Mines, Ballaarat, Australia.
David Perry. Forth and Clyde Chemical Works. Kirkintil-
loch. N.B. . manufacturing chemist.
Dr. Otto Pring, Schwarzeuberg, Saxony, editor of the
Chaniach#techni3che Zettung.
Ii Russell, Silverbum, Lcvcn. life, N.B.. paper maker.
Herbert B. Stocks. 13, Peet Street, Gladstone Road, Liver-
pool, chemical assistant.
Archibald Walker. 8, Crown Terrace, Glasgow, distiller.
Herbert W. Weld. 41. Albion-place. Mount Auburn, Cin-
cinnati, Ohio, C.S.A., pharmaceutical chemist.
LonDon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Burlington House.
Chairman : David Howard.
Committee :
Sir V. A. Abel. I R- Messcl.
II E. Armstrong. B. E. R. Newlands.
\V. 1 :,ter. B. Kedwood.
\V. (rowdcr.
C. Graham. John Spiller.
S. Hall. u.r.Trewby.
A. K. Huntington. J. W illiams.
Bon, Local -Sec. and Treasurer: Thos. Tyrer,
Garden Wharf, Church Road, Battersea, S.W.
The meetings of the London Section will be held on the first
Monday in each month.
Length.
24 inches
31
24
21
IS „
Breadth
at broadest part.
10) inches
..11
.. 12| ..
.. 9
Weight.
70 grammes
251
18-0
16-0
61
No. 8. ..
.. 9. .
.. 10a.
.. 10b. .
„ 11. .
No. 8. Pale yellow leaves, very similar to Chinese
tobacco. Uniform in colour, but lacked body.
No. 9. Large leaves of brown colour, varying in
shade. Considerable body and very large mid-ribs
and veins.
No. 10. Dull-brown leaves, varying in shade,
shape, and size. Considerable body. This was a
mixed sample of leaves that had been bulked for
some considerable time. It contained two leaves
(10b) which were of very good quality, good body,
and uniform dull-brown colour ; and seven leaves
(10a) which were of a mixed character.
No. 11. Mixed sample— some leaves green, and
others partly fermented. The fermented leaves were
of a dull-brown uniform colour, with plenty of body.
Very thick leaves.
The samples were dried at 100° C, and the mois-
ture determined with the following results :—
No. 8 contained 207 per cent, water.
9 ,. -11
., 10a .. 208
.. JOb „ 18-8
11
110
Unfortunately there was not sufficient of 10b to
examine separately, consequently it was mixed with
the other portion of sample 10. The weight per
square foot of these samples could not be ascer-
tained with any possibility of certainty, on account
of variation in shape in the same sample, and also d
excessive corrugation in some cases.
The dried leaves were broken down, and the mid-
ribs and thick veins removed. The remainder of the
leaf consisting of the fleBhy part and the thin veins,
was' taken for analysis. The ash was first deter-
mined with the following results :—
No. 8
.. 9
PERCENTAGE OF ASH,
2436 ; No. 10
17*98
17 US
The samples burnt much more tea. lily than the
samples of English growth described in myprevious
paper, although there was st. I a slight dilhculty in
oxidising the last traces of carbon in No. 8. On hrst
June 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
401
heating, an oil distilled oft' and burnt with a very
luminous name, especially in No. 9. which gave off a
very large quantity. No. 11 evolved an oil which
burnt with a less luminous flame, and also emitted
objectionable odours, which were no doubt due to the
presence of green unfermented leaves in the sample.
Little or no self-supporting combustion was noticed,
except in No. 10, which did continue to bum slightly
when once ignited. The quantities of ash in Nos. 8
and 10 are high ; Xos. 9 and 11 being fairly normal.
A complete analysis of the ash was then made in
each case, with the following results :—
PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION OF ASH.
No. 8. Xo. 9.
Potash (K.O) 9-32
Soda(Xa.O) 3 98
Lime (CaO) 37-59
-Magnesia (MgO)
Iron Oxide and Alumina
Chlorine
Carbonic Acid (by diff.) . . .
Sulphuric Acid (S03)
Phosphoric Acid (P.05) . . .
Silica
Deduct ox. eq. for CI
348
0-68
9-15
2-2-68
5-61
3-24
613
102-06
2-06
930
2-86
1111
632
058
8-70
18-11
5-61
4-U
4-87
101*96
1-96
10000 100-00 100 00 100 00
Xo. 10. Xo. 11.
1011
210
39 22
385
0-56
8-42
18-18
8-58
2-11
8-11
101-90
1-90
11-32
0-91
35-83
3-19
070
968
22 67
5-82
5-25
6-51
10218
2-18
It will be seen from the above figures that these
ashes have the great fault which was also so marked
in the samples of Lord Harris— viz., a high percentage
of lime and a low percentage of potash, and the con-
sequent high ratio of the former to the latter. One
great advantage, however, that these ashes have over
the Faversham samples, is the comparatively low
percentage of chlorine. This lower quantity of
chlorine would act favourably in rendering the burn-
ing of the leaf more easy. The higher percentage of
silica is also favourable, although, at the same time,
there is an undesirable increase in the sulphuric acid.
Iron is also present in these ashes in small quantity.
Lithium was found spectroscopically in all four
samples.
Compared amongst themselves, No. 11 may be
taken as the best ash ; although even this is not by
any means of the composition most desired for
tobacco. The lower percentage of lime, the higher
potash and the higher phosphoric acid are all favour-
able items in No. 11 sample. No. 9, which was
supposed to have be*n heavily manured with a
certain guano, does not appear to differ materially,
except in the phoshoric acid and magnesia, from the
other samples, 8 and 10, grown in the same neigh-
bourhood.
The total nitrogen in the leaves was determined as
described in my previous paper, care being taken to
h ive a large excess of copper oxide present. The
following are the results : —
PERCENTAGE OF NITROGEN.
No. 8 9 in
3-23 571 529
11
6 54
There is a very decided difference between the
samplts in these figures.
The fleshy part of the leaf in each case was tested
for nitrates. No. 8 contained none, while Xos. 9 and
10 contained considerable quantities. No. 11 con-
tained none in the green leaves, but a considerable
quantity in the brown leaves. This supports what
was previously supposed to be tin- casi viz., that
the nitrates present in tobacco are produced during
the process of drying and fermenting.
The nitrate nitrogen was estimated in Xos. !) and
10 by Schloesing's method of distillation with
ferrous chloride and hydrochloric acid afterwards
absorbing the nitric oxide by adding pure oxygen
potash and pyrogallic acid. The following are the
results : —
PERCENTAGE OF NITROGEN AS NITRATES.
No. 9 0-12-, | No. 10 0-31%
These figures correspond to the following percent-
ages of
POTASSIUM NITRATE IN THE LEAVES.
No. 9 0-S6, | No. 10 2-24
The presence of nitrates, I have found, however,
is no indication of a good tobacco. It is true that
saltpetre will convert a bad tobacco into a material
that will smoulder, but in a good and well-fermented
leaf the burning quality does not depend on the
presence of nitrates. I have examined some of the
best samples of foreign leaves, and have found only
minute traces of nitrates present. The remaining
nitrogen will be referred to hereafter.
The amount of soluble extract was then ascertained
by heating weighed quantities with water at 801 C.
for one hour, and weighing the dried residue. The
following figures were obtained :
No. 8
Soluble extract (by diff.) .. 55'95 .
Residue 44 '05 .
The soluble matter is high in each case, especially
so in No. 9, and slightly so in No. 11.
The ash in the residue was then determined and
calculated into percentage on original leaf. In
this _ way the following figures were obtained,
showing : —
THE MINERAL CONSTITUENTS IN THE LEAF EX-
TRACTED BY, AND INSOLUBLE IN, WATER.
9
10
11
5S-70 ..
.. 5215 ..
.. 4984
4130 ..
.. 1785 ..
.. 5016
Ash extracted (by diff.).
Ash remaining in residue.
No. 8
1726
7 09
2135
1429
369
10 11
13 04^ .. IP42%
10-19 .. 5 61
2323
1703
These figures speak very favourably for samples
10 and 11, and fairly well for No. 8, but they condemn
No. 9 as being very immature. The superficial
nature of the mineral constituents in this sample is
very clearly shown, and the leaves, which are very
large, are undoubtedly very artificial.
The nitrogen in the residue was also estimated,
and the following results obtained : —
PERCENTAGE OF NITROGEN IN THE LEAF EX-
TRACTED BY, AND INSOLUBLE IN. WATER.
No. 8 9 10 11
Nitrogen extracted (by diff.) .. 2 08 ...3-57 . ...4-22: ....SDKt!
Nitrogen remaining in residue 115 2 11 107 202
3 23 . . ..5-71 .. .5-29 ....B"5I
The nitrogen remaining in the residue roughly
represents that which exists as albuminoids, as the
following determinations of albuminoid nitrogen
prove, except in the case of No. 10 :
PERCENTAGE OF ALBUMINOID NITROGEN.
No. s
i-.'s
10
lo3
(OS
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |. mm- 30.1887.
The figures in connection with No. LO seem to point
out the existence of albuminoids, not entirely pre
cipitated by water at B0°C. Further experiments
are being carried on to ascertain, Li possible, the tonus
of combination in which the remaining organic
nitrogen exists.
I intend also pursuing the subject of the organic
constituents of tobacco, with a view to ascertaining
the changes which take place during the process of
fermentation, about which very little of a scientific
nature seems to be known. I regret that in the report
of the discussion of my previous paper, I am reported
a^ having said that nicotine and nicotian ine were not
present in the unfermented leaves, and that they
were produced during fermentation. I am sorry that
I produced that impression. What I intended to
convey was — that nicotine was probably not present
in the green leaves as nicotine, but was probably
there combined with other organic radicals in the
form of a glucoside, or something of that nature, ami
that it was " released," and not "produced," during
fermentation. But even this was only a surmise on
my part, consequent upon a few peculiar results
which I obtained in the earlier period of my investi-
gation.
I think the above results, combined with those pre-
viously recorded, will now justify an expression of
opinion as to the possibility of growing the tobacco
plant in this country. There is not the slightest
doubt about the mere growing; the only questions
arising are the commercial ones, of its preparation for,
and its value in the market. With the last question
I will not trouble this Society, and as regards the
preparation, or in other words the fermentation, I
believe there is very little to fear. The natural diffi-
culties are not so great as not to be within reasonable
scientific reach. At present, one season's crop only
has been experimented upon, but very important and
promising results have been obtained. With the
advanced knowledge and experience, I think another
series of experiments will very nearly overcome the
difficulty of fermentation. The analytical results
obtained have pointed out one or two very great errors
in the direction of the mineral constituents, and these
certainly should be guarded against in the future. I
do not desire to say that the quality of a tobacco can
be ascertained from the analysis of its mineral con-
stituents, any more than from the quantity of nicotine
present, bat I do maintain that the finality of its
mineral constituents has a decided influence on the
burning, and that a better attention to the supply of
the natural requirements of the plant in this respect
will most likely aid materially the development of
the other good qualities. For that reason I have
placed the mineral constituents first as regards im-
portance, and in these samples have neglected to a
certain extent the organic. The quantities of the
mineral constituents present are on the average high,
and with their present composition would tell very
much against the tobacco, even if the fermentation
were complete. It must be confessed that a calcareous
soil is not the best on which to cultivate tobacco, but
then, on the other hand, it can be argued thut if,
under existing circumstances, such good results have
been obtained, then, under more favourable conditions,
and with further experience, one can certainly expect
very much more favourable results in the future.
The leaves which I have brought to your notice,
both now and previously, are all somewhat imma-
ture, especially those in connection with my last
paper. The large leaves grown at Sittingbourne are
also of a very forced character, although they are very
fine specimens, while the smaller: and more compact
leaves obtained near Maidstone seem to be of a much
iih ire natural growth. Whether the artificial nature
of a leaf, as regards its organic constituents, is a dis
advantage or not is an open question. The result of
future fermentation experiments will, no doubt,
decide this point, as also the probability of English
tobacco cultivation being a commercial success. But
it is, in the meantime, necessary to grow the plant
under circumstances as closely allied as possible to
those of its natural requisements, and to obtain a
home grown leaf having, in the first place, an ash of
a quality more nearly resembling the known compo-
sition of the ash from more naturally grown tobacco,
than has been the case with the home-grown leaves
examined up to the present time.
I have again to record my best thanks to Dr.
Hodgkinson for enabling me to carry out the experi-
ments.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. Ruffle was glad that this subject had been
brought forward again, because, owing to the altera-
tions in the Budget arrangements, the question of
moisture in tobacco would have to be specially deter-
mined. While at work upon moisture in another
subject, he had made a few experiments on tobacco
also, in expectation of the question cropping up. He
had not had an opportunity of dealing with, pure
leaves, but only with such as could be obtained from
the shipptrs. He had found that by drying over dry
calcium chloride the loss was not so great as in drying
at 212° F. While fully admitting the importance of
the results obtained as to the ash, it seemed to him
that the character of the organic constituents must
influence the character of the tobacco. That was a
point which should be further investigated. He had
found the results of drying at 212° F. to be some-
times 5 per cent, higher than in drying over calcium
chloride. Might it not be that the cellulose, or what-
ever was the chief organic constituent, of leaves
grown under certain conditions was more readily
hydrated than when grown under other conditions 1 If
so, such leaves would burn with more difficulty than
those not so highly hydrated. The solution of this
question might assist in determining the quality of
tobacco leaves.
Mr. Rideal would like to know more of the early
history of these tobaccos ; whether they were of the
same species, and also what was the nature of the
manure used. Judging from the great variation of
the author's results, the question of manure was
important, and some further information upon that
point would greatly help in forming a judgment
upon the figures given. He would be glad to know,
too, what Mr. Wingham considered to be a normal,
or the best, ash. He had always understood that the
presence of nitrates had an important influence on the
burning of tobacco, but, judging from Mr. Wingham's
remarks, it appeared to be otherwise. Chlorides also
should affect the ash ; and he would like to hear
more on that point.
Mr. 1'. Carmody inquired whether the author
could state what were the percentages of soda in the
various samples, and whether they agreed with those
of the samples previously treated.
Mr. Wingham replied that the percentages were
slightly less, but very variable, being, in the samples
before the meeting, 39, 28, 2'4, and 0*91 per cent.
Mr. Cabmody explained that he had put the
question, because it was well known that in ordin-
ary ash the percentage of soda was always low — less
than 1'2 per cent. It had been stated that these
leaves were unfermented ; and yet they were brown
in colour. He hafl never yet known a brown leaf
unfermented. He thought that the change of colour
indicated that a change similar to fermentation had
taken place. The sample No. 2 appeared to be
June 30, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
1"3
different in character from the others. It was soft
and flabby, and probably contained a good deal of
water, and would yield a small amount of ash. As
had been already suggested, much would depend on
the character of the manure used. If the same
manure had not been used on all the samples it would
be difficult to compare them.
Mr. J. \Y. Leather pointed out that as yet there
had been no opportunity of proving what English-
grown tobacco would be like if fermented, the time
not having yet arrived for last year's crop to undergo
that process. In America, the crops harvested last
summer would have been dried during the autumn,
and would be fermented this spriog. He had himself
tried some English tobacco after drying, and had found
it anything but nice: but he had no doubt that later on
some smokeable English tobacco would be produced^
Mr. \\ in«.ham, in it-ply. said the point raised by Mr.
Ruffle was of considerable importance at the present
moment. It might interest chemists to know that by
the new duty regulations 35 per cent, was the maxi-
mum moisture allowed in manufactured tobacco, and
the authorised process for determination was drying
at 213^ F. What the difference might be if the
determination was made in a vacuum over calcium
chloride, he was not prepared to say. If the Dicotine
were present as a free base, it would probably be
volatilised in the vapour of water by drying, and that
might account for a slight increase in the moisture as
determined at 212° F. It was possible, too, that the
results shown by drying over calcium chloride were
not correct : for instance, there might be a certain
point at which the tobacco itself rather than
the calcium chloride would absorb moisture. He
did not think the higher percentage was due to
hydrated cellulose. Referring to Dr. Rideal's questions,
sample No. 8 was described as Kentucky tobacco,
not heavily manured. The next sample was described
as Kentucky tobacco also, but heavily manured with
bat's guano. Little was known of the next sample,
except that it was much mixed and had been stored
in bulk for a considerable time. This storage would
no doubt explain the percentage of nitrates. He did
not think a " normal ash " could be defined, there
being considerable variation in all kinds. No doubt
the presence of nitrates had a decided influence on
the combustibility of tobacco. Still their presence in
quantity was not essential to a good tobacco; and if
one took a good foreign leaf and examined it for
nitrates, the chances were that one would find very
small traces present. It might be expedient for
manufacturers to introduce nitrates, but the effect
was to render the tobacco quick-burning and hot.
Chlorides also had a great influence on the burning
qualities of the tobaccco. In the leaves grown by
Lord Harris, chlorine was found far in excess of the
amount required by the potash and soda. Conse-
quently a considerable quantity combined with lime,
producing calcium chloride. This fused in the
burning of the leaf, clogging the carbonaceous matter,
and preventing the oxidation of the last traces. If
the chlorine was not in excess of the amount required
by the soda and potash, probably little harm would
be done. In burning the samples under consideration,
the clogging effect had not been noticed, although
!• per cent, of chlorine was present. He had been much
struck by the amount of soda found in Lord Harris's
samples, but the ground on which they were grown
had been manured with common salt. This would
doubtless account for both the soda and the chlorine.
The samples under notice were not manured with salt,
and were grown on a chalky soil. It was erroneous
to suppose that the brown colour of tobacco was an
indication that fermentation had taken place. On
the other hand, he had seen it stated that tobacco
leaves could not be dried at all without becoming
brown. That also was a mistake, since one of the
dried samples under notice was green. The flabbiness
of sample No. 9 was due to wear and tear. It had
moreover been heavily moistened that day. If it
were dry, it would be very crisp. He quite agTeed
with ]>r. Leather's remarks about fermentation. It
would be most unfair to compare these leaves with
foreign tobaccos kept perhaps for two or three years.
These leaves did not pretend to be thoroughly fer-
mented. The process of fermentation involved many
operations and much time. No doubt if these leaves
were packed away under considerable pressure for a
summer, as foreign leaves were, they would be much
improved. He had tried some of this tobacco,
especially No. 10 sample, which had been stored for
some time, and whether in a pipe or as cigarettes, it
was by no means the worst he had smoked. He
thought, therefore, there was good hope for the future
of English tobacco.
Meeting held May 16, 1887.
MR. B. E. R. NEWLAXDS IK THE C'HAIE.
DISCUSSION ON MR. JOHN RUFFLES PAFER
ON "A NEW METHOD OF ESTIMATING
MOISTURE IN SUPERPHOSPHATES AND
SIMILAR FERTILISERS."
The Chairman- considered the paper a most im-
portant contribution to the proceedings of the Society,
and that the author's wide experience of the subject
would ensure it respectful attention. The fact that
the water in superphosphate was driven off under
certain circumstances and not under others, was
undoubtedly of importance in considering its mode of
estimation. In making superphosphate, the mixture
gave rise to a high temperature — considerably above
that at which sulphate of lime would hydrate.
Therefore, the water could not combine in the mixer
or " den ;" and before the temperature was sufficiently
reduced for combination to occur, the whole mass
became solid, and the water was thus locked up. If
the superphosphate were pasted, the particles were
brought closer together, and the sulphate of lime thus
became hydrated, and the mass would set as plaster
of Paris. In drying at 212° F., the water was given
off at such a temperature that the sulphate could
not catch it in its progress. But by Mr. Ruffle's
process the water was taken out at a low temperature,
and in its struggle to get out it saturated the sul-
phate to its full extent. Thus the result obtained in
the latter case was less than that obtained by drying
at 212° F. One of the tables in Mr. Ruffle's paper
showed the composition of prepared superphosphates.
In this table, "soluble oxide of iron," "soluble
alumina," and soda were mentioned as existing as
sulphates, and the amount of water of crystallisation
med to exist in each salt was stated. If this were
the case, it was obvious that at a comparatively low.
temperature efflorescence would occur, and the water
of crystallisation would be given off, especially in
vacuo. Therefore, the process would of necessity
estimate the quantity of water existing in the form
of these sulphates, and thus a slight error would
arise.
Mr. F. Nettlefold said that in analysing a certain
boiler residue he had found CaSO(.H;0 to be
present, and he further found that this body split up
on heating it to 212" F. He would be glad to have
Mr. Ruffle's opinion as to whether the presence of
404
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I June 30. 1887.
this hydrate would affect the estimation of water in
superphosphate.
.Mr. Crch m k said the paper was well worthy the
serious attention of the members, as coming from one
whose work had given him an European tame. He
had studied the figures given as far as time had per-
mitted, and he could certainly say of sonic of the
experiments that they continued results which had
been obtained in his own laboratory. For instance,
Mr. Ruffle had found that the soluble P«05, and even
the total PjOg, was affected by raising the tempera-
ture, and that "drying without iise of temperature
did not affect the soluble nor the total P«Ot ; and
these results were quite in accordance with his own
experience. Mr. Ruffle had said that a drying of
from G to 7 hours was necessary in order to arrive at
constant results. The decision of the percentage of
moisture in superphosphates was a matter which had
bothered him considerably. He had sometimes had
to send out superphosphate, and questions had arisen
as to its dampness. He usually reckoned about 15 to
I •"■; per cent, was the normal quantity in super-
phosphate, such as was made from Carolina phosphate.
Of course the results obtained by drying in vacuo
would be much more accurate ; still, as the process
took 24 hours, he was not certain that it would be
much more advantageous than the rough-and-ready
determination by means of the water bath, which
could be done in two hours. With reference to
Mr. Ruffle's difficulty in finding a good air pump, he
might mention that he had found the Korting pump
thoroughly satisfactory. He quite concurred with
Mr. Ruffle's view that the phosphoric acid in these
superphosphates was principally in the state of free
phosphoric acid and not monocalcic phosphate. That
question had in fact been settled some ten or twelve
years ago by Professor Way. He did not think the
lime was ever present in any quantity as acid-phos-
phate ; it was always in the form of sulphate. He
could not understand Mr. Ruffle's difficulty in deter-
mining the free sulphuric acid. If superphosphate
were treated by absolute alcohol, any free sulphuric
acid present would be detected. In conclusion, he
would mention a curious and awkward experience
which occurred to him some years ago in the manu-
facture of high-class superphosphates. On one
occasion, in boiling the superphosphate down in an
overshot pan, he suddenly found that the whole mass
had solidified. The fires were immediately drawn
and the pan cooled down, when it was found that
the whole had solidified into a substance resembling
green glass, which was insoluble in water, in acids
and in alkalis. It was recovered by fusion into
phosphoric acid. It was nearly free from lime, just
as Mr. Ruffle had found the filtrate from the washing
of the superphosphate. (Mr. Crowder exhibited a
piece of this solid material, which resembled Hint in
appearance.)
Mr. Muhpokd desired to make a few remarks of a
practical rather than a chemical character. Every-
body who was concerned in the subject under discus-
sion, would recognise the importance of having.in
these days of keen competition, some universally-
adopted method for the determination of moisture.
lie was not vain enough to suppose that people
engaged in industrial chemistry would ever be able
to dictate to scientific men with respect to fcheil
methods of determining the constituents ot the articles
they turned out ; but he did think that in the case of
BUcn a constituent as moisture, some universal mode
might be arrivedat and adopted In speaking of the
advantages of testing for moisture by the rough-and-
ready method of the water bath, Mr. Crowder had
lost sight of the fact that, to save postage, very small
samples were sometimes sent to the analyst, who was
frequently required to make a complete analysis
therefrom. The chemist might, therefore, be tempted
to determine the moisture and the soluble phosphoric
acid from the same identical portion of the sample.
If he determined the moisture in the water bath at
212° F., he would eause a precipitation of the soluble
Po05, and the manufacturer would thus be mulcted
not only in the excess of moisture shown by the one
test as compared with the other, but also in the
deficiency of the soluble phosphoric acid reverted by
the method of determination. Mr. Ruffle's method,
however, appeared to leave the soluble phosphoric
acid as it was before the determination. He had
himself some years ago endeavoured to dry on a prac-
tical scale a quantity of carefully prepared super-
phosphate, His first difficulty was to find a place
having a constant temperature, and also large enough
to permit of a test on a practical scale. At last he
found a chamber over a boiler, where there was a
constant temperature of 160" F. After carefully
weighing, drying and sampling the superphosphate,
the loss was determined. He then calculated the cost of
producing such a superphosphate, taking into account
the extra labour for manipulating it. On a sample
being tested, however, he was astonished to find that
even at the low temperature employed, a considerable
loss of soluble phosphoric acid had occurred. He
hadof course not calculated on this, and had his
estimate been acted on, a contract would have been
made at great loss. This experience showed the
necessity for great caution in such matters. He had
thought that as moisture could be determined at
212° F, he was quite safe with a constant temperature
of 160° F. ; but the reverse was the case. He hoped
that the outcome of this paper and discussion would
be the adoption of some universally - recognised
method of estimating moisture, and that manufac-
turers would thus be rid of the great difficulty which
existed at present.
Mr. J. W. Leather said the last speaker had .
anticipated much of what he had intended to say,
but from a different point of view. Was it really so
important whether one determined the water at 100° C.
or at no degrees. Of course the consequence of
determining the water at 100° C. and at the atmo-
spheric temperature would be to obtain different
results ; because, in the first case, one would drive off
a proportion of the water of crystallisation of certain
salts, and in the second case one would not. He had,
however, never heard of an analyst determining the
soluble phosphoric acid and the water of a super-
phosphate from the same portion. He would be
glad to know what Mr. Ruffle meant by a vacuum.
The term was of itself vague, and might mean any
number of millimetres pressure. Would Mr. Ruffle
say, too, whether he used a water or a mercury pump ;
and if the latter, how many millimetres of mercury
the pressure in his receiver registered.
Mr. Bernard Dyer could corroborate what Mr.
Ruffle and Mr. Crowder had said respecting free acid
in superphosphate. He had ofttn been asked to say
how much free sulphuric acid was present, and had
sometimes irritated manufacturers by saying there
was none or only a trace. He had devised the alcohol
method mentioned by Mr. Crowder for his own use,
and thought he had hit upon something new ; but
found it had been in use previously. For ordinary
purposes, however, good methylated spirit was as
suitable as absolute alcohol. It had been known for
some time that the text-book statements as to mono-
calcium phosphate were to some extent chimerical ;
and that the conventional methods of expressing
their analyses were not scientifically accurate. Except
as a point of scientific interest, however, that did not
much matter, seeing that the soluble phosphoric acid
June 30. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
405
w as really the basis of the analyses. Referring to the
table showing the moisture determinations of
Sombrero and Carolina superphosphates by drying for
five hours in the natural and beaten-up states, he
would like to ask whether it was to be understood that
the weights became constant at four or five hours, or
whether Mr.RufHesimply stopped theexperiments then.
In the case of the Sombrero sample, there was not a
vast difference between the moisture in the natural
state and the beaten-up moisture at the end of five
hours. Possibly the mechanical difficulty had come in
in these tests. When manure was beaten up to a paste,
a dry pellicle formed upon it, in the same way as in
the analogous case of drying a sample of sugar, so
that the water might be mechanically kept from
escaping. However, this question was quite apart
from the main purpose of the paper. Mr. Raffle -
method and results were most interesting, and it
would certainly seem that there might be an
advantage in adopting his process ; but a general
agreement to do so would be necessary among
chemists, or theconflicting figures of different analyses
would be very annoying to the trade. It was un-
doubtedly, however, always more satisfactory when
chemical analyses could be stated on an exact scientific
basis. What was at present meant by " moisture "
in most analyses was clearly not actual free water, but
water which was driven off at 212 F. He would like
to see further experiments, with the purpose of
showing how far, for any one class of superphosphate,
the difference between the absolute moisture and the
conventional loss at 2123 might be constant Probably
some analysts would adopt this new method at once,
and others only by degrees ; and in face of this pos-
sibility, misunderstanding might perhaps be avoided
by stating on the analyses : "Moisture (loss at 212 ),"
or "Moisture (loss in va
In reply, Mr. Ruffle said with respect to the
question as to the soluble alkalis shown in Table .">
being sulphates, he thought he had succeeded in
showing them to be not sulphates but phosphates.
As there was not sufficient sulphuric acid found in
the filtrate to combine with the iron, magnesia, etc,
as sulphates, they must have been phosphates. He
could quite understand Mr. Crowder s and Mr. Dyer's
remarks about the constancy at 212°. It was always
difficult to get out of an old groove ; but he would
ask makers to bear in mind that the question " What
amount of moisture will you guarantee?'' had
already come across the water. Competition was
DOW very keen ; and if one man would not guarantee
the correct moisture, another would. From the chemi-
cal point of view the old method would be beaten,
and the water bath would have to be abandoned for
something else. If chemists were asked to determine
moisture they should do so to the full extent of their
ability. So long as they knew nothing better than
the determination at 2123, they were right in using
it. But if they had now another method, and found
that the result obtained at 212 1'. was not absolute
moisture, they should cease to call it so. The. ques-
tion of what was true moisture in superphosphate
still remained. Buyers sometimes would refuse to
accept a parcel on account of its being "too wet."
The seller would then send a sample to a chemist :
but how was he to determine whether it was too wet
by reason of an excess of water having been put in,
or whether the manure was merely out of condition
from other causes. The manufacturer had no doubt
intended to be correct, and the right proportion of
O. V. had been used ; but the men had perhaps run
in too much water with the O.V. If the analyst
wanted to find out whether the manure had been
correctly mixed, how could he do so by testing at
212 ! If, however, he carefully calculated it out by
the calcium method, he probably would be able to
tell. With all respect to Mr. Crowder, he could not
admit the correctness of the method employed by him
for estimating the amount of free sulphuric acid.
One had in these manures a more or less concentrated
solution of phosphoric acid, lime and sulphuric acid.
Some of that lime might be combined with the phos-
phoric acid- at any rate, one could not prove that it
was not. To that solution of water, phosphoric acid,
lime and sulphuric acid, alcohol was added. A pre-
cipitate of sulphate of lime was thus got But how
could one prove that that sulphate existed before the
alcohol was put in ? Might it not have been formed
by the sulphuric acid combining with the lime after
the addition of the alcohol, and thus producing an
insoluble sulphate of lime t If so, the really free sul-
phuricacid would beput too low. He was glad to learn
that the residts worked out by him as to the effect of
temperature had been confirmed practically. As to
whether a correct determination of water was neces-
sary or not, he thought it was. Such determinations
were more and more appreciated technically, and
would, he thought, be in time generally required. In
reply to the question as to the vacuum employed,
he had taken an ordinary Tate's air pump, and had
worked it until he could produce no further vacuum.
He had attached a mercury gauge, but had not
measured off the exact number of millimetres regis-
tered. The difference between the two limbs of the
gauge was about half-an-inch, and on leaving the
pump for 24 hours he found that the mercury in the
higher limb had not gone up ^in. That was prac-
tically the utmost limit that could be obtained, and
that was what he had adopted. The figures in Table
4. queried by Mr. Dyer, were not constant. They
simply showed the loss obtained in so many hours.
As stated in the paper, these samples were taken
from large heaps, and were dried at 212° F., both in
the natural and in the beaten-up state ; and these
figures had been given in order to show that the
results obtained from actual samples of ordinary
superphosphates made on a large scale agreed with
those which he had got from samples of known com-
position, and that they might therefore be accepted
lor guidance practically. It had been suggested that
there might be a constant margin between the abso-
lute moistureof a superphosphate and that determined
at 212c F. He did not think so. If the phosphate
employed was always of the same quality, and if the
same quantity and strength of acid was always used,
the margin might be constant. But inasmuch as
phosphates varied in quality, they would carry dif-
ferent quantities of acid. And, again, whereas one
maker would mix with 105 acid, because he could not
get a stronger, another would use 120 acid, because
he had it, and it was convenient. But the analyst
would know nothing of these differences of prepara-
tion. Sooner or later one method or the other must
be adopted, and he did not doubt that it would be
that one which was most correct.
$$♦**»*»*»*♦
NOTES OF A RECENT VISIT TO SOME OF
THE PETROLEUM PRODUCING TERRI-
TORIES OF THE UNITED STATES AND
CANADA.
BY BOVERTOX REDWOOD, F.I.C., F.C.S.
A large proportion of the crude petroleum produced
in the United States is still obtained in what is
known as the Bradford district. This ml territory,
lying partly in central and northern McKean County,
400
T1IF. JOURNAL OK THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (June 30, 18*7.
Pennsylvania, and partly in southern Cattaraugus
County, Now York, has an area of 133 square miles.
121 square miles of which are included in the Bradford
field proper. The development of this territory dates
from the year l > 7 1 . when the first successful well was
drilled, and four years later— viz., in December, 1878—
the average daily production of the Bradford district
was no less than 23,700 barrels (of 42 American
gallons) or about four sevenths of the total daily pro-
duction of the State of Pennsylvania. Two years
later -till tie Bradford district supplied 03,000 barrels
per day, out of a total production of 72,215 barrels
per day. I luring recent years there has been a steady
decline in the production of this prolific territory,
notwithstanding the efforts made to maintain the out-
put. Up to January, 1885, the Bradford district was
estimated to have yielded 109,000,000 barrels, an
average of about 820,000 barrels per square mile. The
total productions of the oil regions of Pennsylvania
and southern New York up to the same date has been
given on the authority of Stowell's statistics as
260,990,435 barrels. In December last there were in
the Bradford district, according to Stowell, 1 3,505 old
wells with an aggregate daily production of 17,887
barrels (lj barrel per well), and 16 new wells with an
aggregate daily production of 100 barrels (6 barrels
per well).
During the past year the attention of petroleum
producers has been chiefly centred on the Washington
held in Washington County, Pa. In December, 1884,
a well was drilled on the Gantz farm, in this field,
by the Citizens' Fuel Company, with the object of
obtaining natural gas for use as fuel. At a depth of
2200 feet, oil, and not gas, wa& obtained, and this dis-
covery at once led to the drilling of other w7ells. In
August, 1885, a flowing well known as the Gordon
well was completed, and in the following year several
other exceedingly productive flowing wells were
drilled, one of the number, the Thayer well, yielding
2000 barrels per day. The production of the Wash-
ington field reached its maximum of 16,000 barrels per
day in August last, and had declined to 8000 barrels
per day at the end of the year. Stowell gives the
aggregate daily production of the Washington field
in December last as 7720 barrels from 180 old wells
(43 barrels per well), and 2560 barrels from 33 new
wells (71 barrels per well).
The daily production of the various oil-fields of
Pennsylvania, New York and Ohio (expressed in
barrels of 42 American gallons) on the 1st January,
1886, and 1st January, 1887, was as follows : —
Allegheny
Bradford
Kane
Cherry Grove
Cooper
Balltown
Grand Valley
C'ogley
Tarkill
Baldridgc and Thorn Creek. .
Bed Valley
I'ontins
Oil Creek. Tidioutc. Clarion,
Armstrong. Warren, etc .
Washington
Shoustoun
Mucksburg
1887. 1886.
Jan. 1. Jan. 1.
. 5,800 6,400
24,600 29.000
4,500 80
210 400
450 750
650 1,200
2,100
1,600 5,200
1.750
2.000 1,400
800
2,800 •
11.500 14.500
8,500 L'.iil
3.300 60
1.300 1,900
Totals 71.:>90
63.140
1859 5.000
1860 500,000
1861 2.113.000
1862 3.056,000
1863 2,811,000
1861 2.116.000
1ST, L'.I'.IT.UKI
1866
1867 3.317.000
1868 3.583.000
1869 l.'Jin.T'Ji
1870 5.673,195
1871 ;, 715.900
1872 6,531 65 i
During the past year the consumption of United
States erne le petroleum, produced in the districts re-
ferred to, has been as follows : —
Barrels, BatralB.
Total deliveries from the oil regions 26.803,400
Deduct total exports 10.431,300
The yearly production of crude petroleum in Penn-
sylvania and the contiguous States from the beginning
of the year In.jii to the end of last year is given in the
following table in barrels of 42 American gallons : —
Not specified January 1, 1886.
1S73
7.878.629
1-71
10,950.730
1875
8,787,506
1876
n 175 :«»;
1-77
13,480,171
1878
15,165,463
1880
2ii.562.0OO
1881
28 II7.I1/,
1882
31,051,166
1883
21.090.000
1884
23,520,817
1885
21.600.651
1886
.... 25,81R,000
Total home consumption 10.372.100
Total exports from the United States .... 16.431.300
Add decrease in European Stocks t 150,000
Total foreign consumption 16,581,300
Average daily home consumption 28.400
Average dailv foreign consumption 45,400
73.800
The consumption of crude petroleum for the year
1886 thus exceeded the production by more than
2000 barrels per day, the deficiency being supplied
from the stocks. These stocks, held by the storage
companies, at the end of the year 1886 amounted to
34,156,605 barrels. The average price of crude
petroleum in the United States during 1886 was 70g
cents, per barrel.
The wells in the Washington field being several
hundred feet deeper than those in the older fields,
and being constructed in accordance with the most
modern principles of drilling, may be taken as illus-
trating to the fullest extent the development which
has taken place in this important branch of mechanics,
and it will therefore be interesting to consider the
details of construction of these wells.
The derrick employed does not differ materially
from those erected in the older fields, but is of some-
what greater height and strength, the greater depth
of the wells necessitating the use of longer and
heavier drilling tools. The structure is usually about
80ft. in height by about 20ft. square at the ba.se, and
is strongly braced by diagonal stays. The steins of
the drilling tools are 4in. in diameter, and the " string
of tools," as it is called, consisting as usual of "bit,"
"auger stem,' "jars," "sinker-bar," and "rope-
socket," is frequently from 65ft. to 70ft. in length,
and weighs from 30001b. to 35001b. The well is com-
menced by inserting a wooden " conductor," or iron
" drive pipe," which extends from the surface, through
the soft ground, to the top (f the first stratum of
rock. The drilling is then commenced, and it is
usual in the Washington field to use for the upper
part of the well a drill 13in. in diameter. As the
drilling proceeds the well is "cased" to support the
walls, and to exclude water. The casing employed
for the upper part of a well drilled with a 13m. bit
consists of strong iron tubing, lOin. in internal
diameter, carefully screwed together in lengths of
l7Aft. to 20ft. When this loin, casing cannot he
lowered any further the drilling is continued with a
smaller bit, and casing of a corresponding diameter i-
inserted. A further reduction of size is usually made
before the well is completed. Thus a well which 1
visited was commenced with from 16ft. to 18ft. of
wooden conductor, and contained, on being finished,
682ft. of loin, casing, 1060ft of 7iiti. casing, and
1750ft. of 5jin. casing. Each "string" of easing
extends downwards from the mouth of the well, and
t The statements of stocks at foreign ports other than Euro-
pean had not been received when this table was compiled.
June 30, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
407
the upper part of the well is therefore lined with
three thicknesses of iron, the casing of such a well
thus requiring nearly three-quarters of a mile of iron
tubing.
The average depth of the wells in the Washington
field is 2400ft, but at the time of my visit there was
one well producing which was of the depth of 2595ft.
Only the most experienced drillers are able suc-
cessfully to cope with the difficulties attendant upon
drilling to such a depth as 2400ft., and even workmen
of the highest skill occasionally fail, for there are
wells in this field which have been abandoned with
three sets of tools in the bore, after fruitless exertions
in "fishing," as the operation of raising or attempting
to raise the lost tools is termed. The chief difficulty
arises from the caving of the rock as the drilling pro-
ceeds and before the casing is inserted. The average
time occupied in the drilling of a well in the
Washington field is about four months, and the cost
of each well is as much as £1600. In the Bradford
field the cost of a well was usually estimated at
from £500 to £600. Drilling is paid for in the
Washington field at the rate of 7s. to 8s. per foot, as
compared with Is. lOd. to 2s. 5d. in the Bradford
field. At this rate of payment, the well-owner
furnishes the derrick (which costs about £100),
the boiler, of 25 h.p. (costing about £100), the
engine, of 20 h.p. (costing about £40), and the con-
nections (costing about £20), while the drilling con-
tractor uses his own cable and tools, and finds coal
and labour. Occasionally the contractor provides the
engine, boiler, and connections, and then is paid at a
higher rate for each foot drilled. The gang consists
of two drillers (who receive from the contractor 16s.
each per day) and two tool dressers (who are paid 14s.
each per day). The drillers and tool dressers work
in pairs as a day and a night shift, so that theworkpro-
ceeds continuously. The well owner is usually tie
lessee, for oil-producing purposes only, of theland. Oil
leases in the Washington field are as a rule for five
years, or as much longer as oil or gas is produced in
paying quantities, and almost invariably it is pro-
vided by covenant that the lessee is to commence
development within a year, or in some cases two years,
or in lieu thereof is to pay a stipulated rent per acre.
The landowner, or farmer, retains the right to use the
land for agricultural purposes, the oil-lessee being en-
titled only to so much of the surface as he may require
for the purpose of petroleum production, and for
ingress and egress. The terms of such a lease fre-
quently are that the lessor receives a cash payment
of £20 per acre (if the district has already produced
oil) and one-eighth of the oil produced (in kind).
The wells are invariably torpedoed on the com-
pletion of the drilling, with the object of shattering
tile oil-bearing rock, and increasing the flow of oil.
The torpedo employed consists of a shell of tin-plate
filled with nitroglycerine. In the Washington field it
is a common practice to torpedo a well several times,
with increasing quantities of the explosive, the final
charge amounting to 80 quarts, or in some cases as
much as 100 quarts. The nitroglycerine is manu-
factured in the neighbourhood in a manner which, it
may be confidently asserted, would not receive the
approval of Her Majesty's Inspectors of Explosives,
and is conveyed to the well in tin cans, holding from
six to eight quarts, placed in padded compartments in
a spring waggon. The torpedo cases or .-hells are
usually about 10ft. in length by 3iiu. in diameter.
Such a case holds 20 quarts, and accordingly as many
as four are employed when a charge of 80 quarts is to
be exploded, the cases being successively lowered into
the well as they are filled with nitroglycerine. The
torpedowas formerly provided with a percussion firing
head, and was exploded by dropping a "go-devil '
or cast-iron weight into the well, but owing to
the increased size of the bore of the wells
this method of causing the explosion has been
superseded by the use of a "go-devil squib,"
which is practically a miniature of the torpedo,
provided with a percussion firing head, and suspended
in the well in proximity to the torpedo proper by
means of a cord on which a perforated leaden weight
runs. The weight being dropped is guided by the
cord to the head of the squib, and the explosion of
the small torpedo being thus effected, that of the
large torpedo immediately follows. The torpedo is
generally fired under about 50ft. or more of water.
The distance from the surface of the ground being so
great, little or no sound is heard when the explosion
occurs, but a slight tremor of the ground is usually
felt, and the water and oil in the well are projected
upwards to a great height.
Nearly all the wells in the Washington field are
flowing wells, the flow usually being continuous. The
maximum regular yield per well is probably from
600 barrel- to 700 barrels (20,160 to 23,520 imperial
gallons) per diem, but one well in this field is esti-
mated to have given 3600 barrels (121,000 imperial
gallons) per 24 hours for about a week after it was
completed. In consequence of the great expense of
drilling in the Washington field, no well which yields
less than 100 barrels (3360 imperial gallons) per day
is considered to pay, at the present price of crude oil.
Most of the crude petroleum produced in the
Washington field is what is known as amber oil. Prior
to the development of this field, such oil had never
been found in large quantity, and petroleum experts
accordingly predicted that the Washington field
would not be found to be very productive, but sub-
sequent experience demonstrated the small value
which such predictions in matters relating to
petroleum production possess. I have on the table
an interesting representative series of samples of
crude petroleum from the Washington field. The
character of these samples is indicated in the follow-
ing table : —
No. Name of Well. Sp- Gr. Colour.
1 Mulholland, McKeevor & Co.'s Lead
Works Lot 0-790 . \ ellow
2 Cameron, 1 9,'UI'' . -v
3 The CaldweU and Marsh 0'7S8.. Amber
1 Union Oil Co., McGovern 0798. .\ellow
5 The Weaver, No. 1 0800. .Amber
6 The Munhall & Smithman, It. 1). Wylie 0801.. „
7 The Shirls, No. 1 Shirls Company 0792. . \ellow
8 The People's Light and Heat Co.,
Gordon, No. 1 0 819.. Amber
9 Gordon, No. 2 0'77a..lellow
10 Gordon. No. 1 0 820.. Amber
11 The People's Light and Heat Co.. Hess,2 0'801 . ..
12 Vandergrift. Weirieh, No. 1 0S16. Brown
13 Cradle Factory, Miller and Guffey 0'8U.. „
11 The Hallam and Co.. on the Clark 0'828
15 Coast and Sons, on the Weirieh 0/92
16 Vandergrift, No. 1 Barre 0 788
17 Vandergrift, No. 2 Barre 0'771
18 Hall and Co 0801.
18 The Gabby, Pew and Emerson 0799. . ..
; 20 The Manifold, Pew and Emerson 0'780. .Dark brown
1 21 Willets, No. 1 0'777. .Yellow
(22 „ No.3 0'771.. „
23 ,. No. 5 0'786.. „
21 Union Oil Co.'s No. 1 Taylor 0772.. „
2.5 Coast and Sons. Hayes 0i72.. ..
26 McKiuney Brothers' Montgomery, No. 1 0797 ..Amber
27 Thuyer. So. 1 Clark 0'792.. „
28 .. No. 2 Clark 0'811.. „
29 Belmont Oil Co.'s Smith, No. 1 0808.. „
3D Citieens' OU and Gas Co., TheGantz.... 0820. Dark brown
The odour of all the samples is moderately strong,
but not disagreeable.
The specific gravity and colour of a representative
series of samples from the older fields placed on the
table for comparison are as under : —
Name of Field. Sp. or. Colour.
Bradford 0810 Keddish brown
0819
Dark brown
Yellow
.Amber
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June 30. 1887.
Nam. ..i Field. Sp. '.r Colour.
Parker (Clarion) 0"97 Reddish brown
.. iKarnsCity) 0789
Thorn Creek 0 802
Stoneham 0802 Dark amber
Ifackabnrg 0'829 Reddish brown
I'Im- crude petroleum found in the Washington
field contains a considerable quantity of solid hydro-
carbons, which to some extent crystallise out in cold
weather. A sample of the paraffin which thus
iratea is exhibited.
I have also on the tabic a number of specimens of
the oil sands from the same field, of which the fol-
lowing is a description : —
1. " Manifold " snnd. Small red and grey particles
in equal proportions.
2. "Gantz "sand. Black, grey, and white particles
in equal proportions.
."i. " Fifty foot " Band, (if a pale brown colour.
4. "Stray sand. For the most part of a greyish
colour, bnl with a few reddish-coloured particles inter-
mixed.
5. " Gordon " sand. Similar to the " Gantz " sand,
but of liner grain.
The following is the record of a well on the Israel
Weirich farm in the Washington field, showing the
depths from the surface and the thicknesses of the
oil sands met with : —
Depth. Thickness.
Top of "Big" or " Mountain " sand .. 1,133ft 210ft.
„ "Gantz" sand 2,080 .....30
., "Fifty-foot" sand 2.187 50
„ " Stray " sand 2.370 .... 24
„ " Gordon " sand 2.101 35
The decline in the production of the Bradford field
has given rise to some apprehensions of an approach-
ing scarcity in the supply of crude petroleum in the
United States, but although there are no indications
which warrant the belief that another equally prolific
territory will be discovered, it is certain that petro-
leum exists in very considerable quantities in many
States of the Union, besides Pennsylvania and New
\ ork. The petroleum of Ohio has already been
referred to. The oil found in the Lima field in this
State is described by Professor I Irton, State Geologist
of Ohio, as a "black, sulphuretted and rather
heavy " oil. The specific gravity appears to range
from CT818 to CT843. Considerable difficulty has been
i \perienced in producing from this petroleum an
illuminating oil of good quality. Petroleum is also
obtainable in large quantities in West Virginia,
Kentucky, and Tennessee. It is also found in
Alabama, Florida, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana, Mis-
souri, Kansas, Louisiana, Nebraska, Montana,
Wyoming, Dakota, Colorado, New Mexico, and
California.
The Governor of Wyoming, in a report to the
Secretary of the Interior, dated 1886, states that the
must extensive oil basins of the territory lie east of
the Wind River, and north of the Rattlesnake range
"t mountains, the principal deposits being apparently
ited in the Fort Washakie, Lander, Shoshone,
Beaver Creek, Big Horn, Rattlesnake, Seminole and
Laramie ranges. A trial well drilled in the Shoshone
basin to a depth of 72ft., is stated to have yielded at
the beginning of the year 1885, 40 barrels (of 42
American gallons) of oil per 24 hours.
I had occasion some time ago to examine a number
of samples of crude petroleum from the Shoshone
basin in Wyoming, and found them to possess the
following characters : —
sfSpto * ,;r ''"luur- odour-
1 .. 0'912 .. Very dark brown .. Strong and disagreeable
2 .. 0912 ..
3 .. 0.919 ..
I .. 0910 ..
5 .. 0911 .. Brownish black .. Slight and disagreeable
II . 0911 .. Very dark brown .. Strong and disagreeable
7 .. OiWo .. Brownish black .. Slight and disagreeable
The yield of commercial products from Samples
Nos. 6 and 7, portions of which are on the table, I
found to be as follows : —
No. Naphtha
6 25 .
7 none .
Kerosene
. 27o .
. 10 0 .
Intermediate and Lubri-
cating Oils.
58'fi per cent.
72-5
Considerable attention has been given to the
development of the petroleum resources of California,
the local demand being, to some extent, supplied with
refined oil, manufactured in the State from native
crude petroleum, and I was glad to have an oppor-
tunity last autumn of visiting the principal producing
territory, situated in Pico Canon, near the city of
Newhall, in Los Angeles County. The existence of
oil in this locality was discovered by Andreas Pico
prior to 1S57, but the development may be said to
date from 18ti9, when the Pico well was drilled. It
was not, however, till 1875 that drilling was actively
commenced. Petroleum is also obtained in Ventura
County, California, near Santa Paula, where drilling
was commenced in 1874 ; from a small group of wells
in the Santa Cruz mountains ; from Puente, east of
Los Angeles, where drilling first took place about
18 months ago ; and in still smaller quantities from
several other localities in the State of California. I
was informed that the oil produced in the Ventura
territory, which is from 35 to 40 miles west of New-
hall, is conveyed by pipe to the seaboard, and thence
in tanks by steamship to San Francisco, where it is
refined. I was not able to ascertain the production
of this territory, but I presume that it is very small,
and I was told in San Francisco that the oil
being refined there at the time of my visit all came
from Pico Canon. The quantity of crude oil found
in the Santa Cruz mountains is as yet very limited,
the production not exceeding from 10 to 15 barrels
per day. The oil is stated to have a specific gravity
of 40° B. (0'83O), and to contain a good deal of
paraffin.
In the ravine at Newhall we found a little
colony, where Mr. Mentry, the manager at the
wells, and the workmen reside. The wells number
Hi in all, and are from 700 to 2000ft. in depth.
The petroleum is found in the tertiary forma-
tion in sandstone, but there do not appear to
be any well-defined oil-bearing strata, the oil being
found in greater or less quantity at almost all depths.
The oil-belt at present defined has a length of about
two miles, and is about a quarter of a mile in width.
The individual yield of the wells ranges from five to
seven barrels up to 40 barrels per day, and the aggre-
gate production is stated to be 500 barrels per day.
The oldest of the wells was drilled about 10 years
ago, but has been deepened since, and all the wells are
still yielding. Only one of the wells is classed as a
flowing well, but we were informed that all would
flow if the gas pressure were allowed to accumulate.
The (lowing well was drilled about four or five years
ago, and was at first pumped for about five months,
but it has since flowed at intervals of about 20
minutes, and now yields 40 barrels per day. We saw
this well flowing, and observed that the discharge
took place with considerable force for the space of
nearly five minutes. Each well is connected with a
cylindrical iron vessel, through which the oil passes,
and where the gas which escapes with the oil is col-
lected and used as fuel, the steam boilers being
heated exclusively with this natural gas. All the
wells, with the exception referred to, are pumped
once a-day, a 1 lin. pump with 24in. stroke, worked
in the usual manner through the medium of the
rocking beam, being employed. Mr. Mentry stated
that the oil did not, as a rule, vary greatly in quality,
but one well (No. 13) yielded an oil containing so
June 30. 1867.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
109
large a proportion of solid hydrocarbons, that diffi-
culty was sometimes experienced from the clogging
of the pump tubing with paraffin. I obtained an
average sample of the crude petroleum, to which 1
shall have occasion to refer later. The oil passes
from the wells to a receiving tank holding 25,000
barrels, and is thence conveyed, partly by gravitation
and partly by pumping, through a 2in. pipe to New-
hall, where it is run into tank waggons on the railway
for conveyance to San Francisco. The whole of the
Pico Canon oil-field is now under the control of the
Pacific Coast Oil Company, though there are still
some separate subsidiary interests. The Company
have not drilled any wells recently, but they contem-
plate making further developments at an early date.
The derricks used are 72ft. in height, and the wells
are usually commenced with a bore of 10 to I2in , but
this is necessarily reduced, on account of " caving, "
as the drilling proceeds, and although efforts are made
to complete the well with a diameter of not less than
5$ in., some of the wells are at the bottom only Sjin.
in diameter. What is known as a "stove-pipe" casing
of sheet iron is generally used instead of a wooden
conductor in starting the well, and this casing is com-
monly from 10 to 20ft. in length. The wells are cased
throughout, but are frequently not provided with
any arrangement for shutting off the water, which is
met with at a depth ranging from 100 to 300ft. The
drilling is exclusively conducted with cable tools, and
the wells are never torpedoed. It takes from four to
five months to drill to a depth of 1500ft. under
favourable circumstances in the Pico Canon. Before
drilling was commenced in this locality attempts
were made to obtain petroleum by driving tunnels of
20 or 30ft. in length into the hill side, and our atten-
tion was called to one of these tunnels, from which,
at one time, about half a barrel of oil per day was
obtained, and from which we saw a small quantity of
petroleum still flowing.
While at San Francisco we visited the refinery
of the Pacific Coast Oil Company, situated at
Alameda Point, 11 miles from San Francisco.
There is a small refinery at Newhall where a
portion of the crude petroleum from Pico Canon is
distilled, but the refinery at Alameda is the only one
in California where finished kerosene is made. The
present capacity of this refinery is about 500 barrels
of crude oil per day, but the works are situated in an
enclosure of considerable size, and it would be easy
to irttrease the plant. At the present time, however,
only the oil produced in the Pico Canon is being
refined, much of the oil found in California being a
black heavy oil, not available as a source of kerosene.
and the existing arrangements are amply sufficient
for dealing with this. The crude oil, which has a
specific gravity of 39= to 40° B., is stated to yield
' about 44 per cent, of kerosene of good burning
quality, having a specific gravity of 44° B., and a fire-
test of 110° F., but as much as 65 per cent, of 110°
test oil can, it is said, be obtained. Of what is known
as water white oil, of a nominal fire-test of 150°, the
crude petroleum is stated to yield about 20 per cent.
The yield of naphtha is given as about 15 per cent.
I have examined and subjected to fractional dis-
tillation the sample of crude petroleum which I
brought from Pico Canon. The petroleum has a
specific gravity of 0'844. It is dark brown in colour,
and has a rather pleasant odour. It yields, by the
method of distillation I am accustomed to adopt—
Naphtha 15 per cent.
Kerosene 45
Intermediate and lubricating oils .... 32
Before leaving San Francisco I had a lengthened
conversation on the subject of Californian petroleum
with Mr. Henry G. Hanks, formerly State Mineralo-
gist. Mr. Hanks, whose fourth annual report to the
Californian State Mining Bureau contains a good
deal of valuable information concerning the petroleum
industry of the State, has been good enough to furnish
me with the following interesting specimens—
1. Asphaltum in sand, Santa Cruz.
2. Crude hrca-asphaltum, Los Angeles.
3. Crude maltha or tar, Sargent's Ranch, Santa Clara
County.
4. Crudcbrca-asphaltum,Sargent'sRanch,SantaClara
County.
5. Refined asphaltum — artificial, Sargent's Kaneh,
Santa Clara Comity.
6. Asphaltum refined by natural process, Sargent's
Ranch, Santa Clara County.
7. Crude brea asphaltum, Coral dc l'iedra, San
Louis Obispo County.
S. Maltha, so-called " tar," San Louis Obispo
County.
9. Asphaltum, San Louis Obispo County.
10. Asphaltum, ,, ,,
11. Asphaltum, ,, ,,
12. Bituminous sandstone, San Louis Obispo County.
13. Crude petroleum, Pico Canon, Los Angeles
County.
14. Maltha, first yield of wells at Petrolia, Los
Angeles County.
15. Crude petroleum, Tunitas Creek, San Mateo
County.
Sample Xo. 1 consists of 19'8 per cent, of asphalt
and 8()'2 per cent, of sand. Sample No. 2 is from La
Brea Rancho, so named from the Spanish word
" brea," signifying pitch, which lies about six miles
west from the city of Los Angeles. Mr. Hanks states
that the deposits here, which cover a large area, con-
sist mainly of bitumen and maltha, the latter occuring
in the form of pools or wells. As at Carpentaria, in
Santa Barbara County, the tar-like substance flowing
from the numerous apertures becomes mixed with
such quantities of mineral and vegetable matter, that
the whole mass has to be melted, and the impurities
separated from the asphalt to fit the latter for market.
To effect this the material is melted in iron kettles,
and the impurities floating on the surface being
skimmed off, additional material is thrown in until
the kettle is nearly filled with comparatively pure
asphaltum, when the charge is poured out into
trenches dug in the earth. The pigs on being broken
up after pooling constitute commercial asphaltum.
From this locality the Catholic fathers obtained
asphaltum for roofing the missions and other build-
ings put up at Los Angeles, San Gabriel, and else-
where in the vicinity. Samples Nos. 3, 4, 5, and 6
are from Sargent's Ranch, a few miles south of the
town of Gilroy, in Santa Clara County. Petroleum
is here found exuding from the sandstone at
several points along Tar Creek. Upon exposure
the liquid becomes converted into maltha and
asphaltum, considerable quantities of which
have accumulated. The petroleum, according
to Mr. Hanks, exudes from the hill -side
in a thin tarry stream, with a motion that is almost
imperceptible when the weather is cool, but which
increases with the temperature of the atmosphere.
Much of the asphalt presents a vitreous appearance,
resembling that of the best quality from Trinidad.
Some of the pools formed are as much as loft, in
diameter, and of unknown depth. In cool weather
the surface is sufficiently firm to admit of walking
over it, but on warm days the surface is too yielding
to bear the weight of a man. When dug up and
thrown into heaps the hard asphaltum at common
temperatures gradually softens and spreads out into
a thin sheet. At the point where the first deposits
110
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uunc30.i887.
are met with going op the creek, works have been
erected forpunfying the brea by fusion and straining.
Some 20 or 30 tons of Bsphaltum have been obtained
here, Half-a-mile op the creek other large beds of
asphaltom exist, which are fed from springs on the
bank of the stream, and about 3( 'ft. above its bed.
From these deposits seventy five car loads of asphal-
tum have been sent to San Francisco. -\ mile and a
half further up the creek a third, and by far the
largest, bed of asphaltom in this series is met with,
the deposits here covering several acres. The land
at this place spreads out into a plateau, and the sup-
plying springs, many in number, are located on the
Dt ighbouring hillside. From the surface of the tarry
pools bubbles of gas escape, similar to those observed
at the Mud Lakes on the Colorado desert, and remains
of birds and small animals which have become en-
snared in the tar are to be seen. From this locality
200 car loads of asphaltom have been sent to market.
According to Mr. Hanks, the following comprise
the more notable localities of asphaltum and maltha
in the State :— Santa Ynez and Kayamos Valleys ;
mar Mission, San Buenaventura ; at the (!oleta
Landing, seven miles west of the town of Santa
Barbara : on the Laguna Todos Santos and Los
Alamos Ranches; in the vicinity of Dos Pueblos, and
near Carpenteria, in Santa Barbara County : at the
oil wells near Sulphur Mountain, Ventura County :
Rancho La Brea, Los Angeles County ; on the Corral
de Piedra, San Louis Obispo County ; about Buena
Vista Lake, Kern County ; and on Sargent's Ranch,
Santa Clara County.
The quantity of asphaltum consumed in the State
in 1884 was about 3500 tons per annum, the annual
receipts at San Francisco reaching 2500 tons. The
principal supplies come from Santa Barbara County,
and the product from this locality being preferred,
commands a price from 20 to 30 per cent, higher than
that obtained for asphaltum from other deposits in
the State. The wholesale price of asphaltum in 1884
was 13dols. per ton for the best, and from 9dols. to
1 Idols, per ton for poorer qualities. The cost of ex-
traction ranges from 2dols. to 3dols. per ton, according
to the hardness of the material, it being necessary
occasionally to resort to blasting.
The material is largely used in California, as else-
where, for street pavements, cellar floors, and roofing.
It has also been used in the construction of water
1'ipes. the process consisting in coiling on a mandril
the cloth known as burlap, previously soaked in
melted asphaltum, glazing the interior of the pipe
thus formed by pouring in melted asphaltum, and
finally rolling the pipes on a table covered with coke
dust, whereby they acquire a smooth, dry, and hard
surface. The pipe thus manufactured is light, dur-
able, and cheap, the price, inclusive of couplings,
being a sum per foot equal to the diameter of the pipe
in inches, multiplied by 10 cents. Thus, 2in. pipe
costs 20 cents per foot, 4in. pipe 40 cents, etc. Such
pipe is said to have been made to stand an internal
pressure of 500lb. per square inch.
Mr. Hanks states that the Californian petroleum-
bearing rocks belong to the tertiary age, as shown by
the fossils. At Pico Canon the sand rocks are strati-
fied with much regularity, and are iuterstratified with
plates or seams of gypsum. There also occur here a
black shale and a coarse conglomerate.
According to Professor S. F. Peckham, who has
devoted much attention to the subject, the maltha of
Southern California passes by insensible gradations
from a material scarcely to be distinguished from
heavy petroleum to solid asphalt, and varies in
Bpecific gravity from 0'ftUOfi to 1'10; the heavier
description still remaining plastic, like mortar.
When I visited Canada in 1877—78, the refining of
petroleum was principally conducted in the city of
London, Ontario. At the present time Petrolia,
Ontario, is the chief seat of the industry, and it was
accordingly to this city that we made our way. Here
we were treated with the greatest kindness and hos-
pitality by Mr. John D. Noble, vice-president of the
Petrolia Crude Oil and Tanking Co., and his brother,
Mr. 1!. D'Oyley Noble, and were enabled in the short
time at our disposal to visit typical portions of the
producing territory, and some of the principal refi-
neries.
The development of the Canadian petroleum indus-
try may be said to date from 1857, when a well dug
for water was found to yield a considerable quantity
of petroleum, but long previously, indeed from the
time of the earliest settlements in the county of
Lamberton, in the western part of the province of
Ontario, petroleum was known to exist in Canada.
In 18C2 productive Mowing wells were drilled at Oil
Springs, but these wells, which were comparatively
shallow, quickly became exhausted, and the territory
was deserted on the discovery in 1865 of oil at Petro-
lia, seven miles to the northward, and about 16 miles
south-west of the outlet of Lake Huron. Recently
the Oil Springs wells have been drilled deeper, and are
now producing 10,000 to 1 2,000 barrels(of 42 American
gallons) per month. Petroleum has also been found
at Bothwell, 35 miles from Oil Springs, but this dis-
trict has ceased to yield. Quite recently a new
territory has been discovered at Euphemia, 17 miles
from Bothwell, where, at the time of our visit, there
were four wells producing collectively 70 barrels per
dav. This territory is by some regarded as part of
the Bothwell field.
The present producing oil-belt extends from Petro-
lia in a north-westerly direction, to the township of
Sarnia, and in a south-easterly direction to Oil
Springs, but in the latter direction there is a break of
about lour and a quarter miles, commencing at a
point about two miles from Petrolia. At Oil Springs
there appears to be a pool about two miles square.
The extension of the belt then continues in the same
direction, with another break of about nine miles, to
the new oil field of Euphemia, the average width of
the oil-belt being about two miles. In all, about
15,000 wells are believed to have been drilled in the
Canadian oil-fields, and of these about 2500 are now
producing, the average yield being about three-
quarters of a barrel per well per day. The aggregate
production is probably about 700,000 barrels per
annum, the greater part of which is obtained in the
Petrolia district, and the stocks were at the time of
our visit stated to amount to from 400,000 to 450,000
barrels.
In the Canadian oil-fields the drilling contractor
usually employs his own derrick, engine, boiler, and
tools, furnishes wood and water, cases the well, and
fixes the pomp ; the well owner providing the casing
and pomp, and subsequently erecting the permanent
derrick. The wells in the Oil Springs field were for-
merly from 200ft. to 3O0ft. in depth, but the oil stratum
then worked became waterlogged, and the wells are
now sunk to a depth of about 375ft., and are cased to
a depth of about 275ft. to shut off the water. The
contract price for drilling a 4jin. hole to a depth of
about 375ft, under the conditions mentioned is 150dols.
(.£30), and the time occupied in drilling is usually
about a week when the work is continued night and
day. The wells in the Petrolia field have a depth of
480ft, the contract price, including the cost of 100ft.
of wooden conductor, being 1 75dols. (£35), and the
time occupied in drilling being from six to twelve
days. Pole tools are used in drilling, the poles being
of white ash, 37ft. in length. The derrick is about
48ft. in height. An auger some 4ft. in length, and
June 30, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
411
about a foot in diameter, is used to bore through the
earth to the bed rock, the auger being rotated by-
horse power. The drilling tools commonly consist of
a bit,. Sift. in length by Kin. in diameter, weighing
about 60lb.; a Binker bar, into which the bit is
screwed, 30ft. in length by San. in diameter, weighing
about 10401b.; and the jars, inserted between the
sinker bar and the poles, about 6ft. in length, and
weighing 1501b. The tools are suspended by a chain,
which passes three times round the end of the walk-
ing beam and thence to the windlass, with ratchet
wheel, fixed on the walking beam, by means of which
the tools are gradually lowered as the drilling pro-
ceeds. The cable is thus only employed in raising
the tools from the well, and lowering them into it.
The sand pump or bailer is frequently as much as
37ft. in length, and is about 4in. in diameter. The
casing (4$in. diameter) costs about 45 cents (Is. 10id.)
per foot, and the l|in. pump, with piping, costs from
65doIs. (£13) to 8Sdols. (£17), according to the length
of pipe required. An ordinary square-frame derrick
costs, with mud-sill, from 22dols. (£4 8s.) to 27dols.
(£5 8s.), and the walking beam about 8dois. (£1 12s.).
In many cases, however, a three-pole derrick, which
can be erected at an expense of about lOdols.
(£2), is employed. A 100-barrel wooden tank costs,
erected, 50dols. (£10.) The wells are torpedoed on
completion with from 8 to 10 quarts of nitroglycerine,
at a cost of 4dols. (16s.) per quart. The torpedoes
employed in the Canadian oil-field are much smaller
than those used for a similar purpose in the United
States, the tin shell being only 6ft. in leDgth by 3in.
in diameter. We were enabled to witness the opera-
tion of torpedoing a well, and the following particu-
lars, based on notes taken at the time, may be of
interest : — The torpedo case, which was furnished
with a tube or " anchor " at the lower end, Sft. in
length, was placed in the mouth of the well and sus-
pended so that its upper end was level with the
surface of the ground. Eight quarts of nitroglycerine,
which was in a tin can, was then poured into the
torpedo case, and the torpedo was carefully lowered
into the well, which contained at the time about
250ft. of water, until the end of the anchor rested on
the bottom of the well. A travelling primer or "go-
devil squib " was then prepared as follows:— A tin
cone, 14in. in length by 2in. in diameter at the open
end, was partially filled with sand to give it the
necessary weight. A piece of double tape fuse, 2ft.
long, was inserted into a Nobel's treble detonator,
and over the detonator and a portion of the fuse a
perforated tin tube or sheath was passed. This tube
was then inserted through a hole in a strip of tin fixed
across the mouth of the conical cup into the sand, so
that the detonator was embedded. The sand was
then saturated with nitroglycerine, the fuse lighted,
and the primer dropped into the well. In about 45
seconds there was a perceptible tremor of the ground,
immediately followed by a slight sound of the explo-
sion. After an interval of a second or two there was
a gurgling noise, and a magnificent black fountain
shot up twice as high as the derrick, upon which all
the spectators ran for shelter from the impending
shower of oil and water. The well not being a Mow-
ing one, the outrush was only of momentary duration,
and within a few minutes the drillers were at work
removing from the well, by means of the sand pump,
the fragments of rock which had been detached by
the explosion. On the table are specimens of this
rock, which I obtained at the time.
The maximum yield per well is ten barrels per day,
and the minimum yield for which it is considered
profitable to pump is a quarter of a barrel per day.
The yield being in some cases so small, it is usual to
pump a number of wells through the agency of one
engine, the various pumps being connected with the
motor by moans of wooden rods. In one instance I
saw as many as eighty wulls being thus pumped from
one centre. The motive power was a 70h.p. engine,
which communicated motion, similar to that of the
balance-wheel of a watch, to a large horizontal wheel.
From this wheel six main rod lines radiated, the
length of stroke of the main lines being loin., and the
rate of movement 32 strokes per minute. Some of
the wells being pumped from this centre were from
one-half to three-quarters of a mile distant, and alto-
gether about eight miles of rods were employed in the
pumping of the eighty wells.
The pipe line system in Canada has not been fully
developed, and accordingly the well owner has to
convey his oil by road to the nearest receiving station.
Thus from the Euphemia oil field the oil has to be
"teamed" 17 miles, to Bothwell. For the convey-
ance of the oil by road a long and slightly conical
wooden tank or barrel, resting horizontally on a
waggon, is employed. These vessels hold from eight
to ten barrels of oil. The Petrolia Crude Oil and
Tanking Company is the principal transporting and
storing company. The storage charge is one cent
(id.) per barrel per month, and the delivery charge
two cents per barrel. The petroleum produced in
the Oil Springs field is stored separately from that
obtained in the Petrolia field.
The storage takes place for the most part in large
underground tanks excavated in the retentive clay.
These remarkable tanks are often as much as 30ft. in
diameter by 60ft. in depth, and hold from 5000 to
8000 barrels. In the construction of the tanks the
alluvial soil, of which there is about 18ft. or 20ft.
above the clay, is kerbed with wood and thoroughly
puddled with clay. On the completion of the exca-
vation, the entire vertical surface is then lined with
rings of pine wood, so that the upper part down to
the solid clay is doubly lined. The bottom is not
lined. The roof of the tank is of wood, covered with
clay. The cost of such a tank is about 22 cents (lid.)
per barrel, or 1760 dols. (£363) for an 8000-barrel
tank, and the time occupied in making such a tank is
about six weeks.
The crude petroleum from the Petrolia field usually
has a specific gravity ranging from 0'859 toO'877,while
the specific gravity of the petroleum from the Oil
Springs field ranges from 0'844 to 0'854.
The oil occurs in the corniferous limestone, and
buildings constructed of this stone frequently exude
petroleum in hot weather.
Canadian crude petroleum is of a black colour, and
possesses a very disagreeable odour, due to the pre-
j sence of sulphur compounds. These characteristics
are shown by the samples on the table, for some of
which I am indebted to Mr. James Kerr, secretary of
the Petrolia Oil Exchange.
The stills used in the process of refining the crude
I oil are horizontal two-fiued cylinders, 30ft. in length
I by 10ft. in diameter, provided with six 2in. vapour
pipes. The charge is 260 barrels, and the following
is an outline of the method of working. Assuming
the still to be charged on Monday morning, heating
is commenced about 7 a.m., and the naphtha begins to
come over about 8 a.m. Of this product about six
barrels is obtained in the case of Petrolia crude, or
7A barrels in the case of Oil Springs crude. The dis-
tillation of the naphtha takes from 2 to 3 hours, say
till 10.30 a.m. The heat is then increased, and the
distillation of the kerosene commences about noon,
and continues till about 10 p.m. Of the kerosene
distillate about 80 barrels are obtained. The first
portion of the kerosene distillate is usually collected
1 separately, is steamed to drive off the more volatile
! hydrocarbons, and is then mixed with the remainder
112
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uune so. 1887.
of the kerosene distillate. The product which then
commences to distil is known as tailings. This is
collected separately and is re-distilled The distilla-
tion of the tailings continues till about •"> a.m. on
Wednesday, by which time about 80 barrels has been
obtained. Steam is then passed into the still through
a perforated pipe extending to the bottom, and about
81 barrels of •• g.is-oil " is distilled over. Tin
tional quantity of kerosene obtained on re-distilling
the tailings brings up the total yield of this product
to about 42 per cent, of the crude oil. The gas-oil
is sold for the manufacture of illuminating gas.
I'll, residue is distilled for lubricating oils and
paraffin.
The agitator in which the kerosene distillate^ is
1 commonly takes a charge of 4(i"> barrels. To
this quantity of distillate two carboys of oil of vitriol
is added, and the oil and acid are agitated together
for 20 minutes. The tarry acid having been allowed
to settle is drawn off, and seven carboys more of acid
is added. Agitation having been effected for 30 or
40 minutes, the tarry acid is removed as before.
Another similar treatment with seven carboys of acid
follows, and occasionally a fourth addition of acid is
made. The oil is next allowed to remain at rest for
an hour, any acid which settles out being drawn off,
and cold (or, in winter, slightly warmed) water is
allowed to pass down through the oil in fine streams,
this treatment being continued, without agitation of
the oil, for half-an-hour, or until the dark colour
which the oil assumed on treatment with acid is re-
moved. The water is then drawn off, 10 barrels of
solution of caustic soda (sp. gr. 15" B.) is added and
agitation conducted for 1"> minutes. The caustic
soda solution having been drawn off, 30 barrels of a
solution of litharge in caustic soda is added. This
solution is made by dissolving caustic soda in water
to a density of 18R. and then adding the litharge,
rioii with this solution is continued for about
six hours, or until the oil is thoroughly deodorised.
About 1001b. of sublimed sulphur is then added, and
the agitation is continued for another two hours.
The oil having been allowed to settle all night, the
litharge solution i< drawn off, and the oil run into a
shallow tank or " bleacher," where it is exposed to
the light to improve its colour, and is, if necessary,
-teamed to drive off the lighter hydrocarbons and
raise the flashing point to the legal minimum of
95° F. To raise the Hashing point from 73° F. to
:i.v F. (Abel test) is stated to involve in practice a
loss of 10 per cent., the burning quality of the oil
being at the same time seriously impaired, and upon
this ground the Ontario refiners in 1886 petitioned
for a reduction of the test standard.
The average percentage yield of the various pro-
ducts is given in the following table : —
Naphtha .
Kerosene.
Gas-Oil . .
Tar
Coke
Loss (including water)
12
. 8
25
. 10
. 10
1C0
There are a dozen petroleum refineries in Canada,
and the annual out-turn of kerosene is about 200,000
barrels ,,t 4", imperial gallons per annum. The total
consumption of kerosene in Canada is about 300,000
barrels, one-third of which is manufactured in the
United States. The United States oil is subject to a
duty of 40 cents on the package and 71 cents per
imperial gallon on the contents, besides which there
is an in*pcction fee of 30 cents per package. Of lubri-
cating oils the out-turn is from ,.",,000 to H O,000
ban,]- per annum.
The quality of < lanadian kerosene has been greatly
improved of late years, but notwithstanding the
elaborate process of re lining, the oil, though thoroughly
deodorised and of g,,o,| colour, contains sulphur, and
of course evolves sulphur compounds in its combus-
tion.
The rules of the Petrolia Oil Exchange provide
that refined kerosene shall be of the odour " locally
known as inoffensive," and shall "absolutely stand
the test of oxide of 1,-ad in a strong solution of caustic
soda without change of colour."
The "burning percentage" in the case of "Extra
Refined Oil," "Water White" in colour, and of
specific gravity not exceeding o-800, is required to be
not less than 70 : in the case of "No. 1 Refined Oil,"
"Prime White' in colour, not less than 00 ; and in
the case of " No. 2 Refined Oil," "Standard White"
in colour, to be not less than 55.
The "burning percentage" is determined by the
use of a lamp thus described : — "The bowl of the
lamp is cylindrical, 4in. in diameter and 2^in. deep,
with a neck placed thereon of such a height that the
top of the wick tube is 3in. above the bowl. A sun-
hinge burner is used, taking a wick I'm. wide and Jin.
thick, and a chimney about 8in. long." The test is
conducted as follows :— " The lamp bowl is filled with
the oil and weighed, then lighted and turned up full
flame just below the smoking point, and burned with-
out interference till 12oz. of the oil is consumed..
The quantity consumed during the first hour and the
last hour is noted.'' The ratio of the two quantities
is the measure of the burning quality, and the per-
centage that the latter quantity is of the former is
the " burning percentage" referred to.
C~M*»*»«*»«-M -
NOTE ON YISCOSIMETRY.
BY BOVERTON REDWOOD, F.I.C., F.C.S.
The following correction relates to the paper on
Yiscosimetry, published in the Journal of the Society
of Chemical Industry for March, 1886.
In my reference to the viscometer described in the
Chemical Newt for October 31, 1884, by Dr. William
P. Mason, who is now Professor of Analytical
Chemistry at the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,
Troy, N.Y.," I stated that the arrangement adopted
for eliminating differences due to specific gravity had,
I understood, been suggested by Professor H. B.
Nason, of the same institute.
From a correspondence I have had with the pro-
fessors named I find that Professor Nason proposed
to Professor Mason, who was then his assistant, to
look up the subject of the determination of viscosity,
with a view of improving the methods of testing in
use, and naturally talked the matter over very freely
with him ; but Professor Nason never desired or
intended to take credit for anything new in principle
or application that was the outcome of the investiga-
tion.
Professor Mason is anxious that it should not be
thought that he was sailing under false colouis when
he published his article in the ''/(anient Xeics, and I
gladly take this opportunity of removing any mis-
apprehensions that may have arisen from my state-
ment, and of expressing myregret that I should have
mistaken the purport m Professor Nason's remarks.
junc3o.iss7.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OK CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
413
s^ancfjcstcr Section.
Chairman : Sir II. K. Koacoe, M.I'.
I'iccCliainnan : I. Levinstein.
Committtt' :
Dr. Bowman. C. Schorlemmer.
it. F. Carpenter. Dr. schunck.
C. Ksicourt. Dr. Watson.
H. Qrimshaw. Wm. Thomson.
Peter Hurt. L. Siebold.
Dr. Gcrlaud. Dr. Hewitt.
Local Secretary :
J. Carter-Bell, Baskfleld, The cliff, Higher Broughton,
Manchester.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
M. , ting held Friday, Man (;, ]ss:-
T. WAKPLE, ESQ., IX THE l/HAIU.
REMARKS ON DYEING WITH CHLORO-
PHYLL.
BY DE. E. SCHUNCK, F.E.S., ETC
The author, after referring to a paper on the same
subject by M. J. Hartmann and the report thereon
by M. Cordillos dit Luzy (Bulletin de la Societe
InJustriellede Al ulhouse,XXvL pp. 283— 296), mentioned
the difficulties to be encountered in endeavouring to
fix the colouring matter chlorophyll on ordinary
tissues, in consequence of its extremely fugitive
character, and the slight affinity which it manifests
for ordinary mordants. He then described a method
by which these difficulties can to a great extent be
overcome, so as to impart great relative stability to
the substance without impairing its iiue green colour.
Having obtained solutions of compounds which con-
tain, along with colouring matter, various metallic
oxides, such as cupric and zinc oxides, he showed
that these solutions impart very little colour to cotton,
silk, or wool, but that coagulated albumen, gelatin,
and more especially the animal products yielding
gelatin, such as skin, the ossein of bones, etc., readily
attract the colour, and are really dyed when immersed
in the solutions. Specimens of leather dyed in this
manner were exhibited to the meeting, showing
various shades of green, which, in daylight at least,
are very pleasing, though by gaslight they share the
fate of ordinary greens, and appear dull and dingy.
These colours stand the action of soap and dilute
acids in the cold, but are not materially improved by
the treatment. In the opinion of the author,
the tannin of the leather does not assist
in fixing the colour. The peculiar compounds
of colouring matter with acids and metallic
bases, which the author employed in his experiments-,
do not yield lakes by treatment with ammonia, being
in themselves lakes, which dissolve in alkaline lyea
without undergoing any change. It would be possible
to modify the method so as to make it practicable on
a large scale, but the cost would probaoly prevent it
being successfully applied even if the colours obtained
were sufficiently bright and intense to make success
desirable.
DISCUSSION,
Mr. Gr.msn.vw asked whether the greater tinctorial
power of the copper compound of chlorophyll, com-
pared with the zinc compound, resulted in any way
from the green or blue colour of copper salts, or
whether the proportion of metal present was, as in
the case of ordinary mordants and dyes, so small that
the metal /»r se was not an element in the tinctorial
effect. He presumed the latter was the case, from
Dr. Schunck's remarks.
Dr. Bailey remarked that in considering the sub-
ject of chlorophyll, as brought forward by Dr.
Schunck in his interesting paper, one was led to com-
pare with "Lokao," or ( Ihinese green, used as pigment
for wall papers, and as this is acted on readily by
oxidising and reducing agents, he was curious to
know whether the copper compound described by
Dr. Schunck had been examined in their relation to
such agents. With regard to the greater stability of
the copper compounds as compared with zinc, it was
a remarkable coincidence that in feathers of a bright
red colour there is sometimes as much as six per cent.
, if copper.
Mr. Riley asked if Dr. Schunck could say what
would happen if the acid solution of the copper com-
pound were neutralised with ammonia. Would a
pigment green be thrown clown, or would the green
compound be decomposed? He further inquired
whether or not the cost of the extraction and pre-
paration of the colouring matter would prevent its
application for tinctorial purposes if a satisfactory
method of fixing it were discovered. Referring to
the difference exhibited by the copper compound and
the zinc compound when exposed to the action of
light, he remarked that chlorophyll was not singular
in this respect. He mentioned an instance of an
aniline blue which, when dyed by means of a mor-
dant of alumina and alizarin oil (same as is used in
Turkey-red dyeing), was very fugitive, but when
fixed with a tin mordant was comparatively perma-
nent. He also referred to the remarkable action of
tartar emetic in the fixation of certain aniline colours.
Many of these colours which are fixed by tannic acid
will not stand the action of light, or of soaping,
unless they are passed through a hot solution of
tartar emetic, or some other antimony compound.
Mr. Wm. Thomson said it was an interesting fact
that a fugitive colour like chlorophyll should be made
more permanent by its combination with copper,
whereas with the more stable colouring matter of
logwood the action is the reverse— the copper tending
to make the colour "logwood black" more fugitive.
The Chairman said he had been struck with the
similarity of some of the experiments referred to by
Dr. Schunck with experiments earned out by himself
in connection with silk dyeing. He would like to
ask 1 >r. Schunck if he had tried other mordants, such
as tannin, alum and chromium. With regard to the
difference between copper and zinc oxides, he (the
Chairman) had found generally in his experience in
the dyeing of silk that zinc oxide was practically of no
value either in fixing or developing colours ; on the
contrary, copper was without doubt of value. One of
the old fashioned methods of dyeing black was with
fustic and logwood, using copper acetate and ferrous
sulphate or tannin and logwood. Possibly presence
of tannin might have something to do with the greater
development of the green colour obtained with the
addition of gelatin on leather.
Dr. Schunck, in reply, said: Mr. Gnmsbaw asks
whether the green colour of the solution might be in
any degree due to the copper salts } Of course, the
colour is to some extent due to the copper contained
in it; but the amount, for instance, in this solution of
the cupric compound, if it were dissolved in acetic or
any other acid, would be so trifling that it would be
hardly perceived. Dr. Bailey referred to Lokao or
Chinese green, and wanted to know whether there
was any connection with this and chlorophyll.
L"kao has been tolerably well examined, and it
[ appears that it has no connection with, or relation to,
chlorophyll. Mr. Riley asks whether the cost of pre-
paration would be any obstacle to the use of these
colours 1 With regard to chlorophyll, there are diffi-
' culties which would prevent its use in practice as a
Ill
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June ao. ww.
dyeing material, and these difficulties have no doubt
often presented themselves to those making experi-
ments with it with a view to its utilisation.
Mr. Itn.KV asked it" the action of ammonia bad
Dr. Si m Nik said he did not know with what
object he would suggest this.
Mr. Riley : As a pigment colour to be fixed with
albumen by the steaming process, in the same way as
chrome green.
Dr. Si mi X. k: No, pigment colours would be pro-
duced in the way suggested by Mr. Riley. With
to tannin, Dr. Schunck said he did not think
innin in leather had anything to do with the
fixing of these coloured compounds. He thought it
was the animal tissue which really fixes the colour.
The experiments which he made with a view of fixing
the green colour on fabrics by means of alumina and
metallic oxides led to no result.
— oooo$o$$o$o$ —
Meeting litlJ Tuesday, June ?, 1887.
IVAN LEVINSTEIN" IN THE CHAIR.
DETERMINATION OF VISCOSITY OF LUBRI-
CATING OILS.
BY DB. T. TRAL'BE.
The determination of the viscosity of oils has given
rise to several discussions (see this Journal, vol. v.
121—133, 148— 14!), and 359), in view of which I think
it desirable to give a preliminary description of the
essential features of my own method of determining
the viscosity, a full and exhaustive account of which
will appear shortly in the Zeiischrift des Vereins
Z). uttcJu r Ingeni
I will state at once, that I fully agree with the
views of Professor E. J. Mills, that we can only
achieve satisfactory results in the determination of
viscosities by closely approximating to Poiseuille's
method.
There is one point, however, not sufficiently
noticed by Professor Mills, which has given rise to
more errors and consequent disagreements in the
results obtained by the instrument at present in use
than the non-compliance with many other conditions
demanded by theory.
The point is this : According to theory, it is not
Eermissible to compare directly the times of efflux of
eavy and light oils, and still less the times of efflux
of oils and water observed in one and the same
apparatus. Though the results of observations made
with different apparatus may yield apparently con-
cordant results, the direct comparison of times of
efflux thus obtained will be liable to lead to serious
errors.
This remark will Vie better understood, if we com-
pare the formula given by Poiseuille for the co-
efficient of friction in narrow lubes :
S.V.I
with the enlarged formula of Hagenbach :
,=££T'< - *•' . L
s.v.l. 2VW t
in both of which formulas, v is the co-efficient of fric-
tion, t the time of efflux, v the volume of the fluid
discharged, /■ the hydraulic pressure, I the length,
ami /the radius of the capillary tale, and s the specific
gravity of the liquid.
Tie comparison of these two formulas will show at
a glance, that the simple one of Poiseuille cannot be
considered applicable to the viscosimeters at pi
in use ; at any rate, that tie- time of efflux is not
directly a correct measure of tie- coefficient of friction,
since even when tin- pressure is presumed to be equal,
1 1 eel ion i ..' . tin- b id term in
Hagenbach's formula) assumes very different values
fur liquids for which the time of efflux differs con-
siderably; or. what is the same thing, fur liquids of
different viscosity.* Consequently, in apparatus with
tubes of such diameter that the time of efflux is still
approximately proportional to the viscosity when
thick heavy nils are used, that will be so no longer
for thin oils, and still less for water.
It has been proposed by others, and at first sight
the suggestion appears a practical one, to refer the
viscosity of oils to a pure oil or to glycerol, or to a
certain solution of sugar, instead of referring it to
pure water ; but all experiments which I have made
in that direction have shown that it is very difficult
to obtain fluids of sufficiently constant qualities ; that
small differences in specific gravity are productive of
very considerable differences in the viscosity. For
this reason. I think it is impossible to choose abetter
standard fluid than pure water.
I shall presently show how the errors I have men-
tioned are avoided in my method, of which the fol-
lowing is a short description : —
The annexed sketch represents the apparatus : A
is a Mariotte bottle filled with water, which serves
to compress air in the reservoir P> and to keep the
pressure constant. B is connected by means of pipe
and cock to the efflux apparatus H, consisting of
the bulb G, provided with two marks, to permit the
measurement of volume of liquid to be discharged,
and of the capillary tube E. The reservoir B is filled
by means of a pump attached to branch and stop-
cock.
If the tube E is so narrow that the correction of
Hagenbach bi mes very small, almost equal to zero,
the time of efflux may be considered to be propor-
tional to tin- vi>cosity.
If that result is to be obtained, we must select a
wider tube for heavy oils than for lighter ones or for
water.
If with a very narrow tube we determine the times
of efflux of water, and of another fluid the viscosity
* In very many, perhaps in most of the visciisimeter* in use.
HaKcnbiu'h's correction amounts to inoretlian the value of the
first part of the formula itself.
June 30. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
415
of which lies between that of water and of a light oil, j
say glycerol of 80 per cent., and then in a wider
tube" we compare glycerol of 80 per cent, with
glycerol of lOOper cent., and in a third still wider
tube compare the glycerol of LOO- per cent, with a
viscous oil, it is easy to tix a corrected time ot efflux
for water for every tube, without knowing the dimen-
sions of the tubes.
As these adjustments are difficult and troublesome,
I have made arrangements with the firm, ('. Ger
hardt, in lionn, to keep a stock of properly adjusted
apparatus.
With two or three different discharge tubes
attached to the same pressure apparatus it is thus
possible to determine by one single and easy experi-
ment the specific viscosity of any oil. The apparatus
is easily cleaned by means of ether.
The "following table shows for three different
apparatus. A, B, C, the times of efflux t in seconds,
the viscosity v, the most viscous oil being assumed lot I.
A.
B. C.
r v
t"
472
242
222
1
D t"
1000 2960
51-3 | 1503
470 1361
V
Cylinder lubricating oil . .
lod'5 1000
790 50-8
717 161
1000
.W8
4G-1
The diameter of the tubes were A=l'5mm.,
B = 0'8mm., C = 0 5mm, ; the length of the tubes and
the volumes of oil discharged were nearly alike.
The figures in this table prove that for oils of such
viscosity tubes of a diameter of l'5mm. may be used,
but when light oils or water were used considerable
differences were manifest.
The figures show plainly that by means of suitable
tubes the viscosity of any oil may be determined ex-
actly in from two to three minutes.
For the determination of viscosities at higher
temperatures suitable air bath is provided, which is
also supplied by the firm Gerhardt, of Bonn, con-
structed in either copper or iron.
With regard to the dimensions of the tubes and the
correctness of the values obtained, the Zeittchrift de&
Vereins Dexitscliet Ingenieure must be consulted,
where another method is also detailed which offers
advantages in many cases.
DISCUSSION.
Dr. Bailey said that it seemed to him the paper
referred viscosity to specific gravity, whilst it had
been shown by Graham long ago and by others that
the rate of flow in narrow tubes was not entirely de-
pendent on the specific gravity, but that it was de:
pendent on the chemical character of the substance.
He thought, therefore, in comparing the viscosity of
oils it seemed likely that the chemical character of
the oil had an influence on the rate of How, and it
would be interesting to know whether this was the
case or not. Should it be so, the use of tubes of
different diameters as suggested by the author would
not be received with confidence.
A DOUBLE SULPHATE OF LEAD AND
ALUMINA
BY G. H. BAILEY, D.St'., PH.D.,
The Owens College.
Some weeks ago my friend, Mr. Cecil Watson, of
Foxhill Bank Print Works, was good enough to for-
ward to me some crystals which he had noticed in a
mordanting liquor. The mordanting liquor in qui
tion (nitroacetate of alumina) is made by dissolving
up alum, lead acetate and lead nitrate in water and
allowing to settle. The clear liquor is of the strength
20' Twaddell, and is used as a mordant for alizarin,
which is especially valuable from its slow dissocia-
tion on steaming.
Lead sulphate separates out of the mordanting
liquor, and in winter there appear also beautiful
crystals of the regular system, crystallising in fact in
octahedra in cruciform aggregates like alum. They
are, however, not transparent, and are quite unaltered
by exposure to air. The lead was determined as sul-
phate by digesting the finely powdered crystals with
excess of sulphuric acid, the alumina appearing in
the filtrate ; the sulphuric acid l>y treating with
excess of lead nitrate and nitric acid and weighing as
lead sulphate. The water of crystallisation is almost
entirely driven off at 150", but the last traces only
at 250°. The crystals contain the merest trace of
nitric acid.
Analysis determines these crystals to have the
composition PbAl(S04)2loH.,(>. We have here a
most interesting addition to the analogies already
noticed in the chemical relations of lead, thallium
and the alkalis.
The alkalis form alums, whilst thallium, resembling
on the one hand the alkalis and on the other hand lead,
forms a well defined alum ; and in this salt we have
what is essentially a lead alum formed under special
conditions of concentration and temperature.
Note to the above Paper.— The sulphuric acid
determination referred to above has been carefully
repeated, and the result of the full analysis is
appended : —
Found.
Pb .
Al .
SO, .
HO.
31-50
4 31
3641
2734
Calculated for
Pb.Al.(SO,);2UH-0
." 3165
4-13
3670
27-52
The body, therefore, resembles the alums in com-
position asin crystalline form, and lead is as might
have been expected divalent.
For the analysis of the salt, I am indebted to Mr.
Read, a student of Owens College.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. George E. Davis asked if Dr. Bailey had
established the formula PbAl(S04)2 by analysis of
the crystals, as the formula given was not consistent
with that of the alums. Lead was a dyad, while
aluminuim was triadic, so that there was an uneven
number of atomicities to be satisfied on the side of
the bases, and an even number on the acid side.
Dr. G. H. Bailey, in reply, said it was well known
that crystals of a mixed character did form, and it
was impossible to say whether they were simple in
character or not unless sections were made and
examined optically, and in this case it was impossible
to do so inasmuch as they were not transparent. The
only check at disposal was the fact that several analyses
made on different portions gave results agreeing
amongst themselves. With regard to Mr. Davis's
remarks he was yet in some slight doubt as to the
sulphuric acid since the two determinations already
made did not agree well enough. The result, how-
ever, was in accordance with the formula given, and
should lead be divalent (and it would be certainly
strange, as Mr. Davis remarked, were it otherwise)
they would require half a molecule more of sulphuric
acid, and double the formula. He apologised for
bringing, under pressure of work, a somewhat incom-
plete analysis before the Society, but would repeat
the sulphuric acid determination. (See above). In
reply to Dr. Dreyfus, the crystals were not soluble in
water.
B
•lit;
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
[June 30. 1887.
A DELICATE TEST FOB BISMUTH.
HV f, is. STONE.
Thk delicacy of the following test for traces of
bismuth has not, so far as I am aware, been noticed.
It depends on the fact that a strong solution of
potassium iodide produces a bright yellow colour
when added to a very dilute solution of bismuth
sulphate, containing only a Bmall quantity of free
sulphuric acid. So delicate is this test that nwiin]
grin, of bismuth oxide in 10cc. (--1 part in 1,000,<>'»0
will show a distinct colouration on addition of a few
drops of strong solution of potassium iodide. Very
small quantities of bismuth can also be estimated
colorimetrically by means of this test, as the follow-
ing results will show :
A standard solution of bismuth sulphate, contain-
ing O'OOOlgrm. of bismuth oxide in each cc., was
prepared, and six unknown quantities of this solu-
tion were measured off to test the accuracy of the
assays.
Number t.f cc. of Standard
Bulution "i liisinutli Buluhate
raqnirad. PBaohoc. DtOJlgrm.
Bl o, |
Test Quantities taken. IE »ch cc.
=00001tnn. l;i,0,.l
CC
Grmi b ..li, Pound.
cc.
Grin;. Bi..Oa T.iken.
11 =
1-3 =
2*1 =
35 =
73 =
1)2 =
0-0001 1
000013
000021
0-00035
0 00073
000092
10 =
1-5=
20 =
40 =
70 =
100 =
0 0001
000015
0-0002
0-0004
00007
o-oo I
The above results are quite as accurate as a colori-
metric process can be expected to give.
As little sulphuric acid as possible was used for
making up the standard bismuth sulphate solution,
and the assays were in every case made up to lOcc ,
to which was previously added lcc. of a 2p.c. solution
of sulphuric acid.
This te3t is also very convenient for detecting
traces of bismuth in copper, for although a small
quantity of bismuth is dissolved, when ammonia and
carbonate of ammonia are added to a bismuth solu-
tion, this is not the case when a large amount of
copper and also a small quantity of iron are present.
Quantities as small as O'OOOlgrm. of bismuth in
lOgrms. of| copper (= 0 00001 per cent.) showing
quite distinctly. The precipitated carbonate of bis-
muth is washed with a little dilute ammonia and
carbonate of ammonia, till the filter is quite free from
blue colour, dissolved in a very small quantity of
dilute sulphuric acid, a tew drops of potassium iodide
added, and afterwards a few drops of sulphurous
acid till the solution smells distinctly, to remove the
yellow produced by the liberation of iodine due to
the ferric sulphate present.
DISCUSSION.
Dr. G. H. Bailey could not see any dependence on
a colorimetric determination. If a sample of pure
sulphate of bismuth was obtained, then he thought
the best method of determination would be evapo-
rating to dryness and weighing, but to use potassium
iodide as a colorimetric test under any other condi-
tions would surely be a most dangerous proceeding,
because such a number of circumstances of which
there could be no previous knowledge might bring
about the .separation of iodine, and the author gives
no sufficient precautions for avoiding al substances
which might act as oxidising agents. I! he did so he
would find he had as much trouble, because it would
be very dillieiilt to make sure that one had a solution
in which no action is taking place. Onaddragsul-
phurous acid in the presence oi copper one woud
certainly get cuprous iodide separating which would
probably interfere with the sharpness of the reaction.
Dr Watsom said : The test here brought under
their notice might be useful as a eontinnaton test tor
bismuth, but seemed to be capableol a very hunted
application. The proposal as a test for bismuth
appeared to him to be a new suggestion. He was
accustomed to use for the purposes tor which the new
test was available an exceedingly delicate and more
characteristic test, which he thought would be found
preferable to the one under discussion. It was per-
formed as follows:— To a small quantity of the
solution containing bismuth, which maybe neutral or
slightly acid, is added a small quantity of lead
nitrate, and then a solution of potassium iodide
causing a precipitation. The presence or absence ot
bismuth is judged from the colour ol the precipitate.
It bismuth is absent the colour is, of course, a lemon
yellow. If bismuth be present the colour varies with
the relation between the amounts ot bismuth and
lead present from a light orange to a deep Indian red.
With careful manipulation very distinct indications
could lie obtained with a few drops of a solution con-
taining less than one millionth of bismuth. He was
unable to say to whom credit was due for the intro-
duction of the method, but he had made use ot it
himself for many years past.
Mr WATSOM Smith, who read Mr. Stones paper,
remarked, in reply to Dr. Bailey, that Mr. Stone only
claimed usefulness for it as a test for traces ot bis-
muth, which practically defied further gravimetric
manipulation, owing to their smallness. He had un-
derstood the author that these traces were hrst to be
separated from other constituents likely to eltect
results before titration, and as the author gave tabu-
lated results indicating a considerable accuracy, they
must accept his method, at least for what it demon,
strated itself to be worth. The test, id presence of
copper, was only intended by the author to be a quali-
tative one.
A NFW MONSTER REVOLVING BLACK ASH
' FURNACE AND THE WORK DONE WITH
IT.
i;Y WATSON SMITH,
Lecture* in Chemleal Technology in tlu Victoria
University, etc.
The Widnes Alkali Company, Limited, to which I am
indebted forpermission to describe this latest addition
to a family of revolving black ash furnaces, of late not
only increasing in number, but also individual
ska has kindly allowed my friend, Mr. H. Baker
to photograph the great revolver in question, and 1
have pleasure now in throwing on the screen a picture
of it and also one of a revolver of ordinary size, so
as to render a comparison possible. The revolver ol
ordinary size measures at most 18ift. long, with a
diameter of 1 2jft The boiling down pans connected
with such a furnace measure 80ft in length. Kacn
charge contains four tons of salt cake and some of
these revolvers get through 18 tons of salt cake per
day and consume 13cwt. of coal per ton of cake
decomposed. , . . . .
With re" ml to the larger revolver, it may be just
said that Hie Widnes Alkali Company has not at
June30,i887.j THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
117
418
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [j„ne 80. van.
once sprung to the adoption of a furnace of the
immense sue to be presently given, Imt in 1884 it
erect i'il a revolver only about 3ft to n't. short of the
length of that one, and having two discharging holes.
The giant revolving furnace to be described measures
in length 30ft and has a diameter of 13ft. 6in. Inside
length is 28ft Bin., with a Liameterof lift 4in. It
is lined with 16.000 fire-bricks and 120 tire-clay blocks
or breakers, weighing each 1 jewt. The bricks weigh
per 1000 about four tons. The weight of saltcake
f>er charge (i.e., contained in each charge of saltcake,
imestone. mud, and slack) is 8 tons l-2cwt. For 100
tons of saltcake charged, there are also charged about
110 tons of lime-mud and limestone, and 55 tans of
mixing slack. In a week of seven days about 48
charges are worked through, weighing of raw materials
about :'■ tone per charge. The total amount of salt-
cake decomposed weekly is about 400 tons, and may
be reckoned as yielding 240 tons of 60 per cent.
caustic soda. As regards fuel used for tiring, this
may be put down as 200 tons per week, or about
lOcwt per ton of saltcake decomposed. Also with
regard to the concentration of liquor from 20 T\v. to
50° Tw., there is sufficient of such concentrated liquor
evaporated down to keep three self-tired caustic pots
working, which are boiled at a strength of 80" Tw.
the black ash process ; but with the giant revolver we
have been describing, that consumption is reduced to
lOcwt. per ton of cake decomposed.
The question will be probably asked, how is it pos-
sible to get a tlame from one furnace to carry through
such a long revolver and do its work in fusing the
black asli mixture effectively from one end to the
other ? The furnace employed viewed in front looks
very likean ordinary revolver fireplace, but at the side,
thereof in line with the front of the revolver, at which
the discharge of the " crude soda " takes place, there
are observed to be three " charging holes," rather than
tloors, through which fuel is charged from a platform
directly into the furnace through those holes.
The furnace is of course a larger one than furnaces
adjusted to revolvers of the usual size : but the effect
of one charging door in front and three at the side,
which after charging are " banked " up with coal,
with the exception of a small aperture above for
admission of air, is very similar to that sometimes
adopted in the laboratory for increasing heating effect
by joining several Bunsen lamps together to produce
one large powerful tlame. In this case, the four
charging holes represent, as it were, the air apertures of
the several Bunsen lamps. Of course the one firing-
door at front would be totally inadequate to supply
Were it not for this liquor, no less than seven self-
fired pots would be required to do this work, showing
a difference of 80 tons of fuel.
The question may be asked, " Why increase the
size of these huge pieces of apparatus 1 " The answer,
I apprehend, is that owing to competition and re-
duction of prices, greater efforts are necessary to
reduce costs. With automatic apparatus like the
black ash revolver, we may consider no very sensible
addition of manpower would be needed, in passing
from the smallest-sized to the largest-sized revolver.
Then, again, we may, reckoning a certain constant
amount of heat lost per each revolver furnace of the
small size, consider that if we doubled the size of
such revolver, we should lose by no means double the
amount of heat lost with the small apparatus ; but
only the same as that Inst in the small furnace plits
a certain fraction of that quantity, which will be
smaller the better and more efficient tin arrangements
are. Then, again, there is an economy in iron-plate
for such a large revolver ; there is-economy in expense
on the engine-power and on fuel consumed, as well
as in wear and tear.
•lust to mention fuel alone, we saw that with an
ordinary large-sized revolver, the coal consumption
was 13cwt. per ton of salt-cake decomposed in
and feed a fire capable of yielding a flame that would
be adequate for the working of so huge a revolver.
As an effort of chemical engineering, it is a very
interesting example of what skill and enterprise in
that direction alone will do in reducing costs, without
in the least modifying the chemical reactions taking
place.
THE FRACTIONAL REDUCTION OF ORTHO-
\\1> PARANITROTOLUENE, AND NOTES
ON THE QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF
ORTHO- AND PARATOLUIDINR
BY T. MISIATI, II. BOOTH AND J. B. COHEN.
It is well known that aromatic nitro-compounds on
reduction yield amido-compounds. When toluene
is nitrated, two isomeric nitrotoluenea, ortho-and
paranitrotoluene, are the principal products formed,
and always occur in varying proportions in commer-
cial nitrotoluene. On reduction they are transformed
into the isomeric ortho- and paratoluidines. It was
thought interesting to determine which of these
isomeric nitrotoluenes is the more readily reduced,
June 30. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
419
or whether reduction goes on pari pcutu in both
cases. The principle of the method employed for
determining this is as follows :— Supposing equal
quantities, say lOgrs., of pure ortho- and paranitrn-
toluene are taken, and tin and H('l sufficient to
reduce half the total quantity (lOgrs.) added, then
it is evident that the product will consist of one of
three things. It will contain only orthotoluidine and
only paranitrotoluene— i.e., if the orthonitrotoluene
is reduced first, or if the inverse reaction occur, only
paratoluidine and orthonitrotoluene ; if both are
reduced, the toluidine and nitrotoluene, obtained
after reduction, will consist of mixtures of the two
isomers. An analysis of the unattacked nitro com-
pounds, or the toluidine formed, will then show with
which isomer and to what extent reduction has
occurred. From a series of experiments, which are
not yet completed, it appears that para- and ortho-
nitrotoluene are acted on concurrently and not
separately. The results have, however, not been of a
nature to be able at present to state definitely the
rate at which reduction has occurred, nor has the
action been extended to various reducing agents,
which may possibly give different results. Before
beginning the analytical work it was necessary to
determine whether the reduction could be so regulated
that approximately the same quantities of nitro
toluene could be reduced with a given quantity of
the reducing agent. With care this may be readily
accomplished. The separation and isolation of the
nitrotoluene and toluidine is a simple though tedious
operation. Among the various methods tried, the
following is satisfactory : — After reduction, the result-
ing acid solution is distilled in steam, and the un-
attacked nitrotoluene driven over, the toluidine remain-
ing behind. The toluidine solution is freed from Sn
by H3S and filtered. If the precipitation is done hot,
the sulphide settles down in a dense form, and is less
difficult to filter. The filtrate is then made alkaline and
distilled in steam, and the toluidine distils. Both dis-
tillates are extracted with ether, the ether distilled off,
the residue dried and weighed. The first gives the
weightof nitrotoluene, the second that of the toluidine.
All that is necessary for the analytical part is (1) to
be assured of the purity of the original materials, and
(2) of the reliability of the method of analysis. The
para-and orthonitrotoluenes were obtained from C. A.
F. Kahlbaum. The para was in tine crystals, melting
at 54°, the ortho, as might be expected, contained
about 15 per cent, of para-compound, estimated by
reduction and analysis by Rosenstiehl's method. To
arrive at a result it is not necessary that both pro-
ducts after reduction should be analysed. Having
the weight of the nitrotoluene and the toluidine, an
analysis of the one or the other, and the determina-
tion of the quantity of ortho and para present in it,
will suffice to find exactly how the reduction has gone.
The simplest method which naturally suggests itself
is the analysis of the resulting nitro-compound, which
does away with the tedious extraction of the toluidine.
A few experiments were made to determine how far
the method of freezing might answer. The para-
nitro-compound is solid at ordinary temperatures,
the ortho-nitro liquid. Various mixtures of the two
were made, and it was found that when not more than
50 per cent, of paranitrotoluene was present, the
mass at the ordinary temperature was semi-solid. In
the proportion of four parts para to one part ortho,
the mass is quite hard. In a mixture of salt and snow
(about- 15sto- 20), when only.30 per cent, of the para-
compound is present, the mixture becomes nearly
solid. But on draining the frozen cake, on a porous
tile, placed in a metal vessel, surrounded by a freezing
mixture, only about two-thirds of the total amount
of the para-compound could be regained.
Some little time ago a method described by Mr. P.
Sclioop appeared in the Chemiker Zeitunq (No. 9,
p. IT1-",), for the quantitative analysis of ortho- and
paratoluidine, based on the different solubilities of
the acetyl derivatives in water, first pointed out by
Weith and Merz in 1869 (Ber. 2, 433).* Our results
by this method were by no means satisfactory, pos-
sibly because the proportion of para compound taken
was considerably smaller than usually occurs in the
commercial product. But this can scarcely be cited
as an apology for the method. Two determinations
gave the following results-
Found.
Melting Point.
23950 acetoluide 107" = l'71grms. toluidine.
Taken.
1. 97ogrras. \
orthotoluidine I
0'2ogrm.
paratoluidine I
2. 9'75grms. \
Ort0!25^m ( 3'13'5 acetoluide 110--2-2ognns. toluidine.
paratoluidine 1
Now, as the melting point of the para compound
is 147"', and the ortho 107°, it is very evident that in
the first instance the acettoluide consists of nearly
pure ortho compound. In fact, it is not readily seen
how, if 10O0 parts of water dissolve only 8"6 parts
orthoacettoluide at 19" (which corresponds to 5'8 parts
orthotoluidine) as stated, it is possible that in a mix-
ture containing 9'75grros. orthotoluidine, all the orthc-
toluidine can be dissolved in 800cc. of water. And
yet the author of the method says that he obtains
results to 0'5 per cent, for all proportions of mixed
toluidines. On the other hand, in reducing mixtures
of ortho- and parnitrotoluene, and analysing the pro-
duct by the above method, we have often found that
little or no para compound was precipitated on addi-
tion of water, although a considerable quantity was
certainly present, as we subsequently proved by
employing Rosenstiehl's method. It is difficult at
present to say to what this is due.
The other method which we tried and found to
give reliable results when employed with certain
precautions, is the well-known one of Rosenstiehl
(Ann. Chan. Ph;/*. 26, 249). It is based on the
different solubilities of the bioxalates of ortho- and
paratoluidine in ether. The para-compound requires
6660 parts ether for complete solution ; the ortho
compound is very much more soluble, requiring only
20<i parts of ether. Rosenstiehl makes up a standard
solution of oxalic acid in anhydrous ether, free from
alcohol, so that each cc. = 0'005grm. toluidine. The
number he gives is slightly wrong. Instead of
1 062grms. it should be 1 '059grms . of anhydrous oxalic
acid, or l'lTTgrms. of the hydrated acid per 250cc.
Rosenstiehl determines the end of the reaction by
running the ethereal solution of oxalic acid into
0'2grm. of toluidine, dissolved in 80grms. ether until
no further precipitate is observed. We found this to
be almost impossible to carry out practically, as the
precipitate being light, does not readily settle or
attaches itself to the sides of the vessel and masks
the effect. It is equally impossible to determine the
end of the reaction by means of litmus paper or
litmus solution, as recommended by Lorenz I Ann.
172, 1190). The change of colour is only very
gradual.
The only method we found practicable was to add
excess of oxalic acidsolution, bring the precipitate on
to the filter paper, wash three or four times with
ether, and weigh on a watch glass. Any residue
* lOcc. toluidine and lOcc. acetic anhydride are heated to-
gether in the oil-bath for two hours to HO' C. 30cc. glacial
acetic acid are then added, and the mixture poured into lOOcc.
water, and washed out with lOOcc. more water. The mixture
is allowed to stand 18 hours, filtered, washed with dilute acetic
acid, dried at 90' and weighed.
420
Tin: .101 i;n.\i. of the society of chemical industry. i.W3o,i8s7.
remaining in the Bask (and very often the precipitate
stuck to the .-ides), and any residue in tbe filter
paper were dissolved together in water and titrated
with deeinonnal potash solution.
By proceeding m this way reliable results may be
obtained. With paratoluidine, m.p. 46°, we found
that precipitation was not complete unless the mix-
ture was allowed to stand IS hours. At the end of
this time the whole of the para compound is thrown
down as oxalate.
With pure orthotoluidine (samples weir made by
ourselves and also obtained from Kahlbanm and
Schuchardt) there is no immediate precipitation,
but on standing 1-2 hours from 4—5 per cent, of the
ortho compound crystallises out.
It therefore follows that in performing the analysis
the error due to precipitation of the ortho compound
must be allowed for if the solution stands 12 hours,
or the error due to incomplete precipitation of the
para compound must be allowed for if the precipitate
is filtered immediately. The better method, there-
fore, would be to obtain an approximation of the
amount of para compound present in one determina-
tion, and then run in just sufficient oxalic solution to
precipitate this quantity, and let stand 1 2 hours. The
error due to the precipitation of the orthotoluidine
will then be reduced to a minimum. Most of the
practical part of the work was carried out by Mr.
Miniati, and Mr. Booth has made a series of experi-
ments on Rosenstiehl's method.
DISCI SSION.
Dr. Dreyfus said if the method of partial reduc-
tion referred to by Dr. Cohen could be carried out it
would be a very great benefit to the manufacturers of
toluidines, but he hardly thought that the method as it
stood at present would give practical results. A better
method of preparing toluidines would be to effect the
separation of the ortho- and paratoluidines from com-
mercial toluidine, which contained a mixture of the
two. Various methods were employed for effecting
that separation, which varied at the different works
where the methods were carried out, and such methods
were kept secret by the works employing them. As
far as he knew, the principle of the separation methods
rested in the fractional saturation with acids. There
had been a method patented by Dr. Loewy for the
separation of the toluidines by means of phosphates,
but from his experience he considered that method
long and tedious, and he did not think that it had
been found useful in practice. The methods which
he knew had been successful in the production of a
fairly pure article rested, as he had before stated, on
the fractional saturation with acid.
Dr. Cohen, in reply, said that unless it was known
beforehand it was quite impossible to carry out the
distillation, which certainly gave very fair results in
the laboratory.
NOTES ON some PLANTS POSSESSING
PROPERTIES USEFUL IN MEDICINE AND
INDUSTRY, FROM THE CONGO.
HY R. C. PHILLIPS.
The following vegetable products of Africa, not
articles of commerce, have attracted my attention
during a long residence on the West Coast : -
The Pawpaw, Cassia Occidental^. Euphorbias,
Vernonia Febrtfuga—a plant named by the natives
Saa&a — and some others, on which I propose to make
a few notes.
Pawpaws.— These trees are known as yielding a
.puce with properties similar to pepsin. The effect
of making tough meat tender is very remarkable :
half a spoonful i.l the juice mixed with a tureenful
of water will, in the course of four or five minutes,
completely soften a tough joint of old goat, an old
duck, or other meat. If the action be unduly
prolonged for, say, twenty minutes, the meat will
have the appearance of being boiled to rags. Meat
thus treated is said to putrefy rapidly if not cooked
at once. Wrapping meat in the leaves of the tree is
said to produce the same effect in the course of a
night. In his "Histoire Naturelle," Dr. Chenu
states that the juice is reputed to remove freckles.
I have never had the opportunity to verify this, but
from its energetic action on Mesh, it is not improbable.
The seeds have the taste of cress. I have tried to
dry the juice by wounding the fruit and catching the
milk on plates, and drying in the sun, but the trouble
was that the dried product refused to redissolve in
water or alcohol. The taste of the water showed
that some portion of the dried fruit had undergone
solution, but only to a small extent. 1 then caught
a number of drops of the milk in a glass of water,
and observed that the solution was only partial ; a
precipitate of albuminous appearance was formed,
which would not disappear on the addition of a
considerable quantity of alkali or acid. I used
spirit — brandy — in a similar manner, but with the
same result. Obviously the active principle is not
the insoluble portion of the milky juice ; but, when
all is dried together, the soluble portion may be
prevented from dissolving by its association with
the insoluble portion, or may itself become
changed and insoluble. I never had the opportunity
of ascertaining if this be the case. The pawpaw
grows freely on most parts of the coast near the
Congo ; the best place is the newly - acquired
Portuguese territory of Cabinda. The vexatious
conditions imposed by the Independent Congo State,
and the inferiority of the territory, negative success
in those parts.
Further Note on the Pawpaw. — I once knew of a
number of pawpaw seeds being thrown away ; a large
number took root — perhaps 100 — but all were
males. This would be an inconvenient experience
in planting.
Cassia occidentalis. — This plant grows freely on
most parts of the coast, the seeds ground after
roasting being a fair substitute for coffee. They are
reputed to possess pectoral qualities when thus used,
and do not cause sleeplessness, as is so much the case
with coffee. I have often used these seeds when
short of coffee, and have offered this " coffee " to
others without having the substitution discovered.
The roots are bitter and reputed febrifugal.
Euphorbias. — These grow in great abundance on
many p&tts of the coast, and their milky juice is well
known as a drastic purgative. It is not now made
use of in medicine, through, I am informed, its
variability of effects. One species, the Cassoneira, is
used by the natives of Kinsembo to stupefy fish in
their river ; the fish are then taken at palisades which
are formed across the river. This drug might
probably be of high service in hoimeopathic thera-
peutics if properly proved. The Cassoneira is used by
the Misorongo tribes to form hedges round their
towns, its immense bushes forming a perfect
barricade against native tribes, who greatly fear
getting the juiee in their eyes, the result of which
would be temporary, if not permanent, blindness.
The branches are very brittle, and bleed copiously
when broken. The columnar Euphorbias yield a
similar juice in great abundance and with probably
■ in.- properties.
Vernonia febrifuga (Soyaux), — This tree possesses
an intensely bitter bark ; but 1 am unaware by what
June so, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
421
means Soyaux made out its febrifugal properties ;
Erobably from some of the native herbalists. It might
e worth investigation.
Saaka.— This is a native bush which would
probably repay cultivation and improvement. The
fruit is spindle-shaped, some Jin. in length, red
skinned, and has an agreeable pulp enclosing the
seed. At first sight, there is nothing special to
recommend it to notice, but it will be found that,
although not particularly sweet, it has the remark-
able [lower of making any fruit eaten afterwards
taste very sweet. It is usually eaten with lime-, but
oranges, pine-apples, and mangoes are sweetened by
Saaka even an hour after eating it, and when all
taste of the fruit has left the mouth. Vinegar and
dilute mineral acids show the same phenomenon.
Rubbn- Plants.— Tina rubber-bearing plants are not
cultivated; the natives simply select such as they
please for tapping for the milky juice. It has been
suggested to me that the trees might be profitably
cultivated and methodically tapped, avoiding waste
and the intermixture of bark and other impuri-
ties. There are several species of rubber-bearing
trees, the best of which, I am told, is a straight-
trunked tree of compact habit, which I well know by
sight, and, if it be true that this is the best rubber-
yielder, I should think that it would be very suitable
for plantation. Some other species of rubber-bear-
ing plants are thin-stalked bushes, running about
among the other bush, and unsuited for orderly cul-
ture; Among the promises of extended trade when
the upper Congo is exploited, we are regaled with
accounts of vast forests of rubber trees that will
yield fabulous amounts of rubber. I, in turn, can point
to immense woods of these trees not five miles from
the coast, but hardly touched by the natives. Unless
plantations are made by Europeans, the yield of
rubberon the coast can increase but slowly — nay, it may
easily diminish instead of increasing. What is of the
first importance is a population, large, friendly and
intelligent, to permit of increasing commerce ; a
little thought in this direction would be of far more
value than all the egregious announcements of
unlimited trade for those with enterprise enough to
open up the upper river, with which the world has
been lately entertained.
Castor-oil Plants grow in abundance, but are not
used commercially ; perhaps they are more easily
obtained from America. It has been said that the
oil flavours the other cargo of the ship in which it
may be exported ; this is, however, only hearsay ;
certainly nobody has attempted the experiment
during the last fifteen years, and probably for many
years previously.
Indigo. — There are many plants of the Indigofera
family, and through the kindness of Mr. Watson
Smith, who sent me seeds, I know that indigo may
be cultivated ; the irregularity of the rains, and
absence of convenient supplies of water, militate
against the growth of small plants whose roots
penetrate only a small distance below the surface of
the ground.
Nhasa, — This tree is described by botanists under
the name of " Sassy " tree, its powdered bark being
used by the natives for their ordeals by poison.
The effect of the bark is sometimes of the nature
of an emetic, sometimes it produces purging, and I
have seen one instance of comatose state produced.
It is so seldom that a white man is present at
these ordeals, that we know little with certainty
about the action of this drug ; but it certainly has
very active properties which the homoeopath would
soon turn to account. Compare the cardinal im-
portance of rhus, which is of analogous use in
Madagascar.
1 ides the foregoing, there are various other
products obtainable, the chief difficulty of develop-
ing which lies in the fact that the workers are
employed in other pursuits, which they will not be
induced to leave, except with the plainest demon-
stration that the new occupation will be more
profitable. This is not easy to give to the native,
who is conservative of old customs, and sceptical
concerning anything new.
£>lasrjoto anD ^cottisfj Section.
Chairman: J. Neilson Cuthbertson.
Vice-chairman: Prof. Mills.
Hon. Vice-chairman : K. C. C. Stanford.
Committee :
J. I!. Adam.
.1. Ail.uc.
Prof. I'rum-Brown.
J, Y. Buchanan.
J. Christie.
W. J. Chiystal.
W . s. Curuhey.
Prof. 1 ergusou.
J. Fyfe.
K. Irvine.
T. P. Miller.
J. M. .Millie.
J. Paltison.
1!. Pullar.
K. It. Tmlock.
A. Wliitelaw.
Hon. Ireasurer:
J. J. Coleman, Aidarrocb, Bearsden, near Glasgow.
Local Secretary:
G. G. Henderson. Chemical Laboratory,
University of Glasgow.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to be
sent to the Local Secretary.
The Eighth and last Meeting of this Section for the
ion was held in the Societies' Booms. 807, Bath
Street, Glasgow, on Tuesday, June 7, 18S7.
MR. J. NEILSON CUTHBERTSON IN THE CHAIR.
THE ESTIMATION OF IRON IN CHARS.
BY ROBERT DAVIDSON.
The estimation of iron by means of stannous chloride
has been fully investigated by Fresenius and others,
but only where it exists in large quantities. So far
as I am aware, no one has yet tested the accuracy of
this process in the case of substances, such as animal
charcoal, containing only fromO'l to 1 percent, ferric
oxide. Some experiments which I have made in this
direction I now take the opportunity of bringing
before you.
A standard solution of ferric chloride was prepared
containing OOlgrm. Fe203 per cc.
The stannous chloride was made up of such a
strength that about 25cc. equalled lcc. of the
standard Fe solution, and was always prepared im-
mediately before use.
The iron solution was delivered into a lOOcc. flask
with 5cc. hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1185) and luce,
water. The solution was maintained just at the boil-
ing point during the titration. The end reaction is
very delicate, one drop of the SnCl3 being sufficient
to discharge the colour.
The following are the results :—
Fe.CL. Solution. SnCI- Consumed
rOcc 2'S°C
10 2»
05 J*
1-6 »1S
0-J *&
"I rjo
■> ■•' o80
11 2-J0
The mean experimental error ± 00092cc.
122
THE JOUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Juneso. 1887.
[now Bought to compare our tin process with the
"bichrome" and "permanganate."
Perm vug lk \ n Proi ess.
For the standard permanganate solution lgrm. was
dissolved in LOOOcc. water, and the ferric chloride was
reduced by 0'8grm. zinc dust in a flask provided with
a narrow exit tube, and containing 5cc. 11 CI and lOec.
water. After l plete solution, 50cc. boiled and
cooled distilled water were added.
HI, ml- Test:—
O-Sgrm. zinc consumed OtftoCJjj^ q.^
Fe,Cl, Solution. KMnO, Consumed.
I Occ 4-85cc.^
10 4'8o I Mean.
1-0 C82 f 4S35cc.
10 482 J
1-9 8-45
06 330
1-2 5-80
03 170
on 4i..
05 270
16 7-20
20 9 00
Mean experimental error ± 00294ec.
Bichrome Process.
Half decinormal solution of bichromate of potash
was used, and zinc to reduce the iron. Acid, etc.,
same as with the permanganate process.
I'.lank experiment showed mere trace of iron.
Fe:Cl« Solution. K,Cr.O, Consumed.
O'Gcc r20cc.
II 3 30
17 470
04 1-10
0-8 2-30
1-9 5-40
2-4 G'50
1'5 4-10
1-3 350
Mean experimental error ± 0054Sec.
Another series was made with " bichrome," but
SnClo was the reducing agent.
Mean of 4 experiments with lcc. Fe2Cln, gave
2'55cc.
IV CI,: Solution. K;Cr20T Consumed.
2'lcc 5'Oocc.
(V9 2-30
».-, 1-35
07 175
14 350
0 3 0-95
1-1 2-80
1-8 1-55
Mean experimental error ± 00oo4ce.
I next tried those three methods with the actual
char, but before describing them, allow me to say a
word about the state of oxidation of iron in chars.
It exists, probably, in both the ferrous and ferric
conditions; even metallic iron is met with in new-
char. But it appears impossible to determine their
respective amounts, owing to the reducing action of
the carbon present. When a char is boiled in dilute
hydrochloric acid, all the iron is found as FeO, but
Fe203 can be detected, if it is dissolved in the cold ;
even under these conditions the carbon still exerts its
action. For example : The carbon was separated by
means of acid, from both a new and a stock char, care-
fully washed, and then simply mixed with lcc. of
stun lard solution of iron. Bcc, ||('l and lOcc. H20,
allowed to digest for an hour in the cold, when over
80 per cent, of iron with the former, and about 60 per
cent, with the latter, were found to be reduced. How-
i \vr. we generally report it in the trade as Fe3Os.
We now proceed to detail the char experiments.
I'll, samples were passed through a "TO" mesh sieve,
and 2grma. weighed off in a platinum capsule, and
thoroughly ignited, then dissolved in .~>cc. HC'l and
lOcc. HoO. Two chars were used throughout, one
being a new, the other a stock char, except in the case
of the bichrome " new char " tests, wnen another
sample had to be used, owing to my supply having
faded. In the case of the bichrome process, I had to
abandon the use of zinc as a reducing agent, as the
results came out too low — e.g., the new char, contain-
ing about 0'2 per cent. Fe203, scarcely gave a reaction
with potassium ferricyanide. When, however, Sn( '1..
was substituted, better results were obtained, though
still on the low side.
Bichrome Process.
New Char.
Consumed 0 70cc.
O'.'.O
■>■«!
070
Moan 0'575oC.
= 0-113 % Fe;03. (Tin process, 0TCT%.)
Mean experimental error ± 0-125cc, eipial to 0024\
Fe2G,
Stock Char.
Consumed 4 2oc.
40
3 11
395
Mean 4 013cc.
=0-787 . F.M h-
Mean experimental error ± 0074cc, equal to 0'013.V{
Fe2U3
Permanganate Process,
Blank Test. — Mean of 2 experiments, consumed
0'5<i5cc.
iVcio Char.
Consumed 2'lcc.
2-3
2-0
2-0
Mean 2'lcc.
= 0-180'. FeaOj.
Mean experimental error ± O'lcc. — 0'0117/o FeL.U3
.SYocA- Char.
Consumed 7-Scc.
77
7-5
7-8
Mean 77ec.
= 0 835', Fe2Oi).
Mean experimental error ± O'lcc. = 0 '0 1 1 7 % Fe-03
I may here parenthetically remark that Tucker, in
his " Manual of Sugar Analysis,'' recommends the
filtrate from the carbon to be titrated, but the organic
matters in solution cause too high results. The above
new char, for, example, instead of yielding 0*18 per
cent., gave 033 per cent, and the " stock " char gave
0'89 per cent, instead of 0835 per cent.
Tin Process.
The iron should be fully oxidised, with "> drops of
peroxide of hydrogen (20 vol.) and boiled gently for
three minutes, to expel the excess. This causes no
loss through volatilisation. I prefer hydroxy] to
potassium chlorate, because one can add a definite
quantity without weighing, and an excess appears to
be more readily expelled.
Standard 'I'm Solution, — Mean of 5 experiments,
2'89cc. = lcc. standard Fe.
New Char.
Consumed r35cc.
1-35
1'28
1-30
Mean T32ce.
0-228 I'Vii,
Mean experimental error ± OWcc.-^O'OOSO;,, J'e..U3
June 30. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
423
Stock Char.
Consumed 4'7cc.
4-8
1-8
48
Mean 4-775cc.
= 0826, fc-O-j.
Mean experimental error ± 0037cc. 0-0005 1
The end reaction is not quite so distinct as with
the pure Fe=Cl,; solution, owing to the presence of a
little insoluble matter which floats in the liquid.
This may be obviated by filtration, but at the same
time avoiding any unnecessary excess of wash water,
which would of course interfere with the reaction.
In conclusion, I confidently recommend the tin
process in preference to either the permanganate or
bichrome. For both, with the pure Fe*Cl6 solution
and the chars, we find the experimental errors to be
less. Resides being the most accurate, it is also the
mo^t speedy — five minutes sufficing for a single
estimation.
Allow me to take the opportunity of acknowledging
my best thanksfor the time afforded by my employers,
John Walker ifc Co., for carrying out the above
experiments.
««w»m«
NOTE ON THE DETERMINATION OF
AMMONIA IN COMMERCIAL PRODUCTS.
BY J. M. MILXE, I'H.D , F.I.C.
Two methods are in general use for the determination
of ammonia — viz., by conversion into the double
chloride of ammonium and platinum— a process too
well known to require description, or by previous
liberation of the ammonia, either by combustion with
soda-lime or distillation with strong solution of
caustic soda, and absorption in an excess of hydro-
chloric acid, with subsequent conversion into the
platinum salt on the one hand, or absorption in a
measured excess of standard sulphuric acid and
reverse titration with standard alkali.
The platinum method, although an elegant and
accurate one where nearly pure salts have to be dealt
with, has one or two drawbacks for commercial work.
It is expensive, and occupies a good deal of time. As
regards the other method, anyone who has tried
the soda lime process in the case of ammonia salts.
even with previous addition of starch or sugar, will
have realised the annoyances incidental to it. Dis-
tillation with caustic soda is also troublesome, from
the tendency of a strong alkaline solution to froth up
and bump when boiled, with possible projection of a
little of it into the condensing arrangement, to the
detriment of the determination. Some time ago a
German committee was appointed to report on the
methods in use for the analysis of phosphates,
manures, etc., and to make suggestions as to the
adoption of uniform methods. With regard to the
determination of ready-formed ammonia in manures
and salts, this committee recommended the liberation
of the ammonia by boiling with magnesia instead of
caustic soda, and absorption in a measured excess of
standard sulphuric acid. One great advantage of
this modification is that the contents of the distilling
flask boil quite quietly, and can be brought nearly to
dryness without spirting, if the gas flame is properly
regulated. As I have used the magnesia method for
some time with very satisfactory results, and the
apparatus is very simple, I thought it might be of
interest to some of you to see it in actual operation.
An 8 or lOoz. wide-mouth flask is fitted with an
indiarubber cork, pierced with two holes, through one
of which passes a small funnel with a tap, and
through the other a somewhat wide exit tube. The
latter is connected with a short inverted condenser,
the lower end of which is tightly fitted to the neck
of a nitrogen bulb of the new form, in which _
of normal sulphuric acid have been previously placed.
A weighed quantity of the sample is placed in the
flask, together with 2gnus. of magnesia, and about
fiOcc. of water, and the mixture kept gently boiling
by means of a rose-burner. When the contents of
the flask are nearly dry, the flame is removed, about
lOcc. of water run in from the funnel, and the boiling
continued. This operation is repeated two or three
times. Finally the nitrogen bulb is connected with
a .■.mall aspirator, and a gentle current of air draw;n
through the whole apparatus for a few minutes, in
order to ensure complete absorption of all the
ammonia. The exit tube is then disconnected from
the condenser, and the latter rinsed, into the bulb, with
a little water, a few drops of cochineal added, and
the excess of normal acid determined with fifth-
normal soda.
In using the apparatus, the committee recommend
the following precautions to be observed : — (1)
that the steam containing the ammonia be thoroughly
condensed as it passes over ; (2) that the end of
the condenser tube does not dip beneath the surface
of the sulphuric acid in the bulb flask ; and (3) that
complete absorption of the ammonia is ensured by
attaching a small U-tube containing a little of the
standard acid to the exit tube of the flask.
jRottinrjrjam Section.
Chairman : Prof. Clowes.
rice-Chairtnan : Lewis T. Wright.
Treasurer : J. B. Coleman.
Committee :
L. Archbutt. I T. W. Lovibond.
W. A. Curry. H. J. Staples.
H. Doidge. E. B. Truman.
R. Fitzhugh. R. L. YVhiteley.
E. Francis.
Hon. Local Secretary :
J. R. Ashwell, Midanbury Lodge, Bentinck Road,
Nottingham.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
ORTHO-CHROMATIC PHOTOGRAPHY.
BY C. H. BOTHAMLEY, F.I.C., F.C.-..
Assistant Lecturer on Chemistry, and Lecturer on Photo-
graphy in the Yorkshire College, Leeds.
It is well known that the ordinary photographic pro-
cesses fail to give pictures with true values, or, in
other words, they fail to render coloured objects with
their proper degrees of relative brightness. Yellow,
orange, and green objects, which are bright to the
eye, are dark in a photograph, whilst blue, purple,
and violet, which are comparatively dark to the eye,
are bright in a photograph. Photographic effect is
not coincident with optical effect.
In order to ascertain the cause of these differences
it is necessary to separate ordinary white light into
its component rays, and to measure the optical
and photographic effects of the separated rays. This
is done most conveniently by means of the spectrum,
and the effects produced by different parts of the
spectrum are best expressed in the form of a curve,
the base line of which represents the spectrum, whilst
the ordinates or heights of the curve above the base
line at any given points represent the intensity of the
action at those points. The abscissa', or points marked
ISM
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (June so, 1887.
off along the base line, represent the principal Fraun-
hofer lines.
The optical effect or relative luminosity of dif-
ferent parts of the .spectrum lias been estimated
by several observers, notably by Vierordt, and more
recently by an improved method by Abney and Fest-
ing.* The relative luminosity of the different parts
varies with the nature of the source of light, with the
absolute brightness of the light, and with different
observers ; but the general result is that the maximum
luminosity is in the yellow, not very far from the line
D. The brightness diminishes somewhat rapidly in
the green and then very gradually in the blue and
violet, the more refrangible part of the visible spec-
trum terminating close to the line H. On the less re-
frangible side of 1) the luminosity falls off gradually
but rapidly through the orange and orange red to the
line A at the termination of the -red. (Fig. 1, No. 3.)
Fir.. 1.
When the spectrum falls upon an ordinary gelatino
bromide plate— that is, a glass plate coated with a thin
dry film of an emulsion of silver bromide in gelatin-
it is found that the maximum photographic effect is
produced by the blue about midway between F and
11. A considerable amount of action is exerted by
the violet, and the invisible rays beyond the violet,
and on the less refrangible side of the maximum the
action falls off rapidly, becoming very small in the
green and ceasing altogether before it reaches the line
I). By suitable treatment, however, the sensitiveness
of the gelatino-bromide can be increased so that if
the exposure is sufficiently long a sensible though
slight amount of action is exerted by the yellow,
oraDge, and even by the orange red. (Fig. 1, No. 1.)
When silver gelatino-chloride is examined in the same
way the maximum effect is produced close to the line
H, and the action diminishes gradually but rapidly
on either side, ceasing altogether in the green. (Fig.
1, No. 2.)
From these results it is evident that the rays which
produce the greatest effect on the eye, the yellow,
green, and orange, have little or no action on an
ordinary photographic plate, whilst blue and violet
rays, which have comparatively little action on the
eye, produce the greatest effect on the plate. It fol-
lows that in order to photograph coloured objects in
correct gradations the character of the photographic
plate must be so altered that the sensitiveness to
yellow, orange, and green is very considerably in-
creased, whilst the sensitiveness to blue and violet is
much diminished. According to I)r. Eder.t the
orange near C and the full blue near F should exert
about the same amount of action, whilst the effect of
the yellow near 1) should be eight times, that of the
yellowish green near I) ten times, and that of the
green near E three times, the effect of the blue.
Violet, on the other hand, should exert only about
one-tenth as much action as the blue. The term
"Ortho-chromatic Photography" is used to denote the
photographic representation of all classes of coloured
objects with their proper degrees of relative bright-
ness, or, to use the artistic term, with tli<-ir proper
• Rakorian lecture. Royal Society. 188C.
t Sit-'HiiKsln-richU: d. kais. Akad. der Wisaensch. Wien, 1881.
Abth II. p. 1117
"values." The power of photographing rays of low
refrangibility is not only valuable from a pictorial
point of view, but is of the greatest importance in
spectrum photography.
In is::; |)r. Hermann W. Yogel J discovered that if
certain dyes, such as corallin or aniline greens,
are added to a sensitive dry collodion film,
the film becomes sensitive to yellow or greenish
yellow, and the rays to which the plates become
sensitive correspond closely, but do not coin-
cide, with the rays which are absorbed by
the dye. Substances which produce this result
were classified by Yogel as "optical sensitisers,"
on the ground that their action depends upon their
power of absorbing light rays. These observations
were confirmed by Carey Lea, Waterhouse, Becquerel,
Abney and others, and on the Continent the prin-
ciple was applied with considerable success to the
reproduction of paintings. Cros and Ducos du
Hauron§ also made it the basis of an indirect process
of photography in colour through the medium of
chromo-lithography.
Shortly afterwards, however, the modern dry plate
or gelatino-bromide process was introduced, and
gradually displaced the older collodion processes. The
first attempts to employ dyes with gelatino-bromide
plates gave unsatisfactory results, but in 1882 — 83
Attout and Clayton, commonly known as Tailfer
and Clayton, took out a patent|| in France and Eng-
land for the application of eosin in conjunction with
an alkali to gelatino-bromide plates, the term eosin
being understood to include all the dyes belonging to
the eosin group. By this treatment the plates, which
are sold under the name of " Isochromatic" plates,
are made very sensitive to the greenish yellow rays.
Schumann confirmed the advantages resulting from
the use of eosin, and Yogel introduced plates stained
with a dye to which he gave the name "Azalin,"
but which is understood to be a mixture of cyanin, or
quinoline blue, with quinoline red.
The question has been made the subject of a long
and careful series of experiments by Dr. Josef Maria
Eder, of Vienna, who has investigated the effect pro-
duced by more than 100 different dyes under a variety
of conditions.
Two methods are employed for impregnating the
silver gelatino-bromide with the dye. In the first the
dye is added to the melted emulsion before coating the
plates ; in the second the coated and dried plates are
steeped for a few minutes in a neutral or ammoniacal
solution of the dye in water or alcohol. The proper
regulation of the proportion of dye is found to be a
point of the greatest importance. If too little dye is
used the maximum effect is not obtained, whilst if
the quantity of dye exceeds the proper amount its
effect is likewise diminished. When thedyeis added
to the emulsion, 2—4 milligrams per lOOcc. of melted
emulsion is found to be sufficient, whilst for bathing
the dry plates a solution of the dye in 20,000 or 30,000
parts of water may be used. The higher the
tinctorial power of the dye, the smaller the amount
that is required.
EderU found that comparatively very few dyes have
any effect in increasing the sensitiveness of gelatino-
bromide plates to the less refrangible rays, and
in the majority of cases in which an effect is
observed it is but small, and can only be recognised
when the exposure is prolonged and the dye is present
in the proper proportion. It is necessary to dis-
1 Ucber die Lichtcnipflndlichkeit des Hromsilbcrs fur die
sogeoannten chemiscb onwirkBamen Farben. Birichtc, 6,
p. 1302,
5 Traitc prntiipucdc photographic des coulciirs. Paris. 1878-
1 Brevet, 162,645, December 18, 1882 ; Kng. Pat 101, 1883.
*i Sii/unKFib. d. kais. Akad. der Wisscnsch. Wien. II. Abth,
1881; 11. Abth, 1885 ; and II. Abth, 1880.
Jui.e30.i887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
425
tinguish between the effect of a dye on the general
sensitiveness of a plate to light as a whole, and on its
relative sensitiveness to particular rays. The majority
of dyes render the plates less sensitive to ultra-violet,
violet, and, in several cases, blue rays, and thus
diminish their general sensitiveness to one-fifth, or
even one-tenth, of its original value, whilst at the
same time the relative sensitiveness to particular
says, such a yellow, orange, or green, may be
increased many times.* The results are represented
in the form of curves.
Violet dyes, such as Hofmann's violet, gentian
violet, methyl violet, acid violet, diminish the general
sensitiveness, mainly by making the plate much less
sensitive to ultra violet rays. At the same time the
Fig. 2.
(II Violets. (2l Greens. (3) Iodine Green. (1) Cyanin, (51 Eosin.
(61 Rose Bengal - Ammonia. 171 Ccerulein. (8> Chrysaniline.
(9i Eosin and Silver Chloride, (10) Eosin + Cyanin.
sensitiveness to green, yellow, and orange is consider-
ably increased, the maximum effect being observed
between D and C. (Fig. 2, No. 1.)
Green dyes, such as acid green, benzaldebyde
green, ethyl green, methyl green, and their varieties,
have very little sensitising action, and their effect can
only be observed with prolonged exposure and bril-
liant illumination, great attention being paid to the
proper regulation of the proportion of dye. Under
favourable conditions the plate is made slightly sen
sitive to yellow, orange and red, the point of maximum
effect being situated close to the line C. (Fig. 2, No. 2.)
Iodine green is worthy of notice, since its sensitising
action, although feeble, extends to the extreme red.
(Fig. 2, No. 3.) In this respect, however, it is far
inferior to certain dyes which were investigated
subsequently.
Cyanin, or quinoline blue, confers on silver gela-
tino-bromide a high degree of sensitiveness to orange
and red, a fact which was discovered simultaneously
by Eder and Schumann. Ordinary or iodo-cyanin
gives the best results, but all the commercial varieties
behave similarly. The general sensitiveness of the
plate is considerably diminished, but the sensitiveness
to yellow, orange, and orange-red becomes compara-
tively great, the maximum effect being observed
between D and C. The sensitiveness to orange is
more than a hundred times as great as that of an
• hoc. cit. 1st paper, p. 1117.
undyed plate. If ammonia is added together with
the cyanin. the effect of the latter is still more
marked. (Fig. 2, No. 4.)
Eosin, and the dyes belonging to the same group,
exert a considerable sensitising action for yellowish
green and yellow, the maximum action being nearer
1 ) the bluer the shade of the dye. In the case of
eosin (tetrabromfluorescein) itself the maximum is
between E and D ; in the case of rose Bengal, the
sodium salt of tetra-iodo-dichlorofluorescein, the
maximum is a little to the more refrangible side of
1». Simultaneous addition of ammonia increases the
effect of these dyes.
Naphthol blue+ (which is not the same as indo-
phenol blue), and the seemingly identical neutral
blue of the Frankfort Anilin Farbenfabrik, have the
remarkable property of rendering a plate sensitive
without interruption to the whole length of the
spectrum, from wave-length 3600 to wave-length
7600. The first maximum is at the usual place in
the blue, about midway between G and F, and there
is a second smaller maximum close to C. In order
to appljr these dyes to the plates, the latter are
steeped in a solution of 1 part of the dye in 3000 to
10,000 parts of water, to which has been added 1—2
pet cent, of ammonia. Notwithstanding the beha-
viour of such plates to the spectrum, no satisfactory
results were obtained when these dyes were applied
to the photographing of paintings.
Carulein.X used in the form of ccerulein S. which
is a compound of cn-rulein with sodium hydrogen
sulphite, excels even naphthol blue in its power of
sensitising for the less refrangible rays. It has the
additional advantage that it does not make the plates
so liable to fog under the action of the developer, and
thus gives clearer and better negatives.
Gelatino-bromide plates stained with any of the
last three dyes excel all known photographic prepara-
tions in their qualitative sensitiveness to rays of
different wave-lengths, the sensitiveness extending
from the ultra-violet to at least a short distance into
the infra-red.
Chlorophyll, which was found by Ives§ to give ex-
cellent results with collodio-bromide plates, gives very
uncertain results with gelatin plates, but some recent
experiments by Dr. Maddox indicate that this point
is worthy of further investigation.
Rosamline, Magdala red, Coupiers blue, many
indulin dyes and others, sensitise for the less refran-
gible rays, but their action is comparatively feeble.
Chrysaniline is a good sensitiser for green. (Fig. 2,
No. 8.) Other dyes, such as corallin, acid magenta
and resorcinol blue, do not increase the sensitiveness
to yellow, etc., but render the plates much less sensi-
tive to the ultra-violet and violet rays, and thus in-
crease the relative sensitiveness to blue, whilst they
greatly reduce the general sensitiveness of the plates.
Chrysaniline likewise shows this action in a very
marked degTee.
When the silver gelatino-bromide is not pure, but,
as frequently happens, contains a certain proportion
of silver iodide, the phenomena are of the same order,
though not always of the same magnitude. The
presence of silver iodide does not appreciably affect
the sensitising action of the dyes, provided that the
proportion of iodide does not exceed about 3 per
cent., but if the amount exceeds 10 per cent, the sensi-
tising action is diminished.
The effect of dyes on silver gelatino-chloride is of
the same general character as their effect on the
bromide. In the case of a gelatino-chloride plate
* hoc. cit. 2nd paper, p. 1357.
; hoc. cit. 3rd paper, p. 76.
§ Photographic News. 1888. pp. 359 and 139.
. British Journal Photographic Almanac. 1887, p. 77
426
THK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. | June 30. isst.
stained with eosin, the sensitiveness to yellowish
green is so much increased, whilst that to ultra-violet
and violet i- bo much reduced that the former becomes
equal to the latter. (Fig. l'. No. '■'. )
In almost all cases, the curve representing th
of tlie spectrum shows two maxima separated by a
minimum which is usually in the green or yellowish
green. The first maximum is in the blue, and this
part of the curve corresponds with the ordinary
action of the blue, violet, and ultra-violet rays on an
undyed plate. The second ami smaller maximum is
in the less refrangible half of the spectrum, and
varies in position ami magnitude according to the
nature ot the dye. When the exposure is very brief,
the minimum portion of the curve disappears, and
the action is represented by two detached curves, one
in the more refrangible and the other in the less
refrangible half of the spectrum, separated by a
region in which there is no perceptible action.
When ammonia is added simultaneously with the
dye. the sensitising action is greater, and extends
further on each side of the maximum. In none of
Eder's experiments, however, was the plate as sensi-
tive to the less refrangible rays of the solar spectrum
as to the blue and violet.
With a large number of dyes, the negatives are
much more intense with the dyed plates than with
the undyed plates. The dyesj in fact, behave in
much the same way as an excess of alkaline bromide
in the emulsion, and give stronger and denser nega-
tives at the cost of reduced sensitiveness.
The fact that with different dyes the second
maximum is situated at different points in the less
refrangible region, at once leads to the supposition
that by mixing the dyes it might be possible to make
the plates uniformly sensitive to this region of the
spectrum. This conclusion, however, is not com-
pletely supported by experiment. It is found that
one dye interferes with the action of another. With
a mixture of eosin and cyauin, for example, if the
former is in excess, the sensitiveness to orange is less
than with the same proportion of cyanin alone ; and
if the latter is in excess, the sensitiveness to yellowish
green is less than with the same proportion' of eosin
alone. The action of the spectrum on plates dyed
with such mixtures is shown by curve 10. Fig. 2, in
which the dotted curve represents the result with eosin
in the greater proportion, and the unbroken curve
the result when cyanin is in the greater proportion.
The results of Yogel's and of Eder's investigations
have been extensively applied on the Continent to
the preparation of gelatino-bromide plates sensitive
to yellow, green, and orange, for the purpose of
photographing paintings and coloured objects gene-
rally. The spectrum experiments show that although
by treating the plates with various dyes their sensi-
tiveness to the less refrangible rays is very greatly
increased, the sensitiveness to blue and violet still
remains much greater, and therefore, in order to
obtain correct gradations in the photograph, it is
necessary to diminish the intensity of the blue and
violet rays liefore they reach the plate. This is done
by interposing a transparent yellow screen between
the object and the lens. Although many successful
results have been obtained, the reports of different
experimenters as to the value of the processes are
conflicting. An additional difficulty is introduced by
the fact that the same dye is met with under a large
number of different trade names, and in some cases
different dyes have the same or very similar names.
Mi ror, commercial dyes vary considerably in
purity, and therefore in the effects which they pro-
duce. Vogel states* lor example, that eosins from
•Photographic News. 1886, 803.
different sources give very different results ; rose
Bengal of French manufacture is a very good
sensitiser, whilst that from a Belgian source is very
much inferior in its action.
Tin- scientific interest of this question, and its great
importance from a photographic point of view, led me
to undertake a series of experiments, the results of
which I have the honour of bringing before the
Society in this paper. Eder's researches show that
the fluorp.scein dyes and cyanin exert the greatest
sensitising action, and this has been confirmed by
Mailman and Scolik and others, who have actually
applied these dyes to ordinary photographic purposes.
I therefore confined my attention almost exclusively
to these dyes, and my experiments may be classified
under three heads---(l) a comparative examination of
commercial samples of the fluorescein dyes ; (2) the
action of the prismatic spectrum on plates stained
with these dyes ; (3) the application of such plates to
the photography of flowers, paintings, and other
coloured objects.
Comparative Examination of Dues. — The principal
dyes derived from fluorescein are eosin, which istetra-
bromofluorescein ; phlozin, which is dichloro-tetra-
bromofluorescein ; erythrosin, or tetra-iodofluorescein ;
and rose Bengal, or dichloro-tetra-iodofluorescein.
All these compounds are insoluble in water, but they
are usually met with in the form of sodium or
potassium salts, which are readily soluble in water.
Very many different samples of these dyes are put
into the market by different manufacturers, and are
distinguished by letters, such as eosin A, eosin .T.I,
erythrosin B, erythrosin RE. When used for dyeing
they produce somewhat different shades of colour.
They differ considerably in the proportion of water
which they contain. One sample of erythrosin, for
example, lost 8'8 per cent, when dried at 115 — 120°,
whilst another sample lost 12'5 per cent. ; one sample
of rose Bengal, under similar conditions, lost 17'4per
cent., whilst another lost 180 per cent. The eosins
show a strong yellowish green fluorescence ; the
fluorescence of phloxin is less marked, and is of a
deeper tint ; erythrosin and rose Bengal are not
fluorescent at all. The various samples were com-
pared by examining the absorption spectra of their
aqueous solutions. This method of examination gives
no exact information as to the magnitude and position
of the sensitising effect of the dyes when they are
applied to a gelatino-bromide plate, where they are in
the dry condition and are intimately associated with
gelatin and silver bromide ; but it serves, in a great
measure, to determine the identity of different
samples, and affords information as to whether a given
sample is a.mixture or consists of a single compound
only.
The spectra were examined by means of a Steinheil
spectroscope with two large flint glass prisms, the
measurements being made by means of a reflected
photographic scale, which was sc adjusted that the
sodium line coincided with division 100. The dyes,
for which I am indebted to Prof. J. J. Hummel, were
dissolved in 10,000 parts of water, and the layer of
liquid examined was 18'3min. in thickness. The
source of light was a Peebles governor burner No. .">,
at a distance of about 4 inches from the tube con-
taining the liquid. Fifteen samples of dyes were
examined, and the position of the absorption band is
given in the following table :—
T* n mnw Absorption Band
Die (1 : 10,000). D= 100
1. Eo«in A (Badischc-Anilin und Soda Fabriki .. 110—285
2. Eosin J J I.Socicty of Chemical Industry! 141—285
3. Kosin SGF (L. Casella andCo.l 110-290
4. Eosin VE (Poirrier and Co.) 110-275
5. Phloxin (P. Monnet) 122-235
June 30. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
427
a.
„ ,, ./>nv>i AlSJIl'H'.n Band
Dyed: 10.0J0). rj Ilju
l'hloxin (Meister Lucius and Bruning) !r?_'r!^
8.
B.
lu.
ii
18
IS.
119-
60-
!15
UK)
minutes in a bath prcjuivil by mixing dye solution
(1 : lOOn) one part, water nine parts. They were then
allowed to drain with their edges on blotting paper,
and were dried in complete darkness.
When ammonia and a dye were employed simul-
taneously the plates wen- soaked for two or three
minutes in dilute ammonia, prepared by mixing one
part of strong ammonia with 99 parts ol water, and
were then immersed for two minutes in
Krythrosin li iCasclla and Co.) 130 26o
Erythrosin 1 i li. A. S. K.I JS3 2o0
Erythrosin (Polrrler and Co.) 13o— '.do
Krythrosin HK iPolrrlerand Co.i J21 — 210
ErychrosinR K (Puirricr and Co.) 131— 2.>0
Erythrosin extra (Meister Lucius and Bruning) 133-2oC
Hose Bengal H (Meister Lucius and Bruning). .
11. Rose Bengal (I'. Monnetl
15. Cyanin
Since the examination was purely comparative, it
was not necessary to calculate the wave-lengths of
the bands, but the following reference lines will
enable this to be done : —
Li a = 47 : Sr a = 85-89 ; D = 100 ; Ba ■> = 132 ; Tl a
152-5 ; 13a a = 165 ; Ua p* = 179 ; Mg* = 167— 169 ; 191
—193 ; 265 ; Sr 5 '268.
The absorption Bpectra of the four eosins are
evidently identical, and they were, in fact, found to
exert equal effects when applied to the plates. The
divergences in the extension of the band into the
violet may be ascribed to differences in 'the pro-
portion of water in the different samples, and partly
to the difficulty of determining the exact point at
which the band ceases, a difficulty which is increased
by the very nebulous character of this end of the
band. The differences may also be partly due to the
fact that some are sodium salts, whilst others con-
tain potassium. The two samples of phloxin are not
identical, and it is not at all improbable that both
are mixtures. Erythrosin B is not identical with
the other erythrosins. It shows a decided fluores-
cence, and its absorption spectrum and behaviour
with silver nitrate indicate that it is a mixture of
eosin with erythrosin or rose Bengal, the former being
probably present in the greater proportion. The
spectrum of erythrosin BE shows that it is really a ! observ the prismatic spectr
rose Bengal, and this conclusion is confirmed by the ' -
character of its sensitising action on gelatino-
bromide plates. The remaining four samples of
erythrosin, Xos. 8, 9, 11, 12, are identical so far as |
their absorption spectra are concerned, and Nos. 8, 9, \
and 12 exert a practically identical sensitising effect.
The two samples of rose Bengal are likewise
identical. It is worthy of note that the addition of
ammonia has no effect on any of these absorption
spectra.
The relation between the optical properties of the
eosin dyes and their molecular weights is of con-
siderable interest. The intensity of the fluorescence
rapidly diminishes, and the tint of the dye becomes
bluer as the molecular weight increases. Fluorescein
itself gives a greenish-yellow solution, and its fluores-
cence is extremely brilliant. Eosin shows a strong
fluorescence, whilst erythrosin and rose Bengal are
not fluorescent, and the colour of the latter has a
decidedly blue shade. Further, the absorption band
becomes narrower, more intense, and less refrangible
as the molecular weight increases. This is clearly
shown by the measurements given in the table.
Effect of the Prismatic Spectrum on Dyed Plates. —
The dyes were applied by the bath process ex-
clusively, the plates used being those known as the
Paget Prize Plates XXX. They are very sensitive,
although not ranking with the most sensitive plates
that are made.
In preparing the plates stock solutions were made
(l)by dissolving one part of dye in 1000 parts of
water, and (2) by diluting strong ammonia to ten
times its volume.
When the dyes were applied without ammonia the
plates were soaked in water for two or three minutes,
and then, after slight draining, immersed for two
Dye solution (1 : 1000) 1 part,
Ammonia II : lOi 1 ,,
Water Spans.
drained and dried in the dark. Whilst the platesare
soaking the dishes containing them should be rocked
gently in order to promote regular action and uniform
staining. It will be observed that in both cases the
sensitising bath contains 1 part of dye in 10,000.
In the case of cyanin the solution was prepared
according to Schumann's formula.! One part of
iodocyanin is dissolved in 500 parts of absolute
alcohol, and the bath is made up as follows : —
Cyanin solution (1 : J00I 10 parts.
Strong ammonia 2—1 ,,
Absolute alcohol 10
Water 200 „
The plates are soaked in dilute ammonia as above,
immersed in the cyanin bath for two minutes, and
dried in the dark. Plates thus treated must be used
immediately after preparation, since they will not
keep in good order for more than five or six days.
After exposure, the plates were developed with a
solution which contained in each fluid ounce 1 grain
of pyrogallol, 3 grains of ammonium bromide, and 6
minims of ammonia 0'880, and were fixed and washed
in the usual manner.
In these experiments I employed, like previous
Such a spectrum
, however, as is well known, of an abnormal
character, since the lays are not separated in pro-
portion to their wave-lengths, but the less refrangible
rays are crowded together, whilst the more refrangible
are more widely separated than they ought to be. In
a diffraction spectrum, on the contrary, the distances
between the rays are proportion il to their wave-
lengths. If the length of the visible spectrum is
divided into 1000 equal parts, the distance from A to
D in the prismatic spectrum is 220 divisions, and
from D to H. 780 divisions, whilst in the normal or
diffraction spectrum the distance between A and 1)
is 468 divisions, and from D to H 532 divisions. It
is obvious, therefore, that when a prismatic spectrum
is employed, the relative effect of the less refrangible
rays will be magnified, whilst that of the more re-
frangible rays will be diminished,; and consequently
it is much to be desired that in experiments of this
kind a diffraction spectium should be used when
possible. In these experiments I have endeavoured
to select a source of light of such a character as to
compensate, as far as possible, for the defects of the
spectrum.
The spectroscope employed was kindly placed at
my disposal by Professor Birch, by whom it had been
arranged for photographic work. It is one of Hilger's
construction, with an adjustable slit and one carbon
bisulphide prism. The ordinary objective of the observ-
ing telescopewas replaced bya lens with afocaldistance
of 21 inches. The eye piece was removed and the
end of the telescope fitted into an ordinary camera,
the back of which was provided with a horizontal
swing, so that the whole length of the spectrum
could be obtained in focus at once. The slit was
used with an aperture of ,,]„ of an inch, and care was
* Bands in the spectrum of burning magnesium.
) Year-book of Photography. 1887, p. 191.
I See Draper, Philosophical Magazine, 1872.
428
THE .11 NJKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June 30. 1887.
taken to protect the carbon bisulphide from changes
of temperature during the exposures. It is scarcely
necessary to point out tbat the carbon bisulphide
used in experiments of this kiod must be perfectly
colourless.
Previous investigators have employed the solar
spectrum, but the intensity of sunlight is so
variable, especially in this climate, that it is
practically impossible to obtain comparable ex-
posures throughout a long series of observations.
Moreover, Bunlight not only varies in intensity, but
also in character — that is, in the relative proportions
of rays of high refrangibility and low refrangibility
which it contains.* In order to obtain comparable
results, I employed as a source of light burning
magnesium ribbon, which was paid out at the rate
of 2 feet 4 inches per minute, by means of an
arrangement of clock-work. By burning a sufficient
length of ribbon at a uniform rate the effects of
inequalities are eliminated, and a unit of exposure
sufficiently constant for all practical purposes is
readily obtained. Moreover, as Bunsen and Roscoe
pointed out several years ago, the light from burning
magnesium is far superior to sunlight in its propor-
tion »f rays of high refrangibility, which are the
chemically active rays so far as concerns the ordinary
silver salts. The luminosity or optical activity of
the sun's light at a certain zenith distance is 5247
times as great as that of burning magnesium ribbon,
whilst its chemical activity, which in this case
depends on the proportion of rays of high refrangi-
bility, is only 36 6 times as great.t By using a
source of light containing such a very large propor-
tion of rays of high refrangibility, the defects of the
prismatic spectrum are to a certain extent neutralised,
and the effects observed with a prismatic spectrum
of the light from burning magnesium will approxi-
mate more or less closely to the effects produced by
a diffraction spectrum of sunlight. The visible
spectrum obtained was about 75mm. in length, the
blue and violet regions being very bright. The
exposure for each plate with the aperture of slit
given above, was one minute, which corresponds with
a length of ribbon of 2 feet 4 inches, or about 70
centimetres.
The dyes actually used as sensitisers were : — Eosin
A; eosin SGF; eosin YE; erythroain 1; erythrosio
extra; erythrosin (Porrier); erythrosin BE; phloxin
(P. Monnet); phloxin (M, L and B); rose Bengal
(P. Monnet); rose Bengal B; cyanin ; crystal violet;
ethyl purple; night blue (B.A.S.F.); violet 5BO.
Unstained plates were exposed under similar
conditions.
Crystal violet, night blue, ethyl purple and violet
5BO, although they completely absorb the orange,
yellow and green, exert very little sensitising action
on the plates, a result which confirms Eder's experi-
ments with these dyes.
The results obtained with eosin and its allies and
cyanin are represented by the curves in Fig. 3. The
reference lines are 1), B,J and two other bands which
are observed in the spectrum of burning magnesium.
That next to B is a broad band composed of 5 or 6
lines, § and is situated very near F ; the other is a
much narrower band, close to the blue strontium
line. The curves are not strictly comparable
one with another. Each curve must be regarded
separately and represents the relative actions
of different parts of the spectrum. They
are constructed from observations during the
development of the plates and from comparisons of
• Uebcr die Schwanltungen in der C'heinisohenYVirkung des
Sonnens specktniin. H.W. Vogel. Bericbte, 1871, p. 88.
' Bunsen and Koscoe. Phil. Trans., 18.VJ. p. Will.
1 \ il8». > \ JOOJ— I9i8.
the densitn - of different parts of each negative. Each
curve is. the mean of several experiments. No in-
crease in accuracy i3 gained by making elaborate
measurements of the densities of the negatives, since
the relative densities of different parts of the same
negative vary with the time of exposure, and also
with the time during which the developer has been
allowed to act ; moreover, the results will vary
slightly with silver gelatino-bromide prepared in
different ways.
In their general character my results agree with
those of Eder, but there are some important differ-
ences of degree. The sensitiveness to ultra-violet and
violet is somewhat diminished, but the sensitiveness
to the less refrangible rays is very largely increased.
Each curve has two maxima, separated by a region of
minimum action. Eosin, in aqueous solution, exerts
FlO. 3.
(1) Ordinary plate, (31 Aqueous Eosin. (3) Amnioniacal Eosin,
ill Aqueous Phloxin, lol Aqueous Erythrosin. (til Ammoniacal
Erythrosin, (7i Aqueous Rose Bengal, iSl Ammoniacal Hose
Bengal, lit) Ammoniacal Cyanin.
a comparatively slight, although distinct, sensitising
action ; with phloxin the effect is somewhat more
strongly marked, but the results with this dye are not
very definite owing to the uncertainty which exists
as to the real nature of the substances sold com-
mercially as phloxin. Eder found phloxin to be
inferior to eosin as a sensitising agent. Erythrosin
produces by far the greatest sensitising effect of the
dyes of this group, whilst rose Bengal is inferior to
erythrosin, but is far superior to eosin.
Cyanin differs from eosin, etc., in that it sensitises
for yellow and orange and orange-red instead of for
greenish yellow and yellow. It will be observed that
with cyanin the second part of the curve shows two
maxima, as Eder and Schumann have previously
observed.
The simultaneous presence of ammonia increases
the magnitude of the sensitising action, and by caus-
ing this action to extend to a greater distance on
either side of the maximum tends to obliterate the
region of minimum action. In the case of some of
the plates treated with ammoniacal erythroain it is
even somewhat difficult to recognise the existence of
the minimum at all. The difference between the
action of aqueous and ammoniacal solutions is
greatest in the case of eosin, but even in presence of
ammonia this dye remains inferior as a sensitiser to
aqueous erythrosin. Erythrosin in presence of
ammonia exerts the greatest sensitising action of any
dye with which I am acquainted.
The most remarkable result of these experiments,
however, is that plates dyed with aqueous or ammo-
niacal erythrosin, ammoniacal rose Bengal, or ammo-
Juneso. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
429
niacal cyanin, are more sensitive in the lest refrangiblt
flits of the spectrum (yellow, greenish yellow, or
orange) than to the blvt "»</ violet, and this even with
a source of light which is extremely rich in chemi-
cally active rays of high refrangibility. Eder* found
that silver gelatino chloride stained witheosin was as
sensitive to yellowish green as to violet, and Vbgelt
states that the commercial Clayton and Attout plates
are twice as sensitive to spectrum yellow as to the
blue, but with tlu-se exceptions I am not acquainted
with any published record of gelatin plates which are
more sensitive to rays of low refrangibility than to
those of high refrangibility. When burning magne-
sium is the source of light, plates dyed with aqueous
erythrosin are about half as sensitive again to the
yellow of the spectrum as to any part of the blue or
violet ; plates dyed with ainmoniacal rose Bengal sin iw
a similar relative sensitiveness ; plates dyed with
ainmoniacal erythrosin are somewhat more than
twice as sensitive to the yellow as to any part of the
blue or violet. Plates dyed with cyanin according to
Schumann's formula are about half as sensitive again
to orange as to blue or violet. With sunlight, which
is relatively poorer in blue and violet, the relative
sensitiveness to yellow would be still greater. Doubt-
less, too, the results will vary to a certain extent with
different batches of plates.
The differences between my results and those
obtained by Eder are probably due (1) to the use of
plates which were not prepared in the same manner ;
(2) to the fact that in many of Eder's experiments the
dyes were added to the emulsion, whilst in mine they
were applied exclusively in the form of a bath ; (3)
to the fact that E ler's bath solutions were not so con-
centrated as those which I have employed. Com-
parative experiments showed that Eder's formula for
the preparation of the dyed plates for general photo-
graphic purposes contained too small a proportion of
the dye to give the maximum attainable result.
Why do these dyes produce such a remarkable
effect when mixed with the silver bromide I
Eder found that all dyes which act as good sen-
sitisers are substantive colours, and have the power
of staining the granules of silver bromide. They
also show a strong and well-defined absorption band
in the solid condition (i.e., in a dry gelatin film).
When the dye is once associated with the silver
bromide it cannot be entirely removed even by pro-
longed washing, just as the gelatin in the gelatino-
bromide cannot be completely washed out. At the
same time many dyes which fulfil these conditions
exert very little sensitising action.
No definite connection has yet been traced between
the sensitising action of the dyes and their general
physical and chemical properties. J Eosin is strongly
fluorescent, erythrosin and rose Bengal are not.
Aniline redand many othersshowanomalousdispersion,
but some of the best sensitisers do not. Compounds
of similar constitution as a rule behave similary, but
to this there are many exceptions. Fluorescein and
benzyl-fluorescein both sensitise for green, and the
haloid derivatives of fluorescein sensitise for greenish-
yellow or yellow, but the nitro-derivatives exert very
little sensitising action. Phenol phthalein, orcein
phthalein and their derivatives have very little sen-
sitising effect. Benzaldehyde green and its sulphonic
acid are both sensitisers, whilst rosaniline is a sen-
sitiser, but its sulphonic acid is not. Further,
isomerides such as orange R and acid orange, do not
behave in a similar manner.
In order to determine the relation between the
" Loc. cit. 1st paper, page 1129.
t Die Photographic farbiger Gegenstande in Jen richtigen ,
Tonverhaltnissen. Berlin. 1885. page 87.
j See Edei's three papers.
action of the dyes alone upon light, and their action
as sensitisers, it is essential to examine the absorp-
tion spectra of the dyes in the solid condition, and
associated with gelatin, since the absorption spectrum
of one and the same substance varies greatly accord-
ing to the conditions under which it is examined, and
the substances with which it is associated. § The
proper method of examination for this purpose is to
dissolve the dye in a solution of gelatin, spread
the liquid on a glass plate, and examine the film alter
drying.
When the absorption spectra thus observed are
compared with the sensitising action of the particular
dyes, it is found that in every case the absorption
band and the band of sensitising effect correspond
but do not coincide ; the point of maximum sensitis-
ing effect is nearer to the red end of the spectrum
than the point of maximum absorption. This is due
to the association of the dye with the dense
particles of silver bromide, the band being displaced
towards the less refrangible end in accordance with
Kundt's law., | According to Eder's measurements the
displacement of the band is equivalent to about 300
tenth-metres. When, however, the absorption spect-
rum of the dyed gel itino-bromide itself is examined,
it is found that the absorption band and the sensitis-
ing etfect are absolutely coincident, a result which
affords further confimation of the fact first proved
by Draper,"' and firmly established by the researches
of Yogel** and others, that in order that light rays
may produce any effect on a substance they must be
absorbed by that substance.
How does the energy of the rays thus absorbed
bring about the decomposition of the silver salt 1
Abney found that when cyanin alone is exposed to
light it is decomposed, and the pioducts of decom-
position have the property of reducing silver bromide
if the two are treated with a developer. It would
seem, therefore, that the reduction of the silver
bromide is a secondary phenomenon, conditioned by
the preliminary decomposition of the dye. Yogel and
Eder consider that this is only a special case, and
that the explanation will not hold good generally,
since many sensitisers are comparatively stable, and
cannot undergo appreciable decomposition in the
short time during which the plates are exposed to
light. Many of the best sensitisers belong, however,
to the class of fugitive dyes, and Abney has pointed
out that in a dyed gelatino-bromide plate the dye is
mixed with a large quantity of silver bromide, so that
a very small quantity of dye is distributed over a
very large surface, and the decomposition of only a
very minute quantity would furnish sufficient nucleus
for the commencement of development
It has already been stated that the dye cannot be
removed from the silver bromide by washing, and
Eder considers that the dye unites with the silver
bromide to form a molecular compound of the nature
of a lake. The action of light on the dye and the
silver bromide is simultaneous ; the compound of the
bromide and the dye absorbs the light rays, and the
energy which existed as wave-motion is com-
municated to the molecules of the compound. The
molecules are thereby thrown into such energetic
vibration that their equilibrium is disturbed, and the
silver bromide is either decomposed into bromine and
silver sub-bromide, or is brought into that state of
unstable equilibrium in which it is readily acted upon
by a reducing agent such as constitutes an ordinary
5 Vogel ; Ueber die VVandlung der Spektren verschiedener
Karbstoffe : Bcrichte. 1878, p. 622. Ueber die Verschiedenheit
der Absorptions spektra eines und desselben Stoffs; Btrichte.
1878, p. 913. 1363.
Poggendorffs Annalen. Jubelband, p. 615.
1 Philosophical Magazine, vol. 19. 1811. p. 195.
•" Berichte, and Pogg. Annalen, 1»73, 1871, 1875.
-130
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (June so. 1887.
developer. When the light ray- are absorbed by the
dye alone the waves for the most part undergo photo-
thermal extinction, and their energy is transformed
into heat, a small proportion undergoing photo
chemical rxlinvtimi, and being used up in producing
chemical decomposition, Bince the majority of dyea
are slightly altered by light When, however, the
rays are absorbed by the dyed silver bromide the
greater part of the waves undergoes photo-chemical
extinction, and their energy is used up in decom-
posing the silver bromide, whilst only a small pro-
portion undergoes photo thermal extinction.
It is very difficult to understand why some dyes
should exert such a great sensitising action, whilst
others which are apparently very similar in constitu-
tion and properties have little or no effect. At present
no explanation of the phenomenon can be given. I
would point out, however, that the best sensitisers,
erythrosin, rose Bengal, and eyanin, etc., have a very
complex molecular constitution, a very high mole-
cular weight, and contain a number of atoms of
iodine or bromine, and it is very probable that the
complex structure of the molecules, and their great
weight, may confer upon them the power of entangling
and arresting the ether waves to a greater extent
than lighter and simpler molecules.
Dye. Formula. M.i. wt.
Eosin <COO>C<cjHBr;.ONa>0 G92
ll,loxm <COO ' C„CIBr..ONa> ° 'G1
Erythrosin <g&> C S^OnS3*0 m
Rose Bengal. <<$[, ,. C.CII.ON^ Q m
Cyanin C:,1I,N'.1 526
Practical Applications.— -The results obtained with
the spectrum afford valuable information, but they
must not be interpreted literally for practical purposes.
The colour sensations produced by pigments, etc., are
not always identical in origin with the similar colour
sensations produced by the spectrum. Sometimes
they are very different. It is well known, for instance,
that the sensation of white may result from the
simultaneous excitation of the sensations of red and
greenish blue, purple and green, bright blue and
yellow. The sensation of yellow may result from the
simultaneous excitation of the sensations red and
green, that is to say, may be produced by rays quite
different from the yellow rays of the spectrum". More-
over, all coloured objects reflect a certain quantity of
unaltered white light, which tends to reduce the
contrasts resulting from differences in colour, and
thus to produce truer gradations. The effect of this
unaltered reflected light is greater the longer the
time of exposure. The amount of light reflected with-
out alteration, depends upon the brilliancy of the
illumination, and the character of the surface of the
objeet. If the surface is smooth and bright, the pro-
portion of reflected white light will be comparatively
large, and vice vend. In ordinary landscapes the pro-
portion of unaltered reflected light is very consider-
able, and hence the effect of making the plates sen-
sitive to the less refrangible rays is not quite so
strongly marked as in other cases.
Since the maximum sensitising action of different
dyes is exerted for different rays, it is evident that
the dye may be selected according to the colour which
it is desired to bring into prominence ; eosin for
yellowish green, erythrosin for yellow, cyanin for
orange. It will be seen that the curve forammonia-
cal erythrosin (Fig. 3, No. 6) approximates somewhat
closely to the curve of the optical effect of the spec-
trum (Fig. 1), and it follows that for general work
erythrosin and ammonia will give the best results,
whilst a little cyanin maybe added to increase the
sensitiveness to orange, but this is not usually
necessary. No yellow pigment has the same relative
luminosity as the yellow of the spectrum, and the
difference between the relative brightness of blue and
yellow pigments is much less than between the rela-
tive brightness of the blue and yellowof the spectrum.
Moreover, as already explained, the crowding up of
the less refrangible rays in the prismatic spectrum,
magnifies the apparent effect of those rays. Hence,
although a plate may be more sensitive to spectrum
yellow than to spectrum blue, it does not follow that
it is more sensitive to the light from a yellow pig-
ment than to the light from a blue pigment. The
curves show that the sensitiveness to blue and violet is
still very great, and it is found that when photograph-
ing by daylight a yellow screen must be interposed
between the object and the lens, in order to diminish
the intensity of the blue and violet rays by absorbing
the greater part of them. With gas or lamp light, a
yellow screen is not necessary, since such light is
comparatively poor in blue and violet rays, and
relatively very rich in yellow rays. This
applies equally to the light from ordinary incandes-
cent electric lamps, provided that the current is not
forced.
The yellow screen may consist of a piece of
yellow glass, free from bubbles, etc., or of
ordinary glass coated with collodion or gelatin
stained with some yellow dye, such as auraniia. In
any case the faces of the glass plate should be as
perfectly parallel as possible, and the glass may be
cut in the form of a circle, which fits inside the hood
of the lens, and thus does not interfere with the use of
the ordinary lens cap or shutter. A better method is
to gum a film of dyed collodion or gelatin to the
diaphragms of the lens. It is obvious that the deeper
the tint of the yellow screen the greater will be the
proportion of blue and violet rays absorbed, and con-
sequently the greater the relative prominence of the
yellow and orange, and vice versa. The proper selec-
tion of the yellow screen enables the photographer to
control the character of the result to a very great
extent. It is important not to cut off too much of
the blue, since if this is done blue and violet will be
relatively too dark, and the gradations will be
incorrect. Yogel has pointed out* that not infre-
quently the shadows of a painting owe whatever
luminosity they possess to the presence of blue pig-
ments, and hence if a yellow screen is used, and all the
blue is cut ofl', the shadows are not rendered so well
as on an ordinary plate. Again (lac. cit.), in the
evening the shadows of landscapes, especially at the
foot of a mountain, are illuminated almost exclusively
by blue rays reflected from the sky, and hence when
a yellow screen is used so much of the blue is cut off
that the shadows appear far too dark. For certain
subjects late in the evening, that is, with the yellow
light of the setting sun, no yellow screen is required,
and indeed is actually injurious. The use of a yellow
screen increases the exposure from about i to 10
times the ordinary exposure, according to the tint
and intensity of the screen
The plates used for photographing various coloured
objects were treated with ammoniacal erythrosin.
In the cases described Paget Prize Plate XXX. were
employed, but equally good results have been obtained
with Wratten & Wainwnght's London plates of
ordinary rapidity. The plates used in series A, B
ami (' were immersed in a dye solution prepared
according to Mailman and Scolik's formula/! which
• Kder's Juhrbuch Her Photograph!?. 1887, p. 272.
t Photographic Journal, 1881.
June30. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
4.31
is as follows :— Soak the plate for 2 minutes in a 1
per cent, solution of ammonia, and then for 100
seconds in —
Aqueous orythrosin (1 : 1000) 25 parts.
Water 175 ,.
Strong ammonia 1
The plates used in the other series were prepared in
in the same way as the plates used in the spectrum
experiments.
After exposure, the dyed plates maybe developed
either with alkaline pyrogallol or with ferrous oxalate,
but iu either case care must be taken to keep the
developer well restrained, since the dyed pla;
much more liable to fog than ordinary plates. Since
the plates are highly sensitive to yellow and orange,
all the operations must be conducted in weak ruby
light, and the plate must be protected as far as
ttdle protected by the ordinary ruby
or by Edwards's ruby paper, answers very well.
When, however, the plates are sensitive to red, it is
best to use candle or lamp light filtered through
several thicknesses of brown tissue paper (Seide-
fmpier), since in this way the maximum amount of
uminosity combined with the least chemical activity
is obtained. At all times the intensity of the light
must be kept as low as is compatible with visibility,
and the plate must be carefully protected. After
development has proceeded for some time the plate is
much less sensitive to rays of low refrangibility.
When the plate has been fixed and washed the dye
can be more or less completely removed from the
gelatin by soaking it in alcohol. It does not appreci-
ably affect the printing qualities of the negatives.
In my own experiments the plates were developed
with pyrogallol made alkaline with ammonia and
restrained with ammonium bromide. The screen
used was glass coated with collodion dyed with
aurantia. In each series, except B and C, three-
exposures were made under the same conditions of
lighting— namely, (1) a dyed plate, with a yellow
screen fitted into the hood of the lens ; (2) a dyed
plate, without any screen ; (3) an undyed plate, with-
out any screen. In each case the exposure was the
same, and hence it is evident that the differences in
the resul is are not due to differences in the time of
exposure. Undyed plates exposed behind the yellow
screen for the same length of time gave no trace
whatever of a developable image. Care was taken to
give a full exposure even with the dyed plate and the
yellow screen ; and it follows that the plates exposed
without the screen were very much overexposed. It
is obvious that every chance was thus given for
yellow, orange, etc,, to register themselves on the
plate, and development was conducted in such a
manner as to obtain the best possible result in each
case, all the usual means being adopted to secure a
good rendering of yellow and similar colours on the
undyed plate.
A. Subject. — A series of seven bands of coloured
paper with a matt surface ; red, orange, yellow, green,
blue, purple and violet.
1. Undyed Plate, no screen. — Violet, purple, and
Wue were practically identical, and almost equal to
white : green darker ; yellow darker still ; orange
darkest oi all ; red comparatively light, a result due to
the fact that the red was not a pure red, but contained
a certain proportion of admixed blue pigment.
2. Dyed Plate, no screen. — Violet, purple, blue, green,
and yellow practically identical and almost equal to
white : orange somewhat lighter than in 1 ; red some-
what darker than in 1.
3. Dyed Plate, yellow screen. — Yellow the brightest,
green and orange darker and about equal ; red, blue,
purple, and violet coruparately dark, the gradations
approximating somewhat closely to the gradations of the
colours.
B. Subject. — Bright yellow and brown plate with
figures ; dark blue and white vase, sage green back-
ground.
1. Undyed Plate, no screen.— Yellow plate almost
black, the most prominent details only l>eing obtained
with great difficulty ; vase almost white, the distinction
between the white figures and the dark-blue ground being
almost completely lost ; background too light.
J. Dyed Plate, yellow screen. — Plate almost white,
with all the details well rendered ; grouud of the vase
dark, and the figures white : background darker than
in 1.
C. Subject. — Various species of Narcissi in blue
and white vases — viz., white narcissi, daffodils and
jonquils.
1. Undyed Plate, no screen. — Jonquils very dark;
daffodils "almost as dark, though with a considerable
amount of detail : white narcissi white ; blue of the
vases almost indistinguishable from the white.
(2) Dyed plate, yellow screen.— Daffodils full of detail
and gradation, and almost as bright as the white
narcissi; jonquils slightly darker than the narcissi ithey
are of a deeper yellow), and their orange centres some-
what darker still ; blue of the vases very dark.
These results were exhibited when the paper was
read ; the following experiments have been made since.
D. Subject. — Dark blue and purple pansies with
yellow centres, and bright yellow pansies with blue
centres.
(1) Undyed plate, no screen.— The relative jrradations
are completely reversed, the blue being almost white,
whilst the yellow is nearly black.
(2) Dyed plate, no screen. — Yellow and blue practic-
ally equal in brightness, and indistinguishable, the
details and variations in shade being fairly well rendered.
(3) Dyed plate, yellow screen. —Blue dark, yellow
almost white, the gradations beiug fairly correct, and
the details and the variations in the shades of colour
very well rendered.
E. Subject. — Primroses and violets in dark blue
and white vase.
(1) Undyed plate, no screen. — Primroses well rendered
in consequence of the long exposure, but the orange
centres of the Bowers very dark : violets much too
light ; vase white, and details almost completely lost.
(2) Dyed plate, no screen.— As No. 1, but centres of
the primroses much lighter.
(3) Dyed plate, yellow screen.— Various colours in
correct gradations, "the violets and the dark blue of the
vase being dark, the primroses white, but full of detail,
with the orange centres somewhat darker.
/'. Subject.— Single daffodils (orange) and hyacinths
(white with a slight pink tinge); blue vase, not very
dark.
(1) Undved plate, no screen. — Hyacinths white;
daffodils black, though full of detail : vase white.
(2) Dyed plate, no screen.— Hyacinths white ; daffodils
nearly "white, and full of gradation and detail ; vase
still too light.
(3) Dyed plate, yellow screen.— As No. 2, but blue
vase much darker ; all the colours rendered in a very
satisfactory manner.
G. Subject.— Painting : sun setting (white and
orange) behind a church (dark olive grey). Sunset
reflected in water, shadow parts of which are blue,
like the outer parts of the sky.
(1) Undyed plate, no screen.— Orange much too dark;
church and shadows of water too light
(2) Dyed plate, no screen.— Orange of sunset much
brighter, but church and the blue sky and water still too
light.
(3) Dyed plate, yellow screen.— The sunset and its
reflection bright, the oranjre beina somewhat darker than
C
139
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I June 30. 1887.
the white ; the church dark ; Hue of water and sky
darker than in 1 and 2 ; all gradations very good.
These results show that with dyed plates, even
without a yellow screen, there is a very great
improvement in the rendering of the yellow, orange,
ana green, but blue and similar colours are much too
light When the intensity of the blue, etc., is
diminished by means of a suitable yellow screen, the
gradations oi the resulting photograph on a plate
dyed with ammonical erythrosin are a very close
approximation to the correct gradations. The chief
defect is the very slight sensitiveness to reds, and
this can. to some extent, be removed by adding a
certain proportion of cyanin. An undyed plate
exposed behind the yellow screen for the same length
of time gave no trace of a developable image. The
sensitiveness of ordinary plates to yellow, etc., is so
small that it the blue and violet rays are cut off,
an exposure of several hundred times the usual
exposure would be required, and even then the
gradations would not be correct, for the sensitiveness
to green would be greater than to yellow, and still
greater than to orange, whereas the sensitiveness to
green and orange should be nearly equal, and the
sensitiveness to yellow should be very much greater.
Note. — In landscape work Obernetter obtained very
good results with plates dyed with azalin,and since this
paper was read the author has been able to photo-
graph landscapes under exactly the same conditions
of lighting on both ordinary plates and plates dyed
with annnoniacal erythrosin.* The difference is much
greater than w'as anticipated, and is especially well
marked in the case of yellowish green foliage, or
indeed foliage of all kinds, and the distance. The
first result is due to the sensitiveness of the plates to
yellow and green ; the second to the use of a yellow
screen which cuts off the blue haze that usually inter-
feres with the rendering of the distance. The
" values" of photographic pictures obtained with the
dyed plates and a yellow screen are very fairly
correct, and are a very great improvement on the
values obtained in the ordinary way.
Spt ctrvm Photography. — Considerable use of dyed
plates has been made by Dr. Hasselberg, of the
Pulkowa Observatory, for photographing the less
refrangible region of the spectrum, and he gives the
following formula?. t
From Cto wave-length 5600.
Cyanin alcoholic solution (1 : 100) 2 parts.
Ammonia 1 ,
Distilled water 100 „
From ico re-length 5600 to F.
Chrysaniline solution (1:1000) 3 „
Eosin solution (1 : 1000) 5 „
Ammonia 1 M
Distilled water 100 „
The plates are steeped for about a minute in a weak
solution of ammonia, and are then immersed in one
of the above solutions for two or three minutes. The
plates thus ] ire pared are very sensitive, and the
negatives obtained are highly satisfactory, the lines
being .sharp, dense, and well defined.
The effect of the dyes on the general sensitiveness
of the plates Lb a point of considerable importance,
but at present there is no very definite evidence!
Some experiments by EderJ indicate that the applica-
tion of dilute aqueous solutions of the dyes to gelatin
slightly diminishes the general sensitiveness
to daylight, but increases the sensitiveness to gas-
light to about twice its ordinary value. According
to Mailman and Scolik (Joe. ci't.) the sensitiveness
• The results of these experiments were exhibited at the
Royal Society's soiree on 8th June.
t J&hrbuch. f. I'hotOBraphie. 1887, p. 116.
; Munatscli. f. I'hcin, 7, p. 1—8.
of plates treated with ammoniacal erythrosin is much
greater than that of the same plates before treatment.
The sensitiveness to daylight is about three times as
great, and to gaslight about twenty times as great,
this result being due partly to the action of the
ammonia and partly to the sensitiveness for yellow
rays which results from the presence of the dye. The
effect of the sensitiveness for yellow is very marked
in the case of gaslight, and it is found that with lamp
or gaslight equal to 250—300 candles portraits can
readily be taken with an exposure of 3—5 seconds;
that is, more rapidly than with the wet collodion
process in daylight.
Experiments made by the author show that plates
dyed with aqueous erythrosin (1 : 10,000) are dis-
tinctly more sensitive to both gaslight and daylight
than undyed plates, whilst with ammoniacal
erythrosin the increase of sensitiveness is much more
marked in both cases. Plates prepared as described
above require only about one-third of the exposure
of the undyed plates if used without any screen.
These results are not in accordance with those of
Eder, but the experiments just quoted must only be
regarded as preliminary.
Reproduction of Pictures. — Ortho-chromatic plates
have been and are being very largely used for the
reproduction of paintings, and the numerous fine
examples of this kind of work which have recently
been produced by the l'erlin Photographic Company,
Braun & Co., Dixon & Co., and others, are evi-
dence of the very great advance that has been made.
In fact it is not too much to say that ortho-chromatic
plates, together with the various methods of photo-
gravure and collotype are the methods of the "future
for the accurate reproduction of paintings.
Vogel § has devised a process of photo-chromo-
lithography, which is really an indirect process of
photography in colour. It is a modified and im-
proved form of the older process of Ducos du Hauron,
who photographed the object through various coloured
screens, and thus obtained negatives containing only
those parts of the object which had certain colours.
These fragmentary images were then transferred to
stones, which were used as in ordinary chromo-
lithography, each part of the image being printed in
a pigment corresponding with the screen which had
been used in taking that particular negative. Ducos
du Hauron used only three screens and three pig-
ments, and employed eosin only as a sensitiser.
Yogel proposes to use at least six pigments,
and to sensitise the plates for red with
uaphthol blue, for orange with cyanin, for yellow
with eosin, for green with safranin, for green-blue
with fluorescein, whilst for blue and violet the
ordinary sensitiveness of the gelatinobromide plate is
sufficient. In taking the various negatives the
intensity of the blue and violet is diminished by
using a yellow screen. It is evident that the greater
the number of spectrum regions treated in this way,
the nearer will the resulting chromo-lithograph
approach the natural colours. The image on each
negative is transferred to a separate stone, and the
pigment used with each stone must be complementary
to that part of the spectrum for which the plate was
made sensitive. These complementary colours are, of
course, furnished by the sensitising dyes themselves,
and therefore each stone is printed with the dye
which was used to produce the negative from which
the stone was prepared. Most of the sensitising
dyes are, however, of a fugitive character, and hence
it is desirable to replace them in printing with
permanent pigments which are of the same colour
spectroscopically— e. g., aniline blue in place of cyanin.
§ Annalen dcr Physik, 1885 IN.S.], 27, p. 130.
June 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
433
There are many points 'which have still to be
settled by further researches, but the results
obtained by the various investigators who have
directed their attention to this question, together
with the successes already achieved in the practical
application of these processes, are sufficient to show
that orthochromatic methods constitute an advance
little, if at all, inferior in importance to the introduc-
tion of the gelatinobromide process itself. There can
be no doubt that these methods will considerably
modify the ordinary practice of photographers, and
will increase the value of photography, not only as a
method of reproduction, but also as a pictorial art.*
.My best thanks are due to my friend, Prof, de
Burgh Birch', not only for placing his spectrum-
Ehotographic apparatus at my disposal, but also for
is kind assistance in the somewhat tedious work of
making the exposures.
journal anD lpatent+ Literature.
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS AKD DYES.
Formation of Barium Manganale (Manganese Green).
Ed. Donath. DingL Polyt. J. 263, 246—248.
THIS green pigment is one of the few harmless ones,
and has the advantage of being unaltered by any basic
colour ground, such as lime : it should therefore be useful
for fresco painting. By igniting one part of pyrolusite
containing 91 per cent. MnO>, with three parts of com-
mercial barium dioxide in a porcelain crucible, a very
good product was obtained of a deep emerald colour with
a slight bluish tone. At a higher temperature the
colour was destroyed, and only a dark olive-green or
grey-brown product resulted. Sulphuric acid or hot
potash solution at once decomposed the colour obtained
in the above wav.— T. L. B.
Benzaldehyde Green Industry. Otto Muhlhauser.
Dingl. Polyt. J. 263, 249—254 and 295-303.
I. The Manufacture, of Acid Green. — The leuco-base
of acid green is formed when Imol. of benzaldehyde
is condensed bv anhvdrous oxalic acid, with 2mols. of
ethylbenzylaniline, ~O0Hs.COH + 2CeH5N.C,H .CH„.
C0HS = H,0 + CgH5.CH...C.,H5 : N.CeH4.C,H, :C":
BLC,HVN : C,Ht.CHs.C,H,. This base on sulphona-
tion with fuming sulphuric acid, yields a mixture of di-
and tri-sulphonic acids of diethyldibenzyltriphenyl-
methane, which on oxidation with lead dioxide are con-
verted into the corresponding acid greens.
For the daily production of loOkilos. of acid green are
needed four cast-iron jacketed enamel pans, the stirring
gear to make about 20 revolutions per minute ; the covers
to be provided with manhole, pressure-gauge, connections
for air-pressure and with the blowing-olf still ; the
jackets provided with both steam and cold water ; one
blowing-off still with steam coil and free steam pipe
inside and a large tap at bottom to empty into a copper
steam jacket ; one cast-iron jacketed pan for the sulpho-
nation ; one liming-out cistern of about 3000 litres capa-
city ; two " montejus," capacity 2000 litres each; one
eighteen and one twelve-chambered filter-press ; one iron
cistern with copper steam coil, holding 6000 litres ;
• For a full treatment of the subject from a photographic
point of view, with the various formulfe. etc., which have been
recommended, the author would refer to his articles on
" Orthochromatic Photography." in the Photographic News,
1887. pp. 65, 115, 116, 193, 211, et seq.
t Any of these specifications may be obtained by post, by
remitting the cost price, plus postage, to Mr. H. Reader Lack,
Comptroller of the Patent Office, Southampton Buildings,
Chancery Lane, London, W.C. The amount of postage may
be calculated as follows :—
If the price does not exceed 8d J&,
Above 8d., and not exceeding Is. 6d. . . Id.
„ Is. 6<L, „ „ 2s. Id... ljd.
„ 2s. Id., „ „ 3s. Jd. . . 2<t
one oxidising vat with stirring gear and a capacity of
3000 litres; a. smaller reservoir with copper steam coil,
holding 1S00 litres; three copper evaporating pans pro-
vided with stirring scrapers ; and lastly, one grinding
null.
The charge for each of the four enamel pans is 21kilos.
of benzaldehyde and SOkilos. of benzylcthylaniline.
The stirrers being set in motion, 34kilos. of finely-sieved
anhydrous oxalic acid are slowly added ; this takes about
one hour. The lid is then closed and the water in the
jacket warmed during the first day to 00 , during the next
two days to SO" and on the fourth day to the boil. The con-
tente are then neutralised with about lOOkilos. of caustic
soda solution of 36" B. and, whilst still at 80° or there-
abouts, blown over into the blowing-off still. By means
of the steam coil the mass is raised to the boil and the
excess of benzaldehyde blown oil with free steam. The
contents are then emptied into the copper jacket and
cooled. The lye is removed from the solidified leuco-
base and the base washed with water, the oxalic acid
being recovered from the washings and lye. By fusing the
base in the copper jacket and stirring all day, all the
moisture is removed, and when cold the solid leuco-
compound is chipped out and finely powdered. The
yield averages 93kilos. The sulphonation is carried out in
an apparatus similar to the melt pans, into which 200 kilos,
of 20 per cent, fuming sulphuric acid are placed and
oOkilos. of the powdered base stirred in, care being taken
to keep the temperature below 45°. When entirely
dissolved, the mixture is heated to from SO to S5', avoid-
ing a higher or lower temperature. When the product
is quite soluble in ammonia the mass is allowed to cool
down, and next day it is blown over into the liming-out
vat into 1000 litres of water, where the acid is neutral-
ised with about ISOkilos. of quicklime, boiled up with
free steam and then cooled to about 60—65" by the addi-
tion of cold water. The batch is introduced into the
montejus and forced by air pressure into the filter-press,
the cakes from the latter after boiling up with some
1000 litres water are again filtered and the united filtrates
evaporated in the iron cistern down to 1200 litres. This
solution is run through an open filter into the oxidation
vat and cooled to below 20°. Whilst rapidly stirring,
lOkilos. of 66° B. sulphuric acid are added and then as
quickly as possible 56kilos. of lead dioxide paste ladled
in. After ten minutes' stirring, about 25kilos. of sodium
carbonate are thrown in, the temperature raised to 70", and
the solution passed, by air pressure, through the twelve-
chambered filter-press which is provided with double
filter-cloths. The filtrates are evaporated down to about
600 litres and then to dryness in the copper pans with
the stirring scrapers, the' drying being finished in the
drving-room on zinc trays. The dried green is ground
in"the mill, forming a dark green powder, the average
vield being S5-5kilos. •
The above 56kilos. of lead dioxide are obtained by
dissolving 22kilos. litharge in 40kilos. of 40 per cent,
acetic acid and 100 litres of water, and oxidising with
•JTkilos. of bleaching powder made into a crerm with 54
litres of water, which cream is added until a drop of the
lead solution on filter paper no longer becomes yellow at
the edge when brought in contact with a drop of the
filtered bleach solution. The product is filtered oft', well
washed and made up with water to 56kilos.
II. Manufacture of Malachite Green.— The necessary
apparatus for a daily production of TOkilos. green crystals
are as follows :— Set of apparatus for production of the
leuco-base, consisting of three cast-iron jacketed pans,
blowing-off still and copper-drying jacket, as described for
acid green. A system of vats for oxidation and precipi-
tation of the colour, being a raised vat for solution of the
leuco-base, three vats provided with stirring gear for the
oxidation, a set of filters to filter into the three corre-
sponding precipitating vats, and a further set of box
filters to collect the colour when thrown down. The
apparatus for purification consists of a horizontal boiler
to hold 3500 litres provided with stirring gear, a tall
dome with manhole, and a second manhole close to the
bottom. The boiler is connected with the steam and
water supply and also wlUi a pressure filter. This is
formed of an iron box divided by a diaphragm of strong
C2
434
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uunc 30, 1887.
calico, through the lower half of which the liquoris forced
and after passing through the calico run into three
precipitating vats, each of which has a l»>x lilter for the
colour underneath it. For the crystallisation, a rat of
2000 litres capacity is requred for the solution and six
other vats of the same size provided with Boating covers
for the actual crystallisation.
K.ieh charge consists of lOOkilos. dimethylaniline and
40kilos. benzaldehyde, to which are slowly (in two hours)
added 40kilos. dry powdered zinc chloride. The tem-
perature is maintained the first day at 60°, the second
at SO and the third day raised to'lOO'-". The melt is
blown into the still, freed from excess of dimethylaniline
with tree steam and the base separated from the zinc
solution, washed and dried in the manner described for
the acid green. The fluid base is poured into zinc trays,
each holding 33kilos. net. Average yield of base= '
123kilos. The base on wie such tray is removed from it
by steaming in a vat to hold 400 litres, and then dis-
solved in about 200 litres of boiling water and 25kilo8.
of 21 1!. hydrochloric acid. The clear solutionis next
run into one of the oxidation vats containing 1000 litres
of water soured with 3 1 kilos, of 40 per cent, acetic acid
and there oxidised with S6kil08. of the above described i
lead dioxide paste. After the reaction is complete (in I
5 — 10 minutes) the lead is thrown down by the addition of
•24kilos. of sodiuuisulphatedissolved in 100 litres of water
and the liquor allowed to settle during twelve hours,
when it can be easily filtered through felt into the pre-
cipitating vat ; there the colour is to be precipitated by :
the addition of 20kilos. of zinc chloride and about ISOkilos.
of common salt. The colour is collected in filter-boxes
and the mother-liquor run to waste. This product from
three vats is stirred up in the horizontal boiler with 2400
litres of hot water and boiled for about ten minutes, then
some 500 litres of cold water are added, which causes the
tar to settle out quickly, and after sfanding about ten
minutes the solution is pressed through a lilter into a
large vat, where when cooled to 40' C. lOOkilos. of
ammonia are stirred in to precipitate the base. The
tiltrates from this precipitate are worked up for the
ammonia, while the base is whizzed in a hydro-extractor,
the yield of moist base being S5°5kilos. For the crys-
tallisation, 120kilos. of oxalic acid are dissolved in 1200
litres water, raised to the boil and lOOkilos. of the
above base stirred in. This solution is diluted to 1S00
litres and filtered into a slightly conical vat of 2000 litres
capacity and when cooled to "about 80", 30kilos. of 20
per cent, ammonia is stirred in as a tine stream. This
solution is almost entirely covered by a disc of boards
and left to crystallise until the temperature of the vat
has fallen to not lower than 18° C. The mother-liquor
is tiltered from the crystals, which are whizzed in wool
bags ami finally dried on frames covered with canvas at
about 50 — BO' C. The yield ot crystals is about TOkilos.
The residual green is obtained as a tarry mass by basify-
ing the filtrate from the crystals at 80 (_'. with caustic
soda, and is worked up for green powder or mixed with
violet, etc. The mother-liquors are worked up for the
recovery of the oxalic acid. The lead residues from ten
batches are boiled up with 2000 litres water, the sulphate
of lead allowed to settle and from the clear liquor the
green can be recovered as zinc double salt by adding
salt and zinc chloride. After a second boil the lead
sulphate is dried, ground and used as pigment. By
boiling up 200kilo8. at a time of the zinc double salt
residues with 2000 litres of water and 20kilos. of hydro-
chloric acid, liltering and precipitating with caustic soda,
a further quantity Of green is obtained, which is used for
making into "green solution," consisting of SOkilos. of
green base, 40kilos. of hydrochloric acid and about 200
litres of water.
III. Manufacturi of Brilliant Green — This is in almost
all stages carried out exactly as described above under
the head of malachite green, the proportions being:
eokilos. of diethylaniline, 22kilos. of benzaldehyde and
SStdlos. of dry oxalic acid ; the yield of leuco-base is
about TTkilos. The crystallisation however is different,
as the sulphate of this green is more insoluble in hot
than in cold water. 280 litres of water are placed into an
enamelled iron pan holding GOOIitres, 1 20kilos. of sulphuric
acid are added and lOOkilos. of the base stirred into the
warm mixture. When all is dissolved the pan is cooled
to about 20°, UOkilos. of 1G per cent, ammonia care-
fully stirred in and the temperature raised to 55—60°
until a slight precipitate is formed. The solution is then
filtered into 11 similar enamelled pan and the temperature
auickly raised to B5— !H)', when the colour is thrown
own in the form of brilliant metallic crystals. These
are then filtered off, whizzed and dried, the yield from
114kilos. of green base being 94kilos. brilliant green.
-T. L. B.
The Manufacture of Methyh-iolct. Otto Miihlhauser.
Dingl. Poly*. J. 264, 37-45.
For the daily production of Sokilos. Jhe following
apparatus are necessary : — Five cast-iron cylinders, pro-
vided with strong stirrers and surrounded half their
height by external jackets for steam or cold water. They
rest horizontally on bearings and can be inverted for
emptying; two large round iron boilers, 2 met res broad and
2 metre- deep, provided with stirring "ear : two large
manholes, one at the top and one at the bottom : two tap-,
one of which is tixed in the lower manhole: three box
lilters to hold S00 litres : a sulphuretted hydrogen
apparatus ; two large boiling vats, with stirring gear
and a capacity of 3000 litres; six iron pans, with
trough - shaped' bottom and countersunk rivets, the
capacity of each being about 5000 litres : a copper drying
pan 120cm. wide and 40cm. deep; a grinding mill and
a drying-room.
1st Day.— The Oxidation.— In each of the five iron
cylinders lTokilos. of dry and well-ground common salt
are placed, the stirrers set in motion and the water in
the jackets raised to the boil. To the salt in each vessel
lOkilos. of very finely ground sulphate of copper are
added and well mixed ; then Skilos. of phenol and
2kilos. of water are poured in and, after about ten
minutes mixing,20kilos. of methylaniline are added. The
contents of the drums are now heated up to 55°, the
manhole closed and the oxidation allowed to go ou for
about 2J hours, the stirrers being kept in motion all the
time and the temperature at about 55 — f>0 °. The cover
is next raised from the manhole and the heating and
stirring continued for 5J hours longer. The at first sticky
mass will now have become bronzed and tough and will
no longer adhere to the lingers, a sign that the reaction is
complete. After a slight cooling the cylinders are
inverted and the mass allowed to fall out into a truck,
which is then emptied on to a stone floor, where the
plastic mass is pressed out into a cake some 3 or 4 inches
thick and left all night to cool. Jml Day. — This cake is
broken up by blows of a wooden mallet into pieces about
the size of a man's hand ; at the same time 40kilos. of
quicklime are slaked with 200 litres of water and the
cream strained through a sieve. SrdDay. — In one of the
large iron boilers 3000 litres of water are placed and the
milk of lime added. This mixture is kept stirring
by strong iron agitators, the crushed violet cake
gradually added, until all the salt and phenol have
become dissolved and the violet, hydrated oxide of
copper and gypsum are precipitated. The whole is then
left at rest over night. 4th Day. — The clear super-
natant liquor is drawn off through a tap near the bottom
of the boiler and the precipitate finally washed out on
to a woollen lilter. This, when well drained, is stirred
up with 3000 litres of water, allowed to settle, etc., when,
after a repetition of this washing, the precipitate is left
over night to drain on the woollen filter. 5tA Day. — The
black precipitate is placed in a similar iron boiler,
agitated with 3000 litres of water and saturated with
hydrogen sulphide, obtained from "soda waste" and
hydrochloric acid, and well washed. All the copper is
thereby converted into CuS and the separation of the
violet from it by means of Ilt.'l rendered possible. The
bronze precipitate is allowed to settle, brought on to
a « ooUen filter and allowed to drain over night. 6th Day.
— One of the large wooden vats is filled up with 1500
litres of water and the above precipitate stirred in,
together with 40kilos. of hydrochloric acid of 21" B. The
whole is then boiled up for ten minutes, allowed to
settle and the violet solution siphoned off through a
Juno 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INI)l"STl;V.
43.r>
wool filter into one of the iron pans. A second boil is
made with 800 litres of water and lOkilos. of Hl.'l, the
third and fourth lioil (if necessary) with only 500 litres
of water and okilos. of HCl. The residue is thrown
away ; the violet solution is thrown down by the
addition of a filtered salt solution ; and the colour forms
a tarry green mass at the bottom of the pan. 7th Day.
— The salt mother liquor is drawn off from the precipi-
tated colour, which is then boiled op in the purification
vat with 2000 litres of water and the solution liltered.
A second and third extraction is made, the violet pre-
cipitated with salt solution and separated {Sth Day)
from the mother-liquor. The violet is then Btirred well
whilst being heated in the copper steam jacket for about
six hours, when it is sufficiently dry to be poured uponzinc
trays and allowed to cool. The steam pressure on the
jacket must not exceed 201bs. on the square inch, in
order to avoid too high a temperature. nth to 11th Day.
— The trays are freed from the cooled violet, which is
then ground up in a mill and the powder spread on about
40 trays -that is, over a surface of some 1.5 square
metres. This is then dried at about 60? for two days in
the drying-room, l.'th Dai/. —The violet is allowed to
cool and then again ground and made up into the various
brands by the addition of the required amounts of
benzylviolet. The yield of ground violet averages
Stikilos. and it consists of a mixture of tetra- and penta-
mcthylpararosaniline.
The raw materials used must fulfil the following
requirements : — The niethvlaniline is dimethylaniline,
containing monomethvlaniline, as obtained by acting
upon aniline with hydrochloric acid and wood spirit,
without any fractional distillation. The common salt
most be well dried and ground ; the crystals of sulphate
of copper must be well ground. The phenol need not be
pure, a carbolic acid with 10 per cent, distilling below
180° and 97 per cent, below '200' being sufficiently good.
— T. L. B.
The Constitution of Safranines, A. Bernthsen.
179— ISO.
C6H3-NH
C0Ht.NH,
CI
Ber. 20,
In a previous paper (compare this Journal, 1SS7, '212) the
author endeavoured to show that the safranines are
derived from the hypothetical body phenyl-hydrophena-
zinc CCH, : (NH)(NC8H,) : C«H4. This view had
received much support from the light thrown later on
the constitution of toluylene red. He considered that
each amido-group of the safranines was combined with
each of the benzene nuclei of the phenazine, the correct-
ness of which idea was dependent upon the identity or
otherwise of the two dimethylsafranincs. Now, accord-
ing to Nietzki and O. Lehmann {Ber. 19, 31(53), these
two bodies are not identical ; therefore, his theory
requires modification and probably in the direction pro-
posed by O. N. Witt and Nietzki [Bar. 19, 3121 and 3163).
Therefore, he considers phenosafranine to have the con-
stitution expressed by the unsymmetrical formula :
with water and nitric acid added until reaction
commences, it is converted into a substance crystallis-
ing in yellow needles, nearly insoluble in cold water,
ether, and alcohol ; soluble in hot acetic acid.
This is a derivative of triquinoyl of the formula
CjOj/1 \c,H0+2H.,O. This diquinoyltolazine, when
\n/
warmed with an excess of an aqueous solution of
a sail of o-tolylenedianiine, forms btnzotritolazine
C((N,C7Hj)3, which is very soluble in alcohol and chloro-
form,'and from the latter crystallises in long yellow
crystalscontaining lmol. of CHC1-, which is onlj entirely
given off at 160. It is a weak base, soluble in strong acids
with yellow colouration and insoluble in water and ether.
When warmed with stannous chloride it takes up four
atoms of hydrogen but re-oxidises very readily when
exposed to the air.
When sodium rbodizonate is condensed with o-tolyl-
enediamine in neutral solution (or made acid with a little
acetic acid), it combines with three tolylenediamine
groups, forming a greenish-grey substance, which
oxidises to the above triazine C27HiaN8. From these
experiments it is shown that triquinoyl contains six
quinone oxygen-atoms, but they do not prove that
the quinone and hydroxyl-groups in rhodizonic acid are
in para position. But, taking this for granted, the fact
that adjacent oxygen-atoms react like an orthoquinone
group, and are independent of the para-oxygen, gives
important support to the ketonic foi inula- of quinones.
— T. L. B.
which only differs in the position of the one amido-group
from the one already proposed by him (this Journal,
1SS7, 213).— T. L. B.
Secondarii and Tertiary Quinones. B. Nietzki and
F. Kehrmann. Ber. 20, 322-328.
When a salt of o-tolylenediamine is added to a
solution of sodium rbodizonate (dihydroxydiquinoyl :
this Journal, 18S5, 671) iu dilute hydrochloric acid, a
gel
N
atinous compound (OH2)C0O2-( ^>C7H0 is formed
NT/
which is soluble in alcohol, acetic acid, and slightly
in water. It dissolves in alkaline solutions with a
beautiful violet colouration. When made into a paste
Substitution Produr-ts of Azobenzene. J. V. Janovsky
and L. Erb. Ber. 20, 3.37—362.
Pnra-6ro»io-o6c»rfHC,CfiHvN.,.C,.,H4Br[l : 4],isthechief
product of the bromination of azobenzene in acetic acid
solution. It crystallises in orange-yellow plates, which
melt at S2\ It can be sublimed, and is readily soluble
in alcohol, ether, and acetone. On nitration, it gives
/enitro-y/bromazobenzene, [1 :4] 06H.,(NO2).N3.(,',:;H.1Br
[1 : 4]. Fuming sulphuric acid conveits it into /j-brom-
azobenzene-/)-sulphonie acid, which is also obtained
by bromination of azobenzene-p-sulphonic acid. This
acid crystallises in Hat needles and its sodium salt
forms very sparingly-soluble silky needles ; on reduction
it gives p-sulphanilic acid and ji-bromaniline.
Mcta-bromazobcnzcnc, CeHs.N.,.CBH,15r [1 : 3], forms
yellowish-green pearly plates melting at 53 — 56°,
readily soluble in alcohol, ether and acetone, and more
sparingly in petroleum ether. Fuming sulphuric acid
converts it into »H-bromazobenzene-/>-sulphonic acid. It
forms crystalline compounds with potassium and sodium
salts, which are so insoluble that even 1 per cent, solu-
tions of other potassium and sodium salts are precipi-
tated by the free acid.
Ortho-nitroazobenzcnc, C,H6.N,.C,HifNO,) [1 : 2],
appears to be the chief product of the nitration of azoben-
zenein acetic acid solution at 100'. It crystallises in orange-
yellow microscopic needles, readily soluble in akohol,
ether, acetone and petroleum ether, and melts at
122 — 123'. By boiling its alcoholic solution with alkali,
an olive-green colouration is produced. By bromination
in acetic acid solution, it gives a nitrobromazobenzene,
melting at 122—123°. Fuming sulphuric acid converts
it into o-nitroazobenzene-sulphonic acid, which crystal-
lises in hygroscopic needles and forms very characteristic
salts.
Ortho-nitroazoxybcnzcnc, CoII5.N?O.C0H4(NOj), is
formed by the action of fuming nitric acid upon azobenzene
in acetic acid when the temperature is kept at about 75°.
It crystallises in red plates, which melt at 127 . Both
this compound and the o-nitro-azobenzene are converted,
by reduction with sodium amalgam or by long boiling
with alcoholic KOH, into a complicated condensation
product (hexazoxy-benzene), C„4H, SN,.< >, which is very
sparingly soluble in alcohol, ether and acetone, and
crystallises from toluene in orange-yellow plates.
—A. G. G
136
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June3u,i8S7.
ttitution Product* of /■ Azotoluene and of Sydrazo-
J. V. Janovskj and L. Erb. Ber. 20,
362—364.
THE bromination of /, azotoluene in acetic acid solution
gives rise to two bromo-azo-toluenes, which melt at
138'5 and 115°, The bromo-azo-tolueue, melting at
138 5 , gives on reduction a bromobydrazotoluene,
which melts at 119°. By nidation of //azotoluene in
acetic acid solution two nitro-decivatives are obtained.
The on,' Forms orange-yellow monoclinic crystals, which
melt at 114°, the other small red tables. If ^-azotoluene
is treated with famine BN03 in the cold, a dinitroazo-
toluene is formed, which crystallises from acetic acid in
light yellow lustrous crystals, melting at 185—187°. By
action of p-bromazobenzene with alcoholic am-
alum Bulpbide, p-brom-hydrazobenzeneCcH6.N 11 ...
i tJ4Br[l:4] is obtained, which crystallises in pearly
scales or colourless tables and melts at 11"> . By treat-
ing the alcoholic solution with H,S04, it is converted
into a bromodiamidodiphenyl (monobromobenzidine),
crystallising in silvery plates.— A- G. G.
Action of Phenol upon Diazoamidobemene. K. Heu-
mann and L. Oeconomides. Ber. 20, 372—373,
Ii diazoamidobenzene is gently warmed with phenol
(rather more than 1 molecule), p-oxy-azo benzene is formed,
whilst aniline is liberated. The' reaction is a general
one ; other phenols and other diazo-amides react in a
similar manner. — A. (J. (J.
Manufacture of Dimethylaniline. P. Schoop. Chem.
Zeit. 1887, 253-254.
DIMETHYLANILINE is now no longer prepared bv means
of methyl chloride, but always, according to'Bardy's
method, from aniline, methyl alcohol and H(J1 or H.,S04.
It is essential for this purpose that the materials should
be as pure as possible. The aniline must be free from
its homologue9, which would give rise to dimethylated
bases unsuitable to the preparation of malachite green.
The methyl alcohol must be free from ethyl alcohol and
acetone. The presence of the latter gives rise amongst
other products to a base, CH.(C6H4.N[CH,].)., and the
dimethylaniline _thus contaminated is unsuitable for the
preparation of either methyl violet or malachite green.
The operation is performed in a thick-walled cast-iron
autoclave, set in an'oil-bath (see figures). A lining to
the autoclave^is not required when dry aniline.salt is
employed. The vessel is charged with 75kilos. of aniline,
75kilos. of wood- spirit and 25kilos. of aniline hydrochloride.
Although the reaction does not require so high a tempera-
ture when more aniline hydrochloride is employed, yet
the product is not so pure, since there is a greater ten-
dency to form toluidine. The temperature of the oil-bath
is regulated according to the pressure shown by the
gauge, and varies between 270—230° C, being highest
at the commencement. The maximum pressure is about
27 atmospheres. '11 Deration, which requires about
1", hours, is completed when the pressure begins to decrease
without the temperature having been lowered; the fire
:- then withdrawn, On the following morning, the
remaining pressure is let off through the safety valve,
the pressure-gauge unscrewed, a pump inserted and the
contents pumped out into a separating funnel. The oil
(A) is separated from the aqueous portion and the latter
treated with NaOH ; this gives a Second quantity of
oil (B). The alkaline liquors, mi distillation, furnish a
third portion (C). These portions are separately refined
and form three qualities of dimethylaniline, of which A
is the best and C the worst. The above proportions give
on an average DOkilos, A. l9kilos. 11, and IHkilo*. <';
thus lL'tUkilns. in all from 93kilos. of aniline. For
ascertaining the quality of the product, the following
tests are employed : —
1. A few drops of the oil are mixed in a watch-glass
with a few drops of ether and one drop of concentrated
HjS04 ; if aniline is present aniline sulphate will
separate as a white precipitate.
2. The boiling-point gives an indication of the propor-
tion of homologues present ; the range should be as
small as possible.
4V Nat. Size
3. 5cc. of the dry oil, and 5cc. of acetic anhydride,
both at the same temperature, are mixed together with
a thermometer ; a rise of temperature indicates the
presence of monomethylaniline.
4. For the quantitative determination of mono-methyl-
aniline, lOOgrms. of the oil are treated with sufficient
acetic anhydride (usually ogrms.) and the mixture frac-
tionated ; after distilling off the dimethylaniline and
excess of acetic anhydride, the acetyl-mono-mcthyl-
aniline remains.
The presence of mono-methylaniline is more objec-
tionable in the, preparation of green than of violet. Its
quantity seldom exceeds 2% and the best qualities in
trie market are nearly or quite free from it. When
present it can lie removed by shaking the oil with a
small quantity of dilute sulphuric acid or by boiling with
acetic acid for two hours. — A. G. G.
A Process for Producing a nrirSulpho-Acid and obtaining
Azo-Dyes therefrom, J. Y. Johnson, London. From
the " I-'ailienfabriken vormnls Bayer and Co.," Elber-
feld, Germany. Eng. Pat 5S46, April 29, 1886. 6d.
The new acid is described as /3-naphthylamine-j-mono-
sulphonic acid, and it is prepared by the action of an
excess of sulphuric acid upon yS-naphthylaminc at 100—
2001 C. The acid does not dissolve readily in cold
water but is freely soluble in hot water, crystallising
out in needles on cooling. The colour obtained by the
action of diazotised toluidine upon this acid is bluer in
shade than that produced by the same tetrazo-salt with
the /S-monosulpbonic acid. In order to prepare the
5-acid 50 parts of 0-naphthy lainine sulphate are mixed
with 300 parts of sulphuric acid (66° B.) and
maintained at 100—170° C. till a specimen withdrawn
June 30. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
437
gives a bluish red product with tetrazoditolylehloride.
The melt is poured on to ice and the separated acids
collected on a filter. The residue is theu boiled with
water and filtered, in order to remove the insoluble
/i-acid which is produced with the o-aiid, the latter
remaining in the solution and being purified by con-
version into the barium or sodium salt and crystalli-
sation. Instead of ^-naphthylamine the a- or >-mono-
sulphonic acid may he employed, both these acids
becoming converted into the o-nionosulphonic acid on
heating with sulphuric acid above 100 <-'. The new-
acid forms a series of azo-dyes when diazotised and
combined with phenols, amines, etc., in the usual way
or when diazo- or tetrazo-salts act upon it. The
patentees give as examples the preparation of the bluish-
red colouring matter produced (1) by the action of the
diazo-5-acid upon o-naphthol-a-monoaulphonic acid,
and (2) by the action of tetrazoditolyl upon the o-acid.
— K. M.
complete, and the crystalline pulp is collected, pn seed,
>hed in water at i>W C, the solution acidulated
witli hydrochloric acid ami boiled till the tlocculent
precipitate becomes crystalline. The colouring matter,
when collected and washed with tepid water, ma] be
dried or sent into the market in the form of a paste.
Gallorlavine forms lakes with metallic oxides varying in
shade from greenish-yellow to orange-yellow, and the
colouring matter can accordingly be used in a similar
manner to alizarin. The chrome lake is said to be par-
ticularly fast on cotton.— R. M.
A Process for the Production of Parorosaniline and its
Homologues, as well as mono-, tU-,tri-alkyUted phenyl-
ised or naphthylised Derivatives thereof. H. Baum,
.Mannheim, Germany. Eng. Pat. b'000, May 3, 1SS6.
6d.
As an illustration of this process the inventor gives the
following : — A mixture is made of 129 parts aniline
hydrochloride, 183 parts of paranitrobenzylaniline and
25 parts solid ferric chloride or the same quantity in
concentrated aqueous solution. The mixture is heated
to 135 — 140' C. for six hours and then for a short time
to 140° C. The reaction is complete in from 10 to 12
hours and the melt is preferably dissolved in ten times
the amount of hot water, mixed with 100 parts of
hydrochloric acid and 100 parts common salt added.
The solution is filtered when cold in order to remove a
slight residual impurity. The homologues of pararos-
aniliae are produced by substituting toluidine, xylidine,
etc., for aniline, and naphthyl-rosaniline is obtained by
the use of naphthylamine. By substituting secondary
monamines such as methylaniline, diphenylamine,
naphthylphenylamine, etc., for the aniline, mono-substi-
tuted rosanilines are obtained. By using paranitro-
benzylmethylaniline and the salts of secondary mona-
mines, di-substituted rosanilines can be prepared. — R. M.
The Preparation from Gallic Acid of a Yellow Colouring
Matter suitable for Dyeing and Printing. J. H.
Johnson, London. From the ' ' Badische Anilin and
Soda Fabrik," Ludwigshafen a Rhine, Germany.
Eng. Pat. 6413, May 12, 1SS6. 6d.
The manufacture of this dyestuff, termed ' ' galloflavine,''
is based upon the fact that whereas a solution of gallic
acid containing an excess of alkali rapidly oxidises on
exposure to the air with the formation of a brown colour
which is of no use in the tinctorial industry, a useful
yellow colouring matter is formed if the oxidation takes
place in the presence of an amount of alkali insufficient
to saturate all three hydroxyl groups of the gallic acid.
The alkali used is preferably potash in the proportion
of two or three molecules of the alkali to one of the
acid. The oxidation is effected at a low temperature
in dilute alcoholic solution by means of atmospheric air,
and is stopped when the maximum of galloflavine is
produced. The potassium salt of the colouring matter
is insoluble in alcohol, and separates out as a crystalline
deposit as fast as formed. As an example the following
proportions are given : — 5 parts by weight of gallic acid
are dissolved in SO parts of strong spirit and 100 parts of
water, and the solution, after being cooled down to
5 — 10' C, is mixed with constant agitation with 17 parts
of caustic potash lye of 126 sp. gr. The solution is
then oxidised at 0 — 5= C. by means of a current of air.
In order to ascertain the correct point at which to stop
the oxidation, a specimen of the solution is filtered,
shaken up with air and examined, to see if it contains
a precipitate which is insoluble in dilute hydrochloric
acid. If no such precipitate is formed the operation is
Improvements in Preparing Printing Colours and Solu-
tions of Colouring Matters suitable for Printing ami
Fixing An Hint •Colours upon Cotton or similar I i
Fibre. J. H. Johnson, London. From the "Badische
Aniliu and Soda Fabrik," Ludwigshafen a Rhine,
Germany. Eng. Pat. 6631, May 17, 1SS6. 6d.
The patentees commence this specification by [jointing
out the disadvantages attending the use of the ordinary
solvents such as alcohol, wood spirit, methylated spirit,
acetic, oxalic and tartaric acids, these disadvantages
being volatility or corrosive acti in upon the fibre during
the processes of printing and steaming. The solvent
now claimed is a mixture of the acetins of glycerol pre-
pared by cohobating 1 part of glycerol with U — 2 parts
of glacial acetic acid for 4S hours and then distilling
otf the excess of acid. The residue consists cliieHy of
a mixture of mono- and diacetin with a small quantity
of triacetin. The mode of application is exemplified by
the two following typical cases : — ( 1 ) For preparing a
printing solution of induline, 10 parts by weight of the
finely -ground colour (soluble in alcohol) are digested
with 40 parts of the acetins at SO — 90' C. for one hour.
12 parts of the foregoing solution are then mixed with S5
parts of starch thickening and 3 parts of tannin. The
colour is printed and steamed at a low temperatnrc. 2
10 parts by weight of induline paste, containing 25 per
cent, of dry colour (soluble in alcohol), are mixed with
77 parts of starch thickening and 3 parts of tannin, and
then 10 parts of the acetin added. The colour is
printed and steamed as before. — R. M.
A Process for the Production of Azo-Colours from the
Paraduimines of Stilbene and Fluorcne. C. A.
Martius, Berlin, Germany. Eng. Pat. 72S4, May 31,
1SS7. 6d.
The.se colouring matters are analogous to and are pie-
pared in the same manner as the azo-colours derived
from benzidine and its homologues. It is observed in
this case, as in that of benzidine, etc., that the tetrazo-
salt combines with the phenol, amine, etc., in two
steps, so that mixed azo-compounds may be obtained.
Seven examples are given : — (1) Diamidostilbene diazo-
tised and the sodium salt of a-naphtholmonosulphenic
acid. Dyes cotton bluish-violet. (2) The same tetrazo-
salt and ,3-naphtlioldisulphonate of sodium ill salt).
Dyes cotton greenish-blue. (3) The same tetrazo-salt
with one molecule of j-naphtholdisulphonate and then
with one molecule of a-naphtholmonosalphonate of
sodium. The intermediate compound is red ; the final
product dyes cotton bluish-violet. (4) Same as pre-
ceding, the a-naphtholmonosulphonate being replaced fiy'
a or ji-naphthol, or by j naphtholmonosulphonate of
sodium (Scbaeffer's acid). Dyes cotton blue or bluish
violet. (5) The same tetrazo-salt and salicylic acid
(two molecules dissolved in soda) gives a yellow colour-
ing matter. (6) Diamidotluorene (diazotised) and
a-naphthylaminemoncisulphonic acid (sodium salt i.
Dyes cotton a red shade. (7) Same tetrazo-salt and
ri naphtholdisulphonate of sodium R. (Shade of colour
not stated). All these colours dye cotton directly from
a hot alkaline (soap) bath. Diamidostilliene is pre-
pared by the methods of Strakosch [Ber. 16. 328]
and Klinger [Ber. 16, 945). Diamidofluorene is pre-
pared by the method described by Schultz [Attn. 203i
100).— R. M.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June 30, 1887.
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS AND SALTS.
' '■' Ed. Donath,
Dingl. Polyt .1. 263, 248 249.
As is well known, manganese dioxide decomposes
potassium iodide solution, liberating iodine; tbis
reaction ia not due lo any o/onisation of tin- nx;^ n nl
the air, as Borne suppose, for the author found no trace of
>ne in ;i current uf air passed for hours over manganese
dioxide. The formation of aldehyde, by passing alcohol
vapour through tubes containing manganese dioxide (at
100 ' is applicable for lecture demonstration ; the pre-
i i the aldehyde being shown by the reduction of
an ammoniacal silver solution. If thedioxide be heated
in the usual copper retort for the preparation of oxygen,
an'l alcohol vapour be passed over it, a distillate is
obtained, containing acetic acid, ethyl acetate, etc.
Il\ Irogen sulphide is rapidly decomposed when passed
over heated dioxide, all the oxygen of which is eventu-
ally replaced by sulphur, flesh-coloured manganese
sulphide being formed. The author, therefore, again
recommends its use for gas purification, and its addition
to peat waste used for deodorising purposes. The
tide is a powerful oxidiser in alkaline solutions,
chromic oxide dissolved in potash being rapidly con-
verted into chromate. The author proposes to recover
in this way, instead of in the usual dry way, the waste
chromium compounds from various technical' processes
-T. L. B.
Manufacture of Acetic Acid from Wood. W. Ruclnew
Ding). Folyt. J. 264, "sS— 92 and 128-132.
Tin: first part of the paper gives an account of a series
of experiments made by Jakowlew at the author's
instigation, the object being to determine the yield of
acetic acid obtainable from different woods when sub-
jected to dry distillation. Although similar experiments
were conducted by Sentf in 1885, the conditions of the
working on a large scale being carefully observed, the
results obtained were merely useful a's a guide for
practical work. Jakowlew has, however, determined
the yield of acid from perfectly dry woods distilled at
uniform temperatures. The experiments were performed
in the following manner:— 20 to 47gnns. of wood in the
form ot sawdust was dried at 120J and distilled in a
ss retort titled with condenser, the heating bein"
conducted in a hath of Wood's fusible metal. Afte'r
n aching 150 in the hath, the temperature was raised 1'
per minute to 300°. The distillation was now continued
without a thermometer until liquid products ceased to
come over. Steam was then passed through the
apparatus to expel any acid which might have been
retained by the residual charcoal The distillate was
filtered and the acid determined in the iiltrate bv titra-
tion with caustic baryta, plienolphthalem being used as
indicator. The following numbers were obtained :—
Linden
Bitch
Aspen
Oak
J'inc
Kir
Birch bark
Cellulose from birch
f 'ellulo8C from pine
Acetic Acid
Per cent.
I.
II.
1021
1017
952
9-29
806
837
7-92
s.'l
5-65
(i'12
5-21
509
2-20
238
621
—
507
'-
Ihe object of determining the yield of acid from the
ceUnlose was to study the influence of the- composition
of dillcrent woods on the yield of acid. The cellulose
was prepared by macerating the sawdust with a mixture
of nitric and hydrochloric acids, boiling the residue with
weak ammonia, washing with water and drying at 120 .
Tie' above results agree with tie- geneially accepted
fact that trees bearing foliage yield more acid than
pines. In other respects, however, the numbers are
essentially dillcrent from those obtained by other investi-
gators, owing to the variation of the conditions under
which these trials were made. The fact that the amount
of acetic acid yielded by the cellulose is less than that
obtainable from most w Is would appear to indicate
that by the dry distillation of wood the acetic acid is
mostly formed from the lignin, so that hard woods
should yield the largest proportion of acid. This
supposition is not, however, substantiated by the above
numbers, the linden tree, which is a very soft wood,
yielding the largest percentage of acetic acid
In the second part of the paper, the preparation of
pare calcium acetate and pure acetic acid from wood
vinegar is considered. The necessary experiments were
made by Wienzkowsky in the author's laboratory and
the practical conclusions arrived at furnished the
foundation of a new process which is said to have the
following advantages over the methods at present in
use: — (1) An increase in the yield of acid; (2)
the production of pure acid ; (3) the more rapid
treatment of wood vinegar. The process consists in
distilling the wood vinegar in copper vessels and con-
ducting the vapours through a cooler until methyl
alcohol ceases to come over. The vapours are then
passed without previous cooling into milk of lime which
is kept at a boiling beat and agitated during the whole
operation. After finishing the distillation, the mixture
is allowed to settle. The supernatant fluid is then
drawn off and evaporated to a crystalline consistency,
from which the mother-liquor is separated by hydro-
extractors, the residual salt being washed with a solution
of pure calcium acetate or a small quantity of water.
The salt is then decomposed with dilute sulphuric acid
and the liquid, after removing the calcium sulphate,
distilled, 'ihe acid thus obtained may be concentrated
by re-distillation with a corresponding quantity of
concentrated sulphuric acid. The residual sulphuric
acid is employed for decomposing a further quantity
of calcium acetate. — D. B.
Manufacture of Caustic Alkalis. W. L. Wise, London.
From ('. Ldwig, Breslau, Germany. Eng. Pat. 4364,
Sept. 14, 1882. fid. Amended Specification.
If a perfect mixture of sodium carbonate with ferric
oxide he exposed to a bright red heat, ferrate of soda is
formed, which, if treated with hot water, is rapidly
decomposed into sodium hydrate and ferric oxide. On
this reaction a process for the manufacture of caustic
alkalis is based. For the success of the process it is
necessary to have a pure oxide of iron, particularly free
from alumina and silica. Roasted iron pyrites may be
used with advantage, although a loss of soda is hereby
incurred in the first instance. But since the iron oxide
is used over and over again, this loss will not recur.
The iron oxide must not be in too fine a state but
rather as a granulated powder, so as to allow of easy
and perfect lixiviation. Owing to this circumstance the
mixture to be causticised must contain an excess of iron
oxide. In practice it lias been found that the best
results are obtained by dividing the beating process into
two operations— viz., the fritting process, and the finish-
ing process. The object of the first is to obtain a mass
fused together by sodium carbonate, and which after
cooling may be easily powdered, whereby the perfect
mixture of the oxide ami the soda is secured. The
temperature in the first process must be raised up to
cherry heat, and must be maintained for about three-
quarters of an hour. In the second or finishing stage,
the powdered fritted mass is uniformly filled into a
muffle and there heated, without stirring, to the neces-
sary temperature, until a sample drawn proves to be
free from carbonic acid, which will require nearly the
same time as the fritting process. Instead of a inutile,
a reverbcratory furnace may be employed, which for
June 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
439
this purpose is preferably divided by a low bridf
that the one part may be" used tor fritting, whereas the
hotter part is used tor finishing. When the finished
mass is withdrawn, the mixture in the adjacent com-
partment in its first stage is removed to the finishing
compartment, and the tir>t compartment immediately
re-charged with a fresh mixture. The finished melt has
a dark greenish colour, and is heavy, hard and of sandy
granulation. For the purpose of lixiviating, a large
iron cylinder is used into which a second cylinder of
smaller diameter is inserted, the latter being provided
with a funnel-shaped exit pipe. The space between the
two cylinders is Idled with water which may be heated
by steam. The bottom of the inner cylinder is covered
with an iron sieve upon which a layer of coarsely-
powdered iron oxide is spread, and upon this a second
layer of oxide of iron finely powdered to cover the
bottom uniformly like a tilter-bed. The "ferrid" to be
lixiviated is sifted through a coarse sieve, and the inner
cylinder filled with it up to three-fourths of its bulk.
Cold water is added simultaneously, so as to moisten
the mass, which contains, besides some undecomposed
sodium carbonate, all the impurities of the original soda
ash, such as sodium sulphate, chloride, etc. These
impurities are washed out by the coid water, which, i
however, does not act upon the "ferrid." The water in
the outer cylinder is then raised 70 to S0° C, and after
half an hour's time the "ferrid'' is decomposed, and
the lixiviation performed with hot water. The concen- I
trated lye when tirsi drawn off" is perfectly clear, but on |
cooling it deposits a few Hakes of iron. If it is required [
to produce solid sodium hydrate, the solution may be
immediately evaporated. The iron oxide remaining
after the lixiviation has a red colour and contains mure
or less sodium hydrate, according as the lixiviation has
been more or less perfect. It is, of course, used
over and over again. If potassium carbonate be treated
in a like manner, potassium hydrate is produced.
The amendment consists in the deletion of the
words Caustic Baryta and Caustic Strontia from the !
title of the original specification and the variation
of the proportions of the iron oxide and sodium carbonate
employed. — S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Carbonate of Soda
and of Carbonate of Potash, and in the Trent
Residual Products obtained in such Manufacture.
C. F. Clans, Loudon. Eng. Pat. 49-J-2, April 8, 1S8G.
6d.
Alkali waste is decomposed by carbonic acid and the
sulphuretted hydrogen evolved, mixed with a sufficient
quantity of air, is passed through masses of heated
brickwork, where it is burned to sulphurous acid and
steam. This gas, after travelling through a heating
apparatus, is then passed into a Hargreaves cylinder
filled with sodium chloride, on which it acts in the well-
known manner, forming sodium sulphate and hydro-
chloric acid. The latter is condensed, while the former
is converted into sodium carbonate or hydrate by the
Leblanc process, thus yielding again alkali waste. The
Hargreaves process may be also modified in so far that
instead of charging the decomposer with sodium chloride
alone, it is filled with a mixture of small coke and
sodium chloride. By the action of sulphurous acid the
contents of the decomposer are converted into a mixture
of coke and sodinm sulphate. This mixture is then
heated to a temperature at which the sodium sulphate is
capable of being reduced to sodium sulphide. When
this heat has been reached, water-gas — i.e. , a mixture of
carbonic oxide and hydrogen, previously heated, is
passed through the mass until the sodium sulphate
is reduced to sulphide. The latter is then sub-
jected to the combined action of carbonic acid and
steam, whereby it is converted into sodium carbonate,
whilst sulphuretted hydrogen is liberated. The former
is lixiviated and the residual coke mixed again with
fresh sodium chloride. The sulphuretted hydrogen is
burned to sulphurous acid, which is made to act on
further quantities of sodium chloride. When heated
water-gas is passed through the mass of heated sodium
ulphate and coke, the carbonic oxide in it becomes
oxidised to carbonic acid, which latter is used for the
decomposition of sodium sulphide. — b. H.
Improvements in Apparatus for Extracting and Sublim-
ing Sulphur. .1. V. Johnson, London. From C.
Dubois, Marseilles. Eng. Pat 7129, May 27, 1SS6. 8d.
Tiik apparatus relates to the extraction of sulphur from
(.res, and is also applicable for the sublimation of crude
sulphur. It consists of a retort or chamber in which
the materials are subjected to the action of superheat, d
steam. The retort is mounted on hollow trunnions, one
of which is used for the admission of steam, whilst the
other serves for the escape of the sulphurous vapour.
The retort has a rotary motion imparted to it by means
mi a worm and worm wheel, and is enclosed in a
chamber of brickwork in which the products of com-
bustion from a furnace are caused to circulate. Steam
is supplied to the apparatus by a pipe which, after pass-
ing through the heating chamber surrounding the retort,
enters the latter through one of the trunnions, and dis-
tributes the steam throughout the materials by means of
perforated branch pipes with contracted orifices. The
other trunnion communicates with a box in which the
vapourous products can be examined, and whence they
can be directed into different receptacles according to
their quality. — S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Carbonic Oxide
Gas. A. Fritschi, Paris. Eng. Tat. 719-2, May 28,
1SS6. Sd.
Till-- invention relates to the manufacture of pure car-
bonic oxide, and is based upon the property cuprous
chloride posses^-, of dissolving at a temperature varying
between 0° C. and 50" C, twenty times its own volume of
carbonic oxide, and of allowing the gas to be disengaged
it a partial vacuum is formed above the solution. The
apparatus used consists of one or more gas producers
worked at a high pressure for the purpose of producing
carbonic oxide with a small quantity of carbonic acid,
nitrogen and hydrogen. The gases are cooled in a
column, into which cold water is injected. Thence they
proceed to a leaden casing, forming a barometric tube
and reservoir for the solution of cuprous chloride. This
casing is traversed by two series of pipes, perforated
with a number of small holes. One set of pipes com-
municates with the gas conduit leading from the cooling
column, whilst the other forms the connection with the
force pipe of a pump. The object of this pump is to
constantly renew the surface by drawing the liquid
deprived of carbonic oxide from the upper part of the
barometric tube and forcing it through the other set
of pipes. An exhauster continuously aspirates the car-
tonic oxide from the upper part of the barometric tube,
and forces it into a pipe communicating with a gasometer.
The operation of the apparatus is as follows : — The ex-
hauster is started until the required vacuum is obtained,
the pump is then worked, and the gas from the cooling
column admitted to the reservoir holding the cuprous
chloride solution. The carbonic oxide is quickly dis-
solved, and removed by the exhauster as fast as it is
absorbed. Once started, the apparatus will continue to
work for any length of time, as the cuprous solution is
not altered in its chemical composition. — S. H.
Improved ilea, is or Apparatus for Evaporating
Waste Lijes and Recovering Soda from Mack-Liquor.
B. Dawson, Malvern Link. Eng. Pat. 7859, June 11,
1886. Sd.
FOB the recovery of soda in waste lyes, such as are
obtained in the manufacture of paper, incinerators of
various types have been used, with none of which it has
l>een found practicable to effect evaporation by surface
beating. In order to attain this end the inventor has
devised an apparatus for the use of gaseous fuej, which
is introduced with a due proportion of air into the
furnace in such a manner that the flame may extend
over practically the entire surface to be evaporated.
— S. H.
440
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Jur.cso.ias7.
Improvements in obtaining Chlorine. I*. Mom), London.
Eng. Pat 8808, June 23, 1886. 6d.
THE invention has for its object the production of
chlorine from gaseous hydrochloric acid. The latter is
brought into contact at an elevated temperature with
nickel protoxide, when the chlorine combines with the
base. l!\ exposing this salt subsequently at a suitable
temperature to dried and heated air, the original oxide
is re-formed, whilst chlorine is given off. The two
operations are carried out in one single apparatus, so
that no expense is incurred in moving the solid substances
used. Instead of nickel, the oxides and salts of those
metals can be used which only form one oxide, such as
magnesium, zinc, aluminium, and so forth. The com-
pounds of these metals with silicic, phosphoric and
boraeic acids may also be employed. In order to increase
the active surface for the action of the gaseous hydro-
chloric acid, pumice stone or any porous material is
impregnated with the molten chloride or with a solution
of the chloride, and after drying the mass is exposed to
a current of heated air. The process is best carried out
in retorts or cylinders made of earthenware or cast-iron,
which latter is preferably enamelled. The gaseous acid
and air before entering the cylinders or retorts, are
heated so as to reduce the amouut of heat which has to
P '
than 10 or 11 ounces of zinc per cubic foot, and after-
wards subjected to the action of sulphuretted hydrogen,
until all the zinc is precipitated, when it is separated in
any convenient manner. Instead of diluting with water,
the action of sulphuretted hydrogen may be continued
until as much zinc as can be is precipitated ; the pre-
cipitate is then separated, the liltrate neutralised, and
again subjected to the action of the gas, this process being
repeated until all the zinc obtainable is precipitated.
The zinc sulphide is washed with a little acid until all
the foreign salts are removed, when the washing is com-
pleted with water. — S. H.
Improvements in Apparatus employed in the Ammonia
Soda Process. 0. Iniray. From La Socicte Anonyme
pour l'Etude et la Creation de Soudieres, Paris,
France. Fug. Pat. 93G6, July 19, 1886. 8d.
THE first operation in the ammonia-soda process is the
treatment of ammoniacal brine with carbonic acid. The
carbonatiug apparatus according to this invention is
shown in Fig. 1. It consists of an annular cylinder,
having within the annulus numerous shelves p serrated
at their edges, which project from the sides and nearly
be passed through their walls, and by this means the
cylinders can be made of a large diameter. A special
feature of the process is the complete conversion of the
hydrochloric acid into chlorine. Impure hydrochloric
acid, which is unlit to be employed directly in the Deacon
process, is quite suitable for this process. —S. H.
Improvements in obtaining Sulphide of Zinc from Solu-
tions. .1. II. Dennis, Liverpool; and N. Glendinning,
St. Helens. Eng. Pat 8217, June 22, 1886. fid.
IT is intended to obtain pure zinc sulphide from the solu-
tions which arc produced iii the manufacture of copper
i,\ thewel process, and other metallurgical operations.
if the solution contains any metal which in the presence
of free acid is precipitated b\ sulphuretted hydrogen,
the solution is treated with this gas until these metals
are precipitated, and the said gas is slightly in excess.
The free acid is then nearly neutralised by passing the
sol ui ion through a filter-bed of limestone. The neutralised
solution is diluted with water, so that it contains no more
meet in the middle, and above each pair is a curved
deflector j>', supported on cross bars T. The vessel being
filled up to A with the solution, carbonic acid, admitted
at C, is first distributed by the deflector 1>, and further
sub divided as it ascends through the liquid by the
serrations of the shelves ji and plates »'. Fortions of
the liquid and its precipitate of sodium bicarbonate arc
from tune to time withdrawn at K. For the recovery of
the ammonia, two vessels are employed, an upper aud a
lower one, as shown in Fig. 2. The upper vessel A is
divided into compartments by horizontal partitions F,
having through them mouthpieces E covered by bells
with serrated edges. Each compartment is charged with
the liquid to a level determined by overflow pipes I from
each compartment to the next below, a deflecting plate
causing the liquid that enters to flow quite round before
it reaches the overflow. The liquid to be distilled
enters at 11 and proceeds downwards through the suc-
cessive compartments. The gas and steam pass upwards
through the mouthpieces E, and past the serrated edges
of the bells by which their streams are sub-dividud,
June 30 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
441
causing agitation. The disengaged gases pass away by
the pipe 11 to be condensed. The liquid Hows by the
)ipe N at the bottom of A to the lower vessel 13, where the
ime treatment is applied. This vessel is also divided
into compartments by partitions, each having two mouth-
pieces with serrated bells K and an overflow pipe T.
I
run off at I". The calcination of the sodium bicarbonate
is effected by the apparatus shown iu Fig. 3. C ie a
rotating cylinder, mounted on rollers G on shafts A,
within a furnace chamber heated by a fire on one side.
Along the axis of the cylinder extends a shaft B which
is driven in a direction opposite to that of the cylinder.
The latter being alternately at opposite sides, the liquid
has in each compartment to pass across from the one
bell K to the other. Milk of lime is continuously
supplied bv the pipe M to meet the liquor from A enter-
ing by the "pipe «• Thu3 in the nignest compartment the
lime acts on the fixed ammonia salts. At the bottom
are tubes S heated by steam around them, the steam
being thus kept separate from the liquor so as not to
dilufe it. From time to time a portion of the liquor is
One end of the shaft B works on a bearing formed by a
pipe T, from which a branch M is directed upwards to
serve as an outlet for the gases and vapours liberated
during the calcination. To the shaft B are hinged arms
earning two scraper blades L which have indented cL
the projecting teet It of the one blade corresponding in
position with the intervals between the teeth of the other
blade. P is a manhole for charging and discharging.
— S. H.
442
TI1K JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June 30. 1887.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Bichromati of
Ammonia. 3. Park, Glasgow. Kng. l'at. 8iilt2,
July 1, Ism;. 6d.
(' \i i ir.M chromate is converted into calcium bichromate
by tho addition of llie requisite quantity of sulphuric
acid. Ammonium Bulphate either in solid form or in
solutionis then added, when calcium sulphate is pre-
cipitated, from which the solution of ammonium
bichromate is separated by filtration. The latter is then
boiled down to the pomt of crystallisation.— S. H.
.1 Process for Manufacturing the Double Sulphate and
\ati of Ammonium or Potassium. 0. v. Gruber,
Viennenburg, Germany. Eng. Pat 329, Jan. 8, 1887.
4d.
The compound is obtained by heating phosphoric acid,
containing from 50 to 54 per cent, phosphoric acid anhy-
dride, to it- boiling point (about 150° <'.) ami adding to
it, powdered neutral ammonium or potassium sul-
phate in molecular proportion. The heating is kept tip
until the fluid shows an inclination to solidify. It is then
poured upon plates, and forms dry cakes, which are
readily pulverised. — S. 11.
Improvements in Apparatus for Producing Sulphurous
Add in Solution. V. Thomas, Manchester; Kng.
Pat, S72, Jan. 20, 1887. 8d.
Tut: apparatus is particularly designed for the manu-
facture ot sulphurous acid in solution, applicable to the
same inventor's bleaching process (Eng. l'at. 549, 1S82 ;
tlii- Journal, 1SS2, 40G). Sulphurous acid gas from a
sulphur burner or a pyrites kiln is passed into a box,
which acts as a dust catcher, and has a series of leaden
sheets suspended from hooks in an inclined position, so
that the gas travelling in a downward direction may leave
tin' solid matter behind. The gas then enters a series of
coke scrubbers, in which it meets with a descending
current of the sulphurous acid solution, partially
exhausted and weakened by use in connection with the
bleaching process. Behind the coke scrubbers a steam
jet exhauster is arranged, so that the gas in its further i
progress is forced. At the same time the gas is !
thoroughly mixed up with the steam, which being imme-
diately condensed by passing through an externally
cooled coil pipe, absorbs the greater part of the remain-
ing sulphurous acid. The gas is lastly conducted to a
washer, which is continuously replenished with pure
water, and extracts the last traces of the sulphurous acid.
This washer consists of two boxes bolted together by
vertical flanges, one box being destined for the inlet of
the gas, the other for the outlet of the liquor on the one I
band, and of the pure air on the other hand. The inlet
box has a number of perforated tubes fixed to one ot its
faces. The gas has free access to the inside of these
tubes, and on depressing the liquid in the inlet box, is
caused to bubble up through the perforations and the
liquor in the outlet box. — S. H.
Improvements in Condensing Chambers for Sublimed
Sulphur. J. y. Johnson, London. From C. Dubois,
Marseilles, France. Eng. Pat 4133, March 18, 1S87.
4d.
In a previous specification (Eng. Pat 7129, 1886 ; Bee
nbstract, p. 43!)), an apparatus was described for the
sublimation of sulphur. The sublimed article, however,
is obtained in a very moist condition, and requires to be
dried before it can be placed in the market. In order to
dispense with this necessity, the r iving chamber in
which the sulphur is collected is provided with a cloth
stretched at a suitable height above the Boor. The sul-
phur is deposited on this cloth, but the water of conden-
sation filters through it, and is drained off along suitable
inclines. The whole or part of the side- and roof may be
made of cloth, thus providing for the escape of uneon-
denscd steam, which causes back pressure, and i- liable
to retard the sublimation of the sulphur in the retoi t.
— S. H.
An Improved Furnace for Recovering in an inodorous
manner the Salts contained in the Lyes used in the
Manufacture ■■/' Wood Fibre. C. F. Dahl, Danzig,
Germany. Eng. l'at. 1600, March 28, 1887. lid.
The alkaline lyes, resulting from the manufacture of
wood fibre, contain the inerusting substances of the wood,
straw, etc., which are destroyed by a fusion process, in
order to recover the alkali. In this fusion process, as
well as during the concentration of the liquors, very
offensive gases are given off, which cannot be led away
through chimneys into the open air on account of their
penetrating smell. The object of this invention is to pre.
vent a nuisance being created by these gases, and this
end is attained by a particular process of evaporation,
and by the complete combustion of the smouldering gases.
The recovery of the alkali takes place in three stages.
1. The liquors are evaporated to a strength of 40c I!., by
surfaceheating : the vapours given oil not beingoffensire,
are led away through the chimney. 2. The concentrated
lyes are boiled down to the consistency of mud, in a fire-
proof vat, by an open fire. The smouldering gases
which are liberated How into an auxiliary lire arranged
beside the vat, and are thus intimately mixed with
heated air and completely burnt, w hereupon they are led
underneath the pans for the concentration of the dilute
liquors. 3. The mud is fused in a retort-shaped furnace,
where the inerusting matter is converted into gas. This
gas, mixed with hot air, enters the main fire of the
inspissatioa vat, where it is burnt, thus aiding the
evaporation. The specification contains a large number
of drawings of furnaces, in which these principles are
applied. — S. H.
VIIL— GLASS POTTERY AND EARTHENWARE.
Notes on the Analysis of Clay. Meineke. Rep. Anal.
Chem. 7, 214—217.
The proportion between silica and alumina in clay is of
the greatest importance for ceramic purposes. Never-
theless, the usual process of analysing clay contains two
sources of error which are mostly lost sight of.
The silica separated in the usual manner, not
only always contains alumina, but is also soluble after
drying at 110" C. to an appreciable extent. It is true
these two errors sometimes equalise each other, but it is
shown by a series of analyses that this is often not the
case. It may be especially pointed out that in well-
burnt samples of clay the silica may contain as much as
2j per cent, of alumina. — S. H.
IX— BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS, MORTARS
AND CEMENTS.
On the Behaviour of Sand containing Peat and Humus in
the Preparation of Mortar. O. Lieven. Dingl. 1'olyt.
J. 263, 342—343.
The author shows that sand containing peat or humus
cannot be used in the preparation of cement, as the
cement does not set. Experiments are described in sup-
port of this statement. — S. G. R.
XI.— FATS, OILS AND SOAP MANUFACTURE.
Improvements i» Treating and Purifying Paraffin Wax,
ami in Apparatus therefor. K. Tervet and P. Alison.
Renfrew. Kng. l'at. 875ti, duly 5, 1886. Is. Id.
Complete Specification accepted, May (i, 1887.
The apparatus described here, with the aid of several
sheets of drawings, is intended to lessen the manual
bxbour and the cost of the apparatus employed in purify-
ing paraffin wax by the process technically known as
"sweating." Blocks of paraffin, moulded in external
Stationary vessels, are slowly drawn through the sweat-
ing stove' while supported on canvas bands; or the vessels
themselves, containing blocks of paraffin, are arranged on
carriages and run through the stove. In both cases,
gutters, pipes, etc., are provided to carry off the liquid
drainings.— \V. L. C.
June 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
443
Means for Bleaching and Disinfecting Animal, Vege-
table, or Mineral Oils and Fatty Matters. A. Brin,
London : and L. Q. Brin, Paris, Fiance. Km:. Pat
10,968, Aognst 27, 1886. 8d.
Thk material to be operated upon is Subjected to the
action of oxygen exactly as described in the following
abstract When bleaching is desired, the oxygen may
beelectrically converted into ozone, according to Eng. Fat.
11,846 of September 17. 1886. Chlorine gas may be
similarly used in the same apparatus. — W. L. C.
Improvements in the Oxidation of Oils for Use in the
Manufacture of Paint* or Varnishes, or for oth
poses to ichich Oxidised Oils are applicable. A. Brin,
London; and L. (}. Brin, l'aris, France. En;:. Pat.
12,652, Oct. 5, ISStj. Sd.
GASEOUS oxygen is made to pass in a finely-divided
stream through the oil to be oxidised, which is placed in
a close vessel provided with a steam jacket and a
mechanical agitator, a drawing of which vessel is given.
— \V. L. C.
Improved Apparatus and Means for Extracting, Wash-
imj, and Condensing Fat, Grease, Glue, Oil. or other
Substances from Hones, etc. W. Buttner, Gummere-
bach, Germany : and J. G. Haller and J. Magnus,
London. Eng^ Pat. 2615, Feb. 19, 18S7. Sd.
Three separate modifications of very complete apparatus
for extraction by volatile solvents are described and
figured in detail, viz:— (1) For use when the solvent is
lighter than the extract : (2) when it is heavier ; (3)
specially for "de-greasing" woollen and other fabrics. In
this last, a revolving cage is used to contain the fabrics.
Special precautions are taken to ensure the complete
recovery of the solvent. — W. L. C.
An Improved Lubricant. A. G. Wass, Bermondsey.
Eng. Pat. 3S32, March 14, 1^87. 4d.
Asphalti'M is dissolved in shale oil, tar oil or other
medium ; to the solution may be added glycerin ami
litharge or ashes of zinc, lead, or tin. — W. L. C.
An Improved Lubricant. A. G. "Wass, Bermondsev.
Eng. Pat. 3S33, March 14, 1887.
XH.— PAINTS, TARNISHES AND RESINS.
On the Varieties of Caoutchouc and Estimation of their
Value, Franz v. Holmel. DingL Polyt. J. 263,
•240.
The various sorts of rubber, of which there are some
hundreds in the market, may be divided into eight
classes, according to their mode of preparation. I. In the
first method the milk is poured in thin layers in a mould
and dried slowly in hot smoke. The best " Para "
rubber belongs to this class. F'or the finest quality the
layers, often over 100 in number, should not exceed
0 ■km. in thickness, and they appear white or greyish,
being divided by black smoke lines : the presence of air
bubbles or thick layers are signs of poor quality. II. The
milk is allowed to flow from the plant into little hollows
dug in the soil and is allowed to dry there. This is a very
rough method and can only be nsed in dry seasons. The
product is very impure and contains much water. III.
■ water is added to the fresh milk and the mixture
allowed to stand a few days, when the precipitated
rubber is kneaded, pressed tree from the excess of
moisture and dried in the sun or smoked. IV. The milk
is caused to coagulate quickly by the addition of alum,
brine or an acid, etc., and the coagulum pressed and
diied. The rubber obtained by either of these two pro-
- - is of poor quality, and contains much water. The
drying is often effected at too high a temperature, the
product being rendered 'tarry.'' Such sorts are of the
least value. These processes are much used in the north
of South America, also in parts of India, Central
America, West Africa and the Sunda Islands.
Sections of fresh samples of these sorts show a dry rind
and a large soft opaque spongy kernel of a whitish-
violet, yellow-red or flesh colour : they are generally free
from bark or wood chips. V. To the milk is added
from four to eight times its volume of water,
which causes the rubber to rise as a cream to the
surface. This cream is repeatedly washed and then
dried. The product is good ; certain Central American
sorts come in this class. VI. The milk is simply
allowed to evapoiate in shallow vessels. The quality is
good. VII. The milk, being very concentrated, is
allowed to flow out on the arm of the collector, where it
quickly dries and is rolled off in the form of a ring or —
VIII. It runs over the bark of the tree or falls on the
ground, being afterwards made up into balls or spindles.
Rubber thus obtained is usually very dry and hard, but
often contains as much as 30 per cent. of. wood chips and
bark ; the colour varies from yellowish-red to brown.
To this class belong the " Thimbles," " Rings,"
"Spindles," "Niggers," "Scraps," etc. Of course the
amount of water a sample contains is an important point
Resin is dissolved in any convenient oil, and litharge or to be conswere4 jD ;ts valuation, as some varieties con-
ashes of lead, zinc or tin is incorporated with the solu-
tion, and sometimes any suitable animal, vegetable or
mineral greases. — W. L. C.
An Improved Arrangement of Apparatus for Expressing
Oil Jrom Oil-yielding Vegetable Substances, and Con-
verting the Residue into Oil-ca/;e. H. Lambert and
G. Greenwood, Leeds. Eng. Pat. 5277, April 15,
1SS6. lid. Complete Specification accepted April
15, 1887.
This patent, illustrated by twelve figures on four sheets
of drawings, describes a complete and compact arrange-
ment of portable mechanism specially suited for the
requirements of landowners, manufacturers and others
using or dealing iu oil or oil-cake in the colonies and
India. It is designed to enable one attendant to crush
all the seed of a moderate-sized holding, and to produce
at once a marketable commodity. The engine and
boiler, the crushing rolls and kettle, the consolidating or
moulding press and the force-pumps for the oil-
extracting press, are all mounted on oue and the same
cast-iron bed ; the oil-extracting press and the cake-
parer each have their own separate cast-iron beds, but
all the machinery is worked from the same source of
power. — W. L. C.
tain over 50 per cent. — T. L. B.
XIT.-AGRICULTURE. MANURES, Etc.
On the Slow Enrichment of the Ground in Iron bg the
Employment of Artificial Manures. E. Jensen.
Chem.Zeit. U, 136—137.
Many farmers have feared that the use of Thomas
phosphates and other fertilisers containing much iron,
might in time cause such an accumulation of iron in the
soil as to prove injurious to the crops. The author shows
that this fear is groundless. If the depth ploughed is
taken at 25cm., the volume of earth employed for culti-
vation will be 2500cm. per hect., equal (sp. gr. = 2 — 3)
to a weight of 5750 tons. If 400kilos. of phosphate
is used annually per hect. and its average value of iron
is taken at 9 per cent., the weight of iron annually
added will be 36kiIos. Hence, even if no allowance is
made for the removal of iron by crops, 597 years will be
required to raise the iron-value of the soil 1 per cent.
—A. G. G.
Ammonium Phosjdiate as a Manure. K. H. Neuffer.
Chem. Zeit. 11, 137.
Tub author claims to have been the first to introduce
this substance into commerce. It is now manufactured
4-14
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCTETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June 30, 1887.
cheaply by three German firms. The commercial pro- I Calculation of the mnnurial value of the foregoing.
duct consults chiefly of the mono-ammonium phosphate (The per cent. Hn is taken as 175.) : —
(NH,)H,P04.— A. G. G.
Injurious Action of Sodium Nitrate. K. 11. Noull'er.
Chem. Zeit. H, 399.
BARLEY grown on a soil that has been manured with
sodium nitrate is unlit for brewing purposes in con-
sequence of the barley being too rich in proteids
(albuminoids).— S. H.
Analysis of Freshly-fallen Leaves. Loges and Emeis.
Bied. Centr. 16, 135.
The percentages of the ash are calculated on the dry
substance : —
Ash
Containing:—
Potash
Soda
Lime
Magnesia
Ferric oxide
Manganese oxide .
Phosphoric acid
Sulphuric Acid . . .
Silica
Chlorine
Willow.
(Salix
caprea.)
716
27-66
110
3300
9-06
2'27
090
5'57
b'io
627
759
10217
Oxygen equivalent for
the chlorine 1'71
10016
Aspen.
I Populua
tremula t.
5-17
4-91
4769
976
2 OS
164
368
2-88
20-07
100-69
062
100-07
Pine.
(Pinus
silvestria. )
2*12
1801
5 95
26-66
6-73
10-08
3-60
10-24
4 93
11-88
2-34
10012
0-52
99-90
Fir.
[Abeifl
excelsa.)
4-91
1-33
110
20-01
4-37
3-19
1003
2-70
2-65
54-46
0-23
10010
005
10005
The dry substance of the leaves contained :—
Willow. | Aspen.
iSaux i (Populus
caprea.) 1 tremula.)
Pine.
'Pinus
sUvestris.)
0-95
5-95
8-72
41-36
39 16
184
0-33
011
018
012
018
007
010
0-09
021
004
Fir.
(Abeis
excelsa.)
Carbohydrates
Woody fibre
Mineral matter
Potash
Soda
Ferric oxide
Manganese oxide
Phosphoric acid
Sulphuric Acid
Silica
1-46
913
4-08
57-92
22-97
5-90
160
0-25
1-91
052
013
095
032
032
0 36
Oil
097
6-07
919
4514
3319
611
0-31
0-30
2-89
059
013
010
0-22
0-18
1-23
0-17
0'81
5-07
1201
4623
32-30
4 39
0-06
0-05
0-88
0-19
011
on
012
0-12
239
o-oi
Willow.
iSalix
1 caprea.)
\ i n. Pine.
(Popalns (Pinus
tremula.) silrestris.)
1
Kir.
(AlK-is
excelsa. )
X of Nitrogen 1*81
,. Phosphoric acid 0-27
,. Potash 1-35
080
019
026
079
015
0-27
0-67
010
0-05
7-92
Mamirial value in
marks per centner 079
465
0-17
4-50
0'45
366
0-37
-J. W. L.
Influence of the Sp. Gr. of the Seed on the Production of
Cultivated Plants. E. Wollnv. Forsch. auf d. Gebiet
d. Agrikultur l'hysik, 9, '207--216.
In investigating this subject the author took into
account, not merely the sp. gr. of the seed, but also
their absolute weight. He set potatoes of different sp. gr.,
but of as nearly as possible the same size, in distances
of 60cm. from each other, and from the results obtained
at the time of ripeness of the crop the author concludes
that the difference in sp. gr. of the seeds has no percep-
tible influence on the quantity and quality of the crop.
-J. W. L.
The Russian Black Earth. E. Bruckner. Der Xatur-
forscher 19, 313—315.
This earth, which is found in South and West Russia,
contains from 2 — 19 per cent, of humus substance. It
appears to be in two layers of about 05 metre each, the
upper one of which consists of a homogenous light loam,
containing a close network of fine grass roots, while the
lower one is completely undermined with mole holes.
According to Dokutschajef, this black earth is formed
from the remains of charred roots. The author suggests
that the accumulation of dust has also taken part in the
formation. The subsoil is in general loess, besides slate,
limestone, sand, etc. The influence of the climate on the
formation of this earth appears to he considerable; great
heat and drought hindering the growth of the steppe
grasses, followed by cold and lasting snow, which limit
the period of vegetation to several months only, must be
unfavourable to it. — J. W. L.
Analysis of a Description of Maize from Cameroon.
B. Schulze. Der Landwirt. 22, 543.
Water
Protein
Fat
Starch, mucilage, etc.
Woody fibre
Mineral matter
Psr Cent.
900
813
5-16
7515
104
1-20
Per Cent,
8-94
6-00
82-60
111
1-32
This corn is long, of a very light yellow colour, somewhat
larire and has an average weight of 0"209gnn.
—J. W. L.
Deut.
Methods of Storing Potatoes. G. Xeuhaus.
Landwirtsch. Presse, 1SS6, Xo. SO.
As it is difficult to control the temperature, moisture,
etc., of a large quantity of potatoes when put together in
one heap, the author suggests keeping them in pits
1— lift, deep and 5— Oft. wide. They shuuld be at urst
June 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
■445
covered with only a few inches of loose earth, with pood
ventilating shafts, and the temperature regularly noted.
If it risi-> to l;i C, they should l>e uncovered on the first
dry day, taken out, riddled from sand and again replaced.
When the temperature of the atmosphere has sunk to 7
or 8" C. on the approach of winter, they should for the
first time receive the winter covering. — J. W, L.
He has compared the percentage figures ohtained by
using these corrections in a large number of analyses
with those obtained by the alcohol method, and linds
them to agree. The same author believes, however,
that the alcohol method is the only reliable one.
On the Examination of Barley. W. Hoft'meister.
Landw. Jahrbiicher. 15, 865— S71.
The author having now examined a large quantity of
barley as he examined the oats (this Journal, 18S7, 45),
especially with regard to the proportions of nitrogen and
PjOg, lie arrives at the following with regard to the
development of barley on well-manured ground : —
1. The average weight of the seed varies in inverse
proportion to the protein.
2. The size of the seed varies indirectly with the per
cent, of protein.
3. Seeds of the same size do not necessarily contain
the same per cent, of nitrogen ; this depends rather on the
manure.
Proportion of P.O., to Xitrogen . — The figures in the table
refer to the dry substance. In comparing the small seeds
with the largest ones, the latter are represented by 100 : —
Hon ami Estimation of Melitriose ( Enffinose ). C.
Scheihler. 15er. 19, 2S0S-2S74.
THE author was the first who detected ratlinose in the
beetroot molasses (this Journal, 1SS5, 007).
In 1876 Loiseau detected Kattinose in beetroot
molasses and wrote its formula CgH»Ou.5H,0 (Ber. 9.
732). In 1883 Bcihm detected gossypo-e in cotton-seed
(./. Prakt. Chan. 30, 37), and soon after Ritthausen
proved that it was identical with the melitose obtained
by Johnson and Berthelot from the Eucalyptus mannia,
the formula being Ci.H..()„.3H.,0. (./. I'rakt. Chem. 29,
351 ; also this Journ. 188G, 380).
In 1SS5 Tollens showed that Loiseau's ratlinose, and
Kitthausen's melitose were identical, and the results of
his analysis of the sugar itself, and of a sodium salt,
agreed with the formula C^H^O, ,.3H,0 (this Journ.
1885, 607, and 1S86, 243).
About the same time the author, in conjunction with
Description of Seed.
lis
Asfc, per Cent.
P»Oi, per Cent
X, per Cent.
P20s : -V.
8
i
a
3
s
"3
a
5
m
3
-
S
3
B
s
e
X
■3
a
5
B
s
"3
=
X
B
M
B
Hi
Medium,
■3
3
X
Chevalier Barley —
Scotch Barley
Sheep Barley
Imperial Barley
623
53-2
51-2
148
2-650
2-635
1-588
3D60
2-T18
2-605
1-585
2-656
2-720
2-683
1-639
3-210
3082
1-192
1-033
0-969
1-252
1-561
1-024
0-953
1-278
1-200
1001
0-976
1-304
1-483
1-597
1-544
1-590
2324
2-920
1-577
1-5S2
3121
1-571
1-626
1-610
2369
3-233
1 : 1-424 - 1 : 1310
1:1195 1:1-577 1:1-626
1 : 1640 1 : T660 1 : 1680
1:1-856 - 1:1817
1:1870 1:2442 1:2-180
According to these results the P.Os is just as high in
the least, as in the most nitrogenous. — J. \Y. L.
XV.— SIJGAK, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
The Amount of Sugar in Certain. Descriptions of Oil
Cake*, ti. Burkhard. Neue Zeits. fur d. Kubenzucker
Ind. 17, 206.
THE author finds that most oil cakes contain but a very
small quantity of sugar, but earth-nut cake contains 4
per cent, of cane sugar. — J. W. L.
On the Quantity nf Juice in the Sugar Beet. Bied. Centr.
16, 197.
In a series of papers on this subject, Petermann, Pellett,
Scheibler and Sidersky have given the results of
experiments, and have discussed the conclusions which
may be drawn therefrom. Petermann's results give 95
as the percentage of juice. On the other hand, the
results obtained by Scheibler by extracting with alcohol
for the sugar determination, led Petermann to deduct
0'5 per cent, from the per cent, of sugar obtained by
multiplying the per cent, found in the juice by 0'95.
Sidcrsky has come to the conclusion that in pressing
the juice from the sugar beet for analysis, it becomes
more concentrated by diffusion.
Pagnoul deducts not only the 0 5 per cent, as
suggested by Petermann, but also 017 per cent, as a
correction for the volume occupied in the flask by the pre-
cipitate formed when clarifying with acetate of lead.
Tollens, discovered a method by which this sugar could
be obtained from beetroot molasses and other beetroot
sugar products, and von Lippmann showed that it
existed ready formed in the beet itself (this Journ. 1SS6,
104). The author's own experiments, especially the
estimation of the water of crystallisation, seemed to
leave no doubt that the right formula was that assigned
to it by Loiseau, C1SH3.,0I6.5H,,0.
Having regard to his nomenclature for the sugars
(this Journ. 1S85, 541), the author suggests that the
various names under which this sugar has been
known, up to the present, should be substituted by
that of melitose.
Melitriose thus freed from water melts at IIS
— 119° and is very hygroscopic. On account of its
great solubility in water it is found in the beetroot
molasses, and also in the sugars recovered from these.
1 1 seems to form a compound with cane-sugar, possessing
a peculiar crystalline form, and cannot command the
highest prices. This is, indeed, but right, for if the
sugar be estimated with the polariscope it will rotate
the ray to a greater extent than pure cane-sugar, and in
the refinery give a larger amount of molasses. Of the
various processes used to recover cane-sugar from
molasses, the strontium one alone separates it from the
melitriose, this sugar forming no insoluble compound with
strontium. The other sugars recovered from molaflBflfl
containing, therefore, melitriose, the want of a simple
method for the estimation of the melitriose has been much
felt, and for some months experiments to this end have
been in process in the author's laboratory. It was found
that lOOcc. absolute methyl alcohol dissolves 9jgrms.
melitriose, whereas it only dissolves 0'4grm cane
446
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June 30. 1887.
sugar. From three different commercial sugars
obtained from molasses the author separated very con-
siderable quantities of melitriose by means of wood
soirit, ami purification l>y crystallisation out of ethyl
alcohol. But the difference in the Bolnbilityof melitriose
and the saccharose in absolute methyl alcohol may
enable the amount of the former to be determined
quantitatively. The author desires to reserve the sub-
ject for further investigation. — J. W. L.
Formose. 0. Loew. Ber. 20, 141—144.
Thk author criticises Tollens' statement* that formose
(i'.lli_ti . the product of the action of an excess of milk
of lime on a 3"S — 1 per cent, solution of formaldehyde. +
does do! belong to the glucoses, because it do,-- not yield
levulinic acid on treatment with hydrochloric acid. For-
mose possesses the sweet taste and reducing properties
of the glucoses : it also forms a compound with phenyl-
hydrazine. With yeast, however, it does not ferment,
nor is it optically active ; but the author does not consider
the possession of these properties as essential to its being
classed among the glucoses. As is the case with levnlose,
hut!, dilute nitric acid and bromine cause the chain of
carbon atoms to break up. With both these reagents,
trihydroxybutyrie acid is anions the products of the
reactions. With hydrochloric acid a large quantity of
humus substances result and as a by-product, probably
a ketonie acid, which docs not yield the characteristic
silver salt of levulinic acid. — C. A. K.
The A ction of A romatic Diamines on Carbohydrates. Y.
Griess and 6. Barrow. Ber. 20, 281— 2S2.
The authors have found that certain diamidobenzenes
and their carboxylic acids combine with carbohydrates.
If a cone, aqueous solution of one part by weight of
diamidobenzene [1 :2] be mixed with two parts of grape
sugar, a few drops of HO added, and the mixture kept
in a warm place for about eight days, a weak base is
formed, which is somewhat soluble in hot water and
alcohol, from which it crystallises almost completely on
cooling, in beautiful white shining needles. It is readily
soluble in dilute BC1, from which it may be again pre-
cipitated, unchanged, by addition of ammonia. It has a
bitter taste, and reduces Fehling's solution. If instead
of the diamidobenzene, the diamidobenzoic acid
[COjB :M1. : NH,= 1 ■. 2 : 3] be used, a compound,
having the character of an amido-acid, is formed. It is
but slightly soluble in boiling water or alcohol, and
crystallises out of the former in white shining leaves,
which do not reduce Fehling's solution but behave
similarly to the sugars on heating in a test tube. The
authors have obtained a similar acid to the last by sub-
stituting maltose for grape sugar. (See this Journal,
18S5, 331.J-J. W. I..
Preliminary Communication. H. Kiliani. Ber. 20, -$-■
The action of HI on arabinosc carboxylic acid produced
a dehydro-acid, and a small quantity of caproic acid
(this Journal, 1SS7, 219). Accordingly, this deny dro acid
has the formula C(HuOa. Since further the analyses of
the phenylhydrazine compound of arabinose agreed with
the formula < .',-IF„< i„N4, it is very probable that the
arabinose molecule contains only five carbon atoms
—J. W. L.
Paragalactin. E.
Schulze and
2'.>o_294.
E. Steiger. Ber. 20,
The authors have recently noticed that lupin seeds
contain a substance which is insoluble in water, alcohol
and ether, and from which galactose may be obtained in
large quantities by boiling with dilute acids. In order
to investigate the character of the sugar obtained when
this substance is heated with dilute II ,S< ',. they prepared
a quantity as follows :— lkilo. of finely-ground lupin
seeds were extracted first with ether, then several times
with cold, very dilute iabout 1 per cent) Kill) and
• Ber. 19, J134. t J. Prakt. Chen. 1886, 321-351.
finally with water until free from alkali. This residue,
which possesses a gelatinous appearance, was next heated
half an-hour with 10 per cent. II S( >,. the solution filtered
from the undissolved woody fibre, dilated with an
equal volume of water and finally boiled for another two
hours in order to complete the reaction. After cooling,
tin- 11 Si i,was precipitated with I!a<_'< >., and the solution
then concentrated to a syrup on the water bath at a low
temperature. This syrup was boiled with absolute
alcohol, and the extract, after concentration on the water
bath, was again boiled with absolute alcohol. The
alcohol dissolved only a part of the residue, and after
allowing the solution to stand for some time, a sugar
crystallised out, which was purified by recrystallisation
from dilute alcohol. The residue, insoluble in absolute
alcohol, was dissolved in !I0 per cent, alcohol, the solu-
tion concentrated, the residue taken up with water, and
the solution, after decolourisation with animal charcoal
and subsequent concentration, crystallised completely on
standing. The crystalline mass was purified by recrys-
tallisation from alcohol. Both the crystalline products,
although prepared from ditl'erent parts of the principal
residue, proved to be one and the same substance — viz.,
galactose. The specific rotatory power, the melting
points, both of the pure substances, and also those of
their phenylhydrazine derivatives, the product of oxida-
tion with HXOi. which was principally mucic acid, and
lastly, an examination of the product of the oxidation
with Br., proved their identity. There was no other sugar
found with the galactose. The constituent of the lupins
producing galactose in the manner just described, the
authors have named paragalactin. They calculate that
the seeds contain about 20 per cent, of this substance.
Paragalactin is insoluble in water, even at the boiling
point; it is slightly soluble in tartaric acid, which solution
reduces Fehling's solution. It produces no sugar when
treated with diastase solution. The gelatinous extract
obtained by treating the lupins with very dilute ECHO,
was heated for two hours on the water bath with 10 per
cent. K1H l. A yellow coloured solution was formed,
from which alcohol produced a gelatinous precipitate,
soluble in water and again reprecipitated by alcohol.
The precipitate was filtered off, freed from water by
means of absolute alcohol, and standing over II. mi..
Ignition showed it to contain a considerable quantity of
KX). Bytreating it with anhydrous acetic acid, an acetic
ether was formed, the analysis of which agreed with the
formula C,HrOs(CiH,0)». This ether is insoluble in
water, alcohol, ether and in a mixture of alcohol and
acetic acid. On heating, it commences to decompose at
about 22.3 without previous fusion ; it is, therefore,
quite distinct from the acetic ether of 0-galactan.
Although the authors have not been able to prepare the
paragalactin in the pure state, they conclude from the
above reactions that it may be represented by the formula
C.HuO.^J. W. L.
Composition of the Seeds of Panicum Miliaceum. A.
Beutell and F. W. Dafert. Chem. Zeit. 11, 136.
The long known varieties of this plant, " klebreis " and
" klebhirse," are much used in Japan and China as a
gum and as a cheap article of food. The seeds owe their
glutinous character to a new form of starch — viz.,
erythroamyluni. The latter is starch in which the granu-
lose is replaced by erythrogranulose (probably identical
with erythrodextrin). The authors give the following
analysis of a specimen of "klebreis " : —
[■ic:it 'I Cir.un.
Protein 12D9
Fat 4-28
Hexirin 0-26
Glucose 5-13
Starch 7618
Fibre 015
Ash 101
Cort«.
litis
... 685
. .. 0-96
... t'68
. . . 60 31
... '-98
. .. 1021
-A. G. G.
The Jie<d Nature of Starch Cellulose. Griessmayer.
Allgem. Bauer- und Hopfenzeit. 26, 147.
In order to prove by macro-chemical means that the
skeleton-like substance, obtained from starch by treat-
June30. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
-147
ment with dilate acid, consists of amylodextrose, Nagelli
treated lOOOgrma of potato-starch with (i litres of 12 per
cent 11(1 for 100 days in the cold. A large quantity of the
skeleton-like Bubstance was thus formed. It was washed
free from acid, sugar, dextrose etc In the dry state it
weighed 300grms. On boiling with water it almost com.
pletely dissolved, the small undissolved residue consist-
ing of impurities, fat etc. On freezing tlie solution, the
amylodextrose crystallised out in spheroid crystals.
—J. W. L.
Imitation Gum Arabic. Brit, and Col. Drug. 1887.
Tins is a substance said to lie offered in the market in
three classes, designated as white, light yellow, and
yellow. The first two are, it is stated, in appearance a
close imitation of the genuine article, the white
being in fragments about the size of those in gum mastic,
but as light in colour as good picked gum arabic, angular,
with conchoidal faces but without the fissures of gum
arabic. The light yellow variety is like the above as to
size and general appearance, excepting in colour; the
masses in this look like " sorts " gum arabic. The yellow
appears in masses somewhat larger, cubical, and in colour
resemble translucent pix burgundica. They all an- -aid
to behave nearly alike, and the described reactions with
water (in which no solution, but only intumescence takes
place, becoming clear when boiled), iodine (giving no
starch reaction), alcohol (with which the solution
remains clear, showing absence of arabin) and lead
acetate (by which it is not precipitated), should readily
establish their fictitious nature. The substance is said
to be carrageein obtained from Irish moss, but this muci-
lage is precipitated by lead acetate solution, so that
there must be some error.
XVI.— BREWING, WINES, SPIRITS, Etc.
Composition of By-products from n Porter Braoery. By
Sir Charles A. Cameron. Brit, and Col. Drug. 1SS7,
348.
Tin: following analyses relate to some of the by-pro-
ducts from the largest brewery in the world, namely,
Me--rs. Arthur Guinness & Sons, Dublin. They are,
no doubt, similar to by-products obtained in other
breweries, and which might be converted into artificial
manures, or constituents of manures, especially where
waste beat for evaporating purposes were required.
Residue from vats to which gelatine had been added ;
100 parts contain —
Water 87-800
Dry matter 12-200
lOO'OOO
The dry matter yields —
Ammonia 1-241
Ash 1-150
Including —
Phosphoric anhydride 0'381
(Equal to calcium phosphate 0838)
Potash nolo
Soda 0-050
chlorine 0-100
Calcium sulphate 0036
The residue, if nearly dried, would therefore yield
about of —
Ammonia -j-ooo
Calcium phosphate 6*000
Potash 0600
Kesidue from vats containing no gelatine; 100 parts
contain —
Water 77-500
Dry matter 22-500
100-000
The dry matter yields —
Ammonia V$S&
-^h 2055
Including —
Phosphoric anhydride 0'320
iKimal to calcium phosphate 0700)
Potash 0100
Soda Him
Calcium sulphate 0*080
This residue nearly dried would contain about 2*8 per
cent, of calcium phosphate and 0*4 per cent of potash,
and yield 7 per cent, of ammonia. C pressed yeast,
100 parts, contain —
Water 62-30
Dry matter 37-70
limiHi
The dry matter yield- by combustion with soda-lime —
Ammonia 3201
And leaves on combustion —
Ash 2S00
Including —
Phosphoric anhydride 1*690
(Equal tocalcium phosphate 3'3iOI
Potash ichiefly in union with phosphoric acid) 0-500
Soda 0230
If converted into a moderately dry substance the com-
pressed yeast would yield fully —
Ammonia 8000
And of calcium phosphate 4-000
And potash ... 1*500
Exhausted Hops.
100 parts contain —
Water : 93810
•Dry matter 6'160
100000
"Yielding —
Ammonia 0'3H
Ash 0'30S
Including —
Calcium phosphate O'llO
Potash 0-035
The amount of water is very large, and the drying of
this waste product would be rather costly. This by-
product largely exceeds in quantity all the others above
described.
Diastase. O. Loew. Ber. 20, 5S.
The method of obtaining pure diastase by treating the
crude substance with lead acetate, was first proposed by
Wurtz and not by the author, as stated by Lintner
(this Journal, 1887, 296—297). The method works well,
provided due precautions are observed. To show the
relation of diastase in its chemical composition to other
ferments, Lintner compares it with invertin which
Kiliani has proved to contain a considerable amount of
hop resin. The author stands by his statement (Ber. 15,
15S3), that the pancreatic ferments are albuminous bodies
closely related, both as regards composition and properties,
to the peptones. — C, A. K.
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
(A) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
Sp. Gr. of Butter, Artificial Butter and other Fats. Sell.
Milchzeit. 15, 460—461.
Tin: author gives the following densities, determined by
Kdnig's method at 100" C.
Pure hutter never less than 0866
Other fats and oleomargarine 0859
:> butter. 25 artificial butter 0'865
50, butter. 50. ditto 0-863—864
and he suggests that 0'S66 should be the limit for the
sp. gr. of pure butter. — J. W. L.
D
448
THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IJaneSMW
(in the Formation of tht Skin on Heating Milk.
P Sembriteky. Milchzeit 15, ii.-_r.
The author r< ved the skin, which forms on the sm
face of milk w hen heated, until it no longer formed, and
found it to be about I per cent, of the milk. It was, there
fore, nut merely albumen, of « bich there ia only about 04
per cent., but he found it tocontain casein. This skin forms
at temperatures above 50' and maj be removed 50 or more
times; when it ceases to form any longer, tlie milk
contains no albumen and but lift ! » - casein. — 1. \Y. L.
Tk>- Action on the Milk of Cows fed on thi Residuary
rsofSug Kirchner. Centr. Blatt.
fiir (1. med. WiRsensch. Ins.'., No. 2.
After closely examining the results of an extensive
experiment, the author concludes that, provided the cow
does not lose her appetite for ordinary foods, the addition
of the maize residuary liquors has a decidedly beneficial
effect on the milk, both with regard to quantity and
quality ; whereas the addition of vinasse has, on account
of its purgative properties, a prejudicial effect. The
author finds, further, that the very greatest cleanliness
should be observed in connection with all the various
utensils used in the dairy, when using these foods.
These liquors, vinasse, etc, especially in a partially
fermented condition, contain not only considerable
quantities of yeast hut are also a very suitable bed for
supporting the development of all the lower germs and
bacteria, which exert a very detrimental influence on
the health of the cow and on the rate at which tlie
milk becomes sour. These germs, which do not pass
through the cow into the milk but become transmitted
through carelessness into it, have also a serious
influence on the keeping qualities of the butter and
cheese.— J. W. L.
XX.-FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES
AND EXTRACTS.
The Perennial Scented Grass Anthroxanthum Odoratum.
Nobbe. Der Landwirt, 22, 523.
The seeds of this grass are being replaced by the small
annual grass, Anthrtxanthum 1'uclii, lee. and lam., which
also contains enmarin, the valuable essence of the
Been ted grass. This annual grass, A. Puelii, mows as a
weed and has latterly spread very rapidly in Hanover.
It has a less value than the A. odoratum, is an annual
plant, forms no turf and produces much less hay. The
seed ripens tlie summer after being sown and produces
uo more than a quarter to one-third the quantity that the
A. odoratum ih.es, besides possessing a much weaker
odour. — J. W. L,
The Polaris,-,, /„■ as a Revealer of Adulterations in
Essential Oils. A. M. Todd. Amer. Journ. Pharrn
April, M!87.
Iv examining some spurious oils of peppermint in behalf
of the State, observations were made with a Mitscherlich
polariscope upon their polarisation. In authentic samples
of several peppermint oils prepared by the author, it was
found that, though these different pure samples varied
slightly in the angle of polarisation, there were found to
be limits beyond which pure samples did not go. It
was found that if a certain essential oil polarising within
a eertain limit was mixed with another polarising within
entirely different limits, the difference in the polarising
angle would enable the amount of adulteration to he
readily determined. The angles exhibited by five
samples of pure oil of peppermint when polarised were :
-■"••",, -in, -Hi, - .v_! , 52", averaging -50-2°, Five
samples „f natural oil of camphor were also examined,
exhibiting an average angle of +65°. Five samples of
adulterated peppermint oil averaged - 9J, showing a
deficit of -40 v. The variation of the last five samples
was at tirst thought to he due to the dementholisation of
the respective oils ; hut from the fact that oil of camphor
(which is dextro-rotatory) is known to be a common
adulterant of essential oils, and from his polariscopic obser-
vations the author arrived at the conclusion that the impure
samples contained an admixture of oil of camphor, the
exact proportions in which the polariscope, in skilled
hands, was capable of accurately determining. A
description of the polariscope recommended bj the author
for the examination of essentia] oils may be found in
Tucker's work on " Sugar Analysis."
No great progress can be made in this mode of
examining essential oils until tin- indices of refraction
of_ the numerous pure oils have been accuratelj deter-
mined : the majority of essential oils in commerce cannot
for this purpose he depended upon. The author is now
engaged upon special investigations with the oils C( lire-
weed and crigeron. — \V. K.
: Gravity of some Essential Oils of Commera "■
taken from I'm; an,l Normal Samples. From the
Report of Mes.^rs. Scliimmel o» Co., Leipzig.
Temperature >-f the
Oil
Name "f t be * til
Remarks.
10' C.
150" I-'.)
15r C.
159-K.)
20" C.
168° F)
Oleum Anisi
0985
0-980
(In an fcl
Valerianae
0 917
0 915
0910
Hergainotiv La
Reggio . .
0-887
0-883
0880
,, Amygdalessent.
1063
1-060
1055
1-060
Cajupnta (green)
0'927
0-925
0-922
1-05-106
Cassia- rcct.
1058
1055
1-052
Ccdri ligni
0'9tS
0915
0 910
Citronclhe
0 900
US90
0 893
., lymini
0925
0-922
0 918
Cuhebffi ..
01118
0-915
0912
Coriandri
0-872
0-807
0S01
0860-0-870
,, Eucalypti globul
0 925
0-922
0 918
Anethi
OD05
0900
0-896
Fceniculi dulcis
I. rectif
nil?.'.
0970
u 965
0-985-0-975
„ Zingiberis
0 B85
0-882
0-878
C'arui (from
Dutch fruits).
0911
0-908
0905
„ Macis
0 858
0-S.55
0-852
,, Caryophylli
1065
1-062
1059
1-060-1-065
,, Men t b . pip
(Mitcham)
0 905
0-900
0898
0 900-0 905
„ Auranty dulee
0-851
0850
-
,, Sassafras
IOCS
1065
1060
1-05-1 07
Siaapie essent.
(from seeds) . .
ln::n
1025
1020
„ Sinapis(artificial)
1023
1-O20
1016
S.'antali (East
Iml.i
0-978
0975
0-973
,. Jnniperl dupl.
recti!, e baccia
0 863
0858
0855
,. WinterL.-ri.il
(natural)
1-189
T185
1182
„ Wintergreen
(artificial)
l Hi.1
1-187
1183
Cinnamoni, Cey-
lon
1035
1-090
l-( 127
103 i
A variation in the above numbers, not exceeding the
third decimal figure, would not necessarily imply adul-
teration, but more considerable discrepancies are not
permissible.
June so. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
449
Saocharine. Chem. Zeit. 11, 195.
Matmenk criticises the properties of Fahlhcrg's
Baccbarine, which lie pronounces to be a mixture, since
crystals can be obtained from the solution in weak
alcohol which contain 13 per cent, of sulphur, whereas
the substance remaining in the mother-liquor contains
15 per cent, of sulphur.-- S. II.
Hydrazine. VL Freund and W. Will. Ber.20.89 95
IlvuKAMiNK is decomposed by dilute nitric acid
similarly to narcotine, opianic acid and a base resemb-
ling cotamine being formed (this .Journal, lssij, 077).
This base, to which the name " hydraatinine " is
given, has the formula C, ,H, , X< >,.- HjO, whence the
formula for hvdrastine would be t'.,H. NO., and not
i '..II. NO,, as given by Mahla {Sill Amer. Jour,,. (2),
36, 57) and Power \ Archie, d. Pharm. 1884, 910), unless
carbon dioxide is evolved on treating it with dilute nitric obtained by the decomposition of naringin agreed to i all
dried Cit, > "" blossoms be obtained OOOgrms. or
2 per cent, of naringin. To this glucoaide the lormula
f . , II ,, t ), , is assigned. It is a white substance, which
dissolves in alcohol and in warm water, crystallising
Hum the latter with 4 molecules of H .<>. The specific
rotatory power in II 0 was found to be [o]»=84-5° ; in
alcohol solution [a]„ = 87 -6P. It decomposes readily when
heated with dilute acids. Heated on the water-bath for
6— S hours with a 2 per cent, solution of H,S04, it is
split up into iso-dulcite and naringenin, the latter being
precipitated from the solution as a white crystalline
mass. Purified by reerystallisation out of alcohol,
naringenin melts at 248°, when decomposition sets in.
It possesses the weak acid properties of a phenol, dis-
solves readily in solutions of the alkalis but forms no
salts with alkaline carbonates. With ferric chloride it
forms a deep red-brown coloured solution and it dissolves
readily in alcohol, ether and benzene. The analyses
agree with the formula C„HltO„ The iso-dulcite
acid, which is not the case.
C„H„NO +O=C1.Ht0p» + C1 HltNOs
Hvdrastine. Opianic Acid. Hydraatinine.
This formula for hvdrastine agrees with analyses both of
the free base and of its platinum double salt, and has
been confirmed by Eykman (this Journal, 18S7, 380).
Hydrastinine is a white crystalline body melting at
116—117', and dissolving inpetroieum etherand hot ether.
It is precipitated from an acid solution by caustic potash
or soda, but not by ammonia or sodium carbonate. Like
cotarnine, it contains a molecule of water of crystallisa-
tion, which is not present, however, in its salts. Of
these the hydrochloride and acid sulphate are readily
soluble in water. The former is optically inactive and
shows a slight fluorescence in solution, while the crystals
of the latter show a green fluorescence. The bichromate
and ferricyanide are very characteristic, as well as the gold
and platinum double salts. The methiodide is a yellow
crystalline body. On reduction with zinc and hydro-
chloric acid, hydrohydrastinine is formed, CH^Nn,,
a base readily soluble in ether, alcohol, etc., and melting
at 06°. Its hydrochloride is a crystalline powder, while
its hydrobromide forms white needles. When oxidised
with dilute nitric acid until caustic potash ceases to pro-
duce a precipitate in the solution, hvdrastine forms an
acid having the formula C,H-N04, isomeric if not
identical with apophyllenic acid. Its melting point is
232°. 10" above that of apophvllenic acid.
-C. A. K.
its properties with the published descriptions of it. The
specilic rotatory power was found to be [a]u-S '2°.
' Naringenin is readily decomposed when boiled with
concentrated KHO, the products being phloroglucinol
and naringeninic acid. The phloroglucinol agreed in
properties with descriptions already published. It
melted at 209" and crystallised in the prismatic Bystem.
The naringeninic acid" was separated from the phloro-
glucinol bv precipitation with dilute H,SO,, filtered,
dissolved in NaHCO, solution, again filtered and pre-
cipitated with H S04. Thus obtained it is crystalline
and may be purified by reerystallisation from hot water.
The analytical data agree with the formula C,H„0 .
From hot water it crystallises anhydrous, while from
cold water it crystallises in long shining needles contain-
ing 1 molecule'of H,0. It melts at 207° and gives a
red brown coloured solution with fenic chloride. If the
aqueous solution be treated with sodium amalgam,
hydronaringeninic acid (C,H10O,) is formed, melting at
126°. To naringin mav be assigned the formula
HO.C.Ht.CH:CH.CO.O.C.H,(OH),[HO:CH=l:4
and U:OH:OH=l :3:5]. Naringin must be considered
to be a glucoside composed of naringenin in combination
with iso-dulcite. — J. W. L.
Ber. 20,
to the corresponding alcohol —
just as
Carveol, Borneo!, and Menthol R. Leuckart.
114—116.
CABVOL is reduced
"carveol" — by means of sodium and alcohol
ordinary camphor is converted into borneol
Carveol boils without decomposition at 218 — 220 and
is characterised by a smell quite distinct from that of
carvol. The presence of the nydroxyl-group is shown by
the action of acid chlorides and by the formation of acetic .
and benzoyl ethers, both of which are liquids. Further,
when treated with phenylcyanate, phenylcarvylurethane
is formed, a crystalline body soluble in hot alcohol and
melting at S4\"
C^H.j.OH-rCO.N.CoH^CUC;^1.1.-1 „H
yj.y. t ,j n j j
Borneol and menthol form analogous crystalline com-
pounds, melting at 133J and 111° respectively. The
formation of these compounds appears characteristic
of the presence of an hydroxyl-group (Leuckart and
Bach ; Ber. 20, 104) and the author finds that phenyl-
cyanate gives no urethane with either carvol, camphor
or nionobromocamphor, the sole product of the reaction
being diphenylcarbamide, formed from the phenylcyanate
by assimilation of a molecule of water and loss of carbon
dioxide. — C. A. K.
Naringin, W. Will. Ber. 20, 294-304.
The author now gives fuller details of the research
partially published in Her. 18, 1311. From 30kilos. of
Optical Behaviour of Coca,,,, and a .1/. thodfor Proving
its Purity. O. Antrick. Ber. 20, 310-322.
In order to place in the hands of chemists a method for
the accurate estimation of cocaine hydrochloride, the
author has determined the specific rotation of solutions
of this salt obtained from different sources in as pure a
state as possible. All the specimens which the author
examined dissolved in water with a slight turbidity, and
he therefore used diluted alcohol as the solvent. The
instrument he used for the determination of the power ot
rotation was a Landolt's polaristrobometer ( Zats. J.
Inrtntmentenkunde, 1883, 121). For the determination
of the sp. gr., as well as the strength of the solution, the
author used a flask of the form in the accompanying
wood-cut. The bulb A has a capacity of about 2occ, and
D2
UJO
THE JOUKNAL OF THE SOCTF.TY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I.iunenn. isw.
in preparing a solution it is Blled ap to the mark '-, the
diameter of the neck here being 5mm. The sp. gr. was
taken ;it 'Jo', water at 1- being the nnil of comparison.
I''i.r the calculation of the constants A ami li in the
formula [o]0 A Bo. ami [a]„ = A — I! '■. a >| i 1 1 it-ii
oi cocaYne hydrochloride obtained from Messrs. dalle
ami Darmstaedtet was taken as the standard, This
specimen not only answered all the require nts of the
Pharmaceutical Commission of the Society of Apothe-
caries, 1 nit the analytical data also agreed with those
obtained by other authors. It melted at 181 "5°. Tables
are given with details of results obtained,
In nsing this method for the examination of any
specimen of cocaine hydrochloride, the author suggests
thai the llask he used will lie found very useful, ami
advises that lOOcc. of the solution shall contain 10 or
•JOgrnis. of the salt, ami further that more than one de
termination shall he made, ami a mean of the results
taken.—.). W. L.
XXIL- GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
DreehseFs Absorption Bottle with Valve. Chem. Zeit.
11, 224.
The bottle has inside the gas-inlet tube A a small valve
light enough to Boat upon liquors. If gas be passed into
A, the valve will allow it to enter, but as soon as the
pressure diminishes the valve will rise, close tube A
at B and thus prevent the flowing back of the liquor.
— S. H.
A New Siphon. A. Jolles. Rep. Anal. Chem. 7, 151.
By sucking slightly at «, and then closing the pinch-
cock, a partial vacuum is created in the body of the
apparatus, which is at once tilled with the Liquid rising
through the tube c.
apparatus acts like
tremelv easy
the
ex-
On opening the pinch-cock 6,
any ordinary siphon, It is
i i jet the siphon in action and none of
the Liquid can be drawn into the mouth of the Operator,
so the apparatus is specially recommended for siphoning
poisonous liquids. — E. E, B.
.1 Method of Maintaining Water-baths, Spirit lamps,
etc., at a Constant Level. K, Bensemann. Kep. Anal.
('hem. 7. 3 and I.
Fig. 1 shows the arrangement rec tended. I is the
bottle from which t lie liquid is supplied. The level of
the liquid in the spirit lamp or water- bath B is determined
by the regulator A, which is a cylindrical vessel, pro
vided with a doubly-bored cork and two tubes, A is
Fig. 1.
partly tilled with mercury, into which the longer of the
two tubes dips : and the level of the liquid in I! can be
altered by changing the depth to which the tube dips
into the mercury. In order to start the apparatus, the
tube is raised out of the mercury until the liquid begins
to flow out of F, and when it has reached the desired
level, the tube is again pushed down into the mercury
until the flow is checked. The level in B then remains
constant, the condition for equilibrium being h—q±s,
where h, '/, and s denote the respective pressures due to
FlO. -2.
the columns of liquid so marked in the figure. A
still simpler arrangement is to omit A altogether, and
connect J! directly with F, as in Fig. 2. The level of
the liquid in I! is then regulated by varying the depth
to which the vertical tube dips into the liquid in F.
The apparatus is put into working order by blowing air
in through this tube until the liquid has reached the
proper level in 1!. The cork shown in the neck of 15
need not be airtight, as it only serves to support the
tube which conveys the liquid. 1). E. J.
A New Gas Burette. I'.. Frank.-. J. Prakt. ('hem.
35, 1887, 259—262.
The burette consists of a measuring tube A and the
bulb 1J for holding the reagents, connected by a
June 30, 1887.] THE JOU11XAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
i.M
t ;«. i > b. The niher end of I! can be closed by a
>t<i]p|>er with a tap r. Tlie measuring tube A holds
exactly lOOcc, tlie zero of the scale lying in the bore of
the tap 6. Tlie burette is tilled with the u'as to be
examined either by passing ii through the apparatus for
some time '>r by filling the burette with water and
aspirating the gas through d until the level of the water
has sunk t<. hi. The tap a is then closed, and the burette
placed vertically in water, so that the water inside and
outside i- mi the same level. On closing A, the gas in
the burette is under the ordinary atmospheric pressure.
The vessel 15 is filled with any absorbing agent for treat-
ing the gas, and the stopper inserted afterwards. The
tap c is closed and b opened, so that the liquid may
enter the measuring tube to be thoroughly mixed with
the gas by shaking. After the absorption has taken
place, the liquid is again collected in B, b is closed, and
after ringing and rilling B with water, the burette is
(placed in water. The tap b is then opened in order to
measure the gas nnder the same conditions as before. It
will be seen that the burette is of general application, like
Bunte's, and can also replace the more expensive Orsat's
apparatus. — S. H.
Pipettes without Graduations. A. Beutel and F. W*.
Dafert. Hep. Anal. Chem. 7, ISO— 190.
Tmk advantages claimed for this form of pipette, which
consists of a siphon arrangement by means of which a
•taut volume of liquid is allowed to pass from one
part of the apparatus to another, are, that it requires no
manipulative skill, while it is, at the same time, quite as
accurate as any of the ordinary measuring instruments
employed in volumetric work. Indeed, a comparison
made with both pipettes and burettes, by weighing the
amounts of water delivered, seems to show that this new
form is more accurate than burettes and quite as
accurate as any form of pipette.
The liquid to be measured enters the apparatus by the
tube d (Fig. '2i which is connected with the supply vessel
(not shown in the figure). The pipette is tilled by open-
ing the stopcocks A and I!. and allowing the liquid to
Bow in until the siphon K is full. 15 is now closed, and
then A. Any liquid rising in the tube/ K' above the
level of (( is carried away by the overllow pipe (see Fig. j
The tube 'H' is 5— Omni, wide, and by making it of
considerable length and having the bulb K' at the top,
the liquid in K is under sufficient pressure to enable it to
How out rapidly. The portion of the tube fa is narrowed
(internal diameter 2 — 2$mm.) in order to reduce the
fluctuations of the meniscus of the fluid to a minimum.
There i- a mark at m, and the pipette is in the correct
position, when on emptying the siphon the meniscus of
the fluid rests at this point. The pipette i- fixed on a
wooden lioard, and all correction- tor position are made
by the screw M. By means of this screw any difference
in the capillarity of the liquid- used, is readily allowed
for : the meniscus must be at in, when the siphon i-
empty.
The pipette having been filled as described, the mode
of operations is as follows : — The stopcock Ji is opened
and the liquid in / K' sinks to m. Io avoid any
inaccuracy in the manner in which the contents of the
siphon are delivered, a glass tongue c is lixed on to t
I ig 1 |, and as soon as more liquid drops from /., B is
Fig. i.
-
closed, and the vessel receiving the liquid moved along
the tongue Z in the direction indicated by the arrow
(Fig. 1). The pipette is refilled on opening A, and
is again ready for use. It is necessary to pay par-
ticular attention to closing B at the right moment, and
also to the manner in which the last drops of liquid are
removed from :. With these points duly observed, and
provided there is no change in temperature, the volume
of liquid flowing from e is constant.
The glass stopcocks A and B may be replaced by
indiarubber tubing connections and pinchcocks. The
tubing used must be as near as possible of the same
bore as the tubes, and some arrangement must be intro-
duced for fixing the siphon K securely. — C. A. K.
Pesier's Natromctcr. E. Pfeiffer. Chem. Zeit. H, 443.
Pesiei;'s natrometer was first introduced in 1S4H for
the valuation of potash in the residues obtained from the
calcination of beetroot molasses, and it was soon
abandoned for the better method of determining potash
by platinum chloride. The author states that in the
hands of a careful analyst, the natrometer gives with
little trouble results well agreeing with those obtained
by the platinum method. The apparatus consists of a
hydrometer, the scale of which is based on the fact that
the density of a potassium sulphate solution increases
proportionately with the amount of solid matter in solu-
tion. If the solution contains sodium sulphate, the
density rises considerably, potassium sulphate being
more soluble in the presence of sodium sulphate for
further detail- as to the precautions to be observed, the
original paper should be consulted. — S. H.
Scheme for the Detection of Artificial Colouring Matters.
K. Weingartner. Chem. Zeit. 1SS7, 135 — 137 and
165—169.
It is of considerable importance to the dyer or printer to
be able to identify by readily performed tests, the dye-
stuffs he is using, as colouring matters that have been
153
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uunc 30. iwt.
long known, and mixtures of these, are of ten sold under substance is a simple compound or a mixture of dye-
ti.« names. L'pon the scheme proposed byWitl (this stuffs, since the presence of more than a small quantity
Journal, issii, 249) the author 1ms lmse.l ;i complete ofa second colouring matter would obscure the reactions
system "f qualitative analysis lor all the dyestuffs at and lead to erroneous conclusions In t lie case of
Dyestuffs Soluble in Water.
A. Precipitated by Tannin -Basic Colours. — The aqueous solution is reduced with zinc-dust and IK 1,
neutralised and a drop put on filter-paper : —
THB Ohi'.iNAi COLOUR Iii:uTiM:>
TheOriois u.Coloi it
DOB M'T Al-I-KAK.
lied.
fellow and < Taupe. Green.
Bine. Violet
Yellow, Browo. and
Blue.
Magenta
Toluylene red
Bafranine
Phoephlne
Flavoanilinc
Malachite green
Brilliant green
Methyl green
Methylene blue Methyl violet
New blue Hoftnann violet
Muscarine Mauveine
Amethyst
Crystal violet.
Chrysoidinc
Bismarck brown
Auraminc
Victoria blue
B. Hot Precipitated by Tannin—Arid Colours.— Reduced with zinc dust and H('l (or zinc-dust and ammonia).
<»n Taper the original Colour reappears.
The Aqueous Solution is actiified with HCl
ami extracted with Ether.
The Ether dissolres
the Djestuff and tht
Aqueous Bolution is
left nearly oolo
The Ether remains
unco loured.
Phthaleins
Snlpfa onated
rosaniline deriva-
tives
Su Iph onated
indulines
The original Colour does not reappear. The Dye-stuff >s heated
ou Platinum Foil.
Deflagrates without
productionof Coloured
Vapours,
Burns with production "f Coloured Vapours
A piece of onmordantedC itton is heated in
the Aqueous Solution.
Xitro- colouring
matters
The Colour on the
CoW m resists a warm
Soap-bath.
Benzidine colours
Erythrosine
The Colour is
stripped by a warm
Soap-bath.
Azn-colouring
matters
The Colour is cl
to a Browniah-recL < in
.' ;i p e r the
Colour of the Amino
Diacal Solution is re-
stored.
Alizarin S
Alizarin blue S
Ccerulein S
Dyestuffs Insoluble in Water.
The colouring matter is treated with water and a few drops of 5% caustic soda.
[I diuolTeB. The Alkaline 8 .lution is
heitte i with zinc ilnst end .1 drop I -11 T nn
filter-paper.
It remains undissolved. The PyesturT i< heated with 70 \ Alcohol.
Til. i ! iloui d
Soluble.
Not rotable.
Solution not Fluorescent. - lation I Uorescent.
Indigo.
The Colour
reappean.
reappear of the Bame
>h Me, .T the original
remains anal-
Ian 1
Caustic Soda (33 _ i is added.
ur becomes
reddish brown.
No alteration Tlie Fluorescence
in Colour. troyed.
The Fluorescence
remains.
( 'n-rulctn
Canarine
Induline
Itulophenol Magdala rod
l'rimrosc
r.alleln
Alizarin
Xigrosine
lyanosine
Gallocyaninc
Galloflavinc
Anthrnpurpurinc
Nitro-alirjirin
Alizarin brown
Alizarin blue
Clirysamine
Kosanilinc
blue (opal)
Dipheoylaxnine
blue (opal)
-— " .1 i •! Krccn
present occurring in the market. This has been success
fully used for si\ months in t lit- laboratory of the Ecole
de Chcmic, at Mulhanseii. Before proceeding to the
analysis it is necessary to lirst determine whether the
mechanical mixtures this can usually he ascertained
by sprinkling a little of the powder nj filter-paper
and moistening with water or alcohol, when streaks of
the constituent colours will be seen. Mixtures of azo-
June 30. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
453
colours which do not differ widely in shade and hence
are not readily Been by the above test, are rendered
apparent by scattering a few particles of the colour
upon the surface of concentrated ll.so4 contained in a
white porcelain dish.
When the constituents of the mixture have been
precipitated together, fractional dyeing must he resorted
to; a bath of the colour is prepared and a number of
pieces of wool or silk are dyed from it in succession
until exhausted ; if a great difference in shade is apparent
between the first and last dyeings the substance is not
a single compound.
The commonest impurities are salt, sodium sulphate,
sodium carbonate, and dextrin. Salt is detected by
' igniting ami testing the residue for chlorine. Sudiiim
sulphate remains in the filtrate after precipitating the
colour with pure sodium chloride, ami is indicated by
barium chloride. Dextrin is readily recognised by its
smell and by its remaining undissolved when the colour-
ing matter is extracted with alcohol.
The author employs a solution of tannin to distinguish [
acid from basic colours, the two groups being further
subdivided by their behaviour on reduction with zinc
dust and BCL The tannin reagent is made by dis-
solving 25grms. of tannin and 25grms. of sodium acetate
in 'J.'iOcc. of water. If a few drops of this reagent (an
excess must he avoided) is added to the solution of the
dvestuff and the solution heated, all basic colours are
precipitated ; acid colours are not precipitated (if the
solution is hot).
Basic Colours.
Red.
(a) Bluish red in aqueous solution turned yellowish
brown by HC1 or HjS04. — Magenta (roseine, fuchsine,
(A) Bluish red in aqueous solution: ammonia pre-
cipitated brown Hocks soluble in ether with a greenish
yellow fluorescence. Dissolves in HC1 with a blue colour,
in concentrated HjS04 with a green ; on dilution the
colour changes through blue and violet to red. — Neutral
red.
(c) Addition of alcohol to the aqueous solution causes
an orange fluorescence. Dissolves in concentrated H.SO^
with a green colour, which on dilution changes through
blue and violet into red. — Safranine.
Yellow.
(a) Alkalis give a tlocculent yellow precipitate, which
is soluble in ether with a yellow colour and strong green
fluorescence. — Phosphine.
(b) Alkalis give a yellowish white precipitate, soluble
in ether, without colouration, with a splendid blue
fluorescence. — Flavainlinc.
Green.
(a) Turned yellow b.y acid. Alkalis throw down a
pink or grey precipitate. — Malachite ;irccn.
{/>) Ammonia gives no precipitate. Dissolves in
Il.St )4 with a yellow colour, becoming green on dilution.
— Brilliant green.
(c) The aqueous solution has a blue or greenish blue
colour ; turned yellow by acids : discolonrised by alkalis
without forming a precipitate. — Methyl green.
Violet
(<t) Yery soluble in water ; alkalis produce a violet
brown precipitate. The solution is turned yellow by
II S( i, and on dilution the colour changes through green
into bluish violet. — Methyl violet and Hofmann violi '..
(6) Highly soluble in cold water ; HC1 changes the
colour to blue ; alkalis give a brown precipitate. ] I . S < >,
gives a dirty violet colour, which becomes blue and
finally violet on dilution. — Neutral violet.
(c) Moderately soluble in water ; alkalis give a violet
precipitate; H-SU4 changes the colour to grey, on dilu-
tion the colour passes through sky blue into reddish
violet. — Ma u rein.
_ (d) Soluble in water with a reddish violet colour ; addi-
tion of alcohol produces a red fluorescence, II So,
produces a green colour, which on dilution changes
through blue into violet. — Amethyst.
(. ) Caustic soda gives a yellow precipitate; addition
of HC1 or ELSO, changes the colour to orange. Long
six-sided crystals. — Crystal violt i.
Blue.
(a) The concentrated solution gives a violet Hack
precipitate with NaOH. Coloured grass-green by
II ,Si ),. Contains zinc. — .1/. thyh ne blue.
\b) The aqueous solution is bluish violet: NaOH
gives a brownish black precipitate. Concentrated HaSO,
gives a green colour, on dilution passing through blue
into violet. — Neublau (Casella).
(c) Sparingly soluble in cold water, easily in hot, with
a violet colour ; Nat III gives a reddish blown precipitate.
Tannin gives an indigo blue precipitate. Dissolves in
concentrated H^S04 with a bluish green colour, 011
dilution becoming blue and then violet. — Muscarine.
Brown, Yellow and Blue.
(a) Soluble with a yellow colour ; alkalis give a white
precipitate, which is soluble in ether without fluores-
cence ; boiling with dilute H .SO, slowly decolourises
the solution. Reduction with zinc-dust and acetic acid
gives an evanescent green colouration. — A urcunine.
(6) Dyes wool orange yellow. Dissolves in concen-
trated H...SO, with a yellowish brown " colour.—
Chrysoidine.
(e) Dyes wool orange brown. Dissolves in concen-
trated HoS04 with a brown colour. — Bismarck brown.
(</) Acids turn the solution yellowish brown; alkalis
give a brownish red precipitate. Dissolves in H3S04
with a reddish brown colour, which becomes greenish
blue on dilution. — Victoria blue.
Acid Colours.
Phthalevns.
(a) The aqueous solution is red with a greenish
lluorescence ; acids produce an orange precipitate which
is soluble in ether with a yellow colour. Dissohes in
concentrated H.^SO, yellow; on heating, fumes of HBr
are evolved ; if manganese dioxide is added bromine is
liberated. — Eosin.
(b) The aqueous solution is more bluish-red than eosin ;
acids produce a yellowish brown precipitate, which is
soluble in ether with a yellow colour. Reacts with
H„S04 same as eosin. Heated on platinum foil it
burns with production of "Pharaoh's serpents." —
Safrosin (Eosin scarlet).
(r) Bluish red solution with slight greenish fluorescence ;
acids produce a flesh-coloured precipitate soluble in
ether with a brownish yellow colour. Reactions with
H.,SU4 same as eosin. — Phloxin.
\d) The aqueous solution is dark bluish red without
lluorescence ; acids give a red precipitate soluble in
ether with an orange colour. The alcoholic solution has
a golden-yellow fluorescence. Dissolves in concentrated
UuS04 with an orange colour; on heating, iodine is
liberated. — Rose Bengal.
(e) Brownish yellow solution with strong green
fluorescence; acids give a yellow precipitate. — I'ranin
and Chrysolin.
(f) Red solution smelling of phenol ; acids give a
yellow precipitate. — Corallin and A urin.
Sulphonated RosanUine Derivatives and Indulines.
(a) The aqueous solution is bluish-red ; on heating
with NaOH the colour vanishes but is restored by acetic
acid. Dissolves in H..SO, with a yellow colour,
becoming red on dilution. — Acid magenta.
[h) Easily soluble in water with a slight greenish
colouration ; addition of a little acid intensities the
colour but an excess turns it yellow. Alkalis de-
colourise it. — Helvetia green (acid green).
(c) Alkalis decolourise it. Wool extracts the colour
from the ammoniacal solution, and after washing and
developing in dilute acid, becomes deep blue.— All.ali
blue.
(54
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. U»«<-30. iw.
i Easily soluble and crystallises in metallic glisten-
in,' flakes. \\ OOl i- only dye<l from an acid bath. —
iina blue),
rhe violet aqueous solution is decolourised by
ammonia without precipitation. Coloured orange by
II S04, on dilution changing through green ami blue to
violet A
1 / 1 The colour of the aqueous solution varies between
bluish grey and reddish grey ; alkali* redden it ; acids
give a bluish or violet precipitate. Not decolourised by
heating with dilute nitric acid. —Indulines and nigra-
Nitro Colouring Matters.
Greenish-yellow solution. Hitter taste. The
alkaline solution is not precipitated by HC1. The
alkaline salts deflagrate. — Picric acid.
(b) Golden-yellow solution; H CI gives a light yellow
precipitate, soluble in elher. —XajJit/iu/ ije/li,ir(\n\mrose).
(c) Golden-yellow solution ; HCI gives no precipitate.—
Naphthol yellow S.
tit) The concentrated aqueous solution is red, the
dilute solution is yellow ; excess of alkalis gives a dark-
red precipitate ; acids give a milky precipitate —
A urnntia.
Benzidine Colours.
(a) The red aqueous solution is coloured blue by a
trace ofHCl. Dissolves in concentrated H3S04 with a
slate-.blu'e colour not changed by dilution. — Congo red.
(b) The aqueous solution is orange-red ; when concen-
trated, a brown precipitate is produced by concentrated
II ,s<.)4 or HCI, which, on dilution, dissolves to a brown
solution. — Benzopurpui in.
(c) The bluish-violet solution is turned red by alkalis;
when concentrated, HC1 gives a violet precipitate. Dis-
solves in concentrated H^SO, with a violet colour. —
Azo til iic.
Bluish-red solution ; HC1 and H,S04 produce an
orange precipitate. On heating, the solid iodine sub-
limes. — Eryth rosin .
Azo Colouring Mutters.
(a) The yellow aqueous solution gives a precipitate
with BaCl, but not with CaCl,. Dissolves in H2SO.
with a yellow colour, which, on dilution, becomes
brownish-red and finally orange. Fast yellow.
[In The yellow aqueous solution deposits the dyestuff,
on cooling, in crystals; with BaCL and CaCl, it "ives
crystalline precipitates. Dissolves" in H3SO," with a
violet colour, reddish-violet on dilution.— Diphenylamine
yellow (Tropceoline o O).
(c) Deflagrates on heating with formation of
"Pharaoh's serpent " and evolution of yellow vapours.
Dissolves in H ,.S(i( with a carmine-red colour, becoming
yellow on dilution. The reduced dyestuff put on filter-
paper forms brown spots.- Indian yellow (citronine).
(fl) The orange aqueous solution is coloured violet by
HC1 ; BaCl, gives a precipitate but not CaCl,. Dis-
solves in H..SH, with a violet-red colour, which becomes
red on aUntioTi.—Azoflavine.
(e) The yellow aqueous solution, on cooling, deposits
the dyestult 111 yellow plates ; dilute acids precipitate
reddish-violet plates. Dissolves in concentrated H2S04
with a yellow colour, becoming red on dilution. Methyl
or Ethyl orange.
(ft The aqueous solution is yellow ; on cooling, the
dyestuff crystallises out. Sulphuric acid changes the
colour to bluish-green, on dilution becoming violet and
forming a slate blue precipitate. Barium chloride gives
a yellow precipitate. Yellow \ (1'oirrier).
(g) The aqueous solution is yellow ; on cooling, the
dyestuff crystallises out Dissolves in II. su, with a
yellowish. green colour, on dilution becoming violet with
a grey precipitate. Calcium chloride gives an orange
precipitate, which, on heating, becomes red and crystal-
line. Luteoline.
Forme a well crystallised calcium salt. Dissolves
in ll,.SO, with a dark orange colour, not changed on
dilution, —llrmii/i (,'.
(t) The addition of a trace of IK'l to the yellow solu-
tion produces a crystallisation of yellow plates; a larger
quantity precipitated grey needles. The solution in
1LSO, is brownish-orange, not changed by dilution. —
Tropa " line u (chrysoine).
(j) The reddish-orange solution gives precipitates with
Bat I. and CaCU; the calcium salt crystallises from a
large quantity of water iu red needles. Dissolves in
ILSO4 with a carmine-red colour, giving an orange pre-
cipitate on dilution. —Orange II. (Mandarine).
(/.') The aqueous solution is reddish -orange, turned
carmine-red by NaOH. Dissolves in ll.su, with a violet
colour, giving, on dilution, a brown precipitate and then
an orange solution.- Orange I. (tropceoline 000).
(/) The orange aqueous solution deposits on cooling a
yellow precipitate ; Badi gives a precipitate, but not
CaCl]. The 1 1-.S( l4 solution is yellow. — Tartra.im .
(m) The orange aqueous solution gives a precipitate
with BaCl,. The H,S(l4 solution is dull violet, be-
coming red on dilution. Metaiiil yellow.
(n) The concentrated aqueous solution gelatinises on
cooling. Dissolves in concentrated H..S< >4 with a green
colour, which becomes bluish-violet 011 dilution.
Biebrich scarlet.
(a) Calcium chloride gives a red precipitate. Solution
in B9SO< blue, on dilution passing through violet into
red. — Croccitir scarlet.
ip) The aqueous solution deposits bronzy crystals on
cooling. Solution in H.,S04 violet, on dilution a brown
precipitate. — Ponceau from xylidinc and a-naphthol-
sul phonic acid.
(</) The red aqueous solution is turned reddish-brown
by NHj ; BaCl... gives a brown precipitate. Solution in
H2S04 magenta-red, red on dilution. — Coccine and
Coccin ine.
(r) The aqueous solution is brownish-red ; when con-
centrated, the addition of a few drops of Na,C03 causes
the separation of brown glistening plates. The solution
in H,S04 is violet, becoming red on dilution. — Bocceline.
(s) The red aqueous solution gives a precipitate with
BaClj. Solution in II2S04 indigo-blue, red on dilution.
— Bordeaux G and B.
(r) The aqueous solution is turned dark violet-red by
NH3. Solution in H,S04 blue, on dilution passing
through violet to red. — Ponceau S.
Anthracene Colours.
(«) The aqueous solution is brownish-yellow ; with
HCI, pure yellow ; strong solutions give a violet precipi-
tate with NaOH, a red precipitate with CaCl3. Solution
in concentrated R„S(>4, yellow. — Alizarin 8.
(b) The olive-brown aqueous solution is turned green
by NH,. The solution, obtained by reduction with zinc
dust and NH3, quickly oxidises in the air with produc-
tion of a green precipitate. — Cosrulein S.
(c) The brownish-red aqueoussolution is turned greenish-
blue by Ml,, green by NaOH. The HCI solution is
yellowish-orange. The reduced solution quickly oxidises
with production of a blue precipitate. — Alizarin blucS.
Colouring Matters Insoluble in Water.
(a) The NaOH solution is violet. Solution in H„S04
is blue. — Gallocyanine.
(b) The solution in strong aqueous NaOH is indigo-
blue, on dilution violet-red. The H3SO, solution is
orange. — Gallein.
(c) The NaOB and concentrated H.SO, solutions are
green. — Catruli in.
(</) The NaOB solution is dull yellow. Dissolves in
concentrated H5SO, with a yellow colour.— Gallo-
flu rin.
(e) The NaOB solution is yellow. I'nmordanted cot-
ton is dyed a fast yellow From an alkaline bath. In-
soluble in concentrated ll.su,. Canarine.
(/) The NaOB solution is bluish-violet; addition of
zinc dust to the cold bath changes the colour to red. —
Alizarin.
(g) The NaOH solution is magenta red. Beactions
like alizarin. — A nthrapurpurin majlavopurpurin,
[h) The NaOB solution is orange. Dissolves in II, SO,
with a magenta-red colour, brown precipitate on dilution.
lives uninordanted ooUon.—Cfirysamine.
JnneJMBW.l THK .JOll.XAL OF THK SOCIETY Of CHEMICAL LNDl'STKV.
4.-.:.
(i) The N.imii solution is red ; on redaction with zinc-
dust it Rives, mi filter-paper, indigo blue Bpots. Nitro-
alizarin,
[j] Tlie NaOH soliitii>n is dive: after redaction it
forms dull violet spots on filter-paper. Solution in
B,SO, brownish-red. Alizarin maroon.
[k] Sparingly soluble in NaOH with a green colour ;
the reduced solution forme dark blue spots on filter-
paper. Alizarin blue.
rhe alcoholic solution is bluish-grey to reddish-
grey. Indulint 5 and ■
[m\ The alcoholic solution is deep blue; addition of
NaOH turns it brown, HC1 turns it greener, The
II SO, solution is reddish-brown.— .RoMini/tne or di-
phenylamim bhu .
i// 1 The hlue alcoholic solution is turned brownish-red
by Hi 1. —Indoph nol.
(o) The alcoholic solution is hluish-red with reil fluoi
escence. Magda an
(/>) The alcoholic solution is bluish-red with greenish-
yellow lluorescence ; addition of HC1 turns it yellow and
the fluorescence vanishes. Methyleosin.
(q) The alcoholic solution is bluish-red with a red
fluorescence : addition of HC1 turns it orange and the
fluorescence vanishes, Cyanoein.
(r) The powder, reduced with zinc-dust and Ml gives
a yellow solution, which forms blue spots on filter-
paper. — Indigo.— A. G. O.
Colour Reactions of Beetroot Sugar. A. Ihl. Chem.
Zeit. 11, 2.
SUUAB treated with dilute sulphuric or hydrochloric acid
yields ulmons substances, which give very characteristic
reactions with phenols. If a rather concentrated solntion \
of beetroot sugar lis boiled with a small quantity of
hydrochloric or sulphuric acid, a solution of resorcinol
added to the cooled liquid and afterwards gradually >
plenty of hydrochloric acid, an eosin-red colouration
is produced, which soon increases, until at last a
precipitate of red flakes is obtained. Concentrated
sulphuric acid has a similar effect if the temperature
does not rise too high. Caramel solutions give the same
reactions with resorcinol and hydrochloric or sulphuric
acid, and it may lie concluded that caramel splits up into
the same compounds as beetroot sugar. The ulmons
substances also react with all the other phenols. 1'yro-
gallic acid acts similarly to resorcinol, but the precipitate
is brown-red. Orcinol requires the presence of alcohol
for a characteristic reaction. If a sugar solution he
boiled with an alcoholic orcinol solution and concentrated
hydrochloric acid, a dark-yellow liquid is obtained,
which, poured into water, yields a brilliant green precipi- !
tate. a-Xaphthol in alcoholic solution gives, witli sugar
and acid, a violet-red colouration, which, according to
Molisch, allows of the detection of 0 00001 percent, of
sugar. If a piece of sugar be moistened with an aqueous
solution of resorcinol. and then with concentrated sul-
phuric acid, the sugar is coloured dark-red ; an alcoholic
solution of a -naphthol colours the sugar, in a similar
manner, blue-violet. White thymol, cresol and guaiacol
producea red colouration. If sugar be treated with alcohol,
diphenylamine and sulphuric acid, a blue dyestuff is
obtained.- .S. II.
Estimation of Organic Matter in Spring Water. A.
Kobrich. Chem. Zeit. H, 4.
The detailed statement of every analysis of water con-
tains an item for organic matter, to which little practical
value can he given, so long as no uniform method of
testing is adopted. The author recommends the follow-
ing process, which gives very concordant results. It is
based upon the decomposition of organic matter by
potassium permanganate and sulphuric acid at an
elevated temperature. Oogrm. of the permanganate is
dissolved in 1 litre of water, to which 150grms. of pure
concentrated sulphuric acid are added. This mixture is
heated at 90' C. tor three hours in a flask with a long
neck, without replacing i he water which evaporate-,
and then titrated with a standard oxalic acid solution
containing 0'Sgrm. of oxalic acid per litre. lOOcc. of
the water to be tested arc then mixed with 50cc. of the
permanganate solution and I5cc. sulphuric acid, and the
mixture is heated at !'n C for three hours in a covered
tla-k, which allows of the escape of steam. The
unreduced permanganate is titrated hack with the
standard oxalic acid. The author suggests, fci
analytical purposes, that the amount of organic matter
thus found should be cal ulated in equivalents of oxalic
acid. If chlorine be present in the water, it must he
removed with silver lief, ire treating with permanganate. If
nitrons acid is also present, the filtrate from the silver
chloride precipitate is acidified with sulphuric acid, and
permanganate added drop by elrop until the pink
colour remains permanent for at least five minutes.
More sulphuric acid is then added, and the organic
matter determined as previously mentioned. Nitrous
acid i educes a permanganate solution at once and in the
cold, whereas organic matter requires both time and heat
for the reduction. — S. H.
Estimation of the Amount of Cinchonidine in Officinal
Quinim Sulphate. F. Jobst. (.'hem. Zeit. 10, 1617 —
1618.
The author contends that De Yrij's " bisulphate test"
is not suited a- a means of testing the proportion of
cinchonidine in quinine Bnlphate, the results being about
61 per cent, above the truth. This is due to the fact
that in this test ether fails to separate cinchonidine as
such, a compound of cinchonidine and quinine of the
constitution C:„H,,N;( i, ,2C, , ,II..N.< > being obtained.
The author is e>f opinion that the existing apprehensions
concerning the high amount of cinchonidine in officinal
quinine sulphate are largely exaggerated, as they are
based on imperfect tests. — D. B.
Valuation of Commercial Indigo. T. Mannlev. Romen's
Journal, 1887, 16.
The author employs the method of Fritzsche in the
frjllowing way : — About lgrm. of the finely-powdered
indigo is moistened with a little strong alcohol in a half-
litre cylinder. 2 — 3grms. of clear glucose syrup eliluted
with a little water is poured into lOOce. of strong
alcohol and treated with a few centimetres of NaOH,
The line emulsion thus obtained is added to the indigo,
the cylinder filled up with boiling strong alcohol and
closed with a stopper provided with two tubes like a wash-
bottle. After standing for 24 hours with repeated shak-
ing, the flu iel is blown into dilute H»SO,, left standing
for two days, filtered through a weighed filter, dried and
weighed. The employment of hydrogen peroxide as an
oxidising agent is recommended, as the tendency of the
precipitate to stick to the walls of the vessel is thereby
avoided (this Journal, 1S84, 319 and 516; Dinql. Polyt. j.
256, 175: 258,364).— A. G. G.
Estimation of Indigo on the Fabric. A. Renard. Bull.
Soc. China. , 1SS7, [47], 41.
The material is warmed in a flask at 60"— 70° C. with a
solution containing sodium hydrosulphite and lime.
This is prepared by adding lOOcc. of milk of lime
to lOOcc. of a solution of sodium hydrosulphite,
obtained by reducing sodium bisulphite solution
of :;u B., the mixture being diluted to two litres.
A stream of coal-gas is led through the liquid in the
Mask and when the reduction of the indigo is complete,
the solution is decanted into a graduated cylinder also
tilled with coal-gas ; the volume should amount to about
lOOcc. The solution is precipitated with HC1 and
allowed to stand in the air for 12 hours. The filtered,
washed and dried precipitate is then dissolved in lOOcc.
of fuming B, SO, and the indigo titrated according to the
method of A. Mtiller (Jahresbcrichtf. Chem. 1S74, 1019).
—A. G. G.
Catalytic Actions. O. Loew. Ber. 20, 144—145.
A 15 per cent, solution of formaldehyde treated with a
concentrated solution of caustic soda yields formic acid
(sodium formate) and methyl alcohol, there being only a
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INlTsTKY.
[.l.mi-30. 188".
van slight evolution of gas on wanning the mixture and
none al all in the cold. But if cuprous oxide be added a
violent evolution of hydrogen ensues after I- - minutes,
the solution becomes slightly warn, and sodium formate
is formed,
lit OH NaOB B.CO.ONa H,.
This result is not obtained with any other metallic
oxides In this reaction, according to the author,
metallic copper In an extremely finely divided state is
lirst formed, which owing to a "specific vibratory con-
dition," modifies the reaction between caustic soda
and formaldehyde. Copper .lust and platinum black have
a similar though far weaker action. A further catalytic
action is that of platinum black on a caustic-soda solution
of bydroxylamine, when the decomposition into nitrogen,
ammonia and water takes place very readily. In absence
of platinum black it is only slowly etiected.— L. A. K..
The Action of Hydrogen Peroxide on Bismuth Oxy-
hydrate and Bismuthic Acid— A new Colour Reaction
for Bismuth, K. Hasehroek. Ber. 20, -13.
BY the addition of a weak alkaline solution of hydrogen
peroxide to bismuth subnitrate the white nitrate is con-
verted, on wanning, into a yellow-brown body; a rapid
evolution of oxygen from the decomposed hydrogen
peroxide taking place. The product is prepared on the
huge scale by adding commercial hydrogen peroxide to a
dilute nitric acid solution of "magistenum bismuthii,
and filtering into concentrated solution of ammonia, when
the orange-yellow precipitate forms at once. The pre-
cipitate is then washed first with ammonia and then
water, and dried in vacuo over sulphuric acid. It is
light orange-yellow in colour, amorphous, and melts on
heating to form crystalline bismuth oxide. It is in-
soluble in water, becomes brown on boiling with alkalis,
and is soluble in dilute mineral acids. The body seems
to be a higher oxide of bismuth, as it evolves oxygen on
treatment with sulphuric acid, and chlorine when acted
upon bv hvdrochloric acid. The analyses ditter among i
themselves, but from these and the fact that hydrogen |
determinations show presence of hydroxy] groups, it is I
probable that the product is in reality a mixture of |
bismuth pentoxide and the carbonate : this latter being
derived from the carbon dioxide'of the air. By excluding
the air during the preparation almost pure bismuth pent-
oxide, containing only trace- of cat -boil dioxide, is obtained.
As prepared by the Arppe-Hoffmann process— i.c, oxida-
tion by chlorine of an alkaline solutionof bismuth tnoxide
— the pentoxide always contains potassium hydrate. The
reaction also serves as a very delicate test for bismuth,
and conversely for hydrogen peroxide ; 1 part in 100,000
may be thus detected. — S. G. R.
Simph Method for the Generation of Chlorine from]
/,.' C. Winkler. Ber. 20. 184.
Pry blbach is intimately mixed with one-fourth its
weigh'- of burnt gypsum, moistened with cold water and
ground in a mortar. The mixture is then placed in a
shallow iron Teasel and pressed to form a cake about
half an inch in thickness. This is then cut up into cubes
and dried at 20' C. It is used in an ordinary Kipp's
apparatus. H.C1 of sp. gr. 1 124 mixed with an equal
volume of water is employed to liberate the gas.— S. G. K.
On Weits Method for the Volumetric Determination of
Sulphuretted Hydrogen in Sulphides decomposable by
Hydrochloric and Sulphuric Acids. C. Friedheim.
Bar. 20- 69.
In Weil's method the II. Sis passed into an excess of a
standard ainmoniacal copper solution and the excess of
copper estimated by titration with stannous chloride.
Pelouze and Rascbig have, however, shown that, short of
complete saturation, the copper sulphide always retains
varying amounts of copper oxide, and their results are now
confirmed by the author. By digesting the solution for
a quarter of an hour at B0 C, both cuprous chloride and
sulphuric acid were detected, formed probably according
to the equation CnS ■•■ 7 CuCI, + 4 H,0 =4Cn, 01,
II go 6HC1. Another source of error lies in the fact
thai strong ammoniacal solutions dissolve varying quan-
tities of copper sulphide. The method, therefore, is
altogether unreliable S G. R.
Decomposition of Stan ts Chloride Solution*. B.
Donath. Rep. Anal. them. 7, "•
1 1 is well known that standard stannous chloride solu-
tions will not keep, oxygen being absorbed With separa-
tion of a precipitate even m sin, ugly acid solutions.
The author recently analysed the precipitate, winch in
this particular case was transparent and gelatinous. He
found it to cntam 265 per cent, of chlorine, and he
believes it to consist of a mixture of stannic hydrate with
the chloro-stannic compound SnO. CI. OH, described by
Mallet [Chem. Sews. 26, 262).— E. B. B.
Gravimetric Determination of Manganese. C. Meincke.
Chem. Zeit. 1887, 137.
In the estimation of manganese by chlorate precipitation
as Mm i , it is essential in order to obtain accurate results
that cold water should be used for dilution. It warm
water is employed a certain amount of the manganese
remains in solution at MnO, and the results obtained are
too low. — A. G. ti.
Determination of Manganese by Precipitation with
Mercuric Oxide and Bromine. C. Meineke. Kep.
Anal. Chem. 7, 64—58 and ti, — 7t>.
VOLHAKD has described a process for estimating man-
ganese by adding nitric acid and mercuric oxide, boiiiug
and then' adding chlorine or bromine water. Manganese
peroxide is thrown down and the manganese, after
purification and ignition, is weighed as Mn.O*. 1 e
results are very accurate, but the author finds that the
process is not available for the very dilute solutions
obtained by him in the separation of iron and manganese.
The addition of zinc nitrate to the solution, however,
rendered the precipitation by the above treatment com-
plete, but the resulting Mn.O, was found to
contain a small quantity of iron oxide and a trace
'of zinc oxide, even after boiling the precipitate
with dilute nitric acid. The manganese can be deter-
mined volumetrically in the precipitated oxide, after
boilin<* it with nitric acid and washing, by titration with
a standard oxalic acid solution containing a certain pro-
portion of hvdrochloric acid. An excess of the oxalate
Should be added and the solution titrated back Witt
standard permanganate after the a. di ion 0 sul h nne
acid and of some manganous sulphate, lhe hydro-
chloric acid is necessary to avoid precipitation of oxa ate
of mercury. Details are given of the method
; adopted for ascertaining the amount of manganese
in iron, and it is pointed out however little nickel
the iron may contain, it will be precipitated with
the manganese peroxide, together With some ™COXld£
Hence, after weighing the ....pure Mn O., it Mtk
re-dissolved in hvdrochloric acid, and the amount of
nickel and zinc determined by precipitation with sul-
phuretted hydrogen in an acetic acid solution in the
usual way. The weight of the oxides of these two
met! together with any iron oxide must be deducted
from the total weight, the difference being pure Mn
To avoid this tedious separation of nickel and zinc he
author prefers to multiply by O'Oo the weight of the
impure Mn < >. after deduction of the iron oxide, as the
proportion of impurity is practically constant. -fc. t. B.
Est Mon of Chromium in Chroms **»*««««■ EJ-
Donath. DingL Polyt J. 263, ^•> -*>■
Chrome ntOKSTOire mixed with 5 parte of barinm
dioxide and most finely ground, is ignited tor hall-.m-
hour in a porcelain crucible over a Ibinsen burner. lhe
yellowish-green semi-fnsed mass thus obtained dissolves
in dilute IK 1 and contains all the chromium, as chromic
acid ■ if the fusion is made m a platinum crncib e
at a higher temperature, the product although still quite
soluble" contains some chromic oxide. I he barium is
June 30. 1887.) THE JOUKN'AL OF Till'. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL l.XIM STIIV.
457
thrown <ln\vn with a very slight excess ol sulphuric acid,
the filtrate neutralised with sodium carbonate, and then
run into a boiling solution of potassium permanganate
and sodium earhomite. The excess of permanganate is
next carefully removed by a little ferrous or manganous
sulphate, the alkaline chromate solution filtered off and
the chromic acid determined with iron in the usual way.
— T. L. B.
A Volumetric Determination of Phosphoric Acid,
especially suitable for the Analysis of Thome
Cnem. Zcit. H, 193— 193 and 223-224.
Tin-: molybdic precipitate being soluble in ammonia, E.
Thilo has based upon this fact a method from which the
weight of the phosphoric acid can be calculated. The
precipitate h dissolved in a known quantity of standard
ammonia and the excess of the latter is titrated back
with standard sulphuric acid until the blue colour of
litmus is suddenly turned violet. Although the contrast
between blue and violet is not very great, the change is
said to be very distinct. The ammonia is empirically
Standardised upon a weighed quantity of pure and dry
molybdic precipitate. In this method, silicic acid need
not be removed before the precipitation of the phosphoric
acid, as it does not inlluenee the result. A. Isbert
rejects Thilo's process, as he could not obtain results
agreeing with each other. The "neutral" point
is very indistinct both with litmus and other indicators,
and the composition of the molybdic precipitate is
variable, since it nearly always contains more or less
uncombined molybdic acid which acts on ammonia.
He therefore devised another process — viz., the deter-
mination of the ammonia in the molybdic precipitate by
distillation with sodium hydrate and the calculation of
the phosphoric acid therefrom. This process is said to
give very satisfactory results. — S. H.
Presence of t/e Calcium Salt of Tetrobasic Phosphoric
Acid in Thomas-slag. H. Otto. Chein. Zeit. H.
255.
The ready extraction of the phosphoric acid from
Thomas-slag by dilute acid, whilst the ordinary pirns
phates of calcium, aluminium and iron after ignition
are nearly insoluble in dilute acids, would seem to
indicate that the phosphoric acid is present in some new
form. Hilgenstock was the first to suggest that it
occurs as a tetrabasic calcium phosphate, Ca4l';J0,,. The
author has confirmed this supposition by the analysis
of crystals of this compound which can be isolated from
the slag. These were nearly colourless thin tubes which
did not absorb COj. The numbers obtained on analysis
closely correspond to the above formula. The compound
is easily soluble in dilute sulphuric, hydrochloric, nitric,
citric and acetic acids. Although the pure compound is
readily soluble in alkaline and neutral ammonium citrate
solution, it cannot lie completely extracted from the slag
by these solvents, since the presence of the other constitu-
ents prevents complete solution. The extraction, however,
can be effected by the employment of lOOOcc. of the
Blightly acid dilute ammonium citrate solution of P.
Wagner to 2$ — 3 grains of finely-ground slag. The
following is an analysis of a sample of Thomas-slag : —
Ca.P.O, 19-02 p.
CaSiO, 15-85
CaO ifree) irOO .
CaS 1*33 ,
MnO 5-2.5 ,
c. KeO 8-01", p. c.
F,0
MgO
Al O
5-14
3-4
1-1
—A. G. G.
Determination of the Phosphoric Ariil in Basic Slags.
G. Loges. Kep. Anal. ('hem. 7, 85— 88.
Tin-: solution of the phosphates in basic slags is
usually effected by treating the slags with oxidising
agents — e.ff., nitric acid, etc. — or with hydrochloric acid.
Neither process is satisfactory, as in the former the
whole of the phosphorus as iron phosphide is oxidised to
phosphoric acid and afterwards estimated as such ;
and in the latter all the hydrochloric acid
must be subsequently removed by evaporation with
nitric acid before the phosphoric acid can be precipitated
by the nitro-molybdate solution. Both the objections
are overcome by the use of concentrated sulphuric acid
as the solvent. The powdered sample is first mixed with
enough dilute Bulphuric acid (1 : 1 1 to combine with the
calcium oxide and decompose the sulphides and carbon-
ates, and then a large excess of concentrated Bulphuric
acid (."iOcc. to lOgrms. of the slag) i- slowly stirred in.
The mixture is subsequently heated on a sand-bath until
it lias the consistency of a thin paste, the phosphoric
acid being finally determined by the nioiybilate method.
It is not necessary to oxidise the ferrous compounds
before addition of the inolybdate solution. The results
obtained by the author with this process are slightly
higher (about O'U.-i per cent.) than those obtained by
digestion with hydrochloric acid, thus proving that more
complete solution of the phosphates is effected by the
concentrated sulphuric acid. — E. E. IS.
The Estimation of Ammonia in Soils. W, Knop.
Zeits. Anal. Chem. 26, I.
The method proposed by the author in conjunction
with Wolf, in 1859, for the estimation of ammonia in
sods, by the decomposition of the ammonia by a strongly
alkaline J a velle solution (sodium hypochlorite solution)
and sodium hypobromite, and measurement of the
nitrogen liberated, was liable to yield fallacious re-
sults on account of the contraction which many soils
sutler when shaken up with strongly alkaline liquids.
This contraction appears to be due to a reaction between
the water, some of the mineral constituents of the
soil (especially ferruginous clays), and the alkali,
new compounds being formed, and this formation being
attended by condensation. Of course, it is well known
that when peaty soils and soils rich in humus are shaken
up in a closed llask with an alkaline solution, a contrac-
tion in bulk of the air above the liquid takes place, but
this is due to the absorption of oxygen, and the reaction
is similar to the absorption of oxygen by an alkaline
solution of pyrogallic acid. The contraction of the soil
which has hitherto led to the vitiation of the ammonia
estimations must therefore not be confounded with the
absorption of oxygen, and it is to be remarked that con-
traction also takes place when the tlask is filled with
hydrogen in place of air. The author now finds it
possible to avoid this contraction by employing a solu-
tion of sodium hypobromite saturated with borax, care
being taken that the amount of free sodium hydrate is
not more than O-.jgnn per 200ec. borax solution ; but
although with this proportion of free alkali, few soils
will show any contraction, it is advisable to
determine with every sample of soil the proportion of
alkali with which contraction begins to occur and also
the amount of such contraction, if any. As it is not easv
to prepare a solution of hypobromite with the desired
proportion of caustic soda, a solution prepared according
to the following plan is employed and this whilst
sufficiently alkaline to decompose ammonia is not liable
to cause any contraction. To an excess of calcium
hydrate are added '200ec. of water and ir.ee. of bromine,
the mixture is allowed to stand several days to become
saturated with lime, then filtered and mixed with a
saturated solution of borax before use. In the actual
performance of the test it is not advisable to eniploy
more than lOOgrms. of the sample of soil, and the tlask
should be provided with a thermometer inserted through
a tubulus, so that precautions may be taken against
changes of temperature. Prolonged shaking is not
necessary, as the decomposition of the ammonia appears
to proceed readily and easily. — W, I). B.
On tin- Determination of Nitrogen in Manures contain-
.in, i Saltpetre. A. Stutzer and 0. Reitmer. Rep
Anal Chem. 7,4-ti.
The well-known method of estimating nitrogen in
manures by ignition with soda-lime, has been to a
large extent abandoned in favour of the process pro-
posed by Kjeldahl. This method, which may be
named the "sulphate method" has been considerably
158
THE JOCIiNAL OF TllK SOCIETY OF CHK.MICAL iMHSTIiV. [.!..■„■ :m, 1887.
modified since its introduction ; concentrated Bulphuric
acid and metallic mercury alone being now em-
ployed, instead of the fuming sulphuric acid, phos-
phoric acid and permanganate originally used. The
sulphate method, like the soda lime process, is not
applicable i<> nitro compounds, Rnd in order to remedy
this defect, Jodlbanr has suggested the employment of
phenolsulphonic acid, instead of sulphuric acid. The
nitro phenol can he ('(inverted by means of zinc dust
into amido-phenol, the nitrogen in which can be
estimated by the sulphate method. The authors find
that the method (this Journal, 1886, 510) does not give
good results when the manure contains much saltpetre,
or when the substance examined is sodium or potassium
nitrate: lmt, by a Blight modification, satisfactory
results can lie obtained even with the nitrates themselves.
It is ut great importance that the phenolsulphonic acid
should not he allowed to act upon compact masses of the
substance; for when this occurs, the nitration does not
proceed quantitatively, lgrm. of the manure should he
taken, 25cc, of water added and the whole evaporated
down to dryness. If the solution to he analysed is a
nitrate, it is best to take lOgrms. and dissolve in oOOce.
of water; 2~>ee. of the solution are evaporated down in
a dish of ahout 350cc. capacity, the evaporation being
hest conducted in an air hath at 100—110. The
substance is now in a finely-divided state, and, after
cooling, oOcc. of sulphuric acid containing 20grms. of
phenol per litre, are poured in. After standing for a
few minutes. 'J lignns. of dry pure zinc-dust and one or
two drops of mercury are added and the mixture
boiled. The conversion into ammonium sulphate is
complete in 1} hours when the ammonia is distilled
off.— D. E. J.
Detection and Estimation of Small Quantities of
Chromium. E. Donath and R. Jeller. Rep. Anal.
Chem. 7, 33—34.
IN order to separate traces of chromium from large
quantities of iron, alumina and manganese, the solution
containing these substances together with the hases of
the alkaline earths, is poured into a hot solution of
sodium carbonate, to which some permanganate has
been added. The liquid is boiled for a few minutes, a
few drops of alcohol are added, to reduce the excess of
permanganate to manganese peroxide and the whole is
filtered : the metals and alkaline earths are thus precipi-
tated, while the chromium oxide is converted by the
lmt alkaline permanganate into chromate and thus
passes into the filtrate. When a considerahle quantity
is present, it can he recognised by the yellow colour of
the filtrate; otherwise it shonlu be evaporated down,
acidified, and tested with a small piece of starch
moistened with a freshly-prepared solution of KI, the
chromic acid, even in very dilute solutions, decomposing
the hydrindic acid. For quantitative work, the filtrate
containing the chromate is acidified with lit 'I and a little
alcohol added ; the chromium oxide is precipitated in
the usual way by ammonium sulphide. — L). E. J,
R.
Valuation if Rich Copper Ores. E. Donath am:
Jeller. Rep. Anal. Chem. 7, 34— 35.
In estimating copper volnmetrically by potassium
cyanide, a previous precipitation of the copper by zinc
is necessary in order to separate it from iron contained
in the ore (Steinbeck's process). The solution of the
cupper ore and the separation of the cupper from iron,
etc., ''.in lie expedited as follows : -The linel v powdered
ore IS mixed with twice its volume of rinc-dnst and
heated in a porcelain crucible for ten minutes; the
sulphur of the metallic sulphides combines with the
zinc, forming zinc sulphide. On treatment with dilute
acid M of 1LSI )j to 3 4 of Water), t In- inn,, zinc sulphide
and excess ot zinc are dissolved Out, leaving tli prn.r
and insoluble matter behind. Alter washing li\- decan-
tation with hot water, the copper can be dissolved by
dilute nitric acid and the titration carried out in the
usual manner.— D. E. .1.
Separation if Alumina from Iran by Chancers Method.
E. Donath and R Jeller. Rep. Anal. (hem. 7,
35 — 36.
Tills method consists in boiling the neutral solution
with sodinm thiosnlphate, the alumina being thus
precipitated together with sulphur. The writers have
tested the method, using solutions of alum of known
strength, ami they find that the precipitation of the
alumina is not complete (in live examples given, the
mean deficiency was 4 t. Bui on boiling down the
filtrate and wash-waters, a further precipitate is obtained,
and the sum of the two is found to he in excess of the
quantity of alumina contained in the original solution;
the explanation being that the alumina obstinately
retain- a portion of the co-precipitated sulphur. In this
state it takes a yellow colour on heating (just like Zn(>),
becoming white again when cold ; it can he freed from
sulphur by strong ignition and does not then become
yellow when hot.
The method gives satisfactory results under the
following conditions: — The solution containing the
oxides should he very dilute and must he boiled down
to half its volume. ; the filtrate and wash-waters being
again boiled down and the second precipitate collected.
The alumina must be ignited over a blow-pipe until it
no longer shows a yellow colour when hot. — D. E. J.
ABSTRACT FROM A LECTURE AT THERoYAL
INSTITUTION "ON THE WORK OF THE
IMPERIAL INSTITUTE," ON 22nd APRIL, 1887.
BY SIR F. A. ABEL, C.B., D.C.L., P.H.S.
After generally indicating the scope and design of the
Imperial Institute, Sir Frederick proceeded : —
" In 1852 Sir Lyon Playfair, in one of a course of most
interesting lectures on some of the results of the preced-
ing year's great Exhibition, was impelled by the teaching
of that great world's display to point out that ' the raw
material, formerly our capital advantage, was gradually
being equalised in price and made available to all by the
improvements in locomotion,' and ' that industry must in
future be supported not by a competition of local
advantages, but by a competition of intellect.' If this
was already felt to he the state of the case six-and-thirty
years ago, how much more must we be convinced of the
full truth of this at the present day by the conditions
under which the British merchant and manufacturer
have to compete with their rivals on the Continent and
in the United States.
" It is still within the recollection of many that almost
the whole world was in very great measure dependent
upon Great Britain for its supplies of ordinary cast-iron.
Even as lately as 1S71 the I'nited States of America
received from Great Britain nearly one-fifth of its total
produce of pig-iron; but from 1 s7. "> all importation of
liritish iron" ceased for over three years, and it was only
in consequence of requirements in the States exceeding
the capabilities of production that some small demands
arose in 1879, which were for some time maintained.
" But while, in 1879, the pig-iron produced in the
I'nited States amounted to little over 3,(100,000 tons, to
isyj the make had increased by 70 per cent.— viz., in
over 5,100,000 tons. Since that time the actual make
has not increased {in 1885 it amounted to 4,529,869 tons
of 20001b.), but the capacity of production, which vitally
interests the iron trade of this country, has risen
enormously, the present capacity of all the American
pig iron works being estimated at over 8,000,000 tons, or
Dearly 300 per cent, greater than it was in 1879. So
much regarding the United Slates. Looking nearer
home, we find that the iron of Fiance, Belgium, and
Germany not only competes with ours in the open
market, but that Belgian and German iron is actually
imported into this country to a moderate extent.
" As an instructive illustration of the advance and
influence of the improvements which have been made in
intercommunication upon the value of our natural pro-
ducts and their importance even in our own industries, I
junosuss;.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY. 159
M
On
- I
.- — —
x M K M
E -^
:--.— - r. r. x -.
•^ i - = I- TIM —
-i x - Ti
- - — ■■:
• - _. 3 — r~ — i - ci c re i - — r. col
1 - :•: ■- ~. - re 3 .-_- — _ -j r.
. - '.£ X (,— CI — — Tl —
Si. , .
r. r.
S
1 Q*
W -.2 ■ e — — re 1 - 1 - -
: = '£ = ~ =:- ■ " « -
— x ■© -m r-oc c
— — © eo «o « 3
1 - r. — ci 1 — :
«C -!■ £
'-.!- =
i ■ -" -. «'
sa ei - - 1
■- — © 3 ■ *« 00 ci
-me ■ c:
2 3 r g 2 ;
. - 1 - v. — —
i-r.-i-
^-:
X © CG «»
•3 I S
XI
71
• e
3&f*S32SS
■3
C. C". ^ C CICI —
C 1 — X -_i r ' — re
— r. ci ci —■
-
~ —
s
r-
• -. ©
- r
© © re
-
•^
C
X
— ©
2 S3
©1-1-
1 - — W
re
M ©
ci ■
—
— - 1
—
—
cc
—
■ • " I - ~ © c I
" :c ci — ©
w r- eg bo
cm x eS 2
.?: 8
8
t—
*-
IS
nt
-
.8
■ . do w •-= r~acao?i r- o o -:i33 £»g>
x m .- 1--^: — x m r- • - x -i •'. ■— = x ■_
r; ~z~.~ . x>- ".= K 1- — — i-c -' x
=9 — » — n £r
— ?i — —
^t Tl ?t ?1
• ;" -it^x"
— tt «5 iq
r. -. x
S6 x
33 £
u -
— ;.
•< _
I!
v:
So
- - - — ^ = Tt C = X —
-i'r,5.:-:§ = 5-.fi--
— ' > -' ~ 1 - ^ — " t i 3 — -r
• Xi CI
- — ■-
c 00 «^-
-^ — ci y. — ?c
moooor-G «o
— cc >- — = .-^
^t — — x,
— —
-x - — r: — =
S r- ao — c; — = — =
-j ?i 1- 93 1- - r^ -j; —
K
£
— — ?l — — = — -A .-
— . r; r-. c^ — c: — —
c>
ci
.- r: — r-. DO
ao*c ■
>- — -~-- —
; "^ — =
! — o c^
S
— x r. r. c — •-. — — =3 •-
—.-'-—."" = -1"*.'-" i- = i-
— 1 -" re x =' — ' — * 1 - — " r; c /'
— X = "-3 *-CM C5 X — X —
-^ i' x ®
— 1-0
7
" M6" M "" •- — —
& ' n — ri /!^r.:i"i';-i.-/.
r;. 1 - xi co 0 cb ■ t - 00 x x v. w x x /:
l~ Tl t^-c
fH CO — ■-
i-fOO
>-- ■-. cc re ■- —
•—00— (~ — ©
X x x ■-= X X ©
— 1,1, I Ifi
— -J- I - — I «
X X XX"
Si 00 -33
X 1 - X X X 1
5o P : ~
." .- ." .- r- .-
-^ &-0^mU
S S £ § 2 S § e d
dc oa /. oa a /. — u <
- «~ 3: — :
= r-r=:- j: = z z = 5 13
■>c*oSS s-o coo ©
)&-£- t) c* C CJOC3 DC
is I
g ±1 I
en
*n
3
■_
a)
-
-
:-^
|
-.
r:
=
-
s
a
-
B
■_
- s
M
-
—
b
O1
c^
—
- 5
lflllPfi!fiii l!g|!!llffllll|| il!llll |jsU
:gl • Ci ■ ;l..l :^
s -- 9 ^ : V. M s i2 01 ° : «
^rt —
460
THE JOUKNAI. OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Juno 30. 1E87.
may, on the authority of Sir Lowthian Bell, Btate Ihe
astounding fact that, in the opinion of competent
authorities, tin* ore (hmmati tally suitable for
steel manufacture by the Bessemer process can Vic
■ over sea a distance of 1000 miles, landed close
to mines furnishing the cheapest made pig-iron of Great
Britain, and conve 1 into th I rails at a lower cost than
the native ironstone of Cleveland can furnish similar
rails in iron,
"From time to time the ground which we have lost
through the development 01 the resources of other
countries has I a more than retrieved temporarily by
improvements effected through the more thorough com-
prehension and consequent better application of the
scientific principles underlying processes of manufacture.
Tbns the quantity of fuel consumed in producing
wrought-iron rails has been gradually reduced by im-
provements in the construction ami working of furnaces,
until less than one-half the amount is now required per
t tf such rails than was employ ed liny years ago ; hut,
remarkable as it may seem, tin- ultimate effect of an
advance of this importance is actually to improve the
fiosition, in relation to this manufacture, of other nations
,-^ favourably circumstanced than Great Britain in the
matter of coal, for, instead of having to multiply any
difference in our favour in the cost of fuel required to
produce a ton of rails by twelve, that difference has now
only to be multiplied by three in order to arrive at the
extent of our advantage.
"The history of the development1 of steel manufacture
during the last twenty -live years affords a most instruc-
tive illustration of the fluctuations which may ensue in
the value of our natural resources, and the consequent
condition of one or other of our important industries,
arising out of continued advances made in the application
of science to the perfection or transformation of manu-
facturing processes, and of the stimulating effects of such
fluctuations upon the exertions of those who are able to
bring scientific knowledge to bear upon the solution of
problems in industrial operations which entirely balHe
the ordinary manufacturer. Within that period the
inventions of Bessemer and of Siemens have led to the
replacement of iron by steel in some of its most exten-
sive applications. The Bessemer converter, by which
pig-iron is rapidly transformed into steel by the injection
of air into the molten metal, has, so far as this country is
concerned, to a very great extent, superseded the
puddling furnace, in which pig-iron is transformed by
long-continued laborious treatment into steel or malleable
iron. This important change in our national industry
was, ere long, productive of a serious crisis therein, and
for the reason that the pig-iron produced from a large
proportion of those ores which, from their abundance
and the cheapness of their treatment, have been largely
instrumental in placing Great Britain in her high
position as an iron-producing nation, could not be applied
to the production of marketable steel by means of the
Bessemer converter. In the purification of this pig-iron
during its conversion in the puddling furnace into a suit
able material for the production of rails, the elementary
constituent phosphorus, which it had carried with it from
the ore BE a contaminating ingredient very detrimental
to its strength, was eliminated, and by sufficient treat-
ment a malleable iron of good quality was obtained ; but
in the production of steel from the same material in the
Bessemer converter, the phosphorus is almost entirely
retained in the metal, rendering it unsuitable for manu-
facture into rails or plates. Hence the application of
this rapid steel-making process had to be chieily re-
stricted to particular kinds of ores, the supplies of which
are limited to a few districts in this country. These bad
to be largely supplemented by importation- from other
countries; nevertheless the cheapness of production and
superiority in point of strength, durability and lightness
of the steel rails thus sent into the market from the
Bessemer converter combined to maintain a supremacy
of them over iron rails, etc., manufactured by the old
puddling processes from the staple ores of the
country.
" The advantages presented by steel over the wrought-
iron of the puddling furnace for constructive purposes
i ame evident ; combining as it does nearly
double the strength with a more than proportionate
superiority in elasticity and ductility, it- value for ship-
building purposes did not long fail to lie realised. It
vva^ soon found more profitable to build a steel steamer,
paying a price of nearly £9 per ton foi the material, than
to construct one of iron w hub cost only I'd 5s. per ton.
The effect of the rapid displacement of malleable
iron by steel produced from ores of a particu-
lar ciass lias been, that at least .s."i to '.10 per cent.
of the iron ores of Great Britain could no longer be
applied to the product i if material for r.iils and tor con-
structive purposes, being unavailable for steel-making by
any method which could compete with the Bessemer and
Siemens processes. Great has been the apprehension
among the owners of those ores, that the demand foriron
which they can furnish could not revive, but the scientific
metallurgist has successfully grappled, from more than
one direction, with the great problem of restoring their
eon ircial importance.
" Modifications of the mode of working the rival of the
Bessemer process viz., the open hearth (Siemens-
Martin) process— have given successful results in the pro-
duction of serviceable rails containing higher propor-
tions of phosphorus than bail before been admissible,
and a simple alteration of the method of carrying out
the Bessemer process has, within the last few years,
led to really triumphant results, with the employment
of those ..res which before could only be dealt with by
the Searching operation of the old puddling furnace.
By utilising the basic character of lime during the
treatment of the melted pig-iron, yielded by phos-
phoric ores, with ores in the Bessemer convener, the
phosphorus is fixed at the moment of its elimination
by oxidation from the metal, and the objectionable
impurity is held bound in the slag, while a steel is
obtained rivalling in freedom from phosphorus the
product furnished by the pure varieties of English and
foreign ore which alone could previously be successfully
dealt with by the Bessemer process. This modified
treatment of iron for the production of steel, called the
basic treatment, was soon applied also to the open-
hearth (the Siemens and Siemens-Martin) processes of
steel-making : thus a new era was established in steel
manufacture by the quick processes, there being now
but very few restrictions to their application to iron
produced from all varieties of ores. Indeed the treat-
ment is actually being applied profitably to the recovery
of iron from the rich slag forming the refuse-product of
the puddling furnace in the production of malleable
iron, which, containing as it did the phosphorus
eliminated from the pig-iron by the laborious purifying
treatment, had been condemned to limited usefulness as
a material for road-making, while now it ranks in
market value with some ores of iron. Yet another
most interesting and valuable result has been achieved
by this simple application of scientific knowledge. The
slag or refuse-product of the basic treatment of iron con-
tains, in the form of phosphates of lime and magnesia,
tie' whole of the phosphorus which it is the main function
of that treatment to separate from the metal ; it was
soon found that the phosphoric acid which had been pro-
duced by the elimination of the pernicious element in
the conversion of bad iron into good steel, existed in this
refuse-slag in a condition as readily BUSCeptible of
assimilation by plants as it is in the valuable artificial
manure known as superphosphate : this refuse-slag,
simply ground up, constitutes therefore a manure which
is ahead> oi recognised value and commands a ready
sah- at very profitable prices,
"The organisation of this latest advance in the
development of steel manufacture dates back only nine
years, and already the year's product of the basic process
'amounts to over' 1,,'tOO* 000 tons of steel But although
it is to Englishmen that the owner of iron property and
the steel-maker are again indebted for these important
results, and to English manufacturers that the first
practical demonstration of the success of this process is
.hie, iti application has been far more rapidly elaborated
upon the Continent than here; in Germany the import-
ance of the subject was at once realised, and it is there
Jnne30.iS8T.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
161
that considerably the largest proportion of Bteel is pro'
duced by the basic treatment; it is in Germany also
thai the value of slag for agricultural purposes hoe been
developed; the Erst steps in it< utilisation here being
but just now taken, in Staffordshire.
" I have already referred to the remarkable Btrides
which have been made in the extension of iron manufac-
ture in the United States: the development there of
steel production lias been no less marvellous. In IsT'.i,
928,000 tons of Bessemer steel were produced; in 1885
the make amounted to 1,701,000 ton's, while the pro-
ductive capacity in that year was estimated at 4,102,000
tons. With other extensive steel-producing works in
course of completion, provision is being made for increas-
ing the power of production by another million tons.
Looking to the t'aet that at the present time the railway
mileage in the United States exceeds that of the whole ol
Knrope. there being 1.M0IIJI00 mile- of railway in opera-
tion, while at the beginning of ls6."> there were only
34,000 miles, the causes of this enormous development of
the iron and Bteel manufacture are evident : the resources
of the country in ore and fuel are gigantic, and the
systematic technical training of the people has made its
influence felt upon the development of this as of every
other branch of industry which our friendly rivals
pursue. But it is not only in the United States that the
development in the production of iron ami steel has
greatly increased of late years; 'bus, in Germany the I
increase in the production of pig iron alone, during the
last twenty-one years, has been 237 per cent, in Austro-
Hungary 152 per cent., while the increase in France
and Belgium is 64 per cent., and therefore not greatly
inferior to our own i 7"> per cent.).
" Although, however, the increase in actual produc-
tion of iron and *teel in this country has not kept pace
with that of some other countries, it is satisfactory to
know that our productive power has very greatly increased
in late years, and there is probably no one branch of our
industries in which we have maintained our position so
satisfactorily in regard to quality of product as that of
iron ami steel manufacture, even although, every now
and then, we have indications that in the struggle with
other nations for superiority of product and for pre
eminence in continuity of progress, we have to look to
our laurels. While the country owes a deep debt of
gratitude to such men as Xeilson, Mushet, Bessemer,
Siemens, Thomas and Gilchrist, who by their brilliant
discoveries ami inventions have maintained Great
Britain's position as leader in the origination of succes-
sive eras of advance in iron and steel manufacture, there
is no question that the trade generally has in recent
years derived the greatest assistance and benefit from
the organisation of the Society which, under the name of
the Iron and Steel Institute, has brought the members of
the trade to recognise that they themselves, and the
country, reap incalculable benefit from their free inter-
change of knowledge and the results of experience, their
candid discussion of successes, failures, and diversities of
views anil practice — the combination of friendly rivalry
with hearty co-operation in the advancement of science
and practfee of their important calling.
" While we have succeeded in maintaining a foremost
position in the iron and steel manufacture, there are
some other important branches of industry, for a time
essentially our own, the present condition of which, in
this country, we cannot contemplate with equal satisfac-
tion. Several instructive illustrations might be quoted,
but I will content myself with a brief examination of one
of the most interesting.
"A glance at the history of the utilisation of some
products of the distillation of coal will present to u> an
industry created and lirst elaborated in England, which
has, on the one hand, by its development effected
momentous changes in other industries and in impor-
tant branches of commerce, while on the other hand it
has been in great measure wrested from us in conse-
quence of the systematic collaboration of scientific and
practical workers on the Continent."
Referring to the tecent advances in chemical manu-
factures, and tracing step by step the discoveries in
chemical Bcie which led upl -greatly influenced these
advances, sir Frederick Abel emphasised as a specially
interesting example the replacement of madder by coal
tar alizarin. Be then showed how that the .manufacture
of neu colours and other coal-tar products led to the
demand for new reagents and materials to serve as
ingredients, and thus, substances formerly only laboratory
curiosities, like phosgene, had come to he commercial
products. The present magnitude of the coal tar coloui
industry was then referred to, both as regards quantity
and value.
"These figure- show that t he v. line of the mrike of colours
in England was less thau one-fourth that of Germany, and
that even Switzerland, which, in competing with other
countries industrially, is at great natural disadvantage?,
was not far behind us," ranking equal to !•' ranee as producers.
The superior position of Germany in reference to this
industry may be in a measure asi ribable to Borne defects
in the operation of our Patent Laws and to questions of
« ages and conditions of labour ; but the chief cause is to
be found in the thorough realisation by the German
manufacturer of his dependence for BUCCess and con-
tinual progress upon the active prosecution of scientitic
research, in the high training received by the chemists
attached to the manufactories, and in the intimate
iation, in every direction, of systematic scientitic
investigation with technical work.
" The young chemists which the German manufacture8
attracts to his works rank much higher thau ours in the
general scientific training which is essential to the suc-
cessful cultivation of the habit of theoretical and experi-
mental research, and in the consequent appreciation of,
and power of pursuing, original investigations of a high
order. Moreover, the research laboratory constitutes an
integral part of the German factory, and the results of
the work carried on by and under the eminent professors
and teachers at the universities and technical colleges
are closely followed and studied in their possible bear-
ings upon the further development of the industry.
"The importance attached to high and well-organised
technical education in Germany is demonstrated not only
by the munificent way in which the scientific branches
of the universities and the technical colleges are estab-
lished and maintained, but also by the continuity which
exists between the different grades of education ; a con-
tinuity, the lack of which in England was recently
indicated by Professor Huxley with great force. Nearly
every large town in Germany has its * Real Schulc,'
where the children of the public elementary schools have
the opportunity, either by means of exhibitions or by
payment of small fees, of receiving a higher education,
qualifying them in due course to enter commercial or
industrial life, or to pass to the universities or to the
polytechnic or technical high schools, which, at great
cost to the nation, have been developed to a remarkable
extent in recent years, and have unquestionably exercised
a most beneficial influence upon the trade and commerce
of the country. A most important feature in the
development of these schools is the subdivision of the
work of instruction among a large number of professors,
each one an acknowledged authority in the particular
branch of science with which he deals. Thus, at the
Carlsruhe Polytechnic School — one of the very earliest of
its kind, which was greatly enlarged in 1863— the num-
ber of professors is 41 ; and at Stuttgart the teaching
stall pi the polytechnic school amounts to 65 persons, of
whom 21 are professors
" The important part taken by the German universities
in the training of young men for technical pursuits has
often been dwelt upon as constituting a striking
feature of contrast to our university Bystems. The
twenty-four universities in the German Empire, each
with its extensive and well-equipped science departments
and ample professional stall', contribute most importantly
to the industrial training of the nation in co-operating
with the purely technical schools. The facts specified in
the Report of the Technical Education Commission
that, in the session 188:1—4, there were 400 students
working in the chemical laboratories at Berlin, and that,
during the same session, ">0 students were engaged in
46S
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CIIKMK'Al. INDUSTRY. U
original research ;it Munich (where the traditions of the
great school of Liebig are worthilj maintained), illustrate
the national appreciation of the opportunities presented
for scientific'training ; and the expenditure of £30,1
upon the physical laboratory, and £35,000 upon the
chemical department, of the New University of Stras
bourg, serves to illustrah the unsparing hand w ith which
the resources of the countrj are devoted to the provision
nf those educational facilities which are the very life-
Bpring of the industrial (impress w hence those resources
are derived."
THE BRITISH COLONIES.
(Illustrations of their Devrlopmbnt during the
Qurbn's 1:1 IQNJ
Imports ami Exports.
i mimi; ra
EXPORTS.
£
American Dependencies {i8S5
5,£00.000 5,000.000
23,700,000 21,300.000
Australasia
Africa .
i 1837
. 1883
11837
11885
1,300,000
63 . 00,000
■j mi. i mi
10.000,000
1 3
52.lluU.UU0
1.. -111,1111
•2,000,000
All the Imports and Exports taken together were ELEVEN
TIMES larger in 1885 than they were in ls:(7.
British Shipping Trade with Colonies.
"(1885
British Export to Colonies ■' }|gi
3.700.000 tons.
56,600,000 „
£11.300.000
,£51,500,000
Popii/aiion.
Of all the Colonies existing in 1837 ■[ }^[ ■■ ^'fa"™.
Of all the Colonies in 18S1 15,763,072*
Rate of Increase from 18S7 to 1881.
In European Colonies SLIGHT.
In Ceylon T VVICE as large as it was.
In the Great Asiatic Colonies About the SAME.
In the Cape of Good Hope .. EIGHT TIMES as large as it
was.
In Canada THREE TIMES as large as it
was.
In the West Indies NOT quite TWICE as large as
it was.
In Australia Nearly TWELVE times as
large as it was.
CcaDe Report.
(From the Board of Trade Journal. J
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS REGU-
LATIONS.
Ill ~SI.\.
Recent Customs Decisions.
{Note.— Poud = 361b. avoirdupois. Gold roublc-3s. 2d.)
White Vaseline. Section 110, duty 2 roubles tier poud, with
an addition of 20 per cent, on eat b rouble of duty leviable.
Aniline Dyes in small paper parcels, Section 120, duty
(including dye and wrapper) 15 roubles per poud.
France.
Increase in Sugar Duties.
With reference to the notification that appeared respecting
a proposed increase in the French sugar duties, a report, dated
tin- 27th May last, has been received from Mr. J. A. Crowe,
* These numbers must have considerably increased Bince
1881,
Her majesty's Commercial Attache for Europe, stating that
the Chamber of Depu ie and the Senate have passed the Bill
establishing prui i sum all) and uniil theSlsl I '<■ letnber next, a
suri.i\ i m sugar mi every origin to the extent of 2ii per cent
it the rate of 10 francs per lOOktlos. Molasses, other than
Cor di sin lain in. h iving a a icoharine richness of 50 per cent, or
less, are to pa" a duty ol 18 francs per lOOkilos. ; but it moro
tnandOper cent, the* are to paj adutj of .'is francs lucents
per uiukiiii.s. Chocolate is to pay a duty ol 98 francs 10 cents
per lOOkilOS.
SW ITZEELAND,
Classification of Articles in Custom* Tariff.
(.Yore— Quintal = 22011b. avoirdupois.)
The following decisions affecting the classification of articles
in tin- Swiss * ustoms Tariff have been given by the Swiss
Customs Authorities during the month of March fa
The word "purified" lu be added to Category 9a, after
" lanoline."
Chlorate of baryta. C&tegor' 17. duly l franc per quintal.
Amber, raw, liquid. Category ISit, duty 1 franc 50 centimes
per quintal.
Plates of glass, prepare 1 for use in photography. Negative
photographs on glass are no Longer inclu le l In < 'ategorj 9 i,
Lanoline, raw, not purified. Category 260, duty 50 centimes
per quintal.
1 r.U.Y.
• issification of Articles in Customs Tariff.
(N it > — Q lint il 220'llb. avoirdupois. Kilogramme -2 2011b.
avoirdupois. Hectolitre 22 imperial gallons. Lira '.i,, d I
Tne following decisions affecting the classification of at tides
in the Italian Customs Tariff have recently been given by the
Italian Customs authorities ;—
Pure spirit, of 95 degrees, to which has been added a small
quantity of essence of aniseed. Category 1, No. 5n, duty 12 lire
per hectolitre.
Extract of sumach, for dyeing. Category 3, No. 29c. duly
free.
Chloride of cinconina lalkaloid combined with chloric acid).
Category 3, No. 326. duty 5 lire per kilo.
Oxideof iron hydrate, with an admixture of carbonate of
soda, intended for purifying illuminating gases. Category 3,
No. 33, duty 2 lire per quintal.
" Acetanilid" (product derived from aniline and acetic acid,
used for medicinal purposes). Category 3. No. 55, duty 10 lire
per quintal.
" Resorcina " (a medicine). Category 3, No. 55, duty 10 lire
per quintal.
Malt extract (medicinal). Category 3, No. 56, duty 120 lire
per quintal.
Wine, containing quinine mixed with sugar. Category 3,
No. 56. duty 120 lire per quintal.
Waggon grease. Category 3 No. 58a, duty 6 lire per quintal.
Hod arsenic, pulverised. Category 1, No. 66, duty 12 lire
per quintal.
Varnish, composed of resin dissolved in alcohol, and coloured
with oxide of iron. Category 1, No. 67a, duty 30 lire per
quintal.
Artificial black, in very tine powder, used instead of lamp-
black. Category 1. No. 70c. duty 5 lire per quintal.
Foundi y slag and iron scorite, used as manure. Category 15,
No. 296, duty free.
Spain.
Classification of Articles in Customs Tariff.
[Xote.— Kilogramme = 22011b. avoirdupois. Peseta = 9Ad.)
The followingdecisions affecting the classification of articles
in the Spanish Customs Tariff have recently been given by
the Spanish Customs authorities:
Carbon filters, with receiver of fine varnished earthenware.
Category 16, duly 26ps. 58cs. per KlOkilos.
Oxide of cobalt, pulverised, mixed with Hint, to give a blue
colour to majolica and porcelain. Category 70, duty Ips. SOjs.
per lOOkilos.
Calcotite, a product used for making walls waterproof.
Category 92, duty 10 cents, per kilog.
I' N I TED ST \T Ks .
Customs Decisions.
The following decisions affecting the classification of articles
ill the Customs Tariff, and the application of the Customs
l.awsof the United States were given by the I'nited States
Government during the month of April last:
Paper filters which are in the form of discs arc dutiable at tin-
rate ni 13 per cent ad valorem, as manufacturee of paper, but
filtering-paper in Bheets, which has not hern manufactured
into Hit rs, and which issimply paperadapted by its character
for filtering purposes, is dutiable at the rale of 23 per cent, ad
valorem, under the provision in Section 392, for "all other
paper not Bpei iallj enumerated or provided for.*"
I Mat in ii in sheets and wire which have undergone a further
i manufacture than that which brought the crude
material into commercial platinum are dutiable at the rate of
IS pel cent ad valorem, under the prot laion in Section 216. for
" manufactures, articles, or wares, not specially enumerated
or provided fur in this Act, composed wholly or in purt of
. . . platinum."
Junc30.is.s7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Photographic paper which has been subjected to the process
of sensitising or albumenising, is held, undei the recent deci-
sion ol the court, and bj the advice of the United -
Attorney-General, to be dutiable at the rate of 15 per cent
rem, under the provisions of Section 388, for "manufac-
tures of paper . . . not specially enumerated or provided
for."
Mauritius.
Neie Customs Tariff.
With reference to the notification respecting the alteration
in the rates of Customs duties now ievied in Mauritius, the
following detailed statement has been prepared, showing the
Customs duties now levied on imports into that colony com-
pared with the rates previously in force.
Exports of British uml Irish Product from t
Kingdom to Spain.
New ft '
Duty.
Rupees (_'s.
Manure of all sorts; and the
following substances when
imported for the purpose
of being used in the pre-
paration of manures or
other colonial produce, or
as disinfectants, viz. :—
Ammoniacal liquor, bones,
bone dust, bone oil. and
dissolved bones, carbolic
acid, chloride of lime,
chloride of manganese,
chloride of soda, solution
of soda, chloride of zinc,
coal and wood soot, dried
muscular tiesh and dried
blood, ether, fish and other
substances damaged and
condemned by the Cus-
toms sanitary officers as
tit for manure only. lime,
carbonate of lime, sulphate
of lime or gypsum, phos-
phate and superphosphate
of lime, nitrates, silicil-
ates. and carbonates of
potash and soda, per-
chloride of iron, perman-
ganate of potash, phos-
phate of soda, sulphate of
iron, sulphate and muriate
of ammonia and other
ammoniacal salts, sulphate
of potash, sulphate of zinc.
sulphuric acid, urate and
sulphurated urine lOOOkilos. 025
Old R
Duty.
Rupees Cs.
Free.
Customs Tariff of Chili.
(Peso = Is. 2d.)
Note.— The surcharge of 40 per cent, levied on all the duties
payable in Chili was raised on the 1st April last to 45 per
cent., and will remain at that rate until the 31st December
next. During the year 1888 it will be at the rate of 47 per
cent., and at 50 per cent, commencing from the 1st January,
issa.
Aktklls. Etc.
Drugs. Patent Medicines, and
Chemical Products-
Sulphate of Copper
Of every other kind
Valuation.
Duty.
Kilog. 015
15, ad val.
25 , ad val.
TRADE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE UNITED
KINGDOM.
Imports into the United Kingdom from Spain.
Principal Articles.
Chemical Products unenume-
rated Value
Copper Ore and Regulus. .Tons
Value
Manganese Ore Tons
Value
Pyrites of Iron and Copp'r.Tons
Value
Quicksilver lbs.
Value
April, 1SB6.
April, 1887.
£7.7|-,.i
£0.131
3,763
1.865
£74. 161
£36.392
105
1.550
£408
£1.937
40.744
!'.'.»:■;
£80,349
£102.306
452.400
843.900
£36.190
£85,100
Total Value .
PKIXellXL AKTIell- Afnl. 1SS6.
April, 1887.
Alkali .Cwt.
33.325
Value t7.ui'J
Manufactures of Caoutchouc
Value £1.011
Cement Tons 875
Value £1,609
Chemical Products and Pre-
parations, including 1 1> 6-
Btnffl Value £2,112
Coal, Products of, including
Naphtha, etc Value £2.iK3
Glass Manufactures Value £195
, Tallow, and Animal
Fat Cwt. 1.191
Value £1.439
Manure Value £23.099
Soap Cwt. 940
Value £768
£11.679
£1,010
430
£798
£30
£313
1.233
£1.219
£11.269
132
£392
Total Value £273.145
£246.897
EXTRACTS FROM DIPLOMATIC AND
CONSULAR REPORTS.
Tin: Depression in the Belgian Coal Trade.
Lord Vivian, Her Majesty's Minister at Brussels, in a
dispatch dated the 11th April last, on the subject of the steps
taken by the Belgian Government respecting the depression
in the Belgian coal trade, says : —
" In view of the depressed condition of the coal trade in
Belgium, the Government are instituting an inquiry into the
question, and have appointed two committees to examine it
both from a commercial and industrial point of view, with the
object of developing the trade.
" The commercial committee has nearly concluded its
labours, but the inquiry into the industrial side of the question
will not be completed for some time. I am promised a copy of
the report when it is ready.
" Meanwhile, I am informed that it has been exclusively
shown that the present railway rates for the transport of
Belgian coal for foreigu markets are already so low as to leave
no margin of profit which would admit of their further reduc-
tion, and that it is therefore doubtful whether it would be
possible to export the Charleroi smokeless coal to England at
a profit by railway ; the question of the cost of transporting it
by canal is now under consideration.
" The industrial committee is charged to ascertain and
report what improvements and economies can be made IK in
the plant and machinery used in the n.ines for the extraction
of the coal, and (21 in the machinery for loading and unloading
it at the stations and ports."
Dep6t of Russian Petroleum at Gothenburg.
Mr. John Duff. Her Majesty's Consul at Gothenburg, in a
report dated 11th of May last, states that Messrs. Nobel, of
Baku, on the Caspian Sea, petroleum manufacturers, have
made arrangements for a depot of their oil at Karingberget.
on the south shore of the mouth of the river Gota. about six
miles from Gothenburg, where a reservoir, to hold two
thousand tons of petroleum, will be built.
MISCELLANEOUS TRADE NOTICES.
Cheese Adulteration in the I'nited States.
See Board o/ Trade Journal for June.
Trade of Bolivia.
In an article contributed to L Economist e Franrais of 30th
April last, on the economic resources of Bolivia. M. A. F. de
Fontpertuis draws attention to the fact that the trade of that
country is almost entirely in the hands of foreign houses,
niainlv belonging to Germany. France and Spain. There are
no English or American merchants in Bolivia ; but the Ger-
mans, he says, arrive in great numbers. Speaking English
and Spanish with fluencv, they soon find themselves at the head
of a Ihrivingtrade. They undertake to buy their goods entirely
in Eurooe. and mainly in Get many, and theyrecoup them-
selves bv purchasing the products of the country and sending
them to "Europe. The main elements of the commercial wealth
of Bolivia are saltpetre and guano, and the natural stores of
these articles were, so M. de Fontpertuis declares, the real
cause of the late fratricidal war with Chili.
E
164
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I June 30. 1887.
in ssi \n si qab Production.
The Journal ale St. Petersburg for the 6th May last collects
the opinions of the leading provincial Russian newspapers on
the question of regulating the production ol sugar bj Umiung
its quantity, and Insisting on the exportation of a considerable
percentage. This question ha^ been raised bj the meeting ol
the principal sngu refiners ol Russia, to the number ol ill. at
Kiev In the first week of the month of May. 1 lie general
opinion of these newspapers, according to the Journal, is
that it will be advisable for the refiners to carry out their pro-
position of pledging themselves to export, at any price,
twenty five percent, oi their actual production, and that for
three 'full years from the closi ■ m 1887. This, it is believed, is
the only course by which the markets ol Russia can be relieved,
although it is not to be concealed that the dearer rate at which
the remaining three-quarters of the sugar will have to be sold
in the markets of the Empire will lead to many complaints.
Commercial Institute ok Paris.
The Moniteur Officiel tin Commerce for the 28th April last,
states that on the 10th of March last, at an extraordinary
meeting of the shareholders, it was unanimously determined
to greatly increase the importance of the Commercial Institute
of Paris; to remove it to a more important building; and to
expend upon it enough money to give it a far greater place
than it has ever before held in the development of technical
training and the general commercial prosperity of France.
Extract from Report ox the new Customs
Law and Tariff of Mexico.
"A largo reduction has been made in the duties on drugs
and medicines, but the duties in many cases are still ex-
travagantly high— (.</., alkaloids and their salts not specified
(131) 15 dollars per kilo. Tho effect ol these high duties on
medicines is two-fold.
(1) The poor are often unable to obtain proper medicines,
and have to content themselves with cheaper sub-
stitutes;
(2) Drugs and medicines are often smuggled, especially
those that are taxed the most heavily, and the ex-
chequer obtains less ret BDUe from the high duties than
it would from moderate duties.
"On the whole, the new tariff is a considerable improve-
ment on the old one; hut it remains highly protective.'1
Aniline Dyes.
A noticeable feature, says the Journal of the Society of Aria,
in the Indian trade returns is the large increase in the employ-
ment of aniline dyes in India, in the place of the indigenous
colours formerly employed for their woollen yarns, silk, and
cotton. The value of the imports now averages £100.000 a
vear. The imports of aniline dyes were of the value of
£77.159 in 1883, £110.321 in 188). £101,395 in 1885, and £C1,G19 in
tho first eight months of 188G.
Drugs and Chemicals in Damascus.
According to the PeKl Moniti ur, French pharmaceutic and
photographic chemicals have taken the first rank in the
Damascus trade, the Paris houses exporting goods against
which nothing can be said as regards quality; but their high
prices cheek trade, and consequently leave an opening lor
German competition, which the Teutons avail themselves ol,
especially in the colour trade and heavy products. The supply
of sulphate of quinine found in the market is almost entirely
of Italian origin. I he correspondent does not mention English
goods, which have probably escaped his notice; he estimates
the value of imports thus— Chemicals employed in the city.
50.000f. ; drugs. 30.00t)f. ; colouring matters, lO.OOOf. ; hospital
supplies, 19.000f.
General View of the World's Trade.
Sec Board of Trade Journal for June.
STATISTICAL TABLES.
Periodical Returns of Imports and Exports.
Imports and Exports into and from the under-mentioned Countries in the latest Month fur
which Returns have been received, with Aggregates for the Period of the Year, including
such latest Month.
{Note.— Rouble = 2s. Od. ; Franc =9f85d. ; Milreis = 4s. Gd. ; Lire = 9ftd. ; Dollar = 4s. 2d. ;
Piastre = 2£d.)
I. — Imports.
Name ol Country.
Latest
Months.
Value for the M
L'Uth.
Aggregate for Period of the Year,
including latest Month.
1887.
1886.
1887.
1886.
Russia in Euroi'i
Italy
United States
Egypt J
British India'
January
February
March . .
April
February
April
April
February
March .
March . .
Roubles 21,415.000
16,539,000
I9.5S2.OO0
Francs 351,861.000
Milreis 2.705.000
Lire .. 111.511,000
Dollars 63,537.000
Piastres 55,774,000
81,776.000
Rupees 5.53.03.116
2I.OS6.000
18,532,000
23,513.000
369.329,000
2.156.000
131,222,000
57.3C0.IKI0
59,829,000
67. 192.000
l.7l,.'!'."il
10,951,000
60.546,000
1.132.120,000
5.30S.OOO
508.768,000
237.586.000
120,559.000
202.X15.000
58.69.00.717
12,618.000
66.131,000
1.132.513,000
4,791,000
156,675,000
221.506.000
128.511.000
196.033.000
51.81.15.365
The abort figures are subject to revision in the Annual Returns.
The aggregate figures are for the financial year commencing 1st April,
June 80.1887. 1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDl'STKY.
465
II.— Exports.
Roubles LI, 00:1.000
27,181,000
—
-
35,307,000
20,501,000
C9.31G.000
17,682,000
32.813,000
25,801.000
102.129.000
73.186.000
Pram s 2i "J 17.000
299.470,000
1.019.511,030
1,036.997,000
Milreis 1,789,000
2,281,000
3,527,000
1,225,000
Lire .. 96,776,000
3 1,730,000
300.955,000
315,029,000
Dollars 17,563,000
54.017.000
239.193,000
217,603.000
Piastres 101.868,000
77.825,000
219,830,1
211,911,000
7(5.910,000
86,153.000
320.710,000
301.093.000
Rupees 9,31,55,85-'
9,19,56,030
88,13,95.786
83.82.78,101
I January
Russia in Europe .. February
I March
France \pril
Portugal February
Italy April
United States April ..
{February
March ..
British India' March..
The above figures are subject to revision in the Annual Returns.
Xote.— The figures arc those of the " special " imports and exports, except in the case of the
United States and British India, where the figures are "general." "Special" means, in the case of
imports, imports for home consumption, in the case of exports, exports of domestic produce and
manufacture only.
• The aggregate figures are for the financial year commencing 1st April.
Trade Statistics for May.
The Board of Trade Returns for May show the following
figures :—
Exports.
May, 1886.
British and Irish Produce .... £16,301.022
Foreign and Colonial Produce
(partly estimated) 1,592,112
Imports.
Hay, 1886.
Total value £29,023,303
Below are the details affecting drugs and chemicals :
Exports.
May, 1887.
£16,197,836
1,700,128
Slav. 1887.
£27,921,321
British and
duce :—
Alkali ..
Irish pro-
Mr>y,1885. May, 1886. May, 1887.
cwt.
value £
Bleaching materials cwt.
,, „ value £
Chemical manure . . value £ I
Drugs and medicinal
preparations (un-
enumerated) value £
Other chemicals and
medicinal prepa-
rations value £
Oil (seed) tons
value £
Soap cwt.
value £
Painters' colours
and materials (un-
enumerated) value £
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Bark, Cinchona
Chemicals
merated)
Cochineal .
(unenu-
cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambier
Gum Arabic
Indigo
Lac, various kinds . .
Lard
Oils, cocoa-nut.
„ olive
,, palm
., petroleum
Quicksilver
cwt.
value £
tons
value £
cwt.
value t:
cwt.
value £
cwt.
value £
cwt.
value £
cwt-
value £
tuns
value £
cwt.
value £
gals.
value £
lb.
value £
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) cwt.
Nitro (nitrate of pot-
ash) value £
Tallow and stearine cwt.
„ „ „ . . value £
C2',1.771
186,382
149.089
18,216
90,789
61,126
161,266
5,393
126,175
31,992
37.238
105,900
10.178
19,566
21,955
801
5.2S0
7.12
17.721
4.1.i7
15,072
3,982
82,050
7,617
21.131
3.013
5,606
12.412
18,631
254
11.925
26,087
37.278
35.566
1,867
240.396
17,792
1,377
1.380
17,583
20.691
644.144
182, 120
112.218
43,116
94,286
65,121
171.817
7,228
148.955
27,738
30,513
560.834
157.981
125,187
17.117
90,579
177,352
6,613
131.922
36,768
30,707
109,025 119,391
10.917
18,837
16.010
619
1,525
530
13.029
3.613
12.574
1,722
34,857
6,045
16,078
13,957
28,319
6,593
8,822
307
13.185
32,708
32,380
35,714
1,550
416.734
:;:,.■ l
739
591
15,113
17,761
11.080
17,749
25,288
353
2,118
835
21,378
2.963
10.506
3,488
73,043
4.595
13,111
1,583
2.S50
10.013
13,906
383
16.979
32,518
31.719
70.026
2.552
301.062
27,196
5,721
5,397
56,479
69.795
Imports.
Drugs, unenumerated.. value £
Chemical manufactures-
Products unenume-
rated value £
Alkali cwt.
value £
Brimstone cwt.
value £
Nitre (nitrate of soda) cwt.
,, „ value £
„ (nitrate of potash) cwt.
„ ,, value £
Quicksilver lb.
value £
Bark (Cinchona) cwt.
„ value £
G am Arabic cwt.
value £
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye cwt.
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £
Dyes and tanning mate-
rials—
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' ttse) cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Anilin dyes value £
Alizarin value £
Other coal-tar dyes value £
Cochineal cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambier.. tons
,, value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
jeet cwt.
Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun- .
jeet value £
Valonia tons
„ value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut cwt.
value £
Olive tuns
value £
Palm cwt.
value £
Petroleum gals.
value £
Seed, of all kinds tuna
value £
Train, blubber, and
sperm tuns
Train, blubber, and
sperm value £
Turpentine cwt.
,, value £
Rosin cwi.
,, value £
Tallow and Stearine. . . . cwt.
.... value £
May, 1885. May, 1886. May, 1887
53,592
119.552
5.715
4,178
93.177
23,897
143.606
70,914
31,066
27,877
715.875
52,498
9,406
63,602
9.205
26,270
10,175
51,923
26,090
11.342
15,741
12,602
313
847
5,307
1.522
33.422
2,580
45,014
1.120
50.7SO
96,020
11.726
6,983
52.158
12,473
185,396
93,762
22,854
20,342
782,700
65,165
13,158
66.719
3,243
13,587
12.16S
34,493
37.S13
15,895
11,027
21,811
544
3,193
2,047
46,697
855
19,023
59,653
111.277
3,737
2,809
59,842
13,229
396,684
209,466
30,938
26.951
315,000
27.875
13,803
62,938
2,753
11,700
19,739
51.179
48,066
24,398
24.S33
19,586
75
350
2,185
1,513
35.126
3,200
62,263
1.650
1.768 !
3.771
3.945
58,150
54,105
1.941
21.161
7,726
28,203
2,721
2,708
1119,10:!
102,995
011,297
87.2S9
93.191
84,207
4.307.005
7 011.247
142,008
174.510
878
1.949
26.219
41.730
SSI
680
25.151
18,437
2,751
1.309
3.112
1,190
108,741
S9.620
21,330
23.658
99,215
SI, 020
168,203
99.111
1,451 2,179
2,353
1,657
24.S00
9.01S
11,915
1,921
70,422
71,138
67,173
44.682
62.531
1.127
26,897
1.7
E2
1,399
29,737
3.715
5.049
12,692
26.421
61.029
72.299
166
Till'. JOURNAL of THE sociF.TY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June so. law
Im»hn Trade and Navigatiok Reports.
The Indian trade and navigation reports for April, com-
pared with those for A pril ol laal j ear, show a net increase in
the value of Imports of 19,12,778 rupees, and an iuereaso in
item of import except under two heads. The net
Id exports was 32,70,619 rupees, and every item
showed an increase except chemicals, drugs, medicines,
narcotics, and dj sing and tanning materials, which decreased
by upwards Of 17 lakhs.
A Prize foe Chemists.
Tin' Amsterdam Association opposed to the adulteration of
butter h i- offered a prize of 1000 tlorins to the discoverer of
the i, est method for immediate!; detecting foreign matters
added to butter. The process most trace out any sort of fat
that ma] have been introduced, whether it is harmful or not.
ess is to be simple and practical enough to be worked
without a chemical laboratory. Memoirs should be sent
before January 1, lss.s. to Mr, J. Hinkcs-Borgcrs, at Lcyden.
The prizetaker will he allowed to keep his copyright, anil may
takeout patents in foreign countries.— Chemist and Druggist,
June 18.
The Iodine Convention.
At the commencement of the present year the price of iodine,
which had for some time been very low. and was expected to
experience a further decline in consequence of the anticipated
collapse of the combination of producers, suddenly, and to the
astonishment of many dealers in the article, rose to 9d. per oz.
The convention of the producers of iodine had been renewed,
but the parties interested in it wisely kept their own counsel,
and were enabled to reap a substantial benefit as the reward
of their discretion. The new convention, to which most, if
not all. of the manufacturers and the principal holders of
stock in Europe, the United states, and the west coast of
South America have acceded, was registered on February 18
at Iquique— the principal port of shipment in the iodine dis-
trict—now held by the Chilians. The agreement, we under-
stand, has been concluded for a term of three years,
commencing on January 1, 1887. and it has been resolved that
during this period the sale of the entire product will be
vested in one house exclusively. The European manufac-
turers are to have for their share 10J per cent, of the total
sales effected, so long as the latter do not exceed
33ti, 0001b. If the sales of iodine exceed that quantity— which
means about ten months' consumption, and is. therefore,
probably to be taken as an annual limit— ninety per cent, of
the excess will fall to the share of the Chilian producers.
The parties interested in the convention, in addition to the
English and French producers, are divided into three
categories, viz.:—
Firms possessing iodine manufactories in working order
and holding stock in Europe.
New manufacturers, carrying no stock in Europe.
owners of iodine holding stock in Europe, who are not at
the same time manufacturers of the article in South America
The parties falling under the first category will be com-
pelled, under the terms of the agreement, to suspend the
manufacturer of iodine until their surplus stocks have been
cleared off by their share of monthly allotments of sales
effected. It is said that some firms hold enough stock in
Europe to require two and a half or three years before under
this system, they will he allowed to resume working! and if
the estimate of the Kuropean stock owned by Chilian holders
is correct, this clause will apparently he tantamount to a
virtual cessation of iodine production in the old Chilian
works during the terms of the convention.
The new producers of iodine, forming the second class of
contra, ting parties, have their output strictly limited to the
quantity assigned to them as their monthly share of the
orders. Firms who hold stock in Europe, but who do not
possess works in South America, have to submit to a fixed
reduction on the amount of their monthly share of the sales
in order to recoup the producers for the compulsory limitation
or temporary cessation of their output. The' producing
rapacity of all works included in the convention will be
estimated, and the shore of each contracting party in the
orders is to be fixed according to the relation between the
producing capacity ol his works and the estimated annual
ption. lu e iienee on January I. ls.s?. the price
for iodine for metallurgical and dyeing purposes is tixed nt
!',.!. per oz.. and for all other, including pharmaceutical uses
at 9a. per oz.
The aggregate capacity of production of Bublimed iodine of
- than 98 per cent, standard in the South American
works at the end of last year waa estimated tit 25.560 quintals
or .'..",91.3101b. ; the European stock of Chilian iodine at 111177
quintals, or 1,032,9651b.; the export of iodine from the South
in west coast in 1886 at 3,825'88 quintals, or 388 3"71b ■
1 world's consumption at 1000 quintals, or luti 0001b'
would prove thai Chili is at present capable of
and a hall times as much iodine as is required
■ ■• 1 1 i . 1 1 the article la applied.andit must not
he forgotten that then' is at present no prospect of any con-
siderable extension in the use of the article, even though the
price should fall to a third or a fourthof that prevailing. The
slock of Chilian iodine now held in Europe would nlono BtifBce
lor two and a half years' consumption, and the convention
must therefore necessarily restrict the output of iodine in
South America to a very small fraction indeed of the present
producing capacity. The directors of the iodine association
purpose, it is said, to gradually raise the price considerably
beyond their present , 1 in, tat ion. and as they control the market
at tins moment they will probably succeed. Hut the combina-
tion is likely sooner or later to come to grief through tho
impatience of its own members to submit to an artificial stunt-
ing of their producing powers, nor could the collapse of an
association based upon principles so essentially vicious from
an economical point of view he regretted, however disadvan-
tageous it might be to its own component parts.— (hem. and
Druggist, June 18, 1887.
Foreign Competition in Brazil.
Consul Cooper remarks on foreign competition in Santos, in
the province of Sao I'aulo. In this province foreign competi-
tion has mode but slight impression on the general course of
British trade, but the Germans, who are the only serious
rivals in the Held, have possessed themselves of one or two
branches, and are making great efforts to establish the
supremacy of their woollen and cotton industries. In face of
this opposition the Consul urges concerted action of all the
industrial and commercial classes on well-organised principles
of trade. "Apart from the low price at which the Hermans
produce and transport their production, a great serret of
German success is their thorough training as mercantile men.
German merchants abroad are shrewd, hard-working men,
generally of ample education and agreeable social qualities,
with broad unprejudiced views, and possessing the inestim-
able gift of being able to ingratiate themselves with the
people with whom they reside and hove to deol. In such men
the Gentian manufacturer finds solid support, and the most
potent means for the extension of trade." Consul Cooper does
not think much good will come from relying on the consular
service, and suggests, as one among other plans of extending
trade, the estaolishment of commercial and industrial
museums or agencies at certain advantageous localities
abroad, primarily in new countries.
8@ont&lg Patent list.
I.— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS, and
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
7261 R. A. Gibbons. London. Smoke consuming apparatus
for boiler furnaces. May 18
7286 R. W. Anderson. Liverpool. Improvements in means
and apparatus for supplying air or draught to the furnaces of
steam generators. May 19
7363 C. Tellier. London. An improved apparatus for utilising
atmospheric or solar heat, for raising water or other purposes.
Complete specification. May 20
7370 YV. P. Thompson— From J. A. Sperry, United States.
Improvements in amalgamators. May 20
7102 J. Smith and I"). Cowan, London. Improvements in
steam generators. May 21
7109 A. de Landc Long and C. Watson, Stockton-on-Tees.
A new arrangement of regenerative furnace. May 21
7166 T. Kelson, Accrington. Improvements in filters.
May 23
7515 C. A. Koellner, London. An improved filtering and
lixiviating press. Complete specification. May 25
7525 H. II. Lake— From U. Cummings, United States.
Improvements in air compressing apparatus. Complete
specification. May 25
7628 H. Walker. Birmingham. Improvements in and con-
nected with steam boiler and other heating, melting, and
smelting furnaces, mutlles. and the like, for various purposes.
.May 26
7610 It. Robson, Leeds. Grate bar for boilers and all purposes
in raising steam and heating furnaces and such-like. May 26
7716 l\ K\ans. Liverpool. Improvements in and applicable
to steam generators. May 27
7717 J. C. stitt, Liverpool. Improvements connected with
steam generators in which artificial or forced draught is em-
ployed. May 27
7723 (). Kruschki, Liverpool. New anil improved heating
apparatus with air supply from above. Complete specification.
May 27
7725 C. W. Guy, London. Improvements in crushing mills.
May 27
7726 R. W. Deocon-From W. Maxwell. Java. Improve-
ments in centrifugal drying machines. May 27
7756 H. II. Lake, London— From B. Roberts. United States.
Improvements relating to smoke-condensing apparatus for
ase in connection with Bteam boiler and other furnaces.
I on iiilele specification. May 27
7772 t;. \v . Alien, Manchester; and EL J. A. Bowers, London.
Improvements in apparatus for purifying water for steam
boilers. May 28
.!..,„■ :i». i«:.i TIIK .foUUNAL ()F TIIH soeiETC OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
4G7
7815 T. Taylor, London. Improvements in or applicable to
steam boilers for consuming smoke. M.i\ -'-
781" J. Kroog. London. Improvements in apparatus for
automatically discharging water of condensation from strain
pipes, and for similar purposes. Complete specification.
JIiij 28
7908 A. K. Hartbel, London, Gasometer. June 1
7910 J. K. Robson, Leeds. Improvements for increasing nnd
making more effective the healing surface of boiler llurs.
June 1
79:11 W. P. Thompson— From It. A. Marshall. See Class
VII.
8050 A. J. Marquand, London. Improved means for pre-
venting corrosion and incrustation in steam boilers and other
similar vessels. June 3
8051 G. Little, London. Improvements relating to pul-
verisers, and to means for separating or sorting pulverised or
disintegrated materials. June 3
8179 J. Thiry and G. Chantrennc-Soiron, London. Steam
and other injectors. June 7
8180 \V. 11. Karris, London. Steam generators, circulators,
and pulsators. Complete specification. June 7
8285 VV*. Neilson, 11. Neilson, and T. Williamson, Glasgow.
Reversing valves for regenerative and other furnaces.
June !l
8339 J. T. Collinge, Manchester. Rotary pumps, blowers and
exhausters. June 10
8396 A. J. Marquand, London. Electrical apparatus for pre-
venting corrosion of steam boilers and similar vessels, and
for removing the incrustation when once formed. June 10
8413 G. H. Stechmann, Manchester. Combined automatic
steam-boiler feeding apparatus and feed water heater.
June 11
8111 J. A. Yeadon and K. Middleton. Leeds. Machinery for
drying small coal or coke, or for desiccating substances of a
like granular character. June 11
8192 F. Quenehen and A. Vansteenkiste, London. Appara-
tus for grinding animal, vegetable, and mineral substances.
June 13
8658 W. H. Mirfin, Manchester. Construction of internal
furnaces and flues for steam boilers. June 16
8670 W. J. Kllis, Manchester. Centrifugal pumps. Com-
plete specification. June 16
8698 E. A. Cowper, London. Hot blast valves. June 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886-
8105 E. Robin3on. Apparatus for drying glutinous fibres,
granular and other materials. May 25
8107 A. Tolhurst, C. A. Glazbrook and A. Philbey. Fire
grates and smoke consuming apparatus for furnaces. May 21
9733 A. G. Meeze. Apparatusfor cooling and heating fluids.
May 28
10061 H. S. Stewart. Apparatus for exhausting, lifting,
forcing, or measuring fluids. June 11
10098 J. Atkinson. Machines for cooling air or other gases.
June 11
10378 C. J. Croft and F. Dowling. Apparatus for forcing
draught in boiler furnaces. June 15
10595 A. Flamache and E. Picard. Method and apparatus
for desiccating wood and other porous substances. June 1
10663 J. Rankin. Furnace grates. May 28
1070* S. S. Bromhead— FromL. Stautfert. .Mixing apparatus
for liquids. June 18
11241 A. W.Anderson. Filter presses. May 21
1887.
5793 J.King. Apparatus for use in roasting, drying, carbonis"
ing, or torrefying farnia, dextrine, manures, feeding stuffs,
etc.; for heating, evaporating, or distilling liquids, and for
heating disinfectors and water apparatus. June 18
7203 C. T. Schoen. Apparatus for burning liquid fuel.
June 18
7363 C. Tellier. Apparatus for utilising atmospheric or solar
heat for raising water, etc. June 22
II.— FUEL, GAS, and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
7156 J. Keith, Glasgow. Improvements in apparatus for
manufacturing oil-gas. May 17
7177 J. W. Corbett and R. D. Hardy, London. Improvements
in and in means for the manufacture of gas. May 17
7230 J. E. Barwick, St. Petersburg. A system of neating
boilers or generating steam. May IS
7268 A. Hommel, London. Process for obtaining oxygen.
May 18
7274 F. V. Hadlow, Lluxted. An improvement in the arti-
ficial manufacture of coal, so as to render it comparatively
smokeless. May 19
7isj K. de Soldenhoff, London. Improvements in or addition
to means or apparatus employed in the manufacture of coke
for the desiccation and incineration of precipiiants ur solids
resulting from sludge or other substances liable to putrify.
Complete specification. May 23
1 The dates given are the dates of the Official Journals in which
acceptances of the Complete Specifications are advertised. Complete
specifications thus advertised as accepted are open to inspection at the
Patent Omce iuirneiUately, and to opposition withm two months of the
said dates.
7199 C. Hirley and J. Sturgeon. London. Xew or improved
apparatus for automatically regulating the supply of air to the
combustion chambers of gas-producers according to the pi
sure of steam in boilers area with the gas from such gas>
producers. Complete specification. May 23
7518 J. Belou, London. A new or improved process for
manufacturing pure hydrogen. Complete specification.
May 25
7613 L. Sepulchre. London. Improvements in lighting and
heating by mineral oils. May 25
7713 J. H. It. Dinsmore. Liverpool. Improvements in and
apparatus for washing and purifying coal-gas. May 27
7711 J. 11. K. Dinsmore. Improvements in and connected
with the manufacture of illuminating gas from coal. May 27
7751 E. Fleischer, London. Iiiipriiveineiits in separating
solid mailer from smoke or gases resulting from combustion,
and apparatus therefor. May 27
7782 W. Defriesand V. J. Feeny, London. Improvements in
feeding oil for lighting and heating. May 28
7811 W. Backer, London. An improved process of treating
tar for the purpose of producing illuminating and heating gas
and coke. May 28
8005 H. Keevil, Bath. The more effectual combustion of the
oil, and increasing the brilliancy of the flame and light of
paraffin, petroleum, and benzoline lamps. June3
8191 C. L. Baillard. London. Improvements in the treatment
or preparation of mineral or other like oils. June 7
8218 E. W. Harding, Greenwich. Improvements in the
manufacture of gas from coals, with other advantages in con-
nection therewith. June 8
8392 J. A. C. Mackenzie, London. An apparatus to be em-
ployed for beating by means of ordinary gas-burners. June 10
8679 A. G. Meeze, Redhill. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of gas. and apparatus therefor. June 16
8697 H. H. Doty, London. An improved method of and
apparatus for generating light and heat from mineral or other
oil. June 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
7289 M. Immisch. Apparatus for measuring heat. May 25
7580 C. F. Claus. Purification of coal-gas. May 25
7582 C. F. Claus. See Class VII.
7581 C. F. Claus. Purification of coal-gas. May 25
7585 C. F. Clans. Purification of coal-gas. May 21
9173 J. Li vesey and W. Whitehouse. Apparatus for enrich-
ing gas by admixture of hydrocarbon vapour. May 21
9598 J. H. Johnson— From E. Delamare-Debouttevilleand L.
P. C. Malandin. Apparatus for carburetting air. May 28
9658 W. Welch. Means for utilising oils or gases as fuel, and
for lighting fires. June 15
10698 T. Thorp. Xon-regenerative gas-lighting. June 22
1887.
3267 C. W. Watts. Purification of coal-gas and apparatus
therefor. May 28
5571 W. W. Horn— From A. L. Allen. Apparatus for the
manufacture of gas. June 8
5863 R. Harrison and W. Oliver. Applying the vapour of
volatile liquids as a source of motive power. May 25
6018 A. J. Boult— From D. M. Kennedy. Purifying hydro-
carbon oils. May 28
7031 O. W. Bennett and S. O. Hemenway. Carburetting
apparatus. June 15 .
III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
7867 W. M. Fraser and J. Snodgrass. Glasgow. Improve-
ments in primary distilling apparatus for shale or other oil-
vielding mineral. May 31
8090 F. Lennard. London. Improvements in apparatus used
in the distillation of tar or oil. June 1
8623 W. P. Thompson— From If. A. C. von Schlieben, Berlin.
Improved method of separating the chief component parts of
coal shale. June 15
COMPLETE SPECIFUATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
9550 O. Rose. Apparatus for the distillation of coal shale
and other materials. May 25
11131 J. Jones. Retorts for the destructive distillation of
shale, coal, and other bituminous substances. J uhe 8
1887.
5785 A. L. Vale— From the Cbemische Fabrik Aciien
Gesellschafl. Process for the purification of crude anthracene.
May 21
[68
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June30.i887.
IV.- COLOl RING MAI tERS \M' DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
7338 F. E. SchmUokert London. An improved process of
preparing indigo solution, for dyeing purposes. Complete
^f'l^vinS/Mancheeter. Improvements in the pro-
duction of aso colouring matters. May 26 ,.„„„,, F
r733 J. Y. Johnson Prom rhe Farbeufabriken vormals it .
Ha> er * ' to.. Germanj . Impro. ements mthe manufacture of
'l>7sr "Kebmann and A. Studer, London. A processfpr pro-
dncing a new mono-sulpho acta from alpha-naphtol. Maj as
7833 I v Johnson From the Badische Anahn and feoda
Fabrlk Germany, [mprovements In treatment and prepara-
«onofnaphthazarine(moxynaphthaqmnone),andtheproduo-
|!„;! ,,, a soluble derivative thereof, and the application of the
s'ltiir in dveine and printing. May 28 .
d'ui s Pitt Fro,,, A. Weinberg. Germany. The manufac-
ture Of a new naphtol-disulphonic acid and of dyestutfs there-
rg"w L "Paul, London. A process or processes for the pro-
duction of colours from tetrazodiphenyldicarbon acid, and
from its methyl and asthyl ethers. June 9
8381 I" McAra, J. Walker. J. A. Birrell, ^ . Brock, junr..
and J Adam, Glasgow. Improvements in and connected
with the preparing or maturing and treating of cut or reduced
logwood and other dye-woods for dyeing and other purposes.
M31 I- Imray-From La Societe Anonyme des Matieres
Colarantes et Produits Chimiques de St. Denis A. F. Pomer,
andD A. Rosenstiehl, France. A process for the manufacture
of anthraqumone. Complete specification. June 11
SI37 L Paul. London. Process or processes for producing
mono and diamidoazobenzidines, transformation of them into
tetrazo compounds, and their combination with amines and
phenols (naphtoles), or the sulpho-acids of these bodies.
8504 C. A. Bennert, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of colouring matters. June 13
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1887.
7333 F. E. Scliniuckert. Preparing indigo solutions for
dyeing purposes- June 22
VI. -DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING, and BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
7550 E. B. Petrie and K. Wild. Rochdale. Improvements In
the means and method of and for the washing, scouring, boil-
ing and bleaching of fibres, fibrous materials and textile
fabrics; and tin ■ stripping of fibres from bides and skins.
May 25
7556 It. Lockwood and E. L. Adamson, Halifax. Improve-
ments in the method of and means for dyeing yarns. May 25
7710 E. Boursler, London. Improvements in dyeing fabrics,
and in materials and apparatus therefor. Complete specifica-
tion. May 27
7till W. Brierley— From R. Pcrzina. Germany. Improve-
ments in ant atic coppers or vats employed in the dyeing
of fibres, and fabrics or pieces. June 1
8333 J. Takmine. See (kiss XVIII.
8361 J. A. Schofield, London, improvements in appliances
for attaching to lines, cords and rods, textile fabrics for the
purpose of drying and bleaching the same, and for other
purposes. June 10
8525 J. 11. Smith. Glasgow. Improvements in apparatus for
drying woven fabrics, yarns, or fibrous materials. June 14
8068 C. T. ( llegg, Manchester. H. A. Clegg, Heaton Norris, and
F. Lee, Didsbury. Improved machine for new process of dye-
ing wool or other material. Complete specification. June 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
10053 W. Mather. Apparatus for treating textile materials
with liquids, gases or vapours. June 4
10542 T. llolliday. Dyeing textile fibres. June 18
10718 L. llartnell, J. Harmell, and A. Harmell. Rotary
apparatus for preparing for dyeing combed wool in bobbins.
June 22
132GI J. II. Storey, J. Wilkinson, and H. Bateson. Machinery
for printing in several colours on paper, oil cloth, and other
fabrics. J unc 22
1887.
5596 J. Bromley and T. Harrison. Machinery for bronzing,
colouring, or otherwise ornamenting paper and other material
in sheets or rolls. Juno 8
V. -TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, ETC.
APPLICATIONS.
7476 G V Hartington, Rochdale. A method of and apparatus
for cleaning or separating seed or other extraneous matter
from cotton, wool, silk, or other fibrous materials. Maj 23
7513 T Tschieret, London. Improvement in proceedings and
apparatus for felting woollen thread. May 2o ,„_,_.
793" G I. J. Wells and S. L.Howard, Liverpool. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of rhea or other like fibre from the
rhea bark or china grass or like products of other plants
of the Urtiea family. June 1 , , „ ™ v,v
8041 V7. B. Nation and J. J. \\ orswick. See Class XIX.
8045 K Jaegcrmayer. London. An improved method of and
apparatus for determining the percentage of clean wool con-
tained in a given quantity of raw wool. June 3
8167 G F. Wilson, Westminster. Improvements in the
method of and composition for treating textile fabrics.
8?78'e Tremsal and A. Dicktus, London. Improvements in
the process of scouring wool, and in apparatus therefor.
8575 H II Lake — From ('. Schrebler, United States.,
Improvements relating to the drying and carbonising of wool,
and to apparatus therefor. Complete specification. June lo
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
10053 W. Mather. Apparatus for treating textile materials
with liquids, gases or vapours. June*
10176 11. K. Randall. Treatment of silk cocoons, raw silk,
etc.. and apparatus therefor. June 11
10250 J. s. Farmer. Apparatus for testing the purity of raw
c itton. June 18 . .,
10515 A. Mitscherlich. Preparing fibres capable of being
spun from wood. June 15 . .
13197 G. Tolson and J. tiling worth. Carbonising wool, rags,
ill' I lino 1
13198 G. Tolaon and J. Illingworth. Carbonising wool, rags,
etc. June 8
1--7.
6686 A J Boult From E. H. M. Caston. .Manufacturing a
merchantable material from thistledown. June 8
6121 K W Serrell, lunr. Process and apparatus for the
mechanical " debavage" of cocoons after brushing. May 28
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS, and SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
7270 E. W. Parnell and J. Simpson. Liverpool. Improve-
ments in obtaining pure carbonic acid gas, and in apparatus
therefor. May 19
7661 W. G. Maclvv, London. A new way of making soda.
Mav 26
7701 0. F. Claus, H. L. Sulman, and E. E. Berry, London.
Improvements in the manufacture of soda by the ammonia
process. May 27
7859 L. A. Staub, Liverpool. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of carbonate of soda and carbonic acid from the bicarbon-
ate, and in apparatus therefor. May 31
7906 R. Schneider. London. Producing hydrate of baryta
from sulphate of barium. May 31
7931 \V. P. Thompson— From R. A. Marshall, United States.
Improvements in demijohn and carboy cases for acids and
other liquids. June 1
8129 L. A. Staub. Liverpool. Improvements in the manu-
facture of carbonates of soda. June 6
8213 S. llallsworth and R. Bailes, London. A new or im-
proved method or process of manufacturing ferric sulphate or
sesquipersulphate of iron, commonly called nitrate of iron.
S217 G. H. Bolton, J. R. Wylde, and H. Auer, Liverpool.
Improvements in or relating to the manufacture of perman-
ganate of soda, or of a mixture of the same with other disin-
fecting or oxidising matter. June 8
8289 W. Bramlcy, Middlesbro'-on-T'ees. Improvements in
obtaining chlorine or hydrochloric acid from chloride of
calcium. June 9
8622 L. Mond. Liverpool. Improvements in obtaining
ammonia, chlorine, and hydrochloric acid from ammonium
chloride. June 15
8666 A. M. Chance and J. F. Chance. Liverpool. Improve-
ments in treating alkali waste to obtain sulphuretted hydro-
gen, and in apparatus employed therein. June 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
188G.
7582 C. F. Claus. Preparation of ammonia compounds from
coal gas. June I .
8819 L. A. Chevalct. Apparatus for distilling and purifying
ammoniac al liquids. June 11 ...
0808 II. W. Deacon and F. Hotter. Apparatus for producing
ammonia from sulphate of ammonia. May 28
10000 A. W. Cillman and S. Spencer. Apparatus employed
in the manufacture of sulphites. June 11
june so. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OK CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
10119 G. J.irmav. Separating the ammonium chloride from
liquors obtained in the manufacture of soda by the ammonia
soda process. June 22
l.VtS7 W. F. Xast. Treatment of manure and other organic
matters, and production therefrom of ammonia and residual
products free from ammonia. June 11
VIII. -GLASS, POTTERY, AHD EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
7151 S. Bunting. Dublin. Improved moulds with apparatus
attached for blowing glass by means of compressed air, and
completing the manufacture in the mould. May 17
7X9 S. Bunting. Improved compressed air apparatus suit-
able for glass blowing. May 18
7279 J. 1). Watson, Glasgow. Improvements in the enamel-
ling of metallic and other surfaces, and in the materials
employed therefor. May 19
7516 H. Godwin and W. Hewitt. Hereford. Making and con-
necting tile or ceramic fenders and ceramic mouldings gene-
rally on new and improved principles. May 25
7560 H. M. Ashley, Sheffield. Improvements in the manu-
facture of internally stoppered bottles and other like vessels of
glass. May 25
7609 F. Siemens, London. Improvements in ceramic kilns.
May 25
8003 L. A. Holmes. Blackpool. A novel adaptation in the
manufacture of plauues for teapot stands. Complete specifi-
cation. June 3
8016 A. H. Hull, London. An imperishable opal letter for
buildings. June 3
8170 J. H. Hughes and J. Holdsworth. London. A new or
improved compound or material capable of being moulded
ana used as a substitute for natural stone or marble, for
pottery, metallic, wooden, and other articles. June 7
8235 R. Stuart. London. An improvement in the production
of glassware. June 8
8372 G. F. Chance, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of rolled glass, and in appliances used in the said manu-
facture. June 10
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
8677 J. C. Arnall and H. M. Ashley. Manufacture of bottles
and other articles in blown glass. May 28
9798 H. Defries. Manufacture of lenses. June 11
1-7.
1911 J. Critchlow. T. Forester. W. Forester. H. Forester, and
L. Forester. Improved potters' filter-press. May 21
2618 F. Bennett. Earthenware and china plates and dishes.
Junel
5698 S. H. Rowley. Preparing articles of glass or pottery to
receive metal pipes or other metal connections. May 28
5723 S. Pitt— From G. Falconnier. Manufacture of building
materials from glass, and application of the same. May 28
5866 J. Blair. Improvements in china and crockeryware.
May 25
8189 W. C. Milton, London. Fireproof metallic plastering.
June 13 . _ ,
86IS \ W. Rummage, London. An improved fireproof
column and staimchion combined, for building construction.
Complete specification. June 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTEU.
9551 \V. F. Reid. Hydraulic cement. May 21
1887.
5723 S. Pitt— From G. Falconnier. See Class VIII.
6283 A.Murray. Manufacture of bricks, mouldings, ridges,
etc. June S ..._.■»•
61% C. Chambers, jun. Brick-making machines. Junes
IX.— BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS, and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
7178 J. W. Corbett and R. D. Hardy. London. Improve-
ments in and means for the manufacture of cement. May 17
7213 L. G. Knemeyer. London. Cement adapted for artificial
stone work, and for coating walls, etc., with a suitable surface
for the reception of waterproof painting. May 18
7252 J. Gollings and H. Hicks. London. Improvements in the
construction of " formers " for plastic brick manufacture.
May 18
7381 J. Dudley and J. Hamilton, Derby. Improvements in
concrete and artificial stone mantelpieces. May 20
7111 A. Busch. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of cement for building and general constructive purposes.
May 21
7539 S. Smith. J. Roberton, and J. R. Andrew. Glasgow.
Improvements in making Portland cement. Complete speci-
fication. May 25
7708 N. R. Foster, L'xbridge. A new or improved method
of constructing kilns and drying floors for the manufacture of
cements and limes. May 27
7757 C. Rabitz, London. Improvements in the construction
of walls, ceilings, roofs, and the like. May 27
8021 J. Stevenson — From J. Salvat, France. A new process
for the preservation of woods. June 3
8206 W. D. Cliff and B. E. Peto, London. A new or improved
brick or building block. June 8
8316 C. F. Laspe. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of firebricks- June 9
8318 A. Scrutton— From D. B. McLaren. Xew Zealand. A
new or improved manufacture of material or compound suit-
able for paving. June 9
8139 C. P. W. Doehring. London. Improvements in street
and other paving. Complete specification. June 11
X. -METALLURGY, MINING, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
7186 G. Downing-From C. Baily. France. Improvements
in means and appliances for supporting the roofs of cuttings
in coal mining and analogous operations. May 17
7198 W. A. Baldwin. London. A process of obtaining
aluminium from its ores or from aluminiferous earths, or
earths containing alumina ; and of combining aluminium with
other metals. Complete specification. May 17
7.7- .1. B. MacArthur, R. W. Forrest, and W. Forrest. Glas-
gow. Improvements in treating ores to obtain gold, silver,
lead, zinc, copper and other metals or useful compounds
thereof. May 19 .
7282 G. Hatton, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of malleable iron and steel, and in apparatus employed therein.
May 19
7283 J. Houlston and M. Croft, London. Improvements in
puddling and mill furnaces. May 19
7328 X. S. Burnell, Liverpool. Improvements in galvanising
sheet iron or steel, and in apparatus therefor. May 19
736S It. Chambers, London. Improvements in mill puddling
and other furnaces used in the manufacture of iron and steel,
and other metals, and for other manufacturing purposes.
May 20
7126 A. C. Henderson— From P. L. T. Heroult. France. An
improved process for the preparation of aluminium, aluminium
bronze, and alloys of aluminium, by electrolysis. May 21
7191 P. C. Gilchrist. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of steel or ingot iron by the basic process. May 23
7195 P. C. Gilchrist. Improvements in the manufacture of
iron and steel. May 23 •
7506 The Xew Portable Electric Lamp and Power Syndicate
Co.. Limited. See Class XVIII.
7511 C. Akrill. London. An improvement or improvements
in chilled grain and steel rolls used in the rolling of iron and
steel, and other metallic alloys, which improvement or improve-
ments is or are also applicable to rolls generally. May 2o
7519 J. Belou, London. Improvements in treatment of ores.
Complete specification. May 25
7533 F. J. Clamer and J. G. Hendrickson. London. A pro-
cess of cleaning, preparing, and coating metal plates and other
metal surfaces. Complete specification. May 25
7563 F. W Seaman. Sheffield. Improvements in the manu-
facture of ingots, bars, and tools of self-hardening steel com-
bined with other steel. May 25
7567 D. Owen, LoDdon. Improvements in the manufacture
of tin and such like metal-coated plates, and in the apparatus
employed therein. May 25
7657 J. Weirich, London. Improvements in the treatment
of auriferous minerals. May 26
7730 H. Johnson. See Class XXI.
7761 E. A. Jones and F. F. Jones. London. Improvements
relating to the preparation of oxides of iron, and to apparatus
therefor. May 27 . .
7785 G. A. Jarvis. Wellington. Improved converter bottoms,
plugs or blocks. May 28 , .....
7921 W. G. Jackson, London. An improved shield for
miners' safety lamps. June 1
7977 R. Martin. London. Improvements in "pots employed
in coating tin and terne plates, and in apparatus connected
therewith. June 2
7998 M. Kennedy and G. Green. Glasgow. Improvements
in apparatus for washing ores. June 3
8001 J. Williams, Swansea. Improvements in apparatus or
machinery for cleansing terne. tin. or other plates. June 3
8026 E. Dutton. Glasgow. Improvements in and connected
with hauling gear for iron and steel works. June 3
8101 J Garvie, jun., London. Improvements in steel .fur-
naces. June 6
8207 H Burrows. London." Improvements in open hearth
steel furnaces. June 7
8276 A. L. Dowie. Glasgow. Improvements in treating iron
and castings thereof. June 9
-.77 W Jukes, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of steel and in apparatus connected therewith. June 9
8281 8. P. Thompson. London. Improvements in the electro-
deposition of the heavy metals. June 9 .
8313 W. Pegge. Stoke-on-Trent. Breaking off coals without
blasting or wedging. June 10
8317 A. C. Patrick and W. Hunter, Glasgow. Improvements
in machinery for bending and for straightening or flattening
iron or steel plates or bars. June 10
470
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INMVIKV. [.Mine 20. aw.
BI26 J. it. Thompson and W. White, London. Improvements
in the manufacture of sodium and paratus
for the purpose. June 11
8127 J. B. Thompson and W. White, London. Improvements
in the mas inium and its alloys, and apparatus
for ' I June 11
8J98 I. W \ lamson and W, F. Hull. Newcaatle-on-Tyne.
Improvements in mi iy lamps. June 13
' Walsh, jun., Loudon. An improved method of and
apparatus for reauciDg sine ores and collecting the metallic
herefrom. I pei ideation. June IS
8630 W. Muirhead, Glasgow. Improvements in and con-
neeted with furnaces for the production of steel. June 15
I. Lawrence. London [mprovements in machinery or
apparatus for screening coal, mineral ores, and other sub-
Btances. t lomplete specification, June hi
t-712 J. V. Johnson— From A. de Men-tens. France. A new
or improved process for browning or colouring iron or steel
surfaces and protecting them from rust. Complete specifica-
tion. June 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
S966 D. Owen. Manufacture of tin and other metal-coated
plates, and apparatus therefor. June 8
9211 F. F. K. Elmore. Means ami apparatus for coating
various metal wares by combined electro-chemical and
mechanical process. June 1
9315 J. Swift. Sheffield. Apparatus for boring coal, rock, or
other mineral substance. May 21
9:i90 W. B. Ash. Casing for iron an 1 other metals, specially
applicable for the metal work of bedsteads and chandeliers.
May 21
9132 H.Leipmann. See Class XV11I.
9186 L. Grabau. Production of aluminium and alloys
thereof. May 25
9515 D. Davy. Apparatus for moving ingots or blooms into
position for passing through the rolls of rolling mills. May 25
9815 J Pinder and B. Woodcock. Hardening and temper-
ing steel wire. June 1
9919 E. W. Parnell and J. Simpson. Treatment of ores con-
taining sulphide of antimony for obtaining the sulphide in a
concentrated form, with any gold or silver present. May 25
9999 T. Archer, jun.. and J. Fairley. Means for storing and
supplying compressed air for use in mines for ventilating or
other purposes. June£
10IS5 O. P. H. A. Straube. Method of igniting mining cart-
ridges and discharging firearms. June 11
10591 J. Clark. Obtaining alloys of aluminium with copper
or other metals. June II
11600 A. E. Tucker. Linings of copper, lead, and similar
furnaces, and of steel or Siemen's furnaces and steel con-
verters. May 21
1887.
6087 E. I). Wassell. Reducing the point in carbon in stoel,
and forming a homogeneous weld. June 8
6187 It. L. Short. J. Short, and J. B. Short. A safety lamp
for miners. June 1
XI.
-FATS, OILS, and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
7213 F. Vogel. Manchester. A process for dissolving tallow
or other fatty matter in water. May 18
7681 H. J. Haddan— From P. Schroder. Germany. Improve-
ments in apparatus for purifying oil. May 26
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
5960 S. Schofleld. Extracting oil from greasy waste, and
making same into soap. May 25
6986 \S\ Sanzenbacher and S. Tanatar. Method and
apparatus for distilling fatty acids by means of superheated
steam. June 15
XII.— PAINTS, VARNISHES, and RESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
7159 H. Dell. Brighton. A polish for leather, linoleum,
stained floors, furniture, etc. May 17
737ii F.Crane From J, Hale and V7. I). Field. Improve-
ment, in lacquers and varnishes. May 20
7377 F. Crane — From J. Hale, I'nitcd States. Improve-
in varnishes. May 20
7.").'i H. ll. Lake From J. P. Perkins. United States, Im-
provements in the manufacture of pigment or paint. Com-
plete speefheut i.m. M::
7809 Q. Harrison and (i. Trimming. London. Improvements
in the preparation of fireprooflng fluids or paints to be applied
to textile and other inflammable materials. Complete specifi-
cation. May H
8031 R. Gould. London. A new or improved composition for
distempering. June 3
82S3 I. Crane From W.p. Field, United States. Improve-
in pyroxyline compounds and varnishes, and in the
treal I ..i certain alcohols for obtaining acetates, chiefly
applicableas solvents for pyroxyline. Jul
COMPLETE SPEGIEICA TIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
10960 M. Hcncdietus. Materia] for removal of old paint.
Ha] 28
1887.
6323 W. I.. Wise— From 1!. Lchmann.
manufacture of varnish. June U
Apparatus for the
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE, and SIZE.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS6.
109S7 J. Townsend. Treating hides or skins. June 22
hilll J. II. Lorimer. Apparatus for drying hides, skins, etc.
June 8
XIV. -AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
7716 T. Darling and J. Ford, Glasgow. Improvements in
and relating to machinery or mechanism for breaking, crush-
ing, and grinding phosphate stones and similar hard materials
used in the manufacture of manure. May 27
8115 J. L. Wood, London. Improvements in apparatus for
distributing "Thanatos" or any other insecticide, moist or
dry. on plants, shrubs, etc. June 11
S52S ll. McGregor and J. McArthur, jun., Glasgow.
Improvements in absorbing moisture from and deodorising
foecal and other refuse matter, and utilising the whole as a
manure. June 11
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
7259 F. Harm, London. Improved process for converting
the syrups from sugar manufacture into mono-saccharates.
Complete specification. May IS
7813 F. Bosshardt— From G. Bocquet. France. Improve-
ments in the method of filtering and refining sugar. May 28
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
10161 H. J. Haddan- From A. Z. Champy, A. X. Champy.
and L. P. Champy. See Class XVI.
10181 M. Stressor. Manufacture of artificial gum. June 15
10873 A. Rossi and C. Hellfrisch. Manufacture of gum.
June 22
XVI.— BREWING, WINES and SPIRITS.
APPLICATIONS.
7190 J. Wallace, London. An improved modcof andapparatus
for distilling, and maturing alcohols. Complete specification.
May 17
7277 J. Takamine, Glasgow. Improvements in the maufac-
ture of alcoholic liquids. May 19
7s25 W. T. Kamsden and L. Briant, London. Improvements
in the method of, and in means and apparatus for, sterilising
Deer and other fermented liquids. May 28
78S3 A. W. Gillman and S. Spencer, Improvements in the
preparation of rice to be used in biewiug, distilling, and
vinegar-making. May 31
7896 A. M. Coyle, K. F. Andrews, and E. C. Davidson,
London. Improvements in distillation. Complete specifica-
tion. May 31
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
l-i;.
10161 H.J. Haddan- From A. Z. Champy, A. N". Champy,
and L. P. Chaniy. Treating the Jerusalem artichoke to pre-
pare it for use in distilling, in the manufacture of glucose, and
similar industries. .1 one B
1(1722 F. Foster. Machinery for charging liquids with car-
bonic acid gas. June 23
1887.
7190 J. Wallace. Method and apparatus for distilling and
maturing alcohols. June 18
June 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
471
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A.— Chdhbtry ok Foods.
8008 T. A. Marshall. Glasgow. An improved preparation of
farinaceous substances for use as food. Complete specifica-
tion. June 3
8298 J. II. Lock. London. Improvements in the treatment,
5 reparation, and preserving of certain alimentary substances,
une 9 .
S6til H. II. Doty. London. A process for preserving eggs in
the shell. June 16
B— Sanitary Chemistry.
7392 H. H. Lake— From C. Lortzing. United States. Im-
proved methods or processes and apparatus for the purification
of sewage and for similar purposes. May 20
7182 It. de SoldenhorT. Sue Class II.
7619 C. J. Buliring, London. Improved means to be em-
ployed in the purification of water and other liquids, and the
preparation and treatment of materials therefor. May 25
7830 W. Macnab. sen., W. Macnab, jun.. and I). Donald.
London. Improvements in apparatus for separating by sub-
sidence solid matters from the liquids in which they are
suspended. Complete specification. May 28
8357 II. Rimmer, London. Improvements in and connected
with the manufacture of material for purifying and Altering
water, saccharine, alcoholic and other fluids. June 10
8111 J. Hanson. London. Apparatus to be used in the dis-
infection, deodorisation. and purification of foul matter. June II
8528 1). McGregor and J. Mc Arthur, jun. See Class XIV.
C Disinfectants.
8063 J. C. Mewburn— From J. J. Bate, United States. Im-
provements in processes for preserving Crustacea and certain
new and useful chemical solutions of special utility in such
connection. Complete specification. June 1
8217 G. H. Kolton, J. K. Wylde, and II. Auer. See Class VII.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
A.— Chemistry of Foods.
9733 A. Brin. Treating milk for preserving it.
1SS7.
May 25
3091 E. Wvlam. Preparation of food for animals, game, or
poultry. May 28
6285 A. It. Leerbeck and J. F. Holm. Producing albumen-
maltose dietary malt powder for food. June 11
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
1886.
8144 H. It. Newton. Drainage and drainage works applic-
able to towns or country districts; and dealing with sewage
and waste waters. June 22
9227 J. S. Lawrey. Means for softening and purifying water.
May 25
9569 \V. Burns. Manufacture of depurating and decolouris-
ing charcoal for purifying sewage and other foul liquids, and
for decolourising syrups. May 21
10047 W. Astrop. Apparatus and process for solidifying and
drying sewage sludge, etc. June 15
10703 E. Sergeant. Furnaces for treating refuse and materials
infected with disease. June 22
13313 It. H. Iteevcs. Construction and arrangement of
apparatus for the ventilation of drains, the deodorising of
sewage, and disinfecting gases. June 8
C— Disinfectants.
1887.
6037 R.D. Hunter. Compositions for treating matters having
an offensive smell. May 28
XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATIONS.
7506 Tho New Portable Electric Lamp and Power Syndicate
Company. Limited. D. Urqubart and B. Nicholson. London.
Improvements in ami ooonected with electric batteries and
lamps suitable for miners' use or for analogous purposes.
May 23
7527 It. M. Hunter. London. Improvements in electric
motors or dynani >-clectric machines. Complete specification.
.May 25
7553 F. George, Durslcy. Itcgulating the electro-motive
force of dynamo-electric machines. May 25
7061 L. N". Loeb, London. Improvements in primary bat-
teries. May 20
7715 It. M. liaily.jun.,and A. Grundy, London. An improved
construction of dynamo-electric machines. May 27
7865 F. George. Dursley. Improvements in dynamo-electric
and electro-dynamic machines. May 31
7975 L. C. E. Lebiez. London. Improvements in secondary
batteries or accumulators. June 2
8128 P. A. Fichet and A. Nodon. London. Improvements
in chlorine batteries. Complete specification. June 6
8145 D. Skrivanow. London. Improvements in galvanic
batteries. June 6
8262 W. M. Mordey, London. Improvements in electric
generators. June 8
8267 J. A. Tiinmis and I). Halpin. Westminster. Improve,
ments in the working and controlling of electric currents
JuneS
8333 J. Takmine. Manchester. Improvements in the method
of and apparatus for bleaching paper pulp and analogous
substances by electrolysis. June 10
8443 It. McKenzie— From H.U'eymersch. France. Improved
electrolytes for electric batteries. June 11
8641 II. Edmunds, London. Improved system and means
to be used in the supply or distribution and control of
electricity for lighting or other purposes. June la
8701 J. itoss. Glasgow. Improvements in and relating to the
production and application of electric energy for lighting or
other purposes. June 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
9082 A. R. Upward and C. W. Pridham. Improvements in
galvanic batteries and in their application to electric lighting.
etc. -May 21
'.H.12 H. Leipmann. Process for treating auriferous sub-
stances by electrolysis. May 21
7636 D. J. Fitzgerald. Manufacture of negative elements
for voltaic batteries. June 8
8379 A. lteckenzaun. Secondary batteries or accumulators.
May 25 ..»■_•
8842 E. Andreoli. Plates without support, entirely made Oi
active material, for voltaic batteries. June 8
9478 J. A. Fleming. Dynamo-electric machines. June 22
9514 E. H. Desolu. Galvanic batteries. May 25
9708 A. B. Holmes and J. C. Vaudrey. Apparatus for
automatically making and breaking circuit for a dynamo
charging accumulators; and for use in running several com-
pound-wound dynamos in parallel circuit. June 22
9991 H. Aron. Electric batteries. June 4
10600 J. E. Itogerson, J. G. Statter. and J. S. Stevenson.
Electric furnaces or heating apparatus. June 22
1887.
5687 W. P. Thompson-From H. W. Spang. Fusible con-
nections for armatures for electric generators. May 21
6828 E. T. Higham and D. Higham. Regulation of dynamo-
electric machines. June 22
6829 P. Jensen— From O. Lugo. Electric batteries. June 11
6869 H. H. Lake-From W. J. Ludlow. Primary and
secondary batteries. June 11
Improvements in secondary
Improvements
in dynamo-
7189 W. H. Akester, I^ndon.
batteries. May 17
7317 J. Kynoch and W. Habgood. London,
in reversible electric batteries. May 19
7360 G. C. Flicker, Putney. Improvements
electric machines. May 20
7394 J. A. Kingdon. London. Improvements in primary
electric batteries. May 20
7396 C. H. Pielsticker-From F. C. G. Muller, Prussia. Im-
provements in galvanic elements. May 21
71.6 A. C. Henderson— From P. L. T. Heroult. See Class X.
XIX.— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
7226 R. C. Menzies and C. M. King. Glasgow. Improve-
ments in preparing safety paper for cheques or other docu-
ments. May 18 , , T ~ ,,
7738 The British Xylonite Co.. Limited, and L. P. Merrian.
London. A novel xylonite celluloid or pyroxylin fabric suit-
able for making shirt fronts, collars, cuffs, hats, and bonnets:
I and for other purposes. Complete specification. May 27
7980 K. Klic. London. Improvements in the preparation or
treatment of paper for drawing purposes. June 2
SOU W. B. Nation and J. J. Worswick. London. Improve-
ments in the treatment of vegetable fibres suitable for paper-
making, spinning, weaving, and other analogous purposes.
June 3 . .
8391 J. Craig-From C. J. Stanbold. Saxony. An improved
manufacture of bowl-paper. June 10 _
S591 R. Wood, Glasgow. Improvements in apparatus lor
straining paper pulp and the like. June 15
( OMPLETE sf Ei IFK 'A TIONS -I I '( iJ'TED.
Ism;
7901 C. Weygang. Waterproofing and sizing paper and such-
like material. June 8 . -, .,,
8118 C Moi tit. Manufacture or treatmont of paper. -May 21
F
472
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [June so. uw.
8493 A. Wilkinson. Manufacture of paper i>ulp und papier
maohe. June i .,„ . ,
93ig K. MusU. Preparation of paper for bills of exchange,
cheques, etc. June'."; _ ,.
9874 A. M Clark— From La Compagnie Franfaise du < euu-
loid. Colouring, or producing coloured designs on, celluloid
and analogous products. May 21
9885 K. Kn.ii. Machinery for grinding, mixing. sizing.
dyeing, and otherwise preparing materials for the manufac-
ture of paper. June 1
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES, AMD EXTRACTS.
APPLICATIONS.
7501 P. O. W. Tvpke, London. The utilisation of by-
products resulting from the manufacture or production of
certain phosphorus compounds. Hay 23
8387 J Trim be and 6. Uolnndcr. London. Improvements
relating to the separation of fusel or ethereal oil from sub-
stances containing the same. June 10
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
102S1 A. Knoll. Process for the production of the ethers of
morphincarbonicacid. May 25
10387 A. Knoll. Process for producing methyl-morphin
(codeinl, ethyl-morphia, and the higher homologues of
morphin. May 28
XXI. -EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
7t53 T. A. Vclst how. London. Improvements in submerged
mines and in apparatus for operating or controlling the same.
Mas 21
7603 <;. S. Spencer. London. Improvements in and relating
to detonating Btgnal apparatus for railways. Complete speci-
lieatiun. MavL'5
"BOX U. 11. Lake- Prom Wohnnka & Co., Austria. Im-
pi'ovcincnts in the manufacture of explosives. May 25
7730 II. Johnson. London. Improvements in cartridges for
Masting coal and other minerals, and for other like purposes.
.May 27
771'-' E. P. Leresche, London. Improvements in or applicable
to the exploding arrangements of automatically ignited-
submarine mines or torpedoes. May 27
8067 T.G. Hart, Haili. Improvements in explosives for use
in firearms. June!
8109 C. V. Boys, London. Anewluminoussignal or firework.
June 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
8736 C. J. I). Oppermann. Detonating fire alarms. June 15
1887.
3920 A. J. Boult— From L. Bagger. Igniting explosive chargCB
and combustibles. May 25
5883 F. W. Smith— From Messrs. Klee and Koecher. Con-
struction ofexplodingcharges or cartridges. June 1
5899 P. M E. Audouin. Improved explosives, and manu-
facture of same. May :25
Printed and Ful BMKi t Co., New Biide rest. 8tnnnwais,Maach»ter, for the Society ef Chemical Industry.
OS I E, for the Bale of Copii ■ ■ Receipt of Subscriptions : 6, York Street, Cored OaNen.
THE JOURNAL
OF THE
Society of Chemical 3nbustry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. 7.— Vol. VI.
JULY 30, 1887.
Non-Members 30 • per annum ; Members
21 - per 3et; Single Copies 2 6.
€\)C ^ocictp of Cbcmical JnDustm
Past Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoc. M.P.. LL.D., V.P.R.S. . . 1881— 1882.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S. .. 1882-1883.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1883— 1881.
W. H. Perkin, Ph.D.. F.R.S 1884-1885.
E. K. Mu3pratt 1885—1886.
David Howard 1886—1857.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1888.
Abstractors :
President :
M.P.,
Prof. James Dewar, F.R.S.
fice-Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoe,
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
Prof. \\*. A. Tilden. F.R.S.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Prof. F. Clowes. D.Sc.
.Sir J. Neilson Cuthbertson.
David Howard.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter.
Iv.in Levinstein.
K. IC. Muspratt.
Dr. \V. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood. F.R.S.E. John Pattinson.
Eustace Carey.
R. Forbes Carpenter.
James Duncan.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.
S. H. Johnson.
B. S. Proctor.
F. J. Rowan.
Dr. Edwd. Schunck, F.R.S.
T. W. Stuart.
Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks, Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary:
Ludwig Mond, 20, Avenue Road, Regent's Park, N.W,
General Secretary : Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers. 9. Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee:
The President.
Sir F. A Abel. F.R.S. | Ivan Levinstein.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.E.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes, D.Sc.
W. Y. Dent.
Prof. Dewar, F.R.S.
Peter Griess, Ph.D., F.R.S.
D. B. Hewitt, M.D.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
F. Hurter. Ph.D.
Editor : Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester,
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors :
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrvmple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cross.
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
K. K. Musprai i".
C. O'Sullivan, F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe. M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
A. R. Davis.
Wm. Elborne.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulme.
Bertram Hunt.
C. C. Hutchinson.
D. E. Jones, B.Sc.
W. E. Kay.
A. J. King. B.Sc.
(ha?. A Kohn. Ph.D.
F. W. T. Krohn.
J. Walter Leather, Ph.D.
D. A. Louis.
W. & McMillan.
& Harris Morris. Ph.D.
J. M. H. Munro. D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
S. G. Rawson, B.Sc.
A. Uee. Ph.D.
F. W. Renaut.
James Taylor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Yeley. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whiteley.
Sydney Young, D.Sc.
NOTICES.
Comment having been maJe on the delay in reprinting
the numbers for January, 1SS2 and lSS3,*the Secretary
begs to inform those whom it may concern, that the
delay is due to the fact that up to the present not more
than twenty orders for those numbers have been received.
It is hoped" that this notification may stimulate those
who desire to complete their sets, to make early applica-
tion with a view to expedite the consideration of the
question of reprinting by the Council. Notice is also
hereby given that the numbers for January and Febru-
ary, IbsO, being exhausted, no orders for those copies,
nor for complete sets of Vol. V., can be executed.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye-Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law —
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also he made as to whether the
Discussion is to he included in the reprint.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS, ETC.
Sir Wm. G. Armstrong : address letters, etc., in future to
Right Hon. Lord Armstrong.
J. H. Beckiagham. 1 o Royal Insurance Buildings; Messrs.
Scott Bros.. Dean Street. Newcastle on-Tyne.
IS. Cameron. 1 o Blantyre ; 31, Westbourne Gardens, Kel-
vinside. Glasgow.
A. Campbell, 1 o Harold Road; 42. Whittaker Road, Upton
Park. Essex.
J. N. Cuthbertson ; address letters, etc., in future to Sir
John Neilson Cuthbertson.
H. Doulton; address letters, etc., in future, to Sir Henry
Doulton.
Wm. Galbraith, 1 o Glasgow: c'o Shelton Iron and Steel
Company. Limited. Stoke-on-Trent.
F. Goddard. 1 o Clipstone Avenue; Pelham Crescent. The
Park, Nottingham.
Agnew Griffith. 1 o Blundell Sands ; 186, High Park Street,
Liverpool.
T. G. Hart. 1 o Royal School of Mines ; 103, Walton Street,
Chelsea. S. W.
Sir James McGarel-Hogg ; address letters, etc., in future to
Right Hon. Lord Magheramorne.
T. \V. Lovibond. 1 o Newark-on-Trent ; Tyne Brewery,
Newcastle on-Tyne.
E. G. Marks, 1 o Bristol ; c d Rev. R. Marks, Norton
Vicarage, near Gloucester.
J. McKinlay, late of Charing Cross ; 2, Woodside Crescent,
Glasgow.
Jno. Moss, 1 'o Lawrence Pountney Lane; Wilson Street,
New Cross Road, S.E. ; and Hirdir Lodge, New Thornton
Heath. Surrey.
•IT 1
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I July muss:.
T. EL Ogilvie, 1 o Snaresbrook : Mill I.ane House. Plj mouth,
Devon.
1..1 o West Ham Park ; Dalton House. I ptoii Lane,
F. B. Stone. I/O Plnmstead ; I.Norfolk Villa, PlcardyHill,
i ro. Cent ,, ,, ,
Dr. L. T. Thome, co Aborystwith; 58, Fortess Road,
London. N W. , , j, j
11 11. Townscnd, 1/oCotham Park ; 11. Elgin Park, Redland,
Jno. 'Warwick. 1 o Rye Hill ; U, Ashfield Terrace West,
Newcastle -on -Tyne.
A. J. Watts, 1 o South Hampstead; Caixa 130. Pernambuco,
I* J. Whalley, 1 0 Fairlop Road ; Ash Villa, Fillebrook
Ftoad, Leytonstone, K.
A. \\ 'iiih.l o Ramsbottoin: retain all communications until
further notice.
Dcattj.
Jno. Williamson, of Jarrow Chemical Works. South Shields
-at Lake Conio, July 9.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE SIXTH
MEETING.
ANNUAL
The Annual Meeting was held on Wednesday
morning, July 13th, at Eleven o'clock, in the Chemical
Theatre of the Owens College, Manchester. The
chair was taken by the President, Mr. David Howard,
who called upon the General Secretary to nail the
minutes of the last meeting. After these had been
duly continued the President read letters of apology
for non-attendance from Sir II. E. Roecoe, Ml'.:
Mr. J. .1. Coleman, chairman-elect of the Glasgow
Section; Mr. J. C. Stevenson, M.P. ; and Sir Isaac
Lowthian Bell, F.K.s.
The General Secretary then read the Report of the
Council.
REPORT Of T11K COUNCIL.
The Council has the satisfaction of reporting that
the number of members on the register is 2302, as
SOCIETY ni CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.— TREASURER'S STATEMENT FOl! THE VKAK Ism;.
Dr. £ s. d.
To Cash on Deposit (31st December, 1SS5) £600 0 0
Balance at Bank. ditto HI 13 4
Balance in Secretary's
hands ditto 11 0 10
— 752 14 2
Annual Subscriptions :—
3 for the year 1SS4 £3 3 0
22 for the year 1SS5 23 2 0
2112 for the year ISfO 2250 3 0
1 for the year ItSO 0 10 6
(Only one-half paid on a/c(.
Excess payments 0 4 2
Amount paid on a. c of 1887—
in error 0 4 0
19 for the year 1SS7 (at £1 Is.) .. 19 19 0
57 for the year 18S7 (at £1 5s.) . . 71 5 0
2245 23SS 10 8
Life Composition Fees 195 J 0
Interest on Deposit Account IS U 7
Interest on Metropolitan Stock 8 12 6
Journal :—
Advertisements £231 IS 10
Sales 215 10 8
417 9 G
£3791 1 5
- Cr. £ s. d.
By Journal Expenses:—
Publishing £1154 10 0
Editorial 594 1110
1749 1 10
Printing Sundries, etc 10111 0
Sectional Expenses:—
Birmingham Section £7 5 1
Glasgow Section 17 1.1 1
Liverpool Section 26 7 4
London Section 57 15 0
Manchester Section 46 IS 3
Newcastle Section 21 4 0
Nottingham Section 16 1 5
. 223 1 2
Secretary's Salary 200 0 0
Honorarium voted to Edward Hughes for assis-
tance rendered to Hon. Treasurer in 1S85 .. 21 0 0
Office Expenses :—
Rent £60 0 0
Fires, Cleaning, Attendance, etc. 12 2 10
Gas 0 6 10
72 9 8
Stationery 28 6 8
Amount paid on account of Expenses in connec-
tion with the Inventions Exhibition 14 15 9
Reporting Annual Meeting 2 2 0
Auditors' Fee 5 5 0
Purchase of £390 9s. 9d. Metropolitan 3 . Con-
solidated Stock 395 0 0
Solicitors' Charges 7 17 t;
Bank Charges on Scotch and Irish Cheques, etc. I 16 10
Secretary's Petty Cash:—
Postage, Telegrams, etc £20 19 10
Sundries 0 16 6
Law Charges 0 12 0
Gratuities 1 11 0
Expenses of Meeting 2 3 6
Expenses attending Annual
General Meeting 7 2 9
Stationery. Books, etc 1 13 10
Clerical Assistance (issuing Cir-
culars, etc.) 4 4 6
Carriage of Parcels 0 5 11
Sundry Travelling Expenses.... 0 It 8
46 4 6
Treasurer's Petty Cash:—
Postage, P. O. Orders, etc £13 17 7
Stationery.OfficeRequisites.ctc. 0 11 10
Carriage on Parcels. Fares, etc. 0 5 3
Fire Insurance Premium 0 2 6
15 0 2
Cash on Deposit (31st December, 1SS6) £750 0 0
Balance at Bank. ditto 134 1111
Balance in Treasurer's hands ditto 2111 0
906 2 11
Less Amount owing to Secretary
(31st December. 1SS0) 1 19 7"
901 3 4
£3791 1 5
• In addition to this there is an amount of £396 9s. 9d. Metropolitan 3 Stock, invested in the names of Mr. David Howard and
Mr. K. K.Cook.
We have compared the above Statement with the Receipts, Counterfoils, Vouchers and Books of the Society,
and certify it as corn ct
23, St. Swithin's Lane, London, E.C.,
18th February, 1SS7.
T1ILOBALP BROS. & MIAI.L,
Fellows of the Chartered Accountants.
July 30, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF TIIK SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
475
STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND EXPENDriTHE FOR THE YEAR 1886.
REVEXl K. £ 8. d.
Annual Subscription a :—
1 for 1886 m 1881 £1 1 (I
M for ISm; in 1885 37 10 0
2143 for 1886 in 1886 2230 3 0
1 for 1SS6 in 1886 0 10 0
U for 1886 in 1887 II II 0
•2195
Excess payments .
13 Life Composition Fees
Interest on Deposit Account
Interest on Metropolitan Stock
Journal :—
Sales- Received £203 111
., -Owing S 11 8
Advertisements— Received £168 19 10
-Owing .. 61 9 3
0 2 2
195 0 0
roi 6 8
£211 13 7
230 9 1
18 11
8 I!
112
e2773 16
EXPENDITURE.
Journal Expenses:—
Publishing- Paid £1037 7 2
-Owing 101 l l
Editorial-
Editor's Salary
,, Expenses Paid..
—(•wing
Sub- Editor's Salary
Abstractors'— Paid
-owing
Indexing Journal..
Foreign Journals, etc . .
Loan of Blocks, etc
Patenl Lists
Secretary's Expenses
attending Publication
Committees
Sundries
d. £ 8, d.
ni.i - ::
■IHI 0
0
38 9
7
18 i
10
60 0
0
79 12
1
88 6
6
25 0
0
11 16
6
2 3
9
29 18
1
Sundries Printing, etc-
-Paid
-Owing
1733 12 0
Secretary's Salary
Sectional Expenses
otiiee Expenses— Rent
,, —Fuel. Cleaning, etc.
-Gas
102
200
223
6 1
0 0
1 2
Stationery— Paid ..
—Owing
9 8
Reporting Annual Meeting
Auditors' Fee
Rank Charges
Secretary's Petty Cash
Treasurer's Petty Cash
Balance of Revenue over Exi enditure
35
8
9
o
2
ii
D
0
0
1
10 10
12 13 10
15
0
2
339 17 11
£2773 16 5
Memorandum. 30 Subscriptions for 1880 owing not included in above.
Journals in Stock :— 10,800 Xos. value £ " First Proceedings," value £-
SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
CASH STATEMENT.
e -.
(ash on Deposit 1000 0
lialance at Bank 115 IS
Cash in Hand.
d.
0
9
55 0 0
£1500 18 9
35 Life Composition Fees and £500 from Deposit
Account invested in 3 : Metropolitan Stock .. £1039 10 I
2031 Members have paid Subscription for year 1887.
171 Members owe Subscription for year 1887.
25 Members owe Subscription for year 1886 (not included
in. abore).
38 Members have now- paid a Life Composition Fee, 9
having paid since the last Annual Meeting.
213 Members have been elected during the past 12 months,
15 of whom have not yet raid Subscriptions.
Bow. E. EDWD. RIDER COOK.
30th June, 1887.
compared with 8271 at the last Annual Meeting.
During the year 213 new members have been elected,
and 182 members have been removed by death,
resignation and other causes, showing a net gain of
31. Having regard to the continued depression in
the Chemical Industries, and the raising of the
Society's subscription to 25s., this progress, though
small, is a matter for congratulation.
Among those whose death we have to record are
Professor Ripley Nicholls,of the Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology ; Colonel Sir Francis Bolton ; M.
Emile Leroy, Director of the Alkali Department of
the famous Class ^Yorks of St. Gobain : Mr. Q. T.
Chinnery, killed by a disastrous explosion at the
Redheugh Tar Products Works in December last; and
Mr. J. M. Roberts, of the well-known firm of Roberts,
Dale Jc Co., of this city.
The papers read before the various Sections show a
further increase this year. Manchester heads the
list with 29, London 21, Glasgow 19, Liverpool 13,
Newcastle s Nottingham 4, and Birmingham 4 ;
making, together with three communications, a total
of 101, as against S2 last year.
On the 30th of October last the Council affirmed
the desirability of giving information in the columns
of the Journal on foreign statistics, alterations in
tariffs, customs regulations, patent laws, and new
openings for trade. Accordingly the first Trade
Report appeared in November, and has been con-
tinued from month to month ever since. The Council
would welcome any suggestions tending to increase
the value of these reports.
In consequence of joint representations from the
Committees of the Glasgow and Manchester Sections,
it was resolved in January last to meet in Manches-
ter this year in order that members might have an
opportunity of visiting the Royal Jubilee Exhibition,
and to defer the meeting in Glasgow until next year,
when there will also be an exhibition in that city.
In February, at the request of Sir Frederick Abel,
the Council empowered the President, in concert with
the Presidents of the Chemical Society and Institute
of Chemistry, to take action in furtherance of the
scheme to found the Imperial Institute, and an
appeal was made to the members at large for sub-
scriptions in aid of the project. The Council trusts
that the Imperial Institute will be successful in pro-
moting the happiness and prosperity of the people
of the British Empire.
In the same month it was determined to refer the
question of the spirit duties and their effect upon the
Chemical Industries to the General Purposes Com-
mittee. The Council invites members to render such
assistance and information on this most important
subject as will enable the Committee to effectively
deal with the question.
The Council is happy to be able to report that
owing to the increase in the subscription sanctioned
last year, together with economy in the publication
of the Journal, without in any way detracting from
476
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July so, 1887.
its efficiency, the finances of the Society are in a
satisfactory state, as will be seen from the Treasurer's
Report This condition of prosperity, nevertheless,
must not induce members to spare a single effort to
increase our number- 1m. th for the sake of the Society
and for the good of the Chemical Industries.
Mr. .1. CARTES I'.ki.l moved that the Report be
adopted
This motion, seconded by Professor J. C'amit.i u.
Brown, was carried unanimously.
The Report of the Treasurer was then read.
The Secretary also read a letter from the Honorary
Treasurer, regretting his inability to attend, and
statirg that financially the Society was in a strong) r
position ; but that, in regard to new members, only
213 had been elected since the last meeting, as against
266 in the corresponding period of 1885 and 1886.
He also urged numbers to endeavour to induce their
friends to join the Society, so as to maintain the rate
of increase.
ELECTION OF OFFICERS AND COUNCIL FOE THE
ENSUING YEAR.
The scrutineers appointed to examine the Ballot
Lists were :— Dr. Bailey, Mr. Win. Thomson, Mr. F.
Baden Benger, and Mr. Batty. Whilst the votes
were being counted the President delivered his
Address.
THE PRESIDENT'S ADDBESS.
In past years the Presidential Addresses have been,
in most part, devoted to the study of someone branch
of chemical industry, and it would be difficult to
find monographs, more fully and clearly setting forth
the progress which lias been made in recent times in
the various branches of industry with which they
have dealt. If we wish for information on the sudden
development which has taken place in the science of
explosives, after remaining almost stationary since
the time of Fiiar Bacon ; or on the varied interests of
the great soda industry, the earliest and most im-
portant of the great chemical industries ; or on the
magic art which has transformed what was but the
waste of the gas-works a short thirty years ago, the
despair of the utilitarian chemist, the very type of
hopeless waste, into a marvellous chromotr'ope of
colours of ceaseless variety, giving a practical meaning
to the labours of Hofmann on the ammonias,of Kekule
and others on the benzol hexagon, that in their un-
tiring efforts for pure knowledge they never dreamt i if,
— we cannot do better than turn to the pages of our
Journal, and in those addresses trace the progress of
these great industries.
I do not propose to adopt the same course, or to
attempt to deal exhaustively with one subject, but
rather to consider less profoundly, but more widely,
the scope of our Society and its operations, not indeed
attempting to exhaust the subject, for I am proud to
feel that it is far too wide to be included in one short
address.
It would be difficult to avoid a certain discursive-
ness, with the admirable illustrations of the varied
progress of chemical industry that are afforded us
by the Exhibition we see here. It is true that the
last fifty years have not seen the first beginnings of
by any means all the branches of these industries,
but there are few in which that period has not
witnessed new departures of progress, which in very
many instances have created new industries rather
than merely improved the old. Yet, when we study
these varied illustrations of the progress of applied
chemistry, we must at once be struck by the different
stages which have been attained. There is first the
purely empiric stage, where science has no part, but
where ruled supreme the art and mystery of the
trade, to use the term so familiar in old time, and so
expressive of the stage arrived at.
Do not let us undervalue this Mage, it is marked
throughout by perfection of individual skill, the
ses were indeed often imperfect and wasteful,
banded down from one to another by laborious
apprenticeship, the teacher not knowing himself the
secret of his own skill ; and yet for all that, the result
was often all that we can hope to attain with fuller
knowledge and accumulated experience. It is a true
sense of the real meaning of this word art that has
led those whom we now call artists to steal the word
for themselves alone, leaving us, who have as much
need as they of true art in our work, with no word
to express it ; and this is all the more to be regretted,
as the alternative word craft has fallen as much in
society as the other has risen. The mischief is done,
and it is in vain for a Carlyle to tell us, however
vigorously, that every maker is indeed a poet, or to
bring back any other lost meaning to a word ; yet it
is a great evil that we should in great measure, while
losing the word, have lost sight of the importance and
dignity of the art of manufacture, for indeed in the
linking of that art to science, instead of to mystery,
lies the true hope of advancement in our work.
It is well, therefore, to bear in mind how these
excellent results were attained, that we may not lose
what is well worth preserving in the industry of the
past, while making the fullest use of the opportunities
of the present. It is indeed difficult for us fully to
realise what it mu.-t have been to carry on an
investigation with no science to direct its course, or
to give any certainty to anticipations as to what lines of
research were worthy to be followed out, and when'
we might hope for successful results, and without
even in the simplest matters any certainty d, priori
that a result must of necessity be impossible.
There is indeed much of guess work in the
earlier stages of an investigation now, but then there
was nothing else, nothing but patiently feeling the
way by the simple process of trial and error, till the
instinctive judgment born of experience alone, by a
process of unconscious cerebration that it is impossible
to trace, has laboriously felt its way to its goal.
There are few more curious mental problems than
this unconscious reasoning upon Ions expe rience. It is
often unerringly true as long as it remains unconscious,
yet if the possessor of it tries to explain his skill, his
attempt will in most cases be so wide of the mark as
to throw doubt upon his possession of any skill at all.
A shepherd can often guess with surpassing accuracy
what the weather will be, yet ask him why he sajs it
will rain, and he will, if wise, give no answer ; if he
does it will probably be misleading. AYe hear much
of poisoned wells in the histories of the epidemics of
the Middle Ages, or indeed in those of the late out-
break of cholera in Italy. The instinct was right, the
wells were poisoned, but by dirt, not by malice.
It is easy to multiply examples of results of mar-
vellous excellence, attained by this laborious process
of unaided experience, in the most varied branches of
human workmanship — results so excellent that
applied science cannot hope to do more than imitate
the materials and workmanship Damascus bladi -
or early Nankin china are still the standards beyond
which we have not progressed : and artistic skill
cannot emulate the perfection of Greek statuary, nor
can all our anatomj teach a truer knowledge of the
possibilities of the human form, than had the un-
scientific Greek : and great as is our progress in
knowledge of applied mechanics, and of the strength
of materials, our architects cannot try bolder tlights
than those of mediaeval architects with experience
alone to guide them.
Perhaps some of you may think that wc have so
July so. 1SS7.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
477
far outgrown this elementary stage of progress upon
which I have dwelt, that it is but a waste of time to
study it, but 1 am sure that just in proportion as we
study the later developments of progress we shall
see that through them all there has been need for
the same patient care that inspired the workers of
the past Doubtless just in proportion as our science
is complete and perfect, we can dispense with the
laborious processes that led to progress in the pre-
scientific stage, but we never shall reach a point
where we can dispense with careful and accurate
application of science.
The next stage of development in which the
general outlines of science having been grasped,
and what we now consider the merely elementary
laws of combination and substitution, of simple
and double electric affinity as they were then
called, were placed at the service of the practical
man, and when analysis had become a science
and not mere guess work, was naturally a most rapid
one. From this stage, manufacturing chemistry, as
we now understand it, may be said to begin. It is
well worth studying the chemical literature of that
period, to appreciate what a flood of light science
poured upon those who had been groping in the dim
twilight. We assume the law of atomic proportion
as the simplest matter of course, yet a life-time lias
hardly passed since J 'alton's enunciation of his law.
All seemed plain, then, in practice as in theory, yet
in spite of the great advance there was a need almost
as great as ever of the patient observation and ex-
perimental verification of even the simplest matters.
The practical man had then, for example, as the
student has now, to find out that soluble and insoluble
are at best relative terms (if, in fact, there be such a
thing as insolubility), and to work out with infinite
patience all that mass of practical knowledge which
we daily take advantage of.
Perhaps no branch of industry suffered a greater
check in its scientific development than agriculture.
Here, at any rate, all seemed clear — burn the plant,
analyse the ashes, add the right constituents to the
soil ; nothing could be simpler — yet the life labours
of Gilbert and Lewis have not yet fully solved the
problems that seemed to less thoughtful minds so
simple. But the failure in practice of much that
claimed to be the teaching of science has added to
the prejudices apparently inherent in the agricultural
mind, and undoubtedly retarded the adoption of real
improvements.
Very many of the chemical industries have not
advanced beyond the stage in which elemertary
rather than advanced science is taken advantage of,
and in all these there is evidently great scope for
progress ; in some, on the other hand, all the resources
of science have been brought to bear, and progress
must be looked for in science itself before we can
expect it in practice. Perhaps the most brilliant
example of such full application of scientific research
s to be found in the great colour industry. If we
study the pages of abstracts in our Journal under the
head "Colouring Matters, Dyes,'' we may be inclined
to ask if all this is really industrial chemistry, or if
much of it is not pure science of no practical interest,
yet great pains are always taken to include nothing
that is not either actually of practical value or pro-
mising to be so.
As a study of industrial progress we must remem-
ber that here, too, most admirable results had been
attained before the aid of science was called in.
The old craftsmen who practised the art and myst( i y
of dyeing, with madder-red or lac, achieved results
as brilliant and even more permanent than their
scientific successors, and we can make n6 greater
mistake than to suppose that even in this art nothing ,
is now needed but the mere appropriation of scientific
research. If anyone were to imagine that nothing
was needed but abstract science to prepare the varied
colours that meet the ever varying demands of fashion,
he would need but little experience to find that, on
thi other Land, the scientific craftsman succeeds just
as much as he preserves all that was valuable in the
older system, accurate knowledge of manipulation,
patient study of the effect of small and apparently
trivial variations of a process, and, above all, that
chief characteristic of genius, an infinite capacity
of taking pains. The seeming facility of the adept
is the fruit of the profoundest study of applied as
well as of pure science.
In urging forward, therefore, in the path of
scientific industrial progress, which we are bound to
do till in all branches of industry all scientific pro-
gress is fully appreciated ; while valuing most fully
the advantages afforded us by science, we shall ever
do well to avoid what is perhaps a natural
inclination to regard with a feeling akin to
contempt the long experience treasured up in
traditional rules. Exactly the same process of
' careful induction and verification is needed in the
application of science to practice, as in the develope-
ment of science itself : we must never regard the
work of the scientific chemist as the terminus ad
quern., but as the terminus a gvo, and starting there-
trom we must work out for ourselves the application,
all the more carefully if the way seems perfectly
plain.
Let no student suppose that the knowledge, how-
ever perfect, of theoretic results, or practical
results either, will ever make him a practical chemist,
unless he has learned the method of research as well
as the results of research.
The experience of practical life is but too full of
instances where, even though the scientific aspect of
a problem seems quite plain, some unnoticed, or, it
may be, undiscovered factor, upsets all our calcula-
tions, and we have need of all our patience to work
out our seemingly simple problem. And instances
numberless abound also where scientific knowledge is
yet imperfect, and where we need all the teachings of
long practical experience to enable us to make pro-
gress. Yet it is on this borderland between the
known and the unknown that applied science can in
the future hope to gain the greatest triumphs, and it
is just here that scientific training and research, at
once scientific and practical, can most avail. But the
first requisite of progress here, also, is the fullest and
most careful study of what is found by experience to
give practical results ; devoting our science to under-
stand practice rather than attempting too soon to
make practice fit with science.
The great danger to the modern student lies in the
very fulness of knowledge ready to his hand. There
is no small risk that some may devote all their
energies to merely acquiring knowledge, and falling
into the snare of imagining that a living dictionary
of science, pure or applied, is a practical chemist.
The knowledge of the work of others is often suffi-
cient to enable a student to pass examinations
brilliantly, but will not in itself enable him to under-
take practical work; it may even be an evil to him by
producing an arrogant habit of mind, leading him to
think, if I may quote the words of a well-known
epigram, that " what I know not is not knowledge,"
and that if facts do not fit with his theory they must
lie made to do so. It were better far for him to have
learned how to work for himself, even if he had
learned less of the work of others.
We must bear in mind, moreover, that applied
chemistry is never pure chemistry ; the application
of theoretic knowledge involves invariably questions
47--
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uuly 30. 1887.
T
of physics anil mechanics, and the study of these is
almost as much a part of chemical industry as i> that
of chemical science itself. In fact, very often the
successful development of chemical theory in practice
is entirely a question of these allied branches of
knowledge.
The production of pure iron might seem a purely
chemical problem, yet in the great strides that have
been made in that direction, chemistry seems to fall
into the background. The successful working of the
met process involves not merely most interesting
and obscure problems of chemistry, but even more of
physics and thermochemistry, and is itself a triumph
of engineering skill ; while in the Gilchrist-Thomas
Sroeess, winch has given the full development to
essemer's discovery, the apparently easy, yet most
difficult, problem of burning off phosphorus is solved
by an application of chemical engineering in the
basic lining of the converter, the simplicity of which
is the highest proof of genius.
It would be easy to multiply examples. I will only
add one that has recently come under my observation
in the Brin process for prodncing pure oxygen by
the use of baryta as a carrier, where the whole ques-
tion of success turns upon the engineering rather
than upon the merely chemical side of the question.
It is hardly necessary to point out how great an
advantage to chemistry a supply of pure oxygen at a
reasonable price must prove, if the process, as appears
to be demonstrated already, is capable ot ready and
economical application.
A glance at the variety of the products in the
Chemical Section of the Exhibition shows how wide
a field is now claimed for chemistry, and yet even
the most careful classification cannot include all the
directions in which chemistry has found or should
find an application.
Even the twenty- f our headsunder which the abstracts
in our Journal are divided, do not always include
readily all the subjects that belong to us, yet even in
those industries which are undoubtedly within our
field, we find not a few branches where as yet
chemistry is but imperfectly applied, where still the
empiric stage has hardly yielded to strict science,
and others where processes really chemical are
carried on without even the attempt to bring science
to bear upon them. We ought not to rest content
till scientific study and scientific practice has per-
vaded every industry where chemical action is
involved, and though this may seem to open up an
over-wide field, where can we stop short of such a
claim I
It is true that the statute law gives us a simpler, if
narrower definition of a chemist, and visits with
pains and penalties every one who so calls himself
who has not passed the due examinations prescribed
by law for those who practise pharmacy. The very
fact that the name of chemist has been monopolised
by the wisdom of our Legislature for those practising
one branch — the most ancient indeed, but certainly
not the only branch of the science — is a curious proof
how little this all-embracing character of chemistry
was recognised, even as late as the date of the
Pharmacy Aits. Such a claim is not even historically
accurate, though it has its origin in the history of
our science. The older chemists had a wider field,
and they aimed at gaining wealth as well as health
for the adept, and for generations, countless lives
pent in the twofold searches for the elixir of
life and the philosopher's stone, and though often we
seem to find but one object of search, it is only when
imbued with quaint mysticism, they held that one
supreme medicine must suffice to heal the diseases,
and refine the constitution of the macrocosm and of
the microcosm alike ; turning imperfect copper into
royal gold and sick lead into healthy silver, by the
same power that could give back health and strength
to Buffering man.
W. as the inheiitors of their accidental sum --. s,
though we have outgrown their system, and have a
truer knowledge of the workings of nature, can yet
ask no wider field of aspiration than the health and
wealth of mankind, and thus we find their objects
most comprehensively embrace all of OUTt at any
rate, if we take them in a Benthamite sense, as
the wealth and health to the greatest possible num-
ber ; — the practical applications of the science of
explosives, for instance, from the time of Roger Bacon
to our own. has not always tended to the health of
the individual.
As. however, our alchemical predecessors found the
human constitution less refractory than that of the
metals, the art of the chemist came to be regarded
almost exclusively as applicable to the productions of
powerful medicinal agents, and the value of his
labours in dealing with inanimate nature was for a
time almost forgotten. In spite, however, of parlia-
mentary draughtsmen, our science has made good her
claim to provide for the wealth as well as for the
health of mankind, and it is most encouraging to see
in how many directions the energy of the local
sections of our Society reflect the many-sidedness of
science. Of the importance of the papers that we owe
to that energy there can be but one opinion, and
time would fail me to review, even hastily, all the
subjects dealt with. I can but touch upon a few as
illustrating the wide scope of applied chemistry, and
the methods by which progress lias been secured.
Though we may not acknowledge the claim of
pharmacy to monopolise chemistry, there can be no
doubt that pharmaceutical progress is chiefly to be
won by the assistance of chemistry. The work in
this direction is no doubt chiefly done by those who
devote themselves to pharmacy, and it is in the pages
of the journals specially devoted to that subject that
we must seek for the record of it. But though it
would be an unnecessary repetition to reprint in our
Journal what is already accessible to those interested,
we have a right to regard that work as part of the
subject that we are dealing with. There are few-
subjects more interesting either to the scientific or to
the practical chemist than the active principles of
plants. It is true that their investigation is beset
with difficulties, the delicate structure of their com-
plex molecules calls for the most careful manipu-
lation in dealing with them, while the properties of
many of them render their isolation and study a
matter of the greatest difficulty, yet their study is of
the highest theoretical interest and practical use.
There are few1 more important needs of the pharmacist
than accurate methods of analysis to enable him to
standardise the drugs he employs, accurate obser-
vation and botanical knowledge may determine with
certainty the authenticity of the drug and its
condition and probable value; but such knowledge is
rather qualitative than quantitative, and in many, or
indeed most, instances the most accurate observer
can but guess at the relative strength of a drug
without analysis. Where accurate methods of
analysis have been brought to bear, it is most
surprising how very greatly the active principle of a
pant varies. It is hardly necessary also to point out
the great importance of this analytical study of all
cultivated medicinal plants, to guide the grower in
the choi e of plants and methods of cultivation
much has been done in this direction, but much
more remains to be done, as also in the separation of
active principles that they may be administered
without the needless, or even harmful, accompani-
ments that must be found in the simpler galenical
July 30.1887.] THE JOl'liNAL OF THE S< CIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
479
preparations. The study of the natural alkaloids in
particular, lias not only enriched science with a class
of bodies of endless interest and opened out fields of
research of the higli^t promise, but has been of the
greatest practical benefit to the human race. I
would specially recommend to the notice of those
interested in these questions the very valuable paper
on the alkaloids, communicated to the London Section
by Professor Armstrong, which gives in a concise
form much of the latest developments of knowledge
of these bodies, and of the light thrown by recent
researches upon their constitution. Owing to
the great complexity and ready destructibility of these
molecules, their synthesis appears so far to have
eluded research except in the case of coneine, though
there has been a partial success in other cases, as in the
mctliy lisatn in of morphiaand benzoyl ecgonine form iii-
codeine and cocaine respectively. Researches in this
direction are of the highest theoretic interest, but
whether they will ever bear fruit industrially in the
production of the natural alkaloids is another
question. When we see what can be done by skilful
cultivation, guided by analysis, in increasing the
alkaloidal contents of certain plants— in the case of
the cinchonas, for instance, some of the Java barks
yield 10 percent, and upwards of quinine — it must be
doubtful if the synthesis in the laboratory of nature
may not prove more economical than that which can be
effected in the laboratory of the chemist. Indirectly,
indeed, such researches have already borne fruit in
the discovery of a class of alkaloids not found in j
nature, but possessing therapeutic properties peculiar
to themselves and of high value.
Another branch of this subject treated of in the
same paper is of the highest interest. No branch of
modern science has proved at once more fascinating
and more fertile in results than that of micro- |
organisms. Our conceptions of decay and putre-
faction have undergone a fundamental change, and
what wise men guessed as to the nature of disease
have proved to be certain truth. The result of
these researches, moreover, has brought the question
within the scope of both theoretical and applied
chemistry. Not only does this consideration of these
organisms indirectly govern all considerations of
sanitary chemistry and of the preservation of food,
but we find that among them are potent chemists
transforming harmless bodies into terribly poisonous
alkaloids, and in the case of pathogenic organisms of
disease, acting on the human frame not merely by
their presence, but by the chemical changes that they
bring about. Closely allied to the medicinal appli-
cations of chemistry is that of the water supply, not
all great towns and still less all villages are as
fortunate as Manchester in natural sources of supply,
or as much in earnest to obtain the best. The
question is not merely one of engineering, as would
seem to be the official idea, if we may judge from
the qualifications of those appointed as water
examiners, nor even of chemical analysis, great as is
the progress made in that branch of science, but
also of the chemico-biological problem of the
organisms present and their results. In our
Journals we have most interesting accounts of
work done in this direction in the papers of Dr.
P. Erankland and of Professor Bishoff, and in the
discussions thereon. The subject is yet in its infancy :
those who have worked most in the field know best
how much remains to be done, but we can already
recognise the value of the results obtained, and the
promise of a biilliant future for these investigations.
The other end of the question of water supply, the
disposal of sewage, has occupied the attention of
chemists numberless both within our Society and
without. So far the practical aim of the engineers
and the chemist is to get sewage safe into the sea,
or into a river large enough to take it without notice,
with as little chemical treatment as will prevent
micro-organisms making their presence too offen-
sively felt. If this is the best we can do it is
certainly a reproach to science, but at present the
engineers seem unable except in a few cases to cope
with the question of irrigation, while the successful
precipitation of the most valuable constituents of the
sewage seems a enemies] problem, almost as hope-
less as the philosopher's stone.
.Micro-organisms have other claims on the atten-
tion of the industrial chemist. The study of
fermentation in all its branches, resolves itself more
and more into the study of micro-organisms and
their life products. Here again we may find in our
Journal evidence of what has been done, and may yet
be done. It is most interesting here also to
observe what accurate results have been obtained by
accumulated experience, with no knowledge of the
causes at work, though it is needless to point out how
impossible improvement must be to those who are
bound by mere, empiricism, unless they are prepared
to face endless failure.
In agriculture, again, we find that the same un-
noticed, yet most powerful agents, are at work, and
must explain problems hitherto obscure. The papers
of AVarington, read before the Chemical Society, on
nitrifying organisms of soils, gave the history of a
research not only valuable in its results, but as a
pattern of method, in them we may trace the accurate
induction that demonstrated the presence and history
of the nitrifying organism with perfect certainty,
before ever it had been actually identified, affording
an example of indirect evidence of great interest.
Perhaps it is premature to decide whether it is
sufficiently proved that to another branch of the
same family is due the slow fixation of nitrogen
in soil. The question is of the greatest interest ; it
is difficult to believe that no such process is going on,
and that there is no repair of the incessant waste of
the nitrogen in the soil, yet the researches of Dr.
Gilbert, carried on with the greatest accuracy, have
failed to trace any such in the growth of crops.
The great progress which electro-chemistry has
made, and is making, affords another instance of
most valuable aid already given, and far more
promised to chemistry by a kindred science. Electro-
type processes of all descriptions have long been
worked out, and it is needless to speak of them unless
it be to call attention to the interesting development
of photogravure. A very interesting paper, read at
Nottingham, by Professor Bothamley, giving the
results of recent experiments in the use of dyes in
correcting the fundamental defect of all ordinary
processes of photography, the inaccurate tendency
of colours, gives a brief description of the new process
of combined photogravure and chromo-lithography,
by which it is hoped to solve the problem of photo-
graphing in colours, at any rate in part.
The metallurgical applications of the electric
current are, however, far wider than the electro-
type process. In many cases inventors are working
processes not vet divulged, trusting to the protection
of secrecy rather than that of the patent law, but
there is no doubt that its use in the separation and
recovery of metals is capable of most extended appli-
cation. Great results have also been claimed for the
electric lurnace, amongst others the cheap production
of aluminium. Our past president. Mr. Weldon,
whose loss wecannot sufficiently regret, clearly showed
that in no other direction can v e hope for the direct
reduction of that metal; but it remains to be seen if
the reduction of the price of sodium by such processes
1 as that of Kestner described by Mr. Mactear, will
180
THE JOtJJRNAl OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July austf.
not lie even more effectual in BUpplj ing aluminium at
a cheap rate. And not only in metallurgy, but in
other branches of technical work, the cheapened pro-
duction of the electric current, which we owe to the
attempts to provide economically the electric light,
have led to applications in other directions. _ Much
of the work done has no doubt been tentative, but
there is no doubt that we have here one of the most
promising fields for research.
It has sometimes been remarked that analysis
occupies too prominent a position in the Journal. In
this view 1 for one cannot agree; anyone who has had
much experience of practical work, knows the value
of any method or apparatus that can facilitate the
multifarious analyses that scientific processes of
in mufacture involve, and many of the processes and
apparatus described are not merely valuable in
themselves, but suggestive of application in other
directions. It is no doubt true that too great a
multiplication of appliances is undesirable for a
student; it is a real misfortune for him to become
dependent upon elaborate apparatus, if, as often
happens, he finds himself called upon to work with
imperfect tools, and when he is called upon, as every
practical man must be, to adapt and improve appara-
tus and processes. To those, however, in charge of tech-
nical laboratories, all the information that can be
given them in that direction is certain to be welcome.
To turn from the past to the future, amid much
that is discouraging in the commercial aspect of
chemistry, as in the commercial aspect of most else,
there is no small reason for a hopeful view of the
future in the evidences of vigorous life in our in-
dustries, and of sound method and good work on the
part of those who conduct them ; that our papers show
and we may well hope that the officers and members
of the various sections of our Society will show in the
future the same zeal as in the past.
Yet there is no easy task before us. The progress of
science in one sense makes our work easier no doubt,
but on the other hand it demands of us continually
increasing efforts to keep up to a standard constantly
being raised to a higher level, and it is for us to show
that England is not behind other countries in in-
telligence and aptitude for work. There is need for
all our energies to do so. We need, no doubt, the
technical education of which so much is talked now-
a-days, but it must be real and thorough to an extent
that many who theorise about it seem to have no
idea of ; and, above all, we must know what we do
want. I fear in many minds there lurks the idea
that the technical education of workmen will release
their employers from the necessity of thinking for
themselves. The technical education of the fingers
alone will never make a musician, and unless the
heads of industrial concerns are willing to be so in
deed as well as in name, that harmonious action on
which success depends, is certainly impossible.
Without a real scientific appreciation on the part of
the head, it is impossible that the scientific training of
subordinates can be of much avail.
Of novel ideas there seems no lack; it is rather
sound application that we need. The patent law is
supposed to give some guarantee of the novelty and
practicability of the subjects of the patents granted,
and the publications of the office show a ceaseless
flow of invention, much of it really novel (though it
does include preserving eggs with lime water, or
lubricating the bearings of machinery with decern-
ed cabbages), yet ot all this novelty, such as it is,
no small portion is, as far as 1 can judge, never heard
of again, beyond the stage of the blue pamphlet or
the notices in our own or similar journals.
It is surely rather to that practical working out of
ideas, whether new or old, of which we have been
speaking, that we must look for progress, than to
mere fertility of invention. Of that there may be
the same abundance that there is of seeds in nature,
which yet never can come to maturity without the
needed seed bed and the farmer's fostering care.
VOTES OF THANKS.
Prof. DeWAB moved that the hearty thanks of
the Society be accorded to the President, Mr. David
Bov/ard, for his address. He added, with reference
to the President's remarks upon the synthesis of
conia, that during the last few weeks two French
chemists had succeeded in synthesising the complex
alkaloid of Jtthnnindi — viz., pilocarpine.
Colonel Gamble seconded the motion, which
was carried unanimously.
The President replied, and then read the
REPORT OF THE SCRUTINEERS,
showing that the following had been duly elected
Ordinary .Members of the Council for the ensuing
year : — ■
John Calderwood. F.R.S.E.
Eustace Carey.
K. Forbes Carpenter.
James Duncan.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.
S. H. Johnson.
John Pattinson.
B. S. Proctor.
F. J. Kowan.
Dr. Edw. Schunck, F.R.S.
T. W. Stuart.
Lewis T. Wright.
And that the nominations of Council for President,
Treasurer, Foreign Secretary, and Yice-Presidents
had been duly confirmed.
The following is therefore the composition of the
Council for 1887—1888 :
President.
Prof. James Dewar, F.R.S.
Ticc-Prcsidents.
Prof. F. Clowes, D.Sc.
Sir .1. Neilson I'uthbertson.
David Howard.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurler.
Ivan Levinstein.
E. K. Jluspratt.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
Prof. \V. A.Tildcn, F.R.S.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Members of Council.
John Calderwood, F.P.S.E.
Eustace Carey.
R. Forbes Carpenter.
James Duncan.
Dr. John Evans. F. U.S.
S. H. Johnson.
Treasurer.
E. Rider Cook.
John Pattinson.
H. S. Proctor.
F. J. Rowan.
Dr. Edw. Shunek, F.R.S.
T. W. Stuart.
Lewis T. Wright.
Foreign Secretary.
LudwigMond.
The President then proposed the re-appointment
of Messrs. Theobald Bros, and Miall as Auditors for
the ensuing year. The proposal was seconded by
Mr. S. H. Johnson, and carried unanimously.
On the motion of Mr. Alexander M. Ciiw r,
seconded by Dr. I). P. Hewitt, a vote of thanks
was accorded to the Treasurer and Officers of the
Society, and the Chairman and Secretaries of
Sections.
Mr. LxJDWia MoND and Mr. Oias. Hunt replied.
On the motion of Mr. E. K MrjBPBATT, seconded
by Mr. Ivan Levinstein, a hearty vote of thanks
was given to the Council of Owens College for
granting the use of the Chemical Lecture Theatre
for the purposes of the meeting.
the next annual MEETING.
Mr. (!.(!. Henderson, as Secretary of the Glasgow
and Scottish Section, then formally invited the
Society to hold its Annual Meeting for 1888 in
Glasgow.
On the motion ,,f Prof. J. Camp-bell Brown,
seconded by Prof! I\ Clowes, it was resolved to
accept with hearty thanks the invitation from the
Glasgow Section.
Jul, M.18S7.] THE JOURNAL OF TIIK SOC1KTV OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
481
1 [SIT TO THE ROYAL JUBILEE EXHIBITION.
En the afternoon, and indeed immediately after the
conclusion of the proceedings in the morning, most
of the memhera visited tke Exhibition, in the I
cal Section of which they found one of the finest
collections of the kind ever brought together. Nor
was it to be wondered at that a high degree of
interest should be felt by members of the S
Chemical Industry in the Chemical Section of the
Exhibition, for the arrangement ami classification of
the exhibits is such as to appeal at once both to their
understanding and sympathy. The reason of this is
not far to seek, for does not tin1 committee of the
Chemical Section of the Exhibition contain two "I
the Vice-Presidents (Mr. Levinstein the cha
and |)r. Schunck), the Editor of the Journal, with
the Secretary of the Manchester Section of the
Society, and are not all its members me
of the Society of Chemical Industry | It may be
fairly claimed then that what success the Oh
Section of the Exhibition has achieved, is a triumph
not only for the Committee of that section, but for
tin- Society of Chemical Industry. The collection of
the relics of great discoverers, and of their dis-
coveries in the fields of chemical and physical science,
made for the Exhibition Section by Mr. Watson
Smith, created much interest. There were to be seen
the battery, at least a part of it, with which Davy
decomposed the alkalis, and his note-book, in which
the record of the isolation of the alkaline metals could
be read ; the gases liquefied for the first time by
Faraday, enclosed in sealed tubes, and his note-book
opened at the place where the record of this remark-
able discovery occurs ; and, exceedingly interesting for
Manchester and its neighbourhood, the specimen of
the very first benzene isolated by Faraday, and the
apparatus with which Joule determined the
mechanical equivalent of heat. When it is added
that there also was to be seen the manuscript of that
page of Dalton's " Principles of Chemistry " which
contains the table of his original atomic weights ; the
penny earthern inkpots and soda-water bottle lie has
converted into classic relics, and the original lamps
which Davy constructed when feeling his way, with
high-minded benevolence and scientific skill, towards
a solution of the terrible problem which in those
days forced itself to the front in men's minds— how to
save from wholesale destruction those who laboured
in the bowels of the earth to provide means of warmth,
comfort, and light for their fellows — the question
may be fairly asked— ''Was not a sight of these things
well worthy of a pilgrimage to Manchester?" Then,
turning to more modern times, we have exemplified
by specimens, dyed and printed fabrics, and picture
representations, the researches which in their sevi ral
directions have done much to keep the name of Eng-
land in the front, as that of the land in which the
first springs of chemical science, as applied to the
chemical industries more especially, have arisen,
whatever may be said of after developments and
advances. It is only necessary to mention the names
of Perkin, Griess, Schunck, Roscoe, Schorlemmer
and Dale, to indicate sufficiently to chemists what
mainly was to be seen in this interesting collection.
It is a fact, and one worthy of some thought and
consideration for the country, when the urgency of
the special study of technical chemistry is in many
cases so prematurely pushed, that the teaching of
the applications of chemical science to the industries
is demanded before the knowledge of the
itself is acquired, or anything approaching it,— that
neither Perkin nor Griess were searching tor colours
or dyes when they obtained those results, which
make them respectively the originators of the aniline-
and the azo-colour industries. These chemists were
both investigating the constitution of certain organic
. and were so far exploring the realms of
t scientific truth, when with one and the
stroke there came with tie- practical refutation of
their theories as first entertained, new revelations
with a more tangible reward.
THE AX.Nl'AI, DINNER.
The annual dinner of the members of the Society of
Chemical Industry was held in the Palm House of
tin- Exhibition, and a little after six o'clock about
150 gentlemen sat down, Mr. David Howard, the
retiring president, taking the chair. He was sup-
in ii ted by the President-elect, Professor James I lewar,
I'.U.S. ; Messrs. E. K. Muspratt, Ivan Levinstein,
Dr. Hewitt, Ludwig Mond, Dr. Hurter, J. T.
Brunner," Hy. Brunner, Prof. J. Campbell Brown, Mr.
Alex. M. Chance, Mr. E. Carew, Mr. J. Brock, and
Prof. F. Clowes.
The usual loyal toast, " The Queen,'' was given by
the Chairman, in a speech in which he mentioned
that those who had studied at the College of
Chemistry in London in earlier days could appre-
ciate how much the Queen, in conjunction with the
late Prince Consort, had fostered chemical science,
and that he was glad to think that the Prince of
Wales also took a deep and practical interest in all
scientific matters. The toast having been duly
honoured, the next, " Prosperity to the Society of
Chemical Industry," was then proposed by Mr. J. T.
BRUNNER, who said he knew that the Society had
done and was doing an immense amount of good. He
was much pleased to know that his old friend, Prof.
Dewar, was to be their president during the next
year, and he was sure they could not have made a
better choice.
Professor Dewar replied, and referring to his elec-
tion, thanked the members for their recognition of
the recondite side of chemical science. That Society
had been founded, said he, not for the benefit of a
class, but rather for the purpose of blending the
classes of chemistry together ; the manufacturing
branch, on the one hand, and the abstract on the
other. From the past history of the Society, its
recognition of all classes in the disposal of its
honours, and more on account of the unity which the
members showed and the quality of the work pro-
duced, he was sure that its future was safe. He
referred especially to the paper recently contributed
to the Liverpool Section, by Dr. Hurter, which he
considered to be a most admirable example of research
and reasoning. He was not disposed to consider
ominous the shifting— the apparent instability of
science. They were merely moving on to higher
things, getting nearer to the truth.
Dr. Hewitt then proposed the health of the Pre-
sident, whose name had been familiar to him since he
was a boy. And now amidst advancing years, he
knew that Mr. David Howard had a lineage and was
connected with a firm foremost in making this country
famous for the manufacture of fine chemicals.
Mr. Howard, replying, said that the Society was
doing an amount of work which could only be appre-
ciated by those who knen- the difficulties which past
generations of chemists had to contend with.
Mr. Tyrek next proposed "The Local Sections."
He said that if that Society was anything it was
democratic ; but the elements of a thorough, sound
and healthy Republicanism were there. He always
had faith iii its policy, and now, when, greatly through
the concerted efforts of its sections, the Society and
its Journal— with the life and prosperity of the latter
of which that of the former was indissolubly con-
nected and bound up— had undoubtedly become a
powerful factor in the industry of the country, all
THE Journal of the society of chemical iniustky. u»'> =». i8$:,n
should put their shoulders to the wheel and assist in
the onward movement.
Mr. .1. ( 'mm ri: I'.ri.i. responded.
The health of tin' "Secretary and Editor" were
final]] proposed by the President.
Mr. C. G. Cresswell, replying, referred to the
necessity for permanent quarters for the Society ; and
later on, Mr. Bri nm r expressed the hope that some-
thing definite would come out of it, if for no other
reason than that they should have a room in which
the Library of the late Mr. Wehlon could he placed.
Mr. Watson Smith joined Mr. Cresswell in
ict imiiiig thanks for the good wishes conveyed in the
toast : and as he had assumed the direction of the
musical arrangements and programme on that occa-
sion, he would take that opportunity of expressing
himself musically by playing Schubert's Impromptu
in ( i.
I luring the evening a selection principally of part
songs, by Mendelssohn and Schubert, from the well-
known t irpheus series, was most effectively given by
a choir of twelve men's voices.
THE EXCURSIONS, ETC.
On Thursday Morning a considerable number of
members assembled at the Exchange Station for a
trip to Wrexham, to visit the Wrexham Lager Beer
Brewery. After an inspection of the brewery the
party was entertained at an excellent lunch by the
manager. After the repast a vote of thanks to the
company was proposed by Mr. Howard, and carried
unanimously. The party then returned to Chester,
where conveyances were waiting to take them to
Baton Hall, the palace of the Duke ot Westminster.
After partaking of tea at Eccleston Ferry, the mem-
bers returned in barges by the river Dee to Chester,
and from thence they journeyed by rail to Manchester.
Meanwhile smaller parties visited the works of
Messrs. Crossley Bros. ("Otto" (ias Engine Factory) :
of Messrs. Beyer & Peacock, Engineers ; Messrs. Kerr
and Hoegger, Dyers; Messrs. Ermen and lioby,
Bleachers ; Messrs. Knowles & Co., Print Works ;
the Buxton Lime Works ; Mr. J. Hollingvvorth ;
Messrs. I. Frankenburg, India - rubber Works ;
Messrs. Ilaworth iVr Co., Cotton Spinning; Messrs
Chadwick A: Taylor, Paper Works; Salford
Sewage and ( las Works ; and the Guardian news-
paper office.
Un Friday Morning another party was formed for
visiting Chapel-en-le-Frith and Castleton, in Derby-
shire The members joining this excursion will not
soon forget the satisfaction and pleasure it gave
them, and the complete success of this, as well as the
( Iheater excursion, were certainly in a large measure
due to the indefatigable exertions of Mr. J. Carter
Bell, the local secretary of the Manchester Section,
as well as to the all-important circumstance of most
propitious weather.
Another excursion was also organised, under the
guidance of Mr. Wm. Thomson, to visit the exten-
sive Printing, Bleaching, and Dye Works of Messrs.
F.d. Potter & Co., at Dinting Vale, and thereafter
the Paper Works of Messrs. Olive and Partington,
at Glossop. Some twenty-five to thirty members
availed themselves of these opportunities, and greatly
enjoyed the combined excursion and visits.
In each and every case the members were received
and treated with unvarying kindness by the pro-
prietors of the works thrown (■pen to them, and
probably never before in the history of the Society
lias such a large variety of manufactures connected
with the chemical industries been available for
inspection at an annual meeting as on this occasion
at Manchester.
iLonDon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, BuiiLisaTOM House.
Chairman: David Howard.
Sir K. A. Abel.
II. E Armstrong1.
\Y. l.ant Carpenter.
W, i Irowder.
W. J. Dibdln.
i '. < rraham.
8. Hall.
C. C Hutchinson.
Committee :
R_ Mesael.
B. E. R, Newlands.
it. Redwood.
T. Royle.
John SplUer.
Win. Thorp.
.1. Williams.
C. It. Alder Wright.
lion. Local Sec. and Treasurer : Thos. Tyrer,
Garden Wharf, Church Komi, Battersea, S.W.
The meetings of the London Section will be resumed, on
Monday. 7th November next.
The last meetingoftJu Session was held on Monday,
6th June, at the Chemical Society's Rooms,
Burlington House, Piccadilly.
THE PRESIDENT IN Till'. CHAIR,
THE ALKALOIDS— THE PBESENT STATE
OF KNOWLEDGE CONCERNING THEM,
AND THE METHODS EMPLOYED IN THEIR
INVESTIGATION.
BY HENRY E. ARMSTRONG,
Professorof Chemistry in the City and Guilds of London
Institute. Central Institution.
Within recent years our knowledge of the alkaloids
has increased to an extent and with a rapidity which
is perfectly astonishing : a study of the circumstances
to which this progress is due, and of the manner in
which it has taken place, is in the highest degree
instructive to the technologist.
The term "alkaloid," like so many of the generic
terms in use in chemistry, is indefinable : literally it
means alkali-like, but practically it is restricted to
certain nitrogen compounds more or less directly
derived from ammonia. It is hardly worth while,
however, to discuss where the line shall be drawn ; or
to which among the almost innumerable alkali-like
derivatives of ammonia the privilege shall be granted,
or from which it shall be withheld, of appearing in
the class of alkaloids : such a question is of import-
ance only to those who may desire to put forward a
claim to be the first to synthesise a natural alkaloid.
The vegeto-alkaloids have long been of importance
on account of their medicinal and toxic properties.
The amines— that group of alkaloids immediately
derived from ammonia, with the discovery and inves-
tigation of which the names of Wnftz and Hofmann
are so inseparably linked — have acquired the highest
industrial importance as being the progenitors of a
large proportion of modern dye-stuffs. And quite
recently we have begun to recognise alkaloids among
the products of putrefactive changes induced by
micro-organisms, and to regard it as probable that
the Bufferings provoked in zymotic diseases may, at
least to a large extent, be due to the toxic properties
of alkaloids tints produced. From this last point of
view alone the study of alkaloids is of enormous
importance to the human race, our chance of com-
bating the effects of zymotic disease being necessarily
dependent on the recognition not merely of the
immediate causes of such effects, but especially of the
chemical attributes of the alkaloids concerned as
well as of their physiological action. It is now many
years since the chemist Louis Pasteur to the eternal
glory of our science be it said made clear to all
seeing eyes the important functions exercised by
micro-organisms throughout the organic world ; the
July so. 1887.] THE JOI'kXAL OF THK SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IN in sTltY.
study of these organisms necessarily passed into the
fa mas of the morphologist, but the wheel of time is
fast going round, and it is daily becoming more and
more evident that the next great advance must be
the outcome mainly of the chemist's labours. I
recommend those who doubt this to study Brieger.
Sooner or liter also it will be for the chemist to
suggest and prepare antidotes to the toxic alkaloids.
and in concert with the physiologist to devise means
of diverting the activity ol disease-producing bacteria
into harmless channels ; it may even be suggested
that the protection afforded by vaccination and by
attenuated virus is perhaps in a measure due to
alkaloids.* Indeed, it is obvious that there is an
almost unbounded tield awaiting exploitation by
chemists, and that abundant opportunity is here
afforded them of still further ministering to the public
wants.
Having said so much by way of preface, let me also
at the outset try to make clear the point of view from
which I propose to consider the alkaloids. The
various non -metallic elements in the states in which we
know them are without exception compound in their
justified in assuming that such is not the case, and
that in every molecule there are one or more "points
from which the influence is exerted.
In formulating the nitrogen compounds, a difficulty
arises owing to the fact that chemists still agree to
differ regarding the valency of the element. The
popular view at the present day is that nitrogen i- a
triad in ammonia and the amines, and a pentad in
ammonium salts ; some few among us and I am one
of these— regard the ammonium salts as "molecular
compounds.' This is not the occasion to discuss
such a question ; I refer to it to prevent misunder-
standing.
The great majority of vegeto-alkaloids are deriva-
' pyridine; before attempting to consider these
I desire to direct attention to a group of alkaloids of
natural origin, and to the ptomaines or alkaloids
resulting from the putrefactive change of animal
matter.
/'. irtu thylamint alkaloids.— Under this name may
conveniently be included four closely related com-
pounds, the names, formulae and proximate con-
stituents of which are as follow : —
X * M >:.
Form i la. Proximate Constituihtb,
NMe [HO.CH.CHj] Triniclhylaminc + vinyl alcohol
N"SIe-[HO.CH.. CH..OH]. ., - glycol
NMelHO.CHj.CHlOHlJ .. - hydroxyacetaldeliydrol
NMe [HO.CH-.COOH].. .. - hydroxyacetic acid
nature— i.e., their molecules consist of two or more
atoms of the constituent stuffs : and we are as little
able to infer the properties of these stuffs from obser-
vation of the properties of the elements as they
present themselves to us as we are, for example, those
of chlorine and sodium from those of common salt.
In consequence of our disregard of molecular compo-
sition in the case of the elements, we are entirely
misled by having become accustomed to speak of the
elementary stuff symbolised by X and of its com-
pound No by the same name : hence it is that nitro-
gen is popularly regarded as the most inert among
elements. Probably it is one of the most active : but
so great is the stultifying effect exercised upon us in
early youth by text-book statements that many will
hesitate to accept this proposition. Nevertheless I
advance it, and venture to maintain that we gain no
idea whatsoever of the properties of nitrogen-stuff
from a consideration of those of nitrogen gas or azote
—to give it the older and more suggestive name— and
that if we desire to determine its properties we must
devote ourselves to the comparative study of the
alkaloids. If the effects produced by alkaloids were
effects produced by the molecules as wholes, we could
not expect to deduce the properties of nitrogen-stuff
from those of its compounds : but I believe we are
,, " S,in|e writing this 1 have received the Proceedings of the
ltoyal boclety. No. 254, which contains a most suggestive
•Note on Protection of Anthrax," by Dr. L. C. Wooldridge.
Dr . Wooldridge has grown the anthrax bacillus in a culture
fluid consisting of a solution of a proteid bod v discovered by
himself, obtained from the testis and from the thvmus
gland; and he finds that if a small quantity of the Altered
culture fluid be injected into the circulation of a rabbit, the
animal will not take anthrax. The injection of the fluid in
which no anthrax bacillus has grown is without effect, and if
mciIIus grown in the fluid be inoculated it either kills or
it has no effect. If other albuminous fluids— e.g., blood serum
be used as a culture medium, and the filtered culture fluid be
i. it exerts no protection. Hence, as Dr. Wooldridge
says it may fairly be concluded that the growth of the anthrax
bacillus in the special culture fluid used gives rise to a sub-
stance which, when injected into the organism, protects
against an immediate and subsequent attacks of anthrax. In
this note apparently we have the germ of a discovery the
practical importance of which it is impossible to exaggerate.
Choline is a constituent of brain matter, but has
also been obtained from a variety of other sources.
It may be prepared synthetically by digesting an
aqueous solution of trimethylamine with ethylene
oxide. Neurine has also been separated from brain
matter, but it may be prepared from choline, and it
is a question whether it is a proximate product of
hydrolysis or whether it is not formed from choline
during the process of separation. Muscarine occurs,
together with choline, in the fly agaric (Agaricus
muscarius), and may be produced by oxidising choline
by means of nitric acid. Betaine was originally sepa-
rated from the juice of the beet (Bdo vulgaris)^ but
has since been found in other plants : it may be pre-
pared synthetically from trimethylamine and chlor-
acetic acid, also from glyciae, and it is obtained on
oxidising choline — with which it is associated in
cotton seed, for example — with chromic mixture. It
will be obvious, therefore, that a close genetic con-
nexion exists between the four compounds, and this
being the case, the differences in their toxic qualities
are especially noteworthy. Muscarine, neurine and
choline all have a similar physiological action : mus-
carine, however, is a virulent poison, and so also is
neurine, but I believe to a less extent, and choline is
a much less active substance than even neurine ; I
am not aware that betaine is credited with any
poisonous qualities. Now, if physiological activity
be in any way proportional to alterability in a
chemical sense — to the tendency to be acted upon by,
or to enter into combination with, or to interact with,
other substances, then muscarine should certainly be
the most active of the four compounds in question,
as it is an aldehydrol (aldehyde hydrate), the re-
activity of aldehydes exceeding that of all known
compounds. For similar reasons it is to be expected
that neurine would take the second place, and choline
the third, glycol, which may be regarded as a proxi-
mate constituent of choline, being undoubtedly less
prone to undergo change than would be (the hypo-
thetical) vinylic alcohol, which it may be assumed is
isi
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (July 30. 1887.
contained in neurine. The very slight difference in
composition between choline ami either neurine or
inns,. .(in,' is also to be remarked, the withdrawal of
the elements of a molecule of water sufficing to
convert choline into neurine, while its conversion into
muscarine involves but the displacement of a single
hydrogen atom by the hydroxy! group. Seeing that
many micro-organisms act most powerfully in
inducing oxidation, it is obvious that no great margin
of safety can be counted on, as choline— or its poten-
tial elements exists widely distributed throughout
the animal organism.
Ptomaines. Within recent years the attention of
toxicologists has been directed — especially by the
Italian chemists— to the presence in putrid animal
matter of poisonous basic substances, more or less
resembling certain natural alkaloids, and which
become separated in the course of the treatment
usually adopted in the toxicologies! examination of
human remains. The discovery is obviously one of
the first importance to the medical jurist, and
naturally attracted much attention. Selmi, whose
systematic study of the subject entitles him to be
regarded as the pioneer in this field of investigation,
although he was by no means the first to recognise
their existence, has designated alkaloids which result
from the putrefaction of albuminous matters as
Ptomaines (irru/ia — a corpse). The recognition of
the production of ptomaines during putrefaction was
based, in the first instance, on qualitative chemical
and physiological tests, and not on their separation in
the pure state. Nencki appears to have been the
first to isolate a ptomaine, but did himself the
injustice of publishing his experiments in a semi-
private pamphlet. It is to Brieger, however, that we
are indebted for the exact knowledge which we now
possess on the subject. His labours, carried on
uninterruptedly since 1882-83, have resulted in the
discovery of numerous non-poisonous, as well as
poisonous, alkaloids, and are of the highest import-
ance, not only to the physiologist and medical jurist,
but also to the chemist, on account of the light which
they throw on the composition of animal albuminous
matters, and on the course of putrefactive changes.
Crieger|s researches not only prove that a variety
of alkaloids result from the poisonous decay of
animal matters, but they establish the fact that
ptomaines are formed during the earlier stages of
decay, and that they are of a non-benzenoid character ;
as putrefaction continues, they gradually disappear,
and give place to well-known benzenoid compounds
—phenol, cresol, hydroxy-acids, indole, etc. In the
first part of his colle ted researches,* Brieger de-
scribes the ptomaines produced — (a) from putrid
horseflesh, beef and human muscular tissue ; (!>)
from putrid fish ; (c) from putrid cheese ; (</) from
putrid glue ; and (e) from putrid yeast. In every
case large quantities of material were taken, and the
methods employed in separating the ptomaines were
such that, as far aa possible, their decomposition was
prevented. The same substances were separated
from putrid horseflesh, beef and human flesh, but
horseflesh gave the largest amounts, and therefore
was chiefly used. The products from animal flesh
were neurine— the intensely poisonous nature of
which has already been mentioned, and a non-
nous diamine ((.'-11, ,N._.). the hydrochloride of
which crystallises in well - defined long needles
resembling area crystals. This was named m uridin* .
as it appears to bear some relation to neurine, being
resolved into a mixture of dimethylamine and
trimethylamine when boiled with caustic soda
• ' Teller Ptomaine,'
Hirscliwald.
von Prof. Dr. L. Brieger. llerliu :
solution. Putrid fish gave a toxic base of the com-
position of ethylene diamine (C2HpN2) but isomeric
t herewith ;imisca)i ne ;a second novel baseof the formula
C7H17NO«, which Brieger names gadinine from
Gadus callarias, the fish used : it appears to be non-
poisonous ; and, lastly, triethylamine, which had not
previously been known to be derivable from any
such source. From soft cheese allowed to putrefy
for six weeks, he obtained neuridine and trimethyl-
amine. Glue, from which Nencki obtained a COlli-
dine by allowing it to putrefy in contact with ox
pancreas, gave neuridine in larger quantities than any
other material examined, together with dimethyl-
amine and traces of a substance resembling
muscarine in physiological properties. Putrid yeast
gave only dimethylamine.
In the second part of his collected researches,
Brieger describes the results of his examination of
the basic products of the gradual putrefaction of
human remains, especially the internal organs — viz.,
the lungs, heart, liver, spleen, stomach and
intestines ; and he particularly directs attention to
the progressive character of the changes. Material
taken from corpses which had lain 24 — 48 hours in a
cool cellar gave choline in small cjuantity, but no
other ptomaine. After a slightly longer interval,
neuridine was the chief product, only traces of
choline being found, and, in some instances, tri-
methylamine. Putrefaction being allowed to continue
for a considerably longer period, the choline was
found to have entirely disappeared, three new
physiologically indifferent bases being now separable
— viz. :
Caclaverine C,H„N,
l'utrescine C,H,VN;
Saprine C5H,,X,
At least two toxic alkaloids are also formed in the
later stages of putrefaction, but in such small
quantity that Brieger did not succeed in isolating
sufficient for analysis. It is remarkable, as Brieger
points out, that the bases which he was successful in
isolating are all diamines ;t no previous investigation
of albuminous substances entitles us to anticipate the
formation of such compounds, or affords any clue to
their origin. In the experiments under discussion,
the air had free access ; in the third monograph,
Brieger briefly describes experiments made on a very
large scale in which human remains, horseflesh and
fish of different kinds were allowed to putrefy during
the months of October to January in a stable loft at
a temperature ranging from 5° to 9' C. in such a way
that the access of air was almost prevented : it is a
matter of interest that although under these condi-
tions cadaverine and putresciue were formed in con-
siderable quantity, no highly-poisonous ptomaines
could be discovered. It would seem, therefore, that
their formation takes place only when a certain
amount of atmospheric oxygen has access.
The most important results obtained by Brieger,
however, are undoubtedly those relating to the
putrefactive action of pure cultivations of certain
pathogenic bacteria. The staphylococcus pyogenes
,iiii-i us and streptococcus pyogenes, described by
Rosenbach, gave only negative results, no toxic
alkaloid bring formed by them : but by means
of the typhus bacillus of Koch and Eberth, a toxic
alkaloid was obtained of the formula CTHJ7NO..
but unfortunately in very small quantity, its
formation being apparently dependent on certain very
t Briefer's cadaverine has been shown by Ladenburg to bo
identical with the pentamethylene diamine
(KH,.CH,.CH,.CH,.CH1.CH,.NH,)
obtained on reduction of trimcthylenc cyanide
(NC.CH,.CH,.CHS.CN).
July 30. 188-.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
485
special conditions being fulfilled. Employing a
microbe which has been recogni>cd as the primary
cause of traumatic tetanus in man to cause the
putrefaction of beef, Brieger, however, has suco
in isolating an alkaloid, which be has named tetanine,
of the formula (', II ,N 04; this produces in
animals all the symptoms characteristic of human
tetanus. Bocklisch, at Brieger's suggestion, has
recently studied the products of putrefaction obtained
by means of Finkler and Priors'a comma bacillus, but
without discovering any specific toxic alkaloid.
Enough has now been said to make clear the
enormous importance of Brieger's researches ; they
certainly may be described as " epoch-making."
Pyridine Alkaloids.
Pyridine was discovered by Anderson in 1857, in
the course of his classical researches on bone-oil :
Quinoline was discovered by Gerhardt in 1842.
The nature of these compounds long remained
undetermined, comparatively little attention being
paid to them, probably in consequence of the diffi-
culty of obtaining the pure substances in quantity.
Gradually, however, their importance as progenitors
of the vegeto-alkaloids became recognised. The dis-
covery by Skraup of a most elegant synthetic method
of preparing quinoline, available also for the prepara-
tion of a variety of quinoline derivatives, followed
as it was very rapidly by the discovery of other
simple methods of preparing both pyridine and
quinoline derivatives, not only rendered their
systematic study possible, but highly fashionable
among chemists, many of whom doubtless were not
uninfluenced by the hope that their researches might
furnish results of immediate pecuniary value : the
result is that the special literature of the subject is
already almost overpowering, the rate of progress
having been simply marvellous.
The suggestion that pyridine closely resembles ben-
zene— that in fact it is benzene in which N takes the
place of CH, and that quinoline is related to naph-
thalene in the same way that pyridine is to benzene,
is more often than not attributed to Kiirner, but is
sometimes ascribed to Dewar, to whom I believe it
to be due : the now conventional formula of pyridine
having been first published by him in a paper read at
the Royal Society of Edinburgh on the 6th of June,
1870 (R. H. Ed. Trans. 26, 189). The method of oxi-
dation by permanganate, which has been of such
signal service in the investigation of pyridine deriva-
tives, was also first described in this paper. The
truth of Dewar's surmise was experimentally verified
in 1879, when Koenigs showed that allylaniline is
converted into quinoline by passing itoverred-hot lead
oxide, and Baeyer succeeded in converting hydro-
carbostyril (orthamidophenylpropionic anhydride)
into quinoline ; the nature of the proof of the con-
stitution of what is conventionally termed the
" pyridine ring," which these syntheses afford will be
obvious on reference to the following formula? : —
connection of theory with practice, and should
for ever silence the so-called practical man who knows
nothing of, and cares less for, theory. Prudhomme,
in 1877, stated that if 0-nitroalizarin (alizarin orange)
Lted with glycerol and sulphuric acid, a mixture
of two colouring matters is produced, the one giving
a violet with alumina mordants and a blue with
iron mordants, the other giving browns. Most
people would characterise such a mixture as a l' dirty
mess," and it is difficult to understand how the experi-
ment came to be made, but made it was, very
fortunately. II. Branch, a member of the Badische
Anilin- and Soda-fabrik, took up the study of the
subject, and succeeded not only in determining the
conditions under which the blue dye was formed,
but in producing it on a manufacturing scale ; and it
I is now well known as a very valuable dyestuff
under the name alizarin blue. The scientific in-
vestigation of alizarin blue was undertaken by
Professor Graebe with material furnished to him by
Brunck, and ultmately he came to the conclusion
that it has the composition indicated by the formula —
N
AA
•iNH.CIICII.CH. I Y 1CH
CH
NH
CH CH-
Allylaniline. Quinoline, Hydrocarbostyril.
Skraup's invaluable synthetic method of preparing
quinoline— the discovery of which may be said to
be the critical feature in the history of our know-
ledge of the vegeto-alkaloids— affords one of the
most instructive instances on record of the fact that
every experiment, however unpractical it may seem at
the time, has its value ; it also illustrates the intimate
CH-CH-CH
■CO
. CI > -
being in fact a derivative of anthraquinoline — i.e., a
compound bearing the same relation to anthracene
that quinoline bears to benzene. Now it is remarkable
that Graebe's paper immediately follows in Liebig's
en a paper by Skraup on the "Constitution
of Cinchonine ; :' whether Skraup was thus led to take
particular note of Graebe's work I do not know, but
at all events it suggested to him that nitrobenzene
might be converted in the same way — Le., by heating
it with glycerol and sulphuric acid, into quinoline,
and he was thereby led to discover his method of
preparing quinoline.
Among the very numerous syntheses of pyridine
derivatives, there is one to which attention should be
specially directed, on account of the conditions
under which it takes place. I refer to the action of
aqueous ammonia on the acetyl derivative of ethyl
citrate, which interact at ordinary temperatures to
produce citrazinamide (Ruhemann, Chun. Soc.
Trans.j 1887, 403), a compound represented by the
following formula * : —
CO(KH)
A
HC CH
HO.C C.OH
\»/
• Just as in the case of benzene, much discussion has taken
place regarding the possible alternative formula of pyridine—
viz:—
N
CH
CH
— Ruhemanncontending that the formationof a pyridine deriva-
tive in the manner above described affords conclusive evidence
in favour of the second formula. Like all such questions, this
is one of considerable importance, but it would be out of place
to discuss it here ; I refer to it merely in order to point out
that, in my opinion, neither can be accepted. I would, in
fact, employ a formula corresponding to that which I have
elsewhere contended should be assigned to benzene {C/iem.
Soc. Trans. 1887, 'J61). For all practical purposes it is sufficient,
186
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETl OF CHEMICAL IXMsTIIY. |.iui>:«u887.
It is pyridine in which two hydrogen atoms are the relation between the two is satisfactorily denoted
displaced by OH. and one by CO(NB ,). It- Forma- by the formulae :
tion may be symbolically represented, thus : — H wn
CO.OEl
H.C OAi i li
::\ll
EtO.OC
CO OEl
in. Ml
c
I
II, <■ nil l II
I
Ml. or CO.OEl
2ElOB ill iu.\ll;
CO.NH,
n
A
II i OH ill.
+ (EtOH) = OH.+
OC rn
\M
N
11
CO.NHj CO.NH.
/ /°\
IIC CH = lie I'H
1 1 1
OC CO Ho.i c.OH
N N
It remains now to consider the chief evidence
which recent investigations afford of the nature of
the vegeto-alkaloids.
Piperidint (C5H11N).— This alkaloid was shown
by Anderson in 1850 to be produced together with
piperic acid, CjoHiuOj, on hydrolysing piperine— a
constituent of pepper. The nature of piperidine was
not finally determined until 18ti9, when Koenigs
succeeded in converting it into pyridine by heating
it with sulphuric acid at 300°. The change involves
the mere withdrawal of six atoms of hydrogen.
Taking into account the fact that piperidine is a
secondary amine, pyridine being a tertiary amine,
as in the case of benzene, to use a simple hexagon to represent
pyridine ; and I here venture to suggest that in order to
simplify printing, instead of writing N at one of the angles a
line should be drawn across, thus •
1
V
III'
IK I
1C1I
I'll
It is desirable to number the positions exactly as in the ease
of benzene, the nitrogen position being marked 1 ; the usual
continental [custom of disregarding the nitrogen in numbering
and of marking the remaining positions 1. 2, 3, 1. 5, is urn
sanly misleading. The positions of the radicles are best
indicated relatively to the nitrogen, assuming this to be in
powtion 1. 11, ns the pyridincearboxylic acid in which the
li ii ill is contiguous to the S atom may be represented as the
N : J acid. Applying this same principle to i|uinoline deriva-
tives, the positions may be numbered alike in the two
hexagons, thus:—
< II
Pyridine.
Piperidine,
1 he position of radicles in the N ringare reprea i, ted precisely
toe case of pyridine derivatives: clnchonii acid for
example. ,. n : i gulnoUnecarboxylic acid. Positions in the
N-free ring are Indicated by writing the figures in front of the
I mbol thus quroanisol, the methi et n„i
from quinine, is 3 : N methoxyquinoline. Quininicacid the
oxidation product of quinine, Is 3 ; N : 2 methoxyquinollne-
Complete confirmation of the formulae here given is
afforded by the synthesis of piperidine from penta-
methylenediamine effected by Ladenburg in Ism;.
This diamine is prepared by the action of sodium on
a boiling alcoholic solution of trim ethylene cyanide : —
NC.CH..CH2.CH„.CN+8H-
H,X.CH,.CH,.CH,.C1L.CH..XH,.
A certain quantity undergoes conversion into piperi-
dine even during this process, and complete conver-
sion is effected by submitting the hydrochloride of
the diamine to dry distillation.
Piperic acid has been shown by the researches of
Fittig and his pupils to be a derivative of proto-
catechuic or 1:2:4 dihydroxybenzoic acid of the
formula : —
CH. I g { C4H».CH.CELCH.CH.C00H.
Piperine is a .stimulant stomachic (Lauder Brunton's
" Pharmacology "). Pyridine is said to diminish the
reflex activity of the spiral cord and respiratory
centre ; from Dewar and McKendrick's experiments
it would appear to have a slight exciting action on the
nerve centres, and those of Lee show that this is usually
followed by paralysis. Piperidine appears to act
chiefly as a local anaesthetic, paralysing the peripheral
terminations of sensory nerves. It depresses the
action of the heart and respiration.
Ooniine. — Coniine is the poisonous principle of
hemlock (conium maculaturn), from which it was
separated by Giesecke in 1827. It was supposed to
have the composition CgHlsN until 1881, when
Hofmann showed that its formula is CSH17X ; later
on, in 1884, he brought forward a number of
observations which practically all but solved the
problem of its constitution. Desiring to convert
coniine into octylamine, Hofmann distilled the
hydrochloride over heated zinc dust, but obtained
instead a baseof theformulaCsH, , X = ( ' Jl , 7N - <jH,
which he named conyrine. and bearing therefore
the same relation to coniine that pyridine bears
to piperidine. Conyrine was reconverted into
coniim- l>y heating it with hydriodic acid. On
oxidising cOuyrine Hofmann obtained the pyridine-
carboxylic acid known as picolinic acid, which
Skraup and ( .'oblenzl had a short time befoie proved
to contain the carboxyl group in the ortho-position
relatively to the nitrogen. Conyrine therefore is
N : 2 propyl- or isopropyl-pyridine, and coniine
is the hexhydrn derivative ol this compound. The
next chapter in the history of coniine relates to its
synthesis. It is well known from Hofmann's
researches that methylaniline is converted into the
isomeric toluidine at a high temperature : Laden-
burg therefore endeavoured to prepare propyl and
isopropyl-pyridine by heating pyridine with propyl-and
isopropyl-iodidea, but succeeded in obtaining only the
isopropyl compound: the hydro-derivative prepared
from this very closely resembled coniine in physio-
logical action, but was slightly different in other
respects : it there lore appeared probable that coniine
was the propyl compound, To prepare orthopropyl-
pyridine, pure X : -1 methyl-pyridine (o-picoune)
was prepared from bone oil ; this was converted into
Jub -30. 18S7.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
487
allylpyridine by heating it with paraldehyde : and
tinally, N : 2 propyl-piperidine was obtained by
hydrogenising the allylpyridine so prepared. The
product differed from natural comine in optical
behaviour, being without action on polarised tight ;
and its hydrochloride fused at 804°, that prepared
from natural coniine fusing at 218° : in all other
respects the two substances were indistinguishable.
Attempts were therefore made to obtain from the
synthetic product an optically active modification
by the method successfully adopted with a similar
object by previous workers — viz, that of selective
destruction by means of a mould allowed to grow in
a solution of the alkaloid ; but the attempt was
unsuccessful. The alkaloid was therefore converted
into the acid dextro-tartrate : on adding to the very
concentrated solution a few fragments of the acid '
dextro-tartrate from natural coniine, crystallisation !
took place, and from the crystals so prepared, after due
purification, an optically active product was jepai
ated having the rotatory power a„ = 13'87, that
of natural coniine being o„ = 13'79 ; the hydro-
chloride from this synthetic alkaloid had the same
fusing point as that from natural coniine. Inasmuch I
as a-picoline may be prepared without resorting to
any natural source, Ladenburg therefore has per-
formed the feat of preparing coniine by purely
artificial processes : there is no more brilliant
achievement recorded in the annals of chemical
science, and it would be difficult to select a research
which more clearly illustrates the perfection of our
modern chemical methods ; the inter-dependence of
researches undertaken at various times and with
the most diverse objects : the necessity for the
continued exercise of the severest logic ; the
multiplicity of processes with which the chemist
must be intimately acquainted ; and the demands
made not only on bis manipulative skill, but also |
on his patience and persevering fortitude under the I
trial of repeated failure and rebuff.
The physiological action of piperidine has already
been mentioned. Dr. Lauder Brunton tells me that
an interesting relation appears to exist between
that of piperidine and coniine, inasmuch as the
former acts chiefly by paralysing the peripheral
terminations of sensory nerves, while coniine
paralyses the corresponding parts of motor nerves.
Atropine. — This alkaloid, which is a powerful
poison, is extracted from the leaves of the deadly
nightshade, Atropa Belladonna : its most noteworthy
physiological action is that which it exercises on the
eye, causing dilation of the pupil. Atropine is
easily hydrolysed, thus —
Cl7H2,NOs+OH2=C0HX0O?+C8H16NO
Atropine. Tropic acid. Tropinc.
Tropic acid is the phenylhydroxypropionic acid of the
formula
CH,(OH).CH(C,;H,).COOH.
The precise relation of atropine to its products of
• hydrolysis is not known : it is probably an ethereal
salt. .Ladenburg has shown, however, that atropine
may easily be reproduced by merely digesting the
tropic salt of tropine with dilute muriatic acid on the
water bath ; and by substituting other acids— such as
benzoic, the hydroxy-benzoic, niandelic (phenylhy-
droxyacetic) and cinammic — for tropic acid he has
prepared a number of compounds allied to atropine,
which he proposes to term tropt int s. It is especially
noteworthy that komati opine, C, «H21NOs, the lower
homologue of atropine prepared from niandelic acid,
acts almost as powerfully as atropine as a mydriatic,
but the effect which it produces is less persistent,
lasting from 12 to 54 hours instead of eight days ; it
is also a far less powerful poison than atropine :
hence in placing homatropine at the disposal of the
urgeon, synthetic chemistry has provided a
material which in mai be preferred to the
natural alkaloid. This example is a good illustration
of the important nature of the service which
chemistry will undoubtedly afford to medicine, and
therefore to mankind at large, as our inquiries are
pushed forward in the particular field considered in
this paper. Cinnamyl-tropeine, Ci7HslNO.., has a
very slight, if any, mydriatic action, but is a power-
ful poison: this is an interesting fact on account of
the slight difference in composition which obtains
between cinnamyl-tropeine and atropine.
The constitution of tropine cannot be regarded as
tinally determined : Ladenburg, however, is of
opinion that his experiments, to which reference will
now be made, prove it to be a tetrahydropyridine
derivative of the formula —
C,HT(C2H4.OH)X.CH:i.
By the action of acids, and especially of concentrated
sulphuric acid, tropine is readily deprived of the ele-
ments of a molecule of water and converted into
tropidine, C8H1?N : the connection of tropine with
pyridine is established by the observation that on
heating tropidine bromhydride with live molecular
proportions of bromine at 165°, dibromopyridine and
ethylene bromide are obtained.
Tropine has the properties of a tertiary base ; that
the nitrogen atom carries a methyl group is proved
by the observation that tropidine methyl-iodide—
prepared from tropidine and methyl iodide — yields
dimetkylamim when decomposed by alkali, thus :
C8H,sN.CHsI+KOH NH(('H,), C7H10O+KI.
If tropine be heated with hydriodic acid and phos-
phorus, it is converted into tropine iodide,
(.'.11, -XI.. : this compound exchanges only one of
its iodine atoms for chlorine when it is digested with
silver chloride, although both are displaced when it
is boiled with silver nitrate solution, in this respect
resembling the iodide C.,H1:.NL obtained from
choline, and the bromide formed by combination of
trimethylamine and ethylene bromide. _
By digesting tropine-iodide with zinc dust and
dilute muriatic acid, bydrotropidine, C8H15N, is
produced, and by distilling bydrotropidine hydro-
chloride in a current of hydrogen chloride norhydrotro-
pidine, CTH13N, is obtained; norhydrotropidine
is a secondary base, and its production in this
manner affords further evidence that the
nitrogeu atom in tropine is associated with a
methyl group. On distilling norhydrotropidine
hydrochloride with zinc dust, a decomposition is
effected similar to that which takes place in the case
of coniine, a pyridine base of the formula C7H.,N=
C7H1:1N-4H being produced. This base is a or
N: i etbvlpyridine, and hence it may be inferred
that the 'side chain (C.:H4.OH), which probably is
present in tropine, is In the ortho-position rela-
tively to the N-atom.
Hyoscyamine and Hyoscine.— These alkaloids are
isomeric with atropine, and like it in physiological
action. Hyoscyamine, which was originally obtained
from Hyoscyamus niger, occurs together with atropine
in Atropa 'Belladonna ; Datum Stramonium also
contains the same two alkaloids, hyoscyamine, how-
ever, being the chief constituent, whereas Atropa
Belladonna yields a larger proportion of atropine
(Ladenburg, Jierichle, 1880, 380, 909). Hyoscme
occurs together with hyoscyamine in Hyoscyamus
(Ibid. 1880, 1549 : 1881, 1870 ; 1884, 151). Duboisine
from the Australian p\antDuboisia Myoporotdesma
found by Ladenburg to be impure hyoscyamine (Ibid.
1880, 257) ; recently he has examined another sample
483
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (July 30. 1887.
and has found this to consist of hyoscine (Ibid L887,
1661>
Hyoscyamine gives the same products of hydrolysis
as atropine and Ladenburg has prepared atropine
from tlu- products of the hydrolysis ol hyoscyamine,
thus converting the one alkaloid into the other : the
relation between the two alkaloids must therefore he
of an intimate character. Hyoscine on hydrolysis
gives tropic acid, together with an isomer of tropine
— pseudotropine.
Cocaine, which lias recently acquired such notoriety
in surgical practice, also belongs to the class of
mydriatic alkaloids : on hydrolysis it yields benzoic
acid, methyl alcohol and ecgonine (Lossen) :
C,:H,,NO, , 2H,0= C,H,Oa +CH40+C,H„ NO
Cocaine has been prepared by methylating I ■
-.which accompanies cocaine in coca leaves.
Ecgonine exhibits phenolic properties : its consti-
tution, however, remains to be determined.
Nicotine: I , ,,N H14.— It is desirable to briefly
to this alkaloid, as it appears to belong to a
distinct and unusual type. Mild oxidising agents
deprive nicotine of four atoms of hydrogen, but more
powerful agents convert it into nicotinic acid— the
pyridinecarboxylic acid in which the COOH group
and the N atom are relatively in the meta-position.
It would therefore appear probable that nicotine is
the hexhydro-derivative of a dipyridyl of which there
are but three modifications capable of yielding
nicotinic acid on oxidation — viz. :
/\
v
That represented by the first formula, would yield
only nicotinic acid on oxidation ; that represented by
the second might also furnish picolinic acid, which,
however, on account of its instability, might well
escape detection ;. and that represented by the third
formula may be expected to yield the N : 4 carboxy-
acid, which i> very stable and not likely to be over-
looked* The probability that the first or second
represents the dipyridyl from which nicotine is
derived is therefore considerable. By reducing_ by
means of tin and muriatic acid the dipyridyl
obtained by the action of sodium on pyridine, Weidel
and Russo have prepared an isonicotine, the poisonous
properties of which are much less marked than those
of nicotine; this is probably a derivative of para-
dipyridyl,as the dipyridyl is converted into the N : 4
carboxy-acid on oxidation. In a similar manner,
Skraup and Yortmann have prepared a second isomer
of nicotine — nicotidine— from the dipyridyl repre-
sented by the first of the above formulae ;this appears
to be a powerful poison. We have therefore a certain
amount of negative evidence in favour of the second
of the above tormuhf, provided it be assumed that
the dipyridyl from which nicotine is probably
derived would be directly converted into nicotine by
the treatment ad ipted ; "but this does not follow as a
matter of course.
r/o/./s.— Of the numerous alkaloids
derived from the cinchonas, cinchonine and quinine
have hitherto chiefly engaged the attention of
■ Weidel baa Obtained iliis acid in very small quantity, and
thinks that nicotine may perhaps be a mixture of isomeric
substances.
ih. mists, and notwithstanding the persistent attack
to which these two have been subjected, our know-
ledge of their constitution is still far from complete.
Both are quinoline derivatives. In the case of
cinchonine, 01(pH2oN»0, this is proved by its
behaviour on oxidation with chromic liquor, whereby
it is converted into cinchonic add, the quinoline car-
boxylic acid of the formula
= C'..N1I .< mm
Quinine, C..„H.M\..0.., in like manner, yields
guininic acid, < ', , ll.,NO.;. when similarly treated.
Both acids give the same tricarbopyridinic acid on
oxidation bj permanganate, viz. : —
]COOH
JCOOH
COOH
and it is therefore evident that the difference in com-
position of cinchonic and quininic acids is due to the
presence of a radicle in the "benzene ring" of
quinoline : this radicle is proved to be methoxyl,
CHsO, by the formation from quininic acid by the
action of muriatic acid of methyl chloride and
xanthoquininic a:id, C10H;XO...„ and by the
resolution of this latter acid into carbon dioxide
and hydroxy-quinoline. Quininic acid is split up in
like manner on heating into carbon dioxide and
methoxy-quinoline or quinanisoil. The bydroxy-
and methoxy-quinoline obtained in this way are
respectively identical with the compounds syn-
thetically prepared by Skraup's method from para-
mid. .phenol, C«H ,(XH.).OH, and paramidanisoil,
C8H4(NH,)OCHs. and hence the constitution of
quininic acid is fully determined.
M
\A/
OCH,
/
= C.,N((>CH:;)1IJ.C00II
• \/\ /
COOH
'OCH,
Quininic Acid.
Quinanisoil.
Deducting C8NH„ from the formula of cinchonine,
and C10NH80 from the formula of quinine, the
difference, CxoNH,eO, represents the. composition of
the group which is associated with quinoline in
cinchonine, and with 3 : X-methoxyqiiinoline or
quinanisoil in quinine: and it is not improbable
that this group is associated with the quinoline by
means of one of its carbon atoms, and occupies the
para-position relatively to the nitrogen atom. \\e
have no reason to suppose that the group Cl0^'HleO
3 in structure in the two alkaloids.
Besides cinchonic or quininic acid, a complex mix-
ture of products is obtained when either cinchonine
or quinine is oxidised. Skraup, to whom especially
we are indebted for our knowledge of the facts on
which the determination of the constitution of the
cinchonine alkaloids is based, has stated that he has
succeeded in unravelling these, and in his preliminary
notice (Monatshefte, 1886, 517) he mentions 1
isolated anion- other compounds, abaseoi the compo-
jiti ■ ||,..\<>.„ which, on distillation with zinc
dust.yieldsethylpy i idine identical with that previoi sly
obtained by various observers from emehomne, and
there can be little doubt therefore that the group
July 30, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
489
Ci0NHlsO in cinconchonine and quinine is derived
from ethylpyridihe, and that both alkaloids contain
a pyridine besides the qainoline ring.
It has been assumed above that the quinoline ring
is present in the unreduced form : but from the
amount of hydrogen contained in cinchonine and
quinine there can be no doubf, when all the facts are
taken into account, that either the quinoline or the
pyridine ring must be reduced to the tetrahydride.
Skraup, by a most ingenious train of reasoning, has
shown that it is more probable that the pyridine ring
is reduced. The argument may be briefly stated as
follows :— Quinanisoil is easily converted by digestion
with tin and hydrochloric acid into a tetrahydride,
which has been named thalline on account ot the green
colour which is produced in its solutions by oxidising
agents but not by chlorine and ammonia ; thalline
is a strong antipyretic ; it does not fluoresce. Quin-
anisoil itself is a weak antipyretic ; it fluoresces,
and moreover it resembles quinine in its behaviour
with chlorine water and ammonia. The resemblance
which quinanisoil bears to quinine, therefore, is
destroyed when, by reduction, it is converted into
the tetrahydride. On the other hand, quinine itself
may be reduced, and furnishes a product which
behaves exactly like thalline with oxidising agents ;
this behaviour affords a further indication of the
presence in quinine of an unreduced quinoline ring.
Quinine Substitutes. — The discovery of synthetic
methods of preparing quinoline and its derivatives
soon gave an impulse to the investigation of the
physiological action of various quinoline derivatives,
and attention appears to have been specially di-
rected to the tetrahydro-derivatives by Dewar and
M'Kendrick's investigation (R. Soc. Proceedings,
1874, 290), in which it was determind that the
physiological activity was greater in those bases
which contained the larger proportion of hydrogen.
In 1881, Otto Fischer prepared from 1 : N-hydroxy-
quinoline the tetrahydro-derivatire, and displaced
the H of the NH group by CH3. The compound
thus produced was found to be a powerful antipy-
retic, and under the name of kairine has acquired
some popularity in medicinal practice. Subsequently
methylated tetrahydroquinoline was prepared by L.
Hofman and Koenigs, and was also proposed as an
antipyretic, being known as Kairoline. Thalline,
the isomer of kairine, prepared by Skraup from
quinanisoil, to which reference has been made above,
was brought forward at a later period as an anti-
pyretic. The formulae of the three compounds are
as follows : — ■
CH, HO CH3 H
CH30
II
H
H H H
Kairoline. Kairine. Thalline.
Many noteworthy observations indicating the
connection between constitution and physiological
activity have been made in the course of the inquiries
which culminated in the introduction of these various
substances as medicinal agents. Thus Filehne, who
studied thephysiological action of 1: N-hydroxyquino-
line and its derivatives at Otto Fischer's instiga-
tion, found that this base and the methoxyquinoline
formed from it possessed poisonous properties ; their
tetrahydrides manifested a certain resemblance to
quinine, but produced objectionable subsidiary effects;
on displacing in these latter the H of the NH group
— to which, on chemical grounds, there was reason to
attribute their activity — by methyl or ethyl, powerful
antipyretics were obtained which were not subject to
the objections which could be made against the
parent hydro-base. Tetrahydroquinoline hydro-
chloride was found to act more powerfully than the
quinoline salt, but could not be used on account of
the marked local effects to which it gave rise, the
quaternary ammonium salt C0NH10(CH3)j>CI pre-
pared from it, which has a strong bitter taste like
that of quinine, like most compounds of this class, had
an action resembling that of curare. The methyl and
ethyl derivatives of tetrahydroquinoline, however,
were found to act as antipyretics, without producing
the unpleasant subsidiary effects which characterised
the parent base in which the H of the N H group was
undisplaced. Kairoline is unfavourably distinguished
from kairine by its sharp bitter taste. Kairoline
1 : N-ethoxymethyltetrahydroquinoline and 2 : N-
hydroxyethyltetrahydroquinoline, which all exhibit a
resemblance to quinine, differ with respect to the
length of time during which their physiological action
persists, the effect being most persistent in the case of
the 1 : N-ethoxy compound. Skraup's quinanisoil is
physiologically much less active than its tetrahydride
thalline ; the hydroxy-compound from which thalline
is prepared is poisonous, but loses its poisonous pro-
perties and is converted into an antipyretic when the
H of the OH group— not that of the NH group— is
displaced by CH3.
Within recent years, under the name antipyrine,
a further important addition to the stock of antipy-
retics has been made by Knorr. Antipyrine is pre-
pared by methylating the compound which is formed
by condensation of ethylic acetoacetate and phenyl-
hydrazine according to the equation--CuH5.N2H3
+ C,.,H1003 =C10H10NaO + C.HBO + HaO.
Its formula may be written as follows : —
N.CaH5
00 N.CH3
HC=C.CH3
Accoiding to Lauder Brunton ("Pharmacology,"
3rd ed., p. 825) its " uses" are : —"In febrile diseases
generally. It seems specially useful in typhoid fever
and phthisis, but is also useful in erysipelas, surgical
fever, pleurisy and pneumonia."
The ardour of searchers after new valuable anti-
pyretics among the quinoline and other more complex
nitrogenous compounds, however, has not long since
received a check in the discovery that so common-
place a substance as ordinary acetanilide, prepared by
merely digesting aniline with acetic acid, is even
preferable to all the artificial antipyretics hitherto
discovered ; a quarter of a grain is said to have the
same effect as one grain of antipyrine. This substance
has become enshrouded in an unnecessary halo of
mystery by the adoption of the reprehensible practice
of re-baptising it antifebrine.
Opium Alkaloids. — The poppy, as is well known,
affords a number of alkaloids— narcotine, papaverine,
codeine, morphine, thebaine and others of less
importance, which are remarkable on account of the
variety of types represented by them.
Narcotine, C.,2Ho3NO;. — On hydrolysis this alka-
loid is resolved 'into meconine and hydrocotarnine, or
by the combined action of hydrolytic and oxidis-
ing agents into opianic acid and cotarnine. Opianic
acid is now known to be the derivative of 1:2:4
dihydroxybenzoic (protocatechuic) acid of the
formula
OCH,
OOCH,
COOH
COH
Cotarnine, Ci:;Hl3NOa, is a very remarkable com«
490
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July 30. uw
pound (v. Gerichten, Liebig's Annalen, 210, 79
L65) : its relation to pyridine is established by its
conversion into cinehomeronie acid, one of the
pyridinedicaiDoxylic acids, and also by its conversion
into dibromopyridine. A number of most interesting
intermediate derivatives have been prepared from it,
Inn the data are not yet sufficient to finally establish
its constitution.
Papaverine, <.'..„ II ^N'O,.- Goldschmidt (Monats-
kefte, 1S^5, 37:2. (in:, 9.">4 : lss<;, 4n".), chiefly from
the study of the oxidation products of this alkaloid,
concludes that it is a derivative of phmylquxnoime of
the formula
0OCH3
OCH,
(OCH3)a
the position of the two OCH3 groups in the quinolme
ring being as yet undetermined.
Co<leine, Ci8HsvrJ03 ; Morphine, C17H19N03.
—Morphine, according to Beckett and Wright, is a
dihydroxy- and codeine a monhydroxy-derivative.
(irimaux has succeeded in converting morphine
into codeine by acting on it with sodium hydroxide
and methyl iodide ; homocodeinet, which, as compared
with codeine, present interesting differences in
physiological behaviour, may be prepared by means
of other iodides. The most remarkable results
hitherto obtained are those of v. Gerichten and
Schrotter, which appear to show that morphine and
codeine are derivatives of phenanthrene, the isomer
of anthracene (Beric/tte, 1882, 1484, 2179).
Thebaine, C18HS1N03, according to A\. C.
Howard's experiments, is a tertiary base of the
formula Ci-H^NOfOCHA, ; it is converted into
rnorphothebaine.'CjTH^NOfOH);, by the action of
concentrated muriatic acid. From recent experi-
ments by Howard and Roser (Bet ichte, 1886, 1596),
it appears probable that thebaine may also be related
to phenanthrene ; from the ease with which the
hydroxide prapared from thebaine methiodide under-
goes decomposition, these chemists have concluded
that the N in thebaine is not present in the form of
the pyridine ring, it being apparently essential in the
case of ring compounds to add on a paraffin iodide
twice in order to obtain the hydroxide which will
decompose on heating in the manner which Hofmann
has shown to be characteristic of the hydroxides of
quaternary ammonium derivatives.
The foregoing account is but the faintest sketch of
our knowledge of the alkaloids, but I trust that it
will be sufficient to make clear the importance of the
issues involved in the inquiry into their nature, for-
mation and uses, as well as to give some idea of the
difficulties to be encountered and overcome ; and
also that it may aid in showing that the chemist at
the present day requires to have been as carefully-
trained, and to be as fully equipped intellectually, as
a member of any other learned profession : in plain
terms, that a couple of years spent in acquiring
practice as an analyst does not suffice to make a
youth a chemist.
I know of no other branch of chemical inquiry
which presents problems of the same magnitude or
BO fraught with interest, for it cannot be doubted
that when we shall have succeeded in determining
tlie structure of typical alkaloids and shall have
gained an insight into the true nature of their
Ehysiological functions, our power of alleviating
uinan Buffering will be increased to an enormous
extent.
Tt may be asked in conclusion : What part are we
taking in this inquiry ; are we doing our duty ; are
we even aware what is our duty ? The present
generation are working mainly on foundations laid
down by Anderson and also by Greville Williams.
Matthiessen, in conjunction with Foster and subse-
quently with Alder Wright, made the first systematic
attempt to determine the constitution of an alkaloid,
and had he lived English chemists would undoubtedly
have undertaken a far larger share of the work;
Wright and his fellow-workers have since rendered
most important service in the investigation of certain
of the opium alkaloids, and of those separated from
the aconites and veratrums ; the intimate connection
between chemical constitution and physiological
action was first established by the classical
research of Crum-Brown and Fraser : but of late
years English workers have been all but silent in
these matters, and what is most remarkable, we have
always devoted ourselves solely to the analytic exam-
ination of alkaloids. Synthetic chemistry, which
during recent years has developed in so marvellous
a maimer in the German schools, has been all but
neglected by us.
DISCI BBION.
The Chaibmah said the meeting had to thank Dr
Armstrong for a paper of most unusual interest— a
paper so pregnant with both information and sug-
gestion that it was difficult to deal with it briefly. A
clear summing up of some of the most valuable
researches of modern chemistry had been given. Dr.
Armstrong had said truly that England had dropped
behind in these researches. He would suggest that
restrictive legislation had prevented the possibility of
experiment on living creatures, and, therefore, the
only really useful method of investigating the
physiological action of these bodies. That had, in
Lis opinion, much to do with England s present
position on this question. I nless English investiga-
tors were prepared to face the ordeal of the ticket
of leave " the proper investigation of the effects of
these bodies must be left to other countries whose
legislatures were less swayed by their feelings : and
all that was left to English chemists was to study the
researches of others. He had been appealed to
recently by a gentleman who believed that he had dis-
covered quinine : but when he found that gentleman
entirely ignorant of so well-known a body as comine,
and of the work of Caro and Graebe, he decided that
that was not the quarter in which such work could
have been done. When one considered these bodies,
which were so easy to analyse and so difficult to
reconstruct, one appreciated the value of the work
for which we had to thank German chemistry.
Dr C R \H'H'- WEIGHT could not let the oppor-
tumtv pass without thanking the author for the
enormous amount of valuable information conveyed
bv his paper. He could not but cordially endorse
the remarks of Dr. Armstrong and the Chairman as
to the deleterious effect winch 'grandmotherly
legislation had had on work of this sort It was
nearly twenty years since, while under Dr. Mathieson,
hU attention had been drawn to the very peculiar
effects resulting from slight changes of composition
in alkaloids, but the matter was deeply impressed on
s a „emory by the fact that he was the unfortunate
individual who first suffered from the curious change
produced in morphia by the mere removal of a mole-
cule of water. The result was the production
of apomorphine, the action of even a fraction of a milli-
gramme of which body on the human system was
July so. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
■491
moat remarkable. He could recall now with amuse
merit how everybody, from the principal down to the
laboratory man, Buffered in a very distressing manner
from what is best described as a sea-sickness. No
one could make out what was the cause of this,
until it was discovered that a tube in which morphine
had been sealed up with hydrochloric acid had Burst
The contents had dried up and blown about the place,
and it was this dust, breathed in with the air
probably,which had caused their discomfort. That was
a case in which a very limited amount of change in
the construction of the molecule produced a great
difference in its action when taken internally. In
this instance the nitrogenous part of the molecule !
was not affected, the change consisting only in the
removal of the elements of water. Dr. Armstrong
had remarked that the addition of four atoms of
hydrogen to a trebly-linked base containing a
nitrogen atom in a pyridine derivative produced a
material change in the physiological properties of the
substance ; and he (Dr. Wright) had observed
analogous changes in other alkaloids. For example,
the addition of two atoms of hydrogen to the base
cotarnine (derived from narcotine by splitting up)
converted it into the far more active body hydro-
cotarnine.
Dr. Stevenson desired to express the deep gratifi-
cation with which he had listened to the author's
very lucid summary of the vast amount of important
matter relating to the subject with which he had
dealt, the mere reading of which must have been a work
of great labour and time. He had carefully studied
Brieger's monographs, and considered his work to be
far in advance of anything previously done in the
same direction. His careful analysis of products
obtained by the putrefaction of animal bodies had
placed on a satisfactory basis matter which had before
been highly problematical. Previous observers in the
same direction had obtained products from the putre-
faction of various bodies by very rough processes,
which must of necessity have led to the hydrolisa-
tion of the putrefactive products ; but the great
amount of care which characterised Brieger's work on
the alkaloids warranted chemists in accepting his
results with confidence. What had struck him with
regard to Brieger's products had been their great
subject dealt with by Dr. Armstrong— since his study
of organic chemistry had been limited —yet felt bound
to point out to those gentlemen who had complained
of the hindrance to their work resulting from the
operation of the Anti-Vivisection Act, that there was
another side to the question. He for one could not
admit that they had any moral right to interfere with
the lives and the happiness of the lower animals.
The Chairman said: There being no hostile
criticism of the paper, he need not call on Dr. Arm-
strong to reply. He was himself responsible for the
remarks about the Anti-Vivisection Act. He did not
desire to enter on so perilous a field of discussion,
but he was decidedly of opinion that researches
having the benefit of mankind as their object were
justifiable ; and, when he found a relative materially
the better for the administration of certain bodies,
previously tried on the lower animals, he felt thankful
to those gentlemen who had first made dogs uncomfort-
able.
ON THE CORRECT ANALYSIS OF PLAIN
AND AMMONIATED SUPERPHOSPHATES.
BY JOHN RUFFLE, F.I.C., F.C.S.
In my paper read before the London Section of the
Society, icth May, and appearing on page 327 of this
Journal, current volume, it was shown : —
l.-t. The acidity of ordinary superphosphates and
of ammoniated superphosphates is due to phosphoric
acid (as free acid or as monocalcium phosphate), and
not to sulphuric acid ; there is, therefore, no free
sulphuric acid in such manures.
2nd. The soluble P^O^ exists as monocalcium phos-
phate but to a minor degree ; the remainder is free
phosphoric acid.
3rd. In ammoniated superphosphates monocalcium
phosphate exists in such small amounts that prac-
tically it may be ignored.
On page 331 the table shows the soluble P«05 as the
monocalcium salt and as free acid, which in their
amounts and relative percentages are exhibited here
on Table I.
TABLE I.
Carolina.
Sombrero.
Spanish.
Curacao.
Soluble PjOi as monocalcium salt
4-99 — 36 62
8-69 - 6338
13-68 lOO-i"'
1028 — 61-63
610 - 33 37
1-82 — 11-95
1340 — 8805
8-24 — 45-05
1005 — 54-95
1668 100-00
15-22 lOO'OO
18-29 10000
simplicity, judging from the number of chemical
atoms implicated in the molecule. Tetanine differed
from the others in that it appeared to be a much
more complex body and to produce effects much
more sharply marked. Probably Brieger himself,
however, would be inclined to attach some doubt to
the formula* of his earlier described products, and
would wish to have their optical properties investi-
gated. He looked for great advances in the direction
indicated by Dr. Armstrong. Where one met with an
optically inactive body, productive of very little
physiological effect, it might be split up into other
and physiologically active bodies. He could speak
personally of the immense difficulties thrown in the
way of chemico-physiological work by the legislation
alluded to by the President.
Mr. Croyvdkr, while feeling unable to discuss the
Thus of the soluble P203 only from 11 95 per cent.
to 01'63 per cent, can at the outside be present as the
monocalcium salt, and this only by giving it the full
benefit of all the soluble CaO found in the solutions re-
ferred to in second table,p. 330. Along with the soluble
P;05 were found SO:1 and CaO in solution ; if there
be no free S03, this soluble SO:! should have its due
amount of CaO allotted to it, in which case we find
there is only enough CaO left to give the following
proportions of the monocalcium salt and free acid, the
latter naturally rising as the former is lowered.
By calculation from the second table, page 330,
we find there was of soluble S03 in propor-
tion to the soluble P»0;, as in Table II. So
that if, as was assumed in my first paper (for pur-
I poses of arriving at the combined water and
, " moisture"), all the soluble CaO were combined off
B2
492
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uuiy 30. 1887.
as mono-salt, or if as now the SO., in solution were
assumed present as dissolved calcium sulphate, the
TABLK II.
Soluble P205.
Soluble
SO,.
Needing of
CaOtoform
CaSO,.
Carolina—
13CS
U'21
0-H
Deduct this 011
from 1-97 CaO of
the mono-salt,
Sombrero—
page 331, leaves
183 CaOtoform
mono-salt with
464 of P.O, in-
stead of 199.
1G-6S
Spanish—
0-18
0-33
Ditto from 4-04
leaves CaO 371
with 9*10, against
10-28.
15-22
CCRACAO—
0-G0
0-12
Ditto from 072
leaves 0'30 CaO
with 0-76 instead
of 1-82.
1829
0-47
0'32
Ditto from 325
leaves 2'93, with
7'42 instead of
8-24.
soluble conditions of the soluble Pa05 would respec-
tively be as in Table III.
It is in every degree probable that the soluble
SO:) is present as calcium sulphate.
The whole object of the manufacturer in intro-
ducing the S03 to the calcium phosphate is that
Such being the condition of affairs regarding the
SO;, in the manure, it is evident that the whole 01 the
SO:, in a plain superphosphate should be combined
oil' and state, I as calcium sulphate.
Now it is usual in writing out an analysis of a
manure to combine off as much CaO as will form a
mono-salt with the whole of the soluble PsOE ; add
this to the CaO of the insoluble phosphate, and the
sum deduct from the total CaO, calculating Un-
balance as calcium sulphate, and stating this in the
report (no mention being made of any further SO;;).
Such amount is much too low.
Any manufacturer can at once see practically that
such a way of accounting for the SO- put in the
manure is far too insufficient. On reference to Table
XL we see that the calcium sulphate, as ordinarily put
down, would be respectively —
TABLE IV.
Calcium sulphate ac-
cording to usual
method of stating
analysis
Carolina. Sombrero., Spanish,
36-64
39-36
3477
43-01
To make a ton of superphosphate in each of these
cases would, according to the SOa of this calcium
sulphate, require—
Carolina.
Sombrero.
Spanish.
Curasao.
OfO.V
olewt.
5jCWt.
5cwt.
6!cwl.
TABLE III.
All soluble CaO as monocalcium phos-
phate
And free acid
Whilst the
Soluble SO, combined off as calcium
sulphate leaves monocalcium phos-
phate
And free acid P:05
Carolina.
4-99 - 3662
8-69 — 63-38
13-68 10000
4-64 — 33-91
Sombrero.
10-28 - 61-63
6-40 — 33-37
16-68 100-00
9-04 ■
1368
6609
100 00
9 40
7-2S
1668
56-35
43-65
100-00
Spanish.
1-82 — 11-95
13-10 — 88-05
15-22 100-00
0-76 — 4-99
1416 — 95*01
15-22
100 00
Curasao.
742 - 40-56
10-87 — 59-44
18-29 100O0
The soluble P-O, varying from 499 per cent, to 5635 per cent., against 119 per cent, to 61 63 per cent, in Table I,
the S03 shall attack and combine with the CaO,
and free the P-03. The SO.., is present in less
quantity than is necessary to combine with all the
CaO, and there is no reasonable ground why the
SO... shuuld of the three molecules of CaO belonging
to the calcium phosphate attack and combine with
two only (as is very commonly presumed), and not
proceed to also attack the third On the contrary, the
fact that there is not sufficient soluble CaO to form a
mono-salt with the soluble P..Os is proof that the
SO.., has attacked the third molecule of CaO of the
calcium phosphate and more or less combined with
it ; doubtless it would proceed to do so completely, and
if present in sufficient quantity would succeed so
that the manure would contain all its soluble P.,03
as free phosphoric acid. But the manufacturer stops
before reaching this point, so as to retain a good dry
condition for his produce ; and indeed the whole art
of the manure manufacturer hinges on his ability to
introduce the maximum quantity of O.V. and water,
whilst keeping to a good marketable condition.
amounts which the practical man will at once recog-
nise as hopelessly insufficient.
For the "combined water and organic matters" of
an analysis it is usual to burn a portion in a platinum
dish ; from this deduct the loss found at 212° F., and
the remainder, minus one half of the "Diphosphate,"
is the amount put down. But as the monocalcium salt
is not present as assumed, the "half of the Diphos-
phate" is quite unwarrantable. Further, the heating
drives off the soluble 1'...0-, so that this method is
without any good basis and totally unfit to be put
forward as a chemical determination of these consti-
tuents.
To show the results obtained by this method the
figures in Table Y. (p. 493) are quoted, being those ob-
tained by this method on the prepared superphosphates.
Superphosphates as a manure are valuable on
account of the calcium sulphate and the soluble
P2Or, they contain, but owing to the low money
value of calcium sulphate and high money value of
the soluble P..O. they are sold wholly on the per-
July 30, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
493
centage of soluble P205 present, without any regard to
it.^ existence as monocalcium phosphate or any other
form. There is therefore no necessity to attempt to state
TABLE V.
Carolina.
Sombrero.
Spanish.
Curasao.
Total water and or-
ganic mutter (page
329)
Loss at 212' F
21-30
20-16
21-87
18-95
21-6G
17-71
2399
1301
Combined water and
organic matter left
In alter 212 P.
Combined water and
organic matter
found by above
method
1-20
1-51
5-92
3-92
6-92
311
1098
1-62
the monocalcium salt ; let this then be abandoned, and
only the amount of soluble Po05 be specially stated,
as this important item can be arrived at accurately.
A simple plan will then be to conduct the analysis
thus : —
(" ) Moisture. — Estimate by calcium chloride method in
vacuum of an air-pump.
(h) Soluble P-jOj. — By direct determination.
(e) Insoluble Phosphate. — By direct calculation from
the amount of insoluble phosphoric acid, after
evaporation to drvness with HC1 and re-solution
with Hi 1.
(ilj Calcium Sulphate. — Determine the whole SO, pre-
sent, and calculate this into calcium sulphate
(anhydrous).
(c ) Sand. — Matters insoluble after above evaporation to
dryness with HO and re-solution in HC1.
(f) Combined water and organic matters, etc.* —
Difference undetermined.
(g) Alkalis, Magnesia. — Amounts as determined.
By this plan no more work will be introduced than
is done at present, whilst the statements a, b, c, d, e,
and g will be true from direct determination, and the
commercially unimportant "combined water and
organic matter" will not be attempted, so false
statements be avoided.
To show comparison between the old and new
methods, the superphosphates, as tabulated on page
329, are put down in Tables YI, and YIL, first the old,
then the new.
Under the old method the amounts put down
under the four heads of moisture, combined water
and organic matter, Diphosphate, and calcium
sulphate are untrue. During the last year or two
chemists have endeavoured to shelter themselves
from the charge of inaccuracy on the heading of
" Moisture," by writing it " Moisture (loss at 212' F.),"
and if questioned, replying that it was "loss at
812* 1'.," which, as it was to them an unknown
quantity, was simply a way of owning their incom-
petence to determine the moisture correctly ; whilst
they yet had not the consistency to abandon the
term "Moisture." With the other three headings
chemists have simply followed each other, without
any attempt to check their inaccuracy.
Under lable IV. reference is made to the amount of
O.Y. presumably used. Now the sulphate of lime in
Table YIL shows that to make a ton of these
superphosphates there were used respectively of :—
Carolina
O.V Ujcwt.
Sombrero. Spanish. Curacae.
GScwt. .. GJcwt. 7Jcwt.
amounts which a manufacturer will see is practically
correct, producing exactly one ton, and, making
allowance for the small mixings made for this
research and the small quantities of acid such will
Usual Way of Showing the Composition of
superphosphates.
TABLE VI.
Carolina f,"™'u Spanish. 'Curacao.
Moisture (loss at 212'- F.) 20-22
' Combined Water and Organic
-Mutter 1-51
Biphosphate 19-07
Equal to Bone Earth made
Soluble (29-86)
Insoluble Phosphate ' 0-98
Calcium Sulphate (anhydrous! 3661
Alkalis, etc ' 12-85
18-95
3-92
23-25
(3611)
159
17-71
311
21-22
(33-22)
1-59
Insoluble Silicious Matters.
583
3936 31-77
11-92 13 21
101 803
100-00
•On page 331 it is shown that
the Combined Water alone
was respectively I 10*50
100DO 100-00
11-22
11-50
1361
162
2550
(39-92)
019
13-01
551
053
100-00
12-68
New Way of Showing Composition of Super-
phosphates.
table vii.
Moisture (by Calcium Chloride-
method)
Combined Water and Organic
Matters, etc
•Soluble P-Oj
Insoluble Phosphate
Calcium Sulphate (anhy
drous)
13-17
21-16
13-68
0-98
11-88
Som-
brero.
11-79
19-03
16-68
159
16-90
SpaniBh. Curacao
1316 11-84
1617
1522
1-59
17-81
18-2S
0-19
15-23 51-31
Alkalis and Magnesia can be stated as determined, but
were not specially estimated tor this paper.
Insoluble Silicious Matters —
5-83
101
8-03
053
10000
100-00
100 00
100 00
•Equal to Tricalcium Phos-
29-86
3611
3322
39-92
' This will also include the uncombined CaO, etc.
carry as compared with the usual wholesale mixings,
and very different to the quantities (cwts.) of
Table IV.
Ammoniated Superphosphate.
A striking difference exists between plain and
ammoniated superphosphates, in that the latter con-
tain in proportion to the soluble P-O,; much less
soluble CaO than the plain.
Thus the plain contain of soluble P205 and soluble
CaO, calculated from second table, page 330 :—
494
THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL tNDUSTRY. Uuij- so. 1887.
TABLE VIII.
Carolina.
per oent
Sombrero.
per cent.
Sl'.inisti.
l»er cent.
Curacao.
per cent.
Soluble P,0, . .
1368
1-97
16-68
101
15-22
0-72
18-29
CaO
325
Whilst the ammoniated superphosphates, calculated
in the same way from second table, page 332, have: —
TAHLK IX.
3 per cent.
6 per cent.
9 per cent.
SolubloPO,
CaO
1502
0-38
13 05
009
11-66
0-13
Owing to the sulphuric acid combined with the
ammonia, it is impossible to calculate the calcium
sulphate from the total SO.,, as this would give re-
sults in excess of the truth.
This objection would hold good not only in the
special instances here quoted, but be equally valid in
all cases where a nitrogenous material is put through
the mixer with O.V. and a phosphate, because more
O.V. is used than is needed for the phosphate alone,
whilst if ammonium sulphate be added, such calcula-
tion would of course become inadmissible, and it must
be borne in mind that the addition of ammonium
sulphate is a very usual and valuable procedure.
The soluble CaO, even if all combined off as mono-
salt, is so small that it could be ignored, as shown
by table on page 333. Small as it is, some of it is
without doubt due to dissolved calcium sul-
phate, so that from this double consideration the
existence of CaO as monocalcium phosphate can in
these manures be wholly passed over, and the total
CaO, less the CaO of the insoluble phosphate, be cal-
culated out to calcium sulphate.
table x.
Calcium sulphate as
usually arrived atas
in Table XI
3 per ceut.
3766
Calcium sulphate by
total CaO. less CaO
of insoluble phos
phate 15'17
6 per cent.
32-30
39-70
9 per cent.
29-27
36-31
Usual Wat,
TABLE XL
Moisture (lossat2l2K)
Biphosphate
Equal to Bone Earth
made soluble
Insoluble Phosphate..
Sulphate of Lime, an-
hydrous
•Alkalis. Combined
Water, Organic
Matter, etc
(tAlkalis were not
specially determined
for this paper.)
Insoluble Si li clous
Matters
Lor the other items proceed as with plain superphos-
phates.
Ammoniated superphosphates are valuable on
account of the soluble PsOe, the nitrogen and the
calcium sulphate they contain. The high value of
the first two regulates the selling price. All chemical
manures being for analytical purposes usually treated
and stated the same way as a plain superphosphate,
the results in those ammoniated as obtained in the
usual way, and by methods as now proposed, are put
in next column in Tables XL and XII., for com-
parison.
Chemical analysis, whilst stating the accurate
amount of the important items which regulate the
price, should also state the other constituents as near
as can be done, and if there be any glaring discrepan-
ies between the amounts stated and the true per-
centage, any method enabling this to be overcome
should be accepted and acted upon. Table XII.
illustrates a plan superior to that of Table XL, by
showing clearly, readily and accurately those com-
ponents for which the manure is valued, and being
much nearer the very rigid truth.
•Containing Nitrogen
Equal to Ammonia
3 per ceut.
1166
20-91
(3279)
5-23
37-66
20-97
0-51
ioooo
2-15
298
I | : |] . | Bt
1215
18-19
(28-18)
3-86
32 30
3306
0-11
100-00
506
6-15
9 per cent.
918
1611
CJVI.M
2-19
29 79
12-10
033
10000
730
8-87
Newt Way of Showing the Composition <>r
Ammoniated Superphosphate.
table xii.
3 per cent.
6 per cent.
9 per cent.
Moisture by calcium
chloride method. ,. 7'90
Insoluble Phosphate.. 5'23
Calcium Sulphate, an-
hydrous 15'17
•(Combined Water &
Organic Matter, Al-
kalis, etc 26-11
Insoluble Silicious
138
13-05
3-86
39 70
3837
o-ii
1-31
11-66
219
WW
15-20
033
100 00
10000
100-00
'Containing Nitrogen
Equal to Ammonia . .
Equal to Tricaleium
Phosphate rendered
soluble
2-15
2-98
32-79
5-06
6-15
28-18
730
8-87
25-15
t Note. — The alkalis, magnesia, and any other item can
be put down as determined, and leave all the "etc." to be
included with the commercially unimportant "combined
water and organic matters."
15irmtntjfmm ano a^ltilanD Section.
Chairman: Charles Hunt.
Vicc-Chnirman: Dr. Tilden.
Committee :
G. S. Albright. F. E. Lott.
T. Barclay. l>r. Morris.
T. Bayley. Dr.NiooL
Horace T. Brown. E. P. Peyton.
J. F. Chance. Howard Ryland.
B. Dawson. T. Turner.
E. \V. T. Jones. W. A. Wiggin.
Mir.1- : c. O'SnlUran.
local Sccretnru :
A. Bostock Hill, II, Temple Street, Birmingham.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
July 30, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
4<>t,
EXPERIMENTS ON ECEISCEFB METHOD FOR
DETECTING SEWAGE CONTAMINATION
IN WATER
BY FRANK E. LOTT, K.I.c .,
Associate of the Royal School of Mines.
Having in 1877 commenced a series of experiments
for the purpose of testing the value of the so-called
"sugar test " for sewage contamination, introduced
by Mr. Heisch in 1870, and having followed out one
or two special experiments which I have not seen
before mentioned, I have taken advantage of our
Association to make them public, hoping that my
imperfect work may induce others with more time
at their command to further investigate this interest-
ing subject.
1 will first explain the test as originally introduced
by Mr. Heisch :— He says: "A mixture of 6oz. of
sewage-contaminated water with lOgr. of crystalline
cane sugar kept in a warm place developed a turbidity
containing small spherical cells with, in most cases,
a very bright nucleus. After the lapse of some days
these cells gradually grouped themselves together in
bunches, something like grapes ; they next spread
out into strings with a surrounding wall connecting
the cells together ; the original cell walls then seemed
to break and leave apparently tubular sort of threads
branched together." He also says : " The cells of
these germs when thus developed are distinct
evidence of sewage contamination, and the germs
producing these cells are not removed by filtration
through the finest Swedish filter-paper, neither are
they destroyed by boiling for half-an hour. '
Shortly after this paper appeared Professor
Frankland replied at some length in a paper on
" The Development of Fungi in Potable Water,"
proving the fallacy of the above conclusion. He
says, according to a paper in the Journal of the
Chemical Society on " Fungi and Fermentation," by
Mr. Bell : " My own experiments completely confirm
Mr. Heisch's observations, with two important
exceptions — viz., that the fungoid growths were not
peculiar to water contaminated with sewage, and
secondly, the germs from which they originate are
present in all waters which have been even moment-
arily in contact with the air."
He then explained a series of very interesting
experiments from which he concludes as follows:—
'• It is thus evident that the addition of minute
traces of a phosphate, either as sodic phosphate,
white of egg, or animal charcoal, at once determines
these fungoid growths in saccharine water, which
before exhibited no tendency to develop them." It
was the consideration of Dr. Frankland's experiments,
together with the knowledge that this method of
examining waters was considerably practised, that led
me to undertake the following experiments : —
My first experiments consisted in simply following
out this test with waters from shallow and deep wills
and I had the good, or perhaps I ought to say the bad,
fortune to have the water from several sewage-
contaminated wells to experiment upon, and several
samples of waters from wells which there was good
reason to believe were directly connected with cases
of fever — asan example, oneshallow well-water (marked
18) yielded in two days a vigorous fermentation and
stmng odour of sulphuretted hydrogen, which on the
third day was hidden by the disgusting odour usually
accompanying butyric acid ; a considerable accumu-
lation of fiocculent masses of zoogkeated bacilli
proved to be almost entirely Clostridium butyricum,
or, according to Van Tieghem, bacillus amylobacter.
As this organism is of considerable interest in con-
nection with these experiments, the following will
not be out of place : — In a paper on " Glycerin
Ferment," in the Ber. Dent. Chem. Get., Fitz thus
describes what he names "butyl bacillus": "They
are cylindrical cells which increase by elongation
and fission ; at one end of the cell a bright
spot is formed, which is surrounded by a mem-
brane constantly becoming more indistinct ; the
rest of the mother cell grows paler and paler, and
finally disappears entirely, only the short cylindrical
resting spores with broad dim outlines and shining
contents remain. It is two micro-millimeters in
diameter and five or six long, and forms almost pure
butyric alcohol when grown in glycerine. The
contents of the cells are partly coloured by iodine of
a violet approaching black, either the whole contents
or single isolated patches of it (two or three), or
sometimes only one small spot." 1 might add that
this reaction with iodine does not take place at all
stages of the growth of this organism. It depends
also, to a great extent, upon the nourishing medium.
The results of these experiments will be seen on
reference to Table I. on next page, in which I have
given a few estimations of some waters experimented
upon and the reactions of these waters when submitted
to this test. It will be at once seen that the majority of
these waters are very seriously contaminated. I would
more especially ask you to follow the lines marked
P^05, and butyric fermentation, and see how far I
am justified in saying the results corroborate Dr.
Frankland's.
In the first place, I have a very hard Burton water
taken from a tube 150ft. deep in the marl marked
D.B., side by side with a fairly soft one, S.W, which
is the South Staffordshire Water Works Company's
supply to Burton, and in each case the P205 occurs
only in traces and the butyric fermentation is absent.
Under the head shallow wells are a number of samples
mostly of Burton waters. The water marked X; is
from a Burton shallow well carefully made, drawing
water only from the surface of the impervious strata.
The two columns A and B are analyses at different
dates showing a very considerable variation and
increased contamination in the latter sample marked
A : here we find the butyric fermentation and amount
of phosphoric acid agreeing. L is a somewhat similar
sample, though in this case as in the next two samples
N, A and B, the wells were not carefully constructed,
as they collected water at various points throughout
their depth, and the well from which these two latter
samples were taken was known to be contaminated
by sewage.
The next two columns, 18, are samples of the
contaminated shallow-well water before referred to,
and it will be noted that there is a considerable
variation in the analyses at different dates as regards
the contamination. No. 274 is a deep well at an old
country house, and the quantity of chlorine indicates
a very extraordinary amount of contamination ; here,
as in the other cases, the phosphoric acid and butyric
fermentation agree together. The next three samples
are from Burton shallow wells all seriously contami-
nated, but containing only traces of phosphoric acid.
They exhibit no butyric fermentation.
In connection with the analysis 280, I would draw
attention to a note on the free ammonia.
Four weeks after taking this sample, which was
quite bright and clear, the free ammonia was reduced
to less than 01, and nitrites before absent were
present in considerable quantity. Two months later
the free ammonia was 005, nitric acid 23'5, and
nitrites entirely absent, proving the presence of the
nitrifying organism or organisms in full activity in a
sample which remained quite bright.
4%
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July 30. 1887.
J c
< S
2
<
-
a
:_ -*
H
s
0025
0-015
24-5
Traces.
None.
1
H
a
s
=>
S S it i ?
0 ° s ° |Sn 3
1
SHALLOW WEL L B.
25. 10. 25. 5. I. 1. 1. 1. 1.
g
U CD _J
O >ft c P -C
7- 0 -m «a *— ^ ta
0 o «b 0 « £ ;c
1
i
5
g s « «» I g a
~ 51 Erl « Z
1
3"
0
c= 2 £ 2
<_. 0 1.-5 10 « 5 1
b b ;- « g 5 '
- H <«
1
*•>
0
CM
S 1 £ £ § § 1
0 ° * £? *- x
1
s
0 •
p 0 co 10 cd fl >
© b ei 00 CO"
Is s
1
a"
CO
<
«5
0 .
© © © »n pP £
b © b © .£ 2 *£
1
1ft
0
00
CD .
^* iC -O C 4)
P ? F P g§ 3 1
0 0 CO tC .£ ^ 0 '
— > c jz
1
<
0
0
0 — .a c 0
0 p p p cj 5 >
O O 0 »f go !3
is <
O O ^H OO O
g j, Cr, f. g
p
(M
J2 '
00 ri b >
O O © iC 2 3 .~ . q)
© b cc b .£ 2 o 0
>fl M N U5 p
b b b b t-
?> -H CM
J
0
s
S S go?
P 9 P « g § B
« GO £ *i ^
p p p cm *n
jj b 60 b b
'A
<
0
i
CM US oo O cJ p"*
p 0 oj 0 e > ca
OoiflO - - g --S
O O CI b VJ-'Kr O °
p p »p 00 0
,M b 1%. b i-
0
0
00
•? •? 9 P --^ -gj ■-
0 0 c-i 1- « S ■- 0
O *."5 W5 O »0
N Tl » « W
g
m
■J.
©
S g §' 2" S
S p V3 » g g ■-
=> 0 ~ s a s 5
i
p4 US .0 O
CN cn c: CO
J5,
ri
0
3
S S S«> «'" S"
0 8 ci .r> go c 2 .to
bbcooo «2.cot-o
^.- Kj? ^^
P 00 C5 O >C
- i r —
1
■
i-
0
s:
H
=
1
15
1
-
<
1
•x.
a
M
0
0
«a
a
00
s
0
r.
■3
0
E-
V
t
3
—
3
5
c
ill II
u 1-— ■
: s : •.- -
; h . - - v
~~ 0
: 0 • OSS!
: || p
C
3
1
c
•
c
0
c
■J
•a
?!
B
.s
0
Fi
^
E
c
U.
s
0
a
B
0
i
s
s
6C
l=q
0
C
i
S5
O
n
H
0
0
a
a
as
11
f
O
u
2
d
- r
cT
i S
•A
.- (i.
+ c«
-a S
O Si
It
e .2
c d
£ »
is
« i
i »
. 11 ,s
■ I
SSs
x + <i
™ ffl M
July 30. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL LttDtJSTRY.
407
Ox the Growth op thk Butyric Ferment.
EXPERIMENT VI.
(Three Quarter-Litre Bottles of Deep Bore Water, D.B.)
Date.
it; 2 1
Hi— 2
19-2
20-2
21—2
2G-2
1-3
7-3
+ l'3griiis. cane sugar.
+ 0-2grni. POHONaO,
olved, acid smell ac-
tive M. Aceti.
Butyric fermentation chains
of oval cells.
Chains of nucleated cells
Cloe. Butyrieum.
I. nve number of nuclei
alone.
+ l*3grms. cane sugar.
+ 0-2grm. POHONaO,
m. NO.KO
Acid -in. 11. Short rod bac-
teria.
Jointed bacteria.
+ l'3grms. eanc sugar.
+ Olgrm. P.O. XH4Os
+ 0-5grm. NOjKO
Acid smell, very active B.
Subtllia. Long wavy lepto-
thryx forms.
M. Aceti in single cells. Irre-
gular large Sacc. Pastori-
anus.
Xo B. Subtilis forms, but a
few Clos. Butyrieum.
Large amount of nucleated
s. Minor. A few cells of
Clos. Butyrieum.
- and rows of bright
nuclei.
Thick granular bacteria.
Granular Sace. Minor. A few
bacilli forms.
Chains of nuclei. Groups of A few bright nuclei. Lcpto- Healthy Sacc Minor.
empty sac*, very trans- thrvx forms of bacilli. [Grew well as a bottom
parent ferment in beer wort. Exp.
XII.]
EXPERIMENT VH.
(Tiro lOOcc. Pasteur fleisksuitk distilled water, "-'grm. Cane Sugar and 0 1 POIWXaO- sterilised.)
21-2-78
21-2
2G-2
1.
+ 2 drops of solution, A, Exp. VI.
+ 2 drops of a putrid beer containing thick
deposit of "chain vibrios."
An ive bub ric fermentation, healthy growth Xo sign of Clos. Butyrieum.
of Clos. Butyrieum.
Note 6.
22-2-78 EXPERIMENT VIII.
-ii from A.Exp. VI., placed in two small Pasteur flasks containing 1 beer. 2 wort, examined at intervals during
the following month. Xo butyric fermentation, all cells of Clos. Butyrieum dead.
EXPERIMENT IX.
23-2-'78.
I.
L„
23-2
250cc. bottle + water No. 18 - l'3grms. cane
sugar + 0'2grm. salicylic acid.
lOOcc. bottle -f water Xo. 18 + 0'ogrm.
sugar.
25-2
—
Slight deposit.
1-3
—
Henlthv growth ; Clos. Butyrieum 10 nuc-
bated ; free nuclei SH» and butyric
fermentation.
8-3
-
Fermentation very active : 70 cells nuc-
leated.
11 3
Slight dimness.
No further activity; cells less regular, all
nucleated, lengthy and bent.
18-3
Milky ; no smell.
—
30-3
Poured off liquid and added I" solution of
glycerin.
-
10-1
No growth of Clos. Butyrieum.
-
6-3—;
EXPERIMENT X.
(A Quarter Litre Bottle of Water, D.B. + VZarm. Cane Sugar + 2cc. liquid. and deposit from A. VI.)
8—3 Gas evolved. Growth of Cloa. Butyrieum. . _ , .. ._
11-:: Butyric fermentation over. SH, in bottle. Pull of shrunken zooglaiated Clos. Butyrieum. Added 0'agrm.
POHONaO;. Little further activity.
Note 6.
198
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Ji.iy30.HS7.
EXPERIMENT XT. Note G.
C :f A 100CC. Pasteur flask, with 50CC. distilled water, Oogrm. of cane sugar and See. of solution and deposit
[.<i. Exp, IV
Colls of Cloe. Butyricum spores, etc.; large number of irregular-sized circular nucleated colls.
II :( ZooglaM Of Bhorl thick bacteria ; spores of Clos. Butyricum. Added O'jgrm. POHONao, + lgrm. sugar.
11 3 Farther growth chiefly nucleated circular ceDa = Baoeharomyces.
EXPERIMENT XV.
(Three Quarter-Litre Bottles.)
3 -78
3.
2.
1.
26-3
27-3
28-3
30-3
1- 1
3-1
5-1
Water No. 18 h l'-'grms. cane
sugar. Kept neutralised
with lime water.
Dim.
Cloudy, film on surface and
at bottom consisting of zoo-
glteaii'il masses of short
bacteria, bright spores and
minute transparent sacs.
Active butyric fermentation.
Thick deposit of short,
straight bacilli. 70 per ceni.
nucleated indistinct cells,
turned blue with iodine
not the nuclei. Neutralised.
Active butyric fermentation,
worn crystals, long nucle-
ated cells coloured by iodine.
Neutralised.
Nuclei more distinct.
Cell walls fading: nuclei
very bright. Faded cells
not acted on by iodine.
Distilled water + 0'2grm.
fused P.CX.AmO;, boiled
and added lgrm. sugar.
slight dimness and deposit of
small circular (Saee. minor)
and oval cells.
Zoogltea of Clos. Butyricum
non-nucleated, and not
coloured by iodine, granular
saccharomyces ; acid.
s. minor in quantity. budding.
Zoogltea of bacilli ; no re-
action with iodine.
Distilled water + 02 -POHO
NaOj, fused, boiled and
added lgrm. sugar.
Clear.
Clear.
Clear.
Note G.
TABLE III.
Of 1" samples of water taken by the Rural Sanitiry Inspector (Burton-on-Trentl from wells used at houses in which
fever or some other zymotic disease had been prevalent, when submitted to the sugar test :—
G Remained unchanged.
S Became dim within six days, but underwent no further change.
5 „ ., with some peculiar woody, sweet or sour smell.
5 Became dim on the second day, and turbid or milky, with a sour smell on the fourth or fifth day.
3 Became dim on the second day, with butyric smell.
7 Dim within 21 hours, and butyric smell and gas on fourth or fifth day.
G Dim within 2i hours, and butyric smell and gas on second day.
I much regret having been unable at the time to
isolate the organism and submit it to further investi-
gation.
I failed to detect any organism with a microscope
magnifying 400 diameters.
1 might observe that these three wells are, in all
probability, contaminated l>y garden drainage, and
draw a large amount of their supply from an old
river course, largely filled by peaty matter and partly
built over.
.".:! is a somewhat similar sample, but from a locality
nearer the old river course above referred to, and
contaminated by surface drainage. The amounts of
chlorine and nitric acid in this sample are both
excessive.
60 is n mixed sample of deep and shallow well
waters ; the amount of chlorine is considerable.
1U2 is a tube drawing water only from the surface
of the impervious marly strata, and, therefore, not
likely to be contaminated by frith surface drainage,
though evidently seriously contaminated.
My second series of experiments was on the action
nt various mineral salts on the growth of different
bacteria, and more especially on Clostridium butyri-
cum. The results will be found in Table I. on the
line below the one marked butyric fermentation, —
from which it will be seen that the simple addition
of phosphate of soda to almost any quality of well
water set up active butyric fermentation,— in Notes 2,4
and 5 on the same table, and in the tables of experiments.
Note 6. — The difference of the reaction in the cases
(Experiments 7, 10 and 11) from that quoted in Note 5
and Experiment l.">, I attribute to the fact that in
these cases the colls of the butyric ferment were
added in a state of full activity, whereas in the latter
cases only the dry spores would probably gain access ;
though possibly the amount of the liquid added
(2 drops, 2c'c. and 3cc ) may have been sufficient to
alter the composition of the whole and enable the
organism to grow.
A third series of experiments on waters thought to
be impure by the Rural Sanitary Inspector of Burton,
is also added as throwing some light on this subject.
(See Table III.)
I have do doubt that the last four classes, including
21 out of the 40 samples, were very bad ; and in some
cases, in the two last classes, subsequent investigation
proved the direct contamination of the wells by closet
drainage.
All these experiments are entirely in accord with
Dr. Erankland's, and my only reason fur bringing
them forward is, that being applied to potable waters,
they are of some interest as indicating how far this
test may be looked upon for information as regards
the purity of such waters ; on this head my experi-
ments would lead me to conclude that —
(1.) Any water undergoing butyric fermentation
when simply treated with cane sugar and kept at a
July 30, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
temperature of about 80° F., may be at once con-
demned as unlit for domestic use.
(2.) The single fact of a water not undergoing
butyric fermentation is no proof of its purity.
(3.) A water which remains clear under this treat-
ment wonld be certainly less likely to be contaminated
by sewage than one which became milky, and I doubt
the possibility of unoxidised sewage matter being in
B water which remained quite clear.
(4.) The butyric ferment is not perceptibly in-
fluenced by the presence of abnormal amounts of
chlorine, free ammonia, albuminoid ammonia, sul-
phates and nitrates in a water, but is a very accurate
indicator of the presence of phosphoric acid.
— oo^o<^o^^oo$ —
ON* THE SEPARATION OF ZINC FKOM
NICKEL AND MANGANESE, AND THE
ESTIMATION OF NICKEL.
BY THOMAS BAYLEY.
A GOOD separation of zinc from nickel and from
manganese may be made in a hot solution containing
free phosphoric acid. The liquid is mixed with
ammonia till a precipitate forms, and a fairly large
excess of di-sodium hydrogen phosphate is then added.
The solution is next cleared with hydrochloric acid
added in drops, saturated with sulphuretted hydrogen,
and allowed to stand a considerable time, the gas
still passing through it. Zinc sulphide falls as a
heavy granular powder and the mixture filters very
rapidly. Manganese and nickel appear to be perfectly
separated, and no trace of the former can be detected
by fusion with oxidising flux. Cobalt has a tendency
to go down in small quantity, and if zinc sulphide so
contaminated be burnt directly to oxide, the cobalt
imparts a green tint to the roasted product. In this
way cobalt betrays its presence in many samples of
German silver, not only in the phosphate separation,
but in cases where the zinc is separated from nickel
by precipitation in presence of a large excess of
acetic acid. The co-precipitated sulphide of cobalt
imparts a pale yellow tint to the sulphide of zinc in
the method by phosphoric acid, a dark tint in the
other case. Iron is partially precipitated by sul-
fhuretted hydrogen in presence of phosphoric acid.
n order to precipitate nickel from solutions (con-,
taining phosphoric acid or otherwise), I have found
it advantageous to add ammonium sulphide till the
last drop renders the liquid alkaline ; this is followed
by ammonium benzoate and afterwards by a few
drops of hydrochloric acid. In this solution (acid-
ulated with a feeble acid) the nickel is completely
precipitated. A constant current of sulphuretted
hydrogen should be passed through the boiling liquid,
and filtration should take place at the same tempera-
ture as nearly as possible. In one experiment where
boracic acid replaced the benzoic acid a good result
was obtained. The precipitated sulphide of nickel
may be brought down to Ni.S by prolonged ignition
for an hour with sulphur in a closed crucible, the
sulphur being replenished from time to time. But a
better plan is to roast the precipitate in a porcelain
dish, dissolve it in nitric acid, evaporate, ignite, and
weigh as sulphate. The ignition should be effected
at very low redness and the dish allowed to cool.
The sulphate is then remoisted with sulphuric acid
and submitted to a further short ignition. Success
would appear to depend upon the shortness of the
second ignition. Heating to a lower temperature for a
longer time, and in the absence of free sulphuric
acid has been said to yield a basic sulphate of nickel.
This method of weighing nickel has been successfully
employed by other chemists.
ON A REACTION OF IRON WITH NITRIC
OXIDE.
BY THOMAS B W I.F.Y.
Whkn an assay of "nitre" in vitriol is made in the
nitrometer, an error is caused by absorption of nitric
oxide when the vitriol contains iron. The absorption
is due to the well-known reaction of ferrous salts with
nitric oxide, but the result is the same whether the
iron be originally present in the ferrous, or, as is
more usual, in the ferric condition. Nitric oxide
shaken with mercury and pure sulphuric acid, suffers
no absorption, nor does mercury pass into solution in
the acid. If, however, a little ferric sulphate be con-
tained in the vitriol, mercury becomes dissolved and
the iron is reduced to the form of a proto-salt. Upon
copiously diluting the vitriol by admission of air-free
water, and subsequently adding a solution of a ferri-
cyanide to the cooled acid liquid, the blue reaction
can easily be obtained. That the colouration is not
caused by any action of nitric oxide upon the ferri-
cyanide may be demonstrated by boiling off the gas
(with suitable precautions) before applying the test.
The mercury appears to take no part in the re-
duction of ferric salt, since the results can be equally
Fig. 1.
Fig. -2.
well obtained if pure nitric oxide (prepared from
FeS04 and HNO.,) be passed through a set of
I (eissler bulbs, charged with sulphuric acid containing
ferric sulphate. The sulphuric acid in this case, as
in the nitrometer experiment, assumes a purple or
" raspberry " tint, which is characteristic of the re-
action when it takes place in the acid, but not in the
aqueous solution. Care must of course be taken to
remove air from the apparatus by a current of carbon
dioxide. The experiment may also be made in the
absence of mercury by means of a nitrometer slightly
modified as in Fig. 1.
The instrument is filled with mercury, and
sufficient sulphuric acid admitted to depress the mer-
cury below the lower tap. A little acid containing
iron is next passed in, and this is followed by nitric
oxide. The lower tap is turned off, and the nitro-
meter shaken, when the purple tint immediately
appears. Even for ordinary experiments the second
tap is useful, but it must then be placed at the bot-
tom of the measuring tube, Fig. 2. By turning it,
the pressure of the mercury in the ungraduated limb
is cut off, and the three-way tap can be manipulated
without any danger of drawing in air through the
500
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHF.MICAE INDUSTRY. (July 30, 1887.
axial channel. The formation of the purple solution
referred to above was demonstrated at the meeting
bypassing \o through bulbs containing sulphuric
acid in which a little pure ferric hydrate had recently
been dissolved.
&iasrjoto anD ^cottislj Section.
Chairman: Sir J. Niilson Cuthbertson.
Vice-chairman: Prof. Mills.
lion. Vice-chairman : E. C. C. Stanford.
J. H. Adam.
J. Addie.
Prof. Crum-Brown.
J. Y. Buchanan.
J. Christie.
W. .1 . ( hrystal.
w . S, Curphey.
Prof. Ferguson.
Committee:
I J. Fyfc.
K. Irvine.
T. P. Miller.
J. M. .Milne.
J. Pattison.
R. Pullar.
K. It. Tatlock.
A. Whitelaw.
Hon. Treasurer:
J. J. Coleman, Ardarroch, Bearsden, near Glasgow.
Local Secretary:
G. G. Henderson, Chemical Laboratory,
University of Glasgow.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to be
sent to the Local Secretary.
DISCUSSION ON MR. TERVETS PAPER ON
"AN IMPROVED APPARATUS FOR THE
MANUFACTURE OF REFINED PARAFFIN
WAX" (this Journal, vi. 355).
Me. Gray asked if Mr. Tervet considered it an
advantage to use the apparatus two or three storeys
high, as in the ordinary method of refining paraffin
scale it was considered advisable to re-melt and cool
the scale between each operation, thereby ensuring
better crystallisation of the scale or semi-refined wax.
By this means also better sweating was obtained,
and the impurities bled out more freely ; whereas by
Mr. Tenet's apparatus it was simply dropped from
one chamber to the other without re-crystallising.
Mr. Tervet, replying, said from the construction
of his apparatus it was intended to complete the
operation of refining with one crystallisation. As
had been explained, the present method was divided
into two or three stages. The several cells in this
apparatus represented those stages, and it only
required that the heat should be properly regulated
to obtain a result in all respects equal in quality, and
with greatly increased quantity, at a single crystal-
lising. So far as he had been able to find, there was
no advantage of re-crystallising at two or three suc-
cessive stages, as paraffin, long before it reached the
'' sweating " temperature, lost its crystalline structure,
and assumed a fibrous nature which greatly favoured
the process of sweating. From the diagrams in the
Journal it would be seen that in making refined wax
a certain quantity of intermediate paraffin had to be
added before the last crystallising. With this
apparatus those fractions originally present in the
parallin scale were retained until the material reached
the lowest cell of the apparatus, or the point at
which the refined article is produced.
DISCUSSION ON MR. DAVIDSON'S PAPER
ON "THE ESTIMATION OF IRON IX
CHARS" (this Joi ],.\\i,, vi. 421).
Da Milne said he was glad to find that Mr. David-
son had gone into this matter, as, to the sugar
refiner, the exact amount of char was a matter of
the first importance, and of course a correct method
was & desideratum. Twenty years ago he had large
practice in the analysis of animal charcoals, pan
even then the permanganate and bi-chromate pro-
cesses were rather discarded as being unfitted for the
determination of minute quantities of iron. At that
time the stannous chloride process was also used, and
his own impression was that for the determination of
small quantities of iron it was everything that could
be desired. He was also glad to find that Mr. David-
son had adopted an extremely classical method of
oxidising by means of peroxide of hydrogen, as this
was, in his opinion, one of the most elegant
oxidising agents that could be wished for, and
perhaps the oxidising agent of the future.
Mr. Ti:i:ylt asked in what condition did the iron
exist in chars 1 He had understood, from a corre-
spondence which appeared in the Ch< mical Jfews
some years ago, that a certain proportion of the iron
was supposed to exist in the form of sulphide, FeS.
But the proportions found were so small, and the
interest in the question so great, he should be pleased
to know what action the sulphides had upon the
sugar or upon the operations of the refinery.
Mr. Davidson, in reply, said that so far as his
knowledge went the " tin "process was discredited by
some, and he knew of several in the trade who pre-
ferred either the "permanganate" or "bichrome"
processes to the above-mentioned. Tucker also
spoke only of the permanganate process in his book,
which was almost the only one in English on sugar
analysis. With reference to Mr. Tervet's remarks as
to the existence of iron sulphide in chars, he believed
it would be difficult to demonstrate its presence.
The sulphur was assumed to be in combination with
calcium, which was a more likely thing. The objection
to the presence of iron in chars was that it passed
into the sugars, thus deteriorating infusions of tea
with which they would be used.
jftottinrajam Section.
L. Archbutt.
W. A. Curry.,
H. Doidgc.
K. Fitzhugh.
E. Francis.
Chairman : Prof. Clowes.
Vice-Chairman : Lewis T. Wright.
Treasurer: J. B. Coleman,
Committee :
T. W. Lovibond.
II. J. Staples.
E. B. Truman.
R. L. Whitaley.
Hon. Local Secretary :
J. R. Ashwell, Midanbury Lodge, Bentinck Road,
Nottingham.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
ERRATA.— In Mr. Bothamley's paper, in the June issue,
p. 428.1st column. 9th and 11th lines from bottom, for "H"
read " b." P. 428, 2nd column, in the wood-cut. for "B" read
" o." P. 130, 1st column, the formula for phloxin should be—
*~ COO •>o^C\,HBr:.0NV>u
The formula for rose Bengal should be—
-(.' II ( 1.
- COO '
>C<
C.HT,.ONa
C Hl\ONa
">0
July 30, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
501
Journal ant) Ipatcnr Literature.
L— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS AND
MACHINERY.
Hon /i> I'm if ii Water for Steam Both rt by Filtering
the same under pressure of Steam through Mm* ml,
Vegetable, or Animal Charcoal. W, Cotton, London.
Eng. Pat 5863, May 3, 1886. Sd.
The water is forced by a steam injector into the lower
part of a vertical cylindrical vessel, where it depoMi- the
carbonates precipitated by the heat. A diaphragm in
the upper part of the cylinder carries a filtering material
— e.g., coke — through which it passes on its way to the
boiler. An escape for steam is provided at the highest
part of the vessel. — C. C. H.
Improvement* in Filtration. 3. G. Lorrain, London.
Eng. Pat. 6S13, May 20, 1S86. 8d.
The improved filter consists of a number of
spherical balls of an elastic substance, such as rubber, and
preferably hollow, placed in a vessel of suitable shape
between two plates. When the plates are pressed
together the spaces between the balls are diminished,
and thus the degree of fineness of filtration can be
adjusted between that attainable when the balls rest on
each other without pressure and the complete cessation
of the operation when the interstices between the balls
completely disappear. .Such a litter admits of being
cleansed rapidly and completely.— C. C. H.
Improvements in Filter Presses. H. E. Newton,
London, From W. Baur, Brooklyn, I'.S. A. Eng.
Pat. 4425, March 24, 1887. 8d.
The improvements make provision for the use in a filter-
press of such materials a* sawdust, animal charcoal or
other granular material, as a filtering medium. The
chambers arc constructed, in the well-known manner,
by means of ribbed plates and distance frames. Hoppers
are formed on the upper part of the distance frame, for
the introduction of (he filtering material, and similar
provision is made tor its removal from the lower part
of the frame, —C. C. 11.
II.- FUEL, GAS AND LIGHT.
The Influence of the Length qf the Photometer on the
Resulting Measurements. D. Coglievina. Journ. f.
Gasbel. n. Wasservers, 30. 88.
The anthor agrees with Kriiss [Chem. Zeit. Rep. 10,
2G5) that the length of the photometer influences the
results, but points out the necessity of taking into con-
sideration the varying quality of the gas in different
parts of the same circuit, due to minute and unavoidable
leakages. He recommends a round burner in place of a
fish-tail Same and the use of a long photometer.
-C. A. K.
-•mints in Filters, t;. F. Marshall, Iiattersea.
Eng. Pat. TOSS, May 26, 1SS6. Sd.
The filters to which the improvements are applicable are
the domestic water filters of the carbon block type, and
the novelty consists in enclosing the carbon filtering
block in a case or cover so as to contain air. Each time
the water is renewed in the filter, this space is refilled
with air, and it is forced through the block along with
the filtered water, which is thus thoroughly aerated.
* -C. C. H.
!■ meats iii Means for Softening and Purifying
Water. J, S. Sawrev, London. Eng. Pat. 9227,
July 15, 1SSG. 8d.
The mixture of the hard or impure water with the
reagents, used either in a sclid or liquid form, is
thoroughly agitated by means of a mechanical agitator,
steam or compressed air; in some eases it may be
found convenient to combine certain or all of these
methods of agitating. — C. C. H.
Improvements in Filter-presses. A. W. Anderson,
London. Eng. Pat. 11, 244, Sept. 4, 18S6. Sd.
The improvements specified relate to the older form of
wooden filter-presses. They consist of (1) forming the
cloth like a sack or bag, which covers entirely the filter
plate ; (2) the combination of this form of cloth with a
ribbed filter plate ; (3) the use of a screw clip nut of the
ordinary form securing the cloth round the central orifice
which serves as a passage between the chambers.
— C. C. II.
* Any of these specifications may be obtained by post, by
remitting the cost price, plus postage, to 3Ir. H. Reader Lack,
Comptroller of the 1'atent Office, Southampton Buildings,
Chancery Lane, London. \\ .C. The amount of postage may
be calculated as follows :—
If the price does not exceed 8d jd.
Above 8d.. and not exceeding Is. 6d. . . Id.
„ la. 6d.. „ „ 2s. Id... ljd.
,. 2s. Id., „ „ 3s. 4d... 2d.
Improvements in the Methods and Appliances for
obtaining and < "learning Gas from Coal. T.
Nicholson, Abergele. Eng. Pat. 5727, April 27, 18SG.
Sd.
The retorts are made airtight, and dried steam is passed
through the charge. This is to hasten the process of
gasification and increase the yield of gas. A scrubber
is dispensed with by passing the gas through a series of
small chambers divided by horizontal partitions into
three compartments. The topmost of these compart-
ments has a perforated floor, through which water trickles
on to the gas passing below. The lowest chamber is for
the tar, etc., deposited with the water. The flow of gas
is aided by a steam jet. — A. K. D.
Improvements in and applicable to Gas Producers.
W. S. Sutherland, Birmingham. Eng. Pat. 7112.
May 27, 18S6. Sd.
These improvements relate to producers of the tvpe
described in Eng. Pat. 17S4 of 1S74, Eng. Pat. 8053 of
1SS4, and Eng. Pat. 5915 of 18SG. The producer is to be
provided with a grate which can be moved both
circularly and to and fro by means of a lever. Below
the grate is placed a wind chest for the introduction of
an air blast, and arrangements are also made for a steam
supply if desired. A check-valve prevents the gas from
being drawn back into the air mains and passages, while
a safety valve, consisting of a canvas-rubber disc secured
over the open end of a straight lead in the air supply
pipe, relieves the pressure by being easily ruptured in
case of an explosion. — A. R. D.
Improvements in the Purification of Coal Gas. C. F.
Clans, South Wimbledon. Eng. Pat. 7580, June 5,
18SG. lid.
Tiie^e improvements refer to a process for purifying coal
gas in close vessels with ammonia only. The
gas, previously freed from tar, is passed through a
series of scrubbers, consisting of towers packed with
porous material, down which trickles the spent liquor to
be mentioned hereafter. When the gas has passed
through two of the series of Bay five scrubbers, a quantity
of ammonia eas is introduced into the current sufficient
to combine with the impurities that the gas is estimated
to contain. As the washing liquor is pumped from
scrubber to scrubber in a direction contrary to the flow
of the gas, it will be seen that the whole of the
ammonia (both introduced and originally present in the
.102
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF (MIMICAL INDUSTRY. Uui>-3u. is87.
gas) is contained into die liquor flowing from the
bottom of llie last lower. This liquor is carried aw ay
to another series of towers forming an aiuinonia
aerating plant. Here the liquor is fiist heated to
about 200 I'., whereby t he carbonic acid and sulphur-
etted hydrogen are driven off, as is also a little free
ammonia. This last is absorbed in a tower fed with
spent liquor or dilute sulphuric acid, and the two first-
named gas - go forward to sulphur recovery plant.
After the removal of the carbonic acid ami sulphuretted
hydrogen the liquor is treated with naked steam,
which drives off all free ammonia and that existing as
carbonate ami sulphide. This ammonia is recovered j
in a condensing or catch-tower, and is available for I
re-introduction into the scrubbing system as above j
described. The residual liquor, charged with fixed
salts of ammonia, is partly used for feeding the scrub- !
bers, and is partly removed to be dealt with as am-
moniacal liijuor in any ordinary way.— A. It. D.
veyed from its store receptacle by a wick to a gasifying
chamber, where it is heated by the combustion 01 a small
quantity Of the gas made in the apparatus, and from which
it passes in the gaseous form to the burner. Air is allowed
to mix with the gas before it reaches the burner, lor
details the specification must he consulted.— A. B. D.
In, j.. , in the Preparation of Ammonia Com-
pounds from Coal Gas. ('. K. Clans, South Wimble-
don. Eng. Pat 7582, June 5, 1886. 8<L
In purifying coal gas by ammonia as described by the
inventor in patents 7'isO and 7">S4 (see abstracts) the
ammonia contained in the ciude gas is constantly with-
drawn for sale, whilst a quantity or stock of ammonia
is kept in circulation for the purpose of purification.
The present invention has for its object the convenient
and economical removal of this surplus ammonia.
This is effected by converting the same, without dis-
tillation either into ammonium carbonate or ammonium
sulphate. The requisite surplus ammonia equal to
that contained in the crude gas may be withdrawn
either from one of the heating towers or from the
tower next it in the form of nearly pure carbonate,
whilst for the purpose of recovering the ammonia as |
sulphate, the first wash-tower or the equivalent sulphuric
acid catch-tower may be replaced by one or more lead-
lined towers tilled with pebbles or the like, down
which a regulated quantity of sulphuric acid trickles,
or an acid saturator may be interposed between the
second wash-tower and the first acid catch-tower.
— D. B.
Improvements in the Purification of Coal Gas. C. F.
Claus, South Wimbledon. Eng. Pat. 75S4, June 5,
1S86. lid.
Tins system of purification resembles, in its main
features, that described in Eng. Pat. 75S0 (see abstract
above). The ammonia vapours produced in the dis-
tailing apparatus by the action of naked steam upon the
scrubber liquors (from which the sulphuretted hydrogen
and carbonic acid have been eliminated by a previous
heating) are condensed and used for washing the gas in
the scrubbers. The two scrubbers last traversed by the
gas are served solely by the spent liquor resulting from
the distilling plant. Their special function is to recover
the ammonia contained in the gas after it leaves the other
three scrubbers. In these latter are used the condensed
ammonia liquors above mentioned, together with the
liquor coming from the two first-named scrubbers.
—A. K. D.
Improvements in the Purification of Coal das. C. F.
Clans, South Wimbledon. Eng. Pat. 75S5, June 5,
1S86. Sd.
A i the top of one of the scrubbers described in Patents
7580 and 7584 (see preceding abstracts), a quantity of
finely-ground sulphur is introduced, more than can be
dissolved by the ammonium sulphide present in the
scrubber. The advantage claimed is t he elimination of
carbon bisulphide from the gas. — A. R. D.
An Imprt ir Lamp for use with Incandescent
Manila. S. Siemang, Vienna, Austria. Eng Pat
t097, June IS, 188G. 8d.
This is a lamp for converting liquid hydrocarbon into
gas and burning it as such The hydrocarbon is con-
Improvements relating to t/,, Purification of Can and
the Impregnation of the samt with Hydrocarbon or
other I apour, and to Apparatus therefor. (;. Symes,
Limehouse Eng. Pat. 8484, June 28, 1886. 8d.
The apparatus consists of a casing divided into two
chambers by a vertical partition. In the one is placed a
series of oxidised iron plates, supported by pivots or
trunnions resting in bearings formed in the casing. In
the other chamber, perforated iron plates are arranged
one above the other, and the spaces between filied
with cotton waste or other absorbent material. Upon
the topmost plate is situated a perforated receptacle for
camphor or other suitable volatile disinfectant. At the
top of the casing is a dome with a self-acting valve for
regulating the passage of the gas through the apparatus.
The gas passes downwards through the first-named
chamber, and is freed from sulphur compounds by contact
with the oxidised iron surfaces. It is then purified from
ammonia, etc., bypassing upwards througli the cotton
waste in the second chamber, at the top of which it
mingles with the vapours given off by the camphor in the
perforated receptacle.— A. K. D.
An Improvement in Apparatus for Enriching Gas by
Admixture of Hydrocarbon Vapour. J. Livesey,
London; and W. Whitehouse, Birmingham. Eng.
Pat. 9473, July '21, 18S6. 8d.
The carburetter is a vessel partly filled with naphthalene
and heated by radiation from the burner in the usual
way. The aperture by which the naphthalene is charged
is closed by a seating carrying a plug. The gas passage
from the service pipe lies through this seating, and the
plug is so perforated that when in one position the gas
passes directly to the burner without entering the car-
buretter, while, when the plug is in another position,
the gas passes through the carburetter. Intermediate
positions allow the gas to go both ways in such propor-
tions as may be desired.— A. R. D.
Improvements in Apparatus for Carburetting Air. J. H.
Johnson, London. From E. D. Debouteville and
L. P. t'. Malandin, Fontaine-leBourg, France. Eng.
Pat. 959S, July -24, 1S86. 8d.
The leading feature here is the simultaneous introduction
of a jet of hydrocarbon and a thin stream of hot water.
The two play upon a dividing surface which distributes
the liquid in a thin film over a helical brush, which com-
pletes the mixing ami nssists the evaporation. This
introduction of hot water prevents the excessive cooling
otherwise produced by the evaporation of thehydrocarbon,
and causes the retention of much solid matter, which would
otherwise go forward with the gas and limit its field of
application.— A. B. I >.
An Atmospheric Gas Burner. 0. Imray, London.
From C. A. von Welsbach, Vienna, Austria. Eng.
Pat. 97">.">, July 28, 1880. 8d.
This burner consists of a tube having its lower portion
constructed like that of a I'.unsen burner, whilst its upper
end spreads out into a chamber of hemispherical form.
This chamber is provided with a cover that docs not
quite extend to the periphery, so that an annular slit is
left for the passage of the mixture of air and gas, which
forms, when burning, an annular flame. The hemis-
pherical shell is connected with the cover by a number
of tuoes. These are open at both ends and admit a
further supply of air to the interior of the annular flame.
As this burner affords very little luminosity but an
interi-e heat, the flame is particularly suitable for an
incandescence system of lighting.— A. B. lb
July 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
503
tins mid other uatetjor lAgnttng, aeanng una manu-
facturing Purpose*, Km/ in Apparatus thereftn >-
Levy, London. From <;. 11. Kolm, Denver, U.S. A
Eng". Pat. 927, Jan. 20, 1SS7. Sd.
Improvement* connected with the Manufacture of II «/'<•
Gas and other Gate* /•"■ Lighting, Heating and Manu-
fad
Levy
Eng.
Tmk apparatus consists mainly of three cylinders. An
air blast is forced through fuel contained in the middle
one of these, the generator ; and the products of com-
bustion are used to heat the other two, which are packed
with brickwork. When these are sufficiently heated,
steam is forced into one of them, and passes superheated
through the still incandescent fuel in the generator.
The gas on leaving here may be mixed with a spray of
oil, the whole being fixed and rendered homogeneous in
the third cylinder. — A. B. D.
means. The vapours evolved burn at the tops of the
mixing tubes and, besides heating the vaporising
chamber, give off heat available for other purposes. The
high tension of the gases in the vaporising chambers
makes it essential that the bydrocaibon be admitted
under pressure. — A. B. L>.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Steam and
fur Fuel urn/ fur Illuminating Purposes. A. J. Boult,
"London. From H. \Y. Brooks, Philadelphia, 1 .6 A
Eng. Pat. 2749, Feb. 22, 18S7. 8d.
A mixture of steam and oil is injected into a series of
retorts built in sections of such shape as to form a ser-
pentine passage. These retorts are provided at intervals
with disintegrators consisting of cylinders with perforated
sides, having the end opposite to the steam and oil inlet
closed. By this means the stream of gas or mixture of oil
and steam, passing along the retort is constantly broken
up and made to impinge upon the sides of the retort, the
result being a fixed gas of great purity and uniform
quality.— A. B. D.
Improvements m tin Purifying of Hydrocarbon Oils.
A. .1. Boult, London. From 1>. ft. Kennedy, Petroha,
Canada. Fug. Pat. C01S, April 25. ls^7. 4.1.
i ink POUHD uf sulphate of copper, one pound of caustic
soda and one pound of common salt are dissolved in two
gallons of water and added to forty gallons of the oil to
be treated. The mixture is then kept at the boiling
temperature in a still for about an hour. By thi- treat-
ment the oil is rendered pure and free from sulphur, so
that it neither encrusts a wick nor gives an offensive
smell when burning. — A. R. D.
ILL- DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION. TAB.
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Decolorisation of Carbolic Acid S. Demant. Zeits.
bsterr. Apoth. Yer. 25, 150.
CARBOLIC acid which has turned red may be decolorised
by mixing it, after melting, with alcohol in the propor-
tion of 89 parts to 11 of alcohol. The mixture is then
crystallised and the red liquid drained from the colour-
less crystals. — C. A. K.
Improvement* in Apparatus for Enriching Gas. H. J.
Siebel, jun., Beading, Penn., U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 2752,
Feb. 22, 1SS7. 6d.
The gassupply-pipe passes upwards through aboxofsheet
metal which is partly filled with sticks of naphthalene.
The upper portion of this pipe is euclosed within another
pipe with an enlarged head, and the burners are placed
so near that this is heated by the tlames. The gas passes
upwards through the supply pipe into the enlarged head of
the outer pipe, where it is heated to such a degree that,
passing down through the annular space between the
two pipes into the carburetting chamber, it causes the
disengagement of naphthalene vapours and passes away,
mingled with these, by any suitable outlet to the
burners. — A. B. D.
Influence of Mineral Substances, especially of Lime, on
the Dry 'Distillation of Coal. Knublauch. Journ. fiir
Gas. u. Wasservers, 30, 55 and 96.
G.\s COAL was mixed with 2| percent., 5 per cent, and
10 per cent, of ordinary powdered and burnt lime, and
in one case with 5 per cent, of silica. The table below
shows the difference in yield of the various products per
lOOOkilos. of coal burnt :--
lOOOkilos. Coal yielded:
Coal Gas
London.
ami
Eng.
Improvement* in the Purification of
Apparatus therefor, C. W. Watts,
Pat. 3267, March 3, 1887 8d.
IN Eng. Pat. 75S5of 1886 (seeabstract,p.502),C. F. Glaus
proposes to eliminate carbon bisulphide from coal gas by
scrubbing with ammoniacal liquor that has been in con-
tact with solid sulphur. The present invention provides
for such sulphurisationof ammoniacal liquor by allowing
it to percolate through a mass of sulphur on its way to
the scrubber. The sulphur is contained in a tank, and
the liquor may be drawn off at various depths, the height
at which it stands in the tank determining the sulphur
surface exposed and hence, the degree of sulphurisation.
—A. B. D.
Gas cc. more...
Coke kilos, more 16*8
Tar less
Ammonia „ more
Sulphate more
Sulphuretted hydrogen, ., less..
Lime added.
Silica
added.
2 5 p.c.
5 p.c
10 p.c.
5 p.c.
117
201
353
215
16-8
1S-2
17-5
27-1
52
79
9D
11-8
0-483 0 608
0-929 0-15
2 02 2-53
3-88
0-67
MS
1-58
1-81
0-21
Improvements in Apparatus for Vaporising ami Burning
Liquid Hydrocarbon*. W. G. Bussev, New York,
U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 5026, April 5, 1SS7' Sd.
The vaporising chamber, preferably of not less than 26
cubic inches capacity, is made of any suitable metal and
is provided with an inlet pipe fur the admission of liquid
hydrocarbon. Pipes from the upper part of this chamber
conduct the vapours to mixing tubes so disposed that the
flames proceeding from the tube tops impinge upon the
chamber walls. These mixing tubes are simply pipes in
which the hydrocarbon vapours mix with air admitted by
an aperture in the side or bottom. They may be pro-
vided with gauze caps to prevent the return of the buna.
When starting the apparatus, oil is admitted to the
vaporising chamber, which is then heated by any suitable
The yields of the various products do not appear to bear
any proportion to the amount of admixed substance. The
increase in the yield of coke being greater than the
decrease in that of tar, it is clear that the gas will con-
tain less carbon, and therefore possess less illuminating
power, than when the coal is distilled alone. With 2$
per cent, of lime added, the yield of gas is increased 5
percent., but its illuminating power diminished 5 per
cent. Further, although the yield of coke is increased,
it still contains the lime or silica mixed with it, which
considerably lessens its value. An increase in the
amount of carbon dioxide in the crude gas and a slight
decrease in the quantity of cyanogen compounds
was observed. The advisability of the addition of lime
or silica in the distillation of coal can only be deter-
mined bv the relative values of the products obtained.
— C. A. K.
Preparation of Light Hydrocarbons from Hiavy. Dark
Residual Oils. F. Bedl. Chem. Zeit. 11, 347.
RlEBECK's method (this Journal, 1SS7. 282 for preparing
light hydrocarbons from heavy oils consists in the dia-
tillatioh of the latter under pressure. The same result
504
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETr OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (July 30, wsr.
is obtained, without employing pressure, by using a
dephlegmator. Tliis is connected with the exit tube of
the still ami is provided with a tube at it- lowest point
which leads back to the bottom of the Mill. By re-
peated rectification mixtures of liquid hj drocarbons can
be separated bj this means into light and heavy oils.
The draught in the dephlegmator must be adjusted to
the surface of evaporation of the still. The yield of
light oils is good ; the medium oils, for instance, which
are too heavj for lighting purposes, being thus com-
pletely decomposed into light oils. Paraffin free from
oil is not decomposed. The results are greatly in-
fluenced by the temperatures and the duration of the
distillation.— C. A. K.
VetK "I far Refining Mineral Oils, Paraffin,
and allied Hydrocarbons. F. Red!
Chem. Zeit. 11, 41.5—416.
Tiik oils obtained by the fractionation of crude Rnsaian
petroleum are brought into an agitator, where they are
well mixed by mechanical means (an air blast cannot
be employed) and treated with 20 — 40 per cent.
of petroleum naphtha, of sp. gr. 0670 — 0690. The
whole is agitated until thoroughly mixed, when sul-
phuric acid is added and the agitation continued. The
acid separates completely and quickly, and the impurities
are readily removed, while no emulsion is formed with
the oil, whereby the loss is considerably less than when
the old method of purifying by means of acid is used.
The oil, after twenty minutes' standing, is then
neutralised, in a second mixing apparatus connected
with a cooling worm, with caustic soda at 25=, whence
it is pumped into a still and the petroleum naphtha
distilled off by direct and indirect steam. The last por- j
tionsof light oil are got rid of by distillim: with super-
heated steam at 1S0= in a shallow still. The petroleum j
naphtha used must not consist of a mixture of oils of low !
and high boilingpoints, butmust be taken from a constant
fraction, while the quantity employed depends upon the
degree of the purity of the oils treated. The gTeater the
proportion of the naphtha added the less acid is required.
Fuming sulphuric acid gives the best results, of which
4 to 7 per cent, is added, at a temperature of IS — \H' C.
The loss of naphtha is 3i per cent., but is greater when
it consists of several fractions. Oils thus purified can
be further decolourised far more readily than when the
old method is used, lubricating oils and vaseline being
bleached with less loss and by only a fraction of the
quantity of the deeolouriser generally necessary. The
products obtained by this process, which has been tried
with crude oils of various kinds, as well as with resins,
are purer and lighter coloured than can be obtained by
the old method. The purification of ozokerite is effected
similarly. It is previously heated, however, to 120°, to
remove water and light oils, an 1 after cooling to 75'
is treated with 50 per cent, naphtha of sp. gr. 0700—
0720. The mixture is gently agitated and then the
sulphuric acid added. With 10 per cent, of fuming acid
an almost white product results, which can be com-
pletely decolourised by charcoal. The apparatus
employed is similar to that already described. The
neutralisation with alkali is effected at 70°. The
resulting paraffin forms a shining white mass : the yield
of pure substance is 83 per cent., against 60 per cent by
the old process.— »'. A. K.
The Relation of Petreleum (<, the Ili/i/iocarbons from
Lignii '. (Jr. Kraemcr and YV. Bottcher.
Ber. 20, 595—609.
The German petroleum, like the petroleum from Penn-
sylvania, Russia and Galicia, consists of two classes of
bodies, one < d which is not acted upon by concents
B,80< or HNOj in the cold, whereas the other, with
the exception of a small quantity which is polymerised
or completely destroyed, dissolves with the formation of
sulphonie acids and nitro-products. Besides the hydro-
carbons, small quantities of organic acid- and sulphur
compounds are found, but no bodies containing nitrogen.
The hy drocarbons unacted on by acids have a compara-
tively low specific gravity, not exceeding 0 S50 for
fractions boiling up to 300".' These form the chief portion
of the petroleum and until recently were considered to
be paraffins. Later experimenter- have shown that, in
addition to these, bexahydrides of benzene hydrocarbons
occur. To these Markownikow has given the name
naphthenes. The authors have found that German
petroleum alsocontainsnaphthenes. Several ofthese have
been analysed, but with some difficulty, as the bodies
readily split off acetylene, which is not oxidised with
red-hot copper oxide. The naphthenes, unlike the
olefines, do not absorb bromine nor dissolve in concen-
trated H S(>4. Of the existence of these naphthenes
the authors cite several proofs. The occurrence of
petrolic acid, which is isomeric with the oleic acids, must
he regarded as the carboxylic acid of napbthene. This
body lias the formula CI(H9S0,. A whole series of
homologies of these acids containing smaller or larger
quantities of hydrogen o.cur. On heating the lime salt
with soda lime, and distilling under diminished pressure,
a hydrocarbon is obtained, boiling at 1S0= to 230J. It has
the formula CltH„„, and absorbs bromine readily ; it is,
therefore, no napbthene, but an define. From the fact
that Perkin's tetramethylenecarbozylic acid yields, under
similar conditions, ethylene, it appears to indicate that
the latter acid is a lower homologue of petrolic acid.
With regard to the second class of hydrocarbons, the
action of sulphuric acid upon them gives a means of
separating them quantitatively from the other hydro-
carbons. In the oils from Tegern See, 87 percent. ;
from Pechelbronn, 7'64 per cent. ; from Oelheim, 937
per cent, of these hydrocarbons were found. The
presence of naphthalene was also identified. In the
higher boiling fractions, in addition to naphthalene,
hydrocarbons with the formula C, 0H1C,, C,,H,2 and
C,,H14 were isolated by Markownikow. Although
apparently related to naphthalene, they cannot be
oxidised without undergoing complete decomposition.
On reviewing the series of hydrocarbons which occur in
petroleum, it is a curious fact that exactly the same are
constituents of coal tar, although in different proportions ;
whereas, in the fraction of petroleum boiling up to 150°
only S per cent, are dissolved by concentrated BsSO,,
nearly the whole of the same fraction dissolves in the
case of coal tar. Although the indifferent hydrocarbons
found in coal-tar curnene are stated by Jaeobsen to be
paraffins, this class of compounds in coal tar requires
further investigation. There is little doubt however,
that they are similar to those occurring in certain
petroleums. Of the higher boiling hydrocarbons occur-
ring in coal tar— viz., naphthalene, acenaphthene,
rluorene. anthracene, phenanthrene, etc., only naphtha-
lene has been found in petroleum. A hydrocarbon, with
the formula (',,11,,, supposed to be dihydronaphthalene
and its homologues, have been found by Berthelot in
coal tar. In the oil obtained by the distillation of
lignite, the same series of bodies has been found,
although in different proportions to those occurring in
petroleum and coal tar, the proportion of the different
constituents standing about midway between the two.
In view of the fact that the tar from lignite is obtained
at a much lower temperature than that from coal, the
high percentage of naphthene in certain petroleums might
probably be due to tlie high temperature at which they
are formed. Experiment has not confirmed this. In the
first place, hydrocarbons soluble in acids can be obtained
by heating the insoluble hydrocarbons in closed tubes
under pressure, so that the presence of the former may
be ascribed to subsequent rise in temperature. But it is
otherwise with naphthene. By passing petroleum from
Tegern See through a red-hot tube a distillate is obtained
which, after absorbing the soluble hydrocarbons by acids,
possesses the same composition as previously to heating,
so that naphthene was not formed from the paraffin. The
authors regard the Irydrooarbons absorbed by acids as
derived from naphthalene, much in the same way
as naphthalene, anthracene, etc., are built up from the
benzene nucleus, the latter being obtained by heat-
ing the paraffin under pressure. — J. 15. C
July 30, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
005
Kose, London. Eng.
Improvements in Apparatus f>r tin Dix/illtiiimi nf f'nul
Shale 'tin! other Materials. 0. F
Pat. 9550, July 23, 1S86. Sd.
In this apparatus the description, which does not admit
of useful abridgment without the drawings which accom-
pany the specification, (1) the volatile products are
removed in accordance with the varying temperatures
that the substances to be treated are subjected to;
(-2) the material is first broken up into convenient
and somewhat uniform sizes before it passes into the
retort, and that during the time it is being propelled
through the retort it is continuously broken up so as to
prevent as much as possible its being carried forward
in a caked mass ; and (3) the objection found, that
the receptacle and the gaslight door as generally used
are inconvenient, and, where the machine is automatic
in its action, difficult to keep gas and air tight, is
removed. — I), li.
Improvements in obtaining Hydrocarbons from (ins''!.
I'. Friedliinder, Gleivitz ; and G. Quaglio, Berlin,
Germany. Eng. Pat. 4888, April 1, 18S7. 4d.
These consist in an improved mode of recovering the
benzene, toluene and naphthalene contained in the
gases from the destructive distillation of fossil-coal,
shale, petroleum and tar oils and residues. The gases
are conducted through thin or very liquid tar in a scrub-
ber, the tar being used for washing until it is completely
saturated with hydrocarbons. The absorbed oils are
then distilled off, the residual tar being used for painting
or roofing purposes, whilst fresh tar is used for washing
the gas. — D. B.
Purification of Crude Anthracene. A. A. Vale, London.
From the Chemische Fabriks Action Gesellschaft,
Hamburg, Germany. Eng. Pat. 5785, April 20, 1887.
4d.
This invention is based upon the fact, hitherto unknown,
that the impurities of crude anthracene, including car-
bazol, are much more readily soluble in pyridine, quino-
line and aniline bases than anthracene. The power of
these bases to " enrich " anthracene is so great that they
may be used in conjunction with the solvents ordinarily
employed for the purification of crude anthracene. Thus,
in using a mixture of equal parts of naphtha and tar bases
in the proportion of 1 part of anthracene to 2 parts of
this solvent, anthracene of about 80 per cent, purity is
said to be obtained.— D. B.
IY.— COLOURING MATTERS AND DYES.
Thiophen Green. L. E. Levi. Ber. 20, 513—517.
Tetrameth uldiamiilodiphenylthienylmethane C4SH3. CH :
[C6H4N(CHay;. — This body is obtained in a similar
manner to leucomalachite green by heating 1 part
thiophenaldehyde, 2 parts dimethylaniline with a little
alcohol, and 3—4 parts ZnCb, for six hours. The ZnC'l.
is added gradually, and if the mass becomes thick, water
is added. When the smell of the aldehyde has dis-
appeared, the mass is made alkaline with caustic soda.
The product is treated with steam, extracted with
ether, and the ethereal solution evaporated. The crys-
talline residue is recrystallised from alcohol. It comhines
with HC1, and forms a double salt with PtCl4. The
leuco-base combines with picric acid. On oxidation
with MnO.j and dilute H2SOj, the leuco-base changes to
green. The colouring matter is extracted with hot
water, filtered from >In02, precipitated with >.'H4C1
and NHa, and the precipitate extracted with ether. This
compound is the basis of the colouring matter thiophen
green and is a " carbinol " compound of the formula
C4SH3COH[Cf,H4N(CHs)4,.
Like malachite green, it forms a double salt with
ZnCl2. The author has also prepared and analysed the
picrate, sulphate and oxalate — J. B, C,
Mono- and Ditolylamine. V. Merz and P. Muller.
Ber. 20, 544—550.
By the action of zinc bromide, ammonia and ammonium
bromide upon /<-cresol, the authors obtain mono- and
di/j-tolylamine. Ammoniacal zinc chloride and NHjCl
serve equally well. Paraeresol was heated with three
times the weight of ammoniacal zinc bromide, and an
equal weight of ammonium bromide, for three hours to
300—310°. The product was repeatedly extracted with
dilute HC1, the residue with ether, and finally with
water acidified with HC1. The ethereal extract con-
sisted of /(-toluidine and di-p-tolylamine.
The following determinations were made with 20grms.
of /j-cresol, in I. and II. \vith60grms. of ammoniacal zinc
bromide and 20grms. of XH.Hr, and in the IV. and V.
with SOgrms. of ammoniacal zinc chloride, and20grms. ot
NH,C1. The temperature in the case of I. and II. was
300—310°, and in other cases 330-340° ; duration of
experiment 40 hours.
jj-Toluidine
Di-p-tolylaniine
Carbonaceous matter
Unchanged p-cresol. .
I.
II.
III.
IV.
25
25
215
45
40
37a
41
315
2-5
3
55
6
27-5
30
22
11
415 percent.
30
8
10-5
By similar treatment of o-cresol, the following results
were obtained. ( Temperature of I. 300 — 3l0° ; II.
315—320° ; III. and IV. 330—340°) :—
o-Toluidine
Di-o-tolylamine
Carbonaceous matter
Unchanged o-cresol..
I.
II.
III.
28
50-3
48
25
10
7
2-5
3
G'j
61
27
32
IV.
55 per cent.
75
5
30
With »t-eresol the following table i>
ture of I. and II. 300-320° ; III. 330
given. (Tempera-
-340°) ;—
I.
II.
III.
m-Toluidine
29
27
25
per cent.
53
51
47-5
»
Carbonaceous matter
2-5
4
s;
n
Unchanged m-cresol
10'5
10
16
•-
A quicker method for extracting the bases from the
sealed tubes is to bring the product directly into a
distilling flask and heat to 180—200° in ammoniacal
steam. Primary and secondary bases, as well as the un-
changed cresol, distil over. — J. B. C.
A New Method for the Preparation of the Azines.
O. N. Witt. Ber. 20, 571—577.
The author finds that certain azo derivatives of naph-
thylamine, obtained by the action of diazobenzene and
diazotoluene-sulphonic acids on phenyl-, tolyl- and
xylyl -d-naphthylamine, when heated with mineral acids,
split up into the phenazine derivatives of naphthalene and
the amidosulphonic acid, phenyl-/3-naphthylamineazo-
henzene sulphonic acid yields sulphauilic acid and
naphthophenazine — S03H;C0H4.N:N.C10H0.NII.CcH5
(S02H:N and N:NH = 1:4 and 1:2)
N
= C0H4.NH2.SOaH + C10H0<"[>C0H1.
The reaction is a quantitative one. 50grms. of the
azo-colour are dissolved in 500cc. of boiling water,
C
500
THE JOURNAL OF THE ROOTETY OF CHEMICAL INM'STUY. [July so. UW.
■•>-ii" 1 125cc of concentrated 1 1. .so, arc added drop
by drop and well shaken. The free acid al first
rates aa a tarn mass, but re dissolves gradually,
and the sulphate ol the azo base crystallises from the
orange coloured liquid in cinnabar-red needles. On boil
in;: the product with water, the free azine is obtained in
the form of white crystals (m.p. 142'5°). Naphthophen-
a/inc forms well crystallised salts with mineral acids,
which are dimoi phous.
The author thinks that the dimorphism is due to the
existence of two different salts, and that both nitrogen
ims arc pentavalent, and combine with acids. Concen-
trated UN ( i, terms a nit ro derivative. In order to determine
the constitution of naphthophenazine, the same com-
pound was prepared from0-naphthoquinoneand o phenyl-
enediamine, and by the oxidation of a mixture of
o phenylenediamine and S-naphthoL Tliis new method
in! preparing azine compounds indicates in the first place
that with suitable re-agents there is a Btrong tendency
to form tiie azine group, so that it is produced even when
the para position i- free.— J. 1!. C.
On the Isomeric Tolunaphthazines and the Black l)>jc
far Wool. O. N, Witt. Ber. 20, 577-5S1.
According to theory, two a-/?-tolunaphthazines are
possible with the formula- I. and II.: —
I.-C1()H6<| >CGH it'll ),[NsK3Ha
^Ns
= 1:2:4];
:2:5],
P. Quincke. Ber. 20,609—611.
II.-C,,lHc<">CoH3(CHr.)[X2:CH3 = l
N
The nitrogen atoms are situated in the 3 : 4 position as
regards the naphthalene nucleus.
In order to determine the constitution of Hinsberg's
tolunaphthazine obtained from toluylenediamine and
^-naphthoquinone, the author prepared ?n azine com-
pound froni paratolyl-^-naphtliylamine according to the
method given in the previous abstract, and obtained a
naphthazine differing in its properties from that of
Hinsberg. By the action of mineral acids upon the black
dye for wool, which is prepared by the action of diazo-
azobenzenedisulphonic acid on paratolyl-/3-naphthyl-
amine, a tolunaphthazine is obtained, which is distinct
from the other two. The author shows further that
Hinsberg's compound is a molecular mixture of the two
other isomeric tolunaphthazines. According to this, the
compound prepared from paratoly 1-fi-naphthylamine has
formula I. that from the black dye formula II.— J. B. I
Aetnaphthene.
The author, by nitrating aeenaphthene with con-
centrated HN03 in glacial acetic acid.obtained a mono-
nitro derivative, which on reduction yields an aniido-
compound.— J. B. C.
p-a-Azonaphthalcne. R Nietzki and J. Gottig. Ber 20
612—613.
/9-o-AMIDOAZOXAPHTUALENK is first obtained as follows:
A solution of j9-diazonaphthalene is prepared from lmol.
/3-naphthylamine, ."mols. HCL and lmol. NaNOs. As
soon as thenaphthylamine is dissolved, lmol.a-naphthvl-
amine hydrochloride dissolved in water is added. After
12 hours, p-a-amidoazonaphthalene separates out as tin-
violet -brown hydrochloride. The corresponding azo-
naphthalene is obtained by dissolving 1 part of the
amidoazo-componnd in 50 parts of alcohol, to which 3
parts of concentrated H.so, are added. Then asullicient
quantity of a concentrated solution of NaNO, is added,
until the violet colour of the liquid changes to a yellow-
brown. The mas- i- boiled for a time, and in case the
violet colour reappears, more nitrite is added. The crude
azonaphthalene is precipitated with water, and crystal-
lised from glacial aoetfe acid. It is a dark-brown erys
talline bo.lv, with a steel blue lustre. It melts at 136 .
much lower than the a-compounds (190"). It has the'
Derivatives of Diphenylethane. K. Heumann and
.1. Wiernik. Ber. 20- 909—915.
The authors point out that ii ler to produces colour-
ing matter, it is necessary . in the ens,, of methane, that
at least two amido-phenyl groups Bhonld be attached to
the thane carbon atom. 1 liamidodibenz] 1, prepared
according to Fittig and Stelling's method, gives no
colouring matter on ovulation, and i> therefore not a
leoco-base. Tetramethyldiamidodiphenylethane, con-
trary to Schoop's statement, gives no pure colouring
matter on oxidation. It follows then that the introduc-
tion of two symmetrical methylamidophenyl groups into
the ethane molecule gives, on oxidation, no colouring
matter; whereas, in the case of methane, with two
groups attached to the Bame carbon atom, colouring
matters arc produced. The same result is obtained if
the ainido group is replaced by hydroxy] — i.e., if two
phenol groups an- introduced symmetrically into the
ethane molecule. Wialicenus has shown that ethane
containing three phenol groups, or triphenolethane
<\ II. "lji.cn ..CH MC.H.OH).,, on oxidation give- a
colour which dves wool. -J. B. C.
formula :— CwHTN:N.Ci0lI7
—J. B. C.
Monomethylorange and Monoethylorange — their Con-
version into Dimethyl- and Dieihylthtonin. A. Bern-
tlisen and A. Goske. Ben 20, 924—934.
Monomethylorange is prepared a~ follows :— 22Qgrms. of
sodium Bulphanilate, 74grms. of NaNO,, and lOOgrnis.
of concentrated H^SO^, in about 1J litres of water,
are mixed together. The resulting diazobenzene
sulphonic acid is filtered and added to SOgnns. of pure
monometbylaniline, SOgrms. of concentrated HC1 and
300cc. of water, and "heated to 30°. The mass be-
comes thick horn separation of needles of the
azo-acid. It is filtered and converted, by the
addition of caustic soda, into the sodium salt, "which
crystallises in orange-red tablets. It may be dis-
tinguished from helianthin by its somewhat redder
shade, The free azo-compound has the formula
C0H4(SO,H).X.,.C,H4XH(CH i. and consists of violet,
needle-shaped crystals. The isomeric diazo-compound,
i ll.(SO.H)X : N.N(CH,)C,H5. is often formed at the
same time. It may be separated by treating the pro-
duct with (XH4)„S, which decomposes the azo com-
pound, but leaves the diazo-compound unaltered. With
dilute acids it is converted into monomethylorange,
while with strong Hl'l it is split up into metbylaniline
and p-phenolsulphonic acid.
Monoethylorange is obtained, though less rapidly,
under the same conditions as described for methyl-
orange. It is better to Use the diazobenzene sulphonic
acid in solution, and to neutralise the free acid formed
by gradually adding NaOH so that the sodium salt
separates out. This compound has the formula CCH.
(SO-Xa).N : N.C,H4NH(G,H,);
Monomethyl-f-phenylenediamine. — Methvlorange is
split up with warm (XH4)„S into sulphanilic acid and
methylphenylenediamiiie. The latter is extracted with
ether, the base dissolved out with the calculated quan-
tity of H,SO| (1 : 4), which separates out, on digesting
with alcohol, as a voluminous crystalline mass. Solu-
tions of its salts are coloured deep red with Fe.,Cle or Br.
Acidified with HC1 the solution is decolourised, but
changes to blue on the addition of II aS.
Monoethyl-p-vhenylejiediamme. — Ethylorange is de-
composed with (NHj.S similarly to the metbylcompound,
ethylplienylenedianiine being formed.
MICH,
Dimethylthionin N <!v tj 3>S
I ^NCH,
—The production of this compound corresponds exactly
to the formation of thvlene blue by acting on the
diamine with US and l-',-..('l, , and precipitating tin-
colouring matter with common salt ami ZnCl,. The
hydrochloride dissolves readily in water with a blue
colour and reddish-brown fluorescence. The neutral
solution is precipitated by mineral acids. Like thionin,
July 30, i8b7.l THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
507
it exchanges one imido group for oxygen, ami forms
methyltbionoline, and by farther replacing the amido
group by hydroxy] gives thionol.
MICH.,
Diethylthionin N <q*j|*>S
' M- .11
—This body is formed in the same manner as t lie
methyl compound, which it closely resembles in appear-
ance and properties. — J. B. C.
Action of Carbonic Acid on Ultramarine Blue. Dr. I..
Bin-liner. Chem. Zeit. 11, 314.
If carbonic acid is allowed io act on ultramarine blue
suspended in water, a liberation of sulphuretted hydrogen
takes place. If the reaction continue till the evolu-
tion of H2S ceases, the water, frequently changed
and decanted, is found to contain an appreciable amount
of sodium carbonate. The explanation of this reaction
is that the carbonic acid decomposes the Na.S of the
ultramarine blue. The presence of Na.S, however,
cannot be shown by the nitto-pruseide test. If veil-
washed ultramarine be used, the same reaction takes
place. The disengagement of HaS also takes place if
carbonic acid be led over dry lump ultramarine, and in
larger quantity if the pieces are somewhat moistened.
If ultramarine] treated as above, be dried and compared
with the normal ultramarine, it is found that the blue
has become quite dull and reddish, owing to the loss
of Na2S.
Prepared ultramarine blue shows similar reactions, but
these are not so strongly marked. — J. F. C. S.
Nero Great Colouring Matter. W. Krause. Internat.
Monatsschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol, 4, 2.
TllK zinc double >alt of thiophen green (see page 505),
tetramethyldiamidodiphenyltnienylcarbinol, is well
adapted for staining sections, etc., especially as a
complementary colour to carmine. It dissolves readily
in water, alcohol and chloroform, but is insoluble in
benzene. — C. A. K.
Indian Yellow and Glycuronic Acid. E. Kiilz. Zeit.
fur Biol. 33, 475— 4S5.
Euxanthic acid is, according to Spiegel, decomposed
by hydrochloric acid into glycuronic acid andeuxautnone.
The author, in order to prove the animal origin of
euxanthic acid, gave euxanthone to rabbits and dogs,
and was able to detect euxanthic acid in the urine. Like
that obtained from purree (a combination of euxanthic
iicid and magnesia), it rotated polarised light to the left.
While the experiments show that Indian yellow may be
of animal origin, they in no way disprove that it may
also be produced by the action of plants. The author s
experiments did not corroborate Schmid's statement that
mangostin (obtained from Gardnia mangostana) is
similarly converted into euxanthic acid by animals.
— C. A. K.
Improvements in and relating to the Manufacture of
Colouring Matters. H. H. Lake, London. From
Wirth & Co., for A. Leonhardt & Co., Miihlheim,
Germany. Eng. Pat. 43S7, March 29, 1886. 6d.
Paranitrotoluese is sulphonated by being heated
with one part of sulphuric acid (66' B.) and two parts of
fuming acid containing 35 per cent, of anhydride. The
heating is continued for 12 — 24 hours at 120' C. , and the
nitro-sulphonic acid treated with caustic soda and zinc
dust, or, preferably, first with soda and then afterwards
reduced in alkaline solution with zinc dust. The result-
ing compound is said not to be tolidinedisulphonic acid,
but a "new umidosulpho-acid," which yields tetrazo-
salts, from which secondary azo-colours can be prepared.
A list of the amines, phenols, sulphonic and carboxylic
acids is given in the specification, the three following
examples being illustrative of the manufacture of the
azo-colours :—(!.) The sodium salt of the new aniido-
suluhonic acid is dia/otised by sodinm nitrite and
hydrochloric acid in the nana! way, ami then combined
with two molecules of /9-naphthylaminemonosulphonJc
acid ( Iiri'wiier's). The colour thus produced is a red d\ e-
stutr. (2. I A yellow colour is formed by the action of the
tetrazo-salt upon salicylic acid in alkaline solution.
(3.) A violet colour is 'produced by the action of the
tetrazo-salt upon o naphthol in alkaline solution.— K. M.
Improvements in the Production of IndoU Derivatioet
from the Compounds of the Aromatic Hydrazines with
the Ketones and Aldehydes. C. I). Abel, London.
From the " Farbwerke vorm. Meister Latins &
Briining," Hoechst a Main, Germany. Eng. Pat. 7137,
May 27, 1S86. 6d.
The process described in the present specification depends
upon the formation of condensation products between
primary or secondary hydra tin esand ketones or aldehydes,
and the treatment o'f these products with anhydrous acids
or with metallic chlorides, by which means ammonia is
withdrawn and the indole derivative synthetised. The
following typical equations illustrate the method :—
C,H6.N,H,+CH»CO:CH,=C,H,.N,H:C(CH,),+H,0.
C.H..N(CH,).NH, + CH,.C0A^H3=C.H,.N(CH,).N:
C(CH:,), + H..O.
C.Hs.N$H,+OCH.C,H,=C.H,.NilH:CH.CsH,+H,0.
Ammonia can be withdrawn from the condensation
products by heating with sulphuric or hydrochloric acids,
but the best results are obtained by the use of solid zinc
chloride —
C.H..N,H:C(CH ):r,NH3 + CeH,<^> C.CHS
(Methylketole.)
In the preceding case the condensation product is
heated to 170— 1S0° C. with 4—5 times its weight of
solid zinc chloride, the reaction being complete in a few
minutes and the yield of methylketole over 60 per cent.
of the theoretical quantity. By a similar process
acetonemethylphenylhydrazine yields dimethylindole—
C,H4<N(C^p C.CH,
With propylidenephenylhydrazine the reaction some-
times sets in spontaneously with an equal weight of zinc
chloride, the product being skatole. Aromatic deriva-
tives are similarly obtained from the condensation pro-
ducts of hydrazines with aromatic ketones and aldehydes.
Thus the following compounds are given as examples :—
(1.) C
H<NH>aC«H*
(Phenylindole from acetophenonephenylhydraziue.)
(2.) C,H4<^c^C.CiH,
(Methylphenylindoie from acetophenonemethylphenyl-
hydratine.)
(Diphenylindole from "de-oxybenzoinphenylhydrazine.")
(4.) C10H,<™i>C.CH3
(Methyl/3 naphthyiindole from acetone^-naphthylhy-
drazine. )
Examples are also given in which the carboxylic acids
of aldehydes and ketones are first employed |p form con-
densation products with the hydrazines. The indole
derivatives, obtained according to the processes described
in the specification, are intended to be employed for the
preparation of colouring matters and as antiseptics.
— R. M.
C2
sos
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uuiy so. issr.
Improvements in the Production of Green Colouring
Matters or Dycstuffs. C. I >. Abel, London. From the
" Farhwerke vonn. Meister Lucius & Briining,"
Hoechst a/Main, Germany. Eng. Fat. S992, July 9,
1SS6. 4.1.
These colouring matters are prepared by the action of
nitrous aeiil upon an acid solution of methylene or
ethylene bine or other alkyl-thionines. The solution of
the colouring matter in water is acidified by sulphuric
acid and sodium nitrite (eight parts to ten of methylene
blue) added by degrees. The mixture is allowed to stand
for several days and the green colouring matter salted
out. The mother-liijimr contains a compound which is
precipitated by zinc chloride and reduced again to
methylene hlue. — B. M.
Improvements in Dyeing Tissue and other ropers, and in
Apparatus there/i J. Fletcher, Stonecloogh. Eng.
Pat 13,598, Oct 25, 1886. Cd. (Amended Specifica-
tion.)
The amendment consists in the deletion of the third
claim — viz., " the endless felt or cloth for supporting the
dyed paper in it.- wet slate and carrying it through the
machine." (See this Journal, 1S87, 139.)— II. A. B.
Improvements relating to Substances chiefly designed for
use in the Preparation of Colouring Matters, and to
the Manufacture of Colouring Matters therefrom. A.
Kern, Basle, Switzerland. Eng. Fat. 12,022. Bent 21.
18S6. 6d.
The reagent employed by the author is carhon sulph >-
dichloride CSt'l,. The compounds obtained are deriva-
tives of thiobenzoic acid and thiobenzophenone, and are
classified as follows :— (1.) Alkylised amido derivatives of
the chloride of thiobenzoic acid and derivatives of this
acid by the action of the reagent upon tertiary aromatic
amines. (2.) Alkylised amido derivatives of thiobenzo-
phenone by the action of alkylised amido derivatives of
the chloride of thiobenzoic acid or by the direct action of
the reagent upon tertiary aromatic amines. (3.) The
formation of colouring matters by the condensation of
the new compounds produced in the two preceding groups
with amido-componndfl or phenols. (4.) The formation of
colouring matters by the action of the reagent upon
tertiary aromatic amines. Seven examples illustrative
of the manufacturing processes are given: — (1.) Dimethyl-
aniline diluted with CS- and cooled to 0° (.'. is gradu-
ally mixed with the necessary quantity of the reagent,
also diluted with CS.. The product is dimethvlamido-
thiobenzoic acid, C(,H,.CS( ill. Xl'Il ),, (2.) By using
the above materials in the correct proportions, and
finishing the reaction at 35° C, tetramethyldiamido-
thiobenzophenone is produced. (3.) A yellow colouring
matter is prepared by passing ammonia gas into a solu-
tion of tetramethyldiamidothiobenzophenone in naphtha-
lene at 150° C. (4.) An orange colouring matter is
formed by heating the thiophenone with aniline as long
as SFF is evolved. (5.) To prepare a blue colouring
matter the thiophenone is heated with phenyl-
a-naphthylamine, toluene and carbon sulphodichloride.
(6.) A violet colouring matter is obtained by mixing the
thiophenone with dimetbylaniline and the reagent. "" The
reaction is completed at 100° C. (7.) The violet dye can
be prepared directly by the action of carbon sulphodi-
chloride upon dimetbylaniline in the presence of dry-
zinc chloride at 25—30° C, and finishing at 100" C. as in
the last example.— It. ML
YI.— DYEING. CALICO PRINTING. PAPEIL
STAINING AND BLEACHING.
A Process of Treating Woven and other Fabrics, Yarns,
Popes and Cordage for the Purpose of rendering the
Non-Putrefactwe and Antiseptic. A. ML Clark,
London. From L. P. Andouard, France. Eng.
Fat. 7927, June 12, 18S6. 6d.
The method consists in exposing the materials to wood
sin. ike. — E. J. B.
Improvements in Dyeing Blue, 'Specially adapted for
Wool. *C\ Lohmann, Cologne, Prussia. Eng. Pat.
8065, June 17, 1880. 4.1.
Tm> invention consists in dyeing wool or other animal
fibrous materials in a bath containing azo-diphenyl blue,
extract of logwood, sulphate of copper, sulphate of
iron, an alkaline bisnlphate and oxalic acid. — E. J. B.
Improvements relating to the Drying, Bleaching and
Disinfecting of Wool, Cotton, Paper Pulp or other
Textile or Fibrous Mat, rials and to Apparatus
for. .' II. Lorimer, Philadelphia, U.S.A. Eng.
Pat 16,765, Dec. 21, 1SS6. 8d.
The operation is conducted in a chamber of special con-
struction, and the bleaching or disinfecting compound
(bleaching liquor, sulphurous acid, etc.) is applied in the
form of a line spray. The drying is effected in the same
chamber. — B. J. B.
Improvements relating to the Treatment of Wool, t
Paper Pulp or other Textili or Fibrous Mat, rials for
effecting the Bleachin ing, Disinfecting and
\g or ot 'her Operations, and to Apparatus thi
J. H. Lorimer, Philadelphia, l.S.A. Kng. Pat
16,780, Dec. 21, 1S86. Sd.
This patent relates to certain slight improvements in the
apparatus described in Eng. Pat. 16,765. — E. J. B.
An Improved Compound for producing Designs upon
Textile Fairies a oil for similar Purposes. 11. II.
Lake, London. From L. Whitetield, Beading. Mass .
U.S.A. Eng. Fat. 2123, Feb. 10, lStS7. 4d.
The improved compound consists of a mixture of ben-
zene, naphtha or turpentine and a suitable pigment of
any desired colour, such, for example, as chrome
yellow or Chinese blue, with a little bronze powder and
kerosene oil. It is used for transferring patterns to
fabrics, the former being perforated and acting as a
stencil. — £. J. B.
ments in Apparatus for Dyeing Loose or Spun
Cotton and other Fibres. E. Booth. Manchester.
From W. A. Poorness, Brussels. Belgium. Eng. Pat
4365, March 23, 1SS7. 6d.
The apparatus consists of a strong copper or iron vessel,
which can be hermetically sealed. It is in connection
with an arrangement tor producing a vacuum. The in-
ventor claims the use of the vessel for the purpose of
dyeing materials with any other colour but black, a
similar apparatus having been previously patented for
dyeing that colour.--E. J. B.
An Improved Mode of and Apparatus for Mordanting,
Dyeing and Bleaching Pan- Cotton. G. Jagenbnrg,
Rydbonolm, Sweden. Eng. Pat 4764, March 30, 1887.
Sd.
The inventor conducts the operations, usually bleaching,
dyeing and mordanting operation-, either in the cold or
at low temperatures in vacuo. Drawings of the neces-
sary apparatus are given in the specification. — E. J. B.
TIL— ACIDS, ALKALIS AND SALTS.
On the Tat, emulation of some High-melting and De-
composition Temperatures. II. Le Chatelier. Bull,
t •him. 47, 300.
In his investigations the author made use of the electric
pyrometer described by him, which permits of the quick
and exact determination of high temperatures. The fol-
lowing melting p"hus wen- ascertained : — KC1 74o
Nad 776°, CaCl 755°, BaCl 847°, SnCl 840°. Na CO
810°, Bat o 795°, K CO 885°, Na S04 B67°, Ba(N0
592°, K,SO, 1015°, K.Cid, 975;, Xa.I'o. >xr, \
K( H i 37 0, i n S 1 100°, very pure white pig-iron 1135*,
July so, is?:.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
509
grey cast-iron 1240°, nickel 1420'. The temperatures of
decomposition of the following >alts wen- ascertained : —
MgCOj 680 , CaCO 890°, FeSO, too . Mnsu, 990°,
MgS< i, lliiu". The oxides of Al, • r, and Fe, as is com-
monly known, by gradual heating are subjected to a
change which is accompanied by a considerable produc-
tion of heat, and in consequence of whieli tliey become
insoluble in acids. These precise temperatures are :
Al 0 850°, Cr,0„ 900", Fe 0 950°. The method of
observation followed consisted in placing the salt to be
gtndied in a little platinum cone 5mm. in diameter, and
covering it with an envelope of magnesia and refractory
earth. The whole was heated in aForquignon'sfurnai e,
which was fed by a blast pipe. This arrangement was
for the purpose of assuring as complete a uniformity of
temperature as possible throughout the mass of the salt
experimented on. The progress of heating of the thermo-
couple place. I in the middle of the salt was registered by
the photographic method by means of induction sparks,
which passed from second to second. At the moment of
fusion there was a momentary arrest in the heating,
which manifested itself in the approach and super-
position of the images of the slit in front of which the
spark played. — W. It.
An Improved Apparatus for the Manufacture or Produc
liun of Carbonic Acid and other Gases. P. Farinaux
Lille, France. Eng. Pat. 8312, June 23, 1SS0. sd.
Tins invention relates to an apparatus for regularly pro-
ducing, in proportion a> they are consumed, carbonic
acid or other gases resulting from chemical decompo>i-
tion. The apparatus also discharges the gases at a con-
stant pressure. The gas liberated by the action of an
acid on the solid material passes through a purifier and
subsequently leaves the apparatus through a loaded
valve.— S. H.
Improvements in Apparatus for Producing Ammonia
from Sulphate of J. II. W. Deacon and
F. llurtcr, Widnes. Eng Pat 920S, July 15, 18s6. 8d.
Tins invention relates to apparatus for carrying out th,'
process described in Eng. Pat 2118, 1SS4 (this Journa
1885, 281), which consists in heatingtoahigh temperature
in an atmosphere of steam, a mixture of ammonium and
-odium sulphates. A cylindrical cast-iron pot A
(Figs. 1 and 2) is provided with a closely-fitting lid B,
r,0 1
A Xcw Hydrate of Caustic Soda. C. Gottig.
543—544.
Bcr. 20,
On carefully heating a concentrated solution of caustic
soda in strong alcohol a slow separation of fine crystals
occurs, the amount of which, on continued heating, in-
creases. These crystals, which disappear on cooling the
alcoholic solution, are very unstable and difficult to
isolate. If the alcoholic solution is further heated the
Drystals iedissolve, but after a time, as the alcohol
evaporates, aggregated masses of crystals appear, which
have the formula NaOH + 211,0. This compound is
not very hygroscopic, but readily absorbs CO, from the
air. Part of the water of crystallisation evaporates over
CaCL in a desiccator.— J. B. C.
General Method for the Preparation of Manganites
from Permanganates. G. Rousseau. Compt. Kend.
104, 785.
POTASSIUM PERMANGANATE heated to 240° yields potas-
sium manganate, manganesedioxide and oxygen, but if the
beating be continued the dioxide disappears and man-
ganites are formed, and these the more readily the
Higher the temperature. A pentamanganite KaMn50, ,,
and a heptamanganite K.;MnT015 are obtained. The
latter is also formed when potassium permanganate is
heated to S00' in a bath of potassium chloride. The
author suggests that the formation of manganites is due
to the action of the manganese dioxide on the manganate
formed, whereby a further liberation of manganese
dioxide takes place, and this combines with free alkali
present, forming a manganite : — MnO., + 3KMn04 =
2KMnU4 - 2MnOi + 2KsO. This action accounts for the
loss experienced in preparing potassium manganate from
the permanganate when too high a temperature is
employed. The permanganates of barium and strontium
also yield polymanganites on heatin» to 350', while
calcium permanganate behaves similarly at 200*.
— C. A. K.
Antimony Tar/rate. Guutz. Compt. Kend. 104, 850.
1'elii.ot's method for obtaining acid antimony tartrate
by precipitating a solution of antimony oxide in tartaric
acid with alcohol, yields an amorphous product which
contains varying amounts of antimony, according to the
method of precipitation. The acid antimony tartrate
(C4H60,.SbO) may he obtained in a pure state by boiling
a solution of tartaric acid with an excess of antimony
oxide for several hours and concentrating the solution
obtained on the water-bath, when a crystalline precipi-
tate is obtained, which is purified by washing with abso-
lute alcohol.— C. A. K.
having a charging bole C and an outlet pipe D for the
escape of gaseous ammonia and steam. An aperture E,
closed by a plug F near the bottom, allows of the with-
drawal of the contents when the operation is completed.
Close to the bottom there is a small central chamber G
provided with a number of radiating pipes ;/ which serve
for the distribution of superheated steam supplied there-
to by the pipe H. Immediately over the pipes g a false
510
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July so. iss".
bottom J is placed, the perforations of which distribute
the steam equally throughout the charge. The false
bottom .1, which i> of less diameter than the pot A, is
also fitted with a downward flange K having several
projections L by which it rests on the bottom of the pot,
The false bottom tlm^ forms a Bhallow vessel surround-
ing the steam chamber. When the charge is first intro-
duced it blocks up the perforations of the false bottom,
and the steam is therefore compelled to pass through the
annular space between the Mange and the interior of the
pot, at which part it is first required, as the charge first
rosea at these places. Gradually the fusion proceeds
through the whole mass, freeing the perforations and
allowing the steam to issue through the false bottom, as
the liquid, formed lutes the space at the circumference
near the Mange. The pot is set in brickwork and pro-
vided with a fireplace and Hues, so that it may be heated
from the outside. — S. H.
insulator. If dried " ardoisite " be gradually heated
up to a white heat, it is brought into the condition of a
refractory stone of great durability, particularly applic-
able for furnaces or furnace vessels. — K. (i. « .
.V •./■ ImprotH d Process for the Si unfit: mi mix Manufac-
ture of Assimilable Phosphates and of Sulphate oj
Ammonia. E. Solvav, Brussels, Belgium. Kng. l'at.
8723, July 3, 18S6. 6d.
If phosphate of lime be treated with sulphuric acid,
almost insoluble calcium sulphate and soluble monobasic
calcium phosphate are produced. The object of this in-
vention is to economise a portion of the acid employed
by combining the manufacture of superphosphates with
that of ammoniacal salts. Ammonia is allowed to act on
monobasic calcium phosphate, thereby forming dibasic
calcium phosphate and ammonium phosphate, both of J
which have a high agricultural value. If it be preferred
to obtain all the phosphoric acid as ammonium phos-
phate, the dibasic calcium phosphate is treated over
again with sulphuric acid. Even more ammonia may be :
fixed in the finished article, as calcium sulphate ettects j
double decomposition with ammonium carbonate, yield-
ing ammonium sulphate and calcium carbonate.
-S. H.
YIIL— GLASS. POTTERY AND EARTHENWARE.
An Improved Potter's Utter-press. J. Critchlow, T.
Forrester, W, Forrester, H. Forrester and L. Forres-
ter, Hanton. Fmg. Pat. 1941, Feb. 8, 1887. Sd.
The filtering cloths usually employed are replaced by
porous drainage tiles fixed on the surfaces of the ribbed
or corrugated plates. — C. C. H.
IX— BLILDB'G MATEBIALS. CLAYS, MORTARS
AND CEMENTS.
An Improved Compound for Plastering and for Pre-
venting the Radiation and Transmission of Heat. K.
W. Hitchins, Stoke Newington. Eng. " Pat 6S04,
May 20, 1886. 6d.
ABOUT equal proportions of slag-wool an
Pari> or cement in a dry state are mixe<
together. The product obtained is lighter
ary plaster, more porous and capable of
greater amount of heat. — E. 6. C.
1 plaster of
intimately
than ordin-
resisting a
Treatment of Slate, Schist and Watte thereof for the
Production of Matt rial applicable Jor Structures,
Vessels and other Uses. J. 15. F. Frcdureau, Paris.
Eng. Pat. 7285, May 31, 1880. Gd.
PowpSBBT) SCHIST or slate is made up intoa paste with a
solution of silicate of potash or of soda, the paste is
moulded into the desired forms, and the moulded pieces
are dried, preferably with the aid of a little heat. The
material so made ("Ardoisite") is at once applicable
for structural purposes, or for making tanks,
vessels, pijies, etc.: it is readily worked by saws,
planes or other tools, and is especially nseful in
lal>oratories and chemical works, as it is not subject
to corrosion by acids. If impregnated with paraffin, tar,
petroleum, etc., the material can be used as an electrical
Improvements in t/ie Manufacture of Portland Cement.
S. Lowden, London. Eng. Pat. 8120, June 18, 1886.
Cm I.
The inventor manufactures what may be termed the
"nucleus" of the cement, by thoroughly mixing, drying
and kilning one part by weight of Medway blue clay, in
its natural >tat>\ and live parts of chalk or limestone.
The material so prepared is fit for transport to any part
where chalk or limestone abounds and where the finished
product is intended to be employed. To complete the
manufacture, chalk or limestone is pulverised, dried at
about 210° F. and mixed with the prepared
"nucleus" in the proportion of one part by weight of
the chalk or limestone to three parts of the "nucleus" —
an excellent Portland cement being thus obtained.
-E. G. C.
Method of and Apparatus for Desiccating Wood and
other Porous Substances. A. Flamache and E. Picard,
Brussels, Belgium. Eng. Pat. 10,595, Aug. 1886. Sd.
The object of the patentees is to effect the desiccation
of wood simultaneously throughout the whole mass,
instead of its commencement at the exterior and its
gradual progress inwards. They effect this by placing
the material in an air-tight vessel, in which a partial
vacuum is formed, the air thus expelled from the pores of
the wood carrying with it moisture : this is followed by
the admission of dry atmospheric air either heated or
cooled, which takes up a further quantity of moisture and
is again expelled as before. In some cases, instead of a
reduction of pressure below that of the atmosphere, air at
atmospheric pressure and compressed air alternately
operate ; the efl'ect is practically the same. Hot air may
be employed and the interior of the vessel heated,
dependent upon the nature of the material operated on.
— C. C. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Building Materials
from Glass and in the Application of the same. S.
Pitt, Sutton, Surrey. F'rom G. F'aiconnier, Nyon,
Switzerland. Eng.' Pat, 5723, April 19, 1S87. 6d.
The patentee claims the employment of bricks formed
from blown glass of various shapes and secured in the
manner shown in the drawing attached to the specifica-
tion, for use in building. Such hollow- bricks may be
employed in almost every instance in which ordinary
bricks or tiles are used. The interior of the glass brick
mav be decorated or painted with anv devices.
-C. C. H.
A Novel Artificial Cement. W. E. Gedge, London.
From J. Thorrand, V. Nicolet and A. Bonnet, Gren-
oble, France. Eng. Pat. 979, Jan. 21, 18S7. 4d.
This cement consists of "an intimate mixture, in con-
tact with water, of dried and pulverised chloride of
magnesium, with or without the addition of inert matters
or calcareous powder, with magnesia also pulverised and
mixed with calcareous powder or inert matters." This
product is white like plaster and is capable of receiving
various tints bv the addition of coloured earths.
— E. (.. U.
X.— METALLURGY, Etc.
On Certain Metals. X. Meyer. Ber. 20, 197-500.
The Melting Point of Magnesium is usually given in
the text-books as about 500" ('. Experiments bave shown
that the melting point lies above that of sodium bromide
(70CI, and just below that of sodium carbonate (SOC).
The Purification of Mercury may be very readily per-
formed by repeated distillation. All impurities are left
behind in the retort. After twelve successive distillations
juiyso. 1SS7.] THE JOUliNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
511
the author found that no residue remained on heating,
and that the metal was chemically pure. A quicker
method is that usually adopted — viz., recrystallisation of
mercurous nitrite.
Volatility of Germanium. — The author finda that
germanium does not volatilise sensibly when heated to
1350° C. in an atmosphere of hydrogen or nitrogen. This
agrees with Nilson and Pettorson's observations, who
heated germanium to 1500° with a similar result. The
author attempted, without success, to determine the
vapour density of magnesium. He intends shortly to
determine that of antimony. — J. 1>. C.
An Improved Manufacture of Alloy or Alloys of Nickel,
Copper and Aluminium. .1. V. Johnson, Loudon.
From La Socicte Anonyme Le Ferro- Nickel, Paris,
France. Eng. Pat. ".832, April 29, 18S6. 6d.
To the melted nickel the charge of copper is stirred in,
and subsequently, at a somewhat higher temperature, a
proportion of aluminium varying, according to the per-
centage of nickel, from 175 of aluminium per 1000 of the
mixture in the case of an alloy with 10 per cent, of
nickel, down to O'S of aluminium per 1000 for one with 40
per cent, of that metal. The fused mass is then raised
almost to its hoiling point, ami poured rapidly and
regularly. Malleable nickel may in part be substituted
for aluminium but with less satisfactory result.
—AY. G. M.
Improvements relating to the Extraction or Separation
of Hold, Silver and Platinum from Ores and other
Substances or Products containing such Metals, J.
Xoad, East Ham. Eng. Pat. 6810, May 10, 1886. 0.1.
SEE page 516.
Process and Apparatus for the Treatment of Iron Ores
for tin Manufacture of Steel. A. M. Clark, London.
From La Socicte Anonyme des Produits Chimiijues
de St. Denis, France. Eng. Pat. 6747, May 19, 1886.
8d.
This is a process for treating iron oxides in pulverulent
condition, and is especially applicable to the spent pyrites
of the vitriol maker. The reduction is effected in an
upright furnace with nine or more superposed hearths.
Running axially through the furnace is a vertical water-
cooled rotating shaft, carrying rakes for stirring the ore
on each hearth. The ore is fed on to the uppermost
hearth and is gradually discharged (by the action of the
rake) through channels in the bed, sloping inwards so
as to deliver the ore into the centre of the next ; thence
it passes to the next hearth, in a like manner, and is then
conducted to the next and so on, until it is finally dis-
charged directly on to the bed of a regenerative melting
furnace. Since the complete removal of sulphur previous
to reduction is essential to success, the charcoal is not
added to the charge at first, but is introduced at about the
sixth stage. Moreover the atmosphere, which is of a
reducing character on the lower hearths, is rendered
oxidising in the upper portion in order to roast the ore
more fully : this is accomplished by passing into the
lowest hearth, producer gas which is thence led upwards
by channels in the walls in a zig-zag direction over the
higher stages until, nearer to the top, an excess of air
from the regenerator of the moiling furnace is mixed
with it, the gases ultimately passing into adust chamber.
The pyrophoric iron dust falls into a space on the hearth
of the melting furnace, where it isprotected from oxida-
tion by an inner perforated wall of refractory material.
The furnace is heated by gas, which passes direct from a
producer and mingles in a combustion chamber with the
air from the regenerator and thence, before entering the
furnace, passes over a screen of charcoal lumps to guard
effectually against the presence of free oxygen or carbonic
acid. 'When copper is present, the removal of the sulphur
must be effected in a separate chamber ; the residue being
then freed from copper by extraction with acid and by
subsequent washing, is reduced and melted as described.
-W. G. M.
Improvements in the Method of and Apparatus etnplo;
in Galvanising (Coating with Spelter) Sheet Metal.
J.Thomas, Bradleyj 11. Lewis, uandsworth; and E.
W. Lewis, Compton. Eng. Pat 6786, .May 20,1886.
Bd.
To obviate the necessity of straightening the galvanised
plates, which are usually delivered from the lollersmore
or less curved, and to ensure uniformity of coating on
both sides of the sheet, they are brought out from the
zinc bath in a vertical position. The trough is rectan-
gular in shape and has, working within it, two pairs of
horizontal rollers geared outside the trough, one
pair being placed immediately above the other with the
upper pair at a slight distance beneath the surface of the
molten metal. In the same horizontal plane with the
lower pair is a third roller taking its motion only by
contact with that which is next to it. Through a nux-
box the plate to be coated is pressed between the loose
roller and the adjacent roller of the lower pair, and by
the motion of the latter is drawn down to a cradle
beneath where, kept in position by a series of lingers, it is
brought by means of a lever beneath the two geared
rollers, and through them is carried upwards and finally
delivered above. — \Y. <;. M.
An Improved Process for the Separation of Metallic Tin
from Tinned Plates or from Alloys or Suits of Tin.
E. Edwards, London. From M. liamos (iarcia, Paris,
France. Eng. Pat. 6803, May 20, 1SS6. 6d.
If tinned iron be the substance treated, it must be
stripped by agitation in a bath of hydrochloric acid
with a small proportion of nitric acid or of ferric chloride
and heated by steam. From the solution of the tin salt
obtained the metal is precipitated on tin cathodes by
galvanic batteries. — W, G. M.
Manufacture of Faro-manganese, Silico-spiegcl, Spiegel-
eiscn and Chrome Iron. C. J. Sandahl, Trimsaran,
South Wales; G. Bargate, Barrow-in-Furness; and
C. B. Phillips, Chester. Eng. Fat. 6977, May 25,
18S6. 6d.
Ix order to avoid the great loss of manganese or chromium
owing to the large amount of slag formed in the
manufacture of the above alloys, pig or scrap iron is
substituted for iron ore in the furnace charge, so that
the quantity of slag is much reduced. The charge,
therefore, consists of broken pig or scrap-iron, fuel,
manganese (or chrome) ores and the flux necessary for
them.— W. G. M.
Improvements relating to the Extraction oj Gold, Silver
ami Copper from Ores and other Substances or Pro-
ducts containing such Metals. J. Noad, East Ham.
Eng. Pat. 8130, June 18, 1886. 6d.
The ore in a finely divided condition is allowed to
remain in contact for 24 hours and afterwards roasted
at a blood-red heat with a mixture of sodium chloride
and sulphuric acid. The product is then ground and washed.
The insoluble lead and silver chlorides are placed
in a depositing tank with a suitable solution and elec-
trolysed. The solution in the ease of silver would be
saturated with potassium cyanide containing ammonium
carbonate and boric acid ; for gold it would be ferrous
sulphate ; and for copper, cupric sulphate. The bath,
after precipitation, is again available for the same pur-
pose.— W. G. M.
Improvi m< nts in and connected with Refractory Linings
particularly adapted for Metallurgical furnaces,
but applicable also for other Purposes. T. Twvnam,
London. Eng. Pat. 8359, June 24, [886. 6d.
To render chrome-lining less susceptible of mechanical
abrasion the chrome-iron ore, which must not be too
silicious, is mixed with from 1 to 5 per cent, of an
alkaline salt according as it will be required to with-
stand an intense or only a moderately high temperature.
The salt should be dissolved in just sufficient water to
512
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July 30, is?7.
thoroughly moisten the ore, and the mixture may then he
used directly as a lining, or it may he moulded into hricks,
tuyeres or the like, and he well burnt hefore use.
— W. G. M.
Improvements in Apparatus used/")- Coating Sheet Iron
with Zinc or Alloys of Zinc or other Coating Metal or
Alloy. IS. Heathheld, Birmingham. Eng. Pat.
8390, June -■">, l.vMi. sd.
FBOM the horizontal rolls of the galvaniser's hath, or by
preference from the additional half-immersed rolls des-
cribed in Eng. Pat. 2243, of 1877, the coated plate is
passed between a pair of revolving brushes and finally
through a pair of finishing rolls placed above the bath.
The brushes are slightly longer than the length or
breadth of the plate under treatment and may have a
slight reciprocating motion in addition to rotation ; the
distance between them may also be regulated by
suitable mechanism. — W. G. M.
Improvements in Linings of Copper, Lead and other
Similar Furnaces, as well as Steel Or So mens Furnaces
and Steel Converters. A. E. Tucker, Smethwick.
Eng. Pat. 11,600, Sept. 13, 1880. Id.
In carrying out Eng. Pats. 7571 and 14,507 of 18S5 (this
Journal, 1886, 329), the inventor finds that basic slag,
I whether from the converter (by preference) or from the
open hearth furnace, may be advantageously used either
in the form of bricks for the sides and bottom, or by
ramming for the latter. Cast slag bricks arc made by
melting the slag in a cupola or furnace with basic or
! neutral lining. — \Y. G, M.
Improvements in and connected with the Manufacture of
Aluminium, and other Light Metals. F. J. Leaver,
London. From Dr. E. C. Kleiner-Fiertz, Zurich,
Switzerland. Eng. Pat. S531, June 29, 1SSG. Sd.
See page 517.
Improvements relating to the Production of Aluminium
and Alloys thereof . L. Graham, Hanover, Germany.
Eng. Pat. 9480, July 22, 1S86. 6d.
Is order to economise the sodium or potassium, which is
to a large extent volatilised when used for the reduction
of aluminium chloride, and to prevent contamination of
the reduced metal by contact with the walls of the
heating vessel, the reduction is effected in a carbon
crucible contained within a hermetically closed chamber.
The crucible, if small, is fashioned in one piece, or if
large may he built up of carbon blocks cemented by tar;
the cover is also lined with carbon and is joined by a
magnesia lute, which is not attacked, at the tem-
perature employed, by the alkali metal. The whole
arrangement is heated to dull redness; when
partial volatilisation of the sodium occurs, a most
intimate mixture is produced, reduction commences
attended by a copious evolution of heat and the reaction
is finally completed with practically the theoretical
quantity of sodium. The finely-divided aluminium is
rosed together with suitable flux in carbon crucibles.
If alloys are required they may be made by mixing the
alloying metal with the original charge or by introducing
it during the subsequent fusion ; or they may be made
by forming the reducing crucible of the alloy metal, and
melting together IkjUi crucible and contents with the
requisite fluxes. — W. (;. M.
Improvements in the Treatment of Ores containing
Sulphide of Antimony for tin Purpose of obtaining
the said Sulphide in a Concentrated Form with any
Void or Silver that may be present. E. W. Parnell,
Chester ; and J. .Simpson, Liverpool. Eng. Pat. 9919,
August 3, 1»S6. Od.
The object of this invention is the concentration of
sulphide of antimony in poor sulphide ores. It is
effected by treating the finely divided ore with a solution
of sodium monosulphide, by which means the antimony
becomes converted into a light red sulphide which
remains for the most pan in suspension in the .-odium
sulphide solution, the latter being practically unaltered.
This solution is drawn oft from the heavier gangue and
the suspended sulphide allowed to settle, the solution
being then available for treating a further quantity of
raw ore. The gangue, from which the liquid baa been
drawn off, is washed free from any red sulphide inter
mixed with it and is available for the extraction of
any gold and silver it may contain. ur it may be
treated according to Eng. Pats. 11,828 and 13,074
of 1884 (this Journal, 1885, 352).— W. G. M.
| Improvements in the Method of and Apparatus for the
Smelting or Refining of Copper. D. McKechnie, {St.
Helens. Eng. Pat. 12,053, Sept. 22, 1886. Sd.
Throvuh the sides of a reverberatoiy (copper) furnace,
a series of steam injector- cause a current of air and
steam— if necessary mixed with powdered nitre — to be
blown into or over the molten matter on the hearth,
thereby greatly facilitating the removal of foreign sub-
stances from the metal. — W. G. M.
Improvements in Extracting Gold and other Precious
Metals from their Ores, and Apparatus therefor. C.
I). Abel, London. Erom E. Fischer and M. W.
Weber, Berlin, Germany. Eng. Pat. 921, Jan. 20,
1SS7. Sd.
The finely-crushed ore is charged together with six or
eight times its volume of water and if necessary,
sodium chloride or other chlorine or bromine compound
and potassium permanganate, into a vat, the sides of
which are partially lined with an amalgamated metal,
and the bottom covered with mercury, both being con-
nected with the negative pole of an electric generator.
Here it is agitated for 2 — 2£ hours by a stirring appa-
ratus, with shovels of amalgamated metal connected
with the positive pole of the generator, which is
maintained in operation for the whole period. When,
by the action of the chlorides, the precious metals have
been rendered soluble and have been deposited by the
curreut, and taken up by the mercury, the whole charge
is drawn off by a cock and run into an iron trough, in
which a series of grooved wooden rollers, carrying car-
bons in the grooves as anodes, rotate at different speeds
above the mercury, which is made the cathode, and
retains any amalgam particles remaining in the water
and sand. The tailings are discharged by means of
india-rubber plates attached radially to the last roller.
-\V. G. M.
An Improved Process for the Extraction of Gold, Silver,
and other Metals from Ferriferous Ores containing
the same. M. Constable and J. IS. Hingle, Sydney,
N.S.W. Eng. Pat. 2740, Feb. 22, 1S87. 4d.
The ore is wet crushed, if necessary first roasted, the
mud treated with sulphuric acid and boiled; metallic iron
or zinc is added to commence the reaction and the heat-
ing prolonged until solution of iron compounds is
complete. The residue contains the precious metals,
which may be extracted by any known method. The
solution is evaporated and roasted, the acid vapours
evolved being used to treat a fresh portion of raw
material ; the residue from this calcination consists of
valuable oxides. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Construction and Manufacture of
Zincs for Galvanic Latteries. \V. E. Heys, Manches-
ter. From J. Beattie, Jan., Westport, Mass., U.S.A.
Eng. Pat, 1571, March 28, 1SS7. 4d.
Si.i. page 519.
Process for Extracting Aluminium from Alumina. D.
<;. Reillon and 5. C. Montague, Nantes; and G. L. 15.
L. Bourgerel, Paris, Prance. Eng. Pat. 1676, March
28, 1SS7. 4d.
ALUMINIUM sulphide is obtained by mixing alumina
into a paste with tar or with charcoal (40 per cent.) and
July 30, 188-.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
513
oil, heating the mixture to a red heat in a closed vessel
and treating with carbon bisulphide vapour thus :-
2Al,.03 + 3C + 3CS2=2ALS3 + 6CO.
The sulphide is then heated in a current of a gaseous
hydrocarbon, whereby the sulphur is removed and pure
aluminium is left. — \V. G. M.
Improvements relating to the Galvanising or Tinning of
Hue Cloth, Wire .Xrtt in;/, or other Art ieles or Muter ids,
and to Apparatus therefor. II. II. Lake, London.
From C. Swinscoe, Clinton, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 6042,
April 25, 1SS7. 8d.
Instead of using sand or asbestos as a scrubber, after
the metal to be tinned has passed through the bath of
molten metal, the inventor uses a layer of coke placed
upon the surface of the bath. — B. T.
XII.-PAINTS, TARNISHES AND RESINS.
Improvements in Anti-fouling Compositions for Shipsi
J. Cameron, Renfrew, ling. Pat. 7497, June 4,
1S86. 4d.
CAEBOLATE6 of mercury, copper, iron or zinc, alone or
mixed with one another or with the carbolate of an alka-
line earth, such as carbolate of barium, are combined
with the ordinary dry pigment or material used in form-
ing the paint or composition for coating ships' bottoms.
— E. G. C.
Improvements in Gvtta-percha Compounds ami in the
Manufacture thereof. K.Dick, Glasgow. Eng. Pat.
7524, June 4, 1SS6. 8d.
The principal constituents used in the manufacture of
these compounds are the several kinds of gutta-percha,
or " crumb " — ground good old vulcanised indiarubber —
ground veneer dust, sulphur, zinc oxide, French chalk,
flocking, or the cut fibre of cotton textile fabrics, and
ground alum. — E. G. C.
Improvements in the Process for preserving Iron and
Steel Strveturesfrom Oxidation. W. Briggs, Arbroath.
Eng. Pat. 7777, June 10, 1886. 4d.
The surface to be preserveiFis first cleansed and then
coated with a varnish composed of about 11 lb. of coal-
tar pitch, 41b. of tar oil and 8|lb. of coal-tar naphtha.
Before the varnish is quite dry, a coating of coal-tar
pitch is applied with a brush. — E. G. C.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Pigments. J. M.
Bennett, Kuchill, KB. Eng. Pat. 8725, July 3, 1SS6.
8d.
In place of crushing or grinding the pigments in pan
mills, burr mills, edge runners, or the like, the inventor
adopts a process which consists in breaking, disintegra-
ting or compacting; the particles of the substances being
treated in the dry state by a series of sudden impacts or
shocks, in one or a series of breakers, disintegrators or
compactors, enclosed within a chamber or chambers
through which currents of dried or heated air may be
passed. — E. G. C.
Anlmproved Process for Preparing a Metallic Cor, ringfot
giving a Non-oxidising or only slightly oxidising ' oat-
a Wood andothi r Materials or Objects. E. Schroder
and H. Perner, Berlin, Germany. Eng. Pat. 10,127.
August 7, 1886. 6d.
Foils of any required shape and of extreme tenuity are
made by depositing electrolytically a thin metallic coat
upon a slightly varnished metal or other electrode of
suitable form, from which they may be withdrawn,
alone or strengthened by a backing material, and may
then be glued upon the wood or object to be decorated."
— \V. G. M.
A Process for Preserving the Surface of Copper or its
Alloys. E. do Pass, London. From La Socicte
Industiielle et Conimerciale des Metaux, Paris. Eng.
l'at. 1G,'.I35, Hue. 24, 1SS6. 6d.
The copper or brass to be protected is coated with
cuprous sulpho-cyanate or cyanate, or rhodanide, either
by dipping it into an ammoniacal solution of the salt, by
electrolytic means, by incorporating the dried salt with
lacquer or varnish, or by any other suitable method.
— W. G. M.
A Hovel Transparent Protective Enamel or Varnish.
V. Gorton, London. Eng. Pat. 37'J4, March 12, 1887.
4d.
This enamel is produced by the incorporation of the
ful lowing ingredients : — 10 parts of transparent " grains"
mastic [Pistacia Lentiscus), seven parts camphor, 16
parts sandarach, 5 parts genuine elemi, together with
Canada balsam and spirits of turpentine in equal parts.
The whole is dissolved in alcohol, filtered and kept in a
closed vessel until required for use. — E. G. C.
Improvements in the Preparation of Pigments, and in
the Manufacture and Treatment of By-Products there-
from. T. Kenyon, Manchester. Eng. Pat. 4334,
March 23, 1887. 4d.
The inventor claims "(1. ) The oxidation of iron and other
impurities in zinc solutions (either containing ammonia
salts or not) by means of air blown through the said
solutions, either with or without steam at the ordinary
pressure, or in closed boilers, which can be submitted to
greater pressure. (2.) The precipitation of sulphate of
barium by means of sulphate of ammonia, either from
the liquors left after precipitation of the sulphide of zinc
by means of sulphide of barium, or at the same time as
the sulphide of zinc is precipitated, and together with it ;
in either ease producing a solution of chloride of
ammonium of greater relative value than the sulphate
of ammonia used. (3.) Thecombinationof theammonium
sulphide produced by the distillation of the recovered
ammonium chloride with vat waste from alkali works,
for the preparation of sulphide of zinc from zinc solu-
tions as described. (4.) The combination with the
furnace in which the sulphide of zinc pigment is roasted,
of an iron, brick or other condenser, for the purpose of
recovering any chloride of ammonium which may be left
adhering to it and which would otherwise be lost."
-E. G. C.
XIIL— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE AND SIZE.
Improvements in Manufacturing Leather from Seal
Splits. K. and W. Baker, Bermondsey. Eng. Pat.
6438, May 13, 1S86. 4d.
The invention consists in the joint combination of the
following processes : — The shaved and scoured skin is
( 1 ) "' set " on a table and a composition made up of one-
third French chalk and two-thirds Irish moss, starch or
i.tbursimilar body is worked on the skin to produce a face:
(2) -'strained nailed" on boards : (3) dyed ; (4) softened
by stoning; (5) grained; (6) a solution of moss or size,
etc, applied to the surface : and (7) polished by friction
with suitable pads. — K. L. W.
An Improvement in Tanning. E. P. Nesbit, London.
Eng. Pat. 7744, June 9, 1886. 4.1.
The patentee proposes to remove lime from unbaired
hides or skins by placing them in a closed vessel with
water and forcing carbonic acid gas into the water
whilst keeping the hides agitated. The excess of the
gas dissolves out the lime. — R. L. W.
Improvements in Tanning. A. J, Limit, London. From
Count Vitold de Nydpriick, Brussels, Belgium. Eng.
Pat. 8582, June 30, 1886. 4d.
The hides are tanned in a liquor made by boiling lkilo.
of catechu and 25grms. of tallow or other grease in a
5] I
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCTETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lJui.v30.i887
small i|iianiity of water and diluting to 100 litres. The
strength of this liquor i> gradually increased during the
tannine process till the tannine is complete. The colour
of the hides is improved by finishing them in a hath
made I'v boiling together 25grms. of divi-divi and lOgrms.
id greaae and diluting to 100 litres, other tanning
matters may replace the catechu or divi-divi. — K. L. ^ .
Improvements in thi Manufacture of feast. W. S.
Squire, London. Bog. Pat, B082, June 17, 1SS6. 4d.
Tins is a modification of former patents hy the same
inventor. (Compare this Journal, 1886, 542, and 1887,
297.) It consists in sparging the solid substance from
a malt mash with the spent wash from a previous
operation, instead of adding the wash direct to the strong
worts.- G. II. M.
An Improved Method of Tanning Hides and Skins. J.
W. Abom and J. l.andin, Stockholm, Sweden. Eng.
Pat. 14, (is:), Nov. 12, 1886. 4d.
Tin patentees claim to hasten the tannins process by
placing the hides or skins in tanning solutions through
which an electric current is passed alternately in oppo-
site directions. — K. L. \V.
An Improved Method of Making Leather Waterproof or
!'/■ nble. E. and A. Dunkley, Northampton. Eng.
Pat 1562, Feb. 1, 1887. 6d.
THE fat from twelve parts of mutton suet is heated to
100 C. with eight parts of wax, four parts of vinegar
and one part of turpentine, and the leather is caused by
suitable machinery to revolve slowly in the mixture.
After this it is thoroughly kneaded till it is flexible and
waterproof. — R. L. W.
XIV.— AGRICULTUBE, MANURE, Etc.
Crude Phosphates of North Carolina. W. B. Phillips.
Chem. Zeit. 11, 417.
The form in which the phosphoric acid, amounting on
the average to 20 per cent., is combined does not pre-
vent their use in the manufacture of superphosphate, as
the material is readily decomposed. The cost of extrac-
tion anl transport is, however, so great that these
deposits will only very slowly be brought into use.
— C. A. K.
Manufacture of Phospho Guano. L. A. Chevalet,
Paris, France. Eng. Pat. 9636, .Inly 26, 1886. Cd.
INSTEAD of mixing sulphate of ammonia with super-
phosphate, as hitherto practised, the inventor uses car-
bonate of ammonia, either in the solid form or in the
form of strong solutions, containing 24 or 25 per cent, of
Nil-, and prepared according to his previous patent
(Eng. Pat. SS19, 1886). The mixing is performed in any
suitable manner, and the resulting manure, even when
prepared from very acid and moist superphosphates, is
neutral, dry and easily pulverised. — J. M. H. M.
Erratum.— In the June issue, p. 113, line 12 from foot of
second column, for "2—3," read " 2'3."
XV.- SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Sugar by Electro-
lysis. E. Fahrig, Pedes'. Eng. Pat. 3556, March 13,
1SS6. sd.
By means of a high-tension dynamo, electric sparks are
missed through the raw sugar, the ozone thus formed
bleaching the sugar and also loosening all base and
mineral matters contained in it. Low-tension currents
are then sent through the bleached mass and these pro-
duce a deposition of the impurities, which may be
washed away by a stream of water*— 15. T.
XVI.— BREWING, WINES, SPIRITS, Etc.
Removal of Fusel Oil from Crude Spin'. E. Pfeill'er.
'hem Zeit. H, .'147.
POl ISSITJM PEEMAHOA2JATE was tried in 18611 for the pur-
pose of removing fusel oil from crude spirit. As the
result of one experiment only, the yield of pure spirit
seemed to be greater than With charcoal filters, but the
use of the latter was considered more practical.
— C. A. K.
Improvements in Means or Apparatus Employed in thi
Preparation of Finings for ih< Usi of Brewers and
Others. A. W. (iillman and S. Spencer, Soutbwark.
Eng. Pat. 9090, July 12, L886. sd.
Tins consists of an apparatus by means of which the
operation of passing finings through a sieve is greatly
facilitated. The most important part of the apparatus
is a brush which has both a rotary, as well as a rising
and falling, motion. — (I. H. M.
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
(A) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
Improvements in thi Manufacture of Articles of Food
made from the Kernels of Almonds and other Fruits.
E. R Allen and W. C. Allen, London. Eng. Pat.
9712, July 27, 1886. 4d.
The kernels are decorticated, crushed and the oil
expressed, the last traces of the essential oil being
removed by prolonged boiling or distillation. The dried
meal so obtained is made into biscuits in the usual
way. — C. C. H.
Improvements in Treating Milk for Preserving it. A.
Brin, Paris, France. Eng. Pat'. 9738, July is, 1886.
6d.
The milk is saturated with pure oxygen under pressure,
and bottled in a manner similar to the preparation of
ordinary aerated waters. — ('. C. H.
(B) SANITARY CHEMISTRY.
The Physiological Action of Sulphuretted Hydrogen and
tlie Alkaline Sulphides. J. Pohl. Arch. f. Exper.
Pathol, u. Pharm. 22. L.
The author considers that the poisonous effects produced
by sulphuretted hydrogen are not due toils reducing the
oxybsemoglotJin of the blond, for, according to his ex-
periments, death can ensue before any reduction has
taken place, but to the formation of alkaline sulphides
with the alkaline salts of the blood. The alkaline sul-
phides possess specific poisonous properties. — C A. K.
The Purification "f Waste Water by Means of Iron
Salts. Dingl. Polyt. J. 263, 484—485.
In November, 1886, •'. AVolfl made a communication
to the Verein Deutscher Ingenieure regarding the
special advantages of employing iron salts in the purifi-
cation of waste water ; a method which until now has
been impracticable on account of the expense. Puddle
sing, with as much as .">4 per cent, of iron, and
mill furnace slag, containing 48 per cent, of iron, when
ground with acids yield bodies which contain
about 30 per cent, of iron, a small amount of
silicic acid, a variable quantity of phosphoric acid and
a deposit of mud, which, in combination with chalk,
serve as a substitute for expensive purifying agents.
Waste water when mixed with this prepared slag gives
a dense precipitate, which quickly settles and leaves a
perfectly clear water, which does not putrefy even after
several months storage in open or closed vessels.
If the water is alkaline or contains earthy alka-
line carbonates, an addition of lime is often necessary,
and even in drainage water which is slightly acid
(through presence of organic acids), when phosphoric
acid is present it is unnecessary to add lime on account
July 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
515
of the insolubility of phosphate of iron solutions of
Organic acids. To make the precipitate more useful for
agricultural purposes, prepared Thomas ~lag i- used
along with either of the above-mentioned slags. It it is
necessary to reduce the amount of lime, the Thomas slag
is treated with sulphuric acid, when the lime separates
out as gypsum. The gypsum mud. which still contains
some phosphoric acid, can, after the purification of the
«.iter. be added to the deposited mud, and bo made use
fill. The presence of the iron does not, of course, detract
from its employment as manure. Wolff states that for
one cubic metre of waste water [e.g., from paper works)
B few grins, of iron in the form of prepared slag is Buffi
cient. — W. M. »..
decolourising as well as depurating effect The specifi-
cation gives drawings of the apparatus in which the
calcination is effected. C. C. H.
men
Lie
the Disinfection <;/' Sewage, Wasti
quors, and the like. F. Petre, Berlin, Germany.
Eng. Pat. 4512, March 31, 1886. fid.
This process for the purification of sewage and other
such liquids consists in treating the liquid with caustic
lime and subsequently with magnesium or barium salts.
or both. The effluent from this defecation is further
purified by filtration through gravel, charcoal, sawdust
and tan or any material containing tannic acid. The
process may be made more effective by treating the
effluent with an alkaline phosphate and chloride of
magnesium prior to the filtration. — C. C. H.
An Improved Meant of Purifying, Precipitating, and
Filtering Sewage, Drainage, and the Wee matters. J.
Kenton, Bailey. Eng. Pat. 7333, June 1, 1886. 6d.
The sewage is passed through a box or tank containing
alum and admitted into settling tanks, the effluent
passing therefrom being filtered through a series of
strainers composed of straw or reeds. — C. C. H.
Improvements in Compositions for Treating Matters
having an Offensivt bmell. A. I>. Hunter, .Slcllxiurne.
Eng. Pat. 6037, April 25, 1887. 4d.
The object of the patentee i~ the production of a deodo-
rant which .-hall not impair the valuable fertilising
properties of any offensive matter to which it i~ added.
The mixture described consists of 1 ton of dry lignite
dust, 6 bushels of dried powdered leaves of the gum tree,
lewt. of sulphate of iron, }cwt. of salt and 2 gallons of
kerosene. — C. C. 11.
Th> Employment of Certain Substances for Antiseptic
Purposes. W. Thomson, Manchester. Eng. Pat.
6S19, May 21, 1886. 4d.
The patentee claims the employment of the neutral and
acid fluorides and silico-fluorides of the alkalis, cither '
alone or mixed with the free acids as general antiseptic.
In some cases the proportion used may be as low as one I
part of the salt or salts to KKM) of the substance to be
preserved and in others as high as two parts to 100.
— C. C. H.
Improvement in Disinfectants. A. Boake and F. G>
Roberta, Stratford. 'Eng. Pat. S509, June 29, 1SS6-
4.1.
The patentees claim the employment of acid sulphite of
zine as a disinfectant ; also a mixture of any of the fol-
lowing dry salts : — Calcium, magnesium, sodium, pot-
assium and zinc sulphites or sodium and potassium
bisulphites, with dry anhydrous sodium bisulp'hate suffi-
cient in quantity that when wetted its free arid will
decompo-e the sulphite with which it is mixed. — C. C. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Depurating and
]>■ eolourising Charcoal for Pm-ifi/itifj Sewage and other
Foul Liquids, and for Decolourising Syrups. W.
Burns, Lcith. Eng. Pat, 9569, July 21, 1886. 8d.
Sixteen parts of dried chalk and 6 parts of clay are
ground to a fine powder with 12 pails of coal; 20 parts of
wood sawdust are also added. The finely powdered
mixture is then well incorporated with 40 parts of animal
dung, 4 parts of blood and 2 parts of iron boring- : the
whole is moulded into bricks and these are calcined in
a closed retort at a low temperature and at about 21b.
per square inch air pressure ; a second stage of calcining
at a high temperature and a lower pressure follows.
Hydrochloric acid gas is then injected into the retort,
afterwards superheated steam to absorb the acid, and
finally after cooling, the charred mass is ground fine.
The substitution of blood for the iron borings, and one
half of the chalk and clav by ground bones, and pro-
ceeding as before, yields a carbon having a high
XYIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
Pocket Form ofDanielVsDryCeU. Edelmann. Centralbl.
f. Electrotech, 9, 145.
Two plates of copper and two of zinc are separated from
one another by sheets of filter paper. The paper is
soaked in a hot mixture of gelatine and powdered copper
sulphate on one side, and gelatine and powdered zinc
sulphate on the other. Before fitting up the battery the
sheets thus prepared are soaked in water and the plates
are held together by indiarubbar bands. With a re-
sistance of 1 ohm. the battery has an electro-motive force
of 204 volts, anil the strength of the current, which is
sufficiently constant, is 0-5 ampere.— C. A. K.
Crystals from LcclandU Cells. H. Thorns, Phami. Zeit.
32, 171.
KhuMBIC crystals of the formula ZnCl_,.2XH, were
found in a Leclanche battery. They are insoluble in
water but on boiling, ammonia is evolved. They can be
obtained by dissolving freshly precipitated zinc hydr-
oxide in a solution of ammonium chloride and evapora-
ting till the solution commence* to crystallise.
-C. A. K.
Improvements relating to the Application mirl Utilisation
of Magnetism or Electro-Magnetism for the Separation
of Metals and for other purposes, and to Apparatus
therefor. H. S. Maxim, London. Eng. Pat. 4751,
April 5, 1SS6. Is. Id.
Tins invention relates to the separation of non-magnetic
metals from non-metallic substances, the separation being
effected by allowing the mixture to fall between the
poles of rapidly revolving magnets, the polarity of which
is subject to continual reversals. The metals move in
the direction of rotation of the magnets, and can be col-
lected in a suitable chute, while the non-metallic sub-
stances fall straight down between the poles. This appa-
ratus can also be used for assaying, by weighing ores in an
ordinary balance and also when suspended between the
magnet poles. The quantity of salts, saccharine matter,
or acids in a solution can be ascertained by the same
method. The larger the quantity of salts the greater
the deflection. — B. T.
The Regeneration or Production of Chromic Acid from
Exhausted Battery end other Solutions. D. G. Fitz-
gerald, London. Eng. Pat. 5542, April 21, 1SS6. 6d.
In batteries in which chromic acid or an acid solution
of a eliminate or bichromate is used, there is generally left
a chromic salt and some sulphate of zinc. For conve-
nience, this solution is poured into a tank, and the oxides
of zinc and chromium are precipitated by lime or other
base. The precipitate can then be easily transported to
the regenerating works. Here it is redissolved by a
dilute mineral acid or other suitable solvent and placed
in a vessel, in which it is separated by a porous partition
from a solution of zinc sulphate or of oxide of zinc in
ammonia-alum. Into these two compartments dip elec-
trodes that are not acted on by the solution. A current
is then passed through, which liberates the acid of the
516
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [JuiyMkUtt.
chromium salt ami oxidises its oxide of chromium into
chromic acid. Zinc is deposited in the cathode compart-
ments and may be Beparated by fusion from the oxide
of chromium deposited with it. — E. T.
Improvements in Galvanic Batteries. S. F. Walker,
Cardiff. Eng. Pat 5817, A].ril iO, 1SS6. id.
The inventor proposes to use sulphur instead of man-
ganese dioxide in a l.eelanchc cell. In the action which
lie believes takes place, the exciting liquid used at one
if the action is renewed at another. The battery
gives notice when nearly worked out by the liberation of
sulphuretted hydrogen into the air. — E. T.
Improved Galvanic Battery. F. W. Ilranson, Leeds.
Eng. I'at. 5N55, April HO, 18S6. 6d.
PLATES of carbon, which are placed generally in the
outer vessel of the battery and surround the porous cell,
are immersed in a solution, of which the essential com-
ponents are chromic acid, sulphuric or nitric acid, and
water. The zinc electrode is immersed in a solution of
dilute sulphuric acid and any soluble mercury salt, but
preferably sulphate of mercury. — E. T.
Improvements in tltc Mode of Vulcanising the Insulating
Covering of Electrical Conductors. B. J. B. Mills,
London. From J. J. C. Smith, New Jersey, U.S.A.
Eng. Pat. 5S2S, May 12, 1S85. 6d. (Amended
Specification.)
In the process of vulcanisation it is found of great
importance to protect the wires from moisture and at
the same time to subject them to pressure. This is at
present done by packing in soapstone, or covering them
with a tape impervious to moisture, and then subjecting
them to the heat and pressure of steam. By this vul-
canising process, however, the insulation resistance is
found to be lowered and to fall farther when immersed
in water. The inventor, therefore, covers the insulating
material with tinfoil, thus completely protecting from
moisture, and then subjects t lie .cable to the direct action
of high-pressure steam. Experiments show that by this
process of vulcanisation the resistance is very much
increased and is not afiected by a long immersion in
water.— E. T.
Improvements relating to the Extraction or Separation
of Gold, Silver, and Platinum from Ores and other
Substances or Products containing such Metals. J.
Noad, East Ham. Eng. Pat. 6S10', May 20, 18S6. 6d.
The linely pulverised material is allowed to subside in a
bath consisting of a mixture of a saturated solution of
any Buitable iron salt with one of tungstate of iron. Into
the deposit a cathode is introduced, the iron anode being
in the solution and out of contact with the precipitate,
and an electric current is passed, with the object of
coating the particles of noble metals with iron, when
they may be extracted from the residual matter by a
magnetic separator. The iron may be subsequently
removed by acid or by roasting. — W. G. M.
Improvements in tin Transformation of Heat into Elec-
tricity, aial iii Apparatus for thai Purpose. C.
Clamond, Paris, France. Eng. I'at. tisrj'i, May 21,
1SS6. lid.
The inventor connects an alloy of antimony and zinc
with a substance such as galena or sulphide of lead by
" intercontacts " of copper or other suitable metal. If
one of these intercontacts connects the substances at one
patt and another at another part, then, when one inter-
contact is heated and the other cooled, a current of elec-
trieity is produced in the circuit. This principle is made
use of in the improved apparatus. — B. T.
Improvements in obtaining Copper from Solutioi
Halts. I!. Hunt, Glasgow. I mm « J. Thomson, New
Jersey, U.S.A. Eng. I'at. 6974, May 25, lbSO. Id.
COPPKB PLATES, to serve as the positive electrode, and
carbon contained in a iwous vessel, to serve as the nega-
tive electrode, are immersed in the copper solutions. A
current of electricity is passed through the cell until 90
per cent, of the copper has been deposited on the copper
plates. The solution is then agitated with sulphide of
iron, and afterwards allowed to settle j the clear liquor
remaining is strongly acid, and may be used to dissolve
fresh copper from oxides, etc. — 11. T.
Improve Primary Voltaic Batteries, J. E.
1'earce, Maidenhead. Eng. I'at. 7189, Ma\ 28, 1886.
8d.
This improvement relates to a battery similar to thai
described in Eng. I'at. 7401 of 1SS5, in which a current of
chlorine gas is used as the excitant. A slab of I
corrugated, or otherwise, and placed horizontally, serves as a
porous partition and also as one of the electrodes ; below
and parallel with it is a slabof zinc immersed in zinc
chloride. The whole is covered in by an earthenware
cover or by the carbon element used as a cover, Buitable
passages, being provided for the entrance and exit of the
chlorine. — B. T.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Carbon Filaments
or other Conductors for Incandescent Electric Lamps.
\V. Maxwell, London. Eng. Pat, 7251, May 31, ISSb.
6d.
In the usual methods of Hashing, the hydrocarbon begins
to decompose before the filament has become very hot
and before the occluded gases have been expelled ; the
rate of deposit is also rapid and not easily controlled.
The deposits are, on this account, only slightly adherent
and not homogeneous. The inventor therefore encloses the
filaments in a vessel through which a stream of neutral
gas, such as nitrogen or hydrogen, is passing and heats
them electrically as a preliminary purifying process. A
continual stream of hydrocarbon gas or vapour, diluted
with nitrogen or hydrogen in such proportions as will
give the required rate of deposit, is then passed through
and the Hashing operation carried on at a much higher
temperature than is usual. The gas is preferred at a low
temperature and pressure. As the condition of the
atmosphere round the filament remains practically con-
stant, a very homogeneous deposit is obtained. — E. T.
Improvements in Galvanic Batteries. P. R. de F.
d Plumy, London. Eng. Pat. 7353, June 1, 1SS6. lid.
By means of a lever the electrodes can be raised com-
pletely or only partially out of the liquid, according to
the current required. The vessels containing the exerting
fluid are arranged in trays, so as to be easily removed
for renewing the liquid ; each cell contains a porous
vessel filled with the electrolyte, which gradually passes
through the pores to renovate the liquid in the outer
vessel. — B. T.
A Nt w or Improved Electro-chemical Etching 1
H. E. P. Lorn, Leipzig, Germany. Eng. Pat. 7*63,
June 3, 1SS6. 4d.
The parts of the metal plate which are to remain elevated
arc coated with a thin layer ef some insulating sub-
stance ; the plate is then connected by a wire to the
positive pole of a battery and immersed in a bath of
dilute acid sufficiently strong to chemically attack the
metal of the plate ; opposite to it is placed a plate of car-
bon or sonic negative metal connected to the negative pole
of the battery.— B. T.
An Improvement in thi Construction of Elements for
dary Batteries or Accumulators. J. Pitkin,
London. Eng. I'at. 75DG, June 5, 1SSC. Sd.
The frame of lead is east with a flange along all four
sides, and with studs at suitable intervals over both faces
of the plate ; these studs are east taper, but are after-
ward- l.uiied over by hammering so as to hold the active
material of the plate ; for the same purpose the flanges
are cither bent inwards or arc undercut, — B. T.
July sol U8TJ THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
517
Improvements in Secondary Batteries. C Smith, London.
Edr. Pat 7848, '.June 11, 1886. lid.
The electrodes are made of shallow leaden trays,
divided by partitions into numerous compartments, into
these are packed strips of thin lead, alternated with
either strips of asbestos paper or of some such substance
as peroxide of lead. These plates are packed in a anil
able containing vessel, with a thin plate of perforated
vulcanite or such material between each pair and sup-
ported in such a way as not to touch either of the plates
when the cell is in good order : this prevents any chance
of a short circuit by buckling.— E. T.
fore pours melted lead into a heated shallow tray, and
distributes equally, by a continuous vibration or other
suitable means, small* pieces of active material of any
chosen shape, placing a cover over to prevent
them floating. By its contraction the lead binds them
closely, decreases the above-mentioned defects and
moreover gives great mechanical strength. — E. T.
An Improved Process for Producing Metallic J
or Designs, and Ornaments of all kinds on Metallic
Surfaces. H. J. Haddan, London. From Johann von
Chelmicki, Warsaw. Russia. Eng. Eat. SOTS, June
17, 1SS6. (id.
On the metallic surface to be treated, the parts to be
left unaffected are painted over with an insulating ink
or mass ami then whatever metal is desired is electro-
deposited on tile exposed part of the metal surface. To pro-
duce a design in three metals — e.g., gold, silver and nickel
— the surface is first gilded, then nickeled, painted to the
required design and silvered on the parts left exposed.
The paint is removed from those parts that are to
appear in gold and the nickel dissolved by a suitable
acid. — E. T.
Improvements relating I" the Extraction of Gold, Silver
ami Copper from Ores and other Substances or Pro-
ducts containing such Metals. J. Noad, East Ham.
Eng. Pat S130," June IS, 1SS0. od.
page 511,
Improvements in Secondary Batteries or Accumulators.
A. M. Clark, London. From A. E. Pevrusson, Paris,
France. Eng. Eat. 8226, June 22, 1886. 8d.
An electrode is employed, consisting of a block of per-
oxide of lead with vanes or wires of lead distributed
through it ami all connected to a central vertical lead rod.
This electrode is placed in a porous vessel, the opposite
electrodeof lead or other suit able metal being placed round
it, containing a solution made up of water, sulphuric acid
andsulphateoftinorcadmium. When charging, either tin
or cadmium is deposited on the lead plate; when dis-
charging, this deposit is recissolved. For this electrode
are claimed, great storage capacity, freedom from local
action and the preliminary operation of " forming," and
the possibility of seeing by the deposit of metal whether
the accumulator is charged or run down. For the whole
battery are claimed, freedom from short-circuiting.
greater durability and an unusually high electromotive
force and discharge current. — E. T.
' in Incandescent Electric Lamps. 3. G.
Lorrain, London. Eng. Pat. S413, June 25, 1SS6. 6d.
To overcome the well-known objectit ns to thick leading-
in wires in low-resistance lamps, the inventor substitutes
several smaller wires, each wire being fused separately
in the glass and joined together inside and outside
for each of the larger ones.— E. T.
I, a/, run iii ■ i, is iii the Manufacturi of Carbon Filaments
or other Conductors for Incandescent Electric Lamps.
W. Maxwell, London. Eng. Pat. S513, June 29, 1886.
6d.
The inventor "flashes" his filaments in the manner
described in Eng. Pat. 725], of 1SS6 (see abstract).
The extent of the deposit is determined by the strength
of current required to produce standard incandescence,
and for the purpose of easily comparing the light with a
standard, it is obscured by suitable means. The point
at which the desired strength of current has been
reached, may be indicated by a glow lamp placed in
series, which then assumes a certain state of incan-
descence oi just begins to glow ; at this point, if desired,
the current may be broken automatically by a " cut-
out." To make lamps that will glow equally, whether
in series or in parallel, filaments are chosen of exactly
similar quality and size and, after flashing as above, are
cut to the same length and mounted. — E. T.
Improvements in the Process of Pickling or Cleaning the
Surfaci of Iron or other Metal previous 1" Coating
such Surface with Tin or other Metal. A. Gutensohn
and J . M. James, London. Eng. Pat. S324, July 23,
1886. 6d.
A WOODEN" BATH is made of suitable form and size and
lined with sheet iron: it is filled with an acid or alkaline
solution, according to convenience. In it the metal
sheets to be cleaned are suspended, and a cnrrent is
passed from them through the liquid to the iron lining.
The sheets become beautifully clean, while the iron
which is removed, is deposited on the metal lining or, if
the current be very strong, is deposited as oxide and
may in either case be made use of. The " pickling "
solution may be used for a long time and, being cold,
gives off no noxious fumes. The inventor claims greater
economy by this process. — E. T.
Improvements in
Accumulators.
8379, June 25, 18S6. 6d.
dory Batteries or Electrical
A. Keckenzaun, London. Eng. Pat.
r„,j . , . and connected with the Manufacture of
Aluminium, and othi r Light Mt tals. F. J. K. Seaver,
London. From Dr. E." C. Kleiner-Fiertz, Zurich,
Switzerland. Eng. Eat. 8531, June 29, 1SS6. Sd.
Dry powdered cryolite is packed around and between
carbon electrodes in a bauxite-lined furnace ; on passing
the current from a dynamo-electric machine, the heat of
the arc formed between the carbons causes the fusion
and simultaneously, the decomposition of the cryolite.
The evolved fluorine, by attacking the bauxite, main-
tains the aluminium percentage in the electrolyte con-
stant. When sufficient metal has collected, in the form
of fused balls, around the lower or negative carbons, the
circuit is broken and, after cooling, the aluminium is
collected. Other light metals, such as magnesium or
sodium, may be similarly reduced, but since they float
upon the bath, the furnace must be closed by a tight-
fitting bell cover to exclude oxygen. The form of
furnace recommended is rectangular with symmetrically
arranged cavities, the bottoms of which are pierced by
the "negative carbon ; the positive electrodes are
formed by groups of carbons in order to expose larger
surfaces for contact. The various systems in each
furnace are arranged in multiple arc and the positions
of cither sets of carbons may be regulated at will.
-W. G. M.
A[X"nl Saline Preparation applicabU for use in Galvanic
Batteries, ami tin- Process for tin Manufacture of the
same. A. Schanschieff, London. Eng. Pat. SS32, July
6, 1SS6. 6d.
Tins preparation is composed of mercury and sulphuric
acid, forming "a salt so freely soluble in water that
2lb. of metallic mercury may be held in solution in a
gallon of water." Two methods of preparation are de-
scribed.— B. T.
Improvement* in Galvanic Batteries, and in tin Applira
>;„„ ,,f tin- .-"in. tn Electric Lighting and other
uses. A. R. Upward and C. W. Pridham, London.
Eng. Pat. 90S2, July 12, 1886. Is. Id.
In the usual forms of accumulator plates the active THESE are improvements on the gas batteries described
mater'al is liable to be detached. The inventor there- in Eng. Pat. 15,567, of 1884, and Eng. Pats. 7101
518
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Juij-ao.iss;.
and 9302, of 1885 (this Journal, 1886, 247 and 331).
The inventors now employ extremely large circular
cells, containing five cylindrical porous pots and two
carbon plates between each pair of pots, all the remain-
ing space being filled w itli broken car lion. The w bole is
scaled with marine glue. The porous cells contain t he
zincs ami a solution of chloride of zinc. The gas genu
ator lias three openings — one connected to an acid vessel,
provided with a gauge glass to allow measured quantities
of acid to be run into the generator; one to deliver the gas;
and the third for emptying. The second tube has alto a
pipe with a tap jointed on, leading to a water reservoir,
for cleaning out the generator. The gas when being
made, passes first through the cells and then into the
gas reservoir, consisting of four or more uptight columns
of drain pipes, the superior density of chlorine being
taken advantage of. When the generator is not work-
ing, gas is sucked into the battery from these columns.
The gas pipes that enter at the bottom of the cells may
be connected with a trap to the drain, so as to get
rid of any accumulation of liquid. For electric lighting
two or more cells are employed, according to the size
of the installation. A battery of accumulators is con-
nected in series to the external circuit, and by means
of a clock and a mercury switch-board, one, two or
more cells, according to the size of the gas battery, can
be connected to the latter in turn for regular inteivals of
time.— E. T.
Improvements in the Process for Treating Auriferous
Substances by Electrolysis. H. Liepmann, London.
Eng. Tat. 9432, July 20, 1SS6. Sd.
These improvements have reference to the apparatus
described in Eng. Pat. 3S73, 1SS3 (this Journal, 1S84,
322) and consist in the addition of a dense porous
diaphragm, which can be placed over the more porous
partition, so as to prevent the diffusion of the cathode
liquors into the anode compartment. Means are pro-
vided for putting this diaphragm either into or out of
action.— B. T.
Improvements in Galvanic Batteries. E. H. Desolu,
Paris, France. Eng. Pat. 9514, July 22, 1SS6. Sd.
To obtain great constancy, two porous pots are em-
ployed, an inner one containing the zinc, and an outer
one ; the space between the two is tilled with a
store of acid to replenish the weakened liquids of
the active cells. Each vessel is provided with a
special tap to enable liquid to be run in or with-
drawn. Sometimes a third porous cell is employed,
outside the above-mentioned two, containing a
second zinc cylinder. This is then joined to the car-
bon of the next battery, as in the ordinary series
arrangement. All the inner zincs are, however, joined
together to the negative pole of the battery. It is stated
that by this means a double electromotive force may be
obtained. — E. T.
Improvements in tlu Deposition of Platinum by Elec-
tricity. W. A. Thorns, London. Eng. Pat. 10,477,
Aug.' 16, 1SS6. lid.
To a solution of platinum chloride is added a weak
solution of sodium phosphate and then one of
ammonium phosphate. The mixture is boiled for
several hours, some sodium chloride solution being
added. Through the bath thus prepared a strong cur-
rent of electricity is passed, and the bath is better if used
warm. It must be kept up to strength by the addition
of fresh platinum and sodium solutions.— E. T.
Improvements in Electrical Fuses. 0. Smith, Polmont,
N.B. Eng. Pat 14,249, Nov. 5, 1886. -id.
The inventor makes the fuse composition for blasting
purposes into a paste by combining it with collodion, or
a solution of rubber or shellac ; the ends of the conduct-
ing wires are then coated with this material, which may
be covered with sheet) gut and afterwards treated with
shellac varnish. — 1!. T,
Improvements .« andtonnected with the Manufacture of
Ah limn i.i n and other Light Metals. E. C.
Kleiner-Fit rtz, Zurich, Switzerland. Eng. Pat. 15,322,
Nov. 24, 1886. 8d.
The object of these improvements is to prevent the
rapid destructii n of the earton anode immediately
above the bath of melted cryolite, which occurs
in the use (f the arrangement described in Fng.
Pat. 8531, of 1886 (see abstract, p. 517). To effect
this, the anodes are moulded into segments, which are
so placid as to forma carbon ling, and above this is
placed a layer of oxide of aluminium to prevent access
of air to the carbon. The bottom of the vessel is made
concave, so that the metallic aluminium which is
deposited may collect theie and not foim a short circuit
between the carbons. The carbon lings have wings
or connections, which extend beyond the furnace,
to lead the current from the main circuit. The arc
niav be started initially by means of a carbon rod.
— W. (i. M.
Improvements <« Extracting Hold and other Precious
Metals from their Ores, and Apparatus therefor, <'.
D. Abel, London. From E. Fischer and M. W.
Weber, Berlin, Ciennany. Eng. Pat. 921, Jan. 20,
1887. Sd.
See page 512.
Improvements in Galvanic Crlts. N. W. Perrv, Nor-
wood, Ohio, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 1337, Jan. 27, 18S7. Sd.
The conducting electrode consists of a plate of
carlion perforated with small holes and floated hori-
zontally with its upper surface above the level of the
battery fluid, and also coated with paraffin or some
similar substance. The occluded oxygen of the carbon
acts as the depolariser. The zinc electrode passes through
a hole in the centre of the carbon and dips in the
battery liquid, which may consist of a solution of
ammonium chloride. — B. T.
Curtis,
U.S.A.
Improvi ments in Electric Batteries. C. G.
F. B. Crocker and S. S. Wheeler, New York,
Eng. Pat. 2721, Feb. 22, 1SS7. Sd.
With this battery a mechanical device is provided,
whereby the electrodes may be immersed to any
required depth or be raised completely out of the battery
solution. — B. T.
Improvements relating to Electric Batteries a><</ to means
for putting the samt into and ovt of Action. G. V
Lagardc, Paris, France. Eng. Pat. 2835, Feb. 23,
1887. lid.
By means of mechanism actuated by clockwork, the
exciting fluid is constantly circulated, and the carbon
electrodes rotated. The current also may be controlled
at a distance from the battery. — B. T.
Certain JVi w and Useful Improvements in Accumulators
hi Electricity or other Primary or Secondary Galvanic
Batteries. C. Desmazures, Palis, France. Eng. Pat.
4219, March 21, 18S7. Sd.
When a metallic precipitate or powder is subjected to
very great pressure, it becomes agglomerated and lias
then the power of absorbing oxygeu and hydrogen to a
very large extent. The inventor employs a plate of
metal, such as copper or iron prepared in the above
way, as one electrode, enclosing it in a parchment
envelope. The other electrode is of tinned iron, with
tinned iron w ire or gauze wrapped round it to give large
surface. The electrolyte is a solution of chlorate of soda
and zincate of soela or potash. In charging, water is
decomposed and the oxygen absorbed by the porous
plate ; the hydrogen decomposes the zincate and zinc is
deposited ontbc iron. On discharging, the zinc returns
to solution by the help of the oxygen of the other elec-
trode. It is" claimed that the electromotive force and
resistance are very constant, the efficiency is high and
that no buckling takes place.— E. T.
July 30. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
519
Improvement* in Electrodes opplicabh for Usi in Primary
or Secondary Batteries. L. Epstein, Martinikenfelde,
Prussia. Eng. Pat. *827, March 26, 1887. 8d.
The inventor's object is to avoid short circuiting by disin-
tegration or buckling of the electrodes. He therefore
employs strips of lead with the active material attached
thereto in any of the well-known ways. These are
fixed by one or both ends to a stiff lead frame, so that
the whole electrode looks like a grid or railing.
The distance between each strip is small, so as to
prevent the active material if dislodged from falling
between two opposite electrodes. In another method
the inventor covers a cake of finely divided " lead com-
pound " with lead, and after varnishing the plate thus
formed with some such material as Chatterton's
compound, cuts slits or holes to expose the active
material. Great capacity, mechanical strength and
rate of charge and discharge are claimed for these
electrodes, which may be constructed of other metals
than lead.— E. T.
Improvements in the Const nut inn and Manufacture of
Zincs for Galvanic Batteries. W. E. Heys, Manches-
ter. From J. Beattie, jun., ^'estport, Mass., U.S.A.
Eng. Pat. 4.171, March -28, 1887. 4d.
The object of this invention is to cause mercury to
amalgamate with zinc throughout its mass. For this
purpose a metal, such as lead, containing a little arsenic,
is placed in mercury just hot enough to dissolve it, a
little carbonate of soda added and the amalgam poured
into moulds and allowed to cool. This lead amalgam is
then placed in a pair of perforated tongs, which com-
pletely encloses it, and moved vigorously about in
molten zinc, or in zinc sufficiently hot to take the form
of powder. By this means a thorough amalgamation is
obtained, the arsenic helping the union of lead and zinc,
and the sodium that of zinc and mercury. — E. T.
Improvements in Means for Supporting or Suspending
Elements in Electric Batteries. H. I. Harris, London.
Eng. Pat. 4744, March 30, 1S87. 6d.
The zinc or other elements are suspended by hooks
passing through holes in their centres, the hooks consist-
ing of either amalgamated copper or some metal similar
to that of which the element is composed. — B. T.
in beton boilers by the indirect application of steam for
heating in a specially arrangeel heater. The beton
boiler is a fixed vertical cylinder composed of acid-proof
masonry and cement enclosed in a leaden mantle and a
thick coating of beton, tin- whole being bound together
by iron banels and Bcrews, connecting a crown and base-
plate of sheet iron, each being provided with a cast iron
manhole.
The heater consists of thiee double copper cylinders
with cast-iron lead-lined covers, placed horizontally one
al>ove the other. Connecting pipes peimit the circula-
tion of the boiling liqnid upwards into the boilers con-
taining the material to be acted upon. Steam from a
separate boiler circulates round these cylinders by means
of outer jackets, which communicate by short tubes, or
instead of double cylinders the steam may pass by a
series of copper tubes through the heater.
In this way the wood will be entirely disintegrated,
and becomes soft and tender, ottering greater facility to
felt. This kind of boiler has the advantage that loss of
heat is reduced to a minimum, and the sulphurous acid
cannot act on the iron parts in any way.
By means of the special heater rapid circulation of the
boiling liquid will be effected, by which alone it is
possible to produce throughout the whole of the boiler
a homogeneous product. The heater can also be applied
to horizontal boilers, and figures are given showing the
same applied to a " Mitscherlich " boiler in which the
direction of circulation can he reversed. — H. A. R.
XIX.— PAPER. rASTEEOARD, Etc.
A Process and Apparatus for rendering all kinds of Pap r
Impermeable uml Transparent, said Apparatus being
likewise applicable for rendering Cotton or other
Fabrics Impermeable. E. de Pass, London. From La
Smietc de Lafarge Lcbre et Compagnie, Paris, France.
Eng. Pat. 7.330, June 4, 1886. 8d.
In Eng. Pat. 5242 of 1883 and Eng. Pat 15,075 of 1884
(this Journal, 1S84, 443), certain processes are described
for rendering fabrics, leather, skins, cork and other sub-
stances in general, impermeable. The substance used
for this purpose is composed as follows : —
Turpentine paste Ilk i li is.
Tallow l'S „
Wax 0-5 ,.
Styrax (necessary and not optional) .. 0*2 .,
The inventor has since found that a homogeneous sub-
stance is obtained. He now proposes to apply this
mixture to all kinds of paper in order to make them
transparent ami impermeable to air or moisture. This
transparent material is called styroleum and hydrofage
cotton. The apparatus consists of two parts — viz., a
sheet iron cistern for containing the above-named sub-
stance and a calendering apparatus. — H. A. R.
A New "/■ Improved Botating Vat, principally for the
Boiling of Cellulose. H. J. Haddan, London. F'rom
W. Woem, Gothenburg, Sweden. Eng. Pat. 84S6,
June 28, 18S6. 6d.
This invention relates to rotating "vats," and is princi-
pally intended to be applied to those used for the boiling
of cellulose. It consists in making the "vat" an
elongated oval shape, " by which it is rendered much
stronger and adapted to be more completely emptied
than a cylindrical vat." — H. A. R.
Improved Method of Treating or Preparing Paper for
mi Manufacture of Floor and Walt Coverings ; appli-
cable al.su fur Wrapping, Packing, and other l<l.< uses.
John Luke, Denny. Eng. Pat. 8593, June 30, 18Sfi.
4d.
The inventor prepares a duplex paper by the process
described in Eng. Pat. 2409 of 1S77, with the addition
that before being finished it is passed through a sizing
machine in order to give it a coat of size, after which
the paper is made waterproof by means of oil, paint, etc.,
put on by machinery or by hand. The paper may be
printed if required and then either air or machine
dried.— H. A. K.
XX —FINE CHEMICALS. ALKALOIDS. ESSENCES
AND EXTRACTS.
The Fat of tht So/a Bean. T. Morawski and J. Stingl.
(hem. Zeit. 11, 82.
The Soja bean contains 18 per cent, of fat. The oil
extracted by ether has a sp. gr. of 09270 022 per
cent, of the oil does not saponify ; when mixed with
concentrated sulphuric acid a rise in temperature of 01^
is noted. It belongs to the semi-dry oils, and resembles
the oil of the pumpkin-kernel in its properties.
The fat of the soja bean contains 95$ per cent, of
fatty acids, which in the free state melt at 2S" and
solidify at 25°. — C. A. K.
A New and Improved Process and Apparatus for Manu-
facturing Sulphite Cellulose in Beton Boilers. L. A.
Groth, London. From H. Schnurmann and Gr. this?,
N\ lirtemburg, Germany. Eng. Pat. 7633, June 7,
1S86. 8d.
The object of this invention is to manufacture sulphite
cellulose in a quicker, cheaper and more effectual manner
The Sugar of the Soja Bean. T. Morawski and
J. Stingl. Cheni Zeit. H, f&
The Soja bean contains 12' of sugar, partly saccharose
and partlj a non-crystallisable sugar. The latter gives
mucic acid on oxidation, its specific rotatory power is
greater than that of cane sugar and it is more difficult
to invert.— C. A. K.
.120
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |Jnir so. uw.
B 1'ij.i, a New Drug. Cliem. Zeit. 11, 348.
Buz riri is the seed of Petweria hexaglochin, a
i>lant belonging to the order Phytolacca, and found
in Brazil. The Petiveria' occur in the south of North
America, South America and the West Indies in bare
places, meadows, etc, as small bushy plants with
clusters of white blossoms and pale green oval leaves.
The fruit is of an oval shape and broader at the top
than at the bottom. The whole plant, and especially
the roots, have a strong garlic-like smell. This is not
noticeable in the dried roots but appears again when
they are moistened. Little is known either of the chemi-
cal or medicinal properties of these roots. They are used
to a considerable extent, however, by the natives in the
districts where they are found as a febrifuge, as a sudori-
fic and as a remedy for gonorrhoea and toothache; also
for washing wounds. One variety. P. alliacea, is em-
ployed by the Indians of Calderiio (Brazil) in the prepara-
tion of curare. It is not poisonous. — C. A. K.
of iodine, bromine and iodoform. According to Boc-
quillon, sulphuretted hydrogen is more soluble in liquid
vaselin than in water ; vaselin dissolving four times its
own volume of the gas. — C. A. K.
C/u'ti Seeds. L. Soubeiran. J. de Pharm. et de Cliitn.
15. 260.
Cm A SEEDS are obtained from a species of Salvia.
In taste and smell they resemble linseed. Chia oil,
which is of a clear yellow colour, is similar to linseed oil,
and like the latter possesses drying properties. The
Mexicans consider the oil to be of gTeat therapeutic
value, while the seeds are used in the preparation of
a refreshing beverage. — C. A. K.
tion of Croton Oil. Robert. Chem. Zeit. 11, 41G-
Thk author considers, in opposition to Senier's views
[Pharm. J. and Trans., 1SS3, 440), that there are two
active principles in croton oil, one of which attacks the
skin, while the other acts as an aperient ; that both these
effects are due to crotonolic acid (not to be confounded
with crotonic acid), which was discovered by Buchheini
in croton oil in 1S73. It exists in the oil partly in the
free state and partly as a glyeeride. Senier also states
that croton oil can be separated by means of alcohol
into two fractions. This the author also denies, his
experiments showing that the solubility of the oil in
alcohol depends mainly upon its age. Some varieties are
soluble in all proportions ; while crotonolic acid itself
is readily soluble in alcohol, the solubility of the oil
bears no relation to the quantity of free crotonolic acid
present. To separate this acid the oil is treated with an
excess of a hot saturated solution of baryta water, and
the precipitated barium salts washed with cold water
and extracted with ether, whereby those of oleic and
crotonolic acid are obtained in solution. The residue,
after distilling off the ether, is exhausted with alcohol,
in which the barium crotonolate dissolves, and from
this solution the free acid is liberated by sulphuric acid.
Crotonolic acid is liable to decomposition by hot baryta
water, and this is the chief ditlicultv in its preparation.
-C. A. K.
Lobelia Liflata. Prof. Llovd and G. Llovd. Pharm.
Rundschau, 5, 32.
Lobelin, the essential principle of Lobelia inf/nta,
forms a colourless, amorphous, brittle mass, having a
strong smell. The smell is due to a mixture of ethereal
oils ami inllatin. both of which are removed by washing
with carbon bisulphide, when the lobelin is both colour-
less and odourless. Its salts, which could not be
obtained in a crystalline form, are all powerful emetics.
It is only sparingly soluble in water. Inflatin, which
can also be extracted from the seeds of /.. inflata, is a
colourless body, without smell, insoluble in water, but
soluble in carbon bisulphide, benzene and chloroform ;
it melts at 107-' and does not combine with either acids
or alkalis. — C. A. R.
Liquid Vattlin at a Solvent for Hypodermic Injections.
Meunier-Lyon. Arehiv. de Pharm. 3, '-■"•
IODOFORM, carbon bisulphide, eucalyptol and other
substances which act as irritants when injected sub-
cutaneously, lose this objectionable property when dis-
solved in liquid vaselin. The vaselin used for this purpose
must have a perfectly neutral reaction, and a sp. gr.
of 0870 — 0"895 at 15°. It should not evolve any vapours
when heated to 180° and should possess neither taste
nor smell. The fluorescence of liquid vaselin is no
objection to its use. It acts as a ready solvent for
hydrocarbons, but dissolves few oxygenated compounds.
Ether, chloroform, fats, volatile oils, menthol, thymol,
etc., are soluble in all proportions, as are large quantities
Active Principles of the Alant Ilot.t (Inula Helenivm).
Marpmann. Phar. Centr. II. N. F. 8, 18*
The author confirms Korab's results as to the antiseptic
properties of the constituents of the alant root against
tuberculosis bacilli. By distilling the root with water
helenin, alantic acid and alantol (alant camphor) are
obtained. Alantic acid C»HiaOj crystallises from
alcohol in white crystals which melt at 91% and sub-
lime forming an anhydride C]0Hl0O,. Both the acid
and anhydride are insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol
and the fatty oils, and form easily soluble salts with the
alkalis. Alantol is an aromatic liquid boiling at 200^.
The author concludes from numerous experiments made
on both man and animals that neither alantic acid nor
alantol have anv injuiious action on the system.
-C. A. K.
Berberine. E. Schmidt. Arch. Pharm. 25, 141.
The author ascribes the formula C.0Hi;M), to ber-
berine. It is obtained from the Quid extract of both
Hydrastis canadensis and of Berberis aguifolivm by
j treating with dilute sulphuric acid, the berberine
sulphate obtained being washed with alcohol, then
dissolved in hot water, and repreeipitated by dilute sul-
phuric acid.
Berberine forms a crystalline compound with chloro-
form, C:oH1TN04CHCls> which is almost insoluble in
alcohol and water. it also combines with yellow
ammonium sulphide similarly to strychnine, forming a
polysulphide of the formula (C2t,B ■ -NOjTI.S,., which
crystallises in brown needles. — C. A. R.
Eegoniuc.
\V. Gintl and L. Storch.
8, 78.
Monatsh. (hem.
ECOONINB heated with methyl-iodide yields a meth-
iodide addition product and not a hydriodic acid salt, as
stated by Lospen. According to Merck, neither methyl-
iodide nor hydriodic acid have any action on ecgoniue.
-C. A. K.
Process for the Production of the Ethers of Morphine-
carbonic Arid. A. Rnoll, Ludwigshafen, Germany.
Eng. Pat. 10,281, Aug. 11, 1886. 4d.
The process is based on the reaction of the ethers of
chlorocarhonic acid on morphine, on morphine-alkalis or
on the morphine-compounds of the alkaline earths. To
1 produce, for instance, the methyl-ether of morphine-
carbonic acid, morphine is dissolved in alcohol.
Alcoholic potash or soda is then added and afterwards a
slight excess of methylchlorocarbonate. The reaction
takes place at once and is attended with considerable
development of heat. Subsequently, the mixture is
neutralised with sulphuric acid, the alcohol distilled off
and the residue dissolved in water. An excess of alkali
is added and the methyl-ether of morphinecarbonic acid
thus formed is taken up by benzene. The latter is
i evaporated, when the mctliybther remains behind as a
crystalline mass. Other ethers are obtained in an
analogous manner.— & II.
July 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
681
Process far Producing Mi thy I Morphim j ( 'odt m, ), Ethyl-
Morphine and Higher Bomologues oj Morphine. A.
Knoll, Ludwigshafen, Germany. Eng. I'm. 10,387,
Aug. 13, 1886. 4d.
If morphine or a compound of morphine and an alkali or
earthy alkali be heated with methyl orethj 1- sulphate of
potash or soda, the alky] radicle of the latter enters the
morphine-molecule in place of an atom of hydrogen or of
metal. To produce, for instance, methyl-morphine
(codeine), morphine is dissolved in 90 alcohol, to
which potash or soda lye has been previously added. An
excess of methyl sulphate of potash is then introduced
and the whole heated for two hours with the use of a
back Mow condenser, whereby codeine is formed, the
liquid becoming brown and turbid The separation of
the latter and the recovery of the undecom posed morphine
are effected in the usual manner, other homologues of
morphine arc obtained in a similar manner. — S. H.
The Physiological Action of Acetphenetidine. O. Hinds-
berg and A. Cast. Centr. Sled. Wissensch, 1887,
145.
ETHYLATED and acetylated p-amido-phenols and p-acet-
phenetidine in quantities of 3grms. acted like strong
poisons. Experiments made on feverish persons show-
that the acetphenetidine is an effective antipyretic in
doses of 0-— Uogrm. — W. R.
XXI.— EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
Improvements in and connected with Explosive Car-
tridgi s for Blasting Purposes. T. Macnab, London.
Eng. Pat G222, May 7, 1886. lid.
This invention consists in part in the combination of
and improvements upon certain features of the inventions
described in Eng. Pat. 3150 of 1876, and Eng. Pat.
2143 of 1884, and may be briefly described as a com-
bination of the " water cartridge with the " ammonia
cartridge."
" One form of combination cartridge comprises an
outer case, which may be formed of cloth or of the
material known as ' Willesden paper' or other suitable
flexible material. At the far end of the case — that is
to sav, the extremity which is to occupy the bottom of
the bore-hole — is placed a charge of tonite or other
suitable explosive agent. Embedded herein may be a
closed vessel or vessels containing liquid ammonia,
liquelied carbonic acid gas or other similar acting thud,
the tonite being also furnished with an ellicient primer
or detonator cap, as hereinafter described, or otherwise,
and with appliances for firing same. The remainder of
the case is filled with water or is occupied by a tube of
flexible material charged with water or other liquid
adapted for extinguishing the flame resulting from ex-
plosion. The two ends of the cartridge case are closed
and rendered water-tight ; the extremity of the wire or
other means for firing the charge being left projecting
from the near end of the cartridge case." Arrangements
to facilitate the insertion of the cartridge in the bore-
hole, also for firing the charge by a mechanical exploder,
are described. The use of an obturator, consisting of a
cupped disc of compressed paper adapted to expand with
the internal pressure generated by the explosion, and to
fit the bore-hole tightly in combination with the car-
tridge described above, forms the subject of one of the
claims. Drawings are given. — W. D. B.
Improvements in Electrical Fuses. G. Smith, Polinout,
N.B. Eng. Tat. 14,249, Nov. 5, 1886. 4d.
SEE page 518.
Improrements in or relating to the Igniting of Explosive
Charges and Combustibles. A. J. Boult, Loudon.
From L. Bagger, Washington, U.S.A. Eng. Pat.
3920, March 15, 1887. Bd.
In order to obtain certain and ready ignition of the ex-
plosive charge in shells or torpedoes by the direct action
of water, a primer containing metallic potassium is
made use of. Details are given of the plans adopted for
the protection of the potassium from premature oxidation,
and for ensuring it- contact with water when required.
The potassium or "water primer" may be combined
with a peicussiou primer of any desired construction or
with a time fuse. Drawings are given of such com-
binations. \V. D. B.
Improvements in Explosives and in thi Manufacture of
the same. I'. M. E. Audouin, Paris, France. Eng.
Pat. 5899, April 22, 1887. 4.1.
Ix the preparation of this explosive, designated by tho
inventor " Emilite," the portion of coal-tar oil boiling
between lS.">a and 250° C. and soluble in alkalis, is
subjected to the action of nitric acid and then con-
verted into an explosive nitro-compound. It is preferred
to extract the suitable portion of the coal-tar oils after
removal of phenol, by treatment with alkaline solutions
and subsequent decomposition of the alkaline compounds
by means of any acid. The mixture thus obtained is
subjected to rectification, in order to separate resinous
matters, and then nitrated.— W. D. 11.
XXII— GENEEAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
On a New Pyrometer. J. Mensching and V. Mever.
Ber. 20, 582-583.
A COMPLETE ACCOUNT of this apparatus has appeared in
the March number of Osticald and rant Hoff's Zelts. f.
Phys. Clam. It allows of the concurrent determination
of temperature and vapour density, and has a special
piece of apparatus for keeping the pyrometer filled with
nitrogen, and excluding all possible traces of air. It is
made of platinum. The vapour density of potassium
iodide at 1320" was found to be 5 So instead of the
theoretical number 575. — J. B. C.
Siphon with a Cock. P. Kaikow and N. Prodanow.
Chem.Zeit. 11, 348.
The long leg of an ordinary siphon a is connected with
the three-way cock /., which has a horizontal aperture o
and a vertical one//. To the other side of the cock the
cylinder m with the piston n is fixed. By turning the
cock through 90° from the position in the figure, m and
a are connected, and by raising n the liquid is drawn
through the siphon into the cylinder m. If now the
cock be turned to its original position m is shut off, and
the liquid runs out through ;/. To stop the How the cock
is turned through 45°, and thus the liquid can be run off
as required. If the cylinder/// be graduated the volume
of liquid run off can be readily measured by first drawing
the liquid into »/< by raising the piston and then con-
necting// and m, thereby closing the connection with ".
— C. A. K.
D
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July a>. 18S7.
Improvements in Apparatus far Standardising and
Measurin i f C n Transparent I
J. \V. Lovibond, Salisbury. Kng. Pat. 12,867, Oct. 9,
lSSo\ s,l.
The principle of this instrument is based on the optical
comparison of any liquid with a unit or combination of
any Dumber of units of colours of known or established
valne l>otli viewed under the same conditions by trans-
mitted light 0 and c are two slightly divergent tubes,
botli viewed through a common eyepiece d by means of
light transmitted through the ground, opal or darkened
glass screen bl. The liquid under examination is put
into the rectangular clear glass vessel g of known
thickness in direction glg*. One or more colour units
of tinted glass k of known depths of shade are put into
grooves in the other tube, until the transmitted light on
both sides of the field are perfectly even. An exact
measure of depth of colour in terms of the colour units
can thus be obtained.— C. C. II.
■ In Imp im Tester. P. V. P, Berg, Askor, and
O. Sorensen, Kolding, Denmark. Kng. l'at. 4480,
March 26, 1887. 6d.
Tim 0] ISSBS, containing the milk under examination,
are placed in holders, so suspended from the circum-
ference of a rotating disc that a.s soon as a high speed of
rotation has been attained, the holders with the tubes
become horizontal ; and thus, by centrifugal action, the
cream is rapidly separated from the milk, and their
respective volumes are measurable. In the apparatus
described, as many as 162 samples may be tested at once.
— W. G. M.
Arsenic in Matches.
E. Pfeiffer.
416—417.
Chem. Zeit. H,
Arsenic was detected in matches obtained in Jena by
the characteristic smell of arsenic trioxide, which was
evident immediately after striking, and before the sul-
phur began to burn. The match heads had a black
covering with a metallic lustre, and contained much
lead, partly present as red lead. The quantity of arsenic
was, however, so small, that it could not be detected as
sulphide, even by treating 50 match heads with hydro-
chloric acid and distilling, or by fusion with nitre and
sodium carbonate. On the other hand, its presence was
confirmed by Gutzeit's reaction. Ten matches were
burnt at once under a porcelain dish, and the film treated
with bromine water (to remove sulphur dioxide), washed
into a flask, and reduced with zinc and hydrochloric
acid, when the yellow colouration on a piece of filter-
paper, moistened with a drop of nitrate of silver, was
obtained. — C. A. K.
Arsenic in Ferric Chloride Solution [Liquor Jerri per-
chloridifortior, B.P.) G. Buchner. Chem. Zeit. H,
417.
The author was able to detect arsenic both by Marsh's
test and by the silver nitrate test in lOcc. of a supposed
pure sample of ferric chloride solution. — C. A. K.
Notes on the Alkaloids. O. de Coninck. Conipt. Rend.
104, 233.
The alkyl-iodides of sparteine and nicotine give delicate
colour reactions when treated with caustic potash, in a
similar manner to the corresponding compounds of the
quinoline and pyridine bases. (This Journal, 1887, 59.)
— C. A. K.
The Oxalate Test/or Quinine Stdts. L. Scbafer. Pharm.
Zeit. 32, 170.
The oxalate test can be used for those neutral quinine
salts which are not less soluble in boiling water than
quinine sulphate, lgrni. of the quinine hydrochloride
(2grms. of the sulphate or In drobromide) are dissolved in
60grms. of boiling water, a solution containing 0-5grm.
of neutral potassium oxalate in 5grms. of water added,
and the whole made up to 67'ogrnis. The solution is
allowed to cool at 20" for half^an hour, and lOcc. of the
filtered solution tested with caustic soda. A turbidity
or precipitate shows the presence of admixed alkaloids.
-C. A. K.
Detection of Aniline Colours. Curtman. Pharm.
Kuadsch, 1887, 61.
Further trials have established the utility of Hof-
man's carbamine reaction for the detection of aniline
colours. In a test tube, 4cc. of the red wine or rasp-
berry syrup to be tested, two drops of chloroform and
4cc. of "a 10% alcoholic potash solution are mixed
together, and the mixture warmed slightly for two
minutes. The temperature is rapidly raised to the boil.
If aniline colours are present the penetrating smell of
carbamine is developed, and is evident even in the
presence of the various ethereal odours of the wine. If
no result is given, as with acid magenta, then add about
4cc. concentrated II. SO,, and the smell of carbamine
will be at once formed. The presence of sugar retards
the reaction. In this case some of the colour is extracted
July 30. I8S-.I THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHKMIC'AL INDUSTRY.
523
by means of alcohol, ether, or chloroform, ami this
solution employed for examination. This reaction can
be employed without difficulty for testing small pieces
of coloured materials. It is simply necessary to treat
the pieces with alcohol or other solvent and examine
the solution as before. — W. K.
New Method Jor Determining the Strength of Iodine
Solutions. W. Kalmann. Bar. 20. 868—671.
The method is based upon the following reaction :
Na,SO,+2I + H90=Na?S01H 2HL A -iven volume of
the iodine solutionis mixed with so much sodium sul-
phite that the liquid is just decolourised. Methyl
orange is used as indicator, and the amount of
HI determined with decinormal caustic soda. It is
essential that the sulphite should be free from bisulphite.
The presence of sulphate is not objectionable. The same
method may be used for titrating sulphites in presence
of thiosulphates. The reactions are expressed as follows :
Na.S03 + I, + ELO=Na,S04 + 2HI ; 2Na,S,Oa +
I, — NajS«O0 + 2NaI. The application of the method is as
follows : — Into a measured volume of standard iodine
solution the mixed sulphite and thiosulphate is added
until the liquid is decolourised. A few drops of methyl
orange are added, and the HI titrated with decinormal
caustic solution until the colour changes from reddish
yellow to pure yellow. — J. B. C.
Determination of Zinc as Pyrophosphate. L, Jawein.
Chem. Zeit. 11, 347.
This method, as described by G. Stone (Amer. Chem.
Soc. 4, 26), was tried with two samples of brass, the
results agreeing well with those obtained by weighing
the zinc as oxide. The solution is treated with ammonia
and sodium phosphate, and the precipitate thus obtained,
which is very difficult to filter, dissolved in an excess of
ammonia, and this excess then removed by boiling. The
precipitate then separates in a finely granular form,
and can be readily filtered and washed. The zinc am-
monium phosphate is ignited and weighed as zinc
pyrophosphate (Zn.,PoOr). The method carried out in
this way works smoothly, but boiling oft' the excess of
ammonia takes a long time, and the precipitate sticks so
fast to the sides of the vessel that it must be dissolved
in acid, and reprecipitated by cautious neutralisation
with ammonia. — C. A. K.
jftcto T500&S.
The Determination of Phosphoric Arid. C. Mohr. Chem.
Zeit. 11, 417—418.
THE author recommends the method suggested by
Albert for dissolving phosphates and phospnatic slags,
in which 2grms. of the substance are triturated in the cold
with lOOcc. of 2 per cent, sulphuric acid. lOcc. of the
solution thus obtained are then treated after filtration
with a 1 percent, solution of potassium ferrocyanide, to
precipitate the iron, and titrated with uranium acetite,
after the addition of sodium acetate. The blue colour
of the solution does not mask the end reaction. — C. A. K.
Determination of Potassium in Ash, Minerals, etc.
M. Kretzschmar. Chem. Zeit. 11, 418.
This method is a shortened form of that proposed by
Stohmann. A hydrochloric acid solution of the sub-
stance is made if possible, the iron oxidised with nitric
acid and the sulphuric acid precipitated by barium
chloride. The solution is then treated with ammonia
and ammonium carbonate in excess, and the whole
(solution and precipitate) evaporated to dryness in a
porcelain dish, dried at 110°, and extracted with water
after addition of a few drops of ammonia. The solution
is made up to SOOcc, and oO — lOOcc. taken for the alkali
determination. If much magnesium is present the solu-
tion must be again evaporated with oxalic acid, the
residue gently ignited, and again extracted as before.
— C. A. K.
Errata.— In June issue, p. 457, line 3G from top of first
column, for " Tetrobasic," read " Tetrabasic." Same column,
line 48, for " tubes," read " tables ;" and in line 59, for
" grains," read " grammes."
The Owens College Course ok Practical Organic
Chemistry. By Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D., F.c.s.. Assistant
Lecturer on Chemistry. Owens College. Manchester, etc.
London and New York : Macmillan & Co. 1887.
Small 8vo VOLUME bound In < loth, with Preface by Sir Henry
K. Rosooe and Prof. C. Schorlemmer, and the Author's Pre-
face. In the latter it is clearly stated that " the book is only
intended for the use of student* who are undergoing or have
undergone a substantial course of instruction in the principles
of organic chemistry. Its primary purpose is that of a
laboratory guide, and its use should be supplemented by
reference to some of the large text-books as well as to the
original sources of chemical literature mentioned at the head
of each preparation. The little work is essentially a select
collection of organic preparations, in which principal stress is
laid on those details attention to which is likely to lead to the
obtaining of a successful result in the shape of as good a yield
of the product sought for as possible, in accordance with the
method adopted. In each case, besides that purely chemical
name of the preparation in question which expresses the
composition and to some extent constuition, is given the
special name and also the technological name, then the full for-
mula, and following this the " Literature," where the accounts
of the scientific work done on the subject can be read and
studied. Dr. Cohen has also given special attention to the
standard reactions in organic chemistry, and gives details
for the correct methods of applying them ; the refer-
ences, too. with additional notes on these reactions, will
be found in the Appendix, which consists principally of
" Notes on the Preparations," followed by some useful tables.
This portion of the little book is certain to be of great value and
assistance to the student of organic chemistry. Exclusive of
the Appendix, the subject matter occupies 165 pages, in which
eighty-two preparations are described, and the text is embel-
lished with thirty wood engravings. After descriptions of
the purification of alcohol, ether and benzene, the study of
the preparation and properties of a series of aromatic sub-
stances is commenced, and this occupies Part I. of the book.
Part II. is devoted to a series of preparations taken from the
paraffin or "fatty" series of organic substances. Of this
arrangement the author says in his Preface: "The usual
arrangement of fatty, before aromatic compounds, has been
reversed for the reason that those of the latter which have
been selected otter fewer difficulties to the beginner." A use-
ful and wise direction to the student is ottered by Dr. Cohen
before beginning a preparation : " Read first the recent
literature on the subject, reference to which will be found at
the head of the preparation, and refer to it in your text-book."
The work closes with a useful Alphabetical Index.
DieKunstlichenOrgaxischenFarbstokfe. UnterZugrun-
delegung von sechs Vorlesungen von Prof. Dr. E. Noeltixg :
Bearbeitet von Dr. Paul Julius. Berlin : K. Gaertner's
Verlagsbuchandlung. Hermann Heyfelder, Schoneberger-
strasse 26, S.YV. London : H. Grevel & Co., 33, King Street,
Covent Garden, London. 18S7.
8vo volume bound in cloth. Contains Preface. Table of Con-
tents, 221 pages of subject-matter, and an Alphabetical Index.
The subject-matter contains UBeful tables or tabulated lists of
the Coal-tar Colours, and is generally sub-divided into fifteen
chapters. These chapters may be briefly headed as follows,
thus giving a clear notion of the compass of the work:—
Chapter 1\ Coal-tar; Constitution of Benzene and its Deri-
vatives ; of Naphthalene and its Derivatives, etc. Chap II.
Intermediate Products of the Colour and Dye-manufacturer.
Chap. III. Coloured and un-coloured Carbon Compounds;
Dyestuffs; Witt's Chromophoric Groups; Chromogens, etc.
DyestufFs, themselves mordants. Chap. IV. Nitro-bodies,
etc. Chap. V. Azo-colours. Diazo-compounds. etc. Chap. VI,
Derivatives of Triphenylniethane ; History of the Rosaniline
Derivatives, Synthesis and Constitution of Rosaniline, etc.
Chap. VII. Phthaleins, their Synthesis, Constitution and
Derivatives, etc. Chap. VIII. Artificial Indigo; Synthesis
of Cinnamic Acid. etc. Chap. IX. Anthracene Colours.
(hap. X. Pyridine and Quinoline Derivatives, etc. Chap. XI.
Indamine and Indophenols, Bindschedlcr's Green, Toluylene
Blue and the simplest Toluylene Blue. Chap. XII. Azines ;
Azonium Bases, etc. Chap. XIII. Indulins and Nigrosins ;
Azodiphenyl Blue, etc. Chap. XIV. Aniline Black. Chap. XV.
Appendix : Galloflavine ; Cachou de Lavelle ; Kanarin ;
Murexide, etc.
Modern High Farming. A Treatise on Soils, Plants, and
Manures. By Francis Wyatt, Professor of Agricultural
Chemistry, Chemical Analyst, etc. New York : 0, E.
Bartholomew, 22, College Place. 1886.
8vo volume, bound in cloth, containing Index, or rather a
Table of Contents, and 94 pages of subject-matter. This
matter is sub-divided into fifteen chapters, which may be
briefly summed up as follows : — Chapter I. General Intro-
ductory Remarks j Influence of Climate ; Origin of Scientific
Agriculture, etc. Chap. II. Theory of Scientific Agriculture,
etc. Chap. III. Minerals necessary and injurious to Plant
Life. Chap. IV. Phosphates. Chap. V. Potash; its Action
on the Soil. etc. Chap. VI. How Soils lose their Nitrogen,
etc. Chap. VII. Physically Perfect Soils. Chap. VIII. Pro-
gress of the Manure Trade in the United States, etc.
Chap. IX. The different kinds of Manure, etc. Chap. X.
D2
THE JOUBJfAI OF THE SOCIETY OF QHEMIQAL INDUSTRY.
Uulj 30. 1887.
Chelate' f^caMcV h°w '° ™<> -' understand
Kilogramme = 2-20llb. avoirdupois
Square Metre = l-19Gsq. yards. Dollar = to. 2d.
Tariff Proper.
- m~. M. plain, or mounted 12s. 6d. The statisUcs'nf rvSFSS
bonteed in the United Kingdom Gas \„, ,' ,;'.', ' ,' • , , ''"
produced are also given A vh ',n „> 1 i T . "i!l",i"'
CraDc Report.
f.F/-0//i the Board of Trade Journal.)
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS REGU-
LATIONS.
Russia.
Recent Customs Decisions.
<.Vofe.-Poud = 301b. avoirdupois. Gold ronble=3s. 2d.)
Belgium.
Modification of Customs Duties on Vinegar and Acetic
Acid.
Mr- MTMHarn«l,,1,,5£ J,l"e,ast' has been ^eeived from
o n vinegar and wBdBtW,n,e,?(c,«^
articles are as follow •- 6 dutlcsnow charged on these
8 ^cenY orle^5^H^^^n^inin8 of pure acetic acid.
and less than 40 per ce^t /^A nir l^.'Tf0 ,n,an 8 Der "»«■
more. lS7-50frs. per • hectolitre P er''erc1,.ohtre.: *" Per cent, or
l?7-50to.perl00kFloKranfmes ACe"° ac,d- crystallised.
New Customs Tariff of Mexico.
See also pp. m to OS of the December Number oft/le Jom.na!
statement has been prepared fL, f0".r"«l. the following
by Mr. Lionel ^aF^itb^^^JS0*, s,HpPlie«
Bhow ng the articles in S« «SJ?'m3 Cons"l at Mexico,
which came into force on ?hSu. Meft,c?n Customs Tariff
duties have been ahered "oLeUier wi h5'.^'- ,°n wh,ich *S
duties hitherto lertedwthose. article ' """ °f Cus,on>s
***to£3fc^^^^O*r4to s.«*> «,.«. l»
perhaps, really impVincreased d,K ",' rcd,l=t'ons. which.
great attention to he °| "n lions h, t'h 18> nece3.sftrJ' '« W
which the duty is leviable KnrilJ, 'he class of weight on
thread. v^&So^^Sfi^**?™* of cotton
duty has been altered to l->n rtnii„rJ ™ ,-, Pcr,kilog. net. the
of which. is to coSiderabfy ^"crease the0fn 7""' thf Cffec,t
w^h^f^J'mcr,imnd'''c''bvS*,,J'' !""U''*'°°<1 the actual
jnclndes. BffiKWlrW&l "tG of Mr'"';' '!»", " Uch
boxes, winders, wrappers " etc in whfel 'r'V-r '°,tll'-s'
imported; and by gYoss wdrti il! ,, ile articles are
packages. When merchandise whlc n»v. e"? " of the
" lcgarwcight." has no other cm "r J l,^iHf a H°rdlnK to P16
forms the outside package the ac^ua w.2iV'e,0!\c whicn
chandise will be coSsidered'to be its legal wctht '""'
No.
Corre
81 ond
Old
Tariff's -N ■
11 Tariff.
265 209
117 362
509 121
510 120
511 127
512 128
517
553
105
506 173
Gypsum,
weight
Powder other than
that for mining
purposes, gross
weight
Drugsand chemical
products :—
Fixed oils, not else-
where specified,
legal weight....
tfal oils of
orange, gcra-
nium, nutmeg,
mustard, patch-
ouli, and rose,
legal weight
Volatile or essen-
tial oils. not
otherwise distin-
guished, legal
weight
Soecotrine aloes,
legal weight
Acids of all sub-
stances, gaseous
orliquid.notelse-
where specified,
legal weight ....
Acids in crystals
or powder, not
elsewhere speci-
fi ed, legal
weight
Waters, aromatic,
man uf actured.
distilled, or
spirituous, for
m edicinal or
toilet purposes,
legal weight
Mineral waters,
natural or artifi-
cial, legal weight
Alkaloids and
their salts, not
otherwise distin-
guished, legal
weight
Camphor, legal
"eight
JIusk. legal weight
Ambergris, legal
weight
Metallic antimony,
net weight
Saffron, dry r,r j„
oil. net weight ..
(antharides. net
weight
-Medicinal cap-
sules, of all sub-
stances, legal
weight
Castoreum, legal
weight
Hydrochloral. legal
weight
Chloroform, legal
"eight
Chloride of gold,
legal "right ....
Collodion and its
applicat ions,
legal weight ... I
I'aints in the
rough, or pre-
pared
osote, legal
Weight
Medicinal elixirs
of all kinds, legal
„ weight
Essence or extract
of sarsaparilla.
prepared in anv
form, legal
Weight
ts o f ail
kinds for medi-
purposes.
n o t otherwise
mentioned, legal
weight
Dollars.
Kilog. 020
'•00 „ M0
050
5 00
250
030
0'20
1-00
050
010
15- CO ,
055
410
0-35
025
110
055
0-20
1350
0-50
10C0
0-55
1100
1600
1650
030
035
4-00
420
2-00
300
125
1-65
1-00
4-70
150
290
ISO
1-65
25(H)
2750
TOO
010
Igrossl
1-00
100
0-30
3-00
1-10
015
(legal)
125
110
035
3-30
July 30. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
:,■:;
No.
in
Old
Tariff
Corre-
spond-
inc No.
in New
Tariff.
Ankles, etc.
Rates of Duty
cvied.
Rates of Duly
hitherto
Lev c 1.
560
176
Phosphorus, dear
or red, legal
Dollars.
Dollars.
weight
Kilog. 0 75
Kilog. 1'50
576
ISO
Medicinal ayraps
050
0'55
581
181
Metals ami metal-
loids for medio!-
nal purposes, not
otherwise/ men-
t i o n c d, net
(gross!
(legal)
weight
150
3'i»)
581
186
Nitrate of silver.
legal weight
Pepsine, legal
8D0
11'"'
589
191
weight
300
550
505
JOG
Saltsand sulphates
of all substances,
not otherwise
mentioned, legal
weight
015
016
603
500
Valerianates of all
substances, legal
6*00
UDO
COS
502
Iodoform
BTOO
(gross)
1290
llcgall
609
503
Pure Iodine
1 50
2 20
610
505
Iodides of all sub-
2-00
330
Free List.
No. in
Old
Tariff.
Articles, etc.
B f Duty
hitherto Levied.
Dollars.
510'.
Sulphuric, phenie. and
Kilog. (legal)
025
511
hydrochloric acid
' .»
rio*
527
White arsenic
„ (net)
0 30
t
537
Spanish white
(jjross)
0-02
252
Common limeand Koraan
o-oi
111
Machinery and apparatus
of all kinds, not other-
wise distinguished, for
industrial, agricultural,
mining, artistic ami
scientific purposes, and
detached parts of the
same, if not liable to be
used otherwise than as
..
0-005
t
111
Powder fuses of any kind.
416,
and explosive composi-
635 1
tions for mining
it ••
001
550
Chloride, sulphide, bisul-
phide, and trisulphide
0*02
361
Cork, in the rough or in
•I i«
0 (M
253
Crucibles of all materials
,,
001
367
Emery, in powder or in
,.
008
570
Glycerine not perfumed..
010
573
Hyposulphate of soda....
,, •>
001
597
Saltpetre, or nitrate of
potash or of soda
• < M
001
599
600
COS
Sulphate of copper
.,
0'01
0 16
595
Sulphate of ammonia
.. (legal)
691
Rag, paper scraps, and
pastes of all kinds, for
the manufacture of
Orross)
o-oi
615
Poison, for the prepara-
015
nt. and as such, dutiable at the rate of 20 per cent, ad
ralorcm. under the special provision in Section it. for "cement
Roman, Portland, and all others."
Certain at water of Cedar/* a medicinal preparation, which
upon investigation is found to be composed in part of alcohol,
is held to be dutiable at the rate of 50 cents per ib.. under the
provision in section 118. for "all medicinal preparations • ' ■
and medicated wines, of which alcohol is a component part."
After a thorough investigation, it is held that platinum wire.
which has assumed that form merely for convenience in
transportation, and which is not adapted for any known use
as w ire. does not come within the scope of the provision in
Section 216. for "manufactures, articles, or wares • • * com-
posed wholly or in part of ' ' platinum," but is exempt from
duty under the provision in the free list for "platinum,
unmanufactured."
The Treasury Department's decision of October 31. 1883,
under which unground talc was held to be free of duty as a
non metallic mineral substance, under paragraph 638, and
ground talc as a manufactured mineral substance, under
paragraph 95, is affirmed.
Switzerland.
Classification of Articles in Customs Tariff.
[Xotc— Quintal = 220llb. avoirdupois. Franc=9,'.-d.)
The following decisions affecting the classification of articles
in the Swiss Customs Tariff have been given by the Swiss
Customs authorities during the month of May last :—
Funyivore (mixture of vitriol and flourof sulphur for arrest-
ing vine diseases). Category 16. duty 30 centimes per quintal.
Sulphate of nickel. Category IS. duty 2 francs per quintal.
Celluloid and articles of celluloid, except collars, cuffs, etc.
I«ec above). Categories 348—352, duties from 4 to 30 francs per
quintal.
Asbestos, in sheets or frames, not interwoven with other
materials. Category 272. duty 3 francs per quintal.
Asbestos felt for roofing with tissues loosely interwoven.
Category 299. duty 1 franc 50 centimes per quintal.
Cords of asbestos are expunged from category 306a.
Twine and plaits of asbestos, not interwoven with other
materials. Category 307. duty 16 francs per quintal.
Asbestos cloth is included in category 311, to replace asbestos
mixed yvith cloth. Duty 4 francs per quintal.
Proposed Modifications in Customs Tmifi.
A Bill has lately been presented to the Federal Assembly for
the purpose of revising the present Swiss Customs Tariff.
The following is a list of the alterations in the proposed tariff
revision.
(.Yofc. — Quintal = 220'41b. avoirdupois. Franc=9t'«d.)
United States.
Customs Decisions.
Certain so-called partially manufactured Portland cement,
which upon investigation was found to consist of partially-
manufactured Portland cement, and which upon being ground
may be employed as such without any further admixture of
chalk or lime. 'and which in its condition as imported, readily
sets upon being mixed with water, is held to be a si
• If imported in the form of crystals,
t Not specially classed in old Tariff.
Vo in
Cus-
• nu
Tariff.
Classification uf Articles.
I.— Waste Material
and Manures.
Stable manure ; com-
post; chalk -lime ;
residue of animal
black; ashes (of
bone, coal. peat.
wood);loam;sweep-
ings; rags and other
waste materials in-
tended for the
manufacture of
manure
iThis category in
the existing tariff
includes sulphuric
acid once used.)
li uano; phosphorites;
phosphates ; bone
poyvder. etc. :
Not chemically pre-
pared, such as am-
m o n ia c a 1 salts
(crude), sulphate of
ammonia, chloride
of potassium, pot-
ash manure ; sul-
phuric acid once
used
Chemically pre) at. .:
such as artificial
manures
(The grouping of
Categories 3 and l
has been amended.]
rr"iK>sed
New- Duties.
Per Quintal.
Fr. Ct.
Free.
Conventional
Kates of
Duty.
Per Quintal.
Fr. Ct.
Free.
Free.
0 20
Free.
: No conventional rates.
General Tariff.
These articles pay duty under
THE JOrKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [J«iy 30. i8S7.
No. in
Customs
Euifl
33
39a
Classification of Ai '
IVr
Quintal.
~ ,.,VConven-
lrN.>'5'1 tional
,-\>" Ratesof
Duties. 1)llt
Per
Quintal
II.— Chemicals.
a. Apothecaries' and Druggists'
Articte.i.
Pharmaceutical preparations, such
as powder, pastilles, salves, oint-
ments, tinctures, essential oils and
essences in wholesale packages,
that is to say, susceptible of divi-
sion for retail sale ; surgeons' ban-
dages
(Wording more explicit)
b. Chemicals for Industrial Use.
Alum; white arsenic; sulphate of
barytes ; animal black ; chloride of
barium : chlorideof calcium, crude;
chloride of lime ; chloride of mag-
nesium; chloride of manganese;
chrome - alum ; iron - mordant ;
litharge ; pyrolignite of lime ;
phenate of lime, crude; chlorby-
drate of lime ; extract of chestnut,
liquid ; sulphate of magnesia
(Epsom salts) ; liquid arseniate of
soda; bicarbonate of soda; sulphate
of soda (Glauber's salts) ; hyposul-
phite, sulphite, and bisulphito of
soda ; muriatic soda ; flour of
sulphur; sulphuret of iron; sul-
phuret of sodium ; sulphuric acid ;
soda ; acetate and sulphate of
alumina ; sulphate (vitriol) of iron,
copper, and zinc : soluble glass
(Pyroligneousacid, crude, acetic acid
of wood vinegar is expunged from
this Category. See No. 17.)
Caustic potash, caustic soda; aniline;
aniline compositions for manufac-
ture of paints ; anthracine ; arsen-
ious acid ; benzoic acid ; benzine ;
oil of bitter almonds, artificial ;
sugar of lead ; nitrate of lead ;
bioxide of lead ; borax ; phenic
acid, crude ; cachou chloride of
aluminium and of zinc ; gallic and
tannic acid ; glycerine : verdigris;
pyroligneous acid, crude : wood ;
spirit, raw; yellow prussiate of
potash ; chlorate of potash ; red
chromate of potash ; hyperman-
ganate of potash ; bisulphate of
lime ; chestnut extract, solid ;
oxalic acid : naphthaline ; salts of
soda, not otherwise mentioned ;
oleic acid ; paraffin ; potash ; Bali-
cylic acid, crude ; chloride of ,
ammonia ; spirits of ammonia ;
saltpetre, refined ; nitric acid ;
oxalate of potassium ; sulphuric
ether; sulphideof arsenic; stearine;
aluminous cake ; illuminate of j
soda ; oil of Turkey red ; zinc pow-
der ; salts of tin
(Pyroligneous acid, crude, is inser-
ted, and the word "raw" is added
after " wood spirit.")
r. Colours.
Chrome yellow and green ; moun-
tain blue; Prussian blue; smalt;
ultramarine
Varnish and lac of all kinds, with
the exception of oil varnishes
Oil varnish
Fr. Ct.
•fO'OO
0'30
Fr. Ct.
1-00
7'00
2500
1000
7'OOt
7-00
7'00
the sale of poisons, and the Decree of the 2Cth January. 1SS3,
arc still in force ; bnt the Decree of 14th November, IST'J. has
been replaced by a Decree, dated l"th April, 1885, of which the
following is a translation.
Section 20 of the Ordinance dated the 7th January, 1870, shall
be altered to the following effect :—
1. Paper-hangings, roller-blinds, Venetian blinds, artificial
flowers, anil other articles In water-colours (with glue, gum,
starch, dextrine, glair, and the like), printed or painted with
arsenical colours, shall not be kept or offered for sale if, at a
chemical analysis, out of 200 square centimetres I = -'2 7 square
Inches) of the article, or less, metallic arsenic, precipitated as
a black or blackish brown, at least partly opaque mirror
(arsenic mirror) in a glass tube of 1} to 2 millimetres (= i to }
Swedish line) inner diameter, can be educed, by reduction
with cyanide of potash and carbonate of soda, from the sul-
phuret of arsenic then obtained.
2. The same prohibition shall also be observed with respect
to stuffs, woven fabrics, yarn, lamp shades, sealing-wax,
wafers, composite candles and other candles containing
arsenical colours or other arsenical substances. If metallic
arsenic, in the manner and quantity above stated, can be
educed from 100 square centimetres ( = 113 Swedish square
inches*, or less, of stuffs, woven fabrics, and lamp-shades, or
from 21grms. (= 5 Swedish orts), or less, of any of the other
articles above enumerated.
3. A certificate as to the quality of I he article in this respect,
and indicating the weight and surface measure of the sample
of the article used, containing samples of all the colours of the
article, shall be issued by a chemist conversant with the sub-
ject. This certificate shall also be accompanied not only by
the metallic arsenic educed by the test, enclosed in a glass
tube closed up at both ends, but also by as large a sample of
the article examined as may be required for its identification
or for a new analysis, if needed, but the sample shall not
measure less than .'>00 square centimetres (= 56'7 Swedish
square inches) ; and the glass tube, as well as the sample of
the article, shall be securely fastened by a seal either to the
certificate or to a paper containing the signature of the
analyst, together with thenumberreferredtoin the certificate,
which, moreover, shall be drawn up in accordance with the
form annexed.
Form of Certificate as to the arsenical contents of goods.
At the chemical analysis of square centimetres (square
inches, grams, ortsl of the wall-paper (cloth, carpet, yarn, etc.)
annexed marked number , containing samples of all its
colours, made by me at the request of X, I have educed, by
reduction with cyanide of potash and carbonate of soda, from
the sulphuret of arsenic then obtained, the metallic arsenic
which is enclosed in the glass tube attached (1 have not found
any arsenic present), and I therefore (owing to the nature of
this arsenic mirror) declare the said wall-paper (cloth, etc.)
prohibited (permitted) for tale or barter, in pursuance of the
Royal Decree of the 10th April, 1SS5. The re-agents employed
by me at the analysis have been examined by me and been
found free from arsenic, which I hereby certify.
(Place and time.)
(Name.)
(Qualification.)
EXTRACTS FROM DIPLOMATIC AND
CONSULAR REPORTS.
S.u.i: u. POISONS in Sweden.
A despatch, dated (he 22nd June lasl. has been received from
Mr. E. Corbett. Her Majesty's Minister at Stockholm, on the
subject of the regulations relative to the sale of arsenic and
poisonous substances now in force in Sweden. Mr. Corbett
Bays:—
"The Royal Decree of the 7th of January, 1K76, relative to
• Duty payable under General Tariff, conventional rates
being higher, except in the case of nitric acid, which will still
pay CO cents, per quintal.
MISCELLANEOUS TRADE NOTICES.
Deposits of Manganese Oke in the United
States.
According to Bradstreet's for May 28th last, (he following
facts are given in Mr. Joseph D. Week's report on manganese
to the United States Geological Survey:
"Ores containing manganese, described in this report, are
divided into two classes— viz., manganese ores and mangani-
ferous iron ores. Difficulty has been experienced in fixing
the dividing line between these two ores. The standard of
shipments in English chemical works, however, has been
adopted— that is. 70 per cent, of bioxide. equalling 44-253
parts of the metal per 100. Ores containing less than this per-
centage of manganese can. however, be used in the manufac-
ture of high manganese Bpiegel and ferro-mangancse, while
some ores with an excess of manganese may be used for low
spiegels. Manganese is found widely distributed in this
country. It is almost as plentiful as tho deposits of brown
hematite ore. Manganese occurs as a constituent of most of
the latter kind of ores. Sometimes so much manganese is
found in the ore as to make it a mangaBiferous iron ore. At
other times veins or pockets of manganese are found along-
side of iron ore. This is especially true in the case of the ores
in the Appalachian ranges, and is particularlarly so in
Virginia. Notwithstanding its wide distribution, only four
localities yielded any considerable amount of ore in 1885. The
places mentioned were the Crimora and Leete's mines in
Virginia; at Cartcrsville. Georgia, and Batesvillc. Arkansas.
The Crimora mine contributed two-thirds of all the man-
ganese produced in the United Stales. Two other mines in
Virginia produced s small amount of ore in ism viz.. tho
Houston mines and (hose of the Shenandoah Iron Company.
The production in 1889 was 26,495 tons, of which 23.258 tons
were manganese ores, and 3237 tons were manganiferous ores.
The origin of manganese has never yet been authoritatively
settled. It is thought to be similar lo hematite ore in origin,
nnd to have been deposited from solution. So far as known
the most valuable deposits of manganese have been found in
pockets, usually imbedded in ji tenacious clay requiring
washing to remove."
July 30, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
527
German Sugar Bounties.
Id the Hoard of Trade Journal for July will be found (in
analysis of the German Bill for reforming the sugar tax and
bounties.
TRADE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE UNITED
KINGDOM.
Imports into the United Kingdom from Spain.
Principal Articles.
May, 1886.
May, 1887.
Chemical Products unenume-
rated Value
Copper Ore and Regulus. .Tons
Value
Manganese Ore ..Tons
Value
Pyrites of Iron and Copp'r.Tons
Value
Quicksilver lbs.
Value
Rags, Esparto Tons
Value
Total Value
1886
1887
£1.340
£3,211
2,208
4,519
£52,505
£68,534
375
27S
£1,313
£963
18,215
57.997
£94,110
£103.025
601,800
miii.iiini
£51.140
£26,500
3.564
5,250
£21,132
£30,564
May.
£759,616
£780,764
June.
£699,338
£718,561
Exports of British and Irish Produce from the United
Kingdom to Spain.
Principal Articles.
May, 1886.
May, 1887.
Alkali Cwt.
Value
Manufactures of Caoutchouc
Value
Value
Chemical Products and Pre-
parations, Including Dye-
stuffs Value
Coal, Products of, including
Naphtha, etc Value
Glass Manufactures Value
Grease, Tallow, and Animal
Fat Cwt.
Value
Manure Value
Painters' Colours and Ma-
Paper of all sorts Cwt.
Value
Value
16,005
£5,813
£1,253
570
£1,061
£5,981
£1.907
£131
594
£601
£2,517
£1.136
165
£429
470
£395
22.157
£7,436
£1,207
710
£1,378
£5,094
£2,068
£792
1,865
£1.S93
£23.964
£2,936
388
£1,075
353
£321
Total Value
May.
1886
£222,129
£P§n 576
1887
£265,780
£302.019
defined by the Act, and 792 were other works which come
within the scope of the Act. In the year 1885 the numbers
were 132 and 762 respectively, showing a diminution of 11 in
the number of alkali works, and an increase of 30 in that of
the other works.
In some of the works several distinct processes arc earned
on, each of which requires a separate examination on t he part
of the inspector; these are set forth below as distributed
among the districts :—
List of Separate Processes under Inspection.
RECENT TRADE BLUE BOOKS.
The following memorandum has been prepared in the
Department with reference to Parliamentary papers bearing
upon trade matters which have recently been circulated: —
1. Alkali, etc.. Works Regulation Act. 18S1. Tu-entythird
Annual Report on Alkali, etc.. ll'orks by the Chief Inspector.—
(O. 5057). Price, 2s.
This is the annual report of Mr. Fletcher, the Chief
Inspector under the Alkali, etc.. Works Act for the year 1886.
It contains his reports to the Local Government Board and to
the Secretary for Scotland, and is presented to Parliament
pursuant to Act 44 & 45 Vict. cap. 37.
The report states that the number of works under inspection
during the year was 910. or if Scotland be included. 1.048. This
shows an increase of 13 English and 3 Irish works during the
year. Of the above total of 910, 118 were alkali works as
I
a
A
o
3
-i
5
-3
.,3
1
^ a
ci
3 .
5
—
a
£
I
a tc
&
o
a
I.
11
5 a
Is
3£
B M
! -1
5
o
o
>1
a
o
72
1
- -
•-
DO
■c
o
'E
H
5 gf
£0
- =
--
_■ -
"3
p
-
a
s. -
5
0
-
tx
Alkali
9!
12
17
16
11
3
4
2
67
Hvdrochloric acid (cy-
linder)
—
—
—
17
3
—
8
28
Copper (wet process) . .
—
0
2 5
3
2
3
—
20
Cotton carbonising
(alkali)
—
—
— —
9
—
—
—
9
15
24
21 18
43
28
16
32
■ill
20
31
15
1
2*
l.i
12
60
24 a
—
0
3
■■ —
14
1
—
1
■21
—
2
3
1
40
19
2
15
W
Sulphate and muriate
of ammonia
11
27
22
1
48
o3
H
bto
291
Chlorine and bleaching
2
10
2
8
7
14
9
55
2
17
1
7
6
2
4
7
4
1
2
58
48
Salt
! 77
93
Total
65
135
149
63
226
167
159
244
1,208
During the year 1S86 the number of separate operations
under inspection was 1208, while in Scotland there was a
further number of 187 : giving a total for the United Kingdom
of 1395. During 1885 the total number was 1368.
Table of Average Amount of Acid Gases Escaping
for each District.
The following tables have been compiled by the General
Inspector from the reports of all the examinations sent in by
the inspectors on their visits to the works. The total number
of visits made in the year was 4090, and the number of sepa-
rate tests or analyses of gas was 4786:—
*i
3
o
•d
„T*
5
aa
•c
•g
3
2 ~
[S
0 =
s =
P
J=
•3
a
-G*
Ut-J
tj
St
J3
3
O
J3
O
1.
■q
5
O 9
3
2
T
>
50
1 .
Pi
"5
B
<
O
•9
>
<
^
ale
A
^•s
e
ig
—
P
a
H
to
p
P
«
1886
18Bo
Hydrochloric acid in
chimney gases. Grs.
012
O'll
0-07
o-ii
0*08
0'09
010
010
010
Hydrochloric acid.
Amount escaping
compared with that
produced, per cent. ..
_
210
it;'
200
2*18
2-10
234
213
2'39
Acid gases escaping
from sulphuric acid
chambers given as
SO,. Grs. per cubic ft. 1'30
160
IIS
1-28
1-Oi 1*60
1-82
1-40
1*52
Acidity of chimneys
given as SO,. Grs. per
0-71
0-76
(V.ir
0 66 0'72
104
077
0 67
Acidity of gases from
manure works given
as SO,. Grs. per c. ft. 0-51
016
011 118
0*28 0-35
065
0-50
067
528
THE JOfcBNAl OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAl INDUSTRY. frdyHMrt)
STATISTH M. TABLES.
PERIODICAL RETURNS OF IMPORTS \M> EXPORTS.
Imports and Exports into and from the under-mentioned Countries in the laUst Month for
which Returns have been received, with Aggregates for the period of the Year, including
such latest Month.
Note.— Roublo=2e. Od. ; Franc- !>,'.,<!.; Milreis l>.od.: lire '.', d. ; Dollar Is. 2d.
/. — Imports.
Name of Country.
Russia in Kuropc . .
France
Portugal
Italy
United States
Egypt
British India* ...
I ktest
Month.
Value for the Month.
Aggri . i dol the year,
inclucung latest Month.
May
May
April
May ..
May
February
March . .
April . .
1887.
Roubles 20.riS.000
Francs 352,727,000
Milreis —
Lire .. 115,853,000
Dollars 58.062,000
Piastres 55.77J.000
81,776,000
Rupees 5,16,27.701
1886.
1887.
29.892,000
301,007,000
111,953,0C0
-
59,829.000
67,192.000
(.97,14.923
90,201,000
1,785,1 53, 000
12.326,000
021,621,000
296.290.000
120,559,000
2112, 335,000
1886.
90,023.000
1,737,150,000
11,508,000
571,629,000
271.378,000
12S.511.000
196.033.000
//. — Exports.
Russia in Europe
France
Portugal
Italy
United States ....
May
Maj
April
May
May
Egypt
British India April
( February
( March
Roubles ■>S,979.000
Francs 285,850,000
Milreis —
Lire .. 84,772,000
Dollars 13,629,000
Piastres 101,S68,000
76.910,000
Rupees 8,71,03,997
25,078.000
258,955,000
87.5 19,000
51.101,000
77,825,000
86,153.000
S.1L33,31S
111,108,000
1,335,361,000
7.517.0C0
115,727,000
■9,000
2I9.S30.000
326,710.000
98,561. 000
1,295,952,000
9,122,000
132,578,000
271.701,000
211,911,000
301.093,000 i
.
The above figures arc subject to revision in the Annual Returns.
Note —The figures arc those of the "special" imports and exports, except in the case of the United
- and British India, where the figures are "general." "Spc< ial means, in the case of imports,
imports for home consumption, in the ease of exports, exports ol domestic produce and manufacture
•'Tin- aggregate figures are for the financial year comment ing 1st April
Chemical Imports and Exports fob Past
Half- Year,
During the past half-year we imported under the head of
chemicals, dycstult's and tanning substances, goods to the
value of £1,579.25" as against 64,895,061 during the correspond-
ing period of lS.su. a decrease of £315314. Our imports o[
Peruvian hark amounted to £416,188 as against £441,056 in the
tirst six months of last year, a diminution of £24,868. I'nder
the head of drugs unenuinerated a diminution is also notice-
able in comparison with tin- tirst half-year of 1886. The figures
were £305493 in IK*-7 and £357,182 in 1886, thus showing a
decrease of £51,989. On the export side the figures came oul
rattier better, although a slight diminution is still shown.
The total value of chemicals and chemical and medicinal pre-
parat ted during the half-year was £3,300,124 as
airaii io in the six months ending June 30th, 1886,
This is Only a diminution of £8141.— B. and C. D., 16th July,
1887.
Tin: Kali INDUSTRY.
According to the report of the sale convention of Btrassfurf
chloride of potash manufacturers, the despatching; for the
second half of las) year amounted to i |879,032ctr.
flr-t halft. giving an average price, after deduction of all petty
charges, of 6504mks. (6552mlC8. tirst half i for SO per cent.
chloride of potash, 'lie- tuUil despatching^ for 18S6 amounted
to lJS4,060ctr., distributed as follows: tlcrmaiiv 886,960c tr.,
England 161, 500c tr., Scotland 73.700ctr., France 136,70
Belgium and llnllaml ISTJOOCtr., Italy 77. iHKl.tr.. North
America 373.500ctr., Austria. Kussia. Switzerland.
Octr. The report regret- that the German agriculturaliste
are yol very poor consumers.
The Oil Trade in Germany.
The oil trade in Germany seems to be in quite as bad a way
as is the Scotch trade, to judge by the following paragraph.
which we take from Kutuours Review :— The report of the
united Saxon and Thuringian paraffin and solar oil manufac-
turers for the business year 1886 — 87 shows that the fall in the
prices of products is gradually increasing. The prices of
paraffins are dependen I upon those of fat goods, among which
palm oil is the principal price regulator. Notwithstanding
the increasing commerce with tropical countries front which
palm oil is obtained, it is improbable that any lasting increase
in the price of this oil will take place, and consequently the
prospeel of an) definite improvement in paraffin, the "most
valuable product of the above company, cannot, at present, be
entertained. The state of the market for paraffin oils i
favourable in consequence of the syndicate established la-t
year, by which a decline in prices tor the greater portion of
the inland business is rendered impossible. Though a consi-
derable percentage of last year's production of these oils
remains unsold, and a small percentage at minimum prices has
been exported, these facts need not occasion any anxiety, for
while on the one hand the home consumption shows indica-
tions of increasing, on the other hand, the production was
exceptionally high. Solar oil is being hard pressed by
American and Russian petroleums. A portion of the years
production remains unsold The following figures show the
average prices per lOOkiloa. for the more important produc-
tion- in the last two years:—
1885-86. 1886-87.
inks. mks.
SolarOil 14*73 ma
I'arafrln nil 10-91 10-J4
Hard Paraffin Oil 107-21 71-10
Paraffin nil 52-33 13-17
Paraffin Scales I2'77 2953
July 30. law.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
529
The profits did not admit of any dividend being divided
among the shareholders. A report which is identical with
the above in all important detailshas been published by the
Zeits paraffin and solar oil manufacturers. In this Instance,
also, no dividend could be declared. An extraordinary
general meeting of the united Saxon and Thuringian paraffin
olai oil manufacturers has decided on an amalgamation
With the Zcitz parullin and solar oil manufactory.
Trade Statistics fob June.
The Board of Trade Returns for June show tlic following
figures :—
Imports,
Jane, 1886. •tunc, 1887.
Total value £29.101,911 .... £27,555,217
Exports.
June, 1886. June, 1887.
Hritish and Irish Produce .... £18.536.076 .... £17,320,411
Foreign and Colonial Produce
(partly estimated) 4.216,690 .
Exports.
I.WS..-U,-,
Below are the details affecting drugs and chemicals :—
Imports.
Drugs, unenumcratcd.. value £
Chemical manufactures
and Products, un-
enumeratcd—
Alkali cwt.
value £
Brimstone cwt
value £
Nitre (nitrate of soda) cwt.
value £
,, (nitrate of potash) cwt
m value £
yuicksilver lb.
value £
Bark (Cinchona) cwt.
value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
,, value £
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye cwt,
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £
Dyes and tanning mate-
rials-
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Aniline dyes value £
Alizarin value £
Othercoat-tardyes value £
Cochineal cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambier.. tons
„ value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Madder, madder root,
garancinc, and mun-
Jfrl CWt.
Madder, madder root,
garancinc, and mun-
jeet value £
Valonia tons
,, value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut cwt.
value £
Olive tuns
value £
Palm cwt.
value £
Petroleum gals.
value £
Seed, of all kinds tuns
value £
Train, blubber, and
sperm tuns
Train, blubber, and
sperm value £
Turpentine cwt.
,, value £
Rosin cwt.
value £
Tallow and Stcarinc. . . . cwt.
.... value £
.Tune 1885. Junel8S6. June 1887.
8.116
6.570
78,275
20,519
181.965
90.C07
21.69.-,
18,071
1,599.600
117.569
8.181
52,967
6.058
19,795
7.101
23,778
30,387
12.989
18,310
15,692
366
762
4,488
1.161
30.065
1,352
23,276
2.021
3.012
2.109
31,295
21.7S5
33,548
1,788
09.GSS
:■.::;■•
100.861
5,637,387
193,287
602
17,861
1,202
34.009
11.911
18,498
182,805
40.363
90,526
113.907
8.211
6,342
I 8.292
16,231
115,891
07.287
24,742
21.671
684,741
62,160
16.281
91.590
2.743
9,796
8,153
22,871
72,037
44.130
1.V93
19,557
6,395
1,273
28,151
2,270
37,025
1.898
3,878
52.110
4.042
5,736
1,867
70.211
70,018
70,078
5,388.918
118.717
919
21,120
1,506
40,152
866
1,055
141.276
33.456
101,771
133.017
6,953
6,581
10,900
10.182
172,21 S
80,391
17,879
16.005
877,600
76.828
12,836
60,983
2,983
12.199
10,873
27.732
65,118
28,017
21.299
14.195
464
585
3,542
1.931
12.212
3.357
57,662
1,327
1,695
3,155
11,721
17,878
26,058
1,644
62,897
07,336
61.443
I.S23.942
139,499
1.0.2
21.991
1,674
32,456
5.659
7.495
65,520
17.13!
82,851
95.189
British and Irish pro-
duce :—
Alkali cwt.
raluc £
Bleaching materials cwt.
value £
Drugs and medicinal
preparations (un-
enumerated) value £
Other chemicals and
medicinal prepa-
rations value £
Chemical manure . . value £
Oil (seed) tons
value £
Soap cwt.
value £
Painters' colours
and materials (un-
enumcratcd) value £
Foreign nnd Colonial
merchandise: —
Bark, Cinchona cwt.
„ value £
Chemicals (unenu-
merated)
Cochineal cwt.
value £
Cuteh and gambler tons
,, value £
Cium Arabic cwt.
value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Lac, various kinds . . cwt.
., .. „ .. value £
Oils, cocoa-nut cwt.
,, value £
,, olive tuns
,, ., value £
,, palm cwt.
value £
,, petroleum gals.
„ value £
Quicksilver lb.
,, value £
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) cwt.
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) value £
Tallow and stearine cwt.
,. „ „ value £
tunc, 1885. .lunr.lSSS. June, 1887.
511.377
1 GO. 18.5
125, 1*12
43,171
(5.726
155 10(1
126,262
5,763
132.U84
10.426
46,769
121,988
9.397
50,191
22,637
1,314
9,248
557
12,697
2.796
9,216
3,310
62,157
9,539
32,251
11,225
17.110
230
11.273
38.317
52,860
40.922
1.767
368.590
27.848
191
423
15,988
23,740
491.355
112,607
130,113
H),273
75,571
170.711
112,596
6.494
138,931
31.238
32,030
117,891
42.123
13.763
991
6,627
767
19,714
3,578 i
15,172
1,962
44,518
6.213
18,205
14.182
19.096
147
7,064
11,548
10,809
73,938
3.591
499.250
42,474
7,671
6,287
14,642
16,417
I
4.58.181
130,517
101,111
39,171
73,350
180,216
103.826
6.302
113.956
13.788
42.631
112,895
9.921
37,342
35,100
730
4.779
1,042
26.108
2.906
10.393
2.323
52,361
4,713
11,776
11.928
15,890
336
13.624
46,758
14.355
18.639
964
560.289
49.199
2,254
2.107
20,338
22,416
Drug Imports into Bombay.
The import of drugs into Bombay during 1886 were largely
in excess of those of the preceding year, ns the following
figures show :—
Imports.
Chemicals
Drugs and medicines
Dye si ult's
Gums and resins . . .
Quicksih cr .
Oils
Colours
Perfumery
Total
1886.
1886.
Rs.
Rs.
943.709
1.134.965
1,534,778
1,576.550
1,490.974
1.585,172
555,667
565,247
66.058
11S.S66
2,391.196
2,969.288
608,112
815.274
389.066
331,744
7,979,560
9,097,106
-C. and D, 25th June, 1S87.
MISCELLA NEC) US.
The Aniline Trade of Germany.
Kv Mow's Review pars that, the prospect of a slow improve-
ment in the aniline industry has been fulfilled , and. but for thr
uncertain political situation of Kuropc which has lately had
so damaging effect on all trades and industries, the improve-
ment in question would doubtless have increased. The prices
for the most important raw materials which are employed in
the above industry reached in 1886 a normally low point.
Certain' reductions in the price of some of the products are
also to be recorded. These, however, were on the whole
moderate. The manufacture of fuchsin has just Undergone
a complete revolution in consequence of the employment of
nitro-benzolin and the abandonment of the arsenic acid
process. The manufacturers arc now prepared lo deliver a
fuchsin and a blue absolutely free of arsenic compounds.
Several modifications have bad to be introduced into the
machinery.
530
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July 30. isst.
PBorosED New Duties on Drugs Imported into
Italy.
The duties are to bo Incroasod thus:- Acetic acid to pay
50 lire the lOOkiloe. instead ol l" lire; impure caustic soda
raised from 50 centimes to 3*50 ; salts of quinine from i lire to
in lire per kilo.; oxide Of /.me from 2 lire to 5 lire; carbonates
of soda and potash from 0*50 to 3*50; calcined magnesia from
•J" lire to 50 lire; ordinary soap 9 lire instead of 6 lire ; glycerin
augmented From 30 to 00 lire; perfumery, alcoholic or other-
wise. fn»m 6*60 to 100 lire. On the other hand, mineral oil
duties to be reduced from 27 lire to 10 lire; chicory from 20 to
IS lire ; common sponges, now paying 80 lire, to enter free, but
the duty on trimmed and prepared goods to increase from 20
to 25 lire, CL and 2>„ 9th July, 1887.
Antimony in Portugal,
It Lsnol generally known, says the Financial Xncs, that
i of the richest antimony mines in the world exist within
a few miles of OportO, in Portugal. For many years these
■ - have been worked bj the natives, and traces of the old
hi workings have been found in nearly all of them.
Lately a Portuguese company was formed, with a capital of
£100,000, to work one of the Dunes, and under such manage-
ment a dividend of 1" per cent was declared last year, ana a
very substantial sum added to the reserve fund. Immediately
adjoining this mine there is a property which has. for some
years, been worked by some of the English residents in Oporto,
who have succeeded in opening up the mines to a point where
the introduction of further capital becomes necessary. They
therefore brought th« Corgo Mines to the notice of English
capitalists, with the result that they have since been pur-
chased, and will shortly be offered to the public. .Several
hundred tons of the ores have been shipped, and sold to
smelters here, the account sales showing an average of 60 per
cent, of antimony to the ton. During the process of develop-
ment a lode has been struck varying from "in. to 3ft. 3in, in
thickness, with a metallisation of pure antimonial lead.
Visible gold appears in the quartz and antimonial lead, and
assays have been made by several well-known experts, from
samples as well as from bulk, and the average shows a mean
return of over '.^oz. to the ton. There are six distinct lodes in the
Corgo Mine, and they have been opened up to a considerable
extent. Two shafts have been sunk, one to a depth of 450ft..
at which distance they have stopped for the present, and are
now running new levels both east and west, where the lode
shows itself from 3 yards to 5 yards thick, with abundant
metallisation, having veins and pockets of pure antimonial
lead from 2in. to 3ft. wide, besides auriferous quartz.
gaonftlg Ipatcnt list.
I.— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS akd
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
8768 W. Oliphant. London. Apparatus for promoting com-
bustion. Complete specification. June 17
8796 N. C. Cookson. Ncwcastleon-Tyne. Construction of
pipes for the conveyance of fluids, fumes, and gases. June IS
8801 It. G. Brooke and T. White. London. Improvements
in and pertaining to condensers. Juno 18
8870 Mill. Comtc, and Mabut, London. Freezing machines.
June 20
S938 G. D-onkin, B. G. Nichol. and H. Maearthy, Newcastle-
on-Tync. Apparatus for the effective circulation of water in
-i. aiii boilers, and heath g of feed water. June 23
8945 S. Smillie, Glasgow. Instilling apparatus for pro-
ducing fresh water from salt water. Complete specification.
June 23
901; H. H. Lake, London-From A. P. Lighthill. United
States. Improvements in atomisers. Complete specification.
June 24
9047 O. Briiner and ('. G. Iiommcnhollcr, London. Pressors
reducing valves for highly compressed gases, especially for
carbonic acid. Complete specification. June 25.
9064 J. Orchard, London. Construction of valves for gases
under high pressure. June 25
9102 F. W. Dick and J. M. McMurtrie, Glasgow. Apparatus
for pumping and compressing fluids and for regulating fluid
pressures. June 27
9148 J. H. Cormack, Glasgow. Improvements in and relating
to doors for fines, soot boxes, and the like. June 28
9199 A. J. Boult— From J. Fischer, Austria. Apparatus for
cooling or heating liquids, gases, vapours, and the like.
June 28
9206 J. Howes, Liverpool. Rotary filtering apparatus.
June 28
9250 A. M. Clark-From T, D. Williams. South Africa.
Amalgamating apparatus. June 29
9110 P. A. Newton— From K. A. Chcschrough, United States.
Improvements in hot-air furnaces. Complete specification.
July!
'.'1.2 P. Kvrritt. London. Filters. July 2
9421 A. Tolhurst, Gravcscnd. Hollow fire-bars for furnaces
of boilers, kilns, retort benches, stills, etc. ; and smoke con-
suming apparatus for the same. July 2
9111 L Mclnt] re. London.
Heating feed-water by steam for
strain boilers, and extracting impurities from same. July 1
9156 J. Willoiighby and A. Gledhill, London. Method and
apparatus for consuming smoke in the furnaces of steam and
other boilers. Julyl
946"i C. E. Hudson, London. Improvements in furnaces ami
in the method of supplying fuel thereto. July 4
916.S H. Schellhaas, Liverpool. Revolving furnaces for
drying, heating, combining, or decomposing substances.
July 1
9501 W. 1'. Thompson— From the Aerated Fuel Company;
United Stales. F'urnaccs for burning hydrocarbon fin Is. and
steam generators therefor. July 5
9521 S. H. Johnson and C. C. Hutchinson, London. Con-
struction of filter presses. July .'>
9537 R. Hamilton and T. McKillop. Glasgow. Apparatus
for promoting combustion, and other furnaces. July 6
9539 W. Uavidson, Glasgow. Apparatus for feeding fuel
into furnaces. July 6
9606 P. FIveritt, London. Filters. July 7
9691 J. Batson. H. Sedgley Batson, and W. G. Causer. Bir-
mingham. Apparatus for charging steam boilers with anti-
corrosive liquids, semi-liquid, or other substances. July 11
9746 M. Vinning. London. Apparatus for regulating or con-
trolling the flow of fluids from reservoirs in which such fluids
are contained under pressure. July 12
9797 T. Kirkwood, London. Grates for furnaces. Complete
specification. July 12
9820 T. T. Edwards, Birmingham. Filtering apparatus for
drawing off liquids. July 13
9870 H. Wilson, Stockton-on-Tees. Apparatus for heating,
cooling, and condensing fluids, gases, and like elements.
July 14
9952 F. Weldon, London. Compressing apparatus. July 15
10023 W. Tapp. Bristol. A water softening apparatus.
July 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.'
1886.
909S E. Fischer and M. W. Weber. Improvements in amal-
gamators. July 16
9785 S. Smithson. Method and apparatus for heating
furnaces by means of ground coal or coal dust, and for con-
suming smoke. June 29
10641 D. Rylands, B. Stoner, and R. Potter. Arrangements
for feeding melting furnaces. June 29
111978 J. J. Royle and J. Brown. Apparatus for rapidly-
heating or cooling liquids. July 13
109S3 H. Montgomerie. Collecting and using the waste
heat from steam boilers. July 13
11169 J. Williamson. Filter-presses. July 2
11178 J. R. Fothergill. Furnaces or apparatus for effecting
combustion of fuel with air under pressure. June 29
11304 C. Hird. Filters for filtering water for manufacturing
purposes. July 6
11477 W. P. singleton. Improvements in valves or cocks.
July 6
11589 D. K. Clarke. Filter-presses. July 16
12198 J. Brookbanks. Composition for removing scale or
other incrustations from steam boilers. July 13
1887.
2915 J. Critchlow. T. F'orester, W. Forester, H. Forester, and
L. Forester. Filter-presses. July 9
8807 J. W. Hyatt. Water purifier and filter for steam
boilers. July 6
7011 J. Fleischer and C. Muhlich. Valve for liquid carbonic
acid. July 6
7515 C. A. Koellver. Filtering and lixiviating press. July 16
7525 11. H. Lake— From U. Cummings. Air compressing
apparatus. June 29
7817 J. Kroog. Apparatus for automatically discharging
water of condensation from steam pipes, etc. July 9
7830 W. Macnab. sen., W. Macnab, jun., and J. Donald.
Apparatus for separating, by subsidence, solid matters from
the liquids in which they are suspended. June 29
T'.«>1 J.M.Chase. Steam boilers or generators. July 13
8044 H. H. Lake— F"rom H. Ogden. Cocks or faucets. July 6
SlbO W. H. F'arris. Steam generators. July 9
II.— FUEL, GAS and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
8890 E. Renshaw. Manchester. Improvements in apparatus
for moistening and cooling or heating air in rooms or buildings.
June 22
8903 W. 1'. Thompson— F'rom C.Drevs. Germany. Improve-
ments in machines for crushing colza. Jure 22
8919 E. J. Palmer. London. A regenerated lamp for illumina-
tion and heating. June -X
8953 R. B. Avery, New York. New and useful improvements
in method and apparatus for generating gas or gases for illu-
mination, heating, and metallurgical purposes from liquid
hydrocarbons and steam, and liquid hydrocarbons and air.
Complete specification. June 23
The date* (riven ore the date* of the official Journal! in which
acceptances of toe Complete Si-ecibcatui- an H.vertised. Oonptota
specincntioDS thus advertised as accepted are open to inspection at the
Patent Office imn.L'diatcly, and to opposition within two months of the
said dates.
July 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
531
907" S. Pitt— From J. K. Knapp. United States. Improved
apparatus for producing intense heat and artificial light.
i 'omplcto specification. June 25
916-J E. O. Baton Partly communicated by J. Lancaster,
I'nited States. Improvements in fuel cartridges. June 28
9332 F. R. Baker, Birmingham. A new or improved lamp.
or system of Illumination. J uly 1
9391 (.'. S. Ellcry and J. Chailin. London. Improved means
for preventing the choking of pipes between the retort and
hydraulic main in gasworks. Complete specification. July 2
9103 c. Rave, Liverpool. Improvements in or relating tu the
treatment ol the acid reelduums resulting from the refiningot
mineral oils by concentrated acids. July i
9I2S W.Patterson. See Class X.
9936 C. H. lli'Kwcn From J. C. Alexander and W. F.
Maddox, New South Wales. Improved apparatus for regulat-
ing the pressure tlow of gas. July 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPT EH.
1886.
11287 A. Paget. Manufacture of "mantles" for use in
incandescent gas lighting. July 6 .
m00 A. C. Thomson. Apparatus for treating mineral oils
with acids or alkalis. July 0
1887.
1072 A.J. Boult— From E. Humelius. Gas generators. July 13
3118 J. A. Marsh. Apparatus for producing gas or vapour
from hydrocarbons, and for utilising gas or vapour for lighting
or heating, and for igniting gas. July 6
7482 R. de Soidenhoif. Means or apparatus employed in the
manufacture of coke for the desiccation and incineration of
precipitants or solids, resulting from sludge or other sub-
stances liable to putrify. June 25
m.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
10957 T. Nikiforoff. Production of benzol, anthracene,
napththaline, and other products from naphtha and naphtha
residues. June 29
11581 T. Rouet. Construction and arrangement of mechani-
cal retorts for the destructive distillation or revivification of
animal, vegetable, and mineral matters. July 13
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS and DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
8731 and 8735 R. Hunt. See Class XI.
S932 A. Ewer. P. Pick, and M. Lange, London. Process for
the preparation of sulphuretted derivatives from the aromatic
oxy compounds. June 22
9191 J. Imray— From La Societe Anonyme des Matieres
Colorantes et Produits Chimiques de St. Denis, A. F. Poirrier,
'/.. Roussin, and D. A. Rosenstiehl. France. Manufacture of
azoic colouring matters, shading from yellow to orange, and
from red to violet. June 28
9257 J. Imray— From the same. Manufacture of new azoic
colouring matters. June 29
9299 G. Tall and W. P. Thompson, Liverpool. Improve-
ments in. or relating to, the separation or the manufacture of
colouring matter or mordant for dyeing purposes from cotton
seed or cotton-seed oil. June 30
9315 J. Imray— From La Societe" Anonyme des Matieres
Colorantes et Produits Chimiques de St. Denis. A. F. Poirrier.
and D. A. Rosenstiehl, France. Manufacture of yellow, orange
and red azoic colouring matters. June 30
9381 J. Imray— From the same. Manufacture of azoic colour-
ing matters. July 1
9414 J. Imrav— From the same. Manufacture of yellow,
orange, red and violet azo colouring matters. July 2 -
9158 T. D. Lichtenstcin, London. Improvements in the pro-
duction or application of matters or media suitable for use for
writing, printing, dyeing and colouring, and analogous pur-
poses. Julv 4
9468 T. R. Shillito— From J. R. Geigy, Switzerland. Pro-
duction of a new red azo colour. July 4
9624 R. J. Waters, Manchester. Powdered aniline writing
inks. JulyS
1001G C. A. Bennert, London. The manufacture or produc-
tion of colouring matters. Complete specification. July 18
COMPLETE SPECIFIC A TIOX ACCEPTED.
1886.
8431 J. Imray— From La Societe Anonyme des Matieres
Colorantes et Produits Chimiques de St. Denis. A. F. Poirrier
and D. A. Rosenstiehl. A process for the manufacture of
anthraquinone. July 13
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
8721 W. Ambler and W. O. Blackburn. London. Improve-
ments in machinery for washing wool or other fibres. June 17
S.S15 11. .1. Simpson. G. de M. MaeKir.ly. and A. Taylor,
Liverpool. An article of manufacture from the hark of a
Cl n 'in tree, being a textile material applicable for U86 in tex-
tile manufactures, including lint and wood-wool; and process
employed in obtaining suoh article. June 18
8865 "K Kd wards— From F J. .Maizier and F. J. YY.Keitz,
Belgium. Improvements in machinery or apparatus for
separating textile fibres from the stalks or stems of plants.
9270 H M. Girilwoo.i, Manchester. Improvements in retting,
nngnmming, washing, etc, rhea, ramie, or China grs .
heme flax, jute and certain other fibres. June 30
927J K. W. Serrell, inn.. Paris. Process and machinery for
reelingsilk from the cocoon. Complete specification. June 30
9692 J. Hcbblewaite, Manchester. Improvements in the
treatment of textile fabrics. Jul) 11
VI.— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING AMD 1JLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
S803 C. L. Klauder, London. Improvements in dyeing and
scouring varns. Complete specification. June 18
90>7 W. Crowther and J. Crowthcr, Dewsbury. Mordanting
or fixing mordants upon worsted or woollen fibres, and upon
mixed fibres of wool, cotton, silk, jute. etc. June 25
9181 E D. J. Neupert, London. Improvements relating to
the production of coloured designs upon plates, sheets, or
other articles of celluloid. June 28
'I'll R Crompton, London. Improvements in colouring
and drying tissue and other paper, and apparatus therefor.
June 2* , j c -, ,
9361 T. M. Denne. London. A novel method of producing
defined patterns in celluloid. July 1
9720 C. Meadowcroft and P. Denanhouer, London. Improved
apparatus for dyeing skeins. Complete specification. July 11
9722 W. P. Thompson— From J. Meikle, United States. Im-
provements in apparatus for cleaning and bleaching cotton
and other fibrous and textile fabrics. Complete specification.
Julv 12
9710 B. J. B. Mills— From E. Smith. See Class XVIII.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
1H933 E. Sideline and G. E. Sutcliffe. Method and appara-
tus for bleaching, damping and dyeing loose fibre, yarns,
threads, etc. June 29 , • ,_
10998 B. J. B. Mills— From F. Vladimirovitch Senkoff and
W. E. Smith. Process and apparatus for bleaching cotton,
linen and other textureB and materials. June 29
11161 W E. Hevs— From II. Danzcr, A. Simian, and D.
Marcien. Method of dyeing and finishing textile fabrics
simultaneously without immersioD. September 29
11730 H. J. Haddan— From A. Henry. Improvements in
dyeing. June 29
18S7.
6737 C. Collin and L. Benoist. Process for fixation of the
colouring matter, by oxidation at high temperature of the
textile fibres. July 13
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS AND SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
88°0 C. T. G. Vautin, London. Improvements in the pro-
duction of liquid or compressed chlorine. Complete specifica-
tion. June 18
8922 W. N. Hartley and W. E. B. Blenklnsop, London. Im-
provements in the manufacture or preparation of cobalt sul-
phate, and its separation from other sulphates. June 22
9188 E. Hanisch and M. Schroder. London. An improved
process and apparatus for the production of sulphuric anhy-
dride. Complete specification. June 28
9227 C. Wigg. Liverpool. Improvements in the manufacture
ofbicarbonate of soda, and in apparatus therefor. June 29
9543 H C. Bull and Co., Limited, and W. E. Sendey, London.
\n improved process for the manufacture of sulphate of am-
monia, the recovery and purification of the by-products
arising therefrom, and apparatus therefor. July 6
9790 \ Walker. Glasgow. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of sulphates of soda and potash, and in the apparatus
emploved therefor. July 12
fis73'K W. Parnell and J. Simpson. Liverpool. Improve-
ments in the production of sulphuretted hydrogen in combi-
nation with the manufacture, of alkali by the ammonia pro-
cess. July 14
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
7011 J. Fleischer and C. Muhlich. Valve for liquid carbonic
acid. July 6 . .... ,.
9158 P. Higgs. Process and apparatus for obtaining spelter
and caustic soda, chloride of lime, chloride of calcium, etc.
Julv 13 . .. , . ,
10191 J. Barrow. Improvements in the manufacture of
alkali. June 25 „. _ ± ,_ , ,
1095.5 J. I. Watts and W. A. Richards. Manufacture,
purification, and separation of sodium bicarbonate. June 29
r>7j2
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [July 30. 1887.
11518 J. 51. Collctt. Manufacture of sodium sulphates.
July 0
11314 J. \V. Kynnston. Ini|iroremcnta in the manufacture
of chloride of potash. Jul} 20
1887.
Combining disinfectants with soda
Production of liquid or compressed
6200 R. L. Hickcs.
crystals. July J
88211 C. T. J." Vautin.
chlorine. July ill
VIII.— GLASS, POTTERY and EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
B752 E. Edwards. Brierley Hill. Improving and simplifying
the tinting, staining and colouring of manufactured glass.
June 17
■ L. A. Kry. London. Improvements in the art of decorat-
ing clay ware. June 20
8886 J. Bentley and \V. s. Simpson, Hanley. Improvements
in producing on porcelain or other ceramic products, etc.,
designs in colours, gold, silver and other metals. June 22
ssv J. I', (iuy, Longport, Improvements in potters' sag-
gars, .lone 22
9074 W. H. L. Cooper. London. Making, finishing and dry-
ing plain or socketed stoneware, sanitary pipes or tubes.
UOS0 S. Hunting, Dublin. Improved moulds, with apparatus
attached for blowing glass. June 27
9193 M. U. von Spaun, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of coloured glassware June 28
9291 51. K. L. Khrlieh and C. T. Storck, Berlin. Improve-
ments in a method of producing a bright printing gold, silver
or platina Complete specification. June 30. (See 9292)
9292 M. K. L. Ehrlich. Berlin. Improvements in the method
of producing dead gold (silver or platine) decorations on
china, crockery-ware, glass, enamelled metals, etc. Complete
sjiecification. June 30
9529 C. G. lacking and E. Bussy, London. Producing art
and other ornamentations on and in glass, or on enamel or
ceramic-ware in relief. July 5
9711 W. Starley, London, Improvements in toilet ewers or
jugs, chamber utensils and other vessels made of china,
earthenware or glass. July II
9957 J. Trassl and II. Lindner, London. Improvements in
and relating to the manufacture of thin plates and other
articles of glass. July 15
10004 E. Smith and F. Smith, London. Improved method or
means of producing sparkling, brilliant effect in or from glass
alone, or from a combination of glass and metal or metallised
material. July 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1S86.
11233 H. Doulton. Improvements in making Bristol stone-
ware. July 9
12118 E. H. Pearce and H. Besson. 5Iachinery for working
glass. Julv 13
1887.
797 M. Hussy and W.Clark. 5lanufacture of roofing and
other tiles and slates. July 5
1195 E. H. Pearce and J. Hills. Apparatus for bevelling
small pieces of glass. July 9
3258 It. E. Donovan, F. Hazlctt.and.I. Johnston. Apparatus
for blowing glass by mechanical means. Julv 13
3907 T. E. Halford and R. 5Iorant. 5Iethod'of n
lined metal articles. July 2
6177 W. P. Thonipson-From 51. C. Stone. Ornamentation
of glazed earthenware articles. July 6
DC— BUILDING MATERIALS, (LAYS,
MORTARS and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
8939 J. Crombic and J. Crombic. 5Iiddlesbrough on-Tccs.
Improvements in laying down or constructing concrete pave-
ment.-, floors, or the like. June si
9039 F. Naumann. Ixuidon. 1'roecss and apparatus for pro-
ducing improved faced bricks. June 29
9l0u J. Ashworth, London. An improved refractory material,
and appliances for use in the manufacture of 'the same.
June 28
1805 Q II. lnnes. London. Improvements in manufacturing
Portland and other cement, and apparatus therefor. July 7
%27 F. Pilkington, London. A method of fireproofing
! making glass-
columns, stanchions, girders (iron and steel), ceilings, walls,
flooring or building- in any position. July 8
:»;;i| y. w. s. stokes, London. Improvements in the con-
tinuous manufacture and burning of cement. July 11
• ' WPLETE SPEi 111 i M TlOm A< CEI'TED.
1886.
7192 W, Brierley— From F. Wullbrecht and H. Kusse.
5Ianufacture of artificial elateritc or elastic bitumen to be
employed in road-making, roof-surfacing, etc July 6
14312 T. Arnold. Process and apparatus for moulding
briquettes of cement or the like material to be cmplovcd for
testing its quality. June 29
1887.
7539 A. Smith, J. Loberton, and J. R. Andrew. Improve-
ments in making Portland cement. June 29
7M1 F. Wicks. Paving for flooring and building purposes.
July 9
X.— METALLURGY, MINIM;, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
8717 O. Schulz, London. Improvements relating to the
elimination or removal fiom metal of ac id or other liquids
with which the same has been treated. June 17
8810 J. J. Arnold, Southampton. Improvements in armour
plaimg. June 20
8868 W. Cross. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of aluminium alloys. June 20
8830 F. C. Bellinger, London. Improvements relating to the
joining or uniting of metal plates. June 22
8957 H. Hefty. London. An improved process of extracting
and refining metals from ores. June 23
8968 J. Toussaint. London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of iron and steel. June 23
9001 H. Johnson. London, improvements in rammers used
in tamping l.last holes in the blasting or getting of coal and
other minerals, and for other like purposes. June 24
8017 W. Cross. -■ b c lass will.
9026 J. A. B. Bennett and W. Sunderland. Birmingham, hit-
Srovements in the mode of manufacturing aluminium chloride,
line 25
9093 J. A. B. Bennett and W. Sunderland, Birmingham. Im-
provements in the methods of mixing metals of lower boiling
points with other metals oi alloys or compounds boiling or
volatilising at higher temperatures. June 27
9lo3 J. \. Johnson— From A. de Meritens, France. An im-
J roved process for electro-plating with tin, zinc and lead,
one 27
9169 E. Patterson, London. Improvements in miners' safety
lamps. June 28
9171 G. H. Jones. London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of mining implements. June 2S
9200 A. G. Grcenway, Liverpool. Improvements in the
manufacture of iron or steel. June 28
9231 J. Toussaint, Birmingham. Improvement of converter,
which has the advantage of operating without employing any
machinery or blower. June 29
9235 J. Trehi inc. Llanclly. Improvements in miners' safety
lamps. June29
9286 A. Crighton and R. Crighton. Handsworth. An im-
proved segmental metallic core bar for the casting of different
kinds of metal thereon. June 30
9313 A. Mann, London. Improvements in alloys of alu-
minium with other metals. June 3u
9310 It. A. Hadficld. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of steel. June 30
9322 J. J. C. Smith. London. Improvements in mean- or
apparatus employed in casting metals under pressure. June 30
9331 J. J. Hardy, Stockton-on-Tees. Improvements in
miners1 safety lamps. July l
9363 C. K. Miles, London. Improvements in blast turns
for -inching ores. Julv 1
9388 C. A. Burghardt and W. J. Twining, Manchester. Im-
provements in the production of aluminium. July 2
9428 W. Patterson, Low Fell. Improvements in electric
safely lamps for use in coal mines and all other places where
explosive gases arc present. Julv 1
9171 J. B. d'Arey Boulton. London. Process and apparatus
for casting metallic ingots in a sectional mould. July 5
9174 J. Parkinson. London. Improvements in the treatment
of ores. Julv 5
9199 A. J. Boult-From W. 11. Larimer, United States. Im-
provements in drills for mining purposes. Complete Specifica-
tion. Julv 5
9533 R. Thompson. Wigan. An expander for breaking down
coal and other minerals. July 6
9568 X. C. F. Jochumsen. Barrow-in-Furness— From J. II
sen. Denmark. Improvements in the construction of furn
for melting iron, steel and other metal. July 7
9572 A. K. Tucker. Smetliwick. Improvements in the
utilisation of flux skimmings or galvanisers' waste. July 7
9586 A. 5Iann, London. Obtaining aluminium and alloys of
aluminium with other metals. July 7
9681 A. X. Contarini. D. Forbes and R. Matthews. London.
A novel means and apparatus for the extraction of platinum
from any ore containing same, and also gold from auriferous
ferruginous sand. Julv 9
97iiti J. B. Clark and The Panther Lead Co.. Limited. London.
Improvements in condensing and separating lead fume, and
apparatus therefor. Julv 11.
9782 It. K. Boyle, London. Improvements in treating
metals for modifying, hardening or alloying the same, applic-
able more especially to the case-hardening of iron or steel.
July 12
9795 II. J. Smith, Glasgow. Improvements in and connected
with the making of moulds for casting metal articles. July 12
9867 L. A. Brode, Glasgow. Improvements in treating pul-
verulent iron or iron compounds for smelting furnaces.
July 14.
8888 A. (S. Grcenway, Liveri I. Improvements In the
method of and apparatus for the manufacture of galvanised
and tinned iron. July 11
10UI3 W. P. Thompson From 5Ions. Faurie. France. Im-
provements in the manufacture of aluminium, magnesium,
calcium, and similar metals and their alloys. July 18.
July no. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
533
10057 K. dc Pass- From M, Bernard and E. Bernard, France.
A process for the extraction cf aluminium from its fluorides
by electrolysis. July 18
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
8989 E. Cottam. Manufacture of German silver. July 6
10002 \V. 1>. Thompson- From W. II. Wright Manufacture
or working ot metals in a cold state into certain forms, and
apparatus therefor. July 6
ln'.-'.i It. Heatlilield. Apparatus for coating iron and steel
with zinc or with alloys of zinc or other coating metal or alloy.
JulyO
10151 R.Evans. Apparatus for compressing scraps of metal
into forms for re-melting or other use. July 9
11776 J. E. Baugh urn! C. Hiuksman. Furnaces for chlori-
nating ores, and process in connection therewith. July 16
11816 A- Brin and L. y. Hrin. Manufacture of metallic
oxides. July 20
11-17 J. S. McArthur. R. W. Forrest. W. Horresl and B.
Morton. Obtaining gold, silver, etc., from orcsorotl
pounds July 16
12237 \V. Fairclough and W. Warburton. Reflecting ap-
pliances for use in miners' safety lamps. July 13
12356 A. Brin and L. y. Brin. Manufacture of iron nnd steel.
July 20
1*720 C. lleusler. Producing silicious copper and utilising
the same for metallurgical purposes. July _u
15097 U. P. G. Matthews. Manufacture in sections of ingot
moulds, and method of using and treating such moulds. J uly 9
1887.
127'J \V. Patterson. Miners' safety lamps. July 9
5029 1!. Hannan and M. Milburn. Obtaining zinc from its
blende or sulphide. July 20
5501 A. L. Keeport. Separating metals from their ores or
from crude minerals. July 20
7198 W. A. Baldwin. Obtaining aluminium from its ores or
from aluminous earths, or earths containing alumina, and
combining aluminium "with other metals. July 2u
XL— FATS, OILS and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
8734 R. Hunt. Liverpool. Improvements in the treatment
of cotton-seed oil to refine and clarify the ea.ne, and to
obtain colouring matter. June 17
-','.', 5 It. Hunt, Liverpool. Improvements in the treatment of
cotton seed to obtain oil feeding cake and colouring matter.
June 17
R. Oxland, Plymouth. Improvements in the refining
of oils and fats. June 18
M't7 Q. Tall, Liverpool. Improvements in the manufacture
or purification of col ton-seed oil. June 23.
9376 J. Harris. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of soap, specially applicable to scouring and other cleansing
compounds. July 1
9913 \V. A. Mitchell— From M. von .Schmidt, Austria. Im-
provements in the purification of vegetable oils and fats, and
the obtainment of useful products therefrom. July 15
9941 W. M. Riddell, Forest Hill. Improvements in the
purification and oxidation of oils. July 15.
9953 T. H. Gray, London. Improvements in the mode of
refining vegetable oils for illuminating or alimentary pur-
poses. July 15.
complete specifications accepted.
1S86.
10S33 H. H. Lake — From La Societe Anonyme du Com-
r Jourdan. Apparatus for expressing oil from
-: i nous substances. June 25
11192 II. W. Langbeck. Treatment of wool fat to produce
unguent material therefrom. June 2o
11560 J. E. tjuayle. An improved washing powder. July 2
11711 W. Gran'. Separation of fat and fatty acids from coin-
pounds containing the same. July 16
12216 J. Kirkpatrick. Manufacture of oil for Turkey-red
d] eing, calico printing, etc. July 2
12799 C. Schill and V. Seilacher. Oxidising oils and fats and
other organic substances. June 29
13765 J.Stott. Apparatus for treating waste lubricating oils.
July 9
XII.— PAINTS, VARNISHES and RESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
S122 J. F. F. F. Lowe. London. An improved process of
manufacturing white lead. Complete specification. June 27
9618 S. Washington. Manchester. An improved compound
for application to iron work as a paint or varnish. July 8
9887 J. Rust, London. A new and improved material for
colouring paints, cements and other substances. July 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
11493 A. McLean and R. Smith. Preparation of colours for
artistic purposes. July 13
1SS7.
7524 II. H. Lake— From J. P. Perkins. Manufacture of
pigment or paint. June 29
XIIL— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE and SIZE.
APPLICATIONS.
9088 X. Proctor. Alfrcton. The utilisation of curriers'
shavings and waste leather by the use of chemical and
mechanical appliances; to be used for insoles, etc. June 27
9353 W. P. Inompson— From J. P. N. Bidrow. France. Im-
provements in compounds tor use in tanning, and in the
manufacture of the same. July 1
9104 M. J. A. Uarglos, Liverpool. A process of carotting
skins. July 2.
9493 H. 11. Lake— From A. M. Bowers. United States. Im-
firovements in machines for softening and othci w iae treating
cather. Complete specification, July 5
9215 E. Worms and J. Babe. London. Improved process
and apparatus for tanning by the aid of electricity. July 5
9545 It. Ward. London. The treatment of rhinoceros hide
and its manufacture into articles of furniture and ornament.
July 6
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Ere.
APPLICATIONS.
9513 H. C. Bull & Co., Limited, and W. E. Scndey. See
Class VII.
10,060 T. Roxburgh. London. An improved process of making
manure. Complete specification. July 18
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
>71S W. T. Crooke, London. Improvements in pockets or
bags employed in the manufacture of sugar and like sub-
stances, together with an improved process for cleaning the
same. June 17
9690 C. Leuchtenberger and B. Moiske. London. Improve-
ments relating to the purification of molasses and other sac-
charine solutions. July 9
9751 E.J. P. Robet, Paris. Process for treating vegetable
( milky juices, and extracting therefrom indiarubber, gutta-
percha, mangabeira, and such like. Complete specification.
July 12
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIOXS ACCEPTED.
1886.
11151 S. Vickers. Apparatus for making lump sugar. July 13
11861 T. C. A. Carre. Mouldiug sugar, and apparatus there-
for. July 20
12012 H. H. Lake— From T. F. Krajewski. Treatment of
sugar cane for the extraction of sugar therefrom, and
apparatus therefor. July 9
12535 A. Brin and L. Q. Brin. Manufacture of sugar. July 16
1887.
7259 F. Harm. Converting the syrups from sugar-manufac-
ture into mono-snccbaralcs. July 2
XVI.— BREWING, WINES and SPIRITS.
APPLICATION'S.
89S6 W. W. Davenport. Birmingham. Xew or improved
apparatus for automatically regulating the temperature of
fermenting liquids, applicable for other similar uses. June 24
9045 O. Brunler and C. G. Rommenholler. London. Means
for impregnating beer and other liquids with carbonic acid in
the cask. Complete specification. June 25
9016 O. Brunler and C. G. Rommenholler. Process and
apparatus for automatically mixing liquids with carbonic acid.
Complete specification. June 25
9048 O. Brunler and C. G. Rommerhbller. An imj roved ap-
paratus for using carbonic acid in large quantities. Complete
specification. June 25
9049 O. Brunler and C. G. Rommenholler. Process and
apparatus for the automatic mixing of liquids with carbonic
acid. Complete specification. June 25
9219 A. G. Greenway. Liverpool. Preserving ale. beer,
porter, and other fermented liquors in barrels. June 29
9363 G. C. Jacquemin. London. The manufacture of wine
from barley and other grain. July 1
9125 E. J. Taylor. London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of spirits. July 2
9505 J. Wetter— From E. T. Gautier. Belgium. Process or
processes for the manufacture of alcoholic liquors. July 5
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION' ACCEPTED.
1-N-
U3S O. Imray— From F. W. Weisebrock. Process and
apparatus for dry ing and cooling malt, etc. J une 29
XVII.- CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A.— Chemistry of Foods.
9217 J. F. V. Steenberg. London. Improved process for pre-
serving fish, meat, and other victuals. June 29
9319 W. II. Gilruth. London. Mechanically treating tea leaf
in what is known as the fermentation process. June 30
53 1
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Uuiy 30, 1887.
9419 Prince J. Tarchan-Monranoff (called Tarchanoff), Lon-
don. Inipnn ementalo the treatment ol eggs, or the albumen-
ous portions thereof, for preservation, transport, and use U
food. .'
9950 L. Stollwerck and C. Stollwerck, London. An im-
proved method of preserving fruit, vegetables and other
- of food. July 15
9956 A. ('. Prenkham. London. Improvements in apparatus
for evaporating or boiling milk and other matters. July 15
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
8S00 F. W. Laeey. Hrentford. Improvements in apparatus
connected with the treatment of sewage. June 18
8999 W. Horsfall. London. A new or improved construc-
tion of furnace for burning towns' or other refuse. Complete
specification. June2i
9010 B. C. Hadham. London. Certain improvements in and
apparatus for purifying gases arising from sewers, surface
water drains, closet 3, etc. June 25
9755 it. Weaver, London. An improved means of treating
sewage and other matters. July IS
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
X— Chemistry of Foods.
18S6.
10076 A. Dutour. A process for making the bones in fishes
eatable. July 6
11995 W. G. Dunn. Improvements in baking powders. July 13
1887.
8008 T. A. Marshall. Preparation of farinaceous substances
for use as food. July 6
8063 J. C. Mewburn— From J. J. Hate. Processes for pre-
serving Crustacea, and certain new and useful chemical
solutions of special utility in such connection. July 6
XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATIONS.
8855 E. Julien. Liverpool. Improvements in and appertain-
ing to electric piles and plates therefor. June 20
SS56 H. Aron, Liverpool. Improvements in apparatus for
measuring electric currents. Complete specification. June 20
9011 E. Jones. London. Improvements in the construction
of dynamo-electric generators and motors. June 24
9013 C.Coerper, London. Improvements relating to dynamo
electric machines. Complete specification. June 24
9017 W. Cross. London. An improved method of heating
ores and other substances by an electric current for effecting
metallurgical, chemical and other operations, and furnaces or
apparatus therefor. June 21
9104 A. P. Trotter, H. W. Ravenshaw and W. T. Goolden.
Clapham. Improvements in dynamo-electric generators and
motors. June 27
9196 A. J. Boult— From S. Doubrava. Austria. Improvements
in apparatus for changing or regulating electric currents. Com-
plete specification. June 28
9215 E. Worms and J. Babe. See Class XII I.
9654 J. J. Shedlock, London. Improvements in galvanic
batteries. July 8
\f.i:< W. P. Thompson— From G. Westinghouse. jun., United
States. Improvements in dynamo-electric machines. Julv 12
9726 W. P. Thompson— From G. Westinghouse, iun. Im-
provements in armatures for electric generators. Complete
specification. July 12
9727 W. P. Thompson— From G. Westinghouse. jun. Im-
provements in or relating to commutators for electric ma-
chines. Complete specification. July 12
9810 B.J. li. Mills From W.E. Smith. Russia. Improvements
in bleaching by electrolysis. July 12
9829 T. Stanley. London. Improvements in dynamo-electric
machines. July 13
li-.ii II. Watt. London. Improvements relating to dynamo-
electric machines. July 13
9871 J. Gibson, Glasgow. Improvements in orconnected with
dynamic and dynamo-electric machines. July 14
9876 It. Dick and It. Kennedy, Glasgow. Improvements in
and relating to dynamo-electric machines. Complete specifi-
cation. July 14
9904 L. Grabau, London. Improvements relating to the pro-
duction of insulated coatings or linings in electrolytic appara-
tus. July 14
9979 It. K. B. Crompton, Chelmsford, and J. C. Howell.
Llanelly. Improvement in circulation of electrolyte in electric
depositing vats, accumulators, etc. July 16
10057 E. dc Pass- From M. and K. Bernard, France. See
Class X.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
8573 J. T. Armstrong. Portable electric batteries and
appliances. June 25
UI16 sir W.Thomson. Apparatus for measuring the efficiency
of an electric circuit. June 85
10765 W. Lowric and C. J. Hall. Secondary generators for
the conversion of electrical energ\ by induction. June 29
11187 S. Farbaky and S. Schenek. Manufacture of positive
pole-plates for secondary batteries. July 16
11834 C. E.OKeenan. Improved primary battery. July 16
lv<7
7527 R. M. Hunter,
machines. July 2
Electric motors or dynamo-electric
XIX.— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
8782 J. Wood and R. Wood. Glasgow. Improvements in
apparatus for straining paper pulp and the like. June 18
^SI7 II. J. Simpson, G. de M. MacKirdy and A.Taylor, Liver-
pool. A manufacture of cellulose or wood pulp from a certain
tree bark and wood, and treatment and process employed for
obtaining such material. June 18
8861 G. II. Mallary. London. Improvements in the manner,
method or mode of treating esparto grass and other fibrous
materials for paper-making and other uses. June 20
8S62 G. H. Mallary. An improved machine or apparatus
whereby fibrous materials, such as esparto grass, may be
reduced to pulp for paper making and other uses. June 20
8969 H. Gardner— From S. S. Stevens. United States. A novel
process of manufacturing pulp for paper, and in apparatus for
the purpose. Complete specification. June 23
9211 It. Crompton. See Class VI.
9294 G. Kirkman, London. An improvement in glazing
paper and other materials by machinery. June 30
9632 T. B. Holmes and S. H. Holmes, Liverpool. A new or
improved manufacture of pulp suitable for paper-making and
for other purposes, and utilisation or treatment of a certain
waste product or article of commerce therefor. July 8
9S50 M. Strasser and P. Hosemann, London. An improved
composition for coating pasteboard and other material to form
writing tables. July 13
9919 E. A. Sengel and L. F. Dobler. An improved manufac-
ture of gelatinised cloth or artificial parchment. July 15
10,006 G. R. Gill, London. The utilisation of paper, paper
board, paper pulp or any of the preparations of which paper
forms the base, for the manufacture of geometric models.
Complete specification. July 16
I "UPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
5649 C. Barataud. Apparatus for reducing material for the
manufacture of paper. July 2
773S The British Xylonite Co.. Limited, and L. P. Merriam.
A novel xylonite celluloid or pyroxylin fabric suitable for
making shirt fronts, collars, etc. June 29
XX— FIXE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES, and EXTRACTS.
8816 H. J. Simpson, G. de M. MacKirdy. and A. Taylor, Liver-
pool. A manufacture of tannins, gnllales. kinos, and other
vegetable extracts, from a certain tree, bark and wood, and
treatment and process employed for obtaining such articles.
June 18
9639 A. McDougall. London. New manufacture or prepara-
tion of compounds of sugar and tea extract or other extracts
or essences. July 8
XXI. -EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
8929 H. Guttler. London. An improvement in the manufac-
ture of charcoal for explosives and other purposes and
apparatus therefor. June 22
8970 E. Grime, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of dynamite cartridges. June 23
9141 W. Hill, Longport. An improved safety blasting
cartridge. June 28
9209 C (J. Heusscben, London. A new explosive. Complete
specification. June 28
9502 11. C. Seddon, London. Improvements in percussion
fuses for projectiles. July 5
9511 \\ . B. Fitch, London. An improvement in matches.
July 5
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
11135 A. F. Hawksley.
11110 It. 11. Punshon.
11197 T. Nordenfelt.
1886.
Means for lighting cigars, etc. Juno 29
Explosive compounds.
Fuses for projectiles.
July!
July i
1'rii.lfJ and Published by Emmovt A Oo . BTe» Bridge Btxeet, Stningewajs, Manchester, for the Society of Chemical Industry.
Lo.ndu.n OrriCI, fur the Sale of Copies and Receipt of Subscriptions : 6, York Street, Cerent Garden,
THE JOURNAL
OF TIIK
Society of Chemical 3nbustry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. 8. -Vol. VI.
AUGUST 31, 1887.
Non-Members 30/- per annum ; Members
21/- per Set; Single Copies 2,6.
Che ^ocictp of Chemical JinDustrj).
Past Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoc. M.P.. LL.I).. V.P.E.S.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B., D.C.L., F.K.S.
Walter Weldon. F.K.S
W. II. Parkin, Ph.D., F.R.S
E. K. Muspratt
Iiavid Howard
1SS1-1882.
1882-1883.
ls<; i"i.
1884—1885.
1885—1886.
1886—1857.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1888.
President : Prof. James Dewar, F.R.S.
J'ice-Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
Prof. W. A Tilden. F.R.S.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Prof. F. Clowes. D.Sc.
Sir J. N'eilson Cuthhertson.
David Howard.
l>r. Ferdinand Hurter.
Ivan Levinstein.
E. K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood, F.R.S.E. John Pattinson.
Eustace Carey. B. S. Proctor.
R. Forbes Carpenter.
James Duncan.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.
S. H. Johnson.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks. Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary :
Ludwig Mond. 20, Avenue Road, Regent's Park. N.W.
General Secreta7-y : Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publicatioyi Committee :
The President.
Sir F. A. Abel, F.R.S.
A. II. Allen.
11. E. Armstrong, F.K.S.
U. H. Bailey. Ph.D.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.E.
II. Hrunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes, D.Sc.
W. Y. Dent.
Prof. Dewar, F.R.S.
Peter Griess. Ph.D., F.R.S.
D. B. Hewitt, M.D.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
Editor : Watson Smith, The
F Hurter. Ph.D.
F. Jones. F.R.S. F.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. lleldola, F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond
E. Iv. Muspraw.
C. O'Sullivan, F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
SirH. E. Koscoe.M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
Owens College, Manchester.
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors :
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
K. J. Be van.
W. Dalrynvple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
0. F. Cross.
A. R. Davis.
Win. Elborne.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulme.
Bertram Hunt.
C. 0. Hutchinson.
D . K. Jones, B.Sc.
W. E. Kay.
B.
F. J. Rowan.
Dr. Edwd. Schunck, F.R.S.
T. W. Stuart.
Lewis T. Wright.
A. J. King. B.Sc.
Chap. A. Kohn. Ph.D.
F. W. T. Krohn.
J. Walter Leather, Ph.D.
D. A. Louis.
W. G. .McMillan.
G. Harris Morris, Ph.D.
J.M. II. Munro, D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
Abstractors :
S. G. Rawson, B.Sc.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
F. w. Reliant.
James Taylor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. II. Velejr. -M.A.
R. Lloyd Whitelcy.
Sydney Young, D.Sc.
NOTICES.
Comment having been made on the delay in reprinting
the numbers for January, ]SS2and 1883, the Secretary
begs to inform those whom it may concern, that the
delay is due to the fact that up to the present not more
than twenty orders for those numbers have been received.
It is hoped that this notification may stimulate those
who desire to complete their sets, to make early applica-
tion with a view- to expedite the consideration of the
question of reprinting by the Council. Notice is also
hereby given that the numbers for January and Febru-
ary, 18S6, being exhausted, no orders for those copies,
nor for complete sets of Vol. V., can be executed.
The Secretary is instructed to negotiate for the pur-
chase of copies of the Society's Journal for January, 18S2
and 1SS.3, at the following prices :— January, 1882, 5s. ;
January, 18S3, '2s. lid. .Members possessing odd copies
of these numbers are particularly requested to commu-
nicate at once with Mr. Cresswell.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye-Law- 4.3, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law —
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. .Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
W. R. Andrew, I.'o Duntocher ; Gavinburn. Old Kilpatrick,
Dumbartonshire.
(i. H. Beckett, 1 o Hortou Lane ; 37, St. Andrew's Place,
Listerhills. Bradford. Yorks.
Bertram Blount: Journals, etc., to Chemical Laboratory,
Broadwav, Westminster. S.W.
F. G. Claudet. l.o Runcorn; c/oF. Claudet, 10, OakhillPark,
Hampstead. N.W.
R. L. Dale, I o Cornbrook; 1, Chester Terrace. Chester Road,
Manchester.
Robt. Davidson, l/o Greenock; Fiji Sugar Co., Samanoa,
Navua River, Fiji.
T. J. Flynn. In Miteham ; 2, Dorset Villas, Herbert Road,
Wimbledon, S.W.
J. W. Freestone, l/o New Ferry Road; 33, Brownlow Road.
New Fern . Cheshire.
A. J. Iliggin. 1 o Timperley ; 5, Tenerirte Street, Higher
Brouehton. Manchester.
H. W. Langbeck, lo Leman Street; The Cottage, St.
Leonard s Street, Bromley by Bow, E.
J. Walter Leather; Journals, etc., to Royal Agricultural
Society of England. 12. Hanover Square. W.
G. B. Niroll, l.'o Oregon ; c o Barnard, Lack and Alger. Ply.
mouth, Devon,
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. LAug. si. isst.
Thos. Owen, l/o Koynsham; Haxlohyrst, cmlum Park.
Bristol.
R, Wight wick Roberts, 1 o Valparaiso; retain Journals, etc.,
until further DOl ;
< L. Sen*, I/O New Vork; 1J0, High Street, Stoki New
ington. N.
II. II. Slater, I o Brading: 38, w '. Tollington
Park. N.
A. Trobridge; Journals, etc., 10 c o Chance Bios.. Alkali
Works, Oldbury, Birmingham.
Win. Upward, 1 o Appleton : Albert Road, Widnes.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
Agnew Griffith, 1 0 186, High Park Street. Liverpool.
T. It. Marshall. 1 o Dachaner Strasse, Munich.
Eugcn Wild. l,n Technikuin, Wiuterthur, Switzerland.
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED. JULY 29, 1887.
J. Bingham Alliott. Messrs. Manlove, Alliott, Fryer and
Co., Nottingham, mechanical engineer.
N. J. Bryce-Smitb, Oakfield, Harrow, Whalley, near Black-
burn, apprentice, calico printing
W. ],. Dudley, Vanderbill University, Nashville, Tenn.,
U.S. A., professor o{ chemistry.
Frederick Foster, Niagara Works. Eagle Wharf ltiad,
London, N., engineer and manufacturing chemist.
Charles J. p. Fuller. Laboratory. Lancashire and Yorkshire
Railway. Horwieh. near Helton, analytical chemist.
James N. Gamble, Messrs. Procter and Gamble, Cincinnati.
Ohio, U.S. A . soap and oil manufacturer.
Harry Gibbs. 73. Horton Lane. Bradford, Yorkshire.
manufacturing chemist.
Kichard Haig-Hrown. .jun.. Seymour Terrace. Old Trafford.
Manchester, storekeeper. M. S. and L. Railway.
Ernest A. Hellier. 34. Brunswick Avenue. Beverley lioad.
Hull. varni>h maker.
Edwin Higginboitom. Oakfield House, Barrow, Whalley,
near Blackburn, printworks manager.
John F. Ingleby, 5. Carlton Terrace, Spring Bank, Hull,
oil boiler and refiner.
Frederick C. Jenkins. 21, Heber Road, East Dulwieh, S.E..
analytical chemist.
Walter S. Jessop. Healey, Ossett. near Wakefield, manu-
facturer and dver.
T. Tolley Jones. 31. Little Collins Street East. Melbourne,
Victoria, manufacturer of nitroglycerine and acids.
Samuel Lees. jun.. Park Bridge, Ashton-under-Lvne, chemist.
J. Francis Mason. Eynshsni Hall, Witney, Oxon.
Edwin B. Morgan. 31S. Nechells Park lioad. Birmingham,
chemical manufacturer.
John M. C. Paton. Messrs. Manlove, Alliott. Frver and Co.,
Nottingham, mechanical engineer.
Thomas Scattergood, 22, North Front Street. Philadelphia.
Pa.. U.S.A.. drysalter.
Thomas Stenhouse, 1. Milton Street, Rochdale, public
analyst for Rochdale.
James Stuart. Prince's Avenue. Hull, seed crusher and oil
refiner.
James Sutherland, Ballyclare, Co. Antrim. Ireland, chemr-t
to paper mills.
G. W. A. Teanby. 22. Grosvenor Place, Illaekman Lane
Leeds, student.
Frederick Percy Watson. 31. Carholmc Roatl, Lincoln
analyst and pharmaoist
John Campbell White. 7, West George Street, Glasgow
chemical manufacturer.
ILiticrpool Section.
i hairman : J. Campbell Brown.
I | . : » litm man : V. llurter.
( 'ommittt ■
I G. Ballard. I). Herman.
Ernest Bibby. J. W. Kynaston.
Eustace Carey. E. K. Muspratt.
II. Deacon. G. Shack Soiiuncr.
J. C Gamble. Jas. Simpson.
S. Hamburger. A. Watt,
Local Sec. and Treasurer: W. P. Thompson, 6, Lord Street.
Liverpool.
Notices of Papers and Communications for the Meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
Qjmncbcstcr Section.
Chairman : Sir H. E. Roscoe. M.P.
Vict-Chatrman : I. Levinstein.
Committee :
LonDon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Burlington House.
SirF. A.Abel.
H. E. Armstrong.
W. l.ant Carpenter.
w. t hrowder.
W. J. Dibdin.
C. tiraliam.
S. Hall.
C. C. Hutchinson.
Chairman: David Howard.
Committee :
II. Messel.
B, E. R, Newlands.
B. I ted wood.
T. Royle.
John Spillcr.
Win. Thorp.
C. R. Alder Wright.
Htm. lA>cal Sec. and Treasurer : Thos. Tyrer
Garden Wharf, Church Road, Battersea, S.W. '
The meetings of the London Section will be resumed on
Monday, 7th November next.
J. Angell.
G. 11. Bailey.
C. A. Burghardt.
R, V. t larpenter.
H. Griroabaw.
Peter Bart.
W. H. Perkin. jun.
Edward Schunek.
Win. Thomson.
T. Wardle.
P. Wmser.
Local Secretary :
J. Carter-Bell, Bankfield. The Cliff, Higher Broughton,
Manchester.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
jRetocastlc Section.
Chairman : P. P. Bedson.
Vice-Chairman: J. C. Stevenson, M.P.
Co7/i7H ittee :
Alfred Allhusen.
G. T. France.
John Glover.
John Morrison.
John Pattinson.
J. B. Payne.
H. R. Procter.
B. S. Proctor.
W. W. Proctor.
W. L. Rennoldaon.
C. T. Richardson.
T. W. Stuart,
Local Secretary and Treasurer : J.T. Dunn, 115, Scotswood
Road, Newcastle.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
T5irmintj|)am ano 8©iDlanD Section.
Chairman : Charles Hunt.
Vice-Chairman : W. A. Tilden.
Committee :
G. S. Albright. F. E. Lou
T. Barclay.
T. Bayley.
Horace T. Brown.
J. F. Chance.
B. Dawson.
E. W. T. Jones.
Treasurer
Local Secretary :
A. Bostoek Hill, II. Temple Street, Birmingham.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
^lasgoto ano ^cottisb Section.
Chairman : J. J. Coleman.
Vice-chairman : W. Wallace.
„ ..... I E. C. C. Stanford
Hon. Iict-cAair»«en(si-r j Nuil
G. 11. Morris.
W. W J. Nicol.
E. P. Peyton.
Howard Kylaud.
T. Turner.
W. A. Wiggin.
C. O'Sullivan.
son Cuthbertson.
.1. Addle.
G. Heilby.
J. Y. Buchanan.
w. s. Curphey.
W. Foulis.
J. Fyfe.
It. lr\ ine.
T. P. Miller.
Committee :
E. J. Mills.
J. M. Milne.
T.L. Patterson.
.1. Pattison.
It. Pullar.
E. J. Rowan.
1). H. Steuart.
A. Whitelaw.
7/on. 7>ca*ur«r.- W. J. Chrystal.
Local Secretary:
0. G. Henderson. Chemical Laboratory,
University of Glasgow.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to be
sent to the Local Secretary.
Aug. 31. 18W.1 THE JOURNAL OF TT1E SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUKTl.Y.
537
jKortingtwm Section.
Chairman: Lewis T. Wright.
Vice-Chairman: Frank Clowes.
Committee :
T. W. Lovibond.
S. J. Pentecost,
11. .1. Staples.
K. 11. Truman.
R. L. Whlteley.
L. Arehbutt.
Jus. ii. AahweU.
j. H. Coleman.
II. Doidge.
K. Fitzhugh.
K. Francis.
Treasurer: \V. II. Parker,
Hon. Local Secretary :
Ji.o. It. Ashwcll, Midanbury Lodge, Bentinck Road,
Nottingham.
Notices of papers and communications lor the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary,
Journal ano Ipatent* literature.
I— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS AND
MACHINERY.
Korting's Steamjet Aspirator for the Filtration of Viscid
Liquids. Chein. Zeit. 11,510.
THE action of the apparatus is based on the production
of a vacuum below the niter. Fig. 1 shows the essen-
tial parts of an apparatus, A being the filtering vessel, B
the steam-aspirator, and C the suction pipe. — S. 11.
Apparatus for Drying Waste Animal Mutter and for
like Uses:' J. S. Edwards and J. Edwards, Eastbourne.
Eng. 1'at. 6306, May 10, 1886. lid.
THE apparatus consists of a short cylinder provided
with a hollow steam-heated bottom. The npper part is
covered with a conical dome provided with a lip at the
lower part which catches and drains away Ihc condensed
steam. The interior of the cylinder is provided with a
revolving mechanical agitator and also fixed blades for
the agitation of the mateiial during the operation.
Improvements in Filter Presses and in Apparatus con-
nected therewith. J. I!. AJliott and J. M. C. Paton,
Nottingham. Eng. Pat. 704.">, May 26, 1SS6. Sd.
The central screw which is usually employed to press the
plates of the filler press together, is replaced by a double
acting hydraulic piston or ram. Low-piessure water is
used to forte into place or withdraw the loose head or
follower of the press, and high-pressure water is used
• Any of these specifications may be obtained by post, by
remitting the cost price, plus postage, to Mr. II. Reader Lack,
Coniptioller of the Patent Office. Southampton Buildings,
Chcnceiy Lane, LondoD, W.C. The amount of postage may
be calculated as follows :—
If the price does not exceed 8d
Above 8d.. and not exceeding Is. (id. .
„ Is. 6d., „ „ 2s. Id..
„ 2a. Id., „ .. 3s. Id..,
id.
Id.
It
afterwards for holding the plates tight against the pres-
sure in the press. Tin- high pressure may be applied
either by a pump, a screw plunger or a weighted acco
mutator. The second portion of the specification de-
scribes an improved "clip nut" for si ruling I he cloths
on the plate round the central orifice which forms the
communication between chamber and chamber.
— C. C. 11.
Improvements in Apparatus for Separating Impurities
or Objectionable Matter (rum bolids. S. vickess,
Liverpool. Eng. Pat. 8905, July 8, 1886. Is. id.
FOB the removal of the matter separated by filtration of
a liquid from the filtering body, in order that it may be
re-used, the patentee describes a form of apparatus,
which i (insists essentially of a revolving cylindrical
vessel, the internal periphery of which is provided with
curved or screw shaped projections ; passing thiougb the
centre of the cylinder is a rotating continuous archimedian
screw of opposite pitch to the pioji ctions in the cylinder.
This combination selves to ensure the passage of tie
material through the apparatus in a contrary direction to
a current of water which is inti nded to cany away the
impurities. The washed materia] is delivered into one
of a series of vertical receivers where some of the excess
washing water drains away.— C. C. II.
Improvements in Apparatus for Filtering Liquius.
Vickess, Liverpool.
S.
Eng. 'Pat. 10,370',' July S, 1SSG.
Is. Id.
The improved apparatus is a) plicableto the ttealmentof
large quantities of liquid such as water in a waler works.
It consists of an arrangement of tanks so contrived that
the liquid triated is filtered by upwaid filtration through
a bed of filteiing material arranged to lie on a sloping
surface. Apparatus and appliances for the removal and
washing of the filtering nitdium are also described.
The various details are shown on five sheets of drawings.
— C. C. H.
Improvements in Filtering -Machines. J. A. Crocker,
Kew York, U.S.A. Eng. Tat. 2710, Feb. 22, 1S87. 8d.
The improved filtering machine consists of a cylindrical
wrought-iron vessel, capable of rotation on its axis,
placed horizontally, provided with a hollow inlet trun-
nion and a similar outlet trunnion at the opposite end.
The periphery of the cylinder is provided with corru-
gated, curved or cylindrical strainers, through w hich the
water must pass before passing through the liltei ing mate-
rial, which may be of charcoal or any similar material.
The current can be reversed by the revolution of the whole
apparatus, the water then entering the machine by the
perforated pipe and conugated sheet by which previously
it had left the apparatus after filtration, and nice versa.
— C. C. II.
Improvements in Filtering Machines. J. A. Crocker,
New York, U.S.A. Eng.' Pat. '271 1, Feb. 22, 1SS7. Sd.
This specification describes improvements on former
similar apparatus patented by the author, and refers to
that description of filter described in Eng. l'at. 2710.
The reversal of the cut rent of water in the improved
machine is effected by a gravity valve, which falls and
so reverses the current of water passing through the
apparatus, in place of the coincidence of parts and
passages in the hollow journals upon which the machine
is rotated.- C. C. H.
Improvements in Decantation Apparatus for Clarifying
and Purifying Water and other Liquids. J. Y. John-
son, London. From La Society <I. Boone et J. Norv,
Paris. Eng. Pat. 2706, Eeb. 22, 1887. 8d.
THIS apparatus is somewhat similar to those already
known as "Subsidence" apparatus, and is intended to
separate solid matter from the liquid in which it is
suspended without filtration. The apparatus consists of
a vessel, shown in adjoining figure, divided into three
portions— A, U and 0, Water or other liquid to he
A2
538
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [An*. 31. 1887.
clarified enters at the upper part of A : some of the soliil
matter deposits on the sloping shelves o, down which it
slides into the bottom of A, andis periodically removed
through valve 1; . The pipe o conducts the liquid from
A to B, where in its ascension further
occurs. It finally enters ;ii the bottom of
subsidence
C through
FIG I
burned away when the mantle is used. The improve-
ments include various details concerning the suspension
of the mantle and arrangement of burner and chimney.
A. R. !>'.
Absorption Apparatus for the Condensation of Gases
inn/ Vapours by Liquids. Lunge and Rohrmann.
Chem. Zeit. H, 093.
The apparatus consists of the dish A, which is the
bottom of the absorbing column B, and the top 1). The
cooled gases enter at the bottom through a and thence
rise into the cylinder, where they meet a descending
stream of liquor, which is equally distributed over the
top by the turbine 6. Lutes <?and boles c form a passage
for the liquor into the interior, which consists of a large
number of horizontal shelves. Raised divisions divide
each shelf in a large number of squares, each of which is
provided with a hole, through which the liquor Hows to
the perforated pipe or pipes .< : ascension through
the sloping shelves V causes more of the soliil matter
to be removed, as described in the case of A. R aud R'
serve for the periodic removal of the subsided matter.
F is a filter formed of any porous material sufficiently tine
to remove the last traces of the suspended matter still
remaining in the liquid. — C. C. H.
IX— FUEL, GAS AND LIGHT.
Improvements in Means for Utilising Oils or Gases as
Fuel and for Lighting fires. W. Welch, Portsmouth.
Eng. Pat. 9658, July 27, 18S6. 4d.
A metal or fireproof porcelain box, small enough to
pass between the bars of an ordinary grate, is employed
with a pipe admitting oil or gas to its lower portion, j
This lower portion is packed with some porous or
granular material, which is covered with a perforated
fireproof lid. The oil or gas percolates through the
porous medium and, burning upon the perforated sur-
face, kindles the coal or other fuel in the grate. The
supplv of oil or gas is, of course, controlled by a tap.
—A. R. D.
Improvements relating to the Production of Light bn the
Incandescence of Refractory Materials. P. L. Rawson
and W. S. Rawson, London. Eng. Pat. 11,161, Sept.
1, 18S6. 8d.
The patentees stretch the mantles upon a mandril of
platinum foil and ignite them with a blow pipe
flame. By this means a great regularity of shape is
secured and the mantles when brought into use may be
raised to their full efficiency at once. Otherwise they
require four or five hours' burning over the ordinary
Bunsen flame to produce full incandescence. To diminish
risk of breakage in transport the mantles are dipped in a
hot liquid hydrocarlxm, preferably a paraffin of high
boiling point, such as ojsokerit. The paraffin is sooq
the lower shelf. The diagram shews the peculiar con-
struction of the squares and holes, which has the effect
of compelling a layer of liquor to stand on each square,
thus exposing an immense surface to the ascending
gases. The shelves are arranged in such a manner that
each hole is above the junction point of four squares
in the next lower shelf. The descending liquid drops on
this point, is Bplashed about and collec's on the adjoining
squares, renewing its surface continually. G is the
outlet pipe for the saturated liquor. The " shelf-
tower," as the apparatus is termed, claims to be
far more effective than the absorbing columns of the
usual construction. — S. II.
An Improved Magnesium Light for Photographic Pur-
poses. J. Gaedicke, Berlin, and A. Miethe, Potsdam,
Germany. Eng. Pat 7035, May 13, 1887. 6d.
It is proposed that the magnesium be mixed in the
state of fine powder with an oxidising agent, such
as a chlorate or nitrate, and a substance such as amor-
phous phosphorus, which would accelerate combustion.
The mixtures suggested as most suitable are — 12 parts of
chlorate of potash, six parts of magnesium powder and
Aur. 31,1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
539
one pari of prussiate of potash, it 24 parts of chlorate of
potash, 12 parts of magnesium powder ami one part of
amorphous phosphorus. The light may be coloured by
the audition of salts of suitable on tals to the above mix-
tures. The powder burns with a Hash, lasting only from
aV to s'j of a second, and yields a more intense light than
when wire or ribbon is used ; and the shortness of its
duration removes the difficulty hitherto experienced of
petting the proper "exposure' with the magnesium
light.— A. R. D.
Regenerative Gas Lump!!. F. Siemens, London. Eng.
l'at. 7610, May 25, 1887. 6d.
A horizontal gas flame burns in a transparent or
translucent globe. Above the Annie is a perforated
reflector which forms the bottom of a kind of flattened
chamber connected with a casing round the base of the
chimney. By suitable apertures air enters this casing
and travels through the flattened chamber, whence part
of it passes through the perforated reflector to the upper
surface of the flame, and part finds its way by another
channel into the globe space and supplies the under side.
The products of combustion pass upward into a cavity
above the flattened chamber, and thence through a per-
forated top to the chimney. It will be seen that the
flattened chamber is kept hot by the flame below it, and
the passage of the products of combustion above. Moie-
over, the air before entering here has been already heated
by contact with the chimney base. The lamp is started
by a small gas jet, which is lighted from the outside
through one of the air apertures. This renders it unneces-
sary to remove the globe when lighting up, as the main jet
ignites from the smaller one, which may then be
extinguished. — A. R. D.
III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAB.
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Notes from Baku. Chcm. Xeit. H, 470.
It has been decided to lay pipes from Baku to the
Caspian Sea, for the purpose of conveying both kerosene
and naphtha. There can lie no doubt that as a lesult of
this, a considerable quantity of naphtha residues, which
hitherto were wasted, will be utilised.
A patent has been recently taken by G. Tergmanowski
for the production of naphtha gas, which is made in a
generator, identical with those used for gas-firing in
metallurgical and glass works. Gas is produced from
wood, turf or coal, and is employed for igniting
lime in the so called "lime furnace," and on this
ignited lime, crude naphtha is poured and steam passed
over it at the same time. The evolved gas is chiefly
composed of hydrogen, mixed with small proportions
of other combustible gases and carbonic acid. It
is passed through a condenser and thence into the
gasometer. After being purified by the lime process it
enters if necessary the carburetter. Another portion of
the gas from the generator is used for decomposing some
naphtha, but without the aid of steam. The product
consists chiefly of olefines, which in conjunction with
that from the lime furnace gives a constant illuminating
gas.— A. R.
The Baku Petroleum Industry. Chcm. Zeit. 11, 005.
A CONSIDERABLE rise in prices has been caused by the
combined action of some of the more important companies
interested in this industry. The Caspian and lilack Sea
Association (i.e., the Rothschilds') has made an arrange-
ment with most of the smaller firms according to which
they are for the next fiveor six years to sell theirdistillates
exclusively to this Association, and at a fixed price. At
present the yield of naphtha is small, and the oil is only
obtained at considerable depths (210 to 255 metres).
Some firms, seeing that the Baku supply most be ex-
hausted sooner or later, have been looking out for new
naphtha districts and have already purchased land near
Klii-abethpol and Tillis. The richest oil Gelds in the Trans-
Cancasus lie between Tillis, the province of Kakhetien,
and the valley of the river Kara. Naphtha is found close
to Tillis, on the banks of the Kara, and also near Elisa-
bethpol, about 15 kilometres from the railway. Geologi-
cal investigations of the Trans-Caucasian provinces have
only been carried out in a few places, and there very
superficially. The country contains an abundance of
valuable minerals and ofl'ers an inviting field for
energetic capitalists, of whom, unfortunately, there
appear to be few in Russia. — D. E. J.
Notes on the Analysis of Commercial Benzene. C.
llausserinann. Chem. Zeit. 11, S03.
It is the custom at some works to ascertain the quantity
of olefines in commercial benzol by the titration of the
latter with bromine. This process may easily cause
mistakes, since the power of rapidly absorbing bromine
depends principally upon the presence of pyridine, pyrrol
and members of the thiophen group and also upon
occasional olefines. So that a benzene from which these
impurities have been removed by treatment with sul-
phuric acid may have completely lost the property of
decolorising bromine water, and still contain valueless
hydrocarbons. The author frequently detected as a
companion of commercial toluene a hydrocarbon, or a
mixture of several hydrocarbons, which was not acted
upon by bromine and resisted nitrification. It was
separated during the process of nitrifying toluene
on the large scale, and forms a colourless liquid of sp. gr.
OvJs, boiling between 119s ('. aud 124' C. It is not
dissolved by sulphuric acid, and consists probably of a
member of the paraffin group (octane?). The test with
bromine is therefore only a test for the more or less
complete treatment with sulphuric acid. — S. H.
Presence of Fatty Acids in Light Resin Oil. J. Lwoff.
Ber. 20, 1017—1023.
It has already been shown by Kelbe [Ber. 13, 1157 ; and
15, 308) that from the lower boiling fractions of resin oil,
a number of acids of the general formula CnH2n02 can
be extracted by means of caustic soda, amongst which
are isobutyrie and caproic acids. Kelbe and Warth sub-
sequently showed that the caproic acid of resin oil was
niethyl-propylacetic acid. In addition to these acids the
author has succeeded in extracting valeric and tenanthy-
lic acids from the acid mixture obtained by treating
light resin oil with soda. — D. B.
Pyrogenic Reactions. P. Ferko. Ber. 20, 660 — 664.
Tut: experiments were made in an iron tube 60cm. long,
and 4cm. in diameter, which was heated in a Mermet's
gas furnace. Washed and well-dried ethylene gas was
passed through gently-boiling benzene and then through
the tube until 15 litres of benzene were used, a process
which occupied seven hours. A brownish black distillate
was obtained, commencing to boil at SO', from which the
following compounds were separated by fractional dis-
tillation : — Unchanged benzene SOgrms., cinnamene
(styrol) 17grms., diphenyl 300grms., phenanthrene
lOgrms., and anthracene 15grms. The absence of naph-
thalene and acenaphthene is explained by the fact that
in these experiments a lower temperature was used than
in the case of the trials made by Berthelot.
From toluene perse (1'5 litres), the following products
were obtained: — Benzene lSOgrms., toluene 180grms.,
cinnamene 7grms., naphthalene 40grms., diphenyl
27grms.. a yellow oil, boiling at 270-280°, lOgrms.,
phenanthrene l'5grms., and anthracene 12grms. When
toluene and ethylene are passed through the tube, the
following hydrocarbons are obtained, 125 litres of
toluene being nsed : — Benzene 200grms., toluene
ICOgrnis., cinnamene lOgrms., naphthalene 35grms., an
oil boiling between 270-280' 13grms., and anthracene
20grms.
Naphthalene alone (SoOgrnis. ) yielded 470grms. of
unchanged naphthalene and 130grms. of dinaphthyl.
Naphthalene (fHXIgrms.) and ethylene gave 400grms. of
unchanged naphthalene, Oogrm. of acenaphthene,
lgnn. of phenanthrene and 125grms. of dinaphthyl ; no
anthracene was formed.
540
THK JOITXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. 31, 1887.
Ethyl-benzene [SOOgrms.) yielded 75grms. of benzene,
5grms. of toluene, 20grms. of unchanged ethylbenzene,
lOgrms. of cinnamene, llgrms. of naphthalene, Sarins, of
diphenyl, 13grms. of phenantbrene and -grins, of anthra-
Ct'llr.
Azobenzene yielded only small quantities of benzene
and diphenyl, no anthracene or chrysene being formed,
although in the trials made by Clans (Ber. 8, 37) these
hydrocarbons are said to have heen isolated. — D. B.
Pentamethylbenzene. 0. Jacobsen. Ber. 20, SOG— 5)02.
The author has prepared this compound by treating
trimethylbenzcne with methylcbloride at 100 — 110° in
the presence of aluminium chloride, cooling the product,
pressing ii and subjecting it to fractional distillation.
The portion boiling between 220° and 235° was then
dissolved in hot alcohol ; hexamethylbenzene crystallised
out on cooling, whilst the mother-liquor contained the
penta-compound. The latter was purilied by conversion
into its sulplione and sulpbamide derivatives and sub-
sequent treatment with hydrochloric acid. Pentamethyl-
benzene C,.,H(CH:,\., forms large tlat prisms melting at
51 -5° and boiling at 231°. It is readily soluble in
alcohol. The picrate crystallises from alcohol in golden
yellow prisms melting at 131°. The bromo-derivative
C6Br(CH3)6 forms nacreous rhombic leaflets melting at
163° and boiling at 202°. It dissolves readily in ether,
but is only sparingly soluble in alcohol. The sodium
and potassium salts of the sulphonic acid are insoluble
in cold and sparingly soluble in hot water. The barium
salt forms small plates sparingly soluble in hot water.
The calcium salt crystallises in large nacreous scales ;
the silver salt in small lustrous plates. The copper salt
forms thin hexagonal greenish vthite tablets, which are
almost insoluble in water. The sulphonic chloride dis-
solves readily in alcohol and ether. It crystallises from
the latter in large, well-defined tlat prisms melting at
82°. The sulphamide forms large, flat prisms, having a
vitreous lustre and melting at 186°. I'eutamethylbenzene-
sulphone C6(CH3)s.SOa.C6(CHs)5 crystallises from warm
petroleum spirit or dilute alcohol in long, fine, colour-
less needles melting at 9S'5°. It is readily soluble in
alcohol. By the action of cold concentrated sulphuric
acid on pentamethylbenzene, hexaniethvlbenzene and
prehnitene and the sulphonic acids of the latter are
obtained. — D. B.
Preparation of Primary and Secondary Xylylamines
from Xylenots. P. Miiller. Ber. 20. 1039— 1042.
t lx beating jS orthoxylrnol with zinc-ammonium bromide
and ammonium bromide in the proportion of 1:3:1, the
following compounds are obtained : —
Experiments— I. II. III.
Xylidine 27'5
Ihxylylamine 50'0
Carbonaceous matter 4 0
Unchanged Xylenol —
In experiments I. and II. the temperature was kept for
40 hours at 310 — 320°, whilst in experiment III. the mass
was heated for 20 hours at 330—340°.
On heating a-metaxylenol under similar conditions
the following results were obtained : —
I. II.
o-Metaxylidine 39'0 400 per cent.
Di-a-metaxylylaminc 19'5 12'o
Carbonaceous matter 3'5 4*5 „
Unchanged Xylenol 310 32-o
In No. I. the temperature was kept for 40 hours at 310 —
320°, and in No. II. the temperature ranged from 330— 340°.
— D. B.
I'.V.t .
. 2G0 per cent.
180 -
. -o-o
4 0 .
• 17 0
165 .
. 30-5
Improvements in the Manufacture of Bi nzene, Anthracene,
Naphthalan and other Products from Naphtha and
Naphtha llesidites. A. Nikiforoff, Chiuika, Russia.
Eng. Pat. 10,957, August 27, 1886. (id.
The inventor claims the production of benzene and other
aromatic hydrocarbons fr< aphtha and naphtha
residues (presumably petroleum residues) bj first slowly
decomposing the naphtha in cylindrical retorts at a low
temperature, the object being to obtain as large a quantity
as possible of hydrocaibons boiling below 200° and having
a sp. gr. of about 0 M00 to O'SIO, and then submitting the
hydrocarbons to a second distillation, by which they are
transformed into hydrocarbons of the aromatic series,
CnH;n c. anthracene ami naphthalene being obtained
from the residue. The second distillation can be effected
in cylindrical or in other shaped retorts, and it has been
found that the best result is obtained by dividing the
hydrocarbons for redistillation in two parts — viz., those
boiling at from 0° to 140° and higher, and then to redistil
them again separately. The following results are usually
obtained: — About 12 per cent, of benzene and its homo-
logucs, sp. gr. 0'S70, boiling at SO — 135°, 0'5 per cent, of
anthracene, 2 per cent, of naphthalene, 5 per cent, of
coke, and a residue consisting of a mixture of different
hydrocaibons, some of which can be used for the manu-
facture of lubricating oils.
The invention "is based on the theory of producing,
firstly, easily transformable hydrocarbons with a group-
ing of elements capable of being transformed into a more
solid group — viz., into the aromatic group. These
hydrocarbons, at the pressure and temperature obtained
by a second distillation of the tar boiling at from 0° to 200°,
produce benzene, from which aniline oil can be prepared. "
Hitherto it has not been possible to produce benzene
commercially from naphtha, though it has been proposed
to produce it in retorts charged with coke, copper filings
or platinised coke ; but as each charging of tte retorts,
besides increasing the cost of the production, is quite
impracticable, owing to the stoppingup of the retorts,
such method of producing benzene has not been success-
ful. In the seci nd distilling process, as above described,
the coke detaches it.-elf in the retorts, which, up to the
present, has not occurred in the distillation of naphtha
for gas. — I). B.
Improvements in Retorts for the Destructive Distillation
of Shale, Coal and other Bituminous Substances, J.
.tones, Dalmenv, N.B. Eng. Pat. 11,134, Sept. 1,
18S6. 8d.
In constructing vertical retorts for the destructive dis-
tillation of coal the common practice is to set them in
two rows, with their backs disposed towards each other,
and the discharge mouths projecting outwards at the
bottom of each retort. In retorts thus constructed
hindrance to their efficient, working is caused by the
clinker collecting as a hard mass at the back of the
retort. In the present invention the parts to which
the clinker usually adheres, forming the backs of a
pair of retorts, are removed, and the lower part of each
pair thereof is thus constituted into a chamber common
to the upper parts of the two retorts. It is stated that
this mode of construction is applicable both to the setting
of new retorts as well as to the alteration of existing
retorts.— I"). B.
IY.— COLOURING MATTERS AND DYES.
Contributions to the Knowledge of Hydroxyanthra-
qninonc Colouring Matters. C. Liebermann and
. \V. Wense. Ber'. 20, 862—866.
It has been shown by Liebermann and Kostanecki that
only those hydroxyanthraquinones possess tinctorial
properties which contain the hydroxy! groups in the
alizarin position. In order to obtain evidence in con-
firmation of this view a compound which is an alizarin
and a quinazai in simultaneously has been prepared from
hemipinic acid by condensation with quinol in the
presence of concentrated sulphuric acid. The mass thus
obtained crystallises in microscopic leaflets of brown-red
colour melting at 225- 230°, and having the constitution
C«Hs(OCHj)a<QQ>.C,H,(OH)j. It is, therefore, a
dimethyl <iher of quinalizarin. It dissolves readily in
Imt glacial acetic acid, less readily in hot alcohol or
benzene. Alkalis dissolve it with a violet colour, whilst
concentrated sulphuric acid gives a blue solution. With
mordants it gives but a faint colour reaction. The
Aug. 31, 1887.) THE JOUENAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
541
acetyl compound crystallises in small needles melting at
210 -211'. It is almost insoluble in cold alcohol, acetone,
or petroleum spirit, but more readily soluble in hot
solvent. Quinalizarin C6H3(OH)2 <,.,,> C6H.,(OH),
is obtained by heating its dimethyl ether with hydro-
chloric acid at 200° for 3 — 4 hours. It crystallises in
long deep red needles which are more insoluble than the
dimethyl ether, hot glacial acetic acid being the best
solvent. Its reactions with alkalis and concentrated
sulphuric acid are similar to those of the dimethyl ether;
its barium and calcium salts are insoluble in water. It
sublimes in dark-red needles, but exhibits no sign of
fusion at 275°. On distillation with zinc dust anthracene
is obtained. It possesses strong tinctorial properties
resembling those of cochineal. The tetracetyl compound
CmH4(OC9H]0)«0] crystallises in needles melting at
201.— D. B.
Trimethylanthragallol. II. Wende. Ber. 20. 867— 870.
<£ -CUMIDINK, when converted by Sandmeyer's method
into duryl-eyanide (duronitrile) yielded only 15 percent,
of the theoretical quantity. The nitrile was converted
by heating with IK'l into durylic acid. Three parts of
durylic acid, 2 parts of gillie acid and 30 parts of strong
sulphuric acid were gradually heated from 70 — 115°
during S hours, and then kept at 120° until a sample
showed the absence of durylic acid. The sulphuric acid
was removed from the melt by precipitating and
washing with water, and the trimethylanthragallol was
extracted first with alcohol and then finally with benzene,
leaving a residue of rufigallic acid. Trimethylanthragallol
C,tHs.(CH,),.0!.(OH)il[(CHa)!,:(OH), = l:3:4:l'':2':3']
crystallises from dilute alcohol in brilliant brown needles,
melting at 244°, readily soluble in alcohol and glacial
acetic acid, less soluble in benzene ; it dissolves in strong
sulphuric acid with a red-violet, in potash with a green,
and in ammonia with a violet colouration. Its absorp-
tion spectrum and dyeing properties are similar to those
of anthragallol. Its triacetyl-derivative C,4H,(CH,),.
0,.(OC5HT0), forms pale yellow rhombic tables, melt-
ing at 174°. When distilled over zinc-dust trimethyl-
anthragallol yields a solid hydrocarbon, melting at 236°
— probably the triniethylanthracene of Gresly — and an
oily substance which the author considers to be a hydride
of trimethylanthracene. — T. L. 13.
Dimetkylanthragallol. W. Birukoff. Her. £0, 870— 873,
WHEN gallic acid (3 parts) is condensed with metaxylic I
acid (5 parts) by means of sulphuric acid (40 parts) di-
methylantiiragallolCltH,{CH))iOt{OK)JL(CH.,)t-.{011),
= 1:2: l':'2':3] is obtained. After heating the above
mixture for 20 hours at 70-120'-', the melt is poured into
water and the sulphuric acid washed away. The pre-
cipitate is extracted with absolute alcohol, which leaves '
undissolved the rufigallic acid formed. The alcohol is
evaporated, and the dimethylanthragallol is extracted by :
benzene from the residue. The yield is only about
2 per cent, on the xylic acid used. This body crystallises
in yellowish-red needles, and is similar in its absorption-
spectrum and behaviour with alkalis to anthragallol.
On distilling over zinc-dust, it yields a solid hydrocarbon,
probably a dimethylanthracene, melting at 220—226°, I
the quinone obtained from this melting at about 112°.
The isomeric compounds obtained by Gresly melted at
202° and 180° respectively. The author recommends
the following methods for obtaining the metaxylic
acid. Pure metaxylidine is prepared from commercial
xylidine by Litnbach's method : — 4 parts of xylhline are
mixed with 1 part of glacial acetic acid, and allowed to
stand for 24 hours ; the crystals of the acetate of meta-
xylidine are then pressed free from the paraxylidine,
which remains in solution, basified, dried and distil-
led. The meta-compound is converted by Sandmeyer's
method into the nitrile. 12grms. of this product arc-
dissolved in 8grms. of water and 20grms. of IK'l, and
7grms. of sodium nitrite dissolved in 20grms, of water
slowly added. This diazo-solution is poured in a thin
stream into the copper cyanide solution warmed to 00". I
The yield of cyanide of metaxylene (metaxylonilrile) is
50—00 per cent, of the theoretical. By gently warm-
ing the nitrile with about 85 per cent, sulphuric acid, it
is converted into the amidoacid, and this, by heating
for two hours at 170" with HC1, yields about 60 per
cent, of metaxylic acid. — T. L. B.
Opiavrin. C. Liebermann and P. Seidler. Ber. 20,
873—874.
OPIANIC ACID and phenol, when heated together with
strong sulphuric acid, give rise to an intense yellow red
dye. The reaction takes place between the aldehyde-
group of the acid and the phenol: — CeH» (0<'H.)5(<'0,H)
(('(ill) - 20. II, (HI = HaO + C,H,(OCH,)s.(COaH).
OH:(Or,H4OH).,. This compound leucopiaurin is oxi-
dised during the process to opiaurin t'.,H, ,00. The best
results were obtained by stirring an intimate mixture of
opianic acid and phenol into sulphuric acid (60° Be.)
and keeping the mixture well cooled. After 24 hours' rest
the melt was thrown into a large quantity of cold water,
and the precipitate when washed and dried, freed from
tarry matters by extraction with hot benzene. < >piaurin
is soluble in alcohol, ether and glacial acetic acid, in-
soluble in benzene and petioleum eiher. It could only
be obtained in amorphous condition. It dissolves in
alkalis with a purple colour; the solution in alcoholic
ammonia becomes on heating brownish-yellow, but the
purple colour returns on cooling.
Sulphurous acid does not reduce it. < ipianic acid reacts
in a similar way with other phenols, and the reaction
can be used to detect the presence of opianic acid, as also
of an aldehyde-group in aiomatic compounds; the re-
agents being each dissolved in an excess of cold sulphuric
acid, on mixing the solutions the coloration takes place
at once. — T. L. B.
Preparation offi-Kiironaphthalene. E. Lellmann. Ber.
20, 891— S93.
The following is a modification of the method origin-
ally employed for the preparaiion of this compound.
The mixture of o- and p-nitroacetonaphthalide is
obtained as in the old process, the product is then
boiled with a 14 per cent, solution ot caustic potash
in the presence of alcol.ol and the resultant mass con-
si-ting of the o-aceto-com] ound and y>-uitronaphthalene
is treated with ethyl-nitrite. A brown precipitate is
obtained which was found to contain the diazoamido-
derivative of y-nitronapl thylamine. This is filtered
off as quickly as possible so that the o-nitroaceto-
naphthalide crj stallises out in the filtrate. It is puri-
fied by reciystallisatiin and filtration through animal
charcoal and is decempostd by the addition of an
alcoholic solution of hydrochloric acid. The o-nitro-
naphthylamine thus obtained forms small red needles
melting at 143" anil is suitable for the preparation of
3-nitronaphthalene.— D. B.
An Universal Reaction of Diazo-amido Bodies. K.
Heuniann and L. « leconomides. Ber. 20, 904—909.
This reaction takes place when diazo-amido bodies are
brought in contact with phenols, one of their basic
constituents being regenerated, the phenol taking its
place and forming oxyazo compounds. Thus on heat-
ing gently diazoamidobenzene with resorcinol, aniline
is regenerated and benzeneazoresorcinol, melting at
161 .formed: ( \. H . X - N.NH.l ',,11 , + C„H4(0H), -
C.H..NH, + (', H,.X = N.C.HJOH),. Diazo-amido-
paratoluene treated with phenol yields paratoluidine
and paratolueneazophenol C.H7X = X.(',.H,OH ; with
resorcinol, the same base and paratolneneazoresorcinol
O.ll-X =XC, 11 (OH) ..., which forms yellowish-red
needies melting at 1S4 . A nionochloro-oxyazobenzene
was obtained by acting on diazoamidoparachloroben-
zene with phenol ; it forms red-yellow needles melting
at 151—152°. In a similar manner, diazoamidometa-
benzoic acid i- converted into benzoic-acid-azophenol
melting at 220°. The author found that the diazo-
amido bodies obtaiued by diazotising aniline and com-
bining with paratoluidine, or met versd, and considered
542
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCTETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [A..g. 31, us7.
to lie identical, give lise with phenol, to mixed oxyazo
bodies, a mixture of about equal parts of aniline and
paratoluidine being regenerated. Diazoarnidopara-
chlorobenzene-benzene, obtained by diazotising para-
chloraniline and combining with aniline, yielded para-
chloraniline and oxyazobenzene. This reaction can be
readily illustrated in a lecture experiment, by warm-
ing some diazuamidobenzene with a little phenol in a
test tube for a few moments, when on the addition of
caustic soda solution the oxya/o body formed will dis-
solve, and can be thrown down on the addition of an acid.
— T. L. B.
-4 New Chromogenic Body Phenazootin. A. Bernthsen.
Her. 20, 942- 044.
Bis has shown that phenazine may be obtained by the
action of o-phenylenediamine upon catechol. By the
action of o-amidophenol upon catechol, phenazoxin may
be prepared, thus : —
C6H4<
OH , NIL.
;>C6H4 = C6HJ<^f1>C(iH4 + 2H,0
Equal weights of o-amidophenol and catechol are heated
in closed tubes for 40 hours to 260—280°. The product
is extracted repeatedly with water and caustic soda
solution, and the residue with ether. The ethereal
solution on distillation leaves a solid brownish residue
which, on recrystallis.ition from alcohol, yields a colour-
less crystalline product. The analysis corresponds to
the formula t'1:ll,,NO. Phenazoxin may be readily
nitrated, and the nitro product on reduction with Sn and
HO, and subsequent oxidation with FeXlfi gives a red-
violet colouring matter. This reaction corresponds to
the formation of Lauth'e violet from thio-diphenylamine,
and confirms the chromogenic character of phenazoxin.
—J. B. C.
>n-(aj3<)-Xtij,/ttk)/le»c Diamine. C. Urban. Ber. 20,
973—974.
Liebermanx and Hammerschlag prepared a dinitro-
naphthylamine with the amido and nitro-groups in
one nucleus, the former and one of the nitro-groups
in the a, the other being in the p position. Worms showed
that the latter group occupies an adjacent position to the
amido-group, and the compound' has. therefore, the
formnIa-rCi,H5.NHs(NOs)s.[NHs : NO, : No.-l :2 :4.]
By eliminating the amido-group a dinitronaphthalene
should be obtained with the nitro-group in the meta-
posiiion. On reducing the dinitro-compound, a meta-
diamido compound is obtained, which yields with nitrous
acid the deep yellow colour characteristic of nieta-
diamines, and further a precipitate of the corresponding
ehrysoidinewith diazo-benzene sulphonicacid.— J. B. C.
So,,,, Derivatives of Benzidene. P. Brunner and Otto
N. Witt. Her. 20, 1023-1030.
The authors recommend the following method for ob-
taining the orthodinitrobenzidine of Strakosch : lOgrms.
of diacetylbenzidine are stirred into lOOgrms. of nitric
acid (sp. yr. 148) kept cool with ice, and then ice and
water added until the dinitrodiacetylbenzidine is pre-
cipitated. From this body the acetyl groups are readily re-
moved by warming with 1! parts of caustic potash and a
little alcohol, the dinitrobenzidine precipitating in the
form of fine red needles. It is insoluble in water
soluble with difficulty in alcob >l, more readily soluble in
phenol. \\ hen it is (rronnd up with the proper quantity
of stannous chloride, BC1 added, and the mixture warmed
on the water-bath until all dissolves in water, it is re-
duced to a tetramidodiphenyl; C,,H,(NH.) . The
hydrochloride of this base forms needles containing
2ll.li, readily soluble in water, less soluble in IK 'f
The basic sulphate C,,H,(NH,)4H SO j is very slightly
soluble in cold water, alcohol and either, soluble in hot
water. The base precipitates on the addition of ammonia
to a solution ol the hydrochloride, forming small silvery
platessolublein hot water, bnl whichdec posedsoreadily
that the] could not be analysed. The dry hydrochloride
gives Ladenburg's reaction with benza'lde'hyde ; with
sodium nitrite, a crystallised azimido eompoundisformed.
The platinum double salt forms needles which quickly
decompose. Ferrous chloride gives a brown colour re-
action. Tetramidodiphenyl condenses with phenan-
threnequinone, forming a brownish yellow azine, sub-
liming in yellow needles, which dissolve in H.;S04 with
a violet colour. With isatine a yellow-orange, and with
^-naphthoquinone a brown gelatinous compound is
formed. ( »n mixing glacial acetic acid solutions of this
base and benzil together, a pale yellow azine < ', ,11 , . N ,
precipitates. It does not melt at 270' and decomposes
when heated higher. It is very soluble in phenol. Its
sulphate tonus lemon yellow needles, dissolving in strong
H.,S04 with a fine magenta colour. Its constitution is
probably as follows :
0,11. -C-N
II I
C6H.-C-N
I ',, H..C.H
/
N-C-C8H,
I II
N-C-CH,
From the properties of the above tetramidodiphenyl it
is evident that the four amido groups are arranged in two
pairs, in each of which the groups are in ortho-position
to each other. It follows that in Strakosch's dinitro-
benzidine the No, and Nil , groups are similarly placed.
The authors succeeded in removing the two benzidine
NH. groups by diazotising, and subsequent removal
of the diazogroups by boiling alcohol, obtaining thus
a new body, the symmetrical metadinitrodiphenyl
t',„Hs(N( )..).,. This is a yellow-orange substance form-
ing fine dichroic needles from alcohol or acetic acid : it
is soluble in benzene or cumene. It melts at 197 — 198°.
It is reduced by tin and HC1 to the symmetrical meta-
diamidodiphenyl C12Hj(NH,),. The hydrochloride of
this base is readily soluble. The sulphate C,aHlsNa.
H;SD4 is slightly soluble in cold water, forming long
needles from hot water; the platinum double salt
ClsHlsNs(HCl)jPtCl4 forms straw-yellow grains. Al-
kalis precipitate the free base from solutions of its salts
as an oil which solidifies after a few days' rest. An isomer
of Congo-red is obtained by combining the diazo com-
pound with sodium naphthionate ; it forms small yellow-
orange plates. This substance dyes cotton in a soap-
bath a fast orange without a mordant, but the affinity for
the cellulose is much less intense than in the case of
the benzidine azo-eompounds : the cause of this affinity
is therefore apparently connected not only with the
diphenyl nucleus, but also with the position which the
two azo groups bear to each other. — T. L. B.
p-Napkthoicaldehyde. E. Bamberger and O. Boekmann.
Ber. 20, 1115—1119.
In preparing this aldehyde, the authors obtained a series
of new derivatives of naphthalene. For the production
of p-naphthoicthiamide O, „H;.CSNH._,,/i-naphthylnitrile
C10H..C'N, obtained from ^-diazonaphthalene chloride
by means of potassium cuprosocyanide, was digested with
ammonium sulphide in a closed vessel at 35 — 10" for
several days. It forms golden-yellow silky needles
melting at 149°, and readily soluble in alcohol, ether and
benzene. p-naphthylmethylamine ClnH;CHo.NHa is
obtained by reducing an alcoholic solution of the thiamide
with zinc dust and alcoholic solution of hydrochloric acid.
It crystallises in colourless lustrous prisms melting at
59 — 60°, and absorbs carbonic anhydride freely on
exposure to the air. It is sparingly soluble in cold water,
more readily soluhle in hot water and easily soluble in
alcohol and ether. It is a powerful ba.se. The hydro-
chloride crystallises in Hat, satin like prisms melting at
260 — 270 . The picrate forms gold-coloured lustrous
needles soluble in hot water, and the platinochloride
crystallises from hot water in fine dendritic needles.
8-naphthylmethylalcohol (V.IK.Clb. UH is obtained
by treating naphthyimethylaniine hydrochloride with
sodium nitrite. It crystallises in small lustrous plates,
melting at 80- 80"5°, and is readily soluble in alcohol and
ether. (in oxidation, it yields p-naphthoicaldehyde
C,0H,CHO, whirli forms small silver- white plates melt-
ing at 60 o 61". This compound reduces an ammoniacal
solution of silver and forms a leueo base with dimethyl-
aniline ami zinc chloride, which yields a <\\e resembling
benzaldehyde green in properties. — D. B.
Ave. 3i. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
543
On Azonium Bases. Otto N.Witt Ber. 20, 1183— 1186.
The formula recently proposed by the author for
s.ifranine is based upon the hypothetical base, which he
terms hydroxyphenylphenazonium —
C6H^N\C,;II,
C8H5 nil
(This Journal, 18S7, 285). All attempts to obtain this
substance by removal of the amido-grorjps of pheuo-
safranine, however, failed. The ease with which most
orthodiketones react with orthodiamines, rendered it
probable tbat phenyl derivatives of the latter bases
would behave in a similar way, in which case t be desired
azonium bases would be obtained. Experiment lias
proved the correctness of this idea, phenylortho-
naphthylenediamine reacting with phenanthrenequinone
as follows : —
C6H4-CO
NH,.C10H,.NH.C6H6+ | |
L'.Hj-CO
N-C-C.H,
= H2O + C10H„< | II |
^N-C- C0H4
A
C,;H5 OH
Thephenylnaphthylenediamine was obtained by reducing
10 parts of the perfectly pure azo-compound of sulphanilic
acid and fJnaphthylphenylamine, dissolved in 10 parts
of glacial acetic acid and' 100 parts of alcohol, with 12
parts of stannous chloride dissolved in 20 parts of acetic
acid, and gradual addition of HC1 till the solution is
colourless. Its hydrochloride forms white needles
insoluble in water, soluble in alcohol. The free base
crystallises in glass-clear, Hat prisms, melting at 136 —
137°. When equal quantities of this base and pbenan-
tbrenequinone dissolved in acetic acid, are mixed
together, intermediate yellow fluorescent bodies are at
first formed, an addition of a mineral acid causing the
formation of the azonium base. The solution is diluted
with alcohol and a good excess of nitric acid (sp. gr. 13)
added, when the nitrate of the new base C30rl,.,N 0a
slowly crystallises out in the form of long needles or
thick prisms, with strong red and green dichroism. This
salt is scarcely soluble in water, more so in alcohol,
dyeing wool and silk a salmon red and behaving like a
true dye. The other salts are much 'more soluble than
the nitrate, and dissolve with a splendid blue colouration
in strong sulphuric acid. The basic qualities are more
strongly marked than in the case of the azines, the
above salts onlv being basilied by boiling with an excess
of alkali.— T. L. B.
Action of Ethylenediamine mi Catechol. V. Merz ami C.
' Bis. Her. 20, 1190—1197.
When ethylenediamine is allowed to act on catechol at
•200 — 210°, the following reaction takes place : —
CeH1<gg+g$>C,H4=C6H.<g^CsH,+2H,0
Ethyleneorthophenylenediamine crystallises from hot
water or ether in small colourless lustrous plates, melt-
ing at 96-5—97° and boiling at 288o— 289.3 =. It is
sparingly soluble in cold, more readily soluble in hot
water, and forms erystallisable salts with acids. Dilute
aqueous solutions of the base give a blue coloration
with ferric chloride and oxidising agents. It is converted
into quinoxaline on treatment with an alkaline solution
of potassium ferricyanide. — D. B.
A New Method for the Production ofPicrocarmine. L.
Gedolst. Le Monit du Practic. IssT, 91.
A picrocarmine of good colour, which filters well and
may be boiled without decomposition, is made by sub-
stituting caustic soda for ammonia in its preparation.
9occ. of distilled water are added to Sec. of a 1 per cent.
XaOH solution, and in this mixture is dissolved 0'45grm.
of the best carmine in the state of line powder ; the solu-
tion is stirred with a glass rod and boiled for 10 to 15
minutes, cooled, filtered and made up to lOOcc. with
water. It is next diluted in a 300ce. graduated glass
cj linder with lOOcc. of water, and is ready for the addi-
tion of a 1 per cent, acid solution, of which 20 to 2occ.
should suliice. locc. of the picric solution is added tir.-t,
producing a cloudiness which disappears on stirring ; a
further occ. still produces a transient turbidity, but with
a final addition of 5 or at most Tec. the precipitate
becomes permanent and indicates the end of the reaction.
After an hour's subsidence, the solution is passed twice
or thrice through the same filter until clear, and concen-
trated by evaporation with, if necessary, a final filtration.
The sodium picrocarminate is said to possess distinct
advantages over the ammonium compound, and is recom-
mended for microscopical work. — W. G. M.
V.— TEXTILES : COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
Method «f Preparing Fibres capable of being ■'■■pun from
Wood. Alex. Mitscherlich, Freiburg, Germany. Eng.
Pat. 10,515, Aug. 17, 1SS6.
BOARDS, as free from knots as possible, of any desired
width, and about § of an inch thick, are cut in a
direction parallel with the fibre, preferably from pine or
fir- wood or from the softer part of larch, and are boiled
in a solution of sulphurous acid or a bisulphite whereby
the disintegration of the wood is effected. No chopping,
is required, and before boiling the wood is steamed at
212° F. for a long time. After boiling, the mass is
partly dried on a wooden frame and then passed through
rollers having " deep ribs " in the direction of their
length, the projections on one roller fitting in the corru-
gations of the other, whereby the fibres will be separated
from each other and may be combed in an apparatus
similar to that for combing flax, etc. — H. A. R.
YI.-DTEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING AND BLEACHING.
On Turkey-red Oils. R. Benedikt and F. Ulzer.
Monatsh. Chem. 8, 208.
The product obtained by the action ot concentrated
sulphuric acid on triolein consists of two portions, one
of which is soluble, whereas the other is insoluble in
water. The latter is chiefly oxystearic acid and its
anhydride, sometimes accompanied by oleic acid and
unchanged triolein, while the soluble portion splits up
under suitable conditions in oxystearic and sulphuric
acids. The opinions on the nature of this soluble
portion are divided. I.iechti and Suida believe it to be
a mixture of oxystearic acid and oxyoleic acid-glycerol
sulphonic ether, which opinion is not shared by
Midler-Jacobs and the authors. Muller-Jacobs and
Tsabenejew take the soluble oil to be sulphonic acids,
either sulpbo-oleic or sulpho-oxystearic acid. The
authors produced the sulphonic acid of a higher homo-
logue by heating oleic acid with sulphur at 200 — 220 C.
and oxidising the sulpho-oleic acid, C, ^H, ...SO;, thus
obtained with potassium permanganate. The object of
this proceeding was to see whether compounds similar
to the soluble Turkey-red oils, but belonging to a higher
series, had similar properties. This is, indeed, the case.
They are attacked by boiling concentrated caustic
solutions, but (litter from the acids derived from the
Turkey-red oils by not being decomposed by hydrochloric
acid. This behaviour seems to point to the fact that
the acid from Turkey-red oil is no real sulphonic
arid, but rather a sulphonic acid ether. The
authors compared the Turkey - red oils from olive
oil, which chiefly consists of triolein, cot ton-seed oil
and castor oil, and explain the difference in the
behaviour of the olive and castor oil by the different
constitution of oleic and ricinoleic acid. The latter,
being an oxyacid, combines with sulphuric acid to an
ether sulphonic acid, C18H,,0j.0.80jB, which, on
544
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. si. 1887.
decomposition, must yield ricinoleic aeiil and sulphuric
acid, whereas the oleic add combines with sulphuric
acid to oxystearinsulphonic acid. The Turkey-red oil
from castor oil, therefore contains t lie acid sulphonic
acid ether of an unsaturated acid, while the Turkey red
oil from olive oil contains the corresponding derivative
of a saturated acid. The Turkey-red oil from castor oil
therefore possesses a high oxidising power, which is not
the case with the derivative of olive oil. The former is
consequently the far hotter mordant for Turkev-red
dyeing.- S. II.
Process for the Production of Alumina compounds
applicab'e for Bleaching. K. 'Weiss, Oranienburg,
Pussia. Eng. Pat 0573, May 15, 18SC. 6d.
HYPOCHLORITE of alumina has long since been em-
ployed in bleaching, under the name of "Wilson's
bleaching liquid,'* and has been preferred on the grounds
that "it accelerates the bleaching process and deterior-
ates the fibres of the tissue much less than the chloride
of lime." Up to the present, the usual method of
manufacture has been by double decomposition of
alumina sulphate and chloride of lime. " Experiments
have proved that similar, but still more energetic
bleaching compounds of alumina, are produced by the
direct action of chlorine on nlumiuates. and especially
on alnminates of sodium or calcium and of magnesium,
whereby the use of chloride of lime is entirely obviated.
These bleaching alumina compounds may be prepared
either in the form of a solution, or in a solid form."
Chlorine is passed through a solution of the aluminate
or over the solid substance, till no more is absorbed.
The inventor claims that the alumina compounds
prepared in the manner he describes, act as very-
rapid bleachers "in consequence of the delivery of
ozonised oxygen.'' "The use of acid baths is also
dispensed with :alsothese alumina compounds deteriorate
the fibres much less than chloride of lime." — H. A. 1!.
I a jet or jets of steam playing upon the opposite side of
the piece : the finishing, dressing, etc., being also
' carried out in the same apparatus. — H, A. 11.
A New or Improved Method of Dyeing and Finishing
'J'ii lib Fabrics without Immersion. W. I-'.. Hevs
Manchester. Prom II. Danzer, A. Simian and I>e
(Harden, Paris, France. Eng. Pat. 11,164 Sepl -J
1888. 8d.
THE Solution of the dye is applied to the surface of the
fabric in the form of a hue spray and the colour lixed by
Improvements in Dyeing. II. J. Haddan, London.
From A. Henry, Bar-le-Duc. Eng. Pat. 11,7:10, Sept.
15, ISsU
The claim is for the dyeing of cotton and other textiles
a fast black by passing the goods rapidly and in small
quantities through a bath of two solutions as follows : —
The first solution consists of chlorate of potash, sul-
phate of copper, "chlorhydrate of ammonia,'' nitrate of
iron and water ; the second solution consists of aniline,
toluidine, etc., hydrochloric and tartaric acids ; the
solutions are mixed just before use. The goods are then
dried in a current of air for a short time at 35° C, and
for about 12 hours at 30" C. without exposure to
light. Afterwards the goods are passed through a bath
of potassium bichromate, sulphuric acid and water,
stretched and frequently turned in a dark place
for about two hours, finally washed and dried. — H. A. K.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Oil for Turkey-red
Dyeing, Calico Printing, and such like purposes. J.
Kirkpatrick, Glasgow. Eng. Pat. 12,216, Sept. 25,
1886. 4d.
TEN gallons of olive oil are treated with 15 gals, of sul-
phuric acid at 108° B., washed with hot water and
neutralised with 3 gals, of caustic soda at 68° B. and
1 gal. of ammonium hydrate 0'9 sp. gr. — W. L. C.
Improvements in Dyeing Woolor other Animal Fibres, in
either tin ran- or manufactured state. F. A. Gatty,
Accrington. Eng. Pat.!12SG, July 17, 1SS6. Gd.
Ix carrying out the process of mordanting according to
this method, the patentee instead of boiling the wool,
alkaline chromate and acid together, as is usual,
steeps the goods in the bichromate or chromate (of
potash or soda) and the acid, preferably sulphuric, at !
the ordinary temperature of the air. and then after
working for some time in this bath, washes and subjects
to the action of boiling water or steam. Chromium
oxide is thus fixed on the fibre, which is then ready
for the usual dyeing operations. Before mordanting,
the wool is well prepared and freed from all oily and
similar impurity. — 11. A. R.
Improvements in Dyeing Te.etilc Fibres. T. Holliday,
Huddersfield. Eng. Pat 10,542, Aug. 17, 1886. Gd.'
The inventor dyes wool and other textile fibres various
shades of colour by alternately treating the fibre with
"chrome iron," copper or lead salts, ami the uitroso-
compounds of iand/3-naphthol. "The quantities of wool
or other fibre and the nature of the metallic salt, acid and
nitroso-compound are varied according to the result
required and the shades of colour varied by using
logwood or alizarin along with or alternately with the
Ditroso-compounds. The fibres can be dyed either
in a raw, spun, woven, felted or otherwise parti v manufac-
tured state."— H. A. R,
An Improved Process and Apparatus for Dyeing
Unspun Textile Fibres. G. Jagenburg, Kvdboholm,
Sweden. Eng. Pat. 443, Jan. 11, 1SS7. Sd".
The dye in the form of a concentrated solution is
injected into the water contained in the vat and in which
the goods are continually agitated. It is claimed that by
this means the dyeing is even and without prejudice to
the strength of the fibre, also that cotton dyed in this
way remains soft and as fit for spinning as ordinary
raw cotton, whereby it will be possible for spinners to
spin dyed yarn up to the finest counts according to
the quality of the cotton employed. — H. A. R.
An Improved Process of Preparing Indigo Solutions for
Dyeing Purposes. F. E. Schmiickert, Pritzwalk,
Prussia. Eng. Pat. 7333, May 19, 1887. 4d.
Thk inventor produces indigo solutions for dyeing
purposes, especially for wool dyeing, by dissolving the
indigo in water by tneans of Peruvian guano and the
like : also by adding bodies which absorb oxygen, such as
zinc powder (at 65c' to 75° G. ), proposes to regulate
automatically the process so that any supervision may
become superfluous. It is claimed that such additions
will obviate the defective treatment and consequent loss
of indigo which frequently occurs in the preparation of
the bath.— H. A. K.
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS AND SALTS.
Ammonio-zinc Chlorides. II. Thorns. Ber. 20,743 — 744.
In addition to the compound of the formula ZnCl>NHs,
described by Herzelius, a compound of the formula
ZnCla.5NH3 + H,0 has been recently observed. The
author finds that if ammonia be passed into a hot con-
centrated solution of ziuc chloiide until the precipitate
first formed is redissolved, nacreous scales separate on
cooling, which have the composition ZdC1,.4NHj+H,0.
On concentrating the mother-liquor, colourless rhombic
crystals of the formula Zn<l.2NlP are obtained,
w hich do not change on exposure to air, and are insoluble
in water. When, however, boiled with water, decom-
position takes place with evolution of ammonia anil for-
mation of zinc oxy chloride. This compound is easily-
soluble in solutions of ammonium chloride or ammonia.
Aub. si. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOC1ETV Of CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
545
Well-formed crystals of the same compound have also
been found in Leclanche cells (this Journal, 1S87,
M5), the following equations illustrating the forma-
tion : —
ZnO+2NH4Cl=ZuCl,+2NH»+H,0
ZnCl,+2NH,=ZnCl,.2NH,
The author considers the constitution of this com-
pound to be expressed by the formula NH3C1 Zn.N H3CI.
__ — D. 13.
The Borate Industry in Chili. Dr. L. Darapsky. Chem.
Zeit. 11, 605—607.
In a lengthy paper the author gives an account of tliis
industry, and discusses the probabilities of its future
development Boric acid occurs on the west coast of
South America, principally in the form of lioronatrocalctte
and is found throughout the province of Atacama and the
newly-acquired portions of Chili. Ascotan — which is
now on the borders of the republic, but formerly
belonged to Bolivia — and Maricunga, which is to the
north of Copeap6, are the jdaces which have proved most
successful commercially. The crude material occurs in
both places in lagoons or troughs ; these, instead of being
entirely tilled with common salt — as is usual y the case
in the desert contain zones or layers of boronatrocalcite
imbedded in it The lagoons of Maricunga lie about 64km.
fromthenearest railway station, andare estimated to cover
3,000,iHio sq. metres. The boronatrocalcite occurs in beds
alternating with layers of salt and salty earth. The
author gives a large number of analyses of the raw-
material, from which it would appear that the average
amount of boric acid contained in it is about 25 per cent.,
but the percentage varies very much in different samples,
and can bi considerably increase 1 by proper treatment ;
in ime case quoted it was raised to 60*52 per cent, by
washing and calcination (Krohnke .
The raw material contains, in the form of gypsum and
glauberite, a large amount of calcium sulphate, which
apparently cannot be removed either by washing or ;
mechanical treatment Instead of investigating some j
method of working up the crude material into a better j
state for the market, the promoters of the industry
appear to have turned their attention to the manufacture
of crystallised borax. This was a fundamental mistake, !
for about half the weight of borax consists of water, and
in the purest state it only contains 36*64 per cent, of
boric acid ; transport is therefore as costly as that of the
raw material, the percentage of which can be raised to
30 simply by careful selection, and to 30 or liO by dehy-
dration. As there are no large chemical works in the
country, the soda and acids required in making the borax
had to be imported or specially made ; and experience
has shown that the conversion of boronatrocalcite into
crystallised borax otters difficulties even when the requi-
site materials are easily obtained. The works at the
Copeapu harbour, belonging to the Maricunga < k>., were
erected without sufficient knowledge and foresight, and
never yielded satisfactory results. After a while the
boronatrocalcite (roughly purified) was shipped direct to
England and Germany, and finally all operations were
suspended. —I >. E. J.
The Borate Industry in Chili. L. Darapsky, Santiago,
Chili. Chem. Zeit. H, 675.
The following analysis may be taken as representing the
eeueral average percentage composition of the mineral : —
H,O=29-0; AIM. and Fe,05=0*7; Cl=12-6; S04H,
= 07: MgO=0*5j CaO = 12*5-Na,0=14*8* B,0 =26*4*
insoluble inatter = .5*7. The mineral is purified to a ie
extent before it is shipped for export. This purification
consists of a preliminary washing and drying operation,
after which it maybe considered to test as follows:—
H.o = ll 7<>; Al U and lv O,=3*08j Cl=0*70; S04H«
0*49; CaO = 12*48; NaaO=9*12- BtOs=55-20; insoluble
iuat!er = 7 Ml per cent. If the amount of the foreign itn-
purilies is not large, the percentage of boracic acid in the
crude mineral may be estimated in a very simple manner.
The sample is dissolved in hydrochloric acid and filtered,
the sulphuric acid being estimated in one portion and the
lime in another portion of the filtrate. The amount of
lime which is equivalent to the sulphuric acid is sub-
tracted from the total amount of lime, and the rest, mul-
tiplied by 3 1, gives the percentage of boracic acid.
— S. H.
On a X- "■ Class of Ferro- and Fcrricyctnides. J. A.
Miiller. Compt. Rend. 104, 992— 995.
In the chemical works at Croix, where Ortlieb and
Miiller's process for obtaining cyanides is carried on,
i irtlieb obtained a solution giving a violet precipitate,
by fractional precipitation of the mother-liquor of the
ferrocyanide with ferric chloride. By treatment of this
I precipitate with potassium carbonate and a subsequent
process of purification, the potassium salt of the new
substance was obtained in thin scales or plates very
soluble in water. The solution is coloured violet by
ferric chloride, and a precipitate settles out after one or
two days.
The analysis of the new ferrocvanide corresponds to
the formula K,FeC,NtO + 3JH,0. The water vola-
tilises at HO"'. Heated in a closed vessel to 300— 4t«r,
the suVistance loses 9*05 of its weight and yields
8*33 JofCO. The formula K.,KeCO (CN>" requires s 47 .
In tliis decomposition ordinary ferrocyanide and cyanide
of iron are formed amongst other compounds. The
formula K FeCO(CNh becomes explainable by the
assumption of a trivalent radicle, carbonvlferrocyanogen
[FeCO(CN)5T".
To the above is appended a note by C. Friedel, who
finds in the existence of the substance K,FeC0 • N
a support to his proposed formula for the ferrocyanides.
— G. H. B.
ThcNitn Deposit in Tarapaed. L. Darapsky, Santiago,
Chili. Chem. Zeit. 11, 752.
The report is an abstract of a book lately published by
Mr. W. E. Billinghurst, himself a nitre manufacturer,
and entitled "Estudio sombre la geografia de Tarapaen.''
The province of Tarapaca lies on the west coast of South
5-lfi
THE JOFRNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aub. 31, 1887.
Amnion, between 68° 15' and 70° 18' loDg. and 19° 12'
and '21 28' 30" lat. The nitre d( posits do not only occur
in i lie province of Tarapacii, but also fintlier south, espe-
cially near Antofagasta and Taltal. Fiom cast to west
the province may be divided in five zones. The first
reaches from the sea coast for a width of 74 miles, and
yields guano. It also contains many silver mines,
among which is the famous mine of lluantajava. The
second zone is the nitre zone. It occurs at an altitude of
3600ft., and pees down to the Pampa de Tamarugal.
The third zone is the pampa, devoid of watei and vege-
tation. The fourth, between the Pampa de Tamarugal
and the Cordillera de los Andes, contains silver and
copper mines, whereas the fifth, the Cordillera, is
scarcely explored yet. The natives are said to collect
sulphur here The anther then proceeds to the valua-
tion of the total quantity of nitre which may be expected
from the second zone, and states his conclusions in the
following table : —
into phosphorus oxychloride. tin the other hand, the anti-
mony pentachloride acts similarly to phosphorus penta-
chloride on carl on compounds, which contain no oxygen.
The same will be the case if the compound contain no
hydrogen atoms which are not combined to carbon.
The oxalic acid is a case in point, and the production of
a compound like C.O,SbaCla cr SbCl..COO— COO.
ShCl4 makes the existence "of PCl,.COO— COO— PCI,
probable. The investigations of Anschiitz and some of
liis pupils show that phenols and oxyacids, which
contain an oxygen attm which is very difficult to dis-
place, are likely to yield directly or indirectly com-
pounds of the general formula R.O.PCI4. — S. H.
Process for the Production of Alumina Compounds
applicable for Bleaching. K. Weiss, Oranienburg,
Russia, Eng. Pat. 6573, May 15, 1886. 6d.
See page 544.
Group.
Number of
Estaca&
Exhausted
Estacis.
Untouched
Kstacus.
Average
Yield (if Nitre
per Estaca
in
Spanish cwts.
Total Quantity of
Nitre in
Spanish cwts.
North
PampadeHuara
Midland
South
5,61150
1,00000
5.150-50
9,150-00
4,208-62
3,433-66
1,402-87 \
1.000-00 I
1,716-83 [
9.15000'
145,958-71
204,750,878-38
115.958.710-00
250.611,10507
1,379,009,809-50
21,212*00 7,642-28 13,569-70
1.980,630.502 95
* 1 Estaca = 40,000 Square Varas = 27,919-55 Square Metres
The State receives an export duty of 279CSd. per Spanish
cwt., which is equivalent to the sum £230,809,474 for the
total 19S0 millions Spanish cwts. — S. H.
Turn New Hydrates of Caustic Potash. C. Gottig. Ber.
20, 1094—1096.
One hydrate of potash KHO + 2H O is already known.
The author has prepared two new hydrates : —
1. From a concentrated solution of caustic potash in
strong alcohol, prismatic erystalsof the formula 2KOH +
9H20 separate out. These crystals lose 3 molecules of
water over sulphuric acid.
2. If a moderately concentrated solution of potash in
strong alcohol be evaporated down until the temperature
of the boiling liquid rises to 110°, and then allowed to
cool, the new hydrate crvstallises out in a mass of fine
needles of the formula 2KHO + 5H.,0.— J. B. C.
On Antimony Pentarhloride. B. Anschiitz and N. P.
Evans. Annalen, 1887, 285.
If a solution of antimony pentachloride in chloroform be
treated with the equivalent quantity of water, crystals,
of antimony pentachloride monohydrate SI Cl6 H,0 are
formed, which melt between 87° and 92° C, and are
very deliquescent. A larger quantity of water converts
the monohydrate into the tetrabydrate, which is in-
soluble in chloroform. Daubrawa's statement that
antimony pentachloride is decomposed by one molecule
of water into the oxychloride and hydrochloric acid could
not be confirmed. The authors attempted to produce the
oxychloride by the action of the pentachloride on anhy-
drous oxalic acid, but they obtained a new compound,
(',< >,Sb„CL, which is decomposed by warm water. On
the basis of these results the different behaviour of phos-
phorus and antimonj pentachloride to carbon compounds,
which contain both hydrogen and oxygen, can be
explained. Whereas antinioin pentachloride combines
with water, phosphorus pentachloride decomposes it.
The former, therefore, does not exchange chlorine for
oxygen, whereas the latter displaces oxygen in hydroxy]
and ketone groups by chlorine, being itself converted
Improvements in Means or Apparatus employed in the
Manufacture of Sulphites. A. \V. Gillman and S.
Spencer, London. Eng. Tat. 10.0C0, August 4,
1SS6. Sd.
The following arrangement of apparatus is employed by
the inventors in the manufacture of sulphites" — Sul-
phurous acid is generated in a sulphur kiln, and the gas
is cooled by suitable means before it passes into the
limestone tower. The latter is constructed of headless
casks placed one above the other, the ends of the
casks are bevelled to fit each other, and are connected by
leaden bands. The limestone is supported on a
wooden frame in the lower part of each tower, so as
to leave a free space below for drainage and the entry of
the pas. The gas in rising through the limestone is to
a great extent absorbed by the descending water, which
is admitted at the top of the tower, and the saturated
water dissolves out lime from the limestone,
forming a solution of calcium bisulphite which runs
from the bottom of the limestone tower into suitable store
tanks. Eor the manufacture of calcium monosulphite
the sulphurous acid gas is conveyed to the bottom of a
chamber provided with trays, on which sifted slaked
lime is spread, the trays being so arranged as to make
the gas pass to and fro over the lime. The top of the
chamber is removable to enable the trays to be charged
and emptied. Sulphite of soda cr potash is made in
similar chambers, the trays being rilled with a solution
of sodium or potassium carbonate, which is admitted at
the top of the chamber through a bent pipe and Hows
over the trays, descending from one tray to another until
it arrives at the bottom, meeting in its course the cuirent
of {.as which traverses the chamber in the opposite
direction. — S. II.
Improvements in Separating the Ammonium Chloride
from Liquors obtained in tin Manufacture of Soda by
tin Ammonia-Soda Process, C-. Jarmay, YA'innington.
Eng. Pat in, 419, August 14, 1886. 6d.
THESE improvements relate to the separation of am-
monium chloride from the spent liquors of the ammonia-
toda process. It is proposed to lower the temperature
Aug. 31. Irs:.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
547
of these liquors by artificial menus, until a sullicient quan- I
tity of ammonium chloride has crystallised out. After
the crystals arc separated, sodium ehloiide is added to
the mother-liquor ami the liquor afterwards again
cooled, when an additional crop of ammonium chloride
crystals is secured. The addition of salt and subsequent
cooling is several times repeated. The mother liquor is
ultimately used again in the place of brine for the initial
stage of the ammonia-soda process, thereby saving the
expense of distillation and effecting a great economy of
sodium chloride. — S. H.
Improvements in tin- Manufacture of Alkali. J. Barrow,
Manchester. Eng. Pat. 10,491, August 16, 1886. Bd.
Sodium sulphate is decomposed by barium sulphide, or
a mixture of barium sulphide and oxide, whereby a
solution of sodium sulphide and oxide and a precipitate
of barium sulphate is obtained. The latter is separated
by filtration, and the liltrate is treated with carbonic
acid, thus converting the solution into sodium carbonate
and bicarbonate, both of which may be obtained at will
according to the amount of carbonic acid added. At the
same time sulphuretted hydrogen is given oil', which is
worked up for sulphuric acid to be used in the conversion
of sodium chloride into sulphate. The precipitate of
barium sulphate is reduced to sulphide or a mixture of
sulphide and oxide by means of carbonaceous matter.
-S. H.
Improvements in Machinery for Charging Liquids with
Carbonic Acid Gas. F. Foster, Hoxton. Eng. Pat.
10,722, August 21, 1886. 8d.
This invention relates to a modification of an apparatus
described in a previous specification (Eng. Pat. 242ti,
1882). The machine there described was fitted with an
arrangement for generating, storing and delivering car-
bonic acid gas in a compressed form to the condenser
containing the liquid to be aerated. The present inven-
tion dispenses with all those parts, as it is now intended
to use portable vessels containing compressed carbonic
acid gas. — S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture, Purification, or
Separation of Sodium Bicarbonate. J. J. Watts and
■\Y. A. Richards, Sandbach. Eng. Pat. 10,955,
August 27, 1886. 4d.
The sodium bicarbonate, as obtained in the ammonia-
soda process, contains ammonium compounds and tarry
matters. Mond and Jarmay (this Journal, 1885, 282)
purify the crude bicarbonate by dissolving it in water
and recrystallising it from the solution by refrigera-
tion. The yield of crystals being small, the present
inventors increase the yield by adding to the warm
saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate a quantity
of common salt, which, on dissolving, separates sodium
bicarbonate. The yield of the latter is in proportion
with the quantity of sodium chloride added and dis-
solved. The mother liquor may be used for dissolving
fresh quantities of crude bicarbonate, or for the initial
stage of the ammonia-soda process in lieu of brine.
— S. H.
which as many impressions as are required are printed
with printing ink on to lithographic transfer paper.
The pattern or design is then transferred from the paper
to the coating on the glass ur other article to be etched.
The transferred matter is now dusted or covered with
bronze powder, gold or other metal leaf, or any tine
powder which obstructs the passage of light. The
powder adheres to the printed matter only, and forms
above it an opaque surface. After exposure to light the
surface is treated with paraffin oil, the asphalte coating
being removed from those parts which have been pro-
tected from the action of the light. The surface is
now ready for "adding" in the usual manner.
-E. G. C.
Improvi ments in or relating to the Manufacture if Glass:.
E. Picard, Brussels, Belgium. Eng. Pat. 7338, June
1, 1SS6. lid.
This invention relates to the production of a layer or
sheet of glass of uniform thickness and of indefinite
length, which, without break of continuity, can be cast,
rolled, tempered or annealed, straightened or flattened,
polished and cut into suitable pieces ; also to a method
of manufacturing glass consisting in the formation of a
continuous layer or sheet, by means of a rolling
apparatus combined with a continuously fed reservoir or
tank and with an annealing or tempering gallery,
provided with a movable table, in which the sheet is
tempered or annealed without further heating.
— E. G. C.
Improvements in the Production of Fireproof Materials
and Articles of Enamel. A. Feldman, Linden,
Prussia. Eng. Pat. S064, June 17, 1SS6. 6d.
Fireproof and enamelled articles are produced from
a mixture of one or more of the fluorides of sodium,
calcium, magnesium, strontium, barium and alumin-
ium with one or more of the following basic oxides :
lime, magnesia, baryta, strontia, alumina, and oxide of
zinc. The substances to be employed aie powdered and
mixed with water to form a dough, which is dried and
burnt at such a temperature that its ingredients will
sinter together. — E. G. •'.
Till.— GLASS, POTTERY AND EARTHENWARE.
A Xeu: and Improved Process for Producing Ornaments
and Lettering on Glass, or other Pound or Flat Sub-
stances, for Decorating and Advertising Purposes. F.
AVinterhotl', London. Eng. Pat. 5978, May 3, 18S6. 6d.
GLASSand other surfaces are sometimes coated withasolu-
tion of a substance such as "asphalte," which is rendered
insoluble by the action of light. A photographic negative
is placed over the coated surface and exposed to light,
part of the coating is thus rendered insoluble, the
remainder is dissolved away, and the portions nf the
glass, etc., so left exposed are etched with hydrofluoric
or other acid. According to this invention, the surface
to be treated is coated with a solution of asphalte in
spirit of turpentine. The matter to be etched is drawn
or engraved on a lithographic stone or steel plate, from
Improvements in thcMuu ufacture ofPorons Earthenware.
H. J. Allison, London. From C. G. Gilman, Iowa,
U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 15,579, Nov. 30, 18S6. Od.
Clay is mixed with vegetable matter, cut in short
lengths, pressed, dried, burnt in a kiln and shaped with
edged tools to the desired form.— E. G. C.
The Manufacture of Opaque Glass of a Xeu- Colour. E.
Moore, South Shields. Eng. Pat, 4822, March 31,
1 887. 4d.
A light brown or f iwn colour is imparted to opaque
glass, by adding to the ordinary batch used in making
the glass any of the following substances : — Flowers of
sulphur, calcined oats, or other calcined cereal, vine
stalks, etc. — E. G. C.
IX.— BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS, MORTARS
AND CEMENTS.
Improvements in the Processes and Manufacture of
Cement in a Powdered Stale, and the Apparatus relating
thereto. F. W. S. Stokes, London. Eng. Pat. 788$,
June 12, 1S86. Is. Id.
This is an improved process which consists in introduc-
ing finely powdered slurry or other cement material,
while held in suspension in air or gas, into a chamber,
subjecting it therein, while still held in suspension, to
the action of heat, and then separating the particles of
cement from the gases or products of combustion.
Various improvements in apparatus, etc., are described
in detail in the specification,— E. G, C,
548
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. 31. i?ot.
X.— METALLURGY, Etfi.
Which Formof Blast Furnace least hinders theregular
descent of the Charge.1 P. VV. Lurmann. Stall]
u. Eisen, 1887, 163.
The author considers thai the charge rests more lightly
in a furnace without, than in one with boshes. A wide
furnace with hut slightly contracted area gives free
space for the descent of the charge and is indeed
practically without boshes ; but a furnace in which the
retarding action of the boshes on the downcoming
materials makes itself felt even in the centre, is
objectionable. A charcoal furnace built on the author's
principle was run regularly on grey, mottled or white
irons of extremely high quality, working steadily and
without derangement for fifteen months. It was
9 651 metres high, 1*25 metres in diameter beneath, and
1 10 metres at the mouth ; from below, to a height of
1-255 metres, it rose cylindrically, and was thence evenly
reduced in diameter, making an inclination of 1J with
the vertical. The furnace was of lOcbm. capacity, and
produced on an average BOOOkilos. per -24 hours, equiva-
lent to 1 ton of metal per diem per 1 (iTcbm. capacity —
thus comparing favourably with the larger coke furnaces
in (Germany and in the Cleveland district, of which the
outputs are 1 ton per 3cbm. and per lOcbm. respectively.
On blowing out the furnace it was found that the
greatest diameter was at the tuyeres, from which the
writer concludes that the shoulder of the boshes is quite
unnecessary. — W. G. M.
properties. The correctness of the theory that the
heating of the blast facilitate s the reduction of deleterious
bodic s, is therefore reasonably open to doubt. \V. (I. M.
Notes on the Recovery of Copper, Lead and SUver.Jrom
Rio Tinto Burnt Ore. Chem. Zeit. 11, 753 and 785.
The burnt ore coming from the pyrites kilns tests as
follows : —
Fe-,03 77 00 — 7S'00 %
FeS 3"7o — 4-00
CuO 2-75 — 2!)0
S 3-00 — 8-50
CuS Io0 — 1-75
Pb 0-30 — O'.iil
Ag 0-0025— 00050
The result of a year's working (ISSli) at a well-managed
works was as follows : —
Chemical Notes for Fovndrymcn. Otto Gmelin.
Oesterr. Zttehr. f. Berg. n. Hutlenw. Is>7, 155.
(hi the Introduction of the Blast and the Formation
of Carbonic Oxide in the Cvpola and matters connected
therewith. — The lowest /one of the charge should, as far
as practicable, be evenly penetrated by the blast, to
ensure complete combustion and a uniformly high tem-
perature. The blast pressure for large cupolas should
not exceed 55cm. of water, and should be even less for
those of which the shaft diameter is under 800mm. ; a
stronger blast produces a cold blown metal. Two
tuyeres "ill generally lie sufficient, but the actual
number is of little consequence, provided that the re-
lation of the aggregate areas of the tuyeres to that of the
shaft be not less than 1 : 2'5 : the arrangement of tuyeres
in two superposed bands has no advantages over the
usual disposition. The diameter of the shaft should not
excet (1 900mm. ; works requiring to run down more than
(jOOOkilos. per hour would find two cupolas preferable to
one of larger size. Finding that a cupola gives so much
the more favourable results the lower ihe zone of high
temperature is maintained, the author has constructed a
water-cooled furnace with double sheet metal casing,
and has found it to give most satisfactory results.
— W. G. M.
Improvements in the Process of obtaining Alloys of
Aluminium with Copper ami with other Metals. J.
(lark, Birmingham. Eng. Pat. 10,594, August IS,
1SS6. (id.
HYDRATED aluminium chloride, obtained by treating
clay or other aluminous matter with aqua recjia or
commercial hydrochloric acid, is heated with a [educing
agent; a mixture of 3i parts of granulated zinc with 1
part of iron borings is preferred, but ammonia or its
bicarbonate may be employed instead. The residue is
then mixed with a suitable proportion of shot copper
and with fluxes, and fused in crucibles to melt the
alloy, and to volatilise the chlorides of the reducing
metals— W. G. M.
Burnt Ore worked up.
Metallic Copper.
Sulphiite of Lea '.
silver Preaipitate.
Flue-dust.
10.000.0CO Kilos.
ljs.000 Kilos.
71,000 Kilos.
3,109 Kilos.
30,000 Kilos.
(28 „ Pb)
(48 . Pb)
(20 _ C'u)
(1-1-5 % Ag)
[20 . Ag)
(.-. Pb)
(0G01S \ Au)
(0 031 \ An)
On the Influence of a Heated Blast on the Composition
of the resulting Pig Iron. A. Ledebur. Stahl u.
Eisen, 1SS7, 10S.
The author has experimented with two samples of
foundry pig produced from precisely the same materials,
but one with a heavy charge of fuel and with cold blast,
the other with a blast heated to 350" C. The fractures
were alike that of a good grey charcoal pig ; the only
noteworthy differences in composition being observed in
the percentages of carbon and silicon, the carbon in
the cold blast metal being 4363, and in the hot blast
iron 4063 — an increase in the former, due probably to
the longer period of exposure to the carburiring in-
fluences, owing to the greater proportion of fuel in the
charge. The silicon was lower in the cold blast pig, the
proportion being 0*635; 1*168. Hence it is probable
that the cold blast metal was slightly the stronger of the
two. The question whether foreign earths existing in
the charge are mote largely reduced at the higher tem-
perature of the hot blastfurnace is negatived by the
fact that aluminium, titanium, calcium and mag-
nesium are rarely found in the pig mid never in sufficient
quantity to i'nlluence appreciably its mechanical
-S. H.
Imp/art minis in the Vendue! inn and Treatment of Steel.
R. Hadlield, Sheffield. Eng. Pat. 566, Jan. 13, 1S86.
6d. Amended Specification.
The emendation consists in a slight variation of the
amounts of silicon and manganese originally employed.
— W. G. M.
XL- FATS, OILS AND SOAP MANUFACTURE.
Improvements in the Treatment of Fish and other
Matters t<i Extract till or Fat therefrom and in Appa-
ratus to be employed therein. J. S. Edwards, East-
bourne. Eng. Pat. 6736, May 19, 1SS6. Bd.
The fish or other material is placed in a closed vessel,
connected with a steam boiler by pipes which run both
from its top ami bottom. A constant circulation of hot
water is thereby maintained, so that the fat is w ashed out.
From the mixture thus obtained, the fat is separated
by simple subsidi nee. In some cases, pumps may be
used to draw or suck the hot water through, or any
other liquid heavier than the fat, as e.g. petroleum,
may be employed. Drawings arc given.— NY. L. C,
auk. 3i, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
549
On the Non-acid Constituents of Bees-wax. F. R.
Schwalb. Arch. I'liarm. 13, 979.
The author has carefully re-investigated the matter
with the following results:— (1) Besides higher fatly
acids and alcohols, beeswax contains hydrocarbons, two
of which boiling at 60o" and 68° were isolated. (2) The
highest melting alcohol has the formula C, , II , ,< * (not
C3I)H|,0, as stated by Brodie). (3) Besides mvricylal-
cohol, beeswax contains cervl alcohol (C .. . 11 .,, ( >), and
a third alcohol (C.,- H5.,< .>).— F. W. T. K. '
always very slightly cooler than the fatty matters,
instead of being much hotter, as is often the case, much
to the detriment of the distilled product. Another
feature of the apparatus is that the latent heat Of the
fatty acid vapours is utilised to heat the fatty acids that
are to be distilled, when the apparatus is worked con-
tinuously. Great economy in fuel, and great improve-
ment in the product?, are claimed for the arrangement.
-W.L.i.
Improvements in Apparatus for Expressing Oil from
Oleaginous Substances, and for similar purposes.
H. H. Lake, London. From La Socielc Anonyme
du Compresseur Jourdan, Paris, Fiance. Eng. 1'at.
10.S33, August 24, 1SS6. lid.
The apparatus consists of a hydraulic press with two
rams and two receptacles so arranged that while the
compressed cakes are being prepared in or removed
from one, fresh material for compression can be intro-
duced into the other. The apparatus therefore performs
double the work of an ordinary press. In some casc>
the receptacles are mounted on rollers and transported
fiom the compressing ram to the emptying rams. Filter
plates of peculiar and special construction are employed.
Elaborate drawings are given. — W. L. C.
XII— PAIKTS, YAMISHES AND EESIKS.
On the Changes which Vulcanised Caoutchouc undergoes.
Balland.v Pbarm. (.'him. 15, 417.
VBEY elastic caoutchouc tubing becomes gradually
covered with white spots, which penetrate into the in-
terior, in consequence of which the caoutchouc loses some
of its elasticity. Later, the tubes break on stretching,
even if previously laid in warm water, and finally they
crack if pressed between the lingers. This change the
author puts down to a very slow formation of sulphuric
acid by the action of moist air on the sulphur contained
in the caoutchouc. By frequent washing with slightly
alkaline water the action of the acid is prevented. Tubes
which were wa.-hed live or six times a-) ear remained
perfectly elastic. — A. K.
-1 Process for the Treatment of Wool Fat to Produce
Unguent Material therefrom. H. W. Langbeck, Lon-
don. Eng. Pat. 11,192, Sept. 12, 1S86. 6d.
The raw fat is treated with solvents, such as a mixture
of alcohol and carbon disulnhide, to remove the fatty
acids, cholesterin, etc., and the remaining fat is treated
with animal charcoal (preferably "Prussia waste"), and
from this mixture the pure wool fat is dissolved out by
benzine, naphtha, etc., the solvent being in its turn
removed by the injection of steam. — AY. L. C.
An Improved Washing Ponder. J. E. Quajle, Liver-
pool. Eng. Pat. 11,560, Sept. 11, 1886. " 4d.
Carbolic acid hard soap and the ordinary dry soap of
commerce are dried and ground together in equal
weights.— W. L. C.
A New or Improved Process for Oxidising Oils and Fats
and other Organic Substances. C. Schill and C.
Seilacher, Stuttgart, Germanv. Eng. Pat. 12,799,
Oct. 6, 1886. 6d.
Train oil or other fat, heated to 120° C, is supplied to
an injector apparatus, which is worked by heated air at 4
or 5 atmospheres' pressure. The "grease-mist'' thus pro-
duced is condensed in suitable chambers. Ozonised air,
or a mixture of air and ammonia, may be employed with
advantage in some cases. — W. L. C.
Obtaining certain Products or Substances from Essence
of Birch-Bark, and utilising thi tame in the Manu-
facture or Production of certain Compounds or
Substances. W. L. Wise, London. From E. Mourlot,
Paris, France. Eng. Pat. 7903, June 12, 1886. 6d.
The inventor obtains from essence of birch bark, by
rectification, an essential oil, which possesses among
other properties that of being fatal to " insect life," and
an electrically insulating tarry substance. These two
products are "so treated and combined with other sub-
stances as to produce an ami oxidising material and an
insulating substance capable of the same applications
as ebonite. Among the other ingredients employed, in
additon to the products from the essence of birch baik,
are caoutchouc, sulphur, chalk, talc, litharge, antimony
sulphide, kaolin, zinc white and red ochre. — E. G. C.
A Process far Extracting Oil or other Lubricants from
Greasy Waste or Cleaning Cloths, and for Making the
Extracted Grease into Soap. S. Schotield. Eng. Pat.
5960, April 23, 18S7. 4d.
The cloths, etc., to be extracted are put into a washing
machine with an alkaline solution. The soapy water
thus produced is decomposed with acid, the lesulting
rough grease pressed and, if desired, re-saponified.
— W. L. C.
Method and Apparatus for Distilling Fatt;/ Acids by
Means of Superheated Stea/n. W. Sanzenbacher and
S Tanatar, Odessa, Russia. Eng. Pat. 69S6, May 12,
1887. Sd.
In the ordinary plant for distilling fats, the steam is
superheated in a furnace separate from the still. In the
arrangement here patented, the superheating coils are
inside the still, and are so arranged that, until the steam
reaches 200° C, it escapes into the air, after which it is
turned into the fatty matters. The steam is, therefore,
.1 New or Improved Manufacture and Process of
Production of Material that can be used as or in the
Making of Substitutes for Indiarubber, Varnish,
Icon/. WhaUboni and other Substances. F. Greening,
I x bridge. Eng. Pat. S442, June 2d, 1SS6. 6d.
Fibrous substance of any suitable kind, such as
paper, old rag, grass, cotton, etc., is saturated with a
mixture of sulphuric acid and potassium nitrate, and
maintained for about 2(1—24 hours at a temperature of
from 75' to 90 F. The converted fibre is then freed from
excess of the mixture by pressure or otherwise, washed
with water and dried sutlieiently to be submitted to a
suitable bath for neutralising the excess of acid. 'Such
a bath mav be of liquid carbonic acid, or carbonic acidgas
may be used. The tibious mass is to be thorougnly
impregnated with the carbonic acid, and afterwards
allowed to dry ; when dry it will be ready to be treated
with a suitable solvent or solvents.'' A ?uitable solvent
is produced as follows :— To lOOgalls. of methylated
alcohol are added from 25— 301b. of refined colophony,
from 10 — 121b. gum benzoin and from SO — 1001b. of
castor oil. The mixture is distilled until the tempera-
ture reaches 300—320' F., and the distillate is dried
by quicklime or calcium chloride. The residue
in the retort is suitable for waterproofing or for mixing
with the prepared base before described.— E. G. C.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Indiarubber
Waterproof Textile Fabrics. P. M. Matthew, jun.,
Edinburgh. Eng. Pat. 9337, July 19, 1886, 6d.
FOR several years waterproof textures have been made
by coating various fabrics with a thin film of india-
rubber, and coating the surface so obtained with a layer
530
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [AuB.Sl,lS8T.
of farina or other substance capable of producing a
lustrous or ornamental effect. This inventor covers the
indiarnbber surface with some light fabiic of an open
nature, such as lace or similar material, in such a
manner that the greater part oi the robber surface
remains exposed. The network or open fabric is attached
under considerable pressure to the rubber surface while
the latter is still tacky or adhesive. The farina or
other ornamental material is then spread over the whole
surface, and adheres to those portions of the india-
rubber which are still exposed. The fabric may be
vulcanised either before or after the application of the
farina or ornamental powder. — E. G. C.
Improvements relating to means for rendering Tex-
tile Fabrics and other Substances Impermeable, or
for Protecting them from Injury by Moisture. W.
1!. Lake, London. From C. Orlay, Milan, Italy. Eng.
Pat. 10,828, August 24, 1886. 6d.
The inventor claims to be able to retain acetate of alu-
mina in the libre. " by means of a pitchy varnish, insolu-
ble and not powdery, without however obstructing the
pores of the fabric." This substance, according to the
nature of the fabric and its colour, is applied in either a
dry or a hot state, after they have been subjected to
baths of acetate of alumina, soap and alum, and after
tliev have been diied in a drying sto\e at about 30° C.
The soap bath is made up with either a solution
of soap of 1,2 or 3 per cent, or an emulsion of soap,
paraffin and resin. The alum bath contains 4 per cent,
of alum. For cloth, a gall-nut bath comes before the
alumina process and then Btoving with hot plates not
exceeding 36 — 40" C. The next process consists in treating
with the following substances :— Paraffin wax, wax and
vaselin, the proportions of each varying according to
the nature and thickness of the fabric. A metallic
soap, such as of iron, copper, zinc or the like may be
added according to the colour desired. Besides for
paper, pasteboard, etc., this preparation also serves for
treating leather, hides, ropes, etc., also for the manufac-
ture of awnings.— H. A, K.
Manufacture of Material for Jit mural of Old Paint. M.
Benedictus, Brussels, Belgium. Eng. Pat. 10,960,
August 27, IS86. 6d.
This invention relates to the manufacture of a material
which, when laid by a brush or spatula on old paint,
has, in the course of an hour or h ss, such action on the
paint that the whole can be readily sponged ell' with
water without any scraping. The material in question
consists of a mixture of water, (lour or meal, alum, black
soap, with caustic soda and caustic potash. — E. G. C.
Improvements in Making WhitePaint, J. B. Hannay,
Dumbarton, and E. J. Pape, Oxton. Eng. Pat. 9581,
July 24, 1886. 4d.
Oxide of zinc is combined with a white pigment, con-
sisting principally of sulphite or chlorosulphite of lead,
the mixture being subsequently ground up with a suit-
able oil or medium to form the paint. — E. G. C.
The Manufacture (if a Transparent Flexiblt Material
Suitable for all Purposes when a Transparent, Flexibl<
ami Light Material is required, such as a Base for
Photographic Pictures, Transparent Show Cards,
Artistic It'"/'/.', Similar and other Purposes. F. H.
Froedman, Dublin. Eng. Pat. 10,659, August 20,
1S86. 6d.
This invention consists in rendering gelatin or other
colloid insoluble with chromium salts and convert-
ing these bodies into colourless transparent and
pliable films by means of sulphurous acid or its com-
pounds. Gelatin is softened in water, then dissolved
in a certain quantity of water on the water-bath and
bichromate of potash added. Alcohol, and if necessary
a small proportion of glycerine, is also added. Clean
glass plates which have been dusted with French chalk
are coated with enamel collodion, and when set, immersed
in water till the coated surface is free from greasiness.
The plates are then coated with the hot gelatin solution
and dried at 65—70° F. When dry they are exposed
to light and then washed in water, after which they are
immersed in a solution of sulphurous acid or its com-
pounds, and when sufficiently acted on are thoroughly
washed and the n dried. The following is a mixture
which may be used advantageously :— Best hard gelatin
3 parts, water 24 parts, 4 parts of a 6 per cent, solution
of bichromate of 1 otash, alcohol 4 parts, glycerin J part.
— B. H.
Improvements in Apparatus fur the Manufacture of
Varnish. W. L. Wise, London. From P. Lehmann,
Dresden, Germany. Eng. Pat. 6323, April 30, 1887. 6d.
This inventor claims— (1) an apparatus heated by super-
heated steam for melting resins, such as amber and copal,
consisting mainly of a melting vessel provided with a
rising body and cover, and surrounded by a steam jacket;
and (2) the use in conjunction with this apparatus of a
vessel, surrounded by a steam jacket, into which the
waste steam from the melting apparatus is introduced,
to heat the oil varnish before and during its mixture with
the melted resin. — E. t ;. C.
Improvements in Compositions for the Manufacture of
Articles hi/ Moulding, Carving or Turning, or of
Varnish and Lacquer, and tor similar Purposes.
H. H. Lake, London. From E. N. Todd, Newark, New
Jersey, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 6870, May 10, 1887. 4d.
The object of this invention is to effect the solution or
conversion of soluble nitrocellulose by means of a
" latent solvent " other than camphor, and also to enable
solutions of pyroxylin dissolved in any of the known
solvents and mixed with any of the known menstrua,
to be used as lacquers or varnishes, which shall be
free from iridtscence or irregularities. These de-
siderata are attained by the use of balsam of tolu,
which the inventor has found to be a -'latent solvent "
of pyroxylin, in place of camphor. — E. G. C.
Imj rorements in the Manvfwluri of 1'ii ment or Paint.
H. H. Lake, London. From J. P. Perkins, Pullman,
U.S.A. Erg. Pat. 75C4, May 25, 1887. 6d.
The inventor reduces silicate iion slag to a granular or
pulverulent form, calcines it and niixis it with oil or
some other suitable vehicle. Colouring matters may be
added, with the \iew of pn dueing other than the
natural shades of the calcined material. — E. G. C.
Improvements in the Preparation of Fireproofmg Fluids
or Faints, to be applied to Tut Hi and other Inflam-
mable Mali rials. G. Harrison and U. Trimming,
London. Eng. Pat. 7809, May 28, 1887. 4d.
The articles to be tireproofed are dipped in a solution
prepared by adding to one gallon of water sixteen
ounces each of ammonium sulphate, powdered boiax,
and potash alum, and one ounce of boracic acid. After
immersion, the materials are wrung out, dried and
ironed in the ordinary way. The paint is prepared by
tiist mixing with the above preparation enough whiten-
ing to form a thin paste and then adding boiling size
until the mixture is thinned to the gauge of ordinary
paint. Any colour may be imparted to the paint in the
usual way. — E. G. C.
XIIL-TAMING, LEATHER, GLUE AND SIZE.
Tannin from Oak Wood. C. Bottinger. Ber. 20,
761-766.
The author has investigated the tannin of oak wood,
which has of late occurred largely in commerce in the
form of an extract. In order to separate the tannin he
used the method previously described by him (this
Journal, 1884, 526), which consists in converting it into
Aug. si. 188-.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
551
the acetyl compound. Acet-tannin from oak wood is a
greyish-white heavy powder, soluble in water and cold
alcohol, but insoluble in boiling absolute alcohol ; it
slowly loses acetic acid on exposure to the air. On
analysis it gives numbers corresponding to the formula
CigH.tCgHjOjgOg. Fused with potash it is decomposed,
yielding acetic acid, protocatechuie acid and an undeter-
mined phenol. It is also decomposed, yielding the corres-
ponding tannin by heating for two hours with water in a
sealed tube at 135' with frequent shaking and subsequent
treatment with water and absolute alcohol. The tannin
from oak wood thus purified forms a light yellow
hygroscopic powder readily soluble in water ; the aqueous
solution gives no precipitate with bromine, but a brown
precipitate with excess of caustic soda, a yellowish-
white precipitate with lead acetate and a tlocculent
precipitate with gelatine solution : with solutions
of the alkaline earths it only giv< s a precipitate after
addition of ammonia. When dried in a desiccator the
substance gives numbers corresponding to the formula
C16H,.,09 + 2H,,O, and on heating it loses 1 molecule of
water at 100' and the second at 125° without alteration
of properties. Tannin from oak wood is not soluble in a
mixture of bromineand water, differinginthisrespect from
the sumach-tannin and its acetyl compound. When
heated at 130' with bromine water, it appears to yield
the same substance as the bromine derivatives of oak-
bark tannin, hemlock tannin and the tannin of Terra
japonica.
The acet-tannin from oak wood when treated with
bromine in chloroform solution yields a substance which
appears to be a monobromo-derivative containing one
acetyl group. This substance can be easily converted
into a higher bromine derivative by adding excess of
bromine to the chloroform solution and warming the
precipitated oil at 40 — 50° ; the product has the composi-
tion C, sH.BrJC.H.OK),,.
The author concludes from the foregoing experiments
that oak-wood tannin is the methyl salt of digallic acid,
and that it has quite a different constitution to tannin,
as shown by its action towards bromine, alkalis and
moulds (PeniciUium glaitc., etc.). With the two latter it
forms gallic acid. — G. H. M.
Improvements in Treating Hide or Skins. J. Townsend,
Glasgow. Eng. Pat.'lO,9S7, Aug. 2S, 1S86. 6d.
The hides or skins are first steeped in a solution of
aluminate of soda or potash, containing lib. aluminate
per gallon. After a few days of this treatment the
hair can be removed. The hides or skins, having, by
preference, been washed with water, are next placed iii
a solution containing 2 — i per cent, of boracic acid, and
are again washed with water. The hides or skins may
be then tanned in the ordinary way or otherwise treated.
The treatment with boracic acid may also be used for
hides or skins which have been "limed," the boracic
acid removing the lime. Sulphate or other soluble salt
of alumina may be used along with the boracic acid, and
instead of first treating the hides or skins with aluminate
of soda or potash, or after so treating them, silicate of
soda or potash of a strength of about IS" Tw. niav be
used.— B. H.
Improvements in Apparatus for Drying Hides, Shins
and other Articles or Mali rials. j. H. I.orimer
Philadelphia, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 16,411, Dec 14
18S6. 8d.
This invention has reference to improved drying
apparatus, whereby the materials to be dried may be
passed through the apparatus in a limited time "and
exposed to mechanical air draughts. For this purpose
are provided one or more tubular passage ways or
chambers, through which trucks containing the material
to be dried are passed. The movement of the vehicle
through the chamber is made intermittent, being
arrested at certain distances by a suitable stop, and
this movement may be made either automatic or con-
trolled by hand. Through the chamber, in an op-
posite direction to the movement of the vehicle
air currents are caused to pass by a fan or other
mechanical means, and this air may be either cold or
heated, pure or impregnated with disinfecting or
bleaching substances. When desirable, two or more
passage ways may be connected together, so that a truck
can be run successively through each of them. Draw-
ings are given. — B. II.
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MAKUB.ES, Etc.
On the Assumed Loss of Nitrogen in Mixtures of Super'
phosphates with Nitre, u. GiUsefeld. Chem. Zeit.
11, 591.
The author describes experiments to prove that mix-
tures of superphosphate with nitre suffer no loss of
nitrogen, and attributes the reason of the loss in such
cases where it has been known to occur to the adventi-
tious presence of free sulphuric acid. He shares the
opinion of Peterman in opposition to that of Andouard
on this question. — G. H. B.
On
A.
the Action of Superphosphates on NitraU s,
Andouard. Compt. Bend. 1C4, 583 — 585.
The author's experiments show that mixtures of Chili
saltpetre and superphosphates experience a great loss of
; nitrogen, due to the formation of nitric acid and its sub-
sequent reduction. A marked diminution in organic
nitrogen is also found tooccur. Mixtures to which ammo-
nium sulphate had been added showed a loss of ammo-
niacal nitrogen as well. The decomposition starts at
temperatures between 25 — 30C. , but once started it goes on
even at 15 — 12° C. An intimate mixing of superphos-
phate with Chili saltpetre should, therefore, be avoided.
— F. W. T. K.
On the Relations between Plants and Inorganic Nitrogen
Compounds. Dr. H. Molisch (Akademie der Wissens-
chaften, Wien). Chem. Zeit. 11, GOT.
The following are the most important results arrived at
by the author: — 1. Nitrates occur throughout the vege-
table kingdom, but are found in much larger quantities
in herbaceous plants than in trees. 2. Nitrites,
although occurring frequently in the soil, were not
found in any of the plants (100) investigated. Nitrites,
when absorbed by the plants, are rapidly reduced ; and
this is clearly the reason why they can never be
detected. On the other hand, nitrates may remain
without change within the plant-cells for weeks or even
months. 3. Even in dilute solutions (01 to 001 per
cent.), nitrites— unlike nitrates— act prejudicially upon
some plants. 4. When plants are supplied with
nitrogen in the form of nitrites or ammonia, they are
| never found to contain nitrates ; it follows from this
that their nitric acid is not produced by the oxidation
either of nitrous acid or ammonia. Contrary to the
views of Berthelot and Andre, plants (with perhaps the
exception of bacteria) have not the power of convert-
ing nitrogen compounds into nitrates. Plants obtain
their nitrates simply by absorption ; and when they
contain more than the soil, the apparent production is
only due to a process of accumulation. 5. Diphenyl-
amine dissolved in sulphuric acid is a convenient
reagent for detecting nitrates under the microscope :
but the reaction is sometimes masked by the action of
the acid upon the tissues. 6. The communication
contains some further observations upon the localised
occurrence of substances which produce a blue colour,
both with guaiacum emulsion and potassium iodide
starch paste.— D. E. J.
On the Composition of Thomas Slag. Bucking and Linck-
Stahl u. Eisen, 7, 245.
It has been incorrectly supposed that the crystalline
concretions formed in the cellular spaces in Thomas
slag and the coarsely crystalline phosphatic slags con-
sist almost entirely of tetrabasic calcium phosphate. If
the not too finely-powdered slag be sifted from the fine
B
552
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Atig. si. 1887.
lin.-t, and the particles of iron be removed by magnets,
a further separation ran be effected by means of solu-
tions of high specific gravity, and the three must im-
portant bodies contained in the slag n aj i e si parately
obtained in a homogeneous condition suitable for
erystallogiaphic observation. The authors found :-
1. Slender six sided needles, the ends showing usually a
cleavage on which smooth pyramidal faces were not
observed. The chemical composition corresponded
nearly to the formula A< !a PsOs - e'a.Sio., so that the
phosphoric acid is tribasic in this compound, as is
further proved by the yellow precipitate of silver
phosphate pioduced with a solution of silver nitrate.
In many respects these crystals resemble apatite and
may be considered as closely analogous thereto. 2.
A body difficult to isolate from the two accompanying
forms, crystallising in the monoclinic system and
approximating in composition to the formula -il'a I' ..O.
+ 3Ca,Si06. The crystals are very small, possessing a
brilliant lustre and showing a striking dichroism
between light blue and intense blue. 3. The principal
constituent of the coarsely crystalline phosphalic slags.
It crystallises sometimes in thin plates J to Anim. in
thickness and 5 to 15mm. in length, sometimes quite
clear and colourless, sometimes more or less coloured
and cloudy and holding particles of slag. The crystals
belong to the rhombic system and correspond nearly to
the formula Ca^PjO,. Other compounds found in
Thomas slag are still under investigation.— G. H. B.
Is Nitric Add funned in the Higher Plants/ U.
Kreusler. Ber. £0, 999— 1C01.
The author has canied out a series of experiments
with potatoes in order to ascertain whether the nitrates
which are generally found in growing plants are
formed from other nitrogenous constituents during
the growth of the plant, or are directly obtained
from the surrounding media. The results lead
the author to the conclusion that nitrates are not
formed during the growth, but that the condi-
tions of their presence must be looked for outside the
plant.— G. H. M.
Investigation on the Water Capacity of Soils. Part II.
E. Wollny. Agriculturphysik, 18S6, 361— 378.
For the first communication (see Bied. Centr. 15, 225),
the author arrives at the following conclusions, based on
his experiments : — I. The water capacity (measured by
volumes) of a soil diminishes with a rise in temperatuie.
The opposite is the case with peat. This diminution is
relatively greater the larger the pores in the soil. II. («)
The freezing of the water in soils usually causes a dimi-
nution in their water capacity. (b) This latter result
is merely transient in the case of soils of only a slightly
cohesive character — i.e., coarsely granular, sandy, poor
in vegetable matter. It is of a more permanent natui e
in the case of soils which show a tendency to form
crams— e.g., finely granular, argillaceous soils, or soils
rich in vegetable matter, (c) The result mentioned in
(n) is more marked, the greater the quantity of water in
the soil, and the more frequently (within certain limits)
the fiosts alternate with thaws. (<l) In the case of
crummy soils the duration of the diminished water hold-
ing capacity may be materially altered, and even con-
verted into an increased capacity if there are frequent
alternations of frost and thaw or 'the crnms are loosely
aggregated, as this facilitates the breaking up of the
crums into a finer state. An explanation of these
facts is the increased or diminished aggregation of
the soil, resulting from the freezing of the water in the
soil. III. (cc) The water holding capacity of a coarsely
granular soil is increased by the presence of even a very
thin (3— 5cm.) difficultly permeable subsoil — c../., clay.
The more so, the nearer the latter is to the surface. This
effect is mote marked the greater the difference in water
capacity of the upper and lower soils. \l,\ An easily
permeated subsoil only slightly increases the water
capacity of the soil above it, if the latter is of a finely
granular or argillaceous character, but diminishes its
(rapacity if it is more coarsely granular,— F. \\. T. K,
Experiments with Herts in Manured Sand. A. Tag-
noul. Bull, de I'Assoc. des ('him., 1887,12.
Tilt: sand employed was free from chalk and organic
matter and contained only traces of alumina, clay, iron,
potash and phosphoric acid. The object of the experi-
ments was to determine what effect the various fertilisers
had on the growth of beets when supplied in various
forms. The fertilisers, used either alone or in combina-
tion, were (a) Chili saltpetre (15'5 per cent, nitrogen),
ammonium sulphate ('20 per cent, nitrogen), ammonium
nitrate and dried blood. (6) Potassium chloride (50 per
cent.) (c) Superphosphate, Thomas slag (7 per cent. P»Os),
and a natural finely powdered phosphate from the l'ernes
deposits (20 per cent. PjOg.) (d) Calcium carbonate.
The unmanured sand and that to which no phosphates
had been added gave practically no results. The addition
of phosphates in all cases produced a marked increase in
production, the improvement being least marked with
the natural phosphate, and not much better with the
Thomas slag. The use of carbonate of lime always
caused an increased production. Manuring with coarsely
crushed oil-cake gave good results, though the develop-
ment of the plants was slightly retarded, and the diiiu-
sion of the fertilising juices does not seem to go on very
uniformly in this case. Deficiency of potash appears to
diminish the quantity of sugar in the beets; at the same
time the soda salts and consequent impurities show a
considerable increase. A deficiency of soda and potash
considerably lowers the yield of beets, and consequently
of sugar, though the amount of sugar in the beets them-
selves is apparently not lessened. Experiment shows,
that though the beets take up soda, they absorb \ otash
in preference, as the amount of soda in beets grown in
the soil to which potash had been added was less than in
the cases where the potash had been omitted. The eon-
version of ammonia into nitric acid was also observed,
especially where a sufficient quantity of potash and soda
was present.— F. \V. T. K.
Employment of the Lye from the (Strontium Idethcd)
Siigar Factories as a Manuring Agent. L.Kuntze. Organ
des Centr. Verein'sf. Bubenzucker Ind. 1S87, 125—131.
The author has been continuing his experiments on the
fertilising power of a manure prepared by mixing 25
parts of peat dust with 100 parts of the lye (concentrated
to 40° B.). This lye contains 3 — 22 per cent, of nitro-
genous matter, and between 13 — 14 per cent, and 7 — S
per cent, of potash respectively. Manuring experi-
ments weTe carried out with (a) the dilute lye
as obtained directly from the presses ; (6) the concen-
trated lye mixed with peat dust ; (c) the lye
mixed with the mud from the clarifying vats. The
dilute lye was employed with good results as a manure
for hay, and also for beet and c)o\er fields (directly after
gathering the crops) intended for winter wheat and oats.
Potato lield,s should not be treated with the lye, as the
potatoes are said to acquire the taste of the he. Experi-
ments with the second foim ot manure gave goc d tesults
with wheat, barley and leets ; 4 — 6 centners of the loose
sandy mass were used permorgen. These manures seem
particularly to affect the strength of the stalks. The
mixture of the hot lye with the mud offers a convenient
means of keeping the lye constituents for a long time
without loss. Five to six cart loads of this manure per
morgen ( j hectare) gave good results. Large quantities
of straw, which only undergo slow decomposition when
mixed with ordinary stable dung, are converted into
good manure in four to six weeks by treatment with the
hot lye— F. W. T. K.
On the Direct Fixing of Gaseous Atmospheric Nitrogen by
Soils. N. Berthelo't. Compt Rend. 94, 205—209.
Previous experiments of the author have shown that
clay and clayey sand soils directly absorb the nitrogen of
the atmosphere. The fixing of the nitrogen appears to
be brought about by means of micro-organisms, which
first take it up. This fixing of the nitrogen goes on, both
in a soil free from vegetation, or with grass on it, in the
open air and in closed vessels. The above soils were
Aug. 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
553
almost free from nitrogen ami organic matter. Experi-
ments which t he author lins now carried out with
arable land containing more or lets nitrogen, show a
similar increase in nitrogen, both when kept under cover
ami exposed to rain : only m the latter case the increase
of nitrogen was greater, no donbt, on account of the more
thorough airing of the soil, which assists the develop-
ment of the organisms. The necessary corrections were
made for the small quantities of nitrogen compounds in
the air and rain water. — F. \Y. T. K.
Chemical Investigations on the Feeding and Detelop-
ment of the Silkworm (Bombyx Mart). O. Kellner,
T. Kakizaki, V. Matsuoka and P. Joss. Landw.
Versuchstationen, 33, 381—382.
PREVIOUS experiments had shown that 1000 caterpillars,
fed on a quantity of leaves = 5162-(jgrnis. of dry leaves,
ate 2172grms. of dry substance, and digested 771'2
grms. The following experiments were carried
out to determine approximately the minimum amount of
food necessary to insure the complete development of
the larvae. A hatch of caterpillars was divided into three
lots. Lot I. received a quantity of leaves equivalent
to the following quantities of dry substance : —
Period I. II. III. IV. V.
Substance! 19'2Srrns- "2-cgrms.2ir8grms. 948"5grms. 3S13-5grms.
Lot [I. received two-thirds of this, and Lot III. one-half
of the quantity. The quantity of food given to
Lot 1. proved perfectly sufficient. Lot II. was
insufficiently fed, anil Lot III. still more so.
The development of Lots II. and III. progressed
very irregularly, and the mortality was greater in each
successive lot. The periods of eating, too.were lengthened
and the shedding retarded. The insufficient feeding
produceda marked ellect on the yield of the more valuable
portion of the cocoon. The larva' (5th period) cocoons
and butterflies of Lot III. were found to contain a higher
percentage of mineral and nitrogenous matter than those
of Lot L, though Lot I. yielded a greater amount of
fat and non-nitrogenous matter. As in previous experi-
ments other non-nitrogenous matter besides fat was
found in the larvae which were leady to spin.
— F. W. T.K.
Investigations on the Solubility of Gypsum in Solutions
of Ammonium Suits. S. (John. J. Prakt. Chem.
27, 1887, 43— 5G.
AMMONIUM SULPHATE, chloride, nitrate and acetate all
increase the solubility of gypsum. It is most soluble in
solutions of the acetate, next of the nitrate, then the sul-
phate and finally the chloride. The sulphate probably
forms a more soluble double salt ; with the other am
monium salts, double decomposition probably takes
place. The formation of double salts probably plays a
less important part in these cases. For the tame weight
of salt, the power of reacting on the gypsum is greatest
in the c ise of the acetate, then follows the chloride,
the nitrate and lastly the sulphate. This power
rapidly increases with dilution. — F. W. T. K.
ground only half as much of b. A large pyramidal tree
or wall fruit tree requires about 250grms. of u and
l.JOgrms. of l>. Small border trees require fjOgrms. of
a and 40grms. of 6. — F. W. T. K.
Man me for Fruit-trees in Winter. Prof. P. Wagner.
Bied. Cent. 16, 357.
FOB this purpose a mixture of (a) potassium chloride
(50 ) and superphosphate (20\ ) in equal parts, is recom-
mended. In November the mixture should be strewn
over the whole area covered by the foliage and incor-
porated with the soil, together with ordinary stable dung.
In February, Chili saltpetre (6) should be spread over the
surface. The latter should also be strewn on the paths
if the trees Hank or overshadow them. The Chili-salt-
petre may be omitted if the trees show a good develop-
ment both in wood and leaves but do not bear much
fruit. If the trees, however, are defective in all three
points, the saltpetre is indispensable. The treatment
should do equally well for ornamental trees and bushes.
A strong fruit tree requires lkilo. of a and Akilo. of b.
Weaker trees require proportionately less and in moist
Improvements in the Treatment of Manure and other
Organic Matters and in the Production therefrom of
Ammonia and Residual Products free from Ammonia.
W. F. Nast, St. Louis, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 15.SS7,
Dec. 4, 1SS0. ed.
This invention relates to the extraction of the fixed
nitrogen in the form of ammonia. It has been found
that the presence of sodium chloride greatly facilitates
the liberation of ammonia by limeat an elevated tempera-
ture.— S. H.
XV— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
The Sugars from- Besperidin and Naringin. W. Will.
Ber. 20, H So— ll'JO.
The author has previously shown (this Journal, 1SS7, 449)
that naringin and hesperidin are closely related chemically.
It was, however, supposed that the former glucoside gai e
isodulcite on treatment with dilute acid, while the latter
yielded dextrose by the same treatment. He has now
shown that each substance yields a mixture of isodulcite
and dextrose. The former he separated in a crystalline
state and analysed, whilst the latter was obtained as
phenylglucosazone by means of Fischer's reaction with
pbenylhydrazine. Isodulcite also gives a compound
with this reagent, but it can be easily separated from the
dextrose compound by its solubility in acetone.
— G. H. M.
On the Work of the Bruthing Cylinders in the Manu-
facture of Starch. Ztschr. f. Spir. Ind. 1.S87, 810.
The use of the cvlindirs is solely to separate from the
crushed inatter such quantities of starch as have
already been set free : they themselves have no freeing
action, for Saaren has found as much as 635 and 036 of
starch (calculated on the dry substance) in the residual
matter separated by them. — W. G. M.
On Sugar Cane. Journ. Fabr. Sucre, 1SS7, 15.
ACCORDING to Schickendantz, the cane contains sugar
and invert sugar : colouring matters bleached by
sulphur dioxide, precipitated by lime but asain dissolved
by excess of the precipitant : citric, oxalic, malic acid, and,
after longer storing, acetic acid : silicic and phosphoric
acids, of which the greater part passes away in the
separated solids : alkalis, which are found in the
molasses : organic substances : bases, pectin, albu-
menoids (not precipitated by tannic acid) and vaiious
carbohydrates. — W. CI. M,
On Alcoholic Polarisation of Sugar-Beet. Ztschr. f.
Zucker Ind. INS", 255.
DSGENEB has found that certain conditions in climate
and manuring cause the juice of the sugar-beet to become
optically active. This interferes considerably with the
exact results otherwise to be obtained with alcoholic
polarisation. As a remedy, the alcoholic solution should
be boiled, and, before polarising and after cooling, pre-
cipitated with lead acetate. Occasionally, as in the case
of molasses, reducing substances are present, but,
contrary to what has been expressed by others, invert
sugar is not one of these products. — A. K.
On Sugar Production without Bone-black Ztschr. f.
Zucker Ind. in Bohmen, 1SS7, 305.
The disuse of bone-black is considered to be gaining
ground. The sugar made thus is equally good, and easily
refinable with that in which this material has been
employed ; and at the Madgeburg Refinery, under the
management of Lach, and at that under Miksch, it has
32
55 1
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aue.si.uw.
already been very greatly reduced in quantity. It is
strongly recommended thai the treatment with limealone,
and the removal of the resulting slimes, should 1 fleeted
before saturation ■. the addition of the J per edit, of lime,
mixed with a small quantity of ground and washed eoke
dust, the remainder of the lime being added to the
filtered liquor, gives a firm hut porous precipitate, which
Jitters well and is easily fi i from sugar. Since the
oarbon dioxide cannot now decompose the precipitated
lime compounds, the juice shows a far higher decree of
purity than doe- that produced in the usual way.
-W. G. M.
—
Oxidation of Dextrosi I"! Red Oxide of Mercury and
Baryta Water. Ztschr. Ztieker [nd. ISsT, 337.
The oxidation was conducted by Herzfeld in the same
way as with levulose, using red oxide of mercury; the
yellow oxide acts too energetically. The oxidation
was considered to he complete, when the product ceased
to reduce Fehling's solution. The reaction yielded formic
and glycollic acids and a mixture of acids, consisting
principally of glyconic acid. The same products were
obtained by Haberman and Honig in the oxidation of
dextrose by hydrated cupric oxide. — G. H. B.
this simple operation the juice is clarified, purified and
bleached, and at the same time the levuline and innline
of the artichokes are converted into saccharine matter
which i- readily fermentable. After the reaction, which
takes place at 100 • '., is terminated the sulphurous acid
remaining in the stthstance is expelled by means of
steam, and the juice is filtered. For purposes of distil-
lation the juice may he used as it comes from the filter.
For breweries or wine factories it is concentrated to the
consistency of a syrup. For the production of glucose it
is further bleached by sulphurous acid. — A. .1. K.
A Process for the Manufacture of Artificial Gum. M.
Strasser, Germany. Eng. Pat. 10,481, August 10,
1886. 4d.
12'5KILOS. of sugar are powdered and boiled with a
mixture of 750grms. of fresh cow's milk previously boiled
and skimmed, 2'5kilos. of water and SOOgrms. of colour-
less 20 per cent, glycerin : into this mixture whilst boiling
are strained 25kilos. of 36 per cent, borax, the whole is
then cooled to 40° It. and poured into small moulds of
sheet iron, in which it sets into hard lumps which
may he broken up ami used as a gum substitute.
The boiling process lasts about three days. — A. J. K.
On Molasses Sugar-making according lo Le Franc. Bull.
Ass. C'him. ]*s7, 33.
PoiSSON has described the method employed in Tracy -
le-Yal for treating 3000ctrs, of beet and sOetrs. of
molasses daily. The cold diluted molasses (containing 8
to 9 per cent, of sugar) is stirred in S to 10 charges, with
very finely ground quicklime, until 3S to 40 parts are
dissolved for each 100 parts of sugar and a dibasic
saecharate is produced. The excess of lime is filtered
oil',' and the solution boiled ; the trihasic saecharate thus
precipitated is filtered, washed once or more by mashing
in boiling water, pressed and finally conveyed to the beet-
juice. The separated solution still retains one-third of
the sugar : it is therefore cooled, saturated with lime as
before, filtered, treated with calcium chloride and
caustic soda, and again boiled to separate the trihasic
saecharate, the liquid being now allowed to run to waste.
The cost per lOOkilos. molasses should be 19"2fr., which
would be made up as follows : — Molasses, 10 ; chemicals,
2 5 : coal, 0'9 ; wages, 1*65 : press-cloths, 19 : sundries,
2 25frs. The nett profit on the 95 per cent, of the sugar
obtained would he lOfr. at present, or by improved
methods, 15fr. — W. G. M.
Notes on Saccharates. W. Stromever. Arch. Pharm.
1887, 25, 2-29. *
Barium Socc/wrrnte.— Peligot has ascribed to this salt
the foi inula C ,. U ._._<> , ,.I!aO, whereas Stein believes its
constitution to he expressed by ( ', ,11 ,,„< >, „.Ba( >. The
author corroborates the previous formula.
Calcium Saecharate. - According 10 E. O. v. Lipp-
mami, cam- sugar may form mono-, di- and tii-cahiunisac-
eharates, thus-C, H .. ..<»,, .CaO - 2H O; I ', .11.. ..( >, ,.
2CaO + 2HsO; c, ,11,. ,< », ,.3i 'at M 311, i). The author
considers that Peligol's is the only method of preparing
the pure monocalcium -alt — viz., to add alcohol to a clear
lime solution containing an excess of sugar.
Aluminium Saecharate. Freshly precipitated and
pure aluminium hydroxide was mixed with a 10 percent.
sugar solution, and the mixture allowed to stand several
days. Very little aluminium hydroxide was dissolved.
' 'hromium Sue, ■hurul, ran he prepared in the same man-
ner as the previous salt. — A. II.
Improvement in the Treatment of Jerusalem Artichoke,
to prepari Distilling in the Manufacture
.,/' Glucose and .similar Industries. 11. J. Haddan,
London. From A. '/.. Ubampy. A. N. Charapy and L.
P. Champy, Brussels. Eng. Pat. 10,164, August 9,
1886. Od."
JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE in a state of greater or less
division is treated with sulphurous acid either alone or
in admixture with carlwnic acid or nitrogen gas. By
A. Rossi
Fng. Pat.
A Process for the manufacture of Gum.
and C. Hellfriseh, Offenbach, Germany.
10,873, August '25, 1880. 4d.
A SUBSTITUTE for gum arahic is prepared as follows : —
Starch, water and an acid (preferably sulphuric) are boiled
together under pressure until the originally pasty mass
begins to get fluid. The material is then neutralised
and again boiled, v hereby the free starch is converted
1 into gummy matter (gommaline). The product, con-
sisting of dextrin, gommaline, traces of glucose,
cellulose and the salts resulting from the neutralisa-
tion, is freid from cellulose and t lie salts in the
Taylor apparatus, and is then filtered through animal
charcoal. The limpid fluid so obtained may be concen-
trated by evaporation to a syiup or to dryness. The
product " is dear as water, hard like glass, ami
not hygroscopic," and can he used for most purposes
as a substitute for gum arahic, its adhesive power being,
nearly equal to that of the latter body. — A. J. K.
Improvements in Apparatus for Evaporating the Juice
cf Beet-root t Sugar-cane, and other Juices or Liguids.
P. Laberie, Paris, France. Eng. Pat. 10,911, August
20, 18S6. 8d.
For the evaporation of saccharine, or other liquors, the
author uses a pan which may be in all respects like an
ordinary vacuum pan. Hot air is rapidly drawn through
the liquor by means of a pump or other exhauster. The
air may be heated by waste heat from flues, and drawn
into the pan along with the liquor, which is fed in con-
tinuously in the form of a spray.— A. J. K.
Improved Process for Converting the Syrups from Sugar-
manufacture into Mono-saccharates. F. Harm, Kurt-
witz-Prauss, Germany. Fng. Pat. 7259, May IS,
1887. 4d.
I This invention relates to the treatment of waste liquors
in raw sugar factories. "The process consists essen-
tially in conducting the syrups from the first product in
a diluted slate, and with addition of sugar ami sweeten-
ing wateis, and, it required, further dilution with water,
to a saturating station, in the admixture of a sufficient
quantity of lime for the formation of mono-saccharate,"
and in the separation and purification of the sugar by
carbonic acid gas. — A. J. K.
XVI— BREWING, WINES, SPIRITS, Etc.
Recent Advances in Breu-ing. C. J. Lintner. Dingl.
Polyt. J. 263, 51S— 525.
lit. ik has investigated the cause of the viscosity or
palate-fulness of beer ; be criticises Michel's results
Aug. 3i. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
555
ami conclusions, ami lays down the following three
conditions as necessary to the investigation of this
subject : —
1. A method is necessary by means of which determi-
nations can he made with sufficient exactness, in order
to he able to determine the relative viscosity of different
liquids.
•_'. By the aid of this method determinations of the
viscosity of aqueous solutions of different substances
at varying degrees of concentration must b-3 made, and
every substance which occurs in beer and wort as an
important constituent must he thus examined.
3. Comparative determinations of the viscosity of
different beers and of a number of worts, prepared in
various manners, must be made.
I llik's determinationsweie made with a modification of
the ordinary viscosimettr, the capillary tube of which
was of such a size that between the limits of 15" and 28 a
difference of 1 of temperature made a difference of only
one second in the time occupied by oOec. of water in
passing through the tube. Determinations with varying
strengths of solutions of the salts, acids, peptone,
albuminoids, glycerin, etc., which are present in beer
in quantities Jess than 1 per cent., showed that these
exercised no marked influence on the viscosity, but that
it was governed in the case of beers by the dextiin,
alcohol and maltose, and in the ease of worts by the
dextrin and maltose. The determination of the viscosity
of a number of beers and worts compared with the
quantitative estimation of extract, maltose, dextrin and
alcohol gave rise to the following conclusions:—!. The
viscosity is the greater the higher the percentage of
dextrin, and the latter depends on the method of pre-
paration and the concentration of the wort. The viscosity
is certainly not directly proportional to the amount of
dextrin present, since it is dependent upon three unequal
factors. 2. It is possible to prepare by certain methods
infusion worts which have the same viscosity as de-
coction worts from equal quantities of the same malt.
3. By slow mashing at a low temperature, and pro-
longed digestion at 50", a wort is obtained of less vis- |
cosity than by mashing quickly at 75 , a result directly
opposite to that obtained by Michel. 4. Boiling the
thick mash increases the viscosity, the highest result !
being obtained, together with the greatest amount of ,
dextrin, when the mash is directly boiled. 5. A malt |
kilned at a high temperature gives,' under the same con-
ditions, a wort of greater viscosity than a low-dried
malt ; in each case, however, this is due only to an
increased percentage of dextrin and a decreased per-
centage of maltose.
Ullik sought to calculate the viscosity of beers, etc.,
from the data afforded by the determination of maltose,
dextrin, alcohol, etc., in the given beer, and the numbers
obtained in the above-mentioned estimations of the
viscosity of solutions of these substances. He found,
however, that there were considerable discrepancies
between the calculated and experimental numbers. This
he attributes to the presence of small quantities of sub-
stances, such as O'Sullivan's a and /3-amylans, gums and
pectoris substances. He has endeavoured to separate
and estimate the viscosity of these and similar sub-
stances in beer and wort, and has succeeded in obtaining
small quantities of ascries of bodies with a high rotatory
power and viscosity.
Stockholm has introduced a new filter for beer, which
is connected with an air-pomp and worked under re-
duced pressure. It is said to filter perfectly bright 20
to 30 hectolitres per hour, without in any way affecting
the taste of the beer.
Delbriick has investigated the influence of carbonic
acid on the preservation of bottled beer. In former
experiments the author proved that carbonic acid exer-
cised an important influence in checking the growth and
fermentative power of yeast, ami ho therefore concluded
that carbonic acid might be used as an agent for stopping
yeast growth and fermentation at any given point. He
has now made experiments to lest the efficacy of car-
bonic acid in stopping the further growth of yeast and
the fermentation of the beer when in bottle. The results
obtained show that carbonic acid under a pressure of
3 to 4 atmospheres does possess this influence, and
completely stops the growth of yeast and prevents the
consequent yeast turbidity.— G. H. M.
Extraction of Fusel Oil from Raw Spirit. F. Pampe.
(hem. Ze'lt. 11,313—3)4.
The purification of raw spirits from fusel oils (propyl-,
isobutyl-, amyl-alcohols and higher homologues) by
purely chemical means has not yet been successfully
accomplished. It is known that alcohols, under the in-
fluence of chemical agents, undergo decomposition, hence
it follows potash, soda and lime must act net only on
the fusel oil, but also on the ethyl-alcohol, and the em-
ployment of calcined magnesia, as lately proposed, can
form no exception. The addition of alkalis is only
useful when the raw spirit contains organic acids which
must he neutralised in order lo prevent the formation of
the corresponding ethers, and for the same reason the
addition of various acids (sulphuric, acetic, etc.) should
be avoided, except when a refined spirit lor a special
purpose, as for the manufacture of rum, is desired, and
even then it is better to mix the ether required for
flavouring and the neutral refined spirit together than to
use acids in the rectification. The best filter spirit which
is found in practice cannot be considered as absolutely
pure ethyl-alcohol. In the case of filtered spirit, the
aldehyde of the raw spirit has been changed into acetic
acid by the oxygen absorbed in the carbon filter, and this,
on distillation, forms acetic ether, which must be regarded
as a by-product and impurity in the finest spirit. If the
acid in the filtrate lie neutralised with lime or an alkali,
■the formation of ether on distillation is avoided and a
spirit obtained that contain- only a small quantity of
by-products. This, however, is seldom done in practice,
since customers are accustomed to the agreeable charac-
teristic taste, and suppose it indicates the fineness of the
product.
In consequence of the greater acidity of the mash lees
the distillate obtained from it has also a characteristic
agreeable aroma, which is not quite removed by distilla-
tion. But there is considerable difference between the
finest filter spirit and the rectified spirit from the press
lees. By filtration over wood charcoal, the aldehyde
being changed into acetic acid, the retification is made
more easy.
In the case of corn spirit the aldehyde remains un-
altered, and it is only owing to the greater acidity of the
mash on distillation that ethers are lormed which mask
the disagreeable smell of the aldehydes and fusel oils.
The difficulty of the process depends upon the quality of
the raw spirit, hence corn spirit is not in favour with
refiners. The process of purifying from by-products is
rendered more difficult by the addition of acids to the
raw spirit than i y the acidity of the mash lees, hence
this method cannot be recommended.
Neither alkalis, alkaline earths nor acids can be con-
sidered suitable for extracting fusel oils from spirit,
because they act similarly on all alcohols and do not
simplify the process of rectifying. They should be em-
ployed only to neutralise the liquors.
As already mentioned, the acetaldehyde is the sub-
stance in the raw spirit which renders the extraction of
the fusel oil by distillation so difficult. ibis is owing
to the fact that it is readily soluble in the other com-
ponents of the mixture and boils at 21° C. If the
solubility of the acetaldehyde could be lessened and the
boiling point raised at a moderate cost, a great improve-
ment would lie effected. The conversion of the acet-
aldehyde into paraldehyde, which is only slightly soluble
in dilute alcohol and boils at 125" C, has unfortunately
no value in practice, since the acetaldehyde is re formed
on distilling. The only method which is successfully
applicable for this purpose is that of oxidising the alde-
hyde to acetic acid, and this process has the dis-
advantage already mentioned— i.e., the formation of
acetic ether.
The process of spirit filtration also merits attention,
and apparently oilers a field for inquiry. In large
factories where" 40— ">0 filters are in daily use, only one
or two filters are replenished daily with freshly-burned
556
THE JOTJBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. iA«K.Si,Mte.
wood charcoal. The amount of fusel oil in the raw pro-
duct can be estimated and also the quantity contained
in the saturated tilter. According to this, on steaming
the filter a considerable quantity of fusel oil should be
liberated (the complete disappearance of fusel oil takes
place when superheated steam is used for this purpose).
How does it happen that on steaming the carbon so
little fusel oil is obtained ! This considerable difference
is not lobe found either asether or fusel oil in the distillate,
neither in the early or final distillates nor in the residue
in the retort. What has become of this fusel oil ? If
we consider the characteristic differences of the alcohols
formed by fermentation— i.e., the various amounts of
carbon and hydrogen— we are led to inquire whether it
may not be possible to convert the higlier homologues
into ethyl-alcohol by abstracting the group «CH,. The
phenomena apparent on the filtration of spirit lead to
the conclusion that the fusel oil is removed by the filter
carbon by physical attraction and chemical action.
—J. P. C. S.
Removal of Fuse! Oil from Crude Spirits. F. Pampe.
Chem. Zeit. 11, 379.
In reply to a criticism of l'feifl'er (this Journal, 1SST,
514), the author remarks that only those ilefuselation
a,rents are of value which oxidise the aldehydes
and reduce the amount of fusel oil. These agents
cannot be compared with animal charcoal, whose action
is both chemical and physical. He recommends,
however, an agent which may be less known. In former
years the charcoal was treated with manganese dioxide
and sulphuric acid, and a pleasant odour was thus gained
for the product. The action of these agents obviously
depends on the evolution of oxygen, oxidation of the
aldehyde and the formation of ether. The employment
of this is not to be recommended, unless it is for the pro-
duction of a certain sort of brandy. — G. H. M.
Brandy Distillation in Switzerland. Her. d. k.k. Con-
sulates in Zurich, osterr-ungar. IJrauer. Zeit. 1887, 118.
The total production amounts to 50,000 hectolitres, and it
is obtained from potatoes, maize and residual matters
from the brewery. Only in six distilleries is the raw spirit
obtained by a continuous apparatus, and it then contains
about 132 per cent, of fusel oil. The rectification is
mostly insufficient; raw spirit filtered through charcoal
showed 0"2 per cent, of fusel oil, rectified by distillation
006 per cent., and by filtration with subsequent distilla-
tion none. A brandy from a distillery in the Berne
district contained 70 per cent, of alcohol and 0'75 per
cent, of fusel oil. The residuary liquors are worth about
50cts. per hectolitre. The cost of production of absolute
alcohol varies from about 90 tifrcs. at small and medium
sized works to about GOfics. at the large establishments.
— \V. G. M.
On the Delicacy of Hansen's if ethod of Detecting the Con-
tamination of Bottom Yeast irit/i Wild Yeast.
('. Holm and S. Y. Poulsen. Per. Bierbrauer, 18,
80— S2.
This method depends on the rate of development of
ascospores in the different yeasts. The authors have
made experiments with Baccliaromyces cerevisise, and the
following wild yeasts : S. Pastorianue I, S. Pastorianus
II, and S. Ellipsoidens II. At 25* C. the last three form
aacosporea in "25 28 hours ; the first only contains a few-
after live days. Experiments with mixturesof these, cul-
tivated on plaster of Paris blocks, at 25° C. for 40 hours,
were carried out, togeth< r with check experiments on
pure cultures. It was found that the presence of wild
yeast, representing only ..'.,, 1 1 1 of the mass, could be
detected by observing the formation of ascospores. This
decree of delicacy, according to Hansen, is sufficient.
The method can be employed with other forms as well,
but it will not always be possible to work at the same
temperature. — F. W. T. K.
On the Presence of Comer in }Yine. Leopold YVeigert-
Die Weinlaube, 19, 27—28.
Copper has been detected in wine from vines, the
leaves of which had been treated with a solution of
copper sulphate, an excellent protective against
Pcronospora. The fear that ths drinking of such wine
might lead to chronic copper poisoning seems to be
groundless, as, according to experiments by Theodor
Count G. de la Tour, one litre of such wine only contains
0000002— 0 000026grm. of copper.— F. W. T. K.
XVII.- CHEMISTRY OF FOOLS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
(A) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
Artificial Butter from a Sanitary Point of View. M.
Schrodt and Fleischmann. Bied. Centr. 16. 270— 277.
The conclusions arrived at may be summed up as
follows : — Artificial butter prepared from good fat may
be looked upon as perfectly wholesome food ; but as it
appears to be somewhat less digestible than butter, the
latter should be given to invalids and children in prefer-
ence. No serious objection can, therefore, be raised
against the sale of artificial butter, provided (l)that only
good fat from healthy animals has been used in its pre-
paration : (2) that it is sold as an artificial preparation,
and that the word "butter" is left out of the name of
the product, as its presence is misleading ; (3) that it is
not mixed with true butter for the purpose of preparing
so-called "mixed butters" (N.B. — The sale of such
mixed butters should be prohibited, as they are mainly
prepared for fraudulent sale) ; (4) that vegetable oils are
not used as an ingredient. Official supervision of the
artificial butter factories is considered necessary, par-
ticularly for the purpose of seeing that proviso (1) is en-
forced. For though, no doubt, there are a number of
honest artificial butter factories, which sell a carefully
prepared wholesome article, there is very little doubt but
that a large trade is carried on in artificial butter pre-
pared from material of very doubtful quality. The latter
is prepared from the fat obtained from unknown sources,
and no precautions are taken to exclude the fat of un-
healthy or diseased animals. Bad fat has even been
used which had to be deodorised by treatment with sul-
phuric acid and saltpetre. The majority of patents
recommend a temperature of 40—50° C. in the prepara-
tion of artificial butter. A high temperature is supposed
to spoil the flavour. At these temperatures, however,
animal and vegetable parasites are able to live ; many
of the latter would not even be destroyed at 100 C.
Such living parasites may, therefore, occur in artificial
butter, more especially if pig's fat be employed, and, in
fact, Dr. Piper, of Chicago, has demonstrated their pre-
sence in artificial butter. — F. \Y. T. K.
Feeding Experiments with Dried Brewers' Grains. T.
Schiller. Bied. Centr. 16,282. (Zcitschr. f. Spiritus
Industrie 10, 19.)
The quality and quantity of milk obtained From cows
fed on dried returns (protein, 227 per cent.; fat,
7S per cent.; non-nitrogenous extractive matter, 311 4
per cent.) proved highly satisfactory. Analysis of the
milk gave— water, 85*37 per cent.; nitrogenous matter,
4-7 per cent.; fat, M 71 per cent.: milksngar, 5 42 per
cent. : salts, (ISO per cent. The milk, therefore, contained
2"05 per cent, of solids more than average normal milk.
Good results were got with the following daily quantities
per head (iii lbs. German) : — 31b. dried returns, lib. rye-
bran, lib. linseed cake, ami 251b. of beets and mush-
rooms, 9'.- 19 litres per head of milk were obtained.
Horses and ewe-lambs thrive well on returns.
-F. \Y. T. K.
Aug. 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
557
The Freezing of Normal Cows' Milk. O. Hengohl. Milch-
zeituDg, 15. 461— 162.
TllK author has analysed milk, samples of which were
frozen either slowly or rapidly, whilst being stirred up or
left quiet, and has found that the milk-ice always ton-
tains more water and less solid residue than the portion
which has remained liquid. Frozen milk should there-
fore always be thawed and well mixed before being
analjsed.-F. W. T. K.
A New Adulteration of Linseed Cake. Ad. Mayer.
Milchzeitung, 16, 143—144.
The author draws attention to the presence of the finely -
ground husks of ground nuts in lin-eed cake as a sophis-
tication. In the sample examined the husks were
detected microscopically, and as the percentage of
cellulose (ZeUstoff-Kohfaser) was found to lie 22 per
cent., whereas good, pure linseed cake only contains
8 per cent, on the average, at least 14 per cent, of ground
nut husks must have been added, for the latter do not by
any means solely consist of cellulose. — F. V\ . T. K.
Improvements relating to the Preservation </ Alimentary
Substance*. H. H.Lake. London. From M. Muller,
St. Petersburg, Kussia. Eng. Pat 7044, dune 7,
1S86. 6d.
TllK substance to be preserved is placed in a hermeti-
cally sealed vessel and heated to a temperature,
previously determined experimentally, by means of a
steam or hot-water bath. It is then removed and allowed
to stand and cool ; a succession of similar periods of
cooking and cooling follow until the operation of com-
plete cooking is concluded. If, after standing three
weeks, the tins in which the material is sealed show no
signs of convexity, the operation is deemed successful.
When particular flavours are desired to be imparted the
material is previously partially cooked by the usual
method, which determines the flavour. The specification
contains a table showing the temperatures and duration
of cooking and cooling experiment has shown to be best
or each particular substance. — C. C. 11.
Improvements in the Manvfacturi of Liquid Extract of
Coffee. M. Samuelson, New York, U.S.A. Eng.
I'at. 17,017, Dec. 28, 15S6. 6d.
COFFEE is first steeped in water at a temperature of
40° for three or four hours, " until the aromatic oils ami
fatty substances are extracted ; " the extract s<> obtained
i> pressed out from the coffee, which is next saturated
with water at 90" and allowed to stand 30 hours, in
order to extract the caffeine aud kindred substances ;
after the removal of the resulting infusion, as before, the
coffee is finally steeped in boiling water for halt an
hour or so. The three extracts are mixed together.
— E. G. C.
An Improved Process for Producing Albumen-maltose
or Dietary Malt Ponder for Food. A. K. Leerbeck
and .1. F. Holm, Copenhagen, Denmark. Eng. I'at.
6285, April 29, 1SS7. 4d.
By special treatment of wheat Hour a very pure starch
is obtained which is converted, by means of diastase at
65' C., into maltose and dextrose. To the solution of
these two bodies are added albumen materials, chloride
of sodium and sulphate of lime. The whole is evapor-
ated and the residue dried and ground. From the impure
residue of the wheat flour a second quality finishing
starch is prepared. — A. J. K.
(P.) SANITARY CHEMISTRY.
The Purification or' Wastt Waters. E. Reichardt
Arch, l'harm. lss-7, 252.
The author has made special experiments en the separa-
tion of arsenic from waters.
Separation of AsJ). by Lime. — The addition of a
slight excess of lime water with rapid stirring produces
an immediate deposition of an easily separable precipi-
tate, only 2 per cent of the arsenic remaining in the
liquid after treating a 01 per cent, solution of arsenic
trioxide. The addition of ferric chloride causes com-
plete precipitation, both of arsenious and arsenic acids.
Precipitation by Magnesia. —Even air-dried pre-
cipitated magnesium hydroxide added to the liquor left
66 per cent, of the arsenic in solution ; other oxides were
still less efficient. But when the mixture was warmed
to ."0—60° C. for some hours, only 1 per cent, of the
As 0a was unprecipitated.
Siparation of Colouring .Veil tcr. —Magnesia was found
to be preferable to lime, but the organic matter in the
water experimented with was reduced only from 38'4 to
16 parts per 100,000.— W. G. M.
Experiments ami Researches on the Use of Zinc-coated
Iron Water-Pipes. H. Bunte. Schilling's Jul. f.
Gasbel. u. Wasserveis.
As the result of a discussion at a recent meeting of the
German Societv of Gas and Water Engineers, the author
has collected information from various sources, which
tends to show that the use of galvanised pipes
should be in no way detrimental to health. According
to Dr. V. Ehmann, late director of the water supply
in Wiirtemburg, objection to such pipes cannot
be taken on sanitary grounds and he considers them
peculiarlv suitable for use in the interior of buildings.
Dr. Boardmann, of Boston, has found that newly-coated
tubes give up zinc to the water Mowing through them,
but in quantities so small as to be perfectly harmless.
— W. G. M.
On the Increase of Bacteria in Water. G. Wolffhiigel
and < i. KiedeL ( Arbeiten a. d. kaiserl. Gesundheits.
I. 455—480.)
At temperatures between 3—23-8° C, water containing
traces of nutritive matter showed a greater or less
increase in the number of bacteria corresponding to the
higher or lower temperature. A <>■ I reuse in the number
of "germs was invariably observed in water placed in ice.
Certain forms of bacteria are not, however, so easily
affected by cold as others, for ice usually contains germs
still capable of development. According to Gartner
mechanical motion aids the increase of germs even at
6— 11° C. In water analysis these facts should be taken
into account. Anthrax and tvphus bacilli developed
well at 30° C, and even at 12—15° C. in water taken
from contaminated streams. Water which has satis-
factorily passed chemical examination, may for weeks
still be* capable of providing the conditions necessary
for maintaining the power of development of the typhus
bacilli. These bacilli were also found to develop well
in milk. Cholera germs present in water containing
other germs as well were soon superseded by the latter.
Cholera germs increased slowly in sterilised milk, but
rapidly at 20—24° C. The rapid development of the
organisms contained in non-sterilised milk produced an
acidity which prevented the further growth of the cholera
germs. — F. W. T. K.
Apparatus for and Mode of Clarifying Sewage and
Filtering large Volumes of Water. T. Rffld, >or-
manton. Eng. I'at. 4.544, April 1, 1SS6. 8d.
The sewage is received in tanks, worked three in a
series, where it is settled and defecated and the effluent
parsed therefrom on to filtration areas, which are some-
times useu singlv and at others in duplicate. The
details of the invention are claimed at length under
twenty-four heads.— C. C. H.
Improvements in or Additions to Means or Apparatus
employed in tin Manvfacturi of Coke for th. Desic-
cation and Inn,,, ration of l'rcip Hants or Solids
tilting from Sludge or other Substances liable to
Putrefy. K. de Soldenhoff, Cardiff. Eng. Pat. 74S2,
May 23, 1887. Ud.
THESE improvements relate to the system of incineration
described in Eng. Pat. 2721 of 1S66 and Provisional
:.;,s
THK .lOl'KXAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. tAng.Sl,MW,
Specification 12,259 of the same year, and consist mainly
of locating the incinerating furnace between two coke
ovens, instead of above the coke ovens as therein pro-
posed. A hopper is placed above the furnace, in which
the Blndge is received from the truck, and in which it
undergoes a preliminary drying before incineration. The
specification is accompanied by full drawings showing
the disposition of flues, etc. — A. E. D.
XVIII.-ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
Improvements in the Preparation or Manvfacture of
Negativi Elements for Voltaic Batteries. D. G. Fitz-
gerald, London. Ki'g. Pat. 7036, June 7, 1SS6. 6d.
This invention relates to an improved method of
manufacturing the " litbanode " negative elements,
described in Eng. Pat. 4671, 18S5, and consists in
obtaining the granular peroxide of lead by mixing
litharge with a salt or acid, which causes it to
set. and passing the plastic mass through a sieve
before the reaction is complete ; peroxidation is then
produced by treatmeut with chlorine or a hypochlorite.
These granules are mixed with plastic oxide of
lead, formed into plates and allowed to " set," or plared
in a frame of celluloid, or made to surround a suitable
negative element such as carbon. — B. T.
XIX.— PAPER. PASTEBOARD, Etc.
I Improvements in Waterproofing and Sizing Paper, and
surl, like Material. C. Mevgang, London. Eng. Pat.
7904, June 12, 1S86. 6d.
Fok the purpose of producing a waterproof paper or
• paper material, the inventor adds to the fibrous pulp in
the beater a resinous or fatty size, or a mixture of resin-
ous, fatty and oily substances, such as resin, tallow and
petroleum, also starch gelatinised by the action of a
solution of caustic alkali. Various nvixturesare described
for different purposes. — H. A. K.
Plates without Support, entirely made of Activi
Material, for Voltaic Batteries. E. Andreoli, Lon-
d.on. Eng. Fat. SS42, July G, 1SS6. Sd.
These plates are cast from a fused mixture of metallic
salts, preferably composed of chloride of lead and chloride
of zinc, with a paste of manganese peroxide and hydro-
chloric acid. To add to the conductivity of the plates,
a skeleton of platinum wire or copper wire, contained
in a leaden tube, may be surrounded by the fused mass.
A leaden frame is then cast round the plates with
terminals for connecting them, ami the chloride of lead
is reduced to a metallic state iu a bath of chloride of
zinc, the last traces of chlorine being removed by sub-
mitting the plates to an electric current. .After the
plates have been dried thev are ready for peroxidation.
— B. T.
Improvements in and relating to Primary and Second-
ary Batteries. H. H. Lake, London. From \V. J.
Ludlow, Cleveland, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 6S69, May 10,
1887. Sd.
The time of formation of battery plates is lessened and
the amount of their active surface increased by placing
them in an air-tight vessel, exhausting the air and then
introducing the electrolyte under pneumatic pressure, so
that it is forced into the pores of the plates. Two modes
of arranging the plates ot a battery are described.
— B. T.
ndary Batteries or Magazines of Electricity. J- S.
Sel Ion, London. Eng. Pat 3987, Sept 15, 1881. (IV.
Edition of Spec.) Sd.
An alloy of lead with antimony is used to give hardness
and durability to the plates, which plates may be com-
posed of perforated strips, tubes or woven fabrics of the
above alloy. — B. T.
.1 Compound for Covering Electric Wires, applicable
iil.\:, for other Purposes. II. W. Merritt, Somerville,
Mass., U.S.A. Eng. Pat 6927, May 11, 1887. 4d.
The ingredients of this compound are silicate of soda,
fir balsam or an equivalent, asbestos, sugar, oxalic acid
anil water. — E. G. •'.
.1 Compound for Covering Electric Wires. H. W.
Merritt, Somerville, Mass., U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 6928,
May, II, 1887. 4d.
Tin- compound is an intimate mixture of quicklime,
lir balsam, asbestos, sugar, oxalic acid aud water.
— E. G. C.
Improvements in the Manufacture or Treatment of
Paper. C. Morfit, London. Eng. Pat. S14S, June
19, 1SS6. 6d.
The inventor claims that by this method of manufacture,
paper is toughened differently from any other now in the
market and that this applies more particularly to thin
and inferior grades of news and wrapping papers. The
soluble matter of sea-weeds such as Carrageen, Agar-
Agar, etc., is to be extracted by means of boiling water,
and the extract forms the bath with which the paper is
to be treated. If desired, resin soap and aluminous cake
may be added, but these rather serve to size the paper
and increase the rustle than to toughen it.
The above mentioned liquor may be applied either to
the web or to the pulp in the engine. — H. A. E.
Improvements in tin Manufacture of Paper Pulp and
Papier-M&cht. A. Wilkinson, London. Eng. Pat.
S493, June 28, 1SS6. 6d.
ABOUT lewt. of any vegetable fibre is placed in a " pit "
with water after being sprinkled with quicklime and
crystal soda. Altera time, this material is removed and
placed in a tank containing lib. each of sulphuric,
hydrochloric and acetic acids to 40 gallons of water,
"for loosening the gum and resinous matter in the
fibre."
The next process is boiling with "a quantity of
crystal soda, soap, common potash and bi-sulphate of
sodium, the liquor being boiled for about eight hours,
: until the resinous and gummy matters are discharged."
According to the patentee, "fibre thus treated is fit
for papier maehe purposes, bnt any bleaching operation
will fit it for ordinary paper. I prefer, however, to pre-
pare a bleach composed of say lib. sulphohydrate and
sulphuret of barium, 4oz. cyanide of potassium, and 4oz. of
oxide of calcium, to which may be added a small quan-
tity of ammonia. These ingredients are broken down
in warm water, or I make a bleach of chlorine, chloride
of lime dissolved at a boiling heat with 4oz. of soda, a
little sulphur, 2oz. of cyanide of potassium and lib. of
ammonia which is dissolved in 30 gallons of water at
about 150° F."
A recipe is 'also given for what the inventor terms
I "dry bleach," consisting of sulphuric acid, "salts of
lemon or of tin," and "solid ammonia.'' — H. A. E.
An Improved Method of and Apparatus for Treating
Spent Hops for use in the production of Pulp for
Paper and Millboard E. Davies, London, and H. 1'.
Harris, Fleet. Eng. Pat. S93fi, July S, 1SS6. Sd.
This invention relates to methods and apparatus for
cleaning, drying, separating and sifting the spent hops
as received from breweries. It is claimed thai in this
way pulp is produced suitable for the manufacture of
paper and millboard. — H. A. E.
Improvements in tht Manufacture of Paper Pulp from
Moss Peat. A. J. Boult, London. From A. Ubbelohde,
Hanover. Bog. Fat. 9178, July 14, 1886. Sd.
The main features of ibis invention are the manufac-
ture of paper pulp from moss peat by soaking and
agitating the same so as to separate it into its com-
ponent parts, the detached moss leaves beiDg separated
Aug. si. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
569
from the stalks and other foreign matter by means of
a sieve. Secondly, the manufacture of paper pulp from
moss peat by means of the rag-engine, in which the
said material is either used alone or else together with
other stock.— H. A. K.
Improvements in Carbonising Wool, Hags and the lite.
G. Tolson, Dewsbury, and J. lllingworth, Bailey.
Eng. Tat. 13,498, Oct' 22, 1SS6. 4d.
This invention refers " to the use and employment
of an oscillatory rotary cage or cylinder working
horizontally in a machine employed for carbonising
fabrics or fibres, so that the said fabrics are more
effectually agitated within such cage or cylinder.
(Compare this .Journal, 1883, 476, and Eng. Pat. 13,4!>7.
1 SS6. )— H . A . R.
Improvements in tin Manufacture of Paper from Wood,
and in Apparatus therefor. (I. Pitt, Sutton. From
R. P. Pictet, Geneva, and G. L. Brclaz, Lausanne,
Switzerland. Eng. Pat. 5269, April 9, 1887. 8d.
The inventor claims to be able by his new method
and apparatus to reduce to a point of exceptional cheap-
ness the process of manufacturing cellulose from wood
by the use of dilute S( >., solution only, obtained by the
combustion of pyrites and condensation of the gas
produced in a peculiar tower. A recovery process is also
described. For particulars the specification must be
consulted. — H. A. B.
Manufacture of Waterproof and combined Water and
Fireproof Paper. L. Bastet, New Jersey, U.S.A.
Eng. Pat. 5296, April 12, 1887. 4d.
Paper stock, and more particularly asbestos stock, is
treated during the process of manufacture with a
waterproofing composition, consisting of mineral oil,
stearic acid, tallow, fucus or Irish moss and caustic
alkali at the rate of 5 to 15 per cent, on the material
employed. When well saturated, the pulp is to be
treated with sulphate of alumina. It is claimed that
this composition has a hardening and strengthening
effect upon the paper, more especially where asbestos is
employed, and makes tougher paper for any use.
— H. A. R.
A Novel Xylonite, Celluloid or Pyroxylin Fabric, suitable
for making Shirt Fronts, Collars. Cuffs, Hats and
Bonnets, and for other purposes. The British Xylonite
Company and Levi P. Merriam, Homertou. Eng.
Pat. 7738, -May 27, 1SS7. 4d.
This invention relates to the manufacture of a striped
or lined xylonite, celluloid or pyroxylin fabric suitable
for the above purposes by superposing in suitable order
a number of sheets of these substances of the several
colours required in the fabric, compacting these sheets
into a solid block or body and then cutting this block or
body into sheets at right aDgles to the strata.
— H. A. R.
colonr(caffe-tannicacid givesawhite precipitate). Gelatin
solutions are not precipitated (mori-tannic acid causes
a precipitate iu them) nor are quinine salts by this new
tannic acid, termed sorbitannic acid by the authors. On
distillation it yields a thick brown liquor, containing
much catechol." In the potash-melt, protocatechuic acid
andphloroglucinol were observed.— A. B.
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES
AND EXTRACTS.
On a New Modification of Tannic Acid in the Berries
of the Rowan-tree. ('. Vincent and Delachanal. Bull.
Soc. Chim. 1S87, 47, 402.
To isolate this new modification of tannic acid from the
juice of the berries of Sorlius aucuparia, the juice was
allowed to ferment, for the purpose of decomposing the
glucose, then clarified with a little lead acetate and,
finally, precipitated by an excess of the reagent. The
lead salt was decomposed by sulphuretted hydrogen, and
the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The residue was then
extracted with absolute alcohol and the solution again
evaporated in vacuo. The tannic acid remained as a
thick syrup, which could not be crystallised. It
resembles mori tannic acid, and particularly caffe-tannic
acid, but unlike these acids produced in its solutions,
a precipitate with lead nitrate of a pure lemon-yellow
Manufacture of Santonin. A. Busch. J. Prakt. Chem.
35, 322-341.
Artemisia Cina or Maritima, the principal source of
suntonin, is found on the steppes of Kirghiz, and the cost
of carriage is consequently an important item. To
obviate this as far as possible a factory has been estab-
lished at Orenburg, the terminus of the Kussian railway;
and in 1S84 a St. Petersburg firm started a factory at
Tschimkent, which is 3200 kilometres beyond Orenburg.
The great advantages possessed by the latter manufac_
tory are to some extent counterbalanced by the cost of
and loss by transport across the steppes and deseitof the
necessary hydrochloric acid. In spite of this this factory
can place santonin in the market at Hamburg at 18 marks
per kilo. The santonin is extracted from the plant by
treating the latter with very thick cream of lime. Themix-
tureof seedsandlimeisground with water, the temperature
rising so as to drive off the excess of water. Hot alcohol
is now added to the cooled mixture, and the extracted
juice after removing the alcohol is neutralised with
hydrochloric acid. After a few days the crude santonin
crystallises out and is washed with cold water. This
process depends on the formation of a calcium salt readily
soluble in alcohol ; this on the addition of hydrochloric
acid is split up, and santoninic acid (C^H^O.Jset free,
which with the loss of a molecule of water is converted
into santonin (C,5HlsO,). In the extraction of santonin
a quantity of resinous substance is formed, which on
treatment with warm sodium carbonate solution yields a
large quantity of santonin. It was found that animal
charcoal, which is used to decolorise the alcoholic solu-
tion of the crude product, absorbs a considerable quantity
of santonin. The amount of pure santonin obtained
amounts to 18— 20 per cent, of the plant originally
taken. .
Santonin crystallises in flattened columns or in feather-
like radiating' crystalline groups with a pearly lustre,
sp. gr. 1-247 at 20° ; it melts at 16S— 170°. It can be
sublimed, but with difficulty, since the sublimation and
decomposition points lie close together. Hydrochloric
acid causes santonin to resinify ; it is more soluble in
hot than cold acid. Sulphuric acid dissolves santonin,
and the solution in strong acid is completely decomposed
on warming, with evolution of sulphur dioxide ; dilute
acid decomposes it with formation of glucose and other
substances, showing that it is a glucoside. Nitric acid
also dissolves santonin. The hydroxides of the alkalis
and alkaline earths combine with santonin, forming salts
more or less soluble in alcohol. The potassium salt is
only obtained with difficulty in a crystalline state.
When potassium hydroxide is mixed with santonin the
characteristic carmine-red coloration is produced. The
sodium salt C15H, 9NaOt is easily obtained in fascicular
prisms. Both the sodium and potassium salts are easily
soluble in water and absolute alcohol, and are decomposed
by acids. The calcium salt, which is formed in the extrac-
tion of santonin, crystallises in colourless, very fine silky
needles, soluble in water and dilute alcohol, almost en-
tirely insoluble in absolute alcohol : acids decompose the
salt with precipitation of santonin, but it is not decom-
posed by carbonic anhydride.
Barium santoninate (C16H, „04) . Ba is analogous to
the calcium compound.
When salts of the heavy metals are added to a solution
of potassium santoninate the corresponding salts are
thrown down ; if these salts are boiled with water they
are decomposed with formation of pure santonin and the
oxide of the metal. .
Santonin resin, which results from the action of acid
upon santonin, and is most readily obtained by heating
santonin with concentrated hydrochloric acid in sealed
tubes, appears according to the author to consist of a
.l,f!o
THE .TOrilXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aur. 31. 1887.
number of substances which are formed by the decom-
position of santonin. This resin prevents santonin from
crystallising out. and the best method of separating the
resin and santonin is by means of the metallic salts of
the latter. -G. II. M.
On the Constituents of Calamus-root. H. Thorns. Chem.
Zeit. 11, 118.
The author finds that the substance which was
supposed to he an alkaloid, and which he had described
in a previous communication (Chan. /.(it. 10, 13!)) under
the name calamine, is methylamine. The other con-
stituent of calamus-root, acorin, appears to have the
composition C.,, Ho, ,0,,. On treatment with dilute acids
and alkalis in an atmosphere of hydrogen, or in contact
With ferments, it splits up into sugar and the ethereal
oil of calamus, according to the equation: Ca,H600,=
C,HjSOe+3C^„Hj,. When the aqueous extract of
calamus is distilled with caustic potash a large quantity
of ammonia is evolved and the distillate is found to con-
tain methyl-alcohol, due to a partial decomposition of
the methylamine contained in the root into ammonia and
methyl-alcohol. This explains the occurrence (pointed
out by Gutzeit) of methyl-alcohol in the distillation-
products of calamus-root.— I). E. J.
Short Notice on Saccharine. F. Witting. Chem. Zeit.
11, 314.
THEauthor considers that saccharine was obtained by him
in the course of the following experiments already in
1S79. l'aratoluenesulphamide was converted by
oxidation into the corresponding acid, parasulphamido-
benzoic acid, thus : CH. CcH4.SO.,.NH„ + 0„ =
C00H.CcH4.S02NH„ + H,0. The " paratoluenesul-
phamide (melting point 135°, and not lST^ as given by
Wolkow) is ground together with pyro chroma te of
potash and concentrated sulphuric acid, the best propor-
tions being 4grms. of the amide, 9grms. pyro-chromate of
potash, and an excess of sulphuric acid. The last must
be added by degrees, otherwise the temperature is raised
and the amide melts and is only attacked with diffi-
culty. After about six hours the parasulphamidobenzoic
acid was produced, which crystallises from w ater in small
flittering rhombic tablets, melting at 245° C, but com-
mencing to decompose at 235° C. < >n one occasion when
making the above experiment, in addition to the para
sulphamidobenzoic acid, there was produced an intensely
sweet tasting oxidation product which was not obtained
on again repeating the experiment. It dissolved readily
in alcohol and ether, hut with difficulty in water, anil
crystallised fiom various solvents in small, white, wart-
like masses, the melting point of which was 111—112° C.
A combustion of this body gave no clue to its constitu-
tion, probably because it was not thoroughly purified
from the amide. Acid sodium sulphite gave with this
sweet substance small needle-shaped crystals, insoluble
in ether and possessing a bitter taste. If to the aqueous
solution HC1 and ether be added the original sweet sub-
stance is produced again. The author supposes from
these results that he had thus prepared parasulphamido-
benzaldehyde, whilst from later investigations saccharine
is apparently sulphamidobenzanhydride. — J. F. C. S.
New Drugs. Chem. Zeit. 11, 379.
Radix Aristolochim Cymbifera. — The underground parts
of very many Aristolochia- are distinguished by a par-
ticularly strong and unpleasant smell and camphor-like
taste. They have been long used as antidotes against
snake bites and also in malignant fevers, etc. There
are 13 species known in Europe and 14 species in
America. The constituents of the Aristolochix have
been very little investigated. The root in question, which
is a native of Brazil, and occurs in pieces about 10cm.
long, the thicker of which are split, is greyish brown,
with longitudinal corrugations. A section shows a thick
bark and considerable radiated woody tissue. The
woody tissue contains wide spotted vessels and also
spotted woody fibre. The bark and pith fibres contain
much amyhini, besides a mixture of yellow resin and
ethereal oil in numerous slightly enlarged cells. In out-
ward appearance thin pieces of the drug somewhat
resemble Had. Aristoloch. long., which, however, con-
tains much smaller and less numerous woody-tissue.
— G. H. M.
Constitution and Synthesis "1 Jvglon.
A. Semper, her. 20, 937
A. Beinthsen and
-941.
Juglon, or oxynaphthoquinone, gives on oxidation
juglonic acid or diuitro -a-oxyphthalic acid. Juglon will,
therefore, have the following constitution : —
Juglon may be artificially obtained by oxidation of aid,
dioxynaphthalene. According to Armstrong, dioxynaph-
thalene is prepared by the action of chloro-sulphonic acid
upon naphthalene dissolved in CS2. The excess of CS2
is driven oti', the residue dissolved in water, treated with
lead carbonate, the lead salt of the sulphonic acid con-
verted into the sodium salt and the latter fused with
caustic potash. On adding acid, the dioxynaphtha-
lene separates as a crystalline precipitate. Dioxy-
naphthalene mixed into a fine i aste with water, is
oxidised with chromic acid mixture in the cold, the
brown precipitate resulting brought on to a filter, washed
and extracted with ether. To the ethereal solution a
small quantity of petroleum ether is added to precipi-
tate impurities which are filtered oil and the filtrate
evaporated to dryness. The product on re-crystallisa-
tion yields the characteristic needles of juglon, with
the peculiar smell of nut-shells. It dissolves in dilute
alkalis with characteristic purple colour, and in con-
centrated HjS04 with an intense blood-red coloration.
The other properties are identical with those of the
natural product. — J. B. C.
Timbo. Chem. Zeit. 11, 315.
This is the name of a new narcotic medicine, the root
rind of the Conchocarptu Peckolti. The rind appear- in
the form of tubes or rolls, is bright reddish brown
on the outside and yellowish on the inside. The outer
and middle rind break oil short, but the inner rind has a
long fibrous fracture and the interior colour is whitish.
It |" ses a weak aromatic taste somewhat like eas"
canlla bark, hnt has no special "dour. A cross section
shows an interrupted yellow zone near the Outer -ide,
whilst the inner rind is faintly streaked in radiating
lines. Some of the cells contain crystals of calcium
oxalate.— J. F. C. S.
Coccerylalcohol and Coccerie And. C. Liebermann and
0. Bergami. Ber-. 20, 9">9— 966.
COCCEUIN is a crystalline wax obtained from the
cochineal insect. This substance may be resolved into
coccerylalcohol and coccerie acid. Coccerylalcohol when
treated witli acetic anhydride yields an acetic ether of
the formula C50H,0(O.CaHjO)2. With benzoic anhydride
the benzoic ether of analogous constitution is obtained
on oxidising coccervl alcohol with chromic aciil in acetic
acid solution ; an aeid is obtained containing a small
quantity of an indifferent substance, probably a deriva-
tive of coccerie acid, from which it is with difficulty
purified. The acid is pentadecylic acid C,,HS0Oa.
Coccerie acid when oxidised with chromic aeid yields, in
addition to a large quantity of unchanged coccerie acid,
anew acid, which may be separated by its much more
ready solubility in acetic aeid. This acid is likewise
pentadecylic acid. The methyl ether has the formula
CliH20O2CH;,.-J.B. C.
Ang.Si.iK7.] THE JOURNAL OF T1IK SOCIET* OF CHEMICAL ENDI'sTEY.
set
New Drugs from the Namaqua Country (South-West
Africa). Chem. Zeit. 11, 755—819.
1. Joti. It forms transverse .sections of a pulpous
angular stalk of 2 to 3cm. diameter. The drug swells
very much in water and has a sweet taste. It is applied
against hemorrhoids. 2. Nuheib. A thick root covered
with a light brown bark. It is useful against diseases
of the uterus. 3. Rabass. Fragments of stalk and leaves,
which taste and smell like oil of thyme. 4. Blue Shrub.
Fragments of a green bark, which is used as a " healing
plaster." The bark is probably derived from Rhus
tomentosa. 5. Wild Gourd. The drug represents frag-
ments of a root, probably from Cucumis Citrullus Ser.,
which is very common in that country. It is said to
produce blisters like cantharides. 6. Jubi. A root with
a thin reddish skin, the taste of which is sweet at first,
but afterwards bitter. It is applied against gonorrhoea.
7. Iciheib. A wood-like stalk. S. Kutt. Brown seeds of
the size of a pea and rich in oil. 9. The Seeds of Acacia
Giraffac. They are oval and of a greenish -brown colour.
There is on each side of the seed a light-coloured circle,
the interior of which is brown. The roasted seeds are
used as a substitute for coliee and furnish a beverage
of pleasant taste and nutritious value. 10. Klipsmlt.
A brown, thickish extract of salty taste, soluble in water.
On heating it gives oil' a smell of urine, and its prepara-
tion has probably a mysterious and unpleasant origin.
It is applied against diseases of the uterus. — S. H.
hydrochloric acid required for titrating back multiplied
by 0042 gives the percentage of cocaine in the sample.
The following are some of the results with ditterent
samples of coca leaves of various age : —
Contained i>er cent,
of Cocaine.
Of the weight
of tbe
dry leaves.
The Mann for/ lire of Cocaine and t/ic Valuation of
Coca Leaves. H. T. Pfeiffer. Chem. Zeit. 11, 783,
784 and SIS.
Cocaine is manufactured from the dry leaves of the
Erythroxyion coca, which grows in the valleys of the
East Cordilleras of South America — i.e., in the interior
of Peru and Bolivia. The fresh leaves contain 0-003 to
0000 per cent, of cocaine, which percentage decreases
considerably if the leaves are stored any length of time
before being worked up. On the other hand, the
alkaloid can lie transported and kept without decomposi-
tion. This circumstance caused tli<> author to devise a
simple process for the manufacture of crude cocaine on
the spot, neither Peru nor Bolivia being suitable coun-
tries for complicated chemical operations. After many
experiments, he hit upon the following plan : — The
disintegrated coca-leaves are digested at 70" C. in closed
vessels for two hours, with a very weak solution of
sodium hydrate and petroleum (boiling between 2003
and 250 C.). The mass is filtered, pressed, while still
tepid, and the filtrate allowed to stand until the oil
has completely separated from the aqueous solution. The
oil is drawn off and carefully neutralised with very weak
hydrochloric acid. A white bulky precipitate of cocaine
hydrochloride is obtained together with an aqueous solu-
tion of the same compound, while the petroleum is free
from the alkaloid and may be used for the extraction of a
fresh batch of leaves. The precipitate is driedand by con-
centrating the aqueous solution a further quantity of
the hydrochloride is obtained : both can be shipped
without risk of decomposition. The product is not quite
pure, but contains some hygrine, traces of gum and
other matters. It- percentage of alkaloid is 7."> per
cent., while chemically pure cocaine hydrochloride
(Cl7H,,N04.2HCl) contains 806 per cent, of the alkaloid.
The sodium hydrate solution cannot be replaced by milk
of lime, nor can any other acid be used for neutrali-
sation. Alcohol or ether are not suitable for extraction.
A repetition of the process with once extracted coca
leaves gave no further quantity of cocaine, proving that
all the cocaine goes into solution by one treatment. The
same process serves on the small scale for the valuation
of coca leaves. lOOgrms. of coca leaves are digested in
a flask with 400cc. of water, 50cc of NaOH (lOgrms.
of NaOH in lOOcc.) and 250cc. of petroleum. The flask i-
looscly covered and warmed on the water bath for two
hours, shaking it from time to time. The mass i- then
filtered, the residue pressed and the filtrate allowed to
separate in two layers. The oil layer is run into a
bottle and titrated back with ,,',, HC1 (lgrm. of HC1 in
lOOcc.) until exactly neutral. The number of cc. of
Coca-leaves from Mapiri. 1 uionth old.. D"5
,. ., ., Yungas 0'5
,, ., ., Mapiri and Yungas
6 months old.. . n'l
,. .. .. Cuzco(Peru)
i; months old.... 0-3
Mapiii and Yungas
1 year old.... 0 3
, f'uzco U-l
Mapiri and Yungas
2 years old 0*15
Coca leaves from Yungas and Cuzco, three years old,
contained no trace of the alkaloid, whereas fresh green
leaves from Yungas contained 07 per cent, of the weight
of the dry leaves. The same process is also applicable
for the manufacture of quinine from poor quinine bark,
with the single alteration that weak sulphuric acid must
be used for the neutralisation of the alkaline petroleum
extract. — S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Salicylic Arid
"Esters." M. v. Xeucki, Berne, Switzerland: and
C. Kolbe, Dresden, Germany. Eng. Pat. 8018, June
16th, 1S86.
These compounds, which are termed "salols," as well as
their properties and manufacture, have been described at
length in this Journal, 1SS6, 577— 57S.— E. O. C.
Improvements in the Production of Peptone from Nucleo-
proteines. \Y. Merck, Darmstadt, Germany. Eng.
Pat. S46S, June 28, 18S6. 6d.
The inventor claims :— (1) A process of eliminating the
nucleine by digestingthecaseine, for example, with water,
dilute acid or dilute alkaline lye, under pressure and at
a temperature of 150—170° C, and filtering : (2) a process
of eliminating the nucleine by digesting with dilute
alkaline lye at SO— 90' C, neutralising with acid and
filtering : "(3) the elimination of the nucleine by digesting
with a ferment, or ferment-containing substance, act-
ing in an alkaline or neutral solution, neutralising and
filtering. — E. G. C.
XXI.— EXPLOSITES, MATCHES, Etc.
0,i Roburite. C. Roth. Chem. Zeit. 11, 53S.
ROBURITE belongs to the class of "combined" explo-
sives. It is composed of two constituents, each of which
is completely indifferent to friction, detonation and heat.
Furthermore, the same can be said of the finished explo-
sive. Thrown into the fire it burns quietly with a light
flame, and it can only be exploded by an intensive flame
such as is produced by a fulminating-mercury cap. One
of the constituents consists of a nitrate, whereas the
other is a mixture of the chloro-nitro compounds of the
benzene-group. The mixture with the nitrate is in such a
proportion that all the carbon burns to carbonic acid and
all the hydrogen to water, while the chlorine combines
with the alkali. The presence of chlorine in the nitro-
compound- has not only a loosening effect on the nitro-
groups of the aromatic series, but it increases the ex-
plosive power by at least 20 per cent. If roburite be
mixed with water it loses its ability of exploding and
becomes quite harmless. The principal application of
roburite is in coal-mining, as it blasts the coal in large
lumps with a small percentage of powder. Neither can it
fire mine gases. — S. 11.
XXII.— ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
.1 Conlrivanct for Automatic Filtration. O. Billeter.
Chem. Zeit. 11, 509.
The arrangement will be readily understood from the
figure. The tube A is open at both ends, and its lower
end is adjusted to the level up to which the liquid may
562
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. 31. 1887.
rise in the funnel. In order to use the apparatus, the syphon
isstartedbyblowiogintoA, when the operation of filtering
rf
1
'rv
will proceed quite automatically. The liquid in the
bottle may be heated if required and the funnel may
be connected with a suction pump. — S. H.
A Simple Arrangement ftn the Regulation of Low
Temperatures in Air-baths. M. Ekenberg. Cheni.
Zeit. 11, 536.
A METAL CASING, provided with boles, is arranged below
the air-bath. The source of heat is a gas burner, the
flame of which must end about 4cm. below the bottom
of the air-bath, so that the bath is not heated directly
by the flame, but rather by warm air, which is partially
retained by the metal casing. The key of the gas tap is
elongated and made to play on a circular dial, which is
graduated empirically. For temperatures up to 50" C. a
small flame, provided with a well-fitting chimney, is
employed ; for higher temperatures a burner with several
small flames should be used. — S. H.
and the gasometer is used in the usual manner, a being
the tube containing the water to exert pressure on the
gas.— S. H.
Improvements in Balances. P. Ilunge.
559.
( hem. Zeit. H,
It is at first noted that in most balances the sensitive-
ness of a balance decreases uniformly with increase of
load ; this is conditioned by steel alloy used for the
construction of the beam, which frequently coutains pores
invisible to the naked eye. To avoid this, and to produce
the maximum sensitiveness with mean load, argentan
alloy, drawn and rolled, is substituted for steel, which it
approaches in solidity, while in elasticity it surpasses
nickel alloy and aluminium bronze. In order to avoid
vibrations of the pointer, the author adopts a peculiar
sectional form, which is found to act better than the
usual conical form. A cam arrangement is also
described for opening the window of the balance case
with one hand and for keeping it open in any desired
position. The window opens out towards the observer,
and the weights are introduced by side windows ; thus
the breath of the observer does not injure the balance.
In conclusion, an arrangement is detailed in outline for
transporting the weights wholly within the balance case,
when it may be desired to conduct weighings in vacuo ;
such an arrangement also avoids a possible diminution
in the weights by contact with pincers or the fittings of
the box. The arrangement is not as yet completed.
— V. H. V.
A Reaction for Narce'ine. P. C. Plugge. Nieuw. Tijdsh.
l'harm. Nederl. 1887, 163.
If a trace of narceine be warmed with dilute sulphuric
acid in a porcelain basin over a water-bath, a beautiful
violet-red colour appears as soon as the solution is suffi-
ciently concentrated : continued heating changes it to
cherry-red. After cooling, the addition of a trace of
HXtljiir KXO:. solution, produces bluish-violet streaks
in the red liquid. O'OOOOlogrni. of narceiue can be
detected in this way. — D. E. J.
A Spherical Gasometer. A. Ehrenberg. C'hem. Zeit.
11, 786.
The apparatus is of glass, and rests after the fashion of
the Gay-Lussae burettes in a wooden support. The
accompanying illustration shows the shape given to it
Hyposulphite of Sodium and Bismuth as a Test for
Potassium. C. I'auly. Pliarni. C.H.N.F. 18S7, 187.
This reaction had already been pointed out by A.
Carnot. The author, however, finds that the reaction is
a delicate one and applicable as a test for the presence
of potassium in very dilute solutions. An alcoholic
solution of bismuthic sodium hyposulphite gives with
potassium salts a strongly yellow crystalline precipitate
of bismuth potassium hyposulphite K,Bi(SsOa)?, which
dissolves in water to a colourless solution, but is repre-
cipitated unchanged by the addition of alcohol. Neu-
tral solutions of sodium, lithium, calcium, magnesium
and ammonium salts are without effect : barium and
strontium .--alts give precipitates, but as the colour is
white, they are sufficiently distinguished from the potas-
sium precipitate.
The reagent is prepared in two solutions, which are
kept separate until required for use. For the one, six
molecules of sodium hyposulphite (14SS parts) are dis-
solved in the least possible quantity of water. For the
other, one molecule of bismuth oxide, BUG;; (468 parts)
is dissolved in hydrochloric acid and diluted with acidi-
fied water to a volume equal to that of the hyposulphite
solution. The procedure recommended is the following :
— One or two drops of the hyposulphite solution are
placed in a teijt tube together with the same quantity of
bismuth solution, and then lcc. of water and 10tol5cc.
alcohol are added. If any cloudiness does not disappear
on shaking, water is added in drops until the solution
becomes clear. To this is added, drop by drop, the solu-
tion to be tested for potassium, which, if present, will
produce a fine yellow precipitate after some lapse of
time. The author obtained an unmistakable indication
with OOOOOogrm. KCL— G. H. B.
On tlir Detection of .small quantities of Luetic Acid.
W. Windiach. Wochensch. Brauerei, 13, 214.
LACTIC acid, when heated with potassium chromate and
sulphuric acid, is decomposed into formic acid and acetic
aldehyde. The solution to be tested is diluted to about
lOOcc. ; 5— lOcc. of concentrated sulphuric acid and a little
potassium chromate are added and the mixture is sub-
mitted to distillation. The vapours are received in warm
Ncssler's solution. The presence of aldehyde causes a
yellow precipitate, small quantities giving only a yellow
opalescence. F'ormic, acetic, propionic, butyric, valeri-
anic, succinic, malic, tartaric and citric acids do not
give this reaction. — G. H. B.
Aug. 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
5G3
A Reaction for Morphine. U. Ynlpius. Arch. Pharm.
1887, 25, 256.
ABOUT 0'00025grm. of a morphine salt is dissolved in a
porcelain dish in about six dropsof concentrated sulphuric
acid, a few centigrams of sodium phosphate added and
the mixture carefully heated. White fumes are evolved,
and a violet colour appears. Water added drop by drop
to the cold mixture produces at first a brilliant red,
which, on further addition, changes to a dirty green ;
if the solution be then shaken with the same volume of
chloroform, the latter is coloured blue. — A. K.
On the Detection of Duron in MM and similar Liquids,
M. Kretzschmar. (hem. Zeit. 11, 470.
AlTER well shaking the milk, S — Occ. are evaporated to
about one-third their hulk in a platinum crucible. A
few drops of hydrochloric acid are now added, and the
evaporation continued, by means of the non-luminous
flame of a Hansen burner held in such a manner
as to play on the top of the crucible. If boron
be present the Maine is coloured green, but the colour
disappears as soon as inflammable gases are evolved.
The author maintains that practically all the boron
present is evolved in this manner, and that the test is
therefore a very delicate one. — A. R.
A Novel Reaction of Chloroform, A. Jolles. Cheru.
Zeit. 11, 786.
Chloroform, if not quite free from water, gradually
undergoes decomposition under the influence of daylight.
An addition of 1 per cent, of alcohol effectually prevents
oxidation. Nevertheless, the article in commerce fre-
quently contains a high percentage of oxidisable
matters, such as aldehyde, ethylene, and so forth, which
may he readily detected in the following manner : — A
few grains of chemically-pure potassium manganate
(Iv.MnO,) are added to the chloroform to be tested,
l'ure chloroform does not act on it at all, whereas an
addition of about 2 per cent, of alcohol or similar
oxidisable matter quickly reduces the manganate, pro-
ducing yellow-brown spots of potassium manganite
(KjMnOj). The quicker the reduction and the more
intense the spots, the greater was the addition of foreign
oxidisable matter. The reaction is expressed by the
following equation : — KsMnU4 + C2HrtO = K,Mn03 +
H..O + C. H(U. Potassium permanganate (KMn04) does
not act nearly so rapidly.— S. H.
The. Estimation of Acetic Arid in Acetates by direct
Titration. A. Sonneiiscbein. Chem, Zeit. 11, 591
—592.
The method hitherto in use has been that of Presenilis,
which involves a distillation, and to a\oid this has been
the object of several experimenters on the subject. The
author claims to have devised a successful method of
direct titration by availing himself of the colour
reaction given by methyl-orange (On.nge IV.). In
testing a sample of sodium acetate, the solution is Hist
titrated with normal hydrochloric add in presence of
phenacetolin in order to determine the sodium carbonate
present, after which methyl-orange is added and the
addition of acid continnetl until a red colour shows that
the acetate has been decomposed. The sodium carbon-
ate can also be removed by means of barium chloride as
a preliminary to titration. The yellow colour of
commercial calcium acetate is renio\ed by treatment
with animal charcoal ; in other respects the procedure is
the same as with the sodium salt. Using Presenilis'
method as a standard, the author obtains closely-
agreeing results bv his direct method. — G. H. B.
Iodine-starch is the only exception known, and this fact
seemed to point to the probability of iodine combining
with starch in a peculiar maimer. The author has now
found that the formation of blue iodine-starch is not
caused by iodine alone, but by the simultaneous action
of hydriodic acid or one of its salts. The properties of
iodine-starch well agree with this statement. All the
iodine solutions which colour starch blue, contain
hydriodic acid or an iodine salt. If a compound be
present which destroys hydriodic acid — e.g., chlor'ne —
no blue iodine-starch is obtained. A silver solution
decolorises iodine starch ; on the addition of iodine, the
mixture becomes yellow, but hydriodic acid or one of in
salts restores the blue colour. Again, an aqueous
solution of iodine does not turs starch blue, whereas the
addition of the smallest trace of hydriodic acid is
sufficient for the formation of blue iodine-starch. As a
consequence, all those substances which convert iodine
in hydriodic acid, change yellow iodine-starch to blue.
In analysing iodine-starch, it is not sufficient toestimate
the total iodine present, but the proportion of iodine to
hydriodic acid must also be ascertained. If starch
solution be added to a solution of iodine in potassium
iodide, acidilied with sulphuric acid, a precipitate of
blue iodine-starch is produced which quickly collects at
the bottom of the vessel. By the titration of the filtrate,
the relation of iodine to hydriodic acid can beascertained ;
and if the proportion of iodine to hydriodic acid in the
original solution is known, the quantities of iodine and
hydriodic acid can be calculated which were absorbed
in the formation of blue iodine-starch. A series of
experiments showed that four iodine atoms and one
molecule of hydriodic acid go to form blue iodine-starch,
and if the formula (C,,H, 0O5),, represents the molecule
of starch, the composition of blue iodine-starch is
[(C.H.oOjlIRHI. On the other hand, the analysis of
iodine-starch dried in vacuo yielded : C = 3G-14 percent.,
H=5C6per cent, 1 = 1847 percent. This best corres-
I ponds with the formula (C24HroO.,(,I)4HI, which shows
at the same time that the formula of starch is
( ,4H100.;o. Pfeifl'er and Tollens's formula, which is
the same, and was obtained by another method, thus
receives a confirmation. Iodine-starch contains a
hydrogen atom which can be replacetl by metals. These
metallic compounds are obtained in the same way as
: the iodine-starch, by using the respective iodine salts.
Several of these compounds are soluble in water— e.g.,
the sodium and potassium compound, whereas others
are insoluble — e.g., the barium ami zinc compound.
— S. H.
An A/i/iaratus for the Estimation of Hydrogen in
presence of Marsh Gas in Gaseous Mixtures. F.
Hoppe-Seyler. Zeits. Physiol. Chem. H, 257.
This is an adaptation of the method of Winkler and
llempel, of passing the gas mixed with air over spongy
palladium, when only the hydrogen burns, and the
marsh gas remains unattacked. — G. H. B.
Notes on the Blue Iodine-starch. V. Mylius. Ber. 20
688—695.
If iodine combines with colourless substances which
contain carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, the resulting
compounds are, as a rule, either colourless or yellow.
Titration of Phosphoric Acid with Uranium Nitrate. Ch.
Malot. Monit. Scient. 1887, 4S7.
Oxide of uranium gives a green lake with cochineal,
which property may be utilised for a very exact deter-
mination of phosphoric acid. The phosphate is treated
according to Joulie's method — i.e., dissolved in HC1, the
phosphoric acid precipitated with the citro-magnesium
mixture and the precipitate dissolved in dilute nitric
acid. A few drops of tinctuie of cochineal are added,
then ammonia until the violet coloration just appears,
and this in its turn is made to disappear with 1 — 2 drops
of nitric acid. The solution is now heated to 100°, occ.
of sodium acetate solution added and the mixture
titrated with uranium nitrate. Each drop of the latter
causes a greenish-blue zone, which, on agitation, dis-
appears again. As soon as precipitation is complete, the
solution assumes a lasting greenish-blue colour, remain-
ing unchanged by excess of the uranium solution. The
end-reaction is most distinct. By employing very dilute
564
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. Ia»k. a. 1887.
solutions of uranium nitrate, the determination is
rendered very exact The author uses solutions, Ice. of
w liii-li represents 0*002grm of phosphoric acid. It is
necessary to keep the tempi rature about 100° during the
titration. A. R.
Analysis of Sulphides. Fr. Weil. Ber. 20,695-^97.
The sulphur in sulphides which are decomposable by
hydrochloric or sulphuric acid can be rapidly estimated
by passing the sulphuretted hydrogen evolved into a
modified Fehling's solution, and retitrating the copper
not precipitated with stannous chloride. The Fehling's
solution used is prepared by dissolving 39'3375grms. of
crystallised copper sulphate, 197grms. of Seignette-salt
(sodium-potassium tartrate) and 125grms. of sodium
hydrate per. litre ; this solution thus contains exactly
lOgrnis. of copper. The finely-powdered mineral,
wrapped in a piece of filter-paper, is quickly thrown
into a Bask which contains 50cc. of pure hydrochloric
acid and heated on the sand-bath. The sulphuretted
hydrogen is absorbed in .iOcc. of the copper solution,
which were previously diluted with lOOcc. of a dilute
sodium hydrate solution(70 toSOgrms. of Nat HI per litre).
The distillation is finished in five minutes. The contents
of the receiver are filtered, washed and a portion of the
filtrate titrated back with stannous chloride, lgrm. of
Cu=0\30393grui. S.— S. H.
On the Detection and Estimation of Vanadium in Mine-
rals and Ores. L. L'Hote. Conipt. Bend. 104, 990.
In order to isolate the vanadium the author passes dry
chlorine over a mixture of 4 parts of the substance with
1 part of charcoal heated in a tube to 250°. In the case
of ores which contain arsenic, the mixture must first be
made into a paste with oil and then heated to redness.
Two Mohr's bulb tubes containing water are connected
to the end of the tube. The presence of vanadium is in-
dicated by a red colour iu the first bulb due to the for-
mation of vanadic acid, but the thud remains colourless
when only very little vanadium is present. The products
of condensation are dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid,
the solution evaporated and the residue tested with a
drop of colourless ammonium sulphide, producing the
characteristic purple coloration of vanadium sulphide.
For the estimation of the vanadium, the author uses
Margueritte's method for determining small quantifies
of iron, by reduction with zinc and titration with a dilute
permanganate solution. The operations must be con-
ducted at a somewhat elevated temperature, and special
precautions must be taken in preparing the distilled
water used.
If a larger quantity of vanadium be present, the con-
tents of the first bulb will have a bluish-green colour,
and in that case the acidified solution is treated with
ammonia and evaporated to dryness : the residue, after
heating to redness, is weighed as vanadic acid. The
author found in bauxite 00."> and 0'031grm., in Bohe-
mian pitchblende 1"62 and L'40grm., and in brown iron-
stone 0*083gnn. of vanadium per kilo.— G. H. B.
The Influence of Barium Phosphate upon Acidimetrie
Analysis. A. Yilliers. Compt. Kend. 104, 1103.
PHOSFHOBIC acid can easily be estimated by means of
caustic potash or baryta water, using phenolphthalein
as an indicator : a phosphate which has a neutral reaction
being formed in the hrst case and insoluble di-barinm
phosphate in the second case. It might therefore be
ex| ected that in the volumetric determinate n of an acid,
no difficulty would l.e occ isioned by the presence of such
a salt as di-sodium phosphate ; tliis is true for caustic
potash, but it is not so when baryta-water is used.
If ill lis neutralised with baryta-water in presence of
phenolphthalein, so that a red' coloration i>- produced,
and if di-sodium phosphate (which reacts neutrally to-
wards the indicator) is added, the same effect is pro-
duced as if there had been an addition of acid--/.... a
further quantity of baryta-water is required to restore
the red colour. This reappi ars at once, but again dis-
appears in live or ten minutes and more baryta has to
be added before it becomes permanent, the amount de-
pending upon the relative amounts of di-sodium phos-
phate and barium chloride. In presence "f a large excel s
of di-sodium phosphate the preci] itate nltimatelj formed
has the composition BaNaP04.
The main product of the reaction of barium chloride
upon di-sodium phosphate is acid barium phosphate : —
Na.Hl'n, , BaCL BaHP04H 2NaCl. On the addition
of baryta-water the following decomposition occurs :
2BaHPO< + 2NaCl Ba(OH).. - 2BaNaK)4 + BaCl..+
■JI1.H.
Thus a free acid cannot be titrated with baryta-water
in presence of Na«HP04, even when phenolphthalein
(towards which the salt is neutral) is used as indicator.
This is also true for the estimation of phosphoric acid iu
presence of salts of the alkalis ; but such determinate ns
can be carried out when caustic potash is employed.
— D. E. J.
Estimation of Copper and Arsenic in Pyrites, 1!.
Nahnsen. Chem. Zeit. 11, 692.
It is supposed that the pyrites to be tested contain no
more than 03 per cent, to Oo per cent, of copper. The
mineral is powdered very finely and 12 5grms. of it are
treated in a tall beaker with lOcc. of water and lcc. of
strong sulphuric acid. Nitric acid of 14 sp. gr. is then
added until there is lo further reaction, and the beaker
covered with a porcelain dish. The liquid is made to
boil, the porcela;n dish i em oved after a few minutes and
the beaker shak< n very frequently, the boiling being con-
tinued until the liquid becomes very thick and commences
to separate a yellow salt The pasty mass is then dissolved
in warm water. The solution, after cooling, is trans-
ferred to a '250cc. Mask, filled up to the maik and 200cc.
( = lOgrms. pyrites) are filtered through a dry filter. The
solution, now free from silica and lead, is treated with
sulphuretted hydrogen for several hours, until theire-
cipitate tonus small lumps and the liquid is quite clear.
i The former is then rinsed into a beaker, which contains
| a strong solution of sodium sulphide in sufficient quan-
tity to dissolve all the sulphur on boiling. The solution
is diluted with hot water, allowed to settle for some
hours and filtered. The solution contains all the anti-
mony and arsenic, whereas the cupric sulphide is on the
filter and can be estimated as cuprous sulphide. By the
addition of an acid to the sodium sulphide solution,
antimony and arsenic is precipitated, the latter of which
is extracted from the washed precipitate bj ammonia.
— S. H.
tin the Determination of Arsenic as tht Pentasulphide.
Be Roy W. BuBCay. Amer. Chtm. .lour. 9, 174 —
179.
The author strongly recommends that where arsenic has
to be determined in an ar.-enate, it should be estimated
gravimetrically as follows: — The solution contain-
ing from 01 to 0 3grni. of arsenic is placed in a Mask
with a well-fitting stopper, the capacity of the flask
being about "JOOcc. It is then acidified with hydro-
chloric acid and diluted with fie.-hly boiled water
until the tlask is nearly full. H.S gas is then
passed in to saturation, the stopper inserted and
fastened down, and i lie whole placed in a hot water
bath for an hour. At the end of I hat time all the
arsenic will be precipitated as AsjSs, containing, as the
author's experiments show, no free sulphur. — S. G. B.
Est, /nation of Hydrogen Peroxidi . H. Thorns. Chem.
Zeit. 11, US.
The two following methods for the determination of
hydrogen peroxide are recommended as being both rapid
and accurate :—(l.) The apparatus used is Presenilis
and Wills's apparatus for the estimation of CO„. Pour
in 5cc. of the solution of hydrogen peroxide, and
introduce a small tube nearly filled with coarsely-
powdered MnO„ without allowing the solution to touch
this. Concentrated sulphuric .acid is poured into the
Aug. 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
565
second flask, and after a little of this lias been drawn
over, the apparatus is shaken so as to bring the mix-
ture into contact with the MnO.. Oxygen is freely
given off, and after the evolution of ga- hae ceased
a stream of air if- drawn through the Basics m the
usual manner, after which they are weighed. The
loss oi weight indicates the amount of oxygen evolved ;
one-half of this comes from the hydrogen per-
oxide, according to the equation MnO., + HO., =
MnO + H,0 + Oj. (2.) The second method depends
upon the fact that hydrogen peroxide liberates from acid
solutions of potassium iodide a corresponding quantity of
iodine, which can then be titrated with Na,S,0,.
Oogrm. of KI, lgrm. of dilute sulphuric acid (1:4) and
50grms. of water are heated to about 40° ; to this is
added O'occ. of the hydrogen peroxide (or, better, 5cc. of
the solution diluted "to a tenth of its previous strength)
and the whole is allowed to stand, with frequent shak-
ing, for about five minutes, after which it is titrated
with decinormal thiosulphate solution. On further heat-
ing to 40 a slight brown coloration is produced, which
is again destroyed by adding more thiosulphate. The
re-action is as follows :—H.,U, +2KITH, SO =K„S04
+ 2H...O + 2I; 2Na,S,0s+21=2NaI+NasS4O,. Thus
21 corresponds to H90, or 2Na,Ss03 ; and conse-
quent^ Ice. of decinormal thiosulphate is equivalent
to 0 OOlTgrm. H„02.— D. E. J.
Notes on the Estimation of Morphia, H. Goebel.
Chem. Zeit. 11, 508.
5 — I0GBMS. of opium are digested with llOcc. of water
at 55° C. and from 4 to 5grms. of quicklime are then
added. The mass is allowed to stand with frequent
stirring for one hour. It is then filtered, and 50cc. of
the filtrate are shaken with 5cc. of 95 per cent, alcohol,
2.Vc. of ether and 3grms. of ammonium chloride. The
mixture is allowed to crystallise over-night. The ether
is then carefully decanted through a filter, the latter
washed with pure ether, and the alcholic liquid is at
last filtered into a graduated cylinder, using the mother
liquor to bring the crystals on the filter. They are
washed with cold water, until the filter is colourless.
For every lOcc. of water OOlgrm. of morphia is allowed.
The filter is dried at 100° U. and the weight noted down.
The crystals are then removed from the filter and the
latter is moistened with dilute sulphuric acid, and after-
wards washed with water, until the washings give no
reaction with starch solution and iodic acid. The filter
is again dried and weighed, and the difference of the
two weighings is the amount ot morphia in the opium.
— S. H.
On the Estimation of Nicotine in Tobacco Extracts.
Or. K. Kissliug. Chem. Zeit. 11, 605.
The following additional details are given by the author
in further explanation of the method of determining
nicotine, previously published by him (Chem. Zeit. 9,
1336). lOOgmis. of the extiact is a convenient quantity
to work with ; this is distilled in a current of steam
until the contents of the distillation flask have
diminished by about 25 per cent, (and not, as previously
stated, until the volume is reduced to 10 — 15cc.). The
flask must be very carefully heated over wire gauze,
otherwise it may easily become over-heated owing to
the precipitation of insoluble matters. It is found
advantageous to grind up the mixture of ammonium and
nicotine sulphates with lcc. of concentrated caustic soda
solution, then to add 4C — 50grms. of sand and as much
powdered lime as is required to convert the whole into a
pulverulent mass. — O. E. J.
taking a series of hand-made papers containing known
amounts of ground wood the author was able to make a
colour scale, the colours of which correspond to the
colours given with dimetbylparaphenylenediamine bj
papers of known strength. Test papers with the latter
substance are employed, and since these and the scale
can be carried on the person, Ibis method forms a most
convenient and quick means of estimating both quali-
tatively and quantitatively the amount of ground wood
in paper. The author has also determined the amount
of normal iodine solution corresponding to the scale
colours. — G. II. M.
Chemical Examination of Si//;. J. Persoz. Monit.
.Scient. 1SS7, 597.
Devii.le first suggested that the quantity of pure silk
present in silk fabrics might be estimated by determin-
ing the amount of nitrogen, and the method has been
worked out by Moyret, who takes 2grms. of the material,
bleaches, dries, cuts it up line and determines the
nitrogen by Will and Varrentrap's method. Moyret
concluded, after making numerous analyses, that silk-
fibre contained 17"6 of nitrogen. The author recom-
mends, in order to prevent loss in reducing the material
to a finely-divided state, that it should be immersed for
a few moments in HC1 diluted with two to three times the
volume of water, then exposed to the air for some
time and diied at 120 , when it can easily be reduced to
an impalpable powder. He now finds that silk contains
18 of nitrogen and bases his calculations upon this
result.
Silk fabrics often contain tin salts (especially the
chloride) : these can be detected by burning the silk
and examining the ash before the blowpipe. Or the
material may be warmed in a test-tube with just enough
concentrated HC1 to dissolve it completely, the solution
diluted with water and HjS passed through, when
the presence of tin can easily be detected. To
distinguish between pure mulberry-silk and the wild or
Tussali-silk, the material under examination may be
boiled for a minute with zinc-chloride solution of 45' B.,
which dissolves the mulberry-silk without appreciably
attacking the other. — D. E. J.
Extraction Aconiti.
A. Kremel.
253.
Pharm. Post. 1SS7
'.
The alkaloids in extract ot aconite can best be estimated
as follows : 7'5grms. of the extract are weighed into a
porcelain dish, dissolved in lOcc. of water and carefully
transferred, with 5cc. of water, to a Hask graduated to
hold 150cc. 95: alcohol is added in small quantities,
with frequent shaking, until the flask is filled to the
mark : it is then allowed to stand for three to four hours,
after which lOOec. ( = .">grms. of the extract) are filtered
from the precipitated albuminous matters. 25ec. of
water are added to the filtrate, which is heated on a
water bath to drive off the alcohol : after standing for a
few hours, so as to allow of the precipitation of resinous
matters, the liquid is filtered through a wetted filter,
which should be carefully washed. The acid solution
thus prepared (20 — 25cc. in volume) is shaken up with
15 — 20cc. of chloroform in order to remove free organic
acids and any resinous matters which may still be pre-
sent. The solution is separated from the ihlorofoim,
made alkaline with potassium carbonate and shaken up
first with 15cc, then with lOcc. and, lastly, with 5cc.
of chloroform. .After each addition of chloioform, the
mixture is allowed to stand for two or three hours ; the
chloroform-solution of the alkaloids is then transferred
to a crystallising-disb, allowed to e\aporate spontane-
ously and the residue dried over H,S04. Otherextracts
can also be examined in this way. — D. E. J.
Quantitative Determination of Lii/nin in Paper. C.
Wurster. Ber. 20, SOS— 810.
The author has taken advantage of the fact that paper
containing ground wood turns dimethylparaphenylene-
diamine an intense magenta colour, whilst paper made
from linen or cotton fibre, orwith chemically treated wood
cellulose, only turns this substance slightly yellow. By
A Scheme for the Examination of Clue. R. Kisslin".
Chem. Zeit. 11, 691 and 719—720.
(«) Estimation of Water. — 2 or 3grms of glue shav-
ings are dried at 110' to 115° C. until the weight remains
constant. (b) Estimation of Ash. — The residue from the
test a is burned in a platinum crucible, if necessary with
566
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. si, 1887.
the addition of a drop of nitric acid, (c) Qualitative
i lamination of the ash. — The properties of the ash give
a clue to the origin of the pine. The ash from bone-
glue fuses by the beat of the Bunsen burner : it- aqueous
solution is neutral and it contains phosphoric acid and
chlorine, whereas the ash from leather-glue does not fuse,
owing to the presence of caustic lime. Leather-glue has
an alkaline reaction and is free from phosphoric acid
and chlorine. (d) The determination of the Arid. —
.'{Ogrins. of glue are suspended in sOee. of water and
allowed to stand for seveial hours. The volatile acids
are then driven over by a current of steam. As soon as
the distillate amounts to 200cc. , the distillation is dis-
continued and the contents of the receiver titrated with
standard alkali. Sometimes the distillate contains
sulphurous acid, in which case the receiver should contain
a known amount of standard alkali, (e) Capacity of
Drying. — The solution of glue freed from volatile acids is
made up with water to lSOgrras. and heated on the water-
bath, llicc. are spread on a watch-glass, and allowed to
stand in a room which i» free from dust and not exposed
to freijuent changes of temperature. The change of the
glue jelly is observed for seveial days, and if possihle
modified method. In a long paper, containing a large
number of analytical Jesuits, the author compares the
two processes, and shows conclusively thai Schlickum's
method is no improvement upon his own. — U. E. J.
Estimation of Morphia in Opivm. J. Bid. l'hnim.
Zeit. Rusal. 1887, -241.
Thk author has eomrarcel the best-known methods —
those of Fliickeger, linger and Dieteiieh- and he draws
from his analytical lesultsthe conclusion that Diet erich's
(the " Helgenlerger " method — ste previous abstract) is
the best, because (l)it gives the largest yield of morphia;
(2) the precipitated morphia is the put est ; (3) the method
is an easy and cemenient one; and (4) the results
obtained agree well with one another. — D. E. J.
Determination of Starch in Paper. G. Schumann,
l'apicr Zeitung, 1SS7, 389.
The author finds that diastase (malt extract) is a good
solvent for the starch. A strip of the paper weighing
So.
Water
per Cent.
Ash per
Cent.
305
Qualitative
Properties of Ash.
Volatile
Acids
per
Cent
Capacity of
Drying.
Foreign
Matter.
Smell of
Quality
of tilue.
Price per
lOOkilos.
Mark--i.r.,
Shillings.
PO.Hj
r] Reaction of
"-'■ Extraet.
Solid Blocks.
The hot Jelly.
1
15-7
none
none
<slrongly '.
alkaline
none
very gcod
trace
very good
very good
1
92
2
2 68
none
trace
alkaline none
very good
trace
very good
very good
Leath-
92
3
156
1-10
none
trace
alkaline
0022
very good
trace
very good
very good
92
4
is-i
110
trace
none
alkaline
0015
very good
3
good
good
92
a
17-0
216
much
noDe
0110
bad
40-5
bad
medium
\
66
6
156
1-26
much
much
0831
good
medium
medium
66
14-9
1-13
0-262
medium
medium
medium
66
8
9
••
2-RO
2-63
much
much
much
much
"neutral J
0487
0-172
had
good
6
trace
very bad
medium
very bad
bad
50
50
1»
1641
266
very much
tiacc
0 038
medium
trace
very good
very good
Bone
68
11
1600
1-93
very much
little
..
..
Glue
70
12
13 24
200
very much
little
'
0-068
very bad
15
good
good
68
13
177
5-07
much
much
alkaline
O0S2
bad
20
medium
bad
60
14
3 04
much
much
1 I
none
medium
very good
good
66
15
12-28
ISO
much
none
-neutral-' 0056
bad
trace
good
bad
66
l.;
1356
2-S0
much
Little
1 1 0-113
good
20
good
good
68
the behaviour of this jelly is compared side by side
with glue jellies of known quality, as the temperature
and amount of moisture in the air has an influence on
the consistency of the jelly. (/) Foreign Matter. — The
rest of the glue solution from the test e is diluted with
hot water and transferred to a cylinder holding lOOOcc.,
and provided with a cc. scale. After tilling up to the
top, the contents of the cylinder are allowed to subside
for 24 hours and the settlement noted down as " foreign
matter." (y) Smell. — The smell of glue differs very
much. Leather-glue smells least. Other glues do not
smell in the solid state, while their jelly has an un-
pleasant odour. The above table shows the result of
the examination of different kinds of glue. — .S. H.
I'harin.
Methods of Analysing Opium. E. Dieterich.
0. H. N. F. 1SS7, 219.
The so-called " Helgenberger " method of estimating
morphia in opium and its preparations was introduced by
the author. Objections were raised to it, mainly on
account of its difficulty, by .Schlickuin, who proposed a
ogrms. is boiled four times with dilute alcohol in an
Eilenmeyer tlask, in order to remove resins and soluble
salts, the alcohol being changed every half-hour. The
extract is tiltered through a parchment filter in order to
retain aDy fibres held in suspension ; the strip of paper
and the contents of the filter are then dried at 100: until
the weight becomes constant. They are next digested
with the malt extract at tin— 70° until the starch is all
extracted, then washed with hot water, again dried at
100° and weighed. The loss gives the amount of
starch.
To prepare the malt extract, pour a mixture of two
litres of water and four litres of glycerine over Sokilos.
of freshly-pounded malt ; let it stand, with occasional
stirring, for eight days, then press and filter. The solu-
tion keeps well ; five drops of it are sufficient to dissolve
Igrm. of starch. — D. E. J.
Quantitative Determination of Theine in Tea-leaves.
Loseh. l'harm. Zeits. Kuss. 18S7, 177.
j0 — 206RMS. of tea-leaves are twice extracted with boil-
ing water. The leaves are filtered oil' and washed
Aug. 31. 1887.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
567
with hot water until the latter is no longer coloured.
The filtrates are then evaporated with 1£ times the
weight of magnesia, calculated on the weight of tea
leaves employed. The residue is finely powdered,
extracted with chloroform, the latter evaporated off, ami
the residue dried at 100— 10.V and weighed. All the
theine is thus obtained in a perfectly colourless state.
—A. R.
A otes on Sugar A naiysis.
Zuckerind.
Sevli'art. Neue Zeits. f.
1887, 150.
The article first treats on a method for taking samples of
raw sugar, particularly as regards the systematic
mixing thereof. For igniting, without addition of sul-
phuric acid, vaselin free from ash may be advantage-
ously employed, ogrrns. of the sugar are weighed into
a platinum dish, covered over with vaselin and the
disli isgently heated and finally made red-hot. The author
also refers to the determination of alkalinity of juices, par-
ticularly as regards the use of normal alkaline solutions
and indicators of constant composition. For the
determination of caustic lime in burnt lime, 4 667grms.
of the powder are weighed oft', boiled for 30 minutes in a
250ce. Hask with water, and mixed with a solution of
SOgrms. of sugar in loOcc. of water, previously warmed
to 65°. The mixture is well shaken, and the solution
filled to the mark, filtered after 5 — 6 hours and 50cc.
titrated with normal acid solution. Treble the number
of cc. employed gives the percentage of caustic lime
present. — A. R.
Determination of the Melting Point of Paraffin. LAYein-
stein. Chem. Zeit. H, 784.
Many methods exist for the determination of the melting
point of paraffin. Although the matter is very simple,
discrepancies in the test are very frequent owing to
diffeient points being observed as the point of fusion.
The Halle-Association prescribes to melt a small piece of
paraffin in warm water, observe the temperature of the
water while cooling, and note that point as the melting-
point when the paraffin-drop shows the first signs of
solidification. In America a sufficient quantity of paraffin
is melted in a small beaker and allowed to cool, stating
that point as the melting-point when the mass commences
to be stiff. Again in Scotland, the paraffin is melted in a
small crucible and the liquid mass is stirred with a
thermometer, until half of it has solidified. At this
point the temperature is said to remain constant for a
few moments. The author tried to ascertain the melting-
point in the manner usually employed in scientific
laboratories — viz., with a capillary tu lie— anil found that
the results obtained are very concordant indeed. He
recommends this method as the simplest, and it is the
method most generally used for other substances. The
re-ults agree with those of the Halle and American
method, but arc lower thau those obtained by the Scotch
process by 2' C. — S. H.
Quantitative Examination of Strychnine and Brucine. G.
Hoist and H. Beckurts. Pharm. C.H.X.F., 1887, 119.
The authors have now discovered a method in-
volving the employment of potassium ferrocyanide, which
gives absolutely certain results. A similar method had
not hitherto given good results. On adding to a
strong hydrochloric acid solution of both alkaloids
(not too dilute,; about 0o — 1%) a solution of potas-
sium ferrocyanide till a sample of the filtrate
produces a blue colour on ferric chloride paper, the
whole of the strych nine is separated as strychnine
ferrocyanic acid C;iHo.2X.,O..H4Fe(CX)0, whilst
the brucine remains completely in solution. By
using a standard solution of potassium ferrocyanide, the
strychnine may be easily determined volumetrieally.
244 parts of pot assium ferrocyanide are equivalent to
334 parts of strychnine. In a mixture of strychnine
alkaloids, the total of the strychnine and Drucine would in
the first place lie determined by gravimetric analysis,
then the strychnine as above and the brucine would be
obtained bv difference. — W. R.
Testing of Bitter Almond Water. H. Beckurts. Pharm.
Centr. H. N. F. 8, 131.
By adding magnesium hydroxide to bitter almond water
until the solution just becomes ojalescent and then
titrating with decinormal silver solution, after the addi-
tion of a few drops of potassium chromate, the results
obtained are always too low. An aqueous solution of
hydrocyanic acid gives accurate results when similarly
treated. The author considers the above inaccuracy
to be due to the slowness with which the benzaldehyde
hydrocyanide is decomposed with formation of mag-
nesium cyanide, and not to the gradual decomposition
of the latter by the silver chromate. By allowing the
bitter almond "water to stand for half an hour after
the addition of the magnesium hydroxide better results
are obtained : while by replacing the magnesium
hydroxide by magnesium acetate, according to Knbel's
suggestion, the reaction takes place quickly and
uniformly. — C. A. K.
The Examination of Officinal Bromides. G. Vulpius.
Pharm. Centr. H. N. F. 8, 133.
According to the Pharmacopoia, the bromides of potas-
sium, sodium, and ammonium are tested by theamountof
decinormal silver solution needed to completely precipi-
tateO 3grm. of thesalt. This method is no guard against
the presence of chlorides in sodium or ammonium bro-
mide, should they contain potassium bromide as well,
owing to the higher molecular weight of the latter
bromide. Ammonium or sodium bromide contained in
potassium bromide would, owing to their lower mole-
cular weight, have an opposite effect on the results.
— C. A. K.
Examination of Lead-plaster. A. Kremel. Pharm.
Post. ?0, 190.
Lead-plaster is readily tested by extracting it with
ether. Plaster prepared from oleic acid, consisting of
lead oleate, is almost completely soluble in ether ; that
from olive oil contains 17—20 per cent, of lead salts
insoluble in ether (lead stearate and palmitate), and
that from pig's fat 40—50 per cent. — C. A. K.
The following letter, addressed roMr. Douglas Coghill,
M.P. fur Newcastle-tinder- Lyme, has been handed tu us
for publication : —
North Staffordshire.
Douglas H. Coghill, Esq., M.P.
Honourable Sir, — Having read in the newspapers
a report of the statements made by representatives from
the South Wales district to the Home Secretary on
the Coal Mines Regulation Bill, we, as certificated
managers in North Staffordshire — the most dangerous,
fiery, and dusty district in the kingdom — desired to
attend as a deputation to explain our views and give our
experience to Mr. Matthews before the rules of the new
Act as to blasting are settled ; but we understand it is
too late to arrange for the reception of such a deputation,
and we, therefore, beg you to take an opportunity of
conveying to the Home Secretary a digest of what we
should have said.
Blasting by means of ordinary powder has been given
up as quite unsafe in some of the mines in this district
for years; but since the introduction of the gelatinous
compounds and the water cartridge with electric tiring
apparatus, we have been employing the system for nearly
two years, and at this moment its adoption is daily
increasing, and not one single case of accident has
occurred, while some 200,000 shots have been fired.
In the question of cost, the new system compares
favourably with the use of powder and old-fashioned
fuse, and "on the average the expense is no greater, while
the coal is got in an equally good, if not better, condition ;
but above all is the senseof security experienced by the
workmen and managers, owing to the killing of the flame
on the explosion of each shot,
c
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. a. 18B7.
We consider that the clauses on shot-firing in the bill
as drawn are wisely drawn, and with some slight modifi
cations should stand.
We object to the permission oi the employment of
gunpowder in anj ventilating district where gas has
been found issuing or accumulated within four weeks
previously, on the grounds —
1. That it is wholly unnecessary.
2. That it would lie unfair to allow it in one district
and not in another.
3. That it is certain very soon to result in serious
explosions and lo>s of life.
We have the honour to subscribe ourselves, Honourable
Sir, yours respectfully,
Thomas Robson, Manager. Podmore Hall Collieries,
Mr. Craig's Collieries (late M.I'.i
\V. ROBSON, Duke of Sutherland and others, Great
Fen ton.
IIkn.i JOHNSON, Audlcv Coal and Iron Co.
William Meadows, Madeley Coal and Iron Co., Ltd.
William Scott. '1'he Bnttcrley Co.. Silverdalc.
Enoch Edwards, .Miners' Agent, President of .Midland
Miners' Federation.
Jamks Potts. Manager, Mossfleld Colliery. Loi.glon.
Simon Barker, Mossrields and Berry Hill Collieries.
Edward Mm mm, tun, Harrison and Wood-. (1|1
burn. I Hrmlicate
William Bridoett, Chatterley 1'on Co., Ltd. i j,.tu,r
J. Cadman, Stainer & Co.. Aped ale Collieries. I
W. Osvi u d, Tulk-o'th'-Hill Collieries.
The above certificated colliery managers are directly
and personally responsible for the lives of over 14,000
miners.
1885.— Coals raised in North Staffordshire, 4,815,000
tons.
CraDc IRcport.
(From (lie Board oj Trade Journal.)
BOARD OF TRADE NOTICE.
The International Exhibition at Barcelona.
With reference to the notification on p. 522 of the llih
Number of the Journal, a communication, dated the .'iutli
July last, has been received from the Foreign Office, to the
effect thai Mr. Frederick Witty, unpaid British Vice-Consul
at Barcelona, who is engaged in business at that poit as a
commission agent and broker, is ready to act as agent for
British exhibitors at the Exhibition proposed to be held at that
place next year, and to afford information iu regard tu the
Exhibition to persons who may wish to obta n particulars wil.i
the view i • > taking part in it.
TRADE BETWEEN SPAIN AXD THE UNITED
K INC Dim.
Imparts into the Untied Kingdom from Spain.
PaiNCXPAL Akticlls. June, 1886. June, 1887.
Chemical Products unenume-
ratcd Value
Cupper (lie and ltegulus .Tons
Value
Manganese Ore Tons
Value
I 'y rites of Iron or Coppe ...Tons
Value
Quicksilver lbs.
Value
Bags, Esparto 1'ons
Value
Total Value ...
June.
July .
£8, 273
£95.426
51,931
£92 103
WW. 741
£55.879
.£32.178
isse.
£699,338
£195,361
£<.420
1,366
e|s,:-:M
2.100
£6 <«u
45.619
£78.338
825.000
£72.375
3.601
£20,030
1S87.
£7IS.5G1
£081,501
Exports of British and Irish Produce from the United
Kingdom to Spain.
Pi.ini n \i Ai i i i ' -
Alkali Cwt
Value
Caoutchouc Manufactures
Value
Cement Tons
Value
Chemical Products including
Dyestuffs Value
Coal, Products of, including
Naphtha, etc Value
Glass Manufactures Value
Manure Value
Painters' Colours and Ma-
terials Value
Paper of .i II sorts Cwt.
Value
Soap Cwt.
Value
Total Value
June
July
June, 1886.
June, 1887.
24,963
£8,737
18,867
£6,113
£1.223
910
£1,587
£885
851
£1,581
£3,375
£2,897
£390
£635
£21,955
£868
£108
£26,980
£2.671
C53
£1,505
279
£228
£1,659
1052
£1,889
80
£128
18S6.
1887.
£262.576
£221,722
£302,019
£261,5-1
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS PEGU-
LA T10NS.
Switzerland.
Classification of Articles in Customs Tariff.
[Note.— Quintal =220'41b. avoirdupois. Franc =9,s„d.>
The following decisions a fleeting the classification of articles
in the Swiss Customs Tariff have been given by the Swiss
Customs Authorities During the month of June last : —
Peroxide of manganese; extract of oak and of oak bark,
liquid. Category 1H. duty 30 centimes per quintal.
Dualine (nitrite of sodal ; extract of oak and of oak bark,
solid. Category 17, duty 1 franc per quintal,
Russia.
Pcecnt Customs Decision.
(.Vote. — Poud = 361b. avoirdupois Rouble = 3s. 2d.)
The duty on ammonia and all salts of ammonia shall be
raised as follows :—
Section 127. Ammonia and all salts cf ammonia.
1 Silammonia (chloride of ammonial. carbonate of am monia,
and all salts of ammonia, excepting sulphate of ammonia, iu a
raw and rerintd state, as well as liquid ammonia, 1 rouble 20
copecks per poud.
2. Sulphate of ammonia. 50 copecks per poud.
New Customs Tariff of Brazil.
The following is a statement of the rates of import duty now
levied under the Xew Customs Tariff of Brazil, which came
into operation on the 1st July last : —
[Kote. — Kilogramme=2 2011b. avoirdupois. I.itre=0'22 Imp.
gallon. Milrtis^2s. 3d., nominal value.)
Articles, etc.
Rates cf Duty.
llfi
117
118
150
151
153
151
155
157
159
161
162
163
161
165
X.— Materials for Dyeing,
Painting, etc.
Ultramarine of every kind Kilog.
Bistre
Carmine „
Blue Ashes
Cochineal ,,
Aniline or fuchsine colouis of every
kind. etc.. liquid or solid
Cork, pulverise.!, or Spanish black „
Arttiiei.il essences of every kind ..
Indigo
Lac uf every colour „
Past escir extracts fur dyeing, liquid
m -olid —
(If pastel and gall-nut. Cam-
peehe, Brazil, sandal-wood.
and sumac „
Not otherwise mentioned ,,
Powders forgilding ,,
Colouring materials, such as aliza-
rin, anchusinc. bichine. curcu-
tniae. iudigotinc. bematinc.
hra/iline. ciitliaminc (extract of
saffron), etc ,,
Size for gilding „
Indian ink ,,
Heis.
200
300
G.OOtl
200
100
1,000
30
3,000
600
800
120
600
30
1.000
300
800
Aug. si, issr.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
509
No. in
Tarifl.
183
184
Articles, etc.
Rates of Duty.
183
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
191
193
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
206
209
210
XI.— Chemical Products, Phar-
mai elticai. Compositions, and
Memcaments in general.
Acetone or pyro-acetic spirit Kilog.
Acetates or pyrolignites :
Of alumina ,,
Of ammonia, liquid or solid — „
Of lead, liquid or crystallised,
salt or vinegar of lead
Of copper, ammoniacal ,,
Do., crystallised or in powder. . ,,
Of lithia
Of silver Gramme
Of cobalt Kilog.
Of iron ,,
Of mercury ,,
Of any metal, not otherwise
distinguished „
Of alkaloids or organic bases . . Gramme
Acids :
Acetic, strong or crystallisable.
and pure of verdigris or glacial Kilog.
Arsenious, or white oxide of
arsenic ,,
Benzoic or flowers of benzoin..
Bromic ,,
Perchloric ,.
Formic ,,
Hydrochloric, chlorhydric or
muriatic, pure or colourless .
Do., impure or coloured ,,
Iodic, pure
Lactic ,,
Nitric orazotic, pure, colourless ,,
Do., impure or coloured
Oxalic
Phosphoric, solid or glacial ,
Do., liquid ,
Pyrogallic ,
Pyroligneous, pyroacetic or
vinegar of -wood
Sorbic
Succinic, volatile salts of amber ,,
Sulphuric, oil or spirit of vil riol.
pure or colourless „
Do., impure or common
Sulphurous, liquid ,,
Tartric
Valerianic ,,
Xot otherwise mentioned
Aconite Gramme
Waters :
English Kilog.
Distilled, of orange, rose and
lettuce flowers
Do., not otherwise mentioned. . ,,
Hemostatic of any kind and
vulneraric alcohol ,,
Mineral, natural or artificial, of
any kind
Albumen, animal or dried
Alkaloids or natural or artificial
organic bases, etc., not otherwise
mentioned Gramme
Alcohol, amylaceous Kilog.
Gun-cotton
Alumina, dry or gelatinous ,,
Ambergris Gramme
Liquid ammonia, volatile alkali, or
spirits of aal ammoniac Kilog.
Amygdaline Gramme
Amylene Kilog.
Antimoniates of potash, plain or
diaphoretic antimony, purified or
not
Do., of alkaloids Gramme
Antipyrene M
Carburet of potash, of any descrip-
tion Kilog.
Anthraquinineand hydroquinine . . Gramme
" Apiol." pure
Arrobes for medicinal purposes .... Kilog.
Arsenates and arsenites :
Of potash or of soda, pure M
Do., impure, for the arts and
industries I ,,
Of silver Gramme
Of any metal, not otherwise
specified Kilog.
Of alkaloids or organic bases . . Gramme
Asparagine, pure
Sugar of milk, salt of milk, or
lactine Kilog.
Balms, prepared, of any kind, not
otherwise mentioned
Benzine
Benzoates, metallic, of any kind . .
Do., of organic bases Gramme
Medicinal biscuits of any kind .... \ Kilog.
" Bolas de Xancy " ' „
Heis.
1,000
300
210
200
1,800
250
16.C00
50
10.000
50
7.0OU
1,000
100
80
SO
2.2UO
7,000
2,100
2,000
100
15
3,500
2,000
liio
30
.,,
1,000
120
1.000
80
3.000
2,100
SO
10
80
300
4.000
800
210
800
100
UNI
1,000
21 HI
1,600
Ififj
l.i««i
2.500 I
1110
210
30
1,,.,..,
2,000
2.0OO
100
20
1,000
EXTRACTS FROM DIPLOMATIC AX1>
CONSULAR REPORTS.
Openings foe British Trade in Mexico.
The following information, respecting openings for British
Trade in Mexico, is extracted from a report, dated the 16th
of July last, by Mr. Lionel Garden. Her Majesty's Minister at
Mexico, which appeared in No. 202 of the Foreign Office ilSSTi
Annual Seriesof Diplomatic and Consular Reports on Trade
and Finance '* : -
" In view of the great field which exists for agricultural and
mining enterprise in this country, a fact which is at last
beginning to be realised abroad, the machinery trade may be
considered to be as yet in its infancy, and offers special
inducements to business men, in that unost of the articles
being free of duty) not so much capital, comparatively speak-
ing, is required as in other businesses.
" In a secondary degree, it is probable that houses forthe sale
of English hardwares, which have been almost entirely super-
seded in this country of late years by similar German and
American goods, might be established with a good chance of
success.
" Another class of business in which English capital might
be profitably employed, is that of ore-buying for shipment to
England. There arealready two American agencies established
in the capital for that purpose, but the cheaperrates of freight
to England, and the lower cost of reduction there, would enable
English firms to compete with every prospeet of success.
This business is likely to be one of very great importance in
the near future, in view of the large number of mines which
are at present unworked on account of the heavy cost atten-
dant on the establishment of reduction works, and from which
large quantities of ore of moderate ley might be exported.
l"n conclusion, it may be said 1 hat if English manufacturers
are contented to leave the distribution of their goods in Mexico
to merchants of foreign nationalities, though they may con-
tinue to retain a certain share of the trade, aconsiderable part of
what theymight have will unquestionably be wrested from them
by their more active competitors. The superiority of English
manufactures is not so unquestioned nowadays as to ensure
for them a constant demand in foreign markets, and the in-
difference of the manufacturers to the special requirements of
their foreign customers stands out in strong relief to the
solicitude shown by American and German merchants to
anticipate their wants and provide for them.
"With equal advantages as regards the prime cost of their
productions and the expense of placing them on the market,
it only requires the same taeticsof advertising and canvassing,
which have been sosucessfully employed by other nationalities,
to secure to British merchants their due share in the trade of
Mexico, the future importance of which can scarcly be over-
estimated.
Concession for Paper Making in Turkey.
The following information respecting industrial monopolies
recently granted in TurKev is extracted from a report by Mr.
W, H. Wrench. Her Majesty's Consul at Constantinople:—
" During the year 1885—86. six concessions for the establish-
ment of factories in Turkey have been granted by the Ottoman
Government, among which the follow ing one is of interest :—
" A monopoly for the manufacture of paper, granted to a high
palace official. Besides the privileges conceded to the fore-
going monopolies, this concession enjoys a term of monopoly
for 50 years for the whole empire, and the factory may be
established in any part of Turkey the concessionary may
select. If the site chosen should belong to the State it will be
granted free and without purchase. At the expiration of the
50 years the concessionary is bound to give up the factory to
the Ottoman Government, who will purchase the machinery,
etc but take over the building. The refusal for the future
working of the affair will then be offered to the concessionary
or his heirs. , ...
" This concession is now in the market, and negotiations are
being carried on with certain Austrian financial houses."
MISCELLAXEoUS TEA HE X0T1CES.
The New German Sugar Law.
On page 160 of the Board of Trade Journal for August will
be found a dispatch from Mr. C. S. Scott. Her Majesty's
Charge d'Affaires at Berlin, enclosing conies of the text of the
new sugar law which was published in the Official Gazette on
the 15th July, and of a memorandum thereon.
Production- and Exports of Chilian Nitrate.
The following information respecting the production of
Chilian nitrate during the month of April last, and the ex-
ports for the four months ended the 30th April, is extracted
from the Chilian Times forthe 21st May :—
'■ The total exportation of nitrate from all the nitrate porta
in April was 968.654 Spanish quintals as compared with
712 '66 quintals in the corresponding month of last year.
"The total loadings of nitrate at all the nitrate ports on
April 30th amounted toSI5.140 Spanish quintals, as compared
, with 806.304 quintals on the corresponding date of last year.
" The total production of nitrate in the province of lara-
naca in April was 512.237 metric quintals : the quantity sent
down to the shipping ports was 438,080 metric quintals; and
the stocks on hand at the w orks on the 30th AprU amounted
to 456.346 metric quintals.
"The exports of nitrate to the united Kingdom directly
i amounted to 105,771 Spanish Quintals for the first four months
I of 1887 as compared with 21,831 quintals for a corresponding
C2
570
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETYjOFCHEMICAL INDUSTRY
IAub.S1.188T
period in 1886; the exports* the l . yd k g dom org the
Continent for oriers amounted to l. ^v " » ; ' M „„,„.
compared with 1,346,607 quintals 1 .1886 .the • m uh
burgand Bremen 870,669 quintals n ^:;l;'o" Vast coast.
«V5 "SHaft SBftfi Egg •-»--' with
2,180,988 tor the corresponding period of isso.
Till' POSITION OF THE CHEMICAL INDUSTRY IN CHILI.
as regards the R^uc >on ^ copp em d s.n er.^ „_
S i'r 2 ua ° At Vina S Mar there" a targe sugar refinery
Hktti
xi. S15.
CONSULAR REPORTS.
B R A ZI L .
Chemical Imports.
Bulgaria.
D/-»7 Imports.
lias,5„ at' of 1884. Turkish imports, though rela-
pete with Eoglandin the value other Imports.
China.
Dyestuffs.
The imports of dyestuffs into the Chinese port of Chin-
... „.. „oorl from "11 24.i buttles in ISSo to 2i 1.1JB 111 ls.v>.
'«; "ef are sula'n g native tor dyeing silk and the
Foreign dyes are m 1 a bottles, whilst
i^b^nnu' ' n oSyybebought fortheeame so,,,. The
1331b- or nai" e i. - greater number ol puces than
""r^" but the Cb KSk ' Ives stand washing better, and do
™',h 1 I - bring Brown in the neighbourhood of
Sft t'ii'nir in? nercasing quantities, but the growers com-
( "n V'tbe "1 . .cti ion they have to endure fromforeign
1 tne« redo, - their profits and underselling their blue.
bolt es, rettUCHif u» 1 Q 1|aiid th(,H. business
?,eal,,'„s .",".,■ u, is 'confined more than was formerly the
,s ,a- • to reign cloth and to native cloth; the quantity
''■!",' Li, ', • .'lT.tl. sol.l increases, however, Erom .Man,,
0 ^BDvSwmer?oniGeVmwi3 from Messrs Lembke Gin-
pe^h, Ba,m.wai,U. and from dfrenhach, the latier being the
best.
1' RANI E.
m„st of which finds a market in England, the tota^xpo^in
is,-,; being 390 ions ^'"n the "ap Corse, owned and
worked in '«', small mims in nevP be nw*
w,„k,, 1 05 Corsicans; tteir p^roaucu English com-
fegrtsajss sn&£gs£3 u,us "' 18S6) ",;
annually shipped from Corsica to l-ian, e.
Germany.
The Frankfort-o-M. Drug Trade.
The prices of nearly all ^Xvv.'tno'uf ^p.I ViU
Frankfort -o-M. market P^i^Vprovement which then set
September, 1«6, and Jfce demd^ im active demand. The low
eSAass'vs. fffijsr °£ e8tablishinK' a con"
forniity in production ot sale P»c,s th(j cnemical
After a lapse of many ^^"^tmprovement seems to
industry lu.d to snip 01 ^. ^ u , selUng well and
have set in last J ear, ,mosi ' 01 i , pr,189i;lte of potash,
obtaining even h ghei prices. '^ ' ,,,,0n iac. etc. The import
borax, blue vitriol, spirit* of si '». ^"iouslv. caustic soda declii.-
of most British chemicals fell 0 ffse 10^ • ^ „ £rom m6 lo
i„g from 2G21 tons in 1^ "^ » >»• sooa ^ ^.^
1079 tons, soda en Btals riom ) *.>. .,. nand the m ports ot
lime from .iCWO to* torn* O a^ he *t e. I o^ iu
ammonia sulphate f 101 1 oreaiuri 31?0 tong_
Sate -ol tfh gSS t^f runs, and dyewoods from
in 1886. continued throughoiit 1 »e > j regulating prices
English manutoottirers^ possess *e Power, j^g 3 u
I £ ^ "^wlnch U^t,™ of tlie market dni notshow
S^s.^°on^e^tra^^^th their full approval.
United States.
The Petroleum Industry.
„ „,orlrpd increase in the production of
In 18S6 there was , . mark d .mc rea 1 decline in all thc
^r!™1^'^' S,S a la?ge ^increase in field operations, a
old reliable n'^'' in don.estic and foreign consumption, and
material increase in do ue sue a n b rcflned oU th;in
necessarily a larger export of cruae aer
haAl'VSr^ toatu« * of ne A merican oil industry is that the
Thegraxen.iiuic 11 11 Bylvania distract, long re-
yield of the old Bradtoici 1 en"-- where the production
Warded as the mainstay of 1 he 1; dus trj gag
inoneday. V^± iroduc^ only SS,000 barrels per day.
declined, and >™ »''°f. ' ^ dVstrict. showing in 1X82, 24,000
Tlie Alleghany ll'enns ylval u , 1 i . perdav. These two
barrels perday. now yieldsbut^baCTeBP ^ ^^ ^^
districts have been tne eo'Bl ** t0 foreshadow a
decline causes apprehension aatt seems ag ^
further general ^decrease in the pi »» .eniL.d- The domestic
sent available sonrcMOtsuyw a cent Kreater in
consumption of peggenS?hJ exports for the year 1886 show an
1886 than it was ml8to. Ihe expor» . es t.ially t0
increase of o per "?^£i™,Ef South America ; but the
the Kast Indies. India and. nun a uff Hollaud
shipments to China and £PgJ£2» tlieir consumption.
Sa5VeatdBrirain Germany, Denmark and Austria have
A'£1I' OPENINGS FOR TRADE.
Spain.
Opening for British Ooods.
. , ■ ,.-., thai tip would strongly advise
Cor,s„, WooUrige says that ^ ou'linufni.tl7r d KOods
the increased mtiod ' '•» , can almost promise a sure
illt0 Barec lorn, and a U. Iu arti,,es being better and
chetp?r?han nStfv" "goods, if'.he eountrys wants are duly
studied and considered: consul says that very
Elsewhere in his el » ■ '" .j.,,, ^uniries into Barcelona
tew goodsare import, . If. u . lou v;. o g^ j,,,,,,,,,,, ,,avt
thai could not be so t.on . b _ q( in_ whlch an
Corsiean
Industrie s.
— . .v,~ :uio.,,i of Corsica large works have been
At„I\af.,,r'th"n. nt " . I .. SuSllfg eSractfxom the wood
orttches,nut trees a.,,U cry excellent qnaUtJ U> produced,
lately cropped ..,, m .is .'' ,,'troieum refineries,
eenninolj national, „„„„ rriv s^rom Kussia, Germany, and
Tniantdns o. petroleu, . . 10 |k,s of d ,„„,
ibe United Makes, also largo qu ^ brfore (h(
ehemical. groductjons com; »*££*& ,„„;„,, treatment.
treaty, ^;<>~ '; ^ ' , ,i(,,lt ,-,„■ England tocoi to with
was signed, ti wasi ■ ' ■ m , quantiUesof these armies
M wassho^bj^lns^ninran^M rf fo c ir.,||i0]i
imported from n 1 . ■ 'Hriiish success by no means
is becoming lessraed. • -„, ' o„se tariffs, enabling other
depends, as before. . n c. l , ^ 10 Hri,19h traders,
b'ut'r .I- Ju,nn^c.a"aUainn^n.s possessed by British agents
AUB. si. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
571
in opposition to German and French. The countries which at
present compete with England in supplying goods to Barce-
lona are France. Germany. Belgium and Italy, and they com-
pete strongly in. among other things, drugs.
Travellers must be Sent.
The British Consul at Malaga, in common with his fellows
almost everywhere else, takes up the parable of the necessity
for English traders to send out travellers. Something more, i
he says, than the mere reduction of the tariff on British goods
is still apparently wanting to bring back from German. French '
and Belgian competitors the trade which thev were able to
divert from us during the many years that British manufac-
tures were handicapped by a differential tariff. So much has
already been written on the subject of the imperative neces-
sity of pushing our trade and commerce, by the means adopted
by our foreign rivals, that it seems superogatorv to insist again
upon the matter, but unless our manufacturers are prepared
to make some sacrifice in this direction by the employment of
commercial travellers acquainted with the language of the
country, and qualified to study the requirements of their cus-
tomers, they can. it is feared, hardly regain the ground that
has been lost in Spain. There are at Malaga a number of
young German clerks who. on their return home, will be well
prepared by knowledge of Spanish for employment in German
firms having business with Spain, and some such system as
this might doubtless advantageously be adopted at home.
High Price of English Goods.
„ The same Consul goes on to say that such British goods as do
find their way to Malaga, although generally acknowledged to
be of better quality than foreign manufactures of the same
class, are usually complained of as being too expensive, and so
the dealers are forced to fall back on the cheaper wares of
other countnes.
Sweden.
The Old Cry.
Our Consul at Gothenberg declares that British trade would
no doubt greatly develop by commercial travellers visiting the
country with samples, studying the requirements of the
people, and meeting local tastes in the nature, quality, and
value of the goods most in demand.
Cash Terms Favoured.
The same Consul says that the three to six months' credit in
business transactions accorded to natives bv European manu-
facturers is not recommendable. The English system of cash
terms, though inconvenient to local tradesmen, is far more
preferable, and may, if other facilities be afforded, cope suc-
cessfully with the money concessions of France, Austria and
Germany.
Turkey.
Diminished Trade with England.
iBMneJmporf pf.Petroleum into Turkey shows an increase for
i»et>. consul Dickson, writing from Damascus, savs that the
decrease in the imports of British goods is attributable to the
stocking of the market during the previous year, on account of
the over-supply m England, and also to the efforts at competi-
tion of other European countries. As regards foreign compe-
!,I„!Sn-f n ?,°e3. on t0 ,sar- efforts must not be neglected on the
Par'°fBrin?b manufacturing firms to Promote their interests
in the East, m the same way as other foreign houses. Costlv
and elab°rately got-up circulars are sent out to Turkev by
mif Sdhr 'S r,rn,Ve3 b0VL England, and no opportunity is
S^.h.^^13?1 Dickson to bring them to the notice of native
SfJr„rnof R^«r2d.ers,: tut inucn more COQld be done in the Yalonia
Savellere Bntlshtrade bJ" the Periodical visits of commercial
Credit and Travellers.
The British Acting Consul General at Beyrout cautions Arms
at home against giving long credit. German traders are infi'
nitely more accommodating in this respect than British and
it is due greatly to this fact that Germans hold in their hands
as much of the trade as they do. But increase of trade does
J2i™?!?,Kea° ""crease of profit, when on an unsound basis.
and under these conditions it is more than doubtful whether
\°n '£? Cnd anJKProfit wm .°e realised. It would be impossible
to do much business with Beyrout if cash payments were
insisted on, but three months should be the outTide limit of
With regard to the question of commercial travellers he '
says that it is undoubtedly a fact that whereas man v German
^dF^en.'V,hfiraVe-llerS Vlsit Beyrout. a traveller on behaTf of ,
32„ £v3h ,b™ 1S, a ^anty- He thinks something might be
and Col &ZlDS requirements of the nati?es.-j?rtr!
STATISTICS.
Trade Statistics fob July.
The Board of Trade Returns for July show the following
figures :—
Imparts.
■July. 1386. July, 1887.
Total value £29,152,197 .... ±28.958,156
Exports.
July, 1886.
British and Irish Produce £18.150.371
Foreign and Colonial Produce
(partly estimated) 6,097,107 5,541,604
■July, 1587.
£13,181,395
Below are the details affecting drugs and chemicals : —
Imports.
Drugs, unenumerated. . value £
Chemical manufactures
and Products, un-
enumerated—
Alkali cw-t.
value £
Brimstone cwt.
value £
Xitre (nitrate of soda) cwt.
,, „ value £
„ (nitrate of potash) cwt.
value £
Quicksilver lb.
value £
Bark (Cinchona) cwt.
value£
Gum Arabic cwt.
value £
Lac, seed, shell, stick.
and dye cwt.
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £
Dyes and tanning mate-
rials—
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Aniline dyes value £
Alizarin value £
July 1885. July 1886. July 1887.
5S.712 16.226 54,817
Other coal-tar dyes .
Cochineal
Cutch and gambier.
Indigo
value £
cwt.
value £
tons
value £
cwt.
value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut
Madder, madder root,
garancine. and mun-
jeet cwt.
Madder, madder root.
garancine, and mun-
„jeet value £
tons
. value £
cwt.
. value £
tuns
, value £
cwt.
value £
gals.
value £
tuns
value £
116.603
5,771
5,301
31.391
8,710
65.510
33,352
10,062
8,173
32,02.5
2.515
13,197
84.041
8,058
24,053
13,384
41,507
32.486
11,075
17.683
18,219
194
666
3,811
2.073
14. 78 3
1.309
27,374
L40S
Olive
PsLim'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'.
Petroleum
Seed, of all kinds
Train, blubber, and
sperm tuns
Train, blubber, and
sperm value £
cwt.
value £
Turpentine
Rosin
Tallow and Stearine. . .
cwt.
value £
cwt.
value £
1.918
1.35S
21.534
7.524
11.709
1.276
52.13S
83.274
113.142
1.016,981
109.548
568
16,291
1.777
53.353
35.591
17,796
122.706
36.481
130,072
125.3C0
6.184
5.169
59.204
15.386
137.718
60.352
12.963
11.791
331,317
30,120
12.071
61,371
2.753
10,826
5,112
11,359
48,071
22.010
22.809
11.572
678
4,324
1.36S
31.171
2.172
32,512
951
139 9GB
5,363
1,998
18.642
11.046
78.480
32,500
12,349
11,136
356,525
30.801
10,192
39.763
4.112
: ■ 9GB
10,162
26,551
11,786
20.032
25.S95
18,786
1,103
398
2.606
1.075
2.166
37,072
1,845
1,365
3,602
51,002
1,307
6.378
1,511
55,885
110.685
111.507
6,296.797 i». 429. 293
172.553 260.681
1.851
10.810
2.521
2.654
39,114
730
1.118
1.631
57.083
82.101
7,979
47
18.179
55.638
61.112
78.208
115.753
18,960
102.871
125.316
2,133
10.733
65.819
83.122
1.55,928
13.087
101.991
119.706
572
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETYOF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
[AOg. 31, 1887.
nil.
value t
Bleaching materials cwt.
value t
Drugs and medicinal
preparations (un-
enumerated) ■ value £
Other chemicals and
medicinal prepa-
rations va ue £
Chemical manure .. value *.
°il<8eed) value"!
ST ::::■■ ■•v-^--' vaiu^
Painters' colours
and materials (un-
enumerated) ...... value £
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Bark, Cinchona .... cwt.
value i
Chemicals" (unenu-
merated) •
Cochineal ,c n
value £
Cutch and gambier tons
value i.
Gum Arabic cvrX:
value i.
Ind*°- :: value £
cwt.
. value £
165.S91
1S0.254
5,137
120.213
311.092
12,030
109,168 107,165 112,111
Lac, various kinds. .
Lard
Oils, cocoa-nut —
,', olive
,', palm
,', petroleum . ■
Quicksilver
Nitre'lnitrate of pot-
ash)
cwt.
value £
cwt.
value £
tuns
value £
cwt,
value £
gals.
. value £
lb.
value £
cwt.
value £
Tallow and stearine cwt.
value £
0,051
42,903
16,203
1.236
8.275
830
19.601
3,973
12,822
4,929
90,203
4,109
13,495
3.036
6.067
19.522
26,713
232
11,368
27.250
38,410
74.270
2.878
234,144
18.223
7,541
31.210
18.443
780
5.309
S96
23,830
4,620 i
15,176
2.483-
50,890
5.419
15,136
12,586
21,617
5,318
7,185
232
9.933
76,180
78.171
5.040
1,352
327,687
2S.658
THE CONVENTION OF GERMAN SODA MANUFACTCRERS.
The firms which belong ^*v« gESSS5.JR«S
Deutsche Solvay-VS l'rke >^B5"„"m?;t and Co. in Bontwy, the
Buokan In Magdeburg. H °.bn^ ""' onn(? Krause Trot ha .the
Nurnberger Sodafabrik, fcnf^iw Vctiengesellschaft in
Rothenfelder Sahnen- ur'd,,^?°lVaGeOTg Fgestorff's Bate-
Kothentelde. the Actiengese "schaft »>J°rf ik ^ontogen in
werke in Linden, and ^ them« che tarn ^^
Schoningen. The syndicate hopes to * association in the
3B^W5fc^l£SK. members when they
please.
DRUGS AND CHEMICALS FOR JAFAN.
A comprehensive review of the ^n mde of^Japar .in
1886 has just been pub .shed U.^' consul at Tokyo, who
I signed by SirF.lt. Plunk«"'.1fn'Tt^ir Vice-Consul Longford.
, states that it has been prepared b^Mr. Nice bu[ contain8
The report deals with all branch c? °J tation 0f drugs and
2,599.753
Great Britain . . . . . 1,456,263
China and Hong Kong 729.615
East Indies and Mam 687,433
United States and Canada 474.092
Germany
France
And the export trade as follows :—
United States and Canada
VrRTiCG ,.p- » • • ■ ■ ■■• ■ • •* •
China and Hong Kong
Great Britain
Germany • ■ ■ : • ■•
East Indies and biam
Referring particularly to drugs and medicines
writes as follows :— , , imDOrt was of Chinese and
A considerate PrpP0"1^™ Xan\^r ion was principally
Indian Production, but the European ponio e ctlve
divided between Great Britain and oerma.^ ^ & ^^
471.092
272,635
£
3.326.103
1,605.003
. 1,513,202
693,430
143,119
107.531
the Consul
MISCELLANEOUS.
RESTRICTIONS ON THE RUSSIAN TRADE IN FOREIGN
Medicaments.
0f, ,he itf^SSM sale'of f^gn^Tdfcinal
wmmmmm
it'em The articles to be imported must be m good conditio...
and othe "advertisements relating to medicines must be
approved by the authorities previous to publication.
SOAP-M IKING IN JAVA.
M «amarang, in Java, a soap factory is now in full swing:
every ggSJon b^-^-J^^w-fUn^r
SSffSSUR&^ilUrt c3 is the bet for manufacturing
^fhecan turn ou FSeJe < «ual in even way totheimi
*.*,« «-T,ich".ow exist, in Java may, to some extent at least,
be lost.
SETS ft^ach being :Jrom Qmjt Jrijain, to av-lue of
£102,203 ; from Germany, to a yalue ot fc.i .*.* amounts
with the figures for the previous year th aDor( of Kn?lish
ESTSFSSSESf a^f'ove^mOOO in those from
G AaTJia no, already ar Mutant o<rade ^^^^whjch if
likely to assume m the future very COI161U S0JDC
have made careful inquiry '°tor£,h9\YicVl have seen from
degree to do so by various paragraphs wh.cn i ch
market. . . lh . litt]t. Dr no foundation is
It is satisfactory to find that litiK contained in he
afforded for these h°Ur» ,7,^8 of the total increase in the
customs returns for .1888, tvi , o i™™8*" . h nian„(actures. The
trade for that year having been in ^rit sn n i ^^
customs returns have howoer to Deia irhaTing been
tications. some of thedrugs which owing heheadmg
imported by British nier.ha iite are inctm eo . rf Germ8n
of British "BnufBCte^hMmgneen™ ed gg Gc,man
or French origin : « l"le oth rs »g' merchants were
manufactures because imporuno^e . nces of these
just as undoubtedly of Brit. si, orgni. yalue , go.
discrepancies. I niay quo e- salicylic ac> ^ ^ lmnei
iodide of PO>»ss^-r>u-^-a8amongThe British imports,
36.8330*.. value £o92,. rclurn*'ni^ ,a°'a s certainly of German
but a great ProPort'™ r0{, "'i',,' 7U()lb. of bicarbonate of soda
origin ; and, on the other 1 and. 1»-'-<" "■ d and othcl. heavy
returned as German, but. Ike caustM son a Maki„g
chemicals, almost certainly of Bnusl^nanu simj
full allowance, however, for }h£e "^ prol,able that the
slight modifications, it i? mor. tnan p {rom |hr ,wo
aggregate values ^_ forrcct in which case British manu-
gfe^S dread the realisation of
G^eans?tCn^^3g^e ^ftf™ &&
ggSSii»«SSSKtt&MS during the past two
years. . »._*»-nui in this list in which, according to
The only 'mPOT^V^ermancxceed. dthe English import
the Customs rettriuj, the Gern^cxc^onand
^latic^a^T^eJsnec^t^ ■JS^~3BS%&
llt isenUrelyaOerman monopoly. * established in
in
S^^Ge^arS^lsTe^trolof iU sale in Europe.
Aug. 31. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
573
Iodide of potassium is an article Dot subject to any patent
protection, but controlled by a trade combination; Scotch.
Peruvian, and Scandinavian makers of iodiDe having agreed
among themselves to a general course of action in teganl to
price and production. So far as cost of raw material is con-
cerned, manufacture! * of iodide of potassium of all countries
Acid, carbolic
., salicylic
tartaric
Bleaching powder
Cinchona
Cinchonine
Glycerine
Gum arabic
Morphine oz.
Phosphorus a inorphous
Potash, bromide
iodide
Quinine oz.
Pantonine
Soda, bicarbonate
caustic
., crystal
Worm-seeds
Increase or
Import
Import
decrease in
in
in
1886. as
1886.
It 85.
compared
with 1885.
Lb.
Lb.
Lb.
1>5,H0
31.998
153,442
22 -:■
18.t53
4,225
2S.981
9.718
19.263
196,927
253.753
326
13.91U
16.757
- 2.817
2.59B
2,011
552
160,793
111.213
16.550
92.512
38,929
c 2.583
9.701
6 686
- 3.015OZ.
34.8S0
16,615
+ 18.235
33.661
10.009
— 6,315
15,808
!i Iliu
+ 9,758
62.663
95.5^5
— 32.862oz.
1,912
3,688
- 1.776
1,768,127
1.161,708
+ 606,119
3.644.117
1.727.692
- 1.916.125
1.012.396
1.003.021
8,772
81,573
15,037
+ 69,536
are, therefore, on an equality ; but the Germans make a nicer-
looking crystal than English makers, and the Japanese, being
particularly alive to appearance where, as in this case, not
accompanied by inferior quality, give the preference to the
German, and nearly all the trade in this article goes to Ger-
many. German quinine is cheaper, but. though up to the
necessary Japanese standard, it is doubtful if it is equal either
in strength or purity to the English. Other drugs in which
those of Germany have a preference to English make are cin-
chona, cinchonine. glycerine, and worm-seeds. Tartaric acid,
glycerine, and quinine are to some extent obtained from
France, and bromide of potassium from the United States.
England, on the other hand, supplies carbolic acid, tartaric
acid, bleaching powder, phosphorus amorphous, bicarbonate
of soda, caustic soda, crystal soda, and biomide of potassium
—all of which are very important items in the whole trade.
In order to protect the people against the consequences of
the sale by native dealers of inferior and spurious drugs, an
analytical laboratory, carefully organised under foreign direc-
tion, was a few years ago established by the Government.
Theoretically, this laboratory exercised no control whatsoever
over foreigners, who were nominally left free to import any
drugs they pleased, whether of good or bad quality. Aa far
as drugs used for medicinal purposes are concerned, foreign
importers are, however, practically entirely subject to it. No
Japanese dealer is permitted to sell medicinal drugs that are
not strictly in accordance with the vernacular Pharmacopo-ia
which the laboratory has issued; and they, in consequence,
decline to purchase from foreign importers any that have not
either already passed through the laboratory, or that are un-
accompanied by a certificate from a well-known chemist, or
other satisfactory guarantee that they meet all the necessary
requirements.
The tests used by the laboratory generally admit of a lower
standard than is recognised by ihe English Phannacopotta;
but they are at the same time more severe in some details.
They are, without exception, observed with the very utmost
strictness, no latitude whatsoever being allowed, and any
drugs, however pure and good in themselves, that fail in
the minutest particular to conform to them are at once
rejected.
British manufacturers are generally guided only by the
British Pharmacopo-ia, and it is with the utmost difficulty that
they can be induced to alter their productions so as to bring
them into conformity with Japanese requirements. The
English drug trade is very vigorously pushed by one English
firm — the only firm of any nationality established in Japan
whose business is exclusively in this line. A great portion of
the whole trade is in their hands, A member of this firm has
informed me that they are. in their own interests, in many
cases forced, for the reason above stated, to have recourse to
German manufacturers. In one which was quoted to me, that
of bismuth, which, though included under the heading of
" Unenuraerated Drugs" in the Customs returns, is largely
imported, he stated, " We are obliged to get all ours from
Germany, as all our efforts to get from English sources an
article which will satisfy the Japanese laboratory have failed,
English makers considering the Japanese tests too severe,
whereas we are able to get the article required from our
German friends. Generally speaking, we find it more practical
to do business with German makers. They are more alive to
the fact of competition existing, and it is easier todo business
direct with the manufacturers; while with the English it is
often difficult to arrange transactions, owing to mere detail.
and not price or quality."
The import of drugs is only an item in the business of those
German merchants in Japan who deal in them, and cannot,
therefore, receive from them the same attention and thought
that the English firm just referred to is able to give to it. On
the other hand, Japanese medical practitioners have been
almost entirely educated by German professors, and. actuated
by the spirit to which allusion has been made in another part
of this report, no doubt, therefore, wherever possible, give a
preference to German pharmaceutical preparations.
It is not. however, from an increase of the import of drugs
of the latter class that an extension of this trade is to be
expected in the future. The general adoption throughout the
country of the European in preference to the old Chinese
system of medicine, and the great increase that is yearly
taking place in the number of skilled native practitioners
t rained under foreign professors, no doubt is creating a demand
for European medicines; but there is no branch of Western
science in which the Japanese have attained greater pro-
ficient y than that of chemistry, and they can already, and are
yearly becoming more and more able to make themselves all
extracts, tinctures, and other preparations prescribed by the
Pharmacopoeia. This trade will, therefore, always be a re-
stricted one, even if it does not in time come to an end alto-
gether, or if, as is not impossible, the Japanese do not become
exporters rather than importers. But in all heavy chemicals,
alkalis, and such as are required in manufacturing indus-
tries, the import is not only yearly increasing, but it promises
to continue a progressive one, and to grow ultimately to very
large dimensions. It is this class of goods which really
interests British manufacturers most, and in it they need fear
no competition to any serious extent, if they will only adapt
themselves to the requirements of the Japanese market, rather
than expect the latter to adapt itself tot hem. —t'hem. and Drug.
a&onthip ipatcnt List.
I.— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS AMD
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
1015S H. Appleby. London. Improvements in and connected
with blast pipes. July 19
10166 J. Imray— From A, Moszczensky. Russia. Manufac-
ture of refractory crucibles, pots, bricks, and lumps for fur-
naces. July 20
10203 H. C. Bull & Co.. Lim.. and H. C. Bull, London. An
improved calcining oven. July 21
10205 H. C. Bull & Co.. Lim.. and H. C. Bull. Improvements
in or connected with gas producers. July 21
10216 G. Downing— From F. Morin. L. van Effenterre. and P.
Thiercelin. France. Method of and means and appliances for
regulating the pressure of liquids and gases. July 21
10269 J. A. Breysse, London. Insulating pipes, etc.. for the
retention or exclusion of heat, and for like purposes. July 22
HfcOl W. Heidenhain and H. Hoffmann, Berlin. Platine
presses. Complete specification. July 23
10393 K. W. Tucker. London. Hot-air bridge walls for fur-
naces. Complete specification. July 26
10101 J. Shone and E.Ault. Liverpool. Apparatus for raising
and forcing liquids. July 26
10102 A. J. Boult— From W. C. Shatter. L nited States.
Application of the expansive power of heat, and apparatus
therefor. Complete specification. July 26
10512 J. Stewart and T. Charlton, London. Method and
means for storing volatile or inflammable liquids. July 28
10513 J. Stewart and T. Charlton. Method and vessels for
storing and transporting volatile or inflammable liquids.
July 28
10535 H. Davey, Westminster. Air-compressing pumps.
Complete specification. July 29
10595 J. J. Hicks. London. Anemometers and pressure
and vacuum gauges. July 30
10723 R. Cunlitt'e and J. Lund, London. Apparatus for cal-
cining.drying, roasting or carbonising substances or materials
and extracting gases, spirits or acids therefrom. Complete
specification. August 1
10735 H. A. Snow, London. Means for connecting pipes and
cocks to vessels of earthenware, stoneware, glass and other
similar materials. August 1
1075S X. I layden— From I). Francis, South Africa. An im-
proved amalgamator. August 5
10S62 YV. II. Symons, London. Construction of cocks and
valves. Augusts
10957 L. Mond, London. Apparatus for treating solids by
gases, also applicable to other purposes. August 10
10976 J. B. Hannay, Glasgow. Furnaces or heating appara-
tus. August 11
10991 J. H. Plant. Liverpool. Improvements in heads and
lids of caustic drums, and for like purposes. August 11
11022 T. Xixon. Sheffield. An improved valve for water,
steam or other fluids, and especially suitable for acids.
August 12
11035 R. Clayton, London. Construction of filters. Complete
specification. August 12
11050 G. E. Stead and T. W. Duffy, Leeds. Means or method
for purifying water; applicable also for preventing incrusta-
tion in boilers. AuguBl
11139 R. Johnson. Bradford. Air compressors. Complete
specification. August 15
11151 R. I low arth. London. Machines for drying granular,
fibrous and like materials: also applicable for cleaning, bleach
ing. damping, germinating and disinfecting. August 16
674
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. 31. 1887.
11127 J. P. Jackson, Liverpool. Filters August 17
11292 J. S. Croft and G. T. Appleyard, London. Refrigera-
tors. August IS
11310 K. Edwards— From K. M. Heiber. Germany. Improved
boilers, and apparatus for preventing and removing deposit or
incrustation therein. August 18
( I iMPLETE SPEt IFIi A TIONS A ' ' EPTED."
1886.
](>037 E. Edwards— From G. Lunge and L. Rohrmann. Appa-
ratus (or effecting the absorption of gases by liquids or solids.
July 30
11953 C. G. P.deLavai. Apparatus for supporting and work-
ing centrifugal machines. July 23
12018 A. 11. ('lark— From V. A. rilloud. Apparatus for
automatically compressing air. July 23
12061 IL R. Lipscombe. Composition for softening and
purifying water. August 17
[2352 .1. L. Wade. Composition for preventing incrustation.
July 30
12395 T. Hill. Apparatus for heating, cooling and condensing.
August 10
1241S G. Best. Apparatus for condensing steam. August 13
12769 W. Rums. Sec Class III.
12975 F. 11. Staccy and H. Wilkinson. Apparatus for blow-
ing, exhausting and pumping. Augvist 6
13799 \V. li. Gard. Liquid for preventing and removing
incrustation in steam boilers. August 3
. 11933 A. Cockey and W. Smith. Self-acting safely bye-pass
gas valves for gas exhausters. July 23
16290 J. B. Hannay. Apparatus for condensing, absorbing
or washing gases or fumes, etc. August 17
1887.
7723 0. Kruschki. Heating apparatus with air supply from
above. July 30
7S14 E. Palmer. Bricks and tire bridges for furnaces, etc.
July 30.
9015 H. H. Lake— From A. P. Lighthill. Atomisers. July 27
9017 O. Brunler and C. G. Rommenhdller. Pressure redu-
cing valves for highly compressed gases, and especially for
carbonic acid. August 6
9110 P. A. Newton— From R. A. Chesebrough. Hot air
furnaces. August 3
9165 G. Blackwell. Rotary exhausters or pumps for gas and
other fluids. August 6
II.— FUEL, GAS AND LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
10112 R. Haddan— From T. T. Prosser and H. Waller, jun.,
V n ited States. Process for utilising products of heat. Com-
plete specification. July 19
10127 J. J. Hood and A. G. Salamon, London. Improve-
ments in the desulphurisalion of gaseous and other products.
July 19
10371 E. F. Gwynne, London. Improved combination of
ingredients for lighting fires. July 25
10558 O. E. Guibout, Liverpool. Improvements in and re-
lating to apparatus for lighting and heating by means of gas.
July 29
10603 T. Fletcher and A. Clare, Manchester. Improvements
in incandescent gas fires. July 30
10628 A. D.Mackenzie and G. G. Moncur, Glasgow. Im-
provements in radiators for heating purposes August 2
10680 T. H. Gray. Norwood. Improvements in the treatment
of hydrocarbon illuminating oils. August 3
10681 E. Grahn, Liverpool. An improved process for treating
gas liquor and other ammoniacal liquors. August 3
10713 J. H. W. String! ellow and W. Brown, London. Im-
provements in carburctting or enriching gas or air, and
apparatus therefor. August 4
10861 R. H. Michell, Wiesbaden. Consuming smoke, and
thereby economising fuel. August 8
11149 J. Castle. E. Castle, and E. Braithwaitc, London. A
new or improved arrangement of reflectors for distributing,
concentrating, increasing and shading artificial light.
August 15
11195 (). Imray — From C. A. von Wclsbach, Austria. Im-
provements in incandescence bodies for illuminating purposes,
and in the treatment of mantles produced therefrom.
August 16
11201 J. Tennent, Liverpool. Improvements in or apper-
taining to the transmission of heat from one fluid body to
another. Complete specification. August 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
10861 T. P. Rollick. Apparatus for raising the covers of
gas-puriliers and oilier weights. August 17
11833 .1. M. Turnlmll. Manufacture of gas from mineral oil,
and apparatus therefor. August 10
The dates given are the dates of the Official Journals in which
acceptances of the Complete Bpeoiflcatlomi are advertised. Complete
>ofl thus advertised as accepted are open t i inspection at the
■ ottice immediately, and to opposition within two monthe of the
said dales.
12769 W. Burns. See Class III
11111 G. Seagrave- From P. Fougeron, jun. Construction
and arrangement of carburetling apparatus. August 3.
11958 W. Burns. Distillation of tar. oil. resin and liquid
hydrocarbons : the manufacture of illuminating and heating
gases therefrom, and apparatus for that purpose. July 30.
1887.
7518 J. Belou. Process for manufacturing pure hydrogen.
July 30
9391 C. S. Ellery and J. Chaftin. Preventing the choking of
pipes between the retort and hydraulic main in gas-works.
August 3
III.-DESTKUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAH
PRODUCTS, Etc.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
12769 W. Burns. Construction of retorts and apparatus for
the destructive and cutnmulative distillation, carbonising and
calcining of dry compound substances. August 6
14958 W. Burns. Distillation of tar. nil. resin and liquid
hydrocarbons in the manufacture of heating and illuminating
gases therefrom, and apparatus therefor. July 30
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS and DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
10223 S. Hallsworth and R. Bailes. LondoD. Improvements
in the manufacture or preparation of a certain material to be
used for dyeing purposes. July 21
10554 J. A. Walton. London. A liquid blue. July 29.
1131S H. H. Lake— From Leonhardt & Co.. Germany. Im-
provements in the manufacture of alpha-naphtholdisulpho
acid, and in the production of colouring matters therefrom.
August 18
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
12054 R. Ripley. Forming blacklead, blue and other like
substances into packets.
12908 G. Pitt— From L. Cassella & Co. Manufacture of new
naphtylaminemonosulphonic acids and of dyestuffs there-
from. August 10
13166 C. A. Bennert. Manufacture of Colouring compounds
or materials. August 20
13473 C. A. Bennert. Treatment of certain colouring com-
pounds to render them soluble, or more soluble, and suitable
for dyeing and printing. August 20
1887.
10016 C. A. Bennert. Manufacture or production of colour-
ing matters. August 20
V. -TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
10137 T. F. Wiley. Bradford. A new or improved process of,
and apparatus for, waterproofing textile fabrics. July 20
10650 P. Cohnreich, London. Improvements in oiling or
fatting wool, and apparatus therefor. August 2 '
10979 W. Marriott, Huddersfield. A new process and means
for separating silk, cotton, or vegetable matter from wool.
August 11
11182 W. J. Grawitz. London. Process for the treatment of
textile materials dyed with aniline black. August 16
COMPLETE SPECIFHATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
10035 A. Wilkinson. Treatment of plants, shrubs, barksand
other fibres to be used in spinning processes, and to be woven
into textile fabrics. August 6
13054 T. Honeywood. Preparation of fibre for textile and
other purposes. August 17
1887.
6461 C. C. Kauffniann. Process and apparatus for treating
ramie, iute and other fibres, July 23
8575 H. H. Lake— From C. Shrebler. Dryingand carbonising
wool, and apparatus therefor. August 17
^^mr, THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
575
VI.-DYEIXG, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING and BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS
i£EZ&2S£Sft£; JSSSSh ami J- £ CarUer- London-
colours van ing from ^inrh Up°n. nbres and fabrics ot
blue. July's black or brown-Dlack to blue-black and
JSri i?1&W-^;dr0tBBh^P«>vTent? in machines
July 30. '™g' S1ZIDB "ashing, and wringing hanks.
August 3 g "-ertain dyes or combinations of dyes.
u-jt ?• Sl'KS*' See f'ass I.
August 17 produc,,on of grey and coloured cotton yarns.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPT*.!).
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
13,362 F. A. Gatty.
fabrics. August 17
1886.
Dyeing cotton, cotton yarns and cotton
1887.
JBSME^ESS Snd P' DenaDhou". Apparatus for
cleaning anPd bleSn^couon'anri H?"*.. Apparatus for
labrics. August 13 g and other fibrous and textile
TO- ACIDS, ALKALIS AMD SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
raSo?oiVa1nLegV^re1l°un,i?a™mSOr PT,°CeSSeS and aPPa"
orTeYaUngfoTh^iSi^'ef/- L^ ^oren^s in
4Kfi£«=8™-- - w* in conncction
Upn^ihafe^lX™- w^^T<Stein th« -^.rue-
through which they are pasVd ,hf «£ " ^ generated- or
applicable to the construct^ of ,.^'d lniProvenients being
thJn{W?Jure «S Wo ^" °r taDkS USed *»
10168 W. H. Knowlcs— From — Phnl it«m j o
proved apparatus for generating p-mS? '• l D Led &ta'es. Im-
praising beer and T^T^^^ ^0^^°^
in^&f^&t&^j^^ Increment,
ammonia and carbon c acM from r?e™<??en,ts,.,in obtaining
10^aF"UH°ni&aIkaIi P™cesrmju5y §"duaI CbJoride U^oil
pSgEse?:sa"tUan^crm^ravin?,rVCmentS in -m-
and apparatus therefor jujT-^ g lhe8aiue Properties.
10307 P. Bateson and 31 ('• "l™„n, r-
mentsin apparatus for the man 1 ni^^^'l Improve-
carbonate of soda by the amnTn.fi. acJure OI bicarbonate and
10329 T. Bayley. BirmLeham t^?* process- My 23
ment of waste acids jujf -A ^""emeuts in the treat-
vi^gar-1- 5ube?f °°d' S*«»»-»- A specially pure and acid
10o»o S. Wolf, Livernnnl t™«
^ssss^^SSS?^ rasa
Provements in the manufacture 'nf .^"J?- V nited States. Im-
.h^8 J- ,HansOD- Lond"rf The utuiaHon0^0','! gaS' Au*' 5
uSffi T KS"1' £°nd0D Seeeec£s A"*"st I0
ofKhfohri^nfgan^fofin?a £Kh,ent"? thc trea«»ent
provfnJitV in' thc"^'^- «»-lic*k. Liverpool. Im-
potash from their respect/". ' %°,L*".Stlc s.oda and caust>e
certain by-products therefrom JSh8'05' Ihe recovery of
therein. August 16 "crcrrom, and apparatus emploved
1886.
}^ ?■ J'aswe11 Lyte. See Class XII.
liquid! ^ulyr23 *" U Q- BHn- -Manufact«re of bleaching
niSS A' hr^n and LVQ' Brin- Treatment of copper and iron
pyrites for the manufacture of sulphuric acid and oxides of
n?,^?fnr ".I? ,r?n: and "eatment of the said oxides fo? the pro
fron Aug^t 3°m me'a'liC C°PPer 3Dd the higher oxides of
12110 J. J. Hood and A. G. Saiamon. Manufacture and
purification of metastannic acid. Juiy3 -u<1DUIaclure and
J2Jb9 W. Burns. See Class III.
13001 J I. Watts and W. A. Richards. A new sodium nm.
d,i«^nd nCt,hod of manufacturing same. Aug^stTo V°~
n, -l^t,- "aDna5"- Apparatus for condensing. ab=orbine
or washing gases or fumes. August 17 aosoroing
1887.
%ll n B"mler and C. G. RommenhbUer. See Clasa I
„.^8i-°- SrunLer and & G. Rommenhollcr. Apparatus for
<)Tf§ *3 Hd. carbomc ,a^d in 'argc quantities. Xug^sf 13
9188 i.. Hanisch and 31. Schroder Prorpu anA^t^t. .
for production of sulphuric anhydride. Z^si s* apParatU3
VIII.-GLASS, POTTEBT and EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
to other purposes July a >-"■""«. «ares, also apphcable
tiirrotkTin|Um1cS'LJ^d<S- to^«»«t. in brick and
ln-j^ wAV Sn»w. London. See Class L
domestic fire-places. August 5 tcrra-cotta or fire-brick
specificaUon. August 6 "i"Jieniing glass. Complete
1m.« ^ Jr.^,ha?"croJ3s- See c'ass XIX.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
wire™ ?i,f IcT11 aDd W' ^ M-chlnen- for drying pottery
12793 H. L. Doulton and W P RiT c™i„ ^:
mf^IP,ottTer>-ware- August' 25. '^ Proda^on of orna-
13209 W . Lutwyche— From A. Ceresa Pr~i„„i„„
by means of enamel substances aVd^louredtla^ A^
1887.
til?o6rcJr^iLadCedsTndHceerilnic ^SFn^'L^SS, ,in,f
new and improved principles. August 10 generally on
IX.-BUILDINt; MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS axd CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
an1c1ff^rAu^mThrcreftiodnODof^X,"efd means oraPP"-
"'f'erjal. ^Complete^pe'cfficiuon/ JulyV' CODCrete or &e
fac?ureof cemfnf' July^01' ^"P^rements in the manu-
factfA oVP30^ahn?cSen!^d0nj„ly,l3Prorenienta » °» m«-
contk7ruction.OUJulv'2V,nd0n- ImPr°-ements in fireproof floor
of' Tg ^S^nf^ the teSS""!? iD the —ufacture
therefor. July 26 Preparation of raw materials used
tureftff piaiie^oTp'aris011^ ,I-mPrOTements in the manufac
">ne. eement and like substanSf "Xly '" burn,ng «Vd»nIie
cooling of the burnt cement. ^AugusTd d the 8ub6equent
576
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. 31. 1887.
10779 E. de Pass— From J. M. Danielli, France. A method
or process for imitating, bv casting, white and coloured
marble. Augusts
13S98 E. Keirby, London. A new or improved compound or
cement, and application of the same in maKingasphalte walks.
in renovating and repairing old asphaltc walks, in coatingand
protecting masonry, and for other analogous purposes. Com-
plete specification. August 9
11271 .1. S. Kigby, Liverpool. Improvements in the treat-
ment of lime mini and like substances, to obtain whiting and
cement, and in apparatus therefor. August 18
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1887.
857 A. C. Ranyard. Paving road and other ways. August 3.
X.— METALLURGY, MINING, Etc.
applications.
10152 J. Fleming. Glasgow. Improvements in treating
copper matte. Julv 20
10153 J. Fleming. See Class VII.
10189 It. Bentham. Atherton. Miners' portable electric
lamp. Julv 21
10206 H. C. Bull & Co.. Limited, and H. C. Bull, London.
An improved metallurgical process, and apparatus therefor.
July 21
10266 J. Wilkes and E. Mapplebeck. London. Improvement
in cores used in casting tubes of copper, brass and other
metals and alloys. July 22
10276 C. Xetts. London. Improvements relating to the pre-
paration of sodium and potassium. Julv 22
10338 J. Routledge, Sunderland. The safe blasting of shots
with a safety blasting cartridge. July 25
10387 J. W. Wailes, Liverpool. Improvements in and
applicable to open hearth steel-melting and like furnaces.
July 26
10100 W. J. Wilder. Liverpool. Improvements in process of
coating metals. Complete specification. Julv 26
10106 H. J. Allison-From B. Atha and W. R. Hinsdale,
United States. Process and apparatus for forming metallic
ingots in a sectional bar. July 26
10113 C. P. Tabary, London." A new description of metallic
cc.uent and processes for its manufacture. July 27
10538 C. E. Miles, London. Improvements in furnaces for
smelting ores. Jul} 29
10552 H. Johnson. London. Improvements in hand punches
for making bore holes for blasting and wedging operations in
getting coal and other minerals, and for like purposes. July 2a
10561 A. Xeujean. London. Improved method of utilising
and applying basic slag alone or in combinati in with other
materials to various useful purposes. July 29
10570 A. E. Carroll and W. P. Burnley. Manchester. Im-
provements in compositions for use in the preparation of the
moulds for steel and other metal castings. Julv 30
105SS F. Fenton. Bailey— From J. Woolford! France. Im-
provements in extracting gold from simple, compound and
refractory ores, or slags, or wastes, or cinders of ores or metals
containing gold or gold blends. July 30
10591 C. T. .1. Vautin, London. An improved method of
extracting gold from the various auriferous ores. July 30
10611 L. Mellett, London. Improvements in means or
apparatus for use in ascertaining and indicating the presence
of mineral ores or metallic substances. Complete specifica-
tion, Augu-t 2
10622 J. Gill, London. Improvements in apparatus for the
manufacture of sleeves of refractory material f.ir the stopper-
bars of vessels containing molten metal. August 2
10659 W. P. Thompson— From G. L. Robert, France. Im-
provements in converters. August 2
10738 A. W. Daw and Z. W. Daw, London. Improvements
in rock drills. Complete specification. August 1
10815 W. P. Thompson— From M. G. Farmer. United States.
New and improved process and apparatus for procuring
aluminium. Complete specification. August 6
10817 J. Y. Johnson— From La Compagnic Anonyme des
Forges deCh&tillon etCommentry, France. Improved means
and apparatus for tempering armour-plates and other massive
articles of iron or steel. August 6
10820 T. Malliuson. London. Improvements in apparatus
for use in the manufacture of tinned wire. August 6
10868 J. Toussaint. London. An improvement in the con-
striction of furnaces for refining iron, steel or other metal-
August 8
10893 M. II. Smith. Halifax. Improvements in apparatus
for separating iron from other substances. August 9
10918 F. W. Dahne, London. Improvements in refining
copper, copper regulus and copper precipitate, and more
especially such copper products as contain arsenic and other
Volatile impurities. August 9
10022 c. Koth. London. Safety apparatus to be employed
for igniting fuses especially adapted tor ase-ln blasting opera-
tions in coal mines for preventing explosion of firedamp.
Complete specification. August 9
1 .1. il. Lamprey. London. An improved armour for
ships, floating stricture- fortifications, targets, and the like
August II
U025 J, Coombs, London. Improvement- in ore BeparatorG
or gold extracting machinery. August 12
11128 J. Foster and J. s." Caldwell. Liverpool. Improve-
ments in miners' or safety lamps. August 15
11112 H. II. Lake- From B. Atha, United States. Improve-
ments relating to the casting of metal ingots or bars, and to
apparatus therefor. August 15
11210 H. H. Lake— From S. Heilbronn, Germany. Improve-
ments in apparatus for boring or drilling earth, rock, or the
like. August 16
11233 J. Hollnay. London, An electro deposition of metal.
August 17
11267 W. Priestland, Chesterfield. An improved core barrel
for making cast-iron pipes. August IS
11268 G. A. Jarvis. Wellington. Salop. The manufacture of
sodium and potassium. August 18
COMPI. K TE SPE( 'I Fit '.1 TIONS A CCEPTED.
1886.
11972 B. H. Thwaite. Purification of iron ore and fluid iron
metal, and apparatus therefor. July 30.
12070 A. Krin and L. Q. Brin. See Class VII.
12128 R. l'oole. Box and cover, for use in annealing sheet
iron. etc. July 27.
12601 J. 1). Ellis. Manufacture of iron or steel plates with
ribs or projections, and apparatus therefor. August 6.
12692 H. W. Bessemer. Manufacture of malleable iron and
steel, and apparatus therefor. August 6.
12866 J. Gilchrist and D. Billardie. Miners' lamps. August
13.
1323S J. Havenhand. Ingot moulds. August 10.
1323!! G. H. Lloyd, A. L. Lloyd and H. Bewlay. Manufacture
of pipes of malleable metal. August 17.
13160 R. Heathfield. Apparatus for coating sheets and
articles of iron and steel with zinc or alloys of zinc and other
metal. August 10-
1887.
27SO J. Dahl. Annealing steel. July 30.
3531 T. Shaw. Method and apparatus for testing gases
drawn from mines, and signalling results. July 27.
6370 S. T. Montagne. Process and apparatus for recovering
tin from tinned cuttings and scrap. July 27.
7.519 J. Belou. Treatment of ores. July 30.
7533 F. J. C'lamer and J. G. Hendrickson. Process for clean-
ing, preparing and coating metal plates and surfaces. July 23.
8599 E. Walsh, jun. Method and apparatus for reducing
zinc ores and collecting metallic zinc therefrom. July 30.
8712 J. Y. Johnson— From A. de Meritens. Process for
browning or colouring iron or steel surfaces and protecting
them from rust. July 27.
9199 A. J. Bjult— From W. H. Larimer. Drills for niiniDg
purposes. August 20.
XL— FATS, OILS and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
11U2I G. Goiiiley. Glasgow— From T. Bell. Auckland. An
improved lubricating oil, and the method of manufacturing
the s.uiie. August 12
11115 W. P. Kelly, London. A new composition to be used
as a lubricant. August 15
XII.— PAINTS, VARNISHES and RESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
10610 T. O. Ncsbit and T. Forster. Xewcastle-on-Tyne. An
improved method of producing white lead and other com-
pounds and combinations of lead. August 2
10656 A. J. Boult— From T. Rosenfeld. J. Zeleny and A.
Wei-s, Austria. An improved manufacture of paste for pro-
tecting metal alloys against rust. Complete specification.
August 2
11068 J. J. Speakman. London. Improved compositions for
use as " paint restorers." or paint or varnish removers, and for
cleaning various surfaces. August 13
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
10298 F. M. l.yte. Manufacture of white pigment. August 3.
13416 J. B. Ilannay. Manufacture andtreatment of lead pig-
ments and compounds, and apparatus therefor. August 17.
13799 W. G. Sard. See Class I.
XTIL— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE and SIZE.
APPLICATION.
11253 T. Palmer. London. Improvements in tanning, and in
tanning apparatus. August 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
11005 C. Wagner, inn. Machines for skiving or sharpening
August 17
13681 K. I'. Nesbii Process for clearing hides, skins, hair,
wool, or fur from lime. August 6.
13636 T. Palmer. Purifying and graining or bating hides
and skins, and apparatus therefor. August 20.
AuK. 31. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
XIV.-AGRIOULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
12772 W. S. Squire. Obtaining manure from distillers' spent
wash. August 10.
1887.
10000 T. Roxburgh. Process of making manure. August 20.
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
10158 J. T. Griffin— From It. J. Henderson, United States.
The manufacture of soft or spongy material from rubber com-
pound. Complete specification. .July 27
10523 R. T. Lloyd, London. Improvements in and connected
with syrup pumps. July 28
10812 L. K. A. Prangey, London. Improvements in the
manufacture of sugar, and in the apparatus to be employed
therefor. Augusts
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
11048 F. Candy. Materials for use in purifying and de-
colourising liquids and solutions. August 3,
13168 E. M. Knight and A. H. Hobson. Manufacture of
liquid cement or gum. August 17.
1887.
9751 E. J. P. Robtt. Treating vegetable milky .iuices. and
extracting therefrom indiarubber, gutta-percha, mangabeira,
etc. August 13.
XVI.— BREWING, WINES and SPIRITS.
APPLICATIONS.
10108 W, Wild, London, Improvements in or applicable to
the manufacture of grape wines. Complete specification.
July 19
11227 J. P. Jackson, Liverpool. Improvements in filters for
wine and other liquids. August 17
11232 It. Ranger, London. Improved apparatus for regulat-
ng the surface-flow of wort from coolers used in the manu-
facture of beer.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
12772 W. S. Squire. See Class XIV.
13259 G. Thornley and T. Huxton. Apparatus for expelling
liquid from spent hops. August 20
1887.
9045 O. Rriinler and C. G. Itommenhbller. Means for
impregnating beer and other liquids with carbonic acid in the
cask. July 27
9046 O. Brunler and C. G. Itommenhbller. Process and
apparatus for automatically mixing liquids with carbonic
acid. July 27
9049 O. Rriinler and C. G. Itommenhbller. Process and
apparatus for the automatic mixing of liquids with carbonic
acid. July 27
10018 W. Wild. Manufacture of grape wines. August '.0
XVII. -CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A.— Chemistry ok Foods.
10147 A.Brin and L. Q. Brin, Westminster. Improvements
in means and apparatus for producing pure oxygenated drink-
ing waters. July 27
10647 J. Lyle, London. Smoke-curing fish, flesh and other
food, and the application of tar and other substances for the
purpose. August 2
10810 H. R. Romncy, London. An improved process for
desiccating cocoa-nut and other materials. August 6
10915 H. H. Lake— From H. ('. Andrews, United States.
Improvements in apparatus for drying or curing fruit,
tobacco, and other substances. Complete specification. Aug. 9
10917 H. H. Lake— From T. C. Oakman, United States.
Improvements in apparatus for drying or curing trait,
tobacco and other substances. Complete specification. Aug. 9
10948 W. F. Reid, London. A new or improved method or
process for the preservation of fruit. August 10
10994 A. Dunderdale, Liverpool. Improvements in extract-
ing the black colouring matter from pepper - corns, and
obtaining light coloured pepper-corns thereby. August 11
11031 G. \V. Charter, London. Improvements in manufac-
turing and preserving whole-meal, wheat and other crushed
cereals used for bread, and preventing fermentation. Aug. 12
11051 G. F. Redfern— From A. Mosser and L. Chiari, France.
Improvements in apparatus for preserving alimentary and
other like substances. August 12
11311 G. Grout, Hornsey. An improved preparation of cocoa.
August 18
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
10901 A. It. Curling and J. Dunbar, London. Improvements
in the deodorisation and disposal of sewage, and in apparatus
therefor. August 9 , _ ,. x .
10942 H. C Hull and Co., Lim., and H.Clay Bull, London.
Improvements in and connected with the treatment of
sewage. August 111
C— Disinfectants.
10306 K. H. Hutchinson, London. An improved method of
compressing solid and liquid disinfectants, and apparatus
therefor. July 23 .
10309 J. Hanson, London. Improvements in apparatus to be
used in the generation of gases for disinfecting or deodorising.
Ulii747 A. Boake and F. G. A. Roberts, London. Improved
means and apparatus for disinfecting and deodorising. Aug. 4
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
A.— CHEMISTRY' OK FOODS.
1887.
4474 C. Kranz. A preparation for use as a food and condi-
ment. July 30.
8962 F. Sievers and It. Damm. Manufacture of sausages
from fish. August 10
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
1886.
8999 W. Horsfall. Furnace for burning towns' or other
refuse. August 6 '. ' .
12248 T. Ogden. Furnaces for desiccation, deodorisation and
combustion of refuse. August 13
12382 W. B. Hallett. Preparation of materials for use in
treatment of sewage, method of treatment, and apparatus
therefor. August 10
XYIII.-ELECTROCHEMISTRY.
APPLICATIONS.
10177 E. L. Mayer and II. Lcipmann. London. Improve-
ments in the manufacture or treatment of porous pots, plates
or partitions for electric batteries.
10201 H. C. Hull & Co., Limited, and H. C. Bull, London.
Improvements in electric storage batteries. July 21
10'17 J. Serson and J. Orville Whitten, London. Improve-
ments in galvanic batteries. Complete specification. July 21
10322 C. Gassner, junr., London. Improvements in carbon
manganese electrodes. July 23
10174 E. De Pass— From Cuenod. Sautter, et Lie.. Switzer-
land An improved dynamo-electric machine. July 28
10514 V. J. J. Hirbec. London. An apparatus lor storing
electricitv and facilitating the utilisation thereof. July 28
10»65 C. P. Elieson, London. Improvements in electrical
batteries. July 29
10606 L. Gerard, London. Improvements relating to the
distribution, storage, and regulation of electric currents.
10611 R. P. Milburn, Xewcastle-on-Tyne. Improvements in
electrical batteries. August 2
10767 W. Lowrie, C. J. Hall, and H. VV. Kolle, London. Im-
provements in instruments for measuring electric currents,
and for regulating and controlling dynamo-electric machines
and prime movers. Augusts
1II8M A. R. Upward and C. \\ . Pridham. London. Improve-
ment s in galvanic batteries. August 6
10919 E. Jones, London. Improvements in the construction
of plates for secondary batteries. August 9
10952 L. Anspach and L. Gerard, London. Improvements in
or connected with dynamo-electric machines and electro-
motors. August 10
11188 H. 11. Lake From \\ . E. Case, United States. Im-
provements relating to the conversion of chemical energy
into electrical energy, and to apparatus theicfor. Complete
specification. August 16
11189 H. H. Lake— From VS. E. Case, United States. Im-
provements in apparatus for the conversion of heat into
electrical energy. Complete specification. August 16
11213 T. J. Digby. London. Improvements in electric accn-
mulators'or secondary batteries. August 17
11252 H. Mower, London. Improvements m secondary
batteries or electrical accumulators. August 17
1131) H II Lake— From G. E. Cabancllas, France. Im-
provements in and relating to dynamo-electric machines.
August IS
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
8693 W. J. Stnikey-Barber-starkey. Secondary batteries.
A1U01T. J. Jones and YV. II. Tasker. Secondary batteries.
August 3
MT8
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Aug. 91, ml.
11239 H. Carter. Electric battery, with means (or regulating
the amount of submersion or withdrawal of the positive
plates. July 27
11242 D. E. Fitzgerald. Means for effecting the electro-
chemical generation of chlorine in metallurgical operations
for the extraction of gold from its ores, and for other purposes.
July 23
12117 W. Maxwell. An electric furnace. July 27
12595 E. Andreoli. Secondary batteries. August 0
18S7.
1618 C. L. Twecdale. Primary batteries. August 13
5720 C Coerper. Dynamo-electric machines. August 3
9013 ('. Coerper. Dynamo-electric machines. July 27
9726 W. I'. Thompson— From G. Westinghouse, ju'n. Arma-
tures for electric generators. August 17
XIX— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
10SH H. J. SbawcTOBB, London. The preparation and treat-
ment of paper, woven or tissue fabrics, glass or other material
for the production of copies of drawings, designs, pictures,
photographs, writings, and the like, by the action of light.
August 6
11056 J. L. Lewis, London. An improvement in the manu-
facture of paper. August 12
11190 G. A. Wilkins— From L. H. Thomas, United States.
Improvements in the manufacture of paper bottles. Com-
plete specification. August 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS6.
12217 II. D. Sinclair and J. G. Brow-n. Manufacture of paper,
to render same antiseptic and germ-proof. August 10
1887.
8969 H. Gardner— From .S. S. Stevens. Manufacturing pulp
for paper, and apparatus for the purpose. July 27
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES, and EXTRACTS.
APPLICATION.
10260 C. Kolbe, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of salicylic esters, called " Salols." July 22
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
11816 A. Brin and L. Q. Brin. Means for the manufacture
or production of ozone. Attgust 6
12610 P. H. Lecormc and Raynaud. Manufacture of per-
fumery. August 6
XXL— EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
10518 J. Nicholas and H. H. Fanshawe, London. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of explosives. July 28
10655 E. Turpin, London. Improvements in the production
of explosives. August 2
10667 E. Turpin. Improvements in explosives. August 2.
10729 A. J. Boult— From .1. S. Foley. United States. Im-
proved match magazine and lighter. Complete specification.
August 4
10821 A. Brock and G. J. Mayer, London. Improvements in
the manufacture of gunpowder, and machinery or apparatus
therefor. August 6
10822 A. Brock and G. J. Mayer, London. Improvements in
the manufacture of quick-match and apparatus for covering
the same, and other Arc-work compositions. August. 6
10905 H. Eehberg, London. Improvements in and relating
to channel torpedos. Complete specification. August 9
10922 C. Roth. See Class X.
10999 J. Boag, Glasgow. Improvements in the construction
of blasting cartridges. August 11
11120 T. \V. Newey, Birmingham. Improvements in
matches and paper lighters. August 15
11286 J. Masters. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of wax-matches. August IS
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
12561 II. S. Maxim. Manufacture of cartridges and explo-
sive projectiles. August 3
12711 G. J. Smith. Method and material for rendering the
coating of fuses incombustible. August 13
1887.
7603 G. S. Spencer. Detonating signal apparatus for rail-
ways. August 6
9209 L. G. Heusschen. A new explosive. July 30
XXII.-GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATION.
10801 W. Devoll, Erdington. Improvements in apparatus
for testing butter. August 6
UNCLASSIFIED.
APPLICATION.
10099 M. \V. Hydes, Liverpool. Improvements in the treat
meut and utilisation of a hitherto waste, or nearly waste-
product. July 19
Printed and Published by Emmott 4 Co., New Bridge Street. StrancmajB, Manchester, tor the Society of Chunicai Industry,
London Office, for the Sale o( Copies anil Receipt ot hubecril'tions : 6. York Street, Coved t.imli n
THE JOURNAL
UK THE
Society of Chemical 3ttbustry:
A MONTHLY EECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. 9,-Vol. VI.
SEPTEMBER 30, 1887.
Xon-Meuibers 30 - per annum; Members
21 -per Set; Single Copies 2.6.
€be Society of Cbcmtcal Jnoustrj?.
Past Presidents :
Sir IT. K. Roscoc. M.P.. LL.IL. V.P.R.S. .. 1881-1882.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B.. D.C.L.. F.R.S. .. 1882—1883.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1883-1881.
W. H. Perkin. Ph.D.. F.R.S 1881-18S5.
K. K. Muspratt 1S83— 1S86.
David Howard li>8G-18o7.
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1888.
President : Prof. James Dewar, F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents :
Prof. V. Clowes, D.Sc.
Sir J. Neilsnn Cuthbertson.
I )u id Howard.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter.
Ivan Levinstein.
K. K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. H. i'erkin, F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
Prof. W. A Tilden. F.R.S.
John Williams.
Philip J. Wo.-sley.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood, F.R.S.E. John Pattinson.
Eustace Carey. B. S. Proctor.
R. Forbes Carpenter. F. J Rowan.
James Duncan. Dr. Edwd. Schunck. F.R.S.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S. T. W. Stuart.
S. H. Johnson. Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks, Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary :
Ludwig Mond, 20, Avenue Road. Regent's Park, X.W.
General Secretary : Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices .-
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee:
The President,
Sir F. A. Abel, F.R.S. F. Hurter. Ph.D.
A. II. Allen.
H. E. Armstrong. F.R.S.
G. H. Bailey. Ph.D.
Joseph Beniays, M.I.C.E.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes. D.Sc.
W. Y. Dent.
Peter Griess, Ph.D., F.R.S
D. B. Hewitt, M.D.
David Howard.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K Huntington.
Editor : Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester.
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors :
F. Jones. F.R.S. E.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond
E. K. Musprai c
C. OSullivan. F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. II. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
G. H. Beckett.
1). Bendix.
K. K. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrvmple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cross.
A. R. Davis.
Wm. El borne.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Huline.
Bertram Hunt.
('. (.'. Hutchinson.
D. E. Jones. B.Sc.
W. E. Kay.
Abstractors :
A. J. King. B.Sc.
Chas. A. Kohn. Ph.D.
F. W. T. Krohn.
J. Walter Leather, Ph.D.
D. A. Louis.
W. <;. McMillan.
G. Harris Morris, Ph.D.
J.M H. Munro. D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
S. G. Rawson, B.Sc.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
F. W. [tenant.
James Taylor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Velev. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whiteley.
NOTICES.
Comment having been made on the delay in reprinting
the numliers for January, 1882 and 1883, the Secretary
• to inform those whom it may concern, that the
delay is 'lue to the fact that up to the present not more
than twenty orders for those numbers have been received.
It is hoped that this notification may stimulate those
who desire to complete their sets, to make early applica-
tion with a view to expedite the consideration of the
question of reprinting by the Council. Notice is also
hereby given that the numbers for January and Febru-
ary, 18S6, being exhausted, no orders for those copies,
nor for complete sets of Vol. V., can be executed.
The Secretary i> instructed to negotiate for the pur-
chase of copies of the Society's Journal for January, 18S2
and 1SS3, at the following prices :— January, 1882, os. ;
January, 18S3, 2s. 6d. Members possessing odd copies
of these numliers are particularly requested to commu-
nicate at once with Mr. Cresswell.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye- Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law —
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
Jno. Anderson, l/o Gleogarnock; 5G. Jamaica Street,
Glasgow.
Dr. II. .1. Atcherley, 1 o Starch Green: SO. Elsham Road,
Kensington. W. (for Journals! ; and 23. Bucklersbury. E C.
R. W. Peregrine Birch. 1 o Victoria Street ; 2. Queen Anne's
Gate. Westminster. S.W.
('. von Bnch 1 o Cavendish Place; 12, Buckingham Street
■Strand. W.C.
F. G. Claudet. l/o Runcorn : 13. Townley Park Villas. Du>-
wicii Rise. s.E.
F.J.H.Coutts.l o Bolton ; 21G. Plymouth Grove, Manchester.
Spencer Dunn: Journals, etc. to 50. Upper Park Road
-tock Hill. X.W.
II. Frankland. l/o Eaglescliffe ; Streonshalh House, The
I Irescent. Linthorpe, Middlesbrough.
Alex. Gait, l/o Hillhead : 9. Park Place, Rutherglcn.
Glasgow.
K. Gracey, 1 o Nile Street ; Tobacco Works, 70. Great George
Street, Liverpool.
Agnew Griffith, to Liverpool; Daisy Mount, Blundell
Sands. Liverpool.
Dr. F. von Heyden ; Journals, etc., to Chemische Fabrik.
Ila iebeul. bei Dresden. Saxony.
Wm. Jones, l/o New Broad Street ; c o Mr. Weils, 8, Derby
Road, Burton-on-Trent.
J. Falconer King ; Journals, etc., to Russell Place. Edinburgh .
A
580
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [!-»>. "<>. iff:
F. W. T. Krohn, 1 o South Hampstead; 1ST, Brunswick
Terrace, Newark-on-Trent
J.is. L ttuspratt, I/O Flint; Kempton House, Rhyl, North
Wales.
Jas. Mater; Journals, etc, to Oil Mills, Dunneedaw, Han-
goon, Burmah.
B. Nickels, lo St. Mary-at-Hill ; 130, Hulburn. London. ,
El'.
Thos. Parker, lo Commercial Road ; 6, Crawford Street,
\\'o\\ erhampton.
A. (J. I'trkin, 1 o Cbeetham; 55, Victoria Crescent. Eccles,
Manchester.
W. U. Eteid, 1 o Vphall : '-'. Hailes Street. Edinburgh.
Jas. Richards, 1 o Swinton ; 340. Lower Broughton Road,
Manchi
Sir H. K. Ro-coe. M.P., lo Manchester ; 10, Bramham
Gardens. South Kensington. S.W.
C. Sevio, 1 o Fenchurch street ; Morris Road, C'hrisp Street,
Poplar. E.
J. Fleming Stark. 1 o Olapham ; Bromborough Pool, near
Birkenhead.
R. L. Taylor, 1 o Higher Broughton ; 37, May field Road.
Alexandra Park, Manchester.
G. Tunbridge. 1 o Leicester; c/o W. H. Brown & Co., 51,
Leadenhall Street, London. E.C.
G. Want, oC Leicester; Journals, etc, toe o Richardson &
Co., 10, Friar Lane. Leicester.
CHANGE OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
G. J. Hamlen, 1 o Muir Street, Silvertown, E.
Communications.
OX THE COMPOSITION OF SOME COKE-
OVEN TARS OF GERMAN ORIGIN.
(Bead before the British Association, Manchester, ;
BY G. LTJNGE,
Professor of Chemical Technology in the Federal
Polytechnic School, Zurich.
The composition of gas-tar — that is, that tar which
is obtained as a " residual " in the manufacture of
illuminating-gas, has been ascertained by many
analyses, and is, moreover, thoroughly known from
practical experience in the great industry of tar-
distilling. But the case is quite different with the
tar obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of
coke, this industry having sprung up only within the
last few years, apart from its isolated existence in the
Sc Etienne district. It is now placed beyond any
doubt that the old mode of coke-making is very
uneconomical, particularly when carried out in " bee-
hive ovens." as it is almost universally in England,
where the distillation gases freely escape and burn at
the mouth of the oven, without as much as contribut-
ing to heat the ovens. But it is not sufficient to
utilise the gases for heating purposes, as it has been
done for many years past in the "Belgian" ovens
and many other descriptions of coke-ovens, widely
disseminated throughout Germany. Fiance, and
Belgium. Since the prejudice against the quality of
the coke obtained in any other but bee-hive ovens
has been thoroughly refuted by the practice of many
of the foremost iron-smelters (which does not at ail
involve the extinction of that prejudice, no more than
is the case with any other prejudice), it may be taken
as an established fact that the only rational way of
manufacturing coke is that in which all the products
of the destructive distillation are utilised — tar and
ammonia being condensed as liquids, and the gas
being burned as fuel to carry on the process of
distillation, without consuming aoy of the substance
of the coke for that purpose.
It can be only a question of time when all the
coke-works will be e>tablished on this basis. But it
is self-evident that the enormous capital required for
the reconstruction of all the old-fashioned coke-ovens
now existing cannot be found all at once : nor is it
even desirable that this reconstruction should take
place with undue haste, for this would haveadis-
astn us effect on the value of tat and ammonia, and
completely disorganise all the industries in connection
therewith. It can hardly be doubted that even the
comparatively small quantity of those by-products
which has hitherto come into trade has had a con-
siderable share in the unprecedented fall in the value
of those products, from which, fortunately, a reaction
has taken place during the last few months. But it
suffers no doubt that, as soon as any considerable
and lasting rise of the prices of tar and ammonia
should set in, there will be no lack of coke-works
fitted up to meet the demani.
But it is not permissible to class coke-oven tar
altogether with gas-tar without further enquiry.
Undoubtedly an imperfect realisation of that fact
has greatly contributed to check the expansion of the
modern coke-manufacturing processes in- England.
This is owing to the circumstance that in this country
the bee-hive coke-oven was pertinaciously regarded
a- the only one fit to turn out proper coke for iron-
smelting, and that it was thought indispensable by
most of those interested in this industry to connect
any plant for recovering the by-products with the
bee-hive oven, in the preconceived idea that the tar
recovered from these must be of the same quality as
that recovered elsewhere. On the other hand, in
Germany coke-manufacturers had been familiar for a
long time with closed coke-ovens, especially those on
the Coppee system, which are heated from without
by means of burning the distillation gases, and it
was a comparatively easy step to apply to those the
Carves process for taking out tar and ammonia,
before burning the residual gas. It was soon found
by practical trials that the quality of the tar obtained
from Coppee or Carves ovens did not greatly differ
from that obtained in the manufacture of coal-gas,
and that the quantity of ammonia was about the
same in both cases. English inventors jumped to the
conclusion that these conditions must apply to coke-
tuaking generally, and that it was greatly preferable,
in lieu of the Continental plan, to adapt some cheap
recovery-plant to the ancient bee-hive ovens, both on
account of the very much smaller outlay of capital,
and of the assumed superiority of bee-hive coke,
produced by internal combustion of part of the
coal, to any coke produced by distilling the coal from
without. But it soon turned out that the yield of
ammonia from such modified bee-hive ovens (of which
Jameson's are the most widely known type) was
decidedly inferior ; and matters were still worse with
the tar, which could not by any means be employed
in the same way as gas-tar, nor even for the produc-
tion of illuminating and lubricating oils. This has
been made very clear by the exceedingly thorough in-
vestigations of Mr. Watson Smith.* There were also
other drawbacks connected with the working of the
modified bee-hive ovens, and ail this has evidently
deterred the great majority of British coke-manu-
facturers from going into any improvements concern-
ing the recovery of by-products. They preferred an
expectant attitude, until the depression of prices
made any further efforts in this direction altogether
impracticable for the time being.
Fortunately in the meantime a few English coke-
works had adopted the Carves system (introduced
into this country by Mr. 11. Simon, of Manchester),
and it was soon found that the tar produced by them
is totally different from Jameson tar, and is compar-
able to gas-tar as to its yield of products useful in
the manufacture of colouring matters. This tar has
been repeatedly examined by Watson Smith. +
•J. Soc. Chem. Ind.. 1SS3, pp. 403and 109 : Industries. ISSfi, p. 162.
tJ. Soe. Chem. lml., 1S83, p. 500; 1SS5, p. i:,l.
Sept 30. is?;.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
581
Now the general principle of the Copped ovens is
so similar to that of the I !an ea ovens, much difference
as there exists in details, that the tar from both
descriptions of ovens might be expected from the
outset not to offer any essential chemical differences.
Experience has proved this to be the case, as is
evidenced by an analysis of tar from his ovens,
quoted by Dr. Otto in Stakl und Eisen, 1884,
p. 399. Hut this analysis is not authenicated by any
name, and is much too little detailed in comparison
with those instituted by Watson Smith. When
meeting with this gap in the course of preparing the
new edition of my "Coal Tar anil Ammonia,'' I
resolved to fill it up myself. Through the kindness
of Dr. Otto I procured large average samples of two
descriptions of tar — viz., one from the "Germania"
]iit near Dortmund, where there is a set of 50
Hoffmann - Otto ovens, and another- from the
" Hibernia and Shamrock " pit near Bochum, where
there is a set of bee-hive coke-ovens, modified by a
system totally different from those tried in England —
viz., by making flues below the bottom, adding a
Siemens recuperator, and heating the ovens entirely
from without (by means of the bottom flues) without
any internal combustion. These bee-hive ovens thus
enter into the class of closed coke-ovens, and we
shall not be surprised to find that the tar obtained
from them is veiy similar to, although not identical
with, that obtained from the Hott'inann-Otto oven-.
The system in question has been patented by Dr. C.
Otto in common with the Hibernia and Shamrock
Coal Mining Company (Germ. Pat. No. 37,:2*0). I
shall refer to it, for the sake of briefness, as the
" Hibernia " system.
Befnre entering into a description of the analytical
investigation of those tars, I have to state that most
of the practical laboratory work connected with it
has been carried out in the most painstaking and
conscientious way by my assistant, Dr. Jacob
Schmid.
Such an investigation cannot be expected to yield
useful results, unless somewhat large quantities are
taken in 'hand. But in a scientitie laboratory it is
difficult to employ more than a few kilograms for
each distillation. The results thus obtained will
never exactly coincide with those obtained in manu-
facturing practice, but experience proves that they
give a very good idea of the general quality of the
tar. It would be most convenient to employ for
such quantities distilling vessels made of metal, and
I would, indeed, strongly recommend this for factory
laboratories, all the more as it is thus easy to work
upon very much larger quantities. But in scientific
laboratories, where for more reasons than one it is
out of the question to distil a hundredweight of tar
or some such quantity, it will be always preferred to
accurately observe the progress of the operation, and
this it is only possible to do in glass retorts. Especially
the dehydration of the tar, such as will be described
further on, can be hardly carried out in any other
way, whilst it is comparatively easily done in glass
retorts. Watson Smith has also used such for his
investigations.
My retorts were tubulated, holding about 5 litres,
and were heated in a kind of sand-air bath — that is,
in a suitably-shaped thin wrought-iron dish, the
bottom of which was covered by a layer of sand, one
centimetre thick. About half of the retort was
within the dish, and the whole of it, down to the
sand, and including the upper part of the neck, was
wrapped round with wire gauze. The heating was
done by a Fletcher's gas-stove, placed in a large flat
pan, partially filled with sand. Hence, in case of an
accident, the tar would have first run into the upper
pan, forming the sand-air bath, and anything boiling
over from this would have been caught in the lower
P in.
The tubulure of the retort was fitted with a twice-
perforated cork, holding a thermometer and a tube,
drawn out into a capillary at the lower end, with the
object of passing a minute current of air-bubbles
through the liquid, in order to prevent bumping.
This precaution, first introduced by Dittmar, and also
employed by Watson Smith, was found to be very
useful indeed ; but it seems possible that the air
current might carry away a minute quantity of
benzene.
The retort was, during the first part of the
operation, connected with a Liebig's condenser, so
long as the distillate remained entirely liquid. When
it began to partly solidify — that is, between 170° and
180°, the cooler was removed ; and since now the last
portions of water had been volatilised, and no more
bumping was to be apprehended, the current of air
was discontinued. The last of the water escape 1
between 140° and 170'' with explosive violence.
The distillation of -l\ or :>, litres of tar took about
8 hours. It is decidedly advisable to carry it right
through without any interruption, both because the
heating-up, after the contents of the retort have
been semi-solid or solid on cooling, is always an
awkward operation, and because during the cooling-
down and the heating-up a considerable quantity of
substance passes over far below the proper boiling-
points.
The distillates were collected in tared, narrow,
graduated cylinders, and after cooling down they
were measured and weighed. The fractions were made
in the way to be stated below. But although, as a
matter of course, every precaution was taken to keep
the temperature as constant as possible, still, without
any recognisable reason, the thermometer showed con-
siderable oscillations, and sometimes went down -20°
without any diminution in the rate of distillation.
It cannot be said that such assays are exact analyti-
cal operations. The fractions will differ to some ex-
tent, as the distillation proceeds more or less slowly.
Each time, when substances are poured from one
vessel into another, small losses are unavoidable,
although in the case of the higher-boiling substances
the vessels were rinsed with ether, which was subse-
quently evaporated. In washing and drying, in the
case of the first distillates also by evaporation, small
losses will occur, which become all the more important
when the absolute quantity of substance is only
slight
If the tar had not been previously dehydrated, the
work must begin with that operation, which is of
great importance. It was easy enough with the
'' Germania " tar, which reached me almost completely
dehydrated, but in the case of the " Hibernia" tar it
could not be effected by several weeks' rest, even at a
somewhat elevated temperature. It is not feasible
to go as far as 100', because then the tar would lose
many valuable portions, especially as the operation
takes so much time. Hence, the dehydration was
performed in the retort itself, turning its neckupwards
and connecting it with a cooler, inclined downwards,
in order to collect any benzene escaping along with the
water. The heating was continued in this manner to
60 — 70° for a full fortnight ; every morning, before
re-commencing, the water collected in the meantime
on the surface was removed by a pipette. For all
that some water remained behind, evidently in chemi-
cal combination with phenol, pyridine, etc., and this
could only be removed by distillation.
Previous to the distillation, and after completing
the dehydration as much as possible, the specific
gravity of the tar was taken by pouring it warm into a
200cc.m. flask, and filling this" up to the mark on cool-
582
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept so, JS87
ing ; the quantity left in the (previously tared) retort
was taken as the basis of the subsequent calculations.
The fractions wore made as follows : —
1. — Light oil, up to 170°.
2.— Middle oil, up to 230" (Carbolic oil).
3. — Creosote oil. up to -J70\
4. — Anthracene oil, up to the close of the distillation,
which was continued as long as anything would come
over; this explains why the pitch was extraordinarily
hard.
The above fractions were treated in the following
manner : — The Light nil was first agitated with caustic
soda solution of specific gravity I'l, and the contrac-
tion of volume was calculated as " phenols."' The oil
was then washed with water, with concentrated sul-
phuric acid, and again with water, and the total con-
traction was calculated as "loss by washing." The
residual oil was distilled, and the fractions coming
over up to 100° and 140" were separately collected.
The distillate up to 140° was considered as "crude
aniline benzol,'' and its degree of parity was examined
by nitrification with the ordinary mixture of acids.
The portion remaining behind at 140° was calculated
as " heavy naphtha " ; it must, of course, leave a good
deal of residue on rectification, and this residue will
practically go to the creosote oil ; but, on the other
hand, some heavy naphtha will come back from the
" middle oil,'' and on the small scale it was impossible
to say how far this would compensate for the residue
left on rectifying. The small quantity of liquid also
made it impossible to separate the "aniline benzol "
into benzene, toluene and xylenes.
From the Middle oil and the Creosote oil a quantity
of naphthalene crystallised on cooling. This was
filtered through calico, strongly pressed, and calculated
as " crude naphthalene." The liquid portion of the oil
(making allowance for the mechanical loss in pressing)
was treated with caustic soda solution, and the con-
traction of volume again set down as " phenols."
The Anthracene oil, after cooling, was filtered
thi' nigh calico, the crude anthracene was pressed cold,
then spread out upon porous earthenware slabs,
heated in an air bath to 30— 40°, pressed while warm,
ami weighed. It was now analysed by the " Hochst"
test (washing theanthraquinone with sulphuric acid),
and the percentage of pure anthracene was thus es-
tablished. But since commercial anthracene is
generally sold at 33 to 40 per cent , three times the
weight of the pure anthracene was deducted from that
oi the crude anthracene oils, in order to find that of
the liquid anthracene oil. In actual work, probably
the distillation would not be carried quite so far as
in our ease, or at any rate some of the liquid oil would
be employed for softening the hard pitch, so that for
practical purposes the quantity of liquid anthracene
oil would be considerably less, and that of pitch
correspondingly more than in our tests.
The Pitch was tested for its softening-point, by
heating a piece of the size of a pea, stuck upon a wire,
in an air bath alongside of a thermometer, until on
pressing with the fingers, it proved to be distinctly
plastic. The water bath did not suffice for this pur-
pose. It was further tested for " carbon "—one of the
st tedious parts of the work. For this purpose it
was extracted alternately with boiling benzene and
carbon disulphide ; but it took many days toil, the
solvents did not show any but a faint colour, and left
no more residue when evaporated on a watch-glass.
This operation must be carried out with the greatest
caution, since otherwise fine particles of carbon will
pass through the filter ; for this reason Soxhlet's
extracting apparatus, otherwise so convenient, could
not be employed*
• An attempt to substitute for this tedious process a simple
coking of the pitch did not yield any trustworthj results.
The results were a- follows
First Distillation.
Specific gravity at 15°
'Germania" tar; " Bibernifl "tar
Hoffmann-Otto Otto's mo
Ovens. Beehive ovens.
rims
wght. vol.
Light oil up to 170 : per cent.
Middle oil .. 230
Creosote oil .. 270
Anthracene oil
Pitch
Water
Loss , ,
I'.-;,;,
10-51
7-62
11 '3 5
a I -55
trace
0-39
7-13
10-16
7-23
1*1388
wght vol.
1-8S
H-ll
999
22-65
43-11
3-S1
109
5-21
13-97
100-00 -
1O0-0O
By working up the fractions we obtained : —
A
' Gtrmania"
tar.
Light Oil.
Phenols 3-S0 %
Total loss on washing 18*12,,
Distillate from 78-100" 811.,
,, 100-110" 175G .,
Sp. gr. of total distillate at 15 0-869
Residue from distilling 55 91,,
Middle Oil
Phenols (crude) 260 „
Naphthalene (crude) (3 0
Ckeosotk Oil.
Phenols IPO „ vol.
Naphthalene 130
Anthracene On-
Crude anthracene "'. on Tar
Containing pure anthracene 12-90
Pitch.
Softening point
Percentage of carbon
, w'ght.
w'ght.
B.
' HilieMlia
tar.
5-32 vol.
33 05,. „
t race.
-'1-39 „ .,
0862
12-56 „ „
37-66,. ..
"(•76 .. w'ght.
18-33 „ vol.
1-10 ,. w'ght
113
llM
5P6f
0-93
25'oJ
160
1211
The distillate from th washed light oil up to 140
in the case of the " Germania " tai had the specific
gravity = 0X31) at 15' ; it could be nitrified without
leaving any residue, and yielded 133 per cent, weight
of nitro compounds of specific gravity 1*191. On dis-
tilling these yielded only l'l per cent, up to 190', too
small a quantity to be submitted again to the acid
treatment. This distillate may, therefore, beset down
entirely as " aniline-benzol," comprising within this
term its percentage of xylenes. The portion distilling
above 140' contained a good deal of naphthalene,
against which should be set the naphtha coming back
from the treatment of the middle oil. Since it was not
possible to examine these -mall quantities of liquid
more closely, 1 have set the whole down as "heavy
naphtha " : but it cannot be expected to recover it ail
in the shape of commercial solvent or burning
naphtha.
Sept. 30, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
583
On rectifying the washed naphtha from the
" Hibernia " light oil, the thermometer rapidly rose
above 100°, then slowly up to 140 : a somewhat con
siderable proportion distilled only above 170s. On
nitrification the distillate up to 140" yielded 129 Oper
cent, weight of nitro compounds of specific gravity
1'188. On rectifying these, 2'47 per cent, of oil dis-
tilled between 110 and 190 , along with a little water.
When submitting this oil once more to nitrification,
maily the whole "I it remained unchanged. Hence, this
" aniline-benzol " is not as pure as that from " Ger-
mania tar ; moreover, it contains very little benzene
and principallytoluene and xylenes; its value must bea
good deal lower than that obtained from the " Ger-
mania" tar. Unfortunately the quantity of benzene
from 2'7kilos. tar is too small to admit of any more
extended investigation.
The described data will enable us to make the
following statement concerning the commercial pro-
ducts to begot out of the two tars examined : —
A
B
" Germania ''
tar per cent.
■' Hibernia "
tar per cent.
Aniline-benzol
-
1-68
-
11-2
Heavy naDbtha
-
3G1
-
2-06
Crude naphthalene from mid-
lol
315
-
1-09
011
Crude naphthalene from creo-
sote oil
Crude naphthalene total
-
rea
-
1-53
Crude phenols from light oil. .
0-25
-
0-28
-
.. middle oil..
1-56
-
490
-
,. creosote oil..
0-12
-
1-75
total
223
1-59
693
Anthracene, calculated as 33
0-72
Creosote oil for pickling timber
-
S-24
1567
Filtered anthracene oil
-
12-TG
-
21-93
30'd5
_
1341
Water
-
-
-
383
98-38
'J7-21
Always bearing in mind that the above are only
laboratory results, we may, nevertheless, draw the
following conclusions.
The tar from Hoffmann-Otto's modified Coppee
ovens is at least equal in value to the best descriptions
of gas tar. The "aniline-benzol'' contains a good deal
of real benzene, and is almost free from non-nitrifiable
oils. There is an abundant quantity of heavy naphtha.
That of the phenols and of naphthalene is normal,
also that of anthracene (0'53 of pure anthracene in
100 tar). An essential difference between this kind
of coke-tar and ordinary gas-tar, and that in favour of
the former, consists only in the smaller proportion of
creosote oil and of hard pitch, and a larger proportion
of filtered anthracene oil, which is more and more em-
ployed for pickling timber and for lubricating pur-
poses, and part of which can be usefully employed for
working up with the hard pitch into soft pitch,
varnishes, etc. All this is easily explained by the fact
that the cpke ovens in question work at a temperature
at least as high as that of gas retorts, and that the coal
remains in them for a longer space of time.
The " Hibernia " tar, produced in outwardly /<■ att d
I beehive ovens, and evidently at a lower temperature
than the " Germania " tar, is not as valuable. It con-
tains lessaniline-benzol of inferior quality.lcss naphtha,
and less anthracene. Especially remarkable is the very
small quantity of naphthalene and the large proportion
of phenols. It is also awkward to dehydrate. Still,
, this tar undoubtedly belongs to the same class as gas
tar, and can !»■ worked up exactly in the same manner.
It is most sharply distinct from the Jameson tar,
which must rather be classed with brown-coal tars,
but does not, like these, yield a large quantity of good
burning oils and solid paraffin.
Tar distillers still complain that even in Germany
(where tars of the Jameson type are not produced),
coke-oven tars are of unequal quality, and on the
average yield less benzene than gas tar. But it should
not be overlooked that gas tars are also nothing like
uniform in quality, and there is some risk in that
respect, even with'the tar from one and the same gas-
works, because they may make changes in the coal
employed, and very frequently the quality of gas tal-
is deteriorated by the addition of bituminous shales
in gas making. Such additions can never happen in
coke making, and the coal used at a certain part must
be always very nearly of the same quality. The differ-
ences in coke oven tars noticed up to the present
will be partly caused by the unavoidable difference in
the description of coals coked, and partly by the fact
that the tar produced by different systems of coke
ovens is not identical, as we have seen. Otherwise,
there is no reason why, in the manufacture of coke,
there should be any more irregularities than in the
manufacture of coal-gas.
ON THE COMPOSITION OF THE BLAST
FURNACE TARS FROM THE GART-
SHERRIE IRON WORKS.
(Bead before the British Association, Manchester, 1SS7.J
BY WATSOS SMITH, F.C.S., F.I.C.,
Lecturer in Chemical Technology in the Victoria
University, etc.
The first examination of tar from blast furnace gases
obtained by the condensing process patented by
Messrs. Alexander & McCosh, and adopted in the
Gartsherrie Iron Works of Messrs. Baird it Co., at
Coatbridge, I undertook in 1883, and the results
formed the subject of a paper read before the Society
of Chemical Industry (Liverpool Section) in that
year. The specific gravity of the tar was found to
be 0954. It was a tar lighter than water, and con-
sequently would be subject to the immediate suspi-
cion of tar distillers, all true gas tars of value for the
aromatic constituents being slightly heavier than
water. Subsequent examination showed that about
1 per cent, of paraffin wax could be extracted from
the blast furnace tar, the crude Scotch shale oils
yielding about 9 per cent of solid paraffin. The
ordinary process of oxidising with chromic acid in
glacial acetic acid solution failed entirely to discover
for me any traces of anthracene in the higher boiling
products from this tar, but I am convinced some
anthracene is present, and shall submit the product
to treatment by another process very shortly, so as
first to effect separation of the preponderating
paraffin. But the phenols presented a remarkable
feature in this tar, on account of their abundance, as
has been more recently confirmed by A. H. Allen and
L. Archbutt ("Commercial Organic Analysis," vol.
ii. 57 -1 : Allen). However, my first experiments
quantitatively aimed rather at a comparison of the
584
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Scpi. 30, 18S7.
amounts of crude phenol (carbolic acid) obtained by
the commercial method of undersaturation with
caustic soda of 1SC Tw. It was then found that
whilst —
(1.) Ordinary Lancashire gas retort tar oils, known
a> the carbolic oils, yield about 5 per cent, by volume
of good crude phenol containing Go per cent, (volume)
"i crystallisable phenol, that—
(2.) The blast furnace oils nearly corresponding to
the above, gave by the same treatment no less than
per cent, of phenols, containing, however, very
little carbolic acid. The creosote oils gave 14'3 per
cent, of phenols.
By a mure recent trial (1885) I found that on exhaus-
tive treatment with stronger caustic soda of the oils
iii the blast furnace tar ol Gartsherrie analogous to
the carbolic and creosote oils of ordinary coal tar,
about 23 -to -24 per cent, by volume of crude phenols
could be extracted. Allen and Archbutt extracted
from their samples of blast furnace tar oils even
larger quantities.
It was also found that on extracting the same blast
furnace oils with sulphuric acid of specific gravity
1.'. exhaustively, 11'09 percent, by volume of crude
basic constituents could be extracted.
K. E. Schulze [Annaltn, 227, 143) propounded the
theory that the aromatic coal-tar hydrocarbons are
formed by the breaking up at higher temperatures of
first-formed phenols into the elements of water and
hydrocarbons, and this theory would, of course,
pre-suppose the possible existence of certain transition
tars, if we may so call them- i.,.. transi ion from the
predominance of the paraftinoids to that of the
benzenoid and allied products. Such a link of logical
connection is supplied by the existence of a tar like I
that of the Gartsherrie iron furnaces, as well as those
of certain coke ovens, which contain considerable
quantities of b;nzenoid hydrocarbons and phenols. !
Schulze's theory being accepted as correct, we ought,
moreover, to be able to find amongst the phenols in
the transition tars those members most nearly cor- j
responding to the hydrocarbons which predominate
in what we may term normal coal tar, or perhaps,
better, gas tar, as produced in gas retorts at the
highest temperatures. In order to test this question
an investigation was instituted in conjunction with
Messrs. Coutts i- Brothers (J. Chm. Sue. Jan-
uary, 1886 : see also this Journal, 1885, p. 738) for j
the purpose of discovering which are the principal
constituents of the blast furnace tar phenols. These
were found to be ordinary phenol, the cresols (chiefly
metacresol),xylenols(chieflj metaxylenol 1 :3:4),pseudo-
cumeuol and the naphthols. It has been mentioned
that an exhaustive extraction with dilute sulphuric
acid yielded 11 per cent, by volume of basic consti-
tuents— i.e., nitrogen bases. A more recent exami-
nation of these bases shows that aniline is present
amongst them. The odour of the mixed bases is just
that of the crude bases extracted from ordinary gas
tar, reminding one of the pyridine and quinoline series.
It was now of great interest to discover what hydro-
carbons, especially of the aromatic series, are presi nt
in the _ blast furnace naphthas, since following
Schulze's theory, and having detected the predomi-
nating presence of phenol, cresol and xylenol, more
especially metaxylenoL also pseudocumen >1 and
naphthol, we now ought to be able to find amongst
the naphtha constituents the corresponding hydro-
carbons.
la a recent investigation with the object of
isolating the benzenoid and other aromatic hydro-
carbons from the mixture, in which the paraffinoid
hydrocarbons largely predominate, the hydrolytic
method of Armstrong and Miller was made use ol
(•/. C/tem, Soc, 1884, 14*). I desire to record here
my opinion, after an extended experience of this
method, that it is one of the simplest and at the same
time most valuable solutions of a hitherto tedious
and difficult problem that has been put into the
hands of chemists for a long time, and Messrs. Arm-
strong and Miller deserve the thanks especially of
technological chemists, whose vocations necessitate
the frequent examinations of coal tars, naphthas and
tar oils. The hydrocarbons thus isolated in the pure
state are toluene, xylene containing 70 per cent, of
metaxylene, pseudocumene and mesitylene. Also, I
have identified the presence in the higher boiling oils
of small quantities of naphthalene.
Benzene I have never been able to discover in the
light naphthas, specimens of which have been kindly
sent me from time to time by Mr. Andrew Mel loan,
of the < ! irtsherrie Works. However, I believe firmly
that benzene is present in the crude gas used as fuel,
and with the kind permission of the firm, I shall make
this subject a further matter of experimental inquiry.
The question, " Is bisulphide of carbon formed at the
temperature at which such a low temperature tar as
this is formed ? " I shall try to answer at the same
time, and it would doubtless be of practical interest
to the gas industry.
It is certainly interesting, and so far confirm \tory
of Schulze's theory, that not only xylene and the
other hydrocarbons corresponding to the aromatic
phenols are present in the coal fed blast furnace
fumes, but that the xylene is substantially of the
same composition as that found in gas tar — i.e.,
it contains about 70 per cent, of the meta-isomer.
That this is the case was proved by means of Levin-
stein's method based on the reactions of Briickner
and Jacobsen, as well as by the fact of the xylene
obtained furnishing dyestuffs of the azo class. Thus,
I have here a specimen of xylidine scarlet R. ob-
t lined from about 20ec. of the xylene of the blast
furnace tar.
Mr. Hamilton, my assisting whose valuable aid in
this research 1 desire to acknowledge, will dye a piece
of flannel with this scarlet, and I think 1 may assure
you that no one has seen before a piece of fabric dyed
with a colour derived from the waste gaseous products
hitherto escaping in flames from coal-fed blast furnaces.
Though I believe there is much truth in Schulze's
theory of the formation of the aromatic hydrocarbons,
I should be slow to ascribe this formation exclusively
to the decomposition of the phenols, but would be
most inclined to believe that the reaction is one
running concurrently with several others. For
example, the theories proposed by Perthelot, O.
Jacobsen and Anschiitz may all likewise, at least to
some extent, hold good in the formation of the
aromatic constituents of crude coal gas (see Gompt.
Rend. 62, 905 ; //■ ,-. 1-77, 853 : Ber. 1878, 1215).
A NEW APPARATUS FOR CONDENSING
OASES BY CONTACT WITH LIQUIDS.
T.Y G. LTTNGK,
The problem of condensing gases by contact with
liquids is one which is presented in a very large
variety of cases, only a few of which are enumerated
here :— The condensation of hydrochloric acid, both
when its manufacture is a principal object, and when
it is only done to prevent pollution of the atmos-
phere ; the condensation of sulphurous acid as a
"noxious gas;" the manufacture of nitric acid, and
its recovers from nitrous vapours by means of water
and air ; the condensation of ammonia in the shape
of liquor ammonia; the absorption of chlorine in the
manufacture of chloride of lime, of chlorates, of ferri-
Sept. 3(1.1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
585
cyanides; the recovery of nitrous acid in the Gay-
Lussac apparatus, and many others. We must also
class herewith the drying of gases (chlorine, sulphur
dioxide, atmospheric air, etc.) by means of sulphuric
acid, as required for the Deacon chlorine process, and
for the manufacture of sulphuric anhydride ; the con-
densation of carbon disulphide by contact with cold
water, and so forth.
For some of these processes special apparatus has
been invented, according to the specific nature of
the compounds to be treated, and with these we shall
not occupy ourselves hereafter. We will confine our
attention to that most numerous class of processes
where, up to the present time, manufacturers in this
country have almost exclusively employed the well-
known coke tower, whilst continental manufacturers
in many cases prefer a string of three-necked stone-
ware receivers or " tourilles." The latter are now
generally supplemented by a small coke tower,
mostly constructed from large stoneware pipes, and
this combination, properly carried out, would seem
to he the most favourable where the highest possible
yield, along with the greatest possible concentration,
are principally looked for, whilst the coke tower is
found more suitable where the largest possible quan-
tity of work is the primary object. Both kinds of
plant have their advantages and their drawbacks.
The tourilles system owes its success in producing
very concentrated liquids to the systematical way in
which the water or other condensing liquid travels
from the further end of the set of receivers to the
end nearest the furnace, always rising from the bottom
of each receiver on to the top of the next receiver ;
the large cooling surface of the stoneware jars and
pipes also comes into play here. On the other hand,
the contact between the gas and the liquid takes
place exclusively at the surface of the latter ; the
great bulk of the liquid participates but indirectly in
the work of condensation, and some of the gas enter-
ing at the top of the receiver and leaving it at the
opposite side does not come into contact with the
condensing liquid. Hence a long string of receivers,
often fifty and upwards, must be employed, and even
then experience has proved that very perceptible
quantities of condensable gases escape condensation,
being carried along with the bulk of inert gases over
the top of the liquid. Therefore, in the manufacture
of hydrochloric acid the tourilles are now always
supplemented by a small (sometimes even a large)
coke column ; and where the proportion of condens-
able gas in the total volume of gases is but small, as
in the recovery of nitrous compounds in the manu-
facture of sulphuric acid, the tourilles system has
been entirely superseded by the coke tower.
The manufacture of nitric acid by the ordinary
method does not come under this head, for here the
compound in question is itself a liquid, and the
vapours need only be cooled down in order to yield
the final product, therefore a smaller number of tou-
rilles suffices, and they may be almost entirely super-
seded by stoneware worms, or the like.
The coke-tower is too well known to need any
description or any specification of its merits. It is
agreed that this apparatus has been instrumental in
procuring the excellent and almost absolute con-
densation of the hydrochloric acid vapours in alkali
works. But far superior as the coke tower is to the
tourilles for taking out a small quantity of con-
densable gas from a great bulk of inert gases, it is
not altogether beyond reproach. It has been found
practically inefficient for washing sulphur dioxide out
of furnace gases by means of water, nor is it a "per-
fect condenser for the nitrous vapours in the Gay-
Lussac process, even when made of very large
size. Just these large dimensions, and the great
attendant cost, form one of the drawbacks of the coke
tower.
Let us consider in which manner a coke tower, say
a hydrochloric acid condenser, acts. It is filled with
large pieces of coke, about a foot long, at the bottom ;
then follow pieces of the size of a child's head, and
at the top pieces of the size of an apple, but every-
thing is kept out which passes through a sieve with
2in. meshes. The interstices between the pieces of
coke thus must be pretty large, and very irregular.
The coke is moistened by a shower of water, but
this must not be too abundant, lest the acid should
become too dilute, and it is therefore resolved into a
number of drops, occuping a very small portion
indeed of the channels left between the pieces of
coke. These drops during their fall will therefore
have but little action ; almost the whole action of the
tower depends upon the moisture covering the sur-
face of the coke. Unless the latter is very well
'' packed," so that the gaseous current is constantly
compelled to change its way, the tower acts very
badly indeed ; for naturally the gas ascends by pre-
ference in the widest and straightest channels, and
just these are evidently least supplied with water in
comparison to the air space. But even in a properly-
packed tower the channels are comparatively very
large, and, especially, very irregular ; for this reason
it is necessary to procure a very large condensing
area, and to leave the gases in long contact with
water, by constructing the towers of very large
dimensions.
Of course all this has been very well known long
ago, and attempts have not been wanting to diminish
the size of condensing towers by substituting for coke
regular pieces of perforated tiles, bundles of tubes,
and similar objects. But not much has come of
this ; the remedy has never been a thorough one, and
occasionally very expensive. Probably such apparatus
are mostly in use only in such cases where coke is too
rapidly destroyed by the agents at work within the
condenser.
The just mentioned failures have deterred many
from attacking the problem. Still I did not like to
submit to coke towers as a finality, and I have tried
to work out another system wrhich should be founded
on rational principles throughout. I have in this
benefited by the co-operation of a manufacturer of
chemical stoneware, Mr. Ludwig Kohrmauu, of
Krauschwitz, near Muskau, in Prussian Silesia, who
has the command of most suitable material for acid
and heat resisting stoneware, as well as great experi-
ence in the manufacture of chemical apparatus made
from it, and untiring energy in overcoming the mani-
fold difficulties which accompanied our first efforts.
But success has not been wanting, and the apparatus
which we have ultimately constructed has more than
fulfilled the hopes I had entertained of it.
The following description and diagram will give an
idea of the new apparatus, which I have styled the
" Plate column," because its essential feature is in
the perforated plates with which it is filled. It can
be carried out in many shapes, and can be made of
any suitable material, but so far it has only been
made of that kind of stoneware which is the speciality
of Mr. Rohriuann. It is unnecessary to say that the
material must offer the greatest possible resistance
both to the action of acids and to changes of tempera-
ture, but it should also admit of a great deal of
nicety in moulding every detail. For some purposes
such apparatus might be made of metal, or even of
wood lined with lead, especially when it is made of a
larger size than can be well done with stoneware.
The plate column, in that shape which is now pre-
ferably made, consists of a number of earthenware
cylinders of as large diameter as can be conveniently
586
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept. 30, WW.
turned out. It is at present made '- centimetres
(say -it. oin.) wide. The bottom is formed by a
trough. A, with an outlet for the liquid, and an inlet
for the gas, « (compare diagram). This bottom
trough is surmounted by one or more cylinders, B, C,
which contain the perforated plates, and at last by
the top cylinder 1>, provided with an outlet for the
gas, H, aud an arrangement for spreading the con-
densing liquid. That liquid (in the majority of cases,
watei i is run from a store tank on to the cover of the
column, and is spread out by means of the self-acting
"acid-wheel" b all over the divisions, produced on the
cover by the radial ledges, as seen on the plan D.
The water runs off by the holes c, closed by the cups
</, serving as hydraulic seals, aud the bottom of the
cover is so shaped that the liquid must drop out of
each single hole without spreading along the under
side of the plate. By this means the liquid is forced
to drop quite regularly all over the area of the
column, aud to cover the whole surface of the upper-
most of the plates EE.
o:^
1
fiTTT"
Except the last-mentioned arrangement, there is
nothing novel in the construction of the cover,
indeed any other suitable means for spreading the
liquid quite evenly all over the area of the column
might be employed. But the peculiar feature of my
apparatus appears in the plates EE. Each of these
is covered with a network of small ledges, and in each
of the squares thus formed there is a perforation, with
a somewhat raised margin. The height of that
margin is not quite as great as that of the ledges,
hence there is always a layer of liquid, about Jin
deep in each of the squares, and as there is always
more liquid dropping in. the excess is forced out
through tlie perforations drop by drop. The plates
are not identical in shape, but differ as to the posi-
tion of the holes. To each perforation in any one
plate there corresponds the point ol anion of the
in the plates above and below. Hence the
liquid cannot drop straight through the holes in the
following plates, but strikes the solid portion of the
next plate, is scattered about, and is divided among
the adjoining squares. This action is repeated from
{date to plate. Thus the thin layer of liquid resting
upon the plates and clinging to the holes is constantly
renewed, and by the scattering about of the liquid
another absorbing surface is created.
The gases and vapours rising within the column
pass through the numerous holes of the lowermost
plate, and are thus divided into a great number of
fine jets. Immediately cu issuing through the holes
of this plate, they strike against the solid places in the
next plate above, which correspond to the holes, and
are thus divided and mixed again ; and this process
is repeated as many times as there are plates provided.
Whilst the gases and vapours thus, travel upwards in
continuously renewed mixtures they come into the
most intimate contract with the absorbing liquid,
which they meet within the narrow holes on the
plates and scattered all over in fine drops. By the
incessant changes in the direction of the current, and
the equally incessant renewal of the surface of the
liquid, the most favourable conditions are produced
for a mutual action of the gaseous and liquid sub-
stances. Owing to the principle of the apparatus, no
false channels can exist, in which the gases or liquids
would travel separately without coming into proper
contact with each other.
This circumstance partly accounts for the enormous
difference in condensing power between the " plate
column " and a perfectly well constructed and packed
coke tower, or any similar apparatus, fitted with
pieces ol pottery and the like. The liquid within a
coke tower is never quite evenly distributed ; there
are always many places where it drops down a con
siderable height without meeting a piece of coke, and
where, on the other hand, the gases find channels in
which they can ascend without for some time getting
mixed and coming into contact with liquid. More-
over, the individual gas channels are too wide, and
the inner portion of the gaseous current does not enter
into reaction with the absorbing liquid. This is
unavoidable, because the interstices between the pieces
of coke are quite irregular, and therefore the section
of the tower must be made wide enough, and the
pieces of coke large enough to secure a sufficiency of
draught for the worst case. Nor, as experience has
demonstrated, have any arrangements of pieces of
pottery hitherto had a better effect than coke. Hence,
coke towers must be made very wide and high, thus
offering a long time and corresponding opportunities
of mixing the gases and contact with liquid ; and in
this way the reaction is certainly very complete at the
end. But this enormous enlargement of space can be
avoided by the systematical way in which, in my new
apparatus, the gaseous current is split up into upwards
of a thousand very thin and exactly equal jets, which
must continually alter their direction, and must, there-
fore, be thoroughly mixed every time they pass
through a new plate. On their way they come into
the most intimate contact with constantly and syste-
matically renewed thin layers of liquid. The network
of ledges prevents any unequal downward passage of
the liquid, differently to the action of coke towers or
of any other hitherto known form of similar appara-
tus. Perhaps a still more important difference is the
following : — That there is a very thin and constantly
renewed layer of liquid standing on each plate, and
that the gases, in passing through the perforations of
the plate, must frequently break through the drops
of liquid. This seems to produce an action somewhat
similar to the Coffey still, or other " rectifying " appa-
ratus, and it may to a great extent explain that such
an intense action takes place in so small a space.
Sept. 30. 1SS7.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. 587
I 'ndoubtedly, with respect to the condensing action
one of the most important conditions is this : that
the gaseous current, holding small drops of liquid in
suspension, should be exposed to very frequent .«//
against solid surfaces. It is very well known that
such shocks enormously assist the precipitation of
extremely minute particles of liquid, existing in the
shape of a mist, and not uniting into real drops under
ordinary circumstances. This action is made use of
in t'^e Pelouze and Audouin process for purifying
coal-gas from tar ; it is at play in the vitriol chambers,
and explains several phenomena unintelligible in
other ways, as proved by Dr. Naef. It is also most
certainly at work in the ordinary coke tower : but
nowhere that I know of has it been so systematically
and thoroughly brought about as in my apparatus,
and this must go far towards explaining its great
efficiency. It is unnecessary to say that these con-
tinuous shocks also greatly promote the mixture of
the gases.
In one respect only the plate column is inferior to
the tourilles system, and perhaps, even to the coke
towers, namely, that the cooling action of the air has
comparatively little scope. In the tourilles this
action is very considerable ; in the coke towers, with
their thick stone walls, it cannot be anything like so
complete ; but the slow passage of the gases through
these towers makes up for this to some extent.
Whether the thin walls of the plate column do not
compensate for the very much greater speed with
which the gases pass through, I have no means of
judging. In any case this cooling action is nothing
like so important as the other considerations men-
tioned before, and it can be partly replaced by a good
preliminary cooling of the gases before entering the
columns. But for such cases where it is desirable
that there should be good cooling in the columns them-
selves, I have constructed a special form of column,
provided with an external water-cooling arrangement.
This, of course, makes the apparatus much more com-
plicated, and the simpler form of apparatus, as shown
in the diagram, will be found sufficient for most
purposes.
It is hardly necessary to say that several modifica-
tions of my apparatus have been arranged in order
to adapt it to the special requirements of various
technical operations ; but I would not trouble the
meeting with such details, confining myself to an
explanation of the general principle. I may, however,
be allowed to conclude with a short report of the work
done by the first and necessarily imperfect form of
apparatus at one of the best conducted German alkali
works. They have there salt-cake furnaces, consist-
ing of a combination of two pans with one roaster.
The charge is Tcwt. of rock salt (98 per cent.) to each
pan, or 14cwt. in all, and there are 7 charges made in
24 hours. The average proportion of HC1 in the
roaster-gas, as determined by a very large number of
analyses, is 1"26 per cent, in one set, and 2 64 per
cent, in another set (minimum 0'4 per cent., maximum
44 per cent.) ; the average proportion of HC1
in the pan gases was 11'73 and 31'78 per cent.
respectively (minimum 1'2, maximum S5'0 per
cent.). The present, condensing plant for the
pans (we will leave the roaster gas out of con-
sideration, as I have not tried any operations with
it) consists in one case of 12 stone cisterns, with a
water surface of 38'88 superficial metres ; in the other
case of 4'.i tourilles, with a water surface of 21*56
superficial unties. Although the air cooling in the
latter case is far mure thorough than in the former,
the tourilles being connected with one another by
U-tubes, a metre high, yet the cistern apparatus per
forms much better work, thus proving that the exter
nal cooling is nothing like so important as an efficient
contact with water. The condensation in these cis-
terns or tourilles still being imperfect, the residual
gases are carried into a coke tower, 100 feet high,
which serves for the whole works. There was supplied
to that works a set of five plate columns, consisting
of 1 1 plates each, and possessing a total surface of
only 1'36 square metres per column, or 6"8 square
metres in all. A great deal of difficulty arose from
this cause : that it proved practically impossible to
equally divide the gases issuing from the bottom
column among the four columns placed at a higher
level. But just this circumstance led me to a brilliant
demonstration of the efficiency of my system. I
caused first two of the top columns to be cut off, and
when it proved to be the case that there was still
sufficient draught, and that the condensation was still
good, a third column was cut off, so that all the gas
from the pans passed only through the bottom column
and one top column, thus applying a condensing sur-
' face of only 272 square metres, or about one-fifteenth
of the surface of the water in the stone cisterns. But
1 even then the acid came out between 23° and 36° Tw.,
the average strength being 32M1 at l.V C, and the
quantity condensed amounted to 00 per cent, of that
calculated from the salt charges. The trials were con-
tinued through 27 hours consecutively. Now, if it is
, considered that in this, the first attempt on a working
scale, the apparatus still contained several imper-
fections, which could not possibly be remedied on the
spot (the most important being a faulty system of
feeding the columns with water, which caused great
irregularities), it will be granted that the result
obtained was most encouraging, and proved a great
superiority of the plate columns over any other appa-
ratus of similar size and cost. It cannot be doubted
that, if it had been possible to apply half as many
1 plates again, that is, about 33 plates in lieu of 22, in
a consecutive set, and with a better system of water
feeding, the condensation would have been as perfect
as in all the cisterns or tourilles and the coke tower
combined. But it was not feasible at the time to
alter the apparatus in that manner, and only now it
1 has become possible to turn it out in an improved
' form, guided by the experiences made in those pre-
| liminary trials. I hope to be able, at no distant time,
I to report the results obtained with the plate column
in that improved form, as shown in the diagrams.
But even as it stands now, I thought that a short
report of a condensing apparatus, devised on more
scientific principles than those previously existing,
would not be unwelcome to those members of the
Section who are interested in technological chemistry.
— *^*o»*»<-e>» —
SACCHARINE : THE NEW SWEET PRODUCT
FROM COAL-TAR.
' (Real before the British Association, at Manchester,
September J. 18S7.J
BY DR. CONSTANTIN K.WILBERG.
The subject which I am going to bring before you is
one which may, perhaps, be known to many of you,
at least, by name. In the first place, I think it well
to give you a short history of this new and interest-
ing compound, stating how I came to discover it, and
what my principal work was during the period of
nine years, in developing it for purposes of manu-
facture on a large scale.
When, in the year 1879, I became connected
with the Johns Hopkins University of Baltimore,
part of my work was to repeat the older experiments
of Latchiuow, Anna Wolkow, Remsen, Beckurts, and
. others, on the toluene sulphamides. I prepared first
588
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, [-sept.so.issr.
the toluene sulphamides, in order tq study their oxi-
dation products ; some ol them, the "para" and
' meta" compounds, bad previously been studied by
other*, but the"ortho: compound had not been in-
tted up to that time.
Bj oxidising pure orthotoluene sulphamide, I found
that it yields a remarkably sweet compound, but the
amount obtained by the process employed was so
small, that it was hopeless to think of making the
iratory experiment tit for a manufacturing pro
Not discouraged by this fact, I set to work to
study other reactions, in order to get a better yield
■ sweet body.
[n the first place, the costly anhydrous or fuming
sulphuric arid was not tit for yielding sufficient ortho-
toluene sulphonic acid : it was found that by treating
toluene with anhydrous sulphuric acid the parasul-
phonic acid was the principal product formed. Ex-
perimenting with different strengths of acid, it was
found that sulphuric acid of 66 Baume answered
the purpose best at low temperature, converting almost
ball of the toluene into the orthosulphonic acid.
The next step in the process was the treatment
with phosphorus pentachloride — a reaction which
cannot be carried out on a large -rile. I therefore
experimented with phosphorus trichloride, employ-
ing a current of chlorine gas, and found by this method
ol treatment that the action was less violent and more
under control, but it gave the same results as when
phosphorus pentachloride was employed. In orderto
manufacture phosphorus trichloride a new apparatus
had to be devised, this compound not having been
manufactured up to that time in sufficient quantities
to warrant the hope of obtaining a continuous
supply for my purpose.
The apparatus which I have devised for effecting
this object is made of cast iron, and the phosphorus
used i- the yellow arid not the red modification ; the
apparatus being so constructed as to allow of
continuous flow of phosphorus into it through a
funnel. With this apparatus an unlimited quantity
of the trichloride may be manufactured, the cost of
production being comparatively small, whilst the
purity of the article is very high.
In my laboratory work I made use of aqueous
ammonia for transforming the orthosulphonic chloride
into the amide, but I found that the water was very
dangerous, changing the sulphonic chloride frequently
back into the sulphonic acid and not into the amide
as desired, and so rendering this step of the process
very uncertain. To avoid this inverse reaction, water
had to be excluded, and dry ammonia gas had to be
used, which again required complicated apparatus
and study of the condition- under which the reaction
progress* d most favourably.
My apparatus as now constructed, and the know-
ledge which I have gained by patient study of this
part of the reaction, have so overcome this inverse
reactii m as t- . make the yield almost a theoretical one.
oxidation of toluene orthosulphamide into
harine requires great precaution, and it was
found necessary to change very materially the work
at this stage of the process from the laboratory
method to that necessary for a manufacturing opera-
tion, in my previous work I had stated that toluene
sulphamide yields on oxidation with potassium per-
manganate t\\o products— namely, saccharine and
orthosulphobenzoicacid. At that time 1 had assumed
the reaction to take place with elimination, not of
ammonia as a chemist would be inclined to suppose,
but in that of nitrogen. Now J find that this re-
action is an entirely different one : that neither
ammonia nor nitrogen is formed, but that by oxida-
tion, part of th" amido group is changed into nitrates
in the presence of potassium permanganate.
To check this formation, very dilute solutions have
to be employed, and the subsequent evaporation
becomes a very expensive operation.
A discovery which took place at this time helped
me greatly to utilise the sulphobenzoic acid formed
during the process, by transforming it into saccharine.
This discovery consisted in the following reaction: —
If a neutral salt of sulphobenzoic acid be treated with
phosphorus pentachloride or with trichloride in a
current of chlorine gas, the bichloride formed in this
reaction yields, on treatment with ammonia, not as
might lie assumed, a diamid, but an ammonium salt
of saccharine, from which saccharine can be easily
separated, like from any other salt of it, by the
additionof amineral acid. The parasulphonic chloride,
which forms a bulky mass, in order to carry through
the operations to separate the orthosulphonic
chloride, is now transformed in autoclaves under
pressure, and by super heated steam into toluene and
sulphuric and hydrochloric acids. The toluene is
made use of again, and by this reaction almost all the
substance started with is transformed finally into
saccharine.
Works of such an extensive character as those at
Salbke Westerhiisen, Germany, erected to supply the
whole world with saccharine, require very large
quantities of potassium permanganate and phosphorus,
and to work economically it is necesssary to utilise
the manganese hydroxide obtained as a by-product
fe>r reconversion into permanganate. It may also be
necessary to utilise the phosphate residues for making
phosphorus later on, if this material continues to be
sold at its present high price, but I hope that the
existing phosphorus manufacturers will be able to
supply me for some time to come.
From the above statements you can easily conclude
that there was much work to be done to put me iu
the position in which I am at present, to supply the
1 world with a sufficient quantity of saccharine.
My previous publications on saccharine, although
of an entirely theoretical value, had not been accurate
enough in their statements, so as to leave no doubt
about the constitution of saccharine. Remsen,
Mauineiie. and others, had speculated on various
formula' for this new body. The former had
/COH
assumed the formula to be C,;H,^ N :
\S02-"'
whereas Maumene had thought to find a similarity
between saccharine and taurine, probably through
his manipulative errors in the determination of
sulphur.
For the formula? of the salts of saccharine I had
assumed the non-existence of the orthosulphamine-
benzoic acid, and had thought the salts of saccharine
corresponded to the formula belonging to sulpharnine-
benzoic acid. Later on the existence of orthosulph-
aminebenzoic acid was proved by Noyes, who had
oxidised sulphamide with ferricyanide of potassium
in an alkaline solution. It now became of the
utmost importance to decide between the two
formula' assumed by Remsen and myself ; and
taking into consideration the work published by
Noyes, whether the existence of orthosulphamine-
benzoic acid was true or not, and which of the two
formulae really belonged to saccharine— namely,
COHx
I ■ ' i IF
-so..
me, ( ',; II 4
of Noyes, and
his statements.
X, or the formula suggested by
CO\
XII. I repeated the work
Sir
found that he was correct in all
At present I have an investiga-
Sept 30, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
580
tion in progress, which will prove that the
above orthosulphaininebenzoic acid of Noyes can
also be made in a 'different way, and with a better
yield, which reaction I will make known at a future
time. The formulae lor the salts of saccharine, as
assume 1 by me, were accordingly wrong in some
respects, as it is impossible for two isomeric ortho-
sulphaminebenzoic acids to exist. On re-examining
my salts of saccharine I found them all to correspond
/CO
to the formula CJl , >NM, in which the
,H.< W>
hydrogen atom of the imide group is repla 1 by
monad metals, or monad-organic radicles. The ethers
which in my first attempts I found impossible to
prepare, 1 have finally succeeded in forming,
and these were greatly instrumental in helping
me to prove the constitution of saccharine
and its salts, without any doubt whatever. If any
of these ethers be enclosed in a sealed tube in the
presence of hydrochloric acid an alkyhmine and
sulphobenzoic acid are formed. I have proved, in one
instance, the existence of ethylamine by the isonitrile
reaction of Hofmann and the formation of the
double salt of platinum chloride. This transfor-
mation proves beyond any doubt the constitution
assumed by me, as given above, for saccharine
and its salts, as well as for its ethers.
According to the above facts we must look upon
saccharine as an inner-anhydride or benzoylortho-
sulphonic imide, which yields salts and ethers entirely
different from the orthosulphaininebenzoic acid ; in
fact I have succeeded in transforming one into the
other, and vice vt ) sd.
If orthosulphaininebenzoic acid be heated, it
changes into saccharine (i.e., benzoylorthosul-
phonic imide) with the elimination of water : if,
on the other hand, saccharine be subjected
to a current of hydrochloric acid gas in the presence
of alcohol, the ether of orthosulphaininebenzoic acid
is formed, which also yields, on heating, saccharine,
with the exception, that in this case not water but
alcohol is eliminated. A further interesting reaction
of the ether of saccharine, and not of orthosulph-
aminebenzoic acid, is this, that it forms by saponi-
fication with an alcoholic solution of potash a
double potassium salt of ethylsulphaminebenzoic acid,
having the formula COOK-C„H4— SO, X.K(',H,.
If this compound be treated with hydrochloric acid,
or any mineral acid, the potassium is eliminate 1. and
an isomeric compound of the ether of orthosulphamine
benzoic acid is formed, which I have designated as
ethylsulphaminebenzoic acid, and which is isomeric
with the above-stated ether of orthosulphainine-
benzoic acid. I have an investigation in progress
which will prove that these reactions hold good for
all sulphimides ; as, for instance, terephthalic and
mesitylenic sulphimides, and other bodies of the same
constitution.
Having mentioned the first difficulties which I
met with, and having given you a short outline of the
chemical side of the saccharine question (the material
which has been of late so prominently before the
public notice), I wish, at this stage of my paper, to
call your attention to the uses of saccharine in the
arts, in the household, and in medicine. I may say
that there are at the present moment a number of
m inufacturers using saccharine already for the pur-
poses of sweetening bread, cakes, champagne,
lemonade, oils, essences and medicines of all kinds.
Its sweetening power being three hundred times
gre iter than that of sugar, you can imagine that it
will serve for many purposes to which sugar cannot
be applied, such as disguising the unpleasant taste of
medicines, and be used in flavouring the food of
patients to whom the use of sugar would be injurious.
( )ne very important fact must be here pointed out
with respect to saccharine, and that is, its non fer-
mentable character, distinguishing it from the
sweetening materials belonging to the carbohydrate
class or sugar family proper ; it is in no way altered
by the action of ynast or other ferments, in the way
that the carbohydrates are degraded, in fact, it rather
acts in such a way as to prevent fermentation, so that
saccharine retains its sweetening property under all
conditions for an indefinite time.
In addition to the high sweetening power of
saccharine, it has also antiseptic properties, which
will make it useful in preserving articles of food, as I
have frequently seen suggested in the newspapers ;
it is nothing more than a condiment or spice,
and should never be tasted in the pure state,
because taken in too large a quantity it will act
upon the nerves in such a way as to paralyse
the sense of taste, just as powerful music stuns or
deadens the auditory nerves, or a very bright light
acts upon the optic. nerves.
I may inform you that almond and other breads
are now to be had sweetened with saccharine, as well
as champagne similarly sweetened, for diabetic
patients and those suffering from fatty degeneration.
jRottmgfjam Section.
Chairman : Lewis T. Wright.
Vice-Chairman : Frank Clowes.
Committee :
L. Archbutt.
Jas. 11. Ashwcll.
J. B. Coleman.
H. Doidge.
It. Fitzhugh.
K. Francis.
T. W. Lovibond.
S. J. Pentecost.
11. .1. Staples.
K. B. Truman.
R. L. Wluteley.
Treasure)-: \V. II. Parker.
Hon. Local Secretary :
Jno. R. Ashwell, JUidanbury Lodge, Bentinck Road,
Nottingham.
October (date to be fixed). -Opening Meeting: Address bv
ilir Chairman, Lewis T. Wright, Esq.
November.— C. Spackman, l-Uq., on "Portland Cement."
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
journal ant) [patent* literature.
I. -GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS AND
MACHINERY.
Improvements in Chemical Fire Extinguishers. J.
llaslamTonge. Eng. Pat. 12,253, Sept. 27, 1886. Sd.
Tins invention relates to that class of apparatus wherein
a bottle containing add is placed in a Eolation of a car-
bonate, and broken when the occasion for use arises, and
consists in providing means for readily charging and
breaking the said bottle. The extinguisher case is
provided at the top with a metallic nozzle closed by a
* Any of these specifications may be obtained bv post, by
remitting the cost price, plus postage, to Jlr. H. Reader Lack.
Comptroller of the Patent Office, Southampton Buildings,
Chancery Lane, London. W.C. '1 he amount of postage may
bo calculated as follows :—
If the price does not c xceed Sd jd.
Above sd.. and not exceeding is. Bd... id.
„ is. lid., „ „ Js. J.I... lid,
„ 2s. id., „ „ 3s. Id... 2d.
590
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept. 30. 1887.
swivel lid or cover, the joint beinj,' made tight by an
indiarubber ring. Attached to the underside of" the
nozzle is a wire cage containing the bottle of acid, and
on the side of the extinguisher case is inserted a bar or
plunger passing through a suitable stuffing box and
provided with a convenient handle for driving it sharply
against the bottle inside and effecting the breakage
thereof. The same end may be attained by the use of
an eccentric mounted on a spindle passing through a
stuffing box in the case side. An outlet pipe delivers
from the bottom of the casing and is of course controlled
by a tap. -A. It. D.
Method for Distillation in an Indifferent Gas. P. Kaikow.
(hem. Zeit. 11, 572.
The apparatus is lilled with gas by means of the
generator (/, the cork of the retort being removed. This
particular mode of making ^'as from liquid hydrocarbons
by distilling the said liquids in a double distilling retort
and in mixing the vapours under hoods placed inside
the retort and then decomposing the said vapours in a
separate retort by passing them through red hot charcoal
contained therein." 2. " The use of a fluted perforated
pipe surrounded with charcoal inside the decomposing
retort for distributing the hydrocarbon vapours and
steam equally through the charcoal." 3. "The blowing
of air through fluted and perforated pipes inside the de-
composing retorts and surrounded by charcoal." 4.
'• The mixing of the fresh hydrocarbon liquids with dis-
tilled naphtha in the hydraulic main and then distilling
the mixture in a low temperature still, placed on the
top of the high temperature distilling retort, and theu
distilling the heavier portions in the high temperature
still.— D. B.
having been effected the cork is replaced and the distilla-
tion commenced. The evolution of gas is stopped by the
pressure within the apparatus, but whenever this
diminishes, the acid in the beaker rises in </, and the
evolution of gas recommences. — A. G. G.
II.— FUEL. GAS AND LIGHT.
Improvements in the Manufacture of what art known as
Mantles used ,,< what is called Incandescent Gas Light-
ing. A Paget, Loughborough. Eng. Pat. 11,287,
Sept 4, 1SSB. (id.
The patentee describes his improvements under four
heads. 1. He temporarily strengthens the mantles
(after due incineration and preparation) by immersion
in a solution of some resinous, glutinous or farinaceous
substance, '2. He attains the same end by immersion in
some melted substance such as paraffin wax or bees-
wax, from which the mantles can be removed while hot.
3. He proceeds as under head '2, but allows the wax to
cool with the mantle embedded in it. This entirely
removes ri~k of breakage in transport. The surrounding
substance left on the mantles by the above methods of
treatment is easily burnt off previous to use. 4. To
prevent the mautle from oscillating he drops upon its
point of attachment to the suspending hook a drop of one
of the well-known solutions of glass. The liquid is
evaporated when the burner is lighted, and the residue,
vitrified by the heat, cements the mantle to the suspend-
ing book. — A. 1! 1 1.
Improvements in Iht Distillation of Tar, Oil, Resin, and
Liquid Hydrocarbons in the Manvfactun of Illumi-
nating ana Heating Gasi s thi refrom, and in Apparatus
for that Purpose. \V. Bums, Leith. Em:. Pat.
'l4,!i.-)S, Nov. KS, 1886. 8d.
Tuts peciucation, which is unsuitable for abstraction,
■ •on tains two sheets of drawings. The claims are :— 1. "The
.1 New or Improved Process for Manufacturing Pure
Hydrogen. J. Belou, Paris. France. Eng. l'at.
751S, Slay 25, 1887. 6d.
Steam (preferably superheated) is caused to pass over
red-hot iron in retorts. Pure hydrogen and oxide of iron
are thus formed. The hydrogen passes on to a gas-
holder for use, and the oxide is reduced to metallic iron
again by the introduction of charcoal dust. This latter
operation generates so much heat that the retort is again
immediately ready for decomposing steam. By using a
number of retorts and carrying on the two processes of
decomposition and revivificatiou alternately, the produc-
tion of hydrogen may be made continuous. Suitable
provision must, of course, be made for the removal of the
carbonic acid and carbonic oxide formed during the
revivification. — A. It. D.
Improvements in Apparatus for Producing Gas or Vapour
from Hydrocarbons, and for utilising Gas <a- Vapour
for Lighting or Heating and for Igniting Gas. J. A.
Marsh, Cleveland, U.S.A. Eng! Pat.'341S, March
5,1887. 8d.
Tins specification is unsuited for useful abstraction. It
has fifteen drawings explanatory of the patentee's twenty-
one claims. — A. K. li.
Improvements in Regenerative Hydrocarbon Lamps or
Lanterns. L. Chandor, St. Petersburg ; and (J. H.
Nolting, London. Eng. Pat. S790, June IS, 1SS7. Bd.
The lamp proper is contained within a casing provided
with a double bottom. Air is admitted into the lower
part of the casing, but cannot make its way direct to the
lamp flame, as this is protected by a sheath. It there-
fore rises through a funnel kept hot by the escaping
products of combustion, and then passes downwards by
tubes to the hollow bottom of the casing, where suitable
provision is made for causing it to circulate around the
oil reservoir (which stands upon this case bottom) and
then to pass through the upper part of the wick sheath
to the flame. Mass chimneys are dispensed with, but
the upper pari of the lamp is provided with two sheet
metal cowls, one within the other, whereby the draught
can be regulated. Drawings ax mpany the specifica'
tion.— A.'K. I'.
3ept.30.l887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDISTKV.
591
III. -DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Improvements in Apparatus for Petroleum Distillation.
Dingl. i'olyt. J. 26L 227—229.
T 1 1 1: usual forms of apparatus do not allow of a sufficient
separation of t lie products by one distillation ; the large
quantity of raw naphtha to be operated upon in each -till
causes the lower layers to he overheated, and a continu-
ous distillation necessitates a regular system of
.-tills. 0. K. Lenz, of Baku, has patented two distinct
apparatus in which these objections are avoided. The
one consists of a long four-sided boiler of thin iron or
copper plate, on the two longest internal sides of which
shallow gutters are horizontally fixed, along which the
naphtha is made to Mow from one end to the other, and
thence on to the next lowest gutter, until the bottom of
the boiler is reached. In this way only naphtha with
a high boiling point runs out at the bottom of
the last of a -'Ties of such apparatus, from each of which
oil of certain special hailing points is obtained. To
obtain constant regular result- in working these boilers
the inflow of raw naphtha must be accurately regulated,
a- also the heating. Lenz, by the use of two zinc rods
lixed to one side of the boiler, passing out through
Btuffing boxes in the other side, and connected with
levers which regulate the taps for the raw naphtha
supply to the stills anil the supply of naphtha residues to
the tires, lias rendered this apparatus entirely automatic.
The second apparatus consists of a long, four-sided
metal box made up of two parts resting one above the
other and bolted together. The lower one, which
receives the raw naphtha for the distillation, is divided
into numerous chambers by means of upright cross-walls
projecting alternately from either side almost to the
opposite side, so that the naphtha which Hows in at the
end furthest removed from the fires has to make a long
zig-zag passage to the other end of the still. The upper
vessel is likewise divided into a corresponding number of
chambers ; these, however, are not at all connected » ith
each other, but each chamber is provided with a separate
condensing apparatus. With this form of still a con-
tinuous fractional distillation can easily be carried on,
raw naphtha entering at one end and the heavy residues
being drawn off at the other. The still is fired by the
gasoline vapours from the first compartment. — T. L. B.
Improvements in Apparatus for Washing or Treating
Mineral oils with Adds or Alkalis. A.C. Thomson,
Edinburgh. Eng. Pat 11,300, Sept. G, 1SS6. Sd.
THE liquids which are to be agitated together are caused
to How through a series of turbines placed one above
the other in a vertical cylinder. By another modifica-
tion the process goes on in a horizontal or inclined
cylinder divided into compartments and traversed by a
central shaft, on which are fixed discs provided with
bars or studs. As the shaft revolves these studs work in
between corresponding bars or studs projecting from the
partitions of the cylinder, and cause a thorough mixing
of the contained liquids. The compartments communi-
cate with each other, and the liquids travel from one end
of the cylinder to the other. — A. K. 1).
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS AND DYES.
On the Orange Azo-colours. Dr. Otto Miihlhauser.
Dingl. Polyt. J. 264, 1S1 — 187 and 23S- 244.
The paper opens with a short historical sketch of this
class of colouring matters, ranging from the discovery of
azo-benzene by Mitscherlich in 183i, and that of the
diazo-bodies by Griess in 1858, to the investigation and
manufacture of chrysoidine, and the tropceolins or
oranges by Caro, Roussin, and Otto X.Witt in 187(3—77.
The author then proceeds to give details of the technical
production of four of the most important simple members
of this class of oranges, which are known under the
names of orange I., or tropeeolin OOO Xo. 1 ; orance
II., or tropeeolin (MM) No. 2; orange II, ami orange
KK. The first operation in the manufacture of these
bodies is the production of the amido-sulphonic acid- of
benzene, toluene, and xylene. In the case of the
benzene and toluene compounds, the sulphates of aniline,
or o- and /.toluidine, are decomposed by the aid of heat
at 190—200°, according to the equation :
C, II... XII ,.11, SO, HsO + C0H4.NH,.(SOsH).
An iron pan provided with cover, lead cooler, and stirrer,
serves to mix the aniline and sulphuric acid together in ;
49kilos. IDS! ), (66 B6.) are placed in the pan, and 4G5
kilos, pure ''aniline for blue" poured in a thin stream
through the cooler into the acid, whilst well stirring for
about twenty minute-. The cover is then removed and
the acid aniline sulphate is equally divided among three
shallow sheet-iron trays, 75cm. square and 25cm. deep,
provided with slides to facilitate the drawing in and out
of the oven, line of these trays at a time is then placed
iu an iron oven, 100cm. square and 50cm. high, which is
built in a mutHe-furuace so as to receive the heat at the
bottom, at the two sides, and the end, the top being pro-
vided with an opening to allow the steam to escape.
The temperature of the oven must be kept between
220— 230 , for if raised above this, charring will ensue,
and if allowed to fall below, there will be some of the
sulphate left unconverted. In about three hours' time
the reaction will be complete, and the cakes ou the trays
should, whilst still quite hot, show no sticky centres
when broken up by an iron tool, but should be quite
hard and brittle. The yield of crude Bulphanilic acid
averages SOkilos. from the above quantities. In the case
of the toluidine Bulphonation the proportions are 53-5
kilos, toluidine to 4ilkilos. H.,SOj, hut the temperature
should not exceed 220', and be maintained for from live
to six hours. The xylidine sulphonie acid, which is used
for the production of the orange RR, is obtained from
m xylidine by the action of fuming sulphuric acid. 175
kilos. 20 per cent, fuming acid are placed in an iron
jacket, provided with stirring gear (20 revolutions per
minute), and connected with both steam and cold water
mains. Whilst well stirring, oOkilos. metaxylidine are
slowly added, care being taken that the temperature of
the mixture does not exceed 50°. The whole is then
heated for four hours to 105 — 110°, until a sample thrown
in water and made alkaline dissolves completely and
gives no smell of xylidine. Hereupon the melt is blown
by air pressure into a 3000-litre vat containing a solution
of G4kilos. sodium sulphate in 1000 litres of water, the
mixture made alkaline by the addition of about 120kilos.
lime, raised to the boil by free steam and then say 500
litres of cold water added to cause the gypsum to
crystallise. After being forced through a filter-press,
the lime cakes are re-boiled, again put through the press,
and the united filtrates evaporated to about GOO litres,
then treated with about okilos. sodium carbonate to
precipitate any lime still remaining in solution, when
after another filtration the solution of sodium m-xylidine-
3Ulphonate is ready for further treatment. The crude
sulphanilic acid is, after dissolving in the requisite
amount of soda and water, boiling to remove aniline, and
after filtration, also ready for subsequent operations.
The amount of sulphonie acid contained in these solu-
tions is determined by normal nitrite solulion, the
reaction being
C,H4.NH2(S0aH) + Xt)()II = 2H,0 + C,-H,N;.S(A.
A solution containing say 2 per cent, of the acid, is
acidified with excess of hydrochloric acid, and in the
cold the nitrite solution slowly added until a sample
dropped upon potassium iodide and starch paper gives
the blue iodide of starch reaction. The normal nitrite
contains G9grms. NaNO, per lOOcc., Ice. corresponding
to 0-173grm. sulphanilic, 01S7 toluidinesulphonic, oT
0'201 xylidincsulphonic acid. The nitrite solution may
be standardised by the same reaction, using a ,'„ normal
sodium sulphanilate solution (19'5grms to lOOOcc), lcc.
of which equals 0 OOGOgrm. XaXO,.
In the actual manufacture of the colours, the amido-
sulphonic acids are by the action of nitrite of soda
converted into diazo-sulphonic acids, and these then
593
TltK JOIT.XAF OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDI'STRV. [Sept. SO. Wl.
combined with either a oi ; naphthol in alkaline solution,
the quantities being bo chosen ns i i correspond as exactly
as possible to the theory as expressed in the following
equations :—
1. SOaNa— B Ml. HjSOi+NaNO^Na.SOi+H^
I i:.x..so.
II. E.N4.S03+C,oH7.ONa= si ),N:l.K.X,.c1 II0.OII.
It is to lie noteil that excess of acid, acid and nitrite, or
of n.iphthol, are prejudicial to a good result; it is advis-
able therefore to always have a small excess of diazo-
compound and some .'! per cent, excess of alkali present.
Manufacture of Orangi II.. Tropceolin 000 No. II.
NaSOj.C, Hj.N:N Ci„Ha OH.(|3). — lOOkilos. sulphanilic
acid are dissolved in an iron vessel in 400 litres of
water containing 26kilos. solid caustic soda, and the
solution boiled during twenty minutes till no smell of
aniline is noticeable. The solution is passed through a
six-chambered filter-press into a vat arranged upon a
scale, the weight taken, the analysis made, and then
run into the diazotisiug vat. This is provided with
Stirling gear, and should hold 2000 litres. The sulph-
anilic acid is then thrown down iu a line crystalline con-
dition by the careful addition of t>4kilos. IF..S04.(litjw' B.)
whilst well stirring, and the mixture left over night to
cool. Supposing the analysis gave 9S'7kilos. sulphanilic
acid, that would require 41 -."kilos, nitrite of soda con-
taining 95 percent. NaNO-j and 82'lkilos. /3-naphthol.
This naphthol is dissolved in 30kilos. caustic soda and
400 litres water, also being allowed to cool overnight.
The next day it is rim through a filter-press into the
precipitating vat, which should hold 4000 litres and be
provided with rapid stirrers. The stirrers of the vat
containing the sulphanilic acid being put in motion, ice
is added until the temperature of the mixture is reduced
to 4J ; the solution of 413kilos. NaNO, in 200 litres of
water is then run in during say 10 — 15 minutes, until
the starch papers show a slight excess of nitrite. If
necessary more ice must be added, so that the tempera-
ture does not exceed 10°. After stirring for some live
minutes or so longer, this diazo-benzene sulphonie acid
solution is run carefully into the naphthol solution in
the precipitating vat, which has been cooled with ice to
i', stirring vigorously. This operation takes about forty
minutes to accomplish, during which the temperature of
the mixture must not exceed 12'. After stirring for
about an hour the mass of gulden yellow glistening
netdles is lowered into a m mtejns placed in the ground,
forced through two 18-chambered lilter-presses, and the
mother liquor well blown out of the cakes, which are
then placed on zinc trays, cut up, and dried at 60—70"
during three or five days. The yield of dry ground colour
from the above quantities averages 200kilos. The
mother-liquors are run to waste.
Manufacture of Orange I., Tropatolin OOO No. I.
NaSOj.C6H1.N:N.Ci0H,OH(a). —All the proportions
and operations are exactly similar to those described for
orange II., with the exception that in this case a-naphthol
takes the place of the /3-naphthol. Further, the mother-
liquors are not run t i waste, but are raised to the boil in
a suitable vat, and the colour they contain silted out.
When sufficient of this residual colour, say 10 lots, has
collected, it is boiled up in about '2000 litres of water
and again silted out, forming when dry one of the acid
brown colours of commerce, Ai id Brown 11. The yield
of orange I. averages I70kilos.
Manufacture of Orange li, (NaSp3)CHj.C,H3.N:
N.I ', ,11,1 Ul' ii. —This colour, which is a combination
of tin- diazo-sulphonic acids of ortbo-and para-toluidine
with 0-naphtb.nl, i- made otherwise exactly in the manner
described under orange II.
Manufacture of Orangi A7.\ nil .snN'n.r H,.N:
N.C,Jl„i>]| ,,') [CH,:CH , 1:3] In this case also
the formation ami combination of the diazo-m-xylidine
sulphonie acid with S-naphthol takes place as described
for orange II., but the resulting colour being gelatinous
must he raised to the boil and then precipitated with
strong brine before it can be filter-pressed. The yield
from SOkilos. ra-xylidine averages I55kilos.— T. L. B.
Man i .r nt Magenta. I'. Schoop.
(hem. Zeit. 11, 572 573.
The sulphonation of rosaniline cannot be effected by
means of i rdinary II „Si I, even at high temperatures. A
variety of sulphonaling agents have been-proposed for
this purpose, but the only method at present in use con-
sists in the employment of fuming sulphuric acid.
In performing the reaction the points to be taken
account of are: (1) the concentration of the fuming
sulphuric acid ; (2) the temperature; (3) the length of
time taken. As the quality of the product greatly de-
pends upon the rapidity with which the operation is
carried out, it is best to work with small quantities and
to add the powdered rosaniline hydrochloride to the
fuming acid, allowing the temperature to rise spon-
taneously. The operation is performed in a series of
small pans, of about lolitres capacity, into each of which
i is put a mixture of :;Mvil<>s. of '20 per cent, fuming sul-
phuric acid and 1 kilo, of 40 per cent. acid,
i'o each is then added, all at once, with vigorous
Stirling, lkilo. of finely-ground magenta crystals, dried
at 120 — 130 for 12 hours. The stirring is continued
till all the magenta has dissolved : the temperature
meanwhile quickly rises to 170° and the sulphonation is
complete iu about a minute. The cooled melt is diluted
with water (1500 litres to 10 pans) and boiling milk of
lime added till alkaline and colourless. The liquor is
forced through a filler-press, and concentrated in a
wooden vat by means of a steam coil. To the concen-
trated liquor is added sufficient hydrochloric acid to
convert it into the acid salt and give it a bronzy appear-
ance. The syrup is finally dried upon enamelled iron
trays iu a chamber at 100'. The press cakes are re-
boiled, ami the liquor used for diluting a second charge.
When the sodium salt is required instead of the calcium
salt, the concentrated filtrate is mixed with sufficient
Xa < 1 1 ., filtered from CaC< »,;, aud the filtrate treated in
the s ime way as above. lOkilos. of magenta give on an
average about 20kilos. of acid masrenta of ordinary
strength. The strength of fuming acid required for the
sulphonation varies very much with the quality of the
magenta : thus maroon and cerise are far more easily
sulphonated than crystallised magenta, and require an
acid of lower value iu Si i than niveu above.
— A. G. t;.
On Rosindoles. E. Fischer and P. Wagner. l!er. 20,
815 SIS.
BY heating bodies of the indole series with benzoyl
chloride, red colouring matters are formed of great
similarity to losaniliue, and have hence been named
rosindoles. The same compounds are also formed by
oxidation of the benzylidene derivative of the indoles.
They probably stand in near relation to the triphenyl-
metiiane derivatives.
Dimethylrosindole (.'., ,H,„X ., probably
c«H»-^C.tf7N
— Obtained by heating equal weights of methylketole
and benzoyl chloride with 2nCl2 on the water-bath ; or by
oxidation of benzylidene-methylketole(from methylketole
and benzaldehyde). The hydrochloride C „H . N.IK'l
forms small green-glistening crystals, sparingly soluble in
water. It dyes silk and wool red. The base is precipitated
fromacold solution of the. -ales in the form of a bright yellow
amorphous powder, which by boiling with water darkens
in colour and becomes crystalline ; recrystallised from
hot alcohol it forms mange red prismatic crystals. It
dissolves in alcoholic NaOH with a magenta-red colour,
which disappears on addition of water. By zinc-dust
and alcoholic Nil,, it is reduced to benzylidene-metbyl-
ketole.— A.G. G.
Methylation of Iii<l<iin. E. Fischer and A. Stecke,
Ber. 20, 818-S20.
If methylketole ( 1 part) is heated with methyliodide
(2j parts) and a little methyl alcohol at 100 fur 15 hours,
a new base of the formula CijH, ,N is obtained in nearly
sept. 30. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE sol'TETV OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
.103
theoretical quantity. This compound La uot an indole part-- of ordinary lKsn, at 150— 160°, :md keepiDg the
derivative, bat is probably a derivative of quinoline e.) mixture at this temperature for. about U bonis. '1 lie
dimethyldihydroquinoliue. It boils at 243 24i at hot solution is then at once poured into ice, allowed
It boils at 213 244' at hot
740mm", is readily soluble in alcohol, ether, ete., very to stand some time and filtered. By repeatedly boiling
slightly in water, it does not redden a pine-wood the preeipitate with water the 5-acid goes into solution
shaving, is not affected by nitrous acid, and is a stror ■
base. The sulphate erysialli-es from alcohol in small
plates, the pierate in beautiful golden yellow plates.
Other indole derivatives behave with methyliodide in a
similar manner, producing liases which are probably
derivatives of quiuoline. Kthvliodide also acts simi-
larly.—A. I., i.. "
The Tartrazines, a New Scries of Colouring Matters.
J. U. Ziegler and M. Locher. Ber. 20, S34-S40.
DIOXYTARTARIC ACID
C(OH ,.CO,H
is capable of
I i 'II rip.,11
forming a mono- and a diphenylhydrazide, which are tetrazodiphenyl an easily soluble \ellowish-red dyestufl
and crystallises out again on cooling. It is obtained
pure by conversion into the barium or Bodium salt,
which are sparingly soluble in cold water. The S-sui-
phonic acid i- sparingly soluble in hot wa»er, nearly
insoluble in cold, and crystallines in long silky needles
-11. ill. In their colour reactions with tetrazodiphenyl
and tetrazoditolyl, the four isomers differ greatly. The
a-acid gives with both these tetrazo- compounds easily
soluble yellow dyestuffs. very fugitive to light: the
i- and ',-acids give with tetrazodiphenyl, yellowish red
sparingly soluble products; with tetrazoditolyl the
f}-acid gives a fine red il>enzopurpurin I!', whilst the
7-acid gives an orange. The new o acid gives with
termed by the authors mono- and diphenylizindioxy-
tartaric acids. The di-sulphonie acid of tho latter is the
yellow dyestuff called tartrazine
tjtartaric-acid Mon i/i/,e>iylhy(/i
C, H..N2H: C.OO..H
(OH)3C.CO,H
is formed at the ordinary temperature by mixing
equal mols. of dioxytartaric acid and phenyl-
hydrazine in dilute HC1 solution, aud separates on
standing as a crystalline precipitate. It is readily
soluble in hot alcohol and acetic acid, nearly insoluble
in cold water, slightly in hot ; it melts at about 218° C.
It is decomposed by water or dilute acids only on long
boiling. By sodium amalgam it is reduced to an. line anil
an amido acid. The sodium salt forms yellowish plate-.
the silver and barium salts yellow precipitates.
Dioxytartaric-acid Diphenylhydrazide |C,;HMI _,
' OjH .. Obtained by heating the monophenyl-
hydrazide(l moL) with a solution of phenylhydrazine
hydrochloride (1 mol.), or directly from dioxytartaric
acid (1 mol.) and phenylhydrazine ("2 mols.). It is an
orange-yellow crystalline powder, readily soluble in
warm alcohol and acetic acid, very sparingly in water.
It melts with decomposition above 200. With alkalis
(b'-purpurin G), with " tetjazocitolyl a splendid ted
8-purpurin 5B). The 5-acid also differs from the
a acid in the solubility of its Bodium salt in alcohol,
from the 3 acid by the solubility of the free acid in boil-
ing water, and from the .-acid by the sparing solubility
of its barium salt. By diazotisation and boiling with
dilute 11 Si), it i* converted into a S-sulphonic acid of
0 naphCbol, which is identical with the B-napbtbol-
sulphonic acid F of L. Cassella & Co., obtained by
heating naphthalene-a disulphonic acid with alkalis.
Conversely the 0 -naphthol- S-sulphonic aeid prepared ir,
the latter way can be converted into 8-napbthylamin-
o-sulphonic acid bv heating with Ml under pressure
at200°. Theoonum softlG, H NU_ SO Ba 4_H,o
crystallises in small plates, soluble in 400 parts of cold
water. The sodium salt (11 NH.)S0>Na+4rJ20
forms small white needles, readily soluble in hot water
and in hot alcohol, sparingly (1 in 70) in cold water.
— .V. 11. G.
ni of NH b . NO <nds
T. Sandmeyer. Ber. 20, 1494—1497.
Tut: conversion of aromatic aiu'do-couipounds into
nitrocompounds can be effected by the action of pie-
it forms easily soluble neutral salts and sparingly soluble tipitated cuprous oxide upon the nitrites of the diazo-
acid salts. The nentral Na and NH4 salts crystallise in compounds, possibly by intermediate formation of
yello.v plates, the acid salts in red needles. The mono- addition-products
inhydridt sC, .II, -.X4(*4 is formed liy heating the
a< id with acetic anhydride. It crystallises on adding
alcohol in glistening red needles which melt at 234'. It
is inso'uole in most solvents.
Dioxytartarie-a id Diphenylhydrazide Disulphonic
(tc/<< (Tartrazine)C'H*(S,,HN-alr-,U^H- Prepared
C,H1(SO,H).N»H.C.COaH.
by dissolving 10 parts of phenylhydrazine-sulphonic acid
in 40 parts of water with sufficient NaOH, and adding
the solution to 5 parts of sodium dioxynrtrate in lOcc.
of water and lOcc. ot hydrochloric acid. On warming
the tartrazine separates out as an orange precipitate of
the sodium salt. The yield amounts to 97 per cent, of
the theoretical quantity. It dyes wool a beautiful
greenish yellow, which is very fast to light.
—A G. G.
A New ttonosulphonie Aeid of B-Naphthylamine.
Fr. Bayer aud ('. Daisberg. Ber. 20. 1420 -1435.
Bv heating d-naphthylamiue with three parts of ordi-
nary H.SOj at 100 — 105= C, a mixture of three isomeric
mono-sulphonic acids (a, 3 and -, ) is obtained , which
differ considerably in their properties and colour reactions
(Germ. Pats. 20.700, 22,547, and 20,054). Of these the
3 is also prepared by heating Schaeffers 0-naphthol-
p-sulphonic acid with NH;i under pressure. The 7-acid
is the chief product when the sulphonation is carried out
at 15—20° (Germ. Pa'. 32.270). In addition to these
X— N— N— ONO
Cu Cu
V
u
The amine is dissolved in exactly 2 mols. of dilute BN03
(or 1 mol. of dilute HaS04, but uot IH 1 . and to the
mixture, cooled with ice. is added one half of a so mien
of 2 mols. of NaNO., the remainder be ng added when
the diazotisation is complete This soluli' n of the
diazo-nitrite is then added to the suspended cuprous
oxide : nitrogen is evolvtd in the Cold and the reaction
is complete on standing for about an hour. As an
example the conversion of aniline into nitrobenzene is
performed as follows :— A cold solution of 20grms. of
NaOH in 60CC. of water is added to a boiling solution
of 50grms. of crystallised enpric sulphate J mols. and
lagrms. of ordinary glucose in lOOcc of water. A~ soon
as all the cupric hydrate is converted into cu( rouu oxide
the mixture is quickly cooled and the excets of NaOH
neutralised with acetic acid. A solution of diazo-
benzene nitrite is prepared by adding lagrms. of NaN< >.
in 50<sc of water to an iced solution of '.igrm-. of aniline
in 50ee of water and 20grms. of nitric acid (sp. gr. 1 4 .
This is then slowly aided to the cuprous oxide with
cooling and allowed' to Btand for an hour till the evolu-
tion of nitrogen has ceased. Th- nitrobenzene is dis-
tilled off with steam and freed from phenol and nitro-
pbenol by shaking with aqueous Nat ill. The j ield was
the authors have found that by heating .i naphthylamine 12 per cent, of the theoretical quantity. ^ ith p-brom-
sulphate with much sulphuric acid at 150" or above, a iniliue and j naphthylamine the yield was - ill sma'ler.
fourth isomer is obtained. This 5-acid is also formed The product from the latter crystallised in yellow
when either of the other three isomers is heated with needles of melting point 7*-7!>, and had all the
sulphuric acid to this temperature. It is be>t prepared j properties of the 3 nitronaphthalene, as given by Lell-
by adding 1 part of pt-uaphthylamine sulphate to .3 or 0 | maun and Bemy. — A. G. G.
594
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept 80.1887.
IndiiUncs «/../ .1 sop/u ,, ,.. f. 1 1
1538 1541.
V Win. Ber. 20.
Manufacture of a- Naphthylamine. O. N.
(linn. Iml. 10, 215 220.
Witt.
AZOPHENINB (' II \ is an intermediate product in
tlic formation of induline. Ii is very readily prepared
by heating a mixture of amidoazobenzene (2 parts),
aniline hydrochloride (1 part), ami aniline (4 part~> at
SO — 90° for 24 hours. The melt solidities to a mass of
azophenine crystals, which are separated by washing
with alcohol (in which they are insoluble), and obtained
pure by crystallisation from aniline or nitrobenzene.
Ammonium chloride and p-phenylenediamine are con-
stant by-products of the azophenine formation, a proof
that a pbenylation and reduction of the amido-azo-
benzene ha- taken place. If the melt containing the
azophenine is further heated to 125 — 130° for some
time, indulines are obtained. In the azophenine forma-
tion the amidoazobenzene can be replaced by other azo-
and nitroso-compounds, such as phenylamirioazobenzene,
azobenzene, chrysnidine, nitrosodimethylaniline, etc.,
without altering the product: but if toluidine is sub-
stituteil for aniline, azotoline is obtained. This shows
that azophenine is not a transformation product of
amidoazobenzene, but is simply an oxidation product of
aniline. A convenient method for the preparation of
azophenine and its homologues consists in dissolving
nitrosodimethylaniline with excess of aniline {or
homologues) in acetic acid and warming slowly to S0°.
The liquid solidities to a crystalline magma of the
corresponding azophenine, the mother-liquor containing
diniethyl-;)-phenylenediamine. Azophenine itself forms
unstable salts of a violet colour: it does not appear to
have any replaceable hydrogen attached to X, for it
cannot be acetylated. By heating alone to 360° it is
converted into aniline, and fluorindine, a splendid blue
crystalline dyestuff, whose solutions exhibit a fine red
fluorescence and a remarkable absorption spectrum. Azo-
phenine is reduced by tin and EG to aniline, and the
sparingly soluble hydrochloride of a new base : the latter
when set free by alkalis is rapidly oxidised by the air,
forming phenylcarbamine and a red base whose salts are
of an indigo-blue colour. The indulines, like azophenine,
are probably condensation products of aniline formed by
removal of hydrogen. If ordinary induline is distilled
with CaO, the distillate consists chiefly of carbazol : this
would seem to indicate that induline belongs to the
class of diphenyl derivatives. — A. G. G.
Roshydrazine and <i New <'lass of Colouring Matters.
.1. H. Ziegler. Ber. 20, 1557—1558.
The colour- and leuco-bases of triphenylmethane, when
diazotised and tieated with SnCl>, are readily con-
verted into hydrazines. For example : Kosaniline
(ogrms.) is dissolved in 30cc. of hydrochloric acid and
70cc. of water, and the iced solution is diazotised by
adding Sigrms. of NaNOj in lOcc. of water. On mixing
the solution of the diazo compound with a well cooled
solution of 12grms. of tin in 30cc. of hydrochloric acid,
the roshydrazint hydrochloridi separates out in green-
shimmering crystals. The body is easily soluble in
water, nearly insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Its solu-
tion has a bluer shade than rosaniline ; it is a strong
colouring-matter, and dyes tannined cotton a deep
brownish-red. Like other hydrazines it reduces
Fehling s solution and forms condensation-products with
aldehydes and ketones. The latter compounds are
sparingly soluble dyestuffs : thus acetone, aldehyde,
pyruvic acid, benzophenone, etc., give reddish to bluish
viob-t colours ; acetoacetic ether and benzaldehyde give
bines : whilst glucose gives a greyish-bine. Benzalde-
hyde sulpbonic acid yields a blue soluble in water.
These condciis ition-products can also be formed upon
the fibre. The reduction of the diazo-compound of
acid-magenta gives rise to easily soluble sulphonic acids
of roshydrazine, the condensation products of which are
soluble colouring matters. Satlranine, when treated in
the same way. does not give a hydrazine, but evolves
nitrogen.— A. O. G.
Ai.THot i.h chemically the preparation of a naphthyl-
amine is quite analogous to that of aniline, the difference
in the physical properties necessitates great modifications
in the practical details of the process. The purity of
the naphthalene used is of great importance. It should
tneltexactly at 79° <'., and boil constantly at 216°— 217 I !.
A small piece exposed to the air on a glass plate should
evaporate in a few days without leavingany residue, and
remain white to the last. Xo red colour should be pro-
duced by beating Igrm. with pure concentrated II S( >, to
170—200". If the naphthalene fulfils all" these
conditions, it is suitable for the preparation of
naphthylamine.
The nitration of naphthalene is not an easy operation,
for the nitro-derivative is attacked by warm nitric acid
almost as easily as naphthalene itself, so that when
working in an ordinary manner a mixture is obtained of
unaltered naphthalene, nitro-naphthalene, and dinitro-
naphtbalene. To avoid this difficulty as much as possible
the operation is performed as follows:— In a cast-iron
jacketed shallow cylinder provided with an agitator is
put a mixture of 200kilos. of nitric acid (40: II.), 200
kilos of ordinary sulphuric acid, and (iOOkilos. of the
spent acid from a preceding operation. 250kilos. of
naphthalene, ground to a line meal, is slowly sprinkled
in through a sieve keeping the temperature at
45— 50" by regulating the stream of cold water
flowing through the jacket. At this temperature the
nitration takes place steadily, and with the above quan-
tities is completed in the course of a day. The contents
of the vessel are now run out into lead-lined troughs, and
allowed to cool, when the spent acid can be drawn off
from the solid cake of nitro-naphthalene. The latter is
fned from acid by boiling with water, and finally granu-
lated by running in cold water whilst stirring. The
product should then form light yellow granules and give
off no naphthalene on boiling with water. If required for
sale it is crystallised ; this is best effected by melting on
a water-bath and adding one-tenth its weight of xylene
or solvent naphtha. The mixture keeps fluid for a long
time, andean be filtered and dried over CaCL. ; when
left to itself it slowly crystallises, and the crystals can be
freed from hydrocarbon and impure nitro-naphthalene by
hydraulic pressure.
The reduction apparatus is very similar to that em-
ployed for aniline, but simpler, as no cohobator or con-
denser are required.
The reduction is performed with iron and a little HC1
in the same way as with nitrobenzene; SOOkilos. of iron
borinas, 40kilos. of hydrochloric acid and some water
are put into the still agitated ami warmed ; 600 kilos, of
granulated nitro-naphthalene are slowly added: the
reaction is tolerably vigorous, and is so regulated that
the temperature of the mixture keeps at about 50°.
When all the nitro-naphthalene has been added the tem-
perature is maintained for 6 or 8 hours by blowing in
steam. When nitro-naphthalene can no longer be
detected, milk of lime (about SOkilos. of CaO) is added,
the mixture stirred vigorously and emptied out. .Since
naphthylamine is only slightly volatile with steam, it
cannot be isolated in the same way as aniline, but the
mass has to be submitted to dry distillation.
This operation is the weak point of the present naph-
thylamine process, for, however carefully conducted, there
is always an unavoidable loss due to the conversion of
some of the naphthylamine into naphthalene and other
products by the heated Fe»0j i 'bis is le-s the quicker
the naphthylamine can be removed from the retort. The
mass is spread out in thin layers upon iron trays, which
are placed on shelves within the retort ; the latter is
heated strongly by direct firing, whilst superheated steam
is passed through it The naphthylamine is condensed
in a worm, the surrounding water being kept at 60" C.
It is separated from water, dried by heating with dry
steam, and distilled in an ordinary wrouglit-iron retort.
It then forms the ordinary commercial product ; it is not
quite pure, but contains small quantities of naphthalene.
?ePT. no. 188-.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
r>95
The yield is fairly good, though considerably below the
theoretical. The iron residue left in the retorts
coin iins much reduced iron, which renders it strongly
pyrophoric. — A. G, G.
Improvements in the Production of Colouring Matters or
Dyestiijfs. C 1). Abel, London. Fr C. Roth, Berlin,
Germany. Eng. Pat. 43% Jan. 1, 18S0. 6d.
Tin: emendation consists in the deletion of a misprint.
(See this Journal, 1886, 662.) T. L. B.
of tin-* are mentioned. Finally, the author points out
tlieinvari.il.li- presence of oily, fatty, and waxy matter
along with commercial cotton, and the necessity for due
consideration of this fact in the methods employed in
manipulating the fibre for technical purposes.
VI.-
-DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING AND BLEACHING.
.1 Process for the Manufacture of Anthraquinone. J.
Iniray, London. From A. 1'. Poirrier and D. A.
Rosenstiehl, Paris, France. Eng. Pat. 8431, June 11,
1887. id.
It is proposed to oxidise anthracene in a solution of ferric
sulphate in the following manner : — 50 kilos, of pure
anthracene are introduced- into a close vessel lined with
lead containing 2000 to 3000 litres of a solution of feiric
sulphate of from 28 — 15° B. The mixture is heated for
about 72 hours at 120 — 150", -while compressed air is in-
jected to maintain the ferric sulphate at its full degree
of oxidation, so that at the end of the operation ferric
sulphate remains ready for further use, the anthracene
and its associates being thus virtually oxidised by the
injected air, the ferric sulphate serving merely as a
carrier of oxygen.— D. B.
V.- TEXTILES : COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
The Chemistry of the Cotton Fibre. A paper read
before the British Association, Manchester, 1SS7,
by l>r. F. II. Bowman.
The author proceeds to point out that our investiga-
tions in regard to the cotton fibre must embrace its
mechanical and chemical structure. The microscope has
enabled us to unfold the former, and the science- of
chemistry to reveal the latter. After speaking of the
mechanical structure, he proceeds to point out how
cotton, in common with all vegetable substances, has
for its base the substance cellulose, to which the formula
<_',. II ,„<».-, has been assigned. After referring to the
results of the analysis of various kinds of commercial
cotton, he proceeds to show that there is strong reason
to suppose that the fibre, as met with under ordinary
circumstances, is really composed of a series of bodies
more or less corresponding to this empirical formula, but
differing from it in regard to the arrangement of the
hydrogen and oxygen atoms within the molecule, and
thus constituting a series of celluloses which have a dis-
tinct differentiation rather than one single definite com-
position. He also points out how, having due regard to
the atomicity of the constituents of the typical cellulose
molecule, it is almost impossible to conceive that the
hydrogen and oxygen are arranged in the molecule in the
same atomic combination as water, although that body
is always associated with the fibre to the extent of from
f> to 7 l>er cent., and hence concludes that this water of
hydration is not an essential constituent of the cellulose
molecule. After summing up our knowledge of the
general chemical characters of the cotton cellulose, refer-
ence is made to the hydration and dehydration changes
of which the cellulose molecule is capable, as exhibited
in recent researches on this subject, specially with regard
to those conducted by M. VYitz, and Cross and Sevan
on the formation and reactions of oxy-cellulose. The
behaviour of this body, as distinguished from cellulose
and the reactions of the latter when treated with acids
and alkalis, are then discussed, and the light which
these throw on the probable constitution of commercial
cotton is pointed out. Considerable stress is laid upon
the fact that the cotton fibre always contains mineral
matter to the amount of about 1 percent, as an integral
part of its structure, and the importance of this as a
factor in the chemical reactions of the cotton fibre is in-
sisted upon, and various researches which give evidence
Improvements in Bit aching mul Apparatus therefor. J.
U. Johnson. London. From E. Ilermite, Paris. EDg.
Pat. 13 929, Oct. 21, 1SS4 (Amended Specification).
lid.
I« this amended specification the inventor withdraws his
claim to the use of chioiides of calcium and aluminium,
and confines himself to the employment of magnesium
chloridefor bleaching purposes, and tha.t only when used
in the particular manner des ribed ii;i him. lie also with-
draws the claim for its employment asa bleach for paper
pulp. For description of the apparatus employed, see
this Journal, 1885, 673— 674.— O. H.
An Improved Process of ( 'olourmg or Producing Coloured
Designs upon Celluloid and Analogous Products. A.
M. Clark, London. From La Compagnie Francaise
du Celluloid, Paris, France. Eng. Pat 9874, July 31,
1SSG. 6d.
This invention relates to a process for producing fast
and washable coloured designs upon celluloid and other
analogous products. By analogous products are under-
stood plastic substances with a base of nitrocellulose, as,
for example, the substances known in commerce uuder
the name-; of fihrolitboid, litboxyl, zylonite, ivorine,
and pyroxylin. The process depends on the action of
the three agents— heat, pressure, and steam. A vehicle
| or temporary support is used for receiving the coloured
design, and transferring the same. Good results have
been obtained by using the ordinary printed calicoes of
commerce, which readily transfer their colours to cellu-
loid. This process is distinct from those in use for
colouring celluloid, where this operation is performed by
incorporating colouring matter, or by immersion in an
alcoholic solutiou or dye, or printing or painting by
known means giving results destroyed by friction.
— H. A. R.
.1 Sew Process for Fixation of the Colouring Matters
lii/ Oxidation <it High Temperature of the Textile
Fibres. C. Collin and 1.. lienoist, 1'aris, France. Eng.
l'at. 11737, May 7, 1887. 4d.
The inventors claim " the application of heat for the
oxidation or fixation on textile fibres — when taken out
from cold or hot vats — of indigo or any other colouring
matter, with which the fibres are impregnated." The
fibres or tissues are drawn from the vat through squeez-
ing rollers, and put on heated metal rollers, whereby
the liquid remaining in them is converted into steam,
and "a violent escape of vapour takes place, which,
mixed with air, will oxidise or fix the colouring matter
on the fibres or tissues." — T. L. B.
Improvements in Dyeing and Scouring Yarns. C. L.
Klauder, Philadelphia, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 8803,
June IS, 1887. 8d.
The invention consists in the use of a wooden or other
suitable circular frame or wheel, to which two concen-
tric sets of transverse bars are adapted to support the
yarns. The skeins are stretched from one set of bars to
the other, and caused to move by the rotation of the bars.
On causing the wheel to turn round in a dye-vat the
yarns are alternately immersed in the dyebath and ex-
posed to the atmosphere. The claims are fully set forth
under eighteen heads. Drawings are given. — T. L. B.
B
.r)!)(i
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept. so, 1887.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Bleaching Liquid.
A. Brin, London, and L. Q. Brin, Paris. Eng. Pat.
11,891, Sept. 18, 1887. Id.
An aqueous solution of liydrochloric acid is charged with
oxygen under pressure until it becomes saturated. The
liquid thus formed exhibits marked bleaching properties,
and is retained in closed vessels under pressure until
required lor use, when it may in- employed for bleaching
after the same manner as hydrogen peroxide. — S. 11.
YII.-ACIDS, ALKALIS AND SALTS.
On the Manufacture of Salt near Middlesborovgh. Sir I.
Lowthian Bell, l'roc. Inst. Civ. Eng. 1SSU — S7.
The existence of salt beds at the mouth of the Tees was
first ascertained in 1850, when Messrs. Bolckow,
Yaughan & Co., sinking a deep well at Middles borough
in hopes of getting water for steam purposes, came, at a
depth of 1200 feet, upon a bed of rock salt 100 feet
thick. This point may bo regarded as the south-east
corner of a parallelogram, having a length of at least
3 j miles, and a breadth of at least 2 miles, over the
whole of which the salt deposits are known to lie,
and each square mile of which probably contains
100,000,000 tons. The average thickness of the bed
seems to be about iOO feet, and at the most northerly
hole it is reached at a distance of 900 feet from the sur-
face, or 300 feet less than in the original hole of Messrs.
Bolckow, Yaughan & Co. The inference that the bed
sinks as it goes southward is borne out by the depth at
which salt has beea found in the intermediate holes.
The district (see map) belongs geologically to the new
red sandstone formation. On the right bank of the river
this rock underlies the Lower Lias beds (which here form
the Cleveland Hills) ; on the left bank it gradually vises
till it reaches the surface near Hartlepool. Nearly a
dozen years after Messrs. Bolckow, Vaughan's discovery,
the firm of Bell Bros, put down an exploring hole 1314
yards from that first sunk, in a direction a few degrees
east of north. Here they practically demonstrated the
possibility of raising the salt in the form of brine by a
method which was then working at Nancy, iu France,
and which will presently be described. The boring
was performed by the Diamond Hock Boring Company,
and specimens of the .strata penetrated were obtained In
short lengths of a cylindrical form. The boring was
continued for 150 feet below the salt bed, and satisfac-
tory proof obtained of the existence of the magnesian
limestone below the red sandstone. Considerable
quantities of inflammable gases escaped from this bore-
hole, but whether they indicated merely the presence of
bituminous shales, or whether they originated in coal
measures lying below the magnesian limestone, there
was no means of deciding. Besides Messrs. Bolckow,
Yaughan, and Bell Bros., the Newcastle Chemical Co.,
the Haverton Hill Salt Co., Messrs. Tennant & Co.,
anl Messrs. Casebourne & Co., of Hartlepool, have
salt wells at work. There are supposed to be altogether
20 holes, of which seven are lying idle from accidents
of various kinds. The quantity of salt raised per week
is estimated at from 2750 to 3000 tons. Brine when
saturated contains 20.1 per cent, of its weight of salt, and
has a sp. gr. of 1 '204. The principle adopted m work-
ing the wells is to make the fresh water running in lift
the brine as far as the difference in sp. j^r. will allow.
From the above data it will be seen that a column of
water 1200 feet huh will support a column of brine 997
feet high— that is, will bring it within 203 feet of the
surface. From here il is pumped by ordinary means.
In practice the operation is performed as follows :— A
hole of, say, 12 inches diameter at the surface is con-
tinued a certain distance d i.v.i. Then a wrought inm
tubers dropped down the hole to support the sides. The
borin,' i« continue! anl new supporting or retaining
tube j dropped down, one «r.( lin the other, till the sail
bed i- penetrated, and the lowest length of tube fixed
by entering a short distance into the limestone. That
portion of the tube which passes through the sail
is pierced with apertures. Within this tube is
lowered a second one, having a diameter from two
to four iuches less than that of the outer tube,
ami provided with snore holes in its lower portion,
Fresh water is fed down the annular space between the
two tubes, the inner of which serves for raising the brine.
The pump which completes the elevation is an ordinary
one, provided with a bucket and clack, which are placed
some feet below the point to which the brine is raised by
the fresh water. The pump is provided at the surface
with a plunger, which forces the brine into an air vessel
for distributing purposes. It is obvious that the amount
of salt raised will depend chiefly upon the surface ex-
posed to the fresh water, and increases with the cavity
tormed by the dissolving action of the latter. This
cavity takes the form of an inverted cone, which
increases the danger of accidents ensuing from the
falling iu of the outlying rock. This danger is greater
from the fact that in many places the covering bed of
sandstone, some 40 feet thick, is interstratiried with
soft marls, which are affected by the inlfowing water.
In some places the rock salt contains a good deal of
earthy matter, and this may account for the diminution
of strong brine sometimes observed. Another cause of
this is probably the presence of defects in the screwed
joints of the pump, which allow fiesh water from the
annulus to mingle with the brine. In connection with
this system of salt raising another question will prob-
ably soon arise — viz., with regard to the right of a man
to raise salt produced under the lands demised to his
neighbour. The brine as delivered from the wells is run
first into settlers (where the earthy matter is deposited)
and thence into evaporating pans 00 feet by 20 feet by
2 feet. The heat applied varies according to the pur-
pose for which the salt is intended. Table salt is
required of hue grain, and the evaporation is carried on
much more rapidly than in the case of fishery salt, where
large grains are preferred. For salt for soda works,
which is intermediate, the pans are kept at about 196°
F. The salt is fished out every other day. Messrs.
Bell Bros, anil Bolckow, Yaughan perform some of their
evaporation with waste heat from the blast furnaces.
The other tinns use ordinary tires of small coal. The
discovery of the South Durham Salt Beds has been a
great boon to the soda makers on the Tyne. The old
Leblanc process only lives by virtue of its rivals'
inability to produce bleaching powder, and this reduction
in the price of salt comes as a most welcome and timely
aid towards keeping back the shadow on the dial yet a
little longer.— A. R. D.
On the Formation of Saltpetre. A. Celli and F. Marino-
Zuco. Chem. Zeit. 11, 151.
The author finds that traces of saltpetre are formed in
pure sand wetted with ammonia salts, even when
bacteria germs are carefully excluded ; in the presence
of bacteria a considerable quantity is produced. It is
remarkable that, whereas many kinds of bacteria assist
the formation of saltpetre, others — such as Bacillus
saprogt nus wquatilus, Bacillus fluidificans, Micrococcus
I nl v not only form no nitrates, but even possess the
power of decomposing them. This at least is the case in
gelatin.' solutions ; bat when they are cultivated on
potato-slices they assist the formation of the nitrate.
— 1>. E. .1.
Deposition "of u) M-formed Crystals of Sulphur from it
Solution ••:' Calcium Polysulphide, E. Holderman.
Chem. Z.it. U. 573.
A soli riON of calcium polysulphide (obtained by boil-
ing 1 part of Ca(i, 2 parts of S, and 20 parts of water),
which bad been kept in a stoppere 1 bottle, occasionally
opened, for seven years without apparent change, in
the course of a feu- months d rposited an abundant crop
of well-formed crystals of sulphur. The solution was
then found to contain calcium hyposulphite i< aSj (s), but
no sulphide. The oxidation must nave been produced
by the air admitted when the bottle was opened.
A. (i. (i.
concentruiiii" a siiuuto an.mmm.aui
sept. so. 11*7.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
! !
Apparatus for Absorption of Sulphuric and Sulphurous
Acids, iind for the Manufacture of Copper Sulphate
(Rosaler's system). Chem. Zeit 11, J74.
This method is suitable for all cases in which, by solu-
tion of metals in hot sulphuric acid, gas ous mix I
are evolve I containing SO and SOs mixed with air.
The lead lined iron c\ tinder < n is half-tilled with a satu-
rated solution of CuS04, and precipitated copper is
added. After opening the valve Vj, a stream of the
they all show the characteristic behaviour when placed
apon water, as does the crystalline hydrate of sodium,
Nalln - -'ll.< > see this Journal, 1887, 508), also i
pared by the author.— I '. A. K.
mixed gases is drawn by means of the Korting's injector
Li, from the flue K, into the liquid through the perfor-
ated tube 11. When all the copper has dissolved, the
cylinder G_, is set at work, whilst 6| is allowed to cool
and deposit the CuS04. Py this treatment the whole of
the SOj aud the greater part of the SOs are removed
from the gases. — A. G. G.
The Crystallisation of the Alkaline Hydrates
iolic Solution. ' C. Gottig. J. Prakt. Chem. 35,
1887, 500— 506.
On heating a fairly concentrated solution of caustic
potash in 90S per cent, alcohol to 60—80°, very tine
microscopic crystals separate on the solution cooling to
50°. Their composition is not constant. When dried
they form a fine powder, which loses its water of crystal-
lisation on heating, and absorbs carbonic acid readily
from the air. When placed in contact with the water it
moves about over the surface until dissolved similarly to
the alkali metals. This behaviour is characteristic of
most of the hydrates prepared by the author, and has
not been observed in the case of the hydrates of the
caustic alkalis already known. If a very concentrated
solution of caustic potash, in hot 90 S percent, alcohol, be
allowed to cool. birt'e columnar shaped crystals having
the composition 2KHO + 9H20 separate. These melt at
40°, and lose the last traces of moisture only with great
difficulty. The hydrate 2KHO+5H (I is 'obtained by
concentrating a saturated alcoholic solution of potassium
hydrate to about half its volume, when the boiling point
of the solution rises to 95 — 110'. On allowing to t 1
fine needle-shaped crystaN separate, which melt below
50°, and which on continued drying over sulphuric acid
in vacuo lose 1J molecules of water — the hydrate
KHO-H20 remaining. If the alcoholic solution be
concentrated until the boiling point reaches 100-. only
crystals having the approximate composition 2KHO+
3H.0 result. All these crystalline hydrates absorb
carbonic acid from the air very readily, and the freshly
prepared substances always contain varying amounts of
CO . With the exception of the hydrate 2KHO + 3H U
Impri he Manvfa of
Strontia atidoj Baryta J. Mac tear, London. 1
Pat. 5170, April 14, 188G. 4d.
Strontium (or barium) sulphate is mixed with a little
more than its equivalent of sodium sulphate, and
with carbonaceous matter. The finely-divided mixture
is heated in a furnace, until the sulphates are almost
completely reduced to sulphides. The resulting mass is
dissolved "in hot water, when sodium sulphide at once
on strontium sulphide, forming strontium hydrate
and sodium bydrosulphide. The former is obtained by
crystallisation, while the latter remains in the mother
liquor, which is subsequently boiled down, and the
residue used again in reducing another batch of
strontium sulphate with carbonaceous matter. If, as
in the usual process, solid strontium sulphide be treated
with hot water, it is split up into hydrate and hydro-
sulphide, the hydrate crystallising out, while the
bydrosulphide remains in the mother-liquor and forms
a by-product of the process. It is now- proposed to
utilise this by-product by mixing it with a solution
of sodium sulphide, obtaining as a result strontium
hydrate and sodium bydrosulphide, which are separated
by crystallisation. — S. 11.
Improvements in Apparatus for effecting the Absorption
of Gases hit Li'j • lids. E. Edwards, London.
From G. Lunge, Zurich, and L. Kohrmann, Krau-
schwitz, Silesia. Eng. l'at. 10,037, August :•, L8S6.
8d.
The essential parts of this patent specification are con-
tained in a communication to this Journal (see p. 584 ;
also this Journal, I>s7, 538.— S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Sodium Sulpf,
.1. M. t'ollett, Gloucester. Eng. l'at. 11,518, Sept.
10, 1886. 4' I.
Dry sodium hydrate is treated with sulphur dioxide
until it is converted to sulphite or bisulphite.— S. H.
Improvements in tht Treatment of Copper and Iron
Pyrites for the Manufacture therefrom of Sulphuric
Acid and Oxides of ' 'opper andiron, mid in (In Treat-
ment ofth
of Metallic Copper and the Higher " , idt s of Iron. A.
lirin, London, and L.Q. Brin, Paris, France. Eng.
Pat. 1-2,070, Sept. 22, 1886. Sd.
' The pyrites is first mixed with fuel and ignited on a
suitable hearth until the temperature is sufficient for
the unaided combustion of the pyrites : air is then ex-
cluded, and a current of oxygen is introduced from
beneath. The sulphur dioxide produced is drawn
off by a steam jet, by which it is injected into a lead-
lined chamber with water-cooled walls, provided with an
inlet for a nitric acid spray, an escape pipe leading to
condensers above, and a cock for drawing off the liquid
productsbeneath, together with internal revolving beaters
for the more complete mixture of the j;ases. The residue
on the hearth in the case of copper pyrites is an oxide of
copper which may be smelted for the metal ; in the case
of iron pyrites it' is an oxide which may lie submitted to
the further action of oxygen for the production of pig-
ments or other similar substances. — W. G. M.
I,,,,,,- Apparatus for Dist
.'i, ,. L. A. Chevalet, Pans. Fug.
Pat. 8819, duly 6, 1886. 8d.
The object of this invention is the production of a highly
concentrated ammoniacal liquor, aud this end is attained
by condensing ammoniacal vapours freed from steam in
ammoniacal liquor. The apparatus employed in this
598
THE JOUl-iNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. fSept, so, 1887
process consisis of a distilling chamber B, heated by
steam and divided into three or four compartments, an
air-cooler 1> and a condenser L. The ammoniacal
liquid is pumped into the top of the disti mber
1'.. and as it descends successive!} from one compart-
ment to another it loses the volatile ammoniacal com-
pounds until it reaches the last compartment of the still
B, where it comes in contact with milk of lime, and is
thus freed from the fixed ammoniacal salts. The vapours
passing into the air-cooler become more concentrated
inasmuch as the steam becomes partially condensed and
returns to the still, while the ammonia proceeds to the
closed reservoir 1.. which contains a cooling worm M.
The reservoir I. is two-thirds full of cold ammoniacal
liquor, which absorbs the ammoniacal vapours bubbling
through it : the worm A keeps the solution at a low
temperature. The gases arising from L are first washed
acid, which, after being washed free from acid, and
equently neutralised or rendered alkaline, is ready
for use in the elimination of iron from aluminium sulphate
or otherwise. The oxidation of the stannous salt may
also he performed by ferric sulphate or manganese
dioxide (Weldon mud). When industrially applied,
the meta stannic acid gradually becomes so cha
with iron as to interfere with the efficacy of its action,
and the removal of the iron becomes imperative. To
this end the stannic nuul is boiled with sulphuric acid
for a few minutes, a solution of stannous chloride
added, in sufficient quantity to reduce ferric oxide to the
ferrous state, and the latter is removed by washing.
Any stannous chloride in excess is oxidised by bleaching
powder Bulution. Organic matters are removed from the
stannic mud by the combined action of sulphuric acid
and an oxidising agent. — S. II.
with ammoni ical liquor in the tank Q, and finally with
sulphuric arid in the saturator G. If it be desired to
manufacture ammonium sulphite, the liquor in I. is
allowed to become heated, when most of the ammonia
will proceed to the tanks Q and 6, which must be tilled
with sulphuric acid. By another modification this
apparatus can produce s,,tid ammonium carbonate. A
tank is placed above L and connected with it by a wide
pipe. A jel of cold water is directed against Ibis upper
tank, and the lower one I. is allowed to heat slightly so
as to distil ammonium carbonate. The latter condenses
on the cold side- of the upper tank and forms a con-
tinually increasing crust. If the liquor obtained in the
tank L is heated for n short time it gives off carbonic
aci 1 and sulphuretted hydrogen, while most of the
ammonia remains in solution. Such a liquor is par-
ticularly suitable when cold for washing coal-gas and
removing its carbonic acid and sulphuretted hydrogen.
' s. 11.
nents in the Manufacture of Mcta-Uannic Acid,
a nt in the I'm iti -at urn oj Meta-stati ,1. J.
II land A.G. Salamon, London, ling. 1'at. 12,110,
. 23, 1836. 6d.
METALLIC tin is treated with sulphuric acid, and the
resulting mass, containing more or leas stannous salt,
oxidised with sodium nitrate. A large quantity of
water is then added, to precipitate tin- meta stannic
-!-^ -rsr^T; ?^TSr;,'j-aV^ .v^rTU^
r relating to, I of
Chlorate of Potash. J. W. Kynaston, Liverpool.
Eng. Pat. 14,344, Nov. 6, 1886. 6d.
THIS invention has for its object the recovery of
potassium chlorate ai d cbloiide from the mother-liquors,
which are obtained as a waste product in the manufacture
of potassium chlorate. For this purpose it is proposed
tu remove a large portion of the calcium chloride, which
forms the principal constituent of the chlorate niother-
liquors, by ttie addition of caustic lime. On heating,
the latter combines with calcium chloride, forming
calcium oxychloride, which crystallises out on cooling,
and is a very stable compound when suspended in a
solution of calcium chloride. Half of the latter is there-
fore only converted into oxychloride. while the other
half remains in the mother liquors along with all the
potassium chlorate and chloride. On evaporation these
liquors yield crystals containing both potassium salts,
which are separated in a well-known manner. The
liquor drained off from these crystals is mixed with an
;1 lmlk of fresh mother-liquor, and the treatri
witli lime repeated, as previously mentioned. The
calcium oxychloride crystals are treated with boiling
water, when theoxychloiide is decomposed into calcium
chloride and hydrate, which latter settles out The
mutant liquor is run away: the calcium hydrate
washed with water is used again for the tiealiiient of
fresh mother lhjuor. S. II.
Sept 30,1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
5S)0
Imp) . luction of Liquid ■ . I
Chlorine. C. T. ,1. Vantin, Si. Kilda, Victoria. Eng
Pat. 8820, June 18, 1887. 4d.
Chlorine gas is collected in a receiver lined with a
suitable material, which resists the action of the gas
When the eeivei is full, it is connected with an air
compressor, and air is forced in until the gas is com-
presBi 'I to any required degree or entirely liquefied. The
liquefied g is may be distributed in suitably lined vessels
for transport. — S\ H.
Process and Apparatus for Automatically Mil ing Li
,r i ■ Acid. A. Brunler, Berlin, and t. G.
Rommenholler, Rotterdam. Eng. Pat. 9046, June 25,
1887. Gd. •
Tub object is attained by the utilisation of the power
which is stored up in the compressed gas. The latter
passes un let great pressure throngh a jet injector,
which aspirates the liquid to he impregnated with the
gas, and both liqui 1 and gas travel into a mixing tank,
where a set of arms keeps up a continuous agitation.
S. B.
An Improve I Process and Apparatus for the Production
ofSulphx Iridc. V. Hanisch and M. Schroder,
Neumuhl-Hamborn, Germany. Eng. Pat. 9188, June
28, 1887. 6d.
Tin: object of this invention is to facilitate the com-
bination of sulphurous acid and oxygen to form sulphuric
anhydride. A mixture of the two ga>es in a certain
fixed proportion is passed at a low, red heat, and under
pressure, over asbestos, coated with spongy platinum,
whereby a large surface and a lengthened duration of
cunt art is ensured t i the gases. The pressure also pro-
motes chemical reaction by bringing nearer together
the active gas molecules. A gas mixture consisting of
25 sulphurous and 7-5 '. air is most suitable for the
process, and the mixing of the gases simultaneously with
their compression is effected by a double cylinder com-
pressor, the two cylinders of which have a cross sectional
area in the proportion of 1 to 3. By these means the gas
mixture will always have the most suitable composition,
one cylinder pumping three times as much air as the
other pumps sulphurous acid. The compressed gases
mix in the conducting tube, whence they pass to the
compressing vessel, and subsequently to the combining
furnace. The latter is furnished with two wrought-iron
pipes, heateel to redness, and charged with platinised
contact substance through which the mixed gases pas-.
Here the greater portion of the gases is converted into
anhydride, whereas that which escapes passes into a tube
beyond the furnace, through a valve and into a bent tube
leadiug to condensing jars. To prevent deposition in
these pipes they are surrounded with a steam-heated
lead worm. Thus all this latter S<_>3 is carried forward
and condensed in the jars. — S. 11.
IX.— BUILDING MATERIALS. CLAYS, MORTARS
AND CEMENTS.
Impi • w the Man ufaelui • •■;' A i
or Elastic Bitumen to be employed in Road Making,
Surfacing, and other like Purposes and
W. Brierley, Halifax. From F. Wallbrecht and H.
Ruese, Hanover, Germany. Eng. l'at. 7492, June 4,
1886. lid.
"THE Elaterite is found in its natural state principally
in regions of volcanic origin, and forms a soft and
elastic bitumen (mineral caoutchouc), formed under the
influence of a high or volcanic temperature from the
liquid bitumen or naphtha." It is proposed to manufac-
ture this substance artificially by mixing the liquid
bitumens or naphthas with vegetable oils or fatty or
sebacie acids of vegetable origin, and heating this
mixture under pressure with sulphur, compounds of
sulphur, nitric acid, or other oxidising agent. The
elaterite prepared in this manner may then be mixed
with asphaltic substances and powdered limestone, and
the mixture heateel and ground. This powder can be
pressed ami stamped very easily. 1 1 resists friction and
atmospheric influences, and eompares favourably ,\ith
the best native asphalte. — D. 1!.
X.— METALLURGY, Etc.
Improm ments in the Manufacture of Gt rni E.
Uottam, Sutton. Eng. Fat. 8PS9, July 9, lss,;. Gd.
The patentee claims the use of siliceous copper, made
by heating shot copper for fiom three to fix hours to a
temperature just short of fusion, with a mixture of i ■
parts of sand and charcoal. An alloy ot equal quantities
of copper and nickel and a similar alloy of copper and
zinc ;brass) ore also prepared. The siliceous copper and
the copper nickel, with copper, iron, cobalt oxide, and
charcoal, are melted together, and then before pouring,
brass and tin are added. The following percentage pro-
portions are recommended :— Siliceous copper 18, copp r-
niekel 2SA, copper 4}, iron 2j, brass 4ii, cobalt oxide j,
tin £.— W. G. M.
An Improved Proi Apparatus for obtaining
Spelter audit i \stt N da, Chloral' of Lim . ' loriae
of Calcium, or other Products. P. Higgs, L n Ion.
Eng. Pat. 9158, July 14, 1SS6. 8d.
The zinc ore, rendered conducting by admixture with
graphitic coke, serves as the anode, while plates of some
conducting mateiial form the cathode, and receive a
deposit of metallic zinc. The electrolyte consists of a
solution of chloride of magnesium or sodium chloride ; in
the latter case the products consist of zinc, fodic hydrate,
and chlorine. The chlorine enters at the bottom of a
tower, from the top of which lime is falling in a sta'e of
fine powder : by this means oxychloride of lime is formed,
and from it chloride of calcium can be obtained by the
application of heat. — B. T.
Improvements iii Apparatus used for Coating Sheet* of
Iron and Stt < I and Articlt s of Iron and Steel with Zinc
or Alloys of Zinc, or other Coating Metal or Alio t. R,
Heathtield", Birmingham. Eng. Pat. 10,089, Aug G,
1SS6. Gd.
As the plate leaves the bath of zinc it is passed between
one or more pairs of flat or slightly curved brushes,
pressed with au even pressure against it, and having, if
desired, a reciprocating motion. — \Y. G. M.
Improvements in Furnaces for Chlorinating O/v. and
inthe Process connected therewith. J. E. Baugh and
C. Hinksman, Loudon. Eng. Pat. 11,770, Sept. 16,
1886. Sd.
The furnace is of a kiln form, and made of such a size
that 20 to 100 tons may be treated at a time. After
preparing a simple foundation and rearing the outside
walls for any required internal size in length, width,
or height, a number of small arches is built
across, leaving sufficient space beneath for tiring ;
these arches are crossed every 30in. by 2in.
openings. Pyrites in lumps is laid over the 2in.
openings, forming a column of about lOin. in width
and 1ft. in height the whole length of the furnace, which,
for operating on 20 tons, is about 12ft. square within and
14ft. high. Pulverised calcined ore mixed with salt in
the ordinary manner is now placed between the rock
pyrites on the arches. The columns of rock pyrites, first
broken to any required lump size, are again reari
foot higher, when more prepared tine ore forchlorination
is added as before, and this repeated until the furnace is
charged. After the use of a little fuel to kindle the
sulphur in the raw pyrites, the furnace may be left un-
disturbed, without cost of material or labour of any kind,
until the charge is calcined and has cooled down ready
to be withdrawn. "The rock pyrites is then passed to the
crusher for pulverisation, to be afterwards mixed with
I
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, [sept, so, iss7.
t-.-ilt or any other chlorinising agent, when the
already chlorinised (ire will 1 >«• found completely
cd for any of the humid process. ' A chimney,
S lOfr. in In iglil mi i on the top of the kiln
or furnace, will be sufficient where no objection is made
to noxious vapours. Whengold is contained i:t the ore
in the for i arsenide or sulphide, it i- found to be con-
verted into chloride, along with the silver and copper
present. A large percentage of the metallic gold, if
not tlie whole of it, is also converted into chloride.
When, however, it is found by assay that metallic gold
is still present, chlorine generated in the ordinary
manner is passed through the ore after the latter has
been leached by the aia >>f boiling brine. The gold,
silver, and copper are precipitated together by means of
metallic iron. — I. T.
Improvement! in obtaining Gold, Sih\i; and other
Metals from Ores or other Compounds.
J. S. MacArthur, Pollokshields ; and R. W. Forrest,
W. Forrest, and G. Morton, Glasgow. Eng. Pat.
11,817, Sept. 17, 1886. 6d.
Tin: crushed ore is submitted, in suitable tanks, to the
action of a solution, saturated with chlorine, bromine, or
iodine, of a substance which, unacted upon by halogens,
is itself incapable of precipitating gold from solution,
but which will prevent the solution of base metals.
Borax, sodium hypochlorite, and many other bodies
are specified as suitable for the purpose. The gold and
silver are precipitated from the decanted liquors, into
which they have dissolved as haloid salts, and the
halogen is recovered for further use. — W. G. M.
Purification of Iron Ore and Fluid Iron Metal, and
Apparatus therefor, B. H. Tliwaite, Liverpool. Eng.
Pat. 11,972, Sept. 21, 1886. Sd.
Molten pig iron in a falling stream is subjected to the
action of one or more jets of air, by which it is partially
oxidised, and so purified. Several more or less elaborate
pieces of apparatus are shown with this object in view.
Iron ores are purified by being passed through a " cal-
cining revolving cylinder," having its axis somewhat
inclined to the horizontal. In this cylinder the ore is sub-
jected to reducing gases, and drops out of the lower end
" in the form of reduced spongy metal into a line B. W.G.
riddle, by which the metal and its impurities are properly
shaken, and the finer particles of the metal and earthy
and other impurities fall into a trough in which there
revolves a magnetised Archimedean screw, to which the
finer metal particle-- become attached by magnetic
attraction : the earthy particles fall through the perfora-
tions." The present invention principally consists in
improvements on a prior invention (Kng. Fat. 11,402,
Sept. 25, lss.-> ; this Journal, lss5, 615 ; 1886, 461).
tapped oil' at intervals. The arrangement is thus con-
tinuous. Copper, it present, forms a regulus, and
may he extracted by wet processes; had, silver, and
gold sink to the bottom in the metallic condition.
— W. G. M.
Process and Apparatus for Extracting the Tin from
Tin mil Iron Cuttings or Scrap, andfrom Metal covered
with Jin. S. T. Montagne, N'anles, France. Eng.
Fat. 6370, May 2, 1887. 6d.
Tins is an improvement on Eng. Fat. 2865, of 1886
(this Journal, ISS7, 294). The scrap is packed loosely
in a number of chambers arranged in series, so that a
current of hydrochloric acid gas introduced into any one
tlows successively through each of the others, the waste
gases escaping anally into a Hue. When the scrap in
the first chamber is sufficiently treated, it is washed
with water spray and afterwards steam ; the tin liquors
are then drawn oil' into a reservoir, the charge with-
drawn, and a fresh quantity introduced. This chamber
is then made the last of the series, that which was
formerly second now receiving the fresh acid gas, and so
on.— W. G. M.
A Processof obtaining Aluminium from its Ores or from
Aluminiferous Earths, or Eaiths containing Alumina;
and of combining Aluminium with other Metals. W.
A. Baldwin. Chicago, f'.S A. Eng. Pat. 7198, May
17, 18S7. 6d.
A MIXTURE of 4 parts of clay, 1 part of charcoal, and 3
parts of sodium chloride fused in a suitable pot yields a
light alloy of aluminium and sodium, to be skimmed oil'
and remelted iu a fresh crucible under a cover of sodium
or sodium chloride; when melted, the contents of the
second vessel are poured into a heated mould, wherein
the heavier aluminium subsides. Or by introducing other
metals, useful alloys are formed without fusion, by the
simple permeation of the alloying metal by the
aluminium. — W. G. M.
Improvements in Producing Siliceous Copper andutUising
the siniir for Metallurgical Purposes. C. lleusler,
Bonn. Prussia. Eng. Fat. 12,720, Oct, 6, 1SS0. 6d.
Tin; inventor fuses copper with siliceous pig iron, re-
moves the two upper layers which form on allowing the
molten miss to stand, and utilises the copper silicide
left at the bottom of the vessel fur refining purposes or
for producing silicon alloys. — O. II.
Improvements in obtaining Zinc from Us Blende or Sul-
phide. R. Hannan and M. Milburn, Glasgow In
Pat. 5029, April 5, 1887. 6d.
An upright retort, with bell and cone hopper above, with
tap holes beneath, and condensing an angemenl suitably
placed, is used in preference. The charge consists of
rinc sulphides, mixed will] an equivalent quantity of
metallic (malleable) iron scrap, oi with iron oxide and
carbon, and with the necessary fluxes. This is fed in
throu li ile- hopper, the liberated zinc i^ collected in the
condenser, and the resulting iron sulphide and slag are
Improvements in Treatment of Ores. J. Belou, Paris,
Fiance. Eng. Pat. 7519, May 25, 1887. Sd.
It is proposed to treat ores in general, and more
especially pyritous, auriferous, and argentiferous ores,
with pure hydrogen or gaseous hydrocarbons, for the
purpose of extracting their metals, instead of employing
carbon and the oxygen of the air. In some cases, retorts
may be employed, which are heated externally and are
charged with the ore and reducing gas or gases. In
other cases, blast furnaces may lie employed, into
which the reducing gases are blown, and also the
necessary amount of atmospheric air or of pure oxygen
to heat the charge. No claim is made to any of the
apparatus described. — J. T.
An Improved Method of ami Apparatus for Reducing
Zinr Ores and Collecting the Metallic Zinc therefrom.
E. Walsh, St. Louis, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 8599, Juno
15, 1887. 8d.
Zinc oxiDEreduces at 1300' F., and the metal volatilises
at about 100° 1'". lower than that temperature. At
1300° F. , carbon is unaffected by the action of carbonic
acid, and the carbonic acid generated from the reduction
of the zinc oxide is carried oil' with the zinc vapour at
that temperature. ( 'arhonic acid at a temperature below
1300' F., when mixed with zinc vapour, oxidises the
latter ; but when zinc vapour and carbonic acid, both at
a temperature of 1400 -1500° 1'., are allowed to pass
through carbonaceous matter at the same temperature,
the carbonic acid is immediately converted into carbonic
oxide, and the zinc vapour remains nnoxidised.
Applying these principles, it is proposed to reduce zinc
oxide iu a closed top cupola. The cupola is charged
with a mixture of fuel and zinc oxide, by means of a
hopper which descends below t lie level at which the
surface of the fuel is maintained by means of two more
hoppers, through which fuel alone is charged, 'are is
taken that the ore hopper descends to a point in the
Sept. 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
fi.il
furnace at which (he temperature is 1500^ i\, <>r slightly
higher. The hoppers have each a movable cover ami a
conical valve to prevent escape of gases during charging.
The zinc vapour and products of combustion are taken
oil' above the fuel to a condenser, consisting of two
horizontal iron pipes placed parallel to each other and
connected together by a series of U-shaped pipes placed
vertically above them ; the whole being heated to a tem-
perature of 780 — 1200 F. , so that the zinc is collected and
maintained in a liquid state. The waste furnace ga-e- are
either passed into heating lines surrounding the
condenser, or are otherwise utilised. In a modified
form of the cupola, one charging hopper only is used,
which doe- not pass below the level of the fuel, through
which both ore and fuel are charged ; and the reduced
zinc, together with the products of combustion, are
drawn oil' to the condenser from a point below the
surface of the fuel at which the temperature exceeds
140O' !■'.— J. T.
XIL-PAINTS, TARNISHES AND RESINS.
Improvements in the Manufacture of White Pigment.
F. M. Lvte, Putney. Eng. Pat. 10,298, Aug. 11,
18S6. Gd.
Tilt; covering power of insoluble or sparingly soluble
lead-salts [eg., carbonate, sulphate, chloride and phos-
phate) depends in part on the degree of their basicity.
The patentee prepares these basic salts by digesting
insoluble or difficultly soluble Dornial or partly ha-i?
lead-salts with solutions of soluble basic lead-salts, such
as basic lead-acetate. — F. W. T. K.
Improvements in the Preparation of Colours for Artistic
Purposes. Alexander M'Lean, Brockley, and Robert
Smith, London. Eng. Pat. 11,493, Sept. 9, 1886. 6d.
ACCORDING to the patentees, the bleaching of aniline
colours is due to oxidation. By the employment,
however, of materials containing little or no oxygen
{e.g., fusel oil, benzene, pitch, resins, etc.), they prepare
coloured varnishes with aniline colours, in which the
latter remain perfectly unatfcete.1 by the strongest light.
They have obtained good results with the following
mixture, to which the requisite <iuantity of "aniline
crystals" is added: Fusel oil, 37 02; alcohol, 24-GS ;
Swedish pitch, asphaltum or tar, 1000 ; resin or gum
(gum Dammar), 2S30.— F. W. T. K.
Improvements in Preservative Coatings for Ships'
Bottoms. J. B. Hannav, Loch Long. Eng 1'at.
1-2,499, Oct. 2, 18S6. 6d.~
The coating consists of a mixture of powdered zinc,
mercuric and other metallic oxides and a suitable coating
medium. According to the patentee, the use of mercuric-
oxide increases the efficiency of the coating as a preserva-
tive against shellfish, on account of the formation of
metallic mercury through the redaction of the oxide by the
zinc; and also the ami corrosive action is due to the zinc in
the coating placing the metal of the ships' bottoms in an
electro-negative state. — F. W. T. K.
A Process if and Apparatus for obtaining Purified
Carbon from Soot ami other similar Carbont
Products of Combustion. 11. Pringle, Blaekbeath.
Eng. Pat. 11.6S4, Sept. 14, 1S8G. 8d.
The soot, etc., i~ worked into a thin paste, strained to
remove coarser particles, and then passed down a tube
into a ve.s>el almost full of water. The mixture enters
the lower vessel (under a pressure due to a head of ten
feet) by a nozzle or rose fixed at the bottom of the vessel
and directed upwards. Four inches above the nozzle is
fixed a horizontal plate, against which the jet of mixed
soot and water strikes. As soon as the current is thus
arrested, the carbonaceous matter separates from the
accompanying impurities, the latter sinking to the
bottom, the former rising to the surface of the liquid in
the vessel, where it is skimmed oft". To prevent the
carbon being carried away by the overflow water, a dip
curtain i- placed in front of the outlet at the top, and
the carbon is held back whilst the water Hows oil'. The
process can thus be worked continuously.
— F. W. T. K.
XIIL— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE AND SIZE.
An Improved Method of making Leather and other Ma-
to any Degree, am/ of Walerpi
tin same. T. Laycock, Northampton. Eng. Pat.
9613, July 26, 1886. 4d.
The patentee employs wax of various kinds, such as
parattin, bees', common, or earth wax alone or mixed
with "petroleum jelly," and drying oils. The ingredi-
ents are heated in a suitable vessel to about 200° F. and
the leather is soaked in the melted wax. The leather
when impregnated is placed in a drying chamber. If
flexibility is not required, parattin wax alone, or 9 parts
of paraffin wax with 1 part of common earth wax, are
used. If greater flexibility is required, 4 parts of paraffin
to 1 part of common earth wax, or 1 part of petroleum
jelly are used. — P. II.
A Process for clearing Hales, Skins, Hair, Woof or Fur
from Lime. E. P. Nesbit, Wandsworth. Erg. Pat.
12,681, Oct •">, 188& 4d.
In the inventor's specification, Xo. 7744, of 1SS6 (this
Journal, 1SS7, 513), was described a method of removing
lime from hides or skins, preparatory to tanning, by sub-
jecting them, while in water, to the action of carbonic
acid gas. The present invention consi-ts in the applica-
tion of this method to the removal of lime from hides, or
scraps of these, stub as are used for the manufacture of
size or glue, and also from hair, wool, or fur which has
undergone lime treatment. — B. H.
XIY.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
On the Probable Part planed by Magnesia and other
Elements in resisting Phylloxera in French and
American Vines. A. C. Dejardin. Compt. Rend.
104, 1249.
The author draws the following conclusions from his
investigations : — (1) That in places where French vines
i. tier the greatest resistance to phylloxera, anil American
vines flourish the best, magnesia plays an important part
;.s a constituent of the soil. (2) The percentage of
magnesia in the ash of American vines is somewhat
greater than in that of the Yinifera. (3) In ran- cases
where the resistance of French vines against phylloxera
has been increased, a greater amount of magnesia has
always been taken up by the plants. Nitrogen, iron,
manganese, and especially phosphoric acid, also increase
the resistance ottered to phylloxera ; and the author
suggests the addition of ammonium magnesium phos-
phate to manure, and the use of manures containing
nitrogen, iron, manganese, phosphoric acid, and magnesia,
as a preventive against this vine pest. — C. A. K.
AreNitralt s formed in the Organism of Higher Plants?
E. Schulze. Ber.' 20, 1500-^1504,
KREUSLEB [Ber. 20, ■1"'li has shown that young potato
plants, sown in sawdust and watered with a fertiliser
free from nitrogen, contain no nitrates. On the other
hand the author bad previously found [J. Prakt. Chan.
[21 32, 451) that the young' shoots of lupines and
pumpkins grown in pure sand, anil watered with distilled
water only, contain considerable quantities of nitrates.
This at first sight seems to be evidence in favour of the
occurrence of nitrate-formation within the organism as
assumed by Bertbelpt and Andre. When, however, the
;eeds are sown upon paraffined gauze lying on the surface
of distilled water, no nitrate- could he detected. Upon
further investigation the author came to the conclusion
602
THE JOtliXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept. so, 1887.
that t lie nitrates contained in the shoots when grown in
sand are absorbed from the sand, where they are pro
duccil. by oxidation of nitrogenous matter given off by
the plants. A. G. G.
The Origin of Methyl Alcohol in Plants. II. Gutzeit.
C'hem. Zeit. 11, 663.
ACCORDING to Thorns (iViaren. Centra'halle, 28, 231)the
presence of methyl alcohol in plants is due to' the de-
composition of a salt of melhylamine by means of alkali.
This, the author disputes, since in the first place amines
cannot he thus decomposed by alkalis, and further, were
such a decomposition possible in plants, then one would,
in all probability, be able to detect methylamine wher-
ever methyl alcohol is found, and this is contrary to
the experiments of Mbslinger Maquenne and' the
author, ammonia being present in quantity, Irnt only
traces of the co npound ammonias. Thorns found the
reverse the c se xthhAcorus calamus, the chloride of the
volatile base contained in the root consisting essentially
of methylamine hydrochloride, and containing only
traces of ammonium chloride. Since, however, the former
was dissolved out by means of a mixture of absolute
alcohol and absolute ether, in which ammonium chloride
is not altogether insoluble, and further, because the
chlorine determination was eflected by igniting the dried
chloride with calcium carbonate, and then precipitating
with silver solution after exhausting the ignited mass
with nitric acid, the author considers the results, which
are contrary to his own, to be incorrect.— C. A. E,
XV.-STJGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
A New Galactan and tome Properties of Galactose.
E. O. von Lippmann. Ber. 20, 1001 — Kins.
TlIK author lias succeeded in isolating a new substance
which he calls y-Galactan, from the liquors from the lime
mud forming the eud product in the purification of
sugar. It closely resembles dextran and levnlan in
appearance, and when pure consists of a white
amorphous substance, which, in the hydrated state is
easily soluble in hot and cold water ; in the anhydrous
state it is soluble in hot, but onlv very slowly in cold
water : the hot solution does not 'gelatinise on coolim*
resembling, in this respect, dextran, and differing from
leTulan. The substance is insoluble in alcnhol It has
the composition (',11 ,,.< i,,and has a„= +238°, a number
more than three times as highasthatforcahesuwar ; itdoes
not reduce Fehling's solution, and gives muc~'c acid on
oxidation with nitric acid. When inverted with dilute
sulphuric acid, it is completely converted into galactose
lbe substance appears to belong to the series of bodies
lately found in the vegetable kingdom bv the author and
others, which yield galactose on invertion. The galactose
from the above > -galactan was obtained in crystalline
masses, which melted at 166—168°; the optical activity
was aDr +S1-3; when oxidised, it yielded 77 per cent
of mucic acid; u also combined with phenvlhvdra
zine.
In conclusion the author discusses the fermentability
or otherwise of galactose, and considers that further
experiments are necessary, in order to explain the present
discordant views.— (',. 11. M.
Oh Progress m the Manufacturt of Starch Dextrose
andGhusose. Prof . L. V. Wagner. Dingl 1'oKt .1
264, 174—179,
Lbos Cdiswibr, in Paris, has patented a process
for the sacchanncation of starchy substances l,v mems
of a malt which has been allowed to germinate for from
i to 111 days. The raw materials uinsl be made perfectly
mmtral (acid free) by treatment witha I percent, sod;,'
or \ per cent, sulphuric acid eolation, as the case may I , , • '
1 he -rain alter two or (hire days' soakinj
Should contain not more than 40
is then to be ground. The moist materials a
■d paste with an equal weight of water, and from 21 to 6
:: in tepid water,
-45 percent, water, and
jut cent, of malt is well kneaded into it, during an hour.
The liquefactii n of this paste takes place in an upright
cylinder, surrounded by a water bath which is main-
tained at 75° C., and provided with powerful stilling
gear. The mash thus obtained is then heated in a steam
jacket, under a pressure of one atmosphere for about an
hour, then c( oled to 7(1 and treated with 1 to 2 per cent.
of malt infusion. After two hours the solution is put
through a filter-press, cooled to 50 , and treated with 15
to '20 percent, of malt infusion, which is added in 5 per
cent, lots every two hours. When thoroughly sacchari-
fied, the solution is heated again, filtered and evaporated
to Ml l!i-., and sold us concentrated beer wort.
Joseph Franklin Gent, of Columbus, Ind , U.S.A.,
flees maize from the germs and husks by steaming at
Hid in a special apparatus, for not longer than 1 minute,
and subsequently crushing and sifting the grain. The
product thus obtained is then again steamed, pressed
into thin cakes, and brought into the market under the
name of " Cerealine."
Messrs. Viemeisel, K. Trobach, and Alfred Cards
recommend the following treatment of potatoes for the
purpose of dextrose manufacture, avoiding thereby the
necessity for the separation of the starch from the pulp,
which always retains a considerable percentage, and
utilising the roots at the period when they contain most
starch — viz., at their harvest time ; thus avoiding also
the lo.-s of starch which stored potatoes always undergo.
The potatoes are washed and ground, the paste put
through a filter-press, in which the cakes ate well washed
with a solution of calcium bisulphite, to prevent any fer-
mentation, and then either dried for storing or worked
up forthwith. The cakes made into a suitable paste
with water, are saccharified underpressure, by acid : the
acid sugar solution is thereupon neutralised with calcic
sulphite and chalk, put through a tilter-press, evaporated
to ."10° B., again filter-pi eased, and finally concentrated
at 100' down to 35' B , tor crystallisation. The resulting
sugar when separated from the molasses is ready for the
usual processes of recrystallisation. Thadeus v. Korvins-
Sakovicz and David Rosenblum, of Warsaw, produce
crystallised grape sugar, from all sorts of starch, by
boiling 10 per cent, solutions of starch with certain
quantities of sulphuric anhydride, which quantities vary
from 4'9 per cent, with 11 hours' boiling when work-
ing in open vessels, to 015 per cent, when the opera-
tion is conducted in a closed vessel, and under a
pressure of four atmospheres. The boiling in the
first case lasts eleven hours, in the latter only four
hours. Instead of using charcoal to decolourise
the neutral sugar solution, it is cooled to 45 J and about
0"-' per cent, (on the weight of starch) of permanganate of
potash added, whereby a brown precipitate is formed,
the solution after passing through the filter-press being
perfectly colourless. The crystallisation is performed under
vacuum, but the crystals cannot be readily freed from the
mother-liquor.
Alt'. Seyberlich, of Riga, and Alex. Trampedach, of
Mitau, transform starch into sugar by the action of
dilute nitric acid. The starch is made into a milk
with water, and inn into a dilute boiling solution of
nitric arid, and boiled until 10 drops of the solution
added to °.00cc. 96 per cent, alcohol no longer produce
any turbidity. The proportions used are 1000 starch, 5
nitric acid, ami _'000 to 30U0 water. They then recom-
mend that the solution be made distinctly alkaline by
the addition of sodium or potassium carbonate, there-
upon evaporated in the vacuum apparatus to 35—36" He,
and allowed to crystallise. The crystals thus obtained
are well developed, and easily separated from the mother-
liquor. -T. 1.. 11.
Manufacti Icid in Sugar Works.
Dingl. Tolyt. J. 264, 191—192.
Nearly half the Russian sugar-works obtain their car-
bonic acid from the flue gases, which, however, usually
contain only 8 to 12 per cent. Jelinek obtains a richer
gas by mil sing the gases of only one boiler, the damper
being kept as closely shut down as possible, and the
gases removed by a pump the supply pipe to which is
Sept. 30, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
adapted va. front of the damper. Under most favourable
conditions 18 pel cent, of carbonic acid in the gas are
obtained, sufficient to work up from 100,000 to 170,000
kiln-, roots.
I'. Ehrhardt describes in h vis hen Zii ' rindustrie,
1SS7, 78, a continuous apparatus, consisting of a blast
furnace, as is osed in French factories, into which lime-
stone and fuel are together thrown, in the proportion of
7 parts limestone to 1 of coke. The heat is ver* thoroughly
used up, and the gases are drawn oft" at a lower tempera-
ture, and contain on an average .'10 per cent. CO,.
Another apparatus consists of a so-called step-kiln, in
which the warming, burning, and cooling chambers are
kept distinct, but owing t" the fact that the material has
to puss through two elbow-shaped and one level channel,
it will probably he found difficult to keep in regular
work.— T. 1.. 1'..
Tin Sweetness of G ur. ''hem. Zeit. H, 139.
According tonnmeronsexperiments made with different
persons, Herzfeld concludes that 153 parts of glucose are
equivalent to 100 parts of cane sugar — i.e., that the rela-
tive sweetness of these two kinds of sugar is approxi-
mately in the proportion of jj : 1. — D. E. J.
Errata.— On p. 5:3, second column, line 2 from bottom, for
" .Madgeburg," read "Magdeburg.' On same page and
column, line 25 from bottom, for " acetic acid," read ' acetic
and lactic acids.'
XVI.— BREWING, WINES. SPIRITS, Etc.
The Influence of the Mineral Constituents of Water upon
the i Worts. E. R, Moritz. Dingl.
l'olyt. J. 264, 338—339.
Thk author- results are given in the following table.
from which it will be seen that common salt added to the
mash liquor increased the yield of maltose and dextrose
by 9 per cent. He thereforerecomiuendsthe addition of 20
to 35grms. of salt per hectolitre of water before
mashing : —
decinormal cans olution until a drop of an al-
coholic solution of pkenolphtbale'in acquires a red tint as
it spreads over t'le surface of the cream. The time
necessary for churning increases regularly with an in-
crease in the acidity of the cream. — C. A. K.
i t/'C Margarimeter. V.
Renecke. Zeits. f. Nahrongsmittel-Untersuch. u.
Hygiene, 1 ss;t S7.
Tin: application of the margarimetei rests on the supp «i-
tion that batter has a higher specific gravity at 100 than
all other animal and vegetable fats tins .Ion
1SS7, 447 1. A specific gravity of 0-8650 0 8670 a; II 0
is taken as a sl.'n of tin' purity of 'nutter, but the author
has found that the specific gravity of ground-nut oil is
3 >, thai of sesame oil 0S675, and that of poppy Beed
oil 0 8710, all taken at luu. still the margarimeter is
of use as a preliminary test, the specific gravity of four
adulterated samples of butter examined being from
0SG10 toO-8625.— C. A. K.
Varia Amount of Phosphoric Acid con-
tin if J in Milk. A. Andouard. Compt. Rend. 104,
1298.
Tut: author draws the following conclusions from his
results : — 1. The phosphoric acid in milk decreases from
the beginning to the end of lactation, while the amount
of butter, and especially of sugar, is also decreased
during the same period. 2. With two of four cows
experimented on the quantity of casein increased : with
the other two it decreased. 3. The increase of solids in
milk during lactation is not constant. 4. The age of
cows appears to influence the quantity of milk given,
the youngest giving the least. The nutritive power of
the food affects both the quality and the quantity of the
milk. 0. In opposition to Kroner's conclusion, the
author states that green fodder is better for cows than
dry fodder. Cabbages and leguminous plants are the
best green fodder, and then in order of merit ) otafc i -.
beetroot and maize. 7. Individuality appears the chief
factor in modifying the quantity and composition of the
milk.— C. A. K.
Mash Water.
Maltose per cent.
De\truse per cent.
Total per cem.
Colour of the AVort.
13-90
18-01
66 97
Pale.
2. New river water
18*96
1801
6697
».
Distilled water containing
3. 50'37 salt per hectolitre ..
50US
2377
7597
Extremely pale.
1. 3170 calcium chloride
16-68
15-10
61-78
Very pale.
5. 1010 gypsum
4779
1731
65-13
»»
6. 3034 magnesium sulphate
1718
1731
6513
7. 1607 sodium sulphate
48-96
18-01
66 97
Rather darker,
B-9S
1S-01
60-97
,,
9. 11"27 sodium carbonate ..
4271
2015
6316
Dark.
10. Burtonised water
49-57
15-66
65 23
Vt iy pale.
XYIL— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY. DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
(.1) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
The Relation of the Yield of Butler to tin- Acidity of \
the Cream. J. Sebelien. Chem. Zeit. 11, 133.
FSOM a series of experiments made, the greater the
acidity of the jream used, the greater the yield of butter
appears to be. The amount of fat contained in butter
milk decreases, as the degree of acidity of the cream in-
creases up to an acidity equal * to 40ce. deci-
normal soda, when the decrease ceases. In some
experiments the fat seemed to increase above
this limit. The author determines the degree of
acidity of the cream by titrating OOcc. with
— T. L. B.
(B) SANITARY CHEBdISTRY.
Examination of Effluent Water. H. Schreib. Rep. Anal.
Chem. 7, 271— J7-5.
The author has endeavoured to account for the
remarkable fact that effluent water often contains more
organic matter in solution after than previous to being
purified. To a certain extent this may be traced to the
lime which has been added, and which renders soluble
certain bodies previously suspended in the water. But
this cannot be the only cause. Attention is particularly-
drawn to the fact that waste water which has not been
purified decomposes very rapidly, which entails loss of
organic matter, whereas lime, etc., preserves the water
604
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [?o,.t. 30. i«87.
by stopping the fermentation. EhTuenl water containing
large quantities of carbo-hydrates is particularly liable
imposition. — A. 1!.
Composition of the Water of the River Bode as Irtfflu
by Drainage from the n lash Works, " Dongtashall."
H. l-'oeke. Eep. Anal. Cheru. 7, 287.
Composition.
Dry residue (120")
Organic substances (by ignition).. .
Chlorine
Sulphuric anhydride
Silica
Ferric oxide and alumina
Lime
Magnesia
Potassium oxide
Sodium oxide
Previous to After
entiftuceof Drainage.
0-390 ...
0752
0-027 ...
0152
0-019 ....
0-181
0012 ...
0132
0019 ...
0011
0-1101 ....
0-002
0-092 ....
0130
0-017 ....
O'OoS
0007 ...
0 015
0 043 ....
0106
A'. (/■ or Improved Tri atment or Manufacture of Materials
Usi as the Incandescing Medium or Luminant of
Electric Lamps, or for other Purposes. T. Mace, New
York, I'.S.A. From the Nitrite and I.uminoid Co.,
New York, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 9696, July 27, 1886. 6d.
Tins treatment, as applied to carbon filaments, for
example, is as follows: — The filament is dipped in a
solution of an organic salt of aluminium (such as the
methylatc or ethylate), after which an electric current is
passe 1 through it in the absence of oxygen. The decom-
position of the salt thus effected causes a deposit oi
carbon and alumina to form upon the filament, which
confers upon it a high degree of strength and elasticity,
and enables it subsequently to resist disintegration by
the electric current. — A. K. D.
-A K
On Ptomaines from Pure Cultures of Vibrio Proteus.
ii. Bocklisch. Ber. 20, 1441—1446.
IT has been repeatedly observed that animals injected
with the vibrio proteus of Finkler and Prior (which
occurs normally in the intestinal canal), often exhibit
pathological symptoms which sometimes end in death.
In order to determine whether this microbe produces a
specific poison by its action upon proteids, the au'nor
has submitted sterilised beef broth to the action of pure
cultivations, at a temperature of 37° to 38" for several
weeks. The only base.- produced were ammonia and
the non-poisonous cadaverine (pentamethylenediamine),
together with traces of indole. As it appeared likely
that the pathological appearances observed in animals
might have been due to the impure cultivations of the
vibrio, the experiments were repeated with the addition
.if certain putrefactive bacteria. It was now found that
the action of the vibrio was entirely altered, the products
containing, in place of the innocuous cadaverine, the
highly poisonons methylgnanidine. A. (I. <;.
Improvements in Secondary Batteries. T. J. Jones and
W. H. Tasker, London.' Eng. Pat. 11,101, Aug. 31,
1886. 8d.
A thin sheet of lead is perforated with oblong holes,
surrounded by two thin sheets of celluloid and corrugated
or crimped by suitable means, the bends being parallel
to the intervening strips of lead. The lead strips are
thus separated by distances equal to the double thick-
ness of celluloid, and these spaces are filled with a paste
formed of lead monoxide and ammoninm sulphate
solution. Several modifications of this method are
described. — 15. T.
An Improved Arrangement of Electric Butter;/ with
means for regulating the amount of Submersion or
Withdrawal of the Positive Flutes. H. Carter, Loudon.
Eng. Pat. 11,239, Sept. 3, 1886. 8d.
The carbons are attached to the sides of very elongated
ceils, but do not extend to the bottom. The zincs are
carried on a suitable platform with sliding liars, which
can be adjusted by a set screw until the required surface
of the positive plates is immersed in the solution. A
combined binding screw and switch is described. — I). T.
XVIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
Noli on a Hew Class of Voltaic Combinations in which
Oxidisabh Metals are replaced In/ alterable Solutions.
('. K. Alder Wright and C. Thompson. J. Chem.
Soc, 18S7, 67-2—67(5.
Tm: authors find that voltaic combinations can be
obtained by substituting for oxidisable metals plates
of platinum or other incorrodible material immersed
in liquids capable of taking up oxygen or chlorine, and
opposed to similar plates immersed in Buids capable of
yielding up oxygen or chlorine, the two plates being
connected by a siphon or a wide, or arranged as in a
gravity cell. As an illustration, a solution of sodium
sulphite is opposed t > potassium permanganate, the
former being oxidised to sulphate while the latter is
reduced. — O. H.
Improvi ments in the Construction oj • Batteries.
.1. S. Sellon, London. Eng. I'at. 5631, Dec. 23, 1^1
id. (Third Edition.)
Plates or supports, composed of materials Bucb as
carbon or platinum, not readily subject to oxidation or
other destructive action, are made use of, and may be
made id a cellular, corrugated or llutcd shape : or a com-
pound plate composed of two outer non-metallic plates,
with an intervening plate of platinum, may be utilised.
— B. T.
Improved Means tor effecting the Electro-chemical
&i iteration «/ Chlorine n. Metallurgical Operations for
tin Extraction of Hold from its Ores, and for other
Purposes. D. !■. Fitzgerald, London. Eng. Pat.
ll,-_'l--', Sept. 4, 1SS6. 8d.
Thk inventor makes use of peroxide of lead as the anode,
and builds up this anode with slabs or plates of the
peroxide, cemented together with a paste of litharge and
dilute sulphuric acid. The anodes hitherto used have
been unable to withstand the action of nascent chlorine.
— B. T.
Improvements in and Apparatus or Means for Electro-
plating, li. K. Bovle, London. Eng. Pat. 11,291,
Sept. 4, 1886.' Sd.
Tins is a dry process of electro-plating, and by its means
plating of iridium can be effected, and plating of
aluminium facilitate!. The article to be plated and the
metal to form the plating are included in an electric
circuit, and a rapid make and break is produced between
the article and metal, the article being gradually moved
along to expose new surface for deposition. — B. T.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Positive Pole-plates
fur Secondary Battt ries or Accumulators. S. Farbaky
and S. Schenek, Sehetnnitz, Hungary. Eng. Pat.
11,4n7, Sept. 9, 1886. si.
The active material is packed in polygonal divisions of
a leaden grating. ha> ing unoccupied Bpaces between the.-e
divisions, so as to allow of the expansion of the active
material without alteration to the form of the plate.
B. T.
-l/i Improved Primary Battery. C. E. O'Koenan, Paris,
France. Eng. Pat. 11,834, Sept. 17, 1886. lid.
A DISTRIB1 NNi. CANAL, in connection with the cell>
and also with vessels containing crystals of the salts
sept. 30. 18S-.) THE JOURNAL OE THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
605
useil, is adopted (o maintain tlie solutions at their proper
level; while by means of an automatic arrangement
de-aturating solutions are supplied to the cells. An
apparatus for measuring the number of ampere-hours
given out is attached.— B. T.
.1 Method of Producing Carbon Fibres or Filaments.
.Maxwell, Loudon. Eng. Pat.
ISSb. 6d.
11,997, Sept.
W.
21,
Within a closed vessel kept constantly full of agaseous
hydrocarbon, under a pressure preferably below that of
the atmosphere, a refractory conductor (such as a bar of
dense hard carbon) is maintained at a white heat by an
electric current. Hair like fibres or ti laments gradually
appear, attached to the conductor. These may be re-
moved for use as the apparatus cools.— A. It. D.
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS. ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES
AND EXTRACTS.
Phenyl-piperidinc. E. Lellmann. Ber. 20, (ISO— 681.
rHENYL-PlPERlDiXEC0H1„XCr.H8 is produced in con-
siderable quantity when piperidine (3 mols.) is heated at
250—270° with bromo- or iodo-benzene (1 mol.). It
forms a strongly alkaline colourless oil of slight scatol-
like odour. Its platino-chloride crystallises in long
needles. The aromatic nitro-halogen derivatives react
with piperidine more readily.— A. G. G.
Ber. 20,
Synthesis of Pyridine Bases. J. Plochl.
and 723.
Tin-; action of aldehydes upon a concentrated solution of
ammonium chloride at a high temperature, appears to be
a general reaction for the preparation of bases of the
pyridine series. In this way paraldehyde gives collidine,
and propionic aldehyde gives parvolin'e. The yields are
rather small.— A. (;. G.
Strychnine. C. Stoehr. Ber. 20, 810— S14 : and
1108—1111.
Bv the dry distillation of strychnine hydrochloride with
lime (10 parts) there is formed' in addition to ethylene and
MI, picohne (p or y ?), a reduced pyridine base,
skatole, and probably a collidine or liitidine. From this
it appears that the strychnine molecule does not contain
a quinoline residue (as assumed by Hanssen, Ber 20
4601. but a pyridine and possibly also an indole residue.'
ine two oxygen atoms in strychnine are not present
as hydroxyl, for they are not removed by heatinf with a
huge excess of PCI,, the product of the reaction being
tnehlorostryehnme. This body forms very stable
colourless crystalline salts, and is different "from the
trichlorostrycbnine obtained bv chlorination.— A. G G
Aesculetin and some Derivatives of Hydroxy quinol
Will and W. Pukall. Ber". 20, 1119—1136.'
W,
Aksculktix, found in the horse-chestnut, has been shown
to be a di hydroxy-derivative of cumarin, but endea\ ours
made by various chemists to prepare it by decondensation
of the ethereal salts of different acids with phloroglueinol
have been unsuccessful ; other experiments also showed
that the only possible constitution of aesculetin was that
of an ethereal derivative of hydroxyqninol. To settle
this question, the authors have prepared these derivatives
and compared them with aesculetin. After preparing
the tri ethoxyquinol C6H3(0< ' „H-,1 [1 : 3 : 4], and a
comparison of its properties, the author concludes that
there can be no doubt that aesculetin is derived from the
phenol corresponding to this substance, and future
experiments must be made to show the position of the
acrylic acid in the benzene ring.— G. H.M.
Wcgonine. E. Einhorn. Ber. 20, 1221—1229. (Compare
this Journal, 1886, 40, and 1887, 225.)
ECGONINE is a decomposition product of cocaine.
Merck has stated that when ecgonine hydrochloride is
heated with phosphorus pentachloride and chloroform
a new base is formed. The author, however, had pre
vionslv to this prepared the substance in a much simpler
manner, and since it appears to be formed from ecgonine
by the simple abstraction of water, he proposes to call it
anhydroecgonine. The following gives the preparation
and properties of its chief compounds :—
Anhydro-ecgonine C ,11 , No, is best prepared by boil-
ing ecgonine hydrochloride with phosphorus oxvcliloride
with an inverted condenser ; the product is pciired into
water and a solution of iodine in hydriodic acid added.
Theperiodide of anbydro-ecgonine is completely precipita-
ted ;_ this is washed with water and distilled i"n steam to
riil it of free iodine ; the colourless aqueous solution
thus obtained is evaporated, and the iodide allowed to
crystallise. It forms fine crystals of the composition
C.lH1..N02HI. These are treated with moist silver
oxide, the silver removed by sulphuretted hydrogen, and
the free base crystallised from methyl alcohol. It forms
colourless crystals melting at 235,:> with decomposition ; it
is easily soluble in water and alcohol, quite insoluble
in ether, chloroform and benzene. It gives <*ood
crystalline salts with the haloid acids : the hydrochloride
melts at 240— 241 ; ; the platinum double salt crystallises
in yellow prisms, melting at 223°.
Theperiodide of anhydro-ecgonine C..H, ,N0,HI.ISI
crystallises in violet plates, melting at 185—186°. The
aqueous solution loses the excess of iodine on boiling.
The perbromide forms orange crystals, melting at 154 —
155° with decomposition ; the bromide melts at 122°.
The substance admits of easy etheritieation. The
ethylanhydro-eegonine is an oil which forms ervstallisable
salts with haloid acids. The hydrochloride, C0H,,NOS.
C,.H,.HC1, forms white needles, melting at 243—244°.
Theplatinum double salt (CMHi,N",»,.C-.H,-..HCI)„,PtCI4,
crystallises in yellow prisms* melting at 2lL.
When anhydroecgonine hydrochloride is heated in a
sealed tube with bromine, a substance crystallising in
white crystals and melting at 183— 1S4' is obtained.0 It
appears to have the composition CaH12NBr2COOH.HCl,
and does not lose its bromine to a solvent : it also differs
in behaviour from the perbromide of anhydro-ecgonine.
The author regards anhydro-ecgonine as methylated
tetrahydropyridytaerylic acid; ecgonine as methyl-tetra-
hydropyridyl - p - oxypropionic acid: and cocaine as
mcthylic mcthylteirahydropyridyl-p benzoyloa ypi opion -
ate, with the following formula' :— Anhydro-ecgonine,
C,H4X(CH:,)H,.CH:CH.CO<>H. ; ecgonine, C-H,
N(CH,).H,.CHOH.CH..COOH : cocaine, C-HjX(CH )
II ..CHinnCC,H.,i.CHJ. COUCH,, Anhydro-ecgonine
oxidised with potassium permanganate yields a crystal-
line substance. — G. H. M.
Xouv.
Eucalyptus and Eucalyptus Oils. Adrian.
Itemed. 1SS7, 195.
The eucalyptus oil of commerce is obtained from more
than 150 species of eucalyptus, but E. globulus is the
only one that yields the hydrocarbon 'eucalyptol dis-
covered by Chez. In the south of France a yield of 0'4
to 07 per cent, is obtained by distilling the leaves of E.
globulus, and lkilo. of oil gives on the average OOOgrms.
eucalyptol. The oil is fractionated, and the portion
boiling between 170° and 175' separated. It is then
treated with caustic potash and warmed, separated from
the alkaline solution and fractionated repeatedly till a
distillate having the constant boiling point 175° is
obtained. A little below 170° 6 per cent, of a liquid
with a pleasant smell, resembling that of valeraldehydc,
passes over. The author considers Cloez' formula for
eucalyptol (C„4H30O„) unfounded, and regards it as a
hydrocarbon consisting of a mixture of varying amounts
of terebene and cvmene. — C. A. K.
Lactic Acid Fermentation. JM. Havduck. Chem. Zeit.
11, 151.
Tin; author has investigated the effect which lactic acid
itself has upon the development of lactic acid bacteria.
He finds that an addition of 0 1 percent, of lactic acid
distinctly retards the fermentation, whereas if 0'15 per
606
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept. So, lfflt.
cent is added it stops completely. Now in practice
about ten times as much lactic acid as this i.s produced.
The apparent contradiction is explained by tin.- fact that
the liquids examined by the author only contained very
Bmall quantities of the i iclic acid ferment ; the presence
of 0 15 per cent, of lactic acid doesnotcheck the fer-
menting power of the bacteria, but only prevents their
rapid development. This 'explanation is supported bj a
set of microscopic observations made concurrently with
.if acidity (no lactic acid having pre-
viously been added). Ii was found that at first the
a nut of acid produced was very small, because of the
small quantity of ferment present ; as the ferment deve-
loped t!i" rate of production increased, until the very
presence of the acid reacted prejudicially upon the
development of the ferment, and so ultimately upon the
furthei formation of the acid itself. The presence of 4
cent of alcohol hinders the lactic acid fermentation,
and ti per cent, stops it entirely. It acts even more
prejudicially upon t tic butyric acid ferment : whereas
arctic acid, on the other hand, is more readily formed in
the presence of alcohol. — D. E. J.
in which is fixed the delivery-lube. The dips G and P
are now opened, and the ball F is squeezed bo i s toforce
water from the reservoir E into A and B, until it reai hes
the zero of the graduation on the m«asuring-tuhe B.
The clips arc now closed, ami the bottle C is lipped over
On Ethyl Bromide. M. C. Traub. Chem. Zeit. H, 151. j
AS this is now used as an anaesthetic, it is important
that it should be free from sulphur compounds, which
have an injurious effect Commercial ethyl bromide is
prepared from phosphorus containing sulphur, which i
accounts for the presence of ethyl sulphide in it. For
this reason the phosphorus method should not be
employed : a much better preparation can be obtained
by the method given in the French Pharmacopoeia. A
good preparation should be unite colourless, of a pleasant
ethereal smell, and of sp. gr. 1'3S5 — 1'390. It should
undergo no change when shaken up with pure sulphuric
acid for three or four days ; if the acid is coloured yellow,
sulphur compounds are present. If it is shaken up with
an equal volume of water, the water should neither
colour litmus paper nor react upon silver nitrate.
-D. E. J.
Cali -V»'v. Chem. Zeit. 11, 033-631.
CALABAR BEANS, by fraudulent intention, accident, or
carelessness, are occasion illy mixed with the seeds of
other West African plants, such as those of the palm oil
tree [Elxis guineensis) and of Entada icatidens. The
seeds of various species of Mm" mi. more especially those
of M. cylindrosperma (Cali nuts), often got iuto com-
merce as will Calabar beans. Since they are said to
possess similar properties to the true Calabar beans, and
arc somewb it similar in physical characters, botanists
are divided in opinion as to whether Cali nuts are not a
ies of physostigma rather than of Mucuna. The
Is of M- cylindrosperma may be distinguished from
the true Calabar beans by the former being cylindrical,
of a reddish-brown colour, finely corrugated, and the
hiluiu docs not extend quite to the extremity of the bean
at the end where the microphyle is visible, but forms
there a slight projection. Both are used by the natives
of West Africa a- ordeal poisons.— W. I'..
Brrati m. In hra. linn of second abstract in second column
p. 561, for " Neucki" read " Nencki."
XXII.— ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
ermining Carbonic Acid Volumetrically
rbonates. D. Sidersky. Zeits. Anal. them. 26,
336-
THE apparatus, which i- shown in Fig. 1, is of simple
construction, aid requires no stands or supports ; the
graduated tube B; which is used for measuring the car-
bonic acid, is placed in the glass cylinder A, and held in
ii by the cork above. The cylinder A is tilled
with water, and thus protects the gas from changes of
temperature. Thi ir substance to be
analysed, is placed in the bottle Cj the small india-
test tub- r, tilled with IK'I, is next introduced
carefully, and the bottle closed by means of the stopper,
so as to bring the acid in contact with the substance;
by opening the clip P the water can le brought to the
same level in A ami B. The temperature of the evolved
gas in 1> is noted, and the volume of the air in Bread
off at the same time D. E. J.
Some
Kep.
A i Laboratory Appliances. E. Pollack.
Anal. ('hem. 7, 287—288.
FlG. 1 represents a dropping funnel which allows of a
constant out How of the fluid. This is ell'ected by a
hollo-n stop-cock, to which a small tube is fused in such
a manner that the interior of the stopcock can commu-
nicate with the air when in a certain position. Another
I
Fig. l.
Q.
\
¥
Fig. 3.
advantage of this arrangement is that H i- possible to
dry the air or to free it from (_'u, before allowing it to
enter the funnel, by attaching to the side tube apparatus
for absorbing this gas or the aqueous vapour. Fig. •-! is
a flat funnel used instead of glazed paper in collecting
precipitates previous to weighing them. Fig. 3 is a new
reflux condenser with interior cooling actum.— A. It.
Sinwlt Apparatus for Distilling Mercury in 1'nnm. P.
ffebel. Repert. Physik, 1887, 28, 236.
Vn inverted bottle connected by a glass tube with a
■ ■lass cylinder fitted iuto a movable wooden frame serves
to supply the mercury to the distilling bulb, which is
placed a't the average barometric height above the cylin-
der, and which is connected to it by a tube fused into
the bulb. The exit tube of the bull, is bent twice, and
finally connected with a narrow vertical tube, the end
of which is bent in a semi circle and fused into a small
Sept. so, us;.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
fiOT
trumpet-shaped vessel, from which a short side tube
leads to the receiver. In order to Mart the distillation,
the supply bottle is charged, and then the bulb exhausted
fey attaching a pump to a glass tube which fits inside the
trumpet-shaped vessel connected with the receiver. The
mercury is thus drawn into Ihe distilling Bask, where it
is heated by a Hansen burner. As so m as the distilled
mercury (ills the trumpet-shaped vessel to the height of
the exit tube connected with the receiver the pumping is
stopped, for now the mercury falling down the narrow
tube connected with the distilling bulb acts like a
Sprengel pump. The total vertical length of the tube
is 850mm. The apparatus works continuously, and
di>(ils 500— OOOgrms. of mercury per hour. — C. A. K.
Qualitative Method for the Detection of SujphiU 'n
!><'■ i - tat s)andSiilphates.
A. Villiers. Compt. ltend. 104, 1177.
When an alkaline sulphite is precipitated with barium
chloride the previous alkaline solution becomes neutral
to test paper, while with alkaline bisulphites an acid
solution results according to the equation : —
2K BS03 + BaCL = BaS( ), h 2KC1 + H..SO,.
Thiosulphates behave like bisulphites, and can he
detected in presence of sulphites by carefully neutralising
the solution if previously alkaline with' hydrochloric
acid, and then treating with barium chloride.* The acid
solution is distilled, and the sulphurous acid tested for
in the distillate. — C. A. K.
Solubility of Magm tiurn in Water containing CO.,.
Kappel. Chem. Zeit. 11, 137.
If a stream of carbonic acid is led for some time through
distilled water in which magnesium wire is placed, the
magnesium gradually dissolves, forming magnesium
■ mate, and hydrogen is evolved. In the opinion of
the author, this indicates the existence of the compound
HJ'U...— L>. E. J.
On a New Reagent for Copper Salts. Aliamet. Bull.
So-. Chiin. 47. 754.
Tins reagent produces in aqueous solution of copper silts
a blood-red coloration like that of sulphocvanate of iron.
The reagent itself is colourless, and is prepared by adding
allic acid to neutral sodium sulphite. The reaction
is very delicate; eg., a solution containing onlv
rgrm. of CuS04 percc. gives a distinct orange-red
coloration. Pyrogallic acid itself gives with copper
salts a red colour; but the reaction is not nearly bo
delicate as wdien sodium sulphite is present— D. E.J.
On the Determination of Ammonia in Soils by the A : >1o-
metric Method. Dr. Anton Baumann. Zeit-. Anal
Chem. 26, 302-312.
Of the three methods for estimating ammon'a in s ils—
B iussingault's,Schlbsing's,and theazotomefricmethod—
the first alone is capable of giving good results. It
depends upon driving off the ammonia by means of
magnesia at the boiling-point. Scblbsing's plan of driving
off the ammonia with caustic soda in the cold can only
b applied to soils which contain little humus, for soda
decomposes other nitrogenous constituents of humus
soils, with evolution of ammonia. Knop-Wolfs azo-
metric method, which is recommended in the text-books
as being the best, is shown by the author to be quite
unreliable, inasmuch as it is subject to three important
sources of error. The method, as originally described
consisted in treating 200— 300grms. of the soil with borax-
solution and .30 cc. of bromine-water, shakio° up well
and measuring in the azotometer the nitrogen evolved'
lotion of borax was added with the object of pre-
vent, ng that contraction of the air in the evolntion-naek
which would otherwise occur on shaking up of soils with
alkaline fluids. It is just this contraction which forms
the hrst detect of Knop's method, for the author has
shown that when humus soils aie shaken up with
alkalis in closed vessels, they absorb oxygen from the
air ; a contraction therefore occurs which diminishes the
appircnt amount of nitrogen evolved. When the soil
umler examination is very rich in humus, this con-
traction may even overpower the increase in volume due
t i the evolution of nitrogen, so that the reading of the
azotometer b comes negative. Again, the addition of
borax does not correct this error, for borax-solution is
itself alkaline — as is shown by its behaviour towards
indi tatora and ammonium salts — and it produces the
same contraction as alkalis; it therefore increases the
error, instead of diminishing it. Lastly, bromine-water
not only sets free nitrogen from ammonia, but also from
other nitrogenous substances, such as amido-compounds
and albuminous substances. The eiror from this source
is very serious, and may increase the apparent amount of
ammonia by 400—4000 per cent. The author further
criticises the modification of the method proposed by
Kuop (Zeits. 28, 1), and shows that it is subject to the
same errors. — D, E. J.
r.minalion of Sodium and Potassium Chloride in
Crude Potash. II. Foske. Hep. Anal. Chem. 7,
2S5— 286.
MOST chemists have hitherto assumed, on the authority
of Presenilis, that the chlorine contained in potash must
b?. regarded as combined with potassium rather than
with sodium. Dr. Ziurek, however, held that the
chlorine is chiefly present as sodium chloride, and with a
view to testing the accuracy of this idea, he undertook
some experiments, which were not quite concluded before
his death, and the author of this paper is publishing the
results obtained by Ziurek. The method employed was
as follows : — The residue obtained by evaporation of a
crude potish solution, previously exactly neutralised
with sulphuric acid, was extracted with alcohol of S.5 per
cent, strength. Determination of chlorine and potash
were then made in this alcoholic extract, and the
quantities obtained compared with those originally found
in the crude potash. It appears that all the chlorine in
the latter is found in the alcoholic extract. The following
is the result of a few analyses : —
Chlorine in Potash,
directly determined.
CI. K20.
In Alcoholic Solution.
The latter corre-
sponds to Chlorine.
5"36
5 23 ...
1-49 ..
2-4.5 . .
2 37 . .
£•54
163 ..
041
1-45
2-70
2-71
1-50
1-94
0'33:
4 7G
109
f 2 45
)
J
1 :' 15
J 2-02
2-62
ri3
1-68
i'ii
A. B.
Estimation of Sulphur by Wei ' ■ Mt thod. ( . Friedheim.
Ber. 20, 1483—1485.
The method proposed by "Weil for the estimation of
sulphur in sulphides decomposable by acids consists in
absorbing the H.,S in ammoniacal CuS04, or Fehling's
solution, and titrating the copper remaining in the filtrate
with SnCls. The author has already shown (Ber. 20,
59) that with employment of ammoniacal CuSO, the
process gives incorrect results. He now publishes a series
of analyses which show that the method is equally inexact
it Fehling's solution is used ; in this case the
numbers are too high, probably from formation of
bide.— A. G. i ;.
On a Reaction whichcan for theColori
motion of Phosj Iron, Steel, itc. F.
Osmond. Bull. Soc Chim. 47, 745.
WHEN phospho-molybdic acid is dissolved in an acid
solution of chloride of tin, a beautiful blue coloration is
produced, the intensity of which is proportional to the
COS
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept. 30, 1887.
amount of phospho-molybdic acid present. The author
employs tins reaction for the rapid determination of
phosphorna in iron and steel. The solution of tin is
prepared by dissolving I2grms. of the crystallised
chloride in SOcc. ol pnre hydrochloric acid, and diluting
with water to 1 litre. The precipitate of ammonium
phospho-molybdate obtained in the usual way is filtered
through asbestos (not through paper, because mis absorbs
the colouring matter), and after washing upon the tiller
is dissolved in a sufficient quantity of t lie tin solution;
the filtiate is then made up, by means of the same
solution, to a constant volume of lOOcc. for every
gramme of the metal used, and the depth of the colora-
tion is determined. A series of solutions made up so as
to contain known quantities of ammonia phospho-molyb-
date can be used for this purpose ; these solutions keep
well for several days. Crova's spectrophotometer can
also be employed for estimating the intensity of the
colour. — 1>. K. J.
Detection of Alcohol in Oil of Lemons. Dingl. Polyt .1
261, 520.
THE oil to be tested is placed in a dry test tube, and a
little powdered fuchsin is dusted over the inside of the
test tube, above the oil, which is now heated to bailing.
If it is free from alcohol, the fuchsin remains unchanged ;
butif the oil contains even 0-1 percent, of alcohol, the
solvent action of the latter produces a red edge round
each particle cf fuchsin.-— D. E. J.
Determination by Titration of the Fire Arid in Tannin
Liquor. K. Koch. Dingl. Polyt J. 265, 33-41.
In a previous communication [Ibid. 234, 395) the author
recommended the use of albumen for the precipitation of
tannin and the decolorisation of tannin liquor. He
now iinds the application of a gelatin solution more pre-
ferable. It is necessary, however, to adjust the concen-
tration of the solution to the percentage of tanuin in the
liquor, otherwise difficulties in connection with the lil-
tration of the precipitate may arise. A solution con-
taining 2grms. of gelatin in a litre is applicable to most
cases. The method is based on the fact that on treating
tannin liquor with gelatin and nearly neutralising the
mixture with standard alkali, a light-coloured filtrate is
obtained which assumes a dark colour as soon as the
point of alkalinity is reached. The mode of procedure
is described in detail in the original paper, and the
results of several test analyses are given. In conclnsi
it is shown that powdered skin cannot be employed
instead of gelatin, owing lo the fact that it absorbs acid
from tannin liquor. — D. B.
Estimation of Small Quantities of Paratoluidine in
Orthotoluidine. C. Haussermann. Dingl. Polyt. J
265, 42—43.
I >i the methods recommended for the estimation of para-
and orthotoluidine (compare Lewy and Lunge, this
Journal, 1883, 242 ; ami IsSj, 339), the process based on
the titration of the para compound with oxalicacid in an
ethereal solution (Rosenstiehl, Ibid. 201. 3261 has been
mostly adopted. It is not, however, wholly free from
error, owing to the fact that the amount ofether to be
used is frequently insufficient to completely dissolve the
"ortho-oxalate " produced by the reaction." The author
suggests the following method:— A solution containing
rms. of crystallised oxalic acid in 750cc of water
and 43cc. of hydrochloric acid of 22 Be\ is heated in
a porcelain basin to from 70 :.v and treated with
lOgrms. of the toluidine under examination. When the
precipitate which separates ha- been entirely redissolved,
the mixture is allowed to cool gradually to 30— 35 until
the oxalate shows signs of crystallisation on the surface
of the solution. It is then filtered through cotton, ami
the residue washed with a ir\\ drops of water. The pre-
cipitate forms small colourless scales bavin" a dull
appearance. The filtrate on standing deposits 'a further
portion of Crysf tls which arc collected on a separate filter
and washed. This operation is repeated until crystals
are obtained having a lustrous appearance. These con-
sist of the pure "ortho-oxalate, and are readily dis-
tinguished from the crystals of the para compound. The
crystalline fractions are then treated with a solution of
sodium carbonate and subjected separately to distilla-
tion. The solidifying point of the distilled bases is
determined by cooling a fraction of each distillate with
ice. If the oil solidifies by merely agitating it, the
crystals are collected on a tared filter, and after drying
over caustic soda, weighed as paratoluidine. If, how-
ever, the addition of a few crystals of pure paratoluidine
is required to induce solidilication, only one-half of the
mass is calculated as paratoluidine. If, on the other
hand, it is impossible to solidify the base obtained from
the distillation of the first crystalline fraction, ortho-
toluidine only is present in the sample under examination.
With good toluidines, it generally suffices to collect and
distil two fractions, in which case the base from the
second crystallisation mostly constitutes a perfectly
liquid oil. This method being inapplicable to mixtures
containing more than 10 per cent, of paratoluidine, it is
suggested to dilute such mixtures by the addition of pure
orthotoluidine. — 1). 1!.
New Method for the Quantitative Determination of
Starch. A. Y.Asbbth. Rep. Anal. Chem. 7,299—302'.
Tin: author maintains that unsatisfactory results are
obtaiued in determinations of starch, when the method
employed is based upon the inversion of sugar, formed
as an intermediate product, since maltose, dextrose, and
Ievulose are partly decomposed by boiling with dilute
acids. He proposes to replace the methods hitherto em-
ployed by one which depends upon the formation of a
barium salt of starch, to which he assigns the formula
I!a( i.Cjj HJ(,( ».,... This salt is sparingly soluble in
water and insoluble iu dilute alcohol. In making a
determination a weighed quantity of Btarch is sacchari-
fied with water, then mixed with an excess of normal
baryta solution, dilute alcohol added to make up to a
certain volume and, after the precipitate has settled
the excess of baryta is titrated back with acid.
The author also describes the apparatus he employs
for storing and titrating with baryta solution. The
latter is contained in the bottle A, ami the drying tube
attached to the neck of the same is Idled with quicklime.
The burette 1!, which is in direct connection with the
bottle, may be filled with the solution by openiug the
Bept30.i887J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
609
stopcock, aud the small drying tube n is tilled with
dry KOH, thus preventing the entrance of any ('<»,.
Numbers are appended which seem to testify to the
excellence of the method employed. The author finally
gives a detailed account of the entire a lalysis of various
cereal*.— A. II.
The
out
im-
" ffelfenberger" Method of Estimating Morphia,
Eugen Dieterich. Chem. Zeit. 11, 144.
FCRTHEIt study of the best conditions for carryin
this analysis has led the author to the following
proved methods : —
I. Opium. — Rub up 6grms. of finely powdered opium
with Ogrms. of water, transfer to a weighed llask, and
make up with water to olgrms. . Allow the maceration
to proceed (with frequent stirring) for one hour, and
lilter through a quick filter of 10cm. diameter. To
42grms. of the filtrate add 2cc. of normal ammonia, mix
well, and lilter as before. Place 36grms. of the filtrate
( = 4grms. of opium) in a tared Erlenmeyer's llask, add
lOgrms. of ether and 4cc. of normal ammonia, shake
gently until the liquid becomes clear, then cork up the
llask and leave it. After standing for 5 hours, transfer
the ethereal layer as completely as possible on to an
ordinary lilter of Scm. diameter, add another lOgrms. of
ether to the solution in the Mask, shake gently, ami
again transfer this to the filter. After this has run
through, pour the arjueous solution on the filter : the
morphine crystals will now be found attached to the
walls. of the flask. Wash the llask twice with See. of
water saturated with ether, dry the flask and filter at
100°, transfer the small quantity of morphia on the lilter
to the flask, and again dry until the weight becomes
constant.
II. Opium-extracts. — Dissolve 3grms. of the extract
in lOgrms. of water, mix with 2cc. of normal ammonia,
and Alter at once through a quick Alter of 10cm. dia-
meter. 30grms. of the filtrate ( = 2grms. of the opium-
extract) are then treated as above.
The method depends on the peculiar behaviour of the
salts of morphia, which, when decomposed by ammonia,
remain clear at first, and only deposit the "morphia (in
crystals) slowly. — D. E. J.
filter at 100 for 2 or :s hours. 0-lgrm. of glycerol cor-
responds to 0385grm. of the ether.' If it is proposed to
estimate the amount present in wines or beer, the
glycerol should first be isolated in the usual way, and
then examined as above and tinder the conditions there
described (i.e., not more than 0"2grni., and ina0'5per
cent, to 1 percent, solution). Ail carbohydrates should
be carefully removed, because they also yield, when
treated with benzoyl chloride and soda, ethereal salts
which are insoluble in water and alkalis. The follow-
ing directions are to be observed in the several cases
described: A. Fermented wines poor in sugar. — Take
20cc. of the wine, and after driving oil' the alcohol, evap-
orate it nearly to dryness with an excess of lime : extract
the residue while still warm with 20cc. of 90 percent,
alcohol. After cooling add 30cc. of dry ether, filter, and
wash with a mixture of alcohol and ether (2 : 3). After
evaporating ofl' the solvent, dissolve the glycerol in water,
and proceed as above. /;. Sweet wines. — A larger amount
of lime should be used, and lgrm. of sand added to it.
Twice the quantity of alcohol and ether should be taken.
C. Beer. — Evaporate 50cc. with lime and sand nearly to
dryness. Allow the residue to cool, grind it to a line
powder, and treat it with 50cc. of 90 per cent, alcohol ;
then add 75cc. of dry ether and allow it to stand. The
glycerol obtained from the filtered solution is dissolved
in from 5 to lOcc. of water and treated as above with
soda and 2 to 3cc. of benzoyl chloride. — D. E. J.
Estimation of Emetine in Ipecacuanha a id its Extracts.
M. Lignon. Chem. Zeit. 11, 148.
Analysis of the Hoot.— Grind up 25gnns. of the root in
a mortar with 25cc. of water, mix with 20grms. of slaked
lime, and after this has been well rubbed up, add 30grms.
more of slaked lime. Extract for 3 hours in a suitable
extraction-apparatus with 300cc. of ether, lilter the
ethereal solution (about 200cc. ) if it contains any solid
matter, and make it up to 200 or 250cc. Place 50cc. of
the solution in a lOOcc. flask ; to this add lOcc. of semi-
normal sulphuric acid and 4 to 5 drops of freshly-pre-
pared concentrated extract of campeachy wood. Alter
thorough shaking the mixture divides into a colourless
ethereal layer and a yellow aqueous layer. The acids
contained in the solution are neutralised "by adding semi-
normal ammonia drop by drop until the aqueous layer is
coloured red.
Analysis of the Extract.— Mix Sgrms. of the extract
with ."igrms. of water, and add gradually 25grms. of
slaked lime, rubbing it up thoroughly with' the mixture.
A powdery mass is thus obtained which can easily be
extracted : it is to be treated with 200cc. of ether as
above. According to the experiments of the author,
good ipecacuanha ought to contain about 1*45 per cent.
of emetine, or I -663 per cent, of the hydrochloride.
-D. E. J.
A New Method of Estimating Glycerol. II. Diez.
Chem. Zeit. 11, Its.
0'lGRH. of glycerol is dissolved in from 10 to 20cc. of
water, and shaken up in a llask with 5ce. of benzoyl
chloride and 35cc of 10 per cent, caustic soda solution.
During the reaction the llask should be cooled, and after
the benzoyl compound has separated out it is collected
upon a dried lilter, washed with water, ami dried ,,n the
Adulteration of Hope Uil with Mineral Oil. H. Focke.
Pep. Anal. Chem. 7, 280—287.
Pape OIL is occasionally found to be mixed with mineral
oil. A specimen examined by the author contained 20 per
tent, of oil which could not be saponified. The specific
gravity of the admixture was the same as normal i ape
oil, viz., 0-9144, and its reactions appear to show that it
is a mixture of a mineral and resinous oil. For lubrica-
ting purposes this adulteration causes a serious deteriora-
tion in the value of the rape oil, and in some countries
where rape oil is aUo used for cooking purposes, several
cases of poisoning occurred which were traced to the
presence of mineral oil in the rape oil employed.— A. P.
jBCtt) 1500R.S.
C'Oii-TJK jxi) Ammonia. The Second and Enlarged Edition
of" &. Treatise on the Distillation of Coal-tar and Amino-
niacal Liquor." By George LuNGB, Ph.D., Professor of
Technical Chemistry in the Federal Polytechnic School,
Zurich. London : Gurney & Jackson, 1. Paternoster How.
1S87.
Is its second edition this important, and indeed unique work,
has grown to double the size of the lirst edition. It now takes
the form of a somewhat thick Svo volume, bound in cloth, and
containing Preface, Table of Contents, and 727 pages of subject
matter, including an introductory chapter, and at the end of
the book a chapter of Addenda and an Appendix. An Alpha-
betical Index concludes the work. With the text are inter-
spersed 191 excellent woodcuts. The plan of the work may be
roughly sketched as follows : — Chap. I. Introductory. CHAP.
11. Processes for Obtaining Coal-tar; (A) the Production of
Coal-tar at the Gas- works ; (Bt Tar and Ammonia obtained as
By-products in Coke Making; (C) Tar and Ammonia from
Gas Producers; (D) Tar and Ammonia from Blast-furnace
Gases ; (E) Preparation of Mixtures similar to Coal-tar. by the
Decomposition of certain vapours at a high temperature.
CHAP. III. The Properties of Coal-tar and its Constituents.
Chap. IV. The Applications of Coal-tar without Distillation.
Chap. V. The First Distillation of Coal-tar. Chap. VI. Pitch.
Chap. VII. Anthracene Oil. Chap. VIII. Creosote Oil. Chap.
IX. Carbolic Acid and Naphthalene. Chap. X. Light Oil and
Crude Naphtha. Chap. XI. Rectification by Steam. Final
Products. Chap. XII. Sources from which Ammonia is
obtained. Chap. XIII. The Composition and Analysis of
Ammoniacal Liquor and Properties of its Constituents. Chap.
XIV. The Working up of Ammoniacal Liquor.
Die Chemische Techxologie der Brennstoffe. Von Dr.
FEKDISAND Fischer. (Bolley's Handbuch der Chemi-
schen Technologic). 15, Bd.I. 3.-j. Zweite LicO rung.
Braunschweig: Druck und Verlag von frriedrich vieweg
and Sohn. 1SS7. London : H. Grevel & Co., 33, King Street,
Covcnt Garden, London.
The second part of this important work has now made its
appearance, and takes the form of an Svo volume, bound in
papercover. The first part was issued in 1880, Tbeprioeot
010
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTBY.
[Sept. nn, 1887.
■ .ind part is Ss. The work asa whole is Illustrated
with 281 woodcuts, the text covering 105 '■ comnse
Table o( Contents, in lieu ot alphabetical index, is given :lt ,h<'
end. The work opens with some chaptei ,; »sure-
mc-nt OP Heat, followed by others on the Measi rement
of Light. The suhje :t oi thi i ••■ i - 1 1 ■ 1 1 ' >■* J™
taken up, various solid and gaseous tw rested or,
i all the prini ips imeters. ihe
INVESTIGATION OF ATMOSPHERIC All; then follows, ana IS
illy dealt with. The subject of the Examination of
Fire-gases is iheii considered in detail, and the methods of
Bunsen. Winkler, Hume. Liebig. Kegnault Frankland. and
. I. etc., for measuring and otherwise testing gases, are
given The Investigation of Illuminating Gas forms the
closing subject of the treatiso, and it is very completely
treated.
Melting and Boiling Point Tables. Phy37co-Chemical
Constants. Bv Thomas Carnblley, D.Sc.. F.C.S.. F.I.C.,
Professor of Chemistry in I niversity College, Dundee.
Vol.11. London : Harrison & Sons. 09. Pall Mall. 1887.
Prof. C'akneukv. with this Becond volume, completes a
real)] great work, the preparation of which, as he slates in
the Preface, has been extending over 10 years, vol. II. con-
tains more than 32.000 melting and boiling point data, which,
with these given in the first volume, make a total of over
51 1. I!., book presents the form of a quarto volume,
strongly bound in cloth, with short Preface, Table of Contents,
and matter covering . .lealing with Organic Com-
pounds of from 4 to Tos elements, also special elements. This
brine; the re iderto Part III., which is devoted to :— 1. \ apour
tension and boiling point tables of simple substances. 2. liitto
of mixed substances, such as mixed liquids and saline solutions.
3. Freezing and melting points of mixtures, including cryo-
hyd rates. 4. Miscellaneous melting and boiling point data,
such as melting and boiling points of fats, oils. etc. 5. \ olutnes
and corresponding years of issue of the more important
chemical and physical periodicals. G. Alphabetical index of
root carbon compounds. The work is of such a kind that any
compound can he speedily looked up. and being once found, a
glance serves to inform the reader as to its constitution,
formula, boiling and melting point, authority, original works
of reference, and references to " Watts' Dictionary and the
Journal oj tht Chemical Society. In point of fact, it is a
kind of condensed Dictionary of Chemistry that would,
un, e 1, occupy eighl or nine volumes, and cost four
times the amount of this work. Being exceedingly handy for
immediate reference, it combines economy in every form.
The price of the work is for each of the two vols. £2 2s., net
cash tl 12s. each.
New 11 stoms Tumi of Brazil.
[Continued from pag .'■ iofthe last Number of the Board
of Trade Journal.)
(Aroie.-Kilogrammo = 22011b. avoirdupois. Line 0"22 Imp.
gallon. Milrois = 2s. 3d.— nominal value.)
CraDc Report.
(From the Board of Truth- Journal.)
TAHTFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS
REGULATIONS.
IT; AX I.E.
Classification of Bromidt s and lodidt tof Ammonia.
A circular, dated 20th July last, has been issued by the
French Direction Qeniral dea Douanes, from which it appears
that the Committee of Arts and Manufactures has giver the
opinion that bromides and iodides of ammonia .should be
assimilated in in- tariff 1 > salts having potassium tor their
:,.! consequently, pay duties of 100 and 350 francs per
100 kilogramn tively; also, that this decision has
been ratified by the Departments of Finance and Commerce.
Spain.
ition of Articles in Cast:, as Tariff.
fAbte.— Quintal =220-llb. avoirdupois. Kilogramme = 2'2011b.
avoirdupois. Peseta Sfifii.)
The following decision has recently been given by the
Spanish Customs authorities :—
Ground colours for painting, composed 01 two elements,
organic and inorganic and easily soluble in alcohol ai.d ether.
72. Duly 75 cents, per kilog.
Switzerland.
sif cation of A, Itstoms Tariff.
Ufote.— Qulntal=22 dlb. avoirdupois. Franc=9n>d.)
f,Ha^hornUoi!r'Vaw.^Ca,egory 111. Duty. 30 francs per
Quintal. (Formerly inoluded in Category 17.) .
1 amphor oil.-Category IS. Duly. 2 francs per quintal.
Chrome ochrc.-Category 30. Duty, 3 francs aO centimes per
quintal.
211
212
213
211
215
216
217
218
2111
220
221
225
224
226
227
228
229
230
>7
XL— tin mum Products, Phar-
maceutical Compositions and
Medicaments in General—
contd.
Borates :
i if manganese
.. silver .••,•■•,'
- ..la (sub or bi), or tinkal,
melted or crystallised —
., an] metal, not otherwise
mentioned
., alkaloids or organic ba ■
Bromine, hydrated
Bromates of any description
Bromoformium or perbromure of
formyle
Bromides, hydrobromates or brom-
hydrates :
Of ammonia
,, iron
., lithia
.. gold
,. potash
,. silver
,. soda
., metal, metalloids, no: other.
wise mentioned
.. alkaloids or organic bases ..
Brucine an 1 its s ills
Chemical re-agents (boxes of) tor
use in laboratories
Caffeine, theine, and their salts
Cantharidcs ■ •••,
Capsules and medicinal confections
of any kind
Carbonates:
1 11 ammonia, concrete, volatile.
alkali, or sesquicarbonate
of ammonia
.. baryta
,, bismuth
.. cadmium
., lead, or white lead
.. copper - •■••
.. iron iproto, sub. or sesqui) ..
.. lithia .-■
magnesia or white magnesia
', potassium: _
Impure. Dantzic, pearlash,
nr commercial
rurilieil. salt of tartar, or
>, egctable alkali
Biearliuii.il es :
1 if p itassium
.. silver :
soda or barilla or mineral
alkali:
. Common, black and raw
White refined or punned,
in crystals ■
.. soda •.■;:■•.
zinc pure or precipitate ....
Do inipiire.natur.il, or cala-
mine stone prepared
,, any metal, not otherwise
specified .•••■
alkaloids or organic bases .
Vegetable charcoal, pure or medi-
' einal Of anj kind ..
Castoreum, in powder or whole.
Ihcr. medii inal, ot any kind
, Mi iral of any kind
Chlorates:
uf potash or sola ... •• — .-••
;,,,.. metal. <■><>' otherwise
distinguished
.. alkaloids or organic
Chloroform
BuSrolodU-of'mereVrylBout;
igny salt 1 -.-•••
CliloiideJiydroehloratcorniiirMie:
Uf ammonia •• ■;.
ammonia and mercurj ,01 01
ammonia and iron, ot
flowers of sal amm oniac . .
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Lois.
800
50
160
3.000
100
20,000
11,000
30,000
1,500
:;.i
11 nun
Gramme
31 HI
Kilog.
2,41111
Gramme
no
Kilog.
2,400
6,000
Gramme
100
,.
GO
15 atl ral.
Gramme
30
Kilog.
l.imo
2,1111.1
240
640
4.01 111
9,6110
711
1,200
320
10,
320
16
200
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
250
50
1G
SO
160
1,000
210
2,000
100
1.000
12UOII
.ilMI
3,000
320
1,200
100
2 100
5,200
10,000
210
Sept. 30.UB7J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
61]
Rates of Duty. JJo '"
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
231
233
233
231
235
236
237
238
239
240
211
XL— Chemical Products. Phar-
maceutical Compositions axd
Medicaments in General.
CO lit (I.
Chlorides— contd.
Of antimony or bulter of anti-
mony, liquid Kilog.
.. antimony or butter of anti- i
mony, solid or concrete ..
,. arsenic |
.. baryta
.. bismuth (sub)
.. c tliiiiuni
,. chalk or hypochloride of
chalk, solidified or liquid
.. calcium, dissolved or crys-
tallised
.. cerium
.. chromium
'ilt
.. tin Iproto. bi. ordcu:
of tin. oxymuria'.e of tin
.. iron, solid or liquid
Do. sublimate
.. i odium
.. lithia
.. mi ignesia
., mercury iproto, bi, ordeuto'.
sweet mercury or white
precipitate, calomel, and
rrosive sublimate
,. gold. pure, or of gold and
other metals
.. palladium
.. platinum, pure, or of plati-
num and other metals.
,. patash. liquid, or hypochlor-
ide of potash, Javelle
water
., silver
.. -ida or hypochloride of 'soda
(Labarra ine water)
„ sodium, common or cooking
salt, coarse or impure
Do., refined or purified
,, strontium orstrontian ....
,, metals or metalloids, not
otherwise mentioned
.. alkaloids or organic bases
Chocolate, medicinal of anv kind
Chromatis :
Of bismuth
„ lead, yellow or chrome yel-
low
Do., red or vermilion
„ potash
„ silver
,, metals, not elsewhere dis-
tinguished
.. alkaloids or organic bases..
Medicinal cigars and cigarettes of
every kind
Cinchona
Citrates :
Or bismuth and ammonia
,, iron, pure, or of iron and
ammonia, or of iron and
any other metal
„ iron and quinine Gramme
.. l»p"a : Kjl
-silver ■ ■- ■: Gramme
., metals not otherwise men-
tioned
alkaloids or organic bases.
Ileis.
800
1.200
10,000
300
4.000
16.000
50
800
8,000
10,000
500
800
3.200
20
II. OKI
1,000
Artie'
Rates of Duty.
XX— Chemical Products. Phar-
maceutical Compositions and
Medicaments in General.—
conttl.
219
250
Reis.
1,000
500
100
1,000
300
00
100
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Litre
Kilog.
Gramme
Ki. ■,_-.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
210
50
210
10
80
600
1,600
100
1,090
10.000
240
150
150
50
_
mo
2.000
20
251
253
254
255
250
257
Kilog. 12.003
2.000
10
10,00
50
1.500
-Saponaceous coil tar
Kilog.
Gramme
coai tar Kilog
Codeine and its salts r;,-„,rV,
212
2U
214
215
240
217
Collodion of every kind
Preserves, electuaries, and medi-
cinal opiates of anv kind
t 'reosote
Cyanides, bydrocyanates, eyanhy-
drates. hydro fcrrocyanates
or prussiates :
Of iron (Prussian blue)
„ gold . „
,, potash white
Do., yellow or vermilion.!!!
„ silver
.. metals or metalloids, riot
otherwise mentioned
.. alkaloids or organic bases . !
Delphinite
Dextrin ',.'...
Disinfectants of any kind. not other-
wise mentioned
Digitaline ""'
Eiaterine pure
Elaterium
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
KUog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
258
259
201
262
203
204'
265
200
267
-
269
27"
271
273
274
100
1.600
200
2,000
l.ooo
1,200
600
600
2.500
600
30
3,000
100
300
25"
275
350
270
•J"
250
300
150
- -
Elixirs or medicinal liquors of any
kind Kilog.
Emctin :
Pure Gramme
Impure or of Codex ,,
Ointments :
In paste or in magdaleous, o'
cantharides. or vesica
tories Kilog.
Do., not otherwise mentioned ,,
Spread (plasters) or cerecloths.
resicatories of any kind.. „
Do., waxed, oiled or pharma-
ceutical tatfetas ,,
Do., adhesive, and those not
otherwise mentioned
Ergotine
Bechie plants ithe Swiss), etc
Medicinal spirits and alcohols of
any kind, not otherwise
specified
Sponges : /
Calcined
Prepared or compressed
Ether:
Sulphuric, vitriolic
Not otherwise mentioned
Extracts :
Of Spanish or Asiatic saffron ..
„ liquorice, dry or soft
.. Calabar beans
„ ipecacuanha
., opium
Not otherwise mentioned
Iron and steel :
Pure or pulverised
Iron reduced by hydrogen or by
electricity ".
Fluorides, filiates and hydronuates:
Of calcium or filiate of Hihl-
Not otherwise mentioned
Fluosilicates of any description
Formiates :
Metallic, of any kind
Of alkaloids Gramme
Medicinal .iellics of any description Kilog.
Medicinal gin of every kind
Honiceopathic globules, prepared
or not. of any kind I
Glutin or vegetable ribrine | ,,
Glycerine
Glyceroles. glycerades, and
glyceratcs
Medicinal drops of any kind
Guaranine Gramme
Helicine Kilog.
Hydrateof sulphur, milk of sulphur,
ormagisterium of sulphur
Me licinal injections of kind
Iodates :
Metallic, of any kind
Of alkaloids or organic
- -
Iodo (? iodine) .
Iodates, hydriodatcs, and iodhy-
drargyrates
Of lead
.. iron :
Pure or with manganese
Of quinine, or of other
alkaloids
,. formyle or iodoform
.. lithia
,, mercurv :
Pure
Of morphia or other
alkaloids
.. gold
., potassium or potash
.. silver
„ platina
.. sodium or soda
„ zinc, and of strychnine, or of
other alkaloids
,, metals or metalloids, not
otherwise mentioned
., alkaloids or organic bases . .
Iridine
Kairine
Lactophosphatc of lime
Laeta'
Oflime „ 2.009
Gramme
KUog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
1.000
2,000
1,000
8,000
2.500
ii.ooo
1,000
1,000
1,600
14,000
600
1,000
36.000
.'.-j i
3".o»i
20.000
5.DO0
900
3,000
160
1,000
4.000
100
:
2,000
1,000
500
2.500
1,800
24"
8,000
800
1.000
16,000
100
20,000
5.000
5.000
9,600
1"0
84,000
16.000
7,000
100
500
4.000
40
160
1,00
100
12,000
ioo
40
50
3,600
f)12
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Sept. 30, 1887.
No. in
Tariff.
■279
2S1
282
283
284
285
286
287
■>s
289
290
291
292
293
294
29.i
206
297
298
299
300
301
Articles, etc.
XI.— Chemical Products, Phar-
mai-ki THAL Compositions and
Medicaments in GENERAL.—
contd.
Lactates.— eontd.
Of iron, pure or combined with
other salts
.. metals, not otherwise dis-
tinguished
„ alkaloids or organic bases . .
Laudanuml Rousseau or Sydenhaml
" Le Roy " (purgative) . . ... . . — . . . .
Lemonades (gaseous), 01 all kinds. .
Liniments and fomentations, not
otherwise mentioned ....
Lupulin
l.vcopodium
Magnesia, fluid (Murray and other
descriptions)
Manganates and permanganates of
every description
Manna sugar, crystallised
Cocoa butter
Honey :
0 nprepared. or bees
Prepared
Molvbdates of any kind
Naphthaline and naphtol
Narcotinc or Derosne salt
Nitrates or azotates :
Of ammonia
,, baryta
„ bismuth (sub) in powder, or
in troches
,. lime, pure
,, cadmium
„ lead :
Common or unprepared..
Pure
,. cerium
„ cobalt, solid, or liquid
,. copper, crystallised
., lithia
.. magnesia
.. mercury :
Proto or deuto
Soluble Hahnemann mer-
cury ..
.. nickel, solid or liquid
,, potash :
Impure, nitre salts of nitre
Pure
., silver. crystallised or smelted
.. soda, refined or unrefined ..
.. strontlan
,. uranium
.. metals, not otherwise men-
tioned
„ alkaloids or organic bases . .
Nitrites or a/.otites of all kinds
Nitrobcnzinc or essence of Myrbane
Nitroprussiates of any kind
Oleine, pure or common
Opodeldoc
Oxalates:
Of bismuth
.. fterium
,, nickel
,. lithia or lithium
,. potash, neutral or acid
„ silver
,. metals, not otherwise men-
tioned
„ alkaloids or organic bases . .
i ix\ chlorides:
"Of bismuth
,, any other metal
i bides :
Of barium or baryta (proto orbi)
,, bismuth
,, cadmium
„ cerium
„ lead :
Yellow or massicot and
vermilion, blue and
vitreous, litharge nr
gold litharge
White siccative
,, cobalt
,, iron :
lilack, and red or colco-
thar
(Per) or peroxide of iron,
hydrated, gelatinous ..
,, lithium or lithia
„ magnesia :
( alcined, common
Rates of Duty.
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Reis.
2.0OO
5,000
100
4.000
2.000
S00
2,000
1,800
1,300
800
2.000
3,000
1.000
250
1.000
15
3.000
30
500
200
4.000
1.200
10.000
200
GOO
8,000
8.000
1,000
2CO00
1,200
2,500
5.000
0,000
30
200
30
100
250
15.000
1,300
100
3,200
1.200
3.200
400
2,000
4.000
5.000
6.000
20.000
350
30,000
2,000
100
4,000
2,000
3,500
4.000
10.000
16,000
50
160
12,000
250
500
16,000
1,000
No. in
Tariff.
302
303
304
305
306
307
30S
309
310
311
312
313
314
215
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
321
Articles, etc.
XI.— Chemical Products, Phar-
maceutical Compositions and
Medicaments in General. —
contd.
Oxides — contd.
Of magnesia :
Calcined, " Henry "
,, manganese (per or hi)
„ mercury (proto, bi, or deuto),
mereurious oxide, oxide,
mercuric salt
,, nickel
„ gold
„ platinum
,, potassium or. potash :
Pure or alcoholic potash . .
Impure, caustic potash ..
,, silver
,, sodium or soda :
Pure or alcoholic soda
Impure or caustic soda . .
Liquid
,, uranium
,, zinc :
Impure (white) or ceruse
of zinc
Impure dust
Pure, sublimate, flowers
of zinc
,, any metal, not otherwise
mentioned
Pancreatine, pure
" Papaina "
Chemical or medicinal papers of
any kind
Pectoral or medicinal lozenges of
any kind
Medicinal past illes or tablets of any
kind
Pepsine
Phcnates :
Of soda (phenol of soda) and
other mineral bases
„ alkaloids or organic bases..
Medicinal pearls of any kind
Phosphates, pyrophosphates, and
metaphosphates :
Of alumina
,, lime
„ cobalt
,, iron :
Simple (proto or deuto)
Of manganese and of other
metals, and (pyro) sim-
ple, citro- ammoniacal,
and of soda, liquid or
solid
Pyrophosphates of iron
and of quinine
,, lithium or lithia
,, silver
,, nickel
,. soda:
Phosphate
Pyrophosphate or meta-
phospliate, and of am-
monia
,, any metal, not otherwise
mentioned
,, alkaloids or organic bases. .
Phosphites and hypophosphites :
Of any metal
., alkaloids or organic bases . .
Phosphurets of all kinds
Sledicinal pills, balls and grains of
every kind
Piperine
Podophylin
Stag-horn, raw, or in powder or
calcined
Medicinal powders, compounded :
Dover or ipecacuanha
James oraiitiiuonial powders. .
Of pepsine. of any kind
,. pancreatine, of any kind. . ..
Seidlitz of any kind not other-
wise specified
Pyridine
Qiiinates of any kind
Quinine and quinidine, and salts of
the same, not otherwise
mentioned
Quinium of any kind
Medicinal soap of any kind
Saccbarates. saccharoles, and sac-
charides
Salts:
For the manufacture of ice —
Rates of Duty,
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
Reis.
4,000
40
2,000
3.0U0
500
300
3,000
120
50
3.000
120
30
16,000
70
500
800
800
30
60
2,000
1,000
1,000
4.000
Gramme
Kilog.
2.500
100
3,200
4,000
hOO
11.000
1.500
3,000
50
16.00U
30,000
8,000
500
1,500
Gramme
2.100
100
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
6.000
100
5,000
Gramme
4,800
40
15
Kilog.
600
■•
5.000
4.000
20.000
12,000
"
2,400
0.000
10.000
Gramme
Kilog.
50
16
l.ooo
,.
1,800
"
160
Sept. 30, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
613
XI.— Chemical Prodi-cts.Phar-
maceutical compositions and
Medicaments in
contd.
Salts— contd.
Vichy, for bathing and drink-
ing, and Carlsbad Kilog.
Of any other description
323 Salicine Gramme
326 Sarsaparilla (Sands. Bristol. Ayer,
and other fluid extracts).. Kilog.
327 Santonine
328 Silicates :
Pure, for medicinal use ,,
Impure, for the arts, liquid or
solid
329 Stearates :
Of any metal
„ alkaloids or organic bases
330 Strychnine
331 Succinates of any kind
Rcis.
1,300
2,100
10
2.000
10,000
1,200
80
2.000
Gramme
100
60
i.
16
Xote.— The translation of the Brazilian Customs Tariff will
be continued in the next number of the Journal .
New Customs Tariff op Portugal.
With reference to the notification which appeared on page
390 of the May number of the Board of Trade Journal, a
despatch, dated the 18th August last, has been received from
Mr. M. de Bunsen, Her Majesty's Charged' Affaires at Lisbon,
enclosing translation of the new Portuguese Customs
Tariff, which will come into operation on the 1st of October
next.
Tarij) Proper.
(Note.— The column headed "Total Duty" refers to the
duties leviable under the Portuguese General Tariff a3 modi-
fied by treaties between Portugal and other Powers. The
additional duties for Custom House fees and Harbour Works,
in the case of articles not governed by any of the treaties, are
stated to be included in the rates specified in the final
column.)
(Xote.— Kilogramme = 2'20ilb. avoirdupois. Decalitre = 2'2
Imp. Gallons. Milreis = ls. 6d.)
No.
Ill
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
121
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
131
135
136
137
260
261
262
263
264
267
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
Articles.
Conventional
Duty.
Three per Cent.
for Custom
House Fees.
Tax for
Harbour
Works.
Total Duty.
Kilog.
Class VII.— Mineral Substances. Glass, Crystal
ami Ceramic Products. Keis.
Sulphuric and chlorhydric acids
Azotic or nitric acid
Saltpetre
Sulphate of soda, potash, copper, or iron
Carbonate of potash, raw
Do. refined
Carbonate of soda, refined, dry, or crystallised
Chlorate of sodium, caustic alkali, solid or liquid
Chemical products, not otherwise distinguished
Earths for colouring, and ochres
Explosives, nototherwise distinguished, includingtares
Dynamite and powder without cartridges, including
tares
Gunpowder in cartridges, including shot and tares
Gypsum, calcined, and cements .
Hydraulic lime and pozzolana clay
Marbles
Mineral oils for lighting purposes, pure or refined, and
other residues
Coal and coke
Combustible fossils and their products, not otherwise
dist inguished
Mineral waters, including tares
Minerals, manufactured
Glass vessels, common, of any colour
Glass and crystal, in polished sheets, with or without
frames
Glass and crystal, manufactured, not otherwise
classified
Earthenware
Porcelain
Ceramic products, not distinguished
Class XI.— Miscellaneous Articles.
Cotton seed oil
Fixed oils, vegetable, not otherwise mentioned
Volatile oils, not solid and not elsewhere specified
Camphor, refined
Oleaginous cotton seeds, cleaned
Fruits and seeds, for distilling, not otherwise men-
tioned
Barky, germinated, and yeast
Vegetable juices and materials, not otherwise men-
tioned
Soap
Gelatine, glue, and fish gum
Glues, nototherwise mentioned
Wax, raw. cleaned, or its residues (gross weight I
Candles of any description
Ink (including the tare)
Varnishes, colours, and inks, not solid, not otherwise
mentioned (gros3 weight)
Blacking (including the tare)
Acids, fatty, and margariue
Medicinal substances and perfumery', not elsewhere
specified
Medicines, nototherwise mentioned (including the tare) Kilog.
Perfumery of every description (including bottles, but
excepting the boxes of paper or wood) | „ 200
Matches of all descriptions „ —
Keis.
Reis.
12
Reis.
1
30
35
5
7
55
15
10
ad val.
6
300
1 ad val.
Kilog. -
Ton —
Kilog. —
1 , ad val.
Kilog. -
25 % ad val.
Kilog. 100
" 200
2 ad val.
250
350
3
1
3 ad val.
325
Kilog.
ad val.
3
25
ad ral.
20
ad val.
27
% ad val
1
11
110
100
220
2
_
800
50
700
100
30
15
-
o
-
7 ad val.
50
60
10
20
80
50
—
30
80
60
_
7
; ad val.
300
14
220
80
614
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. l*ept. 30, 1887.
Free List. (U.)
( Articles free oj Import Duty, but subject to a taxoj iper
cent, ad valorem, for works in Harbours and Bars. J
No.
17
18
32
S3
39
40
a
12
43
41
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
51
5o
56
57
58
59
Italy.
Classification of Articles in Customs Tariff.
(.Vote.— Quintal = 220'41b. avoirdupois. Kilogramme = 2'20llb.
avoirdupois. Lira = 9,^. I
The following decisions affecting the classification of articles
in the Italian Customs Tariff have recently been given by the
Italian Customs authorities: —
Phenic acid, containing GO per cent, of light oil.— Category I
No. 8a. Duty. 3S lire per quintal.
Chlorhydrate of quinine.— Category III., No. 326. Duty
5 lire per kilog.
Carbonate of magnesia, natural.— Category III.. No. 45.
Duty, 5 lire per quintal.
New South Wales.
Modification of Customs Duties.
With reference to the notification that appeared on page 267
of the December number of the Board of Trade Journal a
communication, dated the 20th July last, has been received
from the New South Wales Government statistician, enclos-
ing copy of an Act modifying the Customs duties on certain
articles imported into that colony. The following statement
shows ihe new duties imposed by this Act which, up to the
30th of September next, is to be read with th'3 previous Act of
1886, notice of which appeared in the December number of the
Journal— that is. the old duties are leviable except in regard
to the articles specified in the following Schedule (on winch
the new duties came into force on the 30th March last, and
were to remain in force until the 30th September next, after
which date the new tariff alone comes into operation) : —
Classification of Articles.
Cement.. per barrel £0
Essences, flavouring and fruit, containing not more
than 25 . of proof spirit per gallon 0 4
Containing more than 25 , of proof spirit, per gallon n it
Glucose, liquid and syrup per cwt 0 3
solid ' 0
Naphtha or gasoline per gallon 0 0
EXTRACTS FROM CONSULAR A XI)
DIPLOMATIC REPORTS.
German Law respecting the Employment of
Colours in Articles of Food.
(See Board of Trade Journal for September, page 275, seg.)
The Wine Trade of La Rochelle.
Ib., page 279, seq.
British and German Trade in Brazil.
lb., page 280, seg.- •'Unless it be in chemicals and drugs—
and in earthenware— it is absurd to suppose that Great Britain
lie supremacy in any single article imported into this
province.
! i \i i w Trade
DURING THE
iiF DSS7.
I 1 1 :- I Six MONTHS
Mineral ore.
Sulphur, refined or unrefined.
Metallic antimony, pure or sulphurated.
Quicksilver or mercury.
Resins, gums, and resinous gums.
Concrete fixed oils.
Volatile turpentine oils.
india-rubber and gutta-percha.
Oleaginous seeds, not otherwise mentioned.
Dry materials for the ails.
Vi _-, table materials not classified.
Colouring materials and products.
Bromide, iodine, and phosphorus.
Arsenical acid.
Pyroligueous acid, marking 6 in the Beaume
areometer.
Azotate of soda.
Azotate of silver.
Carbonate of soda, natural.
Borate of soda.
Chloride of calcium
Boxes of chemical preparations and copies for study.
Miners' fuses.
Shreds and rubbish for paper paste, and paste in any
shape for paper manufacture.
Ice.
Manures for agriculture.
He page 282.
Associations for the Development of the
Export Trade in Germany.
A despatch, dated the 23rd August last, has been received
from Mr, K. Milbankc, her Majesty "s Secretary of Legation at
Coburg, respecting the forming of an association at Gotha for
the development of the export trade. The following is an
extract from the despatch in question:—
"It is intended, according to the local press, to found at
Gotha an association for the development of the export trade
of the manufactures of this part of Germany. Similar asso-
ciations (export-rcrcine) have been established in various
parts of the Empire with the objecl of facilitating the export
of Herman goods to foreign countries by enabling the individ-
ual manufacturers to obtain, with little trouble, and but small
cost, information as to the best markets for their goods, the
kind of articles which will find most ready sale, etc.
'* These associations intend, moreover, it is stated, to appoint
representatives in the great commercial centres, as well as
travelling agents, whose business it will be to furnish reliable
information respecting the goods to be exported, and the
state of the market as affecting the manufactures of the
district to which they belong.
" It appears now to be considered advisable, in the interests
of Thuringian trade, to establish such an association at Gotha."
Egypt.
Drug Trade of Alexandria.
The exports of drugs from Alexandria during the last two
years were as under. The effects of the Soudan war are
traceable in the enormous reduction in the quantity of gum
arabic exported :—
Drugs proper
Chemicals, medicines, and per-
fumery
Cum Arabic
Wax
£37,134
11.699
14,717
9,s;;i
£29,287
9,513
100.112
11.867
while among the imports the following are enumerated :—
1886.
1885.
Indigo
Other dyes
Soap
( 'iiemicals and perfumery
Olive oil
Spices
£1S4.665
36,791
131.605
II 2.335
80,110
40.828
£254.822
43.095
142.618
107.785
93,031
67,111
French Colonies.
Vanilla-growing in Reunion.
The quantity of vanilla exported from the island of Reunion
in 1S85 was 111.2291b. lvalue £54.8311. while in IS86, 110,3081b.
lvalue £53.7521 were shipped. The high prices lately realised
by vanilla on the European markets have been a great temp-
tation to many persons in Reunion to convert what little land
they possess into vanilla plantations; but this happy state of
things is not destined to a long life, vanilla being an article
for which the demand is restricted, and its over-production
must necessarily be attended by a great fall in value.
Essential Oils.
The industry of perfume manufacture is assuming consider-
able proportions in Reunion. At present the industry is
mainly confined to the manufacture of essence of geranium.
great tracts of land having been devoted to the cultivation of
this plant. Otherperfum.es are as yet ma le on an insignificant
scale only; but this industry may assume large proportions.
Japan.
Nagasaki Drue/ Trade.
The value of the imports into Nagasaki of Western (Euro-
pean I) drugs, medicines, and chemicals in 1886 was £51137,
against £3551 in 1S85. Of dyes and paints £3989 worth was
received in 1886. and £1876 the year before.
The exports include : —
1856.
1885.
Camphor
Cuttlefish
Drugs (sundry) ..
Sulphur
Vegetable wax..
lb.
5.096.674
2.017,172
1,001.350
151,611
£
76.191
39,822
2. 21 HI
1.716
2,615
lb.
1.288 918
2.106.091
1,053,604
385,538
£
80.300
38.1M
3,290
2.211
6.850
Sept 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF TIIK SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
615
Sulpft nr Exports,
In 18S6 4117 tons of sulphur were exported from Hakodate,
of a value of £7960 6s. 8d., against 6260 tons l.Vwt., rained at
EU.529 7s. 6d.. in 1835, being a decrease of 2190 tons and
5. 10d. The production was about the same as in 1885,
and the prices did not vary. Of the quantity shipped, about
9v»0 tons went to San Francisco and the remainder to New
York. At the end of the year there were some 2500 tons of
sulphur on hand, owing bo difficulty in obtaining suitable
vessels to take it away. It is anticipated thai the production
of sulphur during 1887 will be greatly in excess of former
years, as a company has been formed to work the sulphur
mines at Atosanobori, near Kushiro, and a line of rails will be
laid from the works to Shibecha. a distance of nearly twenty-
five miles; thence the sulphur will be conveyed by river to
K iishiro, a distance of about forty-four miles. Hitherto great
difficulty has been experienced in conveying the refined
Milphur from the works to the river.
Persia.
Bushirc Exports.
The following articles figure among the exports of the port
of Bushire :—
Drugs and medicines
I>yeingand colouring materials
Gum
opium
Perfumery
1886.
1885.
Value
Value
£2,216
£1,010
1.387
1,126
1.97S
5.32S
303.071
310.240
9.025
6.071
TSADE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE V SITED
KINGDOM.
(1.) Imports into the United Kingdom from Spain.
Principal Articles.
Chemical products unenume-
rated Value
Copper ore and rcgulus . Tons
Value
Manganese ore Ton,*
Value
Pyrites of iron or copper.. .Tons
Value
Quicksilver lb.
Value
Rags, Esparto Tons
Value
July, 1886.
£3,
1.
£59.
1
£:
35
£05
285,
£215.
3.
£1S.
792
(I7.i
712
,150 •
,013
.712
541
567
177
116
176
July, 1887.
Total Value
£4,895
7,098
£110,366
-»
£8
11,466
£77,256
289,125
£25.250
1.U17
£23,260
1886.
1"7.
July ...
August
£195.364
£518,550
£681,501
£660,821
(2.) Exports of British and Irish Producefrom the United
Kingdom to Spain.
Principal Articles.
July, 1886.
July, 1887.
Alkali Cwt.
Value
Caoutchouc manufactures
Value
Cement Tons
Value
Chemical products, including
26,102
£9.021
£824
2,030
£3,445
£2.603
£231
£5.350
£1.503
184
£1.181
190
£190
25,137
£8,782
£930
502
£970
£5 521
Coal products, including
naphtha, etc Value
Painters' colours and materials
Value
1 'a pel of all sorts Cwt.
Value
Value
£221
£4.808
£2,290
349
£760
186
£207
Total Value
1886.
1887
July
£221 7 " *-'lU .v>l
£233,117
£313,297
STATISTICS.
Trade Statistics for August.
The Board of Trade Returns for August show the following
figures :—
Imports.
Aug., 1886.
Total value £27,321,354
Exports.
Aug., 1886.
British and Irish Produce .... £18,711.859
Foreign and Colonial Produce
(partly estimated) 1,610,586
Aug.. 1887.
£29,699,020
An-., 1887.
£19,788,299
1.162.080
Below are the details affecting drugs and chemicals :-
Imports.
Aug. 1885. Aug. 1886. Aug. 1887.
Drugs, unenumerated. . value £
Chemical manufactures
and Products, un-
enumerated— value £
Dyestutfs, tanning ma-
terial and crude
chemicals. unenume-
rated— value £
Alkali cwt.
value £
Brimstone cwt.
„ value £
Xitre (nitrate of sodal cwt.
„ „ value £
,, (nitrate of potash) cwt.
,, „ value £
Quicksilver lb.
value £
Bark (Cinchona) cwt.
value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
value £
Lac. seed, shell, stick,
and dye cwt.
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £
Dyes and tanning mate-
rials—
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) . . . . cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Aniline dyes value £
Alizarin value £
Other coal-tar dyes value £
Cochineal cwt.
,, value £
Cutch and gambier.. tons
,, value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Aladder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
jeet cwt.
Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
jeet value £
Valonia tons
value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut cwt.
value £
Olive tuns
value £
Palm cwt.
,, value £
Petroleum gals.
„ value £
Seed, of all kinds tuns
,, value £
Train, blubber, and
sperm tuns
Train, blubber, and
sperm value £
Turpentine cwt.
,, value £
Rosin cwt.
value £
Tallow and Stearine cwt.
value £
61.221
111,513
42,889 51.170
102.901 110.310
115.836
8.497
7.427
74.694
20,316
95.262
53,755
31.651
24.033
120,577
9,519
7.963
50.307
3,388
12,582
99,791
9.637
7,686
20,987
7,429
S.i.OK)
43.705
27.568 I
26,088 !
96.670
S.120
11,009
57,2:3
1.796
7,600
9,927
7,092
31,119
18,733
76,765
43,531
38.717
17,981
20.815
23, 4i 19
15,709
23,404
400
550
1.007
300
0.107
3.474
2.179
3,220
15,416
75,679
1.756
700 1
28,557
12,356
1,837
1,901
2,745
2,430
3,208
2.301
50,561
31,033
i
10,169
11,793
15.828
15,90:,
2, ISO
1,814
85,525
68,292
97.241
71.431
129.832
73.090
4,922,962
1.827.402
154,077
155.569
1,016
1.116
28,696
34.284
2,519
2,330
68,626
55,302
35,829
23,260
40.271
30.971
103.557
120.9S7
30.031
38.881
104,181
97.102
157.247
122,722
124.516
7.591
5,574
36.842
7,862
168,257
73.H5
23.489
19,6iS
90,000
7.530
10.305
46.619
3.S40
1S.392
11,929
30,216
29.580
10.033
21.978
22,461
418
881
5.474
2,757
65,363
778
12,616
S99
1.410
2,806
36,162
6.989
9.556
2.280
77.307
115.057
106.678
i.097.811
136,251
897
22,802
2,598
50.362
61.091
81.216
96.995
22. ITS
94,990
107,951
616
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. ISept. 30, 1887.
Exports.
Aug., 1885.
Aug., 1886.
Aug., 1887.
British and Irish pro-
duce : —
Alkali
cwt.
126.076
153.313
176.903
value £
cwt.
127,900
110.188
126.783
129.387
135,223
Bleaching materials
119,893
value £
36,381)
39,366
15,139
Drugs and medicinal
preparations (un-
enumerated)
value £
71,1162
61,130
71,176
Other chemicals anc
medicinal prepa-
value £
159.836
161,126
1S6.303
Chemical manure ..
value £
111,413
128.507
151.138
Oil (seed)
tons
5,004
3.791
4,910
value £
cwt.
117,531
28.411
85,055
35.511
106,758
33,675
value £
31,879
35,127
31,159
Painters' colours
and materials (un-
value £
99,681
96,991
125,691
Koreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Bark. Cinchona
cwt.
8,125
7,960
9.395
....
value £
43,521
36,580
30,012
Chemicals (unenu-
merated)
,,
16,309
11,132
18,637
Cochineal
cwt.
1.038
870
198
value £
6,350
5.793
3,251
Cutch and gambier
tons
925
1,077
678
value £
18,252
27,710
IS. 031
cwt.
4.984
1.3SS
5.077
value £
17.123
18.005
22.086
Indigo
cwt.
3,228
3.218
2.0S1
value £
67,915
59,183
42,519
Lac, various kinds..
cwt.
1,455
1,569
6,307
value £
13.905
10.545
15,810
Lard
cwt.
2,505
2,216
2.257
value £
1.954
4.188
3,196
Oils, cocoa-nut
cwt.
9.919
8.628
3.058
value £
15,178
12,614
3,931
„ olive
tuns
168
216
221
value £
cwt.
8.515
21.340
9.115
24,989
7,592
27,863
value £
gals.
28,820
.V.I. MB
25.863
35.509
21.800
„ petroleum
27.772
value £
3.818
1,356
1.216
Quicksilver
lb.
186,678
296,411
168,300
,,
value £
36.709
26,699
42,936
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash)
cwt.
7,061
1.768
3.345
value £
5,929
1,154
2.768
Tallow and stearinc
cwt,
5,384
16.257
35.060
••
value £
8,012
18,152
38,130
rear 1879, when a change was made in the excise regulations
which affecl the trade. At t !.;> t time, and for some rears
Ereviously, soda, equal to about 27.000 pure carbonate, had
ecu imported from abroad, tbi- being about 10 per cent, of the
quantitj consumed in the country. Since thai period the
production has increased so as to stop importation, and to
leave a small balance for export. At the same time the price
lias fallen from 20e. to 8s. per kilo— 48 per cent, soda ash.
There are in Germany twenty-four alkali works, from which
the yearly output is a quantity equivalent to 150.000 tons pure
carbonate. This is against an output in 1878 of 42,000 tops.
This rapid growth is shown in the following tabular
statement :—
Import and Export of Foreign Soda to or from Germany.
Amount given in tons.
Annual Production of Alkali,
Kingdom.
etc., in United
By the kind assistance of Mr. E. K. Muspratt, hon. sec. to
the Alkali Manufacturers' Association. lam enabled to append
a tabular statement of the amount of the various products of
the soda industry, annually produced from the year 1877 to 1886
Alkali 48%
Year.
Salt -
decom-
posed. Lebl'nc ,
Process
Soda
Crys-
tals.
1877
1878
1879
lssj)
1881
1882
1883
1881
1SS5
1886
578.201
568.512
615.287
700.016
675.099
679.935
705.732
690.502
72-M72
713.112
217.556
196,876
230.683
266,093
238,68:
233.213
227.281
201.07-'
184.597
165,782
Bleach- Bi-car-
Caastic ins bonate
Bod*. Powder of
[ • . Soda.
6,220 169,769
11,116 170,872
15.526 1S5.319
18,8 0 192,926
20.100 203,773
39.000 180,816
52,750 188.678
61.480 182.507
77.530 202.705
85,000 182,379
71.663
81,612
86.511
106.381
108.310
1 16.861
119.929
111.639
111.951
153.8S1
105,529
105,014
115,i90
131.606
135.826
135.170
141.868
128,651
132.761
136.234
12.109
11.756
13.083
13,539
12.853
14.115
13.609
11,576
15.179
15.083
1,161.017
1.118.818
1.126,699
1,129,361
1,391,918
1.399.113
1,452,188
1,423.487
1.480.198
1,454,465
Total
Year.
Soda Ash.
Caustic.
Crystals.
Pi-car-
bonate.
Calculated
as Pure
Carbonate
1872
7,513
1.331
10,977
238
12.211
1873
10,101
1.858
12.306
172
16.093
1871
15.113
3.751
11.010
404
22,638
1875
16.061
5.980
11.381
517
26.104
1876
11.412
7,831
13,253
503
27.500
1877
11.530
7.915
10.679
510
26.787
1878
14.111
9,275
9.219
452
27,174
1879
15.911
6,887
10.6S6
366
26.475
1880
6.061
9.373
10.053
263
20.512
1881
6.310
5.266
10,833
327
16.132
1882
5,598
6.134
7.332
297
15.251
1883
887
4.748
2,076
206
7.917
18X4
7.SM
1.973
2,037
250
SfiOS
1885
- 963
2,299
282
112
■'■.::"
1886
9,150
676
1,759
120
10,i0h
' This includes chlorate of potash, taking 5 tons of bleaching powder
for 1 ton of chlorate. The amount of chlorate now made is 7000 tons per
annum.
Statistics OK THE GERMAN SODA INDUSTRY.
(From a lecture delivered before the British Association
at Manchester, by Mr. A. K. hletcher, II. M. Chief Inspector
under Alkali, etc. Work* Regulation Act. I
By the kindness of Mr. Hasenclcrer, o( Aachen, I am
enabled to give the following statistics of the German soda
Indus! ly. There has been a great development of it since the
• The figures printed in italics indicate exports, the plain figures
imports.
Mr. Hasenclever adds that it is, in his opinion, impossible
for Germany to carry on permanently an export trade in soda
products, since in England all the raw materials for that
industry are cheaper, and the alkali works are better situated
in relation to the seaports.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Chilian Borax.
From some analyses made by Senor Emil Eisele.
of Valparaiso, and by Mr. J. Clark, of London, of several
samples of crude Chilian borax, it would appear that
Chill is capable of producing at least as good borax as Cali-
fornia, the quality being equal to a good deal of that which
comes from Italy. The attempts which are being made to
open up a borax industry in Chili would, therefore, seem
likely to prove successful.
Trade in New Perfumes.
The Danish Archie for.PharmacioftcchniskChcmi for July
of this year describes two new vegetable perfumes which have
lately become articles of commerce. One of these is a kind of
jj/lojiia'from the province of Chirigui in Costa Rica. The
odour closely resembles that of canaga odorata, and the
flowers are now used, like those of that plant, in the manufac-
ture of ylang-ylang. The other is named ouco, and is the
extremely odorous blossom of a kind of acacia tree which is
found in Central Africa, and which Serpa Pinto was the first
to describe. The ouco flowers are brought down the Cubangin
river for sale : they cover the trees on which they grow with
such profusion that they fill the atmosphere with the over-
powering richness of their scent.
Production of Mai.va Fip.ee in Brazil.
The Belgian Bulletin du Music Commercial for the 13th
August last, quotes from the Journal Coni7ncrcial ct Maritime
an article on the growth of malea in the province of Ceara in
Brazil. Until lately this plant, the orena lubata. was looked
upon as a weed ; it now proves to be a considerable source of
wealth. The fibre of the malea forms an excellent material
for the manufacture of sacks, ami is found to take the place of
jute. It is beginning to be largely exported for manufacturing
purposes to Kurope. The preparation of the malea fibre is
easy and cheap, and if machinery of a suitable kind were
introduced From Europe it might lie produced on a large scale.
The journals of Ceara assert that their province contains in
abundance other textile plants, which need only to be pre-
pared to become a source of revenue.
Sept. SO, 1887.1 THE JOUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
617
Imposts of Medicines.
Tlic following tuble shows the amount of duly collected by
the Customs on the importation of the articles named for the
years ending March 31, 1886 anil 1887, respectively!—
Chloroform
Chloral hydrate
Collodion
Ether, sulphuric
Ethyl, iodide of
Naphtha, purified
Soap, transparent, in the manufacture of
which spirit has been used
Varnish containing alcohol
1887.
1886.
£.
2
979
16
15
£.
6
1045
6
5
180
112
221
91
As the duty oil chloroform is 3s. per lb., it appears thai the
total quantity of that article imported from abroad last year
was under 111b. The duty on chloral hydrate is Is. 3d. per lb.
The total import of the chemical for home consumption was
therefore 15,GGHb.-C. «nd D. 10/9/87.
Recent Trade Blue Books.
Mining and Mineral Statistics of the United Kingdom of
Great Britain and Ireland, including Lists of Mines and
Mineral Works for the pear 1886, and a list of plans of
abandoned mines. (Cf—SlSS) Price is. Td.
Special Report from the Select Committee on Merchandise
Marks Act {1869) Amendment Bill, together with the Proceed
inas of the Committee Minutes of Evidence and Appendix.
90S. Price is. W.
flgontftlp Ipatcnt list.
I.— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS and
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
11412 B.H. Thwaite, Liverpool. Improvements in methods
of calcining and heating argillaceous, calcareous, and metal-
liferous substances and any mixture thereof, and in apparatus
therefor. August 22
11156 \V. S. Squire, London. Improvements in machinery
for the separation of solid matters from liquids, and for wash-
ing out and exhausting the solid matters so separated.
August 23.
1H73 C. Kasefang. London. Taps or cocks specially adapted
for the delivery of fluids under pressure. August 23
11519 P. Hodkinson, London. Apparatus for consuming
smoke in steam-boiler and other furnaces. August 21
11519 G. Large, Wolverhampton. A water tuyere with a
false nose or nozzle for use in hearths, cupolas, furnaces, etc.
August 25.
11609 J. E. Warren, London. Means and apparatus for
filtering water and other fluids. Complete specification.
August 26
11622 X. Petersen, London. Improvements in furnaces.
August 26
11628 C. Howe, B. Beckwith, and J. H. Beckwith, Londo.i.
Apparatus for generating secondary steam ; specially appli-
cable for distilling water. August 27
11636 R. Kob8on, Leeds. Atmospheric injector, forimproving
draught and consuming smoke in furnaces. August 27
11780 R. Cahn, London. Cooling apparatus. August 30
11811 J. H. Hayes, London. Improved means for regulating
the supply of gas and other fluids or liquids. August 31
11865 R. Gough, London. New or improved filter.
September 1
11876 F. W. Cannon, G. P. Addison, and F. R. Burnett,
London. Method and apparatus for generating steam.
September 1
11877 J. Nicholas and H. H. Fanshaw, London. Construction
of water or liquid gauges. September 1
11887 W. Fairweather— From the Babcock and Wilcox
Company, United States. Drumheads and manifolds for
sectional steam generators. Complete specification.
September 2
11891 B. D. Healey, Bamber Bridge. Making and working
furnace rocking bars. September 2
11929 B. Willcox— From M. Perret, France. Firebars or
grates for furnaces. September2
11981 W. Leigh, London. Amalgamating apparatus.
September 3
11984 H. F. Green, London. Processes and apparatus for
producing currents of air, spray, and gas, and for purifying,
disinfecting, and chemically treating the same. September 3
12003 J. R. Alsing, London. Method of and apparatus for
reducing sawdust, straw, and other vegetable substancesto an
Impalpable powder or to a pulp, the apparatus being also
applicable for pulverising hard substances. Complete speci-
fication. September 5
12038 J. S. Doran— From J. Reilly, United States. Heating
apparatus. September 6
12071 J. von Ehrenwerth, London. Improved regenerative
gas furnace with periodical action. Complete specification.
September6
12088 R. II. Brownhill, Manchester. Rotary pumps for
raising and forcing liquids. Complete specification.
September 7
12153 F. H. Danchell. London. Filter-presses. September 8
12169 P. Alfieri, Naples. Preventing and removing the in-
crustations in steam boilers— known as " Vegetable Disin-
crustant." Complete specification. Septembers
12180 G. Seagrave, London. Apparatus for heating or cooling
air, gas, or other fluids. September 8
12216 H. L. Currier, London. Method and apparatus for re-
moving the scale and other deposits from steam boiler and
other tubes. Complete specification. September 9
12249 W. McElroy and 11. Connett, London. Machines and
apparatus for carbonating liquids. September 9
12293 W. P. Thompson— From \\ . Jager (W. Pataky),
Prussia. Centrifugal machine Alters. Completespecifieation.
September 10
12352 T. L. G. Bell, London. Means and apparatus for dis-
tilling sulphur, tar, rosin, arsenic, sal-ammoniac, and the like.
September 12
12357 R. M. Bryant, London. Anti-incrustation preparation
for steam boilers. September 12
12155 H. W. Lewis, London. An improved press for com-
pressing cotton, jute, sewage, clay, china clay, small coal,
artificial fuel, tar, yeast or barm, etc., into partly solid blocks.
September 11
12594 J. H. Hayes, London. Means for regulating the supply
of gas and other fluids or liquids. September 16
12627 G. F. Deacon. Liverpool. Apparatus for disintegrating
the flow- of liquids. September 17
12631 O. Imray— From La Compagnie Industrielle des
Procedes RaoulPictet, France. An improvement in refrigerat-
ing apparatus. September 17
12685 D. Mellor, London. Furnaces and furnace bars.
September 19
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.'
12475 J. Y. Johnson— From L. Labeyrie. Automatic valve
for steam and other pipes or conduits conveying fluids under
pressure. August 31
12907 A. Brin and L. Q. Brin. Apparatus for combustion of
liquid, gaseous, or pulverulent fuel, for generating steam, etc.
September 14
13605 J. Cooke. Composition for preventing and removing
incrustation and corrosion in boilers. September 3
13789 F. Siemens. A combined evaporating and calcining
furnace. August 27
13861 J. Bernhardt Apparatus for distilling, condensing,
heating, cooling, and extracting operations. August 31
13959 J. Howie and T. Groves. Open kilns. September 3
11111 R. CunUffe and J. Lund. Apparatus for calcining.
drying or roasting materials, and extracting gases or acid
therefrom. September 10
11349 G. Dietrich. Apparatus for promoting consumption of
smoke by means of air and steam jets. September U •
11415 E. A. Cowper. Filter-presses. September 21
14535 C. A. Sahlstrbhm. Apparatus for burning oil. tar, and
similar substances. September 17 ...
11613 T. Gilmour. Feed-heating apparatus. September li
11873 H. H. Lake— From M. Hanford and C. C. Hanford. See
Class XVI.
11967 E. O. Cooper and \\ . T. Cooper. Preventing and
removing calcareous incrustations. September 21
15006 T. Routledge— From A. Abadie, France. Apparatus for
crushing, grinding, triturating, disintegrating, reducing or pre-
paring fibrous materials, or mineral, chemical, oleaginous, or
other substances. August 31
1887.
3818 C. J. Buliring. Filtering apparatus. September 21
8260 M. Lachman— From J.J. Hauer. Apparatus for auto-
matically supplying gas to closed vessels at a regulated
pressure. August 31 .... ,, . *
10393 E. W. Tucker. Hot air bridge walls for furnaces.
August 27 . ,
10451 O. D. Orvis. Means for consuming smoke and gases in
furnaces. August 31
10535 H. Davev. Air-compressing pumps. August 31
10723 R. Cunliffe and J. Lund. Apparatus for calciniag,
drying, roastingorcarbonisingmaterials, and extracting gases,
spirits, or acids therefrom.
11035 R. Clayton. Construction of filters.
II.— FUEL, GAS and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
11367 G. Thew, J. Stansfield, and G. Long, Farnworth.
Making illuminant gas and other chemical products from
human excreta. August 20
• The dateB given are the dates of the official Journals in which
acceptance rf the Complete Specifications are advertised. Complete
specifications llua advertised as accepted are open In mspection at the
Patent Office imincoiately, and to opposition within two months ol the
said dales.
618
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept. 30, 1887
11439 \V. C. I'. Asselbergs, London. Improvements in
hydraulic mains for gas works. Complete specification.
August 22
mm W. C. P. Asselbergs. Improvements in apparatus for
purifying or washing gas. August 22
11450 A. Eiehelbrcnner. London. Improvements in the
manufacture of illuminating gas. August --
11537 O. Bo wen and A. S. Fomkins. London. Improvements
in the manufacture of charco il. August 21
11627 J. A. Walker, Farnham. An improved means of
obtaining greater heat and generating steam more rapidly in
boilers b\ the agency of liquid fuel. August 2G
11783 J. Hall, London. Improvements in machinery for the
manufacture of artificial fuel. August .'ill
12129 J. McEwen, London. An improved double purifier or
gas washer. Complete specification. September 7
122211 A. Kitson, Philadelphia. Improvements in carburet-
ing gas lamps. Complete specification. September 9
12t.il J. T. Williams, London. Improvements in treating
anthracite coal, and in machinery or apparatus therefor.
September 14
l-'l-l W. 11. Nevill, London. Improvements in artificial
fuel for heating and gas producing purposes. September 14
12519 J. Orchard and II. Lane, London. Improvements in
means and apparatus for producing and utilising heat and
energy arising from the combtistion of gases. September 15
12.560 A. Hill, Birmingham. Improvements in incandescent
gas fires. September 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
8163 R. Stone. Manufacture of fuel, and apparatus therefor.
August 24
12340 A, G. llecz;. Apparatus for the manufacture of gas
from fluid hydrocarbons. September 21
13578 H. H. Lake— From G. Godelfroy. Preparation of fuel.
August 27
13637 It. Combret. Manufacture of blocks of artificial fuel.
August 'il
13752 W. M. Cbinnery and H. Hill. Apparatus for inducing
complete combustion of mineral oil, gases or smoke, to be used
for heating or lighting. August 27
13922 W.H.Lindsay. Apparatus for moulding coal dust or
small coal into solid blocks. August 24
13985 W.H.Lindsay. Manufacture of artificial fuel. Aug. 27
15007 C. S. Court, H. Veevers. and M. Schwab. Continuous
process for the purification of coal gas from sulphur com-
pounds, by which the sulphur is recovered. September 21
15021 B. H. Thwaite. Method of generating gaseous fuel,
and apparatus therefor. September 21
188".
8953 R. B. Avery. Method and apparatus for generating gas
for illuminating, heating, and metallurgical purposes from
liquid hydrocarbons. September 21
10102 A. J. Boult— From W. C. Shaffer. Application of the
expansive power of heat, and apparatus therefor. September
11
11201 J. Tennent. Heating air and other fluids. September 21
III.
-DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
11689 A. H. Allen and R. Angus, Sheffield. Improvements
in the treatment of the oil or tar obtained by condensation
from the gases of blast furnaces, gas producers and coke
ovens, or by the distillation of bituminous shale, and in the
utilisation of the products therefrom. August 29
11716 M. L. Honnay. London. A new or improved process
for enriching pitch obtained by the evaporation of tars pro-
duced from coal. August 29
11805 S. Banner, Liverpool. Improvements in treating resins,
oleo resins, gums, pitches, varnishes, bitumens, and other like
substances. August 31
12090 Watson Smith, Manchester. The employment of the
phenoloid bodies obtained from the tar or oil condensed from
blast furnaces, coke ovens, or similar gases, or from the dis-
tillation of bituminous shale, in the manufacture of water-
proofed indiarubber goods. September 7
' OMPLETE SPE( UH A TION ACl EPTED,
1887.
13929 H. Ellison and G. E. Davis. Method for distillation of
coal tar. the oils from coke ovens, and other similar fluids.
September 14
IV.
-COLOURING MATTERS AND DYES.
APPLICATION^.
U879 C. I). Abel— From C. Wachendorff (of R. Koepp and
Co.), Germany. Production "f compounds of antimonic
fluoride with alkaline fluorides and alkaline chlorides, and
the application thereof and of known combinations of these
substances to dyeing and printing. September 1
11880 C. Ii. Abel -From the Actiengesellschaft fur Anilin-
Fabrikation, Germany. Process for the production of azo
colouring matters. September 1
11976 J. Imrav— From La Societe Anonyme dee Matieres
Colorantcs et Produits Chimiques de St. Denis. A. F. Poirrier
.mil D. A. Rosenstiehl, France. Production of azoic colouring
matters. September :;
11958 J. Dawson, Kirkbeaton, and R. Hirsch, Huddersfield.
The manufacture of rosaniline sulpho acid. September 5
11959 J. Dawson, Kirkheaton, and R. llirsrh. Huddersfield.
The manufacture of a new alpha-naphtylamine-disulphoacid.
September 5
12020 J. Imray— From La Societe Anonyme des Matieres
Colorantcs et Produits Chimiques de st. Denis, A. F. Poirrier,
andD.A. Rosenstiehl, France. Production of new azoic colour-
ing matters. September 5
122S5 E. Bent/., Manchester. Improvements in the manu-
facture and composition of oil compounds for dyeing and
calico printing, and such like purposes. September 10
12355 J. Imrav— From La Societe Anonyme des Matieres
Colorantes et Produits Chimiques de St. Denis. A. F. Poirrier
andD. A. Rosenstiehl, France. Production of new tetruzoic
colouring matters. September 12
12519 H. II. Lake -From Wirth and Co., agents for K.
Ochlcr. Germany. Improvements in the manufacture of
colouring matters. September 15
12667 C. S. Bedford, Liverpool. New or improved colouring
matters, and process of manufacturing the same.
12692 J. Imray— From La Soci6W Anonyme des Matieres
Colorantes et Produits Chimiques de St. Denis. France, A. F.
Poirrier and Z. Roussin. Production of colouring matters by
combination of nitrodiazobenzoles and their analogues with
isomers of naphthionic acid. September 19
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
11283 J. Annaheim. Methods of treating oxynaphthol and
aniline or its homologues, obtaining certain products, and
utilising the same in the manufacture of dyes. September 7
14625 J. H. Johnson— From the Badische Anilin and Soda
Fabrik. Preparation of red colouring matters. September 17
15363 D. Stewart. Preparing grey and black colouring
matters, to be applied to textile fabrics. September 21
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, "WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
11441 W. S. Archer, London. Improvements in machines
for opening or separating and cleaning cotton or other fibrous
material. August 22
11570 S. S. Bromhead-From U. C. Allen. United States. An
apparatus for separating wool, silk, or other animal fibre,
from vegetable fibre or other vegetable matter. Complete
I specification. August 25
11612 H. Martina, London. Improvements in machinery for
', preparing or dressing textile fibres. Complete specification.
August 26
11665 W. Xelson and E. Bowen, London. An improved
machine for drying wool. Complete specification. Aug. 27
12365 J. Xasmith, Manchester. Improvements in and
apparatus for combining fur or fur waste with fabrics made
from cotton, wool, or other fibrous substances. September 13
12506 J. Fitton, .1. Fitton. jun.. and E. Fitton, Bradford. An
improved method of and apparatus for carbonising or des-
troying vegetable matter contained in or mixed with woollen,
silk, or other animal fibre or fabric. September 15
12709 W. Nelson and K. Bowen, London. An improvement
in machinery or apparatus for drying wool. Complete speci-
fication. September 19
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
14610 A. C. Henderson— From La Societe Charles. Tignet1
' Sons & Co. Method and apparatus for dressing or sb.ingtex"
I tile fabrics. August 31
1SS7.
9274 E. W. Serrell. jun. Process and machinery for reeling
silk from the cocoon. September 21
VI.— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PArER
STAINING and BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
11355 W. J. S. Grawitz, London. The preparation of cotton
fibres for dveing. August 19
11394 J. H. Gartside and J. Barnes. Manchester. Improve-
ments in dyeing cotton and other vegetable fibres and yarns,
and fibres composed thereof. Augusl 20
1149! A. Graemiger, London. Processes of and apparatus
for dyeing, scouring, bleaching, and otherwise treating jam
in cops. Complete specification. August 23
11625 J. Farran, Manchester. Improvements iu bleaching
certain materials. August 21
Sept. 30. 188-.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL CNDtJSTRY.
619
11812 .1 Smith and P. W. Xicolle. Jersey. Improvements in
bleaching cotton, tlax. jute. rhei. esparto, and similar fibres
ami fibr ius - lbs an sea. Au;n-i .;.
11879 C. Ii. Abel— From c. Wa hendorff (of R. Koeppand
Co.l. Germany. .See Class IV.
12)31 A C Henderson— From U. A. G. Herisson and U.
Lefort. France. Improvements in bleaching vegetable fibres
of all kinds, whether raw or manufactured. S ipteuib
12075 B. wiilcox— From the Farbenfabriken Vormals, F.
Bayer and Co., Germany. A new process or means for pro-
ducing a so colour upon animal or vegetable fibres or fibrics
in printing or dyeing. September 6
12111 T. F. Naylor, Kidderminster. Improvements in dye-
ing yarns. September 8
12283 M. Ash worth and R. Wild, Rochdale. Improvements
in apparatus or machinery for washing, scouring, or bleaching
fibres, fibrous materials, and textile fabrics. September 10
12358 T. Sampson and F, II. Jealous. London. Improve-
ments in the dyeing of yarn and other fibrous materials, and
in means or apparatus employed therein. Complete specifica-
tion. September 13
12502 J. Ilirtwistle. Manchester. Improvements in the
printing of textile fabric-. September 15
12322 T. Skene and L. Devallee. Improvements in machines
for dyeing wool and other textile materials. September 15
13602 C. T. Clegg, H. A. Clegg. and F. Lee. .Manchester.
Improvements in apparatus for dyeing wool, cotton, silk, or
other similar fibrous material. September 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS6.
11981 A. Hodgkinson. Cleansing composition for use in
bleaching cotton and linen fabrics or varns, etc. August 31
13814 A. Aykroyd, W. E. Aykroyd, and J. Smith. Aniline
black dyeing or printing processes for obtaining a fast aniline
black in textile fibres and fabrics. September 14
1887.
4053 A. Brin and L. Q. Brin. Bleaching fibrous substances
for paper making. September 10
VII.— ALKALIS, ACIDS and SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
11119 ,1. Clark. London. Improvements in obtaining chloride
of aluminium, etc. August 22
1U56 W. S. Squire, London. See Class I.
11192 H. H. Lake— From A. Kayser, H. Williams, and A. B.
Young, United States. Improvements relating to the produc-
tion of caustic alkali carbonates of the alkaline metals,
muriatic acid, and other substances. Complete specification.
August 23
11493 H. II. Lake— From A. Kayser. H. Williams, and A. B.
Young. An improved method or process of producing silicate
of sodium or of potassium. Complete specification. Aug. 23
11494 H. H. Lake— From A. Kayser. H. Williams, and A. B.
Young. An improved method or process of producing
muriatic acid. Complete specification. August 23
11500 C. J. E. de Haen. Liverpool. Improvements in the
manufacture and application of the compounds of fluoride of
antimony with the combinations of the chlorides of sodium,
potassium, and ammonium, and phosphates of soda, potash,
and ammonia. Complete specification. August 23
11653 F. P. E. de Lalande, London. Improvements in the
manufacture of caustic soda and potash. August 27
11799 R. Wyllie, Liverpool. Improvements in and con-
nected with apparatus for distilling ammoniacal liquors.
August 31
11821 T. Schloesing, Paris. Extraction of chlorine from
solutions of chloride of magnesium. August 31
11840 G. E. Davis. Manchester. An improved method of
manufacturing alkalis. September 1
12249 W. McElroy and H. Connett. See Class I.
12071 W. L. Wise— From G. M. Tauber, Saxony. Process
for the manufacture of sodium-ammonium-sulphite and con-
verting the same into sodium sulphite and sodic hydrate.
September 19
12700 S. Pitt— From V. Ragosine and P. Dvorkovitch,
Russia. Method of producing anhydrous sulphuric acid and
its monohydrate. and of utilising for this purpose the acid
residues of petroleum production and other, as also sulphates of
all metals. September 19
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1880.
10868 J. Lea and H. R. Hammond. Sec Class X.
12180 F. H. Gossage, T. T. Mathieson, and J. Hawliczek.
Treatment of sulphate of sodium for manufacture of sulphide
of sodium therefrom, and apparatus therefor. September 7
13286 A. Frank. Treatment of spent lyes used in manufac-
ture of cellulose, by means of sulphites, fur recovery of sul-
phurous acid therefrom, and utilisation of said lyes after such
treatment. September 17
13389 E. Sulvay. Cont inuons furnace for the production of
chlorine. August 31
13762 W. Bramlcy and W. P. Cochrane. Manufacture of
hydrate carbonate of magnesia and other products produced
herein. September 3
11217 J. B. Hannay. Manufacture of sulphuric acid. Sep-
:' 111
Hill w. Burns, Manufacture of sulphuric acid under high
with agitation, andapparal i August31
11673 E. Sermite, K. .1. Patterson, and C. E. C
Apparatus for preparation of bleaching solutions by
" :" 17
11711 .1. Simpson and K. W. Parncll. Apparatus for treat-
ment of sulphuretted hydrogen for the separation of sulphur
or the production of sulphurous acid. September 21
15182 E 1'. Ales mdi r— From E. .1. !,. Delsol. Obtaining
mother-liquors free from magnesium salt- in i lie manufacture
of carbonate of potash by means of the double carbonate of
potash and magnesia, September 21
15352 w. Burn-. Manufacture of bichromate and carbonate
i by the ammonia process, and apparatus therefor.
September n
VIII.— GLASS, POTTERY and EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
114915 A. J. Boult— From F. Czech. Austria. Improvements
in decorating ceramic ware. Complete specification. Aug. 23
11513 . 1. S. Williams, Brierley Hill Glass Works. Improve-
ments in frosting the surfaces of flint and coloured glass ware.
August 21
11906 J. Budd, London. Improvements in the crystallisa-
tion of glass. September 2
12001 J. Miller and The Sowerby's Ellison Glass Works.
Limited, London. Improvements in polishing cut glass of
every description. September 5
12516 A. D. Brogan. J. French, and J. Craig, London. Im-
provements in and connected with glass annealing kilns.
September 15
12566 C. G. Warne, Weston-super-Mare. Improvements in
pottery kilns for the purpose of economising fuel and equalis-
ng the burning of the goods. September 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
12190 W. Horn and R. Bell. Shears used in the manufacture
of glass bottles. September 17
11216 A. M. Clark— From E. Weis. Process for cutting very
thin parts on glass articles. September 11
1128S G. F. Chance. Machinery employed in manufacture
of sheets of rolled glass. August 31
113S0 A. D. Bro-ran and A. M. Malloch. Manufacture of
chequered glass, and apparatus therefor. September 7
11727 II. M. Ashley. Manufacture of bottles, etc. Sep-
tember 14
10613 J. Northwood. Treating the glass eullet known as
blacks. September 21
1887.
87 W. H. Hales.
August 21
10S71 A. J. Boult— From P. Sivert. Glass furnaces,
Machinery for making pottery ware.
Sept. 10
IX.— BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
11509 H. Warrington and W. W. Howlett. Hanley. Itu
provements in bricks and other blocks for building purposes.
August 21
11937 J. Homan, London. Improvements in the construc-
tion of fireproof floors. September 2
11996 S. G. Rhodes, Leeds. Making bricks. September 5
12271 J Davies. Manchester. Improvements in the con-
struction of brick kilns. September 10
12500 E. Winsor, F. Winsor, and J. Winsor, Manchester.
Improved method of treating clay or gypsum, and apparatus
therefor. September 15
12524 G. J. Snelus, W. Whamond, and T. Gibb, London.
An improved preparation or manufacture of cements.
September 15
12J25 G. J. Snelus, W. Whamond, and T. Gibb. London.
Improvements in the preparation or manufacture of cements.
September 15
12526 G. J. Snelus, W. Whamond, and T. Gibb, London.
Improvements in the manufacture of cements. September 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
11303 E. Larscn. See Class X.
13984 W. H. Lindsay. Apparatus for moulding bricks or
blocks. September II
lli'.Tl W. Scott. J. C. Swan ami H. Smith. Manufacture
ortiiatio.ru of Porl land and other hydraulic cements. Sep-
tember 11
15012 H. Macevoy, II. Holt. L. White, and W. Wildes.
Manufacture and burning of Portland cement. September 11
620
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Sept. SO, 1887.
1887.
1089S E, Kcirby. Compound or cement for making and
renovating asphalte walks, protecting masonry »and Mtmlogous
purposes. September 17
X.— METALLURGY, MIXING, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
11432 G. French, London. An improved method of blasting
in coal mines and in other places, and in materials to be used
therein. August 22
11449 .T. C. Clark. See Class VII.
11)74 P.C.Gilchrist, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of steel and ingot iron by the basic process. Complete
specification. August 23
11478 L. L. Lefevre, .jun.— From C. Payen, United States.
Improvements in the manufacture of crystallised metal, and
in articles made thereof. August 23
U510 F. Fenton and It. J. Partridge- From J. Woolford.
France. Improvements in plant, apparatus, furnaces, or
retorts for extracting auriferous and othermetallic ores, slags,
cinders, or wastes. August 24
11516 K. Cope and A. Hollings, Liverpool. Improvements in
hollow steel shafting, and in the manufacture of the same.
August 21
11532 G. Gatheral, London. Improvements in the treatment
of ores for the extraction of copper therefrom, or of ore
residues and the like, for the elimination of copper or other
impurities. August 24
11556 J. McCann, Millom. The improvement of blocks and
tuyeres connected with blast furnaces. August 25
11571 K. E. Shill and A. Martin, London. Improvements in
hardening or chilling the face of armour and other plates and
projectiles. August 25
11613 F. A. Herbert?., London. Improvements in cupola
smelting furnaces. Complete specification. August 26
11672 M, 51. Bair. London. Improvement relating to the
volatilisation of lead, antimony, and other substances, and to
the condensation of the resulting vapours. August 27
11733 J. K. Bennett, Manchester. Improvements in the
treatment of metallic chlorides for the extraction of metals
therefrom. August 30
11797 A. M. Crossley. Glasgow. Improvements in preparing
ferruginous material for smelting. August 31
11862 C. F. Clark and J. Sanders, London. Improvements
in preparing moulds for casting hollow-ware, and in apparatus
employed therein. September 1
11S68 J. Gilligan, London. Improvements in the working
up of scrap iron and steel, either separately or together in a
puddling furnace. September 1
11S98 N. Arthur, Heaton. Improved method and apparatus
for bending angle, tee, and other sections of bars. Sept. 2
11900 A. J. Shannon. London. Improvements in the extrac-
tion of antimony from its ores. September 2
11928 J. W. Swann, London. Improvements in apparatus
for indicating the presence of fire-damp in coal mines or other
places. September 2
11915 H. A. Rowland, Manchester. Improvements in the
casting of metals. September 3
12032 L. B. Atkinson. H. W. liavenshaw. and F. Mori, Hali-
fax. Improvements in machines for cutting, boring, or drill-
ing coal or other minerals. September 6
12042 W. P. Thompson-From C. Kellogg. United States.
Improvements in machines for rolling seamless tubes, pipes,
or other hollow articles from hollow ingots. Complete speci-
fication. September 6
12111 \V. P. Thompson— From E. Dumas, Paris (agent for
Bickford. Smith & Co.) Improvements in electric fuses for
mines. September 7
12162 C. Humfrey, Liverpool. Improvements in or apper-
taining to the manufacture of sodium. Seotember 8
12210 J. T. King— From H. Kennedy, United States. Im-
provements in connection with hot blast stoves and furnaces.
Complete specification. September 9
12269 G. Hardy. Abram, Lancashire. An improved miners'
safety lamp. September 10
12272 G. Siddell, Sheffield. An improved process in iron
and steel. September 10
12277 A. .1. Shannon. London. Improvements in the treat-
ment of zinc ores. September 10
12332 S. Pearson. A. \\". Turner, and \V. Andrews. Birming-
ham. A new process of extracting aluminium from minerals,
and also making aluminium alloys therefrom. Complete
specification. September 12
12346 J. D. F.llis, London. Improved method of making iron
or steel castings. September 12
12347 T. J. Tresidder. London. Improved means for harden-
ing metal. September 12
12353 H. Lc Xeve Foster, London. An imnroved fire-resist-
ing compound, especially suitable for forming the stoppers
and nozzles used in steel melting operations and other similar
purposes. September 12
12378 B. H. Thwaite, Liverpool. An improved pneumatic
steel process, and plant therefor.
L2458 H. Bird. Liverpool. Treating the residual spent iron
liquors resulting from the manufacture of copper from burnt
cupreous sulphur ores to obtain a certain oxide of iron there-
from, and apparal us to be used I herefor. September 14
12186 0. M. Thowlcss, London. Improvements relating to
the production of sodium and potassium, and to apparatus
therefor. Complete specification. September 14
12540 A. B. Cunningham, London. Improvements in the
manufacture of sodium and potassium, and in apparatus
therefor. September 15
12575 A. Feldman, London. Improvements in the produc-
tion of aluminium and alloys of aluminium. September 16
12590 H. Lane, London. Improvements in shaping, forming
and manipulating metals. September 16
12616 J. Thomas. Middlesbrough-on-Tees. Improvements in
ingot moulds. September 17
12683 F. M. A. Laurent-Cely, London. Improvements in
the manufacture of spongy lead suitable for electrical accu-
mulators. September 19
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
10868 J. Lea and H. H. Hammond. Operating on zinc ore
for producing chlorine and zinc, and utilising the said zinc for
coating metals. August 31
11219 W. S. Squire and S. C. C. Curric. Obtaining zinc in
metallic form from alkaline solutions of zinc oxide. Sep-
tember 7
11303 E. Larsen. Manufacture of furnace slag and of
cement partly made therefrom. September Pi
12041 T. Blackmore. Metallic chill core. September 11
12362 C. J. Sandahl, J. Birchall, and J. Musson. Manufac-
ture of iron and steel, and blast furnaces employed therein.
August 27
12363 C. J. Sandahl. J. Birchall, and J. Musson. Manufac-
ture of iron and steel. August 27
12630 W. S. Squire and S. C. C. Currie. Obtaining metallic
zinc from its ores. September 7
12729 G. M. Edwards. Process and apparatus for treating,
dressing, and cleaning tin and other mineral ores. August 27
13.503 E. Wheeler. Production of metal bodies or ingots.
August 31
13562 P. M. Justice— From W. B. Spear. Coating metal
sheets with other metal. August 27
l: 680 B. C. Tilghman. Drawing iron and steel bars through
dies to produce a smooth surface suitable for shafting.
August 24
13920 T. Xordenfelt. Manufacture of iron and steel castings.
August 27
14001 J.B. Hannay. Obtaining gold from refractory ores, etc.
August 24
14169 T. Kordenfelt-Partly from C. G. Wittenstrdm, E.
Faustman. and P. Ostberg. Bessemer converters, and manu-
facture of castings thereby. September 10
14220 R.W. Lindsay and W.Darwen. Manufacture of tubes
<if copper or copper alloys. August 31
11385 E. Patterson and \V. H. Strypc. Miners' safety lamps.
September 14
14407 (I. M. Thowless. manufacture of aluminium chloride,
and extraction of aluminium therefrom. September 21
14568 A. Howat. Electric safety lamps. September 10
14903 J. G. Cranston. Machinery for drilling rock, etc.
September 14
14974 M. Settle. Electric safety lamps for use in mines.
September 21
15001 A. M. Clark— From H. A. Brustlein. Process and
apparatus for hardening shells and other steel articles. Sep-
tember 10
15206 E. C. Molloy. Apparatus for amalgamating gold and
other precious metals. September 21
15476 A. Wilson. Manufacture of compound armour plates.
September 3
1887.
2602 C. A. Burghardt and W. J. Twining. See Class XVIII.
August 24
9471 J. B. D. Bolton. Process and apparatus for casting
metallic ingots in a sectional mould. September 7
10400 W. J. Wilder. Process of coating metals. Sep-
tember 3
10S15 W. P. Thompson— From M. G. Farmer. Process and
apparatus for procuring aluminium. September 17
XL— FATS, OILS and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATION.
12181 W. II. Gilruth, London. Improvements in apparatus
for extracting oil or juice from seeds, nuts, fruits or leaves of
plants, or any analogous substances. September 8
COMPLETE .SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
1198! A. Hodgkinson. See Class VI.
14835 F. T. Archer, G. \V. Hardy, and F. J. Archer. Lubri-
cating composition. September 7
1887.
10783 J. Sean.. Compound preparation of cotton seed oil.
September 7
XII. -PAINTS, VARNISHES and RESINS.
APPLICATION*.
11806 T. Banner. Liverpool. Sec Class III.
12031 II. !. Allison- Kreni G.W. Barker, United States. Im-
provements in paints and paint compounds. Complete
specification September 6
Sept. so. 1SS7.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
r.21
1233S W. Fordyce, Glasgow. An improved anti-fouling
composition for ships' bottoms and other submerged surfaces.
September 12
12388 E. C. Atkinson. London. Improvements in and
machinery for packing paste blacking and other similar seuii-
iiquid matters. September 13
12632 J. C Lyman— From J. H. Lyman. L'nited States. All
improvement in paint. .September 17
COMPLETE SPECIFH ATIOS ACCEPTED.
1886.
11889 F. M. Lytc. Manufacture of pigments. September 17
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE and SIZE.
APPLICATION.
12.396 J. Pujos, London. The manufacture of leather from
rabbit skins. September 13
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
-1887.
9193 H. H. Lake— From A. M. Bowers. Machines for soften-
ing and otherwise treating leather. August 24
1»121 J. \V. Vaughan. Machines for unhairing and green
shaving hides and skins.
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
11393 O. Bowen and J. Cobeldick. London. An improved
deodorising, decolourising and filtering medium. August 20
12596 C. H. J. Franzen. London. Process for manufacturing
white, lump or loaf sugar directly from boiled refinery mass.
Complete specification. September 16
12597 C. H. J. Franzen. Process and apparatus for treating
raw. clarified or perfectly white sugar masses in loaf forms by
means of the centrifugal machine. Complete specification.
September 16.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
17041 R. Campbell— From J. Foster and J. Campbell. Triple
effet evaporating vacuum pans, for boiling sugar and other
evaporating purposes. September 11
1887.
10157 J. '.T. Griffin- From R. J. Henderson. Indiarubber
compositions. September 17
10158 J. T. Griffin— From R. J. Henderson. Manufacture of
soft or spongy material from rubber compound. September 7
XVL— BREWING, WINES ahd SPIRITS.
APPLICATIONS.
11376 F. G. Burton and T. S. Coleman, Burton-on-Trent.
Cleaning malting tiles, and removing therefrom sediment or
deposit formed therein by barley or other grain and malt
whilst in the course of steeping and drying, and also for
cleaning and removing coatings formed on brewing and other
coppers after boiling, and also the glutinous and other
substances from refrigerators, after use in cooling process of
beer and other liquors. August 20
11584 A. J. Boult -From B. Bniel. See Class X.XH.
12057 A. G. Brookes— From C. G. P. de Lavel and A. Bergh,
Sweden. Improvements in purifying yeast. September 6
12329 \V. G. Hicks, Ramsgate. Improving furnaces used for
drying the barley in the process of making malt, for drying
hops and other similar purposes. September 12
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
12291 E. Manbre. Compounds for the manufacture of ale.
stout, porter, lager, etc., and apparatus for making said com-
pounds. September 3
11168 E. Piot. Distilling apparatus, applicable to the con-
centration and rectification of alcoholic and other liquids.
September 10
14873 H. H. Lake-From M. Hanford and C. C. Hanford.
Cooling of liquids, and apparatus therefor. August 31
1887.
8260 M. Lachnion— From J. J. Bauer. Apparatus for auto-
matically supplying gas to closed vessels at a regulated pres-
sure. August 31
12065 H. H. Lake— From J. H. Stebbins, jun., I'nited States.
An improved food compound. Complete specification.
September 6 . ,
18131 II. Stollwerck and L. Stollwcrck, London. Improve-
ments relating to the treatment of cocoa to facilitate the
transport thereof, and for other purposes. Complete specifica-
tion. September 13 .
125211 J. M. Mitchell. Chicago. I nited States. New and
valuable improvements in the preservation of perishable
articles of food, and other perishable matter, by means of
ozone or other gases. September 15
12595 W. H. Beck— From E. A. Dexmier, France. A new or
improved preparation of coffee, and process for manufactur-
ing the same. September 16
B.— Sanitary Cbemistry.
11367 6. Thew. J. Stansfield. and G. Long. See Class II.
11185 J. H. Barry. London. Improvements in treating and
purifying sewage', the same being applicable for other disin-
fecting purposes. August 23
11531 T. M. J. Truchelut and J. N. Trnchelut. London. A
new or improved process and apparatus for the treatment of
■ sewage and other matteis. for extracting or neutralising
ammonia and sulphur compounds. August 21
11917 G. Liscoc, London. An improved method and means
of separating the solids from the fluids of sewage matters.
September 3
12212 F. W.Durham. London. An improved construction
of furnace for burning town refuse. September 9
C— Disinfectants.
11393 O. Bowen and J. Cobeldick. London. An improved
deodorising, decolourising, and filtering medium. August 20
12029 J. Bennett. London. A new disinfectant. Septem-
ber 5
12222 K. V. Tuson, London. Improvements in the prepara-
tionof materials to be used as disinfectants, deodorisers, and
antiseptics, as well as for the destruction of parasites infesting
man and the lower animals, and for similar uses. Septem-
ber 9
12392 G. Van Overbeck de Meyer. London. Improvements
in apparatus for disinfection. September 13
121S3 J. Bennett. Goole. A new disinfectant. September 14
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
.4.— Chemistry of Foods.
18S56.
13731 E. Terrant. Manufacture of biscuit bread. August 27
13955 H. Stockman. Curing articles of food, and disinfect-
ing. September 3
1S87.
10915 H. H. Lake— From H. C. Andrews. Apparatus for
drying or curing fruit, tobacco, etc. September 17
10917 H. H. Lake-From T. C. Oakman. Apparatus for dry-
ing or curing fruit, tobacco, etc. September 17
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
18S6.
1S822 W Burns. Purifving sewage and other foul liquids,
and making oil. alkali, and cement from sewage precipitate,
and apparatus therefor. September 21
XVIII. -ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY.
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
.4.— Chemistry of Foods.
11927 A. McDougall. jun , London. Improvements in the
manufacture or preparation of concentrated extracts or
e-=ences of tea, coffee and the like with cream or milk.
September 2.
APPLICATIONS.
11369 C. Gauzentes. Bradford. Improvements in electric
batteries. August 20 .
11390 J S. Stevenson. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of elements or plates for secondary batteries or elec-
trical accumulators. August 20
11118 J. S. Sellon. London. Improvements in secondary
batteries or electrical accumulators. August 22
1150-7 E F H. H. Lauckert. London. Improvements in
dvnaiiio electric and electro-dynamic machines. August 23
"11513 H Tudor. Liverpool. Improvements in electrodes for
electric accumulators or secondary batteries. August 24
11923 C L. R. E. Menges. London. Improvements relating
to the manufacture of plates or electrodes for primary or
secondary electric batteries, and to apparatus therefor. Sep-
12017 P L. Verchere. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of carbons for voltaic batteries and certain other elec-
trical apparata. September 5 .
12175 W. B. Adams, London. Improvements in secondary
batteries. September S
18203 T. L. Hemming. Birmingham. Improvements in
dynamo-electric machines. September 9 .
12252 R. P. Sellon, London. Improvements in dynamo-
electric machines. September 9
125"$ J \ Timmis. London. Improvements in the con-
struction of secondary batteries. September lo ....
12512 T. C. Lewis. London. Improvements in electrical
storage batteries. September 15
1>676 W T. Goolden and L. B. Atkinson. London. Im-
provements in dynamo-electric generators and motors. Sep-
tember 19
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. LSept.30.i8S7.
COMPLETE SPECIFH ATION& ACCEPTED.
12S18 W, W. Beaumont. Secondary batteries. August 31
■ W. [L Johnston Manufacture of carbons for electrical
and other purposes. August "_'l
13712 a. M. chirk From The Electrotechnische Fabrik
Cannstatt. Dynamo electric machines. August 27
11463 J. S Scllon. Se ondary batteries. September^
H757 W.Lahmeyer. Dynamo-electric machine. September
17
I 1763 C. Lever. Dynanio-c'.ectric machines and electric
motors. September i7
16810 T. Uoodman From C. Gasner, .inn. Galvanic ele-
ments.
1ES7.
990 S. W. Maquaj . Means for feeding electric batteries, anrl
for removing the plates therefrom. September 7
A. Burghardt and W. Twining. See Class X.
August 21
i. Serson anil .1. O. Whittcn. Galvanic batteries.
ist 21
11188 11. It. Lake— From W. E. Case. Conversion of chemi-
cal energy into electrical energy, and apparatus therefor.
tber 17
11IS9 H. H. Lake— From W. K. Case. Apparatus for the
conversion of heat into electrical energy. September 17
XIX.— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
11610 J. E. Warren and F. A. Cloudman. London. Improve-
ments in means or apparatus for effecting the recovery of
chemicals from spent liquors of pulp digesters. Complete
specification. August 26
11735 J. Baldwin. King's Norton. An improved mode of
pressing paper w -hilst in the process of manufacture, securing
an equal surface on both sides of the paper, and obtaining the
conditions produced by hand-pressing. August 30
12642 K. Squire, London. Improvements in apparatus for
the manufacture of paper. September 17
1 :. Ellis, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of palp for making kamptulicon, linoleum, and paper. Sep-
tember 19
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
13827 B. Makin. Fitting cylinders with blades used in
macerating materials for pulp for the manufacture of paper,
millboards, etc. August 27
1887.
0171 F. Voith. Machines for the manufacture of paper pulp.
September 17
10006 t;. II. Gill. Utilisation otpaper, paper board, pulp, or
any preparation of which piper forms t lie base, for the manu-
facture of geometric models. Augus! 31
XX. -FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES ixn EXTRACTS.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
0. Imray— From the Society of Chemical Industry,
Switzerland. Manufacture of the cthyletherof a new acid.
Si pi 'rnber 3
14618 O. Imray— From the Society of Chemical Industry.
Switzerland. Manufacture and treatment of a compound of
phcnylhydrazinc. with anew elhylether. September 7
1SS7.
72fil C. T. Arnold— From C. W. Arnold. A dental anodyne,
or local anesthetic. September 3
XXI.
-EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1165$ E. Edwards— From K. S.idberg, Sweden. Improve-
ments in explosives. Complete specification. August 27
12297 \V. T. Chamberlain, London. A new method of
enclosing high and sensitive explosives in shells and other
projectiles. September 10
12124 E. D. Miiller, London. Improvements in explosive
compounds. September 13
I "MPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1S86.
11S03 Sir F. A. Abel. A manufacture of smokeless ex-
1S87.
plosive. September 11
6071 F. D. Banister and YV*. Stroudley. Fog signal appara-
tus for railways. September 17
XXII.— GENERAL ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATION.
11381 A. J. Boult— From B. Bruel. Improved apparatus for
testing alcohol. August 25
Printed and Published by BHMOn i Oo..Not Bride Bteeet,8tian«ewajB, I I thi Boctetj of( hemical Industry.
London Office, fur the Sale of Copies and Receipt of Subscription* : 6, \ert stmt, Corent Uaiden
THE JOURNAL
OF THE
Society of Comical 3noustry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. IO.-Vol. VI.
OCTOBER 31, 1887.
Non-Members 3C/- per annum; Members
21 -per Set; Single Copies 2 6.
Cbe Society of Cbrmical JnDttsttp.
Past Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoe. M.P.. LL.D.. V.P.R.S. .. JS81-18S2.
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B.. D.C.L., F.R.S. .. 1882-1383.
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1883-1831.
W. H. Perkin. Ph.D., F.R.S 1831-1885.
' E. K. Muspratt 188.1—1886.
David Howard 1»S6 -ISi".
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1888.
President : Prof. James Dewar, F.R.S.
I'ice-Presidents :
Prof. F. Clowes, D.Sc.
Sir J. Xeilson Cuthbertson.
David Howard.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter.
Ivan Levinstein.
K. K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S.
John SpUler.
Prof. W, A Tilden. F.R.S.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Pattinson.
B. S. Proctor.
F. J Rowan.
Dr. Edwd. Schunek, F.R.S.
T. W. Stuart.
Lewis '1*. Wright.
John Calderwood, F.R.S.E.
Eustace Carey.
K. Forbes Carpenter.
James Duncan.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S.
S. H. Johnson.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks, Bow, E.
Honorary Foi-eign Sewetary :
Ludwig Mond, 20. Avenue Road, Regent's Park. N.W.
Oenej-al Secretary : Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W
Abstractors:
A. J. Kins. B.Sc.
Chao. A. Kohn, Ph.D.
F. W. T. Krohn.
J. Walter Leather, Ph.D.
D. A. Louis.
W. (J. .McMillan.
G. Harris Morris, Ph.D.
J. M. H. Munro. D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
S. G. Rawson, B.Sc.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
F. W. Renaut.
James Tavlor, B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Velev. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whitelcy.
NOTICES.
Notice is hereby given that the numbers for .January,
ISS'2, l.sS.'S, and 1886, and February, ISS6, are exhausted,
and no orders for those copies can be executed.
The Secretary is instructed to negotiate for the pur-
chase of copies of the Society's Journal for January, 1SS2
and 1SS3, at the following prices :— January, 1882, 5s. ;
January, 1SS3, 2s. 6d. Members possessing odd copies
of these numbers are particularly requested to commu-
nicate at once with Mr. Cresswell.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye- Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law—
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
I liscussion is to be included in the reprint.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee :
The President.
Sir F. A. Abel, F.R.S.
A. H. Allen.
H. E. Armstrong. F.R.S.
G. H. Bailey. D.Sc, Ph.D.
Joseph Beruays, M.I. O.K.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes. D.Sc.
W. Y. Dent.
Peter Griess. Ph.D., F.R.S.
D. 1). Hewitt, M.D.
David Howard.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
Editor: Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors:
F. Hurter. Ph.D.
F. Jones. F.R.S.E.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola. F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond
E. K. Muspratt.
C.O'Sullivan, F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir H.E. Roscoe, M. P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrcr.
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrymple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B.Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cross.
A. R. Davis.
Win. Elborne.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulnie.
Bertram Hunt.
C. C. Hutchinson.
D. E. Jones. B.Sc.
W. E. Kay.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
T. Akitt. 1 o Tirhoot ; 3. Victoria Road, Lenzie. X.H.
Jas. Angus, lo Lugar ; Thornclitlc Collieries, Chapeltown
Shcrlield.
James Armour. 1 o Bothwell Street ; Clippens' Oil Co.,
Limited, 27, Exchange Square, Gla-gow.
W. H. Aubrey, 1 o Plumstead ; 32. Ashmead Road, St. John's
S.E.
J. A. Kradburne, l/o Northwich; Quince Street, Geddes
Syracuse, N.Y., U.S.A.
Dr. L. Claisen, I o Marsstrasse ; Sophienstrasse, 6 0. Man-
chen. Bavaria.
H. D. Dupee ; Journals to Walpole. Mass., U.S A.
G. J. Hamlen. l/o Silvertown; It', Willowbank Crescent
Glasgow.
J. Win. James. 1 o Cardiff; Aylmer House, Weston-super-
Mare.
J. Lorinier. 1 o Hargravc Park Road ; Britannia Row.
Islington. X.
T. M. Mac donald ; Journals to Walilabo Estate, St. Vincent,
West Indies.
H. T. Mannington, 1 o Liverpool; Pentre, near Flint. N'orth
Wales.
J. Ostersetzer. l/o Castleknock ; Balcarras House, Serpentine
Avenue. Ballsbridge, Dublin.
Prof. W. Ramsay, l/o Bristol ; University College, Gower
Street, London. W.C.
Wm. Ray, l/o Leeds ; School of Science. Kidderminster.
II. II. Robinson. 1, o Cirencester; 12. Montpclier Row,
Twickenham.
W. T. Scott, l/o Stratford ; 11, Cromartie Road, Hornsey
Rise. N.
C. Sevin: Journals to "Strathmore," 72, Central Hill, Upper
Norwood, S.E.
624
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct.31,1887
F. P. Siddall, 1 0 New Bamet ; Park Sid' ommon,
K. Napier Sutton, 1 o Gordon Square; -'-'. Hartham Road.
ll.'llliW .l\ . N. „ , ,, r>
( h is. fhompson, 1 o Lcighton Crescent ; 15. Patshull Road.
Kentish Town. N.W _
t;. M. P. Vary. 1 o Edinburgh; General Pos1 Offlee, San
Francisco. Cal., I s.A.
C. w ightman, 1 0 Fenchurch Strei i ; 1, I unchurch Avenue.
London. EC. „ , . , #-n-j*
I'. J. Worsley ; Journals, etc.. to Rodney Lodge. Clifton.
A. Wutt, l/o Ranisbottom : 11. Dambachthal, Wiesbaden.
Germany.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
K Nettlefold. 1 o Sterndall Road, West Kensington.
M. W. Wiley. 1 o 1. Bell Terrace. West Hartlepool.
SESSION 1887
Prospective Arrangements.
Nov. 7. -Mr. C. T. Kingzett. F.I.C., F.C.S., "Note on the Com
parative Antiseptic Action of Chlorides. Nitrates
and Sulphate?-."
,. Discussion on Mr. John Ruffle's Paper in July Num-
ber of Journal (1887). on "The Correct Analysis of
Superphosphates. Plain and Ammoniated."
Dec. 5.— Professor Dewar, M.A.. F.R.S. (President of the
Society |, "The New Weldon-Pediincy Process for
the Manufacture of Chlorine from Chloride of
Magnesium."
Communications to be addressed to the Local Secretary.
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED, 28th OCTOBER. 1887.
Thomas Bailey, 25, High Street . Hull, seed crusher.
John Blair, 18, Old Mi .1 IIu.id.Ncw Hcndon. Sunderland, tar
distiller . , ,
John Clark. 80, Great Brook Street. Birmingham, metal-
lurgist. „ , . , .
W H. Constable, Hale Bank, Widnes. Lancashire, analyti-
cal chemist.
Samuel Dalziel. Smyrna, Asia Minor, chemist.
Bennett F. Davenpnt. A.M. M.D., 161, Tremont Street.
Boston. Mass. I.S.A.. state analyst.
William Dixon, 10-.', Spring Street, Bury. Lancashire, science
master. ,
Alexander Ellis Ford, i, Orme Square, Hyde Park, V ..
chemical manufacturer.
J. R. P. Goold. 6S and 70. Hop Exchange. Southwark Street.
S.E.. chemical manufacturer.
J. C. Harvev, Eceleston Hall. Pie-cot. Lancashire, brewer.
John Heaton, 741, Rochdale Road. Manchester, manufactur-
ing chemist.
S. C Hignett, 66. Whitechapel. Liverpool, tobacco manu-
facturer.
G. H. Holdcn. Langley Place. Victoria Park. Manchester,
manufacturing chemist,
Joseph Jackson, Ash Bank, Rudheath. Northwich, alkali
manufacturer.
Cavalier H. Joliet, Roselle. L'nion Co., X.J., U.S.A.. techni-
cal chemist.
Robert King. 115, Wellington Street. Glasgow, chemical
manufacturer and merchant.
Sir James King. 12, Claremont Terrace, Glasgow, chemical
manufacturer and merchant-
Vivian B. Lewes. Royal Naval College. Greenwich, S.E.,
assistant professor of chemistry.
i li.i- E. Munroe. Torpedo Station, Newport, Rhode Island,
U.S.A., chemist.
H. T. Pentermann, 51. Clifton Crescent. Peckham, S.E..
chemist.
Aithur J. Shannon, c, o Syme & Co., Singapore, mining
engineer.
Albert Tarn, 1. Darnley Road. Monument Road, Birming-
ham, technical chemist.
.1. F. Tristram, 8, Castle street. Northwich. chemist.
Stuart Tyzaek. Brocketl House. Montgomery Road, Shef-
field, steel manufacturer.
Fred. Young. Touge Lane. Middleton. Manchester, chemist.
IDcarb.
Charles Moseley, Grangethorpe, Rusholme. Manchester-
October 1.
iLonOon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Burlington House.
Chairman: David Howard.
Committee :
Sir F.A.Abel. K. Messcl.
11. K. Armstrong. B. E. K. Newlands.
W. Lant Carpenter. H. Redwood.
W. Crowder. I'. Royle.
W. J. Dibdin. John SplUer.
C. (Jraham. Wm. Thorp.
8. Hall. C. R. Alder Wright,
c. C, Hutchinson.
Hon. Local Sec. and Treasurer: Thos. Tyrer,
Garden Wharf. Church Road. Battersca. S.W.
Communications.
The meetings of the London Section will be held on the
first Monday in each month.
REPORT OS SECTION III. OF THE MAN-
CHESTER ROYAL JUBILEE EXHIBITION.
—THE CHEMICAL AND ALLIED INDUS-
TRIES.
HY WATSON SMITH,
lecturer in Chemical Technology in the Victoria
University, ttc.
Before proceeding to describe some illustrations
of the results of chemical research of more modern
date having a direct bearing on the chemical
industries, a report on this, probably the most
complete exhibition of objects illustrative of
the progress, advance, and present position
of the chemical industries that has ever been
brought together, with a description of certain
interesting relies of chemical and physical discovery
that have had the most important influence on the
growth of chemical science, and hence on the develop-
ment of chemical industry, will be desirable. To com-
mence with scientific celebrities belonging to Man-
chester, there is a most interesting selection of the
apparatus employed by John Dalton in his classical
researches. Here one may see how the most homely
utensils are made useful for doing the highest class
of scientific work, and how so humble an instrument as
an old-fashioned penny earthen inkpot or a soda-
water bottle maybe rendered classical. The MS. of
the "Principles of Chemistry," with the original
table of atomic weights as first determined by
Dalton, will be to chemists objects of the deepest
interest Dr. J. P. Joule, F.R.S., has lent for
exhibition the very apparatus with which he deter-
mined the mechanical equivalent of heat. It consists
of a small iron cylinder furnished with a central shaft
and agitating apparatus and a cover fitted with holes
for the end of the shaft and for a thermometer with
which to measure the rise of temperature produced
in the conversion of mechanical energy into heat.
The important result attained by Joule he express) d
thus :— The actual quantity of heat developed by
friction is dependent simply on the amount oi force
expended, without regard to the nature of the sub-
stances rubbed together, and the numerical conclusion
deduced was that the quantity of heat, capable of
raising the temperature of lib. of water by 1° F.
requires for its evolution the expenditure of a
mechanical force adequate to lift 7721b. one foot.
It may be added that a good sketch of Joule's
apparatus, and description of his method of using it,
is given in the Phil. Trans., 1850, Part I.
Here may be seen the very first lamps constructed
by Davy, whilst patiently feeling his way towards
a light which could be used with safety in our coal-
mines. Four or five of the Davy safety lamps in
various stages of construction are exhibited.
Also Davy's chemical balance, an unwieldy looking
object compared with the delicate instruments of
to-day, is shown.
Oot.Sl.M87.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
I !B
Perhaps the greatest discovery made by Davy
was that recorded in the Phil. Tunis, for 1808,
when he succeeded in decomposing the alkali.-, potash
and soda by electricity, producing the respective
alkaline metals, potassium and sodium. A portion
of the very galvanic battery used is shown, together
with the laboratory note-book, which is opened at
the page in which the record may be read in Davy's
handwriting. Sodium is now an article of com-
merce, and fine specimens of it may be seen at
Stand 804, just opposite, shown by the Magnesium
.Metal Company, Limited. It is chiefly used in the
manufacture of aluminium.
One of Faraday's greatest discoveries was that
of the possibility of liquefying certain gases, up
to that time regarded as permanent, by means of
strong pressure.
Specimens of liquefied gases are shown in sealed
tubes. These are hydrochloric acid, cyanogen, am-
monia, arseniuretted hydrogen, hydrobromic acid,
chlorine, chlorine and sulphuric acid, sulphuretted
hydrogen and hydriodic acid.
Faraday's laboratory note-bnok, which is also
exhibited, is opened at the place where this
discovery is recorded.
Coal-tar distillers, gas manufacturers, and aniline
dje manufacturers will be greatly interested to see
the very first specimen of benzene as it was originally
isolated and prepared by Faraday. It was called by
him " bicarbide of hydrogen,'' the old formula of
benzene being C12HG.
The other specimen, also contained in a sealed
tube, is one of carbon tetrachloride prepared by
him.
A plate of earthenware is shown on which
characters have been inscribed, burnt in and glazed ;
the characters are in the handwriting of the great
chemist, Berzelius.
Passing on to those exhibits illustrating chemical
research, it may be noted that some of the discoveries
which have had the most important influence on
the development of chemical industry were made
accidentally, during investigations in quite other
directions.
Sir Henry E. Roscoe, M.P., F.R.S. (No. 741) —
This exhibit comprises a collection of speci-
mens of pure vanadium and tungsten, with
various compounds of these rare metals, illustrating
Roscoe's researches. Roscoe found vanadium in
deposits near Alderley, and when subsequently John
Lightfoot showed the important influence this metal
was capable of exerting,even in mere traces, in print-
ing aniline black, Roscoe suggested to Mellor of
Patricroft, the industrial preparation of vanadium
compounds for the use of the printer of aniline black.
Mellor procured a quantity of the raw material from
M'ttiam. near Alderley, and manufactured vanadium
compounds for a considerable time. The specimens
exhibited illustrate a veiy completely worked-out
research in inorganic chemistry.
Dr. Edward Schunck:, K.R.S. (No. 741a).—
The specimens exhibited consist for the most part
of natural colouring matters. Some of them, it will
be observed, are colourless, or only slightly coloured ;
these are ehromogens— <>., bodies which, when suit-
ably treated, yield colouring matters. As an example
of a chromogen we may take orcin, a colourless
crystallised substance contained in various species
of lichen, which, by the combined action of air
and alkalis, yields orcein, the colouring matter to
which orchil and litmus owe their dyeing properties.
Orcin was discovered by Robiquet, an eminent French
chemist. Dr Schunck many years ago discovered
lecanorin, a body which, when acted on by alkalis,
splits up into orcin and carbonic acid, and is the
subst: , or on- ol tin' substanci orisinallj con
tained in the lichens which are employed fur dyeing
purposes. Since then a great number of similai
substances, some well crystallised and all of them in-
teresting, have been obtained from lichens. It is
difficult to understand what function these well-
defined chemical substances perform in the cells of
suchlowlj organised plants as lichens. Whether so
■ far as the plant is concerned they simply represent
excrementitious matter is doubtful, but they
certainly afford us a very beautiful though somewhat
fugitivedye, orchil, and a pigment, litmus, much used
by chemists as a reagent for acids and alkalis.
Another instance of a chromogen is seen in
rubianic arid, a substance crystallising in yellow
; needles, obtained from the root of the madder plant,
Rubin tiiictorum. This root has been employed for
ages in the East for dyeing turkey-red and other
colours, but it was not until about the year 1835 that
the substances to which itowes its tinctorial properties
were detected.
Alizarin, the most important of these substances,
was discovered and described by Robiquet. Speci-
mens of this colouring matter in various states, and
also of purpurin, another colouring matter contained
in the root, and closely allied to alizarin, vill be
found in the showcase. Alizarin yields a variety of
colours on calico— red, pink, black, lilac, etc. — accord-
ing to the mordant used and the treatment employed.
Now this subs' ance, alizarin, is not contained as
such in the plant — i.e.. it is not there in a free state,
but exists in combination with glucose, forming a
peculiar compound, rubianic acid, which is itself
quite incapable of dj eing. and only exhibits tinctorial
properties after decomposition with acids or ferments
— i.e., after it has split up into alizarin and glucose
(grape sugar). It is the natural ferment of the root
which in the ordinary process of dyeing with madder
causes the decomposition of the glucoside (such is
the name given by chemists to this class of substances)
into alizarin and glucose. It should be stated that
Rochleder was the first to discover a glucoside yield-
ing alizarin by decomposition with acids. He called
it ruberythric acid, but since this differs in some of its
properties as well as in composition from rubianic
acid the latter name is retained. The characteristic
property of rubianic acid — thatof yielding a potassium
salt crystallising in plum-coloured needles (of which
a specimen is exhibited) — is not mentioned by Roch-
leder. It was the analysis of this salt which led to
the conclusion that alizarin contains 14 atoms of
carbon, a fact of importance in connection with the
artificial production of alizarin, which, if due atten-
tion had been given to it, would have shown that the
attempts made to obtain the latter from naphthalene,
a substance containing only ten atoms of carbon, could
not possibly succeed. The other substances extracted
from madder — rubian, rubiadin, purpuroxanthin, etc.
— are mere chemical curiosities of no practical
importance. The very beautiful substance, mui'jistin,
obtained by the late Dr. Stenhouse from munjeet or
Indian madder, should, however, not be overlooked.'
Purpuroxanthin, which is a product obtained by
reduction from purpurin, is isomeric with alizarin,
but does not dye mordants. Munjistin is purpuro-
xanthin carbonic acid, and rubiadin is probably
methyl-purpuroxanthin.
The artificial production of alizarin from anthra-
cene, a coal-tar constituent, is one of the most impor-
tant discoveries of modern times, from a scientific as
well as a practical point of view. The history of this
discovery and its practical consequences will doubt-
less be discussed in connection with other exhibits,
and may therefore be passed over here. It may, how-
ever, be mentioned that during the process of making
626
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct.si.MW.
artificial alizarin as originally carried out a consider-
able amount of another substance is formed, which
was noticed first by Dr. Schunck, and named anthra-
rlavic acid. This was shown by I'r. l'erkin to be
isomeric with alizarin, though quite incapable of
combining with mordants. By fusion with caustic
alkali, anthraflavic acid is converted into rlavo-
purpurin, which is isomeric with ordinary purpurin,
and is endowed with marked tinctorial properties. It
is now prepared on a large scale for the use of dyers.
Ghryaammic acid, the salts of which are coloured
and remarkable for their golden, semi-metallic lustre,
is also a derivative of anthracene. It was, however,
obtained originally by the action of nitric acid on
aloes. It belongs to the same class of compounds as
picric acid, and, like the latter, may be employed for
dyeing purposes.
Indigo, the well-known blue dye, is obtained, as
most people are aware, from the leaves of various
plants. In what state the colouring matter is con-
tained in the indigo plant was formerly unknown, the
leaves showing no blue tint when fresh and unin-
jured, but having the same green colour as any other
leaves. Dr. Schunck showed that the colouring
matter is contained in the plant as a pale yellow
glucoside, easily soluble in water, which he called
indican. This, like other glucosides, is decomposed
by acids, splitting up into indigo and a peculiar kind
of sugar, and thus the fact of indigo, which is an
extremely insoluble body, being removed from plants
by means of cold water was easily explained. There
is a specimen of indican from Indigofera tinetoria
among the exhibits, but, being a body very easily
decomposed, it has already begun to show signs of
change, the surface being covered with a blue film of
indigo. Its physical properties are not interesting :
it never assumes a crystalline form, always appearing
as a yellow syrup. All commercial indigos contain a
certain proportion of a red colouring matter. This
red colouring matter was first obtained by Dr. Schunck
in a state of purity, and sailed by him indirubin. It
is a very interesting body, crystallising in red needles,
subliming unchanged, and yielding solutions of a fine
crimson colour. It has the same percentage com-
position as indigo blue, but is a more stable body
In dyeing it affords crimson in place of blue shades.
1 >r Schunck has shown that by treating indican in a
particular way before acting on it with acid it may
be made to yield indirubin only, and as the latter
would probably turn out a valuable dvestuff, on
account of its great stability, a means is pointed out
whereby the manufacturer would be enabled to
produce a true red in place of a blue indigo.
As a curiosity interesting to physiologists as well as
chemists, the specimen of indigo from urine may be
pointed out. Dr. Schunck first showed that all
urines, whether pathological or not, contain an indigo-
producing body in minute quantities. The chemical
nature of this body was first ascertained by Baumann,
who showed that it was not a glucoside like the
indican of plants, but the potassium salt of a peculiar
acid, indoxyl-sulphonic acid.
The substances from cotton here exhibited are more
interesting to the bleacher than to the dyer, since
they represent together the matter which is* removed
from cotton fabrics during the bleaching process.
Among them will be found a dark brown colouring
matter which is the substance causing the brown
tinge seen in raw cotton. All cotton, however white
it may appear, contains some of this colouring matter,
but the so-called Nankin cotton has more of it than
other kinds. During the bleaching process it is partly
removed by treatment with alkaline lye, and in part
it is destroyed by the action of chloride of lime. The
cotton wax may have something to do with the
property that the cotton fibres possess of adhering to
each other.
Dr. J. Peteii Okies.-,, F.1I.S. (No. 741b).— In this
exhibit we have specimens illustrative of the
discovery of diaz) and azo compounds, more
especially the azo colours ; also specimens of fabrics
dyed with these beautiful and brilliant colours are
shown. The history of the discovery of the first
diazo compound, which was made in the year 1858, is
thus related by Dr. Griess, in a letter to the writer :
—"Dr. Gerland, when working in the laboratory of
Professor Kolbe, in Marburg, investigated the action
of nitrous acid on amidobenzoic acid at the request of
Kolbe. Thus the oxybenzoic acid was prepared, indi-
cating a chemical change then considered of much
importance. In like manner I investigated a means
of converting picramic acid (amidodinitrophenyiiu
acid), into the oxydinitrophenylic acid, C0H2(N< >_)
(OH).>,biit I obtained instead of thislatteracompounri
possessed of such striking and peculiar properties
that I at once concluded it must belong to a com-
pletely new class of compounds. Analysis soon
showed me that this peculiar compound had the com-
position C'uH.^XOloNjO. Naturally I soon sub-
mitted many other amido compounds in like manner
to the action of nitrous acid, and obtained thus in
almost every case the corresponding diazo compound.
But the circumstance to which I was indebted for
my success in obtaining the diazo compounds was
that of the treatment of the amido compounds with
nitrous acid in the cold, whereby the immediate con-
version of the diazo compounds into other products
was prevented, whereas.in the earlier experiments of
Hunt and Gerland a higher temperature was always
attained, and consequently no diazo compounds could
exist. Having obtained these diazo compounds, I
then tried their action upon all possible substances,
amongst which, of course, are the numerous class of
amido compounds. I found that the diazo compounds
combine directly with these, forming frequently
brilliantly coloured substances which dye directly
animal fibres. The first colouring matter thus pre-
pared by me, which I obtained in the years 1861 — 62,
was the benzene azo-a naphthylamine (see Phil.
Trans. 1864, Part III. 679). It was first prepared on
the large scale, to the best of my recollection, in the
years 186") — 6, by Caro, who was then chemist in the
works of Messrs. Roberts, Dale & Co., of Manchester.
I first recommended the oxyazobenzene obtained by
me for use as a colouring matter in Liebig's Ann.
137(1866)."
It will be observed from this, as in the case of
Perkin's mauve, that these bodies were never thought
of until they appeared, but came unexpectedly and
unsought. At the present moment the conditions on
which the formation of coal-tar colours depend are
so well understood, that in forecasting a new sub.
stance it is not only possible to predict of what colour
it will be, but also whether it will be a dye soluble or
insoluble in water, etc.
The following azo dyes of principal historic interest
are exhibited by Dr. Griess : —
1. Benaene-azo-phenol. Discovered 1861 — G3. See
Phil. Trans. 1864, IH. 689.
2. Benzene-azo-a-Tiaphthylamine. Discovered 1861--
63. Phil. Trans. 1864, III. 679.
3. Diphenyl - i/i*u//i/io - azo - a - naphthylamine svl-
phonic aci<t. The first known cotton dye of the
Congo red type. Discovered 1882. Eng. Pat. 1099,
January 9, 1884.
4. Dimethylaniline-azo-p-benzeni sulpkonic acid
(" Helianthine " or " Orange No. III. "). Described
Bar. 10, 528.
.}. p-Naphthol-azo-p-plienol sulpkonic acid. First
known red azo dye. Eng. Pat. 3698, October 4, 1877.
Oct. 3!. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
627
(1. Anitol-azo-fi-naphtkol mtlphonic acid ("Anisol
red'). Eng. Pat. 4726, November 20, 1878.
The first diazo compound— viz., diazodinitropkenol,
was discovered in 1858. (Liebig's Ann. IOC. page
123J
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.K.S. (No. 74lc).-Tbis is
an exhibit of very special interest, inasmuch as
it marks a completely new era in the history of
colouring matters and dyes. Perkin was the dis-
coverer of the first coal-tar colour, but, singular to
say, he did not in the experimental research he was
cariying out expect a colour, and in fact, from the
scientific standpoint, he did not want a colour. He
was working in 18."><> on aniline with a view to
pro. iuce quinine, but obtained mauveme or '•mauve''
instead. Specimens of the original mauve are shown,
both solid and in solution. The only small use
to which mauve is now put in this country is
for colouring postage stamps. It has been com-
pletely superseded by the finer methyl violets.
Perkin patented his method for producing the eolour,
which was by oxidising sulphate of aniline, con-
taining also sulphate of toluidine, with potassium
biehromate,forming sulphate of mauveme or "mauve."
A specimen of safranine is also shown, produced by
the oxidation of the mauve'ine.
In the year 18<i'.i, Graebe and Liebermann having
shown that alizarin is an oxidised derivative
of anthracene, Perkin devised a method of manu-
facture which was subsequently known as the
English method, and by its use the necessity
of first oxidising anthracene to anthraquinone
was avoided. The anthracene was chlorinated,
dichloranthracene being formed, which on treatment
with fuming sulphuric acid, yielded the sul-
phonic acid of dichloranthracene. But on heating
the mixture, hydrochloric acid and sulphurous acid
were evolved, and a conversion into a sulphonic
acid of anthraquinone took place.
The German method involved the direct oxidation
of anthracene to anthraquinone by means of bichro-
mate of potash and sulphuric acid, and the sub-
sequi nt heating with strong sulphuric acid to ensure
sulphonation. The sulphonated product is in both
methods then fused with considerable excess of caustic
soda, when the alkali abstracts the elements of the
sulphuric acid and leaves a hydroxy product, which
may be alizarin or one of its congeners. Specimens
are shown of a wide series of anthracene, anthra-
quinone, and alizarin derivatives. Perkin also dis-
covered a valuable means of purifying anthracene, by
distilling it from potash. By this method, the
Germans say, a 10 per cent, loss is sustained, but
Perkin denies that such is the case. The residue
is then found to contain a remarkable substance
called carbazol, a body containing nitrogen ; a
specimen is shown of this beautiful body.
But alizarin is only one of a series of colours pro-
duced from anthracene, and the great advantage of
the synthetical methods of preparing these colouring
matters from the one common source, anthracene, is
that according to desire, either one or other colour
of this series may be obtained, whereas in working
the madder root, the dyer must take and use what
nature has put into his hands. Perkin also suc-
ceeded in preparing artificially for the first time the
odoriferous principle contained in the sweet-scented
Tonka bean — viz., coumarin.
Specimens of cinnamic acid, first prepared by
Perkin, are also shown. Cinnamic acid is remark-
able as being the raw material used in the preparation
of artificial indigo.
PROF. C. SCHORLEMMER, F.R.S., AND MESSRS. R. S.
Dale, B.A., axi> C. Schorlemmer (741a).— In the
showcase in which Dr. Schunck's specimens are
displayed will be found a small case of bottles
and specimen tubes containing preparations neither
large in bulk nor striking to the eye. Nevertheless,
these specimens illustrate a very important series of
chemical investigations. There are, firstly, a series
of samples of the pure constituents of American
1 etroleum, separated and prepared for the first time
by Professor Schorlemmer. Schorlemmer conclu-
sively proved that these constituents are not
alcohol radicles, as was at first believed, but the
hydrides of those radicles. The final result of this
research was the grand division of organic substances
into the paraffin series and the aromatic series.
It has been stated that American petroleum
contains absolutely none of the members of the
benzene series, but this statement Schorlemmer shows
not to be true, for amongst his little specimens may
be seen some crystallised dinitrobenzene, which he
prepared from Pennsylvanian petroleum.
Secondly, specimens of pure aurin and aurin
derivatives, substances of considerable interest to
the dyer, illustrating the joint researches of Dale
and Schorlemmer, are also shown.
GROUP 1.— CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL
APPARATUS.
W. H. Bailey it Co., Albion Works, Salford
(No. 701). — This firm exhibits apparatus and
machinery used chiefly by chemical manufacturers,
bleachers, engineers, etc. Especially is the exhibit
interesting for the variety of pyrometers shown, some
of these, as well as other physical apparatus, being
the inventions of Mr. W. H. Bailey. The question
i of the precise temperature at which a large number
of chemical and physical changes occur, is one
which has only recently received attention.
The carrying out of operations on the large
scale involving chemical changes is _ being
brought into continually closer approach to scientific
and laboratory method, and thus, just as the ther-
mometer is essential in the latter, so the
pyrometer must be adopted in the former.
This firm exhibits Hargreaves and Robinson's
hydrochloric acid pump, stopcocks for h}drochloric
acid, and lead-lined valves for acids and sours.
A pump for raising an almost equally cor-
rosive liquid — viz., bleaching liquor, is also
shown. Of patent pressure recorders, air coni-
pressers, pyrometers for all kinds of special purposes,
such as for blast furnaces, japanners' stoves, portable
army ovens, biscuit bakers, confectioners, for the
Hargreaves and Robinson salt-cake plant (a model of
which can be seen just opposite Messrs. Bailey's
stand), etc., there is a great variety. The large
automatic mortar and pestle exhibited is a curious
as well as ingenious piece of mechanism.
Messrs. Doulton k Co., Deansgate, Manchester,
and Lambeth Pottery. London. — This firm shows at
Stand 70l' interesting specimens of earthenware acid
pipes, pumps, and taps of various sizes. Besides these,
a feature is madeof retorts, stills,receivers, condensing
worms, store jars, chlorine retorts, unglazed chemical
pipes for boiling in tar, specimen of hydrochloric acid
pipes which have been in actual use, stoneware jars
and bottles, with patent screw stoppers to 3in.
diameter ; 24in. diameter stoneware pipes, free from
iron, for acid towers ; plumbago and other crucibles,
and various goods capable of resisting the action of
fire.
Messrs. Follows & Bate, Limited, Gorton, Man-
chester (No. 703), exhibit apparatus used by whole-
sale drug and fine chemical manufacturers, as well
as by viticulturists. A specimen of an edge
rum.er mill, with granite rollers, measuring 18
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. 31. 1887.
by 6, and granite bed 2ft. in diameter : drug mills for
grinding such friable materials as gentian, ginger,
and copperas ; also a iiowerful tincture press so de-
signed thai mi part ot the material operated upon
can come into contact with iron or other metallic sub-
stance used in the construction of the press. The
size of the hopper of this useful apparatus is nine
gallons, and the calculated pressure of the plunger
l- six tons. A small iron circular tincture
press, capacity one gallon, for chemists, a
65 gallon wine press and a grape crusher with
rollers 29in. by 7m.. numerous specimens of granite
pestles and mortars, and an assortment of hand-
power horizontal misers for light powders, liquids,
semi-liquids, and soluble compounds are also ex-
hibited.
William Allen, Union Brass and Iron Works,
Great Ancoats Street. .Manchester (Xo. 717).— In this
exhibit are shown Allen's improved filter-press in its
complete form, and fitted up with 24 chambers : also
a 3in. ram pump to be used with it. The press is
suitable for the filtration of products in almost all
kinds of chemical works. He also exhibits his
patent regulus screw-down acid jug-valve, made of
regulus metal, his plugs and seatings, cocks and in-
jectors.
Messrs, Shaw & Connolly, electrical engineers,
Manchester (No. 70(5). display .Miles Settle's patent
electric miners' lamps, as used at Darcy Lever-
Colliery, Bolton, and Madeley Colliery, Staffordshire :
patent water cartridge, exploded by electricity, and
all the necessary apparatus : mine signals, some fine
specimens of the deep-seam cannel, a collection of
cablesand derivations for mine lighting, and a remark-
able fossil tree (a Lepidodendron) from the Bolton
coalfield.
Messrs. Shaw & Connolly, Yarley Street,
Manchester (Xo. 707), also exhibit insulated wires, as
well as cables for submarine, torpedo, electric light,
telephone, and telegraphic purposes. Five special
varieties of insulated wires are shown, suited for
different circumstances and purposes ; also flexible
cords, of which a large number of specimens are to
be seen. There are wires differently insulated to
suit all the following exigencies :— Great dryness,
for internal work where walls are rather damp ; de-
cided dampness and exposed position (this variety
the best to use in cotton mills, weaving sheds, and
the like), when laid under water or subject to tem-
porary permanent heat, also exposed to acid or other
chemical fumes or to sea water. Besides these there
is a variety like the last, but with additional cover-
ings to protect and preserve from mechanical injury.
This is the variety used by Holroyd Smith, and
alone found available for the collectors of his electric
tramways. A portion of such a collection is shown.
< luing to the increase in size of dynamos, it was
found necessary to provide a copper conductor of
very large section for the connections, which at the
same time was to be flexible enough to handle with
the greatest ease. A piece of the largest cable
ever made for this purpose is exhibited : it is used
on an Edison-Hopkinson dynamo made for Germany,
and is required to carry the current for uoo lights!
It is composed of 1813 copper wires, .stranded in the
best manner possible, and this has been done so
successfully that, although the copper cable is liin.
in diameter, it can be easily tied into knots with "the
hand.
Specimens of cables used for telephone, electric
light, torpedo, mine signalling, blasting, domestic, and
other classes of work are exhibited Cables for trans-
mission ot power arc also coining into use, and as an
example the cable is pointed to which is used by
Messrs. Mather & Piatt, and specially constructed
by Messrs. Shaw & Connolly, to transmit the power
to work their bleaching plant from the dynamo-
house.
J. W. LovrjBOND, St. Ann's Street. Salisbury (No.
704), exhibits an apparatus for measuring colours
called a tintometer. We believe this apparatus has
a useful future before it. It is a new instrument,
by means of which the depth of colour in liquids and
solids can be accurately measured in degrees and
placed in their position in a permanent colour scale,
and mainly consists of a standard scale made of
coloured glasses numbered according to their depth
of colour, and an instrument for hoi ling the glasses
and the object to be measured. It is likely to be of
service wherever colour is an index for manufactu-
rers or where a permanent record of colours is de-
sirable.
Edward Ward, F.R.M.S., 249, Oxford Street,
Manchester, exhibits microscopes and appliances for
microscopic investigation. Mounted slides and un-
mounted specimens, and photographic apparatus and
lantern slides of scientific apparatus. An interesting
feature of this exhibit is a special row of microscopes
ready mounted and furnished with objects to be
viewed at any time by those interested in
Entomology and Natural History.
Joseph Davis & Co., Fitzroy Works, Kenning-
ton Park Road, London, S.E. (Xo. 705), exhibit Royal
Polytechnic and other barometers, optical and scien-
tific instruments of various kinds.
The Committee of Section III. and Waxson
Smith (No. 709).— Model of the Hargreaves salt cake
plant, as used for the, direct conversion at a high
temperature (about 500° C.) of common salt
into sulphate of soda, by means of sulphurous acid,
steam, and air.
Harden Stab and Sinclair Fire Appliance
Company, Limited, Yictoria Street, Manchester (Xo.
710). — All kinds of fire appliances. The Lucigen light
apparatus, used during the dark evenings of last win-
ter to enable the Exhibition workpeople to continue
the erection of the buildings by night, is exhibited.
It is a simple but very effective means of utilising
the "creosote oil" of the tar distilleries, recently be-
come so cheap as to be almost a waste product.
Joseph Casartelli, Market Street, Manchester
(Xo. 712).— All kinds of surveying, mining, and engi-
neering instruments, thermometers for industrial and
other purposes, as well as hydrometers, etc., in which
the special features of accuracy and lightness com-
bined with strength are desired.
Franz Mueller, formerly Dr. II. Geissler, of
Bonn, Germany (Xo. 713).— This exhibit contains,
amongst other things, a complete Geissler's mercury
air pump, with all the accessories, also sets of
Crookes', Geissler's, and I'uluj's tubes and apparatus.
Attention must be especially called to the new form
of the Crookes' apparatus containing rhombs of phos-
phorescent minerals, which on being electrified be-
come apparently incandescent, and radiate the most
beautiful coloured light. There is to be seen also a
new electric radiometer, which carries phosphorescent
wings. The fine show of delicate standard or normal
thermometers will be interesting to the scientific
chemist and chemical physicist. All the finer ther-
mometers are constructed of Jena normal glass.
The series of clinical thermometers contains instru-
ments each of which is furnished with a kind of
registering vernier with zero point graduation. A
baro-thermometer is exhibited the thermometer of
which is divided into M',,,ths of a degree. This ex-
tremely sensitive instrument marks differences of
height of only two metres (Ci to 7 feet). These are
perhaps among the most striking objects in the valu-
able collection shown by the Geissler Institute. A
Oct. 31. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
629
beautiful illuminated display was made at this stand
during the visit of the British Association.
F. < '. Rein & Son, Strand, London (No. 7l">).
show acoustic apparatus and instruments for
ness. John Heywood, Ridgefield, Manchester (No.
722), shows a completely fitted up chemical lab
tory table, with all the newest appliances; whilst
Messes. Mottershead & Co. and Messes.
James Wooixey, Sons & I !o., vie with each other in
the beauty and interest of their exhibits of chemical
and physical apparatus (Nos. 720 and 722a). The
Hex Biti minous Coal Company, Hulme Hall Road,
M-tncfaester (No 719) exhibit specimens showing tbe
advances in the manufacture of patent fuel, a branch
can a wonderful degree of perfection in
France and < iermany, where coal is scarcer and dearer
than in this country.
Henry Simon, MountStreet, Manchester (No. 71M,
exhibits models and drawings of apparatus by ibe
use of which the smoke and fumes trom coke-ovens
of the beehive or open variety are completely abated,
and in place of that smoke, tar and ammonia are ob-
tained. The ammonia-water is worked up into
sulphate of ammonia and liquor ammonia-, whilst the
tar is distilled and products obtained from which
coal-tar colours are prepared. The colours thus made
are exhibited, as well as fabrics dyed with them.
There is shown a model of a Simon-Carves recuper-
ative coke oven, with adjustments for the recovery of
by-products, and also a drawing giving a sectional
elevation of the coke oven, with the apparatus for the
automatic discharge of the finished coke.
There is also shown a model of a continuous
ammonia still (Simon's patent), so arranged that
either ammonia solution ("liquor ammonite") or
sulphate of ammonia can be made at will, and that
whilst the crude ammonia water is being fed in at one
end, the liquors exhausted of ammonia down to some
two-hundredths of a per cent, are running off at the
other by a suitable overflow pipe. A drawing is
shown of a sulphate of ammonia works arranged on
Simons principle at the Stafford Corporation Gas-
works, and another of a liquor ammonia- works
as erected on the similar principle at the Michigan
Ammonia Works, Michigan. Processes have, as is
well known, been devised for extracting the benzene
hydrocarbons from coal gas, so that they might be
eventually worked up into aniline colours. We
observe that a series of products similarly recovered
from the gas of the Simon-Carves coke ovens is
exhibited. The gas was treated by the large Swiss
colour manufacturing firm, Messrs. Durand &
Huguenin, and an interesting series of aniline dve>
thus obtained is shown, together with silks dyed with
these colours.
The East Lan< ashibe Chemical Company, Fair-
field, near Manchester (No. 721), exhibits plant i
for bleaching cotton and linen yarn and cloth
by the " blanchine'' process — i.e., using blanchinj in-
stead of soda ash, but no lime, and only very little
bleaching powder and acid : a starch substitute for
stiffening, and goods thus stiffened ; also a patented
stitute for bone size used for stiffening fustian
goods. Of bone size it is alleged that it .smells badly
and communicates its odour to the goods ; this
substitute is guaranteed to do the work without
communicating any odour. There is also a powder
soap specially adapted for the " white grounds " of
alizarin prints : it is commended by the firm on the
score of economy and effectiveness. A variety of
other drugs and chemicals used by calico printers
and dyers, with models of apparatus, is exhibited at
this stand.
George E. 1>a\ is. 301, Great < Howes Street
West Gallery, Xo. 937), exhibits specimens of
raw materials and products used and produced
in apparatus and plant, the drawings of which
are shown. The following is a list of the principal
items in this collection : —
1. Drawings of the Poirion evaporator, with sarn-
• esparto liquor and recovered ash.
2. Drawings ol plant erected for making liquor
ammonia direct trom gas water.
3. The drawing of a pyrites smalls burner is shown.
Seville smalls may be burnt in it with as much a- -
per cent, of Cu. so that half of this copper becomes
soluble in acidulated water alone, and when the
residue is calcined with salt, the spent ore or " blue
billy " contains less than 015 per cent. Cu.
4. Specimens of benzene, toluene, xylene, solvent
naphtha, naphthalene, anthracene, and sulphate of
ammonia, made by Davis's patented carbonising pro-
cess from the celebrated Rockingham coal.
5. 1 drawings of kilns for burning the spent oxide of
gas-works. In these kilns every provision is made for
the thorough combustion of the organic matter before
coming in contact with the nitrous gases. If not
burnt, the carbonic oxide or organic substances would
reduce those nitrous gases and cause an undue con-
sumption of nitre.
6. Drawing of a hydrochloric acid condensing tower
of the usual pattern, except with regard to the method
of taking off the acid, which is novel.
7. Glover tower on Davis's pattern having a
low form, and only seven feet of packing, which in
practice, it is claimed, has been found to answer very
well. These towers are packed with a special blue
brick, and the area of the tower is apportioned to the
work to be done in it, the height always remaining
the same.
8. A copper calciner, fitted with a Mond's smoke-
less fireplace.
9. Samples of products obtained on an industrial
scale from the condensed gases from bee-hive coke
ovens.
10. Samples showing the Davis and Aitken method
of treating sewage and refuse water from various
manufactories. Specimens are shown of the Salford
sewage treated by this process, and the refuse water
of a dyeworks before and after treatment.
GROUP II.— HYGIENE.
Messes. Motteeshead & Co. (No. 723), exhibit
Benger's natural digestive ferments, peptomsed
foods, fluids and powders. The writer showed
that beef tea prepared by adding a very little of the
•Liquor' preparation to mince beef and water
contains just three times as much nutritive matter as
ordinary beef tea prepared from just the same pro-
portions aud quantities of mince beef and water
without the addition of the " Pancreaticus Bengcr.
A similar experiment, followed by the same success,
was observed on adding some of the fluid to thick
gruel or arrowroot, these compositions soon becoming
liquefied through the partial conversion of starchy
matter into glucose. These experiments were
described by Sir William Roberts in the course of a
lecture before the College of Physicians, London.
Messrs. James Woolley, Sons & Co., Market
Street, Manchester (No. 725), exhibit antiseptic pre-
parations, and all kinds of elegant aud usetul toilet
articles, both perfumed and antiseptic.
Burroughs, Wellcome & Co., Snow Hill tfuild-
ings, London, EC. (No. 724).~Professor Oscar
Liebreich, of Berlin, first successfully investigated
the chemical composition of the tat or grease of the
wool of sheep, and found it to contain cholesterin.
The commercial article is termed "lanolin, and it
has a marvellous power of forming an emulsion on
G30
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct31.ifB7.
shaking up with water and of penetrating the skin
when applied to it. This firm shows specimens of
lanolin, lanolin pomades, soaps, cold creams, and
ointments of various kinds.
M'Dougall Brothers, Port Street, Manchester
(No. 720), exhibit a large variety of carbolic and sul-
phurous disinfectants in powders, liquids, and soaps:
also Mm: ins, Little & Son, of Doncaster (No.
727), show similar preparations, dog soaps containing
phenols, etc.
Winseb & Co., of Barter Street, Manchester
[No. 728), lay stress on their new antiseptic and dis-
infectant which they term " salufer,'' chiefly composed
of alkaline fluosilicates. It is stated that 'lA parts of
this compound have greater power of preventing the
growth of mildew on flour paste or cloth sized with
flour or starch than 14 parts of the best chloride of
zinc in the commercial form.
F. -T. Harrison & Co., Limited, of Leicester
(Xo. 72:i), and Swan & Leach, of Albert Square,
Manchester (Xo.730), show many varieties of sanitary
and disinfecting soaps, soap powders, and prepara-
tions for household, toilet, and other uses.
GROUP III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION,
The Broxburn On. Company, Limited, Royal
Exchange Square, Glasgow (No. 750).— This firm
exhibits specimens of the products obtained by the
destructive distillation of Scottish boghead shale,
together with samples of the raw material itself. It
is an industry originally founded by the late Dr.
James Young, F.R.S., about thirty years ago. I >r.
i oung commenced, however, not with boghead shale,
but with the boghead cannel itself, a mineral the
identity of which with cannel coal was disputed in a
celebrated lawsuit started to upset Young's claims.
This suit failed in its object, and so vigorously was
the manufacture of paraffin oils, naphthas, and wax
pushed that the mineral became speedily exhausted.
A fine specimen of this now extinct Scotch mineral,
presented to the writer by the late 1 >r. James Young, '
is to be seen at Stand ,81. In the great lawsuit
already referred to the presence of a single charac-
teristic coal fossil in the mineral would have quickly
decided the case and have saved much expenditure
of money, but no fossils were to be found in this
boghead cannel. It is interesting, however, to mention
that Professor W. Boyd Dawkins, when recently in
Australia, identified a cannel which is practically iden-
tical with the old Scottish boghead, and fine speci-
mens were brought over by him, and are now to be
seen in the Geological .Museum of the Owens College
The interesting point is that the Australian boghead
doi s contain tossil remains. The first record we have
ot the manufacture of paraffin wax is that by a Man-
chester man (nevertheless a Scotchman), Mr. John
I horn, of Birkacre (and of the firm of M'Naughton
& fhom), who made it before the year 1835 by
Reichenbach's process from the products of the
distillation of wood, as he informed the writer
He has still a specimen of the paraffin wax
then actually put in the market. Mr Thorn
was then the chemist in a works at Camlachie
near Glasgow The present approximate annual'
production and value in the United Kingdom of ;
the staple articles manufactured by the paraffin oil I
trade represented over £2,250,000. In the year 1886
to produce this value in the staple articles there
were consumed 1,810,000 tons of shale, and in the
manufacturing processes there would be over 500 000
tons of coal consumed. The capital invested in' the
jiaraflin oil trade amounts to about £2 000 000
The articles exhibited by the Broxburn Company
are (1) crude oil; (2) sulphate of ammonia;
(3) the refined products of the crude oil, which
are burning oil in several qualities, naphtha of
shale spirit, lubricating oil in various qualities,
ordinary and debloomed; solid paraffin scale, the same
in a refined state as wax of various qualities and
eandles prepared from it. The specimens of candles
vary from the cheapest to the finest hand-painted
kinds for drawing-room use.
The Linlithgow Oil Company, Limited, Edin-
burgh, and 4, St. Anns Square, Manchester (No. 748).
— This is also one of the Scottish shale distilling
firms, and exhibits fine specimens of its raw and
manufactured products, similar to those of the Brox-
burn Company.
The Dee Oil Company, 5, Cross Street, Manches-
ter, and Saltney, Chester. — We now pass on to a
handsome exhibit, illustrating the extraction of
paraffin wax and paraffin products, not by destruc-
tive distillation from *hale or cannel, but by direct
distillation from crude American petroleum resi-
dues first deprived of their light naphthas in
the States before export to this country. This
is a special line of paraffin industry of itself, and
the annual production and value in this country
of the staple articles thus produced amount to about
i'150,000. For this an annual consumption of raw-
materials takes place represented by about i'50,000.
The works of this firm are established just on the
borders of Cheshire and Flintshire, at Saltney, near
t ihester, and the history of the oil trade in the locality
of North Wales is one of peculiar interest. The trade
may be said to have had its origin in the discovery
of "curley cannel" coal in Flintshire, on the borders
of Cheshire, about 20 years ago. This discovery led
to the establishment of many companies and works in
Flintshire for the production of paraffin oil, and the
new industry was commenced with great vigour.
However, American petroleum also came to the front,
and the competition became too severe for the Flint-
shire paraffin industry. Burning oil reaches this
country from the United States far cheaper than it
could be made here from English products. At the
present moment there is not a single firm in North
Wales producing oils from the curley cannel of the
district, which, moreover, is nearly exhausted. During
the decadence in this locality of the cannel paraffin
industry, one of the last of the surviving companies
— viz., the Coppa Oil Company, who amalgamated
with the Dee Mineral Oil Company, which then
assumed the title of the Dee Oil Company, under
which title it trades at the present time. There is a
lesson for chemical manufacturers in this little history,
one which as to facts has been repeated and will be
repeated scares of times. It is this : — In times of
change, depression, and revolution of circumstances
only those can survive and continue to flourish who
possess elasticity and energetic mental and physical
vigour, backed up by and supported with scientific
knowledge and intelligent observation. It is clear
that the Dee Oil Company possessed these qualities,
and the subsequent history of the firm shows that
they were thoroughly needed. Thus, somewhat later,
it was found that the paraffin scale and crude wax
market became glutted, and no competition could
be longer undertaken in that direction. The
Dee Company therefore utilised the apparently hard
circumstances by at once erecting its own candle
works, where it could manufacture its own raw-
material into candles and so remove it beyond the
region of impracticability and danger. To cut down
other expenses the company further erected its own
sulphuric acid works, and will shortly put up its own
stearin plant, Competition was thus fought with its
own weapons. The samples of manufacture exhibited
comprise specimens of crude petroleum as taken from
Oct. 3i. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
631
tbe American wells, refined petroleum, burning oils
and residuum, which, as has been stated, is the material
used by this firm. From it are manufactured lubri
eating oils of different brands, cylinder oils, and a
special class of oils termed "valvolines" sterling.
They are oils for internal lubrication, and are said to
be superior to even the best makes of cylinder oils.
They are especially recommended for use with sight-
feed lubricators and in all high-pressure steam cylin-
ders. They are remarkable for a high flash point
(510° to 550° F.) a low setting point (under 32°
F.), and a great viscosity even when exposed to
high temperatures. An entirely new method is used
for their preparation, avoiding, it is said, distillation
and treatment with acids and alkalis. Three grades
are exhibited -"'torpedo oil," for use on torpedo
boats, launches, etc.; "dynamo oil," adapted tori
electric machines ; " gas engine " and " ring spindle "
oils. We observe also a preparation for therapeutic
use, oleum Dedinc, a medicinal oil for skin diseases.
Besides these we see many other varieties of oils, and
also fine specimens of paraffin wax, and candles, both
plain white and coloured.
Messes. Ragosine & Co., 7, Idol Lane, (Ireat
Tower Street, London, EC. (No. 73:?).— This exhibit
is one illustrative of the advanced present position
of the Russian petroleum industry. Two of the most
wonderful things in connection with this industry
are its apparently inexhaustible stores of natural
raw material in the neighbourhood of Baku, South
Russia, and the enormous rapidity with which that
industry has developed. To give an idea of this
advance and development, it may be interesting to
sketch the history of the firm who e beautiful exhibit
is under consideration — that of llagosine it Co.
In 1870, when the monopoly in petroleum at
Baku was abolished by the Russian Government,
the production began at once to increase enor-
mously, but so far the only valuable products
obtained from the crude oil were spirit and burning
oil. Since the Russian crude oil only yields 27
to 30 per cent, of these, there remained an enor-
mous production of residuum, which was for a long
time used as fuel or entirely wasted. It was
Vicior Ivanovitch Ragosine who first suggested the
util satiou of the heavier portions of the crude oil
for the manufacture of machinery oils and greases.
The firm of Y. I. llagosine i Co. was founded by
him in 1S7<;, at Nijm Novgorod, with a capital of
200,000 roubles. A refinery was built at Balachna,
on the Yolga, in 1876, and a second at Constantinow
in 1S80. The capital of the Company was raised by
successive fresh issues to 3.1 million roubles, and in
1 880 this Company obtained an imperial charter.
The worksat Balachna and Constantinow are supplied
with raw material from Baku, by a system of tank
barges, which are towed up the river during the month
of May. The two refineries together have storage in
iron tanks (each of about 2500 tons capacity) of up-
wards of 30,000 tons of crude oil and residuum. The
plant at the two works includes 54 stills, and is
capable of treating 35,000 to 40,000 tons of crude oil
per annum, and of producing from 30,000 to 35,000
tons of lubricating oil, etc. The oils made from the
Russian petroleum were first introduced into Eng-
land in 187b. No mineral oils of the same "body,"
it is said, have been seen before, and this " body," or
better, " viscosity," of the Russian mineral lubricating
oils indicates their special advantage. The .viscosity
of Russian oil of specific gravity 0'915 is about six
times that of American oil of the same specific gravity
at GO3 F. The viscosity diminishes rapidly as
the temperature rises, but even at 120 F. the
Russian oil is claimed to possess tbree times that of
the American of the same specific gravity. As com-
pared with colza and olive oils, the Russian of 0 905
specific gravity has roughly about two or three
times the viscosity at (J0° ; at 120° F. they are
about equal. These statements are confirmed by the
tables of William Mclvor and Boverton Redwood.
Hence (1) high viscosity— i.e., lubricating power ; (2)
Freedom from acid: (3) absolute immunity from
"gumming," since oxidation and drying cannot take
pla<:e ; (4) very low freezing point. The Russian
crude oil contains practically no paraffin. A valuable
product, viz . paraffin wax, is lost by this peculiarity,
but the cost of freezing out the scale from the lubri-
cating oilis saved. The burning oils, "petroleum"
of specific gravity 0"826, No. 3, now largely used in
this country and said to have a higher Hash point
than the corresponding American product, and equal
illumination," pyronaphtha "and "Australine," special
oils of very high Hash points— viz., 20i>" and 130",
and used in specially-constructed lamps, are pressing
the American oils very hard. When the inert resi-
duum of the American petroleum is destructively
treated in red hot tubes, a large amount of charring
takes place, and very little— scarcely any— increase of
value in the distillate occurs ; but if Russian petro-
leum residues are similarly treated, as was first dis-
covered by Letny, and Liebermann and Burg of
Berlin, these residues are converted, it is true
with much charring, into the true coal-tar pro-
ducts, benzene, toluene, napthalene, anthracene, etc.
Besides a fine collection ot crude pretroleum, with
naphthas, lubricating and burning oils of all kinds,
as well as oils for other special uses, a set of in-
teresting specimens of aromatic hydrocarbons, such
as are obtained from gas tar by the tar distiller, and
I used in the making of aniline and other coal-tar dyes,
j is exhibited. Those specially interested on proceed-
j ing to Stand No. 781, may see there a specimen of
ciiule anthracene obtained from the Russian petro
leum in the way specified, and another of 20 per cent,
alizarin prepared from the anthracene, and finally a
piece of printed and dyed cotton in the colouring of
which some of this alizarin was used. It has been,
however, sufficiently proved by numerous practical
experiments that the method of preparing coal-tar
hydrocarbons by carbonising the petroleum or
residuum will not pay, and we believe the process is
now entirely or almost entirely abandoned.
J. C. & J. Field, Upper Lambeth Marsh, London
(No. 752).— This firm, though also manufacturing and
i exhibiting a special kind of soap, is best known for
its "ozokerite" candles, ozokerite being a peculiar
mineral wax occurring largely in Galicia.and contain-
ing a very considerable proportion of paraffin. It is
thus a kindred substance with crude pertroleum.
Ozokerite was probably formed by the denuding
action of water on peaty and similar vegetable
remains, the vegetable part being gradually removed
and the insoluble resins washed away or de-
posited. Till about 1770 wax and tallow were the
sole ingredients of candles. The wax candles were
'rolled," the tallow "dipped" or "moulded." The
wicks in all cases were of twisted cottor., except in
the cheaper tallow candles, in which rushes, partly
stripped, were used. In 1850, James Young having
isolated paraffin, J. K. Field took out a patent for
manufacturing candles therefrom, which at once
] became very popular. Subsequently various members
of the Field firm patented different forms of the
candle— spiral, cable, etc.,— to which the plastic
and transparent paraffin readily lent itself. In 1872
the attention of F. Field, F.R.S., was drawn to the
mineral wax ozokerite, long known in Galicia. In
1874 a patent was taken out for the distillation of the
crude earth wax, and the white, very hard paraffin
now known as ozokerite was produced (melting
632
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL lXDLSTHY. ion. si. 1SS7
point 142° F.). The recent introduction of semi
refined paraffin scale into the candle trade lias almost
annihilated the composite and tallow candle branch
of the industry. The amount of candles and night-
lights produced in Great Britain annually cannot be
much under 30,000 tons : probably it exceeds this
estimate. Prices Company turn out over i;o,000,000
night-lights annually. The amount of palm oil im-
ported nun England exceeds 40,000 tons ; tallow
(exclusive of home consumption), 20,000 tons. (See
Field's Cantor Lectures, Journ. Soc. Aria, 1884, and
Rep. on Oils and Fats, CLE., 1886.) The principal
part of Messrs Field's exhibit, the ''samphire soap,''
is an article made by Dr. Alder Wright's ammonia
process, and in this process all free alkali is removed.
Moreover, a small quantity of free iodine is introduced,
and glycerine of specific gravity 1'26 is substituted
for the 20 per cent, of water usually present in toilet
soaps. Eucalyptol, the essence of the Eucalyptus
globulus in an iodised and semi saponified form, is
finally added.
Price's Latent Candle Company, Limited,
Belmont Works, Battersea, London, S.W.— This
exhibit is one made by a firm which has a remark-
able history. It is owing to a discovery made by a
member of this firm that cheap and pure glycerine may
now be had in abundance. To describe the develop-
ment of the firm in detail would be out of the question,
for, to begin with, more than 80 patents have been
held by Price's Company. The great French chemist
Chevreul, now over 100 years of age, but still active
as a chemist, in 1811 began his researches on the
constitution of fats and oils, and in 1823 he com-
pletely published his discoveries in this direction. In
conjunction with Gay Lussac he attempted the
industrial application of the scientific principles he
had made known, but did not attain the success lie
doubtless anticipated. It was reserved to M. de
Milly to lay the foundation of the stearic candle
manufacture in 1832. In 1833 the "Bougies de
l'Etoile," as the candles of MM. de Milly and Motard
were called, were sold in Paris at about Is. Ski. per
pound (retail), and at this price were placed "on the
market to the extent of about 25 tons per annum.
In 1829 Mr. James Soames, of London, separated
cocoanut oil into its solid and liquid components by
pressure. He took out a patent for it. The patent
was purchased by Mr. William Wilson and his part-
ner, who worked under the title of " E. Price &
Co.1 They perfected it, and produced by its aid
cocoanut candles and lamp oil. In 1847 the concern
passed into the hands of "Trice's Patent Candle
Company,' Mr. William Wilson becoming the first
chairman, and his two sons— J. P. Wilson and G F.
Wilson— the managing directors. The plaited wick,
patented in France in 182") by Cambaceres, was
introduced into England by Henri Meyer, subse-
quently manufactured near Derby by Mr. Thomas
Top ham, and he in 183(5 was supplying the wick to
E. Price & Co. In the year 1840 Mr. J. P. Wilson,
whilst endeavouring to produce a cheap self-snuffing
candle for the coming illumination innonourof the
marriage of Her Majesty Queen Victoria then
approaching, succeeded in making such candles of a
mixture of equal parts of stearic acid and coacoanut
stearin. They gave a brilliant light, required no
snuffing, and could be sold retail at is. per lb. The
new candles came rapidly into notice, and the sales
advanced in a manner entirely without precedent.
They were termed " composite," Because oi the mix-
tun.' of materials in them. Such was a new and
successful departure in illumination for our homes
and "ii festi\ icasionsat the date of the marriage
ol Queen \ ictoria.
In I84u George Gwynne took out a patent for the
distillation of the fatty acids in vacuo. It is these
fat acids which, chemically united with glycerine,
form true fats, much as sulphuric acid united with
soda forms a salt, sulphate of soda. The knowledge
which had already been acquired that these fat acids
could be distilled without destruction or decompo-
sition was thus for the first time commercially
applied. But in 1842—43 Messrs. Price & Co., in
the names of W. C. Jones and G. F. Wilson, patented
a still more important discovery, superseding the
first. They discovered that all the good effects of
the vacuum process could be gained by substituting
the use of free steam. Thus the costly vacuum still
was avoided. With respect to the hardening of fats,
Fremy, another great French chemist, had shown in
1836 that treatment with 50 per cent, of their weight
of sulphuric acid in the cold was needful. In com-
merce this was impracticable. Clarke and Gwynne
patented a process based on the foregoing in 1840,
but Jones and Wilson subsequently proved that if
the mixture were warmed, not cooled, then 33 per
cent, of sulphuric acid would suffice and still all the
good results be obtained that were realised in the
other process. Another commercial success was the
result. In 1848 the night-light patent of (I. M.
Clarke, and in 1849 the night-light business of
>S. Childs were acquired, a new factory was erected,
and in 1852 the sale of night-lights already amounted
to over 12 millions per annum. Some years before
the English millowners could be induced to use oleic
acid instead of olive and other oils for the oiling of
wool, that acid, as produced in large quantity in the
manufacture of stearic or hard candles, had been thus
successfully used on the Continent. The process of
Messrs. Price it Co. by distillation appeared likely
to remove the impediment in this country, and so ill
1851 the English patent of Messrs. Alcan and Peligot
(another noted French chemist) was secured for the
use of oleic acid as a "cloth oil." However, it was
only after some time the prejudice of the Yorkshire
millowners was overcome. In 1854 1!. A. Tilghman
took out his English patent for acidifying fats and
separating them into fat acids and glycerin by means
of contact with water under high temperatures and
pressures. The Company took an exclusive licence
under this patent. However, a still further and very
material advance was made when Messrs. G. F".
Wilson and G. Payne, in 1855, discovered that
neutral fats could be broken up (a kind of partially
destructive distillation or, better, analytic distillation
or hydrolysis) by distillation with superheated
steam alone. Before the close of this same year Mr.
(i. F. Wilson secured another discovery and patent
for his firm of great commercial importance
and scientific interest. He found, namely, that
glycerin could be distilled without decomposi-
tion by the use of steam. Previous to this date a
chemically pure glycerin had never been seen.
Under the new patent such a product became not only
possible but commercially so. In 1850 James Young
obtained his celebrated patent for the production of
paraffin hydrocarbons by the destructive distillation
el coal at a low red heat. In 1853, seeing the pro-
gress of Mr. Young's paraffin industry, Mr. Warren
de la Rue took out patents for working the Burmese
or Rangoon petroleum. Hardly had the first exports
of some 10,000 gallons of burning oil prepared from
this Rangoon petroleum to New York in 185!( been
effected when "oil was struck ' in America, and this
new discovery of petroleum upset all calculations as
to the value of the Rangoon article. Meanwhile
Messrs. Price & Co. turned their attention to the
perfection of the candle and other machinery. The
increased use of American burning oil had no slight
effect on the Company's sales, for whereas in the five
"•■31,1867.) THE JOtJRNAt OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
033
years 1857 to 1801 46,905 tons were got i id of, in '
1862 to 1866 only .sales of 43,00!) tons were effected.
The thin now tarried the war into the enemy's camp,
and from using paraffin scale from Scotland and the
United States a forward movement was made, first
in the patenting a new process for producing fine
white paraffin wax without the use of the dangerous
spirit generally used in the washing processes, and
stcondly, in enlarging and improving its paraffin
rerinery at Battersea. At the present time, it is said.
Piice's Company is the largest refiner of paraffin iu
the world. By this indomitable perseverance and
intelligent co-operation with circumstances the fall-
ing off already referred to in the transition period
was soon recoveied, the previous highest sales
surpassed, and in the five years lvs2 to 1886
the saleable produce rose to 80,205 tons. At
present the approximate annual production of
the articles manufactured by Price ife Co. is 18,000 !
tons ; value about £700,000. The annual consump-
tion of raw materials is about 19,000 tons. The
present annual production of paraffin candles in this
country is 27,1 00 tons : of stearin candles 7.">00 tons.
After what has been recorded of the invention of a
new and brilliantly burning caudle, .just in time for
household use and for purposes of festive illumination
about the period of Her Majesty's marriage, it would
sei -m natural that some special memento might be
afforded of such an occasion in the Exhibition :
this has been the case, for Messrs. Price exhibit a
life-size bust of Her Majesty in pure white stearic
acid, standing on a pedestal of the same fat acid,
supported on a cube of the material used in the
manufacture of the gold medal palmitin candles.
The soaps exhibited by this firm are extremely varied,
and are of excellent quality. An interesting exhibit
of candles, night lights, tapers, etc., and the machinery
used in forming them is to be seen in tbe Machinery-
Annexe, Stand No. 410.
I. Lkvinstkln & Co., Manchester (Xo. 742). —
There is here a model of its kind, for it is both emi-
nently beautiful as well as instructive. Very artistic.
too, is the arrangement of the little pavilion, which
forms the show-stand, for if the visitor go inside
it he at once loses sight of any specimen of dye.
colour, or other material used in the preparath n-and
colouring of the exquisite ornamental silks, wools,
and flowers, which are so arranged as to make the
interior resemble that of a conservatory. Let him
proceed to the outside, and immediately on
passing the doorway he at once loses sight o!
the ornamental and artistic embellishments, and a
series of elegantly arranged chemical specimens
presents itselt. He may now see and examine
all the materials and products through every stage,
from the raw coal to the finished dye and
colouring matter, as well as other useful coal-tar pro-
ducts But Mr. Levinstein has so devised it that not
only are the specimens and samples shown, but they
are exhibited in the proportions in which they are
practically obtained in the factories, so that, "com-
mencing with the cubical block of coal weighing 1
cwt., the specimens shown in the lower compartments
of the pavilion represent also the proportions h\
weight obtainable from the lewt. of coal aforesaid.
We observe on the lewt. block of coal a small 1
contaiuingsaccharine from coal tar, the announcement
of the manufacture for the first time of which was
made by Mr. Levinstein nearly two years ago.
The little sample in question represents the actual
proportion obtainable from the large block of coal
on which it rests. Besides the raw and inter-
mediate products, which are shown in all complete-
ness of detail, about 100 different coal-tar dyes are
also exhibited. As regards illustrations of'dyeing
power as exhibited in the superficies of fabric which
can be dyed to a full shade, the lent, of c^al already
nu ntioned is here again brought usefully into requi-
sition, and around the block are arranged Bome
folds of flannel dyed scarlet, and represent -
accuiately, therefore, the amount of scarlet-dyeing
powtr (if it may be so described) that resides in the
lent ol coal. Especially we notice fine specimensof
the eosines, naphthol yellow and azo-scarlets for
which this firm has obtained such celebrity.
Messrs. Josiab Hardmax & Co , H ilea Platting,
Manchester (No. 747).— An accurate and beautifully
constructed model of the tar distillery in its n
complete form first strikes the eye of the visitor. This
model is moreover no fanciful representation, and
to show how thoroughly its arrangement and
planning have been thought out and designtd,
it is modelled to scale, and on its premises
are arranged sulphuric acid chambers, with all
the paraphernalia of a vitriol works, so necessary
an adjunct in these days of low prices, when
materials must be as far as possible manufac-
tured direct rather than bought As regards the
splendid collection of specimens, these are arranged
so as to exhibit not only quality but also proportion
by weight derived from a given unit weight of raw
coal. A large cubical block of coal is shown and the
weights of useful products derived also, and, further,
the quantities of different fabrics that can be dyed
with the given proportions of colours that may
be extracted from the block are exhibited.
This furnishes an interesting and striking idea of
measurement of the colouring capacity that is latent
in ordinary gas coal. The exhibit of course includes
crude as well as purified products obtained from coal
tar, ammoniacal liquor and spent oxide.
Messbs. Hart'Ma.v & Holders, Miles Platting,
Manchester (No. 746). — A kind of branch firm of the
foregoing. Here is seen a most attractive and in-
teresting exhibit arranged to Dlustrate the manu-
facture of alizarin from coal tar, and showing a series
of chemical products with their derivatives, remark-
able for their purity and beauty. The practical
application of alizarin to cotton is shown by a variety
of dyed and printed yarn, cloth, velvet, etc. Alizarin
colours on iabries are also shown alone as well as in
i conjunction with other dyes. Special prominence is
given to the exhibition of specimens illustrating the
advances made in the dyeing of silk and wool with
alizarin. Skeins of silk in six colours, showing four
shades of each, also examples of dyed and printed
silks, form a new and pleasing feature in the exhibit.
Moreover, samples of wool in various shades, also
cloths and tweeds in which alizarin-dyed wool pre-
dominates, are shown. The old original madder in
various forms is not forgotten, and some specimens
of madder-dyed and printed fabrics are exhibited,
among the most interesting being the Indian dre-
woven and dyed with munjeet (Rubin munjUta) by
the natives.
It was not until the expiration of the German
patents that Hardman & Holdens, who were first in
the field, were able to start their alizarin work. There
are now three English makers, and it seems probable
that ere long England will make all the alizarin she
consumes. One effect of this competition following
the expiration of the patents has been that whereas
four years ago the price of alizarin was 2s. Od. per lb.,
, the present market price is only 8id. per lb.
Messrs. Sadler & Co., Limited, Cleveland
Chemical Works, Middlesbrough (Xo. 744).— This
firm makes a specially interesting exhibit of coal-tar
products, crude and refined, and amongst the latter
notably alizarin, aniline, and other coal-tar dyes: like-
wise acids, alkalis, and other chemicals are reprc-
034
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I0c-t. 31. isw.
sented as being manufactured for use or in order to the
working upol by-products. It is worthy of mention
thai Messrs. Sadler & ( v.. were the first manufacturing
chemists to recognise the practical value of the coal-
tar from the coke ovens on the Simon-Carves system
as worked by -Messrs. Pease & Partners, at Crook,
near Darlington, and long before other manufactuiers
were willing to admit the genuine character of that tar
and ammoniacal water, or thought anything about
the subject, this firm had made contracts for both
products and worked them to profit : and hence
-Messrs. Sadler .V- Co. were certainly the first firm,
at all events in this country, to make alizarin and
other coal-tar colouring matters from coke-oven tar.
As a record of enterprise, the foregoing may lie
placed at the head of the brief list new to follow.
Alizarin is one of the specialities of this firm, and in
its manufacture Messrs. Sadlerenjoy the advantage not
only of making the raw material, anthracene, direct from
coal tar, but they make at the same time all the other
chemicals which are necessary for its complete pro-
duction. Ry their process they produce an article of
exceptional purity. The beautiful dyed and printed
specimens illustrating the effect of Messrs. Sadler &
Co.'s alizaiin and allied colours on the fibre were fur-
nished, we understand, by Messrs. E. Potter it Co.,
of Dinting Yale. With regard to aniline colours.
Messrs. Sadler & Co. commence with the tar, distil
it, and proceed onwards to the finished colours. Their
magenta is produced by the nitrobenzene process.
Another dyestuff— viz., Bismarck brown, is made
by a patent process direct from dinitrobenzene, the
benzene for this being extracted from coal gas.
This firm manufactures oxalic acidlargely from saw-
dust Amongst the alkali products, soda is'made from
salt, which occurs largely in the strata below the ground
on which the factory stands, and the sulphuric acid
from pyrites obtained from the Cleveland hills in the
neighbourhood. Fuming sulphuric acid, considerably
used by the dye manufacturer, Messrs. Sadler make
from bisulphate of soda.
Epsom salts, for a great number of years made in
Middlesbrough from the magnesian limestone, are
now- entirely manufactured from kieserite, a refuse
product of the Stassfurth mines.
All the waste products of the factory which possess
any value for the purpose are mixed with dissolved
bones and superphosphate, which is also made in
large quantities and sold in the form of manures.
The British Alizarin Company, Limited, Silver-
town, London, E. (No. 736). — This beautiful exhibit,
mainly a reproduction of the one which excited so
much admiration in the late International Inventions
Exhibition, and which gained a gold medal there, is
not only of present interest, but it illustrates well
the history of the development of the madder and
alizarin industries.
1st. Is a series of specimens illustrating the
growth and form of the madder plant and various
dyeing products derived from it. These natural
dyes have been superseded by the "alizarins."
Specimens are also shown of cotton prints prepared
with madder colours.
2nd. There are specimens showing the crude pro-
ducts from the distillation of coal-tar.
3rd. Specimens illustrating the process of the
manufacture of alizarin, flavopurpurin, and anthra-
purpurin front crude anthracene, together with
others exhibiting some of the chemical properties of
anthracene and its derivatives, as well as further
specimens of the pure chemical substances which
occur along with pure anthracene in crude coal-tar
anthracene.
4th. Numerous specimens of printed and dyed
cottons, muslins, velvets, cretonnes, etc. : also others
of dyed turkey-red cloths and yarns produced with
the alizarin colours of the British Alizarin Company,
Limited. Some of these specimens show the alizarin
in conjunction with other colouring matters.
5th. According to an instructive system of arrange-
ment, a series of samples illustrating the various
stages of cotton printing and dyeing with alizarin is
shown — e.g., cotton cloth in all the following con-
ditions and in the following order : — Grey, bleached,
mordanted, fixed, dyed, oiled, steamed, cleared and
finally finished.
6th. Specimens exhibiting the shades obtained by
the same mordant from alizarin, anthrapurpurin, and
flavopurpurin respectively.
7th. A " five-striped swatch" (mordanted and dyed
cotton cloth), showing the colours produced by
various mordants from the same alizarin dye-bath.
Besides the foregoing are two Indian figures,
draped in native costume, printed with alizarin, and
numerous samples of wool and silk dyed with the
same colouring matter.
-Messes. Brooke, Simpson & Spiller, Limited,
Hackney Wick, London, E. ; also 106, Portland
Street, Manchester (No. 732).— This firm is one which
has a history, for in earlier days, under the style of
Simpson, Maule, iV- Nicholson, it acquired a European
reputation for violet and blue dyestufls. The ma-
gentas and acid magentas produced by Messrs.
Brooke, Simpson & Spiller have a reputation for
exceeding purity and beauty of colour. Dyed and
printed patterns indicate the applications of the
dyestufls exhibited.
Society of Chemical Industry of Basle, Swit-
zerland, formerly Messrs. Bindschtdler & Busch (No.
743). — W. G. Thompson ifc Co., Cooper Street ; and
O. Isler & Co., Marsden Street, Manchester. — The
writer has had the privilege of inspecting the
works, laboratories, and offices of this, the fore-
most of Swiss colour and dye manufactories, com-
prising aniline and azo colour factories, and also an
extensive alizarin works. The laboratories are
extensive, excellently arranged, and form a leading
feature of the establishment : they are manned by a
staff of 15 chemists. Throughout the works, clean-
liness and good order are qualities which at once
strike the visitor ; excellent discipline is also every-
where observable. There are from 3">o to 400 work-
men and foremen. To give an idea of the steam
power required in a factory of this kind we may
mention that 11 steam boilers, representing in the
aggregate 1100 horse-power, are regularly at work.
Nil less than 22 steam engines are in operation
for the communication of power. The specialities
quoted by this firm from a long and well-classified
list of their products are the following : — Violet 5 B
crystals, ethyl purple, Yictoria blue B and 4 R,
night blue, auramine, tartrazine, acid magenta, fast
green 3 B, crystals acid violet 7 B, alkali violet.
St. Denis Dyestuff and Chemical Company,
Limited (Poxrrieb & Co.), St. Denis, Paris, and 3,
Booth Street, Manchester (No. 740).— This exhibit is
well worthy of the foremost firm in France in the
manufacture of dyestutt's. Amongst the colouring
matters shown, we observe some interesting ones of
the azo class, and not the least so that one termed
"roccelline."
Manchester Aniline Company (Charles Truby
& Co.)j 55, High Street, Manchester, and Clifton
Junction (No. 738).— This exhibit comprises speci-
mens of aniline oil for dyeing, calico printing, and
colour making, of essence of mirbane (nitro-benzene)
for scenting soap, dinitrobenzene and toluene, pure
naphthalene, nitrouaphthaleue, arseniates of soda,
oleine as alizarin oil, soluble oil, and all the special
materials lor sizers and finishers.
OH. 31. 1887
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMTCAL INDUSTRY.
Y..\ Hohknhauskn 4 < '" . Yew Tree Chemical
Works, 31 8, ( lollyhurst Road, Manchester i No. 745 |.—
An elegant display of all the materials used by the
calico printer and dyer which come undtr the head-
ings of mordants, dung substitutes, preparing liquors,
assistants, etc., together with some special dye-stuffs.
The sulphocyanides and acetate of chrome deserve
special mention.
Dan Dawson Brothers, Milne Bridge Chemical
Works, Huddersfield (No. 737), exhibit a neatly-
arranged series of specimens illustrating the chemicals
and coal-tar dyes manufactured by them.
Charles Lows i Co., Reddish, near Stockport,
and Piccadilly, Manchester (No. 739>— With the name
of Charles Lowe that of chemically pure carbolic
acid is intimately associated. Mr. Lowe was the
discoverer of a finely crystalline hydrate of carbolic
acid, and the name of his firm has for long been
taken as a guarantee of excellence and purity of
manufacture of the carbolic acid preparations and
derivatives — some of them dyestuffs — which are
manufactured there. A novel method of exhibiting
the phenol- and other colours in a kind of glass case
is adopted.
.T. 0. Siegerist, 41, Faulkner Street, Manchester
(No. 731), representative of the Fabriques des Produits
L'himiques de Thann et de Mulhouse, Alsace. — In the
first place are exhibited colours in dry. paste, aud
liquid states, specially prepared for calico printing.
These colours are, almost without exception, " fin-
ished colours"; that is to say, specially prepared
colours, which, in order to be printed upon the cloth,
siniply require mixing with a thickening such as
starch, gums, albumen, etc., according to the nature
of the colour. No mordants having to be added to
these colours by the printers, the latter are easier for
them to manipulate, and are said to give more satis-
factory results as to uniformity of shade, etc., than
colours made up by themselves. There are colours
for ordinary calico printing, indigo discharge, aud
others for printing on alizarin red-dyed cloth. The
principal feature in the latter (both blues) is that
they are simply printed on the cloth with a thicken-
ing, steamed, and then washed. This gives a very
good imitation of indigo discharge on turkey-red.
There is also one colour (Alsace green) for piece
dyeing, and this colour can be discharged. With the
exception of a few, these colours are said to be fast
to light and soap. We observe (2) colours for printed
wall papers ; (3) colours for wool dyeing. Amongst
these i» an aniline blue which gives shades equal to
indigo. The colour is even faster than indigo both
to light and soap, and no acid can discharge it. It
stands milling and felting perfectly well. (4) Chem-
icals used as mordants, etc.;, (5) substances used in
the making of aniline colours : (6) chemicals for pro-
ducing blacks on cotton goods ; (7) aniline colours
for wool, silk, and cotton : (8) glycerines made from
pure stearin : (9) albumens : (10) Senegal gums.
B. Kchx, agent for L. Duhand amd Hukuknin,
Basle, Switzerland. 55, Bloom Street, Manchester,
and 36, St. Mary-at-Hill, London, E.C.— An ink
ing display of coal-tar colours is shown for dyeing
and printing wool, cotton, silk, etc., with patten
illustrate the shades and character of these colours.
Special dyes for leather are also exhibited, with
specimens of that material dyed and printed. An
interesting feature of the exhibit is, however, the
new coal-tar medicaments shown. First we observe
•' $alol," or phenyl salicylate, which has been recently
applied with success as an anti-rheumatic. It is
better to take than salicylic acid, which deranges the
stomach. The salicylic acid of the salicylate (salol),
however, is, after all, the effective agent, but the
decomposition necessary to set free that acid from its
combination with the phenol only takes place when
the dose of ;alol reaches the duodenum, and conse-
quently only alter it has passed through the stomach.
& Anttfebrine" is the second therapeutic agent >x
hibited ; its true name is acetanilide. The therapeutic
name indicates its use.
GROUP VII.— DYES AND COLOURING MAT-
TERS FROM OTHER SOURCES THAN " 'AL-
IA R.
Of colouring matters or other principles, the
chemical constitution of which is still unknown
to us, we have those contained in most of the dye-
woods— e.jjr., logwood, fustic, quercitron bark, Persian
berries, etc.. and also tannic acid. (See Stand No.
796.) Many of these are of the very greatest im-
portance to the textile colourist, and hence recourse
must still be had to Nature's resources. It is in-
teresting to note that nearly all the colouring matters
above referred to are such as require the aid of
mordants in order to develop and fix upon fabrics
the colours they are capable of producing.
Millward & Crver, 10, Greenwood Street,
Manchester (No. 795). — The exhibit of this firm
includes samples of indigo and the model of an indigo
factory ; specimens of the seed, plant, etc., and classi-
fied samples of indigo : specimens of refined indigo,
and extract of indigo ; patterns of fabrics dyed with
indigo. Indigo is a colouring matter used as a dyestuff
in India from the earliest times. Cloth dyed with
indigo has been found in the old Egyptian tombs, and
the process of preparing and manipulating the dye is
accurately described by both Pliny and Dioscorides.
The chitf source of East Indian indigo is the
Indigofera tinetorta, au herbaceous plant raised from
seed, of which a sample is exhibited, which is sown
in either spring or autumn. The plant grows with a
single stalk to a height of about 3ft. (jin., and about
the thickness of a finger. It is usually cut for the
first time in June or July, ai d a second, cr even
a third cutting obtained later in the year. The
number of leaves which the plant puts forth deter-
mines the value of the crop, as it is in the leaves that
the colouring principle is chiefly contained. The
crude mode of manufacture carried on in Bengal
at the present day coincides exactly with the
description of the processes given by Pliny and
Dioscorides. When the leaves arrive at a proper
degree of maturity the plants must be speedily
gathered, and each cutting rapidly executed during
the night, for the scorching sun would wither the
branches and injure the produce. A great many
hands are employed in the gathering process, ai d
the surrounding villages are all requisitioned. The
workmen are dispersed in the fields at midnight, and
in the morning the produce of the harvest is de-
posited in stone troughs previously tilled with water.
Under the influence of the sun's rays fermentation
soon takes place, and after about 48 hours the liquid
is drawn off into shallow vats Heie it is btaten
about by means of oars by the natives, who enter the
vats, the object being to expose the liquid as much
as possible to the action of the air. During this pro-
cess the greenish yellow fermented extract from the
leaves assumes a deep blue or almost black colour.
The liquid is allowed to stand, and the indigo blue
\\ hich has been formed gradually settles to the bottom
as a fine powder. The supernatant liquid is drawn
off and the indigo precipitate is boiled with water in
metal vats in order to prevent further fermentation,
which would injure the indigo itself. The indigo
paste is then drained in filters, and the dark blue
clay-like mass is cut into cubes, dried in open-air
sheds, packed into chests and sent to the Calcutta
market.
636
THE .TOFRXAL OF TTTF. SOCIETY OF OITFMTOAL IXDUSTRY. [Oet. 31, 1887.
Tin fresh leaf of the indigo plant does not
contain indigo, but a colour-yielding principle
called Indican, Under the influence of the
fermentation and the subsequent oxidation this
colourless or faintly- coloured and soluble indican
is decomposed or split up into glucose and indigo
blue. The former remains dissolved in the liquid,
while the latter, being insoluble, is precipitated in
the beating or oxidation vats as described. From
Allahabad eastward vast districts are to be found in
which this forms almost the sole product manufac-
tured. Oude, Tirhoot, Upper Behar, and a large
area of Bengal are almost entirely in the hands of tin
indigo pi inters. The average annual production of
East Indian indigo during the last IK years may be
placed at 12 1,000 inaunds (about 74lb. to the factory
maund), and the value over two millions sterling.
The price of indigo has ranged within the same
period, for fine Bengal and Tirhoot, from 8s. 6d. per
lb. in 1870, when the crop was 92,000 maunds, to
5s. 3d. per lb. in 1S78, when the crop reached 155.000
maunds, and is largely governed by the abundance or
paucity of the crop, which in its turn is influenced by
the monsoon or rainy season. Although the main
supply of indigo is furnished from East India (con-
sisting of Bengal, Tirhoot, Benares, Oude, Kurpah,
Madras, and Bimlipatam qualities), yet there are also
some considerable imports from Guatemala, from
Caraccas in South America, and, in addition, from
Java and some little from Manilla, the capital of
Luzon, in the Philippine Islands : but all these last
named occupy relatively a subordinate position.
Recent experiments by R. C. Phillips have also shown
that indigo can be easily grown on the West Coast of
Africa, near the Congo.
E. D. Milnes & Brother, Lumn Mills, Lanca-
shire (Xo. 7SJ6).— The mainproducts exhibited by this
firm are extracts used in dyeing, calico printing, and
tanning of their own manufacture : also the raw
materials from which such extracts are prepared :
moreover, a number of chemicals and drysalteries
employed in the same industries. The extracts
exhibited comprise those of logwood, fustic, quer-
citron bark, Persian berries, sapanwood, sumac
leaves, inyrabolams. galls, divi divi, valonia, chestnut,
oak bark, quebracho, and 1 :rch bark. The annual
consumption of these articles in the United King-
dom already amounts to thousands of tons, and con-
tinues to increase rapidly. These extracts are simply
aqueous decoctions of the above-mentioned vegetable
products evaporated to the requisite consistency with
special precautions : they are now obtained in a state
of excellence formerly unattainable, and promise ere
long to entirely displace thedyewoods and other raw
materials from which they are prepared. The im-
provements effected consist mainly in the adoption
of improved mechanical means for ensuring a
thoroughly complete extraction of all valuable in-
gredients, and prevention of any deterioration or
composition during both extraction and evaporation.
This end is accomplished by the us; of vacuum
pans, in which the extraction can be effected at lower
temperatures. Specimens of cloth dyed and printed
with the extracts, etc , are shown in the same case, as
well as fine examples of dyewoods.
Bourgeois Aim., Rue de ('aire. Paris; agent,
Alfred Hallam, Post < (trice, Peel Causeway, Altrin-
cham (No. 798).— The exhibltof this Hrm is composed
chiefly of superfine colours for designers and en-
gravers to calico printers. The colours are made up
in rive forms— viz.. in tube, baton, Hake, paste, and
powder, and it is claimed for them that they are
especially brilliant and opaque, and will work one
over the other without loss of tone. These are the
colours used in France in the production of the
calico-print designs, etc., so well known in this dis-
trict. A selection of drawing materials as used by
designers is also shown.
GROUP IV.— LAKES, PIGMENTS, PAINTS
AN 1) VAUNISIIES.
Rawlins a- Son, Brook Works, Rainhill,
Prescot (Xo. 753). — A fine exhibit comprising
the raw materials used in the manufacture of ultra-
marine, ultramarine in its intermediate stages,
known as " raw ultramarine,'' " settled ultramarine,"
and "dried pulp ultramarine '; the finished ultra-
marine, and various manufactured goods illustrating
its application in various industries ; the raw
materials used in the manufacture of "smalts/' the
fused cobalt glass or smalts in the intermediate
stage, and the finished article ready for the market,
together with manufactured goods illustrating its use.
Charles Schbu, 2, ( iumberland Street, Manchester ;
and (i5, West Regent Street. Glasgow (No. 754),
exhibits very fine specimens of ultramarine colours,
blue, green and violet, and the raw material use 1 in
their preparation : also a model of the form of
furnace used in the ultramarine manufacture.
Robert Ingham Clark k Co., West Ham
Abbey, and Leadenhall House, London, E.G. (Xo.
775). — A variety of varnishes for coichbuilders.
decorators, heald manufacturers, etc., also carriage
spokes, panels, and healds coated with these
varnishes. An interesting collection is shown
of fossil gums and resins used in the manufacture of
varnishes, including gum amber from the shores of
the Baltic, gum mastic from the island of Chois, gum
kauri from Xew Zealand, gum animi from Zanzibar
and Demerara, also gums from the interior of Africa —
e.r/., Angola, Benguela, Sierra Leone, and red
Angola copals, also gum copal from South America.
Amongst these specimens are two which merit special
notice — i.e., a mass of gum kauri from Xew Zealand
weighing about 200lb., and a mass of animi from
Demerara containing emb-'dded in its midst, a large
number of ants and other insects. Both these pieces
of gum are said to be the largest of their kind yet
discovered.
William Pakeman, Manchester Road, Stockport
(No. 756) — Specimens of mineral and vegetable pig-
ment colours for the use of calico printers ; also
bronze powders and colours for paper stainers,
printers, and manufacturers, all guaranteed free
from arsenic; lakes and mineral colours for litho-
graphic inks, etc.
Henry Cbookes, A R.S.M., M.S.T.E., 4, West-
minster Chambers, London, S.W. (No. 757). —
Shows a heat-indicating paint and some of its
applications. The paint, which is a specially prepared
ii'dide of mercury, or contains that substance, takes
its name from the property it has of changing
colour when heated to a certain temperature ; the
point at which the change takes place can be varied
between 140 and 170 F. by certain modifications in
the manufacture. Its principal use is to show
when bearings of machinery or other surfaces liable
to become overheated have reached a tempera-
ture which may be a source of danger ; at such a
point the paint changes its colour from a bright red
to a dark chocolate. When allowed to cool it resumes
its red colour, and this change takes place whenever
the paint is heated and cooled. As examples of its
application two flat-irons are exhibited, one painted
a bright red, showing the colour of the paint at a low
temperature : the other painted dark brown— i.e., the
colour which the paint assumes when the temperature
rises over 150 Fahrenheit. Another application
claimed for this paint is that it can be used for
Oct.3i.i887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
na:
punting cuil> of wire through which electric currents
nave to pass; when the current exceeds a
limit, the coil will become heated and the paint will
change colour, thus indicating the rise of
temperature,
.li>~. 1!. FREEMAN & Co., Grove Works, Lombard
Road, Pattersea, London (No. 758), exhibit a kiosk
painted with their patent non-poisonous white lead,
also samples of the lead, and boards painted with it
and subjected to the action of sulphurous fumes.
This non-poisonous white lead consists mainly of
nine oxide and lead sulphate, specially prepared from
metallic lead, mixed together, and finely ground
under great pressure. Many attempts had previously
been made to utilise lead sulphate as a pigment, but
without success, the product being quite useless,
possessing neither the necessary density, body, nor
opacity. .Moreover, a large quantity of oil is required
in grinding it, and as a paint it is what painters term
"slimy," and works very badly under the brush.
The difficulties were finally overcome by adding
about 2.) per cent, of zinc oxide (in itself a substance
possessing neither good body nor density), and
subjecting the mixture to great friction and pressure
under heavy edge runners. A complete change in
the character of the substances employed is thus
effected, such indeed as it would appear impossible
to produce by any mere process of mixing, and
a pigment possessing great density, opacity,
and whiteness is the result. The whiteness
is said to be greater than that of the finest
white lend nude by the Dutch process. As
regards density, 3 cubic feet of lead sulphate
weighing 1701b. per cubic foot and 1 cubic fojt of
zinc oxide weighing 58lb. when mixed together and
treated by the above process yield the pigment in
question, weighing over 200lb. per cubic tout. Ac-
cording to Professor Church, when surfaces coated
with this paint are submitted for various periods to
the action of air containing sulphuretted hydrogen,
they remain unaffected, or are "only very slightly
tinged ; " when they are excluded from light for some
time the paint does not turn yello.v or butt' — a well-
known objection to the use of white lead.
Donald Macthkrsox & Co, Manchester Paint
and Colour Works, Knott Mill, Manchester : and 10(5,
Cannon Street, London (No 7(51). — The ai tides exhi-
bited are a kiosk illustrating the use of Foocbow
enamels, metallic paints for exterior, quick-
drying enamels that require no stoving, and v.-.ses.
bricks, and timber enamelled with the quick-drying
Chinese enamels with which tea trays and papier-
mache articles imported from China are coated. Tne
paints have on drying an extremely hard, tough,
glossy surface, are not affected by sulphuretted
hydrogen, and will not crack, blister, or scale off.
They are suitable for machinists, japanners,
and other manufacturers who have to turn out goods
as soon as finished, and yet require a highly enamelled
surface.
Goadsby <Si Co.: office. 2, 4 an 1 0, Albert
Bridge; works, Newton Heath, Manchester (No.
762), exhibit colours, paints, varnishes, etc.,
amongst which are a concentrated oil drier,
used by linseed oil boilers and manufac-
turers of tarpaulin, oilcloth, and linoleum ; it is said
that 1 part of this drier to 20 parts of linseed oil
makes it dry hard in about eight to twelve hours.
Terebene is used by painters, decorators, etc., as a
drier. Engine green is used for locomotive and
other engines ; it is stated that this paint does not
change colour or crack even when heated by means of
super-heated steam. Vermillionette is a substitute for
vermillion, largely used at a time when genuine ver-
million was high in price. It is a ehromate of lead
prepared in a special manner. A large number of
prepared lakes ot eosin are also called vermillionette
by some makers, but though a good imitation in point
. of colour they do not stand exposure This colour
is used by railway companies, manufacturers of
printing inks, agricultural implements, etc. ( loadsby
it Co.'s paint detergent is used for washing down
and cleaning off old paint and grease, and for washing
lithographic stones and type. Varnish enamel paint,
! a combined colour and varnish, household paint
ready for use, and peroxi le of iron paint are also
shown.
Griffiths Brothers & Co., <;, Da-dnvood
I House. 9, New Broad Street, London. E.C. (No. 71 3
—The exhibits of this firm comprise aquol, a wash-
able water paint : vitros bath enamel, for enamell-
ing baths, etc., without stoving : and Griffith's
| patent zinc white (sulphide of zinc). It is claimed
for this latter article that besides being non-poisonous
" it covers one-third more than white lead and 100 p.-r
cent, more than zinc oxide." It is said to have no
chemical action upon metals, is not discoloured by
foul gases or bilge water, and is fireproof and un-
affected by a red heat. It is also sa;d that the mo; t
delicate tints or " tones " can be produced with it
not possible with lead. This zinc white is produced
as follows : — Either zinc chloride or sulphate is pre-
cipitated by a soluble sulphide— sodium, calcium, and
barium sulphides all having been used for the pur-
pose— and precautions are taken lest any iron that
may be contaiued in small quantities as an impurity
in the zinc solution should be precipitated with the
sulphide of zinc. The precipitate, being collected
and dried, is calcined in a furnace, then raked out,
whilst quite hot. into vats of cold water, when it is
levigated and dried. An analysis by Dr. T. L.
Phipson shows tint the pigment consists of an oxy-
sulphide of zinc. Pyrodene is a fire-proof paint for fire-
proofing wood, canvas, etc. It may be mentioned that
all the timberwork of the Fine Arts Section of the Ex-
hibition has beea treated with Griffith's pyrodene
and painted with aquol.
F. a ('. Osler, Birmingham and London (Xo.
768a). — This firm shows an ornate glass fountain,
playing, according to a device of Mr. I. Levinstein,
fluorescent water — ie., a faintly alkaline solution of
fluorescein. The basin is painted with black and white
bands, and shows the fluorescence remarkably well, the
water appearing yellow by reason of the light trans-
mitted from the white bands, and sea-green
when the black bands absorb the light. The non-
poisonous nature of the fluorescein is illustrated
by the fact that goldfish have been living in the
water for two months.
GROUP V.—I;LEACHED AND COLtiVRED
FIBRE.
Ermkn a: Koby, Nassau Mills, Patricroft ; and
' 14, College Land, Manchester (Xo. 771) —This exhibit
of cotton yarns is divided into three groups — 1, mend-
ing, knitting, embroidery, and crotchet cottons ; 2,
polished cotton : 3, sewing cotton on spools and in
balls: —
1. The mending and knitting cotton being princi-
pally used for h isiery, it is important th it the colours
should be fast, so as t) resist washing and exposure
to the 1 ght Consequently the most permanent dyes
are selected for these yarns, such as turkey reds,
indigo blues, aniline blacks, etc. A large quantity of
bleached knitting cotton is used. The same remarks
apply in great measure to the embroidery and crotchet
cottons; the- colours are made a- fast as possible.
Crochet cottons are principally used in white.
C3S
THE JOCHNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDUSTKV. [Oct. Si. 1887.
2. Godfrey Ermeii, late partner in this Grin, was
the first inventor and patentee ol the process of
polishing or glazing cotton thread, and the firm has
made this article a speciality ever since. Polished thread
is shown, wound on reels of various sizes. The
aim of the firm has always been to combine elasticity
and softness with strength, in order to produce the
most suitable thread both for the sewing machine and
for hand sewing.
This exhibit as a whole is rendered something more
than striking — in fact almost magnificent — by
being itself incorporated in another representation.
In short, the items above given are incorporate 1
in a model of the famous monument at
Athens, erected B.C. 33."), by Lysikrates to celebrate
his victory for the best chorus at a dramatic contest.
It takes the form of a small temple in the Corinthian
style, showing the finest and purest style of Greek art.
The height of the original is 35ft, Messrs. Ermen and
Koby's facsimile being 184ft.
Ch. Webeb & Co., Thann, Alsace (778).— The
exhibit of this firm consists of cotton yarns, slubbings,
rovings, etc., both dyed and bleached, in the cop,
spools and bobbins. The process of dyeing and
beaching the yarn in this form is worked on the
Continent, and as it dispenses with the operation of
reeling, pirn-winding, etc., effects economy in space,
plant, time, and labour. It is also claimed that when
yarns are dyed in this form there is less waste and no
shrinkage or loss in length.
Select Exhibit of Committee op Section III.,
collected by J. J. Hummel, Yorkshire College (No.
779). — A most valuable and instructive exhibit, col-
lected and arranged with very great skill and con-
siderable artistic effect. Messrs. E. Potter & Co.,
we are informed, supplied much of this valuable
exhibit of calico prints, and placed their whole col-
lection at Professor Hummel's disposal. Messrs. F.
W. Grafton also contributed liberally. An
illustration of the gradual advance in artistic
design and colouring since 1785 to the present day is
shown, the equal of which has rarely been seen and
probably does not exist outside that belonging to the
Soeiete Industrielle de Mulhouse. A series of woollen
patterns dyed with the natural colouring matters.
and also with the artificial (coal tar) colouring matters,
is shown ; also compound shades, dyed w ith mixtures
of three colouring matters, of each class. Besides
these, patterns of cotton and silk dyed with coal-tar
colours obtained by Goppelsroeder's electrical method,
and the apparatus by which aniline black is produced
on cotton, and discharge white on indigo blue, by the
aid of electricity.
William Mi' \ki.ank, Miller's Brook Dyeworks,
Hey wood, near Manchester (Xo. 78o). — This firm
exhibits specimens of dyed cotton yarns used in the
manufactureof coloured textiles at home and abroad —
,../., for dhootie, khakee, drill, and general trade, also
specimens of dyed cotton, lace and lace yams. The
yarn is dyed in various forms — in hanks or bundles
and in ball warps and chains. A special feature in
this exhibit is the alizarin red dyed on yarn in the
form of ball warp and chain. Until recently all yarn
was dyed in the form of hanks, and the operations
were almost entirely manual. The introduction (if
improved machinery, however, has made it possible to
dye yarn in the form of ball warps and chains, and
this method forms now a most important branch of
the cotton yam dyeing industry.
Select Exhibit of Committee o* Section III.,
collected by Watsoh Smith (No. 781).
I. A series of silks dyed with coal-tar colours in
all the prismatic shades according to a graduated
system. These specimens were dyed by the eminent
French firm, Mamas, Bonnet et Fils.
2. A set of specimens of fabrics printed and dyed
in indophenol by the firm ol II. i£oechlin,of Lorrach,
Alsace, as well as the indophenol white and blue in
paste and powder. This dye was formerly proposed
as a substitute for indigo, but its non-resistance to
acids is much against it. Specimens of all the raw
materials used in the preparation of the indophenol
blue are shown, as prepared by Dr. Otto N. Witt
3. A specimen of murexide, a crimson colouring
matter, formerly, prepared from guano, is exhibited,
asoriginally manufactured bythe late Robert Rumney,
of Manchester, who first introduced the colouring
matter into England. The discovery of magenta
quickly crushed any hope of extending the use of this
fugitive but beautiful red. A piece of cotton cloth
printed with murexide is exposed, and though full
and bright when first placed in the case, is now much
faded.
4. Piece of calico printed with alizarin on different
mordants : the alizarin used being a 20 per cent.
paste prepared from anthracene, made in S >uth
Russia from Baku petroleum residuum, by passing
through red-hot pipes tilled with charcoal or coke.
(See exhibit Xo. 733, Messrs. Ragosine it Co.) Speci-
mens of the residuum and of the alizarin paste are
also shown.
.">. One pound each of the several kinds of coal
used in the Manchester Gasworks for the mixture
adopted in charging the gas retorts is shown, and by
the side of these specimens a particoloured strip of
cloth dyed with the exact amounts of the coal-tar
colours that could be prepared from the products of
the tar from one pound of such coal. The dyed strip
of cloth thus strikingly represents the amount of
colouring power in one pound of Lancashire gas coal.
(i. Watson Smith exhibits chemically pure speci-
mens of the aromatic hydrocarbon series, and of
phenols contained in coal-tar.
7. The amount of bisulphide of carbon formed in
coal-gas making varies directly with the temperature
of distillation adopted, and hence where, as in London,
coal is dear and the gas supply required very large,
the highest temperatures are employed. A maximum
of carbon bisulphide will of necessity be formed in
such eases and appear in the tar. Watson Smith,
by fractionally distilling a quantity of rectified
benzene, obtained from the " first-runnings " of Lon-
don coal-tar, succeeded in separating no less than 0
per cent, of pure bisulphide of carbon. A specimen
of this bisulphide is exhibited, together with the
oi iginal benzene from which it was isolated. A small
specimen of chemically pure benzene prepared by
parsing phenol over red-hot iron borings is shown.
Even ordinary alcohol is contained in some specimens
of London rectified benzenes, formed by the action of
the sulphuric acid used in the purification, on a cer-
tain quantity of olefiant gas dissolved in the crude
benzene and the subsequent action of steam in the
final distillation process. A specimen of such alcohol,
separated by Dr. Otto X. Witt, is shown.
8. A specimen of sulphate of ammonia as obtained
from the products condensed from the blast furnaces
of the Gartsherrie Ironworks is shown, and also
specimens of the tar and various hydrocarbons
extracted from it by Watson Smith, bothparaffiusand
members of the benzene ,-eries.
9. In order to prepare naphtha and acetic acid from
wood, the latter must be submitted to a destructive
distillation at a comparatively low temperature. Oak
cropwood is used lor this purpose, and thedistijlation
takes place in cast or wrought iron retorts. Specimens
of oak cropwood such as is actually charged into the
wood retorts, and of charcoal left as a residue, are
exhibited, and besides these, specimens of crude tar
and acid, and also of the purified products, are shown.
Oct. 3i. 18S7.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
639
It is generally said that pure commercial methyl
alcohol made from wood must be obtained from
Germany, as it is not prepared in this country. How-
ever, a specimen is shown here of a pure product
made by a Glasgow firm for the use of dye and colour
makers.
lc. An exceedingly fine specimen of the Boghead
cannel coal, now quite extinct, but from which Dr.
James Young first prepared paraffin, is shown, withone
of the Boghead shale at presentused, and a collection of
naphthas, burning oils, paraffin waxes, etc., prepared
from the Scotch shale.
In a horizontal case are shown specimens of raw
cotton in the pod, and even with the pod attached
to the branches from the cotton tree, raw picked
cotton, cotton silk of various kinds in the pod and
picked, raw jute and jute fibres, China grass, various
dyewoods, several species of indigo plant and colour-
ing matter, with seeds of the Indigofera tinctoria.
On the outside of the case the entire trunk of a
cinchona tree is shown ; also a set of cinchona barks,
collection of twenty commercial gums, one of resins,
and specimens of seed, stick and shell lac ; Chinese
insect wax, nutmeg in shell and fruit, cocaine plants
and fruit, with active principles.
An interesting set of specimens illustrating the
phosphate trade, and consisting of fine specimens of
coprolites, apatites, etc., from the United States, is
exhibited. Finally, a Chinese opium-smoker's tray
is shown, with pipe and all the apparatus of tlia
opium slave. Opium consisting of large balls, the
commercial form, is also exhibited.
Henry Xkwall & Sons, 10. Marsden Street, Man-
chester (782), exhibit wood pulps prepared by
mechanical and by chemical processes for the manu-
facture of paper ; also wood flour, used in making
linoleum, wall decorations, and other fabrics, and
in the manufacture of explosives. A special feature
in the exhibit is the chemically prepared wood
pulp, which shows a fibre much longer and
stronger than that prepared by the mechanical
process. The manufacture of wood pulp was com-
menced in Norway about the year 1870, from 500 to
600 tons being exported in that year. The industry
has increased very rapidly, the production last year
being about 100,000 tons. At first the wood pulp
made by the mechanical or grinding process, and
possessing very little fibre, was the only kind pro-
duced, but within the last few years chemical pro-
cesses have almost superseded this method. By treat-
ing thewood with sodium sulphite a pulp with a long
fibre suitable for better class papers is obtained, whilst
mechanical pulp is only used for newspapers, wall
papers, etc. A large amount of wood pulp is produced
in Germany, but it is mostly consumed there, very
little being exported. It is estimated that this year
the production of this article will amount to 150,000
tons, valued at about .£350,000.
GROUP VI.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES AND EXTRACTS.
Messes. James Woolley, Sons & Co., Man
Chester (No. 785), exhibit an interesting collection o
drugs of vegetable origin recently adopted as remedia
agents, and solid and liquid preparations thereof
adapted for medicinal use. Amongst the new
remedies sh)wn of vegetable origin are cocaine
and strophanthus ; whilst amongst those of coal-
tir origin are antipyrine, antifebrine, and salol.
Everyone has heard of the deadly Konibe arrow
poison, used by the natives of the African coast.
This poison is the extract of the seeds of the Stro-
phanthus plant, and the chemical principle, a gluco-
side, is termed strophanthin. Mr. William Elborne,
of the Owens College, has succeeded in isolating this
poisonous glucoside in a state of purity. In small
doses it is being used extensively in medicine as a
valuable remedy in certain forms of heart disease.
There are also specimens of various solid and fluid
extracts, besides preparations of cinchona, opium,
and nux vomica as directed by the " British Pharma-
copoeia " of 18S5 to contain a definite proportion of
active principle. The oleates shown are of consider-
able interest, and are prepared both by double
decomposition and direct combination. They are
principally used in dermatology. Besides these are
to be seen ointments, pills coated by a soluble cover-
ing so as to temporarily conceal taste and odour, and
a specially prepared cod liver oil, with emulsions of
the same. etc.
Thomas Cheisty & Co., 25, Lime Street,
London, E.C. (No. 787). — An interesting collec-
tion, containing in the dried state a variety
of the plants, nuts, fruit, etc., from which the
principal medicaments, extracts, alkaloids and
essences— as well as foods — of vegetable origin are
obtained. Besides these are also shown the pre-
pared essences and other medicaments. It may
not occur to those who admire the large quanti-
ties of rare alkaloids and extract preparations
exhibited in some of the neighbouring show-
cases to Messrs. Christy's to inquire, " Where are
the raw plants and drugs, nuts, roots, etc., obtained,
from which these preparations are made f The
reply is, Messrs. Thomas Christy ife Co. is one
of the few firms in existence for collecting these.
Amongst pharmacologists Mr. Thomas Christy's
interesting periodical, "New Plants and Drugs," is
well known, but a staff of experts is kept employed
in foreign lands whose duty it is to investigate and
report to headquarters, with the object of bringing
new- drugs and extracts to light. This firm has now
a very considerable stock of raw plants and drugs,
which, being convinced must be used some time, they
offer to supply samples of to practical experimenters
and scientific investigators for their researches. The
exhibit is a collection of raw and manufactured drugs
and their preparations, menthol and menthol cones,
barks of various kinds, fibres, different specimens of
gutta-percha, rubbers, tanning barks, dyewoods, etc.,
together with many other materials and finished
products.
Messrs. Howards & Sons, Stratford, London,
E. (No. 792). — Me=srs. Howards A Sons have pro-
bably done more than any firm in practical experi-
mental research and commercial enterprise to place
fine quinine, as well as other preparations, at
a moderate price in the market. Exceedingly fine
and tastefully arranged specimens of cinchona barks
and alkaloids are exhibited, as well as an interesting
variety of organic acids and alkaloids used in phar-
macy. The samples shown illustrate the great change
which the introduction of cultivated bark has brought
about in the quinine industry. The alkaloids exhibi-
ted by this firm are extremely pure. A beautifully
crystallised specimen of iodoform is exhibited as the
manufacture of Messrs. Howards. Specimens of
coca leaves, of the cocaine alkaloids and their salts,
and of benzoyl-ecgonine, obtained by heating cocaine
with concentrated hydrochloric acid, are also shown.
E. Merck, Darmstadt, London and New York
(No. 788). —This firm, so well known for pharma-
ceutical preparations, alkaloids, and similar chemicals,
makes a fine display. Without attempting to describe
all the features of interest in the showcase of this
firm, some preparations and substances found useful
in the case of the most recent remedial efforts,
may be desirable. In the first place, a colourless
c
040
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct.3i.i88-.
syrupy liqujd is shown. Lactic acid, alb., of specific
gravity LU1. It has been lately recommended by
Slosetig-Moorhof for the purpose of destroying mor-
bid and unnatural growths and formations. In-
ternally used, it is recommended for diabetes, 5 : 300
per diem. A. splendid specimen of Aconitim nitrate
cryst (Merck) is also to be seen. It is prepared
from aconitwn napt litis by Duquesnel's method. The
salt appears in the form of colourless crystals, soluble
in water and alcohol. Its action on the animal
economy is much more intense than that of the
amorphous aconitine ; it is, in fact, one of the
strongest poisons known. The consumption in
England and France is very considerable. Another
specimen of great interest for the physician and
student of medicine is that of Apomorphine hydro-
chloride cri/st. It is a salt in the form of colour-
less crystals, soluble both in water and alcohol.
The solution on exposure to air and light becomes
gradually green, but the change is said not to diminish
its physiological effect. Apomorphine is a certain
emetic, 0'004 to O'Olgnn., causing vomiting within six
minutes. A valuable principle is the giucoside
Arbuiin, which is exhibited in white crystals. It is
contained, along with tannic acid, gallic acid, and
ursone, in the leaves of Uvce ursi. Arbutin is easily
soluble, in water, but less so in alcohol, and it has a
bitter taste. Even large doses do not produce fatal
effects. It is a valuable medicine in the treatment of
inflammatory catarrh of the bladder. The usual dose
is three to four grms. in solution or as powder. Speci-
mens of Atropine and its sulphate, of rare beauty as
well as bulk, are shown. Atropine, melting at 239°
Fahr. (Merck), absolutely pure, and especially free
fromdaturine(so-ealled light atropine). The high melt-
ing point proves this. Moreover, its purity is indicated
by its being in very hard, bright, and heavy crystals.
Preparations containing daturine have a much lower
melting point (about 223 to 220° Fahr.), and are
never seen in such fine crystals as those which are
free from it. Atropine sulphate white cryst. neutral
(Merck): Extremely pure and absolutely neutral. A
solution of 1 in 1000 produces mydriasis after 15
minutes; solutions of 1 in 200 have the same effect
in from rive to 10 minutes. The internal use of
atropine as anti-spasmodic, anodyne, and sedative, as
well as a means for limiting certain secretions, has
increased, and especially since atropine has been re-
cognised as a powerful antagonist to different narcotic
poisons, such as morphine, digitaline, prussic acid,
etc. Thus the most reliable antidote to atropine
would be repeated injections of morphia, accompanied
with skin excitation and artificial respiration. This
property and fact of the antagonism of symptoms
produced by certain alkaloids and principles is very
singular, and likely to prove of great value in medi-
cal practice. It was referred to by Professor Leech
at the Pharmaceutical Conference recently held in
Manchester. Since the increase in demand for Bella-
donna root, and the consequent rise in price, the
cheaper root of a kind of scopolia (false belladonna)
has been extensively placed in the market, and has
found a ready sale. The fact of many makes of
atropia sulphate having varying melting points is thus
accounted lor. An interesting alkaloid shown is Ber-
l; vine. It is found in the Berbt ris vulgaris L., and also
in many other plants. The specimen, a very fine one,
is in glittering reddish brown crystalline scales,
which begin to sublime at 392° F. The alkaloid is
not readily soluble in cold water, but easily soluble
in hot water and in alcohol, and nearly insoluble in
ether and carbon bisulphide. The salts, hydrochloride
and phosphate of li< rh< > me, which are also exhibited,
are readily soluble and are easily absorbed. The
dose for indigestion and diarrheca is about one grm.
per diem. It is used also in cases of sickness during
pregnancy and malaria.
A beautiful series of salts of Caffeine is
shown— c.(/., the benzoate, hydrobromide, hydro-
chloride, nitrate, salicylate, sulphate, valerian-
ate, sodio-benzoate containing 45-8 per cent, of
caffeine, sodio-cinnamylate with 02 5 per cent, of
caffeine, etc. Mr. Merck made an interesting report
on these salts and double salts as soon as he had suc-
ceeded in producing them in the form of true salts,
especially the easily soluble double ones, instead of the
indefinite mixtures hitherto known. According to
Merck, Riegel and other investigators proposed these
new compounds as substitutes for diuilalw—%. pro-
posal of the greatest importance to the medical world.
The effect of the injection of caffeine is perceived at
once, and collateral effects, especially those of a
cumulative nature, are absolutely excluded.
Camphor Monobromide ami Dibromide. — Of these
compounds the monobromide is chiefly in demand.
It is but slightly soluble in water and glycerine. As
sedatives these preparations are used for epilepsy
(subcutaneously O'lgrm. dissolved in oil), for chorea,
migraine, nervous palpitations of the heart (internally
O'lgrm. to 0'5grm. in wafers); whilst in cases of
delirium tremens doses of l"5grm. are given. Fine
specimens are shown of both these salts. An
important compound, also shown, is Merck's
Cannahine tannate. It serves in many respects
successfully as a substitute for morphia, and
together with the preparation named Gannabinone
(a 10 per cent, trituration) we have two valuable
hypnotics showing no unpleasant after-effects.
The raw material is obtained from the Cannabis
indica, a variety of the Cannabis saliro L.
(Uticacece). The tannate is given in doses of 0'25grm.
to O'lgrm.; in cases of delirium l'5grm. The canna-
binone (pure) is administered in doses of 0'05grm. to
O'lgrm. The rare metal Cerium, in the form of its
oxalic acid salt, even serves as a valuable medica-
ment, and a sample of pure cerium oxalate is to be
seen as a white granular powder, insoluble in water
and alcohol, but soluble in hydrochloric acid. The
dose is 0'Ougrm. to O'ISgim. It is used as an antidote
to catarrhal affections of the stomach and bowels,
sickness during pregnancy, and epilepsy. Chri/sarobin
prepared from Voa powder is another specimen of
interest. This preparation is absorbed by the skin,
and has thereby a stimulating effect. It produces
vomiting and diarrheca, and has a stimulating effect
on the kidneys; this is the case also when applied
externally. It is chiefly used for Psoriasis.
Among the finest specimens are the Cocaine
preparations, of which the hydrochloride and
salicylate are shown. The hydrochloride is
granular, crystalline, and white, and free from
every impurity. Dr. Karl Keller, of Yienna,
was the first to draw attention to the local
anaesthetic properties of cocaine, and to turn them to
account. Dr. Urettauer, at Koller's request, explained
andexemplifiedthediscovery onthe 17th andlSth Sep-
tember, 1884, before the Ophthalmological Society of
Heidelberg. It is proposed to use the cocaine in
various ways. Emmert in the treatment of the eye
proposes to use it as a salve with vaseline; Fodor to
use it alone. To make its solutions keep well, many
additions have been proposed. The simplest is an
addition of glycerine. In tuberculous disorders of
the air passages Meyer-Huni recommends inhalations
of cocaine. Most painful injections of corrosive sub-
limate are made quite bearable by first adding to the
mercurial solution only O'OSgrm. of cocaine per dose.
Randolph and Dixon commend a concentrated solu-
tionof cocainehydrochloride in nitric acid as a painless
causticising agent; the wound to be bound up with a
Oct. 3i, i«87.] THE JOUENAL OF TEE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL 1KDUSTRY.
C41
bandage covered with cocaine salicylate. The best
antidote against poisoning with cocaine is awyl
nitrite, according to Schilling. When cocaine is
heated with strong hydrochloric acid it decomposes,
forming benzoic acid, methyl alcohol, and Ecgcmine, a
specimen of which is exhibited. Ecgonine was first
discovered in .Merck's laboratory.
Specimens of pure crystallised Codeine, its soluble
phosphate and salicylate, much in favour on account
of stability of tbe solutions, are shown. The phos-
phate dissolves in four parts of water, and the solu-
tion, subcutaneously injected, produces no pain or
reaction at the place of incision. The dose of the
phosphate for diabetes Merck gives as O'OGgrm. three
times daily, increasing by 0-06grm. every eight days
up to 0'54grm. : cod liver oil is taken at the same
time. C a meihylniorphine.
Another useful vegeto-alkaloid, exhibited in fine
crystalline condition, is Colchicine. It is found in all
parts of the meadow saffron {Coldiimm autumnale
L.), and is a very strong poison. Jn doses of 0 0005
up to 0'002grm. two or three times a day it is a
remedy for gout and lheumatism. For subcutaneous
injection it is not to le recommended. For complaints
of a convulsive nature, spasmus glottidis, tuss s con-
vulsiva, asthma, etc., a valuable remedy is coniine in
the form of its salts. Coniine. is an alkaloid of the
I i,um maculatum L., whi h plant also contains two
other alkaloids, conydrine and methyl coniine. Our
knowledge of the chemical constitution of cornice we
owe to Hofmann and Ladenburg. Coni'ne Las
been recommended and used by Muraweiff for
toothache caused by decayed teeth ; the pain
ceases through the paralysis of the ners-es. Of |
course the alkaloid is directly applied to the ]
exposed nerve. Very remarkable is the antagon- '
ism of certain highly poisonous substances : such an-
tagonism exists between coni'ne and brucine, for ;
coniine, as Hugo ScLuiz has shown, paralyses the :
symptoms of brucine ] oisouing. Pure coniine is a J
colourless oily liquid, whilst the salts take the i rys-
talline form. The hydrochloride crystallises best.
The hydrobromide is a very constant compound, and
contains a definite quantity of coniine. It is read ly
soluble in water, and thus easy to administer. The
dose of coniine hydrobromide is O'OOl to 0 02grm.
several times daily. Fine specimens of the above
two salts are to be seen in the exhibit.
Cotoine and Paracot .<«» are very interesting bodies
about which as yet very little is chemically known.
Messrs. Merck show fine specimens of both in
the pure state. Since the year 1873, various barks
have been introduced into the market, which it was
believed would replace the quinine or cinchona barks.
These drugs were brought Ironi Bolivia, though still
more recently the old forests of Brazil have been made
to furnish them. The barks mentioned appear to
come from a species of Kvbiaeece. However, the
crystallisable principle cotoine was first isolated by
Hesse, and it has the composition CS2H180c. It is
soluble with difficulty in cold water, easily in
hat, also in alcohol and ether. Cotoine and Para-
cotoine are styptics, and have been found useful
against diarrhoea and excessive perspiration. Parti-
cularly must cotoine be considered as a preventive
of diarrhi ea in children and in cases of phthisis. The
doses vary from 005 to Olgrm. for cotoine
and 01 to 0'2grm. for paracotoine. The relations of
cotoine and paracotoine to each other seem to
be remarkably similar to those of quinine and
cinchonine.
Another rival of quinine is Ditaine, of which a well
crystallised specimen is shown. It is a ciystalline sub-
stanceobtainei from AUtoniaseholaritLJ,SM apocynea
found in the East Indian Islands. Ditaine, it is
stated, has effects similar to those of quinine, and is
recommended against intermittent fevers.
A finely crystallised srecimen of Ethoxy-cafftine
is exhibited. It takes the form of needle-shaped
crystals, melting at 284 F., very little soluble- in
alcohol and ether, insoluble in water, and of very
basic properties. The dose varies from 0'25 to
lgrm. per diem. Ethoxy-eaffeine is a sedative and
, a narcotic, and is of value in the treatment of
migraine in cases where other medicines do not pro-
duce any effect
Another very pure and beautiful preparation is
Merck's Helenine. This is shown in the absolutely
pure state, melting at 230 F., and consisting of
colourless neutral ciystalline needles. At one time
an impure so-called helenine was used, and con-
sisted mainly of powdered alant root. However,
serious, even fatal, results followed the use of it,
owing to other and foreign substances present.
Merck now offers only the absolutely pure alkaloid.
It is used for diseases of the respiratory organs, for
. reducing inflammation, and is said to speedily relieve
chronic bronchitis.
Hydrastint (pure, crystallised), and Hydrastine
Tartrate (pure, neutral). — The first of these interest-
ing preparations is the alkaloid of the Hydrastis
Canadensis L., a ranunculacean plant found in
North America. Pure hydrastine is almost insoluble
in water, but the tartrate dissolves easily. In
America hydrastine is recommended as an anti-
periodic for fever with inclination to profuse
d arrhcea, for certain diseases of the eye, of the
skin, for hemorrhoids, etc. In Germany it is some-
| times prescribed for its effect in contracting the
uterus.
Hyoscyamine (pure and crystallised), from Hyoscy-
s niger. — This is perhaps one of the most extra-
ordinary of the alkaloids as regards the remarkable
results in tbe treatment of diseases that are obtained
with it. The specimens of the alkaloid and its salts,
the hydrobromide and hydriodide, exhibited are per-
fectly pure. Hyoscyamine is isomeric with atropine
and identical with daturine and duboisine. This
preparation is used by oculists instead of atropine ;
subcutaneously as a hypnotic in cases of insanity, and
as an antispasmodic in asthma, epilepsy, whooping-
cough, chcrea, etc. The dose as a I13 pnotic is up to
0"005grni. subcutaneously injected. Pure Hyoscine
is amorphous and of a syrupy form, but its salts crys-
tallise readily. The hydrobromide and hydriodide
are in chief use as medicines. E. Merck produces
both hyoscine and hyoscyamine on a large scale, and
he claims that the articles sold in the market are
generally of his preparation. The most wonderful
feature in the properties of hyoscine is the power of
tranquilising maniacs, and of all the remedies in use
for this purpose it may be regarded as the most
valuable on account of its prompt effect, and because
it is not dangerous even to patients suffering in a
high degree from heart disease. Experiments carried
out by Professor B. Robert and Dr. Sohr with
hyoscine hydrochloride proved that the greater part
of the hyoscine administered passes from the body
through the kidneys. Doses of one milligramme of
hyoscine applied subcutaneously increase the action
of the heart and circulation, but have no influence
on the respiration. The secretion of saliva is sus-
pended by it, as also the action of the intestines due
to nervous irritation. In therapeutics the effect of
hyoscine on the healthy and the (mentally) diseased
organism is of most particular importance : on the
former, the effect is generally that of a narcotic,
and on the latter, in all cases, the effect on excitable
patients, even on raging lunatics, is sleep-producing
and calming. Dr. Gamgee, F.R.S., late of the Victoria
82
C42
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Ou.3i.i887.
University, told the -writer that he had observed
the effect of the subcutaneous injection of about
OOOlgrin. (between one and two' hundredths of a
grain) in the case of a maniac in a condition of which
to say the strait-waistcoat and padded room were
necessary would give but a mild notion of the
frenzied state. That effect was a marvel ; in a few-
seconds the patient being led away as tractable and
harmless as a child, though with a stupefied and dazed
expression of countenance. Ot 101 subcutaneous
injections of hyoscine hydrochloride in doses of i to
1 milligramme applied to a large number of patients
in the Clinical Hospital for Mental Diseases at
1 knpat during the months of July, August, Septem-
ber of 1886, not one failed to produce sleep, nor were
in any case secondary effects observable. Almost in
all kinds of diseases, accompanied by periods of
excitement, either sleep or a calming effect had been
produced, even when other means had been tried in
vain, applied for the same purpose.
A useful preparation called pure lacmoid, in
scales, is shown. It will be of interest to chemical
analysts, as a substitute for litmus. It is extremely
sensitive to acids and alkalis. A useful solution for
testing is recommended by Merck, as follows :—
Oogrm. lacmoid, lOOcc. of water and lOOcc. of alcohol
of 96 per cent, strength.
Lithium Salts, the Carbonate, Hippurate, Citrate
(crystallised), and Salicylate, are exhibited in great
purity. The lithium salts have a more powerful
diuretic effect than the salts of potassium.
Naphthalene.— Many people will look at this as a
remarkable substance topropose as a medicine. If well
purified, it is a valuable anti-diarrhoicum in cases of
typhoid, diarrhoea, and intestinal complaints in case
of phthisis. Not being absorbed by the bowels, this
preparation has no general effect on the organism, but
only on the mucous membrane of the bowels. Dose,
up to ogrms. per diem.
Papaine.— This is a form of vegetable albumen
capable of extraordinary powers of digestion, even
greater than those of pepsine. It is obtained
from the Carica papaya I.. [Papayacew). One part
of papaine peptonises and renders' soluble 200 parts
of blood- fibrin. It has been used very successfully
for painting and so dissolving and removing the fatal
membrane in cases of diphtheria. Merck states that
most of the papaines in the market do not possess
one-fourth the digestive power of his preparation.
Pi/ocarpini .—This alkaloid is exhibited in the pure
state, and also in the form of salts, which are very
fine examples as pharmaceutical preparations. The
hydrobromide, hydrochloride, nitrate, and salicylate
are shown, and also the pilocarpidine nitrate of
Harnack- Merck. Pilocarpine is the alkaloid of the
jaborandi leaves ; it possesses a powerful diaphoretic
salivating action. West recomends very small doses
(0005 to 0-Olgrm. snbcutaneously) in cases of the
nocturnal sweating of consumptive patients. Pilo-
carpidine was discovered in E. Merck's laboratory in
the process of working upon a large quantity of
jaborandi leavt a 1 'il< .carpine and pilocarpidine pro-
duce the same physiological effect. This alkaloid
has recently become of enhanced interest to chemists,
since the mode of artificially preparing it by syn-
thetical chemical processes has been discovered ' by
two French chemists. Finally, magnificent speci-
mens of strychnine in the pure crystalline state and
of strychnine sulphate are exhibited. The best anti-
dotes for this most deadly poison are paraldehyde and
chloral hydrate. Fine specimens ol Veratrine are
shown. I sed externally, the effect is that of a
stimulant to the skin, whilst taken internally it acts
as an antipyretic.
Dr. Thkodok Schdchabdt, Goerlitz, Germany
(No. 790). — The following are specimens of special
rarity and beauty in Dr. Schuchardt's exhibit : —
Metallic selenium, its tetrachloride and tetrabro-
mide ; Tellurium, crystallised and sublimed, and
its tetrachloride ; fine specimens of Germanium,
discovered by Clemens Winkler, with its sulphide and
oxide; Ceroiis s»//>/tat-, crystallised with five mole-
cules of water ; Vtti ium mt rati', crystallised ; Erbium
nitrate : metallic Indium, a magnificent specimen
as a block, weighing 100 grammes, also its hexa-
chloride. sulphate, hydroxide, and its double potas-
sium chloride ; Gall mm, fine specimen of the metal,
its ammonium alum, and other salts ; Thorium
chloride, Tantalum chloride, Niobium chloride, and
an interesting specimen of crystallised Osmic acil.
So much for the rare metals and their salts to be
seen in this instructive cabinet, Amongst the or-
ganic preparations we note the following, of which it
will not be easy to find similar examples, if examples
at all, in the chemical collections and museums in
this country : — ^-Naphthoquinone and ^-naphtho-
quinone (well crystallised) ; Eupittonie acid, the
interesting colouring principle found in wood-
naphtha and wood-tar. The following are derived
from or contained in coal tar : — Pyrene, together
with its fine red picrate, so characteristic of it ;
chrysene, a magnificent specimen, pure white and
crystalline ; durene (tetramethyl-benzene), only re-
cently discovered by K. E. Schulze in coal-tar;
acenaphthene and pseudo-cumene, hydrocarbons of
coal-tar. Thiophen and thiotolen, recently discovered
by Victor Meyer. The phenol of thiotolen is also
exhibited, together with a series of thiophen com-
pounds, etc. a-a-Lutidine and a-y-lutidine are finely
exemplified ; alsnthepbenylandtolylpyrrols. Besides
these are the following : — Crystallised sorbin and
dextrose, galactose, inulin, a crystallised compound
of dextrose with sodium chloride and a molecule of
water ; arabinose, inosite (crystallised), levulose, and
maltose (crystallised). Amongst colouring matters
are : — Orcein, diinethyl-^-phenylenediamine, tetra-
metbyl-//-phenylenediamine, metaphenylenediamine,
chlorophyll, phyllopurpurin, pyrrol red, etc. ; whilst
as specimens interesting to the pharmaceutical che-
mist are : — Hypnone (crystallised), glutamine hydro-
chloride, umbelliferone, terebene, sylvestrene, pinene,
champhene (crystallised), limonene, borneol (artificial
crystallised and natural crystallised), terebine hydro-
chloride, curarine hydrochloride, helenine (crystal-
lised), tyrosine (crystallised), alloxan (crystallised),
and finally tincture of strophanthus.
Messrs. Kay Brothers, Lower Hillgate and St.
Petersgate, Stockport (No. 7i>4), exhibit a miscel-
laneous collection, comprising the following: — Simple
and compound essences, extracts, etc., absorbent and
antiseptic cotton wools— e.g., pure absorbent, car-
bolised, sublimated, salicylated, and iodoformed.
Glass valve tubes (Kay's patent). Disinfectants, a
fusible cement for stone and iron work. Perfumery,
syrups, medicinal extracts and essences of ginger,
peppermint, sarsaparilla, taraxacum, and ergot.
Among medicinal oils we note those of cod liver,
castor, linseed, cotton seed, mustard seed, sweet
almond, olive, sperm, and lard.
Gbimshaw Brothers, Canal Chemical Works,
Clayton, Manchester (No. 786).— This exhibit may
be divided into three series : — _
1. Zinc compounds used in manufactures and
pharmacy, the chief of these being (a) chloride of
zinc in the solid and liquid state, the former run hot
into lead-lined casks for export (Messrs. Grimshaw
were the first who made it largely in this form) ; (b)
sulphate of zinc, commercial, and chemically pure.
These articles are largely used in the sizing ot cotton
goods for the prevention of mildew : («•) Sulphide of
Oct. 3i, 188?.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
im
zinc, for rubber purposes and as a white pig-
ment. Among the other zinc salts are ferro-
cyanide, silicate, carbonate, acetate, nitrate, oxide,
tannate, bromide, iodide, chromate, phosphate, etc.
Probably never before has such a complete set
of commercial zinc compounds been shown. The
spelter and the zinc ores and minerals which are the
natural sources of zinc compounds are also to be
seen.
■1. Sizing materials for cotton warps and piece
goods, also materials used in finishing the same.
3, Recovered indiarubber, substitutes for india-
rubber, and chemicals and drugs used in the rubber
manufacture. The recovered rubber consists of
qualities which range in value from what is almost
equal in value to native Para rubber down to
qualities which are lower in price than the cheapest
native rubber.
The substitutes for rubber are of lower value still.
They are (many of them) more lasting in their nature
than many forms of real rubber. Both the recovered
rubbers and the substitutes are generally used incor-
porated with new rubbers. The colour of the sub-
stitutes varies from dark brown to white, according
to their nature and the particular use to which they
are put.
The rubber chemicals are used for vulcanising rubber,
or colouring it, or giving it body, and consist of such
substances as oxide of zinc, sulphide of zinc, sulphide
of antimony (red), sulphideof lead, hyposulphite (thio-
sulphate) of lead, and many of the pigment colours
which are used in paints. The rule in using these is
that they must not be such as will be affected by
combining with the sulphur in the vulcanisation
process.
Vesuvian white is a special vulcanising material
which Grimshaw Brothers make for use in the manu-
facture Of tennis balls and some other articles. This
firm also shows some solvents of rubber — viz., solvent
naphtha, chloride of sulphur, bisulphide of carbon,
etc., also indiarubber solution or varnish. In
addition to the above three series, the following are
illustrated : —
H. Grimshaw's patent process for separating
and utilising the zinc and iron of galvanisers' waste.
The zinc is dissolved by an acid solution of chloride
of zinc, which thereby becomes more concentrated,
and the iron is left in a pure state. The galvanised
waste cannot be smelted, as the zinc makes the iron
"short" or "brittle," whereas the iron after it has
been treated becomes adapted for working up again.
— »««<*^fr»^» —
AX INQUIRY INTO THE EXTENT TO WHICH
CALICO PRINTING AND THE TINCTORIAL
ARTS HAVE BEEN AFFECTED BY THE
INTRODUCTION OF MODERN COLOURS.
(.1 Paper read before the British Association,
Manchester, 1887. )
BY CHARLES o'XEILL, F.C.S.
The first of the modern colours was Mr. Perkins
aniline mauve, which was discovered and applied
in the year 1856 (August) : it was two or three years
after (April, 1859) that the next modern colour,
magenta or fuchsine, made its appearance ; the tide
rose slowly in I860 with purples, blues and violets,
gained every year in force and volume, until the flood
li is now risen to such a height that one who would
like to keep up with it stanls astonished and
dismayed at its extent, and well nigh confounded
with the prospect before him. Nor is there any
sign that we have got to high-water mark, for month
after month chemists and colour manufacturers are
patenting new colours or new processes in such
numbers that only a specialist of specialists can
pretend to follow or appreciate the work that is
being dona I do not pretend to be that specialist,
but having served my time to dyeing and calico
printing before the beginning of the era of modern
colours, and been in one way or another engaged
in the business ever since, I am enabled to give some
sort of account of the differences of the two periods.
The fixing of 1856 as the date when the modern
colours came in cannot be seriously objected to,
because it is evident that it is the artificial colours
introduced in that year, and afterwards for a long
time and even now spoken of as aniline colours,
which occupy one's thoughts. Just before that date
three new colours occupied attention ; these were
murexide red, Chinese green or Lo-Kao, and the fast
archil purple, but their life was short and their
influence nil : a little further back still catechu and
ultramarine blue, accompanied by the use of albumen,
one a natural and the other an artificial colouring
matter, were very welcome additions to the materials
of the printer, and still highly valued by both printer
and dyer. If the term in the title of the paper had
been artificial colours instead of modern colours the
claims of Saxony blue or sulphate of indigo, used
since 1740, would have to be considered as well as
the red and yellow chromates of lead and Prussian
blue or royal blue, and some others of great value,
which may be considered quite as much made by art
as aniline black or the azo reds are made by art ; but
the most modern of these were in use long before the
date fixed upon, and may be left without further
notice.
The relations of the modern colours to the various
textile fibres is so very different that it is advisable
to treat them separately. In the first place I will
take cotton, and afterwards wool and silk, and in cot-
ton give precedence to calico printing. The two most
important colouring matters in 185b' were indigo and
madder. Neither of these colours could be directly
printed on calico. Indigo indeed in the form of China
blue, was printed, but it had to be subsequently fixed
by a process analogous to dyeing, and it was not an
important branch of the indigo styles. All attempts
to obtain an extract of madder fit for printing had
failed ; it was not until about ten years afterwards
that the extract of madder came into the market, and
for the first time the printer was enabled to produce
by direct application upon the cloth the various
colours yielded by madder. Of indigo little need be
said. We have seen of late years some advance in the
manner of applying indigo, new reducing agents, as
the hyposulphite of soda and zinc dust, the actual
printing of it by the glucose process of Schlieper and
Baum, and the ingenious pigment coloured discharges
of Canaille Koechlin. but the fundamental indigo
styles in which probably nine-tenths of all indigo im-
ported is consumed, remain practically in the same
state they were in in 1856. The artificial indigo of
Baeyer is a scientific victory, not less remarkable than
that of Graebe and Liebermann in the case of artificial
alizarin, but it is not an economic success, and has
had no visible influence in the trade. The madder
styles of 1856 were of great excellence as produced by
the best houses, quite as good or better than pure
alizarin styles are now ; not that alizarin cannot
be made to yield as good work as madder did, but the
present conditions of the trade with regard to prices
are unfavourable to the highest excellence in that
class of prints. In the dyed madder and garancine
styles, the designs were practically limited to the four
or live colours yielded by madder or garancine, with
G44
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. 31. kst. 1
the help of catechu brown or drab, catechu being the
only colouring matter which could be worked in con-
junction with the ilyo> : some years after the date
'i, chrome yellow and orange were combined with
madder colours, and for a time proved a great relief
to printers, permitting a variety in design and colour-
ing not before possible. If it was desired to combine
such colours as blue, green, or other shades with mad-
der colours, it could only be done by printing these
mrs with block after themaddei colours had been
dyed and finished. All this is changed now, and the
calico printer can produce designs of ten, twelve or
fourteen colours printed at one time, in which the
reds, pinks, purples and chocolates may be alizarin
colours, possessing all the stability of the old madder
colours. Strictly considered the modern colours
cannot be credited with this change, it was actually
accomplished as soon as extract of madder was
obtainable some two or three years before the
discovery of artificial alizarin, but if artificial
alizarin had not come up there could not have
been the extensive production of many coloured fast
cretonne styles which has been a characteristic of
the trade for several years past, for extract of madder
would always have been a more expensive form of
madder and of restricted application. I do not stop
to argue the question whether it is proper to consider
artificial alizarin a modern colour or not, for the
fact of its being identical with something obtainable
from madder does not affect its claim to be a new
substance. The introduction of this most important
and most valuable of the modern colours has had for
effect to cheapen the price of the best kind of calico
prints ; by best I mean those of most durable colours,
and used for personal wear. So far it is a boon to
purchasers of prints ; how far it has benefited calico
printers is another question. It would appear that
the greater facility of producing passable colours has
greatly increased production. The same works and
machinery can with this and other modern colours
turn out, say 50 to 70 per cent, more printed calico
that could have been done in the old madder dyeing
days. Even dyeing with artificial alizarin is going
out for many styles. It is printed, steamed, passed
through an open soaping machine for a few minutes,
cleared and finished straight off. This is very different
from the old madder dyeing, with first and second
dunging, washing, dyeing, two or three soapings and
clearing. Increased production without a corre-
sponding increased demand of course leads to a
gradual lowering of prices, until profits are cut down
to a very low margin indeed. I think it may be held
that the colour mixing made easy by the introduction
of modern colours has much to do with the unre-
munerative condition of calico printing. As nearly
as I can fix the date it would be in 1852 or 18.33 that I
saw the newly erected 20-colour printing machine
at a now extinct works printing an 18-colour pattern.
The same machine is now at another works, and I saw
it lately printing a 14-colour design. I ask myself
the question, what difference has the 34 years made
in the character of the colours and the work, supposing
that the colourist was using the best colours available
at each time. The reds and pinks then were from
cochineal, now they are from alizarin, the blues,
greens, myrtles and olives were of the prussiate class,
the greys, drabs, browns and chocolates were from
the woods— logwood, sapanwood, sumach, etc. It
may be said that only the black, which is from log-
wood, remained essentially the same at both dates,
for even in the chocolates and other colours which
depended mainly upon wood extracts, there was an
admixture of modern colours, while the blues and
greens, purples, etc., were unmixed modern colours,
with the usual fixing agents. Of course one has to
depend upon memory and impressions, for the prints of
34 years ago cannot be now seen in their freshness,
but I think there has been no great change in results
as far as regards quality of work. There has been a
lessening of cost of colour, and a lessening of labour
to the colour mixer, and undoubtedly some colours
now are brighter than then, but there is not much in
that : as to fastness of colour, except as regards the
reds there has been no gain, perhaps even a loss.
None of the modern colours except alizarin and its
allied blue and orange derivatives can be said to be
fast colours upon cotton in the sense that madder or
indigo are fast, but at the same time many of tbem
are fast enough for the purposes to which they are
applied, and have contributed in calico printing to
give a variety in colourings which has no doubt ex-
tended the demand for printed goods. In plain dyed
calicoes many fancy shades are dyed with these
colours and serve well enough for a variety of uses,
as linings for garments, hangings, and the like. Im-
provements in fixing have been introduced of late
years, which have materially improved the stability
and resistance of many of the colours. Lloyd and
Dale's discovery of the utility of tartar emetic,
patented in 1S61, did not come to be generally used
until the patent had expired, but it has been of great
service ; in combination with tannic acid in the colour,
it gives fixity enough to many colours to resist
soaping sufficient to brighten and clean the goods.
In the Silk Section of the Royal Jubilee Exhibition
there are two exhibits which raise the question of
modern colours as to stability. In one case there is
a silk patch-work coverlet exhibited of many colours.
It was made in 1850, six years before the first of our
modern colours came into existence. A written
notice informs the visitor that the silks were dyed in
the " old fast unfading dyes," and further states that
this coverlet " is a striking illustration of a lost Leek
industry, a genuine representation of the old fast un-
fading dyes, which is still practised by us," the
exhibitors, "for all purposes for which they may be
required." The other exhibit of dyed silks has two
sides to it— the silks on one side are said to be " in
Eistern unfading dyes, identical in nature with the
colours found iu the ancient Oriental and Italian
needlework, they will bear washing, and they are the
same by gaslight as by daylight." On the other side
the silks are said to be dyed by modern dyes, and
marked for shipping. Of course, the implication in
both these notices is that the old dyes are much
faster, less liable to fade, and altogether better than
the modern dyes : they really contain an assertion
that if you want well-dyed silks you must discard
the modern and go back to the ancient colours.
The idea that all new dyes are bad dyes is one held
by numbers of people, who are inclined at the same
time to believe that in the old times there were no
loose colours. The truth is that with the ancient
dyes, as with the modern dyes, there was an abun-
dance of loose, bad dyeing, and it is, perhaps, as well
to show that, bad as the moderns may be, their
ancestors were not a whit better, and that there were
loose colours before aniline. There is a book on
calico printing by C. O'Brien, dated 1791. This
author had an exalted opinion of the art of calico
printing, and condemns in strong language those
printers who used only or mainly what he
calls chemical colours in printing. lie will not
give receipts for these colours lest he should increase
the number of bad men who used them. He says, in
the chapter on colour-making: "By permanent
colours every one in the printing line considers those
that are not to be removed by soap, sun, nor air ; the
others are of various kinds, as some withstand
washings, but will fly on the air ; others will with-
Oct. 31,1887
THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
645
stand neither, and others only for a little time." Fur-
ther on he says : li Arbuthnot made some stir with
green stalks in light chintz, which soon Hew (faded),
and no provision being made to supply the vacant
parts the cloth then had a truly ludicrous appearance,
the flowers seeming scattered here and there without
stalks or any other appendage ; " and, again, " it is
notorious that in many commissioned and other
shops, the lowest chemical work, even with such
colour as almost, literally speaking, would shah off.
is warranted and ticketed as ' fast.' and often called
chintz." Roth in 13th and 23rd of George III. the
Legislature interfered with the dyers to stop certain
loose colours. Rancroft gives the essence of these
Acts, but elsewhere I have read the occasion of their
enactment. It was the case of a Government contract
for the supply of blue cloth, for navy purposes. It
should have been indigo blue, but it was logwood and
copper blue. The cloth passed inspection, bat as this
colour is one of the worst possible, and will not stand
24 hours' sunshine w-ithout fading into a dismal
brown or burl', the results were disastrous, and the
enraged Government threatened to impose the enor-
mous penalty of twenty pounds per piece upon cloth
so dyed in the future. Rancroft quotes a curious case
of a certain Dr. Richard Williams, who was granted
the sum of i,'2000 in 1773, by Act of Parliament
13 George III. chap. 77, for his discovery of a fast
green and yellow dye on cotton yarn and thread.
The secret was not to be disclosed for fear the
foreigner should reap advantage from it, but
Williams supplied the materials to the dyers. It was
soon found the colour was no good, as it could not
stand light though it would stand soap ; yet the in-
ventor was supported by the favourable testimonials
of persons to whom he had made presents of pocket-
handkerchiefs with borders of yarn woven in which
had been dyed with his yellow and green. The
colours lasted well enough in pockets, that is in the
dark, but faded in the light. These are examples
from the literature of the subject, but anyone of suffi-
ciently extended experience knows well enough that
loose colours are not peculiar to the modern era. The
range of modern colours, just like that of the ancient
colours, includes fast and loose, and it mainly de-
pends upon the dyer to select those which are suit-
able. There are cases in which the dyer has no
control, as, for example, in the old safHower pink ; it
is ordered and must be supplied. There is nothing
but saftiower which will dye the peculiar sahaower
pink, and no art or skill can make that colour fast or
durable. The same may be said of many light
shades dyed with the old dyes, annatto, turmeric, or
cudbear, upon either silk or cotton ; so with some of
the new colours, as eosin, fluorescein, peacock blue,
and some others : they are weak colours, and nothing
can be done to strengthen them. Rut to say that the
modern colours mostly in use for silk and wool dye-
ing are characterised by general instability and
proneness to fade is not at all true. I think I may go
so far as to say that all or nearly all the colours upon
the Leek quilted silk could now be dyed with modern
colours which would keep their quality as long and
as well as those actually on the quilt. If the whole-
sale condemnation of modern colours that one some-
times hears had any truth in it they must have gone
into disuse long ago, for purchasers of dyed goods do
not twice purchase a false and deceitful colour. Rut
the opposite is the case, the consumption is in-
creasing ; and the respectable dyer knows how fat he
can use these colours without bringing discredit upon
himself.
Whatever may be the true state of the case with
regard to cotton, I consider that the introduction of
modern colours in the dyeing of silk and wool has
been of great service. Retween the greater number
of these colours and the animal textile fibres there is
a direct and powerful attraction which it is the part
of the dyer rather to restrain and modify than to
t. For the most part no mordant of any kind is
required ; simply heating the fibre in a solution of
the colouring matter, with, perhaps, addition of a
little acid or sulphate of soda, and finally washing,
constitutes the whole of the dyeing. Compare cochi-
neal scarlet upon wool with azo red, called fast red
or rocceline. They can hardly be distinguished from
one another by shade, but the difference of the dyer's
work in their production is quite remarkable. In
cochineal scarlet the uncertain tin mordant has to be
made and applied by prolonged heating with the
wool, and then the cochineal dyed upon it, a process
requiring much care, and attended with uncertainty
in unskilful hands, but the dyeing with azo red is a
simple mechanical operation, which can hardly miss
at all. This colour threatens to displace cochineal
much the same as alizarin has displaced madder.
But it is in the fancy shades upon silk and wool that
the modern colours have been most useful. Great
fastness of colour is not required for these textiles ;
in a number of cases they are never intended to be
washed or treated with acid or alkaline liquids, but
the hue of colour should be fresh and the fibre un-
dulled. These conditions the artificial colours fulfil
admirably. Some mistakes, no doubt, have been
made in employing very fugitive dyes, with loss and
annoyance to all concerned, but they can be avoided.
Seeing the comparative ease and facility with which
the modern colours can be applied to textiles, it may
be asked whether this has not a deteriorating influence
upon the foremen dyers and colour mixers, who do
not seem to be required to exercise the same care and
skill as formerly, and who might be expected there-
fore to become careless and unprogressive ; well, it is
true the work seems easier and less responsibility
attaches to the foreman, who uses rather than makes
colour, but in all reasonably large and active dye-
houses, doing a variety of colours, there must be the
same watchfulness now as ever there was, for, if it is
easy to dye with these colours, it is quite easy also to
spoil cloth with them ; besides, there is no place of
general dyeing that has given up the old dyestuffs,
and the dyer must know how to produce blacks,
browns, slates, drabs, buffs, etc., which are still made
from the more ancient wares.
Except madder and cochineal, it does not appear
that the old colouring matter* — such as catechu, fus-
tic, logwood, sumach, and peachwood — have been
much, if at all, affected by the advent of the modern
colours ; their consumption has not diminished r.or
their price gone down. Logwood still remains a main
source of black colours upon wool and cotton. Aniline
black has been of very great service in calico print-
ing, possessing a stability to which no other black
can lay claim, and working very well in some com-
binations where logwood black would have been very
poor. I am thinking of the styles containing much
alizarin red and black as well as the chrome orauge
and aniline black style, both of which had a consider-
able Euccess. Rut yet nearly all the blacks in combina-
tions of more than five or six colours are still logwood
blacks, but the old iron mordant has been displaced
generally by acetate of chromium. I may say, in
passing, that the introduction of acetate of chromium
as a fixing agent in steam colours, both of the ancient
and modern class, has been a conspicuous boon to
printing, hardly second to any other material intro
duced of late years. The dyed blacks and black
and whites, called sometimes the mourning style, are
yet almost universally produced from logwood ; log-
wood black is soon injured by light and air, and it
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I0d. 31. iss7.
would be desirable to replace it by aniline black.
But there are difficulties in the way, the aniline
Mack, which is dyed in a vat with bichromate of
potash, an. lino salt, with acids and metallic salts, may
be called a precipit ite black ; it has the disadvantage
of rubbing off and soiling white articles. The
oxidation black, if that name may be given to the
printer's black where the colour is developed through
the agency of chlorates and metallic salts, does not
nili off and is unexceptionable in hue and stability,
but it has the fatal tendency of affecting the fibre,
- iftening and tendering it, unless it be applied with
the utmost skill, and, I may say, also the utmost good
luck.
Thus I have glanced and touched at some points in
textile colouring bearing upon the subject of the
theme submitted to me. There is nothing, of
course, scientific or even definite in what has
been said : it is more properly to be called a
speculation, probably a good deal influenced
by my personal surroundings or even prejudices;
but, in fact, neither I nor any other can at the present
time give more than an imperfect estimate as to how
the tinctorial arts have been influenced by the
modern colours, for we are in the middle of the battle
of the colours and can only darkly discern what is
going on.
THE THREE ISOMERIC PYROCRESOLS.
BY DR. W. BOTT,
The Owens College, Manchester.
I Read be/ore the British Association, Manchester, 1SS7.)
About five years ago Prof. H. Schwarz, of Graz, in
Austria, announced the discovery in coal tar of three
new isomeric bodies, which he termed a-, /3-, and
y-pyrocresol, and to which he assigned the formula
C28Ho„Oo, which later on was corrected toC13H140.
A few months before Schwarz's publication appeared,
I had been examining a certain by-product obtained
during the preparation of phenol and cresol at the
chemical works of Messrs. G Calvert & Co., Brad-
ford, and had succeeded in isolating from it three
new substances and prepared several derivatives of
them, and I soon recognised Hchwarz's pyrocresols to
be identical with the bodies I had obtained. I com-
municated with Prof. Schwarz upon the matter, and
we agreed to jointly pursue the further study of the
pyrocresols. Unfortunately neither Prof. Schwarz
nor I have been able to give very much time to the
work until quite lately, so that the investigation
is far from complete at present. In a paper prepared
by Prof. Schwarz and myself, and read before the
Chemical Section of the British Association, at Man-
1 bester, in September, we have given a condensed
and revised summary of all the facts already known
concerning the pyrocresols and part of our new
results ; the present paper is a more detailed recapitu-
lation of the joint one referred to, with special
iid to the more recent results, which have been
obtained principally by myself. I may add that, as
Prof. Schwarz has now given up working in this
direction, I shall continue the work alone, and, in a
paper sent to the German Chemical Society, I have
reserved to myself the further study of o-, £-, and
y-pyrocresol.
mavpe pyrocresols occur in varying though small
wood r<?s '" certain kinds of acid oils or phenols,
for even in';t'n° suchoilswith causticsodaasolutionis
depended main. l urns tur'jid on diluting-even after
admixture of n.oV?nraml ,the- f'"e.e, l.'henols obtained
greens, purples, etc., jf™*}? acidifying with mineral
with the usual fixing a^utlou leave a l"8'*' resldue
somewhat resembling butter in appearance,
and containing a considerable percentage of
pyrocresols. The yield of this pasty residue
seems to vary with the experimental conditions,
it apparently increases whenever the walls
of the retort become superheated during the distilla-
tion. The freshly made, crude product has a dark
yellow colour, but on exposure to light and air it turns
dark brown or purple. It begins to boil about
180—185°, the distillate upwards from about 325°
solidifies on cooling : it is yellow between 330 — 350°,
darker and of a softer consistency above 350° : finally
a little charcoal remains in the retort. All the
distillates collected at various temperatures are
soluble in alcohol and acetic acid with a greenish
fluorescence, which becomes less intense upon puri-
fication, and is to a certain extent discharged by
nascent hydrogen.
In order to prepare the pure substance, the crude
product is best pressed between hot plates, so as to
effect a partial separation of the a- and ^-compound
from y-isomeride, which accumulates in the liquor
coming off on pressing. By long protracted crystalli-
sation of the dry residue from boiling ligroin and
benzene the pure a-pyrocresol is first obtained, the
/i-isomer passing into the mother-liquors along with
considerable quantities of the a-compound. The
latter can to a certain extent be removed by partial
evaporation, and from the residue obtained on
complete evaporation of the mother-liquors the
/S-isomeride is prepared by frequent re-crystallisation
from alcohol. The y-pyrocresol is isolated in a
similar manner from the liquor obtained on hot-
pressing. It is beyond the scope of this paper to
give a more minute description of the mode of pre-
paring the pure pyrocresols ; suffice it to add, that
the process is a very long and tedious one, and one
involving considerable loss of material ; but, so far,
it has been found impossible to find a better mode of
separation. There is one circumstance worthy of
mention in connection with the preparation of the
pyrocresols, more particularly of a-pyrocresol. When
prepared from the freshly made, crude material, the
pure product is readily obtained perfectly white ;
whilst that prepared from material which has been
kept for someyears, exposed to light and air, shows a
pink colour, which cannot be altogether removed by
protracted crystallisation nor by boiling with zinc
dust and caustic soda. By cautious treatment with
chromic trioxide and acetic acid, the colour can,
however, be got rid of.
a-7,///«(7Y{c/,Ci:,H140,is by far the best defined of
the three isomers. It can be readily obtained in
large shining plates, exhibiting a beautiful bluish
fluorescence, and resembling pure anthracene in
appearance ; also in smaller needles. It is readily
soluble in benzene, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride,
carbon disulphide, etc. : less so in acetic acid, alcohol,
and ether ; and quite insoluble in water and alkalis.
The latter do not act upon it even under pressure,
and it is also not acted upon by acid chlorides like
acetyl chloride or solution of phosgene gas, nor by
phosphorus trichloride — from all of which it may
re-crystallised without decomposition. It melts at
196°, the solidifying point varying slightly within
4 — 6° below the melting point. The most striking
property of a-pyrocresol, however, is the ease with
which it sublimes; so gnat indeed is this tendency
that it makes it impossible to determine the boiling
point of a-pyrocresol. Sublimed a-pyrocresol forms
beautiful white fluorescent flakes, which are exceed-
ingly light and bulky, so that a very small quantity of
pyrocresol suffices for the experiment. The vapour
density of a-pyrocresol has been determined, and is
in accordance with the formula CifHuO.
Oct. 3i, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
647
y-J'i/rocresol differs fioiu the "-compound by
its much greater solubility in all solvents : the
crystals are less well-defined, and invariably needle-
shaped. Its melting point lies at 104 — 105°, and it
does not sublime, although it may be volatilised with-
out decomposition, so that its vapour density can be
determined. The properties of y-pyrocresol are !
altogether less marked than those of the "-product,
and the same applies to their respective derivatives.
P-Pprocresol, melting at 124:, stands intermediate
between the a- and y-isomers. It forms needles or
laminse smaller than those of the a-compound, and,
like the latter, it can be sublimed, though less readily.
Its solubility is about the mean of those of a- and
y-pyrocresol.
Oxides of Pyrocresol : Cj.Hx.jOo.
Upon oxidation, the pyrocresols take up one atom
of oxygen.
a-Pi/rociesol Oxide melts at 168°, and forms long
yellowish needles, turning darker on exposure to light.
It is much more soluble in acetic acid and alcohol
than pyrocresol itself, and does not sublime readily ;
although it may be volatilised without change, and
admits of a vapour density determination.
y-1'yrocresol Oxide solidifies at 77", and crystallises
in small rhombic plates, which turn red on exposure
to light.
P-Pyroertsol Oxide is less well defined, its solidify-
ing point lies at 95°.
The oxides above described are prepared by
oxidising pyrocresol in acetic acid solution with
chromium trioxide, diluting with water, and re-crystal- j
lising the precipitated and well-washed oxides
from alcohol. They are indifferent bodies, insoluble
in water and alkalis. By gentle reduction with HI,
at a moderate temperature, they yield pyrocresols
again. Upon very energetic reduction, however,
they are completely decomposed, yielding products
identical with those derived from the pyrocresols
themselves, and which will be described later on.
XriRo-CoMPorxDs : C1SH8(N02)40S.
a-Tetranitro-pyrocresol Oxide crystallises ftom
nitrobenzene or glacial acetic acid in small yellowish
plates, which, on heating, burn with a Hash. It is
insoluble in caustic potash, and sparingly soluble in
alcohol.
p-Tetranitro-pyrocre&ol Oxide resembles the a-com-
pound, but is more soluble in alcohol.
y-Tetranitro-pyrocresoi Oxide forms a granular
mass, and has a distinct yellow colour. It is also
more soluble in alcohol than the o-dtrivative.
Nitric acid alone fails to nitrate pyrocresol com-
pletely, and chiefly gives rise to oxides. It is there-
fore best to act upon the oxides at once with
nitrating mixture, boil, dilute, wash, and crystallise
from hot glacial acetic acid. The product is then
washed with absolute alcohol, and dried at 100^'.
Upon reduction in alcoholic solution with sodium
amalgam, or in acetic acid solution with zinc dust
the nitro-oxides yield amido-derivatives, which have
not yet been obtained pure, but are being further
investigated at this moment.
Halogen Derivatives.
When a-pj/ocresol is dissolved in chloroform, or
carbon tetrachloride, and dry chlorine passed through
the boiling solution for a few days, it assumes a very
pungent odour, quite different from that of chlorine,
and strongly reminding of the smell of acid chlorides ;
more particularly of phosgene gas. Upon standing
this odour disappears, and a white, granular mass
separates, which can be re-crystallised from boiling
benzene. Upon analysis and" re-crystallisation this
turned out not to be a uniform product, though
crystals were obtained approximately answering to
the formula Cj jHj 20C12. By repeated crystallisation
we expect before long to obtain a perfectly pure
substance. The corresponding d- and y compounds
have not as yet been prepared.
a.-Dibromo-pyrocresol, C15H12Br20, is obtained by
mixing acetic acid solutions of pyrocresol and bromine.
The precipitate is a mixture of the dibromo-compound
with an unstable perbromide, which can be removed
by washing with strong alcohol. The dried precipi-
tate is then re-crystallised from boiling benzene, and
thus obtained in the form of thick, elongated plates,
melting at 215" .
tf- and v-pyrocresol form similar derivatives with
bromine.
A number of experiments have been made to
exchange the oxygen in pyrocresol for chlorine, as
such a substitution would doubtless afford a clue as
to the relative position of the oxygen atom. The
replacement has been effected in the case of a-pyro-
cresol ; the p- and y-isomeride have not yet been
examined.
Upon gently heating a mixture of o-pyrocresol
with phosphorus pentachloride, the mass assumes a
dirty green colour, and with chloroform or benzene
yields a beautiful, intensely green solution. Upon
continued heating in an oil-bath the colour disappears,
and if the mixture is then boiled with water, filtered
and washed till the filtrate is perfectly free from
chlorine, a residue remains containing chlorine.
This may be dissolved in chloroform or benzene,
but the solutions cannot be made to crystallise, they
invariably dry up to a hard, transparent resin
resembling shellac.
Since direct treatment with PC13 seemed to lead to
no satisfactory result, a solution of o-pyrocresol in
carbon tetrachloride was mixed with one of PC13 in
the same solvent, and boiled. A dark yellow powder
was precipitated which, however, turned out to be
very unstable, readily decomposing with formation of
an oil, or resin, so that it could not be re-crystallised.
During the above decomposition the intense green
colour already referred to is again noticed, and
upon washing the precipitate with glacial acetic acid
it gradually disappears, yielding a dark green solu-
tion. Further experiments will have to show whether
this interesting body can be obtained pure and in a
crystallised state.
Sulpho Derivatives.
a-Pyrocresol can be sulphonated, though not very
readily, and the sodium and barium disulphonates
have been prepared. Upon trying to sulphonate the
oxide, the latter was found to separate unaltered
upon diluting the solution. From this it would
appear that the hydrogen atoms in pyrocresol which
can be replaced by (S0:;H) are identical with those
which upon oxidation are exchanged for oxygen.
Reduction of the Pyrocresols.
As the reduction of oxygenated aromatic compounds
has, in many cases, led to the discovery of their
mother substance, and thus finally to that of their
constitution, it was one of the first things to try and
reduce the pyrocresols. Schwarz's experiments to
that effect, however, met with no success on account
of the great stability of these bodies, and only
recently I have been able to reduce o-pyrocresol, and
to satisfy myself by preliminary tests that also
,3- and v-pyrocresol can be reduced in a similar
manner, though the reaction has, so far, been more
closely studied in the case of the a-isomer only.
Pure a-pyrocresol was heated with 80 parts of a
saturated solution of hydrio lie acid in glacial acetic
acid, in sealed tubes, to 250— 300°. From 1 — 2grms. of
pyrocresol were used at a time, and in some cases
i;is
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. 31, 1887.
aqueous HI saturated at 0° and excess of amorphous
phosphorus were used. After heating for two days a
copious separation of iodine had taken place, and an
oily liquid had separated on the surface if the
mixture enclosed in the tubes. The contents of the
latter were then neutralised with caustic potash, and
distilled with steam, when colourless oil passed over,
which was dried by caustic potash, and repeatedly
distilled over metallic potassium, so as to free it from
traces of iodine which seemed to obstinately adhere
to it and caused it to turn violet on heating. Finally,
a colourless non- fluorescent oil was obtained, which
on fractionation proved to be a mixture of compounds.
It began to boil at about 70', then, excepting one or
two short stoppages, the temperature quickly rose,
becoming stationary for some time about 27.V, the
last portions passing over above 300 with slight
decomposition. The part boiling at 275° was collected
separately and analysed, the following data being
obtained : —
(1.) 0-305 substance gaveO'9405 CO.. + 04235H..O.
(2.) 0'2205 substance gaveO'6825 CO. + 03105H..O.
!• 11. Calculated for CHv
C = 8100
H = 1512
81-16
15-61
81-905 p.c.
15-095 p.c.
99-51
100-10 100-00
The above analyses agree sufficiently well with the
formula C'l-.H^.j, still the result cannot be taken as
conclusive with regard to the exact amount of
hydrogen, or the number of hydrogen atoms con-
tained in the molecule. Three vapour density deter-
minations were then made by Victor Meyer's method,
a diphenylamine bath being employed, and an
atmosphere of dry hydrogen being substituted for the
one of nitrogen generally used. Upon trying to
determine the vapour density in air a dissociation
occurred, and a similar, though slight decomposition
takes place even in hydrogen, when the diphenylamine
bath is replaced by once of anthracene. The follow-
ing results were obtained : —
I.
11.
III. ^
G = 0-1035
008-20
0-1015
V = ll
8-7
11-S
K = 105
65
9-S ,
B = 757
763-2
755
d = 7-69
7 "51
7'23
110-96
10S-I8
101-32 /
Calculated for C,
/ H,a : d = 106.
mean 107 '92
As the small quantity of the reduction product at
present at our disposal did not admit of anything like
a complete examination, we had to be satisfied with
a_ few preliminary tests. Strong nitric acid or
nitrating mixture fail to nitrate the oil ; upon boil-
ing, a kind of resin is formed which is lighter than
water. Bromine and strong sulphuric acid have no
perceptible action upon the oil. The higher boiling
portion distilling at 275° is a perfectly colourless,
non-fluorescent, thick oil, having a faint odour
reminding of paraffins, and does not solidify even in
a freezing mixture.
A considerable time ago we had already tried in
vain to reduce a-pyroeresol by means of zinc dust, and
Schwarz's experiments seemed to confirm our own
negative result. Recently we have, however, re-
peated the experiment and found that on slowly pass-
ing a-pyrocresol over a long layer of heated zinc dust
in a current of dry hydrogen or carbonic oxide gas, a
yellow, soft mass is formed, having a strong, sweet
smell, reminding of anis-seed oil. When distilled
with superheated steam it yields an oil, which, as far
as we are able to judge at present, is identical with
that obtained by reduction in the wet way. The solid
residue left upon distilling consists of unaltered
a-pyrocresol.
The further investigation of these reductions is
being proceeded with.
With regard to the constitution of the pyrocresols
we cannot at the present stage of our work offer any
definite opinion, still we may safely draw divers con-
clusions trom the results so far obtained, more par-
ticularly in the case of a-pyrocresol.
The empirical formula C,,5H140 is in concordance
with the results of the analysis and the vapour
density determination, still it cannot be said to have
been proved beyond doubt, as a very small difference
in the percentage of hydrogen could not possibly be
determined by either method. In the worst possible
case the formula must, however, be a very close
approach to the truth. Taking the formula for
granted, the first question arising is that regarding
the position of the oxygen atom. Since the absence
of an hydroxyl group is evident, from the fact that
neither alkalis, nor acid chlorides, nor phosphorus
trichloride have any action upon pyrocresol, we must
assume the oxygen to be directly linked to carbon, and
this again admits of two possibilities. We may sup-
pose the oxygen to be contained in a carbonyl group
C = O, which would impart to pyrocresol the general
character of a ketone. Schwarz, in fact, at one time
believed a-pyrocresol to be a ditolyl ketone
C7H7.CO.CrH7, and although the properties of
dibenzyl and ditolyl ketones as described by Fischer
and Weiler (Ber. vii. 1183) and E. Hepp (Ber. vii.
1439) are different from those of a-pyrocresol, still it
might have been an isomeric ketone. In order to
settle this question we tried to combine a-pyrocresol
with hydroxylaininc and phenylhydrazine but with-
out success, neither a-pyrocresol nor the
/3- and y-isomers act upon hydroxylamine or Fischer's
reagent, however one may vary the experimental
conditions. The absence of a carbonyl group is made
still more probable by the fact that no acid oxidation
product of a-pyrocresol could be obtained and no
disubstituted methane — like ditolylmethane — seems
to be formed upon reduction. We can at the present
time epitomise our views in saying that we believe
a-pyrocresol !ind its isomerides to be anhydrides like
diphenyl ether, consisting of two chains held together
by oxygen, thus :
CxHxC
O
CyHyC
As to the structure of the two chains and the rela-
tive position of the oxygen atom connecting them, we
cannot express any decisive views until we shall have
more closely studied the reduction products and the
chloride obtained with PCI,-. As the reduction of
o-pyrocresDl gives rise to the formation of a mixture
and one of the constituents of this mixture contains
the original number of carbon atoms, it is possible
that the other products have resulted from the reduc-
tion of the separated chains, and that this dissocia-
tion has taken place at the point where the oxygen
atom is attached, in which case the reaction would be
directly indicative of the relative position of this
oxygen atom. The chemical nature of the reduction
products remains to be ascertained. The properties
Oct. 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
lilt)
of the high boiling hydrocarbon are different from
those of known compounds having a similar composi-
tion— viz., pentadecane CiSH32, quindecon C, -11..,.,
benylene 016H2g, triamylene "C1.-,H:-,0, etc., etc. ; it
may possibly not be a paraffin, but belong to the class
of hydrocarbons which Markownikow and others
have termed " naphthenes," though this is at present
a mere speculation. There is no doubt that the con-
tinued investigation of the reduction products will
soon throw light upon the matter, and ultimately
upon the structure of the pyrocresols.
In conclusion, we may add that a number of experi-
ments— some on a large scale— have been made with
a view of obtaining an insight into the origin and
mode of formation of pyrocresols in coal tar, which
would furnish a valuable clue to their synthesis.
Some of the results have already been made known
at the recent meeting of the British Association, but
as their discussion is beyond the scope of this report,
we reserve these and subsequent results for a separate
paper.
journal ano Patent* Literature.
L— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS AND
MACHINERY.
Improvements in Apparatus for Preventing Corrosion
of, Preventing Incrustation in or Facilitating the
Removal of Incrustation from Steam and other I
S. Hoyle, Accriiigton. Eng. Pat. 11,023, August 30,
1SS6. Sd.
WHEN zinc is used as an electrode in the interior of a
steam boiler for the purpose set forth, the patentee pro-
poses to use it in a cylindrical form mounted upon a
cup-shaped brass tray pivoted on a stud in the interior
of the boiler, at such a point that the motion of the
water causes an oscillation, thus keeping the point of
contact clean and bright. — C. C. H.
Improvements in Filters for Filtering Water for Manu-
facturing Purpos.es. C. Hird, Huddersfield. Eng.
Pat. 11,301, Sept. 2, 1SS0. 8d.
A SQUARE or oblong tank is provided with perforate d
sloping shelves one above the other, upon each of which
is a lied of filtering material kept in place by mease of
a perforated corrugated plate. The water is admitted
at the bottom of the tank and on to a perforated plate,
which catches and retains the coarser impurities ; it
ascends through the filtering beds and flows oft' at the
top of the tank. Wash-out ami drain cocks are provided
for removing the sediment which accumulates between
the filtering beds.— C. C. H.
.1 Cock for Charging Air and Liquor combined into
Stills and other Vessels. J. Harvey, Port Dundas.
Eng. Pat. 5358, April 13, 1S87. lid.
The object of the improved cock is to prevent the
collapse of a still, into which liquor is being charged,
owing to the formation of a partial vacuum due to the con-
densation of steam or vapour within the still. It consists
* Any of these specifications may be obtained bv post, by
remitting the cost price, plus postage, to Mr. H. Reader Lack,
Comptroller of the Patent Office. Southampton Buildings,
Chancery Lane, London, W.C. The amount of postage may
be calculated as follows : —
If the price does not excced8d jd.
Above Sd., and not exceeding Is. 6d. . . Id.
„ Is. Gd., „ „ 2s. Id... 1 4,
„ 2s. Id., „ „ 3s. Id... 2d.
of a cock with two passages or pipes at right angles to and
one aliove the other; the lower pipe is connected with
the bottom of the still and serves for the admission of the
liquor. One branch of the upper pipe is open to the air
and the other connected to the upper port of the still.
The plug of the cock is hollow, but the upper and lower
portions are separated by a cast diaphragm. It follows
that when the lower port is so placed as to admit
liquor to the still, the upper port is open to the air
and the upper part of the still. — C. C. H.
Improvements in Fusible Plugs for Steam Boilers, Feed
lt'n/,r Heaters and other Appliances connected vrith
Steam Boilers. W. Williams, Peckham. Eng. Pat.
3361, March 1, 1SS7. Sd.
The improved fusible plug is made as shown in the
drawing attached ; A is the gun-metal body screwed
into the Hue of the boiler at B from the water side of the
boiler. F i> the loose or falling plug forced by the
pressure screw G upon the ring E of soft fusible metal
which rests upon the seating D ; the action of such a
plug is well understood. — C. C. H.
An Improved Screen-bottom for Bunr Charcoal Wash-
inrj anil Filter Tanks. A. Gan Kroger, San Francisco,
U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 9909, July 11, 1887.
The screen-bottom forming the lower part of the base of
the charcoal washing tank used in sugar refineries is
formed by a number of frames ; each frame has solid
sides grooved at the bottom edge for a jointing material,
and the top and bottom of the frame is formed of
perforated plate. The space between the two plates is
packed with sand, fihe gravel or other suitable material.
The fine char which would otherwise be carried away,
is retained during the washing. — C. C. H.
A Combined Evaporating
Siemens, London. Eng
8d.
md Calcining Furnace. V.
Pat. 13,7S9, Oct. 27, 1SS6.
Thk improved furnace is shown in the accompanying
drawings ; Fig. 1 is a longitudinal section, Fig. 2 a
sectional plan. Gas from a producer enters the furnace
at G, meets with air entering the flue I and the flame
generated passes into the interior of the furnace at E.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I0ct.3i.i88?.
A portion of the tlarue passes over the hearth A, and the
remainder emerges therefrom through the passages I>,
circulates round the evaporating pan C and back to the
body of the furnace through 1>' : the consumed gases
leave the furnace at MM. If a stronger heat is required
in the pan (', bricks covering a number of openings b l>
are removed, admitting a larger portion of the rlame
underneath the pan C. The dried material removed
With mixtures containing 20 per cent, of heavy hydro-
carbons the decrease in luminosity after eight to nine
hours amounted to 7 3 — 9'5 per cent., with those con-
taining 20 — 40 per cent, the decrease was '22 — 48 per
cent., and with one made up with .">0 per cent, of No. 3
the loss of light was 56*7 per cent. In the last-named
mixtures the wick was more sooty than in the first. The
author ascribes the diminished luminosity to the slow
from the pan is fed on to the hearth of the furnace
through passages K K leading from the upper surface of
the setting of the pan to the hearth A, from which,
after calcination, it is removed through the doors L L.
-C. C. H.
II.— FUEL, GAS AND LIGHT.
T/" Influence ofthi Composition of Petroleum and of Vie
contained therein mi its Illuminating I'oim-.
E. Alftan. Zap. Imp. Russk. Techn. Obszcz. 18S7,
21, 107.
While petroleum is now commonly tested in regard to
alkalinity or acidity, the inlluence of the ingredients on
the luminosity of the Uame has been neglected. The
author has distilled an ordinary commercial sample of
Nobel's petroleum into three fractions : — ()i with sp. gr.
of 0- 7647 and boiling point under 150° ; (2) with sp. gr.
of 0'S2S7 (normal) and boiling point between 150-'
and 270"; and (3) with sp. gr. "of 0 sii7 and boiling
point over 270°. The two latter were then mixed
various proportions and sutlicient of the light
no
in
distillate was added in eacli case to bring the
product clown to the normal ap. gr. of D"8287.
These mixtures were then burnt severally in a Kuhmberg
lamp and the decrease in illuminating power determined
photometrically, always after known periods of time.
rise of the heavy oil in the wicks. In regard to the
presence of salts, the bases most frequently occurring
are iron oxide, lime and magnesia. A sample of petroleum
insufficiently neutralised with soda, either gives an acid
reaction, when it becomes yellow on standing in iron
vessels owing to the solution of iron, or else it contains or-
ganic salts, in which case it burns so badly that the rlame
may even become extinguished after one or two hours. It
is found that the presence of O'lgrm. of iron salts per
lOOOgrms. of petroleum is not prejudicial, and this is an
exceptionally high percentage ; but even 002 per 1000 of
lime or magnesia salts may suffice to reduce the
luminosity by 30 —40 per cent, after eight hours, and 0-1
of lime per 1000 lowers it 85-5 per cent., while the same
proportion of magnesia compounds reduces it 94 per
cent. This remarkable difference in the effect of iron
oxide and of these bases is traced by the author to
the fritting together of the latter in the wick, with
consequent obstruction to the passage of the petro-
leum, whilst the iron oxide remains pulverulent at
the summit of the wick or falls away as a powder.
It is especially to be observed that no lime or
magnesia have been found in samples having an acid
reaction : by creating, however, a demand for alkaline
petroleum it is quite ooncei\ able that a product containing
these objectionable impurities might lind its way into
the market. — W. G. M.
Oft. 3i. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
651
Improvements in the Manufacture of Gas from Mineral
Oil and in Apparatus therefor and connected there-
with, J. M. Turnl.ull, Edinburgh. Eng. Pat. 11,833,
Sept. 17, 1886. gd.
Refined or " medium " oil is admitted to the interior
of an externally heated retort. The cross section of the
retoit is such that a ridge running down the centre leaves
a hollow on each side, which may he tilled with open
refractory material in order to expose a greater surface,
and so assist the gasification. The gas thus generated
passes through a cooler and washer of ordinary form to
the gasholder or bellows, which is made like a photo-
graphic camera expanding vertically upwards in a
suitable frame. The topboard of the gasholder, when
this latter is full, comes in contact with a weight at the
end of a rod, and, raising this, effects the shutting of a
tap which stops the oil supply to the retort. The supply
is thus automatically regulated. — A. R. D.
Means for Indicating Escape of Gas: Specially Appli-
cable for Buildings and Domestic Use. J. Stott,
London. Eng. Pat. 13,577, Oct. 23, 1886. Sd.
This invention is intended to be applied to an apparatus
such as that described in Eng. Pat. 10,348 of lSsij. and is
illustrated in the accompanying figure. A hole a in
some convenient part of the apparatus, or a by-pass b,
allows the escape of a minute quantity of gas even when
the valves G, G , are seated. Thus if the gas, after
having been turned off at the meter, be turned on again,
sufficient will escape at the open burners to indicate the
state of affairs, but not enough to do harm. When the
burner taps are closed, this gas will accumulate under
the tloat I, and, causing the stop valves, G, G1, to rise,
allow the main supply to pass through and be lighted in
the usual manner. The hole a is fitted with a regulating
screw c to determine the size of the passage. — A. R. D.
Apparatus for Inducing Complete Combustion of
Mineral Od, Gases or Smoke, to be used for Heating
or Lighting Purposes, <;. T. Chinnery,' tiateshead
Eng. Pat. 13,75'2, Oct. 27, 18S6. 6d.
The oil is incompletely burned in a vessel provided with
a cover and fitted with a steam-coil to warm the oil if
necessary. Inside the vessel is also placed an ejector so
disposed as to draw off the vapours and gases formed by
the incomplete combustion going on in the vessel, and
discharge them by an opening in the cover. The ejector
is fed with compressed air, steam, or air and steam
together. This mingling with the oil gases forms a
highly inflammable mixture, which burns with a white
light and great heat.— A. R. I>.
III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Constitution of the Hydrocarbon C,,.H,., from Styro-
cio' Alcohol — Phenylnaphthalene. T. Zioke. Ann-
/alen, 240, 137—146.
It has already been shown that the constitution of the
hydrocarbon C, ,.H, 5 obtained from sty rolene alcohol and
phenylacetaldehvde is represented by the formula
C„H..( \H ...(.', 11., it being assumed that the condensa-
tion takes place in two stages as in the case of the con-
densation of aeetaldehyde to crotonic aldehyde. Eurther
researches on the constitution of this hydrocarbon tend
to show that it is /3-phenyInaphthalene, the reaction
which gives rise to its formation probably including the
following phases :— (1.) Two molecules of the phenylacet-
aldehvde unite to form 1 molecule of an aldole having the
formula :— C,;H5.CH„.CH(OH).CH(C( )H)CCHS. (2.)
This aldole then parts with 1 molecule of water, being re-
solved into diphenylisocrotonic aldehyde C8H-.CH :
CH.CHffoHif, II ;.' 13.) The latter also' loses 1 molecule
of water, of which one hydrogen atom is absorbed by a
phenyl group, by which means the naphthalene ring is
formed, thus : —
CH=CH
<'.».< |
CH=C-C,HB.
fi-phenylnaphthalene. The formation of the above aldole
may be explained also by assuming that a phenyl group
takes part in the condensation, in which case the follow-
ing intermediate product is obtained: — C.H,.('H,CH
(<>H) C,,H4.C'H (COH). The reaction which gives rise to
theformationofthis compound eorrespondswith von Pech-
mann's synthesis of coumarin. This product then loses
2 molecules of water in two phases, an aldehyde being first
formed, which is subsequently converted into the hydro-
carbon thus :— C-Hj.CH : *CH.C0H. .CH...COH " and
C,HB.C : CH.C,H4.CH : CH.
^-phenylnaphthalene. The author has prepared
,i -phcnylnaphthoquinone, the hydroxyquinone and the
amido-methylamine and aniline derivatives. In con-
firmation of the view that this hydrocarbon is phenyl-
naphthalene it is stated that on oxidation the theoretical
amount of benzoic acid is obtained. Moreover, on oxida-
tion with potassium permanganate the hydroxyquinone
forms phthalic anhydride and an acid of the formula
C,TI,C( )(COOH)„ together with benzoic acid, a circum-
stance which affords additional proof to the correctness
of the author's opinion regarding the constitution of the
hydrocarbon. Unsuccessful attempts were made to pre-
pare this compound by synthesis. The author also failed
in his endeavours to obtain diphenylisocrotonic acid from
phenylacetaldehvde and sodium phenylacetate.— D. B.
P 'irene. E. Bamberger and M. Philip. Annalen, 240,
147—192.
Nearly all the contents of this paper, which gives a
complete resume of the researches on pyrene, have been
previously published. After some historical references,
the authors allude to the numerous investigations on the
constitution of pyrene, and point out that it has been
established beyond donbt that pyrene represents a com-
bination of a naphthalene nucleus with two benzene
nuclei. In the experimental portion of the paper the
authors describe in detail the preparation and properties
of pyrene and a large number of its derivatives. The
raw material from which the hydrocarbon was extracted
was the by-product formed in the condensation chambers
when mercury ores are smelted (in Idria). This product,
called "stuppfett," has been investigated by Gold-
schmidt and Schmidt (Mouatsh. Chem. 1881, i), who
isolated about twelve different substances therefrom,
among which pyrene occupied the second place as regards
yield. The extraction of pyrene from this material was
effected by the authors by digesting the mass with
alcohol on a water-bath, decanting the alcoholic solution
C52
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Oct. 31.1887.
and collecting and pressing the residue. The latter was
then extracted with boiling alcohol, in which it all
dissolved with the exception of a small quantity of
inorganic matter. On cooling, a yellowish brown crystal-
line powder separated, which was collected on a Biter
and pressed. From this the pyrene was obtained by
fractional crystallisation of its picrate from alcohol, in
which medium it is the least soluble. The picrate was
then decomposed with ammonia and the hydrocarbon
recrystallised from alcohol. — D. B.
Action of Sulphuric Acid on Ozokerite. R, Zalozieeki.
Dingl. Polyt, .1 265, ITS— 181.
It is known that the yield of ceresin is largely affected
by the purification of ozokerite with sulphuric acid, from
15 to 30 per cent, being lost during this operation. The
author has attempted to determine the conditions under
which the most favourable results are obtained. He finds
that between 1G01 and 200° the yield is approximately the
same, being, if anything, in favour of the higher tempera-
ture. This apparently anomalous result is explained by
the fact that on increasing the temperature the sulphonic
compounds originally produced are decomposed with
regeneration of sulphurous anhydride and hydrocarbons.
Two reactions appear to govern the action of sulphurous
anhydride at high temperatures, the one occasioning the
decomposition of the organic matter with separation of
carbon and formation of water and sulphurous anhydride,
and the other effecting the splitting up of the sulphonic
acids with reproduction of certain constituents. The
former constitutes a source of lo*s ; the latter one of
gain. It is stated in conclusion that the residual waste
acid may be employed with advantage for the purifica-
tion of a fresh portion of ozokerite, inasmuch as it con-
tains a considerable quantity of free sulphuric acid ; and
the heavy, spongy precipitate facilitates the clarification
of the mass by absorbing the separated particles and
precipitating them. — D. B.
Amount of Nitrogen in Different Coals and Production of
Ammonia therefrom. E. Schilling. Dingl. l'olyt. J.
265, 218-222.
The specimens of coal examined represent all the best
known types found in different parts of Germany and
used for gas making. The following results were
obtained : -The amount of nitrogen in the coals ranged
from 1 to To per cent., whilst the coke which they pro-
duced contained from 1*2 to 1"4 per cent. The coke
from cannel coal, however, contained less nitrogen. The
amount of nitrogen present in coal diminishes with an
increase in the percentage of oxygen. The production
of ammonia varied considerably, ranging from 0094 to
0284kilo. per lOOkilos. of coal. It rises and falls with
the total nitrogen present in the coal. The yield of
ammonia from 100 parts of total nitrogen gave a mean of
14 per cent., the maximum result being 20 per cent. The
addition of 2 5 per cent, of lime to coal influences the
production of ammonia in various ways, some specimens
being unaffected whilst others exhibit a considerable
increase in the yield of ammonia. — D. B.
Cmt nrsion of Higher Homologies of Phenol into
Primary and Secondary Amines, it. Llovd. Ber.
20, 1254—1265.
Isobutyi.phenol, isam\ dphciiol, thymol and caivacrol,
when heated to 320—350° with zinc bromide ammonia
and ammonium bromide, or the corresponding chlorine
compounds, give the corresponding primary and
secondary amines. Carbonaceous matter is also formed.
Carvaeroi gives a yield or 70 per cent, of the amine ; the
other phenols vary between 45 and 00 per cent. On the
whole the homologues of phenol appear less capable of
reacting than phenol itself.
Carvacrylamiue is an almost colourless oil, which
solidifies in a freezing mixture and boils at 241—242".
Diphenisobutylamine (C1H„C,.Hj .Nil, diphcnisamyl-
amiue (C,,H, ,.(_',. II J, Nil, dithymyi- and dicarvacryl-
amine (C:;1I7< II .,.</, H ),N1I, are only liquids boiling
above 300°, which, on distillation, are colourless, but
rapidly darken. All these amines yield characteristic
platinum double salts.— . I. 1!. ('.
Substituted Naptitliyhne Diamines. J. Annaheim, Ber.
' 20, 1371—1374.
Tn K preparation of these compounds is based upon the
well-known reaction of Merz and Weith for converting
phenols into amines. If dioxynaphthalenes be sub-
stituted for phenol, naphlhylene diamines are obtained.
In this way dioxynaphthalene condenses with aniline
and aniline hydrochloride to form diphenylnaphthylene-
diamine C, ,,H,., : (C,;ll -Nil)... The action takes place
at 145 — l(i0J, and no dehydrating agent is necessary. It
is a solid body, crystallising in brilliant plates. Similar
compounds are obtained with para- and orthotoluidine
and xylidine, etc. — J. B. C.
Ethereal Salts of Benzoyl Sulphimide and of o-Sulph-
amido-benzoic Acid. C. I'ahlberg and R. List. Ber.
20, 1596— 1G04.
Benzoyl sulphimide, when neutralised with caustic
soda or sodium carbonate and evaporated, yields a
sodium salt. The dry salt, heated with ethyl iodide
to 230c, yields the ethyl ether of the imide. It has the
formula C,II.,S( > ,N. This compound is decomposed
with hot I1CI, and gives o-sulphobenzoie acid and
cthylamine, just as the imide yields snlphobenzoic acid
and ammonia. This compound must, therefore, have
the formula —
0„H4 <soa> xc-»,-
Heated with alcoholic potash, a compound of the for-
mula CU0K.C,,H4.SO„.NKC.,H- is obtained, and on
acidifying the aqueous solution the free acid COOH.
C,;H4.SU...NKCWH., is precipitated in the form of an oil,
which solidiiies on standing. The ethereal salt of
o-sulplianiidobenzoic acid is prepared bypassing II CI gas
into the alcoholic solution of benzoyl sulphimide. It
has the formula SO ,,.NH;.C,iHJ.CO„C...II -, and is
isomeric with o-ethylamidosulphobenzoate, Heated
with potash, not the free acid, but the potassium salt of
the sulphimide is obtained. An analogous compound to
the above is obtained by passing HC1 gas into an alco-
holic solution of snlphainidobenzoyl sulphimide.
As o sulphamidobenzoic acid cannot be obtained from
its ethereal salt, tie authors attempted to prepare the
ethereal salt from the acid. Ortho-toluenesulphaniide, on
oxidation with rv..l?eOy,. yields the acid. On passing
HC1 gas through the alcoholic solution, the sulphimido
compound is obtained, but on treating the sodium salt of
o-sulphamidobenzoic acid with ethyl iodide the ethereal
salt is formed.
Its identity with that from benzoyl sulphimide was
further confirmed by comparison of its characteristic
decomposition products.
1. The sulphimides of aromatic hydrocarbons are,
therefore, the anhydrides of the corresponding o-sulph-
amidocarboxylic acids. Both compounds are strong
acids, and yield ethereal and metallic salts.
2. The salts of o-sulphamidocarboxylic acids give
sulphimides on heating, as also the free acid and
ethereal salts.
3. The alkaline salts yield, with haloid ethers,
ethereal salts, in which the 11 of the imido group is re-
placed by the alcohol radical.
4. The ethereal salts give on saponification with
alcoholic potash the ethereal salt of o-sulphamido-
carboxylic acid, isomeric with the other ethereal salt of
the same acid.
5. With IK'l the ethers of the sulphimides yield
alcohol bases and sulphonic acids.
6. The sulphimides are readily converted into the
ethers of the o-sulphamidocarboxylic acid.— J. B. &
Oct. 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
G53
By-products in the Manvfaeturt of Thiophen. Y.
.Meyer and K. Neure. Ber. 20, 1756—1758.
The higher boiling liquid remaining after distilling off
the thiophen (prepared by Volhard and Erdmann'a
method), solidities on cooling and consist* of thio-
succinic anhydride and succinic anhydride. In addition
to the solid constituents an oil remains which distils with
steam and consists of a portion soluble in alkali and
another insoluble in alkali. The soluble portion is
thienylmercaptan CS1L.SH. The solution of the iner-
captan in concentrated alcoholic ammonia yields, on
spontaneous evaporation, thienyldisulphide C,SH .S.S.
(' SH . The portion insoluble in alkali was too small
to be identified but contains probably thienylsulphide.
—J. B. i _'.
Preparation of Antlunnoi and Dianikryl.
maim and A. Gimbel. Ber. 20. 1854-
i . Lieber-
- 1 855.
Anthranol. — lOgrms. of anthraquinone in 4— 500grms.
of glacial acetic acid are boiled, and 2.">grms. of granu-
lated tin added. The yellow liquid changes to brown,
especially on addition of about lOcc. of concentrated
HC1, but regains its original colour. Small quantities of
HC1 are added from time to time, as long as the solution
darkeas on addition of the acid. After about a
quarter of an hour the process is complete. The end of
the reaction may be recognised by the solution remaining
clear on cooling. The anthranol is precipitated by pour-
ing into water containing HC1 and may be obtained
pure by one recrystallisatiou from glacial acetic acid.
Dianthryl. — Anthraquinone is mixed into a thin paste
with boiling glacial acetic acid, 40grms. of tin in 2 — 3
portions are added to every lOginis. of anthraquinone,
and halt the quantity of concentrated HC1 to that of the
acetic acid used. The latter is added in two portions.
The mass is kept boiling for an hour. It becomes grey
and is then decanted from unattacked tin on to a tiller
and washed with water. The substance is best crys-
tallised from toluene.— J. B. C.
On Triphenylmethane Derivates. E. Kock. Ber. 20-
1562—1566.
The action of benzaldehyde on aromatic bases to form
tiiphenylmethane derivatives have been studied by
I'llmann and others. The author adopts the same
method, employing substituted aldehydes and substi-
tuted bases. Thus he finds that although m-toluidine
does not react readily with benzaldehyde, dimethyl-
//i-toluidine combines with ^-nitrolienzaldehyde to form
tetratiietliylditolvluitrophenylmethane l'„H .Nt L.CH.
(CsH,.CHs.N(CH,)*)i. Similar condensation products
are produced with dimethyl-z/i-chloraniline and p-nitro-
benzaldehyde and ro-anMdine and y/nitrobenzaldehyde.
It appears, therefore, that although the met.i substituted
aromatic basts form with difficulty triphenylmethane
derivatives, the reaction proceeds readily on converting
the base into a tertiary amine. It is also interesting to
note that the leuco-basee with two meta-positions in one
benzene nucleus do not yield colouring matters on
oxidation, which is not the case with the ortho- and
para-compounds. With anisldine, however, the meta-
position does not produce this effect. — J. B. C.
IV.-COLOURB'G MATTERS AND DYES.
Manufacture of the Ethyletherofa X us Arid. O. ImrajT,
London. From the Society of Chemical Industry in
Basle, Switzerland. Eng" Bat. 14,U17, Nov. 11,
1S86. 4d.
For the production of this new substance, which has
the formula CuH.,1N.U4, 1 o parts of ethylenedianiine are
heated on a water bath with 5 parts of acetylacetic ether.
On cooling, a crystalline mass separates, which is col-
lected on a filter and recrystallised from alcohol. The
new compound is thus obtained in the form of needles or
prisms, melting at 120° C. It is insoluble in water,
sparingly soluble in petroleum spirit but dissolves
readily in alcohol, ether, acetic ether, glaiial acetic acid,
chlorofoiin, benzene, toluene and dilute acids.— D. B.
",, the Production and Applications of Aniline
Chromatis. C. Girard and L. L'Hote. (ompt. I
Bend. 105, 284.
Grawitz, in a communication laid before the Academy
[Compt. Until., IssT. 1S2) iu reference to the authors'
researches on a crystalline aniline chromate, pointed out I
that aniline chromates formed by double decomposition,
had been crystallised by Persoz in 1S72 [Bull. Soc. Ind.
Mid.); that Zurcber in 1S7G had obtained fine yellow
crystals of the salt by the action of potassium bichro-
mate on a slightly acid solution of aniline hydro-
chloride ; and that he himself, in a patent dated Nov.
:i, 1S74, had recommended the use of this chromate in '
the manufacture of various dyes. To all this the
authors reply that aniline chromates are constantly
being produced, but that no one had previously isolated
and examined the bichromate described by them, by the
aid of which they had produced a whole "series of dyes,
and hoped also to obtain an aniline black. Contrary
to Grawitz's assertions, it could be isolated in a pure
condition only by working with an acid solution of i
an aniline salt. — \Y. G. M.
Formation of Haloid substituted Amido -Compounds by
the Reduction of Nitro-hydrocarbons. E. Kock. Ber.
20, 1567.
The anthor has prepared a chlorotoluidine by the action
of tin and HC1 upon ni-nitrotoluene. This is identical
with the compound prepand by Honig and Goldschmidt,
by nitrating u chloiotoluene and then reducing the nitro
compound thus obtained. The substance is therefore
o chloro-ffi-toluidine. It combines with phosgene to
form di-o-chloro-m-tolylnrea and gives a thiourea of the
formula CS(NH.C,H,C1.CH3)»-^J. B. C.
A Tubu'ar Survey of the Artificial Organic Colouring
Matters. G. Schultz and P. Julius. Chem. Ind. 10,
20o— 305.
The first column of the table contains the commercial
names, and the letters in square brackets denote which
firm uses the particular names : — [A] The Berlin Actien-
gesellschaft fur Anilinfabrikation. [B] Badische Anilin-
and Soda-Fabrik, Ludwigshafen a/Bh. [Bi] Aciien-
gesellsehaft fur Chem. Industrie (late Binschedler and
Bu-ch), Basel. [By] Farbenfabriken, formerly F. Bayer
& Co., Elberfeld. [< '] Leopold Cassella & Co.,
Frankfurt a/M. [D] Dahl & Co., Barmen. [DH]
L. Durand & Huguenin, Basel. [K] Kalle & Co.,
Biebrich a/Kb. [L] A Leonhardt & Co., Muhlheim,
Hesse. [M] Farbweike, formerly Meister, Lucius &
Briining, Hoechst a/M. [Mo] P. Monnet & Cie, La
I'laine, Geneva. [O] K. Uehler, Offenbach a/M. [P]
Society Anonyme des Matieres Colorantes, et Produits
(himiques de St. Denis, Paris. [Sch] The Schbllkopf
Aniline and Chemical Co., Buffalo, I". S. A. [V] Yerein
( hemische Fabriken, Mannheim. The second column
contains the scientific names ; the third, the con-
structional formula- ; the fourth, a concise notice of
the methods of formation ; the fifth, the years of
discovery ; the sixth, the names of the discoverers,
number of tbe German patent and reference to
the literature on the subject ; and the last column
contains the characteristic reactions. In the fourth
column, under P-naphthylaminemonosulphonic acid
Br, is understood the acid patented by Messrs. F.
Bibnner i*c Co., German patent No. 22,547 ; B-naphthyl-
aminemonosulphonic acid D, that obtained bv Dahl,
German patents Xos. 29,084, 32,271, 32,276; P-naphthyl-
amine- 8 -monosid phonic acid, of F. Bayer & Co."s
German patent 39,923; a-naphtholnwnosulphonic acid
N\V, that obtained by Nevile and Winther from
naphthionic acid ; a-naphtholmonosulphonic acid C,
Cleve's acid; a-naphtholdi*ulphonic add Sch, that
patented by the Schbllkopf Aniline Co., No. 40,571 ;
B-naphtholmonosulphonie acid B, patented by Bayer,
No. IS, 027 ; p-naphtholmonosulphonic acid S, Sehaeffer's
acid ; and p-naphlholdisulphonic acid K and G, those of
the German patent 3229,
834
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. si. 1887.
•/.
cs
D
o
•1
o
o
6
x
O
K
—
55
I
c
s
o
5
o
«
greyish brown powder, easily solublo in hot water,
with difficulty in cold; soluble in dilute caustic
soda. Deflagrates Blightly when heated.
dark green powder; leaves when ignited on
platinum ii residue of Iron sulphide. Soluble in
water with yellowish green colouration. HCl— no
change. Nat ill -colour becomes blue-green. Con-
centrated ll; so, yellow-brown solution, becomes
yellow on dilution with water and gives iron reaction
with both ferri and ferro-cyanidea.
ile yellow crystals, soluble with difficulty in cold
water, easily soluble in hot water, alcohol, benzene
etc.; melts at, 122-5". Tastes bitter. Boiled witli
potassium cyanide forms a brown solution.
red-yellow powder; potash salt deflagrates;
ammonia salt burns otf. Soluble in water with
orange-yellow colour. HCl- white precipitate of
dinitro-eresol. NaOH -no change, but ammonia
given off from the ammonia salt. Concentrated
11 SO, -pale yellow solution.
yellowish-red powder; rises like a "Pharaoh's
serpent" when heated. Yellow solution in water.
HCl— wine-red coloration Nat Ill-ammonia given
}ff and solution darkened, which zinc dust turns
brown, and decolorises on boiling; air restores
the brown colour. Concentrated H so,— wine-red
solution, colourless on dilution.
a
V
A
5
S
5
h
o
-a
t-
V
O
o
OD
s
o
pale yellow powder, which melts when heated on
platinum and than burns quietly. Very dilflcultly
soluble in hot water ; soluble in alkalis.
«1
«e
~
<i
"\
>
•4
c
d
S 2
i- 9
^ JS -
;:?
-go
.3
S-00
_■•=<- u5=sg
** S &* C . L ^ ea"
s
&
z
a
K
cu PPh
pq
111
. s a
Si S 5
JT y .. ,r*cs q,
s 1
= -
hi
nq
Or'— ^ ^ ? A U
sill 1
o *
o . |j
"^
—
S=>
OO
S8
I- 00 OO
s
■t*
£i
gg
- 0
00
T3
o g 55
BJ
-■ i.a
°c2
ii = 3
W 3 j)
t-— -o
.-E -
g •
c
«.i
O
O
O 3
O 3
en
o
•a
.- en
B 2
o
1
m
Be
HO
ifsj
'5 go's j
O
o
6
.si
o i
■o
■g§
flja .
y
E— ;
*a o
E
o o
— -
18 § .
s
c 3
o|£.= »
55
„°8
c c c
3 - 3
-•2 a.
c 1 =
o s o
.2 3
4- t.
O = u
P_ u
a -
§&gfi|
OB.Pl
----da
a Ep.
3 § Jj
*$
»)
x)
<;
<1
«<(
<
w
-^
• ■o
cT
d
o 9
3 1
55 «
« fe
55 1
d o
(DO— 55
#_i,
55-
o".
o
"5
a
o
0
■
B
o
O
o
O-fe
H
Hodo
cy.yy
dt
55 =
'-. 1
S3
r. — ■
-so
So
go"
d
a £
o
OC355
w
o
O
o
c2
d
o
^§
1
"3
Is-
=•=
6
a
?&§_•
"iC
=JS s
g
i- p3
•*-*
« = =■
c a
c .
s
*C 0
cc
55
s
09
o
o o , =
t- CO .,
feF--
£S2n
3ot2
£-2
S
DD
a
B"S|-§
*3 CD
Z m ° °
alls
r a c
■D >.
5
S£ 5
s'zl
00
£ £
XoJt.-
o S
dq
sM
a
□a
s
< *
ej
e
«■
1 i
S
2 "': S-A si
- "Z Z — 0°
00
c C -
y.
— - s S C
o> s
c s
an
- 3 - -S «
° = ■£
No. Commercia
1*5
S3
-
o«
~— «
-
t> -: > 'S2 <
c
5
~.2.i'? e
p = ci°
W-CJ ^ — n
DO £
■h
Ol
-
«*
-
to
t-
Oct. 31, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
G55
If 88
c— o .
DOnM
.WS-g
-- -
■dga
s.5
El
3SfeJ
= ■= or!
- —
do"
S 3g
|J|OS
Orange-yellow powder; deflagrates
Forme a yellow solution In water. I
inics the free acid. NaOll precipita
salt, which re-dismilvcH on warini
brown coloration with zinc dust.
©So
- -— ~
**£
l"l
— £.3
«D £1
To
= =
> ■_
■d c
u so
O
* I s
1-' z —
- 5 -
= 5 -
3g«
■z- —
t: 2 »
— ? r
5^ 2
r -^
n
Aninionia and soda sails, small 1,'liiici
lime silt yellow-red crystals. Sole
ammonia salt is soluble in alcohol
deflagrate*, ammonia sail burns
llcl precipitates dlnitro-alpha nan]
al 138 .
0
-3
1
0
<
An orange-yellow powder, easily sola
the solution being turned pale veil
but nol preoipltated, Emits sparks w
m ~ z ' —
3 X "" 3-
— .eJoSo
— a s "S .^-3
t = 5 1 E =
lilffg
ifS >> — c —
fa-
6
s
s
5 --= "S - E
^ J "f i --i
i --• r
s
-- ; 0 ai
u M . . i. -'-
- - ^ < =
-?'>r-.\= 3 fa 2! m .3 OS 2fa- '-
?mhSSs l» =■ .^fa-.'?; 7-fa---".
"^ 0 ; — 7 '-: -x:- ^--":# r-:^»
■psS | 5s ft - --- s = = -
S ,; = i; < ;-5
_S - pq <
6
-
0
g 5
30 3C
*o go I 00 \ tZ 1 25
00 30 00 00 00
Ditto, and formation of
soda sail.
CA
si
u —
c n
^ DO
.- O
.§ i—
0 a — — = jr
- - 3 §S«
°g| o| °l~|
< <; <
1
§g §3 i-g. il
5o 29 ~ - ~-
■5 s ~— . "^ -2
»g- "rt =r- "!■'-"
.irS- o5o S'f.-- :•= =
0 3 c ~ — "H. T"=E ode
3
55
O 3 A
CZuO
~z-y.
K
-
9. -5
s
-*
—
■
H =-
- il
— . ~
O
1 i
o- a
■J
*E
3
55
0
0
55
? -O •-:
— ^^
Soda salt of sali-
cylic yellow A.
Soda sail of mono-
brom-dlnltro- sali-
cylic acid.
Probably nitrified
rosolio acid.
0 d
*^ ^
■- - 2
B £ -
B ^ -
■8— i" S~
= -; s * ?_•
S Co =2 =
5=3 r--
.w 0 sots
Bang 5===
12 S? ! = f S • a ^ a -: 0 5 = = m =
- - == ~ s = — . z - ■- — ■- = = .fa J"£ B
■a-* s| d| §8 3^ |'1| i - | = i £58 i Si? s|
i S C'l |o B| ?I0||.= gM M§| 3 J ■g-iifS |~
- 0 -0 Be -c =:=•;.=">. = -= = So - P 0 -'■ Jf: B
a) Z , t«Z SZ B<<5 S^X 55 S 0 x = 6 - 5 5! 55^< -
co 1 C5 1 O m 1 H " I *" —
656
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. SI, 1887.
Sei
i C [I
Cj'- CO
73 =
C'~^
%~\
*g§
s - g
= = a
- -- -
i->.
4)
5§g
apjE
e x -j*c
£ -
O
1
9
7P
5a.2a
K
Hrown red crystals,
yellow coloration.
dijilienylaminc mol
heating, large qnai
Hark red powder
Hi' llagrat.es on he
in imi water; solub
Mel -brown solutu
a
■isf
.
ci
a s
i .-
— i *
§ M
o
to .
xi
a -
o
o
Hi
a
- < -'
— 3
s —
- ■-
s -
si
- ;
- =:
*3 , >>
SH -
00
M
m
g
oo
CO
1
e
o£
c
©
O
O
■a
s
2 5
•a
a
a
o
-
>.
: Pi
cS
°_j
c
&a
o ©
°2
-c.=
a"
VS
=
^ a
HE
Be
o"2
.si
o
E
o
CO CO
BBSBB
.' = = Q -
V V
a a
55 55
o a
'£ =; o
o'a
c s
z o
o a
a. J.
£^
C '— z
- — —
t. *; -
11 =
Ci'i
9"
- -
5gd
- ~
S 2
CO
OOfc
i _-
o =
is*
-r o>
>.0
c ^
^?^
.- 3
go
£■ - *■
-. t£
c c
■ .• 3
o —
— ;: —
g _-
o5 a
M g
—
. t5 -
»-a ;r*
- / «
^
i
IC; .
_
_
a*
= ^?
l_]
/
i-t
_
—
* toa
X
■-.
-; %
0
oo
£ i
= fl
G O
bog
'8r§
c o
«"§•»
^ c =
< * M
—
1 ^
a m
55 ^
.2 a o
C 5 M
'_ : -
- 5"ri
— - ?
r_z g
c -
o *-■
a'il
U J r
= = s
ID gO
= = '-,
i = ■-"■
- , \ -
i. 55—55 /. z'.
V V =
to h* *5
~_ -
o - »
CO
_ -
j: —
C= -
----
5 x -
- - =
00
d
c <-
— a
C =
c 3
o 5
.'-. _ —
5a'g
O DO =
o - :
_ : =
5»H
'" = '=
-~ s
5'-
t.
— ■ -■ -
-— -
g - i
jr =
~ ' _
■- « -
= =—
~ - G
- -V
-,'
—
v.
c
=
-
- =
DC
d
_ -
So
:/ ;.
£ bo *
c— e
x -t Z
•i. a o
I -_ %
| — x"0
~ r. - ~
T'- . § J
»°O0
c " = 3
X, - r-
- B*a
-- =
- : _ -
■3,2 gg
o »- - "•
Ph^ - °
r - -
. - t£ =
t CS
o ga-s
3 =Pa
*;-? =
s «2-§
lis
CO
.to^ .Dgcjn
.•as i
jj C -co
H "- o^l
ill?
. ■/. _—-«
^ _J~"^
PS-g J
i? - -Z j~
S x / s;
- ; =
5
Oct.3l.ttS7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
657
3 S
o &
J.-
yn
..
-
y-
y.
l*
_'
a
/-.
Z
=
~
6
Z
— o
— ^
r Li
i: ^ 3
c -_.
= d _-
- i j.
i -;
c— g
- •_ ;
S :
= = -"=
- • .-.
-S E
gu-g
=""" .
J --17 ;
■gSaSS
~- =
■O Q O _
^- = ^
£ «W 0
^ g
^ ~ ~
r ~ -
- - .•!
> x - -
C3 -■ 2
- . a
~ I ■: -.
0 - .-
32 B
= ~ =
° £ S
2 = r-
2SS
-9 -
— N /.
- ■ r.
d ^
- / ~ -
*- r — ^
z il ^
V. £ 30
= go
EOH
0 - =
-OS;
oO 0
3 , CO
■/. — -
« 1
>/ -
- - °
lil
C CD
s - i
-Til
5|
lis!
r ?■ "r
.- i -
> r. — r
P- m 0
5a^o
ggJ?e
-V
= it . -
£ gp,
^ - E
sill
~~f.l
r- O
3£d
hi
to— C c
tUgg
IseJ
3 O -5
ftodg
= >- s
lil
2=5
— -* £■
7 2 r
B-g-S
'£ ** —
■ z — -.
> 0D 5
~ - - ~
M O > O _■
- q x -
0 Z ?
~* — ■ y
Q>>0
1.
p
— "S y
V, ~ 0
-£-
.- ©
•r y
|gZ||
5 s x 1 •«
= 3 -'
gild
- =.=■■=
I'M
i - z
S 2 o
:- — x
0 > =-
> x ; - —
* - 0
— — '-_:
= §:•
a j_* a ,2
lsli|
Sofia's
— =—'■=
s - -'2
:
2*i=
">SZa
— > —
— = =:•=
— c n -
w y. — -
— c - - —
—
<
«
«
pq
i-
-"
^
>
w
•a c
•
is i
a z 3
*'
^ 1
a g
a "Os
3
y.
CO
CO
^- — -
a
x S
a .-
- . ~
3" z-s'sa
0
5S
z -a
S".
5^
5
"^
tC-f.
[J A
Q
K
s S
7. 5
8.
-^
y
Ss
y
= =
0
y
w
«
, = a 2 S ■
S
: c^'-'H
- = '- *6°
30
.- ^
00
X
O0 3O
,_■=
:.-i —
c .
;<:
JBS
>>
O
y 0
M CJ
M 0
T
= 5
5
51 s .
K
Beta
tlidl
K.
"
d
= 2
<
<
CO
^.'
T
0
-i"
XJ
_
_•
q
z
•
©
-
0
g
c
s
B
<
".
<
<!
^
<;
<
.
d
a
3 3
— a
-z
®5
~y.
© a
-y
-s
5 "J
- _
■3 a
S Z
5°
Cx
-z
1
- Z
0 x
y
0
V
1—
-
y
y.
V
=
r
d
z
z.
V
W
d
z
. 11
z
y
d
z
11
z
y.
d
y.
11
y.
-y.
z •
— —
_.z
0—
y.
y.
y.
„-
=
=
=
-
-
6
—
0
u
d
a
0
Q ^ :
i B
^ --■'•- . E - - = ■<» s 0
go I = £•=•= fe cS >A, !
a -o op !
rju?"
: -z — ^ "
a._— c ^~
- w » § ago
::i
d i 0
= — 7 —
- ■*■ ~ ~
— — 1 '~
-j ~ - •
d*j - d
KI-y
= s ~ "
»6oi
* NJ3^
s ~ — _j
= - — 2
/.
■/.
O 0 y
m
2 ■
0
-/,
.5 y
— 0 c^
-i:-
•H Ba
H<J
UOC
~ =!H ° - ;
as o c;
— n: - :
o<o B <
CO
x_r —
5^5
Zf^
§2 a
"-: = =
a— .5 —
£ o
. o
o c
c2
658
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. I0ct.3i.i8sr.
d
5
Brown powder; the brown aqueous solution Is
unaltered bj acids or alkalis. Cone. H..SO,— red
brown solution, on dilution yellowish brown.
Red-brown powder, forms h reddish yellow solution
in wilier. HCl — orange-yellow precipitate, soluble
in much water. Nat HI— solution becomes yellow ish
brown. Cone. II SO,— orange yellow solution,
on dilution first an orange yellow precipitate
is formed, redissolving then to a clear yellow
solution.
lirown paste, soluble in water. The red brown
solution is precipitated by HCl. NaOH— produces
a. precipitate soluble in water. Cone. H...SO, -
magenta-red solution, brownish red precipitate on
dilution.
Cinnabar red powder, sparingly soluble in cold,
easily soluble with yellowish red coloration,
in hot water. HCl precipitates red nakes. NaOH
solution becomes orange. Cone. 11. SO, — magenta-
red solution; precipitates red Makes on dilution,
Senrlet-red powder, orange-yellow solution in water.
HCl -precipitates brown oily drops. NaOH— dark
brown red solution. Cone. IKSO, — magenta-red
solution ; ondilution. oily drops."
Brownish red powder, insoluble in water. Cone.
HjSO,— magenta-red solution; on dilution, straw-
yellow precipitate.
1 2 < -;•'.-
.§ "" £ a g ~ *s
£ 5 |§J
m s; . -So
d&d •» 'a
IN
.Sid
x g"
r1~S
a
•I. 06
•-oo K 0 [♦
d
5
n
3 3 c's
OS Z3J
K -x s a
"< -— -
- -
^1 30
g 2
QO
r--
00
l
00 00
00 M>
00 CC
a
c
IS
c
O
6g~
= 5-3
5SI.H
™— 3 3
T = = 2
B S aa
3 C O .
.3 — — ~
U
c
o .
d
c = c
ri O O .
ace
5c 0
t5 » s
Beta - naph-
thol -disul-
phonic
aeid G.
Beta - naph-
thol - di-
sul phonic
acid R.
Beta - naph-
thoic
s: -
d
a
"H
<
2 —
s
5 cj
B-1
d 3 i o
C _3 3
35 -3 -5
3 3 3
O O %
H H r-
-
EH
d
3
is
>.
Constitutional Formula.
—
= ••
•^ ^*
^. ^
55 m «
1 =
~y. V.
d "g
= £
la
d
to
B
O
w
AV,
IS
o
Is
o
CO
z ^:
is
y.y,
=
II
w
a
=
0
. .
^=
CI
0
' M
0
d
i A
0 S
w =.
s
Q
d
Is
H
O
M
s
"3
as
m
._ = -•-
SE.S
d 3 —
»— i c
to
- "- 3 - - =
ct' 3 3.'=_;
K jd — 3 -
"_-^.- - "." = 3
3 s °
a 3 3
0: . d
O u
0 . — 0
00 ^J3
* 3 3-3T
CO
— * O si
5- 3 a
CO
"3 53
-r » x
li^.3
3 =-5
=- = !
"g-sc,
so
= « 2
— 3! 3 ~
OQ '
° 0 r . a
s™— = —
-,c: .0
■3 — a vj3
S '3 « 3-
3 7^ O = -3
5«3 2 5 >,3
in S<
Commercial Name.
d
d
■4
if i~
•- -
CO
■a •=»
n c -
1 .si
Sag's
Sa 'ftS
£s as
o z5
& -• H
J. ■=• ^-, O
-- ~ s
gs . g §
U ; en 1 0.
K .
:S
1 —
V
3
O
<
■a
3
0
CO
►S 1 1Q I1* 1 *- 1 » i 2 1° 1 ^
M
ct. 31, issr.i THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEillCAL INDUSTRY.
659
■f 3
■2Z
"Jl
o
v.
a
o
A
u
i J.
3-=
7f3
Sz
Ox
o
Z
Z
a
a
o
-13
SZ
;r3
Ox
•_
gg
o
z"
z
a
o
— a x
— = 3
B==i
o a.- =J
CO
>.= -
x a|
-_ 3 3 .
3 • 3-3
gJ-To
= i O 3
- 3 3
w ■ O.S
«a 9— 2
1?S|
1-"
m
- 3 O
= 325
a .sg
5.= 3 =
5-3 = 1
GO
'£<
= ^
ad
u
fc- —
bS -
Sen
-<s
°-*
0
~"
<
-5
0
■ £
0
CO
en
1 »
■*
-»«
1 •*
1*1
3 ='5
^33
;z-=;
Mi
owlsb
bluish
1 rod.
ution.
h red
rocipi-
d pre-
-
111
= 0 ~
3OJ0
gl Ba
■ = -=-
' 3
— *£o
3"2§
•: = = w
oo3
"3:-^
— 3)
>SS.2
2|a
3 j 3=
H
1
I.1*
?-sd
.3 » O
a 1 C ti
s-2 >.
S^-g-o
" r- -
-3^9 5
— 3^,-j
*~= -
3 ?"/3 .
.— — 3
fl«flO
0 t, O.
fc. t. - -
0 53" 3
© .CD O
£ tfo*3 .
0 £ B^<-
£ "O
•3-5 3
5 sj, L
is?'!
0 = . *
■3 £•£-
i-Z h 3
rown-i
yellow
brown
. - = 3
-*»1^— 3
T- - -
.z— >• —
E-d-dg
3-2 >■.-
J3 C . - 3
3 3 0 3-tt
.3^—33
33
i.
a
0
A s
y 1-
i
• is
53
— -"Xoo
gggggg
'"£ 5
£z
©i
a
00
s
1^
rt
iilfe
•=2-3
"3.-C = o
-==-3
a 2 2-,;
= =— *
3— "-S
2 r"E._
3 O-T-s"
3 2 2-*
|
11=1
=-5 S 5
f-223
5 2 = 3
3~ tn 3
C
<
<
<;
<a
«a
Compound of Chromic Arid with Aniline. C. Girard
and L. L'Hote. Compt. Rend. 104, 1725.
If saturated solutions of potassium bichromate and
aniline hydrochloride be well cooled and then mixed
together," yellow crystals of aniline bichromate
(C II .Ml 1 H.Cr.U;! are readily formed. They
crystallise in clino-rhombic prisms and are optically
active ; they are only slightly soluble in cold and are
decomposed by boiling water. In alcohol they are only
very slightly soluble, and gradually convert it into
aldehyde; when gently heated they decompose, and
when thrown on to mercury heated to 108" they burn
away, leaving a residue of chromic oxide. With warm
water a variety of violet colours is formed, while on
addition of aniline hydrochloride and aniline, colours
also result. Sodium, calcium and ammonium bichro-
mates act similarly on aniline hydrochloride. — C. A. K.
The Colouring Matter of Lac-dye. R. E. Schmidt,
tier. 20, 1285—1303.
Lac-DYE is obtained from the resin of certain trees in
India, which are punctured by insects (coccus lacca).
From these punctures the resin flows, which is known
under the name of gum-, stick- and shellac. The colour-
ing matter, or lac-dye, is obtained from the resin, pro-
bably by dissolving in water and precipitating the dye
with' lime and alum. The purification of the colouring
matter is as follows : — Commercial lac-dye is treated
with dilute H„S04 at 90', or HC1 at the boiling point.
The residue, which contains the larger portion of the
colour and insoluble mineral substances, is washed and
the colour dissolved in water and precipitated with lead
acetate in the hot solution. The precipitate is washed,
suspended in water, and the lead precipitated with H,S.
This solution is evaporated to dryness and extracted
with alcohol. An insoluble powder — some of the
colouring matter combined with iron. lead, and lime —
remains. To the alcoholic solution 30 to 40 volumes of
ether are added until no further precipitate forms.
Some of the colouring matter and all the impurities are
carried down. From the tittered solution the ether is
distilled and the residue left to crystallise. An analysis
of the crystallised product corresponds to the formula
ClsH„0,. The author gives to the substance the
name of laccaic acid. Caustic alkalis dissolve the colour
and give a magenta solution. Baryta water forms a
violet lake. Although laccaic acid resembles in many-
respects carminic acid (the colouring matter of cochineal),
the two substances are apparently different in their pro-
perties, as well as in the shades which they give on wool
and silk. A comparison of the absorption spectra of the
two substances points to a close relationship between
laccaic and carminic acids. Laccaic acids give a potas-
sium salt of the formula C, sH„OaK3, and a barium salt
of the formula ClsH,„0,Ba. With nitric acid it yields
picric acid. Heated with concentrated HC1 to ISO , a
new crystalline body is formed and an inflammable gas,
probably < 'H3C1 or C,.H,C1, is given off. This new com-
pound lias the formula f '., „ H , 40, , . Laccaic acid is de-
composed on fusing with potash. On dissolving the
melt in water and steaming, part volatilises and part
remains behind. The aqueous distillate contains acetic
acid and a phenol. The non-volatile portion contains
three substances. A body which is difficultly soluble in
water and gives a red colour with Fe.Xl,. ; this the
author finds to be oxyphthalic or oxyuvitic acid. The
second compound, which gives no coloration with
le rl,s, gives on analysis numbers corresponding to
oxvtoluvlic acid. The" third substance has not been
identified.— J. B. C.
Format ion of Oxijazo-eompounds. B. Fischer and H.
AVimmer. Ber. 20, 1577.
OXYAZO-COMPOUNDSaie formed by the action of phenols
upon diazoamido compounds. The reaction proceeds
best when the diazo-compound is added to the phenol,
which should be heated a little above its melting point.
Kesorcinol and diazoamidobenzene yield dioxyazobenzene
660
THE JOt'UNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct, 31, 1887.
C,H N i II OH).,, resoreinoland diazoamidoo-toluene
yielil o-:\{ itolueneresorcinoL Similar compounds are
obt lined with diazoamidoxylene and resorcinol, diazo-
amidobenzene and ,8-uaphth d, diazoamido-p-toluene and
3-naphthol, and diazoamido-o-toluene and jS-naphthol.
After heating the substances together for about half an-
honr the product is poured into caustic soda solution and
extracted with ether. The filtered alkaline solution is
acidified with acetic acid and the new compound, which
is precipitated, is recryst.illised from alcohol. — J. B. C.
Improvements in the Preparation of Film for Textile and
other Purposes. T. Honvwood, Horsham. Eng. Pat.
13.0J4, Oct. 13, 18S6. 6d.
Tins invention relates to the treatment of the common
nettle and allied species for the preparation of textile
fibres. The bast and liark are separated from the wood
and are then boiled in a solution containing soap jelly
and either lime water, liorax, soda or potash. This
treatment may be preceded by a maceration in cold
water. — E. J. B.
Tetramethyldiamidothiobenzophenone. 0. Baithcr. Ber.
20, 1731-1739.
This compound, which is manufactured commercially by
the firm of Kern & Sandoz, has not yet been described.
It melts at 202°, and occurs in the form of ruby red
crystalline plates with a blue shimmer and also as a
cintharides green powder. The hydrochloride is pre-
pared by passing HC1 gas into the chloroform solution of
the compound, and forms blue crystals. On heating the
thiobenzophenone with HO, teframethyldiamidobenzo-
phenone is formed, and H2S is given off. A platinum
double salt obtained by passing II CI into a solution of
the thioketone was found to contain no sulphur, and gave,
on analysis, numbers corresponding to one atom Ft, four
atoms X, and seven atoms CI. With concentrated nitric
acid the thioketone gives trinitro dimethylaniline. With
hydroxylamine a reaction occurs in which HS is evolved,
and an oxime is formed of the formula CCH4N(CH -)...
CN.OH.C,H4N(CHs,)2. Methyl iodide combines with
the thioketone to form a compound, which from its
intense colouring power is not a ketone but has pro-
bably the following graphic formula : —
C6H4.N(CH3).>
c<— -S 'I
XC6H4X(CH,).J
Heated with zinc dust it is resolved into dimethylaniline
and tetramethyldiamidodiphenylmethane, with thiophos-
gene in CSo solution it yields a colouring matter in the
form of metallic golden green crusts, which dissolve in
water. The colouring fades rapidly. This compound
has probably the formula :—
C,H4 NCCH,),
/ s- Na
\ CSC1
C.H, N(CH,)a
—J. B. C.
Carbazol Blue. E.
Bamberger and R. Midler.
1003-1907.
SuiDA's compound is obtained by melting together
carbazol and oxalic acid in the proportion of one of the
former to 10—12 of the latter. The melt is extracted with
hot water and benzene. The residue is dissolved in
warm alcohol, filtered and evaporated. The alcoholic
solution of carbazol blue when treated with glacial acetic
acid, H('l, and ziuc dust is decolorised. Filtered into
caustic soda solution the leuco-base separates out as a
white tloiculent precipitate. On oxidation with any of
the usual reagents the blue colouring matter is again
formed. ( m the basis of this reaction and an analysis,
which, however, is not entirely satisfactory, the authors
consider the compound to be a triphenylmethane deriva-
tive of the formula : —
(H0).C:(C,H,.NH.C0H4),.
-J. B. C.
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
Improvements in the Preparation of •Fuller's Earth for
Use in Manufactures. F. Candy, Middlesex. Eng
Pat. 15,947, Dec. 28, 1885. 6d.
Fui.t.i B*S EARTH in its natural state is ground in suitable
apparatus, passed through a pug mill, formed into
blocks, stacked, dried and pulverised, after which it is
ready for use. — E. G, ('.
Improvements in tin: Method of and in Apparatus for
Dressing or Sizing Textile Fibres. A. ('. Henderson,
London. From La Societe Charles Vignet ses Fils
et Cie., Lyon, France. Eng. Pat. 14,610, Nov. 11,
18SG. 8d.
THE method consists in producing immediate contact of
the material to be sized with the sizing substance by
means of rollers, a drawing of which accompanies the
specification. The apparatus is specially adapted to
light substances such as crape, net or tulle. — E. J. B.
New or Improved Process u>ul Apparatus for Washing
null Preparing Wool einel other Fibrous Materials.
W. 11. Beck, London. From C. I'elerue, Koubaix,
France. Eng. Pat. 16,787, Dec. 21, 1SS6. 6d.
The wool or other material to be treated is drawn in
between the rollers c placed in the washing vat A.
The small "squirrel" rollers H prevent the fibres from
lapping round the rollers c. Jets of water for washing
are furnished by the pipes t. The washed fibre then
passes through the squeezing rollers K. The object
of the apparatus is to draw out the fibres while the
material is being washed, thus rendering the subsequent
carding operation unnecessary. — E. J. B.
Ber. 20,
Improvements in tin Process of, and Apparatus for,
Treating Ramie, Jntc and oilier Fibres. C. C. Kaurl'-
man, New Orleans. Eng. Pat. 6464, May 3, 1S87.
Is. 3d.
The process consists in drying the decorticated fibres by
means of artificially-heated air, whereby the gammy
matters in the fibie are solidified and rendered more
easily removed by the subsequent mechanical treat-
ment. The decorticated and dried fibres are then
passed through the cleaning machine, the construction
of which can only be understood by referring to the
drawings and detailed description. — E. J. B.
YL— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING AND BLEACHING.
An Improved Method of Preparing Seaweeds and other
Marine Objects for Ornamental Purposes. M. and C.
L. Smout, Hastings. Eng. Pat. 9492, July 5, 1SS7.
4d.
The inventors claim the use of a solution of perman-
ganate of potash, followed by treatment with a solution
of acid oxalate of potash, for the purpose of bleaching the
seaweed, sponges, etc. The bleached materials are then
soaked in glycerine, or in a solution of a deliquescent
salt, dried and finally shaken up in a tax containing
finely-powdered starch.— E. J. B.
<>. -i.3i.is8?.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
661
VII.— ACIDS, ALKALIS AND SALTS.
Manufacture of Carbonate of Soda. Harrison Grey Dyai
anil John Hemming, London. Eng. Pat. 7713,
I )tc. 29, 1838. Second Edition, 6d.
This invention consists in the use of ammonium car-
bonate, sesquicarbonate or bicarbonate in the manufac-
ture of sodium carbonate, by applying it to decompose
common salt, and also in afterwards recovering the am-
monia thus used in such a way as to allow of its being
used again to convert fresh portions of salt into sodium
carbonate. Successive portions of sodium carbonate are
thus produced from the same portion of ammonia. As
to the first pait, common salt is dissolved in as much
water as is barely sufficient to dissolve it, so as to consti-
tute a fully saturated solution, and an equal weight of
powdered ammonium carbonate is added to this solution.
The mass is well mixed together and allowed to stand
from ten to twenty hours, agitating from time to time to
prevent the solid parts from settling before the reaction
is complete. The liquid is then drained and pressed
from the solid matters, which latter consist chiefly of
sodium bicarbonate. To remove the excess of carbonic
acid and to recover any ammonia contained therein,
the mass is heated in a retort to (J00J or S00° F. The
vapours given off are condensed in a cooling chamber or
refrigerating apparatus. The substance left in the retort
is sodium carbonate. As to the second part, the liquid
separated from the solid sodium bicarbonate contains
ammonium chloride and carbonate, common salt and a
small portion of the sodium carbonate formed. In order
to recover the ammonium carbonate, the liquor is run
into a still and heated, when water and ammonium car-
bonate distils over, which must be condensed. Or,
instead of distilling over, a solution of calcium chloride
is added to the mother-liquor, until the precipitate of
calcium carbonate formed increases no longer. The
latter is liltered, and the filtrate, now chiefly a solution
of ammonium and sodium chloride, is evaporated to
dryness and intimately mixed with powdered chalk.
The mixture is heated in an iron retort until the ammo-
nium carbonate, formed by this operation, is sublimed
and separated. It is condensed in suitable chambers,
into which the carbonic acid and ammonia vapours, given
off on heating the sodium bicarbonate retorts, are also
conveyed. The carbonic acid combines with the ammo-
nia to ammonium bicarbonate, and if the amount of
carbonic acid is not sufficient, more of it, obtained from
any economic source, should be introduced. Further-
more, in order to complete the thorough recovery of the
ammonia, a sufficient quantity of hydrochloric acid gas
may be passed into the last of these condensing cham-
bers, which acid gas will effectually retain the last traces
of ammonia. The carbonate of ammonia thus reproduced
or recovered is employed over again to convert fresh por-
tions of common salt into sodium carbonate. It is
essential for the success of the process to employ vessels
or apparatus of such construction as to expose the am-
monium carbonate as little as possible to the air, so that
loss of ammonia may be prevented. The inventors
claim as their invention : (1) the use of carbonate or
bicarbonate of ammonia in converting common salt into
carbonate of soda, and (2) the recovery of ammonia in
combination with the first part of the process. — .S. H.
A New or Improved Sodium Product and Method or
Methods of Manufacturing the same. J. I. Watts and
W. A. Richards, Sandbach. Eng. Pat. 13,001, Oct.
1SSG. (3d.
The new sodium compound is called " sesquicarbonate
of soda," and is composed of one equivalent of sodium
carbonate, one equivalent of sodium bicarbonate and two
equivalents of water (NaaCOj.NaHCOj.2HsO). In manu-
facturing this compound, a solution containing three
equivalents of soda to four equivalents of carbonic arid
is prepared, and the solution is allowed to crystallise at
a temperature not below 35 J C. There are many ways
of obtaining a solution of the right composition. The best
appears to be to heat sodium bicarbonate so as to deprive
it of about one-third of its carbonic acid and to dissolve
the residue in hot water, or to add to a hot solution of
84 parts of sodium bicarbonate 106 parts of sodium car-
bonate. The solution, obtained by any of these methods,
is clarified and slowly cooled, while it is kept agitated,
when the sesquicarbonate crystallises out in distinct
crystals, which are separated from the mother-liquor and
dried.— S. H.
.1 Seir ../■ Improved Continuous Furnace fur the
Production of < 'Marine. E. Solvav, Brussels, Belgium.
Eng. Tat. 13,389, Oct. 20, 1S86. *Sd.
Tins invention relates to a furnace for the continuous
production of chlorine. In a mass of brickwork a, series
of hollow vertical columns is mounted, which receive the
charge to be decomposed by heated air. These hollow
columns are formed by placing one above the other a
number of retorts made of fire-proof materia], their dia-
meter being very small in proportion to the total height
of the columns, the heat having ready access to the ma-
ferial. The peculiar construction of the furnace has the
further advantage of allowing all the parts to expand or
contract freely in every direction, as the columns are
really only a combination of separate segments. The
whole series is heated from one gas-producer, the pro-
ducts of which are conducted by suitable rlue9 to each
column, round which they circulate. The temperature
is regulated by opening or closing air-holes and the
damper of the chimney. In carrying out the operation,
the heated columns are tilled from the top with the matter
to be decomposed. A current of dried and heated air is
admitted through the air-holes at the bottom of eaeli
column. The decomposed material is withdrawn con-
tinuously at the bottom, and the air, charged with
chlorine, is conducted away from the top of the column.
— S. H.
The Manufacture of Bydrated Carbonate of Magnesia
and other Products produced therein. W. Bramley
and W. P. Cochrane, Middlesbrough. Eng. Pat.
13,762, Oct. 27, 1886. 4d.
To a solution of an alkaline bicarbonate or sesquicar-
bonate or ammonium carbonate magnesia is added, and
the mixture is heated and agitated. Hydrated mag-
nesium carbonate is formed, whereas the alkaline bicar-
bonate or sesquicarbonate is converted into carbonate.
In the case of ammonium bicarbonate or sesquicarbonate
the solution will, after treatment, contain ammonium
carbonate or ammonia according to the amount of mag-
nesia used. The operation should be performed in a
closed vessel, to prevent loss of carbonic acid gas, and
ensure more rapid mutual decomposition. — S. H.
Explosion of a Tube containing Crystals of Chromous
Sulphate. J.M. van Bemmelen. Kec. d. Trav. Chem.
des Pays Bas. 18S7, 6, -02.
The author prepared chromous sulphate, CrSOj.711^0, as
follows : — A solution of chromic chloride was reduced,
precipitated by sodium acetate, the precipitate washed,
dissolved in sulphuric acid, the solution crystallised, the
crystals filtered, washed, dried and finally sealed in a
tube, all the operations being conducted in an atmo-
sphere of carbon dioxide. After being kept a year, pro-
tected from direct light, one of the tubes exploded
violently. The crystals in this tube were not perfectly
dry, their colour having chauged from blue to green. The
contents of the tube became liquid immediately after the
explosion. No smell of acetic acid derivatives or of
suiphurdioxide could be detected and only a trace of
the latter appeared on distilling with dilute sulphuric
acid. The author considers the explosion to be due to
the water remaining with the imperfectly-dried crystals,
which had gradually been decomposed, the oxygen
going to oxidise the chromous salt, while the hydrogen
was liberated and that the water of crystallisation of the
salt, partially freed owing to the oxidation, had also
been thus decomposed. — C. A. K.
662
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. si. isk7.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Sulphuric Arid
under lligli Pressure with Agitation, and in Apparatus
for that Purpose. W, Burns, Leith. Eng. l'at. 14,441,
Nov. 9, 18S6. Sd.
The object of tliis invention is to form sulphuric acid of
any required strength at one operation, by causing tlie
chemical combination of sulphur and oxygen under high
pressure. A is a cylindrical retort for burning sulphur,
and (' is a nitre pot. Both are placed horizontally in an
oven with a lire-place F underneath them. The oven
is heated, and as soon as the retorts are brought to the
proper temperature, a blast of air from a blowing engine
is injected into the retort A, to burn the sulphur. The
sulphurous acid passes up the pipe 1) and down D' into
verts the nitrous acid into nitric acid, which in passing
through the liquor forms a nitrate and, after boiling
down, is used over again in the nitre-pot C. The
remaining gases escape by the valve V, which can be
weighed down to cany on the operation under any
required pressure. Fig. 2 shows the construction of the
ball and cup agitator. Z shows one of the balls forced
up by the gas and the arrows show the direction the
gases take in passing through the cups. The constant
rising and falling of the balls keeps np a continuous
agitation. In manufacturing on a large scale, three com-
bining cylinders, E, are employed and in place of the
sulphur retort, a vertical retort for burning iron pyrites
is substituted. The specification contains illustrations
of this and other modifications. — S. H.
FI6.1&-
iUz
&
=x&=
it
^
£
EET
the vessel G, where it deposits any sublimed sulphur.
and then up D" into the mixer M. At the same time,
the nitre in the pot C is decomposed by sulphuric
acid from 11 and the liberated vapours pass up the pipe
H into the mixer M. Atmospheric air from a blowing
engine and high-pressure steam from a boiler are also
blown into Iff. Here all the gases are thoroughly mixed,
and on leaving the mixer, enter the large cylinder E,
where they pre dellected by the glass plate I down upon
the surface of sulphuric acid contained in the basin L,
whereby the vapours condense and form strong sulphuric
acid, which overflows and falls to the bottom of the
cylinder. The uncombined gases ascend and pass
through the cup and ball agitators K, K, where the
remainder of the sulphurous acid is converted into sul-
phuric acid and falls to the bottom. The remainder of
the gases, consisting of nitrogen and nitrous acid, pass
out by the pipe N into the cylinder (), which is filled
with auimoniaciil liquor or a solution of soda. Here they
also meet a fresh supply of atmospheric air, which cou-
Crystallisation of the Alkalis from Alcohol. C. Gb'ttig.
Ber. 20, 1907—1908.
The author reserves the previous iormuhe of his new
hydrates of potassium and sodium hydroxide for further
revision, as the substances were obiained from aqueous
alcoholic solution and may contain alcohol of crystal-
lisation.— J, B. C.
An Improved Apparatus for Using Liquid Carbonic
Acid in Large Quantities. «>. Bl unler and C. G.
Uommcnholler, Rotterdam, Holland. Eng. l'at. 904S,
dune '-'."), 1SS7. 6d.
In using liquid carbonic acid in large quantities out of
the usual portable Masks, inconveniences occur owing to
the supply of heat from outside being too small, as com-
pared with the absorption of heat through the expansion
of the liquid carbonic acid. In consequence, the gas
inside the ilask and passages in connection therewith,
becomes ' ' torpid," and causes obstacles in the working as
oh. 3i. I88M THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
663
well as danger. In order to do away with these draw-
backs, the inventors lix a number of tlasks in a frame
and connect their outlet valves with a common gas-pipe,
which lead to a small gas-holder. — S. H.
An Improved Apparatus fur Impregnating Water with
Carbonic Arid. T. II. Sbillito, London. From C. < '•■
Rommenhidler and O. Briinler, Rotterdam. Holland.
Eng. Pat. 9994, July 16, 1SS7. 6d.
This invention is designed for application in conjunction
with a "La Chapelle " apparatus for impregnating water
with carbonic acid. Its object is to render unnecessary
the mechanical power for driving the mixing machine by
doing this with the driving force of the wafer to be im-
pregnated. Carbonic acid from a gasholder and water
from a well is drawn or forced by a pump into the
mixing vessel. The latter usually contains an agitator
driven from the main shaft, but according to this inven-
tion, a cylinder fitted with a small turbine, the shaft of
which is provided with agitating blades, is placed under-
neath the mixing vessel, the turbine being driven by
the partially-mixed carbonic acid and water passing to it
through a pipe. When both are thoroughly mixed to-
gether, the water passes out into a collecting vessel.
-S. H.
The Present Position of the Leblanc and Ammonia-soda
Industry. R. Hasenclever. Cheni. Ind. 10, -90.
In the last few years the consumption of sodium car-
bonate has steadily increased, but this increase has been
exclusively supplied by alkali made by the ammonia
soda process. In Germany 75 per cent., in France GO per
cent., in Austria 47 per cent. , and in Great Britain 22
per cent, of the total production of alkali is made by this
latter process. At the present time, 150,000 tons of 100
per cent, sodium carbonate are annually produced in
Germany, compared with an output of 42,500 tons in
1878. Germany now produces more than its require-
ment, and although a small quantity has even been
exported, the author thinks the export cannot be kept
up permanently, as the raw materials for the manu-
facture of alkali are cheaper in Great Britain, which has
also a better geographical situation for export. Since
1878, the price of alkali has decreased from £10 to t'4
per ton. Previously lOOkilos. of hydrochloric acid were
calculated as costing 1 mark (1 shilling), but this price
is too low at the present selling price of alkali. Con-
sequently, certain branches of industry, which required
a large amount of hydrochloric acid, as, for instance,
Mond's or Schaffher's sulphur recovery process, had to be
discontinued. The Rhenania Co. of Aix-la-Chapelle
then tried to extract the sulphur from vat waste by Upl's
process — viz., to drive out sulphuretted hydrogen by
carbonic acid, and to use the former for the dissolution
of more vat waste. Pure carbonic acid gas worked
satisfactorily, but a mixture of 28 per cent. CO, and 05
per cent, to 1 3 per cent. O — gases from lime kilns — gave a
bad result, as the oxygen proved troublesome, forming
hyposulphites. It is the intention of the Rhenania Co.
now to try H. v. Miller and Opl's modification, by which
vat waste is first converted into calcium sulphhydrate,
which latter is decomposed by steam into calcium hydrate
and sulphuretted hydrogen, thus :
CaS + H.,S = CaS»H ...
CaSsHa+2H!!0=CaOsHj+2H,S.
If this process could be cheaply carried out, a great advan-
tage would result to Leblanc soda works. The com-
petition between the two processes has lately become
more acute, since the great depreciation of ammonia
compounds, as well as improvements in apparatus, have
been of the greatest benefit to the ammonia soda maker.
In addition, the utilisation of the byproducts of the
ammonia soda industry is not lost sight of. Solvay
has worked out his process of decomposing calcium
chloride by silica so far, that the price of hydrochloric
acid must not exceed a certain limit, whereas Moud
experiments incessantly on the manufacture of chlorine
from ammonium chloride. At present, nothing is known
about the commercial vaiue of these experiments. — S. H.
A Method of working up Stassfurt Potash-salt Li'piors
containing an excess oj NaCl. H. Fischer. J. Prakt.
Chem. 36, 222-224.
It is well known the solubility of KC1 and K.,S(t, in
water increases much more rapidly with temperature
than that of NaCl : that the sulphates of potassium and
sodium are le-> soluble in cold water than the chlorides ;
and lastly, that the solubility of all these salts, with
the exception of KC1, is diminished by the presence of
MgCI,. Upon these facts is based the following method
of working up liquors containing little potassium but
much common salt ; it has been found to work well in
practice.
Mother-liquors rich in magnesium chloride are added
until the quantity of MgClj in solution is about one
quarter the amount of NaCl. This produces imme-
diately a partial precipitation of the common salt ; and
if the mixture is concentrated in a vacuum-pan below
100 , a further quantity of salt separates out, while the
other chlorides and sulphates remain in solution. The
salt thus obtained is tine-grained and contains 96 — 98
percent, of NaCl. The liquor is boiled down to such
a point that on cooling to the temperature of the air, all
the potassium chloride remains in solution while the
sulphates of potassium and magnesium crystallise out.
The potassium chloride is recovered, partly as such and
partly as artificial carnallite, by boiling down this and
the successive mother-liquors in open pans. During this
concentration the common salt still in solution separates
out, together with a low percentage of sulphates : as
soon as KC1 begins to ciystallise out the heating is
stopped and the liquor transferred to the crystallising
vats. The potassium chloride thus obtained is free
from sulphuric acid. — D. E. J.
The Reaction between Sulphites and Nitrites. E. Divers
and T. Haga. Ber. 20, 1992—1996.
Claus and Fkemv found that potassium sulphite gives
with potassium nitrite, among other products, a salt
HON(SO,K)„ which on heating yields HONHSOaK and
HKSU4. The authors have investigated the reaction
with other nitrites and sulphites.
Silver and mercurons nitrite and SO? in excess yield
sulphites, and NO and H2SOj are formed; also "after
1 oiling, hydroxylamine may le detected. If, on the
other hand, the solution is allowed to stand several hours
without boiling, no hydroxylamine is formed.
Sodium nitrite and sulphurous acid yield NO and
HjSOj, and also hydroxylamine. In the cold and with
an amount of SOs, just sufficient to decompose the
nitrite, hydroxylamine is not formed but only after boil-
ing. Sodium nitrite and sulphite solutions, when
mixed, acidified and boiled, give hydroxylamine ; with 1
molecule of NaNOg and 2 molecules of Na S03almost the
whole of the N present is converted into hydroxylamine.
The solution of the two salts must be slowly acidified.
Sodium metasulphite Na.jS.,0-. when added to a solution
of NaNO .,, acidified and boiled, yields hydroxylamine,
and appears to be the best salt for the purpose.
Easchig has shown that potassium hydroxylamine
sulphonate on boiling gives hydroxylamine. The" authors
recommend the use of the sodium 'salts in this reaction
as being cheaper. These salts yield sodium hydroxyl-
amine sulphonate, and also scdium amine sulphonate.
On mixing the sulphite and nitrite the solution becomes
alkaline, and absorbs CO., readily. In presence of t O.
the reaction goes on with the formation of the amine-
snlphonates, and after acidifying and boiling hydroxyl-
amine may be detected in the solution.— J. B. C.
YLU.— GLASS, POTTERY AND EARTHENWARE.
Improvements in Machinery for Working Glass. E. H.
Pearce, Birmingham, and H. Besson, London. Eng.
Pat. 12.14S, Sept. 24, 1886. lid.
There are five claims in this patent, referring to
machinery for grinding spectacle and similar glasses, to
an arrangement for holding and manipulating large
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDl'sTKY. loct. 31. i«S7.
sheets of glass so ihai (he edges may be "trued,"
bevelled, etc., and to other matters, detailed at consider-
able length in the specifications. — E. 6. C.
IX,
was broken, there was such a strong animoniacal smell
that it annoyed the workmen. The same thing occurred
with an iron casting j this was only perceptible in great
masses. It was specially perceptible when the steel con-
BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS, MORTARS ^f%g^$i£g£^^^M'^
AKD CEMENTS.
i'.'tisi Furnace Slag and Portland Cement. Knapp.
Diugl. Vo'vt. .1. 265, 1S4— 1S6.
THE author has recently observed a peculiar property
possessed by blast furnace sing which he considers
worthy of publication, seeing that the utilisation of slag
for the production of hydraulic mortar is creating greater
interest daily. In experimenting with Harzburg slag it
was found that on digesting it with magnesium or
ammonium chloride a considerable quantity of the lime
was dissolved, whilst the silica remained unaltered.
Portland cement exhibited the same property, magne-
sium chloride extracting from 14 to 18 per cent, of 1 me
without absorbing even traces of silica. From these
Facts the author infers that both blastfurnace slag and
Portland cement contain free lime, which is taken up
physically by the silica, thus forming a homogeneous
mixture, the absorption in the case of cement taking
place during the process of cementation, whilst with
blast furnace slag the absorption is effected by solution
during the operation of fusion — D. 1!.
Improvements in Making Portland Cement. A. Smith,
J. Robertson and J. 1!. Andrew, Glasgow. Eng. Pat.
7539, May 25, 1887. 4d.
CLAY is taken as dug from the pit, without being dried,
and mixed with the usual proportion of lime, a portion
of which is used as limestone, the remainder as freshly-
burnt lime. The burnt lime is first added in such pro-
portion that the water in the clay exactly suffices to slake
it and the heat given out effects the necessary drying.
The limestone is then added and the mixture ground in
a mill to the usual degree of fineness, made into bricks,
calcined and the "clinker" reduced to a fine state of
division as usual. — C. C. II.
Improvements in the Application of Various Inflammable
Fluids and Substances to all /. inds of Materials requiring
Hii/li Temperatures in their Manufacture. I!. Stone,
London. Eng. Pat. 945S, July 21, 1SS6. 6d.
In the manufacture of plastic and other materials, such as
bricks, lime, gypsum, tiles, pottery, cement, etc. .petroleum
spirit, petroleum, tar or any other highly inflammable
liquid, and vitriol are used, according to this invention,
either together or separately as substitutes for ordinary
fuel, such as coals or coke. Fibrous materials, as peat,
sawdust, tow, hemp, old rope and refuse cotton waste,
may be used for ihe absorption of the liquid fuels, which
are sometimes also employed in the form of a spray
thrown upon the incandescent mass. By the use of this
invention, almost all kinds of refuse, including dust,
coal dust, breeze cinders, ashes, clinkers, sewage and
other materials, either ground or compressed, may be
utilised.— E. (1. C.
X.— METALLURGY, Eto.
Development of Ammonia in Working Iron. II.
Wedding. Stab! and Eisen, 7. 513.
G. W. GoTZ, of the Otis Iron and Steel Company, Cleve-
land, Ohio, noticed that when a freshly-cast steel roller
Sugar as a Cement. Herzfeld. Ztschr. f. Zucker-Ind.
37, 499.
MoETAR containing sugar has been employed in build-
ing the new Natural History Museum in Berlin and has
proved far superior to common mortar. It sets almost
with the firmness of a good cement, while mortar made
with molasses became soft and brittle after a time. In
Madras a mortar is used with which either sugar, butter
or buttermilk, shellac and eggs are mixed. It holds well
and takes a marble-like polish — C. A. K.
On Gautier's Investigations "n Ferro-silicon mid Iron
Suitable for Foundry Purposes. II. Wedding. Stahl
and Eisen, 8, 562.
The object of Gautier's investigations (this Journal,
18S6, 000) was to dispense with the Scotch pig-
iron, which was employed by French ironfounders
as an addition to the different kinds of iron used
for castings. The Scotch pig-iron was replaced by
ferro-silicon, containing 10 per cent, of silicon, and it
was shown that the favourable influence of the Scotch
pig-iron on certain castings was due to the presence of
silicon. A repeated heating and fusion of the iron
oxidises the silicon and converts the graphite into
amorphous carbon, and in order to maintain the chemical
composition of the iron mixture, silicon must be added
in some form. A mixture containing 2 per cent, of
silicon is specially suitable for dense castings, as it pre-
vents the formation of Haws. Owing to the application
of ferro-silicon, the anuual consumption of Scotch pig-
iron in France has decreased from 200,000 tons to
20,000 tons. Wedding opposes Gautier's proposal on
the point of economy. Since every iron mixture contains
iron peroxide a portion of the silicon is used for the
reduction of the peroxide, and this is evidently a waste
of such an expensive article as silicon. Carbon is
much cheaper as a reducing agent. Indeed, prac-
tical working has shown that the addition of the theo-
retical amount of silicon is insufficient : a larger or
smaller excess, according to circumstances, is always
required. As 10 per cent, ferro-silicon costs 971 marks
and 15 per cent, ferro-silicon costs 1571 marks, the
author advises ironfounders to calculate carefully
whether it is economical to replace pig-iron by ferro-
silicium. — S. H.
Operating <>n Zinc Ore for Producing Chlorine, also
'/.me, mid tin' utilisation of said Zinc for Coatinrj
Metals Galvanically. J. Lea and H. 1!. Hammond,
London. Eng. Pat, 10,808, August 25, 1SS0. 4d.
ZlNC ORE (calamine! is treated with hydrochloric acid or
an aqueous solution of chlorine and the solution of zinc
chloride thus formed submitted to electrolysis. The zinc
is deposited upon metals as a coating, or articles in zinc
may be moulded by deposition, while the chlorine is
used for operating upon fresh quantities of calamine.
— S. H.
Improvements in Machinery and Appliances for Treat-
ing, Dressing and Cleaning Tin and other Mineral
Ores, and in Modes, Means and Processes eon meted
therewith, and for other useful Purposes. G. M.
Edwards, London. Eng. Pat. 12,729, Oct. G, 1880.
lid.
This is a development of the sizing apparatus of Eng.
I 'at. 0:147 of 18S5 (see this Journal, 1886, 328). A series
of vertical cylinders are so placed on an inclined plane or
on step-, that the overllow from each cylinder is con-
ducted into the bottom of that one next on the lower
level. The first, or highest, of the series has a fuunel
connected with a large aperture at the lowest point on
one side, and through this the slimes are introduced. It
has also a telescopic cylinder, closed at it- upper end,
working within it at the upper part, the joint being
rendered water-tight by an india-rubber ring : the
object of this contrivance being the accumulation
of water in the cylinder at will, to a level much
higher than that in the next vessel. Each cylinder is
supplied also with a four-arm radial agitator, working
on the bottom ; the agitator in the first being rotated,
while those in the others are simply oscillated
by an eccentric and crank movement, the motion
imparted to each being less than that to the previous
Oct. 31, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
665
one. Slimes are allowed to flow into the highest vessel
to the full extent of the telescopic lining. The action of
the boaters is suspended for a few seconds, and then a
release of the inner cylinder causes a rapid overflow from
th"S top of each pan to the. bottom of the next throughout
th ! whole series. The gradual diminution in rapidity of
flow, coupled with the decreasing agitation in each suc-
cessive cylinder, causes an etticient sizing of the ore. An
automatic siphon arrangement may be substituted foi the
telescopic lining. After sufficient ore has collected in
ea h vessel, it may be removed by any suitable sliding
door, and may then be still further sized by passing
alternately over and under partitions in a series of
stepped chambers, in a continuous stream of water.
— w. g. >r.
Improvements in Apparatus used for Coating Sheets of
Jron and Steel, and Articles of Iron and Steel, with
Zinc or Alloys of Zinc, or other Coating Metal or
Alloy. R. Heathheld, Birmingham. Eng. l'at. 13,460,
Oct. 21, 1S86. 8d.
In addition to the brushes specified in Eng. Pat. 8390 of
1SSG (this Journal, 1SS7, 512), a pair of revolving finishing
brushes, preferably made of fine wire, similar to scratch
brushes, is placed above the former for the purpose of
surfacing the plate after coating. More than one pair of
such brushes may be used and they may be employed in
addition to, or in lieu of, the finishing rolls.
— W. G. M.
XL— FATS, OILS AND SOAP MANUFACTURE,
Improvements relating to the Separation of Fat and
Fatty Acids from Compounds containing the same.
Wilhelm Graff, Bremen, Germany. Eng. l'at. 11,741,
Sept. 15, 1SS6. 6d.
Is treating water from wool-washing works, neutral
calcium chloride is usually added, thereby precipitating
large quantities of calcium carbonate. The inventor
uses an acid solution of calcium chloride and to the pre-
cipitate obtained he adds caustic lime, in order to obtain
calcium salts of the free fatty acids and of those com-
bined with cholesterin or an alkali. This lime soap is
dried on a steam bath, the non-saponifiable fats are ex-
tracted by benzine, etc. and the residue decomposed
by hydrochloric acid. — W. L. C.
Improved Apparatus for Treating Waste Lubricating
Oils. J. Stott, Bolton. Eng. Pat 13,765, Oct, 27, 1SS6.
8d.
This is a description, with drawing, of an apparatus
with cisterns, provided with sieves and water-gauges,
through which the mixture of oil, water, metallic
refuse, etc., is passed. The refuse is kept back by the
sieves, the oil and water are separated by subsidence
and the oil is used over again. — W. L. U.
XII.-PAINTS, PIGMENTS, YAENISHES AND
PvESINS.
On Cadmium Sulphide and the various Cadmium Colours
of Commerce. < ;. Buchner. Chem. Zeit. H, 1087 —
1089, and 1107— HO'i.
Lbd by the great diversity of shades among the
commercial cadmium colours, and the almost complete
absence of reliabletext-book information concerning them,
the author has experimented with the different pigments
and the methods employed in their production. When
hydrogen sulphide is led into a neutral cadmium sulphate
solution, the slight yellow cloudiness at first produced
rapidly changes to a lemony ellow precipitate ; but when
half of the metal has been thrown down, this precipitate
darkens in colour until eventually it is of a dark
I 'omeranian or red-yellow shade; meanwhile about the
period of half-precipitation a dark yellow scum forms on
the surface, and there is a red ring around the margin
and within the gas-tube ; a small quantity of cinnabar-
red, heavy, pseudo crystalline powder collects also on the
walls of the vessel. The precipitate after washing
and drying may bs separated by washing into a light
and a dark coloured portion. But by filtering off the
precipitate at ha'f time, the collected portion darkens a
little on drying, and the filtrate yields only the darker
variety of sulphide. If the solution is warm or contains
free acid before treatment (and l'ollenius has shown*
that as much as 14 - of T12 sp. gr. HO may be present
without hindrance to precipitation) ; the yellow stage is
but evanescent, giving place immediately to one in which
the colour is completely a full red. By using a different
soluble salt of cadmium, a slight variation in shade will
result ; but an insoluble salt, treated while in suspension
in water, always gives the dark product. The presence
of neutral salts NaCl. etc.) in the solution is without
influence. But all these precipitates withoutexception are
practically pure cadmium monosulphide (CdS) : they
contain no excess of sulphur, combined or otherwise, are
similarly acted upon by reagents, are absolutely in-
soluble in water, and when suspended in the latter in
pure condition are quite unaffected by air or hydrogen
sulphide ; they all, however, contain traces of the salt from
which they were formed, which no amount of washing
can remove and this is generally greater in the dark or red
variety, in some cases amounting to even 4 per cent, of
the sulphide. The chloride is the most obstinate in this
respect, and may be iemoved only by prolonged heat-
ing in hydrogen sulphide ; the small quantity of sulphur
then deposited may be extracted by carbon bisulphide.
Follenius suggested that this trace of undecomposed ~alt
may effect the various colour alterations ; but this is dis-
proved bythe fact that one finds similar shades with differ-
ent percentages of impurity, and varying colours with the
same quantity of foreign matter. The yellow is specifi-
cally much less dense than the dark variety, but in no
sample has the author found any trace of structure or
crystalline arrangement. He is convinced that there are
two modifications only of the cadmium sulphide, one of
a pure lemon yellow, the other of a full minium red
colour ; and that all the shades producible in the
laboratoiy or obtainable in the market are mixtures of
these two varieties in varying proportions. The altera-
tion is simply molecular, the darker product being
produced from the lighter by the condensation or aggre-
gation of the molecules ; so that to obtain a given
modification, this aggregation must either be made as
complete as possible or be prevented entirely. The
yellow (or a modification) is converted into the brown by-
the action of dilute acids or alkalis, and the more readily
if it be in statu naseendi : hence, since by the action of
hydrogensulphideon aneutral cadmium saltamineralacid
is gradually generated in the solution, it is easy to compre-
hend why at a certain stage of the precipitation an
aggregation of molecules is brought about. Tbe red (or
^-modification) becomes yellow fora moment immediately
before solution in strong acids : and the interconvertible
character of the two varieties may be observed by treat-
ing lgrin. of the red sulphide in a reagent glass with
lgrm. of water and 3— ."ice. HO (1*124 sp.gr.) until it
becomes yellow, and solution commences with evolution
of SH_. : by then throwing the whole very rapidly into a
large volume of cold water the J- will be found to
have changed into the o-modification, anil the
reverse change will then gradually take place,
owing to the presence of the diluted acid. The recorded
formation of a CdS, described in Gmelin's hand-book as
produced by the addition of potassium pentasulphide to
neutral cadmium sulphate, is an error originated by
Sehiff(.lHH. d. I'ltarm. 115, 74). K,Sr. aud K2S5 pro-
duce respectively with CdSOj rapidly-subsiding sulphur-
or lemon-yellow precipitates, which become slightly red
on complete precipitation, owing to the partial aggrega-
tion caused by a trilling excess of the potassium salt ; a
large excess causes re-solution of the cadmium compound.
The pigment thus made is wanting in brilliancy ; it con-
sists of cadmium mono.-nlphide with a variable excess of
sulphur, extractable by carbon bisulphide and separable
on treatment with hydrochloric acid. In regard to this
• " Contributions to the Knowledge of. Cadmium, especially
to the Quantitative Analysis of the same," Zeits Anal. Chem,
1671, Bd, 13.
666
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCTETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |Oct. 31, 1SS7.
precipitate, it is most important to note that, whilst the
pure CdS, either in the a- or ^-modification, is absolutely
unaltered by light or air, all those products which con-
tain free sulphur, finely divided by precipitation, become
so completely oxidised when exposed to light, that the
yellow colour passes in a short time into a dirty white,
whether it be dry or moist, but most rapidly it' rubbed
down with linseed oil. This oxidation does not occur in
the dark, nor can it be effected in any degree by mixing
flour of sulphur with the monosulphide ; it must be
traced to the oxygen-carrying power of the precipitated
sulphur, which is in this case so intimately mixed with
the cadmium sulphide, and which is assisted greatly in
its action by the oil — itself apparently not inactive as a
carrier of oxygen. From these facts one may learn how
great care should be expended in the choice of colours to
ensure permanence, and how vast an influence may be
possessed by an apparently insignificant impurity. The
statement to be found in technological hand-books that
the finest cadmium colours are made by the action of
.sodium monosulphide on the neutral sulphate, although
apparently supported by theoretical considerations, since
no free acid is formed in their production, is not borne
out by the author's experience. Dilute cadmium solu-
tions so treated give a bright yellow, concentrated solu-
tions a dark yellow or red, and boiling solutions a brick-
red precipitate. They are free from excess of sulphur,
but will contain cadmium hydroxide or basic carbonate
if sodium hydroxide or carbonate be present in the pre-
cipitant. The hydrosulphide behaves similarly. < 'adminm
hydroxide, like the sulphide, appears to exist in two
modifications : and the action of hydrogen or sodium
sulphide on these will produce a precipitate, coloured
yellow or red according as the hydroxide is in the form
of a bulky gelatinous precipitate (a-modiiication) or is
heavy and finely tlocculeat (^-modification). The former
of these may be produced by adding a solution of sodium
hydroxide to one of a cadmium salt, the latter either
by adding the cadmium solution to the caustic
soda or by precipitating in boiling solutions. It would
appear that the ..^-modification, with the red colour, is
always the result of molecular aggregation ; and this
view is supported by the fact thai an oxysulphi.de,
CdS.Cd(UH).,, which is formed when cadmium hydroxide
is precipitated by sodium monosulphide (avoiding an
excess of the latter), and which, of course, contains a
double molecule, is of a red colour. This oxysulphide is
regarded by the author as an intermediate stage in the
production of the sulphide from the hydroxide, thus :—
(1.) Cd(OH)s + CM(OH)3=-[g(gH^
<'-•> ! Cd(OH.*+Na S= >S~ +2NaOH
I lu '■-' Cd-OH
Cd-lHI Cd-S
(3.) >S + Na,.S = | I +2NaOH
Cd-OH Cd-S
It has a very fine red colour, of great brilliancy, but is
less permanent than the sulphide when rubbed with oil ;
it dissolves completely in hydrochloric acid and gives up
its oxide to acetic acid. "The basic carbonate in its
transformations resembles the hydroxide. The behaviour
of cadmium sulphide at different temperatures is worthy
of remark. It is quite non-sublimable, but maintained
in air for Bome time at 1 3."i — 1-10= C, it becomes super-
ficially and only to a very slight extent, oxidised, losing
at higher temperatures -J—:; per cent, of its weight partly
by oxidation, partly by the loss of the acid of the trace
of co-precipitated cadmium salt. As the temperature
rises, the yellow modification gradually passes through
dark yellow, orange and crimson to dark violet red,
and on cooling returns through the same shades to its
original colour ; the red variety undergoes a similar play
of colours, but on cooling become- yellow, show ing thai
the molecular aggregation has been dispersed. The
final yellow is seldom a pure shade, but becomes tinged
slightly with the brown of the oxide. There are a few
v arieties of the red sulphide which return to the original
red except after long-continued or repeated heating; and
a few a-mudifications which become orange on cooling
after protracted exposure to an even temperature without
access of air.
Finally the author classifies cadmium pigments into
three groups. (1.) Pure Cadmium Colours.— The best
are those pure monosulphides produced, it may be in
various physical modifications, by the action of hydrogen
sulphide on cadmium solutions. They are unaffected
by the media of the oil or water-colour artist, though
less suitable for mixture with water-glass. Rubbed with
linseed oil tiiey undergo no appreciable alteration, even
after a two years' exposure to light and air; even rancid
oil of the worst description produced but a slight darken-
ing. (2.) Impure Cadmium Colours. — Every trace of
free acid or matter extractable by water, but above all
of free precipitated sulphur, renders a sample unsuitable
for use as a pigment. Impurities from the materials
employed in manufacture, and cadmium hydroxide, car-
bonate, oxalate or phosphate must also be absent. (3.)
Adulterated Cadmium Colours. — Flour of sulphur is
believed never to be used for adulteration, nor has the
author met with vermilion in the red pigments. The
chief adulterants appear to be zinc oxide, sulphide and
carbonate and cadmium oxide, carbonate, phosphate and
oxalate ; and these may amount to over 50 per cent, of
the substance, A sample of colour for use as a pigment
must satisfy the following tests, applied in each case to
about 2grms. of colour;— (a.) HC1 should effect com-
plete solution, with evolution of SH„, to a clear, or at
most opalescent, liquid, which must give a yellow or
orange precipitate with SH.., and the filtrate from this
must give no cloudiness with excess of NH:1 and (NH,)SS.
An addition of ammonia in excess, and afterwards of
calcium chloride, must produce no turbidity, nor must
CSS extract more than the merest trace of sulphur. (6.)
The moist CdS must be neutral to litmus, and digested
with water, the solution must remain quite clear on the
addition of AgNt t:l or BaiX< (3) ... ('-. ) The loss on heat-
ing must not exceed 3 per cent. ; and after heating on
platinum foil the residue must be red, yellow or orange-
yellow, but never brown-tinged when cold. The extract
by acetic acid- (1*06 sp. gr.) must not become turbid with
KOH. ((..) After digestion with XH;, the filtrate must
be quite clear on the addition of an excess of HC1. (e.)
They must be quite odourless, and if for use in oil-
painting, absolutely dry— losing nothing at 100" C.
— W. G. M.
The Identity of Dambose and Inosite. Maquenne.
Coinpt. Rend. 104, 1S53.
Ix a series of researches on the composition of the juices
of different plants yielding indiarubber, M. A. Girard
has distinguished three new principles, " ]>ambonite,"
"Bornesite," and " Matezite," which he extracted from
the gums of Gaboon, Borneo and Madagascar (Com/it.
Rend. 67, 820 : 73, 420 ; and 77, 995). These bodies
behave as the methyl ethers of dambose, Borneo-
dambose and matezdambose, a special variety of saccha-
rine substances, non-reducible, non-fermentable, and
which Girard has isolated by decomposing their methylic
derivatives with lrydriodic acid. Thus methylic iodide
was disengaged. Having occasion to study a remark-
able sample of pure dambonite, furnished him by the
firm Billault and prepared according to Girard's prescrip-
tion used for the caoutchouc of Gaboon, the author
now finds a complete identity between (Iambus* and
inositt (Compt. Hind. 104,225). Dambonite may, per-
haps, be considered as the dimethyl ether of inosite.
Hence, there is no longer any need of retaining the name
"dambose,'' since it is absolutely identical with tiie
inositt' contained alike in the vegetable and animal
economies. — C. A. K.
Caoutchouc Yielding PI, mis. T. T. I'. I!. Warren.
Jour. Soc. Arts. 35, 7S7— 7SS.
AFTEB some brief remarks en the sources of the rubbers
known as "Ceara," "Pernambnco," and "Mangau-
beira," a description is given from the Monitevr Offlcicl
(Feb. 1S87) of the method for extracting caoutchouc
from the Honchus oleraceus. The plant is exhausted
Ort.3i.i8S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
CC7
with carbou bisulphide and the residue obtained on
evaporation treated with boiling alcohol. The insoluble
matter, which is crude caoutchouc, is purified by warming
with alcoholic potash and washing well with warm
diluted alcohol. The yield is 413 per cent, of extractive
matter, 0 41 per cent, of crude caoutchouc, which gives
O'lG when purified. An alternative process is to treat
the plant with alcohol and then with benzene. After
evaporating the solution, the residue (92 per cent, by
weight of the whole plant) yields 027 per cent, of nearly-
pure caoutchouc on treatment with alcohol.— E. E. li.
XIH.-TAMING, LEATHER, GLUE AND SIZE.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Liquid Cement or
Hum. E. M. Knight and A. 11. Hobson, London.
Eng. Pat. 13,108, Oct. 1.3, 1S86. Gd.
To make one gallon of the gum about one and a half
gallons of water, 31b. of glue, 4oz. of borax and 2oz. of
carbonate of soda, or an equivalent of any other alkali,
are taken. The glue and alkaline salts are dissolved in
the water by heat, and the solution is kept at a tempera-
ture a few degrees below boiling point for 5 or 0 hours.
The continued application of heat renders the gum per-
manently liquid at the oidinary temperature. After
allowing the sediment to settle, the clear liquid is evapor-
ated to the required consistency. — B. H.
Improvements in Purifying and Graining or Bating
Hides and other Skint, and in Apparatus Employed
tin rein. T. Palmer, Bermondsey. Eng. Pat. 13,636,
Oct. 25, 1886. Sd.
The patentee first describes the ordinary process of
" bating " or "graining " hides, by means of a solution of
pigeon or other birds dung in water, and the use of the "new
graintr," "mended grainer " and "old grainer." Hethen
describeshisimprovements,by which heclaimsthat amuch
larger number of hides can be "grained " in proportion to
theamount of dung employed. Beforesubmitling the hides
to the action of the grainers, they are placed in a re-
volving drum and rinsed with water (preferably soft), at
a temperature of about 70° F. The drum is rotated for
about an hour. This rinsing removes a large proportion
of the lime, so that the subsequent action of the grainers
is to soften the hides. The hides are next stocked for
20—30 minutes, and are then submitted for about 45
minutes to the action of an old grainer. The hides, after
draining, are then placed in a new or mended grainer.
To make a new grainer, instead of placing the dung in
the pit itself, ttie patentee places abaut 3 bushels
of dung in a separate vessel and mixes it with about
130 gallons of water. The strong solution, after
straining through a suitable sieve, is run into a grainer
pit containing 900—1000 gallons of water. " A further
improvement and economy " is eSected by covering in
the grainer pit, instead of leaving it open. "Eor this pur-
pose it is provided with a roof having one or more doors,
for the introduction or removal of the hides Drawings
are given showing a grainer pit and drum, the pit
provided with a roof as described. — B. H.
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
Examination of Beetroot Seeds. Pagnoul. Sucr. Indigene,
30, 68.
The quantities of phosphoric acid contained in sixteen
varieties of seeds were determined and compared with
the amount of sugar in the beets grown from them, with
the result that no relationship between the two was
evident. — C. A. K.
Agricultural Experiments on the Behaviour of Certain
Plants towards the addition of Nitrogenas Saltpetre.
G. Wolf and Kreuzhage. Landw. Jahrb. 1887, 16
659.
From a series of experiments the authors conclude that
cereals only grow well when the soil oners a sufficient
quantity of nitrogenous nourishment, partly in the form
of saltpetre. This also applies to potatoes, which need
a considerable amount of nitrogenous matter, and in both
cases the addition of manure containing nitre proved
advantageous. Leguminous plants, on the other hand, did
not appear to be influenced by the use of saltpetre manure,
but they were found to have assimilated a large amount
of nitrogen even after live months growth in a soil con-
taining little or no nitrogenous food. This assimilation
of nitrogen by leguminous plants in cases where it is not
supplied by the soil, appears extraordinary, and the
authors suggest that it may be absorbed as ammonia from
the air by the leaves or indirectly from the soil, which
has itself absorbed the ammonia from the air ; or, as may-
be possible in the case of a dry soil, the plants, ow ing to
the presence of limestone, assimilate the free nitrogen
of the air. — C. A. K.
Effect of th> Manure used for Beetroot. Hellriegel.
Ztachr. f. Zucker Ind. 37, 543.
The author finds that beetroot is more liable to decay on
keeping when a phosphoric acid manure has been used,
than when one containing Chili saltpetre has been
employed and that this is especially the case when the
beet is preserved under conditions of great heat and con-
tinued drvness. — C. A. K.
Action of Phosphoric Acid in Various Forms. Pom
nier. Ztschr. f. Zucker Ind. 37. 5-17.
The author compares the relative efficiency of super-
phosphate and Thomas slag as manures, and considers
that while for the present superphosphate is of greater
u~e, still further experiments should be made with
Thomas slag, which appears to have the advantage that
lis etl'ect is more lasting. When used the slag should
be finely ground and evenly spread as early in the year
a- possible. It is specially good for moist and marshy
land.— C. A. K.
On the Behaviour of Thomas Slat/ under Treatment with
an Aqueous Solution of Carbon Dioxide. M. A. von
P.eis. Chem. Zeit. 11, 933—934 and 981— 9S2.
These experiments are a continuation of others (see this
Journal, 1SSG, 3S1), and are in reply to v. Maltzahn, who
discredits the previous experiments in affirming the rela-
tive insolubility of phosphates in slags which have
undergone igneous fusion. Eighteen phosphates have
been treated and the results are recorded in tabular form.
lOgrms. of the finely powdered sample were exposed in a
funnel to a flow of the carbonic acid water, at the iate of
: litre per hour. Tests made at regular intervals with
one slag showed that the ratio of silicates to phosphates
passing into solution corresponded fairly well with that
in the original sample -, that comparatively little silica or
phosphoric acid are removed after 25 litres have passed ;
but that a somewhat greater proportion of lime was ex-
tracted even up to 50 litres. The decompositions are
stated respectively as follows : —
Ca.P.O^GHsCO^CaH^POJa+SCaH^COsJj+H-O.
Ca2SiO.~2H,CO.=CaSin — I'aHjlCO.l. + HjO.
The remaining slags and compounds were examined
only after passing two successive quantities of 5 litres
each. Considerable differences appear in the relative
solubilities of the phosphates — i.e., the amount of
phosphate dissolved as compared with that in the fresh
sample — which are explained as arising from different
combinations of the phosphoric acid. Thus, it was found
that 421 percent, of thephosphoric acid in calcium tetra-
phosphate were dissolved, while only 12 5 per cent, were
extracted from the tri- and 16 'S per cent, from the di-
phosphate; bones (containing organic matter) yielded
28 5 per cent., bone ash, 5 5 percent., and apatite, 3-l
per cent., the slags giving from 23 to 48 per cent, in the 10
litres. The silica thus extracted (relatively) from the slags
varied from 50 to 85 per cent., the total lime from 40 to 57
per cent. The bulk of the magnesia appeared to be left
in the undissolved residne. The experiments tend to
668
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct.si.i8M
confirm the accepted theory that the phosphorus in
thomas " slags is present actually as tetrapho phate,
and not as a mixture of triphosphate with free lime. The
Bral action of aqueous carbon dioxide on tetraphosphate
i- to dissolve out any excess of CaO (if pre-existing)
and then, after aboul 5 litres have passed, to extract
the CaO and 1\.( I, in the constant ratio of 4:1, whereas
the above mentioned mixture would continue to yield the
lime in great excess up to the point of practical ex-
haustion. This research lias an important bearing on
the manorial value of the slags in question.— W. CM.
The Phospftatic Deposits of Santa Maria di Linen in
South, in Italy. H. Spindler. Chem. Zeit. 11 989.
These deposits occur between Gallipoli and Otranto,
and consist of coprolites, bones, etc., embedded in a
porous tertiary limestone. There are two lied-, having
a thickness of 19j to .Sljin. and extending for a distance
of 100 yards along the shore. A phosphoric acid deter-
mination in numerous samples obtained from various
parts of the bed and ground up together gave 7 4 per
cent. lMl-and the coprolites alone S7 per cent. P.,05.
The pbosphatic nodules contain a considerable amount
of iron but no fluorine. How far these deposits extend
inland has not yet been determined.— ('. A. K.
Uilm oj Different Varieties of Winter and Summer
Wheat. A. Beseler and M. Marcker. I'.ied Centr
16, 400—407.
Ix these experiments twenty-one varieties of winter
wheat and live of summer wheat were cultivated, as
nearly as possible under exactly similar conditions ; th.
yields, quality, etc., were noted, and other properties of
the products were investigated. Tables of the results in
detail are given, from which the following conclusions
are drawn : -Large grain wheat generally contains a
lower proportion of gluten than small "grain. The
swelling power of gluten is greatest in those cases where
the amount of the gluten-nitrogen is in the greatest excess
above that of the non-gluten nitrogen. It does not follow
that llourriehest in gluten isneeessarily that containing the
largest proportion of its total nitrogen in form of gluten-
nitrogen. As regards baking qualities, on the average,
summer wheat as compared with winter wheat contains
more gluten ; the swelling power of its gluten, both
relative and absolute, is greater and the paste made
from it is lighter, although there are varieties of winter
wheat which produce lighter paste than some summer
wheats. Bearded rivetts yielded the worst baking Hour,
although some non-bearded coarse white wheat proved
good in the bakery. There is no regular relationship
between baking qualities and either' the quantity of
gluten or the swelling power of the gluten contained in a
Hour ; hence these factors alone are insufficient to
determine the bread-making value of Hour. The
behaviour of these flours when mixed was not in-
vestigated. — D. A. L.
Agricultural Value of Different Varieties of Oats O
Beseler and M. .Marcker. Bied. Centr. 16, 4ii7 4S4. '
SIXTEEN varieties of oats were cultivated, under similar
condition-, on a warm humus loamy soil : their various
valuable qualities were compared and estimated and
from the .lata obtained the following conclusion's are
drawn, which, of course, apply in main to the particular
varieties and conditions of the experiments :— The best
yielding varieties were Beseler's oats and oats of Swedish
origin. Early maturing varieties yielded smaller crops
than those varieties maturing later; the Duppauer
variety was an exception, but it far exceeded all other
early varieties in yield of grain. The amount of yield
trom the same variety in dirt'erent years does not depend
directly on the length of the period of vegetation. The
beat yielding varieties have not only the largest "rain-
but also the greatest number of grains to the ear" The
weight per hectolitre varied from 408 to 50'1 kilos in
tlu ditl'erent varieties, the smallest grained baring,
as a rule, the smallest weight per hectolitre. The
amount of hu.-ks in (he different sorts of oat- varied
from 22-8 to •_'!! !i per cent: the richest in albu-
minoids having the largest proportion of husk ; whereas
the grain poor in albuminoids had a larger pro-
portion of its protein in the husk than grain rich
in albuminoids. Only 4o per cent, of the nitrogen
of the oats was contained in the husk , and on an average
only 5*3 per cent, of the total nitrogen was non-albu-
minoid. The absolute germinating power was about the
same in all the varieties, but the energy of germination
differed considerably, generally being least in those grains
containing most albuminoids ; these were frequently the
smaller grains which were generally richer in albuminoids
than the larger grained varieties of oats, but all small
grain oats are not rich in albuminoids. In the varieties
cultivated, richness in albuminoids did not accompany
abundance in crop-yield, in fact, the varieties yielding
the smaller crops were in many cases characterised by a
high percentage of albuminoids. The early varieties had
a higher percentage of albuminoids than the late varieties,
but the latter yielded the larger quantity of albuminoids
per acre. In many cases richness in albuminoids was
associated with a low percentage of fat, but there were
several exceptions to this. During the season 1880 seeds
poor in albuminoids also yielded crops poor in albu-
minoids. By Stutzer's method, 94 per cent, of the
nitrogenous matter of the oats was found digestible, an
amount greatly in excess of any results obtained by
direct experiments with animals. The amount of nutri-
tive matter produced per acre differs very greatly in the
various kinds of oats ; and from a financial point of view
for every £5 value of nutritious matter obtained from
the lowest yielding variety, a value of £0 10s. was got
from the highest yielding variety. Hence showing the
importance, in fanning, of selecting a variety of oat
suitable to the surrounding conditions.— D. A. L.
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
Decomposition of Cane Sugar by Boiling with Lime. W.
Niedsclag. Deutsche Zucker Ind. 1887, 159—100.
In reference to the so-called " undeterminable loss" of
sugar during its extraction from sugar-beet, the author
shows experimentally the decomposition of sugar by
• •oiling with lime. On boiling with lime, 250grnis. of
cane sugar were almost entirely decomposed at the end
of twenty-one days, forming an amorphous calcium salt.
Heating cane sugar for seventy-two hours with lime,
strontia and baryta, respectively, caused a loss of sugar
and more especially of the crystallisable portions : the
baryta was most energetic in its action. — D. A. L."
A Carbohydrate contained in Acorns. C. Vincent and
Delachanal. Tempt, [tend. 104, 1856.
AFTER isolating quercite from acorns by further concen-
trating the extract after the removal of the potassium and
calcium salts as sulphates by concentration and addition
of alcohol, the author found that after a good yield of
quercite had been obtained, the mother liquor yielded
a small quantity of large transparent crystals. These
formed hexagonal prisms, contained water of crystalli-
sation and effloresced in the air. The substance i- a
bexatomic alcohol and has the formula C«H (OH) ,
isomeric therefore with iuosite, from which however it
is distinguishes by its crystalline form and physical
properties. It melts at 342° (inosite at '217'-'i, its hex-
acetyl derivative at 301° (that of inosite at •21•2'•,) and
dissolves in 00 parts of water at 15°. The author
suggest- the name Quercin for this new body.
-('. A. K.
On the Storage of Diffusion Residues of the Sugar Works,
unit Experiments on the Loss resulting from the same.
K. Miiller. Hildesheim. land-u-for-tw.- \ erein-bl.
18S7, 1.
SATISFACTORY results have accrued from the appli-
cation of Fry's sweet ensilage system to the residues of
Oct. si, 188:.] THE JOURNAL OF TIIE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
nco
the diffusion process : these should be mixed with thin
milk of lime, pressed in a Klnsemann mess and packed
closely (now containing 20—30 per cent, oi dry sub-
stance) in the silo. The silo consists of a deep
pit with steep, cement-covered walls, covered air-
tight with rooting felt or similar material and so
weighted with bricks that the ensilage matter is sub-
jected to a pressure of ">(>kilos. per square foot. The
pit may be opened after live months and the contents
used as fodder. In an experiment recently made. 90
kilos of the shavings had lost but 1 kilo, in five months
and were then eagerly eaten by the cattle.
* -W. G. M.
Direct Extraction of Sugar by means of Alcohol. Zeits.
f. Zucker Ind. 1887, 371.
HeRZFELD has tested Trobach's patented method (see
this Journal, 1884, 376), and finds it to possess the
followingad vantages : — The direct production of relinable
sugar, the concentration of nearly all the nitrogen in
the molasses and the use of the shavings as a fodder.
But the consumption and loss of alcohol by distillation
and frequent rectification are so great as to utterly pre-
clude the practical use of the process. Moreover, the
purity of the alcoholic product is but little higher (3
per cent.) than that resulting from the use of water.
— W. G. M.
.S024grms. of sugar in ."»0cc, with 5cc. concentrated hydro-
chloric acid and heating ten minutes at 68 < , then
diluting to lOOcc, found 32 instead of 34°, but on using
the same quantities as employed by Clerget they also
were able to confirm his number. — D. A. L.
Improvement of the Press Method.
1SS7. 203.
Hull. Soc. C'hini
BOYBR has found that the impurities carried into the
sap. when beet pulp is heated to 70 — 80° before pressing,
could be retained in the pulp, not by calcium bisulphite,
but by a small addition of lime l<>'2 litres of milk of
lime of 20° per 100 litres of water). — W. »i. M.
Extraction of Saltpetre from the Suits fro,,, Sugar-beet
Molasses in trance. Bied. Centr. 16. 485 4SI>-
WHEN sugar-beets are heavily dressed with nitrogenous
manures, nitrates are found in abundance, both in their
juice and in the molasses obtained from such juice.
Some molasses of this description on dialysing yielded
a dialysate, which on evaporation deposited a crystalline
mass of the following composition: — KNOj, 48'90;
KC1, 34 70: KsS04, 187; sugar and organic matter,
7 96: insoluble, 0'92 ; water, o 95 per cent. resp. By
dissolving this mixture in hot water and cooling to 70 I '.,
when the gravity equals 3S= B., the potassium chloride
crystallises and the liquid is easily removed. On further
cooling the nitre is deposited and by simple digestion in
a solution of nitre and whizzing, may he purified to a
fineness of 90 to 9S per cent.— D. A. L.
The Quantity of Juice and Marc in abnormal Sugar Beet.
G. v. Lippmann. Hied. Centr. 16. 449.
It is frequently asserted that sugar-beets are poor in
juice when they yield their juice and diffuse with
difficulty. The author, however, in common with some
other investigators, finds these abnormal beets contain
the ordinary amount of juice, 94 — 5K5 per cent, (see this
Journal, 1887, 44-3). The difficulty in diffusing them
(due to the peculiar swelling of the pulp-portions) may
be removed by using slightly alkaline water for the
extraction or by treating the sections with milk of lime.
It is shown, moreover, that the mode of extraction
inlluences results in analysis ; thus by the use of hot
or cold water, of weak or strong alcohol or methyl
alcohol, etc., a difference of over 1 per cent, in the
quantity of marc was obtained. — D. A. L.
Estimation of Raffinose. R. Creydt and ('. Scheibler.
Hied. Centr. 16, 4S7 4ss.
Creydt is perfecting a method for the estimation of
raffinose. Scheibler, taking advantage of the solubility
of raffinose in methyl alcohol, has the following method
for estimating it in spike sugar: — The sugar under
examination is digested with a saturated solution of
sugar in methyl alcohol in which the polarisation has
been previously determined. If the sugar is pure no
change is observed ; on the other hand, raffinose, if
preseut, dissolves and increases the polarisation of the
solution. Inversion methods are, however, of greatest
importance and wherever iu question should be set
right. Clerget found when cane sugar is polarised, then
inverted by heating with acid and again polarised, that
for every 100 of original right-handed rotation at 20= C,
34° of left-handed appeared ; this was confirmed by
Tuchschmidt. Creydt, aud also Wolff, working with
XVL-BBEwINe, WIKES, SPIRITS, Etc.
Improvements in or appertaining to Compounds applic-
able for i hi Manufacture therefrom if Ale, Stunt,
Porter, Lager and other like Liquors; and in
Apparatus for making said Compounds. E. Manbre,
Garston. Eng. Pat. 12,291, Sept. 28, 1886. Sd.
A WORT is prepared in the usual manner and when all
the starch has been converted, it is heated under a
pressure of 60fb. to 901b. with a small quantity of alkali
in order to free it fiom oil, nitrogenous matters and
easily volatilised salts and acids. An extract of hops is
then prepared by boiling hops in distilled water under a
high pressure and temperature. The two solutions are
then mixed, concentrated and used for the above
purposes in this state. A drawing of the apparatus
employed accompanies the specification. — G. H. M.
Improvements in or applicable to the Manufacture of
Grape Wines. W. Wild, London. Eng. Pat. 10,108,
July 19, 1SS7. 4d.
This embraces the preparation of a pure grape-must by
the concentration in vacuo of fresh grapes. Uufermented
and fermented still and sparkling grape wines can be
prepared from this concentrated must by dilution with
water and aeration with carbonic acid gas or by feiuien-
talion, as the case may be. — G. H. M.
An Improved Mode of, and Apparatus for, iJistilliug
and Maturing Alcohols. J. Wallace, London. Eng.
Pat 7190, May 17, 1887. 8d.
The object of the apparatus described in this specifica-
tion is the production of alcohol free from fusel oil and
acetic acid, the absence of which is the characteristic of
spirit which has been " aged," and an increased yield
from a given qu intity of grain, which the patentee
states amounts to about 10 per cent. A is the wash
charger feeding the wash continuously through the
heater C, kept full of spent wash, to the still column H.
The lower part of the still column is formed into a
boiler a, heated by a steam coil lying between the
convolute partitions, b, b, b, are the distilling trays,
each consisting of an annular space connected to the next
tray lower by overflow pipes b' ; Cisa battle preventing the
steam and vapour from passing through the centre of the
still without passing through the wash on the trays b.
d, d, d, are the rectifiers charged at the beginning of an
670
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lOct. 3i, issl
operation with cold water ; they communicate with each
other by an overflow pipe, anil compel the vapours to
follow a circuitous path. The fusel oil condensing on
the rectifiers finds its way to the rings 6' at the lower
part of the still and out by the pipe rf'. I) is the
condenser in which the rectified and pure spirit is finally
condensed, after passing through a baffle plate-box e, e, e,
which removes the last traces of fusel oil. The condensing
water is supplied to D from an overhead cistern, through
preserving butter. Aiter bavins enumerated the causes
which led last year to the lowering of the prices of dairy
produce, and especially of butter, he dwells upon the un-
fortunate results of the over-production of this article,
and on its falsification by means of oleomargarine. He
has discovered a way of preserving butter, without altera-
tion, for a long period, so that it can be imported into
countries the climate of which does not permit it to be
made there. The process has been subjected to practical
a regulating valve /.- the quantity of water supplied to
this vessel regulates the purity or " age " of the finished
spirit.— C. C. H.
XVII. — CHEMISTRY OF FOODS. SANITARY
CHEMISTRY. DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
[A] CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
New Method of Preserving Butter. Board of Trade
Journal, Sept. 18S7.
Thb French MoniUur Induttriel states that At. Pierre
Groefils, of Yervier, has communicated to the "Soeictc
d'Encourageiuent de Yervier " a note on his process for
experiments for more than six months. M. Grosfils
describes the various phases of his research as follows :
He first mingled Ignn. of salicylic acid with 1 kilo,
of butter, but after some weeks the product had
altered. He thought that the cessation of the antiseptic
action of the acid was due to its crystallisation in the
non-liquid substances which were mingled with it.
After numerous experiments, ho found that lactic acid
prevents this crystallisation. This acid is, in fact, a
good solvent for salicylic acid -. it has the advantage of
being hygroscopic, of possessing antiseptic power, and,
finally, "of being nninjurious in food.
The lirst result of the discovery of M. Grosfils was
to be able to diminish the amount of salicylic acid
Oct. si, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
671
used to preserve t lie butter. [nstead of mixing lgrm.
of acid per kilo., lie put tlie butter in a liquid cou-
taining "05 per cent, of salicylic acid and 3 per cent, of
lactic acid. He successively divided the Balicylic acid
into still smaller doses, until at last be bad the proportion
of lgrm. of aeiil to 5000 parts of water. The final com-
position consisted then of !IS parts water, two parts luetic
acid, and 0'0002 of salicylic acid. This composition
allows of the indefinite preservation of butter of good
uuality, even at a high temperature ami in lmt countiies.
If the butter has already undergone some alteration, a
stronger dose must be used.
But the author points to the following fact : — The
lactic acid contained in the antiseptic liquid in doses
stronger than 2 per cent, gives the product a taste which,
without being offensive, is a little too sour to leave the
article saleable. In such case the butter should be
washed with water, or better still with scalded milk, to
which a little carbonate of so.la has been added to prevent
any coagulation of the casein. This washing will not only
remove the lactic acid and its taste, but also the salicylic
acid in solution, to such a degree that what remains will
be imperceptible.
The process is stated to be most economical, as the
antiseptic liquid will serve indefinitely, being unalterable.
Care must be taken each ti tie to use the same quantity
of butter.
The preparation of a kilo, of butter by means of this
process, it is stated, will not cost more than one or two
centimes. — C. (i. C.
Examination of Milk. It. Kibbling. Rep. Anal. ('hem.
7, 517— 523.
This paper contains a detailed description of the methods
adopted for testing once a month, both morning and
evening, an average sample of the milk yielded by about
17 cows at a dairy for " nursery milk." In order that
the quality of the milk might be as uniform as possible
throughout the year, dry food only was used, the nature
and quantity of which is also fully described.
The average composition of the milk, tested monthly
from January to December, lSSo', was : —
Evening.
Morning.
Fat
3 00
3 9G
0 72
i-43
87-89
2-81
3-92
Ash
072
88-13
Sp. gr. at ITS'
100 00
10325
100-00
T0307
All the monthly analyses are published in full. The
milk and cream obtained were quite white, but experi-
ments showed that these became yellow again if green
food was provided. — E. E. B.
New Researches on the Behaviour of Proleids when treated
with Digestive Fermtnts, A. Stutzer. Zeits. f.
Physiol. Chemie, 1887, 529.
From the newer researches of the author (Ghem. Zeit. Sep.
11, 515) it appears that peptic digestion is best effected by
warming lgrm. of the substance under examination for 12
hours with a pepsin solution containing 02 percent, of
hydrochloric acid. The quantity of the latter solution to
be employed will depend upon the percentage of total
nitrogen in the proteid— viz., ICOcc, for bodies with less
than 5 per cent. ofN, 200cc. for those with 5— 10 per cent.,
and 400cc. for those holding more than 10 i er cent.
When more than lgim. of substance is used, the amount
of pepsin is proportionately increased. A solution with
1 per cent, of HC1 will dissolve a somewhat greater
quantity of nitrogen than one with 0 2 per .cut. By
successive treatment with acid pepsin solution anil
alkalinepancreaticfluidjtheamountof undigested nitrogen
remained almost identical, whether the former contained
0'2 percent, or 1 per cent, of HO. The pancreatic fluid,
made according to the author's directions, acts moie
readily in dilute alkaline solution than when neutral;
but a slightly greater or less quantity of sodium carbon-
ate is a matter of indifference. The dried pancreatic
preparations of commerce simply dissolved in water are
able to dissolve more protein than when 025 per cent, of
sodium carbonate is present. — W. G. M.
Improve un nts in or applicable to Packages/or Canning
or Preserving Articles used as Food, or in Plates
applicable for the Manufacture of the same. W,
Powell, Liverpool. Eng. Pat. 9932, Aug. 21, 18S5.
lid. Amended specification.
Tut: title and body of this specification were amended
duly 2, 1887. Tin plate, sheet-iron, steel or other thin
metallic sheet, is coated with mucilage or cement, ren-
dered antiseptic by salicylic acid ; a sheet of papier
m&chi or paper is applied thereto, parsed through rolls
and dried. The paper prevents injury to the contents of
'■ tinned " packages by contact with the metal.
C. C. H.
(B) SANITARY CHEMISTRY.
Notes on Crude Carbolic Acid anil its Substitutes.
Alfred H. Allen. A paper read before the British
Association. Brit, and Col. Drug. 1887,^364.
A VARIETY of substances has been employed and patenttd
asbasesfor themanufacture of carbolic powders. Tims, the
oldest preparation of this kind is made by adding a cer-
tain proportion of crude carbolic acid to a crude sulphite
of calcium, prepared by passing sulphurous acid gas over
ignited limestone. Sulphurous acid is introduced into
other powders by the direct addition of a solution of
calcium bisulphite, and the use of other sulphites has
also been patented. Carbolic and other powders are made
by adding carbolic acid to silica in various forms, to peat,
spent gas lime, etc. A mixture of bleaching powder
and carbolic acid has also been employed. Soluble salts
have been used as absorbents of carbolic acid, the
resultant powder being more readily removed and less
likely to choke up drain pipes than the preparations
commonly employed. " Borophenol," a similar prepara-
tion, is made by absorbing carbolic acid in dried borax.
Although the term carbolic acid has been extended
commercially so as to include products consisting chiefly
of cresylic acid and still higher homologues of phenol, it
appears a straining of its legitimate signification to apply
it to products from which the real carbolic acid has been
previously extracted. This, however, is sometimes
done, but the matter becomes more serious when the
article is purposely mixed with neutral tar-oils or other
hydrocarbons of little direct value as antiseptics ; and
this has been done to the extent of fully 50 per cent.
Another practice which is increasing is the complete or
partial replacement of carbolic or cresylic acid from coal-
tar by the mixture of crude phencloid bodies obtained
from the tar or oil produced by condensing the waste
gases from coke-ovens or blast furnaces burning bitu-
minous coal. "Blastfurnace creosote oil" is now pro-
duced in enormous quantities in Scotland, and has
already found an extensive application for creosoting
timber, for producing the " lucigen " light, and as a
liquid fuel. It contains from 20 to 35 per cent, of
phenoloid bodies soluble in caustic ^otla, as against 5 to
10 per cent, in coal-tar creosote oil of London make
(Newcastle coal).
Here there is a cheap and abundant source of
phenoloid bodies, but it is evident that the unacknow-
ledged substitution of them for coal-tar adds is objec-
tionable, even assuming them to be comparable to the
latter in antiseptic value.
Our knowledge of the phenoloid bodies extracted by
caustic soda from blast-furnace creosote oil is chiefly due
D
672
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. si. 1887.
to the researches made by Watson Smith. He found
a sample of phenoloids, extracted from Gartsherrie tar,
to contain only 1 '33 per cent, of real phenol boiling at
ivj c, whereas the tar acids from Lancashire coal-tars
yield about 63 per cent, of crystallisable carbolic acid.
The traction which would contain t lie cresols (cresylic
acid), amounted to 4"5 per cent, of total phenoloids. The
larger fraction (19'4 per cent), distilling between 210"
and 230 , he regarded as probably consisting mainly
of a mixture of the xylenols, C. II, nil. A large
proportion of the phenoloids distilled at a temperature
aboi it its nature requires further study. The
fraction distilling above 360J gave, on treatment with
i and exposure to air, unstable colouring matters,
which are probably allied to the eupitonic acid obtained
from wood-tar. The tars obtained by condensing the
gases from gas-producers and Jameson's coke-ovens con-
tain phenoloid bodies nut unlike those of blast-furnace
tar. Similarly, the crude oil or tar produced in Scotland
by the distillation of bituminous shale yields to soda
phenoloid bodies to the extent of 1 or 2 per cent.
Creosol seems to be wholly absent, but on the other
hand, phlorol is present, as also a ei nnenol I < 'i,,H, ...< >H),
boiling at 237° and two phenols isomeric therewith. The
pyrogallic ethers, boiling respectively at 253°, 265° and
285°, found by Hoffmann in wood-tar creosote, have also
been isolated from the shale product, together with other
bodies of very high boiling point which have not yet been !
fully examined.
These results show that a similarity exists between the
phenoloids of low temperature tars, whether they be ob-
tained by the distillation of wood or shale, or by the
condensation of the gases from blast-furnaces, coke-
oven- or gas-producers. In minor though important
points, differences exist, but they seem to present a
greater resemblance to each other than they do to the
coal-tar phenols.
A well-known firm is now preparing an antiseptic
from these phenoloids of blast furnace tar. At the
author's suggestion they have adopted for their product
the name " Neosote," a word winch signifies " new pre-
server," or " new preservative," and may serve to
suggest its similarity to creosote. The crude mixture of
phenoloid bodies obtained by treating blast-furnace
tar with alkalis is subjected to a process of
further purification, which greatly improves it.
Thus, the strong disagreeable odour of the crude
product is destroyed and the highly irritating and acrid
bodies are also removed. These objectionable constitu-
ents are probably identical with or closely allied to the
ca rnlignone of wood-tar creosote, a single drop of which
causes bleeding when placed on the tongue.
" Neosote," freshly prepared from blast-furnace tar, is
almost as colourless as water but it acquires a sherry
colour by keeping. Experiments made to test its
antiseptic value indicate that it is fully able to com-
pare with crude carbolic acid, while its caustic properties
(when applied in a concentrated condition to the skin)
are very much less marked than those of the coal-tar pro-
duct. In short, when properly purified, neosote
[•resents a considerable resemblance to wood-tar creo-
sote.
Purification of Water. Ztschr. f.
and 599.
Zucker Ind. 37. 498
The Antiseptic Properties of .some of lie Tim, rim
pounds. Wm. Thomson. Chem. News, 56, 132.
THE author finds that the compounds of lluorine,
hydrofluoric acid, the acid and neutral fluorides of the
aikalis. and also their lluo-ili ale s ale powerful antisep-
tic-, and possess besides the advantages of ben- non-
volatile and nut destroyed by oxidation. < if these com-
pounds the sodium flnosilicate seemed the best suited for
l he general purposes of an antiseptic. This salt is not
poisonous, pi Bsesses no smell, and is Bnaringlj soluble in
water. Possessing only a -li^ht saline taste; it may be
employed for preserving articles of food without com-
municating any taste to i hem. As regards nsesin surgery,
ii may be remarked thai a saturated aque uis solution
containing Oiil per cent, of the silt is, it is stated,
not irritating to wounds, while it | isses greater
antiseptic power for animal tissues than one part of
mercuric chloride in 1000 of water. \V. s.
Communications on the purification of the waste wafa t
from sugar factories by Sickel, Handtmann, Schattmann,
Herzfeld and Stammer point out that no method yit
known is generally applicable, and that methods of
purification by chemical means are objectionable, since,
although they clear the water, they do not serve to re-
move the injurious impurities (sugar, gum, etc.), for as
the alkalinity of the water gradually disappears, decom-
position and fermentation again set in. Further, it is
stated the fish are often not killed by the organic im-
purities of the w ater, but by the ingredients introduced in
the purification, especially the large amount of alkali,
though the results of the experiments on this point are not
concordant. Nevertheless, purification by chemical
means is recommended where the neighbourhood is
annoyed by rapid decay and fermentation taking place
in the polluted water. The authois consider such puri-
fication sufficient— C. A. K.
Manufacture oj itionfor Softening and Purify-
ing Water. 11. 1!. Lipscombe, London. Eng. Pat.
12,061, Sept, 22, 1880. 4d.
Dry slaked lime, 40 parts, is mixed with sodium car-
bonate, 50 to GO parts, or an equivalent quantity of potas-
sium carbonate, phosphate of sodium 2 parts and one
part each of potassium permanganate, oxide of man-
ganese and ammonium carbonate. The compound is
added to the water to be softened. "Generally lib. of the
composition will suttice for softening 200 gallons of water."
-C. C. H.
Improvements in Furnacesfor the Desiccation, Deodorisa-
tion and t 'ombustion of A nimal and Vegetable Math rs,
or Toon's Refuse. T. Ogden, Burnlev. Eng. Pat.
12.24S, Sept, 27, 18S6. lid.
The refuse or matter to be desiccated is placed in an
oven underneath the bars of a furnace constructed in the
ordinary manner. The products of combustion from the
furnace divide at the farther end of the furnace and are
carried by Hues, circulating in opposite directions, round
the sides and underneath the Hoor of the oven, passing
from thence to a shaft. The gaseous products of dessica-
tion rise from the oven and pass through the furnace,
mingling with the products of combustion ; they are thus
completely destroyed. The dried matter may be after-
wardsfed into the furnace itself and consumed. — C. C. II.
Improvements in the Preparation of Materials for use in
the Treatment of Sen age and Other Foul Liquids, in
order tu Purify them, and in the Method of Treating
them, and in Apparatus for Use in their Treatment.
W. B. Hallett, Goring. Eng. Pat, 12.3S2, Sept. 2!>,
1880. 8d:
The sewage is first rendered alkaline and then treated
with from 4 to 20grs. per gallon of the improved com-
pound. This is prepared by grinding and mixing thiee
parts by weight of commercial sulphate of alumina or
iron, or both, with two parts of spent oil shale, or other
carbonaceous matter, or a carbonised mixture of clay,
shale and tar. The sludge is settled out in tajiks or in
the improved apparatus described. This apparatus cou-
sins ot a tall rectangular tank slightly larger at the bot-
tom than at the top; a centre diaphragm divides one
side from the other reaching nearly to the bottom, so
that the treated sewage passes down to the bottom and
rises again before flowing ell' at the upper part. The
sludge collects at the bottom and is removed by lifting
two large valves admitting it into an outlet chamber pro-
vided with a slop valve.— ('. C. II.
Combining Disinfectants tcitfi Sain < R, I..
Bickes, London. Eng. Pat 6209, April 28, 1887. 4d.
A s\ii rated solution of soda crystals is made in water
,-u the boiling poiflt. At the moment of crystallisation,
cct.3i.iss7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
673
on cooling, a mixture of diamy lene, camphene, menthene,
terebene, cvmol and thymol, and sometimes phenol, is
added.— C. C. II.
XVIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY AND ELECTRO-
METALLURGY.
Porous Cells of Cork. M. Stein. Electrician, 19, 245.
The author -nceeeded in making porous cells of cork,
which are very light and not easily broken. Finely
powdered cork is made to a paste with water and a small
quantity of naphthalene added, moulds are tilled with this
mixture and dried at a low temperature. Tin; presence of
naphthalene is said to prevent the formation of ^alt-
crusts on the sides of the cells. — S. H.
The Electrolytic Reduction of Antimony with 1.
the Sulphur in both Ore and Solvent. \V. Butchers.
Chem. Zeit. 11, 1021—1022.
The process is based on the electrolytic separation of
the antimony from its solution in a liquid containing
sodium sulphide, and is really an application on the
large scale of the analytical method of < ilassen and
Ludwig. Any antimony compound which is thus soluble
may be employed, the presence of hydro- or poly-
sulphides being immaterial. But the ratio of sodium to
sulphur should be maintained at 1:1; for above this.
any excess of the former causes an increase in electrical
resistance, of the latter a separation of sulphur. A
preponderance of Na S is advisable, as, although such
a mixture as SbjSa-t- Na,S + 2NaHO contains the correct
relation of sodium to sulphur, it is too unstable to be of
practical use. Antimonite is most suitable lor the pro-
cess, very poor ores being available, owing to the ready
solubility of the SbaS, in even dilute solutions of
sodium sulphide. After extracting by Na.S solu-
tion to a giavity of 12° B., about three per cent.
(on the whole solution) of sodium chloride should
be added to increase the conductivity of the liquid. The
decomposing tanks may be of iron, and are thus avail-
able as cathodes, to increase the surface of which a
concentric lining in metallic connection with them may
be used, the anodes being inserted between, but insu-
lated from them.
The anodes are of lead, the presence of the
sulphur compounds in the electrolyte tending both to
hinder the solution of the metal and to prevent the
formation of dioxide. An intensity of 2 to 2j volts per
cell is required. The deposited antimony is either
pulverulent or in shining scales. It is collected (the
Eortiou clinging to the anode being detached by steel
rushes), washed lirst with water containing a little
Na^S, NaOH or NHS, then with pure water, next in
water slightly acidulated with Hl'I, and finally again
with pure water ; it may then be dried end fused with
glass of antimony. The depositing solution may after-
wards be made to yield the sodium chloride added, and
also sodium thiosulphate. In an experiment with 9"62
kilos, of sodium sulphantiinoniate, with O'S of sodium
hydroxide, 2'437 out of a p< ssible 2'440kilos. of antimony
were recovered, the mother-liquor consisting of 2'4kilos.
of NaHS, T2kilos. of Na*9Ss and 1 okilos. of
NaaSj03.5HsO. In another trial with 3'4kilos. of
Sb„S. and 7'2kilos. of Na S (crystallised) a loss of
ogrms. of antimony on 2'4kilos. occurred, the residual
liquid containing 13kilos. of NaHS, 1 okilos. of
NaoSj and l'6kilos. of Na _.S ,0;.5IL(_>. The explana-
tion of the reactions at the anode and cathode respec-
tively are : —
SbaSa+3Na2S+6H = Sb., + GNaHS
6NaHS+30 = 3HaO+3NaaSa.
The difference between this statement and the actual
numbers obtained from the second experiment is (o be
ascribed to the imperfect circulation of the liquiu in the
cell, whence a higher degree of oxidation of one portion
occurs before the hydiosulphitle formed at the anode
can reach the opposite pole. In the first experiment the
reaction at the anode is supposed to be: — 2Na3SbS
-: 2NanII t till-Sb, -JNa> iv.lis 2HaO. These
reactions are fully borne out by the experimental
numbers and it would thus appear thai the decompo-
lition occurs through the electrolysis oi 3 molecules
of water for every 2 atom- of antimony in each case
— W. G. M.
The Change Produced in the Retort Carbon when
the Positive Electrode in the Electrolysis of Acids. H.
Deb-ray and Pechard. Compt. Bend. 105,27.
When retort carbon is used in the electrolysis of acids
the positive electrode is always more or less rapidly
destroyed with the formation of a black, finely divided
powder. The authors found the powder to contain
9 — 10 per cent, of oxygen, S — 10 per cent, of water and
when nitric aciil was electrolysed, nitrogen also. They
regard this as a chemical rather than a mechanical
action. — C. A. K.
Improvements in Secondary Batteries. \Y. J. S. Barber-
Starkey, Bridgnorth. Eng. Pat. 8693, July 2, L876.
4d.
In those cells in which plates of lead and peroxide of
lead in dilute sulphuric acid are usually employed a new
electrolyte is used consisting of a solution of bisulphate
of sodium or a mixture of bisulphate of sodium and
dilute sulphuric acid. If the plates are coated with a
white insoluble compound, carbonate or bicarbonate of
soda, or a mixture of both, is added to the dilute acid.
A solution of sulphate of sodium may be used. — B. T.
Improvements in Secondary Butteries. E. Andreoli.
London. Eng. Pat. 12,595, Oct. 4, 18SG. 6d.
To increase the conductivity of the peroxide plates
formed according to Eng. Pat. 8S42, of 1SSG, the inventor
employs thin metallic conductors of any suitable shape
either in the mass or on the surface. These do not serve
as supports, but to increase the discharge per plate and
to utilise more fully the active material by collecting the
current from all parts of it, thereby lessening the resis-
tance. The conductors may be of any material that will
not be acted on by the acid or cause local action with the
peroxide. — E. T.
Improvements in Secondary Hut/eric-,: \V. W. Beau-
mont, London. Eng. Pat. 12,818, Oct. S, 1SS6. Sd.
Pieces of active material moulded into regular forms
and preferably composed of Fitzgerald's " Lithanode,"
are at ranged in regular or irregular order in moulds of
suitable torm for the electrodes and lead or lead alloy is
either poured or forced into the interstices. This opera-
tion is performed under pressure to prevent blow holes
forming and also to force the lead into every interstice.
The active material may consist of a mixture of oxides of
lead or partly of sulphates, or sulphites and water, sul-
phuric acid, steam, sulphate of ammonia or similar
suitable materials. — B. T.
An Improvement in the Manufacture if Carbons for
Eli ctricai and Other Purposi ?. W. B. Johnston, ( 'lan-
chattan, N.B. Eng. Pat. 13,648, Oct. 25, 1886. Id.
PAPER pulp, which may be that made from textile or
other fibre, or from straw, wood or other vegetable
material, is moulded into the desired shape, subjected
to pressure and carbonised in the usual way. To give
greater cohesion the pulp is sometimes mixed with
materials such as starch, sugar or tar. — B. T
Improvements in Obtaining Gold from Refractory Ores
or other Substanci ?. J. B. Hannay, Loch Long.
Eng. Pat. 14,001, Nov. 2, 1886. lid.
The crushed ore is chlorinated either by electrolytic
means or by the injection of liquelied chlorine ; but in
any case t lie premature precipitation of the gold by
D2
<;:t
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lOct. 31
ferrous f alts, produced in situ, is prevented bya solution i XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES
of a soluble cyanide or solphocyanide contained in an
inner porous compartment, in which is placed the cathode
of a comparatively feehle electric current ; the anode
being placed in the external chamber. The solution
should be slightly alkaline and therefore commercial
potassium cyanide may be employed. — YA . G. M.
Itnprovemi nts in Galvanic Baltt ries. T. Goodman, Lon-
don. From C. Gassner, jun.. Mainz, Germany. Eng.
Pat. lf),S10, Dec. 22, L886. 4d.
Pr0T0XI1>k of zinc is thoroughly mixed with the exciting
salts and plaster powder of a dry cell before water is
added. The otherwise heavy and hard mass becomes
porous and so facilitates the exchange of gas and lessens
the polarisation and resistance of the cell. The inventor
uses two parts of plaster to one of protoxide.— E. T.
Improvements in the Production of Aluminium and of
Alloys of Aluminium and Copperby Electro Deposi-
tion. C. A. Burghardt and W. J. Twining, Man-
chester. Eng. Pat. 2602, Feb. 19, 18S7. 6d.
To a solution containing copper and aluminium
chlorides, from which excess of acid has been evaporated,
sodium hydroxide is added to complete precipiiation of
copper hydroxide and re-solution of alumina. 16oz. of
potassium cyanide per ounce of metal in solution is now
added, and' the liquid heated until the copper is dis-
solved. Half that quantity (Soz. ) of potassium bicar-
bonate is added and the mixture boiled for about 24
hours. After filtration, if necessary, a small quantity of
hydrocyanic acid is added, when the bath is ready for
depositing a bright alloy of copper and aluminium at a
temperature of ISO" F. and with a platinum or alu-
minium bronze anode. — W. G. M.
AND EXTRACTS.
Occurrence oj Methyl Alcohol in th* Vegetable Kiia/ilom.
H.Gutzei't. Annalen, 240. 243-244.
It has been shown by Maqucnne (this Journal, 18SG,
317) that on distilling fresh plants with water the distill-
ate contains methyl alcohol. The latter may already
exist in the plant or it may be produced as a decom-
position product during the process of distillation. The
author states that the occurrence of alcohol in plants is
no novelty. In 1875 he discovered its presence in the
distillates from the fruits of the following plants : —
Heracleum giganteum, Pastitiaca sativa L. and An-
thriscus eerefolium Hoffm., whilst in 1S79 he extracted
ethyl compounds from heracleum fruits by means of pure
ether. Having recently isolated methyl alcohol from
Acorus calamus L., in the course of an investigation on
the constituents of the rhizome of this plant, the author
concludes that methyl and ethyl alcohol exist in a frie
state in plants. — D. B.
Improvements in Primary Batteries. C. L. Tweedale,
Crawshawbooth. Eng. Pat, 464S, March 29, 1SS7. 8d.
Ix this two-fluid battery the positive element consists of
either lead, tin, copper, or alloys composed of these
metals, and is immersed in any suitable acid or
solution of an acid salt ; when lead is employed
the be6t results are obtained from a mixture of
nitric and hydrochloric acids. The negative element
consists of platinum or carbon and is immersed preferably
in dilute nitro-sulphuric acid, but nitric alone or nitro-
hydrochloric acid may be used. Arrangements are made
for withdrawing the liquids from the two cells indepen-
dently of one another. — B. T.
Medico-chemical Notes. V.Meyer. Ber. 20,1725—1731.
1. The Stability of Sublimate Solutions — Professor
Angerer of Munich recommends the addition of common
salt as a preventive against precipitation of sublimate
solutions made without distilled water. The author
finds that common salt, even in the proportion of 1 to 4,
has not this property in tightly closed vessels and in
corked vessels it has but a slight preservative action.
On the other hand it has a consideiable preservative
action in open or loosely closed vessels.
2. Physiological Action of Chlorinated Ethyl Sul-
phides. — As the author has already shown, thiodiglvcol-
chloride CH.,Cl.CH,.S.CHJ.CH20l is a powerful poison
and produces terrible blisters and ultimately necmsis
when in contact with the skin. The eflcct of the mono-
chlorinated compound has been tried with the following
result: — A small quantity placed on a rabbit's car
produced inflammation but not so violent as the
dichloride ; after 48 hours the inflammation had gone
down. No inflammation below the epidermis occurred.
Babbits in a confined space and subject to the vapours
of the monocbloride, died on the fourth day. The acton
of the non-chlorinated product is not poisonous. The
poisonous action is therefore directly due to the preset. ce
of chlorine — J. B. C.
Improvements in Galvanic Batteries. J. Serson and J.
O. Whitten, Boston, U.S.A. Eng. l'at. 10,217, July
21, 1887. 8d.
A CYLINDRICAL zinc rests in a circular channel in the
bottom of the outer cell containing mercury. The porous
cell contains a cylindrical carbon, within which arethree
small porous cells resting in sockets formed in the base
of the large porous cell. The latter contains water.
sulphuric acid, nitric acid, chromic acid and bichromate
of potash, and of the small porous cells the first contains
bichromate of potash, the second nitric acid, and the
third sulphuric acid to reinforce the compound solution.
The outer cell contains a solution (1:6) of sulphuric acid.
The lid, which is held on by a cam, may nave india-
rubber rings on it to prevent spilling and mixing of the
liquids.— B. T.
XIX.— PAPER. PASTEBOARD, Etc.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Paper to render
same Antiseptic and Germ Proof. It. I). Sinclair and
J. B. Brown, Glasgow. Eng. Pat. 12,217, Sept. 25,
1886. 4d.
RUSORCINOL, prepared by fusing galbanum resin with
potassium hydrate, or from coal tar, is incorporated with
Idealisation and Recognition of Alkaloids in the Plants
containing them. B. Krrera. Bull, de la Soc. Boy.
de Phaim. de Brux. 31, 217.
Ai ONITLNE is contained in all parts of the Aeonitvm
napellus, though not uniformly diffused. The greatest
amount is found in the ovaries and in the extremity of
the root— the so-called vegetation point. Considerable
quantities are also contained in the other parts of the
root, the blossom, and the seeds. The reaction with
sulphuric acid and sugar can also he obtained in the case
of the dry plant, provided the latter has been previously
softened by soaking in lukc-warm water. — W. S.
T. R. Fraser.
Notes on the Chemistry of Strophanthine
Fharni. J. 1SS7, 69.
The active principle obtained by the anther from >tro-
phanthus seeds, some years ago, by treating the alcoholic
extract with ether, is found to he resolvable by acetate
of lead iuto at least two bodies, one of which is an
extremely active glucosidc and the other an acid for
which the name Kowbic acid is suggested. The follow-
ing is an outline of the process now recommended for the
preparation of strophanthin : — The product obtained in
the earlier process is dissolved in water, tannic acid
added and the tannate digested with recently precipi-
. tated oxide of lead. This is extracted with rectified
the paper piilp in the proportion of one to two thousand : and proof spirit, the extract obtained dissolved in a
oil of Eucalyptus is sometimes added.— C. C. 11. small quantity of rectified spirit and the solution pre-
Oct. 31, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
675
cipitated by ether. The precipitate is finally dissolved
in weak alcohol and carbonic anhydride passed through
this solution for several hours, by which means lead is
completely got rid of. After filtration, the solution is
evaporated at a low temperature and dried in vacuo over
sulphuric acid. Strophanthintb.ua obtained, is imper-
fectly crystallised, neutral iii reaction, intensely bitter,
freely soluble in water, less so in rectified spirit and
nearly insoluble in ether and chloroform. All the mineral
and many organic acids resolve stiophanthin, even in the
cold, into glucose and a body which the author names
strophanthidin. — W. E.
Tests for some Pharmaceutical Preparations recommended
by the Committee of the German Pharmaceutical
Society. Arch, l'liarm. 25, 1353.
Tartaric Acid. — The aqueous solution (I: 10) must
not be_ altered by calcium sulphate, sulphuretted hy-
drogen or ammonium sulphide. Barium nitrate and
ammonium oxalate must not produce an immediate tur-
bidity Lard. — It should be white and nearly without
smell. A boiled mixture of 2 parts of lard, 3 parts of
caustic potash and 2 parts of water, should remain
almost clear on the addition of 50 parts of water and 10
parts of alcohol. Sulphuric Ether. — Mixed with fifteen
times its volume of water, it should remain clear. It
should be kept protected from light, as the influence of
the latter may conduce to the formation of aldehyde or
hydrogen peroxide. Acetic Ether. — It frequently con-
tains butyric ether and amyl-conipounds, which are
detected by steeping filter paper in the ether to be tested
and allowing the latter to evaporate. The paper must
not have the characteristic smell of the foreign ethers
towards the end of the evaporation. Codeine. — Dried at
100° C. it should lose 0 per cent, of its weight and should
burn without residue. A solution of potassium ferri-
cyanide, to which one drop of iron perchloride has been
added, must not immediately turn blue on the addition of
an aqueous codeine solution acidified with lcc. of hydro-
chloric acid. This test detects very small quantities of
morphia. Collodium. — It is to be prepared by moistening
one part of collodium wool with 7 parts of alcohol, adding
42 parts of ether and shaking repeatedly. The solution
is allowed to subside and the supernatant liquoris drawn
off. Iron Lactate. — On igniting, it should leave 27 per
cent, of iron peroxide. Sugar is detected by boiling
30cc. of the solution (1 : 50), to which 3cc. of dilute sul-
phuric acid has been added, for some minutes and adding
caustic soda solution in excess. The mass is filtered and
the filtrate heated with 0'lgrm. of potassium-sodium tar-
trate and some drops of copper sulphate solution should
not give a precipitate of red cuprous oxide. Iodoform. — It
is sometimes adulterated with picric acid, which is easily
detected by shaking the crystals with water and filtering.
The filtrate should be colourless. — S. H.
Antvpyrine an a Substitute for Morphine for Subcutaneous
Injections. Germain See. Compt. Rend. 105, 103.
The dose for subcutaneous injections is 0'5grm. of anti-
pyrine dissolved in an equal weight of water. The
injection, which is effected just as in the case of morphine,
produces a diminution of pain after first causing a pain
which lasts for a few moments, and is unattended by the
unpleasant secondary actions due to morphine. Antipyrin
possesses a further healing power which morphine does
not, and this in addition to its antiseptic action. The
author has not met with any cases in which antipyrin
cannot be substituted for morphine. — C. A. K.
dissolving the latter in a solution of trimethylamine and
heating the whole in a closed tube to 150°, a product re-
sulted from which a few drops of the alkaloid pilocarpi-
dine were extracted by ether-alcohol. The nicthyliodide
addition product of pQocarpidine was next prepared and
this, on oxidisation with silver permanganate until all
tin' iodine in the methyliodide had been precipitated,
yielded pilocarpine, which remained in solution and which
possessed all the physiological properties of the natural
alkaloid.— G. A. K.
On tiie Secretion of the Araucaria, E. Heckel and F.
Schlagdenhauffen. Compt. Rend. 105, 359.
It is usually supposed that the secretions of the conifene
consist of an essential oil and a resinous substance.
The authors' experience shows that this is not the case
for a large number of conifera-, especially the araucaria
group. Their secretion consists of resin, essential oil
and a pure gum, which turns the plane of polarisation to
the left, is oxidised by nitric acid to a mixture of mucic
and oxalic acids and contains traces of glucose. — S. H.
Phenol-Cocaine. Yiau. Nouv. Reined. 87, 192.
The author recommends phenol-cocaine as a very
efficient local anaesthetic in surgical dentistry. It is pre-
pared by heating for a short time, two parts of cocaine
with one part of phenol. — S. H.
The Alkaloids of the Coca Leaves, O. Hesse. Pharni.
Zeit. 32, 407.
Stockmann supposes the amorphous cocaine to be a
solution of cocaine in hygrin. The author's results do
not support this, although he finds that hygrin may be
formed during the decomposition of one or other of the
coca-bases. The blue lluorescence of a dilute hydrochloric
acid solution of hygrin was the test adopted for detecting
its presence. The leaves were treated with ammonia,
shaken with ether and the ethereal extract shaken with
dilute hydrochloric acid, and it was found that with fresh,
unbruised leaves, the acid solution did not show any
lluorescence at first, but on standing the characteristic
blue fluorescence gradually appeared, showing that hygrin
is a decomposition product. Hygrin is precipitated from
its acid solution by ammonia or caustic soda as a basic
oil with a characteristic smell.
The author also separated an amorphous base, having
the same empirical formula as cocaine (C,7HglNOi)
from a small leaved coca plant, to which lie gives the
name Cocamin. It is readily soluble in alcohol, ether,
and chloroform, melts at SO3 and is decomposed above
100".— C. A. K.
Coriander Oil. It. Eck. Pharni. Zeit. 32, 423.
FIFTY KILOS, of the dried seed extracted with direct
steam yield on an average 550grms. of rectified oil. The
oil gives a brown-red colouration when mixed with a
drop of sulphuric acid on a watch glass ; a bright red
with nitric acid, which passes into lilac and blue on
warming ; and with a drop of tincture of iodine a green
to dark green colour. All these colorations are de-
stroyed on adding alcohol. — C. A. K.
Synthesis of Pilocarpine. Hardy andCalmels. Compt.
Rend. 105, OS.
Starting from ^-pyridine ethyiidene lactic acid, the
authors prepared ^-pyridine a-bromopropionic acid by
treatment with I'Br dissolved in carbon bisulphide.
The bromine substitution product was separated as the
gold double salt C,HS BrNOs.AuBrtH and this, when
decomposed in presence of alcohol by sulphuretted hydro-
gen, yielded the free acid in a syrupy form. On
The Alkaloid of Indian Hemp. E. Jahns. Arch.
Pharni. 25, 479.
THE alkaloid supposed to exist in Indian hemp is,
according to the author, simply choline. It exists in
varying amounts from 0 05— 01 per cent. Five kilos,
of hemp were worked up, but there was not the least
indication of the presence of any other alkaloid.
— C. A. K.
The Ethereal Oil of Black Pepper. L. A. Eberbardt.
Arch, l'liarm. 25, 515.
THE oil has the characteristic smell of pepper, is of a
green colour, and at 15 has a sp. gr. of 0*8735. It is not
miscible with alcohol (sp. gr. 0830), but mixes readily
676
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oet.3i. 1887.
on addition of ether. Subjected to fractional distillation
it yields a levro-rotatory terpene boiling at 169"5 - 171,
ami having the Bp. gr. 0 858 at 20 . together with higher
boiling isomers. The fractions up to 180' are colourless,
but above this temperature they are greenish to blue-
green ; above 310" a thick brown residue remains in
which the presence of a phenol could not be proved.
— C. A. K.
Ucuhuba, //if Seeds <■/ Myristica Surinamcnsis. A.
Tschirch. Arch. Pharm. 25. Old.
Fhese seeds contain 72-5 percent, of fat. which is solid,
of a yellow colour and melts at 36°. The fat fills the
inside of the seeds, is in part amorphous and in part
crystalline. The seeds, which morphologically resemble
the ordinary musk seed, contain no starch but are
specially characterised by the presence of large, regular
and well-formed albumen crystalloids. — C. A. K.
which are in the present publication shown to he
erroneous, the author succeeded in isolating a quantity
of a liquid sufficient for identification as methj I alcohol.
('. F. U.
Arbutin. W. Stoedcr. Nieuw. Tijdsch. Pharm. Nederl,
KSS7, 170.
I'm; author obtained 1 T> percent, of arbutin from the
leaves of the strawberry tree (arbutus). He confirms the
formula, CS5H„0n and liuds that on gentle warming
with dilute sulphuric acid, it is decomposed into sugar,
quinol (hydroquiuone) and methyl quinol.— C. A. K.
A New American Vaselin. R. Gerstenberger. Pharm.
Post. 20, IK.
" S.u.yo PETROLIA " is the name given to a new vaselin
which is sold in two forms— white and light coloured.
The former possesses no smell at the ordinary tempera-
ture, melts at 35 and after melting has a slight smell of
petroleum . Treated with sulphuric acid, it soon becomes
brown and after ten minutes' standing, black. When
melted and poured into a test tube it assumes a dirty
white colour with a tinge of yellow on coolin". lis
sp. gr.Js 0833.— C. A. K.
The Ethereal Oils of A llivm Ursinvtn. F. W. Scnnuler.
' Annalcn 241, 149.
The author summarises the results of his investigation
as follows : (1) The oil consists chiefly of vinyl sulphide,
containing, in addition, but in small proportion, a poly-
sulphide of this radicle, a mercaptan, and an aldehyde.
(2) The crude oil treated with metallic potassium yields
directly pure vinyl sulphide of sp. gr. 0*9125 anil boiling
point 101°, the odour of which is similar to and yet dis-
tinct from that of allyl sulphide. (3) The corresponding
oxide (CjHJjO boils at .'it) : it is obtained from the sul-
phide by treatment with dry silver oxide. (4) Moist
silver oxide, on the other hand, determines oxidation,
vinyl alcohol is the first product, and passing into the
isomeric acetaldehyde, the oxidation to acetic acid is
completed. (5) Vinyl sulphide is oxidised by nitric acid,
permanganates and chromic acid, to carbonic, oxalic
and sulphuric acids, no sulphones being formed. (G) The
sulphide forms crystalline compounds with HgCl2,
PtCl4 and AgNOs, according to the following equations
respectively : —
(7) 2(C,H3):S + 2HgCl2 =
2C „ H , CI . HgCl ( C.H , ).SHgS.
(S) 3iC2Hs)2S + 2PtCl) =
4C2H-Cl.Pt,ClJ(CJIc)„S.PtS2.
(9) (C„H0)„S + 2AgNO3 = (C„H,),S.2AgNO3. '
(10) The sulphide absorbs the halogens and the
halogen hydracids. With bromine it combines to form
the compound (C2H3Br2)2SBr2. (11) By the action of
potassium snlphocyanide upon the mercury compound (7)
vinyl mustard oil is formed C.H NCS. — C. F. C.
The Fatly Oil of Strophantus Seeds. V. W. Fischer.
Pharm. Post. 20, 4S9.
In thin layers the oil is of a greenish-yellow colour, and
in thicker layers dark green with a red fluorescence by
reflected light : it is a thick liquid at the ordinary
temperature and possesses a narcotic smell due to the
presence of a small quantity of an ethereal oil. This
latter is removed by distillation with steam and may be
extracted from the aqueous distillate by means of ether,
which when distilled otTleaves it behind' asa colourlessoil
The fatty oil has a sp. gr. of 0"9247 at 21" : it is onlv
slightly soluble in boiling alcohol but dissolves readilv
111 ether and chloroform. Nitric acid does not dissolve
ii but colours it emerald green and on warming the
colour passes first to brown and then to yellow. " The
oil is readily saponified by caustic potash, and coutains
92 per cent, of total fatty acids. Kbttstorfer's test gave
as a mean of two determinations 1795, and Hubl's
iodine test in two experiments, 95-3 and 959. The
green colour of the oil is due to its containing chloro-
phyll.— C. A. K. °
Acetphenetidine as an Antipyretic. E. Ghillanv.
Ztschr. listen- Apoth. Ver. 25, 33! i.
Acetphehetidinb, prepared by Hinsberg, has the for-
mula i II h.u.i ■ ,11 ,.NH.C II u. It reduces the tem-
perature gradually for 4— 0 hours, when the maximum
reduction of 2 is reached. In none of ."iO cases in which
it was employed were any unpleasant after symptoms
observed.— ('. A. K.
Andromedotoxin,tIie Poisonous Principle of the Ericacece,
H. G. de Zaayer. Archiv. f. Physiol. 40, 4S0.
PLUGGE has shown that andromedotoxin is not only the
poisonous principle of Andromedas, but very probably
also of all the poisonous cricace-c. The author has
extracted this poison in considerable quantity from
Rhododendron ponticum. Pure andromedotoxin forms
small white crystalline needles, which melt and begin to
decompose at 228' — 229'\ It is not altered by continued
heating at 100°. It dissolves in alcohol, chloroform,
ether and benzene, and is three times more soluble in
cold than in boiling water. When dissolved in water or
alcohol the solution is levro-rotatory, while the chloroform
solution turns the plane of polarisation to the right. It
belongs to the indifferent, non-nitrogenous bodies ; its
solutions in indifferent liquids have an alkaline reaction
and are not precipitated by any of the general precipitants
for alkaloids. It is fairly stable, is not decomposed by
acetic acid on boiling and only decomposed bystrongsolu-
tions of oxalic or tartaric acid after boiling for a long time.
It is not precipitated from its solutions by metallic salts,
nor does it reduce Fehling's solution. Concentrated sul-
phuric acid dissolves it with a dark red-brown colour.
When evaporated with dilute sulphuric, hydrochloric or
phosphoric acids, colorations varying from rose-red to
violet-red are obtained ; these reactions are all very
delicate. The author assigns the formula C>1H,1O10to
the pure substance. — C. A. K.
A.
Occurrence of Methyl Alcohol in th Calamus-Root
Geuther. Annalcn, 240, 109.
IN the course of an investigation of this substance,
undertaken asa reviewofH. Thorn's work [Arch. Pharm.
24, 4tJd ; also this Journal, 1887, 5U0), the results of
Improvements in Means for the Manufacture or Pro-
duction of Ozone. A. Brin, London, and L. <{. Brin,
Paris. Eng. Pat. 11,846, Sept. 17, 1886. Sd.
The patentees produce ozone commercially from air or
oxygen by causing electric sparks to pass between layers
or nia-ses of conducting material so disposed as to pre-
sent a large surface. The conducting material may
consist of granular plumbago, iron, zinc or copper filings,
or dust shot. Drawings of the apparatus employed
accompany the specification. — E. J. B.
o t.3i. 1837.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
67'
A Dental Anodyne or Local Antesthetic C. T. Arnold,
London. From C. W. Arnold, Florida, U.S.A. Eng.
Pat 7061, May Is, 1887.
ChemicajJiY-ptjbe acetic acid is neutralised with ammo-
nimn carbonate and the mixture saturated with sali-
cylic acid. The whole is then filtered and treated with
'• cocoaine hydrochloride.'' This compound is used for
preventing or relieving the pain in sensitive dentine
during the process of preparing the cavity of the tooth
for the purpose of filling it. It also acts as disinfectant
ami deodoriser for preventing septic action and lesseu-
iog the liability to trouble usually following a dental
operation. — D. B.
XXII.— ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
A New Extractor, • p tally suitable for Ezperimei
Researches. Dr. R. Rempel. Chem. Zeit. U, 936.
Tin; author, finding Soxhlet's and Drechsel's apparatus
unsatisfactory for the purposes for which he required
them, has devised an extractor which may be made of
size sufficient to treat lOOgrms. or more of material at
one operation. In the subjoined figure, A is the ex-
the bulb H is filled with cotton wool or other filtering
medium and the matter to be treated is placed
The vapour of the solvent passes from B, through the
tube E and the holes F, into the extractor A and thence
into the condenser, where it becomes liquefied. The
liquid percolating through the substance under ex-
traction becomes more or less saturated and finds its
way through the lower perforations in D ; and a-
liquid condenses, it gradually rises between the two
ntil the notch (i is reached, whence it finally
trickles down the walls of the tube E into the Hask.
The height of the solution in the extractor may be regu-
lated by adjusting the sliding tube E ; or, if the mate-
rial treated permits only a very slow filtration, tl.
may even be removed without fear. The extraction ended,
the vessel A is emptied, the tube E then raised as
high as possible and the liquid still left in B distilled
into A. whence it is subsequently removed. The greater
part of the solvent is thus recovered without the aid of
any special distilling arrangement. — W. ( .'.. M.
tractor with a lower bulb H ; it is connected by corks
with an upright condenser C above and with a Hask
B, to contain the solvent, beneath. Within A and
maintained in place by an air-tight cork on which it
rests, is the tube D, which has openings F above into
A and also openings into the bulb H of the extractor j
through the cork is passed the tube E. This innermost
tube is cut off at an angle beneath and has a notch ( : at
the top of the longest side. The mouth of the con-
is closed by a plug of cotton wool. When iu use
Orsat's Apparatus. Chem. Zeit. 11, 989—990.
Ix order to allow the cupper spirals and capillary tubes
in this apparatus to be readily removed when required,
as well as to facilitate the washing out of the apparatus,
C. Heintz has fitted the vessel A with a well-ground and
air-tight stopper, thus avoiding the renewal of the vessel
due to the spirals getting burned or to the breaking of
the capillary tubes. — C. A. K.
A Practical Thermostat. L. Itugheiiuer. Ber. 20-
1280—1284.
The apparatus consists of a glass tube a with thick
walls (see figure) to which a side tube /< is attached and
also a narrower U-tube 6 opening into a wider tube r.
The latter terminates on one side in a tube and simple
glass stop-cock <', on the other side in a narrow thick-
walled tube t with a knee-shaped bend. The tube ;( is
fixed iu a by means of a cork and is drawn out towards
f and cut oil' at an angle. The tube a is also per-
' forated at i. The mercury' placed iu h is just in contact
with the open end of f. When the gas tap is open, gas
passes through g and/ and then through /' to the heating
I apparatus. If the tap d is now closed and the temperature
678
THE .101 I'NAI. OF THK SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, [on. 31, 188?.
of the air bath raised, t ho mercury will rise and [partly close
the aperture at/. The total extinction of the llame is pre-
vented by the hole at i", which supplies a constant stream
of gas to the flame. The apparatus used in connection
with an air-hath for 8 sealed tubes has the following
di non-ions :/has a diameter of 5mm. and walls 0 7.3mm.
thick, and /< a diameter of 8Jmm. The mode in which
the apparatus is regulated requires no detailed descrip-
tion. The tap d is gradual!) closed as the required tern
perature is reached ; or better still the tap is closed com-
pletely several degrees below the point required, the
temperature allowed to become constant, the tap again
opened and quickly closed and this operation repeated
once or twice. — J. B. C.
Apparatus for Fractional Distillation under reduced
Pressure. L. Meyer. Ber. 20, 1834-1836.
The vessel Aisattached to the end of the condenser B. In
the upper end of A, which is lGmm. wide, a glass tube is
fitted through a cork. The lower end of this tube is cut off
at an angle, and is well ground into the narrow part of A
at ". Below a, the lower end of A again widens and is
then drawn out conically and cut off at an angle. To this
conical piece the receiver D is attached by a well-litting
cork. The tube C is bent above A at right angles and
on the horizontal portion a three-way glass cock c is
fitted. A similar cock b is attached to the side of A.
A simple tap may be substituted for the latter ; a three-
w iv tap is preferable in case the liquid should froth over.
In order to use the apparatus, the two taps &and c are
attached by strong narrow indiarubber tubing (1 — 2mm.
inside diameter, 3— 4mm. thick) to aj piece E, and this
is connected with a manometer and water-jet aspirator.
It is convenient, in case the liquid should run back, to
insert a large empty wash bottle between K and the
pump. The tube C is raised by a gentle upward turn so
that A and I) aiein connection, and both taps turned, as
in the ligure, so that both are in connection with the
pump. If a fraction of the distillate is to be separated,
the tube C is pressed down, which shuts off D from A.
In order to remove D the tap c is so turned that air enters
through the tail of the tap and enters D through C. When
1 1 has been emptied or filled, r is slowly turned through
90 so that it is again in connection with the pump. The
small quantity of air introduced produces a very slight
change of pressure. When I) has heen again evacuated,
by raising c the liquid in A is allowed to flow into D.
The author recommends cork and not indiarubber
stoppers. — J. B. C.
Laboratory Apparatus far Fractional Distillation, V.
Monnet. Monit. Scient. -4 Ser. 1, 336.
Tiik tube I), which serves as the dephlegmator, is
ii :;.". -ii lui. high and has an internal diameter of
28— 35mm., narrowed to 5mm. at the bottom to allow of
its being fitted into the stopper of thf flask B. It is
filled with lead shot or, if acids are distilled, with pieces
of glass or Hint. For ordinary use lead shot No. 4 is
used for the lower half and No. l> for the upper half, the
two being separated by a piece of copper gauze. In the
case of very volatile substances, finer shot is employed
and the length of the tube increased. A funnel with an
upturned edge is inserted above the narrowed portion of
the tube to support the shot. I is the tubulure leading
to the condenser and H the thermometer which is fixed
just above the top of the lead shot.
300cc. of a mixture of equal parts of water and alcohol
yielded the greater part of tlie alcohol, on distilling, of
a strength of 95%, and with a mixture of aniline and
toluidine the author obtained nearly two-thirds of the
aniline in a pure state after three distillations.
— C. A. K.
Apparatus for Measuring out Definite Quantities of
Nutritive Solutions in Bacteriological Investigations.
H. Treskow. ltep. Anal. Chem. 7, 505 — 506. '
The construction of this apparatus, which ismadeof glass,
will be readily understood from the accompanying dia-
gram, a is the vessel containing the nutritive solution, b a
graduated cylinder, c a cock with a right angled aper-
ture drilled in it so that there may be either a passage
from b to a or from b tot/, which is the outlet tube; a and
b are preferably closed by plugs of cotton wool. Any
desired quantity of the solution can thus he rapidly
measured into a test tube without any risk of intro-
ducing micro-organisms as would be the case if a pipette
were used. —E. E. B.
Oci.3i.iS87.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
67fi
Purification of Sulphuretted Hydrogen from Arseniu-
retted Hydrogen, O. Jaeobsen. Ber. 20. 1999—2001.
Thk author passes H:S gas, which has been completely
dried, over solid io line. This process is based upon the
(act that Asll . readily combines with iodine to form Asia
and III, whereas H _S is not acted upon by the solid iodine.
2 — 3grms. of iodine suffice, and should be spre id in
Livers between plugs of glass wool in a tube 30 — 10cm.
long. The gas is then passed into water, when any
iodine vapour remains dissolved in the water as hvdriodic
acid. -J. B. C.
Notes on the Logwood Test for Alum in Bread, etc. W.
C. Young. Analyst 12, 145—147.
Further experiments have led the author to modify
the opinions expressed in a former paper. He finds, how-
ever, that aluminium phosphate is slightly soluble in
cold acetic acid, although it is repreeipitated on boiling.
The alumina naturally present in Hour is combined with
the gluten. Alumiua would be detected in bread by the
logwood test if present either as hydrate or phosphate,
and the author now considers that "this test is invariably
efficient in detecting alum added to bread. — E. E. B.
el. Hep. Anal. Chem. 7,
Thomas Slag. J. H. Yogel.
469-47
In connection with the valuation of basic slag according
to the fineness of the ground product (see this Journal^
1S87, 46), it has been suggested that those portions
which pulverise with facility contain phosphoric acid in a
more useful form than the phosphoric acid of the remain-
ing portions. The author has investigated this subject
and finds, as many others do, that the percentage of
phosphoric acid is higher in the fine than in the coarser
portions of the ground slag and intermedi ite in the com-
mercial product. Collateral experiments with these three
forms of the slag indicate that on digestion with hydro-
chloric acid or with ammonium citrate thev always yield
phosphoric acid in the following order':— Most from
the tine, least from the coarse, with the original com-
mercial ground slag intermediate. With hydrochloric acid
of different dilutions up to 1 : S, the quantity of phosphoric
acid dissolved increases with the dilution. The author
is perfecting a method of analysis based on this fact.
Taking all things into consideration, the author concludes
that the phosphoric acid exists in the same forms in both
the fine and coarse portions of the ground slag ; and that
the low percentage in the coarse stull' is due to the higher
percentage of iron it contains.
The author recommends the following method of
decomposing the slag in preference to Brunnemaun's
(see this Journal, 1S87, 304); it is quicker and yields
results within less than O'l per cent, from Brunnemann's.
Five grams of slag are digested in a half-litre llask,
with lOOcc. of strong hydrochloric acid and 20cc. of
concentrated nitric acid for half -an -hour on a water-bath ;
when cool the flask is filled up to the mark and the
phosphoric acid determined in oOee. by the molvbdate
method.
By fusing the slag with potash, extracting with hot
water and digesting with ammonium carbonate, a con-
Detection of Nitrogen Compounds in Seleniferous Sul-
phuric Acid. G. Lunge. Ber. 20, -031— 2033.
SULPHURIC ACID containing selenium gives no reaction
with diphenylamine, but on the addition of a layer of
water the blue colouration is formed just as in the case of
the nitrogen acids. With sulphate of iron solution the
brown riag is also obtained, but this is only intensified
on warming, due to the reduction of the selenium.
From the above it follows that neither diphenylamine nor
ferrous salts can be used for the detection of nitric acid
in sulphuric acid containing selenium. Neither can
indigo be used. Brucine gives, however, no reaction
with selenious acid and can therefore be used in detect-
ing nitrogen acids in concentrated sulphuric acid.
—J. B. C.
stant quantity of phosphoric acid is always found in the
solution, which invariably coiuci les with the quantity
extracted by ammonium citrate. — D. A. L.
Determination of Titanic Arid. L. Bevy. Pharm.
Chim. 16, 56.
To determine titanic acid in presence of alkalis or the
oxides of magnesium, zinc, aluminium or copper, the
substance is fused with live times its weight of potassium
bisulphate. the melt extracted with water (if necessary
with addition of sulphuric acid) and the liquid neutralised
with caustic potash or ammonia. Sulphuric acid is then
added to the extent of 0 5 per cent, by volume of the
total solution and lhe whole boiled for six hours, water
being added from time to time. The precipitated acid
is ignited and weighed. — C. A. K.
Tin Reactions of Vanadium and their Application to
Chemical Analysis. A. Carnot. Compt. Rend.
104, 1S50.
URANIUM SALTS precipitate vanadic acid, both from an
ammoniacal solution and from a solution slightly acidi-
fied with acetic acid, and this reaction can be employed
for its determination. The solution of vanadic acid is, if
acid, very nearly neutralised with ammonia, a few
grammes of ammonium acetate added, then an excess of
uranium acetate and the whole heated to boiling, when
a yellow precipitate is formed. To ensure the presence
of an excess of uranium acetate a drop of the solution is
tested with potassium ferrocyanide. The precipi-
tate is filtered, washed and dried. Its composition
is ViO,.-2L"0:i(XH4)jU.HjU. This is heated to redness,
together with the filter ash, and the resulting com-
pound, V505.2U03 weighed. Vanadic acid can be
determined by this method in presence of the alkalis,
alkaline earths and of most of the metallic oxides whose
acetates are not decomposed by boiling. The method is
especially useful in separating vanadic acid from man-
ganese, zinc and copper, but cannot be employed to
separate it from the acids of arsenic or phosphorus.
A second method of determining vanadic acid depends
upon the formation of an insoluble compound with man-
ganese monoxide. A slight excess of ammonium
chloride and ammonia is tirst added to the vanadium
solution. The solution is then heated to boiling in a
strong II isk, when the manganese chloride or sulphate
is added, mixed with ammonium chloride. The boiling
is continued for 2—3 minutes, the flask corked and placed
in cold water until the precipitate settles, after which the
latter is filtered off and washed. It should be yellow
brown in colour and become lighter on drying. It is
finally ignited and weighed as V305.2MnO, which has a
red-brown colour. By this reaction vanadic acid can be
completely separated 'from molybdic acid. The filtrate
from the above precipitate is treated with ammonium
sulphide to remove the manganese and then molybdenum
(if present) is precipitated as sulphide on the addition of
hydrochloric acid. Phosphoric, arsenic and tungstic
acids cannot be separated from vanadic acid by this
method. The formation of the above precipitate also
serves as a convenient means for isolating vanadium
from alkaline or ammoniacal solutions. The manganese
vanadate is heated with sulphur in a slow current of sul-
phuretted hydrogen and then treated with dilute hydro-
chloric acid (1:20), when the manganese sulphide is
readily dissolved, while the sulphide of vanadium remains
behind. — C. A. K.
Nitrates and Nitrites (II.). A Percy Smith. Analyst,
12, 152—153.
In using the naphthylamine test, water must be prepared
quite nitrogen-free by treating it with a copper-zinc
couple for at least a week, rendering alkaline and dis-
tilling, rejecting any portion containing ammonia. The
naphthylamine hydrochloride must be almost colourless,
so it is advisable to keep animal charcoal in the bottle
with it. It is best to perform the test by evaporating
lOOcc. just to dryness, adding ten drops of pheuolsul-
660
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (ot.3i.i8S7.
phonic ncid, then lcc. of water, three drops of strong
sulphuric ncid, diluting, adding excess of ammonia and
finally making up to lOOcc. This reagent is better than
»i-phenylene diamine for ascertaining when all nitrites
have been reduced by the copper-zinc couple, and the
author prefers to use a surface of at least 8 sq. in. of
ziuc for lOOcc. of water. — E. E. B.
Paraffin as a Preventive against Frothing during
Distillation. H. Kunz. Arch, Pharm. 25, 632.
PARAFFIN acts very effectually in preventing the
frothing that generally occurs in decomposing ammo-
nium salts by lime or magnesia. Two to three grms.
are sufficient for an Erlenmeyer Mask of SOOcc. capacity,
and containing 200 — 300cc. of solution. — C. A. K.
-
-I
Estimation of Metallic Iron in Slnrj. G. Neumann.
Zeits. Anal. Chem. 26, 530—534.
THE two methods at present in use for the estimation
of metallic iron, mixed with iron compounds, are: — (a)
Digestion with Hg('l2, and titration of the ferrous
chloride produced, with KMnOj ; (6) Digestion with
CuSOj, weighing the separated copper or titration of the
contains CO.. or rLS, they can be removed by allowing
some caustic potash to run in from the funnel c The
apparatus is also very serviceable for the estimation of
metallic zinc in zinc dust or of C03 in carbonates.
-A. t:. G.
On the Estimation of Phosphoric Acid in Thomas Sic/.
Dr. G. Kennepohl. Chem. Zeit. 11, 1089.
Till-: ready solubility of slag phosphates in moderately
concentrated hydrochloric acid would have long
since caused tins method of exti action to become
general in analysis, but that it was not clear whether it
would be advisable thus to leave out of account the
phosphorus existing in the slag as phosphide. Jensch,
it is true, has shown (this Journal, 1880, 451) that iron
phosphide is rapidly oxidised in garden soils, but this
does not prove an equality between the phosphorus
present as phosphide anil that as phosphate. How-
ever, the author confirms the experiments of Jensch
and Klein (this Journal, 1886, 451 and 502) as to the
practical non-occurrence of iron phosphide in normal
-lags, and recommends the digestion ot the phosphates
for half-an-hour with strong hydrochloric acid, in which
time the extraction should be absolutely complete. He
has used the following method in the Darmstadt labora-
tory during the last two years : — lOgrms. of slag are
introduced into a 500cc. tlask, moistened with alcohol
to prevent adhesion and heated in a water-bath for at
least half-an-hour with 40cc. of HC1 (1*12 sp. gr.) and
40cc. of water. After cooling, the tlask is filled to the
graduation mark and the solution filtered ; 25cc. of the
filtrate are then, after an addition of ammonium nitrate,
precipitated directly with molybdate solution (without
previous separation of silica), heated to 80° for 15 min-
utes, cooled, filtered, the precipitate washed with water
containing 3 per cent, of nitric acid, dissolved in a 2£
per cent, ammonia solution and finally precipitated with
magnesia mixture. The presence of the nitric acid in
the wash-water for the phospho-molybdate precipitate is
especially necessary in the presence of much iron, since
a portion of the latter will otherwise remain and will
contaminate the magnesium phosphate. In all the
analyses made to test this process the magnesium pre-
cipitate after ignition was examined carefully, but in
no case was any silica found, although no special precau-
tions had been taken to ensure its exclusion. This is
owing to the ready solubility of ammonium silico-
niolybdate. Where, however, a portion of the silica
has become converted into the silicon-molybdenum
salt, it may be readily removed by washing, the yellow
colour of the wash-water being an indication of its
presence. If the presence of ferrous salts should
tend to cause the separation of molyhdic oxide, which
dissolves but slowly in ammonia, an addition of nitric
acid or bromine, before introducing the molybdate
solution, will ensure the production of a precipitate
instantaneously soluble in the ammonia. — W. G. M.
residual CuSO* The first method is liable to give too
high results, the second, though very exact, cannot be
employed when other bodies which decompose CuS()4are
present ; both methods require a great expenditure of
time. The method employed by the author, whilst
quite as exact as the above, has the advantage of bein<*
more rapid and generally applicable. The process
consists in measuring the hydrogen evolved when the
slag is treated with acid ; this can be effected in a
Lunge's nitrometer, but more conveniently with the
apparatus figured. The llask B of 50— lOOcc. capacity,
containing the material and nearly filled with water, is
connected by indiarnbher tubing to the graduated tube
A of about SOcc. capacity and Icm. wide. Water is
poured through the tube (' into B till the cock b is
filled. The latter is now cl 1, and the cock a beiti"
open, the tube A is filled with acid through C. After
closing «, b is opened and the aeid allowed to mix with
the water in the tlask. On warming the hydrogen is
given off, collects in A, and after the apparatus has
cooled, it is measured and its volume corrected for
temperature and pressure. If the hydrogen evolved
Abnc
d Et/u
Explosion. Ed. Schiir. Arch. 1'harm.
25, 023.
THE ether used was from a stock bottle which had been
kept for many years ; it was used for the estimation of
fat in "copiah" and exploded while being evaporated
in a platinum dish on an iron plate. It also did so with
fats other than coprah. Analysis showed that the
ether iu question contained an extremely high per-
centage of H30.j (over 5 per cent.), to which the
author attributes the violent decomposition, it being
favoured by the presence of the acids which are formed —
viz., acetic and formic. — W. E.
A Note on Pettenkofer's Gallic Acid Reaction. F.
Mylius. Zeits. f. Physio). Chem. H, 402.
Tllli author points out that this greatly depends upon
the action of fnrfurol. If one drop of furfurol be
dissolved in lOcc. of water, one drop of the solution is
sullicient to colour a mixture of cholic acid, water and
sulphuric acid blood-red. The substance which gives
Oct. 31. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY .
681
rise to the reaction is of itself apparently colourless and
acid in property. It can be extracted by ether from
the acid solution ; 0 000,025grm. of furfurol can be
detected by this cholic acid reaction. There are other
substances which give a similar reaction with furfurol
and sulphuric acid — viz., isopropylalcohol, isobutyl-
alcohol, allylah-ohol, trimethylcarbinol, dimethylethyl-
carbinol, amvlalcohol, oleic acid, petroleum ; the follow-
ing do not give the reaction: ethyfalcohol, propylaleohol,
caprylalcohol, acetic acid, acrolein, benzene. Probably
the alcohols do not in themselves enter into combination
with furfurol, but the decomposition products by the
action of the sulphuric acid. — W. E.
A Test for Linseed OH and Linseed-oil Varnish. Ed.
llahn. Pbarm. Zeit. 32,449.
The readiest means of distinguishing these is by the
action of lime water which, when mixed in eqnal
proportions, gives a yellow permanent emul-
sion with linseed oil but not with linseed-oil varnish.
Bleached linseed-oil varnish does not react like the
unbleached but give; a pure white emulsion. — W. E.
Examination of Raw Sugar for Sulphurous Arid.
Deutsche Zuckerind. 12. 939.
ACCORDING to Davidson, Do — 2cc. of cold, very dilute
starch solution is poured over 1 — Dogrni. of the sugar and
as soon as the greater part of the sngar is dissolved
a few drops of iodic acid are cautiously allowed
to How over the surface of the sugar solution. In
the presence of sulphurous or hyposulphuroos acid there
immediately appears at the point of contact a blue ring.
Second rate products, as molasses, do not give this
reaction, owing to the presence of reducing agents. To
estimate the amount of S02, lOgrms. of sugar are
dissolved in cold water free from air, neutralised with
H2S04, a few drops of starch solution added and titrated
with a centi-normal iodine solution until the blue colour
no longer disappears. Ordinary sugars mostly require
03cc. of iodine solution, while some sugars as much as
9Scc. equivalent to 003 per cent, of SOo. — W. E.
Thr Carbamide* and their Reaction uith Nitric Arid.
P. N. Francbimont. Bee. des. Trav. Chim. des Pays-
lias, 1887, 213.
Thk author has already shown that carbamide and its
methyl derivatives are readily decomposed at ordinary
temperatures by nitric acid, with evolution of nitrous
oxide. He has* now examined other urea derivatives,
especially those in which hydrogen is replaced by an
acid residue and is led to the conclusion that, if
the urea residue forms a closed chain with the residue of a
mono or dibasic acid, it no longer behaves as an amide
towards nitric acid, with a decomposition similar to that
quoted above. A further study of these reactions showed
that if carbamide forms a closed chain with a chain of
two or three carbon atoms linked to hydrogen or oxygen,
whether satuiated or not, the resulting urea derivative
is not decomposed by nitric acid at normal temperatures ;
if carbamide forms a closed ring with one carbon atom,
nitric acid produces an unstable nitroderivative which
decomposes into a iiitro-hydrocarbon and urea, the latter
of which then suffers decomposition as explained. I He-
add is so broken up by nitric acid at common tempera-
tores into carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide, as to show
that cne molecule of urea corresponds to one molecule of
uric acid, though this does not, at first sight, agree
with Medicus' formula for uric acid.— W. G. M.
Detection of " Fahlberg's Saccharin." C. Schmitt. Pep.
Anal. Chem. 7, 437-441.
THK tests for Fahlberg's saccharin (orthosulphamine-
benzoic acid) depending on the formation of ammonia or
the alkaline sulphides, are scarcely of sufficient delicacy
or convenience for the detection of minute quantities, as,
for instance, in wine. The following, based on the forma-
tion of salicylic acid during the fusion of saccharin with
alkalis, is recommended where salicylic acid is not already
present in quantities sufficient to impair the delicacy of
the reaction. The wine is rendered strongly acid and
lOOcc. are shaken three times successively with "iOcc. of
a mixture of equal volumes of ether and light petroleum.
The united extracts are evaporated after the addition of
some caustic soda and the residue Ls heated at 250" for
half-an-hour with 05 or lgrni. of solid caustic soda.
The fused mass is dissolved in water and the salicylic
acid separated and detected in the usual manner. In
this manner 0 005 per cent, of saccharin, or even less,
may be detected. The mixture of equal volumes of ether
and light petroleum, an excellent solvent for saccharin,
does not dissolve tannin and such like substances, which
also form salicylic acid when fused with alkalis and
would interfere with the test if they were extracted.
Potash cannot be used for the fusion in place of soda.
— D. A. L.
Colour Reaction fur Chloral Camphor. Haarst. Nieuw.
Tijdsch. Pharm. Nederl. 1SS7, 179.
By adding a trace of hydrochloric acid and a few drops
of peppermint oil to chloral camphor, a red coloration
results, which on warming, gradually passes into blue-
violet. On dilating with alcohol or ether the liquid first
becomes dark-blue, then blue-green and finally chloro-
phyll green with a blood-red fluorescence. — C. A. K.
The Determination of Certain Salts in Soap. F. M.
Horn. Zeits. f. d. Chem. Inu. 16, So.
The usual process of estimating the sulphate, chloride
and carbonate of sodium or potassium in soap by extract-
ing the soap with absolute alcohol and testing the residue,
leads to wrong results, as absolute alcohol of commerce
dissolves not inconsiderable quantities of those salt~.
Furthermore, the high percentage of water in soaps
dilutes the alcohol, whereby salts go into solution in the
alcoholic extract, which amount is always neglected. The
author recommends to dissolve soap in water, separate
the fat with nitric acid and determine the chlorine in the
filtrate with silver nitrate. For estimating sodium or
potassium carbonate and sulphate, the soap must be
dried for a long time at 30' to 40; C. and afterwards at
110=to 120° C. The dry soap is then treated with absolute
alcohol, filtered, washed, and the residue on the filter
taken up with boiling water : one portion is titrated
with standard acid, while another portion is retained for
the estimation of sodium or potassium sulphate. Better
still is a direct determination of the carbonic acid.
Below are the results of two analyses, performed by the
old (I.) and the author's (II.) process:—
Na.SO,
H.O
XaCl
Na.CO
Glycerine Soap . . .
357 .
.. 386 .
... 2-01
Cocoa-nut-oil Soap
65-4 .
.. t-58 .
... 166
Glycerine Soap . . .
357
.. 5-06 .
. . . 396
L'ocoa-nut-oil Soap
551
. 9'30 .
. . . 3-33
0-73 1
1.
0-61 |
l3§ I ii
1-23 j u-
—S. H.
Examination of Cane Sugar mired with other Optically
Activi Substances by the Polarimeter, both before and
ii/'ter Inversion, andetnplaying < 1 rget's Formula. W.
Gautenberg. Chem. Zeit. 11, 953.
Darkcoloiked syrups and molasses maybe decolorised
by lead acetate without any prejudicial effect in the
resulting measurements by the polarimeter. The pro-
duct must be decolorised before inversion, then the lead
precipitated by hydrochloric acid and an excess of acid
added to effect the inversion. The weighed quantity of
molasses is dissolved in water, decolorised with acetate
of lead (if necessary with tannin), the solution made up
to lOOcc, filtered and examined in the polarimeter.
50ce. of the filtrate are next placed in a lOOcc. flask, an
excess of hydrochloric acid added and the flask warmed
in the water-bath for not more than 15 minutes to 66
—lis ( '. ft is important not to exceed either the time of
warming or the temperature and the flask should be
placed inside the water-bath, not on a metal ring.
After heating, the flask is cooled as quickly as possible
to the temperature of the room, filled up to the lOOcc.
mark with water, allowed to stand at least 10 minutes
GS2
THE JOI'IIWYL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. 31. 1887.
and then the levro-rotatory power of the solution deter-
mined. This factor multiplied by two and corrected for
tern perat ure is introduced into Cler^et's formula as the
value for the inverted solution. — C. A K.
Estimation of Rosin in Be&swix. F. M. Horn. Rep.
Anil. Chein. 7, 503— 5Qi
A sample of beeswax known to be impure was
examined by determining the amount of alkali required
to combine with the free fatty acid, the total alkali to
effect complete saponification, the amount of matter
extracted by ether and lastly, the ratio of the ether ex-
tract to the amount of alkali required to combine with
the free fatty acid. Compared with the figures obtained
with genuine beeswax, these results showed that stearic
acid, tallow and rosin might be present. A glycerin
test by Iienedikt and Zsigmondy's process proved tallow,
etc., to be absent and then from the ether extract no
stearic acid could have been present. Rosin was found
by Donath'a test, which consists in boiling with nitric
acid and adding first water and afterwards ammonia,
when a blood-red colour is produced. The percentage of
ro>in (R) could then be calculated from the formula —
R =
UK) (A— a)
where A. a and r were the amounts of
[r— a)
alkali required to combine with the free acid in the
mixture, in pure beeswax (20) and in pure ro3tn (146)
respectively. — E. E. B.
Estimation of Extract of Conium. A. Kremel. Pharm.
Post. 20, 521.
To estimate the amount of coniine, Togrms. of extract
are dissolved in 10— 15cc. of water and the solution
gradually brought up to l.">0cc. with 9."> per cent, alcohol.
To the solution placed in a cylinder lOgrms. of freshly-
slaked lime a-e added, the cylinder corked, the whole
shaken and set aside twenty-four hours, then filtered.
To the filtrate lgrm. of tartaric acid is added and the
precipitated tartrate of lime filtered off : lOOcc. of the
filtrate (=ogrms. extract) are freed from alcohol by
healing on a water-bath after the addition of 2occ. of
water. After cooliug. the aqueous solution is filtered,
washed and the acid liquid exhausted with ether.
After the removal of the ether the residue is rendered
alkaline with KHO and then shaken with ether, which
removes the conine. To the ethereal extract an equal
volume of absolute alcohol and 2occ. of centi-normal
H(/l are added and the solution is titrated back with
centi-normal NaHO, litmus being used as the indicator.
— W. E.
Determination of Sugar in Beet. Rurkhard. Neue
Ztschr. Zuckerind, 19, 30,
The author states that accurate and concordant results
are obtained by the Sickel-Soxhlet apparatus, by that of
Scheibler (both the old and new form) and by the Rapp-
Degener method, provided the necessary conditions are
carefully fulfilled. It is best to digest 51 -2grms. of the
beet with alcohol in the usual form of flask, with a
capacity of 201 "2cc, add 10 — lo drops of acetate of lead
and heat on the water-bath to 75° for three-quarters of an
hour. In using Scheibler's apparatus A the time for ex-
traction should be extended to one hour. Scheibler's
apparatus B (capacity of flask 200cc.) is specially
recommended. — ('. A. K.
jRcto isoofts.
'I Hi: EXTRA PraBMACOPOSIA, with the Additions introduced
into i lie British Pharmacopoeia, 18S.:>. By William Martin-
dale, F.C.S., etc. Medical References and a Therapeutic
Index of Diseases and Symptoms, by W. Wvnn Wkstcott,
MB. Fourth Edition. London: U.K. Lewis, 136, Gower
Street, V7.C. 1885.
Sm ill Svo Voluhic, bound in morocco leal her to serve ;n a
pocket-book, containing list of references to current litera-
ture, a review of the British Pharmacopoeia of 1885— its
additions, omissions, changes in nomenclature, and principal
alterations, and 38B pages of text, including from page 337 on-
wards a Secondary List of Drugs, of some of which little <>r no
experience has been had, and of others which arc old remedies
recently resuscitated. An Appendix is devoted to Antiseptic
Applications and Surgical Dressings, to Histological Prepara-
tions for staining. Hardening an 1 Mounting Microscopic
< Ibjects, Index and Posological Table, and a Therapeutic Index
of Diseases and Symptoms. The mo-! interesting part of this
little work to manufacturers of Fine Chemicals and others
connect jd with such branch, as well as lo the Iteseirch
Chemist of Organic Chemistry, will he the portion devoted to
the rarer alkaloids, vegetable extracts, and other organic
compouuds.
©tJituarg.
MR CHARLES MOSELEY.
A MEMBER OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL
INDUSTRY.
Ix the sudden death of Mr. Charles Moseley,
on Saturday, 8th October, Manchester has lost
one of her most public-spirited, far-sighted, and
energetic citizens. Besides having the practical
management of the extensive indiarubber
factory of which he shared the proprietorship
'.vith his brother, Mr. Joseph Moseley, he was
Chairman of the Lancashire and Cheshire Tele-
phone Company, one of the most active of the
Directors of the Manchester Ship Canal, and the
Chairman of the No. 7 Section of the Royal
Jubilee Exhibition in Manchester, a Section
having charge of the electric lighting of thebuild-
ing and of the gardens, of th.e music and of the
catering. But even these duties, sufficiently
heavy for any ordinary individual, only represent
a fraction of all the engagements to which he so
zealously, so untiringly devoted his full energies.
It is well known in Manchester how much we
owe to that indefatigable energy and persistent
attack, which.in the contest with the PostOffice —
that strove under the Telegraphs Act to prevent
the establishment of telephonic communication
between adjoining towns — gave Mr. Charles
Moseley at length the victory over that short-
sighted opposition, and to his fellow-country-
men the inestimable boon of telephonic
communication between towns. Thus, the
present "trunk-line" system has been developed,
by which it is possible for most of the Lanca-
shire towns to hold telephonic communication
with each other. When the Edison Electric
Light Company was organised, his interest in
electricity induced him to take a leading
position, and as a Director he has always taken
an active part in fostering its development and
welfare.
One of the most surprising things in con-
nection with Mr. Moseley was his quick
perception. For example, it was his voice
that was first raised to propose the aboli-
tion of technical juries and medal awards in
connection with the Manchester Exhibition, a
proposition unanimously received by the
Executive Council, and adopted with the
greatest benefit to the Exhibition. This fact is
borne ample testimony to by the determination of
the Executive of the Glasgow Exhibition of
1888 to follow in this respect the example of
Manchester, and leave reward to the natural
and unbiassed voice and verdict of public
opinion.
Mr. Charles Moseley was born in the year
1840, ami in his death he leaves a widow and
three young children to mourn his loss.
Oct. 3i, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
(83
Crane Report.
(From the Board of Trade mid other Journals.)
GENERAL MEETING OF THE SOCIETY FOR
THE PROTECTION OF THE INTERESTS OF
THE GERMAN CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES.
Frankfort, Sept 18th.
The secretary of the Society submitted his business report.
The result of a retrospect of the last year, 188ti, is relatively
favourable. In spite of a not unimportant augmentation in
production, which occurred in all branches of chemical
industry, the increased supply was taken up by the consumers
without difficulty, so that nu great accumulation of stocks has
taken place. This favourable development of trade was,
however, in part compensated for by a fall in the prices of
many of the articles produced. In the course of the year it
has been possible, chiefly through conventions, not only to put
a stop to this movement, but in many instances to cause an
improvement in prices. It is unfortunately not yet possible
to make a statistical comparison of the activity developed
during the year 1886 in the productions of the chemical
industries with former years; however, in future years the
statistics of the associations will furnish the suitable materials
for this purpose. During the year 1880 there were in the
chemical industries 23,528.198 working days, for which
61,797,190 marks were paid as wages. It is seen from the pub-
lished statistics of the companies that as a matter of fact an
increase in the profits occurred in almost all branches of
chemical industry. In the year 1S86 82 limited companies,
with a paid-up capital of 162.510,812 marks, returned as divi-
dend ll.6j9.89o marks, being 7'17 per cent.
This increase of profits has not taken place in all instances,
but principally only in the older-established works, where
large amounts have already been written off. In order to
render a comparison with former years possible only those
factories may be considered which have existed at least since
1881. In that case there is an average dividend of 9'25 per
cent. In comparison with former years it is seen that the
average dividend, which since 1882 steadily decreased, in the
last year again moved in an upward direction. The average
dividend of these manufactories amounted to—
For the year 1882 1307 per cent.
1883 11-04
1884 842
1885 7-92
1886 9*25
If the principal branches of chemical industry be considered
which paid dividends, the following results are obtained. The
dividends paid in the soda and potash industries were—
In the year 1882 9'89 per cent.
„ 1883 9-27
„ 18S4 654 „
„ 18S5 5-58
„ 1886 568
It results from this, that if the turn for the better in this
branch of chemical industry has not been very important,
still it shows that a step has been taken in an upward diiee-
tion. No branch of chemical industry within the last ten
years has had such rapid development as the soda industry.
While the production in the whole of Germany during 1878
only amounted to 42,500 tons, there are at present in 21 works
(Getriebsstatten) 150.000 tons manufactured. This increase is
almost wholly due to the introduction of the ammonia-soda
process- Ten years ago the imports of soda amounted to only
27.000 tons, signifying that 40 per cent, of our requirements
had to be covered from abroad. Now we are able, in spite of
the immense increase in consumption, not only to supply home
requirements, but we have already commenced to export. The
price of the 98 per cent, calcined soda in the same time lias
gone down from 20 to Smarks in spite of the increased duty.
In the Stassfurt industry (potash salts) the business in
chloride of potash has been developed steadily, with un-
changed prices and increased sahs The production is
increased so that at the beginning of this year the daily out-
put of carnallit has risen from 15.000 to 55,000cwt. The sales
to the different countries have been fluctuating. This was
particularly seen with America, which did import consider-
ably less than in former years on account of a commercial
crisis. This deficiency has been abundantly compensated for
by larger home consumption, so that at the close of the year
only the necessary stocks were in band. The sales of potash
salts for manure which are obtained from kainit were less
favourable, as America, the chief purchasing country, took
considerably smaller quantities. Still, the total sales arc not
much behind those of former years.
In the tar colour trade the average dividends declared by the
German " Aktien Fabriken" were —
In the year 1882 20'53 per cent.
„ 1883 1406
„ 1884 1049
„ 1885 6-70
„ 1886 9 45
In this branch of chemical industry, likewise, reduction in
prices took place, which, however, was kept within moderate
limits, whilst the sales at the same time, particularly for ex-
port, rose considerably. The exports in the vear 1885 were
l.OlJ.OOOkilos., and in 1»S0 5,7oO,UOOkUos.
Respectirg the manufacture of explosive materials, the
following aro the results. The average dividends raid wire-
In the vear 1JS2 939 per cent.
,, 1883 10-51
„ 1SS1 809
„ 1885 10(11
„ 1S86 1516
This favourable development of business during the last years
has principally been of good to the old and large establish-
ments, which through conventions were able to secure high
export prices, and utilise suitably the fluctuations intheraw
material market ; while some of the more recently established
factories, as the Cologne and Siegener dynamite works, have
not yet, for instance, been in a position todeclare any dividend
to their share! olders. and lately the prospects of profits of these
companies have got worse on account of the price of glycerine,
which has risen from 54-60 marks, paid last year, to 106—
11(1 marks.
The manufacturers of artificial manures (superphosphates)
have again worked most unsatisfactorily. They paid as
dividends-
In the year 1882 674 per cent.
,, 1S83 5-79
„ 1884 4-16
„ 1885 3-30
„ 1886 352
The fault of this unfavourable result lies not so much in the
small consumption as in this, that the manufacturers have
been injuring themselves through constantly Ioweiing their
prices on account of the unfounded fear that the very much
increasing consumption of Thomas basic slag might influence
the demand for superphosphates. The etfoits to foim
conventions remain without result. Only in some dis-
tricts (Hamburg, Hanover) have the manufacturers succeeded
in coming to an agreement among themselves, and here it has
worked with somewhat better results, to which principally
the increase in the average dividend of this year is to be
ascribed.
In the production of technical, pharmaceutical, and photo-
graphic preparations the average dividends stand as follows : —
In the year 1882 1TSS per cent.
„ 1883 11 05
„ 1884 15-50
„ 1885 15-01
,, 1886 16S3
This satisfactory average is not found to occur in all
branches of this industry ; it is rather due to the prosperous
condition of one of the most important manufactories
(Scheringl. In this industry, also, important reduction in
prices has taken place, particularly so with the alkaloids
quinine, caffeine, atropine, cocaine, and veratrine. The
acknowledged superiority of the German preparations, espe-
cially abroad, has also here insured an increase of sales.
Among the other important branches of chemical industry,
the manufacturers of mineral colours have done satisfactory
business both at home and abroad. Only the export to Austria
was somewhat limited owing to the disproportionately high
duty, and to Scandinavia on account of the rigorous arsenic
law'. Owing to strong competition, prices were only, with
much difficulty, able to maintain themselves.
The condition of ultramarine has been very unsatisfactory.
The cause of this is to be sought, not perhaps in over-produc-
tion, but in diminished consumption, occasioned partly
through the influence of fashion and partly because ultra-
marine is being replaced by other colouring materials. Ex-
port for inferior sorts has become impossible on account
of the high duties, and can only be effected for the
best varieties and for specialities. Only old and very substan-
tial firms have been able to defy these unfavourable circum-
stances, and there are, as a matter of fact, in Germany
scarcely two or three firms which work without loss.
The secretary reported as to the internal activity of the
Society, and the work which has been carried out by the
various committees.
In connection with the secretary's report, the meeting
resolved to direct their etfoits so that German manufactures
should only be exported with German labels and German
designation, and called upon the numbers to use their influ-
ence in their Chambers of Commerce, etc.. to prevent the
credit of the good products of German manufacture being
given to foreign countries.
The revision of the Patent law was next the order of the
day. The Imperial Enquiry Commission has rendered
a report, on the basis of the enquiry discussion, to the
Imperial Government, in which definite proposals are made
concerning the alterations in the existing Patent Law. The
Patent Law Committee of the Society has given definite
counsel in these discussions concerning the position of the
chemical industries ; these discussions will soon be brought
to a conclusion.
With respect to the original project of the Imperial Govern-
ment for making provision for invalid and aged workmen,
there being many alterations necessary before bringing about
a discussion in the Society, the subject was adjourned.
The meeting then considered the question of insurance
against fire of chemical factories. Statistics concerning the
fire insurance of chemical works during the last 10 years, v> ith
a collective insurance amount of over 200 million marks, were
laid before the meeting. This showed that during the Mated
time, on the whole 23 2 per cent, of the paid premiums have
been paid back in making good losses. On the basis of 'hese
statistics, and regarding the little consideration which the
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, (o.-t. ai. isst.
insurance companies have hitherto shown to the wishes of the
chemical manufacturers, the Society resolved by a large
majority to instruct the committee i oncoming the plan of the
formation of an insurance of chemical works, based on reci-
procity, to take the matter into consideration, and to take in
hand the necessary preliminary Bteps. The necessary sum for
this purpose (amounting to 5000 marks) was placed at the dis-
posal of the committee.
Respecting the reform of the Trade Marks law, a petition
will be forwarded from the Society to the Imperial Chancellor,
who will be requested so to framo the law. that in the intended
reorganisation of the Patent Law Commission, steps be taken
at the same time for the consideration of the reorganisation of
the Trade Marks law. The petition included also that there
might be, for the carrying out of the Trade Marks law, a dis-
tinct trade marks office established, affiliated to the patent
office itself.
This official should at the same time take in hand the task of
examining the already registered marks, as well as the more
recent, and to publish periodically the authorised and recog-
nised marks.
Unfortunately, for Frankfort especially, the next order of
the day had to be set aside, as the work of the committees had
not sufficiently advanced. It related to the pollution of public
watercourses by manufacturers' waste liquors.
The work of the special committee to which has been
entrusted the question of the preparatory education of
chemists continues. For the present it has been decided that
the real schools for the preparatory education of technical
chemists shall be considered equal to that obtained in
the colleges. The conclusion of academic study should
not in future (as up till now) form the doctor degree,
but an examination before a Government Commission,
and which shall comprise certain subjects (general
chemistry, chemical technology, physics, and various other
allied subjects). Concerning the fixing of the proper course at
the technical high schools or at the universities, the considera-
tion shall be continued. Eventually prizes should be granted
for the best papers oealing with this subject.
T wo resolutions were moved by members. The first concerned
the transport of mineral acids by rail ; the second the needful
facilities for the use of alcohol in chemical industries for
general and manufacturing purposes. The meeting resolved
regarding the first proposition to petition the proper quarter,
and appointed a special committee (consisting of nine mem-
bers* for its consideration.
MISCELLANEOUS TRADE NOTICES.
The New German Spirit Law.
By order of the Prussian Finance Minister alcohol for medi-
cinal and scientific purposes has been provisionally declared
exempt from the principal clauses of the new German spirit
law. It is also provided that all alcohol for such purposes at
present existing in Germany will remain free from the in-
creased duty if used within three months from October 1. The
authorities charged with the execution of the law have
measured the quantity of alcohol in stock in Prussian phar-
macies and chemical works on the 1st of this month, and
nothing may be taken from the supply thus found except in
the presence of the Customsotiicers. who will satisfy themselves
that it is used for pharmaceutical or scientific purposes, a con-
trol which appears to be of a rather complicated character.—
Chemixt and Druggist, October 22. 1887.
Exhibition <>f Illuminating Apparatus and
Naphtha Industry at St. Petersburg.
A report, dated the 2nd September last, has been received
from Mr. J. Michcll, her Majesty's Consul at St. Petersburg,
enclosing copies of notices relating to an exhibition of illumi-
nating apparatus and naphtha industry which is to be opened
at St. Petersburg in November next, with the sanction of the
Kussian Government and under the auspices of the Imperial
Russian Technical Society.
[The notices in question, containing particulars as to the ex-
hibition, may be seen on application at the Commercial
Department , Board of Trade. S. W.J
Ramie Cultivation in Saxony.
The Italian Bollettino di \oli:ic Commerciali for the 1th
September last, quoting from the Moniteur Industrie!, slates
that the first German manufactory of ramie was established at
Zittau. The thread produced in these lo< ms has the brilliancy
of silk, an 1 is used largely for the upholstering of furniture.
After some initial delay and disappointment, the manufacture
began to flourish, and -inn- US) has been in a verv satisfac-
tory state. The cultivation of the ramie is carried on in the
Oberkunewalde, with the following species of plants, the
Urtica durica or common nettle of Germany, the Laportia
North American nettle, the Urtica nieea,
which is known :n "China grass," and is a native of China,
and the Urtica tenacissima or "ramie'' proper, which was
originally discovered In Siberia, then cultivated in Algeria.
and afterwards introduced into central France, and lately into
Hungary. The two last -mentioned species have borne the
winter in Oberkunewalde with perfect success.
Commercial Museum at Tkebizond.
According to the Bulletin du M usee Commercial for the- 17th
September last, a Commercial Museum is about to be opened
at Trebizond. under the auspices of the Belgian Consulate in
that city.
Commercial Museum at Avignon.
According to the Moniteur ujj'ni> I du Commerce for the loth
of September, the French Minister of Commerce and Industry
has approved, by adecreeof thcothof September, the estab-
lishment of a Commercial Museum by the Chamber of Com-
merce of Avignon.
Commercial Museum at Tokio.
The Bulletin du Musee Commercial for the 27th September
last states that the Japanese Government has attached to (he
School of Commerce in Tokio a Commercial Museum, for the
purpose of exhibiting to Japanese importers foreign articles
of trade which are likely to interest them. The School of
Commerce at Tokio. according to the Bulletin, is an important
institution, containing no less than 500 students, who are being
trained with a view to their spreading the latest principles of
commercial science through the length and breadth of Japan.
The Bulletin remarks that it is. therefore, of importance to
European merchants to contribute to the new museum, and
adds that specimens may be sent, addressed to Mr. Takashi
Masuda. Hitotsubashidori, Tokio, Japan.
Commercial Museum at Antwerp.
The Bollettino di Notizie Commerriali for the Jth of Sep-
' ember states that a Commercial Museum was opened at
Antwerp on the 21st of August last.
Candle Trade in China.
The Bulletin du Musts Commercial for the 10th of Septem-
ber last, quoting from the Kxporteur, states that the trade in
candles with China is important, and capable of great develop-
ment. The candles most in demand in China arc those which
are of the colour of red sealing-wax. Blue candles are used
in funeral ceremonies, and there might well be made a large
supply of these. At present none but white candles are
imported into China, and they are surface-coloured very
cheaply before being re-sold. It should be remembered in pre-
paring candles for the China market that the Chinese prefer
them with a bamboo wick projecting at the bottom, so as to be
easily fixed into a hole in the candlestick.
Beet Sugar Cultivation in the United States.
It is stated in Bradstreet's of the 3rd September last that a
large sugar refiner is reported to be contemplating the experi-
ment of growing beet-root sugarintheUnitedStates, inoneof the
central XVestern States. The climate is said to be similar to
that in Germany and Austria, where beet-root cultivation is a
most important industry. Whether, sajs Bradstreet, under
present conditions of low sugar prices it is possible to success-
fully make this sugar in the United States, is an intereiting
question. In 1S86 the total consumption of sugar of all kinds
in the United States was 1,389.125 tons, of which only one-tenth
was produced in that country.
Filters Wanted for the States.
There is a good opening in the States, says the Afedtcfl? Press,
for an enterprising manufacturer of filters. They have no
' filters, or if they have they do not use them. Nor is it on
account of the extreme purity of their water supply, for out of
many specimens examined duringthe past few weeks, scarcely
one fulfilled the primary conditions of freedom from colours
and sediment. It was to this, indeed, apart from what was
mixed with the water, that the foreign delegates to the Medi-
cal Congress attributed the choleraic diarrhoea from which
nearly all of them suffered during their visit.
Probable Advance in the Price of Petroleum.
We have reasbn to believe, says the Financial News, that
there is likely to be a substantial and sustained advance in the
price of petroleum. We understand that, at the instance of
the Standard Oil Company, steps have been taken to limit
the production for a long period, and the effect of this upon
values, both here and in the United States, is already beginning
to be felt.
The Chloride of Potassium Industry.
According to the report of the general representative of the
syndicate, the chloride of potassium business in the first half
of the current year entirely fulfilled the expectations of the
syndicate. The sales in the first half were generally weaker
than in the second half of the curren year. Nevertheless, the
sales in the first half attained a higher standard than has yet
been reached since the syndicate has been established, as is
clear from the following figures. The sales of potassium
chloride amounted :—
In the 1st half of 18*1 to
.. 2nd ,. 1881 ..
,. 1st .. 1883
,. 2nd .. 1885
.. Iff .. 1881''
,. 2 id „ 1886
.. 1st ., 1887
875,197 dr."
912.012 ..
flolj. tt'.l ..
1,0011.851 ..
S7W.0.3J ..
1.005.028 ,.
1,062,024 „
—Kulilou's.
' The centner e^u.-ds UOlb. I
Oct.3i,i887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY,
685
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS
REGULATIONS.
UNITE!
S [ AXES.
Customs Decision.
Sugar known as " cube sugar." refined in the United States
from imported raw sugars, is held upon exportation tu be
entitled to the rate of drawback prescribed by the existing
instructions of the Treasury Department as to "refined loaf,
cut-loaf, crushed, granulated, and powdered sugar." viz.,
■J, cents, per pound, less the legal retention of 1 per cent.
New Customs Tariff i>f Brazil.
[Continued from pa;/' 81 of the September A umber of the
Journal.)
(Xote.— Kilogramme 2-20411). avoirdupois Litre=0-22 Imp.
gallon. Milreis=2s. 3d.— nominal value.)
No. in
Tariff.
Articles, etc.
Rates of Duty.
332
333
.C3I
335
XL— Chemical Products, Phar-
maceutical Compositions ami
Medicaments in gexekal-
contd.
Sulphates and hyposulphates :
Of alumina :
And potash, alum stone.
crystallised Kilog,
And" potash, alum stone,
calcined
And of ammonia and other
bases
,, ammonia
,, baryta, common, heavy spar
or Bologne stone, and
artificial or precipitate ..
.. cadmium
,, lime or plaster, pure or pre-
cipitate
,, cerium
,, lead
„ cobalt
,, copper :
Pore, blue vitriol or blue
copperas
Of ammonia or ammoni-
acal
,, iron :
Impure, green vitriol or
common green coppeias
Pure salts of iron
Of ammonia or other
bases
„ lithia
.. magnesia, Epsom salts
,, potash, neutral, Duobus
salts, polychrest salts, and
acid or bisulphate of
potash
,, silver
,. quinine, neutral or acid
.. >ada :
Neutral nrGlauber salts..
Acid (ir bisulphate of soda
,, strontian :
Natural or in the lump ..
Artificial or precipitate. .
,, zinc, white vitriol or white
copperas
., any metal, not otherwise
mentioned
.. alkaloids or organic bases . .
Sulphites, bisulphites, and hypo-
sulphites:
Of soda
..any metal, not otherwise
distinguished
.. alkaloids or organic bases ..
Sulphocyanidcs of any kind
Sulphides, hydrosulphatcs. and
sulphydrates :
Of antimony :
Native or crude antimony
Of sulphur, coated with
antimony
Hydrated. or mineral
kermes
Vitrified or antimony
glass
., arsenic yellow or red
,, carbon, impure
,, lead, neut ral. or galena
,, iron
.. rnpper
.. mercury, black mineral, and
(demo or bil, yellow or red
R< is.
30
GOO
400
400
650
7.000
500
6,000
500
7.000
50
1.600
10
160
350
10.300
10
40.000
lu.ooo
10
300
1.000
!60
Gramme
Kilog.
Gramme
Kilog.
1.600
100
160
sno"
mi
2,000
70
1.000
2.000
500
250
320
250
_' 0
200
1,200
No. in
Tariff.
Articles, etc.
Elites of Duty.
XI.— Chemical Products. Phar-
Iteis.
maceutical Compositions and
Medicaments in General. —
contd.
Sulphides. hydrosulphate3. and
sulphvdrates— eontd.
Kilog. 30.CK.0
,, anv metal or metalloid not
otherwise specified
1.000
336
2,000
337
Tannatis :
4.500
.. alkaloids or organic bases ..
Gramme 100
338
Tannin, pure, or tannic acid
Kilog. 1,600
339
Tartrates :
Of bismuth
1.C0O
„ iron. pure, and of potash and
of ammonia or ammoni-
acal and of manganese
(manganesiferous iron) ..
1,300
,. potash :
Neutral or soluble tartar
of potash (vegetable
saltsl and of emetic anti-
1,000
Acid (bi) :
Pure, or cream of tartar.
crvstalliscd or in
400
Do., soluble
900
Impure, crude tartar or
70
Gramme 50
„ soda, neutral or acid, and of
potash, Seignette salts ..
Kilog. 1.000
., metals, not otherwise men-
tioned
2,000
,, alkaloids or organic bases
Gramme 100
310
Turpentine, distilled
Kilog. 800
341
Theriac aDd diascordium
1,000
342
Alcoholic dves :
6.000
6.000
1.000
,, vanilla
1.000
8,000
,, green plants and those not
otherwise mentioned
1,000
[Note.— Etherated dves or ethero-
latures will par 25 per cent.
over and above the respective
duties)
3i3
Troches and perfumes :
5.CO0
Not otherwise mentioned
1.300
341
315
6,000
Medicinal salves, cerates, and
1.000
316
317
Gramme 10
Valerianates :
Of metal of every kind
Kilog. 10.000
,, alkaloids or organic bases
not otherwise mentioned
100
318
Vanadiates of any kind
Kilog. 11.000
3111
35U
1.000
Medicinal vinegars of every kind
1,000
351
Medicinal w ices :
Bitters
320
Vermouth
320
Not otherwise distinguished . .
1.000
352
Medicinal svrups of any kind
7C0
353
351
4.000
Chemical products, natural or arti-
ficial, pharmaceutical prepara-
tions and medicaments in general.
not otherwise mentioned
IS . ad ral.
{Xote.— Articles included in this
category, if they are of a nai urc
to be imported in the follow-
ing conditions, viz. :— bruised.
scraped, grated, and in powder
will pav.inthe first three cases.
in per cent . and in the latter
case. 25 per cent, over and
above the respective duties.)
Russia.
Recent Customs- Decisions.
(.Vote.-Poud
= 361b. avoirdupois.
Gold rouble
Funt=09021b. avoirdupois.
= 3s. 2d.)
Sesquicarbonate of soda.— Section 151. Duty. 10 roubles pe r
poud gross, with an addition of 20 per cent, on each rouble of
duty leviable.
686
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct.81, 1887.
Disinfecting powder, composed of carbolic acid not cleaned.
—Section 16. Duty, 5 copecks per poud gross, with an addi-
tion of 20 percent, on each rouble of duty leviable.
Mixtures of starch and borax.— Section 15. Duty, 1 rouble
per poud. with an addition of JO per cent, on each rouble of
dutv leviable. . . .
Spirits of wine mixed with ammonia^ and imported in
bottles. -Sect ion 77. Duty, 75 copecks per bottle. _
Solution of cochineal. -Section 119, Part 8. Duty, o roubles
per poud.
Precipitate of alumina. -Section 12a. Duty, 11 copecks per
P Pyrogallic acid.-Section 1.37. Part I. Duty. 4 roubles per
P°Sol'ution of chloric lime —Section 140. Duty, 2 roubles per
poud. with an addition of 20 per cent, on each rouble of duty
Naphthalene.— Section 140. Duty, 2 roubles per poud. with
an addition of 20 per cent, on each rouble of duty leviable.
It has been decided by the Customs authorities to prohibit in
future the importation of Tamar Indian, unless it is accom-
panied by a staf smenl setting forth the manufactory at which
it was prepared, and an exact description of its properties.
Finland.
Modification of Customs Dutii v.
It appears from a report of Mr. Charles J. Cooke. British
Vice-Consul at Helsingfors. dated the 5th September last, that
the Imperial Finnish Senate has decreed that raw asbestos
and asbestos powder should be imported into Finland duty
free, while all goods made of asbestos should pay a duty on
importation of 12 mark} per lOOkilos., with an addition
of 20 per cent, if these goods consist of ready-made clothing of
asbestos.
TR IDE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE UNITED
KINGDOM.
Imports into tin- United Kingdom from Spain.
Principal Articles.
Chemical products unenume-
rated Value
t '< ipper ore and regulus . Tons
Value
Manganese ore Tuns
Value
Pvritesof iron or copper.. .Tons
Value
Quicksilver lb.
\ alue
Rags, Esparto Tons
Value
August 1886.
Total Value
£6.101
3,115
£66, .568
1'i.vy,
£84,795
17.920
£1.200
3,193
£17.594
1886.
£6.524
1.268
£67.:S35
42.H.-,:!
t74.830
4.S30
£25.704
1887.
August . . .
September .
£548.550
£719,560
£660,821
£7Ui.3U3
Exports of British and Irish Prod nee from the United
Kingdom to Sjniin.
Principal Articles.
Alkali Cwt.
Value
Caoutchouc manufactures
Value
Cement Tons
Value
Chemical products, including
dyestnfls Value
Coal products, including
naphtha, etc Value
Glass manufactures .. Value
Urease, tallow, and animal
fat J3wt.
\ alue
Manure Value
Painters' coloursand unit, rials
Value
Paper of all sorts Cwt.
Value
Soap -Cwt
\ alue
Total Value
August
September
August 1886.
August 1887.
21.961
£7.166
27.147
£9,038
£.537
1,355
£2.142
£1,385
258
£160
£5.093
£1,813
£856
£508
£1.153
£7111
1,332
£1,328
SIM
2,3:2
£2 17!
£4.212
£1.191
763
£1,548
175
£154
£2.580
242
£581
3>5
C272
188G.
1887.
£233.417
£328.466
£313.207
£304,001
STATISTICS.
Trade Statistics for September.
The Board of Trade Returns for September show the (ol-
lowing figures :—
Imports.
Sept. 1886.
Total value £28,898,505
Sept. 1887.
£27,191,591
Exports.
Sept. 1886.
British and Irish Produce .... £18.928.975
Foreign and Colonial Produce
(partly estimated) 4,496,979
Sept. 1887.
£19,833.830
1.553,101
Below are the details affecting drugs and chemicals : -
Imports.
Sept. 1885. Sept. 1886. Sept. 1887.
Drugs, unenumerated. . value £
Chemical manufactures
and Products, un- ]
enumerated— value £
Alkali cwt.
value £
Brimstone cwt.
value £
Nitre (nitrate of soda) cwt.
„ „ value £
„ (nitrate of potash) cwt.
,, value £
Quicksilver lb.
value t
Bark (Cinchona) cwt.
value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
value £
Lae. seed, shell, stick.
and dye cwt.
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £
Barksand tanning mate-
rials—
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Aniline dyes value £
Alizarin value £
Other coal-tar dyes — value £
Cochineal cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambier.. tons
value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Madder, madder root,
garancine. and mun-
jeet cwt.
Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
juet value £
Valonia tons
value £
Chemicals and dyestufrs,
unenumerated— value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut cwt.
value £
Olive tuns
value £
Palm cwt.
value £
Petroleum gals.
„ value £
Seed, of all kinds . . „ tuns
,, value £
Train, blubber, and
sperm tuns
Train, blubber, and
sperm value £
Turpentine cwt.
value £
oils, not enumerated . . value £
Tallow and Stearine cwt.
value £
72.981 60,655 16,156
ys.sio
6.910
5.375
90.2U0
21.5%
110.370
60,280
47.411
39.883
22,500
1.750
7.180
43,217
4,637
14.541
7,599
22.752
50,907
22,013
16.211
31.57H
109
4,329
2,590
53.4S3
S:i5
11,825
1.262
98.214
5.140
1,088
52,30!
13.413
28.300
11.655
21,173
18,315
63.75)
5.130
11,044
25,537
1,021
17,813
6,114
16,921
23,300
7.S21
21.073
10.718
210
916
6.210
3,015
75,361
1.200
20.620
2,818
105.167
5.952
4.952
66.907
14.910
54,249
23.131
24.599
20.911
38,270
3,252
8.604
35,0i7
1.171
20,162
3.969
9.290
32,285
13.510
25,310
23,227
660
854
5,431
2.507
62.050
826
11,017
1,126
1,595
3.120
1.820
1.989
1489
1.574
32,636
21.079
22.231
168,734
160.689
123,361
33.464
6.933
9,173
51,261
9.181
11.199
674
1,308
1,309
26,786
50.:,87
43.636
73.552
98.533
77.097
95.618
101,637
75,729
9,672,123
3,965,723
6.153.916
292,177
131,560
168 070
1.237
1,268
1.233
34.841
33.215
29,139
3,205
2.025
1,402
92.002
50.699
29,363
61,817
13,5fM
32,594
84.917
41.275
51.101
71.620
70.051
72.100
75.M11
61.781
101.776
91,090
73.631
oct.ai.issr.l THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Exports.
Sept. 1685. Sept. 1886. Sept. 1887.
011,330
lrn.tia:*
132.31 i
it, ..in
British and Irish pro-
duce:—
Alkali cwt.
value £
Bleaching materials cwt,
., ,, value £
Drugs and medicinal
preparations (un-
enumeratedl value £
Other chemicals and
medicinal prepa-
rations value £
Chemical manure .. value £
Oil (seed] tuns
value £
Soap cwt.
value £
Painters' colours
and materials (un-
enumerated) value £
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
liark. Cinchona cwt.
„ value £
Chemicals (unenu-
merated) value t
Cochineal ' cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambier tons
,, ,, value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Lac, various kinds.. cwt.
... .. .... value £
Lard cwt
value £
Oils, cocoa-nut cwt.
.. value £
,, olive tuns
,. ., value £
,. palm cwt.
„ , value £
., petroleum gals.
value £
Quicksilver lb.
value £
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) cwt.
,, „ value £
Tallow and stearine cwt.
., „ value £
179.080
U0.108
126.869
10,707
541.165
153.431
128.562
48.380
64,928 68,299 6S.209
168.017
1741,411)
181.101
130,399
129,613
139.633
5.9S1
4,478
5.021
138,776
99.362
1119.316
ii. a ii
35.143
40, 198
46.587
36.276
37,9118
101, 055 111,282 121.127
9.007
S.611
10,107
51.299
39,729
33.332
12,954
9.471
17,521
657
1.421
508
4,510
9.291
3,183
549
1.237
1.006
14.418
33.093
'.6 853
7,924
3.046
2.917
28,252
11.273
10.987
3.066
2.79.'
2,336
60.202
55.304
46.969
:; 881
,..oo
8,551
12.102
23.101
21,533
3.894
1.216
1.802
7.6H
2.313
3.068
8 968
12.507
5 10 8
12,975
18.002
7,150
216
209
213
10.193
8,928
8 859
27.548
05,342
83,831
36.3S6
67.626
80.713
27.792
24.780
28,728
1.462
1.123
i -»-.-i
'23.252
603 937
252,538
55,524
51.787
21.628
2.255
586
973
1,814
591
908
19,886
29.617
28,867
26,110
33.108
33,530
CONSULAR REPORTS.
Chili.
Saltpetre Exports.
19,230,047 pesos, or two fifths of the whole exports of Chili,
are represented by saltpetre. Signs arc not wanting that the
production of saltpetre is to be materially reduced, and the
effects of this upon consuming markets in Europe will be
considerable. It is estimated that of the total quantity
exported, one-third Unds its way to England, the remaining
two-thirds going to the Continent. The average freight is
£1 10s. per ton, the vessels employed being mostly sailing ships.
The Italian FloriuUubattino Co. is beginning to ship airect to
Italy.
Egypt.
Candles, etc.
The French Consul at Alexandria, in his report, sav-- that
France supplie i wax caudles very largely. Nearly all those
consumed come from the Marseilles factory of JI. Founder.
The activity and enterprise of this firm have succeeded in
establishing almost a monopoly cf the trade. For several
years Austria endeavoured to find a market in Egypt for these
goods, but all serious competition has now been abandoned.
As to the English products they exist only in the Customs
returns. They are either manufactures which have been
warehoused in England or transported to Egypt by English
steamers. 'I he strongest competition which French manufac-
turers have to face comes from Belgium. It is calculated that
Belgian traders, owing to the smaller charges on Iheir
industry, can save five francs per lOOkijos. in the
manufacture of their goods, compared with the cost of pro-
ducing French products. This makes Belgian competition
serious. French manufactures, however, still maintain
superiority in quality to those of other countries.
According to the Belgian Consular Agent at Mansoorab,
Belgium has for some years competed strongly with French
products. Belgian prices are lower than tlmse of the French,
and it the natives had not had a superioi aiticle offered to
Hum ,it less cost, they would not have purchased as thes have
done from Belgian trailers. French wax candles an still m ry
much sought alter at the present time, but now there a i i om
petitors in the field the prices have been very considerabh
reduced.
Holland.
' 'untiles.
The ini)ioi ts of wax lights and candles, says the Secretary of
the Belgium Ligation, at the Hague, arc unimportant, and
tend to be still further reduced. In 1881 they amounted to
21.0110 dorms, while in 1885 they were onlv valued at 14.000
florins. Candle factories at the Hague are important, although
not numerous; the" Apollo " factory, established in 1869, and
employing between 100 and 500 men. being the chief one. The
candles turned out by this factory are not only employed
throughout Holland, but are used in all parts of the world.
Each year the factor] consumes between 8000 and 9000 tons of
tallow from Austria. America, or Russia. The factory is a
prosperous concern. It manufactures candles of all kinds,
shapes, sizes, and colouis. The total export of candles in 1885
was i,244.000kilos., a decline of upwards of 2,000,000
kilos, on 1SS4.
The Chemical Industry.
The chemical industry is not as flourishing as it used to be.
Dutch manufacturers of chemical products are now seeing
Germany, their best market, closed to them owing to the high
Customs duties of that country. Germany, however, still
remains the best market for Dutch chemical'products. Dutch
manufacturers have since sought to establish a new tiadc
with this country.
S'kiji Man "faclure.
Soap making during the past few years has. from a manu-
facturing point of view, made considerable progress. Dutch
soaps are partly consumed in the country and partly exported
to the Dutch East India possessions, where they bid fair to
successfully compete with the English and French products,
which until recently were the only kinds known. The soap
works are divided into two principal categoiies, those which
manufacture solt soap, which are the must numerous, and
those that make the hard soap. In I»83 there were sixty-six
manufactories of the first kind and thirty-three of the see:ond
which produced 17,83l,000kilos 'The toilet soaps the
most estimated are those bearing the mark of Sanders & Co.,
ofLeyden. This firm is equally noted for the best makes of
soap as for the commoner kinds. This industry has not been
so flourishing lately, as protective duties have been adopted
in the countries which offered the best openings. It has
suffered also from English, French, and German competition,
the raw materials in these countries being cheaper than in
Holland. Belgium. Afi ica, ana the Dutch possessions are the
chief markets for Dutch soaps.— Brit, and Vol. Ltruygist.
Our Trade Last Year.
The year 18S6 was a year of marked commercial depression,
and we therefore cannot expect to find very satisfactory
reading in the annual statement of the trade of the United
Kingdom with foreign countries and British possessions
which has just been issued in the form of a bulky Blue Book.
We impoited during the year merchandise to' the value of
£349.863 472, a less value than in any year since 1S82 inclusive.
To this amount, foreign countries "contributed £267,979,429,
and British possessions £81,884,043, in each case a aiminuiion
upon the figures for any corresponding period during the
previous four years. Our exports during the year amounted
to £268,667.017, again a less figure than in IS-.".. 1884, 1883 or
I8S2. British produce contribuud to this sum £212.132.754. and
foreign and colonial produce £56,234. L13. in each case the
smallest amount in the five years. It is significant that the
falling off in our exports last year, in comparison with 1885,
was due to a decreased demand in our ow n possessions.
While we sent to foreign countries goods to the value of
£186,599.306. an improvement of nearly a million upon the
preceding year, our exports to British possessions onlv
amounted to £82,087,711, as against £85.121.218 in 1885.
Turning to the articles in which our readers are mainly
interested, we find that the drugs unenumerated, Peruvian
hark, and opium, imported last year were valued respectively
at £669.979. £801,353 and £307,666. in each instance a consider-
able falling oft'in comparison with the figures for any of the
preceding four years. Our imports of alkali amounted to
£55.828, again a smaller sum than in any other of the n\e
years, while our imports of chemical manufactures and
products are put down at £1,281,537. which figures also com-
pare unfavourably with those for the former years.
On the export side, which is of course the most important,
we And a failing off under almost every item. The value of
our exports of medicines, drugs and medicinal preparations
is put down at £814,213 as against £842,725 in 18S5. £893.184 in
1884. £922,649 in 1883, and £935,233 in 1SS2. We exported alkali
to the value of £1,788,078 as against £1,955,790 in 1885. and still
larger sums in each of the three preceding years. One of the
few redeeming features in the character of our expoits
during the past year is to be found under the head of chemical
products and preparations, our exports of which were valued
E
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct Si. 1887.
at £1 492.57). an improvement upon each year of the live with
tbe one exception of I**-'
The statement before us also contains a table showing the
total value of the artic ism and colonial produce and
manufactures expotted. From this table it appears that the
values of the drags unenumerated, Peruvian hark and opium.
of this class exported, were respectivelj £363.398. £517.791 and
£215,868. All these figures compare bauly with the figures for
the preceding four years, with the exception of those relating
to opium in 1882.
One of the most interesting parts of the compilation from
which wc take the figures given above is that portion which
shows the extent of our imports and exports from and to the
different foreign countries and British possessions. From this
it appears that of the (lings unenumerated brought into tin'
country, foreign countries contributed to the value of £508,880.
and British possessions to the value of £101.099. The United
States, the British East Indies. Holland, and France scut us
the largest amount. What is tabulated as Peruvian bark-
though why does not appear was imported from foreign
countries to the value of £167,688, and from British possessions
to that of £633.669. For Peruvian (?) bark we were indebted
chiefly to Ceylon. Madras, the United States of Columbia, and
France. The value of opium imported from foreign countries
and British possessions is put down respectively at £298.682
and £8984. Turkey sent us this drug to the value of £239,662
and Persia to that of £50.727. £31.885 and £23.943 represent the
value of the alkali imported last year from foreign countries
and our possessions respectively. Our imports from British
North America amounted to £23,930, from Holland to £11.313,
and from France to £10.532. Our imports of chemical manu-
factures and products from foreign countries amounted to
£1,269,527, while those from British possessions are put down
at £15.010. France, Holland, Germany, and Italy were our
largest suppliers.
Turning again to the export side, we And that last year we
cm orted alkali to foreign countries to the value of £1,666.454.
and to British possessions to that of £121.621. America was by-
far our largest customer for this article, Russia and Spain
coming next, a long way behind. Our exports to foreign
countries of chemical products or preparations not specially
enumerated amounted to £1,219.532, while those to Kitisii
possessions were estimated at £273,012. The United States.
France, and Germany took the largest quantity. Of medi-
cines, comprising drugs and medicinal preparations, we ex-
ported to foreign countries to the value of £306.323. and to our
own possessions to that of £507. S90. Australasia and India
were our largest customers.— Brit, and Col. Druggist.
The Rock Salt of Belfast and Carrickfeegus.
Mr. Robert Hanna. of Belfast, has published a letter with
regard to local industries. In that communication he says :—
" It is now almost half a century ago since Sir Robert Kane
wrote that the strata in the vicinity of Belfast corresponded
with that of Rancorn, near Liverpool; for all that, he re-
marked, there was no rock salt in the vicinity of Belfast.
"If this scientist did not hit tbe mark, he took a good aim
at all events, for in the hills at Carrickfergus for many a year
there appeared a well of water that was continually sending
up hubbies. People wondered at this phenomenon. At last
the boring-rods went down, and rock salt was found to explain
the phenomenon.
*" And now we come to a greater wonder. Here, within a
few miles of Belfast, there are several rock salt mines. One of
them. 'Logan's.' contains 100ft. of a solid seam. The manu-
facture, like tbe others in full operation, has a siding to the
railway within a few miles of Belfast, and for all that there
was imported last year from England nearly 6000 tons of
manufactured salt. At Runcorn the mines are flooded to
produce brine. At Carrickfergus the rock salt is lifted from
the mine, melted, and conveyed by pipes to the pans. This
prevents the salt water from being in any way Impregnated
with terrene matter. And as for the samples of rock and
manufactured salt of Carrickfergus, I, as a geologist, proclaim
them to be the finest samples in God's rive broad continents.
For all that, how does it come this vast importation of manu-
factured salt into Belfast ? It is surely shipping coals to New-
castle with a vengeance. It is wonderful the mania we have
at present for the importation of everything we use from
England. Even the Tramway Company and the Town Coun-
cil must have every stone for square sets from England. Ma is
mourns a 7ios mohtons. Lately there has been a prospectus
issued and stnt to this country from, I believe, the vicinity of
Runcorn, near Liverpool, enlarging on the merits of a company
that is about to be formed for the manufacture of soda ash.
crystals, bleaching powder, etc. Of course, the materials are
at hand for the manufacture of these commodities, and it
would appear 'a patent ' is in the background to forward this
important scheme. Wishing this company every success, I
would like that these ' patents' that are issued should be con-
fined to the respective countries of England. Ireland, and
Scotland. It creates a monopoly that is highly injurious to
the countries not interested. For instance, it is well under-
stood we have salt in millions of tons at Carrickfergus; we
have limestone and coal slack cheap enough; ammonia in
abundance in Belfast. For allthat.it may nappen that for
fully fifty years we will be debarred the manufacture of these
chemical ashes, although all the materials arc at hand. Con-
sequently we lose thousands on thousands of pounds to the
capitalist and loss of employment to our local population.
Formerly in Ballymacarrett this industry of the manufacture
of chemical ashes was carried on on a very extensive scale.
but English monopoly ruined it. Now, it 'is understood the
Ballymacarrett manufacturers were not able to hold their
ground, » ben at Runcorn they had all the materials at hand-
viz., lime. salt, ammonia, etc. ; but tilings do change, and here
at Carrickfergus we have lime and salt in inexhaustible sup-
plies, ammonia cheap enough, and coal slack at a nominal
rate could be landed near Eden at a very cheap item.
" Now, last year there were imported into Belfast soda ash
and soda crystals. 3983 tons: bleaching powder. 2177 tons; and
soda ash, 3124 tons. This is not taking in the quantity imported
into Larne. Now, in handing out patents. 1 do maintain that
these patents should be confined to the several countries
interested, for why should a patent of any individual debar
another country from developing its great resources > It looks
also very strange to see almost 6000 tons of manufactured salt
imported into Belfast last year, and millions of tons of it at our
own doors : and. if an effort was only made, we should be able
to ship it to all parts of the world, instead of only shipping one
single ton last year.
" Now, there are three salt mines open at present in Carrick-
fergus, and— would it be believed .'-the rock salt has been
found in the vicinity of Belfast, and the owner is afraid to let
it be known for fear of too high a rate of loyalties ! And, if
we are not capable of manufacturing chemical ashes, perhaps
we might be allowed to open our salt mines, manufacture and
sell it."
a^ont&lp Ipatcnt list.
I.— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS AND
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
12801 J. Parsons. Liverpool. Methi d and apparatus for pre-
venting incrustation in steam boilers
12876 F. Livet, London. Steam generator, its flues and fur-
naces, with feed water combination, for producing heat and
sit am. September 22
12963 A. Siegert and W. Durr. London. Devices for measur-
ing the density of gases. September 24
12986 J. Vicars. T. Vicars and J. Vicars, jun.. Liverpool.
Furnaces of externally-fired steam generate] s! September 26
13015 W. R. Lake — From Madiue. Marcoux, France. Appa-
ratus for raising liquids. September 26
13017 P. A. Newton— From Theisen and Langcn, Gel many.
Apparatus for cooling or heating liquids and air. September 26
13043 H. Wilson and A. Wilson. Stockton-on-Tees. Appara-
tus for injecting air, gas. oil or other fluids into furnaces, for
increasing draught, reducing smoke, and assisting combus-
tion. September 27
13105 J. Buttcrworth, Rochdale. An improved valve. Sep-
tember 28
13256 F. W. Allchin, London. Apparatus for mixing sub-
stances or materials in a dry state. September 30.
13266 A. T. Clarkson. London. Valves for regulating the
flow of gases under pressure. September 30
13395 H. Kilburn. Bishop Auckland. Valves for regulating
the flow of fluids. October 4
13131 W. P. Thompson- From W. B. Wright and E. T.
Williams, United States. Improvements in furnaces burning
hydrocarboi s. Complete specification. October!
13483 W. E. Harrington and J. Brocklehurst. London. Kilns
for calcining limestone, iron ore, and for other analogous pur-
ges. I letolier 5
13667. L. Perkins, London. Cooling and refrigerating appa-
ratus. October 8
13852 J. Spencer, Glasgow. Reverberatory furnaces for heat-
ing, metallurgical, glass making and similar operations.
October 13
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.'
1886.
11682 L. Rouvicrc. Generation, application and utilisation
of steam, and apparatus therefor. Septembers
15076 C A. Sahlstrom. Apparatus for projecting oil or other
fuel into furnaces in the form of sprav. September 28
15125 F. L. Met ritt. Sec Class if.
15158 J. K. Hodgkin and E. Perrett. Filters. September 21
15171 T. Richmond— From W. Wills. Apparatus for the
separation of smoke from the gases evolved during combustion
of fuel. September 21
15176 E. M. li. Faull and F. W. Cannon. Method and appa-
ratus for prevention of corrosion in steam boilers. September
28
15210 O. Howen and J. Cobcldiek. Deodorising, decolorising
and filtering medium. September 28
16029 C. de Montgrand. Process and apparatus for the pro-
duction of heat and cold. October 12
16525 F.C.Bond. Apparatus for heating liquids by steam.
October 19
16517 J. Atkinson. Refrigerating apparatus. October 19
* The dates given are the datea ef the Official Journals in which
acceptances of tbe Complete Specifications are advertised. Complete
BDeaficationfl thus advertised as accepted are open to inspection at the
Patent Office immediately, and to opposition with n two months of the
said dutes.
Oct. 3i. 1887] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
680
1887.
3719 M. Kotyra. Electrical apparatus for prevention of cor-
rosion and Bcale in steam boilers. September 2*
3804 . 1. Howl-, ratering apparatus. Occober If
9251 G. E. Wright. Valve (or regulating passage of gas.
October a
9077 S. Pitt— From J. R. Knapp. Blowpipe apparatus fur
prolucing intense heal and artificial light. October 12
9206 J. Howes. Rotary littering apparatus. October 19
11139 R. Johnson. Air compressors. September 21
112>4 J Smeaton and J. D. Simpson. Valves for controlling
the flow of liquids, gases and steam. October 19
12210 J. T. Kinir-From H. Kennedy. Hot blast stoves and
furnae-s. October 12
II.— FUEL, GAS AND LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
12801 A McKune Margerison. London. Improvements in tire
lighters. Complete specification. September 21
12916 \V. Guest and others. See Class III
13096 It. Wall work and A. C. Wells. London. Self-generat-
ing oil. gas, or vapour burners, and arrangements connected
therewith. September 2S
1338S J. Atkinson, London. Improvements in gas-making
apparatus. October 1
134.50 S. R. Dickson. London. A process and apparatus for
the manufacture of gas for heating and illuminating and of
cyanogen or some of its compounds. Complete specification.
October I
13521 W. Gadd and W. F. Mason. Manchester. Improve-
ments relating to the construction of gas-holders. October 6
13514 P. Jensen. London — From J. Leele and V. 1). Stock-
bridge. United States. Improvements in Carburettors. Com-
plete specification. October 6
13627 E. Kenyon, Manchester. Improvements in the produc-
tion of illuminating gas. ammonia and other products, and in
apparatus therefor. Complete specification. October 8
13734 K. K. Kilbourn. London. Improvements in methods of
generating heat. October 11
13922 J. Y. Johnson— From C. Bertou, France. A new or im-
proved compound for lighting and heating. October 13
13993 W. Wilkie. Glasgow. An improvement in effecting the
combustion of fuel. October 15
11085 H. J. Fcnuer and G. H. Fenner. London. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of naphthalene into forms suitable
for use in illumination and in apparatus employed therein.
October 17
COMPLETE SPECIFIC A TIONS ACCEPTED,
1886.
8348 J. Hammond. Method and apparatus for purification
of coal gas by concentrated liquid ammonia, and the recovery of
sulphur and ammonia for the manufacture of sulphuric acid
and sulphate of ammonia. October 1
12640 H. Sutcliffc. I'tilising the waste heat of gas and com-
bustion explosive motor-engines for heating water. Septem-
ber 21
14395 J. Hammond. Method of and apparatus for the utilisa-
tion of gas tar. October 12
15125 F. L. Merritt. A retort fire bar to generate water
gas as fuel in furnaces, where the ordinary fire bar is used.
October 5
15287 J. S. Sellon. Apparatus to be employed in lighting and
heating. September 24
15716 S. Cutler. Apparatus for the distribution of liquid in
gas scrubbers. Septemb
15728 F. J. Jones. Method and apparatus for manufacturing
gas for illuminating, etc. October 5
16581 A. Paget. I sc and construction of mantles for incan-
descent gas-lighting. October 15
1887.
11139 W. C. P. Asselbergs. Hydraulic mains for gas works.
September 24
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS and DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
12736 R. Ashton. Manchester. An improved method of pre-
paring blue for laundry use. September 20
13088 B. Willcox— From The I arbenfabriken vormals. F.
Bayer SC Co.. Germany. Improvements in the manufacture of
methylen chloride. September 27
13860 S. E. Ciunyon— From P. Tonrnajnre, France. New or
improved colouring matters and methods or processes for the
preparation thereof. October 8
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
126 H. J. Walder. Production of colouring matters from
carbolic acid and other phenols. October 15
127 H. J. Walder. Producing colouring matter from anthra-
quinone. October 15
III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION,
PRODUCTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
TAR
12946 W. Guest. T. Guest. G. Guest, and A. Guest, Mapple-
well. An invention to take the waste gases from coke ovens
to fire boilers and light works, and to make shale and waste
dirt into oxide of iron and calcine and creosote oil. Sep-
tember 24
13336 W. L. Wise— From The Actien Gesellschaft fur
Chemische Industrie. Germany. New process of manufactur-
ing retene from resin oil. October 3
13462 T. Nicholson, Bceston. Improvements in the con-
struction of coke ovens designed to secure the by-products.
October 5
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
15772 R. B. Tennent. Destructive distillation of shale and
other minerals, and retorts therefor. October 1
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATION^.
13593 C. B. Warner. London. A process for rendering
fabrics and other articles water repellent. Complete specifi-
cation. October 7
13669 I. Singer and M. W. Judell. London. An improved
process for obtaining cleansing and other products, applicable
also to the ex'ra tion of oils, and similar purposes, together
with an apparatus for carrying the same into effect. Complete
specification. October 10
13743 P. M. Matthew, jun.. Edinburgh. Improvements in
the manufacture of indiarubber waterproof textile fabrics.
October 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
15343 W. Mather. Apparatus for treating textiles with
liquids, gases, or vapours. September 24
15599 J. B. Whiteley and W. Whiteley. Machinery for dry-
ing wool and other fibre. October 1
15600 J. B. Whiteley and W. Whiteley. Machinery for wash-
ing and scouring wool and other fibrous substances.
October 1
1887.
11570 S. S. Bromhead— From L". C. Allen. Apparatus for
separating wool, silk, etc., from vegetable fibre or matter.
September 28
1(665 W. Nelson and E. Bowen. Machine for drying wool.
September 28
VI.— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING and BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
13115 W. J. S. Grawitz. London. Improvements in dyeing
vegetable and animal textile materials before spinning. Filed
October 1. Ante-dated March 4 under International Con-
vention.
13S96 A. J. Boulc— From W. S. Alexander. L'nited States.
Improvements in the dyeing of wool tops and in apparatus
therefor. Complete specification. October 13
13944 J. S. Knott. London. Bleaching and finishing all de-
scriptions of textile fabrics, yarns and all fibrous substances.
October H
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
11971 E. Sutcliffe and G. E. Sutcliffe. Apparatus for bleach-
ing, damping, and dyeing loose fibre yarns, threads, etc.
September 2s
1.5258 T. Lebrowski. Method and apparatus for washing,
scouring and bleaching wool- September 21
15135 R. Holt. Method and apparatus for dyeing warps
Turkey red, alizarin red and other fancy colours. Sep-
tember 28
1887.
7740 E. Boursier. Dyeing fabrics and apparatus therefor.
October S
11426 E. W. Wrigley. Method and apparatus for passing
warps into and receiving them from dyeing machines and
drying cylinders. October 12
11497 A. Graemiger. Processes and apparatus for dyeing,
scouring, blea.-hiug and otherwise treating yarn in cops.
September 24
12358 T. Sampson and F. H. Jealous. Dyeing yarn and other
fibrous materials and apparatus therefor. October 15
690
THE .lolUN'AL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. 31. 1887.
VII.— ALKALIS, ACIDS and SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
13001 W.P.Thompson From S. Wolf, Germany. Improve-
ments in nr connected with the application or utilisation of
acid sulphate of soda In the manufacture of cellulose and for
other purposes. September 26
130bi J. Beve idge, Fnidshain. Improvements in the manu-
[acture of sulphuric acid. September 27
13061 P. Batesoa and M. C. Arnholtz. Liverpool. Improve-
ments in or connected with the manufacture of carbonate of
s. m1;i from the hi M'soda made by the ammonia soda
process. September '27
13323 E. Solvay, London. A new or improved revolving fur-
nace for the decomposition of biearhonate of soda. October l
13336 .1. E. Johnson— Johnson. London. Improvements in
the manufacture of acetic acid and in apparatus therefor.
t tetober l
13617 C. Hein/.erling. Berlin. A process for separating
chlorine from gas mixtures. October S
13648 C. Heinzerling. Improvements in a furnace for dc-
i imposing chlorides of metals, Octobers
13695 C. Huggenberg, London. Processes for obtaining
nitrates, chromates. manganates. permanganates and
arsenates. October 10
13716 B. J. B. Mills— From T. B. Fogaitv. United states.
A process of and apparatus for manufacturing ammonia.
Complete specification. October 11
13717 B. J. B. ALUs— From T. B. Fogarty. A process of and
apparatus for producing sulphate of ammonia. Complete
specification. October 11
139S3 D. Herman. Liverpool. Improvements in the manu-
facture of sulphate of soda ami in apparatus therefor.
October 15
U000 F. Bale. Droit wich. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of ammonia and hydrochloric acid and in the apparatus
employed therein. October 15
14001 F. Bale, Droicwi.-h. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of ammonia and chlorine aud in the apparatus employed
therein. October 1.5
lion; i;. K. Davis. Manchester. An apparatus for extract-
ing arsenic from oil of vitriol and muriatic acid, and for the
absorption of gases by liquids and by substances held in sus-
pension in liquids. October 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
8348 J. Hammond. See Class II.
US75 J. R. Francis and F. F. Jones. Process and apparatus
for obtaining sulphur, etc., from ores, and for purifying such
substances. October 1
15391 S. H. Croll. Distillation of ammoniacal and other
liquors, concentration of liquids and salts in solutions and
apparatus therefor. October o
15188 W. Burns. Manufacture of sulphate of soda and
bleach in one operation under high pressure, and apparatus
theref.il'. October 15
1549S W. Bramley and W. P. Cochrane. Treating solutions
of calcium chloride so as to obtain magnesium chloride and
other products. October 15
16118 H. Kenyon. Production of sulphide of zinc and
chloride of ammonium. October 12
1887.
62 W. Donald. Production of chlorine from hydrochloric
acid gas. October 19
11492 H. H. Lake-From A. Kayser, H. Williams, and A. B.
'i i oung. Production of caustic alkali, carbonates of the alka-
line m Mais, muriatic acid. etc. September21
11193 H. H. Lake— From the Sittie. Producing silicate of
sodium or of potassium. September 21
11491 H. H. Lake— From the same. Producing muriatic
acid. September 21
1I50D C. J. E. de Ha6n. Manufacture and application of the
ih muds of fluoride of antimony with the chlorides or sul-
phates of so .lium. potassium or ammonium. October 1
13852 J. Spencer. See Class I.
14028 G. r . Chance. London. Xcw or improved machinery
for rolling glass. October 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
12990 J. Armstrong. Manufacture of glass, opal crystal
porcelain, etc.. and apparatus therefor. October 8
11519 A. Oi sine her. Machines for cutting, grinding, and
polishing glass. September 21
16268 J. Armstrong. Blowing and moulding glass, and
apparatus therefor. October 12
16366 A. I). Brogan and A. M. Malloch. Manufacture of
rippled glass and apparatus therefor. October 15
1887.
10812 J. Earle. G. Bourne, and T. Bourne. Apparatus for
cutting anil ornamenting glass. September 24
11496 A. J. Boult-From F. Czech. Decorating ceramic
ware. October 15
IX.
-BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
12775 W. H. Manders, London. Rod or white-faced stock
bricks. September 20
131S0 J. llargrcaves. Liverpool. Improvements in the
manufacture of cement. September 29
13214 J. H. Greathead, London. A method of moulding
articles in cement or other semi-fluid setting material.
September 29
13322 E. Solvay, London. Improvements in lime kilns.
October 1
13467 W.Smith. Dublin. Improvements in the manufacture
of cement. October 5
13534 T. C. Hutchinson. Stockton-on-Tees. Improvements
relating to the treatment of blast furnace slag for the manu-
facture therefrom of hydraulic or similar cement. Oct. 6
13902 I!. Punshon, London. Paving, flooring and roofing
material. October 13
viii. -glass, pottery and earthenware.
applications.
127i'.'i M. W. Samuel. London. Manufacture of a plastic
i .iup nun I. an i treatment thereof, for the production of
moulded and decorated tiles, slabs and other articles. Sept. 2U
12835 T. A. Green, s. Green, and II. Leak, London. Im-
provements in the maniii' i. i me jf lux .ranks or rings for use
in biking china or the like, and in apparatus therefor,
September 21
13022 .1. F. Carey, London, Improvements in the formation
of tiles for roofing aud such like purposes, September 26
13214 .1. II. Ore it head. Sec Class IX.
13502 T. I!. Gibson, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture and ornamentation of vessels to imitate earthenware,
china, porcelain, terracotta and such like. Octobers
13577 J. Emery and II. Lockelt. Longport. Improvements
la the method of decorating potter] ware. October :
13591 K. Leak. I, union. An improved method of supporting
plates, saie ers. dishes and other similar potteryware while
being Bred. ( >ctober7
13723 i '. Amand-Dtirand and R. P. Engelniann. London.
improvements in decorating glass, and in apparatus therefor.
< omplctc specification. October 10
X. -METALLURGY, MINING, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
12741 G. G. Mullins, London. A process of purifying, hard-
ening and otherwise greatly improving iron. Complete
i specification. September 20
12717 A. J. Boult— From E. E. Ries, United States. Im-
proved method of and apparatus for welding and tempering
metals. Complete specification. September 20
12751 W P. Thompson— From A. . I. A. Lagane. France. Im-
provements in rollering machines or apparatus for imparting
8 given form to iron plates, called in France " machine a
Galbord." September 20
12761 S. Massey. Manchester. Improvements in presses for
forging, cutting, punching, bending and otherwise operating
| on iron, steel, or other metals or alloys or other materials.
September 20
12856 C. A. Burghardt and W. J. Twining. Manchester. Im-
i provements in the production of aluminium and aluminium
bronze. September 22
128li! S. Dawes and W. Smith, London. An improved pro-
cess for converting iron into steel. September 22
1288? C. Philippart, London. Improved method of and
apparatus for producing finely-divided metal, especially for
use in secondary batteries. September 22
12887 W. P. Thompson— From A. Schneider and Co., France.
Improvements in or appertaining to the hardening or temper-
ing of steel or steely iron. September 23
12912 R. II. Gubbins. London. Improvements in rolls for
rolling metal. September 23
12951 J. Dennis. Sheffield. Improvements in miners' safety
lamps. September 21
13150 G. P. Hedfern, London— From J. Molas, France. An
automatic apparatus for indicating the presence of explosive
gases, September 28
13177 T. Appleby, Middlcsbro'-on-Tees. An improved con-
struction of ingot moulds and a better method of casting
various shaped iron or steel ingots. September 29
13212 G. Hatton. London. Improvements in the open-hearth
method or process of manufacturing iron and steel, and in
furnaces employed therein. September 30
13324 J. Nicholas and H. H. Fanshawe. London. A new and
improved method for the recovery of the precious metals and
platinum. October 1
13325 J. Nicholas and H. H. Fanshawe. Anelcetro-ehcniical
process for the recovery of the precious metals. October 1
13348 J. Cooke, Birmingham. Improvements in safety
lamps. Octobers
13457 J. II. Smith and J. Talbot, Birmingham. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of bars from scrap iron, applicable
tn hi her like purposes. October 5
13183 W. E. Carrington and .1. Broeklchiu'si . London. See
Class I.
13522 C. A. Burghardt and W. J. Twining. Manchester. Im-
provements in the production of aluminium. October 0
Oct. 31. 1887.] THE JOURXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
HOI
13560 J. Butler, London. Improvements in machinery for
compressing iron or metal scraps for the manufacture of bars
therefrom. October 6
13570 T. K. Weston, London. An improvement in the
manufacture of Bteel forcings and t lie like. October 7
13.586 H. de Mosenthal. Loudon. Improvements in cartridges
for blast i ng and -hot firing in mines October 7
13787 W. Blackwood and T. Blackwood, jun.. Edinburgh.
An improved machine for corrugating metallic plates or
tubes, or for corrugating and bending metallic plates. Oct. 12
138.52 J. Spencer. See Class I.
U&26 W. H. Penning and H. G. Owen, London. Improve-
ments in apparatus for saving fine or flour gold in milling.
hydraulising and sluicing. October 14
13938 M. Adams and J. Jenkins, London. Improvements in
ventilating mines and in means employed in connection there-
with. October 14
139.50 M. Darnbrough and E. Darnbrough Drighlington.
The saving of waste of material in the tempering and coating
of steel or iron wire by molten lead, of mixture of lead and
tin, or tin, or during the galvanising of wire with zinc.
October H
14(101 S. Dawes and W. Smith, London. An improved
process for converting iron into steel. October 1.5
1401-5 H. Auly. London. An improved method of, and
apparatus for, electrically lighting miners' safety lamps whilst
locked, and which is also applicable to lighting other lamps.
October 15
140.51 D. G. Fitzgerald, London. An improved electro-
chemical process for the extraction of the precious metals
from their ores. October 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
12428 E. R. Cummins— From G. P. Schwcdcr. Extracting
fold and antimony regains from auriferous antimony ore.
eptember 28
13073 A. Parkes- Extracting gold, silver, and other metals,
from ores or compounds containing the same. O*. tober 12
14020 J. T. Dann- From A. Schaag and Messrs. Flurscheim
ft Bergman n. Galvanising iron and steel October 19
14875 J. K. Francis and F. F. Jones. See Class VII.
15303 C. W. Crossley. Apparatus for the separation, ex-
tra "t ion, and amalgamation of metals. September 28
1.5531 A. E. Tucker and F. \V. Harbord. Materials used in
the construction of metallurgical furnaces and converters.
October 1
1553-5 R. Dixon. Apparatus for purifying coal or like
material by the washing process. October 1
1579(1 W. G. Copestake and C. Jones. Converting or re-
converting old steel, iron and other kinds of metal into com-
pounds known as the d Life rent kinds of steel. October 15
15946 J. Clark. Obtaining alloys of aluminium with certain
other metals. October 8
15993 A. W. Conquist and C. O. Lundholm. Fuse for mining
purpose*. October 15
16923 E. Vlasto. Apparatus for cleaning and pickling
metals and utilising the used liquids. October 19
1887.
624 H. H. Like— From J. IUing wort h . Ma nufact are of
metal ingots, and apparatus therefor. October 15
10611 L. Mellctt. Apparatus for indicating the presence of
mineral ores or metallic substances. October 8
10922 C. Roth. Safety apparatus for igniting fuses in blast-
ing operations, and for preventing explosion of fire damp.
October 1
11474 P.C.Gilchrist. Manufacture of steel and ingot iron
by the basic process. September 24
XII. -PAINTS, PIGMENTS, VARNISHES and
RESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
13286 S. Washington, Manchester. An improved compound
for application to leather as a stain or varnish. October 1
13109 S. C Rowell and .1. W. Newell London. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of plumbic oxide or litharge, and in
apparatus employed therein. Complete specification.
October 1
13885 A. G. Wass. London. A new or improved combination
of substances for the manufacture of varnish, paint, enamel,
and other similar articles. October 13
complete specifications accepted.
1SS7.
9122 J. F. F. F. Lowe
September 28
12031 H. .1. Allison— From (J. W. Banker,
compounds. October 8
Process of manufacturing white lead.
Paints and paint
XIII.— TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE and SIZE.
APPLICATION.
13012 C. J. Viscount d'Hautcrive— From A. Bedu, France.
Improvements in tanning. September 26
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
16211 T. B. Wilson. See Class XVII.-B.
17(HX1 A. W. Carlson. Process and apparatus for utilising
urine as manure. October 12
XL— FATS, OILS and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
13017 J. W. Paton, Liverpool. A new or improved cleansing
powder or compound. September 27
13085 W. P. Thompson— From La Societe Industricllc des
Glycerine et Acides gars. France. Improvements in the
treatment and distillation of fatty acids, and in apparatus
therefor. September 27
13139 If. .1. Whibley. H. G. Whibley, and A. Williams.
London. Improvements in soap making. September 28
13499 W. E. Heath. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of scented and coloured soaps, and apparatus for
making the same. October 5
13669 I. Singer and M. W. Judell. See Class V.
13739 J. Mcl'lure. C. Paton. and J. Wilkinson. Manchester.
Improvement in the plates of presses for the extraction of oil
from seeds. October 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
13865 H. G. Xixon and W. Stewart. The preparation of
iodised oil. October 1.
16086 J. Butler and J. Evans. Apparatus for carrying or
lifting patterns, or removing patterns from the satid, etc.
October 1
XV.— SUGARS, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
12831 X. Tscherikowski. London. An improved process of
producing refined sugar from raw sugar. September 21
13bl3 W. Hoskin, Halifax. A new or improved treatment
of lump sugar, Octobers
13671 H. Siebert. London. A process for and materials used
in the production of a substitute for gutta-percha. October 8
13955 S. Fisk, London. Improvements in apparatus or
devices for the treatment of sugarcane. Complete specifica-
tion. October 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
15240 O. Bowen and J. Cobeldick. See Class I.
1887.
7119 C. Steffen. Process for systematically lixiviating raw
sugar by means offaqucous alcoholic or other saccharine
solutions. October 19
12596 C. H. J. Franzen. Manufacturing white lump or loaf
sugar directly from boiled refinery mass. October 19
12597 C. H. J. Franzen. Process and apparatus for treating
raw, clarified or perfectly white sugar masses in loaf forms by
means of the centrifugal machine. October 19
XVI.-BREWIXG, WINES and SPIRITS.
APPLICATIONS.
129S8 J. Bonthrone and R. B. Bonthrone. Falklands.
Improvements in brewing. September 26
13031 A. de Gaulnc. London. Improvements in apparatus
for filtering alcoholic beverages. September 26
13102 C. C. Clausen, London. Improvements in furnaces for
malt kilns. Complete specification. October 4
13840 A. H. Huntley. Xewcastle-on-Tyne. An improved
process for the manufacture of yeast and vinegar. October 12
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
15175 J. C. Mew burn -From L. Teilliard. See Class XX.
15896 W. P. Thompson— From S. Bensaude. Manufacture
of alcohol from manioc. October 8
XVII.-CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A.— Chemistry of Foods.
13019 J. Allegretti, London. Certain improvements in a
preserving system for perishable articles. Complete specifi-
cation. September 27
13315 T. Carroll. Dublin. Preserving milk, cream, butter,
meat. fish, eggs and other foods. October 3
13829 W . R. Baker. A. L. Savory and C. Ekin. London. An
improved preparation of milk. October 12
692
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Oct. 31. 1887.
B.-Sanitary Chemistry.
13271 T. Donnithome, London. Improvements in the treat-
ment of sewage. Septembers
13539 J. Bates. Liverpool. Improvements in and relating to
the purification of sewer gas and noxious vapour. Octobcr6
i:i7Sl VV. Mann. Loudon. Improvements in refuse burners.
Complete specification. October 11
13913 J. H. Porter. (1. Porter and J. Porter, London, im-
provementsin filtration in relation to the process known as
I'larke's process, and to other purposes. October 14
13990 G.Roger. London. Improvements in water purifiers
and sludge separators. October 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICA TIONS ACCEPTED.
A.— Chemistry ok Foods.
1SS6.
16270 C. D. Abel— From C. Lindc. Process and apparatus
for making clear ice. October 5
16950 R. Glover. Dog biscuits. October 15
1SS7.
I20S3 H. H. Lake— J. H. Stebbins, jun. An improved food
compound. October 8
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
18S6.
13007 J. C. Hutterfield and H. H. Mason. Treatment of
sewage, and recovery of valuable products therefrom.
October 8
15-ilii O. Bowcn and J. Cobcldiek. See Class I.
10211 T. B. Wilson. Treatment and purification of sewage
and other liquids, and obtaining fertilisers therefrom. Octo-
ber 15
10101 F. D. Brown— From A. Howatson. Treating sewage,
and apparatus therefor. October IS
C— Disinfectants.
1886.
146S5 H. E. Harris. Manufacture and application of anti-
septic, disinfecting, curative and healing agents. October 12
1887.
2831 J. H. Harford and W. W. Reeves. Disinfecting and
curative device, and composition to be used therewith.
October 5
1283 Dr. A. Dupre and 0. X. Hake. Preparation of disinfec-
tants, deodorants and antiseptics. October 15
XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY AND ELECTRO-
METALLURGY.
APPLICATIONS.
128S3 C. Phillipart. London See Class X.
128M G. E. Cabanellas, London. Improvements in dynamo-
electric or magneto-electric machines. September 22
13080 W. Fritsche, London. Improvements in and relating
to dvnamo-electric machines. September 27
13159 \V. W. Dunn, London. Improvements in electro-
motors and dvnamo electric machines. September 28
13309 C. V. Burton, London. A new dynamo - electric
machine. October 1
13325 J. Nicholas and H. H. Fanshawe. See Class X.
13120 E. L Mayer. London. Improvements in elements or
electrodes for electric batteries. October 4
13110 G. Zanni, London. Improvements in electric batteries.
October 1
13611 T. Coarl and H. V. Coad, London. Improvements in
voltaic or electric batteries. October 8
13722 ('. E. Ponder. J. MacGregor. and P. Harris. London.
An improvement in electrical secondary batteries. Complete
specification. October 10
13805 H. M. Musgrove and 11. Lyon. Glasgow. Improve-
ments in electric batteries. October 12
13890 D. Urquhart, London. Improvements in or connected
with electric batteries. October 13
13903 R. Kennedy, Glasgow. Improvements in and relating
to thermo-electric generators. October 13
11021 X. de Benardos, Loudon. Improvements in secondary
batteries or electrical accumulators. October 15
11051 D. G. Fitzgerald. See Class X.
COUPLETS SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
188G.
12778 S. F. Walker. Dynamo-electric machinery. Octobers.
13987 J. G. Statter, S. L. Brunton. and J. W. Kempstcr.
Collector or brush for dynamo or magneto-electric machines.
September 21
11033 ('. D. Abel — From Siemens and Halske. An improve-
ment in electrolysis. September 28
14286 A. Wundcrlicb and O. Eisele. A Galvanic battery.
October 8
16151 W. Webster, jun. Primary voltaic batteries, and
preparation of the elements and solutions employed therein.
October 12
16823 E. Barbier and M. L?clanchc. Electrical batteries,
and depolarising bodies to be used therein. September 21
170.56 G. ICapp. Dynamo-electric machines. September 28
1887.
3719 M. Kotvra. See Class I.
1311 II. H. Lake -From A.W. Meserole. Secondary batteries.
October 5
7079 E.Wilson. Dynamo-electrical machines. September 28.
7975 L. C. E. Liebez. Secondary batteries. October 8
9101 A. P. Trotter. II. W. Ravcnshaw, and W. T Gooldcn.
Dynamo electric generators and motors. October 12
11917 K. Kennedy. Continuous current dynamo -electric
machines and electro-motors. October 5
XIX-
PAPER. PASTEBOARD, Ere.
APPLICATIONS.
12712 G. Mills and G. H. May. Glasgow. Improvements in
machinery for manufaet uring paper. September 20
12762 P. E. E. Pesier. London. Improvements in treating
vegetable materials to fit them for the manufacture of paper,
pasteboard, threads, tow, or other like objects. September 20
12903 A. Wright. Glasgow. Improvements in the manu-
facture of paper pulp. September 23
12917 C. Beadle, London. A new or improved method of
treating or preparing paper for the manufacture of paper
bags and other envelopes therefrom, and for other purposes.
September 23
13255 A. B. Warhurst, Manchester. Improved paper for
toilet and other purposes. September 30
13792 J. Robertson, Manchester. Improvements in the
manufacture of paper from Esparto straw or other material,
and in the arrangement of machinery or apparatus employed
for such purposes. October 12
13920 A. Schleipen. Paris. Improved process and machinery
for the treatment of peat used in the manufacture of paper
pulp, also applicable to the washing of the raw material
for the manufacture of paper pulp generally. October 14
11034 E. Casper, London. Improvements in treating the
barks of rhea or China grass and like plants, and apparatus
therefor. Complete specification. October 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
15856 H. Blackmail. Disintegrating fibrous substances, and
manufacturing paper pulp, ana apparatus therefor.
1887.-
11610 J. E. Warren and F. A. Cloudman. Apparatus for
effecting the recovery of chemicals from spent liquors of pulp
digesters. October 1
XX.-FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES and EXTRACTS.
APPLICATIONS.
1319li W. P. Thompson — From F. Kleeman. Germany.
Improvements in the purification of extracts or juices from
fruits, roots, malt, and other vegetable matters, and of juices
from maltose. Complete specification. September 29
13277 F. Xettlefold, London. The synthetical or artificial
production of quinine or body of the chemical composition of
quinine. September 30
13693 G. Trier, London — From C. R. Poulsen, Denmark.
Apparatus for producing ozone. October 10
13839 A. G. Salamon. London. Improvements in the treat-
ment of benzoyl sulphonic amide, commonly known as
"saccharine." October 12
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
15175 J. C. Mewburn— From L. Lcilliard. Manufacture of
ozone and apparatus therefor, and application of ozone to the
purification of alcoholic liquids, etc. Octobers
XXL— EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
127.15 D. Grunfeld and H. J. Schumann, London. The
manufacture of "repeating matches." Complete specifica-
tion.- September 20
13029 T. Xordenfelt. London. Improvements in fuses for
projectiles. September 26
13541 J. Cope. Sheffield. Improvements in fog signals for
railways. October 6
13730 T. G. Hart. London. Improvements in explosives for
use in firearms. October 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
10580 D.Johnson and W.D. Borland. Ammunition. Oct. 19.
15993 A. W. Conquist and ('. O. Lund holm. See Class X.
141595 W. 11. Noble. Manufacture of gunpowder and charges
for guns. October 19
16656 H. E. Newton — From A. Xobel. Explosives, and use
of same, especially shells and torpedoes. October 19
1887.
US E. Edwards - From R. Sjoherg. A new explosive.
September 28
nil'....'. K. Turpiu. Production of explosives. September 28
10867 B. Turpin. Explosives. September 28
Printed and Published by EBHOTT & Co.. New Bridge Street. Strangewiej s, Manchester, for the Society of Chemical Industry.
Lc m. c.N OFFICE, for the Bale ot Copies un.l Receipt el Subscriptions: 6, \ork Street, Corest Garden
THE JOURNAL
OF THK
Society of Chemical 3nbustry:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IN CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
No. 11.— Vol. VI.
NOVEMBER 30, 1887.
Non-Members 30 - per annum; Members
21 - per Set ; Single Copies 2, 6.
Cfje Society of Chemical JnDustrg.
Past Presidents:
Sir H. E. Roscoe. M. P., LL.D.. V.P.R.S. .. 1881— 1SS2
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B., D.C.L.. F.R.S. 1--: 1--.:
Walter Weldon. F.R.S 1S83-1881.
W. 1 1. Perkin. Ph.D., F. R.S 1831— 18S5,
E. K. Muspratt 1885—1886,
David Howard 1SS6— 18S;
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1888.
President: Prof. James Dewar, F.R.S.
rice-Presidents :
Prof. F. Clones. D.Sc.
Sir J. Xeilson Cuthbertson.
David Howard.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter.
Ivan Levinstein.
K. K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
Prof. W. A. Tilden. F.R.S.
John Williams.
Philip J. Worsley.
Ordinary ^[embers of Council :
John Calderwood, F.R.8.E. John Pattinson.
Eustace Carey. B. S. Proctor.
R. Forbes Carpenter. F. J. Rowan.
Jame3 Duncan. Dr. Edwd. Schunck, F.R.S.
Dr. John Evans, F.R.S. T. W. Stuart.
S. H. Johnson. Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Ti-easurer :
E. Rider Cook. East London Soapworks. Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretary :
Ludwig Mond. 20, Avenue Road. Regent's Park. N.W.
General Secretary : Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers. 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee:
The President.
Sir F. A. Abel, F.R.S.
A. H. Allen.
H. E. Armstrong. F.R.S.
G. H Bailey, I >>_■.. Ph.D.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.K.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes. D.Sc.
W. Y. Dent.
Peter Griess. Ph.D., F.R.S.
D. B. Hewitt, M.D.
David Howard.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
Editor: Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester.
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors :
A. J. King. B.Sc.
Chap. A. Kohn, Ph.D.
F. W. T. Krohn.
J. Walter Leather, Ph.D.
D. A. Louis.
W. G. McMillan.
G. Harris Morris. Ph.D.
J.M. H. Munro. D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacner.
S. G. Rawson, B.Sc.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
F. W. Renaut.
James Taylor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Velev. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whiteley.
NOTICES.
Notice is hereby given that the numbers for January
1SS2, 18S3, and 1«'S6, and February, 18S6, are exhausted,
and no orders for those copies can be executed.
The Secretary is instructed to negotiate for the pur-
chase of copies of the Society's Journal for January, 1SS2
and 1SS3, at the following prices :— January, 1SS2, 5s. ;
January, 1SS3, '2s. 6d. Members possessing odd copies
of these numbers are particularly requested to commu-
nicate at once with Mr. Cresswell.
F. Hurter. Ph.D.
F. Jones, F.R.S.E.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
E. K. Muspratt.
C. 0 Sullivan. F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
Sir II. E. Rose x, M.P.. F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Ta*e.
Thomas Tyrer.
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, "under Bye-Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law —
viz., that they five notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint.
Members are requested to note that the subscription
of 2.3s. for 1SSS falls due oa the 1st January next.
Cheques and orders should be made payable to the
Honorary Treasurer, Mr. E. Rider Cook, and forwarded
either to Mm, at Bow, or to the General Secretary.
Until payment is made members are not entitled to the
Society's' Proceedings, under Rule 29 of the Bye-Laws.
Abstractors:
G. II. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrymple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Crois.
A. R. Davis.
Win. Elborne.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Huline.
Bertram Hunt.
C. C. Hutchinson.
D. E. Jones, B.Sc.
W. E. Kay.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
Jno. Charlton; Journals, etc.. to 12. Blackfriars Street, Man-
chester, instead of to " Ellcsmerc Park, Eecles.' as erroneously
given in printed register. -
E. Clemiushaw, I o Birmingham; Belvedere. Kent.
Jas. Coikburn. lo Heathcotfi Street; IV, Camden Square,
" E. C. Conrad. 1 o Wellclose Square; Paraparap, Portland
Road, Gravesend, Kent.
II. B. GlbDins, 1 o Cheltenham; Holly Lawn, Beechen UiB,
V. S. Gilchrist, 1 o Goole; c o Orient Guano Co., Orient,
XV US A
" I;. J. Ha'mlcn, 1 o WiUowbank Crescent; 162, St. Vincent
Street, Glasgow. _ „ , „ „
J. F. Inglcbv. 1 o Carlton Terrace ; The Park, Hull
Dr. Wm. Johnstone: Journals, etc., to City Lential Labora-
tory. 13. Fioh Street Hill. h.C. .
J. J. Knight. 1 o Birmingham; Lcstiford Mill, \\ onersh
Guildford. . . -. , ~ .
F. Maxwell Lvte, 1 o Pv.tney ; CO. Fmbcrough Road, Red
' J. B.McArtmir, L o Midcalder; ll.Haile Street. Edinburgh
694
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. 30, 1887.
G. D. Macindoe. I/O Wolverhampton ; Hall'a House. North
\\ oolwich Road, Victoria Docks. E.
T. R. Maraball, I 0 Munich; bci Fran Reicnold, I, Spital-
strossc, Erlangen. Bavaria
.In. 1. Morrison, I o Box 71; 1M>. H"* :;:io. North Adams,
Mass., U.S.A.
Win. l'ringle. I/O London; Laboratory. Morcara, Coorg.
Soutll India.
Jno. Riley, l/o Fairfield; Mayfield, Castlcton, near Man-
chester.
I; Wighiwlck Roberts, 1 0 London; 22, Callc Arturo Prat,
Valparaiso. Chili. „,
W. Johnston Saint. 1 oAb irdeen; bei die Fran Pfarrer Kern,
13, Friedricnstrasse, Erlangcn, Bavaria.
C Sevin; Journals itenip.l to c o Dollman & Piitchard.
3, Lawrence Ponntney Hill, K.C.
F. P. Stiker. 1 o High strict: 1J:S, Fourteenth Street. Butl'alo,
N.Y., U.S.A.
J. F. Tristram. 1 o Xorthwich ; U2.'. Stockport Hoad, Man-
Chester.
P. H. Walsh, 1 o B'aekhnrn; e,o Proctor & Gamble, Soap
Factory, Ivorydale, Ohio. LT.S.A.
M. W. Wiley, I u Bell Terrace; Hillsdale House. York Itoad,
W.-st i I i i-i lepool.
W. 11. Wood, 1 o London; 10, Church Place, Hopwood Lane,
Halifar.
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED. 25th NOVEMBER. 1887.
J. J. Oandlish, Pottle Works. Seaham Harbour, Co. Durham,
glass manufacturer.
Jas. P. Cornett. Ford Paper Works, Hylton, near Sunder-
land, paper manufacturer.
Thos. M. Drown, Mass. Inst, of Technology, Boston, Mass-.,
U.S. A., professor of analytical chemistry.
David K. Hamilton, 19. Graham Street, llridgeton, Glasgow,
dyer.
Dr. F. Stanley Kipping. 13, Lonsdale Terrace. West
M* a lows. Edinburgh, chemist.
Dr. L. Limpach, 20, St. Mary's Road, Crumpsall, Manchester,
chemist.
Wm. A. McGubbin, The Elms, West Derby, Liverpool,
chemical student.
Sydney Martineau, South Road, Clapham Dark, S.W.,
analyst in sugar refinery.
Gideon Pott, e o Watson. Laidlaw and Co., Kingston,
( rlBsgow. engineer.
Daniel W. Rogers. Hadlcy, Mass., U.S.A.. mastt r of Hopkins
Academy.
W. I.ascelles Scott, Oh mical and Physical Laboratories,
Forest Gate. K., chemical engine* r.
Dr. J. A. Voelcker, Royal Agricultural Socii ty of Ei gland,
12, H-inover Square, W., consult;ug chemist
And. Wallace, 15, Abbey Street. Paisley, X.B., dyer.
Dcatfj.
Thos. Routledge, Claxheugh, Hylton. near Sunderland.
Communication.
REPORT OX SECTION III. OF THE MAN-
CHESTER ROYAL JUBILEE EXHIBITION ;
The Chemical and Allied Imdustbies.
by watson smith,
Lecturer In Chemical Technology in the Victoria
University, etc.
(Continued from />. 04s.)
GROUP VIII.— META LLVBGY.
The Abeam Coal Co., Bickershaw, ^Viqall (No
799).— This firm shows, among specimens of Gas
Coals, the Abram new boghead cannel, giving gas
of high illuminatiiig power ; selected cannel chip-
piDgs, washed cannel nuts and Arley gas coal, This
latter coal gives gas of high illuminating power, and
furnishes, it i- said, a goo i yield of residual products.
Specimens are also shown of VVigan 1ft., 5ft and 6ft.
coals.
As regards House Coals, there are the best Arley
coal, one of the best house coals in the district ;
Orrell 5ft. coal and Abram Main mal. These are
raised from depths varying from :100 to 650 yards.
A peculiarity with respect to the cannel is that it
occurs iu the middle of the Wigan lit. mine, and
is much thicker than at any other colliery in the
district,
The Astley and Tyldesley Coal and Salt
Co., Limited, near Manchester (No. 813). The
specimens shown are blocks of the following:—
'"Astley," best hou.se coal ; "Hartley," house and
steam coal ; "Six Feet Rams," steam coal ; " Crom-
bouke" coal and Great Seven Feet coal.
The two latter blocks give sections of the upper
part of the seams referred to, just as when taken
from the mine at a depth of about 340yds. from the
surface.
Pl\tt Brothers & Co., Limited, Oldham (No.
80(i) — Specimens of " Big .Mine "coal for house-lire
purposes, very clean ami hot, with a minimum of
lash. It is obtained from Moston Colliery, Fails-
\\ oith, near Manchester. Calcined shale is also
shown, for carriage drives, footpaths and garden
walks, as well as close-fire bricks made from pit
shale and clay ground together and passed through
two pairs of tollers obtained from materials from the
same colliery. Very good specimens of machine-
made facing bricks and ornamental bricks are
exhibited. Specimens of Mountain Mine coal, from
the Jubilee Colliery, Shaw, near Oldham, are also
shown : — (1) For house-tire purposes, slow-burning
and clean in use ; (2) washed smithy coal for weld-
ings ; and (3) hard coke, made from Mountain Mmc
slacks, ground and washed, and containing carbon
93'23, sulphur 0"77, moisture 0 7!) and ash 5*21 per
cent.
Statistics of Coal Tkade.
The approximate annual output of coal is about
lb'O million tons, and the value at the pits
about 43 millions sterling. The output of coal
reached its maximum in 1883, when the quantity
raised was 163,737,000 tons. Since this date the
amount raised each year has declined, that for 1885
(the most recent year for which statistics are avail-
able) being 159,351,418 tons, and it is said the quantity
for 1886 will only be about l.">8,000,000 tons. The
value has also decreased in the same period from
about £45,000,000 to £ 4 2, 500,000.
Percy. C. Gilchrist, Palace Chambers, Bridge
Street, Westminster, S.W.— The specimens exhibited
illustrate the basic material used in the con-
verter or open-hearth furnace, the phosphoric pig
used, the lime used during the process and the steel
made, showing some of the uses to which it has been
applied ; finally, the slag, both as made and as ground
ready for use as a manure.
Prior to 1879 it was believed that intense heat was
the obstacle that prevented the elimination of phos-
phorus in the Bessemer and open-hearth processes.
The Basic or Thomas- Gilchrist process, introduced in
1879, proved that excellent steel could be commercially
made from phosphoric pig by simply changing the
lining in the converter and open-hearth furnace from
a silicious — ie,acid one, to a lime— i.e., basic one,
and by adding some 2cwt. to 4c wt. of lime lor each ton
of pig treated. In other words, these proci
instead of being conducted so that the slag produced
Nov. r.o, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
695
with the steel contained over (10 per cent, of silica
and traces of lime, were conducted so that the slag
produced contained, roughly, li per cent, of -i lica and
50 per cent, of lime aud magnesia ; under the former
(acid) conditions the steel contained rather more
phosphorus than the pig from which it was made :
and under the new (basic) conditions the steel only
contains 3 per cent, of the phosphorus in the pig
treated.
The lime lining in general use is made by roasting
or igniting limestone (preferably magnesian limestone)
at a very intense heat, by which means the limestone
becomes reduced in weight and bulk to one-half of
its previous weight and bulk, and also becomes
intensely hard. This material is ground and made
plastic by admixture with boiled tar, and the result-
ing material put into place by ramming; or it is used
in the form of bricks made under a very considerable
pressure ; the object of this basic lining being to
allow of the production and retention of a lime (i.e.,
basic) slag. The 2ewt. to 4cwt. of lime used per ton
of pig treated consist of ordinary lime as free from
silica as possible, the function being to produce a
limey slag capable of absorbing the phosphoric acid
produced by the oxidation of the phosphorus in the
pig treated.
The pig used contains : —
Silicon (12 tola percent.
Sulphur trace to 015
Phosphorus OUS to 32 „
.Manganese 0 5 to 2"0 ,,
The steel made contains :—
Sil'coo trace.
.Sulphur trace to 0"OS percent.
l'hospliorus 0002 to 0-08
Manganese 0*1 to U'5 .,
Carbon 0 OS to 05 .. as required.
The slag made contains 07 per cent, of the phos-
phorus in the pig treated, averaging : —
Phosphoric acid 17 per cent, to 20 per cert.
Lime 50
Magnesia 4 ,,
silica S
Oxide of iron 11 ,.
Oxide of manganese 5 „
Alumina 2 ,.
This slag, ground to an almost impalpable powder,
has been proved to be a valuable manure, giving the
best results on sandy, peaty and loamy soils, and is
now becoming generally known as a valuable fertiliser.
The production of basic steel has been : —
Eni'hind
Other
Countries.
TutaU
12 Months ending 30th
Sept.
1S78
20
2)
,.
..
1S79
1.150
50
1,200
..
..
1889
10,000
10.000
50.000
..
1881
16.120
336.0C0
••
1882
109,301
310,636
150,000
.,
>•
1883
122.3S0
511,993
634.373
n ,• <i
• ■
1SS1
179.000
OS5.000
S61.000
M
.•
18S5
115.707
799.610
915.317
„ ., ,. 31st Dec.
188S
277,259
891.000
1.097.75S
3,761,927
1,375.017
4.655.927
111 1886 some 1,050,000 tons of pig, scrap and ferro-
manganese were employed ; 171,000 tons of limestone
for lining; and 240,600 tons of lime lor additions —
producing some 1,375,000 tons of ingotsof the value
of £4,125,000, and 412,500 tons of slag of the value
of £412,500.
Before the introduction of this process one-tenth
only of all the iron ores in Europe was available for
steel-making, owing to their containing too much
phosphorus, and owing to the fact that no phosphorus
is eliminated in the processes of steel-making then
practised. By this process the remaining nine-tenths
can be made into excellent steel, the phosphorus at
the same time being converted into a phosphate of
lime, easily assimilated by plants.
Tut: College oe Agriculture, Downton, near
Salisbury (No. 812), illustrates in a series of interest-
ing specimens the experiments and researches of Dr.
Munro on the utilisation of basic slag for manurial
purposes, as already referred to in the last-named
exhibit. A chart is shown indicating the effects of
basic cinder used as a fertiliser. (See this Journal,
1886, pp. 104. 433, 4U4, G10 and 611.)
The Mostyn Coal and Ikon Co., North Wales
(No. 809), exhibits specimens of spiegcleisen, ferro-
manganese, silico-spiegel, silicious iron, ferro-
chromium, and also samples of manganese, whilst the
West Cumberland Irojj and Steel Co , Limited
(No. 811), shows specimens of material and products
illustrative of the manufacture of Bessemer pig iron,
steel rails, plates and steel castings.
Messes. Carrick & Brockbank, Pall Mall,
Manchester (Xo. 730), show a beautiful model of
Gjers, Mills it Co.s Ayresome lion Works, Middles-
brough, and a case containing samples of Ayresome
foundry iron and hematite iron, with ferro silicon and
silico-spiegel.
Messes. Johnson, Matthey & Co., Hatton
Garden, London (No. 802). — Platinum in the form of
apparatus for the concentration of sulphuric acid,
etc., is shown to the value of £3000. Glass is gradu-
ally giving way to platinum for the purpose of con-
centrating sulphuric acid. In German vitriol works
these stills are of much more frequent occurrence
than in English factories. Even in the comparatively
small Swiss factory of Gebriider Schnorf, of Leiikou,
near Zurich, referred to by Lunge in his book on the
Alkali Manufacture as amongst the first to adopt
Malctra'ssmalls kiln,therearetwosuch platinum stills
in operation. An interesting feature is the standard
metre in irido-platinum, and of great value.
James Smith, 39 and 41, Bridge Street, Manchester
(Xo. 803). — The process of manufacturing gold leaf is
here ssen in practical operation. In beatiug out the
leaf a peculiar method of administeiing the blow
with the mallet is necessary, one in which a certain
forward movement of the whole body appears to be
involved. This is one of the most popular exhibits
in the section.
The Magnesium Metal Co., Patricroft, near
Manchester (Xo. S04). — Prominent in this exhibit
are very fine specimens of the ores of the metals
antimotay, bismuth, magnesium, mercury, potas-
sium, sodium, vanadium, also silver and gold, with
beautiful specimens of each of these metals. One of
the ingots of antimony is perhaps the largest speci-
men ever exhibited. On its surface is distinctly seen
the beautiful fern-like or '" star7' crystallisation that
characterises this metal when pure ; hence its
technical name, " Star Antimony." One of the speci-
mens of bismuth shows the beautiful crystals, Grecian
key-like in pattern, that characterise this peculiar
A 2
69C
THF. JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. 30. 1887.
metal. Magnesium is seen in the \ arious forms in which
it is produced For the market, such as ribbon, wire,
ingots and powder. Possibly the fines! specimen of
quicksilver ore existent in the world may be seen in
this case. This magnesium company is the only firm
in the kingdom which distils mercury from its ore
or matrix A fine specimen of metallic sodium is
exhibited. Attention may also be called to the
splendid exhibit of "silver cake," which weighs some
8000 ounces, and to a valuable specimen of auri-
ferous or gold quartz from the Sheba Reef, in the
Transvaal.
The ore is found to average from live to seven
ounces of gold to the ton. Immediately beneath
this auriferous ifuartz may be seen a small
bottle of pure gold, the actual product of one
ton of this ore. Adjoining will lie found some quartz
in which the gold is visible. In addition to the pre-
cious metals, this firm exhibits a variety of chemic ds.
Amongst these we may mention sodium chlorate,
crystallised ; an article first introduced by the Mag-
nesium Company, and which is now manufactured on
a fairly large scale. Here also may be seen large
specimens of salts of vanadium. The oxide of vana-
dium exhibited is a portion of the first specimen ever
produced, and was shown a few years ago by Sir
Henry Roscoe at a lecture delivered by him on
"Vanadium" at the Royal Institution, London, as
one of the greatest chemical novelties of that year.
The specimens of Senarmontite crystals, one of the
oxides of the metal antimony, will be very interesting
to mineralogists. The fine specimens of crystallised
sodium and potassium have attracted much attention.
With this firm, whose exhibits denote much skill and
scientific enterprise, the name of its director, Mr.
Samuel Mellor, is intimately connected.
Joseph Walker Parker ifc Co, Lead Works,
Chester (No. 805). — This firm has long been noted
for its sheet lead, termed "chemical lead," supplied
to sulphuric acid manufacturers for their vitriol
chambers. Red lead, and red lead for the use of
glassmakers : flake and powdered litharge, also flake
litharge specially refined for varnish manufacturers ;
orange lead, and sublimed lead made from lead
fumes, are represented. Laminated lead for damp
walls, and all kinds of sheet lead ; water piping, gas
piping, lead pipe tinned inside, and pure and block
tin pipe, offer considerable interest. Specimens of
patent shot and hard shot, and also lead bullets, are
shown. Special stress is laid en the dry white lead
ground in oil, and the oval lead piping for resisting
the action of frost.
Henry Wiggin & Co., 55, George Street, Bir-
mingham (No. 810).— Specimens illustrating the
manufacture of nickel and cobalt, from the raw
material to the finished product, are shown. As raw
materials, samples of nickeliferous pyrites from
Norway, double silicates of nickel and magnesium
from New Caledonia, arsenical nickel and cobalt
from Hungary, and manganiferous cobalt ore from
Ncu Caledonia, are shown. The metals termed
speiss or regulus, obtained in the smtlting of these
ores, and their ultimate solutions from which the
iron, copper, etc., are separated by precipitation or
oth> rwi.-e, form an interesting feature. The nickel
and cobalt ate precipitated by a process applied by-
Mr. Chas. Askin, the original or of the firm, as
hydrated oxidl S The nickel oxide is then convi rted
into metal for the manufacture of German silver and
other white alloys, whilst the cobalt obtained in the
form of various oxides is used for producing blue oil
earthenware, porcelain, and glass. Specimens of all
these are shown, together with pure nickel oxide and
metal in cubes and grains j also, an alloy containing
respectively 50 per cent, of copper and of nickel, for
casting purposes; and an ingot of German silver
ready fi r rolling, as well as all kind- of utensils,
Specimens of refined black cobalt oxide, cobaltous
oxide, silicate of cobalt (printing blue), red silicate
and carbonate of cobalt, and a handsome plaque
illustrating the way in which various shades of cobalt
may be produced upon china. Nickel and cobalt
occurring in many complicated minerals containing
sulphur, arsenic, iron, copper, antimony, bismuth,
tin, lead and various earthy matters, all of which
require to be separated by smelting or wet processes.
Various by-products obtained in these processes are
exhibited. Amongst specialities in the form of white
alloys is VYiggins's registered metal " Silveroid," used
largely for harness furniture, railway carriage fittings,
steamship and lavatory fittings, etc. This alloy pos-
sesses the whiteness of silver, and does not become
tarnished under ordinary conditions. The patent
rolled nickel and cobalt, used specially for anodes in
the processes of nickel and cobalt plating, and also a •
i variety of cast and wrought anodes, are shown. As
regards the ores, much of the nickel ore does not con-
tain more than 2 per cent, of the metal, whilst the
richest specimens obtained from Hungary are found
with 15 per cent., and also 5 or 0 per cent, of cobalt.
Nickel is at present very low in price — about 2s. per
i lb. ; a few years ago it was as high as 16s. per lb. The
' introduction of nickei as the means of whitening and
coating copper has proved of the greatest value, and
thus the extensive and important industry of electro-
plating with it has been built up.
Webster's Patent Aluminum C'rowx Metal
Co., St. Mary Axe, London, E.G. (No. 807).— Alu-
minium is very light, and also capable of receiving a
high polish ; does not easily tarnish, and gives out a
j clear and beautiful ring when struck. It is, there-
I fore, not surprising that inventors have paid it greit
attention. In the handsome show-case of this firm are
exhibited articles illustrating the manufacture of
aluminium and its alloys. As a raw material, a
specimen of the chloride is shown, and also a large
button of aluminium as reduced in the matrix in
which it was formed ; pure aluminium in pig, etc. ;
and various forms of alloys as applied to the require-
ments of the different industries.
I Untax McKechnie, St. Helens, L-.nca.shire
(No. 808). — The wet process of copper extraction
is here illustrated, and among the specimens of
materials and products shown are Rio Tinto Spanish
pyrites, burnt Spanish pyrites, purple ore, lead pre-
cipitate, silver precipitate and copper precipitate.
1 These are worked up to the production chiefly of
refined ingot copper, refined bar silver and pig lead,
specimens of which are exhibited. The manufacture
of sulphate of copper as a branch of the foregoing is
illustrated as to material and product by specimens of
argentiferous and auriferous shot copper, sulphuric
acid, sulphate of copper and silver residue.
Wei Process of Copper Extraction. — This process
is used in the extraction of copper from the burnt
cupreous pyrites Used in the vitriol manufacture.
The process, as worked, is generally designated
Henderson's, but the idea was first worked out by
Mr. Longmaid, In 1842 he took out a patent for
''Improvements in I retting ores and minerals, and in
obtaining various products therefrom, certain parts
of which improvements are applicable to the manu-
facture of alkali." This consisted in calcining
pyrites with sodium chloride at a low red
heat, lixiviating, precipitating the copper with
iron and evaporating the liquor down to obtain
crystals of sodium sulphate. This process was
worked at St. Helens for some time, but was
N-..v. 30. 18S7.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. 697
abandoned in 1862. Mr. Henderson's process incor-
porated in a more or less modified form Longmaid's
ideas, but to the former must be ascribed the credit
of first recognising the suitability of burnt Spanish
pyrites for this method of treatment. Yariou- kinds
of furn ires have been in use in calcining the ore with
sodium chloride. In L sore was
calcined in an open i ,tory furnace. There have
also bien employed long open furnaces tire 1 by -
furnaces in which an arch extended from the bri -
half over the bed, thus protecting the ore nearer
the bri lge from too intense a heat. Mr. Gibb patented
a mechanical furnacj with revolving hearth, which
was used at the Bede Metal Company's Works, New-
tie on-Tyne, but has a long time been abandoned,
and now the furnace in general use since 1872 is the
blind roaster, or muffle fun
The mixture of burnt ore and salt is calcined until
the copper is converted into soluble cupric chloride.
It is then lixiviated in vats containing about 14 tons
of ore, with water alone, and later on with acidulated
water, which removes the copper, silver and lead,
leaving the oxide of iron, called " purple ore," behind
in the vat. The first three washes contain 95 per
cent, of the silver, which is recovered by Claudet's
process. In this proee=s a precipitation with a soluble
iodide is adopted. The resulting silver iodide is
decomposed with zinc, and the zinc iodide then used to
precipitate more silver. The silver precipitate
obtained is smelted into argentiferous pig lead, which
is then cupelled, and the silver cast into bars. The
cupric liquor, after desilverisition, is run into tanks
containing scrap iron, and boiled until all the copper
is precipitated as metallic copper; this, after washing
and sieving, is either smelted and refined by itself, or
along with the produce of other ores, into cake or
ingot copper. The purple ore, or oxide of iron, is sold
either in the tine state, for "fettling ' puddling fur-
naces, or made into blocks for the blast furnaces.
The lead precipitate is >melted in the Cornish furnace
into pig lea I.
Sulphate of Copper Manufacture. — This salt
was at one time chiefly prepared as a by-product
in silver smelting works. In argentiferous copper
mattes obtained from these works the copper and
silver were separated by means of sulphuric acid, the
liquor obtained being run into leaden tanks, and
copper sulphate crystallised therefrom. The silver
and gold were left undissolved by the acid. Owing
to the increasing demand for copper sulphate, and this
source not being sufficiently productive, special works
are now engaged in its manufacture.
Wet Copper Extraction — Quantities of the above
metals extracted in Great Britain during !--■ 1885,
and 18S6 :—
Burnt
lire.
Tons.
rxtracteil.
Tons.
Bxtncted by Claudet's
Process.
Gold.
Oinces,
Silver.
Ounces.
1881....
1S36...
416.112
407.700
15.203
1I.SS0
13.799
19J3
1S10
17S0
335.050
32S.O03
316.928
About one-eighth part of this ore is treated at the
exhibitor's works.
Sulphate of Copper. — The quantity manufactured
is about 10,000 tons, of which about one-sixth is
produced at the exhibitor's works.
GROUP IX.— ALKALIS, ACIDS AND SALTS.
John Riley & Sons, Hapton Chemical Works,
near A crington (No. «!-}).— This firm makes a special
feature of pure sulphuric acid produced from brim
st 'iie an 1 concentrated in platinum. This pure acid
is much in request for dissolving indigo, to form the
sulphonic acid, as well as for the preparation of white
and pure sulphate of ammonia.
la ash i Leblanc process), which has undergone
special refinement for the purposes of the calico
printer, is also a speciality. It is an article free from
insoluble matter, iron, etc , and which can be used
by bleachers without fear of iron stains, etc., in the
cloth after bleaching, so detrimental to the colours
used in printing and dyeing. In obtaining such a
so la ash, besides special purifying processes, a sy-t ;m
of mechanical furnaces, heated* by coal-gas, is adopted.
For the wool scourers a pure and highly carbonated
ash. free from hydrate, is made. Stannate of soda,
made by Riley's patent process, and in a very pure
state, is exhibited. It is used as a mordant by calico
printers, dyers, etc. Ferrous sulphate (" copperas ')
as used in black dyeing and for preparing
the indigo vat ; and also ferrous and ferric chlorides,
as used by dyers and papermakers. Copper sulphate
and nitrate, tin crystals (crystallised stannous
chloride), and also acetate and nitrate of tin, likewise
.serving as mordants, are exhibited, as prepared for
mordanting purposes.
Zinc chloride is largely used by the Lancashire
cotton merchants in the sizing of their goods, to
prevent the starch of the size from contracting
mildew. It is made in the pure state and liquid form
for home consumption, but solid for export. Sulphate
of zinc is also used for antiseptic purposes. Besides
these, alizarin oil and oleine oils are specialities, as
well as a serits of chemicals made for the use of
indiarubber manufacturers, of whom there are a great
many in the Manchester and Salford districts.
Gaskell. Deacon & Co. (No. 815). — The chief
articles exhibited are bleaching powder, bicarbonate
of soda, crystal carbonate, calcium chloride, soda ash
of 30 per cent, and 58 per cent, of Na^.0, refined
alkali at 30 and 58 per cent., cream caustic at 60 per
cent , and wh te caustic at 60 and 70 per cent. Also
a fine block of soda crystals under a glass shade.
i te. — For an account of this valuable
salt the reader is referred to the report on the
chemical exhibits in the International Inventions
Exhibition of 1885. (This Journal, 1--:.. p. 523.)
Bicarbonate of Soda. — From the crystal carbonate,
itself a very pure article, a fine high strength bicar-
bonate is made which, on analysis, gives the following
numbers : — Bicarbonateof soda,99"48; monocarbonate,
0U3 : sulphate, nil : chloride. 005 ; magnesium
chloride, ml ; moisture, 0"10 : insoluble, nil : total =
99-96.
The full account of the improved processes of
manufacture patented by this firm will be found in
Mr. Muspratts address to the Society of Chemical
Industry. (This Journal, vol. 5, p. 401 ; also voL 4,
pp. 523 and 524.)
WiGG Bros, j: Steele, Old Quay, Runcorn
i No. M7t. — This firm exhibits specimens illustrating
the manufacture of sulphuric and other acid
cake, copper by the wet process, pearl hardening,
bleaching powder and paints, with the raw materials
used.
Messrs. Josias C. Gamble & Son, Garrard's
Bridge Chemical Works. St Helens (No. 819).— The
name of Col. Gamble will always be closely associated
with the history and development of the Leblanc
alkali industry. It was in the wjrks of this firm that
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. INoy.S0.1SS7
Weldon first discovered the true conditions on which
depends the success of the Weldon process for
recovering peroxide of manganese from the otherwise
waste still-liquors.
Besides the usual products of the alkali maker in
nn alkali-making district, this firm shows the follow-
ing specialities of interest : —
Sulphide of sodium, in crystals, and of the formula
Na'g'S + 9H20, made by Schaffner and Helbig's patent
process, pure chlorate of sodium, made by Pechiney's
patent process, the same in small crystals, pure
chlorate of barium in crystals, and of the formula
Ba(C103)j!+Hg0, barium chlorate (pure) in powder,
chlorate of strontium (pure) Sr(C103)2, sodium
hypochlorite NaCIO, potassium hypochlorite KCIO,
aluminium hypochlorite A1o(CIO)6, chloric acid
HC10.V calcium chlorate ( 'a(( 'it >.,).,, ammonium
chlorate NH^C10n, aluminium chlorate A12(C103)6,
Pearl hardening.
Tennants & Co., Mill Street, Clayton, Man-
chester (No. 818).— Like most of the alkali makers in
the Manchester district, this firm has grafted on to
the usual products of the Leblanc alkali industry,
those used by the dyer, calico printer and bleacher.
Since it may be interesting to other alkali makers
not resident in a district the prevailing industries of
which are so largely those devoted to dyeing and
calico printing, the list of exhibits shown by
Tennants & Co. is given : —
Iron.
Tin.
Sodium,
Potassium,
Zinc.
Ferrous
chloride
Stannateof
soda
Sodium
bisulphite
(Acid po-
tassium
sulphate)
Zinc chlor-
ide
F e rric
chloride
Stannous
chloride
(tin
crystals)
,S o d i u m
sulphate
(Glauber
salts)
(Potassium
bichromate
Zinc sul-
phate
Ferrous
sulphate
Ferric
sulphate
Stannic
chloride
Tin nitro-
muriate
Sodium bi-
chromate
(dry)
Sodium bi-
chromate
(Crystals)
Red and
yellow
Prussiates
of potash
-
-
Tin osy-
muriate
—
—
—
-
Tin acetate
—
—
—
Magnesium. Manganese
Magne- Precipi-
sinm sul- tated pure
iihate Peroxide of
(Kpsoms) Manganese
Copper.
Magne-
sium car-
bonate
Magncsite
Mangan-
ese chlor-
ide
Manganese
carbonate
Copper
sulphate
Copper
nitrate
Acn's.
Rectified
oil of vitriol
Brown oil
of vitriol
II y d r o -
chloricacid
Aquafortis
(com)
Aquafortis
(pure)
Calcium
bisulphate
JAMBS Mospratt As Sons, Liverpool and
Widnes (No. 820).- .lames Muspratt was the founder
of the Smith Lancashire Alkali Industry, and any
exhibition of chemical products would be incomplete
without being represented by so historic a firm.
The specialities illustrated in the examples shewn
are sulphur recovered from alkali waste by Mond's
process, manganate of soda, chlorates of potash and
soda, produced by Missis. Muspratt and Eschell-
niaim's process, together with the materials and by-
products. (See this Journal, 18S5, p. 524.)
Barium Products. — Barium sulphide, zinc sulphide,
blanc fixe, barium chloride and hydrate.
A. G. Kurtz & Co., Sutton Alkali Works, St.
Helens, Lancashire (No. 825). — The manufactures of
this old-established firm are chiefly confined to salt
cake designed for alkali and glass making, caustic
soda, chlorate of potash, bleaching powder, soda ash
and soda crystals.
The Widnes Alkali Co., Limited, Widnes, Lan-
cashire (No. 830). — Aificles exhibited. — Caustic soda,
76, 74, 72, 70, 64, and 60 per cent, white ; chlorate of
potash in crystals, containing !)9'9S per cent, of
KCIO::, and extra fine ground ; chlorate of calcium in
solution ; manganate of soda, the new disinfectant ;
permanganate of soda, crude and in solution ; black
ash or crude carbonate of soda ; sulphate of soda
(salt cake) ; bleaching powder.
General Statistics of the Above Prodi its of
the Alkali Manufacturer,
The manufacture of caustic soda has increased
within the last twenty-two years from about 100
tons per week to about 3000 tons per week.
Caustic Soda is chiefly used by paper makers, and
in the manufacture of soap ; but it has also a con-
siderable application for various other purposes. Its
selling value in 1865 was £13 per ton for 60 per cent.,
in 1873, £22 to £24, and the price has now declined
to £7 per ton.
Manganate of Soda has been recently developed on
a manufacturing scale for the deodorisation of
sewage, and as a disinfectant.
The total weights of caustic soda and bleaching
powder made for the year 1886, were : —
( 'aiistic Soda : 153,884 tons.
Bleaching Powder: 136,234 tons.
The return of the exports to foreign countries for
the year 1 886, was : —
Alkali, including Caustic Soda, Soda Ash, Bicar-
bonate, Crystals, etc.: 284,634 tons, at a value of
£1,609,484.
Bleaching Powder : 77,524 tons, value £503,000.
The annual consumption of raw materials for the
above, wdiich merely include the two chief export
centres, and two articles out of the numerous
products of the alkali trade, will be about : —
{,423,465 Ions of fuel.
394,742 ,. „ pyrites.
713.11'.' „ ,. salt.
234,493 ., ,. lime.
134,649 ., ,. limestone.
The trade also employs some thousands of work-
people, and a surrounding of dependent trades for
machinery, packages, etc., etc.
The value of chemicals (with the exception of
bleaching powder, which is supported by a combin-
ation of manufacturers) has been reduced about one
half during the last ten years.
The Gbjbenbank Alkali Works Co, Limited,
St. Helens, Lancashire (No. 831). — This
firm acquired many years ago a high reputation,
both in this country, the Continent and
America, for a very pure and high-strength caustic
soda, and it was, the writer believes, the first to put
in the market a 76 per cent, caustic soda. The
improvements introduced into the various processes
which mainly led t<> the production of this high-
Wov.ao.i8W.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
699
strength caustic, as well as increased yields of chlor-
ate of a superior quality, in the operations involved
in that branch of manufacture, were mainly the
work of the lite Mr. W. H. Balmain, the former
manager, whose name is historically connected with
the development and improvement of the Leblanc
so la industry in South Lancashire.
The specialities exhibitel may be enumerated as
doubly-refined caustic soda, and the same in
p v.vdered form for bleachers, dyers, etc., and for
making hard soap; pure caustic potash for woollen
manufacturers, and lor making pure potash soaps ;
refined pearl ashes; chlorate of potash in crystal
and powder ; bleaching powder : pure red oxide of iron
and oxide paint.
John Thom, Birkacre, Chorley, Lancashire (No.
821). — This exhibit is of great historic interest, being
a faithful representation in mo lei form of the simple
apparatus which Mr. John Thom, now for many years
a citizen of Manchester, though originally hailing
from the neighbourhood of Glasgow, constructed in
1836 for making sola by the ammonia process. Mr.
Thom was the original discoverer, of the simple
reaction between sesquicarbonate, or otherwise bicar-
bonate of ammonia and sodium chloride, which forms
the essential principle of the ammonia soda process.
He was the first who made paraffin wax as a com-
mercial article, obtaining the paraffin, however, from
wood-tar by Reichenbaeh's process. He made small
candles with tuis paraffin so obtained. Moreover,
Mr. Thom was the first to manufacture artificial
manures containing ammoniacal salts: he was actually
the founder of the artificial manure industry. This
work was accomplished in a chemical factory
at Camlachie, near Glasgow, belonging to Messrs.
Turnbull & Ramsay, in whose service he then occupied
the position of chemist at the not too liberal salary
of £30 per annum.
We have already referred to the fact that Dalton
impressed penny ink-pots and soda-water bottles into
his service in the pursuit of scientific research, but
he was outdone by Thom in point of economy, the
latter illustrating the reaction between sodium
chloride and ammonium sesquiearbonate in apparatus
simply composed of the hollow in the palm of one
hand, using the finger of the other as a
stirrer. I will use Mr. Thorn's own words in a letter
to his son : — " My first experiment was made by
taking a good pinch of the substances (bicarbonate of '
ammonia and common salt), placing them in the palm
of my left hand, mixing them with the forefinger of
the right hand, and allowing water to drop from the
fingers of my right hand to wash with as little water
as possible. The heat of my hand dried very soon
the product, and I learned that the decomposition
could be made, whether profitably or not. This
experiment done in the same way was shown by me to
Professor Graham, the late L)r. Young, and many
others, amongst whom I may mention Mr. William
Henderson, of Glasgow- — then a pupil of Graham's.
After ascertaining that soda could be made in that
way, i tried it in increasing quantities. I had no
machinery in connection with it, except an old screw-
press (model shown). I mixed the two salts in
tubs (see models) and then placed the product in
the till or burnt clay moulds, then used for refining
or refined sugars. Later on, we substituted wooden
ones of a similar shape, but larger. The soda was not
crystallised by itself, but was dissolved with soda
from other processes and crystallised in 500-gallon
pans. It was considered better to carry this product
from the ammonia soda process than put up dis-
solving, crystallising and draining apparatus specially
for it." This latter statement, of course, means that [
so impure a soda would not bear the expenses alone of |
a sufficient purification, and hence it was mixed with
the liquors of a stronger and purer Leblanc soda, and
converted into soda crystals, relying upon the fact of
formation of these crystals from a tolerably dilute
solution, and the retention in the mother-liquors of
the salt in excess and sal-ammoniac. The writer has
received from Mr. William Henderson, of Glasgow,
complete confirmation of Mr. Thorn's statements, and
he (Mr. Henderson) describes not only the experi-
ments wrought in the palm of Mr. Thorn's hand, but
the apparatus for making larger quantities of the
crude ammonia soda.
The following clause in a letter from Mr. Thom to
the writer is worth quoting :—" When I left my
employers," writes Mr. Thom, "I informed them that I
did not think it advisable for them to continue this
process, unless they got a chemist or someone who
would feel interested in its success. I left them
becauseldidnotgetpaidenough. I had £30 a year for,
I think, four years, and the attention required through
bad joints, etc., etc., was very great. I left in 1838."
Those, therefore, who feel disposed to institute any
comparison between John Thom and Dyar and
Hemming, to the disadvantage of the former, should
reflect on the fearful disadvantages of Thorn's situa-
tion, and that despite all these he still succeeded in
passing from his crude laboratory performances to
his equally crude manufacturing operations, and did
succeed in putting ammonia soda in the market.
Some may be curious to know in what spirit he
left such not very liberal employers. The account of
the final episode deserves recital ; it redounds to his
credit, as it doubtless did to theirs — in quite another
sense ! As it was resolved to stop the process when
Thom left, he " collected all the odds and ends with
ammonia in them," to use his own words, " mixed them
and all the urine on hand, with the charred sittings —
that is, the charcoal not saleablefrom beingtoosmall —
and with a lot of old animal charcoal which we had
from the ' yellow prussiate ' process and ' red liquor
bottoms' — i.c, the sulphate of lime resulting from
making the ' red liquor ' or aluminous mordant for
calico printing, I took enough of the latter to at least
fix all the ammonia in the let. These were mixed
in large heaps, many scores of tons, and I advised
my employers to sell all as fertilisers. This mixture
was tried in the Yale of Leven, Scotland, and in the
West Indies, for sugar cane, by James Ewing, then
M. P. for Glasgow. The result was astonishingly suc-
cessful. Mr. Turnbull came up to Manchester to see
how the stuff had been made, and tried to get me to
go back to make more. I advised him to obtain
, liter-house offal, dead horses or cattle dying of
disease, and place this material in a chamber where
uncondensed muriatic acid gas could pass through,
and continue the purchase of the urine of the neigh-
bourhood (previously the material, bought at 3d. per
ten gallons, for the ammonia soda process) along
with the red liquor bottoms. He followed my instruc-
tions more or less, and laid the foundation of a most
lucrative trade to him, and I believe, and the late
Dr. R. Angus Smith believed, of the first manure
works, of which there are now so many.
Messes. Brux.ver, Moxd & Co.. Limited, Xorth-
wich, Cheshire (No. SUi).— The description and
general report given of the exhibit of this firm in the
late Inventions Exhibition of 1885 (see this Journal,
1885, pp. 526 and 527), may be very well referred to
in this case, with the statement that this exhibit in
Manchester is, as regards specimens, show-case,
and general appearance, incomparably finer than that
in London. The specimens illustrate the Solvay
ammonia-soda process, with the improvements intro-
duced by Mr. Mond and other members of the firm.
A specimen of bleaching powTder made by Mond's
;oo
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Nov. 30. 1887.
recently patented processes is now to be seen— (this
Journal, 1887, p. 140)— as also one of caustic soda,
and another of a beautifully crystallised sesqui-
carbonate of soda, made by the process of Watts and
Richards. This salt, which is crystallised in fine
needles, is not a true sesquicarbonate, but has the
formula Na2COs.NaHCO,.2HaO. A great advan-
tage of this salt is that it does not effloresce or
deliquesce. It is readily soluble in water, and is free
from insoluble matter. The writer understands that
this salt has already been tried in Bradford for wool-
washing with most satisfactory results. It is said
to serve in the washingof flannels without shrinking
them.
Messrs. Bell Brothers, Limited. Middlesbrough
(No. 822), exhibit specimens illustrating the charac-
ter of the salt deposits and the salt industry of the
Tees ; also the Sehlosing ammonia-soda 'process.
Samples illustrating the manufacture of pig iron at
the Clarence Iron Worts, near Middlesbrough, and
also the manufacture of barium compounds, on the
Tyne. For further information on Schlosing's pro-
cess, see this Journal, 1885, pp. 527—528.
The Eureka Salt Manufacturing Co., Limited,
Northwich, Cheshire (No. 836).— Rock salt, natural
brine, and manufactured salt. A fine bust of Queen
\ ictoria in manufactured salt forms a conspicuous
object in this exhibit.
John Howarth Padgett, Brookdale Salt Works,
JNorthwich, Cheshire (No. 826).— Various qualities
and brands of salt.
R. & J. Carroway, Netherfield Chemical Works,
Glasgow (No. 832).— An interesting model of the
■Netherfield Chemical Works, and fine specimens
illustrating the sulphuric, nitric, acetic, boric, oxalic
and hydrochloric acid manufactures ; as also the
manufacture of mordants and other dyers' and
printers' chemicals.
Messrs. Peter Spjsnck & Sons, Manchester Alum
Works, Manchester (No. 829).— The leading feature
of this exhibit is a colossal block of alum standing
12ift. high, measuring 6ft in diameter, and weighing
slightly over 10 tons. This is the largest block of
crystallised alum which has ever been manufactured,
and has an imposing appearance, the colour being
exceedingly white ; the light transmitted through
the mass, when looked at from the hollow inside, is
of a beautiful pale blue tint.
In the case standing alongside the block there is
a rich variety of manufactured products.
One pile is composed of blocks of " Turkey
red" alum, manufactured by the firm. This alum
is employed by all the great Turkey-red dyers,
and is the purest which has ever been produced
on so large a scale. Specimens of ground alum and
granulated alum, and a collection of splendid alum
octohedra, are exhibited.
The sulphate of ammonia is manufactured
by Messrs. Spence's patented process, and is of
extremely pure quality.
The column of light brown material is alumino-
ferric cake, an article patented by Messrs. Spence a
number of years ago, and is used very extensively in
sizing ordinary classes of paper.also in the clarifying of
water for towns and manufactories. This article is
now employed in almost every part of the world for
one or other of these purposes.
"AjfersU" is the new sewage precipitant lately
introduced by this firm, and is used for the
purification by precipitation of refuse waters from
manufactories and town sewage. It is claimed as
the cheapest known source of soluble alumina for
this purpose.
Specimens of sulphate of ammonia and sulphate of
potash.
A bottle containing a liquid representing the
average tint of Manchester sewage is shown. A
second is a sample of Manchester sewage after
purification by the Alfersil above referred to, the
result being a very pure effluent obtained
at an insignificant cost. The small bottle by
the side of this contains the impurities preci-
pitated from one gallon of this sewage. A third
bottle represents the average tint of the water of
the river Irwell. A fourth the same water after
purification by aluminoferric. This is the quality of
water with which the Ship Canal will be supplied
when all the manfacturers in the district purify their
refuse water. The small bottle alongside the last
contains the impurities precipitated from one gallon
of Irwell water.
Of the two 2ft. tubes, the first shows Manchester
water as drawn from the mains of the Exhibition.
The second contains the same water purified with
Messrs. Spence's aluminoferric cake, used in the propor-
tion of one ton to twenty million gallons. A comparison
J of these will show to what a degree of purity town's
! water supplies can be brought by the use of those
materials. Few people have examined perfectly
pure water in the analyst's 2ft. tube, and the lovely
blue tint of this purified product is very striking. It
may be noted that the water after treatment with
aluminoferric contains no constituent which it did
not contain before.
The other exhibits are sul phuric acid, manufactured
from Spanish pyrites, and sulphuric acid from the
spent oxide of gas works.
It is now nearly half-a-century since Messrs. Spence
commenced the manufacture of alum in the neigh-
bourhood of Manchester, and the name of the firm is
now universally associated with alum and aluminous
products of the best quality.
The firm also exhibits a set of the new international
hydrometer devised by Mr. Frank Spence as a
standard measurer both of the strength and specific
gravity of solutions and other liquids, and proposed
by him in replacement of the arbitrary and incom-
mensurate hydrometric scales in use in Great Britain,
the Continent and America. Mr. Spence's object is
to unify the hydrometric scales of all nations. His
hydrometer possesses the unique advantage of show-
ing at a glance both the strength and specific gravity
of a solution.
R & N. Pott, 22, South wark Bridge Road, London
(No. 827). — All the vinegars exhibited are brewed
from grain only. Brown vinegars : These are in their
pure state as brewed. Pale vinegars : These are the
same as brown vinegar, but reduced in colour by
being blended with pure distilled vinegar. Concen-
trateJ vinegars : These are produced byan improved
patented process of fractional distillation, whereby
all empyreumatic and foreign flavours are expelled,
leaving nothing but a - pure concentrated vinegar.
Distilli d vinegars: These differ only from the con-
centrated vinegar in the strength, the distillation not
having been carried to so high a point. Sample} of
grain used in the manufacture of vinegar. Samples of
rape seed used as a filtering medium. Models of vat,
showing the new process of acetifying patented by
the exhibitors, illustrating the advantages over the old
process and apparatus (of which latter there is also a
model). Model of vat, showing method of cleansing
and clarifying the vinegar by filtration through rape
seed. .Models of casks used in the trade.
In Concannon's History of Southwark mention is
made of the Vinegar Works of Messrs. Pott as exist-
ing in the year 1641.
W. O. Pdrseix & Co., 13, Bernard Street, Leith
(No. s:i:j). — Borax in various forms suitable for manu-
facturing, chemical, therapeutic and domestic pur-
Nov. so. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
701
poses. Refined boric acid, and a specially prepared
powder for the preservation of fresh fish and other
articles of food. The exhibitors refer to the state-
ment of an Italian physician to the effect that the
workpeople in bjrax factories appear to b) safe-
guarded from the attacks of cholera. During the
terrible epidemic of 1864 — 65 the workmen in seven
contiguous factories in Italy were quite free from
the disease, which killed one-third of the pjpu
lation of a village in the immediate vicinity. He
recommends the internal administration of borax as
a specific for cholera, in doses of five grammes per
diem. He believes that it destroys not only the
microbes in the intestinal canal but also in the blood.
The Trustees of the lvte James Buckley,
108, Higher Ardwick, Manchester (Xo. 834). —
Crystallised ferrous sulphate (copperas), largely used,
especially in black dyeing, ink manufacture, and for
the reduction of the indigo vat, and other purposes.
J. M. Collett it Co., High Orchard Works,
Gloucester (Xo. 823). — Specimens of pure bisulphites
of lime, soda, potash and magnesia, and also of the
sulphites of lime, potash and soda. Solutions of ,
sulphurous acid and a sulphite composition called the
" Universal Preservative." Samples of isinglass from
Russia, Siberia, Hudson's Bay, Brazil, West Indies,
Penans, Bombay, Kurrachee, China and Manilla.
C. B. Cullerne & Co., Crown Works Napier
Street, Liverpool (Xo. 82-1). — Simples of isinglass,
finings, bisulphite of lime, sulphurous acid, etc.
Anthony K. Kaye & Sox. ,Mold Green Chemicil
Works, Huddersfield (Xo. 828), exhibit specimens of
a variety of dyestuft's, mordants, soaps, dyewoods,
dyewood extracts and general drysalteries.
H. D. Pochin & Co., Limited, Quay Street,
Silford (Xo. 835). — A'umi'ious Cake. — Mr. Pochin,
previous to 188 i, undertook a series of experi-
ments for the purpose of obtaining a concentrated
sulphate of alumini, which he succeeded in
doing in 1854 by the decomposition of kaolin.
This process was patented in 1855. The quan-
tity consumed in the first year was only a few
hundred tons, but before the patent expired the sale
had increased to very many thousands of tons per
annum of his own manufacture, besides a quantity
made by other persons under a royalty paid to him.
Tnis article (aluminous cake) is very largely used by
paper makers.
Sulphate of Alumina is produced from aluminous
cake, this being much cheaper than by employing the
old process, which consisted in precipitating the iron
from the very crude sulphate of alumina by means
of ferrocyanide of potassium, This article is used in
the manufacture of tissue papers and the finest kinds
of writing papers.
Concentrated Alum. — A neutral sulphate of alumina
of a low price, which may be advantageously em-
ployed for paper sizing and the precipitation of
waters containing sewage and other ftocculent matter.
This article contains 14 per cent, of alumina, and
will compare favourably wTith any a'umina compound
now in the market at an equal price. The results are
not equal to those obtained by the use of aluminous
cake, but they are satisfactory to those who prefer a
neutral sulphate.
It is perhaps desirable to explain here that all paper
would be blotting paper unless it was made partially
waterproof by precipitating with the pulp in the pro-
cess of manufacture, rosin obtained from a rosin soap,
and then mixing with either aluminous cake or sul-
phate of alumina— the waterproofing material con-
sisting, in the aluminous cake, of hydrated silica,
alumina, and rosin ; and in the case of sulphate of
alumina, of rosin and alumina alone.
China Clay. — This article, which is the rawmaterial
for the aluminous cake and sulphate of alumina, is
found in very 1 irge quantities in Cornwall, and results
from the dec imposition of felspar in granite. Jt is in
its natural condition, pipe clay, but as made arti-
ficially is a very pure silicate of alumina. Messrs.
Pochin are amongst the largest manufacturers in
( lornwall, the production and .-ale amounting to tens
of thousands of tons per annum. It is also used in
pottery, an 1 is 0113 of the be^t articles used for stiffen-
ing and finishing cloth.
Binarseniate of Soda as used by calico printers
as a dung substitute.
Dextrin has been made by this firm since the year
1830.
AcelaU of Alumina obtained by a new process,
which has been in operation for the past two and a
half years. It is free from colour and from excess of
acid.
The Refined Rosin exhibited is the result _ of the
patent taken out by Messrs. Hunt and Pochin. By
this patent common black rosin is distilled by super-
heated steam and deprived completely of its colouring
matter.
Patent Anhydrous Rosin Sise.—Thh size is pre-
pared for use with Pochin's patent aluminous
cik3, and is quite free from water. When
use 1 in the following proportions, the greatest
economical results are obtained — there is no loss of
size on the on? hind, or aluminous cake on the other.
This result, we think, has in very few cases been
obtained by paper-makers, previous to the introduc-
tion of this sizs : it is now obtained with certainty,
if used in the following proportions : To 5lb. of
the size, Tib. of aluminous c%ke. The best w-ay of
proceeding is to dissolve the size in water, in the
proportion of say 3lb. to one gallon of water, boil it
for about 15 or 20 minutes, so as to ensure complete
soluti '/i : it is then fit for use.
In the Irish Section, Messrs. Harriviton
Brothers, of the Shandon Chemical Works, Cork,
exhibit a variety of preparations comprising oxides
for the glass, porcelain and enamel industries,
such as cobalt, nickel, copper, tin and other oxides.
Besides these are metallic tungsten and its salts,
stannate of soda, oxalate of antimony, penta- and
trichlorides of phosphorus, goldea sulphide of anti-
mony, etc. A series of organic preparations is also
shown, as well as one of chemically-pure salts for
analytical and scientific purposes, and finally a set of
pharmaceutical preparations. This enterprising firm
publishes an exceedingly neat price list in the form of
a small book, which excels even those supplied by well
known firms in Germany. This serves not only as a
price list, but as a pocket-book, since it contains most
of the usual tables, such as those of the atomic weights,
specific gravities, and percentage strengths of acids
and alkalis, alcohol tables, with other useful data.
LonDon Section.
Chemical Society's Rooms, Burlington House.
''hairman: David Howard.
Committee :
Sir F. A. Abel.
H. E. Armstrong.
W. Lant Carpenter.
AY. Crowder.
W. J. Dibdin.
('. Graham.
S. Hall.
C. C. Hutchinson.
R. Messel.
1). E. K. Newlands.
B. Redwood.
T. Royle.
John SpUIer.
Win. Thorp.
C. R. Alder Wright.
Hon. Local Sec. and Treasurer : Thos. Tyrer,
Garden Wharf, Church Road. Battersea, S.W.
702
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IN'ov. so. U87.
The meetings of the London Section will he held on the
first Monday in caeh month.
SESSION 1887-88.
Prospective Arrangements.
Dee. 5.— Professor Dcwnr, M.A.. F.B S. (President of the
Society). "The New Weldon-Pechir.ey Proeess fur
the Manufacture of Chlorine from Chloride of
Magnesium."
Communications to be addressed to the Local Secretary.
Mr. C. C. Hutchinson, of Stratford, des'res to state that he
was not the member of that surname present at the meeting
of the Lindon Section of the Society, laid November 7. 1887.
Meeting held Monday, November ?, 1887
MR. D. HOWARD IN THE CHAIR.
NOTE ON THE COMPARATIVE ANTISEPTIC
VALUES OF CHLORIDES, NITRATES AND
SULPHATES.
BY C. T. KINGZETT, F I.C , F.C.S.
The simple observations of which I propose in this
note to give a brief description, were not intended to !
serve as a defiuite measure of the antiseptic values of
the substances employed, but were only made by way
of a preliminary introduction to another study. As,
however, they were comparative in character, they
may possess some little interest and value. Two
series of experiments were made, one being upon
flour-piste, to ascertain for what period certain
quantities of 5 per cent, solutions of the various sub-
stances protected it from the growth of mould, and
the other upon extract of beef, to ascertain for what
period the same 5 per cent, solutions protected it from
putrefaction.
It is to be noted that in cases where the salts were
not perfectly soluble in water, the solutions contain-
ing the undissolved compound in suspension were I
used.
The manner of proceeding with the Hour-paste
observations was as follows : In each case -igrms. of
flour were boiled up with the water until a gelatinous
product was obtained, and when nearly cold the
solutions to be tested were well stirred in. One
series of observations (•/) was made with a mixture of
4grms. flour, 38cc. water, and 2ee. of the 5 per cent.
antiseptic solutions ; and another (6) with igrms.
flour, aficc. water, and 4cc. of the 5 percent, antiseptic
solutions. Practically, therefore, the mixtures con-
t lined respectively about 5 per cent, and 10 per
cent, of the ."i per cent, solutions under examination.
In other words, the actual weights of substances
employed in these two scries of trials were severally
01 and 0'2grm.
By way of comparison, an unprotected mixture
of flour and water wasjsimilarly made and employed,
using terms, flour and 40cc water.
For the other series of observations (<•) 5lbs. of lean
fresh beef was digested at 10 C with distilled water
ilnting three hours, the extract was diluted up to
1 litres, and after cooling, strained through fine
muslin.
Quantities, each of 95cc, of this extract were then
taken, and to them was added 5cc. of the respective 5
per cent, solutions under examination (= to 0'25grm.
dry substance). All the test glasses were left un-
covered.
SUMMARY OF RKSULT3.-SERTES A.
Chlorides.
On 2nd dav mould was seen upon the following mixtures :—
NaCl. Caf'l.."ond Sri 1-. •
On 3rd day on Nll.cl. Hall... MgCl2. ZnCl-.
On 4th day on the standard rlour-pasrc.
< )n 5th dav on SnCl ...
On 6th day on Al.C'l,.
On 9th dav on Kc.i 'I,.
On 16th day on PiiCI*.
On 20th day the following mixtures were still free from
mould, but had dried up :— HgCli-andCuCla-
Nitrates.
On 1th dav KNO,. NaNO,, NH.NO,, SrlNOdn, CalNo,!,.
Mg(NO la.
On Sth dav flour paste standard. HalNO:lK. Z1HNO3I- and
Fe(NOj),.
On 7th dav PblNO:,K
On 15th day HgstNOalj (mercurous nitrate).
On 21th day the Cu(NO:t)o mixture had dried up free from
mould.
SJULl'HATRS.
On Sthday mould was to be seen on the following mixtures: —
flour-paste standard, K..SO,, Na-SO,, (NHj)aSO«. A12(S04>3,
MnSO,. Zn-O,.
On 7th dav on MgSl >,.
On 9th day on FeSO..
on 20th day on CuSO,.
On 21th day the HgSO, mixture had dried up free from
mould.
SUMMARY OF RE3LLTS.-SERIES B.
CnLORIDES.
On 2nd dav mould had appeared on theCaCl- mixture
On 3rd day on lvt'l. NaCl. XH.C1. BaCIj, SrCL.
On 4th day on flour-paste standard, MgCK ZnClo.
On 7th dav on M..OI,.
On 9th day on Fe.C.)„ SnCU.
On 26th dav the following mixtures had dried up free from
mould :-HgCL, PbCl., CuCL.
Nitrates.
On 4th dav KNO,, NaNO:t. SrlNOi),. CalNOiK
On Sth dav Hour-paste standard, NH,N03, Ba(NO,)2.
Mg(NO,tj, ZnlNOjl,.
On 7th day Fe (NO,).,.
On 81 h day PbfNOal..
On 20th day Hg(\o,l..
On 21th day the Cu(NO:.l- had dried up free from mould.
Sulphates.
On 5th dav on the flour-paste standard. K.SO,, Na-.-SO,,
INHV2SO,. AlatSO.la, ZnS04.
On 7th dav FeSO,, MnSO,.
On 9th dav JK-SO,.
On 21th day CuSO, and HgSO, mixtures had dried up free
from mould.
It should be mentioned that, although in the pre-
ceding records, the first day on which mould made its
appearance on the pastes has been noted in each case,
yet the quantity so appearing differed within wide
limits ; in some instances the growth was barely
decisive in character, whereas in others it was well
developed.
Reviewing the results generally, it may be sa:d
that the compounds of the alkalis and alka-
line earths appeared in many instances to promote
the growth of mould in the same sort of way as
Warrington has observed the presence of gypsum
facilitates the nitrification of urine. In no instance
was the growth of mould postponed by the presence
of salts of potassium, sodium or ammonium, and
among the compounds of the alkaline earths, mag-
nesium sulphate alone exhibited a slight prohibitive
effect. The zinc compounds rank with those of the
alkaline earths. The sulphate of manganese in the
higher proportion slightly delayed the growth of
mould. The compounds of iron, tin. lead and
aluminium exercised distinct but not very powerful
prohibitive effect, excepting the chloride of lead, the
antiseptic action of which must be described as
incisive and as ranking with the sulphate of copper.
As to copper and mercury, the chlorides of those
metals rank apparently as of highest and equal
value, side by side with nitrate of copper and sulphate
"The KC1 paste did not go mouldy,
the 7th day, when maggots appeared.
but sniellcd sour 0
Kov.30.1887.] THE JOURNAL OP THE SOCIETY OP CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
703
of mercury. Somewhat below these compounds in
antiseptic action stands sulphate of copper ami
nitrate of mercury, the first-named of these substances
being decidedly the most effective of the two.
SUMMARY OF RE3ULT3.-SERDES C.
Chlorides.
On the 2nd day the solutions containing the following salts
were putrid :-KCl, NaCl.NH.Cl. Bat'],. SrCls. CaCl2. MtfCl,.
(Mould on BaCK solution 3rd day).
(in the 6th day Al.cl.. Fe,Cl„, PbCl,, SnCK (Mould on
AljCla- PbClj and SnCI, solutions on 3rd day).
("in Hie Sth day. ZnC! . . I
The solutions containing CuCl, and BTgCU alone remained
good during the whole period of observation (summer weather)
—viz., some ltl days.
Nitrates.
On the 2nd day the following solutions were putrid :—
KNO,. NaNO-. Nil. No,. MgfNO,),, FetNO,),.
(in (lie 3rd day SrlNO.I., CaiNo,i (also mould). i
On the Glh day BalN(i,l... Pb(NO,). (mould appeircd 3rd
day).
(in the loth day Zn(NO,)j ibeen suspicions some three days).
The I'm NO. I, and Hg(NO,l, solutions alone remained intact
from putrefaction, although there was a speck of mould on
the copper solution on the ott, i day ; it did not grow appreciably.
Sulphates.
On the 2nd day the following solutions had broken down :—
K2SO.. Na SO,.'iNH.).SO,. MgS04, MnSO,.
On the 3rd day FeSO,.
On the 6th day Al,(SO,)s. ZnSO, (also mould on both).
The CuSO« and IlgSO, solutions alone stood the test, but a
speck of mould appeared on the copper solution on the 1th
day ; it did not appreciably develop.
The (standard meal extract was very bad on the 2nd day.
With respect to the observations made with extract
of meat, the results generally accord with those of I
the flour-paste series, excepting that the salts of zinc
appeared to exercise a distinctly superior antiseptic ■
action to that which they exhibited in protecting flour
paste from the growth of mould. The chloride of lead
did not behave up to expectation, based upon the
flour-paste experiments with that substance, but in |
all probability its effect is modified by the precipita- I
tion which the solution undergoes when added to
meat extract. The compounds of mercury and cop-
per again come out as most effective, and, if any
choice is to be made, it seems to fall upon the
chlorides of those metals.
DISCUSSION.
The Chairman said the thanks of the meeting
were due to Mr. Kingzett for his record of an admir-
able and accurate research, the value of which he had
underestimated. It was only by experiments of this
kind, made with various substances and under vary
ing conditions, that one could realise the great dif-
ferences in the action of various reagents on various
micro-organisms. Without such knowledge there
was the danger of over-wide generalisation from
insufficient evidence. For example, the action of
boracic acid was widely different on animal and on
vegetable life. To animal life it was a doubtful
poison, but to vegetable life it was most deadly. The
whole question of the application of such bodies to
preservative or disinfectant uses, therefore, depended
on the nature of the substances to be treated. Mr.
Kingzett's experiments were very interesting as
showing that it was only in very dilute solutions that
one could determine the specific action of the anti-
septic body. Everybody knew that a strong solu-
tion of common salt was a powerful preservative, and
it was desirable that it should b3 equally well known
that the same body, if dilution were carried beyond
a certain point, not only ceased to be a preservative
agent, but probably encouraged the growth of
organisms. Mr. Kingzett's experiments seemed to
show that the most powerful destroyers of these low
forms of life were the salts of mercury and copper.
Without wishing to propose that blue vitriol should
be run into the drains, he certainly thought that this
salt ought to have a more extended use for sanitary
purposes, as it was comparatively inexpensive, and
its' action was far more powerful than was generally
realised.
Mr. Tybek considered the paper to be a striking
example of the good work which many members
might, but from motives of diffidence did not, bring
before the Society. It would be most useful if results
of this kind — i.e., laboratory notes — were recorded in
the Society's Journal, with the discussions to which
practical points always gave rise.
Mr. A. H. HUTCHINSOM expressed surprise that
Mr. Kingzett had not compared the action of the
bodies dealt with in his paper with that of other pre-
servative agents. He would lie glad if Mr. Kingzett
would explain the nature of the action of his Sanitas
solution, and state why it prevented decomposition
win-re bichloride of mercury did not.
Mr. J. Heeon wished to ask what was Mr. King-
zett's object in making these experiments? It seemed
to him that the object was to determine at what
period mould would first appear. Nothing had been
said about other forms of micro- organisms, which
could be seen only under the microscope. It was
well known, however, that where mould might appear
on the surface of the bodies treated, other organisms
originally present mij;ht have been destroyed by the
antiseptic used — in short, that the salts would have a
different antiseptic action on different forms of
organisms. He would like to know whether Mr.
Kingzett had differentiated his experiments, whether
he could say, for instance, that nitrate of zinc would
destroy bacteria and other ferments, as well as mould,
up to a certain point, or that mercury chloride would
practically kill everything it came in contact with, or,
at least, prevent its development. He understood
that Mr. Kingzett had boiled the flour and the meat
extract. It would have been much better, however,
to have simply mixed the substances with water and
then added the antiseptics.
Mr. Kinuzett, replying to the last speaker's
remarks first, pointed out that in describing how his
experiments had been conducted, he had expressly
stated that the flour paste had in all cases been pre-
pared by boiling the starch with water only, and that
when the paste was nearly cold the antiseptic solu-
tion was stirred in, and the mixture placed in open
glasses exposed to the air. In the case of the meat
extract, to have boiled it would have been to entirely
de/eat the experiment, because it would have coagu-
lated. He had avoided that by preparing it at a
temperature at which the constituent albumen would
not coagulate. The experiments were only intended
to ascertain the comparative antiseptic value of the
various solutions employed upon the specific growth
of mould, and the active bacteria— notably bactei ium
lermo— concerned in the process of putrefaction, and
for these two growths there was no question of the
value of the comparative results obtained. He wil-
lingly admitted that if he wished to place before a
scientific body an adequate explanation of the action
of any one antiseptic, he should not deal with a mix-
ture like flour paste, nor with extract of beef. He
would prefer to take a number of well-known simple
substances. For example, he would take so much
sugar, and ascertain how much alcohol and carbonic
anhydride were produced, and in every case would
not be content till the sum total of the products
equalled the amount of substances operated on. That
had not been his object in the present experiments,
which were merely preliminary to such a study.
Some two years ago he had occupied himself fur
eight months with an investigation of that kind. In
that case the antiseptic employed was exclusively his
own "Sanitas" fluid. He had always regretted that
704
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. SO, 1887.
he did not communicate those results to the Society,
because they were quantitative throughout Even if
rescuscitated now they would be robbed of much of
their interest, because they had been already
published in pamphlet form. With reference to Mr.
Hutchinson's remarks, he could only say that he had
studiously avoided any reference to his own products.
If he had desired t > com pare the "Sanitas' products
with other antiseptics, lie would hive been compelled
to pursue the investigation much further than seemed
desirable on the present occasion. Tims, instead of
being content with the bare comparative antiseptic
results as obtained from laboratory experiments, he
would consider it necessary to ascertain how far it
was possible to take practical advantage of them not
only in a public sense, but in such special direction,
also, as in the practice of antiseptic surgery, and the
chemical modification (destruction) of those poisonous
substances which are often produced as concomitants
of the life and development of micro-organisms.
DISCUSSION ON MR. J. RUFFLE'S PAPER
ON "THE CORRECT ANALYSIS OF SUPER
PHOSPHATES, PLAIN AND AMMONIATED "
— Printed in the July (1887) Number of the
Society's Journal.
Me. B. E. R. Newlands, while fully recognising the
great merit of Mr. Ruffle's work, could not agree with
his views on certain points. He thought that Mr.
Ruffle attached too much importance to the quantity
of water in these manures. His process would give
the percentage of uncombined water ; but then that
percentage would vary week by week as the manure
aged, and so it would be impossible to verify results.
On the other hand, by the old method of determining
the whole of this useless water at 212°, one got
uniform results. Supposing a manure intended for
export to America ; a certain degree of moisture
guaranteed ; and that moisture determined by the
calcium chloride test at 10 per cent. On its arrival
in America, some weeks later, the results would
appear so much lower that the American buyer would
be apt to lose faith in the skill of the London analyst.
Mr. Ruffle was of opinion, too, th it there was prac-
tically no monocalcic phosphate, on the ground that
" the BOa is present in hss quantity than is necessary
to combine with l11 the CaO." It seemed to him,
however, that, there being insufficient SOa to com-
bine with the three molecules of lime, this was
a good reason for its combining with two — on the
principle that an army of soldiers desiring to take
three cities, but being insufficient in numbers, would
make sure of two cities first rather than attempt the
impossible feat of taking all three. Mr. Ruffle's
paper was an interesting one, and abounded in con-
scientious work ; he hoped it would do much to ven-
tilate an important subject and to clear up results
which had been, to some extent, a disgrace to public
chemists, because of their variations and incongruities.
Mr. Bernard Dyer thought he might anticipate
Mr. Ruffle's reply to Mr. Newlands in mi far as to say
that if, continuing the military comparison, "third
regiment of molecules" were read for " third mole-
cules,'' the passage would be perfectly clear. The
paper had finally disposed of the supposition that the
so-called monobasic phosphate formed a constant or
sometimes even a very appreciable quantity of the
so-called " soluble phosphates " present. In devising
his method of moisture determination, and in the
work that had led up to it, Mr. Ruffle had done a
great deal for the chemistry of the subject. There
would, of course, be practical difficulties in the way
of adopting the process, the chief one being perhaps
that of getting chemists to agree on this mode of
statement. Each one would be afraid to take a
new depirturc, for fear of bringing about what would
be looked upon as hopeless clashing. With regard
to .Mr Ruffle's general method of stating results, the
old method of writing out an analysis of superphos-
phates could be defended on only one ground : that
it was convenient because it was conventional.
Scientifically, it was lamentable that four out of five
items of an analysis should be more or less meaning-
le-s ; but, practically, it was of little consequence.
The cases in which full analyses of superphosphates
were required were rare, the usual course being merely
to show the percentage of soluble and insoluble
phosphates of ammonia, and sometimes of (so-called)
moisture. But, on the scientific question, he must
quarrel with the author, not for introducing a reform,
but for not being a good thoroughgoing Radical while
he was about it. In this case Mr. Ruffle, if he would
forgive him for saying so, was posing rather as a sort
of analytical Whig. He (Mr. Dyer) objected to
analyses which mixed up acids and bases stated as
such with salts stated as such. Mr. Ruffle had
quarrelled with the old method because of its
" assumptions," but it was surely an assumption on
his part to make the insoluble phosphoric acid all
tribasic phosphate of lime, whereas a considerable
percentage of it might be phosphate of iron or of
alumina. He had also assumed that all the SO.., was
present as sulphate of lime. But there were many
bases present : oxide of iron, alumina, magnesia,
potash and soda. Why then give all the SOs to
lime? Then, too, the difference that Mr. Ruffle had
shown in the composition of ordinary superphos-
phate and ammoniated superphosphate came in to
bother one, the total sulphuric acid in the one case
being calculated as sulphate of lime and in the other
case the lime, other than insoluble phosphate, being
stated as sulphate of lime. In the one case, he
assumed the "sulphate of lime "from the SO:i ; in
the other case from the lime. But there were
different degrees of "ammoniation," so to speak, and
the variation in composition might be considerable in
different cases. He would suggest that, to place the
thing on a scientific basis, no assumptions at all should
be made, but that the various constituents should be
stated as they were determined — acids and bases being
written separately. He felt, as would all brother
agricultural analysts, personally grateful to the author
for the work he had done, but while having a full
sense of the value of that work, he would like to ^ee
the reform in the statement of results— if there were
to be any reform — made complete.
Mr. T. W. B. Mi'mford, referring to Mr. Newlands'
remarks that water had no value, said that a manu-
facturer who produced a superphosphate containing
much water soon found that he had to put his hand
in his pocket and allow for it. Mr. Ruffle's experi-
ments had shown that it was possible to determine
the amount of actual or uncombined moisture, whereas
the old method determined the whole of the
water present. Assuming that a superphosphate
tested by the old method gave 21 1 per cent of moisture,
by the calcium chloride test it might show, say
10 per cent., which later on would be somewhat
reduced, as more of the water would combine with
sulphate of lime. But if the same manure were then
again tested by the water-bath, it would still show
20 per cent, of water ; and hence the manufacturer
wis placed in an invidious position. it was
therefore very desirable that analysts should adopt
some one method which could be depended on.
Mr. G. D. Maundoe said that was just the point at
Nov.30.i8S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
705
issue. All who understood the American trade knew
that if the calcium chloride method were adopted
makers would be required to guarantee a certain
moisture < n 'intra/ in America. Sellers had to
guarantee a 14 per cent, moisture, and if they were
to be called on to adopt what it might be, say after
three months, more difficulties and quarrels would
arise than at present
.Mr. A. H. HUT( KINSON differed from both the
author and Mr. Dyer as to the form in which the
results of the analyses should be expressed, and
indicate! on the black board the formulae which he
considered should be used.
Mr. HUGHES pointed out that the difficulties which
aro-e between manufacturers of superphosphates and
American buyers practically turned upon the question
of what tv«< moisture. If manufacturers would
adopt either the determination by the
ium chloride method or by the water-bath
method, and stipulate for a certain percentage by
one or the other method when contracts were made,
many of the disputes which now occurred would be
avoided. It was matter for regret that the subject
of the statement of analytical results in regar
superphosphates should not have been taken up long
before ; and Mr. Ruffle deserved their thanks for
his work. He would like some further information
with respect to the free acid in superphosphates.
He had found that when an excess of sulphuric acid
was used there was a perceptible amount of free acid,
and if the superphosphate were kept for some time it
bee ime wet, not dry. In such cases the determina-
tion of the free acid would be of great use to the
manufacturer.
Mr. Ceowdee thought that Mr. Hughes bad
answere 1 his own question. If a superphosphate
contained free acid, it was clear that it was badly
made and that too much acid had been used. His
objection to analyses as at present expr;ssed, was
that statements were made which sellers found it
very difficult to prove, and Mr. Ruffle had done good
service in drawing attention to the subject. The
whole of the phosphoric acid was epical ite 1 as mono-
calcic phosphate, whereas really two-thirds only was
so. Mr. Ruffle had, however, been illogical in not
stating his insoluble as well as his soluble phosphate
in terms of phosphoric acid, so that anyone could
readily see what it represented in phosphate of lime.
The question of moisture could be regarded from twu
points of view, the commercial and the scientific
standpoints. The commercial manager of course re-
garded it from the first, and the works manager from
the other standpoint. It might be necessary to m ike
elaborate analyses for the works manager, but
for the other it was waste of time. The que-tion
of moisture did not often arise in the English tra le.
The condition of the manure was the main point. One
might have half-a-dozen different m inure; all in
good, dry, powdery condition, and yet sho.ving
several per cents, difference as to moisture. There-
fore moisture did not represent the condition, and it
w is the latter point to which the fanner chiefly looked.
Mr. Ruffle's plan for the determination of moisture had
dou it scientific value, but was not of much
commercial importance. Mr. Ruffle argued rightly
enough that if a thing was "worth doing at all it was
worth doing well " Still that mode of analysis entailed
it expen liture of time. If an analysis was
required during the day. and it took one-and-a-half
diys to do it by the CaCL method, surely it wis
•>rt) use the old water-bath method and so get the
work done quickly.
Mr. 0. G. Ohbsswell slid that users of these
manures complained greatly of the method in which
analyses were stated to them. Farmers of average
intelligence found themselves unable to grasp the
information given to them, though anxious to do so,
-imply because the terms employed were as so
much ( keek to them. It was to be desired that such
useful works as Mr. Wyatt's " Modern High Fai i
should become generally known to fanners, since they
would therein rind a clear and simple translation of
all the analyses with which they were concerned.
The Chairman, in calling on Mr. Ruffle to reply,
siid that he would probibly tell them that he had
stated his phosphate as "soluble" and "insolubl
because those were the states in which it was found
in the manure. He must nevertheless admit that
even to the mind of the average chemist there would
be an advantage in stating both in terms of phos-
phoric acid.
Mr. Ruffle, in reply to Mr. Newlands, admitted
that the results of his method would vary with time ;
but it was right that they should do so, since the
composition of the manure itself varied with lapse of
time. That seemed to him an argument in favour of
the adoption of the proposed methoJ. He thanked
Mr. Dyer for his suggestion of the "regiments" of
molecules of sulphuric acid attacking the equivalents
of lime, which was quite in accordance with what he
wished to express. It had been suggested that the
sulphate of lime should be determined by one method
for both plain and ammoniated phosphates. He
thought not. If one method were adopted the results
would be incorrect, for there was an essential difference
between the two compounds. In the one case the
lime could be estimated from the sulphuric acid, in
the other it could not. The first duty of the analy-t
was to get the result correct in each case, although it
might entail more trouble.
Mr. Newlands a-ked whether the sulphate of
line could not be determined from the lime in ea"h
•
Mr. Riffle replied that it could not, for whilst
possible in ammoniated superphosphates, owing to
their containing practically no lime as monocalcic
phosphate, yet in plain superphosphates the amount
of lime present as monocalcic being appreciable,
was yet too irregular to permit any rule. As
to the question of whether the water in these
manures was of any value, it was to be remembered
that although the manure was not sold at so much
' per unit of water, yet if it were the fact that a maker
had a manure which was wet and out of condition,
and by keeping it for two or three months it came
into good condition, simply by the water combining,
the water question did appear to be of considerable
importance. He did not believe that American
buyers would succeed in forcing any manufacturer to
guarantee a certain condition on arrival. No maker
would agree to that, not knowing the time which
would be taken in transit The most he would agree
to would be to deliver it on this side in a certain con-
dition and have it examined here. Mr Dyer had
complained that he had mixed up acids, bases, and
ts. That was perfectly true. He had done so
because it was the practi e among merchants and
brokers to speak of soluble P^O-,, and he thought it
would be going too far to intro luce such terms as
soluble phosphoric acid hydrated, or soluble phos-
phoric anhydride. He had carried the matter as far
as it was likely to.be accepted commercially. Whether
insoluble phosphoric acid existed as insoluble
phosphate of lime, alumina, or iron, the usual course
was. after showing ho-v much soluble phosphoric
a id could be got out, to call the remainder insoluble
phosphate. He w mid hive liked t > state his results
with more scientific accuracy, but feared to go too
far lest his readers woull not accompany him. He
could only claim to have started the subject. No
TOO
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Xov.3o,i887.
doubt as time went on other questions would arise in
connection with it, and if he could make a further
communication lie would willingly tli> so.
Lincrpool Section.
( hairman : J. Campbell Brown.
Fice-Chairman : F. Ilurter.
Committee :
E. G. Ballard. 1). Herman.
Finest Bibby. J. W. Kynaston.
Eustace Carey. E. K. Muspratt.
H. Deacon. G. Shack-Somnier.
J. C. Gamble. Jas. Simpson.
S. Hamburger. A. Watt
Local Sec. and Treasurer ; W. P. Thompson, G, Lord Street,
Liverpool.
Notices of Pajers and Communications for the Meetings to
be 6ent to the Local Secretary.
Metting held November S, at the University College^
Brounlow Street, Liverpool.
DR. J. CAMPBELL BBOWN PRES1DIKG.
CHAIRMAN'S OPENING REMARKS,
Dr. Campbell Brows opened the Session] with the
following sliort address : —
I shall probably be not far wrong if I assume that
the great majority of manufacture] s think mainly of
their manufactures as a means of making money.
Y'et manufacture performs far higher functions,
which should not be lost sight of, but which should
be a source of pride to the established, and a con-
sideration to the prospective, manufacturer. He, by
his industry, benefits not only himself, but the rest
of the world, providing employment for those under
him, and generally a useful product for his customers.
He has the opportunity of choosing whether he will
devote himself to the supply of something beneficial
to his fellows, or something which will merely tickle
their fancy or please their senses. He has the
opportunity of meeting with new facts and new
things which may add to the general store of know
ledge ; these he ought not to neglect, but either
follow them up himself or take care that tome one
else has the opportunity of doing so ; and he ought
to impart his knowledge to others, unless in such
instances where it is necessary to withhold informa-
tion for a little time in order to secure commercial
success. He often has the opportunity of fostering
in many ways the growth of the science,and of perfect-
ing the art of chemistry, by working out details or
making suggestions whereby others may do so.
The most satisfactory thing to contemplate in
looking at the history of the development of the
akali manufacture, for instance, is not that it made
the fortunes of the fathers and grandfathers of so
many members of this Society, nor even that it gave
employment to so many thousands of workmen,
although both were great things to accomplish : but
that it brought cheap and abundant means of clean-
sing themselves and their dwellings and raiment
within the reach i f every family among the civilised
nations of the earth, and facilitated in countless ways
ihe manufacture, not only of soap, but, also of many
other things of high utility, which would never Lave
been introduced to the public use without a plentiful
and economical supply of sulphuric acid, alkali or
chlorine.
One of the greatest developments that we have
witnessed has been that of the coil-tar industry and
its numerous dependencies. When one sees the
glaring colours wdiich arc uow Haunted before the I
public eye, often without any thought of harmony
and with no consideration of appropriateness oi
positi r surroundings— in advertising placards,
house decoration, dress and so forth -one is some-
times tempted to ask whether the production of
these new dyes has been a good thing for mankind,
and whether, when our last mines are worked out
and coal-tar dyes cease to be manufactured, the
world will be any better for having had them, and
whether the huge industry, which is at present
flourishing, is not a waste of time, and of carbon
compounds that would be better saved to keep us
warm in winter — whether, at least, its highest merit
is not that it affords a present means of livelihood to
so many thousand workmen.
We sometimes hear it said that the production of
artificial alizarin has done an immense service in
setting free so many square miles of land for the
growth of grain ; but I am afraid this is not a great
merit, and that perhaps the Egyptian farmer might
have been better off with his madder crop than with
his grain crop. The wo: Id has abundance and super-
abundance of acres on which to grow food. The
great difficulty seems to be not to find acres to grow
food on, but to find something that will grow on all
the acres that are in cultivation cr available for
cultivation, and that will sell at a price which will
enable the grower to buy something more than the
mere grain necessary to keep him alive.
It is possible that the art sense may be influenced
by some of the colours which have been introduced
and popularised by the coal-tar industry ; but no
improvement of that kind, if it takes place at all,
[ can last after the supply of material has ceased.
When all the available coal in the world has been
exhausted, and we have to depend again on tar from
vegetable sources, and when our fuel has to be cut
from living forests instead of dead mineialised ones,
and the progress of manufacture of coal-tar colours
has .shrunk to insignificant dimensions, the world
will still have a knowledge of the structure of
chemical compounds, and of the modes of transforma-
tion which they undergo— knowledge which has been
acquired through the stimulus given to organic
research by this industry, and whose acquisition
would not have been possible but for the industrial
development of coal-tar products.
The knowledge which we already have of the laws
and modes of organic synthesis, of the symmetry
which we see in the groups of carbon compounds
from the simplest to the most complete — knowledge
wdiich is increasing every day, and is destined to
increase for a long time to come — is the real justifi-
cation of that waste of our sources of crude carbon
compounds' out of which it has sprung, the highest
reward for all the ingenuity, labour and resources
which have been expended upon the coal-tar industry,
and will be the most lasting benefit which that
industry has indirectly bestowed on mankind. This,
rather than cLeap alizarin, gaudy bills, brilliant shop
windows and lainbow coloured dress, is the thing of
wdiich the coal-tar manufacturer should be proud.
( ' isciorolus doubtless made excellent shoes and
sold them at a fair price ; but the world would not
know his name nor feel the least indebted to him,
had he not introduced into the chemical laboratories
of his time barium sulphide or Bononian phosphorus.
John Kunkel was manager of a Potsdam glass
manufactory which produced a famous ruby glass j
he also published a book in which all the known
receipts for making glass are given. Yet, when one
names Kunkel, it is phosphorus and not glass that
rises before one's mental vision.
Balard is revered now not because he manufactured
and sold so many thousand kilos, per week of sale
Nov. 30. 1887.] the JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
707
extracted from sea water ; but because he one day,
in the course of his experiments with the mother-
liquor, observed some reddish-brown vapours which
he had never seen nor heard of before, and did not
carelessly neglect them, nor selfishly conceal his dis-
covery, but made a very elaborate examination
these red fumes and made known to the world the
now very useful element — bromine.
Joule doubtless made excellent beer, because he is
the sort of man who does everything well that
he undertakes ; but his great work for which the
world is most indebte 1 t > him, and by which he will
be remembered with gratitude throughout all time,
was his determination of the mechanical equivalent
of heat, whereby he laid the foundation of chemical
dynamics and of the science of thermal chemis
as well as brought about a revolution i'u an important
branch of phy-i >
It is desirable that the manufacturer should
remember that he has other and higher privileges,
and that nobler duties devolve upon him than those
which necessarily occupy the greater part of his
thoughts during business hours.
— »*»**«♦*♦«>» —
COMPARATIVE EFFICIENCY OF VARIOUS
MODES OF TREATING LIQUID.-^ WITH
GASES.
BY FKP.D. HTJRTK&, PH.D.
Two years ago I read a piper before this Section,
entitl d. '* Comparative Efficiency of Various Modes
of Treating Liquids with Gases." The following short
paper forms a c mtinuation. I can hardly expect
the members to recollect that paper, and I will,
therefore, recapitulate briefly its iontent-. The
intention of the paper was to compare the effi-
ciency of various apparatus fur bringing into inti-
mate contact liqui \s *nd gas; s, that apparatus being
considered most efficient, which produces the most
intimate contact with least expenditure of mechanical
work. I divided the various modes of treating a
liquid with a gas into three classes. The first method
consisted in propelling the gas divided into small
bubbles through a column of liquid. The second
method, the inverse, divides the liquid into fine drops,
which fall through a column of gas, and in the third
method, which is the most important, the liquid is
spread over extensive surfaces of solids, the gas
filling the interstices between the solids.
T * ~T8~
In my last paper I only dealt with the rnechan'cal
pr'nciples of apparatus of the first class, and showed
tin t it is cheaper to force the gas through the. liquid
ih: n to pull it through, and that it is best to allow
the gas to escape at atmospheric pressure from the
suiface of the liquid, when that is possible. The
arguments wer3 based upon experiments on the
behaviour of gas bubbles under various pressures,
and upon the uniform velocity with which they rise
through the solution. 1 assumed a uniform
perfect distribution at the bottom of the column of
liquid in all cases, and I gave a warning that the
mere consideration of mechanical principles and
disregard nf the chemical side of the question might
lead to the reverse of economy.
It is my intention to-night to complete my remarks
as to how to obtain a good distribution of the ,
and also to show how the chemical side of the ques-
tion may influence the economy of the process.
The usual methods of distributing agas at the bottom
of a column of liquid are :— Either the employment
of a false bottom (Fig. l),which is a perforated plate
sometimes plain (</), sometimes provided with a
downward flange so as to make it into an inverted
perforated flatdi.-h (l), or the distributor consists of a
system of radiating pipes, perforated with small
holes (Fig. 2), or it often consists of a bell or cone
open at the bottom (Fig 3). under which the gas is
delivered, and from the serrated circumference of
which the gas rises in a number of fine streams.
Only the false bottom and the pipe system can be
called distributors in the wider sense of the word,
since they alone can distribute a gas equally over a
large area, whilst the serrated cone only causes the
gas to rise in a number of strtaras instead of only
one, and is a distribution in that sense, but it does
not attempt to distribute the gas equally over a
large area.
The purpose of the perforated plate and the per-
forated pipes is to divide the gas into as many streams
as there are perforations, and to equally distribute
these streams over the sectional area of the vessel.
A rule often observed by engineers iu designing
these distributors, is to choose the number and size
of the perforations so that the total area of the
perforations shall be at least equal to or rathtr larger
than the area of the supply pipe.
I had some doubts as to this rule, and I decided to
test the question as to whether the gas would always
divide itself into as m my streams as there are per-
forations by direct experiment.
708
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. 30, is«7.
At the bottom of a circular glass vessel I placed
a Banged perforated plate, as shown in Fig. 4. At
the side of this false bottom through the flange, I
provided an inlet pipe. Another inlet pipe passed
through the bottom of the glass vessel in the centre.
I may at once state that in all experiments it was
found perfectly indifferent which of these two inlets
w is used, the position of the inlet pipe in no way
affected the result.
The false bottom had two circular rows of holes,
one larger circle containing 12 holes, and a smaller
circle containing six holes, all of exactly the same
diameter, ^ of an inch. The supply pipe was J-in.,
and it will be seen that 16 holes would have equalled
the supply pipe.
On admitting air into this arrangement it was
found that only a particul ir amount of air could be
fairly distributed with it. When a small quantity of
air was used, only a few of the perforations were sup-
plied ; no gas issued from the others. Spasmodically
the holes which were supplied would cease to deliver
and others would start. By increasing the quantity
of air a greater number of the holes began to deliver,
and with a certain supply all the 18 holes were fairly
and regularly supplied. But if now the quantity of
air was still further increased, it would find its way
in large masses from under the flange of the false
bottom, and regular distribution no longer existed.
I measured the quantity of air which each hole
delivered; first when only a few of the holes were
supplied, and secondly when the whole 18 were all
fairly supplied. I measured it by allowing it to
enter a vessel held over the hole, and observing the
time required to completely fill that vessel (see Fig. 7).
I thus found, first, that every one of the 18 holes
delivered the same amount of air, and secondly that
when only a few holes were working, the amount of
air delivered by one of them was the same as when
the 18 were working. It was evident, therefore, that
the relative areas of the perforations and the supply
pipe had no connection whatever with the regular
distribution, but that the number and areas of the
perforations must depend upon the quantity of gas
to be distributed, and that only one particular
quantity of gas could be distributed by a given
distributor of this type.
be delivered either from the supply pipe soldered to
the flange, or from the central pipe through the
bottom of the glass vessel. The results again in no
way depended upen the position of the inlet pipe.
The intention was, that a small amount of air
should issue only from ihe holes in the ridge, and a
larger quantity of air should supply both the holes
in the ridge and the holes in the side of the cone.
On delivering a small quantity of air any number
of holes up to the \i in the ridge could be gradually
supplied, but on increasing the supply the air found
its way from under the flange of the false bottom,
and none issued from the six holes at the side, not
until they had been made considerably iarger. The
amount of air delivered by one hole in the ridge
was equal to that delivered by a hole in the former
apparatus.
I next tried another form of false bottom, as
shown by Fig. 5. This was intended to deliver and
distribute two different quantities of gas. The
distributor consisted of an indented flat cone ; apex
downward*, and a downward flange at the periphery.
Twelve holes were drilled into the ridge, and six on a
circular line on the side of the cone. The gas could
I next tried a pipe j-in. bore bent into a circular
ring (Fi« 6). One end of the pipe was sealed, the
other open end formed the inlet. There was a branch
soldered on at half length of the pipe, which could
be used as an inlet. Again it was found that the
position of the inlet pipe did not affect the results
When a small current of air was passed into this
pipe of the twelve holes which were drilled into it,
only a few began to deliver. The position of these
holes could not be foretold when the ring was
perfectly level, but, if the ring was slightly
out of level, the highest holes had the lead.
On gradually increasing the air all the twelve
holes could be supplied. When measuring the
quantity of air delivered by each hole, it was
found that the holes delivered all the same quantity,
those nearest to the inlet pipe delivering no more
than those furthest from it. On increasing still
further the current of air, each hole delivered mire
and more air, all alike. Of course there was no other
outlet for the air than the twelve holes. This type
of apparatus is the one which can distribute any
amount of air, larger than a certain minimum, which
Nov. 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
709
was necessary to supply all the holes. To find
that minimum and how to calculate for any given case
the number and size ol the holes was the purpose of
the next experiment.
I placed a cylindrical vessel, open at bottom, having
one single hole i\5in. drilled in the centre of the top,
under water (Fig. 7). On the vertical side of this
vessel I drilled four holes in a vertical line iin. apart,
the first hole being gin. from top of vessel.
Air was supplied and so regulated that whilst a
regular stream issued from the top hole, now and then
a bubble would rise from one of the side holes, the
others being plugged. This side hole, by delivering
bubbles, showed how far the liquid was depressed
under the cylinder and served thus as a simple pres-
sure gauge. Uy measuring the time necessary to
deliver a given bulk of air when the level of the
liquid was depressed under the cylinder by a certain
amount, the following results were obtained, each
measurement being repeated several times : —
J6\' p . 0-9
Velocity
calculated.
No. of Experi-
ments made.
Depression
below level
of vessel.
Time re-
quired for
filling balk.
Lineal Velo-
city in feet
per second.
3
Jin.
11 sec.
I5"59
3023
3
; ..
G-8 ,.
5758
55-26
1
li„
575,.
CS'10
69 50
3
li ,.
o „
78'30
SI '36
In this table I have added a column which con-
tains the lineal velocity calculated by the usual ordin-
ary formula used for finding the lineal velocity of air
flowing from a vessel through an orifice into the
atmosphere, the pressure in the vessel being p inches
of water above atmospheric pressure ; 0 9 being taken
as coefficient of friction, etc.
It will be seen at a glance that the discharge of air
from the orifice of my cylinder obeys evidently the
same law, and that the discharge from an orifice
under water is nearly the same as the discharge
through the same orifice with the same hydraulic
head would be in air. This can be proved I y a
simple experiment, particularly with higher velocities.
If a current of air be allowed to issue from an orifice,
and the velocity of the current is indicated by an
anemometer, the mere submerging of the orifice
under water does not alter the velocity as indicated
by the anemometer, unless the depth to which
the orifice is immersed becomes serious in comparison
to the pressure which forces the gas out of the
orifice.
It is thus evident that in order to distribute a gas
properly the number and area of the holes must be
such as correspond to the smallest amount of gas to
be distributed. Suppose that amount known in cubic
feet per second. Take the smallest pressure at which
all the In 'les are supplied as f of a inch, then the
lineal velocity of discharge is about 35ft. Divide the
quantity of gas by 3") ; that will give the total area of
all the holes.
It will also be evident that a false bottom is as good
as the pipe system, when its flange is deep enough,
which in my experimental apparatus it was not.
Hence the reason why in the inverted cone the second
row of holes did not deliver.
I have now communicated the mechanical principles
upon which the efficient working of apparatus of the
first-class depend, as far as I know them.
In my former paper I said that intimate contact
might be wasted, if we did not pay sufficient attention
to the chemical part of the problem.
In order to show how this is possible with
apparatus of this description — i.e., where the gas is
allowed to rise in bubbles through a column of liquid —
I will direct your attention to two special cases.
It can be shown theoretically that as the height of
the column of liquid is increased the efficiency of
an apparatus continually decreases. But the demon-
stration of the general problem is tedious, and the
consideration of special cases is more interesting,
and will give a better illustration of what I wish to
convey.
One of the simplest operations usually carried out
by means of such apparatus is the carbonating of
crude soda solutions in alkali works. These solutions
contain about J of the soda in the state of caustic
soda, which is converted into carbonate of soda by
forcing through the solution impure carbonic
acid gas, either products of combustion simply, or the
- from a lime-kiln. Such a solution absorbs
carbonic acid with tolerable rapidity.
If it were only the caustic alkali which contributed
to the absorption, the rapidity of absorption would
decrease as the caustic is gradually converted into
carbonate. When the solutions are boiling hot, this
is more or less the case. But when the solutions are
cool, the carbonate of soda also absorbs carbonic acid,
and the result is that as the caustic decreases, and the
carbonate increases, the absorption remains tolerably
uniform from the beginning of the operation to the
end. But when bi-carbonate of soda begins to form
in the solution, the rate of absorption decreases fast,
as the following experiments show : —
At Beginning.
1
ABSORPTION OF CO,.
1st hour. 2nd hour. 3rd hour. 4th hour.
464 '. 55-3%. 52-6'i 3&9X —
Samples of solution not "analysed.
2. — iS7 14-6 55-3 —
NaHO at beginning 31*6grms. per litre.
NaHO at end 0'Ogrm. per litre.
3. 574 600 534 317 —
XaHO at beginning lOgruis. per litre.
NallCO, at end 9'2grms. per litre.
4. 677 63-5 42 2 61 4 37'4
XaHO at beginning 51*2grms. per litre.
XaHCO, at end 6 72grms. per litre.
This operation then represents one of the rare cases
where a chemical reaction continues at uniform rate
to its end.
I found that with such solutions on an average
from 40 to 50 per cent, of carbonic acid could be
absorbed with a given distribution under a column of
two meters in depth.
Since the gas used is fuel gas, the cost of the
operation is simply that of propelling the gas through
the solution. Theoretically, the amount of work
which must be expended to propel one cubic meter of
gas through two meters of water is 1930 kilogram-
meters ; and through four meters of water 3043
kilogrammeters. It does not theoretically require
quite double the expenditure of work to drive the
gas through four meters of water than to drive it
through two only. But in practice the small differ-
ence is not worth taking into accouut, and we may
safely take it that the cost of pumping the gas
through four meters of liquid is double that of
pumping it through two meters only.
If, then, four meters of liquid absorbed twice the
amount of carbonic acid which twu meters of the
same liquid absorb, the cost of carbonating would
be independent of the depth of the solution. Un-
fortunately, that is not so. Whilst two meters of
liquid absorb 40 per cent, of CO._., four meters absorb
only about 60 per cent , so that for double the
amount of work we obtain little more than li times
the result, and the operation becomes the more
costly the deeper the column of liquid is chosen.
But immediately we put a price on the gas, how-
ever small, the aspect of the case is considerably
altered.
no
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. 30, 1887.
Suppose, for instance, we had a blowing engine de-
livering 1000 cubic meters of gas per hour, and that
this engine cost £300. At L0 per cent interest this
would amount to about Id. per 1000 cubic meters of
gas delivered. The cost of blowing for steam, etc.,
would be for i v< ry meter of depth of liquid id. per
1000 cubic meters (at the rate of id. a horse-power
per hour).
Consequently the total cost would be for D meters
depth, —
2D + 1 ]»inii\ pi r 1000 cubic meters.
If, now, the absorption of gas is represented by the
following scries which I have interpolated from ex-
periments : —
At 1 meter 22 per cent.
2 „ 10
3 53
4 , 64
5 72
U 7S
and the gas contain 20 per cent, by volume of pure
C02, the cost of every 100 cubic meters pure car-
bonic acid gas really absorbed would be at
1
2
3
4
5
6
neter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
6'6d.
6-2od.
6lid.
7-2d.
7-01
8'2d.
We see that under such conditions about two meters
in depth gives the most economical result.
If, however, interest and depreciation include other
plant, if costs have to be charged for freeing the gas
from tar and sulphurous acid or other impurities, or
if for other reasons the gas has a value, the result
becomes still more altered.
Assuming, for instance, a charge of lOd. per 1000
cubic meters, instead of Id., and taking otherwise
similar conditions, the costs for 100 cubic meters pure
CO
., aosu
1
2
3
4
5
6
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
meter
27-0d.
17-5d.
lo'L'd.
ll'Od.
13-8d.
14'0d.
which shows that under these altered conditions the
most economical result is obtained at about five meters
depth.
Let us consider as another example the Weldon
process. Here atmospheric air is pumped through a
solution of calcium chloride, holding in suspension
manganese monoxide, which absorbs the oxygen of
the air, and is thereby converted into di-oxide. As
rapidly as the monoxide decreases, as rapidly does
the rate of absorption decrease, and when about 80
per cent, of the manganese monoxide has been
charged, the absorption of oxygen is very small in-
deed.
From some figures given in Professor Lunge's
treatise, I calculate that the average absorption
amounts to about lo per cent. Weldon quotes in-
stances where it was more, but I have seldom found
it to exceed 5 per cent, on the average.
Now, when the rate of absorption is so small, the
effect of doubling the depth of the solution is so
nearly that of doubling the resulting absorption, that
in such a case the costs of the operation continually
decrease as the depth of the liquid is increased,
particularly when the charges for the gas are for any
reason high. Consequently, in such a case, we must
use as deep columns as are practicable
If our engineers could SO construct blowing engines
that a gas could be forced economically through a
great depth of solution it would be a great advantage
Theoretically, the cost of propelling a gas by means
of a cylinder which is not cooled through a column
of 20 meters ought not to be more than about 13
times that of blowing through one meter, and with a
well-cooltd cylinder, it ought not to cost more to
force a gas against 401b. of pressure than six times the
cost of forcing it against lib. of pressure.
But owing to the difficulties of leakage and
noxious space it costs more and more per lb.
additional pressure to force a gas against high
pressures.
The efficiency of apparatus of the class I have dis-
cussed can therefore' be improved very much more
by attention to good blowing engines than by attend-
ing to the other points, But 1 think I have shown
that they are worthy of attention too, particularly
the rate of absorption, and if I have succeeded iii
making it clear that for some operations there are
certain depths which are more economical than either
greater or lesser, I hope I may be considered to
have rendered a small service.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. RiWSON wished to know whether Dr. Hurter
had made any experiments on the shape of the
orifices through which the gas passed .' As far as lie
understood, the orifices used in Dr. Hurter's experi-
ments were of a circular shape. He would like to
know whether any square or rectangular orifices
were used also ? It appeared to him that, supposing
the orifices had been small and circular, the bubble
would pass over it, like a bridge ; it would not have
time to pass through that orifice, but would simply
cross ; whereas, if the orifice had been long anil
narrow, it was quite possible that it would pass
through it. Also, he would ask whether nipples
placed over each of the little holes would have made
any difference 1 Then as regards the absorption of
COa in the caustic soda, it was shown that in
the second experiment, if he remembered rightly,
at the end of the second hour the amount of
( 'i ).j absorbed had, as compared with the absorption
at the end of the first hour, much diminished ere
bicarbonate had been formed, whilst in the fourth
experiment the amount of C02 absorbed had in-
creased at the end of the third hour, and yet much
bicarbonate had been formed, and he did' not see
how these two results agreed together.
Mr. W. P. Thompson asked was it a fact that if a
pipe closed at the end, with a series of orifices along
it, were placed very obliquely, the amount of gas
evolved from each of these orifices, when full pres-
sure was on, would be the samel He thought there
should be very much more from the top orifice than
there would be from any of the others, as there would
be less resistance from head of water above the
orifice. And with regard to the differential absoip-
tion of carbonic acid at different heights, when there
was only 10 per cent, of carbonic acid in the mixture,
was not the lessening effect very -greatly due to
the fact that through the bottom meter most of the
carbonic acid was absorbed, and that as it got to the
top there was a film of air all around the bubble of
gas, almost clear of carbonic acid, so that it was a
simple mechanical effect '( Then, again, as the bubble
gradually got to the top it would increase so much
more in velocity. Might he ask whether an experi-
ment was tried with pure carbonic acid ?
Dr. Koiin siid there were few manufacturers to
which the subject was of greater importance than to
tho-ie of coal gas. The gas had to be brought in con-
tact with liquids in order to be washed, and he
would like to point out that to a great extent this
washing of the gas is purely a mechanical question,
the impurities being so much more readily removed
when the orifices through which the gas issues are
very small, so as to break up the gas. The two
speci d things which he wished to call their attention
to were :— 1st, The removal of tar. It was well
known that coal gas contained benzene, etc., and many
attempts had been made to recover these substances,
although their removal was certainly a bad thing for
Xor. 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
•11
the gas. In the tar-condenser of PtSlouze and
Audouin they adopted a principle in which the gas, by
impinging on a large number of small holes and then
spreading over a large surface, was readily broken up,
and the benzene, etc.. which was contained in the gas
as a kind of mist, was then removed. This was a very
efficient apparatus for the removal of tar from gas,
and it showed bow very much the removal of the tar
in this way was a mechanical operation. In the
second place, the purification of gas in the gasworks
depended partly on the gas being brought into con-
tact with liquids, and in this connection the extent
to which effective washing wasa me -hanical question
was shown by the efficiency of Messrs. Kirkham,
Hulett &, Chandler's scrubber- washer, the good results
obtained with this apparatus being due to the large
wetted surface which the gas meets. The relative
amounts of washing effected by the different
portions of a column of water, as pointed out by Dr.
Hurter, was well illustrated in the ordinary coke-
scrubbers of gasworks, which were now made much
higher than formerly, the additional height being
necessary to remove the ammonia satisfactorily,
although by far the greater part of the removal
was effected in the lower half of the column.
Mr. Carey : How fast do these discs revolve ; fast,
or very slowly ?
Dr. Kohn : Slowly. There is no spray ; they
simply get wetted.
Dr. Campbell Brow>- said that in connection with
Mr. Rawson's question it might be just as well to tell
them whether the air travelled up in bubbles, as he
fancied there was a reservoir of gas beneath the false
bottom.
Mr. Rawson said he had not quite understood
that there was a reservoir of a*r underneath the
cone, but had supposed the air to be admitted more
slowly.
Dr. Hcrter said, in reply to Mr. Rawson, that they
must not forget that in these experiments on the
absorption of carbonic acid, the place where the inlet
sample was taken was a considerable distance from
where the outlet sample was taken, and it required
two operators. Consequently the result of one single
test could not be relied on fur any argument. What
he wanted to represent by the series of experiments,
was that on the average there was uot much difference
in the rate of absorption from beginning to end. But
when the solution began to contain bicarbonate of
soda, it had a tension for carbonic acid (for the
temperature was at least from 130 — 140c 1'.), and
then the absorption decreased rapidly. The hours in
the various experiments had nothing to do with each
other ; the third hour of one experiment could not be
compared with the third of another. As regards the
bubbles rushing past the holes, this was not so. The
false bottom was of a certain thickness of metal, and
before the water made room for the air in the holes,
there must be a certain pressure of gas below the
false bottom. Now in his conical false bottom the
flange was not deep enough, and sufficient pressure
could not be got before the air rushed past the flange.
But he had made no experiments with holes of any
other shape than circular. In reply to Mr.
Thompson, he had tried similar experiments with an
oblique pipa, and as Mr. Thompson quite correctly
supposed, the highest holes delivered most air.
With regard to the reason for the decrease of
absorption with increased height, the gradual decrease
of carbonic acid in the gas was partly the reason, but
the chief reason was that the upper half of the column
absorbed of the gas presented to it just as many per
cent, as the lower half did. Thus, if the lower half :
absorbed 50 per cent, and left 50 per cent., the upper
half would absorb 50 per cent, of what was left— i.e., I
25 per cent, of the original amount. If pure carbonic
acid were employed, that would be a different thing
altogether. Here the gas would remain equally rich
throughout, and the absorption would be very much
faster. In reply to Dr. Kohn, the removal of tar from
coal-gas was an entirely different problem to the one he
had been discussing where a gaseous constituent had
to be removed. Without very careful experiment he
would not be inclined to accept as a fact that the
coke tower was so much superior an apparatus as
the one Dr. Kohn had described, and which was very
similar in principle to one Professor Lunge had lately
proposed for hydrochloric acid gas. In reply to Mr.
Carey, there always was a layer of gas under the false
bottom. When the false bottom was constructed of
glass, that layer could be seen.
ajancfjester Section.
Chairman : Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.
Vice-Chairman : Edward Schunck.
J. Angell.
G. H. Bailey.
C. A. Burghardt.
R. F. Carpenter.
H. Grimsbaw.
Peter Hart.
Committee :
I. Levinstein.
\V. H. Perkin, jun.
W'ni. Thomson.
T. Wardle.
P. Winser.
Local Secretary ■"
J. Carter-Bell, Bankfield. The Cliff, Higher Broughton,
Manchester.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
A METHOD OF COOLING WATER FOR
TECHNICAL PUBPOSES.
BY PETER HART.
The consumption of 20,000 gallons of water per day
for cooling purposes alone, at a rather high price per
thousand, with a prospect of curtailment of quantity
in consequence of continued drought, induced me to
try if much of it could not be used again and again.
My first effort consisted in constructing an under-
ground reservoir, in the shape of a portion of a boiler-
shell, into which the hot water was run, and from
thence pumped into the ordinary high cistern from
which the works obtained its supply. I thought it
possible that during its travel and exposure in these
cisterns it might lose sufficient heat to be again
available for its original purpose, especially as it
would get mixed with the water used for the steam
boilers and solution purposes. This arrangement
worked well for perhaps two or three days, when, in
consequence of its receiving more heat than it could
dissipate by its exposure, the whole works became
supplied with water sufficiently hot for an ordinary
warm bath. Of course, this state of things could
not continue, for though well adapted for a severe
frost and consequent immunity from frozen pipes, it
failed to cool to the requisite degree the apparatus
it was largely employed in. At this stage a compro-
mise was entered into. As much of the hot water
was pumped into the cistern as could be sufficiently
cooled without deranging the works, the remainder
as before being run to waste. This, though satis-
factory as far as it went, was not wholly so ; it
was evident that could the water be sufficiently
exposed to the air the object would be effected.
The obvious expedient for this purpose was a
shallow reservoir in which the hot water could
circulate, but for this purpose no available land
b2
712
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Not. so. 1887.
existed. After further consideration of the i
ditions, 1 achieved my object by means of the
apparatus I am about to describe. Within the
cistern itself, and which is about 20 feet square,
I erected what may be aptly termed a huge gallows,
the cross beam of which, placed 10 feet above the
highest water level in the cistern, consisted of a
wooden shoot lined with lead and firmly bolted to
the uprights, which were placed 15 feet apart, the
whole erection being placed so as to face the pre-
vailing summer winds. The bottom of the shoot,
was perforated with a large number of small holes
along the whole length, and the delivery pipe of
the pump, instead of being permitted as before to
deliver its contents immediately into the cistern, was
raised and compelled to empty itself into the shoot,
from whence the water fell into the cistern in a series
of small streams, chiefly broken into rain before
reaching the cistern. Our first experiment was made
in calm weather, and seemed eminently satisfactory.
But winds came and found out one weak place in the
jRctucastlc Section.
Chairman : P. P. Bedson.
I'ice-Chairman : J. C. Stevenson, M.P.
Committee:
Alfred Allhuson.
G. T. France.
John Glover.
John Morrison.
John Pattinson.
J. B. Payne.
H. P.. Procter.
B. S. Proctor.
W. W. Proctor.
W. 1. Rennoldson.
C. T. Richardson.
T. W. Stuart
Local Secretary and Treasurer: J.T. Dunn, 115, Scotawood
Road, Newcastle.
Notices of papers and communications for the meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
ON THE COMPOSITION OF CERTAIN
COLLIERY WATERS.
BY PROF. F. PHILLIPS BEDSON, D.SC,
Durham College of Science, Xewcaslli-on-Tt/ne.
The introduction to the notice of mineral brine
springs contained in the volume devoted to the
Water CWZs-j
iJCccLe-fz Inch,
ahJl' i .V i ' i^lvi
s.'.(.(,:1'.,'.Kt,\uag
tTflaor^
nil 'i-r-r
a. .1 'i i, it
m
rS
t^=?tPtW^
M
■*:f— r*-f
■.I. i .! i,iJj_-i .I,, i \.< i .',i;i -•);
//^■Hvi»',hj>?;^i-7irft7M,n
•1
ii:
scheme ; a comparatively moderate one blew showers
of water either into the works or into the adjoining
street, unsatisfactory in either case. Fortunately
this was easily obviated by the very simple expedient
of nailing jin. by Tin. boards horizontally from
upright to upright, leaving 3in. spaces between on
both sides, a space on one Bide being opposite a board
on the other. These openings seem to be ample to
permit the wind to blow through, and are otherwise
an improvement, as a very gentle breeze drives the
streams on to the boards, over which they trickle
down, exposing thus a very large surface. The cool-
ing power of this apparatus is very erratic, varying
very much with the temperature of the air and" the
quantity blown through, as far as our observations
go, from 20° to 35° P. of decrease of temperature.
At all events it has served my purpose, but should I
find next summer that it does nut effect all I desire,
I shall simply duplicate the arrangement and divide
the pump stream into two, thus giving the water a
longer exposure.
" Industrial Resources of the Tyne, Wear and Tees,''
prepared for the meeting of the British Association
in 1863, may serve, with slight alteration, as a suit-
able introduction to my paper.
The first sentence reads as follows: — "The dis-
covery of the bed of rock-salt at Middlesbrough
lends additional interest to all the saline springs met
with in the collieries of this district." After a lapse
of 20 years or more, we may now read this sentence
with but slight alteration, substituting for " dis-
covery," the "working of the bed of rock-salt at
Middlesbrough lends additional interest to all the
saline springs met with in the collieries of this
district."
The analyses also published by Dr. Richardson,
Mr. Dunn, M.Sc, and others, of water-pipe deposits
found in various collieries in this district have com-
bined to make the investigation of the waters from
the coal measures of the neighbourhood a matter of
some interest, and interest sufficient to make it
unnecessary for me to apologise for laying before you
Nov. so, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
713
this evening tbe results of the analysis of two mineral
waters obtained from collieries situated in tbe neigh-
bouring county of Durham. Nor should the nature of
the mineral contents of such watersfail tobe of interest
to those connected with the chemical industries of
this district, as the history of the soda industry of
the Tyne shows how intimate has been the associa-
tion of one with the other ; and, as you are aware,
until within comparatively recent times a brine
spring at the Birtley ( tolliery was worked for salt.
These facts then will sufficiently excuse my making
the results of the analysis of two colliery waters
conducted under my supervision the subject of a
communication this evening.
Water from the Redheugh Colliery.
This water drains from the Brockwell seam and
adjacent rock. The sample was collected from a
sump on the 2nd West Way, into which the feeder is
continuously running, and from which the water is
siphoned to the shaft, a distance of about a quarter
of a mile. A siphon pipe juts into the water about
five yards from where the sample was taken. The
temperature of the water was found to be 13: C.
For this information, as also for the sample of water,
I am indebted to Mr. T. O. Robson, the manager of
the Redheugh Colliery.
The qualitative analysis of the residue left on
evaporating this water shows it consists of chlorides ;
of the metals, barium, calcium, magnesium, and
sodium and lithium.
The method adopted in determining the quantities
of these substances was briefly as follows : — A
measured volume of water was taken, and in it the
barium and calcium were precipitated as carbonates '
by means of ammonium carbonate ; the carbonates
were, after washing, subsequently dissolved in hydro-
chloric acid, and the barium converted into sulphate,
the calcium being estimated in the filtrate from the
barium sulphate by precipitating it as oxalate, J
the latter being converted into calcium carbonate and j
weighed as such.
The filtrate from the barium and calcium carbonates j
was evaporated to dryness and ignited ; the residue i
thus obtained was dissolved in water, and the mag- [
nesium contained in it precipitated in the form of
hydrate by means of baryta water. The precipi-
tated magnesium hydrate, after filtering and com- |
pletely washing, was dissolved in hydrochloric !
acid, the barium compound associated with it
was removed by precipitation with sulphuric acid, j
and in the filtrate from the barium sulphate the I
magnesium precipitated as magnesium ammonium
phosphate, weighing in the form of the pyrophos-
phate. The magnesium has not only been separated |
in this manner, but in some cases it was precipitated
directly from a measured volume of the water by
baryta water, the precipitated magnesium hydrate
being ultimately converted into the phosphate, as
described above.
The filtrate from the magnesium hydrate contain-
ing, in addition to baryta water, the chlorides of the |
metals sodium and lithium, the baryta was removed
by precipitation with ammonium carbonate, and the
filtrate evaporated to dryness and ignited leaves a
residue of the chlorides of sodium and lithium,
which was weighed as mixed chlorides.
The estimation of lithium has been attempted in
various ways, and the results obtained are not such
as to warrant any great confidence being placed in
their accuracy. My experience shows that a method
of estimating and separating lithium from sodium is
still a desideratum. These reflections apply to those
methods originally given for this purpose ; but I
have not yet had the opportunity of examining fully
the method described by Gooch (Chem. News, 55,
1887, pp. Is, 29, 40, 56, 78), which depends upon the
difference in solubility of lithium chloride and sodium
chloride in amyl-alcohol. The experiments made by
one of the students of the Durham College of Science,
Mr. II. A. Hi "'per, certainly show that Gooch's method
is more promising than any of the others, and I hope
to be able to apply the method to this and other
similar cases.
In the first attempt to determine the lithium,
lOOcc. of the water only were taken, and, after the
removal of all the metals (save sodium), the lithium
was separated from the sodium by precipitation as
phosphate. A second attempt was made with a
larger volume of water — viz., 1 litre. The lithium
chloride was partially separated from the sodium
chloride by treating the residue, left after evaporating
the water to dryness, with alcohol, filtering from that
insoluble in alcohol and washing with alcohol until
the residue was freed from lithium salts, as tested by
the spectroscope. The alcoholic filtrate and wash-
water were next evaporated to dryness, the residue
dissolved in water and the magnesium removed by
precipitation with baryta water ; and in the filtrate
from the magnesium hydrate the barium and calcium
were removed by precipitation with ammonium car-
bonate. The solution containing ammonium, sodium
and lithium salts was evaporated to dryness and
ignited. In the residue thus freed from ammonium
.-alts, the lithium was precipitated as phosphate by
sodium-phosphate in presence of caustic soda and
ammonia. The directions given by Fresenius as to
the mode of carrying out this method require
repeated treatment with sodium-phosphate, owing to
the solubility of lithium-phosphate.
The first of these methods gave 723mgrms. of LiCl
per litre and the second gave 381'9mgrms. of LiCl.
The want of agreement being far from satisfactory,
a third attempt was made. For this purpose nearly
two litres — viz., 1860cc. — of the water were evapo-
rated to dryness. The lithium chloride was extracted
from the residue by treating first with alcohol until
the insoluble portion was freed from lithium salts.
The residue left after evaporation of the alcohol was
dried at 110 — 120°, reduced to a fine powder and
digested for several hours with a mixture of alcohol
and ether. The solution thus obtained was again
evaporated to dryness, and the dried residue digested
again with alcohol and ether. The residue left, after
removal of the alcohol and ether, was dissolved in
water, and thus a solution was obtained containing the
lithium -salts, associated with some of the sodium,
calcium and magnesium salts. The magnesium and
calcium were removed in the manner already
described, and finally a residue of lithium aud
sodium chlorides obtained. This residue was
weighed and then dissolved in water, the solution
made up to a quarter litre and the chlorine deter-
mined in an aliquot part of this solution by precipi-
tation with silver nitrate in the usual way. From
the weight of the mixed chlorides and the weight of
chlorine in these, the lithium chloride has been esti-
mated indirectly.
The result obtained in this case gives the amount
of LiCl as 0'335grm. per litre, which is no doubt too
low, as some of the lithium was found to have been
precipitated by ammonium- carbonate with the barium
and calcium salts. Still, the result lends some sup-
port to that obtained by the direct determination of
the lithium as phosphate. The amount of chlorine
as chlorides in the water was determined by taking
lOcc. of the water, diluting it with distilled water to
lOOcc, and of the diluted water lOcc. were used for
precipitation with silver nitrate.
714
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. INov. 30. 1887.
The results obtained wire as follow : —
From lOOcc. of the water:—
0'153S9grm. BaSO, = 0-0901 Ba.
1-897 ., CaCO, =075SSCu.
0-3656 ,. Mg.P.O, =0-079 M*.
(Mean of two separate determinations).
5-9603grms. NaCl and LiCl.
(Mean of three separate determinations).
From lOee. of the water :—
2-182grms. Agl 1 0-539grm. CI.
From one litre of the water :—
(It 03175 Li3PO,=0-3819grm. LiCl.
Indirect determi-
nation giving.. 0-335 ,,
Mean-=0'358grm.
These results give the following as the amount of
salts in this water : —
„ . ,, Orms. per litre. Grns. per gallon.
Barium chloride 1372 9W01
Calcium chloride 21'058 147101"
Magnesium ehloride 3'127 218"S9
Sodium chloride 59-265 4118-55
Lithium chloride 0'353(!) 2j-06(?)
85-1S0
5962-60
Chlorine required 52-521grms.\ ...
found 53-9 „ " Pcr htr0-
Water from the Wardley Colliery.
The second water is remarkable not only from its
mineral constituents, but also from the fact that it
contained a considerable quantity of gas dissolved in
it, and amongst the gaseous constituents Marsh gas
is to be reckoned. I am indebted to Mr. Walton
Brown, of Newcastle, for directing my attention to
this matter, and also my thanks to Messrs. John
Bowes and Partners, the owners of the colliery, for
permission to collect and examine the water ; as also
for the facilities afforded for the examination of the
gas given off from the water.
The history of the water is, briefly, the following :
—In the early part of July, 1R8(>, a borehole in explor-
ing workings from Wardley Colliery touched a feeder
of water which had accumulated in some old work-
ings. The bore-hole was plugged and a tap inserted,
so that the water might be run off as desired by
means of a pipe to the sump at the bottom of the
pit. It was soon noticed that inflammable gas was
being continually given off from this water, as it
passed over the flat sheets towards the sump.
Several samples of the water, collected as it issued
from the pipe at the bottom of the shaft, were
examined for their gaseous and mineral contents. A
sample of the gas was collected by Mr. Saville Shaw,
Demonstrator in Chemistry in this College, from
the water at the same point. This was effected
by allowing a stream of water to run through a hori-
zontal branch of T piece made of tin-plate tubing,
the vertical branch of which was attached to a bottle
filled with water. The vertical branch of the T piece
was divided into two parts by a piece of tin-plate, and
in this way the stream of water passing through the
horizontal tube was broken up, the gas given off pass-
ing into the bottle and displacing the water contained
in it.
The qualitative examination of the residue left on
evaporating the Wardley Colliery water showed it to
contain chlorides and sulphates of iron, calcium,
magnesium,sodium,and lithium ; also small quantities
of carbonates of calcium and magnesium. When first
collected, the wateris perfectly clearand colourless, but
on standing it first becomes opalescent, and gradually
a brown precipitate, apparently of hydrated ferric
oxide, separates out. On boiling, ;l deposit is formed,
which is black at first and gradually becomes brown.
This deposit appeared to consist' at first of the
magnetic oxide of iron. The method adopted in
analysis need not be described in detail. It consisted
first in evaporating a measured volume of the water
to dryness. The residue after drying at 120° was
weighed, next treated with water' and the soluble
portion thoroughly evaporated by washing from
insoluble matter. The insoluble matter contained
ferric oxide and calcium and magnesium carbonates :
the amounts of which were estimated in the usual
manner.
The soluble salts consisted of sulphates and
chlorides of iron, calcium, magnesium, sodium, and
lithium. The methods of separation and estimation
were similar to those used in the previous case,
with the exception that in the estimation of the
sodium and lithium a measured volume of the
water was taken in which the iron and magnesium
were precipitated by baryta ; in the filtrate from
these the barium and calcium salts were precipitated
with ammonium oxalate, and from the filtrate the
sodium and lithium chlorides were obtained by
evaporation to dryness and ignition to expel ammonium
salts. The weight of sodium and lithium chlorides
was determined ; these were next converted into
sulphates and the weight of mixed sulphates esti-
mated. I have not attempted to estimate the lithium
in this case, as my experience with the Redheugh
water was not such as to invite a second essay. An
indirect estimate has been made by determining the
amount of S04 in the weighed sulphates, calculating
this as sodium sulphate, and from the weight of
mixed sulphates and the weight of sodium sulphate
the lithium sulphate was calculated. The results were
not satisfactory, which, no doubt, is to be explained
by the fact that such methods are only applicable
when there is a greater equality in the relative
amounts of the two compounds than there was in this
case.
Mr. Hooper has recently examined the mixed
sodium and lithium chlorides by the method proposed
by Gooch, and the results of his determinations
show that there is about 8—9 grains per gallon of
lithium chloride in this water.
RESULTS.-WARDLEY COLLIERY WATER.
(70cc. of water gave 6260mgrms. of solids, dried at 120'.)
From 70c. he. of water were ohtained : —
Hesidue soluble in water.
Ferricoxide 2J-8mgrms. = H'56mgrm3. Fc.
Calcium carbonate 1294-1 ,, == 51776 „ Ca.
Mg.P,0; 228 „ = 49 „ Mg.
Residuum insoluble in water.
Ferricoxide 19 mgrms. = 13-3mgrms. Fe.
Calcium oxide 53 „ = 94 ,. CaCO,
Mg,P:Or 2-8 „ = l-ol „ MgC03
From 70c.be. were obtained : —
Sodium and lithium sulphates=4590mgrms.=3775mgrms. NaCl.
Sodium and lithium chloride found = 3747-lmgrms.
Chlorine estimation gives 3332mgrmg. per 70oc.
SO, „ „ 78-4 „ „ „
Grains per gallon. Grains per litre.
Ferrous sulphate 75'61 1'08
Calcium sulphate 4342 0"62
Calcium chloride 1401-49 20021
Magnesium chloride 193'9 277
Sodium and lithium
chlorides 3747-l 5.V53
Calcium carbonates .... 9*4 0'134
Magnesium carbonate .. 151 0021
547213
58-176
Chlorine required . .
Chlorine found 333:
33197grain3|pergallon
Gases contained in" Wardley Colliery
Water.
Several determinations have been made of the gases
expelled from the water by boiling. The result*
show that the amount and composition of the gas
varies with the time allowed to elapse between
collection and examination. The gases evolved were
examined in a Hempel's apparatus, and cannot there-
fore claim superior accuracy.
A sample of water collected on the 13th of July
was examined on the Kith. The results obtained
were as follow : —
GBlcc. of water gave 557ce. of gas at 17 C. and 29 64in.
This would represent 7'Slcc, of gas N'.T.P.. from lOOcc. of
water-
Nov. 30. 1887.' THE JOl'KXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
715
The analysis of the gas showed it to have the
following composition : —
Carbon dioxide Silt
Marsh gas 5'2
Nitrogen 1329
9963
A further examination of the gaseous contents of
the .same water, after it had already stood in the
laboratory for four days in a partially-filled bottle,
yielded the following results : — 624cc. gave 41"4cc.
gas at 19* and 29"56in., representing 3S"4cc. at X.T. P.,
therefore 100 volumes of the water would give 615
vols, of gas. The gas was found to have the following
composition : —
Carbon dioxide _ 79 "7
Nitrogen 17'3
Oxygen 1*4
Marsh gas Vi
These results show that not only does the water
lose gas on standing, but also a change in the com-
position of the gas takes place.
Another sample of the water was collected by Mr.
S. Shaw at the bottom of the colliery shaft, on the
19th July, and submitted at once to examination,
with the following results : — 664cc. of water gave
71'8cc. of gas at 19° and 29Sin., representing 66'8cc. of
gas at normals ; or 100 vols, of the water will give
1005 vols, of gas measured at normals. The gas
was found to have the following composition : —
Carbon dioxide 85"9
Nitrogen 9*6
Marsh gas 4*17
Oxygen <>'Jo
100-23
On the same occasion that this water was col-
lected, Mr. Shaw also collected some of the gas given
off by the water, in the manner I have already indi-
cated. The result of the examination of this gas
yielded the following : —
Carbon dioxide 10"8
Oxygen 44
Marsh gas 50"2
Nitrogen 34 6
100-0
Supposing the oxygen here to represent airentering
the Dottle during the collection of the gas, then the
volume of air would be 21 06 per 100 ; deducting
this we should obtain by re-calculation the following
as representing in all probability the composition of
the gas given off by the water :—
Carbon dioxide 1368
Marsh ga3 63"59
Nitrogen 2073
Journal ano patent* Literature.
L— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS AND
MACHINERY.
Stean Explosions in the >'»</
tht yem L886. Chem. Zeit. 11, 1044—1046.
DURING the last year sixteen steam boiler explosions
took place in the German Empire. The official investi-
gation into the causes gave the following result: — (1)
Explosion of a boiler at the machine works of F.
Wachter, Entin. The boiler was in a horizontal position,
and provided with many heating tubes. Cause of the
explosion was want of water. The taps of the water
gauge were stopped up, whereby the want of water was
not detected. The plates became red hot, and as soon as
fresh water was pumped into the boiler, the sudden
Pig. 5.
Figs. 2 AND 3.
evolution of steam, which increased the pressure within
the boiler rapidly from 15 to 6011>. per square inch, burst
the boiler. (2aud3) Two contiguous vertical cylindrical
boilers at the iron works, Hiisten. The explosion tore
one of the boilers in three pieces, one of which was com-
pletely rolled up. At the points of the fracture the iron
was badly corroded, which circumstance accounts for the
explosion. The second boiler was torn from its seat by
the explosion of its neighbour and broke in two. (4)
Explosion of a Cornish boiler at the brewery of A.
Mergell. Cause of the explosion was presumably want
of water. The edges at the points of fracture were
porous, and had the appearance of pumice-stone. (5)
Explosion of a Lancashire boiler at the Tiefbau colliery.
After the explosion the second plate of the left flue was
found to have burst. The fissure went right across a
patch, which had been put on the second plate some two
vears previously. The cause of the explosion was want
of water due to a strong leakage through the patch in
the left flue. (6) Explosion of a Lancashire boiler at
the Zocherndorf colliery. The left flue-tube was torn
right across the top, at which place the iron scaled off.
The right flue-tube burst only partially at the top, and
was crushed somewhat flat. Corrosion of the plates, as
well as an inferior quality of the iron appeared to be
100DO
These waters somewhat resemble in composition
that of the brine spring at St. Lawrence Colliery,
containing, according to Dr. Richardson, 4038 grains
per gallon, of which 293Sgrs. consisted of common
salt ("Industrial Resources of Tyne, Wear and
Tees," p. 56).
Dr. Richardson has also shown that the water
found at the Wallsend Colliery is somewhat similar
in character, and he has pointed out that the con-
stituents of this water vary in a most remarkable
manner, as shown by the analysis of this water, made
at two different periods some six years apart. The
point raised by Dr. Richardson is of such interest
that I shall again examine the Redheugh water, and
should it be deemed of sufficient interest to the mem-
bers, communicate the results at some future period,
together with others obtained in the examination of
other colliery waters.
Fig. 7.
the cause of the explosion. (7) Explosion of a Lan-
cashire boiler at a saw mill. The boiler burst above the
* Any of these specifications may be obtained by post, by
remitting the cost price, plus postage, to Mr. II. Header Lack,
Comptroller of the Patent Offlee. Southampton Buildings,
Chancery Lane, London. W.C. The amount of postage may
be calculated as follows :—
If the price does not exceed Sd Id.
Above Sd.. and not exceeding Is. tid. . . Id.
„ Is. Bd.. „ „ 2s. Id... lju.
.. 2s. Id., .. ,. 38. Id... 2d,
716
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. 30. 1887.
fireplace, and made a rent of - 04 metres in tlie direction
of the length of the flue-tube. Cause of the explosion,
presumably the presence of scale on the plate over the
fireplace, which must have attained such a thickness as
to make the plate red hot (8) Explosion of a horizontal
cylindrical boiler at the Zawadski Rolling Mills. Cause
of the explosion was want of water, whereby the plate
over the hottest part of the furnace became red hot
and hurst. (9) Explosion of an Elephant boiler at the
Lindow Alcohol Distillery. The surface of the left tube
allowed a hole after the explosion, and the plate was
particularly thin at this point. Near the hole were four
patches, which were covered with a dirty scale, evidently
pioduced by a leakage of water through the patches.
The water trickling through gradually caused the cor-
rosion. (10) Explosion of a Cornish boiler at the
Beuthen Flour Mill. The flue-tube was crushed flat and
Elephant boiler at the Mhhlhausen Flour Mill. The
hit tube burst, causing a Insure of 370mm. length ami
300mm. width. The plate nearthe plug was very thin and
corroded, and it is supposed that the plug, not being
absolutely tight, allowed water to trickle through,
which gradually caused a local corrosion. (15) Explo-
s:on of a multi-tubular boiler at a spinning mill. One
of the boiling tubes in the second row burst, and the red
coloration of the iron showed that it had been red hot
owing to deficient circulation of the water, due to the
length and cross section of the boiling tubes not having
the right proportion to each other. (16) Explosion of a
multi-tubular boiler at a paper works. The boiler was
not yet at work, as the necessary pressure of 701b. per
square inch had not been obtained, owing to the draught
being faulty. Suddenly an explosion took place, which
broke all the joints of' the tube in the tube-plate, and
also bulged out the latter. It was then found that snow-
in the previous night had partially closed the chimney,
and thus caused the fire to burn badly, liy these means
explosive gas mixtures may have been formed in the
tubes, which were suddenly" lighted on opening the fire-
door.— S. H.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 11.
torn in the middle. Cause of the explosion was evi-
dently want of water. (11) Explosion of a horizontal
boiler at the Glue Works of Jorg & Kbnig. The boiler
contained a scale of 15mm. thickness, and the bluish
appearance of the plates pointed to their having been
red hot before the explosion. A leakage of the blow-off
cock also caused want of water. (12) Explosion of a
Lancashire boiler at the Marsberg Saw Mills. Both
flue-tubes were crushed out of shape. The plates over
the fire-bridge had burst. Cause of the explosion was
want of water. (13) Explosion of a horizontal boiler at
the Eschweiler Wire Works. The front of the upper
Fig. 13.
Fig. 15.
Fig. 18.
portion of the boiler was completely torn away. Cause
of the explosion was want of water, which had sunk to
40cm. below the low water level. (14) Explosion of an
Klein, Schanzlin it- Becker's Rotary Pumps. Chem.
Zeit. 11, 1046.
These pumps arc pre-eminently suitable for pumping
boiling hot, pulpy liquids, in which they are best sus-
pended (see Fig. 1, next page). They are also extremely
useful for lifting nearly dry and crumbling substances,
as, for instance, the filling mass of sugar works. They
then run the reverse way (Fig. 2); the mass is emptied into a
hopper and forced from the bottom upwards to 12 metres.
The pumps can also be used for draining shafts and
wells (Fig. 3). They can be driven by a vertical shaft,
as shown, and no harm is done if the pump is suspended
below the water level. — S. H.
II.- FUEL, GAS AND LIGHT.
On the Bate of Consumption of Illuminating Agents and
the Intensity of Light given out by the various Methods
of Illumination. Journal fiir Casbeleuchtung, 1SS7,
30, 1371.
C. Heim has compared various methods of illumination
as regards their intensity and effective power from an
economic point of view. The intensity was measured
by a photometer of the usual construction and stated in
normal candle units, the intensity of the various lights
being examined both iu horizontal direction and at an
angle of 45° downwards. 1. Petroleum Lamps. The
lamps were supplied with " Kaiser-oil " of 0'796 sp. gr.
and yielded .the following tests : —
TABLE 1.
Description of
lamp.
Diameter of
burner.
mm.
Angle with
the horizon-
tal plane.
Streneth
]!_-ht in nor-
mal candles.
Con. of oil
per hour.
grins.
Consumption
of oil per
candle unit.
Remarks.
Circular burner
25
O-
ic-1
51"-'
3 37
Kaiser-oil
..
1".
12 3
53 6
136
„
Circular burner with
30
0"
19-2
631
330
..
..
..
45
11-1
61 1
5'51
.. ..
Circular burner with
plate (large)
62
0"
67 -3
22 9
310
..
,.
..
15°
33-9
22 S
fi'72
.. ..
Kosmos Circular
30
0!
22-9
849
3-70
American Petro-
leum
..
,.
45'
17-S
85'5
r-n
,.
,.
••
0'
22-8
81-7
358
Kaiser-oil
Nov. so. 188?.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL LNDUSTKV.
717
The figures of this table show that the intensity of
light, measured in the horizontal direction, from all the
lamps examined is about equal. The effective power is
not proportionately increased by an increased size of the
lamp. -Measured at an angle of 4S the intensity of light
decreases with an increased diameter of the burner.
The effective power of a petroleum lamp decreases con-
siderably if the flame is not screwed up to its full
height, a-s is shown by Table Ia.
suitable for illuminating large rooms or halls, as for an
eqnal consumption of gas its light is three and a half
times as strong as that of split burners Larger types . f
the Wenham lamp yielded a better result still. The
Welsbach incandescent lamps are also preferable to
Argand and split burners, at least as long as the incan-
descent body is new.
Electric Arc Lamps.— Three of the best known con-
structions were examined. A compound engine of
TABLE Ia.
Angle.
Intensity of
Light.
| Consumption of
1 oil per hour.
Cons, per cardie
and hour.
0'
18 9
581
309
0'
16-S
56-0
333
0*
150
54 8
i
365
0*
127
50-7
399
Gas Lamps. — The different tests were made under
equal and normal conditions. Regenerative burners
were lit half an hour before testing, smaller burners a
sufficient time to warm all the parts of the lamp. The
combustion gases were carried away by a ventilating
tine. The plane of the split burner was vertical to the
photometer-axis.
It is well knownthat theintensityof light is considerably
raised by an increase of the temperature of combustion,
and the last column but one in Table II. confirms this
fact. The split burner is surpassed by the Argand and
the latter by the regenerative burner. Both Argand and
Siemens' burner distribute the light badly, since they
emit the maximum of light in the horizontal direction,
whereas the Wenham lamp emits most of the light
vertically downwards. The latter is therefore specially
Fig. 3.
100 V. was employed as a source of the electric current.
Only the tests taken at an angle of 45° can be fairly con-
sidered as representing the value of the various lamps.
The intensity of light in the horizontal direction fluctuates
continually, increasing and decreasing with the slightest
variation in the position of the arc. By enlarging the
type of lamp or increasing the strength of the current the
effective power of the lamp is raised.
Incandescent Lamps. — Only sixteen candle power
lamps were tested, as these are nearly exclusively in
use. The intensity was only examined in the horizontal
direction.
Magnesium Lamp. — A lamp from A. Griitzel, Hanover,
was photometrically tested. It was constructed in such a
manner that as many as eight magnesium ribbonsof 2 •omm.
width and O'lomni. thickness could be burned at the
same time. The white smoke of magnesia was carried
away by a ventilating tube which was firmly connected
with a reflector. To obtain the intensity of light without
reflector the latter was covered with black paper. The
light was measured in the horizontal direction ; measure-
ments at an angle of 33" showing a decrease in intensity
of 25 per cent.
Theintensityof light forone ribbon is greatest when only
one ribbon is being burned ; it sinks not inconsiderably it
' more are lit. The consumption of magnesium per hour
amounts with 8 ribbons to 0 134kilo. One kilo, costs 45s.,
consequently, the cost of one hour's burning is about 6s.
718
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IN'uv. so, is87.
TABLE II.
Description of Burner.
Angle with the
horizontal
plane.
Strength of
light in normal
candles.
Consumption of
gas per hour in
cubic metres.
Consumption of
gas per candle
and hour.
Remarks.
0°
45'
0*
169
17 2
21-9
0-251
0 256
0239
U'8
11-9
10 9
] Medium size,
[so-called 6 CO.
) ft. burner.
45*
0°
Jo-
191
111
105
0-211
0-0951
0-1037
121
6-60
9-88
i Latest type.
Welabach incandescent light
Siemens' regenerator No. 3 ..
0*
653
0160
7 05
No. 3 . .
45-
40-9
0-156
975
No. 1 . .
V
222
1-621
7-30
No. 1..
30'
162
1-614
9-96
No. 1 . .
45"
132
1-601
12-2
Wenham lamp, No. 2
0"
2S-4
0 249
8-77
45'
41-5
0'257
5 77
„ No.2
90'
158
0-256
5-58
„ No. 4
0"
99
0-685
6'92
„ No. 4
25'
152
0-6S6
451
., No. 4
45'
170
0677
398
„ No. 4
65'
200
0 685
3-42
„ No. 4
90"
202
0-671
333
TABLE III.
Name of Lamp.
Diameter of
carbon rod,
mm.
Length of
lower arc.
mm.
Angle with
the horizon-
tal plane.
Intensity of
light in nor-
mal candles.
Effective
powerin volt-
amperes.
Voltam-
pcres per
candle unit.
Candle
units per
h.p.
| at top 6 7
1 at bottom 5"0
1 -
1 -
) ■
!■ •
[ 4 to 5
0'
45°
0*
45'
0'
45°
126
377
220
1420
575
3S30
100
153
4!4
413
918
912
1-27
0 405
1-88
0-291
1-60
0-238
433
1360
293
1890
311
2310
Piette (Schuckert)
Siemens and Halske
TABLE IV.
Name of Incandescent Lamp.
Intensity of
light in normal
candles.
Erhcieut power
in voltamperes.
Voltamperes
per candle
unit.
Candle units
per h.p.
Lamps per h.p.
16
16
16
16
16
10
72
60
66
56
52
56
4-50
375
4 13
3-50
325
3-50
122
147
133
157
169
157
7-5
9-2
83
9-8
10-6
9-8
Edison (new type), German Edi-
Siemens and llalske
Bernstein (Electro-Technical Co..
Nov. so. is*?.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
719
TABLE V.
Intensity in norm.
Candles.
w
tbout Beflector.
2
Nunit>i r of
ribbons.
Without
icllcc-tor.
si
. a
-----
" = -
o
Conn.of Mk'
L'lhbon pez
one hour
mill ribbon.
S « g 5 «
*- ~ S °-s
3 5-8 =
■£ -~ -
gs o gg
o =
1
150
3,200
150
Gmi9.
167
irii
2
287
5,880
1187
167
u-io
4
150
8,000
1125
167
1180
6
700
11,300
U7
167
11-15
8
950
17,000
119
167
1103
Latterly, an improved construction of lamp reduces the
cost of one hour's burning to 4s. Gd. But even at this
price the light is far too expensive to enter into competi-
tion with gas or the electric light. The lamp is easily
handled and carried about. It can be lit with a match
and put out quickly. It is, therefore, most suitable for
signalling, photographic, theatrical and similar pur-
poses.— S. H.
Improvements in Apparatus for the Manufacture of Gas
from Fluid Hydrocarbons. A. G. Meeze, Redhill.
Eng. Pat. 12,340, Sept. 29, 18S6. Is. Id.
Within an ordinary gas retort, heated by a firebox of
the usual construction, is placed an inner retort of con-
siderably less diameter and preferably of thin wrought
iron, the outer one beingof fireclay. Within the outer retort
and attached to the doorplate, in order to be easily remov-
able, is placed a superheating steam coil. Both retorts
are packed with fireclay " defiectors " or surfaces, so
arranged as to promote concussion and impact among the
gaseous particles travelling through the retorts. In
operation, steam from the superheater is made to drive
oil through an injectorinto the inner retort. Here decom-
position takes place, promoted by the presence of the
dellectors. The gas evolved then passes from the inner
to the outer retort, where, encountering a greater heat,
it is fixed and rendered homogeneous, and whence it
passes by au ascension-pipe in the front to the hydraulic
main. The inventor's claim refers mainly to the use of
the deflectors. Full drawings are attached.
—A. R. D.
Improvements in the Method of and in Apparatus for the
Complete Purification of Coal Ons by Concentrated
Liquid Ammonia, and in the . f Sulphur and
Ammonia for the Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid and
Ammonium Sulphate. J Hammond, Lewes. Eng.
Pat. S34S, June 24, 1886. 8d.
This specification, which is unsnited for useful abstrac-
tion, contains four sheets of drawings. The claims are
(li the use of a series of chambers, whereby the passing
gas can be made alternately hot and cold in the presence
of free ammonia and vapour, for the purpose of suddenly-
condensing therefrom much of its impurity, which may
then be carried off by the strong condensed alkaline
liquors; (2) the i reparation and use of coke and iron,
with the admission of a regulated quantity of air (carbu-
retted or otherwise), to keep the same chemically active
upon the passing gas in the presence of liquid ammonia
or water. — D. B.
An Apparatus for Projecting Oil or other Fuel into Fvr-
uxs in the form of Spray. C. A. Sahlstrom, Aber-
deen. EDg.'Pat. 15,076, Nov. 19, 1SS6. Sd.
This apparatus is an improvement on that described by
the patentee in the specification of Eng. Pat. 14,535 of
1SS6 and may be described as an injector consisting of a
central passaae for superheated steam, an outer annular
passage for hot air and an intermediate annular passage
for oil. All these deliver into a mouthpiece with a con-
tracted throat. The apparatus is made to swing on a
trunnion socket, so that it can readily be fixed in position
for working and as readily allowed to fall back from the
furnace firebox when not required. — A. R. D.
An Improved Method of and Apparatus fur Genei ating
Gas for Illuminating, Heating mid Metallurgical Pur-
poses from Liquid Hydrocarbons. K. B. Averv, New
York, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 8953, June 23, 1SS7." lid.
This is a process for generating gas by passing oil and
superheated steam through heated retorts. The retorts
and superheaters are packed with cones (of iron or fire-
clay), having serrated or perforated llanges, and are so
di -posed as to present their apices to meet the current of
gas. These cones have the effect of finely dividing the
passing vapours and greatly economising the heating
power of the retort. The use of an exhauster is recom-
mended, both to prevent back pressure in the retorts and
also to draw in a certain amount of air, which consider-
ably improves the quality of the gas. The specification
is accompanied by nine drawings. — A. R. D.
An Improved Continuous Process for the Purification of
Coal Gas from Sulphur Compounds, by which the
Sulphur is Pecovcred. C. Estcourt, Manchester, H.
Veevers, Dukinfield, and M. Schwab, Manchester.
Eng. Pat. 15,007, Nov. IS, 1886. Sd.
The inventors propose to eliminate the sulphur com-
pounds (chiefly sulphuretted hydrogen) from coal gas,
by bringing it into contact with sulphurous acid, either
alone in aqueous solution or in the presence of the car-
bonates, chlorides or sulphates of the alkalis or alkaline
earths ; or of hydrochloric acid and salt- containing sul-
phurous acid. When any of these various salts are
present, practically the whole of the sulphur is precipi-
tated, which is far from being the case when sulphurous
acid is used alone. The process is preferably carried on
in a scrubber, divided into a number of chambers, so
connected that the course of the gas is made as tortuous
as possible. Each chamber is provided with a set of
blades, brushes or other suitable contrivance, mounted
on a revolving shaft. At each revolution, tlie.^e dip into
the washing liquid contained in the lower part of the
scrubber and constantly present wet surfaces to the
passing gas. The process is a continuous one, the i
liquor after leaving the scrubber being again charged
with sulphurous acid in a coke or other absorber and
used for purifying over again. — A. K. D.
HI— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Vatelin. G. Vulpius. Pharm. Post, 1S87, 30S.
The author comes to the conclusion that the German
vaselin has become purer and better from year to year,
whilst the quality of the American product has con-
tinually deteriorated and that quite apart fronithepurity,
which is there never greatly aspired to, the consistency
of the American article is also inferior to the German.
— G. H. M.
Occurrence oj Alkaloid-lihe Bases in Paraffin Oil. A.
Weiler. Ber. 20, 2097— 2099.
BAKDROWSKI having recently established the existence
of bases in Galician tetroleum, the author thought it
desirable to publish the results of an investigation on the
so-called yellow oil, obtained in the marufacture of
Saxon petroleum, from which he some time ago isolated
basic substances. The separation was effected by
shaking the oil with dilute sulphuric acid, precipitating
with caustic soda, extracting with ether, re-dUsolving
and re-precipitating several times, finally subjecting
the product to distillation. The bases thus obtained
form a colourless oil having a sp. gr. of 0 98 — 0 09. They
have a very unpleasant odour, assume a dark colour on
exposure to the light and do not solidify at llc. They
720
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Mot. B6, 1887.
are sparingly sol able in water, but freely soluble in
alcohol, ether and chloroform. They contain nitrogen,
but are free from oxygen and sulphur. Treatment with
potash causes the evolution of strongly alkaline vapours,
which are, however, free from ammonia. Bromine and
methyl iodide react with the bases dissolved in chloro-
form, forming non-crystalline oily products. (Jnsuccess
ful attempts were made to isolate the bases by means
of fractional distillation, the product obtained after
several fractionations boiling between 220° and 260°
without the temperature remaining constant at any one
point. Several salts were prepared. The most charac-
teristic salt is the oxalate, which crystallises in nacreous
scales sparingly soluble in water and ether, but readily
soluble in alcohol, chloroform, benzene and petroleum
spirit.— D. B.
Isomeric Change in the Phenol Series. A. R. Ling. J.
Chem. Soc, 1SS7, 147— 152 and 782— 794.
The first portion of the author's experiments were
devoted to the action of bromine on the dibromonitro-
phenols, with the view of obtaining, if possible, some
explanation of the isomeric change of dibrom-orMo-
intu dibromo-/>ara-nitrophenol (Armstrong, J. Chem.
Soc. is;;,, .320).
When either of the dibromonitrophenols is heated with
bromine and water, the chief product is tetrabromo-
quinone thus : —
C H2Br2(N02)OH + 4Br2 + 20H2 =
CcBr40, + 6HBr + HNO,
Several lOgrm. quantities of dibromonitropbcnol
(m.p. 117°) were heated in a water hath with one
molecular proportion of bromine and about 40cc. water
for several hours. The products were exhausted with
potassium carbonate solution and the tetrabromoquinone
separated by filtration.
From the filtrates the potassium salts of the following
compounds were obtained : —
M.r.
O-bromoilinitrophcnol 116*
O-bromo-para-nitrophenol 102°
Dibromo-para-nitrophcnol 111°
The same compounds were obtained in a similar ex-
periment made with dibromo-y«/ra-nitropbcnol.
1 1 would seem that the formation of tetrabromoquinone
involves the partial denomination of the diliromonitro-
phenol, the resulting brom-err/to-nitrophenol then under-
going isomeric change : the bromo-para-nitrophenol thus
produced is in part converted into bromodinitrophenol by
the nitric acid resulting from the N02 displaced, and in
part into dibromo-para-nitrophenol.
The second portion of the experiments relates to the
action of bromine on the dichloronitrophenols, and on
/>-chlor-oW/io-nitrophenol.
Dichloro-orMo-nitrophenol (m p. 12.T) is not converted
into its isomeride when heated with bromine and water
under the conditions above described, but is decomposed,
yielding chlorotribromoquinone in accordance with the
following equation : —
CCH,C1,(X0J0H + 4Br„ + 20H2 =
C0ClBr3O + 5HBr + HC1 + HN03
Chlorotribromoquinone crystallises from glacial acetic
acid in glistening yellow scales ; the quinone forms
colourless needles, melting at 231°; and the diacetyl
compound colourless prisma, melting at 2112 .
Chlorotribromoquinone treated with a 4 per cent, solu-
tion of potash is decomposed, giving rise to the potassium
salt of chlorobromanihc acid (C,ClBr(OK) j >_,, 211 0),
described by Krause (Her. 12, 47).
Dichloro-y/ora-nitrophenol (m.p. 125°) yields m-dichloro-
dibromoquinone, described by Krause (loo. cit.), when
heated with bromine and water, thus : —
C, HJ'l(N(),)()II i 4Brs + 20II5 =
C,Cl2BraO, : 6HBr I UNO,
P-chlor-oWAo-nitrophenol (m.p. s~J°) was dissolved in
glacial acetic acid and treated with one molecular pro-
portion of bromine at the ordinary temperature. The
resulting chlorohromonitrophenol crystallised from
alcohol was found to melt at 125°. This compound,
heated with four molecular proportions of bromine and
water, was entirely converted in'o tetrabromoquinone,
and wastliereforey(-chloro-ori/if>-bromo-r;;i/<<<-nitroplienol.
OH : NOj, : CI : Br = 1 : 2 : 4 : 6.
The potassium salt crystallises in dark red, anhydrous
needles, and the calcium salt in orange-red plates of the
composition (C6H3ClBrN08)aCa,3H20.
P-chloro-ortAo-nitrophenol dissolved in glacial acetic
acid and the solution, after boiling for half an-hour with
one molecular proportion of bromine, left for some hours
to cool, yielded a compound isomeric with the above,
melting at 119°, and giving a potassium salt in red
anhydrous plates, and a calcium salt of a somewhat
darker colour than that of p-chloro-ortAo-bromo-orfAo-
nitrophenol, and containing
of H,0. Heated
with 4 molecular proportions of bromine and water
chlorotribromoquinone was obtained. The compound
was therefore o-chloro^para-bromo-ort/io-nitrophenol.
(HI :NH, ;Br : Cl = l:2:4:6.
The constitution has been further proved by preparing
o-chloro-para-bromo-orfAo-nitrophenol from p-bromo-
orMo-nitrophenol (m.p. SSc)and chlorine, and comparing
it and its salts with the compounds last described. The
melting point of pure o-chloro-para-bromo-orfAo-nitro-
phenol is 117°.
It has also been found possible to convert p-chloro-
ortho - bromo - ortho - nitrophenol [OH : NO^ : CI : Br =
1:2:4:6] (m.p. 125°) into o-chloro-^ptim-broino-orMo-nitro-
phenol [OH : NO, : Br : CI = 1 : 2 :4 :6] (m.p. 117) by
heating the former with a small quantity of bromine.
The change takes place, however, with much less ease
in the last-named case than when p-chloroo/Mo-nitro-
phenol is brominated at the higher temperature. This
is possibly because it occurs simultaneously with the
exchange of hydrogen for bromine. Di-halogen deriva-
tives of o- and ^-nitrophenol being incapable of further
substitution might be expected to behave somewhat
indifferently towards reagents. No other compound
being formed, there can be no doubt whatever that it is
a case of true intramolecular change.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Carbon u»d in
Apparatus employed therein. A. Jacquelain, Paris,
France. Eng. Pat. 25G6, Nov. 11, 1S59. Second
Edition. Sd.
It is proposed to manufacture carbon from tars and
heavy oils distilled from coal, schist, peat or other vola-
tile organic matter. The tar is heated in a boiler and
the vapours generated therein are led into a horizontal
earthen retort heated to redness. The retort is con-
nected with two vertical cast-iron receivers. The
deposits in the retort are removed by means of a rake.
A pipe is connected to the second receiver, by which the
gas, as well as such carbon compounds as may have
escaped decomposition by the heat, and the volatile pro-
ducts are led off to be utilised for heating purposes. The
inventor also claims means for improving carbon
produced in gas retorts and the preparation of a hard
carbon. — D. B.
A New and Improved Method for the Distillation of
Coal 'Tar, the Oils from Cuke Onus and other
similar Fluids. 11. Ellison, Cleckheaton. and G-. E.
Davis, Manchester. Eng. Pat. 13,929, Oct. 30, 1886.
Sd.
The vapours from the tar or oil still are passed through
coils of piping, placed in a closed boiler of sufficient
capacity to contain at least one full charge of liquid for
the still. This boiler being previously failed with cold
tar or oil to be distilled, the hot vapours coming from
the still will bring its contents to a state of quiet ebulli-
tion, so that by the time the working of the still is com-
pleted, the water and more volatile constituents of the
tar in the boiler will have been expelled and condensed
Nov. 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
721
in a suitable manner. When the re-idu.il pitch lias been
runout from the still, the latter i? immediately charged
with t lie hot tar from the closed boiler and a heavy Ere
started, as there i- no danger of the tar boiling over.
The boiler is then filled up quickly with a fresh supply
of colli tar or oil and the operation repeated. — 1». P.
Improvement! in the Destructive Distillation of Shale
and other Minerals and in Retorts therefor. K. 11.
Tennent, Coatbridge. Eng. Pat. 15,772, Hec. 2, 1886.
lid.
This specification, to which two explanatory sheets of
drawings are attached, has reference to an improved
mode oil arranging gas-heated retorts for the distillation
of .-hale and other minerals, whereby great saving of
heat is said to he obtained by utilising the heat of the
waste gases, :ii ter heating the tetorts, tor heating the air
to a very high temperature before reaching the gas, also
in superheating the steam for treating the shale within
the retort. The waste gases passing into the main tlue
leading to the chimney may also be made to heat a
steam boiler erected over a continuation of the tlue
beyond the whole range of retorts. — D. 13.
IT— COLOIJEIXG MATTERS ASD DYES.
Tabular Arrangement of the Artificial Organic Colouring
Matters. Gnstav Schultz and Paul Julius.
Ih view of the fact that the reprint of these tables is
prohibited, as also the right of translation, the reader is
referred to the Chemisehe Industrie, 1887, Noe. 8, 9, 10
et sea. The appearance in this Journal of the first part
of this tabulated matter was the result of an unfortunate
oversight,
Researches on tin • onstitution of Azo- and Diazo-deriva-
tives. II. Diazoamido-Compounds {continued). R.
Meldola and F. W. Streatfeild. J. Chem. Soc. 18S7,
434_4.Jl. (See also this Journal, 1887, 2S3.)
IN this paper the authors describe the results of their
experiments upon thedecompositinn of dinitro-diaz' amido-
coiupounds by cold hydrochloric acid. The method
adopted is to allow the diazo-compound to stand in con-
tact with excess of the cold concentrated acid till decom-
position 1 as taken place, and the whole or nearly the
whole of the substance has passed into solution. The
latter then contains only a eliazo-chloride and an amit e,
so that on dropping the acid solution into a solution kept
well cooled, containing the necessary quantity of (i -napn-
thol dissolved in sufficient caustic soda to keip the whole
alkaline after mixing, the diazo-chloride at once forms
an azo-3 naphthol compound, while the amine is set
free. A mixed precipitate of amine and azo 8 naphthol
compound is thus obtained, and from this dilute acid
dissolves out the amine, leaving the azo-ce m pound, which
can be identified by its melting point and other charac-
teristics. The teactions are illustrated by the following
equations : —
(1) NO„.C6H4.N„.NH.C.H..N<> ,+2HCl =
N04.C,H4.N,.Cl+NOs.C,H4 Nil.. HC1
(2) N0s.C,H4.N .('1- Nil. ("MI. Ml . IK1-
( IK.nNa NaOH = NO .C,H4.Nt.C1(lH0,.H +
NO..C, 11 4. NH , f 2> aCi -r OH,
The symmetrical comjound, par. dinitro diazo amido-
benzene (prepared by the action of nitrous acid upon
/./-nitraniline) by this means is shown to be resolved by
cold hydrochloric acid into paranitro diazohenzene
chloride and paranitraniline. The unsymmetrical com-
pound (m.p. 211°) describ el by the authors in their
previous paper, and prepared by the action of diazotised
para -nitraniline on /// -nitraniline or vice versa* is resolved by
the cold acid into a mixture of />■ and m-nitraniline and
ji- and m-nilr i-diizobenzene chloride. The symmetrical
dhnetadinitrodiazoamidobenzene (m.p. 194:) obtained by
the actinn of nitrous acid on metanitraniline is resolved
into »i-nitraniline and )/i-nitrodiazobenzene chloride.
The method has also been applied to the ethyl-derivatives
with the following results :— The ethyl- derivative of the
dipara-compound (m.p. 191—192°) gives p-nitrodiazo-
benzene chloride and tthyl-p-nitraniline. The corre-
sponding dimeta-compound gives m-nitro-diazobenzene
chloride and ethylwi-nitraniline. The ethyl-derivative
(m.p. 148') prepared by tie direct etiolation of the
unsymmetrical compound of m.p. 211' behaves like the
latter, giving a mixture of the two nitro-diazo-chlorides
and the two ethylnitranilines. Ihe ethyl-derivative
(m.p. 174—17.") ) obtained by the action of diazotised
m -nitraniline on ethyl p nitraniline is resolved into
m-nitro-diazobenzene chloride and ethyl-/' -nitraniline.
The isomeric compound (m p. 1S7 "') prepared by the action
of diazotised //-nitraniline on etbyl-fn nitraniline is
resolved into // nitio diazobenzene chloride and ethyl-
m -nitraniline. A more thorough investigation of this
last ethyl-derivative has led the authors to the conclusion
that it is a true diazo-amido-componnd, this being shown
by its decomposition by rold acid, as above described, as
well as by its products of reduction (p-phenyleneoiamine
and ethyl-m phenylenediamine). The possibility of this
compound being an amido-azo-compound having been
thus disproved, the authors point out that the existence
of three isomeric ethyl-derivatives is quite inexplicable
on the generally received lormula of the diazo-amido-
compounds. and they propose as an alternative expression
for the mixed diazo-amido-compounds the formula : —
X V
■ y
H
in which the aromatic radicles X and Y are triadic in
function, in the same manner that phenyl is supposed to
be tetradic in quinore when this compound is written
according to Fittig's view as a double ketone : —
CM!
In the paper the authors descrile a r.unil er of metallic
derivatives in which the H of the Nil group is replaced
by silver, copper, cadmium, cobalt and nickel, the general
formula of these compounds being : —
N(i,.C1H1.N M'.C.ir.Nu.,. (NO.,.C0H4.N3.
c H..\"i>_ ,M".
Further investigations to test the generality of the ce n-
clusion as to the existence of three isomeric alkyl
derivatives are in progress. The theoretical ssjeet of
the question has been discussed in a paper published by
one of the authors in the Philosophiial Magazine for
June, 1SS7 (p. 513).— P. M.
Two B-naphthylaminesulphonic Acids. S. Forsling.
Ber. 20, 2099— 2106.
In a previous communication (this Journal, 1886, 4S1) the
author described the pn paration of a 3 naphthylaniine-
sulphonicacid by the action of concentrated sulphuric acid
on 0-naphthylamine. Further investigation has shown
that this acid is not pure, but contaminated with two
isiiinerides, of which one is identical with Ptoenner's
acid, whilst the other is designated as 1 and 2, being
respectivelv identical with Dahl's af ids 1 and 3 (Ger.
Pat. 29,084, March 2, 1SS4). A fourth acid, pet haps
identical with the 5 -acid (this Journal, 1SS7, 593), is
produced in small quantity only. These acids were
isolated by repeated fractional crystallisation of the
calcium salt.
p-naphthylammesulphonic Acid I. — C,. H.-.NH SO^H
is almost insoluble in water and alcohol. Its salts form
well-defined crystals, which are readily >olub!e in water,
vielding solutions laving blue fluorescence. They can
be heated to ISO without decomposition, excepting the
silver and copper salts. The corresponding diazo-
naphthalenesvJphonicacidC, H N.SO formsagreenbh-
vellow- indistinctly crystalline powder. It is converted
into ^-naphtholmonosulphonic acid (Bayer's acid) wlen
722
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. so, 1887.
boiled with acidified water. On heatingits potassium
salt « ith phosphot us pentachloride S-dichloronaphthalene
C, .,11 ,( 1 . is obtained, melting at 61*5 .
fi-naphthtflaviine&ulpht nicai Ul II. — C,„H,,. MI.. SO 3H
dissolves in about 1300 parts of water, and is almost
insoluble in alcohol, lis salts slew great similarity in
properties to the corresj onding salts of the I. acid. The
diazo-suiphonic acid tonus a green micro-cry-. talline
powdtr. On boiling with strong hjdrochloric acid a
chloromiphthalenetulphonic acid is obtained, the potas-
sium salt of which on treatment with i hosphoms penta-
chloride yields v-dichloronm htlutlenc, melting at 48 .
__J —1). B.
Ruberythric Arid. C. Liebermann and O. Berganii. .
Ber. 20, 2241—2247.
HAVINO obtained a large sample of Caucasian madder
roots (of 1886 harvest), the authors repeated the investiga-
tion of the above acid, to test the accuracy of the results
obtained by Rochleder, Schunck, and E. Kopp. They
obtained by a process described in the abstract follow-
ing this, about ,'„ per cent, of the weight of the roots of
pure ruberythric acid, forming lemon-yellow silky
needles, melting at 25S— 2(50'. It is readily soluble in
hot water, crystallising well on cooling ; less soluble in
alcohol, and almost insoluble in ether and 1 enzene. On
boiling with either acids or alkalis it splits up into
alizarin and grape-sugar. It does not form lakes with
mordants, nor does it ferment with yeast. Its Ba, Sr,
and Ca salts form beautiful red precipitates from boiling
aqueous solutions.
Schunck and Rochleder admitted the pos-ibility that
rubianie and ruberythric acids might be identical sub-
stances, and careful comparison of the two lias proved
the correctness of this theory. The authors compared
their glucoside with a sample of rubianie acid piepared
by the late Dr. H. Kilmer, in Dr. Schunck's laboratory.
The results of the analysis of the free acids, and of their
Ba and K salts, correspond better to the formula of
Graebe and Liebermann — viz., C38HS8014, than to that
of Rochleder — viz., Ci„H,.,011. The latter formula is
tendered more improbable, because according to his equa-
tion the decomposition of the glucoside into alizarin and
sugar takes place under dehydration of the molecule :
C,01H,,0„ = H..O + C,4H,04+C,,H1,,0,, whilst usually
such decompositions are effected by hydration, which also
is the case in the equation proposed by Graebe and
Liebermann: C3„Haa0lt + 2HaO=C14H801+2C6HJS0(,.
As further proof in favour of this equation, the rubery-
thric acid was dissolved in cold concentrated sulphuric acid,
this solution diluted with four times its weight of water
was then heated on a boiling water bath for one hour,
and, after further dilution, for other two hours; the
amount of alizarin obtained was 43 per cent., whilst the
equation requires 42-5 per cent. However the decompo-
sition in like manner of the Oeto-acetylruberythric acid
C,,..H..„(OC..H:.OhO„ and quantitative determination of
the alizarin, grape-sugar, and acetic acid formed proved
beyond doubt the identity of the two bodies, the reaction
being as follows : — C.,,H.„,(OC.,HaO)sO„ + 10H.,O =
C14H..O.+2C„H, ,<>,. + SC,H4U.>. The above ncetyl-
compound is rtadily formed by the usual method by
means of acetic anhydride and acetate of soda ; it forms
bright yellow needles, soluble in cold glacial acetic acid,
soluble with dillicul y even in hot a'cohol, and insoluble
in water. It melts at 230".
The lonstitution of ruberythric acid is usually
express) d by the formula
c,ji0o/ac«H'a<OH>*
"XO.C„H70.(OH)4
in which both phenol-bydroxyl-groups are combined
with grape sugar, and which admits quite well of the
formation of an octo-acetyl compound. However, the
formu'a
r ,, 0 /O.C18HU03(OH).,
C"H° -\0H
admits this equally well, and explains better why
raberythric is a strong mono-basic acid, decomposing
carbonates, and even, when heated, acetates of the
alkalis. The fact that it docs not form lakes with mor-
dants, which might be urged in favour of the former
formula, loses its significance, since one of the authors
has shown that substitution in only one hydroxy 1-group
destroys the dyeing property of alizarin. However, Jt
necessitates what is not jtt proved tin roughly, that the
sugar combined with the alizaiin should he a D<ose
(C,„ £ugar-group\ wbiih on elect reposition must jield
grape sugar. — T. L. 1!.
Examination if Caucasian Madder. O. Bergami. Ber.
20, 2247—2251.
The madder was sun-dried, and contained about 6 per
cent, of pure colouring matters (an exceptionally large
amount, the average being about 2 percent); 10 per cent.
of crude colour was obtained by extracting 200grnis. of
dried rrot with boiling alcohol (4 litres) containing a
little HIT, concentrating the solution, and then precipi-
tating the colour with water. It contained also 7 per
cent, of cane sugar. The roots were first well dried at
80—90° and then pulverised. The author's object being
to obtain the glucosides, he found the best method was
extraction by means of alcohol, which required to be
absolute, as otherwise the yield was smaller. Twenty
kilos, of madder were taken and 180 litres of alcohol
used. At a time, lkilo. of the powdered roots was
cohobated with 8—9 litres of absolute alcohol for 2—3
hours ; the solution filtered whilst hot and evaporated to
}— J of its volume. Un quickly cooling this extract oO—
60grms. of a vellowish-brown crystalline body were
obtained, forming the crude glucosides for subsequent
treatment. On further distilling off the alcohol from the
filtrates, from 15— 30grms. of crude cane sugar crystal-
lised out from the mother liquors, of which 30— 40grms.
of crude colouring matters were thrown down by the
addition of water. The crude glucosides thus obtained
were dissolved in about 5—6 times the quantity of water,
the solution treated with a small excess of lead acetate
and filtered from the brown precipitate of lead salts of
colouring matters. On adding sugar of lead to the
filtrate, a cinnabar-red precipitation took place. 11ns
precipitate after filtration and washing, was decomposed
under water with SIT, and the lead sulphide boiled out
with water and filtered gave a deep yellowish-red solu-
tion of ruberythric acid. This was then again thrown
down as barium salt in the form of dark cherry -red flakes,
by the addition of alcohol and baryta- yvater. Ine well-
washed barium salt by solution in dilute acetic acid and
filtration was freed from a tarry-resinous substance,
thereupon neutralised with ammonia, and the solution
again precipitated with lead acetate. The now bright
red precipitate on decomposition with H.,S and extrac-
tion of the lead sulphide with water gave a clean, golden-
yellow solution, from which, on evaporation, the rubery-
thric acid crystallised in the form of fine lemon-yelloyv
needles, melting at 25S". The yield yvasabout A per
cent, of the weight of madder worked up.— T. L. B.
Galloftavin.
R. Bohn and C. Graebe. Ber. 20, 2327—
2331.
The preparation of this yellow dye-stuff is effected by
subjecting gallic acid to atmospheric oxidation at a low
temperature in the presence of a small amount of alkali ;
the best results being obtained in an alcoholic solution of
potash (this Journal, 1S87, 437). Galloilavin has the
probable composition C.jHjOj. It crystallises in
greenish-yellow leaflets, is sparingly soluble in water,
alcohol and ether, more readily soluble in glacial acetic
a.id and aniline. Unsuccessful attempts were made to
obtain a reduction product. The potassium salt
C1.,H40.,K\, is a crystalline body which is insoluble in
alcohol and cold yvater. Galloilavin yields insoluble
lakes with metallic oxides. Alumina gives a greenn- h-
vellow colour. Alumina in the presence of a salt of tin
gives a yellow colour, whilst the yellow chrome lake is
said to 'be exceedingly fast to light and soap. The
acetyl compound crystallises from benzene in white
need'les, melting at 230°. It is freely solutde m glacial
j acetic acid and chloroform, but does not dissolve readily
i in alcohol and ether. — D. B.
xor. 30. 1887.) THE JOUltNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY.
723
Alkannin, C.
Liebenuann ami M.
242S-2431.
Riimer. Ber. 20,
The colouring matter of the alkanna root eal'ed,
" alkannin/' was described by 1'elletier more tlian
seventy years ago, and lias frequently been investigated,
without, however, any satisfactory solution being arrived
at as regards the group of colouring matters to which it
belongs. Carnelutti and Nasini [Ber. 13. 1514) obtained
the formula C1:i Hull, from their analytical result?, and
stated that this body contains two hydrogen atoms which
may be displaced by acetyl. As aikani-in produces a
variety of colours with mordants — resembling quin-
alizarin in this respect — and the blue solution obtained
with alkali exhibits a spectrum similar to that yielded
by alizarin, the authors undertook an investigation of
this colouiing matter. For its pieparation alkanna roots
were extracted with petroleum spirit, the extract was
then digested with dilute alkali, littered, and the blue
solution precipitated with hydrochloric acid. The dye
was further purified by solution in ether. It formed a
dark red Lon crystalline mass. The results of analyses
point to one of the following formula-: ClsH12Oj or
CjjH,,U4. When alkannin is passed over zinc dust
heated to redness methylanthracene is produced, a cir-
cumstance which appears to show that this compound is
a derivative of methylanthracene, probably thedihydro-
quinone, or i's dihydride. This point, however, requires
further investigation. — D. B.
Azines of Chrysoquinone. C. Liebenuann and 0. N.
Witt. Ber. 20, 2442— 2444.
The azine reaction of the diketones and diamines being
generally applicable the authors have studied its beha-
viour with chrysoquinone. C%rysotoItfazineC*sH1(N,
was obtained by treating chrysoquinone withorthotoluy-
lenediamine. It crystallises in small gold-coloured
needl. s, giving a dark violet solution with strong sul-
phuric acid. ChrysonaphtAazine C,aH1(Ni was prepared
trorn chrysoquinone and orthonnphthyhnediamine. It
forms a yellow microcrystalline powder. The formation
and properties of the azine derivatives confirm the
analogy of chrysoquinone with phenanthrenequinone ;
chrysoquinone is therefore naphth\lenephenylenedike-
tone. Pyrene does not form azine derivatives. Pytene-
quinone gives a large amount of tarry matter, in which
respect it resembles ,3-naphthaquinone. — D. B.
These consist for the most part of the In drochloride of the
an hydro-base and two by-products, separable by alcohol
Horn each other. This 1 \ drucblniiue C .11. N.I1CI
f2H,0 is soluble with difficulty in water, and tonus
fine colourless needles. The anhydro-base is identiial
with that obtained by Lieheimann and Jacol sen.
3. In a previous paper the authors hoped to obta'n
phenazinrs fioni certain nitnso bases by t lie action if
dehydrating agents. They ha\e since succeeded in
obtaining Witt's naphlliopl enazine (ibis Journal, IE&7,
505) by the action of alcoholic HC1 < n (S-J li< nyll aphlbj I-
nitroramine. 2Pgims. of finely ground nitrotatuine are
mixed with 200grms. of absolute alcohol, 40gims. of
alcoholic HC1 added whilst well ceding, and the na-s
allowed to stand overnight. The clear yellow soiutien
is poured into water, the precipitated tar separated from
the solution, and allowed to st;md for a few l.our> with
cold dilute sulphuric acid (1:3). The acid soiutien is
thereupon drawn off. and the tar boiled up a few times
with dilute sulphuric acid. The united acid filtrates on
being poured into much water, precipitate the
pbenazine as a yellowish-white powder, melting at 142 .
The reaction is as follows : —
r;H1.XH.CulHc.NO=C1„H,/'i^CtH1 + H.O.
The yield obtained, however, was only 10 per cent,
upon the nitrosamine.
4. Experiments to produce nitrcsoaniline by the
action of boiling ammonia upon nitrosophenol proved
fruitless, although under similar conditions nitroso-a-
naphlhol is converted into a-nitroso-fi-napht/iylamiiic —
CjoH,
N
I
XH-
:0.
On Nitrosamines and Kitro&o-lasrs. III. O. Fischer
and E. Hepp. Ber. £0, 2471— 247S.
By the action of alcoholic HCI upon fi naphthylethyl-
nitrosamine two substances are obtained, according to
the method used. (Ber. 20. 124S.)
1. Equal parts by weight of ^ -naphthyletbylnitro-
samine and absolute alcohol are mixed together and
cooled by ice, and then, in two portions, one part of
alcoholic HC1 is added, the mixture being then allowed
to stand in ice, with occasional stirring, for about three
hours. The solution is then poured into water, filtered
front unolanged nitrosamine and the nitrcso-base pre-
cipitated by ammonia. The a-nitroso-fi ethylnaphthyl- \
amine NO.C1#H( NH.C,H,[NO:NH.CsHIi = l:2] thus I
obtained forms green prisms, which crystallise from
benzene in the form of flat tables, melting at 120 — 121 .
Its salts are easily soluble, the hydrochloride and the
sulphate form orange solutions, from which a yellowish
white nitrosamine precipitates on the addition of a '
nitrite. On reduction with t'n and HC1. or simply
warming to 10 — 15' with alcoholic HCI, it is converted
into the hydrochloride of the anlydro-base ethinyl a-fi-
nophthylenediamint C10H, <-',,> C.CHj.
2. This is obtained by treating six parts of the first
named nitrosamine with one part of absolute alcohol !
and two parts of alcoholic HCI, and allowing the
mixture to stand for some time at the ordinary tem-
perature. The nitrosamine dissolves slowly, and in
about four hours' time rouud masses of crystal appear.
This the authors consider to be the proper constitution
of Ilinskt's naphthalene-a-oxime-iS-imide \B>>: 17, 391),
obtained by the action of ammonia upon nitroso-a-
naphthol, since this latter substance by treatment with
ethylamine solution at 10O= is converted into the same
o-nitroso-jS-etbylnaphthylamine, as described above.
However, when one part of nitrosophenol, five parts of
ammonium chloride, ten parts of dry ammonium acetate
and a little ammonium carbonate, are mixed and heated
together for half-an-honr upon the water bath, nitroso-
amlme is obtained, which precipitates in the form of
dark green crystals when the melt is thrown into cold
water. Xitrosoauiline dissolves in water, forming a
grass-green solution, which on boiling with XaOH,
gives off ammonia, the soda salt of nitiose phenol being
formed. It crystallises frern benzene, forming beautiful
steel-blue crooked needles, melting at 173 — 174°.
5. By the action of alcoholic HCI upon Schwetel's
nitrosophenylglyiin {Ber. 11, 1132), a very interesting
diazo compound is formed, most prolably diazo-phenyl-
ylamine. One part of the nitrosamine is dis-
solved in two parts of absolute ether, and three parts of
alcoholic HCI added. Alter twelve bouts' standing, the
bluish red crystalline mass is filtered off, washed with
ether, dissolved in cold alcohol, filtered and then
fnecipitated by ihe addition of ether. The yellow
eaflets lhus "obtained explode on heating, and are
decomposed even by eld water, evolving two atoms of
nitrogen. They dissolve without decomposition iu
concentrated HCI, and the platinum salt precipitates
from this solution on the addition of PtCI,, foimirg
yellow leaflets, readily decom[ osed by water. The
above r< action probably takes place in two stages, in
the first of which nitrosophenylnydroxylamint would be
formed : —
X.CHCOOH
+H»0-NO.C.rJt.N
NO
1. Ccb,<
IT
OH
+ C,H40,.
which would then be diazotised by the nitrous
which is freely given off by the nitrosamir e.
acid
NO.
C,H1.NH.OH + 3HNO,+HCl = H,0 +2HNO, - HUH
X.C4H4.N:X.C1[N:X-=1:4].— T. L. B.
724
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OE CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nev.M,l8W.
Preparation of an Orange-red Colouring Matter. '/.■
Roussin. Bull. Soc. ind. de Rouen L887, 15.
Tin. new colouring matter results from the action of
naphthol on the azo-derivative of sulphanilic acid. An
aqueous solution of an alkaline sulpbanilate, mixed with
a slight excess of a soluble nitrite, is decomposed in the
cold by a dilute acid. A crystalline precipitate of the
azo-derivative is formed; ibis is decomposed by
boiling water ami violently explodes when brought
in contact with ;l flame. By treating, in the cold, the
azo-derivative suspended in water with finely divided
naphthol, with frequent stirring, the colouring matter
separates after some hours without the evolution of
pis. When the reaction is at an end, the mass is I
heated with boiling water, from which the colouring
matter separates on cooling in brownish-red crystals',
which can be easily washed with cold water." The,1
'.Inuring matter dyes wool and silk orange-red without
mordants and from an acid 1 ath. The colour is lisht-
last.-l.. 11. M.
On Azophenines ami Indulines. 0. Fischer and E.
Hepp. Ber. 20, 2470— 24S4.
THE authors dispute the correctness of the opinion
expressed by Otto X. Witt (this Journal, 1SS7, 594),
that the azophenines are simply oxidation products of
aniline and not transformation products of the various
amidoazo- or nitroso-compounds, by the help of which
they are obtained. They hold that, as Kimich lirst
stated, the nitroso-compounds themselves enter into the
reaction, since they obtain with jo-nitroso-diphenyl-
amine andy<-bromaniline a telra-bromoazophenine, with
tn-hydroxynitrosodiphenylamine a hydroxyazophenine,
and with inonochloronitrosoeliphenylamine a nionc-
cbloroazopbenine. Further, on heating dibromonilroso-
pbenol with aniline and aniline salt, a bromiuated
azophenine resulted.
Azophenine C3?H9,N, can be produced in very
many ways, besides' those described by Witt and
Kimich ; it is easily obtained from nitroso-, mono-,
methyl- or ethyl-aniline, but the best yield was ob-
tained by beating 100 parts of p-nitrosodiphenylaniine
with 100 parts of aniline hydrochloride and 500 parts of
aniline for eight to ten hours on the water bath. The
yield of pure azophenine was loO parts. As by-products
were obtained a little induline, and p-amidodiphenyl-
amine, melting at 66— 67°. Withjj-toluidine, ;;-nitroso-
diphenylamioe yielded the same azutoline obtained by
Kimich, melting at 249°.
MotiocAlorazophenine. C^Hj'IX,. The /j-chloro-
diphenylaniine was obtained, by Sandmeyer's method,
from yj-aniidodiphenylamine ; it melts at 74°, and
yielded a nirrosamine, which was converted by the
action of alcoholic HC1 into p-nitroso/i-chlorodiphenyl-
amine. From this substance the above azophenine was
obtained ; in appearance very similar to azophenine
itself, but rather more soluble in benzene and toluene,
and melting at 230 .
Tetra-bromo-azophenine. C„H >Br4.N6. This sub-
stance is also very like azophenine ; it melts at 243°,
and is soluble in toluene or xylene. It was obtained
by heating on the water bath one part of ;)-nitroso-
diphenylamine with four parts of p-bromaniline and one
part of ^-bromaniline hydrochloride (or acetate).
Di-hydrazophenine, C ,H,,NS, is obtained by lieating
azophenine with an alcoholic solution of ammonium
sulphide under pressure to 130 — 140". Un cooling
colourless glistening leallets are obtained, sparingly
soluble in a'cohol, soluble in chloroform, and toluene.
The solutions soon become red, azophenine bein<» re-
formed. It is soluble in HCI, and melts at 173—174*.
When 1 part of azophenine is cohobated with 100 parts
of alcohol, and 5 parts concentrated H.M >4 (60° B.),
it gradually dissolves, forming a blue solution, from
which email glittering needles settle out. These are
insoluble in most solvents, crystal I i sing from aniline in
the form of silver-grey leallets'. The composition of this
substance is (.', ,11, ,N, 1 >,, the azophenine being split
up into aniline, and this substance, which contains two
hydroxy^ -roups. (' ,11 \ . II n c ,11, \ 0
1 B Ml . It dissolves in alcoholic caustic soda
with a red-yellow coloration, in concentrated B.S04
with a magenta coloration. Tin and Hi 1 form a
crystalline colourless reduction product. The alcoholic
toother liquor from the above substance contains aniline
and a small amount of a blue colouring matter.
From the above results the authors conclude that the
reaction by which azophenine is obtained from nitroso-
bodies may be expressed as follows : — 2C,« H,0N»O
+4C„HBNHi=C ,11, \, 2H,0 + NHsh C^H^N..
Probably nitrosophenol or the nitroso-bases are lirst
converted into p-nitrosodiphenylamine, owing to the ease
with which they react with ammonia, anilines ami amines
in general (see preceding abstract). As y/-nitroso-
diphenylamine is doubtless a quinoneoxime derivative, it
is probable that it will react with aniline as quinone
does, which produces quinoneaniline, a substance
resembling very much azophenine in its outward appear-
ance, and therefore the reaction may be further expressed
in this manner : —
\ N /
= C,II,
Ml
X
)Xi\,Il
r II, U.
/NH\—C,HS,
II. CCH, ;NCcH3 +3CJI.XII,
= ('„1I-X
X 11. .IF
N ' .11.
KC.H,
+NH2+4H
X
(azophenine).
I It is hopeel that the above reactions will throw some
light upon the constitution of the indulines, as/)-nitroso-
diphenylamine, when heated to 130 — 140° with 4 parts
of aniline, and 1 to 2 parts of aniline salt, gives a gooel
induline melt, containing much of the blue shade indu-
line, and less of the reel shade or azodiphenyl
blue. Also azophenine when heated with equal parts
of aniline and aniline salt, appears to be converted into
the blue shade almost alone, it being still uncertain if
anv azodiphem 1 blue is produced at the same time.
— T. L. B.
Tlic Chromogenic Properties of the Oxyanthraotmumes.
C. Liebcrmann and St. v. Kostanecki. Annalen 240,
•24.5—304.
The oxyanlhraqninones may be divided into groups
according to their colouring or non-colouring propetties.
The oxyanthraquinones, which give coloured lakes with
alumina and oxide of iron, are very similar. Kuligallic
acid and anthragallol form a different class of colouring
matters, but possess similar shades among themselves.
The niono-oxynnthiaquinones possessing no chromogenic
properties, yield, on fusing with potash, colouring
matters formed by oxidation, in which process a second
hydroxy] group is added. The colouring properties of
these bodies depend upon the position of the hydroxyl
group. That one hydroxy 1 is insufficient to produce
chromogenic properties is seen from the fact that the
two possible mono-oxy compounds are not colouring
matters. (If the nine isomeric dioxyanthraquinonee,
only one, alizarin, is a colouring matter. The relative
positions of the two hydroxyl group-; is, therefore, an
essential condition. Dioxyanthraquinones, with a
hydroxyl in eai h benzene nucleus, may be regarded as
mono-oxy compounds, and have no colouring properties.
tjuiuizarin ami xanthopurpurin have both nydroxyls in
one nucleus, but possess no colouring properties. Of the
four possible positions of the hydroxyls, the above two
being excluded, there remain two, one of which is found
Xov.30,1887] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
725
iu alizarin, to wide
given : —
vOH
The second, with the formula —
\OH
following formula has been t lie alizarin hydroxyls. The constitution of rafiopin
has not been completely cleared up ; but, from its produc-
tion from protocatechuic acid, has the following
formula : —
is not known. The difference of shade between alizarin
and anthragallol is probably due to the second ortho-
position of the third hydroxyl. That the colouring pro-
perties of these bodies is due to their acid nature, is
shown by the fact that the acetyl- and methoxyl-deriva-
tives ate not chromogenic. And even the replacement
of one hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl by an alcohol
radicle destroys this property. This accounts also for the
fact that tlieglueo.-ide in freshly gathered madder root is a
weak colouring matter. Of the six trioxy -com pounds, two,
purpurin and anthragallol, are colouring matters ami
have two of the hydroxyls in the same position as in
alizarin j they are, therefore, mono-oxy alizarin".
Purpurin is so closely related in shade to alizarin that
the third hydroxyl appears to exert little inlluence of a
chromogenic character. It is otherwise with anthra-
gallol. Of the remaining four tiioxy-eompounds, one
has been little studied, and the other three, tlavopurpurin,
anthrapurpurin, and oxyehrysazin, have not had the
positions of the hydroxyl groups definitely determined.
It appears, however, that these are divided between the
two nuclei. Both the mono-oxy anthraquinones, ou
fusion with potash, yield alizarin — i.e., the adjacent
hydrogen atom is in each case oxidised to hydroxy!.
Authratlaviiiic acid, benzdioxy • anthraqu'none and
anthrarulin, have one of the following formula' : —
OHf
-CO-
-CO-
/\
V
OH
OH
/\
V
— co-
-CO-
/\
V
OH
OH
OH
of which the last is probably that of anthrarulin. On
fusion all these bodies take up oxygen, forming tlavo-
purpurin, anthrapurpurin and oxyanthrarutin, which
nave much the same i-hade as alizarin. It is, therefore,
not unlikely that the third hydr xyl takes up an adjacent
position to one of the other two ; and that the isolated
group in the one nucleus has no influence on the chromo-
genic character of the body. It is a curious fact that
when the alizarin hydroxyls are present, further oxida-
tion, with the addition of more hydroxyl groups, ceases.
That is to say, that no tetraoxy anthraquinones have
been obtained by fusion from the trioxy-compounds.
The greatest difference in properties is observed in the case
of the six tetraoxy anthraquinones. Anthrachrysone, the
constitution of which may be expressed by the following
formula : —
OIH
-CO-
-CO-A
10II
and has chromogenic properties similar to alizarin. The
two tetroxyanthraquinoues, obtained from oxybenzoic
acid and gallic acid, are oxyanthragallols and are colour-
ing matters, with a .-hade similar to anthragallol.
Finally, a new tetraoxy- compound qninalizarin has
been obtained, and, from its formation, has two hydroxyls
in the alizarin position in one nucleus, and two in the
quinizariu, in the other. It produces a shade similar
to alizarin, with a blue tinge. Of the isomeric penta- and
hexa-oxy anthraquinones, only one of each has been pie-
pared. The former, according to the manner of
synthesis, is a dioxyanthragallol, and gives an
anthragallol shade Kufigallic acid, or hexaoxyanthra-
quiuone, is a dianthragallol. From the above, it is seen
that only those bodies which have the hydroxyls in the
alizarin position yield colouring matters.— J. 13. C.
OHf
1— CO-
OH
OH
has no colouring property.
— CO— 'vJOH
This is due to the absence of
The Manvfacture qfKew Naphthol and Naphlhylamine
Monosulphonic Acids and of Dyestvffs therefrom. G.
Pitt, Sutton. From Leopold Caselia & Co., Frank-
fort-a-Maine, Germany. Eng. Pat. 12.90S, Oct. 9,
1SS6. Gd.
The new naphtholmonosulphonic acid (F) is prepared
by fusing the a-naphthalenedisul phonic acid of Ebert
and Alerz (Ber. 9, G12), with alkali and stopping the
fusion before both BS03 groups are replaced. In order
to effect this, lOkilos. of the disulphonate of sodium are
mixed with -lOkilos. of 50% caustic soda and heated to
200- till traces of dioxynaphthalene begin to be formed
(ascertained by acidulating a sample and extracting with
ether, or by weighing the azo-compound formed with
diazoxylene chloride). The melt is dissolved, acidulated,
and boiled till free from sulphurous acid. The
/j raphtholsulphonic acid F remains in solution, and can
be used directly for the manufacture of azo-colours. The
formation of dioxynaphthalene is best avoided by using
only two molecules of caustic alkali to one of the disul-
phonate ami heating for 16 hours in an autoclave to
250° C. The,3-naphtholsulphonic acid thus formed is said
to differ widely from all known isomerides : the aqueous
solutions of the alkaline salts have a pure blue
fluorescence ; ferric chloride gives a dark blue colour in
neutral solutions. The acid yields a nitroso-sulphonic
acid by the action of nitrous acid and combines with all
diazo-salts when these are made to act upon it in alkaline
solution. The azo-colours thus formed are said to be
bluer in shade than the corresponding compounds from
Schaeffer'sacid. The F sulphonic acid when heated with
ammonia, gives a new jS-naphthylamine-monosulphonic
acid described in the specification as the F acid, the
salts of which show a violet fluorescence. The F
amidosulphonic acid can be readily diazotised, and then
gives in combination with amines, phenols, and their
sulphonic or carboxylic acids, a series of valuable dye-
stutfs. Conversely the amines or amidosulphonic acids
may be diazotised anel combined with the F amidosul-
phonic acid. As examples, the patentees mention thef olio w-
ing azo-colours: — (1) The compounds produced by the
action of diazotised aniline and its homologues, the
naphthylamines, amidoazobenzene and its homologues,
nitraniline and benzidine and their homologues, dianisi-
dine and the sulphonic acids of all these bases, on the
fJ-naphthol (F) monosulphonic acid in alkaline solution.
(2) "The action of the diazotised F-amidomonosulphonic
acid on the foregoing amines and sulphonic acids,
as well as on phenols and their sulphonic acids.
(3) The action of the diazotised amines, etc.,
C
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. INov.so.isst
mentioned nnder (1) apon tlie F-amidosulpbomc acid.
Thus by the action of diazotised benzidine, etc.,
secondary azo colours containing Bimilar or dissimilar
radicles (mixed tetrazo colour.-) ma; be produced.
hen decompose '1 by
The Manufacture or Production of Colouring Compounds
or Material*. 0. A. Bennert, Blaydtn-on-Tyne. Eng.
Pat. 13,466, Oct 21, 1886. 6d.
The colouring matters described are termed " thiamines
and are produced by the action of aromatic amines on
sulphur dioxide. The following examples illustrate the
process :— (1) Aniline sulphite is heated to -2.50' in a
closed vessel for about 10 hours ami the resulting mass
purified by boiling with weak acid to remove by-pro-
ducts. Final purification may he effected by dissolving
in cold strong sulphuric acid and pouring into water
when the thiamine is precipitated and can be tillered oft.
(2) Aniline sulphite is mixed with one molecule of
aniline and treated as in the last example. (3) Aniline
sulphite is heated with two or more molecules of aniline
as in the last example, and the excess of aniline blown oft
before purification. The addition of nitrocompounds,
such as nitro-benzene, or of such compounds as azo,
azoxy and hvdrazobenzene, is said to increase the yield
by diminishing" the by-products. Examples of the use
of these materials are given. — R. M.
quinizine ami ethylenediamioe. W
healing to above 200' C. these products also result.
Heated to 120—130° with methyl alcohol and methyl
iodide for 1- hours the compound C , H ,,N, ( I yields
antipyrine, which, after the removal of the volatile
substances, is liberated by the addition of caustic soda
and purified by extraction with alcohol or other suitable
1 solvent. — C. A- K.
The Treatment of Certain Colouring Compounds or
Materials for the Purpose of rendering ttum Soluble
(/)• more Soluble and Suitabli for J>;o ing and Printing.
C. A. Bennert, Blaj don-on- Tyne. Erg. Pat. 13,473,
(let. '21, lSSli. (id.
The object of this process is to convert the insoluble
thiamin* a described in the last specification into sulphonic
acids. This is effected by heating tlum with sulphuric
I acid or any appropriate sulphonating mat( rial. The
' details concerning t lie strength of acid, time, tempera-
ture, etc.. aie given in the specification. The thiamine -
sulphonic acids are said to be colouring matters if
various shades of blue suitable for dyeing and printing.
-K. M.
Methods or ProcessesqfTreatingOxunaphtholand Aniline
or its Bomologues, obtaining certain Products and
utilising the same in the Manufacture of Di/cs. J.
Annaheim, Basel, Switzerland. Eng. Pat. 14,2s3,
Nov. 5, 1SS6. 6d.
According to this invention oxynaphthol is heated
with or without condensing agents and a primary
aromatic amine, such as aniline and its bomologues, the
naphthylamines, etc. Thus with aniline the following
reactions take place : —
C10He(OH)a + C6H5NH r^CoHJOHj.NH.CeH. + OH,
c"Ho(OH2) + 2CcHs.XH2=C1„Hc(NH.CcH,)., + 20H =
In carrying out the process for the production of the
secondof these compounds id iphenylnapht by lenediamiuel
16kilos. of oxynaphthol (Ebert and Merz, Per. 9, 609)
are mixed with *37kilos. aniline and 13kilos. of dry
aniline hydrochloride and the whole heated for several
hours nearly up to the boiling point of the aniline.
When purified the diphenylnaphthylenediamine is a
white ciystalline solid melting at l(i3-o° C. The corre-
sponding compound from paratoluidine melts at 237° C.
Two methods of obtaining dyes from these compounds
are described : — (1) By heating the condensation product
with a nitroso-compound, such as nitrosodimethylaniline
hydrochloride "in conjunction with a suitable solvent."
(•2) By reducing the nitrosodimethylaniline to amido-
dimethylaniline and oxidising with potassium dichromate
or ferric chloride in the presence of the condensation
product. The characters of the colouring matters thus
formed are not described.— It. M.
Manufacture and Treatment of a Compound if Phenyl
Hydrazine with a new Ethylelher. ( >. Iniray, London.
From the Society of Chemical Industry, Basle, Swit-
zerland. Eng. l'at. 14,018, Nov. 11, 1SS0. (id.
The ethyl ether of a new acid, having the formula
CTlH,«N,0< (Eng. Fat. 14,617, lSSO; this Journ. 1SS7,
653) is heated on the water-bath with phenyl hydrazine,
when a violent reaction takes place and a yellowish
crystalline mas- separates The ether may be first dis-
solved m boiling alcohol and then added to the phenyl
hydrazine, in which <a-e the new compound, v. Inch has
the formula C,„H, ,N\i). separates on cooling either in
crystals or as a crystalline powder. It melts with
decomposition at 200°, is difficultly soluble in pure
water or alcohol, slightly soluble in amy] alcohol and
insoluble in methyl alcohol, acetic ether, chloroform,
etc. Caustic potash or soda, sodium carbonate, mineral
acids and acetic acid decompose it into methylhydroxy
Improvements in the Preparation of Bed Colouring
Mutters. .1. H. Johnson, London. From the
" liadische Anilin and Soda Fabrik," Ludwigshafen-
a-Rhine, (iermany. Eng. I'at. 14,o'25, Nov. 11, 1886.
6d.
These arc secondary azo-dyes possessing the property of
dyeing cotton without the use of a mordant. The
starting point in the manufacture of these compounds is
a-naphthyleue diamine obtained by the reduction of
p-dinitronaphtha]ene(m.p. 216' C). The tetrazo. deriva-
tive of the diamine can only be formed in the presence
of a large excess of acid, and this tetrazo salt then com-
bines with phenols, amines, and sulphonic acids in the
usual manner. The present specification limits the
claim to the compounds resulting from the action of one
molecule of the tetrazo-salt upon two molecules of
naphthionic acid or of the three niono-snlphonie acids of
8 napbtbylamine. The diazotising is effected by mix
ing 23 parts of the finely-divided hydrochloride of the
diamine in 125 parts of 35 percent, hydrochloric acid
mixed with 250 parts of water and an equal quantity of
ice. The necessary quantity of sodium nitrite (14 parts)
is dissolved in three times its weight of water and
gradually added to the acid solution of the diamine,
and when the action is complete the solution of the
tetrazo-chloride is mixed with the necessary quantity of
a solution of sodium naphthionate and sodium acetate.
The colouiing matter begns to separate at ome, but
the mixture must be kept agitated for several days in
order to complete the reaction. The solution is finally
made alkaline by sodium carbonate, boiled up and
allowed to cool, when the sodium salt crystallises out.
This colouring matter dyes vegetable fibre (from an
alkaline bath) of a bright red shade, fast to light and
moderate soaping, but becoming purple by the action of
acetic acid, and dull green by strong hydrochloric acid.
Isomeric compounds are obtained in a similar manner
from the 8-naphtbylamine monosulphonir acid-, the best
results being given by (1) the acid obtained from Schaeffer's
8 -naphtholsulphonic acid ; (2) Dahl's acid obtained by
sulphonating p-naphthylamine at 100° C, and (3) the
8-sulphonic acid obtained by sulphonating fi-napbtbyl-
amine at a temperature above 150° C. — R. M.
The Manufacture or Production of Colouring Matties.
C. A. Bennert, Hebbnrn -on -Tvne. Enu'. Fat. 10,040,
July 13, 1SS7. 4d.
The colouring matters clain ed in this spccilicatic n are
produced by the action of nitric acid on " thiamines
and their sulphonic ac'ds. These nitrated products are
termed respectively "thiamines and " thiaminine-
sulpho-acids," the latter he n_: described as colouring
matters of various shades of brown suitable for dyeing
and printing. Details of the method of nitrating are
illustrated by several examples in the specification.
— R. M.
Nov. so. 18S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
727
VI.— DYEING, CALICO PKINTING, PAPER
STAINING AND BLEACHING.
Dyeing with Turkey-red. V. Storck and G. de Coninck,
Bull. Soc. Ind. do Kouen, 1SS7, 44.
The cotton goods are steeped in a bath of fatty acid
neutralised with caustic alkali, then dried and exposed in
the open air ; the fat is removed by a passage through a
solution of sodium carbonate and subsequent washing.
The material is then steeped in aluminium acetate,
aged, duuged, and dyed with artificial alizarin.
After dyeing it is dried and steamed for half-an-hour at
a low pressure, whereby the shade changes from reddish
brown to a powerful red. One or two washings with
soap, with the addition of tin-salt, finally produces the
finest Turkey-red colour. The superiority of this pro-
cedure amongst other things consists in the production
of Turkey-red by means of a single oil-bath and in the
employment of steam to brighten the shade. According
to the observation of the authors, light is an important
agent in the production of the fatty mordant. The
latter is developed best in sunlight. — 6. H. M.
Turkey-red Oil. F. Storck and G. de Coninck. Hull.
Soc. Ind. de Kouen, 18S7, 47.
This concerns the preparation of a fatty substance which
gives very great briglitness to alizarin red. The sub-
stance can be applied both in the pressure dyeing and
also in the colour-bath and therefore makes the passage
of the material through a fatty preparation (oil-emulsion,
sulpholeinic acid, etc.) unnecessary. The authors
prepare the substance by the treatment of oil with
sulphuric acid. The product obtained is submitted to
the action of an oxidising agent (chloride of lime,
potassium bichromate, etc.), again taken up with an acid
and neutralised. — G. II. M.
The Whitening of Wool. H. Hofmann. Cheni. Zeit.
11, 1224.
Unlike cotton, wool cannot be bleached to a pure
white ; whatever bleaching agent is used the wool
always retains a slight dull-yellow tint, which cannot be
completely counteracted by the application of a blue
dyestuff. In order to overcome this difficulty many
attempts have been made to "dye" the wool white by
the deposition in the fibre of a white pigment. One
method consists in adding magnesium sulphate to a bath
of carbonate of soda, in which the wool is steeped ; on
warming, magnesium carbonate is deposited in the fibre.
This process has the objection that the magnesium
carbonate, although at first tolerably adherent, after a
time dusts oft'. Very good results are obtained by
soaking the wool in a solution of cotton in ammoniacai-
cupric-oxide, washing with water or dilute acid to
precipitate the cellulose upon the fibre and finally
treating with ether to render the film opaque and white.
—A. G. G.
Improvements in Apparatus for the Preparation of
Bleaching Solutions by Electrolysis. E. Hermite,
Paris ; E. J. Paterson and G. F. Cooper, London. Ens
Pat. 14,673, Nov. 12, 1SS6. lid.
The magnesium or calcium chloride, or other suitable
solution, is submitted to the action of an electric current
in a tank divided into two parts by a perforated
partition ; contained in the tank are the electiodes, pre-
ferably of zinc and platinum, and a screw propeller,
which, by revolving, maintains a constant circulation of
the solution. The electrodes are so placed relatively to
the openings in t he partition, that the solution iii its
circulation always comes in contact with these electrodes.
The positive electrode is made up of thin plates of
platinum cast into a suitable support at the top ; by
means of a mechanical device knives are kept constantly
moving up and down over the surface of the zinc, to
prevent any deposit accumulating thereon. — B. T.
Cleansing Compound for vs\ inthi Process of Bleaching
Linen and Cotton Fabrics or Yarns, ami other Cleans
ing Purposes. A. Hodgkinson, Ballyclare. Eng.
Pat. 11,981, Sept. 21, 1886. id.
On, of turpentine or resin is boiled with paraffin or
petroleum oil, and then about an equal weight of («)
common soap or {It) soda or potash added. Compound
(a) is for laundry use ; compound (6) for addition to the
chemicals used in the lime and soda boils of ordinary
bleaching processes. The use in the mixture of car-
bonate or chloride of ammonium is claimed in the
provisional but abandoned in the final specification.
' — W. E. K.
Improvements in Dyeing Cotton, Cotton Yams, and
Cotton Fabrics. F. A. Gatty, Accrington. En". Pat,
13,362, Get. 22, ISSfi. 6d.
FOR dyeing yellow the cloth is padded in a solution of
suitable strength of tribasic acetate of lead (obtained by
mixing a solution of 301 bs. of acetate of lead with lgalf.
of 25 per cent, ammonia), whereby the lead becomes fixed
in the fibre without further treatment. The yellow is
then produced by raising in bichrome in the usual way.
If a green shade is required the cloth is dyed blue before
treating with the lead salt.— W. E. K.
Improvements in Aniline Black Dyeing or Printing
Processes for obtaining a, Fast Aniline Black in
Textile Fibres and Fabrics. A. Aykroyd, W. E.
Aykroyd, and J. Smith, Bradford. Eng. Pat. 13 814
Oct. 28, 1SS6. Gd.
As a preliminary to the usual dyeing or printing pro-
cesses, the fibre or fabric is padded in sufphated oil or
other oily or soapy emulsion, or is tinted with any
suitable colouring matter, or these two preliminary
treatments are combined. — W. E. K.
Improvements in Preparing Grey and Black Colouring
Matters to be applied to Textile Fabrics and Materials
D. Stewart, Glasgow. Eng. Pat. 15,363, Nov. 25
1880. 4d.
Earthy compounds of the class of diatomite, kiesel-
guhr, etc., are carbonised in retorts and the grey or
black product, finely ground, is mixed with albumen or
other medium used by calico printers for the fixation of
pigment colours. — W. E. K.
Improvements in Apparatus for Cleaning and Bleach-
ing Cotton and other Fibrous and Textile Fabrics. XV.
P. Thompson, Liverpool. From J. JMeikle. Provi-
dence, U.S.A. Eng. Pat, 9722, July 12, 1887. 8d.
In place of the usual alkaline boiling in kiers, the cloth
(several pieces at a time) is carried forward in the open
width, in a crowded or folded form, on travelling tables,
operated in the manner of ei-dless bands. On these
tables the cloth is subjected to a powerful spray of the
hot alkaline liquor, whilst at the same time beaters or
stampers play rapidly upon the fabric. Two or moie of
these t.ibles, arranged one above the other, are con-
tained in the tank in which the operation is carried on,
and the surplus liquor is drawn oft' at the bottom
-W. E. K.
Improvements in the Manufacture and Application of
the Compounds of Fluoride of Antimony, with the
Chlorides or .Sulphates of Sodium, Potassium or Am-
monium, XV. P. Thompson, Liverpool. From C. J.
E. de Haen, List, Germany. Eng. Pat. 11,500, Aue
23. 1SS7. Od.
FLUORIDE of antimony (SbFlj), which is obtained by
dissolving pure antimonions oxide, free from iron, in
aqueous hydrofluoric acid, yields crystalline double salts
with solutions of the chlorides aud'sulphates of sodium,
potassium and ammonium. These have the composition
SbFl . XaCl, etc., and SbF]j.Xa,SO+, etc. The object of
the production of these compounds is their use in dyeing
and cloth-printing, in place of tartar emetic ; they coiT-
C2
T2s
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. 30, 1887.
tain a higher percentage of antimonious nxide than
tartar emetic. [The compound SbFl .Ml, |sSl >, contains
46*94 percent., tartar emetic 43*46 per cent). The mode
of applying these salts in dyeing is the same as in the case
of tartar emetic, except that o smaller quantity is needed.
The cost of these compounds per 100 parts of antimonious
oxide contained, is considerably less than that of tartar
emetic or of oxalate of antimony Mixtures of the above
chlorides and sulphates may be obtained, having a
different composition from the original salts.— ( '. A. K.
VII— ACIDS, ALKALIS AND SALTS.
Discovery of New Deposits of Phosphorite in Tunis'.
P. Thomas. Compt rend. 104, 1321.
Is a former paper (this Journ. 1SS6, 169), the author drew
attention to the occurrence of phosphorite deposits in
Tunis. He lias now made further explorations, with the
result of discovering new deposits which may perhaps be
empl >yed for agricultural purposes. — LI. II. M.
The Artificial Production of Manganese blende. II.
Baubigny. Compt. rend. 104, 1372.
-V SOLUTION of manganese acetate gives with sul-
phuretted hydrogen in the cold, a copious precipitate of
manganese sulphide, which in a sealed tube at 100°,
more slowly at the ordinary temperature, becomes dense
and crystalline. The author dissolved 1 lgrms. of normal
manganese sulphate in loOcc. of water, added a slight
excess of ammonium acetate, a few drops of acetic
acid saturated with sulphuretted hydrogen at 0C C. and
sealed up the vessel. After five years' standing very fine
octahedral crystals were formed, some of which were
0'4 — Oomm. long. The crystals exhibit the same
crystalline form, colour, gravity, etc , as the natural
manganese blend, MuS. — (i. H. M.
N •
Hvdra'.e o: Da sic
Salt.
Salt.
Amount of Metal
in the Precipitate.
1
Zn
On
-\11 the Cu
o
Cu
Fe
60-3 p c. Fe
3
Mb
Fe
71-2 .. .,
I
to
Jin
1 1-7 „ Mn
5
Ni
Hn
12-3 ,, „
G
Cu
Mg
Xo Mg
7
Mg
Ni
GO'5 p.c. Ni
8
Fe
lln
No Mn
9
Zn
Ni
Little Ni
10
Mg
Mn
712 Mn
Affiniiij of Certain Hydrated Sulphates of the Metals
[Vitriols) for Sulphuric Acid. It. Fink. Bcr. 20,
2106—2108.
The author digests the pure oxides of the metals (Cu, Zn,
Mg, Fe, Co, Ni) with metallic sulphates, of the same
and of other metals, in solution. In the first case the
composition of the product is independent of the amount
of the solution present, provided it is always of the same
strength. The metallic sulphate gives up to the hydrated
oxide both a p irtion of the salt and the metal, in the case
of Cu and Zu. In the case of Co, only a very small
portion is thus decomposed and the magnesium salt
remains unchanged. The hydrates of Fe and Mn behave
similarly to that of Mg. The hydrates of Co and Al could
not be investigated, as they dissolve in their sulphates.
Where mixed oxides and sal's were employed, the
following results were obtained : —
-J. B. C.
Phospho I i'm Chili Saltpetre. C. Ochsenius,
Jahrb. f. Min. Ins?, 221.
SINCE the principal objection to the explanation of the
formation ot Chili saltpetre from guano, which comes in
contact with tin- saline solutions of the nitrate beds, is
based on the absence of phosphoric acid in the nitrate,
the author sent for a series of strata from the nitrate
beds of the pampa, eastward of Taltal, in the Chilian
province of Atacama, and tested microchemically two
bed- above the ordinary sodium nitrate, pure white
crystalline nitrate from the surface secretion of the
latter, as well as the beds below the deposit. He
detected phosphoric acid in both the beds above the
nitrate deposit and in the ordinary sodium nitrate, the
white crystalline nitrate and the beds below the deposit
gave no reaction for phosphoric acid. The author also
remarks that Streng has found phosphoric acid in boro-
calcitefrom Ascotan, in Bolivia, between Atacama and
Tarapaea.— G. H. M.
Tin- Action of Chlorine on Carbon Bisulphide, and of
Sulphur on Carbon Perchloride. P. Klason. Ber. 20,
2370— 23S.3.
Chlorine acts, as is well known, but little on carbon
bisulphide at common temperatures, but in the presence
of chlorine-carriers, such as iodine, the chlorides of
antimony and molybdenum, etc. Chlorine quickly re-
j places the sulphur, forming ultimately carbon perchloride.
If the action of chlorine be interrupted before the
complete conversion of carbon bisulphide into per-
chloride has taken place, intermediate compounds,
so-called carbon sulpho-chlorides, are formed. This
I is a distinct proof that the reaction proceeds in several
I successive stages. On the other hand, the whole
' process can be reversed by reconverting carbon per-
chloride into bisulphide. The author undertook the
examination of all the details of these reactions. Dry
chlorine was allowed to act on carbon bisulphide con-
taining a traceof iodine and the process interrupted as soon
as one molecule of carbon bisulphide had absorbed 5 atoms
of chlorine. The product of the reaction turned out to be
tr-chloromethylsulphochloride, CCL.SC1, a yellow oil
having an extremely unpleasant and penetrating smell.
This compound, in the fpure state, absorbs chlorine in
considerable quantities ; but if the latter contains only a
trace of iodine the chlorine is not merely absorbed, but
substituted, thus :— Cni,.SCi+Cl=CCIt + SCL If sul-
j phur in sufficient quantities is made to act on trichloro-
methylsulphochloride at 220" C., the products obtained
1 are almost exclusively carbon bisulphide and perchloride.
But if the same process be repeated at lower tempera-
tures, many intermediate products are formed, such as
carbon chloride, thiophosgene, perchloromethylbisul-
phide and perchloromcthyltrisulphide. The primary
\ products of the reaction are undoubtedly perchloro-
mefchylbisulphide and sulphur chloride, while the other
compounds a.re probably products of decomposition of
the latter two, thus r— 2CC1S.SC1+S,=CC13.S).GG1S +
S.CU. By the action of silver dust on trichloromethyl-
sulpiioehloride the same compound, perchloromethyl-
bisulphide, was obtained. It forms a yellow, thick oil
with a turpentine-like smell and undergoes decomposi-
tion on being distilled at the ordinary barometric pressure.
One of the products of decomposition is thiophosgene,
CCl.jS. Sulphur, heated with perehloromethylbisuiphide
at 170° C, formed a trisulphide, CClsS3CClal a thickish
liquid wlrch partially crystallises on the addition of
water. If trichloromethylsuiphochloride be reduced
with tin and hydrochloric acid, thiophosgene is
formed ; the reaction proceeds so smoothly that it can be
recommended for the preparation of this interesting
compound. This phosgene, heated with sulphur at 130"
to 150° C, formed chlorothiocarbonylsulphochloride,
CC1S.SC1, which is easily acted upon by chlorine, forming
trichloiomethylsulphochloride, thus : —
CC1S.SC1 + C1 = CC13S + SC1
CClaS + Cl4- CCU.SC1.
From these reactions the author concluded that the
Nov. so. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
729
chlorination of carbon bisulphide passed through the
following four stages : —
1. CS»+CU=CC1S.SC1.
2. CC1S.SC1+C1=CC1SS+SCL
3. CClaS+Cla=CCla.SCL
4. CC1,.SC1+C1=CCI4+SCL
If the ]>rocess is reversed, sulphur being made to act
on carbon perchlnride, the reaction does not take place
below 220 C. The final products are always carbon
bisulphide and chloride, whereas, only rarely inter-
mediate products can be obtained, which, however, were
recognised in all cases as thiophosgene and trichloro-
methylsulphnihlnride. It is, therefore, highly probable
that the series of reactions is as follows : —
1. CC14+S=CC1,.SC1.
2. 2CCISSC1+Sa C,t'l,S,+S2('l...
3. C,Cl,Sa+S=C1!W1S3.
4. C,CI„S3 = C('l,sc'l CC12S+S.
5. CCI,S + S = CC1S.S( 1.
6. CC1S.SC1+SS=CS-J+S;,C12.
The author is now engaged in examining the action
of bromine on carbon bisulphide. — S. H.
quantity of gas consumed and to minimise the risk of
explosion by tiring back. For this purpose two vessels
are employed, each of which is provided with an inlet
and an outlet valve. Both vessels are filled and emptied
simultaneously by a mechanical arrangement, such as
cylinders and pistons or gasholders raised and lowered in
tanks containing liquid. The inlet valves of the vessels
are connected respectively with the sulphuretted hydro-
gen storage tank and with the atmosphere, while the
outlet valves are in connection with the burner or com-
bustion chamber. The working parts of the mechanical
contrivance are so coupled that the two vessels act in
conjunction, and the air or gas entering and leaving
one of the vessels in a given time has a constant pro-
portion to the quantity of air or gas entering and leaving
the other vessel during the same period. — S. H.
Improvements in and Apparatus for the Treatment of
Sulphate of Soda for the Manufacture of Sulphide of
Sodium therefrom F. H. Gossage, T. T. Mathieson
and J. Hawliczek, Widnes. Eng. Pat. 12,4S0, Oct. 1,
1SS6. 6d.
Sodium sulphate is mixed with carbonaceous matter,
and the mixture placed in a furnace containing coke at a
red heat. The mixture fuses and passes down through
the coke, whereby the reduction into sulphide is effected
without the latter coming into contact with the lining of
the furnace, which would be destroyed by the action of
the fused sulphide. The furnace used has preferably the
shape of a lime-kiln, and is furnished at the bottom with
discharging doors. There are air openings about midway
in the height of the furnace for admitting air for com-
bustion of the coke ; air is excluded from the lower part
of the furnace, in which the reduction proper takes
place. The coke, saturated with sodium sulphide, is then
drawn off at the end of the opera ion, kept from the air
until cool, lixiviated and the liquor used for the manu-
facture of pure soda products. The remaining coke may
be used over again. — S. H.
A Process for obtaining Mother -liquors free from Blag-
nesian Salts in the Manufacture of Carbonate of Potash
by Means of the Double Carbonate of Potash and
Magnesia. £. P. Alexander, London. From E. J.
L. Delsol, Lot, France. Eng. Pat. 15,182, Nov. 22,
1S86. 6d.
IK the manufacture of potassium carbonate by Engel's
process, mother liquors are obtained, which, in addition
to the nntransformed salts of potash, contain magnesia
salts. These salts are formed at the expense of a por-
tion of the magnesia introduced in the manufacture,
which has afterwards to be replaced and it would,
therefore, be of great advantage to obtain mother liquors
free from magnesia. For this purpose a quantity of
sodium carbonate equivalent tothe quantity of potassium
carbonate which it is desired to obtain, is added. The
sodium carbonate precipitates the magnesia, at the
moment of its going into solution and at the teiminadon
of the operation the mother liquors contain no magnesia,
but the corresponding sodium salt. The addition of
sodium carbonate presents the further advantage, that
instead of potassium chloride and magnesia, the double
salt of potassium and magnesium chloride— e g. , the raw-
salts of Stas3furt (carnallite, kainite, etc.), may be used
with perfect success. — S. H.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Sulphuric Acid.
J. B. Hannav, Loch Long. Eng. Pat. 12,247, Nov.
5, 1886. 4d.
Sulphurous acid from any available source is pas-ed
along with nitrous acid through a condensing tower,
where the gases become minutely subdivided and
thoroughly mixed by pas-ing through screens, which are
kept moistened by a continual stream of water trickling
on them, with the result that the sulphurous acid is con-
verted into sulphuric acid, which dissolves in the water.
The process is continually repeated until the solution
acquires considerable strength, when it is drawn off and
a fresh supply of water is run into the apparatus. The
uncondensed gases contain oxides of nitrogen, which are
recovered by well-known means. — S. H.
Improvements in Apparatus for Use in the Treatment of
Sulphuretted Hydrogen for the Separation of Sulphur,
or for the P 'rod action of Sulphurous Acid. J. Simpson
and E. H. Parnell, Liverpool. Eng. Pat. 14,711, Nov.
13, 1S86. 8d.
In burning sulphuretted hydrogen, either for the prepara-
tion of sulphur or for the production of sulphurous acid of
uniform strength, there is a great difficulty in regulating
the respective currents of air and sulphuretted hydrogen
entering the burner or combustion chamber : air in excess
causing a loss of sulphur, while a deficiency of air allows
the sulphuretted hydrogen to pass away undecomposed.
The object of this invention is to regulate the supply of
air and gas in any desired proportions, to measure the
Improvements in the Manufacture of Bicarbonate and
Carbonate of Soda by the Ammonia Process, and in the
Consh-uction and Use of Apparatus for that Purpose,
EL Burns, Leith. Eng. Pat. 15,352, Nov. 25, 1SS6. Sd.
A BOILER is filled with a solution of ammonium salts or
with gas liquor and the temperature raised to about
270° F.° Ammoniacal liquor is pumped constantly into
the boiler so as to keep up a regular overflow of hot
liquor from the top of the boiler into steam-tight cylin-
ders, where the liquor mixes with a shower of milk of
lime, which liberates the ammonia. The latter, along
with a portion of the steam, is conducted into an ele-
vated vessel containing ground rock salt, where the
steam condenses, dissolving part of the salt, and
runs down into a second vessel, called the mixing
vessel. This vessel is filled with a saturated solution
of sodium chloride and into it a constant stream of
saturated brine is pumped, while the overflow is made to
run down into a condenser and thence into the decom-
poser. At the same time the ammonia is passing
through the salt solution a regular current of carbonic
acid is also forced through it. Both the vessel containing
the salt solution and the decomposer contain a frame of
agitating balls with cups, through which the liquor and
gasesareforced. The agitation produced by the rising and
fallin" of the balls causes an intimate contact ot the
different compounds, with the result that a precipitate
of sodium bicarbonate settles at the bottom ot the pre-
cipitating vessel, while the solution of ammonium
chloride 'collects in the decomposer. This solution is
pumped back into the boiler and re-enters the cycle of
operations. When crude gas liquor is used, the gases
and vapours must be purified before passing them
through the salt solution. The bicarbonate, after being
washed and dried, is packed into drums with perforated
730
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |Xov. 30. u»7.
centre-tubes, which allow the gases to escape during the
subsequent heating, and the drums are placed in retorts
for the conversion of the bicarbonate into carbonate.
S. II.
An Improved Method or Process of Producing Muriatic
Acid. If. II. Lake. From A. Kayser, 11. Williams
an.l A. B. Young. Buffalo, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 11,494,
August 23, 18S7. 6d.
A SOLUTION of calcium chloride, such as is a waste pro-
duct in various processes, is partlyevap irated and mixed
in this moist condition with silica or clay. The mixture
is moulded with bricks, which after diving are placed into
a converter heated to a very high temperature by gases
which contain steam. At this high temperature the
silica or clay decomposes the calcium chloride, forming
calcium silicate or silico-ealcium-aluniinate and generat-
ing hydrochloric acid, which is condensed in any
suitable manner. The product of the reaction left in the
converter may be used for the manufacture of hydraulic
lime and artificial stone. The use of clay is prefer-
able to the use of silica alone, as the latter requires a
higher temperature in the converter. The apparatus
described in Eng. Pat. 11,492, 1S87, is also suitable for
this process. — S. H.
Improvements relating to the Production of Caustic
Alkali, Carbonates of the Alkaline Metals, Muriatic
Acid and other Substances. H. H. Lake, London
From A. Kavser, H. Williams and A. B. Young,
Buffalo, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 11,492, Aug. 23, 1SS7. 8d.
Clay, common salt and water are mixed together and the
mixture moulded into bricks of convenient size. These are
dried and heated in a converter by a current of hot gases
superheated steam. The clay acts on the sodium
chloride, generating hydrochloric acid long before visible
red heat is reached, and the action increases rapidly as
the temperature rises. The conversion is complete after
about 24 hours' heating at a red heat. The hydrochloric
acid is condensed in the usual manner. The converted
material is termed " acid silico sodium aluminate." The
clay and salt of the charge are mixed in such proportions
that this aluminate contains about 33 per cent, of sodium
oxide. It is then nearly insoluble in water and infusi-
ble even at the beginning of white heat. In order to
extract sodium oxide from it, it is crushed and fused
with such a quantity of soda as will raise the total per-
centage of soda to about 50 per cent. The resulting
product, termed " basic silico sodium aluminate," is very
deliquescent and yields all of its sodium compounds by
quantity of steam to furnish hydrogen for combination
with the chlorine and an excess of oxygen to prevent
formation of carbon monoxide and the reducing action
resulting therefrom. When it is desired to produce
potassium salts, an equivalent quantity of potassium
chloride should be used in place of sodium chloride. The
accompanying drawing represents a section of the
apparatus employed. A is the gas producer, and« a steam
pipe supplying steam to the producer. The gas escapes
at b ami is drawn by a fan C into the combustion
chamber D, while another fan E delivers a blast of air
for burning the gas ; /connects the converter F with the
combustion chamber. The converter is provided with a
feed-opening G and a discharging door at H. The pipe
I leads the escaping gases to the acid condensers. Two
or more converters may be used in a battery; the gas
exit pipe of one converter is then connected with the gas
inlet of the following one.=-S. H.
VIIL— GLASS, POTTERY AND EARTHENWARE.
A n Improved Method or Process of Producing Silicate of
Sodium or of Potassium. H. H. Lake, From A.
Kavser, H. Williams and A. B. Young, Buffalo,
U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 11,493, August 23, 1S87. Sd.
Finely i>i\ n>Ki> SILICA, sodium chloride and water
are mixed and the mixture moulded into bricks.
The quantity of sodium chloride should be so calculated
that the resulting mass does not contain more than 15
per cent, of sodium oxide. The bricks are dried and
placed into a converter of tire brick heated by
gases from a combustion chamber located near it.
In this combustion chamber water-gas is burned by a
blast of air in slight excess, forming carbon dioxide and
steam under development of a high temperature. The
hot gases pass through the converter and come in inti-
mate contact with the charge, penetrating it thoroughly
and causing at a bright red heat the gradual combination
of silicic acid and soda, while hydrochloric acid is given
off and condensed in the usual manner. When the
operation is complete, the resulting mass forms an
excellent material for the manufacture of glass in place
of a portion of the soda and sand ordinarily employed;
or by smelting the silicate with soda, water-glass is pro-
duced. The apparatus shown in the preceding abstract
is also suitable for this process. — S. H.
n 3_.lt — ~
■
-
lixiviation. The basic salt is, therefore, treated with
water, when it yields a solution containing 80 to 90 per
cent, of the total sodium a- sodium hydrate, the rest being
sodium carbonate and sodium silico. aluminate. The in-
soluble residue is regenerated clay, free from iron, and can
be used overagain in place of the original clay. As regards
the composition of the clay, the best results are obtained
when the proportion of silica to alumina is about two to
one, and it is usually necessary to prepare a clay of suitable
composition by adding or removing sand from it. The
gases entering the converter should contain a sufficient
X.— METALLURGY, Etc.
The Bending, 7'. nsile and Compressive Strength of
Samples of Magnesium.
The following experiments were made for the Aluminium
and Magnesium Manufactory in Bremen, at the
Mechanical Experimental Station, in Charlotteuhurg.
Tensile strength, limit of breaking, 23'2kilos. per
lqmm.: specific resistance to compression 27'2kiIos. per
lqnim. ; bending strength 17'4kilos.
In comparison with other metals, the strength of mag-
nesium is relatively verv considerable. The breaking
coefficient for tensile strain per square millimetre is : —
Specific
Gruv itv.
Magnesium 23'2kilos 17".
Aluminium 20"5 2*67
Brass IFo 7_- 9_
Bronze 231) 8—9
Rod-iron 3STJ 7U-78
l>e!ta-metal, pouredi n sand 31 — 36 8'G
Delta-metal, rolled hard 53'0 —
Since the rolling of magnesium does not offer the
slightest difficulty, even in such complicated forms as
JIU, or as angles, round or four-cornered rods, (dates
or sheets of O'ltiiin. thickness, and as pure magnesium
is sufficiently resistant to atmospheric influences and
can be polished and easily cleaned, it lends itself on
account of its lightness and relative strength to the eon
-trurtion of apparatus, etc., required to be made of
metal and also to be light — as for instance, nautical,
pin sical ami astronomical instruments. The working
of magnesium requites heat. At a temperature of 450' C.
Nov. .30. i8«7.i THE JOUltNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
731
it can be rolled, pressed, worked and brought into com-
plicated forms. Screws and threads can lie made of
magnesium and these are considerably sharper and more
exact than tlmst from aluminium. Owingtoitscheapness,
magnesium can also be used in ibe manufacture of a
variety of useful articles : experiments in this direc-
tion are now being made. — G. 11. M.
Examination of Zinc Muffles. Steger. Ztschr. f. d.
Berg, Iliitten- u. Salinenw. 18S7, 1 1>5.
The author considers that most interesting and import-
ant results may be obtained from the study of the pro-
ducts remaining in zinc muffles after the distillation of
zinc. The original mass may lie converted into new and
crystalline minerals; this would explain the forma-
tion of many crystalline minerals in volcanic locks. The
author has examined charge-* before and alter distilla-
tion, and finds that considerable, changes take place.
— G. H. M.
On Genua n in in. C. Winkler. J. Prakt. Client. 36.
177-209.
Is this communication (the second) on germanium, a
more detailed description is given of the metal and of its
compounds with the halogens, alcohol radicles, etc.
Germanium is prepared from argyrodite by fusing it
with equal weights of soda and sulphur. The melt is
extracted with cold watei, treated with an excess of
sulphuric acid and the precipitate is filtered oil and
washed. After stirring up with water the precipitate is
treated with sufficient hot caustic potash to dissolve all
the soluble sulphides and the yellow alkaline liquid is
separated by deoantation from the insoluble sulphides of
the heavy metals. Dilute sulphuric acid is added as
long as it produces a precipitate and the solution con-
taining the germanium and K2SU4is filtered from the
sulphides of antimony and arsenic ; after adding an
excess of H„S04 it is evaporated down until acid fumes
1 egin to escape. The acid mass is dissolved in water and
saturated with H„S, the precipitate tiltered off, trans-
ferred to a porcelain dish, heated, moistened with HNO~
and again heated to redness, so as to convert it into
germanium oxide, which can be reduced in a current of
hjdrogen at a red heat. The oxide obtained as above is
however impure ami it is best to convert it into the
insoluble potassium germanium tluoride by dissolving in
hydrofluoric acid and adding potassium fluoride. This
can be brought into solution by fusing with potassium
carbonate and sulphur and extracting with water, when it
is again treated as above. Large quantities of the oxide are
best reduced to the metallic form by mixing with 10 — 15
per cent, of starch and hot water and heating with
charcoal in a crucible. The semi-fused regains is again
melted under borax-glass, when the germanium is
obtained as a partially crystalline mass.
Chlorides of Germanium, — Germanium forms with
chlorine a dichloride (GeCU) and a tetrachloride (GeClJ.
The latter can be obtained by the direct union of its
elements and also by beating a mixture of germanium
sulphide and mercuric chloride, when cinnabar is left
behind. The colourless fuming liquid obtained by heat
ing powdeied germanium in a current of dry Hi I is oof
the dichloride, but germanium-chloroform, GeHCl3,
hydrogen being evolved during the process ; the reaction
which takes places is :— Ge+3HCl=GeHCl , -2H. The
compound is very unstable, being readily oxidised with
format ion of anoxychloridc (GellCL + 0=Ge( !lsO + HCI)
and on heating it appears to decompose like silicon-
chloroform according to the equation 2GeHCl3=Ge+
GeCl.,+2HCl. Victor Meyer and Mensching find that
its vapour density is 5 '55— the theoretical vapour density
being 6 21.
Fluorides o/Germaniwro. —Germanions Huoride, GeF2,
has not yet been prepared in a pure state, but it
probably exists. The tetralluoride (GeFtl germanic
tluoride) is formed when the oxide GeO., is dissolved in
hydrofluoric acid ; after evaporation over sulphuric acid
it remains as a clear viscous liquid, which is very hygro-
scopic and gradually solidifies to a transparent mass
having the composition GeF4 -r3H;U. This melts in its
water of crystallisation when heated and on further
heating becomes covered with a coating of oxide. Kriiss
and Nilson have recently stated that the fluoride is non-
volatile. The author denies this and describes several
experiments which support his views. In one of these,
germanic o\ide (or germanic acid, GeO.) was gently
heated with CaF , and H SU, : penetrating acid fumes
were evolved, which were readily absorbed by water,
yielding a clear, colourless, acid liquid, which contained
in solution hydrogen germanium fluoride H2<;eFK
(corresponding to hydrotluosilicic acid). The potassium
salt of this acid, K2GeF6, is prepared by dissolving GeO,
in hydrofluoric acid and adding a concentrated solution
of KCl ; it forms a fine crystalline powder, similar in
its propei ties to the Huosiiicate of potassium. The
existence of this salt confirms the anticipations of
Mendelejeff, who predicted that Kka silicon would form
double lluoi ides isomorphotis with the corresponding
salts iii silicon, titanium, zirconium and tin.
Mendelejeff also stated that Eka-silicon, like .Si and
Sn (but unlike Ti, which belongs to an uneven series)
could form volatile organic compounds such as Es I C, H , i , ,
which should boil at 160" and have a density of about
0'9(i. This prediction has been completely verified.
Germanium-ethyl, Ge(C„H.)4, is formed by the action of
zinc-ethyl upon germanic chloride : — 2Zn(C-..H?); - • -eCl ,
=2ZnCia+Ge(CaHs)4. It is a colourless liquid of weak
alliaceous odour, boiling at about 100 : it does not mix
with water, but rises sloirfy to the surface when poured
into water, thus showing that its density must be near
0-96. Its theoretical vapour-density is 651, but the
value found by Victor Meyer and Mensching from a
specimen which was shown by analvsis to be pure, was
8-50.— D. E. J.
Improved Process for Extracting Cold and Antimony-
Kegulus from Auriferous Antimony Urc. E. K.
Cummins, London. From G. P. Schweder, Porto,
Portugal. Eng. Pat. 12,428, Sept. 30, 1886. 6d.
The crushed ore is roasted per se in a long reverberatory
furnace at a gradually increasing, but always low, tem-
perature, by continuously charging at the cooler end
and working the charge up towards the fire bridge,
where it is removed ; it is then roasted absolutely sweet
at a higher temperature and in a smaller furnace. Or it
may be mixed with from 5 to 40 per cent, of lime, or of the
carbonate or sulphate of magnesium, sodium or potassium,
and subjected to similar treatment. Or these bodies
may be mixed after the first calcination, but previous to
treatment in the smaller furnace. After cooling, the gold
is extracted by amalgamation or cblorination. The
residue from this operation is dried and smelted for
crude antimony regulus in a reverberatory furnace with
powdered coal and a flux : or it is moulded into bricks
with lime or clay and worked in a cupola. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Aluminium Chloride
and in the Extraction of Aluminium therefrom. O. M.
Thowless, Newark, I'lS.A. Eng. Pat. 14,407, Nov.
8, 1SSG. tid.
ALUMINIUM chloride, preferably produced by dis-
solving recently precipitated aluminium hydroxide in
hydrochloric acid, or aluminium Huoride or other similar
compound is mixed with chalk, coal or other car-
bonaceous material, sodium carbonate or soda ash, and
cryolite. The mixture is then heated in a closed vessel
at a temperature of 2000s F'., cooled and washed to
separate the reduced aluminium, which may then be
remelted and run into ingots. — W. G. M.
An Improrcd Process and Apparatus for obtaining
Sulpn ur and otht r Substances from Ores, for Purifying
such Substances, and for similar Purposes. J. R.
Francis, Swansea, and F. F. Jones, London. Eng. Pat.
14,875, Nov. 10, 188G. Sd.
The ore containing the sulphur or other volatile sub-
stance is roasted in monies, the products of combustion
being carried by a draught, induced by a tlue
732
THE JOUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [N'ov. so. 1887.
slack, through a series of depositing chambers preceded,
if desirahle, by a reducing chamber packed with charcoal
or a similar deoxidising substance. In these chambers,
which are water-cooled, condensible products such
as arsenic trioxide or sublimed sulphur are deposited ;
but the more volatile substances arc carried on to the
stack, in which they ascend over trays of limestone or
magnesia ar.d thus become absorbed. A gentle stream
of water admitted at the top of the shaft dissolves such
of these products as may be soluble and conveys them
to a tank situated at the bottom. Two sets of condensing
chambers may be used alternately, access to each being
controllable by cocks in the main pipe from the muffle;
the deoxidising chamber may be similarly thrown
in or out of circuit at will. Thus pyrites may be treated
lir>t by distillation without access of air to the retort
and the sublimed sulphur condensed in one set
of chambers, when the roasting may be completed
in presence of air, the products now being diverted into
the other set : or ores containing two bodies which
sublime at different temperatures, such as sulphur and
arsenic, may be fractionated by respectively treating
at the temperatures most suitable and collecting the
products separately. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Steel and Ingot
Iron bi/ the Basic Process. P. C. Gilchrist, London.
Eng. Pat. 11,474, Aug. 23, 1SS7. 4d.
In the basic open-hearth process, instead of using an
admixture of scrap, which requires a longer time to melt
than does the accompanying pig iron, the furnace is
charged in the usual way, but without the addition of
the scrap and with a smaller proportion of lime than
is theoretically necessary to purify the pig. Meanwhile,
another portion of pig iron, preferably phosphoric, is
blown with an exits-, of lime in a basic converter. When
the charge in the open-hearth furnace is melted or is
semi-fluid, that from the converter, together with its
slag, is tapped in. The thoroughly liquid converter slag,
containing, as it does, excess of lime, ensures a complete
purification of the charge with greater rapidity than is
usually possible, owing to the very gradual Basing of the
lime which ordinarily occurs : also the presence of oxide:
of iron iu the same slag permits the use of a smaller
quautity of ore during the process. — W. G. M.
XI.— FATS, OILS, AND SOAP MANUFACTURE.
On the Composition* if Rape-seed Oil. C. I/. Keimer and
W. Hill. Per. 20, 2385-2390.
THE rape-seed oil, in spite of its large consumption, is,
from a chemical point of view, one of the least known
fat oils. There exist only a few investigations of it and
thess are of old date and contradictory in their results.
The authors have been engaged for some time in the
investigation of erucic and brassic acids, and extending
their work on the acids occurring in rape-seed oil, found
that, contrary to previous statements, rape-seed oil con-
tained three different acids, one of which fusing at
75", was only present in very small quantities, whereas
the other two, erucic acid and a liquid acid occurred
in about equal quantities. The liquid acid mentioned
and now- termed "rapic acid," had been previously
observed by AVebsky (./. Prakt. Chan. 58, 44(.l), but
he did not study it much further, probably owing to
the fact that he experienced great dil'licuhiis in
separating it from the erucic acid. The usu d means
of separation by the different solubilities of their lead
salts, failed in this instance ; but it was found that
of erucic and rapic acid", the zinc salt of the latter
is ca^i y soluble in ether, whereas that of lip; former
is nearly insoluble in the simc solvent. Zinc rapate
forms a wbite crystalline mass, from which the free acid
is obtained. by heating with tartaric acid. On analysis
the rapic acid was fonnd to have the formula (', II '< i .
It is therefore an owoleic acid and although isomeric
to ricinoleic acid, it differs in properties. It cannot be
solidified by treatment with nitrous acid nor by coolin".
Fused with potassium hydrate, it is decomposed with
the evolution of hydrogen. The melt dissolved in water
and acidified with hydrochloric acid, precipitates a
white substance, which is a mixture of two crystallisable
acids, which acids can be separated by a long-continued
fractional crystallisation. The acid occurring in very
small quantities along with the erucic and rapic acids, is
obtained by saponifying 1 kilo, of rape-seed oil and pre-
cipitating the solution with 4grms. of zinc acetate. The
precipitate is filtered, washed and then decomposed with
hydrochloric acid. The resulting product is purified by
crystallisation from alcohol. It forms silver-shining
plates and on analysis was found to have the formula
( ' ._.., II , ,( • .,. It was identified as behenic acid. The rape-
seed oil therefore contains the glycerides of erucic, rapic
and behenic acids. — S. 11.
XH.— PAINTS, PIGMENTS, VARNISHES AND
RESINS.
Improvement* in the Manufacture of Pigments. F. 1M.
Lyte, Putney. Eng. Pat. 11,889, Sept, is, 1886. 6d.
This invention is an improvement in the method of
manufacturing basic salts of lead for use as pigments
described in Eng. Pat. 10,298, 1886. A solution of basic
lead acetate, prepared by repeatedly pouring neutral
lead acetate over finely-divided lead, is treated with
sulphuric acid till barely acid, heated to boiling and
the precipitate allowed to setlle. The clear liquid is
decanted oft and again rendered basic by pouring over
finely-divided lead. To the precipitate of lead Bulphate,
a known volume of basic lead acetate, containing a given
amount of base, is added and the mixture boiled for a
short time, when "it will be found that the sulphate
has attained its right degree of basicity.'' — 0. H.
Improved Process of Manufacturing While lead. J.
F. F. F. Lowe, Frankfort, Germany. Eng. Pat. 9122.
June 27, 1SS7. 4d.
The carbonate of lead is first prepared from solutions of
lead nitrate or acetate by precipitating with bi-carbonate
of soda or potash, or with a mixture of bicarbonate and
carbonate. To the carbonate of lead thns prepared is
added a solution of basic acetate of lead, when white
lead settles down. — E. E. B.
New Process for the Vulcanisation of Pure Caoutchouc
in Sheets or in Articles made therefrom. B. J. B.
Mills, London. From A. Fayaud, Paris, France. Eng.
Pat. 16,775, Pec. 21, 1SS6. 8d.
The caoutchouc is coated with sulphur, stoved and
after being dipped in pure water, placed in a reservoir
containing water and provided with a movable bottom.
The reservoir containing the articles is then steamed in
any suitable steaming apparatus under pressure. A
drawing of the reservoir is given. — E. E. B.
Improvements in Indiaruhber Compositions. J. T.
Griffin, Hampstead. From K. J. Henderson, New
York, U.S.A. Eng Pat, 10,457, July 27, 1SS7. 4d.
Asbestos FIBRE, asbestos powder, ground whalebone,
earth wax (paraffin, ozokerite, etc.), carbon (soot, lamp-
black, etc.) and sulphur are incorporated with Para or
similar rubber before moulding and the mass is then
cured in the ordinary way. The compound is said to be
unaffected by the atmosphere, by acids and by oils.
— E. E. B.
Maitufactuic of Soft or Spongy Material from Rubber
Compound. J. T. Griffin, Earapstead. From K. J.
Henderson, New York, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 10,458,
July 27, 1887. 4d.
Sit.sti rUTBS for rubber sponge, termed by Hie patentee
" light," " intermediate " and "heavy" sponge respec-
tively, are made from Para rubber by incorporating with
it sulphur, alum, tungstate of soda, borax, camphor,
Nov. 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
733
lampblack and either carbonate of ammonium for the
"light sponge "or chloride of ammonium for the other two
Qualities. Proportions are given in the specification.
-E. E. IS.
XIIL- TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE AND SIZE.
Improvements in Machines for Unhairing and Green-
shaving Mile* and Skins. J. W. Vaughn, Peabody,
U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 10,121, July 19, 1887. Ud.
THE hide to lie operated on is clamped to a semi-
cylindrical table with a rotary motion and brought in
contact with a roll, the periphery of which is provided
witli metallic flanges arranged spirally, which
revolves in an opposite direction to the table. For a
description of the mechanism the specification must be
consulted. Drawings are given, and there are 17 claims.
-B. H.
XIV.— AGPJCULTUBE, MANURES, Etc.
Analysis of Brewing Barleys of different Years. L.
Aubry. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Brauw. 18S7, 7.
The author publishes the analyses of baileys of the years
1878— 18S0, of which the following are the mean, maxi-
mum and minimum values : —
Barley of the 1S7S harvest — Go' barleys examined : —
In 100 parts of the dry substance.
'- o ■:: • • o .
o to Bjs ~ ~-^
-5 o 32 « PTS
* s
Maximum 17'13 .. 2 11 .. 13 22 .. 3'30 .. 1-365 ..
Minimum 12-55 .. T21 .. 7'60 .. 2-42 .. 0715 ..
Mean — .. 173 .. 1081 .. 2'98 .. 1-020 ..
Barley of the 1879 harvest — 40 barleys : — ■
Maximum 1900 .. 2-030 .. 12-69 .. 3T2 .. 1-319 ..
Minimum 1200 .. 10289.. 8'06 .. 2-53 .. 0-852 ..
Mean — .. 1710 .. 10-93 .. — .. 1100 ..
Barley of the 1SS0 harvest — 76 barleys: —
Maximum 2070 .. 2-100 .. lo'OO .. — .. 1'696 ..
Minimum 1176 .. 1337 .. 836 .. — .. C756 ..
Mean _.._.. lo 51 .. — .. 1056 ..
The ash of 15 of the above barleys was analysed :
In 100 parts of the dry substance.
68-65
6121
65-12
With improved furnaces and means of removing the
sulphur from smoke, such as are now known, this
nuisance ought to he removed. Other experiments with
plants grown in the vicinity of chemical works and
exposed to smoke containing both hydrochloric ;ind
sulphurous acids, show that in the case of sickly plants
the ash contains more hydrochloric and Bulphuric acids,
less carbonic acid and lower basicity than ash from
healthy plants. — I). A. L.
Assimilation and Respiration of Carbonic Anhydride
by Plants. U. Kreusler. Landw. Jahib. 1887, 711.
TKMPEKATfRE plays an important part in both respira-
tion and assimilation, in fact in the former case is of
primary importance. Both respiration and assimilation
take place within wide ranges of temperature, but the
curve representing the relation of respiration to tempera-
ture takes a very different course to the corresponding
curve for assimilation. Respiration becomes more
intense with elevation of temperature and is at its
highest at a point not far removed from the fatal
temperature ; this increase in intensity is not merely
proportional to the rise in temperature, but goes on at a
continually increasing progression. The author's experi-
ments confirm the assumption that, under otherwise
similar conditions, plants respire more carbonic anhydride
at those periods of growth when the greatest changes in
form and composition are taking place ; for instance,
during flowering and fruition. Changes in other
conditions produce comparatively little effect on the
intensity of respiration. With regard to the assimilation
of carbonic anhydride by plants, the amount of water
in a plant and consequently the water supply also, are
the most important controlling factors and hence must
be taken into consideration in all measurements, etc.
Shoots of different stages of devolopment show visible
differences in their energy of assimilation. At_ a
temperation of 25°, an undoubted falling off in activity
of assimilation is observed with advancing age of leaves.
Older leaves contain less water and probably accumulate
less than younger leaves; the difference between this
power of accumulating water appears to be relatively
greater than the difference between the evaporating
power of old and young leaves. Under otherwise
favourable conditions, raising the temperature to 25°
does not necessarily produce an equal change in the
amount of water in comparatively young leaves. Electric
light, as supposed, proved as efficient as ordinary daylight
in promoting assimilation in cut shoots during the more
favourable periods of vegetation. — D. A. L.
Maximum
Minimum .
3-1
2-17
.0 013 ..0 093 ..0 286
.0-039 ..0-051 ..0-191
.1-032
.0-502
.1 203
.0885
.0-216
.0 061
-G. H. M.
Effect of Noxious Vapours on Vegetation. E, Fricke.
Landw. Yersuehsst. 1SS7, 275.
In a neighbourhood suffering from the sulphurous smoke
from a zinc (blende) smelting-works, grain crops grew
thin, the ears were small and the stalks weak; whilst
potato leaves were wrinkled and marked with black
spots. These sickly plants contained more sulphuric
acid than healthy plants grown in the same neighbour-
hood, but at a greater distance from the works. The
excess of sulphuric acid varied from 0*442 to 4-5grms.
per 1000 of dry matter. Taking these quantities as
representing the injurious amount of sulphuric acid in
each case, the author's results support the suggestion of
Schroder and Reuss, that with regard to sulphurous
smoke, young meadow herbage is most susceptible, oats
can resist its injurious action better than wheat, while
potatoes, on the other hand, can thiive within the limits
of smelting works. Leaves and needles from trees
exposed to such smoke, yield ashes containing more
sulphuric acid, but less carbonic acid, and of lower
basicity than ashes from healthy leaves and needles.
Influence of Lime as a Soil Constituent on Vegetation.
E. W. Hilgard. Forschungen auf. d. Geb. d.
Agriculturph. 1887, 1S5.
Inasmuch as a high percentage of lime in soil induces
short, strong and compact growth with high yielding
power, of most trees and plants, whilst absence of lime,
in spite of the otherwise good composition of a soil,
produces weak growth and low yielding power : the
author considers that the stunted round form of trees
grown in arid districts may, at least to a great extent, be
attributed to the same influence. — D. A. L.
Effect of removing Leaves from the Bret-root Plant on
the Amount anil Composition of the Produce.
•I. Fittbogen and It. Schiller. Uhem. Zeit. 11,
239—240.
The removal of leaves appears to interfere with the
ripening of the plant, and early removal diminishes the
total vield of nutritive organic substances. — D. A. L.
XV.— SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
Study of the Products of the Sacchariflcalion of Starch.
J. Effront. Monit. Scient. 1887, 513.
The author draws the following conclusions from his
investigations: — (1) The course of the conversion of
starch into sugar and dextrin is not the 3ame whether
the saccharification is effected by malt or acid. The
734
THE JOUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL 1NDUSTEY. INov. EO, 1887.
saceharitication by malt is attended by a decomposition
of the starch molecule into dextrin and maltose, ■whilst
the saceharitication by acid is i haiacle lised hy the con-
version of the starch into dextrin and the latter into
sugar. (2) The dextiins formed by the conversion of
starch by the two agents named are Dot identical. The
dextrins foimed by the action of malt are polymeric,
whilst those formed by the action of ; cid are rot. (3)
All these dextrins have the same rotatory power. (4)
Maltose is always foimrd in the saceharitication of starch
by means of acid. The quantity increases as the
saceharitication proceeds. Even in the earlier stages of
the sacchaiilieation there exists an almcst constant ratio
between the amount of glucese and maltose formed.
This is 34—38 of maltose to ICO of glucose. (5) In the
saceharitication of starch by malt the foimation of
glucose is not regular. Whilst it almost always occurs
in solutions of high gravity, it is only formed in liquids
of low gravity if the malt extract employed be turbid.
(6) The dextrin can he obtained pure, when the sugar is
destroyed by a lactic acid fermentation. (7) For the
analysis of the products of saceharitication, the author
proposes to destroy 1 he sugars by means of ammonium
hydroxide and sonium hypochlorite, and determine the
dextrin by the polariscoi e readings of the solutic n btfote
and after treatment.— G. H. M.
XYL— BREWING, WINES AND SHEETS.
Fijth General Meeting and Exhibition of the Berlin
Brewery Institute. Chera. Zeit. 11, 851—652.
The Tapers read at the above annual meeting were : —
1. Hops and their Constituents, by Bayduck. — The
author has separated a new resin from hops. When hops
are extracted with ether and the ethereal extract sub-
mitted to examination, three distinct resins may be
separated ; one of these, a soft lesin, is precipitated
from its alcoholic solution by lead acetate and possesses
remarkable antiseptic power ; the second, also a soft
resin, is not precipitable by lead acetate, but it is soluble
in petroleum ether and appears to he identical with the
oxidation product if Bungener's acid from hops (this
Journal, 1S85, 543) and may he obtained from lupulin ;
it possesses a much feebler antisept c action than the
former ; the third, which is a 1 aid resin, is insoluble in
petroleum ether, has only very slight antiseptic power,
a less intense bitter taste and a pleasant smell. Both
of the soft resins give a yellow coloration when treated
with magnesium oxide in alcoholic solution ; under the
same conditions the solid resin gives an orange-coloured
precipitate. All the resins, when shaken in ethereal
solution with copper sulphate solution, give a beautiful
grass-green colour to the ethereal liejuid. All the resins
are soluble in water to the extent of about 0042— 0"058
per cent. The antiseptic action of the soft resins is very
considerable on the lactic acid feiment, but it is very
slight on sarcina and the acetic acid ferment. The
solubility of the resin in water decreases on boiling (there-
fore the repeated use of hops is not to be recommended)
and the presence of lactic acid in wort also reduces the
solubility. This fact accounts for the formation of a tilni
of resin on ferruentiti" worts, since traces of lactic acid
are always present in beer wort.
2. Ilo Consumption of Foe/ in Breweries, by Goslich.
— The author referred to the waste of heat in ceipper
boiling and recommended boiling by steam, a discussion
following on the relative merits of direct firing and steam
boiling.
3. The Influence of Carbonic Acid on the Fermentation
and Keeping Properties of Beer, by Delbriick. — Pressure
of carbonic acid prolongs the fermentation and also
checks the yeast-turbidity in the finished beer. The
author, in conjunction with Folh, allowed beer to remain
in bottle under a pressure of 2— 4 atmospheres of
carbonic acid and compared the results with those of beer
bottled under ordinary conditions. The results were in
favour of that bottled under pressure, the liter remaining
bright for a much longer time. Pressure of carbonic
acid does not check the growth of bacteria or sarcina.
Euzinger considered that the prolonged influence of
carbonic acid on beer improved it. V. de Planitz con-
sidered that air-pressure is preferable to carbonic acid
pressure during the pasteurisation of beer.
4. Thi Yield of Mashing Materials, by 0. Beinke,—
The author determines the extract of a malt by analysing
the malt and, after the mashing process is over, the
plains, instead of by the usual methods of examining the
wiit. I neler the most favourable conditions the yield
of extract is eeiual to the theoretical, hut various facte rs
usually causea loss of less than 12per cent, of the theoretical
yield. Normal grains contain on the absolute dry sub-
stance about S per cent, of extract, yielding 26 per cent,
of starch and 4."i per cent, of substances free from
nitrogen. The high value of grains as fodder must
therefore depend greatly on the easy digestibility and
solubility of the altered cellulose of the malt, quite
apart from the high percentage of proteins.— G. 11. M.
XVIII.-ELEGTBO-CHEMISTRY AND ELECTRO-
METALLUEGY.
Obtaining Zinc in a Metallic Form from Alkaline
Solutions of Zinc Oxide. W. S. Squire and S. C. C.
Cuirie, London. Eng. Pat. 12,249, Sept. 27,1886. 4d
Thk solution is electrolysed with an anode of iron or
carbon and a cathode of mercury. The resulting zinc
amalgam is distilled to separate the mercury.
— W. G. M.
W. S. Squire
Pat. 12.CC0.
Obtaining Metallic Zinc from its Otcs.
and S. C. C. Currie, London. Fn
Oct. 5, 1886. 4d.
The ore is diessed, oltained as oxide, if not already in
this form, by roasting, dissolved in potassium or sodium
Indroxide and electioljsed with a mercury cathode.
The zinc is obtained by thesulsequent distillation tf the
amalgam. (See Eng. Pat. 12,249 of 1SS6.)— W. G. M.
An Improvement in Electrolysis. C. IX Abel, London.
From Messrs. Siemens and Halske, Berlin, Germany.
Eng. Pat. 14,033, Nov. 1, 1886. 8el.
A solution of copper sulphate and feirous sulphate with
sulphuric acid, enters at the cathode (near the bottom
of the cell) on which its copper is deposited by the
electric current. It then passes over a non-metallic
partition and falls along the surface of an insoluble
carbon anode, the ferrous sulphate being meantime con-
verted into ferric sulphate and acting, therefore, as a
depolariser. This solution then Hows from the cell over
roasted copper pyrites, acting on the cuprous sulphide
and copper oxide to form sulphate of copper, but not
touching the iron oxide. In this process the ferric
sulphate is again leduced to ferrous sulphate and the
solution, thus brought to the same condition as before,
passed again through the cells. Similar processes may be
used employing zinc and other metals. If chlorides of
the metals are used, ferrous sulphate is replaced by iron
protochloride. The patent also relates to arranging
several such cells in series. By these methods a lower
counter E. M. F. is produced and the current is not wasted
in reducing iron salts ; the ancele also remains untouched.
— E. T.
Improvements in Apparatus for the Preparation of
Bleaching Solutions by Electrolysis. E. Hermite,
Paris, E. J. Paterson and G. F. Cooper, London.
Eng. Pat. 14,673, Nov. 12, 1886. lid.
See under VI., page 727.
Improvements in Holdtrs or Supports for Incandescent
i lee trie Lamps. J. H. Holmes, Newcastle-on-Tyne.
Eng. Pat. 15,094, Nov. 20, 1886. S.l.
To obtain an even distribution of pressure between both of
the platinum loops of electric lamps and the hooks of the
holder, a spring is caused to act on the part of the lamp
midway between the loops. — B. T.
xov. so. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
735
the Mann f,n lure of Incandescent New and Improved Process and Apparatus for fro-
Improvement*
Electric Lamps. W. Maxwell, London. Eng. Pat
15,165, Nov. 22, 1SS6. Sd.
WHEN the filaments have been attached to the connect-
ing; wires in the usual manner, they are p'aced upon a
refractory conductor contained in an air-tight ease, froii
which the air has been exhausted, and the conductor is
elecricilly heated until carbonisation of the mount is
complete." Sealing the glass ste-n of the bulb is accom-
plished by a similarly heated adjacent c inductor. The
bulbs are sometimes filled with nitrogen or hydrogen,
which gases are maintained at any desired pressure or
temperature in order to facilitate their purification. The
j Aluminium. W. P. Thompson, Liverpool.
FromM. G. Farmer, Eliot, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 10,815,
Aug. 6, 18S7. Sd.
Ax aluminous material is either made into a paste
with a suitable quantity of carbon, by means of niolasse8
or other similar body," and moulded into rods of con-
venient size (Jin. in diameter by 2ft. long), or it is
packed within a carbon tube by itself or mixed with a
reducing substance. At one end of each rod is a pro-
jecting portion, which for convenience of connection will
tit into a corresponding socket at the reverse end of any
other rod. These rods are then so passed through the
gas-holder is connected with the lamps by inverted opposite side walls ot a furnace, constructed of refractory
1 ■ . .. .■ c . i t • i .1 1——S..1 *•.,,.♦ *V....- ,......, it, il.n oa.itru liPTlP:ltN tlllS
syphon tubes, preferably of steel, in which the mercury
acts as a seal against admission of air. The mercury of
the exhausting apparatus passes through a refrigerating
chamber and the parts of the apparatus are connected
together by inverted syphons as above. — B. T.
material
point is
Improvements in Apparatus for Amalgamating Gold
and other Precious Metals. B. C. Molloy, London.
Eng. Pat. 15,206, Nov. 22, 1SS6. lid.
Within a shallow- circular tray ami floating freely
upon the mercury contained in it, is a disc with sides
lusher than those of the outer tray, with a central
aperture carrying a hopper for the introduction of the
ore, and a cross-bar through which passes a spindle
required for the rotation of the disc. Attached to the
spindle and to the circumference of the disc are wires
Cupping into the mercury for the purpose of preventing
the aggregation of ore at any point. The spindle runs
in a socket on the floor of the tray, and is supported by
a cross-head above : it is lotated at about 10 revolutions
that they meet in the centre. Beneath this
an aperture communicating with a crucible
beneath ; above it is a similar vent for the discharge of
waste gases into the air, whilst at the side, midway
between the rods, is an opening for the admission of a
jet of gas or of petroleum spray injected by steam or air,
the combustion of which will cause a flame to play con-
tinuously on the points of the compound carbons. An
electric arc is then formed between these two poles, with
the result that as they are consumed the aluminium is
reduced and falls in molten drops into the crucible. A
suitable arrangement of shunt, solenoid and motor
maintains the points at the right distance apart and
gives the necessary feed to the rods. Several furnaces
may be arranged in series and the current may be con-
tinuous or alternating.— W. G. M.
Improvements relating to the Conversion oj Chemical
Energy into Electrical Energy, and to Apparatus
therefor. H. H. L?ke, London. From \\ . E. Case,
New York, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 11,1SS, Aug. 10,
18S7. Sd.
per minute. The finely-crushed ore is fed in suitable
quantities into the hopper, either drv or as pulp. It
thence -raduallv finds its wav spirally over the mercury The soluble element is either f.ee carbon, ora compound
in the bath, being impelled forward bv the motion of the reducible to free carbon which must be a conductor ot
disc and the resulting centrifugal wave, until on reaching electricity. The solulion contains oxygen in nnsta
the circumference it deposits any mercury particles
caught in it and overflows into such receptacle as may
be provided to receive it. Thus each particle will
remain in contact with the mercury for the space of
about 15 seconds. If desired, a porous diaphragm may
be provided, having a lead, carbon or other anode packed
in sand, wetted with soda or dilute sulphuric acid, or
any suitable electrolyte, beneath it ; the mercury itself
acts as cathode to a weak current of electricity and
is thus preserved from "sickening.' —W. (;. M.
equ libriiim and is preferably peroxide of chlorine. An
anode such as platinum is used. The cell is charged
with peroxide of chlorine by pouring in first sulphuric
acid and then adding chlorate of potash. — E. T.
Improvements in Electrical Batterie*, and in the Manu-
facture of Depolarising Bodies t<> be used tin rein. E.
Barbier and M. Leclanche, Paris, France. Erg. 1'at.
16,823, Dec. 22, 1SS6. Sd.
In agglomerated depolarisers the agglomerating sub-
stance is usually a non-conductor of electricity, snch as
gnm-lac. The inventors use a combination of a peroxide,
such as peroxide of lead, manganese, etc., with graphite,
pitch, sulphur and water. These are intimately mixed
and compressed cold. The block obtained is heated
slowly to about 350° C. The water and volatile oils of
the pitch are driven oft' and, finally, the sulphur acting
on the remnant of the pitch converts it into an un-
alterable conductor or electricity. The inventors also
claim a sealed form of battery, containing a centre
cylinder of zinc surrounded by a cylinder agglomerated
as described. — E. T.
An Improved Insulating Material especially adapted
for Covering Electrical Conductors. 11. W. Fddison,
Leeds, From J. Tatham. Philadelphia, U.S.A. Eng.
Pat. 10,092, July 19, 1SS7. 4d.
The claims are for an insulating material made of resin
and cottonseed oil (to render the former tough), to which
other materials may be added. Four to six pari- of
resin to one of the oil make a good mixture, but other
proportions may be used. — E. E. B.
XIX.— PAPER. PASTEBOARD, Etc.
Improvements Relating to the Treatment of the Spent
Lys used in the Manufacture of Cellulose by means
of Sulphites, for the Recovery of Sulphurous Add
therefrom, and to the Utilisation of the said Lye?
after such Treatment. .\. Frank, I'harlottenhurg,
Prussia. Eng. Pat. 13,286, Oct. IS, 1SS0. Od.
The lyes resulting from the manufacture of cellulose,
paper pulp, textile fibres, etc., by the sulphite process
contain sulphurous acid, some of which is free, while
some is in the form of sulphites ard bisulphites. The
present invention relates to the removal and recovery of
the sulphites from the lyes, so that the remaining solu
tion can be utilised for forage and manuring purposes.
When the lyes contain lime or magnesia as a base, a
quantity of caustic lime is added equivalent to the pro-
portion "of sulphurous acid present. When the lyes con-
tain the sulphite or bisulphite of soda or potash, a
mixture of calcium chloride and lime is added, so that
the amount of calcium chloride is equivalent to the alkali,
while the lime is in proportion to the sulphurous acid
present. In every case the sulphurous acid is precipitated
as calcium monosulphite, which is separated from the
Ives by filter-presses. The organic matter still adhering
tip this' precipitateis removed by clutriation with water, to
which neutral sails (sodium or calcium chloride) can he
added to incnase the specific gravity. The calcium
monosulphite, owing to its greater specific weight,
thereby separates from the lighter organic ^ibstances.
Or the" purification may be effected by washing the pre-
cipitate with a highly-diluted solution of sulphurous
acid or with a solution of calcium bisulphite, in either
of which solutions the organic substances are soluble.
rnn
THE JOtJRNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IXov. 30. iss7.
The purified calcium monosnlphite is worked up f^r
producing Fresh solutions of bisulphites by either of the
following processes: — (1) It is stirred up in an aqueous
solution of sulphurous acid or (2) t he monosulpliite is
treated with sufficient dilute sulphuric acid to combine
with a part of the lime, the lime forming calcium sulphate
(annalin, pearl hardening), whilst the sulphurous acid,
which has thus become tree, changes the undecomposed
monosnlphite into a solution of bisulphite of the desired
composition; or (3) the monosnlphite is introduced
into a solution of sodium bisulphate, whereby a
precipitate of calcium sulphate and a solution
of sodium bisulphite is obtaiucd. Owing to the
use of caustic lime for the precipitation of the mono-
sulphite fiom the l\es, these solutions will have
an alkaline reaction, which makes them unfit for use as
foiage and manure. It is. therefore, of advantage to
pass carbonic acid and air through the solution to pre-
cipitate the caustic lime and oxidise the last traces of
sulphite still dissolved. If the use as manure be intended,
a quantity of acid pho-phnte of lime is added sufficient
for forming a basic pliosj hate with the caustic lime
present. — S. H.
Improvements in Means or Apparatus forvse in effecting
the Recovery of < hemicals from Spent Liquors of
Pa//) Digesters. .1. E. Warren and 1'. A. Cloudman,
Maine, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 11,610, Aug. 26, 1SS7. Sd.
This invention relates to an apparatus for recovering
chemicals from the spent liquors of pulp digesters. The
appaiatus consists of an evaporating chamber, a com-
bustion furnace and a rotary calcining furnace between
the evaporator and combustion furnace The evaporator
is provided with a series of screw conveyors placed near
the hearth of the <diamber, by means of which the liquid,
which is in a syrupy condition, may be fed towards
the inlet of the rotary calcining furnace. The latler
is furnished with an agitator for detaching the
chemicals from the sides of the furnace. The combus-
tion furnace, near the outlet of the calcining furnace, is
provided with a hollow throat, through which the spent
liquor circu'ates before entering the evaporator. By this
arrangement the throat is always kept cool and can be
made of iron, which is the most desirable material. The
throat projects into the outlet of the rotarv furnace.
— S. H.
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES
AND EXTEAOTS.
-2222.
Sparteine. F. Ahrens. Ber. 20, 2211
Sparteine is reducible with Sn and HC1, yielding a
tin double salt, from which the base can be separated.
The latter forms a mtroso-compi und, which is decomposed
with HC1 and on distilling with potash in steam an oil
passes into the receiver. This gives a platinum double
salt of the formula C„H,8N1!(HGl)a.PtCl». On oxidis-
ing sparteine with KMnOj in an acid solution, formic
acid is formed but no acid of the pyridine series.
Sparteine dissolves in HoO, and a violent reaction
occurs with the formation of a white precipitate. This
is filtered, the filtrate neutralised with H,S04 and
evaporated. To get rid of H2S04, barium hydrate is
added and excess of the latter subsequently precipitated
with CO.. On evaporation, an alkaline syrup remains
which gives a double platinum salt of the formula
C.H.cNVO.aHCl.l'tCU.— J. B. C.
Addition Products of the Cinchona Alkaloids. W. J.
Comstock and AY. Koenigs. Ber. 20, '-'510—2527.
Cinchonine C,,HKN*.0 and cinchene C10H,,Nj ) ield
with bromine, cinchonincdibromide and cinehenedi-
bromide. These split oil" HBr on treating with KoH,
and give dehydrocinchonine C, ,11 . „N.,< > and dehydro-
cinchene C,,H,8Ni. In brominating cinchene two
dibromides a and ,i are formed. Chineuc also forms a
dibromide CloH,1Br,NaO and by elimination of HBr
vields dehydrochiuene C^H,,N90. Quinine, cinchonine,
cinchene and dehydrocinchonine absorb the hydracids
at- 17" and form compounds analogous to the dibromo-
compounds enumerated above. Quinine yields hydro-
chlorquinine ; cinchonine, hydrochlorcinchonine, etc.
The dibromides are obtained by acting upon the alkaloid
with bromine in CHC1, solution. Cinchenedibromide
may be distinguished from the fi-compound as it crystal-
lises with one molecule water. Dehydrochinene, obtained
by boiling dry chinenedihromide with alcoholic potash, is
a colourless crystalline body almost insoluble in water.
Hydrochlorquinine C,,H,6ClN]0a, obtained by leaving
the hydrochloride of the alkaloid in contact with
an aqueous solution of 11(1, saturated at- 17, for
several weeks, is a crystalline substance. By the
action of potash quinine is regenerated. The hydro-
bromide has the formula Ca>H1IBrN,0,.2HBr and
dissolves completely in dilute KOH solution with a
yellow colour. CO, precipitates the bromide again from
this solution. It appears that by the action of HBr at
a higher temperature, not only is an addition product
formed, but the met boxy-group is also split off
Cinchonine also takes up 1 molecule of HC1 ai.d HBr,
forming hydrtchlorcinchonine ami bydrobromcinchonine.
When bydrobromcinchonine is boiled with alcoholic
potash for 12 hours a considerable quantity of cinchonine
is regenerated. In addition to this a second product
remains in the ethereal mother-liquors from the cin-
chonine and has the formu'a C, .,H„„N..O. The authors
give to this body the name isocinchonine. Hydrobrom-
cinchene is a crjstallinc compound. Dehydrocinchonine
absorbs concentrated HBr in the cold with the
formation of hydrobromdehydrocinchonine. Neither
the pyridine and quinoline bases nor the tetra- or
hexabydiides of these absorb the hydracids at
the ordinary temperature. Experiments with Fischer's
base obtained by heating methylketol and methyliodide
pave the same result, and the same with methyl-
lepidone. The different action of the natural and the
artificial bases lherelore points to a difference in constitu-
lion, and it is little likely that the quinoline nucleus in
the former compounds aie hydrogmated either in the
benzene or pyridine nucleus. As, moreover, cinchonine
gives a nearly theoretical yield of cinchonic acid (Py-3-
quinoline carboxylic acid), cinchonine probably contains
the non-saturated group C1(,H,r.NO, in addition to the
quinoline nucleus with which the hydracids form addi-
tion products. This group contains probably a partly
hydrogenated benzene nucleus. At present sufficient
facts are not forthcoming whereby it is possible to state
if this second benzene nucleus in quinine and cinchonine
is hydrogenated or is anon-saturated fattv group.
—J. B. C.
Therapeutic Value of Quinine Salts. Boymond. Arch.
de Pharm. 1S87, 145.
The author publishes in a tabular form the various
recipes for quinine salts in the different Pharmacopoeias,
their formula, equivalent numbers, solubilities, water
percentage and the percentage composition of acid and
base. According to these tables the amount of pure
alkaloid iu the hvdrate is S5'72 per cent. ; in the acetate
84 37 ; in the hydrochloride 8T71 ; in the lactate 78 26 ;
in the basic hydrobromide 76*60 ; in the valerianate
76"06 ; in the basic sulphate 74.31 ; in the neutral sulpho-
vinate, 71*20; in the arseniate 69'3S; in the basic
salicylate, 68"79 ; in the citrate, 67 OS ; in the neutral
hydrobromide 60'57 : in the neutral sulphate (bisulphate)
59*12 ; in the hydroferrocyamde £652; in the hydriodide
55*95 ; and in the tannate 22*60 per cent.— G. H. M.
Emetine. H. Kunz. Arch. Pharm. 1SS7, 461.
Emetine has hitherto been very little studied on ac-
count of the difficulty of obtaining it in a form sufficiently
pure for analysis. The author now obtains it by a modi-
fication of l'odwissotzky's method as a pure white,
amorphous, electrical powder, which rapidly becomes
yellow or brown on exposure to the light ;it has a bitter
and harsh taste. The Kim ti mini purum of commerce
is a whitish-grey to greyish-brown powder. Anexamina-
xov. 30, 188;.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
737
tion of emetine, which, like quinine, is obtained from
a Rubiacfe, gave the following results : —
1. Emetine possesses the molecular formula
C,„H10N.,O- anil gives a platinochloride with the compo-
sition (3j0H40N,O6.HjPtCl6. It is a diatomic base and
also a tertiary diamine like quinine, since it yields by
the addition of methyl an ammonium base methyl-
emetonium hydrate, C ,11 ,„< 'II ,NaOsOH.
2. Emetine is very probably a derivative of ouiuoline,
like quinine.
3. In addition to emetine the Radix ipecacuanha also
contains bilineurin or choline. — G. H. M.
Ineine from Strophanthu.i Hisuidus. J. L. Soubeiran.
Jour. Pharm. Chim. 1887, 593.
When the seeds are macerated with acidified alcohol a
crystalline glucoside, strophanthine, is obtained, which
by treatment with sulphuric acid is decomposed into
glucose and strophanthidin^. The latter is insoluble in
water, eisily soluble in alcohol and is particularly
bitter. The tufts of hair of the seeds give, when treated
with acidified alcohol, a ciystalline substance of
alkaloidal character, to which Hardy and Gallois have
given the name ineine. According to the author ineine
doe? not possess the physiological properties of stroph-
anthine ; lie does not state, however, what propenies it
actually possesses. Helbing an I Elborue ould not tiud
iue'inein the seeds. —G. H. M.
A False Kola-nut. E. Heckel and F. Schlagdenhaufl'en.
Nouv. Eemed. 1887, 123.
According to the investigation of the authors, the
fruit of Heritiera littoralis Wight et Am is found mixed
with kola-nuts. This substitution possesses a double
interest, siuce both the plants named belong to the same
family [Stereuliacas) as those which give the kola-nuts,
and the fruits in question also serve as a food-stuff in
India, aud they possess exactly the same waste-repairing
properties as tie kola-nut. Heritiera littoralis is a large
nee which jjrows in India, in the Philippines. Molucca,
and other islands of the South Coast of Africa. The
form of the nut is oval-pointed, it weighs 20 — 25grms.
and is of a white colour, similar to the so-called Kola
blanca. The cotyledons have, when chewed, at first an
astringent, then a sweet, and, finally, a slightly bitter
taste. The chemical examination of the fruit showed
a complete absence of caffeine in the nuts of Heritiera
littoralis.— G. H. M.
of a coumarin-like odoui'. With cone. HN<> it gives a
green coloiation.
Homopterocarpin, Ci9Hj,Oj, is soluble in ether, chlo-
roform, benzene and carbon bisulphide, less soluble in cold,
more easily soluble in boiling alcohol. It crystallises
from ether in beautiful long needles. It softens at 70",
begins to melt at 82", completely melts at S(> , and, once
melted, remains pasty for several duys. It withstands
boiling concentrated potash solution, but, when fused
with potash, it jields carbonic anhydride and phloro-
glucinol and evolves an odour of conmarin. When neated
for 10 hours with concentrated hydrochloric acid it yields
a substance which appears to be a resorcinol ether
i ' Hj.Ull) ,0, and, by further action, a strongly fluores-
cent substance and methyl chloride. This admits of the
conclusion that homopterocarpin contains the resorcinol
group and one or more methyl groups. It appears to
resemble the internal anhydrides of the aromatic series,
and particularly coumarin. — G. 11. M.
Pterocarpin unci Homopterocarpin. Cazeneuve and
Hugounenq. Compt. Kend. 104, 1722.
Cazeneuve showed in 1874 that there occurred in sandal-
wood (Ptcrocarpus santalinus), in addition to santa'in and
santol, a beautiful crystalline substance, which he called
pterocarpin. The authors have now extracted a second
substance, which appears to be a close homologue of
the first, and they now give the name pterocarpin to the
new substance and call the earlier substance homoptero-
carpin. Powdered sandal-wood is intimately heated
with an equal weight of slaked lime, moistened with
water, dried in the water-bath and extracted with
ether. The lime forms, with the colouring matter, a
lake insoluble in ether, and, with the resin, a slightly
soluble body. The ethereal extract is evaporated" the
residue taken up with boiling alcohol of 93", from which
pterocarpin and homopterocarpin separate on cooling
They are again crystallised from alcohol, then from ether,
and finally separated by cold carbon bisulphide, in which
homopterocarpin is very easily soluble, and pterocarpin
almost insoluble. 1 kilo, of sandal- wood contains about
ogrms. of homopterocarpin and Igrm. of pterocarpin
Pterocarpin, C! Hs03, is insoluble in water and cold
alcohol, soluble in boiling alcohol, less soluble in ether
and crystallises from chloroform in clino-rhombic prism",
which melt at 152°. The substance is neutral, isiusoluble
in acids and even in boiling concentrated potash solution,
but it is decomposed by fused potash with the evolution
/'. rcentagc of Essential Oil in Certain Drugs and Parts
of Plants. Result obtained at the Works of Messrs.
ijchimmel ,L Co., Leipzig.
Average yield
Name of Plant. from lOOkilos.
In kilos.
Seed of Ptvi hotis Ajowan 3-000
Root of Inula Helcnium 0000
Seed of Arcliangelica officinalis 1450
11001 °f ISSffi?"}*"*"* officinalis { J™
Seed of Russian 1 i'2S00
„ Thuiingian 2"400
Chilian hPimpinella Anisuni - 2400
. „ Spanish 3-000
Lcvanlian ; \.P300
Flowers of Arnica montana O'OJO
Hoot of ., „ 1100
ferula Assafcetida 3'250
Uva I'rsi 0-010
Root of German } VaIerittml officinalis .J 0-950
Ocimum Basilicum 0 040
Leaves of Pimenta Aciis 2-300— 2o00
Artemisia Abrotanuni 0 040
Rootof „ ,. 0100
Leaves of Piper Bttle 0'ioO
Betula alba 20-OCO
Leaves of Barosma cremilata 2CO0
Root of Acorus Calamus 2'£00
Cevlon , , 4 000— C-000
Madras [ Elcttaria carda- J 5 OtO
Malabar | momum | 4'250
Siam ' v 4310
Bark of Croton Eluteria 1'730
Flowers of Ciunamomum Cassia? T350
Wood of Juniperum Yirginiana 3'5O0
German Matricaria Chamomilla 0'285
Roman Anthemis nobilis 0700— POOO
Leaves of Myrtus Chekan l'OOO
Copaifei a officinalis to'OOO
Dipteroearpus turbinates Oo'OOO
Thuringian -\ (.. 0-800
Russian . . 0 900
Dutch .-Coriandrum sativum - . . 0 000
East Indian I .. 0150
Italian ) {.. 0700
Piper Cubeba 120(0— 16 000
Bark of Laurus Culilawan 3'400
„ Malteaian ) ,.,lminl]m ( 3900
t» V .. f «•».., ,« ' i un liiiiin i „wi
beedof Syrian t rvminnm i * -100
,. East Indian • Ljrmmum < 2 250
Root of Curcuma lOBga 5200
Seed.°f RS Anethum graveolens j *™
Seed of East Indian Anethum Sowa 2'000
L-icaAbilo 17-000
llried leaves of Eucalyptus Globulus 3 000
Thymus Serpyllum 0-200
Seed of Saxonian i Anethum i o'OOC — 5'oCO
Galiciau i Foeniculum ' . . . . 600U
Seed of East Indian Paumoiium Foeni-
culum 2-200
Flowers of Sambucus nigra 0025
Galbanum officinale 6'5U0
Root of Alpinia Galanga 0150
Root of Asaruni Europa*um l'lOO
Root of Heracleum Sphondylium 1003
Humulus Lupulus 0-700—2 250
Root of African i | . . 2600
Bengal ' Zingiber 1 .. 2000
,, Japanese ( officinalis / .. l'SOO
Cochin China I [ .. 1900
Root of Iris Florentina 0-100
Hyssopus officinalis O'lOO
I va moschata 0'400
738
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. INov.30.1887.
Av.r;ige yield
N:nin of 1 laot. from lOOfcilos,
111 kiloe.
Mentha crispa 1000
Seed of Carum carvi 4000— 7'COO
Lavandula vera 2'900
Koot of Lcvistii urn otlirinale 0*600
Wood of Elanhrium gravcolens .V000
Laurus nobilis 1 00 1
Leaves of Lauras nobilis 2-100
Orendaphnc Californica 7'600
Flowers of Myristica liioscliala HOOO-16-OOO
Origanum Majoiana 0'350
.. ,. dried 0 900
Amyplalus Rmara 0'4C0 — 0'700
Matricaria Parthenium 0'030
Leaves of Piper augustiMium 2'400
Root of Irnperatoria Ostruthium 0 800
Melissa officinalis 0'100
Bark of Michelia Nilagirica 0300
Seed of Daucus Carota 1650
Seed of Hibiscus Abelmoschus 02C0
Hoot (if Ferula Sumbul 0'300
Myristica moschaia 8 000-10-OfO
lijlsamodcndron Mynha 2-500— fi 500
Caryaphyllus aromatkus 17t00— l'J'UOO
Ileum urbanum O'OIO
Olibanus tliuriftra 6'300
Pastinaca Opoponax 6600
Populus nigra O'oOO
Seed of Pastinaca sativa 2100
Pogostemon Patchouli l'SOO— 4 000
Myroxylon Percirae 0-100
Oil of Tnssilago Petosites 0 056
Apium Petroselinum 0 300
Seed of Apium Petroselinum 3 500
Piper nigrum 2'200
Mentha piperita 0 300
dried 1000- 1250
Amygdalus Persica O'SOO- 10O0
Myitus Pimenta 3 500
Koot of Pimpinella Saxifraga 0'025
Oil of Ledum palustre O3--0
Tanacetum vulgare 0 150
Ruta graveolens 0']80
Wood of Convolvulus Scoparius 0010
Flowers of Rosa Centifolia 0-050
.luniperus Sabina 3 750
German | galvia offlcinalig j MCO
Italian I I 1 i00
Fast Indian I SaDtalum album { 4;500
Macassar ) I 2 o00
Wood of Laurus Sassafras 2 600
Achillea Millefolium 0'080
Root of Canadian Asarnm canadense 2-800 - 3 2i0
Virginian Aristoloehia serpentaria 2000
Seed of Xigclla sativa O'SOO
Apium graveolens 0'200
Seed of Apium graveolens 3 000
Dutch ) ( 0 850
German - Sinapis nigra ■ 0750
East Indian! ( 0-590
,, Sinapis Juncia 0"500
Priganem creticuni 3 500
Root of Valtrinia celtica r000
Illicium anisaium 5000
Illicium religiosum l'OOO
Liquidatnbar orientalis 1000
Andropogon Nuricatis 0200 -0350
German | junim,ruBoom (.... O'SOO -0700
,. Italian n^[»U . . . . P100 -P200
Hungarian I munis (.... rooo —1-100
Seed of Phellandiium aquaticum 1.300
Artemisia absynthium 0"i00 -0-100
Ciniiamomum zeylanicum 0900 —1250
Canellaalba POOO
Artemisia n aritima 2 000
CuiumaZedoariae 1300
— S. H.
more especially the well-known preparations of Guilder,
Sanders, Ezn, Witte, Krmmeiichs and Koch, their name
is a misnomer, since they contain scarcely any peptone
but easily soluble albumen. Nevertheless, all these
preparations are easily digestible and, therefore, a food
which can be highly rt commended to persons with a
sluggish digestion and lo convalescents. — S. II.
Improvements in Apparatus for Drying or Curing Fruit,
Tobacco and other Substances. 11. II. Lake, London.
From II. ('. Andrews, New York, U.S.A. Eng. Pat.
10,915, Aug. 9, 1SS7. 6d.
This apparatus consists of a closed chamber, in the lower
portion of which is situated a hot air pipe or heating
tine. Above and parallel to this is another pipe provided
with perforations and communicating with the exterior of
the chamber. Cold air enters this latter pipe and escaping
by the perforations mingles with the up current of hot
air rising from the neighbourhood of the heating flue
The substance to be dried is contained in the tipper
portion of the chamber. — A. K. D.
XXIL-ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
A Gas Burette Working Independently of Temperature
and Pressure. W. Hernpel. Ber. $J0, 2340-2343.
A is an ordinary lOOcc. gas burette, fixed to a foot E,
and closed above by a Greiner-Friedrich's three-way
cock. The burette is connected by caoutchouc tubing
with the gauge F and the tube B. The latter is a simple
glass tube, which is closed below and communicates
with F. The whole is contained in the vessel of water
C. The tube C is open above and closed below by an
indiarubber stopper with a single bore. The gauge tube
F is about 6mm. wide at the bind ; from e to c it is
On Peptones and the so called Peptones of Commerce.
Gerlach. Chem. Zeit. 11, 1246.
I'EPTONIS are the final active products of digestion.
They are soluble in water and dilute acids, and diffuse
through membranes. They appear to melt on the
water-bath, but this apparent melting is owing to wa'er,
which they hold tenaciously enclosed. Peptones injec-
ted into the blood of dogs gradually cause narcose, and
the blood loses for some time its power of coagulating.
The peptoues used as food therefore do not pass unal-
tered into the blood, but are changed in the cells of the
intestines. They can be c'assed in three groups —
I c|sine - peptones, pancreas peptones' and peptones
derived from vegetable lenntnts (Cm ica papain, Agate
Americ.). Whereas those of the first group have a
pleasant tiste, those of the lecond (lass of peptones
taste and smell viry disagreeably; the last has no
practical value yet. As to the peptones of commerce,
*=m
N
4
capillary if mercury is used, or 3mm wide if water is
the liquid employed. The burette is in connection with
the tap G and the vessel H for adjusting the level. If
the gas is measured in the moist state, a drop of water
is introduced into B. The volume of the gauge tube
between /and c must be measured once fur all previous
to use. This is done by drawing a given volume of gas
into the burette, then placing the three-way cock in the
position IK, so that it communicates with the gauge. By
raising or lowering the vessel H the pressure can be
brought to that of the gas in B. When the pressure is
equal the level of the mercury in both limbs of F is the
same. The cock G is closed and the volume read off.
Nov. 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
739
If ii is again opened and H lowered, the liquid in the
gauge can lie brought to c. If the cock I> i- closed and
the volume of gas again read oil' on the scale subse-
quently to adjusting the liquid in the vessel M, the
difference of the two readings gives the volume between
/ and c. The operation of measuring eases is as follows :
—The burette is first filled with the liquid, and is then
connected by a capillary tube with the vessel, which
contains the' gas for analysis. The three-way tap must
be in position D,, so that the gas passes into the tube b.
For measuring, the cock is put in position D. By raising
or lowering the vessel H the liquid in both limbs of the
V tube is adjusted to one level, the cock G is closed,
and the volume read oil'. After measuring, the gas is
withdrawn from the ginge tube — J. B. C.
Improvement of Bunte's Gas Burette. Chem. Zeit. H,
l'22o.
Tins very useful form of gas burette is greatly improved
by the application to it of the new cock introduce! by
Greiner and Friedrichs (Chem. Zeit. H, 53).
working of the apparatus is sufficiently illustrated by
the figures. — A. G. G.
is due to the presence of a colouring matter formed
from the indigo. The other properties of the alcoholic
extract do not, however, allow of any confusion. The
test with concentrated sulphuric acid cannot be regarded
as absolutely safe. If it is desired to test the dyed cloth
instead of the extract, a sample is gently heated with
an acid solution of stannous chloride. Prussian blue
lemains unchanged ; indigo blue, indigo carmine and
ctton blue are acted upon, and the cloth becomes
bleached, whilst the solution is coloured yellow. Log-
wood is also discharged, and the solution acquires a pink
colour. If hydrogen peroxide is added in excess to the
stannous chloride extract, cotton blue gives a blue
coloration and the pink colour with logwood is
destroyed.
The indigo colour is not regenerated under these con-
ditions. A more rational method, however, is to dissolve
the colouring matter from the fibre, and for this purpose
alcohol, which dissolves the aniline colours especially,
ami acidified alcohol, which indicates the presence of
logwood colours, is used. The te-t with acidified
aleohol is of considerable value. It must be borne in
mind, however, that not all the aniline colours can be
dissolved from the fibre with alcohol and, on the other
hand, that indigo and indigo carmine are somewhat
Boluble. The action of acidified alcohol is still more comp'i-
cated. The red reaction with logwood is produced in
sufficiently concentrated solution, but changes on boiling
to reddish yellow, a property which may be overlooked
in testing indigo and indigo carmine with a hot soluli in
of alcohol.
In such cases boiling glacial acetic acid, or concen-
trated formic acid, may be employed. Logwood colours
the acid in the cold, pink, which, on heating, changes to
yellowish red, but this colour is very rapidly masked by
the indigo which subsequently dissolves.
These two sol vents dissolve all the blue organic colours,
with the exception of indigo carmine and Prussian blue,
the first extract containing the largest quantity of log-
wood blue when present. If the acetic acid solution is
mixed with ether and water added till the ether
The separates, the indigo remains in the ethereal solution,
' either dissolved or su>pended. If, in addition to iudigo,
only logwood was present, the aqueous solution is
coloured reddish yellow, and on the addition of concen-
trated HC1 the aqueous solution becomes red. In
presence of indigo carmine and cotton blue, logwood
cannot be detected. In this case the ethereal solution is
Congo-red as an Indicator. G. Vulpius, Ztschr. osterr,
Apoth.-Ver. 18ST, 286.
Test papers prepared with Congo-red are sensitive not separated, and the aqueous solution shaken with chloro
only to ordinary inorganic bases, but also to aniline and form or amyl alcohol, which dissolves out cotton blue,
similar bodies and also to quinine, brucine, morphine, After separating the amyl alcohol the aqueous solution
etc. ; and are useful in cases where both litmus and
phenol phthalein are unsuitable. The author, however,
considers that its delicacy towards acid is not so great
as that of carefully prepared litmus paper, since the
latter will show slight traces of acid much quicker than
the Congo-red paper. It is, therefore, not to he recom-
mended for all pharmaceutical purposes. — G. II. M.
Detection of Indigo in Dyed Fabrics. W. Lenz. Zeits.
Anal. Chem. 18S7, 535 — 555.
The following different qualities of indigo of undoubted
genuineness were used in these experiments :—
Madras indigo imedium).
1. Fine Bengal indigo.
_. Bengal indigo.
3, ( lude indigo.
I. Kurpah indigo (violet).
o. Kurpah indigo (red violet)
6. Kurpah indigo.
s. Madras inoigo (irdinary).
9, i i uatemala indigo (flnei.
IS. Uengal indigo (in povv der).
11. Java indigo (tine).
12, Java indigo (common).
In the dyeing, a bath containing zinc dust and dilute
is shaken with an equal volume of dilute sulphuric
acid, and if indigo carmine is present it now dissolves
in amyl alcohol. If after treatment with glacial acetic
acid insoluble blue colouring matter remains on the
cloth, it may consist of indigo carmine or Prussian blue,
which may be treated for and separated by one of the
well-known reagents. Another method for separating
the different blues is to treat the 4 sq. cm. of the cloth
with 4cc. boiling hot borax solution. In this way log-
wood, indigo carmine and Prussian blue are dissolved,
while cotton blue and indigo remain undissolved. To
detect logwood in presence of indigo the cloth may be
boiled with hydrochloric acid, in which case a red
solution is obtained, or white alum with the formation
of a blue solui ion, whereas indigo is undissolved. The
examination of the absorption spectrum is also a useful
guide for distinguishing these two colours. If the cloth
is dyed with pure indigo it should give the following
reactions : — Boiling water should not dissolve any colour-
ing matter, nor spiritsof wine (50— 95 per cent.). Cold
so la solution was employed, as the property of the dye saturated solutions of oxalic acid, borax, alum, etc
prepared by this method shows no abnormal action with
reagents. In addition to these, fabrics dyed with com-
mercial indigo carmine, Prussian blue, logwood extracts,
and mixture < of these were also examined. The results
are found in the following table This table shows an
abnormality with indigo No. 11. It colours acidified
alcohol similarly to cloth raised in logwood. As this
property was only indicated when the cloth was dyed
under certain conditions, the author considers that it
should take up no colouring matter, nor should the
borax solution on acidifying with HO give a red colour,
turning blue with FeL,Cl,;. Stannous chloride and
FeaCle should destroy the blue colouring matter on
heating, and glacial acetic acid should dissolve the
colour completely. No H,S should be evolved on heat-
ing the cloth with concentrated HO, nor should the
carbamiue reaction be given on heating the fabiic with
KOH and CHCL.
Method of
Te tin;:.
Linen Strips dyed in the v;it with
»a i kin i of [nd go already
ennni' r ited) snd subsequently
washed.
N -
I.-X.,andXII.
Cotton Vim
dyed with In
(tigo vat only,
(rtj lin h
i' i Li^ht shade,
both in an
uuhniBhe-d and
finished sample.
Linen dyed with
c immercial
Indigo Carmine
(extract!. \i itli
addition of
Alum.
Linen dyed
without Mm-
dantin solution
't Logwood,
extracted by
boilme.
The colour
of the sani-
Kle showed
y daylight
Deep blue.
Deep blue.
About I
sq. cm. of the
dyed fabric,
re resenting
about 1 metre
of the yarn
threads, were
treated for
half an-hour
at the ordin-
ary tempera-
t u r e wit h
about ice. of
80 -. spirits
of wine, to
which 1 of
H (J 1 had
been added.
The solution
appeared
The sam-
ples of cloth
(as in 2) were
boiled with
alcohol ($0 J
to which 1
of HC1 had
been added.
Theresulting
extract sepa-
rated from
the cloth ap-
peared
The samp-
les were with
alcohol 80 '.
(as under 3)
but with the
addition of
i HC1. The
solution ap-
peared
Colourless.
Light blue.
Ammonia
did not
change the
colour. Ether
was coloured
blue on being
shaken up
with the di-
luted solu-
tion ; the so-
lution itself
became
colourless.
Purple red to
cherry red. Di-
lute ammonia
gave a yellowish,
cloudiness.
Ether removed
the yellow colour
from both the
acid and alkaline
solution. Onadd-
ingHClthe layer
of ether bet nine
red. but yellow
again oiisha1 ins:
if too much Ik'l
had not been
added ; the ether
gave, however,
no colour to She
strongly acid
solution.
Linen dyed with
I ogwood BOhl.
tion, and innr
danttd with
Alum.
(ill Deep blue.
lb) Light blue.
Colourless.
Deep blue.
Faint blue.
Yellow
(reddish on
washing
with water'.
Rather more of
a blue-red than
the foregoing
sample. other-
wise similar to
2ci.
As under
3c.
Decolorised,
almost yellow
brown, likewise
the ether added
to diluted solu-
tion : the latter
did not appear
red on addition
of HC1.
The Bolnbility
of the brown
colouring matter
in ether, the ab-
sorption spec-
trum of the solu-
tion,and the pre-
cipitation by
water from an
acid alcoholic so-
lution, indicated
a resinous pro-
duet. This was
found to be must
readily obtained
by reduction of
indigo for ]'l
hours with zinc
ami caustic soda
(isolated by
ini-aiis of mer-
cury), and sub-
sequent precipi-
tation from the
acidified and di-
luted alcohol by
shaking up with
ether.
Light blue.
A ui m on ia
did not
change the
colour; ether
wascoloured
blue on being
shaken up
with the di-
luted acid
solution ; the
solution
itself was
thereby de-
colorised.
Light blue.
Red, solu-
tion chang-
ing to yellow
on warming;
red again on
furl her ad-
ditionofHCI,
and purple
red witli am-
monia; the
latter colour
was not per-
manent. Se-
paration of a
lake did not
take place,
even when
ether was ad-
ded.
Bluish red.
Linen dyed
with Log-
wood BolU-
t and
in ml rated
\i itli i lopper
Sulphate.
Blue.
Yellow,
but red with
a further ad
dition of HO.
otherwise as
under 2y.
Red. on
warming the
solution yel-
I o w , w i t h
more HC1 red
again. Am-
monia preci-
pitateda vio-
let blue lake.
A previous
addition of
tartaric acid
hindered the
separation of
the lake; the
solution ap-
peared vio-
let, but the
colour soon
change d.
Ether also,
without ad-
dition of am-
monia, se-
parated a
lake of a red
violet colour,
which was
changed to
violet blue
by ammonia.
Asunder
2(7. Here
also no
lake was
separated
on addi-
t i o n of
ammonia
in excess,
nor on the
further
add i t i o n
of ether.
As under
3c.
As under 3/.
As under
30.
Yellow,
but red with
a further ad-
dition o f
HC1: otlicr-
w i s e as
under 2A.
As under
30.
Asunder 3A.
Ether, how-
ever, did not
separate any
lake from the
a Old solu-
tion.
As under
30.
Linen dyed in the
tat'with Indigo and
^""'m.','.™ ami Threads from the fabric of blue and ]
towel with 1 ■■■■ **ite strips, which was to 1 <'.>tton Yam dyed with
».'... 1. along with for purity of Dyeing.
Linen treated jlter-
lution
1 of ft-rrie a.
i solution of
woodC'l same aa |(t).
} u- mordanted aitli
Aium
strip J>t-.i witb
sna'ie. !(/) warn snaae.
F:ii-h nf th*- -in..- in
::i ferro- Remark-.
the vat employed
D an unfin-
both raw and finished
—thus djed
with Berlin blue
with Logwood.
ished and finished
sample.
Light blue
threads.
' Dark blue threads.
Bample.
e 1 on the
fibre.
*:
I
•7!
n
0
P Q
(a) Dark blue.
Dark blue.
Light blue.
Dark blue.
(a) Light blue.
Deep blue.
(6) Blue.
(6) Dark blue (with
(c) Dark blue.
a reddish copper
glitter).
1
Purple red.
Purple red,
Colourless.
Purple red.
Colourless.
Colourless. On treat-
Ammonia se-
on warming
changing to yel-
mcDt with
parated iu (61 a
yellowish
low on warming.
spirits of
violet dye - lake
red. and on ad-
and red again on
wine of 90 t
— hastened by
dition of more
addition of HC'l.
strength, all
dilutingthesolu-
HC1 red again.
Ammonia separ-
the objects
tiou with water
Ammonia
ated a violet
under exam-
. and shaking
changes the
lake, and more
ination im-
with ether.
colour to violet
quickly when
the diluted solu-
parted slight
In (a) and (c)
blue ; subse-
but not
ammonia pro-
quent addition
tion was treated
characteristic
duced no separa-
of ether facili-
with ether.
colourings,
tion of lake, but
tated the se-
Ether also
with the ex-
only an altera-
paration of a
separated a red-
cep t ion of
tion of the colour
blue violet dye-
dish violet lake
the linen
to bluish red.
lake, so that
from the acid
dyed with
the lower solu-
solution: an ad-
No. XI. indi-
tion appeared
dition of am-
go, described
colourless.
monia changed
the colour of the
separated lake
to a dirty violet.
incolumnld).
This gave a
red colour to
the spirits of
wine.
Blue red: when
More blue red
Light blue.
Blue red.
The solution ap-
Yellowish in
shaken up with
than under 21,
On shak-
The ether used
peared blue, but the
• consequence of a
ether, the latter
owing to the
ing, ether ab-
for shaking with
yarn ceased parting
slight excess of
receivea a dis-
indigo which is
stracted from
appears of a de-
with its colouring
iron oxide, which
tinct blue colour.
taken up by the solution
cided blue col-
matter after a time.
went into solu-
Otherwise as
ether with a
1 previously
our; the solution
as shown when the
tion as chloride.
under 2k.
blue colour
diluted with
mixed with the
solution was re-
after previous
water). it3
ether acts to-
newed.
addition of
blue colour.
wards HC'l and
water. The
ammonia in a
solution mixed
similar manner
with the ether
to that described
was coloured
under In.
more distinctly
red on further
addition of HC1.
As under 3k.
As under 21.
As under 3m.
Without addi-
As under 3o.
As under 3p.
tion of ammonia.
ether did not
effect anysepara-
tionof lake in the
solution ; other-
wise, the solu-
tion behaved as
described under
3n and 2n re-
-
spectively.
Method of
Testing.
The sam-
ples (as under
a) were boiled
with about
ice. of 20.=;
acetic acid.
Litun Strips dyed in the vat with
various kinds of Indigo (already
enumerated 1 and subsequently
washed.
Nob,
L-X. and XIL
The sam-
ples (asunder
3) were boiled
with glacial
acetic acid,
and if a com-
plete separa-
tion of the
colouring
matter from
the fibre
was de-
sired, fresh
quantities of
glacial acetic
acid were
added, and
the solution
kept at the
boil.
The solu-
tion appear-
ed blue, and
gave up its
colour to
ether on
beingshaken
with the
same.
No. XI.
d
The samp-
les were com-
pletely de-
col ori sed.
and the acid
coloured
blue. Ether
absorbed this
blue colour-
ing matter
complet e 1 y
on dilution
with water;
chlorof o mi,
and amyl al-
cohol be-
haved in a
similar man-
ner to ether.
The solution
evaporated
down with
one of these
solvents was
neither
coloured by
HC1 nor by
ammonia,
nor by alum
sol u t i o n
after neutra-
lising with
ammonia.. It
gave, in fact,
none of the
reactions
which are
employed to
indicate the
presence of
Cam peachy,
nor any re-
action which
could in any
way inter-
fere witli the
search for
this colour-
ing matter.
The fibres.
when com-
pletely de-
colorised by
glacial acetic
acid, did not
give any red
colour with
HCPL
The solution
became blue;
ether absorbed
the blue colour,
thesolutionthen
appeared
brownish, but
more yellow on
addition of HC1.
Cotton Yarn
dyed with In- Llaen dyed with
digo vat only, ! commercial
[a iit.uk shade, Indigo Oarmine
(61 Light sba.de, 1 (extract), with
both in an
unfinished and
finished sample.
As under
5c.
The samples
were completely
decolorised;
the solution be-
haved as under
bd. After re-
moving the blue
colour by means
of ether, the
latter was
coloured by HC1
in a manner not
characteristic,
as described
under 5d. The
characterist ic re-
act ions for Cam-
peachy would
not be materially
affected by the
behaviourof this
solution. When
completely de-
colorised by
glacial acetic
acid the fibres
did not give any
red colour with
HC1.
As under
6c.
addition of
Alum.
The solu-
tion became
blue (re-
mained al-
most colour-
1 e s s when
wool, dyed in
a weak so-
lut ion of
H3SO,, was
used instead
of liueni;
ether, chloro-
form, and
amylic al-
cohol did not
take up any
colour from
either acid or
alkaline solu-
tion. If, how-
ever, an
equal vo-
lume of di-
H2SO«
added,
colour
taken
up by Bhak-
ing wit h
amylic al-
cohol (not
with chloro-
form or
ether).
lute
was
the
was
The solu-
tion was
slowly
coloured blue
onusinglinen
which had
been dyed
the day pre-
vious, but
which was
quitedry. On
using wool
dyed at the
same time in
a weak solu-
t i 0 n of
H2S04, in-
stead of linen,
the acid re-
m a i n e d
colourless.
Glacial
acetic thus
abstracted
less colour
than dilute
acetic acid.
On shaking
up the di-
luted boIu-
t i 0 n with
ether, chloro-
form, and
amylalcohol,
it behaved as
described
under 5/.
Linen dyed
without mor-
dant, in solution
of Logwood,
ex traded by
boiling.
The solu-
tion was
coloured a
yellowish
red, and red
on addition
of HC1.
As under
5ff.
Linen dyed with
Logwood solu-
tion, and mor-
danted with
Alum.
As under
Linen dyed
with Log-
wood solu-
tion, and
niordnnted
with Copper
Sulphate.
As under
bg.
As under
5g.
Asunder
bg.
Lines dyed in the
vat with IndlgO and
(a) tupped With Lufc,'-
VOOd I'') same as
(n), but mordanted
with Alum [c) bol-
toniedwithL<-iiHu">l.
Ootton Vara vat-
dyed blue and
tupped with Log-
woodi along with
a strip dyed with
t hv v it 1'inplt.j' d,
both il) an unliji-
ished and finished
sample.
Threads from the fabric of blue and
white stripes which was to be tested
fur purity of Dyeing,
Liglit blue
threads.
The solution
appeared discol-
oured; el her ab-
stracted from it
blue colouring
matter. The so-
lution appeared
then but slightly
characteristic,
but became red
on application
of HC1.
As under 5k.
The solu-
tion became
blue, ether
took up the
colouring
matter, thus
d ecolorising
the solution.
The latter
was not col-
oured even
on addition
ofHCl.
Dark blue threads.
The solution
became blue.
and the sample
decolorised
after lengthy
boiling ; other-
wise as under ok.
As under 6k.
As under 5m.
The solution
was coloured a
dirty blue, and
ether extracted
from the same its
blue colouring
matter, and on
shaking with
etherand adding
HC1, the solu-
tion was col-
oured red.
By prolonged
boiling the sam-
ple was com-
pletely decolor-
ised ; the solu-
tion behaved as
described under
5n.
A brownish-
red colour of the
sample was the
longest to re-
main, but on re-
moving the
acetic acil by
washing with
water and heaf-
with dilute HC1,
it disappeared at
once, colouring
the HC1 red.
Cotton Yarn dyed with
a cotton blur, la) Light
shade, (M Dark shade
each uf the Eame in
both raw and tinished
sample.
Linen treated alter-
nately with solution
of ferric acetate,
and acid solution <>f
I" itassium ferro-
cyanide— thus dyed
with Berlin blue
produced on the
hbre.
Ben otss.
The solution was
coloured blue with
both samples, but
ether did not ab-
stract any colouring
matter from theacid
solution. On addition
of caustic soda the
solution was clouded
brownish red, and
ether took up tin-
colouring matter
with a yellow color-
ation. From an
acetic acid solution
the blue colouring
matter could be ab-
stracted by shaking
with ether, chloro-
form, or amyl-alco-
hol.
The sam pie of yarn
was completely de-
colorised. On dilut
ing with water ether
only abstracted
traces of a red col-
ouring matter (pre-
sumably present as
impurity) from the
blue solution, whilst
the whole of the blue
colouring matter re-
mained dissolved in
the diluted acetic
acid ; it was. how-
ever, completely ab-
stracted by chloro-
form, and with more
certainty by amylic
alcohol with a blue
colour. The acid
solution of the blue
colouring matter
separated, on addi-
tion of caustic soda in
excess, a brownish-
red colouring matter
with a bluishglitter,
which dissolves in
ether with a yellow-
ish brown, more
easily in amylic-
alcohol with a some-
what redder, and
more easily still in
chloroform with a
red colour. If the
ether, amyl- alcohol
and chloroform were
separated from the
alkaline solution,
acetic acid added to
each, and the mix-
tures shaken with
water, etner gave up
the colouring matter
again changed to
blue, whilst chloro-
form and amyl-alco-
hol retained it in
solution with a blue
colour.
The colour of
the dyed sample
remained un-
changed.andthe
acid colouiie.-s.
Thesampleand
thesolution were
unaltered. On
addition of 3 %
HClto the acetic
acid the ma-
terial was decol-
orised on boil-
ing, and the
solution yellow-
ish. On dilution
with water, the
solution was col-
oured blue.
d2
"*i-1
i
1
x. i-3
- a $ "S ;
Linen dyed
Linen strii-s <ly<l [n
the vat
> _~ i-i
]
,inen<ly«»<l with **°B' i
[To,
Method o! resting.
with r&rioui kin.ls of Indigo
(ulrei'ly enumerate U and iub-
sequeutly washed.
p/"~ gi h s Linen dyed with c >m-
-r £-3!9 >: mercial Indigo Carmine
a"E ir— [extract) with addition
SoSaJ of Alum.
r* -- "- •: -
Linen dyed without
mordant in sulu-
tion i f Logwood ex-
with Log-
wood solu-
tiuu and
u 1 BOlU- '
tion and j
nordanted
with
('• ppex
ua fed byboiling. mordanted
with alum.
Sulphate
Not. I— X., and XII.
No. xi.
C ' ■=
e /
1
a
b
c
d
a
h
7
A sample of the
object under exam-
The acid was
As
As The solution was
The solution
As As
not coloured in
under
under , coloured blue on | was coloured a
under under
inntion las under 21
the cold : on
7c.
7c. being gently warm- i beautiful red in
~g- "g.
was covered with heating to the
ed ; otherwise as the cold, and be-
concentrated formic boil indigo was
under 7c. i came yellowish- |
acidofsp.g. 1'2, heat- dissolved, and on
red on heating.
ed and extracted as repeated diges-
in 6. lion completely
extracted from
the fibre.
8
A small sample
The solution
As
As
The solution was
The solution
As
As
was boiled with remained colour-
under
under
coloured blue. The
became reddish
under
under
l-2cc. of cold satur- less, and was not
8c.
8c.
colouring matter was
w hen cold.
Sg.
8ff.
ated solution of ox-
changed by HCl.
taken up by wool ex-
yellowish on
alic acid.
cept for traces ; more
easily by linen.
heating, red on
addition of HCl,
red on addition
of 0'05 — 0*lgr.
crystallised am-
monium molyb-
date, and violet
if a quantity was
added.
9
The samples (as
The solution
As
As
As under 5/.
At the com-
As
As
under 2) were boiled
appeared colour-
under
under
mencement o f
under
under
with about 4cc. phos-
less.
9c.
9c.
warming the
Sg.
9g.
phoric acid.
solution was
coloured red,
then yellowish-
red. HCl effect-
ed a red colora-
tion in the same
manner as in the
acetic acid solu-
'
'
tion.
i
10 A small sample
I
The acid was
As
A3 As under 10c.
The acid was
As
As
was covered in a
coloured bluish-
under
under
coloured red-
under
under
small porcelain dish
green, and be-
10c.
10c.
dish-yellow.
lOff.
100.
with concentrated
came blue on
HsSO*
dilution wi th
1 water.
11 A sample las under The solution
2) was boiled with remained un
As
As The wool was
The solulion
As
under
11(7-
As
under
under coloured slightly
appeared of a
under
about 4cc. of a 10 .
eoloured.
lie.
lie. blue. If WOO. was
purple- violet
llff.
solution of pure pot-
used instead of linen
colour, and gave
a put pie - olue
ash alum iu vvaliT.
t h e solulion was
coloured even when
precipitate o n
the samples, after
addition of am-
nnre boiling with
monia. Caitstic
alum solution, did
soda produced a
not impart any fur-
blue deposition
which was solu-
then olour to boiling
water.
ble in excess
(contrary to the
statement
in 1» a in m era
" Lexicon der
Verfaclschun
gen," p. 730).
Linen dyed in the
rat with Indigo and
('i I tupped with Log-
wood, (Msame as (<i)
tut mordanted with
alum, (<•) bottomed
with Logwood.
Cotton Yarn vat-
dyed blur, and
topped with L"^'-
wood. along with
:i strip dyed with
tli. rat --inployed,
both iu ;iit iinrtn-
ishedand finiahe 1
aample.
Threads from the fabric of blue and
white strips, which waa to be tested
for purity of dyeing.
Cotton Yarn dye-1 with
a cotton blue, > -t| Light
shade, 16> Dark <had.-,
tach of the same in both
raw ami finished sample.
Light blue
threads.
Dark blue threads.
L'nen treated
alternately with so-
lution of ferric ace-
tate and acid solu-
tion of potassium
ferrocyanide — thus
dyed with Berlin
blue produced on
the fibre.
The solution
was coloured a
beautiful red in
the cold : on
heating this be-
came rather
lighter, but was
immediately
concealed by the
indigo bluegoing
into solution. If
the cold red solu-
tion was poured
off and heated
by itself, it as-
sumed a yellow-
ish red colour.
As under Sg.
As under Ik. As under 7c.
As under Ik.
The solution
turned blue in the
cold, and extracted
the colouring matter
easily and complete-
ly on warming.
Ether extracted
traces of a red
co louring matter
from the acid solu-
tion diluted with
, water ; amyl alcohol
extracted the blue
colouring matter
from the same.
The solution
disso It ed t he
eolouringmatter
even on warm-
ing, and was not
coloured blue on
addition of chlo-
roform. Even on
addition of a
little HC1. only
a small quantity
of Berlin blue
was dissolved.
As under 8ff.
The solu-
tion remain-
ed colourless
and unchan-
ged on addi-
tion of HC1.
As under 8g.
As under 9g.
As under 9a.
The solu-
tion remain-
ed colourless
The colouring
matter was easily
and completely ex-
tracted from the
fibre; the blue
coloured solution
did not impart the
same to ether,
though it did so
to amyl alcohol.
The solution
became distinct-
ly blue, and the
fabric of a
brighter colour.
On rubbing with
water, it gave up
some of its col-
ouring matter
mechanically.
The solution
became coloured
in quick succes-
sion red, and
then yellowish
red ; likewise on
using threads
which had been
previously ex-
tracted for 70
hours with boil-
ing chloroform,
HO coloured
the solution very
distinctly red.
On using phos-
phoric acid of
1 % strength, and
then adding
phosphoric acid
of 20 % strength,
the colours be-
came very weak.
The solution re-
mained colourless.
The sample
and the solution
remained un-
changed.
The acid was
coloured green
and became blue
on dilution with
water.
As under 10A-. As under 10c.
The acid was
coloured green
and blue on dilu-
tion with water.
The acid was
coloured green, and
on dilution with
water blue.
The acid was
coloured brown-
ish green, and
became blue on
dilution with
water.
The change
of colour in
the fabric
could not be
properly es-
timated, since
the same was
considerably
influenced by
mordants, es-
pecially iron.
As under Ug. As under Ug.
The solu-
tion remain-
ed colourless
The solution
was coloured
purple red and
gave a violet
blue precipitate
with ammonia ;
caustic soda also
produced a blue
precipitate.
.Much H C 1
coloured the so-
lution red. If the
solution of alum
was treated with
tartaric acid pre-
vious to addition
of ammonia, no
precipitate was
caused by ammo-
nia, but a very
slightly constant ,
bluish red
coloration.
The solution re-
mained colourless.
The solution
remained colour-
less.
746
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Xov. so, i8S7.
No.
a
Method of Testing,
b
Linen Stripe dyed in the vat
with various kind£ of Indigo
(already enumerated i and Bnb-
aeouentlj washed.
S*. • a
2 o S a *
= * » .2 =
Linen dyed with oom
n,ercial Indigo Carmine
(extract ) with addition
of Alum.
L:nen dyed without
mordant in solu-
tion nl Logwood ex-
tracted by boiling.
a
Linen dyed
with Log-
wood solu-
tion and
mordanted
with alum.
Linen dyed
with Log
woo. 1 solu-
tion and
mordanted
with
Copper
Sulphate
Nos.I.-X.,an.lXII.
c
No. XL
d
o ,"3 «
Q - £
e
/
h
i
12
A sample (as under
2) was boiled with a
solution of 1 part
crystallised ammo-
nium molybdate in
2 parts water.
The solution
remained colour-
less.
As
under
12c.
As
under
12c.
The solution *.vaa
coloured blue. The
colouring m at ter
was abstracted by
wool except for
traces— not so easily
by linen.
The solution
was coloured
deep blue-violet.
As
under
12ff.
As
under
12(7.
13
A sample of the
stutftas under 2) was
boiled with about
4cc. of a solution of
borax. The borax
solution employed
was prepared by
allowing a concen-
trated boiling solu-
tion of borax to cool
andstandforseveral
days at the tempera-
tureof the room, and
then pouring off
from the salt which
had separated out.
The solution
was colourless
after filtration.
As
under
13c.
As
under
13c.
The sample was
decolorised and the
solution coloured
blue. Ether chloro-
form and amylic
alcohol did not take
up the colouring
matter even when
acidified with acetic
acid. Amylic alco-
hol, however, took
uptheindigosulpho-
acid with a bluish-
green colour on ad-
dition of a quantity
of dilute sulphuric
acid.
The solution
appeared yellow-
i s n, a n d w a s
coloured red by
HC1. The addi-
tion of 10% alum
solution in ex-
cess first pro-
duced a colour-
less gelatinous
precipitate, and
a few minutes
later a purple-
violet colora-
tion. This was
changed to blue
on the addition
of ammonia.
As
under
13ff.
tija t»
= cS
•3.2 "
O £ C
■a a
SjE
»-» TO
"•c =>
TO 0~*
OS 3
o c S
sa;
u u a
* o O
O > TO
6- CsS
2*
A sample was
gently warmed with
an acid solution U in
101 of tin chloride.
The sample of
stuff was de-
colorised and
the solution be-
came yellowish.
On addition cf
hydroxyl in ex-
cess no change
was perceptible
in the colour of
the liquid.
As
under
lie.
As
under
He.
As under lie.
The solution
was coloured a
beautiful rose-
red, the fabric
being decolor-
ised. The rose-
red colour was
completely
destroyed on
warming with
hydroxyl in ex-
cess.
As
under
Ug.
As
under
Ug.
15
Single untwisted
and dissevered
threads of the cloth
or yarn in considera-
tion were boiled
with several cc. of
a mixture of lOcc.
iron chloride solu-
tion. 90cc. water,
and 10 drops HC1.
The threads
were decolor-
ised.
As
under
16c.
As
under
15c.
As under 15c.
The threads
were coloured
gray, the sohi-
tion blackish-
green.
As
under
l&g.
Various Reactions of Vanadates, and their employment
in Analytical Chemistry. A. Carnot. Compt. rend.
104, 1S03.
The determiration of vanadic acid in its alkaline and
ammonium salts is very easily performed in the form of
barium vanadate (see this .Journal, 1SS7, 079). If the
solution be acid, it is neutralised with ammonia, the
solution at first remains yellow hut on boiling it
quickly becomes colourless. Barium chloride is then
added, the liquid stirred, allowed to settle and tested
with a little more reagent ; there should be only a very
slight smell of ammonia. The flask is then corked and
quickly cooled. All the vanadic acid separates, as
barium vanadate, BajV,Or. If the liquid is boiled for
some minutes after precipitation, the precipitate becomes
denser and can be easily separated by decantation.
Strontiumsaltsgive no precipitate in slightly ammoniacal
solutions of vanadates, which have been saturated with
ammonium chloride [provided that the solutions contain
no carbontte and are not exposed to the air), although
phosphates and arseniates are precipitated by strontium
salts under these conditions. On this is based the
separation of vanadic acid from phosphoric and arsenic
Xov. 30. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
747
Linen dyed in the
rat with Indigo .-vnd
in) topped with Log-
wood, (o)sameas i .i 1
but mordanted with
alum, (rl bottomed
Cotton Yarn vat-
dyed blue, and
topped with Log.
wood, along with
a strip dyed with
the Tat employed,
both in an unfin-
Threads from the fabric of blue and
white strips, which was to be tes'ed
for purity of dyeing.
Cotton Yarn dyed with
a cotton blue (a) Light
shade, (M Dark shade,
each of the same in both
raw and finished sample.
0
Linen treated
alternately with so-
lution of ferric ace-
tate and acid solu-
tion of potassium
ferrocyanide — thus
dyed with Berlin
blue produced on
the fibre.
P
Remark^.
5
k
ished and finished
sample.
1
Light Hue 1 Dark blue threads.
threads.
m ■
As under 12g.
Asunder 12(7.
The solu-
tion remain-
ed colourless
As under 12g.
The solution re-
mained colourless,
or assumed a rather
brownish tint.
The solution
remained colour
less, and was not
coloured blue on
addition of ferric
chloride.
As under 1347.
As under I3g.
The solu-
tion appear-
ed colourless
after filtra-
tion.
The solution
was coloured
rather yellow,
and became red
on addition of
HCl. Alum so-
lution (of IC .
strength! in ex-
cess produced in
addition to gela-
tinous precipi-
tate, a purple
violet colora-
tion, which was
changed to a blue
precipitate on
addition of am-
monia.
The solution show-
ed a slight reddish
cloudiness, and ap-
peared colourless
after filtration.
The sam pie
was decolorised
to a rusty red
condition. The
solution was col-
oured slightly
blue if a few
drops of HCl
were added (if
filtered before
the addition of
HCl it remained
colourless), and
became deep
blue on addition
of ferric chlo-
ride.
As under 11(7.
As under Ug.
As under lie.
The solution
was coloured
rosy red with ae-
colorisation of
the fibres. Hy-
droxyl destroyed
the colour, with
formation of an
inconsiderable
brownish cloudi-
ness.
The solution was
coloured yellow,
whilst the yarn be-
came colourless.
Hydroxyl in excess
coloured the solu-
tion blue.
The blue col-
our of the sam-
ple remained un-
changed.
No character-
istic difference
from 15c.
As under 15k.
As under 15c.
As under lot.
On using about 3m.
threads and dcc. solu-
tion, the latter was
coloured a bluish
red; on dilution with
three times the
volume of water
more blue; on addi-
tion of spirits of
wine light green.
The threads how-
ever were not de-
colorised on
lengthy boiling.
Ether did not ex-
tract any blue
colouring matter
from the coloured
solution ; c h 1 o r o-
form extracted a
little.andamyl-alco-
hol a quantity.
Chloroform absorb-
ed the colouring
matter from the ex-
tract treated with
alcohol.
Threads and
solution remain-
ed unchanged.
acids. The same reaction also serves for the very close
separation of vanadic acid from molybdic and tungstic
acids, since both these acids are almost completely
precipitated by strontium salts in weak ammoniacal
solutions, in presence of ammonium chloride. This
reaction also admits of application for the separation
and estimation of barium and strontium. Ammonium
chloride is added to the solution and then ammonia free
from carbonate, a dilute solution of ammonium vana-
date is now added and the solution boiled for some
minutes, when the barium is completely precipitated,
whilst the strontium remains in solution. " The liquid is
—J. B. C.
cooled out of contact with air, decanted, the precipitate
washed with cold water and the strontium precipitated in
the filtrate by means of ammonia and ammonium car-
bonate, and weighed as strontium carbonate. The barium
vanadate is dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid,
precipitated and weighed as sulphate. The method
gives good results. — G. H. ML
An Error in Gas Analysis. W. Hempel. Ber. 20, 2344.
CUPROUS chloride absorbs ethylene gas ; it is therefore
necessary to absorb the hydrocarbons in generator gases
TI-
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Nov. 30, 1887.
previously to determining carbon monoxide. If this is
ni't done the carbon monoxide liberates the previously
absorbed ethylene, and the volume of gas when passed
back to the burette is often found to increase instead of
diminish. — J. B. C.
Apparatus for Testing Producer~Gas and Water-Gas.
V. Fischer. Ber. 20, 2551—2553.
For the accurate testing of producer or water-gas, the
author strongly recommends the apparatus shown in the
diagram. The tube M is tilled with mercury by raising
the mercury bottle L and opening the taps /; and d. h
is then shut off, and d so regulated that it connects A
and the indiarubber tube a. The mercury is then made
to rise through A to the tube c by raising ¥ ; the funnel t
is filled with water, which is allowed to flow out through
tap it and tube a, so that the latter remains full of water
when shut by the clip. The sample of the gas to be
tested is collected in a glass sphere with capillary ends.
The indiarubber tube a is drawn over one end, while the
other is placed in water. Both points are then broken
off and the gas is aspirated into A. The taps d and h
are turned 90° : the required quantity of gas is forced
into M ;'h is then shut off and the rest of the gas and
the gas may be calculated. Producer-gas, from coal and
wood, and water-gas tested by this apparatus, had the
following composition : —
water in A is driven out through h. About Ice. of
potassium hydrate solution is introduced into A, the
measured gas then forced from M into A and after
being here deprived of its carbonic acid, is again
measured in M. In the same manner, any oxygen
present is absorbed by pyrogallic acid. In order to
determine the combustible gases, the tube A is
cleaned with water and pure oxygen introduced
into A through a. The necessary quantity of oxygen is
then driven over from A into M, while the rest of the
oxygen in A is removed through d and n. After
measuring, the mixture of gases in M is returned to A,
to be there submitted to the electric spark. The con-
traction is read off, the carbonic acid formed determined
by absorption and from these data the composition of
Gae from
Coal.
Gas from
Wood.
Water-
■
CO,
5-06
695
2 71
CO
2fo8
2860
13 75
CH
2111
220
031
H
5-66
8-51
19-17
N
6179
53-71
106
100-00
10000
100-00
-S. H.
.1 Volumetric Method for the Determination of Carbon
in Iron. Dingl. Polyt. J. 265, 502—507.
This method, which is due to J. Wiborgh, of Stock-
holm, differs from existing processes, in which the
sample is treated first with copper sulphate and after-
wards with a mixture of chromic and sulphuric acids,
chiefly in measuring the volume rather than the weight
of carbon dioxide produced. A considerable economy in
time, labour and apparatus is thus effected, and a more
delicate measurement obtained — e.g., 2Vcc. of C02 from
0-2grm. of iron represents 0014 per cent, of carbon, but
weighs only O'OOOlgrin. It is essential that the carbon
shall be completely burnt to dioxide and in view of this
the following three points must be borne in mind:— (1)
Solutions of copper sulphate, even though neutral, cause
an evolution of hydrocarbon from the metal and con-
sequently a loss of carbon ; but this occurs in appreciable
quantity only when steel, cooled from a red heat with-
out working, or grey cast iron are treated. In such cases
the solution in the sulphate should not be urged to com-
pletion. (2) Hydrocarbons will be evolved even in the
chromic acid solution, unless the iron has been suffi-
ciently coated with a protecting film of copper in the
first stage of the process. This is due to the fact that
the sulphuric acid attacks the iron vigorously, even in the
cold, but the hydrocarbons produced cannot be oxidised
by the chromic acid except the liquid is nearly", at a
boiling temperature ; thus they must escape until the
solution has attained the necessary temperature for their
oxidation. But since the deposited copper also resists
solution until the same point is reached, it will protect
any kernel of undissolved iron until such time as complete
oxidation of the carbon is ensured. (3) The iron must
ultimately be completely dissolved ; the metal should
therefore be sufficiently finely divided to pass a sieve
with 1 -5mm. perforations.
The apparatus required is shown in the accompanying
block. A test tube A, 14.0mm. long by 20mm. internal
diameter, is surrounded by a cage of brass wire gauze,
and fitted with a good caoutchouc cork with two perfora-
tions. Through one perforation passes the narrow end
of the stop cock funnel li, which should project for about
15— 20mm. beneath the cork ; through the other, but
not projecting beneath the stopper, passes the connect-
ing tube D. The latter tube (D) consists of two portions,
united by india-rubber tubing ; the part more remote
from A and carrying the stopcock E, is bent to pass
through one of the perforations of another caoutchouc
stopper in the graduated tube ( ', the other perforation
serving to connect the latter with a stop-cock funnel F.
The tube C should for the distance of 70mm. downwards
have an internal diameter of 16mm.; it should then be
widened to a bulb G of about 25cc. capacity, and be
finally reduced for the remaining 200 mm. to about
9mm., this narrow portion being graduated into rYths or,
preferably, ^tbs of a ec. divisions denoting in each case
the capacity of the whole of that portion of the tube
above the respective graduations. Beneath this tube is
the stop-cock H, communicating by flexible tubing with
the movable water reservoir I. The test tube A is
warmed by a gas or spirit lamp and the whole apparatus
Nov. 30. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
749
s!i mid be mounted on a suitable stand. Tbe me isuring
tube is surrounded with a water jacket K to preserve
an even temperature. To conduct an analysis, 0 2grm. of
finely divided wrought iron or steel, or O'lgrm. of cast
iron are introduced carefully into the open test tube A,
taking care that none of the filings adhere to its sides ;
4cc. of a saturated solution of pure crystallised copper
sulphate are then introduced and allowed to act with
frequent stirring during ten minutes, unless an appre-
ciable smell of hydrocarbon be observed, when the
action must be suspended after three or four minutes.
l'2grms. of crystallised chromic acid are added to the
solution, when considerable heat will be evolved, which
will necessitate cooling the liquid by plunging the tube
into cold water. Meanwhile the tube C must hive
been filled with water by raising the reservoir I until j
the liquid has risen above the bulb G, the remaining '
space up to the cick being filled by water introduced |
through F. The test tube is now corked and connected
with the burette C. 8cc. of sulphuric acid (17 sp. gr.)
are introduced drop by drop into A through B, the cock
of the latter is closed, that marked E opened and
the liquid in the test tube gradually raised to
boiling, the pressure having been diminished by
previously lowering the water reservoir I. After
ten minutes' boiling, during which the reservoir
has been still further lowered, if necessary, to main-
tain the diminished pressure, the tube is cooled some-
must be mule by multiplying or dividing by (1 r 0'00367 t)
where t is the variation in temperature, according as
the solution is cooler or wanner than the normal, A
table of results obtained with many irons and steels,
estimated both by this and other processes, shows a
striking agreement in each case between the old and the
new methods. — W. G. M.
wdiat and together with the connecting tube l> is carefully
filled with water introduced through B. The cock E
is then closed and the total volume of air and carbon
dioxide read off after levelling with the reservoir. I
is then once more lowered and the cock II closed, in
order to draw in a quantity of a 10 per cent, hydrate
solution through F. Afier the carbon dioxide has been
completely absorbed, H is reopened, the liquid levelled
again and a reading of the amount of residual air is
taken. The dilt'ercnce between the two readings will
be the volume of carbon dioxide evolved from the carbon
in the iron. Evidently if 0"2grni. of substance were used,
each cc. of C02 will correspond to 0 253 per cent, of C,
and the factor 0253 multiplied by the number of cc. of
gas should give a direct reading of the percentage of
carbon. But this is not quite correct, since a certain
quantity of CO.. (to be found only by experiment) is
absorbed by tbe water in the tube. By treating pure
anhydrous sodium carbonate in the apparatus instead
of iron and comparing the actual with the theoretical
yield of carbon dioxide the factor may be corrected.
Thus the true factor was found to be 0 28 and this
was universally correct for cast irons ; but for wrought
irons or steel, which contain less carbon, it should be
0-20. When O'lgrm. of iron is used the factor must,
of course, be doubled. Where the temperature of the
operation differs much from the normal 18°, correction
Portable Apparatus for Determining Curium Dioxide in
Air. O. Petterson and A. I'almquist. Ber. 20
2129—2134.
The apparatus is shown in the diagram. An oblong
wooden box, not «iven in the figure, is screwed to the
wooden stand. The sample of air enters A, and is
measured oft' here by means of the graduated scale both
before and after absorption of the CO,. The absorption
of COj is carried out in B. By raising or lowering E,
which contains mercury, the measuring pipette may be
filled with either mercury or air. A drop of water is
always kept on the surface of the mercury. In adjusting
the meniscus of the mercury previous to reading off, the
pressure in A is made equal to that in C. A ditl'erential
gauge containing a drop of coloured liquid (azobenzene
dissolved in petroleum) communicates on the one
hand with A and on the other with C by means of a
capillary tube h. By moving the reservoir E and
finally (after closing the cock d) the screw e, the
level of mercury in A is adjusted, so that the drop of
liquid in the gauge remains at zero. In this way, as the
air in A and C is shut off from outside throughout the
experiment, and as the temperature is maintained con-
stant by means of the water in the surrounding vess el,
temperature and pressure may be neglected. The cor-
rection for saturation of the air with moisture may also
be neglected. In the analysis three operations are
necessary : — (1) Air is drawn in by adjusCng the mer-
cury level to zero on the scale. The cocks N r/, b, c j d
are closed. (2) The cocks d and b are opened ' jg
closed and the air driven into A from B. In one or " Wo
750
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. so, 1887.
minutes the COj is absorbed ; the air is passed back
into A, b is closed, a opened, and the mercury level in
A adjusted bo that the index of the gauge is normal.
The diminution in volume is then read off on the scale.
—J. B. C.
Estimation ttf Calcium in Thomas-stay, as veil as in
J'hosphorite and Similar Minerals. H. Immendorff.
Landwr. Versuchsst. ISsT, 377.
The following method is recommended for the rapid
estimation of calcium in presence of iron and phosphoric
acid. The substance is dissolved in hydrochloric acid,
excess of ammonia added, the mass neutralised and
made just acid to litmus. It is then wanned, precipi-
tated by ammonium oxalate, diluted considerably and
when cold, filtered, etc. The precipitate is dissolved in
dilute sulphuric acid, titrated with potassium per-
manganate and the quantity of calcium calculated from
the numbers obtained. — D. A. L.
The Examination of Ether. G. Vnlpins. Chem. Zeit.
11, 1246.
Previous to the last- rectification the ether should
always be treated with some fused potassium hydrate.
Ether thus prepared and kept in the dark will not
liberate iodine from potassium iodide. In examining
ether as to its purity, the following tests should be
made : — (1) 5cc. of ether are allowed to evaporate until
the residue only amounts to O'lcc. This residue should
be neutral to litmus paper. (2) lOcc. of ether shaken
with some water and O'lcc. of decinormal potassium
hydrate and a trace of phenol-phthalein should turn red.
(3) Potassium hydrate treated with the ether in ques-
tion should not turn yellow within one hour. (4) lOcc.
of ether shaken with lcc. of a 10 per cent, potassium
iodide solution in a small glass-stoppered bottle must
show no coloration within one hour. — S. H.
On the Estimation of Paratoluidine in Anilincfor-red.
C. Haiisserman. Chem. Zeit. 11, 1223.
Of the various analytical methods which have up to the
present been proposed for the estimation of the consti-
tuents of aniline-for-red, not a single one is capable of
yielding even approximately correct results. The
method of Schoop (Chem. Zeit. 9, 17S5), which depends
upon the separation of the paratoluidine as the acetyl-
derivative, has of late been much employed for the com-
mercial valuation of aniline oils. The great discrepancies
which have arisen have led the author to make a critical
examination of the method with known mixtures
of pure aniline, orthotoluidine and paratoluidine. The
extremely incorrect results obtained show that the
method is utterly unreliable.
Mixture. Paratoluidine found.
24 per cent, paratoluidine )
42 per cent, orthotoluidine \ 19 per cent.
34 per cent, aniline )
6 per cent, paratoluidine |
44 per cent, orthotoluidine r 0 per cent,
50 per cent, aniline )
10 per cent, orthotoluidine \ ~,„ ,
90 per cent, aniline / 22 Percent.
The numbers found are the 'mean of several determina-
tions.— A. G. G.
Examination of Xarcotic Extracts. U. Beckurts. Chem
Zeit. 11, 1245.
The author examined the different methods published
for the determination of alkaloids. None of them could
be considered accurate or simple. lie therefore, in con-
junction with Hoist, worked out another process, as
follows:— (1) For extracting strychnine 2grms. of the
finely-powdered extract are shaken with 5ce. of water,
5cc. of ammonia and 10.x. of alcohol until all is dis-
solved. The solution is thrice shaken with 20, 10 and
IOcc. of chloroform respectively. The chloroformic extract
is collected and deprived of the solvent by distillation.
The residue is dissolved in locc. of decinormal hydro-
chloric acm and filtered ; after washing the filter with
water, the filtrate is titrated with normal sodium
hydrate solution, cochineal being used as indicator. The
number of cc. of sodium hydrate required deducted from
150 and the rest multiplied by 000364, yields theamount
. of alkaloids in grms., which figure multiplied by 50
gives the percentage of strychnine and brucine in the
solid extract. (2) For Ertr. Hyoscvami, Bella-
donnae, Acomti, 2 ogrnis. of the extract are dissolved in
3cc. of alcohol and 6cc. of water, lcc. of ammonia is
added to the solution and the latter shaken thrice as
above with 20, 10, and lOcc. of chloroform. After distil-
ling off the solvent the residue is dissolved in 5cc. of
decinormal hydrochloric acid, filtered and the filtrate
titrated back with centinormal sodium hydrate. The
number of cc. of sodium hydrate used, deducted from 50,
yields the number of cc. of hydrochloric acid required for
neutralising the alkaloids.
(0-00289 atropine,
lcc. of centinormal HC1 = •: 0002S9 hyoscyamine.
(00O533aconiline.
The same method is not suitable for Extr. Conii
owing to the volatility of eoneine. The titrated solutions
may be further examined for the different alkaloids, after
making them alkaline with sodinm hydrate, extracting
with chloroform and driving off the latter.— S. H.
Action of Oils on Polarised Light. W. Bishop. Jour.
Pharm. Chim. 1887, 300.
Veoetable oils, with the exception of castor and resin
oils, are generally supposed to be optically inactive.
The author, however, has obtained the following results
from filtered oils, using a Laurent saccharometer, with a
tube 20cm., at a temperature of 13 to 15 degrees :— -
Rotation in
Nature of Oil. Saccharometer-Degrees.
Sweet Almond — 0'7°
Earth-nut -04
Colza (German) — 2"1
Colza (Japanese) — 1*6
Linseed (not German) — 0-3
Xut —0 3
Poppy —0 0
Olive +06
Sesame (various samples) from+31 to + 90
Hence, if a sample of oil, linseed oil for example, has a
right-banded rotation, this may be due to adulteration
with either resin oil or sesame oil, or a mixture of the
two. Therefore it is important to test for the sesame oil
in such cases. — D. A. L.
Estimation of Sugar in Beets. Bbhm. Ztschr. f.
Zuckerind, H, 531.
A convenient quantity of beet-magma is weighed and
placed in a graduated flask, allowing lOOcc. for
every half of the normal quantity of beet-magma taken;
the flask is filled to the mark with water at 70 degrees,
air-bubbles being brought to the surface by whirling and
these broken down with ether. After fifteen minutes'
standing, the mass is cooled and the flask re-filled to the
mark with lead acetate. The filtrate is polarised in a
40cm. tube. To correct for volume of the beet marc,
multiply result by 0 997, or add beforehand 0'3cc. for
every half of the normal quantity of beet magma taken.
According to Herles, results by this method agree very
closely with those from alcohol extraction and other
methods. Lead acetate must not be added earlier in the
operation, nor must the mass be heated with lead acetate,
otherwise the results will he incorrect. — D. A. L.
Sov.-MKim.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
f51
Stall
Prcscnre of Copper in Coal and Coke. II. l'latz.
and Eisen 1SS7, 258.
Tiik author states that copper occurs in all the varieties
of Westphalian coal. The mean of twelve analyses gave
0 032 per cent. The quantity, however, is too small to
affect the iron smelted with this coal and the coke pre-
pared from the coal. — G. H. M.
Improved Method of and Apparatus for Testing Gases
drawn from Mines, and Signalling or Indicating the
Result thereof, and for General Signalling in Mines.
T. Shaw, Philadelphia, U.S.A. Erg. Tat. 3531, March
S, 1S87.
The purpose of the patent is to draw off gases from the
mine for testing and indicating the result by signal. The
followiug apparatus is used. A pipe communicates
from the ceiling of the mine with the top of the shaft.
This pipe is in communication with an exhaust pump,
and a small pipe leads from the exhaust pump to a
metallic cylinder having a contracted opening on one
side opposite a flame and at one end a loose piston
F I C.I.
2 ' ^
^T
valve opposite a gong with a spring for retracting this
piston valve. If the gases from the mine which are
driven into the cylinder form an explosive mixture, they
will explode on coming in contact with a flame, and the
piston will he driven against the gong. Each gun is
Erovided with means to prevent the flame from travelling
ack to the mine. The construction of the apparatus
may be seen from the diagram. It consists of a cylinder
p closed at one end by a piston s, which also serves as a
valve, and is pressed against the cylinder by a bow spring
t. The gas is pumped in through h. The explosion
forces the piston against the gong and at the same time
F I C-2.
raises the valve « to the position indicated by the dotted
lines, so that when several gongs are sounded, the
attendant may know with which mine to communicate.
To prevent the flame from travelling back, the valve >/
(Fig. 2)is placed in front of the pipe communicating with
the mine. The valve is hinged at the bottom and opens
inside the cylinder, so that the pressure of the explosion
causes it to close. The pipe is provided at the mine end
with a whistle, so that by reversing the exhaust-engine,
air is blown into the mine and the whistle sounded.
—J. B. C.
jftctn "^ooks.
A Shout Manual of Analytical Chemistry, Qr ■ i.i-
TATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE — INORO »NI0 AND ORGANIC
By John Muter. M.A.. Ph.D.. F.K.s.E . etc. Thi d
Edition. Illustrated. London: W. Baxter. Secretary. At
the Offices of the School of Pharmacy. 325, KenningtonRoad.
Simkin, .Marshall & Co., Stationers' Hall Court. F..C '.
Svo volume, bound in cloth, containing Preface. Table of
Contents, 195 pages of subject matter, and an Alphabetical
Index. Intersperse 1 with the text are 46 wood engravings.
As might be expected from a man with the author's reputation,
special attention is given to the important subjects of the
analyses of Water. Air and Food, and especially of Drugs,
Alkaloids. Urine and Urinary Calculi. This fact will justify
the confidence of medical students and those engaged i
pharmacy. Of particular interest is the portion devoted to the
Micro-Chemical Identification of Drugs, with the tabulated
engravings showing the crystalline appearances of the same
under the microscope. The work as a whole is embodied as
follows :— Part I. treats of Qualitative Analysis, which is
again subdivided and headed thus: Processes employed by
Bractical chemists ; Detection and Separation of the Metals;
letcction and Separation of Acidulous Radicals; Qualitative
Analysis, as applied to the Detection of Unknown .-alts;
Qualitative Analysis of Alkaloids and of the so-called "Scale"
Medicinal Preparations containing them, with a General
Sketch of Toxicological Analysis. Part II.— Quantitative
Analysis. Weighing, Measuring, and specific Gravity;
Volumetric Quantitative Analysis and Use of the '* Nitro-
meter ' ; Gravimetric Quantitative Analysis of Metals and
Acids ; Ultimate Organic Analysis; Special Processes for the
Analysis of Water, Air, and Food; Special Processes for the
Analysis of Drugs, Urine, and Urinary Calculi ; Analysis of
Gases. Polarisation, and Spectrum Analysis. The published
price of this work is 6s. 6d., that for students and those out-
side the trade 5s. Gd.
Exercises in Quantitative Chemical Analysis, with a
short Treatise on Gas Analysis. By William Dittmar
LL.D., F.R.S., Professor of Chemistry in the Glasgow and
West of Scotland Technical College. Glasgow William
Hodge & Co., 123, Hope Street, 1887.
This excellent treatise takes the form of an 8vo volume
bound in cloth, with preface, tables of contents and of the
atomic weights and 313 pages of subject matter. The work
terminates with an alphabetical index. It. may also be noted
that the last twelve pages of subject matter are devoted to
notes on the matter of the preceding text, the whole of which
is divided into " exercises " which are individually numbered
and definitely headed. These notes are somewhat similar to
thosefoundattheendofFresenius' large "TrcatiseonQuantita-
1 ivc Analysis." but they are even more usefully conceived and
clearly stated. The work is illustrated with 61 well-executed
wood engravings. As regards the division of text into
exercises, the principal divisions or groups are the following •
—Exercises in Exact Weighing and Measuring'
Exercises in Analytical Mkthods ; Elementary'
Analysis op Combustible Carbon Compounds- Gas
Analysis; Promiscuous Exercises in Applied Analysis-
Notes. '
ElNFACHERE Gewichtsanalytisciie Uhrungsaukgaren in
Besonderer Anordnung Neust Einleitung: als Vor-
wort: Einiges uber Unterricht in Ciikmischen
Laboratorien Von Dr. F. Muck. Mit 17 Textabbil-
dungen. Breslau : Verlag von Edward Trewendt. 1S87.
This little book, bound in cloth, and of Svo size, contains 69
pages of subject matter illustrated with 17 woodcuts. The
text is subdivided into thirteen chapters, each devoted to the
treatment and examination analytically of characteristic salts
and compounds of the following metals and metalloids :—
Sodium, potassium, calcium, copper, lead, iron, aluminium,
manganese, magnesium, silicon, cobalt, nickel, antimony,'
arsenic. With regard to the treatment referred to, this con-
sists of a series of exercises in the conversion by the best
methods of the above elements into well-known and most
characteristic compounds, with a view especially to throw
light upon the usual analytical processes adopted in the
separation from other and similar bodies, or in the absolute
gravimetric determination. The little work might be
designated an introduction to qualitative and quantitative
chemical analysis for beginners. A book on this pattern
might be of great service m schools.
Modern American Methods of Copper Smelting. By
Edward D. Peters, jun.. M.E.. M.D. New York:
Scientific Publishing Company. '27, Park Place. 1887.
Svo volume bound in cloth, containing preface, table of con-
tents and 335 pages of subject matter, terminating with an
alphabetical index. With the text are interspersed numerous
woodcuts. In this work the processes of " wet extraction "
are not treated of. but merely methods of smelting. The text
issub-divided into the followingchapters:— Distribution of the
Ores of Copper ; Description of the Ores of Copper : Methods
of Copper Assaying : The Roasting of Copper Ores in Lump
752
THE JOURNAL OF THK SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov. 30. i8B7.
Form; Stall Roasting; Kiln Roasting: Calcination of Fine
Ore and Matte; Chemistry of the Calcining Process; Smelting
nf Copper; Blast Furnaces of Brick ; Blast Furnace Smelting;
Reverberator; Furnaces ; Treat tnont of Gold- and Silver-bear-
ing Copper Ores ; Bessemerising Copper Mattes.
Exports of British and Irish Produce/rom the. United
Kingdom to Spain.
Crane lRcport.
(From the Board of Trade and other Journals.)
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS
REGULATIONS.
France.
Regulations respecting the Importation of Toys coloured
with Poisonous Substances.
The following rules are to he oh3erved on the importation of
toys coloured with prisonous substances into France : —
1. It is forbidden to import toys coloured with arsenical
colours (Scheelc green. S -hwcinfurt green, metis green. Sec.) •
s^lts of lead soluble in water and acids, a ^ ceruse, read lead,
massicot, chrome orange ; salts of copper, such as blue ashes.
2. The following colours arc allowed to be employed : Ver-
million, neuter chromate of lead (yellow chromate of lead,
chrome yellow), painted on with spirit or oil varnish.
3. White lead is admissible if applied with oil varnish for
the manufacture of indiarubber balloons or tin toys.
Importation of Antijii/rinc.
The following is a recent decision of the Customs authori- I
ties :—
An article known as "ant ipyrine" is included in the category
of " Chemical products not enumerated," duty 5 per cent ad
valorem.
Spain.
Regulations respecting the Importation, of Alcoholic
Liquors.
See Board of Trade Journal for November, p. 169 et seq.
United States.
Customs Decisions.
An article called Soufrc raffini en masse, which consists of
the residue obtained in the process of sublimation in producing
the substance known as "flowers of sulphur," and which is
imported generally in the ground condition, is held to be
exempt from duty, under the provision in the free list, section
632, for "sulphur or brimstone, not specially enumerated or
provided for," the article being neither " sulphur, refined, in
rolls," nor "sublimed, or flowers of sulphur," which are
specially provided for in sections 77 and 78.
Certain so-called " recovered manganese," which is under-
stood to consist of the product of manganese recovered from
manganese after it has been used in the manufacture of
chlorine, and which is. in fact, an oxide of that article, is
held to be free of duty, under the provisions in the free-list,
section 621, for " manganese, oxide, and ore of."
TRADE BETWEEN SPAIN AND THE UNITED
KINGDOM.
Imports into the United Kingdom fom Spain.
Principal Articles.
Sept. 1886. Sept. 1887.
Alkali Cwt.
Value
Caoutchouc manufactures
Value
Cement Tons
Value
Chemical productsand prepara-
tions (including dycsfutfsl
Value
Coal products (including naph-
tha and petroleum ....Value
Manure Value
Painters' colours and materials
Value
Soap I Iwt.
Value
23,660
£8,677
£1.656
1.330
£2,378
£3,871
£1,540
£11,300
£2,122
653
£500
27,522
£2,553
250
£11X1
£1,268
£351
£3,1127
£2.111
619
£187
Total Value
1886.
1887.
September
October
£328,166
£301,133
£301,001
£262,039
Principal Articles.
Chemical products unenume-
rated Value
Copper ore and regulua Tons
Value
Manganese ore Tons
Value
Pyrites of iron or copper.. .Tuns
Value
Quicksilver lb.
Value
Rags, Esparto Tons
Value
Total Value
September
October
Sept. 1886.
Sept. 1887.
£3,829
2,852
£56.2-<l
32.727
£61.021
1.707
£27,908
£5.918
1.896
£36.758
1
£15
11.712
£71.779
2.626
£16,337
1886.
1887.
6719,560
£910,778
6710,363
£1131,399
MISCELLANEOUS TRADE NOTICES.
The Inland Revenue and Methylated Spirit.
A new regulation has been issued by the Inland Revenue
Board. Any person authorised to receive methylated spirit
for use in any art or manufacture, will in future be restricted
to purchasing the same from a licensed maker of the spirit —
B. and C. V., November 5, 1887.
Adulteration of Wine in Spain.
See Board of Trade Journal for November, p. 527 et seq.
Syndicate of the Rhenish-YVestphalia.n Sul-
phuric Acid Manufacturers.
The price of sulphuric acid having sunk to a very low figure,
the manufacturers of the northern part of the Rhine province
and Westphalia have formed an association, with the object
of raising the price of sulphuric acid on the 1st of January,
1888.— S, H.
Commercial Relations between Russia and
roumania.
The Russian Journal de St. Pit crsbourp lor the 11th October
last, quotes from the Roumanian Express Orient, of Bucharest,
an article on the subject of the commercial relations between
Russia and Roumania. The Express Orient considers that in
the absence of any commercial convention with Austria, the
present is a very opportune moment for cementing the com-
mercial relations between Roumania and Russia. The recent.
Exhibition at Craiova was particularly rich in exhibits which
proved the interest felt by Russian merchants, in favourably
impressing the Roumanian market, and those exhibits were
received with extraordinary favour. There is, in particular,
an increasing demand in Roumania for Russian refined sugar,
toilet soap, candle-*, naphthaline, and cigarette-paper. Each
of these articles, the Roumanians are now finding, can be
bought cheaper in Russia than in Austria. The Express
Orient also believes that Russian merchants would find a
reidy sale for other exports, and especially for hardware and
for chemical products, such as sulphuric acid. It believes
that in Roumania there exists an immense field, hitherto
almost unworked, for Russian commercial enterprise, and
that a very little energy on the part of the Russians would be
sufficient to persuade the Roumanians to purchase from
Russia almost all the articles which are at present brought to
them at great trouble and expense from western Europe.
Zinc Fields of Missouri.
The following information, respecting the zinc fields of
Missouri, was contained in Brads treefs for the 8th October
last ■ —
"The St. Louis Qlobc- Democrat states that in 1885 the world's
production of zinc amounted to 291,609 tons of 2210 pounds each,
'55.270 of which were obtained in Europe, and 36.339 in the
United States. The principal zinc-producing states in this
country are Illinois, Kansas, and Missouri, which stood in this
order in volume of output in 1885. The production of Missouri
was about one-ninth of that of the whole country in that year.
In the order of importance. Missouri towns, in the Ozark zinc
region, arc Webb City and Cartervi.le. Zuicite. Joplin and
Lchigli. The area of the ziuc region, however, ■ covers many
counties and includes milliuns of acres of territory.' The zinc
ores of Missouri are of every variety of carbonates, silicates,
and sulphurets. The sulphnrets are most abundant in Jasper
and Newton counties. Other varieties are found in that
region, but in small ruantities. Zinc and lead ores crop out
on the surface of I he ground in Washington county, especially
in the neighbourhood of Londale and Hopwell. These metals
are plainly exposed to view above soil over many miles in that
region."
Nov. 30. 1887.] THE JOUENAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
753
The Cinchona Trade of Ceylon.
The following is a ropy of extracts from the annual report
of the Planter's Association of Ceylon for the years 1SS5— 6 and
1886—7:-
'■ Tear 1885—86. CinrAona.— Notwithstanding the growing
feeling that in a few years' time this product will again become
of great value, there has been practically no f urthur planting
of cinchona. The need for money to plant tea. the slow growth
of tea when covered by growing cinchona, as well as the dying
off of the trees themselves are causes which have led to the
enormous export of l!.736,l711b. for the past year against
11.865 2801b. for 1884. While a rise in price during the current
year would lead to a considerable export there can be no doubt
that the maximum production has been reached, and that ere
long there will be a «reat reduction in the quantity exported.
It may be doubted whether the acreage under cinchona is now
one-fourth of what it nominally was four years ago.
" Tear 1886—87. Cinchona.— The same causes which led to
the large export during 1885, have occasioned a similar export
during 1!>S6. and consequently prices have fallen to a barely
prolitable point. It is impossible to say for how many months
this export may continue, but it is unlikely to be for long, and
it is maintained entirely at the expense of the future.
"The exports for 1&S0 were 11.675.6631b.. against 13 736.1711b.
in 1885."
Silk Conference at the Manchester Exhibition.
The following is a summary of a report by Mr. Bateman. of
the Commercial Department of the Board of Trade, upon the
proceedings at the Conference of the Silk Section of the Man-
chester Exhibition for the promotion of the silk industries of
the United Kingdom, which was held on the 21st of October
last. Mr. Bat ;tnan attended the Conference with the sanction
of the Board of Trade, and at the request of the Executive
Committee of the Exhibition.
The object of the Conference, consisting of a very represen-
tative gathering of spinners, dyers, manufacturers, merchants,
and retailers, to the number of three or four hundred, was to
discuss the present depression in the silk industry, and to
propose remedies for the same.
After the discussion of papers dealing with the vanou3
phases ofihe question, the chairman proposed what was to be
the practical outcome of the meeting, namely, a resolution for
the establishment of a silk guild.
The majority of the meeting appeared to favour the re-estab-
lishment of duties on silk manufactures, but did not submit
any formal resolution to that effect.
Technical education in dyeing, design, and mechanism, and
information as to new sources of supply of the raw material
and of new markets for silk manufactures abroad, were among
the objects which it was considered the proposed guild should
assist, and a suggestion by Mr. Bateman that the association
should include merchants and retailers as well as manufac-
turers, so as to bring the latter into closer touch with the con-
sumers who use their goods, was very favourably received by
the meeting, and ultimately adopted.
A resolution was finally passed that a committee of the
exhibition, with certain names added, should form an asso-
ciation for the purposes described, and draw up rules.
As the result of a discussion on the subject of weighting
silks, a further resolution was passed in favour of stamping
the amount of dye in silks on the piece on importation into the
country, or on leaving the manufactory. It was pointed out
that this would be a most difficult and expensive regulation to
enforce, since only very skilled analysts can distinguish the
percentage of loading.
Other resolutions were adopted in favour of a Minister of
Commerce and Agriculture being appointed, and of the
Techuical Education Bdl of last session being passed. The
Merchandise Marks Act appeared to be appreciated by most
speakers.
The Development of the American Chemical
Industry.
This is the title of a series of articles in course of contribution
to the Engineering and Mining Journal by Dr. Francis
VVyatt, and dealing thus f3r with the sulphuric acid manufac-
ture in general, and the utilisation of pyrites for this purpose
in particular.
Pyrites deposits are found in almost all the States of the
Union, but only those in New Hampshire. Massachusetts and
Virginia are actually worked to any extent. The following
analyses give a good idea of the quality of these ores :—
importation of 57,000 tons, making altogether 112.000 tons, or
rather less than one-tenth of the total quantity of pyrites con-
sumed in the manufacture of sulphuric acid throughout the
world, a fact which in itself indicates a lamentably backward
condition of chemical industry, and one that is far from har-
monising with the brilliant progress of the States in other
departments of the arts and manufactures. Below are some
interesting figures with regard to the distribution of the
consumption :—
Sulphur.
Iron.
Copper
Zinc.
Arsenic
Silica.
Milan Mines. New
Hampshire. No. 1..
160
io-o
37
I'M
trace
6-J5
Milan Mines, New
Hampshire. No. 2
350
305
5 0
8-0
nil
215
Davis Mines, Mas-
sachusetts
1927
153
117
—
trace
383
Arminius Mines.
Virginia
160
115
2-1
trace
710
Actu'l
n'mb'r
1881.
13&3.
works
Boston &E's't'n
0
0
2.500
7.500
11,500 25,£00
New York Dis-
trict
6
7,000 23
29,500
39.000 i 44.600
Philadelphia
District
■»
0
5.000
5,000
3,500 11,500
Baltimore and
Southern
States
3
0
2,000
2.000
1.000
7.500
W'st'rn District
1
0
1,000 1.000
2,000
2.01X1
Total ....
17
7,000
28,900
15.000
65,000
91,100
26,900
55.700
23.6U0
1.300
!.500
It must, of course, be taken into consideration that in many
cases the railway rates are so heavy that there is little differ-
ence in cost at consumers' works between pyrites sulphur and
pure brimstone.
The following table, showing the comparative costs of pro-
ducing one ton of 50' B. sulphuric acid from sulphur and
pyrites in the district of New York or Philadelphia, will be
interesting to English makers :—
Brimstone {short tons).
1 ton brimstone thirds (98, Stat $19 $19.00
501b. nitrate of soda at 2j cents per lb 1.25
Scwts. of coals, at say §1 per ton 1.00
Workmen's wages 2.25
Superintendence and management 2.00
General jobbing repairs 0.50
Interest on capital of $75,000 4.60
Total $30.60
Pro1uct = 4Uons 50' B.— cost per ton, $6.80.
Pyrites [short tons).
2) tons pyrites. 46\ sulphur, at 10 cents per unit . $11.50
601b. nitrate of soda, at 21 cents per lb 1.50
5 cwts. of coals, at say $1 per ton 1.00
Superintendence and management 3.00
Workmen's wages 2.00
General jobbing repairs 0.60
Interest on capital of $100,000 6.15
Total $25.75
Product = 11 tons 50' B.— cost per ton. $5.5.
The concentration of chamber acid to brown oil of vitriol
and rectified oil of vitriol is carried on pretty much as in
England. The author is by no means favourably disposed
tow-ards concentration in platinum ; in fact, he estimates it to
cost between 60 and 70 per cent, more than in glass. He says,
however, that near New York a rectifying plant is at work
upon a new principle, wherein cast iron is made to replace
glass and platinum, and which bids fair to create as great a
sensation as the introduction of the Glover tower.
The cupreous cinders are treated for the extraction of the
copper by both wet and dry methods. The non cupreous
residues— especially from smalls— are often sufficiently low in
sulphur to permit of their direct use in the manufacture of
Bessemer pigs At the Lancashire Hill Chemical Works, Long
Island. New York, where a Canadian ore containing about 3}
per cent, of copper and 13 — 14 per cent, silica is used, the
residues are smelted (with the admixture of a small quantity
of green smallsi in a Herreshoff water-jacket furnace, and a
matte of 50 — 60 per cent, copper obtained with a loss of less
than half a per cent, of copper in the slag. The average
daily charges are :—
Win.
Furnace.
60in-
Round Furnace.
RectaDguIar
Furnace.
Pyrites cinders . .
Green smalls
Sand
Iron slag
Coke
51 7 tons
4'3 ..
2-8 .,
760 tons
80 ,.
12-0 ,.
90 ..
76'8 tons
13 2 „
53 ..
50'8 tons
105'5 tons
95 3 tons
ll'5tons = 20\
17 tons = 16'.
17-1 tons = 18=:
The total domestic extraction used for acid-making in 1886
was estimated at 55,000 tons. This was supplemented by an
Of the various wet methods in vogue, the author prefers that
of Hunt and Douglas, wherein the copper is precipitated as
sub-chloride by the agency of sulphurous acid gas.
Besides the 112,000 tons, pyrite. above mentioned, there was
also used for acid-making in 1886, 90,200 tons of brimstone. Of
754
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [ Nov. 30. iss7.
the sulphuric acid produced four-fifths ncrc used in the
manufacture of fertilisers or m petroleum refining, the
remainder being distributed among the various smaller
channels of consumption. — Engineering and Mining
Journal. New York, Aug.. Sept. and Oct. 1887.-A. R. U.
STA TISTICS.
Italian Chemical Statistics.
Ollicial returns have been published relating to the Italian
trade in chemical products during the hist six months of 1887.
In that period 1S27 tons boracic acid were exported from
Italy, against 17.'.' tons in the tirst half year of 1850 Of Italian
refined borax 311 tons were exported. Formerly nearly the
whole of the boracic acid produced in Italy was exported, but
recently large works have been established in the country by
the firm of Larderel. and a considerable part of the acid is now
treated at these works. The export of cinchona salts from the
Milan and Genoa works rose from 5000 to lO.OOOkilos. (176.500oz.
to 353 000oz.l. This includes, besides quinine sulphate, all the
minor cinchona salts. The export of the latter has been much
assisted by the establishment of drawback on shipments
abroad. The importation of soda nitrate, which is principally
used in the manufacture of nitrate of potash by boiling with
chloride of potash, rose from 2600 to 0100 tons. The cause of
this advance is due to the increase I requirements of gun-
powder by the War Department. Soda imports rose from 910
to lido tons, caustic soda from 3S03 to 4000 tons, oxides of iron
and lead from 1100 to 1700 tons. The alum works of Civita
V ecehia have not been so successful as was expected, it being
found preferable to export the crude mineral. The ship-
ments of winelees and argols rose from 3600 tons to no less
than 11,200 tons. More lemon-juice was also exported — viz..
503 tons raw and ISO.' tons concentrated juice, against 220 and I
782 tons respectively. This enormous increase in the ship-
ments is due to the large crop of " agrumi " and the cheapness !
of the lemons; but it seems inexplicable that under these
favourable circumstances the manufacture of citric acid in :
Italy should still be so much neglected. Of common soaps,
1959 tons were exported in the first six months of 1SS7 and of
medicinal preparations. S31cwt in the first half-year of 1886
rue total value of the imports of chemical and medicinal pro-
ducts, resins and perfumery, was £1,000,000, the
£1,160.000.
Imports.
Oct. 1885.
Drugs, unenumerated.. value £
Chemical manufactures
and Products, un-
enumerated— value £
Chemical and Dyestuffs.
un -numerated value £
Oils. note-numerated., value £
Alkali
Brimstone
Nitre (nitrate of soda)
cwt.
value £
cwt.
value £
cwt.
value £
„ (nitrate of potash) cwt.
value £
Quicksilver lb.
value £
cwt.
value £
cwt.
value £
Bark (Cinchona)
Gum Arabic
shell, stick,
exports
Board of Trade Returns.
Exports.
Lac, seed,
and dye cwt.
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £•
Barks and tanning mate-
rials—
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Anilirie dyes value £
Alizarin ic othercoal-
tardyes value £
cwt.
value £ |
Cochineal
Cutch and gambier.
Indigo
tons |
value £
cwt.
value £
Oct. 1885.
British and Irish pro-
ducer-
Drugs and medicinal
preparations (un-
enumerated) value £ S0.9S3
Other chemicals and
medicinal prepa-
rations value £ 153.17"
Painters' colours
and materials value £
Alkali cwt.
value £
Bleaching materials cwt.
., ., value £
Oil (seed) tuns
value £
Soap cwt.
value £
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Chemicals (unenu-
merated) value £
Bark, Cinchona cwt.
„ — value £
Cochineal cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambier tons
„ value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Lac seed, shell, stick
and dye cwt. 7.702
.... value £ 25,023
Oils, cocoa-nut cwt. 15,162
value £ 22,116
„ olive tuns 193
value £ I 9.619
., palm cwt. 32.123
value £ , 44,186
„ petroleum gals. 52.366
.... value £ 1.971
Quicksilver lb. 173,709
value £ 13,611
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) cwt. I 6.S76
value £ 5,171
Oct. 1886. Oct. 1887.
70.4S4
186,654
77,528
190,796
106,179
107.924
116.573
590.544
601.753
521.465
179,582
17.'. 217
150. SS9
107.012
157.574
165.972
36.111
53.117
62,245
6.153
6.584
7.5SS
146.246
138.521
159.361
27.017
43.692
37,295
33,561
42.167
36,511
19,39!
10.0D7
18.»f7
13,492
11.177
10,556
91.939
42,558
29,778
1,530
SI2
847
9,402
5.294
5.374
925
943
1.105
211.320
23,618
31,845
4,497
1.524
4.71--.
15.189
is. Ill
17.907
1.092
1.032
2.700
73.071
81,152
55,021
Madder, madder root,
garancine, andmun-
jeet cwt.
Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
jeet value£
Oils-
Cocoa-nut
75.015
108,779
151. 15S
9;.»si;
6.1S7
5.011
16,821
4.559
291.350
119.707
31.759
26,099
151,286
11.3S2
12.523
71.251
7,893
29,166
9,708
31,239
10.818
2.765
22.371
26,137
1,128
6,988
1.767
36.708
1.367
26,581
Oct 1886.
Oct. 1887.
49,501
59,923
102,722
102,749
121,855
131,011
97.828
105.231
7,511
4.211
4.578
3.201
211.321
68.917
5,907
19016
7S.9S7
192,871
31.097
86.597
23.0:8
33.878
20,060
27.811
Wi.075
97.327
8,060
8,620
9.700
11,378
47.390
17,792
6,353
7,561
29.961
25,805
cwt.
value £
Olive tuns
value £
Palm cwt.
value £
Petroleum gals.
value £
Seed, of all kinds tuns
„ value £
Turpentine cwt.
,, value £
3,031
5,181
12.091
1.118
57.019
86.991
112.291
S.23O.606
215,877
1.069
41491
29,601
36,930
11.121
29,515
12,202
18,506
21.649
19.77S
1.381
8,880
2,873
817
11.181
1.333
1.672
26.117
36.139
1,118
51.011
81.811
84.761
5,427,095
158,194
1,589
35.595
36 292
50.432
1.771
11.203
17.8S7
5.SI6
26,624
28,629
950
5.971
2.236
56.682
1.20.1
11,699
2,129
2.S01
39.433
52.870
784
29,436
90.100
87.7.50
.897,747
186,537
1.510
37.761
20 S3 1
26, 38 J
Japan.
Groirin j Drug Imports.
Hyogo imported in 1SGS, £72.036 worth of drugs, against
£I1,S3S in 1S5", ; of aniline dyes and paints, £12.934. and of other
dyes, £28,912 were" imported in ISSti, against £25,085 in 1885.
Drug Exports.
The exports from Hyogo in 18S6 show the following results
as compared with the preceding year : —
1886. 1885.
S.522
25.557
9.078
12.111
202
8,147
28,186
29.151
91,328
3.071
190.615
18,342
259
271
4.713
12.706
12,865
155
6,998
59.T32
59.619
09.116
3.232
223.993
31,859
2.540
2,181
tons
£
tons
£
Antimony
1.928
25.513 .
. 2.195
35,761
C-.mphor
2.328
111.789 .
. 1,393
59.082
^oap l washing)
1,871
8,567 .
. 1.991
lli.vio
A egetahle wax
1,199
51,613 .
. 1,183
57.003
Drug Statistics.
The following figures relate to the imports of drugs, etc.,
into Yokohama :—
1886.
1885.
Mercury lbs.' 112.731
Drugs and medicines .,
I lyes, aniline cwts. 1,163
Dyes and paints I
Indigo c 797
Logwood extract lbs. 911.423
Eastern drugs and medi- j
cines lbs.
10.113
102,920
25.011
26.020
17,514
13.118
20,711
£
60,002
19,185
29,441
15.186
Nov. 30. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
755
The Exports include :
1886.
1885.
Drugs and medi-
Fish oil gall.
Peppermint oil ,,
373',810
9,010
16.180
13.1167
9,678
£ £
26.613
gal. 108.533 16,8113
Medicine Imports.
Amongst the miscellaneous foreign imports not considerable
enough in value to rank as staples, the most noteworthy item
during the past year was undoubtedly drugs and medicines, of
which over £100.000 worth were importe 1. as against only
£60,000 worth in 1885.
Other Drugs.
Of antimony Japan exported 3 298.519 catties in 1886, and
3.795.610 in 18s5. Great Britain receives by far the largest part
of the export offish wax (exports, 2.126.922 catties in 1856 and
3.150,122 in 18<5I. France and Germany receive the largest ship-
ments, while sulphur (exports. 7.939.296 catties in 13S6 and
12.166,616 the year before) is mostly sent to the United States,
ami a little to Australia.
EXTRA CTS FROM DIPLOMA TIC A ND
CONSULAR REPORTS.
New Method foe the Production of Iron and
Steel Direct from the Ore.
According to a report, dated the 11th October last, of the
British Vice-Consul at Moscow, a new process for producing
iron and steel direct from the ore has been recently invented
and patented by a Russian engineer. The Vice Consul says:—
" The whole secret of the process lies in the construction at
the furnace, which is simple and inexpensive.
"It will be dillicult for our ironmasters to be'ieve that,
under the new process, iron ore, after submitting it to the
ordinary smelting process is taken direct from the furnace to
the rolling-mill and turned into thin sheets of the finest char-
co il iron, yet such is certainly the case, there being to my
positive knowledge three such furnaces in this country work-
ing with perfect success.
"There can be but little doubt that the new invention will
create quite a revolution in the manufacture of charcoal iron.
Whether the process can be applied with equal success where
coke is the f uel I cannot positively assert, as the furnaces I
refer to are tired with charcoal. I am. however, assured that
an experiment has been made with coke and was crowned
with equal success."
Discovery of Infusorial Earth at Stavanger.
The following is an extract from a report by Mr. T. Michell,
Her Majesty's Consul-General at Christiana, dated the 20th
October last, with reference to the discovery of infusorial
earth pits at Stavanger : —
" A considerable number of pits of ' infusiorial earth.' con-
taining 85 to 95 per cent, of silica, have been discovered in the
neighbourhood of Stavanger, and capital is being sought for
the purpose of w irking those deposits, which are estimated to
be capable of yielding 100,000 cubic metres of that rare product.
" It is affirmed that while similar deposits at Lyneberg. ia
Hanover, are mixed with sand and gravel, those now dis-
covered are so pure in quality as to be available, for most
purposes, merely after desiccation."
Trade of Chili for the Year 1SS6.
See Board of Trade Journal for November, p. 517 et seq.
agontblj) patent list.
I.-GENEKAL PLANT, APPARATUS and
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
14120 W. Bergh, London. Improvements in centrifugal
apparatus for separation of fluids of different specific gravi-
ties. October 18
11153 E. N. Henwood, London. Improvements in the
arrangements and construction of apparatus for injecting
liquid hydrocarbons into furnaces. October 18
11169 J. J. Hicks, London. Hydrometers and saccharo-
meters. October 18
11182 T. Kirk, Birmingham. Bye-pass cocks and valves for
gas and other fluids. October 19
11209 W. H. Rusden, London. Electrical apparatus for pre-
vention of corrosion and incrustation in st -am boilers. Com-
plete specification. October 19
11231 H. H. Lakc-From (). S. Anderson. Valby. Centri-
fugal apparatus for separating liquids of different density or
Bpeciflc gravity. October 19
11251 F. Hazlett and H. McCrudden, London. Furnaces.
October 20
11157 J. C. Ohest. London. The application of superheated
steam to the furnaces of steam-boilers, retort-furnaces, pud-
dling-furnaces glass-furnaces and the like, and the construc-
tion of furnaces for that purpose. October 21. Antedated
April 27. under International Convention.
11500 A. Stevenson. Liverpool. Improvements in grinding
or pulverising sugar, salt, and other like material, and in
apparatus or machinery therefor. October 25
1153'J vV. L. Home. London. Improvements in vacuum
apparatus. Complete specification. October 25
11621 P. Birchall and W. Baiubridge, Longport. Nozzles,
and mode of connecting same to staud or press pipes for
charging filter-presses. October 27
11686 A. M. Crossley, Glasgow. Refractory or materials for
lining furnaces, etc. October 28
11706 J. Nicholas and H. H. Fanshawe, London. Mode of
and apparatus for carbonisation, calcination, and decompo-
sition of organic and inorganic matter. October 28
11758 A. Sctireibcr. London. Smokeless furnaces. Com-
plete specification. October 29
11931 J. J. Miller. G. J. Tupp and H. G. A. Rouse, London.
Airtight furnace and retort doors and mouth-pieces. Now 2
15003 J. G. Hawkins and J. Barton, London. Gas retort lids,
and materials and method forensuring gas-tight joints between
the lids and mouth-pieces. Complete specification. Nov. 3
15009 H. W. P. Nugent, London. Gas retort and other fur-
naces. Complete specification. November 3
15091 H. M. Thomas. London. Pumps for exhausting to a
high state of vacuum, and for compressing air or gases to high
pressures. November 5
15198 G. Pinnington. Chester. A combination of revolving
pumps for raising liquids. November 8
15238 E. A. Cowper, London. Filter-presses. Complete
specification. November 8
153.'2 H. E. Newton— From The Maschinenbau Actiengcsell-
BChaft. Austria. Filter-presses. November 9
15129 T. Newman. London. Filters. November 11
15J90 W. Creswick, London. Apparatus for drying, heating,
or cooling substances. Complete specification. November 11
15615 F. Goddard, Nottingham. Furnaces. November 15
156S8 A. Anderson, Monkwearmouth. Appliance for con-
suming smoke and utilising waste heat of boilera and fur-
naces. November 16
15713 T. Carter, Monkwearmouth. Firebars for combined
assisted and forced draughts for furnaces. November 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
18S6.
12381 J. Gilmore and J. F. Gilmore. and VV. R. Clark. Steam
generating apparatus. November 2
1887.
560 W. Whittaker. Mechanical stokers. October 26
686 A. Boulouse. Self-acting air valve for heating apparatus.
November 2
991 W. Land. Steam generators. November2
1911 E.Green. Fire-bars for furnaces. October 29
6287 \V. Bevitt. Amalgamating apparatus. October 29
7815 T. Taylor. Consuming smoke in steam boilers. Oct. 26
12071 J. von Ehrenwerth. Rcgeuerativc gas furnaces with
periodical action. October 26
II.— FUEL, GAS and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
11108 J. Mitchell, Glasgow. Improvements in the manufac-
ture or construction of firelighters. October 18
11305 W. Weller, jun., London. Improvements in the con-
struction of firelighters. October 21
11325 H. C. Bull & Co., Limited, and H. Clay Bull, London.
Impiovements in or connected with apparatus for producing
and utilising " producer gas." October 21
14531 J. G. Johnson— From G. Mulheims and R. Zimmer-
mann, France. Improvements in presses or apparatus for
moulding blocks of artificial fuel. Complete specification.
October 25
11589 R. H. Courtenay, Battersea. Improvements in gas
apparatus, or lamps for generating gas from volatile hydro-
carbons, which apparatus may also be applied to oxy-hydrogen
gas incandescence and ordinary gas or other burners for light-
ing and heating purposes. October 26
11626 J. W. Newall, London. A method of making gas for
heating purposes from tar or oil. October 27
11688 A. M. Crossley. Glasgow. Improvements in making
coal briquettes or fuel blocks. October 28
11805 J. Marlow and W. Marlow, London. A fire-lighter of
an improved construction. October 31
756
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov.30.i887.
11976 R. II. Quine. Manchester. Supplying pure hot air by
means of special]! constructed stoves or grates to burn coal,
gas, oil. or 01 1 :
' 15067 J. C. Krayenbiihl, II. C. Peterson, and C. C. Hnrmcis-
ter, London. A Dew oi ;ngor
separation of tar from animoniacal liquor or other matters,
November 1
15082 A Denoon, R. Jameson anl A Keid. Newcastle-on-
Tyne. Utilis • oeat in coke manufacture. Nov.5
'lolGl 0. Knublauch, London. Improvements in production
or recovery of cyanogen compounds from coal gas and other
gases. Complete specification. November7
15256 S. Pitt— From T. B. Hall. United States. Process of
refining hvdrocarbon oils. Complete specification. Nor. S
15554 D. Clan Alpine Thatcher, London. A liquid fuel car-
tridge. November 14
15S61 J. H. Glevf and .1. Hayes, London. Improved means
and appar itus for feeding, compressing, and delivering com-
posiiion firelighters. November 15
16171 Ci. Porter, London. Improvements relating to appa-
ratus and fittings for enriching and burning illuminating gas.
November 15
15-I81 J. A. Veadon and R. Middleton. Leeds. An improved
mode of moulding lumps of fuel or materials for smelting and
analogous purposes, and machinery therefor. November 16
15738 J. A Yeidon, R. Middleton and H. T. Nodin, Leeds.
An improved method and appliance for cleaving blocks or
briquettes of fuel, or materials for smelting and analogous
purposes. November 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS7.
31 J. A. Yea Jon and R Middleton. Machinery for manu-
facturing blocks or briquettes of fuel, etc , for smelting pur-
poses. November 2
670 J. Broad. J. W. Broad, G. P. Broid, and H. J. Broad.
Night-lights. November 16
12411 A. M -Kune Margerison. Firelighters. October 25
13150 T. K. Dickson. Process an1 apparatus for manufac-
turing gas. and cyanogen or its compounds November 9
13514. P. Jensen -From J. Leede and V. D. !-toekbridge.
Carburettors. November 9
13627 H. Kenyon. Production of illuminating gas, ammonia,
etc., and apparatus therefor. November 9
III.— DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1886.
HS10 J. Young. Carbonising or distilling coal or shale.
October 26
V.— TEXTILES, COTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc;
APPLICATIONS.
14196 II. M. Girdwood, Manchester. Improvements in
retting, ungumming. washing, and otherwise treating rhea,
ramie, or China grass, hemp, jute, flax and certain other
Mores. October 19
11177 T. A. Boyd, Glasgow. Improvements in producing
variegated or fancy yarns. October 25
15178 C. Robeson. Birmingham. Improvements in and in
apparatus for cleansing and scouring wool. Complete speci-
fication. November 8
15161 U. Mason. Paris — From A. Schlamm and F. a
Borassard, Germany. Improvements in treating wool.
November 10
15693 T. U. Lee. Manchester. An improved means for
rendering woven fabrics and other goods and materials non-
inflammable. November 16
( UMPLETE SPEt 1FK 'A TION Act 'EPTED.
U87.
IV.— COLOURING MATTERS and DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
11161 G. Pitt, London— From A. Weinberg, Prussia. A new
class of diamido compounds and azo colours produced there-
from, and the process of producing the same. October 21
11616 C. A. Benncrt. London. The manufacture or produc-
tion of coloured compounds or colouring materials. October27
11820 E. Ostermayer, Loudon. Improvements relating to
the production of iodised sulpho-acids of phenols, cresol, and
thymol. October 31
15154 C. D- Abel — From G. C. Zinimer, Germany. Production
of yellow, red, and violet colouring matters from tetrazo-
diphcnyl and tetrazo-ditolyle. November 7
15265 U. Thomas, Manchester— From II. Schulz, Germany.
The manufacture of a certain dye matter. November 9
15371 J. Y. Johnson— From the Badisehe Anilin and Soda
Fabrik, Germany. Improvements in tne minufacture or
production of red colouring matters suitable for dyeing and
printing. November 10
15159 S. Forel. London. The manufacture of yellow colour-
ing matters by the reactim of tetrazodiphenyl or tetrazo-
ditolyl on phenol or orthocresylol. Complete specification.
November 11
15617 <*. Tall and W, P. Thompson, Liverpool. Improve-
ments in or relating to the separation or manufacture of
colouring matter or mordant for dyeing purposes from cotton
scr*d or cotton-seed oil. November 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
170S3 J. Y. Johnson- From the Farbenfabriken vormals
B L) er & Co. Manufacture of azo dyes. November 2
1887.
875 G. Thomas — From A. Zander. Manufacture of dye
matters from red sanderswood and other woods. October 22
12709 W. Nelson and E. Bowen.
wool. October 22
Apparatus for drying
VI.— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING and BLEACHING.
APPLICATIONS.
14092 F, R. Rothen, Manchester. Improvements in the
method of and apparatus for dyeing, bleaching, impregnat ing
and otherwise similarly treating yarn in bobbins' and cops.
October 18
11485 P. H. Booth, Leeds. Dyeing wool and woollen cloth
and yarn, and all textile materials, either in the raw state, in
process of manufacture, or manufactured, a fast and fadeless
woaded green and other colours. October 25
11614 H. E. Newton— From the Actiengessellschaft fur
Papier und Druck Industrie Lcykam Josefsthal. Austria. An
improved process for bleaching jute. October 27
11SI3 D. Stewart and R. Walker, Glasgow. Improvements
in machines for washing, soaping, or scouring piece goods,
November 1
14850 J. Lodge, Huddersfield. A new treatment of worsted
'"tops" and other slivers of fibre for the production of an
evenly mixed dyed yarn. November 1
15922 J. Lodge, Huddersfield. New or improved apparatus
for dyeing worsted "tops" and slivers of fibre. November 4
15097 W. A. L. Hammersley, London. Improvements in
machinery or apparatus for fulling, washing, scouring, clean-
ing, beating, softening, and beetling of yarns and textile
fabrics. November 5
15350 M. Ashworth and R. Wild. Rochdale. Improvements
in the means and method of and for the washing, scouring,
boiling, and bleaching of fibres, fibrous materials, and textile
fabrics, and the stripping of fibres from hides or skins,
applicable for the like purposes for domestic or household use.
November 10
15432 J. Grunhut. London. Improvements in dyeing.
November 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
15340 W. H. Turner. Machines for printing designs on paper
id other material, and for decorating earthenware, china,
glass, etc. October 22
1887.
171 W. Birch. Apparatus for washing, soaping, dyeing,
etc., woven fabrics. November 9
VII.— ALKALIS, ACIDS and SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
111°7 L Mond and G. Eschellmann. Liverpool. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of chlorine. October 18
14315 The Tyne Alkali Company. Limited, and I . Gibb,
London Improvements in the manufacture of hydrate of
baryta and of strontia. and the treatment of solutions contain-
in"- barium or strontium for the obtainment of compounds
thereof and other products, and the utilisation of the products
so obtained. October 21.
14653 W F B WMi.n-Froni A. R. Peclnney. France. Im-
provements in apparatus suitabli for preparing oxychloridcs
of magnesium. October 27
14654 W F it W ildon— From A. R. Peclnney, France. Im-
provements in apparatus suitable for use in the process of
desiccating oxvchloride of mapncsium. October 2,
ll'KjO C Fahlberg. London. Improvements m apparatus for
he 'production of phosphorus trichloride. November 2
Nov. 80. 1SH.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
I I 927 I.. Cm-rot and ('. I. tier. I. Liverpool. New or improved
process Bud apparatus for obtaining a continuous and deter-
mined quantity of carbonic acid or othei g mber2
14897 J.Hanson. The treatment ot alkali waste for use in
the purification and deodoritation oi .-c»age and impure
waters or matters. No\ ember 3
15168 II. Senior, London. A process for the separation ol
zinc hydrate as a crystalline bodj from solution in the fixed
alkali hydrates. November 7
15189 F. J. Thompson. Hertford. Cheshire. Improvi
in the manufacture of salt, and generation of steaniorlie.it.
by an improved furnaee and system of tiling employed
Herein. November8
15237 L. it Baziu, London. A process and apparatus for
conversion of phosphates into thermophosphates. Novembers.
15255 G. W. Hart. London. Improvements in obtaining car-
bonates of soda and other products, and in apparatus .suitable
fur this purpose. November 8
A. Keldman, London. Improvements in the produc-
tion of the fluorides of magnesium, of strontium, and of
barium. Complete specification. November 9
1 j.'iiu G. E. Davis. Manchester. Improvements in apparatus
for the distillation of ammoniacal fluids. November 11
15575 C. T. J. Vautin. London. Improvements in apparatus
for the separation of solutions of metallic salts from pulverised
material mixed therewith. Complete speciheatien. Novem-
ber 1 1
150S7 J. Dixon. Sheffield. Improvements in the method of
and apparatus for concentrating and evaporating soda lye.
November 16
15770 J. F. Madocks, Andover. See Class XV.
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
13651 L. Grabau. Manufacture of fluoride of aluminium,
the double fluoride of aluminium, and an alkali. October 26
16199 W. B. Gibs and A. Shearer. Manufacture of phos-
phoric acid. November 12
1887.
13746 B. J. B. Mills— From T. B. Fogarty. Process and
apparatus for producing sulphate of ammonia. November 12
13717 B. J. B. Mills— From T. B. Fogarty. Process and
apparatus for producing sulphate of ammonia. November 12
VIII. -.GLASS, POTTERY and EAUTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
14457 J. C. Ghost. See (lass I.
14619 J. Armstrong, London. Forming necks or tops ou
glass bottles or other articles, and appliai - 1 herefor. Oct. 27
M951 T. Minton. II. Minton-Senhuuse. II. Minton Robinson,
J. Clegg and J. Lea. London. A new method of printing ou
pottery and tiles, and apparatus therefor. November 2
15096 S. Fenn and A. Fenn. Birmingham. Improvements in
fireplaces of kilns or ovens for burning bricks, pipes, terra-
cotta, tiles, and other articles. Complete specification. Nov. 5
15119 D. Grant. London. A novel process of produeiug
artistic and commercial devices in and upon glass. Nov. 11
I5i>90 G. Wood, Leeds. Improvements in apparatusemployed
in the manufacture of glass. November 16
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
15310 W. II. Turner. See Class VI.
15678 H. Sulley. Manufacture of glazed pavement lights.
October 2fi
16833 W. D. Cliff. Manufacture of porcelain and metal
baths. October 22
1887.
351 D. Rylands and B. Stoner. Manufacture of glass bottles,
jars, etc. November 12
576 IJ. M. Justice. From the Societe Anonyme des Mum
facturesde Glaces, Verres, Vitres, etc. Apparatus for handling
crucible! used for melting glass. October 29
2076 J.C. Mitchell. Producing plain and ornamental designs
ou glass. October 29
6779 W. Lutwyche— From J. Valere. Ornamenting glass
ceramic ware and metal by means of translucid aod opaque
enamels in relief. November5
9.192 M. K. L. Ehrlich. Producing dead gold (silver pla'inel
decorations on china, crockeryware, glass, and enamelled
metals. November 9
IX.— BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
• MORTARS and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
14286 J. Tennyson. London. Improved method of and devices
for laying asphalte roadways, yards, and other analogous
surfaces. October 22
11392 G. .1. Snelns, W. Whamond. and T. Glbb. London.
Improvements in ' be manufai
It. W. Whamond. and T. Gibb. Improve-
mentaintb onoriuan'i "
ii ii, J. Snelus, W. Whamond, and I . i.ibb. An improved
manufacture of ■ ■ ■
11551 R. B. Lee. Manchester. Improvement? in the m
fa tureof concrete and cement fireproof building m<t>-rials
and parts of buildings, bride/. - and other strucji
strong rooms, slabs, blocks, baths, tanks, and other articles,
parts, ami receptacles. October 26
11875 P. S. Larsen, London. Improvements in the ].roecss
of crushing and screening clay. November 1
14897 P. von Krystotfovitch. An improved process tor the
manufacture of artificial granite. Complete specification.
November 1
15028 J. Lauder. Glasgow. Improvements in artificial stone
for flooring, paving, decorating, and like purposes. Nov. 4
15065 F. Kansome, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of cement. November!
15395 It. A. McGregor. London. Brick*, b and
any article made of clay, poi ll I a. Btone. terran i
or other material used for bull ling of booses, sewers, arches,
etc. November lo
15596 J. W. MacKnight. London. Improvements in artificial
pavement. Novi mber 15
;i .1. Gay and F. W. Wood. Nortbflect. The manufacture
of firebricks and other fire goods. November la
15666 G. M. F. Layton. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of cement. November 15
15739 .1. W. T. Stephens, I lardiff. The m inufacture of Po.t-
land, Roman, and other cements. November 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ."EH.
18S7.
121 W. White. Roads aud pavements, an 1 paviilg blocks
therefor. November 2
11283 W. Bull. Manufacture of tiles for rooSng. Nov. 5
X. -METALLURGY, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
11159 F. L. Tirmann and H. Tirmann. See Class XXI.
11171 J. S. MacArthur. It. W. Forrest, and W. Forrest,
London. Improvements in obtaining gold and silver from ores
and other compounds. October 19
11221 A. B. Cunningham. Loudon. Improvements in the
reduction of lead, silver, and other metals, and apparatus
therefor. October l;i
1 1271 S. J. Evans. London. Improvements in hydraulic
apparatus for preventing upsetting of converters emoloyed in
the manufacture of steel, whicn improvements are applicable
also to hydraulic centre October2J
14 111 T. C. K. II irstie d and R. Porter. London. An improved
hydraulic press for mining coal and other niiue.als, or for
other purp le a re miring pressnre. ' > -tob sr 21
11356 L. Grabau. London. Improvements relating to the
production of fluoride of aluminium. October 21
11371 J. Toy and S. II Stevens. Helston. Improve-nents in
machinery for reducing tin stuff and other partially pulverised
I herefrom. October 22
14151 T. Elford, G. Ackland, and R. Morgan. London.
Improvements in calcining and melting copper, lead, and other
ores and regulus. October 21
11452 J. A. Crawford and R. M. Black. London. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of steel and of malleable iron.
a- 21
11157 J. C. Ghest. London. See Class I.
11153 K. von Enrenworth. London Improvements rela'ing
to the blasting of coal and other substances in mines, and to
apparatus therefor. 0 rtober 24
11170 M. Settle. M inchester. Improvements in orapplicablc
u tridges employed for blasting in mines and other places
where inflammable gases are present. October 25
14152 E. B. Smith— From J. Brown. New Zealand. Improved
construction or arrangement of surfaces for separating gold
or other fine metal particles from quartz or earthy matters.
October 25
14492 C. E. Moncricff. Belfast. Improvements in means of
raising rock salt from the mine. October 25
14515 M. Gledhill. London. An improved method of and
machine for forging met lis, chiefly designed for the manufac-
ture of tubes, cylinders, -hafts, and similar work. O.tober 25
11602 C. Netts. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of sodium and potassium, and in apparatus therefor. Oct. 26
11617 H.H. Lake-Fiom A. Breden. Austria. Improvements
relating to the electro-deposition of silver and nickel upon iron.
steel, and other metals. October 27
14664 J. H. Bell aod W. Rockcliffe. Sunderland. Improved
plates for ship-building and other purposes. October -■
11687 A. M. Crossley. Glasgow. Improvements in making
spiegeleisen or ferro-manganese. October 28
11700 L. A. Groth— From V. and K. Roufl. Pans. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of chrome and its alloys. Oct. 28
14723 W. Crawford and J. Crawford. Glasgow. Improve-
ments in shaping sheet iron, steel, or copper into vessels of
various forms, and in apparatus therefor. October 29
E
758
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, lNov.30.i887.
U750 W. Lloyd, London. Improvements in the lining or
fettling "i puddling and other furnaces emploj ed in the manu-
facture and beating of iron and steel October 29
H7S1 B. <'. Tilghmun, Manchester. An improvement in pig
iron. October 31
U792 11. J. Allison— From .1. H. D'Arey Bonlton. I nited
States. Improvements in process for casting metallic ingots.
Complete specification. October 31
14793 J. E. Kott and C. H. Cousins. London. Improvements
in the manufacture of cast -steel shells and projectiles, also
applicable to other forms of steel eastings. October 31
1IS03 W. Haw. Ion. London. Improvements in apparatus for
removing molten slag, scoria, and other similar materials
from furnaces. October 31
11810 W. L. Purves, London. Improvements in tempering
steel. October 31
11901 C. W. Kilts. London. An improved apparatus for dis-
tributing, mixing, separating, grinding, cleaning, and amal-
gamating gold or other ores or tailings. November 2
15029 JTG.Beckton, Middlesbrough-on-Tees. Improvements
in ingot moulds for easting steel and other metals. Nov. 1
15012 J.Tibbs. London. A new or improved covering for the
bottoms of puddling I'nriia e-. November 1
15'09 A. Gutensohn. London. Improvements' in apparatus
for and" method of pickling or cleaning the surface of iron,
steel, or other metals. November 5
10199A H. C. Bull & Co. Limited, und H. Clay Bull. London.
Improvements relating tot lie production of aluminium alloys.
November 10: but dated July 21, when originally Bled
15185 M. Swain. Manchester. Improvements in the manu-
facture of hollow-ware. Novembers
15215 F. J. Legge, Liverpool. I nprovements in or apper-
taining to the manufacture of tinned or icrne plates. Nov. 8 1
15257 W. B. Middleton, London, .Met hud of welding steel.
Complete specification. November 8
l.'i.'Tl M. Uarnbrough and K. D.rnbrough, Driglilington.
Appliances to prevent the o.vdation of tin. lead, or zinc, when
used in tempering coating, or galvanising steel or iron wire.
November 9 ,...,„,.. ,, ,
9389 A. C. A. Burghardt and V\ . J. Twining, Manchester.
Improvements in the production of aluminium. Received
November 11 : antedated July 2. when originally Hied.
15417 T. Slater and J. Laidlaw, London. An improved
method of coating cast-iron or wrought-iron with other metal
or alloys thereof. November 11
15125 J. Westgarth. Manchester. Improvements in and con-
nected with galvanising and similarly coating metals. Nov. 11
15122 J. Nicholas and II. II. Fanshawe. Loudon. A mode of
and apparatus for the recovery of aluminium and other cart hy
metals from ores. November 11
15118 G. Trier— From E. Fischer. Denmark. Iniprovements
in i he preparation of spongy lead for use in secondary bat-
teries or accumulators. November 11
15174 H. Hobson. Manchester. Improvements in apparatus
for pulverising minerals and other hard substances and
materials: November 12
15504 A. N. Contarini. London. Improvements in the pro-
cess of separating precious metals from their ores, and in
apparatus to be employed therein. November 12
15515 A. B. Cunningham. London, Improvements relating
to the production of aluminium and aluminium alloys.
November 12
15574 C. T. J. Vautin. London. Improvements in apparatus
for the extraction of gold from crushed or other finely-divided
auriferous material. Complete specification. November 14
15593 L. Grabau. London. Improved processes and apparatus
for the production of aluminium and compounds or alloys
cunt .lining the same. November 14
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
If 86.
13183 B. H. Thwaite. Pneumatic process of manufacturing
steel ingots and castings October 21
13651 L. Grabau. See Class VII.
13682 J. It. Turnock. Machinery for coating metal sheets.
October 29
1 :92S J. E. liaugh and C. llinksman. Humid reduction of
gold and other ores. Octobor29
U297 J. Nicholas. Smelting and recovering metals from
ores and dross. November 5
15010 c1. Rogers and J. Flayer. Machine for coating metal
sheets with tin. lead, or other metal or alloy. O tobev 22
16017 G. Ajshworth and E. Ashworlh. Apparatus for harden-
ing and tempering steel wire and tape, November 12
16196 J. Lauer. Firing blasting charges in mines, and means
therefor. October 29
1887.
274 T. B. Sharp. Manufacture of copper and other tubes and
apparatus therefor. November 5
235 E. Hunt— From (J. Thomson. Obtaining silver from ores,
mattes, etc. November 9
331 J. Vavaseeur. Steel projectiles. November 12
1751 H. H. Lake— From Count do Montgelas. Extracting
aluminium from its chlorides, and apparatus therefor. Nov. 12
45SI K. II. W. Biggs- Extracting tin from iron or tin scraps,
and apparatus therefor. November 5
11613 F. A. Herbelz. Cupola furnaces for smelting metals
and burning malachite, dolomite, etc. October 26
11900 A. J. Shannon. Extracting antimony from its ores.
November 9
123>3 II. I.e Neve Foster. Fire-resisting compound for form-
ing the stoppers ami nozzles used in steel-melting operations.
November a
12486 O. M. Thowdess. Production of sodium and potassium,
and apparatus therefor. November 5
XL— FATS, OILS and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATIONS.
14187 W. Lincolne and J. Templeman, Glasgow. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of soap. October 19
14285 J. Thomson, London. An improved mercurial anti-
septic soap. October 20
14627 C. Haines and W. Thompson, London. Improved com-
pound suitable for washing, scouring, and cleaning purposes.
October 27
11693 M. J. Whibley. H. G. Whibley. and A. Williams. Lon-
don. Improvements in the decolourising and deodorising of
t allow, grease, and similar substances. October 28
15051 M.J. Hanung and W. Gallagher. London. An im-
provement in the manufacture of lubricating oils and greases.
Complete specification. November!
15134 F. Workman, II. Workman, and A. Workman. Lon-
don. Improvements in presses suitable for extracting oil
from linseed, and for other purposes. November 7
15314 H. Wiesinger and L. Rissrauller, London. Method of
manufacturing 100 per cent, soap free of water. November 9
15490 J. W. Lord. London. Improved apparatus for express-
ing oil from substances. November 12
15491 J. W. Lord. Improvements in the treatment of oils for
their purification. November 12
15774 C. Williams. London. Improvements relating to
purifying compounds for textile materials, and to washing
powders. November 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCETTED.
1886.
14729 H. Mackay. Preparation of oils for medicinal purposes.
October 29
1887.
4 R. Tervet. Apparatus for treating or purifying paraffin
wax. November 2
1893 W. Hicks. Manufacture of lubricating grease. Nov. 2
XII.— PAINTS, PIGMENTS, VARNISHES and
KESINS.
APPLICATIONS.
15231 P. M. Justice— From M. B. Church. United States. Im-
proved process of coating or painting applicable to carriage
bodies and other surfaces. November 8
15320. J. Hiekisson. London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of coloured marking ink pencils, and in the mordants or
fixers to be employed thcrewit h. November 9
153S1 K. McLea and R. Puiiihoa. London. An improved
paint or varnish for iron, steel, metal, and tarpaulins. Nov. 10
15106 A Orr. Glasgow. Improvements in making white
lead. November 11
15771 F. Crane— From W. I). Field, ITnited States. Iniprove-
ments in or connected with varnishes. November 17
15772 F. Crane — From W. 1>. Field. Process for purifying
or clarifying resins and gum resins, or solutions of the same.
November 17 .
15773 F. Crane— From W. D. Field. Improvements in the
manufacture and composition of varnish. November 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
16832 H. Buezkowski. Polish (soluble in water) for leather.
October 22
18S7.
12632 J. C. Lyman — From J. H. Lyman. Waterproof com-
positions or paints. November 2
13109 S C Rowelland J. W . Newell. Manufact lire of plum-
bic oxide or litharge, and apparatus therefor. November 12
XIII. -TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE AND SIZE.
APPLICATIONS.
14096 II J Allison — From J. J. Ascli, United States.
Improvements in fur-dyoing ovens. Complete specification.
October 18
Nov. 30. U87.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
7.-,! I
1112.1 J. E Darby and E. Blakeslee, London. Improvements
in process of impregnating chamois skin with rouge. Com-
plete specification. October 24
14n'99 L. A. Groth— From C. Collin and L. Benoist, Paris.
Antiseptic treatment of skins before or after training. Oct. 28
15766 C. Collin, L. Benoist, B. Nicholson, and T. Palmer,
London. Improvements in means for preventing the forma-
tion or dt-velopment of injurious germs of animal or vegetable
life, applicable to the treatment of hides or skins. Nov. 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
166(7 A. Bedu. Manufacture of substances suitable for
tanning. October 2!
16891 J. Straiton. Apparatus for burring, cleaning, and
unhairing or softening skins. October 29
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
11151 H. H. Lake-From P. B. Rose, United States. An
improved fertiliser. Complete specification. October IS
14701 F. H. Danchell. London. A new or improved manu-
facture of manure. October 28
1.3309 J. Davenport, London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of fertilisers or manuring compounds. Complete
specification. November 9
XV— SUGARS, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
14161 G. Fletcher, London. Improvements in the evaporation
and concentration of sugar-cane juice and other liquids, and
apoa-atus therefor. October 18
11801 B. E. R. New-lands. London. Improvements in means
or apparatus for drying slabs of sugar, applicable for heating
and cooling other articles, and for analogous operations.
October 31
11883 A. Brin and L.Q. Brin. London. Improvements in the
treatment of saccharine and sacchariferous matters for the
purpose of dec3lorising. purifying, or refining them. Nov. 1
14SSI A. Brin and L. Q. Brin, London. Improvements in the
treatment of saccharine and sacchariferous matters for the
purpose of d^Morising. purifying, or refining them. Nov. 1
15770 J. F, M idocks, Andover. The direct Bteam boiling of
acid solutions generally, and the inversion of cane sugar in
particular. November 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
151 15 J. Baker, J. A. Baker, W. K. Baker, and G. S. Baker.
Machines for manufaet iring sugar wafers, etc. October 22
16S27 H.Vivien. Apparatus for the manufacture of refined
sugar, glucose starch, etc. October 26
1887.
Method for
from sugar
165 C. D. Abel — From Pfeifer and Langen.
extracting foreign substances (rafttnose. etc.!
solutions by means of lead, November 5
12831 N. Tscherikowski. Producing refined sugar from raw
sugar. November 12
XVL— BREWING, WINES and SPIRITS.
APPLICATIONS.
14189 D. Mason— From V. d'Ostachiewicz and L. de Gerlicz,
France. Improvements in the process and use of substances
for the production of alcoholic fermentation. October 25
14548 J. F. Henderson. London. Improvements in or appli-
cable to the manufacture of wine. October 25
14737 T. G. Bowick, Harpcnden. An improved process and
apparatus for purifying alcohols by means of hydrocarbons.
Complete specification. October 29
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
54 P. Weinig. Malt germinating apparatus. October 22
521 E. Beanes. Treatment of wines of the port and claret
class. October 26
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A.— Chemistrt of Foods.
11095 II. J. Allison— From The De la Vergne Refrigerating
Machine Co. Limited, United States. An improved pr<>
for refrigerating by compression and expansion of gases.
when such gases are compressed in contact with or in
presence of lubricating liquids. Complete specification.
October 18
14378 S. Puplett and J. L. Rigg. Knowlc. Improvements in
apparatus for mechanical refrigeration, and for the artificial
production of ice. October 22
14410 L. Sterne— From J. C. de la Vergne, United States.
Improvements in the manufacture of pure ice. and apparatus
therefor. Complete specification. October 24
11527 J. F. Henderson, London. Dnproved compounds of
coffee and cocoa. October 25
H7U S. M. Mar Tory. London. Improvements in the treat-
ment of vats, and obtaining a new product therefrom. Oct. 28
14744 E. Scherfl and C. Drenckham, London. An improved
process for condensing milk and other fluids containing pro-
teine, and preserving the same in glass or other hermetically
closed vessels. Complete specification. October 29
14945 N. 1'. M. Tronson. London. Manufacture of a food
for animals from wood. November 2
15502 A. Horn. London. Improved means of applying
saccharine as a preserving and sweetening agent Nov. 12
15578 J. Hofmann. London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of brown bread. November 14
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
14364 J. Greenwood. Keighley. Improvements in valves
applicable for the outlets of sewage tanks, barrels, and the
like. O tober22
14656 T.Glennie, Glasgow. A new system of sewage disposal.
October 28
lij.57 A. Engle. London. A furnace for and process of
burning wet and offensive substances. Complete specification.
November 1
11982 F. A. Hille, London. Improvements in treating sewage,
and in liquid disiufectants used for that purpose. November 3
15381 E. Hermite, E. J. Paterson, and C. F. Cooper, London.
A process for disinfecting impure liquids. Noveuiher 10
15385 E. Hermite. E. J. Paterson, and C. F. Cooper.
Apparatus for disinfecting impure liquids by electrolytic
action. November 10
15431 W. C. Roberts, Pntncy. An improved construction or
arrangement for chemically charging water-closets to prevent
the formation of noxious gases, and to destroy offensive
smells arising from soil pipes, drains, etc. November 11
15519 S. Hoiman, London. Improvements in means or
appliances for exhausting or consuming foul air or gases fiom
sewers, or other places containing foul air or gases, and for
effecting ventilation of the same ; applicable also for heating
purposes. November 12
C— DlSIN FECTANTS.
14864 W. B. Giles and A. Shearer. Stratford. The manufac-
ture and application of new antiseptic and disinfectant sub-
stances. November 1
15564 A. Boake. F. G. A. Roberts. A. Shearer, and W. B.
Giles, London. An improved manufacture or preparation of
antiseptics. November 14
15668 W. J. Cooper, London. An improved antiseptic or
disinfectant. November 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
A.— Chemistry of Foods,
1887.
4063 W. L. Wise— From C. A. Wahlin, A. Forssell, and F. L.
Enquist. Treatment of milk. October 29
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
1887.
13781 W. Mann. Refuse burners. November 12
C— Disinfectants.
16S31 F. H. Weber.
October 22
1886.
Candles for fumigating or deodorising,
1887.
27C C. T. Kiogzett. Solutions for use as antiseptics, dis-
infectants, deodorants, oxidants, and general sanitary
reagents. October 26
381 J. S. Stevenson. M.P.. and J. G. Tatters. An improved
disinfectant and oxidising agent. November 9
102 H. Schlichter. Platinum lamps for deodorising and
disinfecting. November 9
451 R. V. Tuson. Production of powders for disinfecting
and deodorising. November 9
ICO
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Nov.30,1887.
XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY AND ELECTRO-
METALLURGY.
A PPL ICA TIONS.
11107 N. G. Thompson, London. Continuous current com-
mut itorless dynamos. October 18
ii_. J A. S. Flinore. London. Improvements in the electroly-
sis of aqueous solutions. October 19
14259 0. Hall and II. Binks, London. Improvements in the
application of primary batteries for electric signals, tele-
phones, lights, or hi her purposes. October 20
14270 BtJ.B. Mills— From E. Emerson, United States. Im-
provements in means or apparatus to be employed in the
production of sheet copper by electro deposition. October 20
IIJ73 A. J. Littleton. Sydenham. Separating the plates of
secondary batteries, October20
111211 Sir C. S. Forbes. Bart.. London. Producing voltaic
electricity by means of a cell of which the positive element
consists of an amalgam of either sodium or potassium or of
both. October 21
14161 A. Stetson. London. Improvements in electric accu-
mulators or secondary batteries. October 21
11622 E. W. Vaugblon. Birmingham. An improved electric
accumulator. October 27
U729 W. II. Douglas, Birmingham. An improved meter for
measuring electrical currents. October 29
14901 ('. R.Goodwin. Paris. Improvement in electric bat-
teries. Complete specification. November 2
11951 W. Terrill, London. Improvements in apparatus to be
used in the deposition or treatment of metals by the electro-
lyl ic process. November 2
15053 I). Skrivanow, London. Improvements in galvanic
batteries. November 1
! '1 II A. F. St. George ami C. 11. Boune. London. Improve-
ments iu galvanic batteries. November 7
1.5259 T. J. Jones. London. An improvement in voltaic
batteries, Novembers
1.5321 J. Pitkin. London. Improvements in electrical storage
batteries, November 9
15323 A. SchanschiefF, Gipsy Hill. Improvements in galvanic
batteries, November 9
I53S5 E. Hermite, E. J. Paterson. and C. F. Cooper. See
CI is- XVII. IB.)
15392 II. J. Haddan — From B. Scheithauer. Germany. Im-
provements in primary batteries. November 10
15532 S Joyce, London. Electric explosives. November 11
15555 W. M. Mordey, London. Improvements in and per-
taining to electric motors and their application for charging
secondary batteries or accumulators. November 11
15583 .1. V. Johnson -From \V, ('. Ueckniewski. France.
Improvements in dynamo-electric machines. Complete
Bp 'ei'i alien. November 11.
1.5730 J. V. Sherrin. Hamsgate. Improvements in galvanic
batteries. Complete specification. November 16
1.5751 \Y. J. S. Barber-Starkey. Manchester. Improvements
in the electrolytes of secondary voltaic batteries. Nov. 17
157110 W". Webster, jun., London. Improvements in the
electrolytic treatment of sewage and sea-water for the produc-
tion of certain products therefrom, and apparatus therefor.
November 17
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
15831 F. E. Elmore. Apparatus for the deposition or obtain-
nient of metals by electrolysis. November 5
1887.
Ill W. A. Leipncr. Dynamo electric and electro-dynamic
machines November 12
1303 W. Main. Secondary and other batteries. October 22
13722 c. K. Ponder. J. McGregor, and P. Harris. Secondary
batteries. November 12.
XIX.— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATIO.XS.
11521 I'. J. Richardson and R. Squire, London. Improve-
ments in apparatus for I hi- manufacl lire of paper. I i tober 25
11733 J. Jameson, Newcastle ou-Tyne. Improvements in the
preparation of safety paper, affording protection against
erasure or other alteration. October 29
153S6 ('. Morrtt, London. Improvements in the manufacture
of paper. November 10
15419 C. Morfit, London
of paper. November 11
Improvements in the manufacture
COMPLETE SPS( III' A lIoNS AC( 'BP TED.
1886.
lltill D. Allport. Incorporating wire with paper, paper-
pulp, wood-pulp. etc. November 9
1887.
8391 J. Craig— From C. H. Hanbold. Manufacture of paper
suitable for use for calender bowls. October 22
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES and EXTRACTS.
APPLICATIONS.
11159 A. Bt'iinn, London. Improvements relating to the
production of peptone and maltose or maltose substances.
October 21
146S9 W. Stevenson and It. Howell. London. Improvements
in the manufacture of aerated beverages and syrups and
essences for carbonating or flavouring purposes. October 28
155S7 C. 11. Abel— From W. Roser. Germany. Improvements
in the production of alkaloids. November 14
XXI. -EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
11159 F. Li Tirmann and H. Tirmann. London. Improved
percussion fuses for shooting and blasting purposes, especially
applicable for working in mines infected with fire-damp.
October IS
11390 R. Morris, London. An electric firing fuse or primer.
October 22
11170 M. Settle. See Class X.
15532 S.Joyce, jun., London. Electric explosives. Nov. 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
391 W. Bickford-Suiith and G.J. Smith. Means of igniting
fuses without exposing dame or sparks. November 9
393 W. Bickford-Smith and G. J. Smith. Means of igniting
fuses without exposing flame or sparks. November 9
1165S E. Edwards— From R. Sjoberg. Explosives. Nov. 2
XXII.-ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATION.
15667 B. Nicholson and T. Palmer— From C. Collin and L.
Bcnoisl. France. A process for testing or estimating the
strength of solutions of tannin. November 15
Printed and Published i,y em mutt i. Co . Ni-w I : i i . i — . - sir, et. Strangcwajs, Manchester, for the Society of c ; •li.i.iiral Industry.
London Offh i . foi the Bali ol Copies und Receipt of Subscriptions j 6, \ork fetreet, Coveut i.umeu
THE JOURNAL
OF THE
Society of (Comical 3nbu5try:
A MONTHLY RECORD
FOR ALL INTERESTED IX CHEMICAL MANUFACTURES.
Xo. 12.— Vol. VI.
DECEMBER 31, 1887.
Xon-Members 30 - per annum ; Members
21 - per Set; Single Copies 2 6.
Cije ©ocicrp of vEfjemtcal Jnmistrp.
Past Presidents :
Sir H. E. Roscoe. M.P., LL.D., V.P R S
Sir Frederick Abel. C.B., D.C.L., F.R 3
Walter Weldon. F.R.S.
W. H. Perkin. Ph.D., F.R.S.
{";• K>-Uuspra't ■'• 1885-1886!
David Howard 1S86— 18A7.
1881—1882,
1882—1883,
1--.: -188J
1884-1885
COUNCIL FOR YEAR ENDING JULY, 1888.
President : Prof. James Dewar, F.R.S.
Vice-Presidents:
Prof. F. Clowes. D.Sc.
Sir J. Xeilson Cutliliertson.
David Howard.
Dr. Ferdinand Hurter.
Ivan Levinstein.
EL K. Muspratt.
Dr. W. H. Perkin, F.R.S.
Sir H. E. Roscoe, M.P.,
F.R.S.
John Spiller.
Prof. W. A. Tilden. F.R.S.
John Williams.
Philip J. Wo.-sley.
Ordinary Members of Council :
John Calderwood. F.R.S.E. John Pattinson.
Eustace Carey. B. S. Proctor.
R. t orbes Carpenter. F.J Rowan
James Duncan. Dr. Edwd. Sehunek. F.R.S.
Dr. John Evans. F.R.S. T. W. Stuart
S. H. Johnson. Lewis T. Wright.
With Sixteen Chairmen and Secretaries of Sections.
Honorary Treasurer :
E. Rider Cook, East London Soapworks. Bow, E.
Honorary Foreign Secretaj-y :
Ludwig Mond. 20, Avenue Road. Regent's Park. X.W.
General Secretary : Charles G. Cresswell.
Offices :
Palace Chambers, 9, Bridge Street, Westminster, S.W.
THE JOURNAL.
Publication Committee:
The President
S.irx?" fv,Abel- FR-S- F- Hurler. Ph.D
A. H. Allen.
H. E. Armstrong. F.R.S.
B. BL Bailey, D.Sc, Ph.D.
Joseph Bernays, M.I.C.E.
H. Brunner.
W. Lant Carpenter.
Prof. Frank Clowes, D.Sc.
W. Y. Dent.
Peter Griess, Ph.D., F.R.S
D. B. Hewitt, M.D.
David Howard.
Prof. J. J. Hummel.
Prof. A. K. Huntington.
Editor : Watson Smith, The Owens College, Manchester
F. Jones. F.R.S. E.
Ivan Levinstein.
Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S.
Ludwig Mond.
E. K. JIuspratt.
C. O'Sullivan, F.R.S.
John Pattinson.
Dr. W. H. Perkin. F.R.S.
SirH. K. Roscoe. M.P., F.R.S.
John Spiller.
A. Norman Tate.
Thomas Tyrer.
ASSISTED BY THE FOLLOWING STAFF OF
Abstractors :
G. H. Beckett.
D. Bendix.
E. E. Berry.
E. J. Bevan.
W. Dalrymple Borland.
T. L. Briggs.
E. G. Clayton.
Julius B. Cohen, Ph.D.
C. F. Cross.
A. R. Dari3.
Wm. Elborne.
A. G. Green.
S. Hamburger, Ph.D.
James Hulme.
Bertram Hunt.
C. C. Hutchinson.
D. E. Jones. B.Sc.
W. E. Kay.
A. J. King, B.Sc.
Chap. A. Kohn. Ph.D.
F. W. T. Krohn.
J. Walter Leather. Ph.D
I). A. Louis.
W. (;. McMillan.
<;. Barria Morris, Ph.D.
J. M. H. Munro. D.Sc.
H. A. Rademacher.
Abstractors :
S. G. Rawson, B.Sc.
A. Ree. Ph.D.
F. W. Renaut.
James Taylor. B.Sc.
Bertram Thomas.
Eustace Thomas.
V. H. Velev. M.A.
R. Lloyd Whiteley.
NOTICES.
Notice is hereby given that the numbers for January
1882, 1883, and 1886, and February, 1886, are exhausted,
and no orders for those copies can be executed.
The Secretary is instructed to negotiate for the pur-
chase of copies of the Society's Journal for January, 1 B82,
at the price of 5s. each." Members possessing odd
copies of this number are particularly requested to
communicate at once with Mr. Cresswell."
Authors of communications read before the Society
or any of its Local Sections are requested to take notice
that, under Bye- Law 43, they cannot receive the pre-
scribed 50 copies of their communications unless they
comply with the condition laid down in that Bye-Law—
viz., that they give notice of their desire to receive such
copies upon their manuscript before sending it to the
Editor. Mention should also be made as to whether the
Discussion is to be included in the reprint
Members are requested to note that the subscription
of 25s. for 18SS falls due on the 1st January.
Cheques and orders should be made payable to the
Honorary Treasurer, Mr. E. Kider Cook, and forwarded
either to him, at Bow, or to the General Secretary.
I ntil payment is made members are not entitled to the
Society's Proceedings, under Rule 29 of the Bve-Laws.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS.
„.Jn°-. Anderson, 1 o Glasgow; Workington Ironworks.
\\ orkington. Cumberland.
W H. Aubrey, 1 o St. Johns; 121. Burrage Road. Plum-
stead. S.E.
G. Christopher, 1 o Clapham : 5, Shoe Lane, E.C. (for Jour-
nalsl and 6. Barrow Road. Streatham Common S W
Dugald Clerk; Journa's to Driffold Villa, Sutton Coldfield
near Birmingham.
G. Gilmour. 1, o Fifeshire ; c, 0 Dublin Whisky Distillery Co
Jones Road. Dublin. "
W. J. Hall, 1 o Venezuela ; c o Wm. Lucock. Hudson Street
Tyne Dock.
R.Lucas,, lo Manchester: Mainzerstrasse, 8, Wiesbaden
Germany.
J. A. Maefarlane, 1 o Barcelona; c o La Compania Cnida,
wuanjuato. Mexico.
W. M. Miller : Journals to Laboratory. Pin. Tuschen den
\ nenden, Demerara, W. Indies.
E. Kennard Mining ; Journals to 273, Clinton Street, Brook-
lyn. N.Y.. U.S.A.
Dr. B. Mohr; Journals to 69a, Parliament Hill, Hampstcad,
H. E. Taylor, 1 o Langdale Road : ta. Brand Street. Green-
wich. S.E.
Harold Wager ; Journal to 2. Phene Street. Chelsea. S.W.
C. Greville Williams. 1, o Wandsworth Common : J Queen
Anne's Terrace. Schubert Road. Putnev. S.W.
Jas. Wood, l/o Whalley ; Foxhill Bank Printworks, Church
near Aecrington,
762
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY,
[Dec. 31, i-'-:.
CHANGES OF ADDRESS REQUIRED.
T. S. BoulMn : 1 o Mounlford House, Barasburj Square. N
l»r. J. M. Morrison ; l/o HcnlaL Hill, Ci'pcr Norwood. S.E.
LIST OF MEMBERS ELECTED, 16th DECEMBER. 1887.
H. Broadbent, c/o Goodall, Backhouse & Co., Sovereign
Street, Leeds, chemist.
F.H. Perry Coate, Laboratory, IT. Tower Street, London.
E.O., analytical chemist.
James Dale, IS-', Lord-hip ltoad, Moke Newington, N„
coppersmith,
Unas. I\ Mabery. Case School of Applied Science, Cleveland,
Ohio, U.S.A.. l'ro'fesMn- i>f elu-niistry.
Chas. C. Moore, 125, Chester Koad, Hartford. Cheshire.
chemist,
Chas. Oxland. Creystoke, Palace Park Koad, Sydenham,
S.K.. mininpr engineer and metallurgist.
Frank A. Huberts. Messrs. Roberts, Dale & Co., Warrington,
chemical manufacturer.
(ieorge \V. Slatter. Saltaire Works, Shipley, Yorkshire,
analytical chemist.
Thos. Snape. Phoenix Alkali Works. Widnes. alkali manu-
facturer.
Oscar J. Steinhart. 17. Kid's Court Square. South Kensing-
ton, S.W.. Ph.D., chemist.
3Dcat&.
R. R. Kelly, 1 o3. Pall Mall K.ist, London, S.W.
Communication.
REPORT ON SECTION III. OF THE
MANCHESTER ROYAL JUBILEE
EXHIBITION :
The Chemical and Allied Industries.
by watson smith,
Lecturer in Chemical Technology in the J~ictoria
University, etc.
( Contin ned from p. 701. )
GROUP X.—FATS, OILS, AND SOAPS.
Joseph Ceosfield ife Sons, Warrington (No. 838).
— Toilet and household soaps, and more especially a
Turkish temple, entirely buiic of cakes and blocks of
soap. The structure was so arranged that whilst in
it elegance and artistic effect were combined, yet
every variety and colour of soap was brought in and
exhibited. A silent hand stamping machine was
shown in operation, producing small tablets of the
speciality of the firm, the " Perfection "soap, in which
it is claimed that no free alkali and only very little
free fat are present.
Joshua Mabgerison & Co., 'White Windsor Soap
Works, Preston (No. 842). — Besides samples of vari-
ous soaps are elegant designs in the speciality of the
firm — viz., a scented white curd soap.
William Brown, Yictoria Soap Co., Limited, 47,
Oldham Koad, Manchester (No. 844).— Specimens of
soaps for silk throwing, spinning and dyeing, cotton
sizing and feeding ; also prepared soap for cops.
Fulling and scouring soaps.
T. B. Rove & Co., Thames Soap Works, Brentford,
London (No. 840). — The exhibits of this firm consist
of a variety of soaps for manufacturing purposes, as
follows : —
(a) White Oil Soap, a neutral emollient soap used
by China silk throwsters, and manufacturers of
machine-made writing papers.
(6) Refined CvrdSoap,VSod by white silk throwsters
and cotton bleachers.
Mottled Soap. — This is used by calico printers,
by clothiers for milling and scouring, a»«l for domestic
and laundry purposes,
(d) BerSgal Yellow Soap, used for "boiling off"
Bengal silks, and for softening and glossing them.
(. i Brown Oil Soap, used by general silk dyers as an
addition to certain dye baths.
Since the duty on snap was abolished in 1852 there
have been no means of estimating accurately the
amount of soap annually produced, but it was
calculated that in 1881 the quantity had risen to
225,000 tons.
James Alexandeb & Co., IS, Paradise Street,
Lambeth, London (No. 846).— Savon Hamamelia
Virginica, or Hazel soap. (See this Journal, 1885,
p. 563.)
Cray, Smith & Bennett, Rockingham Soap and
Starch Works, Wath-upon-Dearne, Yorkshire (No.
847).— Household soaps, toilet soaps, soft soap, dry
soap, milling and scouring soaps, starch, and various
chemicals, tallow, etc., used in the manufacture of
these articles, their annual production amounting to .
about 1500 tons.
David Shaw <Se Co., 35, Market Street, Manches-
ter (No. 858).— Machinery oils suitable for cotton
and woollen industries, some of which are known as
stainless oils. < 'ylinder oils are shown in the various
stages of manufacture, from a dark green to a pure
white. Prepared tallow for engines, and oils suitable
for railway and colliery lubrication, oleine, cloth,
wo >l, and soap oils, and the tallows and fats from
which they are made. Samples of yarns spun, and
scoured with these oils are also shown. A variety of
greases, showing the various stages of distill ition
and refining. Lanolin, made from the grease recovered
from wool scouring liquors, olive, fi-ih, animal, and
seed oils, chemical manures, paraffin wax, and a bust
in stearin made from tallow and palm oil, are also
exhibited.
A. P>. Fleming >v Co., Limited, Caroline Park,
Edinburgh ; and b'7, Piccadilly, Manchester (No. 859).
— Patent solidified oil and lubricators, spindle, loom
and engine oils, cylinder and valve oils, Russian and
American colliery greases. The new mineral fibre,
known as agalite, both in its native rock-form and
ground. The special features of this exhibit are the
solidified oil and the agalite. The first of these is a
lubricant intended to replace tallow and suet. Tallow
often contains acid and suet always leaves a residue
of membranous matter, and both these lubricants
act injuriously on india-rubber valves. It is claimed
that the solidified oil has none of these drawbacks.
Agalite is a fibrous silicate of magnesia, similar to
asbestos. It is obtained from America in the form of
a powder, which under the microscope is seen to
consist of small elastic fibres. It is used by paper-
makers as a " loading " for paper instead of China
clay, and for this purpose from COOO to 7000 tons are
consumed annually.
. John Sandeman, Ruchill Oil Works, Maryhili,
Glasgow (No. 860).— Specimens of greases prepared
from mineral oils, for use in collieries, and for carts,
cogwheels, etc. Rosin oils, used for printing ink,
jute-batching, etc. Siccative, used as substitute for
linseed oil in paints and varnishes. Rosin spirits
and rosin pitch.
Edwin Washington Wollaston, 12, Dutton
Street, Manchester (No. B67). — This firm exhibits
lubricating and burning oils, as enumerated below.
(1.) Oils and tallow ; oils for all kinds of machinery.
These oils are stated to be free from acidity and
mucilage. (2.) Burning oils, for lamps of all kinds ;
colza oil, refined rape oil, cotton seed oil, colliery
lamp oil, marine lamp oil, brown rape oil, seal oil,
petroleum oil. (3.) Various oils for machinery, calico
1 printers, dyers and finishers, woollen mills, bleachers,
painters, etc., etc. The oil trade comprises a great
variety of productions from animal, vegetable and
Dec. si. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
763
mineral .sources. In Manchester and the district
within 30 miles, the chief sale of oil is for machinery,
spindles, looms, and engines. For this pnrpo.se
mineral or hydrocarbon oils have largely taken the
place of sperm, animal, and other oils, and the aver
age (nice has been reduced from about Bs, per gallon
to is. 6d. per gallon.
The superiority of mineral oils as lubricants for
machinery rests on the fact that being hydrocarbons,
and having a somewhat inert character they do not de-
compose and give rise to corrosive and sticky products
under the action of steam, heat, and the oxygen of
the air, as do the ordinary vegetable and animal oils :
the latter are of course composed of glycerol and
fatty acids, and under the influences mentioned
oxidise and produce sticky resinous substances, or
they decompose more or less readily according to
their origin and quality into the component parts
referred to. The liberated fatty acids act very ener-
getically upon iron, especially under the influence of
steam, hence in ocean steamers mineral oil has
practically displaced tallow as a lubricant for the
cylinders of the steam engine. The chief point to be
attended to is the selection of a mineral oil of such
viscosity that it is entirely adapted to the light or
heavy character of the machinery and its bearings.
So many improvements have been effected in the
distillation, etc., of mineral oils in recent years, that
it has now become possible to obtain an oil suitable
for every possible purpose of lubrication. The
average prices given below, for the various oils and
tallow in 1870, 1880 and at the present time, show
a great reduction in value : —
1870 1880 1887
3. d. S. d. s. il.
Oliveoil 51 Opercwt. 11 Opercwt. 3*1 Opercwt.
Rape oil 18 li .. 32 0 „ _'l (I ,,
Linseed oil 33 6 „ 28 G „ -11 0
Cottonseed oil. So il .. 28 0 .. 21 0
Palm oil 38 (1 ,, 31 0 „ 20 0
Cocoa-nut oil .. 17 H .. 3S 6 ., :ts 0
V. T. C. Tallow 17 0 .. 13 0 ,, 32 n
Mineral oil .... 15 0 „ 10 0 „ ti 0
Lard oil C 0 per gall. 3 3 per gall. 3 1 per gall.
Spurm oil 7 0 „ 19 .. 3 0
Joski'H Kershaw & Co., Hollinwood, near Man-
chester (No. 869). — Samples of non-conducting
composition for coating steam boilers, steam pipes,
and all steam heated surfaces, also a variety of
greases, soaps, lubricants, and paints, etc. Thirty
years ago steam heated surfaces were usually
left bare, and nothing was adopted as a non-conduct-
ing coating to prevent loss of heat. Later, well-
mixed mortar and hair was used, then laths and a
second coating of the mortar and hair were applied,
and finally cloth was put over all and painted. At
the present day there is a large number of non-
conducting compositions in the market, and this firm
particularly claims for its composition, that it is very
hard, does not shrink, and is not destroyed by the
continual heat to which it is subjected.
Wm. Gossage a Sons, YVidnes, Lancashire (No.
872). — A most elegantly constructed pavilion con-
taining large specimens in illustration of the history,
chemistry, and manufacture of ordinary English
soaps. The chemical substances employed in soap-
making in former times and as now used. Palm
plant, with fruit from which palm oil, as imported
lrom Africa, is made. 11 iw palm oil as imported.
Cocoa-nuts, in fibre and divested of fibre. Coprah,
the dried fleshy part of the cocoa-nut, from which
cocoa-nut oil is expressed. Palm nuts and palm
kernels from which palm-kernel oil is made. Cotton
seeds from Egypt, from which cotton oil is produced.
Kelp weed. Kelp salts, as used by soap makers
before the invention of Le Plane revolutionised the
soda manufacture of the earlier period. Soda ash.
Caustic soda and soda crystals. Spent lye, waste
liquor from soap making, the largest souroe of
glycerin. ( 'rude glycerin. Pure glycerin, lit for
dynamite making. Imitation sample of nitro-
glycerin and cases (empty) in which dynamite is
usually packed to form dynamite cartridges. Sili
cates of soda and potash, both -olid and liquid.
Besides the employment of silicate oi soda (water
glass) in soap making, it is also used largely in, i!
manufacture of artificial stone, and in calico printing
The calico with which this court was draped had
been printed by a process in which silicate of soda
served as ''fixing agent" for the alumina of the
alumina mordant employed.
Levbb Brothers, Sunlight Soap Works, Warring-
ton (No. 873).— The exhibit of this firm consists of
samples of their soap, known as the "sunlight soap."
They show the "stamping" process by which the
soap tablets are produced, also a series of illustrations
of the methods of using the soap, and a complete
model to scale in fibrous plaster of the "Sunlight"
Soap Works at Warrington. The whole was enclosed
in a beautiful pavilion resembling a Turkish Mosque,
and adjoining that of Messrs. Gossage it Sons, wdiich
it almost rivalled in elegance. It is claimed for the
"sunlight " soap, that it is perfectly saponified and
only contains a trace of free alkali.
In this Section the department of soaps, oils,
greases and fats, was most largely represented,
besides those mentioned the following firms also
exhibited :— N. Kilvert A Sons, Henry Shaw & Co.,
David Thorn it Co., William Brown, Chiswick Soap
Company, Hazlehurst & Sons, .1. C Paton A- Son,
Geldart A: Co., Poy & Co., Bagnall & Co., Smith it
Forrest, Robert Brown it Co., The Health Soap
Company, George it George W. Skelton, George
Fairclough, Senior it Brooks, Limited, Colledge Roy
it Co., Broadbeut it Son, J. Yeiteh Wilson, Halliday
ifc Co., W. H. Samuel it Co., James Light it Son, and
lfobert Oliver it Co.
GROUP XL— TANNING, LEATHEli, GLUE,
GELATIN, ETC.
William Walker it So.vs, Pose Hill and Bark
Street Tanneries, Bolton (No. 874). — This firm
exhibits English sole leather (bends), shoulders,
bellies, and the curried goods known as English
strap-butts, welt-shoulders, and clog-butts. The
art of manufacturing sole leather, and some species
of upper leather, has been known from ancient
times, but it is only during the last half-century that
tanning has become a science, and that the value
of chemistry has been appreciated by the tanne-.
The manufacture of strap-butts is a growth of the
present century, and it has naturally developed with
the increased application of machinery throughout
the world, until now it may be estimated that there
are manufactured from English strap-butts alone
upwards of from 35 to 40 million feet of belting per
annum. The manufacture of " clog butts " is mainly
confined to this country, and is not an increasing
industry. Probably less than a million pairs
of clogs are made annually in England, and
these are made entirely from English leather.
The number of hides and skins imported into this
country for English consumption may be roughly
estimated at about 9.000,000 per annum, the bulk
of which come from South America, the Cape,
Australia, Brazil, Madagascar, and the West Indies.
With regard to English hides, if we take as a basis
the amount of beef consumed in Lancashire, the
supply of hides will be about 195,000 to every half-
million inhabitants. This would mean a total of
about 10,000,000 English hides per annum, and about
1,000,000 calf skins. The value of these hides (in
all about 20,000,000) is probably 15 to 18 millions
A2
:iu
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. LDcc.8i.i887
sterling, and this value, after the cost of tanning, and
perhaps currying has been added, will probably be
increased to something between 30 and 40 millions
sterling. (For statistics of exports and imports, see
description of exhibit 878.) The chief tanning agents
used in England are, oak bark, stripped in English
and Belgian forests, valonia from Smyrna, myrabo-
lams From the Easl Indies, divi divi, Mimosa bark,
hemlock, and other extracts used in smaller quantities.
The staple agents used in currying are -cod oil from
Newfoundland, and tallow melted in England or
imported from Russia.
liRNRY Pabkikson .V' Co., Latchford, near War-
rington (No. 875).— Specimens of heavy and light
sole and in-sole leathers, also army, hydraulic, and
other machinery leathers. The chief characteristic
of these materials is their fineness of texture and
compactness of pattern, and these qualities are
attaint, 1 by special preparation. The ordinary sole
leather is tanned for nine months in oak-bark liquors,
and three months in strong valonia liquors, to give
solidity. The leather for army and hydraulic purposes
is continued six months longer in the valonia liquors.
The " offal " or in-soling is tanned for a period of six
months only.
James Taylor it Sons, -7. 29 and 31, Union
Square, Bury, Lancashire (No. 87*).— Specimens of
closely-rounded English bends exhibited, weighing
lolb.— 19lb., made from English hides and tanned
with oak bark and valonia, also " ranges " cut from
the above and specially adapted for slipper and shoe
work. Shoulders for sewing, pegging, or riveting,
in-soles, welt-shoulders, and oak bark tanned, hand-
shaved, shoe-butts matured in grease before finishing.
Black-grained butts for shooting boots, brown-grained
for army purposes, and clog-butts for both whole-
backed and seam-backed clogs. East India kip-butts
of all weights and classes. Black and brown bellies
and black shoulders for slippers and boots. Harness
hides and backs, black and brown. The following
materials employed in tanning are also shown : —
Tanning Extracts: Clarified oak, myrabolam, sumac,
valonia, larch, and divi divi extracts. Ground Tan-
ning Materials: Extra best Palermo sumac, fine
ground myrabolams. Raw Tanning Materials:
Sumac, divi divi, myrabolams, and valonia.
Imports into tiik United Kingdom of Articles con-
nected with the Leather Trades during the Year
ending December 1. 1S86, were:—
Hides (dry) 732.578 cut.
„ (salted) 518.542 .,
Leuther 76,633,037 lb.
value £5162,906
Boots and shoes dozen pairs 104, ISA
Exports prom the United Kingdom during tiik Y'ear
ending December 1, 1886:—
Hides (dry) 516.096 cwt.
„ isaltt-d) 118,127 „
British Manufacture.
Leather unwrought 155,050 cwt.
Declared value £1,380.231
Leather wrought, and boots and shoes,
declared value £1.829,519
Saddlery and harness. (Iceland value £382,819
Gexdley & Co, I'.ishopsgate Avenue, London (No.
876). — This firm exhibits Bussian isinglass. Brazil isin-
glass in similar stages. Isinglass of every description, in
crude state, from Penang, Bombay, Hudson's Bay, West
Indies, Saigou, Singapore, and China ; also the same
kind in their manufactured condition. The trade in
isinglass.thoughconsiderablein itself, issmall compared
with many other fish industries. Isinglass consists oi
the dried swimming-bladder of different fishes. The
bladders vary much in shape, according to their
origin, and they are prepared for the market in
various ways. Some are simply dried while slightly
distended, forming pipe isinglass. When there are
natural openings in these tubes they are called purses.
When the swimming-bladders are split open, flattened,
ami dried, they are known as leaf isinglass. Other
things being equal the value of a sample is deter-
mined by the amount of impurities present These
impurities are ordinary dirt, mucus naturally present
inside the bladder, technically called .mease, and
bloodstains. If the bladders were hung up to dry
with the orifice downwards, the mucus could be
drained oil : but usually the fishermen fear the
reduction in weight, and take care to retain all they
can. It is necessary to insist on having the bladders
slit up and rinsed clean as soon as tbey are removed
from the fish. This would so much increase the
value of the product that the extra labour would be
very profitable. Blood-stains cannot be removed
without injuring the quality. If any process could
be devised effectual for this purpose, a valuable dis-
covery would be made. The chief places of produc-
tion are Russia, Siberia and Hudson's Bay, Brazil,
West Indies, Penang, Bombay, Manilla, this being
approximately the order of their importance. All
Russian and Siberian is known as Russian, the more
frequent varieties being " Beluga leaf," the finest in
the market, obtained from a species of sturgeon ;
Astrakhan leal ; Saliansky leaf and book ; and
Samovy leaf and book. The fish yielding them
inhabit the great rivers and fresh-water lakes. They
are caught during the winter, and the bladders
removed and dried in various forms. The winter
catch is collected at the great fair at Nijni-Novgorod,
and is there bought by brokers and merchants from
St. Petersburg. Some trade is done in Hamburg,
but the varieties there sold are not what we know-
as Bussian. When the ice breaks up the isinglass
is shipped by steamer as quickly as possible, mostly
to the London Docks, on account of the isinglass mer-
chants there. The end of June andjthe beginning of
July is the season when the winter's produce reaches
this country. The Brazil, Penang, Bombay, and
Manilla products are imported at all periods of the
year, generally packed in cases, varying in weight.
Original cases of Penang isinglass weigh about 3CT t. :
Manilla, about 2cwt. ; Brazilian, about 2cwt. 3qrs.
The uses of isinglass are not very varied. The
largest quantity is used by brewers and wine mer-
chants for clarifying their goods. This proprrty is
extraordinary, for gelatin, which seems chemically
the same thing as isinglass, does not possess it. One
theory is that the tenacious mucilage shaken with
the liquid gradually settles to the bottom, entangling
all floating particles as it sinks. Ar.other suggestion
is that a very delicate fibrous network remains after
the isinglass is dissolved, and entangles the particles
in the way the mucilage is supposed to act. Many
varieties of isinglass, generally the lower brands, are
used for this purpose. Some brewers use it in
the natural state, others prefer it manufactured
into a fine or wide strip, which dissolves quicker.
and suffers no waste. At present, Penang
is the favourite kind. Bussian long-staple
isinglass is used only by the Worcestershire farmers
for clarifying their cider. In spite of its costliness,
Scotch brewers prefer Russian leaf. The use of
Samovy isinglass was formerly universal among the
Irish brew ers, and much is still sent to Dublin ; but
either varieties have partly taken its place. It is a
Russian kind, obtained from the bladders of the som
fish. Its name is the adjective form of the noun som.
It is used enly by brewers. Bussian isinglass is also
shipped to Madeira for use in clarifying wines. A
good deal of various kinds is used in this country by
wine merchants. For clarifying purposes the isinglass
is " cut " or dissolved in acid, sulphurous acid being
Deo.31, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL I\l>l STRY.
. DO
used by brewers, as it tends to preserve the beer.
When reduced to the right consistence, a little is
placed in each cask before sending it out for con-
sumption. Sole skins are the only substitute used
for isinglass. They can only be had in winter, the
supply is uncertain, and they have not the strength
of the Penang varieties. Xext to the brewer's
demand comes that of the cook, who uses it for
making jellies, thickening soup, and stiffening jams.
For this purpose best Russian takes the highest
position, owing to the superior strength and nourish-
ing properties. Isinglass being the purest natural form
of gelatin, a very pure article, artificially prepared
without the use of acids or other chemicals, has long
been known in the market as patent isinglass. It
does not possess the clarifying power of the natural
article, but is equally useful for cooking.
There seem to be only six isinglass cutters
in England, all being domiciled in London. The
sorted isinglass is very hard and tough, very difficult
to bend or manipulate. It is soaked till it becomes
a little pliable, and is then trimmed. Sometimes
it is just pressed by hand on a board with a rounded
surface, at others, it is run once between strong
rollers to flatten it a little, and make the dark and
dirty spots accessible to the knife, the top of the
roller being used to bend the pieces on. The cuttings
are sold separately as an inferior grade. The next
process is that of rolling. Very hard steel rollers,
powerful and accurately adjusted, are used. They
are capable of exerting a pressure of 100 tons.
Two are employed, the first to bring the isinglass to
a uniform thickness, and the smaller ones kept cool
by a current of water running through them, to
reduce it to little more than the thickness of writing
paper. It is very curious to see the thick, tough
pieces gradually spreading out under the rollers, and
folded and rolled like puff-pastry till the separate
pieces so unite that no joint can be seen, and the
mass is reduced, under the coarse rollers, to what
looks like semi-transparent millboard. From the
finer rollers it comes in a beautifully-transparent
ribbon, many yards to the pound, "shot" like
watered silk, in parallel lines about an inch broad.
It is now hung up to dry in a separate room, the
drying being an operation of considerable nicety.
When sufficiently dried, it is stored till wanted for
cutting, or it is sold as ribbon-isinglass to all who
prefer this form. The machines for cutting are well
and accurately made, and are so adjusted that they
slice pieces off a sheet of paper without stirring or
bending it in the least. For the "fine-cut" isinglass in
which chemists are interested, these machines are
run a great speed, 2000 to 2500 revolutions, making
10,000 to 12,000 cuts in a minute. It takes an hour
to cut 5lb. or (lib., so that each pound would contain
100,000 to 125,000 separate fibres if none of them were
broken. The actual number must be very much greater.
J. M. Collett it Co., High Orchard Works, Glou-
cester (No. 823). — Already noticed on page T01, under
Croup IX., alkalis, acids, and salts. Besides being
an exhibition of sulphites and bisulphites, is also an
exhibition of isinglass from Russia, Siberia, Brazil,
Penang, Bombay, Kurracbee, and Manilla.
Thomas R. B. Bindley & Son, Smethwick, neat
Birmingham (No. 877).— Sample cakes of gelatins
and glues. Samples of size and grease. Specimens
of articles of different trades in which these goods
are consumed. Raw materials from which manu-
factured, and the refuse products,
GROUP XIL— INDIARUBBER, GU%TA-PERCHA,
ETC.
(Jhas. Macintosh & Co., Cambridge Street, Man-
chester (No. 885).— This exhibit has been divided
into two parts, one of which is devoted to the origin
of indiarubber and the various materials used in its
manufacture, and the other to the processes of manu-
facture of finished articles. Probably no exhibit
illustrating the indiarubber industry has ever before
been shown of so complete a kind.
The articles exhibited are the entire trunk of an
indiarubber tree (Sighonia elastica), specially obtained
from South America, and from which tine Para
rubber is obtained. It is a tree inhabiting dense
forests on the banks of the Amazon and several of its
tributaries, where it is called the " Seringue," The
chief district from which its caoutchouc is obtained
is, according to Wallace, the country between Para
and the Xinqui river. The " Si/ihonia" species com-
prises trees varying from twenty-five to upwards of
one hundred feet in height, and all contain a milky
juice in more or less abundance, though they do not
all yield caoutchouc of good quality, that from some
j of the species being brittle. The fruit is a rather
' large capsule, composed of three one-seeded pieces,
which split in halves when ripe. The raw seeds are
' poisonous to man and to quadrupeds, but macaws eat
them greedily, and they are an excellent bait for fish ;
long boiling deprives them of the poisonous principle,
and renders them very palatable. The bulk of the
caoutchouc exported from Para, whence our chief
supply comes, is obtained from S. brasiliensis, which
is tire one common in the forests of the Province of
Para : but that brought down the Amazon and Rio
Negro is derived from 6'. ItUea and S. bremfolva. The
thin white milk is obtained by making incisions in
the trunk, from which it exudes. The trunk exhi-
bited is thus punctured, and a pocket-shaped recep-
tacle of clay has been attached just below the puncture
si i as to represent the way in which the milk is caught.
This clay receptacle is furnished with a lip, so that
the milk overflowing may be caught in the earthen
vessels used by the native workpeople. This clay
receptacle to the tree holds about a tumblerful, and it
requires about three hours to fill if the tree be fruit-
ful : this will give an idea of the rate of flow. When
the first cutting ceases to yield, the natives make a
second one lower down, and so on until they have
exhausted the milk in the tree, which is done by
makiag in all four incisions, all at equal distances.
They then pour the milk into larger vessels, gather
heaps of Urucari or Inaja nuts, which yield a thick
oily smoke, and set them on fire. Now they begin
the manufacturing process by covering the wooden
forms for sheets, long and H it bottles, etc., with clay
(so as to fie able to detach the rubber easily after-
wards), dip the forms into the milk, and hold them
over the smoke. As soon as the milk is dry, they
dip them a second time, and so on till the rubber is
of 'sufficient thickness : they then take it off the form,
and it is ready for exportation. A tree cannot be
again made use of for two years, as it requires that
time to recover its exhausted strength. A section of
a rubber tree is shown, measuring about 18in. in
diameter : also a bottle of the white milk brought
from Para, and now coagulated. The actual trunk
of the tree is so arranged as to appear to form the
foreground of a picture in win h the scene is com-
pleted in a very ingenious in inner, as a painting, the
foliage of the" trees being represented, the natives
at work curiner the rubber, carrying the milk, etc. ; a *
small sapling (Fie us elastica), actually growing, and
planted close to the picture referred to, assists still
further the imagination of the visitor. Specimens of
the Urucari nuts are shown, and also of crude rubber
as imported— fine Para, Negro head or Sernamby,
Mangabeira, and Ceara. In the other parts of the
exhibit are three other pictures pourtraying all the
details of the native work— the collecting of the
766
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. H'ec.si.rss:.
rubber from the trees, smoke-curing, a rubber-collec-
tor's settlement, and a river boat An actual specimen
of such a boat, nude of rubber, is also to be seen.
Specimens of washed Para rubber, pure solid rubber
block, and fine cut sheet used for making tobacco
poucbes, elastic bands, surgical bandages, etc., are
shown, along with drugs, chemicals, and pigments
used in the manufacture of rubber goods. Very
interesting are also the six specimens illustrating the
products of the destructive distillation of caoutchouc!
Elastic Rubbi r Thread. — The manufacture of this is
one of the most important branches. This thread is
used for weaving with silk or cotton into elastic webs
for boots, braids, and other articles of dress. Amongst
these threads are some exceedingly tine vulcanised
varieties shown by this firm. A considerable variety
of articles used for mechanical purposes is shown,
and also a convenient form of matting recently intro-
duced, which is finely ribbed. It is used as floor-
cloth, and presents several advantages in such use ; |
it is styled "Rabdotos." There are also waterproof
and air-proof fabrics, and all varieties of garments ;
mattresses which can be used on board ship, and, by
being inflated, will, in case of necessity, serve as rafts.
A camp equipment is shown, consisting of bed, air-
mattress, folding-bath, and bucket ; playing balls,
Macintosh tennis balls, and elastic bands. "
The works of this firm were first established in 1824
by Mr. Charles Macintosh, who first applied india-
rubber to the waterproofing of articles of clothing ;
whence the term " Macintosh." The processes used
to render rubber non-adhesive and insensible to cold,
usually termed vulcanisation, are the invention of
Mr. Thomas Hancock, one of the members of the
firm. The effect of vulcanising is also to make the
rubber permanently elastic, as well as insensible to
cold or heat, besides resisting largely the dissolving
action of oils or fatty matters. Vulcanisation has
enabled rubber manufacturers to produce articles
applied by engineers in machines driven by steam or
otherwise.
With regard to statistics of the rubber trade :—
Value. Per lb.
£2.202,716 or 2s. 0Jd.
Tons.
Raw rubber imported in 18S6 9625
Raw rubber exported in 1886.
chiefly to America. Germany,
and Russia 5470
Raw rubber munufactured in the
United Kingdom 1155
A large amount of other materials
used, as cotton, woollen, linen
and silk fabrics, iron wire, metal
mounts and fittings; also drugs
and chemica's, probably
Exports from the United Kingdom
of British manufactured goods
in lssG
Imports into United Kingdom of
foreign manufactured goods:—
1883 1100
1S86 iaw
£1,281,499 or 2s. Id.
1321.217
£500.000
£1,421,217
£071.052
£397,730"or 25. 6d.
£353,729"
EXPORTS OF MANUFACTURED GOODS FROM THE
UNITED KINGDOM.
Country.
Catutchouc,
lb. :. C\\\. £
Foreign Countries 83.022 9.197 j ' 113
Australasia 32,362 2,816
1 )t her British Possessions S.0I0 875
1885 123,424 13.18* 0 151
169,75 11.707 I 20
IMPORTS.
Caoutchouc.
lb.
Germany 1,611,751
Holland
Belgium
France
United states
Other Foreign Countries .
British North America . .
Other British Posses-ions.
.".13.715
2-58.965
267.605
1S5.18S
11,150
2.235
211
£
191.112
5?.155
43,580
38,620
27.181
804
226
21
1886 2,681.210 353,729
1885 3.139.632 397,730 105 903
r.utta
Perclin.
Cv>t.
15
£
3S1
964
David Moseley & Sons, Chapel Field Works,
Ardwick, Manchester (Xo.879). — An extensive exhibit
of indiarubber for mechanical purposes ; washers,
sheet, valves, railway buffers, steam packing, ball
valves, bearing spriDgs, deckle straps for paper
machines, door mats, stair treads, etc. Tubing for
chemical purposes, as also delivery and suction hose,
and the figure of a diver completely clad in the
necessary waterproof garments and helmet, and fur-
nished with hose-gear for supply of air ; Anchor
linen hose for fire brigades, Simplex cotton belt,
vulcanite and ebonite for electrical and chemical
purposes ; patent Coruscus waterproof garments and
waterproof garments of all kinds, especially ladies'
cloaks, printed by the new process in most elegant
patterns : the new Rex tennis balls, and many varieties
of rubber tobacco pouches.
J. Mandlebebg & Co., Albion Rubber Works,
Pendleton, Manchester (No. 880).— Also an extensive
exhibit, illustrating the various applications of india-
rubber, though paying special attention to waterproof
clothing in various styles and materials ; ventilated
waterproof clothing, Albion and embossed proofing,
waterproof pouches.
Besides the foregoing are similar exhibits by
Messrs. Broadhurst A: Co., Bradford, Manchester;
The Salford and Irwell Rubber Company, Limited ;
William Currie & Co., Caledonia Rubber Works,
Edinburgh : Cooper, Box, & Co., 7, Love Lane, Wood
Street, London ; Bilsland & Co., 99 Princes Street,
Edinburgh ; and the Ancoats Vale Rubber Company,
Limited, Palmerston Street, Ancoats, Manchester.
Isidob Fkankknhuki;, Greengate Rubber and
Leather Works, Salford, Manchester (No. 888). —
Both indiarubber and leather goods, as well as speci-
mens of crude rubber as received from abroad. It is
due to this exhibitor to mention the fact that he has
recently patented a new appliance and means whereby
the workpeople of the rubber factories may be pro-
tected from the very deleterious and poisonous fumes
of carbon bisulphide. The arrangement is such that
after leaving the tap of the bisulphide cistern the
liquid runs along a gutter covered by glass, until it
reaches the apparatus where the solution of the
rubber is effected, which is surrounded by glass and
furnished with slide doors, the whole being covered
by a dome connected with the chimney, so as to carry
off by the draught all fumes which escape. The work-
table and proofing machine are similarly covered over,
so that the fumes escaping into the atmosphere of the
rooms is reduced to a minimum. Those who know
what a terrible malady the carbon bisulphide poison-
ing inducts, and have witnessed the cases, which
Dec. si, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
707
resemble in some respects those of delirium tremens,
but differ from this by the peculiar blueness and
numbness induced in the hands when dipped in
water, will appreciate the boon to the workpeople of
any effectual method of avoiding' the vapours of the
volatile bisulphide. Those interested in the pheno-
mena of bisulphide of carbon poisoning will find the
subject exhaustively treated in the excellent article
by Dr. Ross in the Medical Chronic!?, vol. v. No. 2,
pp. 2.">7— 209.
The Laverine Chemical Co., Abbey Hey, Gorton,
Manchester ( No. 89 1 ). — A very interesting indiambber
substitute, designated " Sea foam,'' or light white
artificial indiambber, is exhibited by this firm. It is
an extremely porous light article, almost resembling
sponge in appearance The writer understands that
it is obtained by the action of sulphur chloride upon
linseed oil, and also that it possesses physical proper-
ties which almost exactly resemble those of india-
rubber ; and, finally, that it may be mixed with
rubber perfectly, and will produce a mass adaptable
to all the purposes to which ordinary rubber is
applied. Articles of clothing waterproofed with the
rubber substance are shown, etc. Amber, or hard,
yellow, artificial indiarubber ; Nigrum elasticum, or
hard black ; and Castor, or hard grey artificial
rubber ; powdered white, yellow and black artificial
indiarubber, are also represented by various samples.
GROUP XHf.-BUILDIXG .MATERIA r..
Kneeshaw, Ltjpton a- Co., 41, Oldhall Street,
Liverpool (No 892). — Specimens of paving sets from
their quarries at Port Nant, N. Wales. A special
feature of these sets is the cleavage, and it is claimed
for them that they do not become slippery. Specimens
of macadam, clappings and breaking stones from the
same quarry, are shown : also specimens of limestone,
limestone drippings, dust and lumps, as used by lime-
burners, chemical manufacturers and contractors ;
also specimens of lime burnt in Hoffman kilns.
Analyses of this limestone show it to contain lis per
cent, of calcium carbonate ; it is obtained from the
Lysfaen quarries of the firm.
Thttrstonland Brk k & Stone Co., Limited,
Brockholes, near Hudderstield (No. *93).- -Specimens
of bricks and hard York blue stone. The various
kinds of brick shown are displayed in a sunk panel
of dark red bricks, and a wall of dark red bricks
with moulded stone coping. There are shown also
special moulded bricks and hard-burnt imperishable
engineering bricks. The display of stone consists
of specimen steps, palisading stone and platform
coping stones, also moulded steps, and coping and
cornice stones. This stone, which is known as '"hard
York blue stone," is said to be very hard and tough,
and specially suitable for positions exposed to great
wear. The bricks are made from a quality of shale
containing 05 per cent, of silica, two cubic yards of
the shale producing 1000 bricks. This shale contains
a large percentage of iron, which becoming oxidised
in the kiln, gives the cherry red colour they possess.
Each brick is subjected to a pressure of 14 tons, to
make it solid, and the heat of the kiln is such that
the bricks are almost vitrified. It is claimed for
these bricks that they resist the action of acids,
weather ami tire, and are not broken by a crushing
strain of 390 tons to the cubic foot.
Geo. Ktnu Harrison, The Lye Fire-clay and Brick
Works, Stourbridge (Xo. 894).— The exhibits of
this firm include gas retorts in one piece and in seg-
ments, firebricks, samples of best Stourbridge fire-
clay, as raised from the mines of the firm, and the
same after being subjected to intense heat, after which
no contraction is shown. Stourbridge clay used in
the manufacture of glass-melting pots, linings of
potash furnaces, etc. This clay has been well known
for more than three centuries. It is estimated that
the trade in firebricks finds employment for" about
30ii0 hands, and that the quantity of clay raised for
this manufacture amounts to about 200,000 tons per
annum.
The Croft Granite, Brick a- Concrete Co.,
Croft, near Leicester (No. 89.">).— Articles for building,
paving and decorating in Croft adamant. String
courses, panels, medallions, and other ornamental
mouldings. Paving slabs, plain and grooved.
Thomas Lawren* e a- Son. Brackwell, Berkshire
(No. 81)0).— A piece of gauged and carved brickwork
in the form of a niche, tbe bricks used being those
made by the firm, and known as No. 8, " Orange Bed
Robbers." The erection stands on a base built with
red-pressed facing bricks. The special feature claimed
for these bricks is that they are solid throughout, and
fres from air or sand holes ; and that though soft
enough to be readily worked and carved by hand,
they will yet stand exposure to the most severe
weather. They are made from clay found on the
edge of the Bagshot Sands, on the verge of the
London clays.
William Mellor, Gorton Brook Pottery, Ard wick,
Manchester (No. Si)7).— Chemical stoneware pottery,
used in condensing, evaporating, collecting, crystal-
lising, or mixing of chemicals, and consists of
receivers, taps, pipes, mugs, jugs, funnels, test trials,
jars and dishes.
Edward Brooke & Sons, Fieldhouse Fireclay
Works, Hudderstield (No. 898).— This firm exhibits
white and coloured glazed bricks, sanitary tubes,
silica firebricks, white and coloured glazed sinks, salt
glazed earthenware cisterns, glass tank boats, glass
tank syphons, gas retorts and tuyeres. The silica
firebricks are made from ganister, a silicious, fine-
grained sandstone in the lower coal measures
known geologically as the " Ganister Beds." The
analysis of this ganister is 98 per cent, t f silica, 1 '50 per
cent. of alumina, 0"50 per cent. of iron, lime, etc. Special
features of this exhibit are the fireclay blocks, used
for plate, window-Hint and bottle-glass furnaces.
Most of the English furnaces are supplied with thes9
biocks. This firm consumes annually about 3.">,000
tons of raw material, and the value of the articles
manufactured amounts to about £00,000.
Otto Trechmann, West Hartlepool (No. 899).—
Handsome model of Dietzsch's patent kiln, for the
continuous burning of cement, limestone and other
materials. Explanatory drawing of the same.
Apparatus for testing the tensile strength, soundness,
fineness, setting time, etc., of cement. Calcimeter for
estimating the amount of carbonate of lime in the
slurry. Sundry sample specimens of ehalk, clay,
slurry, clinker, Portlandani other cements. Briquettes
and standard sand for testing. Set cement and con-
cretes, illustrating the manufacture, testing and appli-
cation of cement. In the Dietzsch's kiln it has been
sought to combine the principle of the cone kiln with
the advantages of the circular kiln, and instead of
allowing the heat to circulate through the mass, to
pass the material by the aid of gravitation through
a canal kept at a constant high temperature. This
is achieved by dividing the vertical shaft of the former
horizontally into two parts and connecting the upper
with the lower by a horizontal channel, thus repro-
ducing in a manner several chambers of the circular
kiln ; not in a horizontal plane but vertically super-
imposed. The upper part of the lower shaft is
retained at a clinkering temperature by the addition
of fuel, and all superincumbent weight on the clinker-
ing cement is obviated, thus permitting it to descend
by its own weight so soon as the decrease in volume,
due to the completion of the calcining process, takes
res
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec. 31, 1887.
] lace. With this movement a disturbance of the
mass ensues, and the incipient cooling, together
with a slightly conical form of the shaft, tend to
prevent adhesion. The annexe. 1 figure represents a
double kiln, produced by simply building two kilns
back to back. The individual kiln consists of three
essential parts, of which the two lower ones, C and D,
lie in a different vertical plane from the upper one A.
A may be railed the warming or pre-heating chamber,
C the calcining chamber and 1>, a continuation of it,
the cooling chamber At E are doors or openings for
charging A with dried slurry. The covered calcining
chamber C is connected with A by means of the
arched horiz-ntal channel B, and the cooling chamber
1 > terminates with ordinary firebars H, through which
the air to supply the whole system enters. The
finished clinker is drawn at H, and the calcining
chamber C, as the central point of the system, is the
.
one where the main operation of burning is carried
out, where the cement becomes soft and plastic, alters
its form and eventually welds into larger or smaller
blocks ancl inclines to adhere to the walls of the
furnace. This part is therefore arranged in such a
manner that it is accessible from all directions, by
means of small openings (J, for the removal when
necessaiy of adhering lumps. In order to put the
kiln into operation A is rilled with dried slurry, D
with clinker, and C with alternate layers of dried stuff
and coal or coke. After the fuel is tired, the heat
escapingfrom C strikes through the direct slurry lying
on Band in A and is almost totally absorbed, only
sufficient passing to keep up the requisite draught
in the chimney like continuation. of A. As soon as
the cement is sufficiently calcined in C a quantity of
clinker is drawn at the bars, causing the whole mass
in C and 1) to sink; thru upon fuel is introduced
through the furnace doors F, and preheated slurry is,
with the aid of fiat shovels, turned over from BintoC,
the fuel and dried mass being placed in layers until
C is filled again. This operation is repeated at
intervals of half or three-quarters of an hour, and the
burning proceeds continuously without further inter-
ruption than may be caused by the adhesion of
clinker to the sides of the furnace. It is apparent
from this description that the fuel is utilised to its
utmost extent, for the cold air entering at the firebars,
coming into contact with the hot descending clinker,
becomes gradually heated to a white heat before
reaching the fuel, thus producing a combustion akin
in intensity to that of the regenerative furnace. It
is, however, not completed at this point, but the
mixed products of combustion, which entail such an
enormous loss of available heat in the ordinary kdns,
here strike the dried mass lying at B, and which at
this point is in a state of bright cherry redness and
incipient fusion, and are completely burnt. This
system of burning cement, lime, etc., therefore offers
a double advantage to most previous systems —
firstly, in the complete utilisation of the fuel, com-
bined with a minimum loss of heat, since the
unavoidable radiation is restricted to one part of the
kiln ; secondly, because the mass to be burnt remains
for the shortest possible time at the point of greatest
heat, the critical period where over or under calcina-
tion so easily takes place. The amount of fuel required
for each of the three principal systems in use for
cement burning is approximately, per ton of clinker :
For the open or chamber kiln . .
22 to 23,% of coke, or I J
to titewt.
.. Hoffman type 17 to 18.) ; „
or3jcwt.
„ Dietzsch „ 10 to 16°. of small eoal.
or 2 to 3c\vt.
Or roughly, \ to A of the weight of a cheaper and
cleaner fuel.
The Great Bocks Lime & Stone Co., Love
Holes, near Stockport ; works, Beak Forest, Buxton
(No. 900). — Sample ot best lime. Ordinary raw lump
limestone. Crushed limestone for chemical and other
purposes.
T. C. Broww-Westhead, Moore & Co., Cauldon
Blace, Staffordshire Fotteries (No. 901). — Specimens
of all the materials used in the manufacture of china
and various kinds of earthenware. All the stages of
manufacture are illustrated in a most instructive
manner.
Doultoh & Co., IT, Deansgate, Manchester ; and
Lambeth Pottery, London (No. 902). — Stoneware
drain pipes, self-adjusting joint and composite joint
drain pipes of Lambeth, Rowley Begis ancl St.
Helens manufacture, Gullie's interceptors, patent
channels, Loulton peto fireproof flooring, patent
silicon tread, blue facing, paving and coping bricks,
red and buff terra cotta, water waste preventers,
double-valve .syphon waste preventers, drop-by-drop
flushing siphons for main and branch drains, Hushing
tanks, grease interceptors, stop cocks, etc., glazed
ware, slow combustion grates and mantels ; also
radiating open tile stoves for halls, etc.
The Tboutbkck Park (Westmoreland) Green
Slate Co., Limited, Windermere (Xo. 905).—
Specimens of light and dark sea-green rooting slates.
The special advantages claimed for these slates are
durability, colour and thin clearage. It is stated that
they are from strata composed of volcanic ash, and
are therefore more durable than the Welsh slates
quarried from ordinary sedimentary deposits ; the
colour, a soft sea green, either light or dark, said to
withstand all climatic influences, whilst the thin
cleavage renders it possible to have a strong roof
without corresponding increase in weight. One ton
of the best slate, is said to cover about 21 superficial
square yards. These quarries have been worked
about 100 years, and it is estimated that at the
present time they turn out from 8( 00 to 10,000 tons
Dec 31. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
769
of slates per annum, the value of the total production
being about i.'28.noo to £35,000.
Willesdeh Papeb \V"!;ks (The Patent Water-
proof Paper and Canvas Co., Limited). Willesden
Junction, London. N.W.fNo. 908). This firm shows
a ventilating shaft of Willesden 4-ply pa] er, for mining
and other purposes : awning, illustiating uses of Wil-
lesden canvas ; tank made of Willesden 4 ply paj er.
holding water : Willesden noting. Willesden paper,
Willesden rotproof canvas and rotproof scrim.
in rolls ready for use. The peculiarity claimed for
this paper is that it is rendered waterproof and
weather resisting by the so-called " Willesden " pro-
cess, and that canvas treated in the same way is
made rotproof. The process consists of a treatment
with a metallic solution, originally discovered by
Dr. Scoffern ; it has since been improved by I >r.
C. 1!. Alder Wright and others. It is based on the
fact that cellulose is soluble in an ammoniacal
copper solution. The pores of the paper become
thus stopped up by a dried magma of cellulose
and cellulose solution formed by treating the sheets
of paper with the said solution.
Casebodene a: Co., Limited, West Hartlepool
(No. 909X — Portland cement, showing the raw
material (chalk and clay) from which it is
manufactured : the cement as it is when mixed
and ready for burning. The same in the form
of clinker when burnt, and also in the powder when
ground and sifted ready for use : also Faija's cement-
testing machine, and Scheibler's apparatus and
Arnold's Patent Cement Test Moulding Machine.
Apparatus has now been devised by which cement
may be almost immediately tested in such a way that
perfect confidence may be felt in regard to its be-
haviourunder any circumstances. Theobject of testing
cement is to determine in a short time its quality and
the results which may be expected by ascertaining the
fineness to which the cement is ground ; by its tensile
strength (when gauged and treated in a certain
manner) at the expiration of three and seven days
from gauging, and by observing the increase in
strength between those dates : and lastly, by the
soundness of the cement—/.*., the absence of either
expansion, contraction or cracking, commonly called
blowing. Faija's testing machine is intended to
facilitate this operation. The ordinary-sized machine,
adapted to test briquettes of one square inch section,
will test from lib. up to lOOt'lb. : it stands 14in. high,
is 14in. long. 3in. wide and weighs under 30lb. It is
of the best workmanship and materials, the knife,
edges, and all wearing parts being of phosphor-
bronze, and special gearing has been arranged so that
the strain may not be put on the briquette at too
great a speed. The clips of the machine are made to
suit the form of briquette adopted by the Metro-
politan Board of Works, but can be made to suit
other forms at a small extra cost. The firm also shows
Scheibler's apparatus for estimating the proportion
of lime used in the process of cement - making,
samples for testing, test bars, and samples of different
kinds of concrete. This Company's work* at West
Hartlepool produce about 250 tons of cement per
week. Hydraulic cements are those which have the
property of solidifying under water. They are pro-
duced by burning or calcining calcareous rocks con-
taining 10 or more per cent, of insoluble matter.
The hydraulic quality depends ehieHy upon the
amount of the insoluble matter, and the per-
centage of silica, alumina, magnesia, or iron which
it contains. By the calcining the silicates insoluble
before the action of heat are modified. The can-tit
lime and the modified silicates react upon each other
in the presence of water and produce a solid stone-
like silicate The water contributes to harden the
cement by uniting with the silicate formed and
producing therewith hydrate. Portland cement is a
mortar which is now largely manufactured from
chalk and certain kinds of clay. It possesses the
property of solidifying and hardening under water,
and is therefore said to be a "hydraulic' cement
The chalk and clay are thoroughly ground together
with water and the finely-divided mixture termed
"slip.' is dried and then carefully burnt in kiins.
The clinker thus pi educed is ground to a powder and
-iitedandisthen ready for use. This cement forms the
-of concrete and the artificial stones so largely
used in engineering operations.
GROUP XIV.-SUGAR, GUMS, STARCHES, ETC.
Thomas Cbitchuky, 10, King William Street.
Blackburn (No. 910).— A prepared form of starch
known as "starch gloss.
Thew a- Stiki-.kl. 65, Sackville Street, Man-
chester (No. '.ill). — Shellacs of all descriptions, viz. :
Button, orange and garnett shellacs, as imported by
the exhibitors : also the seedlac and sticklac from
which the shellacs mentioned are obtained. White
shellac manufactured from the crude shellac. Yarious
gums used in varnish making.
Tootell a- Co., Alexandra Buildings, Ormond
Street. Liverpool (No. H12).— Exhibited by their
agent, F. J. Scott, Blackburn.
I. Materials used for the sizing and finishing of
cotton, linen, jute, and other textile fabrics, paper,
etc.: also for brewing, confectionery, etc. :— fa)
In Sizing, substances used for laying the fibre,
and for causing the size to adhere ; also for stiffening
the finished fabrics : Farina : Granulated, ground,
and sifted, " prime " or ordinary quality, second and
commoner qualities : sago Hour : finest quality, fine
"Sarawaek " (Liverpool classification), fine "Borneo''
( Liverpool classification) : tapioca Hour : Indian corn
starch : rice starch : wheat starch : rice flour (various
qualities): wheat flour (various qualities) : dextrin
or British gum (various shades): "Yirine" (anew
preparation from farina). (>>J Substances used for
giving weight and body to the size : China clay
(various qualities); French chalk; sulphate of
baryta: Epsom salts: Glauber's salts. (c) Substances
used for strengthening the yarn, giving weight, and
preventing the growth of mildew :— Chloride of
magnesium (" prime white,'' German manufacture) ;
chloride of magnesium (English manufacture) :
chloride of calcium : chloride of zinc (solid and
liquid), (d) Substances used for softening the size,
and giving "feel" to the cloth: Tallow, various
kinds : sizing soap : soft soap : prepared sizing wax ;
paraffin wax," various kinds ; Storey's warp softeners,
various: "Emolline." (e) Prepared sizes : "Lanca-
shire size : " muciline : paper stainers' size.
II. Yarious products of the potato and sago palm,
etc. (other than those mentioned before), used in the
arts and for food :— (a) Of the potato : Glucose, both
solid and liquid ; crystallised sugar : potato spirit,
raw, fine, and wine spirit : caramel, various kinds,
for beer, spirits, etc. : potato barley : pearl farina :
potatoes : pulped potatoes showing the precipitated
starch : photos of machines used in the manufacture
of farina. I b) Of the sago palm : Photo of a sago
palm : section of trunk of sago palm : piths of sago
palm ; raw sago from the troughs : sago flour : pearl
s.igo (small, medium, large), (c) Tapicca : Tapioca
plants : bulbs or roots of plant : tapioca flour : flake
tapioca.
A varjety of articles manufactured from potatoes,
and chief amongst these is farina, in its granulated,
ground, and sifted forms. Whatever excellence of
quality has been arrived at, is by (1) years of careful
cultivation of selected seed, certain varieties of the
770
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. (Uec.3i.i887.
potato yielding not only larger quantities but better
quality of starch than others : (->) gathering and
storing the potatoes properly. It' the tubers are
taken up too soon or stored too long afterwards, the
quality of the starch they contain is very greatly
deteriorated. (3) The avoidance of all chemicals in
the manufacture, the process being entirely
mechanical. By these precautions it is possible to
produce the strongest possible starch of one regular
and uniform quality, points of considerable import-
ance, since it is found that in the farina used for
sizing the slightest variation in quality is of great
concern to the users as likely to cause injury.
For Light Sising. — 11 lb. shirtings, 40 yards long,
are being sized with foz. of farina alone.
For Heavy Sizing. — Warps of medium counts are
being weighted to the extent of from 150 to 180 per
cent, (with China clay and the usual chlorides), and
this weight is being successfully carried through
the weaving process by the aid of farina already
mentioned.
The sago palm and its products are also of interest.
As in the manufacture of the farina, the same system
of careful selection of the best variety of palm, com-
bined with a select method of manufacture, is being
carried out, and although the progress is but slow,
owing to the length of time which the sago palm
requires to arrive at maturity, yet the improvement
in the quality of the sago flour produced is very
marked.
The " Lancashire Size " and " Muciline " are for
use chiefly in hot and dry climates for the sizing and
weighting of cotton fabrics : the paper stainers' size
for use with delicate shades of colours.
H. L. Lili.ky & Co., Albert Works, Queens lioad,
Manchester (Xo. 913).
(a) Starches for various industries. "Crystal"
rice starch and rice starch in powder : Indian corn
starch, same varieties : " Crystal " wheat starch :
farina and potato starch, granulated and in powder,
with various kinds of finishing starch for bleachers,
calico printers, finishers, and paper makers.
(6) lirituh 'Sums of all kinds for calico printers,
paper stainers, etc.
(c) Rict Starch for domestic purposes. Certain
specialities are (a) some very fine " crystals " obtained
by moulding and stoving the starch in blocks of
about 2olb. each. (Ii) Some blo;ks of starch specially
prepared, and showing the process of "crystallisation"
of starch.
(d) Corn Flour for domestic uses.
Henry Tate & Sons, 15, Exchange Buildings,
Liverpool (No. 913a). — Specimens of refined sugars.
The Crystals are manufactured at the Liverpool
refinery, and are of the best quality, it is said, con-
taining 99'9 per cent, of real sugar.
The Cut Loaf Sugar, known as "Tate's Cubes,"
is made at Silvertown, in London, and * cut ready
for use instead of being sold in loaves. It is stated
that the mechanical device for producing at once the
cube sugar, at the same time maintaining its purity,
has enabled this firm to keep an industry in London,
which must have otherwise been taken away by its
Continental competitors.
The Sankki Sogab Co., Earlestown, Lancashire
(Xo. 914). — In the lower part of this show case are
the refined sugars in the bags as sold — the largest
2cwt. each, medium lewt , and the smallest size ."><;lb.
each. In the upper part ol the case are all the
refined sugars made by the firm, and also samples of
(a) Java raw sugar: (0) Peruvian raw sugar: (c)
Demerara grocery sugar : (</) Peruvian concrete sugar
(all four made from pure sugar cane, and all contain-
ing aeari) ; liquor in the various stages of refinery,
etc.;(0 raw sugar dissolved in water: (/') the same
liquor after passing through tine cotton filter bags ;
(</) sample of dirt (dried) removed by these filter
bags; (A) liquor ready for boiling into grain after
passing through animal charcoal, the only refining
agenl ; (t) sample of the animal charcoal used ; (./)
specimen of black treacle ; (/•) specimen of refined
treacle.
The specialities are two very pure varieties, termed
" ( lasti ir and " Pulver." Analyses made by the writer
and Dr. Burghardt show that these sugars are
extremely pure, an average specimen of " castor "con-
taining 99'8n9 per cent, of real cane sugar, and one of
"pulver,'' 99*922 per cent. Some interesting photo-
graphs are shown of sugar cane plantations, raw cane
sugar factories; interior and exterior views in the
Fiji and Sandwich Islands and West Indies; cane
mills, small size for the East Indies and larger size in
general use in West Indies : Fryer's concretor, for
making concrete sugar; Wetzel's pan used for concen-
trating raw cane juice : four views of the Sankey
Sugar Befinery, and several of places in the West
Indies.
Photographic views are shown of the sugar mite
(acarus sacchari) considerably magnified, and also of
a sugar cane in bloom, and a cabbage palm.
The acarus sacchari is almost always contained in
unrefined sugars, and the average number per pound
has been estimated as upwards of 100,000. Filtra-
tion through the bag niters removes the creature
along with other sedimentary matters. Its food con-
sists chiefly of nitrogenous matter contained in the
coarse sugar. The illustration below shows the
magnified form of the sugar mite. It is only seen as
a very minute moving speck on the surface of a
solution of raw sugar. These insects are the cause of
the "grocers" itch, from which those workmen who
handle the raw sugar suffer.
Stiff & Co., Kedcliff Street, Bristol (Xo. 915).
— Specimens of starch and other products obtained
from rice.
GB0 1 T X I '.—MISUELLA XEOl \S.
The Wf.exham Lager Beeb Co., Limited, 14,
Brown Street, Manchester ; Brewery, Wrexham (Xo.
1116).— This firm exhibits samples of the welt known
lager beer so largely consumed on the ( 'ontinent and
in the United States, and which is now enjoying con-
siderable popularity as a beverage, especially in the
larger towns of this country. It is produced by the
system of bottom-fermentation (Untergiihrung)
followed by the Bavarian brewers, in contradistinction
to that of top- fermentation generally adopted in this
Do-. 31, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY,
country. The " mashing process " differs only in
detail from that usually followed. It consists essen-
tially in the mixing of malt and water of such a
temperature that the ferment of the malt (the
diastase) changes the starch of the same into glucose.
The clear saccharine liquid or " wort " obtained by
the mashing process is then submitted to the sedi-
mentary- or bottom-fermentation alluded to above.
This fermentation, which forms the characteristic
feature in the brewing of lager beer, is excited by
that particular form of yeast which is deposited at
the bottom of the fermentation-vats of a previous
brewing. This yeast consists essentially of the round-
celled variety of the alcoholic ferment known as
saccharomi/ces ccrivisi-a: The fermentation requires
three or four weeks, and takes place in comparatively
shallow tuns placed in cool cellars, the temperature
not being allowed to exceed 40 F. (4V O). which
necessitates in summer time a large consumption of
ice. During the fermentation the carbonic acid is
disengaged in very minute bubbles, and carries up a
mere film of froth and yeast, it being chiefly deposited
at the bottom. One main object of the lager beer
process is to completely remove the gluten and all
other oxidisable matters from the " wort." The
gluten or yeast is deposited as a viscid sediment
during the fermentation, while ether matters are
oxidised by the oxygen of the air, their destruction
in this manner being accelerated by the freedom of
the surface of the. beer from any protecting layer of
yeast and the large area of the fermenting vessels.
Lager beer being deficient in alcohol is not suitable
for home consumption, since it is impossible to keep
it for any length of time in barrels, but it is eminently
adapted for export in bottled form. To sum up the
chief characteristics of "store" or lager beer, it is
less alcoholic, of higher specific gravity, richer in
dextrose, albuminoids and carbonic acid than
English beers. Further, since ice is used instead of
hops to preserve the lager beer the narcotic action of
the hop is avoided. Lager beer is eminently adapted
as a safe beverage for quenching the thirst in hot
weather without inducing that soporific action so
characteristic of English beers.
John Johnson & Co., St. Anne's Works, Liver-
pool (No. 918). — Specimens of various qualities and
forms of plumbago or graphite (a native form of
carbon, also termed "blacklead") from different
parts of the world and in the different stages of
manufacture. The price of this article of commerce
varies from £9 to over i'.">00i> per ton. An exceedingly
fine quality of plumbago but limited in amount is
regularly imported from the celebrated mines of
Prince Schwarzenberg. None of the native products
are entirely suitable for making a really good polishing
blacklead. Some descriptions are too hard and
gritty, others too soft and dusty, some too pale and
with so little body that they will not adhere to the
surface of a smooth piece ot ironwork. The so-called
" prepared blacklead " used for machinery is obtained
by separating the lighter portion of the blacklead by
grinding, the product of which is dried, ground to an
impalpable powder and sieved. The residue — ie., the
heavier portion — is used for making the block black-
leads. The grinding of the " natural " and also of the
levigated leads is accomplished by means of vertical
grinding stones of about one ton weight each, revolv-
ing at a certain rate upon horizontal stones of similar
proportions. The ground lead passes into machine
sieves, which separate the finely ground from the
rougher portions ; the latter falling again into the mill-
stones, is re-ground, whilst the finished powder is con-
veyed by means of elevators into the mixing-room,
where the different qualities are mixed together —
various proportions for the preparation of block
black-leads and powder leads. The blocks of black-
lead are formed and polished by special machinery.
This firm also exhibits various forms of laundry
blues manufactured from the ultramarine of com-
merce, and indigo blues for laundry pui poses are also
exhibited. The ultramarine blue is exhibited in the
various stages from the raw materials to the finished
article. [See also Nos. 753 and 754]
I'.kyam' & May, Limited, Faiiheld Works, Bow,
London, E. (No. !»1!»).— A complete selection of
household matches, also wax vestas and wax tapers
for gas lighting. Specially to be noticed are the
specimens of patent safety matches. The principle
observed in making the latter is best exemplified by
a brief description of the modes of preparation of
ordinary and safety matches. In the former the
wood splints are tipped with a composition containing
amorphous phosphorus mixed with oxidising agents,
which cause the phosphorus readily to inflame on
friction. Such oxidising agents are, e.g., saltpetre,
chlorate of potash and red lead. Other accessories
are glue and finely powdered glass. Now, in the
latter (the safety matches), the splints are simply
tipped with a composition containing the oxidising
agent only, the rubber on the box being painted with
a solution of glue containing amorphous phosphorus
and powdered glass. The matches are thus rendered
at once non-poisonous and incapable of ignition
under ordinary circumstances.
Jewsbury & Brown, 113, Market Street, and 44,
Downing Street, Manchester (No. 91 9a). — Aerated
waters and beverages generally known in the trade as
mineral waters — Soda water, seltzer water, potash
water, lithia water, carrara water, magnesia water,
Vichy water, simple aerated water, lemonade, ginger
ale, quinine tonic water, ginger beer, horehound beer,
champagne cider, Brin's oxygen water, in bottles,
half-bottles, and siphons, for which accuracy of
preparation and perfect purity are claimed. One
speciality in siphons is the metal part, which is of
pure English block tin, thus absolutely avoiding any
injurious metallic impregnation. Specimens of the
pure English tin pipe are shown. The materials
used by this firm in the manufacture of artificial
mineral waters and aerated beverages are repre-
sented. According to analysis the soda water
contained 5 grains of bicarbonate of soda ; the potash
water, 20 grains of bicarbonate of potash, and the
lithia water, with potash, 5 grains of carbonate of
lithia, and 15 grains of bicarbonate of potash per
bottle, or half imperial pint ; the seltzer water was
found to contain the more important mineral con-
stituents of the natural spring.
Frederick King & Co., Limited, 2t;, Waring
Street, Belfast, and 6, Bishopsgate Avenue, London
(No. 920). — The following is a list of the exhibits of
this firm : — Edwards's preserved potato— a granu-
lated preparation of the fresh potato. Edwards's
desiccated soup — a dry preparation of vegetables and
extract of beef, and his white (vegetable) soup.
The potato was first preserved by a former member of
the firm, the late Mr. Downes Edwards, in 1840 (see
Dr. Ure's " Dictionary of Arts," etc.). It was quickly
adopted by H.M. Navy, and for sea dietary generally.
The effect of being able to carry this anti-scorbutic
vegetable at sea materially assisted in expelling the
scurvy, which formerly was very destructive to life on
board ship. Edwards's patent desiccated soup is a
mixture of beef with the potato and other vegetables,
the principle of preservation being the same as in
the preserved potato — viz., the entire removal of the
water, which enables both the animal and vegetable
substances to keep for any time and in any climate.
The white desiccated soup is a preparation of
vegetables only, adapted for use with milk. The
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |Dec.Sl.tfa7.
annual production varies considerably, the require-
ments of H.M. Government increasing largely when
any war arises abroad, as recently in Burmah and
Afghanistan. In quiet times 3000 to -4000 tons of
potatoes and other vegetables are manufactured by
this firm, and from 300 to 400 tons of beef represent
the animal raw material required for the desiccated
soup manufacture. The force value of lib. (dry) of
Edwards's desiccated soup is said to be about 500
foot tons, and the animal and vegetable elements are
so proportioned as to produce a diet in which the
nitrogen, carbo-hydrates and mineral substances
e.\i>t in suitable proportion. The concentration is
effected in localities where beef and vegetables are
very low in juice, and its transport in the concen-
trated form being trifling, a very cheap and nutritive
food is thus obtained.
Bratky & Hixchcliffe, Sandford Street,
Ancoats, Manchester, and 146, Minories, London,
E.C. (No. 921).— Various essential oils, fruit essences,
syrups and cordials, citro-chloric acid, salts for
natural mineral waters, lime juice, harmless colours,
and sundries connected with theaerated water and con-
fectionery trades. The pure soluble de-resinised
fruit essences, essential oils, etc., are used in the
manufacture of aerated beverages, and for confec-
tionery purposes. The special feature of these
articles is their solubility (mixing perfectly bright
and clear with water or syrup) while they impart
rich, fruity, aromatic flavours to the drinks. This
firm also shows specimens of the various chemicals
used in the trade. Salts for mineral waters, prepared
by a ci impounding which is based on analysis of the
natural mineral springs, such as Seltzer, Vichy, etc.
Citrochloric acid is used as a substitute for citric and
tartaric acids. It is a mixture containing 75 per cent,
of the acid of lemon juice, and 25 per cent of
hydrochloric acid. One fluid ounce is equal in
strength to one ounce of citric or tartaric acid
crystals, while the cost is about one half. The
approximate annual production of these articles
represents a value of about £100,000.
Moki.an, Lomas & Co., Crumpsall Yale Match
Works, Blackley, near Manchester (No. 926). —
Ordinary household matches of various brands,
household dry soap, and Hoffman's rice starch. A
detailed account of the manufacture of these matches
a] >i .eared in the Jiiitix/i Journal of Commerce for
February, 1887. The illuminating power of each
match is 0"75 candle light. The total value of the
English match manufacture is estimated to be about
U to 2 millions sterling, one half of which amount is
spent in raw materials.
Burroughs, Wellcome & Co., Snow Hill Build-
ings, 07, Holborn Viaduct, London, E.C. (No. 928).
—The following specimens are exhibited by this
firm :— Kepler extract of malt. Kepler solution of cod
liver oil in extract of malt, ha/.eline (a distillate of
witch-hazel), beef and iron wine, tablets and tabloids
of compressed drugs, strophantus (African arrow
poison, a heart tonic), digestive ferments (zymine,
pepsiq, etc.), pure tercbene, medicine chests and
cases fitted with compressed drugs, etc.
Jacob Babstow, Filter Works, Pontefract, York-
shire (No. 931).— Filters of various patterns, such as
domestic filters, tank filters, table filters, emigrants'
filters, tourists' and pocket filters. The oldest style of
water-filter is the old drip stone, used very many
years ago. They were huge stones hollowed out into
the shape of a basin and fixed in a frame, and a
vessel placed underneath to catch the water as it
filtered or dripped through the stone. About thirty
years ago they were made of a more compact form.
a slab of stone being cemented across the middle of
an earthenware jar, a space underneath being left for
the filtered water. Two taps were provided, one to
draw off the filtered water, the other to draw off the
dirty water. This style of filter was used until it
was recognised that " stone " was a mechanical filter,
and had no effect on the matters in solution, when
it was superseded by such modern filters as are
shown by this linn. In these filters the water has
first to pass through " natural stone," which removes
all suspended ami mechanical impurities, and then
through a layer of "specially prepared carbon."
The carbon being thus kept clean and free from sus-
pended impurities can exercise its full purifying
power on matters held in solution in the water, so
that the water is first filtered and afterwards purified.
The filters are so constructed as to be readily taken
to pieces for the purpose of cleansing and examina-
tion. The water is said to be cooled and aerated
in passing through the apparatus.
Slack it Brownlow, Canning Works, Upper
Mediock Street, Manchester (No. 932). — The exhibits
of this firm comprise filters for household, military,
and manufacturing purposes, the largest of which is
capable of purifying 500,000 gallons of water per day.
The filtering medium in these filters is compressed
carbon.
James A: Joseph Clayton, 139, Higher Cam-
bridge Street, Manchester (No. 937).— Natural stone
filters with or without charcoal, for domestic
purposes, immersion in cisterns, etc., also pocket
filters on the same principle, for tourists, etc. The
filtering arrangement consists of a hollow cylinder
of natural stone cut out with machinery : this
cylinder is filled with charcoal, and there is also a
layer underneath, so that the stone filters the water,
and the charcoal purifies it after it has passed
through the stone. In this arrangement it is sought
to imitate the filtration which takes place in nature
through beds of rock. The stone cylinders employed
are cut out of solid blocks of porous sandstone, in
such a manner that the core taken from a large
cylinder can be used for making a smaller cylinder.
By this method a block of stone 2 feet square can be
made to yield no less than ten cylinders, varying in
size from the core li inches in diameter to the outer
cylinder 2 feet in diameter. Before the application
of machinery the entire core of these cylinders was
chipped out with a chisel.
Lieiui.'s Extract i if Meat Co., Limited, 9, Fen-
church Avenue, London, E.C. (No. 938). — The well-
known extract of beef, ox tongues, corned beef, meat
meal, etc. These products are manufactured princi-
pally in South America or other grazing countries
where large herds of cattle are at hand. The extract
of meat is prepared from the flesh of cattle not less
than four years old so as to ensure it being healthy
and mature. In the season this firm slaughters over
1000 oxen per day, and since 1865, when the company
was established, the number of cattle slaughtered
amounts to 2,600,000 head, representing a value of
i'8,00o,000.
Ev \-\-, Sons a ( !o., 56, Hanover Street, Liverpool
(No. 939).— This firm exhibits raw Montserrat lime
fruit juice, as received in its filtered state, also the
cordials, sauce, bitters, tablets and jujubes made
therefrom. Specimens of the fresh fruit itself are also
shown.
The lime tree (Citrus linn Wt) is a member of the
mange family, and grows well in all the West India
Islands. It requires a light, loamy and somewhat
Stony soil, and an elevation, depending upon latitude,
from sea level up to 500ft. The trees are planted
15ft apart, and come into bearing in about six or
seven years, but light crops are often gathered from
trees at five years. To ensure large and permanent
crops, the trees requireto be regularlypruned and kept
iv?. si, 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL OTDUSTRY.
773
free from all parasitic growths, such as Lorauthus, etc
They are also greatly benefited l>y tillage, loosening
of the soil around the roots, and being kept free from
grass and weeds.
The annual mean temperature of Montserrat at sea
level is given at 7s F., and the annual rainfall at
59in. These conditions are evidently those most suit-
able for the successful cultivation ot lime trees.
The lime fruit harvest is heaviest from September
to January, but a good supply of fruit is yielded
throughout the whole year. The fruit, after collec-
tion, is taken to central factories, where it is sliced by
machinery, and then squeezed in huge wooden presses,
the juice being run into puncheons and quickly bunged
up. This is a most important point in preparing the
juice in a tropical climate, for if exposed it would
rapidly decompose. The choicest fruit alone is used,
and only about two-thirds of the juice is pressed out, ,
thus ensuring greater freedom from mucilaginous and
pulpy matter. The further pressings, together with
the juice of unsound fruit, is evaporated to the con-
sistence of treacle, and sent over to this country for
the manufacture of citric acid. The export of lime ,
juice, both crude and concentrated, is now nearly
100,000 gallons per annum.
The Distillers Co., Limited, 12, Torphichen
Street, Edinburgh (No. !»40). — A collection of grain
and malt whiskies, London gin, and other spirits.
Spirits and whiskies for export in bottle.
The Distillers Company was formed by the
union of the seven largest distillers in Scotland, and
they subsequently acquired the Phoenix I'jrk Distil
leiy in Dublin, and the Tooley Street Distillery in
London. The actual output of spirit is 10,000,000
gallons a year, the plant being capable of producing
13,(>00,0C0 gallons if at full work. The capital is
i"T.i nn. and there is in addition a debenture capital
of £450,000. The exhibit (in the two front compart-
ments! consi.-ts of different kinds of spirits and
whiskies, chiefly grain whisky, some of which is very
old. Also gin, spirits of wine, and British brandy from
the Tooley Street Distillery. The Company also
exhibits Squire's patent yeast, of which they are the sole
manufacturers. About 300 tons of foreign yeast are
imported every week into England, of an annual
value of £840,000. It was believed that pressed yeast
could not be made in Great Britain owing to the excise
regulations. Dr. Squire, however, succeeded in dev is n_:
a process which was approved by excise,and the manu-
facture commenced on a large scale only 18 months ago.
The production alrt ady amounts to2000 tons a year, and
when the process is at work at all the distilleries of
the Company the production will be about 120 tons
weekly, or say 6000 tons a year. At present the yeast
is made only at Cameron Bridge and Port Dundas
1 »istilleries.
Ar.i hibald Latdef., 7ti, Sauchiehall Street, Glas-
gow (No. '.t41 ). — The exhibitor shows samples of
materials used in the manufacture of pure malt
whisky, illustrating the various stages in the process
of distillation ; also a working model of a "Multiple
Pot Still," and samples of whisky. The following is
a synopsis of the method pursued in the distillation
of pure malt whisky. Samples of the different stages
herein enumerated are exhibited along with whisky,
old and matured : —
No. 1. The barley received from the farmer is
stored in large barns or lofts. From the loft
the barley is shot down into a cistern, where it is
immersed in water, and allowed to remain for some
40 to CO hours, till it is thoroughly swelled and ger-
mination has just commenced.
Nn. 2. Out of this cistern it is run through a shoot
into the " couch " where it lies a day or two ; it is
then removed to a cool barn with a composite floor,
where it remains some 10 to 16 days, being turned
over till it has been thoroughly malted.
No. 3. This stage attained, it is transferred to the
kiln, where the vegetation is destroyed by great fires
j. laced under the perforated tile or wire-cloth flooring.
After two or three days on the kiln it is dry, and is
then called malt.
\o. 4. It is then removed to the mill and -round,
and when ground is placed in the mash tun, where
hot water is inn in upon it to extract saccharine
matter.
No. 5. After remaining some time, the liquid
called ''worts'' is removed from the mash tun to the
refrigerator, the object being to cool the liquor as fast
as possible to a certain temperature so as to prevent
it being soured, or, as it is technically termed,
"blinked.
No. 6. From the refrigerator the " wort " is run
into the " wash backs and yeast is added to cause
fermentation. Fermentation is allowed to proceed
until the whole of the saccharine matter in the liquid
is changed into alcohol. The liquid now Ls technically
called " wash."
No. 7. The "wash" is then removed to the "wash
charger'" and thence to the " wash still," a large
copjer boiler with a closed head, to which isattaehed a
copper pipe leading to the "condenser,' which consists
of a "worm" of copper tubing immersed in cold water.
On heating the still the vapours pass and are con-
densed in the condenser, whence they issue in the form
of a liquid technically known as " low wines."
No. 8. After the "low wines" are collected they
are removed to the "low wines'' and "feints charger, '
and thence to the "low wines still," a vessel similar to
the " wash still," for redistillation.
No. 9. When the vapour arising from the boiling
of the " low wines " is condensed, the first product —
a strong spirit containing a large quantity of the essen-
tial oil of the grain called " foreshot "—is run into the
"feints receiver." On testing and finding the liquid
free from oil, it is run into the " spirit receiver " until
; it is found on trial that the liquid is becoming weaker,
when the remainder is run into the " feints receiver "
and mixed with the "foreshot."
No. 10. That liquid which has been run into the
, " spirit receiver " is the pure whisky, which is pumped
thence to the spirit store and vatted, The produce
of each week's distillation, or " period," as it is called,
is kept separately.
The origin of distillation seems to be lost in anti-
quity. Although the < J reeks knew the art of evapor-
ating water and extracting the aromatic principles of
plants, they had but crude ideas as to the art of
distillation. The Romans knew nothing about brandy.
Pliny, who wrote during the first century and to
whom we are indebted lor a treatise on wine, nowhere
alludes to it.
It is said that the first navigators of the islands of
the Archipelago obtained fresh water by boiling sea
water and receiving the steam in the sponges placed
over the vessels for that purpose.
It is probable that the art of distillation originated
with the Arabs, who, from the earliest times were
acquainted with the extraction of scents, and who in-
troduced their (processes successively into Italy, Spain,
and the south of France. The word "alembic'' is
composed of two Aiabic words and is found in
writings previous to the 10th century. Raimond
Sulle, an alchemist of the 13th century, mentions
eau-de-vie and alcohol, and describes the method of
obtaining eau-de-vie by means of fixed alkali, a pro-
cess for which Basil Valentine substituted lime in the
following century.
J. Rubee describes a process which he found in the
writings of the ancients, consisting of the reception of
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IDec.81,1887
vapour in very long winding tubes immersed in cold
water. Towards the end ouhe L7th century, I!. Porta,
a Neapolitan chemist, published a treatise on distilla-
tion, and it is evident that tin- apparatus described by
him served as a model for succeeding inventors.
X. Lefebore published in 1651 the description of an
apparatus by which he obtained pure alcohol by one
distillation, and he was followed by numerous in-
ventors, but distilling apparatus up to the close of
the 18th century was only very slightly modified, the
variation consisting chiefly in increased size.
The inventions of ifr. Edward Adam in 18i>0 and
of Mr. Isaac Berard in 1805 marked an epoch in the
history of distillation, and these have been succeeded
by a host of others culminating in the "Multiple Pot
Still," a model of which is exhibited. The special
feature of this still is that it is capable of making
whisky of a fine "aged" character direct from the
"wash" and "low wines," purifying it from the fusel
oil which is such an offensive and dangerous ingre-
dient in much of the whisky regularly consumed.
There are two kinds of stills in use in this country —
i.t :., the old pot still and the Coney patent still. The
first is that used by the whisky distillers, and with it
three separate distillations have to be made before
what is called "finished spirit" is obtained. Even
then only about one-fourth part of the third distilla-
tion is really finished, the remainder requiring to be
distilled over and over again. The Coffey still is that
used for making "silent spirit" for the gin rectifiers,
and is employed by all the large London distillers.
It finishes the spirit in one operation, but it may be
pointed out that its "silencing" the whisky flavour is
only apparent, and this enables "silent spirit" to be
made from every kind of fermentable material,
including that produced by the chemical action of
sulphuric acid on potato, beetroot, inferior or damaged
cereals, or even on sound grain, which saves the cost
of the necessary malt in brewing, and allows to creep
into consumption a most deleterious form of alcohol
infinitely more poisonous than the coarsest make of
genuine whisky or brandy.
The general principle embodied in this invention
may be thus briefly stated : The hot alo .holic vapour
is made to impiuge upon numerous inverted copper
dashes arranged throughout the column of the still.
Upon these the vapour partially condenses, depositing
the heavier poisonous impurities in conjunction with
the excess of water, which drip into separate side
receptacles from which they are conducted by dropping
pipes to the lowest compartment of the still, whence
they are discharged in one continuous independent
stream while the purified alcohol, with its senanthic
or flavouring ether, passes over as a finished spirit.
"Feints" and "low wines" are unknown in this pro-
cess, and only a very small modicum of weak spirit is
required to be held over at the end of each distilling
period. Even this, however, can be dispensed with,
and the most remarkable feature of the operation to
a practical distiller is the fact that the " foreshot "' is
equal to matured pot-still whisky.
The quantity of spirits consumed as beverage in the
United Kingdom is as follows : —
( England 10,322,991 gal'ons.
. -, Scut land 6,629,361
{ Ireland 5,069,028 „
Total 28.U21.3S0
The number of distilleries at work, was, in each
country :- England, 10 : Scotland, li'T : Ireland, 27 :
total, 164.
It is estimated that the following amounts of raw
material were used:— Malt, 928,91 9qrs. ; unmalted
grain, 986,366qrs, ; molasses, 341,087cwt. ; rice,
167,513cwt.
The quantity of British spirits remaining in bonded
stores at the close of the year was— 1884, 59,245,624
gallons ; 1885, 114,405,817 gallons.
The amount exported being — 1884—85, 2,588,078
gallons ; 188,-)— 86, 2,808,198 gallons.
The following table shows the consumption of
British and foreign spirits in the United Kingdom
during the twenty years ending 1885 : —
Year.
1866
Gallons.
l'er Head of Popu-
lation,
29,769,000
0-99
1867
29.(190,000
0'90
1868
28.filO.COii
0-91
1869
29,62',OO0
096
1870
31,707,000
1-02
1S71
31.151.000
me
1872
33.618,000
100
1873
37,779,000
149
1874
40,510,000
! 20
1875
42,127.000
131
1876
41,790,000
1-28
1877
10.120.0ii0 .
1-22
1878
40.722,000
1 23
1879
38,175,000
115
1SS0
35,701.000
1-05
1881
37.0S1.0O0
1 05
1882
30.916,000
1 03
1883
30.705,000
T02
1884
36,631,000
mi
1885
35.956,000
0-99
Year 1885-86.
( England .
Scotland.
(. Ireland
. . 15.290.816 gallons.
. . 0.297,365
.. 1,751,670
Total 26.312,851
The quantity of spirit distilled in the United King-
dom was :— 1884— 85, 41,000,486 gallons ; 1885—86,
38,961,842 gallons.
LiEBKi'is Wine Co., 12, St. Helen's Place, London,
and 68, Highfield Street, Liverpool (No. 942). — Liebig's
Beef Wine with quinine, pepsineor iron ;Liebig's in valid
and tonic port wines ; extracts of malt and meat ; also
malt and meat wine, and health sweets. All these
preparations are intended for invalids, the object
being to condense the largest amount of nourishment
in the smallest and most palatable form. This firm
produces over 38,000 dozen of the beef wines
annually, and consumes, in preparing these and
extract of beef, 12.000 head of cattle, 287 tons of
barley, and 256 pipes of wine.
The London and Counties Tea Co., Moulton
Street, Strangeways, Manchester (No. 943). —
Model of a Chinese junk, laden with original
packages of various growths of tea from the
tea districts of China, India, and Ceylon,
including fine Darjeeling pekDe ; Assam^ pekoe
souchong ; Ceylon pekoe ; Moning, Kaisow, Kintuck,
and Xingehow congous ; Formosa Oolong ; Moyune,
young hyson, and gunpowder; Lapseng souchong;
Foochow and Canton scented orange pekoe ; and
scented caper tea. Tea was firstim ported intoEurope by
the Dutch East India Company,in the early part of the
Ifco.Sl.1887. THE JOURXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
seventeenth century ; but it was not until the year
16(ib' that a small quantity was brought over trom
Holland to this country by the Lords Arlington and
Ossory, and yet, for three generations past, tea has been
reckoned among the principal necessaries of life by all
classes of the community. To provide a sufficient
supply of the beverage produced from this plant,
many-thousand tons of the finest mercantile Davy in
the world are annually employed. The plant is
in ligenous both to China and Japan, and has been
used in the former country from the earliest times ;
but it is only a particular part of the central provinces
which is distinguished as the tea country of China.
The plant is a shrub, having the botanical name of
J'hea, and its leaves constitute the tea of commerce.
The first crop of leaves is not collected until the
plant is three years old, after which they are
gathered three or more times a year, generally in
April, June, and August, the earliest gathered lea\ > --
having the most delicate and aromatic flavour. In
1834, a committee was appointed to consider the
question of introducing te.i cultivation into British
India, and a scientific party was sent to explore the
newly-acquired province of Assam, a district in the
north-eastern extremity of India, and to make special
inquiries respecting the tea-growing there practised.
The result was that a Mr. Bruce was selected to
superintend the formation of (Government nurseries ;
and, with the aid of Chinese seeds, Chinese plants,
and Chinese cultivators, he proved beyond doubt the
possibility of producing good tea in India. This
profitable industry is now well established in several
of the provinces of our Indian Empire. Mr. I ioschen,
the Chancellor of the Exchequer, in his annual
financial statement this year, stated that " the con-
sumption of tea had diubled between 1857 and 1887.
In 1857 the consumption was 2 '4 jib. per head of the
\i ipulation, whilst in 1687 it was 4S7lb. per head. Ten
years ago, 156,000,0001b. of tea were imported into
this country from China, and only 28,00o,0o0lb. from
India: in 1886, England imported 14J,000,o00lb.
from China, and 81,000,000lb. from India, thus show-
ing that the importation of tea from India had
increased threefold." The customs duty on tea is
now 6d. per lb., and the total weight of tea on which
duty was paid in 1886 was 178,893,8801b., producing
a revenue of .£'4,472,347 to the National Exchequer.
John L. Johnston, 10, Trinity Square, Tower Hill,
London (Xo. 947). — Johuston's fluid beef, or bovril,
bovril lozenges, bovril lozenges peptonised, bovrilcream
lozenges. bovril andironl<>zenges,peptonisedfluid beef,
beef aad iron wine, beef Hour, beef flour peptonised,
and beef flour soup. The special feature claimed for
these preparations is the addition of albumen and
fibrin, the nutritive constituents of meat, to the
extractive or stimulating portion. The manufacture
is carried on in Canada and America. The juices of
the meat are evaporated to a thick syrup in steam
pans, and this syrup is mixed with the powdered
meat and other substances. From 30 to 43 tons of
beef are required daily by this firm for their manu-
factures,
Henri Nestle, 9, Snow Hill, London, E.C. (No.
948). — Samples of the well-known condensed milk.
Swiss milk, and milk food. The latter is composed
of milk, wheaten bread, and sugar.
Pearson k Co., Limited, Cambridge Street,
Lower Broughton, Manchester, and Dunster
House, Mincing Lane, London (No. 951). — Law
chicjry and specimens of chicory in the different
stages of manufacture : also the various forms of
packages in use for the home and export trades.
French coffee and dandelion coffee are also shown,
and the various packages in which they are sold.
Chicory has been in use in England for nearly 40
years, but has only been scientifically manufactured
within the last 15 years. The trade in this article
has been considerably retarded by the excise regula-
tions. The approximate annual production of manu-
factured chicory in the United Kingdom is
lOO.OOOcwt, valued at about £175,000. This
includes both the English grown, which is only a
small item, and the foreign imported. At least 90
per cent of this is consumed in the United
Kingdom.
Benjamin Robinson, Church Street. Pendleton,
Manchester (No. 953).— Natural sparkling wines
made from English fruit : universal champagne,
sparkling cowslip wine, sparkling raspberry wine,
British or home-made wines, fruit cordials, and
soluble essences of lemon, orange, and ginger. These
wines are produced by the fermentation of the juices
of English fruits and' foreign white grapes, or from
refined cane sugar, flavoured with fresh flowers or
fruit. The process is exactly similar to that used on
the Continent for the production of sparkling wines
from grapes. Some of these win«s are stored four
years before they are fully matured. The " British
wines " are free "from added alcohol, and are made
solely from fruit and sugar. Not being liable to
excise duty, there are no available returns as to the
annual production and consumption. " Fruit cor-
dials ■"' are made from the juices of various fruits.
The fruits are subjected to hydraulic pressure, and
the juice, after being clarified, is mixed with suffi-
cient refined cane sugar to preserve it. They are
free from alcohol, and are frequently called
" non-alcoholic wines.'
LonDon Section.
Chemical Societv's Rooms, Burlington Hocse.
Chiirman: Divid Howard.
Committee :
R. Messel.
B. E. K. Newlands.
B. Redwood.
T. Royle.
John Spiller.
Wm. Thorp.
C. R. Alder Wright.
Sir F. A. Abel.
H. E Armstrong.
W". Lant Carpenter.
\V. Crowder.
W. J. Dibdin.
C. Graham.
S. Hall.
C. C. Hutchinson.
Hon. Local Sec. and Treasurer: Thos. Tyrer,
Garden Wharf. Church Road. Battersea, S.W.
The meetings of the London Section will be held on the
flr-t Monday in each month.
Communicatioas to be addressed to the Local Secretary.
THE WELDOX-PECHIXEY PROCESS FOR
THE MANUFACTURE OF CHLORINE FROM
CHLORIDE OF MAGNESIUM.
BY PROFESSOR JAMES UEWAR, M.A., F.R.S.
It will be in the memory of my hearers that the
late Mr. Walter Weldon, just before the sad event
which deprived industrial chemistry of his services,
had been actively engaged in attempting to develop
a second chlorine process. It is a fact— and a fact
of which I have no doubt Mr. Weldon was fully
conscious— that it is a most rare thing for one man to
make two great sucesses as a patentee dealing with
the same subject. Yet he was always hopeful of the
success of this new process, which was patented on
the 23rd June, 1884, under the title of "Improve-
ments in obtaining, partly in the free state and
partly as vapour of hydrochloric acid, the chlorine
of the chloride of magnesium, of aqueous solutions
::■;
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Bee. 31, 1887.
of chloride of magnesium, or of mixed solutions of
chloride of magnesium and chloride of sodium." It
would take too much time and space to go into the
history of previous attempts to economise chloride of
magnesium. Suffice it to say that though numbers
of patents have been taken (including several by
Air. VYeldon himself at about the time of the in-
dustrial application of his great process for the
regeneration of manganese) for the direct utili-
sation of magnesium chloride in the production
of chlorine, none have been successful. Before pro-
ceeding to a description of the process I should say
that, besides the patent already mentioned, there
are others, taken at the same time and subse-
quently, partly based on suggestions of Mr.Weldon's,
but chiefly the inventions of AT. Pechiney — namely,
patents for the various pieces of apparatus, diagrams
of which are shown. I think my hearers will agree
with me that the chemical side of this question has
not been so difficult to deal with as the mechanical
side, and that the development of the process has
required the application of engineering talent of the
very highest order. In fact the credit for the
realisation of this process must be divided between
three names— those of Mr. Weldon, M. Pechiney, and
the able chief of Pechiney 's start', M. Boulouvard. Mr.
Weldon himself pointed this out in the letter which
accompanied his account of the process for this
Society's report on the Chemical Exhibits at the
Inventions Exhibition (see note, p. 526, September,
1885). The process has been worked at Salindres
for about five months, on an experimental plant
designed for the production of one ton of chlo-
rine per day, and may be briefly described as follows,
the description being in great measure in M. Pechi-
ney's own words:— The raw material employed is
hydrochloric acid. The process consists of the follow-
ing operations : —
(1) Dissolving magnesia in HC1.
(•J i Preparation of oxychloride of magnesium.
(3) Crushing, breaking, and sifting the oxychloride.
(4) Drying the oxychloride.
(5) Decomposing the oxychloride.
Fibst Operation. — Dissolving the Magnesia
in HC1.
The magnesia to be dissolved in HC1 is a por-
tion of that which results from the fifth operation.
The HC1 itself also results in part from the fifth
operation, and the remainder from the decomposition
of salt. The operation in cpiestion is somewhat
difficult, owing to the considerable rise in the tem-
perature which it produces. It has to be performed
slowly to prevent the solution from boiling, which
is apt to occur with violence. To this end the opera-
tion is performed in an ordinary well, similar to those
used in the Weldon manganese process. The
agitator is put in motion ; the hydrochloric acid
is run in slowly, and magnesia is then added j
little by little as fast as it will dissolve. !
When the temperature of the solution reaches the
point of ebullition the operation is stopped
for a short time, to allow the solution to cool. [One
means of moderating the elevation of the temperature
consists in employing, for the saturation of the acid,
not magnesia oidy, but a certain quantity of oxy-
chloride in powder, resulting from the sifting which
forms part of the third operation. This portion of
the oxychloride cannot be treated in the decomposing
furnace, because it would render the charge too
compact, and therefore difficult to be traversed by
gases. On the other hand, it will be well under-
stood that the solution in HC1 of magnesia, com-
bined with MgCL, will disengage less heat than
the solution of magnesia alone, the destruction of
the oxycliloride itself absorbing a considerable amount
of heat.]
When the well contains a sufficient quantity of the
solution, the operation is terminated bv adding to the
liquid (which always retains a little acid) some
further small quantities of magnesia, in order to
precipitate part at least of the foreign oxides (oxides
of iron, alumina, etc.), and thus prevent the accumu-
lation of these impurities. There is also added a
certain quantity of solution of < !aCl., for the purpose
of transforming into MgCL and SO,Ca a part at
least of the magnesium sulphate resulting from the
presence of sulphuric acid in the hydrochloric acid
employed. The solution is then pumped into stand-
ing vessels, wherein the insoluble matters (oxides
and calcium sulphate) are deposited, and the clarified
liquor is then ready for the following operation.
Second Operation.— Preparation of the Oxy-
chloeide of magnesium.
The solution resulting from the first operation is
evaporated in boilers down to the point at which it
will contain not more than about 6 equivalents of
water, and is now ready for conversion into oxy-
chloride.
The apparatus in which this conversion of the
chloride into oxychloride is performed is illustrated
by Figs. ] and 2 of the accompanying diagrams, Fig.
1 being a vertical section, and Fig. 2 a horizonal sec-
tion. It consists of an annular sheet iron vessel A
resting on rollers a, a. The bevelled wheel // acting
on the pinion c gives a continuous but slow rotary
motion to the vessel A. M is a fixed frame upon
which are mounted three agitators G, D, E, as well
as the shafts </ and /. These agitators are rotated
from the shaft /' by means of a bevelled wheel gearing
with a bevelled wheel on the shaft of the central
agitator D, which also carries a spur wheel gearing
with two equal spur wheels on the shafts G and E.
The fast and loose pulleys B and B1, diiven by a
band, give motion to the whole machine.
The quantity of MgO used at Salindres in this opera-
tion is about 1;', equivalents per equivalent of MgCL.
This magnesia is brought to the above dtscribed
annular vessel by means of a chain of buckets which
elevates the magnesia and then lets it descend through
a s- trainer under which the horizontal rotary motion
of the annular vessel brings successively every portion
of the MgCL which the latter contains. The operation
lasts only about twenty minutes. The whole mass
becomes very hard and during solidification disengages
much heat. It is then in the form of solid pieces,
of different sizes. This operation finished, the
material is discharged from the annular vessel into
little waggons, which, by means of a lift, bring it to
an upper floor, where the reaction, which was not
quite finished, continues for some time.
The composition of the oxychloride in this state is
approximately as follows : —
Impurities.. 4"00
Water II'IB
MgCl. :i.V00 01=36-16 per rent.
Mk'O 19'81 =1*316 equivalents per equivalent
ofMgCl*
100-00
Third Operation. — Breaking, Crushing and
Sifting of the Oxychloride of Magnesium.
Theoxychlorideproduced by the preceding operation
is in the form of pieces of various sizes along with a
small quantity of powder. It is necessary to reduce
this material to morsels, of which the largest shall not
be larger than a walnut, and further to clear these
pieces of all dust, which might, when in the decompos-
ing furnace, prevent the free passage of air through
the mass.
Dor. 31. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IXDCSTRY.
B a
H
pl; •
M
^
o
• v
M
« o o e 3
'
~ -'
->
*~
-J
_i£_jce
L
i?
br/
era
-
1
Fie. 1.
Tm. -2.
Fig. 10.
78
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, [i>«-.3i.i8g7.
To this end the oxychloride, after remaining for
ne time in the boxes mentioned in the preceding
operation, is crushed in a special apparatus con-
sisting of cylinders bristling with diamond points.
In passing between these cylinders the material is
broken topiecesof the required size. It then falls
int i a rotary sieve, which separates from it all that
can pass through a metallic cloth of which the threads
are 5 millimetres apart. That which passes through
this sieve constitutes the powder of oxychloride
spoken ol a iove. This dust can be either dissolved
in HCI with magnesia in the first operation, or be
reintroduced into tin- operation of preparing the oxy-
chluride. We have succeeded in reducing the
proportion of dusl to 20 per cent, of the total weight
of oxychloride.
Fourth Operation. — Drying the Oxychloride
of Magnesium.
The operation of drying previous to decomposition
is necessary, because in the decomposition of the
oxychloride by heat and air a larger quantity of
free chlorine and a smiller quantity of hydrochloric
acid result: 1st. If the material to be decom-
posed contains less water ; and 2nd. If the decompo-
sition is performed at a higher temperature. The
previous drying is necessary for the realisation of the
first condition. It is indirectly necessary for the
realisation of the second condition, because the less
water the material contains the less will it lower the
temperature of the decomposing furnace.
Whereas chloride of magnesium containing six
equivalents of water cannot be dried even partially
without a large quantity of IIC1 being disengaged,
the oxychloride can be made to lose a considerable
quantity of water without the escape of more than
a small portion of HCI. However, the desiccation
must not be carried on at a temperature above 2.">0
to 300 C. The only practicable means of drying the
oxychloride therefore is to submit it to the action of
a current of hot gases. The necessity of avoiding the
formation of dust during the operation made it im
possible to use the mechanical agitator for exposing
the surfaces of the pieces of oxychloride to the
current of hot gases. We have therefore adopted a
system of working which consists in making a train
i if wagonettes with shelves one above the other, on
which the oxychloride is spread in layers of 5 to (5
centimetres thickness, circulate in a flue in a direction
opposite to that traversed by the hot gases.
The apparatus in and by which the drying of the
oxychloride is effected is shown in Figs. 3 and 4 of
the accompanying diagrams. Fig. 3 is a cross section
ot the Hue or tunnel of brickwork through which the
trucks tilled witli oxychloride pass. "Fig. 4 is a
longitudinal section of the said Hue and trucks. The
line is furnished at its ends with the locks A, B,
which permit trucks to enter and leave without
opening direct communication between the interior
of the flue and tin- atmosphere. To introduce a
truck, the door " is opened, and is shut again alter
the truck has been put in the lock. The dampers r
and d are then lilted, and by means of the pusher
<; tli. truck is made to advance into the flue.
Having crossed the space separating it from truck
No. lo, it pushes this truck and the whole train
forward, itself occupying the place of No. 10, and
No. 1 being pushed partly into the exit lock B. No.
1 is now drawn into the lock 1! by the hook 1)
worked from outside The damper c£ is then shut,
the door A opened and the truck withdrawn by hand.
The hot gasi s enter the tunnel by the pipe .M. an 1 leave
it by the pipe N. It may be produced in any manner,
but it is important that its temperature should not
1 '• filling tic trucks i i omewhat
difficult operation, for it is necessary that the
oxychloride should be spread in regular layers on
each of the seven shelves of the trucks. We have
succeeded in tilling rapidly by means of the apparatus
shown in Fig. 5. This apparatus consists of three
parts:— 1. A measurer A formed of seven equal spices
corresponding to the seven shelves of the truck.
The bottom of each of these spaces is shut by an
inclined door a, furnished with a lever. The seven
levers are jointed to a connecting rod B, which is
worked by a screw, two bevelled wheels and a hand
wheel C. so that all the seven doors are shut or opened
simultaneously, i. Below the measurer is a soit ot
hopper D, also divided into seven compartments and
mounted on wheels. 3. Under these two parts, and
on a level with the drying apparatus, is a reversible
frame E, on which the truck to be loaded is placed.
In the drawing, this frame and a truck is represented
as overturned —i.e., in the position in which it should
be to be loaded. Before being put in this position,
the truck is furnished with a series of sheet iron
diaphragms, d, to limit on each side the thickness of
the oxychloride. Two of the diaphragms are placed
on each shelf, being introduced endwise by making
them slide in like drawers. At the bottom end of
the reversible frame are two rails It, on which the
truck rests. These rails are supported by levers /
and ;/, by which the truck can be raised so as to bring
it against the top end of the reversible frame. Tue
levers / and <j are worked by the larger lever G,
which is itself worked by the screw H and the crank M.
The diaphragms are fixed by screws n, whose heads
press against the cross-bars b, which form part of the
diaphragms. The reversing movement is effected by
the toothed wheel, pinion and crank shown by the
dotted lines. When the diaphragms have been placed
as described, the frame is reversed and the hopper D
brought over the truck. The measurer having been
tilled with oxychloride, the wheel C is turned, opening
the doors a and letting the material drop, which,
being guided by the hopper 1>, descends into the
spaces between the shelves and the diaphragms. The
reversible frame is then brought to its normal
position, the diaphragms are removed, and the truck
is ready to enter the drying apparatus. The following
table will indicate the results of this process of
desiccation : —
TABLE A.
RESULTS OF DRYING OXYCHLORIDE OF
MAflNESIUM.
Equivalents of
MgO p. i-
Equivalent of CI
in the
Oxychloride.
Percentage of
el in the
Oxyohloride.
Percentage of
1I,0 in the
< Ixychloride.
. = -'
V~i'l
Z -z - -
-- z
3
c
pit
Wet.
Pry.
1-359
Wet.
Dry.
Wet.
Dry.
" S
X
1-333
2673
32 89
11-27
30-89
112
ii
1391
1-511
2591
32-05
II 'OT
29*81
1-67
in
1313
1-531
25-80
::j ::i
15-93
-J7-<17
7 13
Bj
1-316
r.iii
'.'ii 16
33-30
I5"16
27-ii9
0 60
57
During this operation the oxychloride loses GO to
65 per cent, of its water ; at the same time it disen-
gages in the state of HCI from 5 to 8 per cent, of its
ohlorine. The dried product is therefore richer in
magnesia than the original material. Thus 100 of
original oxychloride, of which the analysis is given
above under " Preparation of Oxychloride of Magne-
sium," is reduced by drying to ;;: 36, formed of : —
Decsi.iffi7.l THE JOURNAL OF TUT SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL rNDUSTRY.
71
E'2
780
HIE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Deo. si, 1887,
Impurities.. I 00
Water MM
MgCl, 82-69 (( I .113)
MgO.. .. 20-81
73-30
and of which the centesimal composition is : —
Imparities . . 5t7
Water 21-62
MeCl. 4l-4.i (Cl=3330percent.)
MgO 28-36 1-M1 equivalents per MgClt.
10000
As 100 parts of oxychloride before drying contained
of C'l 26*16. and have been reduced to 73'3G parts
containing CI :i4'-i:i, the drying has caused a loss of C'l
173. Say that 6 6 per cent of the CI put in work have
been lost in this operation. This loss will hardly
exceed 8 per cent. We shall have occasion to speak
of this further on.
Fifth Operations-Decomposition of Oxychloride
of Magnesium
The first idea which occurs to one's mind for carry-
ing out this operation is to employ an apparatus
a utlagous to a retort, heated externally, into which
the dried oxychloride should be charged and air passed
through. But this method of working was imprac-
ticable for several reasons, the chief one beingthat both
magnesia and oxychloride of magnesium are very bad
conductors of heat. Supposing a retort of practical
size and dimension filled with oxychloride of mag-
nesium, it would require a considerable time and an
enormous quantity of fuel to bring the centre of the
mass to a red heat. And not only would there be a
great expenditure of fuel, but the operation would
be executed under extremely bad conditions from the
point of view of getting free C'l. Experience has
proved that the proportion of free CI driven off is
always greater and the proportion of HC1 always
smaller the more rapidly the oxychloride is brought
to the maximum temperature. For these reasons,
and for others (tor instance, the porosity of refractory
retorts), the apparatus shown in Figs. G, 7 and 8 was
adopted instead of the retort. This apparatus and
the method of working it may be briefly described as
follows : —
Fig. G shows a vertical section, alike of the furnace
proper and of the movable regenerative burner. Fig.
7 shows a horizontal section, alike of the furnace
proper and of the said movable regenerative burner.
The upper part of this section is taken along the
line C, D, Fig. 1, and the lower part of it along the
line E. 1'. Fig. 6. Alike in Fig. 6 and in Fig. 7, the
movable regenerative burner is shown in the position,
in relation to the furnace proper, which it occupies
during the operation of heating up the working
chambers of the latter. Fig. 8 shows a vertical sec°
tion of the furnace proper, taken at right angles to
the section shown in Fig. 6. A, A, A, A, Fig. 8, are
tour narrow decomposing chambers, having very thick
walls. The upper extremity of each chamber A opens
into the combustion chamber, ]). The lower extremity
of each chamber A communicates with one of the
four horizontal channels, a, a, a, a. D, Fig. (j, is the
movable regenerative burner. It consists of a system
of cast-iron pipes, contained in an envelope of
masonry, which envelope of masonry is encased with
iron plates, and securely armatured. The cast-iron
pipes are of rectangular section, and each of them is
divided, by two vertical partitions, into three com-
plements, i, o, u. The central compartments, o, o, o,
i tc., convey [gaseous fuel into the combustion chamber
B, and the side compartments i and u, convey air into
the combustion chamber. The gaseous fuel is sup-
plied by the main pipe upon which is the valve N,
E ig. 7, from which main pipe it passes by the pipes
\ an 1 C, Fig. 7, into the flue C, Fig. G, from which
Hue C it enters the compartments o, o, o, by apertures
at the bottom of those compartments. Having
reached the upper extremity of the compartments
o, o, a, the gaseous fuel issues into the combustion
chamber Ii, by the small pipes d, d, d, Figs. G and 7.
The air which is to burn the gaseous fuel enters at
the bottom of the compartments i and u, and, having
risen to the upper extremity of those compartments,
issues into the combustion chamber by the wide flat
pipe T, Fig. 6. It will be seen from Fig. 6 that the
small pipes d, d, d, pass through this wide flat pipe T,
and that the .small pipes </, d, d, are a little longer
than the Hat pipe T. The pipe V, Fig. 7, is fixed to
the main pipe on which is the valve N. The pipe C,
Fig. 7, is fixed to the movable regenerative burner.
When the movable regenerative burner is in the
position, in relation to the furnace proper, in which it
is shown in Figs. G and 7, the pipe C communicates
with the pipe Y, at the point U, Fig. G. The joint at
U is one which can be readily made and readily
unmade. From the combustion chamber B, products
of combustion enter the narrow working chambers,
A, A, A, A, by the upper extremity of each of them.
After traversing these chambers downwards, they
pass off, by the four horizontal channels a, a, a, a,
into the movable regenerative burner. Following the
direction of the arrows in Fig. 1, they pass upwards
through the flues Z, Z, Z, Figs. 6 and 7, and then
travel downwards, circulating round the rectangular
cast-iron vertical pipes which hive been described,
and passing between those rectangular pipes, and then
passing off from the burner by the pipe P, Figs. G and
7, which conveys them to the flues G, Fig. 6. In thus
passing downwards through the movable burner, they
heat the gaseous fuel which is passing upwards
through the compartments o and the air which is
passing upwards through the compartments i and
u. They are then conveyed to the apparatus em-
ployed for the drying of the oxychloride. The
pipe P, which is fixed, communicates with the
flue by which products of combustion pass off
from the movable burner by the piece Q, the
lower part of which fits into the upper part of
the pipe P. in such manner that the piece Q can be
raised or lowered by the lever S. It will be seen from
Fig. 6 that the whole regenerative burner is mounted
on wheels. When the burner is in the position in
relation to the furnace proper, in which it is shown
in Figs. 6 and 7, the wheels of the movable regen-
erative burner stand on rails upon a truck K, K, Figs.
6 and 7. This truck also stands on rails. When the
truck is drawn a short distance from the furnace
proper the rails on the truck K become in such a
position in relation to other rails, one of which is
shown at r, 'Fig. G, that the burner can be
transferred to other rails, and drawn along
them on to another truck in-tailed opposite another
furnace. Thus, while oxychloride of magnesium is
being heated in a current of air in one furnace, the
movable regenerator can be employed to heat up the
decomposing chambers of another similar furnace. The
working of the appvatus will now be ei-ily under-
stood. When the four working chambers A, A, A. A,
have been heated to a sufficient temperature, the first
step is to close the valve N, Fig. 7, and so to cut off
the supply of combustible gas to the movable regene-
rative burner. The pipe C, Figs. G and 7, must then
be disconnected from the pipe Y, Fig. 7, the pipe P
must be lowered, and then the truck on which the
whole regenerative burner is supported must bedrawn
away from the furnace proper, until the wheels of
the burner are opposite the rails, one of which is
marked r in Fig. G. The openings by which products
of combustion have entered the working chambers
must now be closed by the doir E, Fig. G, and the
Ucc.3i.i887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
ftfl
<t
sJL:
Flu. 5.
7f2
THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |DecM.i»7.
opening bj which those products of combustion have
passed off from the working chambers must beclosed
by the door F, Fig. 6. One door E and one door 1'
suffice for the whole furnace. The doors E and F are
hung on hinge-* : and when they are in position to
close the openings to which they correspond, they are
pressed tightly against their seats by screws. The
decomposing chambers A. A, A, A. are charged with
oxychloride of magnesium, in small pieces, from a
tip-waggon charged therewith which has been pre-
msly brought into position on the top of the
furnace. The oxychloride enters the decomposing
chambers by the opening H, Figs, (i and 8.
The cover or door which closes this opening
is seen in Figs. 6 and 8, but is not marked
with any letter. This cover having been
removed, a hopper is brought over the opening H,
and oxychloride is then poured into the hopper,
whence it falls into the chambers A, A, A. A.
The door or cover of the opening H is then rapidly
replaced and air is admitted into A, A. A, A,
through apertures in the door E. The oxychloride
rapidly becomes heated by absorption of some of the
heat previously stored up in the walls of the
chambers in which it is contained, and there passes
on*' from those chambers a mixture of gases and
vapours containing both free chlorine and vapour of
hydrochloric acid. This mixture of gases and vapours
passes off from A. A. A, A. by the horizontal channels
■ '. ■', a, a, into the vacant space between the masonry
of the furnace and the door F, and then passes by
the channel I, F'ig. 7, into the pipe m, Figs. 7 and 8.
From the pipe m the mixture of gases and vapours is
conveyed to apparatus for condensing out of it
vapour of hydrochloric acid, and what passes off from
that apparatus then goes on to apparatus for the
absorption of chlorine. The air which enters the
chambers A. A, A, A, through apertures in the door
E, is drawn in by means of an aspirator. When the
decomposition of the oxychloride has proceeded
sufficiently far. the admission of air into the working
chambers is arrested, the door F is opened, and the
residua] oxide contained in the chambers A, A. A. A,
is discharged. That residual oxide is drawn out of the
horizontal channels a, or, a, a, by means of a suitable
rake. When the residual oxide has been completely
discharged the cover of the opening H is replaced,
and then the door E having been opened, the
movable regenerative burner is brought back into
the position in which it is shown in Fig. 6,
and the decomposing chambers of the furnace proper
:u\- then heated up again for another operation.
Table 1! gives the results of several operations of
decomposition. Fig. 11 shows the result of a
special operation made at my request with a view to
determining the rate of evolution of the chlorine.
i >f course in actual working care would betaken to
make the operations in the various decomposing
furnaces overlap one another, so as to maintain the
percentage of chlorine at a fairly constant average.
The form of the curve obtained in this experimental
operation suggested to my mind that the reaction was
a reversible one : that is to say that when, as in this
case, magnesium chloride is treated by oxygen it
forms magnesium oxide and chlorine, and when the
resulting magnesia is treated by chlorine it gives
chloride of magnesium and oxygen. In order to
arrive at an accurate understanding of the matter I
determined to make a series of experiments myself.
First, however, I looked up the literature of the
subject in the best textbooks, but could find no
mention of it. But when I went back to Davy I
r\
f
V
V
1
■"-\
1
I
\^
\
iz_
Fig. n.
found that he did know that magnesia treated by
chlorine gives chloride of magnesia + oxygen, and I
found further that Graham knew that chloride of
magnesia + oxygen yields magnesia -chlorine. How-
ever, all these facts appear to have been eliminated
from our modern manuals. We will now make an
experiment to prove this interesting reaction.
My assistant has here a porcelain tube contain-
ing anhydrous oxychloride of magnesium. If he
slowly passes through this tube a current of oxygen
we shall collect at the other end an equivalent
quantity of chlorine. If he now reverses the operation,
substituting a current of chlorine, we shall obtain as
the product a continuous current of oxygen. There-
fore the reaction is a balanced or reversible one.
Calling one end of my apparatus A and the other end
B, I found that by passing oxygen from A to B. I
obtained from 82 to 77 per cent, of chlorine, and by
reversing the current and passing it from B to A I
got 7."i to 78 per cent, in the resulting gas. Whichever
way I worked the result was practically the same, 77j
per cent, of chlorine and 2"> per cent, of oxygen. Then,
by passing chlorine from A to B, I obtained -2-2 to 28 per
cent, of oxygen, and from B to A 26 to 24 of oxygen
in the gaseous mixture. The impression I had
formed from the curve given in the above diagram
was therefore amply confirmed. My theory of the
decomposition which goes on in the furnace is that.
T A l: L E B.
DECOMPOSITION UV DRY OXYCHLORIDE OK MAGNESI1 U.
Weirhtcl
01
Kilus.
115
IDS
111
120
CI in the
ResiMtu B
l«r 100 of
CI C
17-00
1900
1000
15011
ftrlMjfd Charged. ** i^™ C1
Weight
of
Free l 1
per
Operation.
M,< ouiimi
Per:entase
OI C 1
1U tin-
Cast*.
101
Pi>< i
HC1 - ci.
FreeCL
HC1.
Fie^ I t.
HC1.
18-80
1701
16-80
1GS0
bl-00
Sj-00
1-J10
12-90
litis
15-23
lO'OO
3S'10 52-96
53-20
39-77 53-20
Kilos.
176
175
185
190
U-25
(i 15
7 15
7'78
nee. :u, 18S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY
83
I Hi
iftp^i I ma ..- . ■
£A% 'Jl tt ? nil f
j- ^#,w ^^'vwi gmmte — g — j
;m
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. li'«-. a iss7.
in the first stage, there is a rapid evolution of steam ;
the steam decomposes a portion of the magnesium
chloride, producing hydrochloric acid, which passes
off with the vapour of water. What remains is
anhydrous magnesium chloride and magnesia, and
this mixture then undergoes the reaction which we
have just seen by the action upon it of atmospheric
oxygen. I shall pursue these experiments further,
because it will be interesting to know whether the
decomposition will vary with a varying pressure of
oxygen. Finding in my first experiment that three-
fourths 1 iy vi 'lume of the original oxygen was replaced
by chlorine I inferred that three-fourths of the oxygen
contained in the air would be the proportion which
would replace the chlorine at the temperature
attained — viz , a full red heat, or nearly 1000° C. I
therefore looked for 15 to 18 per cent, of chlorine
when I used air ; instead of which I got 30 per cent,
showing a nearly complete absorption of the oxygen.
The products of the decomposition have to be drawn
off from the furnace by means of a diminished
pressure steadily maintained. For this purpose M.
Pechiney employs f.n aspirator consisting of two
small gasometers of cylindrical form, plunging in a
concentrated solution of chloride of calcium. This
solution is used rather than pure water, because CI is
nearly insoluble in it. These cylinders have a regular
vertical movement, alternately up and down. A tube
traverses the bottom of the vat which contains the
solution of CaCU, and rises in the interior of the
cylinder to a height superior to that which the liquid
attains. When the cylinder rises it causes aspiration
by means of this tube, and when it descends it drives
back, through a tube, the gases with which it was pre-
viously tilled. The said tube is connected outside the
cylinder with two other tubes, one of which is fixed to
the apparatus through which pass the aspirated gases,
the other being fixed to the apparatus through which
pass the rejected gases. Each of these new tubes is
closed alternately by valves worked by the movement
of the apparatus itself ; that is to say, when the
cylinder ascends the valve of the suction tube is
opened and that of the ejecting tube is closed, and
when the cylinder descends the valve of the ejecting
tube is opened and that of the suction tube is
closed. The two cylinders of the pump in question
are suspended at the extremities of a balance, so that
while one is rising the other is falling. The action of
aspiration and rejection is therefore nearly continuous
and regular. The aspirator is not in immediate
connexion with the decomposing furnace, but acts
through :
1. An ordinary HC1 condensing tower.
2. A number of sandstone bonbonnes.
3. A glass tube refrigerator.
This refrigerator consists of a stone tower, of
square or rectangular horizontal section, in the
interior of which tower are arranged, in an inclined
position, glass tubes, through which cold water is
kept flowing. The said stone tower, in the interior
of which the said glass tubes are placed, may be con-
structed after the same manner as the towers in
which the vapour of hydrochloric acid which is
generated in the first stage of the manufacture of
soda by the Leblanc process is usually condensed.
This tower is shown in vertical section in Fig. 9 and
in horizontal section in Fig. 10. Two opposite sides
of the said tower are each pierced with holes. These
holes should preferably be arranged in horizontal
rows, those of any one row except tin' lowest being,
do1 immediately above the holes in the row beneath
it, but above the spaces between tin- holes in the row
immediately beneath. In Figs. ;i and 10 the two sides
of the tower which are so pierced with holes are
marked A and B. In Figs. 9 and 10 the glass tubes
are marked c, c, c, c. One extremity of each of these
glass tubes protrudes through one of the holes in the
A side of the tower, and its other extremity protrudes
through the corresponding hole in the opposite or
B side of the tower. On the A side of the towet
(which may of course be whichever of its four sides
is most convenient in each case) the protruding
extremity of each glass tube is connected by a piece
of caoutchouc tubing, or other equivalent appliance,
marked d, d, d, in Figs. 9 and 10, with one of the
tubes or pipes some of which are marked T. These
tubes T may be of iron or other convenient material.
Water passes into these tubes T from the hollow
column N, and then from the tubes T into the glass
tubes c, i; c, c. On the 13 side of the tower the pro-
truding extremity of each glass tube is connected with
a piece of caoutchouc tubing, or other equivalent
appliance marked </', by which, in each case, water
which has entered one of the glass tubes from the
hollow column N by one of the pipes T, and has
traversed the glass tube, passes from that glass tube
and is discharged into one of the gutters or conduits
m, m, m. From the gutters m, >n, m, the water dis-
charged from the glass tubes passes away by the
hollow column M. In order that the glass tubes
e, c, c, c may not be liable to break, it is necessary that
they should be kept always full of water. This result
may be secured by slightly inclining the glass
tubes, as in Fig. 9, placing that extremity of each of
them by which water enters it a little lower than that
extremity of it by which water is discharged from it.
When the mixture of vapours and gases which the
apparatus is employed to cool is one from which an
acid liquor condenses during the operation of cooling
it, this acid liquor will condense upon the glass tubes,
and will run along each tube towards its lower
extremity, being the extremity of it which is at the A
side of the tower, or at the side of the tower at which
the cooling water enters the glass tubes. It is, there-
fore, necessary that, at that side of the tower, the
joint between the glass tube and the stone through
which it passes should be perfectly tight. It will be
seen that upon that extremity of the glass tube c
which protrudes through the A side of the tower
there is placed a short piece of caoutchouc tubing
upon which is a caoutchouc flange, which flange comes
iu contact with the face of the stone through which
the tube passes, and is pressed tightly against the face
of that stone by the tubular flange of the gland n, n,
that tubular flange of the gland n, n, being pressed
tightly against the annular flange of the piece of
flanged caoutchouc tubing t, i, by means of screws
passing through the annular flange of the gland n, n,
and working into the iron bar or band R, R. The
joint between the other extremity of each glass tube
c and the stone through which it passes on the B side
of the tower may be made simply by means of any
cement unattackable by acids. The gas or vapour to
be cooled by this apparatus should preferably enter
near the top of the tower, for example at P, Figs. 9
and 10, and the cooled gas or vapour should preferably-
pass off from near the bottom of the tower, on the
opposite side of it, as at PL Fig. 10. Any liquid con-
densing in the tower will pass out of it by the
aperture S, Fig. 9. It will be evident that if one of
the glass tubes, c, c, c, happens to break, the broken
tube can be removed and a new one put in its place
very readily, and without stopping the working of
the apparatus. The fact that a tube has broken will
be perceived by an increase in the quantity of liquid
discharged from S, and which tube it is which has
broken will be indicated by water ceasing to issue
from that extremity of the broken tube which pro-
trudes through the 1? side of the tower. The cock o
L.uc. ai. isrfT.j THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL IM»l'STKY.
785
of that tube may then at once be closed, and the
broken tube be removed, ami a new one substituted
for it, without interrupting the working of the
apparatus.
It is this last apparatus which is in immediate con-
nection with the decomposing furnace by means of a
pipe. The gases leaving the decomposing furnace by
the pipe M pass, by another pipe, into the gla-
refrigerator. There they are condensed. From the
refrigerator they pass on through a series of sand-
stone bonbonnes and, lastly, through a condensing
tower. In their passage above described the erases
have been deprived of the whole of their HCI, and
they now enter the cylinders of the aspirator as a mix-
ture of air and chlorine gas. It is this gaseous mixture
which the cylinders drive into special apparatus
wherein they are brought into contact with milk of
lime, which is gradually transformed into a mixture of
chlorate of lime and chloride of calcium. It is by
the volumetric measurement and the analysis of this
liquid that the production of chlorine is calculated.
The hydrochloric acid condensed in the refri-
gerator, in the bonbonnes, and in the tower, is all
mixed in a single reservoir, and yields an acid averag-
ing about 12- 15. It would be possible to obtain a
much stronger acid, thus : — The vapour which at the
beginning of the operation is condensed in the glass
tube refrigerator, contains an enormous proportion of
water, and only a small proportion of HCI. But
later on the proportion of water diminishes greatly,
while the proportion of HCI does not diminish, it
■would be possible to condense the relatively strong
gaseous HCI in the weak aqueous acid of the
refrigerator and the condensing tower. This has not
yet been done, but it is a course which would suffice
to bring the whole of the aqueous HCI of the pro-
cess to a strong degree. For proof of this it will be
sufficient to compare, in the figures which will be
given later on, the relative quantities of HCI gas and
vapour of water which are disengaged during the
decomposition.
The decomposition of oxychloride of magnesium
produces, as we have just seen, free chlorine and
aqueous hydrochloric acid. The proportion of the
CI given off in the free state to that disengaged as
HCI is as 53 to 47. There remains in the residues a
quantity of CI equal to about 15 per cent, of the total
Cl charged into the furnace.
Consequently there is obtained per 100 of chlorine
charged : —
Cl remaining in the residues 1500
Free Cl 15-23
Cl as HCI 39-77
100-00
Or, as these 103 of chlorine charged arise from 107 of
Cl commenced with [there being a loss of G'60 per
cent, during the operation of drying], 100 of original
chlorine would be accounted for thus : —
Cl lost in drying 6pu0
Cl rem lining in the residues H'OO
FreeCl J2"23
Cla3HCl 3715
100-00
If, besides this, we admit a loss of 5 per cent, of
Cl during the various manipulations, especially in
emptying the tanks in which the mignesium chloride
is clarified, a loss which, if taken at 5 per cent., is
certainly exaggerated, the account of each 100 of Cl
put in work would be
Cl lost I In the various manipulations 5 00 ),...,-
absolutely < In drying 6"27 f
Cl entering ( i>l>Illlinins, in ttie resfdues. . 13-30 > „,.-„
teproco°s (.Condensed in 1 hestale of HCI 35-29 i * ™
Cl produce 1 in the free si ate [OH
100-00
Consequently, to produce 4014 of free Cl one must
consume 100— Vv. I or 51*41 of Cl. The result in
free Cl of the Cl entering the process is therefore
cent
( )ne can see at a glance that this result can be
improved only by succeeding in one or more of three
things. : —
1. In diminishing the loss of Cl.
•2. In increasing the proportion of free Cl yielded.
3. In diminishing the quantity of Cl remaining in the
residual magnesia-
It is probable that the process will improve in
all these various ways. And to produce this effect
one means will suffice — viz., the improvement of
the heating of the decomposing furnace. At present
we obtain therein a mean temperature of about 1000
degrees C. It is necessary to greatly increase that
temperature.
The magnesia when it is taken out of the furnace
is, firstly, cooled by putting it in a vessel provided
with h mechanical agitator, this vessel itself being
placed in another vessel, and cold water being cir-
culated through the space between the two. _ The
MgO having a very weak capacity for heat is quickly
cooled. The mechanical cooling is necessary, how-
ever, because MgO is an extremely bad conductor of
heat. When the magnesia is cooled sufficiently it
passes into a rotary sieve, which separates it into
two parts : —
1. The more important part (about i), which passes
through the sieve as a fine powder, being almost entirely
deconiposed, containing hardlv 4 per cent, by weight
of Cl.
2. The less important part (about ! ) which cannot pass
through the sieve. This latter is oxychloride hardly at
all decomposed, retaining no water, it is true, but con-
taining much Cl, sometimes as much as 40 per cent, by
weight. This porl ion of tin residue is at oner mixed and
re-charged with oxychloride from the fourth operation.
It will be seen, therefore, that when native
chloride of magnesium is treated, the magnesia
which will be drawn out will be the Jine magnesia,
containing not more than 4 per cent, by weight of
Cl — a small proportion considering the low equiva-
lent of magnesia.
At Stassfurt, the working of 100 parts of
MgCl26H20 (containing, say, 35 pirts of Cl) will
yield a residue of about 20 parts of MgO. At the
rate of 4 per cent, these 20 parts of MgO will con-
tain 08 part of Cl, or only 2-3 per cent, of the total
chlorine entering the process. Such a loss of Cl
will be insignificant.
The present installation at Salindres comprises two
furnaces of nine chambers each. These chambers
are each 3 metres high, 1 metre long, and 0'08 metre
wide. These two furnaces, heated alternately by a
single regenerative burner, constitute a unit. It has
be;n seen that such a unit should produce per 24 ,
hours lOOOkilos. of free Cl with three operations to
each furnace, say six operations in all, or about
170kilos. per operation. Instead of which, at present,
owing to the insufficiency of the heating apparatus,
we can make only two operations in each furnace, or
four operations in all per 24 hours, which give,
according to the heat of the furnaces, from 180kilos.
to 190kilos. of free Cl each. There is obtained, there-
fore, per 24 hours from 720 to 760kilos. of free Cl.
The improvement of the heating of the furnaces would
considerably change all the results. Indeed, if the fur-
naces could be made considerably hotter, one might
dry the oxychloride a little less than at present with-
out fear that the increased humidity of the material
charged would inconveniently lower the tempera-
ture of the furnace. And as it is the expulsion of
the last portions of the water driven off which causes
7 m:
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dee. 31, 1887.
the principal loss of I1C1 in the fourth operation, it
will thus be seen that that loss might be considerably
reduced. Moreover, with hotter furnaces, the quan-
tity of total chlorine disengaged (CI IK 'I I would be
greater, or in other words the decomposition would
be more complete. And, lastly, with hotter furnaces,
the decomposition would be more rapid, so that at
jeast five operations might be made per 24 hours
instead of four, as at present, and that without pro-
portionately increasing labour or the consumption of
coal. In a word, if a higher temperature is obtained
in the furnaces, the quantity of chlorine will be
greater, and the cost per ton for producing it will be
less.
It has been said above that the respective quanti-
ties of steam and gaseous HC1 which come from the
decomposing furnace are such as not to prevent the
obtainment of a concentrated aqueous HC1. In fact,
for every LOO of chlorine charged there is obtained a
quantity of CI in the state of HCI=to 3977. And
it is shown above that in the dried oxychloride
33'3 of CI are accompanied by 2PG2 of water.
That is to say, 100 of CI charged are accompanied by
618 of water t'l'S
Hu! Hie above 311 77 of C) have been disengaged in the
state of 11C1 holding a quantity of \vater= 100
The quantity of water disengaged is thus only 5CS
and this quantity is not sufficient to condense the
3977 of CI in the state of HCI— which in reality
represents about 41 of HCI.
Having now described the process itself, let us
consider the question of cost of production, and in
that respect compare it with the old Weldon process.
The latter was essentially a cheap method. The
plant required for it was not an expensive one, nor
did it involve any great cost for repairs. The plant
for the new process is more complicated, and con-
sequently mare expensive. On the other hand,
the results obtained have increased the confidence
which M. Pechiney has always had in the process,
and have decided him to commence at once the
erection of an industrial installation to work on a
.-cale of (iOOOkilos. of free chlorine i er day. Speaking
of the small experimental plant which 'he has been
working since last .fitly, M. J'eehiney says :—
1. We produce at the present time from 720 to
.GOkilos. of chlorine per 24 hours, at the following
cost : —
Coal for the drying and
decomposing furnaces.. 3;S00kilus.
Coal for mechanical work 50u ,,
Coal for concentrating
JIgClj 500 ,.
Labour
Kepairs
Loss of magnesia (.'I
JUOOkilos. <■< 12fr.
Say for IOOOkilos. at the most 209'20fr.
t rancs.
olBO
74-011
20 On
500
150 00
2. If in working the one unit we succeed in pro-
ducing IOOOkilos. of CI per day instead of 740kilos. as
at present, by getting a higher temperature and a
more rapid decomposition in the furnaces, the only
expenses which would be increased (but which would
certainly not be increased proportionately) would be
those for fuel and magnesia. The other ex] i
would remain unaltered. The expenses for a pro-
duction of IOOOkilos. of CI would then at the utmost
amount to :—
Francs
— —-.v.-.. f2-00
l;abour 71-00
ltepatrs on-m
Loss of magnesia I.')
( oal. 6000kilos. t» lifr
.1-00
Repairs 20-00
•ou
3. The experience which we now have of the pro-
cess, and certain improvements which \u- see our way
to make in the heating of the decomposing furnace
and in various points of detail, warrant us in expi
with an installation producing 601 okilos. per 24 hours,
the following cost of production per IOOOkilos. of
CI:-
i rat i
Coal. IOOOkilos. <s 12 OOfr 1810
Labour I5C0
Repairs ;o to
Loss of magnesia 5(0
='ay fur IOOOkilos. of chlorine 173-00
Sav for IOOOkilos. of chlorine HSIO
It will lie seen at once from these figures and from
si me which will follow, that the main expense ol the
process is for fuel, and that if fuel were as cheap in
France as in England, M. Pechiney would be able to
produce a ton of chlorine at the same working cost as
he calculates it is now pioduced in England by the
old 'Weldon process — viz., !»4 francs. There is no
doubt that the main feature of the new process is
economy of hydrochloric acid ; for whereas the old
Weldon process yields only 33 per cent, of the ( 1
entering into it, the process now under consideration
yields 78 to 80 per cent, at least. Roughly speaking,
therefore, the economy effected by it as compared
with the old process, may be said to be the equivalent
value of two tons of absolute HCI per ton of CI pro-
duced. Now, Mr. Weldon has himself estimated the
value of HCI. He says (this Society's Journal, 1883,
p. 434) :— " HCI costs the Leblacc soda maker 3fi per
cent, of the total cost of the process by which he-
obtains it. The cost of that quantity of HCI, which
is required ly the present Weldon j ro:ess for the
manufacture of one ton of B.P., amounts to more
than all the other items of the cost of that ton of
B.P. put together. I believe M. Pechiney will eventu-
ally succeed in realising a cheap process which will
diminish the present cost of 11.1'. for HCI by not less
than two-thirds." He estimated the value of 27 per
cent, acid to the Leblanc soda maker to be about £1
per ton, and he arrived at that value by taking the
difference in the cost of producing a ton of soda by
the Leblanc process and the ammonia process. That
difference, he maintained, was the value to the
Leblanc manufacturer of the quantity of acid which
he produced in the making one ton of soda. It is
incorrect to say that the value of HCI has diminished,
though it is possible that the selling price of HCI
has materially diminished. This decrease can be
explained by the fact that the manufacture of B.P.
having diminished by reason of an arrangement
between the makers, there is a little more HCI for
disposal. But this decrease in the selling price
applies only to a certain limited quantity of HCI.
The real value of HCI ought not to be ex-
pressed by the selling price of certain quantities
of acid, but rather, as Mr. Weldon always
maintained, by the difference between the cost
price of ammonia soda and the cost price of
Leblanc soda. Now, one ton of soda ash of 58 per
cent, corresponds to about 2 tons Cewt. of aqueous
HCI of 28 per cent. If this latter is worth only 10s.
per ton, there ought to be a difference of only 2(is.
per ton of 58 per cent, ash between Leblanc and
ammonia soda. The difference is much greater than
26s., and must be nearly double that, say 50s. It
cannot be much less than 20s. per ton. By finding the
difference in the cost price of the two .-oda processes,
I fix the value of HCI, and that difference is such as
to bring the value of aqueous HCI of 28 per cent, to
very nearly £l per ton. Admitting, however, its
value to be only 16s. per ton, that would bring the
value of a ton of gaseous HCI to i'2 10s.
It is possible, ol course, that circumstances may be
changed in the future— for example, by the recovery
Doc. si. 1887.1 THE JOUKNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
787
of sulphur ; but that will be of no great importance-
At present, the pyrites sulphur entering the Leblanc
process at 3d. per unit, costs nearly 10s. per ton of
58 per cent, soda ash. If Mr. Chance succeeds in
recovering sulphur at an average cost of Id. per
unit, the expense for pyrites will be lessened by
two-thirds, or 6s. 8d. per ton of 58 percent, soda ash.
This would reduce the value of the 2 ton, Gcwt. of
28 per cent. HC1 by 6s. 8d. in all, or say 2s. 6d. per
ton.
It is therefore incorrect to say that the value of HO
has diminished in England during several years past.
The value of HC1 should increase in proportion as the
selling price of alkali decreases. And for several
years past the selling price of alkali has not ceased to
decrease. The selling price of English soda ash and
caustic soda is now 20 to 25 per cent, lower than it
was in 1884. I admit, however, that this reduction
is to some extent due to improvements in Leblanc
plant, large furnaces, etc.
We have said above that for the English Leblanc
manufacturer HC1 gas ought to have a value of
£9 \('i*. per ton. On the other hand the probable
cost price of CI per lOOOkilos. at Salindres will be—
Francs.
Ceal. lOOOkilos. <8 l'-'fr IS'OO
Labour 1500
Kt I'aii 8, etc 20 00
Loss of magi.csia (?) 5'00
ns-oo
The cost price will rot be the same in England, for
the simple reason that coal costs there only 6fr.
per ton instead of I2IV. as at Salindres. The cost
pi ice in England would therefore be —
francs.
Coal. iuOUkiloa. <8 6fr 21 '00
Labour 45 00
Repairs, etc 2000
Loss of magnesia (.'I 5'CO
94-00
That is to say, in England one ton of CI will cost the
same amount as by the old Weldon process.
To this conclusion two objections may be made : —
1. The cost price of 118fr. at Salindres mentioned
above, is a calculated, cost not yet realised. The
experience gained of the new process warrants M.
I'echiney in expecting that he will realise this resu't
when an experimental plant producing only \ ton per
day is replaced by an installation working on a scale
el ii tons per day, and to the working of which an
experience which increases every day will be
applied. It is with the expectation that the above
estimate will be the maximum rather than the
minimum that this probable cost price of 118fr. is
given.
2. Wages, it may be said, are much lower in France
than in England. Consequently, if 45fr. is the cost for
labour in France a much higher sum will be required for
England. An English workman, however, does more
in a day than a French workman. So that, notwith-
standing the lower wages in France, the expense for
labour per ton of mattiial produced is nearly the
same in both countries.
The cost in England of 1 ton of chlorine obtained
from the old Weldon process as compared with
the Weldon-Pechiney will be as follows : —
I.— THE OLD WELDON PROCESS.
£ s. d.
Cost price of 1 ton of chlorine Olfr. = 3 15 0
Value of 3J tons of HC1 gas at 56s. = 9 6 II
13 1 0
2.— WELDON-PECHINEY PROCK3S.
£ s. d.
Cosl priceof 1 ton C191fr. - 3 15 0
Value of litons HClgasat56».- 3 11 u
7 0 U
Therefore the saving by the lattei process =£13 Is. less
£~i 9s., or £o 12s. per ton of CI produced.
But, alas ! where will the English manufacturer
sell his bleaching powder if he produces 3J tons
insti ad of lj tons, as now ?
But there are other matters to be regarded in con-
sidering the applicability of this process. In lv--[
Mr. Weldon expected that its first effect would be to
replace the Leblanc process by the ammonia process ;
because he then thought it probable that his new
chlorine process might be used in conjunction with
a method for decomposing the residual NH4C1 of the
ammonia soda process by MgO. And, although it is
not my intention to go into that part of lhe question
now, there is no doubt that that end could be attained
if ammonia soda makers were willing to add to their
already costly plant the additional expensive plant
which would be necessary. M. Pechiney has patented
a process and apparatus for thus treating NH4CI ;
and, moreover, Mr. Chance has proved that it is easy
to transform calcium chloride into magnesium
chloride by treating it with carbonic acid in presence
of magnesia.
And this leads us to the more serious question, as
to whether English manufacturers will care to use this
new chlorine process in conjunction with the Leblanc
soda process. In considering this question, we have
to face the difficulty that magnesium chloride exists
as a raw product at a place not far removed from a port
easily available for the distribution of material, and
from which centre enormous quantities of chemical
products are already sent out — namely, Stassfurt. In
the very able paper on the " Stassfurt Salts Industry,"
which Mr. Hake read before thisSection in 1883(p. 1^0),
he said, speaking of the residual solution of magnesium
chloride: "Many proposals have been made and
numerous patents taken out for the further utilisation
of this mother-liquor, but it still figures largely as a
waste product, Of the 6,000,000 cubic feet yearly
produced, corresponding to 150,000 tons of dry
MgCI2, one-half only is recovered, the remainder being
run into the river, carrying with it 300,0001b. of bro-
mine." Chloride of magnesium therefore costsatStass-
furt practically nothing. It is run into the rivers in
the ferm of a solution almost as concentrated as that
which is made at Salindres by dissolving the MgO of
the process in HC1. The solution, therefore, has to
undergo no more evaporation than is now made at
Salindres, the cost of which is included in the esti-
mated cost price of lisfr. per ton of CI. However,
as the Stassfurt solution contains some foreign salts
(especially SOsMgO and NaCl), which are deposited
during the concentration, one may admit that the
operation costs a little more than the evaporation
made at Salindres, say 2,50fr. more per ton of
>IgCloCH20 — or for 3^ tons, corresponding to 11 tons
CI, 9-3~7fr.~say lOfr. more,
Fiuncf.
The cost of 1 tun CI at Salindres being 118-00
Will be increased, as we have shown, by 10'OU
And will thus become 128 00
But it is still necessary to deduct for the loss of
magnesia (which will he nil at Siassfurt. where
MgCl,6H,0 has no value), say 5 00
The cost of CI per ton at Stassfurt will thus be. . 12300
Or say £5.
To arrive at this result, it is assumed that fuel and
labour cost the same at Stassfurt as at Saliudres. In
which case, chlorine and chlorine products will be
produced at a much cheaper rate at Stassfurt than in
England. On the other hand, Stassfurt is not so well
situated as the English works for the exportation of
B. P. However, the difference in this respect will
imt be great. The carriage from Stassfurt to Ham-
burg is about (is. per ton by water and Us. by rail. And
'88
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. iDec 31, h»7.
the situation of Hamburg is as goed on the whole for
exportation as that of the English alkali works.
It would seem clear, therefore, that the natural
place for the adoption of this process is Stassfurt.
And if it can be worked there as economically as I
expect it will — producing chlorine at less than one-
half its present cost, it will become a serious question
whether, even with the advantages which Mr. Chance
is securing for it, the Leblanc process will be able to
stand against its competitor. If this process succeeds
at Stassfurt, the natural result in England will be a
decrease of the amount of soda made by the Leblanc
process, and an increase of the happiness of the
ammonia soda makers. Mr. Mond and Mr. Solvay
may, and probably will in time, succeed in developing
their respective processes for producing chlorine from
NH4C1 and CaCl2 : but it will take a great deal to
beat this process if it is applicable to the refuse
chloride of magnesium of Stassfurt.
I will only say, in conclusion, that I think
Messieurs Pechiney and Boulouvard deserve the very
highest commendation for the labour, zeal and
ingenuity which they have expended on the develop-
ment of this process. There can be no doubt that the
enormous personal enthusiasm which Mr. Weldon
had, and the marvellous power he possessed of com-
municating a share of that enthusiasm to others, has
been the mainspring which has induced these gentle-
men, as a matter of honour to his memory, to
endeavour to finish this work, believing all the time
that it would ultimately attain that success which he
had anticipated. I cannot conclude without quoting
a few words of the inventor of this process, uttered
from the spot on which I now stand. In his note on
the influence of the ammonia soda process on the value
of hydrochloric acid (see this Journ. 1883, 43.3)
Mr. Weldon said : "If this process succeeds, ami 1
am stilt among i/ou, I viill ask permission to give an
account of it before this Section : and I can imagine
few things more delightful than to be able then to
tell you that the old Weldon process, after having
forced its way into every chlorine works in the world
except two, and those unimportant works, peculiarly
situated, has at last passed into the limbo of things
which have served their time."
Xote. — I have to acknowledge the very great assist-
ance I have derived from Mr. Renaut, Secretary of
the Weldon's Chlorine Processes Company, in the
preparation of this paper.
DISCUSSION.
The Chairman said the paper was one of singular
interest from every point of view. Though it raised
painful memories of the loss they had sustained by
Mr. Weldon's death, everyone must feel a deep satis-
faction in the fact that his labours had not been lost,
and that his French fellow-workers had been able to
carry out his plans with such marvellous skill and per-
severance. The President had given a most beautiful
exemplification of the fact that the highest science
may find its application in technical chemistry, by
working out before the meeting the real character of
the reaction which took place in the process described.
This was a process which proved the importance of
engineering skill in its relation to manufacturing
chemistry. He was not one of those who shared the
delusion that the future of English manufacturers
would be greatly helped by technical education given
to boys of fourteen. Something was wanted which
no boy of fourteen ever had- viz., the highest skill
in purechemiatry coupled with a sound knowledge
of physics, and to both must be added engineering
capacity of the highest order, if any real progress was
to be made in manufacturing chemistry. Without
such knowledge even skilled chemists were apt to
fall into the error of supposing that because an
experiment went well in the laboratory it would go
equally well when tons were dealt with— forgetting
the enormous cost of manipulating large masses of
material.
Sir Heney Roscoe heartily endorsed the remarks
of the Chairman as to the importance of engineering
skill to applied chemistry. At first sight he had been
almost frightened by the complicated character of the
apparatus shown — many parts of which, especially
the glass-tube cooler, were striking examples of
engineering skill and attention to detail. He would
like to know whether bleaching-powder couid be made
from gases containing at the maximum only about 8 per
cent, of chlorine, or whether M. Pechiney had confined
himself to the manufacture of chlorate oidy. No doubt
the late Mr. Deacon had made bleach from a very
dilute chlorine, but he could not remember whether
its strength was ever so low as 8 per cent. The
question of technical education was not to be settled
by merely teaching boys. Masters needed teaching
as well ; and the highest scientific instruction was
needed in order to bring England up to the mark —
or rather to keep her there. This process had been
worked out by the skill of two eminent French
engineers, but Mr. Weldon's own work was a brilliant
example of what Englishmen could do. With such
workers, and with higher education, England would
not fail to keep her position.
Sir Frederick Abel was glad to have an oppor-
tunity of expressing the pleasure he had felt, not
only in listening to an interesting account of the
last work of his friend Weldon carried on to com-
pletion by M. Pechiney, but seeing Professor Dewar
throw himself, as they knew he could, with the
greatest ease, from the highest branches of physical
chemistry into the elucidation of practical processes,
to the advantage of those who followed them, and
thus illustrating the importance of a thorough edu-
cation in all branches of science.
.Mr. Alexander it. Chance thought that the
Chairman had called upon him for an opinion three
months too soon. He might have something to say
about it when he read his paper in March.
Mr. E. K. Muspratt was glad to find in the Presi-
dent's opening remarks a confirmation of the opinion
he had expressed in addressing the Society from the
same position — viz., that progress in industrial
chemistry had now taken the form of the develop-
ment of chemical engineering. The ammonia -soda
process, as patented by Dyar and Hemming, in 1837,
was perfect chemically, but his father and Mr. Young
had failed to work it economically simply because
their apparatus was imperfect ; and M. Solvay s
merit lay in the fact that he had overcome the
engineering difficulties. However interesting the
process under consideration might be from a chemical
point of view, if it was to become a manufacturing
process it could only be by reason of the perfection
of the apparatus employed. And it would be seen
1 >y the diagrams exhibited that it was not a question of
one piece of apparatus, but of a whole series. In
going through the works of Messrs. Pechiney it Co.
he had been deeply impressed by the admirable
manner in which every engineering detail had been
carried out. M. Pechiney's glass-tube cooler was
most ingenious. Mr. Deacon had tried to cool the
hot gases coming from his decomposer by a glass-tube
apparatus in which the tubes were arranged vertically,
instead of horizontally, as in M. Pechiney's appara-
tus ] but his tubes broke so rapidly that he had to
abandon the idea. M Pechiney got his tubes from
Belgium, and they were probably better than the
English tubes. With respect to the question of the
Dec. SI, 1887.1 THE JOLIINAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUS! FY.
7S0
cost i>t Ibe process and the viol ability of its going to
Stassfurt, he did nut think anyone could yet speak
positively. It was true that at Stassfurt the raw
material was in one sense much cheaper than either
in England or France ; but then the working loss of
magnesia was put at only 5fr. out of 118fr., or, say, |
5 per cent. England, on the other hand, had a great
advantage in cheaper fuel ; for it would be seen that
simply on account of the higher price of fuel, the ton |
of CI cost 25 per cent, more at Salindres than it
would in England. He was not familiar with Stass- j
furt, but he understood that the fuel in use there was
an inferior quality of lignite, and there would be
diliieultiesin obtaining the high temperature required, j
which would make the fuel dearer. He did not fear,
therefore, being absolutely bowled over by the
Stassfurt manufacturers. He thought it probable
that there would be tome, though not insurmount-
able, difficulty in making bleach from a dilute
chlorine such as this process yielded. The average
strength of Deacon chlorine was 9 or 10 per cent.,
and he knew that with that percentage it was
difficult to absorb the chlorine in hot weather. For
the manufacture of bleaching liquor and chlorates,
however, such a dilute chlorine would be quite appli-
cable— it being merely a question of size of appara-
tus. M. Pechiney at present used the chlorine
obtained by the new process for the manufacture of
chlorate of potash. If he could produce his chlorine
in that form cheaper than could the English manu-
facturer, the latter would be affected just as
much as if bleaching-powder were produced, since
the two manufactures were, so to speak, con-
vertible. The effect would be that the English
manufacturer would be able to make bleaching-
powder only. He did not take a despondent view of
the future of the English chemical trade. Though
England might have fallen behind in some matters,
she had advanced in others. English workmen were
still, taking them all round, equal to, if not better
than, Continental workmen. What was wanted was
a more thorough education of the higher middle-
class, and that would, he believed, be supplied by
such institutions as the Owens College, and the new
colleges at Liverpool and Leeds.
Dr. D. B. Hewitt was not prepared to criticise the
process. Such an invention, however, was a matter
of the greatest interest to everyone concerned in the
manufacture of soda or chlorine products. Many
active minds were at present engaged on similar
problems, and he expected great advances to be made
during the next five years. The result of increased
knowledge might appear to be at one time to pinch
the ammonia manufacturer, or at another time the
Leblanc manufacturer ; but, in the end, no one would
find himself much the worse, and the human race
would be benefited. An increased population and
growing civilisation would create an increased demand
for these articles in proportion to the development of
the processes producing them. It was extremely
remarkable that notwithstanding the vast develop-
ment of the ammonia soda process, the decomposition
of salt in England by the Leblanc process had been
affected very slightly; and the Leblanc soda manu-
facture still showed a remarkable vitality. With
respect to the utilisation of dilute chlorine, long
experience enabled him to express a firm conviction
that there was no difficulty whatever in making
bleaching powder with chlorine that varied from 4 to
8 per cent, by volume. In a Deacon chamber there
was no difficulty in absorbing the CI to the very last
traces. That he had proved to the satisfaction of Dr.
Angus Smith. The whole difficulty consisted in
obtaining the gases free from any bodies which would
spoil the bleach. If the gases contained neither
carbonic acid, hydrochloric acid, nor water, good
bleach could be made even if only 3 per cent, by
volume of chlorine were present in the mixture of
gases. Of course as the percentage of chlorine
decreased it became more difficult to exclude these
deleterious bodies. With respect to the apparatus
employed in this process, and especially the glass-tube
cooler, words failed him wherewith to express his
admiration. The glass-tube cooler seemed to him to
have great advantages over the ordinary coke tower
for very hot vapour of water mixed with chlorine and
hydrochloric acid. As to whether more chlorine
would be made at Stassfurt or in England no one
could at present speak positively ; but there could be
no doubt that a great reward was in store for whoever
should solve the problem upon which so many
scientific men were now at work.
Colonel Gamble had not seen the process in
operation. He had seen the plant in course of con-
struction nine months ago, and, like everyone who
had seen it since, was struck with the amount of
engineering skill expended on it. M. Pechiney's
belief then was that this process would be the chlorine
process of the future — whether of two years hence or
twenty yearshenceM. Fechineythoughtmightbe ques-
tionable, but the speaker feared that most chlorine
manufacturers now regarded that future as much
nearer than they had hoped. The position was a
most serious one for the Leblanc manufacturers of
this country. They were already blessed with too
much chlorine, in the shape of muriatic acid, and had
to restrict its use as much as possible in order to
make any profits. If the amount of available chlorine
from each ton of salt was to be more than doubled,
he did not know what would become of them. He
feared Mr. Muspratt had hardly expressed the effect
of the possible Stassfurt manufacture as fully as he
might have done. He had said that the 5 per cent,
loss of magnesia would be balanced in England by
cheaper fuel, etc. But the fact was, as Mr. Muspratt
was aware, that at Stassfurt they would have not
only magnesia but chlorine also for the cost of
evaporation. That being so, he feared that bleaching
powder would soon be very cheap at Stassfurt, if the
process could be satisfactorily carried out with their
waste magnesium chioride.
Mr. John Pattinson quite concurred in the views
expressed by previous speakers, that there appeared
to be considerable danger of the transference of the
chlorine industry from England to Stassfurt ; and
that real progress in industrial chemistry was now
more dependent on the application of engineering
ability than on the invention of new chemical
processes.
Mr. A. E. Fletcher thought that, beautiful and
ingenious as the apparatus appeared to be from the
diagrams shown, manufacturers would look with
dismay at the number of parts, knowing as they did
that each part would add to the cost of production
and maintenance. If, however, this elaborate
apparatus produced results not to be obtained other-
wise, then all thanks were due to the engineers who
had designed it. The condenser had a special
interest for him, and appeared to be extremely
ingenious and effective. It should not, however, be
compared with a coke tower. The latter was well
suited to the conditions of the chlorine manufacture
as now carried on, the supply of acid being inter-
mittent, and it being therefore necessary to hold a
large store of water in reserve, and available for use
at any moment. M. Pechiney's condenser, on the
contrary, was intended to deal with a constant supply
of acid. It had been said that good bleach could be
made from very dilute chlorine if it were pure. But
of course dilute chlorine was not pure ; and although
790
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, [nor. si, isss:
elaborate arrangements might be devised for exclud-
ing noxious elements, there would always be the
danger of leakage, and thus of the presence of carbonic
acid or vapour.
Mr. Thomas Royle inquired on what scale the
drawings were supposed to he.
Dr. Alder Weight asked whether it would not be
possible to recover economically some of the HC1
lost in drying ; secondly, whether the percentage of
( '1 would not be increased by decreasing the air
supply during the process of decomposition, and thus
diminishing the total volume of the gases ; and,
thirdly, whether, supposing the process to be worked
at Stassfurt, the by-product of magnesia which would
result would not be available for use for making fire-
bricks, thus cheapening the production, and perhaps
turning the scale in favour of Stassfurt in a way not
anticipated.
Mi. ( '. T. KlNGZETT remarked that some III years
ago he had been associated with the late Mr. Weldon
in experimenting a process for the production of
chlorine by means of magnesia, la that case no
attempt was made to utilise the chlorine directly for
the manufacture of bleaehing-powder. It was con-
verted immediately into bleaehing-liquor. Referring
to this more modern form of the process, it appeared
that the oxychloride as finally treated contained a
large percentage of water. The question therefore
arose as to how far the chemical reactions had been
determined. Was it supposed that the chlorine
resulted only from the action of oxygen on the oxy-
chloride, or did it result in part from the action on
the vapour of HC1 generated in association < If it
resulted from the direct action of air, then Leblanc
soda makers would surely have an easy method of
utilising their spare Hi'l by means of a little
magnesia. The process might possibly be improved
by moulding the magnesia into blocks suitably
arranged so as to be alternately converted into
oxychloride by HCl and then decomposing by heat,
with the result of the production of chlorine.
Mr. J. W. Swam thought it would be useful if
Professor Dewar could state the relative cost of the
apparatus for this process and the old Weldon
process ; and also to what extent the HCl was
actually condensed.
Professor Dewar in reply said : With regard to
the question put by Sir Henry Roscoe, that was the
point which first struck me and led to my investi-
gation of the nature of the reaction in the furnace.
I >f course the practical reply to that question is that
no user of the process on a large scale would ever
allow his yield of chlorine to go below ."> per cent.
As to the assumed difficulty of making bleaching
Eowder from such chlorine, I think the testimony we
ave had to-night from so high an authority on the
subject as Dr. Hewitt, confirming as it does what
he said before the Newcastle Section in April,
[885 (this Journal, vol. iv. 311), quite settles the
question. If Dr. Hewitt could make 36 per cent,
bleach from gases containing only "> per cent, of
chlorine by weight, there would surely be no
difficulty iri dealing with these gases in which the
chlorine averages 5 per cent, by volume. Moreover,
Mr. Mond]has always scouted the idea that any real
difficulty attached to this point But even if any
such difficulty exists now it will disappear when we
succeed, as we certainly shall, in increasing the
temperature of the furnace and thus obtaining a
quicker decomposition and a higher percentage of
free chlorine. I have already made to M. Pechiney
the suggestion which !>r Wright has made to night—
namely, that the supply of air should be graduated.
With respect to the suggestions made by Mr.
Kingzett I would remark that the oxychloride does
not need to be made into blocks; it is a natural
property of the material to be somewhat too
"blocky." In practice it has been found necessary
to use it in small pieces, so that air may thoroughly
permeate the mass. Mr. Swan's question is a most
pertinent one. I have already stated that the plant
for this process will be more expensive than is the
plant for the old Weldon process. In fact, M.
Pechiney estimates that, taking the unit of chlorine
production at one ton per day, the cost of plant at
Salindres for the old Weldon process would be
' 60,O00fr., and for the new process li0,0O0fr.
—that is to say. exactly double. The diagrams shown
to-night are not drawn to scale. They are merely
illustrations for the purpose of this paper. 1 may
say, however, that the chambers of the decomposing
furnace are three metres high, one metre long, and
O'OS metre wide. The hydrochloric acid at present
lost could undoubtedly be recovered if it were worth
while to do so : but at Salindres they are in the
happy position of having a very extensive area and
no alkali inspector, and therefore this loss does not
trouble them. With respect to the possibility of
Stassfurt becoming a centre of the chlorine industry,
I should like to quote a few words of my distinguished
predecessor in office. In his able address to this
Society in July, 188(1, Mr. Muspratt said : "If chloride
of magnesium is used to replace salt as the raw
material for chlorine, this great chemical industry
will, of necessity, have its seat in Stassfurt, and not
in Lancashire." I think, therefore, that my views on
that point are well supported. I of course admit
that the process has its difficulties, but I believe
that those difficulties will be overcome. For
instance, the attainment of a higher temperature
in the decomposing furnace will obviate the present
loss of chlorine as hydrochloric acid. The oxychloride
before desiccation containsGequivalentsof water; after
desiccation it contains only 3equivalents. If the drying
were stopped earlier scarcely any hydrochloric acid
would come off in that operation ; but we cannot do
that until M. Pechiney has carried out his improve-
ment in heating the furnace. Then with respect to
the remaining difficulty of undecomposed oxychloride.
That will be no great drawback where the process is
worked continuously, because these small portions of
oxychloride are easily separated from the residues
and are worked again. Supposing the process in
work at Stassfurt, there will be an accumulation of
cheap magnesia which will have been heated strongly,
and will therefore be very dense. This magnesia
will contain some 2 or 3 per cent, of chlorine, and
will therefore be in a condition to form an excellent
cement, setting quickly and with a hard, white
surface. As'Dr. Wright has suggested, such a cement
will probably find useful applications, and may thus
constitute a source of profit.
rLmcrpool Section.
Chairman : J. Campbell 13rown.
rice-Chairman: F. Ilurter.
Committee:
E. G. Ballard.
Ernest Bibby.
Bustaoe Carey.
H. Deacon.
J. ('. (iambic
S. Hamburger.
D. Herman.
J. W. Kynaston.
K. K. Muspratt.
(;. Shack-Sommer.
Jas. Simpson.
A. Watt.
Local Sec. and Treasurer: W. P. Thompson, 6, Lord Street
Liverpool.
Notices of Papers and Communications for t he Meetings to
be sent to the Local Secretary.
Dec. 3i, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF TDK SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
791
Meeting held 7th December, 1887, in the Chemical
Theatre, University College.
DR. J. CAMPBELL BROWN PRESIDING.
M ISCELLANEOUS ( 'O.M.M UNICATIONS.
Db. J. Campbell Brown said that he had brought
some specimens of native indigo plant from Matacong,
off the coast of Africa, and some indigo products,
whilst a gentleman had been good enough to send a
specimen of wild African indigo. The African indigo
plant was extremely rich in indigo, and it was exten-
sively used by the natives. They brought it down to
the coast in the term exhibited (which was a number
of conical masse- of leaves) for their own use. It
was very rough, and as far as he could make out it
was matted together by cow-dung, and they used that
for dyeing their own goods. The process they
followed was similar in its essentials to that employed
in India and elsewhere. They extracted it with alkali
in such a way that fermentation took place : this
developed the indigo, reduced it and dissolved the
white indigo, and as far as he understood the natives
on the African coast gave the goods rather a pro-
longed dipping. It was interesting to know, also, that
although the specimen submitted contained a great
deal of indigo it was difficult to get all the indigo
blue from it. Dr. Kohn has worked this out, and
found that the difficulty arose from the fact that the
indigo was partly converted into indigo-brown, and
that led him (Dr. Brown) to endeavour to ascertain
how it got into that condition, and then he found out
that the leaves were mixed with something like cow-
dung. It had been put up in that form apparently for
convenience of carriage. In that way it had got during
carriage a strong fermentation and heating set up by
the presence of the cow-dung and by the climate. In
cases of what might be called " over-fermentation,"
not only was indigo blue formed from indican, but
the continued fermentation made indigo brown.
There were on the table specimens of indigo brown,
indigo blue from indigo plants, and some artificial
indigo made from coal-tar. It was also interesting to
note that in different parts of the world where the
climate is similar, indigo plants grow and flourish.
Mr. W. P. Thompson exhibited some samples of
prepared paper for bank cheques. The cheques are
printed in black or any other colour, but the paper
was impregnated with chemicals in such a manner
that no matter what liquid was put on to try to
take out ordinary writing ink, the paper would change
colour with the liquid, though unaffected by water.
The samples he had got, if washed with caustic soda
solution, oxalic acid or other acid, or bleaching pow-
der solution, would entirely change colour, showing
clearly the tampering. This prepared paper was being
largely used in France in making cheques, coupons,
bonds, etc. Envelopes have also been made with this
paper, so that tampering with them could easily be
detected,
The Chairman: Is the colour printed on the
cheques !
Mr. W. 1'. Thompson: No. it is in the white
paper itself. It is printed with ordinary printer's ink.
If oxalic acid were put to the paper, it would immedi-
ately change colour, as shown in s, ,me of the specimens
exhibited smeared with the three aforesaid solutions.
ULTRAMARINE,
BY HERBERT J. L, RAWLINS.
Lapk-LAZULI. the native form of ultramarine,
is a somewhat rare mineral found in Prn i i.
China. Persia, and one or two other localities. It
is generally of an earthy bluish-grey colour, but
the purest varieties are of a deep rich blue. It is
associated with iron pyrites, generally in small
glittering crystals, and this gave rise, at one time,
to the idea that the blue colour was due to the
presence of iron.
To procure the blue colour free from the earthy
matter accompanying it, the mineral is first reduced
to a fine powder, which is mixed with resin, wax,
and linseed oil, worked into a paste. The mass is
then placed in a cloth and kneaded under water.
The first portion of the colouring matter expressed
is generally dirty: but afterwards the brighter blue
makes its way through tin' doth, and last of all an
inferior quality. All these qualities are carefully
collected and classified.
This operation is a very tedious one, and though
several others have been suggested, no better one has
been found. The resulting blue pigment is certainly
of great stability and purity of tone, but costs about
20s. per ounce.
Discovery of a Proi ess ok Manufacture.
For a long time the composition of this body
remained a mystery. "What is lapis!" asks Sir
Hugh Evans in the " Merry Wives of Windsor," and
until half-a-century ago chemists were echoing his
question and asking each other "What is lapis-
lazuli ! " The analysis could give no clue as to the
cause of the blue colour. To prepare it artificially
became a great object, and the efforts in this direction
were stimulated by the offer of prizes, amongst which
was one of 6000 francs, offered by the "Society
d'Encouragement" of France, to be awarded to the dis-
coverer of a method of making ultramarine, provided
it did not cost more than 90s. per lb. How strange
it seems to think of this in these days when the value
has fallen to less than half that price per cwt. .'
As early as 1814 two German chemists, Tessiirt and
Ixuhlmann, had observed the formation of a blue pro-
duct in soda kilns and calcination kilns, but Guimet,
in 1828, first discovered how it was produced, and
gained the 6000 francs prize. He did not, however,
publish his method,and grew immensely rich, although
the price sank to about 16's. per lb. In 1828 he was
producing at the rate of 120,0001b. annually.
About the same time, or, as is positively asserted
by some, even prior to Guimet, Gmelin made the same
discovery and published his researches in full, thus
perhaps laying the foundation stone of the present
supremacy of Germany in this manufacture.
Chemical Constitution.
In spite of the valuable discoveries of Hoffmann,
Unger and others, our knowledge of the chemical
constitution of ultramarine is very limited and
uncertain, many different theories having been
advanced regarding the cause of the blue colour.
According to Wilkins, ultramarine is composed of
two portions, one of which consists of two silicates of
alumina with sulphite and sulphide ot sodium, and is
constant in its composition ; the other being a mixture
of variable quantities of sand, clay and oxide of iron,
with sulphuric acid. The blue colouring principle
he consideis t<> be a compound of sodium sulphite
and sulphide. Another ingenious theorist, Stein, in
two papers published in the Jahresberidite in 1871
and 1^72, concludes that blue ultramarine contains
sulphurous, and not thio sulphuric acid, that neither
sulphites nor thio-sulphates are necessary to its com-
position, and that it owes its colour to the presence
of black sulphide of sodium, which is formed at high
temperatures by the action of sulphide of sodium on
alumina— admitting, therefore. that it isnot a chemical
rss
THE .TOVBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY IDec. 31. 1887.
compound, but merely a mechanii a] mixture, the blue
colour of which is due to the bodii s imposing it.
Brunnei considers ultramarine to be a compound
of aluminium silicate, with sodium sulphate and sul-
phide, while I'.i iinlin regards it as a double silicate of
aluminium and sodium, in combination with penta-
sulphide of sodium. (Jreen ultramarine he considers
to be the same double silicate in combination with
bisulphide of sodium.
Again, according to Hitter, ultramarine contains a
double silicate, not only associated with polysulphide,
but also with thiosulphate of soda : and Schulzen-
berger, on the other hand. considers that it is a mixture
of a double silicate with sulphite and monosulphide of
sodium.
Endemann considers that the blue colour is due to
a " colour nucleus," consisting of unchanging propor-
tions of aluminium, sodium, oxygen and sulphur, in
each variety of ultramarine the proportion being
different, while the rest of the sodium and alu-
minium, and the whole of the silica, merely act as a
vehicle necessary to the preparation and existence of
the colour. He consideis that this " colour nucleus,''
in the case of white ultramarine, which he calls the
"mother-substance in the manufacture of blue ultra-
marine," has the foimula AlXa4O^S2. By the action
on two molecules of this of sulphurous acid gas Na20
is removed, and green ultramarine ALNa,;0.,S4"is
formed, which then, by the action of oxygen, which
forms sodium sulphate, passes into the pure green
compound, having the formula ALNa40:;Sa. In
the "indirect process" of manufacture green ultra-
marine is converted into blue by being burnt with
sulphur. By this means Endemann considers that
more sodium and sulphur are removed, and blue
ultramarine ALNao03S3 is foimcd. He considers
that the other jortion, not included in the "colour
nucleus," differs in different samples. In one which
he mentions it has about the composition
3Al203.5Na20.16SiOs.
But of all chemists who have woiked on this sub-
ject ncne has done more to increase our knowledge
of "the blue marvel of inorganic chemistry," as he
himself has called it, than Remhold Hoffmann. His
position of manager of the Marienberg Ultramarine
Works, near Benscbeim, in the Grand Duchy of
Hesse, renders his acquaintance with the manufacture
perfect, and his untiring researches on the subject
have been well rewarded by results both interesting
and valuable. He considers ultramarine to be a
double silicate of sodium and aluminium, together
with bisulphide of sodium, the variety poor in silica,
characterised by its paleness and purity of tint, and
easy decomposition by acids, having the formula
4(Al,jNa2Si2Os)+Na2S4 : while that rich in silica,
characterised by its dark and somewhat reddish tint,
and more difficult decomposition by acids, has the
formula 2(Al.JXa..Si..,010) + Na:,S4. He also con-
siders it very doubtful whether green ultramarine is
really a chemical compound, and indeed it is now
generally considered that the colour is only due to
small traces of sodium salts in very intimate
mechanical mixture with the blue variety, for by
heating the green body for sometime at 160s with
water, in closed tubes, it is converted into the blue
product, and small traces of sodium compounds are
found in solution in the water ; and lurther, on heat-
ing blue ultramarine strongly with sodium sulphate
and charcoal — that is, acting upon it with sodium
sulphide — the green variety is formed.
In a paper by Knapp, an abstract of which appeared
in the Journal of the Chemical Society for March,
1880, there are some curious facts recorded with regard
to the colouring agent.' It was noticed that when
silicic acid was replaced by boracic acid, a blue.
in, uly as stable in its properties as that of ordinary
ultramarine, was produced. It was found that a blue
could be obtained without alumina being introduced.
Hence silica without alumina, and alumina without
silica, can be employed with a certain amount of
success. The blue, however, formed without silica, is
not so strong or stable as that formed with it.
One very curious property which ultramarine
possesses is its power of giving up its sodium in
exchange for othermetals. Thus, by heating blueultra-
marine with a concentrated solution of silver nitrate
in sealed tubes to 120° for fifteen hours, a dark yellow
silver ultramarine is produced, containing about 46'5
per cent, of silver. This corresponds to about 15'5
per cent, of sodium, which is just about the amount
that the original body contained.
When this body is heated with an aqueous solution
of sodium chloride to 120° in sealed tubes, about
three-quarters of the silver is replaced by sodium,
but the other quarter cannot be so replaced ; in fact,
blue ultramarine, when heated with silver chloride,
takes up silver, and becomes green. But by heating
silver ultramarine with sodium chloride in the dry
way, at rather a higher temperature, the whole of the
silver is replaced by sodium, but the ultramarine thus
regenerated does not equal the original body in colour.
The change is probably due to the loss of sulphur in
the formation of the silver ultramarine.
If in the above experiment potassium chloride be
substituted for the sodium salt, and the temperature
not allowed to exceed 400°, a bluish-green potassium
ultramarine is formed. Bai ium ultramarine is a
yellowish-brown product, zinc ultramarine is violet,
and magnesium ultramarine is grey. These may all
be obtained by acting on the yellow silver ultramarine
with the corresponding metallic chloride.
From the experiments of Dollfus and Goppelsroder
some very striking differences have been brought to
light between the three types of colour which they
examined — namely, the blue, green and violet — intheir
behaviour with various reagents. Thus, an aqueous
solution of caustic soda or potash does not act on the
blue or green, but turns the violet to blue, and when
heated with carbonic oxide the same result ensues.
Many other reagents have the same effect on the
I violet variety, but when acted upon with sodium
sulphide, the green turns grey, and when heated w ith
potassium chlorate becomes darker and loses its
brightness of colour, liollfus and Goppelsroder
attempt no explanation of these facts, but simply
state them as results of their observations, and profess
their inability to give any chemical formulae for the
three ultramarines, though they consider that there
is sufficient proof that each has its distinct constitu-
tion. They give as their opinion, however, that they
are double silicates of aluminium and sodium, in
which a part of the oxygen is replaced by sulphur.
I may here mention that violet and red ultra-
marines are more bodies of scientific interest than of
any practical use, as their colouring power is not
sufficiently great. The violet variety may be prepared
by exposing the underground blue product to chlorine
gas under a high temperature, while the red may be
obtained from the violet by acting on it, under a
low temperature, by dilute nitric acid fumes.
Imdibect Process as Manufacture.
The first artificial method of producing ultramarine
was that known as the " Indirect Process "—that is,
first the manufacture of green ultramarine ; and,
secondly, its conversion into blue. It was carried out
as follows : —
An intimate mixture of Glauber's salts, China clay,
and coal or resin, finely ground together, was placed
in crucibles and based or burned in an oven
Dec. si. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
793
for about six bums. It was then transferred
to iron trays, and heated with Bowers of sul-
phur to the point where the sulphur took tire, when it
was allowed to burn itself out. By this second pro
cess the green was converted into blue. It was then
washed, ground with water, and settled out. the first
deposit being of a darker shade than the second, and
the colour becoming lighter as the powder settled
was finer in grind. This is essentially the method
employed now at many (lerman works, those at
Marienberg, for instance, and produces what is known
as 'sulphate ultramarine," distinguished by its pale
shade and almost greenish blue tint.
The
Mam fa' i i i;k as Carried
Furnaces.
"IT IN M TITLE
There are, however, some objections to the indirect
process, and it was considered advisable to find a plan
by which ultramarine could be made in bulk in a
muffle furnace. The following is a method which is
employed at the present time in some of the German
works : —
A mixture of China clay, carbonate of soda, sul-
phate of soda, sulphur, sand and charcoal or resin,
finely ground together, are placed upon the floor of a
lnurtie furnace, being pressed down so as to present
an even surface. The mixture is then entirely
enclosed with fire-clay tiles, the spaces between
which are filled in with thin mortar. When the oven
is so charged the front is built up, a small hole being
left for watching the temperature of the Hue between
the tiles and the top of the furnace, and for drawing
samples during the process, which is done through a
corresponding hole in the front of the fire-clay tiles,
temporarily closed with a fire-clay stopper. The oven
is now heated — slowly at first, and afterwards more
strongly, so that at the end of eight or nine hours it
is at a dull red heat. It is kept at this temperature
for about 24 hours, when the heat is raised so that a
clear red glow is obtained, which is kept up to the
end of the operation.
For the purpose of taking a sample, an iron spoon
borer is introduced through the hole left in the
enclosing tiles, turned round, and pulled out. The
contents are laid on a clean tile, and quickly covered
with another tile, on which a second quantity is
placed, and allowed to remain exposed to the air. If
the oven has been sufficiently heated the covered
sample should appear of a bluish green, and no longer
brown or yellow, while the second sample should be
rather bluer. If this be the case, the oven is heated
slowly for another hour, and then all communication
with the outer air cut off. It is allowed to cool and
then opened, when the contents should appear as a
beautiful blue mass, the lower portion of which,
however, is of a greenish tinge. Both parts are now
treated alike, but worked up separately, the greenish
blue portion making an inferior article. The finishing
process is as follows : —
The raw ultramarine is ground in upright mills, and
then repeatedly boiled for about ten or fifteen minutes
at a time in cast-iron boilers, being all the time
agitated by a mechanical stirring arrangement. It is
then allowed to settle, and the water drawn oft' with
a siphon. As soon as the powder settles into a hard
compact mass it has been sufficiently washed, and it
is then dug out. The part next to the bottom of the
boiler is generally coarse and of poor quality. It is
carefully separated from the upper portion, which is
transferred to wet mills of the ordinary description,
and there ground for from six to twelve hours, during
which time about 1501b, can be treated in each mill.
The ground colour from these mills is then collected
in a large tub, and allowed to settle for four hours,
during which time the coarsest particles fall to the
bottom. The liquid is then passed through a series of
tuis. iii each ot w liich it is allowed to stand for a period
of time, lengthening as the quality settled out becomes
liner, the last settling requiring about three weeks.
The various qualities are then dried and sifted, when
they are ready for the market
The blue produced by this operation is of a good
quality, but there are soir.e objections to the pro<
which have given rise to another in which the ultra-
marine is produced direct in crucibles similar to those
used in the indirect pro.
Direct Process in Crucibles.
This is conducted as follows :— The mixture of raw
materials consistsof about 100 parts of China clay, 90 oi
carbonate of soda, 110 of sulphur, 20 of charcoal, and a
quantity of infusorial earth, varying according as the
ultramarine produced is desired to be rich or poor in
silica. Thesearefinely ground together, in which process
great care must be observed, as much depends upon its
being properly carried out. The mixture is then
filled loosely into crucibles provided with flat
circular lids, which are fixed on with mortar contain-
ing clay. This is allowed to dry, and the crucibles
are then ready for firing, which process is conducted
in ovens generally constructed so as to contain several
hundred crucibles, which are arranged in rows, one
above another.
The mixture undergoes a very curious change of
colour while in the ovens. "When put in it is
greyish white, and during the process of burning it
becomes successively brown, green, blue, violet, red
and white in the order named. These changes are,
according to Guimet, due to oxidation. The brown
appears with the blue flames due to the combustion
of the sulphur, the green just after the sulphur flames
have ceased, and the blue is first formed at a tem-
perature of about 700°— i.e., a bright red heat. If,
after this, heat be still applied and air freely
admitted, the mixture becomes first violet, then red or
rose coloured, and finally white. When this white
body is heated to redness with carbon or other
reducing agents, the red, violet, blue, green and brown
colours (according to the amount of reducing agent
employed) may sometimes be reproduced, though the
reaction is by no means a certain one.
If brown ultramarine be removed from the oven,
and allowed to remain exposed to the air, it im-
mediately takes fire and burns to an inferior blue
colour. The same thing occurs with the green body.
Even if the brown product be completely cooled
before being exposed to the air, it will, as soon as the
air is allowed to reach it, get hotter and hotter, until
it is glowing, when it will burst into flame and
become blue. Attempts have been made to preserve
the brown colour, which is of a beautiful chocolate
tint, but have always failed. In one instance, when
this was tried, the colour was put immediately into
water, and treated like the ordinary blue variety, and
as long as it was kept moist no change was apparent.
After being washed and wet ground the moist
powder was put into a cask, where for some time it
was allowed to remain undisturbed. At the end of
about three weeks it was noticed that the mass was
hot, and on being turned out of the caskand broken up
it was found to be at a glowing heat in the interior.
After the oven has been fired for several hours it is
carefully closed at every point where air might
enter, and allowed to cool for four or five days. Ths
exact length of time during which the ovens are
fired, and the amount of air admitted, depend upon
various circumstances, one important one being the
state of the weather. Thus, on a dull, foggy day,
when the draught in the chimney is not good, a
r time is required. Of course, no rule can be
C
::)■)
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. |H<r.si.i887.
given for this, ami it is the experience required in
the management of the oven that makes the manu-
facture so difficult to cany out EUCCessfuUy, the early
efforts of a manufacturer not (infrequently resulting
in the loss of a whole ovenful of raw material. As
soon as the oven has cooled the crucibles are taken
out, and the contents of each turned out in a solid
mass, which must lie carefully cleaned with a knife of
any badly burned portions, and afterwards broken up
and thrown into a cask along with the contents of
other crucibles.
This forms what is known as crude raw ultra-
marine. It contains about 15 per cent, of sulphate of
soda, which must be removed before the colour is fit
for sale.
For this purpose it is washed with hot water in
large tubs, alter which it is ground in wet mills to an
impalpable powder, and allowed to stand for about
an hour in a large tub, in order to remove the
coarsest particles and dirt which are sure to be
present. It is then removed to another tub, where it
settles for four or five hours, and from this it passes
to others, where it stands for various lengths of
time, increasing, of course, as the powder tobe settled
becomes finer, the last settling occupying three or
four weeks, and producing the strongest quality that
can be obtained— that is to say, it will bear
mixing with more of a reducing medium, such as
mineral white, than would a former settling, for the
mixture in each case tobe of the same depth of colour.
The water, after the final settling, still continues
about five per cent, of ultramarine. This would take
five or six months to settle, and as this time could
not generally be given to it, it is precipitated with
lime water, which has a sort of coagulating influence
upon the particles, which can then be removed by
filtration. It is a curious thing that this last
quality is quite different to the one preceding it,
being very inferior in both colour and strength.
After settling, all the various qualities are dried on
kilns, and sifted through fine brass wire sieves by
means of a fan, which breaks up the lumps and
forces the particles through the meshes of the sieve,
which must be very close-about 100 to the inch— in
order that the ultramarine may be perfectly smooth
and free from lumps or giit of any sort. When
finished, it should be in the form of an wnpalpable
powder— the finer qualities so fine, indeed, as to feel
almost hilttry when rubbed between the fingers.
After this process the different qualities and shades
are mixed to certain standards, and are then ready
for sale.
The uses of ultramarine in the arts and manu-
factures are very numerous and important. The
most important, from the point of view of quantity,
is the manufacture of "square blue" for washing
purposes. In the preparation of this article the
ultramarine is generally mixed with bicarbonate of
soda and some glutinous material, to help it to retain
its shape, and is then pressed into the well-known
form of small square or oblong blocks.
It is also used largely in the manufacture of blue
paint and printing ink and in the preparation of blue
mottled soap. The way in which it is employed in
the last-named manufacture is worthy of remark.
It is added to the soap while it is in a molten state
and just before it is allowed to cool, and thoroughly
mixed with it, so that the whole mass is of a pale
blue tint. If a small quantity of this be removed
from the boiler and cooled quickly, it remains of a
uniform tint, but in the case of the whole boiler full,
where the cooling is very slow, the action is entirely
different. Just at the point of cooling, when the
soap is going to set hard, the nltiamarine — to use a
technical expression — "strikes" and goes into the
form which gives to blue mottled soap its well-known
appearance.
In the manufacture of paper ultramarine also plays
an important part. It is here used not only for pro-
ducing blue shades, but also as a bleaching agent, to
counteract the yellow, when white paper is made.
Another important use is in the calico manufacture,
where it is used both in the printing of blue patterns
and in the finishing of goods. In the case of calico
i printing, it is mixed with albumen and printed on to
the calico, which is then subjected to the action of
' steam, the albumen being by this means coagulated and
! each grain of ultramarine surrounded by an insoluble
envelope, so that it cannot be washed out of the calico.
The growth in the manufactuie of ultramarine
has been very remarkable, especially when it is
considered how little the process is understood
chemically, and what care and patience— to say
nothing of the equally important item of capital —
are required in the starting of a manufactory. Com-
mencing less than 50 years ago in the works of
Guimet, at Lyons, who produced 120,0001b. annually,
there are at the present day nearly 40 manufactories
at work in various parts of the world — chiefly in
(iermany— producing about 20 million lbs. per year.
The following figures will give some idea of ten years'
growth of this industry— from 1862 to 1872 :-
1862. 1872.
No. of manufactories 24 32
Men employed 961 1929
Tons manufactured 3556 £585
From the above numbers it will be seen that in
these ten years the manufacture more than doubled
' itself, the fact being due, however, not so much to the
i increase in the number of works, which was only one-
third, as to the enlarged capabilities of those existing
in 1S(;2. Thus, in the works of Dr. Leverkus, near
Cologne — the first works ever started in Germany- -
the number of men employed had, during these ten
years, more than doubled, while the output had
trebled, and in the case of the Marienberg Works the
difference was even more striking, the number of
Lands employed and the quantity turned out per
1 annum having nearly quadrupled.
Such is a short sketch— from both a chemical and
a practical point of view— of this much used, but
little understood, body. I have not attempted to go
very deep into its chemistry. It was not within the
intention of this paper to do so, and besides, to tell
the truth, I was rather afraid to plunge into such a
troubled sea of contradictory theories. "Patience,"
says the French author, in, surely, the most extra-
ordinary mixture of metaphors ever put together —
" Patience is the crutch by the light of which we
follow the road to knowledge without losing the
thread of it.'" Well, it is to be hoped that this will
soon come true in the case of the researches on the
question of the composition of ultramarine, for if
patience has ever been expended upon any subject,
it is upon this. Gmelin, Scheurer-Kestner, Stein,
Hoffmann, Schcffer — these and many other names
make up the brilliant list of those who have
endeavoured to wrest this secret from Nature, and
, yet to-day we are obliged to echo the words written
by Hoffmann ten yearsago, and tosay, "The time has
', not yet come when a well-grounded theory can be
formed with regard to the chemical constitution of
ultramarine, or to its physical properties with regard
to light — that is, its various colours."
DISCUSSION'.
Dr. S. Hamhuuuer said that some years ago a dis-
cussion took place in a German technical paper as to
whether ammonia soda was applicable to the manu-
facture of ultramarine. Some manufacturers con-
tended that it was, whereas others found ammonia
Dec Si. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
' ■
soda not suitable at all. He should like to hear the
lecturer's opinion on that point Again, he had
always understood that it was V'auquelin who first
noticed ultramarine on bricks in black ash furna
and that it was Dumas who gave an explanation o
formation. Dumas added that there was not the
least doubt tint some day ultramarine would be
made from silica, alumina and sulphide o) sodium.
This suggestion led Engelhart, who translated I Mimas'
works into German, to commence experiments in
that direction, but he died before they were com-
pleted. His assistant Leykauf continued his work,
and is entitled to the credit of having taught the
world how to make ultramarine on a manufacturing
scale. Gmelin's experiments did not go beyond the
laboratory scale, while (Unmet kept his process
secret.
Mr. Thompson asked whether the blue colour in
kyanite was due to ultramarine and also whether the
colour of the sapphire (which generally had a little
silica in its composition and was mainly alumina)
was likely to be caused by ultramarine i He fancied
himself, with regard to the sapphire, that it was more
likely to be caused by cobalt, because tracts of cobalt
had been found in the sapphire mines in the Southern
States, but it had struck him that possibly, as there
was silica nearly always present, it might be the
silica combined with alkali and sulphur that had
done the thing, especially, moreover, as the sapphire
was always found there in extinct volcanoes, or in
volcanic eruptive rocks. Therefore, there was plenty
of sulphur for the purpose of forming ultramarine.
The blue corundum or sapphire was found in some
mines almost to the exclusion of auy other colour,
but not sufficiently clear to be gems (he had found
one sapphire himself which weighed about lolb., but
too opaque and flawed to be of value as a gem). 1 int
in other corundum mines there was not the slightest
trace of blue, it was all yellow, red brown, white, and
grey. In one — Buck's Creek — mine, where it was all
grey, except a little blue in one place, kyanite came
up "in great quantity and it was all blue, or blue and
white, just the same colour as ultramarine.
1 >r. .1. ('. Brown* said in connection with Mr.
Thompson's question, he would also like to ask
whether ultramarine was ever transparent.
Mr. Thompson said with regard to the sapphire he
believed the colouring matter might be opaque. If
they took sapphires and carefully examined them,
they would find that the colour is hardly ever
uniformly spread over the stone. He had found
sapphires which had the colours red, blue, yellow and
white all in the one stone, and the blue, --hen it is
found in a stone, is usually in streaks. Well, if they
took a very little ultramarine and stirred it up in
water, that water would be transparent and blue and
to all appearances uniform, much more uniform than
the sapphire. In the same way the blue crystal of
corundum might be uniformly blue to all appearance
and yet be coloured by ultramarine or other opaque
colour. To begin with, cobalt blue was opaque and
there was very little doubt that sapphire was coloured
by cobalt blue or ultramarine, because the colour was
so staple.
Mr. S. G. Rawson asked whether the lecturer had
ever noticed the formation of crystals of ultramarine,
which, he understood, had been prepared in single-
refracting crystals belonging to the regular system.
As regards the grinding of the ultramarine, did pro-
longed grinding much alter the colour, because in the
case of vermillion the longer the grinding was con-
tinued the brighter was the colour.
Dr. Hamburger said he did not mean to say that
ammonia soda did not produce ultramarine, but his
point was rather whether it was equally suitable and
whether the finished product was of the same or an
inferior quality. As far as he could rememl>er, the
discussion in the German technical papers did not
result in anything definite, and the question was left
open, whether ammonia soda could replace Leblanc
soda a- a raw material for the manufacture of ultra-
marine.
Mi. S. MosPBATTsaid with regard to the ammonia
. if Reckitt 's blue was an ultramarine, he knew
for a fact that ammonia soda was used in it.
Mr. Bateson said he had always understood that
the objection to the ammonia soda was that it was
more voluminous than the Leblanc soda, and
therefore the pots could not receive the same
weight of charge, and owing to the greater porosity
the heat penetrates le-s easily to the centre of the
mass.
Mr. Rawson did not think the lecturer had quite
understood his question on the fineness of the
grinding. He did not refer to the quality of the
ground raw material- as depending on the fineness of
their grinding together, but whether the finished
product depended on it. He understood that
imperfect grinding was quite fatal to the production
of the colour.
Mr. Bawlins, replying to Dr. Hamburger, said that,
with regard to the use of ammonia soda, it had
frequently been used in the manufacture of ultra-
marine, and was constantly used, he understood, but
he himself had not much experience of it. As far as
he could make out, it certainly produced ultramarine,
but of a darker shade than that made with Leblanc
soda. Mr. Rawlins, continuing, said it could not be
supposed, in works where the Leblanc soda was used,
that ammonia soda could conveniently be substituted,
for of course a works when established had to adhere
to its known standards and shades, and it would not
do for them to change their raw materials, though the
ammonia soda produced a very good ultramarine.
As regards the discovery of ultramarine, the first
works started anywhere were Guimefs. He (Mr.
Rawlins) had with him a little historical list contain-
ing the dates at which the various works established
before 1866 or a little later had been started. It
was drawn out by Hoffmann, who, as he stated before,
was the manager of large ultramarine works, and he
put down Guimet's, which were started in 1829, first
on the list Dr. Leverkus started in 1834. He (Mr.
Rawlins) knew that the discovery of ultramarine had
been attributed to different people. He had mentioned
Guimet because it had generally been considered, as
far as he had heard, that Guimet and Gmelin were the
two who discovered it from a manufacturing point of
view. With regard to Mr. Thompson's question, he
could not tell him about kyanite, but he did not
think it was at all likely to be the case with sapphire.
He bad heard of crystals of ultramarine, but had
never seen any, and he knew they were very difficult
to prepare and very rare. He had mentioned that
the grinding had to be done very thoroughly, because
the better it was mixed and the finer it was ground,
the better was the ultramarine produced. If it was
badly mixed it was quite fatal to getting a good
result. Mr. Bawlins said that grinding lightened
the colour. Raw ultramarine must te ground before
it was practicable to use it at all. For instance, a
coarse ultramarine could not be used for printing
calico. Therefore it was necessary to grind it both
for the sake of the colour and for the sake of the way in
which it was applied. It was increased in value by
grinding because it made it stronger and finer. Before
grinding it was of a dark colour, but after grinding it
becamelighterandbrighter. They would notice thetwo
1 ottles (specimens submitted) marked respectively
i ''darkshade "and'"lishtshade." These were practically
l 2
796
1HE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [DccM.igW
the same ultramarine- Le., the same original bulk of
ultramarine, but these were two ol the settlings. The
very dark one was an early settling and the light one
,i long settling that took three weeks.
Mr. J. M v donald asked which one had the finest
partic
Mr. Rawlins : The pale one.
NOTE ON A FEW INDIAN
METHODS OF
DYES AND
l>\ KING BY NATIVES.
In
i;y H. s. elwokthy, f.c.s.
the district in which I am engaged— namely
Itobilkund, N.W.P. — there are no extensive dyeing
operations carried on, the few places that there are
being on the smallest scale, and the dyes they use
being of the simplest description.
( lotton goods are almost the only kind dyed, as the
Hindoos do not wear woollen clothes, and silk and
linen are obtained ready dyed from other districts.
Aniline dyes are fast replacing native dyes on
account of their greater ease of application, German
and English aniline dyes of all colours being readily
obtained in the bazaars, many of them being
adulterated by over 50 per cent, of their weight with
dextrin or British gum. Although these colours are not
as fast generally as their own, still their ready applica-
tion and comparative cheapness, owing to their
intense colorific power, is causing them to replace the
others more and more completely.
As is stated at first the dyeing operations are
carried on in the most primitive fashion, the shop
generally consisting ot a small room open in front,
with a mud floor and perhaps a small verandah out-
side. The room itself may range from 8 to 12 feet
square, and in this all their work is carried on.
Their dye becks and vats are common earthen
vessels unglazed, known as nauds — large open pans
holding 15 to 20 gallons; khoondat — flat dishes holding
about 1 to lA gallons ; and gharrus — a kind of earthen
pot with a rather narrow mouth. Their furnace
consists of two little mud walls, with sometimes a
copper or iron pan as a boiler, but usually the
earthen vessels are used for this.
Their dyes are dried flowers, fruits, barks, roots,
and seeds of trees, with occasionally iron salts,
ochres, etc. They use a few different kinds of
gum produced locally and also occasionally gum
resins as colouring matters or mordants. Their
favourite mordants are alum and tree barks. These
things are invariably dissolved in water, neither
spirits nor acids being used. The cloth, if new, is not
bleached in any way, being simply washed thoroughly,
generally without soap or alkali, dried or not and
placed in the dyeing vessel.
Almost the only chemicals which they use as far as
1 have been able to ascertain are alum, called phut
tnrri, ferrous sulphate, or Intra hussees, lime or
chuna, puppret or aujji mittee crude carbonate of soda
containing from 5 to 30 per cent, of carbonate of soda,
with small quantities of sulphate and chloride, castor
oil and molasses. Mooltani milli, a kind of fullers
earth, is also used occasionally.
The dyers here seem to have but a very vague
conception of anything but the most elementary
colours, attempts rarely being made to obtain
different shades, and it is almost impossible to get an
exact colour or shade twice over.
I shall not mention the aniline dyes beyond saying
that they are simply dissolved in water, the cloth
dipped in once or more until the required amount of
colour is obtained, sometimes drying between the
dips. No mordant is used with them, as far as I
know.
I will now give a few of the methods used with
their own dj I
Blue. — This is a colour very largely used here,
perhaps more than all the rest combined, and it is in
this district invariably done with indigo, no aniline
dye being used. The method is as follows :— lOoz. of
indigo are very finely ground up in a flat dish with
crude carbonate of soda, and water the grinding con-
tinued until the indigo is in the finest possible state
of division, the coarser particles being removed by
elutriation and reground again and again. Ten
pounds of lime from native limestone or hunka (a
nodular limestone or calcareous tufa, consisting
principally of carbonate of lime with a large propor-
tion of clay, oxide of iron and alumina), and 2Ub. of
crude carbonate of soda are mixed with about 7 or
8lb. ot water, well stirred and then strained through
grass placed on top of a naud (large open pan) : this
filtrate, consisting principally of caustic soda, is then
mixed with the ground indigo; 2oz. of good, stone lime
and loz. of molasses (which they say causes it
to become ready quickly) are added, and it is then
allowed to stand overnight and it is ready in the
morning. The cloth is dipped two or three times
into this liquor, being allowed to dry between each
dip. This is said to yield a fast colour. No copperas
is used for the purpose of reducing the indigo, though
it is possible that the iron in the kunka (impure lime-
stone), which is largely in the ferrous state, may
reduce a portion of it. That it is not entirely
reduced is clearly proved by the deep blue of the dye
liquor. The men seemed quite unable to explain the
rationale of the process, and the reason [why they
used kunka instead of a purer form of limestone.
All they knew was that it had been handed down
from father to son and other limestone could not be
used to replace the kunka.
For Wool.— lOoz. of indigo, lilb. crude carbonate
' of soda and 2 to 2Aoz. of molasses are mixed w ith lOto
: 12 gallons of water and allowed to remain for 10 or 15
days according to temperature. It is then ready for
dyeing without further preparation. No lime is used
in this for wool dyeing.
Light Blue. — The cloth is dipped once in indigo
liquor and dried. Half-an-ounce of turmeric ground
tine is put in enough water to cover the cloth (say
4yds), the latter being at once put in and left therein
for half-an-hour, being occasionally moved about. It
is then wrung out and dried without washing. The
cloth is now green ; 4oz. of anar or naspal (dried
pomegranate fruit, punica granatum), are boiled with
! 2lb. of water till one-fourth is evaporated, and after
cooling the clear liquor is decanted, and the cloth
dipped in twice, drying between each dip ; 2oz. of alum
are dissolved in enough water to cover the cloth, the
latter quickly dipped in, wrung out and dried.
Black. — Cotton goods are first dyed by passing
three or four times through indigo liquor and then
dried. The following dye liquor is then made up : —
liana, the fruit of a tree Terminalia chtbula, which
is one of the fruits exported from India under the
name of Myrabolans,4az. ;anar (pomegranate), Soz. :
and water, 4 or Mb., are boiled together until one-
fourth has evaporated, then allowed to cool and
strain through cloth. Copperas, 4oz., is dissolved in
the strained liquor, and the cloth dipped in and well
rubbed, then well wrung out, dried and again passed
through the liquor, dried, washed, and is finished.
Another recipe. — Harra (myrabolans) 4oz., water
2lb., boiled together till about one-fourth has
evaporated and allowed to cool. When cold the clear
liquor is decanted into another vessel : the cloth is
dipped twice in this liquor, drying between each dip.
It is then put into a solution of 2oz. of copperas in
water and finally wrung out, dried and then washed.
bee. 31. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Red. — There are a number of different recipes for
red dye, some of them giving a fine fast colour, but
many of them are unable to stand washing. Among
others the following dyes are used: — Munjeet (East
Indian Madder, Rvbia Cordi/olia Linn.) /lithe root
of Morinda Tinetoria or M. Eliptica ; llarra
(Terminalia Chebula fruit) : Kaifal or Kaifala, a
species of red bark which I am unable to trace.
.Many others are used in different places, but these
are about the only ones here.
One recipe is as follows for 4yds. of cloth :— Harra,
8oz. coarsely ground and put into enough water to
cover the cloth, which is then well rubbed about in
the liquor without further preparation. After half-
an-hour to one hour the cloth is well wrung out and
dried ; ^oz. of alum are dissolved in the same quantity
of water, and the cloth quickly wrung through this
and dried for three or four days ; it is then well
washed in the river Z>Aoiie fashion — that is, dipped into
the water, then raised over the head and brought
dewn on the flat stone with a vigorous swing ; 8oz. of
Al ground up in cold water is allowed to remain in
the sun for a day, then just brought to a boil and
while still hot the cloth is dipped in, wrung out and
hung up in the sunshine to dry. It is again well
washed and passed through the Al solution once
more. A final washing and drying complete the
operation.
Khaki- Ma ju — a fruit, botanical name unknown
to me — cne fruit for 4yds. of cloth well ground, two
anar fruits also well ground are put into enough
water to cover the cloth, and 4oz. of Mooltan earth, a
kind of fullers earth, added. The cloth is then well
rubbed in this liquor for an hour or more. after which
it is wrung out. A pinch of copperas is put into
enough water to cover the cloth and the latter wrung
through quickly : loz. of alum is put into the
original elye liquor with the maju, etc., and the cloth
put in once, wrung out and dried.
Yellow. — There are also a number of ways of
dyeing yellow yielding different shades and also of
various degrees of fastness. Thoun, the seeds of
Cfdie/a toona (Roxb) Harxingkar ; the flowers of
Nyctliantltis Arbor tristis : Kvsum or Safflower
Carthamvs tinctorivs, Al, Morinda tinetoria, (also
used for dyeing red and green) turmeric, usare or
r< nana (a kind of gum resin), and many others. For
4yds. of cloth the following are taken : — 8oz. of
thoun, well washed and the dirt allowed to settle, are
boiled in enough water to cover the cloth, and when
cold strained through cloth. The goods are dipped in
for a few minutes and then wrung out and dried :
2oz. of alum are put into the water containing the
thoun, the cloth again dipped in, wrung out and dried.
This colour is not fast.
For a fast yellow for 4yds. of cloth :— 4oz. of
turmeric or harsinghar are put in enough water to
cover the cloth, which is then well rubbed in the
litjuor for about 15 minutes and then wrung out and
dried. When dry, it is thoroughly washed in the
river until all smell of turmeric is removed : lib. of
mango bark, bark of J/o?(;/»>W" Indica, is well ground
up and put into the same quantity of cold water, and
the cloth steeped in this for one hour and again
wrung out and dried : 4oz. of anar and 4oz. of thoun
are boiled in water and when cold strained through
cloth. The goods are put in the clear liquor and after
remaining a quarter of an hour wrung out and dried,
loz. of alum is finally disolved in the water with the
anar, etc., the cloth just dipped in, wrung out and
driecl.
The method of stamping or printing cloth in use
here is, as might be expected, extremely simple. The
blocks of wood, cut to the desired pattern, are
usually small, rarely exceeding 0 or S inches in length
by 4 or ."> inches in breadth. The colours having been
prepared and thickened to the required density, are
spread upon a piece of baniit or felt, and the block is
pressed on this and then applied to the cloth, the
operation being repeated as often as necessary. The
calico printers here use a kind of gum called dhaura,
which is obtained from Anogeissus Latifolia
(Wallace), and which they consider superior to the
Indian gum arabic obtained from Acacia Arabica
Wilhl, the babool tree of the native. Dr. Watts, in
the "Economic Products of India," says of the
dhaura gum : "It is extensively sold for use in
calico printing: it occurs in clean, straw-coloured
I elongated masses, sometimes honey coloured or even
brown from impurities. As an adhesive gum, it is
inferior in strength to gum arabic, in consequence of
which it commands a much lower price in Europe ;
the more so, since it is nearly always mixed with the
bark of the tree, sand, and other impurities, and
adulterated with the brown tears, which are probably
derived from some other species of Anogeissus. In
India, the reputation of this gum stands high with
the calico printers, especially of Lucknow, and it is
probable it possesses some specific peculiarity
justifying the preference, since it is used with certain
dyestuffs, such as with haldi (Circuma longa), while
gum arabic or babool is used with madder (Rubia
Corditoiia). Dhaur or bakli (dhaura) gum is
generally collected in April.'' I can confirm what Dr.
Watts savs about this gum, and it is probably on
1 account of the tannin which all the samples I have
examined contain, as shown by the black colour given
with ferric salts, that it is preferred in some cases
and not in others.
In my opinion, it would be found a useful gum in
the dyeworks of England, yielding a thick viscid
liquid much superior to dextrin or British gum, and
being at the same time cheaper than gum arabic. I
find that when mixed with a small proportion of
hydrochloric acid, the liquid gum keeps good for
several months even in this climate, and although its
adhesive qualities are slightly lessened by this
addition, it answers very well for labels, etc. Another
gum occasionally used by the printers is the dhak of
Dhaka, from Buteafrondosa (lloxb.), which occurs in
small ruby-coloured grains, which dissolve freely in
water to a clear red solution, but having very little
adhesive power. The colour has been extracteel and
used as a dye, but not with much success, I believe.
The colours printed here are few in number, and
for the most part kutcha, or not fast. 1 will mention
one or two.
Yellow— Scraps of iron are put into a naud, er
large earthen pan, and the pan tilled up with water.
Say, take 101b. of iron, 101b. of water, and J.lb. of
molasses, and allow to remain 4 to 15 days, according
to the weather. -2h\b. of copperas is boiled in the
water that is poured off from the sediment of the
iron scraps till Sib. are left, and when cold, enough
dhaura gum is mixed with it to thicken it for
printing : it is then added to the deposit from the
iron, and the mixture strained through cloth. It is
now ready for use. l}lb. of sujj (crude carbonate of
soda), or l|lb. of good stone lime are mixed with
about 101b. of water. After the deposit has settled,
the clear licpior is poured off and the cloth is dipped
in : it is at once taken out and wrapped up well m a
cloth and kept until the colour conies out properly,
and then taken out and dried. After washing it is
ready. This is said to be a very fast colour.
Black.— Tot 10yds. of cloth, take .Ub of hurra
broken up fine and mix with enough cold water to
wet the cloth ; to this add Alb. of milk. The cloth
is put into this liquor without previous straining and
, well rubbed about for half-an-hour, then well wrung
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY [Dec 31, 1S87.
out and allowed to dry in the sun. The cloth is then
printed with the iron liquor prepared as for the
previous recipe. The ground of the cloth is of a
slightly greenish-yellow colour. Alter drying, it is
thoroughly washed and again dried. Mb. of Al
(Morinda tincturia) is roughly ground and added to
enough water to rover the cloth, and the latter put in
and well boiled ; it is then allowed to stand all night,
and next day wrung out and dried. After washing,
the ground is white, while the black colour is very
fast.
<■ r< , a.- Mb. of naspal (pomegranate fruit) is boiled
with 2^1b. of water till ill), remain, and the clear
liquor poured oil'. Jib. of turmeric is well ground and
mixed with this liquor and well strained through cloth.
Enough dhaura gum, say about 6oz., is then mixed
with the liquid to thicken it. A little indigo is well
rubbed up in a khoonda — a flat earthen pan — and
mixed with the thickened liquor, a piece of cloth
being marked with it from time to time until the
right shade is obtained.
Red. — Another recipe — for printing. First treat
the whole cloth with hurra as in previous recipes.
Then 4oz of alum is dissolved in 21b. of water and
a piece of " Gairu " stone, a kind of red ochre, rubbed
in the vessel until the water reddens, and enough
dhaura gum added to thicken it for printing. The
cloth is stamped with this, and allowed to dry in the
sun for from four to eight days and then washed, Alb.
of "al" is ground up in water and stood in the sun for a
day, then just brought to a boil, and while still warm the
cloth is wrung through and dried. This operation is
repeated once more, the cloth being finally washed
and dried. It is a fast colour.
I regret that, owing to the part of the country in
which 1 am situated, I have been unable to obtain
any information about the beautiful colours that are
used in many parts of India — such as in the Punjaub,
Kasbmere, etc.— except what has been already
published, and which is therefore accessible to the
members of this Society.
I have obtained a few specimens of crude dye-
stuffs, which I forward for the inspection of those
interested, and shall be pleased to furnish samples or
information on any point as far as possible.
DISCUSSION.
Dr. I'.kiiwn said that the mode of dyeing black
with iron (referred to in the paper) was something
like inking the cloth. He also noticed that they
seemed to use soda in India with the indigo, while in
Africa they appear to use potash. He was sure the
Society was veiy much obliged to Mr. Elworthy for
bringing the dyestuffs before the meeting and for his
interesting paper.
(fcla.sgoto ano ^cottistj Section.
t hail nan: J. J. Coleman.
Via ihairmcn: W. Wallace.
Vicetl.ah nun { fjrCj.CN.fra,rf0ld-
lion.
.1. Addie.
c. Beilby.
J. V. Buchanan.
W. B, Curphey.
W. Kouli.-.
1:. 1 1 \ inc.
'I'. P. Milli i.
K. J.Wilis.
cilson Cnthberti on,
C i v. n. it tec :
J. II. Milne.
T. L. Haiti rsoD,
.t. Pal i ist_.ii.
B Puller.
F. .1. Low an.
Ernest Smith.
D. It. Steuart.
A. Whit claw.
Hon. Treasurer: W. J. Chrystal.
Local Secretary:
G. G. Henderson. Chemical Laboratory,
University of Glasgow.
Notices of papers and communications for the meeting? to be
scut to the Local Secretary.
Tlte First Meeting for t/tis Session was field in the
Societies' Rooms, #07, Bath Street, Glasgow, on Tues-
day, 1st .V".'< mbi /■, 1887.
Mil. J. J. Ci'LEMAX IN THE CHAIR
CHEMICAL EDUCATION.
ENTKODOCTOEY ADDRESS BY J. .1. COLEMAN, K.K.s.E.,
F.I.C., F.C.S.
After referring to the spread of chemical education
in recent years, and to the rise of technical
colleges, Mr. Coleman said : As members of the
Society of Chemical Industry we are chiefly concerned
with chemistry as applied to industrial processes,
called technical chemistry — technological chemistry
or chemical technology, or simply applied chemistry,
and which by many is considered a distinct depart-
ment outside the science of chemistry proper. The
line of demarcation between the two has, however,
always been hazy, notwithstanding the able way in
which Professor Odling has dealt with it in his recent
Presidential Address to the Institute of Chemistry.
I much prefer to take a different standpoint, and
to view the chemist, who concerns himself with re-
search as requiring his education to be in theoretical
chemistry, combined with chemical manipulation,
and he who concerns himself with chemistry applied to
manufacturing operations as requiring his education
to be theoretical chemistry combined with chemical
engineering.
Now, research chemistry may be in the region of
pure science or the region of applied chemistry, and
there are a great number of young men who, by
physical constitution, or an inquiring mind, are
naturally predisposed to remain within the walls of
the laboratory, and to confine themselves to mani-
pulative processes, and who shrink from contact with
the rough men and the rough processes of a manu-
facturing business. It is as well, perhaps, that such
should be the case ; indeed, I have heard of chemical
works where the laboratory chemists are not allowed
to interfere with the men outside. Even in these
cases a little knowledge of chemical engineering
must at times be of incalculable benefit to the research
chemist, as enabling him to explain intelligently to
managers and foremen not only the nature of the
processes, but to discuss with them the steps necessary
for carrying them out on a large scale.
Some knowledge of chemical engineering is then
advisable for a research chemist, and not only advis-
able, but absolutely essential for a so-called chemical
technologist or technical chemist who undertakes
the management of men and works- men who, after
the type of the late Sir W. Siemens, Walter Weldon,
Percy Gilchrist, Sir F.Abel, Sir Lowthian Bell, have
shown to this generation what applied chemistry
can be made to accomplish. The progress of chemical
technology abroad, the flight of some of our chemical
industries to German soil, such as that of aniline
colours, has been attributed to the skill of the foreign
chemists in research, but I would ask, is there not
something more than this ; has not engineering pro-
gressed in Germany pari passu with chemistry ; and
may not success abroad in such matters be attributed
as much to good engineering as good research I Rut
just as good civil engineering implies a knowledge of
various branches of physics and constructive art, so
does chemical engineering require a similar basis.
This is fully brought out by the regulation of the
new Glasgow and West of Scotland Technical College,
which provides that for diplomas in chemical engi-
neering students are to take a three years' course —
namely, chemical lectures, natural philosophy, and
drawing the first year; chemical laboratory, chemi-
bec.3l.i8S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
79U
cal lectures, applied mechanics and building con-
struction the second year : and chemical technology,
drawing, and laboratory practice the third year.
Turning to Owens ('"liege, Manchester, the course
recommended is fouryears. Probabrythis isthe nearest
tothecurriculum of the GlasgowCollege; but, notwith-
standing its complexity ami length, the course does
not include the important subjects t< i a chemical engi-
neer of applied mechanics and building construction.
Drawing i<, however, as in the case of the Glasgow
College, made very prominent, which indeed is but the
earryingout of the weighty words of Sir H. Roscoe, who,
in addressing the Manchester Section in 1884, said :
" Instruction in mechanical drawing must be of great
value to the manufacturing chemist. So >trongly
do I feel this, that in our instruction in chemical
technology in Owens College, this latter subject is
made obligatory.''
Turning to the calendar of the University College,
London, you will find the following words : "It must
be iemembsred that the study, however ample, of
pure and applied chemistry, is not sufficient for the
successful carrying out of manufacturing operations,
even when they are chiefly chemical in character: a
fair knowledge of mathematics pure and applied, of
physics and mechanics and of mechanical drawing
is necessary for all engaged in manufacturing opera-
tions. Professor Graham does not, however, lay down
any hard arid fast line as to what lectures a student
should take, or how many years he should work.
I have examined also the calendar of the Yorkshire
College. Leeds; of the Firth College, Sheffield; of the
Mason College, Birmingham: the University College,
Dundee; the College of Science, Durham: and the
University College, Bristol: but in none of these
calendars is there any mention of applied mechanics
and steam, building construction, or freehand,
geometrical, or mechanical drawing being necessary
for the proper education of the chemical technologist.
In most cases they recommend the curriculum of
the Institute of Chemistry, which does not include
these subjects. I think it would be worth while the
authorities of the Institute of Chemistry considering
whether there should not be examinations in at least
some of these subjects, so as to ensure future fellows
being more practical and useful than heretofore in
guiding and directing the industries of the country.
In regard to the literature of chemical engineering,
it appears to me that little has been done in its
systematic treatment. Just as research chemistry
wanted a Michael Faraday to write a book on
chemical manipulation, or civil engineering wanted a
Macqiiom Baukin to write a treatise on this subject,
so, to my mind, does the chemical technologist want
a good treatise on chemical engineering, which will
treat of fuel, furnaces, retorts, stills, vacuum pumps,
ice and cold air machines, the construction of tanks,
roofs, sheds and other chemical plant, with all kinds
of rules, tables and data connected with thermo-
dynamics and the science of heat, etc., and the
calculations necessary for the multitudinous require-
ments of the manufacturing chemi-t.
To my mind the study of the general principles
upon which all kinds of plant is constructed is a
necessary preliminary to the study of special branches
of technology. Some able manufacturing chemists,
including Mr. Muspratt and Mr. Ludwig Mond, have
expressed an opinion in a discussion at the Liverpool
Section of our Society that technology proper cannot
be taught properly in colleges. I will not go so far
as to endorse this— on the contrary I believe that the
highest class of technical education will probably be
the working out of special problems under the
guidance of the eminent men who occupy our pro-
te~-ional chairs, provided the student has had a
preliminary and comprehensive education, not only
in the principles of chemistry proper, but that of
chemical engineering, also.
Passing from these educational questions to the
practical matters more immediately concerning our
Section, it appears to me that there is considerable
room for improvement, both in the number and
quality of our communications, and I may add in
the attendance at our meetings for their discussion.
In this respect we should do well to imitate the
activity and enthusiasm of such bodies as the Iron
and Steel Institute, the various Gas Institutes, and I
may also add of the Civil Engineers, where problems
connected with the prosperity of the various industries
are vigorously attacked and discussed with right good
will, not only by the practical men connected with
I the works, out by those whose wealth and com-
mercial activity place them at the head of these
important industries.
The time is not far back when the very name of
manufacturing chemistry suggested secrecy and
mystery, and even at this day I am afraid chemists
are not exactly of the give-and-take kind of people
who get on best in the world. I am one of those
1 who think that not only the progress of the
chemical industries generally, but success indivi-
dually, is very much promoted by free intercourse
and friendly emulation of those connected with them.
No doubt when a man spends time, money and
1 labour in improving a manufacture he is entitled to
some little monopoly, but the State steps in here and
grants it on very reasonable terms. By the new-
Patent Amendment Act provisional protection for a
I whole year can be had for the modest sum of five
pounds, and this surely is of importance in getting
new processes and appliances discussed so as to assess
their value, and prevent useless waste of money. I
hope that the proprietors of private works and
directors of companies will allow, from time to time,
young chemists to bring before our Society descrip-
tions of their various processes and methods, as most
' of our technical dictionaries and encyclopedias are
10 or 20 years behindhand in their descriptions of
manufacturing processes.
CRITICAL EXPERIMENTS ON THE CHLORO-
PLATINATE METHOD FOR THE DETER-
MINATION OF POTASSIUM, RUBIDIUM
WD AMMONIUM, AND A RE-DETERMI-
NATION OF THE ATOMIC WEIGHT OF
PLATINUM.
by w. ditt.mak, li. d., l.k.~., p.b.s.k. : and johs
m'akthuk.
Pkofessur Dittmar said :— A complete account of
this investigation was communicated to the Royal
Society of Edinburgh, at their last meeting in the
-imimer of this year, in the form of a memoir, which
we hope will appear in last Session's transactions or
proceedings. My apology for soliciting your attention
to-night for a brief summary of the results is that, on
the occasion referred to, the memoir was " read" only
in the most technical sense, so that what I communi-
cate to you now is really made public for the first
time. . ...
The analytical methods referred to in our heading
are infected with numerous sources of error, amongst
which, until lately the uncertainty of our knowledge
of the combining'constant Pt played a not unimpor-
tant part. This uncertainty it is true has been
removed to a great extent by a most meritorious
I investigation of Scubert's, which is published in
soo
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. U>" <i. i^-
Liebig's Annaltn for 1881 i vol. 207, pp. I et seq.).
'I'liere can be no doubt that his value — Pt=194*8
(0 = 16) is considerably nearer the truth than Andrew's
number ins, which until lately \\ n ^ adopted by all
chemists. But it does not follow that in, for instance,
the analytical determinati >n of chloride of potassium
as metallic platinum, the factor 2KC1 : I't 07657, as
calculated from Seubert's I't and Stas' number for
KC1, affords a more nearly correct result than even
the factor 07525, which follows from the old atomic
weights, K 39 : I 'I 35*5 ; I't 198
The experience of analysts rather goes the other
way. This, of course, goes no hair's breadth towards
invalidating Seubert's result : it only shows that
those analytical factors which by theory are equal to
K2 : I't : K, : Pt( 'I, K „ : 2NH3 : I't, etc., etc., must be
determined directly, and separately for the several
methods. This is what, in a limited sense, we have
endeavoured to do. But a purely empirical deter-
mination of the factors would have been of compara-
tively little use. If, for instance, the analyst's factor
for the reduction of platinum to chloride of potassium
differs from the ratio 2KC1 : Pt, the causes of the
difference must be ascertained, and this naturally
leads to an inquiry into the true value of the
chemist's Pt. We accordingly took up this enquiry,
and in this sense our investigation joins on to
Seubert's ; which, of course, was welcome tons as an
excellent basis for our own work.
In our memoir we begin by detailing the methods
which we used for the preparation of the necessary
reagents ; on the present occasion I confine myself to
a few remarks on what goes universally as chlorid< of
platinum.
To the present day I believe a considerable
minority of chemists believe that this well-known
preparation is simply a hydrate of PtCl4, although it
has long been shown that it is chloroplatinate of
hydrogen, PtCl,;H2, equal, of course, to PtCl^+2HCl,
but the 2HC1 cannot be removed by heat without at
least partial reduction of the PtCl4 to PtCL.
In preparing our chloroplatinic acid we at first
used the well-known aqua-regia process. But
the reagent, when made in this way, however
carefully, is liable to be contaminated with the
nitroso-body PtCl6(NO)2, which, from a syrupy
solution of the crude reagent, sometimes separates
out on cooling in small yellow crystals which look
almost like a chloroplatinate. On addition of water
the crystals are dis-solved and decomposed with
formation of chloroplatinic acid and evolution of
nitrous acid : but from our experience it appears
questionable whether it is possible to completely
destroy the nitroso-body by even repeated alternate
evaporation with hydrochloric acid and water res-
pectively. We therefore, in the later stages of our
research always prepared our reagent by the action
on metal of chlorine and hydrochloric acid, as
described in our memoir, and also in my " Exercises
on Quantitative Analysis,'' p. 310. After the section
on the reagents we pass to a
Series oi Experiments on the Composition as
Chloroplatinate of Potassium
as produced under what we may call analytical
conditions. In a first set of seven experiments desig-
nated as Nos. I, II.. III., IV., V., Va,, VI ., the
general modus operandi was about as follows : — An
exactly known weight of chloride of potassium
weighed out as a gravinietrically standarised solution
was mixed with a quantity of chloroplatinic acid
solution containing an exactly known weight of
metal, so adjusted that it was either very nearly
equivalent to or slightly in excess over the chloride
of potassium. The solutions were in all cases pretty
concentrated. Sometimes the precipitate produced
was simply allowed to settle, then washed by decant-
ing filtration, first with small instalments of water,
then with strong alcohol ; in other cases the reagent-
moisture was evaporated to a very small volume and
the residue treated with strong alcohol to remove the
excess of chloroplatinic acid. From the united
filtrates (after removal of the alcohol from the
alcoholic part) the platinum was reduced out by
hydrogen in the wet way and weighed after ignition ;
in the filtrate the small quantity of chloride of potas-
sium which had escaped precipitation was deter-
mined as chloroplatinate of potassium, so that the
weights of platinum and chloride of potassium in the
original precipitate of chloroplatinate could be
calculated from the corrected data of the synthesis.
The chloroplatinate precipitate, after having been
dried at a definite temperature or successively at a
series of temperatures, was weighed and analysed.
In some cases only the fixed chlorine and the
platinum were determined (to check the result of the
synthesis) : as a rule, however, also the total chlorine
and consequently, by difference, the loose chlorine
was determined. In a few cases the water, which
was found to cling to those chloroplatinates most
tenaciously, so that some of it remains even at 150°G,
was determined directly by a method detailed in the
memoir.
In a special experiment (No. VII.) a very large
excess of chloride of potassium was used in preparing
the chloroplatinate, and the mode of collecting the
latter suitably modified.
In a third set of experiments (Nos. VIII., IX. and
X.) the characteristic feature was that, in the pre-
paration of the chloroplatinates a very large excess
of chloroplatinic acid was used (about 1*6 times
Pt per 2KC1). In the first experiment of
this kind (No. VIII.) the two reagsnts were simply
mixed as concentrated solutions, the precipitate was
filtered off and washed with, first chloroplatinic acid
solution, and with strong alcohol. In other three
(IX., XL, and XII.) the mixture was evaporated
to a magma, and this, after cooling, first lixivi-
ated with chloroplatinic acid solution, and then
washed with strong alcohol (Mr. Tatlock's mode of
treating analytically obtained PtCLK..). The
chloroplatinates of this set showed the remarkable
peculiarity that their weights became constant, very
promptly, even at the low temperature of 100° O, and
that the preparations thus dried contained only
minute proportions of water.
In true chloroplatinate of potassium every 2KC1 =
149*18 parts are operated with Pt parts — i.e., one
atomic weight' of platinum. The corresponding
weights of platinum in our preparations were as
follows : —
Set I. Platinum slightly if at all in excess over the
rh!<>rii/i <>f /Hifiisn'iim. — Pt=lt).V67 to l!l(i'!).j ; mean
of 7 results 196*23.
Set II. The (one) chloroplatinate produced by
adding to 1'tC/,.//.. a targe excess of KCL— Pt=
hum;."). This last result, however, is easily explained
by assuming that the preparation contained carried
down chloride of potassium. Calculating from the
loose chlorine we found for 4 CI parts of the latter
18(578 parts of platinum and l'Oll times K2C1S of
chloride of potassium, which seems to us to be the
correct mode of interpreting the analyses.
Set III. A chloroplatinate (VIII.) made by pre-
cipitating chloridt of potassium with a large excess of
chloroplatinic a,i,l.— Pt- 195*87.
Chloroplatinates made by evaporating chloride of
potassium with <t largi excess of chloroplatinic arid
lating with rhlorojilatini add ami then washing
bec,8i, uatfj THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY' OF CHEMICAL l.MH STK\.
"ii
-Pt=195*59; 195*82] 196*01 * mean
with alcohol,
195-81.
In the case of two experiments of Set I. the ehloro-
platinates obtained, after having been analysed, w< re
recrpttallised from hot water, and in both the
crystals and mother liquors, the platinum, the fixed
chlorine and the total chlorine determined. The
crystals were found to contain less loose chlorine
than twice the fixed, and the weight of platinum
combined with -2KVI was lower than that present in
the original ehloroplatinates. It amounted
case to 195 48, in another to 195*54 parts
mother liquors contained free chloroplatinic acid and
free hydrochloric acid besides chloroplatinate of
potassium. Obviously the original ehloroplatinates,
in addition to PtCl,;K.., contained surplus platinum
in the form of, presumably, Pt(OH),;H.,. By the
action of the water part of the chlorine of the PtCl+
was eliminated as HC1 and its place taken by an
equivalent of OH or oxygen ; the free hydrochloric
substance is dissolved in water and the solution
mixed with a little more chloroplatinic acid than the
potassium demands for its conversion into chloro-
platinate, and enough of sulphuric acid to convert all
the foreign bases into normal sulphates. Themixtureis
he ited on a water-bath and, if necessary, some water
is added to bring all the chloroplatinate into solution.
The solution is evaporated on a water-bath to the
consistence- after cooling— of a magma. This is
. allowed to cool, mixed with a sufficiency of ether-
n one alcohol (2 vol. of absolute alcohol and 1 of absolute
The ether) and allowed to stand, well covered, until the
precipitate has settled completely. The precipitate
then is washed with ether-alcohol until all that is
soluble in this liquid is removed. The residue
contains all the potassium as chloroplatinate and
most of the sodium, etc., as sulphate. For the deter-
mination of the potassium in it Finkener gives us
the choice between the following two methods :—
(<■) The precipitate is heated in hydrogen gas,
above numbers 195*48 and 195*54 should be close
approximations to the true atomic weight of platinum.
Xo doubt it is the water present as hydroxyl which,
in ordinary ehloroplatinates of potassium, clings so
fast to the'salt on drying : the ehloroplatinates made
in the Tatlock style are relatively free of such
acid formed served to dissolve away the hydroxide which reduces the platinum to the metallic state, tne
of platinum as chloroplatinic acid. Assuming all the I sulphates and chloride of potassium are washed away,
surplus platinum to have been dissolved away, the and the platinum is ignited and weighed.
(6) The foreign sulphates are extracted by means
of a cold saturated solution of sal-ammoniac, and after
their complete removal the residual chloroplatinate
( + XH4 CI) is ignited in acrucible in an atmosphere of
hydrogen gas, so that ultimately a mixture of chloride
. of potassium, platinum and charcoal (trom the filter)
water and consequently presumably of oxidised remains. The chloride is extracted by water, the
platinum ; hence we thought the best thing we platinum collected on a filter, ignited and weighed,
could do would be to prepare a large quantity of In this case, of course, we have the option ot deter-
such chloroplatinate, and after having analysed it, to mining the chloride of potassium m its aqueous solu-
subject it to a series of recrystallisations and analyse ' tion, either quite directly or indirectly by determining
the recrystallised products, fl'e were not quite able '. its chlorine.
Finkener, in his memoir, quotes a number of test-
analyses which all gave very fair and some very exact
results. But for reducing his platinum weight to
K..O, KG. etc., he used factors based upon the old
atomic weight of platinum, and these factors, as we
now know, were too low, the one corresponding to
K.,0:Pt by nearly two per cent, of its value. Hence
the precision in his results must have been due partly
to a compensation of errors. We have made a very
lar^e number of experiments with the view of ascer-
taining the nature and magnitude of these errors.
to carry out our original programme, partly through
want of time, but chiefly through want of material.
What we did do is stated in our memoir ; suffice it
here to say that a salt derived by many successive
crystallisations from ehloroplatinates X. (Land II.)
gave for 2KC1 parts. Pt=195*60; and the chloro-
platinate recovered from the mother liquors, after
having been recrystallised from hydrochloric acid,
gave Pt= 195*37. The mean value derived from the
analyses of all our recrystallised salts, as far as we
permitted them to vote, was l')5'50.
After having arrived at this result, we submitted and, if possible, eliminating them by suitable modifa
Seubert's report to a careful critique, which led us to cations. Our general method was this :—
the conviction that his analyses of chloroplatinate of Starting with a synthetically prepared solution
potassium, if properly interpreted, fall in as well, containing an exactly known weight of chloride or
and that his analyses of chloroplatinate of ammonium sulphate of potassium, associated with approximately
fall in better, with our number 195*5 than with his known quantities of sulphates or chlorides (or both)
own adopted number 194*8 (0 = 16). of sodium or magnesium (or both)— the proportion
In regard to our experiments on the chloroplatin- of impurities was made to vary from nil to many
ates of rubidium and ammonium, I here satisfy
myself with stating that that remarkable tendency
of a precipitate of chloroplatinate of potassium to
carry down platinum as chiefly hydroxide, if pro-
duced in the absence of any large excess of chloro-
platinic acid, is greatly intensified in the case of
rubidium and not by any means absent from the
ammonium compound. Lather than doing mere I
will now pass to what, for my present audience, is
the most important part of our work— namely, our
Critical Experiments on Fotkenbk's ash
Tatlock's Methods rot: the Detekmination
of Potassium by Means of Chloroplatinic
Acid.
Finkener3 i Method. -As Finkener's method is
not much known to British chemists, we begin in our
memoir by shortly describing it, assuming, to fix
ideas, that" we had to deal with a mixture of Bulpbates
ami chlorides of potassium, sodium and magnesium.
To determine the potassium a known weight of
times the weight of the potassium salt— we applied
the Finkener process, and, besides weighing the
platinum, which, according to the theory of the
method, should measure the given potassium, deter-
mined the small quantities of the latter metal which
had passed into the ether alcohol or other liquors
obtained. In the earlier stages of the research we
f-eneraily applied the sal-ammoniac form of the
process, and always took care to collect, weigh and
analyse the crude chloride of potassium produced.
No test experiment of this kind was accepted as-
complete and satisfactory unless all the several instal-
ments of potassium when added together came up, as
nearly as possible, to the weight of potassium started
with 'in the synthesis. Even in our memoir we give
only a very condensed report on our work : on the
present occasion it would be a mistake to do more
than formulate our conclusions. ( me of these is that
the Finkener process <-al ammoniac form) affords an
excellent means for collecting and concentrating even
the minutest quantities of potassium diffused through-
TIIK .lOl'FXAL OK THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL lNIM'STItY. |Uec.8l,lS».
out a mass of sodium or magnesium salts. Only, to
obtain exact results, one must take care to work up
the sal-ammoniac liquors for potassium, and suppos-
ing all the potassium to be oil let-ted as chloride, this
chloride most not be accepted as pure KC1 (which it
never is), but be analysed for potassium by, say, the
Freseniu., method, which in such cases is perfectly
reliable and probably the best that could be em-
ployed. In this manner minute percentages of
potassium, which would simply escape any other
method and not be found at all, can be determined
with a (for such cases) high degree of relative pre-
cision. The Finkener process, therefore, affords an
excellent means for testing other forms of the chloro-
platinate method by determining the small quantities
of potassium which slipped through their meshes.
In this sense among others we have used it exten-
sively. Passing now to the process as a means of
determining relatively large percentages of potas-
sium, I cannot do better than shortly describe the
form of the process which we adopted finally for such
purposes.
The substance solution is mixed with a volume of
standard sulphuric acid so adjusted that it little more
than suffices to substitute a half S04 for every C'l
of the clorides, and with about 1"25 times the calcu-
lated volume of chloroplatinic acid solution, and, if
necessary, enough of water so that the whole of the
chloroplatinate of potassium passes into solution at a
boiling heat. The solution is then evaporated to a
magma and next mixed with, say, 20ec. of absolute
alcohol and allowed to stand ' for five minutes
(covered, of course). lOcc. of ether are now added
and the mixture is allowed to stand for half-an-hour
under a small bell-jar on a ground glass plate, when
the mixture is ready to be filtered. The precipitate,
however, in addition to chloroplatinate of potassium,
contains a small quantity of foreign chloroplatinates,
which, as we found, can be eliminated by what we
have come to call re-crystallisation. The mixture (of
sulphates and chloroplatinate), after having received a
final wash with pure ether, is allowed to dry up in the
air ; it is then re-dissolved in hot water and re-
Finkenerised : the surplus platinum is retained in the
mother liquor. For a time we thought that the addi-
tion of a few drops of sulphuric acid would be an
improvement, as giving the sodium, etc., a better
chance of coming out as sulphate : but direct experi-
ments showed that the results then became less exact.
The purified mixture is dissolved in hot water, the
solution transferred to an Erlenmeyer flask, the
platinum reduced out in the wet way (see Dittmar's
"Exercises in Quantitative Analysis," p. 28), collected,
ignited and weighed.
The weight when multiplied with 0 7(>084 gives a
very close approximation to the weight of chloride
of potassium to be determined. This factor was
deduced from a special series of test-analyses, to
which 1 shall again have to refer after haviug* treated
of the
Tatlock Method. — This method, before an audience
of Glasgow chemists, need not be described, but I
doubt whether its essential points are as generally
appreciated as they ought to be.
According to Tatlock, to determine the potash in
a mixed potash salt, a known weight is dissolved in
water and next evaporated down to a magma with a
certain prescribed quantity of chloride of platinum,
which is far in excess of what would be needed
theoretically even for the conversion of pure chloride
of sodium into chloroplatinate. The residue is
allowed to digest in a certain proportion of five per
cent." platinum solution, so adjusted that in the case
'Meaning a Solution containing Semis, of metallic platinum
per lUOee.
of pure NaCl a 17 per cent, solution of platinum is
produced. This liquor is allowed to act for an hour
and the precipitate is then washed with, first, small
instalments of the five per cent, reagent, and finally
with 95 per cent, alcohol. It is then dried at 100°
and weighed. The weight multiplied by 0'3056
gives the weight of chloride of potassium to be deter-
mined.
Tatlock's method at first sight would appear to
waste an unnecessarily large amount of platinum solu-
tion. Why not, cue might say, separate out the
potassium with a moderate excess of platinum from
a very concentrated solution, wash the precipitate
very cautiously with small instalments of water and
ultimately with alcohol to get it ready for the drying
chamber ! We have tried this modification, but
have found that nearly 10 per cent, of the potassium
escapes precipitation. If Tatlock's directions be
strictly followed the loss is far less.
It will also not do to continue the washing with
chloride of platinum solution until every trace of
sulphate is proved to be removed. With substances
rich in SO^ this cannot be accomplished without
losing a considerable fraction of the potassium ; with
Tatlock's modus operandi, on the other hand, the
snlphuric acid, contrary to what some might expect,
goes almost completely into the alcoholic washings.
According to our determinations, lOOgrms. of a five
J per cent, solution of chloroplatinic acid dissolve, in
the cold 0'23grm. of chloroplatinate of potassium,
hence Tatlock's method, in all cases, must necessarily
leave some of the potassium in the filtrate. But the
quantity of potassium thus lost, in most practical
i cases, is small, and is compensated for to a surprising
extent by the positive errors inherent in his method.
At a time when we had not yet arrived at this con-
! viction, we instituted a special series of test analyses
for ascertaining what results the Finkener and the
Tatlock methods respectively would bring out with
mixtures of chloride of potassium, chloride of sodium,
I and sulphate of magnesia, containing respectively
! 95, 82, and 33'3 parts of chloride of potassium in 100
of anhydrous mixture.
A known weight of pure chloride of potassium was
weighed out, dissolved in watt r to a known weight,
and quantities of this standard solution representing
! convenient definite weights of KC1 weighed out im-
mediately in so many different bottles. On the other
hand, pure — i.e., potassium free— standard solutions
[ of chloride of sodium and of sulphate of magnesia were
prepared and kept ready for use To produce, for
instance, a solution of 95 per cent, salt, the contents of
one of the KC1 bottles was mixed with the proper
volumes of magnesia and chloride of sodium solution.
In this manner we produced eight solutions of each
kind : four were analysed by means of our form of the
Finkener method, the other four according to Tat-
lock. In the case of the Tatlock analyses, we always
determined the potassium left unpreeipitated by means
of Finkener's method, and reduced the cbloroplatinate,
after having weighed it, with hydrogen in the wet
way, and weighed the platinum, so that each of our
analyses afforded the data for a calculation of the
quantity of chloride of potassium combined in the
precipitate with 2KC1 parts of chloride of potassium
— i.e., for what, by theory, should be the atomic
weight of platinum. The several values for "Pt"
thus obtained lay remarkably close to 196. The
mean of the Finkener ex] eriments was 195"98 ; that
of the Tatlock experiments was 19625. For the
reduction of Ft to 2KC1, the factor 076117 ; for
that of PtClBK„ to K2Cl„j -Mr. Tatlock's factor,
0'300(i, was employed, and in both series a satis-
factory agreement between analysis and synthesis
attained. At the end of the work, however, we
beo.31,1887.] THE JOLTRNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
803
calculated the factors from our own experiments, and
found for the factors corresponding theoretically to
K..CI, : l't and K..C1.. : PtCl8Ks the values 076084
and 0'30627 respectively. On recalculating all our
analyses with these factors and comparing the results
with the values demanded by the synthesis, we found
that in each of the two series one experiment was
infected with an exceptionally large error, amounting
to about 2mgrs. in each case. All the rest of the
errors were far less. In the Tatlock series they were
as follow : —
95 per cent
Errors 0 20 to 0-?8
Per about <ra
82 per cent.
0 01! to (HU
0-52
33 per cent. Suit.
iroa tn triiugr.
0-215grm. of KC1.
hi
the Finkener series they were respectively :—
007 tu O'o
Per about 0'75
017 to 0-33
0-65
0-18 to0'7ingr.
0'26grm. oJ KC'l to
be determined.
The methods, as we see, are about at a par in point of
precision ; but how far may the percentage of potash
in a salt sink before the Tatlock method becomes
inapplicable • We made a special series of of experi-
ments in this direction, and found that the line must
be drawn somewhere below the 10 per cent. salt.
With a 10 per cent, salt, while the Finkener method
gave exact results, the Tatlock gave a deficit of about
2 per cent, of the (juantity to be determined— 9"8
instead of 10, which is still pretty fair.
Summary of Results.
(1.) The value Pt = 194'8 (0 = 1(5), which Seubert
deduced from his analyses of chloroplatinates, is too
low : his own analyses, if properly interpreted, show
that the true value lies, by a considerable fraction of j t0 a
own form of Finkener's method : the entries N to the
customary platinum process for the determination ot
ammonia
FREE ACID IX SUPERPHOSPHATES.
BY WILLIAM W. MELLON.
It is well known that superphosphates and similar
dissolved manures invariably contain a certain
amount of free acid, but some diversity or opinion
exists with regard to the amount usually present and
the composition of this constituent of manures.
Having estimated the free acid present in a large
number of samples of manures during the last four
and-a half years the results obtained are ottered as a
contribution on the subject. ,
The estimations were performed by titrating with
standard alkali a solution of the manure containing
about lgrm. of the sample in lOOcc, to which a lew-
drops of methyl orange had been added. Monobasic
phosphate being neutral to methyl orange, the amount
of standard alkali required to neutralise the solution
is equivalent to the free acid present. I or con-
venience in comparing the results the free acid is
stated as H-.POi. ,
The average amount found in 4*5 samples ot
manures of various kinds examined by this method
was equal to 8"54 per cent. H:1P04 ; the highest being
16"36 per cent., and the lowest 2"36 per cent.
The solutions of manures in which the freeacid was
determined were obtained by stirring up lOgrms. of
the sample with water in a beaker and transferring
a unit, higher.
i2.) According to our own analysis of cbloro-
platinate of potassium, the true " Ft," though, per-
haps, a shade below, lies close to 195"5. This number
falls in perfectly well with Seubert's analyses like-
wise, and consequently at present constitutes the
most probable value of the constant.
500cc.
flask. The flask was filled to the mark
Tu EOKETICAL FACTORS.
D. anil
McA.'s
Empiri-
cal
Factors.
«3
O
i
Values Calculated fur
Symbols.
0)
■a
Pt-194'8 195-5 196
Ta.
2KC1 : PIC1„K=
O-307O7 070665 U'30633
0-30627
(1)
Ta
2KC1 :-Pt
0-76571 0-70307 0-76112
0-76016
(2)
V
2KC1 : Pt 076571 0-70307 0'76112
0-76084
U)
N
2NH.C1 : PtCUNH,l: 0'24123 0-21081 fl-21057
0-2380
(3)
N
2NH,C1 : l't 0-54931 0-54737 0-545118
0-5450
(4)
with water, allowed to digest for a couple of hours
with occasional shaking, and filtered. (Method A.)
Several methods of extracting the soluble portion
being in use in the analysis of manures, a number of
experiments were performed in order to ascertain if
the percentages of free acid and " soluble phosphate *
were affected bv the method of extraction adopted.
With this object in view the free acid and soluble
phosphate were estimated in solutions of manures
obtained by Method A, and also in solutions obtained
by the method adopted by the Association ot
Official Agricultural Chemistsfor theseason 1884—8o.t
About 2grms. of the sample are washed on a filter
with small successive quantities of water, the residue
transferred to a beaker, rubbed to a paste with a
rubber-tipped rod, washed back on to the falter and
washed thoroughly. (Method B.)
The results, which are given in the following table,
show that the amount of free acid is generally higher
in the B solutions, this result being more noticeable
in manures made from roughly ground materials,
or when an insufficient quantity of acid had been
used in the first place to dissolve the phosphate, and
is probably due to the rapid removal of the acid
solution in the filter from the undissolved phosphate
with which it was in contact.
With respect to the soluble phosphate the experi-
ments show that the B solutions give slightly lower
must be substituted for Pt in the calculation of "the I results with manures which do not contain i ferric
ratios, 2KC1 : PtCl6K, : 2KC1 : Pt ; 2NH.C1 :Pt, etc., oxide-^such as dissolved
in order to obtain the correct factors for reducing
analytically obtained chloroplatinate or chloro-
platinatcplatinum to chloride of potassium, etc.,
even our number, 195*5, is too low ; 1UC affords in
general a better approximation. But Pt, if taken in
this sense, is no constant at all. Those factors must
be determined quite directly by standard experiments.
The results of our own standard experiments are
given, and contrasted with the theoretically calcu-
lated ratios in the above table. The entries " Ta "
refer to Tatlock's methods ; the entries " F " to our
Notes.— (1) Refers to the chloride of potassium in the sub-
stance.
12) Refers to the- chloride of potassium in the chluroplatinate-
precipitate.
(3) and ID Refer to the sal-ammoniac to be determined, not to
thai contained in the chloroplatinate-precipitate.
(3.) Taking "Pt" as meaning the number which
higher results with mineral superphosphates contain-
ing ferric oxide. . . . , .
The larger amount of phosphoric acid found in
the 15 solutions of mineral superphosphates is due to
the fact that ferric phosphate is soluble only in some-
what concentrated acid solutions
On treating the sample, with small successive
quantities of water, as in Method B, faltering after
-Triealcic phosphate rendered soluble, is meant by the term
' soluble phosphate."
tChemical News. 51, Hi.
80J
I Hi: JOURNAL OF T11K SOCIKTY of' CII KM tCAt INDUSTRY. Ibecsi.istf
each addition, the ferric phosphate is carried through
the filter in solution and its phosphoric acid included
in the soluble, whereas the dilution required by the
other method before filtering precipitates a portion
of the phosphoric acid as ferric phosphate, which is
included in the insoluble phosphate.
1. Dissolved bones
2. ,. boneasb
3
372
3H 3881
10-20 38-67
Mean
I.Mineral superphosphate
8.
!>.
10.
II.
12.
13.
II.
15.
5 70
7-81
8-82
8 82
0-02
1261
930
6-86
774
34-67
21-85
27-92
27 04
25-74
32 34
26-52
18-91
26-72
Soluble
Phos-
phate per
Cent.
I 12 26-31
8 62 38-67
11-08 38-18
637
8-02
8-82
8-72
9 02
12-74
9-22
6-91
774
31-39
Mean
9-32
20-94
10-98
6-28
2079
6-86
9-22
25 '55
9-22
7-16
22-76
754
8-58
25-06
8-82
25-27
28-89
29 10
2666
32-78
27-00
1942
26-94
21-27
2f79
25-87
21-70
25-56
The amount of free acid in manures is obviously
an important factor in determining their condition,
yet no definite amount can be assigned in all cases
as a limit which should not be exceeded, as the
maximum quantity that may be present in a manure
without impairing its condition varies with the raw-
phosphate used.
The average amount of free acid found in well-
dissolved manures made from various phosphates is
given in the following table. The manures were all
in a dry friable condition, and the mineral phosphates
used were ground so that 96 per cent passed through
a sieve of 60 meshes to the inch.
Phosphate.
Ground bones
Bone ash
Helgian phosphate
Port Royal
Hull River „
Morgan River phosphate
Somme phosphate
Flee Acid as
11 PO,.
Iosoliible
Phosphate
2'8J
4-82
7 '55
1-94
7 26
I-8S
9 91
1*57
1021
2-33
1032
1-68
12-56
1-62
The amount of free acid in manures is also to some
extent affected by the strength <>f the acid used to
decompose the phosphate.
With regard to the quantity of acid employed the
manufacturer will, as a rule, use as much as isconsis-
tent with a dry product ; but, other things being equal,
the maximum quantity of o.v. can be used only when
it is diluted to the strength best adapted to the
phosphate under treatment.
This is illustrated by the following experiment
with ( lanadian apatite : — Three portions of a sample
of Canadian apatite were each treated under precisely
similar conditions, with 63 per cent. o.v. diluted to
108°, 112 and 120 T. On testing the resulting super-
phosphates the following results were obtained : —
63 per cent. o.v. at
108° T.
112° T.
120° T.
28-06
10-12
Good
27-50
11-46
Fair
21-63
Free acid , as H,POj
Condition of manure
17-21
I lamp
A number of samples were examined, and an effort
made to determine the composition of the free acid
always present in manures.
It seems to consist mainly of phosphoric acid,
with smaller amounts of hydrofluosilicic, hydro-
fluoric and (occasionally) sulphuric acids. The
latter was found only in damp samples containing a
large amount of free acid. It was detected by treat-
ing the sample with methylated spirits on a filter
fitted with a Piccard's filtering tube, the filtrate was
evaporated to dryness, water containing a few drops
i of HC1 added and the sulphuric acid precipitated
with baric chloride. The conflicting opinions held
with regard to the presence of free sulphuric acid in
manures may probably be attributed to the absence
of a reliable method of estimating or detecting free
sulphuric and phosphoric acids in presence of each
other, in solutions which also contain soluble sulphates
and phosphates.
The method frequently proposed for the estimation
, of free sulphuric acid in presence of soluble sulphates,
which depends on the precipitation of the sulphates
only on the addition of alcohol to the solution, is
inapplicable in the presence of monocalcic phosphate.
In the presence of this salt the alcohol precipitates
not only the sulphates, but also more or less of the
free sulphuric acid, which combines with the lime of
the monocalcic phosphate, free phosphoric acid being
liberated.
In order to test the accuracy of the method 3cc. of
1 normal sulphuric acid=0'147grm. H2SOi were run
into a somewhat concentrated solution of superphos-
phate, and about seven times its bulk of methylated
spirits was added. After standing two hours the
alcoholic solution was filtered, the filtrate evaporated
to dryness, some water and a few drops of HC1 were
added, and the sulphuric acid in the solution
estimated with baric chloride. The amount found
was equal to 0'048grm. H2rS04, showing that O-OODgrro.,
equal to C7'3.-> per cent, of the sulphuric acid added,
had been precipitated on the addition of alcohol.
Similar results were obtained when absolute alcohol
was substituted for the methylated spirits ; the free
sulphuric acid precipitated in a number of experiments
varied from 4-2 per cent, to 83 per cent, of the
sulphuric acid added to the solution. This process is
therefore incapable of demonstrating the absence of
free sulphuric acid in manures.
On the other hand, the method used for the
detection of free sulphuric acid in presence of
sulphates, which relies on the blackening of the residue
obtained on evaporating the solution to dryness with
a little cane sugar, cannot be employed in presence of
free phosphoric acid, which also decomposes cane
sugar with formation of a Mack residue.
The presence of free hydrofluosilicic and hydro-
fluoric acids in manures seems to have escaped
observation. In the ordinary course of manure
nor.3i.iw.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY,
SOf>
analysis, in which the moisture is determined by
heating the toampk- for Beveral hours in the water
oven, they are volatilised and reported as "moisture.
The average amount of volatile free acids found in 14
samples whs equal to 2"30 per cent. H8P04— the
highest being 3-1,'G per cent., and the lowest 0'96 per
cent. They were estimated by evaporating a solu-
tion of the manure to dryness in a platinum basin,
the residue was dissolve. 1 in water to which a known
amount of standard acid had been added, and the
solution titrated with standard alkali. The loss of
free acid on evaporation equals the total volatile
acidity, stated as HgP04. The free hydrofiuosilicic
acid was estimated by evaporating to dryness a solu-
tion of the manure to which some potassic sulphate,
neutral to methyl orange, had been added, the residue
was dissolved in standard acid and titrated as before.
The increase in the amount of free acid as H:;P04
after evaporation with potassic sulphate, as compared
with the amount found on evaporating the solution
of manure alone, is equivalent to the free hydro-
tiuosilicic acid present. .
The amount found in the few samples tested
comprised about two-thirds of the total volatile
acidity.
The above results were obtained from manures
manufactured by Mr. (J. H. Anderton, Howden,
Yorkshire, to whom the writer is indebted for the
facilities afforded in carrying out the experiments.
— »«**<m^fr»* —
The Second .V"/i>t<j of (lie Fifth Session of this
Section teas held in tkt Rooms, 14, St Andrew
Street, Edinburgh, on Tuesday, 6th December, 1887.
MR. K. <'. C. STANFORD, F.C.S., IN THE CHAIR.
THE SUPPLY OF ALCOHOL FOR MANUFAC-
TURING PURPOSES.
BY D. B. DOTT, F.R.S.E., F.I.l.
It is now over thirty years since the Act of Parlia-
ment was passed permitting the use of duty-free
methylated spirits, and we have become so accustomed
to the idea of that familiar mixture that it is difficult
to imagine things being otherwise — nearly as difficult
possibly as it would be to persuade the Revenue
authorities that a change in their system is desirable.
Vet the systems in vogue in other countries have been
altered, sometimes for the better, and our own
Government may one day see its way to amend the
law regulating the use of alcohol in the arts and
manufactures. Presumably everyone knows how the
law at present stands. The original Act has been
amended by two subsequent Acts, and there are
several General Orders of the Roard of Inland
Revenue bearing on the subject, but the net result of
the regulations may be shortly stated. Every form
of ethyl alcohol used or sold in the country must pay
duty calculated on its equivalent in proof spirit, but
to encourage manufacturers a mixture of alcohol with
10 per cent, of wood naphtha is allowed to pass duty
free. This naphtha is often called methyl alcohol,
but it contains so large a proportion of acetone, along
with higher ketones, methyl acetate, allyl alcohol, and
malodorous pyroligneous substances, that it can
hardly be called even crude methyl alcohol. An
admixture of pure methyl alcohol would be no barrier
to the use of the mixture as a beverage. Wherefore
the Excise will only permit the use of a decidedly
crude and impure wood naphtha for methylating, and
a sample of the naphtha proposed to be used must
first be approved by the Chemical Department at
Somerset House. Alter being passed, the naphtha is
kepi under official lock and key, and only allowed to
be used for mixing in presence of officers of Inland
Revenue. The resulting methylated spirit has a
disagreeable taste and odour, and always more or less
colour, which increases on keeping. It is, of coin-',
entirely illegal to submit the spirit to any process 01
purification, even the preparation of anhydrous methy-
1 iti'd spirit being held to be a clear breach of the law.
The mixed spirit can only be used in such branches
of manufacture as are approved by the Roard. Its
use is not allowed in the preparation of compounds
from which alcohol can easily be obtained. For
instance, if a simple process for converting ether into
alcohol were known, it is certain the Roard would
not permit the use of methylated spirits in the pre-
paration of ether.
We have often heard of the great benefits that have
accrued by the wise and beneficent legislation which
authorised the use of methylated spirits, but much
might be written on the extent to which manufac-
turers have suffered by being compelled to use that
same spirit while neighbouring nations had a supply
of pure alcohol at or near the same price. I have not
sufficient acquaintance with manufactures in general
to go fully into this question, but can only touch upon
those points which are more within my own know-
ledge and experience. It has first to be noted that
miscible naphtha is a more expensive article than
rectified spirit, so that (apart from duty) methylated
spirit costs more than pure alcohol. Then it must be
remembered that for many purposes the 10 per cent.
of naphtha is simply 10 per cent, of useless matter.
That is to say, that in these cases methylated spirit
would require to be 10 per cent, cheaper than the
pure spirit in order to put them economically on a
par. So far as I know, there is no purpose for which
methylated spirit is so welladapted as is purespirit,and
we have all grades of unsuitability up to those cases
in which it cannot be used at all. Methylated spiiit
is generally supposed to be specially suitable for
making varnishes, yet I have heard of a fastidious
gentleman who insisted on the polish applied to his
furniture being prepared with pure alcohol, on account
of the bad smell of the usual preparation. For
purposes of extraction, purification by crystallisation,
and the like, methyl spirit is very objectionable,
because of the persistent empyreumatic odour it
leaves on evaporating, which owour it is difficult and
sometimes impossible to get rid of. Again, when we
employ rectified spirit as a solvent we know that we
are using what is to all intents and purposes a mix-
ture of ethyl alcohol and water, but when we employ
methylated spirits we are using a mixture of several,
and to some extent unknown, solvents. In certain
operations that is a matter of real importance. In
the preparation of chloroform methylated spirit is not
so ill adapted as might at first be supposed. A
certain amount of chloroform is formed from the
acetone present in the naphtha, and by special means
of purification a product is ultimately obtained which
cannot be distinguished from that prepared from pure
alcohol. Yet there can be no question that, cttteris
paribus, pure alcohol would be a preferable raw
material even in this instance, as there would then "be
no suspicion of certain impurities, and the medical
profession would have more confidence in the com-
pound. In the formation of ether by the action of
sulphuric acid on alcohol at a high temperature, the
methylated is a poor substitute for the pure spirit.
Not only does the product contain a certain amount
of ethyl oxide in solution, but secondary products are
formed which render the ether unsuitable for inhala-
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec. 31, 1887.
tion and internal use, though it may be employed for
local anaesthesia. On the other hand, there are
manufactures in which the products formed from the
naphtha are SO difficult to separate from the alcoholic
product that the chemist who has only methylated
spirit at his disposal is hopelessly handicapped as
compared with the chemist who has pure alcohol to
work with. For instance, when chloral was first
introduced into medical practice it was found
impracticable to obtain a satisfactory product by the
action oi chlorine on methylated spirit, for which
reason principally chloral did not become, an article
i if British manufacture. Doubtless one who was well
acquainted with a great variety of manufactures could
frame a much stronger indictment agairst methylated
spirits than can I, but what has been said is sufficient
to show that if the chemist could obtain pure alcohol
free of duty it would be an immense advantage. In
this connection it may be interesting to quote
a iesv sentences from an article* by Dr. Squibb,
who was actively engaged in the investigations which
preceded the passing of the American Spirit Law,
and who himself uses annually a large quantity
of alcohol in his pharmaceutical processes : —
" The proposed law proceeds on the theory that this
methyl-alcohol once added to the clear spirit, per-
manently and irrecoverably spoils it for drinking
purposes. This is a great fallacy which should be
clearly recognised at the start, for the methyl-alcohol
can be taken out with comparative ease, and the pro-
posed law acknowledges this by forbidding its being
taken out and by providing a penalty against taking
it out There is probably not a single use
to which alcohol is put that would not be more or
less obstructed and hurt by the presence of the
methyl — just as every adulterated substance is
injured by the adulteration — while in a very large
number it would be more objectionable than in
drink ; and for a still larger number of the better and
more important uses methylated spirit could not be
used at all Again, it is not conducive of
true economy and fair dealing to attempt by law to
damage the purity of, or to spoil or defile any sub-
stance for any purpose, and all such attempts must
lead to loose principles of action and to various forms
of fraud."
The question then arises— Can any method be
devised by which a chemical manufacturer might be
allowed the use of duty-free alcohol in his manufac-
tures i. Speaking generally, there are two ways in
which this could be done : — 1st. The manufacturing
operation might be conducted "in bond," nothing
being allowed to go in or out without the interven-
tion of the Excise officials. 2nd. A drawback of the
full amount of duty might be allowed on all alchohol
which the authorities were satisfied had been con-
verted into compounds from which alcohol could not
be recovered. Mr. John Williams (of Messrs. Hopkin
Williams) has endeavoured to induce the Inland
Revenue authorities to cansent to the preparation of
absolute alcohol " in bond," but so far without suc-
cess. At present it is impossible to produce absolute
alcohol remuneratively in this country, for the
obvious reason that duty has to be paid on the alco-
hol, which is inevitably lost in dehydrating, while the
imported article escapes that part of the tax. If the
Excise authorities can hardly be persuaded to give
their consent in such a simple case as that of absolute
alcohol, it would be difficult, indeed, to induce them
to consent to eases in which more or less complicated
compounds resulted. They would live in a perpetual
dread that alcohol was escaping them in some form or
other, and so evading duty. Assuming an operation
* Epl.emcris, ii. 498.
which could be performed in a short time before an
Excise officer, or which could be performed under
official lock and key, and in which all the alcohol as
such was completely destroyed, there would be no
obvious reason why the duty previously paid on the
alcohol should not be recovered. Such a case, how-
ever, is entirely exceptional, if not merely hypothetical.
As a rule, a considerable amount of pure alcohol is
recovered in any chemical operation in which it is
used. That would require to be checked, and, alone
with the examination of the other products, would
throw an amount on the Department which would be
fatal to any such method of procedure. Conceivably
a workable plan for the use of duty-free alcohol iii
manufactures might be devised, if protected by suffi-
cient regulations and penalties, but it is hardly
within the region of present practical politics.
In considering whether there is any other way of
reaching the desired end, we naturally turn to the
latest legislation cm the subject— namely, the new
Spirit Law of Germany, the provisions of which are,
briefly, as follows :— The denaturirte spiritus, which
corresponds to our methylated spirit, is prepared by
adding to 100 parts of alcohol 2 parts of wood spirit
and 1 part of pyridine bases. Tests are given to
define the quality of these substances. The wood
spirit is examined as to colour, specific gravity, boil-
ing point, mixibility with water, content of acetone,
and behaviour with bromine ; the mixed pyridine
bases are examined as regards colour, behaviour
towards cadmium chloride, boiling point, miscibility
with water, contained water and volatility. Having
put this paper together on rather short notice, I have
not had time to prepare a sample of this German
mixed spirit. I should think, however, that it must
be quite as disagreeable to the taste as our own
methylated spirit, while for most manufacturing
purposes, the 2 parts of naphtha and 1 part of mixed
pyridine bases would be far less objectionable than
our 10 per cent, of naphtha. But the most important
difference between the German law and our own is
this : that while our Board of Inland Revenue has
one hard and fast rule from which no departure is
permitted, the German Customs make many con-
cessions and exceptions for the convenience of manu-
facturers, and to the benefit of the national trade.
For instance, the manufacturers of fulminating
mercury are allowed a mixture of alcohol with i per
cent, turpentine or 0"025 per cent, bone oil. Makers
of aniline colours are allowed a mixture containing
0 025 per cent, bone oil. For the preparation of the
alkaloids, spirit with i per cent, of turpentine or
0'02o per cent, of bone oil is permitted. Similarly,
for the preparation of chloroform, iodoform, ether and
chloral, the. mixture with 0 025 per cent, of animal
oil is permitted. For the manufacture of tannin,
salicylic acid and salicylates, 10 per cent, of ether is
added to the alcohol. Makers of white lead and
acetate of lead are allowed the bone oil mixture. The
stock of alcohol in the German pharmacies was
measured some time ago by the Customs authorities,
with the intention of allowing the pharmacists
untaxed alcohol, but I have not been able to ascertain
whether that provision is to be continued. It is
certain that some such arrangements as those above
noted w-ould be very advantageous to our British
manufacturers. It is equally certain that the Revenue
Department would look upon them with great dis-
favour and regard them as dangerous, not only
because it is a conservative department, but also
because these mixtures could more readily be purified
and rendered drinkable than their well-tried methyl-
ated spirit. I believe, however, that these German
rules proceed on a good principle, and that similar
regulations might be introduced m our own country
r.rr. :?i. 1887.J THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
B07
with benefit to trade and no lots to the Revenue if
properly safeguarded.
I venture to suggest a method which meets most of
the objections to the use of ordinary methylated
spirits, and which I think might be made acceptable
to the legislative authorities. Let a second quality
of methylated spirits be legalised, to be used only by
licensed manufacturers. This sprit would be pre-
pared by mixing alcohol with ."> per cent, of commer-
cially pure methyl-alcohol. Such admixture would
not interfere with the use of the alcohol for almost
any purpose. ( >n the other hand, it would be dirti-
cult to separate and could easily be detected by
analysis, so that the fraudulent disposal of the spirits
would be extremely difficult. Of course, the removal
of the spirit from one place to another would only be
accomplished by permit, and anyone other than a
licensed manufacturer having such spirit in his
possession would be liable to a heavy penalty. It
might be found desirable to restrict a manufacturer
to only one kind of the methylated spirit : or. at any
rate, not to allow the use of both kinds in the same
premises. A doubt might arise as to whether it
would be permissible to use the finer methylated
spirit and alcohol in the same premises, but I think
if any improper use of the spirit was made severely
punishable, there would be little danger of the
Revenue suffering. If the State could see its way to
legalise this superior quality of methylated spirits,
then it would be free to deal with the ordinary
methylated spirit.-, and by adding poisonous pyridine
bases or otherwise, so increase its disagreeableness as a
drink that a peculiarly objectionable form of illicit
traffic would be greatly reduced. Such is a brief outline
of a scheme which I believe to be quite practicable, and
which, if worked out in detail and legalised, would
be decidedly beneficial to the manufactures of the
country.
DISCUSSION.
Mr. Stanford said that this was a subject which
had created a great deal of talk both on this side
and the other side of the Atlantic, where they also
complained of the duty on spirit. He did not see —
and he had expressed the view repeatedly — any
valid reason why manufacturers should not have
duty-free spirit when it was necessary for the
manufacture of fine chemicals. As for the idea
entertained at the time by Messrs. Hofmann, Graham
and Redwood — i.e., that the addition of methylated
alcohol of a very disagreeable character would prevent
the drinking of the spirit — it was known by everyone
that this view was entirely out of the question, as
he did not believe it was possible— or scarcely-
possible — to add anything to the spirit nasty enough
to prevent men from drinking it.
Mr. Bf.ii.by considered that this was a subject on
which the Society should u.-e it- influence as a
Society, and he would propose that it should take up
this subject and make such representations to the
proper authorities as would bring the matter under
notice again in a proper and efficient manner. Ib-
moved, therefore, that the matter be referred to the
Committee of the Section for consideration.
Mr. D. B. Dott, in seconding the motion, said it
would be preferable to have the use of duty-free
spirit if the Government could be persuaded to grant
that. But perhaps some alternative scheme, such as
he had proposed, might be conceded with greater
readiness by the Government, and this would be a
step in the right direction, although not so good as
having command of pure alcohol for manufacturing
purposes.
NOTE ON THE ACTION OF BLEACHING
AGENTS UI'<»N WHITING-INK AS A
M KAXS OF DETECTING FRAUD.
BY BOBEBT IRVINE, F.R.S.E , F.C.S.
It is well known that ordinary writing i- easily
removed when it is acted upon by bleaching agents.
Advantage is taken of this fact by unscrupulous
persons desirous of altering documents, cheques and
banknotes, for improper purposes ; hence the number
of fugitive inks and supposed untamperable papers
in use to meet this difficulty.
A curious and interesting case of supposed fraud
came under my notice in the form of a document,
which was written upon the fly-leaf or second page
of a sheet of legal paper : the margin of the first
page containing the stamp, date and water mark of a
will purporting to have been written about twenty
years ago. The document or will was thus written
upon paper bearing both on .-tamp and in water-
mark a date which gave it the semblance of age.
lhe appearance of the document gave rise to sus-
picion, and I was asked if it was possible to tell the age
of the writing, and if the writing had been executed
at one and the same time, and if so at what time .'
This was, of course, impossible, as I was not
allowed to treat the document itself ; I had, there-
fore, to make experiments upon writings the dates of
which I knew.
I selected writing one day, six months, twelve
months, two years, six years, fourteen years and
twenty-two years old. and exposed these writings to
the action of a very dilute solution of ordinary
bleaching powder in water ; the specific gravity
was about 1001. In six minutes the newly-
written matter had disappeared ; in from nine to
twelve minutes the writing of six months ago had
disappeared ; in twenty minutes the writing of two
years had partly disappeared : in a like time the
writing of six years ago was not greatly affected ;
fourteen years ago very slightly : and twenty-two
years hardly affected at all (indeed old writing seems
hardly affected by >uch a weak solution, even after
hours' exposure).
Peroxide of hydiogen acts more slowly, but gives
more definite results. Other reagents give effects
which help (although sometimes in a contrary
manner to that I have indicated) to establish the
fact that ordinary writing-ink, which is a compound
of gallic and tannic acids with proto-salts of iron,
becomes more stable (presumably by oxidation), and
consequently is less or more affected by chemicals,
which act upon the organic colouring matter of the
ink. There are great varieties of writing inks,
chromium and vanadium salts being sometimes
: substituted for the iron salts. There are also black
and coloured inks, prepared from ioal-tar dye- ;
but thinking it highly improbable that any docu-
■ ments intended for preservation would be executed
in such evanescent inks, I did not investigate their
' behaviour under such treatment. When ink is thus
bleached or apparently removed most of the iron
contained in the compound remains mordanttd with
the fibres of the paper ; consequently, writing so
tampered or dealt with can be restored by the appli-
cation of gallic or tannic acid. The writing is thus
reproduced almost in its original depth of colour.
It is delicate work (especially in the civil legal aspect
of the case to which I have refeired) to determine in
a reliable manner the age of any particular writing,
and it is necessary that the following precautions be
carefully observed :- 1. The inks must be those
known as ordinary writing-inks prepared from iron
and chromium salts and galls. -2. Writing dried by
808
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec.Sl.MW.
means of blotting paper is naturally more easily
removed than writing which is allowed to dry on
the surface of the paper ; and light writing is some-
what more easily removed than coarse and heavy
writing. .'!. The bleaching solution must be exceed-
ingly dilute, otherwise the action is so rapid and
powerful that both old and new writings are removed
almost simultaneously, i. The action must be care-
fully watched so as not to be too long continued.
Lastly, very old writing which has become brown
by age, although it resists the action of weak solu-
tions of bleaching powder and peroxide of hydrogen,
will shew signs of giving way almost instantly when
acted upon by diluted nitric, hydrochloric and oxalic
acids.
Although I have only made use of a well-known
process and materials to obtain the results I have
indicated, still I think such a simple means of
detection may act as a check to frauds which are
becoming only too common. There was a most
interesting paper read before the Literary and
Philosophical Society of Manchester in the Session
of _187!> and 1880, by Mr. W. Thomson, F.R.S.E.,
which I commend to the study of anyone wishful to
carry this investigation further than I have been able
to do. In it the author gives many curious and
interesting facts in connection with the behaviour of
writing inks under the influences of various chemical
compounds.
— ***♦«*«*♦♦♦< —
NOTE ON SACCHARINE.
BY I). A. SUTHERLAND, F.I.C., F.C.S.
It might be as well for me at the outset once more to
call attention to the spelling of the commercial name
of this substance— saccharine, not saccharin— as I
observe in certain notes recently published in this
country this latter wrong spelling is adhered to.
Saccharin was discovered by Peligot,* and is
obtained by boiling invert sugar, dextrose or hevulose
with lime, and is also obtained from molasses of beet
sugar. Its taste is not sweet, but saline and bitter.
Its formula, according to Scheibler,+ is C, 1 1 , ,,( )s.
Saccharine, which is the subject of these few notes,
was discovered by Fahlberg and Remsen in 1879,
and is chemically benzoylorthosulphonie imide.t
CO
< ' , 1 1 4 <g(j > NH. It is, as you know, a toluene
derivative prepared from coal tar. It is "unnecessary
for me to refer to its manufacture and numerous
uses ; these have already been most completely
described in our Journal by Ivan Levinstein, § and
more recently by the distinguished discoverer, Dr.
Constantin Fahlberg.||
I desire to note briefly one or two points which so
far as I know have not been much commented on.
The action of heat, the percentage of ash, and the
tests.
firstly, 1 would note that there is considerable
difference between the samples of saccharine in the
market. Within the past month or two the makers,
Messrs. Fahlberg, List & Co., have intimated that
they can supply orders for any quantity up to one ton.
I noticed a discussion in a chemical journal a week
( r two ago, as to the percentage of ash on ignition.
I meobserverU notes results varying from0"6to2 Hand
G'6 per cent., and another observer** notes 6'(i7 pet-
cent. Other statements were made, some of which I
Compt. Rend. 90, 153. ) liir. Deutach. Cbem. Ges. 19 221"
This Journal. 1887. p. 589. i 1886, p. V
« Phnroi Jour. Vol.xviii. pp. 337, 116
TTiis Vol. p. 587.
[bid. x\ iii. p. 377.
will refer to in this paper, but it is to be regretted
thai thi ai idity was not given in each ease.
Having in hand three samples of saccharine, I
resolved to see what difference, if any, there was
between them and those above referred to.
The samples were obtained as follows : 1. From
( iermany ; II. From druggist in usual way ; III. From
Messrs. Wilson, Salamon & Co., the London agents,
and 1 would here like to acknowledge their frankness
and courtesy in supplying samples and in giving any
information.
Action of Heat. — 2grms. of each sample were treated
at ton C. ; indeed the temperature (maintained with
steam) rarely exceeded 95° at any time.
Contrary to the statement in the journal referred
to— viz., that " a temperature of 100" O., even if main-
tained for some time, has no perceptible effect on
saceharin(e) ; it loses no weight, and undergoes no
physical change' tt — in each case my samples, almost
instantly, on placing them in the heater gave off a
slight sublimate which adhered to the watch-glass
with which they were covered. Moreover, after
three hours, had decreased in w eight as under : —
Sample I, — 1*75 per cent, loss \ Other samples after
II. — 2-05 „ „ „ I 2J hours— loss about
111. — 2"75 ) 7 percent.
The increased loss in III. is probably due to moisture,
as it had not been bottled, but merely wrapped in
paper.
But that the loss in the other cases is not due to
moisture, several things show— firstly, the sublimate
being weighed nearly equals the loss, and the acidity
loses in proportion to the loss instead of increasing as
it would have done otherwise.
To the acidity I shall refer later on, as also to the
nature of the sublimate. The samples were now
ignited : one of them (1.) being first heated on a sand
bath, a microscope slide received an amorphous sub-
limate from 130—140°, another slide from 145—150"
received a copious sublimate of acicular crystals and
amorphous matter, and these crystals also collected
on top of the new brownish mass of saccharine
(several measuring from 0 to 7mm. in length). At
160 — 170°. appearance was dark-brownish in colour ;
180 — 190° it fused ; and subsequently melted to a
clear yellow liquid which boiled very soon afterwards.^ t
It was then heated gently and ignited over the open
flame. While heating in the sand bath it gave off a
very sweet vapour which could be tasted several feet
away.
The ash, after complete ignition, weighed : —
1I-5tI T Ce"t' } Average of two results.
IIT— Not enough of sample for ignition.
This residue is also noticed further on.
The Subitum t ( at loo ' C. These crystals correspond
exactly in appearance and grouping with those
obtained by cooling a hot aqueous or alcoholic solu-
tion of saccharine.
I have reproduced a rough sketch of some of these.
Fig. 1, Ncs. I. and IV. show sublimate as on watch-
glass — I. being near edge of glass and IY. in the centre.
No. III. shows crystals from aqueous solution ; the
crystals will be noticed as invariably in tufts.
Benzoic acid from aqueous solution is shown in II. for
comparison.
The crystals have a sweet taste, and seem
indubitably saccharine itself. This loss is important
in affecting estimations of moisture if done in the
ordinary way.
The residue after ignition consists of sodium salts,
mainly sulphate, the ash from II. showing 5"05 per
I I I 'harm. Jour, xviii. p. 337.
JJ The melting point taken in capillary tube was 2f0'5° C.
nee. 3!. 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY,
Fig. 1.
'Magnified 100 Diameters.!
I. Sublimate at lOo C. Isolated III. Saccharine from aqueous solu-
crystals at edge of watch-glass. t ion. '
II. Benzoic acid from aqueous solu- IV. Same as I. Crystals at centre of
tion. watch-glass.
"Except in case of the larger group, the crystals are shown laterally.
FIG. 2.
Sublimate at 100" C.
(Magnified 200 Diameters.!
810
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [!><■.:», ins:.
cent. Na2S0j when estimated with barium chloride ;
and comes, I suppose, from sodium ortho-toluene
sulpbamido-benzoate which bas not been completely
separated from the saccharine.
Nevertheless this would seem to he a somewhat
important point for wholesale buyers. As to the
presence of iron in ash as noted in the journal referred
to, there was no trace shown in any of my samples
when tested with freshly prepared K4Fe(CN)0 or
KGNS.
The acidity was estimated with lgrm., decinormal
Xa.jCO.i and NH4HO being used with litmus and
phenolphthalein as indicators.
I. required 17*6cc. ST'll per cent, of saccharine.
II. ,. IS-lcc. SS-02
The ash of II. taken as sulphate and calculated
to sodium salt of saccharine makes up nearly the
difference.
But there is a discrepancy in No. I. probably due
to presence of the ammonium salt from Fahlberg's
sulpho-benzoic acid recovery process.
Tests.— The crystalline sublimate, together with
the sweet fumes, etc., given off on heating, are
characteristic.
Fusion with caustic alkali yields salicylic acid.
Potassium ferro and ferric cyanides give greenish
coloured precipitates on boiling — the latter, as
already noted, being so delicate a test, that a 1 in
1000 solution gives a very characteristic apple-green
colour. These precipitates are soluble in caustic
alkali and reprecipitated on addition of acid.
I have to apologise for these somewhat incomplete
notes. I should like to have given complete analyses
as well as to have noted other points, but these, I
trust, will be given by someone who has more oppor-
tunity and time to devote to the subject.
In reply to a question of the Chairman, Mr.
Sutherland said : The solubility in water is — in
cold water (15'5° C), barely O'l per cent. ; in boiling
water fully 1 per cent. A 1 in 1000 solution, how-
ever, has a very sweet taste, and even a 1 in 10,000
solution has a perceptibly sweet taste.
»B0tOO0»0<»C
NOTES ON THE ANALYSIS OF SOME
MINERAL OIL GASES.
BY J AS. B. MACARTHl K.
The destructive distillation of mineral oils for the
production of illuminating gas is a process which this
Society is already so well acquainted with, that any
detailed account of it is quite superfluous on the
present occasion.
The various forms of apparatus now in use give
substantially the same results, and are worked at
such a heat as will give a yield of from 85 to 100 cubic
feet of 50 to GO candle gas from each gallon of oil
used, equal to 2i',000 or 28,000 cubic feet of gas per
ton of oil.
The oil used may be Burning Oil of 080 to 0'81
sp. gr., or the cheaper Intermediate Oil of 084 to
087 sp. gr.
It is well known that these mineral oils consist of
a complex mixture of hydrocarbons, principally mem-
bers of the olefine and normal paraffin series. In
passing through a red-hot retort (the most suitable
temperature for which seems to be about 800— 1000J
Centigrade), the oil readily breaks up into gas, the
illuminating principles of which have been shown by
th- exhaustive researches of Armstrong and Miller
to consist principally of members of the olefine,
benzene, and pseudo-acetylene series, with mere
traces of true paraffins or other saturated hydro-
iMi-1 ons,
This almost complete absence of the higher paraffins
from ordinary high-heat oil gas led me to inquire
whether an oil gas produced at a lower temperature
would also be destitute of paraffins among its illumi-
nating constituents, and more especially, whether
paraffins would be found in the gas which is produced
during the distillations, with open steam, to which
mineral oil is subjected in the ordinary course of
refining.
In these distillations, as has already been com-
municated to this Society, there is always produced
a considerable amount of permanent gas — frequently
as much as 1 cubic foot per gallon of crude oil
distilled.
With crude shale oil, or, as in the case of the gases
which have here been examined, in the first distil-
lation of once-treated shale oil, the gas begins to be
evolved when about two-thirds of the oil charged
into the still have been distilled over.
At successive stages of the distillation, it is found
to vary considerably in illuminating power and in
composition. The first portion of gas formed is the
product of the decomposition of the oil at the lowest
possible temperature under the conditions, and, as
will be seen from the following results of its analysis,
is very rich in heavy hydrocarbons. As the distilla-
tion progresses, and the temperature of the still rises,
the gas becomes poorer, less luminous, and contains
hydrocarbons of a lower carbon density, until at the
end of the distillation, when only spongy " coke "
remains in the still, the luminosity of the gas which
continues to come off is reduced to 10 or 1 j candles,
and the total carbon density of the gas to little over
unity.
The gas as sampled at the end of the condensing
worm was in all cases saturated with naphthas of low
boiling point, which are also the decomposition pro-
ducts of the heavy oil.
In all cases the samples for analysis were collected
over water, and were left for some time at a tem-
perature of 50—55° F. to deposit any condensed
naphtha.
For the sake of comparison, analyses were also
made of ordinary high temperature oil gas produced
from intermediate oil of 0'86 sp. gr. in a small iron
retort. In the case of Nos. 6 and 7, as reported
below, the temperature of the retort was purposely
raised much beyond that usually employed for oil gas
making, so much so in fact that the iron retort was
quickly burned out.
The gas apparatus at my disposal for these analyses
was of somewhat primitive form, and unavoidable
errors may have crept in ; but the fair agreement of
the amount of oxygen consumed and contraction in
volume after explosion, with what is demanded by
theory for defines and paraffins of the carbon density
found, shows that these errors have not vitiated the
results to any serious extent.
Great difficulty was experienced in findinga suitable
absorbent for members of the paraffin series which
could be applied after the removal of the olefines,
etc., by bromine. It was necessary to effect their
absorption in order to determine the vapour density
of these heavy paraffins, to examine the residual gas,
and especially to test for free hydrogen. Alcohol was
deemed unsuitable owing to the difficulty experienced
in removing its vapour from the scrubbed gas, and
recourse was made to mineral oil of about 0'87 sp.gr.,
which had previously been deprived of its dissolved
air by heating and steaming. This was still a some-
what imperfect absorbent, and its action on the lower
members of the paraffin series was feeble. Marsh
gas, as made from acetate of soda and slaked
lime, and purified by caustic soda and bromine, was
found to be absorbed to a considerable extent, but
neo. 3i, 18R7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
an
it was difficult to ensure its complete absorption.
No attempt was made in the ordinary analyses to
absorb this first member of the series, and to avoid
doing so a uniform treatment of five volumes of oil
per 100 of gas was adopted, though this probably left
some of the next higher member, ethane, also unab-
sorbed. Treatment with a larger proportion of oil
would have complicated the results by dissolving a
considerable amount of the marsh gas, and by
reducing the carbon density of the absorbed paraffins
to such an extent that no true indication of the
illuminating paraffins present in the gas would be
obtained.
The candle power stated is only approximate, and
the sp. gr. of the gases was roughly estimated by
observing the rate of diffusion of the samples through
a minute orifice, and comparing it with that of air
under the same conditions.
The results are as follow :—
LOW TEMPERATURE GAS FROM STILLS.
No. 1. No. 2. No. 3. No. 4.
: 'ample taken at—
Beginning
of Gas
Production.
Middle of
Gas Pro-
duction.
Near
Coking
Stage.
Fullv
Coked.
Sp. gr. of gas, air = TOO
1 10
105
0 07
—
Luminosity in candles
30, 35
30 35
25 30
10 15
Vols. CO* after com-
tin -1 i' ni per 10Q of gas
229-0
215-1
134-2
101-1
Bromine absorption ..
20 0
18-0
-11
3-5
Carbon densitj of ole-
nites
1-21
1-05
351
—
Oil absorption of resi-
due per 100 of
original gaa
iit-4
90
Carbon density of ab-
soi bed paraffins
_
130
3 00
—
Vols. CO* on combus-
tion per 100 of residue
-
93-8
94 S
-
HIGH TEMPERATURE OIL GAS.
No. 5.
No. 6.
No. 7.
IU at used in Retort-
Dull
Bed.
Bright
Red.
Bright
1 (range.
Cub. ft. of gas per gal. of oil
1023
120 0
15S-0
Cub. ft. of gas per ton of oil
20,050
31.200
12,100
Luminosity in candles
50yG0
11
20 25
..Sperm equivalent" per
ton of oil
5025
1330
3252
Sp. gr. of gas, air = 100
009
0-56
0-50
Vols. CQ« on combustion
per 100 of gas
137 5
103-7
0SG
Bromine absorption
2711
20 1
CO.
Carbon density of defines
2-fifi
2-57
21 f!)
Oil absorption of residue . .
2-0
2 0
0-9
Vols. CO.. on combustion
per 100 of residue from oil
83-2
G02
56-0
The low carbon densities of the high temperature
gases, Nos. 5, 6, and 7, especially after removing the
heavy hydrocarbons, show the presence of free
hydrogen. This gas occurs almost of necessity, from
the decomposition of the paraffins into the less highly
hydrogenated defines, and from the formation of
coke. At lower temperatures, tip .-.- Li-h-boiling
paraffins break up into lower defines and paraffins,
which latter may be largely represented in the case of
this -tillg^s byt.'H,. Sam] leNo. 7 of high heat gas was
repeatedly scrubbed with oil after the removal of the
olefines in the usual way, when 100 vols, of the
residue gave only 32 vols, of CO;., the hydrogen
being 1311, which agrees well with a mixture of two
volumes of hydrogen and one volume of marsh gas.
In the low temperature gas from stills, the presence
of free hydrogen was also proved. In sample No. 2,
the brominated gas was thoroughly scrubbed with
oil, the combined absorption being 71 per cent. One
hundred volumes of this residue gave 08 volumes of
( !l >_, while the oxygen consumed and contraction on
exploding agreed weil with that required by theory
for a mixture of two volumes of marsh gas and one
volume of hydrogen. This result (which was
confirmed by duplicate trials) would show the
presence of about a per cent, of free hydrogen in
the original gas.
It is hardly possible that this free hydrogen found
in the gas from oil stills could be derived from the
decomposition of the steam used in the distillation,
as the temperature of the still was much too low.
When this sample of gas was taken, there was a
considerable residue of oil in the still, the bottom
being completely covered, as fresh oil had been fed
in during the distillation. And if any decomposition of
the steam had taken place, any hydrogen thus formed
would have been accompanied by an equal volume of
carbonic oxide, and this gas, as well as carbonic acid,
could not be detected. " The free hydrogen had
probably been produced from the semi-coked
sediment at the bottom of the still, which was nearly
red hot when the sample was taken.
In an analysis of similar samples of gas, which was
made by Prof. Forster, of London, and communicated
to the Gas Institute in June, 1887, free hydrogen was
considered to be absent. But in the analysis he
quotes, only the olefines were removed, none of the
paraffins being absorbed, and the carbon density of
the residual gas was 131, the hydrogen being <T62.
Though this residue has the composition of pure
paraffins, as stated, the same figures would be obtained
from a mixture of :
20 vols, propane,
71 vols, marsh gas, and
9 vols, hydrogen,
or even from a mixture of :
G5'5 vols, ethane and
34 "5 vols, hydrogen,
or from any of a great number of mixtures containing
free hydrogen. The carbon density of the residual
gas not having been reduced below unity, free
hydrogen was not proved to be absent.
The great richness in heavy carbon compounds of
this gas produced in oil-refining stills, makes it very
remarkable, but, at the same time, its luminosity is
disappointing. Thus, sample No. 3 of low-heat, and
No. 5 of high-heat gas, have both a carbon density of
1-3, but while the latter is of 50/60 candle-power, the
low-heat still gas is only 30 to 35 candles. A
comparison of Nos. 4 and 6 is still more striking, the
luminosity of the high-heat gas being always much
higher than that of the low-heat gas from stills, the
carbon densities being equal. But similar differences
in luminosity may be found in comparing marsh gas
with a carbon density of It), which has only 5
candle-power, with coal gas, which, with an average
carbon density of 0-40. mav be of 25 to 30 candle-power.
Also, it is stated by Berthelot that hydrogen mixed
with 3 per cent, by volume of benzol vapour
burns with about 20 candle-power, although it has a
1 carbon density of only 0*09,
D2
812
THE JOURNAL OF TIIH SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Doc. 31, 1887.
The heavy hydrocarbons present in still gas seem
to cousist of defines and paraffins, or bodies similar
to these, in about equal proportions, and thus it
differs altogether from ordinary oil gas. which has
practically no heavy hydrocarbons which are not
removed by bromine. Thorpe and Young found
solid paraffin wax to break n|i into Liquid paraffins
and olefines, in about equal proportions, when
distilled repeatedly under pressure at comparatively
low temperatures ; and ordinary shale gasoline, which
is the most volatile part of the naphtha recovered by
scrubbing the retort gas u ith oil, was proved to be of
similar composition. Its vapour was mixed with air,
and the mixture analysed in the usual way. The
sample tested was saturated at about 4o° F., and
burned with about 25 candle-power. The total
hydrocarbons present were found to amount to 35"8
per cent, by volume, with an average carbon density
ol V4. The bromine absorption was 1S'7 per cent,
v ith a carbon density of 5'5, and the oil absorption
of the residual gas amounted to 171 per cent, on the
original, with a carbon density of 53. This shows
that the gasoline, as vapourised, contained 52 '2 per
cent, of vapour of olefines, which is equal to about
527 per cent, by weight.
No examination has yet been made of the naphtha
which always accompanies the gas from oil stills.
This will partly pass away in the gas, even with very
thorough condensing power ; but towards the end of
the distillation, the condenser requires to be kept
somewhat warm to prevent choking of the pipes with
solid paraffin, and, in consequence, very little of this
naphtha arising from the decomposition of the heavy
oils, is recovered, and a very considerable loss thus
occurs. The quantity of this naphtha is now
proportionately less than it was some years ago, as
the tendency in oil-refining now is to have as little
destruction of the oil in the course of the distillation
as possible, and to rely more on chemicals for its
purification. But it is impossible to avoid all
decomposition in the still, and, in consequence, a
quantity of naphtha which — whatever may be its
exact chemical composition- is of low boiling point,
and therefore of considerable value, is every day
being lost in our mineral oil refineries.
Improvements in Filters for Domestic Purposes. C. A.
Clapham, Bradford. Eng. Pat. 0527, July 23,
18S6. Sd.
The improved filter consists of a cylindrical vessel, with
a contracted orifice at the lower end screwed to receive
pipe and covered with a perforated plate. The upper part
is precisely similar to the lower part, except that it is
screwed on to the body of the filter, thereby compressing
the granular carbon between the two perforated plates.
Such a lil ter can lie attached to a water tap.— C. (.'. 11.
Improvements in Filters. J. K. llodgkiuand E. Perrett,
London. Eng. Cat. 15,158, Nov. 22, 1886. lid.
Tins class of filter is more particularly intended for
removing the solid matter precipitated from a hard
water in the process of softening. The figure annexed
shows one modification. In the vessel C mounted on
a hollow spindle 1! are a number of corrugated hollow
discs A, somewhat resembling the grooved plates of a
Journal anD Patent* Literature.
I.— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS AND
MACHINERY.
Improvements in Filter-pi-esscs. 1>. K. Clark, London.
Eng. Pat. 11,589, Sept. 11, 1886. lid.
The diaphragm or liody of the filter-press plate, which the
patentee has hitherto made in a separate piece from the
rim, is iu the present instance cast therewith in one. The
drainage grooves are made in a radial direction from
centre to circumference and these empty into one or
more concentric grooves, which, in their turn, com-
municate with a number of outlet ones, disposed radiallv
and pasdng through the body of the rim of the plate
— C. C. H.
• Any ot these specifications may be obtained by post bv
remitting the cost price, plus postage, to Mr. H. lieaderLack
Comptroller of the Patent Office, Southampton Buildings'
Chancery Lane. London, W.C. The amount of postage mav
be calculated as follows :— '
If the price does not exceed 8d Jd.
Above 8d., and not exceeding Is. 6d. . Id
,. Is. 6d., .. ,. 2s. «... Ud.
.. 2s. Id., ., „ 3s. Id... 2d.
circular filter-press. The discs are covered with cloths.
The turbid water enters the tank at D, filters through
the cloth into the corrugations on each plate, into the
hollow interiors, and away through 6" into the hollow
spindle B, and thence conducted away by pipe h. The
solid matter accumulated on the clothed discs is removed
by rotating the whole series by means of the mechanism
shown so as to enable jets of water m to play on the
surface and wash away the deposit, which escapes through
the pipe H. The specification shows two other modifica-
tions, in which the hollow spindle B is mounted
horizontallv.— C. C. H.
Composition for Removing Scale or other Incrustations
from the Insiile or other Parts of Steam Boilers. .T.
Brookbanks, North Shields. Eng. Pat. 12,498 Oct
2, 18S6. 4d. - '■
The composition consists of one part of sulphate of soda
one part of nitrj cake and one part of alkali.
— C. C. H.
Improvements in Filter-presses. E. A. Cowper, London
Eng. Pat. 14,41.3 Nov. S, 18S6. Is. Id.
The improvements described in this specification consist
in (1) providing an arrangement of links, chains or ropes,
so connecting the chambers that when the follower is
withdrawn by means of an endless chain, mechanically
worked, the whole chambers are simultaneously opened";
(2) opening or closing the chambers one at a time by
means of a sliding friction pawl carried by reciprocating
bars ; (3) effecting the tightening of the press by means
of the pressure in the interior of the machine, itself
acting upon an hydraulic ram forming part of, but larger
in diameter than, the head of the machine; (4) expediting
nee. 31, 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
B13
filtration by intermittently injecting air under pressure
along with the material undergoing filtration ; (5)
assisting the removal of the cake from the faces of the
chambers by means of springs or projections on the said
faces, or by forcing air or water under pressure behind
the filtering cloth before the machine is opened.
— C. C.H.
point. The condensing water in 2 passes away through
pipe 3. A portion of the water entering pipe 1 is led
through 4, through the float box f> and by pipe S enters
tli<- lower point of 9, where, as has been described, it is
both distilled and acts as a condensing agent. The con-
centrated Urine parses away through pipe 10. Excess
pressure in vessel 9 lowers the water level as from A to
IS, and thus reduces the evaporative power. — C. C. H.
Improvements in Machinery for Producing Distilled
Water from Sea or other Impure II ater. A. T,.
Normandy, London. Eng. Pat. 12,419, Sept. :i0,
18S6. Sd.
Improvements in Filter-presses. 3. Critcblow, T.
Forester, VV. forester, li. Forester, and L. Forester,
Longton. Eng. Pat 2915, Feb. 25, 1887. 8d.
The accompanying figure thows the construction of the Tnii filtering cloths arc replaced by porous tiles resting
improved apparatus. The vessel 0 contains the two
tubular vessels, 2 anil 13, the lower of which is immersed
in impure water undergoing distillation. Steam is
supplied from a boiler through pipe 12 and steam
reducing valve 13 into l.">, where it condenses, passing
away through steam trap 23, either by pipe IS or by pipe
19 into vessel 20, where it mixes with the " secondary
condensed water " in the upper vessel. Cold water is
supplied through pipe 1 to the upper condenser, and
condenses the steam arising from the condensing .vater
in the lower part of the apparatus ; this mixes in 20 with
that from 15 and is carried by pipe 21 to any desired
and bedded on the drainage faces of the chambers of the
filter-press. The tiles or porous composition consist of
charcoal, blue clay, ball clay, China clay, flint and stone
mixed together with water, formed into cakes and fired.
-C. C. H.
Improvements in and relating to Filtering Apparatus.
( '. J. Biihring, Hamburg, 0-ermany. Eng. Pat. 384S,
March 14, 1S87. Sd.
The new filter is made of enamelled wrought iron and
resembles in shape an inverted bottle. The inlet is at the
II1E JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec.31, 1887.
top or large end, v. Inch is closed by a loose cover secured
by a clip, and the outlet is at the lower and smaller
end. The filtering medium consists of a hollow block
of carbon, covered with an iron bell perforated at the
lower end and surrounded with granulated charcoal.
Above this, again, js an asbestos plate, holding coarsely
granulated charcoal surmounted by a charcoal plate to
break the force of the water. The filter as arranged is
directly connected with the water main. Sometimes it
is used in conjunction with a pump, in which case a
three-way cock is used, so that either filtered ornnfiltered
water can be drawn as desired.— C. C. II.
Imprint// .!/■ /hod of and Apparatus for Preventing
Corrosion in Strain Boilers. E. M. B. Faull and
F. W. Cannon, London. Nov. 22. 18S6. 4d.
The feed water is passed through an iron vessel, in the
bottom of which is a zinc plate covered by a perforated iron
plate : suspended vertically in the vessel are three plates,
two of iron, one of zinc ; the zinc plate is connected with
the exterior of the boiler by a copper wire, and a
return circuit from the outside of boiler to the iron plates.
The combination forms "a battery of sufficiently
destructive power to destroy any galvanism contained by
the feed water."— C. C. H.
An Improved Filtering and Lixiviating Press. C. A.
Koellner, Kiel, Prussia. Eng. 1'at.' 7515, Mav 25,
18S7. Sd.
The accompanying Figs, show the improved filtering
press. B is a force pump, with plunger C fed from hopper
P, provided with inlet valve. Below this, and secured
thereto by bolts, a screw thread or a stirrup and screw
T7g I
is the filtering chamber E or E1 in which is compressed by
the spring \Y, or its equivalent in screws, the filtering
bed. Reciprocation of the pump plunger forces the liquid
through the filtering medium and out by the cock t.
The solid matter is left in the filtering chamber, and can
be lixiviated in a similar manner.— C. C. II.
admixture of any reagents. In this part a seiies of
sloping shelves are placed alternately reaching to the top
and bottom, the distance between them increasing. The
spaces between these are filled with sloping shelves
parallel to the partitions, the distance between these
being greater in the end nearest the entrance to the tank,
and cicc-rcrsa. A turbid liquid entering the apparatus
deposits its solid matter on these subsidence shelves
and following an up and-down course finally becomes
quite clarified. The mud slides down the shelves into
the lower part of the tank and is removed through cocks.
— C. C. H.
Improvements in Apparatus for Calcining, Drying,
Roasting or Carbonising Substances or Materials and
Extracting Gases, Spirits or Acids therefrom. B.
Cunlitle, Pendleton, and J. Lund, St. Annes-on-the-
Sea. Eng. Pat, 107'J.S, Aug. 4, 1S87.
The improved apparatus consists of a bottle-shaped
vessel a, runnning on friction rollers c c, and a hollow
trunnion bearing h, contained by a base plate b and
suspended over a furnace c. The neck is fitted with a
^
•
—
B '(
...-> :
1
e
,
pipe/for the conveyance of the gases, etc. evolved during
distillation to any desired point. A door g serves for the
introduction of the material and blades ef'or its agitation
during rotation. Spirits or volatile oils may be introduced
through the plug i i1. The whole is rotated by the worm
A-1 and worm wheel /..— C. C. H.
Improvements in the
Clayton, Deeplields.
1SS7. 6d.
Construction of Filters.
Eng. Pat. 11,035, Aug
R.
12,
The improved filter consists of a vessel, cylindrical or
otherwise, in the interior of which is suspended a second
vessel of similar shape, the lower part of which carries
the filtering body. This consists of layers of sand, fine
and granulated charcoal enclosed between two carbon
plates or asbestos cloths.— C. C. H.
II.— FUEL, GAS AND LIGHT.
Macnab, jnu.,
Eng. Pat. 7S30,
Improvements in the Use and Construe/ion of what are
known as Mantles for Incandescent Gas Lighting. A.
Paget, Loughborough. Eng. Pat. 16,581, Dec. 17.
Improvements in Apparatus for Separating by Subsidence t /. .
Solid Matters /nan the Liquids in which they are lNSTEAD of Deim? suspended by the top, the mantle is
supported at the bottom by resting on a ring, collar or
shelf round the top of the burner. It may be fastened
to this support with shellac, glass or other suitable
cement. To prevent side motion, a wire is carried
upward from the burner and bent down so as to enter
the aperture at the top of the mantle and hold it in
position ; or this wire may be carried upwards inside
the mantle, and answer the same purpose. The mantle
may be strengthened by making it of a fabric increasing
in thickness or closeness from the top to the bottom and,
to ensure an easy fit over the burner or collar without
Suspended. \V. Macnab, sen., W.
Forest Gate, and J. Donald. Paisley
Mav 28, 1887. Sd.
A HORIZONTAL tank is divided into two parts ; the first
part communicates with the second through holes cut in
the separating diaphragm. The first portion of the tank-
is again divided by vertical partitions, so that any liquid
entering the apparatus passes first to the bottom', mans.
and descending once again before entering the second
part of the apparatus. This ensures the thorough
Dec. 31. 1887.] THE JOURNAL OF 1HE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
undue slackness, a wire inserted in a "welt ' or "slack
course " provided for it in the bottom of the mantle.
For strengthening purposes, this wire may also be
inserted at the top of the mantle. — A. li. I).
Improved Blowpipe Apparatus for Producing Intense
Beat and Artificial Light. S. Pitt, .Sutton. From J.
R. Knapp, New Orleans, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 9077,
June 25, 18S7. Hd.
This is an apparatus in which nitrous oxide is used to
support the combustion of a jet of hydrogen. The
nitrous oxide in liquid form is stored in a cylinder, which
forms part of the apparatus. For details of construction,
the specification with its explanatory drawings must be
consulted.— A. R. D.
Improvements in Apparatus/or Burning Heavy Mineral
and Other Oils. L. Chandor, St. Petersburg, Russia.
Eng. Pat. 12,336, Sept. 12, 1S87. 6d.
These improvements relate to the so called " Tis-
cbolin candlestick,'' described in Eng. Pat. 10,234, Aug.
23, 1SS5. They consist — Firstly, in the substitution ofa
metallic, ground or milk glass or porcelain cylinder e
for the tightly-fitting mantle, which heretofore was
placed over the perforated metal cylinder with inner
gauze lining. This outer cylinder is not provided with
airholes at the top, but stands in a circular cap d with
airholes '•. The air entering by these holes is thus
warmed as it passes to the upper llame li. Secondly,
in surrounding the wick tube / with another tube g.
The space between these tubes communicates by the
openings It with the outside air and thus provides for
the combustion of the lower Maine a. Thirdly, in the
use of the small tube t which reaches down into the oil
reservoir and leads any gases formed there up to the
lower flame to be consumed. — A. R. I).
TIL-DESTRUCTIVE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
Improvements in the Method of and in Apparatus for the
Utilisation of Gas Tar. G. Hammond, Lewes. Eng.
Pat. 14,395, Nov. 8, 1886. Is. Id.
It is proposed to continuously and automatically distil
coal tar by means of high-pressure steam in order
to recover the illuminating hydrocarbon vapours and
convey them to the gas mains for the pnrpofe of enrich-
ing and increasing the volume of coal gas in course of
manufacture, the residual tar being also used as fuel in
the retort furnace or other lires. The specification con-
tains five sheets of drawings. — D. B.
Improvements in Carbonising or Distilling Coat or Made.
.1. Young, Stoke on-Trent. Eng. Pat. 14,840, Nov.
16, 1886. 4d.
By adding sodium chloride to the coal, the coke pro-
duced is said to be improved in quality, whilst the
resulting gas can be more easily purified. The quantities
of illuminating gas and ammoniacal compounds produced
are also said to be increased. The quantity of salt to
be used depends on the composition of the coal, but in
most cases 4lb. of salt to 1 ton of coal will be found to
give the desired result. — D. B.
IY.-COLOIJRING MATTERS AND DYES.
Ago-Colouring Matters from the Paradia mines of Stilbene
and Fluorenc and their Sulphonic Acids. Dingl.
Polyt. J. 265, 478—479.
As is known, the azo colouring matters, which arc
obtained by the combination of ;;ora-tetrazo-eompounds
with naphthylaminesulphonie acids, naphtholsulphonic
acids or phenolcarboxylic acids, possess the property of
dyeing unmordanted cotton and have become during the
past few years dangerous rivals to the natural colouring
matters.
For their preparation, the jKira-diamines of diphenyl,
ditolyl and dixylyl and the derivatives of these bases
have been principally employed. Recently, the firm of
A. Leonhardt & Co. have proposed diamidostilbene,
diamidoftuorene and their sulphonic acTds, as the start-
ing-point in the preparation of these azo-dyes.
ZH'ewntrforftVfieneisprepared fromp-nitrobenzylchloride.
This is treated with an alcoholic solution of potash, and
the js-dinitrostilbene thus obtained reduced with tin and
hydrochloric acid, yielding diamidostilbene, a substance
which crystallises in needles or plates and melts at
226—227".
The base is more easily obtained when paranitrotoluene
is digested with alcoholic soda. A complicated product
is obtained, which, by treatment with tin and hydro-
chloric acid, is converted into diamidostilbene.
On a large scale, the base is obtained by boiling for a
long time SOkilos. of /wrrt-nitrotoluene with 100 litres of
alcohol and SOkilos. of soda solution of 40" B. The spirit
is distilled off and the unchanged para-nitrotoluene
removed in a current of steam. The product remaining
behind is suspended in 10 parts of alcohol and heated
uuder an inverted condenser for a long time with 5 parts
of concentrated hydrochloric acid and 1 part of tin
chloride. After distilling off the spirit, the tin is pre-
cipitated by zinc and the new base separated from the
concentrated liquid with excess of soda. It is then
purified by means of the sparingly soluble hydrochloride.
In order to obtain diamidostilbenesulphonic acid,
SOkilos. of sodium y< nitrotoluene sulphonate are dissolved
in hot water and gradually decomposed with lOOkilos.
of soda solution of 40° B. This is then diluted with
500kilos. of water and SOkilos. of zinc dust are added little
by little. When the solution becomes colourless, it is
filtered hot and the diamidostilbenesulphonic aeid
separated by hydrochloric acid as a yellow, sparingly-
soluble powder.
Diamidofluorene is prepared by Schultz's method : by
the fractional distillation and crystallisation of the por-
tion of coal tar boiling between 290—330", the fluorene
Ls separated from the other hydrocarbons in this fraction.
By treating this with strong nitric acid and reducing the
resulting nitro-compound, diamidoftuorene is obtained j
this, with concentrated sulphuric acid, yields diamido-
fluorenesulphonic acid.
From these amido-bodies and their sulphonic acids,
the azo-dyes can be obtained by combination with
amines, phenols, or their sulphonic or carboxylic acids.
The tetrazo compound, formed by acting on the base or
its sulphonic acid with nitrous acid, combines first with
one molecule of the respective amine or phenol, forming
an intermediate product, which then acts on a second
molecule. This property has been employed in order to
obtain the so-called mixed azo-dyes, by combining two
S16
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IDcc.3J.H87.
different amine or phenol molecules with one molecule
of a tetrazo-compound.
The following colouring matters were obtained in the
above-mentioned manner : —
])ye Jrom diamidostUbcnc and a-naphtkolmonosvlpA-
onic acid. — 2S'3kilos. of diamidostilbene hydrochloride
are dissolved in ">000 litres of water, 24kilos. of hydro-
chloric acid of 20 B. added, and converted into the tetrazo-
compound by the addition of a solution of 13 Skilos. of
sodium nitrite in 200 litres of wa'tr. This latter is then
allowed to act, with frequent shaking, on an alkaline
solution of 492kilos. of sodium a-naphtholmonosul-
phonate in 5000 litres of water. After standing some
days, the mixture is heated to boiling, the colouring
matter salted out, pressed and dried. It dyes cotton a
bluish-violet without mordant.
Dye from diamidostilbene and (i-naphtholdisulphonic
acid. — When the a-naphtholmonosulphonic acid above
mentioned is replaced with 69'0kilos. of ,3-naphtholdi-
sulphonic acid, a colouring matter is obtained which
dyes cotton in an alkaline soap-bath greenish-blue.
When lruol. of diamidostilbene is combined with lmol.
of d-naphtholdisulphonic acid and lmol. of a-naphthol-
disulphonic acid, a colouring matter is obtained which,
in regard to tint and solubility, falls between the two
previous ones.
By further combination of diamidostilbene with
a-naphthol, /3-naphthol, or fj-naphtholmonosulphonic
acid, colouring matters are obtained which dye cotton in
an alkaline bath, blue to bluish-violet.
A yellow dyg is obtained from diamidostilbene and
salicylic acid.
From diamidostilbenesulphonic acid, other dyes can be
obtained in a similar manner ; and diamidofluorene also
yields technically useful colouring matters with a-naph-
thylamincsulphonk acid or ft-naphtholdistdphonic add.
— G. H. M.
On Sulphon-Flnoresccin Ira Bemsen and C. Haves.
Arner. Chein. J. 9, 372—379.
By heating wrAo-sulphobenzoic acid with resorcinol to
178 — 1S5° for about seven hours, the liquid which has at
first a clear deep-red colour, begins to thicken and yellow,
crystalline plates appear, when the whole soon turns to a
thick, nearly solid yellow paste. The mass is extracted
with water and the sulphon -fluorescein separated from
the aqueous solution by concentrations and re-crystallis-
ation. It forms straw-coloured crystals, ready soluble
in water. The aqueous solution is slightly fluorescent,
the alkaline solution more so, but nothing like that of
fluorescein. Heated to 250' it does not melt, but is
decomposed at 300°, forming in part a dark brown
flocculent mass insoluble in water and soluble in alkalis,
yielding a strongly fluorescent solution. Its composition
appears to be analogous to that of fluorescein, the CO
group being replaced by SO;. Its crystals contain two
molecules of water of crystallisation. An aqueous solu-
tion of sulphon-fluorescein decomposes carbonates with
the formation of salts. The barium salt forms straw-
coloured crystals, the exact composition of which is at
present undecided. When sulphon-fluorescein is treated
with excess of bromine in acetic acid solution, a crystal-
line dibromide is probably formed. The strongly alkaline
solution of sulphon-fluorescein becomes colourless when
treated with zinc dust, [probably forming a substance
analogous to fluorescein, which owing to its extreme
solubility could not be isolated. The decolorised solu-
tion is readily coloured again by oxidising agents or by
simply allowing it to stand exposed to the air.
— C. A. K.
Tin Coal-tar Colour* and the Eevision of the Laws con-
earning Injurious and Non - injurious Colouring
Matter*. 1'. C'azeneuve. Ann. d'Hygicne, 1S87, 18, I.
The following colours are considered as non-injurious by
the author : — (1) Soluble red (roccellin) ; (2) the sodium
salt of the sulphonic acid of rosaniline ; (3) purple red
(obtained by the action of the diazo-compound of alpha-
naphthyhunine uiono-sulplionic acid on beta-naphthol
alpha disulphonic acid); (4) Bordeaux red B, formed from
the diazo compound of alpha-naphthylamine and beta-
naphtbol-alpha disulphonic acid ; (5) Ponceau K (from
diazo xylidine and naphthol-betadisulphonic acid) ; (6)
Orange I (from the diazo-compound of sulphanilic acid
and alpha-naphthol i ; (7) Yellow X S (sodium salt of
diuitronaphtholsulphonic acid) ; (8) Soluble yellow
i sodium salt of amido-azo-'/WAo-toluenesulphonic acid):
'' Ordinary Indulin (the sodium salt of the Biilphonic
acid obtained from the product of the action of amido-
azobenzene on aniline) : (10) Coupler's blue (sodium
salt of a sulphonic acid derivative of violaniline) ; (11)
Acid green (sodium salt of the mono sulphonic acid of
malachite green). The sodium salts of sulphonic acids
are not poisonous as a rule, while nitro-componnds
(e.g., dinitronaphthol) are poisonous. Methylene blue is
injurious. The author proposes regulations in regard
to the sale and use of artificial colouring matters in
colouring food — viz., that the colours must be free
from sodium sulphate and other impurities, whether
injurious or not; neither wine, vinegar, beer nor
butter should be artificially coloured ; and that the
manufacturer should be held responsible for the quality
and nature of his products. — C. A. K.
Derivative* of Triphcnylmeihune. C. Ullmann. J.
'Prakt. Chem. 36,240—272.
By the action of bcnzaldthyde upon mixtures of aromatic
amines with their hydrochlorides, diamidodeiivatives of
triphenylmethane are obtained. Benzaldehyde-aniline
and aniline-hydrcchloride at 110 — 120° give rise to the
already known diamidotriphenylmethane. This body is
also formed by beating benzyhdine-aniline with aniline
hydrochloride. By heating benzaldehyde with o-tolui-
dine and its hydrochloride, diamidodi-o-tolylphenyl-
methane C«H(s.CH[C,.H,(CH,)NHs.]s [1 : 3 : 4] is pro-
duced, though it does not appear to have been obtained
in a pure state. On oxidation it gives a bluish-violet
colouring matter. By a similar reaction, /j-toluidine
gives rise to diamidodi-p-tolylphenylmethan* CCH5.CH
[C,Hs(GHs)NHa]s [1:3: 0, though the yield is much
smaller than in the preceding cases. This compound
crystallises from benzene, with lmol. of CClHe, in small,
colourless prisms ; from alcohol it crystallises in needles.
It melts at 1S5— ISO' and distils with slight decomposi-
tion at about 27— 33 . It scarcely has any tendency to
form a dyestuff on oxidation. By diazotising and
treatment with hydriodic acid it is conveited into
di-iododi-p-tolylphenylmethaneC,B5.CHlCtE3l(CB
which crystallises from alcohol in prisms of melting-point
107 — 168J. When dianiidodip-tolylphenylmethane is
distilled with ziuc dust it is resolved into jo-toluidine
C\H
and methyl-acridine< | ^CeHs(CH,), the latter of
which forms small felted needles, of melting-point
131 -o.
The di-aceiyl derivative of diamidodi/i-tolvlphenyl-
methane C,Hg.CH[CsH>(CH,)NH.C,H,0]! crystallises
from alcohol in colourless prisms on plates and melts at
217—218°.
The di-benzoyl derivative C6H3.CH[C, H,(t'H:)XH.CO.
CCH51. forms small prisma, which melt at 190°.
—A. G. G.
Cotton Colouring Mutter*. E. P.rdmanu. Chem. Ind.
10, 427-433.
UNTIL quite recently, the only dyestufls known which
had any natural allinity for cotton were a few non-
nitrogenous plant-colouring matters (bixin, caithamin,
curcumin, etc.) and the strongly basic compounds
sait'ranine and methylene blue. Since 1S85 an entirely-
new class of azo-colouring matters have been introduced
which have a very maiked allinity for the cotton fibie,
which they dye from a neutial or slightly alkaline bath
without a mordant. The first cotton colours discovered
Dec. 31. is.-.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
BI7
were all derivatives of benzidine and tolidiue, and upon
this fact R. Mohlan (Brr. 19, 2014) has based a theory
that the attinity of these colours for cellulose is a function
"I thediphenyl group. More recently, however, a variety
of other cotton colours have been discovered which do
not possess this grouping, so that upon what peculiarity
of the molecular structure the attinity for cotton depends
still remains undetermined. Amongst the cotton colours
which are not derivatives of diphenyl are those derived
from diamidostilbene C(1Ht(NHs).CH:CH.C,H1(NH»)
and its sulphonic acids. This base is obtained by
reduction of p-nitrobenzyl-chloride, or by the action of
caustic alkalis and zinc-dust upon ;>-nitrotoluene
(Bender and Schultz, Ber. 19, 3234 ; Walter, Bull. Hoc
Ind. dt Mulhouse, 1887, 99). According to a recent
patent of the Badische Fabrik (Germ. Pat. 39,955), cotton
colours are obtained from the naphthylene-diaiuine,
formed by reduction of alpha-dinitronaphthalene. Further,
di ■ p -amido -azobenzene C«H4(NHs).N:N.CeH4(NH2)
and />-phen\ lene-diainine also give rise to azo-colouring
matters with an affinity for cotton, though those derived
from the latter base do not find technical employment
on account of their sensitiveness to light. On the other
hand, the azo-colouring matters derived from di-y^-amido-
benzophenone CCH4(XH .).CU.CfH,(Xrl„) and from di-
p - aniidodiphenylmethane C,H1(NH,).CH„C,H1(NHS)
have scarcely any attinity for cotton. Whilst it is the
diazotised base which appears to determine the affinity
for the fibre of the resulting azo-compound, the shade
produced is almost entirely dependent upon the phenol
or amine with which the diazo-compound is combined.
Thus, with the above-mentioned bases, phenol, phenol-
sulphonic acid and salicylic acid give yellows ; alpha-and
beta-naphthylamine and their sulphonic acids give reds ;
and alpha-and beta-naphthols and their sulphonic acids
give violet to blue shades. The compounds obtained from
alpha-naphthylamiuesulphonic acid are stronger colours
than those from the sulphonic acids of beta-naphthyl-
amine : hut the former are more sensitive to acids, which
change their colour to blue, whilst the latter are changed
to brown. Instead of combining the diazotised dianndo
base with 2niols. of one phenol or amine, compounds
of a mixed type may be obtained by first uniting one
X._, group with lniol. of a phenol or amine and then
uniting the second X, group with lmol. of a different
phenol or amine. This is readily done, as the combina-
tion of the second X-.. group takes place much more slowly
than that of the first. The compounds R'.Na.X.N2.B?"
prepared in this way dye shades intermediate between
the colours R'.N..X.Na.R' and K '.NS.X.N».R" obtained
by combining the diazotised diamine with two similar
mols. of each phenol or amine separately. Thus : —
Congo Corinth 1>, the colour from
Tilidine f Alpha-naphthionic acid
( Alpha-naphtholsulphonic acid
is intermediate in shade between Bmzopurpurin 4 B :
T v v i Alpha-naphthionic acid
ioimme -( Alpha-naphthionic acid
and azo-blae :
Tolidin p ( Alpha-naphtholsulphonic acid
( Alpha-naphtholsulphonic acid.
A. — Benzidine Colours.
1. Congo red:
Benzidine \ Alpha-naphthylaminesulphouic acid
Alpha-naphthylaminesulphonic acid.
(Actien Gesellschaft fur Aniline Fabrication, Germ, Pat,
1S84, 28,753). This was the first cotton azo-colour, and
was discovered by Bb'ttiger. Cotton yarn is dyed from
a bath containing 3 per cent, of borax. 5 per cent, of
salt and 4 per cent, of green soap. For printing, a
solution of
300grms. of Congo Red,
100 .. .. caustic soda liquor I3ti' Be.(,
lii 4500 ., .. water,
is added to a mixture of
1000 grms. of gum tragacanth,
1200 ., .. flour.
300 ,, .. white soap,
and boiled. Congo red is very sensitive to acids, by
which it is turned blue. Its aqneons solution gives a
blue precipitate on the addition of a trace of any acid,
on which account it is employed as an indicator in
alkalimetry.
2. Chrysamine:
Benzidine
I Salicylic acid
r, .,- f Beta-naphthylamine-
benzidine ^ Beta-naphthylamine-
1^ Salicylic acid
(Fr. Bayer & Co., Germ. Pat. 1884, 31,058).
This yellow colouring matter is very sparingly soluble
in water, but dissolves more readily in a solution of soap.
Aqueous caustic soda dissolves it very easily, forming a
red solution of the basic salt. Cotton yarn is dyed from
a bath containing 1 per cent, of chrysamine, 10 per cent,
of phosphate of soda, and 2j per cent, of soda, l'or
printing, the following mixture is employed : —
loOOgrnis. of water.
12O0 ,. ., flour.
1000 .. ,. gum tragacanth.
300 .. ,, white soap.
300 ,, „ chrysamine.
Chrysamine is extraordinarily sensitive to traces of iron
and copper salts, which change its colour to brown.
Knecht has found that chrysamine acu as a mordant
towards ba-ic aniline colours.
3. A-o-orseil/ii"-
D -, \ Alpha-naphtholsulphonic acid
Benzidine j Aij1ila.naphtho]sui|1i1011ic at.id
dyes wool an archil shade. Dissolves in cone. H_Sot
with a blue colour, which becomes violet on addition of
water.
4. Bensidine-blue :
,, ... f Beta-naphtholdisulphonie acid K
Benzidine -^ Beta-naphtholdisulphonic acid R
(G. Schultz, Ber. 17, 4b2) has no technical value.
5. Deltapurpurine :
-sulphonic acid
6 -sulphonic acid
(Fr. Bayer and C. Dnisberg, Ber. 19, 1426).
6. Yellow-paste :
r, -A- _ f Sulphanilic acid
Benzidine { ph(Jnol
dyes cotton from a hot bath a greenish yellow, but is
a weaker colour than chrysamine. It dissolves in cone.
HSU, with a reddish-yellow colour.
6. Congo G 1! .
Benzidine { Alpha-naphthionic acid
[ m -sulphanilic acid
dyes cotton a yellowish scarlet.
8. Congo Corinth :
a . ■• f Alplia-naphthvlamiuesulphonic acid
i.enzmine | Alpha-naphtholsnlphonic acid
dyes a Corinthian red.
9. BriUiunt-congo G :
( Beta naphthylamiuedisulphhonic acid
Benzidine Beta-naphthylaminemonosulphonic acid
I (Brb'nner's*
i* dyed best with the addition of potash. It is stable
towards dilute acetic acid.
B.— Tolidine Colours.
1. Bensoj)urpuriiie B :
n, y ]■ f Beta-naphthylaminesulphomc acid,
loimine { i5cta-naiihthylaiuiiie^ulphonic acid.
This red-colouring-matter was the first tolidiue deriva-
tive that came into the market. It dyes from a bath
containing 10 percent, of potash or phosphate of sodium,
Bid
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. lD«.3i, ifcff.
2. /.'. nzopurpurine 4 B :
Tolidine ! Alphamaphaykminesulphonic acid.
( Alplia-iiaplithylaminesulphonic and.
(Germ. Pat. 35,615.)
Its shade is almost the same as that of Congo red, and,
like the latter, it is changed by acetic acid.
3. Deltapurpurine 5 B :
Tolidine ^ Bsta-naphthyJamine- 0 -sulphonic acid.
\ Beta-naphthylamine- 5 -sulphonic acid.
(Fr. Baeyer & C. Duisberg, Bcr. 19, 1426.)
4. Azo-blur:
Tolidine f Alpba-naphtholsulphonic acid.
I Alpha-naphtholsnlphonic acid.
(Fr. Bayer & Co., Germ. Tat. 1S85, 35,341.)
This dyestuff forms a dark-coloured powder, which
dissolves in water with a bluish-violet colour, changed
to red by alkalis, but unaffected by acids. Cone.
H2S04 dissolves it with a pure blue colour. Cotton is
dyed from a bath containing soap and 10 per cent of
sodium phosphate of soda (also in some cases sul-
phate of soda). It gives dull reddish-blue shades.
5. Eosazurine G and B (Fr. Baeyer & Co.) are pre-
pared from tolidine und alkylated beta-naphthylaruine-
sulphonic acids.
6. Congo Corinth B :
Tolidine J AjP»<i-naphthiomc acid
(^ Aipna-napntholsulphomc acid
dyes a bluer shade than the corresponding benzidine
colour.
7 Congo 4 B:
Tolidine \ A^Pna -naphthylaminesulphonic acid
j Kesorcinol
dyes very beautiful shades, but is even more sensitive
to acids than Congo, being slowly decomposed even by
carbonic acid.
S. Brilliant Congo B :
C Beta-naphthylaminedisulphonic acid
Tolidine-, Beta-naphthylaminemonosulphonie acid
I (Bronner"s)
(Actiengesellschaft, Germ. Bat. 41,095.)
dyes cotton slowly ; the colour is stable towards dilute
acetic acid,
C— Dianisidine Colours.
Bentoaturine :
Dianisidine | Alpha-naphtholsulphonic acid
1. Alpha-naphtholsulphonic acid
is the bluest azo-colour yet brought into the market.
Cotton is dyed an indigo-blue shade with 5 per cent, of
colour.
D.— DlAMIDOSTILBENE COLOURS (A. Leonardt & Co.)
1. Hessian Purple N:
Diamidostilbenedisulphonic acid ' |eta-naphftylamine.
I beta-naphthylamine,
2. Hessian Purple J: /' and D are derived from
diamidostilbenedisulphonic acid and the various naph-
thylaminesulphonic acids.
3. Hessian Yellow:
Diamidostilbenedisulphonic acid |^a!!c^J!c acf(j
1 I (salicylic acid
dyes a redder shade than ehrysamine.
4. Brilliant Yellow:
Diamidostilbenedisulphonic acid I !,}' eno '
Very similar in shade to Hessian yellow. Alkalis
change its colour to red, forming basic salts.
5. Chrysophenine is ail alkyl derivative of the pre-
ceding compound. It is unaffected by alkali.-..
-A. G. G.
Chromogenic Properties and Preparation of ih Oxy-
anlhraquinones. C.Liebermann and S. v. Kostanccki.
Annalen, 240, 256—304.
The authors, by a method which they call the " ruli-re-
action," and which consists in condensing two molecules
of benzoic acid or its substitution products by means of
concentrated IIaS< >i, have succeeded in preparing a
number of anthraquinone derivatives. They find 1 hat
of the ozyhenzoic acids, the meta oxy-compounds most
readily undergo condensation and this they ascrilie to
the greater stability of the acid towards the concentrated
HjSOj and at high temperatures. Of the compounds
prepared in this way the following may be mentioned: —
Meta-oxybenzoic acid condenses with benzoic acid to
form oxyanthraquinone, according to the following
equation : —
C,H6COsH+C6Hi(OH)C02H=2H20 + CmH«0, •
At the same time oxy benzoic acid condenses with itself,
so that a number of isomeric dioxyanthraquinones are
formed — viz., anthrarufin, erytliroxyanthraquinone,
anthrallavinic acid and ;«-benzdioxyanthrai|uinone,
which may be separated by means of the different solu-
bilities of the barium salts or of the acetyl derivatives.
The lattei method is used in the separation of monoxy-
from benzdioxyanthraquinone.
Benzoic acid condenses also with symmetrical dioxy-
benzoic acid to form xantbopurpurin and anthrachryson.
The former is separated from the latter by its solubility
in benzene, or by that of its barium compound in water.
By heating Mi-oxybenzoic acid and gallic acid with
concentrated HjSUj to 150', a variety of condensation
products are formed. Of these rufigallic acid is the chief
product and in smaller quantities two isomeric tetraoxy-
anthraquinones. The two latter may be separated by
their different solubilities in benzene. The condensa-
tion of symmetrical dioxybenzoic acid and gallic acid
yields a pentoxyauthraquinone, together with
by-products formed by condensation of each acid with
itself. By a method analogous to the above, the authors
have prepared a series of homoiogues of the oxyanthra-
quinones by means of the homologous oxy-acids. Thus,
for example, m-oxytoluylic acid and oxybenzoic acid
yield dimethylanthrarutin C]4Hj(CHl;)2'02(OH)-j and
dimethylanthrallavinic acid isomeric with the former.
In addition to these two a third isomeric dimethyl-wieta-
benzdioxyanthraquinone occurs in the product in small
quantity. In the same way dimethylanthrachryson and
methylanthragallol have been preparedfrom cresorsellinic
and o-tolnylic acids, and the latter also by condensation
of gallic acid and toluylic acid, in which case four
isomeric methylanthragallols are formed. Dimethyl-
anthragallol is prepared from xylylic acid —
C^CH^CO.H [CH3 :CH0:CO.iH = l:3:4]
and gallic acid, and trimethylanthragallol from durylic
acid and gallic acid.
The authors find that the solution of the oxyantbra-
quinones in concentrated II ,S04 give(absorption) spectra
which are characteristic of the different isomeric bodies.
Also the methyl homoiogues indicate by this means the
oxyanthiaquinohe from which they are derived, giving
almost identical spectra with the oxyanthraquinone. In
this way they have been able to determine the constitu-
tion of chrysophanic acid, which is a derivative of
chrysazin.
Hemipinic acid condenses with quinol (hydroquinone)
to form the dimethyl ether of quinalizarin, according to
the equation :—
OH
CH,0
OCH3
COJI
CO..H
CH.OI
2H..O.
OB
Dec.ffl,BBj.l THE JOL'iiSAL OF THE SOCIETY Of CHEMICAL LNDl'STKV.
819
On heating this compound with HC1, quinalizarin is
obtained, which, according to its mode of formation, is a
tetraliydroxyanthraquinone.
Similarly hemipinic acid combines with cresol to form
the dimethyletlier of methylhydroxyalizarin.
— J. B. C.
VI.— DYEING, CALICO PRINTING. PAPER
STAINING AND BLEACHING.
oleic or stearic acid, 27 1 per cent, of pure alcohol and
130 percent, of "volatile alkali.'' As tinctorial material,
alcoholic solutions of the aniline colours are employed,
with an addition of 5— 10 per cent, of the above oil mor-
dant. Fmm 1 — 6 per cent, of this alcoholic solution is
added to the hydrocarbnret bath, according to the shade
required. The dye vessel is cylindrical in shape and has
a central shaft to which are attached movable discs,
which can be fixed at any desired point on the shaft by
means of screws. These discs carry arms radially
arranged in the form of a regular polygon of which the
shaft is a centre ami provided throughout their length
with small hooks on to which the fabric is hooked by its
selvidge spirally around the shaft. With narrow ribbons
it is necessary to fix one selvidge only, with wider goods
the fabric is fixed by both selvidges to a pair of discs.
Improvements in the Mode of Producing Certain Colours
,,,, Cotton, Linen and other TextHi Fabrics. L.
Hamel, Manchester. Kng. Pat. 1775, June 22, 1S70
(Second edition). 6d.
TO reduce the cost of indigo dyeing, «ie cloth is first The dye vessel has a close fitting cover, Ui'rough which
padded in a solution containing per gallon from 1 to lOozs.
of aniline salt and from one-eighth of an ounce to 4ozs. of
chlorate of potash, according to the weight of the cloth
and the dep'th of the shade required. After drying, the
usual resist indigo colours (preferably with addition
of a little resin paste) are printed on and the pieces are
aged for two or more days at a temperature of about
80' F. The cloth is then dyed in indigo in the proportion
of from 2 drachms to 2ozs. of indigo to the pound of
cloth, according to the quality of the indigo, the pattern
and the depth of shade required. In this way patterns in
white, blue, green, orange, yellow, red and black on a
blue ground are produced much cheaper than heretofore.
(The use of chlorate of potash as described in the final, is
not stated in the provisional specification.) — W. K. K.
the upper end of the shaft passes and by means of a
crank the goods are rotated within the dye vessel until
the dyeing is completed. After dyeing, the shaft and the
goods it carries is transferred to a second similar vessel,
but with open ends, and is rotated at a speed of from 700
to 1200 revolutions per minute by a band and pulley
attachment. The goods thus dried are subjected to a
" fixing " operation, " essence of naphtha " alone or with
a little" acetic acid being used. After again drying as
before, the goods are ready for the usual finishing
processes. — ^\ . E. K.
Improvements in Dyeing Yam and other Fibrous
Materials, and in Means or Apparatus employed
therein. T. Sampson and F. H. Jealous, Lawrence,
U.S A. Eng. Pat. 12,358, Sept. 13, 18S7. 8d.
Improvements in Dyeing and Printing Aniline Mac/.: jHE apparatus consists of an arrangement bv which the
T. Holliday, Huddersfield. From W . J. S. Gi&witz, i= dved'ins
pa,;= Fr»i» F.„„ Pat SOT73 Unknot 3 1S7« >,am *? ^ e , 1D. S
Eng.
6d.
Pat. 3073,
Paris, France
(Second edition
The invention relates to the development of aniline black
on textile fibres by the action of chromic acid on a
mixture of a chlorate and a salt of aniline ; small
quantities of chromic acid, one part to 10,000, or even
100,000 parts by weight of the aniline mixture being
sufficient, larger quantities acting with increased
rapidity. To prevent the black forming in the vessels
in which the mixture is contained, the mixture of chlorate
of potash and aniline salt may be rendered alkaline
_ stationary receptacles or dye vessels,
August 3, ISiS throusli which the dyeing liquors are caused to circulate.
For convenience of handling, the yarn is carried in bags,
which are lowered into the cylindrically-shaped dye-
vessels, and suitable Hanged covers are provided, which so
press upon the bags as to cause the liquors to pass uni-
forinlv through the whole mass of yarn. Three or more of
these dye vessels are fixed in a vat, being sustained
above the bottom of the vat by a partition plate,
which also divides the vat into an upper and a lower
chamber. There are openings at the bottom of the
dve vessels and also in their covers, so that the commu-
y • i i _l VA—n ^.C »'..-.
preferably by ammonia, and the salt of chromic acid nication between the upper and lower chambers of the
vat is through the interior of the dye vessels themselves.
The dye liquor is placed first in the upper chamber,
from this pumped into the lower chamber and being
forced through the interior of the dye vessels comes again
into the upper chamber, this circulation of the dye liquor
being continued until the dyeing process is completed.
The lower chamber is supplied with upright stand pipes,
through which the dye liquor passes and is conveyed to
added at the time of use. F'or a printing colour
1000 parts of water,
200 „ starch.
80 „ chlorate of potash,
130 „ hydrochloride of aniline,
are mixed and heated to 90 C. , and when cold one tenth of
a part of chromate of potash or ammonia is added. After
printing the goods are aged by warm damp air, by steaming
or other suitable means. For dyeing purposes the larger the upper chamber whenever the pressure in the lower
portion or the whole of the starch is omitted. The compartment exceeds a certain maximum limit ^j^e
process may be modified by applying to the fibre first the
chromic acid or its salts and afterwards the mixture of
chlorate and aniline salts. Any chromate can be used
from which during the operation chromic acid is set free.
The claim is "the improvements in dyeing and printing
textile fibres aniline black by the action thereon of
chromic acid in the presence of chloric or perchloric acid
on aniline substantially as described." — W. E. K.
Improvements in Dyeing Fabrics and in Materials and
Apparatus therefor. E. Boursier, Brussels, Belgium.
Eng. Pat. 7740," May 27, 18S7. 8d.
This invention relates <a) to the composition of the dye-
bath and (b) to the arrangement of the apparatus used.
It is specially applicable to the dyeing of silks, ribbons
and velvets, preserving the fineness, suppleness and
brilliancy of the fabrics, not only with new good-, but
also in the case of old stocks that require to be re-dyed.
The dye-bath, which is used cold, consists of oil of
naphtha (petroleum naphtha), "benzine" or other hydro-
car'
parts
bottom of the vat is a pipe, by means of which the dye
liquor can be run off into a closed tank when the opera-
tion is over and through which also the dye can again
be forced up into the vat when dyeing a fresh supply of
yarn.— W. E. K.
TIL-ACIDS, ALKALIS AND SALTS.
F',
Action of Sulphurous And on Nitrous Acid.
Kaschig. Annalen, 241, 161—252.
The following series of salts have been prepared by
Fremv and were subsequently studied by Claus. These
have been further reinvestigated by the author and a
different formula assigned to them. If neutral solutions
of K\C. and K„SU3 be mixed, crystals separate out
which have the formula N(SOsK), + 2H,l). This mtnlo'
sulphonate of potassium on boiling decomposes, yield;
ing potassium amidosulphonate NH,SO,K. If the
nitrilosulphonate moistened with dilute H,S04, bp
exposed for a day, washed with cold water and crystal-
buretted liquid, to 100 parts of which are added 12 lised from dilute ammonia solution, the imidosulpnonate
is of a mordant containing 593 per cent, of margaric, is formed, NH(SOsK)„. The author has not isolated a
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. U»cc. 31. 18S7.
corresponding sodium compound, for, on account of its
ready solubility, it does not crystallise from solution;
''lit if to the solution KCI solution be added
i salt of the formula N(SO K S.S0 Na separates.
Potassium hydroxylamine disufphonate is prepared by
first obtaining the sodium compound and then adding
KCI solution to this. Sodium nitrite, finely powdered,
is dissolved in the least possible quantity 01 water, ice
added, and sodium bisulphite solution in the proportion
of two molecules to one of the nitrite allowed to run in
and stirred, potassium chloride is added and the whole
allowed to crystallise. It may be recrystallised from
(a slightly alkaline) solution in hot water. The com-
JK)und decomposes on standing into hydroxylamine
monosulphonic acid, H0.NH.S03H, and potassium
sulphate. This compound decomposes on boiliDg with
water for some time, or more quickly in slightly iHCl)
acid solution in sealed tubes, at 130°, into hydroxyl-
amine. The disulphonate may be completely con-
verted into hydroxylamine sulphate by boiling
the strong aqueous solution with water, according
to the equation 2HON(SO-K)2 +4H,0 = (XHuOH),S04
+ 2K..SO, + H;S04. Free hydroxylamine may also
be obtained by adding to an acidified solu-
tion of the disulphonate an excess of alkali.
In titrating an acid solution of hydroxylamine with per-
manganate, the author finds that more permanganate is
used than corresponds to the oxidation to N20, accord-
ing the equation 2HONH?+20=N30 + 3HjO. This is
due probably to the formation of hyponitrous acid, which
splits up into NoO and H;0 on the one hand, and is
oxidised further to Ditrous and nitric acid on the other.
If the titration is done with hydroxylamine sulphate in
the boiling solution, the reaction is very definite, and
the amount of (J required corresponds to the formation
of NO. The titration may also be accomplished with
ferric sulphate, which is deoxidised by the hydroxyl-
amine. The amount of ferrous salt is then determined
By acting upon a strongly alkaline solution of KNOa
with SOj a compound of the formula—
HO>NSO'K
is obtained. If excess of alkali be added to this salt,
potassium sulphite is formed. Potassium sulphazinate
is formed by adding to a cooled alkaline solution of
KN( >2 a solution of KHSO,. This compound has the
formula KHN.03(S03K)2. It decomposes on standing
into hydroxylamine sulphonate of potassium and KNO3,
The author explains the formation of these compounds
by the supposition that condensation occurs between
potassium bisulphite with the unsymmetrical formula
ll.si )4.OK and nitrous acid, thus : —
(HO),;N+H.SO*OK=(HO)a :N.S0 .OK H 0.
(HOVN-SO^OK+H.SOi.OK=HO.N:(S03.OK)j + HaO
BO.N : [SOjOK). - H.S02.OK=N;(SOiOK)j+HaO.
Sulphazotinate of potassium is obtained in crystals by
EassingSOu into a strongly alkaline KNt lo solution. It
as the formula K.-,H>",S40, , - H80. It dissolves in
strong jK)tash solution, and on addition of alcohol a
crystalline powder separates, having the formula
KfjX.S,ui( - H < i. This the author names basic potas-
sium sulphazotinate. The faintly acid solution of the
neutral salt yields on boiling aqueous hydroxyiamine-
sulphonate of potassium KHX Onii'K '■.'II II-
2HONHSO,K+RaSO< KHso,. With CO, a different
reaction occurs. KHM I ,{S0 K)t B,0 CO =2HON
50jK)j+KHCOs. To sulphazotinic acid, the author,
from the method of synthesis, gives the following
formula : —
SO Ki. :M1<;|>.\K SOsK .
—J. B. C.
Improvements in the Manufacture of Fluoride of
Aluminium and the Double Fluoridt of Aluminium
and an Alkali. L, Graban, Hanover, Germany.
Kng. Pat. 13,654, Uct. 25, 188b. bd.
This invention relates to the preparation of fluorides
and fluorine double compounds by the action of suitable
quantities of an alkaline fluoride on a peculiar solution
prepared from aluminium sulphate or alum. A solution
of either of the latter two salts is mixed with pulverised
fluor-spar and heated ; the greater part of the alumina
combines with Huorine, while gypsum is simultaneously
formed. The remaining sulphuric acid is, however, no
longer present as aluminium sulphate or alum, but in
chemical combination with the aluminium fluoride, so
that the solution can be designated an "aluminium
Huorine sulphate solution." This is the peculiar solution
mentioned previously. If this solution be mixed with
as much of an alkaline fluoride as is equivalent to the
sulphuric acid combined with alumina and lime, the
mixture evaporated, heated and lixiviated with water,
the residue consists of aluminium fluoride. To prepare
the double fluorides, " aluminium fluorine sulphate solu-
tion " is mixed with as much fluoride of sodium or potas-
sium as is necessary for converting all the aluminium
into the double fluoride and the small quantity of dis-
solved gypsum into calcium fluoride. The whole mix
ture is then evaporated to dryness. — S. H.
Improvements in the Distillation of Ammoniacal and
uther Liquors, the Concentration of Liquids- and
Salts m Solutions, and in the Means or Apparatus
employed tin rein. S. H. Croll, London. Eng. Pat.
15,391, Nov. 25, 1SS6. 8d.
IN concentiating ammoniacal or other liquors, the
solutions flow into a series of superposed receiving
vessels contained in a vertical still. The lowest receiver
is provided with suitable means of drawing oft' its con-
tents. Underneath the still a fireplace for smokeless
fuel is arranged, the combustion gases of which are made
to pass over the surface of the liquors. In the case of a
liquid requiring its vapour to be treated for partial or
complete absorption, the gases and vapours are drawn
into a chamber or second vessel, where they are treated
with the suitable reagent or passed through absorbent
matter. If noxious gases are given off by the liquor,
they may be burned in the fireplace. In other cases
they may be sent directly into the chimney. If it be
desired to force the vapours from the liquors below the
surface of an absorbing agent in another chamber, an
exhauster must be used. — S. H.
Improvements in Treating Solutions of Chloride of
Calcium, so as to obtain Chloride of magnesium and
other Products. W. P. Cochrane and \V. Bramlev,
Middlesbrough. Eng. Pat 15,498, Nov. 27, 1S86. bd.
Hvdrated magnesium CARBONATE is charged into a
series of closed vessels, whilst a solution of calcium
chloride is run through the vessels, passing from one to
the other, carbonic acid being at the same time injected
into the mixture. Magnesium chloride is gradually
formed in solution and calcium carbonate precipitated.
The solution of magnesium chloride is treated for the
manufacture of hydrochloric acid, chlorine and magnesia
therefrom, while the precipitated calcium carbonate may
be utilised for the decomposition of ammonium chloride.
The hvdrated magnesium carbonate requisite for this
process is obtained bv treating sodium bicarbonate w ith
magnesia (Eng. Pat. 13.762, 1SS6).— S. H.
Improvements in ike Manufacture of Sulphate of Soda
and bleach in one Operation under High Pressure, and
in the Construction and Use of Apparatus for that
Purpose. H. Burns, Leith. Eng. Pat. 15,48S, Nov.
27, 1887. Sd.
Sulphuk or pyrites are burnt in a close blast retort, and
the sulphurous acid given off led into a condenser and then
into a closed vessel containing cold water, which absorbs
the sulphurous acid. This solution is run into a close
boiler and heated up to the boiling point, whereby all the
sulphurous acid is again liberated. It is mixed with an
additional amount of air and forced through sodium
chloride contained in a retort and kept at a high tem-
perature. The salt is decomposed, giving off hydro-
chloric acid which is led into a mixing condenser,
to be mingled with double its quantity of air, the
mixed gases being forced through a second decomposing
Dec. 31. 1887.) THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
821
h-
822
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec.si.MW,
retort, filled with the peroxide of iron or manganese, and
kept at a red heat In passing through the oxide, the
hydrochloric acid i^ decomposed into steam and chlorine.
The escaping gases are cooled to condense the steam
and, after washing, are dried by being forced through
sulphuric acid. The dry chlorine is then led into a lime
chamber, which is filled with a movable perforated floor
and gas-tight doors. The perforated floor is covered with
lime and the gas enters the chamber under the false
floor and being forced through the lime is quickly
absorbed. It is claimed that the sodium sulphate pro-
duced by this method is of superior quality, while the
bleaching powder can he made stronger and at less cost
than by any other process. Pig. 1 shows a vertical sec-
tional elevation of a works for the manufacture of
sodium sulphate and bleach at one operation. A is a
vertical iron cylinder lined with tire bricks, having a
boiler B set on the top of it. A is charged with pyrites
through the central tube C, and a blast of air blown in
through the pipe F G. The sulphurous acid passes
up C and enters at the top of the condenser D and
forces its way down into the bottom of the washing
vessel EL The gas then enters the condenser I and
passes by the pipe J into the bottom of the absorber K ;
in bubbling up through the water in K the greater por-
tion of the gas is absorbed, while the remainder passes
into a second absorber M, fitted with a cup and ball
agitator, where the last traces of sulphurous acid are re-
tained. The nitrogen and excess of air escape by the
valveYandentertheannular spaceN ; being here relieved
of pressure, the gases rapidly expand, thereby keeping
M cool. They then pass through the condensers by
pipes n and escape into the air. The water charged
with sulphurous acid enters the boiler at (,> ; here it is
heated by the heat of the burning pyrites and gives off
its sulphurous acid. The hot water overflows at R, while
the gas passes by the pipe T into the annular space I',
formed by the concentric iron cylinders W. In the
centre of the latter a tapering pipe X is fixed, perforated
with a number of small holes. The interior cylinder W
is also perforated with small holes, through which the
gas passes from the annular space U. These combined
cylinders are set in a furnace, the fire gases of which
surround the cylinders. The annular space W is filled
with salt, and a blast of air being turned into S here
mixes with steam and sulphurous acid from 15. The
mixture of the gases and vapours passes through into U,
then by the perforations in the cylinder through the salt,
which is rapidly decomposed. ' The hydrochloric acid
gas escapes into the perforated tube X and thence into
the condenser Z by the pipe V. Through the pipe 1' air
is forced into Z and the mixed gases pass by pipe a into
the decomposing retort h, which is made of iron, with a
perforated pipe r fitted into the bottom. Here the
decomposition of the hydrochloric acid takes place and,
after the escaping gases have been cooled, washed and
dried by sulphuric acid, the chlorine is forced into the
bleaehing-powder chamber/. — S. H.
The apparatus employed is shown in Figs. 1 and'.'. A,
A', A-, A . A' are a serbs of closed cylindrical stone-
ware vessels, each resting in a separate tank, through
which a continuous tlow of refrigerated brine is kept up.
The gaseous hydrochloric acid is forced by means of a
blower V into the drying vessel A. The dried gas
then passes into the decomposer A1, thence in succes-
sion through the absorbers A'-, A3 and A1, from which
it is drawn off by a second blower C\ D, D1 and fl-
are vessels of similar construction as A and serve for
converting the lower oxides of nitrogen collected in A5
and A into nitric acid. Each vessel rests in a separate
tank E. The vessel 1> is heated by hot water from the
Improved Treatment of Hydrochloric Acid Gas fur the
Production of Chlorine Gas. W. Donald, Pembrey.
Eng. Pat. 62, Jan. 3, 1SS7. Sd.
The object of this invention is to obtain chlorine from
hydrochloric acid and to recover the by-products formed
during the process. Hydrochloric acid gas, dried by
passing through a vessel charged with concentrated
sulphuric acid, is passed into a vessel containing a mix-
ture of strong nitric and sulphuric acids, where it under-
goes decomposition according to the following equation :
2HC1+ 2NO.H = 211.0 - NcO, + CI,. The sul-
phuric acid present absorbs the water formed by the
reaction and thus prevents an unnecessary dilution of
the nitric acid. The decomposing vessel ought to be
kept at a temperature of o C, while the escaping gases
should not be warmer than 30° C. These latter then
travel through a scries of vessels containing dilute nitric
acid, whereby nearly the whole of the oxides of nitrogen
become absorbed, while the last remaining traces are
arrested by pissing thronjh a sulphuric acid scruVber.
Fie 2
outside, whereas D and D- are cooled by refrigerated
brine. The liquor from A- and A" is run into D, where
it is heated while a slow current of air is passed
through, the lower oxides of nitrogen being thus oxidised
into nitric acid. From D the air passes through a
tower F, carrying with it free oxides of nitrogen
which during their progress undergo further oxidation,
the necessary water being supplied to the tower. The
condensed gases flow back into ]), while those uncon-
densed pass into D , which is charged with nitric
acid, and are ultimately scrubbed in D- with
sulphuric acid. The oxidation of the gases is also
assisted by compounds rich in oxygen, such as man-
ganese peroxide, manganese nitrate, and so forth. The
recovered acids are again used for the process. — S. II,
Iin/noci incuts in the Production of Sulphide of Zinc and
Chloride of Ammonium. H. Kenyon, Manchester.
Eng. Fat, Ki.llS, Dec. 9, 188G. 6d.
In the galvanising of iron, zinc waste is obtained con-
taining zinc, iron, lead, manganese, chlorine and
ammonia. It is dissolved in hydrochloric acid and the
lead precipitated frorii the solution by the addition of
sulphuric acid. The precipitate is filtered and the
filtrate treated with ammonia, agitating well in order to
oxidise iron and manganese. Sulphuretted hydrogen is
then passed into the clear solution, until all the zinc is
precipitated as sulphide, while the ammonia is converted
into ammonium sulphide. The former is separated by
filtration and the solution of ammonium sulphide treated
with an equivalent quantity of zinc chloride, to obtain
a precipitate of zinc sulphide and ammonium chloride.
-S. H.
Dec.ffl.1887.] THE JOURNAL OF TFTE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
823
X.— METALLURGY, Etc.
Composition of the Refined Lead from /■ :ibram. Dingl.
Polyt. J. 264, 463.
The analyses of the refined lead from Przibiam for the
successive quarters of the year 1886 gave the following
results : —
I. II. III. IV.
Silver 0-0019 .... 0-0019 .... 0i»>17 .... 00016
Conner.. 0-0021 .... 0-0U18 .... l)'MJ .... 0-0031
Bismulli 0-0O-21 .... n-0021 .... 0-0023 .... 0 0020
Antimony 0-0027 .... 0-0021 .... 00021 .... 00026
Iron .... 0 0012 .... 00<il« .... n'OOll .... 00013
Zinc ;;;;; oooio .... o-ooio .... o-ooos .... o-ooos
Nickel trace trace — trace — trace
Lead (residue) .. 99 9887 .... 999892 ....99-9896 ....99-9886
— G. H. M.
Improvements in Extracting Gold, Silver and other
S[i tn/s from Ort i or Compounds containing the Same.
A. Parkes, London. Eug. Pat. 13,073, Oct. 13,
1S86. 6d.
The crushed ore is mixed in a reverberatory furnace with
caustic lime and soda, the approximate proportion by
weight of three parts of caustic lime to one part of
caustic soda, and with carbonaceous matter ; if redu-
cible compounds of lead or copper are not present in
the ore they should also be added. On fusion a metallic
bath, containing practically the whole of the precious
metals, will be produced, from which the latter may be
subsequently recovered. Sulphur ores should not be
roasted first ; they may be worked as above or may be
made to give an auriferous and argentiferous regulus
which may then be treated ; the use of the soda-lime
flux is found to cause a rapid disintegration of the
regulus, especially if it be sprinkled when hot with cold
water. The peculiarities of any given ore may require
a modification of the fiuxes ; thus, the addition of oxide
of iron, barium carbonate, fluor spar or cryolite may fre-
quently be desirable. A cupola may sometimes be sub-
stituted for the reverberatory furnace, in which case the
ore will not be tine-crushed. — W. G. M.
Improvements in Machinery for Coating Metallic Sheets
or Plates with other Metals or Alloy . 11. A. Stuart,
Bletohley, and C. K. Biuuev, London. Lug. Pat.
15,3^0, Nov. 24, 1886. Sd.
This patent relates to tin and teine plating. The
grease pot is arranged to give the smallest possible con-
tact with the tin hath and is surrounded by a hot-air
chamber, by which the temperature is kept under
control. By an arrangement of conical rollers each
plate on entering the hath is delivered at an angle
with that last introduced, and driven forward within
guides, which are adjustable for various sizes of plate,
and thence through scrapers having a laterai motion to
the finishing rolls. The motion is transmitted to the
rolls by worm gearing, which imparts a mure even rota-
tion and gives, therefore, a more perfect surface on the
plate than was possible with spur gearing. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Humid Seduction of Gold and
other Ores. J. E. Baugh and C. Hinksman, London.
Eng. Pat. 13,928, Oct. 30, 1SS6. 6d.
If the ore should be free from copper a small proportion
of copper pyrites should be mixed with it. Otherwise,
or after this addition, it is chlorinated in the furnace
described in Eng. Pat. 11,760 of lSS'i. A chemical test
is then made to prove the complete solubility of the gold,
so that a further chlorination with free chlorine may, if
necessary, remedy any defect in this respect. The charge
is then leached with boiling brine, and the gold, silver and
copper in the solution are precipitated simultaneously by
means of iron orzinc. A more complete extraction of the
precious metal than by previous processes is thus effected,
especially in the case of low grade or pyritous ores. The
chlorine is preferably to be obtained by treating chloride
of lime with sulphuric or sulphurous acid, these sub-
stances, if desirable, being by-products of the process.
— w. g. m.
An Improved Method of Smelting and Recovering Metals
from Ores and Dross. J . Nicholas, Ilford. En". Pat.
14,297, Nov. 5, 1S86. 8d.
The matter to be treated may contain either gold, diver
or tin ; it is first heated, preferably to a red heat in a
reverberatory furnace, and immediately plunged into a
cold saturated or very strong solution of any alkali or
chloride. It is thus disintegrated, may be fine-crushed
with ease and the chemical effect will render the
subsequent reduction more satisfactory. When deal-
ing with tin compounds a furnace of special construction
is recommended. It is so arranged that by the regula-
tion of dampers the flame from the grate either plays
over the bed as in an ordinary reverberatory, or is
diverted into a flue beneath the bed as in a kind of
muffle furnace. Thus, the access of oxygen to the charge
s under perfect control. — W. G. M.
Improvements in the Process of Obtaining Alloys of
Aluminium with certain other Metals. J. Clark,
Birmingham. Eng. Pat. 15,94(3, Dec. 0, 1S86. 6d.
Hydratep aluminium chloride is mixed with
lime, iron, zinc, ammonia, or other substance which
readily combines with chlorine, and with finely divided
coke. After drying, this mixture is to be introduced into
the (iron) blast-furnace, added to the cementation charge
or blown through the metal in the Bessemer converter,
with the object of producing an alloy of iron and alu-
minium, or of aluminium with spiegeleisen or other iron
alloys.— W. G. M.
Improvements in and in Apparatus for Cleaning or Pick-
ling Metals and in Utilising the Liquids that have been
employed therefor. E. ATasto, Paris, Erance. Eng.
Pat. 10,923, Dec. 24, 1SS6. 8d.
All the operations of pickling and washing are con-
ducted in the same vessel. A series of reservoirs is
arranged, one containing the acid, the others the different
wash waters. A pipe from each reservoir runs over the
pickling tub and supplies the required liquid through a
branch provided with a cock. After sufficient time has
elapsed, the liquid is raised by an injector, or by pumps,
into a channel through which it returns to the original
tank. Several pickling vessels may be arranged side by-
side, in which case each reservoir will be placed in direct
communication with every tub. When the wash waters
become too highly charged with impurities, the first
washings are set aside for extraction and replaced
by the liquid previously used for the second washing,
the second by the third" aad so on. When sutticiently
saturated, the valuable metals contained are recovered
e.g., the copper from brass pickling by the addition of
zinc, zinc oxide or carbonate, which precipitate
copper, copper oxide or carbonate respectively.
— W. G. M.
A New or Improved Method of Extracting Tin from
Iron in Tin scraps and in Apparatus therefor, ft. H.
W. Biggs, London. Eng. Pat. 45S4, March 28,
1887. 8d.
Hydrochloric- acid at a temperature of 190—212° F.
and a strength equivalent to 17 B., is introduced from
an overhead cistern, with or without further dilution,
into a revolving asphalte-lined metal cylinder, where it
attacks the tin scraps. When these have been sufficiently
stripped, the liquid is run into a tank beneath ; the
washings which are next obtained are then run iDto a
series of tanks in which they are cooled to ensure the
separation of any lead that may be present. Afterwards
the tin is to be obtained by adding zinc or nitric acid
and the sponge compressed and melted. Instead of
rotators, tubs with revolving beaters, or other arrange-
ments, may be employed. — W. G. M.
Improvements relating to the Production of Sodium and
Potassium and to Apparatus therefor. O. M.
Thowless, London. Eng. Pat. 12,4S0, Sept. 14, 1SS7.
8d.
To avoid the formation of compounds which, in the
ordinary process of manufacturing sodium andpota.-sium,
m
THE JOmXAI, OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL TNIH'STKY. im-.-. m.issr.
tend to lessen the yield of metal, the caustic soda or
other compound, itself heated, is introduced into pre-
viously heated carbonaceous matter. This is effected by
setting the vertical retort containing the coke in a
furnace, the Hue of which passes beneath and thus
warms a side chamber leading into the retort. This
chamber is provided with a door for the introduction of
the soda componnd and with a sliding grating between it
and the retorl to regulate t he supplj of soda to the
latter. I >n the opposite side of the retort is a covered
hopper or chute for the admission of coke. Above all
is a pipe leading to a condenser of the usual description.
Beneath the retort is a door for the removal of ashes and
for the purpose of cleansing. — \V. G. M.
The Neiobery-Vautin Chlorination Process. Engineering,
44. 354 -356.
This process, which is said to he in successful operation in
Queensland as well as other places, for the extraction of
gold, is based upon the fact that over 90 per cent, of the
spheres, ami the pressure applied not only makes it
possible to obtain a strong solution of chlorine with the
water in the revolving barrel, containing also the roasted
and pulverised ore, but forces that solution into contact
with the gold through every pore and crevice of the ore.
Should copper be present with the gold, the aqueous
solution, after running through the charcoal filter, is
brought into contact with scrap iron, by which any copper
is precipitated. Silver will be found as chloride amongst
the tailings on the filter, and it is proposed to remove it
by washing with alkaline thiosulphate (hyposulphite).
Dry crushing is strongly recommended for treating
the whole body of ore from a mine, and for this a stone-
breaker should be used that will reduce the pieces to about
Jin. cubes if necessary. For subsequent crushing, Kroma
rolls have proved very satisfactory. They will crush
with considerable evenness to a 30 mesh, which is
generally sufficient. The crushings are then roasted in
the ordinary way in a reverberatory furnace, and the
whole of the roastings are chlorinated as described. It
is claimed that over (10 per cent, of the gold can be
extracted at much the same cost as demanded by
gold in roasted and crushed gold quartz is converted by
the action of chlorine into soluble gold chloride, which
may be removed by washing on a suitable filter, and
that gold chloride on passing slowly through a charcoal
filter suffers decomposition, the metal being left in the
charcoal. When the latter is fully charged, it is burnt,
and the ashes are fused with borax in a crucible, and a
button or nugget obtained.
In the obi styles of chlorination treatment, the time
varied from 36 to !I0 hours ; now this is accomplished in
from 3 to tj hours. In the new process the chlorine is
reduced to the liquid state under a pressure of 4 atmo-
processes in general use, which, however, only extract
some 50 per cent.
Ueferring to the cut, the crushed ore is put in the
hopper above the chlorinating barrel, which revolves.
The latter is made of iron, lined with wood and lead, and
will stand a pressure of 1001b. on the square inch, and its
capacity is equal to the reception of 30c wt. of ore. The
charge falls from the hopper into the chlorinator, water,
chloride of lime and sulphuric acid are added, and the
manhole lid is fastened down. On the side of the barrel
is a valve connected with an air-pump, through which air
to the pressure of 4 atmospheres is pumped to liquefy
: ! THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
B25
the chlorine generated, after which the valve is screwed
down. The barrel is revolved from one to four hours
.it the rate of ten turn- per minute. The chlorinator
i- then stopped and the gas and compressed air is
nllowed to escape from the valve through lime-water,
to prevent pollution of the air and to recover the
chlorine. A glance at the Bgnre "ill make the fore-
- explanation clearer. — W, S.
XL— FATS, OILS, AND SOAP MANUFACTURE.
Lobs of Nitrogen in the M
Analysis of Bone-fat. H. BorntiSger. Kep. Anal.
('hem. 7, 694.
BONES, aftei being crashed, are extracted with petroleum
spirit under a pressure of two atmospheres in order to
remove the fat. After distilling off the petroleum spirit
it was found that the water originally contained in the
bones passed over and that this contained on an average
0'64 per cent, of ammonia. The residual fat contains
92*2 per cent, of fat (good hone-fat should contain 95 — 96
per cent.) and 2 '8 per cent, of ash, which consists of
calcium carbonate and phosphate. — C. A. K.
Improvem* I 'us for Treating or Purifying
Paraffin Wax. R. Tervet, Musselburgh. Eng. Pat,
4, .Ian. 1„ 1887. Hd.
The novelty consists in then-'' of a series of narrow
vertical "cells" or casings with "permeable Bides,
placed in a suitable heating chamber and arranged bo
that the heat may act on all sides, Metal moulds are
fixed above the cells for receiving the paraffin wax in a
melted I lition and moulding il into suitable form-.
for being dropped into the ceils, liars with inclined
si.les are inserted between the cells and moulds, for
closing the latter whilst the melted paraffin is being
poured into them. The inventor also describes the con-
struction and arrangement of the closing slides anil
accessory parts of the mould, as well as the slides for
closing the cells aud combining them with the other
parts. The specification contains three sheets of drawing-.
1 — D. B.
A New Oil Plant. L. Richter. Landwirthsch. Verauchs,
Stat. 33, 45o.
THE seeds of Lallemantia socrtco, a plant belonging to
the Labiatea: and found in the Taurus and Caucasus,
contains 33*52 per cent, of fat, which has a specific gravity
of 0!I330 at 20— '-'1 and solidifies between 34 am
— C. A.K.
Y,.,j, table Fats. H. Jacobson. Chem. Zeit. Kep. 11, 218.
The fats of the bean, vetch, pea and lupine contain
considerable quantities of phosphorus by means of |
which the amount of the lecithin in them may be quan-
titatively determined. Bean-fat contains 1927 per cent.,
vetchfai20S3 per cent, pea-fat 50*25 per cent and lupine-
tat 58*00 percent, of lecithin respectively. The presence of
lecithin in these fats can be further shown by the isola-
tion of its decomposition product choliu. After saponi-
fication with caustic soda and extraction with ethr *
all the above fats yield cholestcrin together with
amorphous substances. The cholesterin thus obtained
differs from that of animal origin in many of its pro-
perties, especially in its melting point. Pea-fat and
lupine-fat contain small quantities of ceryl alcohol. The
solid fatty acids of the above four fats consist mainly of
palmitic acid and contain also other acids of higher
melting point than stearic acid. — C. A. K.
Oxidation Products of Palmitic Acid. M. (iroger.
Monatsh. Chem. 8, 484— 4lJ7.
The oxidation of palmitic aeid in alkaline solution
gives rise to: — 1. Adds of the os tries: Oxalic,
succinic and adipic acids. 2. Volatile fatty acids :
Acetic, butyric, caproic and caprylic acids. 3.
fatty acids : Oxyvaleric and dioxypalmitic acids. The
more dilute the permanganate solution employed the
higher the carbon value of the acids obtained.
— a. <;. t;.
Aii Improved Lubricating Composition, F. T. Archer,
G. \\ . Hardv and F. J. Archer, London. Eng. Pat.
14,S3J, Xov.'lG, 1SS6. 4d.
Carefully-rendered tallow, Kussianmineialoil, black
antimony and gum camphor are mixed together warm
and stirred while cooling. — W. L. C.
XII.— PATNTS. PIGMENTS. VARNISHES AND
RESINS.
Improvements in the Manufacture of White Lcm! and
other Lead Salls,and Apparatus! mployed therein, Parts
of which air applicabli ti, ot/t< r Materials. J. C.
.Martin, Richmond. Eng. Pat. 1054, March 18, 1879
(Second edition). Sd.
The specification describes improvements on Eng. l'at.
1300, April 4, 1S77. The solutions of lead are made by
dissolving in acetic, nitrous or other suitable acid small
Hakes or splashes of lead prepared by running the molten
metal in thin streams upon a moving or stationary sur-
face, such as that of an iron disc cylinder or cone, which
is kept cool and wetted by jets of water or by occasional
immersion in water. Tn"e second part of the invention
consists in mixing hydrated lead oxide or lead suboxide
with carbonate of lead to impart to the latter greater
density and thus improve its quality for painting pur-
poses. The mixing takes place when the materials are
wet and the whole is ground up when dry, with or
without the addition of more of the lead oxides, by means
of apparatus which is fully described, with drawings, in
the specification. -E. E. P.
.1 Process of Producing on Paper, Textile Fabrics, Wood,
Leather, Skins and other light Mat' cads a Transput t
Waterproof Coating. E. H. 1 roedman, Dublin. Eng.
Pat. S85, Jan. 20, 1SS7. 4d.
The material is coated with a mixture of glue, gelatine
or other colloidal substance, and either the bichromate of
potash or of ammonia, dried and exposed to light to render
the compound insoluble. The material is then placed in
a bath of sulphurous acid, which renders the waterproof-
ing compound transparent and almost colourless. The:
process of rendering gelatine insoluble by means of
chromium salts is not claimed, but only the use of the
sulphurous acid in connection with it. — E. E. P.
Improvements in Paints and Paint Compounds. II. J.
Allison, London. From G. W. Banker, Brooklyn,
C.S.A. Eng. Pat. 12,031, Sept. 6, 1SS7. Gd.
The use of the oil extracted from the seed of Indian corn
is claimed as a substitute for linseed or other oils now
used for the manufacture of paints. The "corn" oil
being one of the semi-drying oils, it is usually desirable
to ado a drier to it. — K. E. B.
Improvements in tin- Man ufacture ofL ubricating Urease
W. Hicks. Eng. Pat. 1S93, Feb. 7, 1887. * 4d.
Fibrous material of any kind, torn into shreds, is mixed
with melted tallow, fat or grease.— W. L. C.
Improvements in Waterproof Compositions or Paints.
J C Lyman, London. From J. H. Lyman, Hadley,
U.S.A." Eng. Pat. 12,632, Sept. 17, 1887. 4d.
The compound is prepared by boiling "ficticious or
artilicial maltha" (the solid residue which remains after
the distillation of petroleum) with "benzine," and
addins. in special cases, oil and turpentine, also some
pigment such as Venetian red if a coloured product be
desired. If the paint is liable to be subjected to a great
heat, some non-combustible substance, such as asbestos,
must be incorporated with it— E. E. B.
E
'HE JOURNAL or Till: SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dee. si. 1887.
Improvements in t/u I or Method and Means for
id other .lit,. I- II ati r n /
clam B. Warner, London Eng. Pal 13,593, Oct.
7, IS87. 4d.
I m Bolution l- prepared by dissolving indiarubbei in
pentane and "benzine" in equal parts, and adding
pentane or heptane. The articles are dipped into this
olution, after it has heen clarified by standing for a few
and by occasionally passing hydrobromic acid gas
through, then drained in a chamber where evaporation
is impossible, the solvent expelled by a current of steam
or hot gases and the articles finally dried in the " finish-
ing chamber," preferably by means of a current of hot
air. Not only is the above process claimed, but also the
use of wire gauze or bundles of wire in the pipes leading
to and from the evaporation chamber, to prevent the
possibility of an explosion in it ; and, further, the use
in the evaporation chamber of steam or gas from which
the soluble solvent can be recovered by condensation.
— E. E. B.
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
nts with Ma n tires on Sum titer Cereal*. G.
Andrae. Sachsische landw. Zeit. 18S5, 7'.H.
IN these experiments, Chili saltpetre, potash salts, and
soluble phosphate were tried separately and mixed
together : -(1) For barley, after potatoes lightly manured
with dung, on a soil of medium quality ; (2) for oats after
similar crop and manuring, on soil 16 years in cultivation ;
(3) for oats after sugar beet on old cultivated land. The
season was unfavourable. Only the Chili saltpetre,
used by itself or mixed, yielded a profit.— D. A. L.
natural arc affected in a similar manner sooner or later :
this was proved by experiments with lithium sulphate
on CYi'i r arieliittiiit. When lithium i:. present in a plant
not a trace is detected in young leaves, bud- oi organs oi
reproduction, as they are wanting in hardened portions,
and only mere indications of it are observed in leaf-stalks,
stems and roots ; but it is found accumulated in the
hardened woody fibres of fully grown leaves. Conse-
quently by these leaves falling oil', this objectionable
metal is gradually removed both from the plant and soil;
even plants which do not generally contain lithium
can withstand a little in the soil, which, how-
ever, ultimately gets removed through the leaves.
It is shown that lithium is carried upwards by
the transpiration currents, but it can also move trans-
versely through the hardened cell walls. In experi-
ments with lithium sulphate on plants in the ground,
it was found that merely watering with the solution was
not sullieient to test the effect, since the lithium was
retained in the upper layers of soil and was only
gradually brought within root-range by subsequent
watering with water. — 1). A. L.
1> traction of the Ammonia Ferment. A. Ladureau.
Annates Agronomiques, 1S85, 522 — 525.
With the object of preventing the loss of nitrogen, as
ammonia, from manure heaps, experiments were tried
to arrest ainmoniacal fermentation in solutions of urea
by the addition of free phosphoric acid, superphosphate,
. ferrous sulphate, phenol, sulphuric acid, boric
aeid, hydrochloric acid and ferrous chloride, but without
ess. Therefore the addition of magnesium salts is
suggested, to tix the ammonia in the manure as
ammonium magnesium phosphate. — D. A. L.
Fit Id Experiments with Different Phosphates. Kremp.
Braunschweig, landw. Zeit. 55, 105 — 107.
THESE experiments were conducted with oats on a
moderate loamy soil, containing 1 '90 per cent, of humous
matter, poor in lime and moderately porous, Super-
phosphate, bone manure and Thomas slag were tried
separately and in conjunction with Chili saltpetre; the
phosphates were without effect, but the nitrate produced
.i good increase in yield. Probably the soil had sufficient
phosphoric acid in it beforehand. — D. A. L.
/ of Lithium Salts on Vegetation. J. Gaunersdorfer.
Landw. Yer*. Stat. 1887, 171—200.
NUMEROUS investigators have worked on this subject
and have come to different conclusions as to the effect of
lithium on vegetable life. Poeke found lithium a constant
constituent of many plants and concluded that it was
normal to some plants and accidental in some others
when they were grown on asoil containing lithium. The
anthorhas made numerous investigations in this direction
and found that lithium is always present in some plants
(all varieties of Cirsium), but that these plants will
develops quite normally without it, hence he concludes
that it is not necessary to tin- existence of these plant sand
i^ simply accidental although an almost con-
constituent oi such plants. Lithium is one of those
substances which can act injuriously on vegetation ; it
checks development and causes pathological changes in
the organs and to most plants even minute quantities
are poisonous, the leaves becoming speckled with dried-
up spots ; and even those plants in which its presence is
The Wild Potato of Paraguay. F. Nobbe. Land-
wirthschaftl. Vers. Stat. 33, 447.
The author finds that the composition of the tubers does
not differ materially from that of ordinary potatoes.
— C. A. K.
Free Phosphoric Aeid and Superphosphate. M. Weilandt.
Landw. Versuchsstat, 34, 207—215.
The author has continued Ritthansen's experiments on
this subject [Ibid. 20, 401) and finds when dilute
phosphoric acid acts on precipitated barium, calcium and
strontium carbonates, more or less of the sparingly
soluble dibasic salts are formed in accordance with the
concentration of the acid solution and duration of the
reaction. The salts produced are amorphous except
when concentrated solutions of the acid are used.
When a current of carbonic anhydride is allowed to act
simultaneously with the phosphoric acid the amount of
sparingly soluble salt formed is increased. Solutions of
superphosphate act very energetically on marls and with
less vigour on the crystalline forms of calcium carbonate,
much of the phosphoric acid becoming sparingly soluble
during the reaction. — D, A. L.
Experiments to decide whether Nitrates are essentia! for
tla ( itUiraiion of Cereals. O. Pitsch and ' L.
Campagne. Land. Versuchsstat, 34, 241.
This is a continuation of former investigations and
confirms the previous results. Cereals can develop
completely and assimilate large quantities of organic
substances and protein, when cultivated in ground
which during their period of growth is quite free from
nitric acid. The absence of nitric acid from the soil
appears to hinder the growth of the portions of the
plants above ground after they begin to shoot, for a
time, but then they continue to grow readily and in a
normal way. The root net-work was found to be
exceptionally strong and extensive in the case of soil
manured with nitric acid ; more so than when manured
with ammonium salts. — C. A. K.
Estimation of Ammonia Nitrogen in Sail and the
Amount of Assimilable Nitrogen in Uncultivated
Soil. A. Baumann. Landw. Versuchsstat, 188C,
247—303.
The author, recognising the unsatisfactory nature of
the methods of estimating ammonia in soils, has made a
great number of experiments with the more usual
methods.
Schloesing's Method. — In the cold soda produces a con-
tinuous evolution of ammonia with humus soils. The
amount of ammonia obtained from several samples of the
same soil is almost exactly the same when the conditions
nf experiments are similar : hence with two samples of
Dec.ffl.l88T.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
--'
the same soil the result- by this method agree w nether (he
soda is iu contact with both samples for48 hour.- or for a
week. It i.- evident that this method is not suitable for
the estimati'iii of ammonia in soils rich in bnmus : at
any rate if employed at all, it is .|iiite inadmissible t..
allow the Boda to act more than 4S hours. When humus
soils, alter boiling with magnesia water, are treated with
soda thej yield considerable quantities of ammonia
within Is honrs; soils free from humus do not behave
in this manner. Boussingault's method the author linds
is accurate, but the ammonia in the hydrochloric acid
extract of the -oil must be estimated azotometrically
and not by titration. Knop's azotom
unite usele.-s for soil analysis, inasmuch as the humus
in the soil causes a contraction in the volume of gas
produced and the greater the quantity of humus the
greater this contraction becomes ; even the addition of
borax does not make the method usable. The author
has therefore adopted the following method :— 200gnus.
of soil are mixed with lOOcc. of dilute ammonia-free
hydrochloric acid (1 :4), if the reaction is strongly acid
300cc. of distilled water free from ammonia are added,
and the whole allowed to remain for two hours with
frequent agitation : after liltering 200ce. of the filtrate
(corresponding to lOOgrms. of soil) is transferred
to the azotometer„ about 5grms. of freshly ignited
magnesia usta added and a current of ozonised air
aspirated through the liquid, with frequent shaking,
for ten minutes. The azotometric determination then
proceeds in the ordinary way. The ozonising destroys
the humus matter which would otherwise vitiate the
results iu the manner already noted above. Numerous
ammonia determinations were done by this method.
The amount of ammonia present in uncultivated arable
soils varies with the character of the soil. Loamy soils
are richest and tho>e containing most clay also have the
largest quantities of ammonia: chalky and sandy soils are
poor in ammonia ; but sandy soils rich in humus contain
organic matter which is readily decomposed by soda in
the cold, with evolution of ammonia. Such substances
play a much more important part in vegetable nutrition
than has hitherto been supposed when judging a soil ;
the amount of organic matter (vegetable; has, however,
no influence whatever on the actual amount of
ammonia in soil. The amount of ammonia-nitrogen in
the most varied soils fluctuates between 0004427grm. and
0-02894grm. per kilo, of soil. The amount of ammonia in
an unfilled and unmanured soil, judging from those
kinds examined, appears to be a constant quantity and
is scarcely altered by season or weather ; it does, how-
ever, decrease with the depth, the ammonia being
retained by the upper layers. Thus, from a depth of 1
to 25 centimetres the amount of ammonia is nearly
uniform, from 40 to 45 centimetres there is a marked
falling on", whilst at about SO centimetres down only
traces of ammonia are present.
Nitric Add in D d and Unmanured Soils
and Forest Soil : — The watery extracts were tested
qualitatively with brucine and diphenylamine and when
nitric acid was present it was estimated by the indigo
method. Examination of numerous soils leads to the
conclusion that uncultivated and unmanured soils con-
tain an exceedingly small quantity of nitrates, more
especially forest soils, which have frequently none at all
or at the most only traces. Tests were made to a depth
or .SO centimetres. The absence of nitric acid is
attributed tn low temperatures, dryness of the soils and
condition of the nutritive matter being unfavourable
for the development of nitrify ing organism. Drainage
experiments were made to illustrate how very small the
nitrifying power is in soils free from animal matter and
containing only small quantities of vegetable residues.
Details are given show ing the progress of these experi-
ments ; in course of the year the following amounts of
nitric acid were obtained by draining the soils to a depth
of 1 "20 metres : —
Nitrogen as
Kind of Soil. Nitric Acid in
Kilos, per Hectare.
sandy soil
Loamy soil 20-90
chalky soil ipoor in humiisi aO'H
Moorland 'rich in huuiu-i 117
In no case was either ammonia or nitrous acid detect id
in the «at>
At Rothamsted, a heavy, loamy soil, both unmanured
and nneropped, has yielded in drainage water the
following average quantities of nitrogen as nitric acid
per annum, for eight years. Drainage from a depth of
40 inches (about 1 metre) 34'941b. per acre i.about
:;'.' I.'ikilos. per hectare); from B0 inches 38 ■901b. per
acre (about 43o7kilos. per hectare).
it is pointed out that the nitric acid produced in
unmanured and uncultivated soil is not sufficient for
the nitrogen requirements of forest trees, hence they
must obtain their supplies of this element from some
other source, either ammonia or possibly the easily
decomposable nitrogenous organic substances referred
to above. The fertile black soils of Russia, for example,
contain large quantities of such organic substances, but
frequently only traces of ammonia and nitric acid. When
soil is boiled in hydrochloric acid the amount of ammonia
obtained is 10 or 20 times the actual amount of ammonia
in the soil and is derived from substances in the soil
which doubtless bear a great resemblance to amides.
— D. A. L.
Field Experiments.
J. Vollmer.
530— ,i32.
Bied. Centr. 16,
The author's numerous experiments point to the fact
that it is useless and wasteful to use manures in exce-
sive quantities. In comparative experiments with
different phosphates on sugar beet, Thomas-slag, amongst
other phosphates, proved of value in a heavy loamy soil.
— D. A". L.
nposition associated with tltc Development
- Bacteria in Drinking Water. T. Leone. Atti della
K. Accademia dei Lincei, I^jT, 37.
The author, like many other investigators, has observed
that during the development of bacteria in drinking
water, the organic matter decreases with the simul-
taneous formation of ammonia, but as the organic matter
continues to diminish, the ammonia changes to nitrites
and ultimately to nitrates. It is asserted that many-
kinds of micro-organisms are capable of producing these
effects and the results are obtained either in open or
closed vessels and with many kinds of bacteria mixed
together, or with one kind by itself. With regard to
denitrification — the addition of nutritive gelatin to a
solution in active nitrification stops that process,
and even the nitrates already formed are reduced :
but, provided no more gelatin is added, in a few
days iwhen the organic matter is decomposed) nitri-
fication re commences- the author infers that the
same organisms are either denitrifying or nitrifying
according to circumstances. He has confirmed this
statement by numerous experiments with all necessary
precautions in sterilised waters and with carefully cul-
tivated and isolated bacteria. Although this would
appear to attribute a double function to these organisms.
it is pointed out that such is not the case, but that their
function is one of oxidation throughout. — D. A. L.
1 n Improved Process of Making Man ure. J. Roxburgh,
Melbourne. Lng. Pat 10,060, July IS, 1SS7. 4d.
Layers of sea weed, blood and slaughterhouse offal, cut-
up carcases of horses, etc. , night-soil and urine are placed
in the order named ina vat and treated with sulphuric acid.
When the action has ceased, the mass is turned over and
sprinkled with lignite dust or "Hunter's deodorising
disinfectant.'' The semi-liquid mass is removed to an
asphalted shed and arranged in layers of two feet with
stable manure in alternate layer- of three inches. The
heap i- allowed to ferment for two or three months, then
broken down and the large bones removed, bone dust
added, in the proportion of 2cwt. per ton, and the
drainage liquor sprinkled over the whole. It is again
allowed to ferment for four or six weeks, then broken
down and mixed with a further quantity of bone dust,
preferablv dissolved, and gypsum equal to .". per cent, of
the mass. In two or three weeks the composition is
readv for use.— J. M. H. M.
E 2
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL LNDUSTRY. [Dee. m. uw.
Manurial Experiment* with different Phosphates. W.
Kobcrts. Journ. d'Agrieult. i'ratiq. 1885,877—880.
Experiments were made with the Batne quantity of
phosphoric acid in different forms on wheat, potatoes,
roots and buckwheat. The results show t lie superiority
of superphosphate and the comparatively small value of
reverted phosphate. Taking two cases of wheat for
example, the profit over the unmanured in francs per
hectare was a* follows ; in the first case the grain only is
considered ; in the second die .straw is allowed for as
well:-
Korm of Phosphoric Aral. l'ro/lt.
Superphosphate 41 no 153'20
Phosphorite (Ardennes) 21 05 5tS0
Precipitated phosphate — 4ST60
Itcverted .. 7'£0 ;n cj
-D. A. L.
' position of Cereals in relation to thi Soil. A.
Atterberg. Landw. Jahrb. 16, 757.
Tiik author linds as a result of his experiments that the
quantity of mineral constituents in the plants increases
proportionately with the quantity of mineral matter in
the manure, while the rate of increase of the other nutri-
tive substances remains quite regular. Further, that
when the quantity of any one source of food at the
disposal of the plant decreases, less of it is taken up and
assimilated. If the result of this is a poor crop the
nutritive substances, other than that the supply of which
has been decreased, will have increased proportionately
and will be taken up in greater quantity by the plants."
— C. A. K.
The Phosphatic. Deposits of Santa Maria di Leuca in
Southern Italy. K. Walther. Chem. Zeit. H, 1157.
COPROLITES and remains of bones, which contain 33 per
cent, of calcium phosphate, form "i0 per cent, of the total
mass of these deposits. There are two beds of the phos-
phatic material, which cover an area of 95,000 square
yards, representing a deposit of at least 2,960,000 cubic
feet. [See also this Journ. 1887, C68.)— C. A. K.
Formation of Sugar in Bert. Guard. Ztschr. f.
Zuckerind. 1SS7, (372.
A SERIES of experiments on this subject has been carried
out on a specially prepared plot of ground. The weight
of the root was found to increase regularly at the rate of
10— 12grms. daily, the weight of libre, ash and organic
substances other than sugar, also increased regularly,
while that of t lie sugar and water varied ami in opposite
directions, so that the increase in weight of sugar plus
water was constant. Heavy rains do not decrease the
quantity of sugar in the root as generally supposed, but
may tend to hinder or to prevent its formation ; the
decrease is only proportional. The roots are free from
dextrose, and contain from 1*45 per cent after Hi days'
growth to 1219 per cent, after 1:20 days' growth of cane
sugar. By determining the size of the roots the author
concludes that the portion of beet below the surface
must occupy a space of 6— Scb.m. The ash of the roots
increases in weight from 0 15— 0"20grm. daily. The
proportion of tibre, ash, organic substances other than
sugar, and water in the leaves increases regularly, that
of water doing so despite varying atmospheric conditions.
Cane sugar is not formed in the root from glucose or
glycogen compounds, but is formed directly in the leaves
under the inlluence of light. The quantity of glucose in
the leaves after a definite period of growth is the same at
the end of the day or night, while on the other hand that
of cane sugar will amount at the end of a sunny day to
1 per cent, and diminish during the night to a halt or
more of that amount owing to its passing down to the
root where it accumulates. The experiments were con-
ducted in 1(1 plots of land, from which the crops were
collected at intervals of 10—14 days, the maximum time
of growth extending over 120 "days. Details of the
increase in size and weight of the various parts of the
plant during these intervals are given. — C. A. K.
Obtaining Mamm from Distillers' Spent Wash. \V. S.
Squire, London. Eng. Pat 12,772, Oct 7, 1886. 4d.
THE wash is ron into tanks, the suspended matter allowed
to subside, the clear liquor run oil' and neutralised by
milk of lime. The precipitate thus produced, rich iii
nitrogen and phosphates, is Biter-pressed, dried and sold
as manure.— J. M. 11. M.
XV.— SUGAR. GUMS. STARCHES. Etc.
The r.v of Poisonous Substances in the Manufacture of
Sugar. C. Scheibler. Chem. Zeit 11 1263 1264. '
Tills is a paper on the question of the danger in the
employment of barium compounds in the manufacture of
sugar (compare Chem, Zeit 11, 1214), and the author
states that although a patent was refused him in 1882 by
the German Patent Office on the ground of the employ-
ment of poisonous substances being illegal, vet since
that date patents have been granted in Germany for the
of lead and barium compounds for the above purpose.
The author is of opinion that sooner or later Berious
consequences will result from the employment of these
methods.— G. H. M.
Maltose ami Dextrose. Degener. Deutsche Zuekerinu
11, 1094.
MALTOSE, owing to its being free from dextrin, readily
fermentable, neb in albuminoids and having a pleasant
taste, is considered by the author to hare a great future
and likely to replace dextrose in brewing, baking and
in the preparation of wine, liqueurs, artificial honey" etc
employed in the form of a syrup or semi-solid product
I . A. K.
Direct Method of Extracting Sugar from Beet by means
of Alcohol. Herzfeld. Ztschr. f. Zuckerind. 188/, 714.
THE extract with methyl alcohol (this Journ. 1SS7, 669)
contains after concentrating it to a s\ rup, altogether 6*18
per cent, of nitrogen, showing the presence of organic
substances other than sugar. The alcohol distilled oil'
contains acids which tend on further extraction of the
beet to invert the sugar, fin diluting the residue with
water after distilling off the alcohol tin- fat of the beet
separates as an oily layer. This contains fatty acids in
part readily, in part difficultly soluble in ether. On
analysis, it gave 70^4 per cent, of C and 11-13 per cent,
of 11. It consists only partially of crystalline fatty
acids and is readily soluble in ethyl alcohol [especially
absolute). The beet examined contained no optically
active substances other than sugar. — f'. A. K.
On the Examination of Sugar for other kinds of Sm/ar
than Cane Sugar. Dingl. l'olyt. .1. 264, 622—626.
/. Estimation of Invert Sugar. — It ha.s already been
shown that the method established nut long ago by a
Special Commission for the estimation ol invert suyar
will not fulfil all the conditions demanded of it. Accord-
ing to the Ztselu: d. Hubenzuektr-Industrie d. deutsch.
Eeichs, 11. flodenberger and It. Scheller have been
examining this method andba\e conipaied the results
obtained thereby with those obtained by use of the
bo-callod "Soldaini's Keagent," which has bien recom-
mended by Degener.
With regard to the Heizfeld method, the authors lind
that a very slight departure in the method of working
from that originally described may lead to wide dis-
crepancies in the hnal results. 'I bey hud also that the
results by this method are influenced by variations in
the following conditions : — 1.1) Manner of beating and
cooling. (2) Presence of cane sugar. (3; The presence
ol the so-called " Koden bender's Substance. And
further, that these influences can only be completely
eliminated by a double copper e.-iimaiiuii, a process too
tedious and cumbrous for commercial woik. They give,
however, an exact description of how this process must be
L. 1837.1 THE JOtJRNAt OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
_
worked. The authors conclude, finally, that an i
determination of a small quantity oi invert suuar in the
presence of cane sugar cannot be made by the use of
I ehling'a solution. In its place they recommend the
1 legener-Soldaini reagent, which is essentially a solution
asie carbonate ot copper in a double carbonate of
soda They claim for it the following advantages :— (1)
It remains unaltered on long boiling and throws down
no oxide of copper. 2) It is very sensitive to invert
sugar. (3) Chemically pure sugar may be boiled with it
seven minutes over a naked Maine, or 12 minutes on a
boiling salt-bath, before shewing any reduction. 4
The Soldaini reagent keeps much better than Fehling'e
solution. The authors describe minutely the method of
preparation of this reagent and the mode of its
titration and application to the estimation of glucose.
By using artificially prepared glucose-solutions of known
strength, the value of the reagent is obtained in terms of
metallic copper, to which the copper precipitate is
reduced in a stream of hydrogen gas. Finally the authors
maintain that for qualitative work Soldaini's reagent is
indispensable, and for quantitative work, though they
are not prepared to say that it overcomes all difficulties
yet they recommend it as the best known reagent. For
the preparation of the foregoing reagents see original
article.
//. Quantitatt of Raffinose. — At the
suggestion of Professor Tollens, K. Creydt ( Ibid. 153 — 180)
lias investigated the problem of the estimation of
rallinose in presence of cane sugar. He starts his
investigation by determining for each of the two bodies
separately the specific rotatory power before and after
inversion, and works up his results into practically useful
formula1. For cases where the optical method is not
applicable, as, for instance, in the presence of still other
optically active bodies, he makes use of a method based
upon the well-known property of ratlinose to yield
mucic acid on treatment with nitric acid. — A. J. K.
XYI.-BREWL\G. WINES, SPIPJTS, Etc.
Recent I ■• « the Manufacture of Spirit.
DingL Polvt. .1. 264, 452—456, 566—568; 265-
324—330, 366—373, 410— 410, and 4b0— 467.
i.'. inke has examined a new apparatus devised by
Mollerfor the purpose of removing the fusel oil from
corn spirit. Tne apparatus is placed before the con-
denser and acts as a niter for the vapour, from which it
removes the mechanically carried up particles of liquid.
It has been practically employed in Westphalia with
every success.
Kempel and Pampe's work on the causes of the forma-
tion of bad raw spirit has been already noticed (this
Journal, lSSU, 330).
CoUelloni proposes to pass the vapour through a series
of vessels containing liquid paraffin, which will remove
the fusel oil, etc. The paraffin can be regenerated by
boiling with water and clay.
Bendix, in the Zcitschrift fur SpiHtusindustrie,
1SSU, 227, discusses the question of the employment of
ozone for the production of a line spirit and the removal
of fusel oil. He also proposes to remove all the air
from the pores of the charcoal employed for the removal
ot fusel oil by treating it in a current of superheated
.steam for li — 2 hours, the subsequent titration to be
conducted out of contact with air. The process has been
tested in Eisenmann's distillery with satisfactory results.
Pampe suggests the regeneration of charcoal by means
of superheated steam. lie obtains a temperature of
bOO — 700", which is sulhcicnt to render both the tube
and char completely red-hot. The charcoal must, how-
ever, not be in a tine state, but should be as large as
peas, in order that the steam may penetrate between the
particles.
Sclineemann discusses the question of the advisability
of drying the residual products and comes to the con-
clusion mat for huge distilleries it is perhaps advanta-
geous, but for distilleries where there is a demand for it
as fodder it is not to be recommended.
Riehe is of opinion that the diseases of cattle caused
by the use of the-e residual products as fodder are due
not to the processes of manufacture (fermentation
distillation, etc.) but to certain substances which are
already present in the raw material.
The poisonous action of the residues from potato spirit
is ascribed by Kassni r to the presence of solanidine,
which is formed from the alanine present in the potato
germ by the action of acids in the mash.
II. Midler Thurgau has investigated the action of
diastase and invertase under varying conditions of
temperature and pressure with the following results —
1. The influence of temperature on the amount of
diastatic action judged by the amount of maltose formed
can l>e expressed by the following proportional number-:
The action at 0 is not inconsiderable, at 16° it is three
times greater, at 20° about five times, at 30° about nine
times and at 40" about forty times greater than at 0 .
This, for the above temperature-. gives the ratio
0 :20 ::;s :60:98. The invertive action at 0", 10°, 20°, 30°,
to ..-.0 and 60 is in the ratio of 9:19:36:63:93 : 131 :163.
The enzymic actions differ from most physiological
actions, inasmuch as they take place at 0; and al-o, on
the other band, continueat a much higher temperature
than the latter. 2. Carbonic acid exerts a marked
influence on dia-tatic action at ordinary pressures and
increases it three-fold. An increased pressure also
causes a marked increase in the dia-tatic action, both
when the liquid for conversion contains air and also
when carbonic acid is present. With the former it
requires a pressure of 15 atmospheres to double the
action, whilst with the latter 3 atmospheres are sufficient
to effect the same result and at ordinary pressure twice
the amount of maltose is formed in the presence of
carbonic acid. Diastase also exerts a much more
energetic action on ungelatinised starch in the presence
of carbonic acid. 3. The amount of cane-sugar in
solution between the limits of 2 and 20 per rent, exerts
onlv a very slight influence on the energy of the inver-
tive action; at the higher concentration the inversion
proceeds slightly more slowly than at the lower. The
amount of invert--ugar formed exerts a considerable
influence on the further progress of the action. Alcohol
exerts an unfavourable influence on the action of inver-
tase, the presence of 10 per cent, decreases the action by
about one half. A slight addition (0014 per cent.) of
tartaric acid has a favourable influence on the action of
invertase. but 0-l per cent, slightly retards the action
and a larger amount has a very decided influence.
//. Goldschmidt has found at least one mould-fungus in
the air which has a diastatic action : this action appears
to be exerted during the earlier stages of its growth.
The mould appears to be a PemcUlium glaucum.
L. Cuisiuicr concludes that, since dextrose is found in
barley and malt, there must be another ferment present
besides diastase. He has discovered this ferment
and calls it glycate : it is present in unmalted barley and
is most active after the grain has been steeped, tilycase
converts ungelatinised starch slowly into dextrose, and
it al-o gives^the same product with starch-paste.
L. Errara has detected glycogen in yeast ; it i~ present
in considerable quantities in yeast in active growth. He
considers that the glycogen is decomposed in the self-
fermentation of yeast.
Boutronx has observed an acid fermentation ot glucose
by a microeoccue which resembles Micrococcus obtongus.
jj,„, ic acid, C. .11 ;,U., . is formed : this acid
is not identical with zymogluconic acid funned by Micro-
coccus oblongus. llaument- considers that hydroxy-
gluconic acid is probably identical with one of the acids
tormed bv the action of very dilute nitric acid on sugar.
F. II." Dafert concludes from hi- researches that
starch is an organised, ".ore or less changing mixture of
a large number of chemical substances— starch-cellulose,
-ranulose, dextrin, sugar, protein-substances, amides,
etc The "renter part of these substances consist ot
starch bodies, which differ the one from the other. He
concludes, therefore, that starch has no formula.
J Sostegni ha- drawn attention to the ditierences
which exist in the number- given by different observers
for the proportion of dextrose formed from starch by the
action of acids . He has examined this point, using' pure
rice-starch • at a mean of 11 determinations he lmds the
ratio oi starch to dextrose as 98-2 : 100, whilst Salomon
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOClfcTJ OF ( HEMICAL 1M»( STRY. (Dec.sl.iKl
found 93"5 : 100. The author also examined the sub-
stances which remain behind on dissolving starch by
means of dilute acids or by soluble ferments. He Forma
this consists of about 20 per cent ol a fat, chiefly free
fatty arid. The residue, freed from fat by ether, consists
of celluli
h. Grimaux and I.. I laini to have converted
glucose into dextrin by treating the former with dilute
hydrochloric acid and treating the product, after evapora-
tion, with 90 per cent, alcohol. The product still
contains fermentable sn.u.ir, which may he removed by
fermentation with yeast : it then has a' reducing power
of 17*8 and rotating power [o]n = + 97"48°. It somewhat
resembles dextrin in propert
A. Midler gives the results of experiments undertaken
by Dr. Hamberg on the physiological action of fusel oil
and other alcohols present in crude spirit. The latter
finds that the intoxicating action joes hand in hand with
the volatility of the substance, and that the injurious
effect which follows the continued excessive use of spirits
is due to the ethyl alcohol, and not to the fusel oil,
when the amount of the latter present does not exceed
the ordinary limits.
WiMelshofer has contributed an article to the Zeit-
ichrift /"/■ Sptrititsindustrie dealing with Henze's
apparatus for mashing and distilling. Provided certain
precautions are observed, this apparatus compares very
favourably with that usually employed.
Petermann gives a series of analysis of the Jerusalem
artichoke, of which the following numbers are the
mean : —
Maximum. Minimum. Mean.
^ater 711-13 .... 7501 ... J713S
Carbohydrates convertible into
sugar 16-37 .... I2'72 .... 1133
Carbohydrates not convertible
into sugar 7U2 .... 3S3 .... .V37
Fat 0-26 .... 011 .... 0'lS
Proteids 1-ofi .... ru(i .... 1-35
Ash 1-39 .... o-te .... 1-10
True albuminoids 0'91 OTO 0'79
Of the nitrogenous substances, 59T per cent, are pre-
sent as true albuminoids, the remaining 40'!) per cent.
consist of amides, peptones, etc.
G. Heinzelmann mentions some abnormal constituents
of potatoes. In certain samples he found an unusuallv
large amount of acid, as much as 0'7 to 0-9'1 acid, which
checked the fermentation. He also found in some
samples a considerable amount of soluble carbohydrates
(sugar, dextrin, etc.) in potatoes.
The employment of St. John's bread for the manu-
facture of spirit is suggested. It is largely used in
Portugal and the Azores for this purpose, as much as
4000 to 6000 litres of refined spirit being produced in
Portugal daily. The composition of the locust is as
follows : —
Total sugar 40-00 per cent.
Proteins 5-jg
.'■" :•-•■:-. 0-65 '.'.
Tannic ncid j/jg
Butyric acid 1"30
Organic matter flee from nitrogen . . 2000
Ash 2-30
Ligneous fibre o 1.0
Water 23io .!
The sugar consists chiefly of cane-sugar, with a little
invert sugar. The manufacture of spirit is more difficult
on account of the butyric acid present.
A. Ralu proposes "to use batatas {Batatus ■ edvlis) for
the production of spirit In order to overcome the ditli-
<ulties attending the manufacture of spirit in the Azores,
lie lias patented a method by means of which he reduces
the batatas to meal, and imports this meal into America.
Alcohol can lie produced much more cheaply from the
batata meal than from maize, wheat, rye, or other
cereals.
Various methods for preparing the potato-mashes for
the production of raw spirit are treated of. The original
should be consulted for this.
/:. Rtmpel proposes to cultivate yeast for distill
by growing it in a mixture prepared from the residues and
a grain-mash, lie claims that this procedure has several
advantages over the ordinary method ; the yeast is free
from diseufle-organisms and the cost less. Wittelshbfer
also treats of the influences affecting yeast growth and
fermentative power in distilleries, and concludes that
the temperature and amount of acid play an important
part in the activity or otherwise of yeast. "
A series of instances of bladdery-fermentation are
quoted, which show that this is due" not only to faults
in the malt and in the yeast, but also to mechanical
influences in the mash tun.
J. Bar describes a coal from Westerland which
possesses considerable power in the defuselisation of
raw spirit, when the latter is filtered through it ; it is
very porous,
Rorth states that the injurious properties of spiiit-
residues may be removed by the evaporation of the
residues under high pressure, and subsequent prevention
of the formation of acetic and butyric acids.
JI". Windisch proposes to dete'et small quantities of
aldehyde in spirit by employing metaphenylenediaminc
hydrochloride as a reagent, astrong aqueous solution
of the reagent is added to the liquid to be tested drop by
drop ; it sinks to the bottom on account of its gravity,
and there forms a more or less intense yellowish-red io
pale yellow zone, the depth of colour depending on the
amount of aldehyde present. 00005 percent, of alde-
hyde may be detected by this reaction. The »!-pheny-
lenediamine must be chemically pure and kept in a dry
state ; the solution should be prepared fresh each time.
The coloured zone should appear at the latest in 3 to 5
minutes, since the purest alcohol will give the reaction
on standing, aldehyde being formed by atmospheric
oxidation.
The permissible error in alcoholmeters is discussed by
a writer in the Zeitschrift fur Spiritvsindvstrie. He
states that this may amount in instruments graduated
in ' or ,',-, per cent, to 0-32 per cent., and in instruments
graduated in i per cent, to as much as 074 per cent. He
therefore recommends the use of the normal alcoholmeter,
and also considers that the instruments used for deter-
mining liquids poor in alcohol, should only be graduated
between the limits of 10 and 50 per cent.
II ittelshofer discusses the various tables in use for
calculating the amount of true starch from the alcohol
formed. He gives the preference to those of Conradi.
G. Portion proposes, in order to obtain complete sac-
charification of the starch, and consequent full yield of
alcohol in distilleries, to allow a diastatic action and the
fermentation to go on side by side in the fermenting
vessels. In this way the sugar is removed as fast as it
is formed, and the action of the diastase is not stopped
by the action of the products of conversion (compare
Muller-Thurgau, above) ; both the conversion and the
fermentation then go on to their full extent. — G. H. M.
Swedish Malting Barley. C. G. Getterlund. Allgemeine
Braur. w. Hopfenzeit, 1SS7, 94—96.
SWEDISH barley compares well with barley from Moravia,
Bohemia and Silesia, when the following points are
taken as indicating a good malting barley. Short, full,
hard, clear, pale-yellow grain, neither red nor dark at
the top, 1000 weighing 45 — 63grm.or 65 — Tokilos. per
hectolitre ; internally white, mealy, loose, not glassy ;
the barley must be quite clean and not less than 90 per
cent, germinate within 1-20 hours. On the average,
water should not exceed 14'1G per cent.: ash. 20 per
cent. : nitrogenous matter, 10 — 11 percent. : husk, S per
cent. Extractive matter should be at least 60 — 65 per cent,
and phosphoric acid 0614 — 1 -45 per cent, of the dry barley.
The author suggests that results from analysis of northern
(Swedish, Norwegian, and Finnish) barleys indicate a
more certain diastatic action than the southern barlevs.
— L). A. 1..
New Colouring Matter for Wine. Ztechr. f. Nahrungs-
mittel- 1 liters u. Hyg. 1SS7, 141.
THE berries of Aristotelia Magni, a shrub found in Chili
and belonging to the Tiliacese, have lately been used for
this object in France. They contain tannic acid.
-('. A. K.
Dec.3i.18S7.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
Omeire. R. Marlott. Arch. Pharm. 1887, Tit.
This is a drink resembling koumiss, prepared by tlic
natives in south-west Africa, l>y filling gourd buttles,
which contain remains of fermented milk, with milk,
shaking well and then allowing to stand. It is a thick,
half-coagulated liquid', possessing a pleasant wine-like
smell and a slightly-sour taste ; it contains a little
alcohol. — 0. A. K.
Preparation and Composition of Brewers' Pitch. -I. John.
Allegem. Ztschr. f. Bierbrau. u. Malzfabr. 1SS7, 2.
Ix view of the great importance of pitch in continental
breweries, the author considers that a full examination
of the properties and composition of the substance should
be made. Before all things, it is necessary that the
pitch should not communicate any taste to beer, and it
should neither be too soft, nor so brittle that it will fall
off the walls of the vessels. The pitch most generally
employed appears to be mainly composed of resin and
resin-oil, and the above-mentioned properties depend
upon the correct ratio of these being maintained.
— G. H. M.
Improvements in and Apparatus for the Manufacture
of 0:onc and its Application to the Purification or
Treatment of Alcoholic Liquids and oilier similar
Purposes. J. C. Mewbui n, London. From L. Teilliard,
Tournus, France. Eng. Pat. 15,175, Nov. 22, 1886. 8d.
The inventor has devised a method for the preparation
of pure supersaturated o/.one by triple "electrisations"
of oxygen under pressure and apparatus for carrying
this out. He applies the ozone so obtained to the purifi-
cation and ageing of spirits, etc. Full details of the
methods employed and drawings of the apparatus used
for both purposes are given in the specification.
— G. H. M.
The Manufacture of Alcohol f rum Manioc or Improve-
ments relating thereto. W. P. Thompson, Liverpool.
From S. Bensamle, Paris, France. Eng. Tat. 15,S96,
Dec. 4, 1876. 6d.
Tin-: manioc roots, after they are taken up and cleaned,
are cut into pieces of a suitable size and dried in the sun.
The dried root is then readily transportable and will
keep until it can be brought to Europe and transformed
into starch. The extracted starch is converted into glucose
and fermented in the ordinary way. — G. H. M.
XYIL— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
(.1) CHEMISTRY OF FOODS.
ValueofPig-nutCalceandofCocoa-Mcal in the Production
of Milk. Stutzer and Werner, Landw. Jahrb. 16,819-1
Cocoa-meal containing a quantity of albumen equivalent
to that of pig-nut cake acts very favourably in increasing
the amount of butter-fat and dry substance in milk. The
taste and appearance of the cocoa-meal butter is far
better than that of pignut butter, while it is harder and
more yellow in colour. Cocoa-meal fodder is therefore
to be recommended, especially since, for the same quantity
of albumen contained it is only half the price of pig-nut
cake.— C. A. K.
Poisonous Action of Castor-oil Cake, F. Benecke. Ztschr.
iisterr. Apoth. Ver. 1887, 421.
Castor-oil cake is favourable for the development of
germs. Microscopical examination revealed large quan-
tities of germs in the cake and also forms resembling
budding germs. The author, therefore, considers it pro-
bable that germs are indirectly the cause of the poisonous
effect, thegenna converting substances present in the seeds
into others possessing poisonous properties. It may also
be possible that this action is only a subsidiary one and
that a non-organised ferment, by absorbing oxygen, is the
cause of the decomposition. — G. A. K.
The Accuracy of Ilehiu r's Mi thodfor Ti fling Butt r. \\ .
Fieischmann. Milch-Zeit. 16, 731.
Aj l ORDING to the investigations made up to thepn
the amount of so-called insoluble fatty acids in butter-fat
is 85*5 — S'J'8 per cent, and in other fats e\au,
95*22 — 96*10 per cent, of the weight of the respective
fats when pure. Taking the mean of these percent
as a starting point, the author liuds that the accuracy of
Hehner's method when applied to testing a mixture of
fats (butter-fat and oleomargarine) for oleomargarine,
increases witli the quantity of the impurity present.
But when used for estimating the quantity of butter in a
mixture of fats, the accuracy increases with a decrease
in the percentage of butter. — C. A. K.
Additions to Investigations on the Fermentation of
Cellulose. II. Tappeiher. Ztschr. F. Biologie, 24, 105.
Ix previous investigations the author had found that the
cellulose in the digestive canal of herbivora is decompu ed
by fermentation into fatty acids and gases. He has
tried to induce such fermentation in flasks filled with
cotton wool and a 1 per cent, solution of meat extract bj
inoculation with the contents of the intestine, the result
being compared with that produced in tlasks similarly
filled without the cotton wool. Fermentation sets in
soon after the inoculation, with the formation of fatty
acids and the liberation of small quantities of carbon
dioxide, hydrogen and marsh gas. 1 he cellulose remains
unchanged and the fermentation, which only lasts a short
time, proceeds similarly in the tlasks with and without
the cellulose. In another set of experiments the flasks
were filled with cotton wool, >"ageli's salt solution
asparagine and inoculated with the contents of the
rumen." Fermentation took place, the cotton wool v. 9
dissolved and volatile acids, together with carbon dioxide
and some hydrogen, were evolved, which must have
resulted from the fermentation of the dissolved cellulose.
Cotton wool added to a concentrated solution of aspara-
gine does not dissolve when the latter is caused to
ferment, being protected agaiost decomposition by the
fermenting asparagine. The fermentation is neverthe
quicker and more complete in presence of the cotton
wool.— C. A. K.
Thu Reichert-Meissl Method of Testinej Duller and its
Application for controlling the Sale of Butter and its
Substitutes.' K. Wollny. .Milch-Zeit. 1S87, 32— 35.
ON the ground of numerous aualyses, the author con-
tends that the Reichert-Meissl method of estimating
small quantities of butter in margarine is, in its present
form (< 'he,,,. Zed. U>p. 11, *J10), of no value at all. The
sources of error are:— (1) the absorption of carbon dioxide
during the saponification, which can introduce an error
of 10 per cent. ; (2) the formation of "esters" during the
saponification, which may cause a loss of S per cent. ; (3)
the formation of " esters " during the distillation, involv-
ing a loss of 5 per cent. : (4) the effect of the coherence
of the fatty acids during the distillation, which, in
extreme cases, may cause a loss of 30 per cent. : (5) the
form and size of the distillation apparatus and the time
during which the distillation lasts, causing an error of
±5 per cent. The following modifications of the process
are proposed, which render it perfectly reliable :— ogrins.
of the clear melted fat poured oil' from any sediment con-
tained, is treated in a SOOcc. round-bottomed Mask, with
2cc. of 50 per cent, caustic soda solution (free from
carbon dioxide) and lOcc. of 96 per cent, (by vol.) of
alcohol, and the whole heated on the water bath for a
quarter of an hour, the ilask being connected with aeon-
denser. At the end of this time the alcohol is distilled
off, the flask being placed for half-an-hour iu a water
bath and lOOcc. of distilled water added. The flask is
then kept for another quarter of an hour in the water
bath and protected against the absorption of carbon
dioxide. The clear soap solution is next treated hot
(boiling), with 40cc. of sulphuric acid (30— 35cc. =2cc. of
the caustic soda used) and two small pieces of pumice
added. The flask is immediately connected with a con-
denser, a tube bent twice at an angle and having a bulb
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIET1 OF CHEMICAL I X 1 > I STRY. li>ec.3J
being interposed between the two. A gentle lieat is
applied until the insoluble fatty acids are melted, when
i lie temperature is raised and tlOcc. of liquid distilled
off This should occupy half-an-bour. The distillate is
well shaken, filtered ami lOOcc. titrated with decinonnal
bar) tasolution, using phenolpbtbaleinas indicator. Prom
the number of cc. used, multiplied by 1*1, the result ol
h blank experiment, conducted under the same condi-
tions (without the fat), is to be subtracted. This
should not exceed 0'33cc. The exact size of the various
apparatus used is stated. — C. A. K.
d the Action of tin Rennet Ferment in Cons'
Mill,-. F. Sch alter. Landw. Jahrb. d. Schweiz.
Engling'S conclusion that milk casein is a compound of
albumen with calcium phosphate is confirmed by the
author. Casein precipitated l>y rennet contains 5 — S per
eent. of ash, consisting almost entirely of calcium phos-
phate. The calcium phosphate compound of albumen is
readily decomposed by mineral acids and by acetic acid,
so that casein precipitated by the latter only contains
traces of ash. Small quantities of lactic acid produce the
same result; for which reason casein obtained from milk
that has stood for some hours contains less ash than that
from fresh milk. The compound of calcium phos-
phate and albumen is present as a soluble substance in
fresh milk and by the action of rennet it is converted
into an insoluble body (casein). This action is purely a
chemical one ; it consists in the conversion ot the tri-
caleium phosphate compound into one of albumen and
acid calcium phosphate, and can be brought about by
carbon dioxide. Kennet, which does not precipitate
boiled milk, does so if after boiling, the milk is treated
with carbon dioxide ; the coagulation of milk by
rennet is quicker in proportion to its acidity. Kennet
alone cannot convert the tricalcium phosphate compound
into the acid calcium phosphate one, the presence of a
small quantity of acid being necessary for the change.
The action of acids — e.<j., of acetic acid — differs from that
of rennet, inasmuch as the acid calcium phosphate com-
pound formed is further decomposed, so that linally an
albumenoid substance free from ash results ; this further
decomposition is not effected by carbon dioxide. As the
action of rennet in coagulating milk depends upon the
freshness of the latter, the author proposes to examine
milk by treating lOOcc. with i!cc. of a solution made by
solving a Hansen rennet-tablet (smallest number) in
half aliire of water and determining the time required for
■ lagulation at35°C. With fresh milk this should not be
less than 10 nor more than 20 minutes.— C. A. K.
Improvements in Processes for Preserving Crustacea o»d
Vertain New and Useful Chemical Solutions of Special
Utility in such Connection. J. <.'. Mewburn, London.
From J. J. Bate, Brooklyn, U.S.A. Eng. Pat. 8063,
June 4, 18S7. lid.
ONE pound of boracic acid is added to 61b. glycerin
and 16galls. of water, and, preferably, also lib. of bicar-
bonate of soda. The boracic acid may be replaced by lib.
salicylic acid, or a mixture of the two acids. Crustacea-
boded in this solution will keep for a longer period than
if boiled in plain water. The flesh may i" removed from
Ihc shells atter boiling and " tinned " in the usual way.
or the body in its entirety packed in some of the solution
in an air-tight case. Either of these methods ensures
ili,- sound condition of the Crustacea; for a comparatively
long period. — C. C. 11.
(/,') SAN'ITAUV CHEMISTRY.
On the Causes of Corrosion of Lead Pipes by Water.
Max Muller. J. Prakt. Cbem. 36, 1887, 317—340.
THE extensive application of Lead pipes for water-con-
ducting purposes gave rise to many investigations on the
acdou of water on lead, in older to lind out the causes
which had to the frequently occurring destruction of lead
pipes. The author attacked the same subject fromanew
point of view, by giving special attention to the nature
of the gases dissolved in the water and their action on
lead in the presence of saline matters. It is well known
that distilled water, prepared in the usual manner,
strongly attacks lead, with the formation of a bulky white
precipitate, consisting of lead oxide, carbonic acid and
water. One-third of a cubic metre of river water was
distilled and portions of the distillate were taken at the
commencement, middle and end nt the distillation. The
river water contained 0*00015 percent, of ammonia. The
three fractions were tested for dissolved gases, with the
following result : —
Volume per cent.
Fraction. I. II. III.
NH 000115.. OiJOOl.. OOOOOS
CO 1-loH .. 017S .. O'O'.'o
O 0'2d0 .. 0316 .. 0"238
X iby difference) O'blL' .. 0702 .. Ool.'i
These tests show that both ammonia and carbonic acid
are chiefly contained in the first fraction, whereas oxygen
and nitrogen are rapidly taken up by the distillate while
exposed to the air. Lead strips were then suspended in
the three lractions. After 24 hours the lead in Fraction
I. was scarcely attacked. It was covered with a very
thin greyish skin, but the water remained clear. Not so
with the other fractions, the water being turbid and the
lead perceptibly corroded. In order to iind out the cause
of the different behaviour of traction 1. — which could be
ascribed to the presence of a certain amount of ammonia
or carbonic acid, or both — water free from ammonia was
distilled and the distillate similarly divided in three
fractions. The Fraction I. was again inactive on lead,
whereas the Fractions II. and III. attacked strips of
lead. These observations led to the conclusion that
minute traces of ammonia do not corrode lead ; the cor-
rosion— i.e., the formation of a white lead precipitate —
rather depends on the amount of carbonic acid and oxygen
present. Indeed, direct experiments, minutely detailed
in the original paper, show that water containing twice
as much carbonic acid as oxygen attacks lead most ener-
getically. If carbonic acid be absent and oxygen present
in the water, its action on lead is very feeble, whereas no
perceptible corrosion takes place, if the water containing a
normal amount of oxygen — about 0'3 per cent, by volume
— also contains about l^vols. per cent, of carbonic acid.
'I hese phenomena account for the fact that distilled water
in the fresh state often shows another behaviour after a
few days' standing. The Fraction I., at first inactive on
lead, became active after some time — evidently from a
loss of carbonic acid and absorption of oxygen. It was
to be expected from these experiments that water con-
taining neither carbonic acid nor oxygen would not attack
lead : and this is, indeed, the case. As to the composi-
tion of the compound formed by the action of carbonic
acid, oxygen and water on lead, the author could get no
definite result, although one analysis showed H._, O = 3 '40
percent.; CO, =11 "89 percent. ; PbO = S441 per cent.
In all the cases, where the water attacked lead, a small
amount of the latter was found in solution and could be
detected with sulphuretted hydrogen or potassium sul-
phide. If such water — although it was clear to begin
with — be warmed, or even shaken with air, it turns turbid
and forms a slight white precipitate. The solution of the
lead proceeds very slowly ; not until after the lapse of 24
hours arc small traces to be found in solution. After three
days the amount of lead in solution reaches its maxi-
mum, then it gradually decreases, until after a week or
a fortnight all the lead has turned insoluble again. Most
probably the basic iead carbonate is at first dissolved in
an excess of carbonic acid ; by and by a new formation
of lead oxide takes place, which combines with the car-
bonicacid previously in excess, and the carbonate, deprived
of its solvent, is thus precipitated. Previous investi-
gators evidently overlooked the important part played by
the carbonic acid and oxygen dissolved in water, and
this circumstance accounts tor their contradictory state-
ments as regards the action of soft water on lead. The
author also investigated the action of saline matters
usually found in waters of natural origin. Small quan-
tities of free ammonia in water quickly attack lead, but
if carbonic acid is present at the same time, thus forming
i-.»i.iss-.| THE .lOVKXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [tfDUSTRY.
a carbonate or bicarbonate, no corrosion takes place.
This statement, however, is only true as long as the
quantities present are very minute : any considerable
amount of ammonia will certainly dissolve lead. In the
presence of air, a solution of the hydrate of calcium or
sodium quickly attacks lead, which is Boon found in solu-
tion and gradually forms deposits of small crystals. If
air be excluded, no action on the lead takes place. We
often find in buildings lead pipes embedded in cement or
lime mortar, and the frequent destruction of the pipes
gave rise to an opinion amongst builders that lead pipes
must not be brought in direct contact with lime or
cement. It is difficult to see how dry lime could corrode
lead pipes, and the author thinks that in all eases in
which a corrosion of the pipes has taken place the
destruction may be traced to the simultaneous action of
water. Wherever the presence of water can be excluded,
no fear need be entertained for the safety of lead pipes.
If free carbonic acid be rigidly excluded, sodium car-
bonate attacks lead, which is found in solution after some
time. But the presence of free carbonic acid alters the
whole state of affairs. Not only does sodium bicarbo-
nate not attack lead, but it makes even active water
inactive. This action of sodium bicarbonate is so charac-
teristic and intense, that the addition of a small quan-
tity of bicarbonate at once precipitates all the lead in
solution. It was mentioned previously thatlead carbonate
is dissolved by free carbonic acid ; but this statement
must now be modified by the addition ot the words— if
sodium bicarbonate be absent. This salt is, therefore,
an excellent means for protecting lead from corro-
sion. River and surface waters nearly always contain
calcium bicarbonate in solution and as this compound
behaves the same towards lead as sodium bicar-
bonate, its presence, even in small quantities, protects
the lead. A solution of gypsum attacks lead ; but if, at
the same time, calcium bicarbonate be present (as most
frequently will be the case in river water), no lead goes
in solution. The very same may be said of solutions of
chlorides and nitrates : both dissolve lead only in the
absence of a soluble bicarbonate. Organic matters will
be found in river water in too minute quantities to have
any effect on lead, But it should not be forgotten that
surface water is frequently contaminated with sewage
that may coutain large amounts of animoniacal com-
pounds, which will dissolve lead under all circumstances.
The conditions under which water will take up lead from
lead pipes are therefore very simple and by an analysis
of the saline matters this can now be ascertained before-
hand.—S. II.
XVIIL— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY AND ELECTRO-
METALLURGY.
An Improved Method of Galvanising Iron ami Steel.
■ I. T. Mann, London. From A. JSchaag and Messrs.
I'liirscheim and Bergmann, Eisenwerke, Germany.
Eng. Pat. 14,020, Nov. 1, IS86. 4d.
ACCORDING to this method, the zinc is electrolytically
deposited upon the article to be coated from a solution
' of any salt of zinc with any salt of magnesia, mixed
in variable proportions, anodes of zinc being used.
Bichloride of mercury or muriate of ammonia may be
added to expedite the' process.— 11. T.
Improvements in Purifying Sewage and other Foul
Liquids arid in making Oil, Alkali, and Cement from
Sewage Precipitate, unci in Apparatus for thai
Purpose. W. Burns, Leith. Eng. Pat. 15,222,
Nov. 23, 1886. Sd.
The sewage is purified, firstly, by the injection of
gaseous HCl : this is followed, secondly, by the injeetion
of SOa ; and, thirdly, by the injection of chlorine. It is
then successively passed through charcoal and peroxide
of iron, chalk, clay and finally coal-dust and
caustic lime. The sewage thus defecated is allowed to
settle in tanks, the effluent from which is run on to a
filter, composed of charcoal and iron turnings. The
sludge is drained, made into bricks and calcined in
retorts ; the gaseous products are utilised and the
cinder rendered into cement. — C. C. H.
An Improved Deodorising, Decolorising and Filtering
Medium. O. Bowenand J. Cobeldick, London. Eng.
Pat. 15,240, Nov. 23, 18S6. Gd.
ShALK, such as found at Lyme Ilegis, is broken into
about lin. cubes, mixed with 1"> per cent, of alumina or
aluminous earth and furnaced from four to six hours at
a temperature of 1100 — 1200°E. The product is used as
a filtering media for the purification of sewage : when
exhausted, it can be regenerated by a fresh furnacing
with 20 per cent, of alumina. — C. C. II.
.1 New or Improved Galvanic Battery. A. Wnnderlich
and O. Eisele, Brussels, Belgium. Eng. Pat. 14,2S6,
Nov. 5, 18S6. Sd.
Ox a revolvable shaft are placed — first, a disc of copper
or carbon ; then a disc of zinc insulated from it. The
space between the two is divided up into sectorial
compartments, which hold the exciting liquids. Next,
another plate of copper is put on with the zinc, and then
a plate of zinc arranged as above. This is continued as
far as convenient. The exciting fluid falls from jets in
a trough above into the sectorial compartments and
turns the whole like a water-wheel. There is thus a
continual movement of liquid. The current is collected
by brushes from the zinc and copper plates, which form
the ends of the series. — E. T.
Improvements in or connected with Menus and Appa
ratus for the Deposition or Obtainment of Metals by
Electrolysis. F. E. Elmore, Cockermouth. Eng.
Pat. 15,831, Dec. 3, 1886. 6d.
LIQUOR, rich in the metal to be deposited, is supplied to the
surface of the cathode in the form of a spray, and the metal,
as it is deposited, is pressed and rubbed by burnishers of
suitable material, such as agate, which produce a fine,
compact deposit and remove occluded gases. Moving
or stationary cathodes arc employed in combination with
stationary or moving burnishers. — B. T.
Improvements in and relating to Secondary Batteries.
H. H. Lake. From A. X. Meserole, New York, U.S.A.
Eng. Tat. 4311, March 22, 1SS7. (3d.
The inventor immerses plates of zinc and lead in a
solution containing a suitable salt of mercury, sulphate
of zinc and sulphuric acid. On passing a current
through, mercury and zinc are deposited on the zinc plate
in a spongy condition and are then able to occlude
hydrogen very readily. The lead plate, which may be
amalgamated, is peroxidised. The sponge may also be
formed in other ways. This cell has an E.M.E. of three
volts and sutlers very little from local action. — E. T.
Improvements in Secondary Batteries or Accumulators.
L. C. E. Lebiez, Paris, France. Eng. Pat. 71175,
June 2, 1SS7. 4d.
The inventor employs as positive electrode, carbon or
other suitable material, on which peroxide of manganese
has been deposited by electrolysis of a solution of a
manganese salt, such as manganese sulphate. He employs
a solution of the same salt as exciting liquid and zinc,
or lead coated with zinc, as the negative electrode. .Such
cells are said to be readily formed, are light and the
positive electrode is very durable.— E. T.
Improvements in Primary Voltaic Batteries, and in the
Preparation of the Elements and Solutions employed
therein. W. Webster, London. Eng. Fat. lb, 151,
Dec. 9, 1886. Sd.
The elements employed in this battery are zinc,
immersed in dilute sulphuric acid, and carbon, either
wholly or partially platinised, or platinised metal in a
solution of nitrate of soda, sulphuric acid and water, in
N.-S-l
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [i>ec. 3i. 188?.
varying proportions, with or without the addition of
chromic acid, or bi- or tri-chromates. The porous cells
are partially coated with paraffin wax to prevent too
rapid an interchange of the two solutions. The connec-
tions are made by means of mercury cups on the outer
cell of the battery, so arranged a^ to enable any single
zinc or carbon to be removed without interfering with
the working of the battery. A compound siphon is
employed to empty or fill several cells at once.— B. T.
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS, ESSENCES
AND EXTRACTS.
T/u Preparation of Menthol and Borneol. E. Beckmann.
Chem. Zcit. H, 1205.
Menthol is obtained by cooling peppermint oil and
recrystallising from alcohol the solid portion which sepa-
rates out. The fluid product, which has been incorrectly
described as menthan, or a fluid isomer of menthol, still
contains a great deal of menthol dissolved in menthon, a
substance which has also been obtained by Moriya and
Atkinson by the oxidation of menthol, and which is
easily converted into menthol. It has the composition
Cj0HJ8O, and stands in the same relation to menthol
((',.. H.....O) that camphor (C.ll^.O) does to borneol
(C10H,8O). The separation of menthon and menthol
can be effected by hydroxylamine, which, when added
to the alkaline solution of the mixture, converts the
former into menthoxime, and leaves the latter unaltered.
The menthol can then be obtained by dissolving the
menthoxime^in aqueous acid, from which the menthon
very slowly separates as a colourless oil. In this way it
was found that the greater part of the fluid residue from
the preparation of menthol from Japan oil contained
about 40 per cent, of almost pure menthol and 00 per
cent, of menthon, and also that menthon is present to
a considerable extent in American, as well as in
Mitcbam, peppermint oil. Menthon may be converted
into menthol by treating it with sodium in ethereal
solution. The lirst product of the action of sodium is a
mixture of sodium menthol and sodium menthon ; this
latter, when treated with a further quantity of sodium
and menthol, is completely converted into sodium
menthol, from which the menthol can easily be separated.
The easy conversion of the menthon of peppermint oil
into menthol is of value in the preparation of menthol,
and also for the improvement of the oil. By reduction,
the bitter constituent can be removed, and the odour
improved. Laurel camphor can also be easily converted
into borneol, or borneo-camphor, by this treatment, and
the employment of this substance, which is superior to
ordinary camphor on account of its smell, taste, etc.,
need no longer be deferred on account of the difficulty iu
obtaining it.— G. H. M.
Erigeron Vil. V. Tower. Pharm. Rundsch. 1SS7, 201.
Tiik ethereal oil of Erigeron canadense, obtained by
rectification of the crude oil, boils at 17UJ, is colourless,
neutral towards litmus and has a specific gravity at 15°
of 0-849S. Its composition is C, ,11 , ,; ; it is, therefore, a
terpene. — C, A. K.
and methyl alcohol yields cocaine. With higher alkyl-
iodides, higher homologues of cocaine result. Merck
has thus prepared the ethyl ether of benzoyl ecgonine,
a body having the same physiological properties as
cocaine. The author has prepared monobromethyl-
benzoyl ecgonine by treating benzoyl ecgonine in a
sealed tube with ethylenedibromide. It is an amorphous
body, soluble in alcohol and water, insoluble in ether.
I'ropylbenzoylecgonine is obtained by the action of
propyl iodide and propyl alcohol on benzoyl ecgonine ;
isobutylbenzoylecgonine is similarly prepared. These
are both crystalline bodies, possessing a very bitter taste
and a powerful anaesthetic action. — C. A. K.
Erechthites Oil. F.Power. Pharm. Rundsch, 1S87, 202.
The oil of Erechthites hieracifolia is, when rectified, a
colourless, strongly refractive liquid, boiling at 185—190°.
It is a terpene, but by reason of its boiling point, pro-
bably belongs to the sesquiterpenes— CigHgi. — C. A. K.
Some Higher Homologues <>/ Cocaine, P. Nory. Pharm.
Rundsch. 18S7, 20«.
COCAINE is tin' methyl ether of benzoyl ecgonine, :uid
readily yields the latter on saponification, according to
the equation —
Cl7H21NOj I B,0 C1( 1 1 , . X < ) , : < II, oil.
Conversely, benzoyl ecgonine treated with methyl iodide
Solubility of Iodol in Ethereal Oils. E. Hirschsohn.
Pharm. Ztsehr. Kussl. 1887, 513.
VARIOUS turpentine oils and other ethereal oils show
differences in their power of dissolving iodol, so that
this property may be applied in detecting adulterations.
Iodol is least soluble in the oils of the conifera?, the
oil of the Siberian larch and that of the screw-pine
being the only ones that dissolve it readily. The oils
of the Auranthe show different solubilities and may
be thus distinguished one from the other. lgrm. of
iodol dissolves in lOcc. of curacoa oil, in 30cc. of orange
oil. and in about 50cc. of orange-peel oil; 40ce. of the
latter are necessary when mixed with 20 per cent, of
orange oil to dissolve lgrm. of iodol. The oils of the
Composit.'v and Labiatea1 show the greatest solubility,
but when admixed with oils of the conifene the solu
bility is considerably lessened. — C. A. K.
The Constituents of the Seopolia Root. Henschke.
Ztsehr. f. Naturwissensch. 18S7, 103.
Two new alkaloids, Scopolein and liotoin, have recently
been prepared on a manufacturing scale from Seopolia
japonica (Japanese belladonna). The former was
obtained by Eykmann, who also isolated a glucoside
scopolin and a decomposition product of the same,
scopoletin. The author finds that Seopolia japonica
does not contain any new alkaloids, but mixtures in
varying quantities of atropine, hyoscy amine and hyoscine.
The commercial rotoin is not a base but a mixture of
the sodium salts of fatty acids rich in carbon. Scopo-
letin is identical with the constituent of Atropa bella-
donna called chrysatropic acid (Kunz). — C. A. K.
Saccharine, Ztsehr. f. Riibenzucker Ind. 36, 9-19.
A review of our present knowledge on the subject
(compare this Journal, 1880 — 75, 349, 359, 421, 540 and
010). The solubility of saccharine is increased if the
solution is neutralised. Saccharine melts at 200° with
partial decomposition, and yields a strong odour of bitter
almonds. Saccharine has a strong antiseptic action.
Stutzer found that meat-peptone solution, which deve-
loped bacteria in 12 hours, did not do so for 24 hours
when 0'01 per cent, saccharine was added, whilst
0-02 per cent, prevented any growth for 40 hours, and
0'04 per cent, for 00 hours. Solutions of sugar, con-
taining potassium phosphate and ammonium nitrate
remained sound for 72 hours in the presence of 0T0 per
cent, of saccharine. — G. H. M.
The Preparation of Iodised Oil. H. G. Macalister and
W. Stewart, Glasgow. Eng. Pat. J3.S05, Oct. 29,
lssG. 4d.
Oil (kind not stated) is agitated with one-fifth of its
weight of strong sulphuric aeid, and after subsidence
is washed with water or a saline solution. After a
second subsidence, a small quantity of an alkaline
solution (at about 20' Tw. ) is added, with constant
stirring. It is claimed that with oil thus treated, an
alcoholic solution of iodine may be readily incorporated.
— \V. L. C.
Dcc.a,i887J THE JOi RNAl OP Till-: SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL tNDl STRY.
835
Improvementi in the Preparation of Oils for Medicinal
J'urposes. H. Mackav. Eng. Pat. 14,729, Nov. 13,
1886. 4d.
PURE cod-liver oil is mixed with 3 per cent, of essence
of hops. — W. L. C.
XXI— EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
Hi purl on the Circumstances attending a Fire and
Explosion at Messrs. Roberts, Vale .1- Co.'s Chemical
Works, Cornbrook, Manchester. Gov. Kep. No. lxxxi.
Colonel V. D. Majendie, C.B.
This exhaustive report shows that the articles manufac-
tured on the side of the works where the explosion
occurred, were picric acid, nitrate of lead, nitric acid,
hydrochloric acid (nitre cake and salt cake), tin crystals,
tin solutions, nitrate of iron, nitrate of copper, aurin,
Manchester brown, Manchester yellow, lakes for paper
stainers and emerald green. Such raw materials as
carliolic acid, sulphuric acid and litharge, the litharge
being used for making nitrate of lead, were all present,
the latter salt in very considerable quantity ; some
nitrate of strontium was also present.
A tire commenced the catastrophe, this breaking out
at or near the stove used for drying the picric acid. The
tire spread quickly, and in live or six minutes an
explosion followed, but not one of an alarming character.
This explosion came from the site of the piciic acid stove
as nearly as it can be located. It was followed in some-
thing under a minute by a second explosion of an
appalling character, and attended with disastrous results
in the shape of damage. One life was lost.
There is little doubt that the lire was caused by the
carelessness of a workman, who was smoking. Several
theories are advanced to explain the iirst and lesser
explosion, but the second, which was so disastrous, was
in all probability due to the blazing and molten picric
acid coming in contact with the litharge placed in close
proximity and with the nitrate of lead and nitrate of
strontium. It would at once combine with these and form
fearful explosives. Picric acid nlone can scarcely be
called an explosive, but if it comes in contact even with
plaster or lime, it forms a picrate of highly explosive
character, and it is shown that picric acid mixed with a
little litharge in the cold, produces a mixture which
explodes much more readily than picric acid alone.
Finally, the precaution is urged, that in the manufac-
ture of picric acid the separation of the acid from all
other substances or ingredients, contact with which
would be likely to produce under favourable conditions
a picrate or explosive mixture should be carefully seen to.
"At present picric acid and picrates appear to fall
within the category of ' explosives,' and to be subject to
the Explosives Act, 1S75, only when thejT are ' used or
manufactured with a view to produce a practical effect
by explosion or pyrotechnic effect.' "
"In view of the present disaster, ' Colonel Majendie
proceeds, "and of the results of my experiments it will be
a matter for careful consideration whether it is not
necessary in the interests of public safety to take advan-
tage of the powers conferred by the 104th section of the
Explosives Act, 1S75, and to extend the definition of
explosive to picric acid and all picrates, for whatever
purposes manufactured, and to apply the same provisions
of the Act, subject to such exceptions, limitations and
restrictions as may appear reasonable. This point,
however, is one which, in the interests of the trade, as
of the public, demands the fullest and most careful
consideration."
As to the storage together and in close proximity of
the several substances which resulted in the formation
of such fearful explosives, Colonel Majendie stigmatises
it as the result of negligence. — W, S.
experiments of the author show that the presence of
ammonia or ammonium salts interferes with the reaction
between congo red and acid*, and therefore that as a
means of proving the presence or absence of free acid
in organic liquids such as urine, where ammonia cannot
be excluded, it is valueless. Carbon dioxide, acetic
acid and other organic acids have not the least effect
on congo red in presence of even small quantities of
ammonia or ammonium salts ; the cause ot this is that
these acids are not aide to decompose the ammonium
salt of congo red. The action of inorganic acids is
also interfered with by ammonium salts. Several drops
of hydrochloric and dilute sulphuric acid can be added
to a solution of Congo red in glacial acetic acid before
any change in colour takes place, and then this onlv
hikes place gradually : a considerable quantity of the
acid must be added before the blue coloration forms.
— C. A. K.
Separating and Extracting Apparatus. K. Schiitze.
Chem. Zei't. H, 1159.
The aim of the apparatus is to prevent the loss of
solution which occurs during extracticn and separation.
a and a> are two glass vessels, either of the same size
or of different sizes, connected by a three-way cock (as
shown in figure). Tubulures e and e' fitted with
stoppers, are fixed in the side of the vessels a and a';
the edges of the tubulures are in part bent back, and
the stoppers are provided with a hole, or are ground
unevenly, so as to admit of the vessels « andn1 being
connected with the air by placing the stoppers in a
certain position. The solution to be extracted, together
witli the extracting medium, is placed in either of the
two vessels, the stop-cock between the two being closed.
After extraction, e and f1 are opened and the extract
run from the one vessel to the other. The process can,
of course, be repeated as required : the liquids can be
poured off through e, c1 or the three-way cock.
— C. A. K.
XXII— ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
Con qo Bed as a Reagent for Free Acid. C. Wurster.
Centrall.l. f. Phys. H, -J40.
K. BKl'CKE (Chem. Zeit. 11. 315] concludes that since
human urine does not affect Congo red solution, it does
not contain anv free acid or carbon dioxide. The
Lavrent's New Polarimeter. Kauders. Oesterr. Ztschr.
f. Zuckerind. 16, «45.
THIS is a half- shadow instrument; it has a scale of
saccharimeter degrees from -200 to + 4C0, and a divided
arc from - 45* to + 90*. The verniers are so arranged that
0° on the scale corresponds to 0J on the divided arc, and
100 on the former to 21- 40' on the latter. The normal
weight of sugar, which dissolved in lOOcc. of water
rotates 100", is stated at 16-2grms (16 315grms.
Kauders), while with the ordinary Laurent s polarimeter
it is 26 04Sgrms., so that the new form is Mi times more
accurate. The results are reliable to 0 0o , and by
having the scale exten.ling to 400 very concentrated
solutions may be examined directly ; also by examining
normal solutions in tubes 40Omm. long further exactitude
mav be attained. The author has determined the specific
rotarv power of sugar with this instrument, using
solutions containing varving quantities of sugarper lOOcc.
836
TI1K JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec 31, 1887.
of solution, and from his results has calculated the
necessary tables in regard to the change in specific
rotation. — ■( '. A. K.
An Improved Form of Elliot's Gas Apparatus* J. 1!.
Mackintosh. Amer. Chem. J. 9, -294— -.'00.
\ i HREE-W n T-stop-COck is attached to the measuring
lunette whereby connection can lie made between any
two of the burettes at will. In the measuring and
explosion burettes the zero point 0 is taken at that
point where the capillary tube expands into the burette.
Water will remain in the capillary tube when the excess
Hows to the bottom of the burette and thus the adjust-
ment to zero is rendered automatic. The absorption
tube has a single graduation at lOOcc. measured from
A. Any gas remaining in the poition above A can be
expelled by forcing water out of one of flie other burettes,
the cock S being closed.
In transferring gas from the measuring tube to the
explosion burette its complete removal from the capillary
tube is effected by passing water from tbe absorption
tube or by letting it tlow in from the funnel. This
The Application "f Ammonium Dithiocarbamate in
Analysis. J.Klein, Rep. Anal. Chem. J, 629 — G39
and 645—65 1.
Fob the preparation of ammonium dithiocarbamate free
from sulphocarbonateMulder'8directions{<7. Prafct, Chem.
103. ITS) are adopted, the ammonium generated from 150
parts of ammonium chloride and .'iOO parts of quicklime
being passed into liOO parts of 95 per cent, alcohol, and
there treated with 95 parts of carbon bisulphide. At
80' almost pure dithiocarbamate crystallises out, which
is filtered, washed with alcohol, and dried between filter
paper— CS,-! 2X11 < Si Ml iSll.N II ,. The presence
of any sulphocarbonate of ammonium is evident by its
turning red on exposure to the air; it can thus be
mechanically removed if present. If a very little of a
solution of a sulphocarbonate be added to one of nickel
sulphate which has been treated with an excess of
ammonia and strongly diluted, a red zone is formed at
the point of contact of the two liquids, and on shaking
the whole solution becomes red. In this way the purity
of the ammonium dithiocarbamate used in the following
experiments was always tested.
In all cases a 5 per cent, aqueons solution of ammo-
f ["ji! #
done, the stop-cock T is turned so as to connect the
explosion and absorption tubes, while the measuring
lube is completely shut off. The oxygen or air for the
explosion can be admitted through the lower stop-cock
of the explosion burette or through the funnel of the
absorption tube. A supply of oxygen may be generated
in the absorption vessel from potassium peimanganate
and hydrogen peroxide. After mixing tbe gases in the
explosion tube, the explosion is made, the correction
noted, the gas transferred to the absorption burette and
finally re-transferred to the explosion burette and
measured. — C. A. K.
Detection of Metals by Electrolysis. Mavencon. Journ.
de I'livs. Element, 1887, l?2.
Tut; gold in a solution containing 1 part in 1,000,000,
and made by dissolving 0 oOogrm. of gold in aqua regis,
and diluting the solution to u litres with water (acidified
with sulphuric acid) may be detected in less than a
minute by electrolytic deposition on a wire. — I'. A. K.
Sec Chem. News. 1883, October.
nium dithiocarbamate was used ; it is advisable to kefp
a solution for use in preference to the solid, the latter
being more liable to decompose after being kept for some
time.
Determination >>f Copper. — A solution of copper
sulphate treated with ammonium dithiocarbamate
yields a yellow precipitate of copper dithiocarbamate —
Cu.(CS.NH,.S)s. It the precipitation is effected in the
boiling solution, the precipitate settles well and can be
readily filtered. It dissolves in much hydrochloric acid
after prolonged boiling and gradually becomes dark
coloured, while ammonia and caustic soda darken the
precipitate at once. It dissolves readily in nitric acid
on warming, and is unaffected by water or long expo-
sure to the air. Heated with sulphur in a current of
hydrogen cuprous sulphide (Cu„S) remains. For tbe
quantitative determination of copper by this reaction,
the solution liu absence of other metals) is acidified
with a little hydrochloric acid, heated to boiling, and an
excess of the "i per cent, solution of ammonium dithio-
carbamate added, the boiling is continued for 10 — 20
seconds, the precipitate allowed to settle, filtered, washed
on the filter .with hot water and dried. It is finally
bee. 31, 1887.1 THE .TOI'RXAL OF THE SOCIETY OP C'HF.MH 'AT. INDUSTRY.
ignited with sulphur in a current of hydrogen and the
cuprous sulphide weighed. Results by this method
agree closely with those obtained by precipitating the
copper solution with sulphuretted hydrogen and weigh-
ing as cuprous sulphide directly. Copper in silver coins
can lie thus determined, the silver being tirst removed
as chloride. (This, provided silver and copper only
present. |
Determination of Zinc.- Zinc sulphate is precipitated
by ammonium ditbiocarbamate as a white precipitate,
soluble in exec-- , and reprecipitated on boiling. Zinc
ditbiocarbamate i- -soluble in nitric and hydrochloric
acids, insoluble in dilute acetic arid. In the Quantita-
tive determination sodium acetate and acetic acid are
added to the solution of zinc sulphate ; the solution i-
heated to boiling, ammonium ditbiocarbamate added,
and the boiling continued for a short time, when the
precipitate is allowed to settle, tillered hot. washed, etc.,
and finally weighed as zinc sulphide, as in the previous
instance. In the nitrations the filtrate is apt to be
-lightly turbid, but. the quantity of zinc passing through
is so .small that it may be disregarded.
Separation of Comer and Zinc. — This depends on the
solubility of zinc dithiocarbamate in hydrochloric acid.
Hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1'0.5) is added to the mixture,
which is then heated to boiling and precipitated with
ammonium ditbiocarbamate. The precipitated copper
retains a small quantity of zinc and should be redissolved
in nitric acid, evaporated down with hydrochloric acid
and reprecipitated. The combined filtrates contain the
zinc, which can be precipitated as ditbiocarbamate, in
acetic acid solution. An analysis of the mixed sulphates
of copper and zinc, also an analysis of brass, gave
accurate results by this method.
Separation of Copper from other Metals. — Copper is
completely separated from iron, manganese and nickel
by precipitation in the hot hydrochloric acid solution
with ammonium dithiocarbamate. Cobalt solutions
turn green when thus treated, and it is only after pro-
longed boiling that they become red again, and the
separation does not appear to be quite complete under
all conditions. Copper (and also zinc) is completely
separated from the metals of the alkalis and alkaline
earths, provided the solution is sufficiently dilute.
Action of Ammonium Dithiocarbamate on: —
1. Salts of Aluminium and Chromium, — In the cold
no reaction occurs, but on warming sulphuretted hydrogen
is evolved, and the hydrates separate. In the case of
chromium small blue crystals, insoluble in cold hydro-
chloric acid, and consisting probably of chromium dithio-
carbamate, were observed. Chromates are reduced by
this reagent as by sulphuretted hydrogen.
'2. Salts of Iron, Nickel, Cobalt, Manganese, Zinc and
I' mi, inm. — Ferric salts are reduced, while ferrous salts
are not affected in the acid solution : an addition of
ammonia causes the separation of a dark precipitate.
Nickel and cobalt are not completely precipitated either
in acid or alkaline solution. Manganese is only precipi-
tated in alkaline solution, while the zinc precipitate is
insoluble in acetic acid (v. ante). The separation of zinc
and manganese mi this basis does not work. Nickel,
cobalt, and zinc treated with an excess of potassium
cyanide are not precipitated by the ditbiocarbamate.
Uranium solutions are coloured red in the cold (Debus.
Annaleii, 73, 26) ; on boiling a grey-black precipitate
settles, insoluble in acetic acid solution, soluble in
hydrochloric. The red coloration is destroyed by the
presence of ammonium carbonate.
3. Salts of Mi rcury, Lead, Silver, Bismuth, Copper and
Cadmium. iSee Debus. I.e.). — With mercuric chloride a
white, and with rnercurous nitrate a black, metallic pie-
cipitate is formed. The precipitates with lead and silver
are pale yellow, that with bismuth orange-yellow, and
that with cidmium white. They are all more or less
rapidly decomposed on boiling with water, and almost
immediately by alkalis. The solutions of these metals
treated with an excess of potassium cyanide are not pre- :
cipitated. The bismuth and cadmium precipitates are
fairly soluble in hydrochloric acid, the copper salt
(v. ante) highly soluble, the lead salt readily so.
4. Oxides of Arsenic, Antimony and Tin. (See
Debus. I.e.). — Mixed with an aqueous solution of arse-
niotts acid, a yellow precipitate, probably, of sulphide of
arsenic separates on standing. In presence of hydro-
chloric, sulphuric or acetic acid awhiteflocculent precipi-
tate results, soluble in alkalis and reprecipitated by
acids. The precipitate liberate- no ammonia when
boiled with caustic soda, but if it be liist boiled \\ith
water and then with caustic soda ammonia is liberated,
and on the addition of acid, fumes of sulphocyanic acid
are given off. Arsenic acid is similarly precipitated in
acid solutions. Antimony trichloride forms a pale yellow
precipitate, which behaves similarly to the above, while
antimony pentacbloride also yields a pale yellow preci-
pitate soluble in alkalis, but decomposed on boiling the
solution. Stannous chloride in acid solution forms an
orange-yellow precipitate, soluble in alkalis, reprecipi-
tated by acids and decomposed on boiling with evolution
of carbon dioxide and sulphuretted hydrogen. Stannic
chloride behaves similarly, but the precipitate is yellow.
— C. A. K.
Laboratory Apparatus. E. Pollak. Hep. Anal. Chem.
7, 597—599.
FlC. 1 represent- a piece of apparatus specially adapted
for chloiinations, sinca the separate portions are joined
together by ground glass connections. The neck of the
flask i- lifted with a short tube open at both ends, into
the side of which the delivery tube for the gas is fixed ;
this hist is expanded at the bottom and contains several
^
>
Fig.
Fig. I. Fig. 3.
small holes. The upper portion of the short tube is fitted
to the outside of a condenser, which, as shown in the
figure, is cooled from the inside. Fig. 2 is a similar
form of condenser, cooled from the inside, to be used for
extractions. The exsiccator (Fig. 3) is provided with a
manometer, to which the exit tube is attached. A cock
is provided at the bottom of the exsiccator. — C. A. K.
Action of Hydrogen Arsenide on Arsenioui Anhydride
dissolved in Hydrochloric or Sulphuric Arid. IX
Tivoli. Kend. K. Ace. Sc. d. 1st Bologna, 1S87, 98.
ASSENIOUS ANHYDRIDE dissolved in water yields no
metallic arsenic when treated with hydrogen arsenide,
but in presence of hydrochloric or sulphuric acid the
following reactions take place : —
i>A-H. 4 2AsCls = 6HC1^- As,.
GAsHa+3(As20,)S64TH.,S04 = 4H:S04-f6H20-3As1.
The reaction is complete in the former instance, and
nearly so in the latter. — C. A. K.
SSfi
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec.si.i887
\ v Apparatus for Fractional Distillation. I . Gayon.
Ann. Cliini Phys. 1887,
Tiik author has made use of this apparatus foi distilling
oil the alcohol from fermented solutions. A is the
distilling flask, holding 3 — & litres, which is heated in
a calcium chloride bath M, or better, by means of steam
generated from the autoclave 0, to which the cock »• is
attached. To prevent the augmentation of the volume
of the liquid in A by the condensed steam the flask is
surrounded by a water bath ; 11 is a water manometer.
The fractionating column consists of a series of glass
tubes separated from one another by metal plates P
(Figa 2 and 3). The tubes are supported by iron rods
T fixed in the metal plates at t (Fig. 3). The plates are
open in the centre and are covered by pieces of tinned
-lass siphons soon become filled with the less volatile
portions of the liquid c'istilled, causing the vapours to pas«
through the small holes of the plate 0 (Figs. 2 and 3).
With a column consisting of 12 plates and with pure
alcohol in the analyser D, the strength of the alcohol
distilled from wine or other fermented liquids is !I4 — 98
per cent. — C. A. K.
New Mellwdfor the Quantitative D< termination of Phos-
phoric Acid in Thomas-slag. J. H. Vogel. Hep. Anal.
Chem. 7, 568 -573.
0'5grM. of the well-sampled slag is heated with oOcc. on
dilute hydrochloric acid (sp.gr. 1 030—1 •025) for 24 hours
in a beaker with occasional stirring. With the exception
or silvered-copper foil full of numerous small holes of
lmm. diameter. The tube G holding the reversed glass
siphon S is fixed as shown in Fig. '2. E is a small piece
of tin foil, and C a piece of indlarubber. The longer
limb of the siphon contains a small hole at ( t to allow
the liquid condeused above the plate to run down to the
next lower division of the dephiegmator. At the top of
the apparatus the tube C (Fig. 1) is fixed, and inside
it the tube D, which is connected with a vertical con-
denser at A (not shown in figure). In D a liquid of con-
stant boiling point is placed and also some platinum wire
to render the boiling regular. By tin- means a constant
temperature is maintained at the'top of the column. The
tube C is connected with the exit tube T, in which the
thermometer is fixed and from which a second tube
branches oil' leading to the condenser. When in use the
Fig. 3.
of carbon and a little gelatinous silica everything goes
into solution ; this residue is filtered off and washed
with 50 — (iOcc. of the dilute acid. The filtrate is evapo-
rated to dryness in a porcelain or platinum crucible and
dried at 108 — 110° for balf-an-hour. When cold the
residue is treated with lOcc. of cone, nitric acid, and
then with 20 — 25cc. of hot water. All but the last traces
of silica are thus got rid of, and the determination of
the phosphoric acid consequently rendered more accurate,
the presence of silica, according to the author, involving
low results. The small quantity of silica left in the
solution is without etl'ect, provided the molybdic acid
precipitate is thoroughly washed. The silica, after the
treatment with nitric acid, is filtered off and the phos-
phoric acid precipitated by ammonium molyhdate as
usual. Thomas-slag is similarly decomposed by other
DM.S1.U87.1 THE JOUBNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
=39
dilute acids (nitric :iutl sulphnric), although hardlj so
effectually asby hydrochloric acid. The results obtained
by tlie above method are slightly higher than when no
removal of silica is elicited, or when Brunnemann -
method (see this Journal, 1SS7, 304) or the method pro-
posed by the author, of treating the slag with a mixture
of hydrochloric and nitric acids (see this Journal, 1887,
G79) is employed.— C. A. K.
The Estimation of Carbonic Add in Beer. C. A. Cramp-
ton and T. C. Trescot. Amer. Client. J. 9, 290—293.
THE method applies only to bottled beer. The carbon
dioxide is allowed to escape from the bottle by boring
through the cork with a champagne tap, the thread of
which has been turned oil' and the tube left smooth (see
figure), and passes lirst through an Erlenmeyer's tlask
and then through I'-tubcs containing sulphuric acid,
calcium chloride and soda lime successively, the whole
being arranged as shown in figure. The Erlennieyei e
tlask serve- both to catch and to break up the froth coming
over from the bottle. Towards the end of the operation
the contents of the bottle are warmed to 80° and finally a
current of air (freed from CO.,) is drawn through the
system of l'-tubes. With patent rubber-stoppered beer
bottles the carbon dioxide cannot be determined in this
manner and the method of totalloss is adopted, the bottle,
excess of the oxidising agent at the commencement of the
experiment is therefore apparent (3.) The supposition
that possiblv a portion of the sulphurous acid is converted
into dithionic acid (2SO H 21= SsO,B 2HI)wasnoi
borne out by experiment The correct explanation c:m
therefore alone be based on the following observations: —
Snlphnr dioxide is reduced by hydriodic acid ;
iodine, water, and sulphur (and a little hydrogen sul-
phide) being formed. '_'. \ solution of hydriodic acid
similarly reduces a concentrated solution of sulphurous
acid. The iodine is not, however, liberated, but in pre-
sence of the water at once oxidises a further portion of
sulphurous acid to sulphuric acid. The final result of
the reaction is therefore a conversion of the sulphurous
acid into sulphur and sulphuric acid:— 3St i 2HsO 4HI
=2SO«H S+4HL The ratio of sulphur, as sulphuric
acid, to "free sulphur was proved quantitatively. We
here have a very neat example of so-called catalytic
action. Now when iodine and sulphurous acid solution
are mixed, hydriodic acid is formed, and this may cause
a further reduction of a further portion of the sulphurous
acid. This is of course more liable to occur, even when
dilute solutions are used, when the iodine solution is run
into the sulphurous acid solution than when the reverse
takes place. It is interesting to note here that the pro-
longed action of alkaline sulphites exerts a similar action
on sulphurous acid ; sulphur and sulphuric acid being
formed, hydro-sulphurous acid being formed as an inter-
together with the drying tubes, connections, etc., being
weighed before and after the determination. The authors
find as a mean of 1G results 0398 per cent, of CO„, the
quantities varying from 0219 per cent, to 0 '629 per cent.
Most authorities give an average of 01 to 0'2 per cent, of
CO, in beer. — C. A. K.
On Sulphurous Arid and Iodomeiry. J. Yolhard.
Aanalen, 242, 93—113.
BTJNSBS explains the well-known tact, that in his iodo-
metric method the sulphurous acid is not completely
oxidised to sulphuric acid unless the sulphurous acid solu-
tion is very dilute — (i.e., 0'03 — 0'04 per cent, sulphur
dioxide), by the supposition that in a more concentrated
solution the sulphuric acid first formed is again reduced by
the hydriodic acid. Now- this explanation, though it has
never been experimentally proved, has been universally
accepted and is often cited as an instance of a reversable
reaction. The author has carried out numerous experi-
ments on the subject, with the following results: — (1.)
The presence of even 10 per cent, of sulphuric acid does
not intluencetlie correctness of the results. The reduc-
tion of sulph uric acid is not therefore the cause of irregu-
larities when strong solutions are used. (2.) When the
iodine solution is run into the sulphurous acid solutions,
the results are never so concordant (even with a 00153 per
cent, solution ; factor of iodine solution = 01013) as when
the sulphurous acid solution is run into theiodinesolution,
when concordant results are obtained, even with a 2 per
cent, solution of sulphurous acid. The necessity of an
mediate product. When concentrated solutions are
used, not a colourless solution, but a slightly yellow one,
is obtained, which does not turn starch blue : the colour is
therefore not due to free iodine. — F. W. T. K.
Examination of Crude Soda-liquors and Mother-liqi
W. Kalmann and J. Spuller. OingL l'olyt. J. 264.
456 —4.39.
The authors propose to determine the composition of
crude soda- and mother-liquors in the following manner,
instead of by the method at present in use. The separation
of the Na,S03 from Na S.,03 by the author's method
depends on the almost complete insolubility of BaSO, in
alkaline liquids, whilst BaS,Os, in the state of dilution
dealt with, remains in solution. Experiments carried
out with solutions of known composition showed that
only a very slight, negligable amount of BaS,0
reniained in the precipitate. The method of procedure is
shortly as follows.
1. In a measured volume of the liquor the total
alkali is determined with normal acid and methyl-orange
as indicator. The amount of acid used corresponds to
the amount of sodium carbonate + sodium sulphide -
sodium hydroxide + half the sodium sulphite, i Methyl-
orange is alkaline to Xa„SO .., neutral to NaHsi ) .)
2. "An equal volume of the liquor is titrated with a deci-
normal iodine solution, after acidification with acetic
acid and addition of starch-paste. The iodine used
corresponds to the amount of sodium sulphide + sodium
sulphite + sodium hyposulphite.
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL [NDUSTRY. [Dec »i,i887
3. Twice the volume of the liquor employed iuil)
.•mil (2) i- precipitated with alkaline zinc volution, the
liquid made up to a certain volume, one-half filtered off,
acidified with acetic acid and titrated with deeinormaJ
iodine solution and starch paste. The iodine used corre-
sponds to the -odium sulphite sodium hyposulphite.
4. Three or lour times the volume of the liquor taken
in ili and (2) i< decomposed with barium chloride in
i oeas, made np to a given volume with boiled water,
and the precipitate filtered off; a, one third or a quarter
is titrated with normal acid. The arid used corresponds
in sodium hydroxide sodium sulphide ; (6) another
third or quarter of the filtrate is acidified with acetic
acid and titrated with decinormal iodine solution. The
iodine used corresponds to the sodium sulphide -I- sodium
hyposulphite.
The calculation then is : —
- - tl> A cc. of decinormal iodine solution correspond-
ing to N'n.SI ' .
2 :: = B cc of decinorma] iodine solution correspond-
ing to Na.S.
Jli - (2 3) Ccc. of decinormal iodine solution correspond-
ing to Xa.sc i .
i i i',-iB = I) cc. of decinormal acid corresponding to
N'aHO.
l-tla+..',7-V)= E cc of decinormal acid corresponding to
Na.cn .
The numbers are then calculated on the litre of
liquor. Analyses are given, showing the fairly con-
cordant results obtained by the method, which answers
well for all practical purposes. (Compare Dingl. Pulyt. J.
237, 30S.)— G. H.M.
Lieberman?i'$ Reaction for Albumen. C. le Nobel.
Centralbl. f. die Med. Wissenscb. 25. 625.
The author confirms the accuracy of Liebermaun's re-
sults (Clam. Ze.it. Rep. 11. 130. With a sample of pure
peptone prepared from fibrin according to Kiihne's
method and which was not precipitated by either acids,
alkalis, ammonium sulphate, or acetic acid and neutral
alkaline salts, and which gave the red coloration with
the biuret test, the reaction with hydrochloric acid gave
no result. Whether the presence of albumen in urine
can be detected by this test cannot be stated with cer-
tainty, but in one case in which it was present by the
microscope and all the usual albumen reactions failed,
this test answered extremely well.
The author has further succeeded in detecting globulin
in urine by saturating a large quantity of the former
with magnesium sulphate. — 0. A. K.
(o) Filtrate com tins thebaine, codeine, and morphine.
Add concentrated sodium salicylate solution ana allow
I.. -land for 24 hours.
Precipitate: Thebaine salicylate; weighed as
-llrll
Filtrate: Vdd lli'l. The excess of salicylic a. id
i- precipitated ami may he tillered oil. and the filtrate i-
liaken out w i 1 1 1 chloroform, which removes traces oi
salicylic acid, narceine, and thebaine.
I The sol ii i ion, after extraction with chloroform, con-
tains i in- codeine and morphine. Concentrate on water-
bath, and add potassic sulpnocyanate.
i/ 1 Precipitate : Codeine hydrosulphocj anate, weighed
as such.
(A) Filtrate contains morphine and a little codeine,
which has escaped precipitation. Add a little ammonia,
allow to stand lor some time in a separating funnel
and shake out repeatedly with chloroform, which
removes the la-t traces of Co 'cine. Separate the aqueous
solution, acidify with IK'l. heat to about 00° C, render
alkaline with Ml., and shake out the morphine with
amyl alcohol.
The experimental results given are very satisfactory.
Detection <>f Woody fibre in Paper. E. Hanansek.
Ztschr. f. Nahrungmitteirentersuch u. Hygiene, Inst,
1, I.".:!.
I'll k author examined several varieties of wood cellulose
which did not give the usual colour reactions with
aniline or phleroglucinol, and considers, therefore, that
in order to detect woody fibre in paper both a micro-
scopical and chemical examination should be made.
— C. A. K.
Detection mid Direct Estimation of Starch in Solutions
containing Dextrin. G. Burkhard. (.'hem. Zeit. H,
U5S.
The qualitative test for starch in presence of dextrin is
to ado alcohol to the cold solution until it just becomes
turbid, when the solution is Manned until the turbidity
disappears. The starch is then precipitated by tannic
acid solution, filtered oft', washed with alcohol, dried and
tested for on the filter paper with a dilute iodine solu-
tion. In applying tins method of separation to the
quantitative estimation of starch the precipitation is
similarly effected, the tannic acid completely removed
by washing with alcohol, and the residue (filter paper
and starch I heated with Ice. of normal sulphuric acid
and 20cc. of water for i hours to 115° C. in a paraffin bath.
After the beating (which is done in a Lintner's pressure
flask), the solution is filtered and the sugar formed deter-
mined by Fehling's solution. The quantity of sugar
found, multiplied by 09, gives the amount of starch.
Allihu's table for reckoning the quantity of copper solu-
tion used should be employed. — C. A. K.
Separation of the Opium Alkaloids. P. C. Plunge.
The Analyst, 13, 197—200.
To the solution of the free alkaloids add sodium acetate.
in) Precipitate: Narcotine and papaverine.
• h\ Filtrate: Narceine, thebaine, codeine, and mor-
phine.
(r<) Dissolve in least possible quantity of H( 1 and dilute
the solution so that lOOcc. contains only 0'25grms.
of alkaloids, and precipitate with K.FeCy,,": precipitate
is papaverine hydroferrocyanate, which may be weighed
a- such. Filtrate contains the narcotine, which can he
obtained as pure alkaloid by addition of ammonia.
|//) Filtrate (from sodium acetate precipitate) concen-
trate on the water bath to small volume when the
narceine crvstallises out, only OTOgrm. remaining in
lOOcc.
Determination of Ash in Org Substances. A.Kobrick.
('hem. Zeit. 11, 1159.
5 — lOGRMS. of substance are heated in a platinum dish to
begin with, as the loss is less than when a platinum
crucible is used, the tendency of the substance after
bein" first ignited to creep over the sides of the vessel
being reduced. If the sample examined be readily
burned, the ignition is completed in the dish; if not, the
residue i.- broken, up, transferred to a platinum crucible,
and heated in a current of oxygen. The oxygen is passed
into the crucible by a pipe-clay tube (such as is used for
the reduction of a metallic oxide in a crucible) and may
begenerattd for the purpose from potassium chromate
and sulphuric acid or from potassium permanganate and
nitric acid, the gas being . washed with water. The
organic matter is burned away completely and quietly,
so that there is no chance of loss by spirting. Any par-
ticles of carbon remaining in the ash, in case it is fusible,
are removed by exhausting with water and concentrating
carefully, when the light carbon particles remain on the
surface "and are readily oxidised.— C. A. K.
Notes on the Soda- Lime Method for Determining
Nitrogen. W. A t water and C. Woods. Anter. Chem. J.
9, 311—324.
FROM a series of determinations of the nitrogen
contained in animal tissues, the authors consider the
Dec.81,1837.] THE JOHnXAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
811
soda-liuie method unite reliable, results by this method
agreeing accurately with those obtained by the volu-
metric process. The composition of the soda lime is
without appreciable effect on the results ; nor does a
difference in the temperature of combustion, or of the
length of the tube, affect the accuracy of the method. In
testing the purity of the soda lime by sugar it was found
to contain traces of nitrogen, while, when burnt
with stearin or oxalic acid, it appeared quite free from
it, the traces of uitrogen being, therefore, in the sugar,
which it is advisable to replace for this purpose by the
above substance-.— ('. A. K.
Testing of Commercial Quinine Sulphate. <:. Kerner
and A". Weller. Arch, l'harm. 1887, 712 and ,40.
The authors give the following directions for the
ammonia test :— Allow the sample to effloresce com-
pletely in a warm place (40—50° C), and then treat
2grms with 20grms. of water in a suitable test tube.
Heat the tube for half-an-hour in a water-bath to 60—
65° and afterwards allow it to cool for two hours in a
water-bath at 15". Both during the heating and coolin"
it is necessary to shake the contents of the tube well
from time to time. Next lilter the solutkn, take 5cc.
of the filtrate and add to it ammonia of specific gravity
0900 It is important that the tempuature of the
cooling bath should be as nearly as possible exactly 15
before" filtering. The ammonia is added until the pre-
cipitate first formed is just dissolved. Pure quinine
sulphate requires 34— 35cc. of ammonia; when mixed
with 3 per cent, of pure cinchonidine sulphate, 4cc. of
ammonia are needed, and with 7 per cent . about (ice. In
the better classes of commercial quinine sulphate the
quantity of cinchonidine sulphate at present is 2— ti per
cent
The authors contend that thus modified the ammonia
method is the safest and simplest known for the detection
and estimation of admixed alkaloids in quinine
sulphate. Hesse's ether test, which diners from the
above by the substitution of ether for ammonia, for
cinchonidine, takes longer and depends too much on
the quality of the ether employed.
De Yrij's chromate method (see this Journal, 188(,
151 306, and 38S) is open to the objections that pure
quinine sulphate is not completely precipitated as
chromate, and that the quantity of the precipitate,
obtained by the addition of alkali to the filtrate, is not
appreciably different with pure quinine or when 2—2 \>
per cent, of cinchonidine is present ; also less than 3\>
percent of qiiinidine cannot be detected. In Schiifer's
oxalate method (see this .Journal, 1887, 522) a portion of
tlie cinchonidine remains behind with the quinine
oxalate, while varying quantities of quinine pass into
the filtrate. The bisulphate method (see this Journal,
1887 455) is of use in the removal of cinchonidine in the
preparation of quinine, but as a test it is unreliable, as
the cinchonidine is not completely precipitated from the
ethereal solution, and then it has to stand for 24 hours.
These criticisms, which are based on numerous analy-
ses show that the chromate and oxalate tests can only
determine whether, in the sample examined, a certain
small percentage of cinchonidine is exceeded or not.
titrate the solution with ammonium Bulphocyanide,
according to Yolhard's method. Willi 20grms. of sub-
stance the results only differ by 0 003 0 005 per cent.
The removal of gypsum from bone charcoal, by means of
-odium carbonate, is best effected by using one mol. of
the latter for each mol. of calcium sulphate, and is the
more readily done the higher the temperature.
Digestion for four days is sufficient, fur, although the
extraction i- only completed alter 15 days at ordinary
temperatures, after the fourth day the quantity of
calcium sulphide gradually increases, owing to the
reduction of the gypsum in solution by bacteria
(Iieggiota alba?). Washing with dilute hydrochloric
acid does not appreciably diminish the amount of calcium
sulphide present in the charcoal, but bringing the
moistened substance in contact with air does, owing to
the oxidation by hydrogen peroxide.— C. A. K.
Gimsiim and Cain urn Sulphide in Bone Charcoal.
Ztschr. f. Znckerind. 1887, 704.
If in determining the calcium sulphide in bone charcoal,
the moist sample be dried at or about 100 , a portion
of the sulphide is oxidised to sulphate, owing to the
formation of hydrogen peroxide. The charcoal is there-
fore best, dried at the ordinary temperature, and treated
with h\ drochloric acid after the addition of zinc (to
reduce the ferric oxide), and the sulphuretted hydrogen
absorbed in an ammoniacal silver solution the silver
sulphide formed being either weighed directly or else as
metallic silver bv reduction in a current of hydrogen. A
better plan is to dissolve the sulphide in nitric acid, and
Examination of Gun Cotton. Dingl. Polyt. J. 265, 332.
In a recent communication Wisser gives the results of
experiments on the chemical examination of gun cotton.
Moisture and calcium carbonate were determined in the
usual way. The ash was found, after removal of the
calcium carbonate, by treating a weighed quantity in a
tared platinum crucible with concentrated nitiic acid,
carefully evaporating to dryness and igniting the
residue ; the increase of weight gives the ash. The
nitrogen was determined with a I.ubarsch's nitrometer.
Mono- and di-nitrocellulose were found, when 5gims. of
the cotton wool were treated first with 200grms. of a
mixture of ether and alcohol in the ratio of 3 : 1 for 12
hours ; then, with the same amount in the ratio of 2 : 1
for six hours, and finally with the same amount of 1:1.
After standing some time the liquid was poured oil
through a tared filter, the residue washed twice with
pure alcohol, twice with dilute alcohol, and then several
times with water : it was then collected on the filter,
dried at 60°, and weighed ; the loss of weight gave the
lower nitro-bodies. For the determination of the un-
nitrated cellulose a weighted quantity of the gun-cotton
was boiled for 15 minutes in a concentrated solution of
sodium stannate, which dissolves out the nitrated
cellulose ; the residue is filtered off, washed, dried
at 100°, and weighed. The tin salt must be freshly
prepared each time by melting caustic soda with tui
and dissolving the product.— <;. H. M.
Detection of the Adulteration, of Olive Oil with Vaselin
nil. J. Birl. Archiv der Pharmacie, 225, 310.
L VTELV the fat oils have been much adulterated with
vaselin oil ; olive oil has also suiiered in this respect,
and is consequently unfitted for pharmaceutical pur-
poses, since the oil adulterated in this way gives neither
a proper plaster, soap, nor liniment. The author has
now devised a new method for detecting vaselin oil in
vegetable oil, which promises to be very useful. He
test* the vegetable oil for mineral oil by titration with
standard alcoholic potash. Oogrms. of the purest
potash are dissolved in 1 litre of 95 per cent, alcohol,
and the solution made of such a strength that lOcc. are
neutralised bv lOcc. of normal sulphuric acid; this
solution will" keep well. lOgrms. of the oil to be
examined are heated to boiling for 10 minutes in a
oorcelain dish with 40cc. of the potash solution ; water
is then added until the volume is lOOcc. The mixture is
again warmed with shaking, whereby the soap formed
nrSes into solution, and titrated with normal acid in the
ordinary way, using phenolphthalein as an indicator
Pure oils require 6cc. of acid (with the exception of
castor oil and the oils from the Cruciferce, which require
7_8cc ) vegetable oil with 10 per cent, of mineral oil
requires Sec!, with 20 per cent of vaselin oil lice. ; the
adulterated oils of commerce, examined by the author,
required 14 to 17cc. of normal sulphuric acid. (Compare
Focke, this Journal, 1HS0, 176.)-G. H. M.
F
842
HIE JOURNAL OF Till'. SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL lXM'sTKY. [Dec si. 1887.
CraDc iKcport.
(From the Board of Trade and other Journals.)
TRADE BETWEEN SPAIN AM) THE UNITED
KINGDOM.
Imports into the United Kingdom from Spain,
TARIFF CHANGES AND CUSTOMS
REGULATIONS.
Russia.
Customs Decisions.
(Poud=361b. avoirdupois. Gold rouble=3s. 2d.)
The following decisions affecting the classification of articles
in the Russian Customs Tariff have recently been given by
the Russian Government.
Ozokerite, not bearing traces of chemical purification by
means of sulphuric acid.— Section 16. Duty, 5 copecks per
poud gross, with an addition of 20 per cent, on each rouble of
duty leviable.
Principal Articles.
Oct. 1886.
Oct. 1887.
per bottle. .«.,.. o .- .-
Starch paste, with an admixture of chloric zinc— section 4o.
Duty, 1 rouble per poud. with an addition of 20 per cent, on
each rouble of duty leviable.
Pigment of coal tar.— Section 120. Duty. 15 roubles per
Dry paper pulp, impregnated with coal tar.— Section 110.
Duty, 2 roubles per poud, with an addition of 20 per cent, on
each rouble of duty leviable.
Spain.
Regulations respecting the Importation of Alcoholic
Liquors.
Sec Board of Trade Journal for December, p, 596.
United States.
Customs Decisions.
Thymol or thvmic acid, an article not enumeralel by name
in the existing Tariff Acts, upon investigation, is found to be
commerciallv known as an acid, and to be used chiefly for
medicinal purposes, both externally and internally, and it is
therefore held that it is entitled to free entry, under the
provision in the free list. No. 591. for "acids used for medicinal
purposes, not specially enumerated or prcvided for."
Certain so-called " wool grease," which upon investigation
is found to consist of an expressed oil of wool, commercially
known as solid fat oil of animal origin, is held to be dutiable
at the rate of 25 per cent, ad ralorem, under the provision in
section 92, for all "preparations known as expressed oils."
Brazil.
New Customs Tariff.
(Continued from October .Vo. of the Journal.)
{Note.
-Kilogramme =2-2011b. avoirdupois. Milreis = 2s.3d.
—nominal value.)
X .. in
Tariff.
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
Articles, etc.
Bates of Duty.
812
813
811
BIS
816
817
818
XXVI. — Metalloids and Mis-
cellaneous Metals,
Aluminium Kilog. 16,000
Antimony ,. 200
Arsenic 450
Bismuth 1,600
Bromium „ 1,200
Cadmium ,. 1,600
Chlorine dissolved or chlorine
solution „ 500
Sulphur:
In sticks ,, 10
Sublimate or flowers of sulphur „ 30
Iodine „ 2.500
Mercury, metallic, or quicksilver ,, 500
Nickel in cubes for galvanising,
etc „ 800
Phosphorus, white or yellow, in
lumps or in Eticks ' ,, 650
Sodium ,. 2,500
Metals or metalloids, not other-
wise mentioned Gramme 30
Chemical products unenume-
rated Valne
Copper ore and rcgulus . Tons
Value
Manganese ore Tons
Value
Pyrites of iron or copper.. .Tons
Value
Quicksilver lb.
Value
Rags. Esparto Tons
Value
Total Value
October . . .
November .
£1.396
6.1 15
£92,908
29,611
'.V,."0
3.S25
£3S0
3.908
£23,019
!"■;.
£940,778
£881,032
£6.391
5,378
£96,758
550
£1,650
32.054
£62.995
12,600
£1,200
3.381
£20.004
18S7,
£1.134.399
£918,301
Exports of British and Irish Produce from the United
Kingdom to Spain.
PaixcrPAi, Articles.
Oct. 1886.
Oct. 1887.
Alkali Cwt.
23.636
24.629
"\ alue
£7.725
£7,9*3
Caoutchouc manufactures
Value
£2,265
£2,397
Cement Tons
1.065
240
Value
£1,874
£117
Chemical productsand prepara-
tions (including dvestutfs)
Value
£6.636
£3,870
Coal products (including naph-
tha and petroleum) Value
£1,938
£2.563
Glass manufactures \ alue
£564
£1.038
Manure Value
£10.125
£23,272
Painters' colours and materials
Value
£2,393
£1.565
Paper of all sorts Cwt
712
517
Value
£1.697
£1,275
Soap Cwt.
597
146
^ alue
£493
£146
Summary Stat' ment showing the Trade between Spam
and the United Kingdom during the period subsequent
to tin Conclusion of the Commercial Treaty, compared
n ith tlf corresponding Period of the previous Year.
December
January . .
February
March
April
May
June
July
August . .
September
October ..
November
Imports into the ■
United Kingdom
from Spain.
1885-86. ' 1886-87.
£
924,165
635,256
815,407
781,157
759,616
495.361
548,550
719.560
910.77S
884,052
t
867,183
818,935
890,692
906.072
799.05S
7S0.764
71^.561
681,501
660,821
710.363
1.134.391
918,304
Exports of Pro-
duce ami Uann-
facture of
United Kingdom
to Slain.
Exports of
Foreign and
Colonial Produce
to Spain.
1885-86. 1886-87.
I
£
241.S6S
240,097
244.033
2S6.6US
273.115
222,129
262.576
221,722
233,147
328,166
301.133
£
253.23S
235.S26
297,122
327,115
216,897
265. 7 J"
302,019
264.524
313.207
301,0111
262,089
272,223
1885-86. 1886«.
£
£
69,940
59,020
60.676
34,821
52.031
37,317
67.113
74,493
96,222
108,699
55,313
78,922
86.162
09.314
51,785
50.077
11,102
43.623
32.141
49.469
59,358
57,810
54,638
66.958
Dec.3l.MW.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
843
EXTRACTS FROM DIPLOMATIC AXI> CON-
SULAR REPORTS.
Industrial and Commercial Museum at Cisbok.
See Board of Trade Journal for December, p. 838.
Dutch Colonies.
Jura Indigo.
The indigo crop of 1SS6 was satisfactory, boih as regards
quality and quantitv. During the year B12,00Dkilos. were ex-
ported from Bataria. against UOl.OOOkilos. in 1885. and an
average export of t&OOOkilos. from 18S0 to 1881. Ihe high
prices which ruled at the commencement of 1886 could not be
maintained, and the season closed at decidedly lower rates
than the one preceding. Prices, in fact, were so low that the
planters would not sell outright, but preferred to ship the bulk
of the crop to Holland for their own account. The hnest
varieties are becoming more and more scarce. The 18S7 crop
does not look favourable as regards quantity, having suffered
from excessive rains and insects.
Tuhis.
Condition of the Country.
In a country which, like Tunis, depends for its commercial
prosperity on the productions of the soil, there is little change
from vear to year in the totals of its exports and imports, unless
a year of drought should cause a failure of the crops. Such a
calamity has not befallen the land since France took it under
her protection in 1881. In spite, however, of the continuance
of agricultural prosperitv, the trade of Tunis languishes, com-
mercial failures are of unusual frequency, and small merchants
And it increasingly difficult to obtain credit.
British Trade.
England continues to occupy the first place in the imports.
Her pre-eminence is due to the cheapness and excellence of
the products of Manchester and Glasgow. What is clnet y
needed to give a stimulus to British import trade is the est ab-
lishment of direct steam communication with Liverpool, which
would permit of the introduction of British goods at cheaper
freights. English commercial firms might then hope to sell in
Tunis many articles which arc at present hardly known in
the Regency.
The Cork Fort sts.
The forests of Tunis cover an appreciable part of the surface
of the country, and their care has been placed under the
management of a separate department by the 1 rem h. The
explorations of the new department have resulted in the
division of the forests into two main groups ; one consisting of
the cork tree and deciduous oak, locally known as " Zen,
covering the north-western angle of Tunis where it abut son
the Algerian frontier and the sea, inhabited by the Kroumirs,
and separated from the rest of Tunis by the river Mejerdah.
These trees grow in a stratum of sandstone, which again
reposes on the upper chalk, and they completely disappear
where the latter stratum crops to the surface. They cover
an area of about 36U.00O acres, on 330.000 acres of which flourishes
the cork tree, and on 30,000 the "zen." It is found that the
former invariably grow on the southern slopes of the moun-
tains ; the latter on the northern slopes, and in the ho'lows
of valleys.
Red Gum Trees.
The French railway company which owns the line running
from Tunis to the Algerian frontier, has succeeded in planting
a considerable number of the eucalyptus resinifera (red gum
trees) and acacia cyanophylo. It is estimated that 300.000 trees
have been planted along tne line of railway. The cost of
planting an acre with the eucalyptus amounts to £20. about
1 600 trees going to the acre of nursery ground. After planting
out it is probable that at the end of twenty years BOO trees
Will have survived, worth 8s. apiece. The bark of the aiacta
cyanopliylla is rich in tannin, and valuable for the tanner.
Saleable Drugs and Chemicals.
The total value of drugs and chemicals imported during 1S86
was £25 613. but there are no detailed figures given of the im-
ports from the different nations trading with Tunis, and only
this much can be said with certainty, that in the general
imports Great Britain occupies the first, and France the
second place The Germans have made many unavailing
efforts to gain a footing in the drug and chemical line. There
is scarcely any industry extant in Tunis in which chemical
products can find employment, and the consumption is. there-
fore limited to a few articles only. Painters colours, ultra-
mirine (but only the cheapest qualities, powdered and in ball
form), indigo, and incense, are the only articles which are em-
ployed largely, and which it will pay to import direct. Most
other goods are taken in small quantities, and can only be im-
ported economically assorted with other goods. The same is
the case with pharmaceutical articles. The laboratories of
the Tunisian pharmacies are generally of a very primitive
character, and. wherever possible, the pharmacist prefers to
buy the preparations put up ready for sale Manufacturing
firms and wholesalers who sell crude products only have.
therefore, little chance of doing a large trade, but not so firms
who, in addition to quinine, iodine. magne6ia, etc.. also otter
specialities, such as mustard plasters, fluid preparations, and
patent medicines of all varieties.
Havti (Sax Domingo).
Logwood.
The logwood trade has been much depressed lately, mainly
in consequence of excessive competition. There is a very
good demand-larger, in fact, than the supply-tor- the better
varieties of logwood. In consequence a good deal of inferior
wood is brought down from the interior, and these shipments
give rise to claims on the part of the receivers in Europe. The
Ixports from Hayti fell from 293.548,75010. in 188o to 2,3,o2b,2, ,1b.
in 1886. The decrease is principally owing to reckless destruc-
tion of the woods and to the haste with which young trees are
felled before they have attained maturity, and by the wretched
condition of the roads in the island, which are never repaired,
and have now become so bad that it is impossible to bring
down the fine trees which are still found plentifully in the
interior. In the coast districts there is no wood left.— Chemist
and Druggist.
MISCELLANEOUS TRADE X0T1CES.
Exportation of Pine-Bark from Turkey.
The Belgian Bulletin du Musee Commercial fpr the 19th
November last, states that Turkish pine- bark, used for dyeing
and for the preparation of skins, is now forming an important
branch of exportation from the Turkish Empire. The bark is
usually sent, in the first instance, cither to Syra or to certain
parts of Italy. For some time the exportation of pine-bark
from TurkeyVas prohibited, at the request of the Department
of Mines and Forests, but this embargo has now been removed,
and the trade is once more active.
Indiarubber Trade ix Holland.
The Moniteur Officii I du Commerce for the 10th November
last states, on the authority of the Belgian Secretary of
Legation at The Hague, ihat a few years ago there existed no
india-rubber manufactory in all Holland and that the Dutch
merchants were obliged to buy all their goods either m
Germany or in England. At the present time two menu-
factories exist, but they are far from satisfying :the require-
ments of the country, for there are still imported annual J
into Holland a value of 60.000 florins in articles of india-rubber
and gutta-percha. The Belgian Secretary recommends the
Belgian manufacturers of these goods to make their products
known in Holland.
STATISTICS.
A Few Indian Statistics.
\. recent statistical abstract relating to British India con-
tains a mass of interesting information concerning our great
dependency, and is well worth the perusal of anyone who is
not afraid of three hundred closely-printed pages of statistics.
The total population of India, according to the census or. l*»i,
was 253,982,595 (including 55.191,712 in the native states).
occupying an area of 1,378.011 square miles; the density ot
population in the provinces under direct British control being
more than 25 per cent, greater than in the native states. As
might be expected, a larger number of people are employed in
agriculture than in any other branch of occupation ; the next
largest section being formed by those engaged m industrial
pursuits. Chemical industries give employment to 81,033
workers. 19,813 of whom are women. No less than 't>A.'»'
persons (including 273,169 women) are engaged in the collection
and preparation of gums and resins. The shellac. industr> ,
which is classed in one category with ivory, bone, etc..
occupies 107,996 people, but in this branch women are more
than twice as numerous as men. One solitary lndnidual
among what orators call the " teeming millions is classified
as a worker in surgical instruments; but on the other hand
-physicians, surgeons and druggists' are wen to the tore,
their combined number being 188,818, of whom 113 o,9are males
The value of the sea-borne imports into Brit sh India
(excluding Government stores and treasure) was ol81 1. bOOKs.
in 1888, against 531,493.110 Ra. the year bef Ore , but the tatter
figure, it should be added, was Far above t he usual a; ciage
Besides the sea imports, goods to the Tal»arf4Sj9ffi.pjO Rs. in
1886. 53.314.030 lis. in 1885, and 53,142,510 Rs. in. 1884, were
carried into British India Overland. Among the imports by
sea occur the following items directly or indirectly connected
with the drug trade :—
844
I'lIK JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY, [i>ec. si. 1887.
1884.
I;-.
Drugs and Medicines 362.8440
I'vcs 251.4220
Glass, and Manufactures of 560.0620
Gums and resins 115.6770
Quicksilver 40.1080
Oils 654.2270
Paints and Colours, etc. .. 239.2440
Perfumery til. 0120
Spices 557.1090
1885.
Rs.
358.2780
214.9520
499.7010
OS -o:n
10.94311
1.221l.l!lti0
204.9640
66.2700
602.1650
1886.
Rs.
310.0830
225.71S0
505.7040
96.9900
23.5610
961.1300
214.8060
55.7110
71S.67SO
The following are among the exports:
Rs.
Drugs and Medicines 134.2990
Dyes: Indigo 4.610.9910
Otheriexcept Lac).. 272.5920
Cuius and Resins 397.2010
Lac i live. Shell, etc.) 556.7380
Oils 520.4740
Opium 11.291.1600
Spices 100.9300
Rs.
199.4950
l,00s.9nou
317.2210
361.8890
599.9S20
564.7160
10,882.6000
511.5800
1886.
Es.
192.6050
I.7S3.16O0
169.3690
193.1760
580.6100
412.19S0
1,735.5180
528.5670
For Government account 130.960 Hs. worth of drugs and
medicines were also imported into India in 1886 is-iinst
152,280 Rs. in 1885, and 111,330 lis. the year before.— CVTcxn'sf
ana Druggist.
Boaed of Trade Returns.
Imports.
Drugs, unenumerated.. value £
Chemical manufactures
and Products, un-
enumerated— value £
Chemicals and Dye-
stuffsunenumerated value £
Oils, not enumerated., value £
Alkali cwt.
value £
Brimstone cwt.
value £
Nitre (nitrate of soda) cwt.
„ „ value £
„ (nitrate of potash) cwt.
value £
Quicksilver lb.
value £
Bark (Cinchona) cwt.
value £
Gum Arabic cwt.
„ value £
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye cwt.
Lac, seed, shell, stick,
and dye value £
Barks and tanning mate-
rials—
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) cwt.
Bark (for tanners' or
dyers' use) value £
Aniline dyes value £
Alizarin & othercoal-
tar dyes value £
Cochineal cwt.
value £
Cutch and gambicr.. tons
value £
Indigo cwt.
value £
Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
jeet cwt.
.Madder, madder root,
garancine, and mun-
jeet value £
Oils-
Cocoa-nut cwt.
value £
Olive tuns
value £
Palm cwt.
,, value £
Petroleum gals.
value £
Seed, of all kinds .... tuns
value £
Turpentine cwt.
value £
Nov. 1885.
. _
Nov. 1886.
71,311
52,802
112,850
93,663
118.820
190,100
106,310
106,109
4,613
6,763
3,827
.-.,611
57.219
91.900
11,110
21.117
248,265
7S.0I0
134,721
34.995
22.566
20.300
19,909
17,6.55
35,551
75.300
3,631
6,885
12,800
10.220
91.340
59,819
9,139
7,128
33,027
31,373
7,236
3,781
22,990
10,217
23.259
25,636
7,752
9.804
18,038
25,307
29,154
19.836
1.808
1,975
1O.9S0
12,633
1,360
2.601
31,112
57,725
3,759
2,123
69,147
15,488
2.171
856
3,612
1,072
8.808
23,579
12.513
31,611
1,161
1.306
58,950
48,168
84,212
80.737
93.152
81,810
7,112.816
8,278,727
229,232
239.217
1,562
1,395
13,261
36,162
30,444
11,911
10.460
51,551
Nov. 1887.
59,928
109,516
135,393
111,655
1,895
1,091
11,137
11.028
116,252
52,531
18.127
15,669
28,000
3,630
8,662
35,558
6,271
27,119
2,700
7,302
11,076
2.625
23.791
29,911
883
5,473
2,217
ssiSii
S83
2(1.204
1.372
1,481
697
905
1,091
39,712
98,033
95,208
9.410,373
211.694
2,160
53,272
46.434
62,538
Exports.
Nov. 1885;
Nov. 1886.
Nov. 1887.
British and Irish pro-
duce : —
Drugs and medicinal
preparations (un-
enumerated) value £
Other chemicals and
78,313
61,991
79,917
medicinal prepa-
Painters' colours
and materials value £
Alkali cwt.
, value £
Bleaching materials cwt.
,, ,, value £
297,355
95,163
579,1611
168,839
127,071
11.889
5.643
13(1.174
30,201
35,185
17,886
10,102
62,281
1,217
8,253
1,212
28,33(1
1,325
18,497
3,381
71,172
5.588
17,958
272,291
106,049
552,584
160.447
145,143
49,950
6.19S
130,889
37,787
39.720
10,528
10,06(1
38,310
1,341
9,162
839
20,593
1,115
20,150
3.052
01,541
1,522
12,754
253,907
111.779
600.682
164,819
172.670
65.187
7.7(11
158,699
„ value £
Foreign and Colonial
merchandise : —
Chemicals (unenu-
merated) value t
Bark, Cinchona cwt.
,, „ value £
36,419
37.171
17,859
8,314
19,092
935
5,522
Cutch and gambier tons
,, ,, value £
Indigo cwt.
736
21.063
5,101
21,176
1,916
10,684
Lac seed, shell, stick
1,999
,, „ „ .. value £
12.254
Oils, cocoa nut.
olivi
cwt.
. value £
tuns
. value £
cwt.
. value £
gals.
, value £
lb.
. value £
Nitre (nitrate of pot-
ash) cwt.
„ „ value £
,, palm
,, petroleum
Quicksilver
3,-147
5,895
188
9,957
28.510
36,383
45,023
1,785
115,696
11,106
5,719
4,616
12,178
18.130
111
5,880
50.676
19,275
51.071
2,176
248,284
23,256
389
348
6.317
8,258
216
8.876
55,059
53,116
50,091
2,223
158.822
44,182
316
361
An Expiring Patent.
On February 17. 1874. an English agent of Professor Hermann
Kolbe, of Leipzig, was granted a patent in this country for
" Improvements in the production of salicilic acid, and of the
isomeric and homologous acids.'' The statutory period of four-
teen years, during which a patentee is allowed to reap the
harvest of his brains, will soon be completed, and it is expected
that this circumstance will have a considerable influence on
the commercial position of the acid. It will be recollected
that this patent was the subject of an expensive lawsuit in
1879. when the case Yon Heyden v. Neustadt occupied Vice-
chancellor Bacon for ten days. Dr. Von Heyden, who manu-
factured the acid by Kolbe's process in Germany, sought to
restrain the defendant Neustadt from importing into and sell-
ing in this country salicilic acid, manufactured by a process
identical with Kolbe's, and for which a patent had been granted
in Germany. Tins was not denied by the plaintiff, but on his
behalf it was alleged by counsel and experts that Kolbe's pio-
cess was well known for many years before it was patented
in this country. Kolbe first announced in 1860 that he had
succeeded in preparing salicilic acid artificially by acting upon
phenol with metallic sodium, simultaneously subjecting the
mixture to the action of carbonic acid gas. This process
was known to chemists as a beautiful one for experimental or
lecture-table purposes, but no one would have dreamed of
working it on a commercial scale, nor did Kolbe. Hut when
in 1874 there seemed to be a widening outlet for salicilic acid
as an antiseptic, he was ready with a modification of bis pro-
cess, which simply consisted of substituting caustic soda for
metallic sodium. It was this new process which was patented
in this country, and which was the basis of the action against
Messrs. Neustadt & Co. In this action Dr. Von Heyden was
successful, and since April, 1S79, only Kolbe's salicilic acid, and
its compounds, have been used in this country. Consequently
the manufacturers could fix their own prices, and they have
done so. The expiry of the patent will affect this, whether it
be on account of the probable manufacture of the acid in this
country or through the importation of the products of Other
foreign makers. By one way or the other it is almost certain
that the coming year will show a substantial fail in the price
of salicilic acid. - I'lietuixt and Lruggist.
bee 31, 1887.1 THE JOURNAL OF THE (SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL LNDUS1 RY.
THE SUO AH BOUNTIES CONFERENCE.
The members of the International Conference in Sugar
Bounties met on the l'.ith December, at the Foreign Office, and
adjourned until April 5th. Baron Henry de Worms presided,
and all the representatives attended. The sitting occupied
over three hour-.
The delegates in the course of the proceedings signed the
following Protocol :
" The undersigned. Delegates from Germany. Austria-Hun
gary. Belgium. Denmark, Spain, France, Great Britain, It il
the Netherlands, Russia, and Sweden, met at London on
November 24th, 1887, to consider the bases of an agreement
relative to the suppression of bounties on the exportation of
sugar.
" In the course of the deliberations set forth in the minutes
of the sittings, an agreement was come toon the principles
liid down in the Report of the Commission. In order to give
to this agreement a practical application, the President of the
Conference placed before them a Draft Convention, which
they have examined, and which they pledge themselves to
submit to the consideration of their respective Governments,
together with a request that those Governments will make
known to the Government of Her Britannic Majesty, before
the 1st day of March, if they give their adhesion to the prin-
ciples of this Draft Convention, which is subjoined to the
present Protocol. Kvery Government replying affirmatively
will communicate to the British Government before the above-
mentioned date a Draft Statement indicating the bases of
application of the system of taxation on the quantities of sugar
produced. The Draft shall state with what limitations and in
what cases use would be made of the saccharometcr. Each
Government will, at the same time, declare whether, for the
saka of uniformity, it would be disposed to admit what is
known as the French method, generally employed in the
commerce of several nations.
"As regards Article HI. of the aforesaid Draft Convention,
the French being of opinion that the system proposed for
Belgium does not present those guarantees for the suppression
of bounties with which the High Contracting Parties are
bound to protect themselves, accept this Article with every
possible reservation. The Delegates of Germany, Austria-
Hungary, Spain. Italy, the Netherlands, and Russia support
the reservations made bv the French Delegates.
•• London, Dec. 19tb, 1887."
" subjoined to the protocol of dec. 19, 1887.
"Draft Convention.
"The High Contracting l'arties, desiring to bring about the
total suppression of bounties, open or disguised, on the export
of sugars, have resolved to conclude a Convention to this
effect, and have nominated as their Plenipotentiaries the fol-
lowing, to wit :
" Who, after interchange of their full powers, and finding
them to be in valid and proper form, have agreed to the fol-
lowing Articles :—
"I.
"The High Contracting Parties pledge themselves to take
or to propose to their respective Legislatures such measures
as shall constitute an absolute and complete guarantee that no
bounty, either open or concealed, shall be granted on the
export of sugars,
"II.
" The High Contracting Parties pledge themselves to adopt,
or to propose to their respective Legislatures, a system of
duties on the quantities of sugar produced and intended for
consumption, as the only one by which the suppression of the
bounties in question can be attained, and to place under one
and the same regime the manufacture of glucose, and the
manufactures for the extraction of sugar from molasses.
"III.
"As Belgium is not under the same conditions in respect of
the application of the system of duties on the quantities of
sugar produced, the existing regime established in that
Kingdom may be maintained, subject to the following modi-
fications:—
" The amount of duty shall be reduced from 15 francs to 25
francs from and after the day when this Convention shall
come into force.
"IV.
"There shall be admitted to equal rights in this Convention
all such States, or Colonies, or Foreign Possessions of the High
Contracting Parties, as, though not adopting the system
described in Article II.. do not impose duties on sugars, or
who undertake not to accord to sugars for export, either raw
or refined, any drawback, repayment, nor abatement of dues
or quantities.
" V.
" In case any State which docs not impose dues upon sugar
should intend to establish them, such State shall be bound to
charge these dues upon t lie quantity of sugar produced and
intended for consumption, or, at least, to give no drawback,
repayment, nor abatement of dues or quantities.
"VI.
"The High Contracting Parties will communicate to one
another the law- which may have been already repealed in
their respective States, or arc about to be. in relation to the
purpose of the present Convention.
"VII.
"The States which have not taken any part in the present
Convention are permitted to join in it on application. Their
adh -ion shall be diplomatic-ally announced to Her Britannic
Majesty's Government, and by it to the other Signatory
Powers,
"VIII.
" The stipulations of the present Convention shall be appli-
cable to the Colonies and Possessions of Her Britanni'
Majesty, with thi exception of those hereinafter named, to
"The F.ast Indies. Canada, Newfoundland, the Cape, Natal.
New South Wales. Victoria. Queensland. Tasmania, South
Australia. Western Australia, and New Zealand.
"At the same time the stipulations of the present Conven-
tion shall be applicable to any of the Colonies or Possessions
above mentioned, from the date at which the Government of
Great Britain shall notify the adhesion of such Colony or
Possession to the other contracting Powers.
"Any one of the Colonics or Possessions above named which
may have given its adhesion to the present Convention retains
the power of withdrawal in the same way as the Contracting
Powers. „
" In the case of anv one of the said Colonies or Possessions
desiring to withdraw from the Convention, a notification to
that effect will be made by the British Government to the
Contracting Powers.
"IX.
The present Convention shall come into force on and after
. It shall remain in force for ten years from that date,
and in the event of no one of the High Contracting Parties
having given notice, twelve months before the expiration of
this period of ten vears. of its intention to bring it to an end,
it shall continue in force for another twelve months, and so
from year to year.
" Should one of the Signatory Powers denounce the Conven-
tion, their denunciation will affect only the Power making it.
"X.
"The present Convention shall be ratified, and the ratifica-
tions in regard to it shall be exchanged in London within
months at the latest, and sooner if possible."
e^ont&lp Ipatent list.
I.— GENERAL PLANT, APPARATUS and
MACHINERY.
APPLICATIONS.
15S45 F. B. Hill and M. Shearer. London. Vacuum and
pressure fluid pumps for gases. November 18
151138 R. Morris. London. Filters. November 19
16011 R. Horsburgh, Glasgow. A regenerative furnace.
November 22
16016 J. Jackson, Manchester. Lead lined boilers an 1
similar vessels. November 22
16013 J. Jackson, London. Gauges for measuring pressure
or iand> vacuum. November 22
16051 R. Pol, London. Apparatus for the filtration of liquids.
November 22
10220 J. Powell. London. Regenerative furnaces. Novem-
ber 25
16223 J. Hodgkinson, London. Furnaces for steam boilers,
and mechanical siokers for supplying same with fuel. Nov-
ember 25
16381 II. Berghoff, London. Apparatus for filtration of
liquids. November 29
16383 T. F. Cashin. Hastings. Furnaces and appliances for
generating heat and steam. November 29
16531 E. Edwards— From E. Cambiaso, I. Colomba and G N.
Mangini, Italy. Apparatus for feeding coal to furnaces.
December 1
16515 J. S. Sawrcy and H. Colcet, London. Apparatus for
separating liquids from solid matters in suspension therein.
December 1
16591 J. S. Sawrey. G. E. Bellis and A. Morcom, London.
Apparatus for separating liquids from solid matters suspended
therein. December 2
1698 W. Mellor. Manchester. Mechanical stokers. Dec. 5
16715 J. Noble and B. H. Thwaite, Liverpool. Ingot and
crucible heating arrangement. Complete specification.
December 6
16787 H. E. Newton- From E. Theiser, Germany. Apparatus
for condensing and cooling purposes. December 6
16805 W. T. Walker. London. Distillatory apparatus for use
in chemical operations. December 6
THE JOURNAL OF TfiE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. IDec.SI, I8B7.
lusHi \\ . I. \\ .ilker, London. Apparatus to be used in
Chemical operations where it is required to drive oft from
liquids volatile constituents thereof. December 6
16952 \\ . 11. QUruth, London. Apparatus for treating
t egetable or mineral substances to evaporate moisture there-
from. December 9
17019 1. S. McDougall and T. Sugden, London. Apparatus
for effecting the separation of solid matter from fluids, applic-
able also for separating water or liquids from steam or oilier
vapours or gases. December 10
171:13 T. 1'ursall and W. Lister. Birmingham. Smoke con-
suming and fuel economising apparatus for boiler muffles. , t, .
1 tecember 1 1
17290 A. Ivnoop, London. Improvements in and relating to
apparatus for evaporating brine and other solutions, for
distilling or rectifying alcohol, and for similar purposes.
Complete specification. December 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.*
1S87.
791 A. H. W. Brown. Means for economising fuel and con-
suming smoke in furnaces. Xovember 19
811 W. Waller, steam boilers for heating and evaporating
fluids. November 30
991 J. Y. Johnson— From H. J. Drory. Apparatus for
spraying and burning liquid fuel. November 30
2870 J. A. Katon— From S. H. Shaw. Apparatus for heating
air to a high temperature. November 19
7772 fj. \V. Allen and H. J. A. Bowers. Water purifying
apparatus. December 7
12168 P. Alfleri. Powder for preventing and removing
incrustation 111 boilers. December 7
12357 R. M.Bryant, Anti-incrustation preparation. Dec. 7
1j043 H. \\ ilson and A. Wilson. Apparatus for injecting
air, gas, oil, etc.. into furnaces, for increasing draught, reduc-
ing smoke, etc. December 7
11209 W. H. Rusden. Electrical apparatus for preventing
corrosion and incrustation in boilers. November 23
11539 W. L. Home. Vacuum apparatus. November 26
His ;V Schneber. Smokeless lurnaces. November 30
IsSE tY-A" Cowl'er- Filter presses. November 8
loo.H) W. Creswiek. Apparatus for drying, heating or
cooling substances in a semi-liquid or powdered state Dec 17
II.— FUEL, GAS and LIGHT.
APPLICATIONS.
15S11 G. Wats. .11. Birmingham. A hydraulic gas valve to be
fixed between retorts and gas main on ietort bed. Nov. IS
15852 J. H. R. Dinsmore, Liverioo). Improvements in and
connected with the manufacture of il.uminating gas from
coal. November 18
16222 S. Cueler. London. Improvements in gas washers or
scrubbers when more than one are employed. November 25
16396 J. H, Pearson, London. A metho'd of preparing peat
for firelighters and for fuel by means of preparations of coal
tar. November 29
16183 J. Swift. London. An improved method for increasing
the luminosity of circular flames in oil, gas or incandescent
lights. November i0
16501 L. Wacks, London. An improved artificial fuel.
December 1
16543 F. Pool. London. Improved appliance for scraping
the insides 01 retorts in which gas is produced from steam and
hydrocarbon, and the simultaneous removal of the deposit
therefrom. December 1
10600 A. G. Browning and M. R. Waddle. Bradford. Im-
provements in the means or method of securing the
lids of gas retorts and other similar covers. Complete specifi-
cation. December 2
16631 A. F. Firth. Halifax. Improvements in or connected
with pipes employed in the manufacture of illuminating gas.
December 3
16860 It. Good, London. Improvements in apparatus for
injecting liquid.- into gas retorts. December?
1,1107 J. Swallow and N. Procter. Leeds. Method for con-
verting gascoke, smudge, small coal, and all descriptions of
coal and coke residue into a flammable fuel by either hot or
cold process. December 10
17223 J. Cobbe, London. Improved method of reflecting gas
or other artificial light. December 11
CUM PL E TE SPECIFIC : 1 TKUT8 AC CEP TEL:
1886.
16048 A. Thomas. Means for straining gas tar to be used as
fuel. December 10
18053 B. II. Thwaite. Producing combustible gases from
liquid hydrocarbons, and apparatus therefor. November 30
1887.
1150 J. S. Sellon. Apparatus for lighting by the consump-
tion of gas and air. December 7
1190 J. Atterton. Apparatus for charging gas retorts.
December 3
1681 W. II. Lindsay. Manufacture of artificial fuel. Nov. 23
1922 P. Haddan-Froni G. L. Barton. Method of refining
crude and refuse petroleum and the like. November 26
1965 J. Birchall. Manufacture of gas and apparatus there-
for. December 10
11531 J. V. Johnson— From G. Mulheims and R. Zimmer-
mann. Apparatus for moulding blocks of artificial fuel.
November 26
15003 J. G. Hawkins and J. Baiton. Gas retort lids, and
method for ensuring gas-tight joint between the lids and
mouthpieces. November 3
15009 H. W. P. Nugent, Gas retort and other furnaces.
15161 O. Knublauch. Production or recovery of cyanogen
compounds from coal gas and other gases. December It
15256 S. Pitt— From T. G. Hall. Process of
carbon oils. December 10
refining hydro-
Ill.— DESTRUCTIYE DISTILLATION, TAR
PRODUCTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
16301 J. Lewkswitsch, London. Improvements in the
extraction of oiganic bases from the distillates of coal and
shale tars. November 26
16582 J. Dempster, Manchester. Improvements in appara-
tus employed in the continuous production or distillation of
gas and other products from coal and other materials and
minerals. December 2
IY.— COLOURING MATTERS and DYES.
APPLICATIONS.
16213 I. Levinstein. Manchester. A new or improved
colouring matter. November 25
16181 J. Y. Johnson— From The Farbcnfabrikcn vormals
F. Bayer & Co.. Germany. Improvements in the manufacture
of azo dves. November 30
16193 J. Y. Johnson- From The Farbcnfabrikcn vormals F.
Bayers Co.. Germany. Improvements in the manufacture of
azo dves. November 30
16810 R. Chad-wick and J. W. C. Chadwkk. London.
Improved colouring matter for dyeing, painting, staining, or
printing. December ti
16974 J. Iniray— From La Societe Anonyme des Matieres
Colorantes et Produits Chimiques do St. Denis, A. F. Poirritr
and L. Roussin, France. Manufacture of orange and red azoic
colouring matters. December 9
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
737 O. Imray- From The Farbwerkc vormals Mcistcr.Luciu.s
and Briining. .Manufacture of colouring matters by the action
of nitrosoderivatives of secondary aromatic amines upon
phenols and oxycarbonic acids. December 3
1691 O. Imray— From The Farbwerkc voimals Mcister,
Lucius S: Briining. Production of alkalised diamidobenzo-
phenonaniinechlorides, and conversion of the same into
alkyliscd diamidobenzophenones and yellow colouring matters
of the class of the '"auramines." December 7
2985 O. Imray- From The Farbwerkc vormals Meister,
Lucius & Briining. Manufacture of a methylene blue specially
adapted fur printing on textile fibres. December 17
302S F. Ratchig. Production of hydroxylamine. Dec. 14
3301 R. Reid. Separating solid matter from alizarin or
other colouring matters or starch. December 10
1192 H. H. Lake— From K. Oehler. Manufacture of colouring
matters. November 23
ren ..ie the .lutes of Uu Oil I rnali a. irbiofa
plete Specifications ue idveniaed. Complete
»l*c>»' . .hems,--.! as accepted are ..pen t.. inspection at the
■ Office iiiiine-liiitsly, and to opposition witr.in two months "f the
sii.l dati .-.
Y.— TEXTILES, CUTTON, WOOL, SILK, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
15896 T. F. Wiley, Bradford. A new process or method of
and apparatus tor rendering textile fabri.- waterproof or
water-repellent. November 19
15899 T. F.Wiley, Bradford. Improvements in machinery or
apparatus for water-proofing or rendering textile fabrics
water-repellent, November 19
15900 T. F. Wiley, Bradford. A new or improved process
and apparatus for rendering textile fabrics waterproof or
water-repellent, November 19
Dec.Si.ia87.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
16330 A. C. Henderson From* . Stockcr, France, i
nil nls in the method of. and manufacture of lion inflammable
cellul ttets. November 28
16653 J. H. Megeraond, jun., M. K. Megemond, J. B. A.
Megemond, and c. J. M. Raffard, London, Improvements in
the manufacture of felt. Docember3
complete specifications accepted.
1887.
5097 R. H. Collyer. Process and apparatus for preparation
of rhca or other vegetable fibres for textile purposes. Novem-
ber 19
IDS'-' W. J. S. Grawitz. Treatment of textile materials dyed
with aniline black, December 7
VI. -DYEING, CALICO PRINTING, PAPER
STAINING and BLEACHING.
• APPLICATIONS.
13972 J. Marshal], Walsden. Dyeing and painting a cotton
velvet in two colours, and so producing ashot effect. Novem-
bers
10174 A. Bensingcr. London. Process for producing designs
on celluloid or like pyroxiline compounds. November 24
17102 G. A Schleber, London. Improvements relating to the
bleaching, dyeing, and similar treatment of cloth and other
fabrics, and to apparatus therefor. December 12
1710IJ J. (irunhut, London. An improved process and means
of dyeing cotton and other fibrous substances in aniline black.
December 12
17251 B. W. Liddiard. Manchester. Improved apparatus for
dyeing, soaping, washing, and finishing yarn. December 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
818 J. Walker. Method and apparatus for dyeing or treating
textile fibres. November 19
1351 W. Birch Machines for washing, soaping, dyeing, and
dunging woven fabrics. November 30
VII.— ALKALIS, ACIDS AND SALTS.
APPLICATIONS.
VIII.— GLASS, POTTERY ind EARTHENWARE.
APPLICATIONS.
15875 S. Pitt- From M. s. Higbie and G. G. Frelinghusen,
1'nited States. Improved process for the manufacture of
earthenware and the compounds therefrom. November 18
16031 E. S. Baldwin— From D. Mitchell, [few Zealand. An
improved apparatus for cutting glass tubes. Nov ember 22
16142 G. J. Atkins, London, improved process or means of
producing a crystalline effect on the surface of glass or other
vitreous substances. November 21
loios T.Taylor, W. TunnycUff, andW. II. Slater, Birming-
ham. Improvements in the ornamentation oi china and
earthenware surfaces. November 21
16355 J. Y. Johnson — From M. Aubriot, France. Anew or
improved process fur prudu, iii^ < lnisonne designs or decora-
tions in enamelling glass and Dtner substances. Novembi i 2E
10359 E. M. Macdonald, London. An improved process or
method for producing fixed drawingsorpaintingson porcelain,
china, or on other BUitabic material. November 28
10487. T. \V. Webb. Loudon. Improvements in ornamenting
glass. Nov ember 30
10021 J. Larmanjat. London. Improvements in the method
of and apparatus for moulding, pressing, and drying tiles
having inlaid patterns. December 2
16951 K. Stitt', Lambeth. Constructing water-tight tank-,
cisterns, tuns, vats, and other vessels, of slabs of earthenware
or other suitable material. December 9
169S0 F. V. Macqpaire, London. An improved refractory
compound, lie ember 9
1700ii M. Erlich and C. Storck, Beriin. Improvements in the
method of printing gold, silver, or platinum decorations on
ceramic articles. Complete specification. December 12
17125 A. D. Brogan and A II. Malloch, Glasgow. Improve-
ments in apparatus for rolling plate glass to produce rippled,
dappled, vermicular chequered, or other patterns or designs
thereon. December 13 .
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1SS6.
12076 T. C. J. Thomas. Manufacture of glass. November 23
1887.
907 W. Cliff. Manufacture of fire-clay enamelled baths.
November 23
1431 D. Rylands and B. Stoner. Means for blowing bottles
or other hollow glass-ware. November 30
nil P. Graham. Manufacture of hollow clay- ware, and
"jollies " or machines therefor. December 3
23U5 H. L. Doulton and \V. P. Itix. Ornamenting pottery,
tiles, or glass. December 14
3434 H. M. Ashley. Manufacture of bottles and other hollow
glass-ware, and machinery therefor. December 17
9291 M.F. L. Ehrlich Sc Co.. and C. T. Storck. Producing
decorations in gold, etc, on pottery
13723 C. Amand-Durand and R. P. Engelmann. Decorating
glass, and apparatus therefor. December 3
« 15096 S. Fenn and A. Fenn. Fireplaces of kilns or ovens for
burning bricks, pipes, terracotta, etc. December 14
10034 F. Foster, London. Generating carbonic acid gas.
November 23
16254 The Tyne Alkali Company, Limited, and T. Gibb,
London. Improvements in the treatment of solutions con-
taining barium or strontium compounds, and the obtainment
of products therefrom. November 25
17050 W. II. Beck— From P. de Lachometle, Fiance. Newor
improved process and apparatus for the manufacture of
sulphiteand bisulphite of ammonia. December 10
17073 W. Mason and C. J. Whittakcr, Accrington.
Improvements in the process and apparatus for the manu-
facture of soda and ammonia silts by the ammonia alkali
process. December 12
170J5 W. White, and A. Richardson, London. Improvements
in the packing of acids. Decembar 12
17255 D. Herman, Liverpool. Improvements iu condensers
and towers for the condensation of acid and corrosive gases.
i ber 15
17273 L. Mond, and G.Kschellman, Liverpool. Improvements
in the manufacture of chlorine. December 15
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
1832 J. Mangnall. Generating carbonic acid gas, and
apparatus therefor. December 10
1973 W. B. Cogswell, Bicarbonate columns. December 7
1971 L. Mond, andD.B. Hewitt. Manufacture of causticsoda
or caustic potash, and of carbonic acid from mono or other
carbonate of soda or potash. December 7
1993 E. Hermite, E. J. Patterson, and C. F. Cooper. See
Class XVIII.
2906 J. J. Hood, and A. G. Solomon. Manufacture of
sulphate of alumina. December 17
15104 O. lCnublanch. See Class II.
IX. -BUILDING MATERIALS, CLAYS,
MORTARS and CEMENTS.
APPLICATIONS.
15920 O. Bowen. London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of Portland cement. Nov ember 19
10117 S. J. Payne, West Shurrock. The improvement of the
manufacture of hearthstones or similar kind of goods.
November 23
16740 W. G. Watson, Heaton. and J. Judge. Wallsend. An
improved machine for dressing and finishing building bricks,
flooring tiles, and other clay articles. December 0
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
678 E. W. Jones and C. Brand. See Class X. November 19
11897 P. von Krystoffovitch. Manufacture of artificial
granite. December 3
X. -METALLURGY, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
15S57 R. R. Gubbins. London. Improvements .in treating or
piling wrought scrap iron. November IS
PIS
THF. JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec 31. 1887,
81 C. A. Meygret and P. Marino, London S
and process for manufacturing the same, and for electro-
platingand typing therewith. November 18
15881 .1. Ashworth, Manchester. Improvements in or
relating to miners' safety lamps. November 19
159SI w. Davis. Sheffield. Improvements in and apparatus
and appliances for the manufacture of steel plates with thick-
cued edges. November 19
16027 C. E. Tripler, Londi n. Improvements for amalga-
mating and separating precious metals from powdered ore or
. ;n th. Cumi'lrte specification. November22
16118 L. A. Brode, Glasgow. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of bricks or blocks of ironstone waste or dust, or iron-
stone, sand, or similar ferruginous materials for smelting.
November 21
161S3 J. li. Spence. London. Improvements in the treat-
ment of oris containing gold for the purpose of extracting the
gold therefrom. November 21
16192 J. P. Ogle, London. An improved arrangement of
the amalgamated plates employed in the treatment of gold
ores, in the supports for the same, and in apparatus connected
therewith. November 21
16270 li. Hutchinson. London. Improvements in the treat-
ment of refractory gold and silver ores. November 26
16316 11. IS. Scott and \Y. Gentles, London. Improvements
in tuyeres for blasts of furnaces, and for agitating molten
material. November 28
10317 II. B. Scott and W. Gentles. Improvements in the
smelting of copper and lead ores, and arrangement of furnaces
for that purpose. November 28
16436 G. J. Snelus, London. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of steel, and in apparatus therefor. November 29
16491 H. W. Buddicom, London. Improved apparatus for
dipping or cleansing tin or feme plates. November 30
16195 W. K. Lake— From A. vogelmann, Germany. Im-
provements in apparatus for extracting metals from their ores.
Complete specification. November 30
16197 B. II. Thwaite and J. Noble, Liverpool. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of steel, and in plant therefor.
Complete specification. December 1
16553 A. Schanscbieff and D. Marks. London. Improve-
ments in extracting gold, silver, and other metals from their
ores and alloys. December 1
16601 A. S. Ramagc, Liverpool. Improvements in or relat-
ing to the chemical treatment or utilisation of scrap tin. or
terne plates, scrap zinc, galvanised iron, and the like.
December 2
16611 F. Caulfield and A. Allan. Glasgow. Improvements in
preparing, compressing, and uniting materials for smelting
purposes. December 3
16727 A. B. Cunningham. London. Improvements relating
to the production of aluminium and aluminium alloys.
December 5
16745 J. Noble and B. H. Thwaite. SeeClassI.
16770 VV. Wood, London. Miners' safety lamps, Decem-
ber 6
15771 A. Fieldsend and J. E. Bott. Manchester. Improve-
ments in the manufacture of crucible steel, and apparatus
therefor. December 6
16784 W. Pilkington. London. Improvements in the manu-
facture of steel and iron shells for ordnance and machine guns.
December 6
16828 A. J. Ash, Birmingham. Improvements in coating
metals with zinc, tin, terne, and other coating metals.
December 7
16853 W. L. Wise— From the Schweizhische Metailurgischie
Gesellschaft of Lauffen, Switzerland. Improvements in
apparatus for producing alumina and other metals and
their alloys, and operating the same. December 7
16S62 E. J. Ball and B. H. Brough, London. Improvements
in appliances for amalgamating auriferous and argentiferous
substances. December 7
16901 L. A. Groth— From J. Lotineaux, Paris. Improve-
ments in safety lamps for miners. Complete specification.
December 8
16910 C. M. Pielstickcr. London. An improved method and
apparatus for the production of metal bars direct from the
molten metal. December 9
16911 C. M. Pielsticker. The removal of blow-holes from
metals. December 9
16979 T. Anderson, London. Improvements relating to the
tinning of hollow-ware and other articles. December 9
169111 J. Walls. Hiudley Green. Improved miners' safety
lamps. December 111
17033 A. Parkes. London. Improvements in the extraction
of gold and silver from ores or compounds containing the
same, and in solvents for such metals. December 10
17036 W. D. Allen, London. Improved means for carrying,
turning, and otherwise manipulating ingots of iron or steel in
the process of heating and forging. December 10
17037 W. Robinson, London. Improvements in ingot moulds.
December 10
17111 M.Gledhill, London. Improvements relating to the
easting of hollow metal ingots, and to apparatus therefor.
December 12
17156.1. Bedford. London. Improved methods or processes
of treating or purifying alloys of iron and manganese and
other metals, for use when so purified in admixture with other
materials. December 13
17169 D. Edwards, R. Lewis, and P. Jones. London. Im-
provements in apparatus for coating metal plates with tin or
other metal. I)ocemberl3
17288 S. Siemang. London. Improved manufacture of c im-
pound castings for armour-plates and other purposes, and
apparatus therefor. December 15
,
COM ll- I. u: SPE( U n 'A TIONS A OCEPTZ. D.
1886.
11308 J. H. James. Crushing and dressing tin and other
ores, and machinery therefor. December 10
15477 E. Morewood. Coating sheets or pieces of iron or
other metal with 1 in or other coating metal. November 26
16109 S.F. Walker. Miners' electric safety lamps. Dec. 14
1660S D. G. Fitzgerald. Production of coherent masses of
peroxide of lend for use as battery elements, and in elect ro-
lytical and metallurgical operations. December 3
17C49 K. W. E. Maruhn. Reducing slag and recovering
metnl therefrom. December 14
1887.
29S T. Allen. Machine for forging or shaping metal articles.
December 3.
678 E. W. Jones and C. Brand. Manufacture of paving
blocks from scoria or slag, and means therefor. Nov. 19
803 P. M. Justice— From W. V. Shelton. Production of
alloys or bronzes. November 19
943 A. E. Tucker and F. W. Harbord. Manufacture of iron
and steel. November 23.
1134 J. A. Veadon and R. Middleton. Blocks or briquettes
Of foe] for smelting or analogous purposes. December 11
1261 D. McCorkindale and G. Dougall. Stoppers used in the
manufacture of steel. November 26
1276 K. Cleaver. Manufactureof aluminium and aluminium
alloys. November 30
2060 W. Gentles. Manufacture of copper. December 10
2935 J. Dickson. Preparing steel for roller bars and bed-
plate bars for manufacture of paper and paper pulp. Dec. 14
4583 R. II. W. Biggs. Manufacture of dyes, disinfectants,
artificial stone, artificial ivory, artificial manure, sodium
chloride, zinc sulphate, and zinc carbonate. November 23
9231 J. Toussaint. Manufacture of wrought iron and steel,
and apparatus therefor. December 10
14792 H. J. Allison— From J. B. D'Arcy Boulton. Casting
metallic ingots. December 3
XL— FATS, OILS and SOAP MANUFACTURE.
APPLICATION.
16329 F. Rainbow. Luton. Incorporating mineral oils known
as kerosine and petroleum oils into soap, or mixing with soaps.
November 28
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1886.
16925 Sir D. L. Salomons. Buoyant soap. November 26
1SS7.
1291 N. M. Henderson. Apparatus for treating or purifying
paraffin wax. November 30
15054 M. J. Homing and W. Gallagher. Lubricating oils
and greases. December 7
XIL— PAINTS, PIGMENTS, VARNISHES AND
RESINS.
. APPLICATIONS.
15835 T. D. Harries, Aberystwyth. Enamelled composition.
November IS
16263 F. M. Spence and D. D. Spence, Manchester. Im-
provements in the manufacture of certain pigments, and in
the manufacture of certain products obtained in connection
therewith. November 26
16S91 S. J. duff, Dublin. Improvements in blacking. Dec. S
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
955 H. H. Gunn. Manufacture of sulphide of zinc white.
November 30
1382 E. Page and G. Brayfield. Composition for varnishing
and reviving leather. November 30
XIII. —TANNING, LEATHER, GLUE AND SIZE.
APPLICATIONS.
15811 J. J. Carr. Scarborough. An improved paperbangers
and painters' combined paste and size. November 18
Dec.31.1887.] THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY.
8-10
15851 J. Palmer, London. An improved solution and treat-
ment for unhairing hides and skins and preparing tliem for
tanning. November 18
16169 F. H. Colley. Sheffield. Improvements in the process
of tanning. November 30
17103 E. J. Lanvin-Schraen, London. Improvements in tan-
ning and apparatus therefor. December 1'-'
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1887.
KK)9 A. Smetham. Manufacture of waterproof leather.
November 23
XIV.— AGRICULTURE, MANURES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
17031 II. D. Salomonson and J. Laubheimer. London. Im-
provements in machines with spiked appliances for reducing
or pulverising superphosphates and other materials. Dec. 12
17181 L. G. G. Dandenart. Liverpool. Improvements in the
method of manufacturing hydrated phosphates, and in appa-
ratus therefor. December 11
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1887.
15309 J. Davenport. Manufacture of fertilisers or manuring
compounds. December 10
XV.— SUGARS, GUMS, STARCHES, Etc.
APPLICATION.
16732 E. Breyer, London. Improvements relating to the
purification of saccharine juices, glycerine, oil, alcohol and
analogous substances. December 5
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1887.
688 J. Karpcl.'S. Process and means for concreting amber
shavings. November 19
986 V. C. A. M. Bondonneau and A. J. M. G. Forct. Process
and apparatus for acid saccharitication of starchy materials.
November 23
2572 C. D. Abel— From T. Rousselot. Multiple three-roll
sugar-cane mills. December 7
2905 H. H. Lake— Fro-n La t'ompagnie de Fives-Lille.
Diffusing apparatus for use in the treatment of beet-root,
sugar-sane. etc. December 17
3301 K. Keid. See Class IV.
XVL— BREWING, WINES and SPIRITS.
APPLICATION.
15995 C. Billin?. Liverpool. New or improved wines or
beverages. November 21
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
1883.
17059 W. Gerdes. Trcament of waste products of brewers
for production of alcoholic liquor. November 23
1887.
1516 W. Adlam and F. Faulkner. Treating brewers' wort,
and apparatus therefor. November 30
2005 C. Church. Brewing. December 3
2109 II. Grote. Process for removing fusel oil from crude
spirits, or from the mash containing crude spirits. December 10
11232 It. Hanger. Apparatus for regulating the surface flow
of wort from coolers. November 23
1(737 T. G. Bowick. Purifying alcohols by means of hydro-
carbons, and apparatus therefor. December 11
XVII.— CHEMISTRY OF FOODS, SANITARY
CHEMISTRY, DISINFECTANTS, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
A —Chemistry or Foods.
15832 R. H. Courtenay, London. An improved method of
preparing and desiccating fruit and other substances in com-
bination with whole meal from cereals and nuts, without the
use of sugar in the prepared compounds. November 18
16100 W. H. Wells. Evershot. An improved dairy method
for treating milk and its products. November 23
16592 C. R. YV. Often and A. T. More. London. Improve-
ments in preventing the second or further fermentation of
yeast, or any other ferment or raiser, where combined with
wheat or any other cereal or admixture of cereals to be con-
sumed or used as food. Complete specification. December J
16652 F. Graeff, London. Improved method of preparing
ferment of rennet. December 3
16135 C. Collin and L. Benoist. London. An improved method
or means of preserving and preventing the putrefaction of
animal and vegetable substances. Complete specification.
December 8
16961 A. R. Rooson, London. An improvement in or relating
to the preservation of fish and other substances, and a novel
preparation of antiseptic material for use therefor cr for
other purposes. December 9
17268 M. Frischer, London. A composition of matter to be
used as a preserved food. December 15
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
15939 W. Webstcr.jun.. London. Improvedapparatusfortln
electrolytic treatment of sewage ana other impure liquids.
November 19
COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS ACCEPTED.
A.— Chemistry of Foods.
1886.
1.5674 T. B. Brodbelt. Manufacture of cheese and apparatus
therefor. November 30
1887.
1772 J. France. A new treatment of milk to prevent its
turning sour. December 7
9950 L. Stollwerck. C. Stollwerck, and F. Baumer. Pre-
serving fruit, vegetables, and other articles of food- Dec. 3
13019 I. Allegretti. -V preserving system for perishable
articles. December 11
H741 E. Scherff and C. Drcukham. Condensing milk and
other fluids containing protein, and preserving same. Nov. 30
B.— Sanitary Chemistry.
1SS6.
12259 R. de Soldenhoff. Desiccation, incineration, etc., of
precipitants of solids resultiug from sludge or otnersubstauc es
liable to putrify, and apparatus t herefor. November 26
16039 W. H. Hartland. Treating sewage and waste liquids
for recovery or manufacture of manorial products, and appa-
ratus thereior. December 7
lss;.
1699 D. Craig. Utilising sewage sludge. December 7
2103 C. Wigg. Treatment of spent copper liquors and the
application or the product for the purification of sewage and
like matters. December 17
11857 A. Engle. Furnace and process for burning wet and
offensive substances. December 7
XVIII.— ELECTRO-CHEMISTRY AND ELECTRO-
METALLURGY.
APPLICATIONS.
1585S W. Main. London. Improvements in dynamo-electric
machines and electro-motors. Complete specfication. Nov. IS
15939 YV. Webstcr.jun. See Class NVII. B.
15913 O. C. D. Ross. London. Improvements in galvanic
batteries. November 19
16032 W. Main, London. Improvements in electro-motors
and dynamo-electric machines. Complete specification. Nov. 2.'
16120 E. Tver. London. An improvement in voltaic batteries.
Complete specification. November 23
G
THE JOURNAL OF THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL INDUSTRY. [Dec. 31, 1887
16131 T. .1 Jones, Loudon. An improvement of voltaic
9. V'Ycinber 23
16296 A. F. St. Ge ree and C. R. Bonne, London, Improve-
ments in primary and secondary galvanic batterie?. Nov. 26
M. t '. Donovan and T. Weatherall, London. An im-
rienl In voltaic cells. Nbvember26
il. Thame, London. Improvements in secondary or
ire batteries. November 30
U. Bailey ami J. Warner, London. An improved
[ary battery combined with a miner's lamp. Complete
specification. December 3
16709 T. A. Edison, London. Improvements in electrical
generators, Receii ed December 5. Antedated June 13, under
Internationa] Convention.
16S49 G. A. Schoth, London. Improvements m the mann-
racture of galvanic batteries. December 7
16926 T. Fenwick, London. Improvements in the electro-
depositions of metals. December S
17197 F. Kinn. London. Improvements in secondary bat-
teries. December 10
17157 H. H. Lake.— From J. 0. Whit ten. United States. Im-
provements in galvanic batteries. Complete specification.
I >ee- niber 13
17l*t! K. E. Hides. Sheffield. An improved process of orna-
menting metallic and other surfaces by the electro-deposition
of metals. December It
complete specifh 'A nays a < cepted.
1887.
700 L. Z. de Ferrari ti. Electric furnaces and apparatus for
lu.it ing, lighting, and carrying on chemical processes. Dec. 17
1738 C. I K Abel— From Siemens and Halske. Dynamo-
electric machines. December 23
1862 C. 1). Abel— From A. Dunn and F. Ilasslacher.
Secondary batteries. December 7
1929 C. It. Abel— From A. liunn and F. Hasslacher. Galvanic
batteries. December 7
1993 E. Iletmite. K.J. Paterson, and C. F. Cooper. Appara-
tus for electrolysing bleaching solution. December 10
ltyot C.R.Goodwin. Electric batteries. December 3
15730 J, Vaughan-Sherrin. Galvanic batteries. Dec. 17
XIX.— PAPER, PASTEBOARD, Etc.
APPLICATION.
17096 W. Black and W. Rennoldson, London. An improve-
ment in the manufacture or preparation of materials for use
in paper making and the like. December 12
XX.— FINE CHEMICALS, ALKALOIDS,
ESSENCES and EXTRACTS.
APPLICATIONS.
16700 C. Wilson, Grimsby. Improvements in the manufac-
ture of chemicals and medicinal tablets, pearls, and efleTI esc
nig or other lozenges. December ■>
16987 E. It. Ellice-Clarke and L. Chapman. London. Im
provements in apparatus for the production of oxygen and
nitrogen gases from atmospheric air. December 9
XXI. -EXPLOSIVES, MATCHES, Etc.
APPLICATIONS.
1(1083 W. H. Percival. London. Self-extinguishing or semi,
inflammable match that can be applied to any kind of match.
November 23
1(1116 E. Grime. London. Improvements in the manufacture
of Kieselguhr-dynamite. Complete specification. Nov. 23
16353 H. C. Zappert, London. Apparatus for dipping match
splints for applying to them the igni table tips or heads. Nov. 28
16153 J. A. AYanklyn, H. M. Macluxe, and W. A. Ui-ynn.
London. Smokeless gunpowder. Xovenibcr20
16721 W. P. Thompson— From the Compagnie Generate des
Explosifs Favier, Belgium. New or improved explo^h ,
compounds, and improvements in or relating to the formation
of cartridges thereof. Complete specification. December 5
16783 C. F. Hengst. London. Smokeless gunpowder. Dec. li
16919 A. N. Newton— From A. Nobel, France. Improvements
in detonators. Decembers
16920 A. V. Newton— From A. Nobel. France. An improved
explosive compound. December 8
17176 J. Y. Johnson— From F. C. Glaser, Germany. Impro\ e-
ments in the manufacture of explosives. December 13
COMPLETE SPECIFICATION ACCEPTED.
1887.
231S H. H. Lake— From the Deutsche Sprengstoff Actien-
gesellsehaft. Gelatinising nitro-glycerine. December 11
XXII.— ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY.
APPLICATION.
17030 J. G. Jourdan. London. Improved apparatus f,,r
ascertaining and measuring the density or pressure of vapours
and gases. December 10
$v> 0
Printed ud Published bj Eu BOH i Co., New Bridge Street. Star»Bgew»}B, Manchester, for the Society of Chemical Indus tl J
London OFT1CB, for the Sale of Coiiies and Keceil.t of Subscriptions : 6, York Street, Corent (tardea
" mo DCPT. MAR 4 1957
Society of Chemic i^+- .
London
Journal
Eng»
Vncer^
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
ENGlN
s?OR*(#
_